+++ /dev/null
-/home/build/tmp/build/external/dist/lib/wx/config/gtk2-unicode-static-3.0
\ No newline at end of file
+++ /dev/null
-wxrc-3.0
\ No newline at end of file
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/aboutdlg.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxAboutDialog class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2006-10-07
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ABOUTDLG_H_
-#define _WX_ABOUTDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ABOUTDLG
-
-#include "wx/app.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAboutDialogInfo: information shown by the standard "About" dialog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAboutDialogInfo
-{
-public:
- // all fields are initially uninitialized
- wxAboutDialogInfo() { }
-
- // accessors for various simply fields
- // -----------------------------------
-
- // name of the program, if not used defaults to wxApp::GetAppDisplayName()
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
- wxString GetName() const
- { return m_name.empty() ? wxTheApp->GetAppDisplayName() : m_name; }
-
- // version should contain program version without "version" word (e.g.,
- // "1.2" or "RC2") while longVersion may contain the full version including
- // "version" word (e.g., "Version 1.2" or "Release Candidate 2")
- //
- // if longVersion is empty, it is automatically constructed from version
- //
- // generic and gtk native: use short version only, as a suffix to the
- // program name msw and osx native: use long version
- void SetVersion(const wxString& version,
- const wxString& longVersion = wxString());
-
- bool HasVersion() const { return !m_version.empty(); }
- const wxString& GetVersion() const { return m_version; }
- const wxString& GetLongVersion() const { return m_longVersion; }
-
- // brief, but possibly multiline, description of the program
- void SetDescription(const wxString& desc) { m_description = desc; }
- bool HasDescription() const { return !m_description.empty(); }
- const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_description; }
-
- // short string containing the program copyright information
- void SetCopyright(const wxString& copyright) { m_copyright = copyright; }
- bool HasCopyright() const { return !m_copyright.empty(); }
- const wxString& GetCopyright() const { return m_copyright; }
-
- // long, multiline string containing the text of the program licence
- void SetLicence(const wxString& licence) { m_licence = licence; }
- void SetLicense(const wxString& licence) { m_licence = licence; }
- bool HasLicence() const { return !m_licence.empty(); }
- const wxString& GetLicence() const { return m_licence; }
-
- // icon to be shown in the dialog, defaults to the main frame icon
- void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { m_icon = icon; }
- bool HasIcon() const { return m_icon.IsOk(); }
- wxIcon GetIcon() const;
-
- // web site for the program and its description (defaults to URL itself if
- // empty)
- void SetWebSite(const wxString& url, const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString)
- {
- m_url = url;
- m_urlDesc = desc.empty() ? url : desc;
- }
-
- bool HasWebSite() const { return !m_url.empty(); }
-
- const wxString& GetWebSiteURL() const { return m_url; }
- const wxString& GetWebSiteDescription() const { return m_urlDesc; }
-
- // accessors for the arrays
- // ------------------------
-
- // the list of developers of the program
- void SetDevelopers(const wxArrayString& developers)
- { m_developers = developers; }
- void AddDeveloper(const wxString& developer)
- { m_developers.push_back(developer); }
-
- bool HasDevelopers() const { return !m_developers.empty(); }
- const wxArrayString& GetDevelopers() const { return m_developers; }
-
- // the list of documentation writers
- void SetDocWriters(const wxArrayString& docwriters)
- { m_docwriters = docwriters; }
- void AddDocWriter(const wxString& docwriter)
- { m_docwriters.push_back(docwriter); }
-
- bool HasDocWriters() const { return !m_docwriters.empty(); }
- const wxArrayString& GetDocWriters() const { return m_docwriters; }
-
- // the list of artists for the program art
- void SetArtists(const wxArrayString& artists)
- { m_artists = artists; }
- void AddArtist(const wxString& artist)
- { m_artists.push_back(artist); }
-
- bool HasArtists() const { return !m_artists.empty(); }
- const wxArrayString& GetArtists() const { return m_artists; }
-
- // the list of translators
- void SetTranslators(const wxArrayString& translators)
- { m_translators = translators; }
- void AddTranslator(const wxString& translator)
- { m_translators.push_back(translator); }
-
- bool HasTranslators() const { return !m_translators.empty(); }
- const wxArrayString& GetTranslators() const { return m_translators; }
-
-
- // implementation only
- // -------------------
-
- // "simple" about dialog shows only textual information (with possibly
- // default icon but without hyperlink nor any long texts such as the
- // licence text)
- bool IsSimple() const
- { return !HasWebSite() && !HasIcon() && !HasLicence(); }
-
- // get the description and credits (i.e. all of developers, doc writers,
- // artists and translators) as a one long multiline string
- wxString GetDescriptionAndCredits() const;
-
- // returns the copyright with the (C) string substituted by the Unicode
- // character U+00A9
- wxString GetCopyrightToDisplay() const;
-
-private:
- wxString m_name,
- m_version,
- m_longVersion,
- m_description,
- m_copyright,
- m_licence;
-
- wxIcon m_icon;
-
- wxString m_url,
- m_urlDesc;
-
- wxArrayString m_developers,
- m_docwriters,
- m_artists,
- m_translators;
-};
-
-// functions to show the about dialog box
-WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV void wxAboutBox(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent = NULL);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ABOUTDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_ABOUTDLG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/accel.h
-// Purpose: wxAcceleratorEntry and wxAcceleratorTable classes
-// Author: Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 31.05.01 (extracted from other files)
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAcceleratorTable;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxAcceleratorEntry flags
-enum wxAcceleratorEntryFlags
-{
- wxACCEL_NORMAL = 0x0000, // no modifiers
- wxACCEL_ALT = 0x0001, // hold Alt key down
- wxACCEL_CTRL = 0x0002, // hold Ctrl key down
- wxACCEL_SHIFT = 0x0004, // hold Shift key down
-#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- wxACCEL_RAW_CTRL= 0x0008, //
-#else
- wxACCEL_RAW_CTRL= wxACCEL_CTRL,
-#endif
- wxACCEL_CMD = wxACCEL_CTRL
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// an entry in wxAcceleratorTable corresponds to one accelerator
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry
-{
-public:
- wxAcceleratorEntry(int flags = 0, int keyCode = 0, int cmd = 0,
- wxMenuItem *item = NULL)
- : m_flags(flags)
- , m_keyCode(keyCode)
- , m_command(cmd)
- , m_item(item)
- { }
-
- wxAcceleratorEntry(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry)
- : m_flags(entry.m_flags)
- , m_keyCode(entry.m_keyCode)
- , m_command(entry.m_command)
- , m_item(entry.m_item)
- { }
-
- // create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, return NULL if
- // string couldn't be parsed or a pointer to be deleted by the caller
- static wxAcceleratorEntry *Create(const wxString& str);
-
- wxAcceleratorEntry& operator=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry)
- {
- if (&entry != this)
- Set(entry.m_flags, entry.m_keyCode, entry.m_command, entry.m_item);
- return *this;
- }
-
- void Set(int flags, int keyCode, int cmd, wxMenuItem *item = NULL)
- {
- m_flags = flags;
- m_keyCode = keyCode;
- m_command = cmd;
- m_item = item;
- }
-
- void SetMenuItem(wxMenuItem *item) { m_item = item; }
-
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
- int GetKeyCode() const { return m_keyCode; }
- int GetCommand() const { return m_command; }
-
- wxMenuItem *GetMenuItem() const { return m_item; }
-
- bool operator==(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const
- {
- return m_flags == entry.m_flags &&
- m_keyCode == entry.m_keyCode &&
- m_command == entry.m_command &&
- m_item == entry.m_item;
- }
-
- bool operator!=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const
- { return !(*this == entry); }
-
-#if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- // Implementation use only
- bool MatchesEvent(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
-#endif
-
- bool IsOk() const
- {
- return m_keyCode != 0;
- }
-
-
- // string <-> wxAcceleratorEntry conversion
- // ----------------------------------------
-
- // returns a wxString for the this accelerator.
- // this function formats it using the <flags>-<keycode> format
- // where <flags> maybe a hyphen-separated list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
- wxString ToString() const { return AsPossiblyLocalizedString(true); }
-
- // same as above but without translating, useful if the string is meant to
- // be stored in a file or otherwise stored, instead of being shown to the
- // user
- wxString ToRawString() const { return AsPossiblyLocalizedString(false); }
-
- // returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object
- // (i.e. if IsOk() returns true after this call)
- bool FromString(const wxString& str);
-
-
-private:
- wxString AsPossiblyLocalizedString(bool localized) const;
-
- // common part of Create() and FromString()
- static bool ParseAccel(const wxString& str, int *flags, int *keycode);
-
-
- int m_flags; // combination of wxACCEL_XXX constants
- int m_keyCode; // ASCII or virtual keycode
- int m_command; // Command id to generate
-
- // the menu item this entry corresponds to, may be NULL
- wxMenuItem *m_item;
-
- // for compatibility with old code, use accessors now!
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include wxAcceleratorTable class declaration, it is only used by the library
-// and so doesn't have any published user visible interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/generic/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/generic/accel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/accel.h"
-#endif
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#endif
- // _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/access.h
-// Purpose: Accessibility classes
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2003-02-12
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_
-#define _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers we have to include here
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-
-typedef enum
-{
- wxACC_FAIL,
- wxACC_FALSE,
- wxACC_OK,
- wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED,
- wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED
-} wxAccStatus;
-
-// Child ids are integer identifiers from 1 up.
-// So zero represents 'this' object.
-#define wxACC_SELF 0
-
-// Navigation constants
-
-typedef enum
-{
- wxNAVDIR_DOWN,
- wxNAVDIR_FIRSTCHILD,
- wxNAVDIR_LASTCHILD,
- wxNAVDIR_LEFT,
- wxNAVDIR_NEXT,
- wxNAVDIR_PREVIOUS,
- wxNAVDIR_RIGHT,
- wxNAVDIR_UP
-} wxNavDir;
-
-// Role constants
-
-typedef enum {
- wxROLE_NONE,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_ALERT,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_ANIMATION,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_APPLICATION,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_BORDER,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONDROPDOWN,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONDROPDOWNGRID,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_BUTTONMENU,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_CARET,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_CELL,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHARACTER,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHART,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_CHECKBUTTON,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_CLIENT,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_CLOCK,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_COLUMN,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_COLUMNHEADER,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_COMBOBOX,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_CURSOR,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIAGRAM,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIAL,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_DIALOG,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_DOCUMENT,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_DROPLIST,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_EQUATION,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_GRAPHIC,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_GRIP,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_GROUPING,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_HELPBALLOON,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_HOTKEYFIELD,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_INDICATOR,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_LINK,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_LIST,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_LISTITEM,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUBAR,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUITEM,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUP,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINE,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINEITEM,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_PAGETAB,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_PAGETABLIST,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_PANE,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_PROGRESSBAR,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_PROPERTYPAGE,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_PUSHBUTTON,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_RADIOBUTTON,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_ROW,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_ROWHEADER,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_SCROLLBAR,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_SEPARATOR,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_SLIDER,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_SOUND,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_SPINBUTTON,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_STATICTEXT,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_STATUSBAR,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_TABLE,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_TEXT,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_TITLEBAR,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_TOOLBAR,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_TOOLTIP,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_WHITESPACE,
- wxROLE_SYSTEM_WINDOW
-} wxAccRole;
-
-// Object types
-
-typedef enum {
- wxOBJID_WINDOW = 0x00000000,
- wxOBJID_SYSMENU = 0xFFFFFFFF,
- wxOBJID_TITLEBAR = 0xFFFFFFFE,
- wxOBJID_MENU = 0xFFFFFFFD,
- wxOBJID_CLIENT = 0xFFFFFFFC,
- wxOBJID_VSCROLL = 0xFFFFFFFB,
- wxOBJID_HSCROLL = 0xFFFFFFFA,
- wxOBJID_SIZEGRIP = 0xFFFFFFF9,
- wxOBJID_CARET = 0xFFFFFFF8,
- wxOBJID_CURSOR = 0xFFFFFFF7,
- wxOBJID_ALERT = 0xFFFFFFF6,
- wxOBJID_SOUND = 0xFFFFFFF5
-} wxAccObject;
-
-// Accessible states
-
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_HIGH 0x00000001
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_MEDIUM 0x00000002
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ALERT_LOW 0x00000004
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_ANIMATED 0x00000008
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_BUSY 0x00000010
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_CHECKED 0x00000020
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_COLLAPSED 0x00000040
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT 0x00000080
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_EXPANDED 0x00000100
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_EXTSELECTABLE 0x00000200
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FLOATING 0x00000400
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSABLE 0x00000800
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED 0x00001000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_HOTTRACKED 0x00002000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_INVISIBLE 0x00004000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MARQUEED 0x00008000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MIXED 0x00010000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_MULTISELECTABLE 0x00020000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_OFFSCREEN 0x00040000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_PRESSED 0x00080000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_PROTECTED 0x00100000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_READONLY 0x00200000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTABLE 0x00400000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTED 0x00800000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELFVOICING 0x01000000
-#define wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_UNAVAILABLE 0x02000000
-
-// Selection flag
-
-typedef enum
-{
- wxACC_SEL_NONE = 0,
- wxACC_SEL_TAKEFOCUS = 1,
- wxACC_SEL_TAKESELECTION = 2,
- wxACC_SEL_EXTENDSELECTION = 4,
- wxACC_SEL_ADDSELECTION = 8,
- wxACC_SEL_REMOVESELECTION = 16
-} wxAccSelectionFlags;
-
-// Accessibility event identifiers
-
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SOUND 0x0001
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_ALERT 0x0002
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_FOREGROUND 0x0003
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUSTART 0x0004
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUEND 0x0005
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUPSTART 0x0006
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MENUPOPUPEND 0x0007
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CAPTURESTART 0x0008
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CAPTUREEND 0x0009
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MOVESIZESTART 0x000A
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MOVESIZEEND 0x000B
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CONTEXTHELPSTART 0x000C
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_CONTEXTHELPEND 0x000D
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DRAGDROPSTART 0x000E
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DRAGDROPEND 0x000F
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DIALOGSTART 0x0010
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_DIALOGEND 0x0011
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SCROLLINGSTART 0x0012
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SCROLLINGEND 0x0013
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SWITCHSTART 0x0014
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_SWITCHEND 0x0015
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MINIMIZESTART 0x0016
-#define wxACC_EVENT_SYSTEM_MINIMIZEEND 0x0017
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_CREATE 0x8000
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DESTROY 0x8001
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SHOW 0x8002
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_HIDE 0x8003
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_REORDER 0x8004
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_FOCUS 0x8005
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTION 0x8006
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONADD 0x8007
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONREMOVE 0x8008
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONWITHIN 0x8009
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_STATECHANGE 0x800A
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_LOCATIONCHANGE 0x800B
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_NAMECHANGE 0x800C
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DESCRIPTIONCHANGE 0x800D
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_VALUECHANGE 0x800E
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_PARENTCHANGE 0x800F
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_HELPCHANGE 0x8010
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_DEFACTIONCHANGE 0x8011
-#define wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_ACCELERATORCHANGE 0x8012
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAccessible
-// All functions return an indication of success, failure, or not implemented.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAccessible;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPoint;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRect;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAccessibleBase : public wxObject
-{
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAccessibleBase);
-
-public:
- wxAccessibleBase(wxWindow* win): m_window(win) {}
- virtual ~wxAccessibleBase() {}
-
-// Overridables
-
- // Can return either a child object, or an integer
- // representing the child element, starting from 1.
- // pt is in screen coordinates.
- virtual wxAccStatus HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), int* WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(childObject))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Returns the rectangle for this object (id = 0) or a child element (id > 0).
- // rect is in screen coordinates.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetLocation(wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect), int WXUNUSED(elementId))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Navigates from fromId to toId/toObject.
- virtual wxAccStatus Navigate(wxNavDir WXUNUSED(navDir), int WXUNUSED(fromId),
- int* WXUNUSED(toId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(toObject))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Gets the name of the specified object.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetName(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(name))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Gets the number of children.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetChildCount(int* WXUNUSED(childCount))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Gets the specified child (starting from 1).
- // If *child is NULL and return value is wxACC_OK,
- // this means that the child is a simple element and
- // not an accessible object.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetChild(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(child))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Gets the parent, or NULL.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetParent(wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(parent))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Performs the default action. childId is 0 (the action for this object)
- // or > 0 (the action for a child).
- // Return wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED if there is no default action for this
- // window (e.g. an edit control).
- virtual wxAccStatus DoDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Gets the default action for this object (0) or > 0 (the action for a child).
- // Return wxACC_OK even if there is no action. actionName is the action, or the empty
- // string if there is no action.
- // The retrieved string describes the action that is performed on an object,
- // not what the object does as a result. For example, a toolbar button that prints
- // a document has a default action of "Press" rather than "Prints the current document."
- virtual wxAccStatus GetDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(actionName))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Returns the description for this object or a child.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetDescription(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(description))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Returns help text for this object or a child, similar to tooltip text.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetHelpText(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(helpText))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Returns the keyboard shortcut for this object or child.
- // Return e.g. ALT+K
- virtual wxAccStatus GetKeyboardShortcut(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(shortcut))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Returns a role constant.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetRole(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccRole* WXUNUSED(role))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Returns a state constant.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetState(int WXUNUSED(childId), long* WXUNUSED(state))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Returns a localized string representing the value for the object
- // or child.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetValue(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString* WXUNUSED(strValue))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Selects the object or child.
- virtual wxAccStatus Select(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccSelectionFlags WXUNUSED(selectFlags))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
- // Gets the window with the keyboard focus.
- // If childId is 0 and child is NULL, no object in
- // this subhierarchy has the focus.
- // If this object has the focus, child should be 'this'.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetFocus(int* WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible** WXUNUSED(child))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
- // Gets a variant representing the selected children
- // of this object.
- // Acceptable values:
- // - a null variant (IsNull() returns TRUE)
- // - a list variant (GetType() == wxT("list"))
- // - an integer representing the selected child element,
- // or 0 if this object is selected (GetType() == wxT("long"))
- // - a "void*" pointer to a wxAccessible child object
- virtual wxAccStatus GetSelections(wxVariant* WXUNUSED(selections))
- { return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; }
-#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT
-
-// Accessors
-
- // Returns the window associated with this object.
-
- wxWindow* GetWindow() { return m_window; }
-
- // Sets the window associated with this object.
-
- void SetWindow(wxWindow* window) { m_window = window; }
-
-// Operations
-
- // Each platform's implementation must define this
- // static void NotifyEvent(int eventType, wxWindow* window, wxAccObject objectType,
- // int objectId);
-
-private:
-
-// Data members
-
- wxWindow* m_window;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the declaration of the real class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/ole/access.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-
-#endif // _WX_ACCESSBASE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/affinematrix2d.h
-// Purpose: wxAffineMatrix2D class.
-// Author: Based on wxTransformMatrix by Chris Breeze, Julian Smart
-// Created: 2011-04-05
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2D_H_
-#define _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2D_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GEOMETRY
-
-#include "wx/affinematrix2dbase.h"
-
-// A simple implementation of wxAffineMatrix2DBase interface done entirely in
-// wxWidgets.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAffineMatrix2D : public wxAffineMatrix2DBase
-{
-public:
- wxAffineMatrix2D() : m_11(1), m_12(0),
- m_21(0), m_22(1),
- m_tx(0), m_ty(0)
- {
- }
-
- // Implement base class pure virtual methods.
- virtual void Set(const wxMatrix2D& mat2D, const wxPoint2DDouble& tr);
- virtual void Get(wxMatrix2D* mat2D, wxPoint2DDouble* tr) const;
- virtual void Concat(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t);
- virtual bool Invert();
- virtual bool IsIdentity() const;
- virtual bool IsEqual(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t) const;
- virtual void Translate(wxDouble dx, wxDouble dy);
- virtual void Scale(wxDouble xScale, wxDouble yScale);
- virtual void Rotate(wxDouble cRadians);
-
-protected:
- virtual wxPoint2DDouble DoTransformPoint(const wxPoint2DDouble& p) const;
- virtual wxPoint2DDouble DoTransformDistance(const wxPoint2DDouble& p) const;
-
-private:
- wxDouble m_11, m_12, m_21, m_22, m_tx, m_ty;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GEOMETRY
-
-#endif // _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2D_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/affinematrix2dbase.h
-// Purpose: Common interface for 2D transformation matrices.
-// Author: Catalin Raceanu
-// Created: 2011-04-06
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2DBASE_H_
-#define _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2DBASE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GEOMETRY
-
-#include "wx/geometry.h"
-
-struct wxMatrix2D
-{
- wxMatrix2D(wxDouble v11 = 1,
- wxDouble v12 = 0,
- wxDouble v21 = 0,
- wxDouble v22 = 1)
- {
- m_11 = v11; m_12 = v12;
- m_21 = v21; m_22 = v22;
- }
-
- wxDouble m_11, m_12, m_21, m_22;
-};
-
-// A 2x3 matrix representing an affine 2D transformation.
-//
-// This is an abstract base class implemented by wxAffineMatrix2D only so far,
-// but in the future we also plan to derive wxGraphicsMatrix from it (it should
-// also be documented then as currently only wxAffineMatrix2D itself is).
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAffineMatrix2DBase
-{
-public:
- wxAffineMatrix2DBase() {}
- virtual ~wxAffineMatrix2DBase() {}
-
- // sets the matrix to the respective values
- virtual void Set(const wxMatrix2D& mat2D, const wxPoint2DDouble& tr) = 0;
-
- // gets the component valuess of the matrix
- virtual void Get(wxMatrix2D* mat2D, wxPoint2DDouble* tr) const = 0;
-
- // concatenates the matrix
- virtual void Concat(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t) = 0;
-
- // makes this the inverse matrix
- virtual bool Invert() = 0;
-
- // return true if this is the identity matrix
- virtual bool IsIdentity() const = 0;
-
- // returns true if the elements of the transformation matrix are equal ?
- virtual bool IsEqual(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t) const = 0;
- bool operator==(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t) const { return IsEqual(t); }
- bool operator!=(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t) const { return !IsEqual(t); }
-
-
- //
- // transformations
- //
-
- // add the translation to this matrix
- virtual void Translate(wxDouble dx, wxDouble dy) = 0;
-
- // add the scale to this matrix
- virtual void Scale(wxDouble xScale, wxDouble yScale) = 0;
-
- // add the rotation to this matrix (counter clockwise, radians)
- virtual void Rotate(wxDouble ccRadians) = 0;
-
- // add mirroring to this matrix
- void Mirror(int direction = wxHORIZONTAL)
- {
- wxDouble x = (direction & wxHORIZONTAL) ? -1 : 1;
- wxDouble y = (direction & wxVERTICAL) ? -1 : 1;
- Scale(x, y);
- }
-
-
- // applies that matrix to the point
- wxPoint2DDouble TransformPoint(const wxPoint2DDouble& src) const
- {
- return DoTransformPoint(src);
- }
-
- void TransformPoint(wxDouble* x, wxDouble* y) const
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( x && y, "Can't be NULL" );
-
- const wxPoint2DDouble dst = DoTransformPoint(wxPoint2DDouble(*x, *y));
- *x = dst.m_x;
- *y = dst.m_y;
- }
-
- // applies the matrix except for translations
- wxPoint2DDouble TransformDistance(const wxPoint2DDouble& src) const
- {
- return DoTransformDistance(src);
- }
-
- void TransformDistance(wxDouble* dx, wxDouble* dy) const
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( dx && dy, "Can't be NULL" );
-
- const wxPoint2DDouble
- dst = DoTransformDistance(wxPoint2DDouble(*dx, *dy));
- *dx = dst.m_x;
- *dy = dst.m_y;
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual
- wxPoint2DDouble DoTransformPoint(const wxPoint2DDouble& p) const = 0;
- virtual
- wxPoint2DDouble DoTransformDistance(const wxPoint2DDouble& p) const = 0;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GEOMETRY
-
-#endif // _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2DBASE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/afterstd.h
-// Purpose: #include after STL headers
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/**
- See the comments in beforestd.h.
- */
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-#endif
-
-// undo what we did in wx/beforestd.h
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ <= 1201
- // MSVC 5 does not have this
- #if _MSC_VER > 1100
- #pragma warning(pop)
- #else
- // 'expression' : signed/unsigned mismatch
- #pragma warning(default:4018)
-
- // 'identifier' : unreferenced formal parameter
- #pragma warning(default:4100)
-
- // 'conversion' : conversion from 'type1' to 'type2',
- // possible loss of data
- #pragma warning(default:4244)
-
- // C++ language change: to explicitly specialize class template
- // 'identifier' use the following syntax
- #pragma warning(default:4663)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// see beforestd.h for explanation
-#if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) && defined(HAVE_BROKEN_LIBSTDCXX_VISIBILITY)
- #pragma GCC visibility pop
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/anidecod.h
-// Purpose: wxANIDecoder, ANI reader for wxImage and wxAnimation
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ANIDECOD_H
-#define _WX_ANIDECOD_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS && (wxUSE_ICO_CUR || wxUSE_GIF)
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/animdecod.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-
-class /*WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE*/ wxANIFrameInfo; // private implementation detail
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxANIFrameInfo, wxANIFrameInfoArray);
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxImage, wxImageArray);
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxANIDecoder class
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxANIDecoder : public wxAnimationDecoder
-{
-public:
- // constructor, destructor, etc.
- wxANIDecoder();
- ~wxANIDecoder();
-
-
- virtual wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const;
- virtual wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const;
- virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const;
- virtual long GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const;
- virtual wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const;
-
- // implementation of wxAnimationDecoder's pure virtuals
-
- virtual bool Load( wxInputStream& stream );
-
- bool ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const;
-
- wxAnimationDecoder *Clone() const
- { return new wxANIDecoder; }
- wxAnimationType GetType() const
- { return wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANI; }
-
-private:
- // wxAnimationDecoder pure virtual:
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) const;
- // modifies current stream position (see wxAnimationDecoder::CanRead)
-
- // frames stored as wxImage(s): ANI files are meant to be used mostly for animated
- // cursors and thus they do not use any optimization to encode differences between
- // two frames: they are just a list of images to display sequentially.
- wxImageArray m_images;
-
- // the info about each image stored in m_images.
- // NB: m_info.GetCount() may differ from m_images.GetCount()!
- wxANIFrameInfoArray m_info;
-
- // this is the wxCURHandler used to load the ICON chunk of the ANI files
- static wxCURHandler sm_handler;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxANIDecoder);
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && (wxUSE_ICO_CUR || wxUSE_GIF)
-
-#endif // _WX_ANIDECOD_H
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/animate.h
-// Purpose: wxAnimation and wxAnimationCtrl
-// Author: Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 13/8/99
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ANIMATE_H_
-#define _WX_ANIMATE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
-
-#include "wx/animdecod.h"
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxAnimation;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(wxAnimation) wxNullAnimation;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxAnimationCtrlNameStr[];
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnimationBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimationBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxAnimationBase() {}
-
- virtual bool IsOk() const = 0;
-
- // can be -1
- virtual int GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
-
- virtual unsigned int GetFrameCount() const = 0;
- virtual wxImage GetFrame(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const = 0;
-
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name,
- wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0;
- virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream,
- wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxAnimationBase)
-};
-
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnimationCtrlBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// do not autoresize to the animation's size when SetAnimation() is called
-#define wxAC_NO_AUTORESIZE (0x0010)
-
-// default style does not include wxAC_NO_AUTORESIZE, that is, the control
-// auto-resizes by default to fit the new animation when SetAnimation() is called
-#define wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxBORDER_NONE)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimationCtrlBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxAnimationCtrlBase() { }
-
- // public API
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename,
- wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0;
- virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream,
- wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY) = 0;
-
- virtual void SetAnimation(const wxAnimation &anim) = 0;
- virtual wxAnimation GetAnimation() const = 0;
-
- virtual bool Play() = 0;
- virtual void Stop() = 0;
-
- virtual bool IsPlaying() const = 0;
-
- virtual void SetInactiveBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp);
-
- // always return the original bitmap set in this control
- wxBitmap GetInactiveBitmap() const
- { return m_bmpStatic; }
-
-protected:
- // the inactive bitmap as it was set by the user
- wxBitmap m_bmpStatic;
-
- // the inactive bitmap currently shown in the control
- // (may differ in the size from m_bmpStatic)
- wxBitmap m_bmpStaticReal;
-
- // updates m_bmpStaticReal from m_bmpStatic if needed
- virtual void UpdateStaticImage();
-
- // called by SetInactiveBitmap
- virtual void DisplayStaticImage() = 0;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrlBase)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-specific version of the wxAnimationCtrl class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/gtk/animate.h"
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/animate.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_ANIMATE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/animdecod.h
-// Purpose: wxAnimationDecoder
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ANIMDECOD_H
-#define _WX_ANIMDECOD_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-
-/*
-
- Differences between a wxAnimationDecoder and a wxImageHandler:
-
- 1) wxImageHandlers always load an input stream directly into a given wxImage
- object converting from the format-specific data representation to the
- wxImage native format (RGB24).
- wxAnimationDecoders always load an input stream using some optimized format
- to store it which is format-depedent. This allows to store a (possibly big)
- animation using a format which is a good compromise between required memory
- and time required to blit it on the screen.
-
- 2) wxAnimationDecoders contain the animation data in some internal variable.
- That's why they derive from wxObjectRefData: they are data which can be shared.
-
- 3) wxAnimationDecoders can be used by a wxImageHandler to retrieve a frame
- in wxImage format; the viceversa cannot be done.
-
- 4) wxAnimationDecoders are decoders only, thus they do not support save features.
-
- 5) wxAnimationDecoders are directly used by wxAnimation (generic implementation)
- as wxObjectRefData while they need to be 'wrapped' by a wxImageHandler for
- wxImage uses.
-
-*/
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Constants
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: the values of these enum items are not casual but coincide with the
-// GIF disposal codes. Do not change them !!
-enum wxAnimationDisposal
-{
- // No disposal specified. The decoder is not required to take any action.
- wxANIM_UNSPECIFIED = -1,
-
- // Do not dispose. The graphic is to be left in place.
- wxANIM_DONOTREMOVE = 0,
-
- // Restore to background color. The area used by the graphic must be
- // restored to the background color.
- wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND = 1,
-
- // Restore to previous. The decoder is required to restore the area
- // overwritten by the graphic with what was there prior to rendering the graphic.
- wxANIM_TOPREVIOUS = 2
-};
-
-enum wxAnimationType
-{
- wxANIMATION_TYPE_INVALID,
- wxANIMATION_TYPE_GIF,
- wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANI,
-
- wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY
-};
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnimationDecoder class
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAnimationDecoder : public wxObjectRefData
-{
-public:
- wxAnimationDecoder()
- {
- m_nFrames = 0;
- }
-
- virtual bool Load( wxInputStream& stream ) = 0;
-
- bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) const
- {
- // NOTE: this code is the same of wxImageHandler::CallDoCanRead
-
- if ( !stream.IsSeekable() )
- return false; // can't test unseekable stream
-
- wxFileOffset posOld = stream.TellI();
- bool ok = DoCanRead(stream);
-
- // restore the old position to be able to test other formats and so on
- if ( stream.SeekI(posOld) == wxInvalidOffset )
- {
- wxLogDebug(wxT("Failed to rewind the stream in wxAnimationDecoder!"));
-
- // reading would fail anyhow as we're not at the right position
- return false;
- }
-
- return ok;
- }
-
- virtual wxAnimationDecoder *Clone() const = 0;
- virtual wxAnimationType GetType() const = 0;
-
- // convert given frame to wxImage
- virtual bool ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const = 0;
-
-
- // frame specific data getters
-
- // not all frames may be of the same size; e.g. GIF allows to
- // specify that between two frames only a smaller portion of the
- // entire animation has changed.
- virtual wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
-
- // the position of this frame in case it's not as big as m_szAnimation
- // or wxPoint(0,0) otherwise.
- virtual wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
-
- // what should be done after displaying this frame.
- virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
-
- // the number of milliseconds this frame should be displayed.
- // if returns -1 then the frame must be displayed forever.
- virtual long GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
-
- // the transparent colour for this frame if any or wxNullColour.
- virtual wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
-
- // get global data
- wxSize GetAnimationSize() const { return m_szAnimation; }
- wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_background; }
- unsigned int GetFrameCount() const { return m_nFrames; }
-
-protected:
- // checks the signature of the data in the given stream and returns true if it
- // appears to be a valid animation format recognized by the animation decoder;
- // this function should modify the stream current position without taking care
- // of restoring it since CanRead() will do it.
- virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) const = 0;
-
- wxSize m_szAnimation;
- unsigned int m_nFrames;
-
- // this is the colour to use for the wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND disposal.
- // if not specified by the animation, it's set to wxNullColour
- wxColour m_background;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif // _WX_ANIMDECOD_H
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/any.h
-// Purpose: wxAny class
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07/05/2009
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ANY_H_
-#define _WX_ANY_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ANY
-
-#include <new> // for placement new
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/meta/if.h"
-#include "wx/typeinfo.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-// Size of the wxAny value buffer.
-enum
-{
- WX_ANY_VALUE_BUFFER_SIZE = 16
-};
-
-union wxAnyValueBuffer
-{
- union Alignment
- {
- #if wxHAS_INT64
- wxInt64 m_int64;
- #endif
- long double m_longDouble;
- void ( *m_funcPtr )(void);
- void ( wxAnyValueBuffer::*m_mFuncPtr )(void);
- } m_alignment;
-
- void* m_ptr;
- wxByte m_buffer[WX_ANY_VALUE_BUFFER_SIZE];
-};
-
-//
-// wxAnyValueType is base class for value type functionality for C++ data
-// types used with wxAny. Usually the default template (wxAnyValueTypeImpl<>)
-// will create a satisfactory wxAnyValueType implementation for a data type.
-//
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueType
-{
- WX_DECLARE_ABSTRACT_TYPEINFO(wxAnyValueType)
-public:
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxAnyValueType()
- {
- }
-
- /**
- Destructor.
- */
- virtual ~wxAnyValueType()
- {
- }
-
- /**
- This function is used for internal type matching.
- */
- virtual bool IsSameType(const wxAnyValueType* otherType) const = 0;
-
- /**
- This function is called every time the data in wxAny
- buffer needs to be freed.
- */
- virtual void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Implement this for buffer-to-buffer copy.
-
- @param src
- This is the source data buffer.
-
- @param dst
- This is the destination data buffer that is in either
- uninitialized or freed state.
- */
- virtual void CopyBuffer(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Convert value into buffer of different type. Return false if
- not possible.
- */
- virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src,
- wxAnyValueType* dstType,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Use this template function for checking if wxAnyValueType represents
- a specific C++ data type.
-
- @remarks This template function does not work on some older compilers
- (such as Visual C++ 6.0). For full compiler compatibility
- please use wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(valueTypePtr, T) macro
- instead.
-
- @see wxAny::CheckType()
- */
- // FIXME-VC6: remove this hack when VC6 is no longer supported
- template <typename T>
- bool CheckType(T* reserved = NULL) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
- virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const = 0;
-#endif
-private:
-};
-
-
-//
-// We need to allocate wxAnyValueType instances in heap, and need to use
-// scoped ptr to properly deallocate them in dynamic library use cases.
-// Here we have a minimal specialized scoped ptr implementation to deal
-// with various compiler-specific problems with template class' static
-// member variable of template type with explicit constructor which
-// is initialized in global scope.
-//
-class wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr
-{
-public:
- wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr(wxAnyValueType* ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { }
- ~wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr() { delete m_ptr; }
- wxAnyValueType* get() const { return m_ptr; }
-private:
- wxAnyValueType* m_ptr;
-};
-
-
-//
-// This method of checking the type is compatible with VC6
-#define wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE(valueTypePtr, T) \
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::IsSameClass(valueTypePtr)
-
-
-/**
- Helper macro for defining user value types.
-
- Even though C++ RTTI would be fully available to use, we'd have to to
- facilitate sub-type system which allows, for instance, wxAny with
- signed short '15' to be treated equal to wxAny with signed long long '15'.
- Having sm_instance is important here.
-
- NB: We really need to have wxAnyValueType instances allocated
- in heap. They are stored as static template member variables,
- and with them we just can't be too careful (eg. not allocating
- them in heap broke the type identification in GCC).
-*/
-#define WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(CLS) \
- friend class wxAny; \
- WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(CLS) \
-public: \
- static bool IsSameClass(const wxAnyValueType* otherType) \
- { \
- return wxTypeId(*sm_instance.get()) == wxTypeId(*otherType); \
- } \
- virtual bool IsSameType(const wxAnyValueType* otherType) const \
- { \
- return IsSameClass(otherType); \
- } \
-private: \
- static wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr sm_instance; \
-public: \
- static wxAnyValueType* GetInstance() \
- { \
- return sm_instance.get(); \
- }
-
-
-#define WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(CLS) \
-wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr CLS::sm_instance(new CLS());
-
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
- // "non dll-interface class 'xxx' used as base interface
- #pragma warning (push)
- #pragma warning (disable:4275)
-#endif
-
-/**
- Following are helper classes for the wxAnyValueTypeImplBase.
-*/
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-template<typename T>
-class wxAnyValueTypeOpsInplace
-{
-public:
- static void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf)
- {
- T* value = reinterpret_cast<T*>(&buf.m_buffer[0]);
- value->~T();
-
- // Some compiler may given 'unused variable' warnings without this
- wxUnusedVar(value);
- }
-
- static void SetValue(const T& value,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& buf)
- {
- // Use placement new
- void* const place = buf.m_buffer;
- ::new(place) T(value);
- }
-
- static const T& GetValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& buf)
- {
- // Breaking this code into two lines should suppress
- // GCC's 'type-punned pointer will break strict-aliasing rules'
- // warning.
- const T* value = reinterpret_cast<const T*>(&buf.m_buffer[0]);
- return *value;
- }
-};
-
-
-template<typename T>
-class wxAnyValueTypeOpsGeneric
-{
-public:
- template<typename T2>
- class DataHolder
- {
- public:
- DataHolder(const T2& value)
- {
- m_value = value;
- }
- virtual ~DataHolder() { }
-
- T2 m_value;
- private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(DataHolder);
- };
-
- static void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf)
- {
- DataHolder<T>* holder = static_cast<DataHolder<T>*>(buf.m_ptr);
- delete holder;
- }
-
- static void SetValue(const T& value,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& buf)
- {
- DataHolder<T>* holder = new DataHolder<T>(value);
- buf.m_ptr = holder;
- }
-
- static const T& GetValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& buf)
- {
- DataHolder<T>* holder = static_cast<DataHolder<T>*>(buf.m_ptr);
- return holder->m_value;
- }
-};
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-
-/**
- Intermediate template for the generic value type implementation.
- We can derive from this same value type for multiple actual types
- (for instance, we can have wxAnyValueTypeImplInt for all signed
- integer types), and also easily implement specialized templates
- with specific dynamic type conversion.
-*/
-template<typename T>
-class wxAnyValueTypeImplBase : public wxAnyValueType
-{
- typedef typename wxIf< sizeof(T) <= WX_ANY_VALUE_BUFFER_SIZE,
- wxPrivate::wxAnyValueTypeOpsInplace<T>,
- wxPrivate::wxAnyValueTypeOpsGeneric<T> >::value
- Ops;
-
-public:
- wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() : wxAnyValueType() { }
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImplBase() { }
-
- virtual void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) const
- {
- Ops::DeleteValue(buf);
- }
-
- virtual void CopyBuffer(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const
- {
- Ops::SetValue(Ops::GetValue(src), dst);
- }
-
- /**
- It is important to reimplement this in any specialized template
- classes that inherit from wxAnyValueTypeImplBase.
- */
- static void SetValue(const T& value,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& buf)
- {
- Ops::SetValue(value, buf);
- }
-
- /**
- It is important to reimplement this in any specialized template
- classes that inherit from wxAnyValueTypeImplBase.
- */
- static const T& GetValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& buf)
- {
- return Ops::GetValue(buf);
- }
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
- virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const
- {
- return wxGetTypeInfo((T*)NULL);
- }
-#endif
-};
-
-
-/*
- Generic value type template. Note that bulk of the implementation
- resides in wxAnyValueTypeImplBase.
-*/
-template<typename T>
-class wxAnyValueTypeImpl : public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<T>
-{
- WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>)
-public:
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<T>() { }
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { }
-
- virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src,
- wxAnyValueType* dstType,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const
- {
- wxUnusedVar(src);
- wxUnusedVar(dstType);
- wxUnusedVar(dst);
- return false;
- }
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-wxAnyValueTypeScopedPtr wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::sm_instance = new wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>();
-
-
-//
-// Helper macro for using same base value type implementation for multiple
-// actual C++ data types.
-//
-#define _WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(T, CLSTYPE) \
-template<> \
-class wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T> : public wxAnyValueTypeImpl##CLSTYPE \
-{ \
- typedef wxAnyBase##CLSTYPE##Type UseDataType; \
-public: \
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : wxAnyValueTypeImpl##CLSTYPE() { } \
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { } \
- static void SetValue(const T& value, wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) \
- { \
- void* voidPtr = reinterpret_cast<void*>(&buf.m_buffer[0]); \
- UseDataType* dptr = reinterpret_cast<UseDataType*>(voidPtr); \
- *dptr = static_cast<UseDataType>(value); \
- } \
- static T GetValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) \
- { \
- const void* voidPtr = \
- reinterpret_cast<const void*>(&buf.m_buffer[0]); \
- const UseDataType* sptr = \
- reinterpret_cast<const UseDataType*>(voidPtr); \
- return static_cast<T>(*sptr); \
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-#define WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(T, CLSTYPE) \
-_WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(T, CLSTYPE)\
- virtual const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const \
- { \
- return wxGetTypeInfo((T*)NULL); \
- } \
-};
-#else
-#define WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(T, CLSTYPE) \
-_WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(T, CLSTYPE)\
-};
-#endif
-
-//
-// Integer value types
-//
-
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
- typedef wxLongLong_t wxAnyBaseIntType;
- typedef wxULongLong_t wxAnyBaseUintType;
-#else
- typedef long wxAnyBaseIntType;
- typedef unsigned long wxAnyBaseUintType;
-#endif
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImplInt :
- public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<wxAnyBaseIntType>
-{
- WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplInt)
-public:
- wxAnyValueTypeImplInt() :
- wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<wxAnyBaseIntType>() { }
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImplInt() { }
-
- virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src,
- wxAnyValueType* dstType,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImplUint :
- public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<wxAnyBaseUintType>
-{
- WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplUint)
-public:
- wxAnyValueTypeImplUint() :
- wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<wxAnyBaseUintType>() { }
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImplUint() { }
-
- virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src,
- wxAnyValueType* dstType,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const;
-};
-
-
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(signed long, Int)
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(signed int, Int)
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(signed short, Int)
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(signed char, Int)
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(wxLongLong_t, Int)
-#endif
-
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(unsigned long, Uint)
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(unsigned int, Uint)
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(unsigned short, Uint)
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(unsigned char, Uint)
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(wxULongLong_t, Uint)
-#endif
-
-
-//
-// This macro is used in header, but then in source file we must have:
-// WX_IMPLEMENT_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME)
-//
-#define _WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(T, TYPENAME, CONVFUNC, GV) \
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME : \
- public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<T> \
-{ \
- WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME) \
-public: \
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME() : \
- wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<T>() { } \
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME() { } \
- virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, \
- wxAnyValueType* dstType, \
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const \
- { \
- GV value = GetValue(src); \
- return CONVFUNC(value, dstType, dst); \
- } \
-}; \
-template<> \
-class wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T> : public wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME \
-{ \
-public: \
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : wxAnyValueTypeImpl##TYPENAME() { } \
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { } \
-};
-
-#define WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(T, TYPENAME, CONVFUNC, BT) \
-_WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(T, TYPENAME, CONVFUNC, BT) \
-
-#define WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE_BASE(T, TYPENAME, CONVFUNC) \
-_WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(T, TYPENAME, \
- CONVFUNC, const T&) \
-
-//
-// String value type
-//
-
-// Convert wxString to destination wxAny value type
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxAnyConvertString(const wxString& value,
- wxAnyValueType* dstType,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst);
-
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE_BASE(wxString, wxString, wxAnyConvertString)
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(const char*, ConstCharPtr,
- wxAnyConvertString, wxString)
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_CONVERTIBLE_TYPE(const wchar_t*, ConstWchar_tPtr,
- wxAnyConvertString, wxString)
-
-//
-// Bool value type
-//
-template<>
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImpl<bool> :
- public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<bool>
-{
- WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl<bool>)
-public:
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl() :
- wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<bool>() { }
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { }
-
- virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src,
- wxAnyValueType* dstType,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const;
-};
-
-//
-// Floating point value type
-//
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble :
- public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<double>
-{
- WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble)
-public:
- wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble() :
- wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<double>() { }
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImplDouble() { }
-
- virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src,
- wxAnyValueType* dstType,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const;
-};
-
-// WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE requires this
-typedef double wxAnyBaseDoubleType;
-
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(float, Double)
-WX_ANY_DEFINE_SUB_TYPE(double, Double)
-
-
-//
-// Defines a dummy wxAnyValueTypeImpl<> with given export
-// declaration. This is needed if a class is used with
-// wxAny in both user shared library and application.
-//
-#define wxDECLARE_ANY_TYPE(CLS, DECL) \
-template<> \
-class DECL wxAnyValueTypeImpl<CLS> : \
- public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<CLS> \
-{ \
- WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImpl<CLS>) \
-public: \
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : \
- wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<CLS>() { } \
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { } \
- \
- virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src, \
- wxAnyValueType* dstType, \
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const \
- { \
- wxUnusedVar(src); \
- wxUnusedVar(dstType); \
- wxUnusedVar(dst); \
- return false; \
- } \
-};
-
-
-// Make sure some of wx's own types get the right wxAnyValueType export
-// (this is needed only for types that are referred to from wxBase.
-// currently we may not use any of these types from there, but let's
-// use the macro on at least one to make sure it compiles since we can't
-// really test it properly in unit tests since a separate DLL would
-// be needed).
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- #include "wx/datetime.h"
- wxDECLARE_ANY_TYPE(wxDateTime, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE)
-#endif
-
-//#include "wx/object.h"
-//wxDECLARE_ANY_TYPE(wxObject*, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE)
-
-//#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-//wxDECLARE_ANY_TYPE(wxArrayString, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE)
-
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAnyToVariantRegistration;
-
-// Because of header inter-dependencies, cannot include this earlier
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-
-//
-// wxVariantData* data type implementation. For cases when appropriate
-// wxAny<->wxVariant conversion code is missing.
-//
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData :
- public wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<wxVariantData*>
-{
- WX_DECLARE_ANY_VALUE_TYPE(wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData)
-public:
- wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData() :
- wxAnyValueTypeImplBase<wxVariantData*>() { }
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData() { }
-
- virtual void DeleteValue(wxAnyValueBuffer& buf) const
- {
- wxVariantData* data = static_cast<wxVariantData*>(buf.m_ptr);
- if ( data )
- data->DecRef();
- }
-
- virtual void CopyBuffer(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const
- {
- wxVariantData* data = static_cast<wxVariantData*>(src.m_ptr);
- if ( data )
- data->IncRef();
- dst.m_ptr = data;
- }
-
- static void SetValue(wxVariantData* value,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& buf)
- {
- value->IncRef();
- buf.m_ptr = value;
- }
-
- static wxVariantData* GetValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& buf)
- {
- return static_cast<wxVariantData*>(buf.m_ptr);
- }
-
- virtual bool ConvertValue(const wxAnyValueBuffer& src,
- wxAnyValueType* dstType,
- wxAnyValueBuffer& dst) const
- {
- wxUnusedVar(src);
- wxUnusedVar(dstType);
- wxUnusedVar(dst);
- return false;
- }
-};
-
-template<>
-class wxAnyValueTypeImpl<wxVariantData*> :
- public wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData
-{
-public:
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl() : wxAnyValueTypeImplVariantData() { }
- virtual ~wxAnyValueTypeImpl() { }
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
- // Re-enable useless VC6 warnings
- #pragma warning (pop)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- Let's define a discrete Null value so we don't have to really
- ever check if wxAny.m_type pointer is NULL or not. This is an
- optimization, mostly. Implementation of this value type is
- "hidden" in the source file.
-*/
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxAnyValueType*) wxAnyNullValueType;
-
-
-//
-// We need to implement custom signed/unsigned int equals operators
-// for signed/unsigned (eg. wxAny(128UL) == 128L) comparisons to work.
-#define WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(TS, TUS) \
-bool operator==(TS value) const \
-{ \
- if ( wxAnyValueTypeImpl<TS>::IsSameClass(m_type) ) \
- return (value == static_cast<TS> \
- (wxAnyValueTypeImpl<TS>::GetValue(m_buffer))); \
- if ( wxAnyValueTypeImpl<TUS>::IsSameClass(m_type) ) \
- return (value == static_cast<TS> \
- (wxAnyValueTypeImpl<TUS>::GetValue(m_buffer))); \
- return false; \
-} \
-bool operator==(TUS value) const \
-{ \
- if ( wxAnyValueTypeImpl<TUS>::IsSameClass(m_type) ) \
- return (value == static_cast<TUS> \
- (wxAnyValueTypeImpl<TUS>::GetValue(m_buffer))); \
- if ( wxAnyValueTypeImpl<TS>::IsSameClass(m_type) ) \
- return (value == static_cast<TUS> \
- (wxAnyValueTypeImpl<TS>::GetValue(m_buffer))); \
- return false; \
-}
-
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-
-// Note that the following functions are implemented outside wxAny class
-// so that it can reside entirely in header and lack the export declaration.
-
-// Helper function used to associate wxAnyValueType with a wxVariantData.
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void
-wxPreRegisterAnyToVariant(wxAnyToVariantRegistration* reg);
-
-// This function performs main wxAny to wxVariant conversion duties.
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool
-wxConvertAnyToVariant(const wxAny& any, wxVariant* variant);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT
-
-
-//
-// The wxAny class represents a container for any type. A variant's value
-// can be changed at run time, possibly to a different type of value.
-//
-// As standard, wxAny can store value of almost any type, in a fairly
-// optimal manner even.
-//
-class wxAny
-{
-public:
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxAny()
- {
- m_type = wxAnyNullValueType;
- }
-
- /**
- Destructor.
- */
- ~wxAny()
- {
- m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer);
- }
-
- //@{
- /**
- Various constructors.
- */
- template<typename T>
- wxAny(const T& value)
- {
- m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::sm_instance.get();
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::SetValue(value, m_buffer);
- }
-
- // These two constructors are needed to deal with string literals
- wxAny(const char* value)
- {
- m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl<const char*>::sm_instance.get();
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl<const char*>::SetValue(value, m_buffer);
- }
- wxAny(const wchar_t* value)
- {
- m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl<const wchar_t*>::sm_instance.get();
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl<const wchar_t*>::SetValue(value, m_buffer);
- }
-
- wxAny(const wxAny& any)
- {
- m_type = wxAnyNullValueType;
- AssignAny(any);
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
- wxAny(const wxVariant& variant)
- {
- m_type = wxAnyNullValueType;
- AssignVariant(variant);
- }
-#endif
-
- //@}
-
- /**
- Use this template function for checking if this wxAny holds
- a specific C++ data type.
-
- @remarks This template function does not work on some older compilers
- (such as Visual C++ 6.0). For full compiler ccompatibility
- please use wxANY_CHECK_TYPE(any, T) macro instead.
-
- @see wxAnyValueType::CheckType()
- */
- // FIXME-VC6: remove this hack when VC6 is no longer supported
- template <typename T>
- bool CheckType(T* = NULL) const
- {
- return m_type->CheckType<T>();
- }
-
- /**
- Returns the value type as wxAnyValueType instance.
-
- @remarks You cannot reliably test whether two wxAnys are of
- same value type by simply comparing return values
- of wxAny::GetType(). Instead, use wxAny::HasSameType().
-
- @see HasSameType()
- */
- const wxAnyValueType* GetType() const
- {
- return m_type;
- }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this and another wxAny have the same
- value type.
- */
- bool HasSameType(const wxAny& other) const
- {
- return GetType()->IsSameType(other.GetType());
- }
-
- /**
- Tests if wxAny is null (that is, whether there is no data).
- */
- bool IsNull() const
- {
- return (m_type == wxAnyNullValueType);
- }
-
- /**
- Makes wxAny null (that is, clears it).
- */
- void MakeNull()
- {
- m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer);
- m_type = wxAnyNullValueType;
- }
-
- //@{
- /**
- Assignment operators.
- */
- template<typename T>
- wxAny& operator=(const T &value)
- {
- m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer);
- m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::sm_instance.get();
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::SetValue(value, m_buffer);
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxAny& operator=(const wxAny &any)
- {
- if (this != &any)
- AssignAny(any);
- return *this;
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
- wxAny& operator=(const wxVariant &variant)
- {
- AssignVariant(variant);
- return *this;
- }
-#endif
-
- // These two operators are needed to deal with string literals
- wxAny& operator=(const char* value)
- {
- Assign(value);
- return *this;
- }
- wxAny& operator=(const wchar_t* value)
- {
- Assign(value);
- return *this;
- }
-
- //@{
- /**
- Equality operators.
- */
- bool operator==(const wxString& value) const
- {
- wxString value2;
- if ( !GetAs(&value2) )
- return false;
- return value == value2;
- }
-
- bool operator==(const char* value) const
- { return (*this) == wxString(value); }
- bool operator==(const wchar_t* value) const
- { return (*this) == wxString(value); }
-
- //
- // We need to implement custom signed/unsigned int equals operators
- // for signed/unsigned (eg. wxAny(128UL) == 128L) comparisons to work.
- WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(signed char, unsigned char)
- WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(signed short, unsigned short)
- WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(signed int, unsigned int)
- WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(signed long, unsigned long)
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
- WXANY_IMPLEMENT_INT_EQ_OP(wxLongLong_t, wxULongLong_t)
-#endif
-
- wxGCC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(float-equal)
-
- bool operator==(float value) const
- {
- if ( !wxAnyValueTypeImpl<float>::IsSameClass(m_type) )
- return false;
-
- return value ==
- static_cast<float>
- (wxAnyValueTypeImpl<float>::GetValue(m_buffer));
- }
-
- bool operator==(double value) const
- {
- if ( !wxAnyValueTypeImpl<double>::IsSameClass(m_type) )
- return false;
-
- return value ==
- static_cast<double>
- (wxAnyValueTypeImpl<double>::GetValue(m_buffer));
- }
-
- wxGCC_WARNING_RESTORE(float-equal)
-
- bool operator==(bool value) const
- {
- if ( !wxAnyValueTypeImpl<bool>::IsSameClass(m_type) )
- return false;
-
- return value == (wxAnyValueTypeImpl<bool>::GetValue(m_buffer));
- }
-
- //@}
-
- //@{
- /**
- Inequality operators (implement as template).
- */
- template<typename T>
- bool operator!=(const T& value) const
- { return !((*this) == value); }
- //@}
-
- /**
- This template function converts wxAny into given type. In most cases
- no type conversion is performed, so if the type is incorrect an
- assertion failure will occur.
-
- @remarks For convenience, conversion is done when T is wxString. This
- is useful when a string literal (which are treated as
- const char* and const wchar_t*) has been assigned to wxAny.
-
- This template function may not work properly with Visual C++
- 6. For full compiler compatibility, please use
- wxANY_AS(any, T) macro instead.
- */
- // FIXME-VC6: remove this hack when VC6 is no longer supported
- template<typename T>
- T As(T* = NULL) const
- {
- if ( !wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::IsSameClass(m_type) )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG("Incorrect or non-convertible data type");
- }
-
- return static_cast<T>(wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::GetValue(m_buffer));
- }
-
- // Allow easy conversion from 'const char *' etc. to wxString
- // FIXME-VC6: remove this hack when VC6 is no longer supported
- //template<>
- wxString As(wxString*) const
- {
- wxString value;
- if ( !GetAs(&value) )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG("Incorrect or non-convertible data type");
- }
- return value;
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
- const wxTypeInfo* GetTypeInfo() const
- {
- return m_type->GetTypeInfo();
- }
-#endif
- /**
- Template function that retrieves and converts the value of this
- variant to the type that T* value is.
-
- @return Returns @true if conversion was successful.
- */
- template<typename T>
- bool GetAs(T* value) const
- {
- if ( !wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::IsSameClass(m_type) )
- {
- wxAnyValueType* otherType =
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::sm_instance.get();
- wxAnyValueBuffer temp_buf;
-
- if ( !m_type->ConvertValue(m_buffer, otherType, temp_buf) )
- return false;
-
- *value =
- static_cast<T>(wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::GetValue(temp_buf));
- otherType->DeleteValue(temp_buf);
-
- return true;
- }
- *value = static_cast<T>(wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::GetValue(m_buffer));
- return true;
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
- // GetAs() wxVariant specialization
- bool GetAs(wxVariant* value) const
- {
- return wxConvertAnyToVariant(*this, value);
- }
-#endif
-
-private:
- // Assignment functions
- void AssignAny(const wxAny& any)
- {
- // Must delete value - CopyBuffer() never does that
- m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer);
-
- wxAnyValueType* newType = any.m_type;
-
- if ( !newType->IsSameType(m_type) )
- m_type = newType;
-
- newType->CopyBuffer(any.m_buffer, m_buffer);
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
- void AssignVariant(const wxVariant& variant)
- {
- wxVariantData* data = variant.GetData();
-
- if ( data && data->GetAsAny(this) )
- return;
-
- m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer);
-
- if ( variant.IsNull() )
- {
- // Init as Null
- m_type = wxAnyNullValueType;
- }
- else
- {
- // If everything else fails, wrap the whole wxVariantData
- m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl<wxVariantData*>::sm_instance.get();
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl<wxVariantData*>::SetValue(data, m_buffer);
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- template<typename T>
- void Assign(const T &value)
- {
- m_type->DeleteValue(m_buffer);
- m_type = wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::sm_instance.get();
- wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::SetValue(value, m_buffer);
- }
-
- // Data
- wxAnyValueBuffer m_buffer;
- wxAnyValueType* m_type;
-};
-
-
-//
-// This method of checking the type is compatible with VC6
-#define wxANY_CHECK_TYPE(any, T) \
- wxANY_VALUE_TYPE_CHECK_TYPE((any).GetType(), T)
-
-
-//
-// This method of getting the value is compatible with VC6
-#define wxANY_AS(any, T) \
- (any).As(static_cast<T*>(NULL))
-
-
-template<typename T>
-inline bool wxAnyValueType::CheckType(T* reserved) const
-{
- wxUnusedVar(reserved);
- return wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::IsSameClass(this);
-}
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxAny, wxAnyList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ANY
-
-#endif // _WX_ANY_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/anybutton.h
-// Purpose: wxAnyButtonBase class
-// Author: Vadim Zetlin
-// Created: 2000-08-15 (extracted from button.h)
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zetlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ANYBUTTON_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_ANYBUTTON_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_ANY_BUTTON
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnyButton specific flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// These flags affect label alignment
-#define wxBU_LEFT 0x0040
-#define wxBU_TOP 0x0080
-#define wxBU_RIGHT 0x0100
-#define wxBU_BOTTOM 0x0200
-#define wxBU_ALIGN_MASK ( wxBU_LEFT | wxBU_TOP | wxBU_RIGHT | wxBU_BOTTOM )
-
-// These two flags are obsolete
-#define wxBU_NOAUTODRAW 0x0000
-#define wxBU_AUTODRAW 0x0004
-
-// by default, the buttons will be created with some (system dependent)
-// minimal size to make them look nicer, giving this style will make them as
-// small as possible
-#define wxBU_EXACTFIT 0x0001
-
-// this flag can be used to disable using the text label in the button: it is
-// mostly useful when creating buttons showing bitmap and having stock id as
-// without it both the standard label corresponding to the stock id and the
-// bitmap would be shown
-#define wxBU_NOTEXT 0x0002
-
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnyButton: common button functionality
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAnyButtonBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxAnyButtonBase() { }
-
- // show the image in the button in addition to the label: this method is
- // supported on all (major) platforms
- void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxDirection dir = wxLEFT)
- {
- SetBitmapLabel(bitmap);
- SetBitmapPosition(dir);
- }
-
- wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Normal); }
-
- // Methods for setting individual images for different states: normal,
- // selected (meaning pushed or pressed), focused (meaning normal state for
- // a focused button), disabled or hover (a.k.a. hot or current).
- //
- // Remember that SetBitmap() itself must be called before any other
- // SetBitmapXXX() methods (except for SetBitmapLabel() which is a synonym
- // for it anyhow) and that all bitmaps passed to these functions should be
- // of the same size.
- void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
- { DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Normal); }
- void SetBitmapPressed(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
- { DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Pressed); }
- void SetBitmapDisabled(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
- { DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Disabled); }
- void SetBitmapCurrent(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
- { DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Current); }
- void SetBitmapFocus(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
- { DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Focused); }
-
- wxBitmap GetBitmapLabel() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Normal); }
- wxBitmap GetBitmapPressed() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Pressed); }
- wxBitmap GetBitmapDisabled() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Disabled); }
- wxBitmap GetBitmapCurrent() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Current); }
- wxBitmap GetBitmapFocus() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Focused); }
-
-
- // set the margins around the image
- void SetBitmapMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { DoSetBitmapMargins(x, y); }
- void SetBitmapMargins(const wxSize& sz) { DoSetBitmapMargins(sz.x, sz.y); }
- wxSize GetBitmapMargins() { return DoGetBitmapMargins(); }
-
- // set the image position relative to the text, i.e. wxLEFT means that the
- // image is to the left of the text (this is the default)
- void SetBitmapPosition(wxDirection dir);
-
-
- // Buttons on MSW can look bad if they are not native colours, because
- // then they become owner-drawn and not theme-drawn. Disable it here
- // in wxAnyButtonBase to make it consistent.
- virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
- // wxUniv-compatible and deprecated equivalents to SetBitmapXXX()
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- void SetImageLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetBitmap(bitmap); }
- void SetImageMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { SetBitmapMargins(x, y); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- // backwards compatible names for pressed/current bitmaps: they're not
- // deprecated as there is nothing really wrong with using them and no real
- // advantage to using the new names but the new names are still preferred
- wxBitmap GetBitmapSelected() const { return GetBitmapPressed(); }
- wxBitmap GetBitmapHover() const { return GetBitmapCurrent(); }
-
- void SetBitmapSelected(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetBitmapPressed(bitmap); }
- void SetBitmapHover(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetBitmapCurrent(bitmap); }
-
-
- // this enum is not part of wx public API, it is public because it is used
- // in non wxAnyButton-derived classes internally
- //
- // also notice that MSW code relies on the values of the enum elements, do
- // not change them without revising src/msw/button.cpp
- enum State
- {
- State_Normal,
- State_Current, // a.k.a. hot or "hovering"
- State_Pressed, // a.k.a. "selected" in public API for some reason
- State_Disabled,
- State_Focused,
- State_Max
- };
-
- // return true if this button shouldn't show the text label, either because
- // it doesn't have it or because it was explicitly disabled with wxBU_NOTEXT
- bool DontShowLabel() const
- {
- return HasFlag(wxBU_NOTEXT) || GetLabel().empty();
- }
-
- // return true if we do show the label
- bool ShowsLabel() const
- {
- return !DontShowLabel();
- }
-
-protected:
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- virtual wxBitmap DoGetBitmap(State WXUNUSED(which)) const
- { return wxBitmap(); }
- virtual void DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap),
- State WXUNUSED(which))
- { }
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBitmapMargins() const
- { return wxSize(0, 0); }
-
- virtual void DoSetBitmapMargins(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y))
- { }
-
- virtual void DoSetBitmapPosition(wxDirection WXUNUSED(dir))
- { }
-
- virtual bool DoGetAuthNeeded() const { return false; }
- virtual void DoSetAuthNeeded(bool WXUNUSED(show)) { }
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAnyButtonBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/anybutton.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/anybutton.h"
-//#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-// #include "wx/motif/anybutton.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/anybutton.h"
-//#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-// #include "wx/gtk1/anybutton.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/anybutton.h"
-//#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-// #include "wx/cocoa/anybutton.h"
-//#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-// #include "wx/os2/anybutton.h"
-#else
- typedef wxAnyButtonBase wxAnyButton;
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxHAS_ANY_BUTTON
-
-#endif // _WX_ANYBUTTON_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/anystr.h
-// Purpose: wxAnyStrPtr class declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-03-23
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ANYSTR_H_
-#define _WX_ANYSTR_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnyStrPtr
-//
-// Notice that this is an internal and intentionally not documented class. It
-// is only used by wxWidgets itself to ensure compatibility with previous
-// versions and shouldn't be used by user code. When you see a function
-// returning it you should just know that you can treat it as a string pointer.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This is a helper class convertible to either narrow or wide string pointer.
-// It is similar to wxCStrData but, unlike it, can be NULL which is required to
-// represent the return value of wxDateTime::ParseXXX() methods for example.
-//
-// NB: this class is fully inline and so doesn't need to be DLL-exported
-class wxAnyStrPtr
-{
-public:
- // ctors: this class must be created from the associated string or using
- // its default ctor for an invalid NULL-like object; notice that it is
- // immutable after creation.
-
- // ctor for invalid pointer
- wxAnyStrPtr()
- : m_str(NULL)
- {
- }
-
- // ctor for valid pointer into the given string (whose lifetime must be
- // greater than ours and which should remain constant while we're used)
- wxAnyStrPtr(const wxString& str, const wxString::const_iterator& iter)
- : m_str(&str),
- m_iter(iter)
- {
- }
-
- // default copy ctor is ok and so is default dtor, in particular we do not
- // free the string
-
-
- // various operators meant to make this class look like a superposition of
- // char* and wchar_t*
-
- // this one is needed to allow boolean expressions involving these objects,
- // e.g. "if ( FuncReturningAnyStrPtr() && ... )" (unfortunately using
- // unspecified_bool_type here wouldn't help with ambiguity between all the
- // different conversions to pointers)
- operator bool() const { return m_str != NULL; }
-
- // at least VC6 and VC7 also need this one or they complain about ambiguity
- // for !anystr expressions
- bool operator!() const { return !((bool)*this); }
-
-
- // and these are the conversions operator which allow to assign the result
- // of FuncReturningAnyStrPtr() to either char* or wxChar* (i.e. wchar_t*)
- operator const char *() const
- {
- if ( !m_str )
- return NULL;
-
- // check if the string is convertible to char at all
- //
- // notice that this pointer points into wxString internal buffer
- // containing its char* representation and so it can be kept for as
- // long as wxString is not modified -- which is long enough for our
- // needs
- const char *p = m_str->c_str().AsChar();
- if ( *p )
- {
- // find the offset of the character corresponding to this iterator
- // position in bytes: we don't have any direct way to do it so we
- // need to redo the conversion again for the part of the string
- // before the iterator to find its length in bytes in current
- // locale
- //
- // NB: conversion won't fail as it succeeded for the entire string
- p += strlen(wxString(m_str->begin(), m_iter).mb_str());
- }
- //else: conversion failed, return "" as we can't do anything else
-
- return p;
- }
-
- operator const wchar_t *() const
- {
- if ( !m_str )
- return NULL;
-
- // no complications with wide strings (as long as we discount
- // surrogates as we do for now)
- //
- // just remember that this works as long as wxString keeps an internal
- // buffer with its wide wide char representation, just as with AsChar()
- // above
- return m_str->c_str().AsWChar() + (m_iter - m_str->begin());
- }
-
- // Because the objects of this class are only used as return type for
- // functions which can return NULL we can skip providing dereferencing
- // operators: the code using this class must test it for NULL first and if
- // it does anything else with it it has to assign it to either char* or
- // wchar_t* itself, before dereferencing.
- //
- // IOW this
- //
- // if ( *FuncReturningAnyStrPtr() )
- //
- // is invalid because it could crash. And this
- //
- // const char *p = FuncReturningAnyStrPtr();
- // if ( p && *p )
- //
- // already works fine.
-
-private:
- // the original string and the position in it we correspond to, if the
- // string is NULL this object is NULL pointer-like
- const wxString * const m_str;
- const wxString::const_iterator m_iter;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxAnyStrPtr);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_ANYSTR_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/app.h
-// Purpose: wxAppBase class and macros used for declaration of wxApp
-// derived class in the user code
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_APP_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_APP_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers we have to include here
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/event.h" // for the base class
-#include "wx/eventfilter.h" // (and another one)
-#include "wx/build.h"
-#include "wx/cmdargs.h" // for wxCmdLineArgsArray used by wxApp::argv
-#include "wx/init.h" // we must declare wxEntry()
-#include "wx/intl.h" // for wxLayoutDirection
-#include "wx/log.h" // for wxDISABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING_IN_RELEASE_BUILD()
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAppConsole;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAppTraits;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCmdLineParser;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEventLoopBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMessageOutput;
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxVideoMode;
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-#endif
-
-// this macro should be used in any main() or equivalent functions defined in wx
-#define wxDISABLE_DEBUG_SUPPORT() \
- wxDISABLE_ASSERTS_IN_RELEASE_BUILD(); \
- wxDISABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING_IN_RELEASE_BUILD()
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// typedefs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the type of the function used to create a wxApp object on program start up
-typedef wxAppConsole* (*wxAppInitializerFunction)();
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
- wxPRINT_WINDOWS = 1,
- wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT = 2
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// use of this list is strongly deprecated, use wxApp ScheduleForDestruction()
-// and IsScheduledForDestruction() methods instead of this list directly, it
-// is here for compatibility purposes only
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxList) wxPendingDelete;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAppConsoleBase: wxApp for non-GUI applications
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppConsoleBase : public wxEvtHandler,
- public wxEventFilter
-{
-public:
- // ctor and dtor
- wxAppConsoleBase();
- virtual ~wxAppConsoleBase();
-
-
- // the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class
- // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // This is the very first function called for a newly created wxApp object,
- // it is used by the library to do the global initialization. If, for some
- // reason, you must override it (instead of just overriding OnInit(), as
- // usual, for app-specific initializations), do not forget to call the base
- // class version!
- virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
-
- // This gives wxCocoa a chance to call OnInit() with a memory pool in place
- virtual bool CallOnInit() { return OnInit(); }
-
- // Called before OnRun(), this is a good place to do initialization -- if
- // anything fails, return false from here to prevent the program from
- // continuing. The command line is normally parsed here, call the base
- // class OnInit() to do it.
- virtual bool OnInit();
-
- // This is the replacement for the normal main(): all program work should
- // be done here. When OnRun() returns, the programs starts shutting down.
- virtual int OnRun();
-
- // Called before the first events are handled, called from within MainLoop()
- virtual void OnLaunched();
-
- // This is called by wxEventLoopBase::SetActive(): you should put the code
- // which needs an active event loop here.
- // Note that this function is called whenever an event loop is activated;
- // you may want to use wxEventLoopBase::IsMain() to perform initialization
- // specific for the app's main event loop.
- virtual void OnEventLoopEnter(wxEventLoopBase* WXUNUSED(loop)) {}
-
- // This is only called if OnInit() returned true so it's a good place to do
- // any cleanup matching the initializations done there.
- virtual int OnExit();
-
- // This is called by wxEventLoopBase::OnExit() for each event loop which
- // is exited.
- virtual void OnEventLoopExit(wxEventLoopBase* WXUNUSED(loop)) {}
-
- // This is the very last function called on wxApp object before it is
- // destroyed. If you override it (instead of overriding OnExit() as usual)
- // do not forget to call the base class version!
- virtual void CleanUp();
-
- // Called when a fatal exception occurs, this function should take care not
- // to do anything which might provoke a nested exception! It may be
- // overridden if you wish to react somehow in non-default way (core dump
- // under Unix, application crash under Windows) to fatal program errors,
- // however extreme care should be taken if you don't want this function to
- // crash.
- virtual void OnFatalException() { }
-
- // Called from wxExit() function, should terminate the application a.s.a.p.
- virtual void Exit();
-
-
- // application info: name, description, vendor
- // -------------------------------------------
-
- // NB: all these should be set by the application itself, there are no
- // reasonable default except for the application name which is taken to
- // be argv[0]
-
- // set/get the application name
- wxString GetAppName() const;
- void SetAppName(const wxString& name) { m_appName = name; }
-
- // set/get the application display name: the display name is the name
- // shown to the user in titles, reports, etc while the app name is
- // used for paths, config, and other places the user doesn't see
- //
- // by default the display name is the same as app name or a capitalized
- // version of the program if app name was not set neither but it's
- // usually better to set it explicitly to something nicer
- wxString GetAppDisplayName() const;
-
- void SetAppDisplayName(const wxString& name) { m_appDisplayName = name; }
-
- // set/get the app class name
- wxString GetClassName() const { return m_className; }
- void SetClassName(const wxString& name) { m_className = name; }
-
- // set/get the vendor name
- const wxString& GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; }
- void SetVendorName(const wxString& name) { m_vendorName = name; }
-
- // set/get the vendor display name: the display name is shown
- // in titles/reports/dialogs to the user, while the vendor name
- // is used in some areas such as wxConfig, wxStandardPaths, etc
- const wxString& GetVendorDisplayName() const
- {
- return m_vendorDisplayName.empty() ? GetVendorName()
- : m_vendorDisplayName;
- }
- void SetVendorDisplayName(const wxString& name)
- {
- m_vendorDisplayName = name;
- }
-
-
- // cmd line parsing stuff
- // ----------------------
-
- // all of these methods may be overridden in the derived class to
- // customize the command line parsing (by default only a few standard
- // options are handled)
- //
- // you also need to call wxApp::OnInit() from YourApp::OnInit() for all
- // this to work
-
-#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
- // this one is called from OnInit() to add all supported options
- // to the given parser (don't forget to call the base class version if you
- // override it!)
- virtual void OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
-
- // called after successfully parsing the command line, return true
- // to continue and false to exit (don't forget to call the base class
- // version if you override it!)
- virtual bool OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
-
- // called if "--help" option was specified, return true to continue
- // and false to exit
- virtual bool OnCmdLineHelp(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
-
- // called if incorrect command line options were given, return
- // false to abort and true to continue
- virtual bool OnCmdLineError(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
-#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
-
-
- // miscellaneous customization functions
- // -------------------------------------
-
- // create the app traits object to which we delegate for everything which
- // either should be configurable by the user (then he can change the
- // default behaviour simply by overriding CreateTraits() and returning his
- // own traits object) or which is GUI/console dependent as then wxAppTraits
- // allows us to abstract the differences behind the common facade
- wxAppTraits *GetTraits();
-
- // this function provides safer access to traits object than
- // wxTheApp->GetTraits() during startup or termination when the global
- // application object itself may be unavailable
- //
- // of course, it still returns NULL in this case and the caller must check
- // for it
- static wxAppTraits *GetTraitsIfExists();
-
- // Return some valid traits object.
- //
- // This method checks if we have wxTheApp and returns its traits if it does
- // exist and the traits are non-NULL, similarly to GetTraitsIfExists(), but
- // falls back to wxConsoleAppTraits to ensure that it always returns
- // something valid.
- static wxAppTraits& GetValidTraits();
-
- // returns the main event loop instance, i.e. the event loop which is started
- // by OnRun() and which dispatches all events sent from the native toolkit
- // to the application (except when new event loops are temporarily set-up).
- // The returned value maybe NULL. Put initialization code which needs a
- // non-NULL main event loop into OnEventLoopEnter().
- wxEventLoopBase* GetMainLoop() const
- { return m_mainLoop; }
-
- // This function sets the C locale to the default locale for the current
- // environment. It is advised to call this to ensure that the underlying
- // toolkit uses the locale in which the numbers and monetary amounts are
- // shown in the format expected by user and so on.
- //
- // Notice that this does _not_ change the global C++ locale, you need to do
- // it explicitly if you want.
- //
- // Finally, notice that while this function is virtual, it is not supposed
- // to be overridden outside of the library itself.
- virtual void SetCLocale();
-
-
- // event processing functions
- // --------------------------
-
- // Implement the inherited wxEventFilter method but just return -1 from it
- // to indicate that default processing should take place.
- virtual int FilterEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
- // return true if we're running event loop, i.e. if the events can
- // (already) be dispatched
- static bool IsMainLoopRunning();
-
-#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
- // execute the functor to handle the given event
- //
- // this is a generalization of HandleEvent() below and the base class
- // implementation of CallEventHandler() still calls HandleEvent() for
- // compatibility for functors which are just wxEventFunctions (i.e. methods
- // of wxEvtHandler)
- virtual void CallEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler,
- wxEventFunctor& functor,
- wxEvent& event) const;
-
- // call the specified handler on the given object with the given event
- //
- // this method only exists to allow catching the exceptions thrown by any
- // event handler, it would lead to an extra (useless) virtual function call
- // if the exceptions were not used, so it doesn't even exist in that case
- virtual void HandleEvent(wxEvtHandler *handler,
- wxEventFunction func,
- wxEvent& event) const;
-
- // Called when an unhandled C++ exception occurs inside OnRun(): note that
- // the main event loop has already terminated by now and the program will
- // exit, if you need to really handle the exceptions you need to override
- // OnExceptionInMainLoop()
- virtual void OnUnhandledException();
-
- // Function called if an uncaught exception is caught inside the main
- // event loop: it may return true to continue running the event loop or
- // false to stop it (in the latter case it may rethrow the exception as
- // well)
- virtual bool OnExceptionInMainLoop();
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
-
-
- // pending events
- // --------------
-
- // IMPORTANT: all these methods conceptually belong to wxEventLoopBase
- // but for many reasons we need to allow queuing of events
- // even when there's no event loop (e.g. in wxApp::OnInit);
- // this feature is used e.g. to queue events on secondary threads
- // or in wxPython to use wx.CallAfter before the GUI is initialized
-
- // process all events in the m_handlersWithPendingEvents list -- it is necessary
- // to call this function to process posted events. This happens during each
- // event loop iteration in GUI mode but if there is no main loop, it may be
- // also called directly.
- virtual void ProcessPendingEvents();
-
- // check if there are pending events on global pending event list
- bool HasPendingEvents() const;
-
- // temporary suspends processing of the pending events
- void SuspendProcessingOfPendingEvents();
-
- // resume processing of the pending events previously stopped because of a
- // call to SuspendProcessingOfPendingEvents()
- void ResumeProcessingOfPendingEvents();
-
- // called by ~wxEvtHandler to (eventually) remove the handler from the list of
- // the handlers with pending events
- void RemovePendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toRemove);
-
- // adds an event handler to the list of the handlers with pending events
- void AppendPendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toAppend);
-
- // moves the event handler from the list of the handlers with pending events
- //to the list of the handlers with _delayed_ pending events
- void DelayPendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toDelay);
-
- // deletes the current pending events
- void DeletePendingEvents();
-
-
- // delayed destruction
- // -------------------
-
- // If an object may have pending events for it, it shouldn't be deleted
- // immediately as this would result in a crash when trying to handle these
- // events: instead, it should be scheduled for destruction and really
- // destroyed only after processing all pending events.
- //
- // Notice that this is only possible if we have a running event loop,
- // otherwise the object is just deleted directly by ScheduleForDestruction()
- // and IsScheduledForDestruction() always returns false.
-
- // schedule the object for destruction in the near future
- void ScheduleForDestruction(wxObject *object);
-
- // return true if the object is scheduled for destruction
- bool IsScheduledForDestruction(wxObject *object) const;
-
-
- // wxEventLoop-related methods
- // ---------------------------
-
- // all these functions are forwarded to the corresponding methods of the
- // currently active event loop -- and do nothing if there is none
- virtual bool Pending();
- virtual bool Dispatch();
-
- virtual int MainLoop();
- virtual void ExitMainLoop();
-
- bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = false);
-
- virtual void WakeUpIdle();
-
- // this method is called by the active event loop when there are no events
- // to process
- //
- // by default it generates the idle events and if you override it in your
- // derived class you should call the base class version to ensure that idle
- // events are still sent out
- virtual bool ProcessIdle();
-
- // this virtual function is overridden in GUI wxApp to always return true
- // as GUI applications always have an event loop -- but console ones may
- // have it or not, so it simply returns true if already have an event loop
- // running but false otherwise
- virtual bool UsesEventLoop() const;
-
-
- // debugging support
- // -----------------
-
- // this function is called when an assert failure occurs, the base class
- // version does the normal processing (i.e. shows the usual assert failure
- // dialog box)
- //
- // the arguments are the location of the failed assert (func may be empty
- // if the compiler doesn't support C99 __FUNCTION__), the text of the
- // assert itself and the user-specified message
- virtual void OnAssertFailure(const wxChar *file,
- int line,
- const wxChar *func,
- const wxChar *cond,
- const wxChar *msg);
-
- // old version of the function without func parameter, for compatibility
- // only, override OnAssertFailure() in the new code
- virtual void OnAssert(const wxChar *file,
- int line,
- const wxChar *cond,
- const wxChar *msg);
-
- // check that the wxBuildOptions object (constructed in the application
- // itself, usually the one from wxIMPLEMENT_APP() macro) matches the build
- // options of the library and abort if it doesn't
- static bool CheckBuildOptions(const char *optionsSignature,
- const char *componentName);
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // helpers for dynamic wxApp construction
- static void SetInitializerFunction(wxAppInitializerFunction fn)
- { ms_appInitFn = fn; }
- static wxAppInitializerFunction GetInitializerFunction()
- { return ms_appInitFn; }
-
- // accessors for ms_appInstance field (external code might wish to modify
- // it, this is why we provide a setter here as well, but you should really
- // know what you're doing if you call it), wxTheApp is usually used instead
- // of GetInstance()
- static wxAppConsole *GetInstance() { return ms_appInstance; }
- static void SetInstance(wxAppConsole *app) { ms_appInstance = app; }
-
-
- // command line arguments (public for backwards compatibility)
- int argc;
-
- // this object is implicitly convertible to either "char**" (traditional
- // type of argv parameter of main()) or to "wchar_t **" (for compatibility
- // with Unicode build in previous wx versions and because the command line
- // can, in pr
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxCmdLineArgsArray argv;
-#else
- char **argv;
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // delete all objects in wxPendingDelete list
- //
- // called from ProcessPendingEvents()
- void DeletePendingObjects();
-
- // the function which creates the traits object when GetTraits() needs it
- // for the first time
- virtual wxAppTraits *CreateTraits();
-
- // function used for dynamic wxApp creation
- static wxAppInitializerFunction ms_appInitFn;
-
- // the one and only global application object
- static wxAppConsole *ms_appInstance;
-
- // create main loop from AppTraits or return NULL if
- // there is no main loop implementation
- wxEventLoopBase *CreateMainLoop();
-
- // application info (must be set from the user code)
- wxString m_vendorName, // vendor name ("acme")
- m_vendorDisplayName, // vendor display name (e.g. "ACME Inc")
- m_appName, // app name ("myapp")
- m_appDisplayName, // app display name ("My Application")
- m_className; // class name
-
- // the class defining the application behaviour, NULL initially and created
- // by GetTraits() when first needed
- wxAppTraits *m_traits;
-
- // the main event loop of the application (may be NULL if the loop hasn't
- // been started yet or has already terminated)
- wxEventLoopBase *m_mainLoop;
-
-
- // pending events management vars:
-
- // the array of the handlers with pending events which needs to be processed
- // inside ProcessPendingEvents()
- wxEvtHandlerArray m_handlersWithPendingEvents;
-
- // helper array used by ProcessPendingEvents() to store the event handlers
- // which have pending events but of these events none can be processed right now
- // (because of a call to wxEventLoop::YieldFor() which asked to selectively process
- // pending events)
- wxEvtHandlerArray m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents;
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- // this critical section protects both the lists above
- wxCriticalSection m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker;
-#endif
-
- // flag modified by Suspend/ResumeProcessingOfPendingEvents()
- bool m_bDoPendingEventProcessing;
-
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvtHandler;
-
- // the application object is a singleton anyhow, there is no sense in
- // copying it
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppConsoleBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/unix/app.h"
-#else
- // this has to be a class and not a typedef as we forward declare it
- class wxAppConsole : public wxAppConsoleBase { };
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAppBase: the common part of wxApp implementations for all platforms
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAppBase : public wxAppConsole
-{
-public:
- wxAppBase();
- virtual ~wxAppBase();
-
- // the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class
- // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // very first initialization function
- //
- // Override: very rarely
- virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
-
- // a platform-dependent version of OnInit(): the code here is likely to
- // depend on the toolkit. default version does nothing.
- //
- // Override: rarely.
- virtual bool OnInitGui();
-
- // called to start program execution - the default version just enters
- // the main GUI loop in which events are received and processed until
- // the last window is not deleted (if GetExitOnFrameDelete) or
- // ExitMainLoop() is called. In console mode programs, the execution
- // of the program really starts here
- //
- // Override: rarely in GUI applications, always in console ones.
- virtual int OnRun();
-
- // a matching function for OnInit()
- virtual int OnExit();
-
- // very last clean up function
- //
- // Override: very rarely
- virtual void CleanUp();
-
-
- // the worker functions - usually not used directly by the user code
- // -----------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // safer alternatives to Yield(), using wxWindowDisabler
- virtual bool SafeYield(wxWindow *win, bool onlyIfNeeded);
- virtual bool SafeYieldFor(wxWindow *win, long eventsToProcess);
-
- // this virtual function is called in the GUI mode when the application
- // becomes idle and normally just sends wxIdleEvent to all interested
- // parties
- //
- // it should return true if more idle events are needed, false if not
- virtual bool ProcessIdle();
-
- // override base class version: GUI apps always use an event loop
- virtual bool UsesEventLoop() const { return true; }
-
-
- // top level window functions
- // --------------------------
-
- // return true if our app has focus
- virtual bool IsActive() const { return m_isActive; }
-
- // set the "main" top level window
- void SetTopWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_topWindow = win; }
-
- // return the "main" top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
- // with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
- // there are none, will return NULL)
- virtual wxWindow *GetTopWindow() const;
-
- // control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the
- // main loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level
- // program window is deleted. Beware that if you disable this behaviour
- // (with SetExitOnFrameDelete(false)), you'll have to call
- // ExitMainLoop() explicitly from somewhere.
- void SetExitOnFrameDelete(bool flag)
- { m_exitOnFrameDelete = flag ? Yes : No; }
- bool GetExitOnFrameDelete() const
- { return m_exitOnFrameDelete == Yes; }
-
-
- // display mode, visual, printing mode, ...
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // Get display mode that is used use. This is only used in framebuffer
- // wxWin ports such as wxDFB.
- virtual wxVideoMode GetDisplayMode() const;
- // Set display mode to use. This is only used in framebuffer wxWin
- // ports such as wxDFB. This method should be called from
- // wxApp::OnInitGui
- virtual bool SetDisplayMode(const wxVideoMode& WXUNUSED(info)) { return true; }
-
- // set use of best visual flag (see below)
- void SetUseBestVisual( bool flag, bool forceTrueColour = false )
- { m_useBestVisual = flag; m_forceTrueColour = forceTrueColour; }
- bool GetUseBestVisual() const { return m_useBestVisual; }
-
- // set/get printing mode: see wxPRINT_XXX constants.
- //
- // default behaviour is the normal one for Unix: always use PostScript
- // printing.
- virtual void SetPrintMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { }
- int GetPrintMode() const { return wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT; }
-
- // Return the layout direction for the current locale or wxLayout_Default
- // if it's unknown
- virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const;
-
- // Change the theme used by the application, return true on success.
- virtual bool SetNativeTheme(const wxString& WXUNUSED(theme)) { return false; }
-
-
- // command line parsing (GUI-specific)
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
- virtual bool OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
- virtual void OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
-#endif
-
- // miscellaneous other stuff
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // called by toolkit-specific code to set the app status: active (we have
- // focus) or not and also the last window which had focus before we were
- // deactivated
- virtual void SetActive(bool isActive, wxWindow *lastFocus);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // returns true if the program is successfully initialized
- wxDEPRECATED_MSG("always returns true now, don't call")
- bool Initialized();
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
- // override base class method to use GUI traits
- virtual wxAppTraits *CreateTraits();
-
-
- // the main top level window (may be NULL)
- wxWindow *m_topWindow;
-
- // if Yes, exit the main loop when the last top level window is deleted, if
- // No don't do it and if Later -- only do it once we reach our OnRun()
- //
- // the explanation for using this strange scheme is given in appcmn.cpp
- enum
- {
- Later = -1,
- No,
- Yes
- } m_exitOnFrameDelete;
-
- // true if the app wants to use the best visual on systems where
- // more than one are available (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4.0 ?)
- bool m_useBestVisual;
- // force TrueColour just in case "best" isn't TrueColour
- bool m_forceTrueColour;
-
- // does any of our windows have focus?
- bool m_isActive;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppBase);
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- inline bool wxAppBase::Initialized() { return true; }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the declaration of the real class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #include "wx/dfb/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/app.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/app.h"
-#endif
-
-#else // !GUI
-
-// wxApp is defined in core and we cannot define another one in wxBase,
-// so use the preprocessor to allow using wxApp in console programs too
-#define wxApp wxAppConsole
-
-#endif // GUI/!GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the global data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// for compatibility, we define this macro to access the global application
-// object of type wxApp
-//
-// note that instead of using of wxTheApp in application code you should
-// consider using wxDECLARE_APP() after which you may call wxGetApp() which will
-// return the object of the correct type (i.e. MyApp and not wxApp)
-//
-// the cast is safe as in GUI build we only use wxApp, not wxAppConsole, and in
-// console mode it does nothing at all
-#define wxTheApp static_cast<wxApp*>(wxApp::GetInstance())
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// event loop related functions only work in GUI programs
-// ------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Force an exit from main loop
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxExit();
-
-// avoid redeclaring this function here if it had been already declared by
-// wx/utils.h, this results in warnings from g++ with -Wredundant-decls
-#ifndef wx_YIELD_DECLARED
-#define wx_YIELD_DECLARED
-
-// Yield to other apps/messages
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxYield();
-
-#endif // wx_YIELD_DECLARED
-
-// Yield to other apps/messages
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxWakeUpIdle();
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for dynamic creation of the application object
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Having a global instance of this class allows wxApp to be aware of the app
-// creator function. wxApp can then call this function to create a new app
-// object. Convoluted, but necessary.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppInitializer
-{
-public:
- wxAppInitializer(wxAppInitializerFunction fn)
- { wxApp::SetInitializerFunction(fn); }
-};
-
-// the code below defines a wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN macro which you can use if
-// your compiler really, really wants main() to be in your main program (e.g.
-// hello.cpp). Now wxIMPLEMENT_APP should add this code if required.
-
-// For compilers that support it, prefer to use wmain() as this ensures any
-// Unicode strings can be passed as command line parameters and not just those
-// representable in the current locale.
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && defined(__VISUALC__)
- #define wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE \
- int wmain(int argc, wchar_t **argv) \
- { \
- wxDISABLE_DEBUG_SUPPORT(); \
- \
- return wxEntry(argc, argv); \
- }
-#else // Use standard main()
- #define wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE \
- int main(int argc, char **argv) \
- { \
- wxDISABLE_DEBUG_SUPPORT(); \
- \
- return wxEntry(argc, argv); \
- }
-#endif
-
-// port-specific header could have defined it already in some special way
-#ifndef wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN
- #define wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE
-#endif // defined(wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN)
-
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #include "wx/univ/theme.h"
-
- #ifdef wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME
- #define wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT \
- WX_USE_THEME(wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME);
- #else
- #define wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT
- #endif
-#else
- #define wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-// Use this macro if you want to define your own main() or WinMain() function
-// and call wxEntry() from there.
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname) \
- appname& wxGetApp() { return *static_cast<appname*>(wxApp::GetInstance()); } \
- wxAppConsole *wxCreateApp() \
- { \
- wxAppConsole::CheckBuildOptions(WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE, \
- "your program"); \
- return new appname; \
- } \
- wxAppInitializer \
- wxTheAppInitializer((wxAppInitializerFunction) wxCreateApp)
-
-// Same as wxIMPLEMENT_APP() normally but doesn't include themes support in
-// wxUniversal builds
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \
- wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname)
-
-// Use this macro exactly once, the argument is the name of the wxApp-derived
-// class which is the class of your application.
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP(appname) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT \
- wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname)
-
-// Same as IMPLEMENT_APP(), but for console applications.
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP_CONSOLE(appname) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE \
- wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname)
-
-// this macro can be used multiple times and just allows you to use wxGetApp()
-// function
-#define wxDECLARE_APP(appname) \
- extern appname& wxGetApp()
-
-
-// declare the stuff defined by wxIMPLEMENT_APP() macro, it's not really needed
-// anywhere else but at the very least it suppresses icc warnings about
-// defining extern symbols without prior declaration, and it shouldn't do any
-// harm
-extern wxAppConsole *wxCreateApp();
-extern wxAppInitializer wxTheAppInitializer;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compatibility macro aliases
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them
-// (note that also some wx-prefixed macro do _not_ require a semicolon because
-// it's not always possible to force the compire to require it)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE
-#define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN
-#define IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT
-#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(app);
-#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(app);
-#define IMPLEMENT_APP(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP(app);
-#define IMPLEMENT_APP_CONSOLE(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP_CONSOLE(app);
-#define DECLARE_APP(app) wxDECLARE_APP(app);
-
-#endif // _WX_APP_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/apptrait.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxAppTraits and derived classes
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 19.06.2003
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_APPTRAIT_H_
-#define _WX_APPTRAIT_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/platinfo.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEventLoopBase;
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontMapper;
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMessageOutput;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRendererNative;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStandardPaths;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimerImpl;
-
-class wxSocketManager;
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAppTraits: this class defines various configurable aspects of wxApp
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
- // needed since this class declares virtual members
- virtual ~wxAppTraitsBase() { }
-
- // hooks for working with the global objects, may be overridden by the user
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- // create the default configuration object (base class version is
- // implemented in config.cpp and creates wxRegConfig for wxMSW and
- // wxFileConfig for all the other platforms)
- virtual wxConfigBase *CreateConfig();
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#if wxUSE_LOG
- // create the default log target
- virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget() = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG
-
- // create the global object used for printing out messages
- virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput() = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
- // create the global font mapper object used for encodings/charset mapping
- virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper() = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
- // get the renderer to use for drawing the generic controls (return value
- // may be NULL in which case the default renderer for the current platform
- // is used); this is used in GUI only and always returns NULL in console
- //
- // NB: returned pointer will be deleted by the caller
- virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer() = 0;
-
- // wxStandardPaths object is normally the same for wxBase and wxGUI
- // except in the case of wxMac and wxCocoa
- virtual wxStandardPaths& GetStandardPaths();
-
-
- // functions abstracting differences between GUI and console modes
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // show the assert dialog with the specified message in GUI or just print
- // the string to stderr in console mode
- //
- // base class version has an implementation (in spite of being pure
- // virtual) in base/appbase.cpp which can be called as last resort.
- //
- // return true to suppress subsequent asserts, false to continue as before
- virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg) = 0;
-
- // return true if fprintf(stderr) goes somewhere, false otherwise
- virtual bool HasStderr() = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
- // this function is used by wxNet library to set the default socket manager
- // to use: doing it like this allows us to keep all socket-related code in
- // wxNet instead of having to pull it in wxBase itself as we'd have to do
- // if we really implemented wxSocketManager here
- //
- // we don't take ownership of this pointer, it should have a lifetime
- // greater than that of any socket (e.g. be a pointer to a static object)
- static void SetDefaultSocketManager(wxSocketManager *manager)
- {
- ms_manager = manager;
- }
-
- // return socket manager: this is usually different for console and GUI
- // applications (although some ports use the same implementation for both)
- virtual wxSocketManager *GetSocketManager() { return ms_manager; }
-#endif
-
- // create a new, port specific, instance of the event loop used by wxApp
- virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop() = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_TIMER
- // return platform and toolkit dependent wxTimer implementation
- virtual wxTimerImpl *CreateTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer) = 0;
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- virtual void MutexGuiEnter();
- virtual void MutexGuiLeave();
-#endif
-
- // functions returning port-specific information
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // return information about the (native) toolkit currently used and its
- // runtime (not compile-time) version.
- // returns wxPORT_BASE for console applications and one of the remaining
- // wxPORT_* values for GUI applications.
- virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *majVer = NULL, int *minVer = NULL) const = 0;
-
- // return true if the port is using wxUniversal for the GUI, false if not
- virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const = 0;
-
- // return the name of the Desktop Environment such as
- // "KDE" or "GNOME". May return an empty string.
- virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const = 0;
-
- // returns a short string to identify the block of the standard command
- // line options parsed automatically by current port: if this string is
- // empty, there are no such options, otherwise the function also fills
- // passed arrays with the names and the descriptions of those options.
- virtual wxString GetStandardCmdLineOptions(wxArrayString& names,
- wxArrayString& desc) const
- {
- wxUnusedVar(names);
- wxUnusedVar(desc);
-
- return wxEmptyString;
- }
-
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER
- // utility function: returns the stack frame as a plain wxString
- virtual wxString GetAssertStackTrace();
-#endif
-
-private:
- static wxSocketManager *ms_manager;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-specific version of the class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: test for __UNIX__ before __WXMAC__ as under Darwin we want to use the
-// Unix code (and otherwise __UNIX__ wouldn't be defined)
-// ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
- #include "wx/msw/apptbase.h"
-#elif defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__EMX__)
- #include "wx/unix/apptbase.h"
-#elif defined(__OS2__)
- #include "wx/os2/apptbase.h"
-#else // no platform-specific methods to add to wxAppTraits
- // wxAppTraits must be a class because it was forward declared as class
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase
- {
- };
-#endif // platform
-
-// ============================================================================
-// standard traits for console and GUI applications
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxConsoleAppTraitsBase: wxAppTraits implementation for the console apps
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleAppTraitsBase : public wxAppTraits
-{
-public:
-#if !wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
- virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop() { return NULL; }
-#endif // !wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
-
-#if wxUSE_LOG
- virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget();
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG
- virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput();
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
- virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper();
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
- virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer();
-
- virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg);
- virtual bool HasStderr();
-
- // the GetToolkitVersion for console application is always the same
- virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *verMaj = NULL, int *verMin = NULL) const
- {
- // no toolkits (wxBase is for console applications without GUI support)
- // NB: zero means "no toolkit", -1 means "not initialized yet"
- // so we must use zero here!
- if (verMaj) *verMaj = 0;
- if (verMin) *verMin = 0;
- return wxPORT_BASE;
- }
-
- virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const { return false; }
- virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const { return wxEmptyString; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGUIAppTraitsBase: wxAppTraits implementation for the GUI apps
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIAppTraitsBase : public wxAppTraits
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_LOG
- virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget();
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG
- virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput();
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
- virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper();
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
- virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer();
-
- virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg);
- virtual bool HasStderr();
-
- virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const
- {
- #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- return true;
- #else
- return false;
- #endif
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const { return wxEmptyString; }
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-specific version of the classes above
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
- #include "wx/msw/apptrait.h"
-#elif defined(__OS2__)
- #include "wx/os2/apptrait.h"
-#elif defined(__UNIX__)
- #include "wx/unix/apptrait.h"
-#elif defined(__DOS__)
- #include "wx/msdos/apptrait.h"
-#else
- #if wxUSE_GUI
- class wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase
- {
- };
- #endif // wxUSE_GUI
- class wxConsoleAppTraits: public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase
- {
- };
-#endif // platform
-
-#endif // _WX_APPTRAIT_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/archive.h
-// Purpose: Streams for archive formats
-// Author: Mike Wetherell
-// Copyright: (c) 2004 Mike Wetherell
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ARCHIVE_H__
-#define _WX_ARCHIVE_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxArchiveNotifier
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveNotifier
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxArchiveNotifier() { }
-
- virtual void OnEntryUpdated(class wxArchiveEntry& entry) = 0;
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxArchiveEntry
-//
-// Holds an entry's meta data, such as filename and timestamp.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveEntry : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxArchiveEntry() { }
-
- virtual wxDateTime GetDateTime() const = 0;
- virtual wxFileOffset GetSize() const = 0;
- virtual wxFileOffset GetOffset() const = 0;
- virtual bool IsDir() const = 0;
- virtual bool IsReadOnly() const = 0;
- virtual wxString GetInternalName() const = 0;
- virtual wxPathFormat GetInternalFormat() const = 0;
- virtual wxString GetName(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const = 0;
-
- virtual void SetDateTime(const wxDateTime& dt) = 0;
- virtual void SetSize(wxFileOffset size) = 0;
- virtual void SetIsDir(bool isDir = true) = 0;
- virtual void SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true) = 0;
- virtual void SetName(const wxString& name,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) = 0;
-
- wxArchiveEntry *Clone() const { return DoClone(); }
-
- void SetNotifier(wxArchiveNotifier& notifier);
- virtual void UnsetNotifier() { m_notifier = NULL; }
-
-protected:
- wxArchiveEntry() : m_notifier(NULL) { }
- wxArchiveEntry(const wxArchiveEntry& e) : wxObject(e), m_notifier(NULL) { }
-
- virtual void SetOffset(wxFileOffset offset) = 0;
- virtual wxArchiveEntry* DoClone() const = 0;
-
- wxArchiveNotifier *GetNotifier() const { return m_notifier; }
- wxArchiveEntry& operator=(const wxArchiveEntry& entry);
-
-private:
- wxArchiveNotifier *m_notifier;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArchiveEntry)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxArchiveInputStream
-//
-// GetNextEntry() returns an wxArchiveEntry object containing the meta-data
-// for the next entry in the archive (and gives away ownership). Reading from
-// the wxArchiveInputStream then returns the entry's data. Eof() becomes true
-// after an attempt has been made to read past the end of the entry's data.
-//
-// When there are no more entries, GetNextEntry() returns NULL and sets Eof().
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveInputStream : public wxFilterInputStream
-{
-public:
- typedef wxArchiveEntry entry_type;
-
- virtual ~wxArchiveInputStream() { }
-
- virtual bool OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry) = 0;
- virtual bool CloseEntry() = 0;
-
- wxArchiveEntry *GetNextEntry() { return DoGetNextEntry(); }
-
- virtual char Peek() { return wxInputStream::Peek(); }
-
-protected:
- wxArchiveInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv);
- wxArchiveInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv);
-
- virtual wxArchiveEntry *DoGetNextEntry() = 0;
-
- wxMBConv& GetConv() const { return m_conv; }
-
-private:
- wxMBConv& m_conv;
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxArchiveOutputStream
-//
-// PutNextEntry is used to create a new entry in the output archive, then
-// the entry's data is written to the wxArchiveOutputStream.
-//
-// Only one entry can be open for output at a time; another call to
-// PutNextEntry closes the current entry and begins the next.
-//
-// The overload 'bool PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry)' takes ownership
-// of the entry object.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveOutputStream : public wxFilterOutputStream
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxArchiveOutputStream() { }
-
- virtual bool PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry) = 0;
-
- virtual bool PutNextEntry(const wxString& name,
- const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(),
- wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset) = 0;
-
- virtual bool PutNextDirEntry(const wxString& name,
- const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now()) = 0;
-
- virtual bool CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry,
- wxArchiveInputStream& stream) = 0;
-
- virtual bool CopyArchiveMetaData(wxArchiveInputStream& stream) = 0;
-
- virtual bool CloseEntry() = 0;
-
-protected:
- wxArchiveOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv);
- wxArchiveOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv);
-
- wxMBConv& GetConv() const { return m_conv; }
-
-private:
- wxMBConv& m_conv;
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxArchiveIterator
-//
-// An input iterator that can be used to transfer an archive's catalog to
-// a container.
-
-#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
-#include <iterator>
-#include <utility>
-
-template <class X, class Y> inline
-void _wxSetArchiveIteratorValue(
- X& val, Y entry, void *WXUNUSED(d))
-{
- val = X(entry);
-}
-template <class X, class Y, class Z> inline
-void _wxSetArchiveIteratorValue(
- std::pair<X, Y>& val, Z entry, Z WXUNUSED(d))
-{
- val = std::make_pair(X(entry->GetInternalName()), Y(entry));
-}
-
-#if defined _MSC_VER && _MSC_VER < 1300
-template <class Arc, class T = Arc::entry_type*>
-#else
-template <class Arc, class T = typename Arc::entry_type*>
-#endif
-class wxArchiveIterator
-{
-public:
- typedef std::input_iterator_tag iterator_category;
- typedef T value_type;
- typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type;
- typedef T* pointer;
- typedef T& reference;
-
- wxArchiveIterator() : m_rep(NULL) { }
-
- wxArchiveIterator(Arc& arc) {
- typename Arc::entry_type* entry = arc.GetNextEntry();
- m_rep = entry ? new Rep(arc, entry) : NULL;
- }
-
- wxArchiveIterator(const wxArchiveIterator& it) : m_rep(it.m_rep) {
- if (m_rep)
- m_rep->AddRef();
- }
-
- ~wxArchiveIterator() {
- if (m_rep)
- m_rep->UnRef();
- }
-
- const T& operator *() const {
- return m_rep->GetValue();
- }
-
- const T* operator ->() const {
- return &**this;
- }
-
- wxArchiveIterator& operator =(const wxArchiveIterator& it) {
- if (it.m_rep)
- it.m_rep.AddRef();
- if (m_rep)
- this->m_rep.UnRef();
- m_rep = it.m_rep;
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxArchiveIterator& operator ++() {
- m_rep = m_rep->Next();
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxArchiveIterator operator ++(int) {
- wxArchiveIterator it(*this);
- ++(*this);
- return it;
- }
-
- bool operator ==(const wxArchiveIterator& j) const {
- return m_rep == j.m_rep;
- }
-
- bool operator !=(const wxArchiveIterator& j) const {
- return !(*this == j);
- }
-
-private:
- class Rep {
- Arc& m_arc;
- typename Arc::entry_type* m_entry;
- T m_value;
- int m_ref;
-
- public:
- Rep(Arc& arc, typename Arc::entry_type* entry)
- : m_arc(arc), m_entry(entry), m_value(), m_ref(1) { }
- ~Rep()
- { delete m_entry; }
-
- void AddRef() {
- m_ref++;
- }
-
- void UnRef() {
- if (--m_ref == 0)
- delete this;
- }
-
- Rep *Next() {
- typename Arc::entry_type* entry = m_arc.GetNextEntry();
- if (!entry) {
- UnRef();
- return NULL;
- }
- if (m_ref > 1) {
- m_ref--;
- return new Rep(m_arc, entry);
- }
- delete m_entry;
- m_entry = entry;
- m_value = T();
- return this;
- }
-
- const T& GetValue() {
- if (m_entry) {
- _wxSetArchiveIteratorValue(m_value, m_entry, m_entry);
- m_entry = NULL;
- }
- return m_value;
- }
- } *m_rep;
-};
-
-typedef wxArchiveIterator<wxArchiveInputStream> wxArchiveIter;
-typedef wxArchiveIterator<wxArchiveInputStream,
- std::pair<wxString, wxArchiveEntry*> > wxArchivePairIter;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxArchiveClassFactory
-//
-// A wxArchiveClassFactory instance for a particular archive type allows
-// the creation of the other classes that may be needed.
-
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUseArchiveClasses();
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveClassFactory : public wxFilterClassFactoryBase
-{
-public:
- typedef wxArchiveEntry entry_type;
- typedef wxArchiveInputStream instream_type;
- typedef wxArchiveOutputStream outstream_type;
- typedef wxArchiveNotifier notifier_type;
-#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
- typedef wxArchiveIter iter_type;
- typedef wxArchivePairIter pairiter_type;
-#endif
-
- virtual ~wxArchiveClassFactory() { }
-
- wxArchiveEntry *NewEntry() const
- { return DoNewEntry(); }
- wxArchiveInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
- { return DoNewStream(stream); }
- wxArchiveOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
- { return DoNewStream(stream); }
- wxArchiveInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
- { return DoNewStream(stream); }
- wxArchiveOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
- { return DoNewStream(stream); }
-
- virtual wxString GetInternalName(
- const wxString& name,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const = 0;
-
- // FIXME-UTF8: remove these from this file, they are used for ANSI
- // build only
- void SetConv(wxMBConv& conv) { m_pConv = &conv; }
- wxMBConv& GetConv() const
- { if (m_pConv) return *m_pConv; else return wxConvLocal; }
-
- static const wxArchiveClassFactory *Find(const wxString& protocol,
- wxStreamProtocolType type
- = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL);
-
- static const wxArchiveClassFactory *GetFirst();
- const wxArchiveClassFactory *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-
- void PushFront() { Remove(); m_next = sm_first; sm_first = this; }
- void Remove();
-
-protected:
- // old compilers don't support covarient returns, so 'Do' methods are
- // used to simulate them
- virtual wxArchiveEntry *DoNewEntry() const = 0;
- virtual wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const = 0;
- virtual wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const = 0;
- virtual wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const = 0;
- virtual wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const = 0;
-
- wxArchiveClassFactory() : m_pConv(NULL), m_next(this) { }
- wxArchiveClassFactory& operator=(const wxArchiveClassFactory& WXUNUSED(f))
- { return *this; }
-
-private:
- wxMBConv *m_pConv;
- static wxArchiveClassFactory *sm_first;
- wxArchiveClassFactory *m_next;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArchiveClassFactory)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS
-
-#endif // _WX_ARCHIVE_H__
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/arrimpl.cpp
-// Purpose: helper file for implementation of dynamic lists
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 16.10.97
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*****************************************************************************
- * Purpose: implements methods of "template" class declared in *
- * DECLARE_OBJARRAY macro and which couldn't be implemented inline *
- * (because they need the full definition of type T in scope) *
- * *
- * Usage: 1) #include dynarray.h *
- * 2) WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY *
- * 3) #include arrimpl.cpp *
- * 4) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY *
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-// needed to resolve the conflict between global T and macro parameter T
-
-#define _WX_ERROR_REMOVE2(x) wxT("bad index in ") wxT(#x) wxT("::RemoveAt()")
-
-// macro implements remaining (not inline) methods of template list
-// (it's private to this file)
-#undef _DEFINE_OBJARRAY
-#define _DEFINE_OBJARRAY(T, name) \
-name::~name() \
-{ \
- Empty(); \
-} \
- \
-void name::DoCopy(const name& src) \
-{ \
- for ( size_t ui = 0; ui < src.size(); ui++ ) \
- Add(src[ui]); \
-} \
- \
-name& name::operator=(const name& src) \
-{ \
- Empty(); \
- DoCopy(src); \
- \
- return *this; \
-} \
- \
-name::name(const name& src) : wxArrayPtrVoid() \
-{ \
- DoCopy(src); \
-} \
- \
-void name::DoEmpty() \
-{ \
- for ( size_t ui = 0; ui < size(); ui++ ) \
- delete (T*)base_array::operator[](ui); \
-} \
- \
-void name::RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove) \
-{ \
- wxCHECK_RET( uiIndex < size(), _WX_ERROR_REMOVE2(name) ); \
- \
- for (size_t i = 0; i < nRemove; i++ ) \
- delete (T*)base_array::operator[](uiIndex + i); \
- \
- base_array::erase(begin() + uiIndex, begin() + uiIndex + nRemove); \
-} \
- \
-void name::Add(const T& item, size_t nInsert) \
-{ \
- if (nInsert == 0) \
- return; \
- T* pItem = new T(item); \
- size_t nOldSize = size(); \
- if ( pItem != NULL ) \
- base_array::insert(end(), nInsert, pItem); \
- for (size_t i = 1; i < nInsert; i++) \
- base_array::operator[](nOldSize + i) = new T(item); \
-} \
- \
-void name::Insert(const T& item, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert) \
-{ \
- if (nInsert == 0) \
- return; \
- T* pItem = new T(item); \
- if ( pItem != NULL ) \
- base_array::insert(begin() + uiIndex, nInsert, pItem); \
- for (size_t i = 1; i < nInsert; i++) \
- base_array::operator[](uiIndex + i) = new T(item); \
-} \
- \
-int name::Index(const T& item, bool bFromEnd) const \
-{ \
- if ( bFromEnd ) { \
- if ( size() > 0 ) { \
- size_t ui = size() - 1; \
- do { \
- if ( (T*)base_array::operator[](ui) == &item ) \
- return static_cast<int>(ui); \
- ui--; \
- } \
- while ( ui != 0 ); \
- } \
- } \
- else { \
- for( size_t ui = 0; ui < size(); ui++ ) { \
- if( (T*)base_array::operator[](ui) == &item ) \
- return static_cast<int>(ui); \
- } \
- } \
- \
- return wxNOT_FOUND; \
-}
-
-// redefine the macro so that now it will generate the class implementation
-// old value would provoke a compile-time error if this file is not included
-#undef WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY
-#define WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) _DEFINE_OBJARRAY(_wxObjArray##name, name)
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/arrstr.h
-// Purpose: wxArrayString class
-// Author: Mattia Barbon and Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ARRSTR_H
-#define _WX_ARRSTR_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// these functions are only used in STL build now but we define them in any
-// case for compatibility with the existing code outside of the library which
-// could be using them
-inline int wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxStringSortAscending(wxString* s1, wxString* s2)
-{
- return s1->Cmp(*s2);
-}
-
-inline int wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxStringSortDescending(wxString* s1, wxString* s2)
-{
- return wxStringSortAscending(s2, s1);
-}
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNCwxString)(wxString*, wxString*);
-typedef wxString _wxArraywxBaseArrayStringBase;
-_WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY_2(_wxArraywxBaseArrayStringBase, wxBaseArrayStringBase,
- wxArray_SortFunction<wxString>,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(wxString, wxArrayStringBase,
- wxBaseArrayStringBase, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-_WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(wxString, wxSortedArrayStringBase,
- wxBaseArrayStringBase, = wxStringSortAscending,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, CMPFUNCwxString);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString : public wxArrayStringBase
-{
-public:
- // type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort()
- typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction)(const wxString& first,
- const wxString& second);
-
- wxArrayString() { }
- wxArrayString(const wxArrayString& a) : wxArrayStringBase(a) { }
- wxArrayString(size_t sz, const char** a);
- wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wchar_t** a);
- wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxString* a);
-
- int Index(const wxString& str, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const;
-
- void Sort(bool reverseOrder = false);
- void Sort(CompareFunction function);
- void Sort(CMPFUNCwxString function) { wxArrayStringBase::Sort(function); }
-
- size_t Add(const wxString& string, size_t copies = 1)
- {
- wxArrayStringBase::Add(string, copies);
- return size() - copies;
- }
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSortedArrayString : public wxSortedArrayStringBase
-{
-public:
- wxSortedArrayString() : wxSortedArrayStringBase(wxStringSortAscending)
- { }
- wxSortedArrayString(const wxSortedArrayString& array)
- : wxSortedArrayStringBase(array)
- { }
- wxSortedArrayString(const wxArrayString& src)
- : wxSortedArrayStringBase(wxStringSortAscending)
- {
- reserve(src.size());
-
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < src.size(); n++ )
- Add(src[n]);
- }
-
- int Index(const wxString& str, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const;
-
-private:
- void Insert()
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "wxSortedArrayString::Insert() is not to be used" );
- }
-
- void Sort()
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "wxSortedArrayString::Sort() is not to be used" );
- }
-};
-
-#else // if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-// this shouldn't be defined for compilers not supporting template methods or
-// without std::distance()
-//
-// FIXME-VC6: currently it's only not defined for VC6 in DLL build as it
-// doesn't export template methods from DLL correctly so even though
-// it compiles them fine, we get link errors when using wxArrayString
-#if !defined(__VISUALC6__) || !(defined(WXMAKINGDLL) || defined(WXUSINGDLL))
- #define wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
- #include "wx/beforestd.h"
- #include <iterator>
- #include "wx/afterstd.h"
-#endif // wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString
-{
-public:
- // type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort()
- typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction)(const wxString& first,
- const wxString& second);
- // type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort(), for compatibility with
- // wxArray
- typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction2)(wxString* first,
- wxString* second);
-
- // constructors and destructor
- // default ctor
- wxArrayString() { Init(false); }
- // if autoSort is true, the array is always sorted (in alphabetical order)
- //
- // NB: the reason for using int and not bool is that like this we can avoid
- // using this ctor for implicit conversions from "const char *" (which
- // we'd like to be implicitly converted to wxString instead!). This
- // wouldn't be needed if the 'explicit' keyword was supported by all
- // compilers, or if this was protected ctor for wxSortedArrayString,
- // but we're stuck with it now.
- wxEXPLICIT wxArrayString(int autoSort) { Init(autoSort != 0); }
- // C string array ctor
- wxArrayString(size_t sz, const char** a);
- wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wchar_t** a);
- // wxString string array ctor
- wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxString* a);
- // copy ctor
- wxArrayString(const wxArrayString& array);
- // assignment operator
- wxArrayString& operator=(const wxArrayString& src);
- // not virtual, this class should not be derived from
- ~wxArrayString();
-
- // memory management
- // empties the list, but doesn't release memory
- void Empty();
- // empties the list and releases memory
- void Clear();
- // preallocates memory for given number of items
- void Alloc(size_t nCount);
- // minimzes the memory usage (by freeing all extra memory)
- void Shrink();
-
- // simple accessors
- // number of elements in the array
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_nCount; }
- // is it empty?
- bool IsEmpty() const { return m_nCount == 0; }
- // number of elements in the array (GetCount is preferred API)
- size_t Count() const { return m_nCount; }
-
- // items access (range checking is done in debug version)
- // get item at position uiIndex
- wxString& Item(size_t nIndex)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( nIndex < m_nCount,
- wxT("wxArrayString: index out of bounds") );
-
- return m_pItems[nIndex];
- }
- const wxString& Item(size_t nIndex) const { return const_cast<wxArrayString*>(this)->Item(nIndex); }
-
- // same as Item()
- wxString& operator[](size_t nIndex) { return Item(nIndex); }
- const wxString& operator[](size_t nIndex) const { return Item(nIndex); }
- // get last item
- wxString& Last()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !IsEmpty(),
- wxT("wxArrayString: index out of bounds") );
- return Item(GetCount() - 1);
- }
- const wxString& Last() const { return const_cast<wxArrayString*>(this)->Last(); }
-
-
- // item management
- // Search the element in the array, starting from the beginning if
- // bFromEnd is false or from end otherwise. If bCase, comparison is case
- // sensitive (default). Returns index of the first item matched or
- // wxNOT_FOUND
- int Index (const wxString& str, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const;
- // add new element at the end (if the array is not sorted), return its
- // index
- size_t Add(const wxString& str, size_t nInsert = 1);
- // add new element at given position
- void Insert(const wxString& str, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1);
- // expand the array to have count elements
- void SetCount(size_t count);
- // remove first item matching this value
- void Remove(const wxString& sz);
- // remove item by index
- void RemoveAt(size_t nIndex, size_t nRemove = 1);
-
- // sorting
- // sort array elements in alphabetical order (or reversed alphabetical
- // order if reverseOrder parameter is true)
- void Sort(bool reverseOrder = false);
- // sort array elements using specified comparison function
- void Sort(CompareFunction compareFunction);
- void Sort(CompareFunction2 compareFunction);
-
- // comparison
- // compare two arrays case sensitively
- bool operator==(const wxArrayString& a) const;
- // compare two arrays case sensitively
- bool operator!=(const wxArrayString& a) const { return !(*this == a); }
-
- // STL-like interface
- typedef wxString value_type;
- typedef value_type* pointer;
- typedef const value_type* const_pointer;
- typedef value_type* iterator;
- typedef const value_type* const_iterator;
- typedef value_type& reference;
- typedef const value_type& const_reference;
- typedef int difference_type;
- typedef size_t size_type;
-
- // TODO: this code duplicates the one in dynarray.h
- class reverse_iterator
- {
- typedef wxString value_type;
- typedef value_type* pointer;
- typedef value_type& reference;
- typedef reverse_iterator itor;
- friend itor operator+(int o, const itor& it);
- friend itor operator+(const itor& it, int o);
- friend itor operator-(const itor& it, int o);
- friend difference_type operator -(const itor& i1, const itor& i2);
- public:
- pointer m_ptr;
- reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { }
- wxEXPLICIT reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { }
- reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }
- reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; }
- pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; }
- itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; }
- const itor operator++(int)
- { reverse_iterator tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; }
- itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; }
- const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }
- bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }
- bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }
- };
-
- class const_reverse_iterator
- {
- typedef wxString value_type;
- typedef const value_type* pointer;
- typedef const value_type& reference;
- typedef const_reverse_iterator itor;
- friend itor operator+(int o, const itor& it);
- friend itor operator+(const itor& it, int o);
- friend itor operator-(const itor& it, int o);
- friend difference_type operator -(const itor& i1, const itor& i2);
- public:
- pointer m_ptr;
- const_reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { }
- wxEXPLICIT const_reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { }
- const_reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }
- const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }
- reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; }
- pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; }
- itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; }
- const itor operator++(int)
- { itor tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; }
- itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; }
- const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }
- bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }
- bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }
- };
-
- wxArrayString(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
- { Init(false); assign(first, last); }
- wxArrayString(size_type n, const_reference v) { Init(false); assign(n, v); }
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
- template <class Iterator>
- void assign(Iterator first, Iterator last)
- {
- clear();
- reserve(std::distance(first, last));
- for(; first != last; ++first)
- push_back(*first);
- }
-#else // !wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
- void assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
- {
- clear();
- reserve(last - first);
- for(; first != last; ++first)
- push_back(*first);
- }
-#endif // wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN/!wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
-
- void assign(size_type n, const_reference v)
- { clear(); Add(v, n); }
- reference back() { return *(end() - 1); }
- const_reference back() const { return *(end() - 1); }
- iterator begin() { return m_pItems; }
- const_iterator begin() const { return m_pItems; }
- size_type capacity() const { return m_nSize; }
- void clear() { Clear(); }
- bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); }
- iterator end() { return begin() + GetCount(); }
- const_iterator end() const { return begin() + GetCount(); }
- iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last)
- {
- size_t idx = first - begin();
- RemoveAt(idx, last - first);
- return begin() + idx;
- }
- iterator erase(iterator it) { return erase(it, it + 1); }
- reference front() { return *begin(); }
- const_reference front() const { return *begin(); }
- void insert(iterator it, size_type n, const_reference v)
- { Insert(v, it - begin(), n); }
- iterator insert(iterator it, const_reference v = value_type())
- { size_t idx = it - begin(); Insert(v, idx); return begin() + idx; }
- void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last);
- size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; }
- void pop_back() { RemoveAt(GetCount() - 1); }
- void push_back(const_reference v) { Add(v); }
- reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end() - 1); }
- const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const
- { return const_reverse_iterator(end() - 1); }
- reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); }
- const_reverse_iterator rend() const
- { return const_reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); }
- void reserve(size_type n) /* base::reserve*/;
- void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type());
- size_type size() const { return GetCount(); }
- void swap(wxArrayString& other)
- {
- wxSwap(m_nSize, other.m_nSize);
- wxSwap(m_nCount, other.m_nCount);
- wxSwap(m_pItems, other.m_pItems);
- wxSwap(m_autoSort, other.m_autoSort);
- }
-
-protected:
- void Init(bool autoSort); // common part of all ctors
- void Copy(const wxArrayString& src); // copies the contents of another array
-
-private:
- void Grow(size_t nIncrement = 0); // makes array bigger if needed
-
- size_t m_nSize, // current size of the array
- m_nCount; // current number of elements
-
- wxString *m_pItems; // pointer to data
-
- bool m_autoSort; // if true, keep the array always sorted
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSortedArrayString : public wxArrayString
-{
-public:
- wxSortedArrayString() : wxArrayString(true)
- { }
- wxSortedArrayString(const wxArrayString& array) : wxArrayString(true)
- { Copy(array); }
-};
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-// this class provides a temporary wxString* from a
-// wxArrayString
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCArrayString
-{
-public:
- wxCArrayString( const wxArrayString& array )
- : m_array( array ), m_strings( NULL )
- { }
- ~wxCArrayString() { delete[] m_strings; }
-
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_array.GetCount(); }
- wxString* GetStrings()
- {
- if( m_strings ) return m_strings;
- size_t count = m_array.GetCount();
- m_strings = new wxString[count];
- for( size_t i = 0; i < count; ++i )
- m_strings[i] = m_array[i];
- return m_strings;
- }
-
- wxString* Release()
- {
- wxString *r = GetStrings();
- m_strings = NULL;
- return r;
- }
-
-private:
- const wxArrayString& m_array;
- wxString* m_strings;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper functions for working with arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// by default, these functions use the escape character to escape the
-// separators occurring inside the string to be joined, this can be disabled by
-// passing '\0' as escape
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxJoin(const wxArrayString& arr,
- const wxChar sep,
- const wxChar escape = wxT('\\'));
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString wxSplit(const wxString& str,
- const wxChar sep,
- const wxChar escape = wxT('\\'));
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This helper class allows to pass both C array of wxStrings or wxArrayString
-// using the same interface.
-//
-// Use it when you have two methods taking wxArrayString or (int, wxString[]),
-// that do the same thing. This class lets you iterate over input data in the
-// same way whether it is a raw array of strings or wxArrayString.
-//
-// The object does not take ownership of the data -- internally it keeps
-// pointers to the data, therefore the data must be disposed of by user
-// and only after this object is destroyed. Usually it is not a problem as
-// only temporary objects of this class are used.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxArrayStringsAdapter
-{
-public:
- // construct an adapter from a wxArrayString
- wxArrayStringsAdapter(const wxArrayString& strings)
- : m_type(wxSTRING_ARRAY), m_size(strings.size())
- {
- m_data.array = &strings;
- }
-
- // construct an adapter from a wxString[]
- wxArrayStringsAdapter(unsigned int n, const wxString *strings)
- : m_type(wxSTRING_POINTER), m_size(n)
- {
- m_data.ptr = strings;
- }
-
- // construct an adapter from a single wxString
- wxArrayStringsAdapter(const wxString& s)
- : m_type(wxSTRING_POINTER), m_size(1)
- {
- m_data.ptr = &s;
- }
-
- // default copy constructor is ok
-
- // iteration interface
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_size; }
- bool IsEmpty() const { return GetCount() == 0; }
- const wxString& operator[] (unsigned int i) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( i < GetCount(), wxT("index out of bounds") );
- if(m_type == wxSTRING_POINTER)
- return m_data.ptr[i];
- return m_data.array->Item(i);
- }
- wxArrayString AsArrayString() const
- {
- if(m_type == wxSTRING_ARRAY)
- return *m_data.array;
- return wxArrayString(GetCount(), m_data.ptr);
- }
-
-private:
- // type of the data being held
- enum wxStringContainerType
- {
- wxSTRING_ARRAY, // wxArrayString
- wxSTRING_POINTER // wxString[]
- };
-
- wxStringContainerType m_type;
- size_t m_size;
- union
- {
- const wxString * ptr;
- const wxArrayString * array;
- } m_data;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxArrayStringsAdapter);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_ARRSTR_H
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/artprov.h
-// Purpose: wxArtProvider class
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 18/03/2002
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ARTPROV_H_
-#define _WX_ARTPROV_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/iconbndl.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxArtProvidersList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxArtProviderCache;
-class wxArtProviderModule;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef wxString wxArtClient;
-typedef wxString wxArtID;
-
-#define wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID_FROM_STR(id) ((id) + "_C")
-#define wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(id) (#id "_C")
-#define wxART_MAKE_ART_ID_FROM_STR(id) (id)
-#define wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(id) (#id)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Art clients
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxART_TOOLBAR wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_TOOLBAR)
-#define wxART_MENU wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_MENU)
-#define wxART_FRAME_ICON wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_FRAME_ICON)
-
-#define wxART_CMN_DIALOG wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_CMN_DIALOG)
-#define wxART_HELP_BROWSER wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_HELP_BROWSER)
-#define wxART_MESSAGE_BOX wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_MESSAGE_BOX)
-#define wxART_BUTTON wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_BUTTON)
-#define wxART_LIST wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_LIST)
-
-#define wxART_OTHER wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_OTHER)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Art IDs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK)
-#define wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK)
-#define wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL)
-#define wxART_HELP_SETTINGS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_SETTINGS)
-#define wxART_HELP_BOOK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_BOOK)
-#define wxART_HELP_FOLDER wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_FOLDER)
-#define wxART_HELP_PAGE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_PAGE)
-#define wxART_GO_BACK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_BACK)
-#define wxART_GO_FORWARD wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_FORWARD)
-#define wxART_GO_UP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_UP)
-#define wxART_GO_DOWN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_DOWN)
-#define wxART_GO_TO_PARENT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_TO_PARENT)
-#define wxART_GO_HOME wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_HOME)
-#define wxART_GOTO_FIRST wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GOTO_FIRST)
-#define wxART_GOTO_LAST wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GOTO_LAST)
-#define wxART_FILE_OPEN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_OPEN)
-#define wxART_FILE_SAVE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_SAVE)
-#define wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS)
-#define wxART_PRINT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PRINT)
-#define wxART_HELP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP)
-#define wxART_TIP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_TIP)
-#define wxART_REPORT_VIEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REPORT_VIEW)
-#define wxART_LIST_VIEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_LIST_VIEW)
-#define wxART_NEW_DIR wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NEW_DIR)
-#define wxART_HARDDISK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HARDDISK)
-#define wxART_FLOPPY wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FLOPPY)
-#define wxART_CDROM wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CDROM)
-#define wxART_REMOVABLE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REMOVABLE)
-#define wxART_FOLDER wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FOLDER)
-#define wxART_FOLDER_OPEN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FOLDER_OPEN)
-#define wxART_GO_DIR_UP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_DIR_UP)
-#define wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE)
-#define wxART_NORMAL_FILE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NORMAL_FILE)
-#define wxART_TICK_MARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_TICK_MARK)
-#define wxART_CROSS_MARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CROSS_MARK)
-#define wxART_ERROR wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_ERROR)
-#define wxART_QUESTION wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_QUESTION)
-#define wxART_WARNING wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_WARNING)
-#define wxART_INFORMATION wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_INFORMATION)
-#define wxART_MISSING_IMAGE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_MISSING_IMAGE)
-
-#define wxART_COPY wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_COPY)
-#define wxART_CUT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CUT)
-#define wxART_PASTE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PASTE)
-#define wxART_DELETE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_DELETE)
-#define wxART_NEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NEW)
-
-#define wxART_UNDO wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_UNDO)
-#define wxART_REDO wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REDO)
-
-#define wxART_PLUS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PLUS)
-#define wxART_MINUS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_MINUS)
-
-#define wxART_CLOSE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CLOSE)
-#define wxART_QUIT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_QUIT)
-
-#define wxART_FIND wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FIND)
-#define wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE)
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxArtProvider class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxArtProvider : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // Dtor removes the provider from providers stack if it's still on it
- virtual ~wxArtProvider();
-
- // Does this platform implement native icons theme?
- static bool HasNativeProvider();
-
- // Add new provider to the top of providers stack (i.e. the provider will
- // be queried first of all).
- static void Push(wxArtProvider *provider);
-
- // Add new provider to the bottom of providers stack (i.e. the provider
- // will be queried as the last one).
- static void PushBack(wxArtProvider *provider);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // use PushBack(), it's the same thing
- static wxDEPRECATED( void Insert(wxArtProvider *provider) );
-#endif
-
- // Remove latest added provider and delete it.
- static bool Pop();
-
- // Remove provider from providers stack but don't delete it.
- static bool Remove(wxArtProvider *provider);
-
- // Delete the given provider and remove it from the providers stack.
- static bool Delete(wxArtProvider *provider);
-
-
- // Query the providers for bitmap with given ID and return it. Return
- // wxNullBitmap if no provider provides it.
- static wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxArtID& id,
- const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
-
- // Query the providers for icon with given ID and return it. Return
- // wxNullIcon if no provider provides it.
- static wxIcon GetIcon(const wxArtID& id,
- const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
-
- // Helper used by GetMessageBoxIcon(): return the art id corresponding to
- // the standard wxICON_INFORMATION/WARNING/ERROR/QUESTION flags (only one
- // can be set)
- static wxArtID GetMessageBoxIconId(int flags);
-
- // Helper used by several generic classes: return the icon corresponding to
- // the standard wxICON_INFORMATION/WARNING/ERROR/QUESTION flags (only one
- // can be set)
- static wxIcon GetMessageBoxIcon(int flags)
- {
- return GetIcon(GetMessageBoxIconId(flags), wxART_MESSAGE_BOX);
- }
-
- // Query the providers for iconbundle with given ID and return it. Return
- // wxNullIconBundle if no provider provides it.
- static wxIconBundle GetIconBundle(const wxArtID& id,
- const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER);
-
- // Gets native size for given 'client' or wxDefaultSize if it doesn't
- // have native equivalent
- static wxSize GetNativeSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client);
-
- // Get the size hint of an icon from a specific wxArtClient, queries
- // the topmost provider if platform_dependent = false
- static wxSize GetSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client, bool platform_dependent = false);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // use the corresponding methods without redundant "Provider" suffix
- static wxDEPRECATED( void PushProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) );
- static wxDEPRECATED( void InsertProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) );
- static wxDEPRECATED( bool PopProvider() );
-
- // use Delete() if this is what you really need, or just delete the
- // provider pointer, do not use Remove() as it does not delete the pointer
- // unlike RemoveProvider() which does
- static wxDEPRECATED( bool RemoveProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
- friend class wxArtProviderModule;
-#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD
- // Initializes default provider
- static void InitStdProvider();
-#endif // wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD
- // Initializes Tango-based icon provider
-#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO
- static void InitTangoProvider();
-#endif // wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO
- // Initializes platform's native provider, if available (e.g. GTK2)
- static void InitNativeProvider();
- // Destroy caches & all providers
- static void CleanUpProviders();
-
- // Get the default size of an icon for a specific client
- virtual wxSize DoGetSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client)
- {
- return GetSizeHint(client, true);
- }
-
- // Derived classes must override CreateBitmap or CreateIconBundle
- // (or both) to create requested art resource. This method is called
- // only once per instance's lifetime for each requested wxArtID.
- virtual wxBitmap CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& WXUNUSED(id),
- const wxArtClient& WXUNUSED(client),
- const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size))
- {
- return wxNullBitmap;
- }
-
- virtual wxIconBundle CreateIconBundle(const wxArtID& WXUNUSED(id),
- const wxArtClient& WXUNUSED(client))
- {
- return wxNullIconBundle;
- }
-
-private:
- static void CommonAddingProvider();
- static wxIconBundle DoGetIconBundle(const wxArtID& id,
- const wxArtClient& client);
-
-private:
- // list of providers:
- static wxArtProvidersList *sm_providers;
- // art resources cache (so that CreateXXX is not called that often):
- static wxArtProviderCache *sm_cache;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArtProvider)
-};
-
-
-#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && \
- ((defined(__WXGTK__) && defined(__WXGTK20__)) || defined(__WXMSW__) || \
- defined(__WXMAC__))
- // *some* (partial) native implementation of wxArtProvider exists; this is
- // not the same as wxArtProvider::HasNativeProvider()!
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_ART_PROVIDER_IMPL
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_ARTPROV_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/atomic.h
-// Purpose: functions to manipulate atomically integers and pointers
-// Author: Armel Asselin
-// Created: 12/13/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Armel Asselin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ATOMIC_H_
-#define _WX_ATOMIC_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the value of wxUSE_THREADS configuration flag
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// constraints on the various functions:
-// - wxAtomicDec must return a zero value if the value is zero once
-// decremented else it must return any non-zero value (the true value is OK
-// but not necessary).
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
-
-#if defined(HAVE_GCC_ATOMIC_BUILTINS)
-
-// NB: we intentionally don't use Linux's asm/atomic.h header, because it's
-// an internal kernel header that doesn't always work in userspace:
-// http://bugs.mysql.com/bug.php?id=28456
-// http://golubenco.org/blog/atomic-operations/
-
-inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value)
-{
- __sync_fetch_and_add(&value, 1);
-}
-
-inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value)
-{
- return __sync_sub_and_fetch(&value, 1);
-}
-
-
-#elif defined(__WINDOWS__)
-
-// include standard Windows headers
-#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-
-inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value)
-{
- InterlockedIncrement ((LONG*)&value);
-}
-
-inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value)
-{
- return InterlockedDecrement ((LONG*)&value);
-}
-
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
-
-#include "libkern/OSAtomic.h"
-inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value)
-{
- OSAtomicIncrement32 ((int32_t*)&value);
-}
-
-inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value)
-{
- return OSAtomicDecrement32 ((int32_t*)&value);
-}
-
-#elif defined (__SOLARIS__)
-
-#include <atomic.h>
-
-inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value)
-{
- atomic_add_32 ((uint32_t*)&value, 1);
-}
-
-inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value)
-{
- return atomic_add_32_nv ((uint32_t*)&value, (uint32_t)-1);
-}
-
-#else // unknown platform
-
-// it will result in inclusion if the generic implementation code a bit later in this page
-#define wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS
-
-#endif // unknown platform
-
-#else // else of wxUSE_THREADS
-// if no threads are used we can safely use simple ++/--
-
-inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value) { ++value; }
-inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value) { return --value; }
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_THREADS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// proxies to actual implementations, but for various other types with same
-// behaviour
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS
-
-#include "wx/thread.h" // for wxCriticalSection
-
-class wxAtomicInt32
-{
-public:
- wxAtomicInt32() { } // non initialized for consistency with basic int type
- wxAtomicInt32(wxInt32 v) : m_value(v) { }
- wxAtomicInt32(const wxAtomicInt32& a) : m_value(a.m_value) {}
-
- operator wxInt32() const { return m_value; }
- operator volatile wxInt32&() { return m_value; }
-
- wxAtomicInt32& operator=(wxInt32 v) { m_value = v; return *this; }
-
- void Inc()
- {
- wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_locker);
- ++m_value;
- }
-
- wxInt32 Dec()
- {
- wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_locker);
- return --m_value;
- }
-
-private:
- volatile wxInt32 m_value;
- wxCriticalSection m_locker;
-};
-
-inline void wxAtomicInc(wxAtomicInt32 &value) { value.Inc(); }
-inline wxInt32 wxAtomicDec(wxAtomicInt32 &value) { return value.Dec(); }
-
-#else // !wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS
-
-#define wxHAS_ATOMIC_OPS
-
-inline void wxAtomicInc(wxInt32 &value) { wxAtomicInc((wxUint32&)value); }
-inline wxInt32 wxAtomicDec(wxInt32 &value) { return wxAtomicDec((wxUint32&)value); }
-
-typedef wxInt32 wxAtomicInt32;
-
-#endif // wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS
-
-// all the native implementations use 32 bits currently
-// for a 64 bits implementation we could use (a future) wxAtomicInt64 as
-// default type
-typedef wxAtomicInt32 wxAtomicInt;
-
-#endif // _WX_ATOMIC_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/aui/aui.h
-// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager
-// Author: Benjamin I. Williams
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-05-17
-// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
-// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_AUI_H_
-#define _WX_AUI_H_
-
-#include "wx/aui/framemanager.h"
-#include "wx/aui/dockart.h"
-#include "wx/aui/floatpane.h"
-#include "wx/aui/auibar.h"
-#include "wx/aui/auibook.h"
-#include "wx/aui/tabmdi.h"
-
-#endif // _WX_AUI_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/aui/toolbar.h
-// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager
-// Author: Benjamin I. Williams
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2008-08-04
-// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
-// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_AUIBAR_H_
-#define _WX_AUIBAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_AUI
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClientDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiPaneInfo;
-
-enum wxAuiToolBarStyle
-{
- wxAUI_TB_TEXT = 1 << 0,
- wxAUI_TB_NO_TOOLTIPS = 1 << 1,
- wxAUI_TB_NO_AUTORESIZE = 1 << 2,
- wxAUI_TB_GRIPPER = 1 << 3,
- wxAUI_TB_OVERFLOW = 1 << 4,
- // using this style forces the toolbar to be vertical and
- // be only dockable to the left or right sides of the window
- // whereas by default it can be horizontal or vertical and
- // be docked anywhere
- wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL = 1 << 5,
- wxAUI_TB_HORZ_LAYOUT = 1 << 6,
- // analogous to wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL, but forces the toolbar
- // to be horizontal
- wxAUI_TB_HORIZONTAL = 1 << 7,
- wxAUI_TB_PLAIN_BACKGROUND = 1 << 8,
- wxAUI_TB_HORZ_TEXT = (wxAUI_TB_HORZ_LAYOUT | wxAUI_TB_TEXT),
- wxAUI_ORIENTATION_MASK = (wxAUI_TB_VERTICAL | wxAUI_TB_HORIZONTAL),
- wxAUI_TB_DEFAULT_STYLE = 0
-};
-
-enum wxAuiToolBarArtSetting
-{
- wxAUI_TBART_SEPARATOR_SIZE = 0,
- wxAUI_TBART_GRIPPER_SIZE = 1,
- wxAUI_TBART_OVERFLOW_SIZE = 2
-};
-
-enum wxAuiToolBarToolTextOrientation
-{
- wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_LEFT = 0, // unused/unimplemented
- wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_RIGHT = 1,
- wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_TOP = 2, // unused/unimplemented
- wxAUI_TBTOOL_TEXT_BOTTOM = 3
-};
-
-
-// aui toolbar event class
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBarEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxAuiToolBarEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL,
- int winId = 0)
- : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winId)
- {
- m_isDropdownClicked = false;
- m_clickPt = wxPoint(-1, -1);
- m_rect = wxRect(-1,-1, 0, 0);
- m_toolId = -1;
- }
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxAuiToolBarEvent(const wxAuiToolBarEvent& c) : wxNotifyEvent(c)
- {
- m_isDropdownClicked = c.m_isDropdownClicked;
- m_clickPt = c.m_clickPt;
- m_rect = c.m_rect;
- m_toolId = c.m_toolId;
- }
-#endif
- wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxAuiToolBarEvent(*this); }
-
- bool IsDropDownClicked() const { return m_isDropdownClicked; }
- void SetDropDownClicked(bool c) { m_isDropdownClicked = c; }
-
- wxPoint GetClickPoint() const { return m_clickPt; }
- void SetClickPoint(const wxPoint& p) { m_clickPt = p; }
-
- wxRect GetItemRect() const { return m_rect; }
- void SetItemRect(const wxRect& r) { m_rect = r; }
-
- int GetToolId() const { return m_toolId; }
- void SetToolId(int toolId) { m_toolId = toolId; }
-
-private:
-
- bool m_isDropdownClicked;
- wxPoint m_clickPt;
- wxRect m_rect;
- int m_toolId;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxAuiToolBarEvent)
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBarItem
-{
- friend class wxAuiToolBar;
-
-public:
-
- wxAuiToolBarItem()
- {
- m_window = NULL;
- m_sizerItem = NULL;
- m_spacerPixels = 0;
- m_toolId = 0;
- m_kind = wxITEM_NORMAL;
- m_state = 0; // normal, enabled
- m_proportion = 0;
- m_active = true;
- m_dropDown = true;
- m_sticky = true;
- m_userData = 0;
- m_alignment = wxALIGN_CENTER;
- }
-
- wxAuiToolBarItem(const wxAuiToolBarItem& c)
- {
- Assign(c);
- }
-
- wxAuiToolBarItem& operator=(const wxAuiToolBarItem& c)
- {
- Assign(c);
- return *this;
- }
-
- void Assign(const wxAuiToolBarItem& c)
- {
- m_window = c.m_window;
- m_label = c.m_label;
- m_bitmap = c.m_bitmap;
- m_disabledBitmap = c.m_disabledBitmap;
- m_hoverBitmap = c.m_hoverBitmap;
- m_shortHelp = c.m_shortHelp;
- m_longHelp = c.m_longHelp;
- m_sizerItem = c.m_sizerItem;
- m_minSize = c.m_minSize;
- m_spacerPixels = c.m_spacerPixels;
- m_toolId = c.m_toolId;
- m_kind = c.m_kind;
- m_state = c.m_state;
- m_proportion = c.m_proportion;
- m_active = c.m_active;
- m_dropDown = c.m_dropDown;
- m_sticky = c.m_sticky;
- m_userData = c.m_userData;
- m_alignment = c.m_alignment;
- }
-
-
- void SetWindow(wxWindow* w) { m_window = w; }
- wxWindow* GetWindow() { return m_window; }
-
- void SetId(int newId) { m_toolId = newId; }
- int GetId() const { return m_toolId; }
-
- void SetKind(int newKind) { m_kind = newKind; }
- int GetKind() const { return m_kind; }
-
- void SetState(int newState) { m_state = newState; }
- int GetState() const { return m_state; }
-
- void SetSizerItem(wxSizerItem* s) { m_sizerItem = s; }
- wxSizerItem* GetSizerItem() const { return m_sizerItem; }
-
- void SetLabel(const wxString& s) { m_label = s; }
- const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
-
- void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { m_bitmap = bmp; }
- const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-
- void SetDisabledBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { m_disabledBitmap = bmp; }
- const wxBitmap& GetDisabledBitmap() const { return m_disabledBitmap; }
-
- void SetHoverBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { m_hoverBitmap = bmp; }
- const wxBitmap& GetHoverBitmap() const { return m_hoverBitmap; }
-
- void SetShortHelp(const wxString& s) { m_shortHelp = s; }
- const wxString& GetShortHelp() const { return m_shortHelp; }
-
- void SetLongHelp(const wxString& s) { m_longHelp = s; }
- const wxString& GetLongHelp() const { return m_longHelp; }
-
- void SetMinSize(const wxSize& s) { m_minSize = s; }
- const wxSize& GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; }
-
- void SetSpacerPixels(int s) { m_spacerPixels = s; }
- int GetSpacerPixels() const { return m_spacerPixels; }
-
- void SetProportion(int p) { m_proportion = p; }
- int GetProportion() const { return m_proportion; }
-
- void SetActive(bool b) { m_active = b; }
- bool IsActive() const { return m_active; }
-
- void SetHasDropDown(bool b)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( !b || m_kind == wxITEM_NORMAL,
- wxS("Only normal tools can have drop downs") );
-
- m_dropDown = b;
- }
-
- bool HasDropDown() const { return m_dropDown; }
-
- void SetSticky(bool b) { m_sticky = b; }
- bool IsSticky() const { return m_sticky; }
-
- void SetUserData(long l) { m_userData = l; }
- long GetUserData() const { return m_userData; }
-
- void SetAlignment(int l) { m_alignment = l; }
- int GetAlignment() const { return m_alignment; }
-
-private:
-
- wxWindow* m_window; // item's associated window
- wxString m_label; // label displayed on the item
- wxBitmap m_bitmap; // item's bitmap
- wxBitmap m_disabledBitmap; // item's disabled bitmap
- wxBitmap m_hoverBitmap; // item's hover bitmap
- wxString m_shortHelp; // short help (for tooltip)
- wxString m_longHelp; // long help (for status bar)
- wxSizerItem* m_sizerItem; // sizer item
- wxSize m_minSize; // item's minimum size
- int m_spacerPixels; // size of a spacer
- int m_toolId; // item's id
- int m_kind; // item's kind
- int m_state; // state
- int m_proportion; // proportion
- bool m_active; // true if the item is currently active
- bool m_dropDown; // true if the item has a dropdown button
- bool m_sticky; // overrides button states if true (always active)
- long m_userData; // user-specified data
- int m_alignment; // sizer alignment flag, defaults to wxCENTER, may be wxEXPAND or any other
-};
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiToolBarItem, wxAuiToolBarItemArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI);
-#endif
-
-
-
-
-// tab art class
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBarArt
-{
-public:
-
- wxAuiToolBarArt() { }
- virtual ~wxAuiToolBarArt() { }
-
- virtual wxAuiToolBarArt* Clone() = 0;
- virtual void SetFlags(unsigned int flags) = 0;
- virtual unsigned int GetFlags() = 0;
- virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0;
- virtual wxFont GetFont() = 0;
- virtual void SetTextOrientation(int orientation) = 0;
- virtual int GetTextOrientation() = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawPlainBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawLabel(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawDropDownButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawControlLabel(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawSeparator(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawGripper(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawOverflowButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int state) = 0;
-
- virtual wxSize GetLabelSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item) = 0;
-
- virtual wxSize GetToolSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item) = 0;
-
- virtual int GetElementSize(int elementId) = 0;
- virtual void SetElementSize(int elementId, int size) = 0;
-
- virtual int ShowDropDown(
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& items) = 0;
-};
-
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt : public wxAuiToolBarArt
-{
-
-public:
-
- wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt();
- virtual ~wxAuiDefaultToolBarArt();
-
- virtual wxAuiToolBarArt* Clone();
- virtual void SetFlags(unsigned int flags);
- virtual unsigned int GetFlags();
- virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font);
- virtual wxFont GetFont();
- virtual void SetTextOrientation(int orientation);
- virtual int GetTextOrientation();
-
- virtual void DrawBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- virtual void DrawPlainBackground(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- virtual void DrawLabel(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- virtual void DrawButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- virtual void DrawDropDownButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- virtual void DrawControlLabel(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- virtual void DrawSeparator(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- virtual void DrawGripper(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- virtual void DrawOverflowButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int state);
-
- virtual wxSize GetLabelSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item);
-
- virtual wxSize GetToolSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& item);
-
- virtual int GetElementSize(int element);
- virtual void SetElementSize(int elementId, int size);
-
- virtual int ShowDropDown(wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& items);
-
-protected:
-
- wxBitmap m_buttonDropDownBmp;
- wxBitmap m_disabledButtonDropDownBmp;
- wxBitmap m_overflowBmp;
- wxBitmap m_disabledOverflowBmp;
- wxColour m_baseColour;
- wxColour m_highlightColour;
- wxFont m_font;
- unsigned int m_flags;
- int m_textOrientation;
-
- wxPen m_gripperPen1;
- wxPen m_gripperPen2;
- wxPen m_gripperPen3;
-
- int m_separatorSize;
- int m_gripperSize;
- int m_overflowSize;
-};
-
-
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiToolBar : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxAuiToolBar() { Init(); }
-
- wxAuiToolBar(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxAUI_TB_DEFAULT_STYLE)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxAuiToolBar();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxAUI_TB_DEFAULT_STYLE);
-
- virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style);
-
- void SetArtProvider(wxAuiToolBarArt* art);
- wxAuiToolBarArt* GetArtProvider() const;
-
- bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
-
- wxAuiToolBarItem* AddTool(int toolId,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL);
-
- wxAuiToolBarItem* AddTool(int toolId,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& disabledBitmap,
- wxItemKind kind,
- const wxString& shortHelpString,
- const wxString& longHelpString,
- wxObject* clientData);
-
- wxAuiToolBarItem* AddTool(int toolId,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& disabledBitmap,
- bool toggle = false,
- wxObject* clientData = NULL,
- const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return AddTool(toolId,
- wxEmptyString,
- bitmap,
- disabledBitmap,
- toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL,
- shortHelpString,
- longHelpString,
- clientData);
- }
-
- wxAuiToolBarItem* AddLabel(int toolId,
- const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
- const int width = -1);
- wxAuiToolBarItem* AddControl(wxControl* control,
- const wxString& label = wxEmptyString);
- wxAuiToolBarItem* AddSeparator();
- wxAuiToolBarItem* AddSpacer(int pixels);
- wxAuiToolBarItem* AddStretchSpacer(int proportion = 1);
-
- bool Realize();
-
- wxControl* FindControl(int windowId);
- wxAuiToolBarItem* FindToolByPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
- wxAuiToolBarItem* FindToolByIndex(int idx) const;
- wxAuiToolBarItem* FindTool(int toolId) const;
-
- void ClearTools() { Clear() ; }
- void Clear();
- bool DeleteTool(int toolId);
- bool DeleteByIndex(int toolId);
-
- size_t GetToolCount() const;
- int GetToolPos(int toolId) const { return GetToolIndex(toolId); }
- int GetToolIndex(int toolId) const;
- bool GetToolFits(int toolId) const;
- wxRect GetToolRect(int toolId) const;
- bool GetToolFitsByIndex(int toolId) const;
- bool GetToolBarFits() const;
-
- void SetMargins(const wxSize& size) { SetMargins(size.x, size.x, size.y, size.y); }
- void SetMargins(int x, int y) { SetMargins(x, x, y, y); }
- void SetMargins(int left, int right, int top, int bottom);
-
- void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size);
- wxSize GetToolBitmapSize() const;
-
- bool GetOverflowVisible() const;
- void SetOverflowVisible(bool visible);
-
- bool GetGripperVisible() const;
- void SetGripperVisible(bool visible);
-
- void ToggleTool(int toolId, bool state);
- bool GetToolToggled(int toolId) const;
-
- void EnableTool(int toolId, bool state);
- bool GetToolEnabled(int toolId) const;
-
- void SetToolDropDown(int toolId, bool dropdown);
- bool GetToolDropDown(int toolId) const;
-
- void SetToolBorderPadding(int padding);
- int GetToolBorderPadding() const;
-
- void SetToolTextOrientation(int orientation);
- int GetToolTextOrientation() const;
-
- void SetToolPacking(int packing);
- int GetToolPacking() const;
-
- void SetToolProportion(int toolId, int proportion);
- int GetToolProportion(int toolId) const;
-
- void SetToolSeparation(int separation);
- int GetToolSeparation() const;
-
- void SetToolSticky(int toolId, bool sticky);
- bool GetToolSticky(int toolId) const;
-
- wxString GetToolLabel(int toolId) const;
- void SetToolLabel(int toolId, const wxString& label);
-
- wxBitmap GetToolBitmap(int toolId) const;
- void SetToolBitmap(int toolId, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- wxString GetToolShortHelp(int toolId) const;
- void SetToolShortHelp(int toolId, const wxString& helpString);
-
- wxString GetToolLongHelp(int toolId) const;
- void SetToolLongHelp(int toolId, const wxString& helpString);
-
- void SetCustomOverflowItems(const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& prepend,
- const wxAuiToolBarItemArray& append);
-
- // get size of hint rectangle for a particular dock location
- wxSize GetHintSize(int dockDirection) const;
- bool IsPaneValid(const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) const;
-
- // Override to call DoIdleUpdate().
- virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags = wxUPDATE_UI_NONE);
-
-protected:
- void Init();
-
- virtual void OnCustomRender(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
- const wxAuiToolBarItem& WXUNUSED(item),
- const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rect)) { }
-
-protected:
-
- void DoIdleUpdate();
- void SetOrientation(int orientation);
- void SetHoverItem(wxAuiToolBarItem* item);
- void SetPressedItem(wxAuiToolBarItem* item);
- void RefreshOverflowState();
-
- int GetOverflowState() const;
- wxRect GetOverflowRect() const;
- wxSize GetLabelSize(const wxString& label);
- wxAuiToolBarItem* FindToolByPositionWithPacking(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
- void DoSetSize(int x,
- int y,
- int width,
- int height,
- int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
-protected: // handlers
-
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& evt);
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
- void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMiddleUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& evt);
- void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& evt);
-
-protected:
-
- wxAuiToolBarItemArray m_items; // array of toolbar items
- wxAuiToolBarArt* m_art; // art provider
- wxBoxSizer* m_sizer; // main sizer for toolbar
- wxAuiToolBarItem* m_actionItem; // item that's being acted upon (pressed)
- wxAuiToolBarItem* m_tipItem; // item that has its tooltip shown
- wxBitmap m_bitmap; // double-buffer bitmap
- wxSizerItem* m_gripperSizerItem;
- wxSizerItem* m_overflowSizerItem;
- wxSize m_absoluteMinSize;
- wxPoint m_actionPos; // position of left-mouse down
- wxAuiToolBarItemArray m_customOverflowPrepend;
- wxAuiToolBarItemArray m_customOverflowAppend;
-
- int m_buttonWidth;
- int m_buttonHeight;
- int m_sizerElementCount;
- int m_leftPadding;
- int m_rightPadding;
- int m_topPadding;
- int m_bottomPadding;
- int m_toolPacking;
- int m_toolBorderPadding;
- int m_toolTextOrientation;
- int m_overflowState;
- bool m_dragging;
- bool m_gripperVisible;
- bool m_overflowVisible;
-
- bool RealizeHelper(wxClientDC& dc, bool horizontal);
- static bool IsPaneValid(long style, const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane);
- bool IsPaneValid(long style) const;
- void SetArtFlags() const;
- wxOrientation m_orientation;
- wxSize m_horzHintSize;
- wxSize m_vertHintSize;
-
-private:
- // Common part of OnLeaveWindow() and OnCaptureLost().
- void DoResetMouseState();
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiToolBar)
-};
-
-
-
-
-// wx event machinery
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, wxAuiToolBarEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, wxAuiToolBarEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, wxAuiToolBarEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxAuiToolBarEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, wxAuiToolBarEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxAuiToolBarEventFunction)(wxAuiToolBarEvent&);
-
-#define wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxAuiToolBarEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, winid, wxAuiToolBarEventHandler(fn))
-
-#else
-
-// wxpython/swig event work
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG;
-
-%pythoncode {
- EVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN, 1 )
- EVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK, 1 )
- EVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK, 1 )
- EVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK, 1 )
- EVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG, 1 )
-}
-#endif // SWIG
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_OVERFLOW_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_RIGHT_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_MIDDLE_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG wxEVT_AUITOOLBAR_BEGIN_DRAG
-
-#endif // wxUSE_AUI
-#endif // _WX_AUIBAR_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/aui/auibook.h
-// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - notebook
-// Author: Benjamin I. Williams
-// Modified by: Jens Lody
-// Created: 2006-06-28
-// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2006, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
-// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_AUINOTEBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_AUINOTEBOOK_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_AUI
-
-#include "wx/aui/tabart.h"
-#include "wx/aui/framemanager.h"
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-
-
-class wxAuiNotebook;
-
-
-enum wxAuiNotebookOption
-{
- wxAUI_NB_TOP = 1 << 0,
- wxAUI_NB_LEFT = 1 << 1, // not implemented yet
- wxAUI_NB_RIGHT = 1 << 2, // not implemented yet
- wxAUI_NB_BOTTOM = 1 << 3,
- wxAUI_NB_TAB_SPLIT = 1 << 4,
- wxAUI_NB_TAB_MOVE = 1 << 5,
- wxAUI_NB_TAB_EXTERNAL_MOVE = 1 << 6,
- wxAUI_NB_TAB_FIXED_WIDTH = 1 << 7,
- wxAUI_NB_SCROLL_BUTTONS = 1 << 8,
- wxAUI_NB_WINDOWLIST_BUTTON = 1 << 9,
- wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_BUTTON = 1 << 10,
- wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ACTIVE_TAB = 1 << 11,
- wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ALL_TABS = 1 << 12,
- wxAUI_NB_MIDDLE_CLICK_CLOSE = 1 << 13,
-
- wxAUI_NB_DEFAULT_STYLE = wxAUI_NB_TOP |
- wxAUI_NB_TAB_SPLIT |
- wxAUI_NB_TAB_MOVE |
- wxAUI_NB_SCROLL_BUTTONS |
- wxAUI_NB_CLOSE_ON_ACTIVE_TAB |
- wxAUI_NB_MIDDLE_CLICK_CLOSE
-};
-
-
-
-
-// aui notebook event class
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiNotebookEvent : public wxBookCtrlEvent
-{
-public:
- wxAuiNotebookEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL,
- int winId = 0)
- : wxBookCtrlEvent(commandType, winId)
- {
- m_dragSource = NULL;
- }
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxAuiNotebookEvent(const wxAuiNotebookEvent& c) : wxBookCtrlEvent(c)
- {
- m_dragSource = c.m_dragSource;
- }
-#endif
- wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxAuiNotebookEvent(*this); }
-
- void SetDragSource(wxAuiNotebook* s) { m_dragSource = s; }
- wxAuiNotebook* GetDragSource() const { return m_dragSource; }
-
-private:
- wxAuiNotebook* m_dragSource;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxAuiNotebookEvent)
-#endif
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiNotebookPage
-{
-public:
- wxWindow* window; // page's associated window
- wxString caption; // caption displayed on the tab
- wxString tooltip; // tooltip displayed when hovering over tab title
- wxBitmap bitmap; // tab's bitmap
- wxRect rect; // tab's hit rectangle
- bool active; // true if the page is currently active
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabContainerButton
-{
-public:
-
- int id; // button's id
- int curState; // current state (normal, hover, pressed, etc.)
- int location; // buttons location (wxLEFT, wxRIGHT, or wxCENTER)
- wxBitmap bitmap; // button's hover bitmap
- wxBitmap disBitmap; // button's disabled bitmap
- wxRect rect; // button's hit rectangle
-};
-
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiNotebookPage, wxAuiNotebookPageArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiTabContainerButton, wxAuiTabContainerButtonArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI);
-#endif
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabContainer
-{
-public:
-
- wxAuiTabContainer();
- virtual ~wxAuiTabContainer();
-
- void SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* art);
- wxAuiTabArt* GetArtProvider() const;
-
- void SetFlags(unsigned int flags);
- unsigned int GetFlags() const;
-
- bool AddPage(wxWindow* page, const wxAuiNotebookPage& info);
- bool InsertPage(wxWindow* page, const wxAuiNotebookPage& info, size_t idx);
- bool MovePage(wxWindow* page, size_t newIdx);
- bool RemovePage(wxWindow* page);
- bool SetActivePage(wxWindow* page);
- bool SetActivePage(size_t page);
- void SetNoneActive();
- int GetActivePage() const;
- bool TabHitTest(int x, int y, wxWindow** hit) const;
- bool ButtonHitTest(int x, int y, wxAuiTabContainerButton** hit) const;
- wxWindow* GetWindowFromIdx(size_t idx) const;
- int GetIdxFromWindow(wxWindow* page) const;
- size_t GetPageCount() const;
- wxAuiNotebookPage& GetPage(size_t idx);
- const wxAuiNotebookPage& GetPage(size_t idx) const;
- wxAuiNotebookPageArray& GetPages();
- void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& normalFont);
- void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& selectedFont);
- void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& measuringFont);
- void SetColour(const wxColour& colour);
- void SetActiveColour(const wxColour& colour);
- void DoShowHide();
- void SetRect(const wxRect& rect);
-
- void RemoveButton(int id);
- void AddButton(int id,
- int location,
- const wxBitmap& normalBitmap = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxBitmap& disabledBitmap = wxNullBitmap);
-
- size_t GetTabOffset() const;
- void SetTabOffset(size_t offset);
-
- // Is the tab visible?
- bool IsTabVisible(int tabPage, int tabOffset, wxDC* dc, wxWindow* wnd);
-
- // Make the tab visible if it wasn't already
- void MakeTabVisible(int tabPage, wxWindow* win);
-
-protected:
-
- virtual void Render(wxDC* dc, wxWindow* wnd);
-
-protected:
-
- wxAuiTabArt* m_art;
- wxAuiNotebookPageArray m_pages;
- wxAuiTabContainerButtonArray m_buttons;
- wxAuiTabContainerButtonArray m_tabCloseButtons;
- wxRect m_rect;
- size_t m_tabOffset;
- unsigned int m_flags;
-};
-
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabCtrl : public wxControl,
- public wxAuiTabContainer
-{
-public:
-
- wxAuiTabCtrl(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0);
-
- ~wxAuiTabCtrl();
-
- bool IsDragging() const { return m_isDragging; }
-
-protected:
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
- void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMiddleUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnButton(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
- void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& evt);
-
-protected:
-
- wxPoint m_clickPt;
- wxWindow* m_clickTab;
- bool m_isDragging;
- wxAuiTabContainerButton* m_hoverButton;
- wxAuiTabContainerButton* m_pressedButton;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiTabCtrl)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif
-};
-
-
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiNotebook : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxBookCtrlBase>
-{
-
-public:
-
- wxAuiNotebook() { Init(); }
-
- wxAuiNotebook(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxAUI_NB_DEFAULT_STYLE)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxAuiNotebook();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0);
-
- void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style);
- void SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* art);
- wxAuiTabArt* GetArtProvider() const;
-
- virtual void SetUniformBitmapSize(const wxSize& size);
- virtual void SetTabCtrlHeight(int height);
-
- bool AddPage(wxWindow* page,
- const wxString& caption,
- bool select = false,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap);
-
- bool InsertPage(size_t pageIdx,
- wxWindow* page,
- const wxString& caption,
- bool select = false,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap);
-
- bool DeletePage(size_t page);
- bool RemovePage(size_t page);
-
- virtual size_t GetPageCount() const;
- virtual wxWindow* GetPage(size_t pageIdx) const;
- int GetPageIndex(wxWindow* pageWnd) const;
-
- bool SetPageText(size_t page, const wxString& text);
- wxString GetPageText(size_t pageIdx) const;
-
- bool SetPageToolTip(size_t page, const wxString& text);
- wxString GetPageToolTip(size_t pageIdx) const;
-
- bool SetPageBitmap(size_t page, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
- wxBitmap GetPageBitmap(size_t pageIdx) const;
-
- int SetSelection(size_t newPage);
- int GetSelection() const;
-
- virtual void Split(size_t page, int direction);
-
- const wxAuiManager& GetAuiManager() const { return m_mgr; }
-
- // Sets the normal font
- void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- // Sets the selected tab font
- void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- // Sets the measuring font
- void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- // Sets the tab font
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- // Gets the tab control height
- int GetTabCtrlHeight() const;
-
- // Gets the height of the notebook for a given page height
- int GetHeightForPageHeight(int pageHeight);
-
- // Shows the window menu
- bool ShowWindowMenu();
-
- // we do have multiple pages
- virtual bool HasMultiplePages() const { return true; }
-
- // we don't want focus for ourselves
- // virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
- //wxBookCtrlBase functions
-
- virtual void SetPageSize (const wxSize &size);
- virtual int HitTest (const wxPoint &pt, long *flags=NULL) const;
-
- virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const;
- virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId);
-
- virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n);
-
- virtual bool AddPage(wxWindow *page, const wxString &text, bool select,
- int imageId);
- virtual bool DeleteAllPages();
- virtual bool InsertPage(size_t index, wxWindow *page, const wxString &text,
- bool select, int imageId);
-
-protected:
- // Common part of all ctors.
- void Init();
-
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- // Redo sizing after thawing
- virtual void DoThaw();
-
- // these can be overridden
-
- // update the height, return true if it was done or false if the new height
- // calculated by CalculateTabCtrlHeight() is the same as the old one
- virtual bool UpdateTabCtrlHeight();
-
- virtual int CalculateTabCtrlHeight();
- virtual wxSize CalculateNewSplitSize();
-
- // remove the page and return a pointer to it
- virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t WXUNUSED(page)) { return NULL; }
-
- //A general selection function
- virtual int DoModifySelection(size_t n, bool events);
-
-protected:
-
- void DoSizing();
- void InitNotebook(long style);
- wxAuiTabCtrl* GetTabCtrlFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
- wxWindow* GetTabFrameFromTabCtrl(wxWindow* tabCtrl);
- wxAuiTabCtrl* GetActiveTabCtrl();
- bool FindTab(wxWindow* page, wxAuiTabCtrl** ctrl, int* idx);
- void RemoveEmptyTabFrames();
- void UpdateHintWindowSize();
-
-protected:
-
- void OnChildFocusNotebook(wxChildFocusEvent& evt);
- void OnRender(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
- void OnTabClicked(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnTabBeginDrag(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnTabDragMotion(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnTabEndDrag(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnTabCancelDrag(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnTabButton(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnTabMiddleDown(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnTabMiddleUp(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnTabRightDown(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnTabRightUp(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnTabBgDClick(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnNavigationKeyNotebook(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
-
- // set selection to the given window (which must be non-NULL and be one of
- // our pages, otherwise an assert is raised)
- void SetSelectionToWindow(wxWindow *win);
- void SetSelectionToPage(const wxAuiNotebookPage& page)
- {
- SetSelectionToWindow(page.window);
- }
-
-protected:
-
- wxAuiManager m_mgr;
- wxAuiTabContainer m_tabs;
- int m_curPage;
- int m_tabIdCounter;
- wxWindow* m_dummyWnd;
-
- wxSize m_requestedBmpSize;
- int m_requestedTabCtrlHeight;
- wxFont m_selectedFont;
- wxFont m_normalFont;
- int m_tabCtrlHeight;
-
- int m_lastDragX;
- unsigned int m_flags;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiNotebook)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif
-};
-
-
-
-
-// wx event machinery
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, wxAuiNotebookEvent);
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxAuiNotebookEventFunction)(wxAuiNotebookEvent&);
-
-#define wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxAuiNotebookEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, winid, wxAuiNotebookEventHandler(fn))
-#else
-
-// wxpython/swig event work
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK;
-
-%pythoncode {
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE, 1 )
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED, 1 )
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, 1 )
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, 1 )
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON, 1 )
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG, 1 )
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG, 1 )
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION, 1 )
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND, 1 )
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE, 1 )
- EVT__AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, 1 )
- EVT__AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, 1 )
- EVT__AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, 1 )
- EVT__AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP, 1 )
- EVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK, 1 )
-}
-#endif
-
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSE
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CLOSED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BUTTON
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BEGIN_DRAG
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_END_DRAG
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_MOTION
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_ALLOW_DND
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_DRAG_DONE
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_MIDDLE_UP
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_TAB_RIGHT_UP
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_BG_DCLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_AUINOTEBOOK_CANCEL_DRAG wxEVT_AUINOTEBOOK_CANCEL_DRAG
-
-#endif // wxUSE_AUI
-#endif // _WX_AUINOTEBOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/aui/dockart.h
-// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager
-// Author: Benjamin I. Williams
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-05-17
-// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
-// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DOCKART_H_
-#define _WX_DOCKART_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_AUI
-
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-#include "wx/brush.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-
-// dock art provider code - a dock provider provides all drawing
-// functionality to the wxAui dock manager. This allows the dock
-// manager to have plugable look-and-feels
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockArt
-{
-public:
-
- wxAuiDockArt() { }
- virtual ~wxAuiDockArt() { }
-
- virtual int GetMetric(int id) = 0;
- virtual void SetMetric(int id, int newVal) = 0;
- virtual void SetFont(int id, const wxFont& font) = 0;
- virtual wxFont GetFont(int id) = 0;
- virtual wxColour GetColour(int id) = 0;
- virtual void SetColour(int id, const wxColor& colour) = 0;
- wxColour GetColor(int id) { return GetColour(id); }
- void SetColor(int id, const wxColour& color) { SetColour(id, color); }
-
- virtual void DrawSash(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* window,
- int orientation,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* window,
- int orientation,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawCaption(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* window,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawGripper(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* window,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawBorder(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* window,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawPaneButton(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* window,
- int button,
- int buttonState,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& pane) = 0;
-};
-
-
-// this is the default art provider for wxAuiManager. Dock art
-// can be customized by creating a class derived from this one,
-// or replacing this class entirely
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDefaultDockArt : public wxAuiDockArt
-{
-public:
-
- wxAuiDefaultDockArt();
-
- int GetMetric(int metricId);
- void SetMetric(int metricId, int newVal);
- wxColour GetColour(int id);
- void SetColour(int id, const wxColor& colour);
- void SetFont(int id, const wxFont& font);
- wxFont GetFont(int id);
-
- void DrawSash(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow *window,
- int orientation,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow *window,
- int orientation,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawCaption(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow *window,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& pane);
-
- void DrawGripper(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow *window,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& pane);
-
- void DrawBorder(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow *window,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& pane);
-
- void DrawPaneButton(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow *window,
- int button,
- int buttonState,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& pane);
-
- void DrawIcon(wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& pane);
-
-protected:
-
- void DrawCaptionBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, bool active);
-
- void InitBitmaps();
-
-protected:
-
- wxPen m_borderPen;
- wxBrush m_sashBrush;
- wxBrush m_backgroundBrush;
- wxBrush m_gripperBrush;
- wxFont m_captionFont;
- wxBitmap m_inactiveCloseBitmap;
- wxBitmap m_inactivePinBitmap;
- wxBitmap m_inactiveMaximizeBitmap;
- wxBitmap m_inactiveRestoreBitmap;
- wxBitmap m_activeCloseBitmap;
- wxBitmap m_activePinBitmap;
- wxBitmap m_activeMaximizeBitmap;
- wxBitmap m_activeRestoreBitmap;
- wxPen m_gripperPen1;
- wxPen m_gripperPen2;
- wxPen m_gripperPen3;
- wxColour m_baseColour;
- wxColour m_activeCaptionColour;
- wxColour m_activeCaptionGradientColour;
- wxColour m_activeCaptionTextColour;
- wxColour m_inactiveCaptionColour;
- wxColour m_inactiveCaptionGradientColour;
- wxColour m_inactiveCaptionTextColour;
- int m_borderSize;
- int m_captionSize;
- int m_sashSize;
- int m_buttonSize;
- int m_gripperSize;
- int m_gradientType;
-};
-
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_AUI
-#endif //_WX_DOCKART_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/aui/floatpane.h
-// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager
-// Author: Benjamin I. Williams
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-05-17
-// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
-// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FLOATPANE_H_
-#define _WX_FLOATPANE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/weakref.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_AUI
-
-#if wxUSE_MINIFRAME
- #include "wx/minifram.h"
- #define wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass wxMiniFrame
-#else
- #include "wx/frame.h"
- #define wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass wxFrame
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiFloatingFrame : public wxAuiFloatingFrameBaseClass
-{
-public:
- wxAuiFloatingFrame(wxWindow* parent,
- wxAuiManager* ownerMgr,
- const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- long style = wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxSYSTEM_MENU | wxCAPTION |
- wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR | wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT |
- wxCLIP_CHILDREN
- );
- virtual ~wxAuiFloatingFrame();
- void SetPaneWindow(const wxAuiPaneInfo& pane);
- wxAuiManager* GetOwnerManager() const;
-
-protected:
- virtual void OnMoveStart();
- virtual void OnMoving(const wxRect& windowRect, wxDirection dir);
- virtual void OnMoveFinished();
-
-private:
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
- void OnClose(wxCloseEvent& event);
- void OnMoveEvent(wxMoveEvent& event);
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
- void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
- static bool isMouseDown();
-
-private:
- wxWindow* m_paneWindow; // pane window being managed
- bool m_solidDrag; // true if system uses solid window drag
- bool m_moving;
- wxRect m_lastRect;
- wxRect m_last2Rect;
- wxRect m_last3Rect;
- wxSize m_lastSize;
- wxDirection m_lastDirection;
-
- wxWeakRef<wxAuiManager> m_ownerMgr;
- wxAuiManager m_mgr;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiFloatingFrame)
-#endif // SWIG
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_AUI
-#endif //_WX_FLOATPANE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/aui/framemanager.h
-// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - docking window manager
-// Author: Benjamin I. Williams
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-05-17
-// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2005, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
-// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FRAMEMANAGER_H_
-#define _WX_FRAMEMANAGER_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_AUI
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-enum wxAuiManagerDock
-{
- wxAUI_DOCK_NONE = 0,
- wxAUI_DOCK_TOP = 1,
- wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT = 2,
- wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM = 3,
- wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT = 4,
- wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER = 5,
- wxAUI_DOCK_CENTRE = wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER
-};
-
-enum wxAuiManagerOption
-{
- wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_FLOATING = 1 << 0,
- wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_ACTIVE_PANE = 1 << 1,
- wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_DRAG = 1 << 2,
- wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_HINT = 1 << 3,
- wxAUI_MGR_VENETIAN_BLINDS_HINT = 1 << 4,
- wxAUI_MGR_RECTANGLE_HINT = 1 << 5,
- wxAUI_MGR_HINT_FADE = 1 << 6,
- wxAUI_MGR_NO_VENETIAN_BLINDS_FADE = 1 << 7,
- wxAUI_MGR_LIVE_RESIZE = 1 << 8,
-
- wxAUI_MGR_DEFAULT = wxAUI_MGR_ALLOW_FLOATING |
- wxAUI_MGR_TRANSPARENT_HINT |
- wxAUI_MGR_HINT_FADE |
- wxAUI_MGR_NO_VENETIAN_BLINDS_FADE
-};
-
-
-enum wxAuiPaneDockArtSetting
-{
- wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_SIZE = 0,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_SIZE = 1,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_SIZE = 2,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BORDER_SIZE = 3,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_PANE_BUTTON_SIZE = 4,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_BACKGROUND_COLOUR = 5,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_SASH_COLOUR = 6,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_COLOUR = 7,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_GRADIENT_COLOUR = 8,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_COLOUR = 9,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_GRADIENT_COLOUR = 10,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_ACTIVE_CAPTION_TEXT_COLOUR = 11,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_INACTIVE_CAPTION_TEXT_COLOUR = 12,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_BORDER_COLOUR = 13,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_GRIPPER_COLOUR = 14,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_CAPTION_FONT = 15,
- wxAUI_DOCKART_GRADIENT_TYPE = 16
-};
-
-enum wxAuiPaneDockArtGradients
-{
- wxAUI_GRADIENT_NONE = 0,
- wxAUI_GRADIENT_VERTICAL = 1,
- wxAUI_GRADIENT_HORIZONTAL = 2
-};
-
-enum wxAuiPaneButtonState
-{
- wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_NORMAL = 0,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HOVER = 1 << 1,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_PRESSED = 1 << 2,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_DISABLED = 1 << 3,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_HIDDEN = 1 << 4,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_STATE_CHECKED = 1 << 5
-};
-
-enum wxAuiButtonId
-{
- wxAUI_BUTTON_CLOSE = 101,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE_RESTORE = 102,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_MINIMIZE = 103,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_PIN = 104,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_OPTIONS = 105,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_WINDOWLIST = 106,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_LEFT = 107,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_RIGHT = 108,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_UP = 109,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_DOWN = 110,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_CUSTOM1 = 201,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_CUSTOM2 = 202,
- wxAUI_BUTTON_CUSTOM3 = 203
-};
-
-enum wxAuiPaneInsertLevel
-{
- wxAUI_INSERT_PANE = 0,
- wxAUI_INSERT_ROW = 1,
- wxAUI_INSERT_DOCK = 2
-};
-
-
-
-
-// forwards and array declarations
-class wxAuiDockUIPart;
-class wxAuiPaneButton;
-class wxAuiPaneInfo;
-class wxAuiDockInfo;
-class wxAuiDockArt;
-class wxAuiManagerEvent;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiDockInfo, wxAuiDockInfoArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiDockUIPart, wxAuiDockUIPartArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiPaneButton, wxAuiPaneButtonArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxAuiPaneInfo, wxAuiPaneInfoArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI);
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxAuiPaneInfo*, wxAuiPaneInfoPtrArray, class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI);
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxAuiDockInfo*, wxAuiDockInfoPtrArray, class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI);
-#endif // SWIG
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockInfo wxAuiNullDockInfo;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiPaneInfo wxAuiNullPaneInfo;
-
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiPaneInfo
-{
-public:
-
- wxAuiPaneInfo()
- {
- window = NULL;
- frame = NULL;
- state = 0;
- dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT;
- dock_layer = 0;
- dock_row = 0;
- dock_pos = 0;
- floating_pos = wxDefaultPosition;
- floating_size = wxDefaultSize;
- best_size = wxDefaultSize;
- min_size = wxDefaultSize;
- max_size = wxDefaultSize;
- dock_proportion = 0;
-
- DefaultPane();
- }
-
- ~wxAuiPaneInfo() {}
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxAuiPaneInfo(const wxAuiPaneInfo& c)
- {
- name = c.name;
- caption = c.caption;
- icon = c.icon;
- window = c.window;
- frame = c.frame;
- state = c.state;
- dock_direction = c.dock_direction;
- dock_layer = c.dock_layer;
- dock_row = c.dock_row;
- dock_pos = c.dock_pos;
- best_size = c.best_size;
- min_size = c.min_size;
- max_size = c.max_size;
- floating_pos = c.floating_pos;
- floating_size = c.floating_size;
- dock_proportion = c.dock_proportion;
- buttons = c.buttons;
- rect = c.rect;
- }
-
- wxAuiPaneInfo& operator=(const wxAuiPaneInfo& c)
- {
- name = c.name;
- caption = c.caption;
- window = c.window;
- frame = c.frame;
- state = c.state;
- dock_direction = c.dock_direction;
- dock_layer = c.dock_layer;
- dock_row = c.dock_row;
- dock_pos = c.dock_pos;
- best_size = c.best_size;
- min_size = c.min_size;
- max_size = c.max_size;
- floating_pos = c.floating_pos;
- floating_size = c.floating_size;
- dock_proportion = c.dock_proportion;
- buttons = c.buttons;
- rect = c.rect;
- return *this;
- }
-#endif // SWIG
-
- // Write the safe parts of a newly loaded PaneInfo structure "source" into "this"
- // used on loading perspectives etc.
- void SafeSet(wxAuiPaneInfo source)
- {
- // note source is not passed by reference so we can overwrite, to keep the
- // unsafe bits of "dest"
- source.window = window;
- source.frame = frame;
- source.buttons = buttons;
- wxCHECK_RET(source.IsValid(),
- "window settings and pane settings are incompatible");
- // now assign
- *this = source;
- }
-
- bool IsOk() const { return window != NULL; }
- bool IsFixed() const { return !HasFlag(optionResizable); }
- bool IsResizable() const { return HasFlag(optionResizable); }
- bool IsShown() const { return !HasFlag(optionHidden); }
- bool IsFloating() const { return HasFlag(optionFloating); }
- bool IsDocked() const { return !HasFlag(optionFloating); }
- bool IsToolbar() const { return HasFlag(optionToolbar); }
- bool IsTopDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionTopDockable); }
- bool IsBottomDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionBottomDockable); }
- bool IsLeftDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionLeftDockable); }
- bool IsRightDockable() const { return HasFlag(optionRightDockable); }
- bool IsDockable() const
- {
- return HasFlag(optionTopDockable | optionBottomDockable |
- optionLeftDockable | optionRightDockable);
- }
- bool IsFloatable() const { return HasFlag(optionFloatable); }
- bool IsMovable() const { return HasFlag(optionMovable); }
- bool IsDestroyOnClose() const { return HasFlag(optionDestroyOnClose); }
- bool IsMaximized() const { return HasFlag(optionMaximized); }
- bool HasCaption() const { return HasFlag(optionCaption); }
- bool HasGripper() const { return HasFlag(optionGripper); }
- bool HasBorder() const { return HasFlag(optionPaneBorder); }
- bool HasCloseButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonClose); }
- bool HasMaximizeButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonMaximize); }
- bool HasMinimizeButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonMinimize); }
- bool HasPinButton() const { return HasFlag(buttonPin); }
- bool HasGripperTop() const { return HasFlag(optionGripperTop); }
-
-#ifdef SWIG
- %typemap(out) wxAuiPaneInfo& { $result = $self; Py_INCREF($result); }
-#endif
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Window(wxWindow* w)
- {
- wxAuiPaneInfo test(*this);
- test.window = w;
- wxCHECK_MSG(test.IsValid(), *this,
- "window settings and pane settings are incompatible");
- *this = test;
- return *this;
- }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Name(const wxString& n) { name = n; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Caption(const wxString& c) { caption = c; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Icon(const wxBitmap& b) { icon = b; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Left() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Right() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Top() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_TOP; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Bottom() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Center() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Centre() { dock_direction = wxAUI_DOCK_CENTRE; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Direction(int direction) { dock_direction = direction; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Layer(int layer) { dock_layer = layer; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Row(int row) { dock_row = row; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Position(int pos) { dock_pos = pos; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& BestSize(const wxSize& size) { best_size = size; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& MinSize(const wxSize& size) { min_size = size; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& MaxSize(const wxSize& size) { max_size = size; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& BestSize(int x, int y) { best_size.Set(x,y); return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& MinSize(int x, int y) { min_size.Set(x,y); return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& MaxSize(int x, int y) { max_size.Set(x,y); return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { floating_pos = pos; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingPosition(int x, int y) { floating_pos.x = x; floating_pos.y = y; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingSize(const wxSize& size) { floating_size = size; return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& FloatingSize(int x, int y) { floating_size.Set(x,y); return *this; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Fixed() { return SetFlag(optionResizable, false); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Resizable(bool resizable = true) { return SetFlag(optionResizable, resizable); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Dock() { return SetFlag(optionFloating, false); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Float() { return SetFlag(optionFloating, true); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Hide() { return SetFlag(optionHidden, true); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Show(bool show = true) { return SetFlag(optionHidden, !show); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& CaptionVisible(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(optionCaption, visible); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Maximize() { return SetFlag(optionMaximized, true); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Restore() { return SetFlag(optionMaximized, false); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& PaneBorder(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(optionPaneBorder, visible); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Gripper(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(optionGripper, visible); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& GripperTop(bool attop = true) { return SetFlag(optionGripperTop, attop); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& CloseButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonClose, visible); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& MaximizeButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonMaximize, visible); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& MinimizeButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonMinimize, visible); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& PinButton(bool visible = true) { return SetFlag(buttonPin, visible); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& DestroyOnClose(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionDestroyOnClose, b); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& TopDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionTopDockable, b); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& BottomDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionBottomDockable, b); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& LeftDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionLeftDockable, b); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& RightDockable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionRightDockable, b); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Floatable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionFloatable, b); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Movable(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionMovable, b); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& DockFixed(bool b = true) { return SetFlag(optionDockFixed, b); }
-
- wxAuiPaneInfo& Dockable(bool b = true)
- {
- return TopDockable(b).BottomDockable(b).LeftDockable(b).RightDockable(b);
- }
-
- wxAuiPaneInfo& DefaultPane()
- {
- wxAuiPaneInfo test(*this);
- test.state |= optionTopDockable | optionBottomDockable |
- optionLeftDockable | optionRightDockable |
- optionFloatable | optionMovable | optionResizable |
- optionCaption | optionPaneBorder | buttonClose;
- wxCHECK_MSG(test.IsValid(), *this,
- "window settings and pane settings are incompatible");
- *this = test;
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxAuiPaneInfo& CentrePane() { return CenterPane(); }
- wxAuiPaneInfo& CenterPane()
- {
- state = 0;
- return Center().PaneBorder().Resizable();
- }
-
- wxAuiPaneInfo& ToolbarPane()
- {
- DefaultPane();
- state |= (optionToolbar | optionGripper);
- state &= ~(optionResizable | optionCaption);
- if (dock_layer == 0)
- dock_layer = 10;
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxAuiPaneInfo& SetFlag(int flag, bool option_state)
- {
- wxAuiPaneInfo test(*this);
- if (option_state)
- test.state |= flag;
- else
- test.state &= ~flag;
- wxCHECK_MSG(test.IsValid(), *this,
- "window settings and pane settings are incompatible");
- *this = test;
- return *this;
- }
-
- bool HasFlag(int flag) const
- {
- return (state & flag) != 0;
- }
-
-#ifdef SWIG
- %typemap(out) wxAuiPaneInfo& ;
-#endif
-
-public:
-
- // NOTE: You can add and subtract flags from this list,
- // but do not change the values of the flags, because
- // they are stored in a binary integer format in the
- // perspective string. If you really need to change the
- // values around, you'll have to ensure backwards-compatibility
- // in the perspective loading code.
- enum wxAuiPaneState
- {
- optionFloating = 1 << 0,
- optionHidden = 1 << 1,
- optionLeftDockable = 1 << 2,
- optionRightDockable = 1 << 3,
- optionTopDockable = 1 << 4,
- optionBottomDockable = 1 << 5,
- optionFloatable = 1 << 6,
- optionMovable = 1 << 7,
- optionResizable = 1 << 8,
- optionPaneBorder = 1 << 9,
- optionCaption = 1 << 10,
- optionGripper = 1 << 11,
- optionDestroyOnClose = 1 << 12,
- optionToolbar = 1 << 13,
- optionActive = 1 << 14,
- optionGripperTop = 1 << 15,
- optionMaximized = 1 << 16,
- optionDockFixed = 1 << 17,
-
- buttonClose = 1 << 21,
- buttonMaximize = 1 << 22,
- buttonMinimize = 1 << 23,
- buttonPin = 1 << 24,
-
- buttonCustom1 = 1 << 26,
- buttonCustom2 = 1 << 27,
- buttonCustom3 = 1 << 28,
-
- savedHiddenState = 1 << 30, // used internally
- actionPane = 1 << 31 // used internally
- };
-
-public:
- wxString name; // name of the pane
- wxString caption; // caption displayed on the window
- wxBitmap icon; // icon of the pane, may be invalid
-
- wxWindow* window; // window that is in this pane
- wxFrame* frame; // floating frame window that holds the pane
- unsigned int state; // a combination of wxPaneState values
-
- int dock_direction; // dock direction (top, bottom, left, right, center)
- int dock_layer; // layer number (0 = innermost layer)
- int dock_row; // row number on the docking bar (0 = first row)
- int dock_pos; // position inside the row (0 = first position)
-
- wxSize best_size; // size that the layout engine will prefer
- wxSize min_size; // minimum size the pane window can tolerate
- wxSize max_size; // maximum size the pane window can tolerate
-
- wxPoint floating_pos; // position while floating
- wxSize floating_size; // size while floating
- int dock_proportion; // proportion while docked
-
- wxAuiPaneButtonArray buttons; // buttons on the pane
-
-
- wxRect rect; // current rectangle (populated by wxAUI)
-
- bool IsValid() const;
-};
-
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiFloatingFrame;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiManager : public wxEvtHandler
-{
- friend class wxAuiFloatingFrame;
-
-public:
-
- wxAuiManager(wxWindow* managedWnd = NULL,
- unsigned int flags = wxAUI_MGR_DEFAULT);
- virtual ~wxAuiManager();
- void UnInit();
-
- void SetFlags(unsigned int flags);
- unsigned int GetFlags() const;
-
- void SetManagedWindow(wxWindow* managedWnd);
- wxWindow* GetManagedWindow() const;
-
- static wxAuiManager* GetManager(wxWindow* window);
-
- void SetArtProvider(wxAuiDockArt* artProvider);
- wxAuiDockArt* GetArtProvider() const;
-
- wxAuiPaneInfo& GetPane(wxWindow* window);
- wxAuiPaneInfo& GetPane(const wxString& name);
- wxAuiPaneInfoArray& GetAllPanes();
-
- bool AddPane(wxWindow* window,
- const wxAuiPaneInfo& paneInfo);
-
- bool AddPane(wxWindow* window,
- const wxAuiPaneInfo& paneInfo,
- const wxPoint& dropPos);
-
- bool AddPane(wxWindow* window,
- int direction = wxLEFT,
- const wxString& caption = wxEmptyString);
-
- bool InsertPane(wxWindow* window,
- const wxAuiPaneInfo& insertLocation,
- int insertLevel = wxAUI_INSERT_PANE);
-
- bool DetachPane(wxWindow* window);
-
- void Update();
-
- wxString SavePaneInfo(wxAuiPaneInfo& pane);
- void LoadPaneInfo(wxString panePart, wxAuiPaneInfo &pane);
- wxString SavePerspective();
- bool LoadPerspective(const wxString& perspective, bool update = true);
-
- void SetDockSizeConstraint(double widthPct, double heightPct);
- void GetDockSizeConstraint(double* widthPct, double* heightPct) const;
-
- void ClosePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& paneInfo);
- void MaximizePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& paneInfo);
- void RestorePane(wxAuiPaneInfo& paneInfo);
- void RestoreMaximizedPane();
-
-public:
-
- virtual wxAuiFloatingFrame* CreateFloatingFrame(wxWindow* parent, const wxAuiPaneInfo& p);
- virtual bool CanDockPanel(const wxAuiPaneInfo & p);
-
- void StartPaneDrag(
- wxWindow* paneWindow,
- const wxPoint& offset);
-
- wxRect CalculateHintRect(
- wxWindow* paneWindow,
- const wxPoint& pt,
- const wxPoint& offset);
-
- void DrawHintRect(
- wxWindow* paneWindow,
- const wxPoint& pt,
- const wxPoint& offset);
-
- virtual void ShowHint(const wxRect& rect);
- virtual void HideHint();
-
- void OnHintActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
-
-public:
-
- // deprecated -- please use SetManagedWindow() and
- // and GetManagedWindow() instead
-
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetFrame(wxFrame* frame) );
- wxDEPRECATED( wxFrame* GetFrame() const );
-
-protected:
-
- void UpdateHintWindowConfig();
-
- void DoFrameLayout();
-
- void LayoutAddPane(wxSizer* container,
- wxAuiDockInfo& dock,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& pane,
- wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiparts,
- bool spacerOnly);
-
- void LayoutAddDock(wxSizer* container,
- wxAuiDockInfo& dock,
- wxAuiDockUIPartArray& uiParts,
- bool spacerOnly);
-
- wxSizer* LayoutAll(wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes,
- wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks,
- wxAuiDockUIPartArray & uiParts,
- bool spacerOnly = false);
-
- virtual bool ProcessDockResult(wxAuiPaneInfo& target,
- const wxAuiPaneInfo& newPos);
-
- bool DoDrop(wxAuiDockInfoArray& docks,
- wxAuiPaneInfoArray& panes,
- wxAuiPaneInfo& drop,
- const wxPoint& pt,
- const wxPoint& actionOffset = wxPoint(0,0));
-
- wxAuiDockUIPart* HitTest(int x, int y);
- wxAuiDockUIPart* GetPanePart(wxWindow* pane);
- int GetDockPixelOffset(wxAuiPaneInfo& test);
- void OnFloatingPaneMoveStart(wxWindow* window);
- void OnFloatingPaneMoving(wxWindow* window, wxDirection dir );
- void OnFloatingPaneMoved(wxWindow* window, wxDirection dir);
- void OnFloatingPaneActivated(wxWindow* window);
- void OnFloatingPaneClosed(wxWindow* window, wxCloseEvent& evt);
- void OnFloatingPaneResized(wxWindow* window, const wxRect& rect);
- void Render(wxDC* dc);
- void Repaint(wxDC* dc = NULL);
- void ProcessMgrEvent(wxAuiManagerEvent& event);
- void UpdateButtonOnScreen(wxAuiDockUIPart* buttonUiPart,
- const wxMouseEvent& event);
- void GetPanePositionsAndSizes(wxAuiDockInfo& dock,
- wxArrayInt& positions,
- wxArrayInt& sizes);
-
- /// Ends a resize action, or for live update, resizes the sash
- bool DoEndResizeAction(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- void SetActivePane(wxWindow* active_pane);
-
-public:
-
- // public events (which can be invoked externally)
- void OnRender(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt);
- void OnPaneButton(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt);
-
-protected:
-
- // protected events
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
- void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& evt);
- void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& evt);
- void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& evt);
- void OnHintFadeTimer(wxTimerEvent& evt);
- void OnFindManager(wxAuiManagerEvent& evt);
-
-protected:
-
- enum
- {
- actionNone = 0,
- actionResize,
- actionClickButton,
- actionClickCaption,
- actionDragToolbarPane,
- actionDragFloatingPane
- };
-
-protected:
-
- wxWindow* m_frame; // the window being managed
- wxAuiDockArt* m_art; // dock art object which does all drawing
- unsigned int m_flags; // manager flags wxAUI_MGR_*
-
- wxAuiPaneInfoArray m_panes; // array of panes structures
- wxAuiDockInfoArray m_docks; // array of docks structures
- wxAuiDockUIPartArray m_uiParts; // array of UI parts (captions, buttons, etc)
-
- int m_action; // current mouse action
- wxPoint m_actionStart; // position where the action click started
- wxPoint m_actionOffset; // offset from upper left of the item clicked
- wxAuiDockUIPart* m_actionPart; // ptr to the part the action happened to
- wxWindow* m_actionWindow; // action frame or window (NULL if none)
- wxRect m_actionHintRect; // hint rectangle for the action
- wxRect m_lastRect;
- wxAuiDockUIPart* m_hoverButton;// button uipart being hovered over
- wxRect m_lastHint; // last hint rectangle
- wxPoint m_lastMouseMove; // last mouse move position (see OnMotion)
- int m_currentDragItem;
- bool m_skipping;
- bool m_hasMaximized;
-
- double m_dockConstraintX; // 0.0 .. 1.0; max pct of window width a dock can consume
- double m_dockConstraintY; // 0.0 .. 1.0; max pct of window height a dock can consume
-
- wxFrame* m_hintWnd; // transparent hint window, if supported by platform
- wxTimer m_hintFadeTimer; // transparent fade timer
- wxByte m_hintFadeAmt; // transparent fade amount
- wxByte m_hintFadeMax; // maximum value of hint fade
-
- void* m_reserved;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxAuiManager)
-#endif // SWIG
-};
-
-
-
-// event declarations/classes
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiManagerEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxAuiManagerEvent(wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL) : wxEvent(0, type)
- {
- manager = NULL;
- pane = NULL;
- button = 0;
- veto_flag = false;
- canveto_flag = true;
- dc = NULL;
- }
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxAuiManagerEvent(const wxAuiManagerEvent& c) : wxEvent(c)
- {
- manager = c.manager;
- pane = c.pane;
- button = c.button;
- veto_flag = c.veto_flag;
- canveto_flag = c.canveto_flag;
- dc = c.dc;
- }
-#endif
- wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxAuiManagerEvent(*this); }
-
- void SetManager(wxAuiManager* mgr) { manager = mgr; }
- void SetPane(wxAuiPaneInfo* p) { pane = p; }
- void SetButton(int b) { button = b; }
- void SetDC(wxDC* pdc) { dc = pdc; }
-
- wxAuiManager* GetManager() const { return manager; }
- wxAuiPaneInfo* GetPane() const { return pane; }
- int GetButton() const { return button; }
- wxDC* GetDC() const { return dc; }
-
- void Veto(bool veto = true) { veto_flag = veto; }
- bool GetVeto() const { return veto_flag; }
- void SetCanVeto(bool can_veto) { canveto_flag = can_veto; }
- bool CanVeto() const { return canveto_flag && veto_flag; }
-
-public:
- wxAuiManager* manager;
- wxAuiPaneInfo* pane;
- int button;
- bool veto_flag;
- bool canveto_flag;
- wxDC* dc;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxAuiManagerEvent)
-#endif
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockInfo
-{
-public:
- wxAuiDockInfo()
- {
- dock_direction = 0;
- dock_layer = 0;
- dock_row = 0;
- size = 0;
- min_size = 0;
- resizable = true;
- fixed = false;
- toolbar = false;
- reserved1 = false;
- }
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxAuiDockInfo(const wxAuiDockInfo& c)
- {
- dock_direction = c.dock_direction;
- dock_layer = c.dock_layer;
- dock_row = c.dock_row;
- size = c.size;
- min_size = c.min_size;
- resizable = c.resizable;
- fixed = c.fixed;
- toolbar = c.toolbar;
- panes = c.panes;
- rect = c.rect;
- reserved1 = c.reserved1;
- }
-
- wxAuiDockInfo& operator=(const wxAuiDockInfo& c)
- {
- dock_direction = c.dock_direction;
- dock_layer = c.dock_layer;
- dock_row = c.dock_row;
- size = c.size;
- min_size = c.min_size;
- resizable = c.resizable;
- fixed = c.fixed;
- toolbar = c.toolbar;
- panes = c.panes;
- rect = c.rect;
- reserved1 = c.reserved1;
- return *this;
- }
-#endif // SWIG
-
- bool IsOk() const { return dock_direction != 0; }
- bool IsHorizontal() const { return dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_TOP ||
- dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_BOTTOM; }
- bool IsVertical() const { return dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_LEFT ||
- dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_RIGHT ||
- dock_direction == wxAUI_DOCK_CENTER; }
-public:
- wxAuiPaneInfoPtrArray panes; // array of panes
- wxRect rect; // current rectangle
- int dock_direction; // dock direction (top, bottom, left, right, center)
- int dock_layer; // layer number (0 = innermost layer)
- int dock_row; // row number on the docking bar (0 = first row)
- int size; // size of the dock
- int min_size; // minimum size of a dock (0 if there is no min)
- bool resizable; // flag indicating whether the dock is resizable
- bool toolbar; // flag indicating dock contains only toolbars
- bool fixed; // flag indicating that the dock operates on
- // absolute coordinates as opposed to proportional
- bool reserved1;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiDockUIPart
-{
-public:
- enum
- {
- typeCaption,
- typeGripper,
- typeDock,
- typeDockSizer,
- typePane,
- typePaneSizer,
- typeBackground,
- typePaneBorder,
- typePaneButton
- };
-
- int type; // ui part type (see enum above)
- int orientation; // orientation (either wxHORIZONTAL or wxVERTICAL)
- wxAuiDockInfo* dock; // which dock the item is associated with
- wxAuiPaneInfo* pane; // which pane the item is associated with
- wxAuiPaneButton* button; // which pane button the item is associated with
- wxSizer* cont_sizer; // the part's containing sizer
- wxSizerItem* sizer_item; // the sizer item of the part
- wxRect rect; // client coord rectangle of the part itself
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiPaneButton
-{
-public:
- int button_id; // id of the button (e.g. buttonClose)
-};
-
-
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON, wxAuiManagerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE, wxAuiManagerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE, wxAuiManagerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE, wxAuiManagerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_PANE_ACTIVATED, wxAuiManagerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_RENDER, wxAuiManagerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI, wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER, wxAuiManagerEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxAuiManagerEventFunction)(wxAuiManagerEvent&);
-
-#define wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxAuiManagerEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_AUI_PANE_ACTIVATED(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_PANE_ACTIVATED, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_AUI_RENDER(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_RENDER, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER, wxAuiManagerEventHandler(func))
-
-#else
-
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_PANE_ACTIVATED;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_RENDER;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER;
-
-%pythoncode {
- EVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_BUTTON )
- EVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_CLOSE )
- EVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_MAXIMIZE )
- EVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_RESTORE )
- EVT_AUI_PANE_ACTIVATED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_PANE_ACTIVATED )
- EVT_AUI_RENDER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_RENDER )
- EVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_AUI_FIND_MANAGER )
-}
-#endif // SWIG
-
-#endif // wxUSE_AUI
-#endif //_WX_FRAMEMANAGER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/aui/tabart.h
-// Purpose: wxaui: wx advanced user interface - notebook
-// Author: Benjamin I. Williams
-// Modified by: Jens Lody (extracted from wx/aui/auibook.h)
-// Created: 2012-03-21
-// Copyright: (C) Copyright 2006, Kirix Corporation, All Rights Reserved.
-// Licence: wxWindows Library Licence, Version 3.1
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_AUI_TABART_H_
-#define _WX_AUI_TABART_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_AUI
-
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-#include "wx/brush.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-
-class wxAuiNotebookPage;
-class wxAuiNotebookPageArray;
-class wxWindow;
-class wxDC;
-
-
-// tab art class
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiTabArt
-{
-public:
-
- wxAuiTabArt() { }
- virtual ~wxAuiTabArt() { }
-
- virtual wxAuiTabArt* Clone() = 0;
- virtual void SetFlags(unsigned int flags) = 0;
-
- virtual void SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tabCtrlSize,
- size_t tabCount) = 0;
-
- virtual void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font) = 0;
- virtual void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font) = 0;
- virtual void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font) = 0;
- virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) = 0;
- virtual void SetActiveColour(const wxColour& colour) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawBorder(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawTab(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiNotebookPage& pane,
- const wxRect& inRect,
- int closeButtonState,
- wxRect* outTabRect,
- wxRect* outButtonRect,
- int* xExtent) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& inRect,
- int bitmapId,
- int buttonState,
- int orientation,
- wxRect* outRect) = 0;
-
- virtual wxSize GetTabSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- bool active,
- int closeButtonState,
- int* xExtent) = 0;
-
- virtual int ShowDropDown(
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& items,
- int activeIdx) = 0;
-
- virtual int GetIndentSize() = 0;
-
- virtual int GetBorderWidth(
- wxWindow* wnd) = 0;
-
- virtual int GetAdditionalBorderSpace(
- wxWindow* wnd) = 0;
-
- virtual int GetBestTabCtrlSize(
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages,
- const wxSize& requiredBmpSize) = 0;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiGenericTabArt : public wxAuiTabArt
-{
-
-public:
-
- wxAuiGenericTabArt();
- virtual ~wxAuiGenericTabArt();
-
- wxAuiTabArt* Clone();
- void SetFlags(unsigned int flags);
- void SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tabCtrlSize,
- size_t tabCount);
-
- void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font);
- void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font);
- void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font);
- void SetColour(const wxColour& colour);
- void SetActiveColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
- void DrawBorder(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawTab(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiNotebookPage& pane,
- const wxRect& inRect,
- int closeButtonState,
- wxRect* outTabRect,
- wxRect* outButtonRect,
- int* xExtent);
-
- void DrawButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& inRect,
- int bitmapId,
- int buttonState,
- int orientation,
- wxRect* outRect);
-
- int GetIndentSize();
-
- int GetBorderWidth(
- wxWindow* wnd);
-
- int GetAdditionalBorderSpace(
- wxWindow* wnd);
-
- wxSize GetTabSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- bool active,
- int closeButtonState,
- int* xExtent);
-
- int ShowDropDown(
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& items,
- int activeIdx);
-
- int GetBestTabCtrlSize(wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages,
- const wxSize& requiredBmpSize);
-
-protected:
-
- wxFont m_normalFont;
- wxFont m_selectedFont;
- wxFont m_measuringFont;
- wxColour m_baseColour;
- wxPen m_baseColourPen;
- wxPen m_borderPen;
- wxBrush m_baseColourBrush;
- wxColour m_activeColour;
- wxBitmap m_activeCloseBmp;
- wxBitmap m_disabledCloseBmp;
- wxBitmap m_activeLeftBmp;
- wxBitmap m_disabledLeftBmp;
- wxBitmap m_activeRightBmp;
- wxBitmap m_disabledRightBmp;
- wxBitmap m_activeWindowListBmp;
- wxBitmap m_disabledWindowListBmp;
-
- int m_fixedTabWidth;
- int m_tabCtrlHeight;
- unsigned int m_flags;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiSimpleTabArt : public wxAuiTabArt
-{
-
-public:
-
- wxAuiSimpleTabArt();
- virtual ~wxAuiSimpleTabArt();
-
- wxAuiTabArt* Clone();
- void SetFlags(unsigned int flags);
-
- void SetSizingInfo(const wxSize& tabCtrlSize,
- size_t tabCount);
-
- void SetNormalFont(const wxFont& font);
- void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& font);
- void SetMeasuringFont(const wxFont& font);
- void SetColour(const wxColour& colour);
- void SetActiveColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
- void DrawBorder(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawTab(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiNotebookPage& pane,
- const wxRect& inRect,
- int closeButtonState,
- wxRect* outTabRect,
- wxRect* outButtonRect,
- int* xExtent);
-
- void DrawButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& inRect,
- int bitmapId,
- int buttonState,
- int orientation,
- wxRect* outRect);
-
- int GetIndentSize();
-
- int GetBorderWidth(
- wxWindow* wnd);
-
- int GetAdditionalBorderSpace(
- wxWindow* wnd);
-
- wxSize GetTabSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- bool active,
- int closeButtonState,
- int* xExtent);
-
- int ShowDropDown(
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& items,
- int activeIdx);
-
- int GetBestTabCtrlSize(wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages,
- const wxSize& requiredBmpSize);
-
-protected:
-
- wxFont m_normalFont;
- wxFont m_selectedFont;
- wxFont m_measuringFont;
- wxPen m_normalBkPen;
- wxPen m_selectedBkPen;
- wxBrush m_normalBkBrush;
- wxBrush m_selectedBkBrush;
- wxBrush m_bkBrush;
- wxBitmap m_activeCloseBmp;
- wxBitmap m_disabledCloseBmp;
- wxBitmap m_activeLeftBmp;
- wxBitmap m_disabledLeftBmp;
- wxBitmap m_activeRightBmp;
- wxBitmap m_disabledRightBmp;
- wxBitmap m_activeWindowListBmp;
- wxBitmap m_disabledWindowListBmp;
-
- int m_fixedTabWidth;
- unsigned int m_flags;
-};
-
-#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXGTK3__)
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_TABART
- #include "wx/aui/tabartgtk.h"
- #define wxAuiDefaultTabArt wxAuiGtkTabArt
- #endif
-#endif // !__WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_TABART
- #define wxAuiDefaultTabArt wxAuiGenericTabArt
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_AUI
-
-#endif // _WX_AUI_TABART_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: include/wx/aui/tabartgtk.h
-// Purpose: declaration of the wxAuiGTKTabArt
-// Author: Jens Lody and Teodor Petrov
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2012-03-23
-// Copyright: (c) 2012 Jens Lody <jens@codeblocks.org>
-// and Teodor Petrov
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_AUI_TABARTGTK_H_
-#define _WX_AUI_TABARTGTK_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_AUI
-
-#include "wx/aui/tabart.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-class wxWindow;
-class wxDC;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiGtkTabArt : public wxAuiGenericTabArt
-{
-public:
- wxAuiGtkTabArt();
-
- virtual wxAuiTabArt* Clone();
- virtual void DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxWindow* wnd, const wxRect& rect);
- virtual void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, wxWindow* wnd, const wxRect& rect);
- virtual void DrawTab(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxAuiNotebookPage& page,
- const wxRect& in_rect,
- int close_button_state,
- wxRect* out_tab_rect,
- wxRect* out_button_rect,
- int* x_extent);
- void DrawButton(wxDC& dc, wxWindow* wnd, const wxRect& in_rect, int bitmap_id,
- int button_state, int orientation, wxRect* out_rect);
- int GetBestTabCtrlSize(wxWindow* wnd, const wxAuiNotebookPageArray& pages,
- const wxSize& required_bmp_size);
- int GetBorderWidth(wxWindow* wnd);
- int GetAdditionalBorderSpace(wxWindow* wnd);
- virtual wxSize GetTabSize(wxDC& dc, wxWindow* wnd, const wxString& caption,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap, bool active,
- int close_button_state, int* x_extent);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_AUI
-
-#endif // _WX_AUI_TABARTGTK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/aui/tabmdi.h
-// Purpose: Generic MDI (Multiple Document Interface) classes
-// Author: Hans Van Leemputten
-// Modified by: Benjamin I. Williams / Kirix Corporation
-// Created: 29/07/2002
-// Copyright: (c) Hans Van Leemputten
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_AUITABMDI_H_
-#define _WX_AUITABMDI_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_AUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-#include "wx/notebook.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/aui/auibook.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiMDIParentFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiMDIClientWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiMDIChildFrame;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAuiMDIParentFrame
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiMDIParentFrame : public wxFrame
-{
-public:
- wxAuiMDIParentFrame();
- wxAuiMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
- ~wxAuiMDIParentFrame();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr );
-
- void SetArtProvider(wxAuiTabArt* provider);
- wxAuiTabArt* GetArtProvider();
- wxAuiNotebook* GetNotebook() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- wxMenu* GetWindowMenu() const { return m_pWindowMenu; }
- void SetWindowMenu(wxMenu* pMenu);
-
- virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- void SetChildMenuBar(wxAuiMDIChildFrame *pChild);
-
- wxAuiMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const;
- void SetActiveChild(wxAuiMDIChildFrame* pChildFrame);
-
- wxAuiMDIClientWindow *GetClientWindow() const;
- virtual wxAuiMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient();
-
- virtual void Cascade() { /* Has no effect */ }
- virtual void Tile(wxOrientation orient = wxHORIZONTAL);
- virtual void ArrangeIcons() { /* Has no effect */ }
- virtual void ActivateNext();
- virtual void ActivatePrevious();
-
-protected:
- wxAuiMDIClientWindow* m_pClientWindow;
- wxEvent* m_pLastEvt;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- wxMenu *m_pWindowMenu;
- wxMenuBar *m_pMyMenuBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-protected:
- void Init();
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- void RemoveWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar);
- void AddWindowMenu(wxMenuBar *pMenuBar);
-
- void DoHandleMenu(wxCommandEvent &event);
- void DoHandleUpdateUI(wxUpdateUIEvent &event);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
- virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIParentFrame)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAuiMDIChildFrame
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiMDIChildFrame : public wxPanel
-{
-public:
- wxAuiMDIChildFrame();
- wxAuiMDIChildFrame(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxAuiMDIChildFrame();
- bool Create(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menuBar);
- virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
- virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
-
- virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons);
- virtual const wxIconBundle& GetIcons() const;
-
- virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
- virtual const wxIcon& GetIcon() const;
-
- virtual void Activate();
- virtual bool Destroy();
-
- virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- // no status bars
- virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int WXUNUSED(number) = 1,
- long WXUNUSED(style) = 1,
- wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid) = 1,
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(name) = wxEmptyString)
- { return NULL; }
-
- virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return NULL; }
- virtual void SetStatusText( const wxString &WXUNUSED(text), int WXUNUSED(number)=0 ) {}
- virtual void SetStatusWidths( int WXUNUSED(n), const int WXUNUSED(widths_field)[] ) {}
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
- // no toolbar bars
- virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long WXUNUSED(style),
- wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(name))
- { return NULL; }
- virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return NULL; }
-#endif
-
-
- // no maximize etc
- virtual void Maximize(bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ }
- virtual void Restore() { /* Has no effect */ }
- virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize) = true) { /* Has no effect */ }
- virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return true; }
- virtual bool IsIconized() const { return false; }
- virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show), long WXUNUSED(style)) { return false; }
- virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return false; }
-
- virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; }
-
- void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& evt);
- void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& evt);
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& evt);
-
- void SetMDIParentFrame(wxAuiMDIParentFrame* parent);
- wxAuiMDIParentFrame* GetMDIParentFrame() const;
-
-protected:
- void Init();
- virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags);
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
- // no size hints
- virtual void DoSetSizeHints(int WXUNUSED(minW), int WXUNUSED(minH),
- int WXUNUSED(maxW), int WXUNUSED(maxH),
- int WXUNUSED(incW), int WXUNUSED(incH)) {}
-public:
- // This function needs to be called when a size change is confirmed,
- // we needed this function to prevent anybody from the outside
- // changing the panel... it messes the UI layout when we would allow it.
- void ApplyMDIChildFrameRect();
- void DoShow(bool show);
-
-protected:
- wxAuiMDIParentFrame* m_pMDIParentFrame;
- wxRect m_mdiNewRect;
- wxRect m_mdiCurRect;
- wxString m_title;
- wxIcon m_icon;
- wxIconBundle m_iconBundle;
- bool m_activateOnCreate;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- wxMenuBar* m_pMenuBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIChildFrame)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
- friend class wxAuiMDIClientWindow;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAuiMDIClientWindow
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiMDIClientWindow : public wxAuiNotebook
-{
-public:
- wxAuiMDIClientWindow();
- wxAuiMDIClientWindow(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent, long style = 0);
-
- virtual bool CreateClient(wxAuiMDIParentFrame *parent,
- long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL);
-
- virtual int SetSelection(size_t page);
- virtual wxAuiMDIChildFrame* GetActiveChild();
- virtual void SetActiveChild(wxAuiMDIChildFrame* pChildFrame)
- {
- SetSelection(GetPageIndex(pChildFrame));
- }
-
-protected:
-
- void PageChanged(int oldSelection, int newSelection);
- void OnPageClose(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnPageChanged(wxAuiNotebookEvent& evt);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiMDIClientWindow)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_AUI
-
-#endif // _WX_AUITABMDI_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/bannerwindow.h
-// Purpose: wxBannerWindow class declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-08-16
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BANNERWINDOW_H_
-#define _WX_BANNERWINDOW_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BANNERWINDOW
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxBannerWindowNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A simple banner window showing either a bitmap or text.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxBannerWindow : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- // Default constructor, use Create() later.
- wxBannerWindow() { Init(); }
-
- // Convenient constructor that should be used in the majority of cases.
- //
- // The banner orientation changes how the text in it is displayed and also
- // defines where is the bitmap truncated if it's too big to fit but doesn't
- // do anything for the banner position, this is supposed to be taken care
- // of in the usual way, e.g. using sizers.
- wxBannerWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxDirection dir = wxLEFT)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, wxID_ANY, dir);
- }
-
- // Full constructor provided for consistency with the other classes only.
- wxBannerWindow(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- wxDirection dir = wxLEFT,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxBannerWindowNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, winid, dir, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // Can be only called on objects created with the default constructor.
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- wxDirection dir = wxLEFT,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxBannerWindowNameStr);
-
-
- // Provide an existing bitmap to show. For wxLEFT orientation the bitmap is
- // truncated from the top, for wxTOP and wxBOTTOM -- from the right and for
- // wxRIGHT -- from the bottom, so put the most important part of the bitmap
- // information in the opposite direction.
- void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
-
- // Set the text to display. This is mutually exclusive with SetBitmap().
- // Title is rendered in bold and should be single line, message can have
- // multiple lines but is not wrapped automatically.
- void SetText(const wxString& title, const wxString& message);
-
- // Set the colours between which the gradient runs. This can be combined
- // with SetText() but not SetBitmap().
- void SetGradient(const wxColour& start, const wxColour& end);
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
-private:
- // Common part of all constructors.
- void Init();
-
- // Fully invalidates the window.
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
- // Redraws the window using either m_bitmap or m_title/m_message.
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
- // Helper of OnPaint(): draw the bitmap at the correct position depending
- // on our orientation.
- void DrawBitmapBackground(wxDC& dc);
-
- // Helper of OnPaint(): draw the text in the appropriate direction.
- void DrawBannerTextLine(wxDC& dc, const wxString& str, const wxPoint& pos);
-
- // Return the font to use for the title. Currently this is hardcoded as a
- // larger bold version of the standard window font but could be made
- // configurable in the future.
- wxFont GetTitleFont() const;
-
- // Return the colour to use for extending the bitmap. Non-const as it
- // updates m_colBitmapBg if needed.
- wxColour GetBitmapBg();
-
-
- // The window side along which the banner is laid out.
- wxDirection m_direction;
-
- // If valid, this bitmap is drawn as is.
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-
- // If bitmap is valid, this is the colour we use to extend it if the bitmap
- // is smaller than this window. It is computed on demand by GetBitmapBg().
- wxColour m_colBitmapBg;
-
- // The title and main message to draw, used if m_bitmap is invalid.
- wxString m_title,
- m_message;
-
- // Start and stop gradient colours, only used when drawing text.
- wxColour m_colStart,
- m_colEnd;
-
- wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBannerWindow);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BANNERWINDOW
-
-#endif // _WX_BANNERWINDOW_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/base64.h
-// Purpose: declaration of BASE64 encoding/decoding functionality
-// Author: Charles Reimers, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2007-06-18
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BASE64_H_
-#define _WX_BASE64_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_BASE64
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/buffer.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// encoding functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// return the size needed for the buffer containing the encoded representation
-// of a buffer of given length
-inline size_t wxBase64EncodedSize(size_t len) { return 4*((len+2)/3); }
-
-// raw base64 encoding function which encodes the contents of a buffer of the
-// specified length into the buffer of the specified size
-//
-// returns the length of the encoded data or wxCONV_FAILED if the buffer is not
-// large enough; to determine the needed size you can either allocate a buffer
-// of wxBase64EncodedSize(srcLen) size or call the function with NULL buffer in
-// which case the required size will be returned
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t
-wxBase64Encode(char *dst, size_t dstLen, const void *src, size_t srcLen);
-
-// encode the contents of the given buffer using base64 and return as string
-// (there is no error return)
-inline wxString wxBase64Encode(const void *src, size_t srcLen)
-{
- const size_t dstLen = wxBase64EncodedSize(srcLen);
- wxCharBuffer dst(dstLen);
- wxBase64Encode(dst.data(), dstLen, src, srcLen);
-
- return dst;
-}
-
-inline wxString wxBase64Encode(const wxMemoryBuffer& buf)
-{
- return wxBase64Encode(buf.GetData(), buf.GetDataLen());
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// decoding functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// elements of this enum specify the possible behaviours of wxBase64Decode()
-// when an invalid character is encountered
-enum wxBase64DecodeMode
-{
- // normal behaviour: stop at any invalid characters
- wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict,
-
- // skip whitespace characters
- wxBase64DecodeMode_SkipWS,
-
- // the most lenient behaviour: simply ignore all invalid characters
- wxBase64DecodeMode_Relaxed
-};
-
-// return the buffer size necessary for decoding a base64 string of the given
-// length
-inline size_t wxBase64DecodedSize(size_t srcLen) { return 3*srcLen/4; }
-
-// raw decoding function which decodes the contents of the string of specified
-// length (or NUL-terminated by default) into the provided buffer of the given
-// size
-//
-// the function normally stops at any character invalid inside a base64-encoded
-// string (i.e. not alphanumeric nor '+' nor '/') but can be made to skip the
-// whitespace or all invalid characters using its mode argument
-//
-// returns the length of the decoded data or wxCONV_FAILED if an error occurs
-// such as the buffer is too small or the encoded string is invalid; in the
-// latter case the posErr is filled with the position where the decoding
-// stopped if it is not NULL
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t
-wxBase64Decode(void *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN,
- wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict,
- size_t *posErr = NULL);
-
-inline size_t
-wxBase64Decode(void *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wxString& src,
- wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict,
- size_t *posErr = NULL)
-{
- // don't use str.length() here as the ASCII buffer is shorter than it for
- // strings with embedded NULs
- return wxBase64Decode(dst, dstLen, src.ToAscii(), wxNO_LEN, mode, posErr);
-}
-
-// decode the contents of the given string; the returned buffer is empty if an
-// error occurs during decoding
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryBuffer
-wxBase64Decode(const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN,
- wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict,
- size_t *posErr = NULL);
-
-inline wxMemoryBuffer
-wxBase64Decode(const wxString& src,
- wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict,
- size_t *posErr = NULL)
-{
- // don't use str.length() here as the ASCII buffer is shorter than it for
- // strings with embedded NULs
- return wxBase64Decode(src.ToAscii(), wxNO_LEN, mode, posErr);
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
-
-#endif // _WX_BASE64_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/beforestd.h
-// Purpose: #include before STL headers
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/**
- Unfortunately, when compiling at maximum warning level, the standard
- headers themselves may generate warnings -- and really lots of them. So
- before including them, this header should be included to temporarily
- suppress the warnings and after this the header afterstd.h should be
- included to enable them back again.
-
- Note that there are intentionally no inclusion guards in this file, because
- it can be included several times.
- */
-
-// VC 7.x isn't as bad as VC6 and doesn't give these warnings but eVC (which
-// defines _MSC_VER as 1201) does need to be included as it's VC6-like
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ <= 1201
- // these warning have to be disabled and not just temporarily disabled
- // because they will be given at the end of the compilation of the
- // current source and there is absolutely nothing we can do about them so
- // disable them before warning(push) below
-
- // 'foo': unreferenced inline function has been removed
- #pragma warning(disable:4514)
-
- // 'function' : function not inlined
- #pragma warning(disable:4710)
-
- // 'id': identifier was truncated to 'num' characters in the debug info
- #pragma warning(disable:4786)
-
- // MSVC 5 does not have this
- #if __VISUALC__ > 1100
- // we have to disable (and reenable in afterstd.h) this one because,
- // even though it is of level 4, it is not disabled by warning(push, 1)
- // below for VC7.1!
-
- // unreachable code
- #pragma warning(disable:4702)
-
- #pragma warning(push, 1)
- #else // VC 5
- // 'expression' : signed/unsigned mismatch
- #pragma warning(disable:4018)
-
- // 'identifier' : unreferenced formal parameter
- #pragma warning(disable:4100)
-
- // 'conversion' : conversion from 'type1' to 'type2',
- // possible loss of data
- #pragma warning(disable:4244)
-
- // C++ language change: to explicitly specialize class template
- // 'identifier' use the following syntax
- #pragma warning(disable:4663)
- #endif
-#endif // VC++ < 7
-
-/**
- GCC's visibility support is broken for libstdc++ in some older versions
- (namely Debian/Ubuntu's GCC 4.1, see
- https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/gcc-4.1/+bug/109262). We fix it
- here by mimicking newer versions' behaviour of using default visibility
- for libstdc++ code.
- */
-#if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) && defined(HAVE_BROKEN_LIBSTDCXX_VISIBILITY)
- #pragma GCC visibility push(default)
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/bitmap.h
-// Purpose: wxBitmap class interface
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 22.04.01
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxBitmapType
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMask;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVariant support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxBitmap,WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMask represents the transparent area of the bitmap
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// TODO: all implementation of wxMask, except the generic one,
-// do not derive from wxMaskBase,,, they should
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMaskBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // create the mask from bitmap pixels of the given colour
- bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- // create the mask from bitmap pixels with the given palette index
- bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
- // create the mask from the given mono bitmap
- bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
-protected:
- // this function is called from Create() to free the existing mask data
- virtual void FreeData() = 0;
-
- // these functions must be overridden to implement the corresponding public
- // Create() methods, they shouldn't call FreeData() as it's already called
- // by the public wrappers
- virtual bool InitFromColour(const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxColour& colour) = 0;
- virtual bool InitFromMonoBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0;
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXDFB__) || \
- defined(__WXMAC__) || \
- defined(__WXGTK__) || \
- defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \
- defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \
- defined(__WXX11__)
- #define wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE 1
-#else
- #define wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE 0
-#endif
-
-// a more readable way to tell
-#define wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH (-1)
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapHelpers: container for various bitmap methods common to all ports.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Unfortunately, currently wxBitmap does not inherit from wxBitmapBase on all
-// platforms and this is not easy to fix. So we extract at least some common
-// methods into this class from which both wxBitmapBase (and hence wxBitmap on
-// all platforms where it does inherit from it) and wxBitmap in wxMSW and other
-// exceptional ports (only wxPM and old wxCocoa) inherit.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapHelpers
-{
-public:
- // Create a new wxBitmap from the PNG data in the given buffer.
- static wxBitmap NewFromPNGData(const void* data, size_t size);
-};
-
-
-// All ports except wxMSW and wxOS2 use wxBitmapHandler and wxBitmapBase as
-// base class for wxBitmapHandler; wxMSW and wxOS2 use wxGDIImageHandler as
-// base class since it allows some code reuse there.
-#if wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapHandler: class which knows how to create/load/save bitmaps in
-// different formats
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapHandler : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxBitmapHandler() { m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID; }
- virtual ~wxBitmapHandler() { }
-
- // NOTE: the following functions should be pure virtuals, but they aren't
- // because otherwise almost all ports would have to implement
- // them as "return false"...
-
- virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), const void* WXUNUSED(data),
- wxBitmapType WXUNUSED(type), int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
- int WXUNUSED(depth) = 1)
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), const wxString& WXUNUSED(name),
- wxBitmapType WXUNUSED(type), int WXUNUSED(desiredWidth),
- int WXUNUSED(desiredHeight))
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), const wxString& WXUNUSED(name),
- wxBitmapType WXUNUSED(type), const wxPalette *WXUNUSED(palette) = NULL) const
- { return false; }
-
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
- void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
- void SetType(wxBitmapType type) { m_type = type; }
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
- const wxString& GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
- wxBitmapType GetType() const { return m_type; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_name;
- wxString m_extension;
- wxBitmapType m_type;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmap: class which represents platform-dependent bitmap (unlike wxImage)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapBase : public wxGDIObject,
- public wxBitmapHelpers
-{
-public:
- /*
- Derived class must implement these:
-
- wxBitmap();
- wxBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
- wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
- wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH);
- wxBitmap(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH);
- wxBitmap(const char* const* bits);
- wxBitmap(const wxString &filename, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM);
- wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH);
-
- static void InitStandardHandlers();
- */
-
- virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH) = 0;
- virtual bool Create(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH) = 0;
- virtual bool CreateScaled(int w, int h, int d, double logicalScale)
- { return Create(w*logicalScale,h*logicalScale,d); }
-
- virtual int GetHeight() const = 0;
- virtual int GetWidth() const = 0;
- virtual int GetDepth() const = 0;
-
- wxSize GetSize() const
- { return wxSize(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); }
-
- // support for scaled bitmaps
- virtual double GetScaleFactor() const { return 1.0; }
- virtual double GetScaledWidth() const { return GetWidth() / GetScaleFactor(); }
- virtual double GetScaledHeight() const { return GetHeight() / GetScaleFactor(); }
- virtual wxSize GetScaledSize() const
- { return wxSize(GetScaledWidth(), GetScaledHeight()); }
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- virtual wxImage ConvertToImage() const = 0;
-
- // Convert to disabled (dimmed) bitmap.
- wxBitmap ConvertToDisabled(unsigned char brightness = 255) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- virtual wxMask *GetMask() const = 0;
- virtual void SetMask(wxMask *mask) = 0;
-
- virtual wxBitmap GetSubBitmap(const wxRect& rect) const = 0;
-
- virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type,
- const wxPalette *palette = NULL) const = 0;
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type) = 0;
-
- /*
- If raw bitmap access is supported (see wx/rawbmp.h), the following
- methods should be implemented:
-
- virtual bool GetRawData(wxRawBitmapData *data) = 0;
- virtual void UngetRawData(wxRawBitmapData *data) = 0;
- */
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- virtual wxPalette *GetPalette() const = 0;
- virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
- // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
- virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon) = 0;
-
- // implementation:
- virtual void SetHeight(int height) = 0;
- virtual void SetWidth(int width) = 0;
- virtual void SetDepth(int depth) = 0;
-
- // Format handling
- static inline wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
- static void AddHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler);
- static void InsertHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler);
- static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
- static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
- static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxBitmapType bitmapType);
- static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(wxBitmapType bitmapType);
-
- //static void InitStandardHandlers();
- // (wxBitmap must implement this one)
-
- static void CleanUpHandlers();
-
- // this method is only used by the generic implementation of wxMask
- // currently but could be useful elsewhere in the future: it can be
- // overridden to quantize the colour to correspond to bitmap colour depth
- // if necessary; default implementation simply returns the colour as is
- virtual wxColour QuantizeColour(const wxColour& colour) const
- {
- return colour;
- }
-
-protected:
- static wxList sm_handlers;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapBase)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE
-
-
-// the wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE constant defines the default argument value
-// for wxBitmap's ctor and wxBitmap::LoadFile() functions.
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/msw/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #include "wx/x11/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #ifdef __WINDOWS__
- #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE
- #else
- #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #endif
- #include "wx/gtk/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #include "wx/gtk1/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #include "wx/x11/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/dfb/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/osx/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/cocoa/bitmap.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/os2/bitmap.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-inline
-wxBitmap
-#if wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE
-wxBitmapBase::
-#else
-wxBitmap::
-#endif
-ConvertToDisabled(unsigned char brightness) const
-{
- return ConvertToImage().ConvertToDisabled(brightness);
-}
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-// we must include generic mask.h after wxBitmap definition
-#if defined(__WXDFB__)
- #define wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK 1
-#else
- #define wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK
- #include "wx/generic/mask.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/bmpbuttn.h
-// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 25.08.00
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-
-#include "wx/button.h"
-
-// FIXME: right now only wxMSW, wxGTK and wxOSX implement bitmap support in wxButton
-// itself, this shouldn't be used for the other platforms neither
-// when all of them do it
-#if (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXOSX__)) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #define wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapButton;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapButton: a button which shows bitmaps instead of the usual string.
-// It has different bitmaps for different states (focused/disabled/pressed)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapButtonBase : public wxButton
-{
-public:
- wxBitmapButtonBase()
- {
-#ifndef wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP
- m_marginX =
- m_marginY = 0;
-#endif // wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- long style,
- const wxValidator& validator,
- const wxString& name)
- {
- // We use wxBU_NOTEXT to let the base class Create() know that we are
- // not going to show the label: this is a hack needed for wxGTK where
- // we can show both label and bitmap only with GTK 2.6+ but we always
- // can show just one of them and this style allows us to choose which
- // one we need.
- //
- // And we also use wxBU_EXACTFIT to avoid being resized up to the
- // standard button size as this doesn't make sense for bitmap buttons
- // which are not standard anyhow and should fit their bitmap size.
- return wxButton::Create(parent, winid, "",
- pos, size,
- style | wxBU_NOTEXT | wxBU_EXACTFIT,
- validator, name);
- }
-
- // Special creation function for a standard "Close" bitmap. It allows to
- // simply create a close button with the image appropriate for the common
- // platform.
- static wxBitmapButton* NewCloseButton(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid);
-
-
- // set/get the margins around the button
- virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y)
- {
- DoSetBitmapMargins(x, y);
- }
-
- int GetMarginX() const { return DoGetBitmapMargins().x; }
- int GetMarginY() const { return DoGetBitmapMargins().y; }
-
- // deprecated synonym for SetBitmapLabel()
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap),
- SetBitmapLabel(bitmap); )
-
- // prevent virtual function hiding
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label)
- { wxWindow::SetLabel(label); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
-#ifndef wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP
- // function called when any of the bitmaps changes
- virtual void OnSetBitmap() { InvalidateBestSize(); Refresh(); }
-
- virtual wxBitmap DoGetBitmap(State which) const { return m_bitmaps[which]; }
- virtual void DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, State which)
- { m_bitmaps[which] = bitmap; OnSetBitmap(); }
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBitmapMargins() const
- {
- return wxSize(m_marginX, m_marginY);
- }
-
- virtual void DoSetBitmapMargins(int x, int y)
- {
- m_marginX = x;
- m_marginY = y;
- }
-
- // the bitmaps for various states
- wxBitmap m_bitmaps[State_Max];
-
- // the margins around the bitmap
- int m_marginX,
- m_marginY;
-#endif // !wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapButtonBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/bmpbuttn.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-
-#endif // _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/bmpcbox.h
-// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox base header
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: Aug-31-2006
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BMPCBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_BMPCBOX_H_BASE_
-
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxItemContainer;
-
-// Define wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED for platforms which
-// wxBitmapComboBox implementation utilizes ownerdrawn combobox
-// (either native or generic).
-#if !defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #define wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-#endif
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr[];
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxBitmapComboBoxBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors and such
- wxBitmapComboBoxBase() { Init(); }
-
- virtual ~wxBitmapComboBoxBase() { }
-
- // Sets the image for the given item.
- virtual void SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0;
-
-#if !defined(wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED)
-
- // Returns the image of the item with the given index.
- virtual wxBitmap GetItemBitmap(unsigned int n) const = 0;
-
- // Returns size of the image used in list
- virtual wxSize GetBitmapSize() const = 0;
-
-private:
- void Init() {}
-
-#else // wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED
-
- // Returns the image of the item with the given index.
- virtual wxBitmap GetItemBitmap(unsigned int n) const;
-
- // Returns size of the image used in list
- virtual wxSize GetBitmapSize() const
- {
- return m_usedImgSize;
- }
-
-protected:
-
- // Returns pointer to the combobox item container
- virtual wxItemContainer* GetItemContainer() = 0;
-
- // Return pointer to the owner-drawn combobox control
- virtual wxWindow* GetControl() = 0;
-
- // wxItemContainer functions
- void BCBDoClear();
- void BCBDoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
-
- void DoSetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- void DrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const;
- void DrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, const wxString& text,
- int flags) const;
- wxCoord MeasureItem(size_t item) const;
-
- // Returns true if image size was affected
- virtual bool OnAddBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- // Recalculates amount of empty space needed in front of text
- // in control itself. Returns number that can be passed to
- // wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::SetCustomPaintWidth() and similar
- // functions.
- virtual int DetermineIndent();
-
- void UpdateInternals();
-
- wxArrayPtrVoid m_bitmaps; // Images associated with items
- wxSize m_usedImgSize; // Size of bitmaps
-
- int m_imgAreaWidth; // Width and height of area next to text field
- int m_fontHeight;
- int m_indent;
-
-private:
- void Init();
-#endif // !wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED/wxBITMAPCOMBOBOX_OWNERDRAWN_BASED
-};
-
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/generic/bmpcbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/bmpcbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/bmpcbox.h"
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/bmpcbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_BMPCBOX_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/bookctrl.h
-// Purpose: wxBookCtrlBase: common base class for wxList/Tree/Notebook
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 19.08.03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BOOKCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_BOOKCTRL_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/withimages.h"
-
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxWindow *, wxArrayPages);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBookCtrlEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxBookCtrl hit results
-enum
-{
- wxBK_HITTEST_NOWHERE = 1, // not on tab
- wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON = 2, // on icon
- wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL = 4, // on label
- wxBK_HITTEST_ONITEM = wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON | wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL,
- wxBK_HITTEST_ONPAGE = 8 // not on tab control, but over the selected page
-};
-
-// wxBookCtrl flags (common for wxNotebook, wxListbook, wxChoicebook, wxTreebook)
-#define wxBK_DEFAULT 0x0000
-#define wxBK_TOP 0x0010
-#define wxBK_BOTTOM 0x0020
-#define wxBK_LEFT 0x0040
-#define wxBK_RIGHT 0x0080
-#define wxBK_ALIGN_MASK (wxBK_TOP | wxBK_BOTTOM | wxBK_LEFT | wxBK_RIGHT)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBookCtrlBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBookCtrlBase : public wxControl,
- public wxWithImages
-{
-public:
- // construction
- // ------------
-
- wxBookCtrlBase()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxBookCtrlBase(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // quasi ctor
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // get number of pages in the dialog
- virtual size_t GetPageCount() const { return m_pages.size(); }
-
- // get the panel which represents the given page
- virtual wxWindow *GetPage(size_t n) const { return m_pages[n]; }
-
- // get the current page or NULL if none
- wxWindow *GetCurrentPage() const
- {
- const int n = GetSelection();
- return n == wxNOT_FOUND ? NULL : GetPage(n);
- }
-
- // get the currently selected page or wxNOT_FOUND if none
- virtual int GetSelection() const { return m_selection; }
-
- // set/get the title of a page
- virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText) = 0;
- virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const = 0;
-
-
- // image list stuff: each page may have an image associated with it (all
- // images belong to the same image list)
- // ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list
- virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const = 0;
- virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId) = 0;
-
-
- // geometry
- // --------
-
- // resize the notebook so that all pages will have the specified size
- virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size);
-
- // return the size of the area needed to accommodate the controller
- wxSize GetControllerSize() const;
-
- // calculate the size of the control from the size of its page
- //
- // by default this simply returns size enough to fit both the page and the
- // controller
- virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
-
- // get/set size of area between book control area and page area
- unsigned int GetInternalBorder() const { return m_internalBorder; }
- void SetInternalBorder(unsigned int border) { m_internalBorder = border; }
-
- // Sets/gets the margin around the controller
- void SetControlMargin(int margin) { m_controlMargin = margin; }
- int GetControlMargin() const { return m_controlMargin; }
-
- // returns true if we have wxBK_TOP or wxBK_BOTTOM style
- bool IsVertical() const { return HasFlag(wxBK_BOTTOM | wxBK_TOP); }
-
- // set/get option to shrink to fit current page
- void SetFitToCurrentPage(bool fit) { m_fitToCurrentPage = fit; }
- bool GetFitToCurrentPage() const { return m_fitToCurrentPage; }
-
- // returns the sizer containing the control, if any
- wxSizer* GetControlSizer() const { return m_controlSizer; }
-
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- // remove one page from the control and delete it
- virtual bool DeletePage(size_t n);
-
- // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting it
- virtual bool RemovePage(size_t n)
- {
- DoInvalidateBestSize();
- return DoRemovePage(n) != NULL;
- }
-
- // remove all pages and delete them
- virtual bool DeleteAllPages()
- {
- m_selection = wxNOT_FOUND;
- DoInvalidateBestSize();
- WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(m_pages);
- return true;
- }
-
- // adds a new page to the control
- virtual bool AddPage(wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE)
- {
- DoInvalidateBestSize();
- return InsertPage(GetPageCount(), page, text, bSelect, imageId);
- }
-
- // the same as AddPage(), but adds the page at the specified position
- virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n,
- wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE) = 0;
-
- // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously
- // selected one (or wxNOT_FOUND on error)
- //
- // NB: this function will generate PAGE_CHANGING/ED events
- virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) = 0;
-
- // acts as SetSelection but does not generate events
- virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) = 0;
-
-
- // cycle thru the pages
- void AdvanceSelection(bool forward = true)
- {
- int nPage = GetNextPage(forward);
- if ( nPage != wxNOT_FOUND )
- {
- // cast is safe because of the check above
- SetSelection((size_t)nPage);
- }
- }
-
- // return the index of the given page or wxNOT_FOUND
- int FindPage(const wxWindow* page) const;
-
- // hit test: returns which page is hit and, optionally, where (icon, label)
- virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt),
- long * WXUNUSED(flags) = NULL) const
- {
- return wxNOT_FOUND;
- }
-
-
- // we do have multiple pages
- virtual bool HasMultiplePages() const { return true; }
-
- // we don't want focus for ourselves
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
- // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border
- virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
- // flags for DoSetSelection()
- enum
- {
- SetSelection_SendEvent = 1
- };
-
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- // After the insertion of the page in the method InsertPage, calling this
- // method sets the selection to the given page or the first one if there is
- // still no selection. The "selection changed" event is sent only if
- // bSelect is true, so when it is false, no event is sent even if the
- // selection changed from wxNOT_FOUND to 0 when inserting the first page.
- //
- // Returns true if the selection was set to the specified page (explicitly
- // because of bSelect == true or implicitly because it's the first page) or
- // false otherwise.
- bool DoSetSelectionAfterInsertion(size_t n, bool bSelect);
-
- // Update the selection after removing the page at the given index,
- // typically called from the derived class overridden DoRemovePage().
- void DoSetSelectionAfterRemoval(size_t n);
-
- // set the selection to the given page, sending the events (which can
- // possibly prevent the page change from taking place) if SendEvent flag is
- // included
- virtual int DoSetSelection(size_t nPage, int flags = 0);
-
- // if the derived class uses DoSetSelection() for implementing
- // [Set|Change]Selection, it must override UpdateSelectedPage(),
- // CreatePageChangingEvent() and MakeChangedEvent(), but as it might not
- // use it, these functions are not pure virtual
-
- // called to notify the control about a new current page
- virtual void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t WXUNUSED(newsel))
- { wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Override this function!")); }
-
- // create a new "page changing" event
- virtual wxBookCtrlEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const
- { wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Override this function!")); return NULL; }
-
- // modify the event created by CreatePageChangingEvent() to "page changed"
- // event, usually by just calling SetEventType() on it
- virtual void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
- { wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Override this function!")); }
-
-
- // The derived class also may override the following method, also called
- // from DoSetSelection(), to show/hide pages differently.
- virtual void DoShowPage(wxWindow* page, bool show) { page->Show(show); }
-
-
- // Should we accept NULL page pointers in Add/InsertPage()?
- //
- // Default is no but derived classes may override it if they can treat NULL
- // pages in some sensible way (e.g. wxTreebook overrides this to allow
- // having nodes without any associated page)
- virtual bool AllowNullPage() const { return false; }
-
- // Remove the page and return a pointer to it.
- //
- // It also needs to update the current selection if necessary, i.e. if the
- // page being removed comes before the selected one and the helper method
- // DoSetSelectionAfterRemoval() can be used for this.
- virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page) = 0;
-
- // our best size is the size which fits all our pages
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- // helper: get the next page wrapping if we reached the end
- int GetNextPage(bool forward) const;
-
- // Lay out controls
- virtual void DoSize();
-
- // This method also invalidates the size of the controller and should be
- // called instead of just InvalidateBestSize() whenever pages are added or
- // removed as this also affects the controller
- void DoInvalidateBestSize();
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
- // Show the help for the corresponding page
- void OnHelp(wxHelpEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-
- // the array of all pages of this control
- wxArrayPages m_pages;
-
- // get the page area
- virtual wxRect GetPageRect() const;
-
- // event handlers
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
- // controller buddy if available, NULL otherwise (usually for native book controls like wxNotebook)
- wxControl *m_bookctrl;
-
- // Whether to shrink to fit current page
- bool m_fitToCurrentPage;
-
- // the sizer containing the choice control
- wxSizer *m_controlSizer;
-
- // the margin around the choice control
- int m_controlMargin;
-
- // The currently selected page (in range 0..m_pages.size()-1 inclusive) or
- // wxNOT_FOUND if none (this can normally only be the case for an empty
- // control without any pages).
- int m_selection;
-
-private:
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // internal border
- unsigned int m_internalBorder;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBookCtrlBase)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBookCtrlBase);
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBookCtrlEvent: page changing events generated by book classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBookCtrlEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxBookCtrlEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0,
- int nSel = wxNOT_FOUND, int nOldSel = wxNOT_FOUND)
- : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid)
- {
- m_nSel = nSel;
- m_nOldSel = nOldSel;
- }
-
- wxBookCtrlEvent(const wxBookCtrlEvent& event)
- : wxNotifyEvent(event)
- {
- m_nSel = event.m_nSel;
- m_nOldSel = event.m_nOldSel;
- }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxBookCtrlEvent(*this); }
-
- // accessors
- // the currently selected page (wxNOT_FOUND if none)
- int GetSelection() const { return m_nSel; }
- void SetSelection(int nSel) { m_nSel = nSel; }
- // the page that was selected before the change (wxNOT_FOUND if none)
- int GetOldSelection() const { return m_nOldSel; }
- void SetOldSelection(int nOldSel) { m_nOldSel = nOldSel; }
-
-private:
- int m_nSel, // currently selected page
- m_nOldSel; // previously selected page
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxBookCtrlEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxBookCtrlEventFunction)(wxBookCtrlEvent&);
-
-#define wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxBookCtrlEventFunction, func)
-
-// obsolete name, defined for compatibility only
-#define wxBookCtrlBaseEvent wxBookCtrlEvent
-
-// make a default book control for given platform
-#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
- // dedicated to majority of desktops
- #include "wx/notebook.h"
- #define wxBookCtrl wxNotebook
- #define wxEVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED
- #define wxEVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING
- #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn)
- #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn)
-#else
- // dedicated to Smartphones
- #include "wx/choicebk.h"
- #define wxBookCtrl wxChoicebook
- #define wxEVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED
- #define wxEVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING
- #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn)
- #define EVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn)
-#endif
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- #define wxBC_TOP wxBK_TOP
- #define wxBC_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM
- #define wxBC_LEFT wxBK_LEFT
- #define wxBC_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT
- #define wxBC_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_BOOKCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/brush.h
-// Purpose: Includes platform-specific wxBrush file
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxGDIObjListBase
-
-// NOTE: these values cannot be combined together!
-enum wxBrushStyle
-{
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_INVALID = -1,
-
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID = wxSOLID,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT = wxTRANSPARENT,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = wxSTIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK = wxSTIPPLE_MASK,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE = wxSTIPPLE,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_BDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_BDIAGONAL,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSS_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_CROSS,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_HORIZONTAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_HORIZONTAL,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_VERTICAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_VERTICAL,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_FIRST,
- wxBRUSHSTYLE_LAST_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_LAST
-};
-
-
-// wxBrushBase
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrushBase: public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxBrushBase() { }
-
- virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col) = 0;
- virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) = 0;
- virtual void SetStyle(wxBrushStyle style) = 0;
- virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) = 0;
-
- virtual wxColour GetColour() const = 0;
- virtual wxBrushStyle GetStyle() const = 0;
- virtual wxBitmap *GetStipple() const = 0;
-
- virtual bool IsHatch() const
- { return (GetStyle()>=wxBRUSHSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH) && (GetStyle()<=wxBRUSHSTYLE_LAST_HATCH); }
-
- // Convenient helpers for testing whether the brush is a transparent one:
- // unlike GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT, they work correctly even
- // if the brush is invalid (they both return false in this case).
- bool IsTransparent() const
- {
- return IsOk() && GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT;
- }
-
- bool IsNonTransparent() const
- {
- return IsOk() && GetStyle() != wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT;
- }
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #include "wx/dfb/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/brush.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/brush.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrushList: public wxGDIObjListBase
-{
-public:
- wxBrush *FindOrCreateBrush(const wxColour& colour,
- wxBrushStyle style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID);
-
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
- wxBrush *FindOrCreateBrush(const wxColour& colour, int style)
- { return FindOrCreateBrush(colour, (wxBrushStyle)style); }
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- wxDEPRECATED( void AddBrush(wxBrush*) );
- wxDEPRECATED( void RemoveBrush(wxBrush*) );
-#endif
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxBrushList*) wxTheBrushList;
-
-// provide comparison operators to allow code such as
-//
-// if ( brush.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT )
-//
-// to compile without warnings which it would otherwise provoke from some
-// compilers as it compares elements of different enums
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
-
-// Unfortunately some compilers have ambiguity issues when enum comparisons are
-// overloaded so we have to disable the overloads in this case, see
-// wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM definition in wx/platform.h for more details.
-#ifndef wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM
-
-inline bool operator==(wxBrushStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
-{
- return static_cast<int>(s) == static_cast<int>(t);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(wxBrushStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
-{
- return !(s == t);
-}
-
-#endif // wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM
-
-#endif // FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
-
-#endif // _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/buffer.h
-// Purpose: auto buffer classes: buffers which automatically free memory
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 12.04.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BUFFER_H
-#define _WX_BUFFER_H
-
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-#include "wx/wxcrtbase.h"
-
-#include <stdlib.h> // malloc() and free()
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCStrData;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Special classes for (wide) character strings: they use malloc/free instead
-// of new/delete
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// helpers used by wxCharTypeBuffer
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-struct UntypedBufferData
-{
- enum Kind
- {
- Owned,
- NonOwned
- };
-
- UntypedBufferData(void *str, size_t len, Kind kind = Owned)
- : m_str(str), m_length(len), m_ref(1), m_owned(kind == Owned) {}
-
- ~UntypedBufferData()
- {
- if ( m_owned )
- free(m_str);
- }
-
- void *m_str;
- size_t m_length;
-
- // "short" to have sizeof(Data)=12 on 32bit archs
- unsigned short m_ref;
-
- bool m_owned;
-};
-
-// NB: this is defined in string.cpp and not the (non-existent) buffer.cpp
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE UntypedBufferData * GetUntypedNullData();
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-
-// Reference-counted character buffer for storing string data. The buffer
-// is only valid for as long as the "parent" object that provided the data
-// is valid; see wxCharTypeBuffer<T> for persistent variant.
-template <typename T>
-class wxScopedCharTypeBuffer
-{
-public:
- typedef T CharType;
-
- wxScopedCharTypeBuffer()
- {
- m_data = GetNullData();
- }
-
- // Creates "non-owned" buffer, i.e. 'str' is not owned by the buffer
- // and doesn't get freed by dtor. Used e.g. to point to wxString's internal
- // storage.
- static
- const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer CreateNonOwned(const CharType *str,
- size_t len = wxNO_LEN)
- {
- if ( len == wxNO_LEN )
- len = wxStrlen(str);
-
- wxScopedCharTypeBuffer buf;
- if ( str )
- buf.m_data = new Data(const_cast<CharType*>(str), len, Data::NonOwned);
- return buf;
- }
-
- // Creates "owned" buffer, i.e. takes over ownership of 'str' and frees it
- // in dtor (if ref.count reaches 0).
- static
- const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer CreateOwned(CharType *str,
- size_t len = wxNO_LEN )
- {
- if ( len == wxNO_LEN )
- len = wxStrlen(str);
-
- wxScopedCharTypeBuffer buf;
- if ( str )
- buf.m_data = new Data(str, len);
- return buf;
- }
-
- wxScopedCharTypeBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src)
- {
- m_data = src.m_data;
- IncRef();
- }
-
- wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src)
- {
- if ( &src == this )
- return *this;
-
- DecRef();
- m_data = src.m_data;
- IncRef();
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- ~wxScopedCharTypeBuffer()
- {
- DecRef();
- }
-
- // NB: this method is only const for backward compatibility. It used to
- // be needed for auto_ptr-like semantics of the copy ctor, but now
- // that ref-counting is used, it's not really needed.
- CharType *release() const
- {
- if ( m_data == GetNullData() )
- return NULL;
-
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_data->m_owned, wxT("can't release non-owned buffer") );
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_data->m_ref == 1, wxT("can't release shared buffer") );
-
- CharType * const p = m_data->Get();
-
- wxScopedCharTypeBuffer *self = const_cast<wxScopedCharTypeBuffer*>(this);
- self->m_data->Set(NULL, 0);
- self->DecRef();
-
- return p;
- }
-
- void reset()
- {
- DecRef();
- }
-
- CharType *data() { return m_data->Get(); }
- const CharType *data() const { return m_data->Get(); }
- operator const CharType *() const { return data(); }
- CharType operator[](size_t n) const { return data()[n]; }
-
- size_t length() const { return m_data->m_length; }
-
-protected:
- // reference-counted data
- struct Data : public wxPrivate::UntypedBufferData
- {
- Data(CharType *str, size_t len, Kind kind = Owned)
- : wxPrivate::UntypedBufferData(str, len, kind)
- {
- }
-
- CharType *Get() const { return static_cast<CharType *>(m_str); }
- void Set(CharType *str, size_t len)
- {
- m_str = str;
- m_length = len;
- }
- };
-
- // placeholder for NULL string, to simplify this code
- static Data *GetNullData()
- {
- return static_cast<Data *>(wxPrivate::GetUntypedNullData());
- }
-
- void IncRef()
- {
- if ( m_data == GetNullData() ) // exception, not ref-counted
- return;
- m_data->m_ref++;
- }
-
- void DecRef()
- {
- if ( m_data == GetNullData() ) // exception, not ref-counted
- return;
- if ( --m_data->m_ref == 0 )
- delete m_data;
- m_data = GetNullData();
- }
-
- // sets this object to a be copy of 'other'; if 'src' is non-owned,
- // a deep copy is made and 'this' will contain new instance of the data
- void MakeOwnedCopyOf(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src)
- {
- this->DecRef();
-
- if ( src.m_data == this->GetNullData() )
- {
- this->m_data = this->GetNullData();
- }
- else if ( src.m_data->m_owned )
- {
- this->m_data = src.m_data;
- this->IncRef();
- }
- else
- {
- // if the scoped buffer had non-owned data, we have to make
- // a copy here, because src.m_data->m_str is valid only for as long
- // as 'src' exists
- this->m_data = new Data
- (
- StrCopy(src.data(), src.length()),
- src.length()
- );
- }
- }
-
- static CharType *StrCopy(const CharType *src, size_t len)
- {
- CharType *dst = (CharType*)malloc(sizeof(CharType) * (len + 1));
- if ( dst )
- memcpy(dst, src, sizeof(CharType) * (len + 1));
- return dst;
- }
-
-protected:
- Data *m_data;
-};
-
-typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<char> wxScopedCharBuffer;
-typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> wxScopedWCharBuffer;
-
-
-// this buffer class always stores data in "owned" (persistent) manner
-template <typename T>
-class wxCharTypeBuffer : public wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>
-{
-protected:
- typedef typename wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>::Data Data;
-
-public:
- typedef T CharType;
-
- wxCharTypeBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL, size_t len = wxNO_LEN)
- {
- if ( str )
- {
- if ( len == wxNO_LEN )
- len = wxStrlen(str);
- this->m_data = new Data(this->StrCopy(str, len), len);
- }
- else
- {
- this->m_data = this->GetNullData();
- }
- }
-
- wxCharTypeBuffer(size_t len)
- {
- CharType* const str = (CharType *)malloc((len + 1)*sizeof(CharType));
- if ( str )
- {
- str[len] = (CharType)0;
-
- // There is a potential memory leak here if new throws because it
- // fails to allocate Data, we ought to use new(nothrow) here, but
- // this might fail to compile under some platforms so until this
- // can be fully tested, just live with this (rather unlikely, as
- // Data is a small object) potential leak.
- this->m_data = new Data(str, len);
- }
- else
- {
- this->m_data = this->GetNullData();
- }
- }
-
- wxCharTypeBuffer(const wxCharTypeBuffer& src)
- : wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>(src) {}
-
- wxCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const CharType *str)
- {
- this->DecRef();
-
- if ( str )
- this->m_data = new Data(wxStrdup(str), wxStrlen(str));
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const wxCharTypeBuffer& src)
- {
- wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>::operator=(src);
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxCharTypeBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& src)
- {
- this->MakeOwnedCopyOf(src);
- }
-
- wxCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& src)
- {
- MakeOwnedCopyOf(src);
- return *this;
- }
-
- bool extend(size_t len)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_owned, "cannot extend non-owned buffer" );
- wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_ref == 1, "can't extend shared buffer" );
-
- CharType *str =
- (CharType *)realloc(this->data(), (len + 1) * sizeof(CharType));
- if ( !str )
- return false;
-
- // For consistency with the ctor taking just the length, NUL-terminate
- // the buffer.
- str[len] = (CharType)0;
-
- if ( this->m_data == this->GetNullData() )
- {
- this->m_data = new Data(str, len);
- }
- else
- {
- this->m_data->Set(str, len);
- this->m_data->m_owned = true;
- }
-
- return true;
- }
-
- void shrink(size_t len)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_owned, "cannot shrink non-owned buffer" );
- wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_ref == 1, "can't shrink shared buffer" );
-
- wxASSERT( len <= this->length() );
-
- this->m_data->m_length = len;
- this->data()[len] = 0;
- }
-};
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<char> )
-WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxCharTypeBuffer<char> )
-
-class wxCharBuffer : public wxCharTypeBuffer<char>
-{
-public:
- typedef wxCharTypeBuffer<char> wxCharTypeBufferBase;
- typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<char> wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase;
-
- wxCharBuffer(const wxCharTypeBufferBase& buf)
- : wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {}
- wxCharBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase& buf)
- : wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {}
-
- wxCharBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(str) {}
- wxCharBuffer(size_t len) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(len) {}
-
- wxCharBuffer(const wxCStrData& cstr);
-};
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> )
-WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> )
-
-class wxWCharBuffer : public wxCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t>
-{
-public:
- typedef wxCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> wxCharTypeBufferBase;
- typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase;
-
- wxWCharBuffer(const wxCharTypeBufferBase& buf)
- : wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {}
- wxWCharBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase& buf)
- : wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {}
-
- wxWCharBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(str) {}
- wxWCharBuffer(size_t len) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(len) {}
-
- wxWCharBuffer(const wxCStrData& cstr);
-};
-
-// wxCharTypeBuffer<T> implicitly convertible to T*
-template <typename T>
-class wxWritableCharTypeBuffer : public wxCharTypeBuffer<T>
-{
-public:
- typedef typename wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>::CharType CharType;
-
- wxWritableCharTypeBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& src)
- : wxCharTypeBuffer<T>(src) {}
- // FIXME-UTF8: this won't be needed after converting mb_str()/wc_str() to
- // always return a buffer
- // + we should derive this class from wxScopedCharTypeBuffer
- // then
- wxWritableCharTypeBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL)
- : wxCharTypeBuffer<T>(str) {}
-
- operator CharType*() { return this->data(); }
-};
-
-typedef wxWritableCharTypeBuffer<char> wxWritableCharBuffer;
-typedef wxWritableCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> wxWritableWCharBuffer;
-
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxWxCharBuffer wxWCharBuffer
-
- #define wxMB2WXbuf wxWCharBuffer
- #define wxWX2MBbuf wxCharBuffer
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- #define wxWC2WXbuf wxChar*
- #define wxWX2WCbuf wxChar*
- #elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- #define wxWC2WXbuf wxWCharBuffer
- #define wxWX2WCbuf wxWCharBuffer
- #endif
-#else // ANSI
- #define wxWxCharBuffer wxCharBuffer
-
- #define wxMB2WXbuf wxChar*
- #define wxWX2MBbuf wxChar*
- #define wxWC2WXbuf wxCharBuffer
- #define wxWX2WCbuf wxWCharBuffer
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A class for holding growable data buffers (not necessarily strings)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This class manages the actual data buffer pointer and is ref-counted.
-class wxMemoryBufferData
-{
-public:
- // the initial size and also the size added by ResizeIfNeeded()
- enum { DefBufSize = 1024 };
-
- friend class wxMemoryBuffer;
-
- // everything is private as it can only be used by wxMemoryBuffer
-private:
- wxMemoryBufferData(size_t size = wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize)
- : m_data(size ? malloc(size) : NULL), m_size(size), m_len(0), m_ref(0)
- {
- }
- ~wxMemoryBufferData() { free(m_data); }
-
-
- void ResizeIfNeeded(size_t newSize)
- {
- if (newSize > m_size)
- {
- void *dataOld = m_data;
- m_data = realloc(m_data, newSize + wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize);
- if ( !m_data )
- {
- free(dataOld);
- }
-
- m_size = newSize + wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize;
- }
- }
-
- void IncRef() { m_ref += 1; }
- void DecRef()
- {
- m_ref -= 1;
- if (m_ref == 0) // are there no more references?
- delete this;
- }
-
- void *release()
- {
- if ( m_data == NULL )
- return NULL;
-
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_ref == 1, "can't release shared buffer" );
-
- void *p = m_data;
- m_data = NULL;
- m_len =
- m_size = 0;
-
- return p;
- }
-
-
- // the buffer containing the data
- void *m_data;
-
- // the size of the buffer
- size_t m_size;
-
- // the amount of data currently in the buffer
- size_t m_len;
-
- // the reference count
- size_t m_ref;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryBufferData);
-};
-
-
-class wxMemoryBuffer
-{
-public:
- // ctor and dtor
- wxMemoryBuffer(size_t size = wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize)
- {
- m_bufdata = new wxMemoryBufferData(size);
- m_bufdata->IncRef();
- }
-
- ~wxMemoryBuffer() { m_bufdata->DecRef(); }
-
-
- // copy and assignment
- wxMemoryBuffer(const wxMemoryBuffer& src)
- : m_bufdata(src.m_bufdata)
- {
- m_bufdata->IncRef();
- }
-
- wxMemoryBuffer& operator=(const wxMemoryBuffer& src)
- {
- if (&src != this)
- {
- m_bufdata->DecRef();
- m_bufdata = src.m_bufdata;
- m_bufdata->IncRef();
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
-
- // Accessors
- void *GetData() const { return m_bufdata->m_data; }
- size_t GetBufSize() const { return m_bufdata->m_size; }
- size_t GetDataLen() const { return m_bufdata->m_len; }
-
- bool IsEmpty() const { return GetDataLen() == 0; }
-
- void SetBufSize(size_t size) { m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(size); }
- void SetDataLen(size_t len)
- {
- wxASSERT(len <= m_bufdata->m_size);
- m_bufdata->m_len = len;
- }
-
- void Clear() { SetDataLen(0); }
-
- // Ensure the buffer is big enough and return a pointer to it
- void *GetWriteBuf(size_t sizeNeeded)
- {
- m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(sizeNeeded);
- return m_bufdata->m_data;
- }
-
- // Update the length after the write
- void UngetWriteBuf(size_t sizeUsed) { SetDataLen(sizeUsed); }
-
- // Like the above, but appends to the buffer
- void *GetAppendBuf(size_t sizeNeeded)
- {
- m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(m_bufdata->m_len + sizeNeeded);
- return (char*)m_bufdata->m_data + m_bufdata->m_len;
- }
-
- // Update the length after the append
- void UngetAppendBuf(size_t sizeUsed)
- {
- SetDataLen(m_bufdata->m_len + sizeUsed);
- }
-
- // Other ways to append to the buffer
- void AppendByte(char data)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( m_bufdata->m_data, wxT("invalid wxMemoryBuffer") );
-
- m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(m_bufdata->m_len + 1);
- *(((char*)m_bufdata->m_data) + m_bufdata->m_len) = data;
- m_bufdata->m_len += 1;
- }
-
- void AppendData(const void *data, size_t len)
- {
- memcpy(GetAppendBuf(len), data, len);
- UngetAppendBuf(len);
- }
-
- operator const char *() const { return (const char*)GetData(); }
-
- // gives up ownership of data, returns the pointer; after this call,
- // data isn't freed by the buffer and its content is resent to empty
- void *release()
- {
- return m_bufdata->release();
- }
-
-private:
- wxMemoryBufferData* m_bufdata;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// template class for any kind of data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// TODO
-
-#endif // _WX_BUFFER_H
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/build.h
-// Purpose: Runtime build options checking
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07.05.02
-// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BUILD_H_
-#define _WX_BUILD_H_
-
-#include "wx/version.h"
-
-// NB: This file contains macros for checking binary compatibility of libraries
-// in multilib builds, plugins and user components.
-// The WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE macro expands into string that should
-// uniquely identify binary compatible builds: i.e. if two builds of the
-// library are binary compatible, their signature string should be the
-// same; if two builds are binary incompatible, their signatures should
-// be different.
-//
-// Therefore, wxUSE_XXX flags that affect binary compatibility (vtables,
-// function signatures) should be accounted for here. So should compilers
-// and compiler versions (but note that binary compatible compiler versions
-// such as gcc-2.95.2 and gcc-2.95.3 should have same signature!).
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) __WX_BO_STRINGIZE0(x)
-#define __WX_BO_STRINGIZE0(x) #x
-
-#if (wxMINOR_VERSION % 2) == 0
- #define __WX_BO_VERSION(x,y,z) \
- __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(y)
-#else
- #define __WX_BO_VERSION(x,y,z) \
- __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(y) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(z)
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- #define __WX_BO_UNICODE "UTF-8"
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- #define __WX_BO_UNICODE "wchar_t"
-#else
- #define __WX_BO_UNICODE "ANSI"
-#endif
-
-// GCC and Intel C++ share same C++ ABI (and possibly others in the future),
-// check if compiler versions are compatible:
-#if defined(__GXX_ABI_VERSION)
- #define __WX_BO_COMPILER \
- ",compiler with C++ ABI " __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GXX_ABI_VERSION)
-#elif defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
- #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Intel C++"
-#elif defined(__GNUG__)
- #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",GCC " \
- __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GNUC__) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GNUC_MINOR__)
-#elif defined(__VISUALC__)
- #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Visual C++ " __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(_MSC_VER)
-#elif defined(__BORLANDC__)
- #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Borland C++"
-#elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__)
- #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",DigitalMars"
-#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Watcom C++"
-#else
- #define __WX_BO_COMPILER
-#endif
-
-// WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY macros affect presence of virtual functions
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6 ",compatible with 2.6"
-#else
- #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6
-#endif
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_8 ",compatible with 2.8"
-#else
- #define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_8
-#endif
-
-// deriving wxWin containers from STL ones changes them completely:
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
- #define __WX_BO_STL ",STL containers"
-#else
- #define __WX_BO_STL ",wx containers"
-#endif
-
-// This macro is passed as argument to wxConsoleApp::CheckBuildOptions()
-#define WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE \
- __WX_BO_VERSION(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER) \
- " (" __WX_BO_UNICODE \
- __WX_BO_COMPILER \
- __WX_BO_STL \
- __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6 __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_8 \
- ")"
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Use this macro to check build options. Adding it to a file in DLL will
-// ensure that the DLL checks build options in same way wxIMPLEMENT_APP() does.
-#define WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS(libName) \
- static struct wxBuildOptionsChecker \
- { \
- wxBuildOptionsChecker() \
- { \
- wxAppConsole::CheckBuildOptions(WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE, \
- libName); \
- } \
- } gs_buildOptionsCheck;
-
-
-#endif // _WX_BUILD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/busyinfo.h
-// Purpose: Information window (when app is busy)
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__
-#define __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BUSYINFO
-
-#include "wx/generic/busyinfo.h"
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BUSYINFO
-
-#endif // __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/button.h
-// Purpose: wxButtonBase class
-// Author: Vadim Zetlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 15.08.00
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zetlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-#include "wx/anybutton.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxButtonNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxButton: a push button
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButtonBase : public wxAnyButton
-{
-public:
- wxButtonBase() { }
-
- // show the authentication needed symbol on the button: this is currently
- // only implemented on Windows Vista and newer (on which it shows the UAC
- // shield symbol)
- void SetAuthNeeded(bool show = true) { DoSetAuthNeeded(show); }
- bool GetAuthNeeded() const { return DoGetAuthNeeded(); }
-
- // make this button the default button in its top level window
- //
- // returns the old default item (possibly NULL)
- virtual wxWindow *SetDefault();
-
- // returns the default button size for this platform
- static wxSize GetDefaultSize();
-
-protected:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxButtonBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/button.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/button.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-#endif // _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/calctrl.h
-// Purpose: date-picker control
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29.12.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CALCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_CALCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
-
-#include "wx/dateevt.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCalendarCtrl flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
- // show Sunday as the first day of the week (default)
- wxCAL_SUNDAY_FIRST = 0x0000,
-
- // show Monday as the first day of the week
- wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST = 0x0001,
-
- // highlight holidays
- wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS = 0x0002,
-
- // disable the year change control, show only the month change one
- // deprecated
- wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE = 0x0004,
-
- // don't allow changing neither month nor year (implies
- // wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE)
- wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE = 0x000c,
-
- // use MS-style month-selection instead of combo-spin combination
- wxCAL_SEQUENTIAL_MONTH_SELECTION = 0x0010,
-
- // show the neighbouring weeks in the previous and next month
- wxCAL_SHOW_SURROUNDING_WEEKS = 0x0020,
-
- // show week numbers on the left side of the calendar.
- wxCAL_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS = 0x0040
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// return values for the HitTest() method
-enum wxCalendarHitTestResult
-{
- wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE, // outside of anything
- wxCAL_HITTEST_HEADER, // on the header (weekdays)
- wxCAL_HITTEST_DAY, // on a day in the calendar
- wxCAL_HITTEST_INCMONTH,
- wxCAL_HITTEST_DECMONTH,
- wxCAL_HITTEST_SURROUNDING_WEEK,
- wxCAL_HITTEST_WEEK
-};
-
-// border types for a date
-enum wxCalendarDateBorder
-{
- wxCAL_BORDER_NONE, // no border (default)
- wxCAL_BORDER_SQUARE, // a rectangular border
- wxCAL_BORDER_ROUND // a round border
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCalendarDateAttr: custom attributes for a calendar date
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarDateAttr
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- wxCalendarDateAttr(const wxColour& colText = wxNullColour,
- const wxColour& colBack = wxNullColour,
- const wxColour& colBorder = wxNullColour,
- const wxFont& font = wxNullFont,
- wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE)
- : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack),
- m_colBorder(colBorder), m_font(font)
- {
- Init(border);
- }
- wxCalendarDateAttr(wxCalendarDateBorder border,
- const wxColour& colBorder = wxNullColour)
- : m_colBorder(colBorder)
- {
- Init(border);
- }
-
- // setters
- void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; }
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; }
- void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& col) { m_colBorder = col; }
- void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
- void SetBorder(wxCalendarDateBorder border) { m_border = border; }
- void SetHoliday(bool holiday) { m_holiday = holiday; }
-
- // accessors
- bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.IsOk(); }
- bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.IsOk(); }
- bool HasBorderColour() const { return m_colBorder.IsOk(); }
- bool HasFont() const { return m_font.IsOk(); }
- bool HasBorder() const { return m_border != wxCAL_BORDER_NONE; }
-
- bool IsHoliday() const { return m_holiday; }
-
- const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; }
- const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; }
- const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_colBorder; }
- const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
- wxCalendarDateBorder GetBorder() const { return m_border; }
-
- // get or change the "mark" attribute, i.e. the one used for the items
- // marked with wxCalendarCtrl::Mark()
- static const wxCalendarDateAttr& GetMark() { return m_mark; }
- static void SetMark(wxCalendarDateAttr const& m) { m_mark = m; }
-
-protected:
- void Init(wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE)
- {
- m_border = border;
- m_holiday = false;
- }
-
-private:
- static wxCalendarDateAttr m_mark;
-
- wxColour m_colText,
- m_colBack,
- m_colBorder;
- wxFont m_font;
- wxCalendarDateBorder m_border;
- bool m_holiday;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCalendarCtrl events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxCalendarCtrl;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarEvent : public wxDateEvent
-{
-public:
- wxCalendarEvent() : m_wday(wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay) { }
- wxCalendarEvent(wxWindow *win, const wxDateTime& dt, wxEventType type)
- : wxDateEvent(win, dt, type),
- m_wday(wxDateTime::Inv_WeekDay) { }
- wxCalendarEvent(const wxCalendarEvent& event)
- : wxDateEvent(event), m_wday(event.m_wday) { }
-
- void SetWeekDay(const wxDateTime::WeekDay wd) { m_wday = wd; }
- wxDateTime::WeekDay GetWeekDay() const { return m_wday; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCalendarEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxDateTime::WeekDay m_wday;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCalendarEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCalendarCtrlBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalendarCtrlBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- // do we allow changing the month/year?
- bool AllowMonthChange() const { return !HasFlag(wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE); }
-
- // get/set the current date
- virtual wxDateTime GetDate() const = 0;
- virtual bool SetDate(const wxDateTime& date) = 0;
-
-
- // restricting the dates shown by the control to the specified range: only
- // implemented in the generic and MSW versions for now
-
- // if either date is set, the corresponding limit will be enforced and true
- // returned; if none are set, the existing restrictions are removed and
- // false is returned
- virtual bool
- SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& WXUNUSED(lowerdate) = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxDateTime& WXUNUSED(upperdate) = wxDefaultDateTime)
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- // retrieves the limits currently in use (wxDefaultDateTime if none) in the
- // provided pointers (which may be NULL) and returns true if there are any
- // limits or false if none
- virtual bool
- GetDateRange(wxDateTime *lowerdate, wxDateTime *upperdate) const
- {
- if ( lowerdate )
- *lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime;
- if ( upperdate )
- *upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime;
- return false;
- }
-
- // returns one of wxCAL_HITTEST_XXX constants and fills either date or wd
- // with the corresponding value (none for NOWHERE, the date for DAY and wd
- // for HEADER)
- //
- // notice that this is not implemented in all versions
- virtual wxCalendarHitTestResult
- HitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos),
- wxDateTime* WXUNUSED(date) = NULL,
- wxDateTime::WeekDay* WXUNUSED(wd) = NULL)
- {
- return wxCAL_HITTEST_NOWHERE;
- }
-
- // allow or disable changing the current month (and year), return true if
- // the value of this option really changed or false if it was already set
- // to the required value
- //
- // NB: we provide implementation for this pure virtual function, derived
- // classes should call it
- virtual bool EnableMonthChange(bool enable = true) = 0;
-
-
- // an item without custom attributes is drawn with the default colours and
- // font and without border, setting custom attributes allows to modify this
- //
- // the day parameter should be in 1..31 range, for days 29, 30, 31 the
- // corresponding attribute is just unused if there is no such day in the
- // current month
- //
- // notice that currently arbitrary attributes are supported only in the
- // generic version, the native controls only support Mark() which assigns
- // some special appearance (which can be customized using SetMark() for the
- // generic version) to the given day
-
- virtual void Mark(size_t day, bool mark) = 0;
-
- virtual wxCalendarDateAttr *GetAttr(size_t WXUNUSED(day)) const
- { return NULL; }
- virtual void SetAttr(size_t WXUNUSED(day), wxCalendarDateAttr *attr)
- { delete attr; }
- virtual void ResetAttr(size_t WXUNUSED(day)) { }
-
-
- // holidays support
- //
- // currently only the generic version implements all functions in this
- // section; wxMSW implements simple support for holidays (they can be
- // just enabled or disabled) and wxGTK doesn't support them at all
-
- // equivalent to changing wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS flag but should be called
- // instead of just changing it
- virtual void EnableHolidayDisplay(bool display = true);
-
- // set/get the colours to use for holidays (if they're enabled)
- virtual void SetHolidayColours(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colFg),
- const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colBg)) { }
-
- virtual const wxColour& GetHolidayColourFg() const { return wxNullColour; }
- virtual const wxColour& GetHolidayColourBg() const { return wxNullColour; }
-
- // mark the given day of the current month as being a holiday
- virtual void SetHoliday(size_t WXUNUSED(day)) { }
-
-
- // customizing the colours of the controls
- //
- // most of the methods in this section are only implemented by the native
- // version of the control and do nothing in the native ones
-
- // set/get the colours to use for the display of the week day names at the
- // top of the controls
- virtual void SetHeaderColours(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colFg),
- const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colBg)) { }
-
- virtual const wxColour& GetHeaderColourFg() const { return wxNullColour; }
- virtual const wxColour& GetHeaderColourBg() const { return wxNullColour; }
-
- // set/get the colours used for the currently selected date
- virtual void SetHighlightColours(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colFg),
- const wxColour& WXUNUSED(colBg)) { }
-
- virtual const wxColour& GetHighlightColourFg() const { return wxNullColour; }
- virtual const wxColour& GetHighlightColourBg() const { return wxNullColour; }
-
-
- // implementation only from now on
-
- // generate the given calendar event, return true if it was processed
- //
- // NB: this is public because it's used from GTK+ callbacks
- bool GenerateEvent(wxEventType type)
- {
- wxCalendarEvent event(this, GetDate(), type);
- return HandleWindowEvent(event);
- }
-
-protected:
- // generate all the events for the selection change from dateOld to current
- // date: SEL_CHANGED, PAGE_CHANGED if necessary and also one of (deprecated)
- // YEAR/MONTH/DAY_CHANGED ones
- //
- // returns true if page changed event was generated, false if the new date
- // is still in the same month as before
- bool GenerateAllChangeEvents(const wxDateTime& dateOld);
-
- // call SetHoliday() for all holidays in the current month
- //
- // should be called on month change, does nothing if wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS is
- // not set and returns false in this case, true if we do show them
- bool SetHolidayAttrs();
-
- // called by SetHolidayAttrs() to forget the previously set holidays
- virtual void ResetHolidayAttrs() { }
-
- // called by EnableHolidayDisplay()
- virtual void RefreshHolidays() { }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCalendarCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxCalendarNameStr "CalendarCtrl"
-
-#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #if defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_CALENDARCTRL
- #include "wx/gtk/calctrl.h"
- #define wxCalendarCtrl wxGtkCalendarCtrl
- #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_CALENDARCTRL
- #include "wx/msw/calctrl.h"
- #endif
-#endif // !__WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_CALENDARCTRL
- #include "wx/generic/calctrlg.h"
- #define wxCalendarCtrl wxGenericCalendarCtrl
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// calendar event types and macros for handling them
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_PAGE_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED, wxCalendarEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED, wxCalendarEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEK_CLICKED, wxCalendarEvent );
-
-// deprecated events
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_MONTH_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALENDAR_YEAR_CHANGED, wxCalendarEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalendarEventFunction)(wxCalendarEvent&);
-
-#define wxCalendarEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCalendarEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CALENDAR_ ## evt, id, wxCalendarEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_CALENDAR(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(DOUBLECLICKED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(SEL_CHANGED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(PAGE_CHANGED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(WEEKDAY_CLICKED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_WEEK_CLICKED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(WEEK_CLICKED, id, fn)
-
-// deprecated events
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_DAY(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(DAY_CHANGED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_MONTH(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(MONTH_CHANGED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_YEAR(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_CALEVT(YEAR_CHANGED, id, fn)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_CALCTRL_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/caret.h
-// Purpose: wxCaretBase class - the interface of wxCaret
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 23.05.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CARET_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CARET
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers we have to include
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint, wxSize
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A caret is a blinking cursor showing the position where the typed text will
-// appear. It can be either a solid block or a custom bitmap (TODO)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // -----
- // default - use Create
- wxCaretBase() { Init(); }
- // create the caret of given (in pixels) width and height and associate
- // with the given window
- wxCaretBase(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(window, width, height);
- }
- // same as above
- wxCaretBase(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(window, size);
- }
-
- // a virtual dtor has been provided since this class has virtual members
- virtual ~wxCaretBase() { }
-
- // Create() functions - same as ctor but returns the success code
- // --------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // same as ctor
- bool Create(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
- { return DoCreate(window, width, height); }
- // same as ctor
- bool Create(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size)
- { return DoCreate(window, size.x, size.y); }
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // is the caret valid?
- bool IsOk() const { return m_width != 0 && m_height != 0; }
-
- // is the caret currently shown?
- bool IsVisible() const { return m_countVisible > 0; }
-
- // get the caret position
- void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
- {
- if ( x ) *x = m_x;
- if ( y ) *y = m_y;
- }
- wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(m_x, m_y); }
-
- // get the caret size
- void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const
- {
- if ( width ) *width = m_width;
- if ( height ) *height = m_height;
- }
- wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); }
-
- // get the window we're associated with
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)m_window; }
-
- // change the size of the caret
- void SetSize(int width, int height) {
- m_width = width;
- m_height = height;
- DoSize();
- }
- void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { SetSize(size.x, size.y); }
-
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- // move the caret to given position (in logical coords)
- void Move(int x, int y) { m_x = x; m_y = y; DoMove(); }
- void Move(const wxPoint& pt) { m_x = pt.x; m_y = pt.y; DoMove(); }
-
- // show/hide the caret (should be called by wxWindow when needed):
- // Show() must be called as many times as Hide() + 1 to make the caret
- // visible
- virtual void Show(bool show = true)
- {
- if ( show )
- {
- if ( m_countVisible++ == 0 )
- DoShow();
- }
- else
- {
- if ( --m_countVisible == 0 )
- DoHide();
- }
- }
- virtual void Hide() { Show(false); }
-
- // blink time is measured in milliseconds and is the time elapsed
- // between 2 inversions of the caret (blink time of the caret is common
- // to all carets in the Universe, so these functions are static)
- static int GetBlinkTime();
- static void SetBlinkTime(int milliseconds);
-
- // implementation from now on
- // --------------------------
-
- // these functions should be called by wxWindow when the window gets/loses
- // the focus - we create/show and hide/destroy the caret here
- virtual void OnSetFocus() { }
- virtual void OnKillFocus() { }
-
-protected:
- // these functions may be overridden in the derived classes, but they
- // should call the base class version first
- virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
- {
- m_window = window;
- m_width = width;
- m_height = height;
-
- return true;
- }
-
- // pure virtuals to implement in the derived class
- virtual void DoShow() = 0;
- virtual void DoHide() = 0;
- virtual void DoMove() = 0;
- virtual void DoSize() { }
-
- // the common initialization
- void Init()
- {
- m_window = NULL;
- m_x = m_y = 0;
- m_width = m_height = 0;
- m_countVisible = 0;
- }
-
- // the size of the caret
- int m_width, m_height;
-
- // the position of the caret
- int m_x, m_y;
-
- // the window we're associated with
- wxWindowBase *m_window;
-
- // visibility count: the caret is visible only if it's positive
- int m_countVisible;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretBase);
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the real thing
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/caret.h"
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/caret.h"
-#endif // platform
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCaretSuspend: a simple class which hides the caret in its ctor and
-// restores it in the dtor, this should be used when drawing on the screen to
-// avoid overdrawing the caret
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS
-
-// we don't need to hide the caret if it's rendered using overlays
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretSuspend
-{
-public:
- wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(win)) {}
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretSuspend);
-};
-
-#else // !wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretSuspend
-{
-public:
- wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *win)
- {
- m_caret = win->GetCaret();
- m_show = false;
- if ( m_caret && m_caret->IsVisible() )
- {
- m_caret->Hide();
- m_show = true;
- }
- }
-
- ~wxCaretSuspend()
- {
- if ( m_caret && m_show )
- m_caret->Show();
- }
-
-private:
- wxCaret *m_caret;
- bool m_show;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretSuspend);
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS/!wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CARET
-
-#endif // _WX_CARET_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Name: wx/chartype.h
- * Purpose: Declarations of wxChar and related types
- * Author: Joel Farley, Ove KÃ¥ven
- * Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee
- * Created: 1998/06/12
- * Copyright: (c) 1998-2006 wxWidgets dev team
- * Licence: wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXCHARTYPE_H_
-#define _WX_WXCHARTYPE_H_
-
-/* defs.h indirectly includes this file, so don't include it here */
-#include "wx/platform.h"
-
-/* check whether we have wchar_t and which size it is if we do */
-#if !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T)
- #if defined(__UNIX__)
- #if defined(HAVE_WCSTR_H) || defined(HAVE_WCHAR_H) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
- #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
- #else
- #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
- #endif
- #elif defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
- #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
- #elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
- #elif defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400)
- #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
- #else
- /* add additional compiler checks if this fails */
- #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
- #endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T) */
-
-/* Unicode support requires wchar_t */
-#if !wxUSE_WCHAR_T
- #error "wchar_t must be available"
-#endif /* Unicode */
-
-/*
- non Unix compilers which do have wchar.h (but not tchar.h which is included
- below and which includes wchar.h anyhow).
-
- Actually MinGW has tchar.h, but it does not include wchar.h
- */
-#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #ifndef HAVE_WCHAR_H
- #define HAVE_WCHAR_H
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
- /* the current (as of Nov 2002) version of cygwin has a bug in its */
- /* wchar.h -- there is no extern "C" around the declarations in it */
- /* and this results in linking errors later; also, at least on some */
- /* Cygwin versions, wchar.h requires sys/types.h */
- #ifdef __CYGWIN__
- #include <sys/types.h>
- #ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C" {
- #endif
- #endif /* Cygwin */
-
- #include <wchar.h>
-
- #if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif /* Cygwin and C++ */
-
-#elif defined(HAVE_WCSTR_H)
- /* old compilers have relevant declarations here */
- #include <wcstr.h>
-#elif defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__) || defined(__EMX__)
- /* include stdlib.h for wchar_t */
- #include <stdlib.h>
-#endif /* HAVE_WCHAR_H */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_WIDEC_H
- #include <widec.h>
-#endif
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT for the compilers which support the TCHAR type */
-/* mapped to either char or wchar_t depending on the ASCII/Unicode mode and */
-/* have the function mapping _tfoo() -> foo() or wfoo() */
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* VC++ and BC++ starting with 5.2 have TCHAR support */
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x520)
- #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
- #include <ctype.h>
-#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-#elif defined(__DMC__)
- #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-#elif defined(__MINGW32__) && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 0 )
- #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
- #include <stddef.h>
- #include <string.h>
- #include <ctype.h>
-#elif 0 && defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ >= 400)
- /* VZ: the old VisualAge definitions were completely wrong and had no */
- /* chance at all to work in Unicode build anyhow so let's pretend */
- /* that VisualAge does _not_ support TCHAR for the moment (as */
- /* indicated by "0 &&" above) until someone really has time to delve */
- /* into Unicode issues under OS/2 */
-
- /* VisualAge 4.0+ supports TCHAR */
- #define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
-#endif /* compilers with (good) TCHAR support */
-
-#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
- /* get TCHAR definition if we've got it */
- #include <tchar.h>
-
- /* we surely do have wchar_t if we have TCHAR */
- #ifndef wxUSE_WCHAR_T
- #define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
- #endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T) */
-#endif /* wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT */
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* define wxChar type */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* TODO: define wxCharInt to be equal to either int or wint_t? */
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- typedef char wxChar;
- typedef signed char wxSChar;
- typedef unsigned char wxUChar;
-#else
- /* VZ: note that VC++ defines _T[SU]CHAR simply as wchar_t and not as */
- /* signed/unsigned version of it which (a) makes sense to me (unlike */
- /* char wchar_t is always unsigned) and (b) was how the previous */
- /* definitions worked so keep it like this */
-
- /* Sun's SunPro compiler supports the wchar_t type and wide character */
- /* functions, but does not define __WCHAR_TYPE__. Define it here to */
- /* allow unicode enabled builds. */
- #if (defined(__SUNPRO_CC) || defined(__SUNPRO_C)) && !defined(__WCHAR_TYPE__)
- #define __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxchar_t
- #endif
-
- /* GNU libc has __WCHAR_TYPE__ which requires special treatment, see */
- /* comment below */
- #if !defined(__WCHAR_TYPE__) || \
- (!defined(__GNUC__) || wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(2, 96))
- /* standard case */
- typedef wchar_t wxChar;
- typedef wchar_t wxSChar;
- typedef wchar_t wxUChar;
- #else /* __WCHAR_TYPE__ and gcc < 2.96 */
- /* VS: wxWidgets used to define wxChar as __WCHAR_TYPE__ here. */
- /* However, this doesn't work with new GCC 3.x compilers because */
- /* wchar_t is C++'s builtin type in the new standard. OTOH, old */
- /* compilers (GCC 2.x) won't accept new definition of */
- /* wx{S,U}CharType, so we have to define wxChar */
- /* conditionally depending on detected compiler & compiler */
- /* version. */
-
- /* with old definition of wxChar. */
- #define wchar_t __WCHAR_TYPE__
- typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxChar;
- typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxSChar;
- typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxUChar;
- #endif /* __WCHAR_TYPE__ */
-#endif /* ASCII/Unicode */
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* define wxStringCharType */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* depending on the platform, Unicode build can either store wxStrings as
- wchar_t* or UTF-8 encoded char*: */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- /* FIXME-UTF8: what would be better place for this? */
- #if defined(wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY) && !defined(wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8)
- #error "wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY only makes sense with wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8"
- #endif
- #ifndef wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- #define wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY 0
- #endif
-
- #ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- #define wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 0
- #endif
-
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- #define wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR 0
- #else
- #define wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR 1
- #endif
-#else
- #define wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR 0
- #define wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 0
- #define wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY 0
-#endif
-
-/* define char type used by wxString internal representation: */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- typedef wchar_t wxStringCharType;
-#else /* wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || ANSI */
- typedef char wxStringCharType;
-#endif
-
-
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* define wxT() and related macros */
-/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* BSD systems define _T() to be something different in ctype.h, override it */
-#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
- #include <ctype.h>
- #undef _T
-#endif
-
-/*
- wxT ("wx text") macro turns a literal string constant into a wide char
- constant. It is mostly unnecessary with wx 2.9 but defined for
- compatibility.
- */
-#ifndef wxT
- #if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxT(x) x
- #else /* Unicode */
- /*
- Notice that we use an intermediate macro to allow x to be expanded
- if it's a macro itself.
- */
- #ifndef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER
- #define wxT(x) wxCONCAT_HELPER(L, x)
- #else
- #define wxT(x) wxPREPEND_L(x)
- #endif
- #endif /* ASCII/Unicode */
-#endif /* !defined(wxT) */
-
-/*
- wxT_2 exists only for compatibility with wx 2.x and is the same as wxT() in
- that version but nothing in the newer ones.
- */
-#define wxT_2(x) x
-
-/*
- wxS ("wx string") macro can be used to create literals using the same
- representation as wxString does internally, i.e. wchar_t in Unicode build
- under Windows or char in UTF-8-based Unicode builds and (deprecated) ANSI
- builds everywhere (see wxStringCharType definition above).
- */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- /*
- As above with wxT(), wxS() argument is expanded if it's a macro.
- */
- #ifndef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER
- #define wxS(x) wxCONCAT_HELPER(L, x)
- #else
- #define wxS(x) wxPREPEND_L(x)
- #endif
-#else /* wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || ANSI */
- #define wxS(x) x
-#endif
-
-/*
- _T() is a synonym for wxT() familiar to Windows programmers. As this macro
- has even higher risk of conflicting with system headers, its use is
- discouraged and you may predefine wxNO__T to disable it. Additionally, we
- do it ourselves for Sun CC which is known to use it in its standard headers
- (see #10660).
- */
-#if defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
- #ifndef wxNO__T
- #define wxNO__T
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(_T) && !defined(wxNO__T)
- #define _T(x) wxT(x)
-#endif
-
-/* a helper macro allowing to make another macro Unicode-friendly, see below */
-#define wxAPPLY_T(x) wxT(x)
-
-/* Unicode-friendly __FILE__, __DATE__ and __TIME__ analogs */
-#ifndef __TFILE__
- #define __TFILE__ wxAPPLY_T(__FILE__)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __TDATE__
- #define __TDATE__ wxAPPLY_T(__DATE__)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __TTIME__
- #define __TTIME__ wxAPPLY_T(__TIME__)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _WX_WXCHARTYPE_H_ */
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/checkbox.h
-// Purpose: wxCheckBox class interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07.09.00
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-
-/*
- * wxCheckBox style flags
- * (Using wxCHK_* because wxCB_* is used by wxComboBox).
- * Determine whether to use a 3-state or 2-state
- * checkbox. 3-state enables to differentiate
- * between 'unchecked', 'checked' and 'undetermined'.
- *
- * In addition to the styles here it is also possible to specify just 0 which
- * is treated the same as wxCHK_2STATE for compatibility (but using explicit
- * flag is preferred).
- */
-#define wxCHK_2STATE 0x4000
-#define wxCHK_3STATE 0x1000
-
-/*
- * If this style is set the user can set the checkbox to the
- * undetermined state. If not set the undetermined set can only
- * be set programmatically.
- * This style can only be used with 3 state checkboxes.
- */
-#define wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER 0x2000
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxCheckBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCheckBox: a control which shows a label and a box which may be checked
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckBoxBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxCheckBoxBase() { }
-
- // set/get the checked status of the listbox
- virtual void SetValue(bool value) = 0;
- virtual bool GetValue() const = 0;
-
- bool IsChecked() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !Is3State(), wxT("Calling IsChecked() doesn't make sense for")
- wxT(" a three state checkbox, Use Get3StateValue() instead") );
-
- return GetValue();
- }
-
- wxCheckBoxState Get3StateValue() const
- {
- wxCheckBoxState state = DoGet3StateValue();
-
- if ( state == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED && !Is3State() )
- {
- // Undetermined state with a 2-state checkbox??
- wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("DoGet3StateValue() says the 2-state checkbox is ")
- wxT("in an undetermined/third state") );
-
- state = wxCHK_UNCHECKED;
- }
-
- return state;
- }
-
- void Set3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState state)
- {
- if ( state == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED && !Is3State() )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Setting a 2-state checkbox to undetermined state"));
- state = wxCHK_UNCHECKED;
- }
-
- DoSet3StateValue(state);
- }
-
- bool Is3State() const { return HasFlag(wxCHK_3STATE); }
-
- bool Is3rdStateAllowedForUser() const
- {
- return HasFlag(wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER);
- }
-
- virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
- // wxCheckBox-specific processing after processing the update event
- virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
- {
- wxControl::DoUpdateWindowUI(event);
-
- if ( event.GetSetChecked() )
- SetValue(event.GetChecked());
- }
-
-protected:
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- virtual void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState WXUNUSED(state)) { wxFAIL; }
-
- virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const
- {
- wxFAIL;
- return wxCHK_UNCHECKED;
- }
-
- // Helper function to be called from derived classes Create()
- // implementations: it checks that the style doesn't contain any
- // incompatible bits and modifies it to be sane if it does.
- static void WXValidateStyle(long *stylePtr)
- {
- long& style = *stylePtr;
-
- if ( !(style & (wxCHK_2STATE | wxCHK_3STATE)) )
- {
- // For compatibility we use absence of style flags as wxCHK_2STATE
- // because wxCHK_2STATE used to have the value of 0 and some
- // existing code uses 0 instead of it. Moreover, some code even
- // uses some non-0 style, e.g. wxBORDER_XXX, but doesn't specify
- // neither wxCHK_2STATE nor wxCHK_3STATE -- to avoid breaking it,
- // assume (much more common) 2 state checkbox by default.
- style |= wxCHK_2STATE;
- }
-
- if ( style & wxCHK_3STATE )
- {
- if ( style & wxCHK_2STATE )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "wxCHK_2STATE and wxCHK_3STATE can't be used "
- "together" );
- style &= ~wxCHK_3STATE;
- }
- }
- else // No wxCHK_3STATE
- {
- if ( style & wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER doesn't make sense "
- "without wxCHK_3STATE" );
- style &= ~wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER;
- }
- }
- }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCheckBoxBase);
-};
-
-// Most ports support 3 state checkboxes so define this by default.
-#define wxHAS_3STATE_CHECKBOX
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #undef wxHAS_3STATE_CHECKBOX
- #include "wx/gtk1/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/checkbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #undef wxHAS_3STATE_CHECKBOX
- #include "wx/os2/checkbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/checkeddelete.h
-// Purpose: wxCHECKED_DELETE() macro
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-02-03
-// Copyright: (c) 2002-2009 wxWidgets dev team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHECKEDDELETE_H_
-#define _WX_CHECKEDDELETE_H_
-
-#include "wx/cpp.h"
-
-// TODO: provide wxCheckedDelete[Array]() template functions too
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCHECKED_DELETE and wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- checked deleters are used to make sure that the type being deleted is really
- a complete type.: otherwise sizeof() would result in a compile-time error
-
- do { ... } while ( 0 ) construct is used to have an anonymous scope
- (otherwise we could have name clashes between different "complete"s) but
- still force a semicolon after the macro
-*/
-
-#define wxCHECKED_DELETE(ptr) \
- wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_BEGIN \
- typedef char complete[sizeof(*ptr)] WX_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; \
- delete ptr; \
- wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_END
-
-#define wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY(ptr) \
- wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_BEGIN \
- typedef char complete[sizeof(*ptr)] WX_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; \
- delete [] ptr; \
- wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_END
-
-
-#endif // _WX_CHECKEDDELETE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/checklst.h
-// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 12.09.00
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-
-#include "wx/listbox.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCheckListBox: a listbox whose items may be checked
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBoxBase : public
- #ifdef __WXWINCE__
- // keep virtuals synchronised
- wxListBoxBase
- #else
- wxListBox
- #endif
-{
-public:
- wxCheckListBoxBase() { }
-
- // check list box specific methods
- virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int item) const = 0;
- virtual void Check(unsigned int item, bool check = true) = 0;
-
- virtual unsigned int GetCheckedItems(wxArrayInt& checkedItems) const;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCheckListBoxBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #include "wx/msw/wince/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/checklst.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/checklst.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-
-#endif
- // _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Name: wx/chkconf.h
- * Purpose: check the config settings for consistency
- * Author: Vadim Zeitlin
- * Modified by:
- * Created: 09.08.00
- * Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
- * Licence: wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-#ifndef _WX_CHKCONF_H_
-#define _WX_CHKCONF_H_
-
-/*
- **************************************************
- PLEASE READ THIS IF YOU GET AN ERROR IN THIS FILE!
- **************************************************
-
- If you get an error saying "wxUSE_FOO must be defined", it means that you
- are not using the correct up-to-date version of setup.h. This happens most
- often when using svn or daily snapshots and a new symbol was added to
- setup0.h and you haven't updated your local setup.h to reflect it. If
- this is the case, you need to propagate the changes from setup0.h to your
- setup.h and, if using makefiles under MSW, also remove setup.h under the
- build directory (lib/$(COMPILER)_{lib,dll}/msw[u][d][dll]/wx) so that
- the new setup.h is copied there.
-
- If you get an error of the form "wxFoo requires wxBar", then the settings
- in your setup.h are inconsistent. You have the choice between correcting
- them manually or commenting out #define wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR below to
- try to correct the problems automatically (not really recommended but
- might work).
- */
-
-/*
- This file has the following sections:
- 1. checks that all wxUSE_XXX symbols we use are defined
- a) first the non-GUI ones
- b) then the GUI-only ones
- 2. platform-specific checks done in the platform headers
- 3. generic consistency checks
- a) first the non-GUI ones
- b) then the GUI-only ones
- */
-
-/*
- this global setting determines what should we do if the setting FOO
- requires BAR and BAR is not set: we can either silently unset FOO as well
- (do this if you're trying to build the smallest possible library) or give an
- error and abort (default as leads to least surprising behaviour)
- */
-#define wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-
-/*
- global features
- */
-
-/*
- If we're compiling without support for threads/exceptions we have to
- disable the corresponding features.
- */
-#ifdef wxNO_THREADS
-# undef wxUSE_THREADS
-# define wxUSE_THREADS 0
-#endif /* wxNO_THREADS */
-
-#ifdef wxNO_EXCEPTIONS
-# undef wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
-# define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 0
-#endif /* wxNO_EXCEPTIONS */
-
-/* we also must disable exceptions if compiler doesn't support them */
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CPPUNWIND)
-# undef wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
-# define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 0
-#endif /* VC++ without exceptions support */
-
-
-/*
- Section 1a: tests for non GUI features.
-
- please keep the options in alphabetical order!
- */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_ANY
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ANY must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_ANY 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_ANY */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_COMPILER_TLS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_COMPILER_TLS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_COMPILER_TLS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COMPILER_TLS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FILESYSTEM must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILESYSTEM) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FSVOLUME
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FSVOLUME must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FSVOLUME) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FSWATCHER
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FSWATCHER must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FSWATCHER 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FSWATCHER) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_INTL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_INTL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_INTL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_INTL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_IPV6
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_IPV6 must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_IPV6 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_IPV6) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LOG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LOG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_LOG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOG) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LONGLONG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_LONGLONG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LONGLONG) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_MIMETYPE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MIMETYPE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL) */
-
-/* we may not define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_XXX if wxUSE_PROTOCOL is set to 0 */
-#if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP
-# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE
-# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 0
-# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 0
-# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 0
-#endif /* wxUSE_PROTOCOL */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_REGEX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_REGEX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_REGEX 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_REGEX) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_STDPATHS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STDPATHS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_STDPATHS 1
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STDPATHS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_XML
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_XML must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_XML 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_XML) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_SOCKETS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SOCKETS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_SOCKETS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SOCKETS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_STD_STRING_CONV_IN_WXSTRING
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STD_STRING_CONV_IN_WXSTRING must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_STD_STRING_CONV_IN_WXSTRING 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STD_STRING_CONV_IN_WXSTRING) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_STREAMS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STREAMS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_STREAMS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STREAMS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_STOPWATCH
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STOPWATCH must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STOPWATCH) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TEXTFILE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TEXTFILE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_UNICODE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_UNICODE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_URL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_URL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_URL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_URL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_VARIANT
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_VARIANT must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_VARIANT 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_VARIANT */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_XLOCALE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_XLOCALE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_XLOCALE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_XLOCALE) */
-
-/*
- Section 1b: all these tests are for GUI only.
-
- please keep the options in alphabetical order!
- */
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-/*
- all of the settings tested below must be defined or we'd get an error from
- preprocessor about invalid integer expression
- */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_ABOUTDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ABOUTDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ABOUTDLG) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_ACCEL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ACCEL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_ACCEL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ACCEL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_BMPBUTTON must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_BMPBUTTON) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_BUTTON
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_BUTTON must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_BUTTON 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_BUTTON) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_CAIRO
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CAIRO must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_CAIRO 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CAIRO) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_CARET
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CARET must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_CARET 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CARET) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CHECKBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHECKBOX) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_CHOICE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CHOICE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_CHOICE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHOICE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CHOICEDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CHOICEDLG) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CLIPBOARD must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_CLIPBOARD) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_COLLPANE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_COLLPANE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_COLLPANE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COLLPANE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_COLOURDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_COLOURDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COLOURDLG) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_COMBOBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COMBOBOX) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_COMBOCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_COMBOCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DATAOBJ must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DATAOBJ) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_DC_TRANSFORM_MATRIX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DC_TRANSFORM_MATRIX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_DC_TRANSFORM_MATRIX 1
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_DC_TRANSFORM_MATRIX */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_DISPLAY
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DISPLAY must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_DISPLAY 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DISPLAY) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FILECTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FILECTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FILECTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILECTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FILEDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FILEDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FILEDLG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILEDLG) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FONTDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FONTDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FONTDLG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FONTDLG) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FONTMAP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FONTMAP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FONTMAP 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FONTMAP) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_GAUGE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_GAUGE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_GAUGE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GAUGE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT) */
-
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_GRID
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_GRID must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_GRID 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_GRID) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_HEADERCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_HEADERCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_HEADERCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HEADERCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_HELP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_HELP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_HELP 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HELP) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_HTML
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_HTML must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_HTML 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_HTML) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LIBMSPACK
-# if !defined(__UNIX__)
- /* set to 0 on platforms that don't have libmspack */
-# define wxUSE_LIBMSPACK 0
-# else
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LIBMSPACK must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_LIBMSPACK 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LIBMSPACK) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_ICO_CUR
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ICO_CUR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ICO_CUR) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_IFF
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_IFF must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_IFF 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_IFF) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_IMAGLIST
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_IMAGLIST must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_IMAGLIST) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_INFOBAR
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_INFOBAR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_INFOBAR 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_INFOBAR) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_JOYSTICK
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_JOYSTICK must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_JOYSTICK) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LISTBOOK must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LISTBOOK) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LISTBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LISTBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_LISTBOX 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LISTBOX) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LISTCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LISTCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LOGGUI
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LOGGUI must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_LOGGUI 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOGGUI) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LOGWINDOW
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LOGWINDOW must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOGWINDOW) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_MARKUP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_MARKUP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_MARKUP 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MARKUP) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_MDI
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_MDI must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_MDI 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MDI) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_MENUS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_MENUS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_MENUS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MENUS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_MSGDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_MSGDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_MSGDLG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_MSGDLG) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_NOTEBOOK must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_NOTEBOOK) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_PALETTE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PALETTE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_PALETTE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PALETTE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_POPUPWIN must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_POPUPWIN) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_RADIOBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RADIOBOX) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_RADIOBTN
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_RADIOBTN must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RADIOBTN) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_RIBBON
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_RIBBON must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_RIBBON 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RIBBON) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_RICHTOOLTIP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_RICHTOOLTIP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_RICHTOOLTIP 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_RICHTOOLTIP) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_SASH
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SASH must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_SASH 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SASH) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SCROLLBAR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SCROLLBAR) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_SLIDER
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SLIDER must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_SLIDER 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SLIDER) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_SOUND
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SOUND must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_SOUND 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SOUND) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_SPINBTN
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SPINBTN must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_SPINBTN 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPINBTN) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SPINCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPINCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_SPLASH
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SPLASH must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_SPLASH 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPLASH) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_SPLITTER
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SPLITTER must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_SPLITTER 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_SPLITTER) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_STATBMP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STATBMP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_STATBMP 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATBMP) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_STATBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STATBOX must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_STATBOX 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATBOX) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_STATLINE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STATLINE must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_STATLINE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATLINE) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_STATTEXT
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STATTEXT must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_STATTEXT 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATTEXT) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STATUSBAR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_STATUSBAR) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_TASKBARICON
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TASKBARICON must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TASKBARICON) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TEXTCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TEXTCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_TIPWINDOW
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TIPWINDOW must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TIPWINDOW) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TOOLBAR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TOOLBAR) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TOOLTIPS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TOOLTIPS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_TREECTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TREECTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_TREECTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TREECTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_VALIDATORS must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_VALIDATORS) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_WEBVIEW
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_WEBVIEW must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_WEBVIEW 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WEBVIEW) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP) */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_XRC
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_XRC must be defined, please read comment near the top of this file."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_XRC 0
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_XRC) */
-
-#endif /* wxUSE_GUI */
-
-/*
- Section 2: platform-specific checks.
-
- This must be done after checking that everything is defined as the platform
- checks use wxUSE_XXX symbols in #if tests.
- */
-
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
-# include "wx/msw/wince/chkconf.h"
-#elif defined(__WINDOWS__)
-# include "wx/msw/chkconf.h"
-# if defined(__WXGTK__)
-# include "wx/gtk/chkconf.h"
-# endif
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-# include "wx/gtk/chkconf.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-# include "wx/cocoa/chkconf.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-# include "wx/osx/chkconf.h"
-#elif defined(__OS2__)
-# include "wx/os2/chkconf.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
-# include "wx/dfb/chkconf.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-# include "wx/motif/chkconf.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-# include "wx/x11/chkconf.h"
-#elif defined(__WXANDROID__)
-# include "wx/android/chkconf.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- __UNIX__ is also defined under Cygwin but we shouldn't perform these checks
- there if we're building Windows ports.
- */
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WINDOWS__)
-# include "wx/unix/chkconf.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-# include "wx/univ/chkconf.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- Section 3a: check consistency of the non-GUI settings.
- */
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-# if !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "2.6.X compatibility requires 2.8.X compatibility"
-# else
-# undef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-# define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 */
-
-#if wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS
-# if !wxUSE_DATETIME
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxArchive requires wxUSE_DATETIME"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS
-# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS */
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE || wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP || wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-# if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_XXX requires wxUSE_PROTOCOL"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_PROTOCOL_XXX */
-
-#if wxUSE_URL
-# if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_URL requires wxUSE_PROTOCOL"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_URL */
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-# if !wxUSE_SOCKETS
-# if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP || wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP/HTTP requires wxUSE_SOCKETS"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_SOCKETS
-# define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if !wxUSE_STREAMS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PROTOCOL requires wxUSE_STREAMS"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_STREAMS
-# define wxUSE_STREAMS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_PROTOCOL */
-
-/* have to test for wxUSE_HTML before wxUSE_FILESYSTEM */
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-# if !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxHTML requires wxFileSystem"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-# define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_HTML */
-
-#if wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE
-# if !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxArchiveFSHandler requires wxFileSystem"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-# define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1
-# endif
-# endif
-# if !wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxArchiveFSHandler requires wxArchive"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS
-# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE */
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-# if !wxUSE_STREAMS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FILESYSTEM requires wxUSE_STREAMS"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_STREAMS
-# define wxUSE_STREAMS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-# if !wxUSE_FILE && !wxUSE_FFILE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FILESYSTEM requires either wxUSE_FILE or wxUSE_FFILE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_FILE
-# define wxUSE_FILE 1
-# undef wxUSE_FFILE
-# define wxUSE_FFILE 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_FILESYSTEM */
-
-#if wxUSE_FS_INET
-# if !wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FS_INET requires wxUSE_PROTOCOL"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-# define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_FS_INET */
-
-#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH || wxUSE_DATETIME
-# if !wxUSE_LONGLONG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_STOPWATCH and wxUSE_DATETIME require wxUSE_LONGLONG"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_LONGLONG
-# define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_STOPWATCH */
-
-#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE && !wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_MIMETYPE requires wxUSE_TEXTFILE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-# define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_MIMETYPE */
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE && !wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TEXTFILE requires wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-# define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_TEXTFILE */
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE && !wxUSE_FILE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TEXTFILE requires wxUSE_FILE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_FILE
-# define wxUSE_FILE 1
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_TEXTFILE */
-
-#if !wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
-# if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER requires wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS."
-# else
-# define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS */
-
-#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM
-# if !wxUSE_ZLIB
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxZip requires wxZlib"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_ZLIB
-# define wxUSE_ZLIB 1
-# endif
-# endif
-# if !wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxZip requires wxArchive"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS
-# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM */
-
-#if wxUSE_TARSTREAM
-# if !wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxTar requires wxArchive"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS
-# define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_TARSTREAM */
-
-/*
- Section 3b: the tests for the GUI settings only.
- */
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY && !defined(__WXMSW__)
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY is currently only supported under wxMSW"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-# define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY */
-
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON || \
- wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL || \
- wxUSE_CARET || \
- wxUSE_COMBOBOX || \
- wxUSE_BMPBUTTON || \
- wxUSE_CHECKBOX || \
- wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX || \
- wxUSE_CHOICE || \
- wxUSE_GAUGE || \
- wxUSE_GRID || \
- wxUSE_HEADERCTRL || \
- wxUSE_LISTBOX || \
- wxUSE_LISTCTRL || \
- wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || \
- wxUSE_RADIOBOX || \
- wxUSE_RADIOBTN || \
- wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL || \
- wxUSE_SCROLLBAR || \
- wxUSE_SLIDER || \
- wxUSE_SPINBTN || \
- wxUSE_SPINCTRL || \
- wxUSE_STATBMP || \
- wxUSE_STATBOX || \
- wxUSE_STATLINE || \
- wxUSE_STATTEXT || \
- wxUSE_STATUSBAR || \
- wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || \
- wxUSE_TOOLBAR || \
- wxUSE_TREECTRL || \
- wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL
-# if !wxUSE_CONTROLS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_CONTROLS unset but some controls used"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_CONTROLS
-# define wxUSE_CONTROLS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* controls */
-
-#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-# if !wxUSE_BUTTON
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_BMPBUTTON requires wxUSE_BUTTON"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_BUTTON
-# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_BMPBUTTON */
-
-#if wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON
-# if !wxUSE_BUTTON
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON requires wxUSE_BUTTON"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_BUTTON
-# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON */
-
-/*
- wxUSE_BOOKCTRL should be only used if any of the controls deriving from it
- are used
- */
-#ifdef wxUSE_BOOKCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_BOOKCTRL is defined automatically, don't define it"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_BOOKCTRL
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#define wxUSE_BOOKCTRL (wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || \
- wxUSE_LISTBOOK || \
- wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK || \
- wxUSE_TOOLBOOK || \
- wxUSE_TREEBOOK)
-
-#if wxUSE_COLLPANE
-# if !wxUSE_BUTTON || !wxUSE_STATLINE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_COLLPANE requires wxUSE_BUTTON and wxUSE_STATLINE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_COLLPANE
-# define wxUSE_COLLPANE 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_COLLPANE */
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-# if !wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxListbook requires wxListCtrl"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-# define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_LISTBOOK */
-
-#if wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK
-# if !wxUSE_CHOICE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxChoicebook requires wxChoice"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_CHOICE
-# define wxUSE_CHOICE 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK */
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBOOK
-# if !wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxToolbook requires wxToolBar"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_TOOLBOOK */
-
-#if !wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX
-# if wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxBitmapComboBox requires wxOwnerDrawnComboBox"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX
-# define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX */
-
-#if !wxUSE_HEADERCTRL
-# if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL || wxUSE_GRID
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxDataViewCtrl and wxGrid require wxHeaderCtrl"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_HEADERCTRL
-# define wxUSE_HEADERCTRL 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !wxUSE_HEADERCTRL */
-
-#if wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL
-# if !wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxRearrangeCtrl requires wxCheckListBox"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL
-# define wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL */
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG
-# if !wxUSE_MSGDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG requires wxUSE_MSGDLG"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_MSGDLG
-# define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG */
-
-/* don't attempt to use native status bar on the platforms not having it */
-#ifndef wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-# define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 0
-#elif wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-# if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || !(defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__))
-# undef wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
-# define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT && !wxUSE_GEOMETRY
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT requires wxUSE_GEOMETRY"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT */
-
-
-/* generic controls dependencies */
-#if !defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-# if wxUSE_FONTDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG || wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
- /* all common controls are needed by these dialogs */
-# if !defined(wxUSE_CHOICE) || \
- !defined(wxUSE_TEXTCTRL) || \
- !defined(wxUSE_BUTTON) || \
- !defined(wxUSE_CHECKBOX) || \
- !defined(wxUSE_STATTEXT)
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "These common controls are needed by common dialogs"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_CHOICE
-# define wxUSE_CHOICE 1
-# undef wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-# define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1
-# undef wxUSE_BUTTON
-# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1
-# undef wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-# define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1
-# undef wxUSE_STATTEXT
-# define wxUSE_STATTEXT 1
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !wxMSW || wxUniv */
-
-/* generic file dialog depends on (generic) file control */
-#if wxUSE_FILEDLG && !wxUSE_FILECTRL && \
- (defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || defined(__WXGTK__))
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "Generic wxFileDialog requires wxFileCtrl"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_FILECTRL
-# define wxUSE_FILECTRL 1
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_FILEDLG */
-
-/* common dependencies */
-#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO
-# if !(wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_LIBPNG)
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "Tango art provider requires wxImage with streams and PNG support"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO
-# define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO */
-
-#if wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
-# if !(wxUSE_SPINBTN && wxUSE_COMBOBOX)
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxCalendarCtrl requires wxSpinButton and wxComboBox"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_SPINBTN
-# undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-# define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1
-# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if !wxUSE_DATETIME
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxCalendarCtrl requires wxUSE_DATETIME"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_DATETIME
-# define wxUSE_DATETIME 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL */
-
-#if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL || wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL
-# if !wxUSE_DATETIME
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxDatePickerCtrl and wxTimePickerCtrl requires wxUSE_DATETIME"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_DATETIME
-# define wxUSE_DATETIME 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL || wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL */
-
-#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-# if !wxUSE_LISTBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxCheckListBox requires wxListBox"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_LISTBOX
-# define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX */
-
-#if wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
-# if !wxUSE_LISTBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "Choice dialogs requires wxListBox"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_LISTBOX
-# define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_CHOICEDLG */
-
-#if wxUSE_FILECTRL
-# if !wxUSE_DATETIME
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxFileCtrl requires wxDateTime"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_DATETIME
-# define wxUSE_DATETIME 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_FILECTRL */
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-# if !wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_HELP requires wxUSE_BMPBUTTON"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-# define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 1
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if !wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_HELP requires wxUSE_CHOICEDLG"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
-# define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_HELP */
-
-#if wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP
- /*
- this doesn't make sense for platforms other than MSW but we still
- define it in wx/setup_inc.h so don't complain if it happens to be
- defined under another platform but just silently fix it.
- */
-# ifndef __WXMSW__
-# undef wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP
-# define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP */
-
-#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-# if !wxUSE_HELP || !wxUSE_HTML || !wxUSE_COMBOBOX || !wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || !wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "Built in help controller can't be compiled"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_HELP
-# define wxUSE_HELP 1
-# undef wxUSE_HTML
-# define wxUSE_HTML 1
-# undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1
-# undef wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-# define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
-# undef wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-# define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP */
-
-#if !wxUSE_IMAGE
-/*
- The default wxUSE_IMAGE setting is 1, so if it's set to 0 we assume the
- user explicitly wants this and disable all other features that require
- wxUSE_IMAGE.
- */
-# if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
-# define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 0
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if wxUSE_LIBPNG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LIBPNG requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_LIBPNG
-# define wxUSE_LIBPNG 0
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if wxUSE_LIBJPEG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LIBJPEG requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_LIBJPEG
-# define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 0
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if wxUSE_LIBTIFF
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LIBTIFF requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_LIBTIFF
-# define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 0
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if wxUSE_GIF
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_GIF requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_GIF
-# define wxUSE_GIF 0
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if wxUSE_PNM
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PNM requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_PNM
-# define wxUSE_PNM 0
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if wxUSE_PCX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PCX requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_PCX
-# define wxUSE_PCX 0
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if wxUSE_IFF
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_IFF requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_IFF
-# define wxUSE_IFF 0
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TOOLBAR requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 0
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if wxUSE_XPM
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_XPM requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_XPM
-# define wxUSE_XPM 0
-# endif
-# endif
-
-#endif /* !wxUSE_IMAGE */
-
-#if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-# if !wxUSE_MENUS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "DocView requires wxUSE_MENUS"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_MENUS
-# define wxUSE_MENUS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if !wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "DocView requires wxUSE_CHOICEDLG"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
-# define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if !wxUSE_STREAMS && !wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "DocView requires wxUSE_STREAMS or wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_STREAMS
-# define wxUSE_STREAMS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if !wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "DocView requires wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY
-# define wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE */
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-# if !wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "Print dialog requires wxUSE_COMBOBOX"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-# define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE */
-
-#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
-# if !wxUSE_MDI
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "MDI requires wxUSE_MDI"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_MDI
-# define wxUSE_MDI 1
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if !wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE requires wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-# define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE */
-
-#if !wxUSE_FILEDLG
-# if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE || wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_FILEDLG is required by wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE and wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP!"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_FILEDLG
-# define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_FILEDLG */
-
-#if !wxUSE_GAUGE || !wxUSE_BUTTON
-# if wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "Generic progress dialog requires wxUSE_GAUGE and wxUSE_BUTTON"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_GAUGE
-# undef wxUSE_BUTTON
-# define wxUSE_GAUGE 1
-# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !wxUSE_GAUGE */
-
-#if !wxUSE_BUTTON
-# if wxUSE_FONTDLG || \
- wxUSE_FILEDLG || \
- wxUSE_CHOICEDLG || \
- wxUSE_NUMBERDLG || \
- wxUSE_TEXTDLG || \
- wxUSE_DIRDLG || \
- wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS || \
- wxUSE_WIZARDDLG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "Common and generic dialogs require wxUSE_BUTTON"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_BUTTON
-# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !wxUSE_BUTTON */
-
-#if !wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-# if wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TOOLBAR is set to 0 but wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE is set to 1"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE
-# define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !wxUSE_IMAGLIST
-# if wxUSE_TREECTRL || wxUSE_NOTEBOOK || wxUSE_LISTCTRL || wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxImageList must be compiled as well"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_IMAGLIST
-# define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !wxUSE_IMAGLIST */
-
-#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-# if !wxUSE_RADIOBTN
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_RADIOBOX requires wxUSE_RADIOBTN"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_RADIOBTN
-# define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 1
-# endif
-# endif
-# if !wxUSE_STATBOX
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_RADIOBOX requires wxUSE_STATBOX"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_STATBOX
-# define wxUSE_STATBOX 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_RADIOBOX */
-
-#if wxUSE_LOGWINDOW
-# if !wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LOGWINDOW requires wxUSE_TEXTCTRL"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-# define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_LOGWINDOW */
-
-#if wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG
-# if !wxUSE_LISTCTRL || !wxUSE_BUTTON
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG requires wxUSE_LISTCTRL and wxUSE_BUTTON"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-# define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1
-# undef wxUSE_BUTTON
-# define wxUSE_BUTTON 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG */
-
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && !wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxClipboard requires wxDataObject"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-# define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_CLIPBOARD */
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && !wxUSE_XML
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_XRC requires wxUSE_XML"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_XRC
-# define wxUSE_XRC 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_XRC */
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && !wxUSE_STOPWATCH
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SOCKETS requires wxUSE_STOPWATCH"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_SOCKETS
-# define wxUSE_SOCKETS 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_SOCKETS */
-
-#if wxUSE_SVG && !wxUSE_STREAMS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SVG requires wxUSE_STREAMS"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_SVG
-# define wxUSE_SVG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_SVG */
-
-#if wxUSE_SVG && !wxUSE_IMAGE
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SVG requires wxUSE_IMAGE"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_SVG
-# define wxUSE_SVG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_SVG */
-
-#if wxUSE_SVG && !wxUSE_LIBPNG
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_SVG requires wxUSE_LIBPNG"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_SVG
-# define wxUSE_SVG 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_SVG */
-
-#if wxUSE_TASKBARICON && !wxUSE_MENUS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TASKBARICON requires wxUSE_MENUS"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_TASKBARICON
-# define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_TASKBARICON */
-
-#if !wxUSE_VARIANT
-# if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxDataViewCtrl requires wxVariant"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL
-# define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_VARIANT */
-
-#if wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL && !wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL requires wxDataViewCtrl"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL
-# define wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL */
-
-#if wxUSE_WEBVIEW && !(wxUSE_WEBVIEW_WEBKIT || wxUSE_WEBVIEW_IE)
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_WEBVIEW requires at least one backend"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_WEBVIEW
-# define wxUSE_WEBVIEW 0
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_WEBVIEW && !any web view backend */
-
-#if wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR
- /*
- We can use either a generic implementation, using wxNotebook, or a
- native one under wxOSX/Cocoa but then we must be using the native
- toolbar.
- */
-# if !wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-# ifdef __WXOSX_COCOA__
-# if !wxUSE_TOOLBAR || !wxOSX_USE_NATIVE_TOOLBAR
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR requires native toolbar in wxOSX"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR
-# define wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR 0
-# endif
-# endif
-# else
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR requires wxNotebook"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR
-# define wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR 0
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR */
-
-#endif /* wxUSE_GUI */
-
-#endif /* _WX_CHKCONF_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/choicdlg.h
-// Purpose: Includes generic choice dialog file
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
-
-#include "wx/generic/choicdgg.h"
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_CHOICDLG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/choice.h
-// Purpose: wxChoice class interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 26.07.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CHOICE
-
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" // the base class
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxChoiceNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxChoice allows to select one of a non-modifiable list of strings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoiceBase : public wxControlWithItems
-{
-public:
- wxChoiceBase() { }
- virtual ~wxChoiceBase();
-
- // all generic methods are in wxControlWithItems
-
- // get the current selection: this can only be different from the normal
- // selection if the popup items list is currently opened and the user
- // selected some item in it but didn't close the list yet; otherwise (and
- // currently always on platforms other than MSW) this is the same as
- // GetSelection()
- virtual int GetCurrentSelection() const { return GetSelection(); }
-
- // set/get the number of columns in the control (as they're not supported on
- // most platforms, they do nothing by default)
- virtual void SetColumns(int WXUNUSED(n) = 1 ) { }
- virtual int GetColumns() const { return 1 ; }
-
- // emulate selecting the item event.GetInt()
- void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- // override wxItemContainer::IsSorted
- virtual bool IsSorted() const { return HasFlag(wxCB_SORT); }
-
-protected:
- // The generic implementation doesn't determine the height correctly and
- // doesn't account for the width of the arrow but does take into account
- // the string widths, so the derived classes should override it and set the
- // height and add the arrow width to the size returned by this version.
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxChoiceBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent class definition
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #include "wx/msw/wince/choicece.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/choice.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/choice.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CHOICE
-
-#endif // _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/choicebk.h
-// Purpose: wxChoicebook: wxChoice and wxNotebook combination
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba from wx/listbook.h
-// Created: 15.09.04
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Wlodzimierz Skiba
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-
-// wxChoicebook flags
-#define wxCHB_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT
-#define wxCHB_TOP wxBK_TOP
-#define wxCHB_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM
-#define wxCHB_LEFT wxBK_LEFT
-#define wxCHB_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT
-#define wxCHB_ALIGN_MASK wxBK_ALIGN_MASK
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxChoicebook
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoicebook : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxBookCtrlBase>
-{
-public:
- wxChoicebook() { }
-
- wxChoicebook(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // quasi ctor
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-
-
- virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText);
- virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const;
- virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const;
- virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId);
- virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n,
- wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
- virtual int SetSelection(size_t n)
- { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
- virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); }
- virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-
- virtual bool DeleteAllPages();
-
- // returns the choice control
- wxChoice* GetChoiceCtrl() const { return (wxChoice*)m_bookctrl; }
-
- // Override this to return true because the part of parent window
- // background between our controlling wxChoice and the page area should
- // show through.
- virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetWindowVariant(wxWindowVariant variant);
-
- virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page);
-
- void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel)
- {
- m_selection = static_cast<int>(newsel);
- GetChoiceCtrl()->Select(m_selection);
- }
-
- wxBookCtrlEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const;
- void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent &event);
-
- // event handlers
- void OnChoiceSelected(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxChoicebook)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// choicebook event class and related stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxChoicebookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only
-#define wxChoicebookEvent wxBookCtrlEvent
-typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxChoicebookEventFunction;
-#define wxChoicebookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func)
-
-#define EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/clipbrd.h
-// Purpose: wxClipboad class and clipboard functions
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 19.10.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-#include "wx/dataobj.h" // for wxDataFormat
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClipboard;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxClipboard represents the system clipboard. Normally, you should use
-// wxTheClipboard which is a global pointer to the (unique) clipboard.
-//
-// Clipboard can be used to copy data to/paste data from. It works together
-// with wxDataObject.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxClipboardBase() { m_usePrimary = false; }
-
- // open the clipboard before Add/SetData() and GetData()
- virtual bool Open() = 0;
-
- // close the clipboard after Add/SetData() and GetData()
- virtual void Close() = 0;
-
- // query whether the clipboard is opened
- virtual bool IsOpened() const = 0;
-
- // add to the clipboard data
- //
- // NB: the clipboard owns the pointer and will delete it, so data must be
- // allocated on the heap
- virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0;
-
- // set the clipboard data, this is the same as Clear() followed by
- // AddData()
- virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0;
-
- // ask if data in correct format is available
- virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ) = 0;
-
- // ask if data in correct format is available
- virtual bool IsSupportedAsync( wxEvtHandler *sink );
-
- // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
- virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ) = 0;
-
- // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
- virtual void Clear() = 0;
-
- // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
- // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
- // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
- virtual bool Flush() { return false; }
-
- // this allows to choose whether we work with CLIPBOARD (default) or
- // PRIMARY selection on X11-based systems
- //
- // on the other ones, working with primary selection does nothing: this
- // allows to write code which sets the primary selection when something is
- // selected without any ill effects (i.e. without overwriting the
- // clipboard which would be wrong on the platforms without X11 PRIMARY)
- virtual void UsePrimarySelection(bool usePrimary = false)
- {
- m_usePrimary = usePrimary;
- }
-
- // return true if we're using primary selection
- bool IsUsingPrimarySelection() const { return m_usePrimary; }
-
- // Returns global instance (wxTheClipboard) of the object:
- static wxClipboard *Get();
-
-
- // don't use this directly, it is public for compatibility with some ports
- // (wxX11, wxMotif, ...) only
- bool m_usePrimary;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// asynchronous clipboard event
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxClipboardEvent(wxEventType evtType = wxEVT_NULL)
- : wxEvent(0, evtType)
- {
- }
-
- wxClipboardEvent(const wxClipboardEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_formats(event.m_formats)
- {
- }
-
- bool SupportsFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
- void AddFormat(const wxDataFormat& format);
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const
- {
- return new wxClipboardEvent(*this);
- }
-
-
-protected:
- wxVector<wxDataFormat> m_formats;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxClipboardEvent)
-};
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED, wxClipboardEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxClipboardEventFunction)(wxClipboardEvent&);
-
-#define wxClipboardEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxClipboardEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED, wxClipboardEventHandler(func))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// globals
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// The global clipboard object - backward compatible access macro:
-#define wxTheClipboard (wxClipboard::Get())
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include platform-specific class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/clipbrd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/clipbrd.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helpful class for opening the clipboard and automatically closing it
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardLocker
-{
-public:
- wxClipboardLocker(wxClipboard *clipboard = NULL)
- {
- m_clipboard = clipboard ? clipboard : wxTheClipboard;
- if ( m_clipboard )
- {
- m_clipboard->Open();
- }
- }
-
- bool operator!() const { return !m_clipboard->IsOpened(); }
-
- ~wxClipboardLocker()
- {
- if ( m_clipboard )
- {
- m_clipboard->Close();
- }
- }
-
-private:
- wxClipboard *m_clipboard;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClipboardLocker);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
-#endif // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/clntdata.h
-// Purpose: A mixin class for holding a wxClientData or void pointer
-// Author: Robin Dunn
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 9-Oct-2001
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CLNTDATAH__
-#define _WX_CLNTDATAH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-typedef int (*wxShadowObjectMethod)(void*, void*);
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(
- wxShadowObjectMethod,
- wxShadowObjectMethods,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-);
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(
- void *,
- wxShadowObjectFields,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxShadowObject
-{
-public:
- wxShadowObject() { }
-
- void AddMethod( const wxString &name, wxShadowObjectMethod method )
- {
- wxShadowObjectMethods::iterator it = m_methods.find( name );
- if (it == m_methods.end())
- m_methods[ name ] = method;
- else
- it->second = method;
- }
-
- bool InvokeMethod( const wxString &name, void* window, void* param, int* returnValue )
- {
- wxShadowObjectMethods::iterator it = m_methods.find( name );
- if (it == m_methods.end())
- return false;
- wxShadowObjectMethod method = it->second;
- int ret = (*method)(window, param);
- if (returnValue)
- *returnValue = ret;
- return true;
- }
-
- void AddField( const wxString &name, void* initialValue = NULL )
- {
- wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name );
- if (it == m_fields.end())
- m_fields[ name ] = initialValue;
- else
- it->second = initialValue;
- }
-
- void SetField( const wxString &name, void* value )
- {
- wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name );
- if (it == m_fields.end())
- return;
- it->second = value;
- }
-
- void* GetField( const wxString &name, void *defaultValue = NULL )
- {
- wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name );
- if (it == m_fields.end())
- return defaultValue;
- return it->second;
- }
-
-private:
- wxShadowObjectMethods m_methods;
- wxShadowObjectFields m_fields;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// what kind of client data do we have?
-enum wxClientDataType
-{
- wxClientData_None, // we don't know yet because we don't have it at all
- wxClientData_Object, // our client data is typed and we own it
- wxClientData_Void // client data is untyped and we don't own it
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientData
-{
-public:
- wxClientData() { }
- virtual ~wxClientData() { }
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringClientData : public wxClientData
-{
-public:
- wxStringClientData() : m_data() { }
- wxStringClientData( const wxString &data ) : m_data(data) { }
- void SetData( const wxString &data ) { m_data = data; }
- const wxString& GetData() const { return m_data; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_data;
-};
-
-// This class is a mixin that provides storage and management of "client
-// data." The client data stored can either be a pointer to a wxClientData
-// object in which case it is managed by the container (i.e. it will delete
-// the data when it's destroyed) or an untyped pointer which won't be deleted
-// by the container - but not both of them
-//
-// NOTE: This functionality is currently duplicated in wxEvtHandler in order
-// to avoid having more than one vtable in that class hierarchy.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientDataContainer
-{
-public:
- wxClientDataContainer();
- virtual ~wxClientDataContainer();
-
- void SetClientObject( wxClientData *data ) { DoSetClientObject(data); }
- wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return DoGetClientObject(); }
-
- void SetClientData( void *data ) { DoSetClientData(data); }
- void *GetClientData() const { return DoGetClientData(); }
-
-protected:
- // The user data: either an object which will be deleted by the container
- // when it's deleted or some raw pointer which we do nothing with. Only
- // one type of data can be used with the given window, i.e. you cannot set
- // the void data and then associate the container with wxClientData or vice
- // versa.
- union
- {
- wxClientData *m_clientObject;
- void *m_clientData;
- };
-
- // client data accessors
- virtual void DoSetClientObject( wxClientData *data );
- virtual wxClientData *DoGetClientObject() const;
-
- virtual void DoSetClientData( void *data );
- virtual void *DoGetClientData() const;
-
- // what kind of data do we have?
- wxClientDataType m_clientDataType;
-
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_CLNTDATAH__
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/clrpicker.h
-// Purpose: wxColourPickerCtrl base header
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi (based on Vadim Zeitlin's code)
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14/4/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CLRPICKER_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CLRPICKER_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-
-#if wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL
-
-#include "wx/pickerbase.h"
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColourPickerEvent;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxColourPickerCtrlNameStr[];
-
-// show the colour in HTML form (#AABBCC) as colour button label
-#define wxCLRBTN_SHOW_LABEL 100
-
-// the default style
-#define wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxCLRBTN_SHOW_LABEL)
-
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxColourPickerWidgetBase: a generic abstract interface which must be
-// implemented by controls used by wxColourPickerCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourPickerWidgetBase
-{
-public:
- wxColourPickerWidgetBase() { m_colour = *wxBLACK; }
- virtual ~wxColourPickerWidgetBase() {}
-
- wxColour GetColour() const
- { return m_colour; }
- virtual void SetColour(const wxColour &col)
- { m_colour = col; UpdateColour(); }
- virtual void SetColour(const wxString &col)
- { m_colour.Set(col); UpdateColour(); }
-
-protected:
-
- virtual void UpdateColour() = 0;
-
- // the current colour (may be invalid if none)
- wxColour m_colour;
-};
-
-
-// Styles which must be supported by all controls implementing wxColourPickerWidgetBase
-// NB: these styles must be defined to carefully-chosen values to
-// avoid conflicts with wxButton's styles
-
-// show the colour in HTML form (#AABBCC) as colour button label
-// (instead of no label at all)
-// NOTE: this style is supported just by wxColourButtonGeneric and
-// thus is not exposed in wxColourPickerCtrl
-#define wxCLRP_SHOW_LABEL 0x0008
-
-// map platform-dependent controls which implement the wxColourPickerWidgetBase
-// under the name "wxColourPickerWidget".
-// NOTE: wxColourPickerCtrl allocates a wxColourPickerWidget and relies on the
-// fact that all classes being mapped as wxColourPickerWidget have the
-// same prototype for their contructor (and also explains why we use
-// define instead of a typedef)
-// since GTK > 2.4, there is GtkColorButton
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/gtk/clrpicker.h"
- #define wxColourPickerWidget wxColourButton
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/clrpickerg.h"
- #define wxColourPickerWidget wxGenericColourButton
-#endif
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxColourPickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds a
-// platform-dependent wxColourPickerWidget and, if wxCLRP_USE_TEXTCTRL style is
-// used, a textctrl next to it.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxCLRP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL)
-#define wxCLRP_DEFAULT_STYLE 0
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourPickerCtrl : public wxPickerBase
-{
-public:
- wxColourPickerCtrl() {}
- virtual ~wxColourPickerCtrl() {}
-
-
- wxColourPickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxCLRP_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxColourPickerCtrlNameStr)
- { Create(parent, id, col, pos, size, style, validator, name); }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCLRP_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxColourPickerCtrlNameStr);
-
-
-public: // public API
-
- // get the colour chosen
- wxColour GetColour() const
- { return ((wxColourPickerWidget *)m_picker)->GetColour(); }
-
- // set currently displayed color
- void SetColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- // set colour using RGB(r,g,b) syntax or considering given text as a colour name;
- // returns true if the given text was successfully recognized.
- bool SetColour(const wxString& text);
-
-
-public: // internal functions
-
- // update the button colour to match the text control contents
- void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl();
-
- // update the text control to match the button's colour
- void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker();
-
- // event handler for our picker
- void OnColourChange(wxColourPickerEvent &);
-
-protected:
- virtual long GetPickerStyle(long style) const
- { return (style & wxCLRP_SHOW_LABEL); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourPickerCtrl)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxColourPickerEvent: used by wxColourPickerCtrl only
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, wxColourPickerEvent );
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourPickerEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxColourPickerEvent() {}
- wxColourPickerEvent(wxObject *generator, int id, const wxColour &col)
- : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, id),
- m_colour(col)
- {
- SetEventObject(generator);
- }
-
- wxColour GetColour() const { return m_colour; }
- void SetColour(const wxColour &c) { m_colour = c; }
-
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxColourPickerEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxColour m_colour;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxColourPickerEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event types and macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxColourPickerEventFunction)(wxColourPickerEvent&);
-
-#define wxColourPickerEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxColourPickerEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxColourPickerEventHandler(fn))
-
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constant
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED wxEVT_COLOURPICKER_CHANGED
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_CLRPICKER_H_BASE_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/cmdargs.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxCmdLineArgsArray helper class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2007-11-12
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CMDARGS_H_
-#define _WX_CMDARGS_H_
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCmdLineArgsArray: helper class used by wxApp::argv
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-// this class is used instead of either "char **" or "wchar_t **" (neither of
-// which would be backwards compatible with all the existing code) for argv
-// field of wxApp
-//
-// as it's used for compatibility, it tries to look as much as traditional
-// (char **) argv as possible, in particular it provides implicit conversions
-// to "char **" and also array-like operator[]
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineArgsArray
-{
-public:
- wxCmdLineArgsArray() { m_argsA = NULL; m_argsW = NULL; }
-
- template <typename T>
- wxCmdLineArgsArray& operator=(T **argv)
- {
- FreeArgs();
-
- m_args.clear();
-
- if ( argv )
- {
- while ( *argv )
- m_args.push_back(*argv++);
- }
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- operator char**() const
- {
- if ( !m_argsA )
- {
- const size_t count = m_args.size();
- m_argsA = new char *[count];
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
- m_argsA[n] = wxStrdup(m_args[n].ToAscii());
- }
-
- return m_argsA;
- }
-
- operator wchar_t**() const
- {
- if ( !m_argsW )
- {
- const size_t count = m_args.size();
- m_argsW = new wchar_t *[count];
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
- m_argsW[n] = wxStrdup(m_args[n].wc_str());
- }
-
- return m_argsW;
- }
-
- // existing code does checks like "if ( argv )" and we want it to continue
- // to compile, so provide this conversion even if it is pretty dangerous
- operator bool() const
- {
- return !m_args.empty();
- }
-
- // and the same for "if ( !argv )" checks
- bool operator!() const
- {
- return m_args.empty();
- }
-
- wxString operator[](size_t n) const
- {
- return m_args[n];
- }
-
- // we must provide this overload for g++ 3.4 which can't choose between
- // our operator[](size_t) and ::operator[](char**, int) otherwise
- wxString operator[](int n) const
- {
- return m_args[n];
- }
-
-
- // convenience methods, i.e. not existing only for backwards compatibility
-
- // do we have any arguments at all?
- bool IsEmpty() const { return m_args.empty(); }
-
- // access the arguments as a convenient array of wxStrings
- const wxArrayString& GetArguments() const { return m_args; }
-
- ~wxCmdLineArgsArray()
- {
- FreeArgs();
- }
-
-private:
- template <typename T>
- void Free(T **args)
- {
- if ( !args )
- return;
-
- const size_t count = m_args.size();
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
- free(args[n]);
-
- delete [] args;
- }
-
- void FreeArgs()
- {
- Free(m_argsA);
- Free(m_argsW);
- }
-
- wxArrayString m_args;
- mutable char **m_argsA;
- mutable wchar_t **m_argsW;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCmdLineArgsArray);
-};
-
-// provide global operator overload for compatibility with the existing code
-// doing things like "if ( condition && argv )"
-inline bool operator&&(bool cond, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& array)
-{
- return cond && !array.IsEmpty();
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-#endif // _WX_CMDARGS_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/cmdline.h
-// Purpose: wxCmdLineParser and related classes for parsing the command
-// line options
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04.01.00
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CMDLINE_H_
-#define _WX_CMDLINE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/cmdargs.h"
-
-// determines ConvertStringToArgs() behaviour
-enum wxCmdLineSplitType
-{
- wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_DOS,
- wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_UNIX
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// by default, options are optional (sic) and each call to AddParam() allows
-// one more parameter - this may be changed by giving non-default flags to it
-enum wxCmdLineEntryFlags
-{
- wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_MANDATORY = 0x01, // this option must be given
- wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_OPTIONAL = 0x02, // the parameter may be omitted
- wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE = 0x04, // the parameter may be repeated
- wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_HELP = 0x08, // this option is a help request
- wxCMD_LINE_NEEDS_SEPARATOR = 0x10, // must have sep before the value
- wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH_NEGATABLE = 0x20 // this switch can be negated (e.g. /S-)
-};
-
-// an option value or parameter may be a string (the most common case), a
-// number or a date
-enum wxCmdLineParamType
-{
- wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING, // should be 0 (default)
- wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NUMBER,
- wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DATE,
- wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DOUBLE,
- wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE
-};
-
-// for constructing the cmd line description using Init()
-enum wxCmdLineEntryType
-{
- wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH,
- wxCMD_LINE_OPTION,
- wxCMD_LINE_PARAM,
- wxCMD_LINE_USAGE_TEXT,
- wxCMD_LINE_NONE // to terminate the list
-};
-
-// Possible return values of wxCmdLineParser::FoundSwitch()
-enum wxCmdLineSwitchState
-{
- wxCMD_SWITCH_OFF = -1, // Found but turned off/negated.
- wxCMD_SWITCH_NOT_FOUND, // Not found at all.
- wxCMD_SWITCH_ON // Found in normal state.
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCmdLineEntryDesc is a description of one command line
-// switch/option/parameter
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct wxCmdLineEntryDesc
-{
- wxCmdLineEntryType kind;
- const char *shortName;
- const char *longName;
- const char *description;
- wxCmdLineParamType type;
- int flags;
-};
-
-// the list of wxCmdLineEntryDesc objects should be terminated with this one
-#define wxCMD_LINE_DESC_END \
- { wxCMD_LINE_NONE, NULL, NULL, NULL, wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE, 0x0 }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCmdLineParser is a class for parsing command line.
-//
-// It has the following features:
-//
-// 1. distinguishes options, switches and parameters; allows option grouping
-// 2. allows both short and long options
-// 3. automatically generates the usage message from the cmd line description
-// 4. does type checks on the options values (number, date, ...)
-//
-// To use it you should:
-//
-// 1. construct it giving it the cmd line to parse and optionally its desc
-// 2. construct the cmd line description using AddXXX() if not done in (1)
-// 3. call Parse()
-// 4. use GetXXX() to retrieve the parsed info
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineParser
-{
-public:
- // ctors and initializers
- // ----------------------
-
- // default ctor or ctor giving the cmd line in either Unix or Win form
- wxCmdLineParser() { Init(); }
- wxCmdLineParser(int argc, char **argv) { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); }
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxCmdLineParser(int argc, wxChar **argv) { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); }
- wxCmdLineParser(int argc, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv)
- { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxCmdLineParser(const wxString& cmdline) { Init(); SetCmdLine(cmdline); }
-
- // the same as above, but also gives the cmd line description - otherwise,
- // use AddXXX() later
- wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc)
- { Init(); SetDesc(desc); }
- wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, int argc, char **argv)
- { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); }
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, int argc, wxChar **argv)
- { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); }
- wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc,
- int argc,
- const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv)
- { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, const wxString& cmdline)
- { Init(); SetCmdLine(cmdline); SetDesc(desc); }
-
- // set cmd line to parse after using one of the ctors which don't do it
- void SetCmdLine(int argc, char **argv);
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- void SetCmdLine(int argc, wxChar **argv);
- void SetCmdLine(int argc, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv);
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
- void SetCmdLine(const wxString& cmdline);
-
- // not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically
- ~wxCmdLineParser();
-
- // set different parser options
- // ----------------------------
-
- // by default, '-' is switch char under Unix, '-' or '/' under Win:
- // switchChars contains all characters with which an option or switch may
- // start
- void SetSwitchChars(const wxString& switchChars);
-
- // long options are not POSIX-compliant, this option allows to disable them
- void EnableLongOptions(bool enable = true);
- void DisableLongOptions() { EnableLongOptions(false); }
-
- bool AreLongOptionsEnabled() const;
-
- // extra text may be shown by Usage() method if set by this function
- void SetLogo(const wxString& logo);
-
- // construct the cmd line description
- // ----------------------------------
-
- // take the cmd line description from the wxCMD_LINE_NONE terminated table
- void SetDesc(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc);
-
- // a switch: i.e. an option without value
- void AddSwitch(const wxString& name, const wxString& lng = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
- int flags = 0);
- void AddLongSwitch(const wxString& lng,
- const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
- int flags = 0)
- {
- AddSwitch(wxString(), lng, desc, flags);
- }
-
- // an option taking a value of the given type
- void AddOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& lng = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
- wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING,
- int flags = 0);
- void AddLongOption(const wxString& lng,
- const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
- wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING,
- int flags = 0)
- {
- AddOption(wxString(), lng, desc, type, flags);
- }
-
- // a parameter
- void AddParam(const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
- wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING,
- int flags = 0);
-
- // add an explanatory text to be shown to the user in help
- void AddUsageText(const wxString& text);
-
- // actions
- // -------
-
- // parse the command line, return 0 if ok, -1 if "-h" or "--help" option
- // was encountered and the help message was given or a positive value if a
- // syntax error occurred
- //
- // if showUsage is true, Usage() is called in case of syntax error or if
- // help was requested
- int Parse(bool showUsage = true);
-
- // give the usage message describing all program options
- void Usage() const;
-
- // return the usage string, call Usage() to directly show it to the user
- wxString GetUsageString() const;
-
- // get the command line arguments
- // ------------------------------
-
- // returns true if the given switch was found
- bool Found(const wxString& name) const;
-
- // Returns wxCMD_SWITCH_NOT_FOUND if the switch was not found at all,
- // wxCMD_SWITCH_ON if it was found in normal state and wxCMD_SWITCH_OFF if
- // it was found but negated (i.e. followed by "-", this can only happen for
- // the switches with wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH_NEGATABLE flag).
- wxCmdLineSwitchState FoundSwitch(const wxString& name) const;
-
- // returns true if an option taking a string value was found and stores the
- // value in the provided pointer
- bool Found(const wxString& name, wxString *value) const;
-
- // returns true if an option taking an integer value was found and stores
- // the value in the provided pointer
- bool Found(const wxString& name, long *value) const;
-
- // returns true if an option taking a double value was found and stores
- // the value in the provided pointer
- bool Found(const wxString& name, double *value) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- // returns true if an option taking a date value was found and stores the
- // value in the provided pointer
- bool Found(const wxString& name, wxDateTime *value) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
- // gets the number of parameters found
- size_t GetParamCount() const;
-
- // gets the value of Nth parameter (as string only for now)
- wxString GetParam(size_t n = 0u) const;
-
- // Resets switches and options
- void Reset();
-
- // break down the command line in arguments
- static wxArrayString
- ConvertStringToArgs(const wxString& cmdline,
- wxCmdLineSplitType type = wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_DOS);
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- struct wxCmdLineParserData *m_data;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCmdLineParser);
-};
-
-#else // !wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
-
-// this function is always available (even if !wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER) because it
-// is used by wxWin itself under Windows
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineParser
-{
-public:
- static wxArrayString
- ConvertStringToArgs(const wxString& cmdline,
- wxCmdLineSplitType type = wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_DOS);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER/!wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
-
-#endif // _WX_CMDLINE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/cmdproc.h
-// Purpose: undo/redo capable command processing framework
-// Author: Julian Smart (extracted from docview.h by VZ)
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 05.11.00
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CMDPROC_H_
-#define _WX_CMDPROC_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCommand: a single command capable of performing itself
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCommand : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxCommand(bool canUndoIt = false, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- virtual ~wxCommand(){}
-
- // Override this to perform a command
- virtual bool Do() = 0;
-
- // Override this to undo a command
- virtual bool Undo() = 0;
-
- virtual bool CanUndo() const { return m_canUndo; }
- virtual wxString GetName() const { return m_commandName; }
-
-protected:
- bool m_canUndo;
- wxString m_commandName;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxCommand)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCommandProcessor: wxCommand manager
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCommandProcessor : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // if max number of commands is -1, it is unlimited
- wxCommandProcessor(int maxCommands = -1);
- virtual ~wxCommandProcessor();
-
- // Pass a command to the processor. The processor calls Do(); if
- // successful, is appended to the command history unless storeIt is false.
- virtual bool Submit(wxCommand *command, bool storeIt = true);
-
- // just store the command without executing it
- virtual void Store(wxCommand *command);
-
- virtual bool Undo();
- virtual bool Redo();
- virtual bool CanUndo() const;
- virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
- // Initialises the current command and menu strings.
- virtual void Initialize();
-
- // Sets the Undo/Redo menu strings for the current menu.
- virtual void SetMenuStrings();
-
- // Gets the current Undo menu label.
- wxString GetUndoMenuLabel() const;
-
- // Gets the current Undo menu label.
- wxString GetRedoMenuLabel() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- // Call this to manage an edit menu.
- void SetEditMenu(wxMenu *menu) { m_commandEditMenu = menu; }
- wxMenu *GetEditMenu() const { return m_commandEditMenu; }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // command list access
- wxList& GetCommands() { return m_commands; }
- const wxList& GetCommands() const { return m_commands; }
- wxCommand *GetCurrentCommand() const
- {
- return (wxCommand *)(m_currentCommand ? m_currentCommand->GetData() : NULL);
- }
- int GetMaxCommands() const { return m_maxNoCommands; }
- virtual void ClearCommands();
-
- // Has the current project been changed?
- virtual bool IsDirty() const;
-
- // Mark the current command as the one where the last save took place
- void MarkAsSaved()
- {
- m_lastSavedCommand = m_currentCommand;
- }
-
-
- // By default, the accelerators are "\tCtrl+Z" and "\tCtrl+Y"
- const wxString& GetUndoAccelerator() const { return m_undoAccelerator; }
- const wxString& GetRedoAccelerator() const { return m_redoAccelerator; }
-
- void SetUndoAccelerator(const wxString& accel) { m_undoAccelerator = accel; }
- void SetRedoAccelerator(const wxString& accel) { m_redoAccelerator = accel; }
-
-protected:
- // for further flexibility, command processor doesn't call wxCommand::Do()
- // and Undo() directly but uses these functions which can be overridden in
- // the derived class
- virtual bool DoCommand(wxCommand& cmd);
- virtual bool UndoCommand(wxCommand& cmd);
-
- int m_maxNoCommands;
- wxList m_commands;
- wxList::compatibility_iterator m_currentCommand,
- m_lastSavedCommand;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- wxMenu* m_commandEditMenu;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- wxString m_undoAccelerator;
- wxString m_redoAccelerator;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCommandProcessor)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCommandProcessor);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_CMDPROC_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/cmndata.h
-// Purpose: Common GDI data classes
-// Author: Julian Smart and others
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c)
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintNativeDataBase;
-
-/*
- * wxPrintData
- * Encapsulates printer information (not printer dialog information)
- */
-
-enum wxPrintBin
-{
- wxPRINTBIN_DEFAULT,
-
- wxPRINTBIN_ONLYONE,
- wxPRINTBIN_LOWER,
- wxPRINTBIN_MIDDLE,
- wxPRINTBIN_MANUAL,
- wxPRINTBIN_ENVELOPE,
- wxPRINTBIN_ENVMANUAL,
- wxPRINTBIN_AUTO,
- wxPRINTBIN_TRACTOR,
- wxPRINTBIN_SMALLFMT,
- wxPRINTBIN_LARGEFMT,
- wxPRINTBIN_LARGECAPACITY,
- wxPRINTBIN_CASSETTE,
- wxPRINTBIN_FORMSOURCE,
-
- wxPRINTBIN_USER
-};
-
-const int wxPRINTMEDIA_DEFAULT = 0;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintData: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPrintData();
- wxPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData);
- virtual ~wxPrintData();
-
- int GetNoCopies() const { return m_printNoCopies; }
- bool GetCollate() const { return m_printCollate; }
- wxPrintOrientation GetOrientation() const { return m_printOrientation; }
- bool IsOrientationReversed() const { return m_printOrientationReversed; }
-
- // Is this data OK for showing the print dialog?
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- bool IsOk() const ;
-
- const wxString& GetPrinterName() const { return m_printerName; }
- bool GetColour() const { return m_colour; }
- wxDuplexMode GetDuplex() const { return m_duplexMode; }
- wxPaperSize GetPaperId() const { return m_paperId; }
- const wxSize& GetPaperSize() const { return m_paperSize; } // Not used yet: confusable with paper size
- // in wxPageSetupDialogData
- wxPrintQuality GetQuality() const { return m_printQuality; }
- wxPrintBin GetBin() const { return m_bin; }
- wxPrintMode GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; }
- int GetMedia() const { return m_media; }
-
- void SetNoCopies(int v) { m_printNoCopies = v; }
- void SetCollate(bool flag) { m_printCollate = flag; }
-
- // Please use the overloaded method below
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(void SetOrientation(int orient),
- m_printOrientation = (wxPrintOrientation)orient; )
- void SetOrientation(wxPrintOrientation orient) { m_printOrientation = orient; }
- void SetOrientationReversed(bool reversed) { m_printOrientationReversed = reversed; }
-
- void SetPrinterName(const wxString& name) { m_printerName = name; }
- void SetColour(bool colour) { m_colour = colour; }
- void SetDuplex(wxDuplexMode duplex) { m_duplexMode = duplex; }
- void SetPaperId(wxPaperSize sizeId) { m_paperId = sizeId; }
- void SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_paperSize = sz; }
- void SetQuality(wxPrintQuality quality) { m_printQuality = quality; }
- void SetBin(wxPrintBin bin) { m_bin = bin; }
- void SetMedia(int media) { m_media = media; }
- void SetPrintMode(wxPrintMode printMode) { m_printMode = printMode; }
-
- wxString GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
- void SetFilename( const wxString &filename ) { m_filename = filename; }
-
- wxPrintData& operator=(const wxPrintData& data);
-
- char* GetPrivData() const { return m_privData; }
- int GetPrivDataLen() const { return m_privDataLen; }
- void SetPrivData( char *privData, int len );
-
-
- // Convert between wxPrintData and native data
- void ConvertToNative();
- void ConvertFromNative();
- // Holds the native print data
- wxPrintNativeDataBase *GetNativeData() const { return m_nativeData; }
-
-private:
- wxPrintBin m_bin;
- int m_media;
- wxPrintMode m_printMode;
-
- int m_printNoCopies;
- wxPrintOrientation m_printOrientation;
- bool m_printOrientationReversed;
- bool m_printCollate;
-
- wxString m_printerName;
- bool m_colour;
- wxDuplexMode m_duplexMode;
- wxPrintQuality m_printQuality;
- wxPaperSize m_paperId;
- wxSize m_paperSize;
-
- wxString m_filename;
-
- char* m_privData;
- int m_privDataLen;
-
- wxPrintNativeDataBase *m_nativeData;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintData)
-};
-
-/*
- * wxPrintDialogData
- * Encapsulates information displayed and edited in the printer dialog box.
- * Contains a wxPrintData object which is filled in according to the values retrieved
- * from the dialog.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintDialogData: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPrintDialogData();
- wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintDialogData& dialogData);
- wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData);
- virtual ~wxPrintDialogData();
-
- int GetFromPage() const { return m_printFromPage; }
- int GetToPage() const { return m_printToPage; }
- int GetMinPage() const { return m_printMinPage; }
- int GetMaxPage() const { return m_printMaxPage; }
- int GetNoCopies() const { return m_printNoCopies; }
- bool GetAllPages() const { return m_printAllPages; }
- bool GetSelection() const { return m_printSelection; }
- bool GetCollate() const { return m_printCollate; }
- bool GetPrintToFile() const { return m_printToFile; }
-
- void SetFromPage(int v) { m_printFromPage = v; }
- void SetToPage(int v) { m_printToPage = v; }
- void SetMinPage(int v) { m_printMinPage = v; }
- void SetMaxPage(int v) { m_printMaxPage = v; }
- void SetNoCopies(int v) { m_printNoCopies = v; }
- void SetAllPages(bool flag) { m_printAllPages = flag; }
- void SetSelection(bool flag) { m_printSelection = flag; }
- void SetCollate(bool flag) { m_printCollate = flag; }
- void SetPrintToFile(bool flag) { m_printToFile = flag; }
-
- void EnablePrintToFile(bool flag) { m_printEnablePrintToFile = flag; }
- void EnableSelection(bool flag) { m_printEnableSelection = flag; }
- void EnablePageNumbers(bool flag) { m_printEnablePageNumbers = flag; }
- void EnableHelp(bool flag) { m_printEnableHelp = flag; }
-
- bool GetEnablePrintToFile() const { return m_printEnablePrintToFile; }
- bool GetEnableSelection() const { return m_printEnableSelection; }
- bool GetEnablePageNumbers() const { return m_printEnablePageNumbers; }
- bool GetEnableHelp() const { return m_printEnableHelp; }
-
- // Is this data OK for showing the print dialog?
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- bool IsOk() const { return m_printData.IsOk() ; }
-
- wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
- void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData) { m_printData = printData; }
-
- void operator=(const wxPrintDialogData& data);
- void operator=(const wxPrintData& data); // Sets internal m_printData member
-
-private:
- int m_printFromPage;
- int m_printToPage;
- int m_printMinPage;
- int m_printMaxPage;
- int m_printNoCopies;
- bool m_printAllPages;
- bool m_printCollate;
- bool m_printToFile;
- bool m_printSelection;
- bool m_printEnableSelection;
- bool m_printEnablePageNumbers;
- bool m_printEnableHelp;
- bool m_printEnablePrintToFile;
- wxPrintData m_printData;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialogData)
-};
-
-/*
-* This is the data used (and returned) by the wxPageSetupDialog.
-*/
-
-// Compatibility with old name
-#define wxPageSetupData wxPageSetupDialogData
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPageSetupDialogData: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPageSetupDialogData();
- wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPageSetupDialogData& dialogData);
- wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData);
- virtual ~wxPageSetupDialogData();
-
- wxSize GetPaperSize() const { return m_paperSize; }
- wxPaperSize GetPaperId() const { return m_printData.GetPaperId(); }
- wxPoint GetMinMarginTopLeft() const { return m_minMarginTopLeft; }
- wxPoint GetMinMarginBottomRight() const { return m_minMarginBottomRight; }
- wxPoint GetMarginTopLeft() const { return m_marginTopLeft; }
- wxPoint GetMarginBottomRight() const { return m_marginBottomRight; }
-
- bool GetDefaultMinMargins() const { return m_defaultMinMargins; }
- bool GetEnableMargins() const { return m_enableMargins; }
- bool GetEnableOrientation() const { return m_enableOrientation; }
- bool GetEnablePaper() const { return m_enablePaper; }
- bool GetEnablePrinter() const { return m_enablePrinter; }
- bool GetDefaultInfo() const { return m_getDefaultInfo; }
- bool GetEnableHelp() const { return m_enableHelp; }
-
- // Is this data OK for showing the page setup dialog?
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- bool IsOk() const { return m_printData.IsOk() ; }
-
- // If a corresponding paper type is found in the paper database, will set the m_printData
- // paper size id member as well.
- void SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz);
-
- void SetPaperId(wxPaperSize id) { m_printData.SetPaperId(id); }
-
- // Sets the wxPrintData id, plus the paper width/height if found in the paper database.
- void SetPaperSize(wxPaperSize id);
-
- void SetMinMarginTopLeft(const wxPoint& pt) { m_minMarginTopLeft = pt; }
- void SetMinMarginBottomRight(const wxPoint& pt) { m_minMarginBottomRight = pt; }
- void SetMarginTopLeft(const wxPoint& pt) { m_marginTopLeft = pt; }
- void SetMarginBottomRight(const wxPoint& pt) { m_marginBottomRight = pt; }
- void SetDefaultMinMargins(bool flag) { m_defaultMinMargins = flag; }
- void SetDefaultInfo(bool flag) { m_getDefaultInfo = flag; }
-
- void EnableMargins(bool flag) { m_enableMargins = flag; }
- void EnableOrientation(bool flag) { m_enableOrientation = flag; }
- void EnablePaper(bool flag) { m_enablePaper = flag; }
- void EnablePrinter(bool flag) { m_enablePrinter = flag; }
- void EnableHelp(bool flag) { m_enableHelp = flag; }
-
- // Use paper size defined in this object to set the wxPrintData
- // paper id
- void CalculateIdFromPaperSize();
-
- // Use paper id in wxPrintData to set this object's paper size
- void CalculatePaperSizeFromId();
-
- wxPageSetupDialogData& operator=(const wxPageSetupDialogData& data);
- wxPageSetupDialogData& operator=(const wxPrintData& data);
-
- wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
- const wxPrintData& GetPrintData() const { return m_printData; }
- void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData);
-
-private:
- wxSize m_paperSize; // The dimensions selected by the user (on return, same as in wxPrintData?)
- wxPoint m_minMarginTopLeft;
- wxPoint m_minMarginBottomRight;
- wxPoint m_marginTopLeft;
- wxPoint m_marginBottomRight;
- bool m_defaultMinMargins;
- bool m_enableMargins;
- bool m_enableOrientation;
- bool m_enablePaper;
- bool m_enablePrinter;
- bool m_getDefaultInfo; // Equiv. to PSD_RETURNDEFAULT
- bool m_enableHelp;
- wxPrintData m_printData;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogData)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif
-// _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/collpane.h
-// Purpose: wxCollapsiblePane
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 8/10/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-
-#if wxUSE_COLLPANE
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// class name
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCollapsiblePaneBase: interface for wxCollapsiblePane
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER)
-#define wxCP_NO_TLW_RESIZE (0x0002)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCollapsiblePaneBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxCollapsiblePaneBase() {}
-
- virtual void Collapse(bool collapse = true) = 0;
- void Expand() { Collapse(false); }
-
- virtual bool IsCollapsed() const = 0;
- bool IsExpanded() const { return !IsCollapsed(); }
-
- virtual wxWindow *GetPane() const = 0;
-
- virtual wxString GetLabel() const = 0;
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) = 0;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event types and macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCollapsiblePaneEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COLLAPSIBLEPANE_CHANGED, wxCollapsiblePaneEvent );
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCollapsiblePaneEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxCollapsiblePaneEvent() {}
- wxCollapsiblePaneEvent(wxObject *generator, int id, bool collapsed)
- : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_COLLAPSIBLEPANE_CHANGED, id),
- m_bCollapsed(collapsed)
- {
- SetEventObject(generator);
- }
-
- bool GetCollapsed() const { return m_bCollapsed; }
- void SetCollapsed(bool c) { m_bCollapsed = c; }
-
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCollapsiblePaneEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- bool m_bCollapsed;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event types and macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCollapsiblePaneEventFunction)(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent&);
-
-#define wxCollapsiblePaneEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCollapsiblePaneEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_COLLAPSIBLEPANE_CHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COLLAPSIBLEPANE_CHANGED, id, wxCollapsiblePaneEventHandler(fn))
-
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/gtk/collpane.h"
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/collpaneg.h"
-
- // use #define and not a typedef to allow forward declaring the class
- #define wxCollapsiblePane wxGenericCollapsiblePane
-#endif
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constant
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_COLLPANE_CHANGED wxEVT_COLLAPSIBLEPANE_CHANGED
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COLLPANE
-
-#endif // _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANE_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/colordlg.h
-// Purpose: wxColourDialog
-// Author: Vadim Zeitiln
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_COLOURDLG
-
-#include "wx/colourdata.h"
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/msw/colordlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/osx/colordlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/gtk/colordlg.h"
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/colrdlgg.h"
-
- #define wxColourDialog wxGenericColourDialog
-#endif
-
-// get the colour from user and return it
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColour wxGetColourFromUser(wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- const wxColour& colInit = wxNullColour,
- const wxString& caption = wxEmptyString,
- wxColourData *data = NULL);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COLOURDLG
-
-#endif
- // _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/colour.h
-// Purpose: wxColourBase definition
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created:
-// Copyright: Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
-
-// A macro to define the standard wxColour constructors:
-//
-// It avoids the need to repeat these lines across all colour.h files, since
-// Set() is a virtual function and thus cannot be called by wxColourBase ctors
-#define DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS \
- wxColour() { Init(); } \
- wxColour(ChannelType red, \
- ChannelType green, \
- ChannelType blue, \
- ChannelType alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE) \
- { Init(); Set(red, green, blue, alpha); } \
- wxColour(unsigned long colRGB) { Init(); Set(colRGB ); } \
- wxColour(const wxString& colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); } \
- wxColour(const char *colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); } \
- wxColour(const wchar_t *colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); }
-
-
-// flags for wxColour -> wxString conversion (see wxColour::GetAsString)
-enum {
- wxC2S_NAME = 1, // return colour name, when possible
- wxC2S_CSS_SYNTAX = 2, // return colour in rgb(r,g,b) syntax
- wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX = 4 // return colour in #rrggbb syntax
-};
-
-const unsigned char wxALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0;
-const unsigned char wxALPHA_OPAQUE = 0xff;
-
-// a valid but fully transparent colour
-#define wxTransparentColour wxColour(0, 0, 0, wxALPHA_TRANSPARENT)
-#define wxTransparentColor wxTransparentColour
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVariant support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxColour,WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxColourBase: this class has no data members, just some functions to avoid
-// code redundancy in all native wxColour implementations
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* Transition from wxGDIObject to wxObject is incomplete. If your port does
- not need the wxGDIObject machinery to handle colors, please add it to the
- list of ports which do not need it.
- */
-#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) || defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXPM__ ) || defined( __WXCOCOA__ )
-#define wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT 0
-#else
-#define wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT 1
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourBase : public
-#if wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT
- wxGDIObject
-#else
- wxObject
-#endif
-{
-public:
- // type of a single colour component
- typedef unsigned char ChannelType;
-
- wxColourBase() {}
- virtual ~wxColourBase() {}
-
-
- // Set() functions
- // ---------------
-
- void Set(ChannelType red,
- ChannelType green,
- ChannelType blue,
- ChannelType alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE)
- { InitRGBA(red, green, blue, alpha); }
-
- // implemented in colourcmn.cpp
- bool Set(const wxString &str)
- { return FromString(str); }
-
- void Set(unsigned long colRGB)
- {
- // we don't need to know sizeof(long) here because we assume that the three
- // least significant bytes contain the R, G and B values
- Set((ChannelType)(0xFF & colRGB),
- (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 8)),
- (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 16)));
- }
-
-
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- virtual ChannelType Red() const = 0;
- virtual ChannelType Green() const = 0;
- virtual ChannelType Blue() const = 0;
- virtual ChannelType Alpha() const
- { return wxALPHA_OPAQUE ; }
-
- // implemented in colourcmn.cpp
- virtual wxString GetAsString(long flags = wxC2S_NAME | wxC2S_CSS_SYNTAX) const;
-
- void SetRGB(wxUint32 colRGB)
- {
- Set((ChannelType)(0xFF & colRGB),
- (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 8)),
- (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 16)));
- }
-
- void SetRGBA(wxUint32 colRGBA)
- {
- Set((ChannelType)(0xFF & colRGBA),
- (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGBA >> 8)),
- (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGBA >> 16)),
- (ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGBA >> 24)));
- }
-
- wxUint32 GetRGB() const
- { return Red() | (Green() << 8) | (Blue() << 16); }
-
- wxUint32 GetRGBA() const
- { return Red() | (Green() << 8) | (Blue() << 16) | (Alpha() << 24); }
-
-#if !wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT
- virtual bool IsOk() const= 0;
-
- // older version, for backwards compatibility only (but not deprecated
- // because it's still widely used)
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-#endif
-
- // manipulation
- // ------------
-
- // These methods are static because they are mostly used
- // within tight loops (where we don't want to instantiate wxColour's)
-
- static void MakeMono (unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, bool on);
- static void MakeDisabled(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, unsigned char brightness = 255);
- static void MakeGrey (unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b); // integer version
- static void MakeGrey (unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b,
- double weight_r, double weight_g, double weight_b); // floating point version
- static unsigned char AlphaBlend (unsigned char fg, unsigned char bg, double alpha);
- static void ChangeLightness(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, int ialpha);
-
- wxColour ChangeLightness(int ialpha) const;
- wxColour& MakeDisabled(unsigned char brightness = 255);
-
- // old, deprecated
- // ---------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- static wxDEPRECATED( wxColour CreateByName(const wxString& name) );
- wxDEPRECATED( void InitFromName(const wxString& col) );
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // Some ports need Init() and while we don't, provide a stub so that the
- // ports which don't need it are not forced to define it
- void Init() { }
-
- virtual void
- InitRGBA(ChannelType r, ChannelType g, ChannelType b, ChannelType a) = 0;
-
- virtual bool FromString(const wxString& s);
-
-#if wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT
- // wxColour doesn't use reference counted data (at least not in all ports)
- // so provide stubs for the functions which need to be defined if we do use
- // them
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if used" );
-
- return NULL;
- }
-
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *WXUNUSED(data)) const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if used" );
-
- return NULL;
- }
-#endif
-};
-
-
-// wxColour <-> wxString utilities, used by wxConfig, defined in colourcmn.cpp
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxToString(const wxColourBase& col);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxFromString(const wxString& str, wxColourBase* col);
-
-
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #include "wx/generic/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/colour.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/colour.h"
-#endif
-
-#define wxColor wxColour
-
-#endif // _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/colourdata.h
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COLOURDATA_H_
-#define _WX_COLOURDATA_H_
-
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourData : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // number of custom colours we store
- enum
- {
- NUM_CUSTOM = 16
- };
-
- wxColourData();
- wxColourData(const wxColourData& data);
- wxColourData& operator=(const wxColourData& data);
- virtual ~wxColourData();
-
- void SetChooseFull(bool flag) { m_chooseFull = flag; }
- bool GetChooseFull() const { return m_chooseFull; }
- void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_dataColour = colour; }
- const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_dataColour; }
- wxColour& GetColour() { return m_dataColour; }
-
- // SetCustomColour() modifies colours in an internal array of NUM_CUSTOM
- // custom colours;
- void SetCustomColour(int i, const wxColour& colour);
- wxColour GetCustomColour(int i) const;
-
- // Serialize the object to a string and restore it from it
- wxString ToString() const;
- bool FromString(const wxString& str);
-
-
- // public for backwards compatibility only: don't use directly
- wxColour m_dataColour;
- wxColour m_custColours[NUM_CUSTOM];
- bool m_chooseFull;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourData)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_COLOURDATA_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/combo.h
-// Purpose: wxComboCtrl declaration
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: Apr-30-2006
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_
-
-
-/*
- A few words about all the classes defined in this file are probably in
- order: why do we need extra wxComboCtrl and wxComboPopup classes?
-
- This is because a traditional combobox is a combination of a text control
- (with a button allowing to open the pop down list) with a listbox and
- wxComboBox class is exactly such control, however we want to also have other
- combinations - in fact, we want to allow anything at all to be used as pop
- down list, not just a wxListBox.
-
- So we define a base wxComboCtrl which can use any control as pop down
- list and wxComboBox deriving from it which implements the standard wxWidgets
- combobox API. wxComboCtrl needs to be told somehow which control to use
- and this is done by SetPopupControl(). However, we need something more than
- just a wxControl in this method as, for example, we need to call
- SetSelection("initial text value") and wxControl doesn't have such method.
- So we also need a wxComboPopup which is just a very simple interface which
- must be implemented by a control to be usable as a popup.
-
- We couldn't derive wxComboPopup from wxControl as this would make it
- impossible to have a class deriving from both wxListBx and from it, so
- instead it is just a mix-in.
- */
-
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/renderer.h" // this is needed for wxCONTROL_XXX flags
-#include "wx/bitmap.h" // wxBitmap used by-value
-#include "wx/textentry.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboPopup;
-
-//
-// New window styles for wxComboCtrlBase
-//
-enum
-{
- // Double-clicking a read-only combo triggers call to popup's OnComboPopup.
- // In wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, for instance, it cycles item.
- wxCC_SPECIAL_DCLICK = 0x0100,
-
- // Dropbutton acts like standard push button.
- wxCC_STD_BUTTON = 0x0200
-};
-
-
-// wxComboCtrl internal flags
-enum
-{
- // First those that can be passed to Customize.
- // It is Windows style for all flags to be clear.
-
- // Button is preferred outside the border (GTK style)
- wxCC_BUTTON_OUTSIDE_BORDER = 0x0001,
- // Show popup on mouse up instead of mouse down (which is the Windows style)
- wxCC_POPUP_ON_MOUSE_UP = 0x0002,
- // All text is not automatically selected on click
- wxCC_NO_TEXT_AUTO_SELECT = 0x0004,
- // Drop-button stays down as long as popup is displayed.
- wxCC_BUTTON_STAYS_DOWN = 0x0008,
- // Drop-button covers the entire control.
- wxCC_FULL_BUTTON = 0x0010,
- // Drop-button goes over the custom-border (used under WinVista).
- wxCC_BUTTON_COVERS_BORDER = 0x0020,
-
- // Internal use: signals creation is complete
- wxCC_IFLAG_CREATED = 0x0100,
- // Internal use: really put button outside
- wxCC_IFLAG_BUTTON_OUTSIDE = 0x0200,
- // Internal use: SetMargins has been successfully called
- wxCC_IFLAG_LEFT_MARGIN_SET = 0x0400,
- // Internal use: Set wxTAB_TRAVERSAL to parent when popup is dismissed
- wxCC_IFLAG_PARENT_TAB_TRAVERSAL = 0x0800,
- // Internal use: Secondary popup window type should be used (if available).
- wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP = 0x1000,
- // Internal use: Skip popup animation.
- wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM = 0x2000,
- // Internal use: Drop-button is a bitmap button or has non-default size
- // (but can still be on either side of the control), regardless whether
- // specified by the platform or the application.
- wxCC_IFLAG_HAS_NONSTANDARD_BUTTON = 0x4000
-};
-
-
-// Flags used by PreprocessMouseEvent and HandleButtonMouseEvent
-enum
-{
- wxCC_MF_ON_BUTTON = 0x0001, // cursor is on dropbutton area
- wxCC_MF_ON_CLICK_AREA = 0x0002 // cursor is on dropbutton or other area
- // that can be clicked to show the popup.
-};
-
-
-// Namespace for wxComboCtrl feature flags
-struct wxComboCtrlFeatures
-{
- enum
- {
- MovableButton = 0x0001, // Button can be on either side of control
- BitmapButton = 0x0002, // Button may be replaced with bitmap
- ButtonSpacing = 0x0004, // Button can have spacing from the edge
- // of the control
- TextIndent = 0x0008, // SetMargins can be used to control
- // left margin.
- PaintControl = 0x0010, // Combo control itself can be custom painted
- PaintWritable = 0x0020, // A variable-width area in front of writable
- // combo control's textctrl can be custom
- // painted
- Borderless = 0x0040, // wxNO_BORDER window style works
-
- // There are no feature flags for...
- // PushButtonBitmapBackground - if its in wxRendererNative, then it should be
- // not an issue to have it automatically under the bitmap.
-
- All = MovableButton|BitmapButton|
- ButtonSpacing|TextIndent|
- PaintControl|PaintWritable|
- Borderless
- };
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboCtrlBase : public wxControl,
- public wxTextEntry
-{
- friend class wxComboPopup;
- friend class wxComboPopupEvtHandler;
-public:
- // ctors and such
- wxComboCtrlBase() : wxControl(), wxTextEntry() { Init(); }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- long style,
- const wxValidator& validator,
- const wxString& name);
-
- virtual ~wxComboCtrlBase();
-
- // Show/hide popup window (wxComboBox-compatible methods)
- virtual void Popup();
- virtual void Dismiss()
- {
- HidePopup(true);
- }
-
- // Show/hide popup window.
- // TODO: Maybe deprecate in favor of Popup()/Dismiss().
- // However, these functions are still called internally
- // so it is not straightforward.
- virtual void ShowPopup();
- virtual void HidePopup(bool generateEvent=false);
-
- // Override for totally custom combo action
- virtual void OnButtonClick();
-
- // return true if the popup is currently shown
- bool IsPopupShown() const { return m_popupWinState == Visible; }
-
- // set interface class instance derived from wxComboPopup
- // NULL popup can be used to indicate default in a derived class
- void SetPopupControl( wxComboPopup* popup )
- {
- DoSetPopupControl(popup);
- }
-
- // get interface class instance derived from wxComboPopup
- wxComboPopup* GetPopupControl()
- {
- EnsurePopupControl();
- return m_popupInterface;
- }
-
- // get the popup window containing the popup control
- wxWindow *GetPopupWindow() const { return m_winPopup; }
-
- // Get the text control which is part of the combobox.
- wxTextCtrl *GetTextCtrl() const { return m_text; }
-
- // get the dropdown button which is part of the combobox
- // note: its not necessarily a wxButton or wxBitmapButton
- wxWindow *GetButton() const { return m_btn; }
-
- // forward these methods to all subcontrols
- virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
- virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- //
- // wxTextEntry methods
- //
- // NB: We basically need to override all of them because there is
- // no guarantee how platform-specific wxTextEntry is implemented.
- //
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value)
- { wxTextEntryBase::SetValue(value); }
- virtual void ChangeValue(const wxString& value)
- { wxTextEntryBase::ChangeValue(value); }
-
- virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
- virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text)
- { wxTextEntryBase::AppendText(text); }
-
- virtual wxString GetValue() const
- { return wxTextEntryBase::GetValue(); }
-
- virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const
- { return wxTextEntryBase::GetRange(from, to); }
-
- // Replace() and DoSetValue() need to be fully re-implemented since
- // EventSuppressor utility class does not work with the way
- // wxComboCtrl is implemented.
- virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
-
- virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-
- virtual void Copy();
- virtual void Cut();
- virtual void Paste();
-
- virtual void Undo();
- virtual void Redo();
- virtual bool CanUndo() const;
- virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
- virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
- virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
- virtual long GetLastPosition() const;
-
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
- virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const;
-
- virtual bool IsEditable() const;
- virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
- virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint);
- virtual wxString GetHint() const;
-
- // This method sets the text without affecting list selection
- // (ie. wxComboPopup::SetStringValue doesn't get called).
- void SetText(const wxString& value);
-
- // This method sets value and also optionally sends EVT_TEXT
- // (needed by combo popups)
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetValueWithEvent(const wxString& value,
- bool withEvent = true) );
-
- // Changes value of the control as if user had done it by selecting an
- // item from a combo box drop-down list. Needs to be public so that
- // derived popup classes can call it.
- void SetValueByUser(const wxString& value);
-
- //
- // Popup customization methods
- //
-
- // Sets minimum width of the popup. If wider than combo control, it will extend to the left.
- // Remarks:
- // * Value -1 indicates the default.
- // * Custom popup may choose to ignore this (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox does not).
- void SetPopupMinWidth( int width )
- {
- m_widthMinPopup = width;
- }
-
- // Sets preferred maximum height of the popup.
- // Remarks:
- // * Value -1 indicates the default.
- // * Custom popup may choose to ignore this (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox does not).
- void SetPopupMaxHeight( int height )
- {
- m_heightPopup = height;
- }
-
- // Extends popup size horizontally, relative to the edges of the combo control.
- // Remarks:
- // * Popup minimum width may override extLeft (ie. it has higher precedence).
- // * Values 0 indicate default.
- // * Custom popup may not take this fully into account (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox takes).
- void SetPopupExtents( int extLeft, int extRight )
- {
- m_extLeft = extLeft;
- m_extRight = extRight;
- }
-
- // Set width, in pixels, of custom paint area in writable combo.
- // In read-only, used to indicate area that is not covered by the
- // focus rectangle (which may or may not be drawn, depending on the
- // popup type).
- void SetCustomPaintWidth( int width );
- int GetCustomPaintWidth() const { return m_widthCustomPaint; }
-
- // Set side of the control to which the popup will align itself.
- // Valid values are wxLEFT, wxRIGHT and 0. The default value 0 wmeans
- // that the side of the button will be used.
- void SetPopupAnchor( int anchorSide )
- {
- m_anchorSide = anchorSide;
- }
-
- // Set position of dropdown button.
- // width: button width. <= 0 for default.
- // height: button height. <= 0 for default.
- // side: wxLEFT or wxRIGHT, indicates on which side the button will be placed.
- // spacingX: empty space on sides of the button. Default is 0.
- // Remarks:
- // There is no spacingY - the button will be centered vertically.
- void SetButtonPosition( int width = -1,
- int height = -1,
- int side = wxRIGHT,
- int spacingX = 0 );
-
- // Returns current size of the dropdown button.
- wxSize GetButtonSize();
-
- //
- // Sets dropbutton to be drawn with custom bitmaps.
- //
- // bmpNormal: drawn when cursor is not on button
- // pushButtonBg: Draw push button background below the image.
- // NOTE! This is usually only properly supported on platforms with appropriate
- // method in wxRendererNative.
- // bmpPressed: drawn when button is depressed
- // bmpHover: drawn when cursor hovers on button. This is ignored on platforms
- // that do not generally display hover differently.
- // bmpDisabled: drawn when combobox is disabled.
- void SetButtonBitmaps( const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
- bool pushButtonBg = false,
- const wxBitmap& bmpPressed = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpHover = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap );
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- //
- // This will set the space in pixels between left edge of the control and the
- // text, regardless whether control is read-only (ie. no wxTextCtrl) or not.
- // Platform-specific default can be set with value-1.
- // Remarks
- // * This method may do nothing on some native implementations.
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetTextIndent( int indent ) );
-
- // Returns actual indentation in pixels.
- wxDEPRECATED( wxCoord GetTextIndent() const );
-#endif
-
- // Returns area covered by the text field.
- const wxRect& GetTextRect() const
- {
- return m_tcArea;
- }
-
- // Call with enable as true to use a type of popup window that guarantees ability
- // to focus the popup control, and normal function of common native controls.
- // This alternative popup window is usually a wxDialog, and as such it's parent
- // frame will appear as if the focus has been lost from it.
- void UseAltPopupWindow( bool enable = true )
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winPopup,
- wxT("call this only before SetPopupControl") );
-
- if ( enable )
- m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP;
- else
- m_iFlags &= ~wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP;
- }
-
- // Call with false to disable popup animation, if any.
- void EnablePopupAnimation( bool enable = true )
- {
- if ( enable )
- m_iFlags &= ~wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM;
- else
- m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM;
- }
-
- //
- // Utilies needed by the popups or native implementations
- //
-
- // Returns true if given key combination should toggle the popup.
- // NB: This is a separate from other keyboard handling because:
- // 1) Replaceability.
- // 2) Centralized code (otherwise it'd be split up between
- // wxComboCtrl key handler and wxVListBoxComboPopup's
- // key handler).
- virtual bool IsKeyPopupToggle(const wxKeyEvent& event) const = 0;
-
- // Prepare background of combo control or an item in a dropdown list
- // in a way typical on platform. This includes painting the focus/disabled
- // background and setting the clipping region.
- // Unless you plan to paint your own focus indicator, you should always call this
- // in your wxComboPopup::PaintComboControl implementation.
- // In addition, it sets pen and text colour to what looks good and proper
- // against the background.
- // flags: wxRendererNative flags: wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU: is drawing a list item instead of combo control
- // wxCONTROL_SELECTED: list item is selected
- // wxCONTROL_DISABLED: control/item is disabled
- virtual void PrepareBackground( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags ) const;
-
- // Returns true if focus indicator should be drawn in the control.
- bool ShouldDrawFocus() const
- {
- const wxWindow* curFocus = FindFocus();
- return ( IsPopupWindowState(Hidden) &&
- (curFocus == m_mainCtrlWnd || (m_btn && curFocus == m_btn)) &&
- (m_windowStyle & wxCB_READONLY) );
- }
-
- // These methods return references to appropriate dropbutton bitmaps
- const wxBitmap& GetBitmapNormal() const { return m_bmpNormal; }
- const wxBitmap& GetBitmapPressed() const { return m_bmpPressed; }
- const wxBitmap& GetBitmapHover() const { return m_bmpHover; }
- const wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() const { return m_bmpDisabled; }
-
- // Set custom style flags for embedded wxTextCtrl. Usually must be used
- // with two-step creation, before Create() call.
- void SetTextCtrlStyle( int style );
-
- // Return internal flags
- wxUint32 GetInternalFlags() const { return m_iFlags; }
-
- // Return true if Create has finished
- bool IsCreated() const { return m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_CREATED ? true : false; }
-
- // Need to override to return text area background colour
- wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const;
-
- // common code to be called on popup hide/dismiss
- void OnPopupDismiss(bool generateEvent);
-
- // PopupShown states
- enum
- {
- Hidden = 0,
- //Closing = 1,
- Animating = 2,
- Visible = 3
- };
-
- bool IsPopupWindowState( int state ) const { return (state == m_popupWinState) ? true : false; }
-
- wxByte GetPopupWindowState() const { return m_popupWinState; }
-
- // Set value returned by GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl
- void SetCtrlMainWnd( wxWindow* wnd ) { m_mainCtrlWnd = wnd; }
-
- // This is public so we can access it from wxComboCtrlTextCtrl
- virtual wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl()
- { return m_mainCtrlWnd; }
-
- // also set the embedded wxTextCtrl colours
- virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
- virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
-protected:
-
- // Returns true if hint text should be drawn in the control
- bool ShouldUseHintText(int flags = 0) const
- {
- return ( !m_text &&
- !(flags & wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU) &&
- !m_valueString.length() &&
- m_hintText.length() &&
- !ShouldDrawFocus() );
- }
-
- //
- // Override these for customization purposes
- //
-
- // called from wxSizeEvent handler
- virtual void OnResize() = 0;
-
- // Return native text identation
- // (i.e. text margin, for pure text, not textctrl)
- virtual wxCoord GetNativeTextIndent() const;
-
- // Called in syscolourchanged handler and base create
- virtual void OnThemeChange();
-
- // Creates wxTextCtrl.
- // extraStyle: Extra style parameters
- void CreateTextCtrl( int extraStyle );
-
- // Called when text was changed programmatically
- // (e.g. from WriteText())
- void OnSetValue(const wxString& value);
-
- // Installs standard input handler to combo (and optionally to the textctrl)
- void InstallInputHandlers();
-
- // Flags for DrawButton
- enum
- {
- Button_PaintBackground = 0x0001, // Paints control background below the button
- Button_BitmapOnly = 0x0002 // Only paints the bitmap
- };
-
- // Draws dropbutton. Using wxRenderer or bitmaps, as appropriate.
- // Flags are defined above.
- virtual void DrawButton( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags = Button_PaintBackground );
-
- // Call if cursor is on button area or mouse is captured for the button.
- //bool HandleButtonMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, bool isInside );
- bool HandleButtonMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, int flags );
-
- // returns true if event was consumed or filtered (event type is also set to 0 in this case)
- bool PreprocessMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, int flags );
-
- //
- // This will handle left_down and left_dclick events outside button in a Windows-like manner.
- // If you need alternate behaviour, it is recommended you manipulate and filter events to it
- // instead of building your own handling routine (for reference, on wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN it will
- // toggle popup and on wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK it will do the same or run the popup's dclick method,
- // if defined - you should pass events of other types of it for common processing).
- void HandleNormalMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
-
- // Creates popup window, calls interface->Create(), etc
- void CreatePopup();
-
- // Destroy popup window and all related constructs
- void DestroyPopup();
-
- // override the base class virtuals involved in geometry calculations
- // The common version only sets a default width, so the derived classes
- // should override it and set the height and change the width as needed.
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetSizeFromTextSize(int xlen, int ylen = -1) const;
-
- // NULL popup can be used to indicate default in a derived class
- virtual void DoSetPopupControl(wxComboPopup* popup);
-
- // ensures there is atleast the default popup
- void EnsurePopupControl();
-
- // Recalculates button and textctrl areas. Called when size or button setup change.
- // btnWidth: default/calculated width of the dropbutton. 0 means unchanged,
- // just recalculate.
- void CalculateAreas( int btnWidth = 0 );
-
- // Standard textctrl positioning routine. Just give it platform-dependent
- // textctrl coordinate adjustment.
- virtual void PositionTextCtrl( int textCtrlXAdjust = 0,
- int textCtrlYAdjust = 0);
-
- // event handlers
- void OnSizeEvent( wxSizeEvent& event );
- void OnFocusEvent(wxFocusEvent& event);
- void OnIdleEvent(wxIdleEvent& event);
- void OnTextCtrlEvent(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
- void OnKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnCharEvent(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // Set customization flags (directs how wxComboCtrlBase helpers behave)
- void Customize( wxUint32 flags ) { m_iFlags |= flags; }
-
- // Dispatches size event and refreshes
- void RecalcAndRefresh();
-
- // Flags for DoShowPopup and AnimateShow
- enum
- {
- ShowBelow = 0x0000, // Showing popup below the control
- ShowAbove = 0x0001, // Showing popup above the control
- CanDeferShow = 0x0002 // Can only return true from AnimateShow if this is set
- };
-
- // Shows and positions the popup.
- virtual void DoShowPopup( const wxRect& rect, int flags );
-
- // Implement in derived class to create a drop-down animation.
- // Return true if finished immediately. Otherwise popup is only
- // shown when the derived class call DoShowPopup.
- // Flags are same as for DoShowPopup.
- virtual bool AnimateShow( const wxRect& rect, int flags );
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
-#endif
-
- // protected wxTextEntry methods
- virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags);
- virtual wxString DoGetValue() const;
- virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; }
-
- // margins functions
- virtual bool DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& pt);
- virtual wxPoint DoGetMargins() const;
-
- // This is used when m_text is hidden (readonly).
- wxString m_valueString;
-
- // This is used when control is unfocused and m_valueString is empty
- wxString m_hintText;
-
- // the text control and button we show all the time
- wxTextCtrl* m_text;
- wxWindow* m_btn;
-
- // wxPopupWindow or similar containing the window managed by the interface.
- wxWindow* m_winPopup;
-
- // the popup control/panel
- wxWindow* m_popup;
-
- // popup interface
- wxComboPopup* m_popupInterface;
-
- // this is input etc. handler for the text control
- wxEvtHandler* m_textEvtHandler;
-
- // this is for the top level window
- wxEvtHandler* m_toplevEvtHandler;
-
- // this is for the control in popup
- wxEvtHandler* m_popupEvtHandler;
-
- // this is for the popup window
- wxEvtHandler* m_popupWinEvtHandler;
-
- // main (ie. topmost) window of a composite control (default = this)
- wxWindow* m_mainCtrlWnd;
-
- // used to prevent immediate re-popupping in case closed popup
- // by clicking on the combo control (needed because of inconsistent
- // transient implementation across platforms).
- wxLongLong m_timeCanAcceptClick;
-
- // how much popup should expand to the left/right of the control
- wxCoord m_extLeft;
- wxCoord m_extRight;
-
- // minimum popup width
- wxCoord m_widthMinPopup;
-
- // preferred popup height
- wxCoord m_heightPopup;
-
- // how much of writable combo is custom-paint by callback?
- // also used to indicate area that is not covered by "blue"
- // selection indicator.
- wxCoord m_widthCustomPaint;
-
- // left margin, in pixels
- wxCoord m_marginLeft;
-
- // side on which the popup is aligned
- int m_anchorSide;
-
- // Width of the "fake" border
- wxCoord m_widthCustomBorder;
-
- // The button and textctrl click/paint areas
- wxRect m_tcArea;
- wxRect m_btnArea;
-
- // Colour of the text area, in case m_text is NULL
- wxColour m_tcBgCol;
-
- // current button state (uses renderer flags)
- int m_btnState;
-
- // button position
- int m_btnWid;
- int m_btnHei;
- int m_btnSide;
- int m_btnSpacingX;
-
- // last default button width
- int m_btnWidDefault;
-
- // custom dropbutton bitmaps
- wxBitmap m_bmpNormal;
- wxBitmap m_bmpPressed;
- wxBitmap m_bmpHover;
- wxBitmap m_bmpDisabled;
-
- // area used by the button
- wxSize m_btnSize;
-
- // platform-dependent customization and other flags
- wxUint32 m_iFlags;
-
- // custom style for m_text
- int m_textCtrlStyle;
-
- // draw blank button background under bitmap?
- bool m_blankButtonBg;
-
- // is the popup window currenty shown?
- wxByte m_popupWinState;
-
- // should the focus be reset to the textctrl in idle time?
- bool m_resetFocus;
-
- // is the text-area background colour overridden?
- bool m_hasTcBgCol;
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- wxByte m_ignoreEvtText; // Number of next EVT_TEXTs to ignore
-
- // Is popup window wxPopupTransientWindow, wxPopupWindow or wxDialog?
- wxByte m_popupWinType;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxComboCtrlBase)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxComboPopup is the interface which must be implemented by a control to be
-// used as a popup by wxComboCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-// wxComboPopup internal flags
-enum
-{
- wxCP_IFLAG_CREATED = 0x0001 // Set by wxComboCtrlBase after Create is called
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboCtrl;
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboPopup
-{
- friend class wxComboCtrlBase;
-public:
- wxComboPopup()
- {
- m_combo = NULL;
- m_iFlags = 0;
- }
-
- // This is called immediately after construction finishes. m_combo member
- // variable has been initialized before the call.
- // NOTE: It is not in constructor so the derived class doesn't need to redefine
- // a default constructor of its own.
- virtual void Init() { }
-
- virtual ~wxComboPopup();
-
- // Create the popup child control.
- // Return true for success.
- virtual bool Create(wxWindow* parent) = 0;
-
- // Calls Destroy() for the popup control (i.e. one returned by
- // GetControl()) and makes sure that 'this' is deleted at the end.
- // Default implementation works for both cases where popup control
- // class is multiple inherited or created on heap as a separate
- // object.
- virtual void DestroyPopup();
-
- // We must have an associated control which is subclassed by the combobox.
- virtual wxWindow *GetControl() = 0;
-
- // Called immediately after the popup is shown
- virtual void OnPopup();
-
- // Called when popup is dismissed
- virtual void OnDismiss();
-
- // Called just prior to displaying popup.
- // Default implementation does nothing.
- virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString& value );
-
- // Gets displayed string representation of the value.
- virtual wxString GetStringValue() const = 0;
-
- // Called to check if the popup - when an item container - actually
- // has matching item. Case-sensitivity checking etc. is up to the
- // implementation. If the found item matched the string, but is
- // different, it should be written back to pItem. Default implementation
- // always return true and does not alter trueItem.
- virtual bool FindItem(const wxString& item, wxString* trueItem=NULL);
-
- // This is called to custom paint in the combo control itself (ie. not the popup).
- // Default implementation draws value as string.
- virtual void PaintComboControl( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect );
-
- // Receives wxEVT_KEY_DOWN key events from the parent wxComboCtrl.
- // Events not handled should be skipped, as usual.
- virtual void OnComboKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event );
-
- // Receives wxEVT_CHAR key events from the parent wxComboCtrl.
- // Events not handled should be skipped, as usual.
- virtual void OnComboCharEvent( wxKeyEvent& event );
-
- // Implement if you need to support special action when user
- // double-clicks on the parent wxComboCtrl.
- virtual void OnComboDoubleClick();
-
- // Return final size of popup. Called on every popup, just prior to OnShow.
- // minWidth = preferred minimum width for window
- // prefHeight = preferred height. Only applies if > 0,
- // maxHeight = max height for window, as limited by screen size
- // and should only be rounded down, if necessary.
- virtual wxSize GetAdjustedSize( int minWidth, int prefHeight, int maxHeight );
-
- // Return true if you want delay call to Create until the popup is shown
- // for the first time. It is more efficient, but note that it is often
- // more convenient to have the control created immediately.
- // Default returns false.
- virtual bool LazyCreate();
-
- //
- // Utilies
- //
-
- // Hides the popup
- void Dismiss();
-
- // Returns true if Create has been called.
- bool IsCreated() const
- {
- return (m_iFlags & wxCP_IFLAG_CREATED) ? true : false;
- }
-
- // Returns pointer to the associated parent wxComboCtrl.
- wxComboCtrl* GetComboCtrl() const;
-
- // Default PaintComboControl behaviour
- static void DefaultPaintComboControl( wxComboCtrlBase* combo,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect );
-
-protected:
- wxComboCtrlBase* m_combo;
- wxUint32 m_iFlags;
-
-private:
- // Called in wxComboCtrlBase::SetPopupControl
- void InitBase(wxComboCtrlBase *combo)
- {
- m_combo = combo;
- }
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent header defining the real class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- // No native universal (but it must still be first in the list)
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/combo.h"
-#endif
-
-// Any ports may need generic as an alternative
-#include "wx/generic/combo.h"
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-
-#endif
- // _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/combobox.h
-// Purpose: wxComboBox declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 24.12.00
-// Copyright: (c) 1996-2000 wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-// For compatibility with 2.8 include this header to allow using wxTE_XXX
-// styles with wxComboBox without explicitly including it in the user code.
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxComboBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxComboBoxBase: this interface defines the methods wxComboBox must implement
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
-#include "wx/textentry.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboBoxBase : public wxItemContainer,
- public wxTextEntry
-{
-public:
- // override these methods to disambiguate between two base classes versions
- virtual void Clear()
- {
- wxTextEntry::Clear();
- wxItemContainer::Clear();
- }
-
- // IsEmpty() is ambiguous because we inherit it from both wxItemContainer
- // and wxTextEntry, and even if defined it here to help the compiler with
- // choosing one of them, it would still be confusing for the human users of
- // this class. So instead define the clearly named methods below and leave
- // IsEmpty() ambiguous to trigger a compilation error if it's used.
- bool IsListEmpty() const { return wxItemContainer::IsEmpty(); }
- bool IsTextEmpty() const { return wxTextEntry::IsEmpty(); }
-
- // also bring in GetSelection() versions of both base classes in scope
- //
- // NB: GetSelection(from, to) could be already implemented in wxTextEntry
- // but still make it pure virtual because for some platforms it's not
- // implemented there and also because the derived class has to override
- // it anyhow to avoid ambiguity with the other GetSelection()
- virtual int GetSelection() const = 0;
- virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const = 0;
-
- virtual void Popup() { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Not implemented") ); }
- virtual void Dismiss() { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Not implemented") ); }
-
- // may return value different from GetSelection() when the combobox
- // dropdown is shown and the user selected, but not yet accepted, a value
- // different from the old one in it
- virtual int GetCurrentSelection() const { return GetSelection(); }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent header defining the real class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/combobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/combobox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/commandlinkbutton.h
-// Purpose: wxCommandLinkButtonBase and wxGenericCommandLinkButton classes
-// Author: Rickard Westerlund
-// Created: 2010-06-11
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COMMANDLINKBUTTON_H_
-#define _WX_COMMANDLINKBUTTON_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON
-
-#include "wx/button.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Command link button common base class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This class has separate "main label" (title-like string) and (possibly
-// multiline) "note" which can be set and queried separately but can also be
-// set both at once by joining them with a new line and setting them as a
-// label and queried by breaking the label into the parts before the first new
-// line and after it.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCommandLinkButtonBase : public wxButton
-{
-public:
- wxCommandLinkButtonBase() : wxButton() { }
-
- wxCommandLinkButtonBase(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& mainLabel = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& note = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator =
- wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
- : wxButton(parent,
- id,
- mainLabel + '\n' + note,
- pos,
- size,
- style,
- validator,
- name)
- { }
-
- virtual void SetMainLabelAndNote(const wxString& mainLabel,
- const wxString& note) = 0;
-
- virtual void SetMainLabel(const wxString& mainLabel)
- {
- SetMainLabelAndNote(mainLabel, GetNote());
- }
-
- virtual void SetNote(const wxString& note)
- {
- SetMainLabelAndNote(GetMainLabel(), note);
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetMainLabel() const
- {
- return GetLabel().BeforeFirst('\n');
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetNote() const
- {
- return GetLabel().AfterFirst('\n');
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual bool HasNativeBitmap() const { return false; }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCommandLinkButtonBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Generic command link button
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Trivial generic implementation simply using a multiline label to show both
-// the main label and the note.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericCommandLinkButton
- : public wxCommandLinkButtonBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericCommandLinkButton() : wxCommandLinkButtonBase() { }
-
-
- wxGenericCommandLinkButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& mainLabel = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& note = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
- : wxCommandLinkButtonBase()
- {
- Create(parent, id, mainLabel, note, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& mainLabel = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& note = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
-
- virtual void SetMainLabelAndNote(const wxString& mainLabel,
- const wxString& note)
- {
- wxButton::SetLabel(mainLabel + '\n' + note);
- }
-
-private:
- void SetDefaultBitmap();
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericCommandLinkButton);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/msw/commandlinkbutton.h"
-#else
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCommandLinkButton : public wxGenericCommandLinkButton
- {
- public:
- wxCommandLinkButton() : wxGenericCommandLinkButton() { }
-
- wxCommandLinkButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& mainLabel = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& note = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
- : wxGenericCommandLinkButton(parent,
- id,
- mainLabel,
- note,
- pos,
- size,
- style,
- validator,
- name)
- { }
-
- private:
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxCommandLinkButton);
- };
-#endif // __WXMSW__/!__WXMSW__
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON
-
-#endif // _WX_COMMANDLINKBUTTON_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Name: wx/compiler.h
- * Purpose: Compiler-specific macro definitions.
- * Author: Vadim Zeitlin
- * Created: 2013-07-13 (extracted from wx/platform.h)
- * Copyright: (c) 1997-2013 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
- * Licence: wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_COMPILER_H_
-#define _WX_COMPILER_H_
-
-/*
- Compiler detection and related helpers.
- */
-
-/*
- Notice that Intel compiler can be used as Microsoft Visual C++ add-on and
- so we should define both __INTELC__ and __VISUALC__ for it.
-*/
-#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
-# define __INTELC__
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER)
- /*
- define another standard symbol for Microsoft Visual C++: the standard
- one (_MSC_VER) is also defined by some other compilers.
- */
-# define __VISUALC__ _MSC_VER
-
- /*
- define special symbols for different VC version instead of writing tests
- for magic numbers such as 1200, 1300 &c repeatedly
- */
-#if __VISUALC__ < 1100
-# error "This Visual C++ version is too old and not supported any longer."
-#elif __VISUALC__ < 1200
-# define __VISUALC5__
-#elif __VISUALC__ < 1300
-# define __VISUALC6__
-#elif __VISUALC__ < 1400
-# define __VISUALC7__
-#elif __VISUALC__ < 1500
-# define __VISUALC8__
-#elif __VISUALC__ < 1600
-# define __VISUALC9__
-#elif __VISUALC__ < 1700
-# define __VISUALC10__
-#elif __VISUALC__ < 1800
-# define __VISUALC11__
-#elif __VISUALC__ < 1900
-# define __VISUALC12__
-#else
-# pragma message("Please update wx/compiler.h to recognize this VC++ version")
-#endif
-
-#elif defined(__BCPLUSPLUS__) && !defined(__BORLANDC__)
-# define __BORLANDC__
-#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
-#elif defined(__SC__)
-# define __SYMANTECC__
-#elif defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
-# ifndef __SUNCC__
-# define __SUNCC__ __SUNPRO_CC
-# endif /* Sun CC */
-#elif defined(__SC__)
-# ifdef __DMC__
-# define __DIGITALMARS__
-# else
-# define __SYMANTEC__
-# endif
-#endif /* compiler */
-
-/*
- Macros for checking compiler version.
-*/
-
-/*
- This macro can be used to test the gcc version and can be used like this:
-
-# if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 1)
- ... we have gcc 3.1 or later ...
-# else
- ... no gcc at all or gcc < 3.1 ...
-# endif
-*/
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__)
- #define wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION( major, minor ) \
- ( ( __GNUC__ > (major) ) \
- || ( __GNUC__ == (major) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (minor) ) )
-#else
- #define wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION( major, minor ) 0
-#endif
-
-/*
- This macro can be used to test the Visual C++ version.
-*/
-#ifndef __VISUALC__
-# define wxVISUALC_VERSION(major) 0
-# define wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(major) 0
-#else
-# define wxVISUALC_VERSION(major) ( (6 + major) * 100 )
-# define wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(major) ( __VISUALC__ >= wxVISUALC_VERSION(major) )
-#endif
-
-/**
- This is similar to wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION but for Sun CC compiler.
- */
-#ifdef __SUNCC__
- /*
- __SUNCC__ is 0xVRP where V is major version, R release and P patch level
- */
- #define wxCHECK_SUNCC_VERSION(maj, min) (__SUNCC__ >= (((maj)<<8) | ((min)<<4)))
-#else
- #define wxCHECK_SUNCC_VERSION(maj, min) (0)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __WATCOMC__
-# define wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) 0
-# define wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) 0
-# define wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(major,minor) 0
-# define WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE( x )
-#else
-# if __WATCOMC__ < 1200
-# error "Only Open Watcom is supported in this release"
-# endif
-
-# define wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) ( major * 100 + minor * 10 + 1100 )
-# define wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) ( __WATCOMC__ >= wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) )
-# define wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(major,minor) ( __WATCOMC__ < wxWATCOM_VERSION(major,minor) )
-# define WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE( x ) x
-#endif
-
-/*
- This macro can be used to check that the version of mingw32 compiler is
- at least maj.min
- */
-
-/* Check for Mingw runtime version: */
-#if defined(__MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION) && defined(__MINGW32_MINOR_VERSION)
- #define wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION( major, minor ) \
- ( ( ( __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION > (major) ) \
- || ( __MINGW32_MAJOR_VERSION == (major) && __MINGW32_MINOR_VERSION >= (minor) ) ) )
-
-/*
- MinGW-w64 project provides compilers for both Win32 and Win64 but only
- defines the same __MINGW32__ symbol for the former as MinGW32 toolchain
- which is quite different (notably doesn't provide many SDK headers that
- MinGW-w64 does include). So we define a separate symbol which, unlike the
- predefined __MINGW64__, can be used to detect this toolchain in both 32 and
- 64 bit builds.
-
- And define __MINGW32_TOOLCHAIN__ for consistency and also because it's
- convenient as we often want to have some workarounds only for the (old)
- MinGW32 but not (newer) MinGW-w64, which still predefines __MINGW32__.
- */
-# ifdef __MINGW64_VERSION_MAJOR
-# ifndef __MINGW64_TOOLCHAIN__
-# define __MINGW64_TOOLCHAIN__
-# endif
-# else
-# ifndef __MINGW32_TOOLCHAIN__
-# define __MINGW32_TOOLCHAIN__
-# endif
-# endif
-#else
- #define wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION( major, minor ) (0)
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_COMPILER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/compositewin.h
-// Purpose: wxCompositeWindow<> declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-01-02
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COMPOSITEWIN_H_
-#define _WX_COMPOSITEWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip;
-
-// NB: This is an experimental and, as for now, undocumented class used only by
-// wxWidgets itself internally. Don't use it in your code until its API is
-// officially stabilized unless you are ready to change it with the next
-// wxWidgets release.
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCompositeWindow is a helper for implementing composite windows: to define
-// a class using subwindows, simply inherit from it specialized with the real
-// base class name and implement GetCompositeWindowParts() pure virtual method.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// The template parameter W must be a wxWindow-derived class.
-template <class W>
-class wxCompositeWindow : public W
-{
-public:
- typedef W BaseWindowClass;
-
- // Default ctor doesn't do anything.
- wxCompositeWindow()
- {
- this->Connect
- (
- wxEVT_CREATE,
- wxWindowCreateEventHandler(wxCompositeWindow::OnWindowCreate)
- );
-
- }
-
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
- // FIXME-VC6: This compiler can't compile DoSetForAllParts() template function,
- // it can't determine whether the deduced type should be "T" or "const T&". And
- // without this function wxCompositeWindow is pretty useless so simply disable
- // this code for it, this does mean that setting colours/fonts/... for
- // composite controls won't work in the library compiled with it but so far
- // this only affects the generic wxDatePickerCtrl which is not used by default
- // under MSW anyhow so it doesn't seem to be worth it to spend time and uglify
- // the code to fix it.
-
- // Override all wxWindow methods which must be forwarded to the composite
- // window parts.
-
- // Attribute setters group.
- //
- // NB: Unfortunately we can't factor out the call for the setter itself
- // into DoSetForAllParts() because we can't call the function passed to
- // it non-virtually and we need to do this to avoid infinite recursion,
- // so we work around this by calling the method of this object itself
- // manually in each function.
- virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
- {
- if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetForegroundColour(colour) )
- return false;
-
- SetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetForegroundColour, colour);
-
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
- {
- if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetBackgroundColour(colour) )
- return false;
-
- SetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetBackgroundColour, colour);
-
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font)
- {
- if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetFont(font) )
- return false;
-
- SetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetFont, font);
-
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual bool SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
- {
- if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetCursor(cursor) )
- return false;
-
- SetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetCursor, cursor);
-
- return true;
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- virtual void DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tip)
- {
- BaseWindowClass::DoSetToolTip(tip);
-
- SetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::CopyToolTip, tip);
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#endif // !__VISUALC6__
-
- virtual void SetFocus()
- {
- wxSetFocusToChild(this, NULL);
- }
-
-private:
- // Must be implemented by the derived class to return all children to which
- // the public methods we override should forward to.
- virtual wxWindowList GetCompositeWindowParts() const = 0;
-
- void OnWindowCreate(wxWindowCreateEvent& event)
- {
- event.Skip();
-
- // Attach a few event handlers to all parts of the composite window.
- // This makes the composite window behave more like a simple control
- // and allows other code (such as wxDataViewCtrl's inline editing
- // support) to hook into its event processing.
-
- wxWindow *child = event.GetWindow();
- if ( child == this )
- return; // not a child, we don't want to Connect() to ourselves
-
- // Always capture wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS:
- child->Connect(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS,
- wxFocusEventHandler(wxCompositeWindow::OnKillFocus),
- NULL, this);
-
- // Some events should be only handled for non-toplevel children. For
- // example, we want to close the control in wxDataViewCtrl when Enter
- // is pressed in the inline editor, but not when it's pressed in a
- // popup dialog it opens.
- wxWindow *win = child;
- while ( win && win != this )
- {
- if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
- return;
- win = win->GetParent();
- }
-
- child->Connect(wxEVT_CHAR,
- wxKeyEventHandler(wxCompositeWindow::OnChar),
- NULL, this);
- }
-
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
- {
- if ( !this->ProcessWindowEvent(event) )
- event.Skip();
- }
-
- void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
- {
- // Ignore focus changes within the composite control:
- wxWindow *win = event.GetWindow();
- while ( win )
- {
- if ( win == this )
- {
- event.Skip();
- return;
- }
-
- // Note that we don't use IsTopLevel() check here, because we do
- // want to ignore focus changes going to toplevel window that have
- // the composite control as its parent; these would typically be
- // some kind of control's popup window.
- win = win->GetParent();
- }
-
- // The event shouldn't be ignored, forward it to the main control:
- if ( !this->ProcessWindowEvent(event) )
- event.Skip();
- }
-
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
- template <class T>
- void SetForAllParts(bool (wxWindowBase::*func)(const T&), const T& arg)
- {
- DoSetForAllParts<const T&>(func, arg);
- }
-
- template <class T>
- void SetForAllParts(bool (wxWindowBase::*func)(T*), T* arg)
- {
- DoSetForAllParts<T*>(func, arg);
- }
-
- template <class T>
- void DoSetForAllParts(bool (wxWindowBase::*func)(T), T arg)
- {
- // Simply call the setters for all parts of this composite window.
- const wxWindowList parts = GetCompositeWindowParts();
- for ( wxWindowList::const_iterator i = parts.begin();
- i != parts.end();
- ++i )
- {
- wxWindow * const child = *i;
-
- // Allow NULL elements in the list, this makes the code of derived
- // composite controls which may have optionally shown children
- // simpler and it doesn't cost us much here.
- if ( child )
- (child->*func)(arg);
- }
- }
-#endif // !__VISUALC6__
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxCompositeWindow, W);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_COMPOSITEWIN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/confbase.h
-// Purpose: declaration of the base class of all config implementations
-// (see also: fileconf.h and msw/regconf.h and iniconf.h)
-// Author: Karsten Ballueder & Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07.04.98 (adapted from appconf.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Karsten Ballueder Ballueder@usa.net
-// Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CONFBASE_H_
-#define _WX_CONFBASE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/base64.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/// shall we be case sensitive in parsing variable names?
-#ifndef wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE
- #define wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE 0
-#endif
-
-/// separates group and entry names (probably shouldn't be changed)
-#ifndef wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR
- #define wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR wxT('/')
-#endif
-
-/// introduces immutable entries
-// (i.e. the ones which can't be changed from the local config file)
-#ifndef wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX
- #define wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX wxT('!')
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-/// should we use registry instead of configuration files under Windows?
-// (i.e. whether wxConfigBase::Create() will create a wxFileConfig (if it's
-// false) or wxRegConfig (if it's true and we're under Win32))
-#ifndef wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
- #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1
-#endif
-
-// not all compilers can deal with template Read/Write() methods, define this
-// symbol if the template functions are available
-#if (!defined(__VISUALC__) || __VISUALC__ > 1200) && \
- !defined( __VMS ) && \
- !(defined(__HP_aCC) && defined(__hppa)) && \
- !defined (__DMC__)
- #define wxHAS_CONFIG_TEMPLATE_RW
-#endif
-
-// Style flags for constructor style parameter
-enum
-{
- wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE = 1,
- wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE = 2,
- wxCONFIG_USE_RELATIVE_PATH = 4,
- wxCONFIG_USE_NO_ESCAPE_CHARACTERS = 8,
- wxCONFIG_USE_SUBDIR = 16
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// abstract base class wxConfigBase which defines the interface for derived
-// classes
-//
-// wxConfig organizes the items in a tree-like structure (modelled after the
-// Unix/Dos filesystem). There are groups (directories) and keys (files).
-// There is always one current group given by the current path.
-//
-// Keys are pairs "key_name = value" where value may be of string or integer
-// (long) type (TODO doubles and other types such as wxDate coming soon).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConfigBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // constants
- // the type of an entry
- enum EntryType
- {
- Type_Unknown,
- Type_String,
- Type_Boolean,
- Type_Integer, // use Read(long *)
- Type_Float // use Read(double *)
- };
-
- // static functions
- // sets the config object, returns the previous pointer
- static wxConfigBase *Set(wxConfigBase *pConfig);
- // get the config object, creates it on demand unless DontCreateOnDemand
- // was called
- static wxConfigBase *Get(bool createOnDemand = true)
- { if ( createOnDemand && (!ms_pConfig) ) Create(); return ms_pConfig; }
- // create a new config object: this function will create the "best"
- // implementation of wxConfig available for the current platform, see
- // comments near definition wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE for details. It returns
- // the created object and also sets it as ms_pConfig.
- static wxConfigBase *Create();
- // should Get() try to create a new log object if the current one is NULL?
- static void DontCreateOnDemand() { ms_bAutoCreate = false; }
-
- // ctor & virtual dtor
- // ctor (can be used as default ctor too)
- //
- // Not all args will always be used by derived classes, but including
- // them all in each class ensures compatibility. If appName is empty,
- // uses wxApp name
- wxConfigBase(const wxString& appName = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& vendorName = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString,
- long style = 0);
-
- // empty but ensures that dtor of all derived classes is virtual
- virtual ~wxConfigBase();
-
- // path management
- // set current path: if the first character is '/', it's the absolute path,
- // otherwise it's a relative path. '..' is supported. If the strPath
- // doesn't exist it is created.
- virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath) = 0;
- // retrieve the current path (always as absolute path)
- virtual const wxString& GetPath() const = 0;
-
- // enumeration: all functions here return false when there are no more items.
- // you must pass the same lIndex to GetNext and GetFirst (don't modify it)
- // enumerate subgroups
- virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
- virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
- // enumerate entries
- virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
- virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
- // get number of entries/subgroups in the current group, with or without
- // it's subgroups
- virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const = 0;
- virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const = 0;
-
- // tests of existence
- // returns true if the group by this name exists
- virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const = 0;
- // same as above, but for an entry
- virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const = 0;
- // returns true if either a group or an entry with a given name exist
- bool Exists(const wxString& strName) const
- { return HasGroup(strName) || HasEntry(strName); }
-
- // get the entry type
- virtual EntryType GetEntryType(const wxString& name) const
- {
- // by default all entries are strings
- return HasEntry(name) ? Type_String : Type_Unknown;
- }
-
- // key access: returns true if value was really read, false if default used
- // (and if the key is not found the default value is returned.)
-
- // read a string from the key
- bool Read(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const;
- bool Read(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr, const wxString& defVal) const;
-
- // read a number (long)
- bool Read(const wxString& key, long *pl) const;
- bool Read(const wxString& key, long *pl, long defVal) const;
-
- // read an int (wrapper around `long' version)
- bool Read(const wxString& key, int *pi) const;
- bool Read(const wxString& key, int *pi, int defVal) const;
-
- // read a double
- bool Read(const wxString& key, double* val) const;
- bool Read(const wxString& key, double* val, double defVal) const;
-
- // read a float
- bool Read(const wxString& key, float* val) const;
- bool Read(const wxString& key, float* val, float defVal) const;
-
- // read a bool
- bool Read(const wxString& key, bool* val) const;
- bool Read(const wxString& key, bool* val, bool defVal) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_BASE64
- // read a binary data block
- bool Read(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer* data) const
- { return DoReadBinary(key, data); }
- // no default version since it does not make sense for binary data
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_CONFIG_TEMPLATE_RW
- // read other types, for which wxFromString is defined
- template <typename T>
- bool Read(const wxString& key, T* value) const
- {
- wxString s;
- if ( !Read(key, &s) )
- return false;
- return wxFromString(s, value);
- }
-
- template <typename T>
- bool Read(const wxString& key, T* value, const T& defVal) const
- {
- const bool found = Read(key, value);
- if ( !found )
- {
- if (IsRecordingDefaults())
- ((wxConfigBase *)this)->Write(key, defVal);
- *value = defVal;
- }
- return found;
- }
-#endif // wxHAS_CONFIG_TEMPLATE_RW
-
- // convenience functions returning directly the value
- wxString Read(const wxString& key,
- const wxString& defVal = wxEmptyString) const
- { wxString s; (void)Read(key, &s, defVal); return s; }
-
- // we have to provide a separate version for C strings as otherwise the
- // template Read() would be used
- wxString Read(const wxString& key, const char* defVal) const
- { return Read(key, wxString(defVal)); }
- wxString Read(const wxString& key, const wchar_t* defVal) const
- { return Read(key, wxString(defVal)); }
-
- long ReadLong(const wxString& key, long defVal) const
- { long l; (void)Read(key, &l, defVal); return l; }
-
- double ReadDouble(const wxString& key, double defVal) const
- { double d; (void)Read(key, &d, defVal); return d; }
-
- bool ReadBool(const wxString& key, bool defVal) const
- { bool b; (void)Read(key, &b, defVal); return b; }
-
- template <typename T>
- T ReadObject(const wxString& key, T const& defVal) const
- { T t; (void)Read(key, &t, defVal); return t; }
-
- // for compatibility with wx 2.8
- long Read(const wxString& key, long defVal) const
- { return ReadLong(key, defVal); }
-
-
- // write the value (return true on success)
- bool Write(const wxString& key, const wxString& value)
- { return DoWriteString(key, value); }
-
- bool Write(const wxString& key, long value)
- { return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
-
- bool Write(const wxString& key, double value)
- { return DoWriteDouble(key, value); }
-
- bool Write(const wxString& key, bool value)
- { return DoWriteBool(key, value); }
-
-#if wxUSE_BASE64
- bool Write(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf)
- { return DoWriteBinary(key, buf); }
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
-
- // we have to provide a separate version for C strings as otherwise they
- // would be converted to bool and not to wxString as expected!
- bool Write(const wxString& key, const char *value)
- { return Write(key, wxString(value)); }
- bool Write(const wxString& key, const unsigned char *value)
- { return Write(key, wxString(value)); }
- bool Write(const wxString& key, const wchar_t *value)
- { return Write(key, wxString(value)); }
-
-
- // we also have to provide specializations for other types which we want to
- // handle using the specialized DoWriteXXX() instead of the generic template
- // version below
- bool Write(const wxString& key, char value)
- { return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
-
- bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned char value)
- { return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
-
- bool Write(const wxString& key, short value)
- { return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
-
- bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned short value)
- { return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
-
- bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned int value)
- { return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
-
- bool Write(const wxString& key, int value)
- { return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
-
- bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned long value)
- { return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
-
- bool Write(const wxString& key, float value)
- { return DoWriteDouble(key, value); }
-
- // Causes ambiguities in VC++ 6 and OpenVMS (at least)
-#if ( (!defined(__VISUALC__) || __VISUALC__ > 1200) && !defined( __VMS ) && !defined (__DMC__))
- // for other types, use wxToString()
- template <typename T>
- bool Write(const wxString& key, T const& value)
- { return Write(key, wxToString(value)); }
-#endif
-
- // permanently writes all changes
- virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = false) = 0;
-
- // renaming, all functions return false on failure (probably because the new
- // name is already taken by an existing entry)
- // rename an entry
- virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName,
- const wxString& newName) = 0;
- // rename a group
- virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName,
- const wxString& newName) = 0;
-
- // delete entries/groups
- // deletes the specified entry and the group it belongs to if
- // it was the last key in it and the second parameter is true
- virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key,
- bool bDeleteGroupIfEmpty = true) = 0;
- // delete the group (with all subgroups)
- virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& key) = 0;
- // delete the whole underlying object (disk file, registry key, ...)
- // primarily for use by uninstallation routine.
- virtual bool DeleteAll() = 0;
-
- // options
- // we can automatically expand environment variables in the config entries
- // (this option is on by default, you can turn it on/off at any time)
- bool IsExpandingEnvVars() const { return m_bExpandEnvVars; }
- void SetExpandEnvVars(bool bDoIt = true) { m_bExpandEnvVars = bDoIt; }
- // recording of default values
- void SetRecordDefaults(bool bDoIt = true) { m_bRecordDefaults = bDoIt; }
- bool IsRecordingDefaults() const { return m_bRecordDefaults; }
- // does expansion only if needed
- wxString ExpandEnvVars(const wxString& str) const;
-
- // misc accessors
- wxString GetAppName() const { return m_appName; }
- wxString GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; }
-
- // Used wxIniConfig to set members in constructor
- void SetAppName(const wxString& appName) { m_appName = appName; }
- void SetVendorName(const wxString& vendorName) { m_vendorName = vendorName; }
-
- void SetStyle(long style) { m_style = style; }
- long GetStyle() const { return m_style; }
-
-protected:
- static bool IsImmutable(const wxString& key)
- { return !key.IsEmpty() && key[0] == wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX; }
-
- // return the path without trailing separator, if any: this should be called
- // to sanitize paths referring to the group names before passing them to
- // wxConfigPathChanger as "/foo/bar/" should be the same as "/foo/bar" and it
- // isn't interpreted in the same way by it (and this can't be changed there
- // as it's not the same for the entries names)
- static wxString RemoveTrailingSeparator(const wxString& key);
-
- // do read/write the values of different types
- virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const = 0;
- virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *pl) const = 0;
- virtual bool DoReadDouble(const wxString& key, double* val) const;
- virtual bool DoReadBool(const wxString& key, bool* val) const;
-#if wxUSE_BASE64
- virtual bool DoReadBinary(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer* buf) const = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
-
- virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& value) = 0;
- virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long value) = 0;
- virtual bool DoWriteDouble(const wxString& key, double value);
- virtual bool DoWriteBool(const wxString& key, bool value);
-#if wxUSE_BASE64
- virtual bool DoWriteBinary(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
-
-private:
- // are we doing automatic environment variable expansion?
- bool m_bExpandEnvVars;
- // do we record default values?
- bool m_bRecordDefaults;
-
- // static variables
- static wxConfigBase *ms_pConfig;
- static bool ms_bAutoCreate;
-
- // Application name and organisation name
- wxString m_appName;
- wxString m_vendorName;
-
- // Style flag
- long m_style;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxConfigBase)
-};
-
-// a handy little class which changes current path to the path of given entry
-// and restores it in dtor: so if you declare a local variable of this type,
-// you work in the entry directory and the path is automatically restored
-// when the function returns
-// Taken out of wxConfig since not all compilers can cope with nested classes.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConfigPathChanger
-{
-public:
- // ctor/dtor do path changing/restoring of the path
- wxConfigPathChanger(const wxConfigBase *pContainer, const wxString& strEntry);
- ~wxConfigPathChanger();
-
- // get the key name
- const wxString& Name() const { return m_strName; }
-
- // this method must be called if the original path (i.e. the current path at
- // the moment of creation of this object) could have been deleted to prevent
- // us from restoring the not existing (any more) path
- //
- // if the original path doesn't exist any more, the path will be restored to
- // the deepest still existing component of the old path
- void UpdateIfDeleted();
-
-private:
- wxConfigBase *m_pContainer; // object we live in
- wxString m_strName, // name of entry (i.e. name only)
- m_strOldPath; // saved path
- bool m_bChanged; // was the path changed?
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConfigPathChanger);
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-/*
- Replace environment variables ($SOMETHING) with their values. The format is
- $VARNAME or ${VARNAME} where VARNAME contains alphanumeric characters and
- '_' only. '$' must be escaped ('\$') in order to be taken literally.
-*/
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxExpandEnvVars(const wxString &sz);
-
-/*
- Split path into parts removing '..' in progress
- */
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSplitPath(wxArrayString& aParts, const wxString& path);
-
-#endif // _WX_CONFBASE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/config.h
-// Purpose: wxConfig base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/confbase.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// define the native wxConfigBase implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// under Windows we prefer to use the native implementation but can be forced
-// to use the file-based one
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
- #include "wx/msw/regconf.h"
- #define wxConfig wxRegConfig
-#elif defined(__WXOS2__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
- #include "wx/os2/iniconf.h"
- #define wxConfig wxIniConfig
-#else // either we're under Unix or wish to always use config files
- #include "wx/fileconf.h"
- #define wxConfig wxFileConfig
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#endif // _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/containr.h
-// Purpose: wxControlContainer and wxNavigationEnabled declarations
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 06.08.01
-// Copyright: (c) 2001, 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CONTAINR_H_
-#define _WX_CONTAINR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
- // We need wxEVT_XXX declarations in this case.
- #include "wx/event.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
-
-/*
- This header declares wxControlContainer class however it's not a real
- container of controls but rather just a helper used to implement TAB
- navigation among the window children. You should rarely need to use it
- directly, derive from the documented public wxNavigationEnabled<> class to
- implement TAB navigation in a custom composite window.
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControlContainerBase: common part used in both native and generic cases
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlContainerBase
-{
-public:
- // default ctor, SetContainerWindow() must be called later
- wxControlContainerBase()
- {
- m_winParent = NULL;
-
- // By default, we accept focus ourselves.
- m_acceptsFocusSelf = true;
-
- // But we don't have any children accepting it yet.
- m_acceptsFocusChildren = false;
-
- m_inSetFocus = false;
- m_winLastFocused = NULL;
- }
- virtual ~wxControlContainerBase() {}
-
- void SetContainerWindow(wxWindow *winParent)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winParent, wxT("shouldn't be called twice") );
-
- m_winParent = winParent;
- }
-
- // This can be called by the window to indicate that it never wants to have
- // the focus for itself.
- void DisableSelfFocus()
- { m_acceptsFocusSelf = false; UpdateParentCanFocus(); }
-
- // This can be called to undo the effect of a previous DisableSelfFocus()
- // (otherwise calling it is not necessary as the window does accept focus
- // by default).
- void EnableSelfFocus()
- { m_acceptsFocusSelf = true; UpdateParentCanFocus(); }
-
- // should be called from SetFocus(), returns false if we did nothing with
- // the focus and the default processing should take place
- bool DoSetFocus();
-
- // returns whether we should accept focus ourselves or not
- bool AcceptsFocus() const;
-
- // Returns whether we or one of our children accepts focus.
- bool AcceptsFocusRecursively() const
- { return AcceptsFocus() ||
- (m_acceptsFocusChildren && HasAnyChildrenAcceptingFocus()); }
-
- // We accept focus from keyboard if we accept it at all.
- bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return AcceptsFocusRecursively(); }
-
- // Call this when the number of children of the window changes.
- //
- // Returns true if we have any focusable children, false otherwise.
- bool UpdateCanFocusChildren();
-
-protected:
- // set the focus to the child which had it the last time
- virtual bool SetFocusToChild();
-
- // return true if we have any children accepting focus
- bool HasAnyFocusableChildren() const;
-
- // return true if we have any children that do accept focus right now
- bool HasAnyChildrenAcceptingFocus() const;
-
-
- // the parent window we manage the children for
- wxWindow *m_winParent;
-
- // the child which had the focus last time this panel was activated
- wxWindow *m_winLastFocused;
-
-private:
- // Update the window status to reflect whether it is getting focus or not.
- void UpdateParentCanFocus();
-
- // Indicates whether the associated window can ever have focus itself.
- //
- // Usually this is the case, e.g. a wxPanel can be used either as a
- // container for its children or just as a normal window which can be
- // focused. But sometimes, e.g. for wxStaticBox, we can never have focus
- // ourselves and can only get it if we have any focusable children.
- bool m_acceptsFocusSelf;
-
- // Cached value remembering whether we have any children accepting focus.
- bool m_acceptsFocusChildren;
-
- // a guard against infinite recursion
- bool m_inSetFocus;
-};
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControlContainer for native TAB navigation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this must be a real class as we forward-declare it elsewhere
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlContainer : public wxControlContainerBase
-{
-protected:
- // set the focus to the child which had it the last time
- virtual bool SetFocusToChild();
-};
-
-#else // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControlContainer for TAB navigation implemented in wx itself
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlContainer : public wxControlContainerBase
-{
-public:
- // default ctor, SetContainerWindow() must be called later
- wxControlContainer();
-
- // the methods to be called from the window event handlers
- void HandleOnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
- void HandleOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
- void HandleOnWindowDestroy(wxWindowBase *child);
-
- // called from OnChildFocus() handler, i.e. when one of our (grand)
- // children gets the focus
- void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win);
-
-protected:
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlContainer);
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL/!wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
-
-// this function is for wxWidgets internal use only
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxSetFocusToChild(wxWindow *win, wxWindow **child);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNavigationEnabled: Derive from this class to support keyboard navigation
-// among window children in a wxWindow-derived class. The details of this class
-// don't matter, you just need to derive from it to make navigation work.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// The template parameter W must be a wxWindow-derived class.
-template <class W>
-class wxNavigationEnabled : public W
-{
-public:
- typedef W BaseWindowClass;
-
- wxNavigationEnabled()
- {
- m_container.SetContainerWindow(this);
-
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
- BaseWindowClass::Connect(wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY,
- wxNavigationKeyEventHandler(wxNavigationEnabled::OnNavigationKey));
-
- BaseWindowClass::Connect(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS,
- wxFocusEventHandler(wxNavigationEnabled::OnFocus));
-
- BaseWindowClass::Connect(wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS,
- wxChildFocusEventHandler(wxNavigationEnabled::OnChildFocus));
-#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
- }
-
- WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const
- {
- return m_container.AcceptsFocus();
- }
-
- WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual bool AcceptsFocusRecursively() const
- {
- return m_container.AcceptsFocusRecursively();
- }
-
- WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const
- {
- return m_container.AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard();
- }
-
- WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual void AddChild(wxWindowBase *child)
- {
- BaseWindowClass::AddChild(child);
-
- if ( m_container.UpdateCanFocusChildren() )
- {
- // Under MSW we must have wxTAB_TRAVERSAL style for TAB navigation
- // to work.
- if ( !BaseWindowClass::HasFlag(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) )
- BaseWindowClass::ToggleWindowStyle(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL);
- }
- }
-
- WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child)
- {
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
- m_container.HandleOnWindowDestroy(child);
-#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
-
- BaseWindowClass::RemoveChild(child);
-
- // We could reset wxTAB_TRAVERSAL here but it doesn't seem to do any
- // harm to keep it.
- m_container.UpdateCanFocusChildren();
- }
-
- WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual void SetFocus()
- {
- if ( !m_container.DoSetFocus() )
- BaseWindowClass::SetFocus();
- }
-
- void SetFocusIgnoringChildren()
- {
- BaseWindowClass::SetFocus();
- }
-
-protected:
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
- void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event)
- {
- m_container.HandleOnNavigationKey(event);
- }
-
- void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
- {
- m_container.HandleOnFocus(event);
- }
-
- void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event)
- {
- m_container.SetLastFocus(event.GetWindow());
- event.Skip();
- }
-#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
-
- wxControlContainer m_container;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxNavigationEnabled, W);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compatibility macros from now on, do NOT use them and preferably do not even
-// look at them.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-// common part of WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER in the native and generic cases,
-// it should be used in the wxWindow-derived class declaration
-#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE() \
-public: \
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const; \
- virtual bool AcceptsFocusRecursively() const; \
- virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const; \
- virtual void AddChild(wxWindowBase *child); \
- virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child); \
- virtual void SetFocus(); \
- void SetFocusIgnoringChildren(); \
- \
-protected: \
- wxControlContainer m_container
-
-// this macro must be used in the derived class ctor
-#define WX_INIT_CONTROL_CONTAINER() \
- m_container.SetContainerWindow(this)
-
-// common part of WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER in the native and generic
-// cases, must be used in the wxWindow-derived class implementation
-#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(classname, basename) \
- void classname::AddChild(wxWindowBase *child) \
- { \
- basename::AddChild(child); \
- \
- m_container.UpdateCanFocusChildren(); \
- } \
- \
- bool classname::AcceptsFocusRecursively() const \
- { \
- return m_container.AcceptsFocusRecursively(); \
- } \
- \
- void classname::SetFocus() \
- { \
- if ( !m_container.DoSetFocus() ) \
- basename::SetFocus(); \
- } \
- \
- bool classname::AcceptsFocus() const \
- { \
- return m_container.AcceptsFocus(); \
- } \
- \
- bool classname::AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const \
- { \
- return m_container.AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(); \
- }
-
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
-
-#define WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE
-
-#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname, basename) \
- WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(classname, basename) \
- \
- void classname::RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child) \
- { \
- basename::RemoveChild(child); \
- \
- m_container.UpdateCanFocusChildren(); \
- } \
- \
- void classname::SetFocusIgnoringChildren() \
- { \
- basename::SetFocus(); \
- }
-
-#else // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
-
-// declare the methods to be forwarded
-#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER() \
- WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(); \
- \
-public: \
- void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); \
- void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); \
- virtual void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event)
-
-// implement the event table entries for wxControlContainer
-#define WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname) \
- EVT_SET_FOCUS(classname::OnFocus) \
- EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(classname::OnChildFocus) \
- EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(classname::OnNavigationKey)
-
-// implement the methods forwarding to the wxControlContainer
-#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname, basename) \
- WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(classname, basename) \
- \
- void classname::RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child) \
- { \
- m_container.HandleOnWindowDestroy(child); \
- \
- basename::RemoveChild(child); \
- \
- m_container.UpdateCanFocusChildren(); \
- } \
- \
- void classname::OnNavigationKey( wxNavigationKeyEvent& event ) \
- { \
- m_container.HandleOnNavigationKey(event); \
- } \
- \
- void classname::SetFocusIgnoringChildren() \
- { \
- basename::SetFocus(); \
- } \
- \
- void classname::OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event) \
- { \
- m_container.SetLastFocus(event.GetWindow()); \
- event.Skip(); \
- } \
- \
- void classname::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) \
- { \
- m_container.HandleOnFocus(event); \
- }
-
-#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL/!wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-#endif // _WX_CONTAINR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/control.h
-// Purpose: wxControl common interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 26.07.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-
-#include "wx/window.h" // base class
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxControlNameStr[];
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Ellipsize() constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxEllipsizeFlags
-{
- wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_NONE = 0,
- wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_PROCESS_MNEMONICS = 1,
- wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_EXPAND_TABS = 2,
-
- wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_DEFAULT = wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_PROCESS_MNEMONICS |
- wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_EXPAND_TABS
-};
-
-// NB: Don't change the order of these values, they're the same as in
-// PangoEllipsizeMode enum.
-enum wxEllipsizeMode
-{
- wxELLIPSIZE_NONE,
- wxELLIPSIZE_START,
- wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE,
- wxELLIPSIZE_END
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControl is the base class for all controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlBase : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- wxControlBase() { }
-
- virtual ~wxControlBase();
-
- // Create() function adds the validator parameter
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
-
- // get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
- int GetAlignment() const { return m_windowStyle & wxALIGN_MASK; }
-
- // set label with mnemonics
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label)
- {
- m_labelOrig = label;
-
- InvalidateBestSize();
-
- wxWindow::SetLabel(label);
- }
-
- // return the original string, as it was passed to SetLabel()
- // (i.e. with wx-style mnemonics)
- virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return m_labelOrig; }
-
- // set label text (mnemonics will be escaped)
- virtual void SetLabelText(const wxString& text)
- {
- SetLabel(EscapeMnemonics(text));
- }
-
- // get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
- virtual wxString GetLabelText() const { return GetLabelText(GetLabel()); }
-
-
-#if wxUSE_MARKUP
- // Set the label with markup (and mnemonics). Markup is a simple subset of
- // HTML with tags such as <b>, <i> and <span>. By default it is not
- // supported i.e. all the markup is simply stripped and SetLabel() is
- // called but some controls in some ports do support this already and in
- // the future most of them should.
- //
- // Notice that, being HTML-like, markup also supports XML entities so '<'
- // should be encoded as "<" and so on, a bare '<' in the input will
- // likely result in an error. As an exception, a bare '&' is allowed and
- // indicates that the next character is a mnemonic. To insert a literal '&'
- // in the control you need to use "&" in the input string.
- //
- // Returns true if the label was set, even if the markup in it was ignored.
- // False is only returned if we failed to parse the label.
- bool SetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup)
- {
- return DoSetLabelMarkup(markup);
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
-
-
- // controls by default inherit the colours of their parents, if a
- // particular control class doesn't want to do it, it can override
- // ShouldInheritColours() to return false
- virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return true; }
-
-
- // WARNING: this doesn't work for all controls nor all platforms!
- //
- // simulates the event of given type (i.e. wxButton::Command() is just as
- // if the button was clicked)
- virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent &event);
-
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- // wxControl-specific processing after processing the update event
- virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- wxSize GetSizeFromTextSize(int xlen, int ylen = -1) const
- { return DoGetSizeFromTextSize(xlen, ylen); }
- wxSize GetSizeFromTextSize(const wxSize& tsize) const
- { return DoGetSizeFromTextSize(tsize.x, tsize.y); }
-
-
- // static utilities for mnemonics char (&) handling
- // ------------------------------------------------
-
- // returns the given string without mnemonic characters ('&')
- static wxString GetLabelText(const wxString& label);
-
- // returns the given string without mnemonic characters ('&')
- // this function is identic to GetLabelText() and is provided for clarity
- // and for symmetry with the wxStaticText::RemoveMarkup() function.
- static wxString RemoveMnemonics(const wxString& str);
-
- // escapes (by doubling them) the mnemonics
- static wxString EscapeMnemonics(const wxString& str);
-
-
- // miscellaneous static utilities
- // ------------------------------
-
- // replaces parts of the given (multiline) string with an ellipsis if needed
- static wxString Ellipsize(const wxString& label, const wxDC& dc,
- wxEllipsizeMode mode, int maxWidth,
- int flags = wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_DEFAULT);
-
- // return the accel index in the string or -1 if none and puts the modified
- // string into second parameter if non NULL
- static int FindAccelIndex(const wxString& label,
- wxString *labelOnly = NULL);
-
- // this is a helper for the derived class GetClassDefaultAttributes()
- // implementation: it returns the right colours for the classes which
- // contain something else (e.g. wxListBox, wxTextCtrl, ...) instead of
- // being simple controls (such as wxButton, wxCheckBox, ...)
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant);
-
-protected:
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-
- // creates the control (calls wxWindowBase::CreateBase inside) and adds it
- // to the list of parents children
- bool CreateControl(wxWindowBase *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- long style,
- const wxValidator& validator,
- const wxString& name);
-
-#if wxUSE_MARKUP
- // This function may be overridden in the derived classes to implement
- // support for labels with markup. The base class version simply strips the
- // markup and calls SetLabel() with the remaining text.
- virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup);
-#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
-
- // override this to return the total control's size from a string size
- virtual wxSize DoGetSizeFromTextSize(int xlen, int ylen = -1) const;
-
- // initialize the common fields of wxCommandEvent
- void InitCommandEvent(wxCommandEvent& event) const;
-
- // Ellipsize() helper:
- static wxString DoEllipsizeSingleLine(const wxString& label, const wxDC& dc,
- wxEllipsizeMode mode, int maxWidth,
- int replacementWidth);
-
-#if wxUSE_MARKUP
- // Remove markup from the given string, returns empty string on error i.e.
- // if markup was syntactically invalid.
- static wxString RemoveMarkup(const wxString& markup);
-#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
-
-
- // this field contains the label in wx format, i.e. with '&' mnemonics,
- // as it was passed to the last SetLabel() call
- wxString m_labelOrig;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include platform-dependent wxControl declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/control.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/control.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
-
-#endif
- // _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/convauto.h
-// Purpose: wxConvAuto class declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2006-04-03
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CONVAUTO_H_
-#define _WX_CONVAUTO_H_
-
-#include "wx/strconv.h"
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxConvAuto: uses BOM to automatically detect input encoding
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// All currently recognized BOM values.
-enum wxBOM
-{
- wxBOM_Unknown = -1,
- wxBOM_None,
- wxBOM_UTF32BE,
- wxBOM_UTF32LE,
- wxBOM_UTF16BE,
- wxBOM_UTF16LE,
- wxBOM_UTF8
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConvAuto : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
- // default ctor, the real conversion will be created on demand
- wxConvAuto(wxFontEncoding enc = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
- {
- Init();
-
- m_encDefault = enc;
- }
-
- // copy ctor doesn't initialize anything neither as conversion can only be
- // deduced on first use
- wxConvAuto(const wxConvAuto& other) : wxMBConv()
- {
- Init();
-
- m_encDefault = other.m_encDefault;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxConvAuto()
- {
- if ( m_ownsConv )
- delete m_conv;
- }
-
- // get/set the fall-back encoding used when the input text doesn't have BOM
- // and isn't UTF-8
- //
- // special values are wxFONTENCODING_MAX meaning not to use any fall back
- // at all (but just fail to convert in this case) and wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM
- // meaning to use the encoding of the system locale
- static wxFontEncoding GetFallbackEncoding() { return ms_defaultMBEncoding; }
- static void SetFallbackEncoding(wxFontEncoding enc);
- static void DisableFallbackEncoding()
- {
- SetFallbackEncoding(wxFONTENCODING_MAX);
- }
-
-
- // override the base class virtual function(s) to use our m_conv
- virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-
- virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-
- virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return m_conv->GetMBNulLen(); }
-
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxConvAuto(*this); }
-
- // return the BOM type of this buffer
- static wxBOM DetectBOM(const char *src, size_t srcLen);
-
- // return the characters composing the given BOM.
- static const char* GetBOMChars(wxBOM bomType, size_t* count);
-
- wxBOM GetBOM() const
- {
- return m_bomType;
- }
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init()
- {
- // We don't initialize m_encDefault here as different ctors do it
- // differently.
- m_conv = NULL;
- m_bomType = wxBOM_Unknown;
- m_ownsConv = false;
- m_consumedBOM = false;
- }
-
- // initialize m_conv with the UTF-8 conversion
- void InitWithUTF8()
- {
- m_conv = &wxConvUTF8;
- m_ownsConv = false;
- }
-
- // create the correct conversion object for the given BOM type
- void InitFromBOM(wxBOM bomType);
-
- // create the correct conversion object for the BOM present in the
- // beginning of the buffer
- //
- // return false if the buffer is too short to allow us to determine if we
- // have BOM or not
- bool InitFromInput(const char *src, size_t len);
-
- // adjust src and len to skip over the BOM (identified by m_bomType) at the
- // start of the buffer
- void SkipBOM(const char **src, size_t *len) const;
-
-
- // fall-back multibyte encoding to use, may be wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM or
- // wxFONTENCODING_MAX but not wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT
- static wxFontEncoding ms_defaultMBEncoding;
-
- // conversion object which we really use, NULL until the first call to
- // either ToWChar() or FromWChar()
- wxMBConv *m_conv;
-
- // the multibyte encoding to use by default if input isn't Unicode
- wxFontEncoding m_encDefault;
-
- // our BOM type
- wxBOM m_bomType;
-
- // true if we allocated m_conv ourselves, false if we just use an existing
- // global conversion
- bool m_ownsConv;
-
- // true if we already skipped BOM when converting (and not just calculating
- // the size)
- bool m_consumedBOM;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxConvAuto);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_CONVAUTO_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Name: wx/cpp.h
- * Purpose: Various preprocessor helpers
- * Author: Vadim Zeitlin
- * Created: 2006-09-30
- * Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
- * Licence: wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_CPP_H_
-#define _WX_CPP_H_
-
-#include "wx/compiler.h" /* wxCHECK_XXX_VERSION() macros */
-
-/* wxCONCAT works like preprocessor ## operator but also works with macros */
-#define wxCONCAT_HELPER(text, line) text ## line
-
-#define wxCONCAT(x1, x2) \
- wxCONCAT_HELPER(x1, x2)
-#define wxCONCAT3(x1, x2, x3) \
- wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT(x1, x2), x3)
-#define wxCONCAT4(x1, x2, x3, x4) \
- wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT3(x1, x2, x3), x4)
-#define wxCONCAT5(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5) \
- wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT4(x1, x2, x3, x4), x5)
-#define wxCONCAT6(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6) \
- wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT5(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5), x6)
-#define wxCONCAT7(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7) \
- wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT6(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6), x7)
-#define wxCONCAT8(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7, x8) \
- wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT7(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7), x8)
-#define wxCONCAT9(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7, x8, x9) \
- wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT8(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7, x8), x9)
-
-/* wxSTRINGIZE works as the preprocessor # operator but also works with macros */
-#define wxSTRINGIZE_HELPER(x) #x
-#define wxSTRINGIZE(x) wxSTRINGIZE_HELPER(x)
-
-/* a Unicode-friendly version of wxSTRINGIZE_T */
-#define wxSTRINGIZE_T(x) wxAPPLY_T(wxSTRINGIZE(x))
-
-/*
- Special workarounds for compilers with broken "##" operator. For all the
- other ones we can just use it directly.
- */
-#ifdef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER
- #define wxPREPEND_L(x) L ## x
- #define wxAPPEND_i64(x) x ## i64
- #define wxAPPEND_ui64(x) x ## ui64
-#endif /* wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER */
-
-/*
- Helper macros for wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME: normally this works by appending the
- current line number to the given identifier to reduce the probability of the
- conflict (it may still happen if this is used in the headers, hence you
- should avoid doing it or provide unique prefixes then) but we have to do it
- differently for VC++
- */
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1300)
- /*
- __LINE__ handling is completely broken in VC++ when using "Edit and
- Continue" (/ZI option) and results in preprocessor errors if we use it
- inside the macros. Luckily VC7 has another standard macro which can be
- used like this and is even better than __LINE__ because it is globally
- unique.
- */
-# define wxCONCAT_LINE(text) wxCONCAT(text, __COUNTER__)
-#else /* normal compilers */
-# define wxCONCAT_LINE(text) wxCONCAT(text, __LINE__)
-#endif
-
-/* Create a "unique" name with the given prefix */
-#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(text) wxCONCAT_LINE(text)
-
-/*
- This macro can be passed as argument to another macro when you don't have
- anything to pass in fact.
- */
-#define wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE /* Fake macro parameter value */
-
-/*
- Helpers for defining macros that expand into a single statement.
-
- The standatd solution is to use "do { ... } while (0)" statement but MSVC
- generates a C4127 "condition expression is constant" warning for it so we
- use something which is just complicated enough to not be recognized as a
- constant but still simple enough to be optimized away.
-
- Another solution would be to use __pragma() to temporarily disable C4127.
-
- Notice that wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE in wx/strvargarg.h relies on these macros
- creating some kind of a loop because it uses "break".
- */
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- #define wxFOR_ONCE(name) for(int name=0; name<1; name++)
- #define wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_BEGIN wxFOR_ONCE(wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxmacro)) {
- #define wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_END }
-#else
- #define wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_BEGIN do {
- #define wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_END } while ( (void)0, 0 )
-#endif
-
-/*
- Define __WXFUNCTION__ which is like standard __FUNCTION__ but defined as
- NULL for the compilers which don't support the latter.
- */
-#ifndef __WXFUNCTION__
- /* TODO: add more compilers supporting __FUNCTION__ */
- #if defined(__DMC__)
- /*
- __FUNCTION__ happens to be not defined within class members
- http://www.digitalmars.com/drn-bin/wwwnews?c%2B%2B.beta/485
- */
- #define __WXFUNCTION__ (NULL)
- #elif defined(__GNUC__) || \
- (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1300) || \
- defined(__FUNCTION__)
- #define __WXFUNCTION__ __FUNCTION__
- #else
- /* still define __WXFUNCTION__ to avoid #ifdefs elsewhere */
- #define __WXFUNCTION__ (NULL)
- #endif
-#endif /* __WXFUNCTION__ already defined */
-
-
-/* Auto-detect variadic macros support unless explicitly disabled. */
-#if !defined(HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS) && !defined(wxNO_VARIADIC_MACROS)
- /* Any C99 or C++11 compiler should have them. */
- #if (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || \
- (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L)
- #define HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
- #elif wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3,0)
- #define HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
- #elif wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8)
- #define HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
- #elif wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,2)
- #define HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
- #endif
-#endif /* !HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS */
-
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
-/*
- wxCALL_FOR_EACH(what, ...) calls the macro from its first argument, what(pos, x),
- for every remaining argument 'x', with 'pos' being its 1-based index in
- *reverse* order (with the last argument being numbered 1).
-
- For example, wxCALL_FOR_EACH(test, a, b, c) expands into this:
-
- test(3, a) \
- test(2, b) \
- test(1, c)
-
- Up to eight arguments are supported.
-
- (With thanks to https://groups.google.com/d/topic/comp.std.c/d-6Mj5Lko_s/discussion
- and http://stackoverflow.com/questions/1872220/is-it-possible-to-iterate-over-arguments-in-variadic-macros)
-*/
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_NARG(...) wxCALL_FOR_EACH_NARG_((__VA_ARGS__, wxCALL_FOR_EACH_RSEQ_N()))
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_NARG_(args) wxCALL_FOR_EACH_ARG_N args
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_ARG_N(_1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, N, ...) N
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_RSEQ_N() 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0
-
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_1(what, x) what(1, x)
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_2(what, x, ...) what(2, x) wxCALL_FOR_EACH_1(what, __VA_ARGS__)
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_3(what, x, ...) what(3, x) wxCALL_FOR_EACH_2(what, __VA_ARGS__)
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_4(what, x, ...) what(4, x) wxCALL_FOR_EACH_3(what, __VA_ARGS__)
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_5(what, x, ...) what(5, x) wxCALL_FOR_EACH_4(what, __VA_ARGS__)
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_6(what, x, ...) what(6, x) wxCALL_FOR_EACH_5(what, __VA_ARGS__)
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_7(what, x, ...) what(7, x) wxCALL_FOR_EACH_6(what, __VA_ARGS__)
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_8(what, x, ...) what(8, x) wxCALL_FOR_EACH_7(what, __VA_ARGS__)
-
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH_(N, args) \
- wxCONCAT(wxCALL_FOR_EACH_, N) args
-
-#define wxCALL_FOR_EACH(what, ...) \
- wxCALL_FOR_EACH_(wxCALL_FOR_EACH_NARG(__VA_ARGS__), (what, __VA_ARGS__))
-
-#else
- #define wxCALL_FOR_EACH Error_wx_CALL_FOR_EACH_requires_variadic_macros_support
-#endif /* HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS */
-
-#endif /* _WX_CPP_H_ */
-
+++ /dev/null
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/crt.h
-// Purpose: Header to include all headers with wrappers for CRT functions
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created: 2007-05-30
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 wxWidgets dev team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CRT_H_
-#define _WX_CRT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// include wxChar type definition:
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-
-// and wrappers for CRT functions:
-#include "wx/wxcrt.h"
-#include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h"
-
-#endif // _WX_CRT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/cshelp.h
-// Purpose: Context-sensitive help support classes
-// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 08/09/2000
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CSHELP_H_
-#define _WX_CSHELP_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-
-#include "wx/help.h"
-
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes used to implement context help UI
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * wxContextHelp
- * Invokes context-sensitive help. When the user
- * clicks on a window, a wxEVT_HELP event will be sent to that
- * window for the application to display help for.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxContextHelp : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxContextHelp(wxWindow* win = NULL, bool beginHelp = true);
- virtual ~wxContextHelp();
-
- bool BeginContextHelp(wxWindow* win);
- bool EndContextHelp();
-
- bool EventLoop();
- bool DispatchEvent(wxWindow* win, const wxPoint& pt);
-
- void SetStatus(bool status) { m_status = status; }
-
-protected:
- bool m_inHelp;
- bool m_status; // true if the user left-clicked
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxContextHelp)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-/*
- * wxContextHelpButton
- * You can add this to your dialogs (especially on non-Windows platforms)
- * to put the application into context help mode.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxContextHelpButton : public wxBitmapButton
-{
-public:
- wxContextHelpButton(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_CONTEXT_HELP,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxBU_AUTODRAW);
-
- void OnContextHelp(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxContextHelpButton)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes used to implement context help support
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxHelpProvider is an abstract class used by the program implementing context help to
-// show the help text (or whatever: it may be HTML page or anything else) for
-// the given window.
-//
-// The current help provider must be explicitly set by the application using
-// wxHelpProvider::Set().
-//
-// Special note about ShowHelpAtPoint() and ShowHelp(): we want to be able to
-// override ShowHelpAtPoint() when we need to use different help messages for
-// different parts of the window, but it should also be possible to override
-// just ShowHelp() both for backwards compatibility and just because most
-// often the help does not, in fact, depend on the position and so
-// implementing just ShowHelp() is simpler and more natural, so by default
-// ShowHelpAtPoint() forwards to ShowHelp(). But this means that
-// wxSimpleHelpProvider has to override ShowHelp() and not ShowHelpAtPoint()
-// for backwards compatibility as otherwise the existing code deriving from it
-// and overriding ShowHelp() but calling the base class version wouldn't work
-// any more, which forces us to use a rather ugly hack and pass the extra
-// parameters of ShowHelpAtPoint() to ShowHelp() via member variables.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHelpProvider
-{
-public:
- // get/set the current (application-global) help provider (Set() returns
- // the previous one)
- static wxHelpProvider *Set(wxHelpProvider *helpProvider)
- {
- wxHelpProvider *helpProviderOld = ms_helpProvider;
- ms_helpProvider = helpProvider;
- return helpProviderOld;
- }
-
- // unlike some other class, the help provider is not created on demand,
- // this must be explicitly done by the application
- static wxHelpProvider *Get() { return ms_helpProvider; }
-
- // get the help string (whose interpretation is help provider dependent
- // except that empty string always means that no help is associated with
- // the window) for this window
- virtual wxString GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window) = 0;
-
- // do show help for the given window (uses window->GetHelpAtPoint()
- // internally if applicable), return true if it was done or false
- // if no help available for this window
- virtual bool ShowHelpAtPoint(wxWindowBase *window,
- const wxPoint& pt,
- wxHelpEvent::Origin origin)
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG( window, false, wxT("window must not be NULL") );
-
- m_helptextAtPoint = pt;
- m_helptextOrigin = origin;
-
- return ShowHelp(window);
- }
-
- // show help for the given window, see ShowHelpAtPoint() above
- virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase * WXUNUSED(window)) { return false; }
-
- // associate the text with the given window or id: although all help
- // providers have these functions to allow making wxWindow::SetHelpText()
- // work, not all of them implement them
- virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowBase *window, const wxString& text);
-
- // this version associates the given text with all window with this id
- // (may be used to set the same help string for all [Cancel] buttons in
- // the application, for example)
- virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowID id, const wxString& text);
-
- // removes the association
- virtual void RemoveHelp(wxWindowBase* window);
-
- // virtual dtor for any base class
- virtual ~wxHelpProvider();
-
-protected:
- wxHelpProvider()
- : m_helptextAtPoint(wxDefaultPosition),
- m_helptextOrigin(wxHelpEvent::Origin_Unknown)
- {
- }
-
- // helper method used by ShowHelp(): returns the help string to use by
- // using m_helptextAtPoint/m_helptextOrigin if they're set or just GetHelp
- // otherwise
- wxString GetHelpTextMaybeAtPoint(wxWindowBase *window);
-
-
- // parameters of the last ShowHelpAtPoint() call, used by ShowHelp()
- wxPoint m_helptextAtPoint;
- wxHelpEvent::Origin m_helptextOrigin;
-
-private:
- static wxHelpProvider *ms_helpProvider;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_MAP( wxUIntPtr, wxString, wxIntegerHash,
- wxIntegerEqual, wxSimpleHelpProviderHashMap );
-
-// wxSimpleHelpProvider is an implementation of wxHelpProvider which supports
-// only plain text help strings and shows the string associated with the
-// control (if any) in a tooltip
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSimpleHelpProvider : public wxHelpProvider
-{
-public:
- // implement wxHelpProvider methods
- virtual wxString GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window);
-
- // override ShowHelp() and not ShowHelpAtPoint() as explained above
- virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window);
-
- virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowBase *window, const wxString& text);
- virtual void AddHelp(wxWindowID id, const wxString& text);
- virtual void RemoveHelp(wxWindowBase* window);
-
-protected:
- // we use 2 hashes for storing the help strings associated with windows
- // and the ids
- wxSimpleHelpProviderHashMap m_hashWindows,
- m_hashIds;
-};
-
-// wxHelpControllerHelpProvider is an implementation of wxHelpProvider which supports
-// both context identifiers and plain text help strings. If the help text is an integer,
-// it is passed to wxHelpController::DisplayContextPopup. Otherwise, it shows the string
-// in a tooltip as per wxSimpleHelpProvider.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHelpControllerHelpProvider : public wxSimpleHelpProvider
-{
-public:
- // Note that it doesn't own the help controller. The help controller
- // should be deleted separately.
- wxHelpControllerHelpProvider(wxHelpControllerBase* hc = NULL);
-
- // implement wxHelpProvider methods
-
- // again (see above): this should be ShowHelpAtPoint() but we need to
- // override ShowHelp() to avoid breaking existing code
- virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window);
-
- // Other accessors
- void SetHelpController(wxHelpControllerBase* hc) { m_helpController = hc; }
- wxHelpControllerBase* GetHelpController() const { return m_helpController; }
-
-protected:
- wxHelpControllerBase* m_helpController;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHelpControllerHelpProvider);
-};
-
-// Convenience function for turning context id into wxString
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxContextId(int id);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-#endif // _WX_CSHELP_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ctrlsub.h (read: "wxConTRoL with SUBitems")
-// Purpose: wxControlWithItems interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 22.10.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/control.h" // base class
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxItemContainer defines an interface which is implemented by all controls
-// which have string subitems each of which may be selected.
-//
-// It is decomposed in wxItemContainerImmutable which omits all methods
-// adding/removing items and is used by wxRadioBox and wxItemContainer itself.
-//
-// Examples: wxListBox, wxCheckListBox, wxChoice and wxComboBox (which
-// implements an extended interface deriving from this one)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxItemContainerImmutable
-{
-public:
- wxItemContainerImmutable() { }
- virtual ~wxItemContainerImmutable();
-
- // accessing strings
- // -----------------
-
- virtual unsigned int GetCount() const = 0;
- bool IsEmpty() const { return GetCount() == 0; }
-
- virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const = 0;
- wxArrayString GetStrings() const;
- virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s) = 0;
-
- // finding string natively is either case sensitive or insensitive
- // but never both so fall back to this base version for not
- // supported search type
- virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const
- {
- unsigned int count = GetCount();
-
- for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count ; ++i )
- {
- if (GetString(i).IsSameAs( s , bCase ))
- return (int)i;
- }
-
- return wxNOT_FOUND;
- }
-
-
- // selection
- // ---------
-
- virtual void SetSelection(int n) = 0;
- virtual int GetSelection() const = 0;
-
- // set selection to the specified string, return false if not found
- bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s);
-
- // return the selected string or empty string if none
- virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
-
- // this is the same as SetSelection( for single-selection controls but
- // reads better for multi-selection ones
- void Select(int n) { SetSelection(n); }
-
-
-protected:
- // check that the index is valid
- bool IsValid(unsigned int n) const { return n < GetCount(); }
- bool IsValidInsert(unsigned int n) const { return n <= GetCount(); }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxItemContainer extends wxItemContainerImmutable interface with methods
-// for adding/removing items.
-//
-// Classes deriving from this one must override DoInsertItems() to implement
-// adding items to the control. This can often be implemented more efficiently
-// than simply looping over the elements and inserting them but if this is not
-// the case, the generic DoInsertItemsInLoop can be used in implementation, but
-// in this case DoInsertItem() needs to be overridden.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxItemContainer : public wxItemContainerImmutable
-{
-private:
- // AppendItems() and InsertItems() helpers just call DoAppend/InsertItems()
- // after doing some checks
- //
- // NB: they're defined here so that they're inlined when used in public part
- int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
- void **clientData,
- wxClientDataType type)
- {
- if ( items.IsEmpty() )
- return wxNOT_FOUND;
-
- return DoAppendItems(items, clientData, type);
- }
-
- int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items)
- {
- return AppendItems(items, NULL, wxClientData_None);
- }
-
- int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, void **clientData)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Object,
- wxT("can't mix different types of client data") );
-
- return AppendItems(items, clientData, wxClientData_Void);
- }
-
- int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
- wxClientData **clientData)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Void,
- wxT("can't mix different types of client data") );
-
- return AppendItems(items, reinterpret_cast<void **>(clientData),
- wxClientData_Object);
- }
-
- int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
- unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData,
- wxClientDataType type)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !IsSorted(), wxT("can't insert items in sorted control") );
-
- wxCHECK_MSG( pos <= GetCount(), wxNOT_FOUND,
- wxT("position out of range") );
-
- // not all derived classes handle empty arrays correctly in
- // DoInsertItems() and besides it really doesn't make much sense to do
- // this (for append it could correspond to creating an initially empty
- // control but why would anybody need to insert 0 items?)
- wxCHECK_MSG( !items.IsEmpty(), wxNOT_FOUND,
- wxT("need something to insert") );
-
- return DoInsertItems(items, pos, clientData, type);
- }
-
- int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, unsigned int pos)
- {
- return InsertItems(items, pos, NULL, wxClientData_None);
- }
-
- int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
- unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Object,
- wxT("can't mix different types of client data") );
-
- return InsertItems(items, pos, clientData, wxClientData_Void);
- }
-
- int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
- unsigned int pos,
- wxClientData **clientData)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Void,
- wxT("can't mix different types of client data") );
-
- return InsertItems(items, pos,
- reinterpret_cast<void **>(clientData),
- wxClientData_Object);
- }
-
-public:
- wxItemContainer() { m_clientDataItemsType = wxClientData_None; }
- virtual ~wxItemContainer();
-
- // adding items
- // ------------
-
- // append single item, return its position in the control (which can be
- // different from the last one if the control is sorted)
- int Append(const wxString& item)
- { return AppendItems(item); }
- int Append(const wxString& item, void *clientData)
- { return AppendItems(item, &clientData); }
- int Append(const wxString& item, wxClientData *clientData)
- { return AppendItems(item, &clientData); }
-
- // append several items at once to the control, return the position of the
- // last item appended
- int Append(const wxArrayString& items)
- { return AppendItems(items); }
- int Append(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData)
- { return AppendItems(items, clientData); }
- int Append(const wxArrayString& items, wxClientData **clientData)
- { return AppendItems(items, clientData); }
- int Append(unsigned int n, const wxString *items)
- { return AppendItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items)); }
- int Append(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, void **clientData)
- { return AppendItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), clientData); }
- int Append(unsigned int n,
- const wxString *items,
- wxClientData **clientData)
- { return AppendItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), clientData); }
-
- // only for RTTI needs (separate name)
- void AppendString(const wxString& item)
- { Append(item); }
-
-
- // inserting items: not for sorted controls!
- // -----------------------------------------
-
- // insert single item at the given position, return its effective position
- int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos)
- { return InsertItems(item, pos); }
- int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos, void *clientData)
- { return InsertItems(item, pos, &clientData); }
- int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData)
- { return InsertItems(item, pos, &clientData); }
-
- // insert several items at once into the control, return the index of the
- // last item inserted
- int Insert(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos)
- { return InsertItems(items, pos); }
- int Insert(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos, void **clientData)
- { return InsertItems(items, pos, clientData); }
- int Insert(const wxArrayString& items,
- unsigned int pos,
- wxClientData **clientData)
- { return InsertItems(items, pos, clientData); }
- int Insert(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, unsigned int pos)
- { return InsertItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), pos); }
- int Insert(unsigned int n,
- const wxString *items,
- unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData)
- { return InsertItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), pos, clientData); }
- int Insert(unsigned int n,
- const wxString *items,
- unsigned int pos,
- wxClientData **clientData)
- { return InsertItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), pos, clientData); }
-
-
- // replacing items
- // ---------------
-
- void Set(const wxArrayString& items)
- { Clear(); Append(items); }
- void Set(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData)
- { Clear(); Append(items, clientData); }
- void Set(const wxArrayString& items, wxClientData **clientData)
- { Clear(); Append(items, clientData); }
- void Set(unsigned int n, const wxString *items)
- { Clear(); Append(n, items); }
- void Set(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, void **clientData)
- { Clear(); Append(n, items, clientData); }
- void Set(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, wxClientData **clientData)
- { Clear(); Append(n, items, clientData); }
-
- // deleting items
- // --------------
-
- void Clear();
- void Delete(unsigned int pos);
-
-
- // various accessors
- // -----------------
-
- // The control may maintain its items in a sorted order in which case
- // items are automatically inserted at the right position when they are
- // inserted or appended. Derived classes have to override this method if
- // they implement sorting, typically by returning HasFlag(wxXX_SORT)
- virtual bool IsSorted() const { return false; }
-
-
- // client data stuff
- // -----------------
-
- void SetClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
- void* GetClientData(unsigned int n) const;
-
- // SetClientObject() takes ownership of the pointer, GetClientObject()
- // returns it but keeps the ownership while DetachClientObject() expects
- // the caller to delete the pointer and also resets the internally stored
- // one to NULL for this item
- void SetClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData);
- wxClientData* GetClientObject(unsigned int n) const;
- wxClientData* DetachClientObject(unsigned int n);
-
- // return the type of client data stored in this control: usually it just
- // returns m_clientDataItemsType but must be overridden in the controls
- // which delegate their client data storage to another one (e.g. wxChoice
- // in wxUniv which stores data in wxListBox which it uses anyhow); don't
- // forget to override SetClientDataType() if you override this one
- //
- // NB: for this to work no code should ever access m_clientDataItemsType
- // directly but only via this function!
- virtual wxClientDataType GetClientDataType() const
- { return m_clientDataItemsType; }
-
- bool HasClientData() const
- { return GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_None; }
- bool HasClientObjectData() const
- { return GetClientDataType() == wxClientData_Object; }
- bool HasClientUntypedData() const
- { return GetClientDataType() == wxClientData_Void; }
-
-protected:
- // there is usually no need to override this method but you can do it if it
- // is more convenient to only do "real" insertions in DoInsertItems() and
- // to implement items appending here (in which case DoInsertItems() should
- // call this method if pos == GetCount() as it can still be called in this
- // case if public Insert() is called with such position)
- virtual int DoAppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
- void **clientData,
- wxClientDataType type)
- {
- return DoInsertItems(items, GetCount(), clientData, type);
- }
-
- // this method must be implemented to insert the items into the control at
- // position pos which can be GetCount() meaning that the items should be
- // appended; for the sorted controls the position can be ignored
- //
- // the derived classes typically use AssignNewItemClientData() to
- // associate the data with the items as they're being inserted
- //
- // the method should return the index of the position the last item was
- // inserted into or wxNOT_FOUND if an error occurred
- virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter & items,
- unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData,
- wxClientDataType type) = 0;
-
- // before the client data is set for the first time for the control which
- // hadn't had it before, DoInitItemClientData() is called which gives the
- // derived class the possibility to initialize its client data storage only
- // when client data is really used
- virtual void DoInitItemClientData() { }
- virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void *clientData) = 0;
- virtual void *DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const = 0;
-
- virtual void DoClear() = 0;
- virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int pos) = 0;
-
-
- // methods useful for the derived classes which don't have any better way
- // of adding multiple items to the control than doing it one by one: such
- // classes should call DoInsertItemsInLoop() from their DoInsert() and
- // override DoInsertOneItem() to perform the real insertion
- virtual int DoInsertOneItem(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos);
- int DoInsertItemsInLoop(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
- unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData,
- wxClientDataType type);
-
-
- // helper for DoInsertItems(): n is the index into clientData, pos is the
- // position of the item in the control
- void AssignNewItemClientData(unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData,
- unsigned int n,
- wxClientDataType type);
-
- // free the client object associated with the item at given position and
- // set it to NULL (must only be called if HasClientObjectData())
- void ResetItemClientObject(unsigned int n);
-
- // set the type of the client data stored in this control: override this if
- // you override GetClientDataType()
- virtual void SetClientDataType(wxClientDataType clientDataItemsType)
- {
- m_clientDataItemsType = clientDataItemsType;
- }
-
-private:
- // the type of the client data for the items
- wxClientDataType m_clientDataItemsType;
-};
-
-// Inheriting directly from a wxWindow-derived class and wxItemContainer
-// unfortunately introduces an ambiguity for all GetClientXXX() methods as they
-// are inherited twice: the "global" versions from wxWindow and the per-item
-// versions taking the index from wxItemContainer.
-//
-// So we need to explicitly resolve them and this helper template class is
-// provided to do it. To use it, simply inherit from wxWindowWithItems<Window,
-// Container> instead of Window and Container interface directly.
-template <class W, class C>
-class wxWindowWithItems : public W, public C
-{
-public:
- typedef W BaseWindowClass;
- typedef C BaseContainerInterface;
-
- wxWindowWithItems() { }
-
- void SetClientData(void *data)
- { BaseWindowClass::SetClientData(data); }
- void *GetClientData() const
- { return BaseWindowClass::GetClientData(); }
- void SetClientObject(wxClientData *data)
- { BaseWindowClass::SetClientObject(data); }
- wxClientData *GetClientObject() const
- { return BaseWindowClass::GetClientObject(); }
-
- void SetClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData)
- { wxItemContainer::SetClientData(n, clientData); }
- void* GetClientData(unsigned int n) const
- { return wxItemContainer::GetClientData(n); }
- void SetClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData)
- { wxItemContainer::SetClientObject(n, clientData); }
- wxClientData* GetClientObject(unsigned int n) const
- { return wxItemContainer::GetClientObject(n); }
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlWithItemsBase :
- public wxWindowWithItems<wxControl, wxItemContainer>
-{
-public:
- wxControlWithItemsBase() { }
-
- // usually the controls like list/combo boxes have their own background
- // colour
- virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
-
- // Implementation only from now on.
-
- // Generate an event of the given type for the selection change.
- void SendSelectionChangedEvent(wxEventType eventType);
-
-protected:
- // fill in the client object or data field of the event as appropriate
- //
- // calls InitCommandEvent() and, if n != wxNOT_FOUND, also sets the per
- // item client data
- void InitCommandEventWithItems(wxCommandEvent& event, int n);
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlWithItemsBase);
-};
-
-// define the platform-specific wxControlWithItems class
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/ctrlsub.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/ctrlsub.h"
-#else
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlWithItems : public wxControlWithItemsBase
- {
- public:
- wxControlWithItems() { }
-
- private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControlWithItems)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlWithItems);
- };
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
-
-#endif // _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/cursor.h
-// Purpose: wxCursor base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-/*
- wxCursor classes should have the following public API:
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursor : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
- wxCursor();
- wxCursor(const wxImage& image);
- wxCursor(const wxString& name,
- wxBitmapType type = wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE,
- int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0);
- wxCursor(wxStockCursor id) { InitFromStock(id); }
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxCursor(int id) { InitFromStock((wxStockCursor)id); }
-#endif
- virtual ~wxCursor();
-};
-
-*/
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/msw/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM
- #include "wx/motif/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #ifdef __WINDOWS__
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE
- #else
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #endif
- #include "wx/gtk/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #include "wx/gtk1/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #include "wx/x11/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/dfb/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/osx/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/cocoa/cursor.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/os2/cursor.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-
-/* This is a small class which can be used by all ports
- to temporarily suspend the busy cursor. Useful in modal
- dialogs.
-
- Actually that is not (any longer) quite true.. currently it is
- only used in wxGTK Dialog::ShowModal() and now uses static
- wxBusyCursor methods that are only implemented for wxGTK so far.
- The BusyCursor handling code should probably be implemented in
- common code somewhere instead of the separate implementations we
- currently have. Also the name BusyCursorSuspender is a little
- misleading since it doesn't actually suspend the BusyCursor, just
- masks one that is already showing.
- If another call to wxBeginBusyCursor is made while this is active
- the Busy Cursor will again be shown. But at least now it doesn't
- interfere with the state of wxIsBusy() -- RL
-
-*/
-class wxBusyCursorSuspender
-{
-public:
- wxBusyCursorSuspender()
- {
- if( wxIsBusy() )
- {
- wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetStoredCursor() );
- }
- }
- ~wxBusyCursorSuspender()
- {
- if( wxIsBusy() )
- {
- wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetBusyCursor() );
- }
- }
-};
-#endif
- // _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/custombgwin.h
-// Purpose: Class adding support for custom window backgrounds.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-10-10
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CUSTOMBGWIN_H_
-#define _WX_CUSTOMBGWIN_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCustomBackgroundWindow: Adds support for custom backgrounds to any
-// wxWindow-derived class.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxCustomBackgroundWindowBase
-{
-public:
- // Trivial default ctor.
- wxCustomBackgroundWindowBase() { }
-
- // Also a trivial but virtual -- to suppress g++ warnings -- dtor.
- virtual ~wxCustomBackgroundWindowBase() { }
-
- // Use the given bitmap to tile the background of this window. This bitmap
- // will show through any transparent children.
- //
- // Notice that you must not prevent the base class EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
- // handler from running (i.e. not to handle this event yourself) for this
- // to work.
- void SetBackgroundBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp)
- {
- DoSetBackgroundBitmap(bmp);
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetBackgroundBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) = 0;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCustomBackgroundWindowBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/custombgwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/custombgwin.h"
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/custombgwin.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_CUSTOMBGWIN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dataobj.h
-// Purpose: common data object classes
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 26.05.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// ============================================================================
-/*
- Generic data transfer related classes. The class hierarchy is as follows:
-
- - wxDataObject-
- / \
- / \
- wxDataObjectSimple wxDataObjectComposite
- / | \
- / | \
- wxTextDataObject | wxBitmapDataObject
- |
- wxCustomDataObject
-
-*/
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataFormat class is declared in platform-specific headers: it represents
-// a format for data which may be either one of the standard ones (text,
-// bitmap, ...) or a custom one which is then identified by a unique string.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* the class interface looks like this (pseudo code):
-
-class wxDataFormat
-{
-public:
- typedef <integral type> NativeFormat;
-
- wxDataFormat(NativeFormat format = wxDF_INVALID);
- wxDataFormat(const wxString& format);
-
- wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat format);
- wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format);
-
- bool operator==(NativeFormat format) const;
- bool operator!=(NativeFormat format) const;
-
- void SetType(NativeFormat format);
- NativeFormat GetType() const;
-
- wxString GetId() const;
- void SetId(const wxString& format);
-};
-
-*/
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/ole/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/dataform.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/dataform.h"
-#endif
-
-// the value for default argument to some functions (corresponds to
-// wxDF_INVALID)
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxDataFormat& wxFormatInvalid;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataObject represents a piece of data which knows which formats it
-// supports and knows how to render itself in each of them - GetDataHere(),
-// and how to restore data from the buffer (SetData()).
-//
-// Although this class may be used directly (i.e. custom classes may be
-// derived from it), in many cases it might be simpler to use either
-// wxDataObjectSimple or wxDataObjectComposite classes.
-//
-// A data object may be "read only", i.e. support only GetData() functions or
-// "read-write", i.e. support both GetData() and SetData() (in principle, it
-// might be "write only" too, but this is rare). Moreover, it doesn't have to
-// support the same formats in Get() and Set() directions: for example, a data
-// object containing JPEG image might accept BMPs in GetData() because JPEG
-// image may be easily transformed into BMP but not in SetData(). Accordingly,
-// all methods dealing with formats take an additional "direction" argument
-// which is either SET or GET and which tells the function if the format needs
-// to be supported by SetData() or GetDataHere().
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObjectBase
-{
-public:
- enum Direction
- {
- Get = 0x01, // format is supported by GetDataHere()
- Set = 0x02, // format is supported by SetData()
- Both = 0x03 // format is supported by both (unused currently)
- };
-
- // this class is polymorphic, hence it needs a virtual dtor
- virtual ~wxDataObjectBase();
-
- // get the best suited format for rendering our data
- virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
-
- // get the number of formats we support
- virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
-
- // return all formats in the provided array (of size GetFormatCount())
- virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
- Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
-
- // get the (total) size of data for the given format
- virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const = 0;
-
- // copy raw data (in the specified format) to the provided buffer, return
- // true if data copied successfully, false otherwise
- virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const = 0;
-
- // get data from the buffer of specified length (in the given format),
- // return true if the data was read successfully, false otherwise
- virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
- size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void * WXUNUSED(buf))
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- // returns true if this format is supported
- bool IsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get) const;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-specific declarations of wxDataObject
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/dataobj.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/dataobj.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataObjectSimple is a wxDataObject which only supports one format (in
-// both Get and Set directions, but you may return false from GetDataHere() or
-// SetData() if one of them is not supported). This is the simplest possible
-// wxDataObject implementation.
-//
-// This is still an "abstract base class" (although it doesn't have any pure
-// virtual functions), to use it you should derive from it and implement
-// GetDataSize(), GetDataHere() and SetData() functions because the base class
-// versions don't do anything - they just return "not implemented".
-//
-// This class should be used when you provide data in only one format (no
-// conversion to/from other formats), either a standard or a custom one.
-// Otherwise, you should use wxDataObjectComposite or wxDataObject directly.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObjectSimple : public wxDataObject
-{
-public:
- // ctor takes the format we support, but it can also be set later with
- // SetFormat()
- wxDataObjectSimple(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid)
- : m_format(format)
- {
- }
-
- // get/set the format we support
- const wxDataFormat& GetFormat() const { return m_format; }
- void SetFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) { m_format = format; }
-
- // virtual functions to override in derived class (the base class versions
- // just return "not implemented")
- // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // get the size of our data
- virtual size_t GetDataSize() const
- { return 0; }
-
- // copy our data to the buffer
- virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const
- { return false; }
-
- // copy data from buffer to our data
- virtual bool SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *WXUNUSED(buf))
- { return false; }
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- // ----------------------------------
- virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
- { return m_format; }
- virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
- { return 1; }
- virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
- wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
- { *formats = m_format; }
- virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
- { return GetDataSize(); }
- virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
- void *buf) const
- { return GetDataHere(buf); }
- virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
- size_t len, const void *buf)
- { return SetData(len, buf); }
-
-private:
- // the one and only format we support
- wxDataFormat m_format;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataObjectSimple);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataObjectComposite is the simplest way to implement wxDataObject
-// supporting multiple formats. It contains several wxDataObjectSimple and
-// supports all formats supported by any of them.
-//
-// This class shouldn't be (normally) derived from, but may be used directly.
-// If you need more flexibility than what it provides, you should probably use
-// wxDataObject directly.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDataObjectSimple, wxSimpleDataObjectList);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObjectComposite : public wxDataObject
-{
-public:
- // ctor
- wxDataObjectComposite();
- virtual ~wxDataObjectComposite();
-
- // add data object (it will be deleted by wxDataObjectComposite, hence it
- // must be allocated on the heap) whose format will become the preferred
- // one if preferred == true
- void Add(wxDataObjectSimple *dataObject, bool preferred = false);
-
- // Report the format passed to the SetData method. This should be the
- // format of the data object within the composite that received data from
- // the clipboard or the DnD operation. You can use this method to find
- // out what kind of data object was received.
- wxDataFormat GetReceivedFormat() const;
-
- // Returns the pointer to the object which supports this format or NULL.
- // The returned pointer is owned by wxDataObjectComposite and must
- // therefore not be destroyed by the caller.
- wxDataObjectSimple *GetObject(const wxDataFormat& format,
- wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- // ----------------------------------
- virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
- virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
- virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
- virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
- virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const;
- virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t len, const void *buf);
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- virtual const void* GetSizeFromBuffer( const void* buffer, size_t* size,
- const wxDataFormat& format );
- virtual void* SetSizeInBuffer( void* buffer, size_t size,
- const wxDataFormat& format );
- virtual size_t GetBufferOffset( const wxDataFormat& format );
-#endif
-
-private:
- // the list of all (simple) data objects whose formats we support
- wxSimpleDataObjectList m_dataObjects;
-
- // the index of the preferred one (0 initially, so by default the first
- // one is the preferred)
- size_t m_preferred;
-
- wxDataFormat m_receivedFormat;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataObjectComposite);
-};
-
-// ============================================================================
-// Standard implementations of wxDataObjectSimple which can be used directly
-// (i.e. without having to derive from them) for standard data type transfers.
-//
-// Note that although all of them can work with provided data, you can also
-// override their virtual GetXXX() functions to only provide data on demand.
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextDataObject contains text data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- #if defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #define wxNEEDS_UTF8_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ
- #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #define wxNEEDS_UTF16_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ
- #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHTMLDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
- // ctor: you can specify the text here or in SetText(), or override
- // GetText()
- wxHTMLDataObject(const wxString& html = wxEmptyString)
- : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_HTML),
- m_html(html)
- {
- }
-
- // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide text on
- // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
- virtual size_t GetLength() const { return m_html.Len() + 1; }
- virtual wxString GetHTML() const { return m_html; }
- virtual void SetHTML(const wxString& html) { m_html = html; }
-
- virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
- virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
- virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
-
- // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
- virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
- {
- return GetDataSize();
- }
- virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
- {
- return GetDataHere(buf);
- }
- virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
- {
- return SetData(len, buf);
- }
-
-private:
- wxString m_html;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
- // ctor: you can specify the text here or in SetText(), or override
- // GetText()
- wxTextDataObject(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString)
- : wxDataObjectSimple(
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxDF_UNICODETEXT
-#else
- wxDF_TEXT
-#endif
- ),
- m_text(text)
- {
- }
-
- // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide text on
- // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
- virtual size_t GetTextLength() const { return m_text.Len() + 1; }
- virtual wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
- virtual void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- // ----------------------------------
-
- // some platforms have 2 and not 1 format for text data
-#if defined(wxNEEDS_UTF8_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ) || defined(wxNEEDS_UTF16_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ)
- virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const { return 2; }
- virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
- wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const;
-
- virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return GetDataSize(GetPreferredFormat()); }
- virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(GetPreferredFormat(), buf); }
- virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(GetPreferredFormat(), len, buf); }
-
- size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
- bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *pBuf) const;
- bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf);
-#else // !wxNEEDS_UTF{8,16}_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ
- virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
- virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
- virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
- // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
- virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
- {
- return GetDataSize();
- }
- virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
- {
- return GetDataHere(buf);
- }
- virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
- {
- return SetData(len, buf);
- }
-#endif // different wxTextDataObject implementations
-
-private:
- wxString m_text;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextDataObject);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapDataObject contains a bitmap
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
- // ctor: you can specify the bitmap here or in SetBitmap(), or override
- // GetBitmap()
- wxBitmapDataObjectBase(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap)
- : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_BITMAP), m_bitmap(bitmap)
- {
- }
-
- // virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
- // demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
- virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
- virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
-
-protected:
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapDataObjectBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDataObject contains a list of filenames
-//
-// NB: notice that this is a "write only" object, it can only be filled with
-// data from drag and drop operation.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
- // ctor: use AddFile() later to fill the array
- wxFileDataObjectBase() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_FILENAME) { }
-
- // get a reference to our array
- const wxArrayString& GetFilenames() const { return m_filenames; }
-
-protected:
- wxArrayString m_filenames;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDataObjectBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCustomDataObject contains arbitrary untyped user data.
-//
-// It is understood that this data can be copied bitwise.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCustomDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
- // if you don't specify the format in the ctor, you can still use
- // SetFormat() later
- wxCustomDataObject(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid);
-
- // the dtor calls Free()
- virtual ~wxCustomDataObject();
-
- // you can call SetData() to set m_data: it will make a copy of the data
- // you pass - or you can use TakeData() which won't copy anything, but
- // will take ownership of data (i.e. will call Free() on it later)
- void TakeData(size_t size, void *data);
-
- // this function is called to allocate "size" bytes of memory from
- // SetData(). The default version uses operator new[].
- virtual void *Alloc(size_t size);
-
- // this function is called when the data is freed, you may override it to
- // anything you want (or may be nothing at all). The default version calls
- // operator delete[] on m_data
- virtual void Free();
-
- // get data: you may override these functions if you wish to provide data
- // only when it's requested
- virtual size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; }
- virtual void *GetData() const { return m_data; }
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- // ----------------------------------
- virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
- virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
- virtual bool SetData(size_t size, const void *buf);
- // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
- virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
- {
- return GetDataSize();
- }
- virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
- {
- return GetDataHere(buf);
- }
- virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
- {
- return SetData(len, buf);
- }
-
-private:
- size_t m_size;
- void *m_data;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCustomDataObject);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include platform-specific declarations of wxXXXBase classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h"
- // wxURLDataObject defined in msw/ole/dataobj2.h
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/dataobj2.h"
- // wxURLDataObject defined in msw/ole/dataobj2.h
-
-#else
- #if defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/dataobj2.h"
- #elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/dataobj2.h"
- #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/dataobj2.h"
- #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/dataobj2.h"
- #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/dataobj2.h"
- #elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/dataobj2.h"
- #endif
-
- // wxURLDataObject is simply wxTextDataObject with a different name
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxURLDataObject : public wxTextDataObject
- {
- public:
- wxURLDataObject(const wxString& url = wxEmptyString)
- : wxTextDataObject(url)
- {
- }
-
- wxString GetURL() const { return GetText(); }
- void SetURL(const wxString& url) { SetText(url); }
- };
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-
-#endif // _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dataview.h
-// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl base classes
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by: Bo Yang
-// Created: 08.01.06
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DATAVIEW_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DATAVIEW_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#include "wx/headercol.h"
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-#include "wx/dnd.h" // For wxDragResult declaration only.
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/itemid.h"
-#include "wx/weakref.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-#include "wx/dataobj.h"
-#include "wx/withimages.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-
-#if !(defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXOSX__)) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-// #if !(defined(__WXOSX__)) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #define wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL
- // this symbol doesn't follow the convention for wxUSE_XXX symbols which
- // are normally always defined as either 0 or 1, so its use is deprecated
- // and it only exists for backwards compatibility, don't use it any more
- // and use wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL instead
- #define wxUSE_GENERICDATAVIEWCTRL
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewCtrl globals
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewModel;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewColumn;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewRenderer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewModelNotifier;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxDataViewCtrlNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewCtrl flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// size of a wxDataViewRenderer without contents:
-#define wxDVC_DEFAULT_RENDERER_SIZE 20
-
-// the default width of new (text) columns:
-#define wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH 80
-
-// the default width of new toggle columns:
-#define wxDVC_TOGGLE_DEFAULT_WIDTH 30
-
-// the default minimal width of the columns:
-#define wxDVC_DEFAULT_MINWIDTH 30
-
-// The default alignment of wxDataViewRenderers is to take
-// the alignment from the column it owns.
-#define wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT -1
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewItem
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Make it a class and not a typedef to allow forward declaring it.
-class wxDataViewItem : public wxItemId<void*>
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewItem() : wxItemId<void*>() { }
- wxEXPLICIT wxDataViewItem(void* pItem) : wxItemId<void*>(pItem) { }
-};
-
-WX_DEFINE_ARRAY(wxDataViewItem, wxDataViewItemArray);
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewModelNotifier
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewModelNotifier
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewModelNotifier() { m_owner = NULL; }
- virtual ~wxDataViewModelNotifier() { m_owner = NULL; }
-
- virtual bool ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) = 0;
- virtual bool ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item ) = 0;
- virtual bool ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item ) = 0;
- virtual bool ItemsAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items );
- virtual bool ItemsDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items );
- virtual bool ItemsChanged( const wxDataViewItemArray &items );
- virtual bool ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) = 0;
- virtual bool Cleared() = 0;
-
- // some platforms, such as GTK+, may need a two step procedure for ::Reset()
- virtual bool BeforeReset() { return true; }
- virtual bool AfterReset() { return Cleared(); }
-
- virtual void Resort() = 0;
-
- void SetOwner( wxDataViewModel *owner ) { m_owner = owner; }
- wxDataViewModel *GetOwner() const { return m_owner; }
-
-private:
- wxDataViewModel *m_owner;
-};
-
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewItemAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of an item
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// TODO: this should be renamed to wxItemAttr or something general like this
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewItemAttr
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- wxDataViewItemAttr()
- {
- m_bold = false;
- m_italic = false;
- }
-
- // setters
- void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_colour = colour; }
- void SetBold( bool set ) { m_bold = set; }
- void SetItalic( bool set ) { m_italic = set; }
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_bgColour = colour; }
-
- // accessors
- bool HasColour() const { return m_colour.IsOk(); }
- const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_colour; }
-
- bool HasFont() const { return m_bold || m_italic; }
- bool GetBold() const { return m_bold; }
- bool GetItalic() const { return m_italic; }
-
- bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_bgColour.IsOk(); }
- const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_bgColour; }
-
- bool IsDefault() const { return !(HasColour() || HasFont() || HasBackgroundColour()); }
-
- // Return the font based on the given one with this attribute applied to it.
- wxFont GetEffectiveFont(const wxFont& font) const;
-
-private:
- wxColour m_colour;
- bool m_bold;
- bool m_italic;
- wxColour m_bgColour;
-};
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewModel
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxDataViewModelNotifier, wxDataViewModelNotifiers,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewModel: public wxRefCounter
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewModel();
-
- virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const = 0;
-
- // return type as reported by wxVariant
- virtual wxString GetColumnType( unsigned int col ) const = 0;
-
- // get value into a wxVariant
- virtual void GetValue( wxVariant &variant,
- const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) const = 0;
-
- // return true if the given item has a value to display in the given
- // column: this is always true except for container items which by default
- // only show their label in the first column (but see HasContainerColumns())
- bool HasValue(const wxDataViewItem& item, unsigned col) const
- {
- return col == 0 || !IsContainer(item) || HasContainerColumns(item);
- }
-
- // usually ValueChanged() should be called after changing the value in the
- // model to update the control, ChangeValue() does it on its own while
- // SetValue() does not -- so while you will override SetValue(), you should
- // be usually calling ChangeValue()
- virtual bool SetValue(const wxVariant &variant,
- const wxDataViewItem &item,
- unsigned int col) = 0;
-
- bool ChangeValue(const wxVariant& variant,
- const wxDataViewItem& item,
- unsigned int col)
- {
- return SetValue(variant, item, col) && ValueChanged(item, col);
- }
-
- // Get text attribute, return false of default attributes should be used
- virtual bool GetAttr(const wxDataViewItem &WXUNUSED(item),
- unsigned int WXUNUSED(col),
- wxDataViewItemAttr &WXUNUSED(attr)) const
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- // Override this if you want to disable specific items
- virtual bool IsEnabled(const wxDataViewItem &WXUNUSED(item),
- unsigned int WXUNUSED(col)) const
- {
- return true;
- }
-
- // define hierarchy
- virtual wxDataViewItem GetParent( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const = 0;
- virtual bool IsContainer( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const = 0;
- // Is the container just a header or an item with all columns
- virtual bool HasContainerColumns(const wxDataViewItem& WXUNUSED(item)) const
- { return false; }
- virtual unsigned int GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewItemArray &children ) const = 0;
-
- // delegated notifiers
- bool ItemAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item );
- bool ItemsAdded( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items );
- bool ItemDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItem &item );
- bool ItemsDeleted( const wxDataViewItem &parent, const wxDataViewItemArray &items );
- bool ItemChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item );
- bool ItemsChanged( const wxDataViewItemArray &items );
- bool ValueChanged( const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col );
- bool Cleared();
-
- // some platforms, such as GTK+, may need a two step procedure for ::Reset()
- bool BeforeReset();
- bool AfterReset();
-
-
- // delegated action
- virtual void Resort();
-
- void AddNotifier( wxDataViewModelNotifier *notifier );
- void RemoveNotifier( wxDataViewModelNotifier *notifier );
-
- // default compare function
- virtual int Compare( const wxDataViewItem &item1, const wxDataViewItem &item2,
- unsigned int column, bool ascending ) const;
- virtual bool HasDefaultCompare() const { return false; }
-
- // internal
- virtual bool IsListModel() const { return false; }
- virtual bool IsVirtualListModel() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
- // the user should not delete this class directly: he should use DecRef() instead!
- virtual ~wxDataViewModel() { }
-
- wxDataViewModelNotifiers m_notifiers;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewListModel: a model of a list, i.e. flat data structure without any
-// branches/containers, used as base class by wxDataViewIndexListModel and
-// wxDataViewVirtualListModel
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewListModel : public wxDataViewModel
-{
-public:
- // derived classes should override these methods instead of
- // {Get,Set}Value() and GetAttr() inherited from the base class
-
- virtual void GetValueByRow(wxVariant &variant,
- unsigned row, unsigned col) const = 0;
-
- virtual bool SetValueByRow(const wxVariant &variant,
- unsigned row, unsigned col) = 0;
-
- virtual bool
- GetAttrByRow(unsigned WXUNUSED(row), unsigned WXUNUSED(col),
- wxDataViewItemAttr &WXUNUSED(attr)) const
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual bool IsEnabledByRow(unsigned int WXUNUSED(row),
- unsigned int WXUNUSED(col)) const
- {
- return true;
- }
-
-
- // helper methods provided by list models only
- virtual unsigned GetRow( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const = 0;
-
- // returns the number of rows
- virtual unsigned int GetCount() const = 0;
-
- // implement some base class pure virtual directly
- virtual wxDataViewItem
- GetParent( const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item) ) const
- {
- // items never have valid parent in this model
- return wxDataViewItem();
- }
-
- virtual bool IsContainer( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const
- {
- // only the invisible (and invalid) root item has children
- return !item.IsOk();
- }
-
- // and implement some others by forwarding them to our own ones
- virtual void GetValue( wxVariant &variant,
- const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) const
- {
- GetValueByRow(variant, GetRow(item), col);
- }
-
- virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &variant,
- const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col )
- {
- return SetValueByRow( variant, GetRow(item), col );
- }
-
- virtual bool GetAttr(const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col,
- wxDataViewItemAttr &attr) const
- {
- return GetAttrByRow( GetRow(item), col, attr );
- }
-
- virtual bool IsEnabled(const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col) const
- {
- return IsEnabledByRow( GetRow(item), col );
- }
-
-
- virtual bool IsListModel() const { return true; }
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewIndexListModel
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewIndexListModel: public wxDataViewListModel
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewIndexListModel( unsigned int initial_size = 0 );
-
- void RowPrepended();
- void RowInserted( unsigned int before );
- void RowAppended();
- void RowDeleted( unsigned int row );
- void RowsDeleted( const wxArrayInt &rows );
- void RowChanged( unsigned int row );
- void RowValueChanged( unsigned int row, unsigned int col );
- void Reset( unsigned int new_size );
-
- // convert to/from row/wxDataViewItem
-
- virtual unsigned GetRow( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const;
- wxDataViewItem GetItem( unsigned int row ) const;
-
- // implement base methods
- virtual unsigned int GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewItemArray &children ) const;
-
- unsigned int GetCount() const { return m_hash.GetCount(); }
-
-private:
- wxDataViewItemArray m_hash;
- unsigned int m_nextFreeID;
- bool m_ordered;
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewVirtualListModel
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-// better than nothing
-typedef wxDataViewIndexListModel wxDataViewVirtualListModel;
-#else
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewVirtualListModel: public wxDataViewListModel
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewVirtualListModel( unsigned int initial_size = 0 );
-
- void RowPrepended();
- void RowInserted( unsigned int before );
- void RowAppended();
- void RowDeleted( unsigned int row );
- void RowsDeleted( const wxArrayInt &rows );
- void RowChanged( unsigned int row );
- void RowValueChanged( unsigned int row, unsigned int col );
- void Reset( unsigned int new_size );
-
- // convert to/from row/wxDataViewItem
-
- virtual unsigned GetRow( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const;
- wxDataViewItem GetItem( unsigned int row ) const;
-
- // compare based on index
-
- virtual int Compare( const wxDataViewItem &item1, const wxDataViewItem &item2,
- unsigned int column, bool ascending ) const;
- virtual bool HasDefaultCompare() const;
-
- // implement base methods
- virtual unsigned int GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewItemArray &children ) const;
-
- unsigned int GetCount() const { return m_size; }
-
- // internal
- virtual bool IsVirtualListModel() const { return true; }
-
-private:
- unsigned int m_size;
-};
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewRenderer and related classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/dvrenderers.h"
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewColumnBase
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-// for compatibility only, do not use
-enum wxDataViewColumnFlags
-{
- wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE = wxCOL_RESIZABLE,
- wxDATAVIEW_COL_SORTABLE = wxCOL_SORTABLE,
- wxDATAVIEW_COL_REORDERABLE = wxCOL_REORDERABLE,
- wxDATAVIEW_COL_HIDDEN = wxCOL_HIDDEN
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewColumnBase : public wxSettableHeaderColumn
-{
-public:
- // ctor for the text columns: takes ownership of renderer
- wxDataViewColumnBase(wxDataViewRenderer *renderer,
- unsigned int model_column)
- {
- Init(renderer, model_column);
- }
-
- // ctor for the bitmap columns
- wxDataViewColumnBase(const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- wxDataViewRenderer *renderer,
- unsigned int model_column)
- : m_bitmap(bitmap)
- {
- Init(renderer, model_column);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxDataViewColumnBase();
-
- // setters:
- virtual void SetOwner( wxDataViewCtrl *owner )
- { m_owner = owner; }
-
- // getters:
- unsigned int GetModelColumn() const { return static_cast<unsigned int>(m_model_column); }
- wxDataViewCtrl *GetOwner() const { return m_owner; }
- wxDataViewRenderer* GetRenderer() const { return m_renderer; }
-
- // implement some of base class pure virtuals (the rest is port-dependent
- // and done differently in generic and native versions)
- virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
- virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-
-protected:
- wxDataViewRenderer *m_renderer;
- int m_model_column;
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
- wxDataViewCtrl *m_owner;
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init(wxDataViewRenderer *renderer, unsigned int model_column);
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewCtrlBase
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxDV_SINGLE 0x0000 // for convenience
-#define wxDV_MULTIPLE 0x0001 // can select multiple items
-
-#define wxDV_NO_HEADER 0x0002 // column titles not visible
-#define wxDV_HORIZ_RULES 0x0004 // light horizontal rules between rows
-#define wxDV_VERT_RULES 0x0008 // light vertical rules between columns
-
-#define wxDV_ROW_LINES 0x0010 // alternating colour in rows
-#define wxDV_VARIABLE_LINE_HEIGHT 0x0020 // variable line height
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCtrlBase: public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewCtrlBase();
- virtual ~wxDataViewCtrlBase();
-
- // model
- // -----
-
- virtual bool AssociateModel( wxDataViewModel *model );
- wxDataViewModel* GetModel();
- const wxDataViewModel* GetModel() const;
-
-
- // column management
- // -----------------
-
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependIconTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependToggleColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_TOGGLE_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependProgressColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependDateColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependBitmapColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependIconTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependToggleColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_TOGGLE_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependProgressColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependDateColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *PrependBitmapColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
-
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendIconTextColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendToggleColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_TOGGLE_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendProgressColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendDateColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendBitmapColumn( const wxString &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendIconTextColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendToggleColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_TOGGLE_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendProgressColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendDateColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendBitmapColumn( const wxBitmap &label, unsigned int model_column,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT, int width = -1,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
-
- virtual bool PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col );
- virtual bool InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col );
- virtual bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col );
-
- virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const = 0;
- virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn( unsigned int pos ) const = 0;
- virtual int GetColumnPosition( const wxDataViewColumn *column ) const = 0;
-
- virtual bool DeleteColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column ) = 0;
- virtual bool ClearColumns() = 0;
-
- void SetExpanderColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col )
- { m_expander_column = col ; DoSetExpanderColumn(); }
- wxDataViewColumn *GetExpanderColumn() const
- { return m_expander_column; }
-
- virtual wxDataViewColumn *GetSortingColumn() const = 0;
-
-
- // items management
- // ----------------
-
- void SetIndent( int indent )
- { m_indent = indent ; DoSetIndent(); }
- int GetIndent() const
- { return m_indent; }
-
- // Current item is the one used by the keyboard navigation, it is the same
- // as the (unique) selected item in single selection mode so these
- // functions are mostly useful for controls with wxDV_MULTIPLE style.
- wxDataViewItem GetCurrentItem() const;
- void SetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item);
-
- // Currently focused column of the current item or NULL if no column has focus
- virtual wxDataViewColumn *GetCurrentColumn() const = 0;
-
- // Selection: both GetSelection() and GetSelections() can be used for the
- // controls both with and without wxDV_MULTIPLE style. For single selection
- // controls GetSelections() is not very useful however. And for multi
- // selection controls GetSelection() returns an invalid item if more than
- // one item is selected. Use GetSelectedItemsCount() or HasSelection() to
- // check if any items are selected at all.
- virtual int GetSelectedItemsCount() const = 0;
- bool HasSelection() const { return GetSelectedItemsCount() != 0; }
- wxDataViewItem GetSelection() const;
- virtual int GetSelections( wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) const = 0;
- virtual void SetSelections( const wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) = 0;
- virtual void Select( const wxDataViewItem & item ) = 0;
- virtual void Unselect( const wxDataViewItem & item ) = 0;
- virtual bool IsSelected( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const = 0;
-
- virtual void SelectAll() = 0;
- virtual void UnselectAll() = 0;
-
- virtual void Expand( const wxDataViewItem & item ) = 0;
- virtual void ExpandAncestors( const wxDataViewItem & item );
- virtual void Collapse( const wxDataViewItem & item ) = 0;
- virtual bool IsExpanded( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const = 0;
-
- virtual void EnsureVisible( const wxDataViewItem & item,
- const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL ) = 0;
- virtual void HitTest( const wxPoint & point, wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewColumn* &column ) const = 0;
- virtual wxRect GetItemRect( const wxDataViewItem & item, const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL ) const = 0;
-
- virtual bool SetRowHeight( int WXUNUSED(rowHeight) ) { return false; }
-
- virtual void EditItem(const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxDataViewColumn *column) = 0;
-
- // Use EditItem() instead
- wxDEPRECATED( void StartEditor(const wxDataViewItem& item, unsigned int column) );
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- virtual bool EnableDragSource(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format))
- { return false; }
- virtual bool EnableDropTarget(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format))
- { return false; }
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
- // define control visual attributes
- // --------------------------------
-
- virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
- {
- return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
- }
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL)
- {
- return wxControl::GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(variant);
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetExpanderColumn() = 0 ;
- virtual void DoSetIndent() = 0;
-
-private:
- // Implementation of the public Set/GetCurrentItem() methods which are only
- // called in multi selection case (for single selection controls their
- // implementation is trivial and is done in the base class itself).
- virtual wxDataViewItem DoGetCurrentItem() const = 0;
- virtual void DoSetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item) = 0;
-
- wxDataViewModel *m_model;
- wxDataViewColumn *m_expander_column;
- int m_indent ;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewCtrlBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewEvent - the event class for the wxDataViewCtrl notifications
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
- : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid),
- m_item(0),
- m_col(-1),
- m_model(NULL),
- m_value(wxNullVariant),
- m_column(NULL),
- m_pos(-1,-1),
- m_cacheFrom(0),
- m_cacheTo(0),
- m_editCancelled(false)
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- , m_dataObject(NULL),
- m_dataBuffer(NULL),
- m_dataSize(0),
- m_dragFlags(0),
- m_dropEffect(wxDragNone)
-#endif
- { }
-
- wxDataViewEvent(const wxDataViewEvent& event)
- : wxNotifyEvent(event),
- m_item(event.m_item),
- m_col(event.m_col),
- m_model(event.m_model),
- m_value(event.m_value),
- m_column(event.m_column),
- m_pos(event.m_pos),
- m_cacheFrom(event.m_cacheFrom),
- m_cacheTo(event.m_cacheTo),
- m_editCancelled(event.m_editCancelled)
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- , m_dataObject(event.m_dataObject),
- m_dataFormat(event.m_dataFormat),
- m_dataBuffer(event.m_dataBuffer),
- m_dataSize(event.m_dataSize),
- m_dragFlags(event.m_dragFlags),
- m_dropEffect(event.m_dropEffect)
-#endif
- { }
-
- wxDataViewItem GetItem() const { return m_item; }
- void SetItem( const wxDataViewItem &item ) { m_item = item; }
-
- int GetColumn() const { return m_col; }
- void SetColumn( int col ) { m_col = col; }
-
- wxDataViewModel* GetModel() const { return m_model; }
- void SetModel( wxDataViewModel *model ) { m_model = model; }
-
- const wxVariant &GetValue() const { return m_value; }
- void SetValue( const wxVariant &value ) { m_value = value; }
-
- // for wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_DONE only
- bool IsEditCancelled() const { return m_editCancelled; }
- void SetEditCanceled(bool editCancelled) { m_editCancelled = editCancelled; }
-
- // for wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICKED only
- void SetDataViewColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col ) { m_column = col; }
- wxDataViewColumn *GetDataViewColumn() const { return m_column; }
-
- // for wxEVT_DATAVIEW_CONTEXT_MENU only
- wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
- void SetPosition( int x, int y ) { m_pos.x = x; m_pos.y = y; }
-
- // For wxEVT_DATAVIEW_CACHE_HINT
- int GetCacheFrom() const { return m_cacheFrom; }
- int GetCacheTo() const { return m_cacheTo; }
- void SetCache(int from, int to) { m_cacheFrom = from; m_cacheTo = to; }
-
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- // For drag operations
- void SetDataObject( wxDataObject *obj ) { m_dataObject = obj; }
- wxDataObject *GetDataObject() const { return m_dataObject; }
-
- // For drop operations
- void SetDataFormat( const wxDataFormat &format ) { m_dataFormat = format; }
- wxDataFormat GetDataFormat() const { return m_dataFormat; }
- void SetDataSize( size_t size ) { m_dataSize = size; }
- size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_dataSize; }
- void SetDataBuffer( void* buf ) { m_dataBuffer = buf;}
- void *GetDataBuffer() const { return m_dataBuffer; }
- void SetDragFlags( int flags ) { m_dragFlags = flags; }
- int GetDragFlags() const { return m_dragFlags; }
- void SetDropEffect( wxDragResult effect ) { m_dropEffect = effect; }
- wxDragResult GetDropEffect() const { return m_dropEffect; }
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDataViewEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- wxDataViewItem m_item;
- int m_col;
- wxDataViewModel *m_model;
- wxVariant m_value;
- wxDataViewColumn *m_column;
- wxPoint m_pos;
- int m_cacheFrom;
- int m_cacheTo;
- bool m_editCancelled;
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- wxDataObject *m_dataObject;
-
- wxDataFormat m_dataFormat;
- void* m_dataBuffer;
- size_t m_dataSize;
-
- int m_dragFlags;
- wxDragResult m_dropEffect;
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDataViewEvent)
-};
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_SELECTION_CHANGED, wxDataViewEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_ACTIVATED, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSED, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDED, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSING, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDING, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_START_EDITING, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_STARTED, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_DONE, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED, wxDataViewEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU, wxDataViewEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_SORTED, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_REORDERED, wxDataViewEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_CACHE_HINT, wxDataViewEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE, wxDataViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP, wxDataViewEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDataViewEventFunction)(wxDataViewEvent&);
-
-#define wxDataViewEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxDataViewEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ ## evt, id, wxDataViewEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_SELECTION_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(SELECTION_CHANGED, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_ACTIVATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_ACTIVATED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_COLLAPSING, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_EXPANDING, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_EXPANDED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_START_EDITING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_START_EDITING, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_STARTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_EDITING_STARTED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_DONE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_EDITING_DONE, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_SORTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(COLUMN_SORTED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_REORDERED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(COLUMN_REORDERED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_CACHE_HINT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(CACHE_HINT, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DATAVIEWEVT(ITEM_DROP, id, fn)
-
-// Old and not documented synonym, don't use.
-#define EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICKED(id, fn) EVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn)
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL
- #include "wx/generic/dataview.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/dataview.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/dataview.h"
-#else
- #error "unknown native wxDataViewCtrl implementation"
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewListStore
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewListStoreLine
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewListStoreLine( wxUIntPtr data = 0 )
- {
- m_data = data;
- }
-
- void SetData( wxUIntPtr data )
- { m_data = data; }
- wxUIntPtr GetData() const
- { return m_data; }
-
- wxVector<wxVariant> m_values;
-
-private:
- wxUIntPtr m_data;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewListStore: public wxDataViewIndexListModel
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewListStore();
- ~wxDataViewListStore();
-
- void PrependColumn( const wxString &varianttype );
- void InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, const wxString &varianttype );
- void AppendColumn( const wxString &varianttype );
-
- void AppendItem( const wxVector<wxVariant> &values, wxUIntPtr data = 0 );
- void PrependItem( const wxVector<wxVariant> &values, wxUIntPtr data = 0 );
- void InsertItem( unsigned int row, const wxVector<wxVariant> &values, wxUIntPtr data = 0 );
- void DeleteItem( unsigned int pos );
- void DeleteAllItems();
-
- unsigned int GetItemCount() const;
-
- void SetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item, wxUIntPtr data );
- wxUIntPtr GetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const;
-
- // override base virtuals
-
- virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const;
-
- virtual wxString GetColumnType( unsigned int col ) const;
-
- virtual void GetValueByRow( wxVariant &value,
- unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) const;
-
- virtual bool SetValueByRow( const wxVariant &value,
- unsigned int row, unsigned int col );
-
-
-public:
- wxVector<wxDataViewListStoreLine*> m_data;
- wxArrayString m_cols;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewListCtrl: public wxDataViewCtrl
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewListCtrl();
- wxDataViewListCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxDV_ROW_LINES,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator );
- ~wxDataViewListCtrl();
-
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxDV_ROW_LINES,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator );
-
- wxDataViewListStore *GetStore()
- { return (wxDataViewListStore*) GetModel(); }
- const wxDataViewListStore *GetStore() const
- { return (const wxDataViewListStore*) GetModel(); }
-
- int ItemToRow(const wxDataViewItem &item) const
- { return item.IsOk() ? (int)GetStore()->GetRow(item) : wxNOT_FOUND; }
- wxDataViewItem RowToItem(int row) const
- { return row == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxDataViewItem() : GetStore()->GetItem(row); }
-
- int GetSelectedRow() const
- { return ItemToRow(GetSelection()); }
- void SelectRow(unsigned row)
- { Select(RowToItem(row)); }
- void UnselectRow(unsigned row)
- { Unselect(RowToItem(row)); }
- bool IsRowSelected(unsigned row) const
- { return IsSelected(RowToItem(row)); }
-
- bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column, const wxString &varianttype );
- bool PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column, const wxString &varianttype );
- bool InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *column, const wxString &varianttype );
-
- // overridden from base class
- virtual bool PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col );
- virtual bool InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col );
- virtual bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col );
-
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendTextColumn( const wxString &label,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int width = -1, wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendToggleColumn( const wxString &label,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE,
- int width = -1, wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendProgressColumn( const wxString &label,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int width = -1, wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn *AppendIconTextColumn( const wxString &label,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int width = -1, wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT, int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
-
- void AppendItem( const wxVector<wxVariant> &values, wxUIntPtr data = 0 )
- { GetStore()->AppendItem( values, data ); }
- void PrependItem( const wxVector<wxVariant> &values, wxUIntPtr data = 0 )
- { GetStore()->PrependItem( values, data ); }
- void InsertItem( unsigned int row, const wxVector<wxVariant> &values, wxUIntPtr data = 0 )
- { GetStore()->InsertItem( row, values, data ); }
- void DeleteItem( unsigned row )
- { GetStore()->DeleteItem( row ); }
- void DeleteAllItems()
- { GetStore()->DeleteAllItems(); }
-
- void SetValue( const wxVariant &value, unsigned int row, unsigned int col )
- { GetStore()->SetValueByRow( value, row, col );
- GetStore()->RowValueChanged( row, col); }
- void GetValue( wxVariant &value, unsigned int row, unsigned int col )
- { GetStore()->GetValueByRow( value, row, col ); }
-
- void SetTextValue( const wxString &value, unsigned int row, unsigned int col )
- { GetStore()->SetValueByRow( value, row, col );
- GetStore()->RowValueChanged( row, col); }
- wxString GetTextValue( unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) const
- { wxVariant value; GetStore()->GetValueByRow( value, row, col ); return value.GetString(); }
-
- void SetToggleValue( bool value, unsigned int row, unsigned int col )
- { GetStore()->SetValueByRow( value, row, col );
- GetStore()->RowValueChanged( row, col); }
- bool GetToggleValue( unsigned int row, unsigned int col ) const
- { wxVariant value; GetStore()->GetValueByRow( value, row, col ); return value.GetBool(); }
-
- void SetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item, wxUIntPtr data )
- { GetStore()->SetItemData( item, data ); }
- wxUIntPtr GetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const
- { return GetStore()->GetItemData( item ); }
-
- int GetItemCount() const
- { return GetStore()->GetItemCount(); }
-
- void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDataViewListCtrl)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewTreeStore
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTreeStoreNode
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewTreeStoreNode( wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *parent,
- const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, wxClientData *data = NULL );
- virtual ~wxDataViewTreeStoreNode();
-
- void SetText( const wxString &text )
- { m_text = text; }
- wxString GetText() const
- { return m_text; }
- void SetIcon( const wxIcon &icon )
- { m_icon = icon; }
- const wxIcon &GetIcon() const
- { return m_icon; }
- void SetData( wxClientData *data )
- { if (m_data) delete m_data; m_data = data; }
- wxClientData *GetData() const
- { return m_data; }
-
- wxDataViewItem GetItem() const
- { return wxDataViewItem( (void*) this ); }
-
- virtual bool IsContainer()
- { return false; }
-
- wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *GetParent()
- { return m_parent; }
-
-private:
- wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *m_parent;
- wxString m_text;
- wxIcon m_icon;
- wxClientData *m_data;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxDataViewTreeStoreNode, wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode: public wxDataViewTreeStoreNode
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode( wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *parent,
- const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, const wxIcon &expanded = wxNullIcon,
- wxClientData *data = NULL );
- virtual ~wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode();
-
- const wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList &GetChildren() const
- { return m_children; }
- wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList &GetChildren()
- { return m_children; }
-
- void SetExpandedIcon( const wxIcon &icon )
- { m_iconExpanded = icon; }
- const wxIcon &GetExpandedIcon() const
- { return m_iconExpanded; }
-
- void SetExpanded( bool expanded = true )
- { m_isExpanded = expanded; }
- bool IsExpanded() const
- { return m_isExpanded; }
-
- virtual bool IsContainer()
- { return true; }
-
-private:
- wxDataViewTreeStoreNodeList m_children;
- wxIcon m_iconExpanded;
- bool m_isExpanded;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTreeStore: public wxDataViewModel
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewTreeStore();
- ~wxDataViewTreeStore();
-
- wxDataViewItem AppendItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent,
- const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, wxClientData *data = NULL );
- wxDataViewItem PrependItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent,
- const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, wxClientData *data = NULL );
- wxDataViewItem InsertItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& previous,
- const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, wxClientData *data = NULL );
-
- wxDataViewItem PrependContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent,
- const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, const wxIcon &expanded = wxNullIcon,
- wxClientData *data = NULL );
- wxDataViewItem AppendContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent,
- const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, const wxIcon &expanded = wxNullIcon,
- wxClientData *data = NULL );
- wxDataViewItem InsertContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& previous,
- const wxString &text, const wxIcon &icon = wxNullIcon, const wxIcon &expanded = wxNullIcon,
- wxClientData *data = NULL );
-
- wxDataViewItem GetNthChild( const wxDataViewItem& parent, unsigned int pos ) const;
- int GetChildCount( const wxDataViewItem& parent ) const;
-
- void SetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxString &text );
- wxString GetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const;
- void SetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon );
- const wxIcon &GetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const;
- void SetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon );
- const wxIcon &GetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const;
- void SetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item, wxClientData *data );
- wxClientData *GetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const;
-
- void DeleteItem( const wxDataViewItem& item );
- void DeleteChildren( const wxDataViewItem& item );
- void DeleteAllItems();
-
- // implement base methods
-
- virtual void GetValue( wxVariant &variant,
- const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col ) const;
- virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &variant,
- const wxDataViewItem &item, unsigned int col );
- virtual wxDataViewItem GetParent( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const;
- virtual bool IsContainer( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const;
- virtual unsigned int GetChildren( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxDataViewItemArray &children ) const;
-
- virtual int Compare( const wxDataViewItem &item1, const wxDataViewItem &item2,
- unsigned int column, bool ascending ) const;
-
- virtual bool HasDefaultCompare() const
- { return true; }
- virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const
- { return 1; }
- virtual wxString GetColumnType( unsigned int WXUNUSED(col) ) const
- { return wxT("wxDataViewIconText"); }
-
- wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *FindNode( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const;
- wxDataViewTreeStoreContainerNode *FindContainerNode( const wxDataViewItem &item ) const;
- wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *GetRoot() const { return m_root; }
-
-public:
- wxDataViewTreeStoreNode *m_root;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTreeCtrl: public wxDataViewCtrl,
- public wxWithImages
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewTreeCtrl() { }
- wxDataViewTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDV_NO_HEADER | wxDV_ROW_LINES,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator)
- {
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDV_NO_HEADER | wxDV_ROW_LINES,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator);
-
- wxDataViewTreeStore *GetStore()
- { return (wxDataViewTreeStore*) GetModel(); }
- const wxDataViewTreeStore *GetStore() const
- { return (const wxDataViewTreeStore*) GetModel(); }
-
- bool IsContainer( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const
- { return GetStore()->IsContainer(item); }
-
- wxDataViewItem AppendItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent,
- const wxString &text, int icon = NO_IMAGE, wxClientData *data = NULL );
- wxDataViewItem PrependItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent,
- const wxString &text, int icon = NO_IMAGE, wxClientData *data = NULL );
- wxDataViewItem InsertItem( const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& previous,
- const wxString &text, int icon = NO_IMAGE, wxClientData *data = NULL );
-
- wxDataViewItem PrependContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent,
- const wxString &text, int icon = NO_IMAGE, int expanded = NO_IMAGE,
- wxClientData *data = NULL );
- wxDataViewItem AppendContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent,
- const wxString &text, int icon = NO_IMAGE, int expanded = NO_IMAGE,
- wxClientData *data = NULL );
- wxDataViewItem InsertContainer( const wxDataViewItem& parent, const wxDataViewItem& previous,
- const wxString &text, int icon = NO_IMAGE, int expanded = NO_IMAGE,
- wxClientData *data = NULL );
-
- wxDataViewItem GetNthChild( const wxDataViewItem& parent, unsigned int pos ) const
- { return GetStore()->GetNthChild(parent, pos); }
- int GetChildCount( const wxDataViewItem& parent ) const
- { return GetStore()->GetChildCount(parent); }
-
- void SetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxString &text );
- wxString GetItemText( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const
- { return GetStore()->GetItemText(item); }
- void SetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon );
- const wxIcon &GetItemIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const
- { return GetStore()->GetItemIcon(item); }
- void SetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxIcon &icon );
- const wxIcon &GetItemExpandedIcon( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const
- { return GetStore()->GetItemExpandedIcon(item); }
- void SetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item, wxClientData *data )
- { GetStore()->SetItemData(item,data); }
- wxClientData *GetItemData( const wxDataViewItem& item ) const
- { return GetStore()->GetItemData(item); }
-
- void DeleteItem( const wxDataViewItem& item );
- void DeleteChildren( const wxDataViewItem& item );
- void DeleteAllItems();
-
- void OnExpanded( wxDataViewEvent &event );
- void OnCollapsed( wxDataViewEvent &event );
- void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDataViewTreeCtrl)
-};
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_SELECTION_CHANGED wxEVT_DATAVIEW_SELECTION_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_ACTIVATED wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_ACTIVATED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSED wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDED wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSING wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_COLLAPSING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDING wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EXPANDING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_START_EDITING wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_START_EDITING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_STARTED wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_STARTED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_DONE wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_EDITING_DONE
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_VALUE_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_SORTED wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_SORTED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_REORDERED wxEVT_DATAVIEW_COLUMN_REORDERED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_CACHE_HINT wxEVT_DATAVIEW_CACHE_HINT
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_BEGIN_DRAG
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP_POSSIBLE
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP wxEVT_DATAVIEW_ITEM_DROP
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DATAVIEW_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/datectrl.h
-// Purpose: implements wxDatePickerCtrl
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-01-09
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DATECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_DATECTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-
-#include "wx/datetimectrl.h" // the base class
-
-#define wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr wxT("datectrl")
-
-// wxDatePickerCtrl styles
-enum
-{
- // default style on this platform, either wxDP_SPIN or wxDP_DROPDOWN
- wxDP_DEFAULT = 0,
-
- // a spin control-like date picker (not supported in generic version)
- wxDP_SPIN = 1,
-
- // a combobox-like date picker (not supported in mac version)
- wxDP_DROPDOWN = 2,
-
- // always show century in the default date display (otherwise it depends on
- // the system date format which may include the century or not)
- wxDP_SHOWCENTURY = 4,
-
- // allow not having any valid date in the control (by default it always has
- // some date, today initially if no valid date specified in ctor)
- wxDP_ALLOWNONE = 8
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDatePickerCtrl: allow the user to enter the date
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrlBase : public wxDateTimePickerCtrl
-{
-public:
- /*
- The derived classes should implement ctor and Create() method with the
- following signature:
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& dt = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr);
- */
-
- /*
- We inherit the methods to set/get the date from the base class.
-
- virtual void SetValue(const wxDateTime& dt) = 0;
- virtual wxDateTime GetValue() const = 0;
- */
-
- // And add methods to set/get the allowed valid range for the dates. If
- // either/both of them are invalid, there is no corresponding limit and if
- // neither is set, GetRange() returns false.
- virtual void SetRange(const wxDateTime& dt1, const wxDateTime& dt2) = 0;
- virtual bool GetRange(wxDateTime *dt1, wxDateTime *dt2) const = 0;
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/msw/datectrl.h"
-
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_DATEPICKCTRL
-#elif defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/osx/datectrl.h"
-
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_DATEPICKCTRL
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/datectrl.h"
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrl : public wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric
- {
- public:
- wxDatePickerCtrl() { }
- wxDatePickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr)
- : wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, validator, name)
- {
- }
-
- private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDatePickerCtrl)
- };
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_DATECTRL_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dateevt.h
-// Purpose: declares wxDateEvent class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-01-10
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DATEEVT_H_
-#define _WX_DATEEVT_H_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateEvent: used by wxCalendarCtrl, wxDatePickerCtrl and wxTimePickerCtrl.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDateEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxDateEvent() { }
- wxDateEvent(wxWindow *win, const wxDateTime& dt, wxEventType type)
- : wxCommandEvent(type, win->GetId()),
- m_date(dt)
- {
- SetEventObject(win);
- }
-
- const wxDateTime& GetDate() const { return m_date; }
- void SetDate(const wxDateTime &date) { m_date = date; }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDateEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxDateTime m_date;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDateEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event types and macros for handling them
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, wxDateEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TIME_CHANGED, wxDateEvent);
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDateEventFunction)(wxDateEvent&);
-
-#define wxDateEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxDateEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_DATE_CHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED, id, wxDateEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TIME_CHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TIME_CHANGED, id, wxDateEventHandler(fn))
-
-#endif // _WX_DATEEVT_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/datetime.h
-// Purpose: declarations of time/date related classes (wxDateTime,
-// wxTimeSpan)
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10.02.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DATETIME_H
-#define _WX_DATETIME_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
- #include "wx/msw/wince/time.h"
-#else
- #include <time.h>
-#endif // OS
-
-#include <limits.h> // for INT_MIN
-
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-#include "wx/anystr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimeSpan;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateSpan;
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
-struct _SYSTEMTIME;
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// not all c-runtimes are based on 1/1/1970 being (time_t) 0
-// set this to the corresponding value in seconds 1/1/1970 has on your
-// systems c-runtime
-
-#define WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET 0
-
-/*
- * TODO
- *
- * + 1. Time zones with minutes (make TimeZone a class)
- * ? 2. getdate() function like under Solaris
- * + 3. text conversion for wxDateSpan
- * + 4. pluggable modules for the workdays calculations
- * 5. wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority for Easter and other christian feasts
- */
-
-/*
- The three (main) classes declared in this header represent:
-
- 1. An absolute moment in the time (wxDateTime)
- 2. A difference between two moments in the time, positive or negative
- (wxTimeSpan)
- 3. A logical difference between two dates expressed in
- years/months/weeks/days (wxDateSpan)
-
- The following arithmetic operations are permitted (all others are not):
-
- addition
- --------
-
- wxDateTime + wxTimeSpan = wxDateTime
- wxDateTime + wxDateSpan = wxDateTime
- wxTimeSpan + wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan
- wxDateSpan + wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan
-
- subtraction
- ------------
- wxDateTime - wxDateTime = wxTimeSpan
- wxDateTime - wxTimeSpan = wxDateTime
- wxDateTime - wxDateSpan = wxDateTime
- wxTimeSpan - wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan
- wxDateSpan - wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan
-
- multiplication
- --------------
- wxTimeSpan * number = wxTimeSpan
- number * wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan
- wxDateSpan * number = wxDateSpan
- number * wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan
-
- unitary minus
- -------------
- -wxTimeSpan = wxTimeSpan
- -wxDateSpan = wxDateSpan
-
- For each binary operation OP (+, -, *) we have the following operatorOP=() as
- a method and the method with a symbolic name OPER (Add, Subtract, Multiply)
- as a synonym for it and another const method with the same name which returns
- the changed copy of the object and operatorOP() as a global function which is
- implemented in terms of the const version of OPEN. For the unary - we have
- operator-() as a method, Neg() as synonym for it and Negate() which returns
- the copy of the object with the changed sign.
-*/
-
-// an invalid/default date time object which may be used as the default
-// argument for arguments of type wxDateTime; it is also returned by all
-// functions returning wxDateTime on failure (this is why it is also called
-// wxInvalidDateTime)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const char) wxDefaultDateTimeFormat[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const char) wxDefaultTimeSpanFormat[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxDateTime) wxDefaultDateTime;
-
-#define wxInvalidDateTime wxDefaultDateTime
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// conditional compilation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// if configure detected strftime(), we have it too
-#ifdef HAVE_STRFTIME
- #define wxHAS_STRFTIME
-// suppose everyone else has strftime except Win CE unless VC8 is used
-#elif !defined(__WXWINCE__) || defined(__VISUALC8__)
- #define wxHAS_STRFTIME
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime represents an absolute moment in the time
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateTime
-{
-public:
- // types
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // a small unsigned integer type for storing things like minutes,
- // seconds &c. It should be at least short (i.e. not char) to contain
- // the number of milliseconds - it may also be 'int' because there is
- // no size penalty associated with it in our code, we don't store any
- // data in this format
- typedef unsigned short wxDateTime_t;
-
- // constants
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // the timezones
- enum TZ
- {
- // the time in the current time zone
- Local,
-
- // zones from GMT (= Greenwich Mean Time): they're guaranteed to be
- // consequent numbers, so writing something like `GMT0 + offset' is
- // safe if abs(offset) <= 12
-
- // underscore stands for minus
- GMT_12, GMT_11, GMT_10, GMT_9, GMT_8, GMT_7,
- GMT_6, GMT_5, GMT_4, GMT_3, GMT_2, GMT_1,
- GMT0,
- GMT1, GMT2, GMT3, GMT4, GMT5, GMT6,
- GMT7, GMT8, GMT9, GMT10, GMT11, GMT12, GMT13,
- // Note that GMT12 and GMT_12 are not the same: there is a difference
- // of exactly one day between them
-
- // some symbolic names for TZ
-
- // Europe
- WET = GMT0, // Western Europe Time
- WEST = GMT1, // Western Europe Summer Time
- CET = GMT1, // Central Europe Time
- CEST = GMT2, // Central Europe Summer Time
- EET = GMT2, // Eastern Europe Time
- EEST = GMT3, // Eastern Europe Summer Time
- MSK = GMT3, // Moscow Time
- MSD = GMT4, // Moscow Summer Time
-
- // US and Canada
- AST = GMT_4, // Atlantic Standard Time
- ADT = GMT_3, // Atlantic Daylight Time
- EST = GMT_5, // Eastern Standard Time
- EDT = GMT_4, // Eastern Daylight Saving Time
- CST = GMT_6, // Central Standard Time
- CDT = GMT_5, // Central Daylight Saving Time
- MST = GMT_7, // Mountain Standard Time
- MDT = GMT_6, // Mountain Daylight Saving Time
- PST = GMT_8, // Pacific Standard Time
- PDT = GMT_7, // Pacific Daylight Saving Time
- HST = GMT_10, // Hawaiian Standard Time
- AKST = GMT_9, // Alaska Standard Time
- AKDT = GMT_8, // Alaska Daylight Saving Time
-
- // Australia
-
- A_WST = GMT8, // Western Standard Time
- A_CST = GMT13 + 1, // Central Standard Time (+9.5)
- A_EST = GMT10, // Eastern Standard Time
- A_ESST = GMT11, // Eastern Summer Time
-
- // New Zealand
- NZST = GMT12, // Standard Time
- NZDT = GMT13, // Daylight Saving Time
-
- // TODO add more symbolic timezone names here
-
- // Universal Coordinated Time = the new and politically correct name
- // for GMT
- UTC = GMT0
- };
-
- // the calendar systems we know about: notice that it's valid (for
- // this classes purpose anyhow) to work with any of these calendars
- // even with the dates before the historical appearance of the
- // calendar
- enum Calendar
- {
- Gregorian, // current calendar
- Julian // calendar in use since -45 until the 1582 (or later)
-
- // TODO Hebrew, Chinese, Maya, ... (just kidding) (or then may be not?)
- };
-
- // the country parameter is used so far for calculating the start and
- // the end of DST period and for deciding whether the date is a work
- // day or not
- //
- // TODO move this to intl.h
-
-// Required for WinCE
-#ifdef USA
-#undef USA
-#endif
-
- enum Country
- {
- Country_Unknown, // no special information for this country
- Country_Default, // set the default country with SetCountry() method
- // or use the default country with any other
-
- // TODO add more countries (for this we must know about DST and/or
- // holidays for this country)
-
- // Western European countries: we assume that they all follow the same
- // DST rules (true or false?)
- Country_WesternEurope_Start,
- Country_EEC = Country_WesternEurope_Start,
- France,
- Germany,
- UK,
- Country_WesternEurope_End = UK,
-
- Russia,
- USA
- };
- // symbolic names for the months
- enum Month
- {
- Jan, Feb, Mar, Apr, May, Jun, Jul, Aug, Sep, Oct, Nov, Dec, Inv_Month
- };
-
- // symbolic names for the weekdays
- enum WeekDay
- {
- Sun, Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Inv_WeekDay
- };
-
- // invalid value for the year
- enum Year
- {
- Inv_Year = SHRT_MIN // should hold in wxDateTime_t
- };
-
- // flags for GetWeekDayName and GetMonthName
- enum NameFlags
- {
- Name_Full = 0x01, // return full name
- Name_Abbr = 0x02 // return abbreviated name
- };
-
- // flags for GetWeekOfYear and GetWeekOfMonth
- enum WeekFlags
- {
- Default_First, // Sunday_First for US, Monday_First for the rest
- Monday_First, // week starts with a Monday
- Sunday_First // week starts with a Sunday
- };
-
- // helper classes
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // a class representing a time zone: basically, this is just an offset
- // (in seconds) from GMT
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE TimeZone
- {
- public:
- TimeZone(TZ tz);
-
- // create time zone object with the given offset
- TimeZone(long offset = 0) { m_offset = offset; }
-
- static TimeZone Make(long offset)
- {
- TimeZone tz;
- tz.m_offset = offset;
- return tz;
- }
-
- long GetOffset() const { return m_offset; }
-
- private:
- // offset for this timezone from GMT in seconds
- long m_offset;
- };
-
- // standard struct tm is limited to the years from 1900 (because
- // tm_year field is the offset from 1900), so we use our own struct
- // instead to represent broken down time
- //
- // NB: this struct should always be kept normalized (i.e. mon should
- // be < 12, 1 <= day <= 31 &c), so use AddMonths(), AddDays()
- // instead of modifying the member fields directly!
- struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE Tm
- {
- wxDateTime_t msec, sec, min, hour,
- mday, // Day of the month in 1..31 range.
- yday; // Day of the year in 0..365 range.
- Month mon;
- int year;
-
- // default ctor inits the object to an invalid value
- Tm();
-
- // ctor from struct tm and the timezone
- Tm(const struct tm& tm, const TimeZone& tz);
-
- // check that the given date/time is valid (in Gregorian calendar)
- bool IsValid() const;
-
- // get the week day
- WeekDay GetWeekDay() // not const because wday may be changed
- {
- if ( wday == Inv_WeekDay )
- ComputeWeekDay();
-
- return (WeekDay)wday;
- }
-
- // add the given number of months to the date keeping it normalized
- void AddMonths(int monDiff);
-
- // add the given number of months to the date keeping it normalized
- void AddDays(int dayDiff);
-
- private:
- // compute the weekday from other fields
- void ComputeWeekDay();
-
- // the timezone we correspond to
- TimeZone m_tz;
-
- // This value can only be accessed via GetWeekDay() and not directly
- // because it's not always computed when creating this object and may
- // need to be calculated on demand.
- wxDateTime_t wday;
- };
-
- // static methods
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // set the current country
- static void SetCountry(Country country);
- // get the current country
- static Country GetCountry();
-
- // return true if the country is a West European one (in practice,
- // this means that the same DST rules as for EEC apply)
- static bool IsWestEuropeanCountry(Country country = Country_Default);
-
- // return the current year
- static int GetCurrentYear(Calendar cal = Gregorian);
-
- // convert the year as returned by wxDateTime::GetYear() to a year
- // suitable for BC/AD notation. The difference is that BC year 1
- // corresponds to the year 0 (while BC year 0 didn't exist) and AD
- // year N is just year N.
- static int ConvertYearToBC(int year);
-
- // return the current month
- static Month GetCurrentMonth(Calendar cal = Gregorian);
-
- // returns true if the given year is a leap year in the given calendar
- static bool IsLeapYear(int year = Inv_Year, Calendar cal = Gregorian);
-
- // get the century (19 for 1999, 20 for 2000 and -5 for 492 BC)
- static int GetCentury(int year);
-
- // returns the number of days in this year (356 or 355 for Gregorian
- // calendar usually :-)
- static wxDateTime_t GetNumberOfDays(int year, Calendar cal = Gregorian);
-
- // get the number of the days in the given month (default value for
- // the year means the current one)
- static wxDateTime_t GetNumberOfDays(Month month,
- int year = Inv_Year,
- Calendar cal = Gregorian);
-
-
- // get the full (default) or abbreviated month name in the current
- // locale, returns empty string on error
- static wxString GetMonthName(Month month,
- NameFlags flags = Name_Full);
-
- // get the standard English full (default) or abbreviated month name
- static wxString GetEnglishMonthName(Month month,
- NameFlags flags = Name_Full);
-
- // get the full (default) or abbreviated weekday name in the current
- // locale, returns empty string on error
- static wxString GetWeekDayName(WeekDay weekday,
- NameFlags flags = Name_Full);
-
- // get the standard English full (default) or abbreviated weekday name
- static wxString GetEnglishWeekDayName(WeekDay weekday,
- NameFlags flags = Name_Full);
-
- // get the AM and PM strings in the current locale (may be empty)
- static void GetAmPmStrings(wxString *am, wxString *pm);
-
- // return true if the given country uses DST for this year
- static bool IsDSTApplicable(int year = Inv_Year,
- Country country = Country_Default);
-
- // get the beginning of DST for this year, will return invalid object
- // if no DST applicable in this year. The default value of the
- // parameter means to take the current year.
- static wxDateTime GetBeginDST(int year = Inv_Year,
- Country country = Country_Default);
- // get the end of DST for this year, will return invalid object
- // if no DST applicable in this year. The default value of the
- // parameter means to take the current year.
- static wxDateTime GetEndDST(int year = Inv_Year,
- Country country = Country_Default);
-
- // return the wxDateTime object for the current time
- static inline wxDateTime Now();
-
- // return the wxDateTime object for the current time with millisecond
- // precision (if available on this platform)
- static wxDateTime UNow();
-
- // return the wxDateTime object for today midnight: i.e. as Now() but
- // with time set to 0
- static inline wxDateTime Today();
-
- // constructors: you should test whether the constructor succeeded with
- // IsValid() function. The values Inv_Month and Inv_Year for the
- // parameters mean take current month and/or year values.
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // default ctor does not initialize the object, use Set()!
- wxDateTime() { m_time = wxLongLong(wxINT32_MIN, 0); }
-
- // from time_t: seconds since the Epoch 00:00:00 UTC, Jan 1, 1970)
-#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400))
-// VA C++ confuses this with wxDateTime(double jdn) thinking it is a duplicate declaration
- inline wxDateTime(time_t timet);
-#endif
- // from broken down time/date (only for standard Unix range)
- inline wxDateTime(const struct tm& tm);
- // from broken down time/date (any range)
- inline wxDateTime(const Tm& tm);
-
- // from JDN (beware of rounding errors)
- inline wxDateTime(double jdn);
-
- // from separate values for each component, date set to today
- inline wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t hour,
- wxDateTime_t minute = 0,
- wxDateTime_t second = 0,
- wxDateTime_t millisec = 0);
- // from separate values for each component with explicit date
- inline wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t day, // day of the month
- Month month,
- int year = Inv_Year, // 1999, not 99 please!
- wxDateTime_t hour = 0,
- wxDateTime_t minute = 0,
- wxDateTime_t second = 0,
- wxDateTime_t millisec = 0);
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- wxDateTime(const struct _SYSTEMTIME& st)
- {
- SetFromMSWSysTime(st);
- }
-#endif
-
- // default copy ctor ok
-
- // no dtor
-
- // assignment operators and Set() functions: all non const methods return
- // the reference to this object. IsValid() should be used to test whether
- // the function succeeded.
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // set to the current time
- inline wxDateTime& SetToCurrent();
-
-#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400))
-// VA C++ confuses this with wxDateTime(double jdn) thinking it is a duplicate declaration
- // set to given time_t value
- inline wxDateTime& Set(time_t timet);
-#endif
-
- // set to given broken down time/date
- wxDateTime& Set(const struct tm& tm);
-
- // set to given broken down time/date
- inline wxDateTime& Set(const Tm& tm);
-
- // set to given JDN (beware of rounding errors)
- wxDateTime& Set(double jdn);
-
- // set to given time, date = today
- wxDateTime& Set(wxDateTime_t hour,
- wxDateTime_t minute = 0,
- wxDateTime_t second = 0,
- wxDateTime_t millisec = 0);
-
- // from separate values for each component with explicit date
- // (defaults for month and year are the current values)
- wxDateTime& Set(wxDateTime_t day,
- Month month,
- int year = Inv_Year, // 1999, not 99 please!
- wxDateTime_t hour = 0,
- wxDateTime_t minute = 0,
- wxDateTime_t second = 0,
- wxDateTime_t millisec = 0);
-
- // resets time to 00:00:00, doesn't change the date
- wxDateTime& ResetTime();
-
- // get the date part of this object only, i.e. the object which has the
- // same date as this one but time of 00:00:00
- wxDateTime GetDateOnly() const;
-
- // the following functions don't change the values of the other
- // fields, i.e. SetMinute() won't change either hour or seconds value
-
- // set the year
- wxDateTime& SetYear(int year);
- // set the month
- wxDateTime& SetMonth(Month month);
- // set the day of the month
- wxDateTime& SetDay(wxDateTime_t day);
- // set hour
- wxDateTime& SetHour(wxDateTime_t hour);
- // set minute
- wxDateTime& SetMinute(wxDateTime_t minute);
- // set second
- wxDateTime& SetSecond(wxDateTime_t second);
- // set millisecond
- wxDateTime& SetMillisecond(wxDateTime_t millisecond);
-
- // assignment operator from time_t
- wxDateTime& operator=(time_t timet) { return Set(timet); }
-
- // assignment operator from broken down time/date
- wxDateTime& operator=(const struct tm& tm) { return Set(tm); }
-
- // assignment operator from broken down time/date
- wxDateTime& operator=(const Tm& tm) { return Set(tm); }
-
- // default assignment operator is ok
-
- // calendar calculations (functions which set the date only leave the time
- // unchanged, e.g. don't explicitly zero it): SetXXX() functions modify the
- // object itself, GetXXX() ones return a new object.
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // set to the given week day in the same week as this one
- wxDateTime& SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday,
- WeekFlags flags = Monday_First);
- inline wxDateTime GetWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday,
- WeekFlags flags = Monday_First) const;
-
- // set to the next week day following this one
- wxDateTime& SetToNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday);
- inline wxDateTime GetNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const;
-
- // set to the previous week day before this one
- wxDateTime& SetToPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday);
- inline wxDateTime GetPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const;
-
- // set to Nth occurrence of given weekday in the given month of the
- // given year (time is set to 0), return true on success and false on
- // failure. n may be positive (1..5) or negative to count from the end
- // of the month (see helper function SetToLastWeekDay())
- bool SetToWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
- int n = 1,
- Month month = Inv_Month,
- int year = Inv_Year);
- inline wxDateTime GetWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
- int n = 1,
- Month month = Inv_Month,
- int year = Inv_Year) const;
-
- // sets to the last weekday in the given month, year
- inline bool SetToLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
- Month month = Inv_Month,
- int year = Inv_Year);
- inline wxDateTime GetLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
- Month month = Inv_Month,
- int year = Inv_Year);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // sets the date to the given day of the given week in the year,
- // returns true on success and false if given date doesn't exist (e.g.
- // numWeek is > 53)
- //
- // these functions are badly defined as they're not the reverse of
- // GetWeekOfYear(), use SetToTheWeekOfYear() instead
- wxDEPRECATED( bool SetToTheWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek,
- WeekDay weekday = Mon,
- WeekFlags flags = Monday_First) );
- wxDEPRECATED( wxDateTime GetWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek,
- WeekDay weekday = Mon,
- WeekFlags flags = Monday_First) const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- // returns the date corresponding to the given week day of the given
- // week (in ISO notation) of the specified year
- static wxDateTime SetToWeekOfYear(int year,
- wxDateTime_t numWeek,
- WeekDay weekday = Mon);
-
- // sets the date to the last day of the given (or current) month or the
- // given (or current) year
- wxDateTime& SetToLastMonthDay(Month month = Inv_Month,
- int year = Inv_Year);
- inline wxDateTime GetLastMonthDay(Month month = Inv_Month,
- int year = Inv_Year) const;
-
- // sets to the given year day (1..365 or 366)
- wxDateTime& SetToYearDay(wxDateTime_t yday);
- inline wxDateTime GetYearDay(wxDateTime_t yday) const;
-
- // The definitions below were taken verbatim from
- //
- // http://www.capecod.net/~pbaum/date/date0.htm
- //
- // (Peter Baum's home page)
- //
- // definition: The Julian Day Number, Julian Day, or JD of a
- // particular instant of time is the number of days and fractions of a
- // day since 12 hours Universal Time (Greenwich mean noon) on January
- // 1 of the year -4712, where the year is given in the Julian
- // proleptic calendar. The idea of using this reference date was
- // originally proposed by Joseph Scalizer in 1582 to count years but
- // it was modified by 19th century astronomers to count days. One
- // could have equivalently defined the reference time to be noon of
- // November 24, -4713 if were understood that Gregorian calendar rules
- // were applied. Julian days are Julian Day Numbers and are not to be
- // confused with Julian dates.
- //
- // definition: The Rata Die number is a date specified as the number
- // of days relative to a base date of December 31 of the year 0. Thus
- // January 1 of the year 1 is Rata Die day 1.
-
- // get the Julian Day number (the fractional part specifies the time of
- // the day, related to noon - beware of rounding errors!)
- double GetJulianDayNumber() const;
- double GetJDN() const { return GetJulianDayNumber(); }
-
- // get the Modified Julian Day number: it is equal to JDN - 2400000.5
- // and so integral MJDs correspond to the midnights (and not noons).
- // MJD 0 is Nov 17, 1858
- double GetModifiedJulianDayNumber() const { return GetJDN() - 2400000.5; }
- double GetMJD() const { return GetModifiedJulianDayNumber(); }
-
- // get the Rata Die number
- double GetRataDie() const;
-
- // TODO algorithms for calculating some important dates, such as
- // religious holidays (Easter...) or moon/solar eclipses? Some
- // algorithms can be found in the calendar FAQ
-
-
- // Timezone stuff: a wxDateTime object constructed using given
- // day/month/year/hour/min/sec values is interpreted as this moment in
- // local time. Using the functions below, it may be converted to another
- // time zone (e.g., the Unix epoch is wxDateTime(1, Jan, 1970).ToGMT()).
- //
- // These functions try to handle DST internally, but there is no magical
- // way to know all rules for it in all countries in the world, so if the
- // program can handle it itself (or doesn't want to handle it at all for
- // whatever reason), the DST handling can be disabled with noDST.
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // transform to any given timezone
- inline wxDateTime ToTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false) const;
- wxDateTime& MakeTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false);
-
- // interpret current value as being in another timezone and transform
- // it to local one
- inline wxDateTime FromTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false) const;
- wxDateTime& MakeFromTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false);
-
- // transform to/from GMT/UTC
- wxDateTime ToUTC(bool noDST = false) const { return ToTimezone(UTC, noDST); }
- wxDateTime& MakeUTC(bool noDST = false) { return MakeTimezone(UTC, noDST); }
-
- wxDateTime ToGMT(bool noDST = false) const { return ToUTC(noDST); }
- wxDateTime& MakeGMT(bool noDST = false) { return MakeUTC(noDST); }
-
- wxDateTime FromUTC(bool noDST = false) const
- { return FromTimezone(UTC, noDST); }
- wxDateTime& MakeFromUTC(bool noDST = false)
- { return MakeFromTimezone(UTC, noDST); }
-
- // is daylight savings time in effect at this moment according to the
- // rules of the specified country?
- //
- // Return value is > 0 if DST is in effect, 0 if it is not and -1 if
- // the information is not available (this is compatible with ANSI C)
- int IsDST(Country country = Country_Default) const;
-
-
- // accessors: many of them take the timezone parameter which indicates the
- // timezone for which to make the calculations and the default value means
- // to do it for the current timezone of this machine (even if the function
- // only operates with the date it's necessary because a date may wrap as
- // result of timezone shift)
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // is the date valid?
- inline bool IsValid() const { return m_time != wxInvalidDateTime.m_time; }
-
- // get the broken down date/time representation in the given timezone
- //
- // If you wish to get several time components (day, month and year),
- // consider getting the whole Tm strcuture first and retrieving the
- // value from it - this is much more efficient
- Tm GetTm(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const;
-
- // get the number of seconds since the Unix epoch - returns (time_t)-1
- // if the value is out of range
- inline time_t GetTicks() const;
-
- // get the century, same as GetCentury(GetYear())
- int GetCentury(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const
- { return GetCentury(GetYear(tz)); }
- // get the year (returns Inv_Year if date is invalid)
- int GetYear(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const
- { return GetTm(tz).year; }
- // get the month (Inv_Month if date is invalid)
- Month GetMonth(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const
- { return (Month)GetTm(tz).mon; }
- // get the month day (in 1..31 range, 0 if date is invalid)
- wxDateTime_t GetDay(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const
- { return GetTm(tz).mday; }
- // get the day of the week (Inv_WeekDay if date is invalid)
- WeekDay GetWeekDay(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const
- { return GetTm(tz).GetWeekDay(); }
- // get the hour of the day
- wxDateTime_t GetHour(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const
- { return GetTm(tz).hour; }
- // get the minute
- wxDateTime_t GetMinute(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const
- { return GetTm(tz).min; }
- // get the second
- wxDateTime_t GetSecond(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const
- { return GetTm(tz).sec; }
- // get milliseconds
- wxDateTime_t GetMillisecond(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const
- { return GetTm(tz).msec; }
-
- // get the day since the year start (1..366, 0 if date is invalid)
- wxDateTime_t GetDayOfYear(const TimeZone& tz = Local) const;
- // get the week number since the year start (1..52 or 53, 0 if date is
- // invalid)
- wxDateTime_t GetWeekOfYear(WeekFlags flags = Monday_First,
- const TimeZone& tz = Local) const;
- // get the week number since the month start (1..5, 0 if date is
- // invalid)
- wxDateTime_t GetWeekOfMonth(WeekFlags flags = Monday_First,
- const TimeZone& tz = Local) const;
-
- // is this date a work day? This depends on a country, of course,
- // because the holidays are different in different countries
- bool IsWorkDay(Country country = Country_Default) const;
-
- // dos date and time format
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // set from the DOS packed format
- wxDateTime& SetFromDOS(unsigned long ddt);
-
- // pack the date in DOS format
- unsigned long GetAsDOS() const;
-
- // SYSTEMTIME format
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- // convert SYSTEMTIME to wxDateTime
- wxDateTime& SetFromMSWSysTime(const struct _SYSTEMTIME& st);
-
- // convert wxDateTime to SYSTEMTIME
- void GetAsMSWSysTime(struct _SYSTEMTIME* st) const;
-
- // same as above but only take date part into account, time is always zero
- wxDateTime& SetFromMSWSysDate(const struct _SYSTEMTIME& st);
- void GetAsMSWSysDate(struct _SYSTEMTIME* st) const;
-#endif // __WINDOWS__
-
- // comparison (see also functions below for operator versions)
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // returns true if the two moments are strictly identical
- inline bool IsEqualTo(const wxDateTime& datetime) const;
-
- // returns true if the date is strictly earlier than the given one
- inline bool IsEarlierThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const;
-
- // returns true if the date is strictly later than the given one
- inline bool IsLaterThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const;
-
- // returns true if the date is strictly in the given range
- inline bool IsStrictlyBetween(const wxDateTime& t1,
- const wxDateTime& t2) const;
-
- // returns true if the date is in the given range
- inline bool IsBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, const wxDateTime& t2) const;
-
- // do these two objects refer to the same date?
- inline bool IsSameDate(const wxDateTime& dt) const;
-
- // do these two objects have the same time?
- inline bool IsSameTime(const wxDateTime& dt) const;
-
- // are these two objects equal up to given timespan?
- inline bool IsEqualUpTo(const wxDateTime& dt, const wxTimeSpan& ts) const;
-
- inline bool operator<(const wxDateTime& dt) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") );
- return GetValue() < dt.GetValue();
- }
-
- inline bool operator<=(const wxDateTime& dt) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") );
- return GetValue() <= dt.GetValue();
- }
-
- inline bool operator>(const wxDateTime& dt) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") );
- return GetValue() > dt.GetValue();
- }
-
- inline bool operator>=(const wxDateTime& dt) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") );
- return GetValue() >= dt.GetValue();
- }
-
- inline bool operator==(const wxDateTime& dt) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") );
- return GetValue() == dt.GetValue();
- }
-
- inline bool operator!=(const wxDateTime& dt) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && dt.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime") );
- return GetValue() != dt.GetValue();
- }
-
- // arithmetics with dates (see also below for more operators)
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // return the sum of the date with a time span (positive or negative)
- inline wxDateTime Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const;
- // add a time span (positive or negative)
- inline wxDateTime& Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff);
- // add a time span (positive or negative)
- inline wxDateTime& operator+=(const wxTimeSpan& diff);
- inline wxDateTime operator+(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const
- {
- wxDateTime dt(*this);
- dt.Add(ts);
- return dt;
- }
-
- // return the difference of the date with a time span
- inline wxDateTime Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const;
- // subtract a time span (positive or negative)
- inline wxDateTime& Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff);
- // subtract a time span (positive or negative)
- inline wxDateTime& operator-=(const wxTimeSpan& diff);
- inline wxDateTime operator-(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const
- {
- wxDateTime dt(*this);
- dt.Subtract(ts);
- return dt;
- }
-
- // return the sum of the date with a date span
- inline wxDateTime Add(const wxDateSpan& diff) const;
- // add a date span (positive or negative)
- wxDateTime& Add(const wxDateSpan& diff);
- // add a date span (positive or negative)
- inline wxDateTime& operator+=(const wxDateSpan& diff);
- inline wxDateTime operator+(const wxDateSpan& ds) const
- {
- wxDateTime dt(*this);
- dt.Add(ds);
- return dt;
- }
-
- // return the difference of the date with a date span
- inline wxDateTime Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff) const;
- // subtract a date span (positive or negative)
- inline wxDateTime& Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff);
- // subtract a date span (positive or negative)
- inline wxDateTime& operator-=(const wxDateSpan& diff);
- inline wxDateTime operator-(const wxDateSpan& ds) const
- {
- wxDateTime dt(*this);
- dt.Subtract(ds);
- return dt;
- }
-
- // return the difference between two dates
- inline wxTimeSpan Subtract(const wxDateTime& dt) const;
- inline wxTimeSpan operator-(const wxDateTime& dt2) const;
-
- wxDateSpan DiffAsDateSpan(const wxDateTime& dt) const;
-
- // conversion to/from text
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // all conversions functions return true to indicate whether parsing
- // succeeded or failed and fill in the provided end iterator, which must
- // not be NULL, with the location of the character where the parsing
- // stopped (this will be end() of the passed string if everything was
- // parsed)
-
- // parse a string in RFC 822 format (found e.g. in mail headers and
- // having the form "Wed, 10 Feb 1999 19:07:07 +0100")
- bool ParseRfc822Date(const wxString& date,
- wxString::const_iterator *end);
-
- // parse a date/time in the given format (see strptime(3)), fill in
- // the missing (in the string) fields with the values of dateDef (by
- // default, they will not change if they had valid values or will
- // default to Today() otherwise)
- bool ParseFormat(const wxString& date,
- const wxString& format,
- const wxDateTime& dateDef,
- wxString::const_iterator *end);
-
- bool ParseFormat(const wxString& date,
- const wxString& format,
- wxString::const_iterator *end)
- {
- return ParseFormat(date, format, wxDefaultDateTime, end);
- }
-
- bool ParseFormat(const wxString& date,
- wxString::const_iterator *end)
- {
- return ParseFormat(date, wxDefaultDateTimeFormat, wxDefaultDateTime, end);
- }
-
- // parse a string containing date, time or both in ISO 8601 format
- //
- // notice that these functions are new in wx 3.0 and so we don't
- // provide compatibility overloads for them
- bool ParseISODate(const wxString& date)
- {
- wxString::const_iterator end;
- return ParseFormat(date, wxS("%Y-%m-%d"), &end) && end == date.end();
- }
-
- bool ParseISOTime(const wxString& time)
- {
- wxString::const_iterator end;
- return ParseFormat(time, wxS("%H:%M:%S"), &end) && end == time.end();
- }
-
- bool ParseISOCombined(const wxString& datetime, char sep = 'T')
- {
- wxString::const_iterator end;
- const wxString fmt = wxS("%Y-%m-%d") + wxString(sep) + wxS("%H:%M:%S");
- return ParseFormat(datetime, fmt, &end) && end == datetime.end();
- }
-
- // parse a string containing the date/time in "free" format, this
- // function will try to make an educated guess at the string contents
- bool ParseDateTime(const wxString& datetime,
- wxString::const_iterator *end);
-
- // parse a string containing the date only in "free" format (less
- // flexible than ParseDateTime)
- bool ParseDate(const wxString& date,
- wxString::const_iterator *end);
-
- // parse a string containing the time only in "free" format
- bool ParseTime(const wxString& time,
- wxString::const_iterator *end);
-
-
- // this function accepts strftime()-like format string (default
- // argument corresponds to the preferred date and time representation
- // for the current locale) and returns the string containing the
- // resulting text representation
- wxString Format(const wxString& format = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat,
- const TimeZone& tz = Local) const;
- // preferred date representation for the current locale
- wxString FormatDate() const { return Format(wxS("%x")); }
- // preferred time representation for the current locale
- wxString FormatTime() const { return Format(wxS("%X")); }
- // returns the string representing the date in ISO 8601 format
- // (YYYY-MM-DD)
- wxString FormatISODate() const { return Format(wxS("%Y-%m-%d")); }
- // returns the string representing the time in ISO 8601 format
- // (HH:MM:SS)
- wxString FormatISOTime() const { return Format(wxS("%H:%M:%S")); }
- // return the combined date time representation in ISO 8601 format; the
- // separator character should be 'T' according to the standard but it
- // can also be useful to set it to ' '
- wxString FormatISOCombined(char sep = 'T') const
- { return FormatISODate() + sep + FormatISOTime(); }
-
-
- // backwards compatible versions of the parsing functions: they return an
- // object representing the next character following the date specification
- // (i.e. the one where the scan had to stop) or a special NULL-like object
- // on failure
- //
- // they're not deprecated because a lot of existing code uses them and
- // there is no particular harm in keeping them but you should still prefer
- // the versions above in the new code
- wxAnyStrPtr ParseRfc822Date(const wxString& date)
- {
- wxString::const_iterator end;
- return ParseRfc822Date(date, &end) ? wxAnyStrPtr(date, end)
- : wxAnyStrPtr();
- }
-
- wxAnyStrPtr ParseFormat(const wxString& date,
- const wxString& format = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat,
- const wxDateTime& dateDef = wxDefaultDateTime)
- {
- wxString::const_iterator end;
- return ParseFormat(date, format, dateDef, &end) ? wxAnyStrPtr(date, end)
- : wxAnyStrPtr();
- }
-
- wxAnyStrPtr ParseDateTime(const wxString& datetime)
- {
- wxString::const_iterator end;
- return ParseDateTime(datetime, &end) ? wxAnyStrPtr(datetime, end)
- : wxAnyStrPtr();
- }
-
- wxAnyStrPtr ParseDate(const wxString& date)
- {
- wxString::const_iterator end;
- return ParseDate(date, &end) ? wxAnyStrPtr(date, end)
- : wxAnyStrPtr();
- }
-
- wxAnyStrPtr ParseTime(const wxString& time)
- {
- wxString::const_iterator end;
- return ParseTime(time, &end) ? wxAnyStrPtr(time, end)
- : wxAnyStrPtr();
- }
-
- // In addition to wxAnyStrPtr versions above we also must provide the
- // overloads for C strings as we must return a pointer into the original
- // string and not inside a temporary wxString which would have been created
- // if the overloads above were used.
- //
- // And then we also have to provide the overloads for wxCStrData, as usual.
- // Unfortunately those ones can't return anything as we don't have any
- // sufficiently long-lived wxAnyStrPtr to return from them: any temporary
- // strings it would point to would be destroyed when this function returns
- // making it impossible to dereference the return value. So we just don't
- // return anything from here which at least allows to keep compatibility
- // with the code not testing the return value. Other uses of this method
- // need to be converted to use one of the new bool-returning overloads
- // above.
- void ParseRfc822Date(const wxCStrData& date)
- { ParseRfc822Date(wxString(date)); }
- const char* ParseRfc822Date(const char* date);
- const wchar_t* ParseRfc822Date(const wchar_t* date);
-
- void ParseFormat(const wxCStrData& date,
- const wxString& format = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat,
- const wxDateTime& dateDef = wxDefaultDateTime)
- { ParseFormat(wxString(date), format, dateDef); }
- const char* ParseFormat(const char* date,
- const wxString& format = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat,
- const wxDateTime& dateDef = wxDefaultDateTime);
- const wchar_t* ParseFormat(const wchar_t* date,
- const wxString& format = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat,
- const wxDateTime& dateDef = wxDefaultDateTime);
-
- void ParseDateTime(const wxCStrData& datetime)
- { ParseDateTime(wxString(datetime)); }
- const char* ParseDateTime(const char* datetime);
- const wchar_t* ParseDateTime(const wchar_t* datetime);
-
- void ParseDate(const wxCStrData& date)
- { ParseDate(wxString(date)); }
- const char* ParseDate(const char* date);
- const wchar_t* ParseDate(const wchar_t* date);
-
- void ParseTime(const wxCStrData& time)
- { ParseTime(wxString(time)); }
- const char* ParseTime(const char* time);
- const wchar_t* ParseTime(const wchar_t* time);
-
-
- // implementation
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // construct from internal representation
- wxDateTime(const wxLongLong& time) { m_time = time; }
-
- // get the internal representation
- inline wxLongLong GetValue() const;
-
- // a helper function to get the current time_t
- static time_t GetTimeNow() { return time(NULL); }
-
- // another one to get the current time broken down
- static struct tm *GetTmNow()
- {
- static struct tm l_CurrentTime;
- return GetTmNow(&l_CurrentTime);
- }
-
- // get current time using thread-safe function
- static struct tm *GetTmNow(struct tm *tmstruct);
-
-private:
- // the current country - as it's the same for all program objects (unless
- // it runs on a _really_ big cluster system :-), this is a static member:
- // see SetCountry() and GetCountry()
- static Country ms_country;
-
- // this constant is used to transform a time_t value to the internal
- // representation, as time_t is in seconds and we use milliseconds it's
- // fixed to 1000
- static const long TIME_T_FACTOR;
-
- // returns true if we fall in range in which we can use standard ANSI C
- // functions
- inline bool IsInStdRange() const;
-
- // the internal representation of the time is the amount of milliseconds
- // elapsed since the origin which is set by convention to the UNIX/C epoch
- // value: the midnight of January 1, 1970 (UTC)
- wxLongLong m_time;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This class contains a difference between 2 wxDateTime values, so it makes
-// sense to add it to wxDateTime and it is the result of subtraction of 2
-// objects of that class. See also wxDateSpan.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTimeSpan
-{
-public:
- // constructors
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // return the timespan for the given number of milliseconds
- static wxTimeSpan Milliseconds(wxLongLong ms) { return wxTimeSpan(0, 0, 0, ms); }
- static wxTimeSpan Millisecond() { return Milliseconds(1); }
-
- // return the timespan for the given number of seconds
- static wxTimeSpan Seconds(wxLongLong sec) { return wxTimeSpan(0, 0, sec); }
- static wxTimeSpan Second() { return Seconds(1); }
-
- // return the timespan for the given number of minutes
- static wxTimeSpan Minutes(long min) { return wxTimeSpan(0, min, 0 ); }
- static wxTimeSpan Minute() { return Minutes(1); }
-
- // return the timespan for the given number of hours
- static wxTimeSpan Hours(long hours) { return wxTimeSpan(hours, 0, 0); }
- static wxTimeSpan Hour() { return Hours(1); }
-
- // return the timespan for the given number of days
- static wxTimeSpan Days(long days) { return Hours(24 * days); }
- static wxTimeSpan Day() { return Days(1); }
-
- // return the timespan for the given number of weeks
- static wxTimeSpan Weeks(long days) { return Days(7 * days); }
- static wxTimeSpan Week() { return Weeks(1); }
-
- // default ctor constructs the 0 time span
- wxTimeSpan() { }
-
- // from separate values for each component, date set to 0 (hours are
- // not restricted to 0..24 range, neither are minutes, seconds or
- // milliseconds)
- inline wxTimeSpan(long hours,
- long minutes = 0,
- wxLongLong seconds = 0,
- wxLongLong milliseconds = 0);
-
- // default copy ctor is ok
-
- // no dtor
-
- // arithmetics with time spans (see also below for more operators)
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // return the sum of two timespans
- inline wxTimeSpan Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const;
- // add two timespans together
- inline wxTimeSpan& Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff);
- // add two timespans together
- wxTimeSpan& operator+=(const wxTimeSpan& diff) { return Add(diff); }
- inline wxTimeSpan operator+(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const
- {
- return wxTimeSpan(GetValue() + ts.GetValue());
- }
-
- // return the difference of two timespans
- inline wxTimeSpan Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const;
- // subtract another timespan
- inline wxTimeSpan& Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff);
- // subtract another timespan
- wxTimeSpan& operator-=(const wxTimeSpan& diff) { return Subtract(diff); }
- inline wxTimeSpan operator-(const wxTimeSpan& ts)
- {
- return wxTimeSpan(GetValue() - ts.GetValue());
- }
-
- // multiply timespan by a scalar
- inline wxTimeSpan Multiply(int n) const;
- // multiply timespan by a scalar
- inline wxTimeSpan& Multiply(int n);
- // multiply timespan by a scalar
- wxTimeSpan& operator*=(int n) { return Multiply(n); }
- inline wxTimeSpan operator*(int n) const
- {
- return wxTimeSpan(*this).Multiply(n);
- }
-
- // return this timespan with opposite sign
- wxTimeSpan Negate() const { return wxTimeSpan(-GetValue()); }
- // negate the value of the timespan
- wxTimeSpan& Neg() { m_diff = -GetValue(); return *this; }
- // negate the value of the timespan
- wxTimeSpan& operator-() { return Neg(); }
-
- // return the absolute value of the timespan: does _not_ modify the
- // object
- inline wxTimeSpan Abs() const;
-
- // there is intentionally no division because we don't want to
- // introduce rounding errors in time calculations
-
- // comparaison (see also operator versions below)
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // is the timespan null?
- bool IsNull() const { return m_diff == 0l; }
- // returns true if the timespan is null
- bool operator!() const { return !IsNull(); }
-
- // is the timespan positive?
- bool IsPositive() const { return m_diff > 0l; }
-
- // is the timespan negative?
- bool IsNegative() const { return m_diff < 0l; }
-
- // are two timespans equal?
- inline bool IsEqualTo(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const;
- // compare two timestamps: works with the absolute values, i.e. -2
- // hours is longer than 1 hour. Also, it will return false if the
- // timespans are equal in absolute value.
- inline bool IsLongerThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const;
- // compare two timestamps: works with the absolute values, i.e. 1
- // hour is shorter than -2 hours. Also, it will return false if the
- // timespans are equal in absolute value.
- bool IsShorterThan(const wxTimeSpan& t) const;
-
- inline bool operator<(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const
- {
- return GetValue() < ts.GetValue();
- }
-
- inline bool operator<=(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const
- {
- return GetValue() <= ts.GetValue();
- }
-
- inline bool operator>(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const
- {
- return GetValue() > ts.GetValue();
- }
-
- inline bool operator>=(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const
- {
- return GetValue() >= ts.GetValue();
- }
-
- inline bool operator==(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const
- {
- return GetValue() == ts.GetValue();
- }
-
- inline bool operator!=(const wxTimeSpan &ts) const
- {
- return GetValue() != ts.GetValue();
- }
-
- // breaking into days, hours, minutes and seconds
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // get the max number of weeks in this timespan
- inline int GetWeeks() const;
- // get the max number of days in this timespan
- inline int GetDays() const;
- // get the max number of hours in this timespan
- inline int GetHours() const;
- // get the max number of minutes in this timespan
- inline int GetMinutes() const;
- // get the max number of seconds in this timespan
- inline wxLongLong GetSeconds() const;
- // get the number of milliseconds in this timespan
- wxLongLong GetMilliseconds() const { return m_diff; }
-
- // conversion to text
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // this function accepts strftime()-like format string (default
- // argument corresponds to the preferred date and time representation
- // for the current locale) and returns the string containing the
- // resulting text representation. Notice that only some of format
- // specifiers valid for wxDateTime are valid for wxTimeSpan: hours,
- // minutes and seconds make sense, but not "PM/AM" string for example.
- wxString Format(const wxString& format = wxDefaultTimeSpanFormat) const;
-
- // implementation
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // construct from internal representation
- wxTimeSpan(const wxLongLong& diff) { m_diff = diff; }
-
- // get the internal representation
- wxLongLong GetValue() const { return m_diff; }
-
-private:
- // the (signed) time span in milliseconds
- wxLongLong m_diff;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// This class is a "logical time span" and is useful for implementing program
-// logic for such things as "add one month to the date" which, in general,
-// doesn't mean to add 60*60*24*31 seconds to it, but to take the same date
-// the next month (to understand that this is indeed different consider adding
-// one month to Feb, 15 - we want to get Mar, 15, of course).
-//
-// When adding a month to the date, all lesser components (days, hours, ...)
-// won't be changed unless the resulting date would be invalid: for example,
-// Jan 31 + 1 month will be Feb 28, not (non existing) Feb 31.
-//
-// Because of this feature, adding and subtracting back again the same
-// wxDateSpan will *not*, in general give back the original date: Feb 28 - 1
-// month will be Jan 28, not Jan 31!
-//
-// wxDateSpan can be either positive or negative. They may be
-// multiplied by scalars which multiply all deltas by the scalar: i.e. 2*(1
-// month and 1 day) is 2 months and 2 days. They can be added together and
-// with wxDateTime or wxTimeSpan, but the type of result is different for each
-// case.
-//
-// Beware about weeks: if you specify both weeks and days, the total number of
-// days added will be 7*weeks + days! See also GetTotalDays() function.
-//
-// Equality operators are defined for wxDateSpans. Two datespans are equal if
-// they both give the same target date when added to *every* source date.
-// Thus wxDateSpan::Months(1) is not equal to wxDateSpan::Days(30), because
-// they not give the same date when added to 1 Feb. But wxDateSpan::Days(14) is
-// equal to wxDateSpan::Weeks(2)
-//
-// Finally, notice that for adding hours, minutes &c you don't need this
-// class: wxTimeSpan will do the job because there are no subtleties
-// associated with those.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateSpan
-{
-public:
- // constructors
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // this many years/months/weeks/days
- wxDateSpan(int years = 0, int months = 0, int weeks = 0, int days = 0)
- {
- m_years = years;
- m_months = months;
- m_weeks = weeks;
- m_days = days;
- }
-
- // get an object for the given number of days
- static wxDateSpan Days(int days) { return wxDateSpan(0, 0, 0, days); }
- static wxDateSpan Day() { return Days(1); }
-
- // get an object for the given number of weeks
- static wxDateSpan Weeks(int weeks) { return wxDateSpan(0, 0, weeks, 0); }
- static wxDateSpan Week() { return Weeks(1); }
-
- // get an object for the given number of months
- static wxDateSpan Months(int mon) { return wxDateSpan(0, mon, 0, 0); }
- static wxDateSpan Month() { return Months(1); }
-
- // get an object for the given number of years
- static wxDateSpan Years(int years) { return wxDateSpan(years, 0, 0, 0); }
- static wxDateSpan Year() { return Years(1); }
-
- // default copy ctor is ok
-
- // no dtor
-
- // accessors (all SetXXX() return the (modified) wxDateSpan object)
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // set number of years
- wxDateSpan& SetYears(int n) { m_years = n; return *this; }
- // set number of months
- wxDateSpan& SetMonths(int n) { m_months = n; return *this; }
- // set number of weeks
- wxDateSpan& SetWeeks(int n) { m_weeks = n; return *this; }
- // set number of days
- wxDateSpan& SetDays(int n) { m_days = n; return *this; }
-
- // get number of years
- int GetYears() const { return m_years; }
- // get number of months
- int GetMonths() const { return m_months; }
- // returns 12*GetYears() + GetMonths()
- int GetTotalMonths() const { return 12*m_years + m_months; }
- // get number of weeks
- int GetWeeks() const { return m_weeks; }
- // get number of days
- int GetDays() const { return m_days; }
- // returns 7*GetWeeks() + GetDays()
- int GetTotalDays() const { return 7*m_weeks + m_days; }
-
- // arithmetics with date spans (see also below for more operators)
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // return sum of two date spans
- inline wxDateSpan Add(const wxDateSpan& other) const;
- // add another wxDateSpan to us
- inline wxDateSpan& Add(const wxDateSpan& other);
- // add another wxDateSpan to us
- inline wxDateSpan& operator+=(const wxDateSpan& other);
- inline wxDateSpan operator+(const wxDateSpan& ds) const
- {
- return wxDateSpan(GetYears() + ds.GetYears(),
- GetMonths() + ds.GetMonths(),
- GetWeeks() + ds.GetWeeks(),
- GetDays() + ds.GetDays());
- }
-
- // return difference of two date spans
- inline wxDateSpan Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other) const;
- // subtract another wxDateSpan from us
- inline wxDateSpan& Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other);
- // subtract another wxDateSpan from us
- inline wxDateSpan& operator-=(const wxDateSpan& other);
- inline wxDateSpan operator-(const wxDateSpan& ds) const
- {
- return wxDateSpan(GetYears() - ds.GetYears(),
- GetMonths() - ds.GetMonths(),
- GetWeeks() - ds.GetWeeks(),
- GetDays() - ds.GetDays());
- }
-
- // return a copy of this time span with changed sign
- inline wxDateSpan Negate() const;
- // inverse the sign of this timespan
- inline wxDateSpan& Neg();
- // inverse the sign of this timespan
- wxDateSpan& operator-() { return Neg(); }
-
- // return the date span proportional to this one with given factor
- inline wxDateSpan Multiply(int factor) const;
- // multiply all components by a (signed) number
- inline wxDateSpan& Multiply(int factor);
- // multiply all components by a (signed) number
- inline wxDateSpan& operator*=(int factor) { return Multiply(factor); }
- inline wxDateSpan operator*(int n) const
- {
- return wxDateSpan(*this).Multiply(n);
- }
-
- // ds1 == d2 if and only if for every wxDateTime t t + ds1 == t + ds2
- inline bool operator==(const wxDateSpan& ds) const
- {
- return GetYears() == ds.GetYears() &&
- GetMonths() == ds.GetMonths() &&
- GetTotalDays() == ds.GetTotalDays();
- }
-
- inline bool operator!=(const wxDateSpan& ds) const
- {
- return !(*this == ds);
- }
-
-private:
- int m_years,
- m_months,
- m_weeks,
- m_days;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTimeArray: array of dates.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxDateTime, wxDateTimeArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority: an object of this class will decide whether a
-// given date is a holiday and is used by all functions working with "work
-// days".
-//
-// NB: the base class is an ABC, derived classes must implement the pure
-// virtual methods to work with the holidays they correspond to.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority;
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority *,
- wxHolidayAuthoritiesArray,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class wxDateTimeHolidaysModule;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority
-{
-friend class wxDateTimeHolidaysModule;
-public:
- // returns true if the given date is a holiday
- static bool IsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt);
-
- // fills the provided array with all holidays in the given range, returns
- // the number of them
- static size_t GetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart,
- const wxDateTime& dtEnd,
- wxDateTimeArray& holidays);
-
- // clear the list of holiday authorities
- static void ClearAllAuthorities();
-
- // add a new holiday authority (the pointer will be deleted by
- // wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority)
- static void AddAuthority(wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority *auth);
-
- // the base class must have a virtual dtor
- virtual ~wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority();
-
-protected:
- // this function is called to determine whether a given day is a holiday
- virtual bool DoIsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt) const = 0;
-
- // this function should fill the array with all holidays between the two
- // given dates - it is implemented in the base class, but in a very
- // inefficient way (it just iterates over all days and uses IsHoliday() for
- // each of them), so it must be overridden in the derived class where the
- // base class version may be explicitly used if needed
- //
- // returns the number of holidays in the given range and fills holidays
- // array
- virtual size_t DoGetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart,
- const wxDateTime& dtEnd,
- wxDateTimeArray& holidays) const = 0;
-
-private:
- // all holiday authorities
- static wxHolidayAuthoritiesArray ms_authorities;
-};
-
-// the holidays for this class are all Saturdays and Sundays
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateTimeWorkDays : public wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority
-{
-protected:
- virtual bool DoIsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt) const;
- virtual size_t DoGetHolidaysInRange(const wxDateTime& dtStart,
- const wxDateTime& dtEnd,
- wxDateTimeArray& holidays) const;
-};
-
-// ============================================================================
-// inline functions implementation
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// private macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY 86400000l
-
-// some broken compilers (HP-UX CC) refuse to compile the "normal" version, but
-// using a temp variable always might prevent other compilers from optimising
-// it away - hence use of this ugly macro
-#ifndef __HPUX__
- #define MODIFY_AND_RETURN(op) return wxDateTime(*this).op
-#else
- #define MODIFY_AND_RETURN(op) wxDateTime dt(*this); dt.op; return dt
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime construction
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsInStdRange() const
-{
- // currently we don't know what is the real type of time_t so prefer to err
- // on the safe side and limit it to 32 bit values which is safe everywhere
- return m_time >= 0l && (m_time / TIME_T_FACTOR) < wxINT32_MAX;
-}
-
-/* static */
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Now()
-{
- struct tm tmstruct;
- return wxDateTime(*GetTmNow(&tmstruct));
-}
-
-/* static */
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Today()
-{
- wxDateTime dt(Now());
- dt.ResetTime();
-
- return dt;
-}
-
-#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400))
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(time_t timet)
-{
- if ( timet == (time_t)-1 )
- {
- m_time = wxInvalidDateTime.m_time;
- }
- else
- {
- // assign first to avoid long multiplication overflow!
- m_time = timet - WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET;
- m_time *= TIME_T_FACTOR;
- }
-
- return *this;
-}
-#endif
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToCurrent()
-{
- *this = Now();
- return *this;
-}
-
-#if (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400))
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(time_t timet)
-{
- Set(timet);
-}
-#endif
-
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(const struct tm& tm)
-{
- Set(tm);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(const Tm& tm)
-{
- Set(tm);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(double jdn)
-{
- Set(jdn);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Set(const Tm& tm)
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( tm.IsValid(), wxT("invalid broken down date/time") );
-
- return Set(tm.mday, (Month)tm.mon, tm.year,
- tm.hour, tm.min, tm.sec, tm.msec);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t hour,
- wxDateTime_t minute,
- wxDateTime_t second,
- wxDateTime_t millisec)
-{
- Set(hour, minute, second, millisec);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime::wxDateTime(wxDateTime_t day,
- Month month,
- int year,
- wxDateTime_t hour,
- wxDateTime_t minute,
- wxDateTime_t second,
- wxDateTime_t millisec)
-{
- Set(day, month, year, hour, minute, second, millisec);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime accessors
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxLongLong wxDateTime::GetValue() const
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
- return m_time;
-}
-
-inline time_t wxDateTime::GetTicks() const
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime"));
- if ( !IsInStdRange() )
- {
- return (time_t)-1;
- }
-
- return (time_t)((m_time / (long)TIME_T_FACTOR).ToLong()) + WX_TIME_BASE_OFFSET;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::SetToLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
- Month month,
- int year)
-{
- return SetToWeekDay(weekday, -1, month, year);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime
-wxDateTime::GetWeekDayInSameWeek(WeekDay weekday,
- WeekFlags WXUNUSED(flags)) const
-{
- MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToWeekDayInSameWeek(weekday) );
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetNextWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const
-{
- MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToNextWeekDay(weekday) );
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const
-{
- MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToPrevWeekDay(weekday) );
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
- int n,
- Month month,
- int year) const
-{
- wxDateTime dt(*this);
-
- return dt.SetToWeekDay(weekday, n, month, year) ? dt : wxInvalidDateTime;
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetLastWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
- Month month,
- int year)
-{
- wxDateTime dt(*this);
-
- return dt.SetToLastWeekDay(weekday, month, year) ? dt : wxInvalidDateTime;
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetLastMonthDay(Month month, int year) const
-{
- MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToLastMonthDay(month, year) );
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetYearDay(wxDateTime_t yday) const
-{
- MODIFY_AND_RETURN( SetToYearDay(yday) );
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime comparison
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsEqualTo(const wxDateTime& datetime) const
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
- return m_time == datetime.m_time;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsEarlierThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
- return m_time < datetime.m_time;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsLaterThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
- return m_time > datetime.m_time;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsStrictlyBetween(const wxDateTime& t1,
- const wxDateTime& t2) const
-{
- // no need for assert, will be checked by the functions we call
- return IsLaterThan(t1) && IsEarlierThan(t2);
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsBetween(const wxDateTime& t1,
- const wxDateTime& t2) const
-{
- // no need for assert, will be checked by the functions we call
- return IsEqualTo(t1) || IsEqualTo(t2) || IsStrictlyBetween(t1, t2);
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsSameDate(const wxDateTime& dt) const
-{
- Tm tm1 = GetTm(),
- tm2 = dt.GetTm();
-
- return tm1.year == tm2.year &&
- tm1.mon == tm2.mon &&
- tm1.mday == tm2.mday;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsSameTime(const wxDateTime& dt) const
-{
- // notice that we can't do something like this:
- //
- // m_time % MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY == dt.m_time % MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY
- //
- // because we have also to deal with (possibly) different DST settings!
- Tm tm1 = GetTm(),
- tm2 = dt.GetTm();
-
- return tm1.hour == tm2.hour &&
- tm1.min == tm2.min &&
- tm1.sec == tm2.sec &&
- tm1.msec == tm2.msec;
-}
-
-inline bool wxDateTime::IsEqualUpTo(const wxDateTime& dt,
- const wxTimeSpan& ts) const
-{
- return IsBetween(dt.Subtract(ts), dt.Add(ts));
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime arithmetics
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
- return wxDateTime(m_time + diff.GetValue());
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
- m_time += diff.GetValue();
-
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator+=(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
- return Add(diff);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
- return wxDateTime(m_time - diff.GetValue());
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
- m_time -= diff.GetValue();
-
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator-=(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
- return Subtract(diff);
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateTime& datetime) const
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsValid() && datetime.IsValid(), wxT("invalid wxDateTime"));
-
- return wxTimeSpan(GetValue() - datetime.GetValue());
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxDateTime::operator-(const wxDateTime& dt2) const
-{
- return this->Subtract(dt2);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Add(const wxDateSpan& diff) const
-{
- return wxDateTime(*this).Add(diff);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff)
-{
- return Add(diff.Negate());
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime wxDateTime::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& diff) const
-{
- return wxDateTime(*this).Subtract(diff);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator-=(const wxDateSpan& diff)
-{
- return Subtract(diff);
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime& wxDateTime::operator+=(const wxDateSpan& diff)
-{
- return Add(diff);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTime and timezones
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxDateTime
-wxDateTime::ToTimezone(const wxDateTime::TimeZone& tz, bool noDST) const
-{
- MODIFY_AND_RETURN( MakeTimezone(tz, noDST) );
-}
-
-inline wxDateTime
-wxDateTime::FromTimezone(const wxDateTime::TimeZone& tz, bool noDST) const
-{
- MODIFY_AND_RETURN( MakeFromTimezone(tz, noDST) );
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimeSpan construction
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxTimeSpan::wxTimeSpan(long hours,
- long minutes,
- wxLongLong seconds,
- wxLongLong milliseconds)
-{
- // assign first to avoid precision loss
- m_diff = hours;
- m_diff *= 60l;
- m_diff += minutes;
- m_diff *= 60l;
- m_diff += seconds;
- m_diff *= 1000l;
- m_diff += milliseconds;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimeSpan accessors
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxLongLong wxTimeSpan::GetSeconds() const
-{
- return m_diff / 1000l;
-}
-
-inline int wxTimeSpan::GetMinutes() const
-{
- // For compatibility, this method (and the other accessors) return int,
- // even though GetLo() actually returns unsigned long with greater range.
- return static_cast<int>((GetSeconds() / 60l).GetLo());
-}
-
-inline int wxTimeSpan::GetHours() const
-{
- return GetMinutes() / 60;
-}
-
-inline int wxTimeSpan::GetDays() const
-{
- return GetHours() / 24;
-}
-
-inline int wxTimeSpan::GetWeeks() const
-{
- return GetDays() / 7;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimeSpan arithmetics
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const
-{
- return wxTimeSpan(m_diff + diff.GetValue());
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Add(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
- m_diff += diff.GetValue();
-
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff) const
-{
- return wxTimeSpan(m_diff - diff.GetValue());
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Subtract(const wxTimeSpan& diff)
-{
- m_diff -= diff.GetValue();
-
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan& wxTimeSpan::Multiply(int n)
-{
- m_diff *= (long)n;
-
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Multiply(int n) const
-{
- return wxTimeSpan(m_diff * (long)n);
-}
-
-inline wxTimeSpan wxTimeSpan::Abs() const
-{
- return wxTimeSpan(GetValue().Abs());
-}
-
-inline bool wxTimeSpan::IsEqualTo(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const
-{
- return GetValue() == ts.GetValue();
-}
-
-inline bool wxTimeSpan::IsLongerThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const
-{
- return GetValue().Abs() > ts.GetValue().Abs();
-}
-
-inline bool wxTimeSpan::IsShorterThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const
-{
- return GetValue().Abs() < ts.GetValue().Abs();
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateSpan
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::operator+=(const wxDateSpan& other)
-{
- m_years += other.m_years;
- m_months += other.m_months;
- m_weeks += other.m_weeks;
- m_days += other.m_days;
-
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Add(const wxDateSpan& other)
-{
- return *this += other;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Add(const wxDateSpan& other) const
-{
- wxDateSpan ds(*this);
- ds.Add(other);
- return ds;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Multiply(int factor)
-{
- m_years *= factor;
- m_months *= factor;
- m_weeks *= factor;
- m_days *= factor;
-
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Multiply(int factor) const
-{
- wxDateSpan ds(*this);
- ds.Multiply(factor);
- return ds;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Negate() const
-{
- return wxDateSpan(-m_years, -m_months, -m_weeks, -m_days);
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Neg()
-{
- m_years = -m_years;
- m_months = -m_months;
- m_weeks = -m_weeks;
- m_days = -m_days;
-
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::operator-=(const wxDateSpan& other)
-{
- return *this += other.Negate();
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan& wxDateSpan::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other)
-{
- return *this -= other;
-}
-
-inline wxDateSpan wxDateSpan::Subtract(const wxDateSpan& other) const
-{
- wxDateSpan ds(*this);
- ds.Subtract(other);
- return ds;
-}
-
-#undef MILLISECONDS_PER_DAY
-
-#undef MODIFY_AND_RETURN
-
-// ============================================================================
-// binary operators
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimeSpan operators
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxTimeSpan WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator*(int n, const wxTimeSpan& ts);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateSpan
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxDateSpan WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator*(int n, const wxDateSpan& ds);
-
-// ============================================================================
-// other helper functions
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// iteration helpers: can be used to write a for loop over enum variable like
-// this:
-// for ( m = wxDateTime::Jan; m < wxDateTime::Inv_Month; wxNextMonth(m) )
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxNextMonth(wxDateTime::Month& m);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxPrevMonth(wxDateTime::Month& m);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxNextWDay(wxDateTime::WeekDay& wd);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxPrevWDay(wxDateTime::WeekDay& wd);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-#endif // _WX_DATETIME_H
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/timectrl.h
-// Purpose: Declaration of wxDateTimePickerCtrl class.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-09-22
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DATETIME_CTRL_H_
-#define _WX_DATETIME_CTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL || wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL
-
-#define wxNEEDS_DATETIMEPICKCTRL
-
-#include "wx/control.h" // the base class
-
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDateTimePickerCtrl: Private common base class of wx{Date,Time}PickerCtrl.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This class is an implementation detail and should not be used directly, only
-// use the documented API of wxDateTimePickerCtrl and wxTimePickerCtrl.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDateTimePickerCtrlBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- // Set/get the date or time (in the latter case, time part is ignored).
- virtual void SetValue(const wxDateTime& dt) = 0;
- virtual wxDateTime GetValue() const = 0;
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/msw/datetimectrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/osx/datetimectrl.h"
-#else
- typedef wxDateTimePickerCtrlBase wxDateTimePickerCtrl;
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL || wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_DATETIME_CTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/datstrm.h
-// Purpose: Data stream classes
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Mickael Gilabert
-// Created: 28/06/1998
-// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DATSTREAM_H_
-#define _WX_DATSTREAM_H_
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-#include "wx/convauto.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-// Common wxDataInputStream and wxDataOutputStream parameters.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDataStreamBase
-{
-public:
- void BigEndianOrdered(bool be_order) { m_be_order = be_order; }
-
- // By default we use extended precision (80 bit) format for both float and
- // doubles. Call this function to switch to alternative representation in
- // which IEEE 754 single precision (32 bits) is used for floats and double
- // precision (64 bits) is used for doubles.
- void UseBasicPrecisions()
- {
-#if wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE
- m_useExtendedPrecision = false;
-#endif // wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE
- }
-
- // UseExtendedPrecision() is not very useful as it corresponds to the
- // default value, only call it in your code if you want the compilation
- // fail with the error when using wxWidgets library compiled without
- // extended precision support.
-#if wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE
- void UseExtendedPrecision()
- {
- m_useExtendedPrecision = true;
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- void SetConv( const wxMBConv &conv );
- wxMBConv *GetConv() const { return m_conv; }
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // Ctor and dtor are both protected, this class is never used directly but
- // only by its derived classes.
- wxDataStreamBase(const wxMBConv& conv);
- ~wxDataStreamBase();
-
-
- bool m_be_order;
-
-#if wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE
- bool m_useExtendedPrecision;
-#endif // wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxMBConv *m_conv;
-#endif
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataStreamBase);
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDataInputStream : public wxDataStreamBase
-{
-public:
- wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8);
-
- bool IsOk() { return m_input->IsOk(); }
-
-#if wxHAS_INT64
- wxUint64 Read64();
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- wxLongLong ReadLL();
-#endif
- wxUint32 Read32();
- wxUint16 Read16();
- wxUint8 Read8();
- double ReadDouble();
- float ReadFloat();
- wxString ReadString();
-
-#if wxHAS_INT64
- void Read64(wxUint64 *buffer, size_t size);
- void Read64(wxInt64 *buffer, size_t size);
-#endif
-#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG
- void Read64(wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size);
- void Read64(wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size);
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- void ReadLL(wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size);
- void ReadLL(wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size);
-#endif
- void Read32(wxUint32 *buffer, size_t size);
- void Read16(wxUint16 *buffer, size_t size);
- void Read8(wxUint8 *buffer, size_t size);
- void ReadDouble(double *buffer, size_t size);
- void ReadFloat(float *buffer, size_t size);
-
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxString& s);
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt8& c);
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt16& i);
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt32& i);
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint8& c);
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint16& i);
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint32& i);
-#if wxHAS_INT64
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxUint64& i);
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxInt64& i);
-#endif
-#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxULongLong& i);
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(wxLongLong& i);
-#endif
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(double& d);
- wxDataInputStream& operator>>(float& f);
-
-protected:
- wxInputStream *m_input;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataInputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDataOutputStream : public wxDataStreamBase
-{
-public:
- wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8);
-
- bool IsOk() { return m_output->IsOk(); }
-
-#if wxHAS_INT64
- void Write64(wxUint64 i);
- void Write64(wxInt64 i);
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- void WriteLL(const wxLongLong &ll);
- void WriteLL(const wxULongLong &ll);
-#endif
- void Write32(wxUint32 i);
- void Write16(wxUint16 i);
- void Write8(wxUint8 i);
- void WriteDouble(double d);
- void WriteFloat(float f);
- void WriteString(const wxString& string);
-
-#if wxHAS_INT64
- void Write64(const wxUint64 *buffer, size_t size);
- void Write64(const wxInt64 *buffer, size_t size);
-#endif
-#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG
- void Write64(const wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size);
- void Write64(const wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size);
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- void WriteLL(const wxULongLong *buffer, size_t size);
- void WriteLL(const wxLongLong *buffer, size_t size);
-#endif
- void Write32(const wxUint32 *buffer, size_t size);
- void Write16(const wxUint16 *buffer, size_t size);
- void Write8(const wxUint8 *buffer, size_t size);
- void WriteDouble(const double *buffer, size_t size);
- void WriteFloat(const float *buffer, size_t size);
-
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxString& string);
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt8 c);
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt16 i);
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt32 i);
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint8 c);
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint16 i);
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint32 i);
-#if wxHAS_INT64
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint64 i);
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt64 i);
-#endif
-#if defined(wxLongLong_t) && wxUSE_LONGLONG
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxULongLong &i);
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(const wxLongLong &i);
-#endif
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(double d);
- wxDataOutputStream& operator<<(float f);
-
-protected:
- wxOutputStream *m_output;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataOutputStream);
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DATSTREAM_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dc.h
-// Purpose: wxDC class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 05/25/99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DC_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DC_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers which we must include here
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/object.h" // the base class
-
-#include "wx/intl.h" // for wxLayoutDirection
-#include "wx/cursor.h" // we have member variables of these classes
-#include "wx/font.h" // so we can't do without them
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h" // for wxNullBitmap
-#include "wx/brush.h"
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-#include "wx/palette.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/math.h"
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/region.h"
-#include "wx/affinematrix2d.h"
-
-#define wxUSE_NEW_DC 1
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClientDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaintDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScreenDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMemoryDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrinterDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintData;
-
-#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsContext;
-#endif
-
-// Logical ops
-enum wxRasterOperationMode
-{
- wxCLEAR, // 0
- wxXOR, // src XOR dst
- wxINVERT, // NOT dst
- wxOR_REVERSE, // src OR (NOT dst)
- wxAND_REVERSE, // src AND (NOT dst)
- wxCOPY, // src
- wxAND, // src AND dst
- wxAND_INVERT, // (NOT src) AND dst
- wxNO_OP, // dst
- wxNOR, // (NOT src) AND (NOT dst)
- wxEQUIV, // (NOT src) XOR dst
- wxSRC_INVERT, // (NOT src)
- wxOR_INVERT, // (NOT src) OR dst
- wxNAND, // (NOT src) OR (NOT dst)
- wxOR, // src OR dst
- wxSET // 1
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- ,wxROP_BLACK = wxCLEAR,
- wxBLIT_BLACKNESS = wxCLEAR,
- wxROP_XORPEN = wxXOR,
- wxBLIT_SRCINVERT = wxXOR,
- wxROP_NOT = wxINVERT,
- wxBLIT_DSTINVERT = wxINVERT,
- wxROP_MERGEPENNOT = wxOR_REVERSE,
- wxBLIT_00DD0228 = wxOR_REVERSE,
- wxROP_MASKPENNOT = wxAND_REVERSE,
- wxBLIT_SRCERASE = wxAND_REVERSE,
- wxROP_COPYPEN = wxCOPY,
- wxBLIT_SRCCOPY = wxCOPY,
- wxROP_MASKPEN = wxAND,
- wxBLIT_SRCAND = wxAND,
- wxROP_MASKNOTPEN = wxAND_INVERT,
- wxBLIT_00220326 = wxAND_INVERT,
- wxROP_NOP = wxNO_OP,
- wxBLIT_00AA0029 = wxNO_OP,
- wxROP_NOTMERGEPEN = wxNOR,
- wxBLIT_NOTSRCERASE = wxNOR,
- wxROP_NOTXORPEN = wxEQUIV,
- wxBLIT_00990066 = wxEQUIV,
- wxROP_NOTCOPYPEN = wxSRC_INVERT,
- wxBLIT_NOTSCRCOPY = wxSRC_INVERT,
- wxROP_MERGENOTPEN = wxOR_INVERT,
- wxBLIT_MERGEPAINT = wxOR_INVERT,
- wxROP_NOTMASKPEN = wxNAND,
- wxBLIT_007700E6 = wxNAND,
- wxROP_MERGEPEN = wxOR,
- wxBLIT_SRCPAINT = wxOR,
- wxROP_WHITE = wxSET,
- wxBLIT_WHITENESS = wxSET
-#endif //WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-};
-
-// Flood styles
-enum wxFloodFillStyle
-{
- wxFLOOD_SURFACE = 1,
- wxFLOOD_BORDER
-};
-
-// Mapping modes
-enum wxMappingMode
-{
- wxMM_TEXT = 1,
- wxMM_METRIC,
- wxMM_LOMETRIC,
- wxMM_TWIPS,
- wxMM_POINTS
-};
-
-// Description of text characteristics.
-struct wxFontMetrics
-{
- wxFontMetrics()
- {
- height =
- ascent =
- descent =
- internalLeading =
- externalLeading =
- averageWidth = 0;
- }
-
- int height, // Total character height.
- ascent, // Part of the height above the baseline.
- descent, // Part of the height below the baseline.
- internalLeading, // Intra-line spacing.
- externalLeading, // Inter-line spacing.
- averageWidth; // Average font width, a.k.a. "x-width".
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDrawObject helper class
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDrawObject
-{
-public:
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(wxDrawObject)()
- : m_isBBoxValid(false)
- , m_minX(0), m_minY(0), m_maxX(0), m_maxY(0)
- { }
-
- virtual ~wxDrawObject() { }
-
- virtual void Draw(wxDC&) const { }
-
- virtual void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- {
- if ( m_isBBoxValid )
- {
- if ( x < m_minX ) m_minX = x;
- if ( y < m_minY ) m_minY = y;
- if ( x > m_maxX ) m_maxX = x;
- if ( y > m_maxY ) m_maxY = y;
- }
- else
- {
- m_isBBoxValid = true;
-
- m_minX = x;
- m_minY = y;
- m_maxX = x;
- m_maxY = y;
- }
- }
-
- void ResetBoundingBox()
- {
- m_isBBoxValid = false;
-
- m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0;
- }
-
- // Get the final bounding box of the PostScript or Metafile picture.
-
- wxCoord MinX() const { return m_minX; }
- wxCoord MaxX() const { return m_maxX; }
- wxCoord MinY() const { return m_minY; }
- wxCoord MaxY() const { return m_maxY; }
-
- //to define the type of object for derived objects
- virtual int GetType()=0;
-
-protected:
- //for boundingbox calculation
- bool m_isBBoxValid:1;
- //for boundingbox calculation
- wxCoord m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY;
-};
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDCFactory
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDCImpl;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCFactory
-{
-public:
- wxDCFactory() {}
- virtual ~wxDCFactory() {}
-
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateWindowDC( wxWindowDC *owner, wxWindow *window ) = 0;
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateClientDC( wxClientDC *owner, wxWindow *window ) = 0;
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePaintDC( wxPaintDC *owner, wxWindow *window ) = 0;
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner ) = 0;
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap &bitmap ) = 0;
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc ) = 0;
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateScreenDC( wxScreenDC *owner ) = 0;
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDC( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData &data ) = 0;
-#endif
-
- static void Set(wxDCFactory *factory);
- static wxDCFactory *Get();
-
-private:
- static wxDCFactory *m_factory;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNativeDCFactory
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNativeDCFactory: public wxDCFactory
-{
-public:
- wxNativeDCFactory() {}
-
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateWindowDC( wxWindowDC *owner, wxWindow *window );
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateClientDC( wxClientDC *owner, wxWindow *window );
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePaintDC( wxPaintDC *owner, wxWindow *window );
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner );
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxBitmap &bitmap );
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateMemoryDC( wxMemoryDC *owner, wxDC *dc );
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreateScreenDC( wxScreenDC *owner );
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDC( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData &data );
-#endif
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDCImpl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCImpl: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
- virtual ~wxDCImpl();
-
- wxDC *GetOwner() const { return m_owner; }
-
- wxWindow* GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
-
- virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; }
-
- // query capabilities
-
- virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const = 0;
- virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const = 0;
-
- // get Cairo context
- virtual void* GetCairoContext() const
- {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- virtual void* GetHandle() const { return NULL; }
-
- // query dimension, colour deps, resolution
-
- virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0;
- void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const
- {
- DoGetSize(width, height);
- return ;
- }
-
- wxSize GetSize() const
- {
- int w, h;
- DoGetSize(&w, &h);
- return wxSize(w, h);
- }
-
- virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const = 0;
-
- virtual int GetDepth() const = 0;
- virtual wxSize GetPPI() const = 0;
-
- // Right-To-Left (RTL) modes
-
- virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection WXUNUSED(dir)) { }
- virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const { return wxLayout_Default; }
-
- // page and document
-
- virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& WXUNUSED(message)) { return true; }
- virtual void EndDoc() { }
-
- virtual void StartPage() { }
- virtual void EndPage() { }
-
- // flushing the content of this dc immediately eg onto screen
- virtual void Flush() { }
-
- // bounding box
-
- virtual void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- {
- if ( m_isBBoxValid )
- {
- if ( x < m_minX ) m_minX = x;
- if ( y < m_minY ) m_minY = y;
- if ( x > m_maxX ) m_maxX = x;
- if ( y > m_maxY ) m_maxY = y;
- }
- else
- {
- m_isBBoxValid = true;
-
- m_minX = x;
- m_minY = y;
- m_maxX = x;
- m_maxY = y;
- }
- }
- void ResetBoundingBox()
- {
- m_isBBoxValid = false;
-
- m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0;
- }
-
- wxCoord MinX() const { return m_minX; }
- wxCoord MaxX() const { return m_maxX; }
- wxCoord MinY() const { return m_minY; }
- wxCoord MaxY() const { return m_maxY; }
-
- // setters and getters
-
- virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0;
- virtual const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-
- virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen) = 0;
- virtual const wxPen& GetPen() const { return m_pen; }
-
- virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush) = 0;
- virtual const wxBrush& GetBrush() const { return m_brush; }
-
- virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush) = 0;
- virtual const wxBrush& GetBackground() const { return m_backgroundBrush; }
-
- virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode) = 0;
- virtual int GetBackgroundMode() const { return m_backgroundMode; }
-
- virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour)
- { m_textForegroundColour = colour; }
- virtual const wxColour& GetTextForeground() const
- { return m_textForegroundColour; }
-
- virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour)
- { m_textBackgroundColour = colour; }
- virtual const wxColour& GetTextBackground() const
- { return m_textBackgroundColour; }
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
- // inherit the DC attributes (font and colours) from the given window
- //
- // this is called automatically when a window, client or paint DC is
- // created
- virtual void InheritAttributes(wxWindow *win);
-
-
- // logical functions
-
- virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function) = 0;
- virtual wxRasterOperationMode GetLogicalFunction() const
- { return m_logicalFunction; }
-
- // text measurement
-
- virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const = 0;
- virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const = 0;
-
- // The derived classes should really override DoGetFontMetrics() to return
- // the correct values in the future but for now provide a default
- // implementation in terms of DoGetTextExtent() to avoid breaking the
- // compilation of all other ports as wxMSW is the only one to implement it.
- virtual void DoGetFontMetrics(int *height,
- int *ascent,
- int *descent,
- int *internalLeading,
- int *externalLeading,
- int *averageWidth) const;
-
- virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
- wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
- wxCoord *descent = NULL,
- wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const = 0;
- virtual void GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& string,
- wxCoord *width,
- wxCoord *height,
- wxCoord *heightLine = NULL,
- const wxFont *font = NULL) const;
- virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const;
-
- // clearing
-
- virtual void Clear() = 0;
-
- // clipping
-
- // Note that this pure virtual method has an implementation that updates
- // the values returned by DoGetClippingBox() and so can be called from the
- // derived class overridden version if it makes sense (i.e. if the clipping
- // box coordinates are not already updated in some other way).
- virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord w, wxCoord h) = 0;
-
- // NB: this function works with device coordinates, not the logical ones!
- virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoGetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
- wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const
- {
- if ( x )
- *x = m_clipX1;
- if ( y )
- *y = m_clipY1;
- if ( w )
- *w = m_clipX2 - m_clipX1;
- if ( h )
- *h = m_clipY2 - m_clipY1;
- }
-
- virtual void DestroyClippingRegion() { ResetClipping(); }
-
-
- // coordinates conversions and transforms
-
- virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalX(wxCoord x) const;
- virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalY(wxCoord y) const;
- virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxCoord x) const;
- virtual wxCoord DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxCoord y) const;
- virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceX(wxCoord x) const;
- virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceY(wxCoord y) const;
- virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceXRel(wxCoord x) const;
- virtual wxCoord LogicalToDeviceYRel(wxCoord y) const;
-
- virtual void SetMapMode(wxMappingMode mode);
- virtual wxMappingMode GetMapMode() const { return m_mappingMode; }
-
- virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y);
- virtual void GetUserScale(double *x, double *y) const
- {
- if ( x ) *x = m_userScaleX;
- if ( y ) *y = m_userScaleY;
- }
-
- virtual void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y);
- virtual void GetLogicalScale(double *x, double *y) const
- {
- if ( x ) *x = m_logicalScaleX;
- if ( y ) *y = m_logicalScaleY;
- }
-
- virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- virtual void DoGetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
- {
- if ( x ) *x = m_logicalOriginX;
- if ( y ) *y = m_logicalOriginY;
- }
-
- virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- virtual void DoGetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
- {
- if ( x ) *x = m_deviceOriginX;
- if ( y ) *y = m_deviceOriginY;
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_DC_TRANSFORM_MATRIX
- // Transform matrix support is not available in most ports right now
- // (currently only wxMSW provides it) so do nothing in these methods by
- // default.
- virtual bool CanUseTransformMatrix() const
- { return false; }
- virtual bool SetTransformMatrix(const wxAffineMatrix2D& WXUNUSED(matrix))
- { return false; }
- virtual wxAffineMatrix2D GetTransformMatrix() const
- { return wxAffineMatrix2D(); }
- virtual void ResetTransformMatrix()
- { }
-#endif // wxUSE_DC_TRANSFORM_MATRIX
-
- virtual void SetDeviceLocalOrigin( wxCoord x, wxCoord y );
-
- virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
-
- // this needs to overidden if the axis is inverted
- virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp);
-
- virtual double GetContentScaleFactor() const { return m_contentScaleFactor; }
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- // Native Windows functions using the underlying HDC don't honour GDI+
- // transformations which may be applied to it. Using this function we can
- // transform the coordinates manually before passing them to such functions
- // (as in e.g. wxRendererMSW code). It doesn't do anything if this is not a
- // wxGCDC.
- virtual wxRect MSWApplyGDIPlusTransform(const wxRect& r) const
- {
- return r;
- }
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
-
- // ---------------------------------------------------------
- // the actual drawing API
-
- virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
- wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect,
- const wxColour& initialColour,
- const wxColour& destColour,
- wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST);
-
- virtual void DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect,
- const wxColour& initialColour,
- const wxColour& destColour,
- const wxPoint& circleCenter);
-
- virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const = 0;
-
- virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
- virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
- wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
- wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc) = 0;
- virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
- virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
- double sa, double ea) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0;
- virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
- double radius) = 0;
- virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord width, wxCoord height) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
- virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- bool useMask = false) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
- virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text,
- wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle) = 0;
-
- virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
- wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
- wxDC *source,
- wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
- wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY,
- bool useMask = false,
- wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord,
- wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord) = 0;
-
- virtual bool DoStretchBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
- wxCoord dstWidth, wxCoord dstHeight,
- wxDC *source,
- wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
- wxCoord srcWidth, wxCoord srcHeight,
- wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY,
- bool useMask = false,
- wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord,
- wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord);
-
- virtual wxBitmap DoGetAsBitmap(const wxRect *WXUNUSED(subrect)) const
- { return wxNullBitmap; }
-
-
- virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset ) = 0;
- virtual void DrawLines(const wxPointList *list,
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset );
-
- virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) = 0;
- virtual void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, const int count[], const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle);
- void DrawPolygon(const wxPointList *list,
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle );
-
-
-#if wxUSE_SPLINES
- void DrawSpline(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
- wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
- wxCoord x3, wxCoord y3);
- void DrawSpline(int n, const wxPoint points[]);
- void DrawSpline(const wxPointList *points) { DoDrawSpline(points); }
-
- virtual void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points);
-#endif
-
- // ---------------------------------------------------------
- // wxMemoryDC Impl API
-
- virtual void DoSelect(const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bmp))
- { }
-
- virtual const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const
- { return wxNullBitmap; }
- virtual wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap()
- { return wxNullBitmap; }
-
- // ---------------------------------------------------------
- // wxPrinterDC Impl API
-
- virtual wxRect GetPaperRect() const
- { int w = 0; int h = 0; DoGetSize( &w, &h ); return wxRect(0,0,w,h); }
-
- virtual int GetResolution() const
- { return -1; }
-
-#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
- virtual wxGraphicsContext* GetGraphicsContext() const
- { return NULL; }
- virtual void SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* WXUNUSED(ctx) )
- {}
-#endif
-
-private:
- wxDC *m_owner;
-
-protected:
- // unset clipping variables (after clipping region was destroyed)
- void ResetClipping()
- {
- m_clipping = false;
-
- m_clipX1 = m_clipX2 = m_clipY1 = m_clipY2 = 0;
- }
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
- //! Generic method to draw ellipses, circles and arcs with current pen and brush.
- /*! \param x Upper left corner of bounding box.
- * \param y Upper left corner of bounding box.
- * \param w Width of bounding box.
- * \param h Height of bounding box.
- * \param sa Starting angle of arc
- * (counterclockwise, start at 3 o'clock, 360 is full circle).
- * \param ea Ending angle of arc.
- * \param angle Rotation angle, the Arc will be rotated after
- * calculating begin and end.
- */
- void DrawEllipticArcRot( wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
- double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 )
- { DoDrawEllipticArcRot( x, y, width, height, sa, ea, angle ); }
-
- void DrawEllipticArcRot( const wxPoint& pt,
- const wxSize& sz,
- double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 )
- { DoDrawEllipticArcRot( pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, sa, ea, angle ); }
-
- void DrawEllipticArcRot( const wxRect& rect,
- double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 )
- { DoDrawEllipticArcRot( rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height, sa, ea, angle ); }
-
- virtual void DoDrawEllipticArcRot( wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
- double sa = 0, double ea = 0, double angle = 0 );
-
- //! Rotates points around center.
- /*! This is a quite straight method, it calculates in pixels
- * and so it produces rounding errors.
- * \param points The points inside will be rotated.
- * \param angle Rotating angle (counterclockwise, start at 3 o'clock, 360 is full circle).
- * \param center Center of rotation.
- */
- void Rotate( wxPointList* points, double angle, wxPoint center = wxPoint(0,0) );
-
- // used by DrawEllipticArcRot
- // Careful: wxList gets filled with points you have to delete later.
- void CalculateEllipticPoints( wxPointList* points,
- wxCoord xStart, wxCoord yStart,
- wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
- double sa, double ea );
-#endif // __WXWINCE__
-
- // returns adjustment factor for converting wxFont "point size"; in wx
- // it is point size on screen and needs to be multiplied by this value
- // for rendering on higher-resolution DCs such as printer ones
- static float GetFontPointSizeAdjustment(float dpi);
-
- // window on which the DC draws or NULL
- wxWindow *m_window;
-
- // flags
- bool m_colour:1;
- bool m_ok:1;
- bool m_clipping:1;
- bool m_isInteractive:1;
- bool m_isBBoxValid:1;
-
- // coordinate system variables
-
- wxCoord m_logicalOriginX, m_logicalOriginY;
- wxCoord m_deviceOriginX, m_deviceOriginY; // Usually 0,0, can be change by user
-
- wxCoord m_deviceLocalOriginX, m_deviceLocalOriginY; // non-zero if native top-left corner
- // is not at 0,0. This was the case under
- // Mac's GrafPorts (coordinate system
- // used toplevel window's origin) and
- // e.g. for Postscript, where the native
- // origin in the bottom left corner.
- double m_logicalScaleX, m_logicalScaleY;
- double m_userScaleX, m_userScaleY;
- double m_scaleX, m_scaleY; // calculated from logical scale and user scale
-
- int m_signX, m_signY; // Used by SetAxisOrientation() to invert the axes
-
- double m_contentScaleFactor; // used by high resolution displays (retina)
-
- // what is a mm on a screen you don't know the size of?
- double m_mm_to_pix_x,
- m_mm_to_pix_y;
-
- // bounding and clipping boxes
- wxCoord m_minX, m_minY, m_maxX, m_maxY;
- wxCoord m_clipX1, m_clipY1, m_clipX2, m_clipY2;
-
- wxRasterOperationMode m_logicalFunction;
- int m_backgroundMode;
- wxMappingMode m_mappingMode;
-
- wxPen m_pen;
- wxBrush m_brush;
- wxBrush m_backgroundBrush;
- wxColour m_textForegroundColour;
- wxColour m_textBackgroundColour;
- wxFont m_font;
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- wxPalette m_palette;
- bool m_hasCustomPalette;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDCImpl)
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDC : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // copy attributes (font, colours and writing direction) from another DC
- void CopyAttributes(const wxDC& dc);
-
- virtual ~wxDC() { delete m_pimpl; }
-
- wxDCImpl *GetImpl()
- { return m_pimpl; }
- const wxDCImpl *GetImpl() const
- { return m_pimpl; }
-
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetWindow(); }
-
- void *GetHandle() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetHandle(); }
-
- bool IsOk() const
- { return m_pimpl && m_pimpl->IsOk(); }
-
- // query capabilities
-
- bool CanDrawBitmap() const
- { return m_pimpl->CanDrawBitmap(); }
- bool CanGetTextExtent() const
- { return m_pimpl->CanGetTextExtent(); }
-
- // query dimension, colour deps, resolution
-
- void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const
- { m_pimpl->DoGetSize(width, height); }
- wxSize GetSize() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetSize(); }
-
- void GetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const
- { m_pimpl->DoGetSizeMM(width, height); }
- wxSize GetSizeMM() const
- {
- int w, h;
- m_pimpl->DoGetSizeMM(&w, &h);
- return wxSize(w, h);
- }
-
- int GetDepth() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetDepth(); }
- wxSize GetPPI() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetPPI(); }
-
- virtual int GetResolution() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetResolution(); }
-
- double GetContentScaleFactor() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetContentScaleFactor(); }
-
- // Right-To-Left (RTL) modes
-
- void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir)
- { m_pimpl->SetLayoutDirection( dir ); }
- wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetLayoutDirection(); }
-
- // page and document
-
- bool StartDoc(const wxString& message)
- { return m_pimpl->StartDoc(message); }
- void EndDoc()
- { m_pimpl->EndDoc(); }
-
- void StartPage()
- { m_pimpl->StartPage(); }
- void EndPage()
- { m_pimpl->EndPage(); }
-
- // bounding box
-
- void CalcBoundingBox(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- { m_pimpl->CalcBoundingBox(x,y); }
- void ResetBoundingBox()
- { m_pimpl->ResetBoundingBox(); }
-
- wxCoord MinX() const
- { return m_pimpl->MinX(); }
- wxCoord MaxX() const
- { return m_pimpl->MaxX(); }
- wxCoord MinY() const
- { return m_pimpl->MinY(); }
- wxCoord MaxY() const
- { return m_pimpl->MaxY(); }
-
- // setters and getters
-
- void SetFont(const wxFont& font)
- { m_pimpl->SetFont( font ); }
- const wxFont& GetFont() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetFont(); }
-
- void SetPen(const wxPen& pen)
- { m_pimpl->SetPen( pen ); }
- const wxPen& GetPen() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetPen(); }
-
- void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush)
- { m_pimpl->SetBrush( brush ); }
- const wxBrush& GetBrush() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetBrush(); }
-
- void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush)
- { m_pimpl->SetBackground( brush ); }
- const wxBrush& GetBackground() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetBackground(); }
-
- void SetBackgroundMode(int mode)
- { m_pimpl->SetBackgroundMode( mode ); }
- int GetBackgroundMode() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetBackgroundMode(); }
-
- void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour)
- { m_pimpl->SetTextForeground(colour); }
- const wxColour& GetTextForeground() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetTextForeground(); }
-
- void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour)
- { m_pimpl->SetTextBackground(colour); }
- const wxColour& GetTextBackground() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetTextBackground(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette)
- { m_pimpl->SetPalette(palette); }
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
- // logical functions
-
- void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function)
- { m_pimpl->SetLogicalFunction(function); }
- wxRasterOperationMode GetLogicalFunction() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetLogicalFunction(); }
-
- // text measurement
-
- wxCoord GetCharHeight() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetCharHeight(); }
- wxCoord GetCharWidth() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetCharWidth(); }
-
- wxFontMetrics GetFontMetrics() const
- {
- wxFontMetrics fm;
- m_pimpl->DoGetFontMetrics(&fm.height, &fm.ascent, &fm.descent,
- &fm.internalLeading, &fm.externalLeading,
- &fm.averageWidth);
- return fm;
- }
-
- void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
- wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
- wxCoord *descent = NULL,
- wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const
- { m_pimpl->DoGetTextExtent(string, x, y, descent, externalLeading, theFont); }
-
- wxSize GetTextExtent(const wxString& string) const
- {
- wxCoord w, h;
- m_pimpl->DoGetTextExtent(string, &w, &h);
- return wxSize(w, h);
- }
-
- void GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& string,
- wxCoord *width,
- wxCoord *height,
- wxCoord *heightLine = NULL,
- const wxFont *font = NULL) const
- { m_pimpl->GetMultiLineTextExtent( string, width, height, heightLine, font ); }
-
- wxSize GetMultiLineTextExtent(const wxString& string) const
- {
- wxCoord w, h;
- m_pimpl->GetMultiLineTextExtent(string, &w, &h);
- return wxSize(w, h);
- }
-
- bool GetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const
- { return m_pimpl->DoGetPartialTextExtents(text, widths); }
-
- // clearing
-
- void Clear()
- { m_pimpl->Clear(); }
-
- // clipping
-
- void SetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
- { m_pimpl->DoSetClippingRegion(x, y, width, height); }
- void SetClippingRegion(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
- { m_pimpl->DoSetClippingRegion(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); }
- void SetClippingRegion(const wxRect& rect)
- { m_pimpl->DoSetClippingRegion(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
-
- // unlike the functions above, the coordinates of the region used in this
- // one are in device coordinates, not the logical ones
- void SetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region)
- { m_pimpl->DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(region); }
-
- // this function is deprecated because its name is confusing: you may
- // expect it to work with logical coordinates but, in fact, it does exactly
- // the same thing as SetDeviceClippingRegion()
- //
- // please review the code using it and either replace it with calls to
- // SetDeviceClippingRegion() or correct it if it was [wrongly] passing
- // logical coordinates to this function
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(void SetClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region),
- SetDeviceClippingRegion(region); )
-
- void DestroyClippingRegion()
- { m_pimpl->DestroyClippingRegion(); }
-
- void GetClippingBox(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y, wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h) const
- { m_pimpl->DoGetClippingBox(x, y, w, h); }
- void GetClippingBox(wxRect& rect) const
- { m_pimpl->DoGetClippingBox(&rect.x, &rect.y, &rect.width, &rect.height); }
-
- // coordinates conversions and transforms
-
- wxCoord DeviceToLogicalX(wxCoord x) const
- { return m_pimpl->DeviceToLogicalX(x); }
- wxCoord DeviceToLogicalY(wxCoord y) const
- { return m_pimpl->DeviceToLogicalY(y); }
- wxCoord DeviceToLogicalXRel(wxCoord x) const
- { return m_pimpl->DeviceToLogicalXRel(x); }
- wxCoord DeviceToLogicalYRel(wxCoord y) const
- { return m_pimpl->DeviceToLogicalYRel(y); }
- wxCoord LogicalToDeviceX(wxCoord x) const
- { return m_pimpl->LogicalToDeviceX(x); }
- wxCoord LogicalToDeviceY(wxCoord y) const
- { return m_pimpl->LogicalToDeviceY(y); }
- wxCoord LogicalToDeviceXRel(wxCoord x) const
- { return m_pimpl->LogicalToDeviceXRel(x); }
- wxCoord LogicalToDeviceYRel(wxCoord y) const
- { return m_pimpl->LogicalToDeviceYRel(y); }
-
- void SetMapMode(wxMappingMode mode)
- { m_pimpl->SetMapMode(mode); }
- wxMappingMode GetMapMode() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetMapMode(); }
-
- void SetUserScale(double x, double y)
- { m_pimpl->SetUserScale(x,y); }
- void GetUserScale(double *x, double *y) const
- { m_pimpl->GetUserScale( x, y ); }
-
- void SetLogicalScale(double x, double y)
- { m_pimpl->SetLogicalScale( x, y ); }
- void GetLogicalScale(double *x, double *y) const
- { m_pimpl->GetLogicalScale( x, y ); }
-
- void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- { m_pimpl->SetLogicalOrigin(x,y); }
- void GetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
- { m_pimpl->DoGetLogicalOrigin(x, y); }
- wxPoint GetLogicalOrigin() const
- { wxCoord x, y; m_pimpl->DoGetLogicalOrigin(&x, &y); return wxPoint(x, y); }
-
- void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- { m_pimpl->SetDeviceOrigin( x, y); }
- void GetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
- { m_pimpl->DoGetDeviceOrigin(x, y); }
- wxPoint GetDeviceOrigin() const
- { wxCoord x, y; m_pimpl->DoGetDeviceOrigin(&x, &y); return wxPoint(x, y); }
-
- void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp)
- { m_pimpl->SetAxisOrientation(xLeftRight, yBottomUp); }
-
-#if wxUSE_DC_TRANSFORM_MATRIX
- bool CanUseTransformMatrix() const
- { return m_pimpl->CanUseTransformMatrix(); }
-
- bool SetTransformMatrix(const wxAffineMatrix2D &matrix)
- { return m_pimpl->SetTransformMatrix(matrix); }
-
- wxAffineMatrix2D GetTransformMatrix() const
- { return m_pimpl->GetTransformMatrix(); }
-
- void ResetTransformMatrix()
- { m_pimpl->ResetTransformMatrix(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_DC_TRANSFORM_MATRIX
-
- // mostly internal
- void SetDeviceLocalOrigin( wxCoord x, wxCoord y )
- { m_pimpl->SetDeviceLocalOrigin( x, y ); }
-
-
- // -----------------------------------------------
- // the actual drawing API
-
- bool FloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
- wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE)
- { return m_pimpl->DoFloodFill(x, y, col, style); }
- bool FloodFill(const wxPoint& pt, const wxColour& col,
- wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE)
- { return m_pimpl->DoFloodFill(pt.x, pt.y, col, style); }
-
- // fill the area specified by rect with a radial gradient, starting from
- // initialColour in the centre of the cercle and fading to destColour.
- void GradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect,
- const wxColour& initialColour,
- const wxColour& destColour)
- { m_pimpl->DoGradientFillConcentric( rect, initialColour, destColour,
- wxPoint(rect.GetWidth() / 2,
- rect.GetHeight() / 2)); }
-
- void GradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect,
- const wxColour& initialColour,
- const wxColour& destColour,
- const wxPoint& circleCenter)
- { m_pimpl->DoGradientFillConcentric(rect, initialColour, destColour, circleCenter); }
-
- // fill the area specified by rect with a linear gradient
- void GradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect,
- const wxColour& initialColour,
- const wxColour& destColour,
- wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST)
- { m_pimpl->DoGradientFillLinear(rect, initialColour, destColour, nDirection); }
-
- bool GetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const
- { return m_pimpl->DoGetPixel(x, y, col); }
- bool GetPixel(const wxPoint& pt, wxColour *col) const
- { return m_pimpl->DoGetPixel(pt.x, pt.y, col); }
-
- void DrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y2); }
- void DrawLine(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawLine(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y); }
-
- void CrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- { m_pimpl->DoCrossHair(x, y); }
- void CrossHair(const wxPoint& pt)
- { m_pimpl->DoCrossHair(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
- void DrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
- wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawArc(x1, y1, x2, y2, xc, yc); }
- void DrawArc(const wxPoint& pt1, const wxPoint& pt2, const wxPoint& centre)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawArc(pt1.x, pt1.y, pt2.x, pt2.y, centre.x, centre.y); }
-
- void DrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawCheckMark(x, y, width, height); }
- void DrawCheckMark(const wxRect& rect)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawCheckMark(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
-
- void DrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
- double sa, double ea)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipticArc(x, y, w, h, sa, ea); }
- void DrawEllipticArc(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz,
- double sa, double ea)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipticArc(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, sa, ea); }
-
- void DrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawPoint(x, y); }
- void DrawPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawPoint(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
- void DrawLines(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawLines(n, points, xoffset, yoffset); }
- void DrawLines(const wxPointList *list,
- wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0)
- { m_pimpl->DrawLines( list, xoffset, yoffset ); }
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED( void DrawLines(const wxList *list,
- wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- void DrawPolygon(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawPolygon(n, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); }
- void DrawPolygon(const wxPointList *list,
- wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)
- { m_pimpl->DrawPolygon( list, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle ); }
- void DrawPolyPolygon(int n, const int count[], const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawPolyPolygon(n, count, points, xoffset, yoffset, fillStyle); }
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED( void DrawPolygon(const wxList *list,
- wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- void DrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawRectangle(x, y, width, height); }
- void DrawRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); }
- void DrawRectangle(const wxRect& rect)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawRectangle(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
-
- void DrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
- double radius)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawRoundedRectangle(x, y, width, height, radius); }
- void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz,
- double radius)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawRoundedRectangle(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y, radius); }
- void DrawRoundedRectangle(const wxRect& r, double radius)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawRoundedRectangle(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height, radius); }
-
- void DrawCircle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord radius)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipse(x - radius, y - radius, 2*radius, 2*radius); }
- void DrawCircle(const wxPoint& pt, wxCoord radius)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipse(pt.x - radius, pt.y - radius, 2*radius, 2*radius); }
-
- void DrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipse(x, y, width, height); }
- void DrawEllipse(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipse(pt.x, pt.y, sz.x, sz.y); }
- void DrawEllipse(const wxRect& rect)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawEllipse(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
-
- void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawIcon(icon, x, y); }
- void DrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxPoint& pt)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawIcon(icon, pt.x, pt.y); }
-
- void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- bool useMask = false)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawBitmap(bmp, x, y, useMask); }
- void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, const wxPoint& pt,
- bool useMask = false)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawBitmap(bmp, pt.x, pt.y, useMask); }
-
- void DrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawText(text, x, y); }
- void DrawText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawText(text, pt.x, pt.y); }
-
- void DrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawRotatedText(text, x, y, angle); }
- void DrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pt, double angle)
- { m_pimpl->DoDrawRotatedText(text, pt.x, pt.y, angle); }
-
- // this version puts both optional bitmap and the text into the given
- // rectangle and aligns is as specified by alignment parameter; it also
- // will emphasize the character with the given index if it is != -1 and
- // return the bounding rectangle if required
- void DrawLabel(const wxString& text,
- const wxBitmap& image,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
- int indexAccel = -1,
- wxRect *rectBounding = NULL);
-
- void DrawLabel(const wxString& text, const wxRect& rect,
- int alignment = wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_TOP,
- int indexAccel = -1)
- { DrawLabel(text, wxNullBitmap, rect, alignment, indexAccel); }
-
- bool Blit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
- wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
- wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
- wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord)
- {
- return m_pimpl->DoBlit(xdest, ydest, width, height,
- source, xsrc, ysrc, rop, useMask, xsrcMask, ysrcMask);
- }
- bool Blit(const wxPoint& destPt, const wxSize& sz,
- wxDC *source, const wxPoint& srcPt,
- wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
- const wxPoint& srcPtMask = wxDefaultPosition)
- {
- return m_pimpl->DoBlit(destPt.x, destPt.y, sz.x, sz.y,
- source, srcPt.x, srcPt.y, rop, useMask, srcPtMask.x, srcPtMask.y);
- }
-
- bool StretchBlit(wxCoord dstX, wxCoord dstY,
- wxCoord dstWidth, wxCoord dstHeight,
- wxDC *source,
- wxCoord srcX, wxCoord srcY,
- wxCoord srcWidth, wxCoord srcHeight,
- wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
- wxCoord srcMaskX = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord srcMaskY = wxDefaultCoord)
- {
- return m_pimpl->DoStretchBlit(dstX, dstY, dstWidth, dstHeight,
- source, srcX, srcY, srcWidth, srcHeight, rop, useMask, srcMaskX, srcMaskY);
- }
- bool StretchBlit(const wxPoint& dstPt, const wxSize& dstSize,
- wxDC *source, const wxPoint& srcPt, const wxSize& srcSize,
- wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
- const wxPoint& srcMaskPt = wxDefaultPosition)
- {
- return m_pimpl->DoStretchBlit(dstPt.x, dstPt.y, dstSize.x, dstSize.y,
- source, srcPt.x, srcPt.y, srcSize.x, srcSize.y, rop, useMask, srcMaskPt.x, srcMaskPt.y);
- }
-
- wxBitmap GetAsBitmap(const wxRect *subrect = (const wxRect *) NULL) const
- {
- return m_pimpl->DoGetAsBitmap(subrect);
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_SPLINES
- void DrawSpline(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
- wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
- wxCoord x3, wxCoord y3)
- { m_pimpl->DrawSpline(x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3); }
- void DrawSpline(int n, const wxPoint points[])
- { m_pimpl->DrawSpline(n,points); }
- void DrawSpline(const wxPointList *points)
- { m_pimpl->DrawSpline(points); }
-#endif // wxUSE_SPLINES
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // for compatibility with the old code when wxCoord was long everywhere
- wxDEPRECATED( void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
- long *x, long *y,
- long *descent = NULL,
- long *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const );
- wxDEPRECATED( void GetLogicalOrigin(long *x, long *y) const );
- wxDEPRECATED( void GetDeviceOrigin(long *x, long *y) const );
- wxDEPRECATED( void GetClippingBox(long *x, long *y, long *w, long *h) const );
-
- wxDEPRECATED( void DrawObject(wxDrawObject* drawobject) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- // GetHDC() is the simplest way to retrieve an HDC From a wxDC but only
- // works if this wxDC is GDI-based and fails for GDI+ contexts (and
- // anything else without HDC, e.g. wxPostScriptDC)
- WXHDC GetHDC() const;
-
- // don't use these methods manually, use GetTempHDC() instead
- virtual WXHDC AcquireHDC() { return GetHDC(); }
- virtual void ReleaseHDC(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hdc)) { }
-
- // helper class holding the result of GetTempHDC() with std::auto_ptr<>-like
- // semantics, i.e. it is moved when copied
- class TempHDC
- {
- public:
- TempHDC(wxDC& dc)
- : m_dc(dc),
- m_hdc(dc.AcquireHDC())
- {
- }
-
- TempHDC(const TempHDC& thdc)
- : m_dc(thdc.m_dc),
- m_hdc(thdc.m_hdc)
- {
- const_cast<TempHDC&>(thdc).m_hdc = 0;
- }
-
- ~TempHDC()
- {
- if ( m_hdc )
- m_dc.ReleaseHDC(m_hdc);
- }
-
- WXHDC GetHDC() const { return m_hdc; }
-
- private:
- wxDC& m_dc;
- WXHDC m_hdc;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(TempHDC);
- };
-
- // GetTempHDC() also works for wxGCDC (but still not for wxPostScriptDC &c)
- TempHDC GetTempHDC() { return TempHDC(*this); }
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
-#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
- virtual wxGraphicsContext* GetGraphicsContext() const
- {
- return m_pimpl->GetGraphicsContext();
- }
- virtual void SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* ctx )
- {
- m_pimpl->SetGraphicsContext(ctx);
- }
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // ctor takes ownership of the pointer
- wxDC(wxDCImpl *pimpl) : m_pimpl(pimpl) { }
-
- wxDCImpl * const m_pimpl;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDC)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDC);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC text colour and
-// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCTextColourChanger
-{
-public:
- wxDCTextColourChanger(wxDC& dc) : m_dc(dc), m_colFgOld() { }
-
- wxDCTextColourChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxColour& col) : m_dc(dc)
- {
- Set(col);
- }
-
- ~wxDCTextColourChanger()
- {
- if ( m_colFgOld.IsOk() )
- m_dc.SetTextForeground(m_colFgOld);
- }
-
- void Set(const wxColour& col)
- {
- if ( !m_colFgOld.IsOk() )
- m_colFgOld = m_dc.GetTextForeground();
- m_dc.SetTextForeground(col);
- }
-
-private:
- wxDC& m_dc;
-
- wxColour m_colFgOld;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCTextColourChanger);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC pen and
-// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCPenChanger
-{
-public:
- wxDCPenChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxPen& pen) : m_dc(dc), m_penOld(dc.GetPen())
- {
- m_dc.SetPen(pen);
- }
-
- ~wxDCPenChanger()
- {
- if ( m_penOld.IsOk() )
- m_dc.SetPen(m_penOld);
- }
-
-private:
- wxDC& m_dc;
-
- wxPen m_penOld;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCPenChanger);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC brush and
-// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCBrushChanger
-{
-public:
- wxDCBrushChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxBrush& brush) : m_dc(dc), m_brushOld(dc.GetBrush())
- {
- m_dc.SetBrush(brush);
- }
-
- ~wxDCBrushChanger()
- {
- if ( m_brushOld.IsOk() )
- m_dc.SetBrush(m_brushOld);
- }
-
-private:
- wxDC& m_dc;
-
- wxBrush m_brushOld;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCBrushChanger);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// another small helper class: sets the clipping region in its ctor and
-// destroys it in the dtor
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCClipper
-{
-public:
- wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, const wxRegion& r) : m_dc(dc)
- { dc.SetClippingRegion(r.GetBox()); }
- wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& r) : m_dc(dc)
- { dc.SetClippingRegion(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height); }
- wxDCClipper(wxDC& dc, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) : m_dc(dc)
- { dc.SetClippingRegion(x, y, w, h); }
-
- ~wxDCClipper() { m_dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); }
-
-private:
- wxDC& m_dc;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCClipper);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper class: you can use it to temporarily change the DC font and
-// restore it automatically when the object goes out of scope
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCFontChanger
-{
-public:
- wxDCFontChanger(wxDC& dc)
- : m_dc(dc), m_fontOld()
- {
- }
-
- wxDCFontChanger(wxDC& dc, const wxFont& font)
- : m_dc(dc), m_fontOld(dc.GetFont())
- {
- m_dc.SetFont(font);
- }
-
- void Set(const wxFont& font)
- {
- if ( !m_fontOld.IsOk() )
- m_fontOld = m_dc.GetFont();
- m_dc.SetFont(font);
- }
-
- ~wxDCFontChanger()
- {
- if ( m_fontOld.IsOk() )
- m_dc.SetFont(m_fontOld);
- }
-
-private:
- wxDC& m_dc;
-
- wxFont m_fontOld;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCFontChanger);
-};
-
-
-#endif // _WX_DC_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dcbuffer.h
-// Purpose: wxBufferedDC class
-// Author: Ron Lee <ron@debian.org>
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (refactored, added bg preservation)
-// Created: 16/03/02
-// Copyright: (c) Ron Lee
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCBUFFER_H_
-#define _WX_DCBUFFER_H_
-
-#include "wx/dcmemory.h"
-#include "wx/dcclient.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-// Split platforms into two groups - those which have well-working
-// double-buffering by default, and those which do not.
-#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXDFB__)
- #define wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER 1
-#else
- #define wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER 0
-#endif
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Double buffering helper.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Assumes the buffer bitmap covers the entire scrolled window,
-// and prepares the window DC accordingly
-#define wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA 0x01
-
-// Assumes the buffer bitmap only covers the client area;
-// does not prepare the window DC
-#define wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA 0x02
-
-// Set when not using specific buffer bitmap. Note that this
-// is private style and not returned by GetStyle.
-#define wxBUFFER_USES_SHARED_BUFFER 0x04
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBufferedDC : public wxMemoryDC
-{
-public:
- // Default ctor, must subsequently call Init for two stage construction.
- wxBufferedDC()
- : m_dc(NULL),
- m_buffer(NULL),
- m_style(0)
- {
- }
-
- // Construct a wxBufferedDC using a user supplied buffer.
- wxBufferedDC(wxDC *dc,
- wxBitmap& buffer = wxNullBitmap,
- int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA)
- : m_dc(NULL), m_buffer(NULL)
- {
- Init(dc, buffer, style);
- }
-
- // Construct a wxBufferedDC with an internal buffer of 'area'
- // (where area is usually something like the size of the window
- // being buffered)
- wxBufferedDC(wxDC *dc, const wxSize& area, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA)
- : m_dc(NULL), m_buffer(NULL)
- {
- Init(dc, area, style);
- }
-
- // The usually desired action in the dtor is to blit the buffer.
- virtual ~wxBufferedDC()
- {
- if ( m_dc )
- UnMask();
- }
-
- // These reimplement the actions of the ctors for two stage creation
- void Init(wxDC *dc,
- wxBitmap& buffer = wxNullBitmap,
- int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA)
- {
- InitCommon(dc, style);
-
- m_buffer = &buffer;
-
- UseBuffer();
- }
-
- void Init(wxDC *dc, const wxSize &area, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA)
- {
- InitCommon(dc, style);
-
- UseBuffer(area.x, area.y);
- }
-
- // Blits the buffer to the dc, and detaches the dc from the buffer (so it
- // can be effectively used once only).
- //
- // Usually called in the dtor or by the dtor of derived classes if the
- // BufferedDC must blit before the derived class (which may own the dc it's
- // blitting to) is destroyed.
- void UnMask();
-
- // Set and get the style
- void SetStyle(int style) { m_style = style; }
- int GetStyle() const { return m_style & ~wxBUFFER_USES_SHARED_BUFFER; }
-
-private:
- // common part of Init()s
- void InitCommon(wxDC *dc, int style)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !m_dc, wxT("wxBufferedDC already initialised") );
-
- m_dc = dc;
- m_style = style;
- }
-
- // check that the bitmap is valid and use it
- void UseBuffer(wxCoord w = -1, wxCoord h = -1);
-
- // the underlying DC to which we copy everything drawn on this one in
- // UnMask()
- //
- // NB: Without the existence of a wxNullDC, this must be a pointer, else it
- // could probably be a reference.
- wxDC *m_dc;
-
- // the buffer (selected in this DC), initially invalid
- wxBitmap *m_buffer;
-
- // the buffering style
- int m_style;
-
- wxSize m_area;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBufferedDC)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedDC);
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Double buffered PaintDC.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Creates a double buffered wxPaintDC, optionally allowing the
-// user to specify their own buffer to use.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBufferedPaintDC : public wxBufferedDC
-{
-public:
- // If no bitmap is supplied by the user, a temporary one will be created.
- wxBufferedPaintDC(wxWindow *window, wxBitmap& buffer, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA)
- : m_paintdc(window)
- {
- // If we're buffering the virtual window, scale the paint DC as well
- if (style & wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA)
- window->PrepareDC( m_paintdc );
-
- if( buffer.IsOk() )
- Init(&m_paintdc, buffer, style);
- else
- Init(&m_paintdc, GetBufferedSize(window, style), style);
- }
-
- // If no bitmap is supplied by the user, a temporary one will be created.
- wxBufferedPaintDC(wxWindow *window, int style = wxBUFFER_CLIENT_AREA)
- : m_paintdc(window)
- {
- // If we're using the virtual window, scale the paint DC as well
- if (style & wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA)
- window->PrepareDC( m_paintdc );
-
- Init(&m_paintdc, GetBufferedSize(window, style), style);
- }
-
- // default copy ctor ok.
-
- virtual ~wxBufferedPaintDC()
- {
- // We must UnMask here, else by the time the base class
- // does it, the PaintDC will have already been destroyed.
- UnMask();
- }
-
-protected:
- // return the size needed by the buffer: this depends on whether we're
- // buffering just the currently shown part or the total (scrolled) window
- static wxSize GetBufferedSize(wxWindow *window, int style)
- {
- return style & wxBUFFER_VIRTUAL_AREA ? window->GetVirtualSize()
- : window->GetClientSize();
- }
-
-private:
- wxPaintDC m_paintdc;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBufferedPaintDC)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedPaintDC);
-};
-
-
-
-//
-// wxAutoBufferedPaintDC is a wxPaintDC in toolkits which have double-
-// buffering by default. Otherwise it is a wxBufferedPaintDC. Thus,
-// you can only expect it work with a simple constructor that
-// accepts single wxWindow* argument.
-//
-#if wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER
- #define wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase wxPaintDC
-#else
- #define wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase wxBufferedPaintDC
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAutoBufferedPaintDC : public wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase
-{
-public:
-
- wxAutoBufferedPaintDC(wxWindow* win)
- : wxAutoBufferedPaintDCBase(win)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( win->GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_PAINT,
- "You need to call SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_PAINT) in ctor, "
- "and also, if needed, paint the background in wxEVT_PAINT handler."
- );
- }
-
- virtual ~wxAutoBufferedPaintDC() { }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAutoBufferedPaintDC);
-};
-
-
-
-// Check if the window is natively double buffered and will return a wxPaintDC
-// if it is, a wxBufferedPaintDC otherwise. It is the caller's responsibility
-// to delete the wxDC pointer when finished with it.
-inline wxDC* wxAutoBufferedPaintDCFactory(wxWindow* window)
-{
- if ( window->IsDoubleBuffered() )
- return new wxPaintDC(window);
- else
- return new wxBufferedPaintDC(window);
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_DCBUFFER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dcclient.h
-// Purpose: wxClientDC base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowDC
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDC : public wxDC
-{
-public:
- wxWindowDC(wxWindow *win);
-
-protected:
- wxWindowDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxDC(impl) { }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowDC)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxClientDC
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDC : public wxWindowDC
-{
-public:
- wxClientDC(wxWindow *win);
-
-protected:
- wxClientDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxWindowDC(impl) { }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxClientDC)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPaintDC
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintDC : public wxClientDC
-{
-public:
- wxPaintDC(wxWindow *win);
-
-protected:
- wxPaintDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxClientDC(impl) { }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPaintDC)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dcgraph.h
-// Purpose: graphics context device bridge header
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_
-#define _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/geometry.h"
-#include "wx/graphics.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDC;
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGCDC: public wxDC
-{
-public:
- wxGCDC( const wxWindowDC& dc );
- wxGCDC( const wxMemoryDC& dc );
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- wxGCDC( const wxPrinterDC& dc );
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
- wxGCDC( const wxEnhMetaFileDC& dc );
-#endif
- wxGCDC(wxGraphicsContext* context);
-
- wxGCDC();
- virtual ~wxGCDC();
-
- wxGraphicsContext* GetGraphicsContext() const;
- void SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* ctx );
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- // override wxDC virtual functions to provide access to HDC associated with
- // this Graphics object (implemented in src/msw/graphics.cpp)
- virtual WXHDC AcquireHDC();
- virtual void ReleaseHDC(WXHDC hdc);
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGCDC)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGCDC);
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGCDCImpl: public wxDCImpl
-{
-public:
- wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxWindowDC& dc );
- wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxMemoryDC& dc );
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxPrinterDC& dc );
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
- wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxEnhMetaFileDC& dc );
-#endif
- wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
-
- virtual ~wxGCDCImpl();
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- // ----------------------------------
-
- virtual void Clear();
-
- virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& message );
- virtual void EndDoc();
-
- virtual void StartPage();
- virtual void EndPage();
-
- // flushing the content of this dc immediately onto screen
- virtual void Flush();
-
- virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font);
- virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen);
- virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush);
- virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush);
- virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode);
- virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
-
- virtual void DestroyClippingRegion();
-
- virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
- virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
-
- virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const;
- virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const;
- virtual int GetDepth() const;
- virtual wxSize GetPPI() const;
-
- virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function);
-
- virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour);
- virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour);
-
- virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
-
- wxGraphicsContext* GetGraphicsContext() const { return m_graphicContext; }
- virtual void SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* ctx );
-
- virtual void* GetHandle() const;
-
- // the true implementations
- virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
- wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE);
-
- virtual void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect,
- const wxColour& initialColour,
- const wxColour& destColour,
- wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST);
-
- virtual void DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect,
- const wxColour& initialColour,
- const wxColour& destColour,
- const wxPoint& circleCenter);
-
- virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const;
-
- virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-
-#if wxUSE_SPLINES
- virtual void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points);
-#endif
-
- virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2);
-
- virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
- wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
- wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc);
-
- virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-
- virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
- double sa, double ea);
-
- virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
- virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
- double radius);
- virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-
- virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-
- virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- bool useMask = false);
-
- virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- double angle);
-
- virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
- wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
- wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
- wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1);
-
- virtual bool DoStretchBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
- wxCoord dstWidth, wxCoord dstHeight,
- wxDC *source,
- wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
- wxCoord srcWidth, wxCoord srcHeight,
- wxRasterOperationMode = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
- wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord);
-
- virtual void DoGetSize(int *,int *) const;
- virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const;
-
- virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset);
- virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
- virtual void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, const int count[], const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle);
-
- virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region);
- virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-
- virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
- wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
- wxCoord *descent = NULL,
- wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const;
-
- virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const;
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- virtual wxRect MSWApplyGDIPlusTransform(const wxRect& r) const;
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
-protected:
- // unused int parameter distinguishes this version, which does not create a
- // wxGraphicsContext, in the expectation that the derived class will do it
- wxGCDCImpl(wxDC* owner, int);
-
- // scaling variables
- bool m_logicalFunctionSupported;
- wxGraphicsMatrix m_matrixOriginal;
- wxGraphicsMatrix m_matrixCurrent;
-
- double m_formerScaleX, m_formerScaleY;
-
- wxGraphicsContext* m_graphicContext;
-
-private:
- void Init(wxGraphicsContext*);
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxGCDCImpl)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGCDCImpl);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-#endif // _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dcmemory.h
-// Purpose: wxMemoryDC base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMemoryDC
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryDC: public wxDC
-{
-public:
- wxMemoryDC();
- wxMemoryDC( wxBitmap& bitmap );
- wxMemoryDC( wxDC *dc );
-
- // select the given bitmap to draw on it
- void SelectObject(wxBitmap& bmp);
-
- // select the given bitmap for read-only
- void SelectObjectAsSource(const wxBitmap& bmp);
-
- // get selected bitmap
- const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const;
- wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap();
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDC)
-};
-
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dcmirror.h
-// Purpose: wxMirrorDC class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 21.07.2003
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCMIRROR_H_
-#define _WX_DCMIRROR_H_
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMirrorDC allows to write the same code for horz/vertical layout
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMirrorDCImpl : public wxDCImpl
-{
-public:
- // constructs a mirror DC associated with the given real DC
- //
- // if mirror parameter is true, all vertical and horizontal coordinates are
- // exchanged, otherwise this class behaves in exactly the same way as a
- // plain DC
- wxMirrorDCImpl(wxDC *owner, wxDCImpl& dc, bool mirror)
- : wxDCImpl(owner),
- m_dc(dc)
- {
- m_mirror = mirror;
- }
-
- // wxDCBase operations
- virtual void Clear() { m_dc.Clear(); }
- virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_dc.SetFont(font); }
- virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen) { m_dc.SetPen(pen); }
- virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush) { m_dc.SetBrush(brush); }
- virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush)
- { m_dc.SetBackground(brush); }
- virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode) { m_dc.SetBackgroundMode(mode); }
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette)
- { m_dc.SetPalette(palette); }
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
- virtual void DestroyClippingRegion() { m_dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); }
- virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const { return m_dc.GetCharHeight(); }
- virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const { return m_dc.GetCharWidth(); }
- virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return m_dc.CanDrawBitmap(); }
- virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return m_dc.CanGetTextExtent(); }
- virtual int GetDepth() const { return m_dc.GetDepth(); }
- virtual wxSize GetPPI() const { return m_dc.GetPPI(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_dc.IsOk(); }
- virtual void SetMapMode(wxMappingMode mode) { m_dc.SetMapMode(mode); }
- virtual void SetUserScale(double x, double y)
- { m_dc.SetUserScale(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); }
- virtual void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- { m_dc.SetLogicalOrigin(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); }
- virtual void SetDeviceOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- { m_dc.SetDeviceOrigin(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y)); }
- virtual void SetAxisOrientation(bool xLeftRight, bool yBottomUp)
- { m_dc.SetAxisOrientation(GetX(xLeftRight, yBottomUp),
- GetY(xLeftRight, yBottomUp)); }
- virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function)
- { m_dc.SetLogicalFunction(function); }
-
- virtual void* GetHandle() const
- { return m_dc.GetHandle(); }
-
-protected:
- // returns x and y if not mirroring or y and x if mirroring
- wxCoord GetX(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; }
- wxCoord GetY(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; }
- double GetX(double x, double y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; }
- double GetY(double x, double y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; }
- bool GetX(bool x, bool y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; }
- bool GetY(bool x, bool y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; }
-
- // same thing but for pointers
- wxCoord *GetX(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const { return m_mirror ? y : x; }
- wxCoord *GetY(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const { return m_mirror ? x : y; }
-
- // exchange x and y components of all points in the array if necessary
- wxPoint* Mirror(int n, const wxPoint*& points) const
- {
- wxPoint* points_alloc = NULL;
- if ( m_mirror )
- {
- points_alloc = new wxPoint[n];
- for ( int i = 0; i < n; i++ )
- {
- points_alloc[i].x = points[i].y;
- points_alloc[i].y = points[i].x;
- }
- points = points_alloc;
- }
- return points_alloc;
- }
-
- // wxDCBase functions
- virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
- wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE)
- {
- return m_dc.DoFloodFill(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), col, style);
- }
-
- virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const
- {
- return m_dc.DoGetPixel(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), col);
- }
-
-
- virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- {
- m_dc.DoDrawPoint(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y));
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2)
- {
- m_dc.DoDrawLine(GetX(x1, y1), GetY(x1, y1), GetX(x2, y2), GetY(x2, y2));
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
- wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
- wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc)
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("this is probably wrong") );
-
- m_dc.DoDrawArc(GetX(x1, y1), GetY(x1, y1),
- GetX(x2, y2), GetY(x2, y2),
- xc, yc);
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
- {
- m_dc.DoDrawCheckMark(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y),
- GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h));
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
- double sa, double ea)
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("this is probably wrong") );
-
- m_dc.DoDrawEllipticArc(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y),
- GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h),
- sa, ea);
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
- {
- m_dc.DoDrawRectangle(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h));
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
- double radius)
- {
- m_dc.DoDrawRoundedRectangle(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y),
- GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h),
- radius);
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
- {
- m_dc.DoDrawEllipse(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h));
- }
-
- virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- {
- m_dc.DoCrossHair(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y));
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- {
- m_dc.DoDrawIcon(icon, GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y));
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- bool useMask = false)
- {
- m_dc.DoDrawBitmap(bmp, GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), useMask);
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- {
- // this is never mirrored
- m_dc.DoDrawText(text, x, y);
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text,
- wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle)
- {
- // this is never mirrored
- m_dc.DoDrawRotatedText(text, x, y, angle);
- }
-
- virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
- wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
- wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
- wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY,
- bool useMask = false,
- wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord)
- {
- return m_dc.DoBlit(GetX(xdest, ydest), GetY(xdest, ydest),
- GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h),
- source, GetX(xsrc, ysrc), GetY(xsrc, ysrc),
- rop, useMask,
- GetX(xsrcMask, ysrcMask), GetX(xsrcMask, ysrcMask));
- }
-
- virtual void DoGetSize(int *w, int *h) const
- {
- m_dc.DoGetSize(GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h));
- }
-
- virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int *w, int *h) const
- {
- m_dc.DoGetSizeMM(GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h));
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset)
- {
- wxPoint* points_alloc = Mirror(n, points);
-
- m_dc.DoDrawLines(n, points,
- GetX(xoffset, yoffset), GetY(xoffset, yoffset));
-
- delete[] points_alloc;
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)
- {
- wxPoint* points_alloc = Mirror(n, points);
-
- m_dc.DoDrawPolygon(n, points,
- GetX(xoffset, yoffset), GetY(xoffset, yoffset),
- fillStyle);
-
- delete[] points_alloc;
- }
-
- virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& WXUNUSED(region))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("not implemented") );
- }
-
- virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
- {
- m_dc.DoSetClippingRegion(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h));
- }
-
- virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
- wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
- wxCoord *descent = NULL,
- wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const
- {
- // never mirrored
- m_dc.DoGetTextExtent(string, x, y, descent, externalLeading, theFont);
- }
-
-private:
- wxDCImpl& m_dc;
-
- bool m_mirror;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMirrorDCImpl);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMirrorDC : public wxDC
-{
-public:
- wxMirrorDC(wxDC& dc, bool mirror)
- : wxDC(new wxMirrorDCImpl(this, *dc.GetImpl(), mirror))
- {
- m_mirror = mirror;
- }
-
- // helper functions which may be useful for the users of this class
- wxSize Reflect(const wxSize& sizeOrig)
- {
- return m_mirror ? wxSize(sizeOrig.y, sizeOrig.x) : sizeOrig;
- }
-
-private:
- bool m_mirror;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMirrorDC);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_DCMIRROR_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dcprint.h
-// Purpose: wxPrinterDC base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrinterDC
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinterDC : public wxDC
-{
-public:
- wxPrinterDC();
- wxPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& data);
-
- wxRect GetPaperRect() const;
- int GetResolution() const;
-
-protected:
- wxPrinterDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxDC(impl) { }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrinterDC)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif // _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dcps.h
-// Purpose: wxPostScriptDC base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCPS_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DCPS_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/dcpsg.h"
-
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dcscreen.h
-// Purpose: wxScreenDC base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScreenDC : public wxDC
-{
-public:
- wxScreenDC();
-
- static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(window))
- { return true; }
- static bool StartDrawingOnTop(wxRect * WXUNUSED(rect) = NULL)
- { return true; }
- static bool EndDrawingOnTop()
- { return true; }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScreenDC)
-};
-
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DCSCREEN_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dcsvg.h
-// Purpose: wxSVGFileDC
-// Author: Chris Elliott
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Chris Elliott
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCSVG_H_
-#define _WX_DCSVG_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SVG
-
-#define wxSVGVersion wxT("v0100")
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-#pragma warn -8008
-#pragma warn -8066
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileOutputStream;
-
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSVGFileDC;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSVGFileDCImpl : public wxDCImpl
-{
-public:
- wxSVGFileDCImpl( wxSVGFileDC *owner, const wxString &filename,
- int width=320, int height=240, double dpi=72.0 );
-
- virtual ~wxSVGFileDCImpl();
-
- bool IsOk() const { return m_OK; }
-
- virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; }
- virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; }
-
- virtual int GetDepth() const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::GetDepth Call not implemented"));
- return -1;
- }
-
- virtual void Clear()
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::Clear() Call not implemented \nNot sensible for an output file?"));
- }
-
- virtual void DestroyClippingRegion();
-
- virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
- virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
-
- virtual void SetClippingRegion(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y),
- wxCoord WXUNUSED(w), wxCoord WXUNUSED(h))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::SetClippingRegion not implemented"));
- }
-
- virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::SetPalette not implemented"));
- }
-
- virtual void GetClippingBox(wxCoord *WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord *WXUNUSED(y),
- wxCoord *WXUNUSED(w), wxCoord *WXUNUSED(h))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::GetClippingBox not implemented"));
- }
-
- virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode WXUNUSED(function))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::SetLogicalFunction Call not implemented"));
- }
-
- virtual wxRasterOperationMode GetLogicalFunction() const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::GetLogicalFunction() not implemented"));
- return wxCOPY;
- }
-
- virtual void SetBackground( const wxBrush &brush );
- virtual void SetBackgroundMode( int mode );
- virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush);
- virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font);
- virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen);
-
- virtual void* GetHandle() const { return NULL; }
-
-private:
- virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord, wxCoord, wxColour *) const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::DoGetPixel Call not implemented"));
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord, wxDC *,
- wxCoord, wxCoord, wxRasterOperationMode = wxCOPY,
- bool = 0, int = -1, int = -1);
-
- virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord, wxCoord)
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::CrossHair Call not implemented"));
- }
-
- virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord, wxCoord);
-
- virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &, wxCoord, wxCoord, bool = false);
-
- virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
-
- virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
-
- virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
- double sa, double ea);
-
- virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon &, wxCoord, wxCoord);
-
- virtual void DoDrawLine (wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2);
-
- virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0);
-
- virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord, wxCoord);
-
- virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle);
-
- virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
-
- virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- double angle);
-
- virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
- double radius = 20) ;
-
- virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-
- virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y),
- const wxColour& WXUNUSED(col),
- wxFloodFillStyle WXUNUSED(style) = wxFLOOD_SURFACE)
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::DoFloodFill Call not implemented"));
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual void DoGetSize(int * x, int *y) const
- {
- if ( x )
- *x = m_width;
- if ( y )
- *y = m_height;
- }
-
- virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *w, wxCoord *h,
- wxCoord *descent = NULL,
- wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *font = NULL) const;
-
- virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& WXUNUSED(region))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("wxSVGFILEDC::DoSetDeviceClippingRegion not yet implemented"));
- }
-
- virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
- virtual void DoGetSizeMM( int *width, int *height ) const;
-
- virtual wxSize GetPPI() const;
-
- void Init (const wxString &filename, int width, int height, double dpi);
-
- void write( const wxString &s );
-
-private:
- // If m_graphics_changed is true, close the current <g> element and start a
- // new one for the last pen/brush change.
- void NewGraphicsIfNeeded();
-
- // Open a new graphics group setting up all the attributes according to
- // their current values in wxDC.
- void DoStartNewGraphics();
-
- wxFileOutputStream *m_outfile;
- wxString m_filename;
- int m_sub_images; // number of png format images we have
- bool m_OK;
- bool m_graphics_changed; // set by Set{Brush,Pen}()
- int m_width, m_height;
- double m_dpi;
-
- // The clipping nesting level is incremented by every call to
- // SetClippingRegion() and reset when DestroyClippingRegion() is called.
- size_t m_clipNestingLevel;
-
- // Unique ID for every clipping graphics group: this is simply always
- // incremented in each SetClippingRegion() call.
- size_t m_clipUniqueId;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSVGFileDCImpl)
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSVGFileDC : public wxDC
-{
-public:
- wxSVGFileDC(const wxString& filename,
- int width = 320,
- int height = 240,
- double dpi = 72.0)
- : wxDC(new wxSVGFileDCImpl(this, filename, width, height, dpi))
- {
- }
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SVG
-
-#endif // _WX_DCSVG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dde.h
-// Purpose: DDE base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DDE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DDE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEClient;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEServer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDDEConnection;
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEClient, wxDDEClientList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEServer, wxDDEServerList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDDEConnection, wxDDEConnectionList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #include "wx/msw/dde.h"
-#else
- #error DDE is only supported under Windows
-#endif
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DDE_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/debug.h
-// Purpose: Misc debug functions and macros
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998-2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DEBUG_H_
-#define _WX_DEBUG_H_
-
-#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #include <assert.h>
-#endif // systems without assert.h
-
-#include <limits.h> // for CHAR_BIT used below
-
-#include "wx/chartype.h" // for __TFILE__ and wxChar
-#include "wx/cpp.h" // for __WXFUNCTION__
-#include "wx/dlimpexp.h" // for WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCStrData;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Defines controlling the debugging macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- wxWidgets can be built with several different levels of debug support
- specified by the value of wxDEBUG_LEVEL constant:
-
- 0: No assertion macros at all, this should only be used when optimizing
- for resource-constrained systems (typically embedded ones).
- 1: Default level, most of the assertions are enabled.
- 2: Maximal (at least for now): asserts which are "expensive"
- (performance-wise) or only make sense for finding errors in wxWidgets
- itself, as opposed to bugs in applications using it, are also enabled.
- */
-
-// unless wxDEBUG_LEVEL is predefined (by configure or via wx/setup.h under
-// Windows), use the default
-#if !defined(wxDEBUG_LEVEL)
- #define wxDEBUG_LEVEL 1
-#endif // !defined(wxDEBUG_LEVEL)
-
-/*
- __WXDEBUG__ is defined when wxDEBUG_LEVEL != 0. This is done mostly for
- compatibility but it also provides a simpler way to check if asserts and
- debug logging is enabled at all.
- */
-#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL > 0
- #ifndef __WXDEBUG__
- #define __WXDEBUG__
- #endif
-#else
- #undef __WXDEBUG__
-#endif
-
-// Finally there is also a very old WXDEBUG macro not used anywhere at all, it
-// is only defined for compatibility.
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
- #if !defined(WXDEBUG) || !WXDEBUG
- #undef WXDEBUG
- #define WXDEBUG 1
- #endif // !WXDEBUG
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Handling assertion failures
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- Type for the function called in case of assert failure, see
- wxSetAssertHandler().
- */
-typedef void (*wxAssertHandler_t)(const wxString& file,
- int line,
- const wxString& func,
- const wxString& cond,
- const wxString& msg);
-
-#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL
-
-// the global assert handler function, if it is NULL asserts don't check their
-// conditions
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxAssertHandler_t) wxTheAssertHandler;
-
-/*
- Sets the function to be called in case of assertion failure.
-
- The default assert handler forwards to wxApp::OnAssertFailure() whose
- default behaviour is, in turn, to show the standard assertion failure
- dialog if a wxApp object exists or shows the same dialog itself directly
- otherwise.
-
- While usually it is enough -- and more convenient -- to just override
- OnAssertFailure(), to handle all assertion failures, including those
- occurring even before wxApp object creation or after its destruction you
- need to provide your assertion handler function.
-
- This function also provides a simple way to disable all asserts: simply
- pass NULL pointer to it. Doing this will result in not even evaluating
- assert conditions at all, avoiding almost all run-time cost of asserts.
-
- Notice that this function is not MT-safe, so you should call it before
- starting any other threads.
-
- The return value of this function is the previous assertion handler. It can
- be called after any pre-processing by your handler and can also be restored
- later if you uninstall your handler.
- */
-inline wxAssertHandler_t wxSetAssertHandler(wxAssertHandler_t handler)
-{
- const wxAssertHandler_t old = wxTheAssertHandler;
- wxTheAssertHandler = handler;
- return old;
-}
-
-/*
- Reset the default assert handler.
-
- This may be used to enable asserts, which are disabled by default in this
- case, for programs built in release build (NDEBUG defined).
- */
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSetDefaultAssertHandler();
-
-#else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL
-
-// provide empty stubs in case assertions are completely disabled
-//
-// NB: can't use WXUNUSED() here as we're included from wx/defs.h before it is
-// defined
-inline wxAssertHandler_t wxSetAssertHandler(wxAssertHandler_t /* handler */)
-{
- return NULL;
-}
-
-inline void wxSetDefaultAssertHandler() { }
-
-#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL/!wxDEBUG_LEVEL
-
-// simply a synonym for wxSetAssertHandler(NULL)
-inline void wxDisableAsserts() { wxSetAssertHandler(NULL); }
-
-/*
- A macro which disables asserts for applications compiled in release build.
-
- By default, wxIMPLEMENT_APP (or rather wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN) disable the
- asserts in the applications compiled in the release build by calling this.
- It does nothing if NDEBUG is not defined.
- */
-#ifdef NDEBUG
- #define wxDISABLE_ASSERTS_IN_RELEASE_BUILD() wxDisableAsserts()
-#else
- #define wxDISABLE_ASSERTS_IN_RELEASE_BUILD()
-#endif
-
-#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL
-
-/*
- wxOnAssert() is used by the debugging macros defined below. Different
- overloads are needed because these macros can be used with or without wxT().
-
- All of them are implemented in src/common/appcmn.cpp and unconditionally
- call wxTheAssertHandler so the caller must check that it is non-NULL
- (assert macros do it).
- */
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-// these overloads are the ones typically used by debugging macros: we have to
-// provide wxChar* msg version because it's common to use wxT() in the macros
-// and finally, we can't use const wx(char)* msg = NULL, because that would
-// be ambiguous
-//
-// also notice that these functions can't be inline as wxString is not defined
-// yet (and can't be as wxString code itself may use assertions)
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxOnAssert(const char *file,
- int line,
- const char *func,
- const char *cond);
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxOnAssert(const char *file,
- int line,
- const char *func,
- const char *cond,
- const char *msg);
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxOnAssert(const char *file,
- int line,
- const char *func,
- const char *cond,
- const wxChar *msg) ;
-#endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE */
-
-// this version is for compatibility with wx 2.8 Unicode build only, we don't
-// use it ourselves any more except in ANSI-only build in which case it is all
-// we need
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxOnAssert(const wxChar *file,
- int line,
- const char *func,
- const wxChar *cond,
- const wxChar *msg = NULL);
-
-// these overloads work when msg passed to debug macro is a string and we
-// also have to provide wxCStrData overload to resolve ambiguity which would
-// otherwise arise from wxASSERT( s.c_str() )
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxOnAssert(const wxString& file,
- int line,
- const wxString& func,
- const wxString& cond,
- const wxString& msg);
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxOnAssert(const wxString& file,
- int line,
- const wxString& func,
- const wxString& cond);
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxOnAssert(const char *file,
- int line,
- const char *func,
- const char *cond,
- const wxCStrData& msg);
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxOnAssert(const char *file,
- int line,
- const char *func,
- const char *cond,
- const wxString& msg);
-
-#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Debugging macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- Assertion macros: check if the condition is true and call assert handler
- (which will by default notify the user about failure) if it isn't.
-
- wxASSERT and wxFAIL macros as well as wxTrap() function do nothing at all
- if wxDEBUG_LEVEL is 0 however they do check their conditions at default
- debug level 1, unlike the previous wxWidgets versions.
-
- wxASSERT_LEVEL_2 is meant to be used for "expensive" asserts which should
- normally be disabled because they have a big impact on performance and so
- this macro only does anything if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2.
- */
-#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL
- // wxTrap() can be used to break into the debugger unconditionally
- // (assuming the program is running under debugger, of course).
- //
- // If possible, we prefer to define it as a macro rather than as a function
- // to open the debugger at the position where we trapped and not inside the
- // trap function itself which is not very useful.
- #if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)
- #define wxTrap() __debugbreak()
- #else
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxTrap();
- #endif // Win VisualC
-
- // Global flag used to indicate that assert macros should call wxTrap(): it
- // is set by the default assert handler if the user answers yes to the
- // question of whether to trap.
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(bool) wxTrapInAssert;
-
- // This macro checks if the condition is true and calls the assert handler
- // with the provided message if it isn't and finally traps if the special
- // flag indicating that it should do it was set by the handler.
- //
- // Notice that we don't use the handler return value for compatibility
- // reasons (if we changed its return type, we'd need to change wxApp::
- // OnAssertFailure() too which would break user code overriding it), hence
- // the need for the ugly global flag.
- #define wxASSERT_MSG(cond, msg) \
- wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_BEGIN \
- if ( wxTheAssertHandler && !(cond) && \
- (wxOnAssert(__FILE__, __LINE__, __WXFUNCTION__, \
- #cond, msg), wxTrapInAssert) ) \
- { \
- wxTrapInAssert = false; \
- wxTrap(); \
- } \
- wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_END
-
- // a version without any additional message, don't use unless condition
- // itself is fully self-explanatory
- #define wxASSERT(cond) wxASSERT_MSG(cond, (const char*)NULL)
-
- // wxFAIL is a special form of assert: it always triggers (and so is
- // usually used in normally unreachable code)
- #define wxFAIL_COND_MSG(cond, msg) \
- wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_BEGIN \
- if ( wxTheAssertHandler && \
- (wxOnAssert(__FILE__, __LINE__, __WXFUNCTION__, \
- cond, msg), wxTrapInAssert) ) \
- { \
- wxTrapInAssert = false; \
- wxTrap(); \
- } \
- wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_END
-
- #define wxFAIL_MSG(msg) wxFAIL_COND_MSG("Assert failure", msg)
- #define wxFAIL wxFAIL_MSG((const char*)NULL)
-#else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL
- #define wxTrap()
-
- #define wxASSERT(cond)
- #define wxASSERT_MSG(cond, msg)
- #define wxFAIL
- #define wxFAIL_MSG(msg)
- #define wxFAIL_COND_MSG(cond, msg)
-#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL
-
-#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2
- #define wxASSERT_LEVEL_2_MSG(cond, msg) wxASSERT_MSG(cond, msg)
- #define wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(cond) wxASSERT(cond)
-#else // wxDEBUG_LEVEL < 2
- #define wxASSERT_LEVEL_2_MSG(cond, msg)
- #define wxASSERT_LEVEL_2(cond)
-#endif
-
-// This is simply a wrapper for the standard abort() which is not available
-// under all platforms.
-//
-// It isn't really debug-related but there doesn't seem to be any better place
-// for it, so declare it here and define it in appbase.cpp, together with
-// wxTrap().
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAbort();
-
-/*
- wxCHECK macros always check their conditions, setting debug level to 0 only
- makes them silent in case of failure, otherwise -- including at default
- debug level 1 -- they call the assert handler if the condition is false
-
- They are supposed to be used only in invalid situation: for example, an
- invalid parameter (e.g. a NULL pointer) is passed to a function. Instead of
- dereferencing it and causing core dump the function might use
-
- wxCHECK_RET( p != NULL, "pointer can't be NULL" )
-*/
-
-// the generic macro: takes the condition to check, the statement to be executed
-// in case the condition is false and the message to pass to the assert handler
-#define wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, op, msg) \
- if ( cond ) \
- {} \
- else \
- { \
- wxFAIL_COND_MSG(#cond, msg); \
- op; \
- } \
- struct wxDummyCheckStruct /* just to force a semicolon */
-
-// check which returns with the specified return code if the condition fails
-#define wxCHECK_MSG(cond, rc, msg) wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, return rc, msg)
-
-// check that expression is true, "return" if not (also FAILs in debug mode)
-#define wxCHECK(cond, rc) wxCHECK_MSG(cond, rc, (const char*)NULL)
-
-// check that expression is true, perform op if not
-#define wxCHECK2(cond, op) wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, op, (const char*)NULL)
-
-// special form of wxCHECK2: as wxCHECK, but for use in void functions
-//
-// NB: there is only one form (with msg parameter) and it's intentional:
-// there is no other way to tell the caller what exactly went wrong
-// from the void function (of course, the function shouldn't be void
-// to begin with...)
-#define wxCHECK_RET(cond, msg) wxCHECK2_MSG(cond, return, msg)
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compile time asserts
-//
-// Unlike the normal assert and related macros above which are checked during
-// the program run-time the macros below will result in a compilation error if
-// the condition they check is false. This is usually used to check the
-// expressions containing sizeof()s which cannot be tested with the
-// preprocessor. If you can use the #if's, do use them as you can give a more
-// detailed error message then.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- How this works (you don't have to understand it to be able to use the
- macros): we rely on the fact that it is invalid to define a named bit field
- in a struct of width 0. All the rest are just the hacks to minimize the
- possibility of the compiler warnings when compiling this macro: in
- particular, this is why we define a struct and not an object (which would
- result in a warning about unused variable) and a named struct (otherwise we'd
- get a warning about an unnamed struct not used to define an object!).
- */
-
-#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxAssert_)
-
-/*
- The second argument of this macro must be a valid C++ identifier and not a
- string. I.e. you should use it like this:
-
- wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(int) >= 2, YourIntsAreTooSmall );
-
- It may be used both within a function and in the global scope.
-*/
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__)
- /* avoid "unused symbol" warning */
- #define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(expr, msg) \
- class wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME { \
- unsigned int msg: expr; \
- wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME() { wxUnusedVar(msg); } \
- }
-#elif defined( __VMS )
-namespace wxdebug{
-
-// HP aCC cannot deal with missing names for template value parameters
-template <bool x> struct STATIC_ASSERTION_FAILURE;
-
-template <> struct STATIC_ASSERTION_FAILURE<true> { enum { value = 1 }; };
-
-// HP aCC cannot deal with missing names for template value parameters
-template<int x> struct static_assert_test{};
-
-}
- #define WX_JOIN( X, Y ) X##Y
- #define WX_STATIC_ASSERT_BOOL_CAST(x) (bool)(x)
- #define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(expr, msg) \
- typedef ::wxdebug::static_assert_test<\
- sizeof(::wxdebug::STATIC_ASSERTION_FAILURE< WX_STATIC_ASSERT_BOOL_CAST( expr ) >)>\
- WX_JOIN(wx_static_assert_typedef_, __LINE__)
-#else
- #define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(expr, msg) \
- struct wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME { unsigned int msg: expr; }
-#endif
-
-/*
- When using VC++ 6 with "Edit and Continue" on, the compiler completely
- mishandles __LINE__ and so wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT() doesn't work, provide a
- way to make "unique" assert names by specifying a unique prefix explicitly
- */
-#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME2(text) wxCONCAT(wxAssert_, text)
-
-#define wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(expr, msg, text) \
- struct wxMAKE_UNIQUE_ASSERT_NAME2(text) { unsigned int msg: expr; }
-
-// helpers for wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT below, for private use only
-#define wxMAKE_BITSIZE_MSG(type, size) type ## SmallerThan ## size ## Bits
-
-// a special case of compile time assert: check that the size of the given type
-// is at least the given number of bits
-#define wxASSERT_MIN_BITSIZE(type, size) \
- wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sizeof(type) * CHAR_BIT >= size, \
- wxMAKE_BITSIZE_MSG(type, size))
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// other miscellaneous debugger-related functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- Return true if we're running under debugger.
-
- Currently only really works under Win32 and just returns false elsewhere.
- */
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
- extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsDebuggerRunning();
-#else // !Mac
- inline bool wxIsDebuggerRunning() { return false; }
-#endif // Mac/!Mac
-
-// An assert helper used to avoid warning when testing constant expressions,
-// i.e. wxASSERT( sizeof(int) == 4 ) can generate a compiler warning about
-// expression being always true, but not using
-// wxASSERT( wxAssertIsEqual(sizeof(int), 4) )
-//
-// NB: this is made obsolete by wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT() and should no
-// longer be used.
-extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAssertIsEqual(int x, int y);
-
-// Use of wxFalse instead of false suppresses compiler warnings about testing
-// constant expression
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const bool) wxFalse;
-
-#define wxAssertFailure wxFalse
-
-// This is similar to WXUNUSED() and useful for parameters which are only used
-// in assertions.
-#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL
- #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(param) param
-#else
- #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(param) WXUNUSED(param)
-#endif
-
-
-#endif // _WX_DEBUG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/debugrpt.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxDebugReport class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2005-01-17
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DEBUGRPT_H_
-#define _WX_DEBUGRPT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT && wxUSE_XML
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDebugReport: generate a debug report, processing is done in derived class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReport
-{
-public:
- // this is used for the functions which may report either the current state
- // or the state during the last (fatal) exception
- enum Context { Context_Current, Context_Exception };
-
-
- // ctor creates a temporary directory where we create the files which will
- // be included in the report, use IsOk() to check for errors
- wxDebugReport();
-
- // dtor normally destroys the temporary directory created in the ctor (with
- // all the files it contains), call Reset() to prevent this from happening
- virtual ~wxDebugReport();
-
- // return the name of the directory used for this report
- const wxString& GetDirectory() const { return m_dir; }
-
- // return true if the object was successfully initialized
- bool IsOk() const { return !GetDirectory().empty(); }
-
- // reset the directory name we use, the object can't be used any more after
- // this as it becomes invalid/uninitialized
- void Reset() { m_dir.clear(); }
-
-
- // add another file to the report: the file must already exist, its name
- // can be either absolute in which case it is copied to the debug report
- // directory or relative to GetDirectory()
- //
- // description is shown to the user in the report summary
- virtual void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& description);
-
- // convenience function: write the given text to a file with the given name
- // and then add it to the report (the difference with AddFile() is that the
- // file will be created by this function and doesn't have to already exist)
- bool AddText(const wxString& filename,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& description);
-
-#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER
- // add an XML file containing the current or exception context and the
- // stack trace
- bool AddCurrentContext() { return AddContext(Context_Current); }
- bool AddExceptionContext() { return AddContext(Context_Exception); }
- virtual bool AddContext(Context ctx);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_CRASHREPORT
- // add a file with crash report
- bool AddCurrentDump() { return AddDump(Context_Current); }
- bool AddExceptionDump() { return AddDump(Context_Exception); }
- virtual bool AddDump(Context ctx);
-#endif // wxUSE_CRASHREPORT
-
- // add all available information to the report
- void AddAll(Context context = Context_Exception);
-
-
- // process this report: the base class simply notifies the user that the
- // report has been generated, this is usually not enough -- instead you
- // should override this method to do something more useful to you
- bool Process();
-
- // get the name used as base name for various files, by default
- // wxApp::GetName()
- virtual wxString GetReportName() const;
-
- // get the files in this report
- size_t GetFilesCount() const { return m_files.GetCount(); }
- bool GetFile(size_t n, wxString *name, wxString *desc) const;
-
- // remove the file from report: this is used by wxDebugReportPreview to
- // allow the user to remove files potentially containing private
- // information from the report
- void RemoveFile(const wxString& name);
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER
- // used by AddContext()
- virtual bool DoAddSystemInfo(wxXmlNode *nodeSystemInfo);
- virtual bool DoAddLoadedModules(wxXmlNode *nodeModules);
- virtual bool DoAddExceptionInfo(wxXmlNode *nodeContext);
- virtual void DoAddCustomContext(wxXmlNode * WXUNUSED(nodeRoot)) { }
-#endif
-
- // used by Process()
- virtual bool DoProcess();
-
-private:
- // name of the report directory
- wxString m_dir;
-
- // the arrays of files in this report and their descriptions
- wxArrayString m_files,
- m_descriptions;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDebugReportCompress: compress all files of this debug report in a .ZIP
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportCompress : public wxDebugReport
-{
-public:
- wxDebugReportCompress() { }
-
- // you can optionally specify the directory and/or name of the file where
- // the debug report should be generated, a default location under the
- // directory containing temporary files will be used if you don't
- //
- // both of these functions should be called before Process()ing the report
- // if they're called at all
- void SetCompressedFileDirectory(const wxString& dir);
- void SetCompressedFileBaseName(const wxString& name);
-
- // returns the full path of the compressed file (empty if creation failed)
- const wxString& GetCompressedFileName() const { return m_zipfile; }
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoProcess();
-
-private:
- // user-specified file directory/base name, use defaults if empty
- wxString m_zipDir,
- m_zipName;
-
- // full path to the ZIP file we created
- wxString m_zipfile;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDebugReportUploader: uploads compressed file using HTTP POST request
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportUpload : public wxDebugReportCompress
-{
-public:
- // this class will upload the compressed file created by its base class to
- // an HTML multipart/form-data form at the specified address
- //
- // the URL is the base address, input is the name of the "type=file"
- // control on the form used for the file name and action is the value of
- // the form action field
- wxDebugReportUpload(const wxString& url,
- const wxString& input,
- const wxString& action,
- const wxString& curl = wxT("curl"));
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoProcess();
-
- // this function may be overridden in a derived class to show the output
- // from curl: this may be an HTML page or anything else that the server
- // returned
- //
- // return value becomes the return value of Process()
- virtual bool OnServerReply(const wxArrayString& WXUNUSED(reply))
- {
- return true;
- }
-
-private:
- // the full URL to use with HTTP POST request
- wxString m_uploadURL;
-
- // the name of the input field containing the file name in the form at
- // above URL
- wxString m_inputField;
-
- // the curl command (by default it is just "curl" but could be full path to
- // curl or a wrapper script with curl-compatible syntax)
- wxString m_curlCmd;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDebugReportPreview: presents the debug report to the user and allows him
-// to veto report entirely or remove some parts of it
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportPreview
-{
-public:
- // ctor is trivial
- wxDebugReportPreview() { }
-
- // present the report to the user and allow him to modify it by removing
- // some or all of the files and, potentially, adding some notes
- //
- // return true if the report should be processed or false if the user chose
- // to cancel report generation or removed all files from it
- virtual bool Show(wxDebugReport& dbgrpt) const = 0;
-
- // dtor is trivial as well but should be virtual for a base class
- virtual ~wxDebugReportPreview() { }
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDebugReportPreviewStd: standard debug report preview window
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_QA wxDebugReportPreviewStd : public wxDebugReportPreview
-{
-public:
- wxDebugReportPreviewStd() { }
-
- virtual bool Show(wxDebugReport& dbgrpt) const;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT && wxUSE_XML
-
-#endif // _WX_DEBUGRPT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Name: wx/defs.h
- * Purpose: Declarations/definitions common to all wx source files
- * Author: Julian Smart and others
- * Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C)
- * Created: 01/02/97
- * Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
- * Licence: wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_DEFS_H_
-#define _WX_DEFS_H_
-
-/*
- NOTE: this symbol will be replaced with "WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0" as soon
- as the development branch for 3.1 is created
- */
-#define FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0 1
-#define wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( x ) x
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* compiler and OS identification */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#include "wx/platform.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-/* Make sure the environment is set correctly */
-# if defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__X__)
-# error "Target can't be both X and MSW"
-# elif !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && \
- !defined(__WXMSW__) && \
- !defined(__WXGTK__) && \
- !defined(__WXPM__) && \
- !defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) && \
- !defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__) && \
- !defined(__WXOSX_IPHONE__) && \
- !defined(__WXCOCOA__) && \
- !defined(__X__) && \
- !defined(__WXDFB__) && \
- !defined(__WXX11__) && \
- wxUSE_GUI
-# ifdef __UNIX__
-# error "No Target! You should use wx-config program for compilation flags!"
-# else /* !Unix */
-# error "No Target! You should use supplied makefiles for compilation!"
-# endif /* Unix/!Unix */
-# endif
-#endif /*__cplusplus*/
-
-#ifndef __WXWINDOWS__
- #define __WXWINDOWS__ 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_BASE
- /* by default consider that this is a monolithic build */
- #define wxUSE_BASE 1
-#endif
-
-#if !wxUSE_GUI && !defined(__WXBASE__)
- #define __WXBASE__
-#endif
-
-/* suppress some Visual C++ warnings */
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- /* the only "real" warning here is 4244 but there are just too many of them */
- /* in our code... one day someone should go and fix them but until then... */
-# pragma warning(disable:4097) /* typedef used as class */
-# pragma warning(disable:4201) /* nonstandard extension used: nameless struct/union */
-# pragma warning(disable:4244) /* conversion from double to float */
-# pragma warning(disable:4355) /* 'this' used in base member initializer list */
-# pragma warning(disable:4511) /* copy ctor couldn't be generated */
-# pragma warning(disable:4512) /* operator=() couldn't be generated */
-# pragma warning(disable:4514) /* unreferenced inline func has been removed */
-# pragma warning(disable:4710) /* function not inlined */
-
- /*
- TODO: this warning should really be enabled as it can be genuinely
- useful, check where does it occur in wxWidgets
- */
- #pragma warning(disable: 4127) /* conditional expression is constant */
-
- /* There are too many false positivies for this one, particularly when
- using templates like wxVector<T> */
- /* class 'foo' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of
- class 'bar'" */
-# pragma warning(disable:4251)
-
- /*
- This is a similar warning which occurs when deriving from standard
- containers. MSDN even mentions that it can be ignored in this case
- (albeit only in debug build while the warning is the same in release
- too and seems equally harmless).
- */
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-# pragma warning(disable:4275)
-#endif /* wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS */
-
-# ifdef __VISUALC5__
- /* For VC++ 5.0 for release mode, the warning 'C4702: unreachable code */
- /* is buggy, and occurs for code that does actually get executed */
-# ifndef __WXDEBUG__
-# pragma warning(disable:4702) /* unreachable code */
-# endif
-
- /* The VC++ 5.0 warning 'C4003: not enough actual parameters for macro'
- * is incompatible with the wxWidgets headers since it is given when
- * parameters are empty but not missing. */
-# pragma warning(disable:4003) /* not enough actual parameters for macro */
-# endif
-
- /*
- VC6 insists on complaining about
-
- return type for 'wxVector<T>::reverse_iterator::operator ->' is 'T **'
- (ie; not a UDT or reference to a UDT. Will produce errors if applied
- using infix notation)
-
- which is perfectly fine because template classes do routinely define
- operators which don't make sense for all template parameter values
- (besides this warning was removed in subsequent versions).
- */
- #ifdef __VISUALC6__
- #pragma warning(disable: 4284)
- #endif /* VC6 */
-
- /*
- When compiling with VC++ 7 /Wp64 option we get thousands of warnings for
- conversion from size_t to int or long. Some precious few of them might
- be worth looking into but unfortunately it seems infeasible to fix all
- the other, harmless ones (e.g. inserting static_cast<int>(s.length())
- everywhere this method is used though we are quite sure that using >4GB
- strings is a bad idea anyhow) so just disable it globally for now.
- */
- #if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)
- /* conversion from 'size_t' to 'unsigned long', possible loss of data */
- #pragma warning(disable:4267)
- #endif /* VC++ 7 or later */
-
- /*
- VC++ 8 gives a warning when using standard functions such as sprintf,
- localtime, ... -- stop this madness, unless the user had already done it
- */
- #if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8)
- #ifndef _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
- #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1
- #endif
- #ifndef _CRT_NON_CONFORMING_SWPRINTFS
- #define _CRT_NON_CONFORMING_SWPRINTFS 1
- #endif
- #ifndef _SCL_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
- #define _SCL_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS 1
- #endif
- #endif /* VC++ 8 */
-#endif /* __VISUALC__ */
-
-/* suppress some Borland C++ warnings */
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
-# pragma warn -inl /* Functions containing reserved words and certain constructs are not expanded inline */
-#endif /* __BORLANDC__ */
-
-/*
- g++ gives a warning when a class has private dtor if it has no friends but
- this is a perfectly valid situation for a ref-counted class which destroys
- itself when its ref count drops to 0, so provide a macro to suppress this
- warning
- */
-#ifdef __GNUG__
-# define wxSUPPRESS_GCC_PRIVATE_DTOR_WARNING(name) \
- friend class wxDummyFriendFor ## name;
-#else /* !g++ */
-# define wxSUPPRESS_GCC_PRIVATE_DTOR_WARNING(name)
-#endif
-
-/*
- Clang Support
- */
-
-#ifndef WX_HAS_CLANG_FEATURE
-# ifndef __has_feature
-# define WX_HAS_CLANG_FEATURE(x) 0
-# else
-# define WX_HAS_CLANG_FEATURE(x) __has_feature(x)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* wxWidgets version and compatibility defines */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#include "wx/version.h"
-
-/* ============================================================================ */
-/* non portable C++ features */
-/* ============================================================================ */
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* compiler defects workarounds */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*
- Digital Unix C++ compiler only defines this symbol for .cxx and .hxx files,
- so define it ourselves (newer versions do it for all files, though, and
- don't allow it to be redefined)
- */
-#if defined(__DECCXX) && !defined(__VMS) && !defined(__cplusplus)
-#define __cplusplus
-#endif /* __DECCXX */
-
-/* Resolves linking problems under HP-UX when compiling with gcc/g++ */
-#if defined(__HPUX__) && defined(__GNUG__)
-#define va_list __gnuc_va_list
-#endif /* HP-UX */
-
-/* Prevents conflicts between sys/types.h and winsock.h with Cygwin, */
-/* when using Windows sockets. */
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__WXMSW__)
-#define __USE_W32_SOCKETS
-#endif
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* check for native bool type and TRUE/FALSE constants */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* for backwards compatibility, also define TRUE and FALSE */
-/* */
-/* note that these definitions should work both in C++ and C code, so don't */
-/* use true/false below */
-#ifndef TRUE
- #define TRUE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FALSE
- #define FALSE 0
-#endif
-
-typedef short int WXTYPE;
-
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* other feature tests */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Every ride down a slippery slope begins with a single step.. */
-/* */
-/* Yes, using nested classes is indeed against our coding standards in */
-/* general, but there are places where you can use them to advantage */
-/* without totally breaking ports that cannot use them. If you do, then */
-/* wrap it in this guard, but such cases should still be relatively rare. */
-#define wxUSE_NESTED_CLASSES 1
-
-/* check for explicit keyword support */
-#ifndef HAVE_EXPLICIT
- #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1100)
- /* VC++ 6.0 and 5.0 have explicit (what about earlier versions?) */
- #define HAVE_EXPLICIT
- #elif ( defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__) ) \
- && wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(2, 95)
- /* GCC 2.95 has explicit, what about earlier versions? */
- #define HAVE_EXPLICIT
- #elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x0520)
- /* BC++ 4.52 doesn't support explicit, CBuilder 1 does */
- #define HAVE_EXPLICIT
- #elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__)
- #define HAVE_EXPLICIT
- #elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #define HAVE_EXPLICIT
- #endif
-#endif /* !HAVE_EXPLICIT */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_EXPLICIT
- #define wxEXPLICIT explicit
-#else /* !HAVE_EXPLICIT */
- #define wxEXPLICIT
-#endif /* HAVE_EXPLICIT/!HAVE_EXPLICIT */
-
-/* these macros are obsolete, use the standard C++ casts directly now */
-#define wx_static_cast(t, x) static_cast<t>(x)
-#define wx_const_cast(t, x) const_cast<t>(x)
-#define wx_reinterpret_cast(t, x) reinterpret_cast<t>(x)
-
-/*
- This one is a wx invention: like static cast but used when we intentionally
- truncate from a larger to smaller type, static_cast<> can't be used for it
- as it results in warnings when using some compilers (SGI mipspro for example)
- */
-#if defined(__INTELC__) && defined(__cplusplus)
- template <typename T, typename X>
- inline T wx_truncate_cast_impl(X x)
- {
- #pragma warning(push)
- /* implicit conversion of a 64-bit integral type to a smaller integral type */
- #pragma warning(disable: 1682)
- /* conversion from "X" to "T" may lose significant bits */
- #pragma warning(disable: 810)
- /* non-pointer conversion from "foo" to "bar" may lose significant bits */
- #pragma warning(disable: 2259)
-
- return x;
-
- #pragma warning(pop)
- }
-
- #define wx_truncate_cast(t, x) wx_truncate_cast_impl<t>(x)
-
-#elif defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1310
- template <typename T, typename X>
- inline T wx_truncate_cast_impl(X x)
- {
- #pragma warning(push)
- /* conversion from 'size_t' to 'type', possible loss of data */
- #pragma warning(disable: 4267)
- /* conversion from 'type1' to 'type2', possible loss of data */
- #pragma warning(disable: 4242)
-
- return x;
-
- #pragma warning(pop)
- }
-
- #define wx_truncate_cast(t, x) wx_truncate_cast_impl<t>(x)
-#else
- #define wx_truncate_cast(t, x) ((t)(x))
-#endif
-
-/* for consistency with wxStatic/DynamicCast defined in wx/object.h */
-#define wxConstCast(obj, className) wx_const_cast(className *, obj)
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STD_WSTRING
- #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1100)
- /* VC++ 6.0 and 5.0 have std::wstring (what about earlier versions?) */
- #define HAVE_STD_WSTRING
- #elif defined(__MINGW32__) && wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 3)
- /* GCC 3.1 has std::wstring; 3.0 never was in MinGW, 2.95 hasn't it */
- #define HAVE_STD_WSTRING
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE
- #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1100)
- /* VC++ 6.0 and 5.0 have std::string::compare */
- /* (what about earlier versions?) */
- #define HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE
- #elif ( defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__CYGWIN32__) ) \
- && wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 1)
- /* GCC 3.1 has std::string::compare; */
- /* 3.0 never was in MinGW, 2.95 hasn't it */
- #define HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS
- #if defined(__VISUALC__) && (_MSC_FULL_VER >= 150030729)
- #define HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__has_include)
- #if !defined(HAVE_TYPE_TRAITS) && __has_include(<type_traits>)
- #define HAVE_TYPE_TRAITS
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS) && __has_include(<tr1/type_traits>)
- #define HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_MAP) && __has_include(<unordered_map>)
- #define HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_MAP
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_MAP) && __has_include(<tr1/unordered_map>)
- #define HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_MAP
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_SET) && __has_include(<unordered_set>)
- #define HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_SET
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_SET) && __has_include(<tr1/unordered_set>)
- #define HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_SET
- #endif
-#endif // defined(__has_include)
-
-/* provide replacement for C99 va_copy() if the compiler doesn't have it */
-
-/* could be already defined by configure or the user */
-#ifndef wxVaCopy
- /* if va_copy is a macro or configure detected that we have it, use it */
- #if defined(va_copy) || defined(HAVE_VA_COPY)
- #define wxVaCopy va_copy
- #else /* no va_copy, try to provide a replacement */
- /*
- configure tries to determine whether va_list is an array or struct
- type, but it may not be used under Windows, so deal with a few
- special cases.
- */
-
- #ifdef __WATCOMC__
- /* Watcom uses array type for va_list except for PPC and Alpha */
- #if !defined(__PPC__) && !defined(__AXP__)
- #define VA_LIST_IS_ARRAY
- #endif
- #endif /* __WATCOMC__ */
-
- #if defined(__PPC__) && (defined(_CALL_SYSV) || defined (_WIN32))
- /*
- PPC using SysV ABI and NT/PPC are special in that they use an
- extra level of indirection.
- */
- #define VA_LIST_IS_POINTER
- #endif /* SysV or Win32 on __PPC__ */
-
- /*
- note that we use memmove(), not memcpy(), in case anybody tries
- to do wxVaCopy(ap, ap)
- */
- #if defined(VA_LIST_IS_POINTER)
- #define wxVaCopy(d, s) memmove(*(d), *(s), sizeof(va_list))
- #elif defined(VA_LIST_IS_ARRAY)
- #define wxVaCopy(d, s) memmove((d), (s), sizeof(va_list))
- #else /* we can only hope that va_lists are simple lvalues */
- #define wxVaCopy(d, s) ((d) = (s))
- #endif
- #endif /* va_copy/!va_copy */
-#endif /* wxVaCopy */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_WOSTREAM
- /*
- Mingw <= 3.4 and all versions of Cygwin don't have std::wostream
- */
- #if (defined(__MINGW32__) && !wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(4, 0)) || \
- defined(__CYGWIN__)
- #define wxNO_WOSTREAM
- #endif
-
- /* VC++ doesn't have it in the old iostream library */
- #if defined(__VISUALC__) && wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
- #define wxNO_WOSTREAM
- #endif
-
- #ifndef wxNO_WOSTREAM
- #define HAVE_WOSTREAM
- #endif
-
- #undef wxNO_WOSTREAM
-#endif /* HAVE_WOSTREAM */
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* other C++ features */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION
- /* be optimistic by default */
- #define HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- #if __VISUALC__ < 1310
- #undef HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION
- #endif
-#endif /* __VISUALC__ */
-
-
-#ifndef HAVE_TEMPLATE_OVERLOAD_RESOLUTION
- /* assume the compiler can use type or const expressions as template
- arguments if it supports partial specialization -- except if it's a
- Borland one which can't */
- #if defined(HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION) && !defined(__BORLANDC__)
- #define HAVE_TEMPLATE_OVERLOAD_RESOLUTION
- #endif /* (HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION) && !defined(__BORLANDC__) */
-#endif /* !defined(HAVE_TEMPLATE_OVERLOAD_RESOLUTION) */
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* portable calling conventions macros */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* stdcall is used for all functions called by Windows under Windows */
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #if defined(__GNUWIN32__)
- #define wxSTDCALL __attribute__((stdcall))
- #else
- /* both VC++ and Borland understand this */
- #define wxSTDCALL _stdcall
- #endif
-
-#else /* Win */
- /* no such stupidness under Unix */
- #define wxSTDCALL
-#endif /* platform */
-
-/* LINKAGEMODE mode is empty for everything except OS/2 */
-#ifndef LINKAGEMODE
- #define LINKAGEMODE
-#endif /* LINKAGEMODE */
-
-/* wxCALLBACK should be used for the functions which are called back by */
-/* Windows (such as compare function for wxListCtrl) */
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
- #define wxCALLBACK wxSTDCALL
-#else
- /* no stdcall under Unix nor Win16 */
- #define wxCALLBACK
-#endif /* platform */
-
-/* generic calling convention for the extern "C" functions */
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__)
- #define wxC_CALLING_CONV _cdecl
-#elif defined(__VISAGECPP__)
- #define wxC_CALLING_CONV _Optlink
-#else /* !Visual C++ */
- #define wxC_CALLING_CONV
-#endif /* compiler */
-
-/* callling convention for the qsort(3) callback */
-#define wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxC_CALLING_CONV
-
-/* compatibility :-( */
-#define CMPFUNC_CONV wxCMPFUNC_CONV
-
-/* DLL import/export declarations */
-#include "wx/dlimpexp.h"
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* Very common macros */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Printf-like attribute definitions to obtain warnings with GNU C/C++ */
-#ifndef WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF
-# if defined(__GNUC__) && !wxUSE_UNICODE
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n)))
-# else
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n)
-# endif
-
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2)
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3)
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4)
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5)
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6)
-#endif /* !defined(WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF) */
-
-#ifndef WX_ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
-# if WX_HAS_CLANG_FEATURE(attribute_analyzer_noreturn)
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__((analyzer_noreturn))
-# elif defined( __GNUC__ )
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
-# elif wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __declspec(noreturn)
-# else
-# define WX_ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
- #define WX_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((unused))
-#else
- #define WX_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
-#endif
-
-/*
- Macros for marking functions as being deprecated.
-
- The preferred macro in the new code is wxDEPRECATED_MSG() which allows to
- explain why is the function deprecated. Almost all the existing code uses
- the older wxDEPRECATED() or its variants currently, but this will hopefully
- change in the future.
- */
-
-/* The basic compiler-specific construct to generate a deprecation warning. */
-#ifdef __clang__
- #define wxDEPRECATED_DECL __attribute__((deprecated))
-#elif wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 1)
- #define wxDEPRECATED_DECL __attribute__((deprecated))
-#elif defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1300)
- #define wxDEPRECATED_DECL __declspec(deprecated)
-#else
- #define wxDEPRECATED_DECL
-#endif
-
-/*
- Macro taking the deprecation message. It applies to the next declaration.
-
- If the compiler doesn't support showing the message, this degrades to a
- simple wxDEPRECATED(), i.e. at least gives a warning, if possible.
- */
-#if defined(__clang__) && defined(__has_extension)
- #if __has_extension(attribute_deprecated_with_message)
- #define wxDEPRECATED_MSG(msg) __attribute__((deprecated(msg)))
- #else
- #define wxDEPRECATED_MSG(msg) __attribute__((deprecated))
- #endif
-#elif wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(4, 5)
- #define wxDEPRECATED_MSG(msg) __attribute__((deprecated(msg)))
-#elif wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8)
- #define wxDEPRECATED_MSG(msg) __declspec(deprecated("deprecated: " msg))
-#else
- #define wxDEPRECATED_MSG(msg) wxDEPRECATED_DECL
-#endif
-
-/*
- Macro taking the declaration that it deprecates. Prefer to use
- wxDEPRECATED_MSG() instead as it's simpler (wrapping the entire declaration
- makes the code unclear) and allows to specify the explanation.
- */
-#define wxDEPRECATED(x) wxDEPRECATED_DECL x
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && !wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 4)
- /*
- We need to add dummy "inline" to allow gcc < 3.4 to handle the
- deprecation attribute on the constructors.
- */
- #define wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(x) wxDEPRECATED( inline x)
-#else
- #define wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(x) wxDEPRECATED(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
- Macro which marks the function as being deprecated but also defines it
- inline.
-
- Currently it's defined in the same trivial way in all cases but it could
- need a special definition with some other compilers in the future which
- explains why do we have it.
- */
-#define wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(func, body) wxDEPRECATED(func) { body }
-
-/*
- A macro to define a simple deprecated accessor.
- */
-#define wxDEPRECATED_ACCESSOR(func, what) wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(func, return what;)
-
-/*
- Special variant of the macro above which should be used for the functions
- which are deprecated but called by wx itself: this often happens with
- deprecated virtual functions which are called by the library.
- */
-#ifdef WXBUILDING
-# define wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(x) x
-#else
-# define wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(x) wxDEPRECATED(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
- Macros to suppress and restore gcc warnings, requires g++ >= 4.6 and don't
- do anything otherwise.
-
- Example of use:
-
- wxGCC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(float-equal)
- inline bool wxIsSameDouble(double x, double y) { return x == y; }
- wxGCC_WARNING_RESTORE(float-equal)
- */
-#if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(4, 6)
-# define wxGCC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(x) \
- _Pragma (wxSTRINGIZE(GCC diagnostic push)) \
- _Pragma (wxSTRINGIZE(GCC diagnostic ignored wxSTRINGIZE(wxCONCAT(-W,x))))
-# define wxGCC_WARNING_RESTORE(x) \
- _Pragma (wxSTRINGIZE(GCC diagnostic pop))
-#else /* gcc < 4.6 or not gcc at all */
-# define wxGCC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(x)
-# define wxGCC_WARNING_RESTORE(x)
-#endif
-
-/*
- Combination of the two variants above: should be used for deprecated
- functions which are defined inline and are used by wxWidgets itself.
- */
-#ifdef WXBUILDING
-# define wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE(func, body) func { body }
-#else
-# define wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE(func, body) \
- wxDEPRECATED(func) { body }
-#endif
-
-/* NULL declaration: it must be defined as 0 for C++ programs (in particular, */
-/* it must not be defined as "(void *)0" which is standard for C but completely */
-/* breaks C++ code) */
-#if !defined(__HANDHELDPC__)
-#include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-// everybody gets the assert and other debug macros
-#include "wx/debug.h"
-
- // delete pointer if it is not NULL and NULL it afterwards
- template <typename T>
- inline void wxDELETE(T*& ptr)
- {
- typedef char TypeIsCompleteCheck[sizeof(T)] WX_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-
- if ( ptr != NULL )
- {
- delete ptr;
- ptr = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- // delete an array and NULL it (see comments above)
- template <typename T>
- inline void wxDELETEA(T*& ptr)
- {
- typedef char TypeIsCompleteCheck[sizeof(T)] WX_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
-
- if ( ptr != NULL )
- {
- delete [] ptr;
- ptr = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- // trivial implementation of std::swap() for primitive types
- template <typename T>
- inline void wxSwap(T& first, T& second)
- {
- T tmp(first);
- first = second;
- second = tmp;
- }
-#endif /*__cplusplus*/
-
-/* size of statically declared array */
-#define WXSIZEOF(array) (sizeof(array)/sizeof(array[0]))
-
-/* symbolic constant used by all Find()-like functions returning positive */
-/* integer on success as failure indicator */
-#define wxNOT_FOUND (-1)
-
-/* the default value for some length parameters meaning that the string is */
-/* NUL-terminated */
-#define wxNO_LEN ((size_t)-1)
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* macros dealing with comparison operators */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*
- Expands into m(op, args...) for each op in the set { ==, !=, <, <=, >, >= }.
- */
-#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS(m) \
- m(==) m(!=) m(>=) m(<=) m(>) m(<)
-
-#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_1(m, x) \
- m(==,x) m(!=,x) m(>=,x) m(<=,x) m(>,x) m(<,x)
-
-#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_2(m, x, y) \
- m(==,x,y) m(!=,x,y) m(>=,x,y) m(<=,x,y) m(>,x,y) m(<,x,y)
-
-#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_3(m, x, y, z) \
- m(==,x,y,z) m(!=,x,y,z) m(>=,x,y,z) m(<=,x,y,z) m(>,x,y,z) m(<,x,y,z)
-
-/*
- These are only used with wxDEFINE_COMPARISON_[BY_]REV: they pass both the
- normal and the reversed comparison operators to the macro.
- */
-#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_2_REV(m, x, y) \
- m(==,x,y,==) m(!=,x,y,!=) m(>=,x,y,<=) \
- m(<=,x,y,>=) m(>,x,y,<) m(<,x,y,>)
-
-#define wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_3_REV(m, x, y, z) \
- m(==,x,y,z,==) m(!=,x,y,z,!=) m(>=,x,y,z,<=) \
- m(<=,x,y,z,>=) m(>,x,y,z,<) m(<,x,y,z,>)
-
-
-#define wxDEFINE_COMPARISON(op, T1, T2, cmp) \
- inline bool operator op(T1 x, T2 y) { return cmp(x, y, op); }
-
-#define wxDEFINE_COMPARISON_REV(op, T1, T2, cmp, oprev) \
- inline bool operator op(T2 y, T1 x) { return cmp(x, y, oprev); }
-
-#define wxDEFINE_COMPARISON_BY_REV(op, T1, T2, oprev) \
- inline bool operator op(T1 x, T2 y) { return y oprev x; }
-
-/*
- Define all 6 comparison operators (==, !=, <, <=, >, >=) for the given
- types in the specified order. The implementation is provided by the cmp
- macro. Normally wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS should be used as comparison
- operators are usually symmetric.
- */
-#define wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS(T1, T2, cmp) \
- wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_3(wxDEFINE_COMPARISON, T1, T2, cmp)
-
-/*
- Define all 6 comparison operators (==, !=, <, <=, >, >=) for the given
- types in the specified order, implemented in terms of existing operators
- for the reverse order.
- */
-#define wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS_BY_REV(T1, T2) \
- wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_2_REV(wxDEFINE_COMPARISON_BY_REV, T1, T2)
-
-/*
- This macro allows to define all 12 comparison operators (6 operators for
- both orders of arguments) for the given types using the provided "cmp"
- macro to implement the actual comparison: the macro is called with the 2
- arguments names, the first of type T1 and the second of type T2, and the
- comparison operator being implemented.
- */
-#define wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS(T1, T2, cmp) \
- wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_3(wxDEFINE_COMPARISON, T1, T2, cmp) \
- wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS_3_REV(wxDEFINE_COMPARISON_REV, T1, T2, cmp)
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* macros to avoid compiler warnings */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Macro to cut down on compiler warnings. */
-#if 1 /* there should be no more any compilers needing the "#else" version */
- #define WXUNUSED(identifier) /* identifier */
-#else /* stupid, broken compiler */
- #define WXUNUSED(identifier) identifier
-#endif
-
-/* some arguments are not used in unicode mode */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define WXUNUSED_IN_UNICODE(param) WXUNUSED(param)
-#else
- #define WXUNUSED_IN_UNICODE(param) param
-#endif
-
-/* some arguments are not used in WinCE build */
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
- #define WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(param) WXUNUSED(param)
-#else
- #define WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(param) param
-#endif
-
-/* unused parameters in non stream builds */
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(param) param
-#else
- #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_STREAMS(param) WXUNUSED(param)
-#endif
-
-/* some compilers give warning about a possibly unused variable if it is */
-/* initialized in both branches of if/else and shut up if it is initialized */
-/* when declared, but other compilers then give warnings about unused variable */
-/* value -- this should satisfy both of them */
-#if defined(__VISUALC__)
- #define wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(val) = val
-#else
- #define wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(val)
-#endif
-
-/* sometimes the value of a variable is *really* not used, to suppress the */
-/* resulting warning you may pass it to this function */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-# ifdef __BORLANDC__
-# define wxUnusedVar(identifier) identifier
-# else
- template <class T>
- inline void wxUnusedVar(const T& WXUNUSED(t)) { }
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* compiler specific settings */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#if wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4)
- typedef short mode_t;
-#endif
-
-/* where should i put this? we need to make sure of this as it breaks */
-/* the <iostream> code. */
-#if !wxUSE_IOSTREAMH && defined(__WXDEBUG__)
-# ifdef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-# undef wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-# define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* standard wxWidgets types */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* the type for screen and DC coordinates */
-typedef int wxCoord;
-
-enum { wxDefaultCoord = -1 };
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* define fixed length types */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#if defined(__MINGW32__)
- #include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
-
-/* chars are always one byte (by definition), shorts are always two (in */
-/* practice) */
-
-/* 8bit */
-typedef signed char wxInt8;
-typedef unsigned char wxUint8;
-typedef wxUint8 wxByte;
-
-
-/* 16bit */
-#ifdef SIZEOF_SHORT
- #if SIZEOF_SHORT != 2
- #error "wxWidgets assumes sizeof(short) == 2, please fix the code"
- #endif
-#else
- #define SIZEOF_SHORT 2
-#endif
-
-typedef signed short wxInt16;
-typedef unsigned short wxUint16;
-
-typedef wxUint16 wxWord;
-
-/*
- things are getting more interesting with ints, longs and pointers
-
- there are several different standard data models described by this table:
-
- +-----------+----------------------------+
- |type\model | LP64 ILP64 LLP64 ILP32 LP32|
- +-----------+----------------------------+
- |char | 8 8 8 8 8 |
- |short | 16 16 16 16 16 |
- |int | 32 64 32 32 16 |
- |long | 64 64 32 32 32 |
- |long long | 64 64 64 -- -- |
- |void * | 64 64 64 32 32 |
- +-----------+----------------------------+
-
- Win16 used LP32 (but we don't support it any longer), Win32 obviously used
- ILP32 and Win64 uses LLP64 (a.k.a. P64)
-
- Under Unix LP64 is the most widely used (the only I've ever seen, in fact)
- */
-
-/* 32bit */
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #if defined(__WIN32__)
- typedef int wxInt32;
- typedef unsigned int wxUint32;
-
- /*
- Win64 uses LLP64 model and so ints and longs have the same size as
- in Win32.
- */
- #ifndef SIZEOF_INT
- #define SIZEOF_INT 4
- #endif
-
- #ifndef SIZEOF_LONG
- #define SIZEOF_LONG 4
- #endif
-
- #ifndef SIZEOF_WCHAR_T
- /* Windows uses UTF-16 */
- #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 2
- #endif
-
- #ifndef SIZEOF_SIZE_T
- /*
- Under Win64 sizeof(size_t) == 8 and so it is neither unsigned
- int nor unsigned long!
- */
- #ifdef __WIN64__
- #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8
-
- #undef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
- #else /* Win32 */
- #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4
-
- #define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
- #endif
- #undef wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG
- #endif
-
- #ifndef SIZEOF_VOID_P
- #ifdef __WIN64__
- #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 8
- #else /* Win32 */
- #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4
- #endif /* Win64/32 */
- #endif
- #else
- #error "Unsupported Windows version"
- #endif
-#else /* !Windows */
- /* SIZEOF_XXX are normally defined by configure */
- #ifdef SIZEOF_INT
- #if SIZEOF_INT == 8
- /* must be ILP64 data model, there is normally a special 32 bit */
- /* type in it but we don't know what it is... */
- #error "No 32bit int type on this platform"
- #elif SIZEOF_INT == 4
- typedef int wxInt32;
- typedef unsigned int wxUint32;
- #elif SIZEOF_INT == 2
- /* must be LP32 */
- #if SIZEOF_LONG != 4
- #error "No 32bit int type on this platform"
- #endif
-
- typedef long wxInt32;
- typedef unsigned long wxUint32;
- #else
- /* wxWidgets is not ready for 128bit systems yet... */
- #error "Unknown sizeof(int) value, what are you compiling for?"
- #endif
- #else /* !defined(SIZEOF_INT) */
- /* assume default 32bit machine -- what else can we do? */
- wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(int) == 4, IntMustBeExactly4Bytes);
- wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(size_t) == 4, SizeTMustBeExactly4Bytes);
- wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(void *) == 4, PtrMustBeExactly4Bytes);
-
- #define SIZEOF_INT 4
- #define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4
- #define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4
-
- typedef int wxInt32;
- typedef unsigned int wxUint32;
-
- #if defined(__MACH__) && !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T)
- #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 4
- #endif
- #if !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T)
- /* also assume that sizeof(wchar_t) == 2 (under Unix the most */
- /* common case is 4 but there configure would have defined */
- /* SIZEOF_WCHAR_T for us) */
- /* the most common case */
- wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(wchar_t) == 2,
- Wchar_tMustBeExactly2Bytes);
-
- #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 2
- #endif /* !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T) */
- #endif
-#endif /* Win/!Win */
-
-#ifndef SIZEOF_WCHAR_T
- #error "SIZEOF_WCHAR_T must be defined, but isn't"
-#endif
-
-/* also define C99-like sized MIN/MAX constants */
-#define wxINT8_MIN CHAR_MIN
-#define wxINT8_MAX CHAR_MAX
-#define wxUINT8_MAX UCHAR_MAX
-
-#define wxINT16_MIN SHRT_MIN
-#define wxINT16_MAX SHRT_MAX
-#define wxUINT16_MAX USHRT_MAX
-
-#if SIZEOF_INT == 4
- #define wxINT32_MIN INT_MIN
- #define wxINT32_MAX INT_MAX
- #define wxUINT32_MAX UINT_MAX
-#elif SIZEOF_LONG == 4
- #define wxINT32_MIN LONG_MIN
- #define wxINT32_MAX LONG_MAX
- #define wxUINT32_MAX ULONG_MAX
-#else
- #error "Unknown 32 bit type"
-#endif
-
-typedef wxUint32 wxDword;
-
-#ifdef LLONG_MAX
- #define wxINT64_MIN LLONG_MIN
- #define wxINT64_MAX LLONG_MAX
- #define wxUINT64_MAX ULLONG_MAX
-#else
- #define wxINT64_MIN (wxLL(-9223372036854775807)-1)
- #define wxINT64_MAX wxLL(9223372036854775807)
- #define wxUINT64_MAX wxULL(0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF)
-#endif
-
-/* 64 bit */
-
-/* NB: we #define and not typedef wxLongLong_t because we use "#ifdef */
-/* wxLongLong_t" in wx/longlong.h */
-
-/* wxULongLong_t is set later (usually to unsigned wxLongLong_t) */
-
-/* to avoid compilation problems on 64bit machines with ambiguous method calls */
-/* we will need to define this */
-#undef wxLongLongIsLong
-
-/*
- First check for specific compilers which have known 64 bit integer types,
- this avoids clashes with SIZEOF_LONG[_LONG] being defined incorrectly for
- e.g. MSVC builds (Python.h defines it as 8 even for MSVC).
-
- Also notice that we check for "long long" before checking for 64 bit long as
- we still want to use "long long" and not "long" for wxLongLong_t on 64 bit
- architectures to be able to pass wxLongLong_t to the standard functions
- prototyped as taking "long long" such as strtoll().
- */
-#if (defined(__VISUALC__) || defined(__INTELC__)) && defined(__WIN32__)
- #define wxLongLong_t __int64
- #define wxLongLongSuffix i64
- #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "I64"
-#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && defined(__WIN32__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x520)
- #define wxLongLong_t __int64
- #define wxLongLongSuffix i64
- #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "L"
-#elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && (defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__OS2__)))
- #define wxLongLong_t __int64
- #define wxLongLongSuffix i64
- #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "L"
-#elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__)
- #define wxLongLong_t __int64
- #define wxLongLongSuffix LL
- #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "ll"
-#elif defined(__MINGW32__)
- #define wxLongLong_t long long
- #define wxLongLongSuffix ll
- #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "I64"
-#elif defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400
- #define wxLongLong_t long long
-#elif (defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG >= 8) || \
- defined(__GNUC__) || \
- defined(__CYGWIN__) || \
- defined(__WXMICROWIN__) || \
- (defined(__DJGPP__) && __DJGPP__ >= 2)
- #define wxLongLong_t long long
- #define wxLongLongSuffix ll
- #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "ll"
-#elif defined(SIZEOF_LONG) && (SIZEOF_LONG == 8)
- #define wxLongLong_t long
- #define wxLongLongSuffix l
- #define wxLongLongFmtSpec "l"
- #define wxLongLongIsLong
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
- #define wxULongLong_t unsigned wxLongLong_t
-
- /*
- wxLL() and wxULL() macros allow to define 64 bit constants in a
- portable way.
- */
- #ifndef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER
- #define wxLL(x) wxCONCAT(x, wxLongLongSuffix)
- #define wxULL(x) wxCONCAT(x, wxCONCAT(u, wxLongLongSuffix))
- #else
- /*
- Currently only Borland compiler has broken concatenation operator
- and this compiler is known to use [u]i64 suffix.
- */
- #define wxLL(x) wxAPPEND_i64(x)
- #define wxULL(x) wxAPPEND_ui64(x)
- #endif
-
- typedef wxLongLong_t wxInt64;
- typedef wxULongLong_t wxUint64;
-
- #define wxHAS_INT64 1
-
- #ifndef wxLongLongIsLong
- #define wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- #endif
-#elif wxUSE_LONGLONG
- /* these macros allow to define 64 bit constants in a portable way */
- #define wxLL(x) wxLongLong(x)
- #define wxULL(x) wxULongLong(x)
-
- #define wxInt64 wxLongLong
- #define wxUint64 wxULongLong
-
- #define wxHAS_INT64 1
-
-#else /* !wxUSE_LONGLONG */
-
- #define wxHAS_INT64 0
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- Helper macro for conditionally compiling some code only if wxLongLong_t is
- available and is a type different from the other integer types (i.e. not
- long).
- */
-#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- #define wxIF_LONG_LONG_TYPE(x) x
-#else
- #define wxIF_LONG_LONG_TYPE(x)
-#endif
-
-
-/* Make sure ssize_t is defined (a signed type the same size as size_t). */
-/* (HAVE_SSIZE_T is not already defined by configure) */
-#ifndef HAVE_SSIZE_T
-#ifdef __MINGW32__
- #if defined(_SSIZE_T_) || defined(_SSIZE_T_DEFINED)
- #define HAVE_SSIZE_T
- #endif
-#elif wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,4)
- #define HAVE_SSIZE_T
-#endif
-#endif /* !HAVE_SSIZE_T */
-
-/* If we really don't have ssize_t, provide our own version. */
-#ifdef HAVE_SSIZE_T
- #ifdef __UNIX__
- #include <sys/types.h>
- #endif
-#else /* !HAVE_SSIZE_T */
- #if SIZEOF_SIZE_T == 4
- typedef wxInt32 ssize_t;
- #elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T == 8
- typedef wxInt64 ssize_t;
- #else
- #error "error defining ssize_t, size_t is not 4 or 8 bytes"
- #endif
-
- /* prevent ssize_t redefinitions in other libraries */
- #define HAVE_SSIZE_T
-#endif
-
-/*
- We can't rely on Windows _W64 being defined as windows.h may not be
- included so define our own equivalent: this should be used with types
- like WXLPARAM or WXWPARAM which are 64 bit under Win64 to avoid warnings
- each time we cast it to a pointer or a handle (which results in hundreds
- of warnings as Win32 API often passes pointers in them)
- */
-#if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)
- #define wxW64 __w64
-#else
- #define wxW64
-#endif
-
-/*
- Define signed and unsigned integral types big enough to contain all of long,
- size_t and void *.
- */
-#if SIZEOF_LONG >= SIZEOF_VOID_P
- /*
- Normal case when long is the largest integral type.
- */
- typedef long wxIntPtr;
- typedef unsigned long wxUIntPtr;
-#elif SIZEOF_SIZE_T >= SIZEOF_VOID_P
- /*
- Win64 case: size_t is the only integral type big enough for "void *".
-
- Notice that we must use __w64 to avoid warnings about casting pointers
- to wxIntPtr (which we do often as this is what it is defined for) in 32
- bit build with MSVC.
- */
- typedef wxW64 ssize_t wxIntPtr;
- typedef size_t wxUIntPtr;
-#else
- /*
- This should never happen for the current architectures but if you're
- using one where it does, please contact wx-dev@lists.wxwidgets.org.
- */
- #error "Pointers can't be stored inside integer types."
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-/* And also define a couple of simple functions to cast pointer to/from it. */
-inline wxUIntPtr wxPtrToUInt(const void *p)
-{
- /*
- VC++ 7.1 gives warnings about casts such as below even when they're
- explicit with /Wp64 option, suppress them as we really know what we're
- doing here. Same thing with icc with -Wall.
- */
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- #if __VISUALC__ >= 1200
- #pragma warning(push)
- #endif
- /* pointer truncation from '' to '' */
- #pragma warning(disable: 4311)
-#elif defined(__INTELC__)
- #pragma warning(push)
- /* conversion from pointer to same-sized integral type */
- #pragma warning(disable: 1684)
-#endif
-
- return wx_reinterpret_cast(wxUIntPtr, p);
-
-#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1200) || defined(__INTELC__)
- #pragma warning(pop)
-#endif
-}
-
-inline void *wxUIntToPtr(wxUIntPtr p)
-{
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- #if __VISUALC__ >= 1200
- #pragma warning(push)
- #endif
- /* conversion to type of greater size */
- #pragma warning(disable: 4312)
-#elif defined(__INTELC__)
- #pragma warning(push)
- /* invalid type conversion: "wxUIntPtr={unsigned long}" to "void *" */
- #pragma warning(disable: 171)
-#endif
-
- return wx_reinterpret_cast(void *, p);
-
-#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1200) || defined(__INTELC__)
- #pragma warning(pop)
-#endif
-}
-#endif /*__cplusplus*/
-
-
-
-/* base floating point types */
-/* wxFloat32: 32 bit IEEE float ( 1 sign, 8 exponent bits, 23 fraction bits ) */
-/* wxFloat64: 64 bit IEEE float ( 1 sign, 11 exponent bits, 52 fraction bits ) */
-/* wxDouble: native fastest representation that has at least wxFloat64 */
-/* precision, so use the IEEE types for storage, and this for */
-/* calculations */
-
-typedef float wxFloat32;
-typedef double wxFloat64;
-
-typedef double wxDouble;
-
-/*
- Some (non standard) compilers typedef wchar_t as an existing type instead
- of treating it as a real fundamental type, set wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE to 0
- for them and to 1 for all the others.
- */
-#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE
- /*
- VC++ typedefs wchar_t as unsigned short by default until VC8, that is
- unless /Za or /Zc:wchar_t option is used in which case _WCHAR_T_DEFINED
- is defined.
- */
-# if defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(_NATIVE_WCHAR_T_DEFINED)
-# define wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE 0
-# else /* compiler having standard-conforming wchar_t */
-# define wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE 1
-# endif
-#endif /* !defined(wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE) */
-
-/* Helper macro for doing something dependent on whether wchar_t is or isn't a
- typedef inside another macro. */
-#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE
- #define wxIF_WCHAR_T_TYPE(x) x
-#else /* !wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE */
- #define wxIF_WCHAR_T_TYPE(x)
-#endif /* wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE/!wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE */
-
-/*
- This constant should be used instead of NULL in vararg functions taking
- wxChar* arguments: passing NULL (which is the same as 0, unless the compiler
- defines it specially, e.g. like gcc does with its __null built-in) doesn't
- work in this case as va_arg() wouldn't interpret the integer 0 correctly
- when trying to convert it to a pointer on architectures where sizeof(int) is
- strictly less than sizeof(void *).
-
- Examples of places where this must be used include wxFileTypeInfo ctor.
- */
-#define wxNullPtr ((void *)NULL)
-
-
-/* Define wxChar16 and wxChar32 */
-
-#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2
- #define wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR16
- typedef wchar_t wxChar16;
-#else
- typedef wxUint16 wxChar16;
-#endif
-
-#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4
- #define wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR32
- typedef wchar_t wxChar32;
-#else
- typedef wxUint32 wxChar32;
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- Helper macro expanding into the given "m" macro invoked with each of the
- integer types as parameter (notice that this does not include char/unsigned
- char and bool but does include wchar_t).
- */
-#define wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES(m) \
- m(short) \
- m(unsigned short) \
- m(int) \
- m(unsigned int) \
- m(long) \
- m(unsigned long) \
- wxIF_LONG_LONG_TYPE( m(wxLongLong_t) ) \
- wxIF_LONG_LONG_TYPE( m(wxULongLong_t) ) \
- wxIF_WCHAR_T_TYPE( m(wchar_t) )
-
-/*
- Same as wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES() but does include char and unsigned char.
-
- Notice that we use "char" and "unsigned char" here but not "signed char"
- which would be more correct as "char" could be unsigned by default. But
- wxWidgets code currently supposes that char is signed and we'd need to
- clean up assumptions about it, notably in wx/unichar.h, to be able to use
- "signed char" here.
- */
-#define wxDO_FOR_CHAR_INT_TYPES(m) \
- m(char) \
- m(unsigned char) \
- wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES(m)
-
-/*
- Same as wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES() above except that m macro takes the
- type as the first argument and some extra argument, passed from this macro
- itself, as the second one.
- */
-#define wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES_1(m, arg) \
- m(short, arg) \
- m(unsigned short, arg) \
- m(int, arg) \
- m(unsigned int, arg) \
- m(long, arg) \
- m(unsigned long, arg) \
- wxIF_LONG_LONG_TYPE( m(wxLongLong_t, arg) ) \
- wxIF_LONG_LONG_TYPE( m(wxULongLong_t, arg) ) \
- wxIF_WCHAR_T_TYPE( m(wchar_t, arg) )
-
-/*
- Combination of wxDO_FOR_CHAR_INT_TYPES() and wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES_1():
- invokes the given macro with the specified argument as its second parameter
- for all char and int types.
- */
-#define wxDO_FOR_CHAR_INT_TYPES_1(m, arg) \
- m(char, arg) \
- m(unsigned char, arg) \
- wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES_1(m, arg)
-
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* byte ordering related definition and macros */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* byte sex */
-
-#define wxBIG_ENDIAN 4321
-#define wxLITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
-#define wxPDP_ENDIAN 3412
-
-#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-#define wxBYTE_ORDER wxBIG_ENDIAN
-#else
-#define wxBYTE_ORDER wxLITTLE_ENDIAN
-#endif
-
-/* byte swapping */
-
-#define wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \
- ((wxUint16) ( \
- (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0x00ffU) << 8) | \
- (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0xff00U) >> 8)))
-
-#define wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \
- ((wxInt16) ( \
- (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0x00ffU) << 8) | \
- (((wxUint16) (val) & (wxUint16) 0xff00U) >> 8)))
-
-#define wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \
- ((wxUint32) ( \
- (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x000000ffU) << 24) | \
- (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x0000ff00U) << 8) | \
- (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x00ff0000U) >> 8) | \
- (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0xff000000U) >> 24)))
-
-#define wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \
- ((wxInt32) ( \
- (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x000000ffU) << 24) | \
- (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x0000ff00U) << 8) | \
- (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0x00ff0000U) >> 8) | \
- (((wxUint32) (val) & (wxUint32) 0xff000000U) >> 24)))
-/* machine specific byte swapping */
-
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
- #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \
- ((wxUint64) ( \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000000000ff)) << 56) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000000000ff00)) << 40) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000000000ff0000)) << 24) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000ff000000)) << 8) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000ff00000000)) >> 8) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000ff0000000000)) >> 24) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00ff000000000000)) >> 40) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0xff00000000000000)) >> 56)))
-
- #define wxINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \
- ((wxInt64) ( \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000000000ff)) << 56) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000000000ff00)) << 40) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000000000ff0000)) << 24) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00000000ff000000)) << 8) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x000000ff00000000)) >> 8) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x0000ff0000000000)) >> 24) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0x00ff000000000000)) >> 40) | \
- (((wxUint64) (val) & (wxUint64) wxULL(0xff00000000000000)) >> 56)))
-#elif wxUSE_LONGLONG /* !wxLongLong_t */
- #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \
- ((wxUint64) ( \
- ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0x000000ffU)) << 56) | \
- ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0x0000ff00U)) << 40) | \
- ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0x00ff0000U)) << 24) | \
- ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0L, 0xff000000U)) << 8) | \
- ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0x000000ffL, 0U)) >> 8) | \
- ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0x0000ff00L, 0U)) >> 24) | \
- ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0x00ff0000L, 0U)) >> 40) | \
- ((wxULongLong(val) & wxULongLong(0xff000000L, 0U)) >> 56)))
-
- #define wxINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val) \
- ((wxInt64) ( \
- ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0x000000ffU)) << 56) | \
- ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0x0000ff00U)) << 40) | \
- ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0x00ff0000U)) << 24) | \
- ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0L, 0xff000000U)) << 8) | \
- ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0x000000ffL, 0U)) >> 8) | \
- ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0x0000ff00L, 0U)) >> 24) | \
- ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0x00ff0000L, 0U)) >> 40) | \
- ((wxLongLong(val) & wxLongLong(0xff000000L, 0U)) >> 56)))
-#endif /* wxLongLong_t/!wxLongLong_t */
-
-#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
- #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val)
- #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val)
- #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val)
- #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val)
- #if wxHAS_INT64
- #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val)
- #define wxINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(val) wxINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(val) (val)
- #endif
-#else
- #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxUINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxINT16_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxUINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val)
- #define wxINT16_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val)
- #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxUINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxINT32_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxUINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val)
- #define wxINT32_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val)
- #if wxHAS_INT64
- #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxUINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxUINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val)
- #define wxINT64_SWAP_ON_LE(val) wxINT64_SWAP_ALWAYS(val)
- #define wxINT64_SWAP_ON_BE(val) (val)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* template workarounds for buggy compilers */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && !wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION( 3, 4 )
- /* GCC <= 3.4 has buggy template support */
-# define wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES 0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1200
- /* MSVC <= 6.0 has buggy template support */
-# define wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES 0
-# define wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
-# define wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER
-# define wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER 1
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
-# define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL( method, type ) method<type>()
-# define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX( type )
-#else
-# define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_CALL( method, type ) method((type*)NULL)
-# define wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX( type ) type* =NULL
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1200
-# define wxTEMPLATED_FUNCTION_FIX( type ), wxTEMPLATED_MEMBER_FIX(type)
-# define wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX( type ) typedef type type;
-#else
-# define wxTEMPLATED_FUNCTION_FIX( type )
-# define wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX( type )
-#endif
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* Geometric flags */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-enum wxGeometryCentre
-{
- wxCENTRE = 0x0001,
- wxCENTER = wxCENTRE
-};
-
-/* centering into frame rather than screen (obsolete) */
-#define wxCENTER_FRAME 0x0000
-/* centre on screen rather than parent */
-#define wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN 0x0002
-#define wxCENTER_ON_SCREEN wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN
-
-enum wxOrientation
-{
- /* don't change the values of these elements, they are used elsewhere */
- wxHORIZONTAL = 0x0004,
- wxVERTICAL = 0x0008,
-
- wxBOTH = wxVERTICAL | wxHORIZONTAL,
-
- /* a mask to extract orientation from the combination of flags */
- wxORIENTATION_MASK = wxBOTH
-};
-
-enum wxDirection
-{
- wxLEFT = 0x0010,
- wxRIGHT = 0x0020,
- wxUP = 0x0040,
- wxDOWN = 0x0080,
-
- wxTOP = wxUP,
- wxBOTTOM = wxDOWN,
-
- wxNORTH = wxUP,
- wxSOUTH = wxDOWN,
- wxWEST = wxLEFT,
- wxEAST = wxRIGHT,
-
- wxALL = (wxUP | wxDOWN | wxRIGHT | wxLEFT),
-
- /* a mask to extract direction from the combination of flags */
- wxDIRECTION_MASK = wxALL
-};
-
-enum wxAlignment
-{
- /*
- 0 is a valid wxAlignment value (both wxALIGN_LEFT and wxALIGN_TOP
- use it) so define a symbolic name for an invalid alignment value
- which can be assumed to be different from anything else
- */
- wxALIGN_INVALID = -1,
-
- wxALIGN_NOT = 0x0000,
- wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL = 0x0100,
- wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL = wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL,
- wxALIGN_LEFT = wxALIGN_NOT,
- wxALIGN_TOP = wxALIGN_NOT,
- wxALIGN_RIGHT = 0x0200,
- wxALIGN_BOTTOM = 0x0400,
- wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL = 0x0800,
- wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL = wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL,
-
- wxALIGN_CENTER = (wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL | wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL),
- wxALIGN_CENTRE = wxALIGN_CENTER,
-
- /* a mask to extract alignment from the combination of flags */
- wxALIGN_MASK = 0x0f00
-};
-
-/* misc. flags for wxSizer items */
-enum wxSizerFlagBits
-{
- /*
- wxADJUST_MINSIZE doesn't do anything any more but we still define
- it for compatibility. Notice that it may be also predefined (as 0,
- hopefully) in the user code in order to use it even in
- !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 builds so don't redefine it in such case.
- */
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 && !defined(wxADJUST_MINSIZE)
- wxADJUST_MINSIZE = 0,
-#endif
- wxFIXED_MINSIZE = 0x8000,
- wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN = 0x0002,
-
- /* a mask to extract wxSizerFlagBits from combination of flags */
- wxSIZER_FLAG_BITS_MASK = 0x8002
-};
-
-enum wxStretch
-{
- wxSTRETCH_NOT = 0x0000,
- wxSHRINK = 0x1000,
- wxGROW = 0x2000,
- wxEXPAND = wxGROW,
- wxSHAPED = 0x4000,
- wxTILE = wxSHAPED | wxFIXED_MINSIZE,
-
- /* a mask to extract stretch from the combination of flags */
- wxSTRETCH_MASK = 0x7000 /* sans wxTILE */
-};
-
-/* border flags: the values are chosen for backwards compatibility */
-enum wxBorder
-{
- /* this is different from wxBORDER_NONE as by default the controls do have */
- /* border */
- wxBORDER_DEFAULT = 0,
-
- wxBORDER_NONE = 0x00200000,
- wxBORDER_STATIC = 0x01000000,
- wxBORDER_SIMPLE = 0x02000000,
- wxBORDER_RAISED = 0x04000000,
- wxBORDER_SUNKEN = 0x08000000,
- wxBORDER_DOUBLE = 0x10000000, /* deprecated */
- wxBORDER_THEME = wxBORDER_DOUBLE,
-
- /* a mask to extract border style from the combination of flags */
- wxBORDER_MASK = 0x1f200000
-};
-
-/* This makes it easier to specify a 'normal' border for a control */
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
-#define wxDEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER wxBORDER_SIMPLE
-#else
-#define wxDEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER wxBORDER_SUNKEN
-#endif
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* Window style flags */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*
- * Values are chosen so they can be |'ed in a bit list.
- * Some styles are used across more than one group,
- * so the values mustn't clash with others in the group.
- * Otherwise, numbers can be reused across groups.
- */
-
-/*
- Summary of the bits used by various styles.
-
- High word, containing styles which can be used with many windows:
-
- +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
- |31|30|29|28|27|26|25|24|23|22|21|20|19|18|17|16|
- +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \_ wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \____ wxPOPUP_WINDOW
- | | | | | | | | | | | | | \_______ wxWANTS_CHARS
- | | | | | | | | | | | | \__________ wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
- | | | | | | | | | | | \_____________ wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW
- | | | | | | | | | | \________________ wxBORDER_NONE
- | | | | | | | | | \___________________ wxCLIP_CHILDREN
- | | | | | | | | \______________________ wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB
- | | | | | | | \_________________________ wxBORDER_STATIC
- | | | | | | \____________________________ wxBORDER_SIMPLE
- | | | | | \_______________________________ wxBORDER_RAISED
- | | | | \__________________________________ wxBORDER_SUNKEN
- | | | \_____________________________________ wxBORDER_{DOUBLE,THEME}
- | | \________________________________________ wxCAPTION/wxCLIP_SIBLINGS
- | \___________________________________________ wxHSCROLL
- \______________________________________________ wxVSCROLL
-
-
- Low word style bits is class-specific meaning that the same bit can have
- different meanings for different controls (e.g. 0x10 is wxCB_READONLY
- meaning that the control can't be modified for wxComboBox but wxLB_SORT
- meaning that the control should be kept sorted for wxListBox, while
- wxLB_SORT has a different value -- and this is just fine).
- */
-
-/*
- * Window (Frame/dialog/subwindow/panel item) style flags
- */
-#define wxVSCROLL 0x80000000
-#define wxHSCROLL 0x40000000
-#define wxCAPTION 0x20000000
-
-/* New styles (border styles are now in their own enum) */
-#define wxDOUBLE_BORDER wxBORDER_DOUBLE
-#define wxSUNKEN_BORDER wxBORDER_SUNKEN
-#define wxRAISED_BORDER wxBORDER_RAISED
-#define wxBORDER wxBORDER_SIMPLE
-#define wxSIMPLE_BORDER wxBORDER_SIMPLE
-#define wxSTATIC_BORDER wxBORDER_STATIC
-#define wxNO_BORDER wxBORDER_NONE
-
-/* wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB: instead of hiding the scrollbar when it is not needed, */
-/* disable it - but still show (see also wxLB_ALWAYS_SB style) */
-/* */
-/* NB: as this style is only supported by wxUniversal and wxMSW so far */
-#define wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB 0x00800000
-
-/* Clip children when painting, which reduces flicker in e.g. frames and */
-/* splitter windows, but can't be used in a panel where a static box must be */
-/* 'transparent' (panel paints the background for it) */
-#define wxCLIP_CHILDREN 0x00400000
-
-/* Note we're reusing the wxCAPTION style because we won't need captions */
-/* for subwindows/controls */
-#define wxCLIP_SIBLINGS 0x20000000
-
-#define wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW 0x00100000
-
-/* Add this style to a panel to get tab traversal working outside of dialogs */
-/* (on by default for wxPanel, wxDialog, wxScrolledWindow) */
-#define wxTAB_TRAVERSAL 0x00080000
-
-/* Add this style if the control wants to get all keyboard messages (under */
-/* Windows, it won't normally get the dialog navigation key events) */
-#define wxWANTS_CHARS 0x00040000
-
-/* Make window retained (Motif only, see src/generic/scrolwing.cpp)
- * This is non-zero only under wxMotif, to avoid a clash with wxPOPUP_WINDOW
- * on other platforms
- */
-
-#ifdef __WXMOTIF__
-#define wxRETAINED 0x00020000
-#else
-#define wxRETAINED 0x00000000
-#endif
-#define wxBACKINGSTORE wxRETAINED
-
-/* set this flag to create a special popup window: it will be always shown on */
-/* top of other windows, will capture the mouse and will be dismissed when the */
-/* mouse is clicked outside of it or if it loses focus in any other way */
-#define wxPOPUP_WINDOW 0x00020000
-
-/* force a full repaint when the window is resized (instead of repainting just */
-/* the invalidated area) */
-#define wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 0x00010000
-
-/* obsolete: now this is the default behaviour */
-/* */
-/* don't invalidate the whole window (resulting in a PAINT event) when the */
-/* window is resized (currently, makes sense for wxMSW only) */
-#define wxNO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 0
-
-/* A mask which can be used to filter (out) all wxWindow-specific styles.
- */
-#define wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK \
- (wxVSCROLL|wxHSCROLL|wxBORDER_MASK|wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB|wxCLIP_CHILDREN| \
- wxCLIP_SIBLINGS|wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxWANTS_CHARS| \
- wxRETAINED|wxPOPUP_WINDOW|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
-
-/*
- * Extra window style flags (use wxWS_EX prefix to make it clear that they
- * should be passed to wxWindow::SetExtraStyle(), not SetWindowStyle())
- */
-
-/* by default, TransferDataTo/FromWindow() only work on direct children of the */
-/* window (compatible behaviour), set this flag to make them recursively */
-/* descend into all subwindows */
-#define wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY 0x00000001
-
-/* wxCommandEvents and the objects of the derived classes are forwarded to the */
-/* parent window and so on recursively by default. Using this flag for the */
-/* given window allows to block this propagation at this window, i.e. prevent */
-/* the events from being propagated further upwards. The dialogs have this */
-/* flag on by default. */
-#define wxWS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS 0x00000002
-
-/* don't use this window as an implicit parent for the other windows: this must */
-/* be used with transient windows as otherwise there is the risk of creating a */
-/* dialog/frame with this window as a parent which would lead to a crash if the */
-/* parent is destroyed before the child */
-#define wxWS_EX_TRANSIENT 0x00000004
-
-/* don't paint the window background, we'll assume it will */
-/* be done by a theming engine. This is not yet used but could */
-/* possibly be made to work in the future, at least on Windows */
-#define wxWS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND 0x00000008
-
-/* this window should always process idle events */
-#define wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE 0x00000010
-
-/* this window should always process UI update events */
-#define wxWS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES 0x00000020
-
-/* Draw the window in a metal theme on Mac */
-#define wxFRAME_EX_METAL 0x00000040
-#define wxDIALOG_EX_METAL 0x00000040
-
-/* Use this style to add a context-sensitive help to the window (currently for */
-/* Win32 only and it doesn't work if wxMINIMIZE_BOX or wxMAXIMIZE_BOX are used) */
-#define wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP 0x00000080
-
-/* synonyms for wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP for compatibility */
-#define wxFRAME_EX_CONTEXTHELP wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP
-#define wxDIALOG_EX_CONTEXTHELP wxWS_EX_CONTEXTHELP
-
-/* Create a window which is attachable to another top level window */
-#define wxFRAME_DRAWER 0x0020
-
-/*
- * MDI parent frame style flags
- * Can overlap with some of the above.
- */
-
-#define wxFRAME_NO_WINDOW_MENU 0x0100
-
-/*
- * wxMenuBar style flags
- */
-/* use native docking */
-#define wxMB_DOCKABLE 0x0001
-
-/*
- * wxMenu style flags
- */
-#define wxMENU_TEAROFF 0x0001
-
-/*
- * Apply to all panel items
- */
-#define wxCOLOURED 0x0800
-#define wxFIXED_LENGTH 0x0400
-
-/*
- * Styles for wxListBox
- */
-#define wxLB_SORT 0x0010
-#define wxLB_SINGLE 0x0020
-#define wxLB_MULTIPLE 0x0040
-#define wxLB_EXTENDED 0x0080
-/* wxLB_OWNERDRAW is Windows-only */
-#define wxLB_NEEDED_SB 0x0000
-#define wxLB_OWNERDRAW 0x0100
-#define wxLB_ALWAYS_SB 0x0200
-#define wxLB_NO_SB 0x0400
-#define wxLB_HSCROLL wxHSCROLL
-/* always show an entire number of rows */
-#define wxLB_INT_HEIGHT 0x0800
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- /* deprecated synonyms */
- #define wxPROCESS_ENTER 0x0400 /* wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER */
- #define wxPASSWORD 0x0800 /* wxTE_PASSWORD */
-#endif
-
-/*
- * wxComboBox style flags
- */
-#define wxCB_SIMPLE 0x0004
-#define wxCB_SORT 0x0008
-#define wxCB_READONLY 0x0010
-#define wxCB_DROPDOWN 0x0020
-
-/*
- * wxRadioBox style flags
- */
-/* should we number the items from left to right or from top to bottom in a 2d */
-/* radiobox? */
-#define wxRA_LEFTTORIGHT 0x0001
-#define wxRA_TOPTOBOTTOM 0x0002
-
-/* New, more intuitive names to specify majorDim argument */
-#define wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS wxHORIZONTAL
-#define wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS wxVERTICAL
-
-/* Old names for compatibility */
-#define wxRA_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL
-#define wxRA_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL
-
-/*
- * wxRadioButton style flag
- */
-#define wxRB_GROUP 0x0004
-#define wxRB_SINGLE 0x0008
-
-/*
- * wxScrollBar flags
- */
-#define wxSB_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL
-#define wxSB_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL
-
-/*
- * wxSpinButton flags.
- * Note that a wxSpinCtrl is sometimes defined as a wxTextCtrl, and so the
- * flags shouldn't overlap with wxTextCtrl flags that can be used for a single
- * line controls (currently we reuse wxTE_CHARWRAP and wxTE_RICH2 neither of
- * which makes sense for them).
- */
-#define wxSP_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL /* 4 */
-#define wxSP_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL /* 8 */
-#define wxSP_ARROW_KEYS 0x4000
-#define wxSP_WRAP 0x8000
-
-/*
- * wxTabCtrl flags
- */
-#define wxTC_RIGHTJUSTIFY 0x0010
-#define wxTC_FIXEDWIDTH 0x0020
-#define wxTC_TOP 0x0000 /* default */
-#define wxTC_LEFT 0x0020
-#define wxTC_RIGHT 0x0040
-#define wxTC_BOTTOM 0x0080
-#define wxTC_MULTILINE 0x0200 /* == wxNB_MULTILINE */
-#define wxTC_OWNERDRAW 0x0400
-
-/*
- * wxStaticBitmap flags
- */
-#define wxBI_EXPAND wxEXPAND
-
-/*
- * wxStaticLine flags
- */
-#define wxLI_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL
-#define wxLI_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL
-
-
-/*
- * extended dialog specifiers. these values are stored in a different
- * flag and thus do not overlap with other style flags. note that these
- * values do not correspond to the return values of the dialogs (for
- * those values, look at the wxID_XXX defines).
- */
-
-/* wxCENTRE already defined as 0x00000001 */
-#define wxYES 0x00000002
-#define wxOK 0x00000004
-#define wxNO 0x00000008
-#define wxYES_NO (wxYES | wxNO)
-#define wxCANCEL 0x00000010
-#define wxAPPLY 0x00000020
-#define wxCLOSE 0x00000040
-
-#define wxOK_DEFAULT 0x00000000 /* has no effect (default) */
-#define wxYES_DEFAULT 0x00000000 /* has no effect (default) */
-#define wxNO_DEFAULT 0x00000080 /* only valid with wxYES_NO */
-#define wxCANCEL_DEFAULT 0x80000000 /* only valid with wxCANCEL */
-
-#define wxICON_EXCLAMATION 0x00000100
-#define wxICON_HAND 0x00000200
-#define wxICON_WARNING wxICON_EXCLAMATION
-#define wxICON_ERROR wxICON_HAND
-#define wxICON_QUESTION 0x00000400
-#define wxICON_INFORMATION 0x00000800
-#define wxICON_STOP wxICON_HAND
-#define wxICON_ASTERISK wxICON_INFORMATION
-
-#define wxHELP 0x00001000
-#define wxFORWARD 0x00002000
-#define wxBACKWARD 0x00004000
-#define wxRESET 0x00008000
-#define wxMORE 0x00010000
-#define wxSETUP 0x00020000
-#define wxICON_NONE 0x00040000
-#define wxICON_AUTH_NEEDED 0x00080000
-
-#define wxICON_MASK \
- (wxICON_EXCLAMATION|wxICON_HAND|wxICON_QUESTION|wxICON_INFORMATION|wxICON_NONE|wxICON_AUTH_NEEDED)
-
-/*
- * Background styles. See wxWindow::SetBackgroundStyle
- */
-enum wxBackgroundStyle
-{
- /*
- background is erased in the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND handler or using
- the system default background if no such handler is defined (this
- is the default style)
- */
- wxBG_STYLE_ERASE,
-
- /*
- background is erased by the system, no EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event
- is generated at all
- */
- wxBG_STYLE_SYSTEM,
-
- /*
- background is erased in EVT_PAINT handler and not erased at all
- before it, this should be used if the paint handler paints over
- the entire window to avoid flicker
- */
- wxBG_STYLE_PAINT,
-
-
- /* this is a Mac-only style, don't use in portable code */
- wxBG_STYLE_TRANSPARENT,
-
- /* this style is deprecated and doesn't do anything, don't use */
- wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR,
-
- /*
- this style is deprecated and is synonymous with
- wxBG_STYLE_PAINT, use the new name
- */
- wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM = wxBG_STYLE_PAINT
-};
-
-/*
- * Key types used by (old style) lists and hashes.
- */
-enum wxKeyType
-{
- wxKEY_NONE,
- wxKEY_INTEGER,
- wxKEY_STRING
-};
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* standard IDs */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Standard menu IDs */
-enum wxStandardID
-{
- /*
- These ids delimit the range used by automatically-generated ids
- (i.e. those used when wxID_ANY is specified during construction).
- */
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT
- /*
- On MSW the range is always restricted no matter if id management
- is used or not because the native window ids are limited to short
- range. On other platforms the range is only restricted if id
- management is used so the reference count buffer won't be so big.
- */
- wxID_AUTO_LOWEST = -32000,
- wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST = -2000,
-#else
- wxID_AUTO_LOWEST = -1000000,
- wxID_AUTO_HIGHEST = -2000,
-#endif
-
- /* no id matches this one when compared to it */
- wxID_NONE = -3,
-
- /* id for a separator line in the menu (invalid for normal item) */
- wxID_SEPARATOR = -2,
-
- /* any id: means that we don't care about the id, whether when installing
- * an event handler or when creating a new window */
- wxID_ANY = -1,
-
-
- /* all predefined ids are between wxID_LOWEST and wxID_HIGHEST */
- wxID_LOWEST = 4999,
-
- wxID_OPEN,
- wxID_CLOSE,
- wxID_NEW,
- wxID_SAVE,
- wxID_SAVEAS,
- wxID_REVERT,
- wxID_EXIT,
- wxID_UNDO,
- wxID_REDO,
- wxID_HELP,
- wxID_PRINT,
- wxID_PRINT_SETUP,
- wxID_PAGE_SETUP,
- wxID_PREVIEW,
- wxID_ABOUT,
- wxID_HELP_CONTENTS,
- wxID_HELP_INDEX,
- wxID_HELP_SEARCH,
- wxID_HELP_COMMANDS,
- wxID_HELP_PROCEDURES,
- wxID_HELP_CONTEXT,
- wxID_CLOSE_ALL,
- wxID_PREFERENCES,
-
- wxID_EDIT = 5030,
- wxID_CUT,
- wxID_COPY,
- wxID_PASTE,
- wxID_CLEAR,
- wxID_FIND,
- wxID_DUPLICATE,
- wxID_SELECTALL,
- wxID_DELETE,
- wxID_REPLACE,
- wxID_REPLACE_ALL,
- wxID_PROPERTIES,
-
- wxID_VIEW_DETAILS,
- wxID_VIEW_LARGEICONS,
- wxID_VIEW_SMALLICONS,
- wxID_VIEW_LIST,
- wxID_VIEW_SORTDATE,
- wxID_VIEW_SORTNAME,
- wxID_VIEW_SORTSIZE,
- wxID_VIEW_SORTTYPE,
-
- wxID_FILE = 5050,
- wxID_FILE1,
- wxID_FILE2,
- wxID_FILE3,
- wxID_FILE4,
- wxID_FILE5,
- wxID_FILE6,
- wxID_FILE7,
- wxID_FILE8,
- wxID_FILE9,
-
- /* Standard button and menu IDs */
- wxID_OK = 5100,
- wxID_CANCEL,
- wxID_APPLY,
- wxID_YES,
- wxID_NO,
- wxID_STATIC,
- wxID_FORWARD,
- wxID_BACKWARD,
- wxID_DEFAULT,
- wxID_MORE,
- wxID_SETUP,
- wxID_RESET,
- wxID_CONTEXT_HELP,
- wxID_YESTOALL,
- wxID_NOTOALL,
- wxID_ABORT,
- wxID_RETRY,
- wxID_IGNORE,
- wxID_ADD,
- wxID_REMOVE,
-
- wxID_UP,
- wxID_DOWN,
- wxID_HOME,
- wxID_REFRESH,
- wxID_STOP,
- wxID_INDEX,
-
- wxID_BOLD,
- wxID_ITALIC,
- wxID_JUSTIFY_CENTER,
- wxID_JUSTIFY_FILL,
- wxID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT,
- wxID_JUSTIFY_LEFT,
- wxID_UNDERLINE,
- wxID_INDENT,
- wxID_UNINDENT,
- wxID_ZOOM_100,
- wxID_ZOOM_FIT,
- wxID_ZOOM_IN,
- wxID_ZOOM_OUT,
- wxID_UNDELETE,
- wxID_REVERT_TO_SAVED,
- wxID_CDROM,
- wxID_CONVERT,
- wxID_EXECUTE,
- wxID_FLOPPY,
- wxID_HARDDISK,
- wxID_BOTTOM,
- wxID_FIRST,
- wxID_LAST,
- wxID_TOP,
- wxID_INFO,
- wxID_JUMP_TO,
- wxID_NETWORK,
- wxID_SELECT_COLOR,
- wxID_SELECT_FONT,
- wxID_SORT_ASCENDING,
- wxID_SORT_DESCENDING,
- wxID_SPELL_CHECK,
- wxID_STRIKETHROUGH,
-
- /* System menu IDs (used by wxUniv): */
- wxID_SYSTEM_MENU = 5200,
- wxID_CLOSE_FRAME,
- wxID_MOVE_FRAME,
- wxID_RESIZE_FRAME,
- wxID_MAXIMIZE_FRAME,
- wxID_ICONIZE_FRAME,
- wxID_RESTORE_FRAME,
-
- /* MDI window menu ids */
- wxID_MDI_WINDOW_FIRST = 5230,
- wxID_MDI_WINDOW_CASCADE = wxID_MDI_WINDOW_FIRST,
- wxID_MDI_WINDOW_TILE_HORZ,
- wxID_MDI_WINDOW_TILE_VERT,
- wxID_MDI_WINDOW_ARRANGE_ICONS,
- wxID_MDI_WINDOW_PREV,
- wxID_MDI_WINDOW_NEXT,
- wxID_MDI_WINDOW_LAST = wxID_MDI_WINDOW_NEXT,
-
- /* OS X system menu ids */
- wxID_OSX_MENU_FIRST = 5250,
- wxID_OSX_HIDE = wxID_OSX_MENU_FIRST,
- wxID_OSX_HIDEOTHERS,
- wxID_OSX_SHOWALL,
- wxID_OSX_MENU_LAST = wxID_OSX_SHOWALL,
-
- /* IDs used by generic file dialog (13 consecutive starting from this value) */
- wxID_FILEDLGG = 5900,
-
- /* IDs used by generic file ctrl (4 consecutive starting from this value) */
- wxID_FILECTRL = 5950,
-
- wxID_HIGHEST = 5999
-};
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* wxWindowID type (after wxID_XYZ enum, platform detection, and dlimpexp.h) */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* special care should be taken with this type under Windows where the real */
-/* window id is unsigned, so we must always do the cast before comparing them */
-/* (or else they would be always different!). Using wxGetWindowId() which does */
-/* the cast itself is recommended. Note that this type can't be unsigned */
-/* because wxID_ANY == -1 is a valid (and largely used) value for window id. */
-#if defined(__cplusplus) && wxUSE_GUI
- #include "wx/windowid.h"
-#endif
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* other constants */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* menu and toolbar item kinds */
-enum wxItemKind
-{
- wxITEM_SEPARATOR = -1,
- wxITEM_NORMAL,
- wxITEM_CHECK,
- wxITEM_RADIO,
- wxITEM_DROPDOWN,
- wxITEM_MAX
-};
-
-/*
- * The possible states of a 3-state checkbox (Compatible
- * with the 2-state checkbox).
- */
-enum wxCheckBoxState
-{
- wxCHK_UNCHECKED,
- wxCHK_CHECKED,
- wxCHK_UNDETERMINED /* 3-state checkbox only */
-};
-
-
-/* hit test results */
-enum wxHitTest
-{
- wxHT_NOWHERE,
-
- /* scrollbar */
- wxHT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST = wxHT_NOWHERE,
- wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1, /* left or upper arrow to scroll by line */
- wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2, /* right or down */
- wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1, /* left or upper arrow to scroll by page */
- wxHT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2, /* right or down */
- wxHT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB, /* on the thumb */
- wxHT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1, /* bar to the left/above the thumb */
- wxHT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2, /* bar to the right/below the thumb */
- wxHT_SCROLLBAR_LAST,
-
- /* window */
- wxHT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE, /* not in this window at all */
- wxHT_WINDOW_INSIDE, /* in the client area */
- wxHT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR, /* on the vertical scrollbar */
- wxHT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR, /* on the horizontal scrollbar */
- wxHT_WINDOW_CORNER, /* on the corner between 2 scrollbars */
-
- wxHT_MAX
-};
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* Possible SetSize flags */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Use internally-calculated width if -1 */
-#define wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH 0x0001
-/* Use internally-calculated height if -1 */
-#define wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT 0x0002
-/* Use internally-calculated width and height if each is -1 */
-#define wxSIZE_AUTO (wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH|wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT)
-/* Ignore missing (-1) dimensions (use existing). */
-/* For readability only: test for wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT in code. */
-#define wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING 0x0000
-/* Allow -1 as a valid position */
-#define wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE 0x0004
-/* Don't do parent client adjustments (for implementation only) */
-#define wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS 0x0008
-/* Change the window position even if it seems to be already correct */
-#define wxSIZE_FORCE 0x0010
-/* Emit size event even if size didn't change */
-#define wxSIZE_FORCE_EVENT 0x0020
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* GDI descriptions */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-// Hatch styles used by both pen and brush styles.
-//
-// NB: Do not use these constants directly, they're for internal use only, use
-// wxBRUSHSTYLE_XXX_HATCH and wxPENSTYLE_XXX_HATCH instead.
-enum wxHatchStyle
-{
- wxHATCHSTYLE_INVALID = -1,
-
- /*
- The value of the first style is chosen to fit with
- wxDeprecatedGUIConstants values below, don't change it.
- */
- wxHATCHSTYLE_FIRST = 111,
- wxHATCHSTYLE_BDIAGONAL = wxHATCHSTYLE_FIRST,
- wxHATCHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG,
- wxHATCHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL,
- wxHATCHSTYLE_CROSS,
- wxHATCHSTYLE_HORIZONTAL,
- wxHATCHSTYLE_VERTICAL,
- wxHATCHSTYLE_LAST = wxHATCHSTYLE_VERTICAL
-};
-
-/*
- WARNING: the following styles are deprecated; use the
- wxFontFamily, wxFontStyle, wxFontWeight, wxBrushStyle,
- wxPenStyle, wxPenCap, wxPenJoin enum values instead!
-*/
-
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
-
-/* don't use any elements of this enum in the new code */
-enum wxDeprecatedGUIConstants
-{
- /* Text font families */
- wxDEFAULT = 70,
- wxDECORATIVE,
- wxROMAN,
- wxSCRIPT,
- wxSWISS,
- wxMODERN,
- wxTELETYPE, /* @@@@ */
-
- /* Proportional or Fixed width fonts (not yet used) */
- wxVARIABLE = 80,
- wxFIXED,
-
- wxNORMAL = 90,
- wxLIGHT,
- wxBOLD,
- /* Also wxNORMAL for normal (non-italic text) */
- wxITALIC,
- wxSLANT,
-
- /* Pen styles */
- wxSOLID = 100,
- wxDOT,
- wxLONG_DASH,
- wxSHORT_DASH,
- wxDOT_DASH,
- wxUSER_DASH,
-
- wxTRANSPARENT,
-
- /* Brush & Pen Stippling. Note that a stippled pen cannot be dashed!! */
- /* Note also that stippling a Pen IS meaningful, because a Line is */
- wxSTIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE, /* mask is used for blitting monochrome using text fore and back ground colors */
- wxSTIPPLE_MASK, /* mask is used for masking areas in the stipple bitmap (TO DO) */
- /* drawn with a Pen, and without any Brush -- and it can be stippled. */
- wxSTIPPLE = 110,
-
- wxBDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_BDIAGONAL,
- wxCROSSDIAG_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG,
- wxFDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL,
- wxCROSS_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_CROSS,
- wxHORIZONTAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_HORIZONTAL,
- wxVERTICAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_VERTICAL,
- wxFIRST_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_FIRST,
- wxLAST_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_LAST
-};
-#endif
-
-/* ToolPanel in wxFrame (VZ: unused?) */
-enum
-{
- wxTOOL_TOP = 1,
- wxTOOL_BOTTOM,
- wxTOOL_LEFT,
- wxTOOL_RIGHT
-};
-
-/* the values of the format constants should be the same as corresponding */
-/* CF_XXX constants in Windows API */
-enum wxDataFormatId
-{
- wxDF_INVALID = 0,
- wxDF_TEXT = 1, /* CF_TEXT */
- wxDF_BITMAP = 2, /* CF_BITMAP */
- wxDF_METAFILE = 3, /* CF_METAFILEPICT */
- wxDF_SYLK = 4,
- wxDF_DIF = 5,
- wxDF_TIFF = 6,
- wxDF_OEMTEXT = 7, /* CF_OEMTEXT */
- wxDF_DIB = 8, /* CF_DIB */
- wxDF_PALETTE = 9,
- wxDF_PENDATA = 10,
- wxDF_RIFF = 11,
- wxDF_WAVE = 12,
- wxDF_UNICODETEXT = 13,
- wxDF_ENHMETAFILE = 14,
- wxDF_FILENAME = 15, /* CF_HDROP */
- wxDF_LOCALE = 16,
- wxDF_PRIVATE = 20,
- wxDF_HTML = 30, /* Note: does not correspond to CF_ constant */
- wxDF_MAX
-};
-
-/* Key codes */
-enum wxKeyCode
-{
- WXK_NONE = 0,
-
- WXK_CONTROL_A = 1,
- WXK_CONTROL_B,
- WXK_CONTROL_C,
- WXK_CONTROL_D,
- WXK_CONTROL_E,
- WXK_CONTROL_F,
- WXK_CONTROL_G,
- WXK_CONTROL_H,
- WXK_CONTROL_I,
- WXK_CONTROL_J,
- WXK_CONTROL_K,
- WXK_CONTROL_L,
- WXK_CONTROL_M,
- WXK_CONTROL_N,
- WXK_CONTROL_O,
- WXK_CONTROL_P,
- WXK_CONTROL_Q,
- WXK_CONTROL_R,
- WXK_CONTROL_S,
- WXK_CONTROL_T,
- WXK_CONTROL_U,
- WXK_CONTROL_V,
- WXK_CONTROL_W,
- WXK_CONTROL_X,
- WXK_CONTROL_Y,
- WXK_CONTROL_Z,
-
- WXK_BACK = 8, /* backspace */
- WXK_TAB = 9,
- WXK_RETURN = 13,
- WXK_ESCAPE = 27,
-
- /* values from 33 to 126 are reserved for the standard ASCII characters */
-
- WXK_SPACE = 32,
- WXK_DELETE = 127,
-
- /* values from 128 to 255 are reserved for ASCII extended characters
- (note that there isn't a single fixed standard for the meaning
- of these values; avoid them in portable apps!) */
-
- /* These are not compatible with unicode characters.
- If you want to get a unicode character from a key event, use
- wxKeyEvent::GetUnicodeKey */
- WXK_START = 300,
- WXK_LBUTTON,
- WXK_RBUTTON,
- WXK_CANCEL,
- WXK_MBUTTON,
- WXK_CLEAR,
- WXK_SHIFT,
- WXK_ALT,
- WXK_CONTROL,
- WXK_MENU,
- WXK_PAUSE,
- WXK_CAPITAL,
- WXK_END,
- WXK_HOME,
- WXK_LEFT,
- WXK_UP,
- WXK_RIGHT,
- WXK_DOWN,
- WXK_SELECT,
- WXK_PRINT,
- WXK_EXECUTE,
- WXK_SNAPSHOT,
- WXK_INSERT,
- WXK_HELP,
- WXK_NUMPAD0,
- WXK_NUMPAD1,
- WXK_NUMPAD2,
- WXK_NUMPAD3,
- WXK_NUMPAD4,
- WXK_NUMPAD5,
- WXK_NUMPAD6,
- WXK_NUMPAD7,
- WXK_NUMPAD8,
- WXK_NUMPAD9,
- WXK_MULTIPLY,
- WXK_ADD,
- WXK_SEPARATOR,
- WXK_SUBTRACT,
- WXK_DECIMAL,
- WXK_DIVIDE,
- WXK_F1,
- WXK_F2,
- WXK_F3,
- WXK_F4,
- WXK_F5,
- WXK_F6,
- WXK_F7,
- WXK_F8,
- WXK_F9,
- WXK_F10,
- WXK_F11,
- WXK_F12,
- WXK_F13,
- WXK_F14,
- WXK_F15,
- WXK_F16,
- WXK_F17,
- WXK_F18,
- WXK_F19,
- WXK_F20,
- WXK_F21,
- WXK_F22,
- WXK_F23,
- WXK_F24,
- WXK_NUMLOCK,
- WXK_SCROLL,
- WXK_PAGEUP,
- WXK_PAGEDOWN,
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- WXK_PRIOR = WXK_PAGEUP,
- WXK_NEXT = WXK_PAGEDOWN,
-#endif
-
- WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE,
- WXK_NUMPAD_TAB,
- WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER,
- WXK_NUMPAD_F1,
- WXK_NUMPAD_F2,
- WXK_NUMPAD_F3,
- WXK_NUMPAD_F4,
- WXK_NUMPAD_HOME,
- WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT,
- WXK_NUMPAD_UP,
- WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT,
- WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN,
- WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP,
- WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN,
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP,
- WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT = WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN,
-#endif
- WXK_NUMPAD_END,
- WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN,
- WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT,
- WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE,
- WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL,
- WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY,
- WXK_NUMPAD_ADD,
- WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR,
- WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT,
- WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL,
- WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE,
-
- WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT,
- WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT,
- WXK_WINDOWS_MENU ,
-#ifdef __WXOSX__
- WXK_RAW_CONTROL,
-#else
- WXK_RAW_CONTROL = WXK_CONTROL,
-#endif
- WXK_COMMAND = WXK_CONTROL,
-
- /* Hardware-specific buttons */
- WXK_SPECIAL1 = 193,
- WXK_SPECIAL2,
- WXK_SPECIAL3,
- WXK_SPECIAL4,
- WXK_SPECIAL5,
- WXK_SPECIAL6,
- WXK_SPECIAL7,
- WXK_SPECIAL8,
- WXK_SPECIAL9,
- WXK_SPECIAL10,
- WXK_SPECIAL11,
- WXK_SPECIAL12,
- WXK_SPECIAL13,
- WXK_SPECIAL14,
- WXK_SPECIAL15,
- WXK_SPECIAL16,
- WXK_SPECIAL17,
- WXK_SPECIAL18,
- WXK_SPECIAL19,
- WXK_SPECIAL20
-};
-
-/* This enum contains bit mask constants used in wxKeyEvent */
-enum wxKeyModifier
-{
- wxMOD_NONE = 0x0000,
- wxMOD_ALT = 0x0001,
- wxMOD_CONTROL = 0x0002,
- wxMOD_ALTGR = wxMOD_ALT | wxMOD_CONTROL,
- wxMOD_SHIFT = 0x0004,
- wxMOD_META = 0x0008,
- wxMOD_WIN = wxMOD_META,
-#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- wxMOD_RAW_CONTROL = 0x0010,
-#else
- wxMOD_RAW_CONTROL = wxMOD_CONTROL,
-#endif
- wxMOD_CMD = wxMOD_CONTROL,
- wxMOD_ALL = 0xffff
-};
-
-/* Shortcut for easier dialog-unit-to-pixel conversion */
-#define wxDLG_UNIT(parent, pt) parent->ConvertDialogToPixels(pt)
-
-/* Paper types */
-typedef enum
-{
- wxPAPER_NONE, /* Use specific dimensions */
- wxPAPER_LETTER, /* Letter, 8 1/2 by 11 inches */
- wxPAPER_LEGAL, /* Legal, 8 1/2 by 14 inches */
- wxPAPER_A4, /* A4 Sheet, 210 by 297 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_CSHEET, /* C Sheet, 17 by 22 inches */
- wxPAPER_DSHEET, /* D Sheet, 22 by 34 inches */
- wxPAPER_ESHEET, /* E Sheet, 34 by 44 inches */
- wxPAPER_LETTERSMALL, /* Letter Small, 8 1/2 by 11 inches */
- wxPAPER_TABLOID, /* Tabloid, 11 by 17 inches */
- wxPAPER_LEDGER, /* Ledger, 17 by 11 inches */
- wxPAPER_STATEMENT, /* Statement, 5 1/2 by 8 1/2 inches */
- wxPAPER_EXECUTIVE, /* Executive, 7 1/4 by 10 1/2 inches */
- wxPAPER_A3, /* A3 sheet, 297 by 420 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_A4SMALL, /* A4 small sheet, 210 by 297 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_A5, /* A5 sheet, 148 by 210 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_B4, /* B4 sheet, 250 by 354 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_B5, /* B5 sheet, 182-by-257-millimeter paper */
- wxPAPER_FOLIO, /* Folio, 8-1/2-by-13-inch paper */
- wxPAPER_QUARTO, /* Quarto, 215-by-275-millimeter paper */
- wxPAPER_10X14, /* 10-by-14-inch sheet */
- wxPAPER_11X17, /* 11-by-17-inch sheet */
- wxPAPER_NOTE, /* Note, 8 1/2 by 11 inches */
- wxPAPER_ENV_9, /* #9 Envelope, 3 7/8 by 8 7/8 inches */
- wxPAPER_ENV_10, /* #10 Envelope, 4 1/8 by 9 1/2 inches */
- wxPAPER_ENV_11, /* #11 Envelope, 4 1/2 by 10 3/8 inches */
- wxPAPER_ENV_12, /* #12 Envelope, 4 3/4 by 11 inches */
- wxPAPER_ENV_14, /* #14 Envelope, 5 by 11 1/2 inches */
- wxPAPER_ENV_DL, /* DL Envelope, 110 by 220 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_ENV_C5, /* C5 Envelope, 162 by 229 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_ENV_C3, /* C3 Envelope, 324 by 458 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_ENV_C4, /* C4 Envelope, 229 by 324 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_ENV_C6, /* C6 Envelope, 114 by 162 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_ENV_C65, /* C65 Envelope, 114 by 229 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_ENV_B4, /* B4 Envelope, 250 by 353 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_ENV_B5, /* B5 Envelope, 176 by 250 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_ENV_B6, /* B6 Envelope, 176 by 125 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_ENV_ITALY, /* Italy Envelope, 110 by 230 millimeters */
- wxPAPER_ENV_MONARCH, /* Monarch Envelope, 3 7/8 by 7 1/2 inches */
- wxPAPER_ENV_PERSONAL, /* 6 3/4 Envelope, 3 5/8 by 6 1/2 inches */
- wxPAPER_FANFOLD_US, /* US Std Fanfold, 14 7/8 by 11 inches */
- wxPAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN, /* German Std Fanfold, 8 1/2 by 12 inches */
- wxPAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN, /* German Legal Fanfold, 8 1/2 by 13 inches */
-
- wxPAPER_ISO_B4, /* B4 (ISO) 250 x 353 mm */
- wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD, /* Japanese Postcard 100 x 148 mm */
- wxPAPER_9X11, /* 9 x 11 in */
- wxPAPER_10X11, /* 10 x 11 in */
- wxPAPER_15X11, /* 15 x 11 in */
- wxPAPER_ENV_INVITE, /* Envelope Invite 220 x 220 mm */
- wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA, /* Letter Extra 9 \275 x 12 in */
- wxPAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA, /* Legal Extra 9 \275 x 15 in */
- wxPAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA, /* Tabloid Extra 11.69 x 18 in */
- wxPAPER_A4_EXTRA, /* A4 Extra 9.27 x 12.69 in */
- wxPAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE, /* Letter Transverse 8 \275 x 11 in */
- wxPAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE, /* A4 Transverse 210 x 297 mm */
- wxPAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE, /* Letter Extra Transverse 9\275 x 12 in */
- wxPAPER_A_PLUS, /* SuperA/SuperA/A4 227 x 356 mm */
- wxPAPER_B_PLUS, /* SuperB/SuperB/A3 305 x 487 mm */
- wxPAPER_LETTER_PLUS, /* Letter Plus 8.5 x 12.69 in */
- wxPAPER_A4_PLUS, /* A4 Plus 210 x 330 mm */
- wxPAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE, /* A5 Transverse 148 x 210 mm */
- wxPAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE, /* B5 (JIS) Transverse 182 x 257 mm */
- wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA, /* A3 Extra 322 x 445 mm */
- wxPAPER_A5_EXTRA, /* A5 Extra 174 x 235 mm */
- wxPAPER_B5_EXTRA, /* B5 (ISO) Extra 201 x 276 mm */
- wxPAPER_A2, /* A2 420 x 594 mm */
- wxPAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE, /* A3 Transverse 297 x 420 mm */
- wxPAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE, /* A3 Extra Transverse 322 x 445 mm */
-
- wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD,/* Japanese Double Postcard 200 x 148 mm */
- wxPAPER_A6, /* A6 105 x 148 mm */
- wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #2 */
- wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #3 */
- wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #3 */
- wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #4 */
- wxPAPER_LETTER_ROTATED, /* Letter Rotated 11 x 8 1/2 in */
- wxPAPER_A3_ROTATED, /* A3 Rotated 420 x 297 mm */
- wxPAPER_A4_ROTATED, /* A4 Rotated 297 x 210 mm */
- wxPAPER_A5_ROTATED, /* A5 Rotated 210 x 148 mm */
- wxPAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED, /* B4 (JIS) Rotated 364 x 257 mm */
- wxPAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED, /* B5 (JIS) Rotated 257 x 182 mm */
- wxPAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED,/* Japanese Postcard Rotated 148 x 100 mm */
- wxPAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED,/* Double Japanese Postcard Rotated 148 x 200 mm */
- wxPAPER_A6_ROTATED, /* A6 Rotated 148 x 105 mm */
- wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #2 Rotated */
- wxPAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Kaku #3 Rotated */
- wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #3 Rotated */
- wxPAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope Chou #4 Rotated */
- wxPAPER_B6_JIS, /* B6 (JIS) 128 x 182 mm */
- wxPAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED, /* B6 (JIS) Rotated 182 x 128 mm */
- wxPAPER_12X11, /* 12 x 11 in */
- wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4, /* Japanese Envelope You #4 */
- wxPAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED, /* Japanese Envelope You #4 Rotated */
- wxPAPER_P16K, /* PRC 16K 146 x 215 mm */
- wxPAPER_P32K, /* PRC 32K 97 x 151 mm */
- wxPAPER_P32KBIG, /* PRC 32K(Big) 97 x 151 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_1, /* PRC Envelope #1 102 x 165 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_2, /* PRC Envelope #2 102 x 176 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_3, /* PRC Envelope #3 125 x 176 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_4, /* PRC Envelope #4 110 x 208 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_5, /* PRC Envelope #5 110 x 220 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_6, /* PRC Envelope #6 120 x 230 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_7, /* PRC Envelope #7 160 x 230 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_8, /* PRC Envelope #8 120 x 309 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_9, /* PRC Envelope #9 229 x 324 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_10, /* PRC Envelope #10 324 x 458 mm */
- wxPAPER_P16K_ROTATED, /* PRC 16K Rotated */
- wxPAPER_P32K_ROTATED, /* PRC 32K Rotated */
- wxPAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED, /* PRC 32K(Big) Rotated */
- wxPAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #1 Rotated 165 x 102 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #2 Rotated 176 x 102 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #3 Rotated 176 x 125 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #4 Rotated 208 x 110 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #5 Rotated 220 x 110 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #6 Rotated 230 x 120 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #7 Rotated 230 x 160 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #8 Rotated 309 x 120 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #9 Rotated 324 x 229 mm */
- wxPAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED, /* PRC Envelope #10 Rotated 458 x 324 m */
- wxPAPER_A0, /* A0 Sheet 841 x 1189 mm */
- wxPAPER_A1 /* A1 Sheet 594 x 841 mm */
-} wxPaperSize;
-
-/* Printing orientation */
-enum wxPrintOrientation
-{
- wxPORTRAIT = 1,
- wxLANDSCAPE
-};
-
-/* Duplex printing modes
- */
-
-enum wxDuplexMode
-{
- wxDUPLEX_SIMPLEX, /* Non-duplex */
- wxDUPLEX_HORIZONTAL,
- wxDUPLEX_VERTICAL
-};
-
-/* Print quality.
- */
-
-#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_HIGH -1
-#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM -2
-#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_LOW -3
-#define wxPRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT -4
-
-typedef int wxPrintQuality;
-
-/* Print mode (currently PostScript only)
- */
-
-enum wxPrintMode
-{
- wxPRINT_MODE_NONE = 0,
- wxPRINT_MODE_PREVIEW = 1, /* Preview in external application */
- wxPRINT_MODE_FILE = 2, /* Print to file */
- wxPRINT_MODE_PRINTER = 3, /* Send to printer */
- wxPRINT_MODE_STREAM = 4 /* Send postscript data into a stream */
-};
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* UpdateWindowUI flags */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-enum wxUpdateUI
-{
- wxUPDATE_UI_NONE = 0x0000,
- wxUPDATE_UI_RECURSE = 0x0001,
- wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE = 0x0002 /* Invoked from On(Internal)Idle */
-};
-
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* wxList types */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* type of compare function for list sort operation (as in 'qsort'): it should
- return a negative value, 0 or positive value if the first element is less
- than, equal or greater than the second */
-
-typedef int (* LINKAGEMODE wxSortCompareFunction)(const void *elem1, const void *elem2);
-
-/* wxList iterator function */
-typedef int (* LINKAGEMODE wxListIterateFunction)(void *current);
-
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* miscellaneous */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* define this macro if font handling is done using the X font names */
-#if (defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXGTK20__)) || defined(__X__)
- #define _WX_X_FONTLIKE
-#endif
-
-/* macro to specify "All Files" on different platforms */
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)
-# define wxALL_FILES_PATTERN wxT("*.*")
-# define wxALL_FILES gettext_noop("All files (*.*)|*.*")
-#else
-# define wxALL_FILES_PATTERN wxT("*")
-# define wxALL_FILES gettext_noop("All files (*)|*")
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__WXMSW__)
-# if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS || defined(wxUSE_STD_STRING)
- /*
- NASTY HACK because the gethostname in sys/unistd.h which the gnu
- stl includes and wx builds with by default clash with each other
- (windows version 2nd param is int, sys/unistd.h version is unsigned
- int).
- */
-# define gethostname gethostnameHACK
-# include <unistd.h>
-# undef gethostname
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* macros that enable wxWidgets apps to be compiled in absence of the */
-/* system headers, although some platform specific types are used in the */
-/* platform specific (implementation) parts of the headers */
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifdef __DARWIN__
-#define DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CFREF( name ) typedef struct __##name* name##Ref;
-#define DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CONST_CFREF( name ) typedef const struct __##name* name##Ref;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-
-#define WX_OPAQUE_TYPE( name ) struct wxOpaque##name
-
-typedef void* WXHBITMAP;
-typedef void* WXHCURSOR;
-typedef void* WXRECTPTR;
-typedef void* WXPOINTPTR;
-typedef void* WXHWND;
-typedef void* WXEVENTREF;
-typedef void* WXEVENTHANDLERREF;
-typedef void* WXEVENTHANDLERCALLREF;
-typedef void* WXAPPLEEVENTREF;
-
-typedef unsigned int WXUINT;
-typedef unsigned long WXDWORD;
-typedef unsigned short WXWORD;
-
-typedef WX_OPAQUE_TYPE(PicHandle ) * WXHMETAFILE ;
-#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
-typedef struct OpaqueControlRef* WXWidget ;
-typedef struct OpaqueWindowPtr* WXWindow ;
-typedef struct __AGLPixelFormatRec *WXGLPixelFormat;
-typedef struct __AGLContextRec *WXGLContext;
-#endif
-
-typedef void* WXDisplay;
-
-/*
- * core frameworks
- */
-
-typedef const void * CFTypeRef;
-
-/* typedef const struct __CFString * CFStringRef; */
-
-DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CONST_CFREF( CFString )
-typedef struct __CFString * CFMutableStringRef;
-
-DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CFREF( CFRunLoopSource )
-DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CONST_CFREF( CTFont )
-DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CONST_CFREF( CTFontDescriptor )
-
-#define DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CGREF( name ) typedef struct name* name##Ref;
-
-DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CGREF( CGColor )
-DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CGREF( CGImage )
-DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CGREF( CGContext )
-DECLARE_WXOSX_OPAQUE_CGREF( CGFont )
-
-typedef CGColorRef WXCOLORREF;
-typedef CGImageRef WXCGIMAGEREF;
-typedef CGContextRef WXHDC;
-
-/*
- * carbon
- */
-
-typedef const struct __HIShape * HIShapeRef;
-typedef struct __HIShape * HIMutableShapeRef;
-
-#define DECLARE_WXMAC_OPAQUE_REF( name ) typedef struct Opaque##name* name;
-
-DECLARE_WXMAC_OPAQUE_REF( PasteboardRef )
-DECLARE_WXMAC_OPAQUE_REF( IconRef )
-DECLARE_WXMAC_OPAQUE_REF( MenuRef )
-
-typedef IconRef WXHICON ;
-typedef HIShapeRef WXHRGN;
-#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
-typedef MenuRef WXHMENU;
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined( __WXCOCOA__ ) || defined(__WXMAC__)
-
-/* Definitions of 32-bit/64-bit types
- * These are typedef'd exactly the same way in newer OS X headers so
- * redefinition when real headers are included should not be a problem. If
- * it is, the types are being defined wrongly here.
- * The purpose of these types is so they can be used from public wx headers.
- * and also because the older (pre-Leopard) headers don't define them.
- */
-
-/* NOTE: We don't pollute namespace with CGFLOAT_MIN/MAX/IS_DOUBLE macros
- * since they are unlikely to be needed in a public header.
- */
-#if defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__
- typedef double CGFloat;
-#else
- typedef float CGFloat;
-#endif
-
-#if (defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__) || (defined(NS_BUILD_32_LIKE_64) && NS_BUILD_32_LIKE_64)
-typedef long NSInteger;
-typedef unsigned long NSUInteger;
-#else
-typedef int NSInteger;
-typedef unsigned int NSUInteger;
-#endif
-
-/* Objective-C type declarations.
- * These are to be used in public headers in lieu of NSSomething* because
- * Objective-C class names are not available in C/C++ code.
- */
-
-/* NOTE: This ought to work with other compilers too, but I'm being cautious */
-#if (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE__))
-/* It's desirable to have type safety for Objective-C(++) code as it does
-at least catch typos of method names among other things. However, it
-is not possible to declare an Objective-C class from plain old C or C++
-code. Furthermore, because of C++ name mangling, the type name must
-be the same for both C++ and Objective-C++ code. Therefore, we define
-what should be a pointer to an Objective-C class as a pointer to a plain
-old C struct with the same name. Unfortunately, because the compiler
-does not see a struct as an Objective-C class we cannot declare it
-as a struct in Objective-C(++) mode.
-*/
-#if defined(__OBJC__)
-#define DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(klass) \
-@class klass; \
-typedef klass *WX_##klass
-#else /* not defined(__OBJC__) */
-#define DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(klass) \
-typedef struct klass *WX_##klass
-#endif /* defined(__OBJC__) */
-
-#else /* not Apple's gcc */
-#warning "Objective-C types will not be checked by the compiler."
-/* NOTE: typedef struct objc_object *id; */
-/* IOW, we're declaring these using the id type without using that name, */
-/* since "id" is used extensively not only within wxWidgets itself, but */
-/* also in wxWidgets application code. The following works fine when */
-/* compiling C(++) code, and works without typesafety for Obj-C(++) code */
-#define DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(klass) \
-typedef struct objc_object *WX_##klass
-
-#endif /* (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__APPLE__)) */
-
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSApplication);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSBitmapImageRep);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSBox);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSButton);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSColor);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSColorPanel);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSControl);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSCursor);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSEvent);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSFont);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSFontDescriptor);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSFontPanel);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSImage);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSLayoutManager);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMenu);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMenuExtra);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMenuItem);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSMutableArray);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSNotification);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSObject);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSPanel);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSResponder);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSScrollView);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSSound);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSStatusItem);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTableColumn);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTableView);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTextContainer);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTextField);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSTextStorage);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSThread);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSWindow);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSView);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSOpenGLContext);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSOpenGLPixelFormat);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS( NSPrintInfo );
-#ifndef __WXMAC__
-typedef WX_NSView WXWidget; /* wxWidgets BASE definition */
-#endif
-#endif /* __WXCOCOA__ || ( __WXMAC__ &__DARWIN__)*/
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSString);
-
-#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA
-
-typedef WX_NSWindow WXWindow;
-typedef WX_NSView WXWidget;
-typedef WX_NSMenu WXHMENU;
-typedef WX_NSOpenGLPixelFormat WXGLPixelFormat;
-typedef WX_NSOpenGLContext WXGLContext;
-
-#elif wxOSX_USE_IPHONE
-
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(UIWindow);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(UIView);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(UIFont);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(UIImage);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(UIEvent);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(NSSet);
-DECLARE_WXCOCOA_OBJC_CLASS(EAGLContext);
-
-typedef WX_UIWindow WXWindow;
-typedef WX_UIView WXWidget;
-typedef WX_EAGLContext WXGLContext;
-typedef WX_NSString* WXGLPixelFormat;
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __WXMAC__ */
-
-/* ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port */
-#if defined(__WIN32__)
-
-/* Stand-ins for Windows types to avoid #including all of windows.h */
-
-#ifndef NO_STRICT
- #define WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(type) typedef struct type##__ * WX##type
-#else
- #define WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(type) typedef void * WX##type
-#endif
-
-typedef void* WXHANDLE;
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HWND);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HICON);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HFONT);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HMENU);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HPEN);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HBRUSH);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HPALETTE);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HCURSOR);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HRGN);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(RECTPTR);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HACCEL);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HINSTANCE);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HBITMAP);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HIMAGELIST);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HGLOBAL);
-WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE(HDC);
-typedef WXHINSTANCE WXHMODULE;
-
-#undef WX_MSW_DECLARE_HANDLE
-
-typedef unsigned int WXUINT;
-typedef unsigned long WXDWORD;
-typedef unsigned short WXWORD;
-
-typedef unsigned long WXCOLORREF;
-typedef void * WXRGNDATA;
-typedef struct tagMSG WXMSG;
-typedef void * WXHCONV;
-typedef void * WXHKEY;
-typedef void * WXHTREEITEM;
-
-typedef void * WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT;
-typedef void * WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT;
-typedef void * WXLPCREATESTRUCT;
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-typedef WXHWND WXWidget;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WIN64__
-typedef unsigned __int64 WXWPARAM;
-typedef __int64 WXLPARAM;
-typedef __int64 WXLRESULT;
-#else
-typedef wxW64 unsigned int WXWPARAM;
-typedef wxW64 long WXLPARAM;
-typedef wxW64 long WXLRESULT;
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__GNUWIN32__) || defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
-typedef int (*WXFARPROC)();
-#else
-typedef int (__stdcall *WXFARPROC)();
-#endif
-#endif /* __WIN32__ */
-
-
-#if defined(__OS2__)
-typedef unsigned long DWORD;
-typedef unsigned short WORD;
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__)
-#ifdef __WXPM__
-/* Stand-ins for OS/2 types, to avoid #including all of os2.h */
-typedef unsigned long WXHWND;
-typedef unsigned long WXHANDLE;
-typedef unsigned long WXHICON;
-typedef unsigned long WXHFONT;
-typedef unsigned long WXHMENU;
-typedef unsigned long WXHPEN;
-typedef unsigned long WXHBRUSH;
-typedef unsigned long WXHPALETTE;
-typedef unsigned long WXHCURSOR;
-typedef unsigned long WXHRGN;
-typedef unsigned long WXHACCEL;
-typedef unsigned long WXHINSTANCE;
-typedef unsigned long WXHMODULE;
-typedef unsigned long WXHBITMAP;
-typedef unsigned long WXHDC;
-typedef unsigned int WXUINT;
-typedef unsigned long WXDWORD;
-typedef unsigned short WXWORD;
-
-typedef unsigned long WXCOLORREF;
-typedef void * WXMSG;
-typedef unsigned long WXHTREEITEM;
-
-typedef void * WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT;
-typedef void * WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT;
-typedef void * WXLPCREATESTRUCT;
-
-typedef WXHWND WXWidget;
-#endif
-#ifdef __EMX__
-/* Need a well-known type for WXFARPROC
- below. MPARAM is typedef'ed too late. */
-#define WXWPARAM void *
-#define WXLPARAM void *
-#else
-#define WXWPARAM MPARAM
-#define WXLPARAM MPARAM
-#endif
-#define RECT RECTL
-#define LOGFONT FATTRS
-#define LOWORD SHORT1FROMMP
-#define HIWORD SHORT2FROMMP
-
-typedef unsigned long WXMPARAM;
-typedef unsigned long WXMSGID;
-typedef void* WXRESULT;
-/* typedef int (*WXFARPROC)(); */
-/* some windows handles not defined by PM */
-typedef unsigned long HANDLE;
-typedef unsigned long HICON;
-typedef unsigned long HFONT;
-typedef unsigned long HMENU;
-typedef unsigned long HPEN;
-typedef unsigned long HBRUSH;
-typedef unsigned long HPALETTE;
-typedef unsigned long HCURSOR;
-typedef unsigned long HINSTANCE;
-typedef unsigned long HIMAGELIST;
-typedef unsigned long HGLOBAL;
-#endif /* WXPM || EMX */
-
-#if defined (__WXPM__)
-/* WIN32 graphics types for OS/2 GPI */
-
-/* RGB under OS2 is more like a PALETTEENTRY struct under Windows so we need a real RGB def */
-#define OS2RGB(r,g,b) ((DWORD)((unsigned char)(b) | ((unsigned char)(g) << 8)) | ((unsigned char)(r) << 16))
-
-typedef unsigned long COLORREF;
-#define GetRValue(rgb) ((unsigned char)((rgb) >> 16))
-#define GetGValue(rgb) ((unsigned char)(((unsigned short)(rgb)) >> 8))
-#define GetBValue(rgb) ((unsigned char)(rgb))
-#define PALETTEINDEX(i) ((COLORREF)(0x01000000 | (DWORD)(WORD)(i)))
-#define PALETTERGB(r,g,b) (0x02000000 | OS2RGB(r,g,b))
-/* OS2's RGB/RGB2 is backwards from this */
-typedef struct tagPALETTEENTRY
-{
- char bRed;
- char bGreen;
- char bBlue;
- char bFlags;
-} PALETTEENTRY;
-typedef struct tagLOGPALETTE
-{
- WORD palVersion;
- WORD palNumentries;
- WORD PALETTEENTRY[1];
-} LOGPALETTE;
-
-#if (defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400)) || defined (__WATCOMC__)
- /* VA 3.0 for some reason needs base data types when typedefing a proc proto??? */
-typedef void* (_System *WXFARPROC)(unsigned long, unsigned long, void*, void*);
-#else
-#if defined(__EMX__) && !defined(_System)
-#define _System
-#endif
-typedef WXRESULT (_System *WXFARPROC)(WXHWND, WXMSGID, WXWPARAM, WXLPARAM);
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __WXPM__ */
-
-
-#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
-/* Stand-ins for X/Xt/Motif types */
-typedef void* WXWindow;
-typedef void* WXWidget;
-typedef void* WXAppContext;
-typedef void* WXColormap;
-typedef void* WXColor;
-typedef void WXDisplay;
-typedef void WXEvent;
-typedef void* WXCursor;
-typedef void* WXPixmap;
-typedef void* WXFontStructPtr;
-typedef void* WXGC;
-typedef void* WXRegion;
-typedef void* WXFont;
-typedef void* WXImage;
-typedef void* WXFontList;
-typedef void* WXFontSet;
-typedef void* WXRendition;
-typedef void* WXRenderTable;
-typedef void* WXFontType; /* either a XmFontList or XmRenderTable */
-typedef void* WXString;
-
-typedef unsigned long Atom; /* this might fail on a few architectures */
-typedef long WXPixel; /* safety catch in src/motif/colour.cpp */
-
-#endif /* Motif */
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK__
-
-/* Stand-ins for GLIB types */
-typedef struct _GSList GSList;
-
-/* Stand-ins for GDK types */
-typedef struct _GdkColor GdkColor;
-typedef struct _GdkCursor GdkCursor;
-typedef struct _GdkDragContext GdkDragContext;
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__)
- typedef struct _GdkAtom* GdkAtom;
-#else
- typedef unsigned long GdkAtom;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(__WXGTK3__)
- typedef struct _GdkColormap GdkColormap;
- typedef struct _GdkFont GdkFont;
- typedef struct _GdkGC GdkGC;
- typedef struct _GdkRegion GdkRegion;
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK3__)
- typedef struct _GdkWindow GdkWindow;
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- typedef struct _GdkDrawable GdkWindow;
- typedef struct _GdkDrawable GdkPixmap;
-#else
- typedef struct _GdkWindow GdkWindow;
- typedef struct _GdkWindow GdkBitmap;
- typedef struct _GdkWindow GdkPixmap;
-#endif
-
-/* Stand-ins for GTK types */
-typedef struct _GtkWidget GtkWidget;
-typedef struct _GtkRcStyle GtkRcStyle;
-typedef struct _GtkAdjustment GtkAdjustment;
-typedef struct _GtkToolbar GtkToolbar;
-typedef struct _GtkNotebook GtkNotebook;
-typedef struct _GtkNotebookPage GtkNotebookPage;
-typedef struct _GtkAccelGroup GtkAccelGroup;
-typedef struct _GtkSelectionData GtkSelectionData;
-typedef struct _GtkTextBuffer GtkTextBuffer;
-typedef struct _GtkRange GtkRange;
-typedef struct _GtkCellRenderer GtkCellRenderer;
-
-typedef GtkWidget *WXWidget;
-
-#ifndef __WXGTK20__
-#define GTK_OBJECT_GET_CLASS(object) (GTK_OBJECT(object)->klass)
-#define GTK_CLASS_TYPE(klass) ((klass)->type)
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __WXGTK__ */
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) || (defined(__WXX11__) && wxUSE_UNICODE)
-#define wxUSE_PANGO 1
-#else
-#define wxUSE_PANGO 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_PANGO
-/* Stand-ins for Pango types */
-typedef struct _PangoContext PangoContext;
-typedef struct _PangoLayout PangoLayout;
-typedef struct _PangoFontDescription PangoFontDescription;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXDFB__
-/* DirectFB doesn't have the concept of non-TLW window, so use
- something arbitrary */
-typedef const void* WXWidget;
-#endif /* DFB */
-
-/* This is required because of clashing macros in windows.h, which may be */
-/* included before or after wxWidgets classes, and therefore must be */
-/* disabled here before any significant wxWidgets headers are included. */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
-#include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-#endif /* __WINDOWS__ */
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-
-/* include the feature test macros */
-#include "wx/features.h"
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* macros to define a class without copy ctor nor assignment operator */
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#define wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(classname) \
- private: \
- classname(const classname&); \
- classname& operator=(const classname&)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(classname, arg) \
- private: \
- classname(const classname<arg>&); \
- classname& operator=(const classname<arg>&)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS_2(classname, arg1, arg2) \
- private: \
- classname(const classname<arg1, arg2>&); \
- classname& operator=(const classname<arg1, arg2>&)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(classname) \
- private: \
- classname& operator=(const classname&)
-
-/* deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them */
-#define DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(classname) \
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(classname);
-#define DECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(classname, arg) \
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(classname, arg);
-#define DECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(classname) \
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(classname);
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-/* If a manifest is being automatically generated, add common controls 6 to it */
-/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI && \
- (!defined wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST || wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST == 0 ) && \
- ( defined _MSC_FULL_VER && _MSC_FULL_VER >= 140040130 )
-
-#define WX_CC_MANIFEST(cpu) \
- "/manifestdependency:\"type='win32' \
- name='Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls' \
- version='6.0.0.0' \
- processorArchitecture='" cpu "' \
- publicKeyToken='6595b64144ccf1df' \
- language='*'\""
-
-#if defined _M_IX86
- #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("x86"))
-#elif defined _M_X64
- #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("amd64"))
-#elif defined _M_IA64
- #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("ia64"))
-#else
- #pragma comment(linker, WX_CC_MANIFEST("*"))
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !wxUSE_NO_MANIFEST && _MSC_FULL_VER >= 140040130 */
-
-/* wxThread and wxProcess priorities */
-enum
-{
- wxPRIORITY_MIN = 0u, /* lowest possible priority */
- wxPRIORITY_DEFAULT = 50u, /* normal priority */
- wxPRIORITY_MAX = 100u /* highest possible priority */
-};
-
-#endif
- /* _WX_DEFS_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dialog.h
-// Purpose: wxDialogBase class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29.06.99
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/toplevel.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-#include "wx/sharedptr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStdDialogButtonSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBoxSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialogLayoutAdapter;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrolledWindow;
-class wxTextSizerWrapper;
-
-// Also see the bit summary table in wx/toplevel.h.
-
-#define wxDIALOG_NO_PARENT 0x00000020 // Don't make owned by apps top window
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-#define wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE (wxCAPTION | wxMAXIMIZE | wxCLOSE_BOX | wxNO_BORDER)
-#else
-#define wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE (wxCAPTION | wxSYSTEM_MENU | wxCLOSE_BOX)
-#endif
-
-// Layout adaptation levels, for SetLayoutAdaptationLevel
-
-// Don't do any layout adaptation
-#define wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_NONE 0
-
-// Only look for wxStdDialogButtonSizer for non-scrolling part
-#define wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_STANDARD_SIZER 1
-
-// Also look for any suitable sizer for non-scrolling part
-#define wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_ANY_SIZER 2
-
-// Also look for 'loose' standard buttons for non-scrolling part
-#define wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_LOOSE_BUTTONS 3
-
-// Layout adaptation mode, for SetLayoutAdaptationMode
-enum wxDialogLayoutAdaptationMode
-{
- wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_MODE_DEFAULT = 0, // use global adaptation enabled status
- wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_MODE_ENABLED = 1, // enable this dialog overriding global status
- wxDIALOG_ADAPTATION_MODE_DISABLED = 2 // disable this dialog overriding global status
-};
-
-enum wxDialogModality
-{
- wxDIALOG_MODALITY_NONE = 0,
- wxDIALOG_MODALITY_WINDOW_MODAL = 1,
- wxDIALOG_MODALITY_APP_MODAL = 2
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDialogNameStr[];
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialogBase : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxTopLevelWindow>
-{
-public:
- wxDialogBase();
- virtual ~wxDialogBase() { }
-
- // define public wxDialog methods to be implemented by the derived classes
- virtual int ShowModal() = 0;
- virtual void EndModal(int retCode) = 0;
- virtual bool IsModal() const = 0;
- // show the dialog frame-modally (needs a parent), using app-modal
- // dialogs on platforms that don't support it
- virtual void ShowWindowModal () ;
- virtual void SendWindowModalDialogEvent ( wxEventType type );
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
- template<typename Functor>
- void ShowWindowModalThenDo(const Functor& onEndModal);
-#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-
- // Modal dialogs have a return code - usually the id of the last
- // pressed button
- void SetReturnCode(int returnCode) { m_returnCode = returnCode; }
- int GetReturnCode() const { return m_returnCode; }
-
- // Set the identifier for the affirmative button: this button will close
- // the dialog after validating data and calling TransferDataFromWindow()
- void SetAffirmativeId(int affirmativeId);
- int GetAffirmativeId() const { return m_affirmativeId; }
-
- // Set identifier for Esc key translation: the button with this id will
- // close the dialog without doing anything else; special value wxID_NONE
- // means to not handle Esc at all while wxID_ANY means to map Esc to
- // wxID_CANCEL if present and GetAffirmativeId() otherwise
- void SetEscapeId(int escapeId);
- int GetEscapeId() const { return m_escapeId; }
-
- // Find the parent to use for modal dialog: try to use the specified parent
- // but fall back to the current active window or main application window as
- // last resort if it is unsuitable.
- //
- // As this function is often called from the ctor, the window style may be
- // not set yet and hence must be passed explicitly to it so that we could
- // check whether it contains wxDIALOG_NO_PARENT bit.
- //
- // This function always returns a valid top level window or NULL.
- wxWindow *GetParentForModalDialog(wxWindow *parent, long style) const;
-
- // This overload can only be used for already initialized windows, i.e. not
- // from the ctor. It uses the current window parent and style.
- wxWindow *GetParentForModalDialog() const
- {
- return GetParentForModalDialog(GetParent(), GetWindowStyle());
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_STATTEXT // && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
- // splits text up at newlines and places the lines into a vertical
- // wxBoxSizer
- wxSizer *CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message );
-
- // same as above but uses a customized wxTextSizerWrapper to create
- // non-standard controls for the lines
- wxSizer *CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message,
- wxTextSizerWrapper& wrapper );
-#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT // && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
- // returns a horizontal wxBoxSizer containing the given buttons
- //
- // notice that the returned sizer can be NULL if no buttons are put in the
- // sizer (this mostly happens under smart phones and other atypical
- // platforms which have hardware buttons replacing OK/Cancel and such)
- wxSizer *CreateButtonSizer(long flags);
-
- // returns a sizer containing the given one and a static line separating it
- // from the preceding elements if it's appropriate for the current platform
- wxSizer *CreateSeparatedSizer(wxSizer *sizer);
-
- // returns the sizer containing CreateButtonSizer() below a separating
- // static line for the platforms which use static lines for items
- // separation (i.e. not Mac)
- //
- // this is just a combination of CreateButtonSizer() and
- // CreateSeparatedSizer()
- wxSizer *CreateSeparatedButtonSizer(long flags);
-
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
- wxStdDialogButtonSizer *CreateStdDialogButtonSizer( long flags );
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-
- // Do layout adaptation
- virtual bool DoLayoutAdaptation();
-
- // Can we do layout adaptation?
- virtual bool CanDoLayoutAdaptation();
-
- // Returns a content window if there is one. This can be used by the layout adapter, for
- // example to make the pages of a book control into scrolling windows
- virtual wxWindow* GetContentWindow() const { return NULL; }
-
- // Add an id to the list of main button identifiers that should be in the button sizer
- void AddMainButtonId(wxWindowID id) { m_mainButtonIds.Add((int) id); }
- wxArrayInt& GetMainButtonIds() { return m_mainButtonIds; }
-
- // Is this id in the main button id array?
- bool IsMainButtonId(wxWindowID id) const { return (m_mainButtonIds.Index((int) id) != wxNOT_FOUND); }
-
- // Level of adaptation, from none (Level 0) to full (Level 3). To disable adaptation,
- // set level 0, for example in your dialog constructor. You might
- // do this if you know that you are displaying on a large screen and you don't want the
- // dialog changed.
- void SetLayoutAdaptationLevel(int level) { m_layoutAdaptationLevel = level; }
- int GetLayoutAdaptationLevel() const { return m_layoutAdaptationLevel; }
-
- /// Override global adaptation enabled/disabled status
- void SetLayoutAdaptationMode(wxDialogLayoutAdaptationMode mode) { m_layoutAdaptationMode = mode; }
- wxDialogLayoutAdaptationMode GetLayoutAdaptationMode() const { return m_layoutAdaptationMode; }
-
- // Returns true if the adaptation has been done
- void SetLayoutAdaptationDone(bool adaptationDone) { m_layoutAdaptationDone = adaptationDone; }
- bool GetLayoutAdaptationDone() const { return m_layoutAdaptationDone; }
-
- // Set layout adapter class, returning old adapter
- static wxDialogLayoutAdapter* SetLayoutAdapter(wxDialogLayoutAdapter* adapter);
- static wxDialogLayoutAdapter* GetLayoutAdapter() { return sm_layoutAdapter; }
-
- // Global switch for layout adaptation
- static bool IsLayoutAdaptationEnabled() { return sm_layoutAdaptation; }
- static void EnableLayoutAdaptation(bool enable) { sm_layoutAdaptation = enable; }
-
- // modality kind
- virtual wxDialogModality GetModality() const;
-protected:
- // emulate click of a button with the given id if it's present in the dialog
- //
- // return true if button was "clicked" or false if we don't have it
- bool EmulateButtonClickIfPresent(int id);
-
- // this function is used by OnCharHook() to decide whether the given key
- // should close the dialog
- //
- // for most platforms the default implementation (which just checks for
- // Esc) is sufficient, but Mac port also adds Cmd-. here and other ports
- // could do something different if needed
- virtual bool IsEscapeKey(const wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // end either modal or modeless dialog, for the modal dialog rc is used as
- // the dialog return code
- void EndDialog(int rc);
-
- // call Validate() and TransferDataFromWindow() and close dialog with
- // wxID_OK return code
- void AcceptAndClose();
-
- // The return code from modal dialog
- int m_returnCode;
-
- // The identifier for the affirmative button (usually wxID_OK)
- int m_affirmativeId;
-
- // The identifier for cancel button (usually wxID_CANCEL)
- int m_escapeId;
-
- // Flags whether layout adaptation has been done for this dialog
- bool m_layoutAdaptationDone;
-
- // Extra button identifiers to be taken as 'main' button identifiers
- // to be placed in the non-scrolling area
- wxArrayInt m_mainButtonIds;
-
- // Adaptation level
- int m_layoutAdaptationLevel;
-
- // Local override for global adaptation enabled status
- wxDialogLayoutAdaptationMode m_layoutAdaptationMode;
-
- // Global layout adapter
- static wxDialogLayoutAdapter* sm_layoutAdapter;
-
- // Global adaptation switch
- static bool sm_layoutAdaptation;
-
-private:
- // helper of GetParentForModalDialog(): returns the passed in window if it
- // can be used as our parent or NULL if it can't
- wxWindow *CheckIfCanBeUsedAsParent(wxWindow *parent) const;
-
- // Helper of OnCharHook() and OnCloseWindow(): find the appropriate button
- // for closing the dialog and send a click event for it.
- //
- // Return true if we found a button to close the dialog and "clicked" it or
- // false otherwise.
- bool SendCloseButtonClickEvent();
-
- // handle Esc key presses
- void OnCharHook(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // handle closing the dialog window
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
- // handle the standard buttons
- void OnButton(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- // update the background colour
- void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDialogBase);
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-/*!
- * Base class for layout adapters - code that, for example, turns a dialog into a
- * scrolling dialog if there isn't enough screen space. You can derive further
- * adapter classes to do any other kind of adaptation, such as applying a watermark, or adding
- * a help mechanism.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialogLayoutAdapter: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxDialogLayoutAdapter)
-public:
- wxDialogLayoutAdapter() {}
-
- // Override this function to indicate that adaptation should be done
- virtual bool CanDoLayoutAdaptation(wxDialog* dialog) = 0;
-
- // Override this function to do the adaptation
- virtual bool DoLayoutAdaptation(wxDialog* dialog) = 0;
-};
-
-/*!
- * Standard adapter. Does scrolling adaptation for paged and regular dialogs.
- *
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter: public wxDialogLayoutAdapter
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter)
-public:
- wxStandardDialogLayoutAdapter() {}
-
-// Overrides
-
- // Indicate that adaptation should be done
- virtual bool CanDoLayoutAdaptation(wxDialog* dialog);
-
- // Do layout adaptation
- virtual bool DoLayoutAdaptation(wxDialog* dialog);
-
-// Implementation
-
- // Create the scrolled window
- virtual wxScrolledWindow* CreateScrolledWindow(wxWindow* parent);
-
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
- // Find a standard or horizontal box sizer
- virtual wxSizer* FindButtonSizer(bool stdButtonSizer, wxDialog* dialog, wxSizer* sizer, int& retBorder, int accumlatedBorder = 0);
-
- // Check if this sizer contains standard buttons, and so can be repositioned in the dialog
- virtual bool IsOrdinaryButtonSizer(wxDialog* dialog, wxBoxSizer* sizer);
-
- // Check if this is a standard button
- virtual bool IsStandardButton(wxDialog* dialog, wxButton* button);
-
- // Find 'loose' main buttons in the existing layout and add them to the standard dialog sizer
- virtual bool FindLooseButtons(wxDialog* dialog, wxStdDialogButtonSizer* buttonSizer, wxSizer* sizer, int& count);
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-
- // Reparent the controls to the scrolled window, except those in buttonSizer
- virtual void ReparentControls(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* reparentTo, wxSizer* buttonSizer = NULL);
- static void DoReparentControls(wxWindow* parent, wxWindow* reparentTo, wxSizer* buttonSizer = NULL);
-
- // A function to fit the dialog around its contents, and then adjust for screen size.
- // If scrolled windows are passed, scrolling is enabled in the required orientation(s).
- virtual bool FitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow);
- virtual bool FitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxWindowList& windows);
- static bool DoFitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxScrolledWindow* scrolledWindow);
- static bool DoFitWithScrolling(wxDialog* dialog, wxWindowList& windows);
-
- // Find whether scrolling will be necessary for the dialog, returning wxVERTICAL, wxHORIZONTAL or both
- virtual int MustScroll(wxDialog* dialog, wxSize& windowSize, wxSize& displaySize);
- static int DoMustScroll(wxDialog* dialog, wxSize& windowSize, wxSize& displaySize);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
- #include "wx/univ/dialog.h"
-#else
- #if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/dialog.h"
- #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/dialog.h"
- #elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/dialog.h"
- #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/dialog.h"
- #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/dialog.h"
- #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/dialog.h"
- #elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/dialog.h"
- #endif
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowModalDialogEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxWindowModalDialogEvent (wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0)
- : wxCommandEvent(commandType, id) { }
-
- wxDialog *GetDialog() const
- { return wxStaticCast(GetEventObject(), wxDialog); }
-
- int GetReturnCode() const
- { return GetDialog()->GetReturnCode(); }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxWindowModalDialogEvent (*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWindowModalDialogEvent )
-};
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_WINDOW_MODAL_DIALOG_CLOSED , wxWindowModalDialogEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWindowModalDialogEventFunction)(wxWindowModalDialogEvent &);
-
-#define wxWindowModalDialogEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxWindowModalDialogEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_WINDOW_MODAL_DIALOG_CLOSED(winid, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_WINDOW_MODAL_DIALOG_CLOSED, winid, wxWindowModalDialogEventHandler(func))
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-template<typename Functor>
-class wxWindowModalDialogEventFunctor
-{
-public:
- wxWindowModalDialogEventFunctor(const Functor& f)
- : m_f(new Functor(f))
- {}
-
- void operator()(wxWindowModalDialogEvent& event)
- {
- if ( m_f )
- {
- // We only want to call this handler once. Also, by deleting
- // the functor here, its data (such as wxWindowPtr pointing to
- // the dialog) are freed immediately after exiting this operator().
- wxSharedPtr<Functor> functor(m_f);
- m_f.reset();
-
- (*functor)(event.GetReturnCode());
- }
- else // was already called once
- {
- event.Skip();
- }
- }
-
-private:
- wxSharedPtr<Functor> m_f;
-};
-
-template<typename Functor>
-void wxDialogBase::ShowWindowModalThenDo(const Functor& onEndModal)
-{
- Bind(wxEVT_WINDOW_MODAL_DIALOG_CLOSED,
- wxWindowModalDialogEventFunctor<Functor>(onEndModal));
- ShowWindowModal();
-}
-#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DIALOG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dialup.h
-// Purpose: Network related wxWidgets classes and functions
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07.07.99
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIALUP_H
-#define _WX_DIALUP_H
-
-#if wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// misc
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-
-#define WXDIALUP_MANAGER_DEFAULT_BEACONHOST wxT("www.yahoo.com")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A class which groups functions dealing with connecting to the network from a
-// workstation using dial-up access to the net. There is at most one instance
-// of this class in the program accessed via GetDialUpManager().
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* TODO
- *
- * 1. more configurability for Unix: i.e. how to initiate the connection, how
- * to check for online status, &c.
- * 2. a function to enumerate all connections (ISPs) and show a dialog in
- * Dial() allowing to choose between them if no ISP given
- * 3. add an async version of dialing functions which notify the caller about
- * the progress (or may be even start another thread to monitor it)
- * 4. the static creation/accessor functions are not MT-safe - but is this
- * really crucial? I think we may suppose they're always called from the
- * main thread?
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialUpManager
-{
-public:
- // this function should create and return the object of the
- // platform-specific class derived from wxDialUpManager. It's implemented
- // in the platform-specific source files.
- static wxDialUpManager *Create();
-
- // could the dialup manager be initialized correctly? If this function
- // returns false, no other functions will work neither, so it's a good idea
- // to call this function and check its result before calling any other
- // wxDialUpManager methods
- virtual bool IsOk() const = 0;
-
- // virtual dtor for any base class
- virtual ~wxDialUpManager() { }
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- // fills the array with the names of all possible values for the first
- // parameter to Dial() on this machine and returns their number (may be 0)
- virtual size_t GetISPNames(wxArrayString& names) const = 0;
-
- // dial the given ISP, use username and password to authentificate
- //
- // if no nameOfISP is given, the function will select the default one
- //
- // if no username/password are given, the function will try to do without
- // them, but will ask the user if really needed
- //
- // if async parameter is false, the function waits until the end of dialing
- // and returns true upon successful completion.
- // if async is true, the function only initiates the connection and returns
- // immediately - the result is reported via events (an event is sent
- // anyhow, but if dialing failed it will be a DISCONNECTED one)
- virtual bool Dial(const wxString& nameOfISP = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& username = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& password = wxEmptyString,
- bool async = true) = 0;
-
- // returns true if (async) dialing is in progress
- virtual bool IsDialing() const = 0;
-
- // cancel dialing the number initiated with Dial(async = true)
- // NB: this won't result in DISCONNECTED event being sent
- virtual bool CancelDialing() = 0;
-
- // hang up the currently active dial up connection
- virtual bool HangUp() = 0;
-
- // online status
- // -------------
-
- // returns true if the computer has a permanent network connection (i.e. is
- // on a LAN) and so there is no need to use Dial() function to go online
- //
- // NB: this functions tries to guess the result and it is not always
- // guaranteed to be correct, so it's better to ask user for
- // confirmation or give him a possibility to override it
- virtual bool IsAlwaysOnline() const = 0;
-
- // returns true if the computer is connected to the network: under Windows,
- // this just means that a RAS connection exists, under Unix we check that
- // the "well-known host" (as specified by SetWellKnownHost) is reachable
- virtual bool IsOnline() const = 0;
-
- // sometimes the built-in logic for determining the online status may fail,
- // so, in general, the user should be allowed to override it. This function
- // allows to forcefully set the online status - whatever our internal
- // algorithm may think about it.
- virtual void SetOnlineStatus(bool isOnline = true) = 0;
-
- // set misc wxDialUpManager options
- // --------------------------------
-
- // enable automatical checks for the connection status and sending of
- // wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED/wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED events. The interval
- // parameter is only for Unix where we do the check manually: under
- // Windows, the notification about the change of connection status is
- // instantenous.
- //
- // Returns false if couldn't set up automatic check for online status.
- virtual bool EnableAutoCheckOnlineStatus(size_t nSeconds = 60) = 0;
-
- // disable automatic check for connection status change - notice that the
- // wxEVT_DIALUP_XXX events won't be sent any more neither.
- virtual void DisableAutoCheckOnlineStatus() = 0;
-
- // additional Unix-only configuration
- // ----------------------------------
-
- // under Unix, the value of well-known host is used to check whether we're
- // connected to the internet. It's unused under Windows, but this function
- // is always safe to call. The default value is www.yahoo.com.
- virtual void SetWellKnownHost(const wxString& hostname,
- int portno = 80) = 0;
-
- // Sets the commands to start up the network and to hang up again. Used by
- // the Unix implementations only.
- virtual void
- SetConnectCommand(const wxString& commandDial = wxT("/usr/bin/pon"),
- const wxString& commandHangup = wxT("/usr/bin/poff")) = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDialUpManager events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialUpEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, wxDialUpEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, wxDialUpEvent );
-
-// the event class for the dialup events
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialUpEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxDialUpEvent(bool isConnected, bool isOwnEvent) : wxEvent(isOwnEvent)
- {
- SetEventType(isConnected ? wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED
- : wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED);
- }
-
- // is this a CONNECTED or DISCONNECTED event?
- bool IsConnectedEvent() const
- { return GetEventType() == wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED; }
-
- // does this event come from wxDialUpManager::Dial() or from some external
- // process (i.e. does it result from our own attempt to establish the
- // connection)?
- bool IsOwnEvent() const { return m_id != 0; }
-
- // implement the base class pure virtual
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDialUpEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxDialUpEvent);
-};
-
-// the type of dialup event handler function
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDialUpEventFunction)(wxDialUpEvent&);
-
-#define wxDialUpEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxDialUpEventFunction, func)
-
-// macros to catch dialup events
-#define EVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, wxDialUpEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, wxDialUpEventHandler(func))
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
-
-#endif // _WX_DIALUP_H
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dir.h
-// Purpose: wxDir is a class for enumerating the files in a directory
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 08.12.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIR_H_
-#define _WX_DIR_H_
-
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/filefn.h" // for wxS_DIR_DEFAULT
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// These flags affect the behaviour of GetFirst/GetNext() and Traverse().
-// They define what types are included in the list of items they produce.
-// Note that wxDIR_NO_FOLLOW is relevant only on Unix and ignored under systems
-// not supporting symbolic links.
-enum wxDirFlags
-{
- wxDIR_FILES = 0x0001, // include files
- wxDIR_DIRS = 0x0002, // include directories
- wxDIR_HIDDEN = 0x0004, // include hidden files
- wxDIR_DOTDOT = 0x0008, // include '.' and '..'
- wxDIR_NO_FOLLOW = 0x0010, // don't dereference any symlink
-
- // by default, enumerate everything except '.' and '..'
- wxDIR_DEFAULT = wxDIR_FILES | wxDIR_DIRS | wxDIR_HIDDEN
-};
-
-// these constants are possible return value of wxDirTraverser::OnDir()
-enum wxDirTraverseResult
-{
- wxDIR_IGNORE = -1, // ignore this directory but continue with others
- wxDIR_STOP, // stop traversing
- wxDIR_CONTINUE // continue into this directory
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDirTraverser: helper class for wxDir::Traverse()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDirTraverser
-{
-public:
- /// a virtual dtor has been provided since this class has virtual members
- virtual ~wxDirTraverser() { }
- // called for each file found by wxDir::Traverse()
- //
- // return wxDIR_STOP or wxDIR_CONTINUE from here (wxDIR_IGNORE doesn't
- // make sense)
- virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnFile(const wxString& filename) = 0;
-
- // called for each directory found by wxDir::Traverse()
- //
- // return one of the enum elements defined above
- virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnDir(const wxString& dirname) = 0;
-
- // called for each directory which we couldn't open during our traversal
- // of the directory tree
- //
- // this method can also return either wxDIR_STOP, wxDIR_IGNORE or
- // wxDIR_CONTINUE but the latter is treated specially: it means to retry
- // opening the directory and so may lead to infinite loop if it is
- // returned unconditionally, be careful with this!
- //
- // the base class version always returns wxDIR_IGNORE
- virtual wxDirTraverseResult OnOpenError(const wxString& dirname);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDir: portable equivalent of {open/read/close}dir functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDirData;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDir
-{
-public:
-
- // ctors
- // -----
-
- // default, use Open()
- wxDir() { m_data = NULL; }
-
- // opens the directory for enumeration, use IsOpened() to test success
- wxDir(const wxString& dir);
-
- // dtor calls Close() automatically
- ~wxDir() { Close(); }
-
- // open the directory for enumerating
- bool Open(const wxString& dir);
-
- // close the directory, Open() can be called again later
- void Close();
-
- // returns true if the directory was successfully opened
- bool IsOpened() const;
-
- // get the full name of the directory (without '/' at the end)
- wxString GetName() const;
-
- // Same as GetName() but does include the trailing separator, unless the
- // string is empty (only for invalid directories).
- wxString GetNameWithSep() const;
-
-
- // file enumeration routines
- // -------------------------
-
- // start enumerating all files matching filespec (or all files if it is
- // empty) and flags, return true on success
- bool GetFirst(wxString *filename,
- const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString,
- int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const;
-
- // get next file in the enumeration started with GetFirst()
- bool GetNext(wxString *filename) const;
-
- // return true if this directory has any files in it
- bool HasFiles(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString) const;
-
- // return true if this directory has any subdirectories
- bool HasSubDirs(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString) const;
-
- // enumerate all files in this directory and its subdirectories
- //
- // return the number of files found
- size_t Traverse(wxDirTraverser& sink,
- const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString,
- int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const;
-
- // simplest version of Traverse(): get the names of all files under this
- // directory into filenames array, return the number of files
- static size_t GetAllFiles(const wxString& dirname,
- wxArrayString *files,
- const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString,
- int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT);
-
- // check if there any files matching the given filespec under the given
- // directory (i.e. searches recursively), return the file path if found or
- // empty string otherwise
- static wxString FindFirst(const wxString& dirname,
- const wxString& filespec,
- int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT);
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- // returns the size of all directories recursively found in given path
- static wxULongLong GetTotalSize(const wxString &dir, wxArrayString *filesSkipped = NULL);
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-
- // static utilities for directory management
- // (alias to wxFileName's functions for dirs)
- // -----------------------------------------
-
- // test for existence of a directory with the given name
- static bool Exists(const wxString& dir);
-
- static bool Make(const wxString &dir, int perm = wxS_DIR_DEFAULT,
- int flags = 0);
-
- static bool Remove(const wxString &dir, int flags = 0);
-
-
-private:
- friend class wxDirData;
-
- wxDirData *m_data;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDir);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_DIR_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dirctrl.h
-// Purpose: Directory control base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/dirctrlg.h"
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DIRCTRL_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dirdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxDirDialog base class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_DIRDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirDialogNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirSelectorPromptStr[];
-
-#define wxDD_CHANGE_DIR 0x0100
-#define wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST 0x0200
-
-// deprecated, on by default now, use wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST to disable it
-#define wxDD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON 0
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
- #define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE
-#else
- #define wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxRESIZE_BORDER)
-#endif
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDirDialogBase
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirDialogBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxDirDialogBase() {}
- wxDirDialogBase(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& title = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString,
- long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, title, defaultPath, style, pos, sz, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxDirDialogBase() {}
-
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& title = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString,
- long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr)
- {
- if (!wxDialog::Create(parent, wxID_ANY, title, pos, sz, style, name))
- return false;
- m_path = defaultPath;
- m_message = title;
- return true;
- }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- wxDEPRECATED( long GetStyle() const );
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetStyle(long style) );
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; }
- virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path) { m_path = path; }
-
- virtual wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
- virtual wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; }
-
-protected:
- wxString m_message;
- wxString m_path;
-};
-
-
-// Universal and non-port related switches with need for generic implementation
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
- #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && (!wxUSE_OLE || \
- (defined (__GNUWIN32__) && !wxUSE_NORLANDER_HEADERS))
- #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
- #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__HANDHELDPC__)
- #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" // MS PocketPC or MS Smartphone
- #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/dirdlg.h" // Native MSW
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/dirdlg.h" // Native GTK for gtk2.4
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h"
- #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/dirdlg.h" // Native Mac
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/dirdlg.h" // Native Cocoa
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \
- defined(__WXX11__) || \
- defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \
- defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/generic/dirdlgg.h" // Other ports use generic implementation
- #define wxDirDialog wxGenericDirDialog
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common ::wxDirSelector() function
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString
-wxDirSelector(const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString,
- long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DIRDLG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/display.h
-// Purpose: wxDisplay class
-// Author: Royce Mitchell III, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 06/21/02
-// Copyright: (c) 2002-2006 wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_
-
-// NB: no #if wxUSE_DISPLAY here, the display geometry part of this class (but
-// not the video mode stuff) is always available but if wxUSE_DISPLAY == 0
-// it becomes just a trivial wrapper around the old wxDisplayXXX() functions
-
-#if wxUSE_DISPLAY
- #include "wx/dynarray.h"
- #include "wx/vidmode.h"
-
- WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxVideoMode, wxArrayVideoModes);
-
- // default, uninitialized, video mode object
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxVideoMode) wxDefaultVideoMode;
-#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPoint;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRect;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDisplayFactory;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDisplayImpl;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDisplay: represents a display/monitor attached to the system
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplay
-{
-public:
- // initialize the object containing all information about the given
- // display
- //
- // the displays are numbered from 0 to GetCount() - 1, 0 is always the
- // primary display and the only one which is always supported
- wxDisplay(unsigned n = 0);
-
- // dtor is not virtual as this is a concrete class not meant to be derived
- // from
- ~wxDisplay();
-
-
- // return the number of available displays, valid parameters to
- // wxDisplay ctor are from 0 up to this number
- static unsigned GetCount();
-
- // find the display where the given point lies, return wxNOT_FOUND if
- // it doesn't belong to any display
- static int GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-
- // find the display where the given window lies, return wxNOT_FOUND if it
- // is not shown at all
- static int GetFromWindow(const wxWindow *window);
-
-
- // return true if the object was initialized successfully
- bool IsOk() const { return m_impl != NULL; }
-
- // get the full display size
- wxRect GetGeometry() const;
-
- // get the client area of the display, i.e. without taskbars and such
- wxRect GetClientArea() const;
-
- // name may be empty
- wxString GetName() const;
-
- // display 0 is usually the primary display
- bool IsPrimary() const;
-
-
-#if wxUSE_DISPLAY
- // enumerate all video modes supported by this display matching the given
- // one (in the sense of wxVideoMode::Match())
- //
- // as any mode matches the default value of the argument and there is
- // always at least one video mode supported by display, the returned array
- // is only empty for the default value of the argument if this function is
- // not supported at all on this platform
- wxArrayVideoModes
- GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode) const;
-
- // get current video mode
- wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const;
-
- // change current mode, return true if succeeded, false otherwise
- //
- // for the default value of the argument restores the video mode to default
- bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode = wxDefaultVideoMode);
-
- // restore the default video mode (just a more readable synonym)
- void ResetMode() { (void)ChangeMode(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY
-
-private:
- // returns the factory used to implement our static methods and create new
- // displays
- static wxDisplayFactory& Factory();
-
- // creates the factory object, called by Factory() when it is called for
- // the first time and should return a pointer allocated with new (the
- // caller will delete it)
- //
- // this method must be implemented in platform-specific code if
- // wxUSE_DISPLAY == 1 (if it is 0 we provide the stub in common code)
- static wxDisplayFactory *CreateFactory();
-
-
- // the real implementation
- wxDisplayImpl *m_impl;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplay);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_DISPLAY_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/display_impl.h
-// Purpose: wxDisplayImpl class declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2006-03-15
-// Copyright: (c) 2002-2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DISPLAY_IMPL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DISPLAY_IMPL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxRect
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDisplayFactory: allows to create wxDisplay objects
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayFactory
-{
-public:
- wxDisplayFactory() { }
- virtual ~wxDisplayFactory() { }
-
- // create a new display object
- //
- // it can return a NULL pointer if the display creation failed
- virtual wxDisplayImpl *CreateDisplay(unsigned n) = 0;
-
- // get the total number of displays
- virtual unsigned GetCount() = 0;
-
- // return the display for the given point or wxNOT_FOUND
- virtual int GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt) = 0;
-
- // return the display for the given window or wxNOT_FOUND
- //
- // the window pointer must not be NULL (i.e. caller should check it)
- virtual int GetFromWindow(const wxWindow *window);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDisplayImpl: base class for all wxDisplay implementations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayImpl
-{
-public:
- // virtual dtor for this base class
- virtual ~wxDisplayImpl() { }
-
-
- // return the full area of this display
- virtual wxRect GetGeometry() const = 0;
-
- // return the area of the display available for normal windows
- virtual wxRect GetClientArea() const { return GetGeometry(); }
-
- // return the name (may be empty)
- virtual wxString GetName() const = 0;
-
- // return the index of this display
- unsigned GetIndex() const { return m_index; }
-
- // return true if this is the primary monitor (usually one with index 0)
- virtual bool IsPrimary() const { return GetIndex() == 0; }
-
-
-#if wxUSE_DISPLAY
- // implements wxDisplay::GetModes()
- virtual wxArrayVideoModes GetModes(const wxVideoMode& mode) const = 0;
-
- // get current video mode
- virtual wxVideoMode GetCurrentMode() const = 0;
-
- // change current mode, return true if succeeded, false otherwise
- virtual bool ChangeMode(const wxVideoMode& mode) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_DISPLAY
-
-protected:
- // create the object providing access to the display with the given index
- wxDisplayImpl(unsigned n) : m_index(n) { }
-
-
- // the index of this display (0 is always the primary one)
- const unsigned m_index;
-
-
- friend class wxDisplayFactory;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDisplayImpl);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDisplayFactorySingle
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this is a stub implementation using single/main display only, it is
-// available even if wxUSE_DISPLAY == 0
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayFactorySingle : public wxDisplayFactory
-{
-public:
- virtual wxDisplayImpl *CreateDisplay(unsigned n);
- virtual unsigned GetCount() { return 1; }
- virtual int GetFromPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_DISPLAY_IMPL_H_BASE_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Name: wx/dlimpexp.h
- * Purpose: Macros for declaring DLL-imported/exported functions
- * Author: Vadim Zeitlin
- * Modified by:
- * Created: 16.10.2003 (extracted from wx/defs.h)
- * Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
- * Licence: wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/*
- This is a C file, not C++ one, do not use C++ comments here!
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_DLIMPEXP_H_
-#define _WX_DLIMPEXP_H_
-
-#if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY)
-# define WXEXPORT __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
-# define WXIMPORT __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
-#elif defined(__WINDOWS__)
- /*
- __declspec works in BC++ 5 and later, Watcom C++ 11.0 and later as well
- as VC++.
- */
-# if defined(__VISUALC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
-# define WXEXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
-# define WXIMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
- /*
- While gcc also supports __declspec(dllexport), it creates unusably huge
- DLL files since gcc 4.5 (while taking horribly long amounts of time),
- see http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43601. Because of this
- we rely on binutils auto export/import support which seems to work
- quite well for 4.5+.
- */
-# elif defined(__GNUC__) && !wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(4, 5)
- /*
- __declspec could be used here too but let's use the native
- __attribute__ instead for clarity.
- */
-# define WXEXPORT __attribute__((dllexport))
-# define WXIMPORT __attribute__((dllimport))
-# endif
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-# if defined (__WATCOMC__)
-# define WXEXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
- /*
- __declspec(dllimport) prepends __imp to imported symbols. We do NOT
- want that!
- */
-# define WXIMPORT
-# elif defined(__EMX__)
-# define WXEXPORT
-# define WXIMPORT
-# elif (!(defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400 || __IBMC__ < 400 )))
-# define WXEXPORT _Export
-# define WXIMPORT _Export
-# endif
-#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
-# define WXEXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
-# define WXIMPORT __declspec(dllimport)
-#endif
-
-/* for other platforms/compilers we don't anything */
-#ifndef WXEXPORT
-# define WXEXPORT
-# define WXIMPORT
-#endif
-
-/*
- We support building wxWidgets as a set of several libraries but we don't
- support arbitrary combinations of libs/DLLs: either we build all of them as
- DLLs (in which case WXMAKINGDLL is defined) or none (it isn't).
-
- However we have a problem because we need separate WXDLLIMPEXP versions for
- different libraries as, for example, wxString class should be dllexported
- when compiled in wxBase and dllimported otherwise, so we do define separate
- WXMAKING/USINGDLL_XYZ constants for each component XYZ.
- */
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL
-# if wxUSE_BASE
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_BASE
-# endif
-
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_NET
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_CORE
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_ADV
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_QA
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_HTML
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_GL
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_XML
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_XRC
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_AUI
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_PROPGRID
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_RIBBON
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_RICHTEXT
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_MEDIA
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_STC
-# define WXMAKINGDLL_WEBVIEW
-#endif /* WXMAKINGDLL */
-
-/*
- WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE maps to export declaration when building the DLL, to import
- declaration if using it or to nothing at all if we don't use wxWin as DLL
- */
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_BASE
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE WXEXPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(type) WXEXPORT type
-# if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE WXEXPORT
-# else
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE
-# endif
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE WXIMPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(type) WXIMPORT type
-# if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE WXIMPORT
-# else
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE
-# endif
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(type) type
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_NET
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_NET WXEXPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_NET(type) WXEXPORT type
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_NET WXIMPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_NET(type) WXIMPORT type
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_NET
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_NET(type) type
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_CORE
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE WXEXPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(type) WXEXPORT type
-# if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE WXEXPORT
-# else
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE
-# endif
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE WXIMPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(type) WXIMPORT type
-# if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE WXIMPORT
-# else
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE
-# endif
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(type) type
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_ADV
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV WXEXPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(type) WXEXPORT type
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV WXIMPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(type) WXIMPORT type
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(type) type
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_QA
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_QA WXEXPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_QA(type) WXEXPORT type
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_QA WXIMPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_QA(type) WXIMPORT type
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_QA
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_QA(type) type
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_HTML
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML WXEXPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(type) WXEXPORT type
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML WXIMPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(type) WXIMPORT type
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(type) type
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_GL
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXEXPORT
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_GL WXIMPORT
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_GL
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_XML
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML WXEXPORT
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML WXIMPORT
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_XRC
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC WXEXPORT
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC WXIMPORT
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_AUI
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI WXEXPORT
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI WXIMPORT
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_PROPGRID
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID WXEXPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_PROPGRID(type) WXEXPORT type
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID WXIMPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_PROPGRID(type) WXIMPORT type
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_PROPGRID(type) type
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_RIBBON
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON WXEXPORT
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON WXIMPORT
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_RICHTEXT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT WXEXPORT
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT WXIMPORT
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_MEDIA
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA WXEXPORT
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA WXIMPORT
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_STC
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_STC WXEXPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_STC(type) WXEXPORT type
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_STC WXIMPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_STC(type) WXIMPORT type
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_STC
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_STC(type) type
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_WEBVIEW
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW WXEXPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_WEBVIEW(type) WXEXPORT type
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW WXIMPORT
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_WEBVIEW(type) WXIMPORT type
-#else /* not making nor using DLL */
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW
-# define WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_WEBVIEW(type) type
-#endif
-
-/*
- GCC warns about using __attribute__ (and also __declspec in mingw32 case) on
- forward declarations while MSVC complains about forward declarations without
- __declspec for the classes later declared with it, so we need a separate set
- of macros for forward declarations to hide this difference:
- */
-#if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) || (defined(__WINDOWS__) && defined(__GNUC__))
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_QA
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XRC
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_PROPGRID
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RIBBON
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_MEDIA
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_STC
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_WEBVIEW
-#else
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET WXDLLIMPEXP_NET
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_QA WXDLLIMPEXP_QA
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL WXDLLIMPEXP_GL
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML WXDLLIMPEXP_XML
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XRC WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_PROPGRID WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RIBBON WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_MEDIA WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_STC WXDLLIMPEXP_STC
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_WEBVIEW WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW
-#endif
-
-/* for backwards compatibility, define suffix-less versions too */
-#define WXDLLEXPORT WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE
-#define WXDLLEXPORT_DATA WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE
-
-/*
- MSVC up to 6.0 needs to be explicitly told to export template instantiations
- used by the DLL clients, use this macro to do it like this:
-
- template <typename T> class Foo { ... };
- WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( Foo<int> )
-
- (notice that currently we only need this for wxBase and wxCore libraries)
- */
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ <= 1200)
- #ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_BASE
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE(decl) \
- template class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE decl;
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_CORE(decl) \
- template class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE decl;
- #else
- /*
- We need to disable this warning when using this macro, as
- recommended by Microsoft itself:
-
- http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb%3ben-us%3b168958
- */
- #pragma warning(disable:4231)
-
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE(decl) \
- extern template class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE decl;
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_CORE(decl) \
- extern template class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE decl;
- #endif
-#else /* not VC <= 6 */
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE(decl)
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_CORE(decl)
-#endif /* VC6/others */
-
-#endif /* _WX_DLIMPEXP_H_ */
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dlist.h
-// Purpose: wxDList<T> which is a template version of wxList
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created: 18.09.2008
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DLIST_H_
-#define _WX_DLIST_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#include "wx/beforestd.h"
-#include <algorithm>
-#include <iterator>
-#include <list>
-#include "wx/afterstd.h"
-
-template<typename T>
-class wxDList: public std::list<T*>
-{
-private:
- bool m_destroy;
- typedef std::list<T*> BaseListType;
- typedef wxDList<T> ListType;
-
-public:
- typedef typename BaseListType::iterator iterator;
-
- class compatibility_iterator
- {
- private:
- /* Workaround for broken VC6 nested class name resolution */
- typedef typename BaseListType::iterator iterator;
- friend class wxDList<T>;
-
- iterator m_iter;
- ListType *m_list;
-
- public:
- compatibility_iterator()
- : m_iter(), m_list( NULL ) {}
- compatibility_iterator( ListType* li, iterator i )
- : m_iter( i ), m_list( li ) {}
- compatibility_iterator( const ListType* li, iterator i )
- : m_iter( i ), m_list( const_cast<ListType*>(li) ) {}
-
- compatibility_iterator* operator->() { return this; }
- const compatibility_iterator* operator->() const { return this; }
-
- bool operator==(const compatibility_iterator& i) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_list && i.m_list,
- "comparing invalid iterators is illegal" );
- return (m_list == i.m_list) && (m_iter == i.m_iter);
- }
- bool operator!=(const compatibility_iterator& i) const
- { return !( operator==( i ) ); }
- operator bool() const
- { return m_list ? m_iter != m_list->end() : false; }
- bool operator !() const
- { return !( operator bool() ); }
-
- T* GetData() const { return *m_iter; }
- void SetData( T* e ) { *m_iter = e; }
-
- compatibility_iterator GetNext() const
- {
- iterator i = m_iter;
- return compatibility_iterator( m_list, ++i );
- }
-
- compatibility_iterator GetPrevious() const
- {
- if ( m_iter == m_list->begin() )
- return compatibility_iterator();
-
- iterator i = m_iter;
- return compatibility_iterator( m_list, --i );
- }
-
- int IndexOf() const
- {
- return *this ? std::distance( m_list->begin(), m_iter )
- : wxNOT_FOUND;
- }
- };
-
-public:
- wxDList() : m_destroy( false ) {}
-
- ~wxDList() { Clear(); }
-
- compatibility_iterator Find( const T* e ) const
- {
- return compatibility_iterator( this,
- std::find( const_cast<ListType*>(this)->begin(),
- const_cast<ListType*>(this)->end(), e ) );
- }
-
- bool IsEmpty() const
- { return this->empty(); }
- size_t GetCount() const
- { return this->size(); }
-
- compatibility_iterator Item( size_t idx ) const
- {
- iterator i = const_cast<ListType*>(this)->begin();
- std::advance( i, idx );
- return compatibility_iterator( this, i );
- }
-
- T* operator[](size_t idx) const
- {
- return Item(idx).GetData();
- }
-
- compatibility_iterator GetFirst() const
- {
- return compatibility_iterator( this, const_cast<ListType*>(this)->begin() );
- }
- compatibility_iterator GetLast() const
- {
- iterator i = const_cast<ListType*>(this)->end();
- return compatibility_iterator( this, !(this->empty()) ? --i : i );
- }
- compatibility_iterator Member( T* e ) const
- { return Find( e ); }
- compatibility_iterator Nth( int n ) const
- { return Item( n ); }
- int IndexOf( T* e ) const
- { return Find( e ).IndexOf(); }
-
- compatibility_iterator Append( T* e )
- {
- this->push_back( e );
- return GetLast();
- }
-
- compatibility_iterator Insert( T* e )
- {
- this->push_front( e );
- return compatibility_iterator( this, this->begin() );
- }
-
- compatibility_iterator Insert( compatibility_iterator & i, T* e )
- {
- return compatibility_iterator( this, this->insert( i.m_iter, e ) );
- }
-
- compatibility_iterator Insert( size_t idx, T* e )
- {
- return compatibility_iterator( this,
- this->insert( Item( idx ).m_iter, e ) );
- }
-
- void DeleteContents( bool destroy )
- { m_destroy = destroy; }
-
- bool GetDeleteContents() const
- { return m_destroy; }
-
- void Erase( const compatibility_iterator& i )
- {
- if ( m_destroy )
- delete i->GetData();
- this->erase( i.m_iter );
- }
-
- bool DeleteNode( const compatibility_iterator& i )
- {
- if( i )
- {
- Erase( i );
- return true;
- }
- return false;
- }
-
- bool DeleteObject( T* e )
- {
- return DeleteNode( Find( e ) );
- }
-
- void Clear()
- {
- if ( m_destroy )
- {
- iterator it, en;
- for ( it = this->begin(), en = this->end(); it != en; ++it )
- delete *it;
- }
- this->clear();
- }
-};
-
-#else // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-template <typename T>
-class wxDList
-{
-public:
- class Node
- {
- public:
- Node(wxDList<T> *list = NULL,
- Node *previous = NULL,
- Node *next = NULL,
- T *data = NULL)
- {
- m_list = list;
- m_previous = previous;
- m_next = next;
- m_data = data;
- if (previous)
- previous->m_next = this;
- if (next)
- next->m_previous = this;
- }
-
- ~Node()
- {
- // handle the case when we're being deleted from the list by
- // the user (i.e. not by the list itself from DeleteNode) -
- // we must do it for compatibility with old code
- if (m_list != NULL)
- m_list->DetachNode(this);
- }
-
- void DeleteData()
- {
- delete m_data;
- }
-
- Node *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
- Node *GetPrevious() const { return m_previous; }
- T *GetData() const { return m_data; }
- T **GetDataPtr() const { return &(wx_const_cast(nodetype*,this)->m_data); }
- void SetData( T *data ) { m_data = data; }
-
- int IndexOf() const
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_list, wxNOT_FOUND,
- "node doesn't belong to a list in IndexOf" );
-
- int i;
- Node *prev = m_previous;
- for( i = 0; prev; i++ )
- prev = prev->m_previous;
- return i;
- }
-
- private:
- T *m_data; // user data
- Node *m_next, // next and previous nodes in the list
- *m_previous;
- wxDList<T> *m_list; // list we belong to
-
- friend class wxDList<T>;
- };
-
- typedef Node nodetype;
-
- class compatibility_iterator
- {
- public:
- compatibility_iterator(nodetype *ptr = NULL) : m_ptr(ptr) { }
- nodetype *operator->() const { return m_ptr; }
- operator nodetype *() const { return m_ptr; }
-
- private:
- nodetype *m_ptr;
- };
-
-private:
- void Init()
- {
- m_nodeFirst =
- m_nodeLast = NULL;
- m_count = 0;
- m_destroy = false;
- }
-
- void DoDeleteNode( nodetype *node )
- {
- if ( m_destroy )
- node->DeleteData();
- // so that the node knows that it's being deleted by the list
- node->m_list = NULL;
- delete node;
- }
-
- size_t m_count; // number of elements in the list
- bool m_destroy; // destroy user data when deleting list items?
- nodetype *m_nodeFirst, // pointers to the head and tail of the list
- *m_nodeLast;
-
-public:
- wxDList()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxDList( const wxDList<T>& list )
- {
- Init();
- Assign(list);
- }
-
- wxDList( size_t count, T *elements[] )
- {
- Init();
- size_t n;
- for (n = 0; n < count; n++)
- Append( elements[n] );
- }
-
- wxDList& operator=( const wxDList<T>& list )
- {
- if (&list != this)
- Assign(list);
- return *this;
- }
-
- ~wxDList()
- {
- nodetype *each = m_nodeFirst;
- while ( each != NULL )
- {
- nodetype *next = each->GetNext();
- DoDeleteNode(each);
- each = next;
- }
- }
-
- void Assign(const wxDList<T> &list)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !list.m_destroy,
- "copying list which owns it's elements is a bad idea" );
- Clear();
- m_destroy = list.m_destroy;
- m_nodeFirst = NULL;
- m_nodeLast = NULL;
- nodetype* node;
- for (node = list.GetFirst(); node; node = node->GetNext() )
- Append(node->GetData());
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_count == list.m_count, "logic error in Assign()" );
- }
-
- nodetype *Append( T *object )
- {
- nodetype *node = new nodetype( this, m_nodeLast, NULL, object );
-
- if ( !m_nodeFirst )
- {
- m_nodeFirst = node;
- m_nodeLast = m_nodeFirst;
- }
- else
- {
- m_nodeLast->m_next = node;
- m_nodeLast = node;
- }
- m_count++;
- return node;
- }
-
- nodetype *Insert( T* object )
- {
- return Insert( NULL, object );
- }
-
- nodetype *Insert( size_t pos, T* object )
- {
- if (pos == m_count)
- return Append( object );
- else
- return Insert( Item(pos), object );
- }
-
- nodetype *Insert( nodetype *position, T* object )
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG( !position || position->m_list == this, NULL,
- "can't insert before a node from another list" );
-
- // previous and next node for the node being inserted
- nodetype *prev, *next;
- if ( position )
- {
- prev = position->GetPrevious();
- next = position;
- }
- else
- {
- // inserting in the beginning of the list
- prev = NULL;
- next = m_nodeFirst;
- }
- nodetype *node = new nodetype( this, prev, next, object );
- if ( !m_nodeFirst )
- m_nodeLast = node;
- if ( prev == NULL )
- m_nodeFirst = node;
- m_count++;
- return node;
- }
-
- nodetype *GetFirst() const { return m_nodeFirst; }
- nodetype *GetLast() const { return m_nodeLast; }
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; }
- bool IsEmpty() const { return m_count == 0; }
-
- void DeleteContents(bool destroy) { m_destroy = destroy; }
- bool GetDeleteContents() const { return m_destroy; }
-
- nodetype *Item(size_t index) const
- {
- for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() )
- {
- if ( index-- == 0 )
- return current;
- }
- wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid index in Item()" );
- return NULL;
- }
-
- T *operator[](size_t index) const
- {
- nodetype *node = Item(index);
- return node ? node->GetData() : NULL;
- }
-
- nodetype *DetachNode( nodetype *node )
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG( node, NULL, "detaching NULL wxNodeBase" );
- wxCHECK_MSG( node->m_list == this, NULL,
- "detaching node which is not from this list" );
- // update the list
- nodetype **prevNext = node->GetPrevious() ? &node->GetPrevious()->m_next
- : &m_nodeFirst;
- nodetype **nextPrev = node->GetNext() ? &node->GetNext()->m_previous
- : &m_nodeLast;
- *prevNext = node->GetNext();
- *nextPrev = node->GetPrevious();
- m_count--;
- // mark the node as not belonging to this list any more
- node->m_list = NULL;
- return node;
- }
-
- void Erase( nodetype *node )
- {
- DeleteNode(node);
- }
-
- bool DeleteNode( nodetype *node )
- {
- if ( !DetachNode(node) )
- return false;
- DoDeleteNode(node);
- return true;
- }
-
- bool DeleteObject( T *object )
- {
- for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() )
- {
- if ( current->GetData() == object )
- {
- DeleteNode(current);
- return true;
- }
- }
- // not found
- return false;
- }
-
- nodetype *Find(const T *object) const
- {
- for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() )
- {
- if ( current->GetData() == object )
- return current;
- }
- // not found
- return NULL;
- }
-
- int IndexOf(const T *object) const
- {
- int n = 0;
- for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() )
- {
- if ( current->GetData() == object )
- return n;
- n++;
- }
- return wxNOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- void Clear()
- {
- nodetype *current = m_nodeFirst;
- while ( current )
- {
- nodetype *next = current->GetNext();
- DoDeleteNode(current);
- current = next;
- }
- m_nodeFirst =
- m_nodeLast = NULL;
- m_count = 0;
- }
-
- void Reverse()
- {
- nodetype * node = m_nodeFirst;
- nodetype* tmp;
- while (node)
- {
- // swap prev and next pointers
- tmp = node->m_next;
- node->m_next = node->m_previous;
- node->m_previous = tmp;
- // this is the node that was next before swapping
- node = tmp;
- }
- // swap first and last node
- tmp = m_nodeFirst; m_nodeFirst = m_nodeLast; m_nodeLast = tmp;
- }
-
- void DeleteNodes(nodetype* first, nodetype* last)
- {
- nodetype * node = first;
- while (node != last)
- {
- nodetype* next = node->GetNext();
- DeleteNode(node);
- node = next;
- }
- }
-
- void ForEach(wxListIterateFunction F)
- {
- for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() )
- (*F)(current->GetData());
- }
-
- T *FirstThat(wxListIterateFunction F)
- {
- for ( nodetype *current = GetFirst(); current; current = current->GetNext() )
- {
- if ( (*F)(current->GetData()) )
- return current->GetData();
- }
- return NULL;
- }
-
- T *LastThat(wxListIterateFunction F)
- {
- for ( nodetype *current = GetLast(); current; current = current->GetPrevious() )
- {
- if ( (*F)(current->GetData()) )
- return current->GetData();
- }
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /* STL interface */
-public:
- typedef size_t size_type;
- typedef int difference_type;
- typedef T* value_type;
- typedef value_type& reference;
- typedef const value_type& const_reference;
-
- class iterator
- {
- public:
- typedef nodetype Node;
- typedef iterator itor;
- typedef T* value_type;
- typedef value_type* ptr_type;
- typedef value_type& reference;
-
- Node* m_node;
- Node* m_init;
- public:
- typedef reference reference_type;
- typedef ptr_type pointer_type;
-
- iterator(Node* node, Node* init) : m_node(node), m_init(init) {}
- iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { }
- reference_type operator*() const
- { return *m_node->GetDataPtr(); }
- // ptrop
- itor& operator++() { m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return *this; }
- const itor operator++(int)
- { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return tmp; }
- itor& operator--()
- {
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init;
- return *this;
- }
- const itor operator--(int)
- {
- itor tmp = *this;
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init;
- return tmp;
- }
- bool operator!=(const itor& it) const
- { return it.m_node != m_node; }
- bool operator==(const itor& it) const
- { return it.m_node == m_node; }
- };
- class const_iterator
- {
- public:
- typedef nodetype Node;
- typedef T* value_type;
- typedef const value_type& const_reference;
- typedef const_iterator itor;
- typedef value_type* ptr_type;
-
- Node* m_node;
- Node* m_init;
- public:
- typedef const_reference reference_type;
- typedef const ptr_type pointer_type;
-
- const_iterator(Node* node, Node* init)
- : m_node(node), m_init(init) { }
- const_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { }
- const_iterator(const iterator& it)
- : m_node(it.m_node), m_init(it.m_init) { }
- reference_type operator*() const
- { return *m_node->GetDataPtr(); }
- // ptrop
- itor& operator++() { m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return *this; }
- const itor operator++(int)
- { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetNext(); return tmp; }
- itor& operator--()
- {
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init;
- return *this;
- }
- const itor operator--(int)
- {
- itor tmp = *this;
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init;
- return tmp;
- }
- bool operator!=(const itor& it) const
- { return it.m_node != m_node; }
- bool operator==(const itor& it) const
- { return it.m_node == m_node; }
- };
-
- class reverse_iterator
- {
- public:
- typedef nodetype Node;
- typedef T* value_type;
- typedef reverse_iterator itor;
- typedef value_type* ptr_type;
- typedef value_type& reference;
-
- Node* m_node;
- Node* m_init;
- public:
- typedef reference reference_type;
- typedef ptr_type pointer_type;
-
- reverse_iterator(Node* node, Node* init)
- : m_node(node), m_init(init) { }
- reverse_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { }
- reference_type operator*() const
- { return *m_node->GetDataPtr(); }
- // ptrop
- itor& operator++()
- { m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return *this; }
- const itor operator++(int)
- { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return tmp; }
- itor& operator--()
- { m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; return *this; }
- const itor operator--(int)
- {
- itor tmp = *this;
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init;
- return tmp;
- }
- bool operator!=(const itor& it) const
- { return it.m_node != m_node; }
- bool operator==(const itor& it) const
- { return it.m_node == m_node; }
- };
-
- class const_reverse_iterator
- {
- public:
- typedef nodetype Node;
- typedef T* value_type;
- typedef const_reverse_iterator itor;
- typedef value_type* ptr_type;
- typedef const value_type& const_reference;
-
- Node* m_node;
- Node* m_init;
- public:
- typedef const_reference reference_type;
- typedef const ptr_type pointer_type;
-
- const_reverse_iterator(Node* node, Node* init)
- : m_node(node), m_init(init) { }
- const_reverse_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { }
- const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it)
- : m_node(it.m_node), m_init(it.m_init) { }
- reference_type operator*() const
- { return *m_node->GetDataPtr(); }
- // ptrop
- itor& operator++()
- { m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return *this; }
- const itor operator++(int)
- { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return tmp; }
- itor& operator--()
- { m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; return *this;}
- const itor operator--(int)
- {
- itor tmp = *this;
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init;
- return tmp;
- }
- bool operator!=(const itor& it) const
- { return it.m_node != m_node; }
- bool operator==(const itor& it) const
- { return it.m_node == m_node; }
- };
-
- wxEXPLICIT wxDList(size_type n, const_reference v = value_type())
- { assign(n, v); }
- wxDList(const const_iterator& first, const const_iterator& last)
- { assign(first, last); }
- iterator begin() { return iterator(GetFirst(), GetLast()); }
- const_iterator begin() const
- { return const_iterator(GetFirst(), GetLast()); }
- iterator end() { return iterator(NULL, GetLast()); }
- const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(NULL, GetLast()); }
- reverse_iterator rbegin()
- { return reverse_iterator(GetLast(), GetFirst()); }
- const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const
- { return const_reverse_iterator(GetLast(), GetFirst()); }
- reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(NULL, GetFirst()); }
- const_reverse_iterator rend() const
- { return const_reverse_iterator(NULL, GetFirst()); }
- void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type())
- {
- while (n < size())
- pop_back();
- while (n > size())
- push_back(v);
- }
- size_type size() const { return GetCount(); }
- size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; }
- bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); }
- reference front() { return *begin(); }
- const_reference front() const { return *begin(); }
- reference back() { iterator tmp = end(); return *--tmp; }
- const_reference back() const { const_iterator tmp = end(); return *--tmp; }
- void push_front(const_reference v = value_type())
- { Insert(GetFirst(), v); }
- void pop_front() { DeleteNode(GetFirst()); }
- void push_back(const_reference v = value_type())
- { Append( v ); }
- void pop_back() { DeleteNode(GetLast()); }
- void assign(const_iterator first, const const_iterator& last)
- {
- clear();
- for(; first != last; ++first)
- Append(*first);
- }
- void assign(size_type n, const_reference v = value_type())
- {
- clear();
- for(size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i)
- Append(v);
- }
- iterator insert(const iterator& it, const_reference v)
- {
- if (it == end())
- Append( v );
- else
- Insert(it.m_node,v);
- iterator itprev(it);
- return itprev--;
- }
- void insert(const iterator& it, size_type n, const_reference v)
- {
- for(size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i)
- Insert(it.m_node, v);
- }
- void insert(const iterator& it, const_iterator first, const const_iterator& last)
- {
- for(; first != last; ++first)
- Insert(it.m_node, *first);
- }
- iterator erase(const iterator& it)
- {
- iterator next = iterator(it.m_node->GetNext(), GetLast());
- DeleteNode(it.m_node); return next;
- }
- iterator erase(const iterator& first, const iterator& last)
- {
- iterator next = last; ++next;
- DeleteNodes(first.m_node, last.m_node);
- return next;
- }
- void clear() { Clear(); }
- void splice(const iterator& it, wxDList<T>& l, const iterator& first, const iterator& last)
- { insert(it, first, last); l.erase(first, last); }
- void splice(const iterator& it, wxDList<T>& l)
- { splice(it, l, l.begin(), l.end() ); }
- void splice(const iterator& it, wxDList<T>& l, const iterator& first)
- {
- iterator tmp = first; ++tmp;
- if(it == first || it == tmp) return;
- insert(it, *first);
- l.erase(first);
- }
- void remove(const_reference v)
- { DeleteObject(v); }
- void reverse()
- { Reverse(); }
- /* void swap(list<T>& l)
- {
- { size_t t = m_count; m_count = l.m_count; l.m_count = t; }
- { bool t = m_destroy; m_destroy = l.m_destroy; l.m_destroy = t; }
- { wxNodeBase* t = m_nodeFirst; m_nodeFirst = l.m_nodeFirst; l.m_nodeFirst = t; }
- { wxNodeBase* t = m_nodeLast; m_nodeLast = l.m_nodeLast; l.m_nodeLast = t; }
- { wxKeyType t = m_keyType; m_keyType = l.m_keyType; l.m_keyType = t; }
- } */
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS/!wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#endif // _WX_DLIST_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dnd.h
-// Purpose: Drag and drop classes declarations
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 26.05.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DND_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DND_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-#include "wx/dataobj.h"
-#include "wx/cursor.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// flags for wxDropSource::DoDragDrop()
-//
-// NB: wxDrag_CopyOnly must be 0 (== FALSE) and wxDrag_AllowMove must be 1
-// (== TRUE) for compatibility with the old DoDragDrop(bool) method!
-enum
-{
- wxDrag_CopyOnly = 0, // allow only copying
- wxDrag_AllowMove = 1, // allow moving (copying is always allowed)
- wxDrag_DefaultMove = 3 // the default operation is move, not copy
-};
-
-// result of wxDropSource::DoDragDrop() call
-enum wxDragResult
-{
- wxDragError, // error prevented the d&d operation from completing
- wxDragNone, // drag target didn't accept the data
- wxDragCopy, // the data was successfully copied
- wxDragMove, // the data was successfully moved (MSW only)
- wxDragLink, // operation is a drag-link
- wxDragCancel // the operation was cancelled by user (not an error)
-};
-
-// return true if res indicates that something was done during a dnd operation,
-// i.e. is neither error nor none nor cancel
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxIsDragResultOk(wxDragResult res);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDropSource is the object you need to create (and call DoDragDrop on it)
-// to initiate a drag-and-drop operation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropSourceBase
-{
-public:
- wxDropSourceBase(const wxCursor &cursorCopy = wxNullCursor,
- const wxCursor &cursorMove = wxNullCursor,
- const wxCursor &cursorStop = wxNullCursor)
- : m_cursorCopy(cursorCopy),
- m_cursorMove(cursorMove),
- m_cursorStop(cursorStop)
- { m_data = NULL; }
- virtual ~wxDropSourceBase() { }
-
- // set the data which is transferred by drag and drop
- void SetData(wxDataObject& data)
- { m_data = &data; }
-
- wxDataObject *GetDataObject()
- { return m_data; }
-
- // set the icon corresponding to given drag result
- void SetCursor(wxDragResult res, const wxCursor& cursor)
- {
- if ( res == wxDragCopy )
- m_cursorCopy = cursor;
- else if ( res == wxDragMove )
- m_cursorMove = cursor;
- else
- m_cursorStop = cursor;
- }
-
- // start drag action, see enum wxDragResult for return value description
- //
- // if flags contains wxDrag_AllowMove, moving (and only copying) data is
- // allowed, if it contains wxDrag_DefaultMove (which includes the previous
- // flag), it is even the default operation
- virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly) = 0;
-
- // override to give feedback depending on the current operation result
- // "effect" and return true if you did something, false to let the library
- // give the default feedback
- virtual bool GiveFeedback(wxDragResult WXUNUSED(effect)) { return false; }
-
-protected:
- const wxCursor& GetCursor(wxDragResult res) const
- {
- if ( res == wxDragCopy )
- return m_cursorCopy;
- else if ( res == wxDragMove )
- return m_cursorMove;
- else
- return m_cursorStop;
- }
-
- // the data we're dragging
- wxDataObject *m_data;
-
- // the cursors to use for feedback
- wxCursor m_cursorCopy,
- m_cursorMove,
- m_cursorStop;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropSourceBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDropTarget should be associated with a window if it wants to be able to
-// receive data via drag and drop.
-//
-// To use this class, you should derive from wxDropTarget and implement
-// OnData() pure virtual method. You may also wish to override OnDrop() if you
-// want to accept the data only inside some region of the window (this may
-// avoid having to copy the data to this application which happens only when
-// OnData() is called)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropTargetBase
-{
-public:
- // ctor takes a pointer to heap-allocated wxDataObject which will be owned
- // by wxDropTarget and deleted by it automatically. If you don't give it
- // here, you can use SetDataObject() later.
- wxDropTargetBase(wxDataObject *dataObject = NULL)
- { m_dataObject = dataObject; m_defaultAction = wxDragNone; }
- // dtor deletes our data object
- virtual ~wxDropTargetBase()
- { delete m_dataObject; }
-
- // get/set the associated wxDataObject
- wxDataObject *GetDataObject() const
- { return m_dataObject; }
- void SetDataObject(wxDataObject *dataObject)
- { if (m_dataObject) delete m_dataObject;
- m_dataObject = dataObject; }
-
- // these functions are called when data is moved over position (x, y) and
- // may return either wxDragCopy, wxDragMove or wxDragNone depending on
- // what would happen if the data were dropped here.
- //
- // the last parameter is what would happen by default and is determined by
- // the platform-specific logic (for example, under Windows it's wxDragCopy
- // if Ctrl key is pressed and wxDragMove otherwise) except that it will
- // always be wxDragNone if the carried data is in an unsupported format.
-
- // called when the mouse enters the window (only once until OnLeave())
- virtual wxDragResult OnEnter(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def)
- { return OnDragOver(x, y, def); }
-
- // called when the mouse moves in the window - shouldn't take long to
- // execute or otherwise mouse movement would be too slow
- virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y),
- wxDragResult def)
- { return def; }
-
- // called when mouse leaves the window: might be used to remove the
- // feedback which was given in OnEnter()
- virtual void OnLeave() { }
-
- // this function is called when data is dropped at position (x, y) - if it
- // returns true, OnData() will be called immediately afterwards which will
- // allow to retrieve the data dropped.
- virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-
- // called after OnDrop() returns TRUE: you will usually just call
- // GetData() from here and, probably, also refresh something to update the
- // new data and, finally, return the code indicating how did the operation
- // complete (returning default value in case of success and wxDragError on
- // failure is usually ok)
- virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) = 0;
-
- // may be called *only* from inside OnData() and will fill m_dataObject
- // with the data from the drop source if it returns true
- virtual bool GetData() = 0;
-
- // sets the default action for drag and drop:
- // use wxDragMove or wxDragCopy to set deafult action to move or copy
- // and use wxDragNone (default) to set default action specified by
- // initialization of draging (see wxDropSourceBase::DoDragDrop())
- void SetDefaultAction(wxDragResult action)
- { m_defaultAction = action; }
-
- // returns default action for drag and drop or
- // wxDragNone if this not specified
- wxDragResult GetDefaultAction()
- { return m_defaultAction; }
-
-protected:
- wxDataObject *m_dataObject;
- wxDragResult m_defaultAction;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDropTargetBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include platform dependent class declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/ole/dropsrc.h"
- #include "wx/msw/ole/droptgt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/dnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/dnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/dnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/dnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/dnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/dnd.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// standard wxDropTarget implementations (implemented in common/dobjcmn.cpp)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// A simple wxDropTarget derived class for text data: you only need to
-// override OnDropText() to get something working
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextDropTarget : public wxDropTarget
-{
-public:
- wxTextDropTarget();
-
- virtual bool OnDropText(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxString& text) = 0;
-
- virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextDropTarget);
-};
-
-// A drop target which accepts files (dragged from File Manager or Explorer)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDropTarget : public wxDropTarget
-{
-public:
- wxFileDropTarget();
-
- // parameters are the number of files and the array of file names
- virtual bool OnDropFiles(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- const wxArrayString& filenames) = 0;
-
- virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDropTarget);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-#endif // _WX_DND_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/docmdi.h
-// Purpose: Frame classes for MDI document/view applications
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-// (c) 2010 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DOCMDI_H_
-#define _WX_DOCMDI_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/docview.h"
-#include "wx/mdi.h"
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
- // "non dll-interface class 'wxDocXXXFrameAny<>' used as base interface for
- // dll-interface class 'wxDocMDIXXXFrame'" -- this is bogus as the template
- // will be DLL-exported but only once it is used as base class here!
- #pragma warning (push)
- #pragma warning (disable:4275)
-#endif
-
-// Define MDI versions of the doc-view frame classes. Note that we need to
-// define them as classes for wxRTTI, otherwise we could simply define them as
-// typedefs.
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// An MDI document parent frame
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef
- wxDocParentFrameAny<wxMDIParentFrame> wxDocMDIParentFrameBase;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocMDIParentFrame : public wxDocMDIParentFrameBase
-{
-public:
- wxDocMDIParentFrame() : wxDocMDIParentFrameBase() { }
-
- wxDocMDIParentFrame(wxDocManager *manager,
- wxFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- : wxDocMDIParentFrameBase(manager,
- parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name)
- {
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocMDIParentFrame)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocMDIParentFrame);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// An MDI document child frame
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef
- wxDocChildFrameAny<wxMDIChildFrame, wxMDIParentFrame> wxDocMDIChildFrameBase;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocMDIChildFrame : public wxDocMDIChildFrameBase
-{
-public:
- wxDocMDIChildFrame() { }
-
- wxDocMDIChildFrame(wxDocument *doc,
- wxView *view,
- wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- : wxDocMDIChildFrameBase(doc, view,
- parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name)
- {
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocMDIChildFrame)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocMDIChildFrame);
-};
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
- #pragma warning (pop)
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif // _WX_DOCMDI_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/docview.h
-// Purpose: Doc/View classes
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DOCH__
-#define _WX_DOCH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/dlist.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/filehistory.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- #include "wx/print.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocument;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxView;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocTemplate;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocManager;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCommandProcessor;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase;
-
-class wxDocChildFrameAnyBase;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
- #include "wx/iosfwrap.h"
-#else
- #include "wx/stream.h"
-#endif
-
-// Flags for wxDocManager (can be combined).
-enum
-{
- wxDOC_NEW = 1,
- wxDOC_SILENT = 2
-};
-
-// Document template flags
-enum
-{
- wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE = 1,
- wxTEMPLATE_INVISIBLE = 2,
- wxDEFAULT_TEMPLATE_FLAGS = wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE
-};
-
-#define wxMAX_FILE_HISTORY 9
-
-typedef wxVector<wxDocument*> wxDocVector;
-typedef wxVector<wxView*> wxViewVector;
-typedef wxVector<wxDocTemplate*> wxDocTemplateVector;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocument : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- wxDocument(wxDocument *parent = NULL);
- virtual ~wxDocument();
-
- // accessors
- void SetFilename(const wxString& filename, bool notifyViews = false);
- wxString GetFilename() const { return m_documentFile; }
-
- void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_documentTitle = title; }
- wxString GetTitle() const { return m_documentTitle; }
-
- void SetDocumentName(const wxString& name) { m_documentTypeName = name; }
- wxString GetDocumentName() const { return m_documentTypeName; }
-
- // access the flag indicating whether this document had been already saved,
- // SetDocumentSaved() is only used internally, don't call it
- bool GetDocumentSaved() const { return m_savedYet; }
- void SetDocumentSaved(bool saved = true) { m_savedYet = saved; }
-
- // activate the first view of the document if any
- void Activate();
-
- // return true if the document hasn't been modified since the last time it
- // was saved (implying that it returns false if it was never saved, even if
- // the document is not modified)
- bool AlreadySaved() const { return !IsModified() && GetDocumentSaved(); }
-
- virtual bool Close();
- virtual bool Save();
- virtual bool SaveAs();
- virtual bool Revert();
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
- virtual wxSTD ostream& SaveObject(wxSTD ostream& stream);
- virtual wxSTD istream& LoadObject(wxSTD istream& stream);
-#else
- virtual wxOutputStream& SaveObject(wxOutputStream& stream);
- virtual wxInputStream& LoadObject(wxInputStream& stream);
-#endif
-
- // Called by wxWidgets
- virtual bool OnSaveDocument(const wxString& filename);
- virtual bool OnOpenDocument(const wxString& filename);
- virtual bool OnNewDocument();
- virtual bool OnCloseDocument();
-
- // Prompts for saving if about to close a modified document. Returns true
- // if ok to close the document (may have saved in the meantime, or set
- // modified to false)
- virtual bool OnSaveModified();
-
- // if you override, remember to call the default
- // implementation (wxDocument::OnChangeFilename)
- virtual void OnChangeFilename(bool notifyViews);
-
- // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document
- // manager: gives document a chance to initialise and (usually) create a
- // view
- virtual bool OnCreate(const wxString& path, long flags);
-
- // By default, creates a base wxCommandProcessor.
- virtual wxCommandProcessor *OnCreateCommandProcessor();
- virtual wxCommandProcessor *GetCommandProcessor() const
- { return m_commandProcessor; }
- virtual void SetCommandProcessor(wxCommandProcessor *proc)
- { m_commandProcessor = proc; }
-
- // Called after a view is added or removed. The default implementation
- // deletes the document if this is there are no more views.
- virtual void OnChangedViewList();
-
- // Called from OnCloseDocument(), does nothing by default but may be
- // overridden. Return value is ignored.
- virtual bool DeleteContents();
-
- virtual bool Draw(wxDC&);
- virtual bool IsModified() const { return m_documentModified; }
- virtual void Modify(bool mod);
-
- virtual bool AddView(wxView *view);
- virtual bool RemoveView(wxView *view);
-
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
- wxViewVector GetViewsVector() const;
-#endif // !__VISUALC6__
-
- wxList& GetViews() { return m_documentViews; }
- const wxList& GetViews() const { return m_documentViews; }
-
- wxView *GetFirstView() const;
-
- virtual void UpdateAllViews(wxView *sender = NULL, wxObject *hint = NULL);
- virtual void NotifyClosing();
-
- // Remove all views (because we're closing the document)
- virtual bool DeleteAllViews();
-
- // Other stuff
- virtual wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const;
- virtual wxDocTemplate *GetDocumentTemplate() const
- { return m_documentTemplate; }
- virtual void SetDocumentTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp)
- { m_documentTemplate = temp; }
-
- // Get the document name to be shown to the user: the title if there is
- // any, otherwise the filename if the document was saved and, finally,
- // "unnamed" otherwise
- virtual wxString GetUserReadableName() const;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // use GetUserReadableName() instead
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(
- virtual bool GetPrintableName(wxString& buf) const
- );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- // Returns a window that can be used as a parent for document-related
- // dialogs. Override if necessary.
- virtual wxWindow *GetDocumentWindow() const;
-
- // Returns true if this document is a child document corresponding to a
- // part of the parent document and not a disk file as usual.
- bool IsChildDocument() const { return m_documentParent != NULL; }
-
-protected:
- wxList m_documentViews;
- wxString m_documentFile;
- wxString m_documentTitle;
- wxString m_documentTypeName;
- wxDocTemplate* m_documentTemplate;
- bool m_documentModified;
-
- // if the document parent is non-NULL, it's a pseudo-document corresponding
- // to a part of the parent document which can't be saved or loaded
- // independently of its parent and is always closed when its parent is
- wxDocument* m_documentParent;
-
- wxCommandProcessor* m_commandProcessor;
- bool m_savedYet;
-
- // Called by OnSaveDocument and OnOpenDocument to implement standard
- // Save/Load behaviour. Re-implement in derived class for custom
- // behaviour.
- virtual bool DoSaveDocument(const wxString& file);
- virtual bool DoOpenDocument(const wxString& file);
-
- // the default implementation of GetUserReadableName()
- wxString DoGetUserReadableName() const;
-
-private:
- // list of all documents whose m_documentParent is this one
- typedef wxDList<wxDocument> DocsList;
- DocsList m_childDocuments;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxDocument)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocument);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxView: public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- wxView();
- virtual ~wxView();
-
- wxDocument *GetDocument() const { return m_viewDocument; }
- virtual void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc);
-
- wxString GetViewName() const { return m_viewTypeName; }
- void SetViewName(const wxString& name) { m_viewTypeName = name; }
-
- wxWindow *GetFrame() const { return m_viewFrame ; }
- void SetFrame(wxWindow *frame) { m_viewFrame = frame; }
-
- virtual void OnActivateView(bool activate,
- wxView *activeView,
- wxView *deactiveView);
- virtual void OnDraw(wxDC *dc) = 0;
- virtual void OnPrint(wxDC *dc, wxObject *info);
- virtual void OnUpdate(wxView *sender, wxObject *hint = NULL);
- virtual void OnClosingDocument() {}
- virtual void OnChangeFilename();
-
- // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document
- // manager class: gives view a chance to initialise
- virtual bool OnCreate(wxDocument *WXUNUSED(doc), long WXUNUSED(flags))
- { return true; }
-
- // Checks if the view is the last one for the document; if so, asks user
- // to confirm save data (if modified). If ok, deletes itself and returns
- // true.
- virtual bool Close(bool deleteWindow = true);
-
- // Override to do cleanup/veto close
- virtual bool OnClose(bool deleteWindow);
-
- // A view's window can call this to notify the view it is (in)active.
- // The function then notifies the document manager.
- virtual void Activate(bool activate);
-
- wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const
- { return m_viewDocument->GetDocumentManager(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- virtual wxPrintout *OnCreatePrintout();
-#endif
-
- // implementation only
- // -------------------
-
- // set the associated frame, it is used to reset its view when we're
- // destroyed
- void SetDocChildFrame(wxDocChildFrameAnyBase *docChildFrame);
-
- // get the associated frame, may be NULL during destruction
- wxDocChildFrameAnyBase* GetDocChildFrame() const { return m_docChildFrame; }
-
-protected:
- // hook the document into event handlers chain here
- virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event);
-
- wxDocument* m_viewDocument;
- wxString m_viewTypeName;
- wxWindow* m_viewFrame;
-
- wxDocChildFrameAnyBase *m_docChildFrame;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxView)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxView);
-};
-
-// Represents user interface (and other) properties of documents and views
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocTemplate: public wxObject
-{
-
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDocManager;
-
-public:
- // Associate document and view types. They're for identifying what view is
- // associated with what template/document type
- wxDocTemplate(wxDocManager *manager,
- const wxString& descr,
- const wxString& filter,
- const wxString& dir,
- const wxString& ext,
- const wxString& docTypeName,
- const wxString& viewTypeName,
- wxClassInfo *docClassInfo = NULL,
- wxClassInfo *viewClassInfo = NULL,
- long flags = wxDEFAULT_TEMPLATE_FLAGS);
-
- virtual ~wxDocTemplate();
-
- // By default, these two member functions dynamically creates document and
- // view using dynamic instance construction. Override these if you need a
- // different method of construction.
- virtual wxDocument *CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0);
- virtual wxView *CreateView(wxDocument *doc, long flags = 0);
-
- // Helper method for CreateDocument; also allows you to do your own document
- // creation
- virtual bool InitDocument(wxDocument* doc,
- const wxString& path,
- long flags = 0);
-
- wxString GetDefaultExtension() const { return m_defaultExt; }
- wxString GetDescription() const { return m_description; }
- wxString GetDirectory() const { return m_directory; }
- wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const { return m_documentManager; }
- void SetDocumentManager(wxDocManager *manager)
- { m_documentManager = manager; }
- wxString GetFileFilter() const { return m_fileFilter; }
- long GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
- virtual wxString GetViewName() const { return m_viewTypeName; }
- virtual wxString GetDocumentName() const { return m_docTypeName; }
-
- void SetFileFilter(const wxString& filter) { m_fileFilter = filter; }
- void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir) { m_directory = dir; }
- void SetDescription(const wxString& descr) { m_description = descr; }
- void SetDefaultExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_defaultExt = ext; }
- void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
- bool IsVisible() const { return (m_flags & wxTEMPLATE_VISIBLE) != 0; }
-
- wxClassInfo* GetDocClassInfo() const { return m_docClassInfo; }
- wxClassInfo* GetViewClassInfo() const { return m_viewClassInfo; }
-
- virtual bool FileMatchesTemplate(const wxString& path);
-
-protected:
- long m_flags;
- wxString m_fileFilter;
- wxString m_directory;
- wxString m_description;
- wxString m_defaultExt;
- wxString m_docTypeName;
- wxString m_viewTypeName;
- wxDocManager* m_documentManager;
-
- // For dynamic creation of appropriate instances.
- wxClassInfo* m_docClassInfo;
- wxClassInfo* m_viewClassInfo;
-
- // Called by CreateDocument and CreateView to create the actual
- // document/view object.
- //
- // By default uses the ClassInfo provided to the constructor. Override
- // these functions to provide a different method of creation.
- virtual wxDocument *DoCreateDocument();
- virtual wxView *DoCreateView();
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocTemplate)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocTemplate);
-};
-
-// One object of this class may be created in an application, to manage all
-// the templates and documents.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocManager: public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- // NB: flags are unused, don't pass wxDOC_XXX to this ctor
- wxDocManager(long flags = 0, bool initialize = true);
- virtual ~wxDocManager();
-
- virtual bool Initialize();
-
- // Handlers for common user commands
- void OnFileClose(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnFileCloseAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnFileNew(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnFileOpen(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnFileRevert(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnFileSave(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnFileSaveAs(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnMRUFile(wxCommandEvent& event);
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- void OnPrint(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnPreview(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnPageSetup(wxCommandEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- // Handlers for UI update commands
- void OnUpdateFileOpen(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateDisableIfNoDoc(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateFileRevert(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateFileNew(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateFileSave(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateFileSaveAs(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- // called when file format detection didn't work, can be overridden to do
- // something in this case
- virtual void OnOpenFileFailure() { }
-
- virtual wxDocument *CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags = 0);
-
- // wrapper around CreateDocument() with a more clear name
- wxDocument *CreateNewDocument()
- { return CreateDocument(wxString(), wxDOC_NEW); }
-
- virtual wxView *CreateView(wxDocument *doc, long flags = 0);
- virtual void DeleteTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp, long flags = 0);
- virtual bool FlushDoc(wxDocument *doc);
- virtual wxDocTemplate *MatchTemplate(const wxString& path);
- virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentPath(wxDocTemplate **templates,
- int noTemplates, wxString& path, long flags, bool save = false);
- virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentType(wxDocTemplate **templates,
- int noTemplates, bool sort = false);
- virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectViewType(wxDocTemplate **templates,
- int noTemplates, bool sort = false);
- virtual wxDocTemplate *FindTemplateForPath(const wxString& path);
-
- void AssociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp);
- void DisassociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp);
-
- // Find template from document class info, may return NULL.
- wxDocTemplate* FindTemplate(const wxClassInfo* documentClassInfo);
-
- // Find document from file name, may return NULL.
- wxDocument* FindDocumentByPath(const wxString& path) const;
-
- wxDocument *GetCurrentDocument() const;
-
- void SetMaxDocsOpen(int n) { m_maxDocsOpen = n; }
- int GetMaxDocsOpen() const { return m_maxDocsOpen; }
-
- // Add and remove a document from the manager's list
- void AddDocument(wxDocument *doc);
- void RemoveDocument(wxDocument *doc);
-
- // closes all currently open documents
- bool CloseDocuments(bool force = true);
-
- // closes the specified document
- bool CloseDocument(wxDocument* doc, bool force = false);
-
- // Clear remaining documents and templates
- bool Clear(bool force = true);
-
- // Views or windows should inform the document manager
- // when a view is going in or out of focus
- virtual void ActivateView(wxView *view, bool activate = true);
- virtual wxView *GetCurrentView() const { return m_currentView; }
-
- // This method tries to find an active view harder than GetCurrentView():
- // if the latter is NULL, it also checks if we don't have just a single
- // view and returns it then.
- wxView *GetAnyUsableView() const;
-
-
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
- wxDocVector GetDocumentsVector() const;
- wxDocTemplateVector GetTemplatesVector() const;
-#endif // !__VISUALC6__
-
- wxList& GetDocuments() { return m_docs; }
- wxList& GetTemplates() { return m_templates; }
-
- // Return the default name for a new document (by default returns strings
- // in the form "unnamed <counter>" but can be overridden)
- virtual wxString MakeNewDocumentName();
-
- // Make a frame title (override this to do something different)
- virtual wxString MakeFrameTitle(wxDocument* doc);
-
- virtual wxFileHistory *OnCreateFileHistory();
- virtual wxFileHistory *GetFileHistory() const { return m_fileHistory; }
-
- // File history management
- virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file);
- virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i);
- virtual size_t GetHistoryFilesCount() const;
- virtual wxString GetHistoryFile(size_t i) const;
- virtual void FileHistoryUseMenu(wxMenu *menu);
- virtual void FileHistoryRemoveMenu(wxMenu *menu);
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- virtual void FileHistoryLoad(const wxConfigBase& config);
- virtual void FileHistorySave(wxConfigBase& config);
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
- virtual void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu();
- virtual void FileHistoryAddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu);
-
- wxString GetLastDirectory() const;
- void SetLastDirectory(const wxString& dir) { m_lastDirectory = dir; }
-
- // Get the current document manager
- static wxDocManager* GetDocumentManager() { return sm_docManager; }
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData()
- { return m_pageSetupDialogData; }
- const wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData() const
- { return m_pageSetupDialogData; }
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // deprecated, override GetDefaultName() instead
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(
- virtual bool MakeDefaultName(wxString& buf)
- );
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, use GetHistoryFilesCount() instead
- wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetNoHistoryFiles() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-
-protected:
- // Called when a file selected from the MRU list doesn't exist any more.
- // The default behaviour is to remove the file from the MRU and notify the
- // user about it but this method can be overridden to customize it.
- virtual void OnMRUFileNotExist(unsigned n, const wxString& filename);
-
- // Open the MRU file with the given index in our associated file history.
- void DoOpenMRUFile(unsigned n);
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- virtual wxPreviewFrame* CreatePreviewFrame(wxPrintPreviewBase* preview,
- wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& title);
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
- // hook the currently active view into event handlers chain here
- virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event);
-
- // return the command processor for the current document, if any
- wxCommandProcessor *GetCurrentCommandProcessor() const;
-
- int m_defaultDocumentNameCounter;
- int m_maxDocsOpen;
- wxList m_docs;
- wxList m_templates;
- wxView* m_currentView;
- wxFileHistory* m_fileHistory;
- wxString m_lastDirectory;
- static wxDocManager* sm_docManager;
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- wxPageSetupDialogData m_pageSetupDialogData;
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocManager)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocManager);
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-inline size_t wxDocManager::GetNoHistoryFiles() const
-{
- return GetHistoryFilesCount();
-}
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Base class for child frames -- this is what wxView renders itself into
-//
-// Notice that this is a mix-in class so it doesn't derive from wxWindow, only
-// wxDocChildFrameAny does
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocChildFrameAnyBase
-{
-public:
- // default ctor, use Create() after it
- wxDocChildFrameAnyBase()
- {
- m_childDocument = NULL;
- m_childView = NULL;
- m_win = NULL;
- m_lastEvent = NULL;
- }
-
- // full ctor equivalent to using the default one and Create()
- wxDocChildFrameAnyBase(wxDocument *doc, wxView *view, wxWindow *win)
- {
- Create(doc, view, win);
- }
-
- // method which must be called for an object created using the default ctor
- //
- // note that it returns bool just for consistency with Create() methods in
- // other classes, we never return false from here
- bool Create(wxDocument *doc, wxView *view, wxWindow *win)
- {
- m_childDocument = doc;
- m_childView = view;
- m_win = win;
-
- if ( view )
- view->SetDocChildFrame(this);
-
- return true;
- }
-
- // dtor doesn't need to be virtual, an object should never be destroyed via
- // a pointer to this class
- ~wxDocChildFrameAnyBase()
- {
- // prevent the view from deleting us if we're being deleted directly
- // (and not via Close() + Destroy())
- if ( m_childView )
- m_childView->SetDocChildFrame(NULL);
- }
-
- wxDocument *GetDocument() const { return m_childDocument; }
- wxView *GetView() const { return m_childView; }
- void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc) { m_childDocument = doc; }
- void SetView(wxView *view) { m_childView = view; }
-
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_win; }
-
- // implementation only
-
- // Check if this event had been just processed in this frame.
- bool HasAlreadyProcessed(wxEvent& event) const
- {
- return m_lastEvent == &event;
- }
-
-protected:
- // we're not a wxEvtHandler but we provide this wxEvtHandler-like function
- // which is called from TryBefore() of the derived classes to give our view
- // a chance to process the message before the frame event handlers are used
- bool TryProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
- // called from EVT_CLOSE handler in the frame: check if we can close and do
- // cleanup if so; veto the event otherwise
- bool CloseView(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
-
- wxDocument* m_childDocument;
- wxView* m_childView;
-
- // the associated window: having it here is not terribly elegant but it
- // allows us to avoid having any virtual functions in this class
- wxWindow* m_win;
-
-private:
- // Pointer to the last processed event used to avoid sending the same event
- // twice to wxDocManager, from here and from wxDocParentFrameAnyBase.
- wxEvent* m_lastEvent;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocChildFrameAnyBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Template implementing child frame concept using the given wxFrame-like class
-//
-// This is used to define wxDocChildFrame and wxDocMDIChildFrame: ChildFrame is
-// a wxFrame or wxMDIChildFrame (although in theory it could be any wxWindow-
-// derived class as long as it provided a ctor with the same signature as
-// wxFrame and OnActivate() method) and ParentFrame is either wxFrame or
-// wxMDIParentFrame.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class ChildFrame, class ParentFrame>
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocChildFrameAny : public ChildFrame,
- public wxDocChildFrameAnyBase
-{
-public:
- typedef ChildFrame BaseClass;
-
- // default ctor, use Create after it
- wxDocChildFrameAny() { }
-
- // ctor for a frame showing the given view of the specified document
- wxDocChildFrameAny(wxDocument *doc,
- wxView *view,
- ParentFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- {
- Create(doc, view, parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxDocument *doc,
- wxView *view,
- ParentFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- {
- if ( !wxDocChildFrameAnyBase::Create(doc, view, this) )
- return false;
-
- if ( !BaseClass::Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name) )
- return false;
-
- this->Connect(wxEVT_ACTIVATE,
- wxActivateEventHandler(wxDocChildFrameAny::OnActivate));
- this->Connect(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW,
- wxCloseEventHandler(wxDocChildFrameAny::OnCloseWindow));
-
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual bool Destroy()
- {
- // FIXME: why exactly do we do this? to avoid activation events during
- // destructions maybe?
- m_childView = NULL;
- return BaseClass::Destroy();
- }
-
-protected:
- // hook the child view into event handlers chain here
- virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event)
- {
- return TryProcessEvent(event) || BaseClass::TryBefore(event);
- }
-
-private:
- void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event)
- {
- BaseClass::OnActivate(event);
-
- if ( m_childView )
- m_childView->Activate(event.GetActive());
- }
-
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event)
- {
- if ( CloseView(event) )
- Destroy();
- //else: vetoed
- }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS_2(wxDocChildFrameAny,
- ChildFrame, ParentFrame);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A default child frame: we need to define it as a class just for wxRTTI,
-// otherwise we could simply typedef it
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
- // "non dll-interface class 'wxDocChildFrameAny<>' used as base interface
- // for dll-interface class 'wxDocChildFrame'" -- this is bogus as the
- // template will be DLL-exported but only once it is used as base class
- // here!
- #pragma warning (push)
- #pragma warning (disable:4275)
-#endif
-
-typedef wxDocChildFrameAny<wxFrame, wxFrame> wxDocChildFrameBase;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocChildFrame : public wxDocChildFrameBase
-{
-public:
- wxDocChildFrame()
- {
- }
-
- wxDocChildFrame(wxDocument *doc,
- wxView *view,
- wxFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- : wxDocChildFrameBase(doc, view,
- parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name)
- {
- }
-
- bool Create(wxDocument *doc,
- wxView *view,
- wxFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- {
- return wxDocChildFrameBase::Create
- (
- doc, view,
- parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name
- );
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocChildFrame)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocChildFrame);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDocParentFrame and related classes.
-//
-// As with wxDocChildFrame we define a template base class used by both normal
-// and MDI versions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Base class containing type-independent code of wxDocParentFrameAny
-//
-// Similarly to wxDocChildFrameAnyBase, this class is a mix-in and doesn't
-// derive from wxWindow.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocParentFrameAnyBase
-{
-public:
- wxDocParentFrameAnyBase(wxWindow* frame)
- : m_frame(frame)
- {
- m_docManager = NULL;
- }
-
- wxDocManager *GetDocumentManager() const { return m_docManager; }
-
-protected:
- // This is similar to wxDocChildFrameAnyBase method with the same name:
- // while we're not an event handler ourselves and so can't override
- // TryBefore(), we provide a helper that the derived template class can use
- // from its TryBefore() implementation.
- bool TryProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
- wxWindow* const m_frame;
- wxDocManager *m_docManager;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocParentFrameAnyBase);
-};
-
-// This is similar to wxDocChildFrameAny and is used to provide common
-// implementation for both wxDocParentFrame and wxDocMDIParentFrame
-template <class BaseFrame>
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocParentFrameAny : public BaseFrame,
- public wxDocParentFrameAnyBase
-{
-public:
- wxDocParentFrameAny() : wxDocParentFrameAnyBase(this) { }
- wxDocParentFrameAny(wxDocManager *manager,
- wxFrame *frame,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- : wxDocParentFrameAnyBase(this)
- {
- Create(manager, frame, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxDocManager *manager,
- wxFrame *frame,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- {
- m_docManager = manager;
-
- if ( !BaseFrame::Create(frame, id, title, pos, size, style, name) )
- return false;
-
- this->Connect(wxID_EXIT, wxEVT_MENU,
- wxCommandEventHandler(wxDocParentFrameAny::OnExit));
- this->Connect(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW,
- wxCloseEventHandler(wxDocParentFrameAny::OnCloseWindow));
-
- return true;
- }
-
-protected:
- // hook the document manager into event handling chain here
- virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event)
- {
- // It is important to send the event to the base class first as
- // wxMDIParentFrame overrides its TryBefore() to send the menu events
- // to the currently active child frame and the child must get them
- // before our own TryProcessEvent() is executed, not afterwards.
- return BaseFrame::TryBefore(event) || TryProcessEvent(event);
- }
-
-private:
- void OnExit(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
- {
- this->Close();
- }
-
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event)
- {
- if ( m_docManager && !m_docManager->Clear(!event.CanVeto()) )
- {
- // The user decided not to close finally, abort.
- event.Veto();
- }
- else
- {
- // Just skip the event, base class handler will destroy the window.
- event.Skip();
- }
- }
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocParentFrameAny);
-};
-
-typedef wxDocParentFrameAny<wxFrame> wxDocParentFrameBase;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocParentFrame : public wxDocParentFrameBase
-{
-public:
- wxDocParentFrame() : wxDocParentFrameBase() { }
-
- wxDocParentFrame(wxDocManager *manager,
- wxFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- : wxDocParentFrameBase(manager,
- parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name)
- {
- }
-
- bool Create(wxDocManager *manager,
- wxFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- {
- return wxDocParentFrameBase::Create(manager,
- parent, id, title,
- pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxDocParentFrame)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocParentFrame);
-};
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
- // reenable warning 4275
- #pragma warning (pop)
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Provide simple default printing facilities
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDocPrintout : public wxPrintout
-{
-public:
- wxDocPrintout(wxView *view = NULL, const wxString& title = wxString());
-
- // implement wxPrintout methods
- virtual bool OnPrintPage(int page);
- virtual bool HasPage(int page);
- virtual bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
- virtual void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage,
- int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo);
-
- virtual wxView *GetView() { return m_printoutView; }
-
-protected:
- wxView* m_printoutView;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDocPrintout)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDocPrintout);
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-// For compatibility with existing file formats:
-// converts from/to a stream to/from a temporary file.
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE
-wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxSTD ostream& stream);
-bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE
-wxTransferStreamToFile(wxSTD istream& stream, const wxString& filename);
-#else
-bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE
-wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxOutputStream& stream);
-bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE
-wxTransferStreamToFile(wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& filename);
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-
-// these flags are not used anywhere by wxWidgets and kept only for an unlikely
-// case of existing user code using them for its own purposes
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-enum
-{
- wxDOC_SDI = 1,
- wxDOC_MDI,
- wxDEFAULT_DOCMAN_FLAGS = wxDOC_SDI
-};
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
-inline wxViewVector wxDocument::GetViewsVector() const
-{
- return m_documentViews.AsVector<wxView*>();
-}
-
-inline wxDocVector wxDocManager::GetDocumentsVector() const
-{
- return m_docs.AsVector<wxDocument*>();
-}
-
-inline wxDocTemplateVector wxDocManager::GetTemplatesVector() const
-{
- return m_templates.AsVector<wxDocTemplate*>();
-}
-#endif // !__VISUALC6__
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif // _WX_DOCH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dragimag.h
-// Purpose: wxDragImage base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRect;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMemoryDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-# if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-# else
-# include "wx/msw/dragimag.h"
-# endif
-
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-# include "wx/generic/dragimgg.h"
-# define wxDragImage wxGenericDragImage
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DRAGIMAG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dvrenderers.h
-// Purpose: Declare all wxDataViewCtrl classes
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-11-08 (extracted from wx/dataview.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Robert Roebling
-// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DVRENDERERS_H_
-#define _WX_DVRENDERERS_H_
-
-/*
- Note about the structure of various headers: they're organized in a more
- complicated way than usual because of the various dependencies which are
- different for different ports. In any case the only public header, i.e. the
- one which can be included directly is wx/dataview.h. It, in turn, includes
- this one to define all the renderer classes.
-
- We define the base wxDataViewRendererBase class first and then include a
- port-dependent wx/xxx/dvrenderer.h which defines wxDataViewRenderer itself.
- After this we can define wxDataViewRendererCustomBase (and maybe in the
- future base classes for other renderers if the need arises, i.e. if there
- is any non-trivial code or API which it makes sense to keep in common code)
- and include wx/xxx/dvrenderers.h (notice the plural) which defines all the
- rest of the renderer classes.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewCustomRenderer;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewIconText: helper class used by wxDataViewIconTextRenderer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewIconText : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewIconText( const wxString &text = wxEmptyString,
- const wxIcon& icon = wxNullIcon )
- : m_text(text),
- m_icon(icon)
- { }
-
- wxDataViewIconText( const wxDataViewIconText &other )
- : wxObject(),
- m_text(other.m_text),
- m_icon(other.m_icon)
- { }
-
- void SetText( const wxString &text ) { m_text = text; }
- wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
- void SetIcon( const wxIcon &icon ) { m_icon = icon; }
- const wxIcon &GetIcon() const { return m_icon; }
-
- bool IsSameAs(const wxDataViewIconText& other) const
- {
- return m_text == other.m_text && m_icon.IsSameAs(other.m_icon);
- }
-
- bool operator==(const wxDataViewIconText& other) const
- {
- return IsSameAs(other);
- }
-
- bool operator!=(const wxDataViewIconText& other) const
- {
- return !IsSameAs(other);
- }
-
-private:
- wxString m_text;
- wxIcon m_icon;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewIconText)
-};
-
-DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxDataViewIconText, WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewRendererBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxDataViewCellMode
-{
- wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- wxDATAVIEW_CELL_ACTIVATABLE,
- wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE
-};
-
-enum wxDataViewCellRenderState
-{
- wxDATAVIEW_CELL_SELECTED = 1,
- wxDATAVIEW_CELL_PRELIT = 2,
- wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INSENSITIVE = 4,
- wxDATAVIEW_CELL_FOCUSED = 8
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewRendererBase: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewRendererBase( const wxString &varianttype,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
- virtual ~wxDataViewRendererBase();
-
- virtual bool Validate( wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value) )
- { return true; }
-
- void SetOwner( wxDataViewColumn *owner ) { m_owner = owner; }
- wxDataViewColumn* GetOwner() const { return m_owner; }
-
- // renderer value and attributes: SetValue() and SetAttr() are called
- // before a cell is rendered using this renderer
- virtual bool SetValue(const wxVariant& value) = 0;
- virtual bool GetValue(wxVariant& value) const = 0;
-
- virtual void SetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& WXUNUSED(attr)) { }
-
- virtual void SetEnabled(bool WXUNUSED(enabled)) { }
-
- wxString GetVariantType() const { return m_variantType; }
-
- // helper that calls SetValue and SetAttr:
- void PrepareForItem(const wxDataViewModel *model,
- const wxDataViewItem& item, unsigned column);
-
- // renderer properties:
- virtual void SetMode( wxDataViewCellMode mode ) = 0;
- virtual wxDataViewCellMode GetMode() const = 0;
-
- // NOTE: Set/GetAlignment do not take/return a wxAlignment enum but
- // rather an "int"; that's because for rendering cells it's allowed
- // to combine alignment flags (e.g. wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALIGN_BOTTOM)
- virtual void SetAlignment( int align ) = 0;
- virtual int GetAlignment() const = 0;
-
- // enable or disable (if called with wxELLIPSIZE_NONE) replacing parts of
- // the item text (hence this only makes sense for renderers showing
- // text...) with ellipsis in order to make it fit the column width
- virtual void EnableEllipsize(wxEllipsizeMode mode = wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE) = 0;
- void DisableEllipsize() { EnableEllipsize(wxELLIPSIZE_NONE); }
-
- virtual wxEllipsizeMode GetEllipsizeMode() const = 0;
-
- // in-place editing
- virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const
- { return false; }
- virtual wxWindow* CreateEditorCtrl(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent),
- wxRect WXUNUSED(labelRect),
- const wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value))
- { return NULL; }
- virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(editor),
- wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value))
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool StartEditing( const wxDataViewItem &item, wxRect labelRect );
- virtual void CancelEditing();
- virtual bool FinishEditing();
-
- wxWindow *GetEditorCtrl() { return m_editorCtrl; }
-
- virtual bool IsCustomRenderer() const { return false; }
-
-
-protected:
- // Called from {Cancel,Finish}Editing() to cleanup m_editorCtrl
- void DestroyEditControl();
-
- // Return the alignment of this renderer if it's specified (i.e. has value
- // different from the default wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT) or the alignment of
- // the column it is used for otherwise.
- //
- // Unlike GetAlignment(), this always returns a valid combination of
- // wxALIGN_XXX flags (although possibly wxALIGN_NOT) and never returns
- // wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
- int GetEffectiveAlignment() const;
-
- wxString m_variantType;
- wxDataViewColumn *m_owner;
- wxWeakRef<wxWindow> m_editorCtrl;
- wxDataViewItem m_item; // for m_editorCtrl
-
- // internal utility, may be used anywhere the window associated with the
- // renderer is required
- wxDataViewCtrl* GetView() const;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewRendererBase)
-};
-
-// include the real wxDataViewRenderer declaration for the native ports
-#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL
- // in the generic implementation there is no real wxDataViewRenderer, all
- // renderers are custom so it's the same as wxDataViewCustomRenderer and
- // wxDataViewCustomRendererBase derives from wxDataViewRendererBase directly
- //
- // this is a rather ugly hack but unfortunately it just doesn't seem to be
- // possible to have the same class hierarchy in all ports and avoid
- // duplicating the entire wxDataViewCustomRendererBase in the generic
- // wxDataViewRenderer class (well, we could use a mix-in but this would
- // make classes hierarchy non linear and arguably even more complex)
- #define wxDataViewCustomRendererRealBase wxDataViewRendererBase
-#else
- #if defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/dvrenderer.h"
- #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/dvrenderer.h"
- #else
- #error "unknown native wxDataViewCtrl implementation"
- #endif
- #define wxDataViewCustomRendererRealBase wxDataViewRenderer
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewCustomRendererBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCustomRendererBase
- : public wxDataViewCustomRendererRealBase
-{
-public:
- // Constructor must specify the usual renderer parameters which we simply
- // pass to the base class
- wxDataViewCustomRendererBase(const wxString& varianttype = "string",
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT)
- : wxDataViewCustomRendererRealBase(varianttype, mode, align)
- {
- }
-
-
- // Render the item using the current value (returned by GetValue()).
- virtual bool Render(wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state) = 0;
-
- // Return the size of the item appropriate to its current value.
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const = 0;
-
- // Define virtual function which are called when a key is pressed on the
- // item, clicked or the user starts to drag it: by default they all simply
- // return false indicating that the events are not handled
-
- virtual bool ActivateCell(const wxRect& cell,
- wxDataViewModel *model,
- const wxDataViewItem & item,
- unsigned int col,
- const wxMouseEvent* mouseEvent);
-
- // Deprecated, use (and override) ActivateCell() instead
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE(
- virtual bool Activate(wxRect WXUNUSED(cell),
- wxDataViewModel *WXUNUSED(model),
- const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item),
- unsigned int WXUNUSED(col)),
- return false; )
-
- // Deprecated, use (and override) ActivateCell() instead
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE(
- virtual bool LeftClick(wxPoint WXUNUSED(cursor),
- wxRect WXUNUSED(cell),
- wxDataViewModel *WXUNUSED(model),
- const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item),
- unsigned int WXUNUSED(col)),
- return false; )
-
- virtual bool StartDrag(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(cursor),
- const wxRect& WXUNUSED(cell),
- wxDataViewModel *WXUNUSED(model),
- const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item),
- unsigned int WXUNUSED(col) )
- { return false; }
-
-
- // Helper which can be used by Render() implementation in the derived
- // classes: it will draw the text in the same manner as the standard
- // renderers do.
- virtual void RenderText(const wxString& text,
- int xoffset,
- wxRect cell,
- wxDC *dc,
- int state);
-
-
- // Override the base class virtual method to simply store the attribute so
- // that it can be accessed using GetAttr() from Render() if needed.
- virtual void SetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr) { m_attr = attr; }
- const wxDataViewItemAttr& GetAttr() const { return m_attr; }
-
- // Store the enabled state of the item so that it can be accessed from
- // Render() via GetEnabled() if needed.
- virtual void SetEnabled(bool enabled) { m_enabled = enabled; }
- bool GetEnabled() const { return m_enabled; }
-
-
- // Implementation only from now on
-
- // Retrieve the DC to use for drawing. This is implemented in derived
- // platform-specific classes.
- virtual wxDC *GetDC() = 0;
-
- // To draw background use the background colour in wxDataViewItemAttr
- virtual void RenderBackground(wxDC* dc, const wxRect& rect);
-
- // Prepare DC to use attributes and call Render().
- void WXCallRender(wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state);
-
- virtual bool IsCustomRenderer() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
- // helper for GetSize() implementations, respects attributes
- wxSize GetTextExtent(const wxString& str) const;
-
-private:
- wxDataViewItemAttr m_attr;
- bool m_enabled;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataViewCustomRendererBase);
-};
-
-// include the declaration of all the other renderers to get the real
-// wxDataViewCustomRenderer from which we need to inherit below
-#ifdef wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL
- // because of the different renderer classes hierarchy in the generic
- // version, as explained above, we can include the header defining
- // wxDataViewRenderer only here and not before wxDataViewCustomRendererBase
- // declaration as for the native ports
- #include "wx/generic/dvrenderer.h"
- #include "wx/generic/dvrenderers.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/dvrenderers.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/dvrenderers.h"
-#else
- #error "unknown native wxDataViewCtrl implementation"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewSpinRenderer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewSpinRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewSpinRenderer( int min, int max,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE,
- int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
- virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const { return true; }
- virtual wxWindow* CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxWindow* editor, wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool Render( wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state );
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
- virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
-private:
- long m_data;
- long m_min,m_max;
-};
-
-#if defined(wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL) || defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewChoiceRenderer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewChoiceRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewChoiceRenderer( const wxArrayString &choices,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE,
- int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
- virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const { return true; }
- virtual wxWindow* CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxWindow* editor, wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool Render( wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state );
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
- virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
- wxString GetChoice(size_t index) const { return m_choices[index]; }
- const wxArrayString& GetChoices() const { return m_choices; }
-
-private:
- wxArrayString m_choices;
- wxString m_data;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer: public wxDataViewChoiceRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer( const wxArrayString &choices,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE,
- int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- virtual wxWindow* CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxWindow* editor, wxVariant &value );
-
- virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-};
-
-
-#endif // generic or Carbon versions
-
-#if defined(wxHAS_GENERIC_DATAVIEWCTRL) || defined(__WXGTK__)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewDateRenderer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewDateRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewDateRenderer(const wxString &varianttype = wxT("datetime"),
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT);
-
- virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const { return true; }
- virtual wxWindow *CreateEditorCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect, const wxVariant &value);
- virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl(wxWindow* editor, wxVariant &value);
- virtual bool SetValue(const wxVariant &value);
- virtual bool GetValue(wxVariant& value) const;
- virtual bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state );
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
-
-private:
- wxDateTime m_date;
-};
-#else // !wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-typedef wxDataViewTextRenderer wxDataViewDateRenderer;
-#endif
-
-#endif // generic or GTK+ versions
-
-// this class is obsolete, its functionality was merged in
-// wxDataViewTextRenderer itself now, don't use it any more
-#define wxDataViewTextRendererAttr wxDataViewTextRenderer
-
-#endif // _WX_DVRENDERERS_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dynarray.h
-// Purpose: auto-resizable (i.e. dynamic) array support
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 12.09.97
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _DYNARRAY_H
-#define _DYNARRAY_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
- #include "wx/beforestd.h"
- #include <vector>
- #include <algorithm>
- #include "wx/afterstd.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- This header defines the dynamic arrays and object arrays (i.e. arrays which
- own their elements). Dynamic means that the arrays grow automatically as
- needed.
-
- These macros are ugly (especially if you look in the sources ;-), but they
- allow us to define "template" classes without actually using templates and so
- this works with all compilers (and may be also much faster to compile even
- with a compiler which does support templates). The arrays defined with these
- macros are type-safe.
-
- Range checking is performed in debug build for both arrays and objarrays but
- not in release build - so using an invalid index will just lead to a crash
- then.
-
- Note about memory usage: arrays never shrink automatically (although you may
- use Shrink() function explicitly), they only grow, so loading 10 millions in
- an array only to delete them 2 lines below might be a bad idea if the array
- object is not going to be destroyed soon. However, as it does free memory
- when destroyed, it is ok if the array is a local variable.
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- The initial size by which an array grows when an element is added default
- value avoids allocate one or two bytes when the array is created which is
- rather inefficient
-*/
-#define WX_ARRAY_DEFAULT_INITIAL_SIZE (16)
-
-#define _WX_ERROR_REMOVE "removing inexistent element in wxArray::Remove"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- Callback compare function for quick sort.
-
- It must return negative value, 0 or positive value if the first item is
- less than, equal to or greater than the second one.
- */
-extern "C"
-{
-typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC)(const void* pItem1, const void* pItem2);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Base class managing data having size of type 'long' (not used directly)
-//
-// NB: for efficiency this often used class has no virtual functions (hence no
-// virtual table), even dtor is *not* virtual. If used as expected it
-// won't create any problems because ARRAYs from DEFINE_ARRAY have no dtor
-// at all, so it's not too important if it's not called (this happens when
-// you cast "SomeArray *" as "BaseArray *" and then delete it)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-template<class T>
-class wxArray_SortFunction
-{
-public:
- typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC)(T* pItem1, T* pItem2);
-
- wxArray_SortFunction(CMPFUNC f) : m_f(f) { }
- bool operator()(const T& i1, const T& i2)
- { return m_f((T*)&i1, (T*)&i2) < 0; }
-private:
- CMPFUNC m_f;
-};
-
-template<class T, typename F>
-class wxSortedArray_SortFunction
-{
-public:
- typedef F CMPFUNC;
-
- wxSortedArray_SortFunction(CMPFUNC f) : m_f(f) { }
- bool operator()(const T& i1, const T& i2)
- { return m_f(i1, i2) < 0; }
-private:
- CMPFUNC m_f;
-};
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name, classexp) \
- typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUN##name)(T pItem1, T pItem2); \
- typedef wxSortedArray_SortFunction<T, CMPFUN##name> name##_Predicate; \
- _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY_2(T, name, name##_Predicate, classexp)
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY_2(T, name, predicate, classexp) \
-classexp name : public std::vector<T> \
-{ \
- typedef predicate Predicate; \
- typedef predicate::CMPFUNC SCMPFUNC; \
-public: \
- typedef wxArray_SortFunction<T>::CMPFUNC CMPFUNC; \
- \
-public: \
- typedef T base_type; \
- \
- name() : std::vector<T>() { } \
- name(size_type n) : std::vector<T>(n) { } \
- name(size_type n, const_reference v) : std::vector<T>(n, v) { } \
- template <class InputIterator> \
- name(InputIterator first, InputIterator last) : std::vector<T>(first, last) { } \
- \
- void Empty() { clear(); } \
- void Clear() { clear(); } \
- void Alloc(size_t uiSize) { reserve(uiSize); } \
- void Shrink() { name tmp(*this); swap(tmp); } \
- \
- size_t GetCount() const { return size(); } \
- void SetCount(size_t n, T v = T()) { resize(n, v); } \
- bool IsEmpty() const { return empty(); } \
- size_t Count() const { return size(); } \
- \
- T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \
- { wxASSERT( uiIndex < size() ); return (T&)operator[](uiIndex); } \
- T& Last() const { return Item(size() - 1); } \
- \
- int Index(T item, bool bFromEnd = false) const \
- { \
- if ( bFromEnd ) \
- { \
- const const_reverse_iterator b = rbegin(), \
- e = rend(); \
- for ( const_reverse_iterator i = b; i != e; ++i ) \
- if ( *i == item ) \
- return (int)(e - i - 1); \
- } \
- else \
- { \
- const const_iterator b = begin(), \
- e = end(); \
- for ( const_iterator i = b; i != e; ++i ) \
- if ( *i == item ) \
- return (int)(i - b); \
- } \
- \
- return wxNOT_FOUND; \
- } \
- int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const \
- { \
- Predicate p((SCMPFUNC)fnCompare); \
- const_iterator i = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), lItem, p);\
- return i != end() && !p(lItem, *i) ? (int)(i - begin()) \
- : wxNOT_FOUND; \
- } \
- size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const \
- { \
- Predicate p((SCMPFUNC)fnCompare); \
- const_iterator i = std::lower_bound(begin(), end(), lItem, p);\
- return i - begin(); \
- } \
- void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1) \
- { insert(end(), nInsert, lItem); } \
- size_t Add(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) \
- { \
- size_t n = IndexForInsert(lItem, fnCompare); \
- Insert(lItem, n); \
- return n; \
- } \
- void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1) \
- { insert(begin() + uiIndex, nInsert, lItem); } \
- void Remove(T lItem) \
- { \
- int n = Index(lItem); \
- wxCHECK_RET( n != wxNOT_FOUND, _WX_ERROR_REMOVE ); \
- RemoveAt((size_t)n); \
- } \
- void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) \
- { erase(begin() + uiIndex, begin() + uiIndex + nRemove); } \
- \
- void Sort(CMPFUNC fCmp) \
- { \
- wxArray_SortFunction<T> p(fCmp); \
- std::sort(begin(), end(), p); \
- } \
-}
-
-#else // if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name, classexp) \
-classexp name \
-{ \
- typedef CMPFUNC SCMPFUNC; /* for compatibility wuth wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS */ \
-public: \
- name(); \
- name(const name& array); \
- name& operator=(const name& src); \
- ~name(); \
- \
- void Empty() { m_nCount = 0; } \
- void Clear(); \
- void Alloc(size_t n) { if ( n > m_nSize ) Realloc(n); } \
- void Shrink(); \
- \
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_nCount; } \
- void SetCount(size_t n, T defval = T()); \
- bool IsEmpty() const { return m_nCount == 0; } \
- size_t Count() const { return m_nCount; } \
- \
- typedef T base_type; \
- \
-protected: \
- T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \
- { wxASSERT( uiIndex < m_nCount ); return m_pItems[uiIndex]; } \
- T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const { return Item(uiIndex); } \
- \
- int Index(T lItem, bool bFromEnd = false) const; \
- int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const; \
- size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const; \
- void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1); \
- size_t Add(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare); \
- void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1); \
- void Remove(T lItem); \
- void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1); \
- \
- void Sort(CMPFUNC fnCompare); \
- \
- /* *minimal* STL-ish interface, for derived classes */ \
- typedef T value_type; \
- typedef value_type* iterator; \
- typedef const value_type* const_iterator; \
- typedef value_type& reference; \
- typedef const value_type& const_reference; \
- typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; \
- typedef size_t size_type; \
- \
- void assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last); \
- void assign(size_type n, const_reference v); \
- size_type capacity() const { return m_nSize; } \
- iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) \
- { \
- size_type idx = first - begin(); \
- RemoveAt(idx, last - first); \
- return begin() + idx; \
- } \
- iterator erase(iterator it) { return erase(it, it + 1); } \
- void insert(iterator it, size_type n, const value_type& v) \
- { Insert(v, it - begin(), n); } \
- iterator insert(iterator it, const value_type& v = value_type()) \
- { \
- size_type idx = it - begin(); \
- Insert(v, idx); \
- return begin() + idx; \
- } \
- void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last);\
- void pop_back() { RemoveAt(size() - 1); } \
- void push_back(const value_type& v) { Add(v); } \
- void reserve(size_type n) { Alloc(n); } \
- void resize(size_type count, value_type defval = value_type()) \
- { \
- if ( count < m_nCount ) \
- m_nCount = count; \
- else \
- SetCount(count, defval); \
- } \
- \
- iterator begin() { return m_pItems; } \
- iterator end() { return m_pItems + m_nCount; } \
- const_iterator begin() const { return m_pItems; } \
- const_iterator end() const { return m_pItems + m_nCount; } \
- \
- void swap(name& other) \
- { \
- wxSwap(m_nSize, other.m_nSize); \
- wxSwap(m_nCount, other.m_nCount); \
- wxSwap(m_pItems, other.m_pItems); \
- } \
- \
- /* the following functions may be made directly public because */ \
- /* they don't use the type of the elements at all */ \
-public: \
- void clear() { Clear(); } \
- bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); } \
- size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; } \
- size_type size() const { return GetCount(); } \
- \
-private: \
- void Grow(size_t nIncrement = 0); \
- bool Realloc(size_t nSize); \
- \
- size_t m_nSize, \
- m_nCount; \
- \
- T *m_pItems; \
-}
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-// ============================================================================
-// The private helper macros containing the core of the array classes
-// ============================================================================
-
-// Implementation notes:
-//
-// JACS: Salford C++ doesn't like 'var->operator=' syntax, as in:
-// { ((wxBaseArray *)this)->operator=((const wxBaseArray&)src);
-// so using a temporary variable instead.
-//
-// The classes need a (even trivial) ~name() to link under Mac X
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY: array for simple types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-// in STL case we don't need the entire base arrays hack as standard container
-// don't suffer from alignment/storage problems as our home-grown do
-#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) \
- _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name, classexp)
-
-#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, classexp) \
- _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp)
-
-#else // if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-// common declaration used by both _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY and
-// _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR
-#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_HELPER(T, name, base, classexp, ptrop) \
-wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(base::base_type), \
- TypeTooBigToBeStoredIn##base, \
- name); \
-typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##T)(T *pItem1, T *pItem2); \
-classexp name : public base \
-{ \
-public: \
- name() { } \
- ~name() { } \
- \
- T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const \
- { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \
- T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \
- { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \
- T& Last() const \
- { return (T&)(base::operator[](GetCount() - 1)); } \
- \
- int Index(T lItem, bool bFromEnd = false) const \
- { return base::Index((base_type)lItem, bFromEnd); } \
- \
- void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1) \
- { base::Add((base_type)lItem, nInsert); } \
- void Insert(T lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1) \
- { base::Insert((base_type)lItem, uiIndex, nInsert) ; } \
- \
- void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) \
- { base::RemoveAt(uiIndex, nRemove); } \
- void Remove(T lItem) \
- { int iIndex = Index(lItem); \
- wxCHECK_RET( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, _WX_ERROR_REMOVE); \
- base::RemoveAt((size_t)iIndex); } \
- \
- void Sort(CMPFUNC##T fCmp) { base::Sort((CMPFUNC)fCmp); } \
- \
- /* STL-like interface */ \
-private: \
- typedef base::iterator biterator; \
- typedef base::const_iterator bconst_iterator; \
- typedef base::value_type bvalue_type; \
- typedef base::const_reference bconst_reference; \
-public: \
- typedef T value_type; \
- typedef value_type* pointer; \
- typedef const value_type* const_pointer; \
- typedef value_type* iterator; \
- typedef const value_type* const_iterator; \
- typedef value_type& reference; \
- typedef const value_type& const_reference; \
- typedef base::difference_type difference_type; \
- typedef base::size_type size_type; \
- \
- class reverse_iterator \
- { \
- typedef T value_type; \
- typedef value_type& reference; \
- typedef value_type* pointer; \
- typedef reverse_iterator itor; \
- friend inline itor operator+(int o, const itor& it) \
- { return it.m_ptr - o; } \
- friend inline itor operator+(const itor& it, int o) \
- { return it.m_ptr - o; } \
- friend inline itor operator-(const itor& it, int o) \
- { return it.m_ptr + o; } \
- friend inline difference_type operator-(const itor& i1, \
- const itor& i2) \
- { return i1.m_ptr - i2.m_ptr; } \
- \
- public: \
- pointer m_ptr; \
- reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } \
- reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } \
- reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } \
- reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } \
- ptrop \
- itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; } \
- const itor operator++(int) \
- { reverse_iterator tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } \
- itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; } \
- const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }\
- bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }\
- bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }\
- }; \
- \
- class const_reverse_iterator \
- { \
- typedef T value_type; \
- typedef const value_type& reference; \
- typedef const value_type* pointer; \
- typedef const_reverse_iterator itor; \
- friend inline itor operator+(int o, const itor& it) \
- { return it.m_ptr - o; } \
- friend inline itor operator+(const itor& it, int o) \
- { return it.m_ptr - o; } \
- friend inline itor operator-(const itor& it, int o) \
- { return it.m_ptr + o; } \
- friend inline difference_type operator-(const itor& i1, \
- const itor& i2) \
- { return i1.m_ptr - i2.m_ptr; } \
- \
- public: \
- pointer m_ptr; \
- const_reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { } \
- const_reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } \
- const_reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { } \
- const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }\
- reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } \
- ptrop \
- itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; } \
- const itor operator++(int) \
- { itor tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; } \
- itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; } \
- const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }\
- bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }\
- bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }\
- }; \
- \
- name(size_type n) { assign(n, value_type()); } \
- name(size_type n, const_reference v) { assign(n, v); } \
- name(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \
- { assign(first, last); } \
- void assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \
- { base::assign((bconst_iterator)first, (bconst_iterator)last); } \
- void assign(size_type n, const_reference v) \
- { base::assign(n, (bconst_reference)v); } \
- reference back() { return *(end() - 1); } \
- const_reference back() const { return *(end() - 1); } \
- iterator begin() { return (iterator)base::begin(); } \
- const_iterator begin() const { return (const_iterator)base::begin(); }\
- size_type capacity() const { return base::capacity(); } \
- iterator end() { return (iterator)base::end(); } \
- const_iterator end() const { return (const_iterator)base::end(); } \
- iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last) \
- { return (iterator)base::erase((biterator)first, (biterator)last); }\
- iterator erase(iterator it) \
- { return (iterator)base::erase((biterator)it); } \
- reference front() { return *begin(); } \
- const_reference front() const { return *begin(); } \
- void insert(iterator it, size_type n, const_reference v) \
- { base::insert((biterator)it, n, (bconst_reference)v); } \
- iterator insert(iterator it, const_reference v = value_type()) \
- { return (iterator)base::insert((biterator)it, (bconst_reference)v); }\
- void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last) \
- { base::insert((biterator)it, (bconst_iterator)first, \
- (bconst_iterator)last); } \
- void pop_back() { base::pop_back(); } \
- void push_back(const_reference v) \
- { base::push_back((bconst_reference)v); } \
- reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end() - 1); } \
- const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const; \
- reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); } \
- const_reverse_iterator rend() const; \
- void reserve(size_type n) { base::reserve(n); } \
- void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type()) \
- { base::resize(n, v); } \
- void swap(name& other) { base::swap(other); } \
-}
-
-#define _WX_PTROP pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; }
-#define _WX_PTROP_NONE
-
-#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) \
- _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_HELPER(T, name, base, classexp, _WX_PTROP)
-#define _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, classexp) \
- _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_HELPER(T, name, base, classexp, _WX_PTROP_NONE)
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY: sorted array for simple data types
-// cannot handle types with size greater than pointer because of sorting
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(T, name, base, defcomp, classexp, comptype)\
-wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT2(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(base::base_type), \
- TypeTooBigToBeStoredInSorted##base, \
- name); \
-classexp name : public base \
-{ \
- typedef comptype SCMPFUNC; \
-public: \
- name(comptype fn defcomp) { m_fnCompare = fn; } \
- \
- name& operator=(const name& src) \
- { base* temp = (base*) this; \
- (*temp) = ((const base&)src); \
- m_fnCompare = src.m_fnCompare; \
- return *this; } \
- \
- T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const \
- { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \
- T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \
- { return (T&)(base::operator[](uiIndex)); } \
- T& Last() const \
- { return (T&)(base::operator[](size() - 1)); } \
- \
- int Index(T lItem) const \
- { return base::Index(lItem, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); } \
- \
- size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem) const \
- { return base::IndexForInsert(lItem, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); } \
- \
- void AddAt(T item, size_t index) \
- { base::insert(begin() + index, item); } \
- \
- size_t Add(T lItem) \
- { return base::Add(lItem, (CMPFUNC)m_fnCompare); } \
- void push_back(T lItem) \
- { Add(lItem); } \
- \
- void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1) \
- { base::erase(begin() + uiIndex, begin() + uiIndex + nRemove); } \
- void Remove(T lItem) \
- { int iIndex = Index(lItem); \
- wxCHECK_RET( iIndex != wxNOT_FOUND, _WX_ERROR_REMOVE ); \
- base::erase(begin() + iIndex); } \
- \
-private: \
- comptype m_fnCompare; \
-}
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY: an array for pointers to type T with owning semantics
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name, base, classexp) \
-typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##T)(T **pItem1, T **pItem2); \
-classexp name : protected base \
-{ \
-typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNC##base)(void **pItem1, void **pItem2); \
-typedef base base_array; \
-public: \
- name() { } \
- name(const name& src); \
- name& operator=(const name& src); \
- \
- ~name(); \
- \
- void Alloc(size_t count) { base::reserve(count); } \
- void reserve(size_t count) { base::reserve(count); } \
- size_t GetCount() const { return base_array::size(); } \
- size_t size() const { return base_array::size(); } \
- bool IsEmpty() const { return base_array::empty(); } \
- bool empty() const { return base_array::empty(); } \
- size_t Count() const { return base_array::size(); } \
- void Shrink() { base::Shrink(); } \
- \
- T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const \
- { return *(T*)base::operator[](uiIndex); } \
- T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const \
- { return *(T*)base::operator[](uiIndex); } \
- T& Last() const \
- { return *(T*)(base::operator[](size() - 1)); } \
- \
- int Index(const T& lItem, bool bFromEnd = false) const; \
- \
- void Add(const T& lItem, size_t nInsert = 1); \
- void Add(const T* pItem) \
- { base::push_back((T*)pItem); } \
- void push_back(const T* pItem) \
- { base::push_back((T*)pItem); } \
- void push_back(const T& lItem) \
- { Add(lItem); } \
- \
- void Insert(const T& lItem, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1); \
- void Insert(const T* pItem, size_t uiIndex) \
- { base::insert(begin() + uiIndex, (T*)pItem); } \
- \
- void Empty() { DoEmpty(); base::clear(); } \
- void Clear() { DoEmpty(); base::clear(); } \
- \
- T* Detach(size_t uiIndex) \
- { T* p = (T*)base::operator[](uiIndex); \
- base::erase(begin() + uiIndex); return p; } \
- void RemoveAt(size_t uiIndex, size_t nRemove = 1); \
- \
- void Sort(CMPFUNC##T fCmp) { base::Sort((CMPFUNC##base)fCmp); } \
- \
-private: \
- void DoEmpty(); \
- void DoCopy(const name& src); \
-}
-
-// ============================================================================
-// The public macros for declaration and definition of the dynamic arrays
-// ============================================================================
-
-// Please note that for each macro WX_FOO_ARRAY we also have
-// WX_FOO_EXPORTED_ARRAY and WX_FOO_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY which are exactly the
-// same except that they use an additional __declspec(dllexport) or equivalent
-// under Windows if needed.
-//
-// The first (just EXPORTED) macros do it if wxWidgets was compiled as a DLL
-// and so must be used used inside the library. The second kind (USER_EXPORTED)
-// allow the user code to do it when it wants. This is needed if you have a dll
-// that wants to export a wxArray daubed with your own import/export goo.
-//
-// Finally, you can define the macro below as something special to modify the
-// arrays defined by a simple WX_FOO_ARRAY as well. By default is empty.
-#define wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name) declare an array class named "name" containing
-// the elements of type T
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(T, name) \
- WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name) \
- WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(T, name, expmode) \
- typedef T _wxArray##name; \
- _WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY(_wxArray##name, name, class expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) define an array class named "name" deriving
-// from class "base" containing the elements of type T
-//
-// Note that the class defined has only inline function and doesn't take any
-// space at all so there is no size penalty for defining multiple array classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, class wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, class wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, expdecl) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, class expdecl)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, expdecl) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, class expdecl)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, base, classdecl) \
- typedef T _wxArray##name; \
- _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(_wxArray##name, name, base, classdecl)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, base, classdecl) \
- typedef T _wxArray##name; \
- _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(_wxArray##name, name, base, classdecl)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY: this is the same as the previous macro, but it
-// defines a sorted array.
-//
-// Differences:
-// 1) it must be given a COMPARE function in ctor which takes 2 items of type
-// T* and should return -1, 0 or +1 if the first one is less/greater
-// than/equal to the second one.
-// 2) the Add() method inserts the item in such was that the array is always
-// sorted (it uses the COMPARE function)
-// 3) it has no Sort() method because it's always sorted
-// 4) Index() method is much faster (the sorted arrays use binary search
-// instead of linear one), but Add() is slower.
-// 5) there is no Insert() method because you can't insert an item into the
-// given position in a sorted array but there is IndexForInsert()/AddAt()
-// pair which may be used to optimize a common operation of "insert only if
-// not found"
-//
-// Note that you have to specify the comparison function when creating the
-// objects of this array type. If, as in 99% of cases, the comparison function
-// is the same for all objects of a class, WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP below
-// is more convenient.
-//
-// Summary: use this class when the speed of Index() function is important, use
-// the normal arrays otherwise.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we need a macro which expands to nothing to pass correct number of
-// parameters to a nested macro invocation even when we don't have anything to
-// pass it
-#define wxARRAY_EMPTY
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, \
- wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, expmode) \
- typedef T _wxArray##name; \
- typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *SCMPFUNC##name)(T pItem1, T pItem2); \
- _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(_wxArray##name, name, base, \
- wxARRAY_EMPTY, class expmode, SCMPFUNC##name)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP: exactly the same as above but the comparison
-// function is provided by this macro and the objects of this class have a
-// default constructor which just uses it.
-//
-// The arguments are: the element type, the comparison function and the array
-// name
-//
-// NB: this is, of course, how WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY() should have worked
-// from the very beginning - unfortunately I didn't think about this earlier
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base, \
- wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base, \
- WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, base, \
- expmode) \
- typedef T _wxArray##name; \
- typedef int (CMPFUNC_CONV *SCMPFUNC##name)(T pItem1, T pItem2); \
- _WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(_wxArray##name, name, base, = cmpfunc, \
- class expmode, SCMPFUNC##name)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name): this macro generates a new array class
-// named "name" which owns the objects of type T it contains, i.e. it will
-// delete them when it is destroyed.
-//
-// An element is of type T*, but arguments of type T& are taken (see below!)
-// and T& is returned.
-//
-// Don't use this for simple types such as "int" or "long"!
-//
-// Note on Add/Insert functions:
-// 1) function(T*) gives the object to the array, i.e. it will delete the
-// object when it's removed or in the array's dtor
-// 2) function(T&) will create a copy of the object and work with it
-//
-// Also:
-// 1) Remove() will delete the object after removing it from the array
-// 2) Detach() just removes the object from the array (returning pointer to it)
-//
-// NB1: Base type T should have an accessible copy ctor if Add(T&) is used
-// NB2: Never ever cast a array to it's base type: as dtor is not virtual
-// and so you risk having at least the memory leaks and probably worse
-//
-// Some functions of this class are not inline, so it takes some space to
-// define new class from this template even if you don't use it - which is not
-// the case for the simple (non-object) array classes
-//
-// To use an objarray class you must
-// #include "dynarray.h"
-// WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(element_type, list_class_name)
-// #include "arrimpl.cpp"
-// WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(list_class_name) // name must be the same as above!
-//
-// This is necessary because at the moment of DEFINE_OBJARRAY class parsing the
-// element_type must be fully defined (i.e. forward declaration is not
-// enough), while WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY may be done anywhere. The separation of
-// two allows to break cicrcular dependencies with classes which have member
-// variables of objarray type.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(T, name) \
- WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, wxARRAY_DEFAULT_EXPORT)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name) \
- WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, decl) \
- typedef T _wxObjArray##name; \
- _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(_wxObjArray##name, name, wxArrayPtrVoid, decl)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, class expmode)
-
-// WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY is going to be redefined when arrimpl.cpp is included,
-// try to provoke a human-understandable error if it used incorrectly.
-//
-// there is no real need for 3 different macros in the DEFINE case but do it
-// anyhow for consistency
-#define WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name) DidYouIncludeArrimplCpp
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(name) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(name) WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(name)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Some commonly used predefined base arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(const void *, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid,
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(char, wxBaseArrayChar, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(short, wxBaseArrayShort, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(int, wxBaseArrayInt, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(long, wxBaseArrayLong, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(size_t, wxBaseArraySizeT, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_BASEARRAY(double, wxBaseArrayDouble, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Convenience macros to define arrays from base arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, decl) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, decl)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble)
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(T, name, wxBaseArrayDouble, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Convenience macros to define sorted arrays from base arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CHAR(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayChar, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayShort, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayInt, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArrayLong, expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(T, name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(T, name, wxBaseArraySizeT, wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Convenience macros to define sorted arrays from base arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayPtrVoid)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, \
- name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \
- wxBaseArrayPtrVoid, \
- wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_CHAR(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayChar)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_CHAR(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayChar)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_CHAR(T, cmpfunc, \
- name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \
- wxBaseArrayChar, \
- wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayShort)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SHORT(T, cmpfunc, \
- name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \
- wxBaseArrayShort, \
- wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayInt)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(T, cmpfunc, \
- name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \
- wxBaseArrayInt, \
- wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArrayLong)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_LONG(T, cmpfunc, \
- name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \
- wxBaseArrayLong, \
- wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SIZE_T(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArraySizeT)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SIZE_T(T, cmpfunc, name) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, wxBaseArraySizeT)
-#define WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_SIZE_T(T, cmpfunc, \
- name, expmode) \
- WX_DEFINE_SORTED_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY_CMP(T, cmpfunc, name, \
- wxBaseArraySizeT, \
- wxARRAY_EMPTY expmode)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Some commonly used predefined arrays
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SHORT(short, wxArrayShort, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(int, wxArrayInt, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_DOUBLE(double, wxArrayDouble, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_LONG(long, wxArrayLong, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(void *, wxArrayPtrVoid, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// convenience macros
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// prepend all element of one array to another one; e.g. if first array contains
-// elements X,Y,Z and the second contains A,B,C (in those orders), then the
-// first array will be result as A,B,C,X,Y,Z
-#define WX_PREPEND_ARRAY(array, other) \
- { \
- size_t wxAAcnt = (other).size(); \
- (array).reserve(wxAAcnt); \
- for ( size_t wxAAn = 0; wxAAn < wxAAcnt; wxAAn++ ) \
- { \
- (array).Insert((other)[wxAAn], wxAAn); \
- } \
- }
-
-// append all element of one array to another one
-#define WX_APPEND_ARRAY(array, other) \
- { \
- size_t wxAAcnt = (other).size(); \
- (array).reserve(wxAAcnt); \
- for ( size_t wxAAn = 0; wxAAn < wxAAcnt; wxAAn++ ) \
- { \
- (array).push_back((other)[wxAAn]); \
- } \
- }
-
-// delete all array elements
-//
-// NB: the class declaration of the array elements must be visible from the
-// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not
-// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't
-// count on it)!
-#define WX_CLEAR_ARRAY(array) \
- { \
- size_t wxAAcnt = (array).size(); \
- for ( size_t wxAAn = 0; wxAAn < wxAAcnt; wxAAn++ ) \
- { \
- delete (array)[wxAAn]; \
- } \
- \
- (array).clear(); \
- }
-
-#endif // _DYNARRAY_H
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dynlib.h
-// Purpose: Dynamic library loading classes
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux, Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 20/07/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DYNLIB_H__
-#define _WX_DYNLIB_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// note that we have our own dlerror() implementation under Darwin
-#if (defined(HAVE_DLERROR) && !defined(__EMX__)) || defined(__DARWIN__)
- #define wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDynamicLibraryDetailsCreator;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// conditional compilation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Note: __OS2__/EMX has to be tested first, since we want to use
-// native version, even if configure detected presence of DLOPEN.
-#if defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__WINDOWS__)
- typedef WXHMODULE wxDllType;
-#elif defined(__DARWIN__)
- // Don't include dlfcn.h on Darwin, we may be using our own replacements.
- typedef void *wxDllType;
-#elif defined(HAVE_DLOPEN)
- #include <dlfcn.h>
- typedef void *wxDllType;
-#elif defined(HAVE_SHL_LOAD)
- #include <dl.h>
- typedef shl_t wxDllType;
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include <CodeFragments.h>
- typedef CFragConnectionID wxDllType;
-#else
- #error "Dynamic Loading classes can't be compiled on this platform, sorry."
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxDLFlags
-{
- wxDL_LAZY = 0x00000001, // resolve undefined symbols at first use
- // (only works on some Unix versions)
- wxDL_NOW = 0x00000002, // resolve undefined symbols on load
- // (default, always the case under Win32)
- wxDL_GLOBAL = 0x00000004, // export extern symbols to subsequently
- // loaded libs.
- wxDL_VERBATIM = 0x00000008, // attempt to load the supplied library
- // name without appending the usual dll
- // filename extension.
-
- // this flag is obsolete, don't use
- wxDL_NOSHARE = 0x00000010, // load new DLL, don't reuse already loaded
- // (only for wxPluginManager)
-
- wxDL_QUIET = 0x00000020, // don't log an error if failed to load
-
- // this flag is dangerous, for internal use of wxMSW only, don't use at all
- // and especially don't use directly, use wxLoadedDLL instead if you really
- // do need it
- wxDL_GET_LOADED = 0x00000040, // Win32 only: return handle of already
- // loaded DLL or NULL otherwise; Unload()
- // should not be called so don't forget to
- // Detach() if you use this function
-
- wxDL_DEFAULT = wxDL_NOW // default flags correspond to Win32
-};
-
-enum wxDynamicLibraryCategory
-{
- wxDL_LIBRARY, // standard library
- wxDL_MODULE // loadable module/plugin
-};
-
-enum wxPluginCategory
-{
- wxDL_PLUGIN_GUI, // plugin that uses GUI classes
- wxDL_PLUGIN_BASE // wxBase-only plugin
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// when loading a function from a DLL you always have to cast the returned
-// "void *" pointer to the correct type and, even more annoyingly, you have to
-// repeat this type twice if you want to declare and define a function pointer
-// all in one line
-//
-// this macro makes this slightly less painful by allowing you to specify the
-// type only once, as the first parameter, and creating a variable of this type
-// called "pfn<name>" initialized with the "name" from the "dynlib"
-#define wxDYNLIB_FUNCTION(type, name, dynlib) \
- type pfn ## name = (type)(dynlib).GetSymbol(wxT(#name))
-
-
-// a more convenient function replacing wxDYNLIB_FUNCTION above
-//
-// it uses the convention that the type of the function is its name suffixed
-// with "_t" but it doesn't define a variable but just assigns the loaded value
-// to it and also allows to pass it the prefix to be used instead of hardcoding
-// "pfn" (the prefix can be "m_" or "gs_pfn" or whatever)
-//
-// notice that this function doesn't generate error messages if the symbol
-// couldn't be loaded, the caller should generate the appropriate message
-#define wxDL_INIT_FUNC(pfx, name, dynlib) \
- pfx ## name = (name ## _t)(dynlib).RawGetSymbol(#name)
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
-
-// same as wxDL_INIT_FUNC() but appends 'A' or 'W' to the function name, see
-// wxDynamicLibrary::GetSymbolAorW()
-#define wxDL_INIT_FUNC_AW(pfx, name, dynlib) \
- pfx ## name = (name ## _t)(dynlib).GetSymbolAorW(#name)
-
-#endif // __WINDOWS__
-
-// the following macros can be used to redirect a whole library to a class and
-// check at run-time if the library is present and contains all required
-// methods
-//
-// notice that they are supposed to be used inside a class which has "m_ok"
-// member variable indicating if the library had been successfully loaded
-
-// helper macros constructing the name of the variable storing the function
-// pointer and the name of its type from the function name
-#define wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name) m_pfn ## name
-#define wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name) name ## _t
-
-// parameters are:
-// - rettype: return type of the function, e.g. "int"
-// - name: name of the function, e.g. "foo"
-// - args: function signature in parentheses, e.g. "(int x, int y)"
-// - argnames: the names of the parameters in parentheses, e.g. "(x, y)"
-// - defret: the value to return if the library wasn't successfully loaded
-#define wxDL_METHOD_DEFINE( rettype, name, args, argnames, defret ) \
- typedef rettype (* wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name)) args ; \
- wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name) wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name); \
- rettype name args \
- { return m_ok ? wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name) argnames : defret; }
-
-#define wxDL_VOIDMETHOD_DEFINE( name, args, argnames ) \
- typedef void (* wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name)) args ; \
- wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name) wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name); \
- void name args \
- { if ( m_ok ) wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name) argnames ; }
-
-#define wxDL_METHOD_LOAD(lib, name) \
- wxDL_METHOD_NAME(name) = \
- (wxDL_METHOD_TYPE(name)) lib.GetSymbol(#name, &m_ok); \
- if ( !m_ok ) return false
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDynamicLibraryDetails: contains details about a loaded wxDynamicLibrary
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicLibraryDetails
-{
-public:
- // ctor, normally never used as these objects are only created by
- // wxDynamicLibrary::ListLoaded()
- wxDynamicLibraryDetails() { m_address = NULL; m_length = 0; }
-
- // get the (base) name
- wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
- // get the full path of this object
- wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; }
-
- // get the load address and the extent, return true if this information is
- // available
- bool GetAddress(void **addr, size_t *len) const
- {
- if ( !m_address )
- return false;
-
- if ( addr )
- *addr = m_address;
- if ( len )
- *len = m_length;
-
- return true;
- }
-
- // return the version of the DLL (may be empty if no version info)
- wxString GetVersion() const
- {
- return m_version;
- }
-
-private:
- wxString m_name,
- m_path,
- m_version;
-
- void *m_address;
- size_t m_length;
-
- friend class wxDynamicLibraryDetailsCreator;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxDynamicLibraryDetails,
- wxDynamicLibraryDetailsArray,
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDynamicLibrary: represents a handle to a DLL/shared object
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicLibrary
-{
-public:
- // return a valid handle for the main program itself or NULL if back
- // linking is not supported by the current platform (e.g. Win32)
- static wxDllType GetProgramHandle();
-
- // return the platform standard DLL extension (with leading dot)
- static wxString GetDllExt(wxDynamicLibraryCategory cat = wxDL_LIBRARY);
-
- wxDynamicLibrary() : m_handle(0) { }
- wxDynamicLibrary(const wxString& libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT)
- : m_handle(0)
- {
- Load(libname, flags);
- }
-
- // NOTE: this class is (deliberately) not virtual, do not attempt
- // to use it polymorphically.
- ~wxDynamicLibrary() { Unload(); }
-
- // return true if the library was loaded successfully
- bool IsLoaded() const { return m_handle != 0; }
-
- // load the library with the given name (full or not), return true if ok
- bool Load(const wxString& libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT);
-
- // raw function for loading dynamic libs: always behaves as if
- // wxDL_VERBATIM were specified and doesn't log error message if the
- // library couldn't be loaded but simply returns NULL
- static wxDllType RawLoad(const wxString& libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT);
-
- // detach the library object from its handle, i.e. prevent the object from
- // unloading the library in its dtor -- the caller is now responsible for
- // doing this
- wxDllType Detach() { wxDllType h = m_handle; m_handle = 0; return h; }
-
- // unload the given library handle (presumably returned by Detach() before)
- static void Unload(wxDllType handle);
-
- // unload the library, also done automatically in dtor
- void Unload() { if ( IsLoaded() ) { Unload(m_handle); m_handle = 0; } }
-
- // Return the raw handle from dlopen and friends.
- wxDllType GetLibHandle() const { return m_handle; }
-
- // check if the given symbol is present in the library, useful to verify if
- // a loadable module is our plugin, for example, without provoking error
- // messages from GetSymbol()
- bool HasSymbol(const wxString& name) const
- {
- bool ok;
- DoGetSymbol(name, &ok);
- return ok;
- }
-
- // resolve a symbol in a loaded DLL, such as a variable or function name.
- // 'name' is the (possibly mangled) name of the symbol. (use extern "C" to
- // export unmangled names)
- //
- // Since it is perfectly valid for the returned symbol to actually be NULL,
- // that is not always indication of an error. Pass and test the parameter
- // 'success' for a true indication of success or failure to load the
- // symbol.
- //
- // Returns a pointer to the symbol on success, or NULL if an error occurred
- // or the symbol wasn't found.
- void *GetSymbol(const wxString& name, bool *success = NULL) const;
-
- // low-level version of GetSymbol()
- static void *RawGetSymbol(wxDllType handle, const wxString& name);
- void *RawGetSymbol(const wxString& name) const
- {
-#if defined (__WXPM__) || defined(__EMX__)
- return GetSymbol(name);
-#else
- return RawGetSymbol(m_handle, name);
-#endif
- }
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- // this function is useful for loading functions from the standard Windows
- // DLLs: such functions have an 'A' (in ANSI build) or 'W' (in Unicode, or
- // wide character build) suffix if they take string parameters
- static void *RawGetSymbolAorW(wxDllType handle, const wxString& name)
- {
- return RawGetSymbol
- (
- handle,
- name +
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- L'W'
-#else
- 'A'
-#endif
- );
- }
-
- void *GetSymbolAorW(const wxString& name) const
- {
- return RawGetSymbolAorW(m_handle, name);
- }
-#endif // __WINDOWS__
-
- // return all modules/shared libraries in the address space of this process
- //
- // returns an empty array if not implemented or an error occurred
- static wxDynamicLibraryDetailsArray ListLoaded();
-
- // return platform-specific name of dynamic library with proper extension
- // and prefix (e.g. "foo.dll" on Windows or "libfoo.so" on Linux)
- static wxString CanonicalizeName(const wxString& name,
- wxDynamicLibraryCategory cat = wxDL_LIBRARY);
-
- // return name of wxWidgets plugin (adds compiler and version info
- // to the filename):
- static wxString
- CanonicalizePluginName(const wxString& name,
- wxPluginCategory cat = wxDL_PLUGIN_GUI);
-
- // return plugin directory on platforms where it makes sense and empty
- // string on others:
- static wxString GetPluginsDirectory();
-
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- // return the handle (HMODULE/HINSTANCE) of the DLL with the given name
- // and/or containing the specified address: for XP and later systems only
- // the address is used and the name is ignored but for the previous systems
- // only the name (which may be either a full path to the DLL or just its
- // base name, possibly even without extension) is used
- //
- // the returned handle reference count is not incremented so it doesn't
- // need to be freed using FreeLibrary() but it also means that it can
- // become invalid if the DLL is unloaded
- static WXHMODULE MSWGetModuleHandle(const wxString& name, void *addr);
-#endif // __WINDOWS__
-
-protected:
- // common part of GetSymbol() and HasSymbol()
- void *DoGetSymbol(const wxString& name, bool *success = 0) const;
-
-#ifdef wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR
- // log the error after a dlxxx() function failure
- static void Error();
-#endif // wxHAVE_DYNLIB_ERROR
-
-
- // the handle to DLL or NULL
- wxDllType m_handle;
-
- // no copy ctor/assignment operators (or we'd try to unload the library
- // twice)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDynamicLibrary);
-};
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLoadedDLL is a MSW-only internal helper class allowing to dynamically bind
-// to a DLL already loaded into the project address space
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxLoadedDLL : public wxDynamicLibrary
-{
-public:
- wxLoadedDLL(const wxString& dllname)
- : wxDynamicLibrary(dllname, wxDL_GET_LOADED | wxDL_VERBATIM | wxDL_QUIET)
- {
- }
-
- ~wxLoadedDLL()
- {
- Detach();
- }
-};
-
-#endif // __WINDOWS__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Interesting defines
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WXDLL_ENTRY_FUNCTION() \
-extern "C" WXEXPORT const wxClassInfo *wxGetClassFirst(); \
-const wxClassInfo *wxGetClassFirst() { \
- return wxClassInfo::GetFirst(); \
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
-
-#endif // _WX_DYNLIB_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/dynload.h
-// Purpose: Dynamic loading framework
-// Author: Ron Lee, David Falkinder, Vadim Zeitlin and a cast of 1000's
-// (derived in part from dynlib.cpp (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux)
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 03/12/01
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Ron Lee <ron@debian.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__
-#define _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER
-
-#include "wx/dynlib.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/module.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPluginLibrary;
-
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxPluginLibrary *, wxDLManifest,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-typedef wxDLManifest wxDLImports;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPluginLibrary
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NOTE: Do not attempt to use a base class pointer to this class.
-// wxDL is not virtual and we deliberately hide some of it's
-// methods here.
-//
-// Unless you know exacty why you need to, you probably shouldn't
-// instantiate this class directly anyway, use wxPluginManager
-// instead.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPluginLibrary : public wxDynamicLibrary
-{
-public:
-
- static wxDLImports* ms_classes; // Static hash of all imported classes.
-
- wxPluginLibrary( const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT );
- ~wxPluginLibrary();
-
- wxPluginLibrary *RefLib();
- bool UnrefLib();
-
- // These two are called by the PluginSentinel on (PLUGGABLE) object
- // creation/destruction. There is usually no reason for the user to
- // call them directly. We have to separate this from the link count,
- // since the two are not interchangeable.
-
- // FIXME: for even better debugging PluginSentinel should register
- // the name of the class created too, then we can state
- // exactly which object was not destroyed which may be
- // difficult to find otherwise. Also this code should
- // probably only be active in DEBUG mode, but let's just
- // get it right first.
-
- void RefObj() { ++m_objcount; }
- void UnrefObj()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_objcount > 0, wxT("Too many objects deleted??") );
- --m_objcount;
- }
-
- // Override/hide some base class methods
-
- bool IsLoaded() const { return m_linkcount > 0; }
- void Unload() { UnrefLib(); }
-
-private:
-
- // These pointers may be NULL but if they are not, then m_ourLast follows
- // m_ourFirst in the linked list, i.e. can be found by calling GetNext() a
- // sufficient number of times.
- const wxClassInfo *m_ourFirst; // first class info in this plugin
- const wxClassInfo *m_ourLast; // ..and the last one
-
- size_t m_linkcount; // Ref count of library link calls
- size_t m_objcount; // ..and (pluggable) object instantiations.
- wxModuleList m_wxmodules; // any wxModules that we initialised.
-
- void UpdateClasses(); // Update ms_classes
- void RestoreClasses(); // Removes this library from ms_classes
- void RegisterModules(); // Init any wxModules in the lib.
- void UnregisterModules(); // Cleanup any wxModules we installed.
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPluginLibrary);
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPluginManager
-{
-public:
-
- // Static accessors.
-
- static wxPluginLibrary *LoadLibrary( const wxString &libname,
- int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT );
- static bool UnloadLibrary(const wxString &libname);
-
- // Instance methods.
-
- wxPluginManager() : m_entry(NULL) {}
- wxPluginManager(const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT)
- {
- Load(libname, flags);
- }
- ~wxPluginManager() { if ( IsLoaded() ) Unload(); }
-
- bool Load(const wxString &libname, int flags = wxDL_DEFAULT);
- void Unload();
-
- bool IsLoaded() const { return m_entry && m_entry->IsLoaded(); }
- void *GetSymbol(const wxString &symbol, bool *success = 0)
- {
- return m_entry->GetSymbol( symbol, success );
- }
-
- static void CreateManifest() { ms_manifest = new wxDLManifest(wxKEY_STRING); }
- static void ClearManifest() { delete ms_manifest; ms_manifest = NULL; }
-
-private:
- // return the pointer to the entry for the library with given name in
- // ms_manifest or NULL if none
- static wxPluginLibrary *FindByName(const wxString& name)
- {
- const wxDLManifest::iterator i = ms_manifest->find(name);
-
- return i == ms_manifest->end() ? NULL : i->second;
- }
-
- static wxDLManifest* ms_manifest; // Static hash of loaded libs.
- wxPluginLibrary* m_entry; // Cache our entry in the manifest.
-
- // We could allow this class to be copied if we really
- // wanted to, but not without modification.
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPluginManager);
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER
-#endif // _WX_DYNAMICLOADER_H__
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/editlbox.h
-// Purpose: ListBox with editable items
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef __WX_EDITLBOX_H__
-#define __WX_EDITLBOX_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX
-
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListEvent;
-
-#define wxEL_ALLOW_NEW 0x0100
-#define wxEL_ALLOW_EDIT 0x0200
-#define wxEL_ALLOW_DELETE 0x0400
-#define wxEL_NO_REORDER 0x0800
-#define wxEL_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxEL_ALLOW_NEW | wxEL_ALLOW_EDIT | wxEL_ALLOW_DELETE)
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxEditableListBoxNameStr[];
-
-// This class provides a composite control that lets the
-// user easily enter list of strings
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxEditableListBox : public wxPanel
-{
-public:
- wxEditableListBox() { Init(); }
-
- wxEditableListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxEL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxEditableListBoxNameStr)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxEL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxEditableListBoxNameStr);
-
- void SetStrings(const wxArrayString& strings);
- void GetStrings(wxArrayString& strings) const;
-
- wxListCtrl* GetListCtrl() { return m_listCtrl; }
- wxBitmapButton* GetDelButton() { return m_bDel; }
- wxBitmapButton* GetNewButton() { return m_bNew; }
- wxBitmapButton* GetUpButton() { return m_bUp; }
- wxBitmapButton* GetDownButton() { return m_bDown; }
- wxBitmapButton* GetEditButton() { return m_bEdit; }
-
-protected:
- wxBitmapButton *m_bDel, *m_bNew, *m_bUp, *m_bDown, *m_bEdit;
- wxListCtrl *m_listCtrl;
- int m_selection;
- long m_style;
-
- void Init()
- {
- m_style = 0;
- m_selection = 0;
- m_bEdit = m_bNew = m_bDel = m_bUp = m_bDown = NULL;
- m_listCtrl = NULL;
- }
-
- void OnItemSelected(wxListEvent& event);
- void OnEndLabelEdit(wxListEvent& event);
- void OnNewItem(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnDelItem(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnEditItem(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnUpItem(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnDownItem(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxEditableListBox)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-private:
- void SwapItems(long i1, long i2);
-
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX
-
-#endif // __WX_EDITLBOX_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/effects.h
-// Purpose: wxEffects class
-// Draws 3D effects.
-// Author: Julian Smart et al
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 25/4/2000
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_EFFECTS_H_
-#define _WX_EFFECTS_H_
-
-// this class is deprecated and will be removed in the next wx version
-//
-// please use wxRenderer::DrawBorder() instead of DrawSunkenEdge(); there is no
-// replacement for TileBitmap() but it doesn't seem to be very useful anyhow
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-/*
- * wxEffects: various 3D effects
- */
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEffectsImpl: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // Assume system colours
- wxEffectsImpl() ;
- // Going from lightest to darkest
- wxEffectsImpl(const wxColour& highlightColour, const wxColour& lightShadow,
- const wxColour& faceColour, const wxColour& mediumShadow,
- const wxColour& darkShadow) ;
-
- // Accessors
- wxColour GetHighlightColour() const { return m_highlightColour; }
- wxColour GetLightShadow() const { return m_lightShadow; }
- wxColour GetFaceColour() const { return m_faceColour; }
- wxColour GetMediumShadow() const { return m_mediumShadow; }
- wxColour GetDarkShadow() const { return m_darkShadow; }
-
- void SetHighlightColour(const wxColour& c) { m_highlightColour = c; }
- void SetLightShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_lightShadow = c; }
- void SetFaceColour(const wxColour& c) { m_faceColour = c; }
- void SetMediumShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_mediumShadow = c; }
- void SetDarkShadow(const wxColour& c) { m_darkShadow = c; }
-
- void Set(const wxColour& highlightColour, const wxColour& lightShadow,
- const wxColour& faceColour, const wxColour& mediumShadow,
- const wxColour& darkShadow)
- {
- SetHighlightColour(highlightColour);
- SetLightShadow(lightShadow);
- SetFaceColour(faceColour);
- SetMediumShadow(mediumShadow);
- SetDarkShadow(darkShadow);
- }
-
- // Draw a sunken edge
- void DrawSunkenEdge(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int borderSize = 1);
-
- // Tile a bitmap
- bool TileBitmap(const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
-protected:
- wxColour m_highlightColour; // Usually white
- wxColour m_lightShadow; // Usually light grey
- wxColour m_faceColour; // Usually grey
- wxColour m_mediumShadow; // Usually dark grey
- wxColour m_darkShadow; // Usually black
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxEffectsImpl)
-};
-
-// current versions of g++ don't generate deprecation warnings for classes
-// declared deprecated, so define wxEffects as a typedef instead: this does
-// generate warnings with both g++ and VC (which also has no troubles with
-// directly deprecating the classes...)
-//
-// note that this g++ bug (16370) is supposed to be fixed in g++ 4.3.0
-typedef wxEffectsImpl wxDEPRECATED(wxEffects);
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-#endif // _WX_EFFECTS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/encconv.h
-// Purpose: wxEncodingConverter class for converting between different
-// font encodings
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ENCCONV_H_
-#define _WX_ENCCONV_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
- wxCONVERT_STRICT,
- wxCONVERT_SUBSTITUTE
-};
-
-
-enum
-{
- wxPLATFORM_CURRENT = -1,
-
- wxPLATFORM_UNIX = 0,
- wxPLATFORM_WINDOWS,
- wxPLATFORM_OS2,
- wxPLATFORM_MAC
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_INT(wxFontEncoding, wxFontEncodingArray);
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEncodingConverter
-// This class is capable of converting strings between any two
-// 8bit encodings/charsets. It can also convert from/to Unicode
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEncodingConverter : public wxObject
-{
- public:
-
- wxEncodingConverter();
- virtual ~wxEncodingConverter() { if (m_Table) delete[] m_Table; }
-
- // Initialize conversion. Both output or input encoding may
- // be wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE.
- //
- // All subsequent calls to Convert() will interpret it's argument
- // as a string in input_enc encoding and will output string in
- // output_enc encoding.
- //
- // You must call this method before calling Convert. You may call
- // it more than once in order to switch to another conversion
- //
- // Method affects behaviour of Convert() in case input character
- // cannot be converted because it does not exist in output encoding:
- // wxCONVERT_STRICT --
- // follow behaviour of GNU Recode - just copy unconvertable
- // characters to output and don't change them (it's integer
- // value will stay the same)
- // wxCONVERT_SUBSTITUTE --
- // try some (lossy) substitutions - e.g. replace
- // unconvertable latin capitals with acute by ordinary
- // capitals, replace en-dash or em-dash by '-' etc.
- // both modes guarantee that output string will have same length
- // as input string
- //
- // Returns false if given conversion is impossible, true otherwise
- // (conversion may be impossible either if you try to convert
- // to Unicode with non-Unicode build of wxWidgets or if input
- // or output encoding is not supported.)
- bool Init(wxFontEncoding input_enc, wxFontEncoding output_enc, int method = wxCONVERT_STRICT);
-
- // Convert input string according to settings passed to Init.
- // Note that you must call Init before using Convert!
- bool Convert(const char* input, char* output) const;
- bool Convert(char* str) const { return Convert(str, str); }
- wxString Convert(const wxString& input) const;
-
- bool Convert(const char* input, wchar_t* output) const;
- bool Convert(const wchar_t* input, char* output) const;
- bool Convert(const wchar_t* input, wchar_t* output) const;
- bool Convert(wchar_t* str) const { return Convert(str, str); }
-
- // Return equivalent(s) for given font that are used
- // under given platform. wxPLATFORM_CURRENT means the plaform
- // this binary was compiled for
- //
- // Examples:
- // current platform enc returned value
- // -----------------------------------------------------
- // unix CP1250 {ISO8859_2}
- // unix ISO8859_2 {}
- // windows ISO8859_2 {CP1250}
- //
- // Equivalence is defined in terms of convertibility:
- // 2 encodings are equivalent if you can convert text between
- // then without losing information (it may - and will - happen
- // that you lose special chars like quotation marks or em-dashes
- // but you shouldn't lose any diacritics and language-specific
- // characters when converting between equivalent encodings).
- //
- // Convert() method is not limited to converting between
- // equivalent encodings, it can convert between arbitrary
- // two encodings!
- //
- // Remember that this function does _NOT_ check for presence of
- // fonts in system. It only tells you what are most suitable
- // encodings. (It usually returns only one encoding)
- //
- // Note that argument enc itself may be present in returned array!
- // (so that you can -- as a side effect -- detect whether the
- // encoding is native for this platform or not)
- static wxFontEncodingArray GetPlatformEquivalents(wxFontEncoding enc, int platform = wxPLATFORM_CURRENT);
-
- // Similar to GetPlatformEquivalent, but this one will return ALL
- // equivalent encodings, regardless the platform, including itself.
- static wxFontEncodingArray GetAllEquivalents(wxFontEncoding enc);
-
- // Return true if [any text in] one multibyte encoding can be
- // converted to another one losslessly.
- //
- // Do not call this with wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE, it doesn't make
- // sense (always works in one sense and always depends on the text
- // to convert in the other)
- static bool CanConvert(wxFontEncoding encIn, wxFontEncoding encOut)
- {
- return GetAllEquivalents(encIn).Index(encOut) != wxNOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- private:
- wchar_t *m_Table;
- bool m_UnicodeInput, m_UnicodeOutput;
- bool m_JustCopy;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEncodingConverter);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_ENCCONV_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/encinfo.h
-// Purpose: declares wxNativeEncodingInfo struct
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 19.09.2003 (extracted from wx/fontenc.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ENCINFO_H_
-#define _WX_ENCINFO_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNativeEncodingInfo contains all encoding parameters for this platform
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This private structure specifies all the parameters needed to create a font
-// with the given encoding on this platform.
-//
-// Under X, it contains the last 2 elements of the font specifications
-// (registry and encoding).
-//
-// Under Windows, it contains a number which is one of predefined CHARSET_XXX
-// values.
-//
-// Under all platforms it also contains a facename string which should be
-// used, if not empty, to create fonts in this encoding (this is the only way
-// to create a font of non-standard encoding (like KOI8) under Windows - the
-// facename specifies the encoding then)
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNativeEncodingInfo
-{
- wxString facename; // may be empty meaning "any"
- wxFontEncoding encoding; // so that we know what this struct represents
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || \
- defined(__WXPM__) || \
- defined(__WXMAC__) || \
- defined(__WXCOCOA__) // FIXME: __WXCOCOA__
-
- wxNativeEncodingInfo()
- : facename()
- , encoding(wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM)
- , charset(0) /* ANSI_CHARSET */
- { }
-
- int charset;
-#elif defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE)
- wxString xregistry,
- xencoding;
-#elif defined(wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS)
- // ports using UTF-8 for text don't need encoding information for fonts
-#else
- #error "Unsupported toolkit"
-#endif
- // this struct is saved in config by wxFontMapper, so it should know to
- // serialise itself (implemented in platform-specific code)
- bool FromString(const wxString& s);
- wxString ToString() const;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_ENCINFO_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/event.h
-// Purpose: Event classes
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_EVENT_H_
-#define _WX_EVENT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/cpp.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/clntdata.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- #include "wx/gdicmn.h"
- #include "wx/cursor.h"
- #include "wx/mousestate.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/thread.h"
-#include "wx/tracker.h"
-#include "wx/typeinfo.h"
-#include "wx/any.h"
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
- #include "wx/meta/convertible.h"
-#endif
-
-// Currently VC6 and VC7 are known to not be able to compile CallAfter() code,
-// so disable it for them.
-#if !defined(__VISUALC__) || wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8)
- #include "wx/meta/removeref.h"
-
- #define wxHAS_CALL_AFTER
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEventFilter;
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// We operate with pointer to members of wxEvtHandler (such functions are used
-// as event handlers in the event tables or as arguments to Connect()) but by
-// default MSVC uses a restricted (but more efficient) representation of
-// pointers to members which can't deal with multiple base classes. To avoid
-// mysterious (as the compiler is not good enough to detect this and give a
-// sensible error message) errors in the user code as soon as it defines
-// classes inheriting from both wxEvtHandler (possibly indirectly, e.g. via
-// wxWindow) and something else (including our own wxTrackable but not limited
-// to it), we use the special MSVC keyword telling the compiler to use a more
-// general pointer to member representation for the classes inheriting from
-// wxEvtHandler.
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- #define wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES __multiple_inheritance
-#else
- #define wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES wxEvtHandler;
-class wxEventConnectionRef;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Event types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef int wxEventType;
-
-#define wxEVT_ANY ((wxEventType)-1)
-
-// this is used to make the event table entry type safe, so that for an event
-// handler only a function with proper parameter list can be given. See also
-// the wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST-macro.
-#define wxStaticCastEvent(type, val) static_cast<type>(val)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(type, winid, idLast, fn, obj) \
- wxEventTableEntry(type, winid, idLast, wxNewEventTableFunctor(type, fn), obj)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_TERMINATOR() \
- wxEventTableEntry(wxEVT_NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0)
-
-// generate a new unique event type
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventType wxNewEventType();
-
-// define macros to create new event types:
-#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
- // events are represented by an instance of wxEventTypeTag and the
- // corresponding type must be specified for type-safety checks
-
- // define a new custom event type, can be used alone or after event
- // declaration in the header using one of the macros below
- #define wxDEFINE_EVENT( name, type ) \
- const wxEventTypeTag< type > name( wxNewEventType() )
-
- // the general version allowing exporting the event type from DLL, used by
- // wxWidgets itself
- #define wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( expdecl, name, type ) \
- extern const expdecl wxEventTypeTag< type > name
-
- // this is the version which will normally be used in the user code
- #define wxDECLARE_EVENT( name, type ) \
- wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, name, type )
-
-
- // these macros are only used internally for backwards compatibility and
- // allow to define an alias for an existing event type (this is used by
- // wxEVT_SPIN_XXX)
- #define wxDEFINE_EVENT_ALIAS( name, type, value ) \
- const wxEventTypeTag< type > name( value )
-
- #define wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_ALIAS( expdecl, name, type ) \
- extern const expdecl wxEventTypeTag< type > name
-#else // !wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
- // the macros are the same ones as above but defined differently as we only
- // use the integer event type values to identify events in this case
-
- #define wxDEFINE_EVENT( name, type ) \
- const wxEventType name( wxNewEventType() )
-
- #define wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( expdecl, name, type ) \
- extern const expdecl wxEventType name
- #define wxDECLARE_EVENT( name, type ) \
- wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, name, type )
-
- #define wxDEFINE_EVENT_ALIAS( name, type, value ) \
- const wxEventType name = value
- #define wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_ALIAS( expdecl, name, type ) \
- extern const expdecl wxEventType name
-#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND/!wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-
-// Try to cast the given event handler to the correct handler type:
-
-#define wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( functype, func ) \
- ( wxObjectEventFunction )( wxEventFunction )wxStaticCastEvent( functype, &func )
-
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-
-// The tag is a type associated to the event type (which is an integer itself,
-// in spite of its name) value. It exists in order to be used as a template
-// parameter and provide a mapping between the event type values and their
-// corresponding wxEvent-derived classes.
-template <typename T>
-class wxEventTypeTag
-{
-public:
- // The class of wxEvent-derived class carried by the events of this type.
- typedef T EventClass;
-
- wxEventTypeTag(wxEventType type) { m_type = type; }
-
- // Return a wxEventType reference for the initialization of the static
- // event tables. See wxEventTableEntry::m_eventType for a more thorough
- // explanation.
- operator const wxEventType&() const { return m_type; }
-
-private:
- wxEventType m_type;
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-
-// These are needed for the functor definitions
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEventFunction)(wxEvent&);
-
-// We had some trouble (specifically with eVC for ARM WinCE build) with using
-// wxEventFunction in the past so we had introduced wxObjectEventFunction which
-// used to be a typedef for a member of wxObject and not wxEvtHandler to work
-// around this but as eVC is not really supported any longer we now only keep
-// this for backwards compatibility and, despite its name, this is a typedef
-// for wxEvtHandler member now -- but if we have the same problem with another
-// compiler we can restore its old definition for it.
-typedef wxEventFunction wxObjectEventFunction;
-
-// The event functor which is stored in the static and dynamic event tables:
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventFunctor
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxEventFunctor();
-
- // Invoke the actual event handler:
- virtual void operator()(wxEvtHandler *, wxEvent&) = 0;
-
- // this function tests whether this functor is matched, for the purpose of
- // finding it in an event table in Unbind(), by the given functor:
- virtual bool IsMatching(const wxEventFunctor& functor) const = 0;
-
- // If the functor holds an wxEvtHandler, then get access to it and track
- // its lifetime with wxEventConnectionRef:
- virtual wxEvtHandler *GetEvtHandler() const
- { return NULL; }
-
- // This is only used to maintain backward compatibility in
- // wxAppConsoleBase::CallEventHandler and ensures that an overwritten
- // wxAppConsoleBase::HandleEvent is still called for functors which hold an
- // wxEventFunction:
- virtual wxEventFunction GetEvtMethod() const
- { return NULL; }
-
-private:
- WX_DECLARE_ABSTRACT_TYPEINFO(wxEventFunctor)
-};
-
-// A plain method functor for the untyped legacy event types:
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectEventFunctor : public wxEventFunctor
-{
-public:
- wxObjectEventFunctor(wxObjectEventFunction method, wxEvtHandler *handler)
- : m_handler( handler ), m_method( method )
- { }
-
- virtual void operator()(wxEvtHandler *handler, wxEvent& event);
-
- virtual bool IsMatching(const wxEventFunctor& functor) const
- {
- if ( wxTypeId(functor) == wxTypeId(*this) )
- {
- const wxObjectEventFunctor &other =
- static_cast< const wxObjectEventFunctor & >( functor );
-
- // FIXME-VC6: amazing but true: replacing "m_method == 0" here
- // with "!m_method" makes VC6 crash with an ICE in DLL build (only!)
- // Also notice that using "NULL" instead of "0" results in warnings
- // about "using NULL in arithmetics" from arm-linux-androideabi-g++
- // 4.4.3 used for wxAndroid build.
-
- return ( m_method == other.m_method || other.m_method == 0 ) &&
- ( m_handler == other.m_handler || other.m_handler == NULL );
- }
- else
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual wxEvtHandler *GetEvtHandler() const
- { return m_handler; }
-
- virtual wxEventFunction GetEvtMethod() const
- { return m_method; }
-
-private:
- wxEvtHandler *m_handler;
- wxEventFunction m_method;
-
- // Provide a dummy default ctor for type info purposes
- wxObjectEventFunctor() { }
-
- WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(wxObjectEventFunctor)
-};
-
-// Create a functor for the legacy events: used by Connect()
-inline wxObjectEventFunctor *
-wxNewEventFunctor(const wxEventType& WXUNUSED(evtType),
- wxObjectEventFunction method,
- wxEvtHandler *handler)
-{
- return new wxObjectEventFunctor(method, handler);
-}
-
-// This version is used by wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY()
-inline wxObjectEventFunctor *
-wxNewEventTableFunctor(const wxEventType& WXUNUSED(evtType),
- wxObjectEventFunction method)
-{
- return new wxObjectEventFunctor(method, NULL);
-}
-
-inline wxObjectEventFunctor
-wxMakeEventFunctor(const wxEventType& WXUNUSED(evtType),
- wxObjectEventFunction method,
- wxEvtHandler *handler)
-{
- return wxObjectEventFunctor(method, handler);
-}
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-// helper template defining nested "type" typedef as the event class
-// corresponding to the given event type
-template <typename T> struct EventClassOf;
-
-// the typed events provide the information about the class of the events they
-// carry themselves:
-template <typename T>
-struct EventClassOf< wxEventTypeTag<T> >
-{
- typedef typename wxEventTypeTag<T>::EventClass type;
-};
-
-// for the old untyped events we don't have information about the exact event
-// class carried by them
-template <>
-struct EventClassOf<wxEventType>
-{
- typedef wxEvent type;
-};
-
-
-// helper class defining operations different for method functors using an
-// object of wxEvtHandler-derived class as handler and the others
-template <typename T, typename A, bool> struct HandlerImpl;
-
-// specialization for handlers deriving from wxEvtHandler
-template <typename T, typename A>
-struct HandlerImpl<T, A, true>
-{
- static bool IsEvtHandler()
- { return true; }
- static T *ConvertFromEvtHandler(wxEvtHandler *p)
- { return static_cast<T *>(p); }
- static wxEvtHandler *ConvertToEvtHandler(T *p)
- { return p; }
- static wxEventFunction ConvertToEvtMethod(void (T::*f)(A&))
- { return static_cast<wxEventFunction>(
- reinterpret_cast<void (T::*)(wxEvent&)>(f)); }
-};
-
-// specialization for handlers not deriving from wxEvtHandler
-template <typename T, typename A>
-struct HandlerImpl<T, A, false>
-{
- static bool IsEvtHandler()
- { return false; }
- static T *ConvertFromEvtHandler(wxEvtHandler *)
- { return NULL; }
- static wxEvtHandler *ConvertToEvtHandler(T *)
- { return NULL; }
- static wxEventFunction ConvertToEvtMethod(void (T::*)(A&))
- { return NULL; }
-};
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-// functor forwarding the event to a method of the given object
-//
-// notice that the object class may be different from the class in which the
-// method is defined but it must be convertible to this class
-//
-// also, the type of the handler parameter doesn't need to be exactly the same
-// as EventTag::EventClass but it must be its base class -- this is explicitly
-// allowed to handle different events in the same handler taking wxEvent&, for
-// example
-template
- <typename EventTag, typename Class, typename EventArg, typename EventHandler>
-class wxEventFunctorMethod
- : public wxEventFunctor,
- private wxPrivate::HandlerImpl
- <
- Class,
- EventArg,
- wxConvertibleTo<Class, wxEvtHandler>::value != 0
- >
-{
-private:
- static void CheckHandlerArgument(EventArg *) { }
-
-public:
- // the event class associated with the given event tag
- typedef typename wxPrivate::EventClassOf<EventTag>::type EventClass;
-
-
- wxEventFunctorMethod(void (Class::*method)(EventArg&), EventHandler *handler)
- : m_handler( handler ), m_method( method )
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( handler || this->IsEvtHandler(),
- "handlers defined in non-wxEvtHandler-derived classes "
- "must be connected with a valid sink object" );
-
- // if you get an error here it means that the signature of the handler
- // you're trying to use is not compatible with (i.e. is not the same as
- // or a base class of) the real event class used for this event type
- CheckHandlerArgument(static_cast<EventClass *>(NULL));
- }
-
- virtual void operator()(wxEvtHandler *handler, wxEvent& event)
- {
- Class * realHandler = m_handler;
- if ( !realHandler )
- {
- realHandler = this->ConvertFromEvtHandler(handler);
-
- // this is not supposed to happen but check for it nevertheless
- wxCHECK_RET( realHandler, "invalid event handler" );
- }
-
- // the real (run-time) type of event is EventClass and we checked in
- // the ctor that EventClass can be converted to EventArg, so this cast
- // is always valid
- (realHandler->*m_method)(static_cast<EventArg&>(event));
- }
-
- virtual bool IsMatching(const wxEventFunctor& functor) const
- {
- if ( wxTypeId(functor) != wxTypeId(*this) )
- return false;
-
- typedef wxEventFunctorMethod<EventTag, Class, EventArg, EventHandler>
- ThisFunctor;
-
- // the cast is valid because wxTypeId()s matched above
- const ThisFunctor& other = static_cast<const ThisFunctor &>(functor);
-
- return (m_method == other.m_method || other.m_method == NULL) &&
- (m_handler == other.m_handler || other.m_handler == NULL);
- }
-
- virtual wxEvtHandler *GetEvtHandler() const
- { return this->ConvertToEvtHandler(m_handler); }
-
- virtual wxEventFunction GetEvtMethod() const
- { return this->ConvertToEvtMethod(m_method); }
-
-private:
- EventHandler *m_handler;
- void (Class::*m_method)(EventArg&);
-
- // Provide a dummy default ctor for type info purposes
- wxEventFunctorMethod() { }
-
- typedef wxEventFunctorMethod<EventTag, Class,
- EventArg, EventHandler> thisClass;
- WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(thisClass)
-};
-
-
-// functor forwarding the event to function (function, static method)
-template <typename EventTag, typename EventArg>
-class wxEventFunctorFunction : public wxEventFunctor
-{
-private:
- static void CheckHandlerArgument(EventArg *) { }
-
-public:
- // the event class associated with the given event tag
- typedef typename wxPrivate::EventClassOf<EventTag>::type EventClass;
-
- wxEventFunctorFunction( void ( *handler )( EventArg & ))
- : m_handler( handler )
- {
- // if you get an error here it means that the signature of the handler
- // you're trying to use is not compatible with (i.e. is not the same as
- // or a base class of) the real event class used for this event type
- CheckHandlerArgument(static_cast<EventClass *>(NULL));
- }
-
- virtual void operator()(wxEvtHandler *WXUNUSED(handler), wxEvent& event)
- {
- // If you get an error here like "must use .* or ->* to call
- // pointer-to-member function" then you probably tried to call
- // Bind/Unbind with a method pointer but without a handler pointer or
- // NULL as a handler e.g.:
- // Unbind( wxEVT_XXX, &EventHandler::method );
- // or
- // Unbind( wxEVT_XXX, &EventHandler::method, NULL )
- m_handler(static_cast<EventArg&>(event));
- }
-
- virtual bool IsMatching(const wxEventFunctor &functor) const
- {
- if ( wxTypeId(functor) != wxTypeId(*this) )
- return false;
-
- typedef wxEventFunctorFunction<EventTag, EventArg> ThisFunctor;
-
- const ThisFunctor& other = static_cast<const ThisFunctor&>( functor );
-
- return m_handler == other.m_handler;
- }
-
-private:
- void (*m_handler)(EventArg&);
-
- // Provide a dummy default ctor for type info purposes
- wxEventFunctorFunction() { }
-
- typedef wxEventFunctorFunction<EventTag, EventArg> thisClass;
- WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(thisClass)
-};
-
-
-template <typename EventTag, typename Functor>
-class wxEventFunctorFunctor : public wxEventFunctor
-{
-public:
- typedef typename EventTag::EventClass EventArg;
-
- wxEventFunctorFunctor(const Functor& handler)
- : m_handler(handler), m_handlerAddr(&handler)
- { }
-
- virtual void operator()(wxEvtHandler *WXUNUSED(handler), wxEvent& event)
- {
- // If you get an error here like "must use '.*' or '->*' to call
- // pointer-to-member function" then you probably tried to call
- // Bind/Unbind with a method pointer but without a handler pointer or
- // NULL as a handler e.g.:
- // Unbind( wxEVT_XXX, &EventHandler::method );
- // or
- // Unbind( wxEVT_XXX, &EventHandler::method, NULL )
- m_handler(static_cast<EventArg&>(event));
- }
-
- virtual bool IsMatching(const wxEventFunctor &functor) const
- {
- if ( wxTypeId(functor) != wxTypeId(*this) )
- return false;
-
- typedef wxEventFunctorFunctor<EventTag, Functor> FunctorThis;
-
- const FunctorThis& other = static_cast<const FunctorThis&>(functor);
-
- // The only reliable/portable way to compare two functors is by
- // identity:
- return m_handlerAddr == other.m_handlerAddr;
- }
-
-private:
- // Store a copy of the functor to prevent using/calling an already
- // destroyed instance:
- Functor m_handler;
-
- // Use the address of the original functor for comparison in IsMatching:
- const void *m_handlerAddr;
-
- // Provide a dummy default ctor for type info purposes
- wxEventFunctorFunctor() { }
-
- typedef wxEventFunctorFunctor<EventTag, Functor> thisClass;
- WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(thisClass)
-};
-
-// Create functors for the templatized events, either allocated on the heap for
-// wxNewXXX() variants (this is needed in wxEvtHandler::Bind<>() to store them
-// in dynamic event table) or just by returning them as temporary objects (this
-// is enough for Unbind<>() and we avoid unnecessary heap allocation like this).
-
-
-// Create functors wrapping functions:
-template <typename EventTag, typename EventArg>
-inline wxEventFunctorFunction<EventTag, EventArg> *
-wxNewEventFunctor(const EventTag&, void (*func)(EventArg &))
-{
- return new wxEventFunctorFunction<EventTag, EventArg>(func);
-}
-
-template <typename EventTag, typename EventArg>
-inline wxEventFunctorFunction<EventTag, EventArg>
-wxMakeEventFunctor(const EventTag&, void (*func)(EventArg &))
-{
- return wxEventFunctorFunction<EventTag, EventArg>(func);
-}
-
-// Create functors wrapping other functors:
-template <typename EventTag, typename Functor>
-inline wxEventFunctorFunctor<EventTag, Functor> *
-wxNewEventFunctor(const EventTag&, const Functor &func)
-{
- return new wxEventFunctorFunctor<EventTag, Functor>(func);
-}
-
-template <typename EventTag, typename Functor>
-inline wxEventFunctorFunctor<EventTag, Functor>
-wxMakeEventFunctor(const EventTag&, const Functor &func)
-{
- return wxEventFunctorFunctor<EventTag, Functor>(func);
-}
-
-// Create functors wrapping methods:
-template
- <typename EventTag, typename Class, typename EventArg, typename EventHandler>
-inline wxEventFunctorMethod<EventTag, Class, EventArg, EventHandler> *
-wxNewEventFunctor(const EventTag&,
- void (Class::*method)(EventArg&),
- EventHandler *handler)
-{
- return new wxEventFunctorMethod<EventTag, Class, EventArg, EventHandler>(
- method, handler);
-}
-
-template
- <typename EventTag, typename Class, typename EventArg, typename EventHandler>
-inline wxEventFunctorMethod<EventTag, Class, EventArg, EventHandler>
-wxMakeEventFunctor(const EventTag&,
- void (Class::*method)(EventArg&),
- EventHandler *handler)
-{
- return wxEventFunctorMethod<EventTag, Class, EventArg, EventHandler>(
- method, handler);
-}
-
-// Create an event functor for the event table via wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY:
-// in this case we don't have the handler (as it's always the same as the
-// object which generated the event) so we must use Class as its type
-template <typename EventTag, typename Class, typename EventArg>
-inline wxEventFunctorMethod<EventTag, Class, EventArg, Class> *
-wxNewEventTableFunctor(const EventTag&, void (Class::*method)(EventArg&))
-{
- return new wxEventFunctorMethod<EventTag, Class, EventArg, Class>(
- method, NULL);
-}
-
-#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-
-
-// many, but not all, standard event types
-
- // some generic events
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxEventType wxEVT_NULL;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxEventType wxEVT_FIRST;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxEventType wxEVT_USER_FIRST;
-
- // Need events declared to do this
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxIdleEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxThreadEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAsyncMethodCallEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCommandEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMouseEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFocusEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChildFocusEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNavigationKeyEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSetCursorEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollWinEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizeEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMoveEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCloseEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxActivateEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowCreateEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDestroyEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxShowEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIconizeEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMaximizeEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMouseCaptureLostEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaintEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEraseEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNcPaintEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxContextMenuEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSysColourChangedEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDisplayChangedEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxQueryNewPaletteEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPaletteChangedEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxJoystickEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropFilesEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxInitDialogEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxUpdateUIEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClipboardTextEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxHelpEvent;
-
-
- // Command events
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_BUTTON, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHECKBOX, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHOICE, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LISTBOX, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHECKLISTBOX, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MENU, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SLIDER, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_RADIOBOX, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_RADIOBUTTON, wxCommandEvent);
-
-// wxEVT_SCROLLBAR is deprecated, use wxEVT_SCROLL... events
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLBAR, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_VLBOX, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMBOBOX, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TOOL_RCLICKED, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TOOL_DROPDOWN, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TOOL_ENTER, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP, wxCommandEvent);
-
- // Thread and asynchronous method call events
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_THREAD, wxThreadEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_ASYNC_METHOD_CALL, wxAsyncMethodCallEvent);
-
- // Mouse event types
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOTION, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, wxFocusEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, wxFocusEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS, wxChildFocusEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX1_UP, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX2_UP, wxMouseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK, wxMouseEvent);
-
- // Character input event type
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHAR, wxKeyEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, wxKeyEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY, wxNavigationKeyEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wxKeyEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_KEY_UP, wxKeyEvent);
-#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HOTKEY, wxKeyEvent);
-#endif
-// This is a private event used by wxMSW code only and subject to change or
-// disappear in the future. Don't use.
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_AFTER_CHAR, wxKeyEvent);
-
- // Set cursor event
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SET_CURSOR, wxSetCursorEvent);
-
- // wxScrollBar and wxSlider event identifiers
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, wxScrollEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, wxScrollEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, wxScrollEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, wxScrollEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, wxScrollEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, wxScrollEvent);
-
-// Due to a bug in older wx versions, wxSpinEvents were being sent with type of
-// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN and wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK. But
-// with the type-safe events in place, these event types are associated with
-// wxScrollEvent. To allow handling of spin events, new event types have been
-// defined in spinbutt.h/spinnbuttcmn.cpp. To maintain backward compatibility
-// the spin event types are being initialized with the scroll event types.
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_ALIAS( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPIN_UP, wxSpinEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_ALIAS( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPIN_DOWN, wxSpinEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_ALIAS( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPIN, wxSpinEvent );
-
-#endif
-
- // Scroll events from wxWindow
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP, wxScrollWinEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM, wxScrollWinEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP, wxScrollWinEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN, wxScrollWinEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP, wxScrollWinEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollWinEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollWinEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollWinEvent);
-
- // System events
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SIZE, wxSizeEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOVE, wxMoveEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, wxCloseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxCloseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxCloseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP, wxActivateEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ACTIVATE, wxActivateEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CREATE, wxWindowCreateEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DESTROY, wxWindowDestroyEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SHOW, wxShowEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ICONIZE, wxIconizeEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MAXIMIZE, wxMaximizeEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED, wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST, wxMouseCaptureLostEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND, wxEraseEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_NC_PAINT, wxNcPaintEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MENU_OPEN, wxMenuEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE, wxMenuEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, wxMenuEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, wxContextMenuEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, wxSysColourChangedEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED, wxDisplayChangedEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE, wxQueryNewPaletteEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED, wxPaletteChangedEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, wxJoystickEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, wxJoystickEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, wxJoystickEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE, wxJoystickEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DROP_FILES, wxDropFilesEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG, wxInitDialogEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_IDLE, wxIdleEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, wxUpdateUIEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SIZING, wxSizeEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOVING, wxMoveEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOVE_START, wxMoveEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_MOVE_END, wxMoveEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HIBERNATE, wxActivateEvent);
-
- // Clipboard events
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TEXT_COPY, wxClipboardTextEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TEXT_CUT, wxClipboardTextEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TEXT_PASTE, wxClipboardTextEvent);
-
- // Generic command events
- // Note: a click is a higher-level event than button down/up
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, wxCommandEvent);
-
- // Help events
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HELP, wxHelpEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP, wxHelpEvent);
-
-// these 2 events are the same
-#define wxEVT_TOOL wxEVT_MENU
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compatibility
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this event is also used by wxComboBox and wxSpinCtrl which don't include
-// wx/textctrl.h in all ports [yet], so declare it here as well
-//
-// still, any new code using it should include wx/textctrl.h explicitly
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TEXT, wxCommandEvent);
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEvent(-derived) classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the predefined constants for the number of times we propagate event
-// upwards window child-parent chain
-enum wxEventPropagation
-{
- // don't propagate it at all
- wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE = 0,
-
- // propagate it until it is processed
- wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX = INT_MAX
-};
-
-// The different categories for a wxEvent; see wxEvent::GetEventCategory.
-// NOTE: they are used as OR-combinable flags by wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor
-enum wxEventCategory
-{
- // this is the category for those events which are generated to update
- // the appearance of the GUI but which (usually) do not comport data
- // processing, i.e. which do not provide input or output data
- // (e.g. size events, scroll events, etc).
- // They are events NOT directly generated by the user's input devices.
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI = 1,
-
- // this category groups those events which are generated directly from the
- // user through input devices like mouse and keyboard and usually result in
- // data to be processed from the application.
- // (e.g. mouse clicks, key presses, etc)
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT = 2,
-
- // this category is for wxSocketEvent
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_SOCKET = 4,
-
- // this category is for wxTimerEvent
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_TIMER = 8,
-
- // this category is for any event used to send notifications from the
- // secondary threads to the main one or in general for notifications among
- // different threads (which may or may not be user-generated)
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_THREAD = 16,
-
-
- // implementation only
-
- // used in the implementations of wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_UNKNOWN = 32,
-
- // a special category used as an argument to wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor to indicate that
- // Yield() should leave all wxEvents on the queue while emptying the native event queue
- // (native events will be processed but the wxEvents they generate will be queued)
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_CLIPBOARD = 64,
-
-
- // shortcut masks
-
- // this category groups those events which are emitted in response to
- // events of the native toolkit and which typically are not-"delayable".
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_NATIVE_EVENTS = wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI|wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT,
-
- // used in wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor to specify all event categories should be processed:
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_ALL =
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI|wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT|wxEVT_CATEGORY_SOCKET| \
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_TIMER|wxEVT_CATEGORY_THREAD|wxEVT_CATEGORY_UNKNOWN| \
- wxEVT_CATEGORY_CLIPBOARD
-};
-
-/*
- * wxWidgets events, covering all interesting things that might happen
- * (button clicking, resizing, setting text in widgets, etc.).
- *
- * For each completely new event type, derive a new event class.
- * An event CLASS represents a C++ class defining a range of similar event TYPES;
- * examples are canvas events, panel item command events.
- * An event TYPE is a unique identifier for a particular system event,
- * such as a button press or a listbox deselection.
- *
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvent : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxEvent(int winid = 0, wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL );
-
- void SetEventType(wxEventType typ) { m_eventType = typ; }
- wxEventType GetEventType() const { return m_eventType; }
-
- wxObject *GetEventObject() const { return m_eventObject; }
- void SetEventObject(wxObject *obj) { m_eventObject = obj; }
-
- long GetTimestamp() const { return m_timeStamp; }
- void SetTimestamp(long ts = 0) { m_timeStamp = ts; }
-
- int GetId() const { return m_id; }
- void SetId(int Id) { m_id = Id; }
-
- // Returns the user data optionally associated with the event handler when
- // using Connect() or Bind().
- wxObject *GetEventUserData() const { return m_callbackUserData; }
-
- // Can instruct event processor that we wish to ignore this event
- // (treat as if the event table entry had not been found): this must be done
- // to allow the event processing by the base classes (calling event.Skip()
- // is the analog of calling the base class version of a virtual function)
- void Skip(bool skip = true) { m_skipped = skip; }
- bool GetSkipped() const { return m_skipped; }
-
- // This function is used to create a copy of the event polymorphically and
- // all derived classes must implement it because otherwise wxPostEvent()
- // for them wouldn't work (it needs to do a copy of the event)
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const = 0;
-
- // this function is used to selectively process events in wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor
- // NOTE: by default it returns wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI just because the major
- // part of wxWidgets events belong to that category.
- virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const
- { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_UI; }
-
- // Implementation only: this test is explicitly anti OO and this function
- // exists only for optimization purposes.
- bool IsCommandEvent() const { return m_isCommandEvent; }
-
- // Determine if this event should be propagating to the parent window.
- bool ShouldPropagate() const
- { return m_propagationLevel != wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE; }
-
- // Stop an event from propagating to its parent window, returns the old
- // propagation level value
- int StopPropagation()
- {
- int propagationLevel = m_propagationLevel;
- m_propagationLevel = wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE;
- return propagationLevel;
- }
-
- // Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level
- // (returned by StopPropagation())
- void ResumePropagation(int propagationLevel)
- {
- m_propagationLevel = propagationLevel;
- }
-
- // This method is for internal use only and allows to get the object that
- // is propagating this event upwards the window hierarchy, if any.
- wxEvtHandler* GetPropagatedFrom() const { return m_propagatedFrom; }
-
- // This is for internal use only and is only called by
- // wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent() to check whether it's the first time this
- // event is being processed
- bool WasProcessed()
- {
- if ( m_wasProcessed )
- return true;
-
- m_wasProcessed = true;
-
- return false;
- }
-
- // This is for internal use only and is used for setting, testing and
- // resetting of m_willBeProcessedAgain flag.
- void SetWillBeProcessedAgain()
- {
- m_willBeProcessedAgain = true;
- }
-
- bool WillBeProcessedAgain()
- {
- if ( m_willBeProcessedAgain )
- {
- m_willBeProcessedAgain = false;
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- // This is also used only internally by ProcessEvent() to check if it
- // should process the event normally or only restrict the search for the
- // event handler to this object itself.
- bool ShouldProcessOnlyIn(wxEvtHandler *h) const
- {
- return h == m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn;
- }
-
- // Called to indicate that the result of ShouldProcessOnlyIn() wasn't taken
- // into account. The existence of this function may seem counterintuitive
- // but unfortunately it's needed by wxScrollHelperEvtHandler, see comments
- // there. Don't even think of using this in your own code, this is a gross
- // hack and is only needed because of wx complicated history and should
- // never be used anywhere else.
- void DidntHonourProcessOnlyIn()
- {
- m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn = NULL;
- }
-
-protected:
- wxObject* m_eventObject;
- wxEventType m_eventType;
- long m_timeStamp;
- int m_id;
-
-public:
- // m_callbackUserData is for internal usage only
- wxObject* m_callbackUserData;
-
-private:
- // If this handler
- wxEvtHandler *m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn;
-
-protected:
- // the propagation level: while it is positive, we propagate the event to
- // the parent window (if any)
- int m_propagationLevel;
-
- // The object that the event is being propagated from, initially NULL and
- // only set by wxPropagateOnce.
- wxEvtHandler* m_propagatedFrom;
-
- bool m_skipped;
- bool m_isCommandEvent;
-
- // initially false but becomes true as soon as WasProcessed() is called for
- // the first time, as this is done only by ProcessEvent() it explains the
- // variable name: it becomes true after ProcessEvent() was called at least
- // once for this event
- bool m_wasProcessed;
-
- // This one is initially false too, but can be set to true to indicate that
- // the event will be passed to another handler if it's not processed in
- // this one.
- bool m_willBeProcessedAgain;
-
-protected:
- wxEvent(const wxEvent&); // for implementing Clone()
- wxEvent& operator=(const wxEvent&); // for derived classes operator=()
-
-private:
- // It needs to access our m_propagationLevel and m_propagatedFrom fields.
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPropagateOnce;
-
- // and this one needs to access our m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly;
-
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxEvent)
-};
-
-/*
- * Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropagationDisabler
-{
-public:
- wxPropagationDisabler(wxEvent& event) : m_event(event)
- {
- m_propagationLevelOld = m_event.StopPropagation();
- }
-
- ~wxPropagationDisabler()
- {
- m_event.ResumePropagation(m_propagationLevelOld);
- }
-
-private:
- wxEvent& m_event;
- int m_propagationLevelOld;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPropagationDisabler);
-};
-
-/*
- * Helper used to indicate that an event is propagated upwards the window
- * hierarchy by the given window.
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropagateOnce
-{
-public:
- // The handler argument should normally be non-NULL to allow the parent
- // event handler to know that it's being used to process an event coming
- // from the child, it's only NULL by default for backwards compatibility.
- wxPropagateOnce(wxEvent& event, wxEvtHandler* handler = NULL)
- : m_event(event),
- m_propagatedFromOld(event.m_propagatedFrom)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_event.m_propagationLevel > 0,
- wxT("shouldn't be used unless ShouldPropagate()!") );
-
- m_event.m_propagationLevel--;
- m_event.m_propagatedFrom = handler;
- }
-
- ~wxPropagateOnce()
- {
- m_event.m_propagatedFrom = m_propagatedFromOld;
- m_event.m_propagationLevel++;
- }
-
-private:
- wxEvent& m_event;
- wxEvtHandler* const m_propagatedFromOld;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPropagateOnce);
-};
-
-// A helper object used to temporarily make wxEvent::ShouldProcessOnlyIn()
-// return true for the handler passed to its ctor.
-class wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly
-{
-public:
- wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly(wxEvent& event, wxEvtHandler *handler)
- : m_event(event),
- m_handlerToProcessOnlyInOld(event.m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn)
- {
- m_event.m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn = handler;
- }
-
- ~wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly()
- {
- m_event.m_handlerToProcessOnlyIn = m_handlerToProcessOnlyInOld;
- }
-
-private:
- wxEvent& m_event;
- wxEvtHandler * const m_handlerToProcessOnlyInOld;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventProcessInHandlerOnly);
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventBasicPayloadMixin
-{
-public:
- wxEventBasicPayloadMixin()
- : m_commandInt(0),
- m_extraLong(0)
- {
- }
-
- void SetString(const wxString& s) { m_cmdString = s; }
- const wxString& GetString() const { return m_cmdString; }
-
- void SetInt(int i) { m_commandInt = i; }
- int GetInt() const { return m_commandInt; }
-
- void SetExtraLong(long extraLong) { m_extraLong = extraLong; }
- long GetExtraLong() const { return m_extraLong; }
-
-protected:
- // Note: these variables have "cmd" or "command" in their name for backward compatibility:
- // they used to be part of wxCommandEvent, not this mixin.
- wxString m_cmdString; // String event argument
- int m_commandInt;
- long m_extraLong; // Additional information (e.g. select/deselect)
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxEventBasicPayloadMixin);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventAnyPayloadMixin : public wxEventBasicPayloadMixin
-{
-public:
- wxEventAnyPayloadMixin() : wxEventBasicPayloadMixin() {}
-
-#if wxUSE_ANY && (!defined(__VISUALC__) || wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7))
- template<typename T>
- void SetPayload(const T& payload)
- {
- m_payload = payload;
- }
-
- template<typename T>
- T GetPayload() const
- {
- return m_payload.As<T>();
- }
-
-protected:
- wxAny m_payload;
-#endif // wxUSE_ANY && (!defined(__VISUALC__) || wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7))
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxEventBasicPayloadMixin);
-};
-
-
-// Idle event
-/*
- wxEVT_IDLE
- */
-
-// Whether to always send idle events to windows, or
-// to only send update events to those with the
-// wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style.
-
-enum wxIdleMode
-{
- // Send idle events to all windows
- wxIDLE_PROCESS_ALL,
-
- // Send idle events to windows that have
- // the wxWS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE flag specified
- wxIDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIdleEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxIdleEvent()
- : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_IDLE),
- m_requestMore(false)
- { }
- wxIdleEvent(const wxIdleEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_requestMore(event.m_requestMore)
- { }
-
- void RequestMore(bool needMore = true) { m_requestMore = needMore; }
- bool MoreRequested() const { return m_requestMore; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxIdleEvent(*this); }
-
- // Specify how wxWidgets will send idle events: to
- // all windows, or only to those which specify that they
- // will process the events.
- static void SetMode(wxIdleMode mode) { sm_idleMode = mode; }
-
- // Returns the idle event mode
- static wxIdleMode GetMode() { return sm_idleMode; }
-
-protected:
- bool m_requestMore;
- static wxIdleMode sm_idleMode;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxIdleEvent)
-};
-
-
-// Thread event
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxThreadEvent : public wxEvent,
- public wxEventAnyPayloadMixin
-{
-public:
- wxThreadEvent(wxEventType eventType = wxEVT_THREAD, int id = wxID_ANY)
- : wxEvent(id, eventType)
- { }
-
- wxThreadEvent(const wxThreadEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- wxEventAnyPayloadMixin(event)
- {
- // make sure our string member (which uses COW, aka refcounting) is not
- // shared by other wxString instances:
- SetString(GetString().Clone());
- }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const
- {
- return new wxThreadEvent(*this);
- }
-
- // this is important to avoid that calling wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor thread events
- // gets processed when this is unwanted:
- virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const
- { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_THREAD; }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxThreadEvent)
-};
-
-
-// Asynchronous method call events: these event are processed by wxEvtHandler
-// itself and result in a call to its Execute() method which simply calls the
-// specified method. The difference with a simple method call is that this is
-// done asynchronously, i.e. at some later time, instead of immediately when
-// the event object is constructed.
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_CALL_AFTER
-
-// This is a base class used to process all method calls.
-class wxAsyncMethodCallEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxAsyncMethodCallEvent(wxObject* object)
- : wxEvent(wxID_ANY, wxEVT_ASYNC_METHOD_CALL)
- {
- SetEventObject(object);
- }
-
- wxAsyncMethodCallEvent(const wxAsyncMethodCallEvent& other)
- : wxEvent(other)
- {
- }
-
- virtual void Execute() = 0;
-};
-
-// This is a version for calling methods without parameters.
-template <typename T>
-class wxAsyncMethodCallEvent0 : public wxAsyncMethodCallEvent
-{
-public:
- typedef T ObjectType;
- typedef void (ObjectType::*MethodType)();
-
- wxAsyncMethodCallEvent0(ObjectType* object,
- MethodType method)
- : wxAsyncMethodCallEvent(object),
- m_object(object),
- m_method(method)
- {
- }
-
- wxAsyncMethodCallEvent0(const wxAsyncMethodCallEvent0& other)
- : wxAsyncMethodCallEvent(other),
- m_object(other.m_object),
- m_method(other.m_method)
- {
- }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const
- {
- return new wxAsyncMethodCallEvent0(*this);
- }
-
- virtual void Execute()
- {
- (m_object->*m_method)();
- }
-
-private:
- ObjectType* const m_object;
- const MethodType m_method;
-};
-
-// This is a version for calling methods with a single parameter.
-template <typename T, typename T1>
-class wxAsyncMethodCallEvent1 : public wxAsyncMethodCallEvent
-{
-public:
- typedef T ObjectType;
- typedef void (ObjectType::*MethodType)(T1 x1);
- typedef typename wxRemoveRef<T1>::type ParamType1;
-
- wxAsyncMethodCallEvent1(ObjectType* object,
- MethodType method,
- const ParamType1& x1)
- : wxAsyncMethodCallEvent(object),
- m_object(object),
- m_method(method),
- m_param1(x1)
- {
- }
-
- wxAsyncMethodCallEvent1(const wxAsyncMethodCallEvent1& other)
- : wxAsyncMethodCallEvent(other),
- m_object(other.m_object),
- m_method(other.m_method),
- m_param1(other.m_param1)
- {
- }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const
- {
- return new wxAsyncMethodCallEvent1(*this);
- }
-
- virtual void Execute()
- {
- (m_object->*m_method)(m_param1);
- }
-
-private:
- ObjectType* const m_object;
- const MethodType m_method;
- const ParamType1 m_param1;
-};
-
-// This is a version for calling methods with two parameters.
-template <typename T, typename T1, typename T2>
-class wxAsyncMethodCallEvent2 : public wxAsyncMethodCallEvent
-{
-public:
- typedef T ObjectType;
- typedef void (ObjectType::*MethodType)(T1 x1, T2 x2);
- typedef typename wxRemoveRef<T1>::type ParamType1;
- typedef typename wxRemoveRef<T2>::type ParamType2;
-
- wxAsyncMethodCallEvent2(ObjectType* object,
- MethodType method,
- const ParamType1& x1,
- const ParamType2& x2)
- : wxAsyncMethodCallEvent(object),
- m_object(object),
- m_method(method),
- m_param1(x1),
- m_param2(x2)
- {
- }
-
- wxAsyncMethodCallEvent2(const wxAsyncMethodCallEvent2& other)
- : wxAsyncMethodCallEvent(other),
- m_object(other.m_object),
- m_method(other.m_method),
- m_param1(other.m_param1),
- m_param2(other.m_param2)
- {
- }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const
- {
- return new wxAsyncMethodCallEvent2(*this);
- }
-
- virtual void Execute()
- {
- (m_object->*m_method)(m_param1, m_param2);
- }
-
-private:
- ObjectType* const m_object;
- const MethodType m_method;
- const ParamType1 m_param1;
- const ParamType2 m_param2;
-};
-
-// This is a version for calling any functors
-template <typename T>
-class wxAsyncMethodCallEventFunctor : public wxAsyncMethodCallEvent
-{
-public:
- typedef T FunctorType;
-
- wxAsyncMethodCallEventFunctor(wxObject *object, const FunctorType& fn)
- : wxAsyncMethodCallEvent(object),
- m_fn(fn)
- {
- }
-
- wxAsyncMethodCallEventFunctor(const wxAsyncMethodCallEventFunctor& other)
- : wxAsyncMethodCallEvent(other),
- m_fn(other.m_fn)
- {
- }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const
- {
- return new wxAsyncMethodCallEventFunctor(*this);
- }
-
- virtual void Execute()
- {
- m_fn();
- }
-
-private:
- FunctorType m_fn;
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_CALL_AFTER
-
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-
-// Item or menu event class
-/*
- wxEVT_BUTTON
- wxEVT_CHECKBOX
- wxEVT_CHOICE
- wxEVT_LISTBOX
- wxEVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK
- wxEVT_TEXT
- wxEVT_TEXT_ENTER
- wxEVT_MENU
- wxEVT_SLIDER
- wxEVT_RADIOBOX
- wxEVT_RADIOBUTTON
- wxEVT_SCROLLBAR
- wxEVT_VLBOX
- wxEVT_COMBOBOX
- wxEVT_TOGGLEBUTTON
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCommandEvent : public wxEvent,
- public wxEventBasicPayloadMixin
-{
-public:
- wxCommandEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0);
-
- wxCommandEvent(const wxCommandEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- wxEventBasicPayloadMixin(event),
- m_clientData(event.m_clientData),
- m_clientObject(event.m_clientObject)
- {
- // Because GetString() can retrieve the string text only on demand, we
- // need to copy it explicitly.
- if ( m_cmdString.empty() )
- m_cmdString = event.GetString();
- }
-
- // Set/Get client data from controls
- void SetClientData(void* clientData) { m_clientData = clientData; }
- void *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; }
-
- // Set/Get client object from controls
- void SetClientObject(wxClientData* clientObject) { m_clientObject = clientObject; }
- wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return m_clientObject; }
-
- // Note: this shadows wxEventBasicPayloadMixin::GetString(), because it does some
- // GUI-specific hacks
- wxString GetString() const;
-
- // Get listbox selection if single-choice
- int GetSelection() const { return m_commandInt; }
-
- // Get checkbox value
- bool IsChecked() const { return m_commandInt != 0; }
-
- // true if the listbox event was a selection.
- bool IsSelection() const { return (m_extraLong != 0); }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCommandEvent(*this); }
- virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT; }
-
-protected:
- void* m_clientData; // Arbitrary client data
- wxClientData* m_clientObject; // Arbitrary client object
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCommandEvent)
-};
-
-// this class adds a possibility to react (from the user) code to a control
-// notification: allow or veto the operation being reported.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotifyEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxNotifyEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
- : wxCommandEvent(commandType, winid)
- { m_bAllow = true; }
-
- wxNotifyEvent(const wxNotifyEvent& event)
- : wxCommandEvent(event)
- { m_bAllow = event.m_bAllow; }
-
- // veto the operation (usually it's allowed by default)
- void Veto() { m_bAllow = false; }
-
- // allow the operation if it was disabled by default
- void Allow() { m_bAllow = true; }
-
- // for implementation code only: is the operation allowed?
- bool IsAllowed() const { return m_bAllow; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxNotifyEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- bool m_bAllow;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxNotifyEvent)
-};
-
-
-// Scroll event class, derived form wxCommandEvent. wxScrollEvents are
-// sent by wxSlider and wxScrollBar.
-/*
- wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
- wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
- wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
- wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
- wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
- wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
- wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
- wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
- wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxScrollEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL,
- int winid = 0, int pos = 0, int orient = 0);
-
- int GetOrientation() const { return (int) m_extraLong; }
- int GetPosition() const { return m_commandInt; }
- void SetOrientation(int orient) { m_extraLong = (long) orient; }
- void SetPosition(int pos) { m_commandInt = pos; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxScrollEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxScrollEvent)
-};
-
-// ScrollWin event class, derived fom wxEvent. wxScrollWinEvents
-// are sent by wxWindow.
-/*
- wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
- wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
- wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
- wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
- wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
- wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
- wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
- wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollWinEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxScrollWinEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL,
- int pos = 0, int orient = 0);
- wxScrollWinEvent(const wxScrollWinEvent& event) : wxEvent(event)
- { m_commandInt = event.m_commandInt;
- m_extraLong = event.m_extraLong; }
-
- int GetOrientation() const { return (int) m_extraLong; }
- int GetPosition() const { return m_commandInt; }
- void SetOrientation(int orient) { m_extraLong = (long) orient; }
- void SetPosition(int pos) { m_commandInt = pos; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxScrollWinEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- int m_commandInt;
- long m_extraLong;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxScrollWinEvent)
-};
-
-
-
-// Mouse event class
-
-/*
- wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
- wxEVT_LEFT_UP
- wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
- wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
- wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
- wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
- wxEVT_MOTION
- wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
- wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
- wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
- wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
- wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
-*/
-
-enum wxMouseWheelAxis
-{
- wxMOUSE_WHEEL_VERTICAL,
- wxMOUSE_WHEEL_HORIZONTAL
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseEvent : public wxEvent,
- public wxMouseState
-{
-public:
- wxMouseEvent(wxEventType mouseType = wxEVT_NULL);
- wxMouseEvent(const wxMouseEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- wxMouseState(event)
- {
- Assign(event);
- }
-
- // Was it a button event? (*doesn't* mean: is any button *down*?)
- bool IsButton() const { return Button(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY); }
-
- // Was it a down event from this (or any) button?
- bool ButtonDown(int but = wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) const;
-
- // Was it a dclick event from this (or any) button?
- bool ButtonDClick(int but = wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) const;
-
- // Was it a up event from this (or any) button?
- bool ButtonUp(int but = wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY) const;
-
- // Was this event generated by the given button?
- bool Button(int but) const;
-
- // Get the button which is changing state (wxMOUSE_BTN_NONE if none)
- int GetButton() const;
-
- // Find which event was just generated
- bool LeftDown() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN); }
- bool MiddleDown() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN); }
- bool RightDown() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN); }
- bool Aux1Down() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN); }
- bool Aux2Down() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN); }
-
- bool LeftUp() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEFT_UP); }
- bool MiddleUp() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP); }
- bool RightUp() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_RIGHT_UP); }
- bool Aux1Up() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX1_UP); }
- bool Aux2Up() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX2_UP); }
-
- bool LeftDClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK); }
- bool MiddleDClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK); }
- bool RightDClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK); }
- bool Aux1DClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK); }
- bool Aux2DClick() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK); }
-
- // True if a button is down and the mouse is moving
- bool Dragging() const
- {
- return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MOTION) && ButtonIsDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY);
- }
-
- // True if the mouse is moving, and no button is down
- bool Moving() const
- {
- return (m_eventType == wxEVT_MOTION) && !ButtonIsDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY);
- }
-
- // True if the mouse is just entering the window
- bool Entering() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW); }
-
- // True if the mouse is just leaving the window
- bool Leaving() const { return (m_eventType == wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW); }
-
- // Returns the number of mouse clicks associated with this event.
- int GetClickCount() const { return m_clickCount; }
-
- // Find the logical position of the event given the DC
- wxPoint GetLogicalPosition(const wxDC& dc) const;
-
- // Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of
- // rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to
- // +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be
- // created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one
- // event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either
- // do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values
- // have been accumulated before scrolling.
- int GetWheelRotation() const { return m_wheelRotation; }
-
- // Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be
- // taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment)
- // should occur for each delta.
- int GetWheelDelta() const { return m_wheelDelta; }
-
- // Gets the axis the wheel operation concerns; wxMOUSE_WHEEL_VERTICAL
- // (most common case) or wxMOUSE_WHEEL_HORIZONTAL (for horizontal scrolling
- // using e.g. a trackpad).
- wxMouseWheelAxis GetWheelAxis() const { return m_wheelAxis; }
-
- // Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled per
- // wheel action. Defaults to three.
- int GetLinesPerAction() const { return m_linesPerAction; }
-
- // Returns the configured number of columns (or whatever) to be scrolled per
- // wheel action. Defaults to three.
- int GetColumnsPerAction() const { return m_columnsPerAction; }
-
- // Is the system set to do page scrolling?
- bool IsPageScroll() const { return ((unsigned int)m_linesPerAction == UINT_MAX); }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMouseEvent(*this); }
- virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT; }
-
- wxMouseEvent& operator=(const wxMouseEvent& event)
- {
- if (&event != this)
- Assign(event);
- return *this;
- }
-
-public:
- int m_clickCount;
-
- wxMouseWheelAxis m_wheelAxis;
- int m_wheelRotation;
- int m_wheelDelta;
- int m_linesPerAction;
- int m_columnsPerAction;
-
-protected:
- void Assign(const wxMouseEvent& evt);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMouseEvent)
-};
-
-// Cursor set event
-
-/*
- wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSetCursorEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxSetCursorEvent(wxCoord x = 0, wxCoord y = 0)
- : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_SET_CURSOR),
- m_x(x), m_y(y), m_cursor()
- { }
-
- wxSetCursorEvent(const wxSetCursorEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_x(event.m_x),
- m_y(event.m_y),
- m_cursor(event.m_cursor)
- { }
-
- wxCoord GetX() const { return m_x; }
- wxCoord GetY() const { return m_y; }
-
- void SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) { m_cursor = cursor; }
- const wxCursor& GetCursor() const { return m_cursor; }
- bool HasCursor() const { return m_cursor.IsOk(); }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSetCursorEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxCoord m_x, m_y;
- wxCursor m_cursor;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSetCursorEvent)
-};
-
-// Keyboard input event class
-
-/*
- wxEVT_CHAR
- wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
- wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
- wxEVT_KEY_UP
- wxEVT_HOTKEY
- */
-
-// key categories: the bit flags for IsKeyInCategory() function
-//
-// the enum values used may change in future version of wx
-// use the named constants only, or bitwise combinations thereof
-enum wxKeyCategoryFlags
-{
- // arrow keys, on and off numeric keypads
- WXK_CATEGORY_ARROW = 1,
-
- // page up and page down keys, on and off numeric keypads
- WXK_CATEGORY_PAGING = 2,
-
- // home and end keys, on and off numeric keypads
- WXK_CATEGORY_JUMP = 4,
-
- // tab key, on and off numeric keypads
- WXK_CATEGORY_TAB = 8,
-
- // backspace and delete keys, on and off numeric keypads
- WXK_CATEGORY_CUT = 16,
-
- // all keys usually used for navigation
- WXK_CATEGORY_NAVIGATION = WXK_CATEGORY_ARROW |
- WXK_CATEGORY_PAGING |
- WXK_CATEGORY_JUMP
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxKeyEvent : public wxEvent,
- public wxKeyboardState
-{
-public:
- wxKeyEvent(wxEventType keyType = wxEVT_NULL);
-
- // Normal copy ctor and a ctor creating a new event for the same key as the
- // given one but a different event type (this is used in implementation
- // code only, do not use outside of the library).
- wxKeyEvent(const wxKeyEvent& evt);
- wxKeyEvent(wxEventType eventType, const wxKeyEvent& evt);
-
- // get the key code: an ASCII7 char or an element of wxKeyCode enum
- int GetKeyCode() const { return (int)m_keyCode; }
-
- // returns true iff this event's key code is of a certain type
- bool IsKeyInCategory(int category) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- // get the Unicode character corresponding to this key
- wxChar GetUnicodeKey() const { return m_uniChar; }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
- // get the raw key code (platform-dependent)
- wxUint32 GetRawKeyCode() const { return m_rawCode; }
-
- // get the raw key flags (platform-dependent)
- wxUint32 GetRawKeyFlags() const { return m_rawFlags; }
-
- // Find the position of the event
- void GetPosition(wxCoord *xpos, wxCoord *ypos) const
- {
- if (xpos)
- *xpos = GetX();
- if (ypos)
- *ypos = GetY();
- }
-
- // This version if provided only for backwards compatiblity, don't use.
- void GetPosition(long *xpos, long *ypos) const
- {
- if (xpos)
- *xpos = GetX();
- if (ypos)
- *ypos = GetY();
- }
-
- wxPoint GetPosition() const
- { return wxPoint(GetX(), GetY()); }
-
- // Get X position
- wxCoord GetX() const;
-
- // Get Y position
- wxCoord GetY() const;
-
- // Can be called from wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK handler to allow generation of normal
- // key events even though the event had been handled (by default they would
- // not be generated in this case).
- void DoAllowNextEvent() { m_allowNext = true; }
-
- // Return the value of the "allow next" flag, for internal use only.
- bool IsNextEventAllowed() const { return m_allowNext; }
-
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxKeyEvent(*this); }
- virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_USER_INPUT; }
-
- // we do need to copy wxKeyEvent sometimes (in wxTreeCtrl code, for
- // example)
- wxKeyEvent& operator=(const wxKeyEvent& evt)
- {
- if ( &evt != this )
- {
- wxEvent::operator=(evt);
-
- // Borland C++ 5.82 doesn't compile an explicit call to an
- // implicitly defined operator=() so need to do it this way:
- *static_cast<wxKeyboardState *>(this) = evt;
-
- DoAssignMembers(evt);
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
-public:
- // Do not use these fields directly, they are initialized on demand, so
- // call GetX() and GetY() or GetPosition() instead.
- wxCoord m_x, m_y;
-
- long m_keyCode;
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- // This contains the full Unicode character
- // in a character events in Unicode mode
- wxChar m_uniChar;
-#endif
-
- // these fields contain the platform-specific information about
- // key that was pressed
- wxUint32 m_rawCode;
- wxUint32 m_rawFlags;
-
-private:
- // Set the event to propagate if necessary, i.e. if it's of wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
- // type. This is used by all ctors.
- void InitPropagation()
- {
- if ( m_eventType == wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK )
- m_propagationLevel = wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX;
-
- m_allowNext = false;
- }
-
- // Copy only the event data present in this class, this is used by
- // AssignKeyData() and copy ctor.
- void DoAssignMembers(const wxKeyEvent& evt)
- {
- m_x = evt.m_x;
- m_y = evt.m_y;
- m_hasPosition = evt.m_hasPosition;
-
- m_keyCode = evt.m_keyCode;
-
- m_rawCode = evt.m_rawCode;
- m_rawFlags = evt.m_rawFlags;
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- m_uniChar = evt.m_uniChar;
-#endif
- }
-
- // Initialize m_x and m_y using the current mouse cursor position if
- // necessary.
- void InitPositionIfNecessary() const;
-
- // If this flag is true, the normal key events should still be generated
- // even if wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK had been handled. By default it is false as
- // handling wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK suppresses all the subsequent events.
- bool m_allowNext;
-
- // If true, m_x and m_y were already initialized. If false, try to get them
- // when they're requested.
- bool m_hasPosition;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxKeyEvent)
-};
-
-// Size event class
-/*
- wxEVT_SIZE
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizeEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxSizeEvent() : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_SIZE)
- { }
- wxSizeEvent(const wxSize& sz, int winid = 0)
- : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_SIZE),
- m_size(sz)
- { }
- wxSizeEvent(const wxSizeEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_size(event.m_size), m_rect(event.m_rect)
- { }
- wxSizeEvent(const wxRect& rect, int id = 0)
- : m_size(rect.GetSize()), m_rect(rect)
- { m_eventType = wxEVT_SIZING; m_id = id; }
-
- wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; }
- void SetSize(wxSize size) { m_size = size; }
- wxRect GetRect() const { return m_rect; }
- void SetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rect = rect; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSizeEvent(*this); }
-
-public:
- // For internal usage only. Will be converted to protected members.
- wxSize m_size;
- wxRect m_rect; // Used for wxEVT_SIZING
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSizeEvent)
-};
-
-// Move event class
-
-/*
- wxEVT_MOVE
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMoveEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxMoveEvent()
- : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_MOVE)
- { }
- wxMoveEvent(const wxPoint& pos, int winid = 0)
- : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MOVE),
- m_pos(pos)
- { }
- wxMoveEvent(const wxMoveEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_pos(event.m_pos)
- { }
- wxMoveEvent(const wxRect& rect, int id = 0)
- : m_pos(rect.GetPosition()), m_rect(rect)
- { m_eventType = wxEVT_MOVING; m_id = id; }
-
- wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
- void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
- wxRect GetRect() const { return m_rect; }
- void SetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rect = rect; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMoveEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- wxPoint m_pos;
- wxRect m_rect;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMoveEvent)
-};
-
-// Paint event class
-/*
- wxEVT_PAINT
- wxEVT_NC_PAINT
- */
-
-#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL && (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__))
- #define wxHAS_PAINT_DEBUG
-
- // see comments in src/msw|os2/dcclient.cpp where g_isPainting is defined
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int g_isPainting;
-#endif // debug
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxPaintEvent(int Id = 0)
- : wxEvent(Id, wxEVT_PAINT)
- {
-#ifdef wxHAS_PAINT_DEBUG
- // set the internal flag for the duration of redrawing
- g_isPainting++;
-#endif // debug
- }
-
- // default copy ctor and dtor are normally fine, we only need them to keep
- // g_isPainting updated in debug build
-#ifdef wxHAS_PAINT_DEBUG
- wxPaintEvent(const wxPaintEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event)
- {
- g_isPainting++;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxPaintEvent()
- {
- g_isPainting--;
- }
-#endif // debug
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxPaintEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxPaintEvent)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNcPaintEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxNcPaintEvent(int winid = 0)
- : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_NC_PAINT)
- { }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxNcPaintEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxNcPaintEvent)
-};
-
-// Erase background event class
-/*
- wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEraseEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxEraseEvent(int Id = 0, wxDC *dc = NULL)
- : wxEvent(Id, wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND),
- m_dc(dc)
- { }
-
- wxEraseEvent(const wxEraseEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_dc(event.m_dc)
- { }
-
- wxDC *GetDC() const { return m_dc; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxEraseEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- wxDC *m_dc;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxEraseEvent)
-};
-
-// Focus event class
-/*
- wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
- wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFocusEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxFocusEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
- : wxEvent(winid, type)
- { m_win = NULL; }
-
- wxFocusEvent(const wxFocusEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event)
- { m_win = event.m_win; }
-
- // The window associated with this event is the window which had focus
- // before for SET event and the window which will have focus for the KILL
- // one. NB: it may be NULL in both cases!
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_win; }
- void SetWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_win = win; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFocusEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxWindow *m_win;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFocusEvent)
-};
-
-// wxChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has got the focus: unlike
-// wxFocusEvent it is propagated upwards the window chain
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChildFocusEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxChildFocusEvent(wxWindow *win = NULL);
-
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)GetEventObject(); }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxChildFocusEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxChildFocusEvent)
-};
-
-// Activate event class
-/*
- wxEVT_ACTIVATE
- wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
- wxEVT_HIBERNATE
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxActivateEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- // Type of activation. For now we can only detect if it was by mouse or by
- // some other method and even this is only available under wxMSW.
- enum Reason
- {
- Reason_Mouse,
- Reason_Unknown
- };
-
- wxActivateEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, bool active = true,
- int Id = 0, Reason activationReason = Reason_Unknown)
- : wxEvent(Id, type),
- m_activationReason(activationReason)
- {
- m_active = active;
- }
- wxActivateEvent(const wxActivateEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event)
- {
- m_active = event.m_active;
- m_activationReason = event.m_activationReason;
- }
-
- bool GetActive() const { return m_active; }
- Reason GetActivationReason() const { return m_activationReason;}
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxActivateEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- bool m_active;
- Reason m_activationReason;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxActivateEvent)
-};
-
-// InitDialog event class
-/*
- wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInitDialogEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxInitDialogEvent(int Id = 0)
- : wxEvent(Id, wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG)
- { }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxInitDialogEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxInitDialogEvent)
-};
-
-// Miscellaneous menu event class
-/*
- wxEVT_MENU_OPEN,
- wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE,
- wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT,
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxMenuEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0, wxMenu* menu = NULL)
- : wxEvent(winid, type)
- { m_menuId = winid; m_menu = menu; }
- wxMenuEvent(const wxMenuEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event)
- { m_menuId = event.m_menuId; m_menu = event.m_menu; }
-
- // only for wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
- int GetMenuId() const { return m_menuId; }
-
- // only for wxEVT_MENU_OPEN/CLOSE
- bool IsPopup() const { return m_menuId == wxID_ANY; }
-
- // only for wxEVT_MENU_OPEN/CLOSE
- wxMenu* GetMenu() const { return m_menu; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMenuEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- int m_menuId;
- wxMenu* m_menu;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMenuEvent)
-};
-
-// Window close or session close event class
-/*
- wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW,
- wxEVT_END_SESSION,
- wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCloseEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxCloseEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
- : wxEvent(winid, type),
- m_loggingOff(true),
- m_veto(false), // should be false by default
- m_canVeto(true) {}
-
- wxCloseEvent(const wxCloseEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_loggingOff(event.m_loggingOff),
- m_veto(event.m_veto),
- m_canVeto(event.m_canVeto) {}
-
- void SetLoggingOff(bool logOff) { m_loggingOff = logOff; }
- bool GetLoggingOff() const
- {
- // m_loggingOff flag is only used by wxEVT_[QUERY_]END_SESSION, it
- // doesn't make sense for wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_eventType != wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW,
- wxT("this flag is for end session events only") );
-
- return m_loggingOff;
- }
-
- void Veto(bool veto = true)
- {
- // GetVeto() will return false anyhow...
- wxCHECK_RET( m_canVeto,
- wxT("call to Veto() ignored (can't veto this event)") );
-
- m_veto = veto;
- }
- void SetCanVeto(bool canVeto) { m_canVeto = canVeto; }
- bool CanVeto() const { return m_canVeto; }
- bool GetVeto() const { return m_canVeto && m_veto; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCloseEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- bool m_loggingOff,
- m_veto,
- m_canVeto;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCloseEvent)
-};
-
-/*
- wxEVT_SHOW
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxShowEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxShowEvent(int winid = 0, bool show = false)
- : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_SHOW)
- { m_show = show; }
- wxShowEvent(const wxShowEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event)
- { m_show = event.m_show; }
-
- void SetShow(bool show) { m_show = show; }
-
- // return true if the window was shown, false if hidden
- bool IsShown() const { return m_show; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED( bool GetShow() const { return IsShown(); } )
-#endif
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxShowEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- bool m_show;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxShowEvent)
-};
-
-/*
- wxEVT_ICONIZE
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIconizeEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxIconizeEvent(int winid = 0, bool iconized = true)
- : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_ICONIZE)
- { m_iconized = iconized; }
- wxIconizeEvent(const wxIconizeEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event)
- { m_iconized = event.m_iconized; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Iconized() const { return IsIconized(); } )
-#endif
- // return true if the frame was iconized, false if restored
- bool IsIconized() const { return m_iconized; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxIconizeEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- bool m_iconized;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxIconizeEvent)
-};
-/*
- wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMaximizeEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxMaximizeEvent(int winid = 0)
- : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MAXIMIZE)
- { }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMaximizeEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMaximizeEvent)
-};
-
-// Joystick event class
-/*
- wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN,
- wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP,
- wxEVT_JOY_MOVE,
- wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE
-*/
-
-// Which joystick? Same as Windows ids so no conversion necessary.
-enum
-{
- wxJOYSTICK1,
- wxJOYSTICK2
-};
-
-// Which button is down?
-enum
-{
- wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY = -1,
- wxJOY_BUTTON1 = 1,
- wxJOY_BUTTON2 = 2,
- wxJOY_BUTTON3 = 4,
- wxJOY_BUTTON4 = 8
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxJoystickEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-protected:
- wxPoint m_pos;
- int m_zPosition;
- int m_buttonChange; // Which button changed?
- int m_buttonState; // Which buttons are down?
- int m_joyStick; // Which joystick?
-
-public:
- wxJoystickEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL,
- int state = 0,
- int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1,
- int change = 0)
- : wxEvent(0, type),
- m_pos(),
- m_zPosition(0),
- m_buttonChange(change),
- m_buttonState(state),
- m_joyStick(joystick)
- {
- }
- wxJoystickEvent(const wxJoystickEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_pos(event.m_pos),
- m_zPosition(event.m_zPosition),
- m_buttonChange(event.m_buttonChange),
- m_buttonState(event.m_buttonState),
- m_joyStick(event.m_joyStick)
- { }
-
- wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
- int GetZPosition() const { return m_zPosition; }
- int GetButtonState() const { return m_buttonState; }
- int GetButtonChange() const { return m_buttonChange; }
- int GetJoystick() const { return m_joyStick; }
-
- void SetJoystick(int stick) { m_joyStick = stick; }
- void SetButtonState(int state) { m_buttonState = state; }
- void SetButtonChange(int change) { m_buttonChange = change; }
- void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
- void SetZPosition(int zPos) { m_zPosition = zPos; }
-
- // Was it a button event? (*doesn't* mean: is any button *down*?)
- bool IsButton() const { return ((GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN) ||
- (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP)); }
-
- // Was it a move event?
- bool IsMove() const { return (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_MOVE); }
-
- // Was it a zmove event?
- bool IsZMove() const { return (GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE); }
-
- // Was it a down event from button 1, 2, 3, 4 or any?
- bool ButtonDown(int but = wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) const
- { return ((GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN) &&
- ((but == wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) || (but == m_buttonChange))); }
-
- // Was it a up event from button 1, 2, 3 or any?
- bool ButtonUp(int but = wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) const
- { return ((GetEventType() == wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP) &&
- ((but == wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) || (but == m_buttonChange))); }
-
- // Was the given button 1,2,3,4 or any in Down state?
- bool ButtonIsDown(int but = wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) const
- { return (((but == wxJOY_BUTTON_ANY) && (m_buttonState != 0)) ||
- ((m_buttonState & but) == but)); }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxJoystickEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxJoystickEvent)
-};
-
-// Drop files event class
-/*
- wxEVT_DROP_FILES
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropFilesEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- int m_noFiles;
- wxPoint m_pos;
- wxString* m_files;
-
- wxDropFilesEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL,
- int noFiles = 0,
- wxString *files = NULL)
- : wxEvent(0, type),
- m_noFiles(noFiles),
- m_pos(),
- m_files(files)
- { }
-
- // we need a copy ctor to avoid deleting m_files pointer twice
- wxDropFilesEvent(const wxDropFilesEvent& other)
- : wxEvent(other),
- m_noFiles(other.m_noFiles),
- m_pos(other.m_pos),
- m_files(NULL)
- {
- m_files = new wxString[m_noFiles];
- for ( int n = 0; n < m_noFiles; n++ )
- {
- m_files[n] = other.m_files[n];
- }
- }
-
- virtual ~wxDropFilesEvent()
- {
- delete [] m_files;
- }
-
- wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
- int GetNumberOfFiles() const { return m_noFiles; }
- wxString *GetFiles() const { return m_files; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDropFilesEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDropFilesEvent)
-};
-
-// Update UI event
-/*
- wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
- */
-
-// Whether to always send update events to windows, or
-// to only send update events to those with the
-// wxWS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES style.
-
-enum wxUpdateUIMode
-{
- // Send UI update events to all windows
- wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL,
-
- // Send UI update events to windows that have
- // the wxWS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES flag specified
- wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxUpdateUIEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxUpdateUIEvent(wxWindowID commandId = 0)
- : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, commandId)
- {
- m_checked =
- m_enabled =
- m_shown =
- m_setEnabled =
- m_setShown =
- m_setText =
- m_setChecked = false;
- }
- wxUpdateUIEvent(const wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
- : wxCommandEvent(event),
- m_checked(event.m_checked),
- m_enabled(event.m_enabled),
- m_shown(event.m_shown),
- m_setEnabled(event.m_setEnabled),
- m_setShown(event.m_setShown),
- m_setText(event.m_setText),
- m_setChecked(event.m_setChecked),
- m_text(event.m_text)
- { }
-
- bool GetChecked() const { return m_checked; }
- bool GetEnabled() const { return m_enabled; }
- bool GetShown() const { return m_shown; }
- wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
- bool GetSetText() const { return m_setText; }
- bool GetSetChecked() const { return m_setChecked; }
- bool GetSetEnabled() const { return m_setEnabled; }
- bool GetSetShown() const { return m_setShown; }
-
- void Check(bool check) { m_checked = check; m_setChecked = true; }
- void Enable(bool enable) { m_enabled = enable; m_setEnabled = true; }
- void Show(bool show) { m_shown = show; m_setShown = true; }
- void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; m_setText = true; }
-
- // Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds.
- // Set to -1 to disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible.
- static void SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) { sm_updateInterval = updateInterval; }
-
- // Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds
- static long GetUpdateInterval() { return sm_updateInterval; }
-
- // Can we update this window?
- static bool CanUpdate(wxWindowBase *win);
-
- // Reset the update time to provide a delay until the next
- // time we should update
- static void ResetUpdateTime();
-
- // Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to
- // all windows, or only to those which specify that they
- // will process the events.
- static void SetMode(wxUpdateUIMode mode) { sm_updateMode = mode; }
-
- // Returns the UI update mode
- static wxUpdateUIMode GetMode() { return sm_updateMode; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxUpdateUIEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- bool m_checked;
- bool m_enabled;
- bool m_shown;
- bool m_setEnabled;
- bool m_setShown;
- bool m_setText;
- bool m_setChecked;
- wxString m_text;
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- static wxLongLong sm_lastUpdate;
-#endif
- static long sm_updateInterval;
- static wxUpdateUIMode sm_updateMode;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxUpdateUIEvent)
-};
-
-/*
- wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
- */
-
-// TODO: shouldn't all events record the window ID?
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSysColourChangedEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxSysColourChangedEvent()
- : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED)
- { }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSysColourChangedEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSysColourChangedEvent)
-};
-
-/*
- wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
- The window losing the capture receives this message
- (even if it released the capture itself).
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0, wxWindow* gainedCapture = NULL)
- : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED),
- m_gainedCapture(gainedCapture)
- { }
-
- wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent(const wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_gainedCapture(event.m_gainedCapture)
- { }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent(*this); }
-
- wxWindow* GetCapturedWindow() const { return m_gainedCapture; }
-
-private:
- wxWindow* m_gainedCapture;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent)
-};
-
-/*
- wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
- The window losing the capture receives this message, unless it released it
- it itself or unless wxWindow::CaptureMouse was called on another window
- (and so capture will be restored when the new capturer releases it).
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseCaptureLostEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxMouseCaptureLostEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0)
- : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST)
- {}
-
- wxMouseCaptureLostEvent(const wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event)
- {}
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxMouseCaptureLostEvent(*this); }
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent)
-};
-
-/*
- wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayChangedEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxDisplayChangedEvent)
-
-public:
- wxDisplayChangedEvent()
- : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED)
- { }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxDisplayChangedEvent(*this); }
-};
-
-/*
- wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaletteChangedEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxPaletteChangedEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0)
- : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED),
- m_changedWindow(NULL)
- { }
-
- wxPaletteChangedEvent(const wxPaletteChangedEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_changedWindow(event.m_changedWindow)
- { }
-
- void SetChangedWindow(wxWindow* win) { m_changedWindow = win; }
- wxWindow* GetChangedWindow() const { return m_changedWindow; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxPaletteChangedEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- wxWindow* m_changedWindow;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxPaletteChangedEvent)
-};
-
-/*
- wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
- Indicates the window is getting keyboard focus and should re-do its palette.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxQueryNewPaletteEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(wxWindowID winid = 0)
- : wxEvent(winid, wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE),
- m_paletteRealized(false)
- { }
- wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(const wxQueryNewPaletteEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_paletteRealized(event.m_paletteRealized)
- { }
-
- // App sets this if it changes the palette.
- void SetPaletteRealized(bool realized) { m_paletteRealized = realized; }
- bool GetPaletteRealized() const { return m_paletteRealized; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxQueryNewPaletteEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- bool m_paletteRealized;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent)
-};
-
-/*
- Event generated by dialog navigation keys
- wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
- */
-// NB: don't derive from command event to avoid being propagated to the parent
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNavigationKeyEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxNavigationKeyEvent()
- : wxEvent(0, wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY),
- m_flags(IsForward | FromTab), // defaults are for TAB
- m_focus(NULL)
- {
- m_propagationLevel = wxEVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE;
- }
-
- wxNavigationKeyEvent(const wxNavigationKeyEvent& event)
- : wxEvent(event),
- m_flags(event.m_flags),
- m_focus(event.m_focus)
- { }
-
- // direction: forward (true) or backward (false)
- bool GetDirection() const
- { return (m_flags & IsForward) != 0; }
- void SetDirection(bool bForward)
- { if ( bForward ) m_flags |= IsForward; else m_flags &= ~IsForward; }
-
- // it may be a window change event (MDI, notebook pages...) or a control
- // change event
- bool IsWindowChange() const
- { return (m_flags & WinChange) != 0; }
- void SetWindowChange(bool bIs)
- { if ( bIs ) m_flags |= WinChange; else m_flags &= ~WinChange; }
-
- // Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key.
- // This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons
- bool IsFromTab() const
- { return (m_flags & FromTab) != 0; }
- void SetFromTab(bool bIs)
- { if ( bIs ) m_flags |= FromTab; else m_flags &= ~FromTab; }
-
- // the child which has the focus currently (may be NULL - use
- // wxWindow::FindFocus then)
- wxWindow* GetCurrentFocus() const { return m_focus; }
- void SetCurrentFocus(wxWindow *win) { m_focus = win; }
-
- // Set flags
- void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxNavigationKeyEvent(*this); }
-
- enum wxNavigationKeyEventFlags
- {
- IsBackward = 0x0000,
- IsForward = 0x0001,
- WinChange = 0x0002,
- FromTab = 0x0004
- };
-
- long m_flags;
- wxWindow *m_focus;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxNavigationKeyEvent)
-};
-
-// Window creation/destruction events: the first is sent as soon as window is
-// created (i.e. the underlying GUI object exists), but when the C++ object is
-// fully initialized (so virtual functions may be called). The second,
-// wxEVT_DESTROY, is sent right before the window is destroyed - again, it's
-// still safe to call virtual functions at this moment
-/*
- wxEVT_CREATE
- wxEVT_DESTROY
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowCreateEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxWindowCreateEvent(wxWindow *win = NULL);
-
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)GetEventObject(); }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxWindowCreateEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWindowCreateEvent)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDestroyEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxWindowDestroyEvent(wxWindow *win = NULL);
-
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)GetEventObject(); }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxWindowDestroyEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWindowDestroyEvent)
-};
-
-// A help event is sent when the user clicks on a window in context-help mode.
-/*
- wxEVT_HELP
- wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHelpEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- // how was this help event generated?
- enum Origin
- {
- Origin_Unknown, // unrecognized event source
- Origin_Keyboard, // event generated from F1 key press
- Origin_HelpButton // event from [?] button on the title bar (Windows)
- };
-
- wxHelpEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL,
- wxWindowID winid = 0,
- const wxPoint& pt = wxDefaultPosition,
- Origin origin = Origin_Unknown)
- : wxCommandEvent(type, winid),
- m_pos(pt),
- m_origin(GuessOrigin(origin))
- { }
- wxHelpEvent(const wxHelpEvent& event)
- : wxCommandEvent(event),
- m_pos(event.m_pos),
- m_target(event.m_target),
- m_link(event.m_link),
- m_origin(event.m_origin)
- { }
-
- // Position of event (in screen coordinates)
- const wxPoint& GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
- void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
-
- // Optional link to further help
- const wxString& GetLink() const { return m_link; }
- void SetLink(const wxString& link) { m_link = link; }
-
- // Optional target to display help in. E.g. a window specification
- const wxString& GetTarget() const { return m_target; }
- void SetTarget(const wxString& target) { m_target = target; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHelpEvent(*this); }
-
- // optional indication of the event source
- Origin GetOrigin() const { return m_origin; }
- void SetOrigin(Origin origin) { m_origin = origin; }
-
-protected:
- wxPoint m_pos;
- wxString m_target;
- wxString m_link;
- Origin m_origin;
-
- // we can try to guess the event origin ourselves, even if none is
- // specified in the ctor
- static Origin GuessOrigin(Origin origin);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHelpEvent)
-};
-
-// A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts text copy/cut/paste
-// message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data from/into a text control
-// via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a popup menu command, etc.
-// NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT* generated automatically
-// for a Rich Edit text control.
-/*
-wxEVT_TEXT_COPY
-wxEVT_TEXT_CUT
-wxEVT_TEXT_PASTE
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardTextEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxClipboardTextEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL,
- wxWindowID winid = 0)
- : wxCommandEvent(type, winid)
- { }
- wxClipboardTextEvent(const wxClipboardTextEvent& event)
- : wxCommandEvent(event)
- { }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxClipboardTextEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxClipboardTextEvent)
-};
-
-// A Context event is sent when the user right clicks on a window or
-// presses Shift-F10
-// NOTE : Under windows this is a repackaged WM_CONTETXMENU message
-// Under other systems it may have to be generated from a right click event
-/*
- wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxContextMenuEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxContextMenuEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL,
- wxWindowID winid = 0,
- const wxPoint& pt = wxDefaultPosition)
- : wxCommandEvent(type, winid),
- m_pos(pt)
- { }
- wxContextMenuEvent(const wxContextMenuEvent& event)
- : wxCommandEvent(event),
- m_pos(event.m_pos)
- { }
-
- // Position of event (in screen coordinates)
- const wxPoint& GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
- void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxContextMenuEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- wxPoint m_pos;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxContextMenuEvent)
-};
-
-
-/* TODO
- wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED,
- wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED, // WM_WININICHANGE (NT) / WM_SETTINGCHANGE (Win95)
-// wxEVT_FONT_CHANGED, // WM_FONTCHANGE: roll into wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED, but remember to propagate
- // wxEVT_FONT_CHANGED to all other windows (maybe).
- wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM, // Leave these three as virtual functions in wxControl?? Platform-specific.
- wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM,
- wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
-*/
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-
-// ============================================================================
-// event handler and related classes
-// ============================================================================
-
-
-// struct containing the members common to static and dynamic event tables
-// entries
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventTableEntryBase
-{
- wxEventTableEntryBase(int winid, int idLast,
- wxEventFunctor* fn, wxObject *data)
- : m_id(winid),
- m_lastId(idLast),
- m_fn(fn),
- m_callbackUserData(data)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( idLast == wxID_ANY || winid <= idLast,
- "invalid IDs range: lower bound > upper bound" );
- }
-
- wxEventTableEntryBase( const wxEventTableEntryBase &entry )
- : m_id( entry.m_id ),
- m_lastId( entry.m_lastId ),
- m_fn( entry.m_fn ),
- m_callbackUserData( entry.m_callbackUserData )
- {
- // This is a 'hack' to ensure that only one instance tries to delete
- // the functor pointer. It is safe as long as the only place where the
- // copy constructor is being called is when the static event tables are
- // being initialized (a temporary instance is created and then this
- // constructor is called).
-
- const_cast<wxEventTableEntryBase&>( entry ).m_fn = NULL;
- }
-
- ~wxEventTableEntryBase()
- {
- delete m_fn;
- }
-
- // the range of ids for this entry: if m_lastId == wxID_ANY, the range
- // consists only of m_id, otherwise it is m_id..m_lastId inclusive
- int m_id,
- m_lastId;
-
- // function/method/functor to call
- wxEventFunctor* m_fn;
-
- // arbitrary user data associated with the callback
- wxObject* m_callbackUserData;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxEventTableEntryBase);
-};
-
-// an entry from a static event table
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventTableEntry : public wxEventTableEntryBase
-{
- wxEventTableEntry(const int& evType, int winid, int idLast,
- wxEventFunctor* fn, wxObject *data)
- : wxEventTableEntryBase(winid, idLast, fn, data),
- m_eventType(evType)
- { }
-
- // the reference to event type: this allows us to not care about the
- // (undefined) order in which the event table entries and the event types
- // are initialized: initially the value of this reference might be
- // invalid, but by the time it is used for the first time, all global
- // objects will have been initialized (including the event type constants)
- // and so it will have the correct value when it is needed
- const int& m_eventType;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxEventTableEntry);
-};
-
-// an entry used in dynamic event table managed by wxEvtHandler::Connect()
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicEventTableEntry : public wxEventTableEntryBase
-{
- wxDynamicEventTableEntry(int evType, int winid, int idLast,
- wxEventFunctor* fn, wxObject *data)
- : wxEventTableEntryBase(winid, idLast, fn, data),
- m_eventType(evType)
- { }
-
- // not a reference here as we can't keep a reference to a temporary int
- // created to wrap the constant value typically passed to Connect() - nor
- // do we need it
- int m_eventType;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxDynamicEventTableEntry);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEventTable: an array of event entries terminated with {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventTable
-{
- const wxEventTable *baseTable; // base event table (next in chain)
- const wxEventTableEntry *entries; // bottom of entry array
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEventHashTable: a helper of wxEvtHandler to speed up wxEventTable lookups.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(const wxEventTableEntry*, wxEventTableEntryPointerArray);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventHashTable
-{
-private:
- // Internal data structs
- struct EventTypeTable
- {
- wxEventType eventType;
- wxEventTableEntryPointerArray eventEntryTable;
- };
- typedef EventTypeTable* EventTypeTablePointer;
-
-public:
- // Constructor, needs the event table it needs to hash later on.
- // Note: hashing of the event table is not done in the constructor as it
- // can be that the event table is not yet full initialize, the hash
- // will gets initialized when handling the first event look-up request.
- wxEventHashTable(const wxEventTable &table);
- // Destructor.
- ~wxEventHashTable();
-
- // Handle the given event, in other words search the event table hash
- // and call self->ProcessEvent() if a match was found.
- bool HandleEvent(wxEvent& event, wxEvtHandler *self);
-
- // Clear table
- void Clear();
-
-#if wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING
- // Clear all tables: only used to work around problems in memory tracing
- // code
- static void ClearAll();
-#endif // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING
-
-protected:
- // Init the hash table with the entries of the static event table.
- void InitHashTable();
- // Helper function of InitHashTable() to insert 1 entry into the hash table.
- void AddEntry(const wxEventTableEntry &entry);
- // Allocate and init with null pointers the base hash table.
- void AllocEventTypeTable(size_t size);
- // Grow the hash table in size and transfer all items currently
- // in the table to the correct location in the new table.
- void GrowEventTypeTable();
-
-protected:
- const wxEventTable &m_table;
- bool m_rebuildHash;
-
- size_t m_size;
- EventTypeTablePointer *m_eventTypeTable;
-
- static wxEventHashTable* sm_first;
- wxEventHashTable* m_previous;
- wxEventHashTable* m_next;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventHashTable);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEvtHandler: the base class for all objects handling wxWidgets events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvtHandler : public wxObject
- , public wxTrackable
-{
-public:
- wxEvtHandler();
- virtual ~wxEvtHandler();
-
-
- // Event handler chain
- // -------------------
-
- wxEvtHandler *GetNextHandler() const { return m_nextHandler; }
- wxEvtHandler *GetPreviousHandler() const { return m_previousHandler; }
- virtual void SetNextHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_nextHandler = handler; }
- virtual void SetPreviousHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_previousHandler = handler; }
-
- void SetEvtHandlerEnabled(bool enabled) { m_enabled = enabled; }
- bool GetEvtHandlerEnabled() const { return m_enabled; }
-
- void Unlink();
- bool IsUnlinked() const;
-
-
- // Global event filters
- // --------------------
-
- // Add an event filter whose FilterEvent() method will be called for each
- // and every event processed by wxWidgets. The filters are called in LIFO
- // order and wxApp is registered as an event filter by default. The pointer
- // must remain valid until it's removed with RemoveFilter() and is not
- // deleted by wxEvtHandler.
- static void AddFilter(wxEventFilter* filter);
-
- // Remove a filter previously installed with AddFilter().
- static void RemoveFilter(wxEventFilter* filter);
-
-
- // Event queuing and processing
- // ----------------------------
-
- // Process an event right now: this can only be called from the main
- // thread, use QueueEvent() for scheduling the events for
- // processing from other threads.
- virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
- // Process an event by calling ProcessEvent and handling any exceptions
- // thrown by event handlers. It's mostly useful when processing wx events
- // when called from C code (e.g. in GTK+ callback) when the exception
- // wouldn't correctly propagate to wxEventLoop.
- bool SafelyProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
- // NOTE: uses ProcessEvent()
-
- // This method tries to process the event in this event handler, including
- // any preprocessing done by TryBefore() and all the handlers chained to
- // it, but excluding the post-processing done in TryAfter().
- //
- // It is meant to be called from ProcessEvent() only and is not virtual,
- // additional event handlers can be hooked into the normal event processing
- // logic using TryBefore() and TryAfter() hooks.
- //
- // You can also call it yourself to forward an event to another handler but
- // without propagating it upwards if it's unhandled (this is usually
- // unwanted when forwarding as the original handler would already do it if
- // needed normally).
- bool ProcessEventLocally(wxEvent& event);
-
- // Schedule the given event to be processed later. It takes ownership of
- // the event pointer, i.e. it will be deleted later. This is safe to call
- // from multiple threads although you still need to ensure that wxString
- // fields of the event object are deep copies and not use the same string
- // buffer as other wxString objects in this thread.
- virtual void QueueEvent(wxEvent *event);
-
- // Add an event to be processed later: notice that this function is not
- // safe to call from threads other than main, use QueueEvent()
- virtual void AddPendingEvent(const wxEvent& event)
- {
- // notice that the thread-safety problem comes from the fact that
- // Clone() doesn't make deep copies of wxString fields of wxEvent
- // object and so the same wxString could be used from both threads when
- // the event object is destroyed in this one -- QueueEvent() avoids
- // this problem as the event pointer is not used any more in this
- // thread at all after it is called.
- QueueEvent(event.Clone());
- }
-
- void ProcessPendingEvents();
- // NOTE: uses ProcessEvent()
-
- void DeletePendingEvents();
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- bool ProcessThreadEvent(const wxEvent& event);
- // NOTE: uses AddPendingEvent(); call only from secondary threads
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_CALL_AFTER
- // Asynchronous method calls: these methods schedule the given method
- // pointer for a later call (during the next idle event loop iteration).
- //
- // Notice that the method is called on this object itself, so the object
- // CallAfter() is called on must have the correct dynamic type.
- //
- // These method can be used from another thread.
-
- template <typename T>
- void CallAfter(void (T::*method)())
- {
- QueueEvent(
- new wxAsyncMethodCallEvent0<T>(static_cast<T*>(this), method)
- );
- }
-
- // Notice that we use P1 and not T1 for the parameter to allow passing
- // parameters that are convertible to the type taken by the method
- // instead of being exactly the same, to be closer to the usual method call
- // semantics.
- template <typename T, typename T1, typename P1>
- void CallAfter(void (T::*method)(T1 x1), P1 x1)
- {
- QueueEvent(
- new wxAsyncMethodCallEvent1<T, T1>(
- static_cast<T*>(this), method, x1)
- );
- }
-
- template <typename T, typename T1, typename T2, typename P1, typename P2>
- void CallAfter(void (T::*method)(T1 x1, T2 x2), P1 x1, P2 x2)
- {
- QueueEvent(
- new wxAsyncMethodCallEvent2<T, T1, T2>(
- static_cast<T*>(this), method, x1, x2)
- );
- }
-
- template <typename T>
- void CallAfter(const T& fn)
- {
- QueueEvent(new wxAsyncMethodCallEventFunctor<T>(this, fn));
- }
-#endif // wxHAS_CALL_AFTER
-
-
- // Connecting and disconnecting
- // ----------------------------
-
- // These functions are used for old, untyped, event handlers and don't
- // check that the type of the function passed to them actually matches the
- // type of the event. They also only allow connecting events to methods of
- // wxEvtHandler-derived classes.
- //
- // The template Connect() methods below are safer and allow connecting
- // events to arbitrary functions or functors -- but require compiler
- // support for templates.
-
- // Dynamic association of a member function handler with the event handler,
- // winid and event type
- void Connect(int winid,
- int lastId,
- wxEventType eventType,
- wxObjectEventFunction func,
- wxObject *userData = NULL,
- wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL)
- {
- DoBind(winid, lastId, eventType,
- wxNewEventFunctor(eventType, func, eventSink),
- userData);
- }
-
- // Convenience function: take just one id
- void Connect(int winid,
- wxEventType eventType,
- wxObjectEventFunction func,
- wxObject *userData = NULL,
- wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL)
- { Connect(winid, wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); }
-
- // Even more convenient: without id (same as using id of wxID_ANY)
- void Connect(wxEventType eventType,
- wxObjectEventFunction func,
- wxObject *userData = NULL,
- wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL)
- { Connect(wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); }
-
- bool Disconnect(int winid,
- int lastId,
- wxEventType eventType,
- wxObjectEventFunction func = NULL,
- wxObject *userData = NULL,
- wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL)
- {
- return DoUnbind(winid, lastId, eventType,
- wxMakeEventFunctor(eventType, func, eventSink),
- userData );
- }
-
- bool Disconnect(int winid = wxID_ANY,
- wxEventType eventType = wxEVT_NULL,
- wxObjectEventFunction func = NULL,
- wxObject *userData = NULL,
- wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL)
- { return Disconnect(winid, wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); }
-
- bool Disconnect(wxEventType eventType,
- wxObjectEventFunction func,
- wxObject *userData = NULL,
- wxEvtHandler *eventSink = NULL)
- { return Disconnect(wxID_ANY, eventType, func, userData, eventSink); }
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
- // Bind functions to an event:
- template <typename EventTag, typename EventArg>
- void Bind(const EventTag& eventType,
- void (*function)(EventArg &),
- int winid = wxID_ANY,
- int lastId = wxID_ANY,
- wxObject *userData = NULL)
- {
- DoBind(winid, lastId, eventType,
- wxNewEventFunctor(eventType, function),
- userData);
- }
-
-
- template <typename EventTag, typename EventArg>
- bool Unbind(const EventTag& eventType,
- void (*function)(EventArg &),
- int winid = wxID_ANY,
- int lastId = wxID_ANY,
- wxObject *userData = NULL)
- {
- return DoUnbind(winid, lastId, eventType,
- wxMakeEventFunctor(eventType, function),
- userData);
- }
-
- // Bind functors to an event:
- template <typename EventTag, typename Functor>
- void Bind(const EventTag& eventType,
- const Functor &functor,
- int winid = wxID_ANY,
- int lastId = wxID_ANY,
- wxObject *userData = NULL)
- {
- DoBind(winid, lastId, eventType,
- wxNewEventFunctor(eventType, functor),
- userData);
- }
-
-
- template <typename EventTag, typename Functor>
- bool Unbind(const EventTag& eventType,
- const Functor &functor,
- int winid = wxID_ANY,
- int lastId = wxID_ANY,
- wxObject *userData = NULL)
- {
- return DoUnbind(winid, lastId, eventType,
- wxMakeEventFunctor(eventType, functor),
- userData);
- }
-
-
- // Bind a method of a class (called on the specified handler which must
- // be convertible to this class) object to an event:
-
- template <typename EventTag, typename Class, typename EventArg, typename EventHandler>
- void Bind(const EventTag &eventType,
- void (Class::*method)(EventArg &),
- EventHandler *handler,
- int winid = wxID_ANY,
- int lastId = wxID_ANY,
- wxObject *userData = NULL)
- {
- DoBind(winid, lastId, eventType,
- wxNewEventFunctor(eventType, method, handler),
- userData);
- }
-
- template <typename EventTag, typename Class, typename EventArg, typename EventHandler>
- bool Unbind(const EventTag &eventType,
- void (Class::*method)(EventArg&),
- EventHandler *handler,
- int winid = wxID_ANY,
- int lastId = wxID_ANY,
- wxObject *userData = NULL )
- {
- return DoUnbind(winid, lastId, eventType,
- wxMakeEventFunctor(eventType, method, handler),
- userData);
- }
-#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-
- wxList* GetDynamicEventTable() const { return m_dynamicEvents ; }
-
- // User data can be associated with each wxEvtHandler
- void SetClientObject( wxClientData *data ) { DoSetClientObject(data); }
- wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return DoGetClientObject(); }
-
- void SetClientData( void *data ) { DoSetClientData(data); }
- void *GetClientData() const { return DoGetClientData(); }
-
-
- // implementation from now on
- // --------------------------
-
- // check if the given event table entry matches this event by id (the check
- // for the event type should be done by caller) and call the handler if it
- // does
- //
- // return true if the event was processed, false otherwise (no match or the
- // handler decided to skip the event)
- static bool ProcessEventIfMatchesId(const wxEventTableEntryBase& tableEntry,
- wxEvtHandler *handler,
- wxEvent& event);
-
- virtual bool SearchEventTable(wxEventTable& table, wxEvent& event);
- bool SearchDynamicEventTable( wxEvent& event );
-
- // Avoid problems at exit by cleaning up static hash table gracefully
- void ClearEventHashTable() { GetEventHashTable().Clear(); }
- void OnSinkDestroyed( wxEvtHandler *sink );
-
-
-private:
- void DoBind(int winid,
- int lastId,
- wxEventType eventType,
- wxEventFunctor *func,
- wxObject* userData = NULL);
-
- bool DoUnbind(int winid,
- int lastId,
- wxEventType eventType,
- const wxEventFunctor& func,
- wxObject *userData = NULL);
-
- static const wxEventTableEntry sm_eventTableEntries[];
-
-protected:
- // hooks for wxWindow used by ProcessEvent()
- // -----------------------------------------
-
- // this one is called before trying our own event table to allow plugging
- // in the event handlers overriding the default logic, this is used by e.g.
- // validators.
- virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event);
-
- // This one is not a hook but just a helper which looks up the handler in
- // this object itself.
- //
- // It is called from ProcessEventLocally() and normally shouldn't be called
- // directly as doing it would ignore any chained event handlers
- bool TryHereOnly(wxEvent& event);
-
- // Another helper which simply calls pre-processing hook and then tries to
- // handle the event at this handler level.
- bool TryBeforeAndHere(wxEvent& event)
- {
- return TryBefore(event) || TryHereOnly(event);
- }
-
- // this one is called after failing to find the event handle in our own
- // table to give a chance to the other windows to process it
- //
- // base class implementation passes the event to wxTheApp
- virtual bool TryAfter(wxEvent& event);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // deprecated method: override TryBefore() instead of this one
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE(
- virtual bool TryValidator(wxEvent& WXUNUSED(event)), return false; )
-
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE(
- virtual bool TryParent(wxEvent& event), return DoTryApp(event); )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-
- static const wxEventTable sm_eventTable;
- virtual const wxEventTable *GetEventTable() const;
-
- static wxEventHashTable sm_eventHashTable;
- virtual wxEventHashTable& GetEventHashTable() const;
-
- wxEvtHandler* m_nextHandler;
- wxEvtHandler* m_previousHandler;
- wxList* m_dynamicEvents;
- wxList* m_pendingEvents;
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- // critical section protecting m_pendingEvents
- wxCriticalSection m_pendingEventsLock;
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
- // Is event handler enabled?
- bool m_enabled;
-
-
- // The user data: either an object which will be deleted by the container
- // when it's deleted or some raw pointer which we do nothing with - only
- // one type of data can be used with the given window (i.e. you cannot set
- // the void data and then associate the container with wxClientData or vice
- // versa)
- union
- {
- wxClientData *m_clientObject;
- void *m_clientData;
- };
-
- // what kind of data do we have?
- wxClientDataType m_clientDataType;
-
- // client data accessors
- virtual void DoSetClientObject( wxClientData *data );
- virtual wxClientData *DoGetClientObject() const;
-
- virtual void DoSetClientData( void *data );
- virtual void *DoGetClientData() const;
-
- // Search tracker objects for event connection with this sink
- wxEventConnectionRef *FindRefInTrackerList(wxEvtHandler *handler);
-
-private:
- // pass the event to wxTheApp instance, called from TryAfter()
- bool DoTryApp(wxEvent& event);
-
- // try to process events in all handlers chained to this one
- bool DoTryChain(wxEvent& event);
-
- // Head of the event filter linked list.
- static wxEventFilter* ms_filterList;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxEvtHandler)
-};
-
-WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxEvtHandler *, wxEvtHandlerArray, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-
-// Define an inline method of wxObjectEventFunctor which couldn't be defined
-// before wxEvtHandler declaration: at least Sun CC refuses to compile function
-// calls through pointer to member for forward-declared classes (see #12452).
-inline void wxObjectEventFunctor::operator()(wxEvtHandler *handler, wxEvent& event)
-{
- wxEvtHandler * const realHandler = m_handler ? m_handler : handler;
-
- (realHandler->*m_method)(event);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEventConnectionRef represents all connections between two event handlers
-// and enables automatic disconnect when an event handler sink goes out of
-// scope. Each connection/disconnect increases/decreases ref count, and
-// when it reaches zero the node goes out of scope.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxEventConnectionRef : public wxTrackerNode
-{
-public:
- wxEventConnectionRef() : m_src(NULL), m_sink(NULL), m_refCount(0) { }
- wxEventConnectionRef(wxEvtHandler *src, wxEvtHandler *sink)
- : m_src(src), m_sink(sink), m_refCount(1)
- {
- m_sink->AddNode(this);
- }
-
- // The sink is being destroyed
- virtual void OnObjectDestroy( )
- {
- if ( m_src )
- m_src->OnSinkDestroyed( m_sink );
- delete this;
- }
-
- virtual wxEventConnectionRef *ToEventConnection() { return this; }
-
- void IncRef() { m_refCount++; }
- void DecRef()
- {
- if ( !--m_refCount )
- {
- // The sink holds the only external pointer to this object
- if ( m_sink )
- m_sink->RemoveNode(this);
- delete this;
- }
- }
-
-private:
- wxEvtHandler *m_src,
- *m_sink;
- int m_refCount;
-
- friend class wxEvtHandler;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxEventConnectionRef);
-};
-
-// Post a message to the given event handler which will be processed during the
-// next event loop iteration.
-//
-// Notice that this one is not thread-safe, use wxQueueEvent()
-inline void wxPostEvent(wxEvtHandler *dest, const wxEvent& event)
-{
- wxCHECK_RET( dest, "need an object to post event to" );
-
- dest->AddPendingEvent(event);
-}
-
-// Wrapper around wxEvtHandler::QueueEvent(): adds an event for later
-// processing, unlike wxPostEvent it is safe to use from different thread even
-// for events with wxString members
-inline void wxQueueEvent(wxEvtHandler *dest, wxEvent *event)
-{
- wxCHECK_RET( dest, "need an object to queue event for" );
-
- dest->QueueEvent(event);
-}
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEventFunction)(wxEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxIdleEventFunction)(wxIdleEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxThreadEventFunction)(wxThreadEvent&);
-
-#define wxEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxEventFunction, func)
-#define wxIdleEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxIdleEventFunction, func)
-#define wxThreadEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxThreadEventFunction, func)
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEventBlocker: helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxEventBlocker : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- wxEventBlocker(wxWindow *win, wxEventType type = wxEVT_ANY);
- virtual ~wxEventBlocker();
-
- void Block(wxEventType type)
- {
- m_eventsToBlock.push_back(type);
- }
-
- virtual bool ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- wxArrayInt m_eventsToBlock;
- wxWindow *m_window;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventBlocker);
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCommandEventFunction)(wxCommandEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxScrollEventFunction)(wxScrollEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxScrollWinEventFunction)(wxScrollWinEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSizeEventFunction)(wxSizeEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMoveEventFunction)(wxMoveEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPaintEventFunction)(wxPaintEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNcPaintEventFunction)(wxNcPaintEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEraseEventFunction)(wxEraseEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMouseEventFunction)(wxMouseEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCharEventFunction)(wxKeyEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFocusEventFunction)(wxFocusEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxChildFocusEventFunction)(wxChildFocusEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxActivateEventFunction)(wxActivateEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMenuEventFunction)(wxMenuEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxJoystickEventFunction)(wxJoystickEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDropFilesEventFunction)(wxDropFilesEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxInitDialogEventFunction)(wxInitDialogEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSysColourChangedEventFunction)(wxSysColourChangedEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDisplayChangedEventFunction)(wxDisplayChangedEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxUpdateUIEventFunction)(wxUpdateUIEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCloseEventFunction)(wxCloseEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxShowEventFunction)(wxShowEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxIconizeEventFunction)(wxIconizeEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMaximizeEventFunction)(wxMaximizeEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNavigationKeyEventFunction)(wxNavigationKeyEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPaletteChangedEventFunction)(wxPaletteChangedEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxQueryNewPaletteEventFunction)(wxQueryNewPaletteEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWindowCreateEventFunction)(wxWindowCreateEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWindowDestroyEventFunction)(wxWindowDestroyEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSetCursorEventFunction)(wxSetCursorEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxNotifyEventFunction)(wxNotifyEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHelpEventFunction)(wxHelpEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxContextMenuEventFunction)(wxContextMenuEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMouseCaptureChangedEventFunction)(wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMouseCaptureLostEventFunction)(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxClipboardTextEventFunction)(wxClipboardTextEvent&);
-
-
-#define wxCommandEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCommandEventFunction, func)
-#define wxScrollEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxScrollEventFunction, func)
-#define wxScrollWinEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxScrollWinEventFunction, func)
-#define wxSizeEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSizeEventFunction, func)
-#define wxMoveEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMoveEventFunction, func)
-#define wxPaintEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxPaintEventFunction, func)
-#define wxNcPaintEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxNcPaintEventFunction, func)
-#define wxEraseEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxEraseEventFunction, func)
-#define wxMouseEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMouseEventFunction, func)
-#define wxCharEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCharEventFunction, func)
-#define wxKeyEventHandler(func) wxCharEventHandler(func)
-#define wxFocusEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxFocusEventFunction, func)
-#define wxChildFocusEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxChildFocusEventFunction, func)
-#define wxActivateEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxActivateEventFunction, func)
-#define wxMenuEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMenuEventFunction, func)
-#define wxJoystickEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxJoystickEventFunction, func)
-#define wxDropFilesEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxDropFilesEventFunction, func)
-#define wxInitDialogEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxInitDialogEventFunction, func)
-#define wxSysColourChangedEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSysColourChangedEventFunction, func)
-#define wxDisplayChangedEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxDisplayChangedEventFunction, func)
-#define wxUpdateUIEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxUpdateUIEventFunction, func)
-#define wxCloseEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCloseEventFunction, func)
-#define wxShowEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxShowEventFunction, func)
-#define wxIconizeEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxIconizeEventFunction, func)
-#define wxMaximizeEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMaximizeEventFunction, func)
-#define wxNavigationKeyEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxNavigationKeyEventFunction, func)
-#define wxPaletteChangedEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxPaletteChangedEventFunction, func)
-#define wxQueryNewPaletteEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxQueryNewPaletteEventFunction, func)
-#define wxWindowCreateEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxWindowCreateEventFunction, func)
-#define wxWindowDestroyEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxWindowDestroyEventFunction, func)
-#define wxSetCursorEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSetCursorEventFunction, func)
-#define wxNotifyEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxNotifyEventFunction, func)
-#define wxHelpEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxHelpEventFunction, func)
-#define wxContextMenuEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxContextMenuEventFunction, func)
-#define wxMouseCaptureChangedEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMouseCaptureChangedEventFunction, func)
-#define wxMouseCaptureLostEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMouseCaptureLostEventFunction, func)
-#define wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxClipboardTextEventFunction, func)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// N.B. In GNU-WIN32, you *have* to take the address of a member function
-// (use &) or the compiler crashes...
-
-#define wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() \
- private: \
- static const wxEventTableEntry sm_eventTableEntries[]; \
- protected: \
- static const wxEventTable sm_eventTable; \
- virtual const wxEventTable* GetEventTable() const; \
- static wxEventHashTable sm_eventHashTable; \
- virtual wxEventHashTable& GetEventHashTable() const
-
-// N.B.: when building DLL with Borland C++ 5.5 compiler, you must initialize
-// sm_eventTable before using it in GetEventTable() or the compiler gives
-// E2233 (see http://groups.google.com/groups?selm=397dcc8a%241_2%40dnews)
-
-#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(theClass, baseClass) \
- const wxEventTable theClass::sm_eventTable = \
- { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \
- const wxEventTable *theClass::GetEventTable() const \
- { return &theClass::sm_eventTable; } \
- wxEventHashTable theClass::sm_eventHashTable(theClass::sm_eventTable); \
- wxEventHashTable &theClass::GetEventHashTable() const \
- { return theClass::sm_eventHashTable; } \
- const wxEventTableEntry theClass::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \
-
-#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(theClass, baseClass, T1) \
- template<typename T1> \
- const wxEventTable theClass<T1>::sm_eventTable = \
- { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass<T1>::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \
- template<typename T1> \
- const wxEventTable *theClass<T1>::GetEventTable() const \
- { return &theClass<T1>::sm_eventTable; } \
- template<typename T1> \
- wxEventHashTable theClass<T1>::sm_eventHashTable(theClass<T1>::sm_eventTable); \
- template<typename T1> \
- wxEventHashTable &theClass<T1>::GetEventHashTable() const \
- { return theClass<T1>::sm_eventHashTable; } \
- template<typename T1> \
- const wxEventTableEntry theClass<T1>::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \
-
-#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE2(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2) \
- template<typename T1, typename T2> \
- const wxEventTable theClass<T1, T2>::sm_eventTable = \
- { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass<T1, T2>::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \
- template<typename T1, typename T2> \
- const wxEventTable *theClass<T1, T2>::GetEventTable() const \
- { return &theClass<T1, T2>::sm_eventTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2> \
- wxEventHashTable theClass<T1, T2>::sm_eventHashTable(theClass<T1, T2>::sm_eventTable); \
- template<typename T1, typename T2> \
- wxEventHashTable &theClass<T1, T2>::GetEventHashTable() const \
- { return theClass<T1, T2>::sm_eventHashTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2> \
- const wxEventTableEntry theClass<T1, T2>::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \
-
-#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE3(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3) \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> \
- const wxEventTable theClass<T1, T2, T3>::sm_eventTable = \
- { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass<T1, T2, T3>::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> \
- const wxEventTable *theClass<T1, T2, T3>::GetEventTable() const \
- { return &theClass<T1, T2, T3>::sm_eventTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> \
- wxEventHashTable theClass<T1, T2, T3>::sm_eventHashTable(theClass<T1, T2, T3>::sm_eventTable); \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> \
- wxEventHashTable &theClass<T1, T2, T3>::GetEventHashTable() const \
- { return theClass<T1, T2, T3>::sm_eventHashTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> \
- const wxEventTableEntry theClass<T1, T2, T3>::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \
-
-#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE4(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4) \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> \
- const wxEventTable theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4>::sm_eventTable = \
- { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4>::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> \
- const wxEventTable *theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4>::GetEventTable() const \
- { return &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4>::sm_eventTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> \
- wxEventHashTable theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4>::sm_eventHashTable(theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4>::sm_eventTable); \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> \
- wxEventHashTable &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4>::GetEventHashTable() const \
- { return theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4>::sm_eventHashTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4> \
- const wxEventTableEntry theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4>::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \
-
-#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE5(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5) \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> \
- const wxEventTable theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>::sm_eventTable = \
- { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> \
- const wxEventTable *theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>::GetEventTable() const \
- { return &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>::sm_eventTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> \
- wxEventHashTable theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>::sm_eventHashTable(theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>::sm_eventTable); \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> \
- wxEventHashTable &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>::GetEventHashTable() const \
- { return theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>::sm_eventHashTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5> \
- const wxEventTableEntry theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5>::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \
-
-#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE7(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7) \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7> \
- const wxEventTable theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7>::sm_eventTable = \
- { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7>::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7> \
- const wxEventTable *theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7>::GetEventTable() const \
- { return &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7>::sm_eventTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7> \
- wxEventHashTable theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7>::sm_eventHashTable(theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7>::sm_eventTable); \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7> \
- wxEventHashTable &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7>::GetEventHashTable() const \
- { return theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7>::sm_eventHashTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7> \
- const wxEventTableEntry theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7>::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \
-
-#define wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE8(theClass, baseClass, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8) \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7, typename T8> \
- const wxEventTable theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8>::sm_eventTable = \
- { &baseClass::sm_eventTable, &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8>::sm_eventTableEntries[0] }; \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7, typename T8> \
- const wxEventTable *theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8>::GetEventTable() const \
- { return &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8>::sm_eventTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7, typename T8> \
- wxEventHashTable theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8>::sm_eventHashTable(theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8>::sm_eventTable); \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7, typename T8> \
- wxEventHashTable &theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8>::GetEventHashTable() const \
- { return theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8>::sm_eventHashTable; } \
- template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6, typename T7, typename T8> \
- const wxEventTableEntry theClass<T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6, T7, T8>::sm_eventTableEntries[] = { \
-
-#define wxEND_EVENT_TABLE() \
- wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_TERMINATOR() };
-
-/*
- * Event table macros
- */
-
-// helpers for writing shorter code below: declare an event macro taking 2, 1
-// or none ids (the missing ids default to wxID_ANY)
-//
-// macro arguments:
-// - evt one of wxEVT_XXX constants
-// - id1, id2 ids of the first/last id
-// - fn the function (should be cast to the right type)
-#define wx__DECLARE_EVT2(evt, id1, id2, fn) \
- wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(evt, id1, id2, fn, NULL),
-#define wx__DECLARE_EVT1(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT2(evt, id, wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define wx__DECLARE_EVT0(evt, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(evt, wxID_ANY, fn)
-
-
-// Generic events
-#define EVT_CUSTOM(event, winid, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(event, winid, wxEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_CUSTOM_RANGE(event, id1, id2, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT2(event, id1, id2, wxEventHandler(func))
-
-// EVT_COMMAND
-#define EVT_COMMAND(winid, event, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(event, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-
-#define EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(id1, id2, event, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT2(event, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-
-#define EVT_NOTIFY(event, winid, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(event, winid, wxNotifyEventHandler(func))
-
-#define EVT_NOTIFY_RANGE(event, id1, id2, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT2(event, id1, id2, wxNotifyEventHandler(func))
-
-// Miscellaneous
-#define EVT_SIZE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SIZE, wxSizeEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SIZING(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SIZING, wxSizeEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOVE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOVE, wxMoveEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOVING(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOVING, wxMoveEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOVE_START(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOVE_START, wxMoveEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOVE_END(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOVE_END, wxMoveEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_CLOSE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW, wxCloseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_PAINT(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_PAINT, wxPaintEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_NC_PAINT(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_NC_PAINT, wxNcPaintEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND, wxEraseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_CHAR(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CHAR, wxCharEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_KEY_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wxKeyEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_KEY_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_KEY_UP, wxKeyEventHandler(func))
-#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
-#define EVT_HOTKEY(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HOTKEY, winid, wxCharEventHandler(func))
-#endif
-#define EVT_CHAR_HOOK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK, wxCharEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MENU_OPEN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MENU_OPEN, wxMenuEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MENU_CLOSE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE, wxMenuEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, winid, wxMenuEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT, wxMenuEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SET_FOCUS(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, wxFocusEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_KILL_FOCUS(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, wxFocusEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS, wxChildFocusEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_ACTIVATE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, wxActivateEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_ACTIVATE_APP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP, wxActivateEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_HIBERNATE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_HIBERNATE, wxActivateEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxCloseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_DROP_FILES(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, wxDropFilesEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_INIT_DIALOG(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG, wxInitDialogEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, wxSysColourChangedEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED, wxDisplayChangedEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SHOW(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SHOW, wxShowEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MAXIMIZE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MAXIMIZE, wxMaximizeEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_ICONIZE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ICONIZE, wxIconizeEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY, wxNavigationKeyEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED, wxPaletteChangedEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE, wxQueryNewPaletteEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_WINDOW_CREATE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CREATE, wxWindowCreateEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_DESTROY, wxWindowDestroyEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SET_CURSOR(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SET_CURSOR, wxSetCursorEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED, wxMouseCaptureChangedEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST, wxMouseCaptureLostEventHandler(func))
-
-// Mouse events
-#define EVT_LEFT_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_LEFT_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEFT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MIDDLE_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_RIGHT_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOTION(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOTION, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_ENTER_WINDOW(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOUSEWHEEL(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX1_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX2_UP, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_DCLICK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK, wxMouseEventHandler(func))
-
-// All mouse events
-#define EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS(func) \
- EVT_LEFT_DOWN(func) \
- EVT_LEFT_UP(func) \
- EVT_LEFT_DCLICK(func) \
- EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN(func) \
- EVT_MIDDLE_UP(func) \
- EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK(func) \
- EVT_RIGHT_DOWN(func) \
- EVT_RIGHT_UP(func) \
- EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK(func) \
- EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_DOWN(func) \
- EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_UP(func) \
- EVT_MOUSE_AUX1_DCLICK(func) \
- EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_DOWN(func) \
- EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_UP(func) \
- EVT_MOUSE_AUX2_DCLICK(func) \
- EVT_MOTION(func) \
- EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW(func) \
- EVT_ENTER_WINDOW(func) \
- EVT_MOUSEWHEEL(func)
-
-// Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow)
-#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollWinEventHandler(func))
-
-#define EVT_SCROLLWIN(func) \
- EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP(func) \
- EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM(func) \
- EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP(func) \
- EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN(func) \
- EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP(func) \
- EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN(func) \
- EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK(func) \
- EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE(func)
-
-// Scrolling from wxSlider and wxScrollBar
-#define EVT_SCROLL_TOP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-
-#define EVT_SCROLL(func) \
- EVT_SCROLL_TOP(func) \
- EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM(func) \
- EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP(func) \
- EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(func) \
- EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP(func) \
- EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(func) \
- EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(func) \
- EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(func) \
- EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED(func)
-
-// Scrolling from wxSlider and wxScrollBar, with an id
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED, winid, wxScrollEventHandler(func))
-
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL(winid, func) \
- EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP(winid, func) \
- EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM(winid, func) \
- EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP(winid, func) \
- EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN(winid, func) \
- EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP(winid, func) \
- EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN(winid, func) \
- EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK(winid, func) \
- EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE(winid, func) \
- EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED(winid, func)
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // compatibility macros for the old name, deprecated in 2.8
- #define wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
- #define EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
- #define EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// Convenience macros for commonly-used commands
-#define EVT_CHECKBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CHECKBOX, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_CHOICE(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CHOICE, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_LISTBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_LISTBOX, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MENU(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_MENU, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_MENU_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_MENU, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
-# define EVT_BUTTON(winid, func) EVT_MENU(winid, func)
-#else
-# define EVT_BUTTON(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_BUTTON, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#endif
-#define EVT_SLIDER(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SLIDER, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_RADIOBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RADIOBOX, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_RADIOBUTTON(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RADIOBUTTON, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-// EVT_SCROLLBAR is now obsolete since we use EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL... events
-#define EVT_SCROLLBAR(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SCROLLBAR, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_VLBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_VLBOX, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMBOBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMBOBOX, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_TOOL(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TOOL, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_TOOL_DROPDOWN(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TOOL_DROPDOWN, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_TOOL_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_TOOL, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TOOL_RCLICKED, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_TOOL_RCLICKED, id1, id2, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_TOOL_ENTER(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TOOL_ENTER, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_CHECKLISTBOX(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CHECKLISTBOX, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-
-// Generic command events
-#define EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_ENTER(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER, winid, wxCommandEventHandler(func))
-
-// Joystick events
-
-#define EVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN, wxJoystickEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP, wxJoystickEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_JOY_MOVE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_MOVE, wxJoystickEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_JOY_ZMOVE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE, wxJoystickEventHandler(func))
-
-// All joystick events
-#define EVT_JOYSTICK_EVENTS(func) \
- EVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN(func) \
- EVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP(func) \
- EVT_JOY_MOVE(func) \
- EVT_JOY_ZMOVE(func)
-
-// Idle event
-#define EVT_IDLE(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_IDLE, wxIdleEventHandler(func))
-
-// Update UI event
-#define EVT_UPDATE_UI(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, winid, wxUpdateUIEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_UPDATE_UI, id1, id2, wxUpdateUIEventHandler(func))
-
-// Help events
-#define EVT_HELP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HELP, winid, wxHelpEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_HELP_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_HELP, id1, id2, wxHelpEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_DETAILED_HELP(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP, winid, wxHelpEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_DETAILED_HELP_RANGE(id1, id2, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_DETAILED_HELP, id1, id2, wxHelpEventHandler(func))
-
-// Context Menu Events
-#define EVT_CONTEXT_MENU(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, wxContextMenuEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_COMMAND_CONTEXT_MENU(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, winid, wxContextMenuEventHandler(func))
-
-// Clipboard text Events
-#define EVT_TEXT_CUT(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TEXT_CUT, winid, wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_TEXT_COPY(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TEXT_COPY, winid, wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_TEXT_PASTE(winid, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TEXT_PASTE, winid, wxClipboardTextEventHandler(func))
-
-// Thread events
-#define EVT_THREAD(id, func) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_THREAD, id, wxThreadEventHandler(func))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helper functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This is an ugly hack to allow the use of Bind() instead of Connect() inside
-// the library code if the library was built with support for it, here is how
-// it is used:
-//
-// class SomeEventHandlingClass : wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_BASE_CLASS
-// public SomeBaseClass
-// {
-// public:
-// SomeEventHandlingClass(wxWindow *win)
-// {
-// // connect to the event for the given window
-// wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, wxEVT_SOMETHING, wxSomeEventHandler,
-// SomeEventHandlingClass::OnSomeEvent, this);
-// }
-//
-// private:
-// void OnSomeEvent(wxSomeEvent&) { ... }
-// };
-//
-// This is *not* meant to be used by library users, it is only defined here
-// (and not in a private header) because the base class must be visible from
-// other public headers, please do NOT use this in your code, it will be
-// removed from future wx versions without warning.
-#ifdef wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
- #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_BASE_CLASS
- #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_ONLY_BASE_CLASS
- #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, evt, handler, func, obj) \
- win->Bind(evt, &func, obj)
-#else // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
- #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_BASE_CLASS public wxEvtHandler,
- #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_ONLY_BASE_CLASS : public wxEvtHandler
- #define wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, evt, handler, func, obj) \
- win->Connect(evt, handler(func), NULL, obj)
-#endif // wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-// Find a window with the focus, that is also a descendant of the given window.
-// This is used to determine the window to initially send commands to.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindFocusDescendant(wxWindow* ancestor);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compatibility macro aliases
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them and without wx prefix
-// (note that also some wx-prefixed macro do _not_ require a semicolon because
-// it's not always possible to force the compire to require it)
-
-#define DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(type, winid, idLast, fn, obj) \
- wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(type, winid, idLast, fn, obj)
-#define DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_TERMINATOR() wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_TERMINATOR()
-#define DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
-#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(a,b) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(a,b)
-#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(a,b,c) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE1(a,b,c)
-#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE2(a,b,c,d) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE2(a,b,c,d)
-#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE3(a,b,c,d,e) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE3(a,b,c,d,e)
-#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE4(a,b,c,d,e,f) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE4(a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE5(a,b,c,d,e,f,g) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE5(a,b,c,d,e,f,g)
-#define BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE6(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h) wxBEGIN_EVENT_TABLE_TEMPLATE6(a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h)
-#define END_EVENT_TABLE() wxEND_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-// other obsolete event declaration/definition macros; we don't need them any longer
-// but we keep them for compatibility as it doesn't cost us anything anyhow
-#define BEGIN_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-#define END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
-#define DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(expdecl, name, value) \
- extern expdecl const wxEventType name;
-#define DECLARE_EVENT_TYPE(name, value) \
- DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, name, value)
-#define DECLARE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(name, value) \
- DECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT_TYPE(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, name, value)
-#define DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(name) const wxEventType name = wxNewEventType();
-#define DEFINE_LOCAL_EVENT_TYPE(name) DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(name)
-
-// alias for backward compatibility with 2.9.0:
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_THREAD wxEVT_THREAD
-// other old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED wxEVT_BUTTON
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED wxEVT_CHECKBOX
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED wxEVT_CHOICE
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED wxEVT_LISTBOX
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED wxEVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED wxEVT_CHECKLISTBOX
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED wxEVT_MENU
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED wxEVT_TOOL
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED wxEVT_SLIDER
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED wxEVT_RADIOBOX
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED wxEVT_RADIOBUTTON
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED wxEVT_SCROLLBAR
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED wxEVT_VLBOX
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED wxEVT_COMBOBOX
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED wxEVT_TOOL_RCLICKED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_DROPDOWN_CLICKED wxEVT_TOOL_DROPDOWN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER wxEVT_TOOL_ENTER
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN wxEVT_COMBOBOX_DROPDOWN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP wxEVT_COMBOBOX_CLOSEUP
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY wxEVT_TEXT_COPY
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT wxEVT_TEXT_CUT
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE wxEVT_TEXT_PASTE
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED wxEVT_TEXT
-
-#endif // _WX_EVENT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/eventfilter.h
-// Purpose: wxEventFilter class declaration.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-11-21
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_EVENTFILTER_H_
-#define _WX_EVENTFILTER_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvtHandler;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEventFilter is used with wxEvtHandler::AddFilter() and ProcessEvent().
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxEventFilter
-{
-public:
- // Possible return values for FilterEvent().
- //
- // Notice that the values of these enum elements are fixed due to backwards
- // compatibility constraints.
- enum
- {
- // Process event as usual.
- Event_Skip = -1,
-
- // Don't process the event normally at all.
- Event_Ignore = 0,
-
- // Event was already handled, don't process it normally.
- Event_Processed = 1
- };
-
- wxEventFilter()
- {
- m_next = NULL;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxEventFilter()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !m_next, "Forgot to call wxEvtHandler::RemoveFilter()?" );
- }
-
- // This method allows to filter all the events processed by the program, so
- // you should try to return quickly from it to avoid slowing down the
- // program to a crawl.
- //
- // Return value should be -1 to continue with the normal event processing,
- // or true or false to stop further processing and pretend that the event
- // had been already processed or won't be processed at all, respectively.
- virtual int FilterEvent(wxEvent& event) = 0;
-
-private:
- // Objects of this class are made to be stored in a linked list in
- // wxEvtHandler so put the next node ponter directly in the class itself.
- wxEventFilter* m_next;
-
- // And provide access to it for wxEvtHandler [only].
- friend class wxEvtHandler;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventFilter);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_EVENTFILTER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/evtloop.h
-// Purpose: declares wxEventLoop class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01.06.01
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_EVTLOOP_H_
-#define _WX_EVTLOOP_H_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-
-// TODO: implement wxEventLoopSource for MSW (it should wrap a HANDLE and be
-// monitored using MsgWaitForMultipleObjects())
-#if defined(__WXOSX__) || (defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WXMSW__))
- #define wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE 1
-#else
- #define wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE
- class wxEventLoopSource;
- class wxEventLoopSourceHandler;
-#endif
-
-/*
- NOTE ABOUT wxEventLoopBase::YieldFor LOGIC
- ------------------------------------------
-
- The YieldFor() function helps to avoid re-entrancy problems and problems
- caused by out-of-order event processing
- (see "wxYield-like problems" and "wxProgressDialog+threading BUG" wx-dev threads).
-
- The logic behind YieldFor() is simple: it analyzes the queue of the native
- events generated by the underlying GUI toolkit and picks out and processes
- only those matching the given mask.
-
- It's important to note that YieldFor() is used to selectively process the
- events generated by the NATIVE toolkit.
- Events syntethized by wxWidgets code or by user code are instead selectively
- processed thanks to the logic built into wxEvtHandler::ProcessPendingEvents().
- In fact, when wxEvtHandler::ProcessPendingEvents gets called from inside a
- YieldFor() call, wxEventLoopBase::IsEventAllowedInsideYield is used to decide
- if the pending events for that event handler can be processed.
- If all the pending events associated with that event handler result as "not processable",
- the event handler "delays" itself calling wxEventLoopBase::DelayPendingEventHandler
- (so it's moved: m_handlersWithPendingEvents => m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents).
- Last, wxEventLoopBase::ProcessPendingEvents() before exiting moves the delayed
- event handlers back into the list of handlers with pending events
- (m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents => m_handlersWithPendingEvents) so that
- a later call to ProcessPendingEvents() (possibly outside the YieldFor() call)
- will process all pending events as usual.
-*/
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEventLoopBase: interface for wxEventLoop
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventLoopBase
-{
-public:
- // trivial, but needed (because of wxEventLoopBase) ctor
- wxEventLoopBase();
-
- // dtor
- virtual ~wxEventLoopBase() { }
-
- // use this to check whether the event loop was successfully created before
- // using it
- virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; }
-
- // returns true if this is the main loop
- bool IsMain() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE
- // create a new event loop source wrapping the given file descriptor and
- // monitor it for events occurring on this descriptor in all event loops
- static wxEventLoopSource *
- AddSourceForFD(int fd, wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, int flags);
-#endif // wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE
-
- // dispatch&processing
- // -------------------
-
- // start the event loop, return the exit code when it is finished
- //
- // notice that wx ports should override DoRun(), this method is virtual
- // only to allow overriding it in the user code for custom event loops
- virtual int Run();
-
- // is this event loop running now?
- //
- // notice that even if this event loop hasn't terminated yet but has just
- // spawned a nested (e.g. modal) event loop, this would return false
- bool IsRunning() const;
-
- // exit from the loop with the given exit code
- //
- // this can be only used to exit the currently running loop, use
- // ScheduleExit() if this might not be the case
- virtual void Exit(int rc = 0);
-
- // ask the event loop to exit with the given exit code, can be used even if
- // this loop is not running right now but the loop must have been started,
- // i.e. Run() should have been already called
- virtual void ScheduleExit(int rc = 0) = 0;
-
- // return true if any events are available
- virtual bool Pending() const = 0;
-
- // dispatch a single event, return false if we should exit from the loop
- virtual bool Dispatch() = 0;
-
- // same as Dispatch() but doesn't wait for longer than the specified (in
- // ms) timeout, return true if an event was processed, false if we should
- // exit the loop or -1 if timeout expired
- virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout) = 0;
-
- // implement this to wake up the loop: usually done by posting a dummy event
- // to it (can be called from non main thread)
- virtual void WakeUp() = 0;
-
-
- // idle handling
- // -------------
-
- // make sure that idle events are sent again
- virtual void WakeUpIdle();
-
- // this virtual function is called when the application
- // becomes idle and by default it forwards to wxApp::ProcessIdle() and
- // while it can be overridden in a custom event loop, you must call the
- // base class version to ensure that idle events are still generated
- //
- // it should return true if more idle events are needed, false if not
- virtual bool ProcessIdle();
-
-
- // Yield-related hooks
- // -------------------
-
- // process all currently pending events right now
- //
- // it is an error to call Yield() recursively unless the value of
- // onlyIfNeeded is true
- //
- // WARNING: this function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected
- // reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it
- // may result in calling the same event handler again), use
- // with _extreme_ care or, better, don't use at all!
- bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = false);
- virtual bool YieldFor(long eventsToProcess) = 0;
-
- // returns true if the main thread is inside a Yield() call
- virtual bool IsYielding() const
- { return m_isInsideYield; }
-
- // returns true if events of the given event category should be immediately
- // processed inside a wxApp::Yield() call or rather should be queued for
- // later processing by the main event loop
- virtual bool IsEventAllowedInsideYield(wxEventCategory cat) const
- { return (m_eventsToProcessInsideYield & cat) != 0; }
-
- // no SafeYield hooks since it uses wxWindow which is not available when wxUSE_GUI=0
-
-
- // active loop
- // -----------
-
- // return currently active (running) event loop, may be NULL
- static wxEventLoopBase *GetActive() { return ms_activeLoop; }
-
- // set currently active (running) event loop
- static void SetActive(wxEventLoopBase* loop);
-
-
-protected:
- // real implementation of Run()
- virtual int DoRun() = 0;
-
- // this function should be called before the event loop terminates, whether
- // this happens normally (because of Exit() call) or abnormally (because of
- // an exception thrown from inside the loop)
- virtual void OnExit();
-
- // Return true if we're currently inside our Run(), even if another nested
- // event loop is currently running, unlike IsRunning() (which should have
- // been really called IsActive() but it's too late to change this now).
- bool IsInsideRun() const { return m_isInsideRun; }
-
-
- // the pointer to currently active loop
- static wxEventLoopBase *ms_activeLoop;
-
- // should we exit the loop?
- bool m_shouldExit;
-
- // YieldFor() helpers:
- bool m_isInsideYield;
- long m_eventsToProcessInsideYield;
-
-private:
- // this flag is set on entry into Run() and reset before leaving it
- bool m_isInsideRun;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventLoopBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXDFB__) || (defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WXOSX__))
-
-// this class can be used to implement a standard event loop logic using
-// Pending() and Dispatch()
-//
-// it also handles idle processing automatically
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventLoopManual : public wxEventLoopBase
-{
-public:
- wxEventLoopManual();
-
- // sets the "should exit" flag and wakes up the loop so that it terminates
- // soon
- virtual void ScheduleExit(int rc = 0);
-
-protected:
- // enters a loop calling OnNextIteration(), Pending() and Dispatch() and
- // terminating when Exit() is called
- virtual int DoRun();
-
- // may be overridden to perform some action at the start of each new event
- // loop iteration
- virtual void OnNextIteration() { }
-
-
- // the loop exit code
- int m_exitcode;
-
-private:
- // process all already pending events and dispatch a new one (blocking
- // until it appears in the event queue if necessary)
- //
- // returns the return value of Dispatch()
- bool ProcessEvents();
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventLoopManual);
-};
-
-#endif // platforms using "manual" loop
-
-// we're moving away from old m_impl wxEventLoop model as otherwise the user
-// code doesn't have access to platform-specific wxEventLoop methods and this
-// can sometimes be very useful (e.g. under MSW this is necessary for
-// integration with MFC) but currently this is not done for all ports yet (e.g.
-// wxX11) so fall back to the old wxGUIEventLoop definition below for them
-
-#if defined(__DARWIN__)
- // CoreFoundation-based event loop is currently in wxBase so include it in
- // any case too (although maybe it actually shouldn't be there at all)
- #include "wx/osx/core/evtloop.h"
-#endif
-
-// include the header defining wxConsoleEventLoop
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/unix/evtloop.h"
-#elif defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #include "wx/msw/evtloopconsole.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-// include the appropriate header defining wxGUIEventLoop
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/evtloop.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/evtloop.h"
-#elif defined(__WXOSX__)
- #include "wx/osx/evtloop.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #include "wx/dfb/evtloop.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/evtloop.h"
-#else // other platform
-
-#include "wx/stopwatch.h" // for wxMilliClock_t
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEventLoopImpl;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIEventLoop : public wxEventLoopBase
-{
-public:
- wxGUIEventLoop() { m_impl = NULL; }
- virtual ~wxGUIEventLoop();
-
- virtual void ScheduleExit(int rc = 0);
- virtual bool Pending() const;
- virtual bool Dispatch();
- virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout)
- {
- // TODO: this is, of course, horribly inefficient and a proper wait with
- // timeout should be implemented for all ports natively...
- const wxMilliClock_t timeEnd = wxGetLocalTimeMillis() + timeout;
- for ( ;; )
- {
- if ( Pending() )
- return Dispatch();
-
- if ( wxGetLocalTimeMillis() >= timeEnd )
- return -1;
- }
- }
- virtual void WakeUp() { }
- virtual bool YieldFor(long eventsToProcess);
-
-protected:
- virtual int DoRun();
-
- // the pointer to the port specific implementation class
- wxEventLoopImpl *m_impl;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGUIEventLoop);
-};
-
-#endif // platforms
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- // we use a class rather than a typedef because wxEventLoop is
- // forward-declared in many places
- class wxEventLoop : public wxGUIEventLoop { };
-#else // !wxUSE_GUI
- // we can't define wxEventLoop differently in GUI and base libraries so use
- // a #define to still allow writing wxEventLoop in the user code
- #if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP && (defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__UNIX__))
- #define wxEventLoop wxConsoleEventLoop
- #else // we still must define it somehow for the code below...
- #define wxEventLoop wxEventLoopBase
- #endif
-#endif
-
-inline bool wxEventLoopBase::IsRunning() const { return GetActive() == this; }
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI && !defined(__WXOSX__)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxModalEventLoop
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this is a naive generic implementation which uses wxWindowDisabler to
-// implement modality, we will surely need platform-specific implementations
-// too, this generic implementation is here only temporarily to see how it
-// works
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxModalEventLoop : public wxGUIEventLoop
-{
-public:
- wxModalEventLoop(wxWindow *winModal)
- {
- m_windowDisabler = new wxWindowDisabler(winModal);
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual void OnExit()
- {
- delete m_windowDisabler;
- m_windowDisabler = NULL;
-
- wxGUIEventLoop::OnExit();
- }
-
-private:
- wxWindowDisabler *m_windowDisabler;
-};
-
-#endif //wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEventLoopActivator: helper class for wxEventLoop implementations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this object sets the wxEventLoop given to the ctor as the currently active
-// one and unsets it in its dtor, this is especially useful in presence of
-// exceptions but is more tidy even when we don't use them
-class wxEventLoopActivator
-{
-public:
- wxEventLoopActivator(wxEventLoopBase *evtLoop)
- {
- m_evtLoopOld = wxEventLoopBase::GetActive();
- wxEventLoopBase::SetActive(evtLoop);
- }
-
- ~wxEventLoopActivator()
- {
- // restore the previously active event loop
- wxEventLoopBase::SetActive(m_evtLoopOld);
- }
-
-private:
- wxEventLoopBase *m_evtLoopOld;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
-
-class wxEventLoopGuarantor
-{
-public:
- wxEventLoopGuarantor()
- {
- m_evtLoopNew = NULL;
- if (!wxEventLoop::GetActive())
- {
- m_evtLoopNew = new wxEventLoop;
- wxEventLoop::SetActive(m_evtLoopNew);
- }
- }
-
- ~wxEventLoopGuarantor()
- {
- if (m_evtLoopNew)
- {
- wxEventLoop::SetActive(NULL);
- delete m_evtLoopNew;
- }
- }
-
-private:
- wxEventLoop *m_evtLoopNew;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
-
-#endif // _WX_EVTLOOP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/evtloopsrc.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxEventLoopSource class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-10-21
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_
-#define _WX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_
-
-// Include the header to get wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE definition from it.
-#include "wx/evtloop.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEventLoopSource: a source of events which may be added to wxEventLoop
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// TODO: refactor wxSocket under Unix to reuse wxEventLoopSource instead of
-// duplicating much of its logic
-//
-// TODO: freeze the API and document it
-
-#if wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE
-
-#define wxTRACE_EVT_SOURCE "EventSource"
-
-// handler used to process events on event loop sources
-class wxEventLoopSourceHandler
-{
-public:
- // called when descriptor is available for non-blocking read
- virtual void OnReadWaiting() = 0;
-
- // called when descriptor is available for non-blocking write
- virtual void OnWriteWaiting() = 0;
-
- // called when there is exception on descriptor
- virtual void OnExceptionWaiting() = 0;
-
- // virtual dtor for the base class
- virtual ~wxEventLoopSourceHandler() { }
-};
-
-// flags describing which kind of IO events we're interested in
-enum
-{
- wxEVENT_SOURCE_INPUT = 0x01,
- wxEVENT_SOURCE_OUTPUT = 0x02,
- wxEVENT_SOURCE_EXCEPTION = 0x04,
- wxEVENT_SOURCE_ALL = wxEVENT_SOURCE_INPUT |
- wxEVENT_SOURCE_OUTPUT |
- wxEVENT_SOURCE_EXCEPTION
-};
-
-// wxEventLoopSource itself is an ABC and can't be created directly, currently
-// the only way to create it is by using wxEventLoop::AddSourceForFD().
-class wxEventLoopSource
-{
-public:
- // dtor is pure virtual because it must be overridden to remove the source
- // from the event loop monitoring it
- virtual ~wxEventLoopSource() = 0;
-
- void SetHandler(wxEventLoopSourceHandler* handler) { m_handler = handler; }
- wxEventLoopSourceHandler* GetHandler() const { return m_handler; }
-
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
-protected:
- // ctor is only used by the derived classes
- wxEventLoopSource(wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler, int flags)
- : m_handler(handler),
- m_flags(flags)
- {
- }
-
- wxEventLoopSourceHandler* m_handler;
- int m_flags;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxEventLoopSource);
-};
-
-inline wxEventLoopSource::~wxEventLoopSource() { }
-
-#if defined(__UNIX__)
- #include "wx/unix/evtloopsrc.h"
-#endif // __UNIX__
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/evtloopsrc.h"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__DARWIN__)
- #include "wx/osx/evtloopsrc.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EVENTLOOP_SOURCE
-
-#endif // _WX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/except.h
-// Purpose: C++ exception related stuff
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 17.09.2003
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_EXCEPT_H_
-#define _WX_EXCEPT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros working whether wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS is 0 or 1
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// even if the library itself was compiled with exceptions support, the user
-// code using it might be compiling with a compiler switch disabling them in
-// which cases we shouldn't use try/catch in the headers -- this results in
-// compilation errors in e.g. wx/scopeguard.h with at least g++ 4
-#if !wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS || \
- (defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(__EXCEPTIONS))
- #ifndef wxNO_EXCEPTIONS
- #define wxNO_EXCEPTIONS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxNO_EXCEPTIONS
- #define wxTRY
- #define wxCATCH_ALL(code)
-#else // do use exceptions
- #define wxTRY try
- #define wxCATCH_ALL(code) catch ( ... ) { code }
-#endif // wxNO_EXCEPTIONS/!wxNO_EXCEPTIONS
-
-#endif // _WX_EXCEPT_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fdrepdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxFindReplaceDialog class
-// Author: Markus Greither and Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 23/03/2001
-// Copyright: (c) Markus Greither
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FINDREPLACEDLG_H_
-#define _WX_FINDREPLACEDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindDialogEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindReplaceDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindReplaceData;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFindReplaceDialogImpl;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Flags for wxFindReplaceData.Flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// flages used by wxFindDialogEvent::GetFlags()
-enum wxFindReplaceFlags
-{
- // downward search/replace selected (otherwise - upwards)
- wxFR_DOWN = 1,
-
- // whole word search/replace selected
- wxFR_WHOLEWORD = 2,
-
- // case sensitive search/replace selected (otherwise - case insensitive)
- wxFR_MATCHCASE = 4
-};
-
-// these flags can be specified in wxFindReplaceDialog ctor or Create()
-enum wxFindReplaceDialogStyles
-{
- // replace dialog (otherwise find dialog)
- wxFR_REPLACEDIALOG = 1,
-
- // don't allow changing the search direction
- wxFR_NOUPDOWN = 2,
-
- // don't allow case sensitive searching
- wxFR_NOMATCHCASE = 4,
-
- // don't allow whole word searching
- wxFR_NOWHOLEWORD = 8
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFindReplaceData: holds Setup Data/Feedback Data for wxFindReplaceDialog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFindReplaceData : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxFindReplaceData() { Init(); }
- wxFindReplaceData(wxUint32 flags) { Init(); SetFlags(flags); }
-
- // accessors
- const wxString& GetFindString() const { return m_FindWhat; }
- const wxString& GetReplaceString() const { return m_ReplaceWith; }
-
- int GetFlags() const { return m_Flags; }
-
- // setters: may only be called before showing the dialog, no effect later
- void SetFlags(wxUint32 flags) { m_Flags = flags; }
-
- void SetFindString(const wxString& str) { m_FindWhat = str; }
- void SetReplaceString(const wxString& str) { m_ReplaceWith = str; }
-
-protected:
- void Init();
-
-private:
- wxUint32 m_Flags;
- wxString m_FindWhat,
- m_ReplaceWith;
-
- friend class wxFindReplaceDialogBase;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFindReplaceDialogBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFindReplaceDialogBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- // ctors and such
- wxFindReplaceDialogBase() { m_FindReplaceData = NULL; }
- wxFindReplaceDialogBase(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent),
- wxFindReplaceData *data,
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(title),
- int WXUNUSED(style) = 0)
- {
- m_FindReplaceData = data;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxFindReplaceDialogBase();
-
- // find dialog data access
- const wxFindReplaceData *GetData() const { return m_FindReplaceData; }
- void SetData(wxFindReplaceData *data) { m_FindReplaceData = data; }
-
- // implementation only, don't use
- void Send(wxFindDialogEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- wxFindReplaceData *m_FindReplaceData;
-
- // the last string we searched for
- wxString m_lastSearch;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFindReplaceDialogBase);
-};
-
-// include wxFindReplaceDialog declaration
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #include "wx/msw/fdrepdlg.h"
-#else
- #define wxGenericFindReplaceDialog wxFindReplaceDialog
-
- #include "wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFindReplaceDialog events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFindDialogEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxFindDialogEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0)
- : wxCommandEvent(commandType, id) { }
- wxFindDialogEvent(const wxFindDialogEvent& event)
- : wxCommandEvent(event), m_strReplace(event.m_strReplace) { }
-
- int GetFlags() const { return GetInt(); }
- wxString GetFindString() const { return GetString(); }
- const wxString& GetReplaceString() const { return m_strReplace; }
-
- wxFindReplaceDialog *GetDialog() const
- { return wxStaticCast(GetEventObject(), wxFindReplaceDialog); }
-
- // implementation only
- void SetFlags(int flags) { SetInt(flags); }
- void SetFindString(const wxString& str) { SetString(str); }
- void SetReplaceString(const wxString& str) { m_strReplace = str; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFindDialogEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxString m_strReplace;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFindDialogEvent)
-};
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FIND, wxFindDialogEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FIND_NEXT, wxFindDialogEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FIND_REPLACE, wxFindDialogEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FIND_REPLACE_ALL, wxFindDialogEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FIND_CLOSE, wxFindDialogEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFindDialogEventFunction)(wxFindDialogEvent&);
-
-#define wxFindDialogEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxFindDialogEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_FIND(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FIND, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_FIND_NEXT(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FIND_NEXT, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_FIND_REPLACE(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FIND_REPLACE, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_FIND_REPLACE_ALL(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FIND_REPLACE_ALL, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_FIND_CLOSE(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FIND_CLOSE, id, wxFindDialogEventHandler(fn))
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND wxEVT_FIND
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_NEXT wxEVT_FIND_NEXT
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE wxEVT_FIND_REPLACE
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_REPLACE_ALL wxEVT_FIND_REPLACE_ALL
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_FIND_CLOSE wxEVT_FIND_CLOSE
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG
-
-#endif
- // _WX_FDREPDLG_H
+++ /dev/null
-/**
-* Name: wx/features.h
-* Purpose: test macros for the features which might be available in some
-* wxWidgets ports but not others
-* Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-* Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C)
-* Created: 18.03.02
-* Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-* Licence: wxWindows licence
-*/
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_FEATURES_H_
-#define _WX_FEATURES_H_
-
-/* radio menu items are currently not implemented in wxMotif, use this
- symbol (kept for compatibility from the time when they were not implemented
- under other platforms as well) to test for this */
-#if !defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #define wxHAS_RADIO_MENU_ITEMS
-#else
- #undef wxHAS_RADIO_MENU_ITEMS
-#endif
-
-/* the raw keyboard codes are generated under wxGTK and wxMSW only */
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__) \
- || defined(__WXDFB__)
- #define wxHAS_RAW_KEY_CODES
-#else
- #undef wxHAS_RAW_KEY_CODES
-#endif
-
-/* taskbar is implemented in the major ports */
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__) \
- || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__) \
- || defined(__WXOSX_MAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #define wxHAS_TASK_BAR_ICON
-#else
- #undef wxUSE_TASKBARICON
- #define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 0
- #undef wxHAS_TASK_BAR_ICON
-#endif
-
-/* wxIconLocation appeared in the middle of 2.5.0 so it's handy to have a */
-/* separate define for it */
-#define wxHAS_ICON_LOCATION
-
-/* same for wxCrashReport */
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- #define wxHAS_CRASH_REPORT
-#else
- #undef wxHAS_CRASH_REPORT
-#endif
-
-/* wxRE_ADVANCED is not always available, depending on regex library used
- * (it's unavailable only if compiling via configure against system library) */
-#ifndef WX_NO_REGEX_ADVANCED
- #define wxHAS_REGEX_ADVANCED
-#else
- #undef wxHAS_REGEX_ADVANCED
-#endif
-
-/* Pango-based ports and wxDFB use UTF-8 for text and font encodings
- * internally and so their fonts can handle any encodings: */
-#if wxUSE_PANGO || defined(__WXDFB__)
- #define wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS
-#endif
-
-/* This is defined when the underlying toolkit handles tab traversal natively.
- Otherwise we implement it ourselves in wxControlContainer. */
-#ifdef __WXGTK20__
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
-#endif
-
-/* This is defined when the compiler provides some type of extended locale
- functions. Otherwise, we implement them ourselves to only support the
- 'C' locale */
-#if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_T) || \
- (wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) && !defined(__WXWINCE__))
- #define wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT
-#else
- #undef wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-/* Direct access to bitmap data is not implemented in all ports yet */
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXDFB__) || \
- defined(__WXMSW__)
-
- /*
- These compilers can't deal with templates in wx/rawbmp.h:
- - HP aCC for PA-RISC
- - Watcom < 1.8
- */
- #if !wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1, 8) && \
- !(defined(__HP_aCC) && defined(__hppa))
- #define wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/* also define deprecated synonym which exists for compatibility only */
-#ifdef wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP
- #define wxHAVE_RAW_BITMAP
-#endif
-
-/*
- If this is defined, wxEvtHandler::Bind<>() is available (not all compilers
- have the required template support for this and in particular under Windows
- where only g++ and MSVC >= 7 currently support it.
-
- Recent Sun CC versions support this but perhaps older ones can compile this
- code too, adjust the version check if this is the case (unfortunately we
- can't easily test for the things used in wx/event.h in configure so we have
- to maintain these checks manually). The same applies to xlC 7: perhaps
- earlier versions can compile this code too but they were not tested.
- */
-#if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 2) || wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) \
- || (defined(__SUNCC__) && __SUNCC__ >= 0x5100) \
- || (defined(__xlC__) && __xlC__ >= 0x700) \
- || defined(__INTELC__)
- #define wxHAS_EVENT_BIND
-#endif
-
-
-#endif /* _WX_FEATURES_H_ */
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ffile.h
-// Purpose: wxFFile - encapsulates "FILE *" stream
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14.07.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FFILE_H_
-#define _WX_FFILE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h" // for wxUSE_FFILE
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/filefn.h"
-#include "wx/convauto.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class wxFFile: standard C stream library IO
-//
-// NB: for space efficiency this class has no virtual functions, including
-// dtor which is _not_ virtual, so it shouldn't be used as a base class.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFile
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // -----
- // def ctor
- wxFFile() { m_fp = NULL; }
- // open specified file (may fail, use IsOpened())
- wxFFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& mode = wxT("r"));
- // attach to (already opened) file
- wxFFile(FILE *lfp) { m_fp = lfp; }
-
- // open/close
- // open a file (existing or not - the mode controls what happens)
- bool Open(const wxString& filename, const wxString& mode = wxT("r"));
- // closes the opened file (this is a NOP if not opened)
- bool Close();
-
- // assign an existing file descriptor and get it back from wxFFile object
- void Attach(FILE *lfp, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
- { Close(); m_fp = lfp; m_name = name; }
- FILE* Detach() { FILE* fpOld = m_fp; m_fp = NULL; return fpOld; }
- FILE *fp() const { return m_fp; }
-
- // read/write (unbuffered)
- // read all data from the file into a string (useful for text files)
- bool ReadAll(wxString *str, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
- // returns number of bytes read - use Eof() and Error() to see if an error
- // occurred or not
- size_t Read(void *pBuf, size_t nCount);
- // returns the number of bytes written
- size_t Write(const void *pBuf, size_t nCount);
- // returns true on success
- bool Write(const wxString& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
- // flush data not yet written
- bool Flush();
-
- // file pointer operations (return ofsInvalid on failure)
- // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current pos/end of file
- bool Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
- // move ptr to ofs bytes before the end
- bool SeekEnd(wxFileOffset ofs = 0) { return Seek(ofs, wxFromEnd); }
- // get current position in the file
- wxFileOffset Tell() const;
- // get current file length
- wxFileOffset Length() const;
-
- // simple accessors: note that Eof() and Error() may only be called if
- // IsOpened()!
- // is file opened?
- bool IsOpened() const { return m_fp != NULL; }
- // is end of file reached?
- bool Eof() const { return feof(m_fp) != 0; }
- // has an error occurred?
- bool Error() const { return ferror(m_fp) != 0; }
- // get the file name
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
- // type such as disk or pipe
- wxFileKind GetKind() const { return wxGetFileKind(m_fp); }
-
- // dtor closes the file if opened
- ~wxFFile() { Close(); }
-
-private:
- // copy ctor and assignment operator are private because it doesn't make
- // sense to copy files this way: attempt to do it will provoke a compile-time
- // error.
- wxFFile(const wxFFile&);
- wxFFile& operator=(const wxFFile&);
-
- FILE *m_fp; // IO stream or NULL if not opened
-
- wxString m_name; // the name of the file (for diagnostic messages)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FFILE
-
-#endif // _WX_FFILE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/file.h
-// Purpose: wxFile - encapsulates low-level "file descriptor"
-// wxTempFile - safely replace the old file
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILEH__
-#define _WX_FILEH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILE
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/filefn.h"
-#include "wx/convauto.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class wxFile: raw file IO
-//
-// NB: for space efficiency this class has no virtual functions, including
-// dtor which is _not_ virtual, so it shouldn't be used as a base class.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFile
-{
-public:
- // more file constants
- // -------------------
- // opening mode
- enum OpenMode { read, write, read_write, write_append, write_excl };
- // standard values for file descriptor
- enum { fd_invalid = -1, fd_stdin, fd_stdout, fd_stderr };
-
- // static functions
- // ----------------
- // check whether a regular file by this name exists
- static bool Exists(const wxString& name);
- // check whether we can access the given file in given mode
- // (only read and write make sense here)
- static bool Access(const wxString& name, OpenMode mode);
-
- // ctors
- // -----
- // def ctor
- wxFile() { m_fd = fd_invalid; m_lasterror = 0; }
- // open specified file (may fail, use IsOpened())
- wxFile(const wxString& fileName, OpenMode mode = read);
- // attach to (already opened) file
- wxFile(int lfd) { m_fd = lfd; m_lasterror = 0; }
-
- // open/close
- // create a new file (with the default value of bOverwrite, it will fail if
- // the file already exists, otherwise it will overwrite it and succeed)
- bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool bOverwrite = false,
- int access = wxS_DEFAULT);
- bool Open(const wxString& fileName, OpenMode mode = read,
- int access = wxS_DEFAULT);
- bool Close(); // Close is a NOP if not opened
-
- // assign an existing file descriptor and get it back from wxFile object
- void Attach(int lfd) { Close(); m_fd = lfd; m_lasterror = 0; }
- int Detach() { int fdOld = m_fd; m_fd = fd_invalid; return fdOld; }
- int fd() const { return m_fd; }
-
- // read/write (unbuffered)
- // read all data from the file into a string (useful for text files)
- bool ReadAll(wxString *str, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
- // returns number of bytes read or wxInvalidOffset on error
- ssize_t Read(void *pBuf, size_t nCount);
- // returns the number of bytes written
- size_t Write(const void *pBuf, size_t nCount);
- // returns true on success
- bool Write(const wxString& s, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
- // flush data not yet written
- bool Flush();
-
- // file pointer operations (return wxInvalidOffset on failure)
- // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current offset/end of file
- wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
- // move ptr to ofs bytes before the end
- wxFileOffset SeekEnd(wxFileOffset ofs = 0) { return Seek(ofs, wxFromEnd); }
- // get current offset
- wxFileOffset Tell() const;
- // get current file length
- wxFileOffset Length() const;
-
- // simple accessors
- // is file opened?
- bool IsOpened() const { return m_fd != fd_invalid; }
- // is end of file reached?
- bool Eof() const;
- // has an error occurred?
- bool Error() const { return m_lasterror != 0; }
- // get last errno
- int GetLastError() const { return m_lasterror; }
- // reset error state
- void ClearLastError() { m_lasterror = 0; }
- // type such as disk or pipe
- wxFileKind GetKind() const { return wxGetFileKind(m_fd); }
-
-
- // dtor closes the file if opened
- ~wxFile() { Close(); }
-
-private:
- // copy ctor and assignment operator are private because
- // it doesn't make sense to copy files this way:
- // attempt to do it will provoke a compile-time error.
- wxFile(const wxFile&);
- wxFile& operator=(const wxFile&);
-
- // Copy the value of errno into m_lasterror if rc == -1 and return true in
- // this case (indicating that we've got an error). Otherwise return false.
- //
- // Notice that we use the possibly 64 bit wxFileOffset instead of int here so
- // that it works for checking the result of functions such as tell() too.
- bool CheckForError(wxFileOffset rc) const;
-
-
- int m_fd; // file descriptor or INVALID_FD if not opened
- int m_lasterror; // errno value of last error
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// class wxTempFile: if you want to replace another file, create an instance
-// of wxTempFile passing the name of the file to be replaced to the ctor. Then
-// you can write to wxTempFile and call Commit() function to replace the old
-// file (and close this one) or call Discard() to cancel the modification. If
-// you call neither of them, dtor will call Discard().
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTempFile
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // default
- wxTempFile() { }
- // associates the temp file with the file to be replaced and opens it
- wxTempFile(const wxString& strName);
-
- // open the temp file (strName is the name of file to be replaced)
- bool Open(const wxString& strName);
-
- // is the file opened?
- bool IsOpened() const { return m_file.IsOpened(); }
- // get current file length
- wxFileOffset Length() const { return m_file.Length(); }
- // move ptr ofs bytes related to start/current offset/end of file
- wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart)
- { return m_file.Seek(ofs, mode); }
- // get current offset
- wxFileOffset Tell() const { return m_file.Tell(); }
-
- // I/O (both functions return true on success, false on failure)
- bool Write(const void *p, size_t n) { return m_file.Write(p, n) == n; }
- bool Write(const wxString& str, const wxMBConv& conv = wxMBConvUTF8())
- { return m_file.Write(str, conv); }
-
- // flush data: can be called before closing file to ensure that data was
- // correctly written out
- bool Flush() { return m_file.Flush(); }
-
- // different ways to close the file
- // validate changes and delete the old file of name m_strName
- bool Commit();
- // discard changes
- void Discard();
-
- // dtor calls Discard() if file is still opened
- ~wxTempFile();
-
-private:
- // no copy ctor/assignment operator
- wxTempFile(const wxTempFile&);
- wxTempFile& operator=(const wxTempFile&);
-
- wxString m_strName, // name of the file to replace in Commit()
- m_strTemp; // temporary file name
- wxFile m_file; // the temporary file
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILE
-
-#endif // _WX_FILEH__
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fileconf.h
-// Purpose: wxFileConfig derivation of wxConfigBase
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07.04.98 (adapted from appconf.cpp)
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Karsten Ballueder & Vadim Zeitlin
-// Ballueder@usa.net <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _FILECONF_H
-#define _FILECONF_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#include "wx/textfile.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/confbase.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileConfig
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- wxFileConfig derives from base Config and implements file based config class,
- i.e. it uses ASCII disk files to store the information. These files are
- alternatively called INI, .conf or .rc in the documentation. They are
- organized in groups or sections, which can nest (i.e. a group contains
- subgroups, which contain their own subgroups &c). Each group has some
- number of entries, which are "key = value" pairs. More precisely, the format
- is:
-
- # comments are allowed after either ';' or '#' (Win/UNIX standard)
-
- # blank lines (as above) are ignored
-
- # global entries are members of special (no name) top group
- written_for = Windows
- platform = Linux
-
- # the start of the group 'Foo'
- [Foo] # may put comments like this also
- # following 3 lines are entries
- key = value
- another_key = " strings with spaces in the beginning should be quoted, \
- otherwise the spaces are lost"
- last_key = but you don't have to put " normally (nor quote them, like here)
-
- # subgroup of the group 'Foo'
- # (order is not important, only the name is: separator is '/', as in paths)
- [Foo/Bar]
- # entries prefixed with "!" are immutable, i.e. can't be changed if they are
- # set in the system-wide config file
- !special_key = value
- bar_entry = whatever
-
- [Foo/Bar/Fubar] # depth is (theoretically :-) unlimited
- # may have the same name as key in another section
- bar_entry = whatever not
-
- You have {read/write/delete}Entry functions (guess what they do) and also
- setCurrentPath to select current group. enum{Subgroups/Entries} allow you
- to get all entries in the config file (in the current group). Finally,
- flush() writes immediately all changed entries to disk (otherwise it would
- be done automatically in dtor)
-
- wxFileConfig manages not less than 2 config files for each program: global
- and local (or system and user if you prefer). Entries are read from both of
- them and the local entries override the global ones unless the latter is
- immutable (prefixed with '!') in which case a warning message is generated
- and local value is ignored. Of course, the changes are always written to local
- file only.
-
- The names of these files can be specified in a number of ways. First of all,
- you can use the standard convention: using the ctor which takes 'strAppName'
- parameter will probably be sufficient for 90% of cases. If, for whatever
- reason you wish to use the files with some other names, you can always use the
- second ctor.
-
- wxFileConfig also may automatically expand the values of environment variables
- in the entries it reads: for example, if you have an entry
- score_file = $HOME/.score
- a call to Read(&str, "score_file") will return a complete path to .score file
- unless the expansion was previously disabled with SetExpandEnvVars(false) call
- (it's on by default, the current status can be retrieved with
- IsExpandingEnvVars function).
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileConfigGroup;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileConfigEntry;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileConfigLineList;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxOutputStream;
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileConfig : public wxConfigBase
-{
-public:
- // construct the "standard" full name for global (system-wide) and
- // local (user-specific) config files from the base file name.
- //
- // the following are the filenames returned by this functions:
- // global local
- // Unix /etc/file.ext ~/.file
- // Win %windir%\file.ext %USERPROFILE%\file.ext
- //
- // where file is the basename of szFile, ext is its extension
- // or .conf (Unix) or .ini (Win) if it has none
- static wxFileName GetGlobalFile(const wxString& szFile);
- static wxFileName GetLocalFile(const wxString& szFile, int style = 0);
-
- static wxString GetGlobalFileName(const wxString& szFile)
- {
- return GetGlobalFile(szFile).GetFullPath();
- }
-
- static wxString GetLocalFileName(const wxString& szFile, int style = 0)
- {
- return GetLocalFile(szFile, style).GetFullPath();
- }
-
- // ctor & dtor
- // New constructor: one size fits all. Specify wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE or
- // wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE to say which files should be used.
- wxFileConfig(const wxString& appName = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& vendorName = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString,
- long style = wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE | wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE,
- const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- // ctor that takes an input stream.
- wxFileConfig(wxInputStream &inStream, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- // dtor will save unsaved data
- virtual ~wxFileConfig();
-
- // under Unix, set the umask to be used for the file creation, do nothing
- // under other systems
-#ifdef __UNIX__
- void SetUmask(int mode) { m_umask = mode; }
-#else // !__UNIX__
- void SetUmask(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { }
-#endif // __UNIX__/!__UNIX__
-
- // implement inherited pure virtual functions
- virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath);
- virtual const wxString& GetPath() const;
-
- virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
- virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
- virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
- virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const;
-
- virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const;
- virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const;
-
- virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const;
- virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const;
-
- virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = false);
-
- virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName);
- virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName, const wxString& newName);
-
- virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key, bool bGroupIfEmptyAlso = true);
- virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& szKey);
- virtual bool DeleteAll();
-
- // additional, wxFileConfig-specific, functionality
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- // save the entire config file text to the given stream, note that the text
- // won't be saved again in dtor when Flush() is called if you use this method
- // as it won't be "changed" any more
- virtual bool Save(wxOutputStream& os, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-public:
- // functions to work with this list
- wxFileConfigLineList *LineListAppend(const wxString& str);
- wxFileConfigLineList *LineListInsert(const wxString& str,
- wxFileConfigLineList *pLine); // NULL => Prepend()
- void LineListRemove(wxFileConfigLineList *pLine);
- bool LineListIsEmpty();
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const;
- virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *pl) const;
-#if wxUSE_BASE64
- virtual bool DoReadBinary(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer* buf) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
-
- virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& szValue);
- virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long lValue);
-#if wxUSE_BASE64
- virtual bool DoWriteBinary(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf);
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
-
-private:
- // GetXXXFileName helpers: return ('/' terminated) directory names
- static wxString GetGlobalDir();
- static wxString GetLocalDir(int style = 0);
-
- // common part of all ctors (assumes that m_str{Local|Global}File are already
- // initialized
- void Init();
-
- // common part of from dtor and DeleteAll
- void CleanUp();
-
- // parse the whole file
- void Parse(const wxTextBuffer& buffer, bool bLocal);
-
- // the same as SetPath("/")
- void SetRootPath();
-
- // real SetPath() implementation, returns true if path could be set or false
- // if path doesn't exist and createMissingComponents == false
- bool DoSetPath(const wxString& strPath, bool createMissingComponents);
-
- // set/test the dirty flag
- void SetDirty() { m_isDirty = true; }
- void ResetDirty() { m_isDirty = false; }
- bool IsDirty() const { return m_isDirty; }
-
-
- // member variables
- // ----------------
- wxFileConfigLineList *m_linesHead, // head of the linked list
- *m_linesTail; // tail
-
- wxFileName m_fnLocalFile, // local file name passed to ctor
- m_fnGlobalFile; // global
- wxString m_strPath; // current path (not '/' terminated)
-
- wxFileConfigGroup *m_pRootGroup, // the top (unnamed) group
- *m_pCurrentGroup; // the current group
-
- wxMBConv *m_conv;
-
-#ifdef __UNIX__
- int m_umask; // the umask to use for file creation
-#endif // __UNIX__
-
- bool m_isDirty; // if true, we have unsaved changes
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileConfig);
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFileConfig)
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#endif
- //_FILECONF_H
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/filectrl.h
-// Purpose: Header for wxFileCtrlBase and other common functions used by
-// platform-specific wxFileCtrl's
-// Author: Diaa M. Sami
-// Modified by:
-// Created: Jul-07-2007
-// Copyright: (c) Diaa M. Sami
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILECTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FILECTRL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILECTRL
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-enum
-{
- wxFC_OPEN = 0x0001,
- wxFC_SAVE = 0x0002,
- wxFC_MULTIPLE = 0x0004,
- wxFC_NOSHOWHIDDEN = 0x0008
-};
-
-#define wxFC_DEFAULT_STYLE wxFC_OPEN
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileCtrlNameStr[]; // in filectrlcmn.cpp
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxFileCtrlBase() {}
-
- virtual void SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard ) = 0;
- virtual void SetFilterIndex( int filterindex ) = 0;
- virtual bool SetDirectory( const wxString& dir ) = 0;
-
- // Selects a certain file.
- // In case the filename specified isn't found/couldn't be shown with
- // currently selected filter, false is returned and nothing happens
- virtual bool SetFilename( const wxString& name ) = 0;
-
- // chdirs to a certain directory and selects a certain file.
- // In case the filename specified isn't found/couldn't be shown with
- // currently selected filter, false is returned and if directory exists
- // it's chdir'ed to
- virtual bool SetPath( const wxString& path ) = 0;
-
- virtual wxString GetFilename() const = 0;
- virtual wxString GetDirectory() const = 0;
- virtual wxString GetWildcard() const = 0;
- virtual wxString GetPath() const = 0;
- virtual void GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const = 0;
- virtual void GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const = 0;
- virtual int GetFilterIndex() const = 0;
-
- virtual bool HasMultipleFileSelection() const = 0;
- virtual void ShowHidden(bool show) = 0;
-};
-
-void GenerateFilterChangedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd );
-void GenerateFolderChangedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd );
-void GenerateSelectionChangedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd );
-void GenerateFileActivatedEvent( wxFileCtrlBase *fileCtrl, wxWindow *wnd, const wxString filename = wxEmptyString );
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #define wxFileCtrl wxGtkFileCtrl
- #include "wx/gtk/filectrl.h"
-#else
- #define wxFileCtrl wxGenericFileCtrl
- #include "wx/generic/filectrlg.h"
-#endif
-
-// Some documentation
-// On wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILTERCHANGED, only the value returned by GetFilterIndex is
-// valid and it represents the (new) current filter index for the wxFileCtrl.
-// On wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, only the value returned by GetDirectory is
-// valid and it represents the (new) current directory for the wxFileCtrl.
-// On wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED, GetDirectory returns the current directory
-// for the wxFileCtrl and GetFiles returns the names of the file(s) activated.
-// On wxEVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED, GetDirectory returns the current directory
-// for the wxFileCtrl and GetFiles returns the names of the currently selected
-// file(s).
-// In wxGTK, after each wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, wxEVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED
-// is fired automatically once or more with 0 files.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileCtrlEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxFileCtrlEvent() {}
- wxFileCtrlEvent( wxEventType type, wxObject *evtObject, int id )
- : wxCommandEvent( type, id )
- {
- SetEventObject( evtObject );
- }
-
- // no need for the copy constructor as the default one will be fine.
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFileCtrlEvent( *this ); }
-
- void SetFiles( const wxArrayString &files ) { m_files = files; }
- void SetDirectory( const wxString &directory ) { m_directory = directory; }
- void SetFilterIndex( int filterIndex ) { m_filterIndex = filterIndex; }
-
- wxArrayString GetFiles() const { return m_files; }
- wxString GetDirectory() const { return m_directory; }
- int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_filterIndex; }
-
- wxString GetFile() const;
-
-protected:
- int m_filterIndex;
- wxString m_directory;
- wxArrayString m_files;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN( wxFileCtrlEvent )
-};
-
-typedef void ( wxEvtHandler::*wxFileCtrlEventFunction )( wxFileCtrlEvent& );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED, wxFileCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED, wxFileCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, wxFileCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILTERCHANGED, wxFileCtrlEvent );
-
-#define wxFileCtrlEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxFileCtrlEventFunction, func )
-
-#define EVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILEACTIVATED, id, wxFileCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FILECTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED, id, wxFileCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, id, wxFileCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_FILECTRL_FILTERCHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FILECTRL_FILTERCHANGED, id, wxFileCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_FILECTRL_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/filedlg.h
-// Purpose: wxFileDialog base header
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 8/17/99
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILEDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// this symbol is defined for the platforms which support multiple
-// ('|'-separated) filters in the file dialog
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
- #define wxHAS_MULTIPLE_FILEDLG_FILTERS
-#endif
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDialog data
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- The flags below must coexist with the following flags in m_windowStyle
- #define wxCAPTION 0x20000000
- #define wxMAXIMIZE 0x00002000
- #define wxCLOSE_BOX 0x00001000
- #define wxSYSTEM_MENU 0x00000800
- wxBORDER_NONE = 0x00200000
- #define wxRESIZE_BORDER 0x00000040
-*/
-
-enum
-{
- wxFD_OPEN = 0x0001,
- wxFD_SAVE = 0x0002,
- wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT = 0x0004,
- wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST = 0x0010,
- wxFD_MULTIPLE = 0x0020,
- wxFD_CHANGE_DIR = 0x0080,
- wxFD_PREVIEW = 0x0100
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-enum
-{
- wxOPEN = wxFD_OPEN,
- wxSAVE = wxFD_SAVE,
- wxOVERWRITE_PROMPT = wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT,
- wxFILE_MUST_EXIST = wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST,
- wxMULTIPLE = wxFD_MULTIPLE,
- wxCHANGE_DIR = wxFD_CHANGE_DIR
-};
-#endif
-
-#define wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE wxFD_OPEN
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileDialogNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileSelectorPromptStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr[];
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDialogBase
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDialogBase: public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxFileDialogBase () { Init(); }
-
- wxFileDialogBase(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, message, defaultDir, defaultFile, wildCard, style, pos, sz, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxFileDialogBase() {}
-
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr);
-
- bool HasFdFlag(int flag) const { return HasFlag(flag); }
-
- virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; }
- virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);
- virtual void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir);
- virtual void SetFilename(const wxString& name);
- virtual void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard) { m_wildCard = wildCard; }
- virtual void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex) { m_filterIndex = filterIndex; }
-
- virtual wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
- virtual wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; }
- virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const { paths.Empty(); paths.Add(m_path); }
- virtual wxString GetDirectory() const { return m_dir; }
- virtual wxString GetFilename() const { return m_fileName; }
- virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const { files.Empty(); files.Add(m_fileName); }
- virtual wxString GetWildcard() const { return m_wildCard; }
- virtual int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_filterIndex; }
-
- virtual wxString GetCurrentlySelectedFilename() const
- { return m_currentlySelectedFilename; }
-
- // this function is called with wxFileDialog as parameter and should
- // create the window containing the extra controls we want to show in it
- typedef wxWindow *(*ExtraControlCreatorFunction)(wxWindow*);
-
- virtual bool SupportsExtraControl() const { return false; }
-
- bool SetExtraControlCreator(ExtraControlCreatorFunction creator);
- wxWindow *GetExtraControl() const { return m_extraControl; }
-
- // Utility functions
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- wxDEPRECATED( long GetStyle() const );
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetStyle(long style) );
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-
- // Append first extension to filePath from a ';' separated extensionList
- // if filePath = "path/foo.bar" just return it as is
- // if filePath = "foo[.]" and extensionList = "*.jpg;*.png" return "foo.jpg"
- // if the extension is "*.j?g" (has wildcards) or "jpg" then return filePath
- static wxString AppendExtension(const wxString &filePath,
- const wxString &extensionList);
-
-protected:
- wxString m_message;
- wxString m_dir;
- wxString m_path; // Full path
- wxString m_fileName;
- wxString m_wildCard;
- int m_filterIndex;
-
- // Currently selected, but not yet necessarily accepted by the user, file.
- // This should be updated whenever the selection in the control changes by
- // the platform-specific code to provide a useful implementation of
- // GetCurrentlySelectedFilename().
- wxString m_currentlySelectedFilename;
-
- wxWindow* m_extraControl;
-
- // returns true if control is created (if it already exists returns false)
- bool CreateExtraControl();
- // return true if SetExtraControlCreator() was called
- bool HasExtraControlCreator() const
- { return m_extraControlCreator != NULL; }
- // get the size of the extra control by creating and deleting it
- wxSize GetExtraControlSize();
-
-private:
- ExtraControlCreatorFunction m_extraControlCreator;
-
- void Init();
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialogBase)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDialogBase);
-};
-
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDialog convenience functions
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// File selector - backward compatibility
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString
-wxFileSelector(const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& default_path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& default_filename = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& default_extension = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- int flags = 0,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y = wxDefaultCoord);
-
-// An extended version of wxFileSelector
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString
-wxFileSelectorEx(const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& default_path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& default_filename = wxEmptyString,
- int *indexDefaultExtension = NULL,
- const wxString& wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- int flags = 0,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y = wxDefaultCoord);
-
-// Ask for filename to load
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString
-wxLoadFileSelector(const wxString& what,
- const wxString& extension,
- const wxString& default_name = wxEmptyString,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-// Ask for filename to save
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString
-wxSaveFileSelector(const wxString& what,
- const wxString& extension,
- const wxString& default_name = wxEmptyString,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-
-#if defined (__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #define wxHAS_GENERIC_FILEDIALOG
- #include "wx/generic/filedlgg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/filedlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/filedlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/filedlg.h" // GTK+ > 2.4 has native version
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/filedlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/filedlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/filedlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/filedlg.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILEDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_FILEDLG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/filefn.h
-// Purpose: File- and directory-related functions
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _FILEFN_H_
-#define _FILEFN_H_
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
- #include "wx/msw/wince/time.h"
- #include "wx/msw/private.h"
-#else
- #include <time.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
- #include <sys/types.h>
- #include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __OS2__
-// need to check for __OS2__ first since currently both
-// __OS2__ and __UNIX__ are defined.
- #include <process.h>
- #include "wx/os2/private.h"
- #ifdef __WATCOMC__
- #include <direct.h>
- #endif
- #include <io.h>
- #ifdef __EMX__
- #include <unistd.h>
- #endif
-#elif defined(__UNIX__)
- #include <unistd.h>
- #include <dirent.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
-#if !defined( __GNUWIN32__ ) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
- #include <direct.h>
- #include <dos.h>
- #include <io.h>
-#endif // __WINDOWS__
-#endif // native Win compiler
-
-#if defined(__DOS__)
- #ifdef __WATCOMC__
- #include <direct.h>
- #include <dos.h>
- #include <io.h>
- #endif
- #ifdef __DJGPP__
- #include <io.h>
- #include <unistd.h>
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__ // Please someone tell me which version of Borland needs
- // this (3.1 I believe) and how to test for it.
- // If this works for Borland 4.0 as well, then no worries.
- #include <dir.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
- #include <fcntl.h> // O_RDONLY &c
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) || defined(__DIGITALMARS__)
- typedef int mode_t;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
- typedef long off_t;
-#else
- // define off_t
- #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__MACH__)
- #include <sys/types.h>
- #else
- typedef long off_t;
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
- typedef _off_t off_t;
-#elif defined(__SYMANTEC__)
- typedef long off_t;
-#endif
-
-enum wxSeekMode
-{
- wxFromStart,
- wxFromCurrent,
- wxFromEnd
-};
-
-enum wxFileKind
-{
- wxFILE_KIND_UNKNOWN,
- wxFILE_KIND_DISK, // a file supporting seeking to arbitrary offsets
- wxFILE_KIND_TERMINAL, // a tty
- wxFILE_KIND_PIPE // a pipe
-};
-
-// we redefine these constants here because S_IREAD &c are _not_ standard
-// however, we do assume that the values correspond to the Unix umask bits
-enum wxPosixPermissions
-{
- // standard Posix names for these permission flags:
- wxS_IRUSR = 00400,
- wxS_IWUSR = 00200,
- wxS_IXUSR = 00100,
-
- wxS_IRGRP = 00040,
- wxS_IWGRP = 00020,
- wxS_IXGRP = 00010,
-
- wxS_IROTH = 00004,
- wxS_IWOTH = 00002,
- wxS_IXOTH = 00001,
-
- // longer but more readable synonyms for the constants above:
- wxPOSIX_USER_READ = wxS_IRUSR,
- wxPOSIX_USER_WRITE = wxS_IWUSR,
- wxPOSIX_USER_EXECUTE = wxS_IXUSR,
-
- wxPOSIX_GROUP_READ = wxS_IRGRP,
- wxPOSIX_GROUP_WRITE = wxS_IWGRP,
- wxPOSIX_GROUP_EXECUTE = wxS_IXGRP,
-
- wxPOSIX_OTHERS_READ = wxS_IROTH,
- wxPOSIX_OTHERS_WRITE = wxS_IWOTH,
- wxPOSIX_OTHERS_EXECUTE = wxS_IXOTH,
-
- // default mode for the new files: allow reading/writing them to everybody but
- // the effective file mode will be set after anding this value with umask and
- // so won't include wxS_IW{GRP,OTH} for the default 022 umask value
- wxS_DEFAULT = (wxPOSIX_USER_READ | wxPOSIX_USER_WRITE | \
- wxPOSIX_GROUP_READ | wxPOSIX_GROUP_WRITE | \
- wxPOSIX_OTHERS_READ | wxPOSIX_OTHERS_WRITE),
-
- // default mode for the new directories (see wxFileName::Mkdir): allow
- // reading/writing/executing them to everybody, but just like wxS_DEFAULT
- // the effective directory mode will be set after anding this value with umask
- wxS_DIR_DEFAULT = (wxPOSIX_USER_READ | wxPOSIX_USER_WRITE | wxPOSIX_USER_EXECUTE | \
- wxPOSIX_GROUP_READ | wxPOSIX_GROUP_WRITE | wxPOSIX_GROUP_EXECUTE | \
- wxPOSIX_OTHERS_READ | wxPOSIX_OTHERS_WRITE | wxPOSIX_OTHERS_EXECUTE)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// declare our versions of low level file functions: some compilers prepend
-// underscores to the usual names, some also have Unicode versions of them
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Wrappers around Win32 api functions like CreateFile, ReadFile and such
-// Implemented in filefnwce.cpp
-#if defined( __WXWINCE__)
- typedef __int64 wxFileOffset;
- #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxT("I64")
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_Open(const wxChar *filename, int oflag, int WXUNUSED(pmode));
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_Access(const wxChar *name, int WXUNUSED(how));
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_Chmod(const wxChar *name, int WXUNUSED(how));
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxClose(int fd);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxFsync(int WXUNUSED(fd));
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxRead(int fd, void *buf, unsigned int count);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxWrite(int fd, const void *buf, unsigned int count);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxEof(int fd);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileOffset wxSeek(int fd, wxFileOffset offset, int origin);
- #define wxLSeek wxSeek
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileOffset wxTell(int fd);
-
- // always Unicode under WinCE
- #define wxCRT_MkDir _wmkdir
- #define wxCRT_RmDir _wrmdir
- #define wxCRT_Stat _wstat
- #define wxStructStat struct _stat
-#elif (defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__)) && \
- ( \
- defined(__VISUALC__) || \
- defined(__MINGW64__) || \
- (defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__WINE__) && \
- wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(0, 5)) || \
- defined(__DMC__) || \
- defined(__WATCOMC__) || \
- defined(__BORLANDC__) \
- )
-
- // temporary defines just used immediately below
- #undef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
- #undef wxHAS_HUGE_STDIO_FILES
-
- // detect compilers which have support for huge files
- #if defined(__VISUALC__)
- #define wxHAS_HUGE_FILES 1
- #elif defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__MINGW64__)
- #define wxHAS_HUGE_FILES 1f
- #elif defined(_LARGE_FILES)
- #define wxHAS_HUGE_FILES 1
- #endif
-
- // detect compilers which have support for huge stdio files
- #if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8)
- #define wxHAS_HUGE_STDIO_FILES
- #define wxFseek _fseeki64
- #define wxFtell _ftelli64
- #elif wxCHECK_MINGW32_VERSION(3, 5) // mingw-runtime version (not gcc)
- #define wxHAS_HUGE_STDIO_FILES
- #define wxFseek fseeko64
- #define wxFtell ftello64
- #endif
-
- // other Windows compilers (DMC, Watcom, and Borland) don't have huge file
- // support (or at least not all functions needed for it by wx) currently
-
- // types
-
- #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
- typedef wxLongLong_t wxFileOffset;
- #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxLongLongFmtSpec
- #else
- typedef off_t wxFileOffset;
- #endif
-
- // at least Borland 5.5 doesn't like "struct ::stat" so don't use the scope
- // resolution operator present in wxPOSIX_IDENT for it
- #ifdef __BORLANDC__
- #define wxPOSIX_STRUCT(s) struct s
- #else
- #define wxPOSIX_STRUCT(s) struct wxPOSIX_IDENT(s)
- #endif
-
- // Notice that Watcom is the only compiler to have a wide char
- // version of struct stat as well as a wide char stat function variant.
- // This was dropped since OW 1.4 "for consistency across platforms".
- //
- // Borland is also special in that it uses _stat with Unicode functions
- // (for MSVC compatibility?) but stat with ANSI ones
- #ifdef __BORLANDC__
- #if wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
- #define wxStructStat struct stati64
- #else
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxStructStat struct _stat
- #else
- #define wxStructStat struct stat
- #endif
- #endif
- #else // !__BORLANDC__
- #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4)
- #define wxStructStat struct _wstati64
- #else
- #define wxStructStat struct _stati64
- #endif
- #else
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4)
- #define wxStructStat struct _wstat
- #else
- #define wxStructStat struct _stat
- #endif
- #endif
- #endif // __BORLANDC__/!__BORLANDC__
-
-
- // functions
-
- // MSVC and compatible compilers prepend underscores to the POSIX function
- // names, other compilers don't and even if their later versions usually do
- // define the versions with underscores for MSVC compatibility, it's better
- // to avoid using them as they're not present in earlier versions and
- // always using the native functions spelling is easier than testing for
- // the versions
- #if defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__MINGW64__)
- #define wxPOSIX_IDENT(func) ::func
- #else // by default assume MSVC-compatible names
- #define wxPOSIX_IDENT(func) _ ## func
- #define wxHAS_UNDERSCORES_IN_POSIX_IDENTS
- #endif
-
- // first functions not working with strings, i.e. without ANSI/Unicode
- // complications
- #define wxClose wxPOSIX_IDENT(close)
-
- #define wxRead wxPOSIX_IDENT(read)
- #define wxWrite wxPOSIX_IDENT(write)
-
- #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
- #ifndef __MINGW64__
- #define wxSeek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseeki64)
- #define wxLseek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseeki64)
- #define wxTell wxPOSIX_IDENT(telli64)
- #else
- // unfortunately, mingw-W64 is somewhat inconsistent...
- #define wxSeek _lseeki64
- #define wxLseek _lseeki64
- #define wxTell _telli64
- #endif
- #else // !wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
- #define wxSeek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseek)
- #define wxLseek wxPOSIX_IDENT(lseek)
- #define wxTell wxPOSIX_IDENT(tell)
- #endif // wxHAS_HUGE_FILES/!wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
-
- #ifndef __WATCOMC__
- #if !defined(__BORLANDC__) || (__BORLANDC__ > 0x540)
- // NB: this one is not POSIX and always has the underscore
- #define wxFsync _commit
-
- // could be already defined by configure (Cygwin)
- #ifndef HAVE_FSYNC
- #define HAVE_FSYNC
- #endif
- #endif // BORLANDC
- #endif
-
- #define wxEof wxPOSIX_IDENT(eof)
-
- // then the functions taking strings
-
- // first the ANSI versions
- #define wxCRT_OpenA wxPOSIX_IDENT(open)
- #define wxCRT_AccessA wxPOSIX_IDENT(access)
- #define wxCRT_ChmodA wxPOSIX_IDENT(chmod)
- #define wxCRT_MkDirA wxPOSIX_IDENT(mkdir)
- #define wxCRT_RmDirA wxPOSIX_IDENT(rmdir)
- #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
- // MinGW-64 provides underscore-less versions of all file functions
- // except for this one.
- #ifdef __MINGW64__
- #define wxCRT_StatA _stati64
- #else
- #define wxCRT_StatA wxPOSIX_IDENT(stati64)
- #endif
- #else
- // Unfortunately Watcom is not consistent
- #if defined(__OS2__) && defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #define wxCRT_StatA _stat
- #else
- #define wxCRT_StatA wxPOSIX_IDENT(stat)
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // then wide char ones
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE
- // special workaround for buggy wopen() in bcc 5.5
- #if defined(__BORLANDC__) && \
- (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x550 && __BORLANDC__ <= 0x551)
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_OpenW(const wxChar *pathname,
- int flags, mode_t mode);
- #else
- #define wxCRT_OpenW _wopen
- #endif
-
- #define wxCRT_AccessW _waccess
- #define wxCRT_ChmodW _wchmod
- #define wxCRT_MkDirW _wmkdir
- #define wxCRT_RmDirW _wrmdir
- #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
- #define wxCRT_StatW _wstati64
- #else
- #define wxCRT_StatW _wstat
- #endif
- #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-
- // finally the default char-type versions
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU || defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__)
- // implement the missing file functions in Win9x ourselves
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wopen(const wxChar *name,
- int flags, int mode);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__waccess(const wxChar *name,
- int mode);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wchmod(const wxChar *name,
- int mode);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wmkdir(const wxChar *name);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wrmdir(const wxChar *name);
-
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int
- wxMSLU__wstat(const wxChar *name, wxStructStat *buffer);
-
- #define wxCRT_Open wxMSLU__wopen
-
- #define wxCRT_Access wxMSLU__waccess
- #define wxCRT_Chmod wxMSLU__wchmod
- #define wxCRT_MkDir wxMSLU__wmkdir
- #define wxCRT_RmDir wxMSLU__wrmdir
- #define wxCRT_Stat wxMSLU__wstat
- #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
- #define wxCRT_Open wxCRT_OpenW
- #define wxCRT_Access wxCRT_AccessW
- #define wxCRT_Chmod wxCRT_ChmodW
- #define wxCRT_MkDir wxCRT_MkDirW
- #define wxCRT_RmDir wxCRT_RmDirW
- #define wxCRT_Stat wxCRT_StatW
- #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU/!wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
- #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxCRT_Open wxCRT_OpenA
- #define wxCRT_Access wxCRT_AccessA
- #define wxCRT_Chmod wxCRT_ChmodA
- #define wxCRT_MkDir wxCRT_MkDirA
- #define wxCRT_RmDir wxCRT_RmDirA
- #define wxCRT_Stat wxCRT_StatA
- #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE/!wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-
- // constants (unless already defined by the user code)
- #ifdef wxHAS_UNDERSCORES_IN_POSIX_IDENTS
- #ifndef O_RDONLY
- #define O_RDONLY _O_RDONLY
- #define O_WRONLY _O_WRONLY
- #define O_RDWR _O_RDWR
- #define O_EXCL _O_EXCL
- #define O_CREAT _O_CREAT
- #define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
- #endif
-
- #ifndef S_IFMT
- #define S_IFMT _S_IFMT
- #define S_IFDIR _S_IFDIR
- #define S_IFREG _S_IFREG
- #endif
- #endif // wxHAS_UNDERSCORES_IN_POSIX_IDENTS
-
- #ifdef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
- // wxFile is present and supports large files.
- #if wxUSE_FILE
- #define wxHAS_LARGE_FILES
- #endif
- // wxFFile is present and supports large files
- #if wxUSE_FFILE && defined wxHAS_HUGE_STDIO_FILES
- #define wxHAS_LARGE_FFILES
- #endif
- #endif
-
- // private defines, undefine so that nobody gets tempted to use
- #undef wxHAS_HUGE_FILES
- #undef wxHAS_HUGE_STDIO_FILES
-#else // Unix or Windows using unknown compiler, assume POSIX supported
- typedef off_t wxFileOffset;
- #ifdef HAVE_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT
- #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxLongLongFmtSpec
- wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT( sizeof(off_t) == sizeof(wxLongLong_t),
- BadFileSizeType );
- // wxFile is present and supports large files
- #if wxUSE_FILE
- #define wxHAS_LARGE_FILES
- #endif
- // wxFFile is present and supports large files
- #if wxUSE_FFILE && (SIZEOF_LONG == 8 || defined HAVE_FSEEKO)
- #define wxHAS_LARGE_FFILES
- #endif
- #ifdef HAVE_FSEEKO
- #define wxFseek fseeko
- #define wxFtell ftello
- #endif
- #else
- #define wxFileOffsetFmtSpec wxT("")
- #endif
- // functions
- #define wxClose close
- #define wxRead ::read
- #define wxWrite ::write
- #define wxLseek lseek
- #define wxSeek lseek
- #define wxFsync fsync
- #define wxEof eof
- #define wxCRT_MkDir mkdir
- #define wxCRT_RmDir rmdir
-
- #define wxTell(fd) lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)
-
- #define wxStructStat struct stat
-
- #define wxCRT_Open open
- #define wxCRT_Stat stat
- #define wxCRT_Lstat lstat
- #define wxCRT_Access access
- #define wxCRT_Chmod chmod
-
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_LSTAT
-#endif // platforms
-
-// if the platform doesn't have symlinks, define wxCRT_Lstat to be the same as
-// wxCRT_Stat to avoid #ifdefs in the code using it
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_LSTAT
- #define wxCRT_Lstat wxCRT_Stat
-#endif
-
-// define wxFseek/wxFtell to large file versions if available (done above) or
-// to fseek/ftell if not, to save ifdefs in using code
-#ifndef wxFseek
- #define wxFseek fseek
-#endif
-#ifndef wxFtell
- #define wxFtell ftell
-#endif
-
-inline int wxAccess(const wxString& path, mode_t mode)
- { return wxCRT_Access(path.fn_str(), mode); }
-inline int wxChmod(const wxString& path, mode_t mode)
- { return wxCRT_Chmod(path.fn_str(), mode); }
-inline int wxOpen(const wxString& path, int flags, mode_t mode)
- { return wxCRT_Open(path.fn_str(), flags, mode); }
-
-// FIXME-CE: provide our own implementations of the missing CRT functions
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-inline int wxStat(const wxString& path, wxStructStat *buf)
- { return wxCRT_Stat(path.fn_str(), buf); }
-inline int wxLstat(const wxString& path, wxStructStat *buf)
- { return wxCRT_Lstat(path.fn_str(), buf); }
-inline int wxRmDir(const wxString& path)
- { return wxCRT_RmDir(path.fn_str()); }
-#if (defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)) \
- || (defined(__OS2__) && defined(__WATCOMC__))
-inline int wxMkDir(const wxString& path, mode_t WXUNUSED(mode) = 0)
- { return wxCRT_MkDir(path.fn_str()); }
-#else
-inline int wxMkDir(const wxString& path, mode_t mode)
- { return wxCRT_MkDir(path.fn_str(), mode); }
-#endif
-#endif // !__WXWINCE__
-
-#ifdef O_BINARY
- #define wxO_BINARY O_BINARY
-#else
- #define wxO_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400
-//
-// VisualAge C++ V4.0 cannot have any external linkage const decs
-// in headers included by more than one primary source
-//
-extern const int wxInvalidOffset;
-#else
-const int wxInvalidOffset = -1;
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxFileExists(const wxString& filename);
-
-// does the path exist? (may have or not '/' or '\\' at the end)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxDirExists(const wxString& pathName);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsAbsolutePath(const wxString& filename);
-
-// Get filename
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxFileNameFromPath(wxChar *path);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxFileNameFromPath(const wxString& path);
-
-// Get directory
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxPathOnly(const wxString& path);
-
-// all deprecated functions below are deprecated in favour of wxFileName's methods
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDos2UnixFilename(char *s) );
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDos2UnixFilename(wchar_t *s) );
-
-wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxUnix2DosFilename(char *s) );
-wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxUnix2DosFilename(wchar_t *s) );
-
-// Strip the extension, in situ
-// Deprecated in favour of wxFileName::StripExtension() but notice that their
-// behaviour is slightly different, see the manual
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxStripExtension(char *buffer) );
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxStripExtension(wchar_t *buffer) );
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxStripExtension(wxString& buffer) );
-
-// Get a temporary filename
-wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxGetTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxChar *buf = NULL) );
-wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxString& buf) );
-
-// Expand file name (~/ and ${OPENWINHOME}/ stuff)
-wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char* wxExpandPath(char *dest, const wxString& path) );
-wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t* wxExpandPath(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& path) );
- // DEPRECATED: use wxFileName::Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_ENV_VARS)
-
-// Contract w.r.t environment (</usr/openwin/lib, OPENWHOME> -> ${OPENWINHOME}/lib)
-// and make (if under the home tree) relative to home
-// [caller must copy-- volatile]
-wxDEPRECATED(
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxContractPath(const wxString& filename,
- const wxString& envname = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& user = wxEmptyString) );
- // DEPRECATED: use wxFileName::ReplaceEnvVariable and wxFileName::ReplaceHomeDir
-
-// Destructive removal of /./ and /../ stuff
-wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char* wxRealPath(char *path) );
-wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t* wxRealPath(wchar_t *path) );
-wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxRealPath(const wxString& path) );
- // DEPRECATED: use wxFileName::Normalize instead
-
-// Allocate a copy of the full absolute path
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxCopyAbsolutePath(const wxString& path) );
- // DEPRECATED: use wxFileName::MakeAbsolute instead
-#endif
-
-// Get first file name matching given wild card.
-// Flags are reserved for future use.
-#define wxFILE 1
-#define wxDIR 2
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxFindFirstFile(const wxString& spec, int flags = wxFILE);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxFindNextFile();
-
-// Does the pattern contain wildcards?
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsWild(const wxString& pattern);
-
-// Does the pattern match the text (usually a filename)?
-// If dot_special is true, doesn't match * against . (eliminating
-// `hidden' dot files)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxMatchWild(const wxString& pattern, const wxString& text, bool dot_special = true);
-
-// Concatenate two files to form third
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxConcatFiles(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, const wxString& file3);
-
-// Copy file1 to file2
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxCopyFile(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2,
- bool overwrite = true);
-
-// Remove file
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxRemoveFile(const wxString& file);
-
-// Rename file
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxRenameFile(const wxString& file1, const wxString& file2, bool overwrite = true);
-
-// Get current working directory.
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-// If buf is NULL, allocates space using new, else
-// copies into buf.
-// IMPORTANT NOTE getcwd is know not to work under some releases
-// of Win32s 1.3, according to MS release notes!
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar* wxGetWorkingDirectory(wxChar *buf = NULL, int sz = 1000) );
-// new and preferred version of wxGetWorkingDirectory
-// NB: can't have the same name because of overloading ambiguity
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetCwd();
-
-// Set working directory
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxSetWorkingDirectory(const wxString& d);
-
-// Make directory
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxMkdir(const wxString& dir, int perm = wxS_DIR_DEFAULT);
-
-// Remove directory. Flags reserved for future use.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxRmdir(const wxString& dir, int flags = 0);
-
-// Return the type of an open file
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileKind wxGetFileKind(int fd);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileKind wxGetFileKind(FILE *fp);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-// compatibility defines, don't use in new code
-wxDEPRECATED( inline bool wxPathExists(const wxChar *pszPathName) );
-inline bool wxPathExists(const wxChar *pszPathName)
-{
- return wxDirExists(pszPathName);
-}
-#endif //WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// permissions; these functions work both on files and directories:
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsWritable(const wxString &path);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsReadable(const wxString &path);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsExecutable(const wxString &path);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// separators in file names
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// between file name and extension
-#define wxFILE_SEP_EXT wxT('.')
-
-// between drive/volume name and the path
-#define wxFILE_SEP_DSK wxT(':')
-
-// between the path components
-#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS wxT('\\')
-#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX wxT('/')
-#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_MAC wxT(':')
-#define wxFILE_SEP_PATH_VMS wxT('.') // VMS also uses '[' and ']'
-
-// separator in the path list (as in PATH environment variable)
-// there is no PATH variable in Classic Mac OS so just use the
-// semicolon (it must be different from the file name separator)
-// NB: these are strings and not characters on purpose!
-#define wxPATH_SEP_DOS wxT(";")
-#define wxPATH_SEP_UNIX wxT(":")
-#define wxPATH_SEP_MAC wxT(";")
-
-// platform independent versions
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__OS2__)
- // CYGWIN also uses UNIX settings
- #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX
- #define wxPATH_SEP wxPATH_SEP_UNIX
-#elif defined(__MAC__)
- #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH wxFILE_SEP_PATH_MAC
- #define wxPATH_SEP wxPATH_SEP_MAC
-#else // Windows and OS/2
- #define wxFILE_SEP_PATH wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS
- #define wxPATH_SEP wxPATH_SEP_DOS
-#endif // Unix/Windows
-
-// this is useful for wxString::IsSameAs(): to compare two file names use
-// filename1.IsSameAs(filename2, wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE)
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__OS2__)
- #define wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE true
-#else // Windows, Mac OS and OS/2
- #define wxARE_FILENAMES_CASE_SENSITIVE false
-#endif // Unix/Windows
-
-// is the char a path separator?
-inline bool wxIsPathSeparator(wxChar c)
-{
- // under DOS/Windows we should understand both Unix and DOS file separators
-#if ( defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__OS2__) )|| defined(__MAC__)
- return c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH;
-#else
- return c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_DOS || c == wxFILE_SEP_PATH_UNIX;
-#endif
-}
-
-// does the string ends with path separator?
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxEndsWithPathSeparator(const wxString& filename);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-// split the full path into path (including drive for DOS), name and extension
-// (understands both '/' and '\\')
-// Deprecated in favour of wxFileName::SplitPath
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSplitPath(const wxString& fileName,
- wxString *pstrPath,
- wxString *pstrName,
- wxString *pstrExt) );
-#endif
-
-// find a file in a list of directories, returns false if not found
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxFindFileInPath(wxString *pStr, const wxString& szPath, const wxString& szFile);
-
-// Get the OS directory if appropriate (such as the Windows directory).
-// On non-Windows platform, probably just return the empty string.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetOSDirectory();
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-// Get file modification time
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE time_t wxFileModificationTime(const wxString& filename);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-// Parses the wildCard, returning the number of filters.
-// Returns 0 if none or if there's a problem,
-// The arrays will contain an equal number of items found before the error.
-// wildCard is in the form:
-// "All files (*)|*|Image Files (*.jpeg *.png)|*.jpg;*.png"
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxParseCommonDialogsFilter(const wxString& wildCard, wxArrayString& descriptions, wxArrayString& filters);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __UNIX__
-
-// set umask to the given value in ctor and reset it to the old one in dtor
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUmaskChanger
-{
-public:
- // change the umask to the given one if it is not -1: this allows to write
- // the same code whether you really want to change umask or not, as is in
- // wxFileConfig::Flush() for example
- wxUmaskChanger(int umaskNew)
- {
- m_umaskOld = umaskNew == -1 ? -1 : (int)umask((mode_t)umaskNew);
- }
-
- ~wxUmaskChanger()
- {
- if ( m_umaskOld != -1 )
- umask((mode_t)m_umaskOld);
- }
-
-private:
- int m_umaskOld;
-};
-
-// this macro expands to an "anonymous" wxUmaskChanger object under Unix and
-// nothing elsewhere
-#define wxCHANGE_UMASK(m) wxUmaskChanger wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(umaskChanger_)(m)
-
-#else // !__UNIX__
-
-#define wxCHANGE_UMASK(m)
-
-#endif // __UNIX__/!__UNIX__
-
-
-// Path searching
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPathList : public wxArrayString
-{
-public:
- wxPathList() {}
- wxPathList(const wxArrayString &arr)
- { Add(arr); }
-
- // Adds all paths in environment variable
- void AddEnvList(const wxString& envVariable);
-
- // Adds given path to this list
- bool Add(const wxString& path);
- void Add(const wxArrayString &paths);
-
- // Find the first full path for which the file exists
- wxString FindValidPath(const wxString& filename) const;
-
- // Find the first full path for which the file exists; ensure it's an
- // absolute path that gets returned.
- wxString FindAbsoluteValidPath(const wxString& filename) const;
-
- // Given full path and filename, add path to list
- bool EnsureFileAccessible(const wxString& path);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // Returns true if the path is in the list
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Member(const wxString& path) const );
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_FILEFN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/filehistory.h
-// Purpose: wxFileHistory class
-// Author: Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2010-05-03
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILEHISTORY_H_
-#define _WX_FILEHISTORY_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY
-
-#include "wx/windowid.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileName;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// File history management
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileHistoryBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxFileHistoryBase(size_t maxFiles = 9, wxWindowID idBase = wxID_FILE1);
-
- // Operations
- virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file);
- virtual void RemoveFileFromHistory(size_t i);
- virtual int GetMaxFiles() const { return (int)m_fileMaxFiles; }
- virtual void UseMenu(wxMenu *menu);
-
- // Remove menu from the list (MDI child may be closing)
- virtual void RemoveMenu(wxMenu *menu);
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- virtual void Load(const wxConfigBase& config);
- virtual void Save(wxConfigBase& config);
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
- virtual void AddFilesToMenu();
- virtual void AddFilesToMenu(wxMenu* menu); // Single menu
-
- // Accessors
- virtual wxString GetHistoryFile(size_t i) const { return m_fileHistory[i]; }
- virtual size_t GetCount() const { return m_fileHistory.GetCount(); }
-
- const wxList& GetMenus() const { return m_fileMenus; }
-
- // Set/get base id
- void SetBaseId(wxWindowID baseId) { m_idBase = baseId; }
- wxWindowID GetBaseId() const { return m_idBase; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, use GetCount() instead
- wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetNoHistoryFiles() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
- // Last n files
- wxArrayString m_fileHistory;
-
- // Menus to maintain (may need several for an MDI app)
- wxList m_fileMenus;
-
- // Max files to maintain
- size_t m_fileMaxFiles;
-
-private:
- // The ID of the first history menu item (Doesn't have to be wxID_FILE1)
- wxWindowID m_idBase;
-
- // Normalize a file name to canonical form. We have a special function for
- // this to ensure the same normalization is used everywhere.
- static wxString NormalizeFileName(const wxFileName& filename);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileHistoryBase);
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-inline size_t wxFileHistoryBase::GetNoHistoryFiles() const
-{
- return m_fileHistory.GetCount();
-}
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/filehistory.h"
-#else
- // no platform-specific implementation of wxFileHistory yet
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileHistory : public wxFileHistoryBase
- {
- public:
- wxFileHistory(size_t maxFiles = 9, wxWindowID idBase = wxID_FILE1)
- : wxFileHistoryBase(maxFiles, idBase) {}
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileHistory)
- };
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY
-
-#endif // _WX_FILEHISTORY_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/filename.h
-// Purpose: wxFileName - encapsulates a file path
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 28.12.00
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILENAME_H_
-#define _WX_FILENAME_H_
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/filefn.h"
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-#include "wx/file.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILE
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFile;
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFFile;
-#endif
-
-// this symbol is defined for the platforms where file systems use volumes in
-// paths
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__DOS__) || defined(__OS2__)
- #define wxHAS_FILESYSTEM_VOLUMES
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the various values for the path format: this mainly affects the path
-// separator but also whether or not the path has the drive part (as under
-// Windows)
-enum wxPathFormat
-{
- wxPATH_NATIVE = 0, // the path format for the current platform
- wxPATH_UNIX,
- wxPATH_BEOS = wxPATH_UNIX,
- wxPATH_MAC,
- wxPATH_DOS,
- wxPATH_WIN = wxPATH_DOS,
- wxPATH_OS2 = wxPATH_DOS,
- wxPATH_VMS,
-
- wxPATH_MAX // Not a valid value for specifying path format
-};
-
-// different conventions that may be used with GetHumanReadableSize()
-enum wxSizeConvention
-{
- wxSIZE_CONV_TRADITIONAL, // 1024 bytes = 1 KB
- wxSIZE_CONV_IEC, // 1024 bytes = 1 KiB
- wxSIZE_CONV_SI // 1000 bytes = 1 KB
-};
-
-// the kind of normalization to do with the file name: these values can be
-// or'd together to perform several operations at once
-enum wxPathNormalize
-{
- wxPATH_NORM_ENV_VARS = 0x0001, // replace env vars with their values
- wxPATH_NORM_DOTS = 0x0002, // squeeze all .. and .
- wxPATH_NORM_TILDE = 0x0004, // Unix only: replace ~ and ~user
- wxPATH_NORM_CASE = 0x0008, // if case insensitive => tolower
- wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE = 0x0010, // make the path absolute
- wxPATH_NORM_LONG = 0x0020, // make the path the long form
- wxPATH_NORM_SHORTCUT = 0x0040, // resolve the shortcut, if it is a shortcut
- wxPATH_NORM_ALL = 0x00ff & ~wxPATH_NORM_CASE
-};
-
-// what exactly should GetPath() return?
-enum
-{
- wxPATH_NO_SEPARATOR = 0x0000, // for symmetry with wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR
- wxPATH_GET_VOLUME = 0x0001, // include the volume if applicable
- wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR = 0x0002 // terminate the path with the separator
-};
-
-// Mkdir flags
-enum
-{
- wxPATH_MKDIR_FULL = 0x0001 // create directories recursively
-};
-
-// Rmdir flags
-enum
-{
- wxPATH_RMDIR_FULL = 0x0001, // delete with subdirectories if empty
- wxPATH_RMDIR_RECURSIVE = 0x0002 // delete all recursively (dangerous!)
-};
-
-// FileExists flags
-enum
-{
- wxFILE_EXISTS_REGULAR = 0x0001, // check for existence of a regular file
- wxFILE_EXISTS_DIR = 0x0002, // check for existence of a directory
- wxFILE_EXISTS_SYMLINK = 0x1004, // check for existence of a symbolic link;
- // also sets wxFILE_EXISTS_NO_FOLLOW as
- // it would never be satisfied otherwise
- wxFILE_EXISTS_DEVICE = 0x0008, // check for existence of a device
- wxFILE_EXISTS_FIFO = 0x0016, // check for existence of a FIFO
- wxFILE_EXISTS_SOCKET = 0x0032, // check for existence of a socket
- // gap for future types
- wxFILE_EXISTS_NO_FOLLOW = 0x1000, // don't dereference a contained symlink
- wxFILE_EXISTS_ANY = 0x1FFF // check for existence of anything
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
-// error code of wxFileName::GetSize()
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxULongLong) wxInvalidSize;
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileName: encapsulates a file path
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileName
-{
-public:
- // constructors and assignment
-
- // the usual stuff
- wxFileName() { Clear(); }
- wxFileName(const wxFileName& filepath) { Assign(filepath); }
-
- // from a full filename: if it terminates with a '/', a directory path
- // is contructed (the name will be empty), otherwise a file name and
- // extension are extracted from it
- wxFileName( const wxString& fullpath, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE )
- { Assign( fullpath, format ); m_dontFollowLinks = false; }
-
- // from a directory name and a file name
- wxFileName(const wxString& path,
- const wxString& name,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
- { Assign(path, name, format); m_dontFollowLinks = false; }
-
- // from a volume, directory name, file base name and extension
- wxFileName(const wxString& volume,
- const wxString& path,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& ext,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
- { Assign(volume, path, name, ext, format); m_dontFollowLinks = false; }
-
- // from a directory name, file base name and extension
- wxFileName(const wxString& path,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& ext,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
- { Assign(path, name, ext, format); m_dontFollowLinks = false; }
-
- // the same for delayed initialization
-
- void Assign(const wxFileName& filepath);
-
- void Assign(const wxString& fullpath,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- void Assign(const wxString& volume,
- const wxString& path,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& ext,
- bool hasExt,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- void Assign(const wxString& volume,
- const wxString& path,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& ext,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
- { Assign(volume, path, name, ext, !ext.empty(), format); }
-
- void Assign(const wxString& path,
- const wxString& name,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- void Assign(const wxString& path,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& ext,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- void AssignDir(const wxString& dir, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // assorted assignment operators
-
- wxFileName& operator=(const wxFileName& filename)
- { if (this != &filename) Assign(filename); return *this; }
-
- wxFileName& operator=(const wxString& filename)
- { Assign(filename); return *this; }
-
- // reset all components to default, uninitialized state
- void Clear();
-
- // static pseudo constructors
- static wxFileName FileName(const wxString& file,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
- static wxFileName DirName(const wxString& dir,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // file tests
-
- // is the filename valid at all?
- bool IsOk() const
- {
- // we're fine if we have the path or the name or if we're a root dir
- return m_dirs.size() != 0 || !m_name.empty() || !m_relative ||
- !m_ext.empty() || m_hasExt;
- }
-
- // does the file with this name exist?
- bool FileExists() const;
- static bool FileExists( const wxString &file );
-
- // does the directory with this name exist?
- bool DirExists() const;
- static bool DirExists( const wxString &dir );
-
- // does anything at all with this name (i.e. file, directory or some
- // other file system object such as a device, socket, ...) exist?
- bool Exists(int flags = wxFILE_EXISTS_ANY) const;
- static bool Exists(const wxString& path, int flags = wxFILE_EXISTS_ANY);
-
-
- // checks on most common flags for files/directories;
- // more platform-specific features (like e.g. Unix permissions) are not
- // available in wxFileName
-
- bool IsDirWritable() const { return wxIsWritable(GetPath()); }
- static bool IsDirWritable(const wxString &path) { return wxDirExists(path) && wxIsWritable(path); }
-
- bool IsDirReadable() const { return wxIsReadable(GetPath()); }
- static bool IsDirReadable(const wxString &path) { return wxDirExists(path) && wxIsReadable(path); }
-
- // NOTE: IsDirExecutable() is not present because the meaning of "executable"
- // directory is very platform-dependent and also not so useful
-
- bool IsFileWritable() const { return wxIsWritable(GetFullPath()); }
- static bool IsFileWritable(const wxString &path) { return wxFileExists(path) && wxIsWritable(path); }
-
- bool IsFileReadable() const { return wxIsReadable(GetFullPath()); }
- static bool IsFileReadable(const wxString &path) { return wxFileExists(path) && wxIsReadable(path); }
-
- bool IsFileExecutable() const { return wxIsExecutable(GetFullPath()); }
- static bool IsFileExecutable(const wxString &path) { return wxFileExists(path) && wxIsExecutable(path); }
-
- // set the file permissions to a combination of wxPosixPermissions enum
- // values
- bool SetPermissions(int permissions);
-
-
- // time functions
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- // set the file last access/mod and creation times
- // (any of the pointers may be NULL)
- bool SetTimes(const wxDateTime *dtAccess,
- const wxDateTime *dtMod,
- const wxDateTime *dtCreate) const;
-
- // set the access and modification times to the current moment
- bool Touch() const;
-
- // return the last access, last modification and create times
- // (any of the pointers may be NULL)
- bool GetTimes(wxDateTime *dtAccess,
- wxDateTime *dtMod,
- wxDateTime *dtCreate) const;
-
- // convenience wrapper: get just the last mod time of the file
- wxDateTime GetModificationTime() const
- {
- wxDateTime dtMod;
- (void)GetTimes(NULL, &dtMod, NULL);
- return dtMod;
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-#if defined( __WXOSX_MAC__ ) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON
- bool MacSetTypeAndCreator( wxUint32 type , wxUint32 creator ) ;
- bool MacGetTypeAndCreator( wxUint32 *type , wxUint32 *creator ) const;
- // gets the 'common' type and creator for a certain extension
- static bool MacFindDefaultTypeAndCreator( const wxString& ext , wxUint32 *type , wxUint32 *creator ) ;
- // registers application defined extensions and their default type and creator
- static void MacRegisterDefaultTypeAndCreator( const wxString& ext , wxUint32 type , wxUint32 creator ) ;
- // looks up the appropriate type and creator from the registration and then sets
- bool MacSetDefaultTypeAndCreator() ;
-#endif
-
- // various file/dir operations
-
- // retrieve the value of the current working directory
- void AssignCwd(const wxString& volume = wxEmptyString);
- static wxString GetCwd(const wxString& volume = wxEmptyString);
-
- // change the current working directory
- bool SetCwd() const;
- static bool SetCwd( const wxString &cwd );
-
- // get the value of user home (Unix only mainly)
- void AssignHomeDir();
- static wxString GetHomeDir();
-
- // get the system temporary directory
- static wxString GetTempDir();
-
-#if wxUSE_FILE || wxUSE_FFILE
- // get a temp file name starting with the specified prefix
- void AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix);
- static wxString CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix);
-#endif // wxUSE_FILE
-
-#if wxUSE_FILE
- // get a temp file name starting with the specified prefix and open the
- // file passed to us using this name for writing (atomically if
- // possible)
- void AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFile *fileTemp);
- static wxString CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix,
- wxFile *fileTemp);
-#endif // wxUSE_FILE
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE
- // get a temp file name starting with the specified prefix and open the
- // file passed to us using this name for writing (atomically if
- // possible)
- void AssignTempFileName(const wxString& prefix, wxFFile *fileTemp);
- static wxString CreateTempFileName(const wxString& prefix,
- wxFFile *fileTemp);
-#endif // wxUSE_FFILE
-
- // directory creation and removal.
- bool Mkdir(int perm = wxS_DIR_DEFAULT, int flags = 0) const;
- static bool Mkdir(const wxString &dir, int perm = wxS_DIR_DEFAULT,
- int flags = 0);
-
- bool Rmdir(int flags = 0) const;
- static bool Rmdir(const wxString &dir, int flags = 0);
-
- // operations on the path
-
- // normalize the path: with the default flags value, the path will be
- // made absolute, without any ".." and "." and all environment
- // variables will be expanded in it
- //
- // this may be done using another (than current) value of cwd
- bool Normalize(int flags = wxPATH_NORM_ALL,
- const wxString& cwd = wxEmptyString,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // get a path path relative to the given base directory, i.e. opposite
- // of Normalize
- //
- // pass an empty string to get a path relative to the working directory
- //
- // returns true if the file name was modified, false if we failed to do
- // anything with it (happens when the file is on a different volume,
- // for example)
- bool MakeRelativeTo(const wxString& pathBase = wxEmptyString,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // make the path absolute
- //
- // this may be done using another (than current) value of cwd
- bool MakeAbsolute(const wxString& cwd = wxEmptyString,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
- { return Normalize(wxPATH_NORM_DOTS | wxPATH_NORM_ABSOLUTE |
- wxPATH_NORM_TILDE, cwd, format); }
-
-
- // If the path is a symbolic link (Unix-only), indicate that all
- // filesystem operations on this path should be performed on the link
- // itself and not on the file it points to, as is the case by default.
- //
- // No effect if this is not a symbolic link.
- void DontFollowLink()
- {
- m_dontFollowLinks = true;
- }
-
- // If the path is a symbolic link (Unix-only), returns whether various
- // file operations should act on the link itself, or on its target.
- //
- // This does not test if the path is really a symlink or not.
- bool ShouldFollowLink() const
- {
- return !m_dontFollowLinks;
- }
-
-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && wxUSE_OLE
- // if the path is a shortcut, return the target and optionally,
- // the arguments
- bool GetShortcutTarget(const wxString& shortcutPath,
- wxString& targetFilename,
- wxString* arguments = NULL) const;
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
- // if the path contains the value of the environment variable named envname
- // then this function replaces it with the string obtained from
- // wxString::Format(replacementFmtString, value_of_envname_variable)
- //
- // Example:
- // wxFileName fn("/usr/openwin/lib/someFile");
- // fn.ReplaceEnvVariable("OPENWINHOME");
- // // now fn.GetFullPath() == "$OPENWINHOME/lib/someFile"
- bool ReplaceEnvVariable(const wxString& envname,
- const wxString& replacementFmtString = "$%s",
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-#endif
-
- // replaces, if present in the path, the home directory for the given user
- // (see wxGetHomeDir) with a tilde
- bool ReplaceHomeDir(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
-
- // Comparison
-
- // compares with the rules of the given platforms format
- bool SameAs(const wxFileName& filepath,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const;
-
- // compare with another filename object
- bool operator==(const wxFileName& filename) const
- { return SameAs(filename); }
- bool operator!=(const wxFileName& filename) const
- { return !SameAs(filename); }
-
- // compare with a filename string interpreted as a native file name
- bool operator==(const wxString& filename) const
- { return SameAs(wxFileName(filename)); }
- bool operator!=(const wxString& filename) const
- { return !SameAs(wxFileName(filename)); }
-
- // are the file names of this type cases sensitive?
- static bool IsCaseSensitive( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE );
-
- // is this filename absolute?
- bool IsAbsolute(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const;
-
- // is this filename relative?
- bool IsRelative(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const
- { return !IsAbsolute(format); }
-
- // Returns the characters that aren't allowed in filenames
- // on the specified platform.
- static wxString GetForbiddenChars(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // Information about path format
-
- // get the string separating the volume from the path for this format,
- // return an empty string if this format doesn't support the notion of
- // volumes at all
- static wxString GetVolumeSeparator(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // get the string of path separators for this format
- static wxString GetPathSeparators(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // get the string of path terminators, i.e. characters which terminate the
- // path
- static wxString GetPathTerminators(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // get the canonical path separator for this format
- static wxUniChar GetPathSeparator(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE)
- { return GetPathSeparators(format)[0u]; }
-
- // is the char a path separator for this format?
- static bool IsPathSeparator(wxChar ch, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // is this is a DOS path which beings with a windows unique volume name
- // ('\\?\Volume{guid}\')?
- static bool IsMSWUniqueVolumeNamePath(const wxString& path,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // Dir accessors
- size_t GetDirCount() const { return m_dirs.size(); }
- bool AppendDir(const wxString& dir);
- void PrependDir(const wxString& dir);
- bool InsertDir(size_t before, const wxString& dir);
- void RemoveDir(size_t pos);
- void RemoveLastDir() { RemoveDir(GetDirCount() - 1); }
-
- // Other accessors
- void SetExt( const wxString &ext ) { m_ext = ext; m_hasExt = !m_ext.empty(); }
- void ClearExt() { m_ext.clear(); m_hasExt = false; }
- void SetEmptyExt() { m_ext.clear(); m_hasExt = true; }
- wxString GetExt() const { return m_ext; }
- bool HasExt() const { return m_hasExt; }
-
- void SetName( const wxString &name ) { m_name = name; }
- wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
- bool HasName() const { return !m_name.empty(); }
-
- void SetVolume( const wxString &volume ) { m_volume = volume; }
- wxString GetVolume() const { return m_volume; }
- bool HasVolume() const { return !m_volume.empty(); }
-
- // full name is the file name + extension (but without the path)
- void SetFullName(const wxString& fullname);
- wxString GetFullName() const;
-
- const wxArrayString& GetDirs() const { return m_dirs; }
-
- // flags are combination of wxPATH_GET_XXX flags
- wxString GetPath(int flags = wxPATH_GET_VOLUME,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const;
-
- // Replace current path with this one
- void SetPath( const wxString &path, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE );
-
- // Construct full path with name and ext
- wxString GetFullPath( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const;
-
- // Return the short form of the path (returns identity on non-Windows platforms)
- wxString GetShortPath() const;
-
- // Return the long form of the path (returns identity on non-Windows platforms)
- wxString GetLongPath() const;
-
- // Is this a file or directory (not necessarily an existing one)
- bool IsDir() const { return m_name.empty() && m_ext.empty(); }
-
- // various helpers
-
- // get the canonical path format for this platform
- static wxPathFormat GetFormat( wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE );
-
- // split a fullpath into the volume, path, (base) name and extension
- // (all of the pointers can be NULL)
- static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath,
- wxString *volume,
- wxString *path,
- wxString *name,
- wxString *ext,
- bool *hasExt = NULL,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath,
- wxString *volume,
- wxString *path,
- wxString *name,
- wxString *ext,
- wxPathFormat format)
- {
- SplitPath(fullpath, volume, path, name, ext, NULL, format);
- }
-
- // compatibility version: volume is part of path
- static void SplitPath(const wxString& fullpath,
- wxString *path,
- wxString *name,
- wxString *ext,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // split a path into volume and pure path part
- static void SplitVolume(const wxString& fullpathWithVolume,
- wxString *volume,
- wxString *path,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- // strip the file extension: "foo.bar" => "foo" (but ".baz" => ".baz")
- static wxString StripExtension(const wxString& fullpath);
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_FILESYSTEM_VOLUMES
- // return the string representing a file system volume, or drive
- static wxString GetVolumeString(char drive, int flags = wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR);
-#endif // wxHAS_FILESYSTEM_VOLUMES
-
- // File size
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- // returns the size of the given filename
- wxULongLong GetSize() const;
- static wxULongLong GetSize(const wxString &file);
-
- // returns the size in a human readable form
- wxString
- GetHumanReadableSize(const wxString& nullsize = wxGetTranslation("Not available"),
- int precision = 1,
- wxSizeConvention conv = wxSIZE_CONV_TRADITIONAL) const;
- static wxString
- GetHumanReadableSize(const wxULongLong& sz,
- const wxString& nullsize = wxGetTranslation("Not available"),
- int precision = 1,
- wxSizeConvention conv = wxSIZE_CONV_TRADITIONAL);
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-
- // deprecated methods, don't use any more
- // --------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef __DIGITALMARS__
- wxString GetPath( bool withSep, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const
- { return GetPath(withSep ? wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR : 0, format); }
-#endif
- wxString GetPathWithSep(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE ) const
- { return GetPath(wxPATH_GET_VOLUME | wxPATH_GET_SEPARATOR, format); }
-
-private:
- // check whether this dir is valid for Append/Prepend/InsertDir()
- static bool IsValidDirComponent(const wxString& dir);
-
- // the drive/volume/device specification (always empty for Unix)
- wxString m_volume;
-
- // the path components of the file
- wxArrayString m_dirs;
-
- // the file name and extension (empty for directories)
- wxString m_name,
- m_ext;
-
- // when m_dirs is empty it may mean either that we have no path at all or
- // that our path is '/', i.e. the root directory
- //
- // we use m_relative to distinguish between these two cases, it will be
- // true in the former and false in the latter
- //
- // NB: the path is not absolute just because m_relative is false, it still
- // needs the drive (i.e. volume) in some formats (Windows)
- bool m_relative;
-
- // when m_ext is empty, it may be because we don't have any extension or
- // because we have an empty extension
- //
- // the difference is important as file with name "foo" and without
- // extension has full name "foo" while with empty extension it is "foo."
- bool m_hasExt;
-
- // by default, symlinks are dereferenced but this flag can be set with
- // DontFollowLink() to change this and make different operations work on
- // this file path itself instead of the target of the symlink
- bool m_dontFollowLinks;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_FILENAME_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/filepicker.h
-// Purpose: wxFilePickerCtrl, wxDirPickerCtrl base header
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14/4/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL
-
-#include "wx/pickerbase.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFileDirPickerEvent;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFilePickerWidgetLabel[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFilePickerCtrlNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileSelectorPromptStr[];
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirPickerWidgetLabel[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirPickerWidgetNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirPickerCtrlNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxDirSelectorPromptStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDirPickerEvent: used by wxFilePickerCtrl and wxDirPickerCtrl only
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDirPickerEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxFileDirPickerEvent() {}
- wxFileDirPickerEvent(wxEventType type, wxObject *generator, int id, const wxString &path)
- : wxCommandEvent(type, id),
- m_path(path)
- {
- SetEventObject(generator);
- }
-
- wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; }
- void SetPath(const wxString &p) { m_path = p; }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFileDirPickerEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxString m_path;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFileDirPickerEvent)
-};
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, wxFileDirPickerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, wxFileDirPickerEvent );
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event types and macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFileDirPickerEventFunction)(wxFileDirPickerEvent&);
-
-#define wxFileDirPickerEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxFileDirPickerEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxFileDirPickerEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxFileDirPickerEventHandler(fn))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase: a generic abstract interface which must be
-// implemented by controls used by wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase
-{
-public:
- wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase() { }
- virtual ~wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase() { }
-
- // Path here is the name of the selected file or directory.
- wxString GetPath() const { return m_path; }
- virtual void SetPath(const wxString &str) { m_path=str; }
-
- // Set the directory to open the file browse dialog at initially.
- virtual void SetInitialDirectory(const wxString& dir) = 0;
-
- // returns the picker widget cast to wxControl
- virtual wxControl *AsControl() = 0;
-
-protected:
- virtual void UpdateDialogPath(wxDialog *) = 0;
- virtual void UpdatePathFromDialog(wxDialog *) = 0;
-
- wxString m_path;
-};
-
-// Styles which must be supported by all controls implementing wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase
-// NB: these styles must be defined to carefully-chosen values to
-// avoid conflicts with wxButton's styles
-
-#define wxFLP_OPEN 0x0400
-#define wxFLP_SAVE 0x0800
-#define wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT 0x1000
-#define wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST 0x2000
-#define wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR 0x4000
-#define wxFLP_SMALL wxPB_SMALL
-
-// NOTE: wxMULTIPLE is not supported !
-
-
-#define wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST 0x0008
-#define wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR 0x0010
-#define wxDIRP_SMALL wxPB_SMALL
-
-
-// map platform-dependent controls which implement the wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase
-// under the name "wxFilePickerWidget" and "wxDirPickerWidget".
-// NOTE: wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase will allocate a wx{File|Dir}PickerWidget and this
-// requires that all classes being mapped as wx{File|Dir}PickerWidget have the
-// same prototype for the contructor...
-// since GTK >= 2.6, there is GtkFileButton
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/gtk/filepicker.h"
- #define wxFilePickerWidget wxFileButton
- #define wxDirPickerWidget wxDirButton
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/filepickerg.h"
- #define wxFilePickerWidget wxGenericFileButton
- #define wxDirPickerWidget wxGenericDirButton
-#endif
-
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase : public wxPickerBase
-{
-public:
- wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase() {}
-
-protected:
- // NB: no default values since this function will never be used
- // directly by the user and derived classes wouldn't use them
- bool CreateBase(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& path,
- const wxString &message,
- const wxString &wildcard,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- long style,
- const wxValidator& validator,
- const wxString& name);
-
-public: // public API
-
- wxString GetPath() const;
- void SetPath(const wxString &str);
-
- // Set the directory to open the file browse dialog at initially.
- void SetInitialDirectory(const wxString& dir)
- {
- m_pickerIface->SetInitialDirectory(dir);
- }
-
-public: // internal functions
-
- void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl();
- void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker();
-
- // event handler for our picker
- void OnFileDirChange(wxFileDirPickerEvent &);
-
- // TRUE if any textctrl change should update the current working directory
- virtual bool IsCwdToUpdate() const = 0;
-
- // Returns the event type sent by this picker
- virtual wxEventType GetEventType() const = 0;
-
- virtual void DoConnect( wxControl *sender, wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase *eventSink ) = 0;
-
- // Returns the filtered value currently placed in the text control (if present).
- virtual wxString GetTextCtrlValue() const = 0;
-
-protected:
- // creates the picker control
- virtual
- wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *CreatePicker(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& path,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& wildcard) = 0;
-
-protected:
-
- // m_picker object as wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase interface
- wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *m_pickerIface;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL || wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL
-
-
-#if wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFilePickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds the
-// platform-dependent wxFilePickerWidget and, if wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL style is
-// used, a textctrl next to it.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL)
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK__
- // GTK apps usually don't have a textctrl next to the picker
- #define wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFLP_OPEN|wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST)
-#else
- #define wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL|wxFLP_OPEN|wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST)
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFilePickerCtrl : public wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- wxFilePickerCtrl() {}
-
- wxFilePickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFilePickerCtrlNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, path, message, wildcard, pos, size, style,
- validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxFLP_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFilePickerCtrlNameStr);
-
- void SetFileName(const wxFileName &filename)
- { SetPath(filename.GetFullPath()); }
-
- wxFileName GetFileName() const
- { return wxFileName(GetPath()); }
-
-public: // overrides
-
- // return the text control value in canonical form
- wxString GetTextCtrlValue() const;
-
- bool IsCwdToUpdate() const
- { return HasFlag(wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR); }
-
- wxEventType GetEventType() const
- { return wxEVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED; }
-
- virtual void DoConnect( wxControl *sender, wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase *eventSink )
- {
- sender->Connect( wxEVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED,
- wxFileDirPickerEventHandler( wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::OnFileDirChange ),
- NULL, eventSink );
- }
-
-
-protected:
- virtual
- wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *CreatePicker(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& path,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& wildcard)
- {
- return new wxFilePickerWidget(parent, wxID_ANY,
- wxGetTranslation(wxFilePickerWidgetLabel),
- path, message, wildcard,
- wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
- GetPickerStyle(GetWindowStyle()));
- }
-
- // extracts the style for our picker from wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase's style
- long GetPickerStyle(long style) const
- {
- return style & (wxFLP_OPEN |
- wxFLP_SAVE |
- wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT |
- wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST |
- wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR |
- wxFLP_USE_TEXTCTRL |
- wxFLP_SMALL);
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFilePickerCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL
-
-
-#if wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDirPickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds the
-// platform-dependent wxDirPickerWidget and eventually a textctrl
-// (see wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL) next to it.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL)
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK__
- // GTK apps usually don't have a textctrl next to the picker
- #define wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST)
-#else
- #define wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL|wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST)
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirPickerCtrl : public wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- wxDirPickerCtrl() {}
-
- wxDirPickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDirPickerCtrlNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, path, message, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDIRP_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDirPickerCtrlNameStr);
-
- void SetDirName(const wxFileName &dirname)
- { SetPath(dirname.GetPath()); }
-
- wxFileName GetDirName() const
- { return wxFileName::DirName(GetPath()); }
-
-public: // overrides
-
- wxString GetTextCtrlValue() const;
-
- bool IsCwdToUpdate() const
- { return HasFlag(wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR); }
-
- wxEventType GetEventType() const
- { return wxEVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED; }
-
- virtual void DoConnect( wxControl *sender, wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase *eventSink )
- {
- sender->Connect( wxEVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED,
- wxFileDirPickerEventHandler( wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase::OnFileDirChange ),
- NULL, eventSink );
- }
-
-
-protected:
- virtual
- wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase *CreatePicker(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& path,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(wildcard))
- {
- return new wxDirPickerWidget(parent, wxID_ANY,
- wxGetTranslation(wxDirPickerWidgetLabel),
- path, message,
- wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
- GetPickerStyle(GetWindowStyle()));
- }
-
- // extracts the style for our picker from wxFileDirPickerCtrlBase's style
- long GetPickerStyle(long style) const
- {
- return style & (wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST |
- wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR |
- wxDIRP_USE_TEXTCTRL |
- wxDIRP_SMALL);
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirPickerCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED wxEVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED wxEVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED
-
-#endif // _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_BASE_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/filesys.h
-// Purpose: class for opening files - virtual file system
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __FILESYS_H__
-#define __FILESYS_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#if !wxUSE_STREAMS
-#error You cannot compile virtual file systems without wxUSE_STREAMS
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML && !wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-#error You cannot compile wxHTML without virtual file systems
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFSFile;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileSystemHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileSystem;
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFSFile
-// This class is a file opened using wxFileSystem. It consists of
-// input stream, location, mime type & optional anchor
-// (in 'index.htm#chapter2', 'chapter2' is anchor)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFSFile : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxFSFile(wxInputStream *stream, const wxString& loc,
- const wxString& mimetype, const wxString& anchor
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- , wxDateTime modif
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
- )
- {
- m_Stream = stream;
- m_Location = loc;
- m_MimeType = mimetype.Lower();
- m_Anchor = anchor;
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- m_Modif = modif;
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
- }
-
- virtual ~wxFSFile() { delete m_Stream; }
-
- // returns stream. This doesn't give away ownership of the stream object.
- wxInputStream *GetStream() const { return m_Stream; }
-
- // gives away the ownership of the current stream.
- wxInputStream *DetachStream()
- {
- wxInputStream *stream = m_Stream;
- m_Stream = NULL;
- return stream;
- }
-
- // deletes the current stream and takes ownership of another.
- void SetStream(wxInputStream *stream)
- {
- delete m_Stream;
- m_Stream = stream;
- }
-
- // returns file's mime type
- const wxString& GetMimeType() const;
-
- // returns the original location (aka filename) of the file
- const wxString& GetLocation() const { return m_Location; }
-
- const wxString& GetAnchor() const { return m_Anchor; }
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- wxDateTime GetModificationTime() const { return m_Modif; }
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-private:
- wxInputStream *m_Stream;
- wxString m_Location;
- wxString m_MimeType;
- wxString m_Anchor;
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- wxDateTime m_Modif;
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFSFile)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFSFile);
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileSystemHandler
-// This class is FS handler for wxFileSystem. It provides
-// interface to access certain
-// kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileSystemHandler : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxFileSystemHandler() : wxObject() {}
-
- // returns true if this handler is able to open given location
- virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location) = 0;
-
- // opens given file and returns pointer to input stream.
- // Returns NULL if opening failed.
- // The location is always absolute path.
- virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location) = 0;
-
- // Finds first/next file that matches spec wildcard. flags can be wxDIR for restricting
- // the query to directories or wxFILE for files only or 0 for either.
- // Returns filename or empty string if no more matching file exists
- virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
- virtual wxString FindNext();
-
- // Returns MIME type of the file - w/o need to open it
- // (default behaviour is that it returns type based on extension)
- static wxString GetMimeTypeFromExt(const wxString& location);
-
-protected:
- // returns protocol ("file", "http", "tar" etc.) The last (most right)
- // protocol is used:
- // {it returns "tar" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"}
- static wxString GetProtocol(const wxString& location);
-
- // returns left part of address:
- // {it returns "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"}
- static wxString GetLeftLocation(const wxString& location);
-
- // returns anchor part of address:
- // {it returns "anchor" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt#anchor"}
- // NOTE: anchor is NOT a part of GetLeftLocation()'s return value
- static wxString GetAnchor(const wxString& location);
-
- // returns right part of address:
- // {it returns "/README.txt" for "file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt"}
- static wxString GetRightLocation(const wxString& location);
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFileSystemHandler)
-};
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileSystem
-// This class provides simple interface for opening various
-// kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Open Bit Flags
-enum wxFileSystemOpenFlags
-{
- wxFS_READ = 1, // Open for reading
- wxFS_SEEKABLE = 4 // Returned stream will be seekable
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxFileSystemHandler*, wxFSHandlerHash, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileSystem : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxFileSystem() : wxObject() { m_FindFileHandler = NULL;}
- virtual ~wxFileSystem();
-
- // sets the current location. Every call to OpenFile is
- // relative to this location.
- // NOTE !!
- // unless is_dir = true 'location' is *not* the directory but
- // file contained in this directory
- // (so ChangePathTo("dir/subdir/xh.htm") sets m_Path to "dir/subdir/")
- void ChangePathTo(const wxString& location, bool is_dir = false);
-
- wxString GetPath() const {return m_Path;}
-
- // opens given file and returns pointer to input stream.
- // Returns NULL if opening failed.
- // It first tries to open the file in relative scope
- // (based on ChangePathTo()'s value) and then as an absolute
- // path.
- wxFSFile* OpenFile(const wxString& location, int flags = wxFS_READ);
-
- // Finds first/next file that matches spec wildcard. flags can be wxDIR for restricting
- // the query to directories or wxFILE for files only or 0 for either.
- // Returns filename or empty string if no more matching file exists
- wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
- wxString FindNext();
-
- // find a file in a list of directories, returns false if not found
- bool FindFileInPath(wxString *pStr,
- const wxString& path, const wxString& file);
-
- // Adds FS handler.
- // In fact, this class is only front-end to the FS handlers :-)
- static void AddHandler(wxFileSystemHandler *handler);
-
- // Removes FS handler
- static wxFileSystemHandler* RemoveHandler(wxFileSystemHandler *handler);
-
- // Returns true if there is a handler which can open the given location.
- static bool HasHandlerForPath(const wxString& location);
-
- // remove all items from the m_Handlers list
- static void CleanUpHandlers();
-
- // Returns the native path for a file URL
- static wxFileName URLToFileName(const wxString& url);
-
- // Returns the file URL for a native path
- static wxString FileNameToURL(const wxFileName& filename);
-
-
-protected:
- wxFileSystemHandler *MakeLocal(wxFileSystemHandler *h);
-
- wxString m_Path;
- // the path (location) we are currently in
- // this is path, not file!
- // (so if you opened test/demo.htm, it is
- // "test/", not "test/demo.htm")
- wxString m_LastName;
- // name of last opened file (full path)
- static wxList m_Handlers;
- // list of FS handlers
- wxFileSystemHandler *m_FindFileHandler;
- // handler that succeed in FindFirst query
- wxFSHandlerHash m_LocalHandlers;
- // Handlers local to this instance
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileSystem)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileSystem);
-};
-
-
-/*
-
-'location' syntax:
-
-To determine FS type, we're using standard KDE notation:
-file:/absolute/path/file.htm
-file:relative_path/xxxxx.html
-/some/path/x.file ('file:' is default)
-http://www.gnome.org
-file:subdir/archive.tar.gz#tar:/README.txt
-
-special characters :
- ':' - FS identificator is before this char
- '#' - separator. It can be either HTML anchor ("index.html#news")
- (in case there is no ':' in the string to the right from it)
- or FS separator
- (example : http://www.wxhtml.org/wxhtml-0.1.tar.gz#tar:/include/wxhtml/filesys.h"
- this would access tgz archive stored on web)
- '/' - directory (path) separator. It is used to determine upper-level path.
- HEY! Don't use \ even if you're on Windows!
-
-*/
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLocalFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler
-{
-public:
- virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location);
- virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location);
- virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
- virtual wxString FindNext();
-
- // wxLocalFSHandler will prefix all filenames with 'root' before accessing
- // files on disk. This effectively makes 'root' the top-level directory
- // and prevents access to files outside this directory.
- // (This is similar to Unix command 'chroot'.)
- static void Chroot(const wxString& root) { ms_root = root; }
-
-protected:
- static wxString ms_root;
-};
-
-// Stream reading data from wxFSFile: this allows to use virtual files with any
-// wx functions accepting streams.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFSInputStream : public wxWrapperInputStream
-{
-public:
- // Notice that wxFS_READ is implied in flags.
- wxFSInputStream(const wxString& filename, int flags = 0);
- virtual ~wxFSInputStream();
-
-private:
- wxFSFile* m_file;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFSInputStream);
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#endif
- // __FILESYS_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/flags.h
-// Purpose: a bitset suited for replacing the current style flags
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 27/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SETH__
-#define _WX_SETH__
-
-// wxBitset should be applied to an enum, then this can be used like
-// bitwise operators but keeps the type safety and information, the
-// enums must be in a sequence , their value determines the bit position
-// that they represent
-// The api is made as close as possible to <bitset>
-
-template <class T> class wxBitset
-{
- friend class wxEnumData ;
-public:
- // creates a wxBitset<> object with all flags initialized to 0
- wxBitset() { m_data = 0; }
-
- // created a wxBitset<> object initialized according to the bits of the
- // integral value val
- wxBitset(unsigned long val) { m_data = val ; }
-
- // copies the content in the new wxBitset<> object from another one
- wxBitset(const wxBitset &src) { m_data = src.m_data; }
-
- // creates a wxBitset<> object that has the specific flag set
- wxBitset(const T el) { m_data |= 1 << el; }
-
- // returns the integral value that the bits of this object represent
- unsigned long to_ulong() const { return m_data ; }
-
- // assignment
- wxBitset &operator =(const wxBitset &rhs)
- {
- m_data = rhs.m_data;
- return *this;
- }
-
- // bitwise or operator, sets all bits that are in rhs and leaves
- // the rest unchanged
- wxBitset &operator |=(const wxBitset &rhs)
- {
- m_data |= rhs.m_data;
- return *this;
- }
-
- // bitwsie exclusive-or operator, toggles the value of all bits
- // that are set in bits and leaves all others unchanged
- wxBitset &operator ^=(const wxBitset &rhs) // difference
- {
- m_data ^= rhs.m_data;
- return *this;
- }
-
- // bitwise and operator, resets all bits that are not in rhs and leaves
- // all others unchanged
- wxBitset &operator &=(const wxBitset &rhs) // intersection
- {
- m_data &= rhs.m_data;
- return *this;
- }
-
- // bitwise or operator, returns a new bitset that has all bits set that set are in
- // bitset2 or in this bitset
- wxBitset operator |(const wxBitset &bitset2) const // union
- {
- wxBitset<T> s;
- s.m_data = m_data | bitset2.m_data;
- return s;
- }
-
- // bitwise exclusive-or operator, returns a new bitset that has all bits set that are set either in
- // bitset2 or in this bitset but not in both
- wxBitset operator ^(const wxBitset &bitset2) const // difference
- {
- wxBitset<T> s;
- s.m_data = m_data ^ bitset2.m_data;
- return s;
- }
-
- // bitwise and operator, returns a new bitset that has all bits set that are set both in
- // bitset2 and in this bitset
- wxBitset operator &(const wxBitset &bitset2) const // intersection
- {
- wxBitset<T> s;
- s.m_data = m_data & bitset2.m_data;
- return s;
- }
-
- // sets appropriate the bit to true
- wxBitset& set(const T el) //Add element
- {
- m_data |= 1 << el;
- return *this;
- }
-
- // clears the appropriate flag to false
- wxBitset& reset(const T el) //remove element
- {
- m_data &= ~(1 << el);
- return *this;
- }
-
- // clear all flags
- wxBitset& reset()
- {
- m_data = 0;
- return *this;
- }
-
- // true if this flag is set
- bool test(const T el) const
- {
- return (m_data & (1 << el)) ? true : false;
- }
-
- // true if no flag is set
- bool none() const
- {
- return m_data == 0;
- }
-
- // true if any flag is set
- bool any() const
- {
- return m_data != 0;
- }
-
- // true if both have the same flags
- bool operator ==(const wxBitset &rhs) const
- {
- return m_data == rhs.m_data;
- }
-
- // true if both differ in their flags set
- bool operator !=(const wxBitset &rhs) const
- {
- return !operator==(rhs);
- }
-
- bool operator[] (const T el) const { return test(el) ; }
-
-private :
- unsigned long m_data;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#define wxDEFINE_FLAGS( flags ) \
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE flags \
- {\
- public : \
- flags(long data=0) :m_data(data) {} \
- long m_data ;\
- bool operator ==(const flags &rhs) const { return m_data == rhs.m_data; }\
- } ;
-
-#else
-
-#define wxDEFINE_FLAGS( flags )
-
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- #define WX_DEFINE_FLAGS wxDEFINE_FLAGS
-#endif
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fmappriv.h
-// Purpose: private wxFontMapper stuff, not to be used by the library users
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 21.06.2003 (extracted from common/fontmap.cpp)
-// Copyright: (c) 1999-2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_
-#define _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// a special pseudo encoding which means "don't ask me about this charset
-// any more" -- we need it to avoid driving the user crazy with asking him
-// time after time about the same charset which he [presumably] doesn't
-// have the fonts for
-enum { wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN = -2 };
-
-// the config paths we use
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#define FONTMAPPER_ROOT_PATH wxT("/wxWindows/FontMapper")
-#define FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_PATH wxT("Charsets")
-#define FONTMAPPER_CHARSET_ALIAS_PATH wxT("Aliases")
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontMapperPathChanger: change the config path during our lifetime
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG
-
-class wxFontMapperPathChanger
-{
-public:
- wxFontMapperPathChanger(wxFontMapperBase *fontMapper, const wxString& path)
- {
- m_fontMapper = fontMapper;
- m_ok = m_fontMapper->ChangePath(path, &m_pathOld);
- }
-
- bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; }
-
- ~wxFontMapperPathChanger()
- {
- if ( IsOk() )
- m_fontMapper->RestorePath(m_pathOld);
- }
-
-private:
- // the fontmapper object we're working with
- wxFontMapperBase *m_fontMapper;
-
- // the old path to be restored if m_ok
- wxString m_pathOld;
-
- // have we changed the path successfully?
- bool m_ok;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapperPathChanger);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#endif // _WX_FMAPPRIV_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/font.h
-// Purpose: wxFontBase class: the interface of wxFont
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 20.09.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FONT_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h" // for wxDEFAULT &c
-#include "wx/fontenc.h" // the font encoding constants
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h" // the base class
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxGDIObjListBase
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFont;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// font constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// standard font families: these may be used only for the font creation, it
-// doesn't make sense to query an existing font for its font family as,
-// especially if the font had been created from a native font description, it
-// may be unknown
-enum wxFontFamily
-{
- wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT = wxDEFAULT,
- wxFONTFAMILY_DECORATIVE = wxDECORATIVE,
- wxFONTFAMILY_ROMAN = wxROMAN,
- wxFONTFAMILY_SCRIPT = wxSCRIPT,
- wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS = wxSWISS,
- wxFONTFAMILY_MODERN = wxMODERN,
- wxFONTFAMILY_TELETYPE = wxTELETYPE,
- wxFONTFAMILY_MAX,
- wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN = wxFONTFAMILY_MAX
-};
-
-// font styles
-enum wxFontStyle
-{
- wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL = wxNORMAL,
- wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC = wxITALIC,
- wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT = wxSLANT,
- wxFONTSTYLE_MAX
-};
-
-// font weights
-enum wxFontWeight
-{
- wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL = wxNORMAL,
- wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT = wxLIGHT,
- wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD = wxBOLD,
- wxFONTWEIGHT_MAX
-};
-
-// Symbolic font sizes as defined in CSS specification.
-enum wxFontSymbolicSize
-{
- wxFONTSIZE_XX_SMALL = -3,
- wxFONTSIZE_X_SMALL,
- wxFONTSIZE_SMALL,
- wxFONTSIZE_MEDIUM,
- wxFONTSIZE_LARGE,
- wxFONTSIZE_X_LARGE,
- wxFONTSIZE_XX_LARGE
-};
-
-// the font flag bits for the new font ctor accepting one combined flags word
-enum wxFontFlag
-{
- // no special flags: font with default weight/slant/anti-aliasing
- wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT = 0,
-
- // slant flags (default: no slant)
- wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC = 1 << 0,
- wxFONTFLAG_SLANT = 1 << 1,
-
- // weight flags (default: medium)
- wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT = 1 << 2,
- wxFONTFLAG_BOLD = 1 << 3,
-
- // anti-aliasing flag: force on or off (default: the current system default)
- wxFONTFLAG_ANTIALIASED = 1 << 4,
- wxFONTFLAG_NOT_ANTIALIASED = 1 << 5,
-
- // underlined/strikethrough flags (default: no lines)
- wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED = 1 << 6,
- wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH = 1 << 7,
-
- // the mask of all currently used flags
- wxFONTFLAG_MASK = wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC |
- wxFONTFLAG_SLANT |
- wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT |
- wxFONTFLAG_BOLD |
- wxFONTFLAG_ANTIALIASED |
- wxFONTFLAG_NOT_ANTIALIASED |
- wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED |
- wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontInfo describes a wxFont
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxFontInfo
-{
-public:
- // Default ctor uses the default font size appropriate for the current
- // platform.
- wxFontInfo()
- { InitPointSize(-1); }
-
- // These ctors specify the font size, either in points or in pixels.
- wxEXPLICIT wxFontInfo(int pointSize)
- { InitPointSize(pointSize); }
- wxEXPLICIT wxFontInfo(const wxSize& pixelSize) : m_pixelSize(pixelSize)
- { Init(); }
-
- // Setters for the various attributes. All of them return the object itself
- // so that the calls to them could be chained.
- wxFontInfo& Family(wxFontFamily family)
- { m_family = family; return *this; }
- wxFontInfo& FaceName(const wxString& faceName)
- { m_faceName = faceName; return *this; }
-
- wxFontInfo& Bold(bool bold = true)
- { SetFlag(wxFONTFLAG_BOLD, bold); return *this; }
- wxFontInfo& Light(bool light = true)
- { SetFlag(wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT, light); return *this; }
-
- wxFontInfo& Italic(bool italic = true)
- { SetFlag(wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC, italic); return *this; }
- wxFontInfo& Slant(bool slant = true)
- { SetFlag(wxFONTFLAG_SLANT, slant); return *this; }
-
- wxFontInfo& AntiAliased(bool antiAliased = true)
- { SetFlag(wxFONTFLAG_ANTIALIASED, antiAliased); return *this; }
- wxFontInfo& Underlined(bool underlined = true)
- { SetFlag(wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED, underlined); return *this; }
- wxFontInfo& Strikethrough(bool strikethrough = true)
- { SetFlag(wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH, strikethrough); return *this; }
-
- wxFontInfo& Encoding(wxFontEncoding encoding)
- { m_encoding = encoding; return *this; }
-
-
- // Set all flags at once.
- wxFontInfo& AllFlags(int flags)
- { m_flags = flags; return *this; }
-
-
- // Accessors are mostly meant to be used by wxFont itself to extract the
- // various pieces of the font description.
-
- bool IsUsingSizeInPixels() const { return m_pixelSize != wxDefaultSize; }
- int GetPointSize() const { return m_pointSize; }
- wxSize GetPixelSize() const { return m_pixelSize; }
- wxFontFamily GetFamily() const { return m_family; }
- const wxString& GetFaceName() const { return m_faceName; }
-
- wxFontStyle GetStyle() const
- {
- return m_flags & wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC
- ? wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC
- : m_flags & wxFONTFLAG_SLANT
- ? wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT
- : wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL;
- }
-
- wxFontWeight GetWeight() const
- {
- return m_flags & wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT
- ? wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT
- : m_flags & wxFONTFLAG_BOLD
- ? wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD
- : wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL;
- }
-
- bool IsAntiAliased() const
- {
- return (m_flags & wxFONTFLAG_ANTIALIASED) != 0;
- }
-
- bool IsUnderlined() const
- {
- return (m_flags & wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED) != 0;
- }
-
- bool IsStrikethrough() const
- {
- return (m_flags & wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH) != 0;
- }
-
- wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; }
-
-
- // Default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are OK.
-
-private:
- // Common part of all ctor, initializing everything except the size (which
- // is initialized by the ctors themselves).
- void Init()
- {
- m_family = wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT;
- m_flags = wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT;
- m_encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT;
- }
-
- void InitPointSize(int pointSize)
- {
- Init();
-
- m_pointSize = pointSize;
- m_pixelSize = wxDefaultSize;
- }
-
- // Turn on or off the given bit in m_flags depending on the value of the
- // boolean argument.
- void SetFlag(int flag, bool on)
- {
- if ( on )
- m_flags |= flag;
- else
- m_flags &= ~flag;
- }
-
- // The size information: if m_pixelSize is valid (!= wxDefaultSize), then
- // it is used. Otherwise m_pointSize is used, taking into account that if
- // it is == -1, it means that the platform dependent font size should be
- // used.
- int m_pointSize;
- wxSize m_pixelSize;
-
- wxFontFamily m_family;
- wxString m_faceName;
- int m_flags;
- wxFontEncoding m_encoding;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontBase represents a font object
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNativeFontInfo;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontBase : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
- /*
- derived classes should provide the following ctors:
-
- wxFont();
- wxFont(const wxFontInfo& info);
- wxFont(const wxString& nativeFontInfoString);
- wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
- wxFont(int size,
- wxFontFamily family,
- wxFontStyle style,
- wxFontWeight weight,
- bool underlined = false,
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
- wxFont(const wxSize& pixelSize,
- wxFontFamily family,
- wxFontStyle style,
- wxFontWeight weight,
- bool underlined = false,
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
- */
-
- // creator function
- virtual ~wxFontBase();
-
-
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
- // from the font components
- static wxFont *New(
- int pointSize, // size of the font in points
- int family, // see wxFontFamily enum
- int style, // see wxFontStyle enum
- int weight, // see wxFontWeight enum
- bool underlined = false, // not underlined by default
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, // facename
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) // ISO8859-X, ...
- { return New(pointSize, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style,
- (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding); }
-
- // from the font components
- static wxFont *New(
- const wxSize& pixelSize, // size of the font in pixels
- int family, // see wxFontFamily enum
- int style, // see wxFontStyle enum
- int weight, // see wxFontWeight enum
- bool underlined = false, // not underlined by default
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, // facename
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT) // ISO8859-X, ...
- { return New(pixelSize, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style,
- (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding); }
-#endif
-
- // from the font components
- static wxFont *New(
- int pointSize, // size of the font in points
- wxFontFamily family, // see wxFontFamily enum
- wxFontStyle style, // see wxFontStyle enum
- wxFontWeight weight, // see wxFontWeight enum
- bool underlined = false, // not underlined by default
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, // facename
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); // ISO8859-X, ...
-
- // from the font components
- static wxFont *New(
- const wxSize& pixelSize, // size of the font in pixels
- wxFontFamily family, // see wxFontFamily enum
- wxFontStyle style, // see wxFontStyle enum
- wxFontWeight weight, // see wxFontWeight enum
- bool underlined = false, // not underlined by default
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString, // facename
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT); // ISO8859-X, ...
-
- // from the font components but using the font flags instead of separate
- // parameters for each flag
- static wxFont *New(int pointSize,
- wxFontFamily family,
- int flags = wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT,
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
-
-
- // from the font components but using the font flags instead of separate
- // parameters for each flag
- static wxFont *New(const wxSize& pixelSize,
- wxFontFamily family,
- int flags = wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT,
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
-
- // from the (opaque) native font description object
- static wxFont *New(const wxNativeFontInfo& nativeFontDesc);
-
- // from the string representation of wxNativeFontInfo
- static wxFont *New(const wxString& strNativeFontDesc);
-
- // comparison
- bool operator==(const wxFont& font) const;
- bool operator!=(const wxFont& font) const { return !(*this == font); }
-
- // accessors: get the font characteristics
- virtual int GetPointSize() const = 0;
- virtual wxSize GetPixelSize() const;
- virtual bool IsUsingSizeInPixels() const;
- wxFontFamily GetFamily() const;
- virtual wxFontStyle GetStyle() const = 0;
- virtual wxFontWeight GetWeight() const = 0;
- virtual bool GetUnderlined() const = 0;
- virtual bool GetStrikethrough() const { return false; }
- virtual wxString GetFaceName() const = 0;
- virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const = 0;
- virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const = 0;
-
- virtual bool IsFixedWidth() const;
-
- wxString GetNativeFontInfoDesc() const;
- wxString GetNativeFontInfoUserDesc() const;
-
- // change the font characteristics
- virtual void SetPointSize( int pointSize ) = 0;
- virtual void SetPixelSize( const wxSize& pixelSize );
- virtual void SetFamily( wxFontFamily family ) = 0;
- virtual void SetStyle( wxFontStyle style ) = 0;
- virtual void SetWeight( wxFontWeight weight ) = 0;
-
- virtual void SetUnderlined( bool underlined ) = 0;
- virtual void SetStrikethrough( bool WXUNUSED(strikethrough) ) {}
- virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) = 0;
- virtual bool SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName );
- void SetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info)
- { DoSetNativeFontInfo(info); }
-
- bool SetNativeFontInfo(const wxString& info);
- bool SetNativeFontInfoUserDesc(const wxString& info);
-
- // Symbolic font sizes support: set the font size to "large" or "very
- // small" either absolutely (i.e. compared to the default font size) or
- // relatively to the given font size.
- void SetSymbolicSize(wxFontSymbolicSize size);
- void SetSymbolicSizeRelativeTo(wxFontSymbolicSize size, int base)
- {
- SetPointSize(AdjustToSymbolicSize(size, base));
- }
-
- // Adjust the base size in points according to symbolic size.
- static int AdjustToSymbolicSize(wxFontSymbolicSize size, int base);
-
-
- // translate the fonts into human-readable string (i.e. GetStyleString()
- // will return "wxITALIC" for an italic font, ...)
- wxString GetFamilyString() const;
- wxString GetStyleString() const;
- wxString GetWeightString() const;
-
- // the default encoding is used for creating all fonts with default
- // encoding parameter
- static wxFontEncoding GetDefaultEncoding() { return ms_encodingDefault; }
- static void SetDefaultEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
- // this doesn't do anything and is kept for compatibility only
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(void SetNoAntiAliasing(bool no = true), wxUnusedVar(no););
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool GetNoAntiAliasing() const, return false;)
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-protected:
- // the function called by both overloads of SetNativeFontInfo()
- virtual void DoSetNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
-
- // The function called by public GetFamily(): it can return
- // wxFONTFAMILY_UNKNOWN unlike the public method (see comment there).
- virtual wxFontFamily DoGetFamily() const = 0;
-
-
- // Helper functions to recover wxFONTSTYLE/wxFONTWEIGHT and underlined flag
- // values from flags containing a combination of wxFONTFLAG_XXX.
- static wxFontStyle GetStyleFromFlags(int flags)
- {
- return flags & wxFONTFLAG_ITALIC
- ? wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC
- : flags & wxFONTFLAG_SLANT
- ? wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT
- : wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL;
- }
-
- static wxFontWeight GetWeightFromFlags(int flags)
- {
- return flags & wxFONTFLAG_LIGHT
- ? wxFONTWEIGHT_LIGHT
- : flags & wxFONTFLAG_BOLD
- ? wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD
- : wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL;
- }
-
- static bool GetUnderlinedFromFlags(int flags)
- {
- return (flags & wxFONTFLAG_UNDERLINED) != 0;
- }
-
- static bool GetStrikethroughFromFlags(int flags)
- {
- return (flags & wxFONTFLAG_STRIKETHROUGH) != 0;
- }
-
-private:
- // the currently default encoding: by default, it's the default system
- // encoding, but may be changed by the application using
- // SetDefaultEncoding() to make all subsequent fonts created without
- // specifying encoding parameter using this encoding
- static wxFontEncoding ms_encodingDefault;
-};
-
-// wxFontBase <-> wxString utilities, used by wxConfig
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxToString(const wxFontBase& font);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxFromString(const wxString& str, wxFontBase* font);
-
-
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
-#define wxDECLARE_FONT_COMPAT_SETTER \
- wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetFamily(int family) ) \
- { SetFamily((wxFontFamily)family); } \
- wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) ) \
- { SetStyle((wxFontStyle)style); } \
- wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetWeight(int weight) ) \
- { SetWeight((wxFontWeight)weight); } \
- wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetFamily(wxDeprecatedGUIConstants family) ) \
- { SetFamily((wxFontFamily)family); } \
- wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(wxDeprecatedGUIConstants style) ) \
- { SetStyle((wxFontStyle)style); } \
- wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetWeight(wxDeprecatedGUIConstants weight) ) \
- { SetWeight((wxFontWeight)weight); }
-#else
-#define wxDECLARE_FONT_COMPAT_SETTER /*empty*/
-#endif
-
-// this macro must be used in all derived wxFont classes declarations
-#define wxDECLARE_COMMON_FONT_METHODS() \
- wxDECLARE_FONT_COMPAT_SETTER \
- \
- /* functions for modifying font in place */ \
- wxFont& MakeBold(); \
- wxFont& MakeItalic(); \
- wxFont& MakeUnderlined(); \
- wxFont& MakeStrikethrough(); \
- wxFont& MakeLarger() { return Scale(1.2f); } \
- wxFont& MakeSmaller() { return Scale(1/1.2f); } \
- wxFont& Scale(float x); \
- /* functions for creating fonts based on this one */ \
- wxFont Bold() const; \
- wxFont Italic() const; \
- wxFont Underlined() const; \
- wxFont Strikethrough() const; \
- wxFont Larger() const { return Scaled(1.2f); } \
- wxFont Smaller() const { return Scaled(1/1.2f); } \
- wxFont Scaled(float x) const
-
-// include the real class declaration
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #include "wx/dfb/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/font.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/font.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontList: public wxGDIObjListBase
-{
-public:
- wxFont *FindOrCreateFont(int pointSize,
- wxFontFamily family,
- wxFontStyle style,
- wxFontWeight weight,
- bool underline = false,
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
-
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
- wxFont *FindOrCreateFont(int pointSize, int family, int style, int weight,
- bool underline = false,
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
- { return FindOrCreateFont(pointSize, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style,
- (wxFontWeight)weight, underline, face, encoding); }
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- wxDEPRECATED( void AddFont(wxFont*) );
- wxDEPRECATED( void RemoveFont(wxFont*) );
-#endif
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxFontList*) wxTheFontList;
-
-
-// provide comparison operators to allow code such as
-//
-// if ( font.GetStyle() == wxFONTSTYLE_SLANT )
-//
-// to compile without warnings which it would otherwise provoke from some
-// compilers as it compares elements of different enums
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
-
-// Unfortunately some compilers have ambiguity issues when enum comparisons are
-// overloaded so we have to disable the overloads in this case, see
-// wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM definition in wx/platform.h for more details.
-#ifndef wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM
-
-inline bool operator==(wxFontFamily s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
-{ return static_cast<int>(s) == static_cast<int>(t); }
-inline bool operator!=(wxFontFamily s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
-{ return !(s == t); }
-inline bool operator==(wxFontStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
-{ return static_cast<int>(s) == static_cast<int>(t); }
-inline bool operator!=(wxFontStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
-{ return !(s == t); }
-inline bool operator==(wxFontWeight s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
-{ return static_cast<int>(s) == static_cast<int>(t); }
-inline bool operator!=(wxFontWeight s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
-{ return !(s == t); }
-
-#endif // // wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM
-
-#endif // FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
-
-#endif
- // _WX_FONT_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fontdata.h
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTDATA_H_
-#define _WX_FONTDATA_H_
-
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/encinfo.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontData : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxFontData();
- virtual ~wxFontData();
-
- wxFontData(const wxFontData& data);
- wxFontData& operator=(const wxFontData& data);
-
- void SetAllowSymbols(bool flag) { m_allowSymbols = flag; }
- bool GetAllowSymbols() const { return m_allowSymbols; }
-
- void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_fontColour = colour; }
- const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_fontColour; }
-
- void SetShowHelp(bool flag) { m_showHelp = flag; }
- bool GetShowHelp() const { return m_showHelp; }
-
- void EnableEffects(bool flag) { m_enableEffects = flag; }
- bool GetEnableEffects() const { return m_enableEffects; }
-
- void SetInitialFont(const wxFont& font) { m_initialFont = font; }
- wxFont GetInitialFont() const { return m_initialFont; }
-
- void SetChosenFont(const wxFont& font) { m_chosenFont = font; }
- wxFont GetChosenFont() const { return m_chosenFont; }
-
- void SetRange(int minRange, int maxRange) { m_minSize = minRange; m_maxSize = maxRange; }
-
- // encoding info is split into 2 parts: the logical wxWin encoding
- // (wxFontEncoding) and a structure containing the native parameters for
- // it (wxNativeEncodingInfo)
- wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; }
- void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; }
-
- wxNativeEncodingInfo& EncodingInfo() { return m_encodingInfo; }
-
-
- // public for backwards compatibility only: don't use directly
- wxColour m_fontColour;
- bool m_showHelp;
- bool m_allowSymbols;
- bool m_enableEffects;
- wxFont m_initialFont;
- wxFont m_chosenFont;
- int m_minSize;
- int m_maxSize;
-
-private:
- wxFontEncoding m_encoding;
- wxNativeEncodingInfo m_encodingInfo;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontData)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_FONTDATA_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fontdlg.h
-// Purpose: common interface for different wxFontDialog classes
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 12.05.02
-// Copyright: (c) 1997-2002 wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h" // for wxUSE_FONTDLG
-
-#if wxUSE_FONTDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h" // the base class
-#include "wx/fontdata.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontDialog interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialogBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- // create the font dialog
- wxFontDialogBase() { }
- wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent) { m_parent = parent; }
- wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data)
- { m_parent = parent; InitFontData(&data); }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent)
- { return DoCreate(parent); }
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data)
- { InitFontData(&data); return Create(parent); }
-
- // retrieve the font data
- const wxFontData& GetFontData() const { return m_fontData; }
- wxFontData& GetFontData() { return m_fontData; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated interface, for compatibility only, don't use
- wxDEPRECATED( wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) );
-
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindow *parent) { m_parent = parent; return true; }
-
- void InitFontData(const wxFontData *data = NULL)
- { if ( data ) m_fontData = *data; }
-
- wxFontData m_fontData;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontDialogBase);
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated interface, for compatibility only, don't use
-inline wxFontDialogBase::wxFontDialogBase(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data)
-{ m_parent = parent; InitFontData(data); }
-
-inline bool wxFontDialogBase::Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data)
-{ InitFontData(data); return Create(parent); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// platform-specific wxFontDialog implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined( __WXOSX_MAC__ )
-//set to 1 to use native mac font and color dialogs
-#define USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX 1
-#else
-//not supported on these platforms, leave 0
-#define USE_NATIVE_FONT_DIALOG_FOR_MACOSX 0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || \
- defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \
- defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \
- defined(__WXWINCE__) || \
- defined(__WXGPE__)
-
- #include "wx/generic/fontdlgg.h"
- #define wxFontDialog wxGenericFontDialog
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/fontdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/fontdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/fontdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/fontdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/fontdlg.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global public functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the font from user and return it, returns wxNullFont if the dialog was
-// cancelled
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFont wxGetFontFromUser(wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- const wxFont& fontInit = wxNullFont,
- const wxString& caption = wxEmptyString);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTDLG
-
-#endif
- // _WX_FONTDLG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fontenc.h
-// Purpose: wxFontEncoding constants
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29.03.00
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTENC_H_
-#define _WX_FONTENC_H_
-
-// font encodings
-enum wxFontEncoding
-{
- wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM = -1, // system default
- wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT, // current default encoding
-
- // ISO8859 standard defines a number of single-byte charsets
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_1, // West European (Latin1)
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_2, // Central and East European (Latin2)
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_3, // Esperanto (Latin3)
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_4, // Baltic (old) (Latin4)
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_5, // Cyrillic
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_6, // Arabic
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_7, // Greek
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_8, // Hebrew
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_9, // Turkish (Latin5)
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_10, // Variation of Latin4 (Latin6)
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_11, // Thai
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_12, // doesn't exist currently, but put it
- // here anyhow to make all ISO8859
- // consecutive numbers
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_13, // Baltic (Latin7)
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_14, // Latin8
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_15, // Latin9 (a.k.a. Latin0, includes euro)
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO8859_MAX,
-
- // Cyrillic charset soup (see http://czyborra.com/charsets/cyrillic.html)
- wxFONTENCODING_KOI8, // KOI8 Russian
- wxFONTENCODING_KOI8_U, // KOI8 Ukrainian
- wxFONTENCODING_ALTERNATIVE, // same as MS-DOS CP866
- wxFONTENCODING_BULGARIAN, // used under Linux in Bulgaria
-
- // what would we do without Microsoft? They have their own encodings
- // for DOS
- wxFONTENCODING_CP437, // original MS-DOS codepage
- wxFONTENCODING_CP850, // CP437 merged with Latin1
- wxFONTENCODING_CP852, // CP437 merged with Latin2
- wxFONTENCODING_CP855, // another cyrillic encoding
- wxFONTENCODING_CP866, // and another one
- // and for Windows
- wxFONTENCODING_CP874, // WinThai
- wxFONTENCODING_CP932, // Japanese (shift-JIS)
- wxFONTENCODING_CP936, // Chinese simplified (GB)
- wxFONTENCODING_CP949, // Korean (Hangul charset, a.k.a. EUC-KR)
- wxFONTENCODING_CP950, // Chinese (traditional - Big5)
- wxFONTENCODING_CP1250, // WinLatin2
- wxFONTENCODING_CP1251, // WinCyrillic
- wxFONTENCODING_CP1252, // WinLatin1
- wxFONTENCODING_CP1253, // WinGreek (8859-7)
- wxFONTENCODING_CP1254, // WinTurkish
- wxFONTENCODING_CP1255, // WinHebrew
- wxFONTENCODING_CP1256, // WinArabic
- wxFONTENCODING_CP1257, // WinBaltic (same as Latin 7)
- wxFONTENCODING_CP1258, // WinVietnamese
- wxFONTENCODING_CP1361, // Johab Korean character set.
- wxFONTENCODING_CP12_MAX,
-
- wxFONTENCODING_UTF7, // UTF-7 Unicode encoding
- wxFONTENCODING_UTF8, // UTF-8 Unicode encoding
- wxFONTENCODING_EUC_JP, // Extended Unix Codepage for Japanese
- wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE, // UTF-16 Big Endian Unicode encoding
- wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE, // UTF-16 Little Endian Unicode encoding
- wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE, // UTF-32 Big Endian Unicode encoding
- wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE, // UTF-32 Little Endian Unicode encoding
-
- wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN, // the standard mac encodings
- wxFONTENCODING_MACJAPANESE,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESETRAD,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACKOREAN,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACARABIC,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACHEBREW,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACGREEK,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACCYRILLIC,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACDEVANAGARI,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACGURMUKHI,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACGUJARATI,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACORIYA,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACBENGALI,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACTAMIL,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACTELUGU,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACKANNADA,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACMALAJALAM,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACSINHALESE,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACBURMESE,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACKHMER,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACTHAI,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACLAOTIAN,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACGEORGIAN,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACARMENIAN,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACCHINESESIMP,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACTIBETAN,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACMONGOLIAN,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACETHIOPIC,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACCENTRALEUR,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACVIATNAMESE,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACARABICEXT,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACSYMBOL,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACDINGBATS,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACTURKISH,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACCROATIAN,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACICELANDIC,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACROMANIAN,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACCELTIC,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACGAELIC,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD,
-
- // more CJK encodings (for historical reasons some are already declared
- // above)
- wxFONTENCODING_ISO2022_JP, // ISO-2022-JP JIS encoding
-
- wxFONTENCODING_MAX, // highest enumerated encoding value
-
- wxFONTENCODING_MACMIN = wxFONTENCODING_MACROMAN ,
- wxFONTENCODING_MACMAX = wxFONTENCODING_MACKEYBOARD ,
-
- // aliases for endian-dependent UTF encodings
-#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
- wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF16BE, // native UTF-16
- wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF32BE, // native UTF-32
-#else // WORDS_BIGENDIAN
- wxFONTENCODING_UTF16 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF16LE, // native UTF-16
- wxFONTENCODING_UTF32 = wxFONTENCODING_UTF32LE, // native UTF-32
-#endif // WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-
- // alias for the native Unicode encoding on this platform
- // (this is used by wxEncodingConverter and wxUTFFile only for now)
-#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2
- wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE = wxFONTENCODING_UTF16,
-#else // SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4
- wxFONTENCODING_UNICODE = wxFONTENCODING_UTF32,
-#endif
-
- // alternative names for Far Eastern encodings
- // Chinese
- wxFONTENCODING_GB2312 = wxFONTENCODING_CP936, // Simplified Chinese
- wxFONTENCODING_BIG5 = wxFONTENCODING_CP950, // Traditional Chinese
-
- // Japanese (see http://zsigri.tripod.com/fontboard/cjk/jis.html)
- wxFONTENCODING_SHIFT_JIS = wxFONTENCODING_CP932, // Shift JIS
-
- // Korean (CP 949 not actually the same but close enough)
- wxFONTENCODING_EUC_KR = wxFONTENCODING_CP949,
- wxFONTENCODING_JOHAB = wxFONTENCODING_CP1361,
-
- // Vietnamese
- wxFONTENCODING_VIETNAMESE = wxFONTENCODING_CP1258
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_FONTENC_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fontenum.h
-// Purpose: wxFontEnumerator class for getting available fonts
-// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: extended to enumerate more than just font facenames and works
-// not only on Windows now (VZ)
-// Created: 04/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTENUM_H_
-#define _WX_FONTENUM_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FONTENUM
-
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontEnumerator enumerates all available fonts on the system or only the
-// fonts with given attributes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontEnumerator
-{
-public:
- wxFontEnumerator() {}
-
- // virtual dtor for the base class
- virtual ~wxFontEnumerator() {}
-
- // start enumerating font facenames (either all of them or those which
- // support the given encoding) - will result in OnFacename() being
- // called for each available facename (until they are exhausted or
- // OnFacename returns false)
- virtual bool EnumerateFacenames
- (
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM, // all
- bool fixedWidthOnly = false
- );
-
- // enumerate the different encodings either for given font facename or for
- // all facenames - will result in OnFontEncoding() being called for each
- // available (facename, encoding) couple
- virtual bool EnumerateEncodings(const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString);
-
- // callbacks which are called after one of EnumerateXXX() functions from
- // above is invoked - all of them may return false to stop enumeration or
- // true to continue with it
-
- // called by EnumerateFacenames
- virtual bool OnFacename(const wxString& WXUNUSED(facename))
- { return true; }
-
- // called by EnumerateEncodings
- virtual bool OnFontEncoding(const wxString& WXUNUSED(facename),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(encoding))
- { return true; }
-
-
-
- // convenience function that returns array of facenames.
- static wxArrayString
- GetFacenames(wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM, // all
- bool fixedWidthOnly = false);
-
- // convenience function that returns array of all available encodings.
- static wxArrayString GetEncodings(const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString);
-
- // convenience function that returns true if the given face name exist
- // in the user's system
- static bool IsValidFacename(const wxString &str);
-
-private:
-#ifdef wxHAS_UTF8_FONTS
- // helper for ports that only use UTF-8 encoding natively
- bool EnumerateEncodingsUTF8(const wxString& facename);
-#endif
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontEnumerator);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTENUM
-
-#endif // _WX_FONTENUM_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fontmap.h
-// Purpose: wxFontMapper class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04.11.99
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_
-#define _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-#include "wx/fontenc.h" // for wxFontEncoding
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- #include "wx/fontutil.h" // for wxNativeEncodingInfo
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase;
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontMapper;
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ============================================================================
-// wxFontMapper manages user-definable correspondence between wxWidgets font
-// encodings and the fonts present on the machine.
-//
-// This is a singleton class, font mapper objects can only be accessed using
-// wxFontMapper::Get().
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontMapperBase: this is a non-interactive class which just uses its built
-// in knowledge of the encodings equivalence
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFontMapperBase
-{
-public:
- // constructor and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // default ctor
- wxFontMapperBase();
-
- // virtual dtor for any base class
- virtual ~wxFontMapperBase();
-
- // return instance of the wxFontMapper singleton
- // wxBase code only cares that it's a wxFontMapperBase
- // In wxBase, wxFontMapper is only forward declared
- // so one cannot implicitly cast from it to wxFontMapperBase.
- static wxFontMapperBase *Get();
-
- // set the singleton to 'mapper' instance and return previous one
- static wxFontMapper *Set(wxFontMapper *mapper);
-
- // delete the existing font mapper if any
- static void Reset();
-
-
- // translates charset strings to encoding
- // --------------------------------------
-
- // returns the encoding for the given charset (in the form of RFC 2046) or
- // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if couldn't decode it
- //
- // interactive parameter is ignored in the base class, we behave as if it
- // were always false
- virtual wxFontEncoding CharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset,
- bool interactive = true);
-
- // information about supported encodings
- // -------------------------------------
-
- // get the number of font encodings we know about
- static size_t GetSupportedEncodingsCount();
-
- // get the n-th supported encoding
- static wxFontEncoding GetEncoding(size_t n);
-
- // return canonical name of this encoding (this is a short string,
- // GetEncodingDescription() returns a longer one)
- static wxString GetEncodingName(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
- // return a list of all names of this encoding (see GetEncodingName)
- static const wxChar** GetAllEncodingNames(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
- // return user-readable string describing the given encoding
- //
- // NB: hard-coded now, but might change later (read it from config?)
- static wxString GetEncodingDescription(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
- // find the encoding corresponding to the given name, inverse of
- // GetEncodingName() and less general than CharsetToEncoding()
- //
- // returns wxFONTENCODING_MAX if the name is not a supported encoding
- static wxFontEncoding GetEncodingFromName(const wxString& name);
-
-
- // functions which allow to configure the config object used: by default,
- // the global one (from wxConfigBase::Get() will be used) and the default
- // root path for the config settings is the string returned by
- // GetDefaultConfigPath()
- // ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG
- // set the root config path to use (should be an absolute path)
- void SetConfigPath(const wxString& prefix);
-
- // return default config path
- static const wxString& GetDefaultConfigPath();
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-
- // returns true for the base class and false for a "real" font mapper object
- // (implementation-only)
- virtual bool IsDummy() { return true; }
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_FILECONFIG
- // get the config object we're using -- either the global config object
- // or a wxMemoryConfig object created by this class otherwise
- wxConfigBase *GetConfig();
-
- // gets the root path for our settings -- if it wasn't set explicitly, use
- // GetDefaultConfigPath()
- const wxString& GetConfigPath();
-
- // change to the given (relative) path in the config, return true if ok
- // (then GetConfig() will return something !NULL), false if no config
- // object
- //
- // caller should provide a pointer to the string variable which should be
- // later passed to RestorePath()
- bool ChangePath(const wxString& pathNew, wxString *pathOld);
-
- // restore the config path after use
- void RestorePath(const wxString& pathOld);
-
- // config object and path (in it) to use
- wxConfigBase *m_configDummy;
-
- wxString m_configRootPath;
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
- // the real implementation of the base class version of CharsetToEncoding()
- //
- // returns wxFONTENCODING_UNKNOWN if encoding is unknown and we shouldn't
- // ask the user about it, wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if it is unknown but we
- // should/could ask the user
- int NonInteractiveCharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset);
-
-private:
- // the global fontmapper object or NULL
- static wxFontMapper *sm_instance;
-
- friend class wxFontMapperPathChanger;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapperBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontMapper: interactive extension of wxFontMapperBase
-//
-// The default implementations of all functions will ask the user if they are
-// not capable of finding the answer themselves and store the answer in a
-// config file (configurable via SetConfigXXX functions). This behaviour may
-// be disabled by giving the value of false to "interactive" parameter.
-// However, the functions will always consult the config file to allow the
-// user-defined values override the default logic and there is no way to
-// disable this -- which shouldn't be ever needed because if "interactive" was
-// never true, the config file is never created anyhow.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontMapper : public wxFontMapperBase
-{
-public:
- // default ctor
- wxFontMapper();
-
- // virtual dtor for a base class
- virtual ~wxFontMapper();
-
- // working with the encodings
- // --------------------------
-
- // returns the encoding for the given charset (in the form of RFC 2046) or
- // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if couldn't decode it
- virtual wxFontEncoding CharsetToEncoding(const wxString& charset,
- bool interactive = true);
-
- // find an alternative for the given encoding (which is supposed to not be
- // available on this system). If successful, return true and fill info
- // structure with the parameters required to create the font, otherwise
- // return false
- virtual bool GetAltForEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding,
- wxNativeEncodingInfo *info,
- const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString,
- bool interactive = true);
-
- // version better suitable for 'public' use. Returns wxFontEcoding
- // that can be used it wxFont ctor
- bool GetAltForEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding,
- wxFontEncoding *alt_encoding,
- const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString,
- bool interactive = true);
-
- // checks whether given encoding is available in given face or not.
- //
- // if no facename is given (default), return true if it's available in any
- // facename at alll.
- virtual bool IsEncodingAvailable(wxFontEncoding encoding,
- const wxString& facename = wxEmptyString);
-
-
- // configure the appearance of the dialogs we may popup
- // ----------------------------------------------------
-
- // the parent window for modal dialogs
- void SetDialogParent(wxWindow *parent) { m_windowParent = parent; }
-
- // the title for the dialogs (note that default is quite reasonable)
- void SetDialogTitle(const wxString& title) { m_titleDialog = title; }
-
- // GUI code needs to know it's a wxFontMapper because there
- // are additional methods in the subclass.
- static wxFontMapper *Get();
-
- // pseudo-RTTI since we aren't a wxObject.
- virtual bool IsDummy() { return false; }
-
-protected:
- // GetAltForEncoding() helper: tests for the existence of the given
- // encoding and saves the result in config if ok - this results in the
- // following (desired) behaviour: when an unknown/unavailable encoding is
- // requested for the first time, the user is asked about a replacement,
- // but if he doesn't choose any and the default logic finds one, it will
- // be saved in the config so that the user won't be asked about it any
- // more
- bool TestAltEncoding(const wxString& configEntry,
- wxFontEncoding encReplacement,
- wxNativeEncodingInfo *info);
-
- // the title for our dialogs
- wxString m_titleDialog;
-
- // the parent window for our dialogs
- wxWindow *m_windowParent;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFontMapper);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the default font mapper for wxWidgets programs do NOT use! This is for
-// backward compatibility, use wxFontMapper::Get() instead
-#define wxTheFontMapper (wxFontMapper::Get())
-
-#else // !wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- // wxEncodingToCodepage (utils.cpp) needs wxGetNativeFontEncoding
- #include "wx/fontutil.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP/!wxUSE_FONTMAP
-
-#endif // _WX_FONTMAPPER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fontpicker.h
-// Purpose: wxFontPickerCtrl base header
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14/4/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTPICKER_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FONTPICKER_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-
-#if wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL
-
-#include "wx/pickerbase.h"
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontPickerEvent;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFontPickerCtrlNameStr[];
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontPickerWidgetBase: a generic abstract interface which must be
-// implemented by controls used by wxFontPickerCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontPickerWidgetBase
-{
-public:
- wxFontPickerWidgetBase() { m_selectedFont = *wxNORMAL_FONT; }
- virtual ~wxFontPickerWidgetBase() {}
-
- wxFont GetSelectedFont() const
- { return m_selectedFont; }
- virtual void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont &f)
- { m_selectedFont = f; UpdateFont(); }
-
-protected:
-
- virtual void UpdateFont() = 0;
-
- // the current font (may be invalid if none)
- // NOTE: don't call this m_font as wxWindow::m_font already exists
- wxFont m_selectedFont;
-};
-
-// Styles which must be supported by all controls implementing wxFontPickerWidgetBase
-// NB: these styles must be defined to carefully-chosen values to
-// avoid conflicts with wxButton's styles
-
-
-// keeps the label of the button updated with the fontface name + font size
-// E.g. choosing "Times New Roman bold, italic with size 10" from the fontdialog,
-// updates the wxFontButtonGeneric's label (overwriting any previous label)
-// with the "Times New Roman, 10" text (only fontface + fontsize is displayed
-// to avoid extralong labels).
-#define wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL 0x0008
-
-// uses the currently selected font to draw the label of the button
-#define wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL 0x0010
-
-#define wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE \
- (wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL | wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL)
-
-// native version currently only exists in wxGTK2
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/gtk/fontpicker.h"
- #define wxFontPickerWidget wxFontButton
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/fontpickerg.h"
- #define wxFontPickerWidget wxGenericFontButton
-#endif
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontPickerCtrl specific flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxFNTP_USE_TEXTCTRL (wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL)
-#define wxFNTP_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL|wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL)
-
-// not a style but rather the default value of the maximum pointsize allowed
-#define wxFNTP_MAXPOINT_SIZE 100
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontPickerCtrl: platform-independent class which embeds the
-// platform-dependent wxFontPickerWidget andm if wxFNTP_USE_TEXTCTRL style is
-// used, a textctrl next to it.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontPickerCtrl : public wxPickerBase
-{
-public:
- wxFontPickerCtrl()
- : m_nMaxPointSize(wxFNTP_MAXPOINT_SIZE)
- {
- }
-
- virtual ~wxFontPickerCtrl() {}
-
-
- wxFontPickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxFont& initial = wxNullFont,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxFNTP_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFontPickerCtrlNameStr)
- : m_nMaxPointSize(wxFNTP_MAXPOINT_SIZE)
- {
- Create(parent, id, initial, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxFont& initial = wxNullFont,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxFNTP_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFontPickerCtrlNameStr);
-
-
-public: // public API
-
- // get the font chosen
- wxFont GetSelectedFont() const
- { return ((wxFontPickerWidget *)m_picker)->GetSelectedFont(); }
-
- // sets currently displayed font
- void SetSelectedFont(const wxFont& f);
-
- // set/get the max pointsize
- void SetMaxPointSize(unsigned int max)
- { m_nMaxPointSize=max; }
- unsigned int GetMaxPointSize() const
- { return m_nMaxPointSize; }
-
-public: // internal functions
-
- void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl();
- void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker();
-
- // event handler for our picker
- void OnFontChange(wxFontPickerEvent &);
-
- // used to convert wxString <-> wxFont
- virtual wxString Font2String(const wxFont &font);
- virtual wxFont String2Font(const wxString &font);
-
-protected:
-
- // extracts the style for our picker from wxFontPickerCtrl's style
- long GetPickerStyle(long style) const
- { return (style & (wxFNTP_FONTDESC_AS_LABEL|wxFNTP_USEFONT_FOR_LABEL)); }
-
- // the maximum pointsize allowed to the user
- unsigned int m_nMaxPointSize;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontPickerCtrl)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontPickerEvent: used by wxFontPickerCtrl only
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, wxFontPickerEvent );
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontPickerEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxFontPickerEvent() {}
- wxFontPickerEvent(wxObject *generator, int id, const wxFont &f)
- : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, id),
- m_font(f)
- {
- SetEventObject(generator);
- }
-
- wxFont GetFont() const { return m_font; }
- void SetFont(const wxFont &c) { m_font = c; }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxFontPickerEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxFont m_font;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFontPickerEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event types and macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFontPickerEventFunction)(wxFontPickerEvent&);
-
-#define wxFontPickerEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxFontPickerEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_FONTPICKER_CHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FONTPICKER_CHANGED, id, wxFontPickerEventHandler(fn))
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_FONTPICKER_CHANGED wxEVT_FONTPICKER_CHANGED
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL
-
-#endif
- // _WX_FONTPICKER_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fontutil.h
-// Purpose: font-related helper functions
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 05.11.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// General note: this header is private to wxWidgets and is not supposed to be
-// included by user code. The functions declared here are implemented in
-// msw/fontutil.cpp for Windows, unix/fontutil.cpp for GTK/Motif &c.
-
-#ifndef _WX_FONTUTIL_H_
-#define _WX_FONTUTIL_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/font.h" // for wxFont and wxFontEncoding
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNativeEncodingInfo;
-
-#if defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE)
-
-// the symbolic names for the XLFD fields (with examples for their value)
-//
-// NB: we suppose that the font always starts with the empty token (font name
-// registry field) as we never use nor generate it anyhow
-enum wxXLFDField
-{
- wxXLFD_FOUNDRY, // adobe
- wxXLFD_FAMILY, // courier, times, ...
- wxXLFD_WEIGHT, // black, bold, demibold, medium, regular, light
- wxXLFD_SLANT, // r/i/o (roman/italique/oblique)
- wxXLFD_SETWIDTH, // condensed, expanded, ...
- wxXLFD_ADDSTYLE, // whatever - usually nothing
- wxXLFD_PIXELSIZE, // size in pixels
- wxXLFD_POINTSIZE, // size in points
- wxXLFD_RESX, // 72, 75, 100, ...
- wxXLFD_RESY,
- wxXLFD_SPACING, // m/p/c (monospaced/proportional/character cell)
- wxXLFD_AVGWIDTH, // average width in 1/10 pixels
- wxXLFD_REGISTRY, // iso8859, rawin, koi8, ...
- wxXLFD_ENCODING, // 1, r, r, ...
- wxXLFD_MAX
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_X_FONTLIKE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxNativeFontInfo is platform-specific font representation: this struct
-// should be considered as opaque font description only used by the native
-// functions, the user code can only get the objects of this type from
-// somewhere and pass it somewhere else (possibly save them somewhere using
-// ToString() and restore them using FromString())
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNativeFontInfo
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_PANGO
- PangoFontDescription *description;
-
- // Pango font description doesn't have these attributes, so we store them
- // separately and handle them ourselves in {To,From}String() methods.
- bool m_underlined;
- bool m_strikethrough;
-#elif defined(_WX_X_FONTLIKE)
- // the members can't be accessed directly as we only parse the
- // xFontName on demand
-private:
- // the components of the XLFD
- wxString fontElements[wxXLFD_MAX];
-
- // the full XLFD
- wxString xFontName;
-
- // true until SetXFontName() is called
- bool m_isDefault;
-
- // return true if we have already initialized fontElements
- inline bool HasElements() const;
-
-public:
- // init the elements from an XLFD, return true if ok
- bool FromXFontName(const wxString& xFontName);
-
- // return false if we were never initialized with a valid XLFD
- bool IsDefault() const { return m_isDefault; }
-
- // return the XLFD (using the fontElements if necessary)
- wxString GetXFontName() const;
-
- // get the given XFLD component
- wxString GetXFontComponent(wxXLFDField field) const;
-
- // change the font component
- void SetXFontComponent(wxXLFDField field, const wxString& value);
-
- // set the XFLD
- void SetXFontName(const wxString& xFontName);
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- wxNativeFontInfo(const LOGFONT& lf_) : lf(lf_) { }
-
- LOGFONT lf;
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- // OS/2 native structures that define a font
- FATTRS fa;
- FONTMETRICS fm;
- FACENAMEDESC fn;
-#elif defined(__WXOSX__)
-public:
- wxNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) { Init(info); }
- wxNativeFontInfo( int size,
- wxFontFamily family,
- wxFontStyle style,
- wxFontWeight weight,
- bool underlined,
- const wxString& faceName,
- wxFontEncoding encoding)
- { Init(size,family,style,weight,underlined,faceName,encoding); }
-
- ~wxNativeFontInfo() { Free(); }
-
- wxNativeFontInfo& operator=(const wxNativeFontInfo& info)
- {
- if (this != &info)
- {
- Free();
- Init(info);
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
- void Init(CTFontDescriptorRef descr);
- void Init(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
- void Init(int size,
- wxFontFamily family,
- wxFontStyle style,
- wxFontWeight weight,
- bool underlined,
- const wxString& faceName ,
- wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
- void Free();
- void EnsureValid();
-
- bool m_descriptorValid;
-
-#if wxOSX_USE_ATSU_TEXT
- bool m_atsuFontValid;
- // the atsu font ID
- wxUint32 m_atsuFontID;
- // the qd styles that are not intrinsic to the font above
- wxInt16 m_atsuAdditionalQDStyles;
-#if wxOSX_USE_CARBON
- wxInt16 m_qdFontFamily;
- wxInt16 m_qdFontStyle;
-#endif
-#endif
-
- int m_pointSize;
- wxFontFamily m_family;
- wxFontStyle m_style;
- wxFontWeight m_weight;
- bool m_underlined;
- bool m_strikethrough;
- wxString m_faceName;
- wxFontEncoding m_encoding;
-public :
-#else // other platforms
- //
- // This is a generic implementation that should work on all ports
- // without specific support by the port.
- //
- #define wxNO_NATIVE_FONTINFO
-
- int pointSize;
- wxFontFamily family;
- wxFontStyle style;
- wxFontWeight weight;
- bool underlined;
- bool strikethrough;
- wxString faceName;
- wxFontEncoding encoding;
-#endif // platforms
-
- // default ctor (default copy ctor is ok)
- wxNativeFontInfo() { Init(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_PANGO
-private:
- void Init(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
- void Free();
-
-public:
- wxNativeFontInfo(const wxNativeFontInfo& info) { Init(info); }
- ~wxNativeFontInfo() { Free(); }
-
- wxNativeFontInfo& operator=(const wxNativeFontInfo& info)
- {
- if (this != &info)
- {
- Free();
- Init(info);
- }
- return *this;
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_PANGO
-
- // reset to the default state
- void Init();
-
- // init with the parameters of the given font
- void InitFromFont(const wxFont& font)
- {
- // translate all font parameters
- SetStyle((wxFontStyle)font.GetStyle());
- SetWeight((wxFontWeight)font.GetWeight());
- SetUnderlined(font.GetUnderlined());
- SetStrikethrough(font.GetStrikethrough());
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- if ( font.IsUsingSizeInPixels() )
- SetPixelSize(font.GetPixelSize());
- else
- SetPointSize(font.GetPointSize());
-#else
- SetPointSize(font.GetPointSize());
-#endif
-
- // set the family/facename
- SetFamily((wxFontFamily)font.GetFamily());
- const wxString& facename = font.GetFaceName();
- if ( !facename.empty() )
- {
- SetFaceName(facename);
- }
-
- // deal with encoding now (it may override the font family and facename
- // so do it after setting them)
- SetEncoding(font.GetEncoding());
- }
-
- // accessors and modifiers for the font elements
- int GetPointSize() const;
- wxSize GetPixelSize() const;
- wxFontStyle GetStyle() const;
- wxFontWeight GetWeight() const;
- bool GetUnderlined() const;
- bool GetStrikethrough() const;
- wxString GetFaceName() const;
- wxFontFamily GetFamily() const;
- wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
-
- void SetPointSize(int pointsize);
- void SetPixelSize(const wxSize& pixelSize);
- void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style);
- void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight);
- void SetUnderlined(bool underlined);
- void SetStrikethrough(bool strikethrough);
- bool SetFaceName(const wxString& facename);
- void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family);
- void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
- // sets the first facename in the given array which is found
- // to be valid. If no valid facename is given, sets the
- // first valid facename returned by wxFontEnumerator::GetFacenames().
- // Does not return a bool since it cannot fail.
- void SetFaceName(const wxArrayString &facenames);
-
-
- // it is important to be able to serialize wxNativeFontInfo objects to be
- // able to store them (in config file, for example)
- bool FromString(const wxString& s);
- wxString ToString() const;
-
- // we also want to present the native font descriptions to the user in some
- // human-readable form (it is not platform independent neither, but can
- // hopefully be understood by the user)
- bool FromUserString(const wxString& s);
- wxString ToUserString() const;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// font-related functions (common)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// translate a wxFontEncoding into native encoding parameter (defined above),
-// returning true if an (exact) macth could be found, false otherwise (without
-// attempting any substitutions)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxGetNativeFontEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding,
- wxNativeEncodingInfo *info);
-
-// test for the existence of the font described by this facename/encoding,
-// return true if such font(s) exist, false otherwise
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxTestFontEncoding(const wxNativeEncodingInfo& info);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// font-related functions (X and GTK)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef _WX_X_FONTLIKE
- #include "wx/unix/fontutil.h"
-#endif // X || GDK
-
-#endif // _WX_FONTUTIL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/frame.h
-// Purpose: wxFrame class interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 15.11.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/toplevel.h" // the base class
-#include "wx/statusbr.h"
-
-// the default names for various classs
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStatusLineNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxToolBarNameStr[];
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStatusBar;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxFrame-specific (i.e. not for wxDialog) styles
-//
-// Also see the bit summary table in wx/toplevel.h.
-#define wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR 0x0002 // No taskbar button (MSW only)
-#define wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW 0x0004 // No taskbar button, no system menu
-#define wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT 0x0008 // Always above its parent
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFrame is a top-level window with optional menubar, statusbar and toolbar
-//
-// For each of *bars, a frame may have several of them, but only one is
-// managed by the frame, i.e. resized/moved when the frame is and whose size
-// is accounted for in client size calculations - all others should be taken
-// care of manually. The CreateXXXBar() functions create this, main, XXXBar,
-// but the actual creation is done in OnCreateXXXBar() functions which may be
-// overridden to create custom objects instead of standard ones when
-// CreateXXXBar() is called.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFrameBase : public wxTopLevelWindow
-{
-public:
- // construction
- wxFrameBase();
- virtual ~wxFrameBase();
-
- wxFrame *New(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
- // frame state
- // -----------
-
- // get the origin of the client area (which may be different from (0, 0)
- // if the frame has a toolbar) in client coordinates
- virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
-
-
- // menu bar functions
- // ------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- virtual void SetMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
- virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const { return m_frameMenuBar; }
-
- // find the item by id in the frame menu bar: this is an internal function
- // and exists mainly in order to be overridden in the MDI parent frame
- // which also looks at its active child menu bar
- virtual wxMenuItem *FindItemInMenuBar(int menuId) const;
-
- // generate menu command corresponding to the given menu item
- //
- // returns true if processed
- bool ProcessCommand(wxMenuItem *item);
-
- // generate menu command corresponding to the given menu command id
- //
- // returns true if processed
- bool ProcessCommand(int winid);
-#else
- bool ProcessCommand(int WXUNUSED(winid)) { return false; }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // status bar functions
- // --------------------
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- // create the main status bar by calling OnCreateStatusBar()
- virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int number = 1,
- long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- wxWindowID winid = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxStatusLineNameStr);
- // return a new status bar
- virtual wxStatusBar *OnCreateStatusBar(int number,
- long style,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& name);
- // get the main status bar
- virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const { return m_frameStatusBar; }
-
- // sets the main status bar
- virtual void SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar *statBar);
-
- // forward these to status bar
- virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString &text, int number = 0);
- virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]);
- void PushStatusText(const wxString &text, int number = 0);
- void PopStatusText(int number = 0);
-
- // set the status bar pane the help will be shown in
- void SetStatusBarPane(int n) { m_statusBarPane = n; }
- int GetStatusBarPane() const { return m_statusBarPane; }
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
- // toolbar functions
- // -----------------
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
- // create main toolbar bycalling OnCreateToolBar()
- virtual wxToolBar* CreateToolBar(long style = -1,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr);
- // return a new toolbar
- virtual wxToolBar *OnCreateToolBar(long style,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& name );
-
- // get/set the main toolbar
- virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return m_frameToolBar; }
- virtual void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar);
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // event handlers
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- void OnMenuOpen(wxMenuEvent& event);
- void OnMenuClose(wxMenuEvent& event);
- void OnMenuHighlight(wxMenuEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
- // send wxUpdateUIEvents for all menu items in the menubar,
- // or just for menu if non-NULL
- virtual void DoMenuUpdates(wxMenu* menu = NULL);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // do the UI update processing for this window
- virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags = wxUPDATE_UI_NONE);
-
- // Implement internal behaviour (menu updating on some platforms)
- virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS || wxUSE_TOOLBAR
- // show help text for the currently selected menu or toolbar item
- // (typically in the status bar) or hide it and restore the status bar text
- // originally shown before the menu was opened if show == false
- virtual void DoGiveHelp(const wxString& text, bool show);
-#endif
-
- virtual bool IsClientAreaChild(const wxWindow *child) const
- {
- return !IsOneOfBars(child) && wxTopLevelWindow::IsClientAreaChild(child);
- }
-
-protected:
- // the frame main menu/status/tool bars
- // ------------------------------------
-
- // this (non virtual!) function should be called from dtor to delete the
- // main menubar, statusbar and toolbar (if any)
- void DeleteAllBars();
-
- // test whether this window makes part of the frame
- virtual bool IsOneOfBars(const wxWindow *win) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- // override to update menu bar position when the frame size changes
- virtual void PositionMenuBar() { }
-
- // override to do something special when the menu bar is being removed
- // from the frame
- virtual void DetachMenuBar();
-
- // override to do something special when the menu bar is attached to the
- // frame
- virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
-
- // Return true if we should update the menu item state from idle event
- // handler or false if we should delay it until the menu is opened.
- static bool ShouldUpdateMenuFromIdle();
-
- wxMenuBar *m_frameMenuBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR && (wxUSE_MENUS || wxUSE_TOOLBAR)
- // the saved status bar text overwritten by DoGiveHelp()
- wxString m_oldStatusText;
-
- // the last help string we have shown in the status bar
- wxString m_lastHelpShown;
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- // override to update status bar position (or anything else) when
- // something changes
- virtual void PositionStatusBar() { }
-
- // show the help string for the given menu item using DoGiveHelp() if the
- // given item does have a help string (as determined by FindInMenuBar()),
- // return false if there is no help for such item
- bool ShowMenuHelp(int helpid);
-
- wxStatusBar *m_frameStatusBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-
- int m_statusBarPane;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
- // override to update status bar position (or anything else) when
- // something changes
- virtual void PositionToolBar() { }
-
- wxToolBar *m_frameToolBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS && wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFrameBase);
-};
-
-// include the real class declaration
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) // && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
- #include "wx/univ/frame.h"
-#else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__
- #if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/frame.h"
- #elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/frame.h"
- #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/frame.h"
- #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/frame.h"
- #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/frame.h"
- #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/frame.h"
- #elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/frame.h"
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#endif
- // _WX_FRAME_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fs_arc.h
-// Purpose: Archive file system
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik, Mike Wetherell
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik, (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FS_ARC_H_
-#define _WX_FS_ARC_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE
-
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(int, wxArchiveFilenameHashMap);
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxArchiveFSHandler
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArchiveFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler
-{
-public:
- wxArchiveFSHandler();
- virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location);
- virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location);
- virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
- virtual wxString FindNext();
- void Cleanup();
- virtual ~wxArchiveFSHandler();
-
-private:
- class wxArchiveFSCache *m_cache;
- wxFileSystem m_fs;
-
- // these vars are used by FindFirst/Next:
- class wxArchiveFSCacheData *m_Archive;
- struct wxArchiveFSEntry *m_FindEntry;
- wxString m_Pattern, m_BaseDir, m_ZipFile;
- bool m_AllowDirs, m_AllowFiles;
- wxArchiveFilenameHashMap *m_DirsFound;
-
- wxString DoFind();
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxArchiveFSHandler);
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxArchiveFSHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE
-
-#endif // _WX_FS_ARC_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fs_filter.h
-// Purpose: Filter file system handler
-// Author: Mike Wetherell
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FS_FILTER_H_
-#define _WX_FS_FILTER_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFilterFSHandler
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler
-{
-public:
- wxFilterFSHandler() : wxFileSystemHandler() { }
- virtual ~wxFilterFSHandler() { }
-
- virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location);
- virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location);
-
- virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
- virtual wxString FindNext();
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFilterFSHandler);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#endif // _WX_FS_FILTER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fs_inet.h
-// Purpose: HTTP and FTP file system
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FS_INET_H_
-#define _WX_FS_INET_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_INET && wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxInternetFSHandler
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxInternetFSHandler : public wxFileSystemHandler
-{
- public:
- virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location);
- virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location);
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM && wxUSE_FS_INET && wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#endif // _WX_FS_INET_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fs_mem.h
-// Purpose: in-memory file system
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FS_MEM_H_
-#define _WX_FS_MEM_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-class wxMemoryFSFile;
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxMemoryFSFile *, wxMemoryFSHash);
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- #include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMemoryFSHandlerBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryFSHandlerBase : public wxFileSystemHandler
-{
-public:
- wxMemoryFSHandlerBase();
- virtual ~wxMemoryFSHandlerBase();
-
- // Add file to list of files stored in memory. Stored data (bitmap, text or
- // raw data) will be copied into private memory stream and available under
- // name "memory:" + filename
- static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& textdata);
- static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const void *binarydata, size_t size);
- static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename,
- const wxString& textdata,
- const wxString& mimetype);
- static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename,
- const void *binarydata, size_t size,
- const wxString& mimetype);
-
- // Remove file from memory FS and free occupied memory
- static void RemoveFile(const wxString& filename);
-
- virtual bool CanOpen(const wxString& location);
- virtual wxFSFile* OpenFile(wxFileSystem& fs, const wxString& location);
- virtual wxString FindFirst(const wxString& spec, int flags = 0);
- virtual wxString FindNext();
-
-protected:
- // check that the given file is not already present in m_Hash; logs an
- // error and returns false if it does exist
- static bool CheckDoesntExist(const wxString& filename);
-
- // the hash map indexed by the names of the files stored in the memory FS
- static wxMemoryFSHash m_Hash;
-
- // the file name currently being searched for, i.e. the argument of the
- // last FindFirst() call or empty string if FindFirst() hasn't been called
- // yet or FindNext() didn't find anything
- wxString m_findArgument;
-
- // iterator into m_Hash used by FindFirst/Next(), possibly m_Hash.end() or
- // even invalid (can only be used when m_findArgument is not empty)
- wxMemoryFSHash::const_iterator m_findIter;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMemoryFSHandler
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-// add GUI-only operations to the base class
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryFSHandler : public wxMemoryFSHandlerBase
-{
-public:
- // bring the base class versions into the scope, otherwise they would be
- // inaccessible in wxMemoryFSHandler
- // (unfortunately "using" can't be used as gcc 2.95 doesn't have it...)
- static void AddFile(const wxString& filename, const wxString& textdata)
- {
- wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFile(filename, textdata);
- }
-
- static void AddFile(const wxString& filename,
- const void *binarydata,
- size_t size)
- {
- wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFile(filename, binarydata, size);
- }
- static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename,
- const wxString& textdata,
- const wxString& mimetype)
- {
- wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFileWithMimeType(filename,
- textdata,
- mimetype);
- }
- static void AddFileWithMimeType(const wxString& filename,
- const void *binarydata, size_t size,
- const wxString& mimetype)
- {
- wxMemoryFSHandlerBase::AddFileWithMimeType(filename,
- binarydata, size,
- mimetype);
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- static void AddFile(const wxString& filename,
- const wxImage& image,
- wxBitmapType type);
-
- static void AddFile(const wxString& filename,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- wxBitmapType type);
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-};
-
-#else // !wxUSE_GUI
-
-// just the same thing as the base class in wxBase
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryFSHandler : public wxMemoryFSHandlerBase
-{
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI/!wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-#endif // _WX_FS_MEM_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fs_zip.h
-// Purpose: wxZipFSHandler typedef for compatibility
-// Author: Mike Wetherell
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Mike Wetherell
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FS_ZIP_H_
-#define _WX_FS_ZIP_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FS_ZIP
-
-#include "wx/fs_arc.h"
-
-typedef wxArchiveFSHandler wxZipFSHandler;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FS_ZIP
-
-#endif // _WX_FS_ZIP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/fswatcher.h
-// Purpose: wxFileSystemWatcherBase
-// Author: Bartosz Bekier
-// Created: 2009-05-23
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier <bartosz.bekier@gmail.com>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FSWATCHER_BASE_H_
-#define _WX_FSWATCHER_BASE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER
-
-#include "wx/log.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/evtloop.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-#include "wx/dir.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-#define wxTRACE_FSWATCHER "fswatcher"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileSystemWatcherEventType & wxFileSystemWatcherEvent
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/**
- * Possible types of file system events.
- * This is a subset that will work fine an all platforms (actually, we will
- * see how it works on Mac).
- *
- * We got 2 types of error events:
- * - warning: these are not fatal and further events can still be generated
- * - error: indicates fatal error and causes that no more events will happen
- */
-enum
-{
- wxFSW_EVENT_CREATE = 0x01,
- wxFSW_EVENT_DELETE = 0x02,
- wxFSW_EVENT_RENAME = 0x04,
- wxFSW_EVENT_MODIFY = 0x08,
- wxFSW_EVENT_ACCESS = 0x10,
- wxFSW_EVENT_ATTRIB = 0x20, // Currently this is wxGTK-only
-
- // error events
- wxFSW_EVENT_WARNING = 0x40,
- wxFSW_EVENT_ERROR = 0x80,
- wxFSW_EVENT_ALL = wxFSW_EVENT_CREATE | wxFSW_EVENT_DELETE |
- wxFSW_EVENT_RENAME | wxFSW_EVENT_MODIFY |
- wxFSW_EVENT_ACCESS | wxFSW_EVENT_ATTRIB |
- wxFSW_EVENT_WARNING | wxFSW_EVENT_ERROR
-#ifdef wxHAS_INOTIFY
- ,wxFSW_EVENT_UNMOUNT = 0x2000
-#endif
-};
-
-// Type of the path watched, used only internally for now.
-enum wxFSWPathType
-{
- wxFSWPath_None, // Invalid value for an initialized watch.
- wxFSWPath_File, // Plain file.
- wxFSWPath_Dir, // Watch a directory and the files in it.
- wxFSWPath_Tree // Watch a directory and all its children recursively.
-};
-
-// Type of the warning for the events notifying about them.
-enum wxFSWWarningType
-{
- wxFSW_WARNING_NONE,
- wxFSW_WARNING_GENERAL,
- wxFSW_WARNING_OVERFLOW
-};
-
-/**
- * Event containing information about file system change.
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileSystemWatcherEvent;
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_FSWATCHER,
- wxFileSystemWatcherEvent);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileSystemWatcherEvent: public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- // Constructor for any kind of events, also used as default ctor.
- wxFileSystemWatcherEvent(int changeType = 0, int watchid = wxID_ANY) :
- wxEvent(watchid, wxEVT_FSWATCHER),
- m_changeType(changeType),
- m_warningType(wxFSW_WARNING_NONE)
- {
- }
-
- // Constructor for the error or warning events.
- wxFileSystemWatcherEvent(int changeType,
- wxFSWWarningType warningType,
- const wxString& errorMsg = wxString(),
- int watchid = wxID_ANY) :
- wxEvent(watchid, wxEVT_FSWATCHER),
- m_changeType(changeType),
- m_warningType(warningType),
- m_errorMsg(errorMsg)
- {
- }
-
- // Constructor for the normal events carrying information about the changes.
- wxFileSystemWatcherEvent(int changeType,
- const wxFileName& path, const wxFileName& newPath,
- int watchid = wxID_ANY) :
- wxEvent(watchid, wxEVT_FSWATCHER),
- m_changeType(changeType),
- m_warningType(wxFSW_WARNING_NONE),
- m_path(path),
- m_newPath(newPath)
-
- {
- }
-
- /**
- * Returns the path at which the event occurred.
- */
- const wxFileName& GetPath() const
- {
- return m_path;
- }
-
- /**
- * Sets the path at which the event occurred
- */
- void SetPath(const wxFileName& path)
- {
- m_path = path;
- }
-
- /**
- * In case of rename(move?) events, returns the new path related to the
- * event. The "new" means newer in the sense of time. In case of other
- * events it returns the same path as GetPath().
- */
- const wxFileName& GetNewPath() const
- {
- return m_newPath;
- }
-
- /**
- * Sets the new path related to the event. See above.
- */
- void SetNewPath(const wxFileName& path)
- {
- m_newPath = path;
- }
-
- /**
- * Returns the type of file system event that occurred.
- */
- int GetChangeType() const
- {
- return m_changeType;
- }
-
- virtual wxEvent* Clone() const
- {
- wxFileSystemWatcherEvent* evt = new wxFileSystemWatcherEvent(*this);
- evt->m_errorMsg = m_errorMsg.Clone();
- evt->m_path = wxFileName(m_path.GetFullPath().Clone());
- evt->m_newPath = wxFileName(m_newPath.GetFullPath().Clone());
- evt->m_warningType = m_warningType;
- return evt;
- }
-
- virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const
- {
- // TODO this has to be merged with "similar" categories and changed
- return wxEVT_CATEGORY_UNKNOWN;
- }
-
- /**
- * Returns if this error is an error event
- */
- bool IsError() const
- {
- return (m_changeType & (wxFSW_EVENT_ERROR | wxFSW_EVENT_WARNING)) != 0;
- }
-
- wxString GetErrorDescription() const
- {
- return m_errorMsg;
- }
-
- wxFSWWarningType GetWarningType() const
- {
- return m_warningType;
- }
-
- /**
- * Returns a wxString describing an event useful for debugging or testing
- */
- wxString ToString() const;
-
-protected:
- int m_changeType;
- wxFSWWarningType m_warningType;
- wxFileName m_path;
- wxFileName m_newPath;
- wxString m_errorMsg;
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxFileSystemWatcherEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxFileSystemWatcherEventFunction)
- (wxFileSystemWatcherEvent&);
-
-#define wxFileSystemWatcherEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxFileSystemWatcherEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_FSWATCHER(winid, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_FSWATCHER, winid, wxFileSystemWatcherEventHandler(func))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileSystemWatcherBase: interface for wxFileSystemWatcher
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Simple container to store information about one watched path.
-class wxFSWatchInfo
-{
-public:
- wxFSWatchInfo() :
- m_events(-1), m_type(wxFSWPath_None), m_refcount(-1)
- {
- }
-
- wxFSWatchInfo(const wxString& path,
- int events,
- wxFSWPathType type,
- const wxString& filespec = wxString()) :
- m_path(path), m_filespec(filespec), m_events(events), m_type(type),
- m_refcount(1)
- {
- }
-
- const wxString& GetPath() const
- {
- return m_path;
- }
-
- const wxString& GetFilespec() const { return m_filespec; }
-
- int GetFlags() const
- {
- return m_events;
- }
-
- wxFSWPathType GetType() const
- {
- return m_type;
- }
-
- // Reference counting of watch entries is used to avoid watching the same
- // file system path multiple times (this can happen even accidentally, e.g.
- // when you have a recursive watch and then decide to watch some file or
- // directory under it separately).
- int IncRef()
- {
- return ++m_refcount;
- }
-
- int DecRef()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_refcount > 0, wxS("Trying to decrement a zero count") );
- return --m_refcount;
- }
-
-protected:
- wxString m_path;
- wxString m_filespec; // For tree watches, holds any filespec to apply
- int m_events;
- wxFSWPathType m_type;
- int m_refcount;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxFSWatchInfo, wxFSWatchInfoMap);
-
-/**
- * Encapsulation of platform-specific file system event mechanism
- */
-class wxFSWatcherImpl;
-
-/**
- * Main entry point for clients interested in file system events.
- * Defines interface that can be used to receive that kind of events.
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileSystemWatcherBase: public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- wxFileSystemWatcherBase();
-
- virtual ~wxFileSystemWatcherBase();
-
- /**
- * Adds path to currently watched files. Any events concerning this
- * particular path will be sent to handler. Optionally a filter can be
- * specified to receive only events of particular type.
- *
- * Please note that when adding a dir, immediate children will be watched
- * as well.
- */
- virtual bool Add(const wxFileName& path, int events = wxFSW_EVENT_ALL);
-
- /**
- * Like above, but recursively adds every file/dir in the tree rooted in
- * path. Additionally a file mask can be specified to include only files
- * of particular type.
- */
- virtual bool AddTree(const wxFileName& path, int events = wxFSW_EVENT_ALL,
- const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString);
-
- /**
- * Removes path from the list of watched paths.
- */
- virtual bool Remove(const wxFileName& path);
-
- /**
- * Same as above, but also removes every file belonging to the tree rooted
- * at path.
- */
- virtual bool RemoveTree(const wxFileName& path);
-
- /**
- * Clears the list of currently watched paths.
- */
- virtual bool RemoveAll();
-
- /**
- * Returns the number of watched paths
- */
- int GetWatchedPathsCount() const;
-
- /**
- * Retrevies all watched paths and places them in wxArrayString. Returns
- * the number of paths.
- *
- * TODO think about API here: we need to return more information (like is
- * the path watched recursively)
- */
- int GetWatchedPaths(wxArrayString* paths) const;
-
- wxEvtHandler* GetOwner() const
- {
- return m_owner;
- }
-
- void SetOwner(wxEvtHandler* handler)
- {
- if (!handler)
- m_owner = this;
- else
- m_owner = handler;
- }
-
-
- // This is a semi-private function used by wxWidgets itself only.
- //
- // Delegates the real work of adding the path to wxFSWatcherImpl::Add() and
- // updates m_watches if the new path was successfully added.
- bool AddAny(const wxFileName& path, int events, wxFSWPathType type,
- const wxString& filespec = wxString());
-
-protected:
-
- static wxString GetCanonicalPath(const wxFileName& path)
- {
- wxFileName path_copy = wxFileName(path);
- if ( !path_copy.Normalize() )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format("Unable to normalize path '%s'",
- path.GetFullPath()));
- return wxEmptyString;
- }
-
- return path_copy.GetFullPath();
- }
-
-
- wxFSWatchInfoMap m_watches; // path=>wxFSWatchInfo map
- wxFSWatcherImpl* m_service; // file system events service
- wxEvtHandler* m_owner; // handler for file system events
-
- friend class wxFSWatcherImpl;
-};
-
-// include the platform specific file defining wxFileSystemWatcher
-// inheriting from wxFileSystemWatcherBase
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_INOTIFY
- #include "wx/unix/fswatcher_inotify.h"
- #define wxFileSystemWatcher wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher
-#elif defined(wxHAS_KQUEUE)
- #include "wx/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.h"
- #define wxFileSystemWatcher wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher
-#elif defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #include "wx/msw/fswatcher.h"
- #define wxFileSystemWatcher wxMSWFileSystemWatcher
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/fswatcher.h"
- #define wxFileSystemWatcher wxPollingFileSystemWatcher
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FSWATCHER
-
-#endif /* _WX_FSWATCHER_BASE_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gauge.h
-// Purpose: wxGauge interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 20.02.01
-// Copyright: (c) 1996-2001 wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGauge style flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxGA_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL
-#define wxGA_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL
-
-// Win32 only, is default (and only) on some other platforms
-#define wxGA_SMOOTH 0x0020
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // obsolete style
- #define wxGA_PROGRESSBAR 0
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// GTK and Mac always have native implementation of the indeterminate mode
-// wxMSW has native implementation only if comctl32.dll >= 6.00
-#if !defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #define wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE 1
-#else
- #define wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE 0
-#endif
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxGaugeNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGauge: a progress bar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGaugeBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxGaugeBase() { m_rangeMax = m_gaugePos = 0; }
- virtual ~wxGaugeBase();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int range,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr);
-
- // determinate mode API
-
- // set/get the control range
- virtual void SetRange(int range);
- virtual int GetRange() const;
-
- virtual void SetValue(int pos);
- virtual int GetValue() const;
-
- // indeterminate mode API
- virtual void Pulse();
-
- // simple accessors
- bool IsVertical() const { return HasFlag(wxGA_VERTICAL); }
-
- // appearance params (not implemented for most ports)
- virtual void SetShadowWidth(int w);
- virtual int GetShadowWidth() const;
-
- virtual void SetBezelFace(int w);
- virtual int GetBezelFace() const;
-
- // overridden base class virtuals
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- // the max position
- int m_rangeMax;
-
- // the current position
- int m_gaugePos;
-
-#if wxGAUGE_EMULATE_INDETERMINATE_MODE
- int m_nDirection; // can be wxRIGHT or wxLEFT
-#endif
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGaugeBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/gauge.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/gauge.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-#endif
- // _WX_GAUGE_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gbsizer.h
-// Purpose: wxGridBagSizer: A sizer that can lay out items in a grid,
-// with items at specified cells, and with the option of row
-// and/or column spanning
-//
-// Author: Robin Dunn
-// Created: 03-Nov-2003
-// Copyright: (c) Robin Dunn
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WXGBSIZER_H__
-#define __WXGBSIZER_H__
-
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Classes to represent a position in the grid and a size of an item in the
-// grid, IOW, the number of rows and columns it occupies. I chose to use these
-// instead of wxPoint and wxSize because they are (x,y) and usually pixel
-// oriented while grids and tables are usually thought of as (row,col) so some
-// confusion would definitely result in using wxPoint...
-//
-// NOTE: This should probably be refactored to a common RowCol data type which
-// is used for this and also for wxGridCellCoords.
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGBPosition
-{
-public:
- wxGBPosition() : m_row(0), m_col(0) {}
- wxGBPosition(int row, int col) : m_row(row), m_col(col) {}
-
- // default copy ctor and assignment operator are okay.
-
- int GetRow() const { return m_row; }
- int GetCol() const { return m_col; }
- void SetRow(int row) { m_row = row; }
- void SetCol(int col) { m_col = col; }
-
- bool operator==(const wxGBPosition& p) const { return m_row == p.m_row && m_col == p.m_col; }
- bool operator!=(const wxGBPosition& p) const { return !(*this == p); }
-
-private:
- int m_row;
- int m_col;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGBSpan
-{
-public:
- wxGBSpan() { Init(); }
- wxGBSpan(int rowspan, int colspan)
- {
- // Initialize the members to valid values as not doing it may result in
- // infinite loop in wxGBSizer code if the user passed 0 for any of
- // them, see #12934.
- Init();
-
- SetRowspan(rowspan);
- SetColspan(colspan);
- }
-
- // default copy ctor and assignment operator are okay.
-
- // Factor constructor creating an invalid wxGBSpan: this is mostly supposed
- // to be used as return value for functions returning wxGBSpan in case of
- // errors.
- static wxGBSpan Invalid()
- {
- return wxGBSpan(NULL);
- }
-
- int GetRowspan() const { return m_rowspan; }
- int GetColspan() const { return m_colspan; }
- void SetRowspan(int rowspan)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( rowspan > 0, "Row span should be strictly positive" );
-
- m_rowspan = rowspan;
- }
-
- void SetColspan(int colspan)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( colspan > 0, "Column span should be strictly positive" );
-
- m_colspan = colspan;
- }
-
- bool operator==(const wxGBSpan& o) const { return m_rowspan == o.m_rowspan && m_colspan == o.m_colspan; }
- bool operator!=(const wxGBSpan& o) const { return !(*this == o); }
-
-private:
- // This private ctor is used by Invalid() only.
- wxGBSpan(struct InvalidCtorTag*)
- {
- m_rowspan =
- m_colspan = -1;
- }
-
- void Init()
- {
- m_rowspan =
- m_colspan = 1;
- }
-
- int m_rowspan;
- int m_colspan;
-};
-
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxGBSpan) wxDefaultSpan;
-
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGBSizerItem
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGridBagSizer;
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGBSizerItem : public wxSizerItem
-{
-public:
- // spacer
- wxGBSizerItem( int width,
- int height,
- const wxGBPosition& pos,
- const wxGBSpan& span=wxDefaultSpan,
- int flag=0,
- int border=0,
- wxObject* userData=NULL);
-
- // window
- wxGBSizerItem( wxWindow *window,
- const wxGBPosition& pos,
- const wxGBSpan& span=wxDefaultSpan,
- int flag=0,
- int border=0,
- wxObject* userData=NULL );
-
- // subsizer
- wxGBSizerItem( wxSizer *sizer,
- const wxGBPosition& pos,
- const wxGBSpan& span=wxDefaultSpan,
- int flag=0,
- int border=0,
- wxObject* userData=NULL );
-
- // default ctor
- wxGBSizerItem();
-
-
- // Get the grid position of the item
- wxGBPosition GetPos() const { return m_pos; }
- void GetPos(int& row, int& col) const;
-
- // Get the row and column spanning of the item
- wxGBSpan GetSpan() const { return m_span; }
- void GetSpan(int& rowspan, int& colspan) const;
-
- // If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that there
- // is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new
- // position, then set the new position. Returns true if the change is
- // successful and after the next Layout the item will be moved.
- bool SetPos( const wxGBPosition& pos );
-
- // If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that there
- // is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new
- // spanning size, then set the new spanning. Returns true if the change
- // is successful and after the next Layout the item will be resized.
- bool SetSpan( const wxGBSpan& span );
-
- // Returns true if this item and the other item intersect
- bool Intersects(const wxGBSizerItem& other);
-
- // Returns true if the given pos/span would intersect with this item.
- bool Intersects(const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span);
-
- // Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item
- void GetEndPos(int& row, int& col);
-
-
- wxGridBagSizer* GetGBSizer() const { return m_gbsizer; }
- void SetGBSizer(wxGridBagSizer* sizer) { m_gbsizer = sizer; }
-
-
-protected:
- wxGBPosition m_pos;
- wxGBSpan m_span;
- wxGridBagSizer* m_gbsizer; // so SetPos/SetSpan can check for intersects
-
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGBSizerItem)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGBSizerItem);
-};
-
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridBagSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGridBagSizer : public wxFlexGridSizer
-{
-public:
- wxGridBagSizer(int vgap = 0, int hgap = 0 );
-
- // The Add methods return true if the item was successfully placed at the
- // given position, false if something was already there.
- wxSizerItem* Add( wxWindow *window,
- const wxGBPosition& pos,
- const wxGBSpan& span = wxDefaultSpan,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL );
- wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizer *sizer,
- const wxGBPosition& pos,
- const wxGBSpan& span = wxDefaultSpan,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL );
- wxSizerItem* Add( int width,
- int height,
- const wxGBPosition& pos,
- const wxGBSpan& span = wxDefaultSpan,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL );
- wxSizerItem* Add( wxGBSizerItem *item );
-
-
- // Get/Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item.
- wxSize GetEmptyCellSize() const { return m_emptyCellSize; }
- void SetEmptyCellSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_emptyCellSize = sz; }
-
- // Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and vgap. Only
- // valid after a Layout.
- wxSize GetCellSize(int row, int col) const;
-
- // Get the grid position of the specified item (non-recursive)
- wxGBPosition GetItemPosition(wxWindow *window);
- wxGBPosition GetItemPosition(wxSizer *sizer);
- wxGBPosition GetItemPosition(size_t index);
-
- // Set the grid position of the specified item. Returns true on success.
- // If the move is not allowed (because an item is already there) then
- // false is returned. (non-recursive)
- bool SetItemPosition(wxWindow *window, const wxGBPosition& pos);
- bool SetItemPosition(wxSizer *sizer, const wxGBPosition& pos);
- bool SetItemPosition(size_t index, const wxGBPosition& pos);
-
- // Get the row/col spanning of the specified item (non-recursive)
- wxGBSpan GetItemSpan(wxWindow *window);
- wxGBSpan GetItemSpan(wxSizer *sizer);
- wxGBSpan GetItemSpan(size_t index);
-
- // Set the row/col spanning of the specified item. Returns true on
- // success. If the move is not allowed (because an item is already there)
- // then false is returned. (non-recursive)
- bool SetItemSpan(wxWindow *window, const wxGBSpan& span);
- bool SetItemSpan(wxSizer *sizer, const wxGBSpan& span);
- bool SetItemSpan(size_t index, const wxGBSpan& span);
-
-
- // Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns NULL if
- // not found. (non-recursive)
- wxGBSizerItem* FindItem(wxWindow* window);
- wxGBSizerItem* FindItem(wxSizer* sizer);
-
-
- // Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or NULL if there is no
- // item at that position. (non-recursive)
- wxGBSizerItem* FindItemAtPosition(const wxGBPosition& pos);
-
-
- // Return the sizer item located at the point given in pt, or NULL if
- // there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond
- // to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for
- // layout. (non-recursive)
- wxGBSizerItem* FindItemAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-
-
- // Return the sizer item that has a matching user data (it only compares
- // pointer values) or NULL if not found. (non-recursive)
- wxGBSizerItem* FindItemWithData(const wxObject* userData);
-
-
- // These are what make the sizer do size calculations and layout
- virtual void RecalcSizes();
- virtual wxSize CalcMin();
-
-
- // Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the given
- // item. Returns true if so, false if there would be no overlap. If an
- // excludeItem is given then it will not be checked for intersection, for
- // example it may be the item we are checking the position of.
- bool CheckForIntersection(wxGBSizerItem* item, wxGBSizerItem* excludeItem = NULL);
- bool CheckForIntersection(const wxGBPosition& pos, const wxGBSpan& span, wxGBSizerItem* excludeItem = NULL);
-
-
- // The Add base class virtuals should not be used with this class, but
- // we'll try to make them automatically select a location for the item
- // anyway.
- virtual wxSizerItem* Add( wxWindow *window, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL );
- virtual wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL );
- virtual wxSizerItem* Add( int width, int height, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL );
-
- // The Insert and Prepend base class virtuals that are not appropriate for
- // this class and should not be used. Their implementation in this class
- // simply fails.
- virtual wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizerItem *item );
- virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, wxWindow *window, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL );
- virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, wxSizer *sizer, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL );
- virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, int width, int height, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL );
- virtual wxSizerItem* Insert( size_t index, wxSizerItem *item );
- virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( wxWindow *window, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL );
- virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL );
- virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( int width, int height, int proportion = 0, int flag = 0, int border = 0, wxObject* userData = NULL );
- virtual wxSizerItem* Prepend( wxSizerItem *item );
-
-
-protected:
- wxGBPosition FindEmptyCell();
- void AdjustForOverflow();
-
- wxSize m_emptyCellSize;
-
-
-private:
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxGridBagSizer)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridBagSizer);
-};
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gdicmn.h
-// Purpose: Common GDI classes, types and declarations
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GDICMNH__
-#define _WX_GDICMNH__
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/math.h"
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBrush;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFont;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPen;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRegion;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIconBundle;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPoint;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Bitmap flags
-enum wxBitmapType
-{
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID, // should be == 0 for compatibility!
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_RESOURCE = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIFF,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF = wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIFF,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIFF_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIF_RESOURCE = wxBITMAP_TYPE_TIFF_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_TGA,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE,
-
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_MAX,
- wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY = 50
-};
-
-// Polygon filling mode
-enum wxPolygonFillMode
-{
- wxODDEVEN_RULE = 1,
- wxWINDING_RULE
-};
-
-// Standard cursors
-enum wxStockCursor
-{
- wxCURSOR_NONE, // should be 0
- wxCURSOR_ARROW,
- wxCURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW,
- wxCURSOR_BULLSEYE,
- wxCURSOR_CHAR,
- wxCURSOR_CROSS,
- wxCURSOR_HAND,
- wxCURSOR_IBEAM,
- wxCURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON,
- wxCURSOR_MAGNIFIER,
- wxCURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON,
- wxCURSOR_NO_ENTRY,
- wxCURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH,
- wxCURSOR_PENCIL,
- wxCURSOR_POINT_LEFT,
- wxCURSOR_POINT_RIGHT,
- wxCURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW,
- wxCURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON,
- wxCURSOR_SIZENESW,
- wxCURSOR_SIZENS,
- wxCURSOR_SIZENWSE,
- wxCURSOR_SIZEWE,
- wxCURSOR_SIZING,
- wxCURSOR_SPRAYCAN,
- wxCURSOR_WAIT,
- wxCURSOR_WATCH,
- wxCURSOR_BLANK,
-#ifdef __WXGTK__
- wxCURSOR_DEFAULT, // standard X11 cursor
-#endif
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
- wxCURSOR_COPY_ARROW , // MacOS Theme Plus arrow
-#endif
-#ifdef __X__
- // Not yet implemented for Windows
- wxCURSOR_CROSS_REVERSE,
- wxCURSOR_DOUBLE_ARROW,
- wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_UP,
- wxCURSOR_BASED_ARROW_DOWN,
-#endif // X11
- wxCURSOR_ARROWWAIT,
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
- wxCURSOR_OPEN_HAND,
- wxCURSOR_CLOSED_HAND,
-#endif
-
- wxCURSOR_MAX
-};
-
-#ifndef __WXGTK__
- #define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT wxCURSOR_ARROW
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __WXMAC__
- // TODO CS supply openhand and closedhand cursors
- #define wxCURSOR_OPEN_HAND wxCURSOR_HAND
- #define wxCURSOR_CLOSED_HAND wxCURSOR_HAND
-#endif
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__WXPM__)
- #define wxHAS_IMAGES_IN_RESOURCES
-#endif
-
-/* Useful macro for creating icons portably, for example:
-
- wxIcon *icon = new wxICON(sample);
-
- expands into:
-
- wxIcon *icon = new wxIcon("sample"); // On Windows
- wxIcon *icon = new wxIcon(sample_xpm); // On wxGTK/Linux
- */
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- // Load from a resource
- #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X))
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- // Load from a resource
- #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X))
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- // Initialize from an included XPM
- #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm )
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- // Initialize from an included XPM
- #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm )
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- // Initialize from an included XPM
- #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm )
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- // Initialize from an included XPM
- #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm )
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- // Initialize from an included XPM
- #define wxICON(X) wxIcon( X##_xpm )
-#else
- // This will usually mean something on any platform
- #define wxICON(X) wxIcon(wxT(#X))
-#endif // platform
-
-/* Another macro: this one is for portable creation of bitmaps. We assume that
- under Unix bitmaps live in XPMs and under Windows they're in ressources.
- */
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__WXPM__)
- #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(wxT(#name), wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE)
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || \
- defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \
- defined(__WXX11__) || \
- defined(__WXMAC__) || \
- defined(__WXDFB__) || \
- defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- // Initialize from an included XPM
- #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(name##_xpm)
-#else // other platforms
- #define wxBITMAP(name) wxBitmap(name##_xpm, wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM)
-#endif // platform
-
-// Macro for creating wxBitmap from in-memory PNG data.
-//
-// It reads PNG data from name_png static byte arrays that can be created using
-// e.g. misc/scripts/png2c.py.
-//
-// This macro exists mostly as a helper for wxBITMAP_PNG() below but also
-// because it's slightly more convenient to use than NewFromPNGData() directly.
-#define wxBITMAP_PNG_FROM_DATA(name) \
- wxBitmap::NewFromPNGData(name##_png, WXSIZEOF(name##_png))
-
-// Similar to wxBITMAP but used for the bitmaps in PNG format.
-//
-// Under Windows they should be embedded into the resource file using RT_RCDATA
-// resource type and under OS X the PNG file with the specified name must be
-// available in the resource subdirectory of the bundle. Elsewhere, this is
-// exactly the same thing as wxBITMAP_PNG_FROM_DATA() described above.
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__WXOSX__)
- #define wxBITMAP_PNG(name) wxBitmap(wxS(#name), wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE)
-#else
- #define wxBITMAP_PNG(name) wxBITMAP_PNG_FROM_DATA(name)
-#endif
-
-// ===========================================================================
-// classes
-// ===========================================================================
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSize
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSize
-{
-public:
- // members are public for compatibility, don't use them directly.
- int x, y;
-
- // constructors
- wxSize() : x(0), y(0) { }
- wxSize(int xx, int yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { }
-
- // no copy ctor or assignment operator - the defaults are ok
-
- wxSize& operator+=(const wxSize& sz) { x += sz.x; y += sz.y; return *this; }
- wxSize& operator-=(const wxSize& sz) { x -= sz.x; y -= sz.y; return *this; }
- wxSize& operator/=(int i) { x /= i; y /= i; return *this; }
- wxSize& operator*=(int i) { x *= i; y *= i; return *this; }
- wxSize& operator/=(unsigned int i) { x /= i; y /= i; return *this; }
- wxSize& operator*=(unsigned int i) { x *= i; y *= i; return *this; }
- wxSize& operator/=(long i) { x /= i; y /= i; return *this; }
- wxSize& operator*=(long i) { x *= i; y *= i; return *this; }
- wxSize& operator/=(unsigned long i) { x /= i; y /= i; return *this; }
- wxSize& operator*=(unsigned long i) { x *= i; y *= i; return *this; }
- wxSize& operator/=(double i) { x = int(x/i); y = int(y/i); return *this; }
- wxSize& operator*=(double i) { x = int(x*i); y = int(y*i); return *this; }
-
- void IncTo(const wxSize& sz)
- { if ( sz.x > x ) x = sz.x; if ( sz.y > y ) y = sz.y; }
- void DecTo(const wxSize& sz)
- { if ( sz.x < x ) x = sz.x; if ( sz.y < y ) y = sz.y; }
- void DecToIfSpecified(const wxSize& sz)
- {
- if ( sz.x != wxDefaultCoord && sz.x < x )
- x = sz.x;
- if ( sz.y != wxDefaultCoord && sz.y < y )
- y = sz.y;
- }
-
- void IncBy(int dx, int dy) { x += dx; y += dy; }
- void IncBy(const wxPoint& pt);
- void IncBy(const wxSize& sz) { IncBy(sz.x, sz.y); }
- void IncBy(int d) { IncBy(d, d); }
-
- void DecBy(int dx, int dy) { IncBy(-dx, -dy); }
- void DecBy(const wxPoint& pt);
- void DecBy(const wxSize& sz) { DecBy(sz.x, sz.y); }
- void DecBy(int d) { DecBy(d, d); }
-
-
- wxSize& Scale(float xscale, float yscale)
- { x = (int)(x*xscale); y = (int)(y*yscale); return *this; }
-
- // accessors
- void Set(int xx, int yy) { x = xx; y = yy; }
- void SetWidth(int w) { x = w; }
- void SetHeight(int h) { y = h; }
-
- int GetWidth() const { return x; }
- int GetHeight() const { return y; }
-
- bool IsFullySpecified() const { return x != wxDefaultCoord && y != wxDefaultCoord; }
-
- // combine this size with the other one replacing the default (i.e. equal
- // to wxDefaultCoord) components of this object with those of the other
- void SetDefaults(const wxSize& size)
- {
- if ( x == wxDefaultCoord )
- x = size.x;
- if ( y == wxDefaultCoord )
- y = size.y;
- }
-
- // compatibility
- int GetX() const { return x; }
- int GetY() const { return y; }
-};
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxSize& s1, const wxSize& s2)
-{
- return s1.x == s2.x && s1.y == s2.y;
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const wxSize& s1, const wxSize& s2)
-{
- return s1.x != s2.x || s1.y != s2.y;
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator+(const wxSize& s1, const wxSize& s2)
-{
- return wxSize(s1.x + s2.x, s1.y + s2.y);
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator-(const wxSize& s1, const wxSize& s2)
-{
- return wxSize(s1.x - s2.x, s1.y - s2.y);
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator/(const wxSize& s, int i)
-{
- return wxSize(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator*(const wxSize& s, int i)
-{
- return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator*(int i, const wxSize& s)
-{
- return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator/(const wxSize& s, unsigned int i)
-{
- return wxSize(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator*(const wxSize& s, unsigned int i)
-{
- return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator*(unsigned int i, const wxSize& s)
-{
- return wxSize(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator/(const wxSize& s, long i)
-{
- return wxSize(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator*(const wxSize& s, long i)
-{
- return wxSize(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator*(long i, const wxSize& s)
-{
- return wxSize(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator/(const wxSize& s, unsigned long i)
-{
- return wxSize(int(s.x / i), int(s.y / i));
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator*(const wxSize& s, unsigned long i)
-{
- return wxSize(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator*(unsigned long i, const wxSize& s)
-{
- return wxSize(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator*(const wxSize& s, double i)
-{
- return wxSize(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxSize operator*(double i, const wxSize& s)
-{
- return wxSize(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Point classes: with real or integer coordinates
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRealPoint
-{
-public:
- double x;
- double y;
-
- wxRealPoint() : x(0.0), y(0.0) { }
- wxRealPoint(double xx, double yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { }
- wxRealPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-
- // no copy ctor or assignment operator - the defaults are ok
-
- //assignment operators
- wxRealPoint& operator+=(const wxRealPoint& p) { x += p.x; y += p.y; return *this; }
- wxRealPoint& operator-=(const wxRealPoint& p) { x -= p.x; y -= p.y; return *this; }
-
- wxRealPoint& operator+=(const wxSize& s) { x += s.GetWidth(); y += s.GetHeight(); return *this; }
- wxRealPoint& operator-=(const wxSize& s) { x -= s.GetWidth(); y -= s.GetHeight(); return *this; }
-};
-
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxRealPoint& p1, const wxRealPoint& p2)
-{
- return wxIsSameDouble(p1.x, p2.x) && wxIsSameDouble(p1.y, p2.y);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const wxRealPoint& p1, const wxRealPoint& p2)
-{
- return !(p1 == p2);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator+(const wxRealPoint& p1, const wxRealPoint& p2)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(p1.x + p2.x, p1.y + p2.y);
-}
-
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator-(const wxRealPoint& p1, const wxRealPoint& p2)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(p1.x - p2.x, p1.y - p2.y);
-}
-
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator/(const wxRealPoint& s, int i)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator*(const wxRealPoint& s, int i)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator*(int i, const wxRealPoint& s)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator/(const wxRealPoint& s, unsigned int i)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator*(const wxRealPoint& s, unsigned int i)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator*(unsigned int i, const wxRealPoint& s)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator/(const wxRealPoint& s, long i)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator*(const wxRealPoint& s, long i)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator*(long i, const wxRealPoint& s)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator/(const wxRealPoint& s, unsigned long i)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator*(const wxRealPoint& s, unsigned long i)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator*(unsigned long i, const wxRealPoint& s)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator*(const wxRealPoint& s, double i)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxRealPoint operator*(double i, const wxRealPoint& s)
-{
- return wxRealPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPoint: 2D point with integer coordinates
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPoint
-{
-public:
- int x, y;
-
- wxPoint() : x(0), y(0) { }
- wxPoint(int xx, int yy) : x(xx), y(yy) { }
- wxPoint(const wxRealPoint& pt) : x(int(pt.x)), y(int(pt.y)) { }
-
- // no copy ctor or assignment operator - the defaults are ok
-
- //assignment operators
- wxPoint& operator+=(const wxPoint& p) { x += p.x; y += p.y; return *this; }
- wxPoint& operator-=(const wxPoint& p) { x -= p.x; y -= p.y; return *this; }
-
- wxPoint& operator+=(const wxSize& s) { x += s.GetWidth(); y += s.GetHeight(); return *this; }
- wxPoint& operator-=(const wxSize& s) { x -= s.GetWidth(); y -= s.GetHeight(); return *this; }
-
- // check if both components are set/initialized
- bool IsFullySpecified() const { return x != wxDefaultCoord && y != wxDefaultCoord; }
-
- // fill in the unset components with the values from the other point
- void SetDefaults(const wxPoint& pt)
- {
- if ( x == wxDefaultCoord )
- x = pt.x;
- if ( y == wxDefaultCoord )
- y = pt.y;
- }
-};
-
-
-// comparison
-inline bool operator==(const wxPoint& p1, const wxPoint& p2)
-{
- return p1.x == p2.x && p1.y == p2.y;
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const wxPoint& p1, const wxPoint& p2)
-{
- return !(p1 == p2);
-}
-
-
-// arithmetic operations (component wise)
-inline wxPoint operator+(const wxPoint& p1, const wxPoint& p2)
-{
- return wxPoint(p1.x + p2.x, p1.y + p2.y);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator-(const wxPoint& p1, const wxPoint& p2)
-{
- return wxPoint(p1.x - p2.x, p1.y - p2.y);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator+(const wxPoint& p, const wxSize& s)
-{
- return wxPoint(p.x + s.x, p.y + s.y);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator-(const wxPoint& p, const wxSize& s)
-{
- return wxPoint(p.x - s.x, p.y - s.y);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator+(const wxSize& s, const wxPoint& p)
-{
- return wxPoint(p.x + s.x, p.y + s.y);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator-(const wxSize& s, const wxPoint& p)
-{
- return wxPoint(s.x - p.x, s.y - p.y);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator-(const wxPoint& p)
-{
- return wxPoint(-p.x, -p.y);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator/(const wxPoint& s, int i)
-{
- return wxPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator*(const wxPoint& s, int i)
-{
- return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator*(int i, const wxPoint& s)
-{
- return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator/(const wxPoint& s, unsigned int i)
-{
- return wxPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator*(const wxPoint& s, unsigned int i)
-{
- return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator*(unsigned int i, const wxPoint& s)
-{
- return wxPoint(s.x * i, s.y * i);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator/(const wxPoint& s, long i)
-{
- return wxPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator*(const wxPoint& s, long i)
-{
- return wxPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator*(long i, const wxPoint& s)
-{
- return wxPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator/(const wxPoint& s, unsigned long i)
-{
- return wxPoint(s.x / i, s.y / i);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator*(const wxPoint& s, unsigned long i)
-{
- return wxPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator*(unsigned long i, const wxPoint& s)
-{
- return wxPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator*(const wxPoint& s, double i)
-{
- return wxPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-inline wxPoint operator*(double i, const wxPoint& s)
-{
- return wxPoint(int(s.x * i), int(s.y * i));
-}
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxPoint, wxPointList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE);
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRect
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect
-{
-public:
- wxRect()
- : x(0), y(0), width(0), height(0)
- { }
- wxRect(int xx, int yy, int ww, int hh)
- : x(xx), y(yy), width(ww), height(hh)
- { }
- wxRect(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight);
- wxRect(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& size)
- : x(pt.x), y(pt.y), width(size.x), height(size.y)
- { }
- wxRect(const wxSize& size)
- : x(0), y(0), width(size.x), height(size.y)
- { }
-
- // default copy ctor and assignment operators ok
-
- int GetX() const { return x; }
- void SetX(int xx) { x = xx; }
-
- int GetY() const { return y; }
- void SetY(int yy) { y = yy; }
-
- int GetWidth() const { return width; }
- void SetWidth(int w) { width = w; }
-
- int GetHeight() const { return height; }
- void SetHeight(int h) { height = h; }
-
- wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(x, y); }
- void SetPosition( const wxPoint &p ) { x = p.x; y = p.y; }
-
- wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(width, height); }
- void SetSize( const wxSize &s ) { width = s.GetWidth(); height = s.GetHeight(); }
-
- bool IsEmpty() const { return (width <= 0) || (height <= 0); }
-
- int GetLeft() const { return x; }
- int GetTop() const { return y; }
- int GetBottom() const { return y + height - 1; }
- int GetRight() const { return x + width - 1; }
-
- void SetLeft(int left) { x = left; }
- void SetRight(int right) { width = right - x + 1; }
- void SetTop(int top) { y = top; }
- void SetBottom(int bottom) { height = bottom - y + 1; }
-
- wxPoint GetTopLeft() const { return GetPosition(); }
- wxPoint GetLeftTop() const { return GetTopLeft(); }
- void SetTopLeft(const wxPoint &p) { SetPosition(p); }
- void SetLeftTop(const wxPoint &p) { SetTopLeft(p); }
-
- wxPoint GetBottomRight() const { return wxPoint(GetRight(), GetBottom()); }
- wxPoint GetRightBottom() const { return GetBottomRight(); }
- void SetBottomRight(const wxPoint &p) { SetRight(p.x); SetBottom(p.y); }
- void SetRightBottom(const wxPoint &p) { SetBottomRight(p); }
-
- wxPoint GetTopRight() const { return wxPoint(GetRight(), GetTop()); }
- wxPoint GetRightTop() const { return GetTopRight(); }
- void SetTopRight(const wxPoint &p) { SetRight(p.x); SetTop(p.y); }
- void SetRightTop(const wxPoint &p) { SetTopRight(p); }
-
- wxPoint GetBottomLeft() const { return wxPoint(GetLeft(), GetBottom()); }
- wxPoint GetLeftBottom() const { return GetBottomLeft(); }
- void SetBottomLeft(const wxPoint &p) { SetLeft(p.x); SetBottom(p.y); }
- void SetLeftBottom(const wxPoint &p) { SetBottomLeft(p); }
-
- // operations with rect
- wxRect& Inflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy);
- wxRect& Inflate(const wxSize& d) { return Inflate(d.x, d.y); }
- wxRect& Inflate(wxCoord d) { return Inflate(d, d); }
- wxRect Inflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) const
- {
- wxRect r = *this;
- r.Inflate(dx, dy);
- return r;
- }
-
- wxRect& Deflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) { return Inflate(-dx, -dy); }
- wxRect& Deflate(const wxSize& d) { return Inflate(-d.x, -d.y); }
- wxRect& Deflate(wxCoord d) { return Inflate(-d); }
- wxRect Deflate(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) const
- {
- wxRect r = *this;
- r.Deflate(dx, dy);
- return r;
- }
-
- void Offset(wxCoord dx, wxCoord dy) { x += dx; y += dy; }
- void Offset(const wxPoint& pt) { Offset(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
- wxRect& Intersect(const wxRect& rect);
- wxRect Intersect(const wxRect& rect) const
- {
- wxRect r = *this;
- r.Intersect(rect);
- return r;
- }
-
- wxRect& Union(const wxRect& rect);
- wxRect Union(const wxRect& rect) const
- {
- wxRect r = *this;
- r.Union(rect);
- return r;
- }
-
- // return true if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect
- bool Contains(int x, int y) const;
- bool Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const { return Contains(pt.x, pt.y); }
- // return true if the rectangle 'rect' is (not strictly) inside this rect
- bool Contains(const wxRect& rect) const;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // use Contains() instead
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Inside(int x, int y) const );
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Inside(const wxPoint& pt) const );
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Inside(const wxRect& rect) const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- // return true if the rectangles have a non empty intersection
- bool Intersects(const wxRect& rect) const;
-
- // like Union() but don't ignore empty rectangles
- wxRect& operator+=(const wxRect& rect);
-
- // intersections of two rectrangles not testing for empty rectangles
- wxRect& operator*=(const wxRect& rect);
-
- // centre this rectangle in the given (usually, but not necessarily,
- // larger) one
- wxRect CentreIn(const wxRect& r, int dir = wxBOTH) const
- {
- return wxRect(dir & wxHORIZONTAL ? r.x + (r.width - width)/2 : x,
- dir & wxVERTICAL ? r.y + (r.height - height)/2 : y,
- width, height);
- }
-
- wxRect CenterIn(const wxRect& r, int dir = wxBOTH) const
- {
- return CentreIn(r, dir);
- }
-
-public:
- int x, y, width, height;
-};
-
-
-// compare rectangles
-inline bool operator==(const wxRect& r1, const wxRect& r2)
-{
- return (r1.x == r2.x) && (r1.y == r2.y) &&
- (r1.width == r2.width) && (r1.height == r2.height);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const wxRect& r1, const wxRect& r2)
-{
- return !(r1 == r2);
-}
-
-// like Union() but don't treat empty rectangles specially
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect operator+(const wxRect& r1, const wxRect& r2);
-
-// intersections of two rectangles
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect operator*(const wxRect& r1, const wxRect& r2);
-
-
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-inline bool wxRect::Inside(int cx, int cy) const { return Contains(cx, cy); }
-inline bool wxRect::Inside(const wxPoint& pt) const { return Contains(pt); }
-inline bool wxRect::Inside(const wxRect& rect) const { return Contains(rect); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-
-// define functions which couldn't be defined above because of declarations
-// order
-inline void wxSize::IncBy(const wxPoint& pt) { IncBy(pt.x, pt.y); }
-inline void wxSize::DecBy(const wxPoint& pt) { DecBy(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Management of pens, brushes and fonts
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef wxInt8 wxDash;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIObjListBase {
-public:
- wxGDIObjListBase();
- ~wxGDIObjListBase();
-
-protected:
- wxList list;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxColour*, wxStringToColourHashMap);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourDatabase
-{
-public:
- wxColourDatabase();
- ~wxColourDatabase();
-
- // find colour by name or name for the given colour
- wxColour Find(const wxString& name) const;
- wxString FindName(const wxColour& colour) const;
-
- // add a new colour to the database
- void AddColour(const wxString& name, const wxColour& colour);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, use Find() instead
- wxDEPRECATED( wxColour *FindColour(const wxString& name) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-
-#ifdef __WXPM__
- // PM keeps its own type of colour table
- long* m_palTable;
- size_t m_nSize;
-#endif
-
-private:
- // load the database with the built in colour values when called for the
- // first time, do nothing after this
- void Initialize();
-
- wxStringToColourHashMap *m_map;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxResourceCache: public wxList
-{
-public:
- wxResourceCache() { }
-#if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
- wxResourceCache(const unsigned int keyType) : wxList(keyType) { }
-#endif
- virtual ~wxResourceCache();
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-/* Stock objects
-
- wxStockGDI creates the stock GDI objects on demand. Pointers to the
- created objects are stored in the ms_stockObject array, which is indexed
- by the Item enum values. Platorm-specific fonts can be created by
- implementing a derived class with an override for the GetFont function.
- wxStockGDI operates as a singleton, accessed through the ms_instance
- pointer. By default this pointer is set to an instance of wxStockGDI.
- A derived class must arrange to set this pointer to an instance of itself.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStockGDI
-{
-public:
- enum Item {
- BRUSH_BLACK,
- BRUSH_BLUE,
- BRUSH_CYAN,
- BRUSH_GREEN,
- BRUSH_YELLOW,
- BRUSH_GREY,
- BRUSH_LIGHTGREY,
- BRUSH_MEDIUMGREY,
- BRUSH_RED,
- BRUSH_TRANSPARENT,
- BRUSH_WHITE,
- COLOUR_BLACK,
- COLOUR_BLUE,
- COLOUR_CYAN,
- COLOUR_GREEN,
- COLOUR_YELLOW,
- COLOUR_LIGHTGREY,
- COLOUR_RED,
- COLOUR_WHITE,
- CURSOR_CROSS,
- CURSOR_HOURGLASS,
- CURSOR_STANDARD,
- FONT_ITALIC,
- FONT_NORMAL,
- FONT_SMALL,
- FONT_SWISS,
- PEN_BLACK,
- PEN_BLACKDASHED,
- PEN_BLUE,
- PEN_CYAN,
- PEN_GREEN,
- PEN_YELLOW,
- PEN_GREY,
- PEN_LIGHTGREY,
- PEN_MEDIUMGREY,
- PEN_RED,
- PEN_TRANSPARENT,
- PEN_WHITE,
- ITEMCOUNT
- };
-
- wxStockGDI();
- virtual ~wxStockGDI();
- static void DeleteAll();
-
- static wxStockGDI& instance() { return *ms_instance; }
-
- static const wxBrush* GetBrush(Item item);
- static const wxColour* GetColour(Item item);
- static const wxCursor* GetCursor(Item item);
- // Can be overridden by platform-specific derived classes
- virtual const wxFont* GetFont(Item item);
- static const wxPen* GetPen(Item item);
-
-protected:
- static wxStockGDI* ms_instance;
-
- static wxObject* ms_stockObject[ITEMCOUNT];
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStockGDI);
-};
-
-#define wxITALIC_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_ITALIC)
-#define wxNORMAL_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_NORMAL)
-#define wxSMALL_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_SMALL)
-#define wxSWISS_FONT wxStockGDI::instance().GetFont(wxStockGDI::FONT_SWISS)
-
-#define wxBLACK_DASHED_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_BLACKDASHED)
-#define wxBLACK_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_BLACK)
-#define wxBLUE_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_BLUE)
-#define wxCYAN_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_CYAN)
-#define wxGREEN_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_GREEN)
-#define wxYELLOW_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_YELLOW)
-#define wxGREY_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_GREY)
-#define wxLIGHT_GREY_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_LIGHTGREY)
-#define wxMEDIUM_GREY_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_MEDIUMGREY)
-#define wxRED_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_RED)
-#define wxTRANSPARENT_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_TRANSPARENT)
-#define wxWHITE_PEN wxStockGDI::GetPen(wxStockGDI::PEN_WHITE)
-
-#define wxBLACK_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_BLACK)
-#define wxBLUE_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_BLUE)
-#define wxCYAN_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_CYAN)
-#define wxGREEN_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_GREEN)
-#define wxYELLOW_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_YELLOW)
-#define wxGREY_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_GREY)
-#define wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_LIGHTGREY)
-#define wxMEDIUM_GREY_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_MEDIUMGREY)
-#define wxRED_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_RED)
-#define wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_TRANSPARENT)
-#define wxWHITE_BRUSH wxStockGDI::GetBrush(wxStockGDI::BRUSH_WHITE)
-
-#define wxBLACK wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_BLACK)
-#define wxBLUE wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_BLUE)
-#define wxCYAN wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_CYAN)
-#define wxGREEN wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_GREEN)
-#define wxYELLOW wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_YELLOW)
-#define wxLIGHT_GREY wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_LIGHTGREY)
-#define wxRED wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_RED)
-#define wxWHITE wxStockGDI::GetColour(wxStockGDI::COLOUR_WHITE)
-
-#define wxCROSS_CURSOR wxStockGDI::GetCursor(wxStockGDI::CURSOR_CROSS)
-#define wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR wxStockGDI::GetCursor(wxStockGDI::CURSOR_HOURGLASS)
-#define wxSTANDARD_CURSOR wxStockGDI::GetCursor(wxStockGDI::CURSOR_STANDARD)
-
-// 'Null' objects
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxBitmap) wxNullBitmap;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxIcon) wxNullIcon;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxCursor) wxNullCursor;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPen) wxNullPen;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxBrush) wxNullBrush;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPalette) wxNullPalette;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxFont) wxNullFont;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxColour) wxNullColour;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxIconBundle) wxNullIconBundle;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxColourDatabase*) wxTheColourDatabase;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxPanelNameStr[];
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxSize) wxDefaultSize;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxPoint) wxDefaultPosition;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// resource management
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInitializeStockLists();
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDeleteStockLists();
-
-// is the display colour (or monochrome)?
-extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourDisplay();
-
-// Returns depth of screen
-extern int WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplayDepth();
-#define wxGetDisplayDepth wxDisplayDepth
-
-// get the display size
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplaySize(int *width, int *height);
-extern wxSize WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetDisplaySize();
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDisplaySizeMM(int *width, int *height);
-extern wxSize WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetDisplaySizeMM();
-extern wxSize WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetDisplayPPI();
-
-// Get position and size of the display workarea
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDisplayRect(int *x, int *y, int *width, int *height);
-extern wxRect WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetClientDisplayRect();
-
-// set global cursor
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor);
-
-#endif
- // _WX_GDICMNH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gdiobj.h
-// Purpose: wxGDIObject base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGDIRefData is the base class for wxXXXData structures which contain the
-// real data for the GDI object and are shared among all wxWin objects sharing
-// the same native GDI object
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIRefData : public wxObjectRefData
-{
-public:
- // Default ctor which needs to be defined just because we use
- // wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS() below.
- wxGDIRefData() { }
-
- // override this in the derived classes to check if this data object is
- // really fully initialized
- virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGDIRefData);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGDIObject: base class for bitmaps, pens, brushes, ...
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGDIObject : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // checks if the object can be used
- virtual bool IsOk() const
- {
- // the cast here is safe because the derived classes always create
- // wxGDIRefData objects
- return m_refData && static_cast<wxGDIRefData *>(m_refData)->IsOk();
- }
-
- // don't use in the new code, use IsOk() instead
- bool IsNull() const { return m_refData == NULL; }
-
- // older version, for backwards compatibility only (but not deprecated
- // because it's still widely used)
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)
- // Creates the resource
- virtual bool RealizeResource() { return false; }
-
- // Frees the resource
- virtual bool FreeResource(bool WXUNUSED(force) = false) { return false; }
-
- virtual bool IsFree() const { return false; }
-
- // Returns handle.
- virtual WXHANDLE GetResourceHandle() const { return 0; }
-#endif // defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)
-
-protected:
- // replace base class functions using wxObjectRefData with our own which
- // use wxGDIRefData to ensure that we always work with data objects of the
- // correct type (i.e. derived from wxGDIRefData)
- virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const
- {
- return CreateGDIRefData();
- }
-
- virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const
- {
- return CloneGDIRefData(static_cast<const wxGDIRefData *>(data));
- }
-
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const = 0;
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const = 0;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGDIObject)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GDIOBJ_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/aboutdlgg.h
-// Purpose: generic wxAboutBox() implementation
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2006-10-07
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ABOUTDLGG_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_ABOUTDLGG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ABOUTDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxAboutDialogInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizerFlags;
-
-// Under GTK and OS X "About" dialogs are not supposed to be modal, unlike MSW
-// and, presumably, all the other platforms.
-#ifndef wxUSE_MODAL_ABOUT_DIALOG
- #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
- #define wxUSE_MODAL_ABOUT_DIALOG 0
- #else
- #define wxUSE_MODAL_ABOUT_DIALOG 1
- #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_MODAL_ABOUT_DIALOG not defined
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGenericAboutDialog: generic "About" dialog implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericAboutDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- // constructors and Create() method
- // --------------------------------
-
- // default ctor, you must use Create() to really initialize the dialog
- wxGenericAboutDialog() { Init(); }
-
- // ctor which fully initializes the object
- wxGenericAboutDialog(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent = NULL)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(info, parent);
- }
-
- // this method must be called if and only if the default ctor was used
- bool Create(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent = NULL);
-
-protected:
- // this virtual method may be overridden to add some more controls to the
- // dialog
- //
- // notice that for this to work you must call Create() from the derived
- // class ctor and not use the base class ctor directly as otherwise the
- // virtual function of the derived class wouldn't be called
- virtual void DoAddCustomControls() { }
-
- // add arbitrary control to the text sizer contents with the specified
- // flags
- void AddControl(wxWindow *win, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
-
- // add arbitrary control to the text sizer contents and center it
- void AddControl(wxWindow *win);
-
- // add the text, if it's not empty, to the text sizer contents
- void AddText(const wxString& text);
-
-#if wxUSE_COLLPANE
- // add a wxCollapsiblePane containing the given text
- void AddCollapsiblePane(const wxString& title, const wxString& text);
-#endif // wxUSE_COLLPANE
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init() { m_sizerText = NULL; }
-
-#if !wxUSE_MODAL_ABOUT_DIALOG
- // An explicit handler for deleting the dialog when it's closed is needed
- // when we show it non-modally.
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
- void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
-#endif // !wxUSE_MODAL_ABOUT_DIALOG
-
- wxSizer *m_sizerText;
-};
-
-// unlike wxAboutBox which can show either the native or generic about dialog,
-// this function always shows the generic one
-WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV void wxGenericAboutBox(const wxAboutDialogInfo& info, wxWindow* parent = NULL);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ABOUTDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ABOUTDLGG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/accel.h
-// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAcceleratorTable
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorTable : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxAcceleratorTable();
- wxAcceleratorTable(int n, const wxAcceleratorEntry entries[]);
- virtual ~wxAcceleratorTable();
-
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- bool IsOk() const;
-
- void Add(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry);
- void Remove(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry);
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- wxMenuItem *GetMenuItem(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
- int GetCommand(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
-
- const wxAcceleratorEntry *GetEntry(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
-
-protected:
- // ref counting code
- virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const;
- virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAcceleratorTable)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ACCEL_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/bmpcbox.h
-// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: Aug-30-2006
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_BMPCBOX_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_BMPCBOX_H_
-
-
-#define wxGENERIC_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1
-
-#include "wx/odcombo.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapComboBox: a wxComboBox that allows images to be shown
-// in front of string items.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxBitmapComboBox : public wxOwnerDrawnComboBox,
- public wxBitmapComboBoxBase
-{
-public:
-
- // ctors and such
- wxBitmapComboBox() : wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(), wxBitmapComboBoxBase()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0,
- const wxString choices[] = NULL,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr)
- : wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(),
- wxBitmapComboBoxBase()
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n,
- choices, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr);
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- int n,
- const wxString choices[],
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr);
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxBitmapComboBox();
-
- // Adds item with image to the end of the combo box.
- int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap);
- int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, void *clientData);
- int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxClientData *clientData);
-
- // Inserts item with image into the list before pos. Not valid for wxCB_SORT
- // styles, use Append instead.
- int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, unsigned int pos);
- int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- unsigned int pos, void *clientData);
- int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData);
-
- // Sets the image for the given item.
- virtual void SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
-protected:
-
- virtual void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const;
- virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const;
- virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem(size_t item) const;
- virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItemWidth(size_t item) const;
-
- // Event handlers
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- virtual wxItemContainer* GetItemContainer() { return this; }
- virtual wxWindow* GetControl() { return this; }
-
- // wxItemContainer implementation
- virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter & items,
- unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData, wxClientDataType type);
- virtual void DoClear();
- virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
-
-private:
- bool m_inResize;
-
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapComboBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_BMPCBOX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/busyinfo.h
-// Purpose: Information window (when app is busy)
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BUSYINFO_H_
-#define _WX_BUSYINFO_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BUSYINFO
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBusyInfo
-// Displays progress information
-// Can be used in exactly same way as wxBusyCursor
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBusyInfo : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxBusyInfo(const wxString& message, wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
- virtual ~wxBusyInfo();
-
-private:
- wxFrame *m_InfoFrame;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBusyInfo);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BUSYINFO
-#endif // _WX_BUSYINFO_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/buttonbar.h
-// Purpose: wxButtonToolBar declaration
-// Author: Julian Smart, after Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, SciTech
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2006-04-13
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin,
-// SciTech Software, Inc.
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_BUTTONBAR_H_
-#define _WX_BUTTONBAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h"
-#include "wx/toolbar.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButtonToolBarTool;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxButtonToolBar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButtonToolBar : public wxToolBarBase
-{
-public:
- // construction/destruction
- wxButtonToolBar() { Init(); }
- wxButtonToolBar(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr );
-
- virtual ~wxButtonToolBar();
-
- virtual bool Realize();
-
- virtual void SetToolShortHelp(int id, const wxString& helpString);
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
-protected:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
- virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
- virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
- virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
- virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
- wxItemKind kind,
- wxObject *clientData,
- const wxString& shortHelp,
- const wxString& longHelp);
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control,
- const wxString& label);
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
- // calculate layout
- void DoLayout();
-
- // get the bounding rect for the given tool
- wxRect GetToolRect(wxToolBarToolBase *tool) const;
-
- // get the rect limits depending on the orientation: top/bottom for a
- // vertical toolbar, left/right for a horizontal one
- void GetRectLimits(const wxRect& rect, wxCoord *start, wxCoord *end) const;
-
- // receives button commands
- void OnCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- // paints a border
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
- // detects mouse clicks outside buttons
- void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-private:
- // have we calculated the positions of our tools?
- bool m_needsLayout;
-
- // the width of a separator
- wxCoord m_widthSeparator;
-
- // the total size of all toolbar elements
- wxCoord m_maxWidth,
- m_maxHeight;
-
- // the height of a label
- int m_labelHeight;
-
- // the space above the label
- int m_labelMargin;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButtonToolBar)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif
- // _WX_BUTTONBAR_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/calctrlg.h
-// Purpose: generic implementation of date-picker control
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29.12.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRLG_H
-#define _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRLG_H
-
-#include "wx/control.h" // the base class
-#include "wx/dcclient.h" // for wxPaintDC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGenericCalendarCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericCalendarCtrl : public wxCalendarCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- // construction
- wxGenericCalendarCtrl() { Init(); }
- wxGenericCalendarCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS,
- const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr);
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS,
- const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxGenericCalendarCtrl();
-
- virtual bool Destroy();
-
- // set/get the current date
- // ------------------------
-
- virtual bool SetDate(const wxDateTime& date);
- virtual wxDateTime GetDate() const { return m_date; }
-
-
- // set/get the range in which selection can occur
- // ---------------------------------------------
-
- virtual bool SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxDateTime& upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime);
-
- virtual bool GetDateRange(wxDateTime *lowerdate, wxDateTime *upperdate) const;
-
- // these functions are for generic version only, don't use them but use the
- // Set/GetDateRange() above instead
- bool SetLowerDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime);
- const wxDateTime& GetLowerDateLimit() const { return m_lowdate; }
- bool SetUpperDateLimit(const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime);
- const wxDateTime& GetUpperDateLimit() const { return m_highdate; }
-
-
- // calendar mode
- // -------------
-
- // some calendar styles can't be changed after the control creation by
- // just using SetWindowStyle() and Refresh() and the functions below
- // should be used instead for them
-
- // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_MONTH_CHANGE bit
- virtual bool EnableMonthChange(bool enable = true);
-
- // corresponds to wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE bit, deprecated, generic only
- void EnableYearChange(bool enable = true);
-
-
- // customization
- // -------------
-
- virtual void Mark(size_t day, bool mark);
-
- // all other functions in this section are for generic version only
-
- // header colours are used for painting the weekdays at the top
- virtual void SetHeaderColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg)
- {
- m_colHeaderFg = colFg;
- m_colHeaderBg = colBg;
- }
-
- virtual const wxColour& GetHeaderColourFg() const { return m_colHeaderFg; }
- virtual const wxColour& GetHeaderColourBg() const { return m_colHeaderBg; }
-
- // highlight colour is used for the currently selected date
- virtual void SetHighlightColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg)
- {
- m_colHighlightFg = colFg;
- m_colHighlightBg = colBg;
- }
-
- virtual const wxColour& GetHighlightColourFg() const { return m_colHighlightFg; }
- virtual const wxColour& GetHighlightColourBg() const { return m_colHighlightBg; }
-
- // holiday colour is used for the holidays (if style & wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS)
- virtual void SetHolidayColours(const wxColour& colFg, const wxColour& colBg)
- {
- m_colHolidayFg = colFg;
- m_colHolidayBg = colBg;
- }
-
- virtual const wxColour& GetHolidayColourFg() const { return m_colHolidayFg; }
- virtual const wxColour& GetHolidayColourBg() const { return m_colHolidayBg; }
-
- virtual wxCalendarDateAttr *GetAttr(size_t day) const
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG( day > 0 && day < 32, NULL, wxT("invalid day") );
-
- return m_attrs[day - 1];
- }
-
- virtual void SetAttr(size_t day, wxCalendarDateAttr *attr)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( day > 0 && day < 32, wxT("invalid day") );
-
- delete m_attrs[day - 1];
- m_attrs[day - 1] = attr;
- }
-
- virtual void ResetAttr(size_t day) { SetAttr(day, NULL); }
-
- virtual void SetHoliday(size_t day);
-
- virtual wxCalendarHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pos,
- wxDateTime *date = NULL,
- wxDateTime::WeekDay *wd = NULL);
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // forward these functions to all subcontrols
- virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
- virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-
- virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style);
-
- virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
- { return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant()); }
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- // override some base class virtuals
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
- virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // startup colours and reinitialization after colour changes in system
- void InitColours();
-
- // event handlers
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- void OnClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnDClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnMonthChange(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- void HandleYearChange(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnYearChange(wxSpinEvent& event);
- void OnYearTextChange(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- // (re)calc m_widthCol and m_heightRow
- void RecalcGeometry();
-
- // set the date and send the notification
- void SetDateAndNotify(const wxDateTime& date);
-
- // get the week (row, in range 1..6) for the given date
- size_t GetWeek(const wxDateTime& date) const;
-
- // get the date from which we start drawing days
- wxDateTime GetStartDate() const;
-
- // get the first/last days of the week corresponding to the current style
- wxDateTime::WeekDay GetWeekStart() const
- {
- return HasFlag(wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST) ? wxDateTime::Mon
- : wxDateTime::Sun;
- }
-
- wxDateTime::WeekDay GetWeekEnd() const
- {
- return HasFlag(wxCAL_MONDAY_FIRST) ? wxDateTime::Sun
- : wxDateTime::Sat;
- }
-
-
- // is this date shown?
- bool IsDateShown(const wxDateTime& date) const;
-
- // is this date in the currently allowed range?
- bool IsDateInRange(const wxDateTime& date) const;
-
- // adjust the date to the currently allowed range, return true if it was
- // changed
- bool AdjustDateToRange(wxDateTime *date) const;
-
- // redraw the given date
- void RefreshDate(const wxDateTime& date);
-
- // change the date inside the same month/year
- void ChangeDay(const wxDateTime& date);
-
- // deprecated
- bool AllowYearChange() const
- {
- return !(GetWindowStyle() & wxCAL_NO_YEAR_CHANGE);
- }
-
- // show the correct controls
- void ShowCurrentControls();
-
- // create the month combo and year spin controls
- void CreateMonthComboBox();
- void CreateYearSpinCtrl();
-
-public:
- // get the currently shown control for month/year
- wxControl *GetMonthControl() const;
- wxControl *GetYearControl() const;
-
-private:
- virtual void ResetHolidayAttrs();
- virtual void RefreshHolidays() { Refresh(); }
-
- // OnPaint helper-methods
-
- // Highlight the [fromdate : todate] range using pen and brush
- void HighlightRange(wxPaintDC* dc, const wxDateTime& fromdate, const wxDateTime& todate, const wxPen* pen, const wxBrush* brush);
-
- // Get the "coordinates" for the date relative to the month currently displayed.
- // using (day, week): upper left coord is (1, 1), lower right coord is (7, 6)
- // if the date isn't visible (-1, -1) is put in (day, week) and false is returned
- bool GetDateCoord(const wxDateTime& date, int *day, int *week) const;
-
- // Set the flag for SetDate(): otherwise it would overwrite the year
- // typed in by the user
- void SetUserChangedYear() { m_userChangedYear = true; }
-
-
- // the subcontrols
- wxStaticText *m_staticMonth;
- wxComboBox *m_comboMonth;
-
- wxStaticText *m_staticYear;
- wxSpinCtrl *m_spinYear;
-
- // the current selection
- wxDateTime m_date;
-
- // the date-range
- wxDateTime m_lowdate;
- wxDateTime m_highdate;
-
- // default attributes
- wxColour m_colHighlightFg,
- m_colHighlightBg,
- m_colHolidayFg,
- m_colHolidayBg,
- m_colHeaderFg,
- m_colHeaderBg,
- m_colBackground,
- m_colSurrounding;
-
- // the attributes for each of the month days
- wxCalendarDateAttr *m_attrs[31];
-
- // the width and height of one column/row in the calendar
- wxCoord m_widthCol,
- m_heightRow,
- m_rowOffset,
- m_calendarWeekWidth;
-
- wxRect m_leftArrowRect,
- m_rightArrowRect;
-
- // the week day names
- wxString m_weekdays[7];
-
- // true if SetDate() is being called as the result of changing the year in
- // the year control
- bool m_userChangedYear;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericCalendarCtrl)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericCalendarCtrl);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_CALCTRLG_H
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/caret.h
-// Purpose: generic wxCaret class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin (original code by Robert Roebling)
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 25.05.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_
-#define _WX_CARET_H_
-
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/overlay.h"
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY
- #define wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCaret;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretTimer : public wxTimer
-{
-public:
- wxCaretTimer(wxCaret *caret);
- virtual void Notify();
-
-private:
- wxCaret *m_caret;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaret : public wxCaretBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // -----
- // default - use Create()
- wxCaret() : m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); }
- // creates a block caret associated with the given window
- wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
- : wxCaretBase(window, width, height), m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); }
- wxCaret(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size)
- : wxCaretBase(window, size), m_timer(this) { InitGeneric(); }
-
- virtual ~wxCaret();
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- // called by wxWindow (not using the event tables)
- virtual void OnSetFocus();
- virtual void OnKillFocus();
-
- // called by wxCaretTimer
- void OnTimer();
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoShow();
- virtual void DoHide();
- virtual void DoMove();
- virtual void DoSize();
-
- // blink the caret once
- void Blink();
-
- // refresh the caret
- void Refresh();
-
- // draw the caret on the given DC
- void DoDraw(wxDC *dc, wxWindow* win);
-
-private:
- // GTK specific initialization
- void InitGeneric();
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS
- // the overlay for displaying the caret
- wxOverlay m_overlay;
-#else
- // the bitmap holding the part of window hidden by the caret when it was
- // at (m_xOld, m_yOld)
- wxBitmap m_bmpUnderCaret;
- int m_xOld,
- m_yOld;
-#endif
-
- wxCaretTimer m_timer;
- bool m_blinkedOut, // true => caret hidden right now
- m_hasFocus; // true => our window has focus
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_CARET_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/choicdgg.h
-// Purpose: Generic choice dialogs
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by: 03.11.00: VZ to add wxArrayString and multiple sel functions
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_CHOICDGG_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_CHOICDGG_H_
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListBoxBase;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// some (ugly...) constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxCHOICE_HEIGHT 150
-#define wxCHOICE_WIDTH 200
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-#define wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE \
- (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE)
-#else
-#define wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE \
- (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE)
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnyChoiceDialog: a base class for dialogs containing a listbox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAnyChoiceDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxAnyChoiceDialog() { }
-
- wxAnyChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n, const wxString *choices,
- long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices,
- styleDlg, pos, styleLbox);
- }
- wxAnyChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, message, caption, choices,
- styleDlg, pos, styleLbox);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n, const wxString *choices,
- long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long styleDlg = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- long styleLbox = wxLB_ALWAYS_SB);
-
-protected:
- wxListBoxBase *m_listbox;
-
- virtual wxListBoxBase *CreateList(int n,
- const wxString *choices,
- long styleLbox);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAnyChoiceDialog);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSingleChoiceDialog: a dialog with single selection listbox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSingleChoiceDialog : public wxAnyChoiceDialog
-{
-public:
- wxSingleChoiceDialog()
- {
- m_selection = -1;
- }
-
- wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n,
- const wxString *choices,
- void **clientData = NULL,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
- {
- Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices, clientData, style, pos);
- }
-
- wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- void **clientData = NULL,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
- {
- Create(parent, message, caption, choices, clientData, style, pos);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n,
- const wxString *choices,
- void **clientData = NULL,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- void **clientData = NULL,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
- void SetSelection(int sel);
- int GetSelection() const { return m_selection; }
- wxString GetStringSelection() const { return m_stringSelection; }
- void* GetSelectionData() const { return m_clientData; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // Deprecated overloads taking "char**" client data.
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR
- (
- wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n,
- const wxString *choices,
- char **clientData,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
- )
- {
- Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices,
- (void**)clientData, style, pos);
- }
-
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR
- (
- wxSingleChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- char **clientData,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
- )
- {
- Create(parent, message, caption, choices,
- (void**)clientData, style, pos);
- }
-
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE
- (
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n,
- const wxString *choices,
- char **clientData,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition),
- return Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices,
- (void**)clientData, style, pos);
- )
-
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE
- (
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- char **clientData,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition),
- return Create(parent, message, caption, choices,
- (void**)clientData, style, pos);
- )
-
- // NB: no need to make it return wxChar, it's untyped
- wxDEPRECATED_ACCESSOR
- (
- char* GetSelectionClientData() const,
- (char*)GetSelectionData()
- )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- // implementation from now on
- void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
-#ifndef __SMARTPHONE__
- void OnListBoxDClick(wxCommandEvent& event);
-#endif
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
- void OnJoystickButtonDown(wxJoystickEvent& event);
-#endif
-
-protected:
- int m_selection;
- wxString m_stringSelection;
-
- void DoChoice();
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSingleChoiceDialog)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMultiChoiceDialog: a dialog with multi selection listbox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMultiChoiceDialog : public wxAnyChoiceDialog
-{
-public:
- wxMultiChoiceDialog() { }
-
- wxMultiChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n,
- const wxString *choices,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, message, caption, n, choices, style, pos);
- }
- wxMultiChoiceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, message, caption, choices, style, pos);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n,
- const wxString *choices,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = wxCHOICEDLG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
- void SetSelections(const wxArrayInt& selections);
- wxArrayInt GetSelections() const { return m_selections; }
-
- // implementation from now on
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
- virtual wxListBoxBase *CreateList(int n,
- const wxString *choices,
- long styleLbox);
-#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-
- wxArrayInt m_selections;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxMultiChoiceDialog)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wrapper functions which can be used to get selection(s) from the user
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the user selection as a string
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord,
- int y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true,
- int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
- int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT,
- int initialSelection = 0);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n, const wxString *choices,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord,
- int y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true,
- int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
- int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT,
- int initialSelection = 0);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- int initialSelection,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetSingleChoice(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n, const wxString *choices,
- int initialSelection,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-// Same as above but gets position in list of strings, instead of string,
-// or -1 if no selection
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord,
- int y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true,
- int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
- int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT,
- int initialSelection = 0);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n, const wxString *choices,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord,
- int y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true,
- int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
- int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT,
- int initialSelection = 0);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- int initialSelection,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSingleChoiceIndex(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n, const wxString *choices,
- int initialSelection,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-// Return client data instead or NULL if canceled
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- void **client_data,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord,
- int y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true,
- int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
- int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT,
- int initialSelection = 0);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n, const wxString *choices,
- void **client_data,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord,
- int y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true,
- int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
- int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT,
- int initialSelection = 0);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- void **client_data,
- int initialSelection,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void* wxGetSingleChoiceData(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n, const wxString *choices,
- void **client_data,
- int initialSelection,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-// fill the array with the indices of the chosen items, it will be empty
-// if no items were selected or Cancel was pressed - return the number of
-// selections or -1 if cancelled
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSelectedChoices(wxArrayInt& selections,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n, const wxString *choices,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord,
- int y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true,
- int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
- int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxGetSelectedChoices(wxArrayInt& selections,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord,
- int y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true,
- int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
- int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-// fill the array with the indices of the chosen items, it will be empty
-// if no items were selected or Cancel was pressed - return the number of
-// selections
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- int n, const wxString *choices,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord,
- int y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true,
- int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
- int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT) );
-
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE size_t wxGetMultipleChoices(wxArrayInt& selections,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord,
- int y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true,
- int width = wxCHOICE_WIDTH,
- int height = wxCHOICE_HEIGHT));
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_CHOICDGG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/colrdlgg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericColourDialog
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COLORDLGG_H_
-#define _WX_COLORDLGG_H_
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-#define wxID_ADD_CUSTOM 3000
-
-#if wxUSE_SLIDER
-
- #define wxID_RED_SLIDER 3001
- #define wxID_GREEN_SLIDER 3002
- #define wxID_BLUE_SLIDER 3003
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSlider;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericColourDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxGenericColourDialog();
- wxGenericColourDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- wxColourData *data = NULL);
- virtual ~wxGenericColourDialog();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
-
- wxColourData &GetColourData() { return m_colourData; }
-
- virtual int ShowModal();
-
- // Internal functions
- void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
- virtual void CalculateMeasurements();
- virtual void CreateWidgets();
- virtual void InitializeColours();
-
- virtual void PaintBasicColours(wxDC& dc);
- virtual void PaintCustomColours(wxDC& dc);
- virtual void PaintCustomColour(wxDC& dc);
- virtual void PaintHighlight(wxDC& dc, bool draw);
-
- virtual void OnBasicColourClick(int which);
- virtual void OnCustomColourClick(int which);
-
- void OnAddCustom(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-#if wxUSE_SLIDER
- void OnRedSlider(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnGreenSlider(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnBlueSlider(wxCommandEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
-
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- wxColourData m_colourData;
-
- // Area reserved for grids of colours
- wxRect m_standardColoursRect;
- wxRect m_customColoursRect;
- wxRect m_singleCustomColourRect;
-
- // Size of each colour rectangle
- wxPoint m_smallRectangleSize;
-
- // For single customizable colour
- wxPoint m_customRectangleSize;
-
- // Grid spacing (between rectangles)
- int m_gridSpacing;
-
- // Section spacing (between left and right halves of dialog box)
- int m_sectionSpacing;
-
- // 48 'standard' colours
- wxColour m_standardColours[48];
-
- // 16 'custom' colours
- wxColour m_customColours[16];
-
- // Which colour is selected? An index into one of the two areas.
- int m_colourSelection;
- int m_whichKind; // 1 for standard colours, 2 for custom colours,
-
-#if wxUSE_SLIDER
- wxSlider *m_redSlider;
- wxSlider *m_greenSlider;
- wxSlider *m_blueSlider;
-#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
-
- int m_buttonY;
-
- int m_okButtonX;
- int m_customButtonX;
-
- // static bool colourDialogCancelled;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericColourDialog)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_COLORDLGG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/combo.h
-// Purpose: Generic wxComboCtrl
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: Apr-30-2006
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_COMBOCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_COMBOCTRL_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-
-// Only define generic if native doesn't have all the features
-#if !defined(wxCOMBOCONTROL_FULLY_FEATURED)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Generic wxComboCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-
-// all actions of single line text controls are supported
-
-// popup/dismiss the choice window
-#define wxACTION_COMBOBOX_POPUP wxT("popup")
-#define wxACTION_COMBOBOX_DISMISS wxT("dismiss")
-
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/dcbuffer.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxComboBoxNameStr[];
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericComboCtrl : public wxComboCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors and such
- wxGenericComboCtrl() : wxComboCtrlBase() { Init(); }
-
- wxGenericComboCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
- : wxComboCtrlBase()
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxGenericComboCtrl();
-
- void SetCustomPaintWidth( int width );
-
- virtual bool IsKeyPopupToggle(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
-
- static int GetFeatures() { return wxComboCtrlFeatures::All; }
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- // we have our own input handler and our own actions
- virtual bool PerformAction(const wxControlAction& action,
- long numArg = 0l,
- const wxString& strArg = wxEmptyString);
-#endif
-
-protected:
-
- // Dummies for platform-specific wxTextEntry implementations
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- // Looks like there's nothing we need to override here
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- virtual WXWidget GetTextWidget() const { return NULL; }
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__)
- virtual GtkEditable *GetEditable() const { return NULL; }
- virtual GtkEntry *GetEntry() const { return NULL; }
-#endif
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- // Looks like there's nothing we need to override here
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- virtual WXHWND GetEditHWND() const { return NULL; }
-#endif
-
- // For better transparent background rendering
- virtual bool HasTransparentBackground()
- {
- #if wxALWAYS_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFER
- #ifdef __WXGTK__
- // Sanity check for GTK+
- return IsDoubleBuffered();
- #else
- return true;
- #endif
- #else
- return false;
- #endif
- }
-
- // Mandatory virtuals
- virtual void OnResize();
-
- // Event handlers
- void OnPaintEvent( wxPaintEvent& event );
- void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericComboCtrl)
-};
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_
-
-// If native wxComboCtrl was not defined, then prepare a simple
-// front-end so that wxRTTI works as expected.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboCtrl : public wxGenericComboCtrl
-{
-public:
- wxComboCtrl() : wxGenericComboCtrl() {}
-
- wxComboCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
- : wxGenericComboCtrl()
- {
- (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxComboCtrl() {}
-
-protected:
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_
-
-#else
-
-#define wxGenericComboCtrl wxComboCtrl
-
-#endif // !defined(wxCOMBOCONTROL_FULLY_FEATURED)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-#endif
- // _WX_GENERIC_COMBOCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/custombgwin.h
-// Purpose: Generic implementation of wxCustomBackgroundWindow.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-10-10
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_CUSTOMBGWIN_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_CUSTOMBGWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-// A helper to avoid template bloat: this class contains all type-independent
-// code of wxCustomBackgroundWindow<> below.
-class wxCustomBackgroundWindowGenericBase : public wxCustomBackgroundWindowBase
-{
-public:
- wxCustomBackgroundWindowGenericBase() { }
-
-protected:
- void DoEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event, wxWindow* win)
- {
- wxDC& dc = *event.GetDC();
-
- const wxSize clientSize = win->GetClientSize();
- const wxSize bitmapSize = m_bitmapBg.GetSize();
-
- for ( int x = 0; x < clientSize.x; x += bitmapSize.x )
- {
- for ( int y = 0; y < clientSize.y; y += bitmapSize.y )
- {
- dc.DrawBitmap(m_bitmapBg, x, y);
- }
- }
- }
-
-
- // The bitmap used for painting the background if valid.
- wxBitmap m_bitmapBg;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCustomBackgroundWindowGenericBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCustomBackgroundWindow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class W>
-class wxCustomBackgroundWindow : public W,
- public wxCustomBackgroundWindowGenericBase
-{
-public:
- typedef W BaseWindowClass;
-
- wxCustomBackgroundWindow() { }
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetBackgroundBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp)
- {
- m_bitmapBg = bmp;
-
- if ( m_bitmapBg.IsOk() )
- {
- BaseWindowClass::Connect
- (
- wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND,
- wxEraseEventHandler(wxCustomBackgroundWindow::OnEraseBackground)
- );
- }
- else
- {
- BaseWindowClass::Disconnect
- (
- wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND,
- wxEraseEventHandler(wxCustomBackgroundWindow::OnEraseBackground)
- );
- }
- }
-
-private:
- // Event handler for erasing the background which is only used when we have
- // a valid background bitmap.
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
- {
- DoEraseBackground(event, this);
- }
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxCustomBackgroundWindow, W);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_CUSTOMBGWIN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/dataview.h
-// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl generic implementation header
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified By: Bo Yang
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __GENERICDATAVIEWCTRLH__
-#define __GENERICDATAVIEWCTRLH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewMainWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewHeaderWindow;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewColumn
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewColumn : public wxDataViewColumnBase
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewColumn(const wxString& title,
- wxDataViewRenderer *renderer,
- unsigned int model_column,
- int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE)
- : wxDataViewColumnBase(renderer, model_column),
- m_title(title)
- {
- Init(width, align, flags);
- }
-
- wxDataViewColumn(const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- wxDataViewRenderer *renderer,
- unsigned int model_column,
- int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE)
- : wxDataViewColumnBase(bitmap, renderer, model_column)
- {
- Init(width, align, flags);
- }
-
- // implement wxHeaderColumnBase methods
- virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; UpdateDisplay(); }
- virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
-
- virtual void SetWidth(int width) { m_width = width; UpdateDisplay(); }
- virtual int GetWidth() const;
-
- virtual void SetMinWidth(int minWidth) { m_minWidth = minWidth; UpdateDisplay(); }
- virtual int GetMinWidth() const { return m_minWidth; }
-
- virtual void SetAlignment(wxAlignment align) { m_align = align; UpdateDisplay(); }
- virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_align; }
-
- virtual void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; UpdateDisplay(); }
- virtual int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- virtual bool IsSortKey() const { return m_sort; }
-
- virtual void UnsetAsSortKey();
-
- virtual void SetSortOrder(bool ascending);
-
- virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const { return m_sortAscending; }
-
- virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) { wxDataViewColumnBase::SetBitmap(bitmap); UpdateDisplay(); }
-
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init(int width, wxAlignment align, int flags);
-
- void UpdateDisplay();
-
- wxString m_title;
- int m_width,
- m_minWidth;
- wxAlignment m_align;
- int m_flags;
- bool m_sort,
- m_sortAscending;
-
- friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindowBase;
- friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindow;
- friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindowMSW;
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewCtrl
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxDataViewColumn, wxDataViewColumnList,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCtrl : public wxDataViewCtrlBase,
- public wxScrollHelper
-{
- friend class wxDataViewMainWindow;
- friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindowBase;
- friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindow;
- friend class wxDataViewHeaderWindowMSW;
- friend class wxDataViewColumn;
-
-public:
- wxDataViewCtrl() : wxScrollHelper(this)
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxDataViewCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDataViewCtrlNameStr )
- : wxScrollHelper(this)
- {
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxDataViewCtrl();
-
- void Init();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDataViewCtrlNameStr);
-
- virtual bool AssociateModel( wxDataViewModel *model );
-
- virtual bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col );
- virtual bool PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col );
- virtual bool InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col );
-
- virtual void DoSetExpanderColumn();
- virtual void DoSetIndent();
-
- virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const;
- virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn( unsigned int pos ) const;
- virtual bool DeleteColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column );
- virtual bool ClearColumns();
- virtual int GetColumnPosition( const wxDataViewColumn *column ) const;
-
- virtual wxDataViewColumn *GetSortingColumn() const;
-
- virtual int GetSelectedItemsCount() const;
- virtual int GetSelections( wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) const;
- virtual void SetSelections( const wxDataViewItemArray & sel );
- virtual void Select( const wxDataViewItem & item );
- virtual void Unselect( const wxDataViewItem & item );
- virtual bool IsSelected( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const;
-
- virtual void SelectAll();
- virtual void UnselectAll();
-
- virtual void EnsureVisible( const wxDataViewItem & item,
- const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL );
- virtual void HitTest( const wxPoint & point, wxDataViewItem & item,
- wxDataViewColumn* &column ) const;
- virtual wxRect GetItemRect( const wxDataViewItem & item,
- const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL ) const;
-
- virtual bool SetRowHeight( int rowHeight );
-
- virtual void Expand( const wxDataViewItem & item );
- virtual void Collapse( const wxDataViewItem & item );
- virtual bool IsExpanded( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const;
-
- virtual void SetFocus();
-
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont & font);
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- virtual bool EnableDragSource( const wxDataFormat &format );
- virtual bool EnableDropTarget( const wxDataFormat &format );
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-
- virtual void EditItem(const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxDataViewColumn *column);
-
- // These methods are specific to generic wxDataViewCtrl implementation and
- // should not be used in portable code.
- wxColour GetAlternateRowColour() const { return m_alternateRowColour; }
- void SetAlternateRowColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
-protected:
- virtual void EnsureVisible( int row, int column );
-
- // Notice that row here may be invalid (i.e. >= GetRowCount()), this is not
- // an error and this function simply returns an invalid item in this case.
- virtual wxDataViewItem GetItemByRow( unsigned int row ) const;
- virtual int GetRowByItem( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const;
-
- int GetSortingColumnIndex() const { return m_sortingColumnIdx; }
- void SetSortingColumnIndex(int idx) { m_sortingColumnIdx = idx; }
-
-public: // utility functions not part of the API
-
- // returns the "best" width for the idx-th column
- unsigned int GetBestColumnWidth(int idx) const;
-
- // called by header window after reorder
- void ColumnMoved( wxDataViewColumn* col, unsigned int new_pos );
-
- // update the display after a change to an individual column
- void OnColumnChange(unsigned int idx);
-
- // update after a change to the number of columns
- void OnColumnsCountChanged();
-
- wxWindow *GetMainWindow() { return (wxWindow*) m_clientArea; }
-
- // return the index of the given column in m_cols
- int GetColumnIndex(const wxDataViewColumn *column) const;
-
- // Return the index of the column having the given model index.
- int GetModelColumnIndex(unsigned int model_column) const;
-
- // return the column displayed at the given position in the control
- wxDataViewColumn *GetColumnAt(unsigned int pos) const;
-
- virtual wxDataViewColumn *GetCurrentColumn() const;
-
- virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
-private:
- virtual wxDataViewItem DoGetCurrentItem() const;
- virtual void DoSetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item);
-
- void InvalidateColBestWidths();
- void InvalidateColBestWidth(int idx);
- void UpdateColWidths();
-
- wxDataViewColumnList m_cols;
- // cached column best widths information, values are for
- // respective columns from m_cols and the arrays have same size
- struct CachedColWidthInfo
- {
- CachedColWidthInfo() : width(0), dirty(true) {}
- int width; // cached width or 0 if not computed
- bool dirty; // column was invalidated, header needs updating
- };
- wxVector<CachedColWidthInfo> m_colsBestWidths;
- // This indicates that at least one entry in m_colsBestWidths has 'dirty'
- // flag set. It's cheaper to check one flag in OnInternalIdle() than to
- // iterate over m_colsBestWidths to check if anything needs to be done.
- bool m_colsDirty;
-
- wxDataViewModelNotifier *m_notifier;
- wxDataViewMainWindow *m_clientArea;
- wxDataViewHeaderWindow *m_headerArea;
-
- // user defined color to draw row lines, may be invalid
- wxColour m_alternateRowColour;
-
- // the index of the column currently used for sorting or -1
- int m_sortingColumnIdx;
-
-private:
- void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
- virtual wxSize GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size);
-
- // we need to return a special WM_GETDLGCODE value to process just the
- // arrows but let the other navigation characters through
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
- WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl);
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-#endif // __GENERICDATAVIEWCTRLH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/datectrl.h
-// Purpose: generic wxDatePickerCtrl implementation
-// Author: Andreas Pflug
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-01-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 Andreas Pflug <pgadmin@pse-consulting.de>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_DATECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_DATECTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/compositewin.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboCtrl;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxCalendarCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxCalendarComboPopup;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric
- : public wxCompositeWindow<wxDatePickerCtrlBase>
-{
-public:
- // creating the control
- wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric() { Init(); }
- virtual ~wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric();
- wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDatePickerCtrlNameStr);
-
- // wxDatePickerCtrl methods
- void SetValue(const wxDateTime& date);
- wxDateTime GetValue() const;
-
- bool GetRange(wxDateTime *dt1, wxDateTime *dt2) const;
- void SetRange(const wxDateTime &dt1, const wxDateTime &dt2);
-
- bool SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxDateTime& upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime);
-
- // extra methods available only in this (generic) implementation
- wxCalendarCtrl *GetCalendar() const;
-
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // overridden base class methods
- virtual bool Destroy();
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- // return the list of the windows composing this one
- virtual wxWindowList GetCompositeWindowParts() const;
-
- void OnText(wxCommandEvent &event);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
- void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
-#ifdef __WXOSX_COCOA__
- virtual void OSXGenerateEvent(const wxDateTime& WXUNUSED(dt)) { }
-#endif
-
- wxComboCtrl* m_combo;
- wxCalendarComboPopup* m_popup;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDatePickerCtrlGeneric);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_DATECTRL_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/dcpsg.h
-// Purpose: wxPostScriptDC class
-// Author: Julian Smart and others
-// Modified by:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DCPSG_H_
-#define _WX_DCPSG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/dcprint.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/module.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-#include "wx/strvararg.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPostScriptDC
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPostScriptDC : public wxDC
-{
-public:
- wxPostScriptDC();
-
- // Recommended constructor
- wxPostScriptDC(const wxPrintData& printData);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptDC)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPostScriptDCImpl : public wxDCImpl
-{
-public:
- wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner );
- wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data );
- wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPostScriptDC *owner );
- wxPostScriptDCImpl( wxPostScriptDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data );
-
- void Init();
-
- virtual ~wxPostScriptDCImpl();
-
- virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const;
-
- bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; }
-
- void Clear();
- void SetFont( const wxFont& font );
- void SetPen( const wxPen& pen );
- void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush );
- void SetLogicalFunction( wxRasterOperationMode function );
- void SetBackground( const wxBrush& brush );
-
- void DestroyClippingRegion();
-
- bool StartDoc(const wxString& message);
- void EndDoc();
- void StartPage();
- void EndPage();
-
- wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
- wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
- bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; }
-
- // Resolution in pixels per logical inch
- wxSize GetPPI() const;
-
- virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
-
- void SetBackgroundMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { }
- void SetPalette(const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette)) { }
-
- void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data);
- wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
-
- virtual int GetDepth() const { return 24; }
-
- void PsPrint( const wxString& psdata );
-
- // Overrridden for wxPrinterDC Impl
-
- virtual int GetResolution() const;
- virtual wxRect GetPaperRect() const;
-
- virtual void* GetHandle() const { return NULL; }
-
-protected:
- bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, const wxColour &col,
- wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE);
- bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxColour *col) const;
- void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2);
- void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) ;
- void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1,wxCoord y1,wxCoord x2,wxCoord y2,wxCoord xc,wxCoord yc);
- void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x,wxCoord y,wxCoord w,wxCoord h,double sa,double ea);
- void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- void DoDrawLines(int n, const wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0);
- void DoDrawPolygon(int n, const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
- void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, const int count[], const wxPoint points[],
- wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
- void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
- void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double radius = 20);
- void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-#if wxUSE_SPLINES
- void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points);
-#endif
- bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
- wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
- wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
- wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord);
- void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool useMask = false);
- void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle);
- void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
- void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion( const wxRegion &WXUNUSED(clip))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented" );
- }
- void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
- wxCoord *descent = NULL,
- wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const;
- void DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const;
- void DoGetSizeMM(int *width, int *height) const;
-
- FILE* m_pstream; // PostScript output stream
- unsigned char m_currentRed;
- unsigned char m_currentGreen;
- unsigned char m_currentBlue;
- int m_pageNumber;
- bool m_clipping;
- double m_underlinePosition;
- double m_underlineThickness;
- wxPrintData m_printData;
- double m_pageHeight;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptDCImpl)
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT && wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DCPSG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/dirctrlg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericDirCtrl class
-// Builds on wxDirCtrl class written by Robert Roebling for the
-// wxFile application, modified by Harm van der Heijden.
-// Further modified for Windows.
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Harm van der Heijden, Julian Smart et al
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 21/3/2000
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling, Harm van der Heijden, Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DIRCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_DIRCTRL_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_DIRDLG
-
-#include "wx/treectrl.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/dirdlg.h"
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Extra styles for wxGenericDirCtrl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
- // Only allow directory viewing/selection, no files
- wxDIRCTRL_DIR_ONLY = 0x0010,
- // When setting the default path, select the first file in the directory
- wxDIRCTRL_SELECT_FIRST = 0x0020,
- // Show the filter list
- wxDIRCTRL_SHOW_FILTERS = 0x0040,
- // Use 3D borders on internal controls
- wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL = 0x0080,
- // Editable labels
- wxDIRCTRL_EDIT_LABELS = 0x0100,
- // Allow multiple selection
- wxDIRCTRL_MULTIPLE = 0x0200
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDirItemData
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirItemData : public wxTreeItemData
-{
-public:
- wxDirItemData(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, bool isDir);
- virtual ~wxDirItemData(){}
- void SetNewDirName(const wxString& path);
-
- bool HasSubDirs() const;
- bool HasFiles(const wxString& spec = wxEmptyString) const;
-
- wxString m_path, m_name;
- bool m_isHidden;
- bool m_isExpanded;
- bool m_isDir;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDirCtrl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDirFilterListCtrl;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericDirCtrl: public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxGenericDirCtrl();
- wxGenericDirCtrl(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL,
- const wxString& filter = wxEmptyString,
- int defaultFilter = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr )
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, dir, pos, size, style, filter, defaultFilter, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString &dir = wxDirDialogDefaultFolderStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDIRCTRL_3D_INTERNAL,
- const wxString& filter = wxEmptyString,
- int defaultFilter = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr );
-
- virtual void Init();
-
- virtual ~wxGenericDirCtrl();
-
- void OnExpandItem(wxTreeEvent &event );
- void OnCollapseItem(wxTreeEvent &event );
- void OnBeginEditItem(wxTreeEvent &event );
- void OnEndEditItem(wxTreeEvent &event );
- void OnTreeSelChange(wxTreeEvent &event);
- void OnItemActivated(wxTreeEvent &event);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent &event );
-
- // Try to expand as much of the given path as possible.
- virtual bool ExpandPath(const wxString& path);
- // collapse the path
- virtual bool CollapsePath(const wxString& path);
-
- // Accessors
-
- virtual inline wxString GetDefaultPath() const { return m_defaultPath; }
- virtual void SetDefaultPath(const wxString& path) { m_defaultPath = path; }
-
- // Get dir or filename
- virtual wxString GetPath() const;
- virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const;
-
- // Get selected filename path only (else empty string).
- // I.e. don't count a directory as a selection
- virtual wxString GetFilePath() const;
- virtual void GetFilePaths(wxArrayString& paths) const;
- virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);
-
- virtual void SelectPath(const wxString& path, bool select = true);
- virtual void SelectPaths(const wxArrayString& paths);
-
- virtual void ShowHidden( bool show );
- virtual bool GetShowHidden() { return m_showHidden; }
-
- virtual wxString GetFilter() const { return m_filter; }
- virtual void SetFilter(const wxString& filter);
-
- virtual int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_currentFilter; }
- virtual void SetFilterIndex(int n);
-
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootId() { return m_rootId; }
-
- virtual wxTreeCtrl* GetTreeCtrl() const { return m_treeCtrl; }
- virtual wxDirFilterListCtrl* GetFilterListCtrl() const { return m_filterListCtrl; }
-
- virtual void UnselectAll();
-
- // Helper
- virtual void SetupSections();
-
- // Find the child that matches the first part of 'path'.
- // E.g. if a child path is "/usr" and 'path' is "/usr/include"
- // then the child for /usr is returned.
- // If the path string has been used (we're at the leaf), done is set to true
- virtual wxTreeItemId FindChild(wxTreeItemId parentId, const wxString& path, bool& done);
-
- wxString GetPath(wxTreeItemId itemId) const;
-
- // Resize the components of the control
- virtual void DoResize();
-
- // Collapse & expand the tree, thus re-creating it from scratch:
- virtual void ReCreateTree();
-
- // Collapse the entire tree
- virtual void CollapseTree();
-
- // overridden base class methods
- virtual void SetFocus();
-
-protected:
- virtual void ExpandRoot();
- virtual void ExpandDir(wxTreeItemId parentId);
- virtual void CollapseDir(wxTreeItemId parentId);
- virtual const wxTreeItemId AddSection(const wxString& path, const wxString& name, int imageId = 0);
- virtual wxTreeItemId AppendItem (const wxTreeItemId & parent,
- const wxString & text,
- int image = -1, int selectedImage = -1,
- wxTreeItemData * data = NULL);
- //void FindChildFiles(wxTreeItemId id, int dirFlags, wxArrayString& filenames);
- virtual wxTreeCtrl* CreateTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size, long treeStyle);
-
- // Extract description and actual filter from overall filter string
- bool ExtractWildcard(const wxString& filterStr, int n, wxString& filter, wxString& description);
-
-private:
- void PopulateNode(wxTreeItemId node);
- wxDirItemData* GetItemData(wxTreeItemId itemId);
-
- bool m_showHidden;
- wxTreeItemId m_rootId;
- wxString m_defaultPath; // Starting path
- long m_styleEx; // Extended style
- wxString m_filter; // Wildcards in same format as per wxFileDialog
- int m_currentFilter; // The current filter index
- wxString m_currentFilterStr; // Current filter string
- wxTreeCtrl* m_treeCtrl;
- wxDirFilterListCtrl* m_filterListCtrl;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrl)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrl);
-};
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DIRCTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DIRCTRL_FILEACTIVATED, wxTreeEvent );
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_DIRCTRL_EVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_DIRCTRL_ ## evt, id, wxTreeEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_DIRCTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DIRCTRL_EVT(SELECTIONCHANGED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_DIRCTRL_FILEACTIVATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_DIRCTRL_EVT(FILEACTIVATED, id, fn)
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDirFilterListCtrl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirFilterListCtrl: public wxChoice
-{
-public:
- wxDirFilterListCtrl() { Init(); }
- wxDirFilterListCtrl(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxGenericDirCtrl* parent, const wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0);
-
- void Init();
-
- virtual ~wxDirFilterListCtrl() {}
-
- //// Operations
- void FillFilterList(const wxString& filter, int defaultFilter);
-
- //// Events
- void OnSelFilter(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- wxGenericDirCtrl* m_dirCtrl;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxDirFilterListCtrl)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDirFilterListCtrl);
-};
-
-#if !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXPM__)
- #define wxDirCtrl wxGenericDirCtrl
-#endif
-
-// Symbols for accessing individual controls
-#define wxID_TREECTRL 7000
-#define wxID_FILTERLISTCTRL 7001
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileIconsTable - use wxTheFileIconsTable which is created as necessary
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG || wxUSE_FILECTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileIconsTable
-{
-public:
- wxFileIconsTable();
- ~wxFileIconsTable();
-
- enum iconId_Type
- {
- folder,
- folder_open,
- computer,
- drive,
- cdrom,
- floppy,
- removeable,
- file,
- executable
- };
-
- int GetIconID(const wxString& extension, const wxString& mime = wxEmptyString);
- wxImageList *GetSmallImageList();
-
-protected:
- void Create(); // create on first use
-
- wxImageList *m_smallImageList;
- wxHashTable *m_HashTable;
-};
-
-// The global fileicons table
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxFileIconsTable *) wxTheFileIconsTable;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DIRDLG || wxUSE_FILEDLG || wxUSE_FILECTRL
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRCTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED wxEVT_DIRCTRL_SELECTIONCHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRCTRL_FILEACTIVATED wxEVT_DIRCTRL_FILEACTIVATED
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DIRCTRLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/dragimgg.h
-// Purpose: wxDragImage class: a kind of a cursor, that can cope
-// with more sophisticated images
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/2/2000
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_DRAGIMGG_H_
-#define _WX_DRAGIMGG_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/cursor.h"
-#include "wx/treectrl.h"
-#include "wx/listctrl.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-#include "wx/overlay.h"
-
-/*
- To use this class, create a wxDragImage when you start dragging, for example:
-
- void MyTreeCtrl::OnBeginDrag(wxTreeEvent& event)
- {
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND()); // We need to implement this in wxWidgets
-#endif
-
- CaptureMouse();
-
- m_dragImage = new wxDragImage(* this, itemId);
- m_dragImage->BeginDrag(wxPoint(0, 0), this);
- m_dragImage->Move(pt, this);
- m_dragImage->Show(this);
- ...
- }
-
- In your OnMouseMove function, hide the image, do any display updating required,
- then move and show the image again:
-
- void MyTreeCtrl::OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event)
- {
- if (m_dragMode == MY_TREE_DRAG_NONE)
- {
- event.Skip();
- return;
- }
-
- // Prevent screen corruption by hiding the image
- if (m_dragImage)
- m_dragImage->Hide(this);
-
- // Do some updating of the window, such as highlighting the drop target
- ...
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- if (updateWindow)
- ::UpdateWindow((HWND) GetHWND());
-#endif
-
- // Move and show the image again
- m_dragImage->Move(event.GetPosition(), this);
- m_dragImage->Show(this);
- }
-
- Eventually we end the drag and delete the drag image.
-
- void MyTreeCtrl::OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event)
- {
- ...
-
- // End the drag and delete the drag image
- if (m_dragImage)
- {
- m_dragImage->EndDrag(this);
- delete m_dragImage;
- m_dragImage = NULL;
- }
- ReleaseMouse();
- }
-*/
-
-/*
- * wxGenericDragImage
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericDragImage: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-
- // Ctors & dtor
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
- wxGenericDragImage(const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor)
- {
- Init();
- Create(cursor);
- }
-
- wxGenericDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(image, cursor);
- }
-
- wxGenericDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(image, cursor);
- }
-
- wxGenericDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(str, cursor);
- }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // don't use in new code, use versions without hot spot parameter
- wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) );
- wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) );
- wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) );
- wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericDragImage(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) );
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) );
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) );
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) );
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor, const wxPoint& cursorHotspot) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
- wxGenericDragImage(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(treeCtrl, id);
- }
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL
- wxGenericDragImage(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(listCtrl, id);
- }
-#endif
-
- virtual ~wxGenericDragImage();
-
- // Attributes
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY
- // backing store is not used when native overlays are
- void SetBackingBitmap(wxBitmap* WXUNUSED(bitmap)) { }
-#else
- // For efficiency, tell wxGenericDragImage to use a bitmap that's already
- // created (e.g. from last drag)
- void SetBackingBitmap(wxBitmap* bitmap) { m_pBackingBitmap = bitmap; }
-#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY/!wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY
-
- // Operations
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
- // Create a drag image with a virtual image (need to override DoDrawImage, GetImageRect)
- bool Create(const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor);
-
- // Create a drag image from a bitmap and optional cursor
- bool Create(const wxBitmap& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor);
-
- // Create a drag image from an icon and optional cursor
- bool Create(const wxIcon& image, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor);
-
- // Create a drag image from a string and optional cursor
- bool Create(const wxString& str, const wxCursor& cursor = wxNullCursor);
-
-#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
- // Create a drag image for the given tree control item
- bool Create(const wxTreeCtrl& treeCtrl, wxTreeItemId& id);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL
- // Create a drag image for the given list control item
- bool Create(const wxListCtrl& listCtrl, long id);
-#endif
-
- // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
- // corner of the image.
- bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, bool fullScreen = false, wxRect* rect = NULL);
-
- // Begin drag. hotspot is the location of the drag position relative to the upper-left
- // corner of the image. This is full screen only. fullScreenRect gives the
- // position of the window on the screen, to restrict the drag to.
- bool BeginDrag(const wxPoint& hotspot, wxWindow* window, wxWindow* fullScreenRect);
-
- // End drag
- bool EndDrag();
-
- // Move the image: call from OnMouseMove. Pt is in window client coordinates if window
- // is non-NULL, or in screen coordinates if NULL.
- bool Move(const wxPoint& pt);
-
- // Show the image
- bool Show();
-
- // Hide the image
- bool Hide();
-
- // Implementation
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
- void Init();
-
- // Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image)
- virtual wxRect GetImageRect(const wxPoint& pos) const;
-
- // Override this if you are using a virtual image (drawing your own image)
- virtual bool DoDrawImage(wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos) const;
-
- // Override this if you wish to draw the window contents to the backing bitmap
- // yourself. This can be desirable if you wish to avoid flicker by not having to
- // redraw the window itself before dragging in order to be graphic-minus-dragged-objects.
- // Instead, paint the drag image's backing bitmap to be correct, and leave the window
- // to be updated only when dragging the objects away (thus giving a smoother appearance).
- virtual bool UpdateBackingFromWindow(wxDC& windowDC, wxMemoryDC& destDC,
- const wxRect& sourceRect, const wxRect& destRect) const;
-
- // Erase and redraw simultaneously if possible
- virtual bool RedrawImage(const wxPoint& oldPos, const wxPoint& newPos, bool eraseOld, bool drawNew);
-
-protected:
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
- wxIcon m_icon;
- wxCursor m_cursor;
- wxCursor m_oldCursor;
-// wxPoint m_hotspot;
- wxPoint m_offset; // The hostpot value passed to BeginDrag
- wxPoint m_position;
- bool m_isDirty;
- bool m_isShown;
- wxWindow* m_window;
- wxDC* m_windowDC;
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY
- wxOverlay m_overlay;
- wxDCOverlay* m_dcOverlay;
-#else
- // Stores the window contents while we're dragging the image around
- wxBitmap m_backingBitmap;
- wxBitmap* m_pBackingBitmap; // Pointer to existing backing bitmap
- // (pass to wxGenericDragImage as an efficiency measure)
- // A temporary bitmap for repairing/redrawing
- wxBitmap m_repairBitmap;
-#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY
-
- wxRect m_boundingRect;
- bool m_fullScreen;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDragImage)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericDragImage);
-};
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DRAGIMGG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/dvrenderer.h
-// Purpose: wxDataViewRenderer for generic wxDataViewCtrl implementation
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-11-07 (extracted from wx/generic/dataview.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Robert Roebling
-// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERER_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERER_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewRenderer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRendererBase
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewRenderer( const wxString &varianttype,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
- virtual ~wxDataViewRenderer();
-
- virtual wxDC *GetDC();
-
- virtual void SetAlignment( int align );
- virtual int GetAlignment() const;
-
- virtual void EnableEllipsize(wxEllipsizeMode mode = wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE)
- { m_ellipsizeMode = mode; }
- virtual wxEllipsizeMode GetEllipsizeMode() const
- { return m_ellipsizeMode; }
-
- virtual void SetMode( wxDataViewCellMode mode )
- { m_mode = mode; }
- virtual wxDataViewCellMode GetMode() const
- { return m_mode; }
-
- // implementation
-
- // This callback is used by generic implementation of wxDVC itself. It's
- // different from the corresponding ActivateCell() method which should only
- // be overridable for the custom renderers while the generic implementation
- // uses this one for all of them, including the standard ones.
-
- virtual bool WXActivateCell(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(cell),
- wxDataViewModel *WXUNUSED(model),
- const wxDataViewItem & WXUNUSED(item),
- unsigned int WXUNUSED(col),
- const wxMouseEvent* WXUNUSED(mouseEvent))
- { return false; }
-
-private:
- int m_align;
- wxDataViewCellMode m_mode;
-
- wxEllipsizeMode m_ellipsizeMode;
-
- wxDC *m_dc;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewRenderer)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/dvrenderers.h
-// Purpose: All generic wxDataViewCtrl renderer classes
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-11-07 (extracted from wx/generic/dataview.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Robert Roebling
-// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERERS_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERERS_H_
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewCustomRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCustomRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewCustomRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("string"),
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
-
- // see the explanation of the following WXOnXXX() methods in wx/generic/dvrenderer.h
-
- virtual bool WXActivateCell(const wxRect& cell,
- wxDataViewModel *model,
- const wxDataViewItem& item,
- unsigned int col,
- const wxMouseEvent *mouseEvent)
- {
- return ActivateCell(cell, model, item, col, mouseEvent);
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewCustomRenderer)
-};
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewTextRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTextRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("string"),
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
- virtual bool Render(wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state);
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
-
- // in-place editing
- virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const;
- virtual wxWindow* CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect,
- const wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxWindow* editor, wxVariant &value );
-
-protected:
- wxString m_text;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewTextRenderer)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewBitmapRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewBitmapRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("wxBitmap"),
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
- bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state );
- wxSize GetSize() const;
-
-private:
- wxIcon m_icon;
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewBitmapRenderer)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewToggleRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewToggleRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewToggleRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("bool"),
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
- bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state );
- wxSize GetSize() const;
-
- // Implementation only, don't use nor override
- virtual bool WXActivateCell(const wxRect& cell,
- wxDataViewModel *model,
- const wxDataViewItem& item,
- unsigned int col,
- const wxMouseEvent *mouseEvent);
-private:
- bool m_toggle;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewToggleRenderer)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewProgressRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewProgressRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewProgressRenderer( const wxString &label = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString &varianttype = wxT("long"),
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- bool GetValue( wxVariant& value ) const;
-
- virtual bool Render(wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state);
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
-
-private:
- wxString m_label;
- int m_value;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewProgressRenderer)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewIconTextRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewIconTextRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewIconTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = wxT("wxDataViewIconText"),
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
- virtual bool Render(wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state);
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
-
- virtual bool HasEditorCtrl() const { return true; }
- virtual wxWindow* CreateEditorCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxRect labelRect,
- const wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool GetValueFromEditorCtrl( wxWindow* editor, wxVariant &value );
-
-private:
- wxDataViewIconText m_value;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewIconTextRenderer)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_DVRENDERERS_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/fdrepdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericFindReplaceDialog class
-// Author: Markus Greither
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 25/05/2001
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FDREPDLG_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_FDREPDLG_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRadioBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGenericFindReplaceDialog: dialog for searching / replacing text
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFindReplaceDialog : public wxFindReplaceDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericFindReplaceDialog() { Init(); }
-
- wxGenericFindReplaceDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- wxFindReplaceData *data,
- const wxString& title,
- int style = 0)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, data, title, style);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxFindReplaceData *data,
- const wxString& title,
- int style = 0);
-
-protected:
- void Init();
-
- void SendEvent(const wxEventType& evtType);
-
- void OnFind(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnReplace(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnReplaceAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- void OnUpdateFindUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
- wxCheckBox *m_chkCase,
- *m_chkWord;
-
- wxRadioBox *m_radioDir;
-
- wxTextCtrl *m_textFind,
- *m_textRepl;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFindReplaceDialog)
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_FDREPDLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/filectrlg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericFileCtrl Header
-// Author: Diaa M. Sami
-// Modified by:
-// Created: Jul-07-2007
-// Copyright: (c) Diaa M. Sami
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FILECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_FILECTRL_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_FILECTRL
-
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-#include "wx/listctrl.h"
-#include "wx/filectrl.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr[];
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileData - a class to hold the file info for the wxFileListCtrl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileData
-{
-public:
- enum fileType
- {
- is_file = 0x0000,
- is_dir = 0x0001,
- is_link = 0x0002,
- is_exe = 0x0004,
- is_drive = 0x0008
- };
-
- wxFileData() { Init(); }
- // Full copy constructor
- wxFileData( const wxFileData& fileData ) { Copy(fileData); }
- // Create a filedata from this information
- wxFileData( const wxString &filePath, const wxString &fileName,
- fileType type, int image_id );
-
- // make a full copy of the other wxFileData
- void Copy( const wxFileData &other );
-
- // (re)read the extra data about the file from the system
- void ReadData();
-
- // get the name of the file, dir, drive
- wxString GetFileName() const { return m_fileName; }
- // get the full path + name of the file, dir, path
- wxString GetFilePath() const { return m_filePath; }
- // Set the path + name and name of the item
- void SetNewName( const wxString &filePath, const wxString &fileName );
-
- // Get the size of the file in bytes
- wxFileOffset GetSize() const { return m_size; }
- // Get the type of file, either file extension or <DIR>, <LINK>, <DRIVE>
- wxString GetFileType() const;
- // get the last modification time
- wxDateTime GetDateTime() const { return m_dateTime; }
- // Get the time as a formatted string
- wxString GetModificationTime() const;
- // in UNIX get rwx for file, in MSW get attributes ARHS
- wxString GetPermissions() const { return m_permissions; }
- // Get the id of the image used in a wxImageList
- int GetImageId() const { return m_image; }
-
- bool IsFile() const { return !IsDir() && !IsLink() && !IsDrive(); }
- bool IsDir() const { return (m_type & is_dir ) != 0; }
- bool IsLink() const { return (m_type & is_link ) != 0; }
- bool IsExe() const { return (m_type & is_exe ) != 0; }
- bool IsDrive() const { return (m_type & is_drive) != 0; }
-
- // Get/Set the type of file, file/dir/drive/link
- int GetType() const { return m_type; }
-
- // the wxFileListCtrl fields in report view
- enum fileListFieldType
- {
- FileList_Name,
- FileList_Size,
- FileList_Type,
- FileList_Time,
-#if defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WIN32__)
- FileList_Perm,
-#endif // defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WIN32__)
- FileList_Max
- };
-
- // Get the entry for report view of wxFileListCtrl
- wxString GetEntry( fileListFieldType num ) const;
-
- // Get a string representation of the file info
- wxString GetHint() const;
- // initialize a wxListItem attributes
- void MakeItem( wxListItem &item );
-
- // operators
- wxFileData& operator = (const wxFileData& fd) { Copy(fd); return *this; }
-
-protected:
- wxString m_fileName;
- wxString m_filePath;
- wxFileOffset m_size;
- wxDateTime m_dateTime;
- wxString m_permissions;
- int m_type;
- int m_image;
-
-private:
- void Init();
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileListCtrl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileListCtrl : public wxListCtrl
-{
-public:
- wxFileListCtrl();
- wxFileListCtrl( wxWindow *win,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString &wild,
- bool showHidden,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxLC_LIST,
- const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString &name = wxT("filelist") );
- virtual ~wxFileListCtrl();
-
- virtual void ChangeToListMode();
- virtual void ChangeToReportMode();
- virtual void ChangeToSmallIconMode();
- virtual void ShowHidden( bool show = true );
- bool GetShowHidden() const { return m_showHidden; }
-
- virtual long Add( wxFileData *fd, wxListItem &item );
- virtual void UpdateItem(const wxListItem &item);
- virtual void UpdateFiles();
- virtual void MakeDir();
- virtual void GoToParentDir();
- virtual void GoToHomeDir();
- virtual void GoToDir( const wxString &dir );
- virtual void SetWild( const wxString &wild );
- wxString GetWild() const { return m_wild; }
- wxString GetDir() const { return m_dirName; }
-
- void OnListDeleteItem( wxListEvent &event );
- void OnListDeleteAllItems( wxListEvent &event );
- void OnListEndLabelEdit( wxListEvent &event );
- void OnListColClick( wxListEvent &event );
-
- virtual void SortItems(wxFileData::fileListFieldType field, bool forward);
- bool GetSortDirection() const { return m_sort_forward; }
- wxFileData::fileListFieldType GetSortField() const { return m_sort_field; }
-
-protected:
- void FreeItemData(wxListItem& item);
- void FreeAllItemsData();
-
- wxString m_dirName;
- bool m_showHidden;
- wxString m_wild;
-
- bool m_sort_forward;
- wxFileData::fileListFieldType m_sort_field;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileListCtrl)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFileCtrl : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxControl>,
- public wxFileCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericFileCtrl()
- {
- m_ignoreChanges = false;
- }
-
- wxGenericFileCtrl ( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& defaultDirectory = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& defaultFilename = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- long style = wxFC_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxFileCtrlNameStr )
- {
- m_ignoreChanges = false;
- Create(parent, id, defaultDirectory, defaultFilename, wildCard,
- style, pos, size, name );
- }
-
- virtual ~wxGenericFileCtrl() {}
-
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& defaultDirectory = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& defaultFileName = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- long style = wxFC_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxFileCtrlNameStr );
-
- virtual void SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard );
- virtual void SetFilterIndex( int filterindex );
- virtual bool SetDirectory( const wxString& dir );
-
- // Selects a certain file.
- // In case the filename specified isn't found/couldn't be shown with
- // currently selected filter, false is returned and nothing happens
- virtual bool SetFilename( const wxString& name );
-
- // Changes to a certain directory and selects a certain file.
- // In case the filename specified isn't found/couldn't be shown with
- // currently selected filter, false is returned and if directory exists
- // it's chdir'ed to
- virtual bool SetPath( const wxString& path );
-
- virtual wxString GetFilename() const;
- virtual wxString GetDirectory() const;
- virtual wxString GetWildcard() const { return this->m_wildCard; }
- virtual wxString GetPath() const;
- virtual void GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const;
- virtual void GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const;
- virtual int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_filterIndex; }
-
- virtual bool HasMultipleFileSelection() const
- { return HasFlag(wxFC_MULTIPLE); }
- virtual void ShowHidden(bool show) { m_list->ShowHidden( show ); }
-
- void GoToParentDir();
- void GoToHomeDir();
-
- // get the directory currently shown in the control: this can be different
- // from GetDirectory() if the user entered a full path (with a path other
- // than the one currently shown in the control) in the text control
- // manually
- wxString GetShownDirectory() const { return m_list->GetDir(); }
-
- wxFileListCtrl *GetFileList() { return m_list; }
-
- void ChangeToReportMode() { m_list->ChangeToReportMode(); }
- void ChangeToListMode() { m_list->ChangeToListMode(); }
-
-
-private:
- void OnChoiceFilter( wxCommandEvent &event );
- void OnCheck( wxCommandEvent &event );
- void OnActivated( wxListEvent &event );
- void OnTextEnter( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED( event ) );
- void OnTextChange( wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED( event ) );
- void OnSelected( wxListEvent &event );
- void HandleAction( const wxString &fn );
-
- void DoSetFilterIndex( int filterindex );
- void UpdateControls();
-
- // the first of these methods can only be used for the controls with single
- // selection (i.e. without wxFC_MULTIPLE style), the second one in any case
- wxFileName DoGetFileName() const;
- void DoGetFilenames( wxArrayString& filenames, bool fullPath ) const;
-
- int m_style;
-
- wxString m_filterExtension;
- wxChoice *m_choice;
- wxTextCtrl *m_text;
- wxFileListCtrl *m_list;
- wxCheckBox *m_check;
- wxStaticText *m_static;
-
- wxString m_dir;
- wxString m_fileName;
- wxString m_wildCard; // wild card in one string as we got it
-
- int m_filterIndex;
- bool m_inSelected;
- bool m_ignoreChanges;
- bool m_noSelChgEvent; // suppress selection changed events.
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGenericFileCtrl )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_FILECTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/filepickerg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericFileDirButton, wxGenericFileButton, wxGenericDirButton
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14/4/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_
-#define _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_
-
-#include "wx/button.h"
-#include "wx/filedlg.h"
-#include "wx/dirdlg.h"
-
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED, wxFileDirPickerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED, wxFileDirPickerEvent );
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGenericFileDirButton: a button which brings up a wx{File|Dir}Dialog
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFileDirButton : public wxButton,
- public wxFileDirPickerWidgetBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericFileDirButton() { Init(); }
- wxGenericFileDirButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel,
- const wxString& path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wildcard,
- pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- virtual wxControl *AsControl() { return this; }
-
-public: // overridable
-
- virtual wxDialog *CreateDialog() = 0;
-
- virtual wxWindow *GetDialogParent()
- { return GetParent(); }
-
- virtual wxEventType GetEventType() const = 0;
-
- virtual void SetInitialDirectory(const wxString& dir);
-
-public:
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel,
- const wxString& path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr);
-
- // event handler for the click
- void OnButtonClick(wxCommandEvent &);
-
-protected:
- wxString m_message, m_wildcard;
-
- // we just store the style passed to the ctor here instead of passing it to
- // wxButton as some of our bits can conflict with wxButton styles and it
- // just doesn't make sense to use picker styles for wxButton anyhow
- long m_pickerStyle;
-
- // Initial directory set by SetInitialDirectory() call or empty.
- wxString m_initialDir;
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init() { m_pickerStyle = -1; }
-};
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGenericFileButton: a button which brings up a wxFileDialog
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxFILEBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxFLP_OPEN)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFileButton : public wxGenericFileDirButton
-{
-public:
- wxGenericFileButton() {}
- wxGenericFileButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel,
- const wxString& path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxFILEBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wildcard,
- pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
-public: // overridable
-
- virtual long GetDialogStyle() const
- {
- // the derived class must initialize it if it doesn't use the
- // non-default wxGenericFileDirButton ctor
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_pickerStyle != -1,
- "forgot to initialize m_pickerStyle?" );
-
-
- long filedlgstyle = 0;
-
- if ( m_pickerStyle & wxFLP_OPEN )
- filedlgstyle |= wxFD_OPEN;
- if ( m_pickerStyle & wxFLP_SAVE )
- filedlgstyle |= wxFD_SAVE;
- if ( m_pickerStyle & wxFLP_OVERWRITE_PROMPT )
- filedlgstyle |= wxFD_OVERWRITE_PROMPT;
- if ( m_pickerStyle & wxFLP_FILE_MUST_EXIST )
- filedlgstyle |= wxFD_FILE_MUST_EXIST;
- if ( m_pickerStyle & wxFLP_CHANGE_DIR )
- filedlgstyle |= wxFD_CHANGE_DIR;
-
- return filedlgstyle;
- }
-
- virtual wxDialog *CreateDialog();
-
- wxEventType GetEventType() const
- { return wxEVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED; }
-
-protected:
- void UpdateDialogPath(wxDialog *p)
- { wxStaticCast(p, wxFileDialog)->SetPath(m_path); }
- void UpdatePathFromDialog(wxDialog *p)
- { m_path = wxStaticCast(p, wxFileDialog)->GetPath(); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFileButton)
-};
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGenericDirButton: a button which brings up a wxDirDialog
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxDIRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE 0
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericDirButton : public wxGenericFileDirButton
-{
-public:
- wxGenericDirButton() {}
- wxGenericDirButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label = wxDirPickerWidgetLabel,
- const wxString& path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString &message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDIRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDirPickerWidgetNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wxEmptyString,
- pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
-public: // overridable
-
- virtual long GetDialogStyle() const
- {
- long dirdlgstyle = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE;
-
- if ( m_pickerStyle & wxDIRP_DIR_MUST_EXIST )
- dirdlgstyle |= wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST;
- if ( m_pickerStyle & wxDIRP_CHANGE_DIR )
- dirdlgstyle |= wxDD_CHANGE_DIR;
-
- return dirdlgstyle;
- }
-
- virtual wxDialog *CreateDialog();
-
- wxEventType GetEventType() const
- { return wxEVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED; }
-
-protected:
- void UpdateDialogPath(wxDialog *p)
- { wxStaticCast(p, wxDirDialog)->SetPath(m_path); }
- void UpdatePathFromDialog(wxDialog *p)
- { m_path = wxStaticCast(p, wxDirDialog)->GetPath(); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirButton)
-};
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-//#define wxEVT_COMMAND_DIRPICKER_CHANGED wxEVT_DIRPICKER_CHANGED
-//#define wxEVT_COMMAND_FILEPICKER_CHANGED wxEVT_FILEPICKER_CHANGED
-
-#endif // _WX_FILEDIRPICKER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/fontdlgg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericFontDialog
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H
-#define _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-#define USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE 1
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinEvent;
-#else
-#define USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE 0
-#endif
-
-/*
- * FONT DIALOG
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxText;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontPreviewer;
-
-enum
-{
- wxID_FONT_UNDERLINE = 3000,
- wxID_FONT_STYLE,
- wxID_FONT_WEIGHT,
- wxID_FONT_FAMILY,
- wxID_FONT_COLOUR,
- wxID_FONT_SIZE
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericFontDialog : public wxFontDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericFontDialog() { Init(); }
- wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent)
- : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Init(); }
- wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data)
- : wxFontDialogBase(parent, data) { Init(); }
- virtual ~wxGenericFontDialog();
-
- virtual int ShowModal();
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, for backwards compatibility only
- wxDEPRECATED( wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- // Internal functions
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
- virtual void CreateWidgets();
- virtual void InitializeFont();
-
- void OnChangeFont(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-#if USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE
- void OnChangeSize(wxSpinEvent& event);
-#endif
-
-protected:
-
- virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindow *parent);
-
-private:
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- void DoChangeFont();
-
- wxFont m_dialogFont;
-
- wxChoice *m_familyChoice;
- wxChoice *m_styleChoice;
- wxChoice *m_weightChoice;
- wxChoice *m_colourChoice;
- wxCheckBox *m_underLineCheckBox;
-
-#if !USE_SPINCTRL_FOR_POINT_SIZE
- wxChoice *m_pointSizeChoice;
-#endif
-
- wxFontPreviewer *m_previewer;
- bool m_useEvents;
-
- // static bool fontDialogCancelled;
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericFontDialog)
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, for backwards compatibility only
-inline wxGenericFontDialog::wxGenericFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data)
- :wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Init(); InitFontData(data); Create(parent); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_FONTDLGG_H
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/fswatcher.h
-// Purpose: wxPollingFileSystemWatcher
-// Author: Bartosz Bekier
-// Created: 2009-05-26
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier <bartosz.bekier@gmail.com>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FSWATCHER_GENERIC_H_
-#define _WX_FSWATCHER_GENERIC_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPollingFileSystemWatcher : public wxFileSystemWatcherBase
-{
-public:
-
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FSWATCHER
-
-#endif /* _WX_FSWATCHER_GENERIC_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/grid.h
-// Purpose: wxGrid and related classes
-// Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
-// Modified by: Santiago Palacios
-// Created: 1/08/1999
-// Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRID_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_GRID_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GRID
-
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxGridNameStr[];
-
-// Default parameters for wxGrid
-//
-#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_NUMBER_ROWS 10
-#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_NUMBER_COLS 10
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
-#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_HEIGHT 25
-#else
-#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_HEIGHT 30
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH 80
-#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT 32
-#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH 82
-#define WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE 2
-#define WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT 15
-#define WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH 15
-#define WXGRID_DEFAULT_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH 16
-
-// type names for grid table values
-#define wxGRID_VALUE_STRING wxT("string")
-#define wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL wxT("bool")
-#define wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER wxT("long")
-#define wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT wxT("double")
-#define wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE wxT("choice")
-
-#define wxGRID_VALUE_TEXT wxGRID_VALUE_STRING
-#define wxGRID_VALUE_LONG wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER
-
-// magic constant which tells (to some functions) to automatically calculate
-// the appropriate size
-#define wxGRID_AUTOSIZE (-1)
-
-// many wxGrid methods work either with columns or rows, this enum is used for
-// the parameter indicating which one should it be
-enum wxGridDirection
-{
- wxGRID_COLUMN,
- wxGRID_ROW
-};
-
-// Flags used with wxGrid::Render() to select parts of the grid to draw.
-enum wxGridRenderStyle
-{
- wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER = 0x001,
- wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER = 0x002,
- wxGRID_DRAW_CELL_LINES = 0x004,
- wxGRID_DRAW_BOX_RECT = 0x008,
- wxGRID_DRAW_SELECTION = 0x010,
- wxGRID_DRAW_DEFAULT = wxGRID_DRAW_ROWS_HEADER |
- wxGRID_DRAW_COLS_HEADER |
- wxGRID_DRAW_CELL_LINES |
- wxGRID_DRAW_BOX_RECT
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGrid;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridCellAttr;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridSelection;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxHeaderCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl;
-#endif
-
-class wxGridFixedIndicesSet;
-
-class wxGridOperations;
-class wxGridRowOperations;
-class wxGridColumnOperations;
-class wxGridDirectionOperations;
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxSafeIncRef(p) if ( p ) (p)->IncRef()
-#define wxSafeDecRef(p) if ( p ) (p)->DecRef()
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridCellWorker: common base class for wxGridCellRenderer and
-// wxGridCellEditor
-//
-// NB: this is more an implementation convenience than a design issue, so this
-// class is not documented and is not public at all
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellWorker : public wxClientDataContainer, public wxRefCounter
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellWorker() { }
-
- // interpret renderer parameters: arbitrary string whose interpretation is
- // left to the derived classes
- virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
-
-protected:
- // virtual dtor for any base class - private because only DecRef() can
- // delete us
- virtual ~wxGridCellWorker();
-
-private:
- // suppress the stupid gcc warning about the class having private dtor and
- // no friends
- friend class wxGridCellWorkerDummyFriend;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridCellRenderer: this class is responsible for actually drawing the cell
-// in the grid. You may pass it to the wxGridCellAttr (below) to change the
-// format of one given cell or to wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer() to change the
-// view of all cells. This is an ABC, you will normally use one of the
-// predefined derived classes or derive your own class from it.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellRenderer : public wxGridCellWorker
-{
-public:
- // draw the given cell on the provided DC inside the given rectangle
- // using the style specified by the attribute and the default or selected
- // state corresponding to the isSelected value.
- //
- // this pure virtual function has a default implementation which will
- // prepare the DC using the given attribute: it will draw the rectangle
- // with the bg colour from attr and set the text colour and font
- virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int row, int col,
- bool isSelected) = 0;
-
- // get the preferred size of the cell for its contents
- virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- int row, int col) = 0;
-
- // create a new object which is the copy of this one
- virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridCellEditor: This class is responsible for providing and manipulating
-// the in-place edit controls for the grid. Instances of wxGridCellEditor
-// (actually, instances of derived classes since it is an ABC) can be
-// associated with the cell attributes for individual cells, rows, columns, or
-// even for the entire grid.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellEditor : public wxGridCellWorker
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellEditor();
-
- bool IsCreated() const { return m_control != NULL; }
- wxControl* GetControl() const { return m_control; }
- void SetControl(wxControl* control) { m_control = control; }
-
- wxGridCellAttr* GetCellAttr() const { return m_attr; }
- void SetCellAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr) { m_attr = attr; }
-
- // Creates the actual edit control
- virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) = 0;
-
- // Size and position the edit control
- virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect);
-
- // Show or hide the edit control, use the specified attributes to set
- // colours/fonts for it
- virtual void Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL);
-
- // Draws the part of the cell not occupied by the control: the base class
- // version just fills it with background colour from the attribute
- virtual void PaintBackground(wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rectCell,
- const wxGridCellAttr& attr);
-
-
- // The methods called by wxGrid when a cell is edited: first BeginEdit() is
- // called, then EndEdit() is and if it returns true and if the change is
- // not vetoed by a user-defined event handler, finally ApplyEdit() is called
-
- // Fetch the value from the table and prepare the edit control
- // to begin editing. Set the focus to the edit control.
- virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) = 0;
-
- // Returns false if nothing changed, otherwise returns true and return the
- // new value in its string form in the newval output parameter.
- //
- // This should also store the new value in its real type internally so that
- // it could be used by ApplyEdit() but it must not modify the grid as the
- // change could still be vetoed.
- virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid *grid,
- const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval) = 0;
-
- // Complete the editing of the current cell by storing the value saved by
- // the previous call to EndEdit() in the grid
- virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) = 0;
-
-
- // Reset the value in the control back to its starting value
- virtual void Reset() = 0;
-
- // return true to allow the given key to start editing: the base class
- // version only checks that the event has no modifiers. The derived
- // classes are supposed to do "if ( base::IsAcceptedKey() && ... )" in
- // their IsAcceptedKey() implementation, although, of course, it is not a
- // mandatory requirment.
- //
- // NB: if the key is F2 (special), editing will always start and this
- // method will not be called at all (but StartingKey() will)
- virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // If the editor is enabled by pressing keys on the grid, this will be
- // called to let the editor do something about that first key if desired
- virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // if the editor is enabled by clicking on the cell, this method will be
- // called
- virtual void StartingClick();
-
- // Some types of controls on some platforms may need some help
- // with the Return key.
- virtual void HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // Final cleanup
- virtual void Destroy();
-
- // create a new object which is the copy of this one
- virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const = 0;
-
- // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control
- virtual wxString GetValue() const = 0;
-
-protected:
- // the dtor is private because only DecRef() can delete us
- virtual ~wxGridCellEditor();
-
- // the control we show on screen
- wxControl* m_control;
-
- // a temporary pointer to the attribute being edited
- wxGridCellAttr* m_attr;
-
- // if we change the colours/font of the control from the default ones, we
- // must restore the default later and we save them here between calls to
- // Show(true) and Show(false)
- wxColour m_colFgOld,
- m_colBgOld;
- wxFont m_fontOld;
-
- // suppress the stupid gcc warning about the class having private dtor and
- // no friends
- friend class wxGridCellEditorDummyFriend;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditor);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridHeaderRenderer and company: like wxGridCellRenderer but for headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Base class for corner window renderer: it is the simplest of all renderers
-// and only has a single function
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer
-{
-public:
- // Draw the border around the corner window.
- virtual void DrawBorder(const wxGrid& grid,
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRect& rect) const = 0;
-
- // make the dtor of a class with virtual functions virtual to avoid g++
- // warnings, even though this class is not supposed to be used
- // polymorphically
- virtual ~wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer() { }
-};
-
-
-// Base class for the row/column header cells renderers
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer
- : public wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer
-{
-public:
- // Draw header cell label
- virtual void DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int horizAlign,
- int vertAlign,
- int textOrientation) const;
-};
-
-// Currently the row/column/corner renders don't need any methods other than
-// those already in wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer but still define separate classes
-// for them for future extensions and also for better type safety (i.e. to
-// avoid inadvertently using a column header renderer for the row headers)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowHeaderRenderer
- : public wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer
-{
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer
- : public wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer
-{
-};
-
-// Also define the default renderers which are used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
-// by default
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault
- : public wxGridRowHeaderRenderer
-{
-public:
- virtual void DrawBorder(const wxGrid& grid,
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRect& rect) const;
-};
-
-// Column header cells renderers
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault
- : public wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer
-{
-public:
- virtual void DrawBorder(const wxGrid& grid,
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRect& rect) const;
-};
-
-// Header corner renderer
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault
- : public wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer
-{
-public:
- virtual void DrawBorder(const wxGrid& grid,
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRect& rect) const;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridCellAttr: this class can be used to alter the cells appearance in
-// the grid by changing their colour/font/... from default. An object of this
-// class may be returned by wxGridTable::GetAttr().
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttr : public wxClientDataContainer, public wxRefCounter
-{
-public:
- enum wxAttrKind
- {
- Any,
- Default,
- Cell,
- Row,
- Col,
- Merged
- };
-
- // ctors
- wxGridCellAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault = NULL)
- {
- Init(attrDefault);
-
- SetAlignment(wxALIGN_INVALID, wxALIGN_INVALID);
- }
-
- // VZ: considering the number of members wxGridCellAttr has now, this ctor
- // seems to be pretty useless... may be we should just remove it?
- wxGridCellAttr(const wxColour& colText,
- const wxColour& colBack,
- const wxFont& font,
- int hAlign,
- int vAlign)
- : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), m_font(font)
- {
- Init();
- SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
- }
-
- // creates a new copy of this object
- wxGridCellAttr *Clone() const;
- void MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom);
-
- // setters
- void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; }
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; }
- void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
- void SetAlignment(int hAlign, int vAlign)
- {
- m_hAlign = hAlign;
- m_vAlign = vAlign;
- }
- void SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols);
- void SetOverflow(bool allow = true)
- { m_overflow = allow ? Overflow : SingleCell; }
- void SetReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true)
- { m_isReadOnly = isReadOnly ? ReadOnly : ReadWrite; }
-
- // takes ownership of the pointer
- void SetRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
- { wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); m_renderer = renderer; }
- void SetEditor(wxGridCellEditor* editor)
- { wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); m_editor = editor; }
-
- void SetKind(wxAttrKind kind) { m_attrkind = kind; }
-
- // accessors
- bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.IsOk(); }
- bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.IsOk(); }
- bool HasFont() const { return m_font.IsOk(); }
- bool HasAlignment() const
- {
- return m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID || m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID;
- }
- bool HasRenderer() const { return m_renderer != NULL; }
- bool HasEditor() const { return m_editor != NULL; }
- bool HasReadWriteMode() const { return m_isReadOnly != Unset; }
- bool HasOverflowMode() const { return m_overflow != UnsetOverflow; }
- bool HasSize() const { return m_sizeRows != 1 || m_sizeCols != 1; }
-
- const wxColour& GetTextColour() const;
- const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const;
- const wxFont& GetFont() const;
- void GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const;
-
- // unlike GetAlignment() which always overwrites its output arguments with
- // the alignment values to use, falling back on default alignment if this
- // attribute doesn't have any, this function will preserve the values of
- // parameters on entry if the corresponding alignment is not set in this
- // attribute meaning that they can be initialized to default alignment (and
- // also that they must be initialized, unlike with GetAlignment())
- void GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const;
-
- void GetSize(int *num_rows, int *num_cols) const;
- bool GetOverflow() const
- { return m_overflow != SingleCell; }
- wxGridCellRenderer *GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const;
- wxGridCellEditor *GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const;
-
- bool IsReadOnly() const { return m_isReadOnly == wxGridCellAttr::ReadOnly; }
-
- wxAttrKind GetKind() { return m_attrkind; }
-
- void SetDefAttr(wxGridCellAttr* defAttr) { m_defGridAttr = defAttr; }
-
-protected:
- // the dtor is private because only DecRef() can delete us
- virtual ~wxGridCellAttr()
- {
- wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
- wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
- }
-
-private:
- enum wxAttrReadMode
- {
- Unset = -1,
- ReadWrite,
- ReadOnly
- };
-
- enum wxAttrOverflowMode
- {
- UnsetOverflow = -1,
- Overflow,
- SingleCell
- };
-
- // the common part of all ctors
- void Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault = NULL);
-
-
- wxColour m_colText,
- m_colBack;
- wxFont m_font;
- int m_hAlign,
- m_vAlign;
- int m_sizeRows,
- m_sizeCols;
-
- wxAttrOverflowMode m_overflow;
-
- wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
- wxGridCellEditor* m_editor;
- wxGridCellAttr* m_defGridAttr;
-
- wxAttrReadMode m_isReadOnly;
-
- wxAttrKind m_attrkind;
-
- // use Clone() instead
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellAttr);
-
- // suppress the stupid gcc warning about the class having private dtor and
- // no friends
- friend class wxGridCellAttrDummyFriend;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridCellAttrProvider: class used by wxGridTableBase to retrieve/store the
-// cell attributes.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// implementation note: we separate it from wxGridTableBase because we wish to
-// avoid deriving a new table class if possible, and sometimes it will be
-// enough to just derive another wxGridCellAttrProvider instead
-//
-// the default implementation is reasonably efficient for the generic case,
-// but you might still wish to implement your own for some specific situations
-// if you have performance problems with the stock one
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProvider : public wxClientDataContainer
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellAttrProvider();
- virtual ~wxGridCellAttrProvider();
-
- // DecRef() must be called on the returned pointer
- virtual wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col,
- wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const;
-
- // all these functions take ownership of the pointer, don't call DecRef()
- // on it
- virtual void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
- virtual void SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row);
- virtual void SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col);
-
- // these functions must be called whenever some rows/cols are deleted
- // because the internal data must be updated then
- void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
- void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
-
-
- // get renderers for the given row/column header label and the corner
- // window: unlike cell renderers, these objects are not reference counted
- // and are never NULL so they are returned by reference
- virtual const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer& GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int col);
- virtual const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer& GetRowHeaderRenderer(int row);
- virtual const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& GetCornerRenderer();
-
-private:
- void InitData();
-
- wxGridCellAttrProviderData *m_data;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellAttrProvider);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridCellCoords: location of a cell in the grid
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellCoords
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellCoords() { m_row = m_col = -1; }
- wxGridCellCoords( int r, int c ) { m_row = r; m_col = c; }
-
- // default copy ctor is ok
-
- int GetRow() const { return m_row; }
- void SetRow( int n ) { m_row = n; }
- int GetCol() const { return m_col; }
- void SetCol( int n ) { m_col = n; }
- void Set( int row, int col ) { m_row = row; m_col = col; }
-
- wxGridCellCoords& operator=( const wxGridCellCoords& other )
- {
- if ( &other != this )
- {
- m_row=other.m_row;
- m_col=other.m_col;
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
- bool operator==( const wxGridCellCoords& other ) const
- {
- return (m_row == other.m_row && m_col == other.m_col);
- }
-
- bool operator!=( const wxGridCellCoords& other ) const
- {
- return (m_row != other.m_row || m_col != other.m_col);
- }
-
- bool operator!() const
- {
- return (m_row == -1 && m_col == -1 );
- }
-
-private:
- int m_row;
- int m_col;
-};
-
-
-// For comparisons...
-//
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxRect wxGridNoCellRect;
-
-// An array of cell coords...
-//
-WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellCoords, wxGridCellCoordsArray,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Grid table classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the abstract base class
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTableBase : public wxObject,
- public wxClientDataContainer
-{
-public:
- wxGridTableBase();
- virtual ~wxGridTableBase();
-
- // You must override these functions in a derived table class
- //
-
- // return the number of rows and columns in this table
- virtual int GetNumberRows() = 0;
- virtual int GetNumberCols() = 0;
-
- // the methods above are unfortunately non-const even though they should
- // have been const -- but changing it now is not possible any longer as it
- // would break the existing code overriding them, so instead we provide
- // these const synonyms which can be used from const-correct code
- int GetRowsCount() const
- { return const_cast<wxGridTableBase *>(this)->GetNumberRows(); }
- int GetColsCount() const
- { return const_cast<wxGridTableBase *>(this)->GetNumberCols(); }
-
-
- virtual bool IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
- {
- return GetValue(row, col).empty();
- }
-
- bool IsEmpty(const wxGridCellCoords& coord)
- {
- return IsEmptyCell(coord.GetRow(), coord.GetCol());
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetValue( int row, int col ) = 0;
- virtual void SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) = 0;
-
- // Data type determination and value access
- virtual wxString GetTypeName( int row, int col );
- virtual bool CanGetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName );
- virtual bool CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName );
-
- virtual long GetValueAsLong( int row, int col );
- virtual double GetValueAsDouble( int row, int col );
- virtual bool GetValueAsBool( int row, int col );
-
- virtual void SetValueAsLong( int row, int col, long value );
- virtual void SetValueAsDouble( int row, int col, double value );
- virtual void SetValueAsBool( int row, int col, bool value );
-
- // For user defined types
- virtual void* GetValueAsCustom( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName );
- virtual void SetValueAsCustom( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName, void* value );
-
-
- // Overriding these is optional
- //
- virtual void SetView( wxGrid *grid ) { m_view = grid; }
- virtual wxGrid * GetView() const { return m_view; }
-
- virtual void Clear() {}
- virtual bool InsertRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 );
- virtual bool AppendRows( size_t numRows = 1 );
- virtual bool DeleteRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 );
- virtual bool InsertCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 );
- virtual bool AppendCols( size_t numCols = 1 );
- virtual bool DeleteCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 );
-
- virtual wxString GetRowLabelValue( int row );
- virtual wxString GetColLabelValue( int col );
- virtual void SetRowLabelValue( int WXUNUSED(row), const wxString& ) {}
- virtual void SetColLabelValue( int WXUNUSED(col), const wxString& ) {}
-
- // Attribute handling
- //
-
- // give us the attr provider to use - we take ownership of the pointer
- void SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider);
-
- // get the currently used attr provider (may be NULL)
- wxGridCellAttrProvider *GetAttrProvider() const { return m_attrProvider; }
-
- // Does this table allow attributes? Default implementation creates
- // a wxGridCellAttrProvider if necessary.
- virtual bool CanHaveAttributes();
-
- // by default forwarded to wxGridCellAttrProvider if any. May be
- // overridden to handle attributes directly in the table.
- virtual wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr( int row, int col,
- wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind );
-
-
- // these functions take ownership of the pointer
- virtual void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col);
- virtual void SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row);
- virtual void SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col);
-
-private:
- wxGrid * m_view;
- wxGridCellAttrProvider *m_attrProvider;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridTableBase)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridTableBase);
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridTableMessage
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// IDs for messages sent from grid table to view
-//
-enum wxGridTableRequest
-{
- wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES = 2000,
- wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES,
- wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
- wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
- wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
- wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
- wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
- wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTableMessage
-{
-public:
- wxGridTableMessage();
- wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
- int comInt1 = -1,
- int comInt2 = -1 );
-
- void SetTableObject( wxGridTableBase *table ) { m_table = table; }
- wxGridTableBase * GetTableObject() const { return m_table; }
- void SetId( int id ) { m_id = id; }
- int GetId() { return m_id; }
- void SetCommandInt( int comInt1 ) { m_comInt1 = comInt1; }
- int GetCommandInt() { return m_comInt1; }
- void SetCommandInt2( int comInt2 ) { m_comInt2 = comInt2; }
- int GetCommandInt2() { return m_comInt2; }
-
-private:
- wxGridTableBase *m_table;
- int m_id;
- int m_comInt1;
- int m_comInt2;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridTableMessage);
-};
-
-
-
-// ------ wxGridStringArray
-// A 2-dimensional array of strings for data values
-//
-
-WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxArrayString, wxGridStringArray,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
-
-
-
-// ------ wxGridStringTable
-//
-// Simplest type of data table for a grid for small tables of strings
-// that are stored in memory
-//
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridStringTable : public wxGridTableBase
-{
-public:
- wxGridStringTable();
- wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols );
-
- // these are pure virtual in wxGridTableBase
- //
- virtual int GetNumberRows() { return static_cast<int>(m_data.size()); }
- virtual int GetNumberCols() { return m_numCols; }
- virtual wxString GetValue( int row, int col );
- virtual void SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s );
-
- // overridden functions from wxGridTableBase
- //
- void Clear();
- bool InsertRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 );
- bool AppendRows( size_t numRows = 1 );
- bool DeleteRows( size_t pos = 0, size_t numRows = 1 );
- bool InsertCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 );
- bool AppendCols( size_t numCols = 1 );
- bool DeleteCols( size_t pos = 0, size_t numCols = 1 );
-
- void SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& );
- void SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& );
- wxString GetRowLabelValue( int row );
- wxString GetColLabelValue( int col );
-
-private:
- wxGridStringArray m_data;
-
- // notice that while we don't need to store the number of our rows as it's
- // always equal to the size of m_data array, we do need to store the number
- // of our columns as we can't retrieve it from m_data when the number of
- // rows is 0 (see #10818)
- int m_numCols;
-
- // These only get used if you set your own labels, otherwise the
- // GetRow/ColLabelValue functions return wxGridTableBase defaults
- //
- wxArrayString m_rowLabels;
- wxArrayString m_colLabels;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY( wxGridStringTable )
-};
-
-
-
-// ============================================================================
-// Grid view classes
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridSizesInfo stores information about sizes of the rows or columns.
-//
-// It assumes that most of the columns or rows have default size and so stores
-// the default size separately and uses a hash to map column or row numbers to
-// their non default size for those which don't have the default size.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// hash map to store positions as the keys and sizes as the values
-WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( unsigned, int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
- wxUnsignedToIntHashMap, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV );
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSizesInfo
-{
- // default ctor, initialize m_sizeDefault and m_customSizes later
- wxGridSizesInfo() { }
-
- // ctor used by wxGrid::Get{Col,Row}Sizes()
- wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes);
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
- // Get the size of the element with the given index
- int GetSize(unsigned pos) const;
-
-
- // default size
- int m_sizeDefault;
-
- // position -> size map containing all elements with non-default size
- wxUnsignedToIntHashMap m_customSizes;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGrid
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGrid : public wxScrolledWindow
-{
-public:
- // possible selection modes
- enum wxGridSelectionModes
- {
- wxGridSelectCells = 0, // allow selecting anything
- wxGridSelectRows = 1, // allow selecting only entire rows
- wxGridSelectColumns = 2, // allow selecting only entire columns
- wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns = wxGridSelectRows | wxGridSelectColumns
- };
-
- // Different behaviour of the TAB key when the end (or the beginning, for
- // Shift-TAB) of the current row is reached:
- enum TabBehaviour
- {
- Tab_Stop, // Do nothing, this is default.
- Tab_Wrap, // Move to the next (or previous) row.
- Tab_Leave // Move to the next (or previous) control.
- };
-
- // creation and destruction
- // ------------------------
-
- // ctor and Create() create the grid window, as with the other controls
- wxGrid() { Init(); }
-
- wxGrid(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxWANTS_CHARS,
- const wxString& name = wxGridNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxWANTS_CHARS,
- const wxString& name = wxGridNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxGrid();
-
- // however to initialize grid data either CreateGrid() or SetTable() must
- // be also called
-
- // this is basically equivalent to
- //
- // SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode)
- //
- bool CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
- wxGridSelectionModes selmode = wxGridSelectCells );
-
- bool SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table,
- bool takeOwnership = false,
- wxGridSelectionModes selmode = wxGridSelectCells );
-
- bool ProcessTableMessage(wxGridTableMessage&);
-
- wxGridTableBase *GetTable() const { return m_table; }
-
-
- void SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode);
- wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const;
-
- // ------ grid dimensions
- //
- int GetNumberRows() const { return m_numRows; }
- int GetNumberCols() const { return m_numCols; }
-
-
- // ------ display update functions
- //
- wxArrayInt CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const;
-
- wxArrayInt CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const;
- wxGridCellCoordsArray CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const;
-
-
- void ClearGrid();
- bool InsertRows(int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true)
- {
- return DoModifyLines(&wxGridTableBase::InsertRows,
- pos, numRows, updateLabels);
- }
- bool InsertCols(int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true)
- {
- return DoModifyLines(&wxGridTableBase::InsertCols,
- pos, numCols, updateLabels);
- }
-
- bool AppendRows(int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true)
- {
- return DoAppendLines(&wxGridTableBase::AppendRows, numRows, updateLabels);
- }
- bool AppendCols(int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true)
- {
- return DoAppendLines(&wxGridTableBase::AppendCols, numCols, updateLabels);
- }
-
- bool DeleteRows(int pos = 0, int numRows = 1, bool updateLabels = true)
- {
- return DoModifyLines(&wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows,
- pos, numRows, updateLabels);
- }
- bool DeleteCols(int pos = 0, int numCols = 1, bool updateLabels = true)
- {
- return DoModifyLines(&wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols,
- pos, numCols, updateLabels);
- }
-
- void DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc , const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells );
- void DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc );
- void DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& );
- void DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & reg );
- void DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& );
- void DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells);
-
- // this function is called when the current cell highlight must be redrawn
- // and may be overridden by the user
- virtual void DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr );
-
- virtual void DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows );
- virtual void DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row );
-
- virtual void DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& cols );
- virtual void DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col );
-
- virtual void DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc);
-
- // ------ Cell text drawing functions
- //
- void DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, const wxString&, const wxRect&,
- int horizontalAlignment = wxALIGN_LEFT,
- int verticalAlignment = wxALIGN_TOP,
- int textOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL ) const;
-
- void DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayString& lines, const wxRect&,
- int horizontalAlignment = wxALIGN_LEFT,
- int verticalAlignment = wxALIGN_TOP,
- int textOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL ) const;
-
- // ------ grid render function for printing
- //
- void Render( wxDC& dc,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft = wxGridCellCoords(-1, -1),
- const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(-1, -1),
- int style = wxGRID_DRAW_DEFAULT );
-
- // Split a string containing newline characters into an array of
- // strings and return the number of lines
- //
- void StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const;
-
- void GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
- const wxArrayString& lines,
- long *width, long *height ) const;
-
-
- // ------
- // Code that does a lot of grid modification can be enclosed
- // between BeginBatch() and EndBatch() calls to avoid screen
- // flicker
- //
- void BeginBatch() { m_batchCount++; }
- void EndBatch();
-
- int GetBatchCount() { return m_batchCount; }
-
- virtual void Refresh(bool eraseb = true, const wxRect* rect = NULL);
-
- // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an
- // immediate repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are
- // already inside a BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
- //
- // This function is necessary because wxGrid has a minimal OnPaint()
- // handler to reduce screen flicker.
- //
- void ForceRefresh();
-
-
- // ------ edit control functions
- //
- bool IsEditable() const { return m_editable; }
- void EnableEditing( bool edit );
-
- void EnableCellEditControl( bool enable = true );
- void DisableCellEditControl() { EnableCellEditControl(false); }
- bool CanEnableCellControl() const;
- bool IsCellEditControlEnabled() const;
- bool IsCellEditControlShown() const;
-
- bool IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const;
-
- void ShowCellEditControl();
- void HideCellEditControl();
- void SaveEditControlValue();
-
-
- // ------ grid location functions
- // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
- // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
- // coordinates for mouse events etc.
- //
- wxGridCellCoords XYToCell(int x, int y) const;
- void XYToCell(int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords) const
- { coords = XYToCell(x, y); }
- wxGridCellCoords XYToCell(const wxPoint& pos) const
- { return XYToCell(pos.x, pos.y); }
-
- // these functions return the index of the row/columns corresponding to the
- // given logical position in pixels
- //
- // if clipToMinMax is false (default, wxNOT_FOUND is returned if the
- // position is outside any row/column, otherwise the first/last element is
- // returned in this case
- int YToRow( int y, bool clipToMinMax = false ) const;
- int XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax = false ) const;
-
- int YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const;
- int XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const;
-
- wxRect CellToRect( int row, int col ) const;
- wxRect CellToRect( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
- { return CellToRect( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); }
-
- int GetGridCursorRow() const { return m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); }
- int GetGridCursorCol() const { return m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); }
-
- // check to see if a cell is either wholly visible (the default arg) or
- // at least partially visible in the grid window
- //
- bool IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible = true ) const;
- bool IsVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, bool wholeCellVisible = true ) const
- { return IsVisible( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), wholeCellVisible ); }
- void MakeCellVisible( int row, int col );
- void MakeCellVisible( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
- { MakeCellVisible( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); }
-
-
- // ------ grid cursor movement functions
- //
- void SetGridCursor(int row, int col) { SetCurrentCell(row, col); }
- void SetGridCursor(const wxGridCellCoords& c) { SetCurrentCell(c); }
-
- void GoToCell(int row, int col)
- {
- if ( SetCurrentCell(row, col) )
- MakeCellVisible(row, col);
- }
-
- void GoToCell(const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
- {
- if ( SetCurrentCell(coords) )
- MakeCellVisible(coords);
- }
-
- bool MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection );
- bool MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection );
- bool MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection );
- bool MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection );
- bool MovePageDown();
- bool MovePageUp();
- bool MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection );
- bool MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection );
- bool MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection );
- bool MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection );
-
- void SetTabBehaviour(TabBehaviour behaviour) { m_tabBehaviour = behaviour; }
-
-
- // ------ label and gridline formatting
- //
- int GetDefaultRowLabelSize() const { return WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; }
- int GetRowLabelSize() const { return m_rowLabelWidth; }
- int GetDefaultColLabelSize() const { return WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; }
- int GetColLabelSize() const { return m_colLabelHeight; }
- wxColour GetLabelBackgroundColour() const { return m_labelBackgroundColour; }
- wxColour GetLabelTextColour() const { return m_labelTextColour; }
- wxFont GetLabelFont() const { return m_labelFont; }
- void GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const;
- void GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const;
- int GetColLabelTextOrientation() const;
- wxString GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const;
- wxString GetColLabelValue( int col ) const;
-
- wxColour GetCellHighlightColour() const { return m_cellHighlightColour; }
- int GetCellHighlightPenWidth() const { return m_cellHighlightPenWidth; }
- int GetCellHighlightROPenWidth() const { return m_cellHighlightROPenWidth; }
-
- // this one will use wxHeaderCtrl for the column labels
- void UseNativeColHeader(bool native = true);
-
- // this one will still draw them manually but using the native renderer
- // instead of using the same appearance as for the row labels
- void SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native = true );
-
- void SetRowLabelSize( int width );
- void SetColLabelSize( int height );
- void HideRowLabels() { SetRowLabelSize( 0 ); }
- void HideColLabels() { SetColLabelSize( 0 ); }
- void SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& );
- void SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& );
- void SetLabelFont( const wxFont& );
- void SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert );
- void SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert );
- void SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation );
- void SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& );
- void SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& );
- void SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& );
- void SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width);
- void SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width);
-
-
- // interactive grid mouse operations control
- // -----------------------------------------
-
- // functions globally enabling row/column interactive resizing (enabled by
- // default)
- void EnableDragRowSize( bool enable = true );
- void DisableDragRowSize() { EnableDragRowSize( false ); }
-
- void EnableDragColSize( bool enable = true );
- void DisableDragColSize() { EnableDragColSize( false ); }
-
- // if interactive resizing is enabled, some rows/columns can still have
- // fixed size
- void DisableRowResize(int row) { DoDisableLineResize(row, m_setFixedRows); }
- void DisableColResize(int col) { DoDisableLineResize(col, m_setFixedCols); }
-
- // these functions return whether the given row/column can be
- // effectively resized: for this interactive resizing must be enabled
- // and this index must not have been passed to DisableRow/ColResize()
- bool CanDragRowSize(int row) const
- { return m_canDragRowSize && DoCanResizeLine(row, m_setFixedRows); }
- bool CanDragColSize(int col) const
- { return m_canDragColSize && DoCanResizeLine(col, m_setFixedCols); }
-
- // interactive column reordering (disabled by default)
- void EnableDragColMove( bool enable = true );
- void DisableDragColMove() { EnableDragColMove( false ); }
- bool CanDragColMove() const { return m_canDragColMove; }
-
- // interactive resizing of grid cells (enabled by default)
- void EnableDragGridSize(bool enable = true);
- void DisableDragGridSize() { EnableDragGridSize(false); }
- bool CanDragGridSize() const { return m_canDragGridSize; }
-
- // interactive dragging of cells (disabled by default)
- void EnableDragCell( bool enable = true );
- void DisableDragCell() { EnableDragCell( false ); }
- bool CanDragCell() const { return m_canDragCell; }
-
-
- // grid lines
- // ----------
-
- // enable or disable drawing of the lines
- void EnableGridLines(bool enable = true);
- bool GridLinesEnabled() const { return m_gridLinesEnabled; }
-
- // by default grid lines stop at last column/row, but this may be changed
- void ClipHorzGridLines(bool clip)
- { DoClipGridLines(m_gridLinesClipHorz, clip); }
- void ClipVertGridLines(bool clip)
- { DoClipGridLines(m_gridLinesClipVert, clip); }
- bool AreHorzGridLinesClipped() const { return m_gridLinesClipHorz; }
- bool AreVertGridLinesClipped() const { return m_gridLinesClipVert; }
-
- // this can be used to change the global grid lines colour
- void SetGridLineColour(const wxColour& col);
- wxColour GetGridLineColour() const { return m_gridLineColour; }
-
- // these methods may be overridden to customize individual grid lines
- // appearance
- virtual wxPen GetDefaultGridLinePen();
- virtual wxPen GetRowGridLinePen(int row);
- virtual wxPen GetColGridLinePen(int col);
-
-
- // attributes
- // ----------
-
- // this sets the specified attribute for this cell or in this row/col
- void SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr);
- void SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr);
- void SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr);
-
- // the grid can cache attributes for the recently used cells (currently it
- // only caches one attribute for the most recently used one) and might
- // notice that its value in the attribute provider has changed -- if this
- // happens, call this function to force it
- void RefreshAttr(int row, int col);
-
- // returns the attribute we may modify in place: a new one if this cell
- // doesn't have any yet or the existing one if it does
- //
- // DecRef() must be called on the returned pointer, as usual
- wxGridCellAttr *GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const;
-
-
- // shortcuts for setting the column parameters
-
- // set the format for the data in the column: default is string
- void SetColFormatBool(int col);
- void SetColFormatNumber(int col);
- void SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width = -1, int precision = -1);
- void SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName);
-
- // ------ row and col formatting
- //
- int GetDefaultRowSize() const;
- int GetRowSize( int row ) const;
- bool IsRowShown(int row) const { return GetRowSize(row) != 0; }
- int GetDefaultColSize() const;
- int GetColSize( int col ) const;
- bool IsColShown(int col) const { return GetColSize(col) != 0; }
- wxColour GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const;
- wxColour GetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col ) const;
- wxColour GetDefaultCellTextColour() const;
- wxColour GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const;
- wxFont GetDefaultCellFont() const;
- wxFont GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const;
- void GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const;
- void GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const;
- bool GetDefaultCellOverflow() const;
- bool GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const;
-
- // this function returns 1 in num_rows and num_cols for normal cells,
- // positive numbers for a cell spanning multiple columns/rows (as set with
- // SetCellSize()) and _negative_ numbers corresponding to the offset of the
- // top left cell of the span from this one for the other cells covered by
- // this cell
- //
- // the return value is CellSpan_None, CellSpan_Main or CellSpan_Inside for
- // each of these cases respectively
- enum CellSpan
- {
- CellSpan_Inside = -1,
- CellSpan_None = 0,
- CellSpan_Main
- };
-
- CellSpan GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const;
-
- wxSize GetCellSize(const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
- {
- wxSize s;
- GetCellSize(coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &s.x, &s.y);
- return s;
- }
-
- // ------ row and col sizes
- void SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows = false );
- void SetRowSize( int row, int height );
- void HideRow(int row) { DoSetRowSize(row, 0); }
- void ShowRow(int row) { DoSetRowSize(row, -1); }
-
- void SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols = false );
- void SetColSize( int col, int width );
- void HideCol(int col) { DoSetColSize(col, 0); }
- void ShowCol(int col) { DoSetColSize(col, -1); }
-
- // the row and column sizes can be also set all at once using
- // wxGridSizesInfo which holds all of them at once
-
- wxGridSizesInfo GetColSizes() const
- { return wxGridSizesInfo(GetDefaultColSize(), m_colWidths); }
- wxGridSizesInfo GetRowSizes() const
- { return wxGridSizesInfo(GetDefaultRowSize(), m_rowHeights); }
-
- void SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo);
- void SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo);
-
-
- // ------- columns (only, for now) reordering
-
- // columns index <-> positions mapping: by default, the position of the
- // column is the same as its index, but the columns can also be reordered
- // (either by calling SetColPos() explicitly or by the user dragging the
- // columns around) in which case their indices don't correspond to their
- // positions on display any longer
- //
- // internally we always work with indices except for the functions which
- // have "Pos" in their names (and which work with columns, not pixels) and
- // only the display and hit testing code really cares about display
- // positions at all
-
- // set the positions of all columns at once (this method uses the same
- // conventions as wxHeaderCtrl::SetColumnsOrder() for the order array)
- void SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order);
-
- // return the column index corresponding to the given (valid) position
- int GetColAt(int pos) const
- {
- return m_colAt.empty() ? pos : m_colAt[pos];
- }
-
- // reorder the columns so that the column with the given index is now shown
- // as the position pos
- void SetColPos(int idx, int pos);
-
- // return the position at which the column with the given index is
- // displayed: notice that this is a slow operation as we don't maintain the
- // reverse mapping currently
- int GetColPos(int idx) const
- {
- if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
- return idx;
-
- for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
- {
- if ( m_colAt[i] == idx )
- return i;
- }
-
- wxFAIL_MSG( "invalid column index" );
-
- return wxNOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- // reset the columns positions to the default order
- void ResetColPos();
-
-
- // automatically size the column or row to fit to its contents, if
- // setAsMin is true, this optimal width will also be set as minimal width
- // for this column
- void AutoSizeColumn( int col, bool setAsMin = true )
- { AutoSizeColOrRow(col, setAsMin, wxGRID_COLUMN); }
- void AutoSizeRow( int row, bool setAsMin = true )
- { AutoSizeColOrRow(row, setAsMin, wxGRID_ROW); }
-
- // auto size all columns (very ineffective for big grids!)
- void AutoSizeColumns( bool setAsMin = true )
- { (void)SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false, setAsMin); }
-
- void AutoSizeRows( bool setAsMin = true )
- { (void)SetOrCalcRowSizes(false, setAsMin); }
-
- // auto size the grid, that is make the columns/rows of the "right" size
- // and also set the grid size to just fit its contents
- void AutoSize();
-
- // Note for both AutoSizeRowLabelSize and AutoSizeColLabelSize:
- // If col equals to wxGRID_AUTOSIZE value then function autosizes labels column
- // instead of data column. Note that this operation may be slow for large
- // tables.
- // autosize row height depending on label text
- void AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row );
-
- // autosize column width depending on label text
- void AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col );
-
- // column won't be resized to be lesser width - this must be called during
- // the grid creation because it won't resize the column if it's already
- // narrower than the minimal width
- void SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width );
- void SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width );
-
- /* These members can be used to query and modify the minimal
- * acceptable size of grid rows and columns. Call this function in
- * your code which creates the grid if you want to display cells
- * with a size smaller than the default acceptable minimum size.
- * Like the members SetColMinimalWidth and SetRowMinimalWidth,
- * the existing rows or columns will not be checked/resized.
- */
- void SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width );
- void SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int width );
- int GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const;
- int GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const;
-
- void SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& );
- void SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& );
- void SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& );
-
- void SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& );
- void SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& );
- void SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& );
- void SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert );
- void SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert );
- void SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow );
- void SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow );
- void SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols );
-
- // takes ownership of the pointer
- void SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer);
- void SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer);
- wxGridCellRenderer *GetDefaultRenderer() const;
- wxGridCellRenderer* GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const;
-
- // takes ownership of the pointer
- void SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor);
- void SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor *editor);
- wxGridCellEditor *GetDefaultEditor() const;
- wxGridCellEditor* GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const;
-
-
-
- // ------ cell value accessors
- //
- wxString GetCellValue( int row, int col ) const
- {
- if ( m_table )
- {
- return m_table->GetValue( row, col );
- }
- else
- {
- return wxEmptyString;
- }
- }
-
- wxString GetCellValue( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
- { return GetCellValue( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); }
-
- void SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s );
- void SetCellValue( const wxGridCellCoords& coords, const wxString& s )
- { SetCellValue( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), s ); }
-
- // returns true if the cell can't be edited
- bool IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const;
-
- // make the cell editable/readonly
- void SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly = true);
-
- // ------ select blocks of cells
- //
- void SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected = false );
- void SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected = false );
-
- void SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
- bool addToSelected = false );
-
- void SelectBlock( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
- const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
- bool addToSelected = false )
- { SelectBlock( topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
- bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol(),
- addToSelected ); }
-
- void SelectAll();
-
- bool IsSelection() const;
-
- // ------ deselect blocks or cells
- //
- void DeselectRow( int row );
- void DeselectCol( int col );
- void DeselectCell( int row, int col );
-
- void ClearSelection();
-
- bool IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const;
-
- bool IsInSelection( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
- { return IsInSelection( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); }
-
- wxGridCellCoordsArray GetSelectedCells() const;
- wxGridCellCoordsArray GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const;
- wxGridCellCoordsArray GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const;
- wxArrayInt GetSelectedRows() const;
- wxArrayInt GetSelectedCols() const;
-
- // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the block of cells
- // limited by TopLeft and BottomRight cell in device coords and clipped
- // to the client size of the grid window.
- //
- wxRect BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords & topLeft,
- const wxGridCellCoords & bottomRight ) const;
-
- // Access or update the selection fore/back colours
- wxColour GetSelectionBackground() const
- { return m_selectionBackground; }
- wxColour GetSelectionForeground() const
- { return m_selectionForeground; }
-
- void SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& c) { m_selectionBackground = c; }
- void SetSelectionForeground(const wxColour& c) { m_selectionForeground = c; }
-
-
- // Methods for a registry for mapping data types to Renderers/Editors
- void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
- wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
- wxGridCellEditor* editor);
- // DJC MAPTEK
- virtual wxGridCellEditor* GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const;
- wxGridCellEditor* GetDefaultEditorForCell(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const
- { return GetDefaultEditorForCell(c.GetRow(), c.GetCol()); }
- virtual wxGridCellRenderer* GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const;
- virtual wxGridCellEditor* GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const;
- virtual wxGridCellRenderer* GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const;
-
- // grid may occupy more space than needed for its rows/columns, this
- // function allows to set how big this extra space is
- void SetMargins(int extraWidth, int extraHeight)
- {
- m_extraWidth = extraWidth;
- m_extraHeight = extraHeight;
-
- CalcDimensions();
- }
-
- // Accessors for component windows
- wxWindow* GetGridWindow() const { return (wxWindow*)m_gridWin; }
- wxWindow* GetGridRowLabelWindow() const { return (wxWindow*)m_rowLabelWin; }
- wxWindow* GetGridColLabelWindow() const { return m_colWindow; }
- wxWindow* GetGridCornerLabelWindow() const { return (wxWindow*)m_cornerLabelWin; }
-
- // This one can only be called if we are using the native header window
- wxHeaderCtrl *GetGridColHeader() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_useNativeHeader, "no column header window" );
-
- // static_cast<> doesn't work without the full class declaration in
- // view and we prefer to avoid adding more compile-time dependencies
- // even at the cost of using reinterpret_cast<>
- return reinterpret_cast<wxHeaderCtrl *>(m_colWindow);
- }
-
- // Allow adjustment of scroll increment. The default is (15, 15).
- void SetScrollLineX(int x) { m_xScrollPixelsPerLine = x; }
- void SetScrollLineY(int y) { m_yScrollPixelsPerLine = y; }
- int GetScrollLineX() const { return m_xScrollPixelsPerLine; }
- int GetScrollLineY() const { return m_yScrollPixelsPerLine; }
-
- // ------- drag and drop
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- virtual void SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget);
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-
- // ------- sorting support
-
- // wxGrid doesn't support sorting on its own but it can indicate the sort
- // order in the column header (currently only if native header control is
- // used though)
-
- // return the column currently displaying the sort indicator or wxNOT_FOUND
- // if none
- int GetSortingColumn() const { return m_sortCol; }
-
- // return true if this column is currently used for sorting
- bool IsSortingBy(int col) const { return GetSortingColumn() == col; }
-
- // return the current sorting order (on GetSortingColumn()): true for
- // ascending sort and false for descending; it doesn't make sense to call
- // it if GetSortingColumn() returns wxNOT_FOUND
- bool IsSortOrderAscending() const { return m_sortIsAscending; }
-
- // set the sorting column (or unsets any existing one if wxNOT_FOUND) and
- // the order in which to sort
- void SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending = true);
-
- // unset any existing sorting column
- void UnsetSortingColumn() { SetSortingColumn(wxNOT_FOUND); }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // ------ For compatibility with previous wxGrid only...
- //
- // ************************************************
- // ** Don't use these in new code because they **
- // ** are liable to disappear in a future **
- // ** revision **
- // ************************************************
- //
-
- wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
- int x, int y, int w = wxDefaultCoord, int h = wxDefaultCoord,
- long style = wxWANTS_CHARS,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr )
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(w, h), style, name);
- }
-
- void SetCellValue( const wxString& val, int row, int col )
- { SetCellValue( row, col, val ); }
-
- void UpdateDimensions()
- { CalcDimensions(); }
-
- int GetRows() const { return GetNumberRows(); }
- int GetCols() const { return GetNumberCols(); }
- int GetCursorRow() const { return GetGridCursorRow(); }
- int GetCursorColumn() const { return GetGridCursorCol(); }
-
- int GetScrollPosX() const { return 0; }
- int GetScrollPosY() const { return 0; }
-
- void SetScrollX( int WXUNUSED(x) ) { }
- void SetScrollY( int WXUNUSED(y) ) { }
-
- void SetColumnWidth( int col, int width )
- { SetColSize( col, width ); }
-
- int GetColumnWidth( int col ) const
- { return GetColSize( col ); }
-
- void SetRowHeight( int row, int height )
- { SetRowSize( row, height ); }
-
- // GetRowHeight() is below
-
- int GetViewHeight() const // returned num whole rows visible
- { return 0; }
-
- int GetViewWidth() const // returned num whole cols visible
- { return 0; }
-
- void SetLabelSize( int orientation, int sz )
- {
- if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
- SetColLabelSize( sz );
- else
- SetRowLabelSize( sz );
- }
-
- int GetLabelSize( int orientation ) const
- {
- if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
- return GetColLabelSize();
- else
- return GetRowLabelSize();
- }
-
- void SetLabelAlignment( int orientation, int align )
- {
- if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
- SetColLabelAlignment( align, wxALIGN_INVALID );
- else
- SetRowLabelAlignment( align, wxALIGN_INVALID );
- }
-
- int GetLabelAlignment( int orientation, int WXUNUSED(align) ) const
- {
- int h, v;
- if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
- {
- GetColLabelAlignment( &h, &v );
- return h;
- }
- else
- {
- GetRowLabelAlignment( &h, &v );
- return h;
- }
- }
-
- void SetLabelValue( int orientation, const wxString& val, int pos )
- {
- if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
- SetColLabelValue( pos, val );
- else
- SetRowLabelValue( pos, val );
- }
-
- wxString GetLabelValue( int orientation, int pos) const
- {
- if ( orientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
- return GetColLabelValue( pos );
- else
- return GetRowLabelValue( pos );
- }
-
- wxFont GetCellTextFont() const
- { return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); }
-
- wxFont GetCellTextFont(int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col)) const
- { return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); }
-
- void SetCellTextFont(const wxFont& fnt)
- { SetDefaultCellFont( fnt ); }
-
- void SetCellTextFont(const wxFont& fnt, int row, int col)
- { SetCellFont( row, col, fnt ); }
-
- void SetCellTextColour(const wxColour& val, int row, int col)
- { SetCellTextColour( row, col, val ); }
-
- void SetCellTextColour(const wxColour& col)
- { SetDefaultCellTextColour( col ); }
-
- void SetCellBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col)
- { SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( col ); }
-
- void SetCellBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour, int row, int col)
- { SetCellBackgroundColour( row, col, colour ); }
-
- bool GetEditable() const { return IsEditable(); }
- void SetEditable( bool edit = true ) { EnableEditing( edit ); }
- bool GetEditInPlace() const { return IsCellEditControlEnabled(); }
-
- void SetEditInPlace(bool WXUNUSED(edit) = true) { }
-
- void SetCellAlignment( int align, int row, int col)
- { SetCellAlignment(row, col, align, wxALIGN_CENTER); }
- void SetCellAlignment( int WXUNUSED(align) ) {}
- void SetCellBitmap(wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col))
- { }
- void SetDividerPen(const wxPen& WXUNUSED(pen)) { }
- wxPen& GetDividerPen() const;
- void OnActivate(bool WXUNUSED(active)) {}
-
- // ******** End of compatibility functions **********
-
-
-
- // ------ control IDs
- enum { wxGRID_CELLCTRL = 2000,
- wxGRID_TOPCTRL };
-
- // ------ control types
- enum { wxGRID_TEXTCTRL = 2100,
- wxGRID_CHECKBOX,
- wxGRID_CHOICE,
- wxGRID_COMBOBOX };
-
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool CanDragRowSize() const, return m_canDragRowSize; )
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool CanDragColSize() const, return m_canDragColSize; )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-
- // override some base class functions
- virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
- virtual wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl()
- { return (wxWindow*)m_gridWin; }
- virtual void Fit();
-
- // implementation only
- void CancelMouseCapture();
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- bool m_created;
-
- wxGridWindow *m_gridWin;
- wxGridCornerLabelWindow *m_cornerLabelWin;
- wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin;
-
- // the real type of the column window depends on m_useNativeHeader value:
- // if it is true, its dynamic type is wxHeaderCtrl, otherwise it is
- // wxGridColLabelWindow, use accessors below when the real type matters
- wxWindow *m_colWindow;
-
- wxGridColLabelWindow *GetColLabelWindow() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader, "no column label window" );
-
- return reinterpret_cast<wxGridColLabelWindow *>(m_colWindow);
- }
-
- wxGridTableBase *m_table;
- bool m_ownTable;
-
- int m_numRows;
- int m_numCols;
-
- wxGridCellCoords m_currentCellCoords;
-
- // the corners of the block being currently selected or wxGridNoCellCoords
- wxGridCellCoords m_selectedBlockTopLeft;
- wxGridCellCoords m_selectedBlockBottomRight;
-
- // when selecting blocks of cells (either from the keyboard using Shift
- // with cursor keys, or by dragging the mouse), the selection is anchored
- // at m_currentCellCoords which defines one of the corners of the rectangle
- // being selected -- and this variable defines the other corner, i.e. it's
- // either m_selectedBlockTopLeft or m_selectedBlockBottomRight depending on
- // which of them is not m_currentCellCoords
- //
- // if no block selection is in process, it is set to wxGridNoCellCoords
- wxGridCellCoords m_selectedBlockCorner;
-
- wxGridSelection *m_selection;
-
- wxColour m_selectionBackground;
- wxColour m_selectionForeground;
-
- // NB: *never* access m_row/col arrays directly because they are created
- // on demand, *always* use accessor functions instead!
-
- // init the m_rowHeights/Bottoms arrays with default values
- void InitRowHeights();
-
- int m_defaultRowHeight;
- int m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
- wxArrayInt m_rowHeights;
- wxArrayInt m_rowBottoms;
-
- // init the m_colWidths/Rights arrays
- void InitColWidths();
-
- int m_defaultColWidth;
- int m_minAcceptableColWidth;
- wxArrayInt m_colWidths;
- wxArrayInt m_colRights;
-
- int m_sortCol;
- bool m_sortIsAscending;
-
- bool m_useNativeHeader,
- m_nativeColumnLabels;
-
- // get the col/row coords
- int GetColWidth(int col) const;
- int GetColLeft(int col) const;
- int GetColRight(int col) const;
-
- // this function must be public for compatibility...
-public:
- int GetRowHeight(int row) const;
-protected:
-
- int GetRowTop(int row) const;
- int GetRowBottom(int row) const;
-
- int m_rowLabelWidth;
- int m_colLabelHeight;
-
- // the size of the margin left to the right and bottom of the cell area
- int m_extraWidth,
- m_extraHeight;
-
- wxColour m_labelBackgroundColour;
- wxColour m_labelTextColour;
- wxFont m_labelFont;
-
- int m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
- int m_rowLabelVertAlign;
- int m_colLabelHorizAlign;
- int m_colLabelVertAlign;
- int m_colLabelTextOrientation;
-
- bool m_defaultRowLabelValues;
- bool m_defaultColLabelValues;
-
- wxColour m_gridLineColour;
- bool m_gridLinesEnabled;
- bool m_gridLinesClipHorz,
- m_gridLinesClipVert;
- wxColour m_cellHighlightColour;
- int m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
- int m_cellHighlightROPenWidth;
-
-
- // common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row() and GetBestSize()
- int SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = true);
- int SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin = true);
-
- // common part of AutoSizeColumn/Row()
- void AutoSizeColOrRow(int n, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction);
-
- // Calculate the minimum acceptable size for labels area
- wxCoord CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction);
-
- // if a column has a minimal width, it will be the value for it in this
- // hash table
- wxLongToLongHashMap m_colMinWidths,
- m_rowMinHeights;
-
- // get the minimal width of the given column/row
- int GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const;
- int GetRowMinimalHeight(int col) const;
-
- // do we have some place to store attributes in?
- bool CanHaveAttributes() const;
-
- // cell attribute cache (currently we only cache 1, may be will do
- // more/better later)
- struct CachedAttr
- {
- int row, col;
- wxGridCellAttr *attr;
- } m_attrCache;
-
- // invalidates the attribute cache
- void ClearAttrCache();
-
- // adds an attribute to cache
- void CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const;
-
- // looks for an attr in cache, returns true if found
- bool LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const;
-
- // looks for the attr in cache, if not found asks the table and caches the
- // result
- wxGridCellAttr *GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const;
- wxGridCellAttr *GetCellAttr(const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
- { return GetCellAttr( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ); }
-
- // the default cell attr object for cells that don't have their own
- wxGridCellAttr* m_defaultCellAttr;
-
-
- bool m_inOnKeyDown;
- int m_batchCount;
-
-
- wxGridTypeRegistry* m_typeRegistry;
-
- enum CursorMode
- {
- WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL,
- WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW,
- WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL,
- WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW,
- WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL,
- WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL
- };
-
- // this method not only sets m_cursorMode but also sets the correct cursor
- // for the given mode and, if captureMouse is not false releases the mouse
- // if it was captured and captures it if it must be captured
- //
- // for this to work, you should always use it and not set m_cursorMode
- // directly!
- void ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
- wxWindow *win = NULL,
- bool captureMouse = true);
-
- wxWindow *m_winCapture; // the window which captured the mouse
-
- // this variable is used not for finding the correct current cursor but
- // mainly for finding out what is going to happen if the mouse starts being
- // dragged right now
- //
- // by default it is WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL meaning that nothing else is
- // going on, and it is set to one of RESIZE/SELECT/MOVE values while the
- // corresponding operation will be started if the user starts dragging the
- // mouse from the current position
- CursorMode m_cursorMode;
-
-
- //Column positions
- wxArrayInt m_colAt;
-
- bool m_canDragRowSize;
- bool m_canDragColSize;
- bool m_canDragColMove;
- bool m_canDragGridSize;
- bool m_canDragCell;
-
- // the last position (horizontal or vertical depending on whether the user
- // is resizing a column or a row) where a row or column separator line was
- // dragged by the user or -1 of there is no drag operation in progress
- int m_dragLastPos;
- int m_dragRowOrCol;
-
- // true if a drag operation is in progress; when this is true,
- // m_startDragPos is valid, i.e. not wxDefaultPosition
- bool m_isDragging;
-
- // the position (in physical coordinates) where the user started dragging
- // the mouse or wxDefaultPosition if mouse isn't being dragged
- //
- // notice that this can be != wxDefaultPosition while m_isDragging is still
- // false because we wait until the mouse is moved some distance away before
- // setting m_isDragging to true
- wxPoint m_startDragPos;
-
- bool m_waitForSlowClick;
-
- wxGridCellCoords m_selectionStart;
-
- wxCursor m_rowResizeCursor;
- wxCursor m_colResizeCursor;
-
- bool m_editable; // applies to whole grid
- bool m_cellEditCtrlEnabled; // is in-place edit currently shown?
-
- TabBehaviour m_tabBehaviour; // determines how the TAB key behaves
-
- void Init(); // common part of all ctors
- void Create();
- void CreateColumnWindow();
- void CalcDimensions();
- void CalcWindowSizes();
- bool Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& );
-
-
- // generate the appropriate grid event and return -1 if it was vetoed, 1 if
- // it was processed (but not vetoed) and 0 if it wasn't processed
- int SendEvent(const wxEventType evtType,
- int row, int col,
- const wxMouseEvent& e);
- int SendEvent(const wxEventType evtType,
- const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
- const wxMouseEvent& e)
- { return SendEvent(evtType, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), e); }
- int SendEvent(const wxEventType evtType,
- int row, int col,
- const wxString& s = wxString());
- int SendEvent(const wxEventType evtType,
- const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
- const wxString& s = wxString())
- { return SendEvent(evtType, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), s); }
- int SendEvent(const wxEventType evtType, const wxString& s = wxString())
- { return SendEvent(evtType, m_currentCellCoords, s); }
-
- // send wxEVT_GRID_{ROW,COL}_SIZE or wxEVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE, return true
- // if the event was processed, false otherwise
- bool SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type,
- int row, int col,
- const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv);
-
- void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& );
- void OnSize( wxSizeEvent& );
- void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
- void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
- void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
- void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
- void OnHideEditor( wxCommandEvent& );
-
-
- bool SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords );
- bool SetCurrentCell( int row, int col )
- { return SetCurrentCell( wxGridCellCoords(row, col) ); }
-
-
- // this function is called to extend the block being currently selected
- // from mouse and keyboard event handlers
- void UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol,
- int bottomRow, int rightCol);
-
- void UpdateBlockBeingSelected(const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
- const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight)
- { UpdateBlockBeingSelected(topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
- bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol()); }
-
- // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
- //
- bool GetModelValues();
- bool SetModelValues();
-
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGridSelection;
- friend class wxGridRowOperations;
- friend class wxGridColumnOperations;
-
- // they call our private Process{{Corner,Col,Row}Label,GridCell}MouseEvent()
- friend class wxGridCornerLabelWindow;
- friend class wxGridColLabelWindow;
- friend class wxGridRowLabelWindow;
- friend class wxGridWindow;
- friend class wxGridHeaderRenderer;
-
- friend class wxGridHeaderCtrl;
-
-private:
-
- // implement wxScrolledWindow method to return m_gridWin size
- virtual wxSize GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size);
-
- // redraw the grid lines, should be called after changing their attributes
- void RedrawGridLines();
-
- // draw all grid lines in the given cell region (unlike the public
- // DrawAllGridLines() which just draws all of them)
- void DrawRangeGridLines(wxDC& dc, const wxRegion& reg,
- const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
- const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight);
-
- // draw all lines from top to bottom row and left to right column in the
- // rectangle determined by (top, left)-(bottom, right) -- but notice that
- // the caller must have set up the clipping correctly, this rectangle is
- // only used here for optimization
- void DoDrawGridLines(wxDC& dc,
- int top, int left,
- int bottom, int right,
- int topRow, int leftCol,
- int bottomRight, int rightCol);
-
- // common part of Clip{Horz,Vert}GridLines
- void DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip);
-
- // update the sorting indicator shown in the specified column (whose index
- // must be valid)
- //
- // this will use GetSortingColumn() and IsSortOrderAscending() to determine
- // the sorting indicator to effectively show
- void UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col);
-
- // update the grid after changing the columns order (common part of
- // SetColPos() and ResetColPos())
- void RefreshAfterColPosChange();
-
-
- // return the position (not index) of the column at the given logical pixel
- // position
- //
- // this always returns a valid position, even if the coordinate is out of
- // bounds (in which case first/last column is returned)
- int XToPos(int x) const;
-
-
- // event handlers and their helpers
- // --------------------------------
-
- // process mouse drag event in WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL mode
- bool DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event,
- const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
- bool isFirstDrag);
-
- // process row/column resizing drag event
- void DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper);
-
- // process mouse drag event in the grid window
- void DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords);
-
- // process different clicks on grid cells
- void DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event,
- const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
- const wxPoint& pos);
- void DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event,
- const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
- const wxPoint& pos);
- void DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords);
-
- // process movement (but not dragging) event in the grid cell area
- void DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& event,
- const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
- const wxPoint& pos);
-
- // process mouse events in the grid window
- void ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // process mouse events in the row/column labels/corner windows
- void ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void ProcessColLabelMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- void DoColHeaderClick(int col);
-
- void DoStartResizeCol(int col);
- void DoUpdateResizeCol(int x);
- void DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w);
- void DoStartMoveCol(int col);
-
- void DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event);
- void DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event);
- void DoEndMoveCol(int pos);
-
- // process a TAB keypress
- void DoGridProcessTab(wxKeyboardState& kbdState);
-
- // common implementations of methods defined for both rows and columns
- void DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper);
- bool DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper);
- int PosToLinePos(int pos, bool clipToMinMax,
- const wxGridOperations& oper) const;
- int PosToLine(int pos, bool clipToMinMax,
- const wxGridOperations& oper) const;
- int PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const;
-
- bool DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection,
- const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper);
- bool DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper);
- bool DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection,
- const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper);
- void AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords,
- const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper);
-
- // common part of {Insert,Delete}{Rows,Cols}
- bool DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t),
- int pos, int num, bool updateLabels);
- // Append{Rows,Cols} is a bit different because of one less parameter
- bool DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t),
- int num, bool updateLabels);
-
- // common part of Set{Col,Row}Sizes
- void DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo,
- const wxGridOperations& oper);
-
- // common part of Disable{Row,Col}Resize and CanDrag{Row,Col}Size
- void DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed);
- bool DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const;
-
- // Helper of Render(): get grid size, origin offset and fill cell arrays
- void GetRenderSizes( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
- const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
- wxPoint& pointOffSet, wxSize& sizeGrid,
- wxGridCellCoordsArray& renderCells,
- wxArrayInt& arrayCols, wxArrayInt& arrayRows );
-
- // Helper of Render(): set the scale to draw the cells at the right size.
- void SetRenderScale( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
- const wxSize& sizeGrid );
-
- // Helper of Render(): get render start position from passed parameter
- wxPoint GetRenderPosition( wxDC& dc, const wxPoint& position );
-
- // Helper of Render(): draws a box around the rendered area
- void DoRenderBox( wxDC& dc, const int& style,
- const wxPoint& pointOffSet,
- const wxSize& sizeCellArea,
- const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
- const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight );
-
- // Implementation of public Set{Row,Col}Size() and {Hide,Show}{Row,Col}().
- // They interpret their height or width parameter slightly different from
- // the public methods where -1 in it means "auto fit to the label" for the
- // compatibility reasons. Here it means "show a previously hidden row or
- // column" while 0 means "hide it" just as in the public methods. And any
- // positive values are handled naturally, i.e. they just specify the size.
- void DoSetRowSize( int row, int height );
- void DoSetColSize( int col, int width );
-
-
- // these sets contain the indices of fixed, i.e. non-resizable
- // interactively, grid rows or columns and are NULL if there are no fixed
- // elements (which is the default)
- wxGridFixedIndicesSet *m_setFixedRows,
- *m_setFixedCols;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGrid);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridUpdateLocker prevents updates to a grid during its lifetime
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridUpdateLocker
-{
-public:
- // if the pointer is NULL, Create() can be called later
- wxGridUpdateLocker(wxGrid *grid = NULL)
- {
- Init(grid);
- }
-
- // can be called if ctor was used with a NULL pointer, must not be called
- // more than once
- void Create(wxGrid *grid)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !m_grid, wxT("shouldn't be called more than once") );
-
- Init(grid);
- }
-
- ~wxGridUpdateLocker()
- {
- if ( m_grid )
- m_grid->EndBatch();
- }
-
-private:
- void Init(wxGrid *grid)
- {
- m_grid = grid;
- if ( m_grid )
- m_grid->BeginBatch();
- }
-
- wxGrid *m_grid;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridUpdateLocker);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Grid event class and event types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridEvent : public wxNotifyEvent,
- public wxKeyboardState
-{
-public:
- wxGridEvent()
- : wxNotifyEvent()
- {
- Init(-1, -1, -1, -1, false);
- }
-
- wxGridEvent(int id,
- wxEventType type,
- wxObject* obj,
- int row = -1, int col = -1,
- int x = -1, int y = -1,
- bool sel = true,
- const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState())
- : wxNotifyEvent(type, id),
- wxKeyboardState(kbd)
- {
- Init(row, col, x, y, sel);
- SetEventObject(obj);
- }
-
- // explicitly specifying inline allows gcc < 3.4 to
- // handle the deprecation attribute even in the constructor.
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(
- wxGridEvent(int id,
- wxEventType type,
- wxObject* obj,
- int row, int col,
- int x, int y,
- bool sel,
- bool control,
- bool shift = false, bool alt = false, bool meta = false));
-
- virtual int GetRow() { return m_row; }
- virtual int GetCol() { return m_col; }
- wxPoint GetPosition() { return wxPoint( m_x, m_y ); }
- bool Selecting() { return m_selecting; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- int m_row;
- int m_col;
- int m_x;
- int m_y;
- bool m_selecting;
-
-private:
- void Init(int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel)
- {
- m_row = row;
- m_col = col;
- m_x = x;
- m_y = y;
- m_selecting = sel;
- }
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridEvent)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSizeEvent : public wxNotifyEvent,
- public wxKeyboardState
-{
-public:
- wxGridSizeEvent()
- : wxNotifyEvent()
- {
- Init(-1, -1, -1);
- }
-
- wxGridSizeEvent(int id,
- wxEventType type,
- wxObject* obj,
- int rowOrCol = -1,
- int x = -1, int y = -1,
- const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState())
- : wxNotifyEvent(type, id),
- wxKeyboardState(kbd)
- {
- Init(rowOrCol, x, y);
-
- SetEventObject(obj);
- }
-
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(
- wxGridSizeEvent(int id,
- wxEventType type,
- wxObject* obj,
- int rowOrCol,
- int x, int y,
- bool control,
- bool shift = false,
- bool alt = false,
- bool meta = false) );
-
- int GetRowOrCol() { return m_rowOrCol; }
- wxPoint GetPosition() { return wxPoint( m_x, m_y ); }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridSizeEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- int m_rowOrCol;
- int m_x;
- int m_y;
-
-private:
- void Init(int rowOrCol, int x, int y)
- {
- m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
- m_x = x;
- m_y = y;
- }
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridSizeEvent)
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRangeSelectEvent : public wxNotifyEvent,
- public wxKeyboardState
-{
-public:
- wxGridRangeSelectEvent()
- : wxNotifyEvent()
- {
- Init(wxGridNoCellCoords, wxGridNoCellCoords, false);
- }
-
- wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id,
- wxEventType type,
- wxObject* obj,
- const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
- const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
- bool sel = true,
- const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState())
- : wxNotifyEvent(type, id),
- wxKeyboardState(kbd)
- {
- Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel);
-
- SetEventObject(obj);
- }
-
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(
- wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id,
- wxEventType type,
- wxObject* obj,
- const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
- const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
- bool sel,
- bool control,
- bool shift = false,
- bool alt = false,
- bool meta = false) );
-
- wxGridCellCoords GetTopLeftCoords() { return m_topLeft; }
- wxGridCellCoords GetBottomRightCoords() { return m_bottomRight; }
- int GetTopRow() { return m_topLeft.GetRow(); }
- int GetBottomRow() { return m_bottomRight.GetRow(); }
- int GetLeftCol() { return m_topLeft.GetCol(); }
- int GetRightCol() { return m_bottomRight.GetCol(); }
- bool Selecting() { return m_selecting; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridRangeSelectEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- void Init(const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
- const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
- bool selecting)
- {
- m_topLeft = topLeft;
- m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
- m_selecting = selecting;
- }
-
- wxGridCellCoords m_topLeft;
- wxGridCellCoords m_bottomRight;
- bool m_selecting;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridRangeSelectEvent)
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridEditorCreatedEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxGridEditorCreatedEvent()
- : wxCommandEvent()
- {
- m_row = 0;
- m_col = 0;
- m_ctrl = NULL;
- }
-
- wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
- int row, int col, wxControl* ctrl);
-
- int GetRow() { return m_row; }
- int GetCol() { return m_col; }
- wxControl* GetControl() { return m_ctrl; }
- void SetRow(int row) { m_row = row; }
- void SetCol(int col) { m_col = col; }
- void SetControl(wxControl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- int m_row;
- int m_col;
- wxControl* m_ctrl;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent)
-};
-
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_GRID_TABBING, wxGridEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridEventFunction)(wxGridEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridSizeEventFunction)(wxGridSizeEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction)(wxGridRangeSelectEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction)(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent&);
-
-#define wxGridEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxGridEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wxGridSizeEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxGridSizeEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wxGridRangeSelectEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxGridRangeSelectEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wxGridEditorCreatedEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxGridEditorCreatedEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDSIZEEVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridSizeEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDRANGESELEVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridRangeSelectEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_GRIDEDITOREVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_GRID_ ## evt, id, wxGridEditorCreatedEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_LEFT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_ROW_SIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDSIZEEVT(ROW_SIZE, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDSIZEEVT(COL_SIZE, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_AUTO_SIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDSIZEEVT(COL_AUTO_SIZE, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_MOVE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(COL_MOVE, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SORT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(COL_SORT, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_RANGE_SELECT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDRANGESELEVT(RANGE_SELECT, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_CHANGING, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_CHANGED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_SELECT_CELL(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(SELECT_CELL, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_SHOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(EDITOR_SHOWN, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_HIDDEN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(EDITOR_HIDDEN, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_CREATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEDITOREVT(EDITOR_CREATED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CMD_TABBING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_GRIDEVT(TABBING, id, fn)
-
-// same as above but for any id (exists mainly for backwards compatibility but
-// then it's also true that you rarely have multiple grid in the same window)
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_ROW_SIZE(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_COL_SIZE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SIZE(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_COL_AUTO_SIZE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_AUTO_SIZE(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_COL_MOVE(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_MOVE(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_COL_SORT(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_COL_SORT(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_RANGE_SELECT(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGING(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGED(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_SELECT_CELL(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_SHOWN(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_HIDDEN(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_EDITOR_CREATED(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG(wxID_ANY, fn)
-#define EVT_GRID_TABBING(fn) EVT_GRID_CMD_TABBING(wxID_ANY, fn)
-
-// we used to have a single wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE event but it was split into
-// wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING and CHANGED ones in wx 2.9.0, however the CHANGED
-// is basically the same as the old CHANGE event so we keep the name for
-// compatibility
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- #define wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED
-
- #define EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGE EVT_GRID_CMD_CELL_CHANGED
- #define EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-#if 0 // TODO: implement these ? others ?
-
-extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL;
-extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS;
-extern const int wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL;
-
-#define EVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL(fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CREATE_CELL, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS(fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_LABELS, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL(fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_GRID_CHANGE_SEL_LABEL, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) wxStaticCastEvent( wxGridEventFunction, &fn ), NULL ),
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GRID
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRID_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/gridctrl.h
-// Purpose: wxGrid controls
-// Author: Paul Gammans, Roger Gammans
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 11/04/2001
-// Copyright: (c) The Computer Surgery (paul@compsurg.co.uk)
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRIDCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_GRIDCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/grid.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GRID
-
-#define wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICEINT wxT("choiceint")
-#define wxGRID_VALUE_DATETIME wxT("datetime")
-
-
-// the default renderer for the cells containing string data
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellStringRenderer : public wxGridCellRenderer
-{
-public:
- // draw the string
- virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int row, int col,
- bool isSelected);
-
- // return the string extent
- virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- int row, int col);
-
- virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const
- { return new wxGridCellStringRenderer; }
-
-protected:
- // set the text colours before drawing
- void SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
- const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- bool isSelected);
-
- // calc the string extent for given string/font
- wxSize DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxString& text);
-};
-
-// the default renderer for the cells containing numeric (long) data
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellNumberRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer
-{
-public:
- // draw the string right aligned
- virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int row, int col,
- bool isSelected);
-
- virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- int row, int col);
-
- virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const
- { return new wxGridCellNumberRenderer; }
-
-protected:
- wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellFloatRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width = -1,
- int precision = -1,
- int format = wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_DEFAULT);
-
- // get/change formatting parameters
- int GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
- void SetWidth(int width) { m_width = width; m_format.clear(); }
- int GetPrecision() const { return m_precision; }
- void SetPrecision(int precision) { m_precision = precision; m_format.clear(); }
- int GetFormat() const { return m_style; }
- void SetFormat(int format) { m_style = format; m_format.clear(); }
-
- // draw the string right aligned with given width/precision
- virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int row, int col,
- bool isSelected);
-
- virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- int row, int col);
-
- // parameters string format is "width[,precision[,format]]"
- // with format being one of f|e|g|E|F|G
- virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
-
- virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const;
-
-protected:
- wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col);
-
-private:
- // formatting parameters
- int m_width,
- m_precision;
-
- int m_style;
- wxString m_format;
-};
-
-// renderer for boolean fields
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellBoolRenderer : public wxGridCellRenderer
-{
-public:
- // draw a check mark or nothing
- virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int row, int col,
- bool isSelected);
-
- // return the checkmark size
- virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- int row, int col);
-
- virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const
- { return new wxGridCellBoolRenderer; }
-
-private:
- static wxSize ms_sizeCheckMark;
-};
-
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-
-// the default renderer for the cells containing times and dates
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellDateTimeRenderer(const wxString& outformat = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat,
- const wxString& informat = wxDefaultDateTimeFormat);
-
- // draw the string right aligned
- virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int row, int col,
- bool isSelected);
-
- virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- int row, int col);
-
- virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const;
-
- // output strptime()-like format string
- virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
-
-protected:
- wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col);
-
- wxString m_iformat;
- wxString m_oformat;
- wxDateTime m_dateDef;
- wxDateTime::TimeZone m_tz;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-// renders a number using the corresponding text string
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellEnumRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellEnumRenderer( const wxString& choices = wxEmptyString );
-
- // draw the string right aligned
- virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int row, int col,
- bool isSelected);
-
- virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- int row, int col);
-
- virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const;
-
- // parameters string format is "item1[,item2[...,itemN]]" where itemN will
- // be used if the cell value is N-1
- virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
-
-protected:
- wxString GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col);
-
- wxArrayString m_choices;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer : public wxGridCellStringRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer() : wxGridCellStringRenderer() { }
-
- virtual void Draw(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int row, int col,
- bool isSelected);
-
- virtual wxSize GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
- wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- wxDC& dc,
- int row, int col);
-
- virtual wxGridCellRenderer *Clone() const
- { return new wxGridCellAutoWrapStringRenderer; }
-
-private:
- wxArrayString GetTextLines( wxGrid& grid,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int row, int col);
-
- // Helper methods of GetTextLines()
-
- // Break a single logical line of text into several physical lines, all of
- // which are added to the lines array. The lines are broken at maxWidth and
- // the dc is used for measuring text extent only.
- void BreakLine(wxDC& dc,
- const wxString& logicalLine,
- wxCoord maxWidth,
- wxArrayString& lines);
-
- // Break a word, which is supposed to be wider than maxWidth, into several
- // lines, which are added to lines array and the last, incomplete, of which
- // is returned in line output parameter.
- //
- // Returns the width of the last line.
- wxCoord BreakWord(wxDC& dc,
- const wxString& word,
- wxCoord maxWidth,
- wxArrayString& lines,
- wxString& line);
-
-
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GRID
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRIDCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/grideditors.h
-// Purpose: wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler and wxGrid editors
-// Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
-// Modified by: Santiago Palacios
-// Created: 1/08/1999
-// Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRID_EDITORS_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_GRID_EDITORS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GRID
-
-#include "wx/scopedptr.h"
-
-class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
- : m_grid(grid),
- m_editor(editor),
- m_inSetFocus(false)
- {
- }
-
- void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
- void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
-
-private:
- wxGrid *m_grid;
- wxGridCellEditor *m_editor;
-
- // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
- // a combobox within a set focus event.
- bool m_inSetFocus;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
-};
-
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-// the editor for string/text data
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellTextEditor : public wxGridCellEditor
-{
-public:
- wxEXPLICIT wxGridCellTextEditor(size_t maxChars = 0);
-
- virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- wxEvtHandler* evtHandler);
- virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect);
-
- virtual void PaintBackground(wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rectCell,
- const wxGridCellAttr& attr);
-
- virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
- virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
- virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid,
- const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval);
- virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
-
- virtual void Reset();
- virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
- virtual void HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // parameters string format is "max_width"
- virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
- virtual void SetValidator(const wxValidator& validator);
-
- virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const;
-
- // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control
- virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-
-protected:
- wxTextCtrl *Text() const { return (wxTextCtrl *)m_control; }
-
- // parts of our virtual functions reused by the derived classes
- void DoCreate(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
- long style = 0);
- void DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue);
- void DoReset(const wxString& startValue);
-
-private:
- size_t m_maxChars; // max number of chars allowed
- wxScopedPtr<wxValidator> m_validator;
- wxString m_value;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellTextEditor);
-};
-
-// the editor for numeric (long) data
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellNumberEditor : public wxGridCellTextEditor
-{
-public:
- // allows to specify the range - if min == max == -1, no range checking is
- // done
- wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min = -1, int max = -1);
-
- virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- wxEvtHandler* evtHandler);
-
- virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
- virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
- virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid,
- const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval);
- virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
-
- virtual void Reset();
- virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // parameters string format is "min,max"
- virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
-
- virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const
- { return new wxGridCellNumberEditor(m_min, m_max); }
-
- // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control
- virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
- wxSpinCtrl *Spin() const { return (wxSpinCtrl *)m_control; }
-#endif
-
- // if HasRange(), we use wxSpinCtrl - otherwise wxTextCtrl
- bool HasRange() const
- {
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
- return m_min != m_max;
-#else
- return false;
-#endif
- }
-
- // string representation of our value
- wxString GetString() const
- { return wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), m_value); }
-
-private:
- int m_min,
- m_max;
-
- long m_value;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellNumberEditor);
-};
-
-
-enum wxGridCellFloatFormat
-{
- // Decimal floating point (%f)
- wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_FIXED = 0x0010,
-
- // Scientific notation (mantise/exponent) using e character (%e)
- wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_SCIENTIFIC = 0x0020,
-
- // Use the shorter of %e or %f (%g)
- wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_COMPACT = 0x0040,
-
- // To use in combination with one of the above formats (%F/%E/%G)
- wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_UPPER = 0x0080,
-
- // Format used by default.
- wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_DEFAULT = wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_FIXED,
-
- // A mask to extract format from the combination of flags.
- wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_MASK = wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_FIXED |
- wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_SCIENTIFIC |
- wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_COMPACT |
- wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_UPPER
-};
-
-// the editor for floating point numbers (double) data
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellFloatEditor : public wxGridCellTextEditor
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width = -1,
- int precision = -1,
- int format = wxGRID_FLOAT_FORMAT_DEFAULT);
-
- virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- wxEvtHandler* evtHandler);
-
- virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
- virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
- virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid,
- const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval);
- virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
-
- virtual void Reset();
- virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const
- { return new wxGridCellFloatEditor(m_width, m_precision); }
-
- // parameters string format is "width[,precision[,format]]"
- // format to choose beween f|e|g|E|G (f is used by default)
- virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
-
-protected:
- // string representation of our value
- wxString GetString();
-
-private:
- int m_width,
- m_precision;
- double m_value;
-
- int m_style;
- wxString m_format;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellFloatEditor);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-
-// the editor for boolean data
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellBoolEditor : public wxGridCellEditor
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellBoolEditor() { }
-
- virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- wxEvtHandler* evtHandler);
-
- virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect);
- virtual void Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL);
-
- virtual bool IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
- virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
- virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid,
- const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval);
- virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
-
- virtual void Reset();
- virtual void StartingClick();
- virtual void StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const
- { return new wxGridCellBoolEditor; }
-
- // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control, see
- // also UseStringValues()
- virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-
- // set the string values returned by GetValue() for the true and false
- // states, respectively
- static void UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue = wxT("1"),
- const wxString& valueFalse = wxEmptyString);
-
- // return true if the given string is equal to the string representation of
- // true value which we currently use
- static bool IsTrueValue(const wxString& value);
-
-protected:
- wxCheckBox *CBox() const { return (wxCheckBox *)m_control; }
-
-private:
- bool m_value;
-
- static wxString ms_stringValues[2];
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellBoolEditor);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-// the editor for string data allowing to choose from the list of strings
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellChoiceEditor : public wxGridCellEditor
-{
-public:
- // if !allowOthers, user can't type a string not in choices array
- wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count = 0,
- const wxString choices[] = NULL,
- bool allowOthers = false);
- wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
- bool allowOthers = false);
-
- virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- wxEvtHandler* evtHandler);
-
- virtual void SetSize(const wxRect& rect);
-
- virtual void PaintBackground(wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rectCell,
- const wxGridCellAttr& attr);
-
- virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
- virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid,
- const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval);
- virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
-
- virtual void Reset();
-
- // parameters string format is "item1[,item2[...,itemN]]"
- virtual void SetParameters(const wxString& params);
-
- virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const;
-
- // added GetValue so we can get the value which is in the control
- virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-
-protected:
- wxComboBox *Combo() const { return (wxComboBox *)m_control; }
-
- wxString m_value;
- wxArrayString m_choices;
- bool m_allowOthers;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellEnumEditor : public wxGridCellChoiceEditor
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellEnumEditor( const wxString& choices = wxEmptyString );
- virtual ~wxGridCellEnumEditor() {}
-
- virtual wxGridCellEditor* Clone() const;
-
- virtual void BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
- virtual bool EndEdit(int row, int col, const wxGrid* grid,
- const wxString& oldval, wxString *newval);
- virtual void ApplyEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid);
-
-private:
- long m_index;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEnumEditor);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor : public wxGridCellTextEditor
-{
-public:
- wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor() : wxGridCellTextEditor() { }
- virtual void Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- wxEvtHandler* evtHandler);
-
- virtual wxGridCellEditor *Clone() const
- { return new wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor; }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellAutoWrapStringEditor);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GRID
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRID_EDITORS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/gridsel.h
-// Purpose: wxGridSelection
-// Author: Stefan Neis
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 20/02/2000
-// Copyright: (c) Stefan Neis
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_GRIDSEL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_GRIDSEL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GRID
-
-#include "wx/grid.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSelection
-{
-public:
- wxGridSelection(wxGrid *grid,
- wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes sel = wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells);
-
- bool IsSelection();
- bool IsInSelection(int row, int col);
- bool IsInSelection(const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
- {
- return IsInSelection(coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
- }
-
- void SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode);
- wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() { return m_selectionMode; }
- void SelectRow(int row, const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState());
- void SelectCol(int col, const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState());
- void SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol,
- int bottomRow, int rightCol,
- const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState(),
- bool sendEvent = true );
- void SelectBlock(const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
- const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
- const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState(),
- bool sendEvent = true )
- {
- SelectBlock(topLeft.GetRow(), topLeft.GetCol(),
- bottomRight.GetRow(), bottomRight.GetCol(),
- kbd, sendEvent);
- }
-
- void SelectCell(int row, int col,
- const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState(),
- bool sendEvent = true);
- void SelectCell(const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
- const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState(),
- bool sendEvent = true)
- {
- SelectCell(coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), kbd, sendEvent);
- }
-
- void ToggleCellSelection(int row, int col,
- const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState());
- void ToggleCellSelection(const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
- const wxKeyboardState& kbd = wxKeyboardState())
- {
- ToggleCellSelection(coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), kbd);
- }
-
- void ClearSelection();
-
- void UpdateRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
- void UpdateCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
-
-private:
- int BlockContain( int topRow1, int leftCol1,
- int bottomRow1, int rightCol1,
- int topRow2, int leftCol2,
- int bottomRow2, int rightCol2 );
- // returns 1, if Block1 contains Block2,
- // -1, if Block2 contains Block1,
- // 0, otherwise
-
- int BlockContainsCell( int topRow, int leftCol,
- int bottomRow, int rightCol,
- int row, int col )
- // returns 1, if Block contains Cell,
- // 0, otherwise
- {
- return ( topRow <= row && row <= bottomRow &&
- leftCol <= col && col <= rightCol );
- }
-
- void SelectBlockNoEvent(int topRow, int leftCol,
- int bottomRow, int rightCol)
- {
- SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
- wxKeyboardState(), false);
- }
-
- wxGridCellCoordsArray m_cellSelection;
- wxGridCellCoordsArray m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
- wxGridCellCoordsArray m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
- wxArrayInt m_rowSelection;
- wxArrayInt m_colSelection;
-
- wxGrid *m_grid;
- wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes m_selectionMode;
-
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxGrid;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSelection);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GRID
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_GRIDSEL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/headerctrlg.h
-// Purpose: Generic wxHeaderCtrl implementation
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-12-01
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_HEADERCTRLG_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_HEADERCTRLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-#include "wx/overlay.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHeaderCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderCtrl : public wxHeaderCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- wxHeaderCtrl()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxHeaderCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxHeaderCtrl();
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-
-private:
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual void DoSetCount(unsigned int count);
- virtual unsigned int DoGetCount() const;
- virtual void DoUpdate(unsigned int idx);
-
- virtual void DoScrollHorz(int dx);
-
- virtual void DoSetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order);
- virtual wxArrayInt DoGetColumnsOrder() const;
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // event handlers
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- void OnMouse(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
-
- // move the column with given idx at given position (this doesn't generate
- // any events but does refresh the display)
- void DoMoveCol(unsigned int idx, unsigned int pos);
-
- // return the horizontal start position of the given column in physical
- // coordinates
- int GetColStart(unsigned int idx) const;
-
- // and the end position
- int GetColEnd(unsigned int idx) const;
-
- // refresh the given column [only]; idx must be valid
- void RefreshCol(unsigned int idx);
-
- // refresh the given column if idx is valid
- void RefreshColIfNotNone(unsigned int idx);
-
- // refresh all the controls starting from (and including) the given one
- void RefreshColsAfter(unsigned int idx);
-
- // return the column at the given position or -1 if it is beyond the
- // rightmost column and put true into onSeparator output parameter if the
- // position is near the divider at the right end of this column (notice
- // that this means that we return column 0 even if the position is over
- // column 1 but close enough to the divider separating it from column 0)
- unsigned int FindColumnAtPoint(int x, bool *onSeparator = NULL) const;
-
- // return true if a drag resizing operation is currently in progress
- bool IsResizing() const;
-
- // return true if a drag reordering operation is currently in progress
- bool IsReordering() const;
-
- // return true if any drag operation is currently in progress
- bool IsDragging() const { return IsResizing() || IsReordering(); }
-
- // end any drag operation currently in progress (resizing or reordering)
- void EndDragging();
-
- // cancel the drag operation currently in progress and generate an event
- // about it
- void CancelDragging();
-
- // start (if m_colBeingResized is -1) or continue resizing the column
- //
- // this generates wxEVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE/RESIZING events and can
- // cancel the operation if the user handler decides so
- void StartOrContinueResizing(unsigned int col, int xPhysical);
-
- // end the resizing operation currently in progress and generate an event
- // about it with its cancelled flag set if xPhysical is -1
- void EndResizing(int xPhysical);
-
- // same functions as above but for column moving/reordering instead of
- // resizing
- void StartReordering(unsigned int col, int xPhysical);
-
- // returns true if we did drag the column somewhere else or false if we
- // didn't really move it -- in this case we consider that no reordering
- // took place and that a normal column click event should be generated
- bool EndReordering(int xPhysical);
-
- // constrain the given position to be larger than the start position of the
- // given column plus its minimal width and return the effective width
- int ConstrainByMinWidth(unsigned int col, int& xPhysical);
-
- // update the information displayed while a column is being moved around
- void UpdateReorderingMarker(int xPhysical);
-
- // clear any overlaid markers
- void ClearMarkers();
-
-
- // number of columns in the control currently
- unsigned int m_numColumns;
-
- // index of the column under mouse or -1 if none
- unsigned int m_hover;
-
- // the column being resized or -1 if there is no resizing operation in
- // progress
- unsigned int m_colBeingResized;
-
- // the column being moved or -1 if there is no reordering operation in
- // progress
- unsigned int m_colBeingReordered;
-
- // the distance from the start of m_colBeingReordered and the mouse
- // position when the user started to drag it
- int m_dragOffset;
-
- // the horizontal scroll offset
- int m_scrollOffset;
-
- // the overlay display used during the dragging operations
- wxOverlay m_overlay;
-
- // the indices of the column appearing at the given position on the display
- // (its size is always m_numColumns)
- wxArrayInt m_colIndices;
-
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHeaderCtrl);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_HEADERCTRLG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/helpext.h
-// Purpose: an external help controller for wxWidgets
-// Author: Karsten Ballueder (Ballueder@usa.net)
-// Modified by:
-// Copyright: (c) Karsten Ballueder 1998
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WX_HELPEXT_H_
-#define __WX_HELPEXT_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/helpbase.h"
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxExtHelpController
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This class implements help via an external browser.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxExtHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase
-{
-public:
- wxExtHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL);
- virtual ~wxExtHelpController();
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED(void SetBrowser(const wxString& browsername = wxEmptyString, bool isNetscape = false) );
-#endif
-
- // Set viewer: new name for SetBrowser
- virtual void SetViewer(const wxString& viewer = wxEmptyString,
- long flags = wxHELP_NETSCAPE);
-
- virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& dir, int WXUNUSED(server))
- { return Initialize(dir); }
-
- virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& dir);
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
- virtual bool DisplayContents(void);
- virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
- virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section);
- virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo);
- virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
- wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL);
-
- virtual bool Quit(void);
- virtual void OnQuit(void);
-
- virtual bool DisplayHelp(const wxString &) ;
-
- virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title),
- const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size),
- const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition,
- bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = false)
- {
- // does nothing by default
- }
-
- virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL,
- wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL,
- bool *WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = NULL)
- {
- return NULL; // does nothing by default
- }
-
-protected:
- // Filename of currently active map file.
- wxString m_helpDir;
-
- // How many entries do we have in the map file?
- int m_NumOfEntries;
-
- // A list containing all id,url,documentation triples.
- wxList *m_MapList;
-
-private:
- // parse a single line of the map file (called by LoadFile())
- //
- // return true if the line was valid or false otherwise
- bool ParseMapFileLine(const wxString& line);
-
- // Deletes the list and all objects.
- void DeleteList(void);
-
-
- // How to call the html viewer.
- wxString m_BrowserName;
-
- // Is the viewer a variant of netscape?
- bool m_BrowserIsNetscape;
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxExtHelpController)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-#endif // __WX_HELPEXT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/hyperlink.h
-// Purpose: Hyperlink control
-// Author: David Norris <danorris@gmail.com>, Otto Wyss
-// Modified by: Ryan Norton, Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 04/02/2005
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 David Norris
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERICHYPERLINKCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERICHYPERLINKCTRL_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl : public wxHyperlinkCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- // Default constructor (for two-step construction).
- wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl() { Init(); }
-
- // Constructor.
- wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label, const wxString& url,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr)
- {
- Init();
- (void) Create(parent, id, label, url, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // Creation function (for two-step construction).
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label, const wxString& url,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr);
-
-
- // get/set
- wxColour GetHoverColour() const { return m_hoverColour; }
- void SetHoverColour(const wxColour &colour) { m_hoverColour = colour; }
-
- wxColour GetNormalColour() const { return m_normalColour; }
- void SetNormalColour(const wxColour &colour);
-
- wxColour GetVisitedColour() const { return m_visitedColour; }
- void SetVisitedColour(const wxColour &colour);
-
- wxString GetURL() const { return m_url; }
- void SetURL (const wxString &url) { m_url=url; }
-
- void SetVisited(bool visited = true) { m_visited=visited; }
- bool GetVisited() const { return m_visited; }
-
- // NOTE: also wxWindow::Set/GetLabel, wxWindow::Set/GetBackgroundColour,
- // wxWindow::Get/SetFont, wxWindow::Get/SetCursor are important !
-
-
-protected:
- // Helper used by this class itself and native MSW implementation that
- // connects OnRightUp() and OnPopUpCopy() handlers.
- void ConnectMenuHandlers();
-
- // event handlers
-
- // Renders the hyperlink.
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
- // Handle set/kill focus events (invalidate for painting focus rect)
- void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
- // Fire a HyperlinkEvent on space
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // Returns the wxRect of the label of this hyperlink.
- // This is different from the clientsize's rectangle when
- // clientsize != bestsize and this rectangle is influenced
- // by the alignment of the label (wxHL_ALIGN_*).
- wxRect GetLabelRect() const;
-
- // If the click originates inside the bounding box of the label,
- // a flag is set so that an event will be fired when the left
- // button is released.
- void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // If the click both originated and finished inside the bounding box
- // of the label, a HyperlinkEvent is fired.
- void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnRightUp(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Changes the cursor to a hand, if the mouse is inside the label's
- // bounding box.
- void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Changes the cursor back to the default, if necessary.
- void OnLeaveWindow(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // handles "Copy URL" menuitem
- void OnPopUpCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- // overridden base class virtuals
-
- // Returns the best size for the window, which is the size needed
- // to display the text label.
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
- // creates a context menu with "Copy URL" menuitem
- virtual void DoContextMenu(const wxPoint &);
-
-private:
- // Common part of all ctors.
- void Init();
-
- // URL associated with the link. This is transmitted inside
- // the HyperlinkEvent fired when the user clicks on the label.
- wxString m_url;
-
- // Foreground colours for various link types.
- // NOTE: wxWindow::m_backgroundColour is used for background,
- // wxWindow::m_foregroundColour is used to render non-visited links
- wxColour m_hoverColour;
- wxColour m_normalColour;
- wxColour m_visitedColour;
-
- // True if the mouse cursor is inside the label's bounding box.
- bool m_rollover;
-
- // True if the link has been clicked before.
- bool m_visited;
-
- // True if a click is in progress (left button down) and the click
- // originated inside the label's bounding box.
- bool m_clicking;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERICHYPERLINKCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/icon.h
-// Purpose: wxIcon implementation for ports where it's same as wxBitmap
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 17/09/98
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_ICON_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_ICON_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIcon
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIcon: public wxBitmap
-{
-public:
- wxIcon();
-
- wxIcon(const char* const* bits);
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_CHARPP
- wxIcon(char **bits);
-#endif
-
- // For compatibility with wxMSW where desired size is sometimes required to
- // distinguish between multiple icons in a resource.
- wxIcon( const wxString& filename,
- wxBitmapType type = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE,
- int WXUNUSED(desiredWidth)=-1, int WXUNUSED(desiredHeight)=-1 ) :
- wxBitmap(filename, type)
- {
- }
-
- wxIcon(const wxIconLocation& loc)
- : wxBitmap(loc.GetFileName(), wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY)
- {
- }
-
- bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, wxBitmapType flags,
- int WXUNUSED(desiredWidth), int WXUNUSED(desiredHeight))
- { return wxBitmap::LoadFile(name, flags); }
-
- // unhide the base class version
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& name,
- wxBitmapType flags = wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE)
- { return wxBitmap::LoadFile(name, flags); }
-
- // create from bitmap (which should have a mask unless it's monochrome):
- // there shouldn't be any implicit bitmap -> icon conversion (i.e. no
- // ctors, assignment operators...), but it's ok to have such function
- void CopyFromBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIcon)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_ICON_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/imaglist.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGLISTG_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGLISTG_H_
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericImageList: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxGenericImageList() { m_width = m_height = 0; }
- wxGenericImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 );
- virtual ~wxGenericImageList();
- bool Create( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 );
- bool Create();
-
- virtual int GetImageCount() const;
- virtual bool GetSize( int index, int &width, int &height ) const;
-
- int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
- int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask );
- int Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& maskColour );
- wxBitmap GetBitmap(int index) const;
- wxIcon GetIcon(int index) const;
- bool Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap );
- bool Replace( int index, const wxBitmap &bitmap, const wxBitmap& mask );
- bool Remove( int index );
- bool RemoveAll();
-
- virtual bool Draw(int index, wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
- int flags = wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL,
- bool solidBackground = false);
-
- // Internal use only
- const wxBitmap *GetBitmapPtr(int index) const;
-private:
- wxObjectList m_images;
-
- int m_width;
- int m_height;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGenericImageList)
-};
-
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST
-
-/*
- * wxImageList has to be a real class or we have problems with
- * the run-time information.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageList: public wxGenericImageList
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageList)
-
-public:
- wxImageList() {}
-
- wxImageList( int width, int height, bool mask = true, int initialCount = 1 )
- : wxGenericImageList(width, height, mask, initialCount)
- {
- }
-};
-#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGLISTG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/infobar.h
-// Purpose: generic wxInfoBar class declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-07-28
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_INFOBAR_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_INFOBAR_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxInfoBar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInfoBarGeneric : public wxInfoBarBase
-{
-public:
- // the usual ctors and Create() but remember that info bar is created
- // hidden
- wxInfoBarGeneric() { Init(); }
-
- wxInfoBarGeneric(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, winid);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY);
-
-
- // implement base class methods
- // ----------------------------
-
- virtual void ShowMessage(const wxString& msg,
- int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION);
-
- virtual void Dismiss();
-
- virtual void AddButton(wxWindowID btnid, const wxString& label = wxString());
-
- virtual void RemoveButton(wxWindowID btnid);
-
- // methods specific to this version
- // --------------------------------
-
- // set the effect(s) to use when showing/hiding the bar, may be
- // wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE to disable any effects entirely
- //
- // by default, slide to bottom/top is used when it's positioned on the top
- // of the window for showing/hiding it and top/bottom when it's positioned
- // at the bottom
- void SetShowHideEffects(wxShowEffect showEffect, wxShowEffect hideEffect)
- {
- m_showEffect = showEffect;
- m_hideEffect = hideEffect;
- }
-
- // get effect used when showing/hiding the window
- wxShowEffect GetShowEffect() const;
- wxShowEffect GetHideEffect() const;
-
- // set the duration of animation used when showing/hiding the bar, in ms
- void SetEffectDuration(int duration) { m_effectDuration = duration; }
-
- // get the currently used effect animation duration
- int GetEffectDuration() const { return m_effectDuration; }
-
-
- // overridden base class methods
- // -----------------------------
-
- // setting the font of this window sets it for the text control inside it
- // (default font is a larger and bold version of the normal one)
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
-protected:
- // info bar shouldn't have any border by default, the colour difference
- // between it and the main window separates it well enough
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
-
- // update the parent to take our new or changed size into account (notably
- // should be called when we're shown or hidden)
- void UpdateParent();
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // handler for the close button
- void OnButton(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- // show/hide the bar
- void DoShow();
- void DoHide();
-
- // determine the placement of the bar from its position in the containing
- // sizer
- enum BarPlacement
- {
- BarPlacement_Top,
- BarPlacement_Bottom,
- BarPlacement_Unknown
- };
-
- BarPlacement GetBarPlacement() const;
-
-
- // different controls making up the bar
- wxStaticBitmap *m_icon;
- wxStaticText *m_text;
- wxBitmapButton *m_button;
-
- // the effects to use when showing/hiding and duration for them: by default
- // the effect is determined by the info bar automatically depending on its
- // position and the default duration is used
- wxShowEffect m_showEffect,
- m_hideEffect;
- int m_effectDuration;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInfoBarGeneric);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_INFOBAR_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/laywin.h
-// Purpose: Implements a simple layout algorithm, plus
-// wxSashLayoutWindow which is an example of a window with
-// layout-awareness (via event handlers). This is suited to
-// IDE-style window layout.
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LAYWIN_H_G_
-#define _WX_LAYWIN_H_G_
-
-#if wxUSE_SASH
- #include "wx/sashwin.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_SASH
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxCalculateLayoutEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, wxCalculateLayoutEvent );
-
-enum wxLayoutOrientation
-{
- wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL,
- wxLAYOUT_VERTICAL
-};
-
-enum wxLayoutAlignment
-{
- wxLAYOUT_NONE,
- wxLAYOUT_TOP,
- wxLAYOUT_LEFT,
- wxLAYOUT_RIGHT,
- wxLAYOUT_BOTTOM
-};
-
-// Not sure this is necessary
-// Tell window which dimension we're sizing on
-#define wxLAYOUT_LENGTH_Y 0x0008
-#define wxLAYOUT_LENGTH_X 0x0000
-
-// Use most recently used length
-#define wxLAYOUT_MRU_LENGTH 0x0010
-
-// Only a query, so don't actually move it.
-#define wxLAYOUT_QUERY 0x0100
-
-/*
- * This event is used to get information about window alignment,
- * orientation and size.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent: public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent(wxWindowID id = 0)
- {
- SetEventType(wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO);
- m_requestedLength = 0;
- m_flags = 0;
- m_id = id;
- m_alignment = wxLAYOUT_TOP;
- m_orientation = wxLAYOUT_HORIZONTAL;
- }
-
- // Read by the app
- void SetRequestedLength(int length) { m_requestedLength = length; }
- int GetRequestedLength() const { return m_requestedLength; }
-
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- // Set by the app
- void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { m_size = size; }
- wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; }
-
- void SetOrientation(wxLayoutOrientation orient) { m_orientation = orient; }
- wxLayoutOrientation GetOrientation() const { return m_orientation; }
-
- void SetAlignment(wxLayoutAlignment align) { m_alignment = align; }
- wxLayoutAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_alignment; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- int m_flags;
- int m_requestedLength;
- wxSize m_size;
- wxLayoutOrientation m_orientation;
- wxLayoutAlignment m_alignment;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction)(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent&);
-
-#define wxQueryLayoutInfoEventHandler( func ) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxQueryLayoutInfoEventFunction, func )
-
-#define EVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO(func) \
- wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_QUERY_LAYOUT_INFO, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, wxQueryLayoutInfoEventHandler( func ), NULL ),
-
-/*
- * This event is used to take a bite out of the available client area.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxCalculateLayoutEvent: public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxCalculateLayoutEvent(wxWindowID id = 0)
- {
- SetEventType(wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT);
- m_flags = 0;
- m_id = id;
- }
-
- // Read by the app
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- // Set by the app
- void SetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rect = rect; }
- wxRect GetRect() const { return m_rect; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxCalculateLayoutEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- int m_flags;
- wxRect m_rect;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxCalculateLayoutEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction)(wxCalculateLayoutEvent&);
-
-#define wxCalculateLayoutEventHandler( func ) wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxCalculateLayoutEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT(func) \
- wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_CALCULATE_LAYOUT, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, wxCalculateLayoutEventHandler( func ), NULL ),
-
-#if wxUSE_SASH
-
-// This is window that can remember alignment/orientation, does its own layout,
-// and can provide sashes too. Useful for implementing docked windows with sashes in
-// an IDE-style interface.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashLayoutWindow: public wxSashWindow
-{
-public:
- wxSashLayoutWindow()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxSashLayoutWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow"))
- {
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("layoutWindow"));
-
-// Accessors
- inline wxLayoutAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_alignment; }
- inline wxLayoutOrientation GetOrientation() const { return m_orientation; }
-
- inline void SetAlignment(wxLayoutAlignment align) { m_alignment = align; }
- inline void SetOrientation(wxLayoutOrientation orient) { m_orientation = orient; }
-
- // Give the window default dimensions
- inline void SetDefaultSize(const wxSize& size) { m_defaultSize = size; }
-
-// Event handlers
- // Called by layout algorithm to allow window to take a bit out of the
- // client rectangle, and size itself if not in wxLAYOUT_QUERY mode.
- void OnCalculateLayout(wxCalculateLayoutEvent& event);
-
- // Called by layout algorithm to retrieve information about the window.
- void OnQueryLayoutInfo(wxQueryLayoutInfoEvent& event);
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- wxLayoutAlignment m_alignment;
- wxLayoutOrientation m_orientation;
- wxSize m_defaultSize;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxSashLayoutWindow)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SASH
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIParentFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-
-// This class implements the layout algorithm
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxLayoutAlgorithm: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxLayoutAlgorithm() {}
-
-#if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
- // The MDI client window is sized to whatever's left over.
- bool LayoutMDIFrame(wxMDIParentFrame* frame, wxRect* rect = NULL);
-#endif // wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE
-
- // mainWindow is sized to whatever's left over. This function for backward
- // compatibility; use LayoutWindow.
- bool LayoutFrame(wxFrame* frame, wxWindow* mainWindow = NULL);
-
- // mainWindow is sized to whatever's left over.
- bool LayoutWindow(wxWindow* frame, wxWindow* mainWindow = NULL);
-};
-
-#endif
- // _WX_LAYWIN_H_G_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/listctrl.h
-// Purpose: Generic list control
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropTarget;
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// internal classes
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListHeaderWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListMainWindow;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListCtrl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericListCtrl: public wxNavigationEnabled<wxListCtrlBase>,
- public wxScrollHelper
-{
-public:
-
- wxGenericListCtrl() : wxScrollHelper(this)
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxGenericListCtrl( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxLC_ICON,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr)
- : wxScrollHelper(this)
- {
- Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxGenericListCtrl();
-
- void Init();
-
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxLC_ICON,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr);
-
- bool GetColumn( int col, wxListItem& item ) const;
- bool SetColumn( int col, const wxListItem& item );
- int GetColumnWidth( int col ) const;
- bool SetColumnWidth( int col, int width);
- int GetCountPerPage() const; // not the same in wxGLC as in Windows, I think
- wxRect GetViewRect() const;
-
- bool GetItem( wxListItem& info ) const;
- bool SetItem( wxListItem& info ) ;
- long SetItem( long index, int col, const wxString& label, int imageId = -1 );
- int GetItemState( long item, long stateMask ) const;
- bool SetItemState( long item, long state, long stateMask);
- bool SetItemImage( long item, int image, int selImage = -1 );
- bool SetItemColumnImage( long item, long column, int image );
- wxString GetItemText( long item, int col = 0 ) const;
- void SetItemText( long item, const wxString& str );
- wxUIntPtr GetItemData( long item ) const;
- bool SetItemPtrData(long item, wxUIntPtr data);
- bool SetItemData(long item, long data) { return SetItemPtrData(item, data); }
- bool GetItemRect( long item, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS ) const;
- bool GetSubItemRect( long item, long subItem, wxRect& rect, int code = wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS ) const;
- bool GetItemPosition( long item, wxPoint& pos ) const;
- bool SetItemPosition( long item, const wxPoint& pos ); // not supported in wxGLC
- int GetItemCount() const;
- int GetColumnCount() const;
- void SetItemSpacing( int spacing, bool isSmall = false );
- wxSize GetItemSpacing() const;
- void SetItemTextColour( long item, const wxColour& col);
- wxColour GetItemTextColour( long item ) const;
- void SetItemBackgroundColour( long item, const wxColour &col);
- wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour( long item ) const;
- void SetItemFont( long item, const wxFont &f);
- wxFont GetItemFont( long item ) const;
- int GetSelectedItemCount() const;
- wxColour GetTextColour() const;
- void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col);
- long GetTopItem() const;
-
- void SetSingleStyle( long style, bool add = true ) ;
- void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style );
- void RecreateWindow() {}
- long GetNextItem( long item, int geometry = wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, int state = wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE ) const;
- wxImageList *GetImageList( int which ) const;
- void SetImageList( wxImageList *imageList, int which );
- void AssignImageList( wxImageList *imageList, int which );
- bool Arrange( int flag = wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT ); // always wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT in wxGLC
-
- void ClearAll();
- bool DeleteItem( long item );
- bool DeleteAllItems();
- bool DeleteAllColumns();
- bool DeleteColumn( int col );
-
- void SetItemCount(long count);
-
- wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(long item,
- wxClassInfo* textControlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
- wxTextCtrl* GetEditControl() const;
- void Edit( long item ) { EditLabel(item); }
-
- bool EnsureVisible( long item );
- long FindItem( long start, const wxString& str, bool partial = false );
- long FindItem( long start, wxUIntPtr data );
- long FindItem( long start, const wxPoint& pt, int direction ); // not supported in wxGLC
- long HitTest( const wxPoint& point, int& flags, long *pSubItem = NULL ) const;
- long InsertItem(wxListItem& info);
- long InsertItem( long index, const wxString& label );
- long InsertItem( long index, int imageIndex );
- long InsertItem( long index, const wxString& label, int imageIndex );
- bool ScrollList( int dx, int dy );
- bool SortItems( wxListCtrlCompare fn, wxIntPtr data );
-
- // do we have a header window?
- bool HasHeader() const
- { return InReportView() && !HasFlag(wxLC_NO_HEADER); }
-
- // refresh items selectively (only useful for virtual list controls)
- void RefreshItem(long item);
- void RefreshItems(long itemFrom, long itemTo);
-
- virtual void EnableBellOnNoMatch(bool on = true);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // obsolete, don't use
- wxDEPRECATED( int GetItemSpacing( bool isSmall ) const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-
- // overridden base class virtuals
- // ------------------------------
-
- virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
- {
- return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
- }
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- virtual void Update();
-
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // generic version extension, don't use in portable code
- bool Update( long item );
-
- void OnInternalIdle( );
-
- // We have to hand down a few functions
- virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = true,
- const wxRect *rect = NULL);
-
- virtual bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour );
- virtual bool SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour );
- virtual wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const;
- virtual wxColour GetForegroundColour() const;
- virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
- virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor );
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget );
- virtual wxDropTarget *GetDropTarget() const;
-#endif
-
- virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- wxImageList *m_imageListNormal;
- wxImageList *m_imageListSmall;
- wxImageList *m_imageListState; // what's that ?
- bool m_ownsImageListNormal,
- m_ownsImageListSmall,
- m_ownsImageListState;
- wxListHeaderWindow *m_headerWin;
- wxListMainWindow *m_mainWin;
-
-protected:
- // Implement base class pure virtual methods.
- long DoInsertColumn(long col, const wxListItem& info);
-
-
- virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y );
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
- // return the text for the given column of the given item
- virtual wxString OnGetItemText(long item, long column) const;
-
- // return the icon for the given item. In report view, OnGetItemImage will
- // only be called for the first column. See OnGetItemColumnImage for
- // details.
- virtual int OnGetItemImage(long item) const;
-
- // return the icon for the given item and column.
- virtual int OnGetItemColumnImage(long item, long column) const;
-
- // it calls our OnGetXXX() functions
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListMainWindow;
-
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-
- virtual wxSize GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size);
-
-private:
- void CreateOrDestroyHeaderWindowAsNeeded();
- void OnScroll( wxScrollWinEvent& event );
- void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
-
- // we need to return a special WM_GETDLGCODE value to process just the
- // arrows but let the other navigation characters through
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- virtual WXLRESULT
- MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
- WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericListCtrl)
-};
-
-#if (!defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) && (!(defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__ ))
-/*
- * wxListCtrl has to be a real class or we have problems with
- * the run-time information.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListCtrl: public wxGenericListCtrl
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrl)
-
-public:
- wxListCtrl() {}
-
- wxListCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxLC_ICON,
- const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr)
- : wxGenericListCtrl(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name)
- {
- }
-
-};
-#endif // !__WXMSW__ || __WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_LISTCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/logg.h
-// Purpose: Assorted wxLogXXX functions, and wxLog (sink for logs)
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LOGG_H_
-#define _WX_LOGG_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxLogFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the following log targets are only compiled in if the we're compiling the
-// GUI part (andnot just the base one) of the library, they're implemented in
-// src/generic/logg.cpp *and not src/common/log.cpp unlike all the rest)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-// log everything to a text window (GUI only of course)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxLogTextCtrl : public wxLog
-{
-public:
- wxLogTextCtrl(wxTextCtrl *pTextCtrl);
-
-protected:
- // implement sink function
- virtual void DoLogText(const wxString& msg);
-
-private:
- // the control we use
- wxTextCtrl *m_pTextCtrl;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogTextCtrl);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// GUI log target, the default one for wxWidgets programs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LOGGUI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxLogGui : public wxLog
-{
-public:
- // ctor
- wxLogGui();
-
- // show all messages that were logged since the last Flush()
- virtual void Flush();
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoLogRecord(wxLogLevel level,
- const wxString& msg,
- const wxLogRecordInfo& info);
-
- // return the title to be used for the log dialog, depending on m_bErrors
- // and m_bWarnings values
- wxString GetTitle() const;
-
- // return the icon (one of wxICON_XXX constants) to be used for the dialog
- // depending on m_bErrors/m_bWarnings
- int GetSeverityIcon() const;
-
- // empty everything
- void Clear();
-
-
- wxArrayString m_aMessages; // the log message texts
- wxArrayInt m_aSeverity; // one of wxLOG_XXX values
- wxArrayLong m_aTimes; // the time of each message
- bool m_bErrors, // do we have any errors?
- m_bWarnings, // any warnings?
- m_bHasMessages; // any messages at all?
-
-private:
- // this method is called to show a single log message, it uses
- // wxMessageBox() by default
- virtual void DoShowSingleLogMessage(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& title,
- int style);
-
- // this method is called to show multiple log messages, it uses wxLogDialog
- virtual void DoShowMultipleLogMessages(const wxArrayString& messages,
- const wxArrayInt& severities,
- const wxArrayLong& times,
- const wxString& title,
- int style);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LOGGUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// (background) log window: this class forwards all log messages to the log
-// target which was active when it was instantiated, but also collects them
-// to the log window. This window has its own menu which allows the user to
-// close it, clear the log contents or save it to the file.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LOGWINDOW
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxLogWindow : public wxLogPassThrough
-{
-public:
- wxLogWindow(wxWindow *pParent, // the parent frame (can be NULL)
- const wxString& szTitle, // the title of the frame
- bool bShow = true, // show window immediately?
- bool bPassToOld = true); // pass messages to the old target?
-
- virtual ~wxLogWindow();
-
- // window operations
- // show/hide the log window
- void Show(bool bShow = true);
- // retrieve the pointer to the frame
- wxFrame *GetFrame() const;
-
- // overridables
- // called if the user closes the window interactively, will not be
- // called if it is destroyed for another reason (such as when program
- // exits) - return true from here to allow the frame to close, false
- // to prevent this from happening
- virtual bool OnFrameClose(wxFrame *frame);
- // called right before the log frame is going to be deleted: will
- // always be called unlike OnFrameClose()
- virtual void OnFrameDelete(wxFrame *frame);
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoLogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg);
-
-private:
- wxLogFrame *m_pLogFrame; // the log frame
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogWindow);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LOGWINDOW
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // _WX_LOGG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/msgdlgg.h
-// Purpose: Generic wxMessageDialog
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_MSGDLGG_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_MSGDLGG_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericMessageDialog : public wxMessageDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
- long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
- virtual int ShowModal();
-
-protected:
- // Creates a message dialog taking any options that have been set after
- // object creation into account such as custom labels.
- void DoCreateMsgdialog();
-
- void OnYes(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnNo(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnHelp(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- // can be overridden to provide more contents to the dialog
- virtual void AddMessageDialogCheckBox(wxSizer *WXUNUSED(sizer)) { }
- virtual void AddMessageDialogDetails(wxSizer *WXUNUSED(sizer)) { }
-
-private:
- // Creates and returns a standard button sizer using the style of this
- // dialog and the custom labels, if any.
- //
- // May return NULL on smart phone platforms not using buttons at all.
- wxSizer *CreateMsgDlgButtonSizer();
-
- wxPoint m_pos;
- bool m_created;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericMessageDialog)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_MSGDLGG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/notebook.h
-// Purpose: wxNotebook class (a.k.a. property sheet, tabbed dialog)
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// fwd declarations
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTabView;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotebook
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // -----
- // default for dynamic class
- wxNotebook();
- // the same arguments as for wxControl (@@@ any special styles?)
- wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr);
- // Create() function
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr);
- // dtor
- virtual ~wxNotebook();
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
- // Find the position of the wxNotebookPage, wxNOT_FOUND if not found.
- int FindPagePosition(wxNotebookPage* page) const;
-
- // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously
- // selected one (or wxNOT_FOUND on error)
- // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
- int SetSelection(size_t nPage);
- // cycle thru the tabs
- // void AdvanceSelection(bool bForward = true);
-
- // changes selected page without sending events
- int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage);
-
- // set/get the title of a page
- bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText);
- wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const;
-
- // get the number of rows for a control with wxNB_MULTILINE style (not all
- // versions support it - they will always return 1 then)
- virtual int GetRowCount() const ;
-
- // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list
- int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const;
- bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage);
-
- // control the appearance of the notebook pages
- // set the size (the same for all pages)
- void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size);
- // set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
- void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
-
- // Sets the size of the tabs (assumes all tabs are the same size)
- void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz);
-
- // operations
- // ----------
- // remove one page from the notebook, and delete the page.
- bool DeletePage(size_t nPage);
- bool DeletePage(wxNotebookPage* page);
- // remove one page from the notebook, without deleting the page.
- bool RemovePage(size_t nPage);
- bool RemovePage(wxNotebookPage* page);
- virtual wxWindow* DoRemovePage(size_t nPage);
-
- // remove all pages
- bool DeleteAllPages();
- // the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position
- bool InsertPage(size_t nPage,
- wxNotebookPage *pPage,
- const wxString& strText,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
-
- // callbacks
- // ---------
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
- void OnInternalIdle();
- void OnSelChange(wxBookCtrlEvent& event);
- void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
- void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
-
- // base class virtuals
- // -------------------
- virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
- virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true);
- virtual bool DoPhase(int nPhase);
-
- virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
-
- // Implementation
-
- // wxNotebook on Motif uses a generic wxTabView to implement itself.
- wxTabView *GetTabView() const { return m_tabView; }
- void SetTabView(wxTabView *v) { m_tabView = v; }
-
- void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
- virtual wxRect GetAvailableClientSize();
-
- // Implementation: calculate the layout of the view rect
- // and resize the children if required
- bool RefreshLayout(bool force = true);
-
-protected:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // helper functions
- void ChangePage(int nOldSel, int nSel); // change pages
-
- wxTabView* m_tabView;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/notifmsg.h
-// Purpose: generic implementation of wxGenericNotificationMessage
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2007-11-24
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_NOTIFMSG_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_NOTIFMSG_H_
-
-class wxNotificationMessageDialog;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGenericNotificationMessage
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGenericNotificationMessage : public wxNotificationMessageBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericNotificationMessage() { Init(); }
- wxGenericNotificationMessage(const wxString& title,
- const wxString& message = wxString(),
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION)
- : wxNotificationMessageBase(title, message, parent, flags)
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- virtual ~wxGenericNotificationMessage();
-
-
- virtual bool Show(int timeout = Timeout_Auto);
- virtual bool Close();
-
- // generic implementation-specific methods
-
- // get/set the default timeout (used if Timeout_Auto is specified)
- static int GetDefaultTimeout() { return ms_timeout; }
- static void SetDefaultTimeout(int timeout);
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
-
- // default timeout
- static int ms_timeout;
-
- // notification message is represented by a modeless dialog in this
- // implementation
- wxNotificationMessageDialog *m_dialog;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericNotificationMessage);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_NOTIFMSG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/numdlgg.h
-// Purpose: wxNumberEntryDialog class
-// Author: John Labenski
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07.02.04 (extracted from textdlgg.cpp)
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __NUMDLGH_G__
-#define __NUMDLGH_G__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_NUMBERDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinCtrl;
-#else
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNumberEntryDialog: a dialog with spin control, [ok] and [cancel] buttons
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNumberEntryDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxNumberEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& prompt,
- const wxString& caption,
- long value, long min, long max,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
- long GetValue() const { return m_value; }
-
- // implementation only
- void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
- wxSpinCtrl *m_spinctrl;
-#else
- wxTextCtrl *m_spinctrl;
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
- long m_value, m_min, m_max;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNumberEntryDialog)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNumberEntryDialog);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// function to get a number from user
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE long
- wxGetNumberFromUser(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& prompt,
- const wxString& caption,
- long value = 0,
- long min = 0,
- long max = 100,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_NUMBERDLG
-
-#endif // __NUMDLGH_G__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/paletteg.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling and Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef __WX_PALETTEG_H__
-#define __WX_PALETTEG_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPalette
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPalette: public wxPaletteBase
-{
-public:
- wxPalette();
- wxPalette( int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue );
- virtual ~wxPalette();
-
- bool Create( int n, const unsigned char *red, const unsigned char *green, const unsigned char *blue);
- int GetPixel( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue ) const;
- bool GetRGB( int pixel, unsigned char *red, unsigned char *green, unsigned char *blue ) const;
-
- virtual int GetColoursCount() const;
-
-protected:
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPalette)
-};
-
-#endif // __WX_PALETTEG_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/panelg.h
-// Purpose: wxPanel: a container for child controls
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_PANELG_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_PANELG_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPanel : public wxPanelBase
-{
-public:
- wxPanel() { }
-
- // Constructor
- wxPanel(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(
- wxPanel(wxWindow *parent,
- int x, int y, int width, int height,
- long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, wxID_ANY, wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height), style, name);
- }
- )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPanel);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_PANELG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/printps.h
-// Purpose: wxPostScriptPrinter, wxPostScriptPrintPreview
-// wxGenericPageSetupDialog
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __PRINTPSH__
-#define __PRINTPSH__
-
-#include "wx/prntbase.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE && wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPostScriptPrinter : public wxPrinterBase
-{
-public:
- wxPostScriptPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
- virtual ~wxPostScriptPrinter();
-
- virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true);
- virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
- virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrinter)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintPreview: programmer creates an object of this class to preview a
-// wxPrintout.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPostScriptPrintPreview : public wxPrintPreviewBase
-{
-public:
- wxPostScriptPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL,
- wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
- wxPostScriptPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
- wxPrintData *data);
-
- virtual ~wxPostScriptPrintPreview();
-
- virtual bool Print(bool interactive);
- virtual void DetermineScaling();
-
-private:
- void Init(wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintPreview)
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-// __PRINTPSH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/prntdlgg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericPrintDialog, wxGenericPrintSetupDialog,
-// wxGenericPageSetupDialog
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __PRINTDLGH_G_
-#define __PRINTDLGH_G_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-#include "wx/prntbase.h"
-#include "wx/printdlg.h"
-#include "wx/listctrl.h"
-
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#if wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
- #include "wx/dcps.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRadioBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPageSetupDialogData;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This is not clear why all these enums start with 10 or 30 but do not change it
-// without good reason to avoid some subtle backwards compatibility breakage
-
-enum
-{
- wxPRINTID_STATIC = 10,
- wxPRINTID_RANGE,
- wxPRINTID_FROM,
- wxPRINTID_TO,
- wxPRINTID_COPIES,
- wxPRINTID_PRINTTOFILE,
- wxPRINTID_SETUP
-};
-
-enum
-{
- wxPRINTID_LEFTMARGIN = 30,
- wxPRINTID_RIGHTMARGIN,
- wxPRINTID_TOPMARGIN,
- wxPRINTID_BOTTOMMARGIN
-};
-
-enum
-{
- wxPRINTID_PRINTCOLOUR = 10,
- wxPRINTID_ORIENTATION,
- wxPRINTID_COMMAND,
- wxPRINTID_OPTIONS,
- wxPRINTID_PAPERSIZE,
- wxPRINTID_PRINTER
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPostScriptNativeData
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPostScriptPrintNativeData: public wxPrintNativeDataBase
-{
-public:
- wxPostScriptPrintNativeData();
- virtual ~wxPostScriptPrintNativeData();
-
- virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data );
- virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data );
-
- virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; }
-
- const wxString& GetPrinterCommand() const { return m_printerCommand; }
- const wxString& GetPrinterOptions() const { return m_printerOptions; }
- const wxString& GetPreviewCommand() const { return m_previewCommand; }
- const wxString& GetFontMetricPath() const { return m_afmPath; }
- double GetPrinterScaleX() const { return m_printerScaleX; }
- double GetPrinterScaleY() const { return m_printerScaleY; }
- long GetPrinterTranslateX() const { return m_printerTranslateX; }
- long GetPrinterTranslateY() const { return m_printerTranslateY; }
-
- void SetPrinterCommand(const wxString& command) { m_printerCommand = command; }
- void SetPrinterOptions(const wxString& options) { m_printerOptions = options; }
- void SetPreviewCommand(const wxString& command) { m_previewCommand = command; }
- void SetFontMetricPath(const wxString& path) { m_afmPath = path; }
- void SetPrinterScaleX(double x) { m_printerScaleX = x; }
- void SetPrinterScaleY(double y) { m_printerScaleY = y; }
- void SetPrinterScaling(double x, double y) { m_printerScaleX = x; m_printerScaleY = y; }
- void SetPrinterTranslateX(long x) { m_printerTranslateX = x; }
- void SetPrinterTranslateY(long y) { m_printerTranslateY = y; }
- void SetPrinterTranslation(long x, long y) { m_printerTranslateX = x; m_printerTranslateY = y; }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream() { return m_outputStream; }
- void SetOutputStream( wxOutputStream *output ) { m_outputStream = output; }
-#endif
-
-private:
- wxString m_printerCommand;
- wxString m_previewCommand;
- wxString m_printerOptions;
- wxString m_afmPath;
- double m_printerScaleX;
- double m_printerScaleY;
- long m_printerTranslateX;
- long m_printerTranslateY;
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- wxOutputStream *m_outputStream;
-#endif
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPostScriptPrintNativeData)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Simulated Print and Print Setup dialogs for non-Windows platforms (and
-// Windows using PostScript print/preview)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericPrintDialog : public wxPrintDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL);
- wxGenericPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data);
-
- virtual ~wxGenericPrintDialog();
-
- void OnSetup(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnRange(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
- virtual int ShowModal();
-
- wxPrintData& GetPrintData()
- { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); }
-
- wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() { return m_printDialogData; }
- wxDC *GetPrintDC();
-
-public:
-// wxStaticText* m_printerMessage;
- wxButton* m_setupButton;
-// wxButton* m_helpButton;
- wxRadioBox* m_rangeRadioBox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_fromText;
- wxTextCtrl* m_toText;
- wxTextCtrl* m_noCopiesText;
- wxCheckBox* m_printToFileCheckBox;
-// wxCheckBox* m_collateCopiesCheckBox;
-
- wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData;
-
-protected:
- void Init(wxWindow *parent);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericPrintDialog)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericPrintSetupDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- // There are no configuration options for the dialog, so we
- // just pass the wxPrintData object (no wxPrintSetupDialogData class needed)
- wxGenericPrintSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data);
- virtual ~wxGenericPrintSetupDialog();
-
- void Init(wxPrintData* data);
-
- void OnPrinter(wxListEvent& event);
-
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
- virtual wxComboBox *CreatePaperTypeChoice();
-
-public:
- wxListCtrl* m_printerListCtrl;
- wxRadioBox* m_orientationRadioBox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_printerCommandText;
- wxTextCtrl* m_printerOptionsText;
- wxCheckBox* m_colourCheckBox;
- wxComboBox* m_paperTypeChoice;
-
- wxPrintData m_printData;
- wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
-
- // After pressing OK, write data here.
- wxPrintData* m_targetData;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxGenericPrintSetupDialog)
-};
-#endif
- // wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericPageSetupDialog : public wxPageSetupDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- wxPageSetupDialogData* data = NULL);
- virtual ~wxGenericPageSetupDialog();
-
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
- virtual wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData();
-
- void OnPrinter(wxCommandEvent& event);
- wxComboBox *CreatePaperTypeChoice(int* x, int* y);
-
-public:
- wxButton* m_printerButton;
- wxRadioBox* m_orientationRadioBox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_marginLeftText;
- wxTextCtrl* m_marginTopText;
- wxTextCtrl* m_marginRightText;
- wxTextCtrl* m_marginBottomText;
- wxComboBox* m_paperTypeChoice;
-
- wxPageSetupDialogData m_pageData;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGenericPageSetupDialog)
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-// __PRINTDLGH_G_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/progdlgg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericProgressDialog class
-// Author: Karsten Ballueder
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 09.05.1999
-// Copyright: (c) Karsten Ballueder
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __PROGDLGH_G__
-#define __PROGDLGH_G__
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEventLoop;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGauge;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDisabler;
-
-/*
- Progress dialog which shows a moving progress bar.
- Taken from the Mahogany project.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericProgressDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxGenericProgressDialog();
- wxGenericProgressDialog(const wxString& title, const wxString& message,
- int maximum = 100,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int style = wxPD_APP_MODAL | wxPD_AUTO_HIDE);
-
- virtual ~wxGenericProgressDialog();
-
- bool Create(const wxString& title,
- const wxString& message,
- int maximum = 100,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int style = wxPD_APP_MODAL | wxPD_AUTO_HIDE);
-
- virtual bool Update(int value, const wxString& newmsg = wxEmptyString, bool *skip = NULL);
- virtual bool Pulse(const wxString& newmsg = wxEmptyString, bool *skip = NULL);
-
- void Resume();
-
- int GetValue() const;
- int GetRange() const;
- wxString GetMessage() const;
-
- void SetRange(int maximum);
-
- // Return whether "Cancel" or "Skip" button was pressed, always return
- // false if the corresponding button is not shown.
- bool WasCancelled() const;
- bool WasSkipped() const;
-
- // Must provide overload to avoid hiding it (and warnings about it)
- virtual void Update() { wxDialog::Update(); }
-
- virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
-
- // This enum is an implementation detail and should not be used
- // by user code.
- enum State
- {
- Uncancelable = -1, // dialog can't be canceled
- Canceled, // can be cancelled and, in fact, was
- Continue, // can be cancelled but wasn't
- Finished, // finished, waiting to be removed from screen
- Dismissed // was closed by user after finishing
- };
-
-protected:
- // Update just the m_maximum field, this is used by public SetRange() but,
- // unlike it, doesn't update the controls state. This makes it useful for
- // both this class and its derived classes that don't use m_gauge to
- // display progress.
- void SetMaximum(int maximum);
-
- // Return the labels to use for showing the elapsed/estimated/remaining
- // times respectively.
- static wxString GetElapsedLabel() { return wxGetTranslation("Elapsed time:"); }
- static wxString GetEstimatedLabel() { return wxGetTranslation("Estimated time:"); }
- static wxString GetRemainingLabel() { return wxGetTranslation("Remaining time:"); }
-
-
- // Similar to wxWindow::HasFlag() but tests for a presence of a wxPD_XXX
- // flag in our (separate) flags instead of using m_windowStyle.
- bool HasPDFlag(int flag) const { return (m_pdStyle & flag) != 0; }
-
- // Return the progress dialog style. Prefer to use HasPDFlag() if possible.
- int GetPDStyle() const { return m_pdStyle; }
- void SetPDStyle(int pdStyle) { m_pdStyle = pdStyle; }
-
- // Updates estimated times from a given progress bar value and stores the
- // results in provided arguments.
- void UpdateTimeEstimates(int value,
- unsigned long &elapsedTime,
- unsigned long &estimatedTime,
- unsigned long &remainingTime);
-
- // Converts seconds to HH:mm:ss format.
- static wxString GetFormattedTime(unsigned long timeInSec);
-
- // callback for optional abort button
- void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent&);
-
- // callback for optional skip button
- void OnSkip(wxCommandEvent&);
-
- // callback to disable "hard" window closing
- void OnClose(wxCloseEvent&);
-
- // called to disable the other windows while this dialog is shown
- void DisableOtherWindows();
-
- // must be called to reenable the other windows temporarily disabled while
- // the dialog was shown
- void ReenableOtherWindows();
-
- // Set the top level parent we store from the parent window provided when
- // creating the dialog.
- void SetTopParent(wxWindow* parent);
-
- // return the top level parent window of this dialog (may be NULL)
- wxWindow *GetTopParent() const { return m_parentTop; }
-
-
- // continue processing or not (return value for Update())
- State m_state;
-
- // the maximum value
- int m_maximum;
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__ ) || defined(__WXPM__)
- // the factor we use to always keep the value in 16 bit range as the native
- // control only supports ranges from 0 to 65,535
- size_t m_factor;
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
- // time when the dialog was created
- unsigned long m_timeStart;
- // time when the dialog was closed or cancelled
- unsigned long m_timeStop;
- // time between the moment the dialog was closed/cancelled and resume
- unsigned long m_break;
-
-private:
- // update the label to show the given time (in seconds)
- static void SetTimeLabel(unsigned long val, wxStaticText *label);
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // create the label with given text and another one to show the time nearby
- // as the next windows in the sizer, returns the created control
- wxStaticText *CreateLabel(const wxString& text, wxSizer *sizer);
-
- // updates the label message
- void UpdateMessage(const wxString &newmsg);
-
- // common part of Update() and Pulse(), returns true if not cancelled
- bool DoBeforeUpdate(bool *skip);
-
- // common part of Update() and Pulse()
- void DoAfterUpdate();
-
- // shortcuts for enabling buttons
- void EnableClose();
- void EnableSkip(bool enable = true);
- void EnableAbort(bool enable = true);
- void DisableSkip() { EnableSkip(false); }
- void DisableAbort() { EnableAbort(false); }
-
- // the widget displaying current status (may be NULL)
- wxGauge *m_gauge;
- // the message displayed
- wxStaticText *m_msg;
- // displayed elapsed, estimated, remaining time
- wxStaticText *m_elapsed,
- *m_estimated,
- *m_remaining;
-
- // parent top level window (may be NULL)
- wxWindow *m_parentTop;
-
- // Progress dialog styles: this is not the same as m_windowStyle because
- // wxPD_XXX constants clash with the existing TLW styles so to be sure we
- // don't have any conflicts we just use a separate variable for storing
- // them.
- int m_pdStyle;
-
- // skip some portion
- bool m_skip;
-
-#if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
- // the abort and skip buttons (or NULL if none)
- wxButton *m_btnAbort;
- wxButton *m_btnSkip;
-#endif
-
- // saves the time when elapsed time was updated so there is only one
- // update per second
- unsigned long m_last_timeupdate;
-
- // tells how often a change of the estimated time has to be confirmed
- // before it is actually displayed - this reduces the frequency of updates
- // of estimated and remaining time
- int m_delay;
-
- // counts the confirmations
- int m_ctdelay;
- unsigned long m_display_estimated;
-
- // for wxPD_APP_MODAL case
- wxWindowDisabler *m_winDisabler;
-
- // Temporary event loop created by the dialog itself if there is no
- // currently active loop when it is created.
- wxEventLoop *m_tempEventLoop;
-
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericProgressDialog);
-};
-
-#endif // __PROGDLGH_G__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/propdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxPropertySheetDialog
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-03-12
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPDLG_H_
-#define _WX_PROPDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBookCtrlBase;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPropertySheetDialog
-// A platform-independent properties dialog.
-//
-// * on PocketPC, a flat-look 'property sheet' notebook will be used, with
-// no OK/Cancel/Help buttons
-// * on other platforms, a normal notebook will be used, with standard buttons
-//
-// To use this class, call Create from your derived class.
-// Then create pages and add to the book control. Finally call CreateButtons and
-// LayoutDialog.
-//
-// For example:
-//
-// MyPropertySheetDialog::Create(...)
-// {
-// wxPropertySheetDialog::Create(...);
-//
-// // Add page
-// wxPanel* panel = new wxPanel(GetBookCtrl(), ...);
-// GetBookCtrl()->AddPage(panel, wxT("General"));
-//
-// CreateButtons();
-// LayoutDialog();
-// }
-//
-// Override CreateBookCtrl and AddBookCtrl to create and add a different
-// kind of book control.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxPropertySheetDialogFlags
-{
- // Use the platform default
- wxPROPSHEET_DEFAULT = 0x0001,
-
- // Use a notebook
- wxPROPSHEET_NOTEBOOK = 0x0002,
-
- // Use a toolbook
- wxPROPSHEET_TOOLBOOK = 0x0004,
-
- // Use a choicebook
- wxPROPSHEET_CHOICEBOOK = 0x0008,
-
- // Use a listbook
- wxPROPSHEET_LISTBOOK = 0x0010,
-
- // Use a wxButtonToolBar toolbook
- wxPROPSHEET_BUTTONTOOLBOOK = 0x0020,
-
- // Use a treebook
- wxPROPSHEET_TREEBOOK = 0x0040,
-
- // Shrink dialog to fit current page
- wxPROPSHEET_SHRINKTOFIT = 0x0100
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxPropertySheetDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxPropertySheetDialog() : wxDialog() { Init(); }
-
- wxPropertySheetDialog(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, title, pos, sz, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxDialogNameStr);
-
-//// Accessors
-
- // Set and get the notebook
- void SetBookCtrl(wxBookCtrlBase* book) { m_bookCtrl = book; }
- wxBookCtrlBase* GetBookCtrl() const { return m_bookCtrl; }
-
- // Override function in base
- virtual wxWindow* GetContentWindow() const;
-
- // Set and get the inner sizer
- void SetInnerSize(wxSizer* sizer) { m_innerSizer = sizer; }
- wxSizer* GetInnerSizer() const { return m_innerSizer ; }
-
- // Set and get the book style
- void SetSheetStyle(long sheetStyle) { m_sheetStyle = sheetStyle; }
- long GetSheetStyle() const { return m_sheetStyle ; }
-
- // Set and get the border around the whole dialog
- void SetSheetOuterBorder(int border) { m_sheetOuterBorder = border; }
- int GetSheetOuterBorder() const { return m_sheetOuterBorder ; }
-
- // Set and get the border around the book control only
- void SetSheetInnerBorder(int border) { m_sheetInnerBorder = border; }
- int GetSheetInnerBorder() const { return m_sheetInnerBorder ; }
-
-/// Operations
-
- // Creates the buttons (none on PocketPC)
- virtual void CreateButtons(int flags = wxOK|wxCANCEL);
-
- // Lay out the dialog, to be called after pages have been created
- virtual void LayoutDialog(int centreFlags = wxBOTH);
-
-/// Implementation
-
- // Creates the book control. If you want to use a different kind of
- // control, override.
- virtual wxBookCtrlBase* CreateBookCtrl();
-
- // Adds the book control to the inner sizer.
- virtual void AddBookCtrl(wxSizer* sizer);
-
- // Set the focus
- void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
-
- // Resize dialog if necessary
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
-protected:
- wxBookCtrlBase* m_bookCtrl;
- wxSizer* m_innerSizer; // sizer for extra space
- long m_sheetStyle;
- int m_sheetOuterBorder;
- int m_sheetInnerBorder;
- int m_selectedPage;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPropertySheetDialog)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_PROPDLG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/richmsgdlgg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericRichMessageDialog
-// Author: Rickard Westerlund
-// Created: 2010-07-04
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_RICHMSGDLGG_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_RICHMSGDLGG_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCollapsiblePane;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCollapsiblePaneEvent;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericRichMessageDialog
- : public wxRichMessageDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericRichMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- long style)
- : wxRichMessageDialogBase( parent, message, caption, style ),
- m_checkBox(NULL),
- m_detailsPane(NULL)
- { }
-
- virtual bool IsCheckBoxChecked() const;
-
-protected:
- wxCheckBox *m_checkBox;
- wxCollapsiblePane *m_detailsPane;
-
- // overrides methods in the base class
- virtual void AddMessageDialogCheckBox(wxSizer *sizer);
- virtual void AddMessageDialogDetails(wxSizer *sizer);
-
-private:
- void OnPaneChanged(wxCollapsiblePaneEvent& event);
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericRichMessageDialog);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_RICHMSGDLGG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/sashwin.h
-// Purpose: wxSashWindow implementation. A sash window has an optional
-// sash on each edge, allowing it to be dragged. An event
-// is generated when the sash is released.
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SASHWIN_H_G_
-#define _WX_SASHWIN_H_G_
-
-#if wxUSE_SASH
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#define wxSASH_DRAG_NONE 0
-#define wxSASH_DRAG_DRAGGING 1
-#define wxSASH_DRAG_LEFT_DOWN 2
-
-enum wxSashEdgePosition {
- wxSASH_TOP = 0,
- wxSASH_RIGHT,
- wxSASH_BOTTOM,
- wxSASH_LEFT,
- wxSASH_NONE = 100
-};
-
-/*
- * wxSashEdge represents one of the four edges of a window.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashEdge
-{
-public:
- wxSashEdge()
- { m_show = false;
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- m_border = false;
-#endif
- m_margin = 0; }
-
- bool m_show; // Is the sash showing?
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- bool m_border; // Do we draw a border?
-#endif
- int m_margin; // The margin size
-};
-
-/*
- * wxSashWindow flags
- */
-
-#define wxSW_NOBORDER 0x0000
-//#define wxSW_3D 0x0010
-#define wxSW_BORDER 0x0020
-#define wxSW_3DSASH 0x0040
-#define wxSW_3DBORDER 0x0080
-#define wxSW_3D (wxSW_3DSASH | wxSW_3DBORDER)
-
-/*
- * wxSashWindow allows any of its edges to have a sash which can be dragged
- * to resize the window. The actual content window will be created as a child
- * of wxSashWindow.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashWindow: public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- // Default constructor
- wxSashWindow()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- // Normal constructor
- wxSashWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow"))
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxSashWindow();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxSW_3D|wxCLIP_CHILDREN, const wxString& name = wxT("sashWindow"));
-
- // Set whether there's a sash in this position
- void SetSashVisible(wxSashEdgePosition edge, bool sash);
-
- // Get whether there's a sash in this position
- bool GetSashVisible(wxSashEdgePosition edge) const { return m_sashes[edge].m_show; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // Set whether there's a border in this position
- // This value is unused in wxSashWindow.
- void SetSashBorder(wxSashEdgePosition edge, bool border) { m_sashes[edge].m_border = border; }
-
- // Get whether there's a border in this position
- // This value is unused in wxSashWindow.
- bool HasBorder(wxSashEdgePosition edge) const { return m_sashes[edge].m_border; }
-#endif
-
- // Get border size
- int GetEdgeMargin(wxSashEdgePosition edge) const { return m_sashes[edge].m_margin; }
-
- // Sets the default sash border size
- void SetDefaultBorderSize(int width) { m_borderSize = width; }
-
- // Gets the default sash border size
- int GetDefaultBorderSize() const { return m_borderSize; }
-
- // Sets the addition border size between child and sash window
- void SetExtraBorderSize(int width) { m_extraBorderSize = width; }
-
- // Gets the addition border size between child and sash window
- int GetExtraBorderSize() const { return m_extraBorderSize; }
-
- virtual void SetMinimumSizeX(int min) { m_minimumPaneSizeX = min; }
- virtual void SetMinimumSizeY(int min) { m_minimumPaneSizeY = min; }
- virtual int GetMinimumSizeX() const { return m_minimumPaneSizeX; }
- virtual int GetMinimumSizeY() const { return m_minimumPaneSizeY; }
-
- virtual void SetMaximumSizeX(int max) { m_maximumPaneSizeX = max; }
- virtual void SetMaximumSizeY(int max) { m_maximumPaneSizeY = max; }
- virtual int GetMaximumSizeX() const { return m_maximumPaneSizeX; }
- virtual int GetMaximumSizeY() const { return m_maximumPaneSizeY; }
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Implementation
-
- // Paints the border and sash
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
- // Handles mouse events
- void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& ev);
-
- // Adjusts the panes
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
- // Handle cursor correctly
- void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& event);
-#endif // wxMSW
-
- // Draws borders
- void DrawBorders(wxDC& dc);
-
- // Draws the sashes
- void DrawSash(wxSashEdgePosition edge, wxDC& dc);
-
- // Draws the sashes
- void DrawSashes(wxDC& dc);
-
- // Draws the sash tracker (for whilst moving the sash)
- void DrawSashTracker(wxSashEdgePosition edge, int x, int y);
-
- // Tests for x, y over sash
- wxSashEdgePosition SashHitTest(int x, int y, int tolerance = 2);
-
- // Resizes subwindows
- void SizeWindows();
-
- // Initialize colours
- void InitColours();
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- wxSashEdge m_sashes[4];
- int m_dragMode;
- wxSashEdgePosition m_draggingEdge;
- int m_oldX;
- int m_oldY;
- int m_borderSize;
- int m_extraBorderSize;
- int m_firstX;
- int m_firstY;
- int m_minimumPaneSizeX;
- int m_minimumPaneSizeY;
- int m_maximumPaneSizeX;
- int m_maximumPaneSizeY;
- wxCursor* m_sashCursorWE;
- wxCursor* m_sashCursorNS;
- wxColour m_lightShadowColour;
- wxColour m_mediumShadowColour;
- wxColour m_darkShadowColour;
- wxColour m_hilightColour;
- wxColour m_faceColour;
- bool m_mouseCaptured;
- wxCursor* m_currentCursor;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSashWindow)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSashWindow);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxSashEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, wxSashEvent );
-
-enum wxSashDragStatus
-{
- wxSASH_STATUS_OK,
- wxSASH_STATUS_OUT_OF_RANGE
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSashEvent: public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxSashEvent(int id = 0, wxSashEdgePosition edge = wxSASH_NONE)
- {
- m_eventType = (wxEventType) wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED;
- m_id = id;
- m_edge = edge;
- }
-
- wxSashEvent(const wxSashEvent& event)
- : wxCommandEvent(event),
- m_edge(event.m_edge),
- m_dragRect(event.m_dragRect),
- m_dragStatus(event.m_dragStatus) { }
-
- void SetEdge(wxSashEdgePosition edge) { m_edge = edge; }
- wxSashEdgePosition GetEdge() const { return m_edge; }
-
- //// The rectangle formed by the drag operation
- void SetDragRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_dragRect = rect; }
- wxRect GetDragRect() const { return m_dragRect; }
-
- //// Whether the drag caused the rectangle to be reversed (e.g.
- //// dragging the top below the bottom)
- void SetDragStatus(wxSashDragStatus status) { m_dragStatus = status; }
- wxSashDragStatus GetDragStatus() const { return m_dragStatus; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSashEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxSashEdgePosition m_edge;
- wxRect m_dragRect;
- wxSashDragStatus m_dragStatus;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSashEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSashEventFunction)(wxSashEvent&);
-
-#define wxSashEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSashEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id, wxSashEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_SASH_DRAGGED_RANGE(id1, id2, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT2(wxEVT_SASH_DRAGGED, id1, id2, wxSashEventHandler(fn))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SASH
-
-#endif
- // _WX_SASHWIN_H_G_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/scrolwin.h
-// Purpose: generic wxScrollHelper
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-12-24 (replacing old file with the same name)
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// generic wxScrollHelper implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollHelper : public wxScrollHelperBase
-{
-public:
- wxScrollHelper(wxWindow *winToScroll);
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual void AdjustScrollbars();
- virtual bool IsScrollbarShown(int orient) const;
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoScroll(int x, int y);
- virtual void DoShowScrollbars(wxScrollbarVisibility horz,
- wxScrollbarVisibility vert);
-
-private:
- // helper of AdjustScrollbars(): does the work for the single scrollbar
- //
- // notice that the parameters passed by non-const references are modified
- // by this function
- void DoAdjustScrollbar(int orient,
- int clientSize,
- int virtSize,
- int pixelsPerUnit,
- int& scrollUnits,
- int& scrollPosition,
- int& scrollLinesPerPage,
- wxScrollbarVisibility visibility);
-
-
- wxScrollbarVisibility m_xVisibility,
- m_yVisibility;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollHelper);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/spinctlg.h
-// Purpose: generic wxSpinCtrl class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 28.10.99
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SPINCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_SPINCTRL_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinCtrl is a combination of wxSpinButton and wxTextCtrl, so if
-// wxSpinButton is available, this is what we do - but if it isn't, we still
-// define wxSpinCtrl class which then has the same appearance as wxTextCtrl but
-// the different interface. This allows to write programs using wxSpinCtrl
-// without tons of #ifdefs.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-#include "wx/compositewin.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-
-class wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric; // wxTextCtrl used for the wxSpinCtrlGenericBase
-
-// The !wxUSE_SPINBTN version's GetValue() function conflicts with the
-// wxTextCtrl's GetValue() and so you have to input a dummy int value.
-#define wxSPINCTRL_GETVALUE_FIX
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinCtrlGeneric is a combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSpinButton
-//
-// This class manages a double valued generic spinctrl through the DoGet/SetXXX
-// functions that are made public as Get/SetXXX functions for int or double
-// for the wxSpinCtrl and wxSpinCtrlDouble classes respectively to avoid
-// function ambiguity.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlGenericBase
- : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxCompositeWindow<wxSpinCtrlBase> >
-{
-public:
- wxSpinCtrlGenericBase() { Init(); }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
- double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0,
- double inc = 1,
- const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl"));
-
- virtual ~wxSpinCtrlGenericBase();
-
- // accessors
- // T GetValue() const
- // T GetMin() const
- // T GetMax() const
- // T GetIncrement() const
- virtual bool GetSnapToTicks() const { return m_snap_to_ticks; }
- // unsigned GetDigits() const - wxSpinCtrlDouble only
-
- // operations
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& text);
- // void SetValue(T val)
- // void SetRange(T minVal, T maxVal)
- // void SetIncrement(T inc)
- virtual void SetSnapToTicks(bool snap_to_ticks);
- // void SetDigits(unsigned digits) - wxSpinCtrlDouble only
-
- // Select text in the textctrl
- void SetSelection(long from, long to);
-
- // implementation from now on
-
- // forward these functions to all subcontrols
- virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
- virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- virtual void DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tip);
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
- virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
- // get the subcontrols
- wxTextCtrl *GetText() const { return m_textCtrl; }
- wxSpinButton *GetSpinButton() const { return m_spinButton; }
-
- // forwarded events from children windows
- void OnSpinButton(wxSpinEvent& event);
- void OnTextLostFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
- void OnTextChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // this window itself is used only as a container for its sub windows so it
- // shouldn't accept the focus at all and any attempts to explicitly set
- // focus to it should give focus to its text constol part
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
- virtual void SetFocus();
-
- friend class wxSpinCtrlTextGeneric;
-
-protected:
- // override the base class virtuals involved into geometry calculations
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetSizeFromTextSize(int xlen, int ylen = -1) const;
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- // and, for MSW, enabling this window itself
- virtual void DoEnable(bool enable);
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
- enum SendEvent
- {
- SendEvent_None,
- SendEvent_Text
- };
-
- // generic double valued functions
- double DoGetValue() const { return m_value; }
- bool DoSetValue(double val, SendEvent sendEvent);
- void DoSetRange(double min_val, double max_val);
- void DoSetIncrement(double inc);
-
- // update our value to reflect the text control contents (if it has been
- // modified by user, do nothing otherwise)
- //
- // can also change the text control if its value is invalid
- //
- // return true if our value has changed
- bool SyncSpinToText(SendEvent sendEvent);
-
- // Send the correct event type
- virtual void DoSendEvent() = 0;
-
- // Convert the text to/from the corresponding value.
- virtual bool DoTextToValue(const wxString& text, double *val) = 0;
- virtual wxString DoValueToText(double val) = 0;
-
- // check if the value is in range
- bool InRange(double n) const { return (n >= m_min) && (n <= m_max); }
-
- // ensure that the value is in range wrapping it round if necessary
- double AdjustToFitInRange(double value) const;
-
-
- double m_value;
- double m_min;
- double m_max;
- double m_increment;
- bool m_snap_to_ticks;
-
- int m_spin_value;
-
- // the subcontrols
- wxTextCtrl *m_textCtrl;
- wxSpinButton *m_spinButton;
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // Implement pure virtual function inherited from wxCompositeWindow.
- virtual wxWindowList GetCompositeWindowParts() const;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#else // !wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-#define wxSPINCTRL_GETVALUE_FIX int = 1
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinCtrl is just a text control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlGenericBase : public wxTextCtrl
-{
-public:
- wxSpinCtrlGenericBase() : m_value(0), m_min(0), m_max(100),
- m_increment(1), m_snap_to_ticks(false),
- m_format(wxT("%g")) { }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
- double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0,
- double inc = 1,
- const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl"))
- {
- m_min = min;
- m_max = max;
- m_value = initial;
- m_increment = inc;
-
- bool ok = wxTextCtrl::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style,
- wxDefaultValidator, name);
- DoSetValue(initial, SendEvent_None);
-
- return ok;
- }
-
- // accessors
- // T GetValue() const
- // T GetMin() const
- // T GetMax() const
- // T GetIncrement() const
- virtual bool GetSnapToTicks() const { return m_snap_to_ticks; }
- // unsigned GetDigits() const - wxSpinCtrlDouble only
-
- // operations
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& text) { wxTextCtrl::SetValue(text); }
- // void SetValue(T val)
- // void SetRange(T minVal, T maxVal)
- // void SetIncrement(T inc)
- virtual void SetSnapToTicks(bool snap_to_ticks)
- { m_snap_to_ticks = snap_to_ticks; }
- // void SetDigits(unsigned digits) - wxSpinCtrlDouble only
-
- // Select text in the textctrl
- //void SetSelection(long from, long to);
-
-protected:
- // generic double valued
- double DoGetValue() const
- {
- double n;
- if ( (wxSscanf(wxTextCtrl::GetValue(), wxT("%lf"), &n) != 1) )
- n = INT_MIN;
-
- return n;
- }
-
- bool DoSetValue(double val, SendEvent sendEvent)
- {
- wxString str(wxString::Format(m_format, val));
- switch ( sendEvent )
- {
- case SendEvent_None:
- wxTextCtrl::ChangeValue(str);
- break;
-
- case SendEvent_Text:
- wxTextCtrl::SetValue(str);
- break;
- }
-
- return true;
- }
- void DoSetRange(double min_val, double max_val)
- {
- m_min = min_val;
- m_max = max_val;
- }
- void DoSetIncrement(double inc) { m_increment = inc; } // Note: unused
-
- double m_value;
- double m_min;
- double m_max;
- double m_increment;
- bool m_snap_to_ticks;
- wxString m_format;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN/!wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-#if !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL)
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinCtrl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrl : public wxSpinCtrlGenericBase
-{
-public:
- wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
- wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
- int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl"))
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
- int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrl"))
- {
- return wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size,
- style, min, max, initial, 1, name);
- }
-
- // accessors
- int GetValue(wxSPINCTRL_GETVALUE_FIX) const { return int(DoGetValue()); }
- int GetMin() const { return int(m_min); }
- int GetMax() const { return int(m_max); }
- int GetIncrement() const { return int(m_increment); }
-
- // operations
- void SetValue(const wxString& value)
- { wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::SetValue(value); }
- void SetValue( int value ) { DoSetValue(value, SendEvent_None); }
- void SetRange( int minVal, int maxVal ) { DoSetRange(minVal, maxVal); }
- void SetIncrement(int inc) { DoSetIncrement(inc); }
-
- virtual int GetBase() const { return m_base; }
- virtual bool SetBase(int base);
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSendEvent();
-
- virtual bool DoTextToValue(const wxString& text, double *val);
- virtual wxString DoValueToText(double val);
-
-private:
- // Common part of all ctors.
- void Init()
- {
- m_base = 10;
- }
-
- int m_base;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinCtrlDouble
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlDouble : public wxSpinCtrlGenericBase
-{
-public:
- wxSpinCtrlDouble() { Init(); }
- wxSpinCtrlDouble(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
- double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0,
- double inc = 1,
- const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrlDouble"))
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style,
- min, max, initial, inc, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
- double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0,
- double inc = 1,
- const wxString& name = wxT("wxSpinCtrlDouble"))
- {
- return wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size,
- style, min, max, initial,
- inc, name);
- }
-
- // accessors
- double GetValue(wxSPINCTRL_GETVALUE_FIX) const { return DoGetValue(); }
- double GetMin() const { return m_min; }
- double GetMax() const { return m_max; }
- double GetIncrement() const { return m_increment; }
- unsigned GetDigits() const { return m_digits; }
-
- // operations
- void SetValue(const wxString& value)
- { wxSpinCtrlGenericBase::SetValue(value); }
- void SetValue(double value) { DoSetValue(value, SendEvent_None); }
- void SetRange(double minVal, double maxVal) { DoSetRange(minVal, maxVal); }
- void SetIncrement(double inc) { DoSetIncrement(inc); }
- void SetDigits(unsigned digits);
-
- // We don't implement bases support for floating point numbers, this is not
- // very useful in practice.
- virtual int GetBase() const { return 10; }
- virtual bool SetBase(int WXUNUSED(base)) { return 0; }
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSendEvent();
-
- virtual bool DoTextToValue(const wxString& text, double *val);
- virtual wxString DoValueToText(double val);
-
- unsigned m_digits;
-
-private:
- // Common part of all ctors.
- void Init()
- {
- m_digits = 0;
- m_format = wxS("%g");
- }
-
- wxString m_format;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrlDouble)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SPINCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/splash.h
-// Purpose: Splash screen class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 28/6/2000
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SPLASH_H_
-#define _WX_SPLASH_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/eventfilter.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-
-
-/*
- * A window for displaying a splash screen
- */
-
-#define wxSPLASH_CENTRE_ON_PARENT 0x01
-#define wxSPLASH_CENTRE_ON_SCREEN 0x02
-#define wxSPLASH_NO_CENTRE 0x00
-#define wxSPLASH_TIMEOUT 0x04
-#define wxSPLASH_NO_TIMEOUT 0x00
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxSplashScreenWindow;
-
-/*
- * wxSplashScreen
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSplashScreen: public wxFrame,
- public wxEventFilter
-{
-public:
- // for RTTI macros only
- wxSplashScreen() { Init(); }
- wxSplashScreen(const wxBitmap& bitmap, long splashStyle, int milliseconds,
- wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSIMPLE_BORDER|wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR|wxSTAY_ON_TOP);
- virtual ~wxSplashScreen();
-
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
- void OnNotify(wxTimerEvent& event);
-
- long GetSplashStyle() const { return m_splashStyle; }
- wxSplashScreenWindow* GetSplashWindow() const { return m_window; }
- int GetTimeout() const { return m_milliseconds; }
-
- // Override wxEventFilter method to hide splash screen on any user input.
- virtual int FilterEvent(wxEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- // Common part of all ctors.
- void Init();
-
- wxSplashScreenWindow* m_window;
- long m_splashStyle;
- int m_milliseconds;
- wxTimer m_timer;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplashScreen)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSplashScreen);
-};
-
-/*
- * wxSplashScreenWindow
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSplashScreenWindow: public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- wxSplashScreenWindow(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxNO_BORDER);
-
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
-
- void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
- wxBitmap& GetBitmap() { return m_bitmap; }
-
-protected:
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSplashScreenWindow);
-};
-
-
-#endif
- // _WX_SPLASH_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/splitter.h
-// Purpose: wxSplitterWindow class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SPLITTER_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_SPLITTER_H_
-
-#include "wx/window.h" // base class declaration
-#include "wx/containr.h" // wxControlContainer
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSplitterEvent;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// splitter constants
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxSplitMode
-{
- wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL = 1,
- wxSPLIT_VERTICAL
-};
-
-enum
-{
- wxSPLIT_DRAG_NONE,
- wxSPLIT_DRAG_DRAGGING,
- wxSPLIT_DRAG_LEFT_DOWN
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSplitterWindow maintains one or two panes, with
-// an optional vertical or horizontal split which
-// can be used with the mouse or programmatically.
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// TODO:
-// 1) Perhaps make the borders sensitive to dragging in order to create a split.
-// The MFC splitter window manages scrollbars as well so is able to
-// put sash buttons on the scrollbars, but we probably don't want to go down
-// this path.
-// 2) for wxWidgets 2.0, we must find a way to set the WS_CLIPCHILDREN style
-// to prevent flickering. (WS_CLIPCHILDREN doesn't work in all cases so can't be
-// standard).
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSplitterWindow: public wxNavigationEnabled<wxWindow>
-{
-public:
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Public API
-
- // Default constructor
- wxSplitterWindow()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- // Normal constructor
- wxSplitterWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_3D,
- const wxString& name = wxT("splitter"))
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxSplitterWindow();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_3D,
- const wxString& name = wxT("splitter"));
-
- // Gets the only or left/top pane
- wxWindow *GetWindow1() const { return m_windowOne; }
-
- // Gets the right/bottom pane
- wxWindow *GetWindow2() const { return m_windowTwo; }
-
- // Sets the split mode
- void SetSplitMode(int mode)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( mode == wxSPLIT_VERTICAL || mode == wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL,
- wxT("invalid split mode") );
-
- m_splitMode = (wxSplitMode)mode;
- }
-
- // Gets the split mode
- wxSplitMode GetSplitMode() const { return m_splitMode; }
-
- // Initialize with one window
- void Initialize(wxWindow *window);
-
- // Associates the given window with window 2, drawing the appropriate sash
- // and changing the split mode.
- // Does nothing and returns false if the window is already split.
- // A sashPosition of 0 means choose a default sash position,
- // negative sashPosition specifies the size of right/lower pane as it's
- // absolute value rather than the size of left/upper pane.
- virtual bool SplitVertically(wxWindow *window1,
- wxWindow *window2,
- int sashPosition = 0)
- { return DoSplit(wxSPLIT_VERTICAL, window1, window2, sashPosition); }
- virtual bool SplitHorizontally(wxWindow *window1,
- wxWindow *window2,
- int sashPosition = 0)
- { return DoSplit(wxSPLIT_HORIZONTAL, window1, window2, sashPosition); }
-
- // Removes the specified (or second) window from the view
- // Doesn't actually delete the window.
- bool Unsplit(wxWindow *toRemove = NULL);
-
- // Replaces one of the windows with another one (neither old nor new
- // parameter should be NULL)
- bool ReplaceWindow(wxWindow *winOld, wxWindow *winNew);
-
- // Make sure the child window sizes are updated. This is useful
- // for reducing flicker by updating the sizes before a
- // window is shown, if you know the overall size is correct.
- void UpdateSize();
-
- // Is the window split?
- bool IsSplit() const { return (m_windowTwo != NULL); }
-
- // Sets the border size
- void SetBorderSize(int WXUNUSED(width)) { }
-
- // Hide or show the sash and test whether it's currently hidden.
- void SetSashInvisible(bool invisible = true);
- bool IsSashInvisible() const { return HasFlag(wxSP_NOSASH); }
-
- // Gets the current sash size which may be 0 if it's hidden and the default
- // sash size.
- int GetSashSize() const;
- int GetDefaultSashSize() const;
-
- // Gets the border size
- int GetBorderSize() const;
-
- // Set the sash position
- void SetSashPosition(int position, bool redraw = true);
-
- // Gets the sash position
- int GetSashPosition() const { return m_sashPosition; }
-
- // Set the sash gravity
- void SetSashGravity(double gravity);
-
- // Gets the sash gravity
- double GetSashGravity() const { return m_sashGravity; }
-
- // If this is zero, we can remove panes by dragging the sash.
- void SetMinimumPaneSize(int min);
- int GetMinimumPaneSize() const { return m_minimumPaneSize; }
-
- // NB: the OnXXX() functions below are for backwards compatibility only,
- // don't use them in new code but handle the events instead!
-
- // called when the sash position is about to change, may return a new value
- // for the sash or -1 to prevent the change from happening at all
- virtual int OnSashPositionChanging(int newSashPosition);
-
- // Called when the sash position is about to be changed, return
- // false from here to prevent the change from taking place.
- // Repositions sash to minimum position if pane would be too small.
- // newSashPosition here is always positive or zero.
- virtual bool OnSashPositionChange(int newSashPosition);
-
- // If the sash is moved to an extreme position, a subwindow
- // is removed from the splitter window, and the app is
- // notified. The app should delete or hide the window.
- virtual void OnUnsplit(wxWindow *removed);
-
- // Called when the sash is double-clicked.
- // The default behaviour is to remove the sash if the
- // minimum pane size is zero.
- virtual void OnDoubleClickSash(int x, int y);
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Implementation
-
- // Paints the border and sash
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
- // Handles mouse events
- void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& ev);
-
- // Aborts dragging mode
- void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
-
- // Adjusts the panes
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
- // In live mode, resize child windows in idle time
- void OnInternalIdle();
-
- // Draws the sash
- virtual void DrawSash(wxDC& dc);
-
- // Draws the sash tracker (for whilst moving the sash)
- virtual void DrawSashTracker(int x, int y);
-
- // Tests for x, y over sash
- virtual bool SashHitTest(int x, int y);
-
- // Resizes subwindows
- virtual void SizeWindows();
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
- virtual bool MacClipGrandChildren() const { return true ; }
-#endif
-
- // Sets the sash size: this doesn't do anything and shouldn't be used at
- // all any more.
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void SetSashSize(int WXUNUSED(width)), return; )
-
-protected:
- // event handlers
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
- void OnSetCursor(wxSetCursorEvent& event);
-#endif // wxMSW
-
- // send the given event, return false if the event was processed and vetoed
- // by the user code
- bool DoSendEvent(wxSplitterEvent& event);
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // common part of SplitVertically() and SplitHorizontally()
- bool DoSplit(wxSplitMode mode,
- wxWindow *window1, wxWindow *window2,
- int sashPosition);
-
- // adjusts sash position with respect to min. pane and window sizes
- int AdjustSashPosition(int sashPos) const;
-
- // get either width or height depending on the split mode
- int GetWindowSize() const;
-
- // convert the user specified sash position which may be > 0 (as is), < 0
- // (specifying the size of the right pane) or 0 (use default) to the real
- // position to be passed to DoSetSashPosition()
- int ConvertSashPosition(int sashPos) const;
-
- // set the real sash position, sashPos here must be positive
- //
- // returns true if the sash position has been changed, false otherwise
- bool DoSetSashPosition(int sashPos);
-
- // set the sash position and send an event about it having been changed
- void SetSashPositionAndNotify(int sashPos);
-
- // callbacks executed when we detect that the mouse has entered or left
- // the sash
- virtual void OnEnterSash();
- virtual void OnLeaveSash();
-
- // set the cursor appropriate for the current split mode
- void SetResizeCursor();
-
- // redraw the splitter if its "hotness" changed if necessary
- void RedrawIfHotSensitive(bool isHot);
-
- // return the best size of the splitter equal to best sizes of its
- // subwindows
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-
- wxSplitMode m_splitMode;
- wxWindow* m_windowOne;
- wxWindow* m_windowTwo;
- int m_dragMode;
- int m_oldX; // current tracker position if not live mode
- int m_oldY; // current tracker position if not live mode
- int m_sashPosition; // Number of pixels from left or top
- double m_sashGravity;
- wxSize m_lastSize;
- int m_requestedSashPosition;
- int m_sashPositionCurrent; // while dragging
- wxPoint m_ptStart; // mouse position when dragging started
- int m_sashStart; // sash position when dragging started
- int m_minimumPaneSize;
- wxCursor m_sashCursorWE;
- wxCursor m_sashCursorNS;
- wxPen *m_sashTrackerPen;
-
- // when in live mode, set this to true to resize children in idle
- bool m_needUpdating:1;
- bool m_permitUnsplitAlways:1;
- bool m_isHot:1;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterWindow)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSplitterWindow);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event class and macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we reuse the same class for all splitter event types because this is the
-// usual wxWin convention, but the three event types have different kind of
-// data associated with them, so the accessors can be only used if the real
-// event type matches with the one for which the accessors make sense
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSplitterEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxSplitterEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL,
- wxSplitterWindow *splitter = NULL)
- : wxNotifyEvent(type)
- {
- SetEventObject(splitter);
- if (splitter) m_id = splitter->GetId();
- }
- wxSplitterEvent(const wxSplitterEvent& event)
- : wxNotifyEvent(event), m_data(event.m_data) { }
-
- // SASH_POS_CHANGED methods
-
- // setting the sash position to -1 prevents the change from taking place at
- // all
- void SetSashPosition(int pos)
- {
- wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED
- || GetEventType() == wxEVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING);
-
- m_data.pos = pos;
- }
-
- int GetSashPosition() const
- {
- wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED
- || GetEventType() == wxEVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING);
-
- return m_data.pos;
- }
-
- // UNSPLIT event methods
- wxWindow *GetWindowBeingRemoved() const
- {
- wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT );
-
- return m_data.win;
- }
-
- // DCLICK event methods
- int GetX() const
- {
- wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED );
-
- return m_data.pt.x;
- }
-
- int GetY() const
- {
- wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED );
-
- return m_data.pt.y;
- }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSplitterEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSplitterWindow;
-
- // data for the different types of event
- union
- {
- int pos; // position for SASH_POS_CHANGED event
- wxWindow *win; // window being removed for UNSPLIT event
- struct
- {
- int x, y;
- } pt; // position of double click for DCLICK event
- } m_data;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSplitterEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSplitterEventFunction)(wxSplitterEvent&);
-
-#define wxSplitterEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSplitterEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SPLITTER_ ## evt, id, wxSplitterEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(SASH_POS_CHANGED, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(SASH_POS_CHANGING, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_SPLITTER_DCLICK(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(DOUBLECLICKED, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_SPLITTEREVT(UNSPLIT, id, fn)
-
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED wxEVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING wxEVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED wxEVT_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT wxEVT_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SPLITTER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/srchctlg.h
-// Purpose: generic wxSearchCtrl class
-// Author: Vince Harron
-// Created: 2006-02-19
-// Copyright: Vince Harron
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_SEARCHCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_SEARCHCTRL_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSearchButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSearchTextCtrl;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSearchCtrl is a combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSearchButton
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSearchCtrl : public wxSearchCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- // creation
- // --------
-
- wxSearchCtrl();
- wxSearchCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSearchCtrlNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxSearchCtrl();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSearchCtrlNameStr);
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- // get/set search button menu
- // --------------------------
- virtual void SetMenu( wxMenu* menu );
- virtual wxMenu* GetMenu();
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // get/set search options
- // ----------------------
- virtual void ShowSearchButton( bool show );
- virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible() const;
-
- virtual void ShowCancelButton( bool show );
- virtual bool IsCancelButtonVisible() const;
-
- // TODO: In 2.9 these should probably be virtual, and declared in the base class...
- void SetDescriptiveText(const wxString& text);
- wxString GetDescriptiveText() const;
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const;
-
- virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const;
- virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const;
- virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
-
- virtual bool IsModified() const;
- virtual bool IsEditable() const;
-
- // more readable flag testing methods
- virtual bool IsSingleLine() const;
- virtual bool IsMultiLine() const;
-
- // If the return values from and to are the same, there is no selection.
- virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
-
- virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- // editing
- virtual void Clear();
- virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
- virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-
- // load/save the controls contents from/to the file
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file);
- virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString);
-
- // sets/clears the dirty flag
- virtual void MarkDirty();
- virtual void DiscardEdits();
-
- // set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line
- // text control
- virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long WXUNUSED(len));
-
- // writing text inserts it at the current position, appending always
- // inserts it at the end
- virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
- virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
-
- // insert the character which would have resulted from this key event,
- // return true if anything has been inserted
- virtual bool EmulateKeyPress(const wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these
- // methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to
- // set/get the style which will be used for all appended text
- virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual const wxTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const;
-
- // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
- // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
- // which represent column and line.
- virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
- virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
-
- virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
-
- // find the character at position given in pixels
- //
- // NB: pt is in device coords (not adjusted for the client area origin nor
- // scrolling)
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
- wxTextCoord *col,
- wxTextCoord *row) const;
-
- // Clipboard operations
- virtual void Copy();
- virtual void Cut();
- virtual void Paste();
-
- virtual bool CanCopy() const;
- virtual bool CanCut() const;
- virtual bool CanPaste() const;
-
- // Undo/redo
- virtual void Undo();
- virtual void Redo();
-
- virtual bool CanUndo() const;
- virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
- // Insertion point
- virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
- virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
- virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
- virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
-
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
- virtual void SelectAll();
- virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
-#if 0
-
- // override streambuf method
-#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
- int overflow(int i);
-#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-
- // stream-like insertion operators: these are always available, whether we
- // were, or not, compiled with streambuf support
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxString& s);
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(int i);
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(long i);
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(float f);
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(double d);
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxChar c);
-#endif
-
- // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event
- virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const;
-
- // wxWindow overrides
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
- virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
- // search control generic only
- void SetSearchBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
- void SetCancelBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- void SetSearchMenuBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags);
- virtual wxString DoGetValue() const;
-
- virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
- virtual bool DoSaveFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
-
- // override the base class virtuals involved into geometry calculations
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
- virtual void LayoutControls(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
- virtual void RecalcBitmaps();
-
- void Init();
-
- virtual wxBitmap RenderSearchBitmap( int x, int y, bool renderDrop );
- virtual wxBitmap RenderCancelBitmap( int x, int y );
-
- void OnCancelButton( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent& event );
- void OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event );
-
- bool HasMenu() const
- {
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- return m_menu != NULL;
-#else // !wxUSE_MENUS
- return false;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS/!wxUSE_MENUS
- }
-
-private:
- friend class wxSearchButton;
-
- // Implement pure virtual function inherited from wxCompositeWindow.
- virtual wxWindowList GetCompositeWindowParts() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- void PopupSearchMenu();
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // the subcontrols
- wxSearchTextCtrl *m_text;
- wxSearchButton *m_searchButton;
- wxSearchButton *m_cancelButton;
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- wxMenu *m_menu;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- bool m_searchButtonVisible;
- bool m_cancelButtonVisible;
-
- bool m_searchBitmapUser;
- bool m_cancelBitmapUser;
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- bool m_searchMenuBitmapUser;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- wxBitmap m_searchBitmap;
- wxBitmap m_cancelBitmap;
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- wxBitmap m_searchMenuBitmap;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSearchCtrl)
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_SEARCHCTRL_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/statbmpg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericStaticBitmap header
-// Author: Marcin Wojdyr, Stefan Csomor
-// Created: 2008-06-16
-// Copyright: wxWidgets developers
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATBMP_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_STATBMP_H_
-
-#include "wx/statbmp.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericStaticBitmap : public wxStaticBitmapBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericStaticBitmap() {}
- wxGenericStaticBitmap(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr);
-
- virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
- {
- m_bitmap = bitmap;
- SetInitialSize(GetBitmapSize());
- Refresh();
- }
-
- virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-
- virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon)
- {
- m_bitmap.CopyFromIcon(icon);
- SetInitialSize(GetBitmapSize());
- Refresh();
- }
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
- // icons and bitmaps are really the same thing in wxGTK and wxMac
- wxIcon GetIcon() const { return (const wxIcon &)m_bitmap; }
-#endif
-
-
-private:
- wxSize GetBitmapSize()
- {
- return m_bitmap.IsOk() ? wxSize(m_bitmap.GetWidth(), m_bitmap.GetHeight())
- : wxSize(16, 16); // this is completely arbitrary
- }
-
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericStaticBitmap)
-};
-
-
-#endif //_WX_GENERIC_STATBMP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/stattextg.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericStaticText header
-// Author: Marcin Wojdyr
-// Created: 2008-06-26
-// Copyright: Marcin Wojdyr
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATTEXTG_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_STATTEXTG_H_
-
-// prevent it from including the platform-specific wxStaticText declaration as
-// this is not going to compile if it derives from wxGenericStaticText defined
-// below (currently this is only the case in wxUniv but it could also happen
-// with other ports)
-#define wxNO_PORT_STATTEXT_INCLUDE
-#include "wx/stattext.h"
-#undef wxNO_PORT_STATTEXT_INCLUDE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericStaticText : public wxStaticTextBase
-{
-public:
- wxGenericStaticText() { Init(); }
-
- wxGenericStaticText(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxStaticTextNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxGenericStaticText();
-
-
- // overridden base class virtual methods
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont &font);
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
- virtual wxString DoGetLabel() const { return m_label; }
- virtual void DoSetLabel(const wxString& label);
-
- void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags);
-
-#if wxUSE_MARKUP
- virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup);
-#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
-
-private:
- void Init()
- {
-#if wxUSE_MARKUP
- m_markupText = NULL;
-#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
- }
-
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
- void DoDrawLabel(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect);
-
- // These fields are only used if m_markupText == NULL.
- wxString m_label;
- int m_mnemonic;
-
-#if wxUSE_MARKUP
- class wxMarkupText *m_markupText;
-#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxGenericStaticText)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_STATTEXTG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/statusbr.h
-// Purpose: wxStatusBarGeneric class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by: VZ at 05.02.00 to derive from wxStatusBarBase
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_STATUSBR_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_STATUSBR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStatusBarGeneric
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStatusBarGeneric : public wxStatusBarBase
-{
-public:
- wxStatusBarGeneric() { Init(); }
- wxStatusBarGeneric(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, winid, style, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxStatusBarGeneric();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- long style = wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxStatusBarNameStr);
-
- // implement base class methods
- virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths_field[]);
- virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const;
- virtual void SetMinHeight(int height);
-
- virtual int GetBorderX() const { return m_borderX; }
- virtual int GetBorderY() const { return m_borderY; }
-
-
- // implementation only (not part of wxStatusBar public API):
-
- int GetFieldFromPoint(const wxPoint& point) const;
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoUpdateStatusText(int number);
-
- // event handlers
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
- void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnRightDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Responds to colour changes
- void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-
- virtual void DrawFieldText(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rc, int i, int textHeight);
- virtual void DrawField(wxDC& dc, int i, int textHeight);
-
- void SetBorderX(int x);
- void SetBorderY(int y);
-
- virtual void InitColours();
-
- // true if the status bar shows the size grip: for this it must have
- // wxSTB_SIZEGRIP style and the window it is attached to must be resizable
- // and not maximized
- bool ShowsSizeGrip() const;
-
- // returns the position and the size of the size grip
- wxRect GetSizeGripRect() const;
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // the last known size, fields widths must be updated whenever it's out of
- // date
- wxSize m_lastClientSize;
-
- // the absolute widths of the status bar panes in pixels
- wxArrayInt m_widthsAbs;
-
- int m_borderX;
- int m_borderY;
-
- wxPen m_mediumShadowPen;
- wxPen m_hilightPen;
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-private:
- // Update m_lastClientSize and m_widthsAbs from the current size.
- void DoUpdateFieldWidths();
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxStatusBarGeneric)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#endif
- // _WX_GENERIC_STATUSBR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/textdlgg.h
-// Purpose: wxTextEntryDialog class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTDLGG_H_
-#define _WX_TEXTDLGG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-#include "wx/valtext.h"
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxGetPasswordFromUserPromptStr[];
-
-#define wxTextEntryDialogStyle (wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE | wxWS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextEntryDialog: a dialog with text control, [ok] and [cancel] buttons
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntryDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxTextEntryDialog()
- {
- m_textctrl = NULL;
- }
-
- wxTextEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption = wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- long style = wxTextEntryDialogStyle,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
- {
- Create(parent, message, caption, value, style, pos);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption = wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- long style = wxTextEntryDialogStyle,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
- void SetValue(const wxString& val);
- wxString GetValue() const { return m_value; }
-
- void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len);
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- void SetTextValidator( const wxTextValidator& validator );
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetTextValidator( long style ) );
-#endif
- void SetTextValidator( wxTextValidatorStyle style = wxFILTER_NONE );
- wxTextValidator* GetTextValidator() { return (wxTextValidator*)m_textctrl->GetValidator(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
- // implementation only
- void OnOK(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- wxTextCtrl *m_textctrl;
- wxString m_value;
- long m_dialogStyle;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextEntryDialog)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextEntryDialog);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPasswordEntryDialog: dialog with password control, [ok] and [cancel]
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPasswordEntryDialog : public wxTextEntryDialog
-{
-public:
- wxPasswordEntryDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption = wxGetPasswordFromUserPromptStr,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- long style = wxTextEntryDialogStyle,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPasswordEntryDialog)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPasswordEntryDialog);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// function to get a string from user
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString
- wxGetTextFromUser(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption = wxGetTextFromUserPromptStr,
- const wxString& default_value = wxEmptyString,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- wxCoord x = wxDefaultCoord,
- wxCoord y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString
- wxGetPasswordFromUser(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption = wxGetPasswordFromUserPromptStr,
- const wxString& default_value = wxEmptyString,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- wxCoord x = wxDefaultCoord,
- wxCoord y = wxDefaultCoord,
- bool centre = true);
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_TEXTDLG
-#endif // _WX_TEXTDLGG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/timectrl.h
-// Purpose: Generic implementation of wxTimePickerCtrl.
-// Author: Paul Breen, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-09-22
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_TIMECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_TIMECTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-#include "wx/compositewin.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTimePickerCtrlGeneric
- : public wxCompositeWindow< wxNavigationEnabled<wxTimePickerCtrlBase> >
-{
-public:
- typedef wxCompositeWindow< wxNavigationEnabled<wxTimePickerCtrlBase> > Base;
-
- // Creating the control.
- wxTimePickerCtrlGeneric() { Init(); }
- virtual ~wxTimePickerCtrlGeneric();
- wxTimePickerCtrlGeneric(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTP_DEFAULT,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxTimePickerCtrlNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTP_DEFAULT,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxTimePickerCtrlNameStr);
-
- // Implement pure virtual wxTimePickerCtrlBase methods.
- virtual void SetValue(const wxDateTime& date);
- virtual wxDateTime GetValue() const;
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- // Return the list of the windows composing this one.
- virtual wxWindowList GetCompositeWindowParts() const;
-
- // Implementation data.
- class wxTimePickerGenericImpl* m_impl;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTimePickerCtrlGeneric);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_TIMECTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/treectlg.h
-// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) 1997,1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _GENERIC_TREECTRL_H_
-#define _GENERIC_TREECTRL_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declaration
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericTreeItem;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeItemData;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeRenameTimer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeFindTimer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGenericTreeCtrl - the tree control
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericTreeCtrl : public wxTreeCtrlBase,
- public wxScrollHelper
-{
-public:
- // creation
- // --------
-
- wxGenericTreeCtrl() : wxTreeCtrlBase(), wxScrollHelper(this) { Init(); }
-
- wxGenericTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr)
- : wxTreeCtrlBase(),
- wxScrollHelper(this)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxGenericTreeCtrl();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr);
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- // ----------------------------------
-
- virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
-
- virtual unsigned int GetIndent() const { return m_indent; }
- virtual void SetIndent(unsigned int indent);
-
-
- virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
- virtual void SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-
- virtual wxString GetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual int GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) const;
- virtual wxTreeItemData *GetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual wxColour GetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual wxFont GetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
- virtual void SetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxString& text);
- virtual void SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- int image,
- wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal);
- virtual void SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *data);
-
- virtual void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool has = true);
- virtual void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = true);
- virtual void SetItemDropHighlight(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool highlight = true);
- virtual void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxColour& col);
- virtual void SetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxColour& col);
- virtual void SetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxFont& font);
-
- virtual bool IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual bool ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual bool IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual bool IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual bool IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
- virtual size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- bool recursively = true) const;
-
- // navigation
- // ----------
-
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const { return m_anchor; }
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetSelection() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !HasFlag(wxTR_MULTIPLE),
- wxT("must use GetSelections() with this control") );
-
- return m_current;
- }
- virtual size_t GetSelections(wxArrayTreeItemIds&) const;
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetFocusedItem() const { return m_current; }
-
- virtual void ClearFocusedItem();
- virtual void SetFocusedItem(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetItemParent(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const;
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const;
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetLastChild(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstVisibleItem() const;
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- virtual wxTreeItemId AddRoot(const wxString& text,
- int image = -1, int selectedImage = -1,
- wxTreeItemData *data = NULL);
-
- virtual void Delete(const wxTreeItemId& item);
- virtual void DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item);
- virtual void DeleteAllItems();
-
- virtual void Expand(const wxTreeItemId& item);
- virtual void Collapse(const wxTreeItemId& item);
- virtual void CollapseAndReset(const wxTreeItemId& item);
- virtual void Toggle(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-
- virtual void Unselect();
- virtual void UnselectAll();
- virtual void SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool select = true);
- virtual void SelectChildren(const wxTreeItemId& parent);
-
- virtual void EnsureVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item);
- virtual void ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-
- virtual wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- wxClassInfo* textCtrlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl));
- virtual wxTextCtrl *GetEditControl() const;
- virtual void EndEditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- bool discardChanges = false);
-
- virtual void EnableBellOnNoMatch(bool on = true);
-
- virtual void SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item);
-
- // items geometry
- // --------------
-
- virtual bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- wxRect& rect,
- bool textOnly = false) const;
-
-
- // this version specific methods
- // -----------------------------
-
- wxImageList *GetButtonsImageList() const { return m_imageListButtons; }
- void SetButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
- void AssignButtonsImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-
- void SetDropEffectAboveItem( bool above = false ) { m_dropEffectAboveItem = above; }
- bool GetDropEffectAboveItem() const { return m_dropEffectAboveItem; }
-
- wxTreeItemId GetNext(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // use EditLabel() instead
- void Edit( const wxTreeItemId& item ) { EditLabel(item); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- // implementation only from now on
-
- // overridden base class virtuals
- virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
- virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
- virtual void Refresh(bool eraseBackground = true, const wxRect *rect = NULL);
-
- virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
- virtual void SetWindowStyle(const long styles);
-
- // callbacks
- void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
- void OnSetFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
- void OnKillFocus( wxFocusEvent &event );
- void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event );
- void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event );
- void OnMouse( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnGetToolTip( wxTreeEvent &event );
- void OnSize( wxSizeEvent &event );
- void OnInternalIdle( );
-
- virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
- {
- return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
- }
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // implementation helpers
- void AdjustMyScrollbars();
-
- WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()
-
-protected:
- friend class wxGenericTreeItem;
- friend class wxTreeRenameTimer;
- friend class wxTreeFindTimer;
- friend class wxTreeTextCtrl;
-
- wxFont m_normalFont;
- wxFont m_boldFont;
-
- wxGenericTreeItem *m_anchor;
- wxGenericTreeItem *m_current,
- *m_key_current,
- // A hint to select a parent item after deleting a child
- *m_select_me;
- unsigned short m_indent;
- int m_lineHeight;
- wxPen m_dottedPen;
- wxBrush *m_hilightBrush,
- *m_hilightUnfocusedBrush;
- bool m_hasFocus;
- bool m_dirty;
- bool m_ownsImageListButtons;
- bool m_isDragging; // true between BEGIN/END drag events
- bool m_lastOnSame; // last click on the same item as prev
- wxImageList *m_imageListButtons;
-
- int m_dragCount;
- wxPoint m_dragStart;
- wxGenericTreeItem *m_dropTarget;
- wxCursor m_oldCursor; // cursor is changed while dragging
- wxGenericTreeItem *m_oldSelection;
- wxGenericTreeItem *m_underMouse; // for visual effects
-
- enum { NoEffect, BorderEffect, AboveEffect, BelowEffect } m_dndEffect;
- wxGenericTreeItem *m_dndEffectItem;
-
- wxTreeTextCtrl *m_textCtrl;
-
-
- wxTimer *m_renameTimer;
-
- // incremental search data
- wxString m_findPrefix;
- wxTimer *m_findTimer;
- // This flag is set to 0 if the bell is disabled, 1 if it is enabled and -1
- // if it is globally enabled but has been temporarily disabled because we
- // had already beeped for this particular search.
- int m_findBell;
-
- bool m_dropEffectAboveItem;
-
- // the common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // overridden wxWindow methods
- virtual void DoThaw();
-
- // misc helpers
- void SendDeleteEvent(wxGenericTreeItem *itemBeingDeleted);
-
- void DrawBorder(const wxTreeItemId& item);
- void DrawLine(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool below);
- void DrawDropEffect(wxGenericTreeItem *item);
-
- void DoSelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& id,
- bool unselect_others = true,
- bool extended_select = false);
-
- virtual int DoGetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item) const;
- virtual void DoSetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item, int state);
-
- virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
- size_t previous,
- const wxString& text,
- int image,
- int selectedImage,
- wxTreeItemData *data);
- virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertAfter(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
- const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious,
- const wxString& text,
- int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
- wxTreeItemData *data = NULL);
- virtual wxTreeItemId DoTreeHitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags) const;
-
- // called by wxTextTreeCtrl when it marks itself for deletion
- void ResetTextControl();
-
- // find the first item starting with the given prefix after the given item
- wxTreeItemId FindItem(const wxTreeItemId& id, const wxString& prefix) const;
-
- bool HasButtons() const { return HasFlag(wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS); }
-
- void CalculateLineHeight();
- int GetLineHeight(wxGenericTreeItem *item) const;
- void PaintLevel( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC& dc, int level, int &y );
- void PaintItem( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC& dc);
-
- void CalculateLevel( wxGenericTreeItem *item, wxDC &dc, int level, int &y );
- void CalculatePositions();
-
- void RefreshSubtree( wxGenericTreeItem *item );
- void RefreshLine( wxGenericTreeItem *item );
-
- // redraw all selected items
- void RefreshSelected();
-
- // RefreshSelected() recursive helper
- void RefreshSelectedUnder(wxGenericTreeItem *item);
-
- void OnRenameTimer();
- bool OnRenameAccept(wxGenericTreeItem *item, const wxString& value);
- void OnRenameCancelled(wxGenericTreeItem *item);
-
- void FillArray(wxGenericTreeItem*, wxArrayTreeItemIds&) const;
- void SelectItemRange( wxGenericTreeItem *item1, wxGenericTreeItem *item2 );
- bool TagAllChildrenUntilLast(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxGenericTreeItem *last_item, bool select);
- bool TagNextChildren(wxGenericTreeItem *crt_item, wxGenericTreeItem *last_item, bool select);
- void UnselectAllChildren( wxGenericTreeItem *item );
- void ChildrenClosing(wxGenericTreeItem* item);
-
- void DoDirtyProcessing();
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-private:
- // Reset the state of the last find (i.e. keyboard incremental search)
- // operation.
- void ResetFindState();
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericTreeCtrl)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGenericTreeCtrl);
-};
-
-#if !defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-/*
- * wxTreeCtrl has to be a real class or we have problems with
- * the run-time information.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeCtrl: public wxGenericTreeCtrl
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrl)
-
-public:
- wxTreeCtrl() {}
-
- wxTreeCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator &validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxTreeCtrlNameStr)
- : wxGenericTreeCtrl(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name)
- {
- }
-};
-#endif // !__WXMSW__ || __WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#endif // _GENERIC_TREECTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/generic/wizard.h
-// Purpose: declaration of generic wxWizard class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: Robert Vazan (sizers)
-// Created: 28.09.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GENERIC_WIZARD_H_
-#define _WX_GENERIC_WIZARD_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWizard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizardEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBoxSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizardSizer;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizard : public wxWizardBase
-{
-public:
- // ctor
- wxWizard() { Init(); }
- wxWizard(wxWindow *parent,
- int id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, title, bitmap, pos, style);
- }
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- int id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE);
- void Init();
- virtual ~wxWizard();
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual bool RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage);
- virtual wxWizardPage *GetCurrentPage() const;
- virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size);
- virtual wxSize GetPageSize() const;
- virtual void FitToPage(const wxWizardPage *firstPage);
- virtual wxSizer *GetPageAreaSizer() const;
- virtual void SetBorder(int border);
-
- /// set/get bitmap
- const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
- void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // is the wizard running?
- bool IsRunning() const { return m_page != NULL; }
-
- // show the prev/next page, but call TransferDataFromWindow on the current
- // page first and return false without changing the page if
- // TransferDataFromWindow() returns false - otherwise, returns true
- virtual bool ShowPage(wxWizardPage *page, bool goingForward = true);
-
- // do fill the dialog with controls
- // this is app-overridable to, for example, set help and tooltip text
- virtual void DoCreateControls();
-
- // Do the adaptation
- virtual bool DoLayoutAdaptation();
-
- // Set/get bitmap background colour
- void SetBitmapBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_bitmapBackgroundColour = colour; }
- const wxColour& GetBitmapBackgroundColour() const { return m_bitmapBackgroundColour; }
-
- // Set/get bitmap placement (centred, tiled etc.)
- void SetBitmapPlacement(int placement) { m_bitmapPlacement = placement; }
- int GetBitmapPlacement() const { return m_bitmapPlacement; }
-
- // Set/get minimum bitmap width
- void SetMinimumBitmapWidth(int w) { m_bitmapMinimumWidth = w; }
- int GetMinimumBitmapWidth() const { return m_bitmapMinimumWidth; }
-
- // Tile bitmap
- static bool TileBitmap(const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
-protected:
- // for compatibility only, doesn't do anything any more
- void FinishLayout() { }
-
- // Do fit, and adjust to screen size if necessary
- virtual void DoWizardLayout();
-
- // Resize bitmap if necessary
- virtual bool ResizeBitmap(wxBitmap& bmp);
-
- // was the dialog really created?
- bool WasCreated() const { return m_btnPrev != NULL; }
-
- // event handlers
- void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnBackOrNext(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnHelp(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- void OnWizEvent(wxWizardEvent& event);
-
- void AddBitmapRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn);
- void AddStaticLine(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn);
- void AddBackNextPair(wxBoxSizer *buttonRow);
- void AddButtonRow(wxBoxSizer *mainColumn);
-
- // the page size requested by user
- wxSize m_sizePage;
-
- // the dialog position from the ctor
- wxPoint m_posWizard;
-
- // wizard state
- wxWizardPage *m_page; // the current page or NULL
- wxBitmap m_bitmap; // the default bitmap to show
-
- // wizard controls
- wxButton *m_btnPrev, // the "<Back" button
- *m_btnNext; // the "Next>" or "Finish" button
- wxStaticBitmap *m_statbmp; // the control for the bitmap
-
- // Border around page area sizer requested using SetBorder()
- int m_border;
-
- // Whether RunWizard() was called
- bool m_started;
-
- // Whether was modal (modeless has to be destroyed on finish or cancel)
- bool m_wasModal;
-
- // True if pages are laid out using the sizer
- bool m_usingSizer;
-
- // Page area sizer will be inserted here with padding
- wxBoxSizer *m_sizerBmpAndPage;
-
- // Actual position and size of pages
- wxWizardSizer *m_sizerPage;
-
- // Bitmap background colour if resizing bitmap
- wxColour m_bitmapBackgroundColour;
-
- // Bitmap placement flags
- int m_bitmapPlacement;
-
- // Minimum bitmap width
- int m_bitmapMinimumWidth;
-
- friend class wxWizardSizer;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizard)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWizard);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GENERIC_WIZARD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/geometry.h
-// Purpose: Common Geometry Classes
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 08/05/99
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GEOMETRY_H_
-#define _WX_GEOMETRY_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GEOMETRY
-
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/math.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataInputStream;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataOutputStream;
-
-// clipping from Cohen-Sutherland
-
-enum wxOutCode
-{
- wxInside = 0x00 ,
- wxOutLeft = 0x01 ,
- wxOutRight = 0x02 ,
- wxOutTop = 0x08 ,
- wxOutBottom = 0x04
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPoint2DInt
-{
-public :
- inline wxPoint2DInt();
- inline wxPoint2DInt( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y );
- inline wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt &pt );
- inline wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint &pt );
-
- // noops for this class, just return the coords
- inline void GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const;
- inline void GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const;
-
- inline wxDouble GetVectorLength() const;
- wxDouble GetVectorAngle() const;
- inline void SetVectorLength( wxDouble length );
- void SetVectorAngle( wxDouble degrees );
- void SetPolarCoordinates( wxInt32 angle , wxInt32 length );
- // set the vector length to 1.0, preserving the angle
- inline void Normalize();
-
- inline wxDouble GetDistance( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const;
- inline wxDouble GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const;
- inline wxInt32 GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const;
- inline wxInt32 GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const;
-
- // the reflection of this point
- inline wxPoint2DInt operator-();
-
- inline wxPoint2DInt& operator=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt);
- inline wxPoint2DInt& operator+=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt);
- inline wxPoint2DInt& operator-=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt);
- inline wxPoint2DInt& operator*=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt);
- inline wxPoint2DInt& operator*=(wxDouble n);
- inline wxPoint2DInt& operator*=(wxInt32 n);
- inline wxPoint2DInt& operator/=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt);
- inline wxPoint2DInt& operator/=(wxDouble n);
- inline wxPoint2DInt& operator/=(wxInt32 n);
- inline operator wxPoint() const;
- inline bool operator==(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const;
- inline bool operator!=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- void WriteTo( wxDataOutputStream &stream ) const;
- void ReadFrom( wxDataInputStream &stream );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- wxInt32 m_x;
- wxInt32 m_y;
-};
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator+(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2);
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator-(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2);
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2);
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt);
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n);
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2);
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n);
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt()
-{
- m_x = 0;
- m_y = 0;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y )
-{
- m_x = x;
- m_y = y;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt &pt )
-{
- m_x = pt.m_x;
- m_y = pt.m_y;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt::wxPoint2DInt( const wxPoint &pt )
-{
- m_x = pt.x;
- m_y = pt.y;
-}
-
-inline void wxPoint2DInt::GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const
-{
- if ( x )
- *x = m_x;
- if ( y )
- *y = m_y;
-}
-
-inline void wxPoint2DInt::GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const
-{
- GetFloor(x, y);
-}
-
-inline wxDouble wxPoint2DInt::GetVectorLength() const
-{
- // cast needed MIPSpro compiler under SGI
- return sqrt( (double)(m_x)*(m_x) + (m_y)*(m_y) );
-}
-
-inline void wxPoint2DInt::SetVectorLength( wxDouble length )
-{
- wxDouble before = GetVectorLength();
- m_x = (wxInt32)(m_x * length / before);
- m_y = (wxInt32)(m_y * length / before);
-}
-
-inline void wxPoint2DInt::Normalize()
-{
- SetVectorLength( 1 );
-}
-
-inline wxDouble wxPoint2DInt::GetDistance( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const
-{
- return sqrt( GetDistanceSquare( pt ) );
-}
-
-inline wxDouble wxPoint2DInt::GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const
-{
- return ( (pt.m_x-m_x)*(pt.m_x-m_x) + (pt.m_y-m_y)*(pt.m_y-m_y) );
-}
-
-inline wxInt32 wxPoint2DInt::GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const
-{
- return ( m_x * vec.m_x + m_y * vec.m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxInt32 wxPoint2DInt::GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DInt &vec ) const
-{
- return ( m_x * vec.m_y - vec.m_x * m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt::operator wxPoint() const
-{
- return wxPoint( m_x, m_y);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt wxPoint2DInt::operator-()
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( -m_x, -m_y);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt)
-{
- if (this != &pt)
- {
- m_x = pt.m_x;
- m_y = pt.m_y;
- }
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator+=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt)
-{
- m_x = m_x + pt.m_x;
- m_y = m_y + pt.m_y;
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator-=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt)
-{
- m_x = m_x - pt.m_x;
- m_y = m_y - pt.m_y;
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator*=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt)
-{
- m_x = m_x + pt.m_x;
- m_y = m_y + pt.m_y;
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt& wxPoint2DInt::operator/=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt)
-{
- m_x = m_x - pt.m_x;
- m_y = m_y - pt.m_y;
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline bool wxPoint2DInt::operator==(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const
-{
- return m_x == pt.m_x && m_y == pt.m_y;
-}
-
-inline bool wxPoint2DInt::operator!=(const wxPoint2DInt& pt) const
-{
- return m_x != pt.m_x || m_y != pt.m_y;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator+(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2)
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x + pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y + pt2.m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator-(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2)
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x - pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y - pt2.m_y );
-}
-
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2)
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x * pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y * pt2.m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt)
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(wxDouble n , const wxPoint2DInt& pt)
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( (int) (pt.m_x * n) , (int) (pt.m_y * n) );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n)
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator*(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxDouble n)
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( (int) (pt.m_x * n) , (int) (pt.m_y * n) );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt1 , const wxPoint2DInt& pt2)
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( pt1.m_x / pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y / pt2.m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxInt32 n)
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( pt.m_x / n , pt.m_y / n );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DInt operator/(const wxPoint2DInt& pt , wxDouble n)
-{
- return wxPoint2DInt( (int) (pt.m_x / n) , (int) (pt.m_y / n) );
-}
-
-// wxPoint2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPoint2DDouble
-{
-public :
- inline wxPoint2DDouble();
- inline wxPoint2DDouble( wxDouble x , wxDouble y );
- inline wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt );
- wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint2DInt &pt )
- { m_x = (wxDouble) pt.m_x ; m_y = (wxDouble) pt.m_y ; }
- wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint &pt )
- { m_x = (wxDouble) pt.x ; m_y = (wxDouble) pt.y ; }
-
- // two different conversions to integers, floor and rounding
- inline void GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const;
- inline void GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const;
-
- inline wxDouble GetVectorLength() const;
- wxDouble GetVectorAngle() const ;
- void SetVectorLength( wxDouble length );
- void SetVectorAngle( wxDouble degrees );
- void SetPolarCoordinates( wxDouble angle , wxDouble length );
- // set the vector length to 1.0, preserving the angle
- void Normalize();
-
- inline wxDouble GetDistance( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const;
- inline wxDouble GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const;
- inline wxDouble GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const;
- inline wxDouble GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const;
-
- // the reflection of this point
- inline wxPoint2DDouble operator-();
-
- inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt);
- inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator+=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt);
- inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator-=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt);
- inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator*=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt);
- inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator*=(wxDouble n);
- inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator*=(wxInt32 n);
- inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator/=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt);
- inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator/=(wxDouble n);
- inline wxPoint2DDouble& operator/=(wxInt32 n);
-
- inline bool operator==(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const;
- inline bool operator!=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const;
-
- wxDouble m_x;
- wxDouble m_y;
-};
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator+(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2);
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator-(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2);
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2);
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxDouble n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt);
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt);
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n);
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n);
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2);
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n);
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n);
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble::wxPoint2DDouble()
-{
- m_x = 0.0;
- m_y = 0.0;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble::wxPoint2DDouble( wxDouble x , wxDouble y )
-{
- m_x = x;
- m_y = y;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble::wxPoint2DDouble( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
-{
- m_x = pt.m_x;
- m_y = pt.m_y;
-}
-
-inline void wxPoint2DDouble::GetFloor( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const
-{
- *x = (wxInt32) floor( m_x );
- *y = (wxInt32) floor( m_y );
-}
-
-inline void wxPoint2DDouble::GetRounded( wxInt32 *x , wxInt32 *y ) const
-{
- *x = (wxInt32) floor( m_x + 0.5 );
- *y = (wxInt32) floor( m_y + 0.5);
-}
-
-inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetVectorLength() const
-{
- return sqrt( (m_x)*(m_x) + (m_y)*(m_y) ) ;
-}
-
-inline void wxPoint2DDouble::SetVectorLength( wxDouble length )
-{
- wxDouble before = GetVectorLength() ;
- m_x = (m_x * length / before) ;
- m_y = (m_y * length / before) ;
-}
-
-inline void wxPoint2DDouble::Normalize()
-{
- SetVectorLength( 1 );
-}
-
-inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetDistance( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const
-{
- return sqrt( GetDistanceSquare( pt ) );
-}
-
-inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetDistanceSquare( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const
-{
- return ( (pt.m_x-m_x)*(pt.m_x-m_x) + (pt.m_y-m_y)*(pt.m_y-m_y) );
-}
-
-inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetDotProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const
-{
- return ( m_x * vec.m_x + m_y * vec.m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxDouble wxPoint2DDouble::GetCrossProduct( const wxPoint2DDouble &vec ) const
-{
- return ( m_x * vec.m_y - vec.m_x * m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble wxPoint2DDouble::operator-()
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( -m_x, -m_y);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt)
-{
- if (this != &pt)
- {
- m_x = pt.m_x;
- m_y = pt.m_y;
- }
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator+=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt)
-{
- m_x = m_x + pt.m_x;
- m_y = m_y + pt.m_y;
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator-=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt)
-{
- m_x = m_x - pt.m_x;
- m_y = m_y - pt.m_y;
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator*=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt)
-{
- m_x = m_x * pt.m_x;
- m_y = m_y * pt.m_y;
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble& wxPoint2DDouble::operator/=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt)
-{
- m_x = m_x / pt.m_x;
- m_y = m_y / pt.m_y;
- return *this;
-}
-
-inline bool wxPoint2DDouble::operator==(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const
-{
- return wxIsSameDouble(m_x, pt.m_x) && wxIsSameDouble(m_y, pt.m_y);
-}
-
-inline bool wxPoint2DDouble::operator!=(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt) const
-{
- return !(*this == pt);
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator+(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2)
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x + pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y + pt2.m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator-(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2)
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x - pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y - pt2.m_y );
-}
-
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2)
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x * pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y * pt2.m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxDouble n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt)
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(wxInt32 n , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt)
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n)
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator*(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n)
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x * n , pt.m_y * n );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt1 , const wxPoint2DDouble& pt2)
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( pt1.m_x / pt2.m_x , pt1.m_y / pt2.m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxDouble n)
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x / n , pt.m_y / n );
-}
-
-inline wxPoint2DDouble operator/(const wxPoint2DDouble& pt , wxInt32 n)
-{
- return wxPoint2DDouble( pt.m_x / n , pt.m_y / n );
-}
-
-// wxRect2Ds are a axis-aligned rectangles, each side of the rect is parallel to the x- or m_y- axis. The rectangle is either defined by the
-// top left and bottom right corner, or by the top left corner and size. A point is contained within the rectangle if
-// left <= x < right and top <= m_y < bottom , thus it is a half open interval.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect2DDouble
-{
-public:
- wxRect2DDouble()
- { m_x = m_y = m_width = m_height = 0; }
- wxRect2DDouble(wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h)
- { m_x = x; m_y = y; m_width = w; m_height = h; }
-/*
- wxRect2DDouble(const wxPoint2DDouble& topLeft, const wxPoint2DDouble& bottomRight);
- wxRect2DDouble(const wxPoint2DDouble& pos, const wxSize& size);
- wxRect2DDouble(const wxRect2DDouble& rect);
-*/
- // single attribute accessors
-
- wxPoint2DDouble GetPosition() const
- { return wxPoint2DDouble(m_x, m_y); }
- wxSize GetSize() const
- { return wxSize((int) m_width, (int) m_height); }
-
- // for the edge and corner accessors there are two setters counterparts, the Set.. functions keep the other corners at their
- // position whenever sensible, the Move.. functions keep the size of the rect and move the other corners appropriately
-
- inline wxDouble GetLeft() const { return m_x; }
- inline void SetLeft( wxDouble n ) { m_width += m_x - n; m_x = n; }
- inline void MoveLeftTo( wxDouble n ) { m_x = n; }
- inline wxDouble GetTop() const { return m_y; }
- inline void SetTop( wxDouble n ) { m_height += m_y - n; m_y = n; }
- inline void MoveTopTo( wxDouble n ) { m_y = n; }
- inline wxDouble GetBottom() const { return m_y + m_height; }
- inline void SetBottom( wxDouble n ) { m_height += n - (m_y+m_height);}
- inline void MoveBottomTo( wxDouble n ) { m_y = n - m_height; }
- inline wxDouble GetRight() const { return m_x + m_width; }
- inline void SetRight( wxDouble n ) { m_width += n - (m_x+m_width) ; }
- inline void MoveRightTo( wxDouble n ) { m_x = n - m_width; }
-
- inline wxPoint2DDouble GetLeftTop() const
- { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x , m_y ); }
- inline void SetLeftTop( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; }
- inline void MoveLeftTopTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; }
- inline wxPoint2DDouble GetLeftBottom() const
- { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x , m_y + m_height ); }
- inline void SetLeftBottom( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height) ; m_x = pt.m_x; }
- inline void MoveLeftBottomTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; }
- inline wxPoint2DDouble GetRightTop() const
- { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x+m_width , m_y ); }
- inline void SetRightTop( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_y = pt.m_y; }
- inline void MoveRightTopTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y; }
- inline wxPoint2DDouble GetRightBottom() const
- { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x+m_width , m_y + m_height ); }
- inline void SetRightBottom( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height);}
- inline void MoveRightBottomTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; }
- inline wxPoint2DDouble GetCentre() const
- { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x+m_width/2 , m_y+m_height/2 ); }
- inline void SetCentre( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { MoveCentreTo( pt ); } // since this is impossible without moving...
- inline void MoveCentreTo( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { m_x += pt.m_x - (m_x+m_width/2) , m_y += pt.m_y -(m_y+m_height/2); }
- inline wxOutCode GetOutCode( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const
- { return (wxOutCode) (( ( pt.m_x < m_x ) ? wxOutLeft : 0 ) +
- ( ( pt.m_x > m_x + m_width ) ? wxOutRight : 0 ) +
- ( ( pt.m_y < m_y ) ? wxOutTop : 0 ) +
- ( ( pt.m_y > m_y + m_height ) ? wxOutBottom : 0 )); }
- inline wxOutCode GetOutcode(const wxPoint2DDouble &pt) const
- { return GetOutCode(pt) ; }
- inline bool Contains( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt ) const
- { return GetOutCode( pt ) == wxInside; }
- inline bool Contains( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) const
- { return ( ( ( m_x <= rect.m_x ) && ( rect.m_x + rect.m_width <= m_x + m_width ) ) &&
- ( ( m_y <= rect.m_y ) && ( rect.m_y + rect.m_height <= m_y + m_height ) ) ); }
- inline bool IsEmpty() const
- { return m_width <= 0 || m_height <= 0; }
- inline bool HaveEqualSize( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) const
- { return wxIsSameDouble(rect.m_width, m_width) && wxIsSameDouble(rect.m_height, m_height); }
-
- inline void Inset( wxDouble x , wxDouble y )
- { m_x += x; m_y += y; m_width -= 2 * x; m_height -= 2 * y; }
- inline void Inset( wxDouble left , wxDouble top ,wxDouble right , wxDouble bottom )
- { m_x += left; m_y += top; m_width -= left + right; m_height -= top + bottom;}
- inline void Offset( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt )
- { m_x += pt.m_x; m_y += pt.m_y; }
-
- void ConstrainTo( const wxRect2DDouble &rect );
-
- inline wxPoint2DDouble Interpolate( wxInt32 widthfactor , wxInt32 heightfactor )
- { return wxPoint2DDouble( m_x + m_width * widthfactor , m_y + m_height * heightfactor ); }
-
- static void Intersect( const wxRect2DDouble &src1 , const wxRect2DDouble &src2 , wxRect2DDouble *dest );
- inline void Intersect( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect )
- { Intersect( *this , otherRect , this ); }
- inline wxRect2DDouble CreateIntersection( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect ) const
- { wxRect2DDouble result; Intersect( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; }
- bool Intersects( const wxRect2DDouble &rect ) const;
-
- static void Union( const wxRect2DDouble &src1 , const wxRect2DDouble &src2 , wxRect2DDouble *dest );
- void Union( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect )
- { Union( *this , otherRect , this ); }
- void Union( const wxPoint2DDouble &pt );
- inline wxRect2DDouble CreateUnion( const wxRect2DDouble &otherRect ) const
- { wxRect2DDouble result; Union( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; }
-
- inline void Scale( wxDouble f )
- { m_x *= f; m_y *= f; m_width *= f; m_height *= f;}
- inline void Scale( wxInt32 num , wxInt32 denum )
- { m_x *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum); m_y *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum);
- m_width *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum); m_height *= ((wxDouble)num)/((wxDouble)denum);}
-
- wxRect2DDouble& operator = (const wxRect2DDouble& rect);
- inline bool operator == (const wxRect2DDouble& rect) const
- { return wxIsSameDouble(m_x, rect.m_x) && wxIsSameDouble(m_y, rect.m_y) && HaveEqualSize(rect); }
- inline bool operator != (const wxRect2DDouble& rect) const
- { return !(*this == rect); }
-
- wxDouble m_x;
- wxDouble m_y;
- wxDouble m_width;
- wxDouble m_height;
-};
-
-
-// wxRect2Ds are a axis-aligned rectangles, each side of the rect is parallel to the x- or m_y- axis. The rectangle is either defined by the
-// top left and bottom right corner, or by the top left corner and size. A point is contained within the rectangle if
-// left <= x < right and top <= m_y < bottom , thus it is a half open interval.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRect2DInt
-{
-public:
- wxRect2DInt() { m_x = m_y = m_width = m_height = 0; }
- wxRect2DInt( const wxRect& r ) { m_x = r.x ; m_y = r.y ; m_width = r.width ; m_height = r.height ; }
- wxRect2DInt(wxInt32 x, wxInt32 y, wxInt32 w, wxInt32 h) { m_x = x; m_y = y; m_width = w; m_height = h; }
- wxRect2DInt(const wxPoint2DInt& topLeft, const wxPoint2DInt& bottomRight);
- inline wxRect2DInt(const wxPoint2DInt& pos, const wxSize& size);
- inline wxRect2DInt(const wxRect2DInt& rect);
-
- // single attribute accessors
-
- wxPoint2DInt GetPosition() const { return wxPoint2DInt(m_x, m_y); }
- wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); }
-
- // for the edge and corner accessors there are two setters counterparts, the Set.. functions keep the other corners at their
- // position whenever sensible, the Move.. functions keep the size of the rect and move the other corners appropriately
-
- inline wxInt32 GetLeft() const { return m_x; }
- inline void SetLeft( wxInt32 n ) { m_width += m_x - n; m_x = n; }
- inline void MoveLeftTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_x = n; }
- inline wxInt32 GetTop() const { return m_y; }
- inline void SetTop( wxInt32 n ) { m_height += m_y - n; m_y = n; }
- inline void MoveTopTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_y = n; }
- inline wxInt32 GetBottom() const { return m_y + m_height; }
- inline void SetBottom( wxInt32 n ) { m_height += n - (m_y+m_height);}
- inline void MoveBottomTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_y = n - m_height; }
- inline wxInt32 GetRight() const { return m_x + m_width; }
- inline void SetRight( wxInt32 n ) { m_width += n - (m_x+m_width) ; }
- inline void MoveRightTo( wxInt32 n ) { m_x = n - m_width; }
-
- inline wxPoint2DInt GetLeftTop() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x , m_y ); }
- inline void SetLeftTop( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; }
- inline void MoveLeftTopTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y; }
- inline wxPoint2DInt GetLeftBottom() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x , m_y + m_height ); }
- inline void SetLeftBottom( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += m_x - pt.m_x; m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height) ; m_x = pt.m_x; }
- inline void MoveLeftBottomTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; }
- inline wxPoint2DInt GetRightTop() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x+m_width , m_y ); }
- inline void SetRightTop( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += m_y - pt.m_y; m_y = pt.m_y; }
- inline void MoveRightTopTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y; }
- inline wxPoint2DInt GetRightBottom() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x+m_width , m_y + m_height ); }
- inline void SetRightBottom( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_width += pt.m_x - ( m_x + m_width ); m_height += pt.m_y - (m_y+m_height);}
- inline void MoveRightBottomTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x = pt.m_x - m_width; m_y = pt.m_y - m_height; }
- inline wxPoint2DInt GetCentre() const { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x+m_width/2 , m_y+m_height/2 ); }
- inline void SetCentre( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { MoveCentreTo( pt ); } // since this is impossible without moving...
- inline void MoveCentreTo( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x += pt.m_x - (m_x+m_width/2) , m_y += pt.m_y -(m_y+m_height/2); }
- inline wxOutCode GetOutCode( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const
- { return (wxOutCode) (( ( pt.m_x < m_x ) ? wxOutLeft : 0 ) +
- ( ( pt.m_x >= m_x + m_width ) ? wxOutRight : 0 ) +
- ( ( pt.m_y < m_y ) ? wxOutTop : 0 ) +
- ( ( pt.m_y >= m_y + m_height ) ? wxOutBottom : 0 )); }
- inline wxOutCode GetOutcode( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const
- { return GetOutCode( pt ) ; }
- inline bool Contains( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const
- { return GetOutCode( pt ) == wxInside; }
- inline bool Contains( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) const
- { return ( ( ( m_x <= rect.m_x ) && ( rect.m_x + rect.m_width <= m_x + m_width ) ) &&
- ( ( m_y <= rect.m_y ) && ( rect.m_y + rect.m_height <= m_y + m_height ) ) ); }
- inline bool IsEmpty() const
- { return ( m_width <= 0 || m_height <= 0 ); }
- inline bool HaveEqualSize( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) const
- { return ( rect.m_width == m_width && rect.m_height == m_height ); }
-
- inline void Inset( wxInt32 x , wxInt32 y ) { m_x += x; m_y += y; m_width -= 2 * x; m_height -= 2 * y; }
- inline void Inset( wxInt32 left , wxInt32 top ,wxInt32 right , wxInt32 bottom )
- { m_x += left; m_y += top; m_width -= left + right; m_height -= top + bottom;}
- inline void Offset( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) { m_x += pt.m_x; m_y += pt.m_y; }
- void ConstrainTo( const wxRect2DInt &rect );
- inline wxPoint2DInt Interpolate( wxInt32 widthfactor , wxInt32 heightfactor ) { return wxPoint2DInt( m_x + m_width * widthfactor , m_y + m_height * heightfactor ); }
-
- static void Intersect( const wxRect2DInt &src1 , const wxRect2DInt &src2 , wxRect2DInt *dest );
- inline void Intersect( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) { Intersect( *this , otherRect , this ); }
- inline wxRect2DInt CreateIntersection( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) const { wxRect2DInt result; Intersect( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; }
- bool Intersects( const wxRect2DInt &rect ) const;
-
- static void Union( const wxRect2DInt &src1 , const wxRect2DInt &src2 , wxRect2DInt *dest );
- void Union( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) { Union( *this , otherRect , this ); }
- void Union( const wxPoint2DInt &pt );
- inline wxRect2DInt CreateUnion( const wxRect2DInt &otherRect ) const { wxRect2DInt result; Union( *this , otherRect , &result); return result; }
-
- inline void Scale( wxInt32 f ) { m_x *= f; m_y *= f; m_width *= f; m_height *= f;}
- inline void Scale( wxInt32 num , wxInt32 denum )
- { m_x *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum); m_y *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum);
- m_width *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum); m_height *= ((wxInt32)num)/((wxInt32)denum);}
-
- wxRect2DInt& operator = (const wxRect2DInt& rect);
- bool operator == (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const;
- bool operator != (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- void WriteTo( wxDataOutputStream &stream ) const;
- void ReadFrom( wxDataInputStream &stream );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- wxInt32 m_x;
- wxInt32 m_y;
- wxInt32 m_width;
- wxInt32 m_height;
-};
-
-inline wxRect2DInt::wxRect2DInt( const wxRect2DInt &r )
-{
- m_x = r.m_x;
- m_y = r.m_y;
- m_width = r.m_width;
- m_height = r.m_height;
-}
-
-inline wxRect2DInt::wxRect2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt &a , const wxPoint2DInt &b)
-{
- m_x = wxMin( a.m_x , b.m_x );
- m_y = wxMin( a.m_y , b.m_y );
- m_width = abs( a.m_x - b.m_x );
- m_height = abs( a.m_y - b.m_y );
-}
-
-inline wxRect2DInt::wxRect2DInt( const wxPoint2DInt& pos, const wxSize& size)
-{
- m_x = pos.m_x;
- m_y = pos.m_y;
- m_width = size.x;
- m_height = size.y;
-}
-
-inline bool wxRect2DInt::operator == (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const
-{
- return (m_x==rect.m_x && m_y==rect.m_y &&
- m_width==rect.m_width && m_height==rect.m_height);
-}
-
-inline bool wxRect2DInt::operator != (const wxRect2DInt& rect) const
-{
- return !(*this == rect);
-}
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTransform2D
-{
-public :
- virtual ~wxTransform2D() { }
- virtual void Transform( wxPoint2DInt* pt )const = 0;
- virtual void Transform( wxRect2DInt* r ) const;
- virtual wxPoint2DInt Transform( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const;
- virtual wxRect2DInt Transform( const wxRect2DInt &r ) const ;
-
- virtual void InverseTransform( wxPoint2DInt* pt ) const = 0;
- virtual void InverseTransform( wxRect2DInt* r ) const ;
- virtual wxPoint2DInt InverseTransform( const wxPoint2DInt &pt ) const ;
- virtual wxRect2DInt InverseTransform( const wxRect2DInt &r ) const ;
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GEOMETRY
-
-#endif // _WX_GEOMETRY_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gifdecod.h
-// Purpose: wxGIFDecoder, GIF reader for wxImage and wxAnimation
-// Author: Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia <guille@iies.es>
-// Version: 3.02
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GIFDECOD_H_
-#define _WX_GIFDECOD_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_GIF
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/animdecod.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// internal utility used to store a frame in 8bit-per-pixel format
-class GIFImage;
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Constants
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Error codes:
-// Note that the error code wxGIF_TRUNCATED means that the image itself
-// is most probably OK, but the decoder didn't reach the end of the data
-// stream; this means that if it was not reading directly from file,
-// the stream will not be correctly positioned.
-//
-enum wxGIFErrorCode
-{
- wxGIF_OK = 0, // everything was OK
- wxGIF_INVFORMAT, // error in GIF header
- wxGIF_MEMERR, // error allocating memory
- wxGIF_TRUNCATED // file appears to be truncated
-};
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGIFDecoder class
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGIFDecoder : public wxAnimationDecoder
-{
-public:
- // constructor, destructor, etc.
- wxGIFDecoder();
- ~wxGIFDecoder();
-
- // get data of current frame
- unsigned char* GetData(unsigned int frame) const;
- unsigned char* GetPalette(unsigned int frame) const;
- unsigned int GetNcolours(unsigned int frame) const;
- int GetTransparentColourIndex(unsigned int frame) const;
- wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const;
-
- virtual wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const;
- virtual wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const;
- virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const;
- virtual long GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const;
-
- // GIFs can contain both static images and animations
- bool IsAnimation() const
- { return m_nFrames > 1; }
-
- // load function which returns more info than just Load():
- wxGIFErrorCode LoadGIF( wxInputStream& stream );
-
- // free all internal frames
- void Destroy();
-
- // implementation of wxAnimationDecoder's pure virtuals
- virtual bool Load( wxInputStream& stream )
- { return LoadGIF(stream) == wxGIF_OK; }
-
- bool ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const;
-
- wxAnimationDecoder *Clone() const
- { return new wxGIFDecoder; }
- wxAnimationType GetType() const
- { return wxANIMATION_TYPE_GIF; }
-
-private:
- // wxAnimationDecoder pure virtual
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) const;
- // modifies current stream position (see wxAnimationDecoder::CanRead)
-
- int getcode(wxInputStream& stream, int bits, int abfin);
- wxGIFErrorCode dgif(wxInputStream& stream,
- GIFImage *img, int interl, int bits);
-
-
- // array of all frames
- wxArrayPtrVoid m_frames;
-
- // decoder state vars
- int m_restbits; // remaining valid bits
- unsigned int m_restbyte; // remaining bytes in this block
- unsigned int m_lastbyte; // last byte read
- unsigned char m_buffer[256]; // buffer for reading
- unsigned char *m_bufp; // pointer to next byte in buffer
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGIFDecoder);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_GIF
-
-#endif // _WX_GIFDECOD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/glcanvas.h
-// Purpose: wxGLCanvas base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-
-#include "wx/app.h"
-#include "wx/palette.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL wxGLCanvas;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_GL wxGLContext;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Constants for attributes list
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Notice that not all implementation support options such as stereo, auxiliary
-// buffers, alpha channel, and accumulator buffer, use IsDisplaySupported() to
-// check for individual attributes support.
-enum
-{
- WX_GL_RGBA = 1, // use true color palette (on if no attrs specified)
- WX_GL_BUFFER_SIZE, // bits for buffer if not WX_GL_RGBA
- WX_GL_LEVEL, // 0 for main buffer, >0 for overlay, <0 for underlay
- WX_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER, // use double buffering (on if no attrs specified)
- WX_GL_STEREO, // use stereoscopic display
- WX_GL_AUX_BUFFERS, // number of auxiliary buffers
- WX_GL_MIN_RED, // use red buffer with most bits (> MIN_RED bits)
- WX_GL_MIN_GREEN, // use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_GREEN bits)
- WX_GL_MIN_BLUE, // use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_BLUE bits)
- WX_GL_MIN_ALPHA, // use alpha buffer with most bits (> MIN_ALPHA bits)
- WX_GL_DEPTH_SIZE, // bits for Z-buffer (0,16,32)
- WX_GL_STENCIL_SIZE, // bits for stencil buffer
- WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_RED, // use red accum buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_RED bits)
- WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_GREEN, // use green buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_GREEN bits)
- WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_BLUE, // use blue buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_BLUE bits)
- WX_GL_MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA, // use alpha buffer with most bits (> MIN_ACCUM_ALPHA bits)
- WX_GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS, // 1 for multisampling support (antialiasing)
- WX_GL_SAMPLES // 4 for 2x2 antialiasing supersampling on most graphics cards
-};
-
-#define wxGLCanvasName wxT("GLCanvas")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGLContextBase: OpenGL rendering context
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContextBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- /*
- The derived class should provide a ctor with this signature:
-
- wxGLContext(wxGLCanvas *win, const wxGLContext *other = NULL);
- */
-
- // set this context as the current one
- virtual bool SetCurrent(const wxGLCanvas& win) const = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGLCanvasBase: window which can be used for OpenGL rendering
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvasBase : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- // default ctor doesn't initialize the window, use Create() later
- wxGLCanvasBase();
-
- virtual ~wxGLCanvasBase();
-
-
- /*
- The derived class should provide a ctor with this signature:
-
- wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- int* attribList = 0,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
- const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
- */
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- // set the given context associated with this window as the current one
- bool SetCurrent(const wxGLContext& context) const;
-
- // flush the back buffer (if we have it)
- virtual bool SwapBuffers() = 0;
-
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // check if the given attributes are supported without creating a canvas
- static bool IsDisplaySupported(const int *attribList);
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- const wxPalette *GetPalette() const { return &m_palette; }
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
- // miscellaneous helper functions
- // ------------------------------
-
- // call glcolor() for the colour with the given name, return false if
- // colour not found
- bool SetColour(const wxString& colour);
-
- // return true if the extension with given name is supported
- //
- // notice that while this function is implemented for all of GLX, WGL and
- // AGL the extensions names are usually not the same for different
- // platforms and so the code using it still usually uses conditional
- // compilation
- static bool IsExtensionSupported(const char *extension);
-
- // deprecated methods using the implicit wxGLContext
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED( wxGLContext* GetContext() const );
-
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetCurrent() );
-
- wxDEPRECATED( void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- // resolve the conflict with wxWindowUniv::SetCurrent()
- virtual bool SetCurrent(bool doit) { return wxWindow::SetCurrent(doit); }
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // override this to implement SetColour() in GL_INDEX_MODE
- // (currently only implemented in wxX11 and wxMotif ports)
- virtual int GetColourIndex(const wxColour& WXUNUSED(col)) { return -1; }
-
- // check if the given extension name is present in the space-separated list
- // of extensions supported by the current implementation such as returned
- // by glXQueryExtensionsString() or glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS)
- static bool IsExtensionInList(const char *list, const char *extension);
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- // create default palette if we're not using RGBA mode
- // (not supported in most ports)
- virtual wxPalette CreateDefaultPalette() { return wxNullPalette; }
-
- wxPalette m_palette;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxGLContext *m_glContext;
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGLApp: a special wxApp subclass for OpenGL applications which must be used
-// to select a visual compatible with the given attributes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLAppBase : public wxApp
-{
-public:
- wxGLAppBase() : wxApp() { }
-
- // use this in the constructor of the user-derived wxGLApp class to
- // determine if an OpenGL rendering context with these attributes
- // is available - returns true if so, false if not.
- virtual bool InitGLVisual(const int *attribList) = 0;
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/glcanvas.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/glcanvas.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/glcanvas.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/glcanvas.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/glcanvas.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/glcanvas.h"
-#else
- #error "wxGLCanvas not supported in this wxWidgets port"
-#endif
-
-// wxMac and wxMSW don't need anything extra in wxGLAppBase, so declare it here
-#ifndef wxGL_APP_DEFINED
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLApp : public wxGLAppBase
-{
-public:
- wxGLApp() : wxGLAppBase() { }
-
- virtual bool InitGLVisual(const int *attribList);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGLApp)
-};
-
-#endif // !wxGL_APP_DEFINED
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGLAPI: an API wrapper that allows the use of 'old' APIs even on OpenGL
-// platforms that don't support it natively anymore, if the APIs are available
-// it's a mere redirect
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION
- #define wxUSE_OPENGL_EMULATION 0
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLAPI : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxGLAPI();
- ~wxGLAPI();
-
- static void glFrustum(GLfloat left, GLfloat right, GLfloat bottom,
- GLfloat top, GLfloat zNear, GLfloat zFar);
- static void glBegin(GLenum mode);
- static void glTexCoord2f(GLfloat s, GLfloat t);
- static void glVertex3f(GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z);
- static void glNormal3f(GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz);
- static void glColor4f(GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b, GLfloat a);
- static void glColor3f(GLfloat r, GLfloat g, GLfloat b);
- static void glEnd();
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-
-#endif // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/graphics.h
-// Purpose: graphics context header
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GRAPHICS_H_
-#define _WX_GRAPHICS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-
-#include "wx/geometry.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-enum wxAntialiasMode
-{
- wxANTIALIAS_NONE, // should be 0
- wxANTIALIAS_DEFAULT
-};
-
-enum wxInterpolationQuality
-{
- // default interpolation
- wxINTERPOLATION_DEFAULT,
- // no interpolation
- wxINTERPOLATION_NONE,
- // fast interpolation, suited for interactivity
- wxINTERPOLATION_FAST,
- // better quality
- wxINTERPOLATION_GOOD,
- // best quality, not suited for interactivity
- wxINTERPOLATION_BEST
-};
-
-enum wxCompositionMode
-{
- // R = Result, S = Source, D = Destination, premultiplied with alpha
- // Ra, Sa, Da their alpha components
-
- // classic Porter-Duff compositions
- // http://keithp.com/~keithp/porterduff/p253-porter.pdf
-
- wxCOMPOSITION_INVALID = -1, /* indicates invalid/unsupported mode */
- wxCOMPOSITION_CLEAR, /* R = 0 */
- wxCOMPOSITION_SOURCE, /* R = S */
- wxCOMPOSITION_OVER, /* R = S + D*(1 - Sa) */
- wxCOMPOSITION_IN, /* R = S*Da */
- wxCOMPOSITION_OUT, /* R = S*(1 - Da) */
- wxCOMPOSITION_ATOP, /* R = S*Da + D*(1 - Sa) */
-
- wxCOMPOSITION_DEST, /* R = D, essentially a noop */
- wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_OVER, /* R = S*(1 - Da) + D */
- wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_IN, /* R = D*Sa */
- wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_OUT, /* R = D*(1 - Sa) */
- wxCOMPOSITION_DEST_ATOP, /* R = S*(1 - Da) + D*Sa */
- wxCOMPOSITION_XOR, /* R = S*(1 - Da) + D*(1 - Sa) */
-
- // mathematical compositions
- wxCOMPOSITION_ADD /* R = S + D */
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMemoryDC;
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrinterDC;
-#endif
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEnhMetaFileDC;
-#endif
-#endif
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsContext;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsPath;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsMatrix;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsFigure;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsRenderer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsPen;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsBrush;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsFont;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsBitmap;
-
-/*
- * notes about the graphics context apis
- *
- * angles : are measured in radians, 0.0 being in direction of positiv x axis, PI/2 being
- * in direction of positive y axis.
- */
-
-// Base class of all objects used for drawing in the new graphics API, the always point back to their
-// originating rendering engine, there is no dynamic unloading of a renderer currently allowed,
-// these references are not counted
-
-//
-// The data used by objects like graphics pens etc is ref counted, in order to avoid unnecessary expensive
-// duplication. Any operation on a shared instance that results in a modified state, uncouples this
-// instance from the other instances that were shared - using copy on write semantics
-//
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsObjectRefData;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsBitmapData;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsMatrixData;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsPathData;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsObject : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsObject();
- wxGraphicsObject( wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer );
- virtual ~wxGraphicsObject();
-
- bool IsNull() const;
-
- // returns the renderer that was used to create this instance, or NULL if it has not been initialized yet
- wxGraphicsRenderer* GetRenderer() const;
- wxGraphicsObjectRefData* GetGraphicsData() const;
-protected:
- virtual wxObjectRefData* CreateRefData() const;
- virtual wxObjectRefData* CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData* data) const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsObject)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsPen : public wxGraphicsObject
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsPen() {}
- virtual ~wxGraphicsPen() {}
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsPen)
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsPen) wxNullGraphicsPen;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsBrush : public wxGraphicsObject
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsBrush() {}
- virtual ~wxGraphicsBrush() {}
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsBrush)
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsBrush) wxNullGraphicsBrush;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsFont : public wxGraphicsObject
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsFont() {}
- virtual ~wxGraphicsFont() {}
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsFont)
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsFont) wxNullGraphicsFont;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsBitmap : public wxGraphicsObject
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsBitmap() {}
- virtual ~wxGraphicsBitmap() {}
-
- // Convert bitmap to wxImage: this is more efficient than converting to
- // wxBitmap first and then to wxImage and also works without X server
- // connection under Unix that wxBitmap requires.
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- wxImage ConvertToImage() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- void* GetNativeBitmap() const;
-
- const wxGraphicsBitmapData* GetBitmapData() const
- { return (const wxGraphicsBitmapData*) GetRefData(); }
- wxGraphicsBitmapData* GetBitmapData()
- { return (wxGraphicsBitmapData*) GetRefData(); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsBitmap)
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsBitmap) wxNullGraphicsBitmap;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsMatrix : public wxGraphicsObject
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsMatrix() {}
-
- virtual ~wxGraphicsMatrix() {}
-
- // concatenates the matrix
- virtual void Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrix *t );
- void Concat( const wxGraphicsMatrix &t ) { Concat( &t ); }
-
- // sets the matrix to the respective values
- virtual void Set(wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0,
- wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0);
-
- // gets the component valuess of the matrix
- virtual void Get(wxDouble* a=NULL, wxDouble* b=NULL, wxDouble* c=NULL,
- wxDouble* d=NULL, wxDouble* tx=NULL, wxDouble* ty=NULL) const;
-
- // makes this the inverse matrix
- virtual void Invert();
-
- // returns true if the elements of the transformation matrix are equal ?
- virtual bool IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrix* t) const;
- bool IsEqual( const wxGraphicsMatrix& t) const { return IsEqual( &t ); }
-
- // return true if this is the identity matrix
- virtual bool IsIdentity() const;
-
- //
- // transformation
- //
-
- // add the translation to this matrix
- virtual void Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy );
-
- // add the scale to this matrix
- virtual void Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale );
-
- // add the rotation to this matrix (radians)
- virtual void Rotate( wxDouble angle );
-
- //
- // apply the transforms
- //
-
- // applies that matrix to the point
- virtual void TransformPoint( wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y ) const;
-
- // applies the matrix except for translations
- virtual void TransformDistance( wxDouble *dx, wxDouble *dy ) const;
-
- // returns the native representation
- virtual void * GetNativeMatrix() const;
-
- const wxGraphicsMatrixData* GetMatrixData() const
- { return (const wxGraphicsMatrixData*) GetRefData(); }
- wxGraphicsMatrixData* GetMatrixData()
- { return (wxGraphicsMatrixData*) GetRefData(); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsMatrix)
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsMatrix) wxNullGraphicsMatrix;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsPath : public wxGraphicsObject
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsPath() {}
- virtual ~wxGraphicsPath() {}
-
- //
- // These are the path primitives from which everything else can be constructed
- //
-
- // begins a new subpath at (x,y)
- virtual void MoveToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y );
- void MoveToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& p);
-
- // adds a straight line from the current point to (x,y)
- virtual void AddLineToPoint( wxDouble x, wxDouble y );
- void AddLineToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& p);
-
- // adds a cubic Bezier curve from the current point, using two control points and an end point
- virtual void AddCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx1, wxDouble cy1, wxDouble cx2, wxDouble cy2, wxDouble x, wxDouble y );
- void AddCurveToPoint( const wxPoint2DDouble& c1, const wxPoint2DDouble& c2, const wxPoint2DDouble& e);
-
- // adds another path
- virtual void AddPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path );
-
- // closes the current sub-path
- virtual void CloseSubpath();
-
- // gets the last point of the current path, (0,0) if not yet set
- virtual void GetCurrentPoint( wxDouble* x, wxDouble* y) const;
- wxPoint2DDouble GetCurrentPoint() const;
-
- // adds an arc of a circle centering at (x,y) with radius (r) from startAngle to endAngle
- virtual void AddArc( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise );
- void AddArc( const wxPoint2DDouble& c, wxDouble r, wxDouble startAngle, wxDouble endAngle, bool clockwise);
-
- //
- // These are convenience functions which - if not available natively will be assembled
- // using the primitives from above
- //
-
- // adds a quadratic Bezier curve from the current point, using a control point and an end point
- virtual void AddQuadCurveToPoint( wxDouble cx, wxDouble cy, wxDouble x, wxDouble y );
-
- // appends a rectangle as a new closed subpath
- virtual void AddRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h );
-
- // appends an ellipsis as a new closed subpath fitting the passed rectangle
- virtual void AddCircle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble r );
-
- // appends a an arc to two tangents connecting (current) to (x1,y1) and (x1,y1) to (x2,y2), also a straight line from (current) to (x1,y1)
- virtual void AddArcToPoint( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1 , wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2, wxDouble r );
-
- // appends an ellipse
- virtual void AddEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h);
-
- // appends a rounded rectangle
- virtual void AddRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius);
-
- // returns the native path
- virtual void * GetNativePath() const;
-
- // give the native path returned by GetNativePath() back (there might be some deallocations necessary)
- virtual void UnGetNativePath(void *p)const;
-
- // transforms each point of this path by the matrix
- virtual void Transform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix );
-
- // gets the bounding box enclosing all points (possibly including control points)
- virtual void GetBox(wxDouble *x, wxDouble *y, wxDouble *w, wxDouble *h)const;
- wxRect2DDouble GetBox()const;
-
- virtual bool Contains( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)const;
- bool Contains( const wxPoint2DDouble& c, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE)const;
-
- const wxGraphicsPathData* GetPathData() const
- { return (const wxGraphicsPathData*) GetRefData(); }
- wxGraphicsPathData* GetPathData()
- { return (wxGraphicsPathData*) GetRefData(); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsPath)
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxGraphicsPath) wxNullGraphicsPath;
-
-
-// Describes a single gradient stop.
-class wxGraphicsGradientStop
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsGradientStop(wxColour col = wxTransparentColour,
- float pos = 0.)
- : m_col(col),
- m_pos(pos)
- {
- }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
- const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_col; }
- void SetColour(const wxColour& col) { m_col = col; }
-
- float GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
- void SetPosition(float pos)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( pos >= 0 && pos <= 1, "invalid gradient stop position" );
-
- m_pos = pos;
- }
-
-private:
- // The colour of this gradient band.
- wxColour m_col;
-
- // Its starting position: 0 is the beginning and 1 is the end.
- float m_pos;
-};
-
-// A collection of gradient stops ordered by their positions (from lowest to
-// highest). The first stop (index 0, position 0.0) is always the starting
-// colour and the last one (index GetCount() - 1, position 1.0) is the end
-// colour.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsGradientStops
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsGradientStops(wxColour startCol = wxTransparentColour,
- wxColour endCol = wxTransparentColour)
- {
- // we can't use Add() here as it relies on having start/end stops as
- // first/last array elements so do it manually
- m_stops.push_back(wxGraphicsGradientStop(startCol, 0.f));
- m_stops.push_back(wxGraphicsGradientStop(endCol, 1.f));
- }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok for this class
-
-
- // Add a stop in correct order.
- void Add(const wxGraphicsGradientStop& stop);
- void Add(wxColour col, float pos) { Add(wxGraphicsGradientStop(col, pos)); }
-
- // Get the number of stops.
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_stops.size(); }
-
- // Return the stop at the given index (which must be valid).
- wxGraphicsGradientStop Item(unsigned n) const { return m_stops.at(n); }
-
- // Get/set start and end colours.
- void SetStartColour(wxColour col)
- { m_stops[0].SetColour(col); }
- wxColour GetStartColour() const
- { return m_stops[0].GetColour(); }
- void SetEndColour(wxColour col)
- { m_stops[m_stops.size() - 1].SetColour(col); }
- wxColour GetEndColour() const
- { return m_stops[m_stops.size() - 1].GetColour(); }
-
-private:
- // All the stops stored in ascending order of positions.
- wxVector<wxGraphicsGradientStop> m_stops;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsContext : public wxGraphicsObject
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsContext(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer);
-
- virtual ~wxGraphicsContext();
-
- static wxGraphicsContext* Create( const wxWindowDC& dc);
- static wxGraphicsContext * Create( const wxMemoryDC& dc);
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- static wxGraphicsContext * Create( const wxPrinterDC& dc);
-#endif
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
- static wxGraphicsContext * Create( const wxEnhMetaFileDC& dc);
-#endif
-#endif
-
- static wxGraphicsContext* CreateFromNative( void * context );
-
- static wxGraphicsContext* CreateFromNativeWindow( void * window );
-
- static wxGraphicsContext* Create( wxWindow* window );
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- // Create a context for drawing onto a wxImage. The image life time must be
- // greater than that of the context itself as when the context is destroyed
- // it will copy its contents to the specified image.
- static wxGraphicsContext* Create(wxImage& image);
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- // create a context that can be used for measuring texts only, no drawing allowed
- static wxGraphicsContext * Create();
-
- // begin a new document (relevant only for printing / pdf etc) if there is a progress dialog, message will be shown
- virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& message );
-
- // done with that document (relevant only for printing / pdf etc)
- virtual void EndDoc();
-
- // opens a new page (relevant only for printing / pdf etc) with the given size in points
- // (if both are null the default page size will be used)
- virtual void StartPage( wxDouble width = 0, wxDouble height = 0 );
-
- // ends the current page (relevant only for printing / pdf etc)
- virtual void EndPage();
-
- // make sure that the current content of this context is immediately visible
- virtual void Flush();
-
- wxGraphicsPath CreatePath() const;
-
- virtual wxGraphicsPen CreatePen(const wxPen& pen) const;
-
- virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateBrush(const wxBrush& brush ) const;
-
- // sets the brush to a linear gradient, starting at (x1,y1) and ending at
- // (x2,y2) with the given boundary colours or the specified stops
- wxGraphicsBrush
- CreateLinearGradientBrush(wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1,
- wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2,
- const wxColour& c1, const wxColour& c2) const;
- wxGraphicsBrush
- CreateLinearGradientBrush(wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1,
- wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2,
- const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) const;
-
- // sets the brush to a radial gradient originating at (xo,yc) and ending
- // on a circle around (xc,yc) with the given radius; the colours may be
- // specified by just the two extremes or the full array of gradient stops
- wxGraphicsBrush
- CreateRadialGradientBrush(wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo,
- wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, wxDouble radius,
- const wxColour& oColor, const wxColour& cColor) const;
-
- wxGraphicsBrush
- CreateRadialGradientBrush(wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo,
- wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc, wxDouble radius,
- const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) const;
-
- // creates a font
- virtual wxGraphicsFont CreateFont( const wxFont &font , const wxColour &col = *wxBLACK ) const;
- virtual wxGraphicsFont CreateFont(double sizeInPixels,
- const wxString& facename,
- int flags = wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT,
- const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK) const;
-
- // create a native bitmap representation
- virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ) const;
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmapFromImage(const wxImage& image) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- // create a native bitmap representation
- virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateSubBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bitmap, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) const;
-
- // create a 'native' matrix corresponding to these values
- virtual wxGraphicsMatrix CreateMatrix( wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0,
- wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0) const;
-
- wxGraphicsMatrix CreateMatrix( const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& mat ) const
- {
- wxMatrix2D mat2D;
- wxPoint2DDouble tr;
- mat.Get(&mat2D, &tr);
-
- return CreateMatrix(mat2D.m_11, mat2D.m_12, mat2D.m_21, mat2D.m_22,
- tr.m_x, tr.m_y);
- }
-
- // push the current state of the context, ie the transformation matrix on a stack
- virtual void PushState() = 0;
-
- // pops a stored state from the stack
- virtual void PopState() = 0;
-
- // clips drawings to the region intersected with the current clipping region
- virtual void Clip( const wxRegion ®ion ) = 0;
-
- // clips drawings to the rect intersected with the current clipping region
- virtual void Clip( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0;
-
- // resets the clipping to original extent
- virtual void ResetClip() = 0;
-
- // returns the native context
- virtual void * GetNativeContext() = 0;
-
- // returns the current shape antialiasing mode
- virtual wxAntialiasMode GetAntialiasMode() const { return m_antialias; }
-
- // sets the antialiasing mode, returns true if it supported
- virtual bool SetAntialiasMode(wxAntialiasMode antialias) = 0;
-
- // returns the current interpolation quality
- virtual wxInterpolationQuality GetInterpolationQuality() const { return m_interpolation; }
-
- // sets the interpolation quality, returns true if it supported
- virtual bool SetInterpolationQuality(wxInterpolationQuality interpolation) = 0;
-
- // returns the current compositing operator
- virtual wxCompositionMode GetCompositionMode() const { return m_composition; }
-
- // sets the compositing operator, returns true if it supported
- virtual bool SetCompositionMode(wxCompositionMode op) = 0;
-
- // returns the size of the graphics context in device coordinates
- void GetSize(wxDouble* width, wxDouble* height) const
- {
- if ( width )
- *width = m_width;
- if ( height )
- *height = m_height;
- }
-
- // returns the resolution of the graphics context in device points per inch
- virtual void GetDPI( wxDouble* dpiX, wxDouble* dpiY);
-
-#if 0
- // sets the current alpha on this context
- virtual void SetAlpha( wxDouble alpha );
-
- // returns the alpha on this context
- virtual wxDouble GetAlpha() const;
-#endif
-
- // all rendering is done into a fully transparent temporary context
- virtual void BeginLayer(wxDouble opacity) = 0;
-
- // composites back the drawings into the context with the opacity given at
- // the BeginLayer call
- virtual void EndLayer() = 0;
-
- //
- // transformation : changes the current transformation matrix CTM of the context
- //
-
- // translate
- virtual void Translate( wxDouble dx , wxDouble dy ) = 0;
-
- // scale
- virtual void Scale( wxDouble xScale , wxDouble yScale ) = 0;
-
- // rotate (radians)
- virtual void Rotate( wxDouble angle ) = 0;
-
- // concatenates this transform with the current transform of this context
- virtual void ConcatTransform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ) = 0;
-
- // sets the transform of this context
- virtual void SetTransform( const wxGraphicsMatrix& matrix ) = 0;
-
- // gets the matrix of this context
- virtual wxGraphicsMatrix GetTransform() const = 0;
- //
- // setting the paint
- //
-
- // sets the pen
- virtual void SetPen( const wxGraphicsPen& pen );
-
- void SetPen( const wxPen& pen );
-
- // sets the brush for filling
- virtual void SetBrush( const wxGraphicsBrush& brush );
-
- void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush );
-
- // sets the font
- virtual void SetFont( const wxGraphicsFont& font );
-
- void SetFont( const wxFont& font, const wxColour& colour );
-
-
- // strokes along a path with the current pen
- virtual void StrokePath( const wxGraphicsPath& path ) = 0;
-
- // fills a path with the current brush
- virtual void FillPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE ) = 0;
-
- // draws a path by first filling and then stroking
- virtual void DrawPath( const wxGraphicsPath& path, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE );
-
- //
- // text
- //
-
- void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y )
- { DoDrawText(str, x, y); }
-
- void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble angle )
- { DoDrawRotatedText(str, x, y, angle); }
-
- void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y,
- const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush )
- { DoDrawFilledText(str, x, y, backgroundBrush); }
-
- void DrawText( const wxString &str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y,
- wxDouble angle, const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush )
- { DoDrawRotatedFilledText(str, x, y, angle, backgroundBrush); }
-
-
- virtual void GetTextExtent( const wxString &text, wxDouble *width, wxDouble *height,
- wxDouble *descent = NULL, wxDouble *externalLeading = NULL ) const = 0;
-
- virtual void GetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayDouble& widths) const = 0;
-
- //
- // image support
- //
-
- virtual void DrawBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawBitmap( const wxBitmap &bmp, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawIcon( const wxIcon &icon, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0;
-
- //
- // convenience methods
- //
-
- // strokes a single line
- virtual void StrokeLine( wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1, wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2);
-
- // stroke lines connecting each of the points
- virtual void StrokeLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *points);
-
- // stroke disconnected lines from begin to end points
- virtual void StrokeLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *beginPoints, const wxPoint2DDouble *endPoints);
-
- // draws a polygon
- virtual void DrawLines( size_t n, const wxPoint2DDouble *points, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE );
-
- // draws a rectangle
- virtual void DrawRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h);
-
- // draws an ellipse
- virtual void DrawEllipse( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h);
-
- // draws a rounded rectangle
- virtual void DrawRoundedRectangle( wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h, wxDouble radius);
-
- // wrappers using wxPoint2DDouble TODO
-
- // helper to determine if a 0.5 offset should be applied for the drawing operation
- virtual bool ShouldOffset() const { return false; }
-
- // indicates whether the context should try to offset for pixel boundaries, this only makes sense on
- // bitmap devices like screen, by default this is turned off
- virtual void EnableOffset(bool enable = true);
-
- void DisableOffset() { EnableOffset(false); }
- bool OffsetEnabled() { return m_enableOffset; }
-
-protected:
- // These fields must be initialized in the derived class ctors.
- wxDouble m_width,
- m_height;
-
- wxGraphicsPen m_pen;
- wxGraphicsBrush m_brush;
- wxGraphicsFont m_font;
- wxAntialiasMode m_antialias;
- wxCompositionMode m_composition;
- wxInterpolationQuality m_interpolation;
- bool m_enableOffset;
-
-protected:
- // implementations of overloaded public functions: we use different names
- // for them to avoid the virtual function hiding problems in the derived
- // classes
- virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y) = 0;
- virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y,
- wxDouble angle);
- virtual void DoDrawFilledText(const wxString& str, wxDouble x, wxDouble y,
- const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush);
- virtual void DoDrawRotatedFilledText(const wxString& str,
- wxDouble x, wxDouble y,
- wxDouble angle,
- const wxGraphicsBrush& backgroundBrush);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGraphicsContext);
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGraphicsContext)
-};
-
-#if 0
-
-//
-// A graphics figure allows to cache path, pen etc creations, also will be a basis for layering/grouping elements
-//
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsFigure : public wxGraphicsObject
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsFigure(wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer);
-
- virtual ~wxGraphicsFigure();
-
- void SetPath( wxGraphicsMatrix* matrix );
-
- void SetMatrix( wxGraphicsPath* path);
-
- // draws this object on the context
- virtual void Draw( wxGraphicsContext* cg );
-
- // returns the path of this object
- wxGraphicsPath* GetPath() { return m_path; }
-
- // returns the transformation matrix of this object, may be null if there is no transformation necessary
- wxGraphicsMatrix* GetMatrix() { return m_matrix; }
-
-private:
- wxGraphicsMatrix* m_matrix;
- wxGraphicsPath* m_path;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGraphicsFigure)
-};
-
-#endif
-
-//
-// The graphics renderer is the instance corresponding to the rendering engine used, eg there is ONE core graphics renderer
-// instance on OSX. This instance is pointed back to by all objects created by it. Therefore you can create eg additional
-// paths at any point from a given matrix etc.
-//
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGraphicsRenderer : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxGraphicsRenderer() {}
-
- virtual ~wxGraphicsRenderer() {}
-
- static wxGraphicsRenderer* GetDefaultRenderer();
-
- static wxGraphicsRenderer* GetCairoRenderer();
- // Context
-
- virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxWindowDC& dc) = 0;
- virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxMemoryDC& dc) = 0;
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxPrinterDC& dc) = 0;
-#endif
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
- virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( const wxEnhMetaFileDC& dc) = 0;
-#endif
-#endif
-
- virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContextFromNativeContext( void * context ) = 0;
-
- virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContextFromNativeWindow( void * window ) = 0;
-
- virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContext( wxWindow* window ) = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateContextFromImage(wxImage& image) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- // create a context that can be used for measuring texts only, no drawing allowed
- virtual wxGraphicsContext * CreateMeasuringContext() = 0;
-
- // Path
-
- virtual wxGraphicsPath CreatePath() = 0;
-
- // Matrix
-
- virtual wxGraphicsMatrix CreateMatrix( wxDouble a=1.0, wxDouble b=0.0, wxDouble c=0.0, wxDouble d=1.0,
- wxDouble tx=0.0, wxDouble ty=0.0) = 0;
-
- // Paints
-
- virtual wxGraphicsPen CreatePen(const wxPen& pen) = 0;
-
- virtual wxGraphicsBrush CreateBrush(const wxBrush& brush ) = 0;
-
- // Gradient brush creation functions may not honour all the stops specified
- // stops and use just its boundary colours (this is currently the case
- // under OS X)
- virtual wxGraphicsBrush
- CreateLinearGradientBrush(wxDouble x1, wxDouble y1,
- wxDouble x2, wxDouble y2,
- const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) = 0;
-
- virtual wxGraphicsBrush
- CreateRadialGradientBrush(wxDouble xo, wxDouble yo,
- wxDouble xc, wxDouble yc,
- wxDouble radius,
- const wxGraphicsGradientStops& stops) = 0;
-
- // sets the font
- virtual wxGraphicsFont CreateFont( const wxFont &font , const wxColour &col = *wxBLACK ) = 0;
- virtual wxGraphicsFont CreateFont(double sizeInPixels,
- const wxString& facename,
- int flags = wxFONTFLAG_DEFAULT,
- const wxColour& col = *wxBLACK) = 0;
-
- // create a native bitmap representation
- virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap ) = 0;
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmapFromImage(const wxImage& image) = 0;
- virtual wxImage CreateImageFromBitmap(const wxGraphicsBitmap& bmp) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- // create a graphics bitmap from a native bitmap
- virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateBitmapFromNativeBitmap( void* bitmap ) = 0;
-
- // create a subimage from a native image representation
- virtual wxGraphicsBitmap CreateSubBitmap( const wxGraphicsBitmap &bitmap, wxDouble x, wxDouble y, wxDouble w, wxDouble h ) = 0;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGraphicsRenderer);
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGraphicsRenderer)
-};
-
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-inline
-wxImage wxGraphicsBitmap::ConvertToImage() const
-{
- wxGraphicsRenderer* renderer = GetRenderer();
- return renderer ? renderer->CreateImageFromBitmap(*this) : wxNullImage;
-}
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-
-#endif // _WX_GRAPHICS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/grid.h
-// Purpose: wxGrid base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GRID_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_GRID_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/grid.h"
-
-// these headers used to be included from the above header but isn't any more,
-// still do it from here for compatibility
-#include "wx/generic/grideditors.h"
-#include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h"
-
-#endif // _WX_GRID_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/accel.h
-// Purpose: wxAcceleratorTable redirection file
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// VZ: keeping the old file just in case we're going to have a native GTK+
-// wxAcceleratorTable implementation one day, but for now use the generic
-// version
-#include "wx/generic/accel.h"
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/animate.h
-// Purpose: Animation classes
-// Author: Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 13/8/99
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKANIMATEH__
-#define _WX_GTKANIMATEH__
-
-typedef struct _GdkPixbufAnimation GdkPixbufAnimation;
-typedef struct _GdkPixbufAnimationIter GdkPixbufAnimationIter;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnimation
-// Unlike the generic wxAnimation object (see generic\animate.cpp), we won't
-// use directly wxAnimationHandlers as gdk-pixbuf already provides the
-// concept of handler and will automatically use the available handlers.
-// Like generic wxAnimation object, this implementation of wxAnimation is
-// refcounted so that assignment is very fast
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimation : public wxAnimationBase
-{
-public:
- wxAnimation(const wxString &name, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY)
- : m_pixbuf(NULL) { LoadFile(name, type); }
- wxAnimation(GdkPixbufAnimation *p = NULL);
- wxAnimation(const wxAnimation&);
- ~wxAnimation() { UnRef(); }
-
- wxAnimation& operator= (const wxAnimation&);
-
- virtual bool IsOk() const
- { return m_pixbuf != NULL; }
-
-
- // unfortunately GdkPixbufAnimation does not expose these info:
-
- virtual unsigned int GetFrameCount() const { return 0; }
- virtual wxImage GetFrame(unsigned int frame) const;
-
- // we can retrieve the delay for a frame only after building
- // a GdkPixbufAnimationIter...
- virtual int GetDelay(unsigned int WXUNUSED(frame)) const { return 0; }
-
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
-
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY);
- virtual bool Load(wxInputStream &stream, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY);
-
- // Implementation
-public: // used by GTK callbacks
-
- GdkPixbufAnimation *GetPixbuf() const
- { return m_pixbuf; }
- void SetPixbuf(GdkPixbufAnimation* p);
-
-protected:
- GdkPixbufAnimation *m_pixbuf;
-
-private:
- void UnRef();
-
- typedef wxAnimationBase base_type;
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimation)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnimationCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Resize to animation size if this is set
-#define wxAN_FIT_ANIMATION 0x0010
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxAnimationCtrl: public wxAnimationCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- wxAnimationCtrl() { Init(); }
- wxAnimationCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxAnimation& anim = wxNullAnimation,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxAnimationCtrlNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, anim, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxAnimation& anim = wxNullAnimation,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxAC_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxAnimationCtrlNameStr);
-
- ~wxAnimationCtrl();
-
-public: // event handler
-
- void OnTimer(wxTimerEvent &);
-
-public: // public API
-
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY);
- virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream, wxAnimationType type = wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY);
-
- virtual void SetAnimation(const wxAnimation &anim);
- virtual wxAnimation GetAnimation() const
- { return wxAnimation(m_anim); }
-
- virtual bool Play();
- virtual void Stop();
-
- virtual bool IsPlaying() const;
-
- bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour );
-
-protected:
-
- virtual void DisplayStaticImage();
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- void FitToAnimation();
- void ClearToBackgroundColour();
-
- void ResetAnim();
- void ResetIter();
-
-protected: // internal vars
-
- GdkPixbufAnimation *m_anim;
- GdkPixbufAnimationIter *m_iter;
-
- wxTimer m_timer;
- bool m_bPlaying;
-
-private:
- typedef wxAnimationCtrlBase base_type;
-
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrl)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKANIMATEH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/anybutton.h
-// Purpose: wxGTK wxAnyButton class declaration
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created: 1998-05-20 (extracted from button.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_ANYBUTTON_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_ANYBUTTON_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAnyButton
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAnyButton : public wxAnyButtonBase
-{
-public:
- wxAnyButton()
- {
- m_isCurrent =
- m_isPressed = false;
- }
-
- virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true );
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // called from GTK callbacks: they update the button state and call
- // GTKUpdateBitmap()
- void GTKMouseEnters();
- void GTKMouseLeaves();
- void GTKPressed();
- void GTKReleased();
-
-protected:
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- virtual wxBitmap DoGetBitmap(State which) const;
- virtual void DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, State which);
- virtual void DoSetBitmapPosition(wxDirection dir);
-
-private:
- typedef wxAnyButtonBase base_type;
-
- // focus event handler: calls GTKUpdateBitmap()
- void GTKOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
- // update the bitmap to correspond to the current button state
- void GTKUpdateBitmap();
-
- // return the current button state from m_isXXX flags (which means that it
- // might not correspond to the real current state as e.g. m_isCurrent will
- // never be true if we don't have a valid current bitmap)
- State GTKGetCurrentState() const;
-
- // show the given bitmap (must be valid)
- void GTKDoShowBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
-
- // the bitmaps for the different state of the buttons, all of them may be
- // invalid and the button only shows a bitmap at all if State_Normal bitmap
- // is valid
- wxBitmap m_bitmaps[State_Max];
-
- // true iff mouse is currently over the button
- bool m_isCurrent;
-
- // true iff the button is in pressed state
- bool m_isPressed;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAnyButton);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_ANYBUTTON_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/app.h
-// Purpose: wxApp definition for wxGTK
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_APP_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_APP_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2
-typedef struct _HildonProgram HildonProgram;
-#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxApp
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxApp: public wxAppBase
-{
-public:
- wxApp();
- virtual ~wxApp();
-
- /* override for altering the way wxGTK intializes the GUI
- * (palette/visual/colorcube). under wxMSW, OnInitGui() does nothing by
- * default. when overriding this method, the code in it is likely to be
- * platform dependent, otherwise use OnInit(). */
- virtual bool SetNativeTheme(const wxString& theme);
- virtual bool OnInitGui();
-
- // override base class (pure) virtuals
- virtual void WakeUpIdle();
-
- virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
- virtual void CleanUp();
-
- virtual void OnAssertFailure(const wxChar *file,
- int line,
- const wxChar *func,
- const wxChar *cond,
- const wxChar *msg);
-
- // GTK-specific methods
- // -------------------
-
- // this can be overridden to return a specific visual to be used for GTK+
- // instead of the default one (it's used by wxGLApp)
- //
- // must return XVisualInfo pointer (it is not freed by caller)
- virtual void *GetXVisualInfo() { return NULL; }
-
- // Check if we're using a global menu. Currently this is only true when
- // running under Ubuntu Unity and global menu is not disabled.
- //
- // This is mostly used in the implementation in order to work around
- // various bugs arising due to this.
- static bool GTKIsUsingGlobalMenu();
-
-#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2
- // Maemo-specific method: get the main program object
- HildonProgram *GetHildonProgram();
-#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // check for pending events, without interference from our idle source
- bool EventsPending();
- bool DoIdle();
-
-private:
- // true if we're inside an assert modal dialog
- bool m_isInAssert;
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- wxMutex m_idleMutex;
-#endif
- unsigned m_idleSourceId;
-
-#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2
- HildonProgram *m_hildonProgram;
-#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxApp)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_APP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/* ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/assertdlg_gtk.h
-// Purpose: GtkAssertDialog
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// */
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_ASSERTDLG_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_ASSERTDLG_H_
-
-#define GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG (gtk_assert_dialog_get_type ())
-#define GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((object), GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG, GtkAssertDialog))
-#define GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG, GtkAssertDialogClass))
-#define GTK_IS_ASSERT_DIALOG(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((object), GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG))
-#define GTK_IS_ASSERT_DIALOG_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG))
-#define GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), GTK_TYPE_ASSERT_DIALOG, GtkAssertDialogClass))
-
-typedef struct _GtkAssertDialog GtkAssertDialog;
-typedef struct _GtkAssertDialogClass GtkAssertDialogClass;
-typedef void (*GtkAssertDialogStackFrameCallback)(void *);
-
-struct _GtkAssertDialog
-{
- GtkDialog parent_instance;
-
- /* GtkAssertDialog widgets */
- GtkWidget *expander;
- GtkWidget *message;
- GtkWidget *treeview;
-
- GtkWidget *shownexttime;
-
- /* callback for processing the stack frame */
- GtkAssertDialogStackFrameCallback callback;
- void *userdata;
-};
-
-struct _GtkAssertDialogClass
-{
- GtkDialogClass parent_class;
-};
-
-typedef enum
-{
- GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_STOP,
- GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_CONTINUE,
- GTK_ASSERT_DIALOG_CONTINUE_SUPPRESSING
-} GtkAssertDialogResponseID;
-
-
-
-
-GType gtk_assert_dialog_get_type(void);
-GtkWidget *gtk_assert_dialog_new(void);
-
-/* get the assert message */
-gchar *gtk_assert_dialog_get_message(GtkAssertDialog *assertdlg);
-
-/* set the assert message */
-void gtk_assert_dialog_set_message(GtkAssertDialog *assertdlg, const gchar *msg);
-
-/* get a string containing all stack frames appended to the dialog */
-gchar *gtk_assert_dialog_get_backtrace(GtkAssertDialog *assertdlg);
-
-/* sets the callback to use when the user wants to see the stackframe */
-void gtk_assert_dialog_set_backtrace_callback(GtkAssertDialog *assertdlg,
- GtkAssertDialogStackFrameCallback callback,
- void *userdata);
-
-/* appends a stack frame to the dialog */
-void gtk_assert_dialog_append_stack_frame(GtkAssertDialog *dlg,
- const gchar *function,
- const gchar *sourcefile,
- guint line_number);
-
-#endif /* _WX_GTK_ASSERTDLG_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/bitmap.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_BITMAP_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_BITMAP_H_
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
-typedef struct _cairo cairo_t;
-typedef struct _cairo_surface cairo_surface_t;
-#endif
-typedef struct _GdkPixbuf GdkPixbuf;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPixelDataBase;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMask
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMask: public wxMaskBase
-{
-public:
- wxMask();
- wxMask(const wxMask& mask);
- wxMask( const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour );
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- wxMask( const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex );
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
- wxMask( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
- virtual ~wxMask();
- wxBitmap GetBitmap() const;
-
- // implementation
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- wxMask(cairo_surface_t*);
- operator cairo_surface_t*() const;
-#else
- wxMask(GdkPixmap*);
- operator GdkPixmap*() const;
-#endif
-
-protected:
- virtual void FreeData();
- virtual bool InitFromColour(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
- virtual bool InitFromMonoBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
-private:
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- cairo_surface_t* m_bitmap;
-#else
- GdkPixmap* m_bitmap;
-#endif
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMask)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmap
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmap: public wxBitmapBase
-{
-public:
- wxBitmap() { }
- wxBitmap( int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH )
- { Create(width, height, depth); }
- wxBitmap( const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH )
- { Create(sz, depth); }
- wxBitmap( const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1 );
- wxBitmap( const char* const* bits );
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_CHARPP
- // needed for old GCC
- wxBitmap(char** data)
- { *this = wxBitmap(const_cast<const char* const*>(data)); }
-#endif
- wxBitmap( const wxString &filename, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE );
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH);
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
- wxBitmap(GdkPixbuf* pixbuf, int depth = 0);
- virtual ~wxBitmap();
-
- bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH);
- bool Create(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH)
- { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), depth); }
- bool Create(int width, int height, const wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc))
- { return Create(width,height); }
-
-
- virtual int GetHeight() const;
- virtual int GetWidth() const;
- virtual int GetDepth() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- wxImage ConvertToImage() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- // copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
- virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
-
- wxMask *GetMask() const;
- void SetMask( wxMask *mask );
-
- wxBitmap GetSubBitmap( const wxRect& rect ) const;
-
- bool SaveFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type,
- const wxPalette *palette = NULL) const;
- bool LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE);
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- wxPalette *GetPalette() const;
- void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
- wxPalette *GetColourMap() const { return GetPalette(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
- static void InitStandardHandlers();
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- void SetHeight( int height );
- void SetWidth( int width );
- void SetDepth( int depth );
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- GdkPixbuf* GetPixbufNoMask() const;
- cairo_t* CairoCreate() const;
- void Draw(cairo_t* cr, int x, int y, bool useMask = true, const wxColour* fg = NULL, const wxColour* bg = NULL) const;
- void SetSourceSurface(cairo_t* cr, int x, int y, const wxColour* fg = NULL, const wxColour* bg = NULL) const;
-#else
- GdkPixmap *GetPixmap() const;
- bool HasPixmap() const;
- bool HasPixbuf() const;
- wxBitmap(GdkPixmap* pixmap);
-#endif
- GdkPixbuf *GetPixbuf() const;
-
- // raw bitmap access support functions
- void *GetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data, int bpp);
- void UngetRawData(wxPixelDataBase& data);
-
- bool HasAlpha() const;
-
-protected:
-#ifndef __WXGTK3__
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- bool CreateFromImage(const wxImage& image, int depth);
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-#endif
-
- virtual wxGDIRefData* CreateGDIRefData() const;
- virtual wxGDIRefData* CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData* data) const;
-
-private:
-#ifndef __WXGTK3__
- void SetPixmap(GdkPixmap* pixmap);
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- // to be called from CreateFromImage only!
- bool CreateFromImageAsPixmap(const wxImage& image, int depth);
- bool CreateFromImageAsPixbuf(const wxImage& image);
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-public:
- // implementation only
- enum Representation
- {
- Pixmap,
- Pixbuf
- };
- // removes other representations from memory, keeping only 'keep'
- // (wxBitmap may keep same bitmap e.g. as both pixmap and pixbuf):
- void PurgeOtherRepresentations(Representation keep);
-#endif
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmap)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_BITMAP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/bmpbutton.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_BMPBUTTON_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_BMPBUTTON_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapButton
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapButton : public wxBitmapButtonBase
-{
-public:
- wxBitmapButton() { }
-
- wxBitmapButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, bitmap, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_BMPBUTTON_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/bmpcbox.h
-// Purpose: wxBitmapComboBox
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Created: 2008-05-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_BMPCBOX_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_BMPCBOX_H_
-
-
-#include "wx/combobox.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapComboBox: a wxComboBox that allows images to be shown
-// in front of string items.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxBitmapComboBox : public wxComboBox,
- public wxBitmapComboBoxBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors and such
- wxBitmapComboBox() : wxComboBox(), wxBitmapComboBoxBase()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0,
- const wxString choices[] = NULL,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr)
- : wxComboBox(),
- wxBitmapComboBoxBase()
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n,
- choices, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- wxBitmapComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr);
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- int n,
- const wxString choices[],
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr);
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxBitmapComboBoxNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxBitmapComboBox();
-
- // Sets the image for the given item.
- virtual void SetItemBitmap(unsigned int n, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- // Returns the image of the item with the given index.
- virtual wxBitmap GetItemBitmap(unsigned int n) const;
-
- // Returns size of the image used in list
- virtual wxSize GetBitmapSize() const
- {
- return m_bitmapSize;
- }
-
- // Adds item with image to the end of the combo box.
- int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap);
- int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, void *clientData);
- int Append(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxClientData *clientData);
-
- // Inserts item with image into the list before pos. Not valid for wxCB_SORT
- // styles, use Append instead.
- int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap, unsigned int pos);
- int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- unsigned int pos, void *clientData);
- int Insert(const wxString& item, const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData);
-
- // Override some wxTextEntry interface.
- virtual void WriteText(const wxString& value);
-
- virtual wxString GetValue() const;
- virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-
- virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
- virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
- virtual long GetLastPosition() const;
-
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
- virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const;
-
- virtual void SetSelection(int n) { wxComboBox::SetSelection(n); }
- virtual int GetSelection() const { return wxComboBox::GetSelection(); }
-
- virtual bool IsEditable() const;
- virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
- virtual GtkWidget* GetConnectWidget();
-
-protected:
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- virtual void GTKCreateComboBoxWidget();
- virtual void GTKInsertComboBoxTextItem( unsigned int n, const wxString& text );
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- wxSize m_bitmapSize;
- int m_bitmapCellIndex;
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapComboBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_BMPCBOX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/brush.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_BRUSH_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_BRUSH_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBrush
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrush: public wxBrushBase
-{
-public:
- wxBrush() { }
-
- wxBrush( const wxColour &colour, wxBrushStyle style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
- wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( wxBrush(const wxColour& col, int style) );
-#endif
- wxBrush( const wxBitmap &stippleBitmap );
- virtual ~wxBrush();
-
- bool operator==(const wxBrush& brush) const;
- bool operator!=(const wxBrush& brush) const { return !(*this == brush); }
-
- wxBrushStyle GetStyle() const;
- wxColour GetColour() const;
- wxBitmap *GetStipple() const;
-
- void SetColour( const wxColour& col );
- void SetColour( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b );
- void SetStyle( wxBrushStyle style );
- void SetStipple( const wxBitmap& stipple );
-
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
- wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) )
- { SetStyle((wxBrushStyle)style); }
-#endif
-
-protected:
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBrush)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_BRUSH_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/button.h
-// Purpose: wxGTK wxButton class declaration
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_BUTTON_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_BUTTON_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxButton
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButton : public wxButtonBase
-{
-public:
- wxButton() {}
- wxButton(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
-
- virtual wxWindow *SetDefault();
- virtual void SetLabel( const wxString &label );
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // helper to allow access to protected member from GTK callback
- void MoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) { DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); }
-
- // called from GTK callbacks: they update the button state and call
- // GTKUpdateBitmap()
- void GTKMouseEnters();
- void GTKMouseLeaves();
- void GTKPressed();
- void GTKReleased();
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
-
-#if wxUSE_MARKUP
- virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup);
-#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
-
-private:
- typedef wxButtonBase base_type;
-
- // Return the GtkLabel used by this button.
- GtkLabel *GTKGetLabel() const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_BUTTON_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/calctrl.h
-// Purpose: wxGtkCalendarCtrl control
-// Author: Marcin Wojdyr
-// Copyright: (C) 2008 Marcin Wojdyr
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef GTK_CALCTRL_H__
-#define GTK_CALCTRL_H__
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGtkCalendarCtrl : public wxCalendarCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- wxGtkCalendarCtrl() {}
- wxGtkCalendarCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS,
- const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCAL_SHOW_HOLIDAYS,
- const wxString& name = wxCalendarNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxGtkCalendarCtrl() {}
-
- virtual bool SetDate(const wxDateTime& date);
- virtual wxDateTime GetDate() const;
-
- virtual bool SetDateRange(const wxDateTime& lowerdate = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxDateTime& upperdate = wxDefaultDateTime);
- virtual bool GetDateRange(wxDateTime *lowerdate, wxDateTime *upperdate) const;
-
- virtual bool EnableMonthChange(bool enable = true);
-
- virtual void Mark(size_t day, bool mark);
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- void GTKGenerateEvent(wxEventType type);
-
-private:
- bool IsInValidRange(const wxDateTime& dt) const;
-
- // Range of the dates that can be selected by user, either or both may be
- // invalid to indicate that no corresponding restriction is set.
- wxDateTime m_validStart,
- m_validEnd;
-
- // Last known selected date, may be different from the real selection in
- // the control while a handler for day-selected is running.
- wxDateTime m_selectedDate;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkCalendarCtrl)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGtkCalendarCtrl);
-};
-
-#endif // GTK_CALCTRL_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/checkbox.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKCHECKBOX_H_
-#define _WX_GTKCHECKBOX_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCheckBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckBox : public wxCheckBoxBase
-{
-public:
- wxCheckBox();
- ~wxCheckBox();
- wxCheckBox( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr );
-
- void SetValue( bool state );
- bool GetValue() const;
-
- virtual void SetLabel( const wxString& label );
- virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true );
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // implementation
- void GTKDisableEvents();
- void GTKEnableEvents();
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState state);
- wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const;
-
-private:
- typedef wxCheckBoxBase base_type;
-
- GtkWidget *m_widgetCheckbox;
- GtkWidget *m_widgetLabel;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKCHECKBOX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/checklst.h
-// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKCHECKLIST_H_
-#define _WX_GTKCHECKLIST_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCheckListBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBox : public wxCheckListBoxBase
-{
-public:
- wxCheckListBox();
- wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int nStrings = 0,
- const wxString *choices = NULL,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
- wxCheckListBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-
- virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int index) const;
- virtual void Check(unsigned int index, bool check = true);
-
- int GetItemHeight() const;
-
- void DoCreateCheckList();
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKCHECKLIST_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Name: wx/gtk/chkconf.h
- * Purpose: wxGTK-specific settings consistency checks
- * Author: Vadim Zeitlin
- * Created: 2007-07-19 (extracted from wx/chkconf.h)
- * Copyright: (c) 2000-2007 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
- * Licence: wxWindows licence
- */
-
-#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-# if wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE && !wxUSE_MENUS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "MDI requires wxUSE_MENUS in wxGTK"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_MENUS
-# define wxUSE_MENUS 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* !__WXUNIVERSAL__ */
-
-#if wxUSE_JOYSTICK
-# if !wxUSE_THREADS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxJoystick requires threads in wxGTK"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_JOYSTICK
-# define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_JOYSTICK */
-
-#if wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW && !wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
-# undef wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT
-# define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 1
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-# undef wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-# define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_METAFILE
-# undef wxUSE_METAFILE
-# define wxUSE_METAFILE 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
-# undef wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
-# define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __UNIX__
-
-# undef wxUSE_WEBVIEW
-# define wxUSE_WEBVIEW 0
-# undef wxUSE_WEBVIEW_WEBKIT
-# define wxUSE_WEBVIEW_WEBKIT 0
-
-# undef wxUSE_MEDIACTRL
-# define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL 0
-
- /*
- We could use GDK_WINDOWING_X11 for those but this would require
- including gdk/gdk.h and we don't want to do it from here, so assume
- we're not using X11 if we're not under Unix.
- */
-
-# undef wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR
-# define wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR 0
-
-# undef wxUSE_GLCANVAS
-# define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 0
-
-#endif /* __UNIX__ */
-
-/*
- We always need Cairo with wxGTK, enable it if necessary (this can only
- happen under Windows).
- */
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
-
-#if !wxUSE_CAIRO
-# undef wxUSE_CAIRO
-# define wxUSE_CAIRO 1
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __WINDOWS__ */
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- #if !wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
- #ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
- #error "GTK+ 3 support requires wxGraphicsContext"
- #else
- #undef wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
- #define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 1
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/choice.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_CHOICE_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_CHOICE_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxSortedArrayString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxChoice
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxGtkCollatedArrayString;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoice : public wxChoiceBase
-{
-public:
- wxChoice()
- {
- Init();
- }
- wxChoice( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr )
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
- }
- wxChoice( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr )
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
- }
- virtual ~wxChoice();
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr );
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxChoiceNameStr );
-
- int GetSelection() const;
- void SetSelection(int n);
-
- virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
- virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
- virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
- virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& string);
-
- virtual void SetColumns(int n=1);
- virtual int GetColumns() const;
-
- virtual void GTKDisableEvents();
- virtual void GTKEnableEvents();
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-protected:
- // this array is only used for controls with wxCB_SORT style, so only
- // allocate it if it's needed (hence using pointer)
- wxGtkCollatedArrayString *m_strings;
-
- // contains the client data for the items
- wxArrayPtrVoid m_clientData;
-
- // index to GtkListStore cell which displays the item text
- int m_stringCellIndex;
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetSizeFromTextSize(int xlen, int ylen = -1) const;
- virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
- unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData, wxClientDataType type);
- virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
- virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
- virtual void DoClear();
- virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
-
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
-
- // in derived classes, implement this to insert list store entry
- // with all items default except text
- virtual void GTKInsertComboBoxTextItem( unsigned int n, const wxString& text );
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoice)
-};
-
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_CHOICE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/clipbrd.h
-// Purpose: wxClipboard for wxGTK
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_CLIPBOARD_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_CLIPBOARD_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxClipboard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/weakref.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboard : public wxClipboardBase
-{
-public:
- // there are several clipboards in X11 (and in GDK)
- enum Kind
- {
- Primary,
- Clipboard
- };
-
- wxClipboard();
- virtual ~wxClipboard();
-
- // open the clipboard before SetData() and GetData()
- virtual bool Open();
-
- // close the clipboard after SetData() and GetData()
- virtual void Close();
-
- // query whether the clipboard is opened
- virtual bool IsOpened() const;
-
- // set the clipboard data. all other formats will be deleted.
- virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data );
-
- // add to the clipboard data.
- virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data );
-
- // ask if data in correct format is available
- virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format );
-
- // ask if data in correct format is available
- virtual bool IsSupportedAsync( wxEvtHandler *sink );
-
- // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
- virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data );
-
- // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
- virtual void Clear();
-
-
-
- // implementation from now on
- // --------------------------
-
- // get our clipboard item (depending on m_usePrimary value)
- GdkAtom GTKGetClipboardAtom() const;
-
- // get the data object currently being requested
- wxDataObject *GTKGetDataObject( GdkAtom atom );
-
- // clear the data for the given clipboard kind
- void GTKClearData(Kind kind);
-
- // called when selection data is received
- void GTKOnSelectionReceived(const GtkSelectionData& sel);
-
- // called when available target information is received
- bool GTKOnTargetReceived(const wxDataFormat& format);
-
-private:
- // the data object for the specific selection
- wxDataObject *& Data(Kind kind)
- {
- return kind == Primary ? m_dataPrimary : m_dataClipboard;
- }
-
- // the data object we're currently using
- wxDataObject *& Data()
- {
- return Data(m_usePrimary ? Primary : Clipboard);
- }
-
-
- // set or unset selection ownership
- bool SetSelectionOwner(bool set = true);
-
- // add atom to the list of supported targets
- void AddSupportedTarget(GdkAtom atom);
-
- // check if the given format is supported
- bool DoIsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format);
-
-
- // both of these pointers can be non-NULL simultaneously but we only use
- // one of them at any moment depending on m_usePrimary value, use Data()
- // (from inside) or GTKGetDataObject() (from outside) accessors
- wxDataObject *m_dataPrimary,
- *m_dataClipboard;
-
- // this is used to temporarily hold the object passed to our GetData() so
- // that GTK callbacks could access it
- wxDataObject *m_receivedData;
-
- // used to pass information about the format we need from DoIsSupported()
- // to GTKOnTargetReceived()
- GdkAtom m_targetRequested;
-
- GtkWidget *m_clipboardWidget; // for getting and offering data
- GtkWidget *m_targetsWidget; // for getting list of supported formats
-
- // ID of the connection to "selection_get" signal, initially 0.
- unsigned long m_idSelectionGetHandler;
-
- bool m_open;
- bool m_formatSupported;
-
-public:
- // async stuff
- wxEvtHandlerRef m_sink;
-private:
- GtkWidget *m_targetsWidgetAsync; // for getting list of supported formats
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxClipboard)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_CLIPBOARD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/clrpicker.h
-// Purpose: wxColourButton header
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14/4/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_CLRPICKER_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_CLRPICKER_H_
-
-#include "wx/button.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxColourButton
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourButton : public wxButton,
- public wxColourPickerWidgetBase
-{
-public:
- wxColourButton() : m_topParent(NULL) {}
- wxColourButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxColour& initial = *wxBLACK,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr)
- : m_topParent(NULL)
- {
- Create(parent, id, initial, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxColour& initial = *wxBLACK,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCLRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxColourPickerWidgetNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxColourButton();
-
-protected:
- void UpdateColour();
-
-public: // used by the GTK callback only
-
- void GTKSetColour(const wxColour& colour)
- { m_colour = colour; }
-
- wxWindow *m_topParent;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_CLRPICKER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/collpane.h
-// Purpose: wxCollapsiblePane
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 8/10/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANEL_H_GTK_
-#define _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANEL_H_GTK_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCollapsiblePane
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCollapsiblePane : public wxCollapsiblePaneBase
-{
-public:
- wxCollapsiblePane() { Init(); }
-
- wxCollapsiblePane(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, winid, label, pos, size, style, val, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCP_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxCollapsiblePaneNameStr);
-
- virtual void Collapse(bool collapse = true);
- virtual bool IsCollapsed() const;
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& str);
-
- virtual wxWindow *GetPane() const { return m_pPane; }
- virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return m_strLabel; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-public: // used by GTK callbacks
- bool m_bIgnoreNextChange;
- wxSize m_szCollapsed;
-
- wxWindow *m_pPane;
-
- // the button label without ">>" or "<<"
- wxString m_strLabel;
-
-private:
- void Init()
- {
- m_bIgnoreNextChange = false;
- }
-
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent&);
- virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child);
- GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCollapsiblePane)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_COLLAPSABLE_PANEL_H_GTK_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/colordlg.h
-// Purpose: wxColourDialog
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2004/06/04
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2004
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_COLORDLG_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_COLORDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxColourDialog() {}
- wxColourDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- wxColourData *data = NULL);
- virtual ~wxColourDialog() {}
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxColourData *data = NULL);
-
- wxColourData &GetColourData() { return m_data; }
-
- virtual int ShowModal();
-
-protected:
- // implement some base class methods to do nothing to avoid asserts and
- // GTK warnings, since this is not a real wxDialog.
- virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
- int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) {}
-
- // copy data between the dialog and m_colourData:
- void ColourDataToDialog();
- void DialogToColourData();
-
- wxColourData m_data;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourDialog)
-};
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/colour.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_COLOUR_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_COLOUR_H_
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
-typedef struct _GdkRGBA GdkRGBA;
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxColour
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColour : public wxColourBase
-{
-public:
- // constructors
- // ------------
- DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS
- wxColour(const GdkColor& gdkColor);
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- wxColour(const GdkRGBA& gdkRGBA);
-#endif
-
- virtual ~wxColour();
-
- bool operator==(const wxColour& col) const;
- bool operator!=(const wxColour& col) const { return !(*this == col); }
-
- unsigned char Red() const;
- unsigned char Green() const;
- unsigned char Blue() const;
- unsigned char Alpha() const;
-
- // Implementation part
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- operator const GdkRGBA*() const;
-#else
- void CalcPixel( GdkColormap *cmap );
- int GetPixel() const;
-#endif
- const GdkColor *GetColor() const;
-
-protected:
- virtual void
- InitRGBA(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b, unsigned char a);
-
- virtual bool FromString(const wxString& str);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColour)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_COLOUR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/combobox.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_COMBOBOX_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_COMBOBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-
-typedef struct _GtkEntry GtkEntry;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxComboBox
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboBox : public wxChoice,
- public wxTextEntry
-{
-public:
- wxComboBox()
- : wxChoice(), wxTextEntry()
- {
- Init();
- }
- wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
- : wxChoice(), wxTextEntry()
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- wxComboBox(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
- : wxChoice(), wxTextEntry()
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
- }
- ~wxComboBox();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
- // Set/GetSelection() from wxTextEntry and wxChoice
-
- virtual void SetSelection(int n) { wxChoice::SetSelection(n); }
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to)
- { wxTextEntry::SetSelection(from, to); }
-
- virtual int GetSelection() const { return wxChoice::GetSelection(); }
- virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const
- { return wxTextEntry::GetSelection(from, to); }
-
- virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const
- {
- return wxItemContainer::GetStringSelection();
- }
-
- virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& string);
-
- virtual void Popup();
- virtual void Dismiss();
-
- virtual void Clear()
- {
- wxTextEntry::Clear();
- wxItemContainer::Clear();
- }
-
- // See wxComboBoxBase discussion of IsEmpty().
- bool IsListEmpty() const { return wxItemContainer::IsEmpty(); }
- bool IsTextEmpty() const { return wxTextEntry::IsEmpty(); }
-
- void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event );
-
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
-
- // Standard event handling
- void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnDelete(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateDelete(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- virtual void GTKDisableEvents();
- virtual void GTKEnableEvents();
- GtkWidget* GetConnectWidget();
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-protected:
- // From wxWindowGTK:
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- // Widgets that use the style->base colour for the BG colour should
- // override this and return true.
- virtual bool UseGTKStyleBase() const { return true; }
-
- // Override in derived classes to create combo box widgets with
- // custom list stores.
- virtual void GTKCreateComboBoxWidget();
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetSizeFromTextSize(int xlen, int ylen = -1) const;
-
- virtual GtkEntry *GetEntry() const
- { return m_entry; }
-
- GtkEntry* m_entry;
-
-private:
- // From wxTextEntry:
- virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; }
- virtual GtkEditable *GetEditable() const;
- virtual void EnableTextChangedEvents(bool enable);
-
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxComboBox)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_COMBOBOX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/control.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_CONTROL_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_CONTROL_H_
-
-typedef struct _GtkLabel GtkLabel;
-typedef struct _GtkFrame GtkFrame;
-typedef struct _GtkEntry GtkEntry;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxControl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControl : public wxControlBase
-{
- typedef wxControlBase base_type;
-public:
- wxControl();
- wxControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
-
- virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const;
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-#endif
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- void PostCreation(const wxSize& size);
-
- // sets the label to the given string and also sets it for the given widget
- void GTKSetLabelForLabel(GtkLabel *w, const wxString& label);
-#if wxUSE_MARKUP
- void GTKSetLabelWithMarkupForLabel(GtkLabel *w, const wxString& label);
-#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
-
- // GtkFrame helpers
- GtkWidget* GTKCreateFrame(const wxString& label);
- void GTKSetLabelForFrame(GtkFrame *w, const wxString& label);
- void GTKFrameApplyWidgetStyle(GtkFrame* w, GtkRcStyle* rc);
- void GTKFrameSetMnemonicWidget(GtkFrame* w, GtkWidget* widget);
-
- // remove mnemonics ("&"s) from the label
- static wxString GTKRemoveMnemonics(const wxString& label);
-
- // converts wx label to GTK+ label, i.e. basically replace "&"s with "_"s
- static wxString GTKConvertMnemonics(const wxString &label);
-
- // converts wx label to GTK+ labels preserving Pango markup
- static wxString GTKConvertMnemonicsWithMarkup(const wxString& label);
-
- // These are used by GetDefaultAttributes
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetDefaultAttributesFromGTKWidget(GtkWidget* widget,
- bool useBase = false,
- int state = 0);
-
- // Widgets that use the style->base colour for the BG colour should
- // override this and return true.
- virtual bool UseGTKStyleBase() const { return false; }
-
- // Fix sensitivity due to bug in GTK+ < 2.14
- void GTKFixSensitivity(bool onlyIfUnderMouse = true);
-
- // Ask GTK+ for preferred size. Use it after setting the font.
- wxSize GTKGetPreferredSize(GtkWidget* widget) const;
-
- // Inner margins in a GtkEntry
- wxPoint GTKGetEntryMargins(GtkEntry* entry) const;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxControl)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_CONTROL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/cursor.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_CURSOR_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_CURSOR_H_
-
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCursor
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursor : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
- wxCursor();
- wxCursor(wxStockCursor id) { InitFromStock(id); }
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxCursor(int id) { InitFromStock((wxStockCursor)id); }
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- wxCursor( const wxImage & image );
- wxCursor(const wxString& name,
- wxBitmapType type = wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE,
- int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0);
-#endif
- wxCursor( const char bits[], int width, int height,
- int hotSpotX = -1, int hotSpotY = -1,
- const char maskBits[] = NULL,
- const wxColour* fg = NULL, const wxColour* bg = NULL);
- virtual ~wxCursor();
-
- // implementation
-
- GdkCursor *GetCursor() const;
-
-protected:
- void InitFromStock(wxStockCursor);
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- void InitFromImage(const wxImage& image);
-#endif
-
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursor)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_CURSOR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/dataform.h
-// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataFormat class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 19.10.99 (extracted from gtk/dataobj.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_DATAFORM_H
-#define _WX_GTK_DATAFORM_H
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataFormat
-{
-public:
- // the clipboard formats under GDK are GdkAtoms
- typedef GdkAtom NativeFormat;
-
- wxDataFormat();
- wxDataFormat( wxDataFormatId type );
- wxDataFormat( NativeFormat format );
-
- // we have to provide all the overloads to allow using strings instead of
- // data formats (as a lot of existing code does)
- wxDataFormat( const wxString& id ) { InitFromString(id); }
- wxDataFormat( const char *id ) { InitFromString(id); }
- wxDataFormat( const wchar_t *id ) { InitFromString(id); }
- wxDataFormat( const wxCStrData& id ) { InitFromString(id); }
-
- wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format)
- {
- if (&format != this)
- {
- m_type = format.m_type;
- m_format = format.m_format;
- }
- return *this;
- }
- wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat format)
- { SetId(format); return *this; }
-
- // comparison (must have both versions)
- bool operator==(NativeFormat format) const
- { return m_format == (NativeFormat)format; }
- bool operator!=(NativeFormat format) const
- { return m_format != (NativeFormat)format; }
- bool operator==(wxDataFormatId format) const
- { return m_type == (wxDataFormatId)format; }
- bool operator!=(wxDataFormatId format) const
- { return m_type != (wxDataFormatId)format; }
-
- // explicit and implicit conversions to NativeFormat which is one of
- // standard data types (implicit conversion is useful for preserving the
- // compatibility with old code)
- NativeFormat GetFormatId() const { return m_format; }
- operator NativeFormat() const { return m_format; }
-
- void SetId( NativeFormat format );
-
- // string ids are used for custom types - this SetId() must be used for
- // application-specific formats
- wxString GetId() const;
- void SetId( const wxString& id );
-
- // implementation
- wxDataFormatId GetType() const;
- void SetType( wxDataFormatId type );
-
-private:
- // common part of ctors from format name
- void InitFromString(const wxString& id);
-
- wxDataFormatId m_type;
- NativeFormat m_format;
-
- void PrepareFormats();
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_DATAFORM_H
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/dataobj.h
-// Purpose: declaration of the wxDataObject
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataObject is the same as wxDataObjectBase under wxGTK
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObject : public wxDataObjectBase
-{
-public:
- wxDataObject();
- virtual ~wxDataObject();
-
- virtual bool IsSupportedFormat( const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get ) const;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/dataobj2.h
-// Purpose: declaration of standard wxDataObjectSimple-derived classes
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created: 19.10.99 (extracted from gtk/dataobj.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 1998, 1999 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for bitmaps
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObject : public wxBitmapDataObjectBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- wxBitmapDataObject();
- wxBitmapDataObject(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- // destr
- virtual ~wxBitmapDataObject();
-
- // override base class virtual to update PNG data too
- virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- // ----------------------------------
-
- virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_pngSize; }
- virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
- virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
- // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
- virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
- {
- return GetDataSize();
- }
- virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
- {
- return GetDataHere(buf);
- }
- virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
- {
- return SetData(len, buf);
- }
-
-protected:
- void Clear() { free(m_pngData); }
- void ClearAll() { Clear(); Init(); }
-
- size_t m_pngSize;
- void *m_pngData;
-
- void DoConvertToPng();
-
-private:
- void Init() { m_pngData = NULL; m_pngSize = 0; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for file names
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDataObject : public wxFileDataObjectBase
-{
-public:
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- // ----------------------------------
-
- void AddFile( const wxString &filename );
-
- virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
- virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
- virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
- // Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
- virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
- {
- return GetDataSize();
- }
- virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
- {
- return GetDataHere(buf);
- }
- virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
- {
- return SetData(len, buf);
- }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxURLDataObject is a specialization of wxDataObject for URLs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxURLDataObject : public wxDataObjectComposite
-{
-public:
- wxURLDataObject(const wxString& url = wxEmptyString);
-
- wxString GetURL() const;
- void SetURL(const wxString& url);
-
-private:
- class wxTextURIListDataObject* const m_dobjURIList;
- wxTextDataObject* const m_dobjText;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxURLDataObject);
-};
-
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_DATAOBJ2_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/dataview.h
-// Purpose: wxDataViewCtrl GTK+2 implementation header
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKDATAVIEWCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GTKDATAVIEWCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewCtrlInternal;
-
-struct _GtkTreePath;
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewColumn
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewColumn: public wxDataViewColumnBase
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewColumn( const wxString &title, wxDataViewRenderer *renderer,
- unsigned int model_column, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
- wxDataViewColumn( const wxBitmap &bitmap, wxDataViewRenderer *renderer,
- unsigned int model_column, int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxDATAVIEW_COL_RESIZABLE );
-
-
- // setters:
-
- virtual void SetTitle( const wxString &title );
- virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap &bitmap );
-
- virtual void SetOwner( wxDataViewCtrl *owner );
-
- virtual void SetAlignment( wxAlignment align );
-
- virtual void SetSortable( bool sortable );
- virtual void SetSortOrder( bool ascending );
-
- virtual void SetResizeable( bool resizable );
- virtual void SetHidden( bool hidden );
-
- virtual void SetMinWidth( int minWidth );
- virtual void SetWidth( int width );
-
- virtual void SetReorderable( bool reorderable );
-
- virtual void SetFlags(int flags) { SetIndividualFlags(flags); }
-
- // getters:
-
- virtual wxString GetTitle() const;
- virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const;
-
- virtual bool IsSortable() const;
- virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const;
- virtual bool IsSortKey() const;
-
- virtual bool IsResizeable() const;
- virtual bool IsHidden() const;
-
- virtual int GetWidth() const;
- virtual int GetMinWidth() const;
-
- virtual bool IsReorderable() const;
-
- virtual int GetFlags() const { return GetFromIndividualFlags(); }
-
- // implementation
- GtkWidget* GetGtkHandle() const { return m_column; }
-
-private:
- // holds the GTK handle
- GtkWidget *m_column;
-
- // holds GTK handles for title/bitmap in the header
- GtkWidget *m_image;
- GtkWidget *m_label;
-
- // delayed connection to mouse events
- friend class wxDataViewCtrl;
- void OnInternalIdle();
- bool m_isConnected;
-
- void Init(wxAlignment align, int flags, int width);
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxDataViewColumn, wxDataViewColumnList,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewCtrl
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCtrl: public wxDataViewCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewCtrl()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxDataViewCtrl( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDataViewCtrlNameStr )
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxDataViewCtrlNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxDataViewCtrl();
-
- virtual bool AssociateModel( wxDataViewModel *model );
-
- virtual bool PrependColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col );
- virtual bool AppendColumn( wxDataViewColumn *col );
- virtual bool InsertColumn( unsigned int pos, wxDataViewColumn *col );
-
- virtual unsigned int GetColumnCount() const;
- virtual wxDataViewColumn* GetColumn( unsigned int pos ) const;
- virtual bool DeleteColumn( wxDataViewColumn *column );
- virtual bool ClearColumns();
- virtual int GetColumnPosition( const wxDataViewColumn *column ) const;
-
- virtual wxDataViewColumn *GetSortingColumn() const;
-
- virtual int GetSelectedItemsCount() const;
- virtual int GetSelections( wxDataViewItemArray & sel ) const;
- virtual void SetSelections( const wxDataViewItemArray & sel );
- virtual void Select( const wxDataViewItem & item );
- virtual void Unselect( const wxDataViewItem & item );
- virtual bool IsSelected( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const;
- virtual void SelectAll();
- virtual void UnselectAll();
-
- virtual void EnsureVisible( const wxDataViewItem& item,
- const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL );
- virtual void HitTest( const wxPoint &point,
- wxDataViewItem &item,
- wxDataViewColumn *&column ) const;
- virtual wxRect GetItemRect( const wxDataViewItem &item,
- const wxDataViewColumn *column = NULL ) const;
-
- virtual bool SetRowHeight( int rowHeight );
-
- virtual void EditItem(const wxDataViewItem& item, const wxDataViewColumn *column);
-
- virtual void Expand( const wxDataViewItem & item );
- virtual void Collapse( const wxDataViewItem & item );
- virtual bool IsExpanded( const wxDataViewItem & item ) const;
-
- virtual bool EnableDragSource( const wxDataFormat &format );
- virtual bool EnableDropTarget( const wxDataFormat &format );
-
- virtual wxDataViewColumn *GetCurrentColumn() const;
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- wxWindow *GetMainWindow() { return (wxWindow*) this; }
-
- GtkWidget *GtkGetTreeView() { return m_treeview; }
- wxDataViewCtrlInternal* GtkGetInternal() { return m_internal; }
-
- // Convert GTK path to our item. Returned item may be invalid if get_iter()
- // failed.
- wxDataViewItem GTKPathToItem(struct _GtkTreePath *path) const;
-
- virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
- int GTKGetUniformRowHeight() const { return m_uniformRowHeight; }
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetExpanderColumn();
- virtual void DoSetIndent();
-
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- virtual wxDataViewItem DoGetCurrentItem() const;
- virtual void DoSetCurrentItem(const wxDataViewItem& item);
-
- // Return wxDataViewColumn matching the given GtkTreeViewColumn.
- //
- // If the input argument is NULL, return NULL too. Otherwise we must find
- // the matching column and assert if we didn't.
- wxDataViewColumn* FromGTKColumn(GtkTreeViewColumn *gtk_col) const;
-
- friend class wxDataViewCtrlDCImpl;
- friend class wxDataViewColumn;
- friend class wxDataViewCtrlInternal;
-
- GtkWidget *m_treeview;
- wxDataViewCtrlInternal *m_internal;
- wxDataViewColumnList m_cols;
- wxDataViewItem m_ensureVisibleDefered;
-
- // By default this is set to -1 and the height of the rows is determined by
- // GetRect() methods of the renderers but this can be set to a positive
- // value to force the height of all rows to the given value.
- int m_uniformRowHeight;
-
- virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child);
- void GtkEnableSelectionEvents();
- void GtkDisableSelectionEvents();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataViewCtrl);
-};
-
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKDATAVIEWCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/dialog.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKDIALOG_H_
-#define _WX_GTKDIALOG_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGUIEventLoop;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDialog
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDialog: public wxDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxDialog() { Init(); }
- wxDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString &title,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
- const wxString &name = wxDialogNameStr );
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxString &title,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
- const wxString &name = wxDialogNameStr );
- virtual ~wxDialog();
-
- virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
- virtual int ShowModal();
- virtual void EndModal( int retCode );
- virtual bool IsModal() const;
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- bool m_modalShowing;
- wxGUIEventLoop *m_modalLoop;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialog)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKDIALOG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/dirdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxDirDialog
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __GTKDIRDLGH__
-#define __GTKDIRDLGH__
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDirDialog
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirDialog : public wxDirDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxDirDialog() { }
-
- wxDirDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString,
- long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message = wxDirSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& defaultPath = wxEmptyString,
- long style = wxDD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxDirDialogNameStr);
- virtual ~wxDirDialog() { }
-
-
-public: // overrides from wxGenericDirDialog
-
- wxString GetPath() const;
- void SetPath(const wxString& path);
-
-
- // Implementation only.
-
- void GTKOnAccept();
- void GTKOnCancel();
-
-protected:
- // override this from wxTLW since the native
- // form doesn't have any m_wxwindow
- virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
- int width, int height,
- int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
-
-private:
- wxString m_selectedDirectory;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirDialog)
-};
-
-#endif // __GTKDIRDLGH__
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/dnd.h
-// Purpose: declaration of the wxDropTarget class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_DND_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_DND_H_
-
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this macro may be used instead for wxDropSource ctor arguments: it will use
-// the icon 'name' from an XPM file under GTK, but will expand to something
-// else under MSW. If you don't use it, you will have to use #ifdef in the
-// application code.
-#define wxDROP_ICON(name) wxICON(name)
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDropTarget
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropTarget: public wxDropTargetBase
-{
-public:
- wxDropTarget(wxDataObject *dataObject = NULL );
-
- virtual wxDragResult OnDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
- virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
- virtual bool GetData();
-
- // Can only be called during OnXXX methods.
- wxDataFormat GetMatchingPair();
-
- // implementation
-
- GdkAtom GTKGetMatchingPair(bool quiet = false);
- wxDragResult GTKFigureOutSuggestedAction();
-
- void GtkRegisterWidget( GtkWidget *widget );
- void GtkUnregisterWidget( GtkWidget *widget );
-
- GdkDragContext *m_dragContext;
- GtkWidget *m_dragWidget;
- GtkSelectionData *m_dragData;
- unsigned m_dragTime;
- bool m_firstMotion; // gdk has no "gdk_drag_enter" event
-
- void GTKSetDragContext( GdkDragContext *dc ) { m_dragContext = dc; }
- void GTKSetDragWidget( GtkWidget *w ) { m_dragWidget = w; }
- void GTKSetDragData( GtkSelectionData *sd ) { m_dragData = sd; }
- void GTKSetDragTime(unsigned time) { m_dragTime = time; }
-};
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDropSource
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDropSource: public wxDropSourceBase
-{
-public:
- // constructor. set data later with SetData()
- wxDropSource( wxWindow *win = NULL,
- const wxIcon © = wxNullIcon,
- const wxIcon &move = wxNullIcon,
- const wxIcon &none = wxNullIcon);
-
- // constructor for setting one data object
- wxDropSource( wxDataObject& data,
- wxWindow *win,
- const wxIcon © = wxNullIcon,
- const wxIcon &move = wxNullIcon,
- const wxIcon &none = wxNullIcon);
-
- virtual ~wxDropSource();
-
- // set the icon corresponding to given drag result
- void SetIcon(wxDragResult res, const wxIcon& icon)
- {
- if ( res == wxDragCopy )
- m_iconCopy = icon;
- else if ( res == wxDragMove )
- m_iconMove = icon;
- else
- m_iconNone = icon;
- }
-
- // start drag action
- virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly);
-
- void PrepareIcon( int action, GdkDragContext *context );
-
- GtkWidget *m_widget;
- GtkWidget *m_iconWindow;
- GdkDragContext *m_dragContext;
- wxWindow *m_window;
-
- wxDragResult m_retValue;
- wxIcon m_iconCopy,
- m_iconMove,
- m_iconNone;
-
- bool m_waiting;
-
-private:
- // common part of both ctors
- void SetIcons(const wxIcon& copy,
- const wxIcon& move,
- const wxIcon& none);
-
- // GTK implementation
- void GTKConnectDragSignals();
- void GTKDisconnectDragSignals();
-
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_DND_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/dvrenderer.h
-// Purpose: wxDataViewRenderer for GTK wxDataViewCtrl implementation
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-11-07 (extracted from wx/gtk/dataview.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Robert Roebling
-// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_DVRENDERER_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_DVRENDERER_H_
-
-typedef struct _GtkCellRendererText GtkCellRendererText;
-typedef struct _GtkTreeViewColumn GtkTreeViewColumn;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewRenderer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewRenderer: public wxDataViewRendererBase
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewRenderer( const wxString &varianttype,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- virtual void SetMode( wxDataViewCellMode mode );
- virtual wxDataViewCellMode GetMode() const;
-
- virtual void SetAlignment( int align );
- virtual int GetAlignment() const;
-
- virtual void EnableEllipsize(wxEllipsizeMode mode = wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE);
- virtual wxEllipsizeMode GetEllipsizeMode() const;
-
- // GTK-specific implementation
- // ---------------------------
-
- // pack the GTK cell renderers used by this renderer to the given column
- //
- // by default only a single m_renderer is used but some renderers use more
- // than one GTK cell renderer
- virtual void GtkPackIntoColumn(GtkTreeViewColumn *column);
-
- // called when the cell value was edited by user with the new value
- //
- // it validates the new value and notifies the model about the change by
- // calling GtkOnCellChanged() if it was accepted
- virtual void GtkOnTextEdited(const char *itempath, const wxString& value);
-
- GtkCellRenderer* GetGtkHandle() { return m_renderer; }
- void GtkInitHandlers();
- void GtkUpdateAlignment() { GtkApplyAlignment(m_renderer); }
-
- // should be overridden to return true if the renderer supports properties
- // corresponding to wxDataViewItemAttr field, see wxGtkTreeCellDataFunc()
- // for details
- virtual bool GtkSupportsAttrs() const { return false; }
-
- // if GtkSupportsAttrs() returns true, this function will be called to
- // effectively set the attribute to use for rendering the next item
- //
- // it should return true if the attribute had any non-default properties
- virtual bool GtkSetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& WXUNUSED(attr))
- { return false; }
-
-
- // these functions are only called if GtkSupportsAttrs() returns true and
- // are used to remember whether the renderer currently uses the default
- // attributes or if we changed (and not reset them)
- bool GtkIsUsingDefaultAttrs() const { return m_usingDefaultAttrs; }
- void GtkSetUsingDefaultAttrs(bool def) { m_usingDefaultAttrs = def; }
-
- // return the text renderer used by this renderer for setting text cell
- // specific attributes: can return NULL if this renderer doesn't render any
- // text
- virtual GtkCellRendererText *GtkGetTextRenderer() const { return NULL; }
-
- wxDataViewCellMode GtkGetMode() { return m_mode; }
-
-protected:
- virtual void GtkOnCellChanged(const wxVariant& value,
- const wxDataViewItem& item,
- unsigned col);
-
- // Apply our effective alignment (i.e. m_alignment if specified or the
- // associated column alignment by default) to the given renderer.
- void GtkApplyAlignment(GtkCellRenderer *renderer);
-
- GtkCellRenderer *m_renderer;
- int m_alignment;
- wxDataViewCellMode m_mode;
-
- // true if we hadn't changed any visual attributes or restored them since
- // doing this
- bool m_usingDefaultAttrs;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewRenderer)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_DVRENDERER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/dvrenderers.h
-// Purpose: All GTK wxDataViewCtrl renderer classes
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-11-07 (extracted from wx/gtk/dataview.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Robert Roebling
-// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_DVRENDERERS_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_DVRENDERERS_H_
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- typedef struct _cairo_rectangle_int cairo_rectangle_int_t;
- typedef cairo_rectangle_int_t GdkRectangle;
-#else
- typedef struct _GdkRectangle GdkRectangle;
-#endif
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewTextRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewTextRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "string",
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value )
- {
- return SetTextValue(value);
- }
-
- virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const
- {
- wxString str;
- if ( !GetTextValue(str) )
- return false;
-
- value = str;
-
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual void SetAlignment( int align );
-
- virtual bool GtkSupportsAttrs() const { return true; }
- virtual bool GtkSetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr);
-
- virtual GtkCellRendererText *GtkGetTextRenderer() const;
-
-protected:
- // implementation of Set/GetValue()
- bool SetTextValue(const wxString& str);
- bool GetTextValue(wxString& str) const;
-
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewTextRenderer)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewBitmapRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewBitmapRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewBitmapRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "wxBitmap",
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewBitmapRenderer)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewToggleRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewToggleRenderer: public wxDataViewRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewToggleRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "bool",
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewToggleRenderer)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewCustomRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewCustomRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRendererBase
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewCustomRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "string",
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT,
- bool no_init = false );
- virtual ~wxDataViewCustomRenderer();
-
-
- // Create DC on request
- virtual wxDC *GetDC();
-
- // override the base class function to use GTK text cell renderer
- virtual void RenderText(const wxString& text,
- int xoffset,
- wxRect cell,
- wxDC *dc,
- int state);
-
- struct GTKRenderParams;
-
- // store GTK render call parameters for possible later use
- void GTKSetRenderParams(GTKRenderParams* renderParams)
- {
- m_renderParams = renderParams;
- }
-
- // we may or not support attributes, as we don't know it, return true to
- // make it possible to use them
- virtual bool GtkSupportsAttrs() const { return true; }
-
- virtual bool GtkSetAttr(const wxDataViewItemAttr& attr)
- {
- SetAttr(attr);
- return !attr.IsDefault();
- }
-
- virtual GtkCellRendererText *GtkGetTextRenderer() const;
-
-private:
- bool Init(wxDataViewCellMode mode, int align);
-
- // Called from GtkGetTextRenderer() to really create the renderer if
- // necessary.
- void GtkInitTextRenderer();
-
- wxDC *m_dc;
-
- GtkCellRendererText *m_text_renderer;
-
- // parameters of the original render() call stored so that we could pass
- // them forward to m_text_renderer if our RenderText() is called
- GTKRenderParams* m_renderParams;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewCustomRenderer)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewProgressRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewProgressRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewProgressRenderer( const wxString &label = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString &varianttype = "long",
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
- virtual ~wxDataViewProgressRenderer();
-
- bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
- virtual bool Render( wxRect cell, wxDC *dc, int state );
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
-
-private:
- void GTKSetLabel();
-
- wxString m_label;
- int m_value;
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- // Flag used to indicate that we need to set the label because we were
- // unable to do it in the ctor (see comments there).
- bool m_needsToSetLabel;
-#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewProgressRenderer)
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewIconTextRenderer
-// ---------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewIconTextRenderer: public wxDataViewTextRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewIconTextRenderer( const wxString &varianttype = "wxDataViewIconText",
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_INERT,
- int align = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
- virtual ~wxDataViewIconTextRenderer();
-
- bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
- virtual void GtkPackIntoColumn(GtkTreeViewColumn *column);
-
-protected:
- virtual void GtkOnCellChanged(const wxVariant& value,
- const wxDataViewItem& item,
- unsigned col);
-
-private:
- wxDataViewIconText m_value;
-
- // we use the base class m_renderer for the text and this one for the icon
- GtkCellRenderer *m_rendererIcon;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxDataViewIconTextRenderer)
-};
-
-// -------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewChoiceRenderer
-// -------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewChoiceRenderer: public wxDataViewCustomRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewChoiceRenderer(const wxArrayString &choices,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE,
- int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
- virtual bool Render( wxRect rect, wxDC *dc, int state );
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
- virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
- void SetAlignment( int align );
-
- wxString GetChoice(size_t index) const { return m_choices[index]; }
- const wxArrayString& GetChoices() const { return m_choices; }
-
-private:
- wxArrayString m_choices;
- wxString m_data;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer: public wxDataViewChoiceRenderer
-{
-public:
- wxDataViewChoiceByIndexRenderer( const wxArrayString &choices,
- wxDataViewCellMode mode = wxDATAVIEW_CELL_EDITABLE,
- int alignment = wxDVR_DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT );
-
- virtual bool SetValue( const wxVariant &value );
- virtual bool GetValue( wxVariant &value ) const;
-
-private:
- virtual void GtkOnTextEdited(const char *itempath, const wxString& str);
-};
-
-
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_DVRENDERERS_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/evtloop.h
-// Purpose: wxGTK event loop implementation
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-12-27
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_EVTLOOP_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_EVTLOOP_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGUIEventLoop for wxGTK
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef union _GdkEvent GdkEvent;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIEventLoop : public wxEventLoopBase
-{
-public:
- wxGUIEventLoop();
-
- virtual void ScheduleExit(int rc = 0);
- virtual bool Pending() const;
- virtual bool Dispatch();
- virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout);
- virtual void WakeUp();
- virtual bool YieldFor(long eventsToProcess);
-
- void StoreGdkEventForLaterProcessing(GdkEvent* ev)
- { m_arrGdkEvents.Add(ev); }
-
-protected:
- virtual int DoRun();
-
-private:
- // the exit code of this event loop
- int m_exitcode;
-
- // used to temporarily store events in DoYield()
- wxArrayPtrVoid m_arrGdkEvents;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGUIEventLoop);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_EVTLOOP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/evtloopsrc.h
-// Purpose: wxGTKEventLoopSource class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-10-21
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_EVTLOOPSRC_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_EVTLOOPSRC_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGTKEventLoopSource: wxEventLoopSource for GTK port
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxGTKEventLoopSource : public wxEventLoopSource
-{
-public:
- // sourceId is the id of the watch in GTK context, not the FD of the file
- // this source corresponds to
- wxGTKEventLoopSource(unsigned sourceId,
- wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler,
- int flags)
- : wxEventLoopSource(handler, flags),
- m_sourceId(sourceId)
- {
- }
-
- virtual ~wxGTKEventLoopSource();
-
-private:
- const unsigned m_sourceId;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGTKEventLoopSource);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_EVTLOOPSRC_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/filectrl.h
-// Purpose: wxGtkFileCtrl Header
-// Author: Diaa M. Sami
-// Modified by:
-// Created: Aug-10-2007
-// Copyright: (c) Diaa M. Sami
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_FILECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_FILECTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/filectrl.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr[];
-
-typedef struct _GtkFileChooser GtkFileChooser;
-
-// [GTK] current problems:
-// All methods(e.g. SetFilename(), SetPath(), etc) which change the state of
-// the control result in events fired, such events should be suppressed.
-// ------
-// Sometimes a selection event(with 0 files) is fired before
-// wxEVT_FILECTRL_FOLDERCHANGED, unfortunately this can hardly be detected!
-
-// A wx wrapper for any Gtk object implementing the interface GtkFileChooser
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkFileChooser
-{
-public:
- wxGtkFileChooser() { m_ignoreNextFilterEvent = false; }
-
- void SetWidget(GtkFileChooser *w);
-
- wxString GetPath() const;
- void GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const;
- wxString GetDirectory() const;
- wxString GetFilename() const;
- void GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const;
- int GetFilterIndex() const;
-
- bool SetPath( const wxString& path );
- bool SetDirectory( const wxString& dir );
- void SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard );
- void SetFilterIndex( int filterIndex );
-
- bool HasFilterChoice() const;
-
- bool ShouldIgnoreNextFilterEvent() const { return m_ignoreNextFilterEvent; }
-
- wxString GetCurrentWildCard() const
- { return m_wildcards[GetFilterIndex()]; }
-
-private:
- GtkFileChooser *m_widget;
- // First wildcard in filter, to be used when the user
- // saves a file without giving an extension.
- wxArrayString m_wildcards;
-
- // If true, ignore the next event because it was generated by us and not
- // the user.
- bool m_ignoreNextFilterEvent;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_FILECTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkFileCtrl: public wxControl,
- public wxFileCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- wxGtkFileCtrl () { Init(); }
-
- wxGtkFileCtrl ( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& defaultDirectory = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& defaultFilename = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- long style = wxFC_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxFileCtrlNameStr )
- {
- Init();
- Create( parent, id, defaultDirectory, defaultFilename, wildCard, style, pos, size, name );
- }
-
- virtual ~wxGtkFileCtrl();
-
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& defaultDirectory = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& defaultFileName = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- long style = wxFC_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxFileCtrlNameStr );
-
- virtual void SetWildcard( const wxString& wildCard );
- virtual void SetFilterIndex( int filterIndex );
- virtual bool SetDirectory( const wxString& dir );
- virtual bool SetFilename( const wxString& name );
- virtual bool SetPath( const wxString& path );
-
- virtual wxString GetFilename() const;
- virtual wxString GetDirectory() const;
- virtual wxString GetWildcard() const { return this->m_wildCard; }
- virtual wxString GetPath() const;
- virtual void GetPaths( wxArrayString& paths ) const;
- virtual void GetFilenames( wxArrayString& files ) const;
- virtual int GetFilterIndex() const { return m_fc.GetFilterIndex(); }
-
- virtual bool HasMultipleFileSelection() const { return HasFlag( wxFC_MULTIPLE ); }
- virtual void ShowHidden(bool show);
-
- virtual bool HasFilterChoice() const
- { return m_fc.HasFilterChoice(); }
-
-
- // Implementation only from now on.
- bool GTKShouldIgnoreNextFilterEvent() const
- { return m_fc.ShouldIgnoreNextFilterEvent(); }
-
- bool m_checkNextSelEvent;
- bool m_ignoreNextFolderChangeEvent;
-
-protected:
- GtkFileChooser *m_fcWidget;
- wxGtkFileChooser m_fc;
- wxString m_wildCard;
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGtkFileCtrl )
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FILECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_FILECTRL_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/filedlg.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKFILEDLG_H_
-#define _WX_GTKFILEDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/gtk/filectrl.h" // for wxGtkFileChooser
-
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileDialog
-//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDialog: public wxFileDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxFileDialog() { }
-
- wxFileDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString& defaultDir = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& defaultFile = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& wildCard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- long style = wxFD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& name = wxFileDialogNameStr);
- virtual ~wxFileDialog();
-
- virtual wxString GetPath() const;
- virtual void GetPaths(wxArrayString& paths) const;
- virtual wxString GetFilename() const;
- virtual void GetFilenames(wxArrayString& files) const;
- virtual int GetFilterIndex() const;
-
- virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message);
- virtual void SetPath(const wxString& path);
- virtual void SetDirectory(const wxString& dir);
- virtual void SetFilename(const wxString& name);
- virtual void SetWildcard(const wxString& wildCard);
- virtual void SetFilterIndex(int filterIndex);
-
- virtual int ShowModal();
-
- virtual bool SupportsExtraControl() const { return true; }
-
- // Implementation only.
- void GTKSelectionChanged(const wxString& filename);
-
-
-protected:
- // override this from wxTLW since the native
- // form doesn't have any m_wxwindow
- virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
- int width, int height,
- int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
-
-private:
- void OnFakeOk( wxCommandEvent &event );
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent&);
- virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child);
-
- wxGtkFileChooser m_fc;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileDialog)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKFILEDLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/filehistory.h
-// Purpose: GTK+ bits for wxFileHistory
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2010-05-06
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_FILEHISTORY_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_FILEHISTORY_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileHistory : public wxFileHistoryBase
-{
-public:
- wxFileHistory(size_t maxFiles = 9, wxWindowID idBase = wxID_FILE1)
- : wxFileHistoryBase(maxFiles, idBase) {}
-
- virtual void AddFileToHistory(const wxString& file);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileHistory)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_FILEHISTORY_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/filedirpicker.h
-// Purpose: wxFileButton, wxDirButton header
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14/4/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_FILEPICKER_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_FILEPICKER_H_
-
-// since GtkColorButton is available only for GTK+ >= 2.4,
-// we need to use generic versions if we detect (at runtime)
-// that GTK+ < 2.4
-#include "wx/generic/filepickerg.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileButton and wxDirButton shared code
-// (cannot be a base class since they need to derive from wxGenericFileButton
-// and from wxGenericDirButton classes !)
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define FILEDIRBTN_OVERRIDES \
- /* NULL is because of a problem with destruction order which happens */ \
- /* if we pass GetParent(): in fact, this GTK native implementation */ \
- /* needs to create the dialog in ::Create() and not for each user */ \
- /* request in response to the user click as the generic implementation */ \
- /* does. */ \
- virtual wxWindow *GetDialogParent() \
- { \
- return NULL; \
- } \
- \
- /* even if wx derive from wxGenericFileButton, i.e. from wxButton, our */ \
- /* native GTK+ widget does not derive from GtkButton thus *all* uses */ \
- /* GTK_BUTTON(m_widget) macro done by wxButton must be bypassed to */ \
- /* avoid bunch of GTK+ warnings like: */ \
- /* invalid cast from `GtkFileChooserButton' to `GtkButton' */ \
- /* so, override wxButton::GTKGetWindow and return NULL as GTK+ doesn't */ \
- /* give us access to the internal GdkWindow of a GtkFileChooserButton */ \
-protected: \
- virtual GdkWindow * \
- GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& WXUNUSED(windows)) const \
- { return NULL; }
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileButton
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileButton : public wxGenericFileButton
-{
-public:
- wxFileButton() { Init(); }
- wxFileButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel,
- const wxString &path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxFILEBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr)
- {
- Init();
- m_pickerStyle = style;
- Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wildcard,
- pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxFileButton();
-
-
-public: // overrides
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel,
- const wxString &path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr);
-
- // event handler for the click
- void OnDialogOK(wxCommandEvent &);
-
- virtual void SetPath(const wxString &str);
- virtual void SetInitialDirectory(const wxString& dir);
-
- // see macro defined above
- FILEDIRBTN_OVERRIDES
-
-protected:
- wxDialog *m_dialog;
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init() { m_dialog = NULL; }
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileButton)
-};
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDirButton
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDirButton : public wxGenericDirButton
-{
-public:
- wxDirButton() { Init(); }
- wxDirButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel,
- const wxString &path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDIRBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- m_pickerStyle = style;
-
- Create(parent, id, label, path, message, wxEmptyString,
- pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxDirButton();
-
-
-public: // overrides
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label = wxFilePickerWidgetLabel,
- const wxString &path = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString &message = wxFileSelectorPromptStr,
- const wxString &wildcard = wxFileSelectorDefaultWildcardStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFilePickerWidgetNameStr);
-
-
- // GtkFileChooserButton does not support GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CREATE_FOLDER
- // thus we must ensure that the wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST style was given
- long GetDialogStyle() const
- {
- return (wxGenericDirButton::GetDialogStyle() | wxDD_DIR_MUST_EXIST);
- }
-
- virtual void SetPath(const wxString &str);
- virtual void SetInitialDirectory(const wxString& dir);
-
- // see macro defined above
- FILEDIRBTN_OVERRIDES
-
-protected:
- wxDialog *m_dialog;
-
-public: // used by the GTK callback only
-
- bool m_bIgnoreNextChange;
-
- void GTKUpdatePath(const char *gtkpath);
-
-private:
- void Init()
- {
- m_dialog = NULL;
- m_bIgnoreNextChange = false;
- }
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirButton)
-};
-
-#undef FILEDIRBTN_OVERRIDES
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_FILEPICKER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/font.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_FONT_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_FONT_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFont
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFont : public wxFontBase
-{
-public:
- wxFont() { }
-
- wxFont(const wxFontInfo& info);
-
- wxFont(const wxString& nativeFontInfoString)
- {
- Create(nativeFontInfoString);
- }
-
- wxFont(const wxNativeFontInfo& info);
-
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
- wxFont(int size,
- int family,
- int style,
- int weight,
- bool underlined = false,
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
- {
- (void)Create(size, (wxFontFamily)family, (wxFontStyle)style, (wxFontWeight)weight, underlined, face, encoding);
- }
-#endif
-
- wxFont(int size,
- wxFontFamily family,
- wxFontStyle style,
- wxFontWeight weight,
- bool underlined = false,
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
- {
- Create(size, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding);
- }
-
- wxFont(const wxSize& pixelSize,
- wxFontFamily family,
- wxFontStyle style,
- wxFontWeight weight,
- bool underlined = false,
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
- {
- Create(10, family, style, weight, underlined, face, encoding);
- SetPixelSize(pixelSize);
- }
-
- bool Create(int size,
- wxFontFamily family,
- wxFontStyle style,
- wxFontWeight weight,
- bool underlined = false,
- const wxString& face = wxEmptyString,
- wxFontEncoding encoding = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
-
- // wxGTK-specific
- bool Create(const wxString& fontname);
-
- virtual ~wxFont();
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual int GetPointSize() const;
- virtual wxFontStyle GetStyle() const;
- virtual wxFontWeight GetWeight() const;
- virtual wxString GetFaceName() const;
- virtual bool GetUnderlined() const;
- virtual bool GetStrikethrough() const;
- virtual wxFontEncoding GetEncoding() const;
- virtual const wxNativeFontInfo *GetNativeFontInfo() const;
- virtual bool IsFixedWidth() const;
-
- virtual void SetPointSize( int pointSize );
- virtual void SetFamily(wxFontFamily family);
- virtual void SetStyle(wxFontStyle style);
- virtual void SetWeight(wxFontWeight weight);
- virtual bool SetFaceName( const wxString& faceName );
- virtual void SetUnderlined( bool underlined );
- virtual void SetStrikethrough(bool strikethrough);
- virtual void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
- wxDECLARE_COMMON_FONT_METHODS();
-
- // Set Pango attributes in the specified layout. Currently only
- // underlined and strike-through attributes are handled by this function.
- //
- // If neither of them is specified, returns false, otherwise sets up the
- // attributes and returns true.
- bool GTKSetPangoAttrs(PangoLayout* layout) const;
-
- // implementation from now on
- void Unshare();
-
- // no data :-)
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetNativeFontInfo( const wxNativeFontInfo& info );
-
- virtual wxGDIRefData* CreateGDIRefData() const;
- virtual wxGDIRefData* CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData* data) const;
-
- virtual wxFontFamily DoGetFamily() const;
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFont)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_FONT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/fontdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxFontDialog
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_FONTDLG_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_FONTDLG_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontDialog
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontDialog : public wxFontDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxFontDialog() : wxFontDialogBase() { /* must be Create()d later */ }
- wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent)
- : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { Create(parent); }
- wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData& data)
- : wxFontDialogBase(parent, data) { Create(parent, data); }
-
- virtual ~wxFontDialog();
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated interface, don't use
- wxDEPRECATED( wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
- // create the GTK dialog
- virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindow *parent);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontDialog)
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated interface, don't use
-inline wxFontDialog::wxFontDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxFontData *data)
- : wxFontDialogBase(parent) { InitFontData(data); Create(parent); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/fontpicker.h
-// Purpose: wxFontButton header
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14/4/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_FONTPICKER_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_FONTPICKER_H_
-
-#include "wx/button.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFontButton
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFontButton : public wxButton,
- public wxFontPickerWidgetBase
-{
-public:
- wxFontButton() {}
- wxFontButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxFont& initial = wxNullFont,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, initial, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxFont& initial = wxNullFont,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxFONTBTN_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxFontPickerWidgetNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxFontButton();
-
-protected:
- void UpdateFont();
-
-
-public: // used by the GTK callback only
-
- void SetNativeFontInfo(const char *gtkdescription)
- { m_selectedFont.SetNativeFontInfo(wxString::FromAscii(gtkdescription)); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_FONTPICKER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/frame.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_FRAME_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_FRAME_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFrame
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFrame : public wxFrameBase
-{
-public:
- // construction
- wxFrame() { Init(); }
- wxFrame(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxFrame();
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- void SetStatusBar(wxStatusBar *statbar);
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
- void SetToolBar(wxToolBar *toolbar);
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
- virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL);
- wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const { return wxPoint(0, 0); }
-
-#if wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2
- // in Hildon environment all frames are always shown maximized
- virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return true; }
-#endif // wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2
-
- // implementation from now on
- // --------------------------
-
- virtual bool SendIdleEvents(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- // override wxWindow methods to take into account tool/menu/statusbars
- virtual void DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
- virtual void DetachMenuBar();
- virtual void AttachMenuBar(wxMenuBar *menubar);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- long m_fsSaveFlag;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrame)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_FRAME_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/gauge.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_GAUGE_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_GAUGE_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGauge
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGauge: public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxGauge() { Init(); }
-
- wxGauge( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int range,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr )
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, range, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id, int range,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxGA_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxGaugeNameStr );
-
- void SetShadowWidth( int WXUNUSED(w) ) { }
- void SetBezelFace( int WXUNUSED(w) ) { }
- int GetShadowWidth() const { return 0; }
- int GetBezelFace() const { return 0; }
-
- // determinate mode API
- void SetRange( int r );
- void SetValue( int pos );
-
- int GetRange() const;
- int GetValue() const;
-
- // indeterminate mode API
- virtual void Pulse();
-
- bool IsVertical() const { return HasFlag(wxGA_VERTICAL); }
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const;
-
- // implementation
- // -------------
-
- // the max and current gauge values
- int m_rangeMax,
- m_gaugePos;
-
-protected:
- // set the gauge value to the value of m_gaugePos
- void DoSetGauge();
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-private:
- void Init() { m_rangeMax = m_gaugePos = 0; }
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGauge)
-};
-
-#endif
- // _WX_GTK_GAUGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/glcanvas.h
-// Purpose: wxGLCanvas, for using OpenGL/Mesa with wxWidgets and GTK
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 17/8/98
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
-#define _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
-
-#include "wx/unix/glx11.h"
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGLCanvas
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvas : public wxGLCanvasX11
-{
-public:
- wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const int *attribList = NULL,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
- const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
- const int *attribList = NULL,
- const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette);
-
- virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style);
-
- // implement wxGLCanvasX11 methods
- // --------------------------------
-
- virtual Window GetXWindow() const;
-
-
- // deprecated methods
- // ------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED(
- wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
- const int *attribList = NULL,
- const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette)
- );
-
- wxDEPRECATED(
- wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxGLContext *shared,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
- const int *attribList = NULL,
- const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette)
- );
-
- wxDEPRECATED(
- wxGLCanvas(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxGLCanvas *shared,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxGLCanvasName,
- const int *attribList = NULL,
- const wxPalette& palette = wxNullPalette)
- );
-
- // called from "realized" callback to create the implicit context if needed
- void GTKInitImplicitContext();
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- // implementation from now on
- void OnInternalIdle();
-
- bool m_exposed;
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- cairo_t* m_cairoPaintContext;
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxGLContext *m_sharedContext;
- wxGLCanvas *m_sharedContextOf;
- const bool m_createImplicitContext;
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLCanvas)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GLCANVAS_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/gnome/gvfs.h
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Purpose: GNOME VFS support
-// Created: 17/03/06
-// Copyright: Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_GVFS_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_GVFS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE && wxUSE_LIBGNOMEVFS
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/unix/mimetype.h"
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerImpl
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerImpl: public wxMimeTypesManagerImpl
-{
-public:
- wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerImpl() { }
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoAssociation(const wxString& strType,
- const wxString& strIcon,
- wxMimeTypeCommands *entry,
- const wxArrayString& strExtensions,
- const wxString& strDesc);
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerFactory
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerFactory: public wxMimeTypesManagerFactory
-{
-public:
- wxGnomeVFSMimeTypesManagerFactory() {}
-
- virtual wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *CreateMimeTypesManagerImpl();
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.h
-// Purpose: Hildon implementation of wxNotificationMessage
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2007-11-21
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_HILDON_NOTIFMSG_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_HILDON_NOTIFMSG_H_
-
-typedef struct _HildonBanner HildonBanner;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotificationMessage
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxNotificationMessage : public wxNotificationMessageBase
-{
-public:
- wxNotificationMessage() { Init(); }
- wxNotificationMessage(const wxString& title,
- const wxString& message = wxString(),
- wxWindow *parent = NULL)
- : wxNotificationMessageBase(title, message, parent)
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- virtual ~wxNotificationMessage();
-
-
- virtual bool Show(int timeout = Timeout_Auto);
- virtual bool Close();
-
-private:
- void Init() { m_banner = NULL; }
-
- // return the string containing markup for both the title and, if
- // specified, the message
- wxString HildonGetMarkup() const;
-
- // returns the widget of the parent GtkWindow to use or NULL
- GtkWidget *HildonGetWindow() const;
-
-
- // the banner we're showing, only non-NULL if it's an animation or progress
- // banner as the informational dialog times out on its own and we don't
- // need to store it (nor do we have any way to get its widget anyhow)
- GtkWidget *m_banner;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotificationMessage);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_HILDON_NOTIFMSG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/hyperlink.h
-// Purpose: Hyperlink control
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14/2/2007
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKHYPERLINKCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GTKHYPERLINKCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/generic/hyperlink.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHyperlinkCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkCtrl : public wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl
-{
-public:
- // Default constructor (for two-step construction).
- wxHyperlinkCtrl() { }
-
- // Constructor.
- wxHyperlinkCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label, const wxString& url,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, id, label, url, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // Creation function (for two-step construction).
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label, const wxString& url,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr);
-
-
- // get/set
- virtual wxColour GetHoverColour() const;
- virtual void SetHoverColour(const wxColour &colour);
-
- virtual wxColour GetNormalColour() const;
- virtual void SetNormalColour(const wxColour &colour);
-
- virtual wxColour GetVisitedColour() const;
- virtual void SetVisitedColour(const wxColour &colour);
-
- virtual wxString GetURL() const;
- virtual void SetURL(const wxString &url);
-
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString &label);
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHyperlinkCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKHYPERLINKCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/infobar.h
-// Purpose: native implementation of wxInfoBar for GTK+ 2.18 and later
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-09-26
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_INFOBAR_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_INFOBAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/generic/infobar.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxInfoBar for GTK+
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// notice that the native GTK+ implementation is only available since
-// (relatively recent) 2.18 so we inherit from the generic one to be able to
-// fall back to it if GTK+ version is determined to be too old during run-time
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInfoBar : public wxInfoBarGeneric
-{
-public:
- wxInfoBar() { Init(); }
-
- wxInfoBar(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, winid);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY);
-
- virtual ~wxInfoBar();
-
- // implement base class methods
- // ----------------------------
-
- virtual void ShowMessage(const wxString& msg,
- int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION);
-
- virtual void Dismiss();
-
- virtual void AddButton(wxWindowID btnid,
- const wxString& label = wxString());
-
- virtual void RemoveButton(wxWindowID btnid);
-
- // implementation only
- // -------------------
-
- void GTKResponse(int btnid);
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
-
-private:
- void Init() { m_impl = NULL; }
-
- // add a button with the given id/label and return its widget
- GtkWidget *GTKAddButton(wxWindowID btnid,
- const wxString& label = wxString());
-
-
- // only used when the native implementation is really being used
- class wxInfoBarGTKImpl *m_impl;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInfoBar);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_INFOBAR_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/listbox.h
-// Purpose: wxListBox class declaration
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_LISTBOX_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_LISTBOX_H_
-
-struct _wxTreeEntry;
-struct _GtkTreeIter;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListBox
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListBox : public wxListBoxBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors and such
- wxListBox()
- {
- Init();
- }
- wxListBox( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr )
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
- }
- wxListBox( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr )
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
- }
- virtual ~wxListBox();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxListBoxNameStr);
-
- virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
- virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
- virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
- virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
-
- virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const;
- virtual int GetSelection() const;
- virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const;
-
- virtual void EnsureVisible(int n);
-
- virtual void Update();
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // implementation from now on
-
- virtual GtkWidget *GetConnectWidget();
-
- struct _GtkTreeView *m_treeview;
- struct _GtkListStore *m_liststore;
-
-#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
- bool m_hasCheckBoxes;
-#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-
- struct _wxTreeEntry* GTKGetEntry(unsigned pos) const;
-
- void GTKDisableEvents();
- void GTKEnableEvents();
-
- void GTKOnSelectionChanged();
- void GTKOnActivated(int item);
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoClear();
- virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select);
-
- virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
- unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData, wxClientDataType type);
- virtual int DoInsertOneItem(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos);
-
- virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n);
- virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
- virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
- virtual int DoListHitTest(const wxPoint& point) const;
-
- // get the iterator for the given index, returns false if invalid
- bool GTKGetIteratorFor(unsigned pos, _GtkTreeIter *iter) const;
-
- // get the index for the given iterator, return wxNOT_FOUND on failure
- int GTKGetIndexFor(_GtkTreeIter& iter) const;
-
- // common part of DoSetFirstItem() and EnsureVisible()
- void DoScrollToCell(int n, float alignY, float alignX);
-
-private:
- void Init(); //common construction
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_LISTBOX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/mdi.h
-// Purpose: TDI-based MDI implementation for wxGTK
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by: 2008-10-31 Vadim Zeitlin: derive from the base classes
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_MDI_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_MDI_H_
-
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIChildFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIClientWindow;
-
-typedef struct _GtkNotebook GtkNotebook;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMDIParentFrame
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIParentFrame : public wxMDIParentFrameBase
-{
-public:
- wxMDIParentFrame() { Init(); }
- wxMDIParentFrame(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
- // we don't store the active child in m_currentChild unlike the base class
- // version so override this method to find it dynamically
- virtual wxMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const;
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- // ----------------------------------
-
- virtual void ActivateNext();
- virtual void ActivatePrevious();
-
- static bool IsTDI() { return true; }
-
- // implementation
-
- bool m_justInserted;
-
- virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoGetClientSize(int* width, int* height) const;
-
-private:
- friend class wxMDIChildFrame;
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIParentFrame)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMDIChildFrame
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIChildFrame : public wxTDIChildFrame
-{
-public:
- wxMDIChildFrame() { Init(); }
- wxMDIChildFrame(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxMDIChildFrame();
-
- virtual void SetMenuBar( wxMenuBar *menu_bar );
- virtual wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const;
-
- virtual void Activate();
-
- virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
-
- // implementation
-
- void OnActivate( wxActivateEvent& event );
- void OnMenuHighlight( wxMenuEvent& event );
- virtual void GTKHandleRealized();
-
- wxMenuBar *m_menuBar;
- bool m_justInserted;
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- GtkNotebook *GTKGetNotebook() const;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIChildFrame)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMDIClientWindow
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIClientWindow : public wxMDIClientWindowBase
-{
-public:
- wxMDIClientWindow() { }
- ~wxMDIClientWindow();
-
- virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
- long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL);
-
-private:
- virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMDIClientWindow)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_MDI_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/menu.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKMENU_H_
-#define _WX_GTKMENU_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenuBar
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBar : public wxMenuBarBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- wxMenuBar();
- wxMenuBar(long style);
- wxMenuBar(size_t n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[], long style = 0);
- ~wxMenuBar();
-
- // implement base class (pure) virtuals
- virtual bool Append( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title );
- virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
- virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
- virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos);
-
- virtual int FindMenuItem(const wxString& menuString,
- const wxString& itemString) const;
- virtual wxMenuItem* FindItem( int id, wxMenu **menu = NULL ) const;
-
- virtual void EnableTop( size_t pos, bool flag );
- virtual bool IsEnabledTop(size_t pos) const;
- virtual void SetMenuLabel( size_t pos, const wxString& label );
- virtual wxString GetMenuLabel( size_t pos ) const;
-
- void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir);
- wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const;
-
- virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame);
- virtual void Detach();
-
-private:
- // common part of Append and Insert
- void GtkAppend(wxMenu* menu, const wxString& title, int pos = -1);
-
- void Init(size_t n, wxMenu *menus[], const wxString titles[], long style);
-
- // wxMenuBar is not a top level window but it still doesn't need a parent
- // window
- virtual bool GTKNeedsParent() const { return false; }
-
- GtkWidget* m_menubar;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBar)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenu
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenu : public wxMenuBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors & dtor
- wxMenu(const wxString& title, long style = 0)
- : wxMenuBase(title, style) { Init(); }
-
- wxMenu(long style = 0) : wxMenuBase(style) { Init(); }
-
- virtual ~wxMenu();
-
- void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar);
-
- void SetLayoutDirection(const wxLayoutDirection dir);
- wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const;
-
- // Returns the title, with mnemonics translated to wx format
- wxString GetTitle() const;
-
- // Sets the title, with mnemonics translated to gtk format
- virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title);
-
- // implementation GTK only
- GtkWidget *m_menu; // GtkMenu
- GtkWidget *m_owner;
- GtkAccelGroup *m_accel;
- bool m_popupShown;
-
-protected:
- virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item);
- virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
- virtual wxMenuItem* DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item);
-
-private:
- // common code for all constructors:
- void Init();
-
- // common part of Append (if pos == -1) and Insert
- void GtkAppend(wxMenuItem* item, int pos = -1);
-
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenu)
-};
-
-#endif
- // _WX_GTKMENU_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/menuitem.h
-// Purpose: wxMenuItem class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKMENUITEM_H_
-#define _WX_GTKMENUITEM_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenuItem
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuItem : public wxMenuItemBase
-{
-public:
- wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu = NULL,
- int id = wxID_SEPARATOR,
- const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
- wxMenu *subMenu = NULL);
- virtual ~wxMenuItem();
-
- // implement base class virtuals
- virtual void SetItemLabel( const wxString& str );
- virtual void Enable( bool enable = true );
- virtual void Check( bool check = true );
- virtual bool IsChecked() const;
- virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
- virtual const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-
- // implementation
- void SetMenuItem(GtkWidget *menuItem);
- GtkWidget *GetMenuItem() const { return m_menuItem; }
- void SetGtkLabel();
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // compatibility only, don't use in new code
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(
- wxMenuItem(wxMenu *parentMenu,
- int id,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help,
- bool isCheckable,
- wxMenu *subMenu = NULL)
- );
-#endif
-
-private:
- wxBitmap m_bitmap; // Bitmap for menuitem, if any
- GtkWidget *m_menuItem; // GtkMenuItem
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuItem)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKMENUITEM_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/minifram.h
-// Purpose: wxMiniFrame class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_MINIFRAME_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_MINIFRAME_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMiniFrame
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMiniFrame: public wxFrame
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMiniFrame)
-
-public:
- wxMiniFrame() {}
- wxMiniFrame(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCAPTION | wxRESIZE_BORDER,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
- }
- ~wxMiniFrame();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxCAPTION | wxRESIZE_BORDER,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
- virtual void SetTitle( const wxString &title );
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
- int maxW, int maxH,
- int incW, int incH );
- virtual void DoGetClientSize(int* width, int* height) const;
-
- // implementation
-public:
- bool m_isDragging;
- int m_oldX,m_oldY;
- int m_diffX,m_diffY;
- wxBitmap m_closeButton;
- int m_miniEdge;
- int m_miniTitle;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_MINIFRAME_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/msgdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxMessageDialog for GTK+2
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2003/02/28
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2003
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_MSGDLG_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_MSGDLG_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageDialog : public wxMessageDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxMessageDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
- long style = wxOK|wxCENTRE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition);
-
- virtual int ShowModal();
- virtual bool Show(bool WXUNUSED(show) = true) { return false; }
-
-protected:
- // implement some base class methods to do nothing to avoid asserts and
- // GTK warnings, since this is not a real wxDialog.
- virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
- int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) {}
- // override to convert wx mnemonics to GTK+ ones and handle stock ids
- virtual void DoSetCustomLabel(wxString& var, const ButtonLabel& label);
-
-private:
- // override to use stock GTK+ defaults instead of just string ones
- virtual wxString GetDefaultYesLabel() const;
- virtual wxString GetDefaultNoLabel() const;
- virtual wxString GetDefaultOKLabel() const;
- virtual wxString GetDefaultCancelLabel() const;
- virtual wxString GetDefaultHelpLabel() const;
-
- // create the real GTK+ dialog: this is done from ShowModal() to allow
- // changing the message between constructing the dialog and showing it
- void GTKCreateMsgDialog();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMessageDialog)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_MSGDLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/nonownedwnd.h
-// Purpose: wxGTK-specific wxNonOwnedWindow declaration.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-10-12
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_NONOWNEDWND_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_NONOWNEDWND_H_
-
-class wxNonOwnedWindowShapeImpl;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNonOwnedWindow contains code common to wx{Popup,TopLevel}Window in wxGTK.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNonOwnedWindow : public wxNonOwnedWindowBase
-{
-public:
- wxNonOwnedWindow() { m_shapeImpl = NULL; }
- virtual ~wxNonOwnedWindow();
-
- // Overridden to actually set the shape when the window becomes realized.
- virtual void GTKHandleRealized();
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoClearShape();
- virtual bool DoSetRegionShape(const wxRegion& region);
-#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
- virtual bool DoSetPathShape(const wxGraphicsPath& path);
-#endif // wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-
-
-private:
- // If non-NULL, contains information about custom window shape.
- wxNonOwnedWindowShapeImpl* m_shapeImpl;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNonOwnedWindow);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_NONOWNEDWND_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/notebook.h
-// Purpose: wxNotebook class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart and Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKNOTEBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_GTKNOTEBOOK_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// internal class
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGtkNotebookPage;
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-WX_DECLARE_LIST(wxGtkNotebookPage, wxGtkNotebookPagesList);
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotebook
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebook : public wxNotebookBase
-{
-public:
- // default for dynamic class
- wxNotebook();
- // the same arguments as for wxControl
- wxNotebook(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr);
- // Create() function
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxNotebookNameStr);
- // dtor
- virtual ~wxNotebook();
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // set the currently selected page, return the index of the previously
- // selected one (or wxNOT_FOUND on error)
- // NB: this function will _not_ generate wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_xxx events
- int SetSelection(size_t nPage) { return DoSetSelection(nPage, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
- // get the currently selected page
- int GetSelection() const;
-
- // changes selected page without sending events
- int ChangeSelection(size_t nPage) { return DoSetSelection(nPage); }
-
- // set/get the title of a page
- bool SetPageText(size_t nPage, const wxString& strText);
- wxString GetPageText(size_t nPage) const;
-
- // sets/returns item's image index in the current image list
- int GetPageImage(size_t nPage) const;
- bool SetPageImage(size_t nPage, int nImage);
-
- // control the appearance of the notebook pages
- // set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
- void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding);
- // sets the size of the tabs (assumes all tabs are the same size)
- void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz);
-
- // geometry
- virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
- virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
-
- // operations
- // ----------
- // remove all pages
- bool DeleteAllPages();
-
- // adds a new page to the notebook (it will be deleted by the notebook,
- // don't delete it yourself). If bSelect, this page becomes active.
- // the same as AddPage(), but adds it at the specified position
- bool InsertPage( size_t position,
- wxNotebookPage *win,
- const wxString& strText,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE );
-
- // handler for tab navigation
- // --------------------------
- void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
-
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
- void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse);
- bool DoPhase(int phase);
-#endif
-
- // Called by GTK event handler when the current page is definitely changed.
- void GTKOnPageChanged();
-
- // helper function
- wxGtkNotebookPage* GetNotebookPage(int page) const;
-
- // the additional page data (the pages themselves are in m_pages array)
- wxGtkNotebookPagesList m_pagesData;
-
- // we need to store the old selection since there
- // is no other way to know about it at the time
- // of the change selection event
- int m_oldSelection;
-
-protected:
- // set all page's attributes
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- // remove one page from the notebook but do not destroy it
- virtual wxNotebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t nPage);
-
- int DoSetSelection(size_t nPage, int flags = 0);
-
-private:
- // the padding set by SetPadding()
- int m_padding;
-
- void Init();
- virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebook)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKNOTEBOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/notifmsg.h
-// Purpose: wxNotificationMessage for wxGTK.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2012-07-25
-// Copyright: (c) 2012 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_NOTIFMSG_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_NOTIFMSG_H_
-
-typedef struct _NotifyNotification NotifyNotification;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotificationMessage
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxNotificationMessage : public wxNotificationMessageBase
-{
-public:
- wxNotificationMessage() { Init(); }
- wxNotificationMessage(const wxString& title,
- const wxString& message = wxString(),
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION)
- : wxNotificationMessageBase(title, message, parent, flags)
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- virtual ~wxNotificationMessage();
-
-
- virtual bool Show(int timeout = Timeout_Auto);
- virtual bool Close();
-
- // Set the name of the icon to use, overriding the default icon determined
- // by the flags. Call with empty string to reset custom icon.
- bool GTKSetIconName(const wxString& name);
-
-private:
- void Init() { m_notification = NULL; }
-
- NotifyNotification* m_notification;
- wxString m_iconName;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotificationMessage);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_NOTIFMSG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/pen.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_PEN_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_PEN_H_
-
-typedef signed char wxGTKDash;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPen
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPen: public wxPenBase
-{
-public:
- wxPen() { }
-
- wxPen( const wxColour &colour, int width = 1, wxPenStyle style = wxPENSTYLE_SOLID );
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
- wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( wxPen(const wxColour& col, int width, int style) );
-#endif
-
- virtual ~wxPen();
-
- bool operator==(const wxPen& pen) const;
- bool operator!=(const wxPen& pen) const { return !(*this == pen); }
-
- void SetColour( const wxColour &colour );
- void SetColour( unsigned char red, unsigned char green, unsigned char blue );
- void SetCap( wxPenCap capStyle );
- void SetJoin( wxPenJoin joinStyle );
- void SetStyle( wxPenStyle style );
- void SetWidth( int width );
- void SetDashes( int number_of_dashes, const wxDash *dash );
- void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple);
-
- wxColour GetColour() const;
- wxPenCap GetCap() const;
- wxPenJoin GetJoin() const;
- wxPenStyle GetStyle() const;
- int GetWidth() const;
- int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const;
- int GetDashCount() const;
- wxDash* GetDash() const;
- wxBitmap *GetStipple() const;
-
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
- wxDEPRECATED_FUTURE( void SetStyle(int style) )
- { SetStyle((wxPenStyle)style); }
-#endif
-
-protected:
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPen)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_PEN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/popupwin.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_POPUPWIN_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_POPUPWIN_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPopUpWindow
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupWindow: public wxPopupWindowBase
-{
-public:
- wxPopupWindow() { }
- virtual ~wxPopupWindow();
-
- wxPopupWindow(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE)
- { (void)Create(parent, flags); }
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, int flags = wxBORDER_NONE);
-
- virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-
- virtual void SetFocus();
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- // GTK time when connecting to button_press signal
- wxUint32 m_time;
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
- int width, int height,
- int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupWindow)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_POPUPWIN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/print.h
-// Author: Anthony Bretaudeau
-// Purpose: GTK printing support
-// Created: 2007-08-25
-// Copyright: (c) Anthony Bretaudeau
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_PRINT_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_PRINT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GTKPRINT
-
-#include "wx/print.h"
-#include "wx/printdlg.h"
-#include "wx/prntbase.h"
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-
-typedef struct _GtkPrintOperation GtkPrintOperation;
-typedef struct _GtkPrintContext GtkPrintContext;
-typedef struct _GtkPrintSettings GtkPrintSettings;
-typedef struct _GtkPageSetup GtkPageSetup;
-
-typedef struct _cairo cairo_t;
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGtkPrintFactory
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxGtkPrintFactory: public wxPrintFactory
-{
-public:
- virtual wxPrinterBase *CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData *data );
-
- virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview,
- wxPrintout *printout = NULL,
- wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL );
- virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview,
- wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintData *data );
-
- virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL );
- virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPrintData *data );
-
- virtual wxPageSetupDialogBase *CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPageSetupDialogData * data = NULL );
-
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data );
-
- virtual bool HasPrintSetupDialog();
- virtual wxDialog *CreatePrintSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData *data );
- virtual bool HasOwnPrintToFile();
- virtual bool HasPrinterLine();
- virtual wxString CreatePrinterLine();
- virtual bool HasStatusLine();
- virtual wxString CreateStatusLine();
-
- virtual wxPrintNativeDataBase *CreatePrintNativeData();
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGtkPrintDialog
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPrintDialog: public wxPrintDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxGtkPrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL );
- wxGtkPrintDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data);
- virtual ~wxGtkPrintDialog();
-
- wxPrintData& GetPrintData()
- { return m_printDialogData.GetPrintData(); }
- wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData()
- { return m_printDialogData; }
-
- wxDC *GetPrintDC() { return m_dc; }
- void SetPrintDC(wxDC * printDC) { m_dc = printDC; }
-
- virtual int ShowModal();
-
- virtual bool Validate() { return true; }
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow() { return true; }
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow() { return true; }
-
- void SetShowDialog(bool show) { m_showDialog = show; }
- bool GetShowDialog() { return m_showDialog; }
-
-protected:
- // Implement some base class methods to do nothing to avoid asserts and
- // GTK warnings, since this is not a real wxDialog.
- virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
- int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) {}
-
-private:
- wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData;
- wxWindow *m_parent;
- bool m_showDialog;
- wxDC *m_dc;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkPrintDialog)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGtkPageSetupDialog
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPageSetupDialog: public wxPageSetupDialogBase
-{
-public:
- wxGtkPageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPageSetupDialogData* data = NULL );
- virtual ~wxGtkPageSetupDialog();
-
- virtual wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData() { return m_pageDialogData; }
-
- virtual int ShowModal();
-
- virtual bool Validate() { return true; }
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow() { return true; }
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow() { return true; }
-
-protected:
- // Implement some base class methods to do nothing to avoid asserts and
- // GTK warnings, since this is not a real wxDialog.
- virtual void DoSetSize(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
- int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = wxSIZE_AUTO) {}
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height)) {}
-
-private:
- wxPageSetupDialogData m_pageDialogData;
- wxWindow *m_parent;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkPageSetupDialog)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGtkPrinter
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPrinter : public wxPrinterBase
-{
-public:
- wxGtkPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
- virtual ~wxGtkPrinter();
-
- virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent,
- wxPrintout *printout,
- bool prompt = true);
- virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
- virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
-
- GtkPrintContext *GetPrintContext() { return m_gpc; }
- void SetPrintContext(GtkPrintContext *context) {m_gpc = context;}
- void BeginPrint(wxPrintout *printout, GtkPrintOperation *operation, GtkPrintContext *context);
- void DrawPage(wxPrintout *printout, GtkPrintOperation *operation, GtkPrintContext *context, int page_nr);
-
-private:
- GtkPrintContext *m_gpc;
- wxDC *m_dc;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkPrinter)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGtkPrinter);
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGtkPrintNativeData
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPrintNativeData : public wxPrintNativeDataBase
-{
-public:
- wxGtkPrintNativeData();
- virtual ~wxGtkPrintNativeData();
-
- virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data );
- virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data );
-
- virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; }
-
- GtkPrintSettings* GetPrintConfig() { return m_config; }
- void SetPrintConfig( GtkPrintSettings * config );
-
- GtkPrintOperation* GetPrintJob() { return m_job; }
- void SetPrintJob(GtkPrintOperation *job) { m_job = job; }
-
- GtkPrintContext *GetPrintContext() { return m_context; }
- void SetPrintContext(GtkPrintContext *context) {m_context = context; }
-
-
- GtkPageSetup* GetPageSetupFromSettings(GtkPrintSettings* settings);
- void SetPageSetupToSettings(GtkPrintSettings* settings, GtkPageSetup* page_setup);
-
-private:
- // NB: m_config is created and owned by us, but the other objects are not
- // and their accessors don't change their ref count.
- GtkPrintSettings *m_config;
- GtkPrintOperation *m_job;
- GtkPrintContext *m_context;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkPrintNativeData)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGtkPrinterDC
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPrinterDCImpl : public wxDCImpl
-{
-public:
- wxGtkPrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data );
- virtual ~wxGtkPrinterDCImpl();
-
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- bool IsOk() const;
-
- virtual void* GetCairoContext() const;
- virtual void* GetHandle() const;
-
- bool CanDrawBitmap() const { return true; }
- void Clear();
- void SetFont( const wxFont& font );
- void SetPen( const wxPen& pen );
- void SetBrush( const wxBrush& brush );
- void SetLogicalFunction( wxRasterOperationMode function );
- void SetBackground( const wxBrush& brush );
- void DestroyClippingRegion();
- bool StartDoc(const wxString& message);
- void EndDoc();
- void StartPage();
- void EndPage();
- wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
- wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
- bool CanGetTextExtent() const { return true; }
- wxSize GetPPI() const;
- virtual int GetDepth() const { return 24; }
- void SetBackgroundMode(int mode);
- void SetPalette(const wxPalette& WXUNUSED(palette)) { }
- void SetResolution(int ppi);
-
- // overridden for wxPrinterDC Impl
- virtual int GetResolution() const;
- virtual wxRect GetPaperRect() const;
-
-protected:
- bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, const wxColour &col,
- wxFloodFillStyle style=wxFLOOD_SURFACE );
- void DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect, const wxColour& initialColour, const wxColour& destColour, const wxPoint& circleCenter);
- void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect, const wxColour& initialColour, const wxColour& destColour, wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST);
- bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxColour *col) const;
- void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2);
- void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1,wxCoord y1,wxCoord x2,wxCoord y2,wxCoord xc,wxCoord yc);
- void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x,wxCoord y,wxCoord w,wxCoord h,double sa,double ea);
- void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- void DoDrawLines(int n, const wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0);
- void DoDrawPolygon(int n, const wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle=wxODDEVEN_RULE);
- void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, const int count[], const wxPoint points[], wxCoord xoffset = 0, wxCoord yoffset = 0, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle=wxODDEVEN_RULE);
- void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
- void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height, double radius = 20.0);
- void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
-#if wxUSE_SPLINES
- void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points);
-#endif
- bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
- wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
- wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
- wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord);
- void DoDrawIcon( const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y );
- void DoDrawBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, bool useMask = false );
- void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y );
- void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y, double angle);
- void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
- void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion( const wxRegion &WXUNUSED(clip) )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented" );
- }
- void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string, wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
- wxCoord *descent = NULL,
- wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *theFont = NULL ) const;
- void DoGetSize(int* width, int* height) const;
- void DoGetSizeMM(int *width, int *height) const;
-
- wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
- void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& data);
-
-private:
- wxPrintData m_printData;
- PangoContext *m_context;
- PangoLayout *m_layout;
- PangoFontDescription *m_fontdesc;
- cairo_t *m_cairo;
-
- unsigned char m_currentRed;
- unsigned char m_currentGreen;
- unsigned char m_currentBlue;
- unsigned char m_currentAlpha;
-
- GtkPrintContext *m_gpc;
- int m_resolution;
- double m_PS2DEV;
- double m_DEV2PS;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGtkPrinterDCImpl)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGtkPrinterDCImpl);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGtkPrintPreview: programmer creates an object of this class to preview a
-// wxPrintout.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGtkPrintPreview : public wxPrintPreviewBase
-{
-public:
- wxGtkPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL,
- wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
- wxGtkPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
- wxPrintData *data);
-
- virtual ~wxGtkPrintPreview();
-
- virtual bool Print(bool interactive);
- virtual void DetermineScaling();
-
-private:
- void Init(wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
- wxPrintData *data);
-
- // resolution to use in DPI
- int m_resolution;
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxGtkPrintPreview)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GTKPRINT
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_PRINT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/radiobox.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_RADIOBOX_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_RADIOBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGTKRadioButtonInfo;
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxGTKRadioButtonInfo, wxRadioBoxButtonsInfoList);
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRadioBox
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioBox : public wxControl,
- public wxRadioBoxBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors and dtor
- wxRadioBox() { }
- wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0,
- const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
- int majorDim = 0,
- long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS,
- const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
- {
- Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, n, choices, majorDim, style, val, name );
- }
-
- wxRadioBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- int majorDim = 0,
- long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS,
- const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr)
- {
- Create( parent, id, title, pos, size, choices, majorDim, style, val, name );
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0,
- const wxString choices[] = (const wxString *) NULL,
- int majorDim = 0,
- long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS,
- const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- int majorDim = 0,
- long style = wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS,
- const wxValidator& val = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxRadioBoxNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxRadioBox();
-
-
- // implement wxItemContainerImmutable methods
- virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
-
- virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
- virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
-
- virtual void SetSelection(int n);
- virtual int GetSelection() const;
-
-
- // implement wxRadioBoxBase methods
- virtual bool Show(unsigned int n, bool show = true);
- virtual bool Enable(unsigned int n, bool enable = true);
-
- virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int n) const;
- virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int n) const;
-
-
- // override some base class methods to operate on radiobox itself too
- virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
- virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true );
-
- virtual void SetLabel( const wxString& label );
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- virtual int GetItemFromPoint( const wxPoint& pt ) const;
-#if wxUSE_HELP
- // override virtual wxWindow::GetHelpTextAtPoint to use common platform independent
- // wxRadioBoxBase::DoGetHelpTextAtPoint from the platform independent
- // base class-interface wxRadioBoxBase.
- virtual wxString GetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxPoint & pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const
- {
- return wxRadioBoxBase::DoGetHelpTextAtPoint( this, pt, origin );
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- void GtkDisableEvents();
- void GtkEnableEvents();
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- virtual void GTKApplyToolTip(const char* tip);
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
- wxRadioBoxButtonsInfoList m_buttonsInfo;
-
-protected:
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- virtual void DoSetItemToolTip(unsigned int n, wxToolTip *tooltip);
-#endif
-
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- virtual bool GTKNeedsToFilterSameWindowFocus() const { return true; }
-
- virtual bool GTKWidgetNeedsMnemonic() const;
- virtual void GTKWidgetDoSetMnemonic(GtkWidget* w);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_RADIOBOX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/radiobut.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_RADIOBUT_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_RADIOBUT_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRadioButton
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioButton: public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxRadioButton() { }
- wxRadioButton( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr )
- {
- Create( parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name );
- }
-
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxRadioButtonNameStr );
-
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
- virtual void SetValue(bool val);
- virtual bool GetValue() const;
- virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true );
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-protected:
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
-private:
- typedef wxControl base_type;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_RADIOBUT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/region.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_REGION_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_REGION_H_
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
-typedef struct _cairo_region cairo_region_t;
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRegion
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegion : public wxRegionBase
-{
-public:
- wxRegion() { }
-
- wxRegion( wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h )
- {
- InitRect(x, y, w, h);
- }
-
- wxRegion( const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight )
- {
- InitRect(topLeft.x, topLeft.y,
- bottomRight.x - topLeft.x, bottomRight.y - topLeft.y);
- }
-
- wxRegion( const wxRect& rect )
- {
- InitRect(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
- }
-
- wxRegion( size_t n, const wxPoint *points,
- wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE );
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- wxRegion( const wxBitmap& bmp)
- {
- Union(bmp);
- }
- wxRegion( const wxBitmap& bmp,
- const wxColour& transColour, int tolerance = 0)
- {
- Union(bmp, transColour, tolerance);
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- virtual ~wxRegion();
-
- // wxRegionBase methods
- virtual void Clear();
- virtual bool IsEmpty() const;
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- cairo_region_t* GetRegion() const;
-#else
- wxRegion(const GdkRegion* region);
- GdkRegion *GetRegion() const;
-#endif
-
-protected:
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
-
- // wxRegionBase pure virtuals
- virtual bool DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const;
- virtual bool DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const;
- virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
- virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const;
-
- virtual bool DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- virtual bool DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect);
- virtual bool DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region);
- virtual bool DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region);
- virtual bool DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region);
- virtual bool DoXor(const wxRegion& region);
-
- // common part of ctors for a rectangle region
- void InitRect(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegion)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRegionIterator: decomposes a region into rectangles
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionIterator: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxRegionIterator();
- wxRegionIterator(const wxRegion& region);
- wxRegionIterator(const wxRegionIterator& ri) : wxObject(ri) { Init(); *this = ri; }
- ~wxRegionIterator();
-
- wxRegionIterator& operator=(const wxRegionIterator& ri);
-
- void Reset() { m_current = 0u; }
- void Reset(const wxRegion& region);
-
- bool HaveRects() const;
- operator bool () const { return HaveRects(); }
-
- wxRegionIterator& operator ++ ();
- wxRegionIterator operator ++ (int);
-
- wxCoord GetX() const;
- wxCoord GetY() const;
- wxCoord GetW() const;
- wxCoord GetWidth() const { return GetW(); }
- wxCoord GetH() const;
- wxCoord GetHeight() const { return GetH(); }
- wxRect GetRect() const;
-
-private:
- void Init();
- void CreateRects( const wxRegion& r );
-
- wxRegion m_region;
- wxRect *m_rects;
- int m_numRects;
- int m_current;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRegionIterator)
-};
-
-
-#endif
- // _WX_GTK_REGION_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/scrolbar.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_SCROLLBAR_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_SCROLLBAR_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrollBar
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollBar: public wxScrollBarBase
-{
-public:
- wxScrollBar();
- inline wxScrollBar( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr )
- {
- Create( parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name );
- }
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr );
- virtual ~wxScrollBar();
- int GetThumbPosition() const;
- int GetThumbSize() const;
- int GetPageSize() const;
- int GetRange() const;
- virtual void SetThumbPosition( int viewStart );
- virtual void SetScrollbar( int position, int thumbSize, int range, int pageSize,
- bool refresh = true );
-
- void SetThumbSize(int thumbSize);
- void SetPageSize( int pageLength );
- void SetRange(int range);
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBar)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_SCROLLBAR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/scrolwin.h
-// Purpose: wxScrolledWindow class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (2005-10-10): wxScrolledWindow is now common
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_SCROLLWIN_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_SCROLLWIN_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrolledWindow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollHelper : public wxScrollHelperBase
-{
- typedef wxScrollHelperBase base_type;
-public:
- // default ctor doesn't do anything
- wxScrollHelper(wxWindow *win) : wxScrollHelperBase(win) { }
-
- // implement the base class methods
- virtual void SetScrollbars(int pixelsPerUnitX, int pixelsPerUnitY,
- int noUnitsX, int noUnitsY,
- int xPos = 0, int yPos = 0,
- bool noRefresh = false);
- virtual void AdjustScrollbars();
-
- virtual bool IsScrollbarShown(int orient) const;
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoScroll(int x, int y);
- virtual void DoShowScrollbars(wxScrollbarVisibility horz,
- wxScrollbarVisibility vert);
-
-private:
- // this does (each) half of AdjustScrollbars() work
- void DoAdjustScrollbar(GtkRange* range,
- int pixelsPerLine,
- int winSize,
- int virtSize,
- int *pos,
- int *lines,
- int *linesPerPage);
-
- void DoAdjustHScrollbar(int winSize, int virtSize)
- {
- DoAdjustScrollbar
- (
- m_win->m_scrollBar[wxWindow::ScrollDir_Horz],
- m_xScrollPixelsPerLine, winSize, virtSize,
- &m_xScrollPosition, &m_xScrollLines, &m_xScrollLinesPerPage
- );
- }
-
- void DoAdjustVScrollbar(int winSize, int virtSize)
- {
- DoAdjustScrollbar
- (
- m_win->m_scrollBar[wxWindow::ScrollDir_Vert],
- m_yScrollPixelsPerLine, winSize, virtSize,
- &m_yScrollPosition, &m_yScrollLines, &m_yScrollLinesPerPage
- );
- }
-
- // and this does the same for Scroll()
- void DoScrollOneDir(int orient,
- int pos,
- int pixelsPerLine,
- int *posOld);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollHelper);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_SCROLLWIN_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/slider.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_SLIDER_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_SLIDER_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSlider
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSlider : public wxSliderBase
-{
-public:
- wxSlider();
- wxSlider(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr)
- {
- Create( parent, id, value, minValue, maxValue,
- pos, size, style, validator, name );
- }
- ~wxSlider();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
-
- // implement the base class pure virtuals
- virtual int GetValue() const;
- virtual void SetValue(int value);
-
- virtual void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue);
- virtual int GetMin() const;
- virtual int GetMax() const;
-
- virtual void SetLineSize(int lineSize);
- virtual void SetPageSize(int pageSize);
- virtual int GetLineSize() const;
- virtual int GetPageSize() const;
-
- virtual void SetThumbLength(int lenPixels);
- virtual int GetThumbLength() const;
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // implementation
- void GTKDisableEvents();
- void GTKEnableEvents();
- bool GTKEventsDisabled() const;
-
- double m_pos;
- int m_scrollEventType;
- bool m_needThumbRelease;
- GtkWidget *m_scale;
-
-protected:
- GtkWidget *m_minLabel,*m_maxLabel;
- bool m_blockScrollEvent;
-
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- // set the slider value unconditionally
- void GTKSetValue(int value);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSlider)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_SLIDER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/spinbutt.h
-// Purpose: wxSpinButton class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_SPINBUTT_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_SPINBUTT_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinButton
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinButton : public wxSpinButtonBase
-{
-public:
- wxSpinButton();
- wxSpinButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = -1,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_VERTICAL,
- const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME)
- {
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = -1,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_VERTICAL,
- const wxString& name = wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME);
-
- virtual int GetValue() const;
- virtual void SetValue( int value );
- virtual void SetRange( int minVal, int maxVal );
- virtual int GetMin() const;
- virtual int GetMax() const;
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true );
-
- // implementation
- int m_pos;
-
-protected:
- void GtkDisableEvents() const;
- void GtkEnableEvents() const;
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
-private:
- typedef wxSpinButtonBase base_type;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_SPINBUTT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/spinctrl.h
-// Purpose: wxSpinCtrl class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_SPINCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_SPINCTRL_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinCtrlGTKBase - Base class for GTK versions of the wxSpinCtrl[Double]
-//
-// This class manages a double valued GTK spinctrl through the DoGet/SetXXX
-// functions that are made public as Get/SetXXX functions for int or double
-// for the wxSpinCtrl and wxSpinCtrlDouble classes respectively to avoid
-// function ambiguity.
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlGTKBase : public wxSpinCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- long style,
- double min, double max, double initial,
- double inc,
- const wxString& name);
-
- // wxSpinCtrl(Double) methods call DoXXX functions of the same name
-
- // accessors
- // T GetValue() const
- // T GetMin() const
- // T GetMax() const
- // T GetIncrement() const
- virtual bool GetSnapToTicks() const;
-
- // operations
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
- // void SetValue(T val)
- // void SetRange(T minVal, T maxVal)
- // void SetIncrement(T inc)
- void SetSnapToTicks( bool snap_to_ticks );
-
- // Select text in the textctrl
- void SetSelection(long from, long to);
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // implementation
- void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event );
-
-protected:
- double DoGetValue() const;
- double DoGetMin() const;
- double DoGetMax() const;
- double DoGetIncrement() const;
-
- void DoSetValue(double val);
- void DoSetValue(const wxString& strValue);
- void DoSetRange(double min_val, double max_val);
- void DoSetIncrement(double inc);
-
- void GtkDisableEvents() const;
- void GtkEnableEvents() const;
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetSizeFromTextSize(int xlen, int ylen = -1) const;
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- // Widgets that use the style->base colour for the BG colour should
- // override this and return true.
- virtual bool UseGTKStyleBase() const { return true; }
-
- friend class wxSpinCtrlEventDisabler;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinCtrl - An integer valued spin control
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrl : public wxSpinCtrlGTKBase
-{
-public:
- wxSpinCtrl() { Init(); }
- wxSpinCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
- int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxS("wxSpinCtrl"))
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style, min, max, initial, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
- int min = 0, int max = 100, int initial = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxS("wxSpinCtrl"))
- {
- return wxSpinCtrlGTKBase::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size,
- style, min, max, initial, 1, name);
- }
-
- // accessors
- int GetValue() const { return int(DoGetValue()); }
- int GetMin() const { return int(DoGetMin()); }
- int GetMax() const { return int(DoGetMax()); }
- int GetIncrement() const { return int(DoGetIncrement()); }
-
- // operations
- void SetValue(const wxString& value) { wxSpinCtrlGTKBase::SetValue(value); } // visibility problem w/ gcc
- void SetValue( int value ) { DoSetValue(value); }
- void SetRange( int minVal, int maxVal ) { DoSetRange(minVal, maxVal); }
- void SetIncrement(int inc) { DoSetIncrement(inc); }
-
- virtual int GetBase() const { return m_base; }
- virtual bool SetBase(int base);
-
-private:
- // Common part of all ctors.
- void Init()
- {
- m_base = 10;
- }
-
- int m_base;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrl)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinCtrlDouble - a double valued spin control
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlDouble : public wxSpinCtrlGTKBase
-{
-public:
- wxSpinCtrlDouble() {}
- wxSpinCtrlDouble(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
- double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0,
- double inc = 1,
- const wxString& name = wxS("wxSpinCtrlDouble"))
- {
- Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, style,
- min, max, initial, inc, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSP_ARROW_KEYS | wxALIGN_RIGHT,
- double min = 0, double max = 100, double initial = 0,
- double inc = 1,
- const wxString& name = wxS("wxSpinCtrlDouble"))
- {
- return wxSpinCtrlGTKBase::Create(parent, id, value, pos, size,
- style, min, max, initial, inc, name);
- }
-
- // accessors
- double GetValue() const { return DoGetValue(); }
- double GetMin() const { return DoGetMin(); }
- double GetMax() const { return DoGetMax(); }
- double GetIncrement() const { return DoGetIncrement(); }
- unsigned GetDigits() const;
-
- // operations
- void SetValue(const wxString& value) { wxSpinCtrlGTKBase::SetValue(value); } // visibility problem w/ gcc
- void SetValue(double value) { DoSetValue(value); }
- void SetRange(double minVal, double maxVal) { DoSetRange(minVal, maxVal); }
- void SetIncrement(double inc) { DoSetIncrement(inc); }
- void SetDigits(unsigned digits);
-
- virtual int GetBase() const { return 10; }
- virtual bool SetBase(int WXUNUSED(base)) { return false; }
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrlDouble)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_SPINCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/statbmp.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __GTKSTATICBITMAPH__
-#define __GTKSTATICBITMAPH__
-
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticBitmap
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBitmap : public wxStaticBitmapBase
-{
-public:
- wxStaticBitmap();
- wxStaticBitmap( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxBitmap& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr );
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxBitmap& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxStaticBitmapNameStr);
-
- virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) { SetBitmap( icon ); }
- virtual void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
- virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-
- // for compatibility with wxMSW
- wxIcon GetIcon() const
- {
- // don't use wxDynamicCast, icons and bitmaps are really the same thing
- // in wxGTK
- return (const wxIcon &)m_bitmap;
- }
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-private:
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmap)
-};
-
-#endif // __GTKSTATICBITMAPH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/statbox.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKSTATICBOX_H_
-#define _WX_GTKSTATICBOX_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticBox
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBox : public wxStaticBoxBase
-{
-public:
- wxStaticBox();
- wxStaticBox( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString &label,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString &name = wxStaticBoxNameStr );
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString &label,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString &name = wxStaticBoxNameStr );
-
- virtual void SetLabel( const wxString &label );
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // implementation
-
- virtual bool GTKIsTransparentForMouse() const { return true; }
-
- virtual void GetBordersForSizer(int *borderTop, int *borderOther) const;
-
- virtual void AddChild( wxWindowBase *child );
-
-protected:
- virtual bool GTKWidgetNeedsMnemonic() const;
- virtual void GTKWidgetDoSetMnemonic(GtkWidget* w);
-
- void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKSTATICBOX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/statline.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __GTKSTATICLINEH__
-#define __GTKSTATICLINEH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATLINE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticLine
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticLine : public wxStaticLineBase
-{
-public:
- wxStaticLine();
- wxStaticLine(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxLI_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxString &name = wxStaticLineNameStr);
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLine)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATLINE
-
-#endif // __GTKSTATICLINEH__
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/stattext.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_STATTEXT_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_STATTEXT_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticText
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticText : public wxStaticTextBase
-{
-public:
- wxStaticText();
- wxStaticText(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString &label,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr );
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString &label,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString &name = wxStaticTextNameStr );
-
- void SetLabel( const wxString &label );
-
- bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
-protected:
- virtual bool GTKWidgetNeedsMnemonic() const;
- virtual void GTKWidgetDoSetMnemonic(GtkWidget* w);
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- virtual wxString DoGetLabel() const;
- virtual void DoSetLabel(const wxString& str);
-#if wxUSE_MARKUP
- virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup);
-#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
-
-private:
- // Common part of SetLabel() and DoSetLabelMarkup().
- typedef void (wxStaticText::*GTKLabelSetter)(GtkLabel *, const wxString&);
-
- void GTKDoSetLabel(GTKLabelSetter setter, const wxString& label);
-
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticText)
-};
-
-#endif
- // _WX_GTK_STATTEXT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/taskbar.h
-// Purpose: wxTaskBarIcon class for GTK2
-// Author: Paul Cornett
-// Created: 2009-02-08
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Paul Cornett
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_TASKBARICON_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_TASKBARICON_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIcon: public wxTaskBarIconBase
-{
-public:
- wxTaskBarIcon(wxTaskBarIconType iconType = wxTBI_DEFAULT_TYPE);
- ~wxTaskBarIcon();
- virtual bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxString());
- virtual bool RemoveIcon();
- virtual bool PopupMenu(wxMenu* menu);
- bool IsOk() const { return true; }
- bool IsIconInstalled() const;
-
- class Private;
-
-private:
- Private* m_priv;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTaskBarIcon)
- DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTaskBarIcon)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_TASKBARICON_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/textctrl.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_TEXTCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_TEXTCTRL_H_
-
-typedef struct _GtkTextMark GtkTextMark;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrl: public wxTextCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- wxTextCtrl() { Init(); }
- wxTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString &value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString &name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxTextCtrl();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString &value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString &name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- // ----------------------------------
-
- virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
- virtual wxString GetValue() const;
- virtual bool IsEmpty() const;
-
- virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const;
- virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const;
- virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const;
-
- virtual bool IsModified() const;
- virtual bool IsEditable() const;
-
- virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
-
- virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-
- virtual void MarkDirty();
- virtual void DiscardEdits();
-
- virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
-
- // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
- // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
- // which represent column and line.
- virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
- virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
-
- virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
-
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
- wxTextCoord *col,
- wxTextCoord *row) const
- {
- return wxTextCtrlBase::HitTest(pt, col, row);
- }
-
- // Clipboard operations
- virtual void Copy();
- virtual void Cut();
- virtual void Paste();
-
- // Insertion point
- virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
- virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
- virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
-
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
- virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
- // Overridden wxWindow methods
- virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style );
- virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true );
-
- // Implementation from now on
- void OnDropFiles( wxDropFilesEvent &event );
- void OnChar( wxKeyEvent &event );
-
- void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
- bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
- bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
- GtkWidget* GetConnectWidget();
-
- void SetUpdateFont(bool WXUNUSED(update)) { }
-
- // implementation only from now on
-
- // tell the control to ignore next text changed signal
- void IgnoreNextTextUpdate(int n = 1) { m_countUpdatesToIgnore = n; }
-
- // should we ignore the changed signal? always resets the flag
- bool IgnoreTextUpdate();
-
- // call this to indicate that the control is about to be changed
- // programmatically and so m_modified flag shouldn't be set
- void DontMarkDirtyOnNextChange() { m_dontMarkDirty = true; }
-
- // should we mark the control as dirty? always resets the flag
- bool MarkDirtyOnChange();
-
- // always let GTK have mouse release events for multiline controls
- virtual bool GTKProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) const;
-
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-protected:
- // overridden wxWindow virtual methods
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetSizeFromTextSize(int xlen, int ylen = -1) const;
-
- virtual void DoFreeze();
- virtual void DoThaw();
-
- // Widgets that use the style->base colour for the BG colour should
- // override this and return true.
- virtual bool UseGTKStyleBase() const { return true; }
-
- virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString &value, int flags = 0);
-
- // Override this to use either GtkEntry or GtkTextView IME depending on the
- // kind of control we are.
- virtual int GTKIMFilterKeypress(GdkEventKey* event) const;
-
- virtual wxPoint DoPositionToCoords(long pos) const;
-
- // wrappers hiding the differences between functions doing the same thing
- // for GtkTextView and GtkEntry (all of them use current window style to
- // set the given characteristic)
- void GTKSetEditable();
- void GTKSetVisibility();
- void GTKSetActivatesDefault();
- void GTKSetWrapMode();
- void GTKSetJustification();
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- // overridden wxTextEntry virtual methods
- virtual GtkEditable *GetEditable() const;
- virtual GtkEntry *GetEntry() const;
- virtual void EnableTextChangedEvents(bool enable);
-
- // change the font for everything in this control
- void ChangeFontGlobally();
-
- // get the encoding which is used in this control: this looks at our font
- // and default style but not the current style (i.e. the style for the
- // current position); returns wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if we have no specific
- // encoding
- wxFontEncoding GetTextEncoding() const;
-
- // returns either m_text or m_buffer depending on whether the control is
- // single- or multi-line; convenient for the GTK+ functions which work with
- // both
- void *GetTextObject() const
- {
- return IsMultiLine() ? static_cast<void *>(m_buffer)
- : static_cast<void *>(m_text);
- }
-
-
- // the widget used for single line controls
- GtkWidget *m_text;
-
- bool m_modified:1;
- bool m_dontMarkDirty:1;
-
- int m_countUpdatesToIgnore;
-
- // Our text buffer. Convenient, and holds the buffer while using
- // a dummy one when frozen
- GtkTextBuffer *m_buffer;
-
- GtkTextMark* m_showPositionOnThaw;
- GSList* m_anonymousMarkList;
-
- // For wxTE_AUTO_URL
- void OnUrlMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent&);
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_TEXTCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/textentry.h
-// Purpose: wxGTK-specific wxTextEntry implementation
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2007-09-24
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_TEXTENTRY_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_TEXTENTRY_H_
-
-typedef struct _GdkEventKey GdkEventKey;
-typedef struct _GtkEditable GtkEditable;
-typedef struct _GtkEntry GtkEntry;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextEntry: roughly corresponds to GtkEditable
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntry : public wxTextEntryBase
-{
-public:
- wxTextEntry() { }
-
- // implement wxTextEntryBase pure virtual methods
- virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
- virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-
- virtual void Copy();
- virtual void Cut();
- virtual void Paste();
-
- virtual void Undo();
- virtual void Redo();
- virtual bool CanUndo() const;
- virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
- virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
- virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
- virtual long GetLastPosition() const;
-
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
- virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const;
-
- virtual bool IsEditable() const;
- virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
- virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long len);
-
- // implementation only from now on
- void SendMaxLenEvent();
- bool GTKEntryOnInsertText(const char* text);
-
-protected:
- // This method must be called from the derived class Create() to connect
- // the handlers for the clipboard (cut/copy/paste) events.
- void GTKConnectClipboardSignals(GtkWidget* entry);
-
- // And this one to connect "insert-text" signal.
- void GTKConnectInsertTextSignal(GtkEntry* entry);
-
-
- virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags);
- virtual wxString DoGetValue() const;
-
- // margins functions
- virtual bool DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& pt);
- virtual wxPoint DoGetMargins() const;
-
- virtual bool DoAutoCompleteStrings(const wxArrayString& choices);
-
- // Override the base class method to use GtkEntry IM context.
- virtual int GTKIMFilterKeypress(GdkEventKey* event) const;
-
-private:
- // implement this to return the associated GtkEntry or another widget
- // implementing GtkEditable
- virtual GtkEditable *GetEditable() const = 0;
-
- // implement this to return the associated GtkEntry
- virtual GtkEntry *GetEntry() const = 0;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_TEXTENTRY_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/tglbtn.h
-// Purpose: Declaration of the wxToggleButton class, which implements a
-// toggle button under wxGTK.
-// Author: John Norris, minor changes by Axel Schlueter
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 08.02.01
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Johnny C. Norris II
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToggleButton
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToggleButton: public wxToggleButtonBase
-{
-public:
- // construction/destruction
- wxToggleButton() {}
- wxToggleButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- // Create the control
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
-
- // Get/set the value
- void SetValue(bool state);
- bool GetValue() const;
-
- // Set the label
- void SetLabel(const wxString& label);
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-protected:
- void GTKDisableEvents();
- void GTKEnableEvents();
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
-
-#if wxUSE_MARKUP
- virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup);
-#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
-
-private:
- typedef wxToggleButtonBase base_type;
-
- // Return the GtkLabel used by this toggle button.
- GtkLabel *GTKGetLabel() const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToggleButton)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBitmapToggleButton
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapToggleButton: public wxToggleButton
-{
-public:
- // construction/destruction
- wxBitmapToggleButton() {}
- wxBitmapToggleButton(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxBitmap& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, label, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- // Create the control
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxBitmap& label,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxCheckBoxNameStr);
-
- // deprecated synonym for SetBitmapLabel()
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap),
- SetBitmapLabel(bitmap); )
- // prevent virtual function hiding
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { wxToggleButton::SetLabel(label); }
-
-private:
- typedef wxToggleButtonBase base_type;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapToggleButton)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/toolbar.h
-// Purpose: GTK toolbar
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_TOOLBAR_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_TOOLBAR_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-typedef struct _GtkTooltips GtkTooltips;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolBar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBar : public wxToolBarBase
-{
-public:
- // construction/destruction
- wxToolBar() { Init(); }
- wxToolBar( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr )
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxString& name = wxToolBarNameStr );
-
- virtual ~wxToolBar();
-
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
- virtual void SetToolShortHelp(int id, const wxString& helpString);
-
- virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style );
-
- virtual void SetToolNormalBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
- virtual void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int id, const wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- virtual bool Realize();
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap1,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap2 = wxNullBitmap,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
- wxObject *clientData = NULL,
- const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString);
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control,
- const wxString& label);
-
- // implementation from now on
- // --------------------------
-
-protected:
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_DEFAULT; }
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
- virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
- virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable);
- virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
- virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle);
-
-private:
- void Init();
- void GtkSetStyle();
- GSList* GetRadioGroup(size_t pos);
- virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child);
-
- GtkToolbar* m_toolbar;
- GtkTooltips* m_tooltips;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBar)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#endif
- // _WX_GTK_TOOLBAR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/tooltip.h
-// Purpose: wxToolTip class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTKTOOLTIP_H_
-#define _WX_GTKTOOLTIP_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolTip
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolTip : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxToolTip( const wxString &tip );
-
- // globally change the tooltip parameters
- static void Enable( bool flag );
- static void SetDelay( long msecs );
- // set the delay after which the tooltip disappears or how long the tooltip remains visible
- static void SetAutoPop(long msecs);
- // set the delay between subsequent tooltips to appear
- static void SetReshow(long msecs);
-
- // get/set the tooltip text
- void SetTip( const wxString &tip );
- wxString GetTip() const { return m_text; }
-
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return m_window; }
-
- // Implementation
- void GTKSetWindow(wxWindow* win);
- static void GTKApply(GtkWidget* widget, const char* tip);
-
-private:
- wxString m_text;
- wxWindow *m_window;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxToolTip)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTKTOOLTIP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/toplevel.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_TOPLEVEL_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_TOPLEVEL_H_
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTopLevelWindowGTK
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTopLevelWindowGTK : public wxTopLevelWindowBase
-{
- typedef wxTopLevelWindowBase base_type;
-public:
- // construction
- wxTopLevelWindowGTK() { Init(); }
- wxTopLevelWindowGTK(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, title, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowGTK();
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true);
- virtual bool IsMaximized() const;
- virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = true);
- virtual bool IsIconized() const;
- virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons);
- virtual void Restore();
-
- virtual bool EnableCloseButton(bool enable = true);
-
- virtual void ShowWithoutActivating();
- virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL);
- virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return m_fsIsShowing; }
-
- virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags = wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO);
-
- virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style );
-
- virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
-
- virtual void Raise();
-
- virtual bool IsActive();
-
- virtual void SetTitle( const wxString &title );
- virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
-
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { SetTitle( label ); }
- virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return GetTitle(); }
-
-
- virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte alpha);
- virtual bool CanSetTransparent();
-
- // Experimental, to allow help windows to be
- // viewable from within modal dialogs
- virtual void AddGrab();
- virtual void RemoveGrab();
- virtual bool IsGrabbed() const { return m_grabbed; }
-
-
- virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true,
- const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL );
-
- // implementation from now on
- // --------------------------
-
- // GTK callbacks
- virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
- virtual void GTKHandleRealized();
-
- void GTKConfigureEvent(int x, int y);
-
- // do *not* call this to iconize the frame, this is a private function!
- void SetIconizeState(bool iconic);
-
- GtkWidget *m_mainWidget;
-
- bool m_fsIsShowing; /* full screen */
- int m_fsSaveGdkFunc, m_fsSaveGdkDecor;
- wxRect m_fsSaveFrame;
-
- // m_windowStyle translated to GDK's terms
- int m_gdkFunc,
- m_gdkDecor;
-
- // size of WM decorations
- struct DecorSize
- {
- int left, right, top, bottom;
- };
- DecorSize m_decorSize;
-
- // private gtk_timeout_add result for mimicing wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO and
- // wxUSER_ATTENTION_ERROR difference, -2 for no hint, -1 for ERROR hint, rest for GtkTimeout handle.
- int m_urgency_hint;
- // timer for detecting WM with broken _NET_REQUEST_FRAME_EXTENTS handling
- unsigned m_netFrameExtentsTimerId;
-
- // return the size of the window without WM decorations
- void GTKDoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-
- void GTKUpdateDecorSize(const DecorSize& decorSize);
-
-protected:
- // give hints to the Window Manager for how the size
- // of the TLW can be changed by dragging
- virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
- int maxW, int maxH,
- int incW, int incH);
- // move the window to the specified location and resize it
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
-
- // take into account WM decorations here
- virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
- int width, int height,
- int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
-
- virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
- virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const;
-
- // string shown in the title bar
- wxString m_title;
-
- bool m_deferShow;
-
-private:
- void Init();
- DecorSize& GetCachedDecorSize();
-
- // size hint increments
- int m_incWidth, m_incHeight;
-
- // is the frame currently iconized?
- bool m_isIconized;
-
- // is the frame currently grabbed explicitly by the application?
- bool m_grabbed;
-
- bool m_updateDecorSize;
- bool m_deferShowAllowed;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_TOPLEVEL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: include/gtk/wx/webview.h
-// Purpose: GTK webkit backend for web view component
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Marianne Gagnon
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 Marianne Gagnon, 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_WEBKITCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_WEBKITCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WEBVIEW && wxUSE_WEBVIEW_WEBKIT && defined(__WXGTK__)
-
-#include "wx/sharedptr.h"
-#include "wx/webview.h"
-
-typedef struct _WebKitWebView WebKitWebView;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWebViewWebKit
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW wxWebViewWebKit : public wxWebView
-{
-public:
- wxWebViewWebKit();
-
- wxWebViewWebKit(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& url = wxWebViewDefaultURLStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxWebViewNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, url, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- virtual bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& url = wxWebViewDefaultURLStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxWebViewNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxWebViewWebKit();
-
- virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true );
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- virtual void Stop();
- virtual void LoadURL(const wxString& url);
- virtual void GoBack();
- virtual void GoForward();
- virtual void Reload(wxWebViewReloadFlags flags = wxWEBVIEW_RELOAD_DEFAULT);
- virtual bool CanGoBack() const;
- virtual bool CanGoForward() const;
- virtual void ClearHistory();
- virtual void EnableContextMenu(bool enable = true);
- virtual void EnableHistory(bool enable = true);
- virtual wxVector<wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewHistoryItem> > GetBackwardHistory();
- virtual wxVector<wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewHistoryItem> > GetForwardHistory();
- virtual void LoadHistoryItem(wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewHistoryItem> item);
- virtual wxString GetCurrentURL() const;
- virtual wxString GetCurrentTitle() const;
- virtual wxString GetPageSource() const;
- virtual wxString GetPageText() const;
- virtual void Print();
- virtual bool IsBusy() const;
-
- void SetZoomType(wxWebViewZoomType);
- wxWebViewZoomType GetZoomType() const;
- bool CanSetZoomType(wxWebViewZoomType) const;
- virtual wxWebViewZoom GetZoom() const;
- virtual void SetZoom(wxWebViewZoom);
-
- //Clipboard functions
- virtual bool CanCut() const;
- virtual bool CanCopy() const;
- virtual bool CanPaste() const;
- virtual void Cut();
- virtual void Copy();
- virtual void Paste();
-
- //Undo / redo functionality
- virtual bool CanUndo() const;
- virtual bool CanRedo() const;
- virtual void Undo();
- virtual void Redo();
-
- //Find function
- virtual long Find(const wxString& text, int flags = wxWEBVIEW_FIND_DEFAULT);
-
- //Editing functions
- virtual void SetEditable(bool enable = true);
- virtual bool IsEditable() const;
-
- //Selection
- virtual void DeleteSelection();
- virtual bool HasSelection() const;
- virtual void SelectAll();
- virtual wxString GetSelectedText() const;
- virtual wxString GetSelectedSource() const;
- virtual void ClearSelection();
-
- virtual void RunScript(const wxString& javascript);
-
- //Virtual Filesystem Support
- virtual void RegisterHandler(wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewHandler> handler);
- virtual wxVector<wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewHandler> > GetHandlers() { return m_handlerList; }
-
- virtual void* GetNativeBackend() const { return m_web_view; }
-
- /** TODO: check if this can be made private
- * The native control has a getter to check for busy state, but except in
- * very recent versions of webkit this getter doesn't say everything we need
- * (namely it seems to stay indefinitely busy when loading is cancelled by
- * user)
- */
- bool m_busy;
-
- wxString m_vfsurl;
-
- //We use this flag to stop recursion when we load a page from the navigation
- //callback, mainly when loading a VFS page
- bool m_guard;
- //This flag is use to indicate when a navigation event is the result of a
- //create-web-view signal and so we need to send a new window event
- bool m_creating;
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetPage(const wxString& html, const wxString& baseUrl);
-
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
-private:
-
- void ZoomIn();
- void ZoomOut();
- void SetWebkitZoom(float level);
- float GetWebkitZoom() const;
-
- //Find helper function
- void FindClear();
-
- // focus event handler: calls GTKUpdateBitmap()
- void GTKOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
- WebKitWebView *m_web_view;
- int m_historyLimit;
-
- wxVector<wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewHandler> > m_handlerList;
-
- //variables used for Find()
- int m_findFlags;
- wxString m_findText;
- int m_findPosition;
- int m_findCount;
-
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWebViewWebKit);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW wxWebViewFactoryWebKit : public wxWebViewFactory
-{
-public:
- virtual wxWebView* Create() { return new wxWebViewWebKit; }
- virtual wxWebView* Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& url = wxWebViewDefaultURLStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxWebViewNameStr)
- { return new wxWebViewWebKit(parent, id, url, pos, size, style, name); }
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WEBVIEW && wxUSE_WEBVIEW_WEBKIT && defined(__WXGTK__)
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: include/wx/gtk/webviewhistoryitem.h
-// Purpose: wxWebViewHistoryItem header for GTK
-// Author: Steven Lamerton
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Steven Lamerton
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_WEBVIEWHISTORYITEM_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_WEBVIEWHISTORYITEM_H_
-
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WEBVIEW && wxUSE_WEBVIEW_WEBKIT && defined(__WXGTK__)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW wxWebViewHistoryItem
-{
-public:
- wxWebViewHistoryItem(const wxString& url, const wxString& title) :
- m_url(url), m_title(title) {}
- wxString GetUrl() { return m_url; }
- wxString GetTitle() { return m_title; }
-
- friend class wxWebViewWebKit;
-
-private:
- wxString m_url, m_title;
- void* m_histItem;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WEBVIEW && wxUSE_WEBVIEW_WEBKIT && defined(__WXGTK__)
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_WEBVIEWHISTORYITEM_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/gtk/window.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_GTK_WINDOW_H_
-#define _WX_GTK_WINDOW_H_
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- typedef struct _cairo cairo_t;
- typedef struct _GtkStyleProvider GtkStyleProvider;
- #define WXUNUSED_IN_GTK3(x)
-#else
- #define WXUNUSED_IN_GTK3(x) x
-#endif
-
-typedef struct _GdkEventKey GdkEventKey;
-typedef struct _GtkIMContext GtkIMContext;
-
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(GdkWindow *, wxArrayGdkWindows);
-
-extern "C"
-{
-
-typedef void (*wxGTKCallback)();
-
-}
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowGTK
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowGTK : public wxWindowBase
-{
-public:
- // creating the window
- // -------------------
- wxWindowGTK();
- wxWindowGTK(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
- virtual ~wxWindowGTK();
-
- // implement base class (pure) virtual methods
- // -------------------------------------------
-
- virtual void Raise();
- virtual void Lower();
-
- virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
-
- virtual bool IsRetained() const;
-
- virtual void SetFocus();
-
- // hint from wx to native GTK+ tab traversal code
- virtual void SetCanFocus(bool canFocus);
-
- virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent );
-
- virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y);
-
- virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true,
- const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL );
- virtual void Update();
- virtual void ClearBackground();
-
- virtual bool SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour &colour );
- virtual bool SetForegroundColour( const wxColour &colour );
- virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor );
- virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont &font );
-
- virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style) ;
- virtual bool IsTransparentBackgroundSupported(wxString* reason = NULL) const;
-
- virtual int GetCharHeight() const;
- virtual int GetCharWidth() const;
-
- virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
- int range, bool refresh = true );
- virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true );
- virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const;
- virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const;
- virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const;
- virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
- const wxRect* rect = NULL );
- virtual bool ScrollLines(int lines);
- virtual bool ScrollPages(int pages);
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget );
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
- virtual void AddChild( wxWindowBase *child );
- virtual void RemoveChild( wxWindowBase *child );
-
- virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir);
- virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const;
- virtual wxCoord AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x,
- wxCoord width,
- wxCoord widthTotal) const;
-
- virtual bool DoIsExposed( int x, int y ) const;
- virtual bool DoIsExposed( int x, int y, int w, int h ) const;
-
- // currently wxGTK2-only
- void SetDoubleBuffered(bool on);
- virtual bool IsDoubleBuffered() const;
-
- // SetLabel(), which does nothing in wxWindow
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_gtkLabel = label; }
- virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return m_gtkLabel; }
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const { return m_widget; }
-
- // many important things are done here, this function must be called
- // regularly
- virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
- // For compatibility across platforms (not in event table)
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) {}
-
- // Used by all window classes in the widget creation process.
- bool PreCreation( wxWindowGTK *parent, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
- void PostCreation();
-
- // Internal addition of child windows
- void DoAddChild(wxWindowGTK *child);
-
- // This method sends wxPaintEvents to the window.
- // It is also responsible for background erase events.
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- void GTKSendPaintEvents(cairo_t* cr);
-#else
- void GTKSendPaintEvents(const GdkRegion* region);
-#endif
-
- // The methods below are required because many native widgets
- // are composed of several subwidgets and setting a style for
- // the widget means setting it for all subwidgets as well.
- // also, it is not clear which native widget is the top
- // widget where (most of) the input goes. even tooltips have
- // to be applied to all subwidgets.
- virtual GtkWidget* GetConnectWidget();
- void ConnectWidget( GtkWidget *widget );
-
- // Called from several event handlers, if it returns true or false, the
- // same value should be immediately returned by the handler without doing
- // anything else. If it returns -1, the handler should continue as usual
- int GTKCallbackCommonPrologue(struct _GdkEventAny *event) const;
-
- // Simplified form of GTKCallbackCommonPrologue() which can be used from
- // GTK callbacks without return value to check if the event should be
- // ignored: if this returns true, the event shouldn't be handled
- bool GTKShouldIgnoreEvent() const;
-
-
- // override this if some events should never be consumed by wxWidgets but
- // but have to be left for the native control
- //
- // base version just calls HandleWindowEvent()
- virtual bool GTKProcessEvent(wxEvent& event) const;
-
- // Map GTK widget direction of the given widget to/from wxLayoutDirection
- static wxLayoutDirection GTKGetLayout(GtkWidget *widget);
- static void GTKSetLayout(GtkWidget *widget, wxLayoutDirection dir);
-
- // This is called when capture is taken from the window. It will
- // fire off capture lost events.
- void GTKReleaseMouseAndNotify();
-
- GdkWindow* GTKGetDrawingWindow() const;
-
- bool GTKHandleFocusIn();
- bool GTKHandleFocusOut();
- void GTKHandleFocusOutNoDeferring();
- static void GTKHandleDeferredFocusOut();
-
- // Called when m_widget becomes realized. Derived classes must call the
- // base class method if they override it.
- virtual void GTKHandleRealized();
- void GTKHandleUnrealize();
-
-protected:
- // for controls composed of multiple GTK widgets, return true to eliminate
- // spurious focus events if the focus changes between GTK+ children within
- // the same wxWindow
- virtual bool GTKNeedsToFilterSameWindowFocus() const { return false; }
-
- // Override GTKWidgetNeedsMnemonic and return true if your
- // needs to set its mnemonic widget, such as for a
- // GtkLabel for wxStaticText, then do the actual
- // setting of the widget inside GTKWidgetDoSetMnemonic
- virtual bool GTKWidgetNeedsMnemonic() const;
- virtual void GTKWidgetDoSetMnemonic(GtkWidget* w);
-
- // Get the GdkWindows making part of this window: usually there will be
- // only one of them in which case it should be returned directly by this
- // function. If there is more than one GdkWindow (can be the case for
- // composite widgets), return NULL and fill in the provided array
- //
- // This is not pure virtual for backwards compatibility but almost
- // certainly must be overridden in any wxControl-derived class!
- virtual GdkWindow *GTKGetWindow(wxArrayGdkWindows& windows) const;
-
- // Check if the given window makes part of this widget
- bool GTKIsOwnWindow(GdkWindow *window) const;
-
-public:
- // Returns the default context which usually is anti-aliased
- PangoContext *GTKGetPangoDefaultContext();
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- // applies tooltip to the widget (tip must be UTF-8 encoded)
- virtual void GTKApplyToolTip(const char* tip);
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
- // Called when a window should delay showing itself
- // until idle time used in Reparent().
- void GTKShowOnIdle() { m_showOnIdle = true; }
-
- // This is called from the various OnInternalIdle methods
- bool GTKShowFromOnIdle();
-
- // is this window transparent for the mouse events (as wxStaticBox is)?
- virtual bool GTKIsTransparentForMouse() const { return false; }
-
- // Common scroll event handling code for wxWindow and wxScrollBar
- wxEventType GTKGetScrollEventType(GtkRange* range);
-
- // position and size of the window
- int m_x, m_y;
- int m_width, m_height;
- int m_clientWidth, m_clientHeight;
- // Whether the client size variables above are known to be correct
- // (because they have been validated by a size-allocate) and should
- // be used to report client size
- bool m_useCachedClientSize;
-
- // see the docs in src/gtk/window.cpp
- GtkWidget *m_widget; // mostly the widget seen by the rest of GTK
- GtkWidget *m_wxwindow; // mostly the client area as per wxWidgets
-
- // label for use with GetLabelSetLabel
- wxString m_gtkLabel;
-
- // return true if the window is of a standard (i.e. not wxWidgets') class
- bool IsOfStandardClass() const { return m_wxwindow == NULL; }
-
- // this widget will be queried for GTK's focus events
- GtkWidget *m_focusWidget;
-
- void GTKDisableFocusOutEvent();
- void GTKEnableFocusOutEvent();
-
-
- // Input method support
-
- // The IM context used for generic, i.e. non-native, windows.
- //
- // It might be a good idea to avoid allocating it unless key events from
- // this window are really needed but currently we do it unconditionally.
- //
- // For native widgets (i.e. those for which IsOfStandardClass() returns
- // true) it is NULL.
- GtkIMContext* m_imContext;
-
- // Pointer to the event being currently processed by the IME or NULL if not
- // inside key handling.
- GdkEventKey* m_imKeyEvent;
-
- // This method generalizes gtk_im_context_filter_keypress(): for the
- // generic windows it does just that but it's overridden by the classes
- // wrapping native widgets that use IM themselves and so provide specific
- // methods for accessing it such gtk_entry_im_context_filter_keypress().
- virtual int GTKIMFilterKeypress(GdkEventKey* event) const;
-
- // This method must be called from the derived classes "insert-text" signal
- // handlers to check if the text is not being inserted by the IM and, if
- // this is the case, generate appropriate wxEVT_CHAR events for it.
- //
- // Returns true if we did generate and process events corresponding to this
- // text or false if we didn't handle it.
- bool GTKOnInsertText(const char* text);
-
- // This is just a helper of GTKOnInsertText() which is also used by GTK+
- // "commit" signal handler.
- bool GTKDoInsertTextFromIM(const char* text);
-
-
- // indices for the arrays below
- enum ScrollDir { ScrollDir_Horz, ScrollDir_Vert, ScrollDir_Max };
-
- // horizontal/vertical scroll bar
- GtkRange* m_scrollBar[ScrollDir_Max];
-
- // horizontal/vertical scroll position
- double m_scrollPos[ScrollDir_Max];
-
- // return the scroll direction index corresponding to the given orientation
- // (which is wxVERTICAL or wxHORIZONTAL)
- static ScrollDir ScrollDirFromOrient(int orient)
- {
- return orient == wxVERTICAL ? ScrollDir_Vert : ScrollDir_Horz;
- }
-
- // return the orientation for the given scrolling direction
- static int OrientFromScrollDir(ScrollDir dir)
- {
- return dir == ScrollDir_Horz ? wxHORIZONTAL : wxVERTICAL;
- }
-
- // find the direction of the given scrollbar (must be one of ours)
- ScrollDir ScrollDirFromRange(GtkRange *range) const;
-
- // set the current cursor for all GdkWindows making part of this widget
- // (see GTKGetWindow)
- void GTKUpdateCursor(bool update_self = true, bool recurse = true);
-
- // extra (wxGTK-specific) flags
- bool m_noExpose:1; // wxGLCanvas has its own redrawing
- bool m_nativeSizeEvent:1; // wxGLCanvas sends wxSizeEvent upon "alloc_size"
- bool m_isScrolling:1; // dragging scrollbar thumb?
- bool m_clipPaintRegion:1; // true after ScrollWindow()
- wxRegion m_nativeUpdateRegion; // not transformed for RTL
- bool m_dirtyTabOrder:1; // tab order changed, GTK focus
- // chain needs update
- bool m_mouseButtonDown:1;
-
- bool m_showOnIdle:1; // postpone showing the window until idle
-
-protected:
- // implement the base class pure virtuals
- virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
- int *x, int *y,
- int *descent = NULL,
- int *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *font = NULL) const;
- virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const;
- virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const;
- virtual void DoGetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const;
- virtual void DoGetSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
- virtual void DoGetClientSize( int *width, int *height ) const;
- virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
- int width, int height,
- int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
- virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height);
- virtual wxSize DoGetBorderSize() const;
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height);
- virtual void DoEnable(bool enable);
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
- virtual bool DoPopupMenu( wxMenu *menu, int x, int y );
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-
- virtual void DoCaptureMouse();
- virtual void DoReleaseMouse();
-
- virtual void DoFreeze();
- virtual void DoThaw();
-
- void GTKFreezeWidget(GtkWidget *w);
- void GTKThawWidget(GtkWidget *w);
- void GTKDisconnect(void* instance);
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
- // Create a GtkScrolledWindow containing the given widget (usually
- // m_wxwindow but not necessarily) and assigns it to m_widget. Also shows
- // the widget passed to it.
- //
- // Can be only called if we have either wxHSCROLL or wxVSCROLL in our
- // style.
- void GTKCreateScrolledWindowWith(GtkWidget* view);
-
- virtual void DoMoveInTabOrder(wxWindow *win, WindowOrder move);
- virtual bool DoNavigateIn(int flags);
-
-
- // Copies m_children tab order to GTK focus chain:
- void RealizeTabOrder();
-
-#ifndef __WXGTK3__
- // Called by ApplyWidgetStyle (which is called by SetFont() and
- // SetXXXColour etc to apply style changed to native widgets) to create
- // modified GTK style with non-standard attributes.
- GtkRcStyle* GTKCreateWidgetStyle();
-#endif
-
- void GTKApplyWidgetStyle(bool forceStyle = false);
-
- // helper function to ease native widgets wrapping, called by
- // ApplyWidgetStyle -- override this, not ApplyWidgetStyle
- virtual void DoApplyWidgetStyle(GtkRcStyle *style);
-
- void GTKApplyStyle(GtkWidget* widget, GtkRcStyle* style);
-
- // sets the border of a given GtkScrolledWindow from a wx style
- static void GTKScrolledWindowSetBorder(GtkWidget* w, int style);
-
- // Connect the given function to the specified signal on m_widget.
- //
- // This is just a wrapper for g_signal_connect() and returns the handler id
- // just as it does.
- unsigned long GTKConnectWidget(const char *signal, wxGTKCallback callback);
-
- void ConstrainSize();
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- // return true if this window must have a non-NULL parent, false if it can
- // be created without parent (normally only top level windows but in wxGTK
- // there is also the exception of wxMenuBar)
- virtual bool GTKNeedsParent() const { return !IsTopLevel(); }
-
- enum ScrollUnit { ScrollUnit_Line, ScrollUnit_Page, ScrollUnit_Max };
-
- // common part of ScrollLines() and ScrollPages() and could be used, in the
- // future, for horizontal scrolling as well
- //
- // return true if we scrolled, false otherwise (on error or simply if we
- // are already at the end)
- bool DoScrollByUnits(ScrollDir dir, ScrollUnit unit, int units);
- virtual void AddChildGTK(wxWindowGTK* child);
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK3__
- // paint context is stashed here so wxPaintDC can use it
- cairo_t* m_paintContext;
- // style provider for "background-image"
- GtkStyleProvider* m_styleProvider;
-
-public:
- cairo_t* GTKPaintContext() const
- {
- return m_paintContext;
- }
-#endif
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindowGTK)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowGTK);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_GTK_WINDOW_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/hash.h
-// Purpose: wxHashTable class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by: VZ at 25.02.00: type safe hashes with WX_DECLARE_HASH()
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HASH_H__
-#define _WX_HASH_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
- #include "wx/object.h"
-#else
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
-#endif
-
-// the default size of the hash
-#define wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT (1000)
-
-/*
- * A hash table is an array of user-definable size with lists
- * of data items hanging off the array positions. Usually there'll
- * be a hit, so no search is required; otherwise we'll have to run down
- * the list to find the desired item.
-*/
-
-union wxHashKeyValue
-{
- long integer;
- wxString *string;
-};
-
-// for some compilers (AIX xlC), defining it as friend inside the class is not
-// enough, so provide a real forward declaration
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTableBase_Node
-{
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase;
- typedef class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase_Node _Node;
-public:
- wxHashTableBase_Node( long key, void* value,
- wxHashTableBase* table );
- wxHashTableBase_Node( const wxString& key, void* value,
- wxHashTableBase* table );
- ~wxHashTableBase_Node();
-
- long GetKeyInteger() const { return m_key.integer; }
- const wxString& GetKeyString() const { return *m_key.string; }
-
- void* GetData() const { return m_value; }
- void SetData( void* data ) { m_value = data; }
-
-protected:
- _Node* GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-
-protected:
- // next node in the chain
- wxHashTableBase_Node* m_next;
-
- // key
- wxHashKeyValue m_key;
-
- // value
- void* m_value;
-
- // pointer to the hash containing the node, used to remove the
- // node from the hash when the user deletes the node iterating
- // through it
- // TODO: move it to wxHashTable_Node (only wxHashTable supports
- // iteration)
- wxHashTableBase* m_hashPtr;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTableBase
-#if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
- : public wxObject
-#endif
-{
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTableBase_Node;
-public:
- typedef wxHashTableBase_Node Node;
-
- wxHashTableBase();
- virtual ~wxHashTableBase() { }
-
- void Create( wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER,
- size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT );
- void Clear();
- void Destroy();
-
- size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; }
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; }
-
- void DeleteContents( bool flag ) { m_deleteContents = flag; }
-
- static long MakeKey(const wxString& string);
-
-protected:
- void DoPut( long key, long hash, void* data );
- void DoPut( const wxString& key, long hash, void* data );
- void* DoGet( long key, long hash ) const;
- void* DoGet( const wxString& key, long hash ) const;
- void* DoDelete( long key, long hash );
- void* DoDelete( const wxString& key, long hash );
-
-private:
- // Remove the node from the hash, *only called from
- // ~wxHashTable*_Node destructor
- void DoRemoveNode( wxHashTableBase_Node* node );
-
- // destroys data contained in the node if appropriate:
- // deletes the key if it is a string and destrys
- // the value if m_deleteContents is true
- void DoDestroyNode( wxHashTableBase_Node* node );
-
- // inserts a node in the table (at the end of the chain)
- void DoInsertNode( size_t bucket, wxHashTableBase_Node* node );
-
- // removes a node from the table (fiven a pointer to the previous
- // but does not delete it (only deletes its contents)
- void DoUnlinkNode( size_t bucket, wxHashTableBase_Node* node,
- wxHashTableBase_Node* prev );
-
- // unconditionally deletes node value (invoking the
- // correct destructor)
- virtual void DoDeleteContents( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ) = 0;
-
-protected:
- // number of buckets
- size_t m_size;
-
- // number of nodes (key/value pairs)
- size_t m_count;
-
- // table
- Node** m_table;
-
- // key typ (INTEGER/STRING)
- wxKeyType m_keyType;
-
- // delete contents when hash is cleared
- bool m_deleteContents;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHashTableBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// for compatibility only
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable_Node : public wxHashTableBase_Node
-{
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable;
-public:
- wxHashTable_Node( long key, void* value,
- wxHashTableBase* table )
- : wxHashTableBase_Node( key, value, table ) { }
- wxHashTable_Node( const wxString& key, void* value,
- wxHashTableBase* table )
- : wxHashTableBase_Node( key, value, table ) { }
-
- wxObject* GetData() const
- { return (wxObject*)wxHashTableBase_Node::GetData(); }
- void SetData( wxObject* data )
- { wxHashTableBase_Node::SetData( data ); }
-
- wxHashTable_Node* GetNext() const
- { return (wxHashTable_Node*)wxHashTableBase_Node::GetNext(); }
-};
-
-// should inherit protectedly, but it is public for compatibility in
-// order to publicly inherit from wxObject
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable : public wxHashTableBase
-{
- typedef wxHashTableBase hash;
-public:
- typedef wxHashTable_Node Node;
- typedef wxHashTable_Node* compatibility_iterator;
-public:
- wxHashTable( wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER,
- size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT )
- : wxHashTableBase() { Create( keyType, size ); BeginFind(); }
- wxHashTable( const wxHashTable& table );
-
- virtual ~wxHashTable() { Destroy(); }
-
- const wxHashTable& operator=( const wxHashTable& );
-
- // key and value are the same
- void Put(long value, wxObject *object)
- { DoPut( value, value, object ); }
- void Put(long lhash, long value, wxObject *object)
- { DoPut( value, lhash, object ); }
- void Put(const wxString& value, wxObject *object)
- { DoPut( value, MakeKey( value ), object ); }
- void Put(long lhash, const wxString& value, wxObject *object)
- { DoPut( value, lhash, object ); }
-
- // key and value are the same
- wxObject *Get(long value) const
- { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, value ); }
- wxObject *Get(long lhash, long value) const
- { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, lhash ); }
- wxObject *Get(const wxString& value) const
- { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, MakeKey( value ) ); }
- wxObject *Get(long lhash, const wxString& value) const
- { return (wxObject*)DoGet( value, lhash ); }
-
- // Deletes entry and returns data if found
- wxObject *Delete(long key)
- { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, key ); }
- wxObject *Delete(long lhash, long key)
- { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, lhash ); }
- wxObject *Delete(const wxString& key)
- { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, MakeKey( key ) ); }
- wxObject *Delete(long lhash, const wxString& key)
- { return (wxObject*)DoDelete( key, lhash ); }
-
- // Way of iterating through whole hash table (e.g. to delete everything)
- // Not necessary, of course, if you're only storing pointers to
- // objects maintained separately
- void BeginFind() { m_curr = NULL; m_currBucket = 0; }
- Node* Next();
-
- void Clear() { wxHashTableBase::Clear(); }
-
- size_t GetCount() const { return wxHashTableBase::GetCount(); }
-protected:
- // copy helper
- void DoCopy( const wxHashTable& copy );
-
- // searches the next node starting from bucket bucketStart and sets
- // m_curr to it and m_currBucket to its bucket
- void GetNextNode( size_t bucketStart );
-private:
- virtual void DoDeleteContents( wxHashTableBase_Node* node );
-
- // current node
- Node* m_curr;
-
- // bucket the current node belongs to
- size_t m_currBucket;
-};
-
-// defines a new type safe hash table which stores the elements of type eltype
-// in lists of class listclass
-#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH(eltype, dummy, hashclass, classexp) \
- classexp hashclass : public wxHashTableBase \
- { \
- public: \
- hashclass(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_INTEGER, \
- size_t size = wxHASH_SIZE_DEFAULT) \
- : wxHashTableBase() { Create(keyType, size); } \
- \
- virtual ~hashclass() { Destroy(); } \
- \
- void Put(long key, eltype *data) { DoPut(key, key, (void*)data); } \
- void Put(long lhash, long key, eltype *data) \
- { DoPut(key, lhash, (void*)data); } \
- eltype *Get(long key) const { return (eltype*)DoGet(key, key); } \
- eltype *Get(long lhash, long key) const \
- { return (eltype*)DoGet(key, lhash); } \
- eltype *Delete(long key) { return (eltype*)DoDelete(key, key); } \
- eltype *Delete(long lhash, long key) \
- { return (eltype*)DoDelete(key, lhash); } \
- private: \
- virtual void DoDeleteContents( wxHashTableBase_Node* node ) \
- { delete (eltype*)node->GetData(); } \
- \
- DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(hashclass) \
- }
-
-
-// this macro is to be used in the user code
-#define WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash, class)
-
-// and this one does exactly the same thing but should be used inside the
-// library
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH(el, list, hash) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_HASH(el, list, hash, usergoo) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH(el, list, hash, class usergoo)
-
-// delete all hash elements
-//
-// NB: the class declaration of the hash elements must be visible from the
-// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not
-// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't
-// count on it)!
-#define WX_CLEAR_HASH_TABLE(hash) \
- { \
- (hash).BeginFind(); \
- wxHashTable::compatibility_iterator it = (hash).Next(); \
- while( it ) \
- { \
- delete it->GetData(); \
- it = (hash).Next(); \
- } \
- (hash).Clear(); \
- }
-
-#endif // _WX_HASH_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/hashmap.h
-// Purpose: wxHashMap class
-// Author: Mattia Barbon
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/2002
-// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HASHMAP_H_
-#define _WX_HASHMAP_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/wxcrt.h"
-
-// In wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS build we prefer to use the standard hash map class
-// but it can be either in non-standard hash_map header (old g++ and some other
-// STL implementations) or in C++0x standard unordered_map which can in turn be
-// available either in std::tr1 or std namespace itself
-//
-// To summarize: if std::unordered_map is available use it, otherwise use tr1
-// and finally fall back to non-standard hash_map
-
-#if (defined(HAVE_EXT_HASH_MAP) || defined(HAVE_HASH_MAP)) \
- && (defined(HAVE_GNU_CXX_HASH_MAP) || defined(HAVE_STD_HASH_MAP))
- #define HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS && \
- (defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_MAP) || defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_MAP))
-
-#if defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_MAP)
- #include <unordered_map>
- #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE std
-#elif defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_MAP)
- #include <tr1/unordered_map>
- #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE std::tr1
-#endif
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \
- typedef WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::unordered_map< KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > CLASSNAME
-
-#elif wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS && defined(HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP)
-
-#if defined(HAVE_EXT_HASH_MAP)
- #include <ext/hash_map>
-#elif defined(HAVE_HASH_MAP)
- #include <hash_map>
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HAVE_GNU_CXX_HASH_MAP)
- #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE __gnu_cxx
-#elif defined(HAVE_STD_HASH_MAP)
- #define WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE std
-#endif
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \
- typedef WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash_map< KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > CLASSNAME
-
-#else // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS || no std::{hash,unordered}_map class available
-
-#define wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-typedef int ptrdiff_t;
-#else
-#include <stddef.h> // for ptrdiff_t
-#endif
-
-// private
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE _wxHashTable_NodeBase
-{
- _wxHashTable_NodeBase() : m_next(NULL) {}
-
- _wxHashTable_NodeBase* m_next;
-
-// Cannot do this:
-// wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(_wxHashTable_NodeBase);
-// without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
-};
-
-// private
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE _wxHashTableBase2
-{
-public:
- typedef void (*NodeDtor)(_wxHashTable_NodeBase*);
- typedef unsigned long (*BucketFromNode)(_wxHashTableBase2*,_wxHashTable_NodeBase*);
- typedef _wxHashTable_NodeBase* (*ProcessNode)(_wxHashTable_NodeBase*);
-protected:
- static _wxHashTable_NodeBase* DummyProcessNode(_wxHashTable_NodeBase* node);
- static void DeleteNodes( size_t buckets, _wxHashTable_NodeBase** table,
- NodeDtor dtor );
- static _wxHashTable_NodeBase* GetFirstNode( size_t buckets,
- _wxHashTable_NodeBase** table )
- {
- for( size_t i = 0; i < buckets; ++i )
- if( table[i] )
- return table[i];
- return NULL;
- }
-
- // as static const unsigned prime_count = 31 but works with all compilers
- enum { prime_count = 31 };
- static const unsigned long ms_primes[prime_count];
-
- // returns the first prime in ms_primes greater than n
- static unsigned long GetNextPrime( unsigned long n );
-
- // returns the first prime in ms_primes smaller than n
- // ( or ms_primes[0] if n is very small )
- static unsigned long GetPreviousPrime( unsigned long n );
-
- static void CopyHashTable( _wxHashTable_NodeBase** srcTable,
- size_t srcBuckets, _wxHashTableBase2* dst,
- _wxHashTable_NodeBase** dstTable,
- BucketFromNode func, ProcessNode proc );
-
- static void** AllocTable( size_t sz )
- {
- return (void **)calloc(sz, sizeof(void*));
- }
- static void FreeTable(void *table)
- {
- free(table);
- }
-};
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_HASHTABLE( VALUE_T, KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EX_T, KEY_EQ_T,\
- PTROPERATOR, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP, \
- SHOULD_GROW, SHOULD_SHRINK ) \
-CLASSEXP CLASSNAME : protected _wxHashTableBase2 \
-{ \
-public: \
- typedef KEY_T key_type; \
- typedef VALUE_T value_type; \
- typedef HASH_T hasher; \
- typedef KEY_EQ_T key_equal; \
- \
- typedef size_t size_type; \
- typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; \
- typedef value_type* pointer; \
- typedef const value_type* const_pointer; \
- typedef value_type& reference; \
- typedef const value_type& const_reference; \
- /* should these be protected? */ \
- typedef const KEY_T const_key_type; \
- typedef const VALUE_T const_mapped_type; \
-public: \
- typedef KEY_EX_T key_extractor; \
- typedef CLASSNAME Self; \
-protected: \
- _wxHashTable_NodeBase** m_table; \
- size_t m_tableBuckets; \
- size_t m_items; \
- hasher m_hasher; \
- key_equal m_equals; \
- key_extractor m_getKey; \
-public: \
- struct Node:public _wxHashTable_NodeBase \
- { \
- public: \
- Node( const value_type& value ) \
- : m_value( value ) {} \
- Node* next() { return static_cast<Node*>(m_next); } \
- \
- value_type m_value; \
- }; \
- \
-protected: \
- static void DeleteNode( _wxHashTable_NodeBase* node ) \
- { \
- delete static_cast<Node*>(node); \
- } \
-public: \
- /* */ \
- /* forward iterator */ \
- /* */ \
- CLASSEXP Iterator \
- { \
- public: \
- Node* m_node; \
- Self* m_ht; \
- \
- Iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_ht(NULL) {} \
- Iterator( Node* node, const Self* ht ) \
- : m_node(node), m_ht(const_cast<Self*>(ht)) {} \
- bool operator ==( const Iterator& it ) const \
- { return m_node == it.m_node; } \
- bool operator !=( const Iterator& it ) const \
- { return m_node != it.m_node; } \
- protected: \
- Node* GetNextNode() \
- { \
- size_type bucket = GetBucketForNode(m_ht,m_node); \
- for( size_type i = bucket + 1; i < m_ht->m_tableBuckets; ++i ) \
- { \
- if( m_ht->m_table[i] ) \
- return static_cast<Node*>(m_ht->m_table[i]); \
- } \
- return NULL; \
- } \
- \
- void PlusPlus() \
- { \
- Node* next = m_node->next(); \
- m_node = next ? next : GetNextNode(); \
- } \
- }; \
- friend class Iterator; \
- \
-public: \
- CLASSEXP iterator : public Iterator \
- { \
- public: \
- iterator() : Iterator() {} \
- iterator( Node* node, Self* ht ) : Iterator( node, ht ) {} \
- iterator& operator++() { PlusPlus(); return *this; } \
- iterator operator++(int) { iterator it=*this;PlusPlus();return it; } \
- reference operator *() const { return m_node->m_value; } \
- PTROPERATOR(pointer) \
- }; \
- \
- CLASSEXP const_iterator : public Iterator \
- { \
- public: \
- const_iterator() : Iterator() {} \
- const_iterator(iterator i) : Iterator(i) {} \
- const_iterator( Node* node, const Self* ht ) \
- : Iterator(node, const_cast<Self*>(ht)) {} \
- const_iterator& operator++() { PlusPlus();return *this; } \
- const_iterator operator++(int) { const_iterator it=*this;PlusPlus();return it; } \
- const_reference operator *() const { return m_node->m_value; } \
- PTROPERATOR(const_pointer) \
- }; \
- \
- CLASSNAME( size_type sz = 10, const hasher& hfun = hasher(), \
- const key_equal& k_eq = key_equal(), \
- const key_extractor& k_ex = key_extractor() ) \
- : m_tableBuckets( GetNextPrime( (unsigned long) sz ) ), \
- m_items( 0 ), \
- m_hasher( hfun ), \
- m_equals( k_eq ), \
- m_getKey( k_ex ) \
- { \
- m_table = (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)AllocTable(m_tableBuckets); \
- } \
- \
- CLASSNAME( const Self& ht ) \
- : m_table(NULL), \
- m_tableBuckets( 0 ), \
- m_items( ht.m_items ), \
- m_hasher( ht.m_hasher ), \
- m_equals( ht.m_equals ), \
- m_getKey( ht.m_getKey ) \
- { \
- HashCopy( ht ); \
- } \
- \
- const Self& operator=( const Self& ht ) \
- { \
- if (&ht != this) \
- { \
- clear(); \
- m_hasher = ht.m_hasher; \
- m_equals = ht.m_equals; \
- m_getKey = ht.m_getKey; \
- m_items = ht.m_items; \
- HashCopy( ht ); \
- } \
- return *this; \
- } \
- \
- ~CLASSNAME() \
- { \
- clear(); \
- \
- FreeTable(m_table); \
- } \
- \
- hasher hash_funct() { return m_hasher; } \
- key_equal key_eq() { return m_equals; } \
- \
- /* removes all elements from the hash table, but does not */ \
- /* shrink it ( perhaps it should ) */ \
- void clear() \
- { \
- DeleteNodes(m_tableBuckets, m_table, DeleteNode); \
- m_items = 0; \
- } \
- \
- size_type size() const { return m_items; } \
- size_type max_size() const { return size_type(-1); } \
- bool empty() const { return size() == 0; } \
- \
- const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(NULL, this); } \
- iterator end() { return iterator(NULL, this); } \
- const_iterator begin() const \
- { return const_iterator(static_cast<Node*>(GetFirstNode(m_tableBuckets, m_table)), this); } \
- iterator begin() \
- { return iterator(static_cast<Node*>(GetFirstNode(m_tableBuckets, m_table)), this); } \
- \
- size_type erase( const const_key_type& key ) \
- { \
- _wxHashTable_NodeBase** node = GetNodePtr(key); \
- \
- if( !node ) \
- return 0; \
- \
- --m_items; \
- _wxHashTable_NodeBase* temp = (*node)->m_next; \
- delete static_cast<Node*>(*node); \
- (*node) = temp; \
- if( SHOULD_SHRINK( m_tableBuckets, m_items ) ) \
- ResizeTable( GetPreviousPrime( (unsigned long) m_tableBuckets ) - 1 ); \
- return 1; \
- } \
- \
-protected: \
- static size_type GetBucketForNode( Self* ht, Node* node ) \
- { \
- return ht->m_hasher( ht->m_getKey( node->m_value ) ) \
- % ht->m_tableBuckets; \
- } \
- static Node* CopyNode( Node* node ) { return new Node( *node ); } \
- \
- Node* GetOrCreateNode( const value_type& value, bool& created ) \
- { \
- const const_key_type& key = m_getKey( value ); \
- size_t bucket = m_hasher( key ) % m_tableBuckets; \
- Node* node = static_cast<Node*>(m_table[bucket]); \
- \
- while( node ) \
- { \
- if( m_equals( m_getKey( node->m_value ), key ) ) \
- { \
- created = false; \
- return node; \
- } \
- node = node->next(); \
- } \
- created = true; \
- return CreateNode( value, bucket); \
- }\
- Node * CreateNode( const value_type& value, size_t bucket ) \
- {\
- Node* node = new Node( value ); \
- node->m_next = m_table[bucket]; \
- m_table[bucket] = node; \
- \
- /* must be after the node is inserted */ \
- ++m_items; \
- if( SHOULD_GROW( m_tableBuckets, m_items ) ) \
- ResizeTable( m_tableBuckets ); \
- \
- return node; \
- } \
- void CreateNode( const value_type& value ) \
- {\
- CreateNode(value, m_hasher( m_getKey(value) ) % m_tableBuckets ); \
- }\
- \
- /* returns NULL if not found */ \
- _wxHashTable_NodeBase** GetNodePtr(const const_key_type& key) const \
- { \
- size_t bucket = m_hasher( key ) % m_tableBuckets; \
- _wxHashTable_NodeBase** node = &m_table[bucket]; \
- \
- while( *node ) \
- { \
- if (m_equals(m_getKey(static_cast<Node*>(*node)->m_value), key)) \
- return node; \
- node = &(*node)->m_next; \
- } \
- \
- return NULL; \
- } \
- \
- /* returns NULL if not found */ \
- /* expressing it in terms of GetNodePtr is 5-8% slower :-( */ \
- Node* GetNode( const const_key_type& key ) const \
- { \
- size_t bucket = m_hasher( key ) % m_tableBuckets; \
- Node* node = static_cast<Node*>(m_table[bucket]); \
- \
- while( node ) \
- { \
- if( m_equals( m_getKey( node->m_value ), key ) ) \
- return node; \
- node = node->next(); \
- } \
- \
- return NULL; \
- } \
- \
- void ResizeTable( size_t newSize ) \
- { \
- newSize = GetNextPrime( (unsigned long)newSize ); \
- _wxHashTable_NodeBase** srcTable = m_table; \
- size_t srcBuckets = m_tableBuckets; \
- m_table = (_wxHashTable_NodeBase**)AllocTable( newSize ); \
- m_tableBuckets = newSize; \
- \
- CopyHashTable( srcTable, srcBuckets, \
- this, m_table, \
- (BucketFromNode)GetBucketForNode,\
- (ProcessNode)&DummyProcessNode ); \
- FreeTable(srcTable); \
- } \
- \
- /* this must be called _after_ m_table has been cleaned */ \
- void HashCopy( const Self& ht ) \
- { \
- ResizeTable( ht.size() ); \
- CopyHashTable( ht.m_table, ht.m_tableBuckets, \
- (_wxHashTableBase2*)this, \
- m_table, \
- (BucketFromNode)GetBucketForNode, \
- (ProcessNode)CopyNode ); \
- } \
-};
-
-// defines an STL-like pair class CLASSNAME storing two fields: first of type
-// KEY_T and second of type VALUE_T
-#define _WX_DECLARE_PAIR( KEY_T, VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \
-CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \
-{ \
-public: \
- typedef KEY_T first_type; \
- typedef VALUE_T second_type; \
- typedef KEY_T t1; \
- typedef VALUE_T t2; \
- typedef const KEY_T const_t1; \
- typedef const VALUE_T const_t2; \
- \
- CLASSNAME(const const_t1& f, const const_t2& s) \
- : first(const_cast<t1&>(f)), second(const_cast<t2&>(s)) {} \
- \
- t1 first; \
- t2 second; \
-};
-
-// defines the class CLASSNAME returning the key part (of type KEY_T) from a
-// pair of type PAIR_T
-#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_KEY_EX( KEY_T, PAIR_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \
-CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \
-{ \
- typedef KEY_T key_type; \
- typedef PAIR_T pair_type; \
- typedef const key_type const_key_type; \
- typedef const pair_type const_pair_type; \
- typedef const_key_type& const_key_reference; \
- typedef const_pair_type& const_pair_reference; \
-public: \
- CLASSNAME() { } \
- const_key_reference operator()( const_pair_reference pair ) const { return pair.first; }\
- \
- /* the dummy assignment operator is needed to suppress compiler */ \
- /* warnings from hash table class' operator=(): gcc complains about */ \
- /* "statement with no effect" without it */ \
- CLASSNAME& operator=(const CLASSNAME&) { return *this; } \
-};
-
-// grow/shrink predicates
-inline bool never_grow( size_t, size_t ) { return false; }
-inline bool never_shrink( size_t, size_t ) { return false; }
-inline bool grow_lf70( size_t buckets, size_t items )
-{
- return float(items)/float(buckets) >= 0.85f;
-}
-
-#endif // various hash map implementations
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// hashing and comparison functors
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: implementation detail: all of these classes must have dummy assignment
-// operators to suppress warnings about "statement with no effect" from gcc
-// in the hash table class assignment operator (where they're assigned)
-
-#ifndef wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP
-
-// integer types
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIntegerHash
-{
-private:
- WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash<long> longHash;
- WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash<unsigned long> ulongHash;
- WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash<int> intHash;
- WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash<unsigned int> uintHash;
- WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash<short> shortHash;
- WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash<unsigned short> ushortHash;
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- // hash<wxLongLong_t> ought to work but doesn't on some compilers
- #if (!defined SIZEOF_LONG_LONG && SIZEOF_LONG == 4) \
- || (defined SIZEOF_LONG_LONG && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == SIZEOF_LONG * 2)
- size_t longlongHash( wxLongLong_t x ) const
- {
- return longHash( wx_truncate_cast(long, x) ) ^
- longHash( wx_truncate_cast(long, x >> (sizeof(long) * 8)) );
- }
- #elif defined SIZEOF_LONG_LONG && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == SIZEOF_LONG
- WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash<long> longlongHash;
- #else
- WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash<wxLongLong_t> longlongHash;
- #endif
-#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
-
-public:
- wxIntegerHash() { }
- size_t operator()( long x ) const { return longHash( x ); }
- size_t operator()( unsigned long x ) const { return ulongHash( x ); }
- size_t operator()( int x ) const { return intHash( x ); }
- size_t operator()( unsigned int x ) const { return uintHash( x ); }
- size_t operator()( short x ) const { return shortHash( x ); }
- size_t operator()( unsigned short x ) const { return ushortHash( x ); }
-#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- size_t operator()( wxLongLong_t x ) const { return longlongHash(x); }
- size_t operator()( wxULongLong_t x ) const { return longlongHash(x); }
-#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
-
- wxIntegerHash& operator=(const wxIntegerHash&) { return *this; }
-};
-
-#else // wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP
-
-// integer types
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIntegerHash
-{
- wxIntegerHash() { }
- unsigned long operator()( long x ) const { return (unsigned long)x; }
- unsigned long operator()( unsigned long x ) const { return x; }
- unsigned long operator()( int x ) const { return (unsigned long)x; }
- unsigned long operator()( unsigned int x ) const { return x; }
- unsigned long operator()( short x ) const { return (unsigned long)x; }
- unsigned long operator()( unsigned short x ) const { return x; }
-#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- wxULongLong_t operator()( wxLongLong_t x ) const { return static_cast<wxULongLong_t>(x); }
- wxULongLong_t operator()( wxULongLong_t x ) const { return x; }
-#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
-
- wxIntegerHash& operator=(const wxIntegerHash&) { return *this; }
-};
-
-#endif // !wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP/wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIntegerEqual
-{
- wxIntegerEqual() { }
- bool operator()( long a, long b ) const { return a == b; }
- bool operator()( unsigned long a, unsigned long b ) const { return a == b; }
- bool operator()( int a, int b ) const { return a == b; }
- bool operator()( unsigned int a, unsigned int b ) const { return a == b; }
- bool operator()( short a, short b ) const { return a == b; }
- bool operator()( unsigned short a, unsigned short b ) const { return a == b; }
-#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- bool operator()( wxLongLong_t a, wxLongLong_t b ) const { return a == b; }
- bool operator()( wxULongLong_t a, wxULongLong_t b ) const { return a == b; }
-#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
-
- wxIntegerEqual& operator=(const wxIntegerEqual&) { return *this; }
-};
-
-// pointers
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPointerHash
-{
- wxPointerHash() { }
-
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP
- wxUIntPtr operator()( const void* k ) const { return wxPtrToUInt(k); }
-#else
- size_t operator()( const void* k ) const { return (size_t)k; }
-#endif
-
- wxPointerHash& operator=(const wxPointerHash&) { return *this; }
-};
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPointerEqual
-{
- wxPointerEqual() { }
- bool operator()( const void* a, const void* b ) const { return a == b; }
-
- wxPointerEqual& operator=(const wxPointerEqual&) { return *this; }
-};
-
-// wxString, char*, wchar_t*
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringHash
-{
- wxStringHash() {}
- unsigned long operator()( const wxString& x ) const
- { return stringHash( x.wx_str() ); }
- unsigned long operator()( const wchar_t* x ) const
- { return stringHash( x ); }
- unsigned long operator()( const char* x ) const
- { return stringHash( x ); }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- static unsigned long wxCharStringHash( const wxChar* x )
- { return stringHash(x); }
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE
- static unsigned long charStringHash( const char* x )
- { return stringHash(x); }
- #endif
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- static unsigned long stringHash( const wchar_t* );
- static unsigned long stringHash( const char* );
-
- wxStringHash& operator=(const wxStringHash&) { return *this; }
-};
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringEqual
-{
- wxStringEqual() {}
- bool operator()( const wxString& a, const wxString& b ) const
- { return a == b; }
- bool operator()( const wxChar* a, const wxChar* b ) const
- { return wxStrcmp( a, b ) == 0; }
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- bool operator()( const char* a, const char* b ) const
- { return strcmp( a, b ) == 0; }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
- wxStringEqual& operator=(const wxStringEqual&) { return *this; }
-};
-
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP
-
-#define wxPTROP_NORMAL(pointer) \
- pointer operator ->() const { return &(m_node->m_value); }
-#define wxPTROP_NOP(pointer)
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \
-_WX_DECLARE_PAIR( KEY_T, VALUE_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair, CLASSEXP ) \
-_WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_KEY_EX( KEY_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, CLASSEXP ) \
-_WX_DECLARE_HASHTABLE( CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair, KEY_T, HASH_T, \
- CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, KEY_EQ_T, wxPTROP_NORMAL, \
- CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable, CLASSEXP, grow_lf70, never_shrink ) \
-CLASSEXP CLASSNAME:public CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable \
-{ \
-public: \
- typedef VALUE_T mapped_type; \
- _WX_DECLARE_PAIR( iterator, bool, Insert_Result, CLASSEXP ) \
- \
- wxEXPLICIT CLASSNAME( size_type hint = 100, hasher hf = hasher(), \
- key_equal eq = key_equal() ) \
- : CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable( hint, hf, eq, \
- CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx() ) {} \
- \
- mapped_type& operator[]( const const_key_type& key ) \
- { \
- bool created; \
- return GetOrCreateNode( \
- CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair( key, mapped_type() ), \
- created)->m_value.second; \
- } \
- \
- const_iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) const \
- { \
- return const_iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \
- } \
- \
- iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) \
- { \
- return iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \
- } \
- \
- Insert_Result insert( const value_type& v ) \
- { \
- bool created; \
- Node *node = GetOrCreateNode( \
- CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_Pair( v.first, v.second ), \
- created); \
- return Insert_Result(iterator(node, this), created); \
- } \
- \
- size_type erase( const key_type& k ) \
- { return CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable::erase( k ); } \
- void erase( const iterator& it ) { erase( (*it).first ); } \
- \
- /* count() == 0 | 1 */ \
- size_type count( const const_key_type& key ) \
- { \
- return GetNode( key ) ? 1u : 0u; \
- } \
-}
-
-#endif // wxNEEDS_WX_HASH_MAP
-
-// these macros are to be used in the user code
-#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, class )
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( wxString, VALUE_T, wxStringHash, wxStringEqual, \
- CLASSNAME, class )
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( void*, VALUE_T, wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, \
- CLASSNAME, class )
-
-// and these do exactly the same thing but should be used inside the
-// library
-#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL )
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_MAP( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \
- WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, VALUE_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, \
- CLASSNAME, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE )
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, DECL ) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( wxString, VALUE_T, wxStringHash, wxStringEqual, \
- CLASSNAME, DECL )
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_STRING_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \
- WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, \
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE )
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, DECL ) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP( void*, VALUE_T, wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual, \
- CLASSNAME, DECL )
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME ) \
- WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( VALUE_T, CLASSNAME, \
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE )
-
-// delete all hash elements
-//
-// NB: the class declaration of the hash elements must be visible from the
-// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not
-// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't
-// count on it)!
-#define WX_CLEAR_HASH_MAP(type, hashmap) \
- { \
- type::iterator it, en; \
- for( it = (hashmap).begin(), en = (hashmap).end(); it != en; ++it ) \
- delete it->second; \
- (hashmap).clear(); \
- }
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Declarations of common hashmap classes
-
-WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( long, long, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
- wxLongToLongHashMap, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE );
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxString, wxStringToStringHashMap,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE );
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxUIntPtr, wxStringToNumHashMap,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE );
-
-
-#endif // _WX_HASHMAP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/hashset.h
-// Purpose: wxHashSet class
-// Author: Mattia Barbon
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 11/08/2003
-// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HASHSET_H_
-#define _WX_HASHSET_H_
-
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-// see comment in wx/hashmap.h which also applies to different standard hash
-// set classes
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS && \
- (defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_SET) || defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_SET))
-
-#if defined(HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_SET)
- #include <unordered_set>
- #define WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE std::unordered_set
-#elif defined(HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_SET)
- #include <tr1/unordered_set>
- #define WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE std::tr1::unordered_set
-#else
- #error Update this code: unordered_set is available, but I do not know where.
-#endif
-
-#elif wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS && defined(HAVE_STL_HASH_MAP)
-
-#if defined(HAVE_EXT_HASH_MAP)
- #include <ext/hash_set>
-#elif defined(HAVE_HASH_MAP)
- #include <hash_set>
-#endif
-
-#define WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE WX_HASH_MAP_NAMESPACE::hash_set
-
-#endif // different hash_set/unordered_set possibilities
-
-#ifdef WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE
-
-// we need to define the class declared by _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET as a class and
-// not a typedef to allow forward declaring it
-#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_IMPL( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, PTROP, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \
-CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \
- : public WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T > \
-{ \
-public: \
- explicit CLASSNAME(size_type n = 3, \
- const hasher& h = hasher(), \
- const key_equal& ke = key_equal(), \
- const allocator_type& a = allocator_type()) \
- : WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T >(n, h, ke, a) \
- {} \
- template <class InputIterator> \
- CLASSNAME(InputIterator f, InputIterator l, \
- const hasher& h = hasher(), \
- const key_equal& ke = key_equal(), \
- const allocator_type& a = allocator_type()) \
- : WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T >(f, l, h, ke, a)\
- {} \
- CLASSNAME(const WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T >& s) \
- : WX_HASH_SET_BASE_TEMPLATE< KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T >(s) \
- {} \
-}
-
-// In some standard library implementations (in particular, the libstdc++ that
-// ships with g++ 4.7), std::unordered_set inherits privately from its hasher
-// and comparator template arguments for purposes of empty base optimization.
-// As a result, in the declaration of a class deriving from std::unordered_set
-// the names of the hasher and comparator classes are interpreted as naming
-// the base class which is inaccessible.
-// The workaround is to prefix the class names with 'struct'; however, don't
-// do this on MSVC because it causes a warning there if the class was
-// declared as a 'class' rather than a 'struct' (and MSVC's std::unordered_set
-// implementation does not suffer from the access problem).
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#define WX_MAYBE_PREFIX_WITH_STRUCT(STRUCTNAME) STRUCTNAME
-#else
-#define WX_MAYBE_PREFIX_WITH_STRUCT(STRUCTNAME) struct STRUCTNAME
-#endif
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, PTROP, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_IMPL( \
- KEY_T, \
- WX_MAYBE_PREFIX_WITH_STRUCT(HASH_T), \
- WX_MAYBE_PREFIX_WITH_STRUCT(KEY_EQ_T), \
- PTROP, \
- CLASSNAME, \
- CLASSEXP)
-
-#else // no appropriate STL class, use our own implementation
-
-// this is a complex way of defining an easily inlineable identity function...
-#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_KEY_EX( KEY_T, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP ) \
-CLASSEXP CLASSNAME \
-{ \
- typedef KEY_T key_type; \
- typedef const key_type const_key_type; \
- typedef const_key_type& const_key_reference; \
-public: \
- CLASSNAME() { } \
- const_key_reference operator()( const_key_reference key ) const \
- { return key; } \
- \
- /* the dummy assignment operator is needed to suppress compiler */ \
- /* warnings from hash table class' operator=(): gcc complains about */ \
- /* "statement with no effect" without it */ \
- CLASSNAME& operator=(const CLASSNAME&) { return *this; } \
-};
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, PTROP, CLASSNAME, CLASSEXP )\
-_WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_KEY_EX( KEY_T, CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, CLASSEXP ) \
-_WX_DECLARE_HASHTABLE( KEY_T, KEY_T, HASH_T, \
- CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx, KEY_EQ_T, PTROP, \
- CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable, CLASSEXP, grow_lf70, never_shrink ) \
-CLASSEXP CLASSNAME:public CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable \
-{ \
-public: \
- _WX_DECLARE_PAIR( iterator, bool, Insert_Result, CLASSEXP ) \
- \
- wxEXPLICIT CLASSNAME( size_type hint = 100, hasher hf = hasher(), \
- key_equal eq = key_equal() ) \
- : CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable( hint, hf, eq, \
- CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_KeyEx() ) {} \
- \
- Insert_Result insert( const key_type& key ) \
- { \
- bool created; \
- Node *node = GetOrCreateNode( key, created ); \
- return Insert_Result( iterator( node, this ), created ); \
- } \
- \
- const_iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) const \
- { \
- return const_iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \
- } \
- \
- iterator find( const const_key_type& key ) \
- { \
- return iterator( GetNode( key ), this ); \
- } \
- \
- size_type erase( const key_type& k ) \
- { return CLASSNAME##_wxImplementation_HashTable::erase( k ); } \
- void erase( const iterator& it ) { erase( *it ); } \
- void erase( const const_iterator& it ) { erase( *it ); } \
- \
- /* count() == 0 | 1 */ \
- size_type count( const const_key_type& key ) const \
- { return GetNode( key ) ? 1 : 0; } \
-}
-
-#endif // STL/wx implementations
-
-
-// these macros are to be used in the user code
-#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, wxPTROP_NORMAL, CLASSNAME, class )
-
-// and these do exactly the same thing but should be used inside the
-// library
-#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, wxPTROP_NORMAL, CLASSNAME, DECL )
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \
- WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, \
- CLASSNAME, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE )
-
-// Finally these versions allow to define hash sets of non-objects (including
-// pointers, hence the confusing but wxArray-compatible name) without
-// operator->() which can't be used for them. This is mostly used inside the
-// library itself to avoid warnings when using such hash sets with some less
-// common compilers (notably Sun CC).
-#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_PTR( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, wxPTROP_NOP, CLASSNAME, class )
-#define WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL_PTR( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, CLASSNAME, DECL) \
- _WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET( KEY_T, HASH_T, KEY_EQ_T, wxPTROP_NOP, CLASSNAME, DECL )
-
-// delete all hash elements
-//
-// NB: the class declaration of the hash elements must be visible from the
-// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not
-// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't
-// count on it)!
-#define WX_CLEAR_HASH_SET(type, hashset) \
- { \
- type::iterator it, en; \
- for( it = (hashset).begin(), en = (hashset).end(); it != en; ++it ) \
- delete *it; \
- (hashset).clear(); \
- }
-
-#endif // _WX_HASHSET_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/headercol.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxHeaderColumn class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-12-02
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HEADERCOL_H_
-#define _WX_HEADERCOL_H_
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HEADERCTRL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
- // special value for column width meaning unspecified/default
- wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT = -1,
-
- // size the column automatically to fit all values
- wxCOL_WIDTH_AUTOSIZE = -2
-};
-
-// bit masks for the various column attributes
-enum
-{
- // column can be resized (included in default flags)
- wxCOL_RESIZABLE = 1,
-
- // column can be clicked to toggle the sort order by its contents
- wxCOL_SORTABLE = 2,
-
- // column can be dragged to change its order (included in default)
- wxCOL_REORDERABLE = 4,
-
- // column is not shown at all
- wxCOL_HIDDEN = 8,
-
- // default flags for wxHeaderColumn ctor
- wxCOL_DEFAULT_FLAGS = wxCOL_RESIZABLE | wxCOL_REORDERABLE
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHeaderColumn: interface for a column in a header of controls such as
-// wxListCtrl, wxDataViewCtrl or wxGrid
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderColumn
-{
-public:
- // ctors and dtor
- // --------------
-
- /*
- Derived classes must provide ctors with the following signatures
- (notice that they shouldn't be explicit to allow passing strings/bitmaps
- directly to methods such wxHeaderCtrl::AppendColumn()):
- wxHeaderColumn(const wxString& title,
- int width = wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxCOL_DEFAULT_FLAGS);
- wxHeaderColumn(const wxBitmap &bitmap,
- int width = wxDVC_DEFAULT_WIDTH,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxCOL_DEFAULT_FLAGS);
- */
-
- // virtual dtor for the base class to avoid gcc warnings even though we
- // don't normally delete the objects of this class via a pointer to
- // wxHeaderColumn so it's not necessary, strictly speaking
- virtual ~wxHeaderColumn() { }
-
- // getters for various attributes
- // ------------------------------
-
- // notice that wxHeaderColumn only provides getters as this is all the
- // wxHeaderCtrl needs, various derived class must also provide some way to
- // change these attributes but this can be done either at the column level
- // (in which case they should inherit from wxSettableHeaderColumn) or via
- // the methods of the main control in which case you don't need setters in
- // the column class at all
-
- // title is the string shown for this column
- virtual wxString GetTitle() const = 0;
-
- // bitmap shown (instead of text) in the column header
- virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const = 0; \
-
- // width of the column in pixels, can be set to wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT meaning
- // unspecified/default
- virtual int GetWidth() const = 0;
-
- // minimal width can be set for resizable columns to forbid resizing them
- // below the specified size (set to 0 to remove)
- virtual int GetMinWidth() const = 0;
-
- // alignment of the text: wxALIGN_CENTRE, wxALIGN_LEFT or wxALIGN_RIGHT
- virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const = 0;
-
-
- // flags manipulations:
- // --------------------
-
- // notice that while we make GetFlags() pure virtual here and implement the
- // individual flags access in terms of it, for some derived classes it is
- // more natural to implement access to each flag individually, in which
- // case they can use our GetFromIndividualFlags() helper below to implement
- // GetFlags()
-
- // retrieve all column flags at once: combination of wxCOL_XXX values above
- virtual int GetFlags() const = 0;
-
- bool HasFlag(int flag) const { return (GetFlags() & flag) != 0; }
-
-
- // wxCOL_RESIZABLE
- virtual bool IsResizeable() const
- { return HasFlag(wxCOL_RESIZABLE); }
-
- // wxCOL_SORTABLE
- virtual bool IsSortable() const
- { return HasFlag(wxCOL_SORTABLE); }
-
- // wxCOL_REORDERABLE
- virtual bool IsReorderable() const
- { return HasFlag(wxCOL_REORDERABLE); }
-
- // wxCOL_HIDDEN
- virtual bool IsHidden() const
- { return HasFlag(wxCOL_HIDDEN); }
- bool IsShown() const
- { return !IsHidden(); }
-
-
- // sorting
- // -------
-
- // return true if the column is the one currently used for sorting
- virtual bool IsSortKey() const = 0;
-
- // for sortable columns indicate whether we should sort in ascending or
- // descending order (this should only be taken into account if IsSortKey())
- virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const = 0;
-
-protected:
- // helper for the class overriding IsXXX()
- int GetFromIndividualFlags() const;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSettableHeaderColumn: column which allows to change its fields too
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSettableHeaderColumn : public wxHeaderColumn
-{
-public:
- virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) = 0;
- virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0;
- virtual void SetWidth(int width) = 0;
- virtual void SetMinWidth(int minWidth) = 0;
- virtual void SetAlignment(wxAlignment align) = 0;
-
- // see comment for wxHeaderColumn::GetFlags() about the relationship
- // between SetFlags() and Set{Sortable,Reorderable,...}
-
- // change, set, clear, toggle or test for any individual flag
- virtual void SetFlags(int flags) = 0;
- void ChangeFlag(int flag, bool set);
- void SetFlag(int flag);
- void ClearFlag(int flag);
- void ToggleFlag(int flag);
-
- virtual void SetResizeable(bool resizable)
- { ChangeFlag(wxCOL_RESIZABLE, resizable); }
- virtual void SetSortable(bool sortable)
- { ChangeFlag(wxCOL_SORTABLE, sortable); }
- virtual void SetReorderable(bool reorderable)
- { ChangeFlag(wxCOL_REORDERABLE, reorderable); }
- virtual void SetHidden(bool hidden)
- { ChangeFlag(wxCOL_HIDDEN, hidden); }
-
- // This function can be called to indicate that this column is not used for
- // sorting any more. Under some platforms it's not necessary to do anything
- // in this case as just setting another column as a sort key takes care of
- // everything but under MSW we currently need to call this explicitly to
- // reset the sort indicator displayed on the column.
- virtual void UnsetAsSortKey() { }
-
- virtual void SetSortOrder(bool ascending) = 0;
- void ToggleSortOrder() { SetSortOrder(!IsSortOrderAscending()); }
-
-protected:
- // helper for the class overriding individual SetXXX() methods instead of
- // overriding SetFlags()
- void SetIndividualFlags(int flags);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHeaderColumnSimple: trivial generic implementation of wxHeaderColumn
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxHeaderColumnSimple : public wxSettableHeaderColumn
-{
-public:
- // ctors and dtor
- wxHeaderColumnSimple(const wxString& title,
- int width = wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_NOT,
- int flags = wxCOL_DEFAULT_FLAGS)
- : m_title(title),
- m_width(width),
- m_align(align),
- m_flags(flags)
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxHeaderColumnSimple(const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- int width = wxCOL_WIDTH_DEFAULT,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_CENTER,
- int flags = wxCOL_DEFAULT_FLAGS)
- : m_bitmap(bitmap),
- m_width(width),
- m_align(align),
- m_flags(flags)
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; }
- virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
-
- virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
- wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-
- virtual void SetWidth(int width) { m_width = width; }
- virtual int GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
-
- virtual void SetMinWidth(int minWidth) { m_minWidth = minWidth; }
- virtual int GetMinWidth() const { return m_minWidth; }
-
- virtual void SetAlignment(wxAlignment align) { m_align = align; }
- virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_align; }
-
- virtual void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
- virtual int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- virtual bool IsSortKey() const { return m_sort; }
- virtual void UnsetAsSortKey() { m_sort = false; }
-
- virtual void SetSortOrder(bool ascending)
- {
- m_sort = true;
- m_sortAscending = ascending;
- }
-
- virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const { return m_sortAscending; }
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init()
- {
- m_minWidth = 0;
- m_sort = false;
- m_sortAscending = true;
- }
-
- wxString m_title;
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
- int m_width,
- m_minWidth;
- wxAlignment m_align;
- int m_flags;
- bool m_sort,
- m_sortAscending;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HEADERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_HEADERCOL_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/headerctrl.h
-// Purpose: wxHeaderCtrlBase class: interface of wxHeaderCtrl
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-12-01
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HEADERCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_HEADERCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HEADERCTRL
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-#include "wx/headercol.h"
-
-// notice that the classes in this header are defined in the core library even
-// although currently they're only used by wxGrid which is in wxAdv because we
-// plan to use it in wxListCtrl which is in core too in the future
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxHeaderCtrlEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
- // allow column drag and drop
- wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER = 0x0001,
-
- // allow hiding (and showing back) the columns using the menu shown by
- // right clicking the header
- wxHD_ALLOW_HIDE = 0x0002,
-
- // style used by default when creating the control
- wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE = wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxHeaderCtrlNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHeaderCtrlBase defines the interface of a header control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderCtrlBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- /*
- Derived classes must provide default ctor as well as a ctor and
- Create() function with the following signatures:
-
- wxHeaderCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr);
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr);
- */
-
- // column-related methods
- // ----------------------
-
- // set the number of columns in the control
- //
- // this also calls UpdateColumn() for all columns
- void SetColumnCount(unsigned int count);
-
- // return the number of columns in the control as set by SetColumnCount()
- unsigned int GetColumnCount() const { return DoGetCount(); }
-
- // return whether the control has any columns
- bool IsEmpty() const { return DoGetCount() == 0; }
-
- // update the column with the given index
- void UpdateColumn(unsigned int idx)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( idx < GetColumnCount(), "invalid column index" );
-
- DoUpdate(idx);
- }
-
-
- // columns order
- // -------------
-
- // set the columns order: the array defines the column index which appears
- // the given position, it must have GetColumnCount() elements and contain
- // all indices exactly once
- void SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order);
- wxArrayInt GetColumnsOrder() const;
-
- // get the index of the column at the given display position
- unsigned int GetColumnAt(unsigned int pos) const;
-
- // get the position at which this column is currently displayed
- unsigned int GetColumnPos(unsigned int idx) const;
-
- // reset the columns order to the natural one
- void ResetColumnsOrder();
-
- // helper function used by the generic version of this control and also
- // wxGrid: reshuffles the array of column indices indexed by positions
- // (i.e. using the same convention as for SetColumnsOrder()) so that the
- // column with the given index is found at the specified position
- static void MoveColumnInOrderArray(wxArrayInt& order,
- unsigned int idx,
- unsigned int pos);
-
-
- // UI helpers
- // ----------
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- // show the popup menu containing all columns with check marks for the ones
- // which are currently shown and return true if something was done using it
- // (in this case UpdateColumnVisibility() will have been called) or false
- // if the menu was cancelled
- //
- // this is called from the default right click handler for the controls
- // with wxHD_ALLOW_HIDE style
- bool ShowColumnsMenu(const wxPoint& pt, const wxString& title = wxString());
-
- // append the entries for all our columns to the given menu, with the
- // currently visible columns being checked
- //
- // this is used by ShowColumnsMenu() but can also be used if you use your
- // own custom columns menu but nevertheless want to show all the columns in
- // it
- //
- // the ids of the items corresponding to the columns are consecutive and
- // start from idColumnsBase
- void AddColumnsItems(wxMenu& menu, int idColumnsBase = 0);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // show the columns customization dialog and return true if something was
- // changed using it (in which case UpdateColumnVisibility() and/or
- // UpdateColumnsOrder() will have been called)
- //
- // this is called by the control itself from ShowColumnsMenu() (which in
- // turn is only called by the control if wxHD_ALLOW_HIDE style was
- // specified) and if the control has wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER style as well
- bool ShowCustomizeDialog();
-
- // compute column title width
- int GetColumnTitleWidth(const wxHeaderColumn& col);
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // the user doesn't need to TAB to this control
- virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return false; }
-
- // this method is only overridden in order to synchronize the control with
- // the main window when it is scrolled, the derived class must implement
- // DoScrollHorz()
- virtual void ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect = NULL);
-
-protected:
- // this method must be implemented by the derived classes to return the
- // information for the given column
- virtual const wxHeaderColumn& GetColumn(unsigned int idx) const = 0;
-
- // this method is called from the default EVT_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK
- // handler to update the fitting column width of the given column, it
- // should return true if the width was really updated
- virtual bool UpdateColumnWidthToFit(unsigned int WXUNUSED(idx),
- int WXUNUSED(widthTitle))
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- // this method is called from ShowColumnsMenu() and must be overridden to
- // update the internal column visibility (there is no need to call
- // UpdateColumn() from here, this will be done internally)
- virtual void UpdateColumnVisibility(unsigned int WXUNUSED(idx),
- bool WXUNUSED(show))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if called" );
- }
-
- // this method is called from ShowCustomizeDialog() to reorder all columns
- // at once and should be implemented for controls using wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER
- // style (there is no need to call SetColumnsOrder() from here, this is
- // done by the control itself)
- virtual void UpdateColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& WXUNUSED(order))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if called" );
- }
-
- // this method can be overridden in the derived classes to do something
- // (e.g. update/resize some internal data structures) before the number of
- // columns in the control changes
- virtual void OnColumnCountChanging(unsigned int WXUNUSED(count)) { }
-
-
- // helper function for the derived classes: update the array of column
- // indices after the number of columns changed
- void DoResizeColumnIndices(wxArrayInt& colIndices, unsigned int count);
-
-protected:
- // this window doesn't look nice with the border so don't use it by default
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
-private:
- // methods implementing our public API and defined in platform-specific
- // implementations
- virtual void DoSetCount(unsigned int count) = 0;
- virtual unsigned int DoGetCount() const = 0;
- virtual void DoUpdate(unsigned int idx) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoScrollHorz(int dx) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoSetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order) = 0;
- virtual wxArrayInt DoGetColumnsOrder() const = 0;
-
-
- // event handlers
- void OnSeparatorDClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event);
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- void OnRClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHeaderCtrl: port-specific header control implementation, notice that this
-// is still an ABC which is meant to be used as part of another
-// control, see wxHeaderCtrlSimple for a standalone version
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/msw/headerctrl.h"
-#else
- #define wxHAS_GENERIC_HEADERCTRL
- #include "wx/generic/headerctrlg.h"
-#endif // platform
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHeaderCtrlSimple: concrete header control which can be used standalone
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderCtrlSimple : public wxHeaderCtrl
-{
-public:
- // control creation
- // ----------------
-
- wxHeaderCtrlSimple() { Init(); }
- wxHeaderCtrlSimple(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHD_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxHeaderCtrlNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // managing the columns
- // --------------------
-
- // insert the column at the given position, using GetColumnCount() as
- // position appends it at the end
- void InsertColumn(const wxHeaderColumnSimple& col, unsigned int idx)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( idx <= GetColumnCount(), "invalid column index" );
-
- DoInsert(col, idx);
- }
-
- // append the column to the end of the control
- void AppendColumn(const wxHeaderColumnSimple& col)
- {
- DoInsert(col, GetColumnCount());
- }
-
- // delete the column at the given index
- void DeleteColumn(unsigned int idx)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( idx < GetColumnCount(), "invalid column index" );
-
- DoDelete(idx);
- }
-
- // delete all the existing columns
- void DeleteAllColumns();
-
-
- // modifying columns
- // -----------------
-
- // show or hide the column, notice that even when a column is hidden we
- // still account for it when using indices
- void ShowColumn(unsigned int idx, bool show = true)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( idx < GetColumnCount(), "invalid column index" );
-
- DoShowColumn(idx, show);
- }
-
- void HideColumn(unsigned int idx)
- {
- ShowColumn(idx, false);
- }
-
- // indicate that the column is used for sorting
- void ShowSortIndicator(unsigned int idx, bool ascending = true)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( idx < GetColumnCount(), "invalid column index" );
-
- DoShowSortIndicator(idx, ascending);
- }
-
- // remove the sort indicator completely
- void RemoveSortIndicator();
-
-protected:
- // implement/override base class methods
- virtual const wxHeaderColumn& GetColumn(unsigned int idx) const;
- virtual bool UpdateColumnWidthToFit(unsigned int idx, int widthTitle);
-
- // and define another one to be overridden in the derived classes: it
- // should return the best width for the given column contents or -1 if not
- // implemented, we use it to implement UpdateColumnWidthToFit()
- virtual int GetBestFittingWidth(unsigned int WXUNUSED(idx)) const
- {
- return -1;
- }
-
-private:
- // functions implementing our public API
- void DoInsert(const wxHeaderColumnSimple& col, unsigned int idx);
- void DoDelete(unsigned int idx);
- void DoShowColumn(unsigned int idx, bool show);
- void DoShowSortIndicator(unsigned int idx, bool ascending);
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // bring the column count in sync with the number of columns we store
- void UpdateColumnCount()
- {
- SetColumnCount(static_cast<int>(m_cols.size()));
- }
-
-
- // all our current columns
- typedef wxVector<wxHeaderColumnSimple> Columns;
- Columns m_cols;
-
- // the column currently used for sorting or -1 if none
- unsigned int m_sortKey;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHeaderCtrlSimple);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHeaderCtrl events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderCtrlEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxHeaderCtrlEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
- : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid),
- m_col(-1),
- m_width(0),
- m_order(static_cast<unsigned int>(-1))
- {
- }
-
- wxHeaderCtrlEvent(const wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
- : wxNotifyEvent(event),
- m_col(event.m_col),
- m_width(event.m_width),
- m_order(event.m_order)
- {
- }
-
- // the column which this event pertains to: valid for all header events
- int GetColumn() const { return m_col; }
- void SetColumn(int col) { m_col = col; }
-
- // the width of the column: valid for column resizing/dragging events only
- int GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
- void SetWidth(int width) { m_width = width; }
-
- // the new position of the column: for end reorder events only
- unsigned int GetNewOrder() const { return m_order; }
- void SetNewOrder(unsigned int order) { m_order = order; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHeaderCtrlEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- // the column affected by the event
- int m_col;
-
- // the current width for the dragging events
- int m_width;
-
- // the new column position for end reorder event
- unsigned int m_order;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHeaderCtrlEvent)
-};
-
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_CLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_MIDDLE_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_RESIZING, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_END_REORDER, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_HEADER_DRAGGING_CANCELLED, wxHeaderCtrlEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHeaderCtrlEventFunction)(wxHeaderCtrlEvent&);
-
-#define wxHeaderCtrlEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxHeaderCtrlEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HEADER_ ## evt, id, wxHeaderCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_HEADER_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_HEADER_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(MIDDLE_CLICK, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_HEADER_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(DCLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_HEADER_RIGHT_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(RIGHT_DCLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_HEADER_MIDDLE_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(MIDDLE_DCLICK, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(SEPARATOR_DCLICK, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(BEGIN_RESIZE, id, fn)
-#define EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(RESIZING, id, fn)
-#define EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(END_RESIZE, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(BEGIN_REORDER, id, fn)
-#define EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(END_REORDER, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_HEADER_DRAGGING_CANCELLED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_HEADER_EVT(DRAGGING_CANCELLED, id, fn)
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_CLICK wxEVT_HEADER_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK wxEVT_HEADER_RIGHT_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_MIDDLE_CLICK wxEVT_HEADER_MIDDLE_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_DCLICK wxEVT_HEADER_DCLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RIGHT_DCLICK wxEVT_HEADER_RIGHT_DCLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_MIDDLE_DCLICK wxEVT_HEADER_MIDDLE_DCLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK wxEVT_HEADER_SEPARATOR_DCLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE wxEVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_RESIZING wxEVT_HEADER_RESIZING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_END_RESIZE wxEVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER wxEVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_END_REORDER wxEVT_HEADER_END_REORDER
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HEADER_DRAGGING_CANCELLED wxEVT_HEADER_DRAGGING_CANCELLED
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HEADERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_HEADERCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/help.h
-// Purpose: wxHelpController base header
-// Author: wxWidgets Team
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELP_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_HELP_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-
-#include "wx/helpbase.h"
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
- #include "wx/msw/wince/helpwce.h"
-
- #define wxHelpController wxWinceHelpController
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/helpchm.h"
-
- #define wxHelpController wxCHMHelpController
-#else // !MSW
-
-#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
- #include "wx/html/helpctrl.h"
- #define wxHelpController wxHtmlHelpController
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/helpext.h"
- #define wxHelpController wxExtHelpController
-#endif
-
-#endif // MSW/!MSW
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-#endif
- // _WX_HELP_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/helpbase.h
-// Purpose: Help system base classes
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPBASEH__
-#define _WX_HELPBASEH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-
-// Flags for SetViewer
-#define wxHELP_NETSCAPE 1
-
-// Search modes:
-enum wxHelpSearchMode
-{
- wxHELP_SEARCH_INDEX,
- wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL
-};
-
-// Defines the API for help controllers
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHelpControllerBase: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- inline wxHelpControllerBase(wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL) { m_parentWindow = parentWindow; }
- inline ~wxHelpControllerBase() {}
-
- // Must call this to set the filename and server name.
- // server is only required when implementing TCP/IP-based
- // help controllers.
- virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& WXUNUSED(file), int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return false; }
- virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& WXUNUSED(file)) { return false; }
-
- // Set viewer: only relevant to some kinds of controller
- virtual void SetViewer(const wxString& WXUNUSED(viewer), long WXUNUSED(flags) = 0) {}
-
- // If file is "", reloads file given in Initialize
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString) = 0;
-
- // Displays the contents
- virtual bool DisplayContents(void) = 0;
-
- // Display the given section
- virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo) = 0;
-
- // Display the section using a context id
- virtual bool DisplayContextPopup(int WXUNUSED(contextId)) { return false; }
-
- // Display the text in a popup, if possible
- virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text), const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos)) { return false; }
-
- // By default, uses KeywordSection to display a topic. Implementations
- // may override this for more specific behaviour.
- virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section) { return KeywordSearch(section); }
- virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo) = 0;
- virtual bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& k,
- wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL) = 0;
- /// Allows one to override the default settings for the help frame.
- virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title),
- const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size),
- const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos) = wxDefaultPosition,
- bool WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = false)
- {
- // does nothing by default
- }
- /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help
- /// frame.
- virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *WXUNUSED(size) = NULL,
- wxPoint *WXUNUSED(pos) = NULL,
- bool *WXUNUSED(newFrameEachTime) = NULL)
- {
- return NULL; // does nothing by default
- }
-
- virtual bool Quit() = 0;
- virtual void OnQuit() {}
-
- /// Set the window that can optionally be used for the help window's parent.
- virtual void SetParentWindow(wxWindow* win) { m_parentWindow = win; }
-
- /// Get the window that can optionally be used for the help window's parent.
- virtual wxWindow* GetParentWindow() const { return m_parentWindow; }
-
-protected:
- wxWindow* m_parentWindow;
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxHelpControllerBase)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-#endif
-// _WX_HELPBASEH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/helphtml.h
-// Purpose: Includes wx/html/helpctrl.h, for wxHtmlHelpController.
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2003-05-24
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WX_HELPHTML_H_
-#define __WX_HELPHTML_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-#include "wx/html/helpctrl.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // __WX_HELPHTML_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/helpwin.h
-// Purpose: Includes Windows or OS/2 help
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPWIN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_HELPWIN_H_BASE_
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/helpwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/helpwin.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
- // _WX_HELPWIN_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/forcelnk.h
-// Purpose: macros which force the linker to link apparently unused code
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-
-DESCRPITON:
-
-mod_*.cpp files contain handlers for tags. These files are modules - they contain
-one wxTagModule class and it's OnInit() method is called from wxApp's init method.
-The module is called even if you only link it into the executable, so everything
-seems wonderful.
-
-The problem is that we have these modules in LIBRARY and mod_*.cpp files contain
-no method nor class which is known out of the module. So the linker won't
-link these .o/.obj files into executable because it detected that it is not used
-by the program.
-
-To workaround this I introduced set of macros FORCE_LINK_ME and FORCE_LINK. These
-macros are generic and are not limited to mod_*.cpp files. You may find them quite
-useful somewhere else...
-
-How to use them:
-let's suppose you want to always link file foo.cpp and that you have module
-always.cpp that is certainly always linked (e.g. the one with main() function
-or htmlwin.cpp in wxHtml library).
-
-Place FORCE_LINK_ME(foo) somewhere in foo.cpp and FORCE_LINK(foo) somewhere
-in always.cpp
-See mod_*.cpp and htmlwin.cpp for example :-)
-
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_FORCELNK_H_
-#define _WX_FORCELNK_H_
-
-#include "wx/link.h"
-
-// compatibility defines
-#define FORCE_LINK wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE
-#define FORCE_LINK_ME wxFORCE_LINK_THIS_MODULE
-
-#define FORCE_WXHTML_MODULES() \
- FORCE_LINK(m_layout) \
- FORCE_LINK(m_fonts) \
- FORCE_LINK(m_image) \
- FORCE_LINK(m_list) \
- FORCE_LINK(m_dflist) \
- FORCE_LINK(m_pre) \
- FORCE_LINK(m_hline) \
- FORCE_LINK(m_links) \
- FORCE_LINK(m_tables) \
- FORCE_LINK(m_span) \
- FORCE_LINK(m_style)
-
-
-#endif // _WX_FORCELNK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/helpctrl.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlHelpController
-// Notes: Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
-// HTML Help controller class, by Vaclav Slavik
-// Author: Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_HELPCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#include "wx/helpbase.h"
-#include "wx/html/helpfrm.h"
-
-#define wxID_HTML_HELPFRAME (wxID_HIGHEST + 1)
-
-// This style indicates that the window is
-// embedded in the application and must not be
-// destroyed by the help controller.
-#define wxHF_EMBEDDED 0x00008000
-
-// Create a dialog for the help window.
-#define wxHF_DIALOG 0x00010000
-
-// Create a frame for the help window.
-#define wxHF_FRAME 0x00020000
-
-// Make the dialog modal when displaying help.
-#define wxHF_MODAL 0x00040000
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpDialog;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpController : public wxHelpControllerBase // wxEvtHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpController)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlHelpController(int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE, wxWindow* parentWindow = NULL);
- wxHtmlHelpController(wxWindow* parentWindow, int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE);
-
- virtual ~wxHtmlHelpController();
-
- void SetShouldPreventAppExit(bool enable);
-
- void SetTitleFormat(const wxString& format);
- void SetTempDir(const wxString& path) { m_helpData.SetTempDir(path); }
- bool AddBook(const wxString& book_url, bool show_wait_msg = false);
- bool AddBook(const wxFileName& book_file, bool show_wait_msg = false);
-
- bool Display(const wxString& x);
- bool Display(int id);
- bool DisplayContents();
- bool DisplayIndex();
- bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& keyword,
- wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL);
-
- wxHtmlHelpWindow* GetHelpWindow() { return m_helpWindow; }
- void SetHelpWindow(wxHtmlHelpWindow* helpWindow);
-
- wxHtmlHelpFrame* GetFrame() { return m_helpFrame; }
- wxHtmlHelpDialog* GetDialog() { return m_helpDialog; }
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- void UseConfig(wxConfigBase *config, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString);
-
- // Assigns config object to the Ctrl. This config is then
- // used in subsequent calls to Read/WriteCustomization of both help
- // Ctrl and it's wxHtmlWindow
- virtual void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
- virtual void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
- //// Backward compatibility with wxHelpController API
-
- virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file, int WXUNUSED(server) ) { return Initialize(file); }
- virtual bool Initialize(const wxString& file);
- virtual void SetViewer(const wxString& WXUNUSED(viewer), long WXUNUSED(flags) = 0) {}
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& file = wxT(""));
- virtual bool DisplaySection(int sectionNo);
- virtual bool DisplaySection(const wxString& section) { return Display(section); }
- virtual bool DisplayBlock(long blockNo) { return DisplaySection(blockNo); }
- virtual bool DisplayTextPopup(const wxString& text, const wxPoint& pos);
-
- virtual void SetFrameParameters(const wxString& titleFormat,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- bool newFrameEachTime = false);
- /// Obtains the latest settings used by the help frame and the help
- /// frame.
- virtual wxFrame *GetFrameParameters(wxSize *size = NULL,
- wxPoint *pos = NULL,
- bool *newFrameEachTime = NULL);
-
- // Get direct access to help data:
- wxHtmlHelpData *GetHelpData() { return &m_helpData; }
-
- virtual bool Quit() ;
- virtual void OnQuit() {}
-
- void OnCloseFrame(wxCloseEvent& evt);
-
- // Make the help controller's frame 'modal' if
- // needed
- void MakeModalIfNeeded();
-
- // Find the top-most parent window
- wxWindow* FindTopLevelWindow();
-
-protected:
- void Init(int style);
-
- virtual wxWindow* CreateHelpWindow();
- virtual wxHtmlHelpFrame* CreateHelpFrame(wxHtmlHelpData *data);
- virtual wxHtmlHelpDialog* CreateHelpDialog(wxHtmlHelpData *data);
- virtual void DestroyHelpWindow();
-
- wxHtmlHelpData m_helpData;
- wxHtmlHelpWindow* m_helpWindow;
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- wxConfigBase * m_Config;
- wxString m_ConfigRoot;
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
- wxString m_titleFormat;
- int m_FrameStyle;
- wxHtmlHelpFrame* m_helpFrame;
- wxHtmlHelpDialog* m_helpDialog;
-
- bool m_shouldPreventAppExit;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpController);
-};
-
-/*
- * wxHtmlModalHelp
- * A convenience class particularly for use on wxMac,
- * where you can only show modal dialogs from a modal
- * dialog.
- *
- * Use like this:
- *
- * wxHtmlModalHelp help(parent, filename, topic);
- *
- * If topic is empty, the help contents is displayed.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlModalHelp
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlModalHelp(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& helpFile, const wxString& topic = wxEmptyString,
- int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE | wxHF_DIALOG | wxHF_MODAL);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#endif // _WX_HELPCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/helpdata.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlHelpData
-// Notes: Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
-// HTML Help controller class, by Vaclav Slavik
-// Author: Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPDATA_H_
-#define _WX_HELPDATA_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpData;
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper classes & structs
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlBookRecord
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlBookRecord(const wxString& bookfile, const wxString& basepath,
- const wxString& title, const wxString& start)
- {
- m_BookFile = bookfile;
- m_BasePath = basepath;
- m_Title = title;
- m_Start = start;
- // for debugging, give the contents index obvious default values
- m_ContentsStart = m_ContentsEnd = -1;
- }
- wxString GetBookFile() const { return m_BookFile; }
- wxString GetTitle() const { return m_Title; }
- wxString GetStart() const { return m_Start; }
- wxString GetBasePath() const { return m_BasePath; }
- /* SetContentsRange: store in the bookrecord where in the index/contents lists the
- * book's records are stored. This to facilitate searching in a specific book.
- * This code will have to be revised when loading/removing books becomes dynamic.
- * (as opposed to appending only)
- * Note that storing index range is pointless, because the index is alphab. sorted. */
- void SetContentsRange(int start, int end) { m_ContentsStart = start; m_ContentsEnd = end; }
- int GetContentsStart() const { return m_ContentsStart; }
- int GetContentsEnd() const { return m_ContentsEnd; }
-
- void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_Title = title; }
- void SetBasePath(const wxString& path) { m_BasePath = path; }
- void SetStart(const wxString& start) { m_Start = start; }
-
- // returns full filename of page (which is part of the book),
- // i.e. with book's basePath prepended. If page is already absolute
- // path, basePath is _not_ prepended.
- wxString GetFullPath(const wxString &page) const;
-
-protected:
- wxString m_BookFile;
- wxString m_BasePath;
- wxString m_Title;
- wxString m_Start;
- int m_ContentsStart;
- int m_ContentsEnd;
-};
-
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxHtmlBookRecord, wxHtmlBookRecArray,
- WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML);
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpDataItem
-{
- wxHtmlHelpDataItem() : level(0), parent(NULL), id(wxID_ANY), book(NULL) {}
-
- int level;
- wxHtmlHelpDataItem *parent;
- int id;
- wxString name;
- wxString page;
- wxHtmlBookRecord *book;
-
- // returns full filename of m_Page, i.e. with book's basePath prepended
- wxString GetFullPath() const { return book->GetFullPath(page); }
-
- // returns item indented with spaces if it has level>1:
- wxString GetIndentedName() const;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxHtmlHelpDataItem, wxHtmlHelpDataItems,
- WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML);
-
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlSearchEngine
-// This class takes input streams and scans them for occurrence
-// of keyword(s)
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlSearchEngine : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlSearchEngine() : wxObject() {}
- virtual ~wxHtmlSearchEngine() {}
-
- // Sets the keyword we will be searching for
- virtual void LookFor(const wxString& keyword, bool case_sensitive, bool whole_words_only);
-
- // Scans the stream for the keyword.
- // Returns true if the stream contains keyword, fALSE otherwise
- virtual bool Scan(const wxFSFile& file);
-
-private:
- wxString m_Keyword;
- bool m_CaseSensitive;
- bool m_WholeWords;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlSearchEngine);
-};
-
-
-// State information of a search action. I'd have preferred to make this a
-// nested class inside wxHtmlHelpData, but that's against coding standards :-(
-// Never construct this class yourself, obtain a copy from
-// wxHtmlHelpData::PrepareKeywordSearch(const wxString& key)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlSearchStatus
-{
-public:
- // constructor; supply wxHtmlHelpData ptr, the keyword and (optionally) the
- // title of the book to search. By default, all books are searched.
- wxHtmlSearchStatus(wxHtmlHelpData* base, const wxString& keyword,
- bool case_sensitive, bool whole_words_only,
- const wxString& book = wxEmptyString);
- bool Search(); // do the next iteration
- bool IsActive() { return m_Active; }
- int GetCurIndex() { return m_CurIndex; }
- int GetMaxIndex() { return m_MaxIndex; }
- const wxString& GetName() { return m_Name; }
-
- const wxHtmlHelpDataItem *GetCurItem() const { return m_CurItem; }
-
-private:
- wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data;
- wxHtmlSearchEngine m_Engine;
- wxString m_Keyword, m_Name;
- wxString m_LastPage;
- wxHtmlHelpDataItem* m_CurItem;
- bool m_Active; // search is not finished
- int m_CurIndex; // where we are now
- int m_MaxIndex; // number of files we search
- // For progress bar: 100*curindex/maxindex = % complete
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlSearchStatus);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpData : public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpData)
- friend class wxHtmlSearchStatus;
-
-public:
- wxHtmlHelpData();
- virtual ~wxHtmlHelpData();
-
- // Sets directory where temporary files are stored.
- // These temp files are index & contents file in binary (much faster to read)
- // form. These files are NOT deleted on program's exit.
- void SetTempDir(const wxString& path);
-
- // Adds new book. 'book' is location of .htb file (stands for "html book").
- // See documentation for details on its format.
- // Returns success.
- bool AddBook(const wxString& book);
- bool AddBookParam(const wxFSFile& bookfile,
- wxFontEncoding encoding,
- const wxString& title, const wxString& contfile,
- const wxString& indexfile = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& deftopic = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
-
- // Some accessing stuff:
-
- // returns URL of page on basis of (file)name
- wxString FindPageByName(const wxString& page);
- // returns URL of page on basis of MS id
- wxString FindPageById(int id);
-
- const wxHtmlBookRecArray& GetBookRecArray() const { return m_bookRecords; }
-
- const wxHtmlHelpDataItems& GetContentsArray() const { return m_contents; }
- const wxHtmlHelpDataItems& GetIndexArray() const { return m_index; }
-
-protected:
- wxString m_tempPath;
-
- // each book has one record in this array:
- wxHtmlBookRecArray m_bookRecords;
-
- wxHtmlHelpDataItems m_contents; // list of all available books and pages
- wxHtmlHelpDataItems m_index; // list of index itesm
-
-protected:
- // Imports .hhp files (MS HTML Help Workshop)
- bool LoadMSProject(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxFileSystem& fsys,
- const wxString& indexfile, const wxString& contentsfile);
- // Reads binary book
- bool LoadCachedBook(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxInputStream *f);
- // Writes binary book
- bool SaveCachedBook(wxHtmlBookRecord *book, wxOutputStream *f);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpData);
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/helpdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlHelpDialog
-// Notes: Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
-// HTML Help controller class, by Vaclav Slavik
-// Author: Harm van der Heijden, Vaclav Slavik, Julian Smart
-// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden, Vaclav Slavik, Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPDLG_H_
-#define _WX_HELPDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#include "wx/html/helpdata.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/config.h"
-#include "wx/splitter.h"
-#include "wx/notebook.h"
-#include "wx/listbox.h"
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-#include "wx/combobox.h"
-#include "wx/checkbox.h"
-#include "wx/stattext.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-#include "wx/html/helpwnd.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmprint.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpController;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpWindow;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpDialog : public wxDialog
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpDialog)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlHelpDialog(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL) { Init(data); }
- wxHtmlHelpDialog(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID wxWindowID,
- const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
- int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE, wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL);
- virtual ~wxHtmlHelpDialog();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
- int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE);
-
- /// Returns the data associated with this dialog.
- wxHtmlHelpData* GetData() { return m_Data; }
-
- /// Returns the controller that created this dialog.
- wxHtmlHelpController* GetController() const { return m_helpController; }
-
- /// Sets the controller associated with this dialog.
- void SetController(wxHtmlHelpController* controller) { m_helpController = controller; }
-
- /// Returns the help window.
- wxHtmlHelpWindow* GetHelpWindow() const { return m_HtmlHelpWin; }
-
- // Sets format of title of the frame. Must contain exactly one "%s"
- // (for title of displayed HTML page)
- void SetTitleFormat(const wxString& format);
-
- // Override to add custom buttons to the toolbar
- virtual void AddToolbarButtons(wxToolBar* WXUNUSED(toolBar), int WXUNUSED(style)) {}
-
-protected:
- void Init(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL);
-
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- // Temporary pointer to pass to window
- wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data;
- wxString m_TitleFormat; // title of the help frame
- wxHtmlHelpWindow *m_HtmlHelpWin;
- wxHtmlHelpController* m_helpController;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpDialog);
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/helpfrm.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlHelpFrame
-// Notes: Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
-// HTML Help controller class, by Vaclav Slavik
-// Author: Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPFRM_H_
-#define _WX_HELPFRM_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#include "wx/helpbase.h"
-#include "wx/html/helpdata.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/config.h"
-#include "wx/splitter.h"
-#include "wx/notebook.h"
-#include "wx/listbox.h"
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-#include "wx/combobox.h"
-#include "wx/checkbox.h"
-#include "wx/stattext.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-#include "wx/html/helpwnd.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmprint.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrl;
-
-
-// style flags for the Help Frame
-#define wxHF_TOOLBAR 0x0001
-#define wxHF_CONTENTS 0x0002
-#define wxHF_INDEX 0x0004
-#define wxHF_SEARCH 0x0008
-#define wxHF_BOOKMARKS 0x0010
-#define wxHF_OPEN_FILES 0x0020
-#define wxHF_PRINT 0x0040
-#define wxHF_FLAT_TOOLBAR 0x0080
-#define wxHF_MERGE_BOOKS 0x0100
-#define wxHF_ICONS_BOOK 0x0200
-#define wxHF_ICONS_BOOK_CHAPTER 0x0400
-#define wxHF_ICONS_FOLDER 0x0000 // this is 0 since it is default
-#define wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxHF_TOOLBAR | wxHF_CONTENTS | \
- wxHF_INDEX | wxHF_SEARCH | \
- wxHF_BOOKMARKS | wxHF_PRINT)
-//compatibility:
-#define wxHF_OPENFILES wxHF_OPEN_FILES
-#define wxHF_FLATTOOLBAR wxHF_FLAT_TOOLBAR
-#define wxHF_DEFAULTSTYLE wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE
-
-struct wxHtmlHelpMergedIndexItem;
-class wxHtmlHelpMergedIndex;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxHelpControllerBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpController;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpWindow;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpFrame : public wxFrame
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpFrame)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlHelpFrame(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL) { Init(data); }
- wxHtmlHelpFrame(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID wxWindowID,
- const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
- int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE, wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- , wxConfigBase *config=NULL, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
- );
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
- int style = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- , wxConfigBase *config=NULL, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
- );
- virtual ~wxHtmlHelpFrame();
-
- /// Returns the data associated with the window.
- wxHtmlHelpData* GetData() { return m_Data; }
-
- /// Returns the help controller associated with the window.
- wxHtmlHelpController* GetController() const { return m_helpController; }
-
- /// Sets the help controller associated with the window.
- void SetController(wxHtmlHelpController* controller);
-
- /// Returns the help window.
- wxHtmlHelpWindow* GetHelpWindow() const { return m_HtmlHelpWin; }
-
- // Sets format of title of the frame. Must contain exactly one "%s"
- // (for title of displayed HTML page)
- void SetTitleFormat(const wxString& format);
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- // For compatibility
- void UseConfig(wxConfigBase *config, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString);
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
- // Make the help controller's frame 'modal' if
- // needed
- void AddGrabIfNeeded();
-
- // Override to add custom buttons to the toolbar
- virtual void AddToolbarButtons(wxToolBar* WXUNUSED(toolBar), int WXUNUSED(style)) {}
-
- void SetShouldPreventAppExit(bool enable);
-
- // we don't want to prevent the app from closing just because a help window
- // remains opened
- virtual bool ShouldPreventAppExit() const { return m_shouldPreventAppExit; }
-
-protected:
- void Init(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL);
-
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
- void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
- void OnClose(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnAbout(wxCommandEvent& event);
-#endif
-
- // Images:
- enum {
- IMG_Book = 0,
- IMG_Folder,
- IMG_Page
- };
-
-protected:
- wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data;
- bool m_DataCreated; // m_Data created by frame, or supplied?
- wxString m_TitleFormat; // title of the help frame
- wxHtmlHelpWindow *m_HtmlHelpWin;
- wxHtmlHelpController* m_helpController;
- bool m_shouldPreventAppExit;
-
-private:
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpFrame);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/helpwnd.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlHelpWindow
-// Notes: Based on htmlhelp.cpp, implementing a monolithic
-// HTML Help controller class, by Vaclav Slavik
-// Author: Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) Harm van der Heijden and Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HELPWND_H_
-#define _WX_HELPWND_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#include "wx/helpbase.h"
-#include "wx/html/helpdata.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/config.h"
-#include "wx/splitter.h"
-#include "wx/notebook.h"
-#include "wx/listbox.h"
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-#include "wx/combobox.h"
-#include "wx/checkbox.h"
-#include "wx/stattext.h"
-#include "wx/hash.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmprint.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrl;
-
-// style flags for the Help Frame
-#define wxHF_TOOLBAR 0x0001
-#define wxHF_CONTENTS 0x0002
-#define wxHF_INDEX 0x0004
-#define wxHF_SEARCH 0x0008
-#define wxHF_BOOKMARKS 0x0010
-#define wxHF_OPEN_FILES 0x0020
-#define wxHF_PRINT 0x0040
-#define wxHF_FLAT_TOOLBAR 0x0080
-#define wxHF_MERGE_BOOKS 0x0100
-#define wxHF_ICONS_BOOK 0x0200
-#define wxHF_ICONS_BOOK_CHAPTER 0x0400
-#define wxHF_ICONS_FOLDER 0x0000 // this is 0 since it is default
-#define wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxHF_TOOLBAR | wxHF_CONTENTS | \
- wxHF_INDEX | wxHF_SEARCH | \
- wxHF_BOOKMARKS | wxHF_PRINT)
-//compatibility:
-#define wxHF_OPENFILES wxHF_OPEN_FILES
-#define wxHF_FLATTOOLBAR wxHF_FLAT_TOOLBAR
-#define wxHF_DEFAULTSTYLE wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE
-
-struct wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg
-{
- int x, y, w, h;
- long sashpos;
- bool navig_on;
-};
-
-struct wxHtmlHelpMergedIndexItem;
-class wxHtmlHelpMergedIndex;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxHelpControllerBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlHelpController;
-
-/*!
- * Help window
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlHelpWindow : public wxWindow
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpWindow)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlHelpWindow(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL) { Init(data); }
- wxHtmlHelpWindow(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID wxWindowID,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxNO_BORDER,
- int helpStyle = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL);
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxNO_BORDER,
- int helpStyle = wxHF_DEFAULT_STYLE);
- virtual ~wxHtmlHelpWindow();
-
- wxHtmlHelpData* GetData() { return m_Data; }
- wxHtmlHelpController* GetController() const { return m_helpController; }
- void SetController(wxHtmlHelpController* controller);
-
- // Displays page x. If not found it will offect the user a choice of
- // searching books.
- // Looking for the page runs in these steps:
- // 1. try to locate file named x (if x is for example "doc/howto.htm")
- // 2. try to open starting page of book x
- // 3. try to find x in contents (if x is for example "How To ...")
- // 4. try to find x in index (if x is for example "How To ...")
- bool Display(const wxString& x);
-
- // Alternative version that works with numeric ID.
- // (uses extension to MS format, <param name="ID" value=id>, see docs)
- bool Display(const int id);
-
- // Displays help window and focuses contents.
- bool DisplayContents();
-
- // Displays help window and focuses index.
- bool DisplayIndex();
-
- // Searches for keyword. Returns true and display page if found, return
- // false otherwise
- // Syntax of keyword is Altavista-like:
- // * words are separated by spaces
- // (but "\"hello world\"" is only one world "hello world")
- // * word may be pretended by + or -
- // (+ : page must contain the word ; - : page can't contain the word)
- // * if there is no + or - before the word, + is default
- bool KeywordSearch(const wxString& keyword,
- wxHelpSearchMode mode = wxHELP_SEARCH_ALL);
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- void UseConfig(wxConfigBase *config, const wxString& rootpath = wxEmptyString)
- {
- m_Config = config;
- m_ConfigRoot = rootpath;
- ReadCustomization(config, rootpath);
- }
-
- // Saves custom settings into cfg config. it will use the path 'path'
- // if given, otherwise it will save info into currently selected path.
- // saved values : things set by SetFonts, SetBorders.
- void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
- void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
- // call this to let wxHtmlHelpWindow know page changed
- void NotifyPageChanged();
-
- // Refreshes Contents and Index tabs
- void RefreshLists();
-
- // Gets the HTML window
- wxHtmlWindow* GetHtmlWindow() const { return m_HtmlWin; }
-
- // Gets the splitter window
- wxSplitterWindow* GetSplitterWindow() const { return m_Splitter; }
-
- // Gets the toolbar
- wxToolBar* GetToolBar() const { return m_toolBar; }
-
- // Gets the configuration data
- wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg& GetCfgData() { return m_Cfg; }
-
- // Gets the tree control
- wxTreeCtrl *GetTreeCtrl() const { return m_ContentsBox; }
-
-protected:
- void Init(wxHtmlHelpData* data = NULL);
-
- // Adds items to m_Contents tree control
- void CreateContents();
-
- // Adds items to m_IndexList
- void CreateIndex();
-
- // Add books to search choice panel
- void CreateSearch();
-
- // Updates "merged index" structure that combines indexes of all books
- // into better searchable structure
- void UpdateMergedIndex();
-
- // Add custom buttons to toolbar
- virtual void AddToolbarButtons(wxToolBar *toolBar, int style);
-
- // Displays options dialog (fonts etc.)
- virtual void OptionsDialog();
-
- void OnToolbar(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnContentsSel(wxTreeEvent& event);
- void OnIndexSel(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnIndexFind(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnIndexAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnSearchSel(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnSearch(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnBookmarksSel(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
- // Images:
- enum {
- IMG_Book = 0,
- IMG_Folder,
- IMG_Page
- };
-
-protected:
- wxHtmlHelpData* m_Data;
- bool m_DataCreated; // m_Data created by frame, or supplied?
- wxString m_TitleFormat; // title of the help frame
- // below are various pointers to GUI components
- wxHtmlWindow *m_HtmlWin;
- wxSplitterWindow *m_Splitter;
- wxPanel *m_NavigPan;
- wxNotebook *m_NavigNotebook;
- wxTreeCtrl *m_ContentsBox;
- wxTextCtrl *m_IndexText;
- wxButton *m_IndexButton;
- wxButton *m_IndexButtonAll;
- wxListBox *m_IndexList;
- wxTextCtrl *m_SearchText;
- wxButton *m_SearchButton;
- wxListBox *m_SearchList;
- wxChoice *m_SearchChoice;
- wxStaticText *m_IndexCountInfo;
- wxCheckBox *m_SearchCaseSensitive;
- wxCheckBox *m_SearchWholeWords;
- wxToolBar* m_toolBar;
-
- wxComboBox *m_Bookmarks;
- wxArrayString m_BookmarksNames, m_BookmarksPages;
-
- wxHtmlHelpFrameCfg m_Cfg;
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- wxConfigBase *m_Config;
- wxString m_ConfigRoot;
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
- // pagenumbers of controls in notebook (usually 0,1,2)
- int m_ContentsPage;
- int m_IndexPage;
- int m_SearchPage;
-
- // lists of available fonts (used in options dialog)
- wxArrayString *m_NormalFonts, *m_FixedFonts;
- int m_FontSize; // 0,1,2 = small,medium,big
- wxString m_NormalFace, m_FixedFace;
-
- bool m_UpdateContents;
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
- wxHtmlEasyPrinting *m_Printer;
-#endif
- wxHashTable *m_PagesHash;
- wxHtmlHelpController* m_helpController;
-
- int m_hfStyle;
-
-private:
- void DoIndexFind();
- void DoIndexAll();
- void DisplayIndexItem(const wxHtmlHelpMergedIndexItem *it);
- wxHtmlHelpMergedIndex *m_mergedIndex;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlHelpWindow);
-};
-
-/*!
- * Command IDs
- */
-
-enum
-{
- //wxID_HTML_HELPFRAME = wxID_HIGHEST + 1,
- wxID_HTML_PANEL = wxID_HIGHEST + 10,
- wxID_HTML_BACK,
- wxID_HTML_FORWARD,
- wxID_HTML_UPNODE,
- wxID_HTML_UP,
- wxID_HTML_DOWN,
- wxID_HTML_PRINT,
- wxID_HTML_OPENFILE,
- wxID_HTML_OPTIONS,
- wxID_HTML_BOOKMARKSLIST,
- wxID_HTML_BOOKMARKSADD,
- wxID_HTML_BOOKMARKSREMOVE,
- wxID_HTML_TREECTRL,
- wxID_HTML_INDEXPAGE,
- wxID_HTML_INDEXLIST,
- wxID_HTML_INDEXTEXT,
- wxID_HTML_INDEXBUTTON,
- wxID_HTML_INDEXBUTTONALL,
- wxID_HTML_NOTEBOOK,
- wxID_HTML_SEARCHPAGE,
- wxID_HTML_SEARCHTEXT,
- wxID_HTML_SEARCHLIST,
- wxID_HTML_SEARCHBUTTON,
- wxID_HTML_SEARCHCHOICE,
- wxID_HTML_COUNTINFO
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/htmlcell.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlCell class is used by wxHtmlWindow/wxHtmlWinParser
-// as a basic visual element of HTML page
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999-2003 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLCELL_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLCELL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/html/htmltag.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmldefs.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWindowInterface;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlLinkInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlCell;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlContainerCell;
-
-
-// wxHtmlSelection is data holder with information about text selection.
-// Selection is defined by two positions (beginning and end of the selection)
-// and two leaf(!) cells at these positions.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlSelection
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlSelection()
- : m_fromPos(wxDefaultPosition), m_toPos(wxDefaultPosition),
- m_fromCharacterPos(-1), m_toCharacterPos(-1),
- m_fromCell(NULL), m_toCell(NULL) {}
-
- // this version is used for the user selection defined with the mouse
- void Set(const wxPoint& fromPos, const wxHtmlCell *fromCell,
- const wxPoint& toPos, const wxHtmlCell *toCell);
- void Set(const wxHtmlCell *fromCell, const wxHtmlCell *toCell);
-
- const wxHtmlCell *GetFromCell() const { return m_fromCell; }
- const wxHtmlCell *GetToCell() const { return m_toCell; }
-
- // these values are in absolute coordinates:
- const wxPoint& GetFromPos() const { return m_fromPos; }
- const wxPoint& GetToPos() const { return m_toPos; }
-
- // these are From/ToCell's private data
- void ClearFromToCharacterPos() { m_toCharacterPos = m_fromCharacterPos = -1; }
- bool AreFromToCharacterPosSet() const { return m_toCharacterPos != -1 && m_fromCharacterPos != -1; }
-
- void SetFromCharacterPos (wxCoord pos) { m_fromCharacterPos = pos; }
- void SetToCharacterPos (wxCoord pos) { m_toCharacterPos = pos; }
- wxCoord GetFromCharacterPos () const { return m_fromCharacterPos; }
- wxCoord GetToCharacterPos () const { return m_toCharacterPos; }
-
- bool IsEmpty() const
- { return m_fromPos == wxDefaultPosition &&
- m_toPos == wxDefaultPosition; }
-
-private:
- wxPoint m_fromPos, m_toPos;
- wxCoord m_fromCharacterPos, m_toCharacterPos;
- const wxHtmlCell *m_fromCell, *m_toCell;
-};
-
-
-
-enum wxHtmlSelectionState
-{
- wxHTML_SEL_OUT, // currently rendered cell is outside the selection
- wxHTML_SEL_IN, // ... is inside selection
- wxHTML_SEL_CHANGING // ... is the cell on which selection state changes
-};
-
-// Selection state is passed to wxHtmlCell::Draw so that it can render itself
-// differently e.g. when inside text selection or outside it.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlRenderingState
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlRenderingState() : m_selState(wxHTML_SEL_OUT) {}
-
- void SetSelectionState(wxHtmlSelectionState s) { m_selState = s; }
- wxHtmlSelectionState GetSelectionState() const { return m_selState; }
-
- void SetFgColour(const wxColour& c) { m_fgColour = c; }
- const wxColour& GetFgColour() const { return m_fgColour; }
- void SetBgColour(const wxColour& c) { m_bgColour = c; }
- const wxColour& GetBgColour() const { return m_bgColour; }
- void SetBgMode(int m) { m_bgMode = m; }
- int GetBgMode() const { return m_bgMode; }
-
-private:
- wxHtmlSelectionState m_selState;
- wxColour m_fgColour, m_bgColour;
- int m_bgMode;
-};
-
-
-// HTML rendering customization. This class is used when rendering wxHtmlCells
-// as a callback:
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlRenderingStyle
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxHtmlRenderingStyle() {}
- virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextColour(const wxColour& clr) = 0;
- virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextBgColour(const wxColour& clr) = 0;
-};
-
-// Standard style:
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxDefaultHtmlRenderingStyle : public wxHtmlRenderingStyle
-{
-public:
- virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextColour(const wxColour& clr);
- virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextBgColour(const wxColour& clr);
-};
-
-
-// Information given to cells when drawing them. Contains rendering state,
-// selection information and rendering style object that can be used to
-// customize the output.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlRenderingInfo
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo() : m_selection(NULL), m_style(NULL) {}
-
- void SetSelection(wxHtmlSelection *s) { m_selection = s; }
- wxHtmlSelection *GetSelection() const { return m_selection; }
-
- void SetStyle(wxHtmlRenderingStyle *style) { m_style = style; }
- wxHtmlRenderingStyle& GetStyle() { return *m_style; }
-
- wxHtmlRenderingState& GetState() { return m_state; }
-
-protected:
- wxHtmlSelection *m_selection;
- wxHtmlRenderingStyle *m_style;
- wxHtmlRenderingState m_state;
-};
-
-
-// Flags for wxHtmlCell::FindCellByPos
-enum
-{
- wxHTML_FIND_EXACT = 1,
- wxHTML_FIND_NEAREST_BEFORE = 2,
- wxHTML_FIND_NEAREST_AFTER = 4
-};
-
-
-// Superscript/subscript/normal script mode of a cell
-enum wxHtmlScriptMode
-{
- wxHTML_SCRIPT_NORMAL,
- wxHTML_SCRIPT_SUB,
- wxHTML_SCRIPT_SUP
-};
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlCell
-// Internal data structure. It represents fragments of parsed
-// HTML page - a word, picture, table, horizontal line and so
-// on. It is used by wxHtmlWindow to represent HTML page in
-// memory.
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlCell : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlCell();
- virtual ~wxHtmlCell();
-
- void SetParent(wxHtmlContainerCell *p) {m_Parent = p;}
- wxHtmlContainerCell *GetParent() const {return m_Parent;}
-
- int GetPosX() const {return m_PosX;}
- int GetPosY() const {return m_PosY;}
- int GetWidth() const {return m_Width;}
-
- // Returns the maximum possible length of the cell.
- // Call Layout at least once before using GetMaxTotalWidth()
- virtual int GetMaxTotalWidth() const { return m_Width; }
-
- int GetHeight() const {return m_Height;}
- int GetDescent() const {return m_Descent;}
-
- void SetScriptMode(wxHtmlScriptMode mode, long previousBase);
- wxHtmlScriptMode GetScriptMode() const { return m_ScriptMode; }
- long GetScriptBaseline() { return m_ScriptBaseline; }
-
- // Formatting cells are not visible on the screen, they only alter
- // renderer's state.
- bool IsFormattingCell() const { return m_Width == 0 && m_Height == 0; }
-
- const wxString& GetId() const { return m_id; }
- void SetId(const wxString& id) { m_id = id; }
-
- // returns the link associated with this cell. The position is position
- // within the cell so it varies from 0 to m_Width, from 0 to m_Height
- virtual wxHtmlLinkInfo* GetLink(int WXUNUSED(x) = 0,
- int WXUNUSED(y) = 0) const
- { return m_Link; }
-
- // Returns cursor to be used when mouse is over the cell, can be
- // overridden by the derived classes to use a different cursor whenever the
- // mouse is over this cell.
- virtual wxCursor GetMouseCursor(wxHtmlWindowInterface *window) const;
-
- // Returns cursor to be used when mouse is over the given point, can be
- // overridden if the cursor should change depending on where exactly inside
- // the cell the mouse is.
- virtual wxCursor GetMouseCursorAt(wxHtmlWindowInterface *window,
- const wxPoint& relPos) const;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // this was replaced by GetMouseCursor, don't use in new code!
- virtual wxCursor GetCursor() const;
-#endif
-
- // return next cell among parent's cells
- wxHtmlCell *GetNext() const {return m_Next;}
- // returns first child cell (if there are any, i.e. if this is container):
- virtual wxHtmlCell* GetFirstChild() const { return NULL; }
-
- // members writing methods
- virtual void SetPos(int x, int y) {m_PosX = x, m_PosY = y;}
- void SetLink(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
- void SetNext(wxHtmlCell *cell) {m_Next = cell;}
-
- // 1. adjust cell's width according to the fact that maximal possible width
- // is w. (this has sense when working with horizontal lines, tables
- // etc.)
- // 2. prepare layout (=fill-in m_PosX, m_PosY (and sometime m_Height)
- // members) = place items to fit window, according to the width w
- virtual void Layout(int w);
-
- // renders the cell
- virtual void Draw(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
- int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(view_y1), int WXUNUSED(view_y2),
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& WXUNUSED(info)) {}
-
- // proceed drawing actions in case the cell is not visible (scrolled out of
- // screen). This is needed to change fonts, colors and so on.
- virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
- int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& WXUNUSED(info)) {}
-
- // This method returns pointer to the FIRST cell for that
- // the condition
- // is true. It first checks if the condition is true for this
- // cell and then calls m_Next->Find(). (Note: it checks
- // all subcells if the cell is container)
- // Condition is unique condition identifier (see htmldefs.h)
- // (user-defined condition IDs should start from 10000)
- // and param is optional parameter
- // Example : m_Cell->Find(wxHTML_COND_ISANCHOR, "news");
- // returns pointer to anchor news
- virtual const wxHtmlCell* Find(int condition, const void* param) const;
-
-
- // This function is called when mouse button is clicked over the cell.
- // Returns true if a link is clicked, false otherwise.
- //
- // 'window' is pointer to wxHtmlWindowInterface of the window which
- // generated the event.
- // HINT: if this handling is not enough for you you should use
- // wxHtmlWidgetCell
- virtual bool ProcessMouseClick(wxHtmlWindowInterface *window,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // this was replaced by ProcessMouseClick, don't use in new code!
- virtual void OnMouseClick(wxWindow *window,
- int x, int y, const wxMouseEvent& event);
-#endif
-
- // This method used to adjust pagebreak position. The parameter is variable
- // that contains y-coordinate of page break (= horizontal line that should
- // not be crossed by words, images etc.). If this cell cannot be divided
- // into two pieces (each one on another page) then it moves the pagebreak
- // few pixels up.
- //
- // Returned value : true if pagebreak was modified, false otherwise
- // Usage : while (container->AdjustPagebreak(&p)) {}
- virtual bool AdjustPagebreak(int *pagebreak,
- const wxArrayInt& known_pagebreaks,
- int pageHeight) const;
-
- // Sets cell's behaviour on pagebreaks (see AdjustPagebreak). Default
- // is true - the cell can be split on two pages
- // If there is no way to fit a cell in the current page size, the cell
- // is always split, ignoring this setting.
- void SetCanLiveOnPagebreak(bool can) { m_CanLiveOnPagebreak = can; }
-
- // Can the line be broken before this cell?
- virtual bool IsLinebreakAllowed() const
- { return !IsFormattingCell(); }
-
- // Returns true for simple == terminal cells, i.e. not composite ones.
- // This if for internal usage only and may disappear in future versions!
- virtual bool IsTerminalCell() const { return true; }
-
- // Find a cell inside this cell positioned at the given coordinates
- // (relative to this's positions). Returns NULL if no such cell exists.
- // The flag can be used to specify whether to look for terminal or
- // nonterminal cells or both. In either case, returned cell is deepest
- // cell in cells tree that contains [x,y].
- virtual wxHtmlCell *FindCellByPos(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- unsigned flags = wxHTML_FIND_EXACT) const;
-
- // Returns absolute position of the cell on HTML canvas.
- // If rootCell is provided, then it's considered to be the root of the
- // hierarchy and the returned value is relative to it.
- wxPoint GetAbsPos(wxHtmlCell *rootCell = NULL) const;
-
- // Returns root cell of the hierarchy (i.e. grand-grand-...-parent that
- // doesn't have a parent itself)
- wxHtmlCell *GetRootCell() const;
-
- // Returns first (last) terminal cell inside this cell. It may return NULL,
- // but it is rare -- only if there are no terminals in the tree.
- virtual wxHtmlCell *GetFirstTerminal() const
- { return wxConstCast(this, wxHtmlCell); }
- virtual wxHtmlCell *GetLastTerminal() const
- { return wxConstCast(this, wxHtmlCell); }
-
- // Returns cell's depth, i.e. how far under the root cell it is
- // (if it is the root, depth is 0)
- unsigned GetDepth() const;
-
- // Returns true if the cell appears before 'cell' in natural order of
- // cells (= as they are read). If cell A is (grand)parent of cell B,
- // then both A.IsBefore(B) and B.IsBefore(A) always return true.
- bool IsBefore(wxHtmlCell *cell) const;
-
- // Converts the cell into text representation. If sel != NULL then
- // only part of the cell inside the selection is converted.
- virtual wxString ConvertToText(wxHtmlSelection *WXUNUSED(sel)) const
- { return wxEmptyString; }
-
-protected:
- // pointer to the next cell
- wxHtmlCell *m_Next;
- // pointer to parent cell
- wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Parent;
-
- // dimensions of fragment (m_Descent is used to position text & images)
- int m_Width, m_Height, m_Descent;
- // position where the fragment is drawn:
- int m_PosX, m_PosY;
-
- // superscript/subscript/normal:
- wxHtmlScriptMode m_ScriptMode;
- long m_ScriptBaseline;
-
- // destination address if this fragment is hypertext link, NULL otherwise
- wxHtmlLinkInfo *m_Link;
- // true if this cell can be placed on pagebreak, false otherwise
- bool m_CanLiveOnPagebreak;
- // unique identifier of the cell, generated from "id" property of tags
- wxString m_id;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlCell)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlCell);
-};
-
-
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Inherited cells:
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWordCell
-// Single word in input stream.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWordCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlWordCell(const wxString& word, const wxDC& dc);
- void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2,
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info);
- virtual wxCursor GetMouseCursor(wxHtmlWindowInterface *window) const;
- virtual wxString ConvertToText(wxHtmlSelection *sel) const;
- bool IsLinebreakAllowed() const { return m_allowLinebreak; }
-
- void SetPreviousWord(wxHtmlWordCell *cell);
-
-protected:
- virtual wxString GetAllAsText() const
- { return m_Word; }
- virtual wxString GetPartAsText(int begin, int end) const
- { return m_Word.Mid(begin, end - begin); }
-
- void SetSelectionPrivPos(const wxDC& dc, wxHtmlSelection *s) const;
- void Split(const wxDC& dc,
- const wxPoint& selFrom, const wxPoint& selTo,
- unsigned& pos1, unsigned& pos2) const;
-
- wxString m_Word;
- bool m_allowLinebreak;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlWordCell)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWordCell);
-};
-
-
-// wxHtmlWordCell specialization for storing text fragments with embedded
-// '\t's; these differ from normal words in that the displayed text is
-// different from the text copied to clipboard
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWordWithTabsCell : public wxHtmlWordCell
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlWordWithTabsCell(const wxString& word,
- const wxString& wordOrig,
- size_t linepos,
- const wxDC& dc)
- : wxHtmlWordCell(word, dc),
- m_wordOrig(wordOrig),
- m_linepos(linepos)
- {}
-
-protected:
- virtual wxString GetAllAsText() const;
- virtual wxString GetPartAsText(int begin, int end) const;
-
- wxString m_wordOrig;
- size_t m_linepos;
-};
-
-
-// Container contains other cells, thus forming tree structure of rendering
-// elements. Basic code of layout algorithm is contained in this class.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlContainerCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlContainerCell(wxHtmlContainerCell *parent);
- virtual ~wxHtmlContainerCell();
-
- virtual void Layout(int w);
- virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2,
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info);
- virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info);
-
- virtual bool AdjustPagebreak(int *pagebreak,
- const wxArrayInt& known_pagebreaks,
- int pageHeight) const;
-
- // insert cell at the end of m_Cells list
- void InsertCell(wxHtmlCell *cell);
-
- // sets horizontal/vertical alignment
- void SetAlignHor(int al) {m_AlignHor = al; m_LastLayout = -1;}
- int GetAlignHor() const {return m_AlignHor;}
- void SetAlignVer(int al) {m_AlignVer = al; m_LastLayout = -1;}
- int GetAlignVer() const {return m_AlignVer;}
-
- // sets left-border indentation. units is one of wxHTML_UNITS_* constants
- // what is combination of wxHTML_INDENT_*
- void SetIndent(int i, int what, int units = wxHTML_UNITS_PIXELS);
- // returns the indentation. ind is one of wxHTML_INDENT_* constants
- int GetIndent(int ind) const;
- // returns type of value returned by GetIndent(ind)
- int GetIndentUnits(int ind) const;
-
- // sets alignment info based on given tag's params
- void SetAlign(const wxHtmlTag& tag);
- // sets floating width adjustment
- // (examples : 32 percent of parent container,
- // -15 pixels percent (this means 100 % - 15 pixels)
- void SetWidthFloat(int w, int units) {m_WidthFloat = w; m_WidthFloatUnits = units; m_LastLayout = -1;}
- void SetWidthFloat(const wxHtmlTag& tag, double pixel_scale = 1.0);
- // sets minimal height of this container.
- void SetMinHeight(int h, int align = wxHTML_ALIGN_TOP) {m_MinHeight = h; m_MinHeightAlign = align; m_LastLayout = -1;}
-
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& clr) {m_BkColour = clr;}
- // returns background colour (of wxNullColour if none set), so that widgets can
- // adapt to it:
- wxColour GetBackgroundColour();
- void SetBorder(const wxColour& clr1, const wxColour& clr2, int border = 1) {m_Border = border; m_BorderColour1 = clr1, m_BorderColour2 = clr2;}
- virtual wxHtmlLinkInfo* GetLink(int x = 0, int y = 0) const;
- virtual const wxHtmlCell* Find(int condition, const void* param) const;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // this was replaced by ProcessMouseClick, don't use in new code!
- virtual void OnMouseClick(wxWindow *window,
- int x, int y, const wxMouseEvent& event);
-#endif
- virtual bool ProcessMouseClick(wxHtmlWindowInterface *window,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- virtual wxHtmlCell* GetFirstChild() const { return m_Cells; }
-
- // returns last child cell:
- wxHtmlCell* GetLastChild() const { return m_LastCell; }
-
- // see comment in wxHtmlCell about this method
- virtual bool IsTerminalCell() const { return false; }
-
- virtual wxHtmlCell *FindCellByPos(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- unsigned flags = wxHTML_FIND_EXACT) const;
-
- virtual wxHtmlCell *GetFirstTerminal() const;
- virtual wxHtmlCell *GetLastTerminal() const;
-
-
- // Removes indentation on top or bottom of the container (i.e. above or
- // below first/last terminal cell). For internal use only.
- virtual void RemoveExtraSpacing(bool top, bool bottom);
-
- // Returns the maximum possible length of the container.
- // Call Layout at least once before using GetMaxTotalWidth()
- virtual int GetMaxTotalWidth() const { return m_MaxTotalWidth; }
-
-protected:
- void UpdateRenderingStatePre(wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info,
- wxHtmlCell *cell) const;
- void UpdateRenderingStatePost(wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info,
- wxHtmlCell *cell) const;
-
-protected:
- int m_IndentLeft, m_IndentRight, m_IndentTop, m_IndentBottom;
- // indentation of subcells. There is always m_Indent pixels
- // big space between given border of the container and the subcells
- // it m_Indent < 0 it is in PERCENTS, otherwise it is in pixels
- int m_MinHeight, m_MinHeightAlign;
- // minimal height.
- wxHtmlCell *m_Cells, *m_LastCell;
- // internal cells, m_Cells points to the first of them, m_LastCell to the last one.
- // (LastCell is needed only to speed-up InsertCell)
- int m_AlignHor, m_AlignVer;
- // alignment horizontal and vertical (left, center, right)
- int m_WidthFloat, m_WidthFloatUnits;
- // width float is used in adjustWidth
- wxColour m_BkColour;
- // background color of this container
- int m_Border;
- // border size. Draw only if m_Border > 0
- wxColour m_BorderColour1, m_BorderColour2;
- // borders color of this container
- int m_LastLayout;
- // if != -1 then call to Layout may be no-op
- // if previous call to Layout has same argument
- int m_MaxTotalWidth;
- // Maximum possible length if ignoring line wrap
-
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlContainerCell)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlContainerCell);
-};
-
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlColourCell
-// Color changer.
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlColourCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlColourCell(const wxColour& clr, int flags = wxHTML_CLR_FOREGROUND) : wxHtmlCell() {m_Colour = clr; m_Flags = flags;}
- virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2,
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info);
- virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info);
-
-protected:
- wxColour m_Colour;
- unsigned m_Flags;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlColourCell)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlColourCell);
-};
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlFontCell
-// Sets actual font used for text rendering
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlFontCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlFontCell(wxFont *font) : wxHtmlCell() { m_Font = (*font); }
- virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2,
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info);
- virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info);
-
-protected:
- wxFont m_Font;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlFontCell)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlFontCell);
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlwidgetCell
-// This cell is connected with wxWindow object
-// You can use it to insert windows into HTML page
-// (buttons, input boxes etc.)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWidgetCell : public wxHtmlCell
-{
-public:
- // !!! wnd must have correct parent!
- // if w != 0 then the m_Wnd has 'floating' width - it adjust
- // it's width according to parent container's width
- // (w is percent of parent's width)
- wxHtmlWidgetCell(wxWindow *wnd, int w = 0);
- virtual ~wxHtmlWidgetCell() { m_Wnd->Destroy(); }
- virtual void Draw(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, int view_y1, int view_y2,
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info);
- virtual void DrawInvisible(wxDC& dc, int x, int y,
- wxHtmlRenderingInfo& info);
- virtual void Layout(int w);
-
-protected:
- wxWindow* m_Wnd;
- int m_WidthFloat;
- // width float is used in adjustWidth (it is in percents)
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlWidgetCell)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWidgetCell);
-};
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlLinkInfo
-// Internal data structure. It represents hypertext link
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlLinkInfo : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlLinkInfo() : wxObject()
- { m_Href = m_Target = wxEmptyString; m_Event = NULL, m_Cell = NULL; }
- wxHtmlLinkInfo(const wxString& href, const wxString& target = wxEmptyString) : wxObject()
- { m_Href = href; m_Target = target; m_Event = NULL, m_Cell = NULL; }
- wxHtmlLinkInfo(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& l) : wxObject()
- { m_Href = l.m_Href, m_Target = l.m_Target, m_Event = l.m_Event;
- m_Cell = l.m_Cell; }
- wxHtmlLinkInfo& operator=(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& l)
- { m_Href = l.m_Href, m_Target = l.m_Target, m_Event = l.m_Event;
- m_Cell = l.m_Cell; return *this; }
-
- void SetEvent(const wxMouseEvent *e) { m_Event = e; }
- void SetHtmlCell(const wxHtmlCell *e) { m_Cell = e; }
-
- wxString GetHref() const { return m_Href; }
- wxString GetTarget() const { return m_Target; }
- const wxMouseEvent* GetEvent() const { return m_Event; }
- const wxHtmlCell* GetHtmlCell() const { return m_Cell; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_Href, m_Target;
- const wxMouseEvent *m_Event;
- const wxHtmlCell *m_Cell;
-};
-
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlTerminalCellsInterator
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlTerminalCellsInterator
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlTerminalCellsInterator(const wxHtmlCell *from, const wxHtmlCell *to)
- : m_to(to), m_pos(from) {}
-
- operator bool() const { return m_pos != NULL; }
- const wxHtmlCell* operator++();
- const wxHtmlCell* operator->() const { return m_pos; }
- const wxHtmlCell* operator*() const { return m_pos; }
-
-private:
- const wxHtmlCell *m_to, *m_pos;
-};
-
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLCELL_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/htmldefs.h
-// Purpose: constants for wxhtml library
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLDEFS_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLDEFS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ALIGNMENTS
-// Describes alignment of text etc. in containers
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_LEFT 0x0000
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x0002
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_JUSTIFY 0x0010
-
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_TOP 0x0004
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_BOTTOM 0x0008
-
-#define wxHTML_ALIGN_CENTER 0x0001
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// COLOR MODES
-// Used by wxHtmlColourCell to determine clr of what is changing
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_CLR_FOREGROUND 0x0001
-#define wxHTML_CLR_BACKGROUND 0x0002
-#define wxHTML_CLR_TRANSPARENT_BACKGROUND 0x0004
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// UNITS
-// Used to specify units
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_UNITS_PIXELS 0x0001
-#define wxHTML_UNITS_PERCENT 0x0002
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// INDENTS
-// Used to specify indetation relatives
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_LEFT 0x0010
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_RIGHT 0x0020
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_TOP 0x0040
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_BOTTOM 0x0080
-
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_HORIZONTAL (wxHTML_INDENT_LEFT | wxHTML_INDENT_RIGHT)
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_VERTICAL (wxHTML_INDENT_TOP | wxHTML_INDENT_BOTTOM)
-#define wxHTML_INDENT_ALL (wxHTML_INDENT_VERTICAL | wxHTML_INDENT_HORIZONTAL)
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// FIND CONDITIONS
-// Identifiers of wxHtmlCell's Find() conditions
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHTML_COND_ISANCHOR 1
- // Finds the anchor of 'param' name (pointer to wxString).
-
-#define wxHTML_COND_ISIMAGEMAP 2
- // Finds imagemap of 'param' name (pointer to wxString).
- // (used exclusively by m_image.cpp)
-
-#define wxHTML_COND_USER 10000
- // User-defined conditions should start from this number
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// INTERNALS
-// wxHTML internal constants
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- /* size of one scroll step of wxHtmlWindow in pixels */
-#define wxHTML_SCROLL_STEP 16
-
- /* size of temporary buffer used during parsing */
-#define wxHTML_BUFLEN 1024
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLDEFS_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/htmlfilt.h
-// Purpose: filters
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLFILT_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLFILT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlFilter
-// This class is input filter. It can "translate" files
-// in non-HTML format to HTML format
-// interface to access certain
-// kinds of files (HTPP, FTP, local, tar.gz etc..)
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlFilter : public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlFilter)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlFilter() : wxObject() {}
- virtual ~wxHtmlFilter() {}
-
- // returns true if this filter is able to open&read given file
- virtual bool CanRead(const wxFSFile& file) const = 0;
-
- // Reads given file and returns HTML document.
- // Returns empty string if opening failed
- virtual wxString ReadFile(const wxFSFile& file) const = 0;
-};
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlFilterPlainText
-// This filter is used as default filter if no other can
-// be used (= uknown type of file). It is used by
-// wxHtmlWindow itself.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlFilterPlainText : public wxHtmlFilter
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlFilterPlainText)
-
-public:
- virtual bool CanRead(const wxFSFile& file) const;
- virtual wxString ReadFile(const wxFSFile& file) const;
-};
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlFilterHTML
-// filter for text/html
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxHtmlFilterHTML : public wxHtmlFilter
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlFilterHTML)
-
- public:
- virtual bool CanRead(const wxFSFile& file) const;
- virtual wxString ReadFile(const wxFSFile& file) const;
-};
-
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLFILT_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/htmlpars.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlParser class (generic parser)
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLPARS_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLPARS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/html/htmltag.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/hashset.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMBConv;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlParser;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlTagHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlEntitiesParser;
-
-class wxHtmlTextPieces;
-class wxHtmlParserState;
-
-WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxHtmlTagHandler*,
- wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual,
- wxHtmlTagHandlersSet,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML);
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxHtmlTagHandler*,
- wxHtmlTagHandlersHash,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML);
-
-
-enum wxHtmlURLType
-{
- wxHTML_URL_PAGE,
- wxHTML_URL_IMAGE,
- wxHTML_URL_OTHER
-};
-
-// This class handles generic parsing of HTML document : it scans
-// the document and divides it into blocks of tags (where one block
-// consists of starting and ending tag and of text between these
-// 2 tags.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlParser : public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlParser)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlParser();
- virtual ~wxHtmlParser();
-
- // Sets the class which will be used for opening files
- void SetFS(wxFileSystem *fs) { m_FS = fs; }
-
- wxFileSystem* GetFS() const { return m_FS; }
-
- // Opens file if the parser is allowed to open given URL (may be forbidden
- // for security reasons)
- virtual wxFSFile *OpenURL(wxHtmlURLType type, const wxString& url) const;
-
- // You can simply call this method when you need parsed output.
- // This method does these things:
- // 1. call InitParser(source);
- // 2. call DoParsing();
- // 3. call GetProduct(); (its return value is then returned)
- // 4. call DoneParser();
- wxObject* Parse(const wxString& source);
-
- // Sets the source. This must be called before running Parse() method.
- virtual void InitParser(const wxString& source);
- // This must be called after Parse().
- virtual void DoneParser();
-
- // May be called during parsing to immediately return from Parse().
- virtual void StopParsing() { m_stopParsing = true; }
-
- // Parses the m_Source from begin_pos to end_pos-1.
- // (in noparams version it parses whole m_Source)
- void DoParsing(const wxString::const_iterator& begin_pos,
- const wxString::const_iterator& end_pos);
- void DoParsing();
-
- // Returns pointer to the tag at parser's current position
- wxHtmlTag *GetCurrentTag() const { return m_CurTag; }
-
- // Returns product of parsing
- // Returned value is result of parsing of the part. The type of this result
- // depends on internal representation in derived parser
- // (see wxHtmlWinParser for details).
- virtual wxObject* GetProduct() = 0;
-
- // adds handler to the list & hash table of handlers.
- virtual void AddTagHandler(wxHtmlTagHandler *handler);
-
- // Forces the handler to handle additional tags (not returned by GetSupportedTags).
- // The handler should already be in use by this parser.
- // Example: you want to parse following pseudo-html structure:
- // <myitems>
- // <it name="one" value="1">
- // <it name="two" value="2">
- // </myitems>
- // <it> This last it has different meaning, we don't want it to be parsed by myitems handler!
- // handler can handle only 'myitems' (e.g. its GetSupportedTags returns "MYITEMS")
- // you can call PushTagHandler(handler, "IT") when you find <myitems>
- // and call PopTagHandler() when you find </myitems>
- void PushTagHandler(wxHtmlTagHandler *handler, const wxString& tags);
-
- // Restores state before last call to PushTagHandler
- void PopTagHandler();
-
- const wxString* GetSource() {return m_Source;}
- void SetSource(const wxString& src);
-
- // Sets HTML source and remembers current parser's state so that it can
- // later be restored. This is useful for on-line modifications of
- // HTML source (for example, <pre> handler replaces spaces with
- // and newlines with <br>)
- virtual void SetSourceAndSaveState(const wxString& src);
- // Restores parser's state from stack or returns false if the stack is
- // empty
- virtual bool RestoreState();
-
- // Returns HTML source inside the element (i.e. between the starting
- // and ending tag)
- wxString GetInnerSource(const wxHtmlTag& tag);
-
- // Parses HTML string 'markup' and extracts charset info from <meta> tag
- // if present. Returns empty string if the tag is missing.
- // For wxHTML's internal use.
- static wxString ExtractCharsetInformation(const wxString& markup);
-
- // Returns entity parser object, used to substitute HTML &entities;
- wxHtmlEntitiesParser *GetEntitiesParser() const { return m_entitiesParser; }
-
- // Returns true if the tag starting at the given position is a comment tag
- //
- // p should point to '<' character and is modified to point to the closing
- // '>' of the end comment tag if this is indeed a comment
- static bool
- SkipCommentTag(wxString::const_iterator& p, wxString::const_iterator end);
-
-protected:
- // DOM structure
- void CreateDOMTree();
- void DestroyDOMTree();
- void CreateDOMSubTree(wxHtmlTag *cur,
- const wxString::const_iterator& begin_pos,
- const wxString::const_iterator& end_pos,
- wxHtmlTagsCache *cache);
-
- // Adds text to the output.
- // This is called from Parse() and must be overridden in derived classes.
- // txt is not guaranteed to be only one word. It is largest continuous part
- // of text (= not broken by tags)
- virtual void AddText(const wxString& txt) = 0;
-
- // Adds tag and proceeds it. Parse() may (and usually is) called from this method.
- // This is called from Parse() and may be overridden.
- // Default behaviour is that it looks for proper handler in m_Handlers. The tag is
- // ignored if no hander is found.
- // Derived class is *responsible* for filling in m_Handlers table.
- virtual void AddTag(const wxHtmlTag& tag);
-
-protected:
- // DOM tree:
- wxHtmlTag *m_CurTag;
- wxHtmlTag *m_Tags;
- wxHtmlTextPieces *m_TextPieces;
- size_t m_CurTextPiece;
-
- const wxString *m_Source;
-
- wxHtmlParserState *m_SavedStates;
-
- // handlers that handle particular tags. The table is accessed by
- // key = tag's name.
- // This attribute MUST be filled by derived class otherwise it would
- // be empty and no tags would be recognized
- // (see wxHtmlWinParser for details about filling it)
- // m_HandlersHash is for random access based on knowledge of tag name (BR, P, etc.)
- // it may (and often does) contain more references to one object
- // m_HandlersList is list of all handlers and it is guaranteed to contain
- // only one reference to each handler instance.
- wxHtmlTagHandlersSet m_HandlersSet;
- wxHtmlTagHandlersHash m_HandlersHash;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlParser);
-
- // class for opening files (file system)
- wxFileSystem *m_FS;
- // handlers stack used by PushTagHandler and PopTagHandler
- wxVector<wxHtmlTagHandlersHash*> m_HandlersStack;
-
- // entity parse
- wxHtmlEntitiesParser *m_entitiesParser;
-
- // flag indicating that the parser should stop
- bool m_stopParsing;
-};
-
-
-
-// This class (and derived classes) cooperates with wxHtmlParser.
-// Each recognized tag is passed to handler which is capable
-// of handling it. Each tag is handled in 3 steps:
-// 1. Handler will modifies state of parser
-// (using its public methods)
-// 2. Parser parses source between starting and ending tag
-// 3. Handler restores original state of the parser
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlTagHandler : public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlTagHandler)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlTagHandler() : wxObject () { m_Parser = NULL; }
-
- // Sets the parser.
- // NOTE : each _instance_ of handler is guaranteed to be called
- // only by one parser. This means you don't have to care about
- // reentrancy.
- virtual void SetParser(wxHtmlParser *parser)
- { m_Parser = parser; }
-
- // Get the parser associated with this tag handler.
- wxHtmlParser* GetParser() const { return m_Parser; }
-
- // Returns list of supported tags. The list is in uppercase and
- // tags are delimited by ','.
- // Example : "I,B,FONT,P"
- // is capable of handling italic, bold, font and paragraph tags
- virtual wxString GetSupportedTags() = 0;
-
- // This is hadling core method. It does all the Steps 1-3.
- // To process step 2, you can call ParseInner()
- // returned value : true if it called ParseInner(),
- // false etherwise
- virtual bool HandleTag(const wxHtmlTag& tag) = 0;
-
-protected:
- // parses input between beginning and ending tag.
- // m_Parser must be set.
- void ParseInner(const wxHtmlTag& tag)
- { m_Parser->DoParsing(tag.GetBeginIter(), tag.GetEndIter1()); }
-
- // Parses given source as if it was tag's inner code (see
- // wxHtmlParser::GetInnerSource). Unlike ParseInner(), this method lets
- // you specify the source code to parse. This is useful when you need to
- // modify the inner text before parsing.
- void ParseInnerSource(const wxString& source);
-
- wxHtmlParser *m_Parser;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlTagHandler);
-};
-
-
-// This class is used to parse HTML entities in strings. It can handle
-// both named entities and &#xxxx entries where xxxx is Unicode code.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlEntitiesParser : public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlEntitiesParser)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlEntitiesParser();
- virtual ~wxHtmlEntitiesParser();
-
- // Sets encoding of output string.
- // Has no effect if wxUSE_UNICODE==1
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding WXUNUSED(encoding)) {}
-#else
- void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-#endif
-
- // Parses entities in input and replaces them with respective characters
- // (with respect to output encoding)
- wxString Parse(const wxString& input) const;
-
- // Returns character for given entity or 0 if the enity is unknown
- wxChar GetEntityChar(const wxString& entity) const;
-
- // Returns character that represents given Unicode code
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxChar GetCharForCode(unsigned code) const { return (wxChar)code; }
-#else
- wxChar GetCharForCode(unsigned code) const;
-#endif
-
-protected:
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxMBConv *m_conv;
- wxFontEncoding m_encoding;
-#endif
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlEntitiesParser);
-};
-
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLPARS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/htmlprep.h
-// Purpose: HTML processor
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLPREP_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLPREP_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// Priority of preprocessor in the chain. The higher, the earlier it is used
-enum
-{
- wxHTML_PRIORITY_DONTCARE = 128, // if the order doesn't matter, use this
- // priority
- wxHTML_PRIORITY_SYSTEM = 256 // >=256 is only for wxHTML's internals
-};
-
-// Classes derived from this class serve as simple text processors for
-// wxHtmlWindow. wxHtmlWindow runs HTML markup through all registered
-// processors before displaying it, thus allowing for on-the-fly
-// modifications of the markup.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlProcessor : public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlProcessor)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlProcessor() : wxObject(), m_enabled(true) {}
- virtual ~wxHtmlProcessor() {}
-
- // Process input text and return processed result
- virtual wxString Process(const wxString& text) const = 0;
-
- // Return priority value of this processor. The higher, the sooner
- // is the processor applied to the text.
- virtual int GetPriority() const { return wxHTML_PRIORITY_DONTCARE; }
-
- // Enable/disable the processor. wxHtmlWindow won't use a disabled
- // processor even if it is in its processors queue.
- virtual void Enable(bool enable = true) { m_enabled = enable; }
- bool IsEnabled() const { return m_enabled; }
-
-protected:
- bool m_enabled;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLPROC_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/htmltag.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlTag class (represents single tag)
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLTAG_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLTAG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlEntitiesParser;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlTagsCache
-// - internal wxHTML class, do not use!
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxHtmlTagsCacheData;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlTagsCache
-{
-private:
- wxHtmlTagsCacheData *m_Cache;
- int m_CachePos;
-
- wxHtmlTagsCacheData& Cache() { return *m_Cache; }
-
-public:
- wxHtmlTagsCache() {m_Cache = NULL;}
- wxHtmlTagsCache(const wxString& source);
- virtual ~wxHtmlTagsCache();
-
- // Finds parameters for tag starting at at and fills the variables
- void QueryTag(const wxString::const_iterator& at,
- const wxString::const_iterator& inputEnd,
- wxString::const_iterator *end1,
- wxString::const_iterator *end2,
- bool *hasEnding);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlTagsCache);
-};
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlTag
-// This represents single tag. It is used as internal structure
-// by wxHtmlParser.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlTag
-{
-protected:
- // constructs wxHtmlTag object based on HTML tag.
- // The tag begins (with '<' character) at position pos in source
- // end_pos is position where parsing ends (usually end of document)
- wxHtmlTag(wxHtmlTag *parent,
- const wxString *source,
- const wxString::const_iterator& pos,
- const wxString::const_iterator& end_pos,
- wxHtmlTagsCache *cache,
- wxHtmlEntitiesParser *entParser);
- friend class wxHtmlParser;
-public:
- ~wxHtmlTag();
-
- wxHtmlTag *GetParent() const {return m_Parent;}
- wxHtmlTag *GetFirstSibling() const;
- wxHtmlTag *GetLastSibling() const;
- wxHtmlTag *GetChildren() const { return m_FirstChild; }
- wxHtmlTag *GetPreviousSibling() const { return m_Prev; }
- wxHtmlTag *GetNextSibling() const {return m_Next; }
- // Return next tag, as if tree had been flattened
- wxHtmlTag *GetNextTag() const;
-
- // Returns tag's name in uppercase.
- inline wxString GetName() const {return m_Name;}
-
- // Returns true if the tag has given parameter. Parameter
- // should always be in uppercase.
- // Example : <IMG SRC="test.jpg"> HasParam("SRC") returns true
- bool HasParam(const wxString& par) const;
-
- // Returns value of the param. Value is in uppercase unless it is
- // enclosed with "
- // Example : <P align=right> GetParam("ALIGN") returns (RIGHT)
- // <P IMG SRC="WhaT.jpg"> GetParam("SRC") returns (WhaT.jpg)
- // (or ("WhaT.jpg") if with_quotes == true)
- wxString GetParam(const wxString& par, bool with_quotes = false) const;
-
- // Return true if the string could be parsed as an HTML colour and false
- // otherwise.
- static bool ParseAsColour(const wxString& str, wxColour *clr);
-
- // Convenience functions:
- bool GetParamAsString(const wxString& par, wxString *str) const;
- bool GetParamAsColour(const wxString& par, wxColour *clr) const;
- bool GetParamAsInt(const wxString& par, int *clr) const;
- bool GetParamAsIntOrPercent(const wxString& param,
- int* value, bool& isPercent) const;
-
- // Scans param like scanf() functions family does.
- // Example : ScanParam("COLOR", "\"#%X\"", &clr);
- // This is always with with_quotes=false
- // Returns number of scanned values
- // (like sscanf() does)
- // NOTE: unlike scanf family, this function only accepts
- // *one* parameter !
- int ScanParam(const wxString& par, const char *format, void *param) const;
- int ScanParam(const wxString& par, const wchar_t *format, void *param) const;
-
- // Returns string containing all params.
- wxString GetAllParams() const;
-
- // return true if there is matching ending tag
- inline bool HasEnding() const {return m_hasEnding;}
-
- // returns beginning position of _internal_ block of text as iterator
- // into parser's source string (see wxHtmlParser::GetSource())
- // See explanation (returned value is marked with *):
- // bla bla bla <MYTAG>* bla bla intenal text</MYTAG> bla bla
- wxString::const_iterator GetBeginIter() const
- { return m_Begin; }
- // returns ending position of _internal_ block of text as iterator
- // into parser's source string (see wxHtmlParser::GetSource()):
- // bla bla bla <MYTAG> bla bla intenal text*</MYTAG> bla bla
- wxString::const_iterator GetEndIter1() const { return m_End1; }
- // returns end position 2 as iterator
- // into parser's source string (see wxHtmlParser::GetSource()):
- // bla bla bla <MYTAG> bla bla internal text</MYTAG>* bla bla
- wxString::const_iterator GetEndIter2() const { return m_End2; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // use GetBeginIter(), GetEndIter1() and GetEndIter2() instead
- wxDEPRECATED( inline int GetBeginPos() const );
- wxDEPRECATED( inline int GetEndPos1() const );
- wxDEPRECATED( inline int GetEndPos2() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-private:
- wxString m_Name;
- bool m_hasEnding;
- wxString::const_iterator m_Begin, m_End1, m_End2;
- wxArrayString m_ParamNames, m_ParamValues;
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxString::const_iterator m_sourceStart;
-#endif
-
- // DOM tree relations:
- wxHtmlTag *m_Next;
- wxHtmlTag *m_Prev;
- wxHtmlTag *m_FirstChild, *m_LastChild;
- wxHtmlTag *m_Parent;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlTag);
-};
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-inline int wxHtmlTag::GetBeginPos() const { return int(m_Begin - m_sourceStart); }
-inline int wxHtmlTag::GetEndPos1() const { return int(m_End1 - m_sourceStart); }
-inline int wxHtmlTag::GetEndPos2() const { return int(m_End2 - m_sourceStart); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLTAG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/htmlwin.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlWindow class for parsing & displaying HTML
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLWIN_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/config.h"
-#include "wx/stopwatch.h"
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlfilt.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class wxHtmlProcessor;
-class wxHtmlWinModule;
-class wxHtmlHistoryArray;
-class wxHtmlProcessorList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWinAutoScrollTimer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlCellEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlLinkEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStatusBar;
-
-// wxHtmlWindow flags:
-#define wxHW_SCROLLBAR_NEVER 0x0002
-#define wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO 0x0004
-#define wxHW_NO_SELECTION 0x0008
-
-#define wxHW_DEFAULT_STYLE wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO
-
-/// Enum for wxHtmlWindow::OnOpeningURL and wxHtmlWindowInterface::OnOpeningURL
-enum wxHtmlOpeningStatus
-{
- /// Open the requested URL
- wxHTML_OPEN,
- /// Do not open the URL
- wxHTML_BLOCK,
- /// Redirect to another URL (returned from OnOpeningURL)
- wxHTML_REDIRECT
-};
-
-/**
- Abstract interface to a HTML rendering window (such as wxHtmlWindow or
- wxHtmlListBox) that is passed to wxHtmlWinParser. It encapsulates all
- communication from the parser to the window.
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWindowInterface
-{
-public:
- /// Ctor
- wxHtmlWindowInterface() {}
- virtual ~wxHtmlWindowInterface() {}
-
- /**
- Called by the parser to set window's title to given text.
- */
- virtual void SetHTMLWindowTitle(const wxString& title) = 0;
-
- /**
- Called when a link is clicked.
-
- @param link information about the clicked link
- */
- virtual void OnHTMLLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link) = 0;
-
- /**
- Called when the parser needs to open another URL (e.g. an image).
-
- @param type Type of the URL request (e.g. image)
- @param url URL the parser wants to open
- @param redirect If the return value is wxHTML_REDIRECT, then the
- URL to redirect to will be stored in this variable
- (the pointer must never be NULL)
-
- @return indicator of how to treat the request
- */
- virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnHTMLOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType type,
- const wxString& url,
- wxString *redirect) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Converts coordinates @a pos relative to given @a cell to
- physical coordinates in the window.
- */
- virtual wxPoint HTMLCoordsToWindow(wxHtmlCell *cell,
- const wxPoint& pos) const = 0;
-
- /// Returns the window used for rendering (may be NULL).
- virtual wxWindow* GetHTMLWindow() = 0;
-
- /// Returns background colour to use by default.
- virtual wxColour GetHTMLBackgroundColour() const = 0;
-
- /// Sets window's background to colour @a clr.
- virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundColour(const wxColour& clr) = 0;
-
- /// Sets window's background to given bitmap.
- virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundImage(const wxBitmap& bmpBg) = 0;
-
- /// Sets status bar text.
- virtual void SetHTMLStatusText(const wxString& text) = 0;
-
- /// Type of mouse cursor
- enum HTMLCursor
- {
- /// Standard mouse cursor (typically an arrow)
- HTMLCursor_Default,
- /// Cursor shown over links
- HTMLCursor_Link,
- /// Cursor shown over selectable text
- HTMLCursor_Text
- };
-
- /**
- Returns mouse cursor of given @a type.
- */
- virtual wxCursor GetHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor type) const = 0;
-};
-
-/**
- Helper class that implements part of mouse handling for wxHtmlWindow and
- wxHtmlListBox. Cursor changes and clicking on links are handled, text
- selection is not.
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper
-{
-protected:
- /**
- Ctor.
-
- @param iface Interface to the owner window.
- */
- wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper(wxHtmlWindowInterface *iface);
-
- /**
- Virtual dtor.
-
- It is not really needed in this case but at leats it prevents gcc from
- complaining about its absence.
- */
- virtual ~wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper() { }
-
- /// Returns true if the mouse moved since the last call to HandleIdle
- bool DidMouseMove() const { return m_tmpMouseMoved; }
-
- /// Call this from EVT_MOTION event handler
- void HandleMouseMoved();
-
- /**
- Call this from EVT_LEFT_UP handler (or, alternatively, EVT_LEFT_DOWN).
-
- @param rootCell HTML cell inside which the click occured. This doesn't
- have to be the leaf cell, it can be e.g. toplevel
- container, but the mouse must be inside the container's
- area, otherwise the event would be ignored.
- @param pos Mouse position in coordinates relative to @a cell
- @param event The event that triggered the call
- */
- bool HandleMouseClick(wxHtmlCell *rootCell,
- const wxPoint& pos, const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Call this from OnInternalIdle of the HTML displaying window. Handles
- mouse movements and must be used together with HandleMouseMoved.
-
- @param rootCell HTML cell inside which the click occured. This doesn't
- have to be the leaf cell, it can be e.g. toplevel
- container, but the mouse must be inside the container's
- area, otherwise the event would be ignored.
- @param pos Current mouse position in coordinates relative to
- @a cell
- */
- void HandleIdle(wxHtmlCell *rootCell, const wxPoint& pos);
-
- /**
- Called by HandleIdle when the mouse hovers over a cell. Default
- behaviour is to do nothing.
-
- @param cell the cell the mouse is over
- @param x, y coordinates of mouse relative to the cell
- */
- virtual void OnCellMouseHover(wxHtmlCell *cell, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
-
- /**
- Called by HandleMouseClick when the user clicks on a cell.
- Default behaviour is to call wxHtmlWindowInterface::OnLinkClicked()
- if this cell corresponds to a hypertext link.
-
- @param cell the cell the mouse is over
- @param x, y coordinates of mouse relative to the cell
- @param event The event that triggered the call
-
-
- @return true if a link was clicked, false otherwise.
- */
- virtual bool OnCellClicked(wxHtmlCell *cell,
- wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
- const wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- // this flag indicates if the mouse moved (used by HandleIdle)
- bool m_tmpMouseMoved;
- // contains last link name
- wxHtmlLinkInfo *m_tmpLastLink;
- // contains the last (terminal) cell which contained the mouse
- wxHtmlCell *m_tmpLastCell;
-
-private:
- wxHtmlWindowInterface *m_interface;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWindow
-// (This is probably the only class you will directly use.)
-// Purpose of this class is to display HTML page (either local
-// file or downloaded via HTTP protocol) in a window. Width of
-// window is constant - given in constructor - virtual height
-// is changed dynamically depending on page size. Once the
-// window is created you can set its content by calling
-// SetPage(text) or LoadPage(filename).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWindow : public wxScrolledWindow,
- public wxHtmlWindowInterface,
- public wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlWindow)
- friend class wxHtmlWinModule;
-
-public:
- wxHtmlWindow() : wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper(this) { Init(); }
- wxHtmlWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHW_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxT("htmlWindow"))
- : wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper(this)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
- virtual ~wxHtmlWindow();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO,
- const wxString& name = wxT("htmlWindow"));
-
- // Set HTML page and display it. !! source is HTML document itself,
- // it is NOT address/filename of HTML document. If you want to
- // specify document location, use LoadPage() istead
- // Return value : false if an error occurred, true otherwise
- virtual bool SetPage(const wxString& source);
-
- // Append to current page
- bool AppendToPage(const wxString& source);
-
- // Load HTML page from given location. Location can be either
- // a) /usr/wxGTK2/docs/html/wx.htm
- // b) http://www.somewhere.uk/document.htm
- // c) ftp://ftp.somesite.cz/pub/something.htm
- // In case there is no prefix (http:,ftp:), the method
- // will try to find it itself (1. local file, then http or ftp)
- // After the page is loaded, the method calls SetPage() to display it.
- // Note : you can also use path relative to previously loaded page
- // Return value : same as SetPage
- virtual bool LoadPage(const wxString& location);
-
- // Loads HTML page from file
- bool LoadFile(const wxFileName& filename);
-
- // Returns full location of opened page
- wxString GetOpenedPage() const {return m_OpenedPage;}
- // Returns anchor within opened page
- wxString GetOpenedAnchor() const {return m_OpenedAnchor;}
- // Returns <TITLE> of opened page or empty string otherwise
- wxString GetOpenedPageTitle() const {return m_OpenedPageTitle;}
-
- // Sets frame in which page title will be displayed. Format is format of
- // frame title, e.g. "HtmlHelp : %s". It must contain exactly one %s
- void SetRelatedFrame(wxFrame* frame, const wxString& format);
- wxFrame* GetRelatedFrame() const {return m_RelatedFrame;}
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- // After(!) calling SetRelatedFrame, this sets statusbar slot where messages
- // will be displayed. Default is -1 = no messages.
- void SetRelatedStatusBar(int index);
- void SetRelatedStatusBar(wxStatusBar*, int index = 0);
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
- // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page.
- void SetFonts(const wxString& normal_face, const wxString& fixed_face,
- const int *sizes = NULL);
-
- // Sets font sizes to be relative to the given size or the system
- // default size; use either specified or default font
- void SetStandardFonts(int size = -1,
- const wxString& normal_face = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& fixed_face = wxEmptyString);
-
- // Sets space between text and window borders.
- void SetBorders(int b) {m_Borders = b;}
-
- // Sets the bitmap to use for background (currnetly it will be tiled,
- // when/if we have CSS support we could add other possibilities...)
- void SetBackgroundImage(const wxBitmap& bmpBg) { m_bmpBg = bmpBg; }
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
- // Saves custom settings into cfg config. it will use the path 'path'
- // if given, otherwise it will save info into currently selected path.
- // saved values : things set by SetFonts, SetBorders.
- virtual void ReadCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, wxString path = wxEmptyString);
- // ...
- virtual void WriteCustomization(wxConfigBase *cfg, wxString path = wxEmptyString);
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
- // Goes to previous/next page (in browsing history)
- // Returns true if successful, false otherwise
- bool HistoryBack();
- bool HistoryForward();
- bool HistoryCanBack();
- bool HistoryCanForward();
- // Resets history
- void HistoryClear();
-
- // Returns pointer to conteiners/cells structure.
- // It should be used ONLY when printing
- wxHtmlContainerCell* GetInternalRepresentation() const {return m_Cell;}
-
- // Adds input filter
- static void AddFilter(wxHtmlFilter *filter);
-
- // Returns a pointer to the parser.
- wxHtmlWinParser *GetParser() const { return m_Parser; }
-
- // Adds HTML processor to this instance of wxHtmlWindow:
- void AddProcessor(wxHtmlProcessor *processor);
- // Adds HTML processor to wxHtmlWindow class as whole:
- static void AddGlobalProcessor(wxHtmlProcessor *processor);
-
-
- // -- Callbacks --
-
- // Sets the title of the window
- // (depending on the information passed to SetRelatedFrame() method)
- virtual void OnSetTitle(const wxString& title);
-
- // Called when user clicked on hypertext link. Default behaviour is to
- // call LoadPage(loc)
- virtual void OnLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-
- // Called when wxHtmlWindow wants to fetch data from an URL (e.g. when
- // loading a page or loading an image). The data are downloaded if and only if
- // OnOpeningURL returns true. If OnOpeningURL returns wxHTML_REDIRECT,
- // it must set *redirect to the new URL
- virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType WXUNUSED(type),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(url),
- wxString *WXUNUSED(redirect)) const
- { return wxHTML_OPEN; }
-
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
- // Helper functions to select parts of page:
- void SelectWord(const wxPoint& pos);
- void SelectLine(const wxPoint& pos);
- void SelectAll();
-
- // Convert selection to text:
- wxString SelectionToText() { return DoSelectionToText(m_selection); }
-
- // Converts current page to text:
- wxString ToText();
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
- virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
- /// Returns standard HTML cursor as used by wxHtmlWindow
- static wxCursor GetDefaultHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor type);
-
-protected:
- void Init();
-
- // Scrolls to anchor of this name. (Anchor is #news
- // or #features etc. it is part of address sometimes:
- // http://www.ms.mff.cuni.cz/~vsla8348/wxhtml/index.html#news)
- // Return value : true if anchor exists, false otherwise
- bool ScrollToAnchor(const wxString& anchor);
-
- // Prepares layout (= fill m_PosX, m_PosY for fragments) based on
- // actual size of window. This method also setup scrollbars
- void CreateLayout();
-
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
- void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnMouseDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnMouseUp(wxMouseEvent& event);
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
- void OnKeyUp(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnDoubleClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnClipboardEvent(wxClipboardTextEvent& event);
- void OnMouseEnter(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
- // Returns new filter (will be stored into m_DefaultFilter variable)
- virtual wxHtmlFilter *GetDefaultFilter() {return new wxHtmlFilterPlainText;}
-
- // cleans static variables
- static void CleanUpStatics();
-
- // Returns true if text selection is enabled (wxClipboard must be available
- // and wxHW_NO_SELECTION not used)
- bool IsSelectionEnabled() const;
-
- enum ClipboardType
- {
- Primary,
- Secondary
- };
-
- // Copies selection to clipboard if the clipboard support is available
- //
- // returns true if anything was copied to clipboard, false otherwise
- bool CopySelection(ClipboardType t = Secondary);
-
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
- // Automatic scrolling during selection:
- void StopAutoScrolling();
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
- wxString DoSelectionToText(wxHtmlSelection *sel);
-
-public:
- // wxHtmlWindowInterface methods:
- virtual void SetHTMLWindowTitle(const wxString& title);
- virtual void OnHTMLLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
- virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnHTMLOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType type,
- const wxString& url,
- wxString *redirect) const;
- virtual wxPoint HTMLCoordsToWindow(wxHtmlCell *cell,
- const wxPoint& pos) const;
- virtual wxWindow* GetHTMLWindow();
- virtual wxColour GetHTMLBackgroundColour() const;
- virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundColour(const wxColour& clr);
- virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundImage(const wxBitmap& bmpBg);
- virtual void SetHTMLStatusText(const wxString& text);
- virtual wxCursor GetHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor type) const;
-
- // implementation of SetPage()
- bool DoSetPage(const wxString& source);
-
-protected:
- // This is pointer to the first cell in parsed data. (Note: the first cell
- // is usually top one = all other cells are sub-cells of this one)
- wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Cell;
- // parser which is used to parse HTML input.
- // Each wxHtmlWindow has its own parser because sharing one global
- // parser would be problematic (because of reentrancy)
- wxHtmlWinParser *m_Parser;
- // contains name of actually opened page or empty string if no page opened
- wxString m_OpenedPage;
- // contains name of current anchor within m_OpenedPage
- wxString m_OpenedAnchor;
- // contains title of actually opened page or empty string if no <TITLE> tag
- wxString m_OpenedPageTitle;
- // class for opening files (file system)
- wxFileSystem* m_FS;
-
- // frame in which page title should be displayed & number of its statusbar
- // reserved for usage with this html window
- wxFrame *m_RelatedFrame;
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- int m_RelatedStatusBarIndex;
- wxStatusBar* m_RelatedStatusBar;
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- wxString m_TitleFormat;
-
- // borders (free space between text and window borders)
- // defaults to 10 pixels.
- int m_Borders;
-
- // current text selection or NULL
- wxHtmlSelection *m_selection;
-
- // true if the user is dragging mouse to select text
- bool m_makingSelection;
-
-#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
- // time of the last doubleclick event, used to detect tripleclicks
- // (tripleclicks are used to select whole line):
- wxMilliClock_t m_lastDoubleClick;
-
- // helper class to automatically scroll the window if the user is selecting
- // text and the mouse leaves wxHtmlWindow:
- wxHtmlWinAutoScrollTimer *m_timerAutoScroll;
-#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
-
-private:
- // erase the window background using m_bmpBg or just solid colour if we
- // don't have any background image
- void DoEraseBackground(wxDC& dc);
-
- // window content for double buffered rendering, may be invalid until it is
- // really initialized in OnPaint()
- wxBitmap m_backBuffer;
-
- // background image, may be invalid
- wxBitmap m_bmpBg;
-
- // variables used when user is selecting text
- wxPoint m_tmpSelFromPos;
- wxHtmlCell *m_tmpSelFromCell;
-
- // if >0 contents of the window is not redrawn
- // (in order to avoid ugly blinking)
- int m_tmpCanDrawLocks;
-
- // list of HTML filters
- static wxList m_Filters;
- // this filter is used when no filter is able to read some file
- static wxHtmlFilter *m_DefaultFilter;
-
- // html processors array:
- wxHtmlProcessorList *m_Processors;
- static wxHtmlProcessorList *m_GlobalProcessors;
-
- // browser history
- wxHtmlHistoryArray *m_History;
- int m_HistoryPos;
- // if this FLAG is false, items are not added to history
- bool m_HistoryOn;
-
- // Flag used to communicate between OnPaint() and OnEraseBackground(), see
- // the comments near its use.
- bool m_isBgReallyErased;
-
- // standard mouse cursors
- static wxCursor *ms_cursorLink;
- static wxCursor *ms_cursorText;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWindow);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlCellEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML, wxEVT_HTML_CELL_CLICKED, wxHtmlCellEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML, wxEVT_HTML_CELL_HOVER, wxHtmlCellEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML, wxEVT_HTML_LINK_CLICKED, wxHtmlLinkEvent );
-
-
-/*!
- * Html cell window event
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlCellEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlCellEvent() {}
- wxHtmlCellEvent(wxEventType commandType, int id,
- wxHtmlCell *cell, const wxPoint &pt,
- const wxMouseEvent &ev)
- : wxCommandEvent(commandType, id)
- {
- m_cell = cell;
- m_pt = pt;
- m_mouseEvent = ev;
- m_bLinkWasClicked = false;
- }
-
- wxHtmlCell* GetCell() const { return m_cell; }
- wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pt; }
- wxMouseEvent GetMouseEvent() const { return m_mouseEvent; }
-
- void SetLinkClicked(bool linkclicked) { m_bLinkWasClicked=linkclicked; }
- bool GetLinkClicked() const { return m_bLinkWasClicked; }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHtmlCellEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxHtmlCell *m_cell;
- wxMouseEvent m_mouseEvent;
- wxPoint m_pt;
-
- bool m_bLinkWasClicked;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHtmlCellEvent)
-};
-
-
-
-/*!
- * Html link event
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlLinkEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlLinkEvent() {}
- wxHtmlLinkEvent(int id, const wxHtmlLinkInfo &linkinfo)
- : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_HTML_LINK_CLICKED, id)
- {
- m_linkInfo = linkinfo;
- }
-
- const wxHtmlLinkInfo &GetLinkInfo() const { return m_linkInfo; }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHtmlLinkEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxHtmlLinkInfo m_linkInfo;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHtmlLinkEvent)
-};
-
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHtmlCellEventFunction)(wxHtmlCellEvent&);
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHtmlLinkEventFunction)(wxHtmlLinkEvent&);
-
-#define wxHtmlCellEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxHtmlCellEventFunction, func)
-#define wxHtmlLinkEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxHtmlLinkEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_HTML_CELL_CLICKED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HTML_CELL_CLICKED, id, wxHtmlCellEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_HTML_CELL_HOVER(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HTML_CELL_HOVER, id, wxHtmlCellEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_HTML_LINK_CLICKED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HTML_LINK_CLICKED, id, wxHtmlLinkEventHandler(fn))
-
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HTML_CELL_CLICKED wxEVT_HTML_CELL_CLICKED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HTML_CELL_HOVER wxEVT_HTML_CELL_HOVER
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HTML_LINK_CLICKED wxEVT_HTML_LINK_CLICKED
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLWIN_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/htmprint.h
-// Purpose: html printing classes
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 25/09/99
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMPRINT_H_
-#define _WX_HTMPRINT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML & wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlfilt.h"
-
-#include "wx/print.h"
-#include "wx/printdlg.h"
-
-#include <limits.h> // INT_MAX
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlDCRenderer
-// This class is capable of rendering HTML into specified
-// portion of DC
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlDCRenderer : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlDCRenderer();
- virtual ~wxHtmlDCRenderer();
-
- // Following 3 methods *must* be called before any call to Render:
-
- // Assign DC to this render
- void SetDC(wxDC *dc, double pixel_scale = 1.0)
- { SetDC(dc, pixel_scale, pixel_scale); }
- void SetDC(wxDC *dc, double pixel_scale, double font_scale);
-
- // Sets size of output rectangle, in pixels. Note that you *can't* change
- // width of the rectangle between calls to Render! (You can freely change height.)
- void SetSize(int width, int height);
-
- // Sets the text to be displayed.
- // Basepath is base directory (html string would be stored there if it was in
- // file). It is used to determine path for loading images, for example.
- // isdir is false if basepath is filename, true if it is directory name
- // (see wxFileSystem for detailed explanation)
- void SetHtmlText(const wxString& html, const wxString& basepath = wxEmptyString, bool isdir = true);
-
- // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used).
- void SetFonts(const wxString& normal_face, const wxString& fixed_face, const int *sizes = NULL);
-
- // Sets font sizes to be relative to the given size or the system
- // default size; use either specified or default font
- void SetStandardFonts(int size = -1,
- const wxString& normal_face = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& fixed_face = wxEmptyString);
-
- // [x,y] is position of upper-left corner of printing rectangle (see SetSize)
- // from is y-coordinate of the very first visible cell
- // to is y-coordinate of the next following page break, if any
- // Returned value is y coordinate of first cell than didn't fit onto page.
- // Use this value as 'from' in next call to Render in order to print multiple pages
- // document
- // If dont_render is TRUE then nothing is rendered into DC and it only counts
- // pixels and return y coord of the next page
- //
- // known_pagebreaks and number_of_pages are used only when counting pages;
- // otherwise, their default values should be used. Their purpose is to
- // support pagebreaks using a subset of CSS2's <DIV>. The <DIV> handler
- // needs to know what pagebreaks have already been set so that it doesn't
- // set the same pagebreak twice.
- //
- // CAUTION! Render() changes DC's user scale and does NOT restore it!
- int Render(int x, int y, wxArrayInt& known_pagebreaks, int from = 0,
- int dont_render = false, int to = INT_MAX);
-
- // returns total width of the html document
- int GetTotalWidth() const;
-
- // returns total height of the html document
- // (compare Render's return value with this)
- int GetTotalHeight() const;
-
-private:
- wxDC *m_DC;
- wxHtmlWinParser *m_Parser;
- wxFileSystem *m_FS;
- wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Cells;
- int m_MaxWidth, m_Width, m_Height;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlDCRenderer);
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-enum {
- wxPAGE_ODD,
- wxPAGE_EVEN,
- wxPAGE_ALL
-};
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlPrintout
-// This class is derived from standard wxWidgets printout class
-// and is used to print HTML documents.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlPrintout : public wxPrintout
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlPrintout(const wxString& title = wxT("Printout"));
- virtual ~wxHtmlPrintout();
-
- void SetHtmlText(const wxString& html, const wxString &basepath = wxEmptyString, bool isdir = true);
- // prepares the class for printing this html document.
- // Must be called before using the class, in fact just after constructor
- //
- // basepath is base directory (html string would be stored there if it was in
- // file). It is used to determine path for loading images, for example.
- // isdir is false if basepath is filename, true if it is directory name
- // (see wxFileSystem for detailed explanation)
-
- void SetHtmlFile(const wxString &htmlfile);
- // same as SetHtmlText except that it takes regular file as the parameter
-
- void SetHeader(const wxString& header, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
- void SetFooter(const wxString& footer, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
- // sets header/footer for the document. The argument is interpreted as HTML document.
- // You can use macros in it:
- // @PAGENUM@ is replaced by page number
- // @PAGESCNT@ is replaced by total number of pages
- //
- // pg is one of wxPAGE_ODD, wxPAGE_EVEN and wx_PAGE_ALL constants.
- // You can set different header/footer for odd and even pages
-
- // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used).
- void SetFonts(const wxString& normal_face, const wxString& fixed_face, const int *sizes = NULL);
-
- // Sets font sizes to be relative to the given size or the system
- // default size; use either specified or default font
- void SetStandardFonts(int size = -1,
- const wxString& normal_face = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& fixed_face = wxEmptyString);
-
- void SetMargins(float top = 25.2, float bottom = 25.2, float left = 25.2, float right = 25.2,
- float spaces = 5);
- // sets margins in milimeters. Defaults to 1 inch for margins and 0.5cm for space
- // between text and header and/or footer
-
- // wxPrintout stuff:
- bool OnPrintPage(int page);
- bool HasPage(int page);
- void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo);
- bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
- void OnPreparePrinting();
-
- // Adds input filter
- static void AddFilter(wxHtmlFilter *filter);
-
- // Cleanup
- static void CleanUpStatics();
-
-private:
- // this function is called by the base class OnPreparePrinting()
- // implementation and by default checks whether the document fits into
- // pageArea horizontally and warns the user if it does not and, if we're
- // going to print and not just to preview the document, giving him the
- // possibility to cancel printing
- //
- // you may override it to either suppress this check if truncation of the
- // HTML being printed is acceptable or, on the contrary, add more checks to
- // it, e.g. for the fit in the vertical direction if the document should
- // always appear on a single page
- //
- // return true if printing should go ahead or false to cancel it (the
- // return value is ignored when previewing)
- virtual bool CheckFit(const wxSize& pageArea, const wxSize& docArea) const;
-
- void RenderPage(wxDC *dc, int page);
- // renders one page into dc
- wxString TranslateHeader(const wxString& instr, int page);
- // substitute @PAGENUM@ and @PAGESCNT@ by real values
- void CountPages();
- // counts pages and fills m_NumPages and m_PageBreaks
-
-
-private:
- int m_NumPages;
- wxArrayInt m_PageBreaks;
-
- wxString m_Document, m_BasePath;
- bool m_BasePathIsDir;
- wxString m_Headers[2], m_Footers[2];
-
- int m_HeaderHeight, m_FooterHeight;
- wxHtmlDCRenderer *m_Renderer, *m_RendererHdr;
- float m_MarginTop, m_MarginBottom, m_MarginLeft, m_MarginRight, m_MarginSpace;
-
- // list of HTML filters
- static wxList m_Filters;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlPrintout);
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlEasyPrinting
-// This class provides very simple interface to printing
-// architecture. It allows you to print HTML documents only
-// with very few commands.
-//
-// Note : do not create this class on stack only.
-// You should create an instance on app startup and
-// use this instance for all printing. Why? The class
-// stores page&printer settings in it.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlEasyPrinting : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxHtmlEasyPrinting(const wxString& name = wxT("Printing"), wxWindow *parentWindow = NULL);
- virtual ~wxHtmlEasyPrinting();
-
- bool PreviewFile(const wxString &htmlfile);
- bool PreviewText(const wxString &htmltext, const wxString& basepath = wxEmptyString);
- // Preview file / html-text for printing
- // (and offers printing)
- // basepath is base directory for opening subsequent files (e.g. from <img> tag)
-
- bool PrintFile(const wxString &htmlfile);
- bool PrintText(const wxString &htmltext, const wxString& basepath = wxEmptyString);
- // Print file / html-text w/o preview
-
- void PageSetup();
- // pop up printer or page setup dialog
-
- void SetHeader(const wxString& header, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
- void SetFooter(const wxString& footer, int pg = wxPAGE_ALL);
- // sets header/footer for the document. The argument is interpreted as HTML document.
- // You can use macros in it:
- // @PAGENUM@ is replaced by page number
- // @PAGESCNT@ is replaced by total number of pages
- //
- // pg is one of wxPAGE_ODD, wxPAGE_EVEN and wx_PAGE_ALL constants.
- // You can set different header/footer for odd and even pages
-
- void SetFonts(const wxString& normal_face, const wxString& fixed_face, const int *sizes = 0);
- // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used)
-
- // Sets font sizes to be relative to the given size or the system
- // default size; use either specified or default font
- void SetStandardFonts(int size = -1,
- const wxString& normal_face = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& fixed_face = wxEmptyString);
-
- wxPrintData *GetPrintData();
- wxPageSetupDialogData *GetPageSetupData() {return m_PageSetupData;}
- // return page setting data objects.
- // (You can set their parameters.)
-
- wxWindow* GetParentWindow() const { return m_ParentWindow; }
- // get the parent window
- void SetParentWindow(wxWindow* window) { m_ParentWindow = window; }
- // set the parent window
-
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_Name; }
- // get the printout name
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_Name = name; }
- // set the printout name
-
-protected:
- virtual wxHtmlPrintout *CreatePrintout();
- virtual bool DoPreview(wxHtmlPrintout *printout1, wxHtmlPrintout *printout2);
- virtual bool DoPrint(wxHtmlPrintout *printout);
-
-private:
- wxPrintData *m_PrintData;
- wxPageSetupDialogData *m_PageSetupData;
- wxString m_Name;
- int m_FontsSizesArr[7];
- int *m_FontsSizes;
- wxString m_FontFaceFixed, m_FontFaceNormal;
-
- enum FontMode
- {
- FontMode_Explicit,
- FontMode_Standard
- };
- FontMode m_fontMode;
-
- wxString m_Headers[2], m_Footers[2];
- wxWindow *m_ParentWindow;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlEasyPrinting);
-};
-
-
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML & wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMPRINT_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/m_templ.h
-// Purpose: Modules template file
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
-
-DESCRIPTION:
-This is set of macros for easier writing of tag handlers. How to use it?
-See mod_fonts.cpp for example...
-
-Attention! This is quite strange C++ bastard. Before using it,
-I STRONGLY recommend reading and understanding these macros!!
-
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_M_TEMPL_H_
-#define _WX_M_TEMPL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_BEGIN(name,tags) \
- class wxHTML_Handler_##name : public wxHtmlWinTagHandler \
- { \
- public: \
- wxString GetSupportedTags() {return wxT(tags);}
-
-
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_VARS \
- private:
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_CONSTR(name) \
- public: \
- wxHTML_Handler_##name () : wxHtmlWinTagHandler()
-
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_PROC(varib) \
- public: \
- bool HandleTag(const wxHtmlTag& varib)
-
-
-
-#define TAG_HANDLER_END(name) \
- };
-
-
-
-
-#define TAGS_MODULE_BEGIN(name) \
- class wxHTML_Module##name : public wxHtmlTagsModule \
- { \
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHTML_Module##name ) \
- public: \
- void FillHandlersTable(wxHtmlWinParser *parser) \
- {
-
-
-
-
-#define TAGS_MODULE_ADD(handler) \
- parser->AddTagHandler(new wxHTML_Handler_##handler);
-
-
-
-
-#define TAGS_MODULE_END(name) \
- } \
- }; \
- IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHTML_Module##name , wxHtmlTagsModule)
-
-
-
-#endif
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/styleparams.h
-// Purpose: wxHtml helper code for extracting style parameters
-// Author: Nigel Paton
-// Copyright: wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTML_STYLEPARAMS_H_
-#define _WX_HTML_STYLEPARAMS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlTag;
-
-// This is a private class used by wxHTML to parse "style" attributes of HTML
-// elements. Currently both parsing and support for the parsed values is pretty
-// trivial.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlStyleParams
-{
-public:
- // Construct a style parameters object corresponding to the style attribute
- // of the given HTML tag.
- wxHtmlStyleParams(const wxHtmlTag& tag);
-
- // Check whether the named parameter is present or not.
- bool HasParam(const wxString& par) const
- {
- return m_names.Index(par, false /* ignore case */) != wxNOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- // Get the value of the named parameter, return empty string if none.
- wxString GetParam(const wxString& par) const
- {
- int index = m_names.Index(par, false);
- return index == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxString() : m_values[index];
- }
-
-private:
- // Arrays if names and values of the parameters
- wxArrayString
- m_names,
- m_values;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_HTML_STYLEPARAMS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/html/winpars.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlWinParser class (parser to be used with wxHtmlWindow)
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WINPARS_H_
-#define _WX_WINPARS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-
-#include "wx/module.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlpars.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/encconv.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWindowInterface;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWinParser;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWinTagHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlTagsModule;
-
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWinParser
-// This class is derived from wxHtmlParser and its mail goal
-// is to parse HTML input so that it can be displayed in
-// wxHtmlWindow. It uses special wxHtmlWinTagHandler.
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWinParser : public wxHtmlParser
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlWinParser)
- friend class wxHtmlWindow;
-
-public:
- wxHtmlWinParser(wxHtmlWindowInterface *wndIface = NULL);
-
- virtual ~wxHtmlWinParser();
-
- virtual void InitParser(const wxString& source);
- virtual void DoneParser();
- virtual wxObject* GetProduct();
-
- virtual wxFSFile *OpenURL(wxHtmlURLType type, const wxString& url) const;
-
- // Set's the DC used for parsing. If SetDC() is not called,
- // parsing won't proceed
- virtual void SetDC(wxDC *dc, double pixel_scale = 1.0)
- { SetDC(dc, pixel_scale, pixel_scale); }
- void SetDC(wxDC *dc, double pixel_scale, double font_scale);
-
- wxDC *GetDC() {return m_DC;}
- double GetPixelScale() {return m_PixelScale;}
- int GetCharHeight() const {return m_CharHeight;}
- int GetCharWidth() const {return m_CharWidth;}
-
- // NOTE : these functions do _not_ return _actual_
- // height/width. They return h/w of default font
- // for this DC. If you want actual values, call
- // GetDC()->GetChar...()
-
- // returns interface to the rendering window
- wxHtmlWindowInterface *GetWindowInterface() {return m_windowInterface;}
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, use GetWindowInterface()->GetHTMLWindow() instead
- wxDEPRECATED( wxHtmlWindow *GetWindow() );
-#endif
-
- // Sets fonts to be used when displaying HTML page. (if size null then default sizes used).
- void SetFonts(const wxString& normal_face, const wxString& fixed_face, const int *sizes = NULL);
-
- // Sets font sizes to be relative to the given size or the system
- // default size; use either specified or default font
- void SetStandardFonts(int size = -1,
- const wxString& normal_face = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& fixed_face = wxEmptyString);
-
- // Adds tags module. see wxHtmlTagsModule for details.
- static void AddModule(wxHtmlTagsModule *module);
-
- static void RemoveModule(wxHtmlTagsModule *module);
-
- // parsing-related methods. These methods are called by tag handlers:
-
- // Returns pointer to actual container. Common use in tag handler is :
- // m_WParser->GetContainer()->InsertCell(new ...);
- wxHtmlContainerCell *GetContainer() const {return m_Container;}
-
- // opens new container. This container is sub-container of opened
- // container. Sets GetContainer to newly created container
- // and returns it.
- wxHtmlContainerCell *OpenContainer();
-
- // works like OpenContainer except that new container is not created
- // but c is used. You can use this to directly set actual container
- wxHtmlContainerCell *SetContainer(wxHtmlContainerCell *c);
-
- // closes the container and sets actual Container to upper-level
- // container
- wxHtmlContainerCell *CloseContainer();
-
- int GetFontSize() const {return m_FontSize;}
- void SetFontSize(int s);
- // Try to map a font size in points to the HTML 1-7 font size range.
- void SetFontPointSize(int pt);
- int GetFontBold() const {return m_FontBold;}
- void SetFontBold(int x) {m_FontBold = x;}
- int GetFontItalic() const {return m_FontItalic;}
- void SetFontItalic(int x) {m_FontItalic = x;}
- int GetFontUnderlined() const {return m_FontUnderlined;}
- void SetFontUnderlined(int x) {m_FontUnderlined = x;}
- int GetFontFixed() const {return m_FontFixed;}
- void SetFontFixed(int x) {m_FontFixed = x;}
- wxString GetFontFace() const {return GetFontFixed() ? m_FontFaceFixed : m_FontFaceNormal;}
- void SetFontFace(const wxString& face);
-
- int GetAlign() const {return m_Align;}
- void SetAlign(int a) {m_Align = a;}
-
- wxHtmlScriptMode GetScriptMode() const { return m_ScriptMode; }
- void SetScriptMode(wxHtmlScriptMode mode) { m_ScriptMode = mode; }
- long GetScriptBaseline() const { return m_ScriptBaseline; }
- void SetScriptBaseline(long base) { m_ScriptBaseline = base; }
-
- const wxColour& GetLinkColor() const { return m_LinkColor; }
- void SetLinkColor(const wxColour& clr) { m_LinkColor = clr; }
- const wxColour& GetActualColor() const { return m_ActualColor; }
- void SetActualColor(const wxColour& clr) { m_ActualColor = clr ;}
- const wxColour& GetActualBackgroundColor() const { return m_ActualBackgroundColor; }
- void SetActualBackgroundColor(const wxColour& clr) { m_ActualBackgroundColor = clr;}
- int GetActualBackgroundMode() const { return m_ActualBackgroundMode; }
- void SetActualBackgroundMode(int mode) { m_ActualBackgroundMode = mode;}
- const wxHtmlLinkInfo& GetLink() const { return m_Link; }
- void SetLink(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-
- // applies current parser state (link, sub/supscript, ...) to given cell
- void ApplyStateToCell(wxHtmlCell *cell);
-
- // Needs to be called after inserting a cell that interrupts the flow of
- // the text like e.g. <img> and tells us to not consider any of the
- // following space as being part of the same space run as before.
- void StopCollapsingSpaces() { m_tmpLastWasSpace = false; }
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- void SetInputEncoding(wxFontEncoding enc);
- wxFontEncoding GetInputEncoding() const { return m_InputEnc; }
- wxFontEncoding GetOutputEncoding() const { return m_OutputEnc; }
- wxEncodingConverter *GetEncodingConverter() const { return m_EncConv; }
-#endif
-
- // creates font depending on m_Font* members.
- virtual wxFont* CreateCurrentFont();
-
- enum WhitespaceMode
- {
- Whitespace_Normal, // normal mode, collapse whitespace
- Whitespace_Pre // inside <pre>, keep whitespace as-is
- };
-
- // change the current whitespace handling mode
- void SetWhitespaceMode(WhitespaceMode mode) { m_whitespaceMode = mode; }
- WhitespaceMode GetWhitespaceMode() const { return m_whitespaceMode; }
-
-protected:
- virtual void AddText(const wxString& txt);
-
-private:
- void FlushWordBuf(wxChar *temp, int& len);
- void AddWord(wxHtmlWordCell *word);
- void AddWord(const wxString& word)
- { AddWord(new wxHtmlWordCell(word, *(GetDC()))); }
- void AddPreBlock(const wxString& text);
-
- bool m_tmpLastWasSpace;
- wxChar *m_tmpStrBuf;
- size_t m_tmpStrBufSize;
- // temporary variables used by AddText
- wxHtmlWindowInterface *m_windowInterface;
- // window we're parsing for
- double m_PixelScale, m_FontScale;
- wxDC *m_DC;
- // Device Context we're parsing for
- static wxList m_Modules;
- // list of tags modules (see wxHtmlTagsModule for details)
- // This list is used to initialize m_Handlers member.
-
- wxHtmlContainerCell *m_Container;
- // current container. See Open/CloseContainer for details.
-
- int m_FontBold, m_FontItalic, m_FontUnderlined, m_FontFixed; // this is not true,false but 1,0, we need it for indexing
- int m_FontSize; // From 1 (smallest) to 7, default is 3.
- wxColour m_LinkColor;
- wxColour m_ActualColor;
- wxColour m_ActualBackgroundColor;
- int m_ActualBackgroundMode;
- // basic font parameters.
- wxHtmlLinkInfo m_Link;
- // actual hypertext link or empty string
- bool m_UseLink;
- // true if m_Link is not empty
- int m_CharHeight, m_CharWidth;
- // average height of normal-sized text
- int m_Align;
- // actual alignment
- wxHtmlScriptMode m_ScriptMode;
- // current script mode (sub/sup/normal)
- long m_ScriptBaseline;
- // current sub/supscript base
-
- wxFont* m_FontsTable[2][2][2][2][7];
- wxString m_FontsFacesTable[2][2][2][2][7];
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxFontEncoding m_FontsEncTable[2][2][2][2][7];
-#endif
- // table of loaded fonts. 1st four indexes are 0 or 1, depending on on/off
- // state of these flags (from left to right):
- // [bold][italic][underlined][fixed_size]
- // last index is font size : from 0 to 6 (remapped from html sizes 1 to 7)
- // Note : this table covers all possible combinations of fonts, but not
- // all of them are used, so many items in table are usually NULL.
- int m_FontsSizes[7];
- wxString m_FontFaceFixed, m_FontFaceNormal;
- // html font sizes and faces of fixed and proportional fonts
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxChar m_nbsp;
- wxFontEncoding m_InputEnc, m_OutputEnc;
- // I/O font encodings
- wxEncodingConverter *m_EncConv;
-#endif
-
- // current whitespace handling mode
- WhitespaceMode m_whitespaceMode;
-
- wxHtmlWordCell *m_lastWordCell;
-
- // current position on line, in num. of characters; used to properly
- // expand TABs; only updated while inside <pre>
- int m_posColumn;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWinParser);
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlWinTagHandler
-// This is basicly wxHtmlTagHandler except
-// it is extended with protected member m_Parser pointing to
-// the wxHtmlWinParser object
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlStyleParams;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlWinTagHandler : public wxHtmlTagHandler
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlWinTagHandler)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlWinTagHandler() : wxHtmlTagHandler() {}
-
- virtual void SetParser(wxHtmlParser *parser) {wxHtmlTagHandler::SetParser(parser); m_WParser = (wxHtmlWinParser*) parser;}
-
-protected:
- wxHtmlWinParser *m_WParser; // same as m_Parser, but overcasted
-
- void ApplyStyle(const wxHtmlStyleParams &styleParams);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlWinTagHandler);
-};
-
-
-
-
-
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlTagsModule
-// This is basic of dynamic tag handlers binding.
-// The class provides methods for filling parser's handlers
-// hash table.
-// (See documentation for details)
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlTagsModule : public wxModule
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlTagsModule)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlTagsModule() : wxModule() {}
-
- virtual bool OnInit();
- virtual void OnExit();
-
- // This is called by wxHtmlWinParser.
- // The method must simply call parser->AddTagHandler(new
- // <handler_class_name>); for each handler
- virtual void FillHandlersTable(wxHtmlWinParser * WXUNUSED(parser)) { }
-};
-
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_WINPARS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/htmllbox.h
-// Purpose: wxHtmlListBox is a listbox whose items are wxHtmlCells
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 31.05.03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTMLLBOX_H_
-#define _WX_HTMLLBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/vlbox.h" // base class
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
- #include "wx/filesys.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlCell;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlWinParser;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlListBoxCache;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_HTML wxHtmlListBoxStyle;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(const char) wxHtmlListBoxNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_HTML(const char) wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHtmlListBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxHtmlListBox : public wxVListBox,
- public wxHtmlWindowInterface,
- public wxHtmlWindowMouseHelper
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHtmlListBox)
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // default constructor, you must call Create() later
- wxHtmlListBox();
-
- // normal constructor which calls Create() internally
- wxHtmlListBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxHtmlListBoxNameStr);
-
- // really creates the control and sets the initial number of items in it
- // (which may be changed later with SetItemCount())
- //
- // the only special style which may be specified here is wxLB_MULTIPLE
- //
- // returns true on success or false if the control couldn't be created
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxHtmlListBoxNameStr);
-
- // destructor cleans up whatever resources we use
- virtual ~wxHtmlListBox();
-
- // override some base class virtuals
- virtual void RefreshRow(size_t line);
- virtual void RefreshRows(size_t from, size_t to);
- virtual void RefreshAll();
- virtual void SetItemCount(size_t count);
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
- // retrieve the file system used by the wxHtmlWinParser: if you use
- // relative paths in your HTML, you should use its ChangePathTo() method
- wxFileSystem& GetFileSystem() { return m_filesystem; }
- const wxFileSystem& GetFileSystem() const { return m_filesystem; }
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
- virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
-protected:
- // this method must be implemented in the derived class and should return
- // the body (i.e. without <html>) of the HTML for the given item
- virtual wxString OnGetItem(size_t n) const = 0;
-
- // this function may be overridden to decorate HTML returned by OnGetItem()
- virtual wxString OnGetItemMarkup(size_t n) const;
-
-
- // this method allows to customize the selection appearance: it may be used
- // to specify the colour of the text which normally has the given colour
- // colFg when it is inside the selection
- //
- // by default, the original colour is not used at all and all text has the
- // same (default for this system) colour inside selection
- virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextColour(const wxColour& colFg) const;
-
- // this is the same as GetSelectedTextColour() but allows to customize the
- // background colour -- this is even more rarely used as you can change it
- // globally using SetSelectionBackground()
- virtual wxColour GetSelectedTextBgColour(const wxColour& colBg) const;
-
-
- // we implement both of these functions in terms of OnGetItem(), they are
- // not supposed to be overridden by our descendants
- virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
- virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem(size_t n) const;
-
- // override this one to draw custom background for selected items correctly
- virtual void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-
- // this method may be overridden to handle clicking on a link in the
- // listbox (by default, clicks on links are simply ignored)
- virtual void OnLinkClicked(size_t n, const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
-
- // event handlers
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
- void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // ensure that the given item is cached
- void CacheItem(size_t n) const;
-
-private:
- // wxHtmlWindowInterface methods:
- virtual void SetHTMLWindowTitle(const wxString& title);
- virtual void OnHTMLLinkClicked(const wxHtmlLinkInfo& link);
- virtual wxHtmlOpeningStatus OnHTMLOpeningURL(wxHtmlURLType type,
- const wxString& url,
- wxString *redirect) const;
- virtual wxPoint HTMLCoordsToWindow(wxHtmlCell *cell,
- const wxPoint& pos) const;
- virtual wxWindow* GetHTMLWindow();
- virtual wxColour GetHTMLBackgroundColour() const;
- virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundColour(const wxColour& clr);
- virtual void SetHTMLBackgroundImage(const wxBitmap& bmpBg);
- virtual void SetHTMLStatusText(const wxString& text);
- virtual wxCursor GetHTMLCursor(HTMLCursor type) const;
-
- // returns index of item that contains given HTML cell
- size_t GetItemForCell(const wxHtmlCell *cell) const;
-
- // return physical coordinates of root wxHtmlCell of n-th item
- wxPoint GetRootCellCoords(size_t n) const;
-
- // Converts physical coordinates stored in @a pos into coordinates
- // relative to the root cell of the item under mouse cursor, if any. If no
- // cell is found under the cursor, returns false. Otherwise stores the new
- // coordinates back into @a pos and pointer to the cell under cursor into
- // @a cell and returns true.
- bool PhysicalCoordsToCell(wxPoint& pos, wxHtmlCell*& cell) const;
-
- // The opposite of PhysicalCoordsToCell: converts coordinates relative to
- // given cell to physical coordinates in the window
- wxPoint CellCoordsToPhysical(const wxPoint& pos, wxHtmlCell *cell) const;
-
-private:
- // this class caches the pre-parsed HTML to speed up display
- wxHtmlListBoxCache *m_cache;
-
- // HTML parser we use
- wxHtmlWinParser *m_htmlParser;
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
- // file system used by m_htmlParser
- wxFileSystem m_filesystem;
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
- // rendering style for the parser which allows us to customize our colours
- wxHtmlListBoxStyle *m_htmlRendStyle;
-
-
- // it calls our GetSelectedTextColour() and GetSelectedTextBgColour()
- friend class wxHtmlListBoxStyle;
- friend class wxHtmlListBoxWinInterface;
-
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHtmlListBox);
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSimpleHtmlListBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE wxBORDER_SUNKEN
-#define wxHLB_MULTIPLE wxLB_MULTIPLE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_HTML wxSimpleHtmlListBox :
- public wxWindowWithItems<wxHtmlListBox, wxItemContainer>
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSimpleHtmlListBox)
-public:
- // wxListbox-compatible constructors
- // ---------------------------------
-
- wxSimpleHtmlListBox() { }
-
- wxSimpleHtmlListBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
- long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, n, choices, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- wxSimpleHtmlListBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, choices, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- int n = 0, const wxString choices[] = NULL,
- long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr);
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = wxHLB_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSimpleHtmlListBoxNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxSimpleHtmlListBox();
-
- // these must be overloaded otherwise the compiler will complain
- // about wxItemContainerImmutable::[G|S]etSelection being pure virtuals...
- void SetSelection(int n)
- { wxVListBox::SetSelection(n); }
- int GetSelection() const
- { return wxVListBox::GetSelection(); }
-
-
- // accessing strings
- // -----------------
-
- virtual unsigned int GetCount() const
- { return m_items.GetCount(); }
-
- virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
-
- // override default unoptimized wxItemContainer::GetStrings() function
- wxArrayString GetStrings() const
- { return m_items; }
-
- virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
-
- // resolve ambiguity between wxItemContainer and wxVListBox versions
- void Clear();
-
-protected:
- virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter & items,
- unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData, wxClientDataType type);
-
- virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void *clientData)
- { m_HTMLclientData[n] = clientData; }
-
- virtual void *DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const
- { return m_HTMLclientData[n]; }
-
- // wxItemContainer methods
- virtual void DoClear();
- virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
-
- // calls wxHtmlListBox::SetItemCount() and RefreshAll()
- void UpdateCount();
-
- // override these functions just to change their visibility: users of
- // wxSimpleHtmlListBox shouldn't be allowed to call them directly!
- virtual void SetItemCount(size_t count)
- { wxHtmlListBox::SetItemCount(count); }
- virtual void SetRowCount(size_t count)
- { wxHtmlListBox::SetRowCount(count); }
-
- virtual wxString OnGetItem(size_t n) const
- { return m_items[n]; }
-
- virtual void InitEvent(wxCommandEvent& event, int n)
- {
- // we're not a virtual control and we can include the string
- // of the item which was clicked:
- event.SetString(m_items[n]);
- wxVListBox::InitEvent(event, n);
- }
-
- wxArrayString m_items;
- wxArrayPtrVoid m_HTMLclientData;
-
- // Note: For the benefit of old compilers (like gcc-2.8) this should
- // not be named m_clientdata as that clashes with the name of an
- // anonymous struct member in wxEvtHandler, which we derive from.
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSimpleHtmlListBox);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_HTMLLBOX_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/hyperlink.h
-// Purpose: Hyperlink control
-// Author: David Norris <danorris@gmail.com>, Otto Wyss
-// Modified by: Ryan Norton, Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 04/02/2005
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 David Norris
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HYPERLINK_H_
-#define _WX_HYPERLINK_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxHL_CONTEXTMENU 0x0001
-#define wxHL_ALIGN_LEFT 0x0002
-#define wxHL_ALIGN_RIGHT 0x0004
-#define wxHL_ALIGN_CENTRE 0x0008
-#define wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxHL_CONTEXTMENU|wxNO_BORDER|wxHL_ALIGN_CENTRE)
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr[];
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHyperlinkCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// A static text control that emulates a hyperlink. The link is displayed
-// in an appropriate text style, derived from the control's normal font.
-// When the mouse rolls over the link, the cursor changes to a hand and the
-// link's color changes to the active color.
-//
-// Clicking on the link does not launch a web browser; instead, a
-// HyperlinkEvent is fired. The event propagates upward until it is caught,
-// just like a wxCommandEvent.
-//
-// Use the EVT_HYPERLINK() to catch link events.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkCtrlBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
-
- // get/set
- virtual wxColour GetHoverColour() const = 0;
- virtual void SetHoverColour(const wxColour &colour) = 0;
-
- virtual wxColour GetNormalColour() const = 0;
- virtual void SetNormalColour(const wxColour &colour) = 0;
-
- virtual wxColour GetVisitedColour() const = 0;
- virtual void SetVisitedColour(const wxColour &colour) = 0;
-
- virtual wxString GetURL() const = 0;
- virtual void SetURL (const wxString &url) = 0;
-
- virtual void SetVisited(bool visited = true) = 0;
- virtual bool GetVisited() const = 0;
-
- // NOTE: also wxWindow::Set/GetLabel, wxWindow::Set/GetBackgroundColour,
- // wxWindow::Get/SetFont, wxWindow::Get/SetCursor are important !
-
- virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- // checks for validity some of the ctor/Create() function parameters
- void CheckParams(const wxString& label, const wxString& url, long style);
-
-public:
- // not part of the public API but needs to be public as used by
- // GTK+ callbacks:
- void SendEvent();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxHyperlinkEvent
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxHyperlinkEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_HYPERLINK, wxHyperlinkEvent );
-
-//
-// An event fired when the user clicks on the label in a hyperlink control.
-// See HyperlinkControl for details.
-//
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxHyperlinkEvent() {}
- wxHyperlinkEvent(wxObject *generator, wxWindowID id, const wxString& url)
- : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_HYPERLINK, id),
- m_url(url)
- {
- SetEventObject(generator);
- }
-
- // Returns the URL associated with the hyperlink control
- // that the user clicked on.
- wxString GetURL() const { return m_url; }
- void SetURL(const wxString &url) { m_url=url; }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxHyperlinkEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
-
- // URL associated with the hyperlink control that the used clicked on.
- wxString m_url;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxHyperlinkEvent)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// event types and macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxHyperlinkEventFunction)(wxHyperlinkEvent&);
-
-#define wxHyperlinkEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxHyperlinkEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_HYPERLINK(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_HYPERLINK, id, wxHyperlinkEventHandler(fn))
-
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK210__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/gtk/hyperlink.h"
-// Note that the native control is only available in Unicode version under MSW.
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_UNICODE && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/msw/hyperlink.h"
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/hyperlink.h"
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxHyperlinkCtrl : public wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl
- {
- public:
- wxHyperlinkCtrl() { }
-
- wxHyperlinkCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxString& url,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxHL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxHyperlinkCtrlNameStr)
- : wxGenericHyperlinkCtrl(parent, id, label, url, pos, size,
- style, name)
- {
- }
-
- private:
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY( wxHyperlinkCtrl );
- };
-#endif
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_HYPERLINK wxEVT_HYPERLINK
-
-#endif // wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_HYPERLINK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/icon.h
-// Purpose: wxIcon base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ICON_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_ICON_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/iconloc.h"
-
-
-// a more readable way to tell
-#define wxICON_SCREEN_DEPTH (-1)
-
-
-// the wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE (the wxIcon equivalent of wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE)
-// constant defines the default argument value for wxIcon ctor and wxIcon::LoadFile()
-// functions.
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/msw/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #include "wx/motif/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #ifdef __WINDOWS__
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE
- #else
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #endif
- #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
- #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#if wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/osx/icon.h"
-#else
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/generic/icon.h"
-#endif
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICON_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/cocoa/icon.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #define wxICON_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE
- #include "wx/os2/icon.h"
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVariant support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxIcon,WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-#endif
-
-
-#endif
- // _WX_ICON_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/iconbndl.h
-// Purpose: wxIconBundle
-// Author: Mattia barbon
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 23.03.02
-// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ICONBNDL_H_
-#define _WX_ICONBNDL_H_
-
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxSize
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream;
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxIcon, wxIconArray);
-
-// this class can't load bitmaps of type wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO_RESOURCE,
-// if you need them, you have to load them manually and call
-// wxIconCollection::AddIcon
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIconBundle : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
- // Flags that determine what happens if GetIcon() doesn't find the icon of
- // exactly the requested size.
- enum
- {
- // Return invalid icon if exact size is not found.
- FALLBACK_NONE = 0,
-
- // Return the icon of the system icon size if exact size is not found.
- // May be combined with other non-NONE enum elements to determine what
- // happens if the system icon size is not found neither.
- FALLBACK_SYSTEM = 1,
-
- // Return the icon of closest larger size or, if there is no icon of
- // larger size in the bundle, the closest icon of smaller size.
- FALLBACK_NEAREST_LARGER = 2
- };
-
- // default constructor
- wxIconBundle();
-
- // initializes the bundle with the icon(s) found in the file
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE
-#if wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE
- wxIconBundle(const wxString& file, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY);
-#endif // wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE
- wxIconBundle(wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- // initializes the bundle with a single icon
- wxIconBundle(const wxIcon& icon);
-
- // default copy ctor and assignment operator are OK
-
- // adds all the icons contained in the file to the collection,
- // if the collection already contains icons with the same
- // width and height, they are replaced
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE
-#if wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE
- void AddIcon(const wxString& file, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY);
-#endif // wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE
- void AddIcon(wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- // adds the icon to the collection, if the collection already
- // contains an icon with the same width and height, it is
- // replaced
- void AddIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
-
- // returns the icon with the given size; if no such icon exists,
- // behavior is specified by the flags.
- wxIcon GetIcon(const wxSize& size, int flags = FALLBACK_SYSTEM) const;
-
- // equivalent to GetIcon(wxSize(size, size))
- wxIcon GetIcon(wxCoord size = wxDefaultCoord,
- int flags = FALLBACK_SYSTEM) const
- { return GetIcon(wxSize(size, size), flags); }
-
- // returns the icon exactly of the specified size or wxNullIcon if no icon
- // of exactly given size are available
- wxIcon GetIconOfExactSize(const wxSize& size) const;
- wxIcon GetIconOfExactSize(wxCoord size) const
- { return GetIconOfExactSize(wxSize(size, size)); }
-
- // enumerate all icons in the bundle: don't use these functions if ti can
- // be avoided, using GetIcon() directly is better
-
- // return the number of available icons
- size_t GetIconCount() const;
-
- // return the icon at index (must be < GetIconCount())
- wxIcon GetIconByIndex(size_t n) const;
-
- // check if we have any icons at all
- bool IsEmpty() const { return GetIconCount() == 0; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE && (wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE)
- wxDEPRECATED( void AddIcon(const wxString& file, long type)
- {
- AddIcon(file, (wxBitmapType)type);
- }
- )
-
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR( wxIconBundle (const wxString& file, long type)
- {
- AddIcon(file, (wxBitmapType)type);
- }
- )
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_IMAGE && (wxUSE_FFILE || wxUSE_FILE)
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-protected:
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const;
- virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *data) const;
-
-private:
- // delete all icons
- void DeleteIcons();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIconBundle)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_ICONBNDL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/iconloc.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxIconLocation class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 21.06.2003
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ICONLOC_H_
-#define _WX_ICONLOC_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIconLocation: describes the location of an icon
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIconLocationBase
-{
-public:
- // ctor takes the name of the file where the icon is
- wxEXPLICIT wxIconLocationBase(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString)
- : m_filename(filename) { }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
-
- // returns true if this object is valid/initialized
- bool IsOk() const { return !m_filename.empty(); }
-
- // set/get the icon file name
- void SetFileName(const wxString& filename) { m_filename = filename; }
- const wxString& GetFileName() const { return m_filename; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_filename;
-};
-
-// under Windows the same file may contain several icons so we also store the
-// index of the icon
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIconLocation : public wxIconLocationBase
-{
-public:
- // ctor takes the name of the file where the icon is and the icons index in
- // the file
- wxEXPLICIT wxIconLocation(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString, int num = 0);
-
- // set/get the icon index
- void SetIndex(int num) { m_index = num; }
- int GetIndex() const { return m_index; }
-
-private:
- int m_index;
-};
-
-inline
-wxIconLocation::wxIconLocation(const wxString& file, int num)
- : wxIconLocationBase(file)
-{
- SetIndex(num);
-}
-
-#else // !__WINDOWS__
-
-// must be a class because we forward declare it as class
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIconLocation : public wxIconLocationBase
-{
-public:
- wxEXPLICIT wxIconLocation(const wxString& filename = wxEmptyString)
- : wxIconLocationBase(filename) { }
-};
-
-#endif // platform
-
-#endif // _WX_ICONLOC_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imagbmp.h
-// Purpose: wxImage BMP, ICO, CUR and ANI handlers
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Chris Elliott
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling, Chris Elliott
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGBMP_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGBMP_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-// defines for saving the BMP file in different formats, Bits Per Pixel
-// USE: wximage.SetOption( wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT, wxBMP_xBPP );
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT wxString(wxT("wxBMP_FORMAT"))
-
-// These two options are filled in upon reading CUR file and can (should) be
-// specified when saving a CUR file - they define the hotspot of the cursor:
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X wxT("HotSpotX")
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y wxT("HotSpotY")
-
-
-enum
-{
- wxBMP_24BPP = 24, // default, do not need to set
- //wxBMP_16BPP = 16, // wxQuantize can only do 236 colors?
- wxBMP_8BPP = 8, // 8bpp, quantized colors
- wxBMP_8BPP_GREY = 9, // 8bpp, rgb averaged to greys
- wxBMP_8BPP_GRAY = wxBMP_8BPP_GREY,
- wxBMP_8BPP_RED = 10, // 8bpp, red used as greyscale
- wxBMP_8BPP_PALETTE = 11, // 8bpp, use the wxImage's palette
- wxBMP_4BPP = 4, // 4bpp, quantized colors
- wxBMP_1BPP = 1, // 1bpp, quantized "colors"
- wxBMP_1BPP_BW = 2 // 1bpp, black & white from red
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBMPHandler
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBMPHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
- wxBMPHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("Windows bitmap file");
- m_extension = wxT("bmp");
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP;
- m_mime = wxT("image/x-bmp");
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
- bool SaveDib(wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose,
- bool IsBmp, bool IsMask);
- bool DoLoadDib(wxImage *image, int width, int height, int bpp, int ncolors,
- int comp, wxFileOffset bmpOffset, wxInputStream& stream,
- bool verbose, bool IsBmp, bool hasPalette);
- bool LoadDib(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose, bool IsBmp);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBMPHandler)
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_ICO_CUR
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxICOHandler
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxICOHandler : public wxBMPHandler
-{
-public:
- wxICOHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("Windows icon file");
- m_extension = wxT("ico");
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ICO;
- m_mime = wxT("image/x-ico");
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
- virtual bool DoLoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose, int index );
-
-protected:
- virtual int DoGetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream );
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxICOHandler)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCURHandler
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCURHandler : public wxICOHandler
-{
-public:
- wxCURHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("Windows cursor file");
- m_extension = wxT("cur");
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR;
- m_mime = wxT("image/x-cur");
- }
-
- // VS: This handler's meat is implemented inside wxICOHandler (the two
- // formats are almost identical), but we hide this fact at
- // the API level, since it is a mere implementation detail.
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCURHandler)
-};
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxANIHandler
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxANIHandler : public wxCURHandler
-{
-public:
- wxANIHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("Windows animated cursor file");
- m_extension = wxT("ani");
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANI;
- m_mime = wxT("image/x-ani");
- }
-
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *WXUNUSED(image), wxOutputStream& WXUNUSED(stream), bool WXUNUSED(verbose=true) ){return false ;}
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
-
-protected:
- virtual int DoGetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream );
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxANIHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ICO_CUR
-#endif // _WX_IMAGBMP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/image.h
-// Purpose: wxImage class
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGE_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-# include "wx/stream.h"
-#endif
-
-// on some systems (Unixware 7.x) index is defined as a macro in the headers
-// which breaks the compilation below
-#undef index
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY wxString(wxS("quality"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME wxString(wxS("FileName"))
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION wxString(wxS("Resolution"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX wxString(wxS("ResolutionX"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY wxString(wxS("ResolutionY"))
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT wxString(wxS("ResolutionUnit"))
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_MAX_WIDTH wxString(wxS("MaxWidth"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_MAX_HEIGHT wxString(wxS("MaxHeight"))
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_ORIGINAL_WIDTH wxString(wxS("OriginalWidth"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_ORIGINAL_HEIGHT wxString(wxS("OriginalHeight"))
-
-// constants used with wxIMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
-//
-// NB: don't change these values, they correspond to libjpeg constants
-enum wxImageResolution
-{
- // Resolution not specified
- wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_NONE = 0,
-
- // Resolution specified in inches
- wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES = 1,
-
- // Resolution specified in centimeters
- wxIMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM = 2
-};
-
-// Constants for wxImage::Scale() for determining the level of quality
-enum wxImageResizeQuality
-{
- // different image resizing algorithms used by Scale() and Rescale()
- wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NEAREST = 0,
- wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BILINEAR = 1,
- wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BICUBIC = 2,
- wxIMAGE_QUALITY_BOX_AVERAGE = 3,
-
- // default quality is low (but fast)
- wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL = wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NEAREST,
-
- // highest (but best) quality
- wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH = 4
-};
-
-// alpha channel values: fully transparent, default threshold separating
-// transparent pixels from opaque for a few functions dealing with alpha and
-// fully opaque
-const unsigned char wxIMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0;
-const unsigned char wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD = 0x80;
-const unsigned char wxIMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE = 0xff;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVariant support
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxImage,WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-#endif
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxImageHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageHandler: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxImageHandler()
- : m_name(wxEmptyString), m_extension(wxEmptyString), m_mime(), m_type(wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID)
- { }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- // NOTE: LoadFile and SaveFile are not pure virtuals to allow derived classes
- // to implement only one of the two
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *WXUNUSED(image), wxInputStream& WXUNUSED(stream),
- bool WXUNUSED(verbose)=true, int WXUNUSED(index)=-1 )
- { return false; }
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *WXUNUSED(image), wxOutputStream& WXUNUSED(stream),
- bool WXUNUSED(verbose)=true )
- { return false; }
-
- int GetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream );
- // save the stream position, call DoGetImageCount() and restore the position
-
- bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) { return CallDoCanRead(stream); }
- bool CanRead( const wxString& name );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
- void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
- void SetAltExtensions(const wxArrayString& exts) { m_altExtensions = exts; }
- void SetType(wxBitmapType type) { m_type = type; }
- void SetMimeType(const wxString& type) { m_mime = type; }
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
- const wxString& GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
- const wxArrayString& GetAltExtensions() const { return m_altExtensions; }
- wxBitmapType GetType() const { return m_type; }
- const wxString& GetMimeType() const { return m_mime; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED(
- void SetType(long type) { SetType((wxBitmapType)type); }
- )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- // NOTE: this function is allowed to change the current stream position
- // since GetImageCount() will take care of restoring it later
- virtual int DoGetImageCount( wxInputStream& WXUNUSED(stream) )
- { return 1; } // default return value is 1 image
-
- // NOTE: this function is allowed to change the current stream position
- // since CallDoCanRead() will take care of restoring it later
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) = 0;
-
- // save the stream position, call DoCanRead() and restore the position
- bool CallDoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- // helper for the derived classes SaveFile() implementations: returns the
- // values of x- and y-resolution options specified as the image options if
- // any
- static wxImageResolution
- GetResolutionFromOptions(const wxImage& image, int *x, int *y);
-
-
- wxString m_name;
- wxString m_extension;
- wxArrayString m_altExtensions;
- wxString m_mime;
- wxBitmapType m_type;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxImageHandler)
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxImageHistogram
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageHistogramEntry
-{
-public:
- wxImageHistogramEntry() { index = value = 0; }
- unsigned long index;
- unsigned long value;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_HASH_MAP(unsigned long, wxImageHistogramEntry,
- wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
- wxImageHistogramBase);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImageHistogram : public wxImageHistogramBase
-{
-public:
- wxImageHistogram() : wxImageHistogramBase(256) { }
-
- // get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values
- static unsigned long MakeKey(unsigned char r,
- unsigned char g,
- unsigned char b)
- {
- return (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
- }
-
- // find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher
- // RGB values than RGB(startR, startG, startB)
- //
- // returns true and puts this colour in r, g, b (each of which may be NULL)
- // on success or returns false if there are no more free colours
- bool FindFirstUnusedColour(unsigned char *r,
- unsigned char *g,
- unsigned char *b,
- unsigned char startR = 1,
- unsigned char startG = 0,
- unsigned char startB = 0 ) const;
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxImage
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxImage: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // red, green and blue are 8 bit unsigned integers in the range of 0..255
- // We use the identifier RGBValue instead of RGB, since RGB is #defined
- class RGBValue
- {
- public:
- RGBValue(unsigned char r=0, unsigned char g=0, unsigned char b=0)
- : red(r), green(g), blue(b) {}
- unsigned char red;
- unsigned char green;
- unsigned char blue;
- };
-
- // hue, saturation and value are doubles in the range 0.0..1.0
- class HSVValue
- {
- public:
- HSVValue(double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0)
- : hue(h), saturation(s), value(v) {}
- double hue;
- double saturation;
- double value;
- };
-
- wxImage() {}
- wxImage( int width, int height, bool clear = true )
- { Create( width, height, clear ); }
- wxImage( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, bool static_data = false )
- { Create( width, height, data, static_data ); }
- wxImage( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data = false )
- { Create( width, height, data, alpha, static_data ); }
-
- // ctor variants using wxSize:
- wxImage( const wxSize& sz, bool clear = true )
- { Create( sz, clear ); }
- wxImage( const wxSize& sz, unsigned char* data, bool static_data = false )
- { Create( sz, data, static_data ); }
- wxImage( const wxSize& sz, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data = false )
- { Create( sz, data, alpha, static_data ); }
-
- wxImage( const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 )
- { LoadFile( name, type, index ); }
- wxImage( const wxString& name, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 )
- { LoadFile( name, mimetype, index ); }
- wxImage( const char* const* xpmData )
- { Create(xpmData); }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- wxImage( wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 )
- { LoadFile( stream, type, index ); }
- wxImage( wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 )
- { LoadFile( stream, mimetype, index ); }
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- bool Create( const char* const* xpmData );
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
- // needed for Borland 5.5
- wxImage( char** xpmData ) { Create(const_cast<const char* const*>(xpmData)); }
- bool Create( char** xpmData ) { return Create(const_cast<const char* const*>(xpmData)); }
-#endif
-
- bool Create( int width, int height, bool clear = true );
- bool Create( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, bool static_data = false );
- bool Create( int width, int height, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data = false );
-
- // Create() variants using wxSize:
- bool Create( const wxSize& sz, bool clear = true )
- { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), clear); }
- bool Create( const wxSize& sz, unsigned char* data, bool static_data = false )
- { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), data, static_data); }
- bool Create( const wxSize& sz, unsigned char* data, unsigned char* alpha, bool static_data = false )
- { return Create(sz.GetWidth(), sz.GetHeight(), data, alpha, static_data); }
-
- void Destroy();
-
- // initialize the image data with zeroes
- void Clear(unsigned char value = 0);
-
- // creates an identical copy of the image (the = operator
- // just raises the ref count)
- wxImage Copy() const;
-
- // return the new image with size width*height
- wxImage GetSubImage( const wxRect& rect) const;
-
- // Paste the image or part of this image into an image of the given size at the pos
- // any newly exposed areas will be filled with the rgb colour
- // by default if r = g = b = -1 then fill with this image's mask colour or find and
- // set a suitable mask colour
- wxImage Size( const wxSize& size, const wxPoint& pos,
- int r = -1, int g = -1, int b = -1 ) const;
-
- // pastes image into this instance and takes care of
- // the mask colour and out of bounds problems
- void Paste( const wxImage &image, int x, int y );
-
- // return the new image with size width*height
- wxImage Scale( int width, int height,
- wxImageResizeQuality quality = wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL ) const;
-
- // box averager and bicubic filters for up/down sampling
- wxImage ResampleNearest(int width, int height) const;
- wxImage ResampleBox(int width, int height) const;
- wxImage ResampleBilinear(int width, int height) const;
- wxImage ResampleBicubic(int width, int height) const;
-
- // blur the image according to the specified pixel radius
- wxImage Blur(int radius) const;
- wxImage BlurHorizontal(int radius) const;
- wxImage BlurVertical(int radius) const;
-
- wxImage ShrinkBy( int xFactor , int yFactor ) const ;
-
- // rescales the image in place
- wxImage& Rescale( int width, int height,
- wxImageResizeQuality quality = wxIMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL )
- { return *this = Scale(width, height, quality); }
-
- // resizes the image in place
- wxImage& Resize( const wxSize& size, const wxPoint& pos,
- int r = -1, int g = -1, int b = -1 ) { return *this = Size(size, pos, r, g, b); }
-
- // Rotates the image about the given point, 'angle' radians.
- // Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact.
- wxImage Rotate(double angle, const wxPoint & centre_of_rotation,
- bool interpolating = true, wxPoint * offset_after_rotation = NULL) const;
-
- wxImage Rotate90( bool clockwise = true ) const;
- wxImage Rotate180() const;
- wxImage Mirror( bool horizontally = true ) const;
-
- // replace one colour with another
- void Replace( unsigned char r1, unsigned char g1, unsigned char b1,
- unsigned char r2, unsigned char g2, unsigned char b2 );
-
- // Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the image.
- // The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * weight_r) + (G * weight_g) + (B * weight_b), defaults to ITU-T BT.601
- wxImage ConvertToGreyscale(double weight_r, double weight_g, double weight_b) const;
- wxImage ConvertToGreyscale(void) const;
-
- // convert to monochrome image (<r,g,b> will be replaced by white,
- // everything else by black)
- wxImage ConvertToMono( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b ) const;
-
- // Convert to disabled (dimmed) image.
- wxImage ConvertToDisabled(unsigned char brightness = 255) const;
-
- // these routines are slow but safe
- void SetRGB( int x, int y, unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b );
- void SetRGB( const wxRect& rect, unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b );
- unsigned char GetRed( int x, int y ) const;
- unsigned char GetGreen( int x, int y ) const;
- unsigned char GetBlue( int x, int y ) const;
-
- void SetAlpha(int x, int y, unsigned char alpha);
- unsigned char GetAlpha(int x, int y) const;
-
- // find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher
- // RGB values than <startR,startG,startB>
- bool FindFirstUnusedColour( unsigned char *r, unsigned char *g, unsigned char *b,
- unsigned char startR = 1, unsigned char startG = 0,
- unsigned char startB = 0 ) const;
- // Set image's mask to the area of 'mask' that has <r,g,b> colour
- bool SetMaskFromImage(const wxImage & mask,
- unsigned char mr, unsigned char mg, unsigned char mb);
-
- // converts image's alpha channel to mask (choosing mask colour
- // automatically or using the specified colour for the mask), if it has
- // any, does nothing otherwise:
- bool ConvertAlphaToMask(unsigned char threshold = wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD);
- bool ConvertAlphaToMask(unsigned char mr, unsigned char mg, unsigned char mb,
- unsigned char threshold = wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD);
-
-
- // This method converts an image where the original alpha
- // information is only available as a shades of a colour
- // (actually shades of grey) typically when you draw anti-
- // aliased text into a bitmap. The DC drawinf routines
- // draw grey values on the black background although they
- // actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.
- // This method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background
- // and white text (actually only the red channel is read).
- // The method will then fill up the whole image with the
- // colour given.
- bool ConvertColourToAlpha( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b );
-
- static bool CanRead( const wxString& name );
- static int GetImageCount( const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY );
- virtual bool LoadFile( const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 );
- virtual bool LoadFile( const wxString& name, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 );
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- static bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
- static int GetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY );
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxInputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index = -1 );
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype, int index = -1 );
-#endif
-
- virtual bool SaveFile( const wxString& name ) const;
- virtual bool SaveFile( const wxString& name, wxBitmapType type ) const;
- virtual bool SaveFile( const wxString& name, const wxString& mimetype ) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxOutputStream& stream, wxBitmapType type ) const;
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxOutputStream& stream, const wxString& mimetype ) const;
-#endif
-
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- bool IsOk() const;
- int GetWidth() const;
- int GetHeight() const;
-
- wxSize GetSize() const
- { return wxSize(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); }
-
- // Gets the type of image found by LoadFile or specified with SaveFile
- wxBitmapType GetType() const;
-
- // Set the image type, this is normally only called if the image is being
- // created from data in the given format but not using LoadFile() (e.g.
- // wxGIFDecoder uses this)
- void SetType(wxBitmapType type);
-
- // these functions provide fastest access to wxImage data but should be
- // used carefully as no checks are done
- unsigned char *GetData() const;
- void SetData( unsigned char *data, bool static_data=false );
- void SetData( unsigned char *data, int new_width, int new_height, bool static_data=false );
-
- unsigned char *GetAlpha() const; // may return NULL!
- bool HasAlpha() const { return GetAlpha() != NULL; }
- void SetAlpha(unsigned char *alpha = NULL, bool static_data=false);
- void InitAlpha();
- void ClearAlpha();
-
- // return true if this pixel is masked or has alpha less than specified
- // threshold
- bool IsTransparent(int x, int y,
- unsigned char threshold = wxIMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) const;
-
- // Mask functions
- void SetMaskColour( unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b );
- // Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour
- // returns true if using current mask colour
- bool GetOrFindMaskColour( unsigned char *r, unsigned char *g, unsigned char *b ) const;
- unsigned char GetMaskRed() const;
- unsigned char GetMaskGreen() const;
- unsigned char GetMaskBlue() const;
- void SetMask( bool mask = true );
- bool HasMask() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- // Palette functions
- bool HasPalette() const;
- const wxPalette& GetPalette() const;
- void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
- // Option functions (arbitrary name/value mapping)
- void SetOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
- void SetOption(const wxString& name, int value);
- wxString GetOption(const wxString& name) const;
- int GetOptionInt(const wxString& name) const;
- bool HasOption(const wxString& name) const;
-
- unsigned long CountColours( unsigned long stopafter = (unsigned long) -1 ) const;
-
- // Computes the histogram of the image and fills a hash table, indexed
- // with integer keys built as 0xRRGGBB, containing wxImageHistogramEntry
- // objects. Each of them contains an 'index' (useful to build a palette
- // with the image colours) and a 'value', which is the number of pixels
- // in the image with that colour.
- // Returned value: # of entries in the histogram
- unsigned long ComputeHistogram( wxImageHistogram &h ) const;
-
- // Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. angle is a double in the range
- // -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees
- void RotateHue(double angle);
-
- static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
- static void AddHandler( wxImageHandler *handler );
- static void InsertHandler( wxImageHandler *handler );
- static bool RemoveHandler( const wxString& name );
- static wxImageHandler *FindHandler( const wxString& name );
- static wxImageHandler *FindHandler( const wxString& extension, wxBitmapType imageType );
- static wxImageHandler *FindHandler( wxBitmapType imageType );
-
- static wxImageHandler *FindHandlerMime( const wxString& mimetype );
-
- static wxString GetImageExtWildcard();
-
- static void CleanUpHandlers();
- static void InitStandardHandlers();
-
- static HSVValue RGBtoHSV(const RGBValue& rgb);
- static RGBValue HSVtoRGB(const HSVValue& hsv);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(
- wxImage(const wxString& name, long type, int index = -1)
- {
- LoadFile(name, (wxBitmapType)type, index);
- }
- )
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- wxDEPRECATED_CONSTRUCTOR(
- wxImage(wxInputStream& stream, long type, int index = -1)
- {
- LoadFile(stream, (wxBitmapType)type, index);
- }
- )
-
- wxDEPRECATED(
- bool LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, long type, int index = -1)
- {
- return LoadFile(stream, (wxBitmapType)type, index);
- }
- )
-
- wxDEPRECATED(
- bool SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, long type) const
- {
- return SaveFile(stream, (wxBitmapType)type);
- }
- )
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- wxDEPRECATED(
- bool LoadFile(const wxString& name, long type, int index = -1)
- {
- return LoadFile(name, (wxBitmapType)type, index);
- }
- )
-
- wxDEPRECATED(
- bool SaveFile(const wxString& name, long type) const
- {
- return SaveFile(name, (wxBitmapType)type);
- }
- )
-
- static wxDEPRECATED(
- wxImageHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& ext, long type)
- {
- return FindHandler(ext, (wxBitmapType)type);
- }
- )
-
- static wxDEPRECATED(
- wxImageHandler *FindHandler(long imageType)
- {
- return FindHandler((wxBitmapType)imageType);
- }
- )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-protected:
- static wxList sm_handlers;
-
- // return the index of the point with the given coordinates or -1 if the
- // image is invalid of the coordinates are out of range
- //
- // note that index must be multiplied by 3 when using it with RGB array
- long XYToIndex(int x, int y) const;
-
- virtual wxObjectRefData* CreateRefData() const;
- virtual wxObjectRefData* CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData* data) const;
-
-private:
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageHandler;
-
- // Possible values for MakeEmptyClone() flags.
- enum
- {
- // Create an image with the same orientation as this one. This is the
- // default and only exists for symmetry with SwapOrientation.
- Clone_SameOrientation = 0,
-
- // Create an image with the same height as this image width and the
- // same width as this image height.
- Clone_SwapOrientation = 1
- };
-
- // Returns a new blank image with the same dimensions (or with width and
- // height swapped if Clone_SwapOrientation flag is given), alpha, and mask
- // as this image itself. This is used by several functions creating
- // modified versions of this image.
- wxImage MakeEmptyClone(int flags = Clone_SameOrientation) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- // read the image from the specified stream updating image type if
- // successful
- bool DoLoad(wxImageHandler& handler, wxInputStream& stream, int index);
-
- // write the image to the specified stream and also update the image type
- // if successful
- bool DoSave(wxImageHandler& handler, wxOutputStream& stream) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImage)
-};
-
-
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInitAllImageHandlers();
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxImage) wxNullImage;
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxImage handlers
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/imagbmp.h"
-#include "wx/imagpng.h"
-#include "wx/imaggif.h"
-#include "wx/imagpcx.h"
-#include "wx/imagjpeg.h"
-#include "wx/imagtga.h"
-#include "wx/imagtiff.h"
-#include "wx/imagpnm.h"
-#include "wx/imagxpm.h"
-#include "wx/imagiff.h"
-
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-#endif
- // _WX_IMAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imaggif.h
-// Purpose: wxImage GIF handler
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia, Gershon Elber, Troels K
-// Copyright: (c) 1999-2011 Vaclav Slavik, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia, Gershon Elber, Troels K
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGGIF_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGGIF_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGIFHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GIF
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_GIF_COMMENT wxT("GifComment")
-
-struct wxRGB;
-struct GifHashTableType;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageArray; // anidecod.h
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGIFHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
- inline wxGIFHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("GIF file");
- m_extension = wxT("gif");
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_GIF;
- m_mime = wxT("image/gif");
- m_hashTable = NULL;
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool LoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream,
- bool verbose = true, int index = -1);
- virtual bool SaveFile(wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream,
- bool verbose=true);
-
- // Save animated gif
- bool SaveAnimation(const wxImageArray& images, wxOutputStream *stream,
- bool verbose = true, int delayMilliSecs = 1000);
-
-protected:
- virtual int DoGetImageCount(wxInputStream& stream);
- virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream);
-
- bool DoSaveFile(const wxImage&, wxOutputStream *, bool verbose,
- bool first, int delayMilliSecs, bool loop,
- const wxRGB *pal, int palCount,
- int mask_index);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-protected:
-
- // Declarations for saving
-
- unsigned long m_crntShiftDWord; /* For bytes decomposition into codes. */
- int m_pixelCount;
- struct GifHashTableType *m_hashTable;
- wxInt16
- m_EOFCode, /* The EOF LZ code. */
- m_clearCode, /* The CLEAR LZ code. */
- m_runningCode, /* The next code algorithm can generate. */
- m_runningBits, /* The number of bits required to represent RunningCode. */
- m_maxCode1, /* 1 bigger than max. possible code, in RunningBits bits. */
- m_crntCode, /* Current algorithm code. */
- m_crntShiftState; /* Number of bits in CrntShiftDWord. */
- wxUint8 m_LZBuf[256]; /* Compressed input is buffered here. */
-
- bool InitHashTable();
- void ClearHashTable();
- void InsertHashTable(unsigned long key, int code);
- int ExistsHashTable(unsigned long key);
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- bool CompressOutput(wxOutputStream *, int code);
- bool SetupCompress(wxOutputStream *, int bpp);
- bool CompressLine(wxOutputStream *, const wxUint8 *line, int lineLen);
-#endif
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGIFHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GIF
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGGIF_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imagiff.h
-// Purpose: wxImage handler for Amiga IFF images
-// Author: Steffen Gutmann
-// Copyright: (c) Steffen Gutmann, 2002
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGE_IFF_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGE_IFF_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIFFHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_IFF
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIFFHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
- wxIFFHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("IFF file");
- m_extension = wxT("iff");
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_IFF;
- m_mime = wxT("image/x-iff");
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool LoadFile(wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1);
- virtual bool SaveFile(wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true);
-protected:
- virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream);
-#endif
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIFFHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_IFF
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGE_IFF_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imagjpeg.h
-// Purpose: wxImage JPEG handler
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGJPEG_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGJPEG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxJPEGHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LIBJPEG
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/versioninfo.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxJPEGHandler: public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
- inline wxJPEGHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("JPEG file");
- m_extension = wxT("jpg");
- m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("jpeg"));
- m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("jpe"));
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG;
- m_mime = wxT("image/jpeg");
- }
-
- static wxVersionInfo GetLibraryVersionInfo();
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJPEGHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LIBJPEG
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGJPEG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imaglist.h
-// Purpose: wxImageList base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGLIST_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_IMAGLIST_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-/*
- * wxImageList is used for wxListCtrl, wxTreeCtrl. These controls refer to
- * images for their items by an index into an image list.
- * A wxImageList is capable of creating images with optional masks from
- * a variety of sources - a single bitmap plus a colour to indicate the mask,
- * two bitmaps, or an icon.
- *
- * Image lists can also create and draw images used for drag and drop functionality.
- * This is not yet implemented in wxImageList. We need to discuss a generic API
- * for doing drag and drop and see whether it ties in with the Win95 view of it.
- * See below for candidate functions and an explanation of how they might be
- * used.
- */
-
-// Flag values for Set/GetImageList
-enum
-{
- wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL, // Normal icons
- wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL, // Small icons
- wxIMAGE_LIST_STATE // State icons: unimplemented (see WIN32 documentation)
-};
-
-// Flags for Draw
-#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_NORMAL 0x0001
-#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_TRANSPARENT 0x0002
-#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_SELECTED 0x0004
-#define wxIMAGELIST_DRAW_FOCUSED 0x0008
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_IMAGELIST)
- #include "wx/generic/imaglist.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/imaglist.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/imaglist.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGLIST_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imagpcx.h
-// Purpose: wxImage PCX handler
-// Author: Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia <guille@iies.es>
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGPCX_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGPCX_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPCXHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_PCX
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPCXHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
- inline wxPCXHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("PCX file");
- m_extension = wxT("pcx");
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PCX;
- m_mime = wxT("image/pcx");
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPCXHandler)
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_PCX
-
-
-#endif
- // _WX_IMAGPCX_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imagpng.h
-// Purpose: wxImage PNG handler
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGPNG_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGPNG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPNGHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LIBPNG
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/versioninfo.h"
-
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT wxT("PngFormat")
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH wxT("PngBitDepth")
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FILTER wxT("PngF")
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_LEVEL wxT("PngZL")
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_MEM_LEVEL wxT("PngZM")
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_STRATEGY wxT("PngZS")
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_PNG_COMPRESSION_BUFFER_SIZE wxT("PngZB")
-
-enum
-{
- wxPNG_TYPE_COLOUR = 0,
- wxPNG_TYPE_GREY = 2,
- wxPNG_TYPE_GREY_RED = 3,
- wxPNG_TYPE_PALETTE = 4
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPNGHandler: public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
- inline wxPNGHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("PNG file");
- m_extension = wxT("png");
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG;
- m_mime = wxT("image/png");
- }
-
- static wxVersionInfo GetLibraryVersionInfo();
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNGHandler)
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_LIBPNG
-
-#endif
- // _WX_IMAGPNG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imagpnm.h
-// Purpose: wxImage PNM handler
-// Author: Sylvain Bougnoux
-// Copyright: (c) Sylvain Bougnoux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGPNM_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGPNM_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPNMHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_PNM
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPNMHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
- inline wxPNMHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("PNM file");
- m_extension = wxT("pnm");
- m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("ppm"));
- m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("pgm"));
- m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("pbm"));
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNM;
- m_mime = wxT("image/pnm");
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPNMHandler)
-};
-#endif
-
-
-#endif
- // _WX_IMAGPNM_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imagtga.h
-// Purpose: wxImage TGA handler
-// Author: Seth Jackson
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 Seth Jackson
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGTGA_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGTGA_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTGAHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_TGA
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTGAHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
- wxTGAHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("TGA file");
- m_extension = wxT("tga");
- m_altExtensions.Add(wxT("tpic"));
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_TGA;
- m_mime = wxT("image/tga");
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool LoadFile(wxImage* image, wxInputStream& stream,
- bool verbose = true, int index = -1);
- virtual bool SaveFile(wxImage* image, wxOutputStream& stream,
- bool verbose = true);
-protected:
- virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTGAHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TGA
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGTGA_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imagtiff.h
-// Purpose: wxImage TIFF handler
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGTIFF_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGTIFF_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTIFFHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LIBTIFF
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/versioninfo.h"
-
-// defines for wxImage::SetOption
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_TIFF_BITSPERSAMPLE wxString(wxT("BitsPerSample"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_TIFF_SAMPLESPERPIXEL wxString(wxT("SamplesPerPixel"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_TIFF_COMPRESSION wxString(wxT("Compression"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_TIFF_PHOTOMETRIC wxString(wxT("Photometric"))
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_TIFF_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR wxString(wxT("ImageDescriptor"))
-
-// for backwards compatibility
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE wxIMAGE_OPTION_TIFF_BITSPERSAMPLE
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL wxIMAGE_OPTION_TIFF_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION wxIMAGE_OPTION_TIFF_COMPRESSION
-#define wxIMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR wxIMAGE_OPTION_TIFF_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTIFFHandler: public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
- wxTIFFHandler();
-
- static wxVersionInfo GetLibraryVersionInfo();
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-
-protected:
- virtual int DoGetImageCount( wxInputStream& stream );
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTIFFHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LIBTIFF
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGTIFF_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/imagxpm.h
-// Purpose: wxImage XPM handler
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IMAGXPM_H_
-#define _WX_IMAGXPM_H_
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XPM
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxXPMHandler
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxXPMHandler : public wxImageHandler
-{
-public:
- inline wxXPMHandler()
- {
- m_name = wxT("XPM file");
- m_extension = wxT("xpm");
- m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM;
- m_mime = wxT("image/xpm");
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool LoadFile( wxImage *image, wxInputStream& stream, bool verbose=true, int index=-1 );
- virtual bool SaveFile( wxImage *image, wxOutputStream& stream, bool verbose=true );
-protected:
- virtual bool DoCanRead( wxInputStream& stream );
-#endif
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxXPMHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XPM
-
-#endif // _WX_IMAGXPM_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/infobar.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxInfoBarBase defining common API of wxInfoBar
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-07-28
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_INFOBAR_H_
-#define _WX_INFOBAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_INFOBAR
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxInfoBar shows non-critical but important information to the user
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxInfoBarBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- // real ctors are provided by the derived classes, just notice that unlike
- // most of the other windows, info bar is created hidden and must be
- // explicitly shown when it is needed (this is done because it is supposed
- // to be shown only intermittently and hiding it after creating it from the
- // user code would result in flicker)
- wxInfoBarBase() { }
-
-
- // show the info bar with the given message and optionally an icon
- virtual void ShowMessage(const wxString& msg,
- int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION) = 0;
-
- // hide the info bar
- virtual void Dismiss() = 0;
-
- // add an extra button to the bar, near the message (replacing the default
- // close button which is only shown if no extra buttons are used)
- virtual void AddButton(wxWindowID btnid,
- const wxString& label = wxString()) = 0;
-
- // remove a button previously added by AddButton()
- virtual void RemoveButton(wxWindowID btnid) = 0;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInfoBarBase);
-};
-
-// currently only GTK+ has a native implementation
-#if defined(__WXGTK218__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/gtk/infobar.h"
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_INFOBAR
-#endif // wxGTK2
-
-// if the generic version is the only one we have, use it
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_INFOBAR
- #include "wx/generic/infobar.h"
- #define wxInfoBar wxInfoBarGeneric
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_INFOBAR
-
-#endif // _WX_INFOBAR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/init.h
-// Purpose: wxWidgets initialization and finalization functions
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29.06.2003
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_INIT_H_
-#define _WX_INIT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEntry helper functions which allow to have more fine grained control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// do common initialization, return true if ok (in this case wxEntryCleanup
-// must be called later), otherwise the program can't use wxWidgets at all
-//
-// this function also creates wxTheApp as a side effect, if IMPLEMENT_APP
-// hadn't been used a dummy default application object is created
-//
-// note that the parameters may be modified, this is why we pass them by
-// reference!
-extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntryStart(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
-
-// free the resources allocated by the library in wxEntryStart() and shut it
-// down (wxEntryStart() may be called again afterwards if necessary)
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntryCleanup();
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEntry: this function initializes the library, runs the main event loop
-// and cleans it up
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// note that other, platform-specific, overloads of wxEntry may exist as well
-// but this one always exists under all platforms
-//
-// returns the program exit code
-extern int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntry(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
-
-// we overload wxEntry[Start]() to take "char **" pointers too
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntryStart(int& argc, char **argv);
-extern int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEntry(int& argc, char **argv);
-
-#endif// wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-// Under Windows we define additional wxEntry() overloads with signature
-// compatible with WinMain() and not the traditional main().
-#if wxUSE_GUI && defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #include "wx/msw/init.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Using the library without (explicit) application object: you may avoid using
-// wxDECLARE_APP and wxIMPLEMENT_APP macros and call the functions below instead at
-// the program startup and termination
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// initialize the library (may be called as many times as needed, but each
-// call to wxInitialize() must be matched by wxUninitialize())
-extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInitialize();
-extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInitialize(int argc, wxChar **argv);
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInitialize(int argc, char **argv);
-#endif
-
-// clean up -- the library can't be used any more after the last call to
-// wxUninitialize()
-extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUninitialize();
-
-// create an object of this class on stack to initialize/cleanup the library
-// automatically
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInitializer
-{
-public:
- // initialize the library
- wxInitializer()
- {
- m_ok = wxInitialize();
- }
-
- wxInitializer(int argc, wxChar **argv)
- {
- m_ok = wxInitialize(argc, argv);
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxInitializer(int argc, char **argv)
- {
- m_ok = wxInitialize(argc, argv);
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
- // has the initialization been successful? (explicit test)
- bool IsOk() const { return m_ok; }
-
- // has the initialization been successful? (implicit test)
- operator bool() const { return m_ok; }
-
- // dtor only does clean up if we initialized the library properly
- ~wxInitializer() { if ( m_ok ) wxUninitialize(); }
-
-private:
- bool m_ok;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_INIT_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/intl.h
-// Purpose: Internationalization and localisation for wxWidgets
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: Michael N. Filippov <michael@idisys.iae.nsk.su>
-// (2003/09/30 - plural forms support)
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_INTL_H_
-#define _WX_INTL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/translation.h"
-
-// Make wxLayoutDirection enum available without need for wxUSE_INTL so wxWindow, wxApp
-// and other classes are not distrubed by wxUSE_INTL
-
-enum wxLayoutDirection
-{
- wxLayout_Default,
- wxLayout_LeftToRight,
- wxLayout_RightToLeft
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_INTL
-
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-#include "wx/language.h"
-
-// ============================================================================
-// global decls
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward decls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLocale;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLanguageInfoArray;
-
-// ============================================================================
-// locale support
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLanguageInfo: encapsulates wxLanguage to OS native lang.desc.
-// translation information
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLanguageInfo
-{
- int Language; // wxLanguage id
- wxString CanonicalName; // Canonical name, e.g. fr_FR
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- wxUint32 WinLang, // Win32 language identifiers
- WinSublang;
-#endif // __WINDOWS__
- wxString Description; // human-readable name of the language
- wxLayoutDirection LayoutDirection;
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- // return the LCID corresponding to this language
- wxUint32 GetLCID() const;
-#endif // __WINDOWS__
-
- // return the locale name corresponding to this language usable with
- // setlocale() on the current system
- wxString GetLocaleName() const;
-};
-
-// for Unix systems GetLocaleName() is trivial so implement it inline here, for
-// MSW it's implemented in intl.cpp
-#ifndef __WINDOWS__
-inline wxString wxLanguageInfo::GetLocaleName() const { return CanonicalName; }
-#endif // !__WINDOWS__
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLocaleCategory: the category of locale settings
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxLocaleCategory
-{
- // (any) numbers
- wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER,
-
- // date/time
- wxLOCALE_CAT_DATE,
-
- // monetary value
- wxLOCALE_CAT_MONEY,
-
- // default category for wxLocaleInfo values which only apply to a single
- // category (e.g. wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT)
- wxLOCALE_CAT_DEFAULT,
-
- wxLOCALE_CAT_MAX
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLocaleInfo: the items understood by wxLocale::GetInfo()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxLocaleInfo
-{
- // the thousands separator (for wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER or MONEY)
- wxLOCALE_THOUSANDS_SEP,
-
- // the character used as decimal point (for wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER or MONEY)
- wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
-
- // the stftime()-formats used for short/long date and time representations
- // (under some platforms short and long date formats are the same)
- //
- // NB: these elements should appear in this order, code in GetInfo() relies
- // on it
- wxLOCALE_SHORT_DATE_FMT,
- wxLOCALE_LONG_DATE_FMT,
- wxLOCALE_DATE_TIME_FMT,
- wxLOCALE_TIME_FMT
-
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLocale: encapsulates all language dependent settings, including current
-// message catalogs, date, time and currency formats (TODO) &c
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxLocaleInitFlags
-{
- wxLOCALE_DONT_LOAD_DEFAULT = 0x0000, // don't load wxwin.mo
- wxLOCALE_LOAD_DEFAULT = 0x0001 // load wxwin.mo?
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- ,wxLOCALE_CONV_ENCODING = 0x0002 // no longer used, simply remove
- // it from the existing code
-#endif
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLocale
-{
-public:
- // ctor & dtor
- // -----------
-
- // call Init() if you use this ctor
- wxLocale() { DoCommonInit(); }
-
- // the ctor has a side effect of changing current locale
- wxLocale(const wxString& name, // name (for messages)
- const wxString& shortName = wxEmptyString, // dir prefix (for msg files)
- const wxString& locale = wxEmptyString, // locale (for setlocale)
- bool bLoadDefault = true // preload wxstd.mo?
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- ,bool bConvertEncoding = true // convert Win<->Unix if necessary?
-#endif
- )
- {
- DoCommonInit();
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- Init(name, shortName, locale, bLoadDefault, bConvertEncoding);
-#else
- Init(name, shortName, locale, bLoadDefault);
-#endif
- }
-
- wxLocale(int language, // wxLanguage id or custom language
- int flags = wxLOCALE_LOAD_DEFAULT)
- {
- DoCommonInit();
-
- Init(language, flags);
- }
-
- // the same as a function (returns true on success)
- bool Init(const wxString& name,
- const wxString& shortName = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& locale = wxEmptyString,
- bool bLoadDefault = true
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- ,bool bConvertEncoding = true
-#endif
- );
-
- // same as second ctor (returns true on success)
- bool Init(int language = wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT,
- int flags = wxLOCALE_LOAD_DEFAULT);
-
- // restores old locale
- virtual ~wxLocale();
-
- // Try to get user's (or OS's) preferred language setting.
- // Return wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN if language-guessing algorithm failed
- static int GetSystemLanguage();
-
- // get the encoding used by default for text on this system, returns
- // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM if it couldn't be determined
- static wxFontEncoding GetSystemEncoding();
-
- // get the string describing the system encoding, return empty string if
- // couldn't be determined
- static wxString GetSystemEncodingName();
-
- // get the values of the given locale-dependent datum: the current locale
- // is used, the US default value is returned if everything else fails
- static wxString GetInfo(wxLocaleInfo index,
- wxLocaleCategory cat = wxLOCALE_CAT_DEFAULT);
-
- // return true if the locale was set successfully
- bool IsOk() const { return m_pszOldLocale != NULL; }
-
- // returns locale name
- const wxString& GetLocale() const { return m_strLocale; }
-
- // return current locale wxLanguage value
- int GetLanguage() const { return m_language; }
-
- // return locale name to be passed to setlocale()
- wxString GetSysName() const;
-
- // return 'canonical' name, i.e. in the form of xx[_YY], where xx is
- // language code according to ISO 639 and YY is country name
- // as specified by ISO 3166.
- wxString GetCanonicalName() const { return m_strShort; }
-
- // add a prefix to the catalog lookup path: the message catalog files will be
- // looked up under prefix/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES, prefix/LC_MESSAGES and prefix
- // (in this order).
- //
- // This only applies to subsequent invocations of AddCatalog()!
- static void AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(const wxString& prefix)
- { wxFileTranslationsLoader::AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(prefix); }
-
- // add a catalog: it's searched for in standard places (current directory
- // first, system one after), but the you may prepend additional directories to
- // the search path with AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix().
- //
- // The loaded catalog will be used for message lookup by GetString().
- //
- // Returns 'true' if it was successfully loaded
- bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain);
- bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain, wxLanguage msgIdLanguage);
- bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain,
- wxLanguage msgIdLanguage, const wxString& msgIdCharset);
-
- // check if the given locale is provided by OS and C run time
- static bool IsAvailable(int lang);
-
- // check if the given catalog is loaded
- bool IsLoaded(const wxString& domain) const;
-
- // Retrieve the language info struct for the given language
- //
- // Returns NULL if no info found, pointer must *not* be deleted by caller
- static const wxLanguageInfo *GetLanguageInfo(int lang);
-
- // Returns language name in English or empty string if the language
- // is not in database
- static wxString GetLanguageName(int lang);
-
- // Returns ISO code ("canonical name") of language or empty string if the
- // language is not in database
- static wxString GetLanguageCanonicalName(int lang);
-
- // Find the language for the given locale string which may be either a
- // canonical ISO 2 letter language code ("xx"), a language code followed by
- // the country code ("xx_XX") or a Windows full language name ("Xxxxx...")
- //
- // Returns NULL if no info found, pointer must *not* be deleted by caller
- static const wxLanguageInfo *FindLanguageInfo(const wxString& locale);
-
- // Add custom language to the list of known languages.
- // Notes: 1) wxLanguageInfo contains platform-specific data
- // 2) must be called before Init to have effect
- static void AddLanguage(const wxLanguageInfo& info);
-
- // retrieve the translation for a string in all loaded domains unless
- // the szDomain parameter is specified (and then only this domain is
- // searched)
- // n - additional parameter for PluralFormsParser
- //
- // return original string if translation is not available
- // (in this case an error message is generated the first time
- // a string is not found; use wxLogNull to suppress it)
- //
- // domains are searched in the last to first order, i.e. catalogs
- // added later override those added before.
- const wxString& GetString(const wxString& origString,
- const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const
- {
- return wxGetTranslation(origString, domain);
- }
- // plural form version of the same:
- const wxString& GetString(const wxString& origString,
- const wxString& origString2,
- unsigned n,
- const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const
- {
- return wxGetTranslation(origString, origString2, n, domain);
- }
-
- // Returns the current short name for the locale
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_strShort; }
-
- // return the contents of .po file header
- wxString GetHeaderValue(const wxString& header,
- const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const;
-
- // These two methods are for internal use only. First one creates
- // ms_languagesDB if it doesn't already exist, second one destroys
- // it.
- static void CreateLanguagesDB();
- static void DestroyLanguagesDB();
-
-private:
- bool DoInit(const wxString& name,
- const wxString& shortName,
- const wxString& locale);
-
- // copy default table of languages from global static array to
- // m_langugagesInfo, called by InitLanguagesDB
- static void InitLanguagesDB();
-
- // initialize the member fields to default values
- void DoCommonInit();
-
- wxString m_strLocale, // this locale name
- m_strShort; // short name for the locale
- int m_language; // this locale wxLanguage value
-
- const char *m_pszOldLocale; // previous locale from setlocale()
- wxLocale *m_pOldLocale; // previous wxLocale
-
- bool m_initialized;
-
- wxTranslations m_translations;
-
- static wxLanguageInfoArray *ms_languagesDB;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLocale);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the current locale object (note that it may be NULL!)
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLocale* wxGetLocale();
-
-#endif // wxUSE_INTL
-
-#endif // _WX_INTL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/iosfwrap.h
-// Purpose: includes the correct stream-related forward declarations
-// Author: Jan van Dijk <jan@etpmod.phys.tue.nl>
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 18.12.2002
-// Copyright: wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-#if wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
- // There is no pre-ANSI iosfwd header so we include the full declarations.
-# include <iostream.h>
-#else
-# include <iosfwd>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
-# include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ioswrap.h
-// Purpose: includes the correct iostream headers for current compiler
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 03.02.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-#include "wx/beforestd.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
-# include <iostream.h>
-#else
-# include <iostream>
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/afterstd.h"
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
-# include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ipc.h
-// Purpose: wrapper around different wxIPC classes implementations
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 15.04.02
-// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IPC_H_
-#define _WX_IPC_H_
-
-// Set wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC to 1 to use DDE for IPC under Windows. If it is set to
-// 0, or if the platform is not Windows, use TCP/IP for IPC implementation
-
-#if !defined(wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC)
- #ifdef __WINDOWS__
- #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 1
- #else
- #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 0
- #endif
-#endif // !defined(wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC)
-
-#if !defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #undef wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC
- #define wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC
- #define wxConnection wxDDEConnection
- #define wxServer wxDDEServer
- #define wxClient wxDDEClient
-
- #include "wx/dde.h"
-#else // !wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC
- #define wxConnection wxTCPConnection
- #define wxServer wxTCPServer
- #define wxClient wxTCPClient
-
- #include "wx/sckipc.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC/!wxUSE_DDE_FOR_IPC
-
-#endif // _WX_IPC_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ipcbase.h
-// Purpose: Base classes for IPC
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 4/1/98
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_IPCBASEH__
-#define _WX_IPCBASEH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-enum wxIPCFormat
-{
- wxIPC_INVALID = 0,
- wxIPC_TEXT = 1, /* CF_TEXT */
- wxIPC_BITMAP = 2, /* CF_BITMAP */
- wxIPC_METAFILE = 3, /* CF_METAFILEPICT */
- wxIPC_SYLK = 4,
- wxIPC_DIF = 5,
- wxIPC_TIFF = 6,
- wxIPC_OEMTEXT = 7, /* CF_OEMTEXT */
- wxIPC_DIB = 8, /* CF_DIB */
- wxIPC_PALETTE = 9,
- wxIPC_PENDATA = 10,
- wxIPC_RIFF = 11,
- wxIPC_WAVE = 12,
- wxIPC_UTF16TEXT = 13, /* CF_UNICODE */
- wxIPC_ENHMETAFILE = 14,
- wxIPC_FILENAME = 15, /* CF_HDROP */
- wxIPC_LOCALE = 16,
- wxIPC_UTF8TEXT = 17,
- wxIPC_UTF32TEXT = 18,
-#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2
- wxIPC_UNICODETEXT = wxIPC_UTF16TEXT,
-#elif SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4
- wxIPC_UNICODETEXT = wxIPC_UTF32TEXT,
-#else
-# error "Unknown wchar_t size"
-#endif
- wxIPC_PRIVATE = 20
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxServerBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxClientBase;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConnectionBase: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxConnectionBase(void *buffer, size_t size); // use external buffer
- wxConnectionBase(); // use internal, adaptive buffer
- wxConnectionBase(const wxConnectionBase& copy);
- virtual ~wxConnectionBase();
-
- void SetConnected( bool c ) { m_connected = c; }
- bool GetConnected() { return m_connected; }
-
- // Calls that CLIENT can make
- bool Execute(const void *data, size_t size, wxIPCFormat fmt = wxIPC_PRIVATE)
- { return DoExecute(data, size, fmt); }
- bool Execute(const char *s, size_t size = wxNO_LEN)
- { return DoExecute(s, size == wxNO_LEN ? strlen(s) + 1
- : size, wxIPC_TEXT); }
- bool Execute(const wchar_t *ws, size_t size = wxNO_LEN)
- { return DoExecute(ws, size == wxNO_LEN ? (wcslen(ws) + 1)*sizeof(wchar_t)
- : size, wxIPC_UNICODETEXT); }
- bool Execute(const wxString& s)
- {
- const wxScopedCharBuffer buf = s.utf8_str();
- return DoExecute(buf, strlen(buf) + 1, wxIPC_UTF8TEXT);
- }
- bool Execute(const wxCStrData& cs)
- { return Execute(cs.AsString()); }
-
- virtual const void *Request(const wxString& item,
- size_t *size = NULL,
- wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT) = 0;
-
- bool Poke(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size,
- wxIPCFormat fmt = wxIPC_PRIVATE)
- { return DoPoke(item, data, size, fmt); }
- bool Poke(const wxString& item, const char *s, size_t size = wxNO_LEN)
- { return DoPoke(item, s, size == wxNO_LEN ? strlen(s) + 1
- : size, wxIPC_TEXT); }
- bool Poke(const wxString& item, const wchar_t *ws, size_t size = wxNO_LEN)
- { return DoPoke(item, ws,
- size == wxNO_LEN ? (wcslen(ws) + 1)*sizeof(wchar_t)
- : size, wxIPC_UNICODETEXT); }
- bool Poke(const wxString& item, const wxString s)
- {
- const wxScopedCharBuffer buf = s.utf8_str();
- return DoPoke(item, buf, strlen(buf) + 1, wxIPC_UTF8TEXT);
- }
- bool Poke(const wxString& item, const wxCStrData& cs)
- { return Poke(item, cs.AsString()); }
-
- virtual bool StartAdvise(const wxString& item) = 0;
- virtual bool StopAdvise(const wxString& item) = 0;
-
- // Calls that SERVER can make
- bool Advise(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size,
- wxIPCFormat fmt = wxIPC_PRIVATE)
- { return DoAdvise(item, data, size, fmt); }
- bool Advise(const wxString& item, const char *s, size_t size = wxNO_LEN)
- { return DoAdvise(item, s, size == wxNO_LEN ? strlen(s) + 1
- : size, wxIPC_TEXT); }
- bool Advise(const wxString& item, const wchar_t *ws, size_t size = wxNO_LEN)
- { return DoAdvise(item, ws,
- size == wxNO_LEN ? (wcslen(ws) + 1)*sizeof(wchar_t)
- : size, wxIPC_UNICODETEXT); }
- bool Advise(const wxString& item, const wxString s)
- {
- const wxScopedCharBuffer buf = s.utf8_str();
- return DoAdvise(item, buf, strlen(buf) + 1, wxIPC_UTF8TEXT);
- }
- bool Advise(const wxString& item, const wxCStrData& cs)
- { return Advise(item, cs.AsString()); }
-
- // Calls that both can make
- virtual bool Disconnect() = 0;
-
-
- // Callbacks to SERVER - override at will
- virtual bool OnExec(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(data))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "This method shouldn't be called, if it is, it probably "
- "means that you didn't update your old code overriding "
- "OnExecute() to use the new parameter types (\"const void *\" "
- "instead of \"wxChar *\" and \"size_t\" instead of \"int\"), "
- "you must do it or your code wouldn't be executed at all!" );
- return false;
- }
-
- // deprecated function kept for backwards compatibility: usually you will
- // want to override OnExec() above instead which receives its data in a more
- // convenient format
- virtual bool OnExecute(const wxString& topic,
- const void *data,
- size_t size,
- wxIPCFormat format)
- { return OnExec(topic, GetTextFromData(data, size, format)); }
-
- virtual const void *OnRequest(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(item),
- size_t *size,
- wxIPCFormat WXUNUSED(format))
- { *size = 0; return NULL; }
-
- virtual bool OnPoke(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(item),
- const void *WXUNUSED(data),
- size_t WXUNUSED(size),
- wxIPCFormat WXUNUSED(format))
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool OnStartAdvise(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(item))
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool OnStopAdvise(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(item))
- { return false; }
-
- // Callbacks to CLIENT - override at will
- virtual bool OnAdvise(const wxString& WXUNUSED(topic),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(item),
- const void *WXUNUSED(data),
- size_t WXUNUSED(size),
- wxIPCFormat WXUNUSED(format))
- { return false; }
-
- // Callbacks to BOTH
- virtual bool OnDisconnect() { delete this; return true; }
-
-
- // return true if this is one of the formats used for textual data
- // transmission
- static bool IsTextFormat(wxIPCFormat format)
- {
- return format == wxIPC_TEXT ||
- format == wxIPC_UTF8TEXT ||
- format == wxIPC_UTF16TEXT ||
- format == wxIPC_UTF32TEXT;
- }
-
- // converts from the data and format into a wxString automatically
- //
- // this function accepts data in all of wxIPC_TEXT, wxIPC_UNICODETEXT, and
- // wxIPC_UTF8TEXT formats but asserts if the format is anything else (i.e.
- // such that IsTextFormat(format) doesn't return true)
- //
- // notice that the size parameter here contains the total size of the data,
- // including the terminating '\0' or L'\0'
- static
- wxString GetTextFromData(const void *data, size_t size, wxIPCFormat format);
-
-
- // return a buffer at least this size, reallocating buffer if needed
- // returns NULL if using an inadequate user buffer which can't be resized
- void *GetBufferAtLeast(size_t bytes);
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoExecute(const void *data, size_t size, wxIPCFormat format) = 0;
- virtual bool DoPoke(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size,
- wxIPCFormat format) = 0;
- virtual bool DoAdvise(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size,
- wxIPCFormat format) = 0;
-
-
-private:
- char *m_buffer;
- size_t m_buffersize;
- bool m_deletebufferwhendone;
-
-protected:
- bool m_connected;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxConnectionBase);
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxConnectionBase)
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxServerBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxServerBase() { }
- virtual ~wxServerBase() { }
-
- // Returns false on error (e.g. port number is already in use)
- virtual bool Create(const wxString& serverName) = 0;
-
- // Callbacks to SERVER - override at will
- virtual wxConnectionBase *OnAcceptConnection(const wxString& topic) = 0;
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxServerBase)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxClientBase() { }
- virtual ~wxClientBase() { }
-
- virtual bool ValidHost(const wxString& host) = 0;
-
- // Call this to make a connection. Returns NULL if cannot.
- virtual wxConnectionBase *MakeConnection(const wxString& host,
- const wxString& server,
- const wxString& topic) = 0;
-
- // Callbacks to CLIENT - override at will
- virtual wxConnectionBase *OnMakeConnection() = 0;
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxClientBase)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_IPCBASEH__
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/itemid.h
-// Purpose: wxItemId class declaration.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-08-17
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ITEMID_H_
-#define _WX_ITEMID_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxItemId: an opaque item identifier used with wx{Tree,TreeList,DataView}Ctrl.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// The template argument T is typically a pointer to some opaque type. While
-// wxTreeItemId and wxDataViewItem use a pointer to void, this is dangerous and
-// not recommended for the new item id classes.
-template <typename T>
-class wxItemId
-{
-public:
- typedef T Type;
-
- // This ctor is implicit which is fine for non-void* types, but if you use
- // this class with void* you're strongly advised to make the derived class
- // ctor explicit as implicitly converting from any pointer is simply too
- // dangerous.
- wxItemId(Type item = NULL) : m_pItem(item) { }
-
- // Default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok.
-
- bool IsOk() const { return m_pItem != NULL; }
- Type GetID() const { return m_pItem; }
- operator const Type() const { return m_pItem; }
-
- // This is used for implementation purposes only.
- Type operator->() const { return m_pItem; }
-
- void Unset() { m_pItem = NULL; }
-
- // This field is public *only* for compatibility with the old wxTreeItemId
- // implementation and must not be used in any new code.
-//private:
- Type m_pItem;
-};
-
-template <typename T>
-bool operator==(const wxItemId<T>& left, const wxItemId<T>& right)
-{
- return left.GetID() == right.GetID();
-}
-
-template <typename T>
-bool operator!=(const wxItemId<T>& left, const wxItemId<T>& right)
-{
- return !(left == right);
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_ITEMID_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/joystick.h
-// Purpose: wxJoystick base header
-// Author: wxWidgets Team
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_JOYSTICK_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_JOYSTICK_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_JOYSTICK
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
-#include "wx/msw/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/unix/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/unix/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/unix/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__DARWIN__)
-#include "wx/osx/core/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/osx/joystick.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/joystick.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_JOYSTICK
-
-#endif
- // _WX_JOYSTICK_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/kbdstate.h
-// Purpose: Declaration of wxKeyboardState class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-09-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_KBDSTATE_H_
-#define _WX_KBDSTATE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxKeyboardState stores the state of the keyboard modifier keys
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxKeyboardState
-{
-public:
- wxKeyboardState(bool controlDown = false,
- bool shiftDown = false,
- bool altDown = false,
- bool metaDown = false)
- : m_controlDown(controlDown),
- m_shiftDown(shiftDown),
- m_altDown(altDown),
- m_metaDown(metaDown)
-#ifdef __WXOSX__
- ,m_rawControlDown(false)
-#endif
- {
- }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
-
- // accessors for the various modifier keys
- // ---------------------------------------
-
- // should be used check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers:
- // "GetModifiers() = wxMOD_CONTROL" is easier to write than "ControlDown()
- // && !MetaDown() && !AltDown() && !ShiftDown()"
- int GetModifiers() const
- {
- return (m_controlDown ? wxMOD_CONTROL : 0) |
- (m_shiftDown ? wxMOD_SHIFT : 0) |
- (m_metaDown ? wxMOD_META : 0) |
-#ifdef __WXOSX__
- (m_rawControlDown ? wxMOD_RAW_CONTROL : 0) |
-#endif
- (m_altDown ? wxMOD_ALT : 0);
- }
-
- // returns true if any modifiers at all are pressed
- bool HasAnyModifiers() const { return GetModifiers() != wxMOD_NONE; }
-
- // returns true if any modifiers changing the usual key interpretation are
- // pressed, notably excluding Shift
- bool HasModifiers() const
- {
- return ControlDown() || RawControlDown() || AltDown();
- }
-
- // accessors for individual modifier keys
- bool ControlDown() const { return m_controlDown; }
- bool RawControlDown() const
- {
-#ifdef __WXOSX__
- return m_rawControlDown;
-#else
- return m_controlDown;
-#endif
- }
- bool ShiftDown() const { return m_shiftDown; }
- bool MetaDown() const { return m_metaDown; }
- bool AltDown() const { return m_altDown; }
-
- // "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is Control for PC and Unix platforms but
- // Apple ("Command") key under Macs: it makes often sense to use it instead
- // of, say, ControlDown() because Cmd key is used for the same thing under
- // Mac as Ctrl elsewhere (but Ctrl still exists, just not used for this
- // purpose under Mac)
- bool CmdDown() const
- {
- return ControlDown();
- }
-
- // these functions are mostly used by wxWidgets itself
- // ---------------------------------------------------
-
- void SetControlDown(bool down) { m_controlDown = down; }
- void SetRawControlDown(bool down)
- {
-#ifdef __WXOSX__
- m_rawControlDown = down;
-#else
- m_controlDown = down;
-#endif
- }
- void SetShiftDown(bool down) { m_shiftDown = down; }
- void SetAltDown(bool down) { m_altDown = down; }
- void SetMetaDown(bool down) { m_metaDown = down; }
-
-
- // for backwards compatibility with the existing code accessing these
- // members of wxKeyEvent directly, these variables are public, however you
- // should not use them in any new code, please use the accessors instead
-public:
- bool m_controlDown : 1;
- bool m_shiftDown : 1;
- bool m_altDown : 1;
- bool m_metaDown : 1;
-#ifdef __WXOSX__
- bool m_rawControlDown : 1;
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_KBDSTATE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/language.h
-// Purpose: wxLanguage enum
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2010-04-23
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// WARNING: Parts of this file are generated. See misc/languages/README for
-// details.
-
-#ifndef _WX_LANGUAGE_H_
-#define _WX_LANGUAGE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_INTL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLanguage: defines all supported languages
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// --- --- --- generated code begins here --- --- ---
-
-/**
- The languages supported by wxLocale.
-
- This enum is generated by misc/languages/genlang.py
- When making changes, please put them into misc/languages/langtabl.txt
-*/
-enum wxLanguage
-{
- /// User's default/preffered language as got from OS.
- wxLANGUAGE_DEFAULT,
-
- /// Unknown language, returned if wxLocale::GetSystemLanguage fails.
- wxLANGUAGE_UNKNOWN,
-
- wxLANGUAGE_ABKHAZIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_AFAR,
- wxLANGUAGE_AFRIKAANS,
- wxLANGUAGE_ALBANIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_AMHARIC,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_ALGERIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_BAHRAIN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_EGYPT,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_IRAQ,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_JORDAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_KUWAIT,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_LEBANON,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_LIBYA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_MOROCCO,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_OMAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_QATAR,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SUDAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_SYRIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_TUNISIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_UAE,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARABIC_YEMEN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ARMENIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ASSAMESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_ASTURIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_AYMARA,
- wxLANGUAGE_AZERI,
- wxLANGUAGE_AZERI_CYRILLIC,
- wxLANGUAGE_AZERI_LATIN,
- wxLANGUAGE_BASHKIR,
- wxLANGUAGE_BASQUE,
- wxLANGUAGE_BELARUSIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_BENGALI,
- wxLANGUAGE_BHUTANI,
- wxLANGUAGE_BIHARI,
- wxLANGUAGE_BISLAMA,
- wxLANGUAGE_BOSNIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_BRETON,
- wxLANGUAGE_BULGARIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_BURMESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_CAMBODIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_CATALAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED,
- wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL,
- wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_HONGKONG,
- wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_MACAU,
- wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_SINGAPORE,
- wxLANGUAGE_CHINESE_TAIWAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_CORSICAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_CROATIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_CZECH,
- wxLANGUAGE_DANISH,
- wxLANGUAGE_DUTCH,
- wxLANGUAGE_DUTCH_BELGIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_UK,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_BELIZE,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_BOTSWANA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_CANADA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_DENMARK,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_EIRE,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_JAMAICA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD,
- wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE,
- wxLANGUAGE_ESPERANTO,
- wxLANGUAGE_ESTONIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_FAEROESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_FARSI,
- wxLANGUAGE_FIJI,
- wxLANGUAGE_FINNISH,
- wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH,
- wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_BELGIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_CANADIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG,
- wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_MONACO,
- wxLANGUAGE_FRENCH_SWISS,
- wxLANGUAGE_FRISIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_GALICIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_GEORGIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_BELGIUM,
- wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN,
- wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG,
- wxLANGUAGE_GERMAN_SWISS,
- wxLANGUAGE_GREEK,
- wxLANGUAGE_GREENLANDIC,
- wxLANGUAGE_GUARANI,
- wxLANGUAGE_GUJARATI,
- wxLANGUAGE_HAUSA,
- wxLANGUAGE_HEBREW,
- wxLANGUAGE_HINDI,
- wxLANGUAGE_HUNGARIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ICELANDIC,
- wxLANGUAGE_INDONESIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_INTERLINGUA,
- wxLANGUAGE_INTERLINGUE,
- wxLANGUAGE_INUKTITUT,
- wxLANGUAGE_INUPIAK,
- wxLANGUAGE_IRISH,
- wxLANGUAGE_ITALIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ITALIAN_SWISS,
- wxLANGUAGE_JAPANESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_JAVANESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_KANNADA,
- wxLANGUAGE_KASHMIRI,
- wxLANGUAGE_KASHMIRI_INDIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_KAZAKH,
- wxLANGUAGE_KERNEWEK,
- wxLANGUAGE_KINYARWANDA,
- wxLANGUAGE_KIRGHIZ,
- wxLANGUAGE_KIRUNDI,
- wxLANGUAGE_KONKANI,
- wxLANGUAGE_KOREAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_KURDISH,
- wxLANGUAGE_LAOTHIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_LATIN,
- wxLANGUAGE_LATVIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_LINGALA,
- wxLANGUAGE_LITHUANIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_MACEDONIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_MALAGASY,
- wxLANGUAGE_MALAY,
- wxLANGUAGE_MALAYALAM,
- wxLANGUAGE_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM,
- wxLANGUAGE_MALAY_MALAYSIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_MALTESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_MANIPURI,
- wxLANGUAGE_MAORI,
- wxLANGUAGE_MARATHI,
- wxLANGUAGE_MOLDAVIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_MONGOLIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_NAURU,
- wxLANGUAGE_NEPALI,
- wxLANGUAGE_NEPALI_INDIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL,
- wxLANGUAGE_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK,
- wxLANGUAGE_OCCITAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_ORIYA,
- wxLANGUAGE_OROMO,
- wxLANGUAGE_PASHTO,
- wxLANGUAGE_POLISH,
- wxLANGUAGE_PORTUGUESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_PUNJABI,
- wxLANGUAGE_QUECHUA,
- wxLANGUAGE_RHAETO_ROMANCE,
- wxLANGUAGE_ROMANIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_RUSSIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_RUSSIAN_UKRAINE,
- wxLANGUAGE_SAMI,
- wxLANGUAGE_SAMOAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_SANGHO,
- wxLANGUAGE_SANSKRIT,
- wxLANGUAGE_SCOTS_GAELIC,
- wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC,
- wxLANGUAGE_SERBIAN_LATIN,
- wxLANGUAGE_SERBO_CROATIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_SESOTHO,
- wxLANGUAGE_SETSWANA,
- wxLANGUAGE_SHONA,
- wxLANGUAGE_SINDHI,
- wxLANGUAGE_SINHALESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_SISWATI,
- wxLANGUAGE_SLOVAK,
- wxLANGUAGE_SLOVENIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_SOMALI,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_ARGENTINA,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_BOLIVIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_CHILE,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_COLOMBIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_ECUADOR,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_GUATEMALA,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_HONDURAS,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_MEXICAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_MODERN,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_NICARAGUA,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PANAMA,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PARAGUAY,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PERU,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_URUGUAY,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_US,
- wxLANGUAGE_SPANISH_VENEZUELA,
- wxLANGUAGE_SUNDANESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_SWAHILI,
- wxLANGUAGE_SWEDISH,
- wxLANGUAGE_SWEDISH_FINLAND,
- wxLANGUAGE_TAGALOG,
- wxLANGUAGE_TAJIK,
- wxLANGUAGE_TAMIL,
- wxLANGUAGE_TATAR,
- wxLANGUAGE_TELUGU,
- wxLANGUAGE_THAI,
- wxLANGUAGE_TIBETAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_TIGRINYA,
- wxLANGUAGE_TONGA,
- wxLANGUAGE_TSONGA,
- wxLANGUAGE_TURKISH,
- wxLANGUAGE_TURKMEN,
- wxLANGUAGE_TWI,
- wxLANGUAGE_UIGHUR,
- wxLANGUAGE_UKRAINIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_URDU,
- wxLANGUAGE_URDU_INDIA,
- wxLANGUAGE_URDU_PAKISTAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK,
- wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK_CYRILLIC,
- wxLANGUAGE_UZBEK_LATIN,
- wxLANGUAGE_VALENCIAN,
- wxLANGUAGE_VIETNAMESE,
- wxLANGUAGE_VOLAPUK,
- wxLANGUAGE_WELSH,
- wxLANGUAGE_WOLOF,
- wxLANGUAGE_XHOSA,
- wxLANGUAGE_YIDDISH,
- wxLANGUAGE_YORUBA,
- wxLANGUAGE_ZHUANG,
- wxLANGUAGE_ZULU,
-
- /// For custom, user-defined languages.
- wxLANGUAGE_USER_DEFINED
-};
-
-// --- --- --- generated code ends here --- --- ---
-
-#endif // wxUSE_INTL
-
-#endif // _WX_LANGUAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/layout.h
-// Purpose: OBSOLETE layout constraint classes, use sizers instead
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LAYOUT_H_
-#define _WX_LAYOUT_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-// X stupidly defines these in X.h
-#ifdef Above
- #undef Above
-#endif
-#ifdef Below
- #undef Below
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declrations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxLayoutConstraints;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN 0
-
-enum wxEdge
-{
- wxLeft, wxTop, wxRight, wxBottom, wxWidth, wxHeight,
- wxCentre, wxCenter = wxCentre, wxCentreX, wxCentreY
-};
-
-enum wxRelationship
-{
- wxUnconstrained = 0,
- wxAsIs,
- wxPercentOf,
- wxAbove,
- wxBelow,
- wxLeftOf,
- wxRightOf,
- wxSameAs,
- wxAbsolute
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIndividualLayoutConstraint: a constraint on window position
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIndividualLayoutConstraint : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxIndividualLayoutConstraint();
-
- // note that default copy ctor and assignment operators are ok
-
- virtual ~wxIndividualLayoutConstraint(){}
-
- void Set(wxRelationship rel, wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge otherE, int val = 0, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
-
- //
- // Sibling relationships
- //
- void LeftOf(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
- void RightOf(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
- void Above(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
- void Below(wxWindowBase *sibling, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
-
- //
- // 'Same edge' alignment
- //
- void SameAs(wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge edge, int marg = wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN);
-
- // The edge is a percentage of the other window's edge
- void PercentOf(wxWindowBase *otherW, wxEdge wh, int per);
-
- //
- // Edge has absolute value
- //
- void Absolute(int val);
-
- //
- // Dimension is unconstrained
- //
- void Unconstrained() { relationship = wxUnconstrained; }
-
- //
- // Dimension is 'as is' (use current size settings)
- //
- void AsIs() { relationship = wxAsIs; }
-
- //
- // Accessors
- //
- wxWindowBase *GetOtherWindow() { return otherWin; }
- wxEdge GetMyEdge() const { return myEdge; }
- void SetEdge(wxEdge which) { myEdge = which; }
- void SetValue(int v) { value = v; }
- int GetMargin() { return margin; }
- void SetMargin(int m) { margin = m; }
- int GetValue() const { return value; }
- int GetPercent() const { return percent; }
- int GetOtherEdge() const { return otherEdge; }
- bool GetDone() const { return done; }
- void SetDone(bool d) { done = d; }
- wxRelationship GetRelationship() { return relationship; }
- void SetRelationship(wxRelationship r) { relationship = r; }
-
- // Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin
- bool ResetIfWin(wxWindowBase *otherW);
-
- // Try to satisfy constraint
- bool SatisfyConstraint(wxLayoutConstraints *constraints, wxWindowBase *win);
-
- // Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this
- // is not determinable, -1.
- int GetEdge(wxEdge which, wxWindowBase *thisWin, wxWindowBase *other) const;
-
-protected:
- // To be allowed to modify the internal variables
- friend class wxIndividualLayoutConstraint_Serialize;
-
- // 'This' window is the parent or sibling of otherWin
- wxWindowBase *otherWin;
-
- wxEdge myEdge;
- wxRelationship relationship;
- int margin;
- int value;
- int percent;
- wxEdge otherEdge;
- bool done;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIndividualLayoutConstraint)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLayoutConstraints: the complete set of constraints for a window
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxLayoutConstraints : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // Edge constraints
- wxIndividualLayoutConstraint left;
- wxIndividualLayoutConstraint top;
- wxIndividualLayoutConstraint right;
- wxIndividualLayoutConstraint bottom;
- // Size constraints
- wxIndividualLayoutConstraint width;
- wxIndividualLayoutConstraint height;
- // Centre constraints
- wxIndividualLayoutConstraint centreX;
- wxIndividualLayoutConstraint centreY;
-
- wxLayoutConstraints();
-
- // note that default copy ctor and assignment operators are ok
-
- virtual ~wxLayoutConstraints(){}
-
- bool SatisfyConstraints(wxWindowBase *win, int *noChanges);
- bool AreSatisfied() const
- {
- return left.GetDone() && top.GetDone() &&
- width.GetDone() && height.GetDone();
- }
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxLayoutConstraints)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
-#endif // _WX_LAYOUT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/laywin.h
-// Purpose: wxSashLayoutWindow base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LAYWIN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_LAYWIN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/laywin.h"
-
-#endif
- // _WX_LAYWIN_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/link.h
-// Purpose: macros to force linking modules which might otherwise be
-// discarded by the linker
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LINK_H_
-#define _WX_LINK_H_
-
-// This must be part of the module you want to force:
-#define wxFORCE_LINK_THIS_MODULE(module_name) \
- extern void _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name (); \
- void _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name () { }
-
-
-// And this must be somewhere where it certainly will be linked:
-#define wxFORCE_LINK_MODULE(module_name) \
- extern void _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name (); \
- static struct wxForceLink##module_name \
- { \
- wxForceLink##module_name() \
- { \
- _wx_link_dummy_func_##module_name (); \
- } \
- } _wx_link_dummy_var_##module_name;
-
-
-#endif // _WX_LINK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/list.h
-// Purpose: wxList, wxStringList classes
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by: VZ at 16/11/98: WX_DECLARE_LIST() and typesafe lists added
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
- All this is quite ugly but serves two purposes:
- 1. Be almost 100% compatible with old, untyped, wxList class
- 2. Ensure compile-time type checking for the linked lists
-
- The idea is to have one base class (wxListBase) working with "void *" data,
- but to hide these untyped functions - i.e. make them protected, so they
- can only be used from derived classes which have inline member functions
- working with right types. This achieves the 2nd goal. As for the first one,
- we provide a special derivation of wxListBase called wxList which looks just
- like the old class.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _WX_LIST_H_
-#define _WX_LIST_H_
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
- #include "wx/beforestd.h"
- #include <algorithm>
- #include <iterator>
- #include <list>
- #include "wx/afterstd.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObjectListNode;
-typedef wxObjectListNode wxNode;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#define wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(elT, dummy1, liT, dummy2, decl) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elT, liT, decl)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3(elT, dummy1, liT, dummy2, decl) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(elT, dummy1, liT, dummy2, decl)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elT, liT, dummy, decl) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elT, liT, decl)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elT, liT, dummy, decl) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elT, liT, dummy, decl) \
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elT, liT, decl) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_XO(elT*, liT, decl)
-
-#if !defined(__VISUALC__) || __VISUALC__ >= 1300 // == !VC6
-
-template<class T>
-class wxList_SortFunction
-{
-public:
- wxList_SortFunction(wxSortCompareFunction f) : m_f(f) { }
- bool operator()(const T& i1, const T& i2)
- { return m_f((T*)&i1, (T*)&i2) < 0; }
-private:
- wxSortCompareFunction m_f;
-};
-
-#define WX_LIST_SORTFUNCTION( elT, f ) wxList_SortFunction<elT>(f)
-#define WX_LIST_VC6_WORKAROUND(elT, liT, decl)
-
-#else // if defined( __VISUALC__ ) && __VISUALC__ < 1300 // == VC6
-
-#define WX_LIST_SORTFUNCTION( elT, f ) std::greater<elT>( f )
-#define WX_LIST_VC6_WORKAROUND(elT, liT, decl) \
- decl liT; \
- \
- /* Workaround for broken VC6 STL incorrectly requires a std::greater<> */ \
- /* to be passed into std::list::sort() */ \
- template <> \
- struct std::greater<elT> \
- { \
- private: \
- wxSortCompareFunction m_CompFunc; \
- public: \
- greater( wxSortCompareFunction compfunc = NULL ) \
- : m_CompFunc( compfunc ) {} \
- bool operator()(const elT X, const elT Y) const \
- { \
- return m_CompFunc ? \
- ( m_CompFunc( wxListCastElementToVoidPtr(X), \
- wxListCastElementToVoidPtr(Y) ) < 0 ) : \
- ( X > Y ); \
- } \
- };
-
-// helper for std::greater<elT> above:
-template<typename T>
-inline const void *wxListCastElementToVoidPtr(const T* ptr) { return ptr; }
-inline const void *wxListCastElementToVoidPtr(const wxString& str)
- { return (const char*)str; }
-
-#endif // VC6/!VC6
-
-/*
- Note 1: the outer helper class _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT below is a workaround
- for mingw 3.2.3 compiler bug that prevents a static function of liT class
- from being exported into dll. A minimal code snippet reproducing the bug:
-
- struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE Foo
- {
- static void Bar();
- struct SomeInnerClass
- {
- friend class Foo; // comment this out to make it link
- };
- ~Foo()
- {
- Bar();
- }
- };
-
- The program does not link under mingw_gcc 3.2.3 producing undefined
- reference to Foo::Bar() function
-
-
- Note 2: the EmptyList is needed to allow having a NULL pointer-like
- invalid iterator. We used to use just an uninitialized iterator object
- instead but this fails with some debug/checked versions of STL, notably the
- glibc version activated with _GLIBCXX_DEBUG, so we need to have a separate
- invalid iterator.
- */
-
-// the real wxList-class declaration
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_XO(elT, liT, decl) \
- decl _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT \
- { \
- typedef elT _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##liT; \
- typedef std::list<elT> BaseListType; \
- public: \
- static BaseListType EmptyList; \
- static void DeleteFunction( _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##liT X ); \
- }; \
- \
- WX_LIST_VC6_WORKAROUND(elT, liT, decl) \
- class liT : public std::list<elT> \
- { \
- private: \
- typedef std::list<elT> BaseListType; \
- \
- bool m_destroy; \
- \
- public: \
- class compatibility_iterator \
- { \
- private: \
- /* Workaround for broken VC6 nested class name resolution */ \
- typedef std::list<elT>::iterator iterator; \
- friend class liT; \
- \
- iterator m_iter; \
- liT * m_list; \
- \
- public: \
- compatibility_iterator() \
- : m_iter(_WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT::EmptyList.end()), m_list( NULL ) {} \
- compatibility_iterator( liT* li, iterator i ) \
- : m_iter( i ), m_list( li ) {} \
- compatibility_iterator( const liT* li, iterator i ) \
- : m_iter( i ), m_list( const_cast< liT* >( li ) ) {} \
- \
- compatibility_iterator* operator->() { return this; } \
- const compatibility_iterator* operator->() const { return this; } \
- \
- bool operator==(const compatibility_iterator& i) const \
- { \
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_list && i.m_list, \
- wxT("comparing invalid iterators is illegal") ); \
- return (m_list == i.m_list) && (m_iter == i.m_iter); \
- } \
- bool operator!=(const compatibility_iterator& i) const \
- { return !( operator==( i ) ); } \
- operator bool() const \
- { return m_list ? m_iter != m_list->end() : false; } \
- bool operator !() const \
- { return !( operator bool() ); } \
- \
- elT GetData() const \
- { return *m_iter; } \
- void SetData( elT e ) \
- { *m_iter = e; } \
- \
- compatibility_iterator GetNext() const \
- { \
- iterator i = m_iter; \
- return compatibility_iterator( m_list, ++i ); \
- } \
- compatibility_iterator GetPrevious() const \
- { \
- if ( m_iter == m_list->begin() ) \
- return compatibility_iterator(); \
- \
- iterator i = m_iter; \
- return compatibility_iterator( m_list, --i ); \
- } \
- int IndexOf() const \
- { \
- return *this ? (int)std::distance( m_list->begin(), m_iter ) \
- : wxNOT_FOUND; \
- } \
- }; \
- public: \
- liT() : m_destroy( false ) {} \
- \
- compatibility_iterator Find( const elT e ) const \
- { \
- liT* _this = const_cast< liT* >( this ); \
- return compatibility_iterator( _this, \
- std::find( _this->begin(), _this->end(), e ) ); \
- } \
- \
- bool IsEmpty() const \
- { return empty(); } \
- size_t GetCount() const \
- { return size(); } \
- int Number() const \
- { return static_cast< int >( GetCount() ); } \
- \
- compatibility_iterator Item( size_t idx ) const \
- { \
- iterator i = const_cast< liT* >(this)->begin(); \
- std::advance( i, idx ); \
- return compatibility_iterator( this, i ); \
- } \
- elT operator[](size_t idx) const \
- { \
- return Item(idx).GetData(); \
- } \
- \
- compatibility_iterator GetFirst() const \
- { \
- return compatibility_iterator( this, \
- const_cast< liT* >(this)->begin() ); \
- } \
- compatibility_iterator GetLast() const \
- { \
- iterator i = const_cast< liT* >(this)->end(); \
- return compatibility_iterator( this, !empty() ? --i : i ); \
- } \
- bool Member( elT e ) const \
- { return Find( e ); } \
- compatibility_iterator Nth( int n ) const \
- { return Item( n ); } \
- int IndexOf( elT e ) const \
- { return Find( e ).IndexOf(); } \
- \
- compatibility_iterator Append( elT e ) \
- { \
- push_back( e ); \
- return GetLast(); \
- } \
- compatibility_iterator Insert( elT e ) \
- { \
- push_front( e ); \
- return compatibility_iterator( this, begin() ); \
- } \
- compatibility_iterator Insert(const compatibility_iterator & i, elT e)\
- { \
- return compatibility_iterator( this, insert( i.m_iter, e ) ); \
- } \
- compatibility_iterator Insert( size_t idx, elT e ) \
- { \
- return compatibility_iterator( this, \
- insert( Item( idx ).m_iter, e ) ); \
- } \
- \
- void DeleteContents( bool destroy ) \
- { m_destroy = destroy; } \
- bool GetDeleteContents() const \
- { return m_destroy; } \
- void Erase( const compatibility_iterator& i ) \
- { \
- if ( m_destroy ) \
- _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT::DeleteFunction( i->GetData() ); \
- erase( i.m_iter ); \
- } \
- bool DeleteNode( const compatibility_iterator& i ) \
- { \
- if( i ) \
- { \
- Erase( i ); \
- return true; \
- } \
- return false; \
- } \
- bool DeleteObject( elT e ) \
- { \
- return DeleteNode( Find( e ) ); \
- } \
- void Clear() \
- { \
- if ( m_destroy ) \
- std::for_each( begin(), end(), \
- _WX_LIST_HELPER_##liT::DeleteFunction ); \
- clear(); \
- } \
- /* Workaround for broken VC6 std::list::sort() see above */ \
- void Sort( wxSortCompareFunction compfunc ) \
- { sort( WX_LIST_SORTFUNCTION( elT, compfunc ) ); } \
- ~liT() { Clear(); } \
- \
- /* It needs access to our EmptyList */ \
- friend class compatibility_iterator; \
- }
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST(elementtype, listname) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST(elementtype, listname)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname) \
- WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname, usergoo) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class usergoo)
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname, usergoo) \
- WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname, usergoo)
-
-// this macro must be inserted in your program after
-// #include "wx/listimpl.cpp"
-#define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) "don't forget to include listimpl.cpp!"
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)
-
-#else // if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-
-// undef it to get rid of old, deprecated functions
-#define wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// key stuff: a list may be optionally keyed on integer or string key
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-union wxListKeyValue
-{
- long integer;
- wxString *string;
-};
-
-// a struct which may contain both types of keys
-//
-// implementation note: on one hand, this class allows to have only one function
-// for any keyed operation instead of 2 almost equivalent. OTOH, it's needed to
-// resolve ambiguity which we would otherwise have with wxStringList::Find() and
-// wxList::Find(const char *).
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxListKey
-{
-public:
- // implicit ctors
- wxListKey() : m_keyType(wxKEY_NONE)
- { }
- wxListKey(long i) : m_keyType(wxKEY_INTEGER)
- { m_key.integer = i; }
- wxListKey(const wxString& s) : m_keyType(wxKEY_STRING)
- { m_key.string = new wxString(s); }
- wxListKey(const char *s) : m_keyType(wxKEY_STRING)
- { m_key.string = new wxString(s); }
- wxListKey(const wchar_t *s) : m_keyType(wxKEY_STRING)
- { m_key.string = new wxString(s); }
-
- // accessors
- wxKeyType GetKeyType() const { return m_keyType; }
- const wxString GetString() const
- { wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING ); return *m_key.string; }
- long GetNumber() const
- { wxASSERT( m_keyType == wxKEY_INTEGER ); return m_key.integer; }
-
- // comparison
- // Note: implementation moved to list.cpp to prevent BC++ inline
- // expansion warning.
- bool operator==(wxListKeyValue value) const ;
-
- // dtor
- ~wxListKey()
- {
- if ( m_keyType == wxKEY_STRING )
- delete m_key.string;
- }
-
-private:
- wxKeyType m_keyType;
- wxListKeyValue m_key;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNodeBase class is a (base for) node in a double linked list
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxListKey) wxDefaultListKey;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxListBase;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxNodeBase
-{
-friend class wxListBase;
-public:
- // ctor
- wxNodeBase(wxListBase *list = NULL,
- wxNodeBase *previous = NULL,
- wxNodeBase *next = NULL,
- void *data = NULL,
- const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey);
-
- virtual ~wxNodeBase();
-
- // FIXME no check is done that the list is really keyed on strings
- wxString GetKeyString() const { return *m_key.string; }
- long GetKeyInteger() const { return m_key.integer; }
-
- // Necessary for some existing code
- void SetKeyString(const wxString& s) { m_key.string = new wxString(s); }
- void SetKeyInteger(long i) { m_key.integer = i; }
-
-#ifdef wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
- // compatibility methods, use Get* instead.
- wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Next() const );
- wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Previous() const );
- wxDEPRECATED( wxObject *Data() const );
-#endif // wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-
-protected:
- // all these are going to be "overloaded" in the derived classes
- wxNodeBase *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
- wxNodeBase *GetPrevious() const { return m_previous; }
-
- void *GetData() const { return m_data; }
- void SetData(void *data) { m_data = data; }
-
- // get 0-based index of this node within the list or wxNOT_FOUND
- int IndexOf() const;
-
- virtual void DeleteData() { }
-public:
- // for wxList::iterator
- void** GetDataPtr() const { return &(const_cast<wxNodeBase*>(this)->m_data); }
-private:
- // optional key stuff
- wxListKeyValue m_key;
-
- void *m_data; // user data
- wxNodeBase *m_next, // next and previous nodes in the list
- *m_previous;
-
- wxListBase *m_list; // list we belong to
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNodeBase);
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// a double-linked list class
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxList;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxListBase
-{
-friend class wxNodeBase; // should be able to call DetachNode()
-friend class wxHashTableBase; // should be able to call untyped Find()
-
-public:
- // default ctor & dtor
- wxListBase(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_NONE)
- { Init(keyType); }
- virtual ~wxListBase();
-
- // accessors
- // count of items in the list
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_count; }
-
- // return true if this list is empty
- bool IsEmpty() const { return m_count == 0; }
-
- // operations
-
- // delete all nodes
- void Clear();
-
- // instruct it to destroy user data when deleting nodes
- void DeleteContents(bool destroy) { m_destroy = destroy; }
-
- // query if to delete
- bool GetDeleteContents() const
- { return m_destroy; }
-
- // get the keytype
- wxKeyType GetKeyType() const
- { return m_keyType; }
-
- // set the keytype (required by the serial code)
- void SetKeyType(wxKeyType keyType)
- { wxASSERT( m_count==0 ); m_keyType = keyType; }
-
-#ifdef wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
- // compatibility methods from old wxList
- wxDEPRECATED( int Number() const ); // use GetCount instead.
- wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *First() const ); // use GetFirst
- wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Last() const ); // use GetLast
- wxDEPRECATED( wxNode *Nth(size_t n) const ); // use Item
-
- // kludge for typesafe list migration in core classes.
- wxDEPRECATED( operator wxList&() const );
-#endif // wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-
-protected:
-
- // all methods here are "overloaded" in derived classes to provide compile
- // time type checking
-
- // create a node for the list of this type
- virtual wxNodeBase *CreateNode(wxNodeBase *prev, wxNodeBase *next,
- void *data,
- const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey) = 0;
-
-
- // ctors
- // from an array
- wxListBase(size_t count, void *elements[]);
- // from a sequence of objects
- wxListBase(void *object, ... /* terminate with NULL */);
-
-protected:
- void Assign(const wxListBase& list)
- { Clear(); DoCopy(list); }
-
- // get list head/tail
- wxNodeBase *GetFirst() const { return m_nodeFirst; }
- wxNodeBase *GetLast() const { return m_nodeLast; }
-
- // by (0-based) index
- wxNodeBase *Item(size_t index) const;
-
- // get the list item's data
- void *operator[](size_t n) const
- {
- wxNodeBase *node = Item(n);
-
- return node ? node->GetData() : NULL;
- }
-
- // operations
- // append to end of list
- wxNodeBase *Prepend(void *object)
- { return (wxNodeBase *)wxListBase::Insert(object); }
- // append to beginning of list
- wxNodeBase *Append(void *object);
- // insert a new item at the beginning of the list
- wxNodeBase *Insert(void *object)
- { return Insert(static_cast<wxNodeBase *>(NULL), object); }
- // insert a new item at the given position
- wxNodeBase *Insert(size_t pos, void *object)
- { return pos == GetCount() ? Append(object)
- : Insert(Item(pos), object); }
- // insert before given node or at front of list if prev == NULL
- wxNodeBase *Insert(wxNodeBase *prev, void *object);
-
- // keyed append
- wxNodeBase *Append(long key, void *object);
- wxNodeBase *Append(const wxString& key, void *object);
-
- // removes node from the list but doesn't delete it (returns pointer
- // to the node or NULL if it wasn't found in the list)
- wxNodeBase *DetachNode(wxNodeBase *node);
- // delete element from list, returns false if node not found
- bool DeleteNode(wxNodeBase *node);
- // finds object pointer and deletes node (and object if DeleteContents
- // is on), returns false if object not found
- bool DeleteObject(void *object);
-
- // search (all return NULL if item not found)
- // by data
- wxNodeBase *Find(const void *object) const;
-
- // by key
- wxNodeBase *Find(const wxListKey& key) const;
-
- // get 0-based index of object or wxNOT_FOUND
- int IndexOf( void *object ) const;
-
- // this function allows the sorting of arbitrary lists by giving
- // a function to compare two list elements. The list is sorted in place.
- void Sort(const wxSortCompareFunction compfunc);
-
- // functions for iterating over the list
- void *FirstThat(wxListIterateFunction func);
- void ForEach(wxListIterateFunction func);
- void *LastThat(wxListIterateFunction func);
-
- // for STL interface, "last" points to one after the last node
- // of the controlled sequence (NULL for the end of the list)
- void Reverse();
- void DeleteNodes(wxNodeBase* first, wxNodeBase* last);
-private:
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_NONE);
-
- // helpers
- // common part of copy ctor and assignment operator
- void DoCopy(const wxListBase& list);
- // common part of all Append()s
- wxNodeBase *AppendCommon(wxNodeBase *node);
- // free node's data and node itself
- void DoDeleteNode(wxNodeBase *node);
-
- size_t m_count; // number of elements in the list
- bool m_destroy; // destroy user data when deleting list items?
- wxNodeBase *m_nodeFirst, // pointers to the head and tail of the list
- *m_nodeLast;
-
- wxKeyType m_keyType; // type of our keys (may be wxKEY_NONE)
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for definition of "template" list type
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// and now some heavy magic...
-
-// declare a list type named 'name' and containing elements of type 'T *'
-// (as a by product of macro expansion you also get wx##name##Node
-// wxNode-derived type)
-//
-// implementation details:
-// 1. We define _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##name typedef to save in it the item type
-// for the list of given type - this allows us to pass only the list name
-// to WX_DEFINE_LIST() even if it needs both the name and the type
-//
-// 2. We redefine all non-type-safe wxList functions with type-safe versions
-// which don't take any space (everything is inline), but bring compile
-// time error checking.
-//
-// 3. The macro which is usually used (WX_DECLARE_LIST) is defined in terms of
-// a more generic WX_DECLARE_LIST_2 macro which, in turn, uses the most
-// generic WX_DECLARE_LIST_3 one. The last macro adds a sometimes
-// interesting capability to store polymorphic objects in the list and is
-// particularly useful with, for example, "wxWindow *" list where the
-// wxWindowBase pointers are put into the list, but wxWindow pointers are
-// retrieved from it.
-//
-// 4. final hack is that WX_DECLARE_LIST_3 is defined in terms of
-// WX_DECLARE_LIST_4 to allow defining classes without operator->() as
-// it results in compiler warnings when this operator doesn't make sense
-// (i.e. stored elements are not pointers)
-
-// common part of WX_DECLARE_LIST_3 and WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_4(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp, ptrop) \
- typedef int (*wxSortFuncFor_##name)(const T **, const T **); \
- \
- classexp nodetype : public wxNodeBase \
- { \
- public: \
- nodetype(wxListBase *list = NULL, \
- nodetype *previous = NULL, \
- nodetype *next = NULL, \
- T *data = NULL, \
- const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey) \
- : wxNodeBase(list, previous, next, data, key) { } \
- \
- nodetype *GetNext() const \
- { return (nodetype *)wxNodeBase::GetNext(); } \
- nodetype *GetPrevious() const \
- { return (nodetype *)wxNodeBase::GetPrevious(); } \
- \
- T *GetData() const \
- { return (T *)wxNodeBase::GetData(); } \
- void SetData(T *data) \
- { wxNodeBase::SetData(data); } \
- \
- protected: \
- virtual void DeleteData(); \
- \
- DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(nodetype) \
- }; \
- \
- classexp name : public wxListBase \
- { \
- public: \
- typedef nodetype Node; \
- classexp compatibility_iterator \
- { \
- public: \
- compatibility_iterator(Node *ptr = NULL) : m_ptr(ptr) { } \
- \
- Node *operator->() const { return m_ptr; } \
- operator Node *() const { return m_ptr; } \
- \
- private: \
- Node *m_ptr; \
- }; \
- \
- name(wxKeyType keyType = wxKEY_NONE) : wxListBase(keyType) \
- { } \
- name(const name& list) : wxListBase(list.GetKeyType()) \
- { Assign(list); } \
- name(size_t count, T *elements[]) \
- : wxListBase(count, (void **)elements) { } \
- \
- name& operator=(const name& list) \
- { if (&list != this) Assign(list); return *this; } \
- \
- nodetype *GetFirst() const \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::GetFirst(); } \
- nodetype *GetLast() const \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::GetLast(); } \
- \
- nodetype *Item(size_t index) const \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Item(index); } \
- \
- T *operator[](size_t index) const \
- { \
- nodetype *node = Item(index); \
- return node ? (T*)(node->GetData()) : NULL; \
- } \
- \
- nodetype *Append(Tbase *object) \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Append(object); } \
- nodetype *Insert(Tbase *object) \
- { return (nodetype *)Insert(static_cast<nodetype *>(NULL), \
- object); } \
- nodetype *Insert(size_t pos, Tbase *object) \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Insert(pos, object); } \
- nodetype *Insert(nodetype *prev, Tbase *object) \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Insert(prev, object); } \
- \
- nodetype *Append(long key, void *object) \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Append(key, object); } \
- nodetype *Append(const wxChar *key, void *object) \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Append(key, object); } \
- \
- nodetype *DetachNode(nodetype *node) \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::DetachNode(node); } \
- bool DeleteNode(nodetype *node) \
- { return wxListBase::DeleteNode(node); } \
- bool DeleteObject(Tbase *object) \
- { return wxListBase::DeleteObject(object); } \
- void Erase(nodetype *it) \
- { DeleteNode(it); } \
- \
- nodetype *Find(const Tbase *object) const \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Find(object); } \
- \
- virtual nodetype *Find(const wxListKey& key) const \
- { return (nodetype *)wxListBase::Find(key); } \
- \
- bool Member(const Tbase *object) const \
- { return Find(object) != NULL; } \
- \
- int IndexOf(Tbase *object) const \
- { return wxListBase::IndexOf(object); } \
- \
- void Sort(wxSortCompareFunction func) \
- { wxListBase::Sort(func); } \
- void Sort(wxSortFuncFor_##name func) \
- { Sort((wxSortCompareFunction)func); } \
- \
- protected: \
- virtual wxNodeBase *CreateNode(wxNodeBase *prev, wxNodeBase *next, \
- void *data, \
- const wxListKey& key = wxDefaultListKey) \
- { \
- return new nodetype(this, \
- (nodetype *)prev, (nodetype *)next, \
- (T *)data, key); \
- } \
- /* STL interface */ \
- public: \
- typedef size_t size_type; \
- typedef int difference_type; \
- typedef T* value_type; \
- typedef Tbase* base_value_type; \
- typedef value_type& reference; \
- typedef const value_type& const_reference; \
- typedef base_value_type& base_reference; \
- typedef const base_value_type& const_base_reference; \
- \
- classexp iterator \
- { \
- typedef name list; \
- public: \
- typedef nodetype Node; \
- typedef iterator itor; \
- typedef T* value_type; \
- typedef value_type* ptr_type; \
- typedef value_type& reference; \
- \
- Node* m_node; \
- Node* m_init; \
- public: \
- typedef reference reference_type; \
- typedef ptr_type pointer_type; \
- \
- iterator(Node* node, Node* init) : m_node(node), m_init(init) {}\
- iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } \
- reference_type operator*() const \
- { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); } \
- ptrop \
- itor& operator++() \
- { \
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_node, wxT("uninitialized iterator") ); \
- m_node = m_node->GetNext(); \
- return *this; \
- } \
- const itor operator++(int) \
- { \
- itor tmp = *this; \
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_node, wxT("uninitialized iterator") ); \
- m_node = m_node->GetNext(); \
- return tmp; \
- } \
- itor& operator--() \
- { \
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; \
- return *this; \
- } \
- const itor operator--(int) \
- { \
- itor tmp = *this; \
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; \
- return tmp; \
- } \
- bool operator!=(const itor& it) const \
- { return it.m_node != m_node; } \
- bool operator==(const itor& it) const \
- { return it.m_node == m_node; } \
- }; \
- classexp const_iterator \
- { \
- typedef name list; \
- public: \
- typedef nodetype Node; \
- typedef T* value_type; \
- typedef const value_type& const_reference; \
- typedef const_iterator itor; \
- typedef value_type* ptr_type; \
- \
- Node* m_node; \
- Node* m_init; \
- public: \
- typedef const_reference reference_type; \
- typedef const ptr_type pointer_type; \
- \
- const_iterator(Node* node, Node* init) \
- : m_node(node), m_init(init) { } \
- const_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } \
- const_iterator(const iterator& it) \
- : m_node(it.m_node), m_init(it.m_init) { } \
- reference_type operator*() const \
- { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); } \
- ptrop \
- itor& operator++() \
- { \
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_node, wxT("uninitialized iterator") ); \
- m_node = m_node->GetNext(); \
- return *this; \
- } \
- const itor operator++(int) \
- { \
- itor tmp = *this; \
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_node, wxT("uninitialized iterator") ); \
- m_node = m_node->GetNext(); \
- return tmp; \
- } \
- itor& operator--() \
- { \
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; \
- return *this; \
- } \
- const itor operator--(int) \
- { \
- itor tmp = *this; \
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetPrevious() : m_init; \
- return tmp; \
- } \
- bool operator!=(const itor& it) const \
- { return it.m_node != m_node; } \
- bool operator==(const itor& it) const \
- { return it.m_node == m_node; } \
- }; \
- classexp reverse_iterator \
- { \
- typedef name list; \
- public: \
- typedef nodetype Node; \
- typedef T* value_type; \
- typedef reverse_iterator itor; \
- typedef value_type* ptr_type; \
- typedef value_type& reference; \
- \
- Node* m_node; \
- Node* m_init; \
- public: \
- typedef reference reference_type; \
- typedef ptr_type pointer_type; \
- \
- reverse_iterator(Node* node, Node* init) \
- : m_node(node), m_init(init) { } \
- reverse_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } \
- reference_type operator*() const \
- { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); } \
- ptrop \
- itor& operator++() \
- { m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return *this; } \
- const itor operator++(int) \
- { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return tmp; }\
- itor& operator--() \
- { m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; return *this; } \
- const itor operator--(int) \
- { \
- itor tmp = *this; \
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; \
- return tmp; \
- } \
- bool operator!=(const itor& it) const \
- { return it.m_node != m_node; } \
- bool operator==(const itor& it) const \
- { return it.m_node == m_node; } \
- }; \
- classexp const_reverse_iterator \
- { \
- typedef name list; \
- public: \
- typedef nodetype Node; \
- typedef T* value_type; \
- typedef const_reverse_iterator itor; \
- typedef value_type* ptr_type; \
- typedef const value_type& const_reference; \
- \
- Node* m_node; \
- Node* m_init; \
- public: \
- typedef const_reference reference_type; \
- typedef const ptr_type pointer_type; \
- \
- const_reverse_iterator(Node* node, Node* init) \
- : m_node(node), m_init(init) { } \
- const_reverse_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_init(NULL) { } \
- const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) \
- : m_node(it.m_node), m_init(it.m_init) { } \
- reference_type operator*() const \
- { return *(pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); } \
- ptrop \
- itor& operator++() \
- { m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return *this; } \
- const itor operator++(int) \
- { itor tmp = *this; m_node = m_node->GetPrevious(); return tmp; }\
- itor& operator--() \
- { m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; return *this;}\
- const itor operator--(int) \
- { \
- itor tmp = *this; \
- m_node = m_node ? m_node->GetNext() : m_init; \
- return tmp; \
- } \
- bool operator!=(const itor& it) const \
- { return it.m_node != m_node; } \
- bool operator==(const itor& it) const \
- { return it.m_node == m_node; } \
- }; \
- \
- wxEXPLICIT name(size_type n, const_reference v = value_type()) \
- { assign(n, v); } \
- name(const const_iterator& first, const const_iterator& last) \
- { assign(first, last); } \
- iterator begin() { return iterator(GetFirst(), GetLast()); } \
- const_iterator begin() const \
- { return const_iterator(GetFirst(), GetLast()); } \
- iterator end() { return iterator(NULL, GetLast()); } \
- const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(NULL, GetLast()); }\
- reverse_iterator rbegin() \
- { return reverse_iterator(GetLast(), GetFirst()); } \
- const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const \
- { return const_reverse_iterator(GetLast(), GetFirst()); } \
- reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(NULL, GetFirst()); }\
- const_reverse_iterator rend() const \
- { return const_reverse_iterator(NULL, GetFirst()); } \
- void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type()) \
- { \
- while (n < size()) \
- pop_back(); \
- while (n > size()) \
- push_back(v); \
- } \
- size_type size() const { return GetCount(); } \
- size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; } \
- bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); } \
- reference front() { return *begin(); } \
- const_reference front() const { return *begin(); } \
- reference back() { iterator tmp = end(); return *--tmp; } \
- const_reference back() const { const_iterator tmp = end(); return *--tmp; }\
- void push_front(const_reference v = value_type()) \
- { Insert(GetFirst(), (const_base_reference)v); } \
- void pop_front() { DeleteNode(GetFirst()); } \
- void push_back(const_reference v = value_type()) \
- { Append((const_base_reference)v); } \
- void pop_back() { DeleteNode(GetLast()); } \
- void assign(const_iterator first, const const_iterator& last) \
- { \
- clear(); \
- for(; first != last; ++first) \
- Append((const_base_reference)*first); \
- } \
- void assign(size_type n, const_reference v = value_type()) \
- { \
- clear(); \
- for(size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i) \
- Append((const_base_reference)v); \
- } \
- iterator insert(const iterator& it, const_reference v) \
- { \
- if ( it == end() ) \
- { \
- Append((const_base_reference)v); \
- /* \
- note that this is the new end(), the old one was \
- invalidated by the Append() call, and this is why we \
- can't use the same code as in the normal case below \
- */ \
- iterator itins(end()); \
- return --itins; \
- } \
- else \
- { \
- Insert(it.m_node, (const_base_reference)v); \
- iterator itins(it); \
- return --itins; \
- } \
- } \
- void insert(const iterator& it, size_type n, const_reference v) \
- { \
- for(size_type i = 0; i < n; ++i) \
- insert(it, v); \
- } \
- void insert(const iterator& it, \
- const_iterator first, const const_iterator& last) \
- { \
- for(; first != last; ++first) \
- insert(it, *first); \
- } \
- iterator erase(const iterator& it) \
- { \
- iterator next = iterator(it.m_node->GetNext(), GetLast()); \
- DeleteNode(it.m_node); return next; \
- } \
- iterator erase(const iterator& first, const iterator& last) \
- { \
- iterator next = last; \
- if ( next != end() ) \
- ++next; \
- DeleteNodes(first.m_node, last.m_node); \
- return next; \
- } \
- void clear() { Clear(); } \
- void splice(const iterator& it, name& l, const iterator& first, const iterator& last)\
- { insert(it, first, last); l.erase(first, last); } \
- void splice(const iterator& it, name& l) \
- { splice(it, l, l.begin(), l.end() ); } \
- void splice(const iterator& it, name& l, const iterator& first) \
- { \
- if ( it != first ) \
- { \
- insert(it, *first); \
- l.erase(first); \
- } \
- } \
- void remove(const_reference v) \
- { DeleteObject((const_base_reference)v); } \
- void reverse() \
- { Reverse(); } \
- /* void swap(name& l) \
- { \
- { size_t t = m_count; m_count = l.m_count; l.m_count = t; } \
- { bool t = m_destroy; m_destroy = l.m_destroy; l.m_destroy = t; }\
- { wxNodeBase* t = m_nodeFirst; m_nodeFirst = l.m_nodeFirst; l.m_nodeFirst = t; }\
- { wxNodeBase* t = m_nodeLast; m_nodeLast = l.m_nodeLast; l.m_nodeLast = t; }\
- { wxKeyType t = m_keyType; m_keyType = l.m_keyType; l.m_keyType = t; }\
- } */ \
- }
-
-#define WX_LIST_PTROP \
- pointer_type operator->() const \
- { return (pointer_type)m_node->GetDataPtr(); }
-#define WX_LIST_PTROP_NONE
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_4(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp, WX_LIST_PTROP_NONE)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_4(T, Tbase, name, nodetype, classexp, WX_LIST_PTROP)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(elementtype, elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_3(elementtype, elementtype, listname, nodename, classexp)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST(elementtype, listname) \
- typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class)
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname) \
- typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, decl) \
- typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, decl)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname) \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(elementtype, listname, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname) \
- typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(elementtype, listname, usergoo) \
- typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class usergoo)
-#define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST_PTR(elementtype, listname, usergoo) \
- typedef elementtype _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##listname; \
- WX_DECLARE_LIST_PTR_2(elementtype, listname, wx##listname##Node, class usergoo)
-
-// this macro must be inserted in your program after
-// #include "wx/listimpl.cpp"
-#define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) "don't forget to include listimpl.cpp!"
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)
-#define WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST(name)
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-// ============================================================================
-// now we can define classes 100% compatible with the old ones
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// commonly used list classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY)
-
-// inline compatibility functions
-
-#if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNodeBase deprecated methods
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxNode *wxNodeBase::Next() const { return (wxNode *)GetNext(); }
-inline wxNode *wxNodeBase::Previous() const { return (wxNode *)GetPrevious(); }
-inline wxObject *wxNodeBase::Data() const { return (wxObject *)GetData(); }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListBase deprecated methods
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline int wxListBase::Number() const { return (int)GetCount(); }
-inline wxNode *wxListBase::First() const { return (wxNode *)GetFirst(); }
-inline wxNode *wxListBase::Last() const { return (wxNode *)GetLast(); }
-inline wxNode *wxListBase::Nth(size_t n) const { return (wxNode *)Item(n); }
-inline wxListBase::operator wxList&() const { return *(wxList*)this; }
-
-#endif
-
-// define this to make a lot of noise about use of the old wxList classes.
-//#define wxWARN_COMPAT_LIST_USE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxList compatibility class: in fact, it's a list of wxObjects
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(wxObject, wxObjectList, wxObjectListNode,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxList : public wxObjectList
-{
-public:
-#if defined(wxWARN_COMPAT_LIST_USE) && !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
- wxList() { }
- wxDEPRECATED( wxList(int key_type) );
-#elif !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
- wxList(int key_type = wxKEY_NONE);
-#endif
-
- // this destructor is required for Darwin
- ~wxList() { }
-
-#if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
- wxList& operator=(const wxList& list)
- { if (&list != this) Assign(list); return *this; }
-
- // compatibility methods
- void Sort(wxSortCompareFunction compfunc) { wxListBase::Sort(compfunc); }
-#endif // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
- template<typename T>
- wxVector<T> AsVector() const
- {
- wxVector<T> vector(size());
- size_t i = 0;
-
- for ( const_iterator it = begin(); it != end(); ++it )
- {
- vector[i++] = static_cast<T>(*it);
- }
-
- return vector;
- }
-#endif // !__VISUALC6__
-
-};
-
-#if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringList class for compatibility with the old code
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_2(wxChar, wxStringListBase, wxStringListNode, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringList : public wxStringListBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors and such
- // default
-#ifdef wxWARN_COMPAT_LIST_USE
- wxStringList();
- wxDEPRECATED( wxStringList(const wxChar *first ...) ); // FIXME-UTF8
-#else
- wxStringList();
- wxStringList(const wxChar *first ...); // FIXME-UTF8
-#endif
-
- // copying the string list: the strings are copied, too (extremely
- // inefficient!)
- wxStringList(const wxStringList& other) : wxStringListBase() { DeleteContents(true); DoCopy(other); }
- wxStringList& operator=(const wxStringList& other)
- {
- if (&other != this)
- {
- Clear();
- DoCopy(other);
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
- // operations
- // makes a copy of the string
- wxNode *Add(const wxChar *s);
-
- // Append to beginning of list
- wxNode *Prepend(const wxChar *s);
-
- bool Delete(const wxChar *s);
-
- wxChar **ListToArray(bool new_copies = false) const;
- bool Member(const wxChar *s) const;
-
- // alphabetic sort
- void Sort();
-
-private:
- void DoCopy(const wxStringList&); // common part of copy ctor and operator=
-};
-
-#else // if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_XO(wxString, wxStringListBase, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringList : public wxStringListBase
-{
-public:
- compatibility_iterator Append(wxChar* s)
- { wxString tmp = s; delete[] s; return wxStringListBase::Append(tmp); }
- compatibility_iterator Insert(wxChar* s)
- { wxString tmp = s; delete[] s; return wxStringListBase::Insert(tmp); }
- compatibility_iterator Insert(size_t pos, wxChar* s)
- {
- wxString tmp = s;
- delete[] s;
- return wxStringListBase::Insert(pos, tmp);
- }
- compatibility_iterator Add(const wxChar* s)
- { push_back(s); return GetLast(); }
- compatibility_iterator Prepend(const wxChar* s)
- { push_front(s); return GetFirst(); }
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#endif // wxLIST_COMPATIBILITY
-
-// delete all list elements
-//
-// NB: the class declaration of the list elements must be visible from the
-// place where you use this macro, otherwise the proper destructor may not
-// be called (a decent compiler should give a warning about it, but don't
-// count on it)!
-#define WX_CLEAR_LIST(type, list) \
- { \
- type::iterator it, en; \
- for( it = (list).begin(), en = (list).end(); it != en; ++it ) \
- delete *it; \
- (list).clear(); \
- }
-
-// append all element of one list to another one
-#define WX_APPEND_LIST(list, other) \
- { \
- wxList::compatibility_iterator node = other->GetFirst(); \
- while ( node ) \
- { \
- (list)->push_back(node->GetData()); \
- node = node->GetNext(); \
- } \
- }
-
-#endif // _WX_LISTH__
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/listbase.h
-// Purpose: wxListCtrl class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04.12.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTBASE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_LISTBASE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// type of compare function for wxListCtrl sort operation
-typedef
-int (wxCALLBACK *wxListCtrlCompare)(wxIntPtr item1, wxIntPtr item2, wxIntPtr sortData);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListCtrl constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// style flags
-#define wxLC_VRULES 0x0001
-#define wxLC_HRULES 0x0002
-
-#define wxLC_ICON 0x0004
-#define wxLC_SMALL_ICON 0x0008
-#define wxLC_LIST 0x0010
-#define wxLC_REPORT 0x0020
-
-#define wxLC_ALIGN_TOP 0x0040
-#define wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT 0x0080
-#define wxLC_AUTOARRANGE 0x0100
-#define wxLC_VIRTUAL 0x0200
-#define wxLC_EDIT_LABELS 0x0400
-#define wxLC_NO_HEADER 0x0800
-#define wxLC_NO_SORT_HEADER 0x1000
-#define wxLC_SINGLE_SEL 0x2000
-#define wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING 0x4000
-#define wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING 0x8000
-
-#define wxLC_MASK_TYPE (wxLC_ICON | wxLC_SMALL_ICON | wxLC_LIST | wxLC_REPORT)
-#define wxLC_MASK_ALIGN (wxLC_ALIGN_TOP | wxLC_ALIGN_LEFT)
-#define wxLC_MASK_SORT (wxLC_SORT_ASCENDING | wxLC_SORT_DESCENDING)
-
-// for compatibility only
-#define wxLC_USER_TEXT wxLC_VIRTUAL
-
-// Omitted because
-// (a) too much detail
-// (b) not enough style flags
-// (c) not implemented anyhow in the generic version
-//
-// #define wxLC_NO_SCROLL
-// #define wxLC_NO_LABEL_WRAP
-// #define wxLC_OWNERDRAW_FIXED
-// #define wxLC_SHOW_SEL_ALWAYS
-
-// Mask flags to tell app/GUI what fields of wxListItem are valid
-#define wxLIST_MASK_STATE 0x0001
-#define wxLIST_MASK_TEXT 0x0002
-#define wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE 0x0004
-#define wxLIST_MASK_DATA 0x0008
-#define wxLIST_SET_ITEM 0x0010
-#define wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH 0x0020
-#define wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT 0x0040
-
-// State flags for indicating the state of an item
-#define wxLIST_STATE_DONTCARE 0x0000
-#define wxLIST_STATE_DROPHILITED 0x0001 // MSW only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED 0x0002
-#define wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED 0x0004
-#define wxLIST_STATE_CUT 0x0008 // MSW only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_DISABLED 0x0010 // OS2 only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_FILTERED 0x0020 // OS2 only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_INUSE 0x0040 // OS2 only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_PICKED 0x0080 // OS2 only
-#define wxLIST_STATE_SOURCE 0x0100 // OS2 only
-
-// Hit test flags, used in HitTest
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ABOVE 0x0001 // Above the client area.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_BELOW 0x0002 // Below the client area.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_NOWHERE 0x0004 // In the client area but below the last item.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON 0x0020 // On the bitmap associated with an item.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL 0x0080 // On the label (string) associated with an item.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT 0x0100 // In the area to the right of an item.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x0200 // On the state icon for a tree view item that is in a user-defined state.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TOLEFT 0x0400 // To the left of the client area.
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_TORIGHT 0x0800 // To the right of the client area.
-
-#define wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEM (wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMICON | wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL | wxLIST_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON)
-
-// GetSubItemRect constants
-#define wxLIST_GETSUBITEMRECT_WHOLEITEM -1l
-
-// Flags for GetNextItem (MSW only except wxLIST_NEXT_ALL)
-enum
-{
- wxLIST_NEXT_ABOVE, // Searches for an item above the specified item
- wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, // Searches for subsequent item by index
- wxLIST_NEXT_BELOW, // Searches for an item below the specified item
- wxLIST_NEXT_LEFT, // Searches for an item to the left of the specified item
- wxLIST_NEXT_RIGHT // Searches for an item to the right of the specified item
-};
-
-// Alignment flags for Arrange (MSW only except wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT)
-enum
-{
- wxLIST_ALIGN_DEFAULT,
- wxLIST_ALIGN_LEFT,
- wxLIST_ALIGN_TOP,
- wxLIST_ALIGN_SNAP_TO_GRID
-};
-
-// Column format (MSW only except wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT)
-enum wxListColumnFormat
-{
- wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
- wxLIST_FORMAT_RIGHT,
- wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE,
- wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTER = wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE
-};
-
-// Autosize values for SetColumnWidth
-enum
-{
- wxLIST_AUTOSIZE = -1,
- wxLIST_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER = -2 // partly supported by generic version
-};
-
-// Flag values for GetItemRect
-enum
-{
- wxLIST_RECT_BOUNDS,
- wxLIST_RECT_ICON,
- wxLIST_RECT_LABEL
-};
-
-// Flag values for FindItem (MSW only)
-enum
-{
- wxLIST_FIND_UP,
- wxLIST_FIND_DOWN,
- wxLIST_FIND_LEFT,
- wxLIST_FIND_RIGHT
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListItemAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of an item
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// TODO: this should be renamed to wxItemAttr or something general like this
-// and used as base class for wxTextAttr which duplicates this class
-// entirely currently
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListItemAttr
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- wxListItemAttr() { }
- wxListItemAttr(const wxColour& colText,
- const wxColour& colBack,
- const wxFont& font)
- : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), m_font(font)
- {
- }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
-
- // setters
- void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; }
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; }
- void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
-
- // accessors
- bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.IsOk(); }
- bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.IsOk(); }
- bool HasFont() const { return m_font.IsOk(); }
-
- const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; }
- const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; }
- const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-
-
- // this is almost like assignment operator except it doesn't overwrite the
- // fields unset in the source attribute
- void AssignFrom(const wxListItemAttr& source)
- {
- if ( source.HasTextColour() )
- SetTextColour(source.GetTextColour());
- if ( source.HasBackgroundColour() )
- SetBackgroundColour(source.GetBackgroundColour());
- if ( source.HasFont() )
- SetFont(source.GetFont());
- }
-
-private:
- wxColour m_colText,
- m_colBack;
- wxFont m_font;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListItem: the item or column info, used to exchange data with wxListCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListItem : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxListItem() { Init(); m_attr = NULL; }
- wxListItem(const wxListItem& item)
- : wxObject(),
- m_mask(item.m_mask),
- m_itemId(item.m_itemId),
- m_col(item.m_col),
- m_state(item.m_state),
- m_stateMask(item.m_stateMask),
- m_text(item.m_text),
- m_image(item.m_image),
- m_data(item.m_data),
- m_format(item.m_format),
- m_width(item.m_width),
- m_attr(NULL)
- {
- // copy list item attributes
- if ( item.HasAttributes() )
- m_attr = new wxListItemAttr(*item.GetAttributes());
- }
-
- wxListItem& operator=(const wxListItem& item)
- {
- if ( &item != this )
- {
- m_mask = item.m_mask;
- m_itemId = item.m_itemId;
- m_col = item.m_col;
- m_state = item.m_state;
- m_stateMask = item.m_stateMask;
- m_text = item.m_text;
- m_image = item.m_image;
- m_data = item.m_data;
- m_format = item.m_format;
- m_width = item.m_width;
- m_attr = item.m_attr ? new wxListItemAttr(*item.m_attr) : NULL;
- }
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxListItem() { delete m_attr; }
-
- // resetting
- void Clear() { Init(); m_text.clear(); ClearAttributes(); }
- void ClearAttributes() { if ( m_attr ) { delete m_attr; m_attr = NULL; } }
-
- // setters
- void SetMask(long mask)
- { m_mask = mask; }
- void SetId(long id)
- { m_itemId = id; }
- void SetColumn(int col)
- { m_col = col; }
- void SetState(long state)
- { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_STATE; m_state = state; m_stateMask |= state; }
- void SetStateMask(long stateMask)
- { m_stateMask = stateMask; }
- void SetText(const wxString& text)
- { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_TEXT; m_text = text; }
- void SetImage(int image)
- { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE; m_image = image; }
- void SetData(long data)
- { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_DATA; m_data = data; }
- void SetData(void *data)
- { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_DATA; m_data = wxPtrToUInt(data); }
-
- void SetWidth(int width)
- { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_WIDTH; m_width = width; }
- void SetAlign(wxListColumnFormat align)
- { m_mask |= wxLIST_MASK_FORMAT; m_format = align; }
-
- void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText)
- { Attributes().SetTextColour(colText); }
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack)
- { Attributes().SetBackgroundColour(colBack); }
- void SetFont(const wxFont& font)
- { Attributes().SetFont(font); }
-
- // accessors
- long GetMask() const { return m_mask; }
- long GetId() const { return m_itemId; }
- int GetColumn() const { return m_col; }
- long GetState() const { return m_state & m_stateMask; }
- const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; }
- int GetImage() const { return m_image; }
- wxUIntPtr GetData() const { return m_data; }
-
- int GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
- wxListColumnFormat GetAlign() const { return (wxListColumnFormat)m_format; }
-
- wxListItemAttr *GetAttributes() const { return m_attr; }
- bool HasAttributes() const { return m_attr != NULL; }
-
- wxColour GetTextColour() const
- { return HasAttributes() ? m_attr->GetTextColour() : wxNullColour; }
- wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const
- { return HasAttributes() ? m_attr->GetBackgroundColour()
- : wxNullColour; }
- wxFont GetFont() const
- { return HasAttributes() ? m_attr->GetFont() : wxNullFont; }
-
- // this conversion is necessary to make old code using GetItem() to
- // compile
- operator long() const { return m_itemId; }
-
- // these members are public for compatibility
-
- long m_mask; // Indicates what fields are valid
- long m_itemId; // The zero-based item position
- int m_col; // Zero-based column, if in report mode
- long m_state; // The state of the item
- long m_stateMask;// Which flags of m_state are valid (uses same flags)
- wxString m_text; // The label/header text
- int m_image; // The zero-based index into an image list
- wxUIntPtr m_data; // App-defined data
-
- // For columns only
- int m_format; // left, right, centre
- int m_width; // width of column
-
-#ifdef __WXPM__
- int m_miniImage; // handle to the mini image for OS/2
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // creates m_attr if we don't have it yet
- wxListItemAttr& Attributes()
- {
- if ( !m_attr )
- m_attr = new wxListItemAttr;
-
- return *m_attr;
- }
-
- void Init()
- {
- m_mask = 0;
- m_itemId = -1;
- m_col = 0;
- m_state = 0;
- m_stateMask = 0;
- m_image = -1;
- m_data = 0;
-
- m_format = wxLIST_FORMAT_CENTRE;
- m_width = 0;
- }
-
- wxListItemAttr *m_attr; // optional pointer to the items style
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListItem)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListCtrlBase: the base class for the main control itself.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Unlike other base classes, this class doesn't currently define the API of
-// the real control class but is just used for implementation convenience. We
-// should define the public class functions as pure virtual here in the future
-// however.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListCtrlBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxListCtrlBase() { }
-
- // Image list methods.
- // -------------------
-
- // Associate the given (possibly NULL to indicate that no images will be
- // used) image list with the control. The ownership of the image list
- // passes to the control, i.e. it will be deleted when the control itself
- // is destroyed.
- //
- // The value of "which" must be one of wxIMAGE_LIST_{NORMAL,SMALL,STATE}.
- virtual void AssignImageList(wxImageList* imageList, int which) = 0;
-
- // Same as AssignImageList() but the control does not delete the image list
- // so it can be shared among several controls.
- virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList, int which) = 0;
-
- // Return the currently used image list, may be NULL.
- virtual wxImageList* GetImageList(int which) const = 0;
-
-
- // Column-related methods.
- // -----------------------
-
- // All these methods can only be used in report view mode.
-
- // Appends a new column.
- //
- // Returns the index of the newly inserted column or -1 on error.
- long AppendColumn(const wxString& heading,
- wxListColumnFormat format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
- int width = -1);
-
- // Add a new column to the control at the position "col".
- //
- // Returns the index of the newly inserted column or -1 on error.
- long InsertColumn(long col, const wxListItem& info);
- long InsertColumn(long col,
- const wxString& heading,
- int format = wxLIST_FORMAT_LEFT,
- int width = wxLIST_AUTOSIZE);
-
- // Delete the given or all columns.
- virtual bool DeleteColumn(int col) = 0;
- virtual bool DeleteAllColumns() = 0;
-
- // Return the current number of columns.
- virtual int GetColumnCount() const = 0;
-
- // Get or update information about the given column. Set item mask to
- // indicate the fields to retrieve or change.
- //
- // Returns false on error, e.g. if the column index is invalid.
- virtual bool GetColumn(int col, wxListItem& item) const = 0;
- virtual bool SetColumn(int col, const wxListItem& item) = 0;
-
- // Convenient wrappers for the above methods which get or update just the
- // column width.
- virtual int GetColumnWidth(int col) const = 0;
- virtual bool SetColumnWidth(int col, int width) = 0;
-
- // return the attribute for the item (may return NULL if none)
- virtual wxListItemAttr *OnGetItemAttr(long item) const;
-
- // Other miscellaneous accessors.
- // ------------------------------
-
- // Convenient functions for testing the list control mode:
- bool InReportView() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_REPORT); }
- bool IsVirtual() const { return HasFlag(wxLC_VIRTUAL); }
-
- // Enable or disable beep when incremental match doesn't find any item.
- // Only implemented in the generic version currently.
- virtual void EnableBellOnNoMatch(bool WXUNUSED(on) = true) { }
-
- void EnableAlternateRowColours(bool enable = true);
- void SetAlternateRowColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
-protected:
- // Real implementations methods to which our public forwards.
- virtual long DoInsertColumn(long col, const wxListItem& info) = 0;
-
- // Overridden methods of the base class.
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const;
-
-private:
- // user defined color to draw row lines, may be invalid
- wxListItemAttr m_alternateRowColour;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListEvent - the event class for the wxListCtrl notifications
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxListEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
- : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid)
- , m_code(-1)
- , m_oldItemIndex(-1)
- , m_itemIndex(-1)
- , m_col(-1)
- , m_pointDrag()
- , m_item()
- , m_editCancelled(false)
- { }
-
- wxListEvent(const wxListEvent& event)
- : wxNotifyEvent(event)
- , m_code(event.m_code)
- , m_oldItemIndex(event.m_oldItemIndex)
- , m_itemIndex(event.m_itemIndex)
- , m_col(event.m_col)
- , m_pointDrag(event.m_pointDrag)
- , m_item(event.m_item)
- , m_editCancelled(event.m_editCancelled)
- { }
-
- int GetKeyCode() const { return m_code; }
- long GetIndex() const { return m_itemIndex; }
- int GetColumn() const { return m_col; }
- wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; }
- const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_item.m_text; }
- const wxString& GetText() const { return m_item.m_text; }
- int GetImage() const { return m_item.m_image; }
- wxUIntPtr GetData() const { return m_item.m_data; }
- long GetMask() const { return m_item.m_mask; }
- const wxListItem& GetItem() const { return m_item; }
-
- // for wxEVT_LIST_CACHE_HINT only
- long GetCacheFrom() const { return m_oldItemIndex; }
- long GetCacheTo() const { return m_itemIndex; }
-
- // was label editing canceled? (for wxEVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT only)
- bool IsEditCancelled() const { return m_editCancelled; }
- void SetEditCanceled(bool editCancelled) { m_editCancelled = editCancelled; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxListEvent(*this); }
-
-//protected: -- not for backwards compatibility
- int m_code;
- long m_oldItemIndex; // only for wxEVT_LIST_CACHE_HINT
- long m_itemIndex;
- int m_col;
- wxPoint m_pointDrag;
-
- wxListItem m_item;
-
-protected:
- bool m_editCancelled;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxListEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListCtrl event macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, wxListEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_KEY_DOWN, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_INSERT_ITEM, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_COL_CLICK, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_CACHE_HINT, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_COL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_COL_DRAGGING, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_COL_END_DRAG, wxListEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED, wxListEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxListEventFunction)(wxListEvent&);
-
-#define wxListEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxListEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_LIST_ ## evt, id, wxListEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(BEGIN_RDRAG, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(END_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(DELETE_ITEM, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(DELETE_ALL_ITEMS, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(KEY_DOWN, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_INSERT_ITEM(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(INSERT_ITEM, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_LIST_COL_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_COL_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_COL_DRAGGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_DRAGGING, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_COL_END_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(COL_END_DRAG, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_SELECTED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_DESELECTED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_ACTIVATED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(ITEM_FOCUSED, id, fn)
-
-#define EVT_LIST_CACHE_HINT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_LISTEVT(CACHE_HINT, id, fn)
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG wxEVT_LIST_BEGIN_DRAG
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG wxEVT_LIST_BEGIN_RDRAG
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT wxEVT_LIST_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT wxEVT_LIST_END_LABEL_EDIT
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ITEM wxEVT_LIST_DELETE_ITEM
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS wxEVT_LIST_DELETE_ALL_ITEMS
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_SELECTED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_DESELECTED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_KEY_DOWN wxEVT_LIST_KEY_DOWN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_INSERT_ITEM wxEVT_LIST_INSERT_ITEM
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_CLICK wxEVT_LIST_COL_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_CACHE_HINT wxEVT_LIST_CACHE_HINT
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_RIGHT_CLICK wxEVT_LIST_COL_RIGHT_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG wxEVT_LIST_COL_BEGIN_DRAG
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_DRAGGING wxEVT_LIST_COL_DRAGGING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_COL_END_DRAG wxEVT_LIST_COL_END_DRAG
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED wxEVT_LIST_ITEM_FOCUSED
-
-
-#endif
- // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/listbook.h
-// Purpose: wxListbook: wxListCtrl and wxNotebook combination
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 19.08.03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_LISTBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListView;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-
-// wxListbook flags
-#define wxLB_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT
-#define wxLB_TOP wxBK_TOP
-#define wxLB_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM
-#define wxLB_LEFT wxBK_LEFT
-#define wxLB_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT
-#define wxLB_ALIGN_MASK wxBK_ALIGN_MASK
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListbook
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListbook : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxBookCtrlBase>
-{
-public:
- wxListbook() { }
-
- wxListbook(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // quasi ctor
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-
-
- // overridden base class methods
- virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText);
- virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const;
- virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const;
- virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId);
- virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n,
- wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
- virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
- virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); }
- virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
- virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-
- virtual bool DeleteAllPages();
-
- wxListView* GetListView() const { return (wxListView*)m_bookctrl; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page);
-
- void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel);
-
- wxBookCtrlEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const;
- void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent &event);
-
- // Get the correct wxListCtrl flags to use depending on our own flags.
- long GetListCtrlFlags() const;
-
- // event handlers
- void OnListSelected(wxListEvent& event);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-private:
- // this should be called when we need to be relaid out
- void UpdateSize();
-
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxListbook)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// listbook event class and related stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxListbookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only (notice that
-// we use #define and not typedef to also keep compatibility with the existing
-// code which forward declares it)
-#define wxListbookEvent wxBookCtrlEvent
-typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxListbookEventFunction;
-#define wxListbookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func)
-
-#define EVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_LISTBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_LISTBOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/listbox.h
-// Purpose: wxListBox class interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 22.10.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" // base class
-
-// forward declarations are enough here
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayInt;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxListBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListBox interface is defined by the class wxListBoxBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListBoxBase : public wxControlWithItems
-{
-public:
- wxListBoxBase() { }
- virtual ~wxListBoxBase();
-
- void InsertItems(unsigned int nItems, const wxString *items, unsigned int pos)
- { Insert(nItems, items, pos); }
- void InsertItems(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos)
- { Insert(items, pos); }
-
- // multiple selection logic
- virtual bool IsSelected(int n) const = 0;
- virtual void SetSelection(int n);
- void SetSelection(int n, bool select) { DoSetSelection(n, select); }
- void Deselect(int n) { DoSetSelection(n, false); }
- void DeselectAll(int itemToLeaveSelected = -1);
-
- virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s, bool select);
- virtual bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s)
- {
- return SetStringSelection(s, true);
- }
-
- // works for single as well as multiple selection listboxes (unlike
- // GetSelection which only works for listboxes with single selection)
- virtual int GetSelections(wxArrayInt& aSelections) const = 0;
-
- // set the specified item at the first visible item or scroll to max
- // range.
- void SetFirstItem(int n) { DoSetFirstItem(n); }
- void SetFirstItem(const wxString& s);
-
- // ensures that the given item is visible scrolling the listbox if
- // necessary
- virtual void EnsureVisible(int n);
-
- // a combination of Append() and EnsureVisible(): appends the item to the
- // listbox and ensures that it is visible i.e. not scrolled out of view
- void AppendAndEnsureVisible(const wxString& s);
-
- // return true if the listbox allows multiple selection
- bool HasMultipleSelection() const
- {
- return (m_windowStyle & wxLB_MULTIPLE) ||
- (m_windowStyle & wxLB_EXTENDED);
- }
-
- // override wxItemContainer::IsSorted
- virtual bool IsSorted() const { return HasFlag( wxLB_SORT ); }
-
- // emulate selecting or deselecting the item event.GetInt() (depending on
- // event.GetExtraLong())
- void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- // return the index of the item at this position or wxNOT_FOUND
- int HitTest(const wxPoint& point) const { return DoListHitTest(point); }
- int HitTest(int x, int y) const { return DoListHitTest(wxPoint(x, y)); }
-
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetFirstItem(int n) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoSetSelection(int n, bool select) = 0;
-
- // there is already wxWindow::DoHitTest() so call this one differently
- virtual int DoListHitTest(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(point)) const
- { return wxNOT_FOUND; }
-
- // Helper for the code generating events in single selection mode: updates
- // m_oldSelections and return true if the selection really changed.
- // Otherwise just returns false.
- bool DoChangeSingleSelection(int item);
-
- // Helper for generating events in multiple and extended mode: compare the
- // current selections with the previously recorded ones (in
- // m_oldSelections) and send the appropriate event if they differ,
- // otherwise just return false.
- bool CalcAndSendEvent();
-
- // Send a listbox (de)selection or double click event.
- //
- // Returns true if the event was processed.
- bool SendEvent(wxEventType evtType, int item, bool selected);
-
- // Array storing the indices of all selected items that we already notified
- // the user code about for multi selection list boxes.
- //
- // For single selection list boxes, we reuse this array to store the single
- // currently selected item, this is used by DoChangeSingleSelection().
- //
- // TODO-OPT: wxSelectionStore would be more efficient for big list boxes.
- wxArrayInt m_oldSelections;
-
- // Update m_oldSelections with currently selected items (does nothing in
- // single selection mode on platforms other than MSW).
- void UpdateOldSelections();
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxListBoxBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-specific class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/listbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/listbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-#endif
- // _WX_LISTBOX_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/listctrl.h
-// Purpose: wxListCtrl class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04.12.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h" // headers should include this before first wxUSE_XXX check
-
-#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-
-#include "wx/listbase.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxListCtrlNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the wxListCtrl class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/msw/listctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON
- #include "wx/osx/listctrl.h"
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/listctrl.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxListView: a class which provides a better API for list control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxListView : public wxListCtrl
-{
-public:
- wxListView() { }
- wxListView( wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxLC_REPORT,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString &name = wxListCtrlNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- // focus/selection stuff
- // ---------------------
-
- // [de]select an item
- void Select(long n, bool on = true)
- {
- SetItemState(n, on ? wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED : 0, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED);
- }
-
- // focus and show the given item
- void Focus(long index)
- {
- SetItemState(index, wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED, wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED);
- EnsureVisible(index);
- }
-
- // get the currently focused item or -1 if none
- long GetFocusedItem() const
- {
- return GetNextItem(-1, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, wxLIST_STATE_FOCUSED);
- }
-
- // get first and subsequent selected items, return -1 when no more
- long GetNextSelected(long item) const
- { return GetNextItem(item, wxLIST_NEXT_ALL, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED); }
- long GetFirstSelected() const
- { return GetNextSelected(-1); }
-
- // return true if the item is selected
- bool IsSelected(long index) const
- { return GetItemState(index, wxLIST_STATE_SELECTED) != 0; }
-
- // columns
- // -------
-
- void SetColumnImage(int col, int image)
- {
- wxListItem item;
- item.SetMask(wxLIST_MASK_IMAGE);
- item.SetImage(image);
- SetColumn(col, item);
- }
-
- void ClearColumnImage(int col) { SetColumnImage(col, -1); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxListView)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-
-#endif
- // _WX_LISTCTRL_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/listimpl.cpp
-// Purpose: second-part of macro based implementation of template lists
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 16/11/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#undef WX_DEFINE_LIST
-#define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) \
- void _WX_LIST_HELPER_##name::DeleteFunction( _WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##name X )\
- { \
- delete X; \
- } \
- _WX_LIST_HELPER_##name::BaseListType _WX_LIST_HELPER_##name::EmptyList;
-
-#else // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
- #undef WX_DEFINE_LIST_2
- #define WX_DEFINE_LIST_2(T, name) \
- void wx##name##Node::DeleteData() \
- { \
- delete (T *)GetData(); \
- }
-
- // redefine the macro so that now it will generate the class implementation
- // old value would provoke a compile-time error if this file is not included
- #undef WX_DEFINE_LIST
- #define WX_DEFINE_LIST(name) WX_DEFINE_LIST_2(_WX_LIST_ITEM_TYPE_##name, name)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS/!wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/log.h
-// Purpose: Assorted wxLogXXX functions, and wxLog (sink for logs)
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LOG_H_
-#define _WX_LOG_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/cpp.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: this is needed even if wxUSE_LOG == 0
-typedef unsigned long wxLogLevel;
-
-// the trace masks have been superseded by symbolic trace constants, they're
-// for compatibility only and will be removed soon - do NOT use them
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- #define wxTraceMemAlloc 0x0001 // trace memory allocation (new/delete)
- #define wxTraceMessages 0x0002 // trace window messages/X callbacks
- #define wxTraceResAlloc 0x0004 // trace GDI resource allocation
- #define wxTraceRefCount 0x0008 // trace various ref counting operations
-
- #ifdef __WINDOWS__
- #define wxTraceOleCalls 0x0100 // OLE interface calls
- #endif
-
- typedef unsigned long wxTraceMask;
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/strvararg.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#if wxUSE_LOG
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
- #include <time.h> // for time_t
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- #include "wx/thread.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
-// wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG enables the debug log messages
-#ifndef wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
- #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL
- #define wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG 1
- #else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL
- #define wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// wxUSE_LOG_TRACE enables the trace messages, they are disabled by default
-#ifndef wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
- #if wxDEBUG_LEVEL
- #define wxUSE_LOG_TRACE 1
- #else // !wxDEBUG_LEVEL
- #define wxUSE_LOG_TRACE 0
- #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
-
-// wxLOG_COMPONENT identifies the component which generated the log record and
-// can be #define'd to a user-defined value when compiling the user code to use
-// component-based filtering (see wxLog::SetComponentLevel())
-#ifndef wxLOG_COMPONENT
- // this is a variable and not a macro in order to allow the user code to
- // just #define wxLOG_COMPONENT without #undef'ining it first
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const char *) wxLOG_COMPONENT;
-
- #ifdef WXBUILDING
- #define wxLOG_COMPONENT "wx"
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// different standard log levels (you may also define your own)
-enum wxLogLevelValues
-{
- wxLOG_FatalError, // program can't continue, abort immediately
- wxLOG_Error, // a serious error, user must be informed about it
- wxLOG_Warning, // user is normally informed about it but may be ignored
- wxLOG_Message, // normal message (i.e. normal output of a non GUI app)
- wxLOG_Status, // informational: might go to the status line of GUI app
- wxLOG_Info, // informational message (a.k.a. 'Verbose')
- wxLOG_Debug, // never shown to the user, disabled in release mode
- wxLOG_Trace, // trace messages are also only enabled in debug mode
- wxLOG_Progress, // used for progress indicator (not yet)
- wxLOG_User = 100, // user defined levels start here
- wxLOG_Max = 10000
-};
-
-// symbolic trace masks - wxLogTrace("foo", "some trace message...") will be
-// discarded unless the string "foo" has been added to the list of allowed
-// ones with AddTraceMask()
-
-#define wxTRACE_MemAlloc wxT("memalloc") // trace memory allocation (new/delete)
-#define wxTRACE_Messages wxT("messages") // trace window messages/X callbacks
-#define wxTRACE_ResAlloc wxT("resalloc") // trace GDI resource allocation
-#define wxTRACE_RefCount wxT("refcount") // trace various ref counting operations
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- #define wxTRACE_OleCalls wxT("ole") // OLE interface calls
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/iosfwrap.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// information about a log record, i.e. unit of log output
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxLogRecordInfo
-{
-public:
- // default ctor creates an uninitialized object
- wxLogRecordInfo()
- {
- memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
- }
-
- // normal ctor, used by wxLogger specifies the location of the log
- // statement; its time stamp and thread id are set up here
- wxLogRecordInfo(const char *filename_,
- int line_,
- const char *func_,
- const char *component_)
- {
- filename = filename_;
- func = func_;
- line = line_;
- component = component_;
-
- timestamp = time(NULL);
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- threadId = wxThread::GetCurrentId();
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
- m_data = NULL;
- }
-
- // we need to define copy ctor and assignment operator because of m_data
- wxLogRecordInfo(const wxLogRecordInfo& other)
- {
- Copy(other);
- }
-
- wxLogRecordInfo& operator=(const wxLogRecordInfo& other)
- {
- if ( &other != this )
- {
- delete m_data;
- Copy(other);
- }
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // dtor is non-virtual, this class is not meant to be derived from
- ~wxLogRecordInfo()
- {
- delete m_data;
- }
-
-
- // the file name and line number of the file where the log record was
- // generated, if available or NULL and 0 otherwise
- const char *filename;
- int line;
-
- // the name of the function where the log record was generated (may be NULL
- // if the compiler doesn't support __FUNCTION__)
- const char *func;
-
- // the name of the component which generated this message, may be NULL if
- // not set (i.e. wxLOG_COMPONENT not defined)
- const char *component;
-
- // time of record generation
- time_t timestamp;
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- // id of the thread which logged this record
- wxThreadIdType threadId;
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
-
- // store an arbitrary value in this record context
- //
- // wxWidgets always uses keys starting with "wx.", e.g. "wx.sys_error"
- void StoreValue(const wxString& key, wxUIntPtr val)
- {
- if ( !m_data )
- m_data = new ExtraData;
-
- m_data->numValues[key] = val;
- }
-
- void StoreValue(const wxString& key, const wxString& val)
- {
- if ( !m_data )
- m_data = new ExtraData;
-
- m_data->strValues[key] = val;
- }
-
-
- // these functions retrieve the value of either numeric or string key,
- // return false if not found
- bool GetNumValue(const wxString& key, wxUIntPtr *val) const
- {
- if ( !m_data )
- return false;
-
- wxStringToNumHashMap::const_iterator it = m_data->numValues.find(key);
- if ( it == m_data->numValues.end() )
- return false;
-
- *val = it->second;
-
- return true;
- }
-
- bool GetStrValue(const wxString& key, wxString *val) const
- {
- if ( !m_data )
- return false;
-
- wxStringToStringHashMap::const_iterator it = m_data->strValues.find(key);
- if ( it == m_data->strValues.end() )
- return false;
-
- *val = it->second;
-
- return true;
- }
-
-private:
- void Copy(const wxLogRecordInfo& other)
- {
- memcpy(this, &other, sizeof(*this));
- if ( other.m_data )
- m_data = new ExtraData(*other.m_data);
- }
-
- // extra data associated with the log record: this is completely optional
- // and can be used to pass information from the log function to the log
- // sink (e.g. wxLogSysError() uses this to pass the error code)
- struct ExtraData
- {
- wxStringToNumHashMap numValues;
- wxStringToStringHashMap strValues;
- };
-
- // NULL if not used
- ExtraData *m_data;
-};
-
-#define wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK "wx.trace_mask"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// log record: a unit of log output
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct wxLogRecord
-{
- wxLogRecord(wxLogLevel level_,
- const wxString& msg_,
- const wxLogRecordInfo& info_)
- : level(level_),
- msg(msg_),
- info(info_)
- {
- }
-
- wxLogLevel level;
- wxString msg;
- wxLogRecordInfo info;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Derive from this class to customize format of log messages.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogFormatter
-{
-public:
- // Default constructor.
- wxLogFormatter() { }
-
- // Trivial but virtual destructor for the base class.
- virtual ~wxLogFormatter() { }
-
-
- // Override this method to implement custom formatting of the given log
- // record. The default implementation simply prepends a level-dependent
- // prefix to the message and optionally adds a time stamp.
- virtual wxString Format(wxLogLevel level,
- const wxString& msg,
- const wxLogRecordInfo& info) const;
-
-protected:
- // Override this method to change just the time stamp formatting. It is
- // called by default Format() implementation.
- virtual wxString FormatTime(time_t t) const;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// derive from this class to redirect (or suppress, or ...) log messages
-// normally, only a single instance of this class exists but it's not enforced
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLog
-{
-public:
- // ctor
- wxLog() : m_formatter(new wxLogFormatter) { }
-
- // make dtor virtual for all derived classes
- virtual ~wxLog();
-
-
- // log messages selection
- // ----------------------
-
- // these functions allow to completely disable all log messages or disable
- // log messages at level less important than specified for the current
- // thread
-
- // is logging enabled at all now?
- static bool IsEnabled()
- {
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- if ( !wxThread::IsMain() )
- return IsThreadLoggingEnabled();
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
- return ms_doLog;
- }
-
- // change the flag state, return the previous one
- static bool EnableLogging(bool enable = true)
- {
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- if ( !wxThread::IsMain() )
- return EnableThreadLogging(enable);
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
- bool doLogOld = ms_doLog;
- ms_doLog = enable;
- return doLogOld;
- }
-
- // return the current global log level
- static wxLogLevel GetLogLevel() { return ms_logLevel; }
-
- // set global log level: messages with level > logLevel will not be logged
- static void SetLogLevel(wxLogLevel logLevel) { ms_logLevel = logLevel; }
-
- // set the log level for the given component
- static void SetComponentLevel(const wxString& component, wxLogLevel level);
-
- // return the effective log level for this component, falling back to
- // parent component and to the default global log level if necessary
- //
- // NB: component argument is passed by value and not const reference in an
- // attempt to encourage compiler to avoid an extra copy: as we modify
- // the component internally, we'd create one anyhow and like this it
- // can be avoided if the string is a temporary anyhow
- static wxLogLevel GetComponentLevel(wxString component);
-
-
- // is logging of messages from this component enabled at this level?
- //
- // usually always called with wxLOG_COMPONENT as second argument
- static bool IsLevelEnabled(wxLogLevel level, wxString component)
- {
- return IsEnabled() && level <= GetComponentLevel(component);
- }
-
-
- // enable/disable messages at wxLOG_Verbose level (only relevant if the
- // current log level is greater or equal to it)
- //
- // notice that verbose mode can be activated by the standard command-line
- // '--verbose' option
- static void SetVerbose(bool bVerbose = true) { ms_bVerbose = bVerbose; }
-
- // check if verbose messages are enabled
- static bool GetVerbose() { return ms_bVerbose; }
-
-
- // message buffering
- // -----------------
-
- // flush shows all messages if they're not logged immediately (FILE
- // and iostream logs don't need it, but wxLogGui does to avoid showing
- // 17 modal dialogs one after another)
- virtual void Flush();
-
- // flush the active target if any and also output any pending messages from
- // background threads
- static void FlushActive();
-
- // only one sink is active at each moment get current log target, will call
- // wxAppTraits::CreateLogTarget() to create one if none exists
- static wxLog *GetActiveTarget();
-
- // change log target, logger may be NULL
- static wxLog *SetActiveTarget(wxLog *logger);
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- // change log target for the current thread only, shouldn't be called from
- // the main thread as it doesn't use thread-specific log target
- static wxLog *SetThreadActiveTarget(wxLog *logger);
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
- // suspend the message flushing of the main target until the next call
- // to Resume() - this is mainly for internal use (to prevent wxYield()
- // from flashing the messages)
- static void Suspend() { ms_suspendCount++; }
-
- // must be called for each Suspend()!
- static void Resume() { ms_suspendCount--; }
-
- // should GetActiveTarget() try to create a new log object if the
- // current is NULL?
- static void DontCreateOnDemand();
-
- // Make GetActiveTarget() create a new log object again.
- static void DoCreateOnDemand();
-
- // log the count of repeating messages instead of logging the messages
- // multiple times
- static void SetRepetitionCounting(bool bRepetCounting = true)
- { ms_bRepetCounting = bRepetCounting; }
-
- // gets duplicate counting status
- static bool GetRepetitionCounting() { return ms_bRepetCounting; }
-
- // add string trace mask
- static void AddTraceMask(const wxString& str);
-
- // add string trace mask
- static void RemoveTraceMask(const wxString& str);
-
- // remove all string trace masks
- static void ClearTraceMasks();
-
- // get string trace masks: note that this is MT-unsafe if other threads can
- // call AddTraceMask() concurrently
- static const wxArrayString& GetTraceMasks();
-
- // is this trace mask in the list?
- static bool IsAllowedTraceMask(const wxString& mask);
-
-
- // log formatting
- // -----------------
-
- // Change wxLogFormatter object used by wxLog to format the log messages.
- //
- // wxLog takes ownership of the pointer passed in but the caller is
- // responsible for deleting the returned pointer.
- wxLogFormatter* SetFormatter(wxLogFormatter* formatter);
-
-
- // All the time stamp related functions below only work when the default
- // wxLogFormatter is being used. Defining a custom formatter overrides them
- // as it could use its own time stamp format or format messages without
- // using time stamp at all.
-
-
- // sets the time stamp string format: this is used as strftime() format
- // string for the log targets which add time stamps to the messages; set
- // it to empty string to disable time stamping completely.
- static void SetTimestamp(const wxString& ts) { ms_timestamp = ts; }
-
- // disable time stamping of log messages
- static void DisableTimestamp() { SetTimestamp(wxEmptyString); }
-
-
- // get the current timestamp format string (maybe empty)
- static const wxString& GetTimestamp() { return ms_timestamp; }
-
-
-
- // helpers: all functions in this section are mostly for internal use only,
- // don't call them from your code even if they are not formally deprecated
-
- // put the time stamp into the string if ms_timestamp is not empty (don't
- // change it otherwise); the first overload uses the current time.
- static void TimeStamp(wxString *str);
- static void TimeStamp(wxString *str, time_t t);
-
- // these methods should only be called from derived classes DoLogRecord(),
- // DoLogTextAtLevel() and DoLogText() implementations respectively and
- // shouldn't be called directly, use logging functions instead
- void LogRecord(wxLogLevel level,
- const wxString& msg,
- const wxLogRecordInfo& info)
- {
- DoLogRecord(level, msg, info);
- }
-
- void LogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg)
- {
- DoLogTextAtLevel(level, msg);
- }
-
- void LogText(const wxString& msg)
- {
- DoLogText(msg);
- }
-
- // this is a helper used by wxLogXXX() functions, don't call it directly
- // and see DoLog() for function to overload in the derived classes
- static void OnLog(wxLogLevel level,
- const wxString& msg,
- const wxLogRecordInfo& info);
-
- // version called when no information about the location of the log record
- // generation is available (but the time stamp is), it mainly exists for
- // backwards compatibility, don't use it in new code
- static void OnLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg, time_t t);
-
- // a helper calling the above overload with current time
- static void OnLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg)
- {
- OnLog(level, msg, time(NULL));
- }
-
-
- // this method exists for backwards compatibility only, don't use
- bool HasPendingMessages() const { return true; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // this function doesn't do anything any more, don't call it
- static wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(
- wxChar *SetLogBuffer(wxChar *, size_t = 0), return NULL;
- );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- // don't use integer masks any more, use string trace masks instead
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- static wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void SetTraceMask(wxTraceMask ulMask),
- ms_ulTraceMask = ulMask; )
-
- // this one can't be marked deprecated as it's used in our own wxLogger
- // below but it still is deprecated and shouldn't be used
- static wxTraceMask GetTraceMask() { return ms_ulTraceMask; }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-protected:
- // the logging functions that can be overridden: DoLogRecord() is called
- // for every "record", i.e. a unit of log output, to be logged and by
- // default formats the message and passes it to DoLogTextAtLevel() which in
- // turn passes it to DoLogText() by default
-
- // override this method if you want to change message formatting or do
- // dynamic filtering
- virtual void DoLogRecord(wxLogLevel level,
- const wxString& msg,
- const wxLogRecordInfo& info);
-
- // override this method to redirect output to different channels depending
- // on its level only; if even the level doesn't matter, override
- // DoLogText() instead
- virtual void DoLogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg);
-
- // this function is not pure virtual as it might not be needed if you do
- // the logging in overridden DoLogRecord() or DoLogTextAtLevel() directly
- // but if you do not override them in your derived class you must override
- // this one as the default implementation of it simply asserts
- virtual void DoLogText(const wxString& msg);
-
-
- // the rest of the functions are for backwards compatibility only, don't
- // use them in new code; if you're updating your existing code you need to
- // switch to overriding DoLogRecord/Text() above (although as long as these
- // functions exist, log classes using them will continue to work)
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(
- virtual void DoLog(wxLogLevel level, const char *szString, time_t t)
- );
-
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(
- virtual void DoLog(wxLogLevel level, const wchar_t *wzString, time_t t)
- );
-
- // these shouldn't be used by new code
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE(
- virtual void DoLogString(const char *WXUNUSED(szString),
- time_t WXUNUSED(t)),
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
- )
-
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY_INLINE(
- virtual void DoLogString(const wchar_t *WXUNUSED(wzString),
- time_t WXUNUSED(t)),
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
- )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-
- // log a message indicating the number of times the previous message was
- // repeated if previous repetition counter is strictly positive, does
- // nothing otherwise; return the old value of repetition counter
- unsigned LogLastRepeatIfNeeded();
-
-private:
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- // called from FlushActive() to really log any buffered messages logged
- // from the other threads
- void FlushThreadMessages();
-
- // these functions are called for non-main thread only by IsEnabled() and
- // EnableLogging() respectively
- static bool IsThreadLoggingEnabled();
- static bool EnableThreadLogging(bool enable = true);
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
- // get the active log target for the main thread, auto-creating it if
- // necessary
- //
- // this is called from GetActiveTarget() and OnLog() when they're called
- // from the main thread
- static wxLog *GetMainThreadActiveTarget();
-
- // called from OnLog() if it's called from the main thread or if we have a
- // (presumably MT-safe) thread-specific logger and by FlushThreadMessages()
- // when it plays back the buffered messages logged from the other threads
- void CallDoLogNow(wxLogLevel level,
- const wxString& msg,
- const wxLogRecordInfo& info);
-
-
- // variables
- // ----------------
-
- wxLogFormatter *m_formatter; // We own this pointer.
-
-
- // static variables
- // ----------------
-
- // if true, don't log the same message multiple times, only log it once
- // with the number of times it was repeated
- static bool ms_bRepetCounting;
-
- static wxLog *ms_pLogger; // currently active log sink
- static bool ms_doLog; // false => all logging disabled
- static bool ms_bAutoCreate; // create new log targets on demand?
- static bool ms_bVerbose; // false => ignore LogInfo messages
-
- static wxLogLevel ms_logLevel; // limit logging to levels <= ms_logLevel
-
- static size_t ms_suspendCount; // if positive, logs are not flushed
-
- // format string for strftime(), if empty, time stamping log messages is
- // disabled
- static wxString ms_timestamp;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- static wxTraceMask ms_ulTraceMask; // controls wxLogTrace behaviour
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// "trivial" derivations of wxLog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// log everything except for the debug/trace messages (which are passed to
-// wxMessageOutputDebug) to a buffer
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogBuffer : public wxLog
-{
-public:
- wxLogBuffer() { }
-
- // get the string contents with all messages logged
- const wxString& GetBuffer() const { return m_str; }
-
- // show the buffer contents to the user in the best possible way (this uses
- // wxMessageOutputMessageBox) and clear it
- virtual void Flush();
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoLogTextAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& msg);
-
-private:
- wxString m_str;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogBuffer);
-};
-
-
-// log everything to a "FILE *", stderr by default
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogStderr : public wxLog
-{
-public:
- // redirect log output to a FILE
- wxLogStderr(FILE *fp = NULL);
-
-protected:
- // implement sink function
- virtual void DoLogText(const wxString& msg);
-
- FILE *m_fp;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogStderr);
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-// log everything to an "ostream", cerr by default
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogStream : public wxLog
-{
-public:
- // redirect log output to an ostream
- wxLogStream(wxSTD ostream *ostr = (wxSTD ostream *) NULL);
-
-protected:
- // implement sink function
- virtual void DoLogText(const wxString& msg);
-
- // using ptr here to avoid including <iostream.h> from this file
- wxSTD ostream *m_ostr;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// /dev/null log target: suppress logging until this object goes out of scope
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// example of usage:
-/*
- void Foo()
- {
- wxFile file;
-
- // wxFile.Open() normally complains if file can't be opened, we don't
- // want it
- wxLogNull logNo;
-
- if ( !file.Open("bar") )
- ... process error ourselves ...
-
- // ~wxLogNull called, old log sink restored
- }
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogNull
-{
-public:
- wxLogNull() : m_flagOld(wxLog::EnableLogging(false)) { }
- ~wxLogNull() { (void)wxLog::EnableLogging(m_flagOld); }
-
-private:
- bool m_flagOld; // the previous value of the wxLog::ms_doLog
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// chaining log target: installs itself as a log target and passes all
-// messages to the real log target given to it in the ctor but also forwards
-// them to the previously active one
-//
-// note that you don't have to call SetActiveTarget() with this class, it
-// does it itself in its ctor
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogChain : public wxLog
-{
-public:
- wxLogChain(wxLog *logger);
- virtual ~wxLogChain();
-
- // change the new log target
- void SetLog(wxLog *logger);
-
- // this can be used to temporarily disable (and then reenable) passing
- // messages to the old logger (by default we do pass them)
- void PassMessages(bool bDoPass) { m_bPassMessages = bDoPass; }
-
- // are we passing the messages to the previous log target?
- bool IsPassingMessages() const { return m_bPassMessages; }
-
- // return the previous log target (may be NULL)
- wxLog *GetOldLog() const { return m_logOld; }
-
- // override base class version to flush the old logger as well
- virtual void Flush();
-
- // call to avoid destroying the old log target
- void DetachOldLog() { m_logOld = NULL; }
-
-protected:
- // pass the record to the old logger if needed
- virtual void DoLogRecord(wxLogLevel level,
- const wxString& msg,
- const wxLogRecordInfo& info);
-
-private:
- // the current log target
- wxLog *m_logNew;
-
- // the previous log target
- wxLog *m_logOld;
-
- // do we pass the messages to the old logger?
- bool m_bPassMessages;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogChain);
-};
-
-// a chain log target which uses itself as the new logger
-
-#define wxLogPassThrough wxLogInterposer
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogInterposer : public wxLogChain
-{
-public:
- wxLogInterposer();
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogInterposer);
-};
-
-// a temporary interposer which doesn't destroy the old log target
-// (calls DetachOldLog)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogInterposerTemp : public wxLogChain
-{
-public:
- wxLogInterposerTemp();
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogInterposerTemp);
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- // include GUI log targets:
- #include "wx/generic/logg.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxLogger
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxLogger is a helper class used by wxLogXXX() functions implementation,
-// don't use it directly as it's experimental and subject to change (OTOH it
-// might become public in the future if it's deemed to be useful enough)
-
-// contains information about the context from which a log message originates
-// and provides Log() vararg method which forwards to wxLog::OnLog() and passes
-// this context to it
-class wxLogger
-{
-public:
- // ctor takes the basic information about the log record
- wxLogger(wxLogLevel level,
- const char *filename,
- int line,
- const char *func,
- const char *component)
- : m_level(level),
- m_info(filename, line, func, component)
- {
- }
-
- // store extra data in our log record and return this object itself (so
- // that further calls to its functions could be chained)
- template <typename T>
- wxLogger& Store(const wxString& key, T val)
- {
- m_info.StoreValue(key, val);
- return *this;
- }
-
- // hack for "overloaded" wxLogXXX() functions: calling this method
- // indicates that we may have an extra first argument preceding the format
- // string and that if we do have it, we should store it in m_info using the
- // given key (while by default 0 value will be used)
- wxLogger& MaybeStore(const wxString& key, wxUIntPtr value = 0)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_optKey.empty(), "can only have one optional value" );
- m_optKey = key;
-
- m_info.StoreValue(key, value);
- return *this;
- }
-
-
- // non-vararg function used by wxVLogXXX():
-
- // log the message at the level specified in the ctor if this log message
- // is enabled
- void LogV(const wxString& format, va_list argptr)
- {
- // remember that fatal errors can't be disabled
- if ( m_level == wxLOG_FatalError ||
- wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(m_level, m_info.component) )
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- }
-
- // overloads used by functions with optional leading arguments (whose
- // values are stored in the key passed to MaybeStore())
- void LogV(long num, const wxString& format, va_list argptr)
- {
- Store(m_optKey, num);
-
- LogV(format, argptr);
- }
-
- void LogV(void *ptr, const wxString& format, va_list argptr)
- {
- Store(m_optKey, wxPtrToUInt(ptr));
-
- LogV(format, argptr);
- }
-
- void LogVTrace(const wxString& mask, const wxString& format, va_list argptr)
- {
- if ( !wxLog::IsAllowedTraceMask(mask) )
- return;
-
- Store(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, mask);
-
- LogV(format, argptr);
- }
-
-
- // vararg functions used by wxLogXXX():
-
- // will log the message at the level specified in the ctor
- //
- // notice that this function supposes that the caller already checked that
- // the level was enabled and does no checks itself
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID
- (
- Log,
- 1, (const wxFormatString&),
- DoLog, DoLogUtf8
- )
-
- // same as Log() but with an extra numeric or pointer parameters: this is
- // used to pass an optional value by storing it in m_info under the name
- // passed to MaybeStore() and is required to support "overloaded" versions
- // of wxLogStatus() and wxLogSysError()
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID
- (
- Log,
- 2, (long, const wxFormatString&),
- DoLogWithNum, DoLogWithNumUtf8
- )
-
- // unfortunately we can't use "void *" here as we get overload ambiguities
- // with Log(wxFormatString, ...) when the first argument is a "char *" or
- // "wchar_t *" then -- so we only allow passing wxObject here, which is
- // ugly but fine in practice as this overload is only used by wxLogStatus()
- // whose first argument is a wxFrame
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID
- (
- Log,
- 2, (wxObject *, const wxFormatString&),
- DoLogWithPtr, DoLogWithPtrUtf8
- )
-
- // log the message at the level specified as its first argument
- //
- // as the macros don't have access to the level argument in this case, this
- // function does check that the level is enabled itself
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID
- (
- LogAtLevel,
- 2, (wxLogLevel, const wxFormatString&),
- DoLogAtLevel, DoLogAtLevelUtf8
- )
-
- // special versions for wxLogTrace() which is passed either string or
- // integer mask as first argument determining whether the message should be
- // logged or not
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID
- (
- LogTrace,
- 2, (const wxString&, const wxFormatString&),
- DoLogTrace, DoLogTraceUtf8
- )
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID
- (
- LogTrace,
- 2, (wxTraceMask, const wxFormatString&),
- DoLogTraceMask, DoLogTraceMaskUtf8
- )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 1, (const wxString&),
- (wxFormatString(f1)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 1, (const wxCStrData&),
- (wxFormatString(f1)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 1, (const char*),
- (wxFormatString(f1)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 1, (const wchar_t*),
- (wxFormatString(f1)))
-
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 2, (long, const wxString&),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 2, (long, const wxCStrData&),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 2, (long, const char *),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 2, (long, const wchar_t *),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
-
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 2, (wxObject *, const wxString&),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 2, (wxObject *, const wxCStrData&),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 2, (wxObject *, const char *),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Log,
- 2, (wxObject *, const wchar_t *),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
-
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogAtLevel,
- 2, (wxLogLevel, const wxString&),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogAtLevel,
- 2, (wxLogLevel, const wxCStrData&),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogAtLevel,
- 2, (wxLogLevel, const char *),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogAtLevel,
- 2, (wxLogLevel, const wchar_t *),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
-
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace,
- 2, (const wxString&, const wxString&),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace,
- 2, (const wxString&, const wxCStrData&),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace,
- 2, (const wxString&, const char *),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace,
- 2, (const wxString&, const wchar_t *),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace,
- 2, (wxTraceMask, wxTraceMask),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace,
- 2, (wxTraceMask, const wxCStrData&),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace,
- 2, (wxTraceMask, const char *),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, LogTrace,
- 2, (wxTraceMask, const wchar_t *),
- (f1, wxFormatString(f2)))
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-#endif // __WATCOMC__
-
-private:
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- void DoLog(const wxChar *format, ...)
- {
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-
- void DoLogWithNum(long num, const wxChar *format, ...)
- {
- Store(m_optKey, num);
-
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-
- void DoLogWithPtr(void *ptr, const wxChar *format, ...)
- {
- Store(m_optKey, wxPtrToUInt(ptr));
-
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-
- void DoLogAtLevel(wxLogLevel level, const wxChar *format, ...)
- {
- if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(level, m_info.component) )
- return;
-
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(level, format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-
- void DoLogTrace(const wxString& mask, const wxChar *format, ...)
- {
- if ( !wxLog::IsAllowedTraceMask(mask) )
- return;
-
- Store(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, mask);
-
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- void DoLogTraceMask(wxTraceMask mask, const wxChar *format, ...)
- {
- if ( (wxLog::GetTraceMask() & mask) != mask )
- return;
-
- Store(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, mask);
-
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- void DoLogUtf8(const char *format, ...)
- {
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-
- void DoLogWithNumUtf8(long num, const char *format, ...)
- {
- Store(m_optKey, num);
-
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-
- void DoLogWithPtrUtf8(void *ptr, const char *format, ...)
- {
- Store(m_optKey, wxPtrToUInt(ptr));
-
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-
- void DoLogAtLevelUtf8(wxLogLevel level, const char *format, ...)
- {
- if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(level, m_info.component) )
- return;
-
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(level, format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-
- void DoLogTraceUtf8(const wxString& mask, const char *format, ...)
- {
- if ( !wxLog::IsAllowedTraceMask(mask) )
- return;
-
- Store(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, mask);
-
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- void DoLogTraceMaskUtf8(wxTraceMask mask, const char *format, ...)
- {
- if ( (wxLog::GetTraceMask() & mask) != mask )
- return;
-
- Store(wxLOG_KEY_TRACE_MASK, mask);
-
- va_list argptr;
- va_start(argptr, format);
- DoCallOnLog(format, argptr);
- va_end(argptr);
- }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
- void DoCallOnLog(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& format, va_list argptr)
- {
- wxLog::OnLog(level, wxString::FormatV(format, argptr), m_info);
- }
-
- void DoCallOnLog(const wxString& format, va_list argptr)
- {
- DoCallOnLog(m_level, format, argptr);
- }
-
-
- const wxLogLevel m_level;
- wxLogRecordInfo m_info;
-
- wxString m_optKey;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxLogger);
-};
-
-// ============================================================================
-// global functions
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// get error code/error message from system in a portable way
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// return the last system error code
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE unsigned long wxSysErrorCode();
-
-// return the error message for given (or last if 0) error code
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar* wxSysErrorMsg(unsigned long nErrCode = 0);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// define wxLog<level>() functions which can be used by application instead of
-// stdio, iostream &c for log messages for easy redirection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- The code below is unreadable because it (unfortunately unavoidably)
- contains a lot of macro magic but all it does is to define wxLogXXX() such
- that you can call them as vararg functions to log a message at the
- corresponding level.
-
- More precisely, it defines:
-
- - wxLog{FatalError,Error,Warning,Message,Verbose,Debug}() functions
- taking the format string and additional vararg arguments if needed.
- - wxLogGeneric(wxLogLevel level, const wxString& format, ...) which
- takes the log level explicitly.
- - wxLogSysError(const wxString& format, ...) and wxLogSysError(long
- err, const wxString& format, ...) which log a wxLOG_Error severity
- message with the error message corresponding to the system error code
- err or the last error.
- - wxLogStatus(const wxString& format, ...) which logs the message into
- the status bar of the main application window and its overload
- wxLogStatus(wxFrame *frame, const wxString& format, ...) which logs it
- into the status bar of the specified frame.
- - wxLogTrace(Mask mask, const wxString& format, ...) which only logs
- the message is the specified mask is enabled. This comes in two kinds:
- Mask can be a wxString or a long. Both are deprecated.
-
- In addition, wxVLogXXX() versions of all the functions above are also
- defined. They take a va_list argument instead of "...".
- */
-
-// creates wxLogger object for the current location
-#define wxMAKE_LOGGER(level) \
- wxLogger(wxLOG_##level, __FILE__, __LINE__, __WXFUNCTION__, wxLOG_COMPONENT)
-
-// this macro generates the expression which logs whatever follows it in
-// parentheses at the level specified as argument
-#define wxDO_LOG(level) wxMAKE_LOGGER(level).Log
-
-// this is the non-vararg equivalent
-#define wxDO_LOGV(level, format, argptr) \
- wxMAKE_LOGGER(level).LogV(format, argptr)
-
-// this macro declares wxLog<level>() macro which logs whatever follows it if
-// logging at specified level is enabled (notice that if it is false, the
-// following arguments are not even evaluated which is good as it avoids
-// unnecessary overhead)
-//
-// Note: the strange (because executing at most once) for() loop because we
-// must arrange for wxDO_LOG() to be at the end of the macro and using a
-// more natural "if (IsLevelEnabled()) wxDO_LOG()" would result in wrong
-// behaviour for the following code ("else" would bind to the wrong "if"):
-//
-// if ( cond )
-// wxLogError("!!!");
-// else
-// ...
-//
-// See also #11829 for the problems with other simpler approaches,
-// notably the need for two macros due to buggy __LINE__ in MSVC.
-//
-// Note 2: Unfortunately we can't use the same solution for all compilers
-// because the loop-based one results in problems with MSVC6 due to its
-// wrong (pre-C++98) rules for the scope of the variables declared
-// inside the loop, as this prevents us from using wxLogXXX() in switch
-// statement clauses ("initialization of loopvar skipped by case"). So
-// for now, i.e. while we still support VC6, use the previous solution
-// for it (FIXME-VC6).
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
-#define wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(level) \
- if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_##level, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \
- {} \
- else \
- wxDO_LOG(level)
-#else
-#define wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED_HELPER(level, loopvar) \
- for ( bool loopvar = false; \
- !loopvar && wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_##level, wxLOG_COMPONENT); \
- loopvar = true ) \
- wxDO_LOG(level)
-
-#define wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(level) \
- wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED_HELPER(level, wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxlogcheck))
-#endif
-
-// wxLogFatalError() is special as it can't be disabled
-#define wxLogFatalError wxDO_LOG(FatalError)
-#define wxVLogFatalError(format, argptr) wxDO_LOGV(FatalError, format, argptr)
-
-#define wxLogError wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(Error)
-#define wxVLogError(format, argptr) wxDO_LOGV(Error, format, argptr)
-
-#define wxLogWarning wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(Warning)
-#define wxVLogWarning(format, argptr) wxDO_LOGV(Warning, format, argptr)
-
-#define wxLogMessage wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(Message)
-#define wxVLogMessage(format, argptr) wxDO_LOGV(Message, format, argptr)
-
-// this one is special as it only logs if we're in verbose mode
-#define wxLogVerbose \
- if ( !(wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Info, wxLOG_COMPONENT) && \
- wxLog::GetVerbose()) ) \
- {} \
- else \
- wxDO_LOG(Info)
-#define wxVLogVerbose(format, argptr) \
- if ( !(wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Info, wxLOG_COMPONENT) && \
- wxLog::GetVerbose()) ) \
- {} \
- else \
- wxDO_LOGV(Info, format, argptr)
-
-// deprecated synonyms for wxLogVerbose() and wxVLogVerbose()
-#define wxLogInfo wxLogVerbose
-#define wxVLogInfo wxVLogVerbose
-
-
-// another special case: the level is passed as first argument of the function
-// and so is not available to the macro
-//
-// notice that because of this, arguments of wxLogGeneric() are currently
-// always evaluated, unlike for the other log functions
-#define wxLogGeneric wxMAKE_LOGGER(Max).LogAtLevel
-#define wxVLogGeneric(level, format, argptr) \
- if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_##level, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \
- {} \
- else \
- wxDO_LOGV(level, format, argptr)
-
-
-// wxLogSysError() needs to stash the error code value in the log record info
-// so it needs special handling too; additional complications arise because the
-// error code may or not be present as the first argument
-//
-// notice that we unfortunately can't avoid the call to wxSysErrorCode() even
-// though it may be unneeded if an explicit error code is passed to us because
-// the message might not be logged immediately (e.g. it could be queued for
-// logging from the main thread later) and so we can't to wait until it is
-// logged to determine whether we have last error or not as it will be too late
-// and it will have changed already by then (in fact it even changes when
-// wxString::Format() is called because of vsnprintf() inside it so it can
-// change even much sooner)
-#define wxLOG_KEY_SYS_ERROR_CODE "wx.sys_error"
-
-#define wxLogSysError \
- if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Error, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \
- {} \
- else \
- wxMAKE_LOGGER(Error).MaybeStore(wxLOG_KEY_SYS_ERROR_CODE, \
- wxSysErrorCode()).Log
-
-// unfortunately we can't have overloaded macros so we can't define versions
-// both with and without error code argument and have to rely on LogV()
-// overloads in wxLogger to select between them
-#define wxVLogSysError \
- wxMAKE_LOGGER(Error).MaybeStore(wxLOG_KEY_SYS_ERROR_CODE, \
- wxSysErrorCode()).LogV
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- // wxLogStatus() is similar to wxLogSysError() as it allows to optionally
- // specify the frame to which the message should go
- #define wxLOG_KEY_FRAME "wx.frame"
-
- #define wxLogStatus \
- if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Status, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \
- {} \
- else \
- wxMAKE_LOGGER(Status).MaybeStore(wxLOG_KEY_FRAME).Log
-
- #define wxVLogStatus \
- wxMAKE_LOGGER(Status).MaybeStore(wxLOG_KEY_FRAME).LogV
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-
-#else // !wxUSE_LOG
-
-#undef wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
-#define wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG 0
-
-#undef wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
-#define wxUSE_LOG_TRACE 0
-
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__MINGW32__)
- // Mingw has similar problem with wxLogSysError:
- #define WX_WATCOM_OR_MINGW_ONLY_CODE( x ) x
-#else
- #define WX_WATCOM_OR_MINGW_ONLY_CODE( x )
-#endif
-
-// define macros for defining log functions which do nothing at all
-//
-// WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE is needed to work around
-// http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
-#define wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(level) \
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 1, (const wxFormatString&)) \
- WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE( \
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 1, (const char*)) \
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 1, (const wchar_t*)) \
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 1, (const wxCStrData&)) \
- ) \
- inline void wxVLog##level(const wxFormatString& WXUNUSED(format), \
- va_list WXUNUSED(argptr)) { } \
-
-#define wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION2(level, argclass) \
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 2, (argclass, const wxFormatString&)) \
- WX_WATCOM_OR_MINGW_ONLY_CODE( \
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 2, (argclass, const char*)) \
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 2, (argclass, const wchar_t*)) \
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLog##level, 2, (argclass, const wxCStrData&)) \
- ) \
- inline void wxVLog##level(argclass WXUNUSED(arg), \
- const wxFormatString& WXUNUSED(format), \
- va_list WXUNUSED(argptr)) {}
-
-wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(FatalError);
-wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Error);
-wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(SysError);
-wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION2(SysError, long);
-wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Warning);
-wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Message);
-wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Info);
-wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Verbose);
-
-wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION2(Generic, wxLogLevel);
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION(Status);
- wxDEFINE_EMPTY_LOG_FUNCTION2(Status, wxFrame *);
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// Empty Class to fake wxLogNull
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLogNull
-{
-public:
- wxLogNull() { }
-};
-
-// Dummy macros to replace some functions.
-#define wxSysErrorCode() (unsigned long)0
-#define wxSysErrorMsg( X ) (const wxChar*)NULL
-
-// Fake symbolic trace masks... for those that are used frequently
-#define wxTRACE_OleCalls wxEmptyString // OLE interface calls
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG/!wxUSE_LOG
-
-
-// debug functions can be completely disabled in optimized builds
-
-// if these log functions are disabled, we prefer to define them as (empty)
-// variadic macros as this completely removes them and their argument
-// evaluation from the object code but if this is not supported by compiler we
-// use empty inline functions instead (defining them as nothing would result in
-// compiler warnings)
-//
-// note that making wxVLogDebug/Trace() themselves (empty inline) functions is
-// a bad idea as some compilers are stupid enough to not inline even empty
-// functions if their parameters are complicated enough, but by defining them
-// as an empty inline function we ensure that even dumbest compilers optimise
-// them away
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
- // but Borland gives "W8019: Code has no effect" for wxLogNop() so we need
- // to define it differently for it to avoid these warnings (same problem as
- // with wxUnusedVar())
- #define wxLogNop() { }
-#else
- inline void wxLogNop() { }
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
- #define wxLogDebug wxDO_LOG_IF_ENABLED(Debug)
- #define wxVLogDebug(format, argptr) wxDO_LOGV(Debug, format, argptr)
-#else // !wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
- #define wxVLogDebug(fmt, valist) wxLogNop()
-
- #ifdef HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
- #define wxLogDebug(fmt, ...) wxLogNop()
- #else // !HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLogDebug, 1, (const wxFormatString&))
- #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG/!wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
-
-#if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
- #define wxLogTrace \
- if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Trace, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \
- {} \
- else \
- wxMAKE_LOGGER(Trace).LogTrace
- #define wxVLogTrace \
- if ( !wxLog::IsLevelEnabled(wxLOG_Trace, wxLOG_COMPONENT) ) \
- {} \
- else \
- wxMAKE_LOGGER(Trace).LogVTrace
-#else // !wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
- #define wxVLogTrace(mask, fmt, valist) wxLogNop()
-
- #ifdef HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
- #define wxLogTrace(mask, fmt, ...) wxLogNop()
- #else // !HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
- #if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLogTrace, 2, (wxTraceMask, const wxFormatString&))
- #endif
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLogTrace, 2, (const wxString&, const wxFormatString&))
- #ifdef __WATCOMC__
- // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLogTrace, 2, (const char*, const char*))
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(wxLogTrace, 2, (const wchar_t*, const wchar_t*))
- #endif
- #endif // HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS/!HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE/!wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
-
-// wxLogFatalError helper: show the (fatal) error to the user in a safe way,
-// i.e. without using wxMessageBox() for example because it could crash
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-wxSafeShowMessage(const wxString& title, const wxString& text);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// debug only logging functions: use them with API name and error code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
- // make life easier for people using VC++ IDE: clicking on the message
- // will take us immediately to the place of the failed API
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- #define wxLogApiError(api, rc) \
- wxLogDebug(wxT("%s(%d): '%s' failed with error 0x%08lx (%s)."), \
- __FILE__, __LINE__, api, \
- (long)rc, wxSysErrorMsg(rc))
-#else // !VC++
- #define wxLogApiError(api, rc) \
- wxLogDebug(wxT("In file %s at line %d: '%s' failed with ") \
- wxT("error 0x%08lx (%s)."), \
- __FILE__, __LINE__, api, \
- (long)rc, wxSysErrorMsg(rc))
-#endif // VC++/!VC++
-
- #define wxLogLastError(api) wxLogApiError(api, wxSysErrorCode())
-
-#else // !wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
- #define wxLogApiError(api, err) wxLogNop()
- #define wxLogLastError(api) wxLogNop()
-#endif // wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG/!wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
-
-// wxCocoa has additiional trace masks
-#if defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/log.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE
- #undef WX_WATCOM_ONLY_CODE
-#endif
-
-// macro which disables debug logging in release builds: this is done by
-// default by wxIMPLEMENT_APP() so usually it doesn't need to be used explicitly
-#if defined(NDEBUG) && wxUSE_LOG_DEBUG
- #define wxDISABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING_IN_RELEASE_BUILD() \
- wxLog::SetLogLevel(wxLOG_Info)
-#else // !NDEBUG
- #define wxDISABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING_IN_RELEASE_BUILD()
-#endif // NDEBUG/!NDEBUG
-
-#endif // _WX_LOG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/longlong.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxLongLong class - best implementation of a 64
-// bit integer for the current platform.
-// Author: Jeffrey C. Ollie <jeff@ollie.clive.ia.us>, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10.02.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_LONGLONG_H
-#define _WX_LONGLONG_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#include <limits.h> // for LONG_MAX
-
-// define this to compile wxLongLongWx in "test" mode: the results of all
-// calculations will be compared with the real results taken from
-// wxLongLongNative -- this is extremely useful to find the bugs in
-// wxLongLongWx class!
-
-// #define wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX 1
- #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE 1
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// decide upon which class we will use
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef wxLongLong_t
- // both warning and pragma warning are not portable, but at least an
- // unknown pragma should never be an error -- except that, actually, some
- // broken compilers don't like it, so we have to disable it in this case
- // <sigh>
- #ifdef __GNUC__
- #warning "Your compiler does not appear to support 64 bit "\
- "integers, using emulation class instead.\n" \
- "Please report your compiler version to " \
- "wx-dev@lists.wxwidgets.org!"
- #elif !(defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__VISAGECPP__))
- #pragma warning "Your compiler does not appear to support 64 bit "\
- "integers, using emulation class instead.\n" \
- "Please report your compiler version to " \
- "wx-dev@lists.wxwidgets.org!"
- #endif
-
- #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX 1
-#endif // compiler
-
-// the user may predefine wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE and/or wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-// to disable automatic testing (useful for the test program which defines
-// both classes) but by default we only use one class
-#if (defined(wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX) && wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX) || !defined(wxLongLong_t)
- // don't use both classes unless wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE was explicitly set:
- // this is useful in test programs and only there
- #ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
- #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE 0
- #endif
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLongLongWx;
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxULongLongWx;
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(__WIN32__)
- #define wxLongLong wxLongLongWx
- #define wxULongLong wxULongLongWx
-#else
- typedef wxLongLongWx wxLongLong;
- typedef wxULongLongWx wxULongLong;
-#endif
-
-#else
- // if nothing is defined, use native implementation by default, of course
- #ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
- #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
- #define wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX 0
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLongLongNative;
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxULongLongNative;
- typedef wxLongLongNative wxLongLong;
- typedef wxULongLongNative wxULongLong;
-#endif
-
-// NB: if both wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX and NATIVE are defined, the user code should
-// typedef wxLongLong as it wants, we don't do it
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// choose the appropriate class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we use iostream for wxLongLong output
-#include "wx/iosfwrap.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLongNative
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // default ctor initializes to 0
- wxLongLongNative() : m_ll(0) { }
- // from long long
- wxLongLongNative(wxLongLong_t ll) : m_ll(ll) { }
- // from 2 longs
- wxLongLongNative(wxInt32 hi, wxUint32 lo)
- {
- // cast to wxLongLong_t first to avoid precision loss!
- m_ll = ((wxLongLong_t) hi) << 32;
- m_ll |= (wxLongLong_t) lo;
- }
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
- wxLongLongNative(wxLongLongWx ll);
-#endif
-
- // default copy ctor is ok
-
- // no dtor
-
- // assignment operators
- // from native 64 bit integer
-#ifndef wxLongLongIsLong
- wxLongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLong_t ll)
- { m_ll = ll; return *this; }
- wxLongLongNative& operator=(wxULongLong_t ll)
- { m_ll = ll; return *this; }
-#endif // !wxLongLongNative
- wxLongLongNative& operator=(const wxULongLongNative &ll);
- wxLongLongNative& operator=(int l)
- { m_ll = l; return *this; }
- wxLongLongNative& operator=(long l)
- { m_ll = l; return *this; }
- wxLongLongNative& operator=(unsigned int l)
- { m_ll = l; return *this; }
- wxLongLongNative& operator=(unsigned long l)
- { m_ll = l; return *this; }
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
- wxLongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLongWx ll);
- wxLongLongNative& operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll);
-#endif
-
-
- // from double: this one has an explicit name because otherwise we
- // would have ambiguity with "ll = int" and also because we don't want
- // to have implicit conversions between doubles and wxLongLongs
- wxLongLongNative& Assign(double d)
- { m_ll = (wxLongLong_t)d; return *this; }
-
- // assignment operators from wxLongLongNative is ok
-
- // accessors
- // get high part
- wxInt32 GetHi() const
- { return wx_truncate_cast(wxInt32, m_ll >> 32); }
- // get low part
- wxUint32 GetLo() const
- { return wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_ll); }
-
- // get absolute value
- wxLongLongNative Abs() const { return wxLongLongNative(*this).Abs(); }
- wxLongLongNative& Abs() { if ( m_ll < 0 ) m_ll = -m_ll; return *this; }
-
- // convert to native long long
- wxLongLong_t GetValue() const { return m_ll; }
-
- // convert to long with range checking in debug mode (only!)
- long ToLong() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( (m_ll >= LONG_MIN) && (m_ll <= LONG_MAX),
- wxT("wxLongLong to long conversion loss of precision") );
-
- return wx_truncate_cast(long, m_ll);
- }
-
- // convert to double
- double ToDouble() const { return wx_truncate_cast(double, m_ll); }
-
- // don't provide implicit conversion to wxLongLong_t or we will have an
- // ambiguity for all arithmetic operations
- //operator wxLongLong_t() const { return m_ll; }
-
- // operations
- // addition
- wxLongLongNative operator+(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll + ll.m_ll); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator+=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll += ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
- wxLongLongNative operator+(const wxLongLong_t ll) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll + ll); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator+=(const wxLongLong_t ll)
- { m_ll += ll; return *this; }
-
- // pre increment
- wxLongLongNative& operator++()
- { m_ll++; return *this; }
-
- // post increment
- wxLongLongNative operator++(int)
- { wxLongLongNative value(*this); m_ll++; return value; }
-
- // negation operator
- wxLongLongNative operator-() const
- { return wxLongLongNative(-m_ll); }
- wxLongLongNative& Negate() { m_ll = -m_ll; return *this; }
-
- // subtraction
- wxLongLongNative operator-(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll - ll.m_ll); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator-=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll -= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
- wxLongLongNative operator-(const wxLongLong_t ll) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll - ll); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator-=(const wxLongLong_t ll)
- { m_ll -= ll; return *this; }
-
- // pre decrement
- wxLongLongNative& operator--()
- { m_ll--; return *this; }
-
- // post decrement
- wxLongLongNative operator--(int)
- { wxLongLongNative value(*this); m_ll--; return value; }
-
- // shifts
- // left shift
- wxLongLongNative operator<<(int shift) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll << shift); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator<<=(int shift)
- { m_ll <<= shift; return *this; }
-
- // right shift
- wxLongLongNative operator>>(int shift) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll >> shift); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator>>=(int shift)
- { m_ll >>= shift; return *this; }
-
- // bitwise operators
- wxLongLongNative operator&(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll & ll.m_ll); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator&=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll &= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
- wxLongLongNative operator|(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll | ll.m_ll); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator|=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll |= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
- wxLongLongNative operator^(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll ^ ll.m_ll); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator^=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll ^= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
- // multiplication/division
- wxLongLongNative operator*(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll * ll.m_ll); }
- wxLongLongNative operator*(long l) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll * l); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator*=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll *= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
- wxLongLongNative& operator*=(long l)
- { m_ll *= l; return *this; }
-
- wxLongLongNative operator/(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll / ll.m_ll); }
- wxLongLongNative operator/(long l) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll / l); }
- wxLongLongNative& operator/=(const wxLongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll /= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
- wxLongLongNative& operator/=(long l)
- { m_ll /= l; return *this; }
-
- wxLongLongNative operator%(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll % ll.m_ll); }
- wxLongLongNative operator%(long l) const
- { return wxLongLongNative(m_ll % l); }
-
- // comparison
- bool operator==(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll == ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator==(long l) const
- { return m_ll == l; }
- bool operator!=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll != ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator!=(long l) const
- { return m_ll != l; }
- bool operator<(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll < ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator<(long l) const
- { return m_ll < l; }
- bool operator>(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll > ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator>(long l) const
- { return m_ll > l; }
- bool operator<=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll <= ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator<=(long l) const
- { return m_ll <= l; }
- bool operator>=(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll >= ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator>=(long l) const
- { return m_ll >= l; }
-
- // miscellaneous
-
- // return the string representation of this number
- wxString ToString() const;
-
- // conversion to byte array: returns a pointer to static buffer!
- void *asArray() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
- // input/output
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxLongLongNative&);
-#endif
-
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxLongLongNative&);
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxLongLongNative&);
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxLongLongNative&);
-#endif
-
-private:
- wxLongLong_t m_ll;
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLongNative
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // default ctor initializes to 0
- wxULongLongNative() : m_ll(0) { }
- // from long long
- wxULongLongNative(wxULongLong_t ll) : m_ll(ll) { }
- // from 2 longs
- wxULongLongNative(wxUint32 hi, wxUint32 lo) : m_ll(0)
- {
- // cast to wxLongLong_t first to avoid precision loss!
- m_ll = ((wxULongLong_t) hi) << 32;
- m_ll |= (wxULongLong_t) lo;
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
- wxULongLongNative(const class wxULongLongWx &ll);
-#endif
-
- // default copy ctor is ok
-
- // no dtor
-
- // assignment operators
- // from native 64 bit integer
-#ifndef wxLongLongIsLong
- wxULongLongNative& operator=(wxULongLong_t ll)
- { m_ll = ll; return *this; }
- wxULongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLong_t ll)
- { m_ll = ll; return *this; }
-#endif // !wxLongLongNative
- wxULongLongNative& operator=(int l)
- { m_ll = l; return *this; }
- wxULongLongNative& operator=(long l)
- { m_ll = l; return *this; }
- wxULongLongNative& operator=(unsigned int l)
- { m_ll = l; return *this; }
- wxULongLongNative& operator=(unsigned long l)
- { m_ll = l; return *this; }
- wxULongLongNative& operator=(const wxLongLongNative &ll)
- { m_ll = ll.GetValue(); return *this; }
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
- wxULongLongNative& operator=(wxLongLongWx ll);
- wxULongLongNative& operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll);
-#endif
-
- // assignment operators from wxULongLongNative is ok
-
- // accessors
- // get high part
- wxUint32 GetHi() const
- { return wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_ll >> 32); }
- // get low part
- wxUint32 GetLo() const
- { return wx_truncate_cast(wxUint32, m_ll); }
-
- // convert to native ulong long
- wxULongLong_t GetValue() const { return m_ll; }
-
- // convert to ulong with range checking in debug mode (only!)
- unsigned long ToULong() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_ll <= ULONG_MAX,
- wxT("wxULongLong to long conversion loss of precision") );
-
- return wx_truncate_cast(unsigned long, m_ll);
- }
-
- // convert to double
- //
- // For some completely obscure reasons compiling the cast below with
- // VC6 in DLL builds only (!) results in "error C2520: conversion from
- // unsigned __int64 to double not implemented, use signed __int64" so
- // we must use a different version for that compiler.
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
- double ToDouble() const;
-#else
- double ToDouble() const { return wx_truncate_cast(double, m_ll); }
-#endif
-
- // operations
- // addition
- wxULongLongNative operator+(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll + ll.m_ll); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator+=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll += ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
- wxULongLongNative operator+(const wxULongLong_t ll) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll + ll); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator+=(const wxULongLong_t ll)
- { m_ll += ll; return *this; }
-
- // pre increment
- wxULongLongNative& operator++()
- { m_ll++; return *this; }
-
- // post increment
- wxULongLongNative operator++(int)
- { wxULongLongNative value(*this); m_ll++; return value; }
-
- // subtraction
- wxULongLongNative operator-(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll - ll.m_ll); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator-=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll -= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
- wxULongLongNative operator-(const wxULongLong_t ll) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll - ll); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator-=(const wxULongLong_t ll)
- { m_ll -= ll; return *this; }
-
- // pre decrement
- wxULongLongNative& operator--()
- { m_ll--; return *this; }
-
- // post decrement
- wxULongLongNative operator--(int)
- { wxULongLongNative value(*this); m_ll--; return value; }
-
- // shifts
- // left shift
- wxULongLongNative operator<<(int shift) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll << shift); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator<<=(int shift)
- { m_ll <<= shift; return *this; }
-
- // right shift
- wxULongLongNative operator>>(int shift) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll >> shift); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator>>=(int shift)
- { m_ll >>= shift; return *this; }
-
- // bitwise operators
- wxULongLongNative operator&(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll & ll.m_ll); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator&=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll &= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
- wxULongLongNative operator|(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll | ll.m_ll); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator|=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll |= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
- wxULongLongNative operator^(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll ^ ll.m_ll); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator^=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll ^= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
-
- // multiplication/division
- wxULongLongNative operator*(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll * ll.m_ll); }
- wxULongLongNative operator*(unsigned long l) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll * l); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator*=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll *= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
- wxULongLongNative& operator*=(unsigned long l)
- { m_ll *= l; return *this; }
-
- wxULongLongNative operator/(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll / ll.m_ll); }
- wxULongLongNative operator/(unsigned long l) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll / l); }
- wxULongLongNative& operator/=(const wxULongLongNative& ll)
- { m_ll /= ll.m_ll; return *this; }
- wxULongLongNative& operator/=(unsigned long l)
- { m_ll /= l; return *this; }
-
- wxULongLongNative operator%(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll % ll.m_ll); }
- wxULongLongNative operator%(unsigned long l) const
- { return wxULongLongNative(m_ll % l); }
-
- // comparison
- bool operator==(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll == ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator==(unsigned long l) const
- { return m_ll == l; }
- bool operator!=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll != ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator!=(unsigned long l) const
- { return m_ll != l; }
- bool operator<(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll < ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator<(unsigned long l) const
- { return m_ll < l; }
- bool operator>(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll > ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator>(unsigned long l) const
- { return m_ll > l; }
- bool operator<=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll <= ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator<=(unsigned long l) const
- { return m_ll <= l; }
- bool operator>=(const wxULongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_ll >= ll.m_ll; }
- bool operator>=(unsigned long l) const
- { return m_ll >= l; }
-
- // miscellaneous
-
- // return the string representation of this number
- wxString ToString() const;
-
- // conversion to byte array: returns a pointer to static buffer!
- void *asArray() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
- // input/output
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxULongLongNative&);
-#endif
-
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxULongLongNative&);
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxULongLongNative&);
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxULongLongNative&);
-#endif
-
-private:
- wxULongLong_t m_ll;
-};
-
-inline
-wxLongLongNative& wxLongLongNative::operator=(const wxULongLongNative &ll)
-{
- m_ll = ll.GetValue();
- return *this;
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLongWx
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // default ctor initializes to 0
- wxLongLongWx()
- {
- m_lo = m_hi = 0;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- m_ll = 0;
-
- Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- }
- // from long
- wxLongLongWx(long l) { *this = l; }
- // from 2 longs
- wxLongLongWx(long hi, unsigned long lo)
- {
- m_hi = hi;
- m_lo = lo;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- m_ll = hi;
- m_ll <<= 32;
- m_ll |= lo;
-
- Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- }
-
- // default copy ctor is ok in both cases
-
- // no dtor
-
- // assignment operators
- // from long
- wxLongLongWx& operator=(long l)
- {
- m_lo = l;
- m_hi = (l < 0 ? -1l : 0l);
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- m_ll = l;
-
- Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
- return *this;
- }
- // from int
- wxLongLongWx& operator=(int l)
- {
- return operator=((long)l);
- }
-
- wxLongLongWx& operator=(unsigned long l)
- {
- m_lo = l;
- m_hi = 0;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- m_ll = l;
-
- Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxLongLongWx& operator=(unsigned int l)
- {
- return operator=((unsigned long)l);
- }
-
- wxLongLongWx& operator=(const class wxULongLongWx &ll);
-
- // from double
- wxLongLongWx& Assign(double d);
- // can't have assignment operator from 2 longs
-
- // accessors
- // get high part
- long GetHi() const { return m_hi; }
- // get low part
- unsigned long GetLo() const { return m_lo; }
-
- // get absolute value
- wxLongLongWx Abs() const { return wxLongLongWx(*this).Abs(); }
- wxLongLongWx& Abs()
- {
- if ( m_hi < 0 )
- m_hi = -m_hi;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- if ( m_ll < 0 )
- m_ll = -m_ll;
-
- Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // convert to long with range checking in debug mode (only!)
- long ToLong() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( (m_hi == 0l) || (m_hi == -1l),
- wxT("wxLongLong to long conversion loss of precision") );
-
- return (long)m_lo;
- }
-
- // convert to double
- double ToDouble() const;
-
- // operations
- // addition
- wxLongLongWx operator+(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxLongLongWx& operator+=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
- wxLongLongWx operator+(long l) const;
- wxLongLongWx& operator+=(long l);
-
- // pre increment operator
- wxLongLongWx& operator++();
-
- // post increment operator
- wxLongLongWx& operator++(int) { return ++(*this); }
-
- // negation operator
- wxLongLongWx operator-() const;
- wxLongLongWx& Negate();
-
- // subraction
- wxLongLongWx operator-(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxLongLongWx& operator-=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
-
- // pre decrement operator
- wxLongLongWx& operator--();
-
- // post decrement operator
- wxLongLongWx& operator--(int) { return --(*this); }
-
- // shifts
- // left shift
- wxLongLongWx operator<<(int shift) const;
- wxLongLongWx& operator<<=(int shift);
-
- // right shift
- wxLongLongWx operator>>(int shift) const;
- wxLongLongWx& operator>>=(int shift);
-
- // bitwise operators
- wxLongLongWx operator&(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxLongLongWx& operator&=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
- wxLongLongWx operator|(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxLongLongWx& operator|=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
- wxLongLongWx operator^(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxLongLongWx& operator^=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
- wxLongLongWx operator~() const;
-
- // comparison
- bool operator==(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const
- { return m_lo == ll.m_lo && m_hi == ll.m_hi; }
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
- bool operator==(const wxLongLongNative& ll) const
- { return m_lo == ll.GetLo() && m_hi == ll.GetHi(); }
-#endif
- bool operator!=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const
- { return !(*this == ll); }
- bool operator<(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
- bool operator>(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
- bool operator<=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const
- { return *this < ll || *this == ll; }
- bool operator>=(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const
- { return *this > ll || *this == ll; }
-
- bool operator<(long l) const { return *this < wxLongLongWx(l); }
- bool operator>(long l) const { return *this > wxLongLongWx(l); }
- bool operator==(long l) const
- {
- return l >= 0 ? (m_hi == 0 && m_lo == (unsigned long)l)
- : (m_hi == -1 && m_lo == (unsigned long)l);
- }
-
- bool operator<=(long l) const { return *this < l || *this == l; }
- bool operator>=(long l) const { return *this > l || *this == l; }
-
- // multiplication
- wxLongLongWx operator*(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxLongLongWx& operator*=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
-
- // division
- wxLongLongWx operator/(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxLongLongWx& operator/=(const wxLongLongWx& ll);
-
- wxLongLongWx operator%(const wxLongLongWx& ll) const;
-
- void Divide(const wxLongLongWx& divisor,
- wxLongLongWx& quotient,
- wxLongLongWx& remainder) const;
-
- // input/output
-
- // return the string representation of this number
- wxString ToString() const;
-
- void *asArray() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxLongLongWx&);
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxLongLongWx&);
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxLongLongWx&);
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxLongLongWx&);
-#endif
-
-private:
- // long is at least 32 bits, so represent our 64bit number as 2 longs
-
- long m_hi; // signed bit is in the high part
- unsigned long m_lo;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- void Check()
- {
- wxASSERT( (m_ll >> 32) == m_hi && (unsigned long)m_ll == m_lo );
- }
-
- wxLongLong_t m_ll;
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLongWx
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // default ctor initializes to 0
- wxULongLongWx()
- {
- m_lo = m_hi = 0;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- m_ll = 0;
-
- Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- }
- // from ulong
- wxULongLongWx(unsigned long l) { *this = l; }
- // from 2 ulongs
- wxULongLongWx(unsigned long hi, unsigned long lo)
- {
- m_hi = hi;
- m_lo = lo;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- m_ll = hi;
- m_ll <<= 32;
- m_ll |= lo;
-
- Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- }
-
- // from signed to unsigned
- wxULongLongWx(wxLongLongWx ll)
- {
- wxASSERT(ll.GetHi() >= 0);
- m_hi = (unsigned long)ll.GetHi();
- m_lo = ll.GetLo();
- }
-
- // default copy ctor is ok in both cases
-
- // no dtor
-
- // assignment operators
- // from long
- wxULongLongWx& operator=(unsigned long l)
- {
- m_lo = l;
- m_hi = 0;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- m_ll = l;
-
- Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
- return *this;
- }
- wxULongLongWx& operator=(long l)
- {
- m_lo = l;
- m_hi = (unsigned long) ((l<0) ? -1l : 0);
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- m_ll = (wxULongLong_t) (wxLongLong_t) l;
-
- Check();
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-
- return *this;
- }
- wxULongLongWx& operator=(const class wxLongLongWx &ll) {
- // Should we use an assert like it was before in the constructor?
- // wxASSERT(ll.GetHi() >= 0);
- m_hi = (unsigned long)ll.GetHi();
- m_lo = ll.GetLo();
- return *this;
- }
-
- // can't have assignment operator from 2 longs
-
- // accessors
- // get high part
- unsigned long GetHi() const { return m_hi; }
- // get low part
- unsigned long GetLo() const { return m_lo; }
-
- // convert to long with range checking in debug mode (only!)
- unsigned long ToULong() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_hi == 0ul,
- wxT("wxULongLong to long conversion loss of precision") );
-
- return (unsigned long)m_lo;
- }
-
- // convert to double
- double ToDouble() const;
-
- // operations
- // addition
- wxULongLongWx operator+(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxULongLongWx& operator+=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
- wxULongLongWx operator+(unsigned long l) const;
- wxULongLongWx& operator+=(unsigned long l);
-
- // pre increment operator
- wxULongLongWx& operator++();
-
- // post increment operator
- wxULongLongWx& operator++(int) { return ++(*this); }
-
- // subtraction
- wxLongLongWx operator-(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxULongLongWx& operator-=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
-
- // pre decrement operator
- wxULongLongWx& operator--();
-
- // post decrement operator
- wxULongLongWx& operator--(int) { return --(*this); }
-
- // shifts
- // left shift
- wxULongLongWx operator<<(int shift) const;
- wxULongLongWx& operator<<=(int shift);
-
- // right shift
- wxULongLongWx operator>>(int shift) const;
- wxULongLongWx& operator>>=(int shift);
-
- // bitwise operators
- wxULongLongWx operator&(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxULongLongWx& operator&=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
- wxULongLongWx operator|(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxULongLongWx& operator|=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
- wxULongLongWx operator^(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxULongLongWx& operator^=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
- wxULongLongWx operator~() const;
-
- // comparison
- bool operator==(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const
- { return m_lo == ll.m_lo && m_hi == ll.m_hi; }
- bool operator!=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const
- { return !(*this == ll); }
- bool operator<(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
- bool operator>(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
- bool operator<=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const
- { return *this < ll || *this == ll; }
- bool operator>=(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const
- { return *this > ll || *this == ll; }
-
- bool operator<(unsigned long l) const { return *this < wxULongLongWx(l); }
- bool operator>(unsigned long l) const { return *this > wxULongLongWx(l); }
- bool operator==(unsigned long l) const
- {
- return (m_hi == 0 && m_lo == (unsigned long)l);
- }
-
- bool operator<=(unsigned long l) const { return *this < l || *this == l; }
- bool operator>=(unsigned long l) const { return *this > l || *this == l; }
-
- // multiplication
- wxULongLongWx operator*(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxULongLongWx& operator*=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
-
- // division
- wxULongLongWx operator/(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
- wxULongLongWx& operator/=(const wxULongLongWx& ll);
-
- wxULongLongWx operator%(const wxULongLongWx& ll) const;
-
- void Divide(const wxULongLongWx& divisor,
- wxULongLongWx& quotient,
- wxULongLongWx& remainder) const;
-
- // input/output
-
- // return the string representation of this number
- wxString ToString() const;
-
- void *asArray() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxULongLongWx&);
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- wxString& operator<<(wxString&, const wxULongLongWx&);
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- class wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream&, const wxULongLongWx&);
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
- class wxTextInputStream& operator>>(class wxTextInputStream&, wxULongLongWx&);
-#endif
-
-private:
- // long is at least 32 bits, so represent our 64bit number as 2 longs
-
- unsigned long m_hi;
- unsigned long m_lo;
-
-#ifdef wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
- void Check()
- {
- wxASSERT( (m_ll >> 32) == m_hi && (unsigned long)m_ll == m_lo );
- }
-
- wxULongLong_t m_ll;
-#endif // wxLONGLONG_TEST_MODE
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG_WX
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// binary operators
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool operator<(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll > l; }
-inline bool operator>(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll < l; }
-inline bool operator<=(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll >= l; }
-inline bool operator>=(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll <= l; }
-inline bool operator==(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll == l; }
-inline bool operator!=(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll != l; }
-
-inline wxLongLong operator+(long l, const wxLongLong& ll) { return ll + l; }
-inline wxLongLong operator-(long l, const wxLongLong& ll)
-{
- return wxLongLong(l) - ll;
-}
-
-inline bool operator<(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull > l; }
-inline bool operator>(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull < l; }
-inline bool operator<=(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull >= l; }
-inline bool operator>=(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull <= l; }
-inline bool operator==(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull == l; }
-inline bool operator!=(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull != l; }
-
-inline wxULongLong operator+(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull) { return ull + l; }
-
-inline wxLongLong operator-(unsigned long l, const wxULongLong& ull)
-{
- wxULongLong ret = wxULongLong(l) - ull;
- return wxLongLong((wxInt32)ret.GetHi(),ret.GetLo());
-}
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextOutputStream &operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream &stream, wxULongLong_t value);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextOutputStream &operator<<(class wxTextOutputStream &stream, wxLongLong_t value);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextInputStream &operator>>(class wxTextInputStream &stream, wxULongLong_t &value);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE class wxTextInputStream &operator>>(class wxTextInputStream &stream, wxLongLong_t &value);
-
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Specialize numeric_limits<> for our long long wrapper classes.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-
-// VC6 is known to not have __int64 specializations of numeric_limits<> in its
-// <limits> anyhow so don't bother including it, especially as it results in
-// tons of warnings because the standard header itself uses obsolete template
-// specialization syntax.
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
-
-#include <limits>
-
-namespace std
-{
-
-#ifdef __clang__
- // libstdc++ (used by Clang) uses struct for numeric_limits; unlike gcc, clang
- // warns about this
- template<> struct numeric_limits<wxLongLong> : public numeric_limits<wxLongLong_t> {};
- template<> struct numeric_limits<wxULongLong> : public numeric_limits<wxULongLong_t> {};
-#else
- template<> class numeric_limits<wxLongLong> : public numeric_limits<wxLongLong_t> {};
- template<> class numeric_limits<wxULongLong> : public numeric_limits<wxULongLong_t> {};
-#endif
-
-} // namespace std
-
-#endif // !VC6
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG_NATIVE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Specialize wxArgNormalizer to allow using wxLongLong directly with wx pseudo
-// vararg functions.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Notice that this must be done here and not in wx/strvararg.h itself because
-// we can't include wx/longlong.h from there as this header itself includes
-// wx/string.h which includes wx/strvararg.h too, so to avoid the circular
-// dependencies we can only do it here (or add another header just for this but
-// it doesn't seem necessary).
-#include "wx/strvararg.h"
-
-template<>
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizer<wxLongLong>
-{
- wxArgNormalizer(wxLongLong value,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : m_value(value)
- {
- wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatString::Arg_LongLongInt );
- }
-
- wxLongLong_t get() const { return m_value.GetValue(); }
-
- wxLongLong m_value;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-#endif // _WX_LONGLONG_H
+++ /dev/null
-/**
-* Name: wx/math.h
-* Purpose: Declarations/definitions of common math functions
-* Author: John Labenski and others
-* Modified by:
-* Created: 02/02/03
-* Copyright: (c) John Labenski
-* Licence: wxWindows licence
-*/
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_MATH_H_
-#define _WX_MATH_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include <math.h>
-
-#ifndef M_PI
- #define M_PI 3.1415926535897932384626433832795
-#endif
-
-/* Scaling factors for various unit conversions: 1 inch = 2.54 cm */
-#ifndef METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT
- #define METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT (1/25.4)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef mm2inches
- #define mm2inches (METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef inches2mm
- #define inches2mm (1/(mm2inches))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef mm2twips
- #define mm2twips (METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT*1440)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef twips2mm
- #define twips2mm (1/(mm2twips))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef mm2pt
- #define mm2pt (METRIC_CONVERSION_CONSTANT*72)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef pt2mm
- #define pt2mm (1/(mm2pt))
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-/* Any C++11 compiler should provide isfinite() */
-#if __cplusplus >= 201103
- #include <cmath>
- #define wxFinite(x) std::isfinite(x)
-#elif defined(__VISUALC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #include <float.h>
- #define wxFinite(x) _finite(x)
-#elif defined(__MINGW64_TOOLCHAIN__) || defined(__clang__)
- /*
- add more compilers with C99 support here: using C99 isfinite() is
- preferable to using BSD-ish finite()
- */
- #if defined(_GLIBCXX_CMATH) || defined(_LIBCPP_CMATH)
- // these <cmath> headers #undef isfinite
- #define wxFinite(x) std::isfinite(x)
- #else
- #define wxFinite(x) isfinite(x)
- #endif
-#elif ( defined(__GNUG__)||defined(__GNUWIN32__)||defined(__DJGPP__)|| \
- defined(__SGI_CC__)||defined(__SUNCC__)||defined(__XLC__)|| \
- defined(__HPUX__) ) && ( !defined(wxOSX_USE_IPHONE) || wxOSX_USE_IPHONE == 0 )
-#ifdef __SOLARIS__
-#include <ieeefp.h>
-#endif
- #define wxFinite(x) finite(x)
-#else
- #define wxFinite(x) ((x) == (x))
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__)||defined(__BORLAND__)
- #define wxIsNaN(x) _isnan(x)
-#elif defined(__GNUG__)||defined(__GNUWIN32__)||defined(__DJGPP__)|| \
- defined(__SGI_CC__)||defined(__SUNCC__)||defined(__XLC__)|| \
- defined(__HPUX__)
- #define wxIsNaN(x) isnan(x)
-#else
- #define wxIsNaN(x) ((x) != (x))
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __INTELC__
-
- inline bool wxIsSameDouble(double x, double y)
- {
- // VZ: this warning, given for operators==() and !=() is not wrong, as ==
- // shouldn't be used with doubles, but we get too many of them and
- // removing these operators is probably not a good idea
- //
- // Maybe we should always compare doubles up to some "epsilon" precision
- #pragma warning(push)
-
- // floating-point equality and inequality comparisons are unreliable
- #pragma warning(disable: 1572)
-
- return x == y;
-
- #pragma warning(pop)
- }
-
-#else /* !__INTELC__ */
- wxGCC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(float-equal)
- inline bool wxIsSameDouble(double x, double y) { return x == y; }
- wxGCC_WARNING_RESTORE(float-equal)
-
-#endif /* __INTELC__/!__INTELC__ */
-
-inline bool wxIsNullDouble(double x) { return wxIsSameDouble(x, 0.); }
-
-inline int wxRound(double x)
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( x > INT_MIN - 0.5 && x < INT_MAX + 0.5,
- wxT("argument out of supported range") );
-
- #if defined(HAVE_ROUND)
- return int(round(x));
- #else
- return (int)(x < 0 ? x - 0.5 : x + 0.5);
- #endif
-}
-
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #define wxMulDivInt32( a , b , c ) ::MulDiv( a , b , c )
-#else
- #define wxMulDivInt32( a , b , c ) (wxRound((a)*(((wxDouble)b)/((wxDouble)c))))
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C" {
-#endif
- /* functions from common/extended.c */
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFloat64 wxConvertFromIeeeExtended(const wxInt8 *bytes);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxConvertToIeeeExtended(wxFloat64 num, wxInt8 *bytes);
-
- /* use wxConvertFromIeeeExtended() and wxConvertToIeeeExtended() instead */
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFloat64 ConvertFromIeeeExtended(const wxInt8 *bytes) );
- wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void ConvertToIeeeExtended(wxFloat64 num, wxInt8 *bytes) );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- }
-#endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE */
-
-
-#endif /* _WX_MATH_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/matrix.h
-// Purpose: wxTransformMatrix class. NOT YET USED
-// Author: Chris Breeze, Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Klaas Holwerda
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Chris Breeze
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MATRIXH__
-#define _WX_MATRIXH__
-
-//! headerfiles="matrix.h wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/math.h"
-
-//! codefiles="matrix.cpp"
-
-// A simple 3x3 matrix. This may be replaced by a more general matrix
-// class some day.
-//
-// Note: this is intended to be used in wxDC at some point to replace
-// the current system of scaling/translation. It is not yet used.
-
-//:definition
-// A 3x3 matrix to do 2D transformations.
-// It can be used to map data to window coordinates,
-// and also for manipulating your own data.
-// For example drawing a picture (composed of several primitives)
-// at a certain coordinate and angle within another parent picture.
-// At all times m_isIdentity is set if the matrix itself is an Identity matrix.
-// It is used where possible to optimize calculations.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTransformMatrix: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxTransformMatrix(void);
- wxTransformMatrix(const wxTransformMatrix& mat);
-
- //get the value in the matrix at col,row
- //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member)
- //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member)
- double GetValue(int col, int row) const;
-
- //set the value in the matrix at col,row
- //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member)
- //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member)
- void SetValue(int col, int row, double value);
-
- void operator = (const wxTransformMatrix& mat);
- bool operator == (const wxTransformMatrix& mat) const;
- bool operator != (const wxTransformMatrix& mat) const;
-
- //multiply every element by t
- wxTransformMatrix& operator*=(const double& t);
- //divide every element by t
- wxTransformMatrix& operator/=(const double& t);
- //add matrix m to this t
- wxTransformMatrix& operator+=(const wxTransformMatrix& m);
- //subtract matrix m from this
- wxTransformMatrix& operator-=(const wxTransformMatrix& m);
- //multiply matrix m with this
- wxTransformMatrix& operator*=(const wxTransformMatrix& m);
-
- // constant operators
-
- //multiply every element by t and return result
- wxTransformMatrix operator*(const double& t) const;
- //divide this matrix by t and return result
- wxTransformMatrix operator/(const double& t) const;
- //add matrix m to this and return result
- wxTransformMatrix operator+(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const;
- //subtract matrix m from this and return result
- wxTransformMatrix operator-(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const;
- //multiply this by matrix m and return result
- wxTransformMatrix operator*(const wxTransformMatrix& m) const;
- wxTransformMatrix operator-() const;
-
- //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member)
- //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member)
- double& operator()(int col, int row);
-
- //rows are horizontal (second index of m_matrix member)
- //columns are vertical (first index of m_matrix member)
- double operator()(int col, int row) const;
-
- // Invert matrix
- bool Invert(void);
-
- // Make into identity matrix
- bool Identity(void);
-
- // Is the matrix the identity matrix?
- // Only returns a flag, which is set whenever an operation
- // is done.
- inline bool IsIdentity(void) const { return m_isIdentity; }
-
- // This does an actual check.
- inline bool IsIdentity1(void) const ;
-
- //Scale by scale (isotropic scaling i.e. the same in x and y):
- //!ex:
- //!code: | scale 0 0 |
- //!code: matrix' = | 0 scale 0 | x matrix
- //!code: | 0 0 scale |
- bool Scale(double scale);
-
- //Scale with center point and x/y scale
- //
- //!ex:
- //!code: | xs 0 xc(1-xs) |
- //!code: matrix' = | 0 ys yc(1-ys) | x matrix
- //!code: | 0 0 1 |
- wxTransformMatrix& Scale(const double &xs, const double &ys,const double &xc, const double &yc);
-
- // mirror a matrix in x, y
- //!ex:
- //!code: | -1 0 0 |
- //!code: matrix' = | 0 -1 0 | x matrix
- //!code: | 0 0 1 |
- wxTransformMatrix& Mirror(bool x=true, bool y=false);
- // Translate by dx, dy:
- //!ex:
- //!code: | 1 0 dx |
- //!code: matrix' = | 0 1 dy | x matrix
- //!code: | 0 0 1 |
- bool Translate(double x, double y);
-
- // Rotate clockwise by the given number of degrees:
- //!ex:
- //!code: | cos sin 0 |
- //!code: matrix' = | -sin cos 0 | x matrix
- //!code: | 0 0 1 |
- bool Rotate(double angle);
-
- //Rotate counter clockwise with point of rotation
- //
- //!ex:
- //!code: | cos(r) -sin(r) x(1-cos(r))+y(sin(r)|
- //!code: matrix' = | sin(r) cos(r) y(1-cos(r))-x(sin(r)| x matrix
- //!code: | 0 0 1 |
- wxTransformMatrix& Rotate(const double &r, const double &x, const double &y);
-
- // Transform X value from logical to device
- inline double TransformX(double x) const;
-
- // Transform Y value from logical to device
- inline double TransformY(double y) const;
-
- // Transform a point from logical to device coordinates
- bool TransformPoint(double x, double y, double& tx, double& ty) const;
-
- // Transform a point from device to logical coordinates.
- // Example of use:
- // wxTransformMatrix mat = dc.GetTransformation();
- // mat.Invert();
- // mat.InverseTransformPoint(x, y, x1, y1);
- // OR (shorthand:)
- // dc.LogicalToDevice(x, y, x1, y1);
- // The latter is slightly less efficient if we're doing several
- // conversions, since the matrix is inverted several times.
- // N.B. 'this' matrix is the inverse at this point
- bool InverseTransformPoint(double x, double y, double& tx, double& ty) const;
-
- double Get_scaleX();
- double Get_scaleY();
- double GetRotation();
- void SetRotation(double rotation);
-
-
-public:
- double m_matrix[3][3];
- bool m_isIdentity;
-};
-
-
-/*
-Chris Breeze reported, that
-some functions of wxTransformMatrix cannot work because it is not
-known if he matrix has been inverted. Be careful when using it.
-*/
-
-// Transform X value from logical to device
-// warning: this function can only be used for this purpose
-// because no rotation is involved when mapping logical to device coordinates
-// mirror and scaling for x and y will be part of the matrix
-// if you have a matrix that is rotated, eg a shape containing a matrix to place
-// it in the logical coordinate system, use TransformPoint
-inline double wxTransformMatrix::TransformX(double x) const
-{
- //normally like this, but since no rotation is involved (only mirror and scale)
- //we can do without Y -> m_matrix[1]{0] is -sin(rotation angle) and therefore zero
- //(x * m_matrix[0][0] + y * m_matrix[1][0] + m_matrix[2][0]))
- return (m_isIdentity ? x : (x * m_matrix[0][0] + m_matrix[2][0]));
-}
-
-// Transform Y value from logical to device
-// warning: this function can only be used for this purpose
-// because no rotation is involved when mapping logical to device coordinates
-// mirror and scaling for x and y will be part of the matrix
-// if you have a matrix that is rotated, eg a shape containing a matrix to place
-// it in the logical coordinate system, use TransformPoint
-inline double wxTransformMatrix::TransformY(double y) const
-{
- //normally like this, but since no rotation is involved (only mirror and scale)
- //we can do without X -> m_matrix[0]{1] is sin(rotation angle) and therefore zero
- //(x * m_matrix[0][1] + y * m_matrix[1][1] + m_matrix[2][1]))
- return (m_isIdentity ? y : (y * m_matrix[1][1] + m_matrix[2][1]));
-}
-
-
-// Is the matrix the identity matrix?
-// Each operation checks whether the result is still the identity matrix and sets a flag.
-inline bool wxTransformMatrix::IsIdentity1(void) const
-{
- return
- ( wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[0][0], 1.0) &&
- wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[1][1], 1.0) &&
- wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[2][2], 1.0) &&
- wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[1][0], 0.0) &&
- wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[2][0], 0.0) &&
- wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[0][1], 0.0) &&
- wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[2][1], 0.0) &&
- wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[0][2], 0.0) &&
- wxIsSameDouble(m_matrix[1][2], 0.0) );
-}
-
-// Calculates the determinant of a 2 x 2 matrix
-inline double wxCalculateDet(double a11, double a21, double a12, double a22)
-{
- return a11 * a22 - a12 * a21;
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_MATRIXH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/mdi.h
-// Purpose: wxMDI base header
-// Author: Julian Smart (original)
-// Vadim Zeitlin (base MDI classes refactoring)
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MDI_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_MDI_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MDI
-
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/menu.h"
-
-// forward declarations
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIParentFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIChildFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIClientWindowBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMDIClientWindow;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMDIParentFrameBase: base class for parent frame for MDI children
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIParentFrameBase : public wxFrame
-{
-public:
- wxMDIParentFrameBase()
- {
- m_clientWindow = NULL;
- m_currentChild = NULL;
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- m_windowMenu = NULL;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
- }
-
- /*
- Derived classes should provide ctor and Create() with the following
- declaration:
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
- */
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- virtual ~wxMDIParentFrameBase()
- {
- delete m_windowMenu;
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // Get or change the active MDI child window
- virtual wxMDIChildFrame *GetActiveChild() const
- { return m_currentChild; }
- virtual void SetActiveChild(wxMDIChildFrame *child)
- { m_currentChild = child; }
-
-
- // Get the client window
- wxMDIClientWindowBase *GetClientWindow() const { return m_clientWindow; }
-
-
- // MDI windows menu functions
- // --------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- // return the pointer to the current window menu or NULL if we don't have
- // because of wxFRAME_NO_WINDOW_MENU style
- wxMenu* GetWindowMenu() const { return m_windowMenu; }
-
- // use the given menu instead of the default window menu
- //
- // menu can be NULL to disable the window menu completely
- virtual void SetWindowMenu(wxMenu *menu)
- {
- if ( menu != m_windowMenu )
- {
- delete m_windowMenu;
- m_windowMenu = menu;
- }
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-
- // standard MDI window management functions
- // ----------------------------------------
-
- virtual void Cascade() { }
- virtual void Tile(wxOrientation WXUNUSED(orient) = wxHORIZONTAL) { }
- virtual void ArrangeIcons() { }
- virtual void ActivateNext() = 0;
- virtual void ActivatePrevious() = 0;
-
- /*
- Derived classes must provide the following function:
-
- static bool IsTDI();
- */
-
- // Create the client window class (don't Create() the window here, just
- // return a new object of a wxMDIClientWindow-derived class)
- //
- // Notice that if you override this method you should use the default
- // constructor and Create() and not the constructor creating the window
- // when creating the frame or your overridden version is not going to be
- // called (as the call to a virtual function from ctor will be dispatched
- // to this class version)
- virtual wxMDIClientWindow *OnCreateClient();
-
-protected:
- // Override to pass menu/toolbar events to the active child first.
- virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event);
-
-
- // This is wxMDIClientWindow for all the native implementations but not for
- // the generic MDI version which has its own wxGenericMDIClientWindow and
- // so we store it as just a base class pointer because we don't need its
- // exact type anyhow
- wxMDIClientWindowBase *m_clientWindow;
- wxMDIChildFrame *m_currentChild;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- // the current window menu or NULL if we are not using it
- wxMenu *m_windowMenu;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMDIChildFrameBase: child frame managed by wxMDIParentFrame
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIChildFrameBase : public wxFrame
-{
-public:
- wxMDIChildFrameBase() { m_mdiParent = NULL; }
-
- /*
- Derived classes should provide Create() with the following signature:
-
- bool Create(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
-
- And setting m_mdiParent to parent parameter.
- */
-
- // MDI children specific methods
- virtual void Activate() = 0;
-
- // Return the MDI parent frame: notice that it may not be the same as
- // GetParent() (our parent may be the client window or even its subwindow
- // in some implementations)
- wxMDIParentFrame *GetMDIParent() const { return m_mdiParent; }
-
- // Synonym for GetMDIParent(), was used in some other ports
- wxMDIParentFrame *GetMDIParentFrame() const { return GetMDIParent(); }
-
-
- // in most ports MDI children frames are not really top-level, the only
- // exception are the Mac ports in which MDI children are just normal top
- // level windows too
- virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; }
-
- // In all ports keyboard navigation must stop at MDI child frame level and
- // can't cross its boundary. Indicate this by overriding this function to
- // return true.
- virtual bool IsTopNavigationDomain() const { return true; }
-
- // Raising any frame is supposed to show it but wxFrame Raise()
- // implementation doesn't work for MDI child frames in most forms so
- // forward this to Activate() which serves the same purpose by default.
- virtual void Raise() { Activate(); }
-
-protected:
- wxMDIParentFrame *m_mdiParent;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTDIChildFrame: child frame used by TDI implementations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTDIChildFrame : public wxMDIChildFrameBase
-{
-public:
- // override wxFrame methods for this non top-level window
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- // no status bars
- //
- // TODO: MDI children should have their own status bars, why not?
- virtual wxStatusBar* CreateStatusBar(int WXUNUSED(number) = 1,
- long WXUNUSED(style) = 1,
- wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id) = 1,
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)
- = wxEmptyString)
- { return NULL; }
-
- virtual wxStatusBar *GetStatusBar() const
- { return NULL; }
- virtual void SetStatusText(const wxString &WXUNUSED(text),
- int WXUNUSED(number)=0)
- { }
- virtual void SetStatusWidths(int WXUNUSED(n),
- const int WXUNUSED(widths)[])
- { }
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
- // no toolbar
- //
- // TODO: again, it should be possible to have tool bars
- virtual wxToolBar *CreateToolBar(long WXUNUSED(style),
- wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(name))
- { return NULL; }
- virtual wxToolBar *GetToolBar() const { return NULL; }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
- // no icon
- virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& WXUNUSED(icons)) { }
-
- // title is used as the tab label
- virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
- virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) = 0;
-
- // no maximize etc
- virtual void Maximize(bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = true) { }
- virtual bool IsMaximized() const { return true; }
- virtual bool IsAlwaysMaximized() const { return true; }
- virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize) = true) { }
- virtual bool IsIconized() const { return false; }
- virtual void Restore() { }
-
- virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show),
- long WXUNUSED(style)) { return false; }
- virtual bool IsFullScreen() const { return false; }
-
-
- // we need to override these functions to ensure that a child window is
- // created even though we derive from wxFrame -- basically we make it
- // behave as just a wxWindow by short-circuiting wxTLW changes to the base
- // class behaviour
-
- virtual void AddChild(wxWindowBase *child) { wxWindow::AddChild(child); }
-
- virtual bool Destroy() { return wxWindow::Destroy(); }
-
- // extra platform-specific hacks
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle = NULL) const
- {
- return wxWindow::MSWGetStyle(flags, exstyle);
- }
-
- virtual WXHWND MSWGetParent() const
- {
- return wxWindow::MSWGetParent();
- }
-
- WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
- {
- return wxWindow::MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
- }
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const
- {
- wxWindow::DoGetSize(width, height);
- }
-
- virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
- {
- wxWindow::DoSetSize(x, y, width, height, sizeFlags);
- }
-
- virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const
- {
- wxWindow::DoGetClientSize(width, height);
- }
-
- virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
- {
- wxWindow::DoSetClientSize(width, height);
- }
-
- // no size hints
- virtual void DoSetSizeHints(int WXUNUSED(minW), int WXUNUSED(minH),
- int WXUNUSED(maxW), int WXUNUSED(maxH),
- int WXUNUSED(incW), int WXUNUSED(incH)) { }
-
- wxString m_title;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMDIClientWindowBase: child of parent frame, parent of children frames
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMDIClientWindowBase : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- /*
- The derived class must provide the default ctor only (CreateClient()
- will be called later).
- */
-
- // Can be overridden in the derived classes but the base class version must
- // be usually called first to really create the client window.
- virtual bool CreateClient(wxMDIParentFrame *parent,
- long style = wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL) = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Include the port-specific implementation of the base classes defined above
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE may be predefined to force the generic MDI
-// implementation use even on the platforms which usually don't use it
-//
-// notice that generic MDI can still be used without this, but you would need
-// to explicitly use wxGenericMDIXXX classes in your code (and currently also
-// add src/generic/mdig.cpp to your build as it's not compiled in if generic
-// MDI is not used by default -- but this may change later...)
-#ifndef wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE
- // wxUniv always uses the generic MDI implementation and so do the ports
- // without native version (although wxCocoa seems to have one -- but it's
- // probably not functional?)
- #if defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \
- defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \
- defined(__WXPM__) || \
- defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #define wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE 1
- #else
- #define wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE 0
- #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE
-
-#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MDI_AS_NATIVE
- #include "wx/generic/mdig.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/mdi.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/mdi.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/mdi.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/mdi.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/mdi.h"
-#endif
-
-inline wxMDIClientWindow *wxMDIParentFrameBase::OnCreateClient()
-{
- return new wxMDIClientWindow;
-}
-
-inline bool wxMDIParentFrameBase::TryBefore(wxEvent& event)
-{
- // Menu (and toolbar) events should be sent to the active child frame
- // first, if any.
- if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_MENU ||
- event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_UPDATE_UI )
- {
- wxMDIChildFrame * const child = GetActiveChild();
- if ( child )
- {
- // However avoid sending the event back to the child if it's
- // currently being propagated to us from it.
- wxWindow* const
- from = static_cast<wxWindow*>(event.GetPropagatedFrom());
- if ( !from || !from->IsDescendant(child) )
- {
- if ( child->ProcessWindowEventLocally(event) )
- return true;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return wxFrame::TryBefore(event);
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MDI
-
-#endif // _WX_MDI_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/mediactrl.h
-// Purpose: wxMediaCtrl class
-// Author: Ryan Norton <wxprojects@comcast.net>
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 11/07/04
-// Copyright: (c) Ryan Norton
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// ============================================================================
-// Definitions
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Header guard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#ifndef _WX_MEDIACTRL_H_
-#define _WX_MEDIACTRL_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Pre-compiled header stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compilation guard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Includes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/uri.h"
-
-// ============================================================================
-// Declarations
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Enumerations
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxMediaState
-{
- wxMEDIASTATE_STOPPED,
- wxMEDIASTATE_PAUSED,
- wxMEDIASTATE_PLAYING
-};
-
-enum wxMediaCtrlPlayerControls
-{
- wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_NONE = 0,
- //Step controls like fastforward, step one frame etc.
- wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_STEP = 1 << 0,
- //Volume controls like the speaker icon, volume slider, etc.
- wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_VOLUME = 1 << 1,
- wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_DEFAULT =
- wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_STEP |
- wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_VOLUME
-};
-
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_DIRECTSHOW wxT("wxAMMediaBackend")
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_MCI wxT("wxMCIMediaBackend")
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_QUICKTIME wxT("wxQTMediaBackend")
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_GSTREAMER wxT("wxGStreamerMediaBackend")
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_REALPLAYER wxT("wxRealPlayerMediaBackend")
-#define wxMEDIABACKEND_WMP10 wxT("wxWMP10MediaBackend")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// wxMediaEvent
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- // wxMediaEvent Constructor
- //
- // Normal constructor, much the same as wxNotifyEvent
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- wxMediaEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
- : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid)
- { }
-
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- // wxMediaEvent Copy Constructor
- //
- // Normal copy constructor, much the same as wxNotifyEvent
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- wxMediaEvent(const wxMediaEvent &clone)
- : wxNotifyEvent(clone)
- { }
-
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- // wxMediaEvent::Clone
- //
- // Allocates a copy of this object.
- // Required for wxEvtHandler::AddPendingEvent
- // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const
- { return new wxMediaEvent(*this); }
-
-
- // Put this class on wxWidget's RTTI table
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMediaEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// wxMediaCtrl
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaCtrl : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxMediaCtrl() : m_imp(NULL), m_bLoaded(false)
- { }
-
- wxMediaCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& fileName = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl"))
- : m_imp(NULL), m_bLoaded(false)
- { Create(parent, winid, fileName, pos, size, style,
- szBackend, validator, name); }
-
- wxMediaCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid,
- const wxURI& location,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl"))
- : m_imp(NULL), m_bLoaded(false)
- { Create(parent, winid, location, pos, size, style,
- szBackend, validator, name); }
-
- virtual ~wxMediaCtrl();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& fileName = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl"));
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid,
- const wxURI& location,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& szBackend = wxEmptyString,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl"));
-
- bool DoCreate(const wxClassInfo* instance,
- wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID winid,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxT("mediaCtrl"));
-
- bool Play();
- bool Pause();
- bool Stop();
-
- bool Load(const wxString& fileName);
-
- wxMediaState GetState();
-
- wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset where, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
- wxFileOffset Tell(); //FIXME: This should be const
- wxFileOffset Length(); //FIXME: This should be const
-
- double GetPlaybackRate(); //All but MCI & GStreamer
- bool SetPlaybackRate(double dRate); //All but MCI & GStreamer
-
- bool Load(const wxURI& location);
- bool Load(const wxURI& location, const wxURI& proxy);
-
- wxFileOffset GetDownloadProgress(); // DirectShow only
- wxFileOffset GetDownloadTotal(); // DirectShow only
-
- double GetVolume();
- bool SetVolume(double dVolume);
-
- bool ShowPlayerControls(
- wxMediaCtrlPlayerControls flags = wxMEDIACTRLPLAYERCONTROLS_DEFAULT);
-
- //helpers for the wxPython people
- bool LoadURI(const wxString& fileName)
- { return Load(wxURI(fileName)); }
- bool LoadURIWithProxy(const wxString& fileName, const wxString& proxy)
- { return Load(wxURI(fileName), wxURI(proxy)); }
-
-protected:
- static const wxClassInfo* NextBackend(wxClassInfo::const_iterator* it);
-
- void OnMediaFinished(wxMediaEvent& evt);
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int w, int h);
- wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- //FIXME: This is nasty... find a better way to work around
- //inheritance issues
-#if defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__)
- virtual void MacVisibilityChanged();
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- friend class wxQTMediaBackend;
-#endif
- class wxMediaBackend* m_imp;
- bool m_bLoaded;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMediaCtrl)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// wxMediaBackend
-//
-// Derive from this and use standard wxWidgets RTTI
-// (DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS and IMPLEMENT_CLASS) to make a backend
-// for wxMediaCtrl. Backends are searched alphabetically -
-// the one with the earliest letter is tried first.
-//
-// Note that this is currently not API or ABI compatible -
-// so statically link or make the client compile on-site.
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaBackend : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxMediaBackend()
- { }
-
- virtual ~wxMediaBackend();
-
- virtual bool CreateControl(wxControl* WXUNUSED(ctrl),
- wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
- wxWindowID WXUNUSED(winid),
- const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pos),
- const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size),
- long WXUNUSED(style),
- const wxValidator& WXUNUSED(validator),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(name))
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool Play()
- { return false; }
- virtual bool Pause()
- { return false; }
- virtual bool Stop()
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool Load(const wxString& WXUNUSED(fileName))
- { return false; }
- virtual bool Load(const wxURI& WXUNUSED(location))
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool SetPosition(wxLongLong WXUNUSED(where))
- { return 0; }
- virtual wxLongLong GetPosition()
- { return 0; }
- virtual wxLongLong GetDuration()
- { return 0; }
-
- virtual void Move(int WXUNUSED(x), int WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h))
- { }
- virtual wxSize GetVideoSize() const
- { return wxSize(0,0); }
-
- virtual double GetPlaybackRate()
- { return 0.0; }
- virtual bool SetPlaybackRate(double WXUNUSED(dRate))
- { return false; }
-
- virtual wxMediaState GetState()
- { return wxMEDIASTATE_STOPPED; }
-
- virtual double GetVolume()
- { return 0.0; }
- virtual bool SetVolume(double WXUNUSED(dVolume))
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool Load(const wxURI& WXUNUSED(location),
- const wxURI& WXUNUSED(proxy))
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool ShowPlayerControls(
- wxMediaCtrlPlayerControls WXUNUSED(flags))
- { return false; }
- virtual bool IsInterfaceShown()
- { return false; }
-
- virtual wxLongLong GetDownloadProgress()
- { return 0; }
- virtual wxLongLong GetDownloadTotal()
- { return 0; }
-
- virtual void MacVisibilityChanged()
- { }
- virtual void RESERVED9() {}
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMediaBackend)
-};
-
-
-//Our events
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_FINISHED, wxMediaEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_STOP, wxMediaEvent );
-
-//Function type(s) our events need
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxMediaEventFunction)(wxMediaEvent&);
-
-#define wxMediaEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxMediaEventFunction, func)
-
-//Macro for usage with message maps
-#define EVT_MEDIA_FINISHED(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_FINISHED, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ),
-#define EVT_MEDIA_STOP(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_STOP, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ),
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_LOADED, wxMediaEvent );
-#define EVT_MEDIA_LOADED(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_LOADED, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ),
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED, wxMediaEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_PLAY, wxMediaEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA, wxEVT_MEDIA_PAUSE, wxMediaEvent );
-#define EVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ),
-#define EVT_MEDIA_PLAY(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_PLAY, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ),
-#define EVT_MEDIA_PAUSE(winid, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_MEDIA_PAUSE, winid, wxID_ANY, wxMediaEventHandler(fn), NULL ),
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// common backend base class used by many other backends
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_MEDIA wxMediaBackendCommonBase : public wxMediaBackend
-{
-public:
- // add a pending wxMediaEvent of the given type
- void QueueEvent(wxEventType evtType);
-
- // notify that the movie playback is finished
- void QueueFinishEvent()
- {
- QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_STATECHANGED);
- QueueEvent(wxEVT_MEDIA_FINISHED);
- }
-
- // send the stop event and return true if it hasn't been vetoed
- bool SendStopEvent();
-
- // Queue pause event
- void QueuePlayEvent();
-
- // Queue pause event
- void QueuePauseEvent();
-
- // Queue stop event (no veto)
- void QueueStopEvent();
-
-protected:
- // call this when the movie size has changed but not because it has just
- // been loaded (in this case, call NotifyMovieLoaded() below)
- void NotifyMovieSizeChanged();
-
- // call this when the movie is fully loaded
- void NotifyMovieLoaded();
-
-
- wxMediaCtrl *m_ctrl; // parent control
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// End compilation guard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#endif // wxUSE_MEDIACTRL
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// End header guard and header itself
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#endif // _WX_MEDIACTRL_H_
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/memconf.h
-// Purpose: wxMemoryConfig class: a wxConfigBase implementation which only
-// stores the settings in memory (thus they are lost when the
-// program terminates)
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 22.01.00
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
- * NB: I don't see how this class may possibly be useful to the application
- * program (as the settings are lost on program termination), but it is
- * handy to have it inside wxWidgets. So for now let's say that this class
- * is private and should only be used by wxWidgets itself - this might
- * change in the future.
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_MEMCONF_H_
-#define _WX_MEMCONF_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#include "wx/fileconf.h" // the base class
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMemoryConfig: a config class which stores settings in non-persistent way
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// notice that we inherit from wxFileConfig which already stores its data in
-// memory and just disable file reading/writing - this is probably not optimal
-// and might be changed in future as well (this class will always deriev from
-// wxConfigBase though)
-class wxMemoryConfig : public wxFileConfig
-{
-public:
- // default (and only) ctor
- wxMemoryConfig() : wxFileConfig(wxEmptyString, // default app name
- wxEmptyString, // default vendor name
- wxEmptyString, // no local config file
- wxEmptyString, // no system config file
- 0) // don't use any files
- {
- }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryConfig);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
-
-#endif // _WX_MEMCONF_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/memory.h
-// Purpose: Memory operations
-// Author: Arthur Seaton, Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MEMORY_H_
-#define _WX_MEMORY_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/msgout.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void * wxDebugAlloc(size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum, bool isObject, bool isVect = false);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDebugFree(void * buf, bool isVect = false);
-
-//**********************************************************************************
-/*
- The global operator new used for everything apart from getting
- dynamic storage within this function itself.
-*/
-
-// We'll only do malloc and free for the moment: leave the interesting
-// stuff for the wxObject versions.
-
-
-#if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-
-// Undefine temporarily (new is #defined in object.h) because we want to
-// declare some new operators.
-#ifdef new
- #undef new
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__SUNCC__)
- #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-#elif !( defined (__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ <= 1020) )
- #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 1
-#elif defined (__SGI_CC_)
- // only supported by -n32 compilers
- #ifndef __EDG_ABI_COMPATIBILITY_VERSION
- #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
- #endif
-#elif !( defined (__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ <= 1020) )
- #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 1
-#else
- // ::operator new[] is a recent C++ feature, so assume it's not supported
- #define wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-#endif
-
-// devik 2000-8-29: All new/delete ops are now inline because they can't
-// be marked as dllexport/dllimport. It then leads to weird bugs when
-// used on MSW as DLL
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && (defined(WXUSINGDLL) || defined(WXMAKINGDLL_BASE))
-inline void * operator new (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum)
-{
- return wxDebugAlloc(size, fileName, lineNum, false, false);
-}
-
-inline void * operator new (size_t size)
-{
- return wxDebugAlloc(size, NULL, 0, false);
-}
-
-inline void operator delete (void * buf)
-{
- wxDebugFree(buf, false);
-}
-
-#if wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-inline void * operator new[] (size_t size)
-{
- return wxDebugAlloc(size, NULL, 0, false, true);
-}
-
-inline void * operator new[] (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum)
-{
- return wxDebugAlloc(size, fileName, lineNum, false, true);
-}
-
-inline void operator delete[] (void * buf)
-{
- wxDebugFree(buf, true);
-}
-#endif // wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-
-#else
-
-void * operator new (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum);
-
-void * operator new (size_t size);
-
-void operator delete (void * buf);
-
-#if wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-void * operator new[] (size_t size);
-
-void * operator new[] (size_t size, wxChar * fileName, int lineNum);
-
-void operator delete[] (void * buf);
-#endif // wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-#endif // defined(__WINDOWS__) && (defined(WXUSINGDLL) || defined(WXMAKINGDLL_BASE))
-
-// VC++ 6.0
-#if ( defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200) )
-inline void operator delete(void* pData, wxChar* /* fileName */, int /* lineNum */)
-{
- wxDebugFree(pData, false);
-}
-inline void operator delete[](void* pData, wxChar* /* fileName */, int /* lineNum */)
-{
- wxDebugFree(pData, true);
-}
-#endif // __VISUALC__>=1200
-#endif // wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-
-//**********************************************************************************
-
-typedef unsigned int wxMarkerType;
-
-/*
- Define the struct which will be placed at the start of all dynamically
- allocated memory.
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemStruct {
-
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDebugContext; // access to the m_next pointer for list traversal.
-
-public:
-public:
- int AssertList ();
-
- size_t RequestSize () { return m_reqSize; }
- wxMarkerType Marker () { return m_firstMarker; }
-
- // When an object is deleted we set the id slot to a specific value.
- inline void SetDeleted ();
- inline int IsDeleted ();
-
- int Append ();
- int Unlink ();
-
- // Used to determine if the object is really a wxMemStruct.
- // Not a foolproof test by any means, but better than none I hope!
- int AssertIt ();
-
- // Do all validation on a node.
- int ValidateNode ();
-
- // Check the integrity of a node and of the list, node by node.
- int CheckBlock ();
- int CheckAllPrevious ();
-
- // Print a single node.
- void PrintNode ();
-
- // Called when the memory linking functions get an error.
- void ErrorMsg (const char *);
- void ErrorMsg ();
-
- inline void *GetActualData(void) const { return m_actualData; }
-
- void Dump(void);
-
-public:
- // Check for underwriting. There are 2 of these checks. This one
- // inside the struct and another right after the struct.
- wxMarkerType m_firstMarker;
-
- // File name and line number are from cpp.
- wxChar* m_fileName;
- int m_lineNum;
-
- // The amount of memory requested by the caller.
- size_t m_reqSize;
-
- // Used to try to verify that we really are dealing with an object
- // of the required class. Can be 1 of 2 values these indicating a valid
- // wxMemStruct object, or a deleted wxMemStruct object.
- wxMarkerType m_id;
-
- wxMemStruct * m_prev;
- wxMemStruct * m_next;
-
- void * m_actualData;
- bool m_isObject;
-};
-
-
-typedef void (wxMemStruct::*PmSFV) ();
-
-// Type of the app function that can be installed and called at wxWidgets shutdown
-// (after all other registered files with global destructors have been closed down).
-typedef void (*wxShutdownNotifyFunction)();
-
-/*
- Debugging class. This will only have a single instance, but it's
- a reasonable way to keep everything together and to make this
- available for change if needed by someone else.
- A lot of this stuff would be better off within the wxMemStruct class, but
- it's stuff which we need to access at times when there is no wxMemStruct
- object so we use this class instead. Think of it as a collection of
- globals which have to do with the wxMemStruct class.
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDebugContext {
-
-protected:
- // Used to set alignment for markers.
- static size_t CalcAlignment ();
-
- // Returns the amount of padding needed after something of the given
- // size. This is so that when we cast pointers backwards and forwards
- // the pointer value will be valid for a wxMarkerType.
- static size_t GetPadding (const size_t size) ;
-
- // Traverse the list.
- static void TraverseList (PmSFV, wxMemStruct *from = NULL);
-
- static int debugLevel;
- static bool debugOn;
-
- static int m_balign; // byte alignment
- static int m_balignmask; // mask for performing byte alignment
-public:
- // Set a checkpoint to dump only the memory from
- // a given point
- static wxMemStruct *checkPoint;
-
- wxDebugContext(void);
- ~wxDebugContext(void);
-
- static int GetLevel(void) { return debugLevel; }
- static void SetLevel(int level) { debugLevel = level; }
-
- static bool GetDebugMode(void) { return debugOn; }
- static void SetDebugMode(bool flag) { debugOn = flag; }
-
- static void SetCheckpoint(bool all = false);
- static wxMemStruct *GetCheckpoint(void) { return checkPoint; }
-
- // Calculated from the request size and any padding needed
- // before the final marker.
- static size_t PaddedSize (const size_t reqSize);
-
- // Calc the total amount of space we need from the system
- // to satisfy a caller request. This includes all padding.
- static size_t TotSize (const size_t reqSize);
-
- // Return valid pointers to offsets within the allocated memory.
- static char * StructPos (const char * buf);
- static char * MidMarkerPos (const char * buf);
- static char * CallerMemPos (const char * buf);
- static char * EndMarkerPos (const char * buf, const size_t size);
-
- // Given a pointer to the start of the caller requested area
- // return a pointer to the start of the entire alloc\'d buffer.
- static char * StartPos (const char * caller);
-
- // Access to the list.
- static wxMemStruct * GetHead () { return m_head; }
- static wxMemStruct * GetTail () { return m_tail; }
-
- // Set the list sentinals.
- static wxMemStruct * SetHead (wxMemStruct * st) { return (m_head = st); }
- static wxMemStruct * SetTail (wxMemStruct * st) { return (m_tail = st); }
-
- // If this is set then every new operation checks the validity
- // of the all previous nodes in the list.
- static bool GetCheckPrevious () { return m_checkPrevious; }
- static void SetCheckPrevious (bool value) { m_checkPrevious = value; }
-
- // Checks all nodes, or all nodes if checkAll is true
- static int Check(bool checkAll = false);
-
- // Print out the list of wxMemStruct nodes.
- static bool PrintList(void);
-
- // Dump objects
- static bool Dump(void);
-
- // Print statistics
- static bool PrintStatistics(bool detailed = true);
-
- // Print out the classes in the application.
- static bool PrintClasses(void);
-
- // Count the number of non-wxDebugContext-related objects
- // that are outstanding
- static int CountObjectsLeft(bool sinceCheckpoint = false);
-
- // This function is used to output the dump
- static void OutputDumpLine(const wxChar *szFormat, ...);
-
- static void SetShutdownNotifyFunction(wxShutdownNotifyFunction shutdownFn);
-
-private:
- // Store these here to allow access to the list without
- // needing to have a wxMemStruct object.
- static wxMemStruct* m_head;
- static wxMemStruct* m_tail;
-
- // Set to false if we're not checking all previous nodes when
- // we do a new. Set to true when we are.
- static bool m_checkPrevious;
-
- // Holds a pointer to an optional application function to call at shutdown.
- static wxShutdownNotifyFunction sm_shutdownFn;
-
- // Have to access our shutdown hook
- friend class wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter;
-};
-
-// Final cleanup (e.g. deleting the log object and doing memory leak checking)
-// will be delayed until all wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter objects have been
-// destructed. Adding one wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter per file will delay
-// memory leak checking until after destructing all global objects.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter
-{
-public:
- wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter();
- ~wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter();
-
-private:
- void DoDump();
- static int sm_count;
-};
-
-// make leak dump after all globals have been destructed
-static wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter_File;
-#define WXDEBUG_DUMPDELAYCOUNTER \
- static wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter wxDebugContextDumpDelayCounter_Extra;
-
-// Output a debug message, in a system dependent fashion.
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTrace(const wxChar *fmt ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1;
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTraceLevel(int level, const wxChar *fmt ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
-
-#define WXTRACE wxTrace
-#define WXTRACELEVEL wxTraceLevel
-
-#else // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING) || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT
-
-#define WXDEBUG_DUMPDELAYCOUNTER
-
-// Borland C++ Builder 6 seems to have troubles with inline functions (see bug
-// 819700)
-#if 0
- inline void wxTrace(const wxChar *WXUNUSED(fmt)) {}
- inline void wxTraceLevel(int WXUNUSED(level), const wxChar *WXUNUSED(fmt)) {}
-#else
- #define wxTrace(fmt)
- #define wxTraceLevel(l, fmt)
-#endif
-
-#define WXTRACE true ? (void)0 : wxTrace
-#define WXTRACELEVEL true ? (void)0 : wxTraceLevel
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING) || wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT
-
-#endif // _WX_MEMORY_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/memtext.h
-// Purpose: wxMemoryText allows to use wxTextBuffer without a file
-// Created: 14.11.01
-// Author: Morten Hanssen
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Morten Hanssen
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MEMTEXT_H
-#define _WX_MEMTEXT_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// there is no separate setting for wxMemoryText, it's smallish anyhow
-#if wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMemoryText
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryText : public wxTextBuffer
-{
-public:
- // Constructors.
- wxMemoryText() { }
- wxMemoryText(const wxString& name) : wxTextBuffer(name) { }
-
-protected:
- virtual bool OnExists() const
- { return false; }
-
- virtual bool OnOpen(const wxString & WXUNUSED(strBufferName),
- wxTextBufferOpenMode WXUNUSED(OpenMode))
- { return true; }
-
- virtual bool OnClose()
- { return true; }
-
- virtual bool OnRead(const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv))
- { return true; }
-
- virtual bool OnWrite(wxTextFileType WXUNUSED(typeNew),
- const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv) = wxMBConvUTF8())
- { return true; }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryText);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
-#endif // _WX_MEMTEXT_H
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/menu.h
-// Purpose: wxMenu and wxMenuBar classes
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 26.10.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MENU_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_MENU_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/list.h" // for "template" list classes
-#include "wx/window.h" // base class for wxMenuBar
-
-// also include this one to ensure compatibility with old code which only
-// included wx/menu.h
-#include "wx/menuitem.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBarBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem;
-
-// pseudo template list classes
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenu, wxMenuList);
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenuItem, wxMenuItemList);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenu
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBase : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- // create a menu
- static wxMenu *New(const wxString& title = wxEmptyString, long style = 0);
-
- // ctors
- wxMenuBase(const wxString& title, long style = 0) : m_title(title)
- { Init(style); }
- wxMenuBase(long style = 0)
- { Init(style); }
-
- // dtor deletes all the menu items we own
- virtual ~wxMenuBase();
-
- // menu construction
- // -----------------
-
- // append any kind of item (normal/check/radio/separator)
- wxMenuItem* Append(int itemid,
- const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL)
- {
- return DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help, kind));
- }
-
- // append a separator to the menu
- wxMenuItem* AppendSeparator() { return Append(wxID_SEPARATOR); }
-
- // append a check item
- wxMenuItem* AppendCheckItem(int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return Append(itemid, text, help, wxITEM_CHECK);
- }
-
- // append a radio item
- wxMenuItem* AppendRadioItem(int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return Append(itemid, text, help, wxITEM_RADIO);
- }
-
- // append a submenu
- wxMenuItem* AppendSubMenu(wxMenu *submenu,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, wxID_ANY, text, help,
- wxITEM_NORMAL, submenu));
- }
-
- // the most generic form of Append() - append anything
- wxMenuItem* Append(wxMenuItem *item) { return DoAppend(item); }
-
- // insert a break in the menu (only works when appending the items, not
- // inserting them)
- virtual void Break() { }
-
- // insert an item before given position
- wxMenuItem* Insert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
-
- // insert an item before given position
- wxMenuItem* Insert(size_t pos,
- int itemid,
- const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL)
- {
- return Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help, kind));
- }
-
- // insert a separator
- wxMenuItem* InsertSeparator(size_t pos)
- {
- return Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, wxID_SEPARATOR));
- }
-
- // insert a check item
- wxMenuItem* InsertCheckItem(size_t pos,
- int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return Insert(pos, itemid, text, help, wxITEM_CHECK);
- }
-
- // insert a radio item
- wxMenuItem* InsertRadioItem(size_t pos,
- int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return Insert(pos, itemid, text, help, wxITEM_RADIO);
- }
-
- // insert a submenu
- wxMenuItem* Insert(size_t pos,
- int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- wxMenu *submenu,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return Insert(pos, wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help,
- wxITEM_NORMAL, submenu));
- }
-
- // prepend an item to the menu
- wxMenuItem* Prepend(wxMenuItem *item)
- {
- return Insert(0u, item);
- }
-
- // prepend any item to the menu
- wxMenuItem* Prepend(int itemid,
- const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL)
- {
- return Insert(0u, itemid, text, help, kind);
- }
-
- // prepend a separator
- wxMenuItem* PrependSeparator()
- {
- return InsertSeparator(0u);
- }
-
- // prepend a check item
- wxMenuItem* PrependCheckItem(int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return InsertCheckItem(0u, itemid, text, help);
- }
-
- // prepend a radio item
- wxMenuItem* PrependRadioItem(int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return InsertRadioItem(0u, itemid, text, help);
- }
-
- // prepend a submenu
- wxMenuItem* Prepend(int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- wxMenu *submenu,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return Insert(0u, itemid, text, submenu, help);
- }
-
- // detach an item from the menu, but don't delete it so that it can be
- // added back later (but if it's not, the caller is responsible for
- // deleting it!)
- wxMenuItem *Remove(int itemid) { return Remove(FindChildItem(itemid)); }
- wxMenuItem *Remove(wxMenuItem *item);
-
- // delete an item from the menu (submenus are not destroyed by this
- // function, see Destroy)
- bool Delete(int itemid) { return Delete(FindChildItem(itemid)); }
- bool Delete(wxMenuItem *item);
-
- // delete the item from menu and destroy it (if it's a submenu)
- bool Destroy(int itemid) { return Destroy(FindChildItem(itemid)); }
- bool Destroy(wxMenuItem *item);
-
- // menu items access
- // -----------------
-
- // get the items
- size_t GetMenuItemCount() const { return m_items.GetCount(); }
-
- const wxMenuItemList& GetMenuItems() const { return m_items; }
- wxMenuItemList& GetMenuItems() { return m_items; }
-
- // search
- virtual int FindItem(const wxString& item) const;
- wxMenuItem* FindItem(int itemid, wxMenu **menu = NULL) const;
-
- // find by position
- wxMenuItem* FindItemByPosition(size_t position) const;
-
- // get/set items attributes
- void Enable(int itemid, bool enable);
- bool IsEnabled(int itemid) const;
-
- void Check(int itemid, bool check);
- bool IsChecked(int itemid) const;
-
- void SetLabel(int itemid, const wxString& label);
- wxString GetLabel(int itemid) const;
-
- // Returns the stripped label
- wxString GetLabelText(int itemid) const { return wxMenuItem::GetLabelText(GetLabel(itemid)); }
-
- virtual void SetHelpString(int itemid, const wxString& helpString);
- virtual wxString GetHelpString(int itemid) const;
-
- // misc accessors
- // --------------
-
- // the title
- virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; }
- const wxString& GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
-
- // event handler
- void SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler) { m_eventHandler = handler; }
- wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const { return m_eventHandler; }
-
- // Invoking window: this is set by wxWindow::PopupMenu() before showing a
- // popup menu and reset after it's hidden. Notice that you probably want to
- // use GetWindow() below instead of GetInvokingWindow() as the latter only
- // returns non-NULL for the top level menus
- //
- // NB: avoid calling SetInvokingWindow() directly if possible, use
- // wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter class below instead
- void SetInvokingWindow(wxWindow *win);
- wxWindow *GetInvokingWindow() const { return m_invokingWindow; }
-
- // the window associated with this menu: this is the invoking window for
- // popup menus or the top level window to which the menu bar is attached
- // for menus which are part of a menu bar
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const;
-
- // style
- long GetStyle() const { return m_style; }
-
- // implementation helpers
- // ----------------------
-
- // Updates the UI for a menu and all submenus recursively. source is the
- // object that has the update event handlers defined for it. If NULL, the
- // menu or associated window will be used.
- void UpdateUI(wxEvtHandler* source = NULL);
-
- // get the menu bar this menu is attached to (may be NULL, always NULL for
- // popup menus). Traverse up the menu hierarchy to find it.
- wxMenuBar *GetMenuBar() const;
-
- // called when the menu is attached/detached to/from a menu bar
- virtual void Attach(wxMenuBarBase *menubar);
- virtual void Detach();
-
- // is the menu attached to a menu bar (or is it a popup one)?
- bool IsAttached() const { return GetMenuBar() != NULL; }
-
- // set/get the parent of this menu
- void SetParent(wxMenu *parent) { m_menuParent = parent; }
- wxMenu *GetParent() const { return m_menuParent; }
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // unlike FindItem(), this function doesn't recurse but only looks through
- // our direct children and also may return the index of the found child if
- // pos != NULL
- wxMenuItem *FindChildItem(int itemid, size_t *pos = NULL) const;
-
- // called to generate a wxCommandEvent, return true if it was processed,
- // false otherwise
- //
- // the checked parameter may have boolean value or -1 for uncheckable items
- bool SendEvent(int itemid, int checked = -1);
-
- // compatibility: these functions are deprecated, use the new ones instead
- // -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // use the versions taking wxItem_XXX now instead, they're more readable
- // and allow adding the radio items as well
- void Append(int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help,
- bool isCheckable)
- {
- Append(itemid, text, help, isCheckable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL);
- }
-
- // use more readable and not requiring unused itemid AppendSubMenu() instead
- wxMenuItem* Append(int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- wxMenu *submenu,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return DoAppend(wxMenuItem::New((wxMenu *)this, itemid, text, help,
- wxITEM_NORMAL, submenu));
- }
-
- void Insert(size_t pos,
- int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help,
- bool isCheckable)
- {
- Insert(pos, itemid, text, help, isCheckable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL);
- }
-
- void Prepend(int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help,
- bool isCheckable)
- {
- Insert(0u, itemid, text, help, isCheckable);
- }
-
- static void LockAccels(bool locked)
- {
- ms_locked = locked;
- }
-
-protected:
- // virtuals to override in derived classes
- // ---------------------------------------
-
- virtual wxMenuItem* DoAppend(wxMenuItem *item);
- virtual wxMenuItem* DoInsert(size_t pos, wxMenuItem *item);
-
- virtual wxMenuItem *DoRemove(wxMenuItem *item);
- virtual bool DoDelete(wxMenuItem *item);
- virtual bool DoDestroy(wxMenuItem *item);
-
- // helpers
- // -------
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init(long style);
-
- // associate the submenu with this menu
- void AddSubMenu(wxMenu *submenu);
-
- wxMenuBar *m_menuBar; // menubar we belong to or NULL
- wxMenu *m_menuParent; // parent menu or NULL
-
- wxString m_title; // the menu title or label
- wxMenuItemList m_items; // the list of menu items
-
- wxWindow *m_invokingWindow; // for popup menus
-
- long m_style; // combination of wxMENU_XXX flags
-
- wxEvtHandler *m_eventHandler; // a pluggable in event handler
-
- static bool ms_locked;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMenuBase);
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// XTI accessor
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenuInfoHelper : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxMenuInfoHelper() { m_menu = NULL; }
- virtual ~wxMenuInfoHelper() { }
-
- bool Create( wxMenu *menu, const wxString &title )
- {
- m_menu = menu;
- m_title = title;
- return true;
- }
-
- wxMenu* GetMenu() const { return m_menu; }
- wxString GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
-
-private:
- wxMenu *m_menu;
- wxString m_title;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuInfoHelper)
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxMenuInfoHelper, wxMenuInfoHelperList );
-
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenuBar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuBarBase : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- // default ctor
- wxMenuBarBase();
-
- // dtor will delete all menus we own
- virtual ~wxMenuBarBase();
-
- // menu bar construction
- // ---------------------
-
- // append a menu to the end of menubar, return true if ok
- virtual bool Append(wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
-
- // insert a menu before the given position into the menubar, return true
- // if inserted ok
- virtual bool Insert(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
-
- // menu bar items access
- // ---------------------
-
- // get the number of menus in the menu bar
- size_t GetMenuCount() const { return m_menus.GetCount(); }
-
- // get the menu at given position
- wxMenu *GetMenu(size_t pos) const;
-
- // replace the menu at given position with another one, returns the
- // previous menu (which should be deleted by the caller)
- virtual wxMenu *Replace(size_t pos, wxMenu *menu, const wxString& title);
-
- // delete the menu at given position from the menu bar, return the pointer
- // to the menu (which should be deleted by the caller)
- virtual wxMenu *Remove(size_t pos);
-
- // enable or disable a submenu
- virtual void EnableTop(size_t pos, bool enable) = 0;
-
- // is the menu enabled?
- virtual bool IsEnabledTop(size_t WXUNUSED(pos)) const { return true; }
-
- // get or change the label of the menu at given position
- virtual void SetMenuLabel(size_t pos, const wxString& label) = 0;
- virtual wxString GetMenuLabel(size_t pos) const = 0;
-
- // get the stripped label of the menu at given position
- virtual wxString GetMenuLabelText(size_t pos) const { return wxMenuItem::GetLabelText(GetMenuLabel(pos)); }
-
- // item search
- // -----------
-
- // by menu and item names, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found or id of the
- // found item
- virtual int FindMenuItem(const wxString& menu, const wxString& item) const;
-
- // find item by id (in any menu), returns NULL if not found
- //
- // if menu is !NULL, it will be filled with wxMenu this item belongs to
- virtual wxMenuItem* FindItem(int itemid, wxMenu **menu = NULL) const;
-
- // find menu by its caption, return wxNOT_FOUND on failure
- int FindMenu(const wxString& title) const;
-
- // item access
- // -----------
-
- // all these functions just use FindItem() and then call an appropriate
- // method on it
- //
- // NB: under MSW, these methods can only be used after the menubar had
- // been attached to the frame
-
- void Enable(int itemid, bool enable);
- void Check(int itemid, bool check);
- bool IsChecked(int itemid) const;
- bool IsEnabled(int itemid) const;
- virtual bool IsEnabled() const { return wxWindow::IsEnabled(); }
-
- void SetLabel(int itemid, const wxString &label);
- wxString GetLabel(int itemid) const;
-
- void SetHelpString(int itemid, const wxString& helpString);
- wxString GetHelpString(int itemid) const;
-
- // implementation helpers
-
- // get the frame we are attached to (may return NULL)
- wxFrame *GetFrame() const { return m_menuBarFrame; }
-
- // returns true if we're attached to a frame
- bool IsAttached() const { return GetFrame() != NULL; }
-
- // associate the menubar with the frame
- virtual void Attach(wxFrame *frame);
-
- // called before deleting the menubar normally
- virtual void Detach();
-
- // need to override these ones to avoid virtual function hiding
- virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true) { return wxWindow::Enable(enable); }
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& s) { wxWindow::SetLabel(s); }
- virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return wxWindow::GetLabel(); }
-
- // don't want menu bars to accept the focus by tabbing to them
- virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return false; }
-
- // update all menu item states in all menus
- virtual void UpdateMenus();
-
- virtual bool CanBeOutsideClientArea() const { return true; }
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
- // XTI helpers:
- bool AppendMenuInfo( const wxMenuInfoHelper *info )
- { return Append( info->GetMenu(), info->GetTitle() ); }
- const wxMenuInfoHelperList& GetMenuInfos() const;
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // get or change the label of the menu at given position
- // Deprecated in favour of SetMenuLabel
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetLabelTop(size_t pos, const wxString& label) );
- // Deprecated in favour of GetMenuLabelText
- wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetLabelTop(size_t pos) const );
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // the list of all our menus
- wxMenuList m_menus;
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
- // used by XTI
- wxMenuInfoHelperList m_menuInfos;
-#endif
-
- // the frame we are attached to (may be NULL)
- wxFrame *m_menuBarFrame;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMenuBarBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the real class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
- #define wxMenuItem wxMenuItemBase
-#else // !wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/menu.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/menu.h"
-#endif
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY/!wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helper class used in the implementation only: sets the invoking window of
-// the given menu in its ctor and resets it in dtor.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter
-{
-public:
- // Ctor sets the invoking window for the given menu.
- //
- // The menu lifetime must be greater than that of this class.
- wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter(wxMenu& menu, wxWindow *win)
- : m_menu(menu)
- {
- menu.SetInvokingWindow(win);
- }
-
- // Dtor resets the invoking window.
- ~wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter()
- {
- m_menu.SetInvokingWindow(NULL);
- }
-
-private:
- wxMenu& m_menu;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMenuInvokingWindowSetter);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#endif // _WX_MENU_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/menuitem.h
-// Purpose: wxMenuItem class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 25.10.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/object.h" // base class
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMenuItem is an item in the menu which may be either a normal item, a sub
-// menu or a separator
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMenuItemBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // creation
- static wxMenuItem *New(wxMenu *parentMenu = NULL,
- int itemid = wxID_SEPARATOR,
- const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
- wxMenu *subMenu = NULL);
-
- // destruction: wxMenuItem will delete its submenu
- virtual ~wxMenuItemBase();
-
- // the menu we're in
- wxMenu *GetMenu() const { return m_parentMenu; }
- void SetMenu(wxMenu* menu) { m_parentMenu = menu; }
-
- // get/set id
- void SetId(int itemid) { m_id = itemid; }
- int GetId() const { return m_id; }
-
- // the item's text (or name)
- //
- // NB: the item's label includes the accelerators and mnemonics info (if
- // any), i.e. it may contain '&' or '_' or "\t..." and thus is
- // different from the item's text which only contains the text shown
- // in the menu. This used to be called SetText.
- virtual void SetItemLabel(const wxString& str);
-
- // return the item label including any mnemonics and accelerators.
- // This used to be called GetText.
- virtual wxString GetItemLabel() const { return m_text; }
-
- // return just the text of the item label, without any mnemonics
- // This used to be called GetLabel.
- virtual wxString GetItemLabelText() const { return GetLabelText(m_text); }
-
- // return just the text part of the given label (implemented in platform-specific code)
- // This used to be called GetLabelFromText.
- static wxString GetLabelText(const wxString& label);
-
- // what kind of menu item we are
- wxItemKind GetKind() const { return m_kind; }
- void SetKind(wxItemKind kind) { m_kind = kind; }
- bool IsSeparator() const { return m_kind == wxITEM_SEPARATOR; }
-
- bool IsCheck() const { return m_kind == wxITEM_CHECK; }
- bool IsRadio() const { return m_kind == wxITEM_RADIO; }
-
- virtual void SetCheckable(bool checkable)
- { m_kind = checkable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL; }
-
- // Notice that this doesn't quite match SetCheckable().
- bool IsCheckable() const
- { return m_kind == wxITEM_CHECK || m_kind == wxITEM_RADIO; }
-
- bool IsSubMenu() const { return m_subMenu != NULL; }
- void SetSubMenu(wxMenu *menu) { m_subMenu = menu; }
- wxMenu *GetSubMenu() const { return m_subMenu; }
-
- // state
- virtual void Enable(bool enable = true) { m_isEnabled = enable; }
- virtual bool IsEnabled() const { return m_isEnabled; }
-
- virtual void Check(bool check = true) { m_isChecked = check; }
- virtual bool IsChecked() const { return m_isChecked; }
- void Toggle() { Check(!m_isChecked); }
-
- // help string (displayed in the status bar by default)
- void SetHelp(const wxString& str);
- const wxString& GetHelp() const { return m_help; }
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
- // extract the accelerator from the given menu string, return NULL if none
- // found
- static wxAcceleratorEntry *GetAccelFromString(const wxString& label);
-
- // get our accelerator or NULL (caller must delete the pointer)
- virtual wxAcceleratorEntry *GetAccel() const;
-
- // set the accel for this item - this may also be done indirectly with
- // SetText()
- virtual void SetAccel(wxAcceleratorEntry *accel);
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // compatibility only, use new functions in the new code
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetName(const wxString& str) );
- wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetName() const );
-
- // Now use GetItemLabelText
- wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetLabel() const ) ;
-
- // Now use GetItemLabel
- wxDEPRECATED( const wxString& GetText() const );
-
- // Now use GetLabelText to strip the accelerators
- static wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetLabelFromText(const wxString& text) );
-
- // Now use SetItemLabel
- wxDEPRECATED( virtual void SetText(const wxString& str) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- static wxMenuItem *New(wxMenu *parentMenu,
- int itemid,
- const wxString& text,
- const wxString& help,
- bool isCheckable,
- wxMenu *subMenu = NULL)
- {
- return New(parentMenu, itemid, text, help,
- isCheckable ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL, subMenu);
- }
-
-protected:
- wxWindowIDRef m_id; // numeric id of the item >= 0 or wxID_ANY or wxID_SEPARATOR
- wxMenu *m_parentMenu, // the menu we belong to
- *m_subMenu; // our sub menu or NULL
- wxString m_text, // label of the item
- m_help; // the help string for the item
- wxItemKind m_kind; // separator/normal/check/radio item?
- bool m_isChecked; // is checked?
- bool m_isEnabled; // is enabled?
-
- // this ctor is for the derived classes only, we're never created directly
- wxMenuItemBase(wxMenu *parentMenu = NULL,
- int itemid = wxID_SEPARATOR,
- const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& help = wxEmptyString,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
- wxMenu *subMenu = NULL);
-
-private:
- // and, if we have one ctor, compiler won't generate a default copy one, so
- // declare them ourselves - but don't implement as they shouldn't be used
- wxMenuItemBase(const wxMenuItemBase& item);
- wxMenuItemBase& operator=(const wxMenuItemBase& item);
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-inline void wxMenuItemBase::SetName(const wxString &str)
- { SetItemLabel(str); }
-inline wxString wxMenuItemBase::GetName() const
- { return GetItemLabel(); }
-inline wxString wxMenuItemBase::GetLabel() const
- { return GetLabelText(m_text); }
-inline const wxString& wxMenuItemBase::GetText() const { return m_text; }
-inline void wxMenuItemBase::SetText(const wxString& text) { SetItemLabel(text); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the real class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
- #define wxMenuItem wxMenuItemBase
-#else // !wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/menuitem.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/menuitem.h"
-#endif
-#endif // wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY/!wxUSE_BASE_CLASSES_ONLY
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#endif
- // _WX_MENUITEM_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/meta/convertible.h
-// Purpose: Test if types are convertible
-// Author: Arne Steinarson
-// Created: 2008-01-10
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Arne Steinarson
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_META_CONVERTIBLE_H_
-#define _WX_META_CONVERTIBLE_H_
-
-//
-// Introduce an extra class to make this header compilable with g++3.2
-//
-template <class D, class B>
-struct wxConvertibleTo_SizeHelper
-{
- static char Match(B* pb);
- static int Match(...);
-};
-
-// Helper to decide if an object of type D is convertible to type B (the test
-// succeeds in particular when D derives from B)
-template <class D, class B>
-struct wxConvertibleTo
-{
- enum
- {
- value =
- sizeof(wxConvertibleTo_SizeHelper<D,B>::Match(static_cast<D*>(NULL)))
- ==
- sizeof(char)
- };
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_META_CONVERTIBLE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/meta/if.h
-// Purpose: declares wxIf<> metaprogramming construct
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2008-01-22
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_META_IF_H_
-#define _WX_META_IF_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// NB: This code is intentionally written without partial templates
-// specialization, because some older compilers (notably VC6) don't
-// support it.
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-template <bool Cond>
-struct wxIfImpl
-
-// broken VC6 needs not just an incomplete template class declaration but a
-// "skeleton" declaration of the specialized versions below as it apparently
-// tries to look up the types in the generic template definition at some moment
-// even though it ends up by using the correct specialization in the end -- but
-// without this skeleton it doesn't recognize Result as a class at all below
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)
-{
- template<typename TTrue, typename TFalse> struct Result {};
-}
-#endif // VC++ <= 6
-;
-
-// specialization for true:
-template <>
-struct wxIfImpl<true>
-{
- template<typename TTrue, typename TFalse> struct Result
- {
- typedef TTrue value;
- };
-};
-
-// specialization for false:
-template<>
-struct wxIfImpl<false>
-{
- template<typename TTrue, typename TFalse> struct Result
- {
- typedef TFalse value;
- };
-};
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-// wxIf<> template defines nested type "value" which is the same as
-// TTrue if the condition Cond (boolean compile-time constant) was met and
-// TFalse if it wasn't.
-//
-// See wxVector<T> in vector.h for usage example
-template<bool Cond, typename TTrue, typename TFalse>
-struct wxIf
-{
- typedef typename wxPrivate::wxIfImpl<Cond>
- ::template Result<TTrue, TFalse>::value
- value;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_META_IF_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/meta/implicitconversion.h
-// Purpose: Determine resulting type from implicit conversion
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2010-10-22
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_META_IMPLICITCONVERSION_H_
-#define _WX_META_IMPLICITCONVERSION_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/meta/if.h"
-
-// C++ hierarchy of data types is:
-//
-// Long double (highest)
-// Double
-// Float
-// Unsigned long int
-// Long int
-// Unsigned int
-// Int (lowest)
-//
-// Types lower in the hierarchy are converted into ones higher up if both are
-// involved e.g. in arithmetic expressions.
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-// Helper macro to define a constant inside a template class: it's needed
-// because MSVC6 doesn't support initializing static integer members but the
-// usual workaround of using enums instead doesn't work for Borland (at least
-// in template classes).
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
- #define wxDEFINE_CLASS_INT_CONST(name, value) enum { name = value }
-#else
- #define wxDEFINE_CLASS_INT_CONST(name, value) static const int name = value
-#endif
-
-template<typename T>
-struct TypeHierarchy
-{
- // consider unknown types (e.g. objects, pointers) to be of highest
- // level, always convert to them if they occur
- wxDEFINE_CLASS_INT_CONST( level, 9999 );
-};
-
-#define WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL(level_num, type) \
- template<> struct TypeHierarchy<type> \
- { \
- wxDEFINE_CLASS_INT_CONST( level, level_num ); \
- }
-
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 1, char);
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 2, unsigned char);
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 3, short);
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 4, unsigned short);
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 5, int);
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 6, unsigned int);
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 7, long);
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 8, unsigned long);
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL( 9, wxLongLong_t);
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL(10, wxULongLong_t);
-#endif
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL(11, float);
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL(12, double);
-WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL(13, long double);
-
-#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE
- #if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == SIZEOF_SHORT
- template<> struct TypeHierarchy<wchar_t> : public TypeHierarchy<short> {};
- #elif SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == SIZEOF_INT
- template<> struct TypeHierarchy<wchar_t> : public TypeHierarchy<int> {};
- #elif SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == SIZEOF_LONG
- template<> struct TypeHierarchy<wchar_t> : public TypeHierarchy<long> {};
- #else
- #error "weird wchar_t size, please update this code"
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#undef WX_TYPE_HIERARCHY_LEVEL
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-// Helper to determine resulting type of implicit conversion in
-// an expression with two arithmetic types.
-template<typename T1, typename T2>
-struct wxImplicitConversionType
-{
- typedef typename wxIf
- <
- // if T2 is "higher" type, convert to it
- (int)(wxPrivate::TypeHierarchy<T1>::level) < (int)(wxPrivate::TypeHierarchy<T2>::level),
- T2,
- // otherwise use T1
- T1
- >::value
- value;
-};
-
-
-template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
-struct wxImplicitConversionType3 : public wxImplicitConversionType<
- T1,
- typename wxImplicitConversionType<T2,T3>::value>
-{
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_META_IMPLICITCONVERSION_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/meta/int2type.h
-// Purpose: Generate a unique type from a constant integer
-// Author: Arne Steinarson
-// Created: 2008-01-10
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Arne Steinarson
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_META_INT2TYPE_H_
-#define _WX_META_INT2TYPE_H_
-
-template <int N>
-struct wxInt2Type { enum { value=N }; };
-
-#endif // _WX_META_INT2TYPE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/meta/movable.h
-// Purpose: Test if a type is movable using memmove() etc.
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2008-01-21
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_META_MOVABLE_H_
-#define _WX_META_MOVABLE_H_
-
-#include "wx/meta/pod.h"
-#include "wx/string.h" // for wxIsMovable<wxString> specialization
-
-// Helper to decide if an object of type T is "movable", i.e. if it can be
-// copied to another memory location using memmove() or realloc() C functions.
-// C++ only gurantees that POD types (including primitive types) are
-// movable.
-template<typename T>
-struct wxIsMovable
-{
- wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(wxIsPod<T>::value);
-};
-
-// Macro to add wxIsMovable<T> specialization for given type that marks it
-// as movable:
-#define WX_DECLARE_TYPE_MOVABLE(type) \
- template<> struct wxIsMovable<type> \
- { \
- wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(true); \
- };
-
-// Our implementation of wxString is written in such way that it's safe to move
-// it around (unless position cache is used which unfortunately breaks this).
-// OTOH, we don't know anything about std::string.
-// (NB: we don't put this into string.h and choose to include wx/string.h from
-// here instead so that rarely-used wxIsMovable<T> code isn't included by
-// everything)
-#if !wxUSE_STD_STRING && !wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_MOVABLE(wxString)
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_META_MOVABLE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/meta/pod.h
-// Purpose: Test if a type is POD
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik, Jaakko Salli
-// Created: 2010-06-14
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_META_POD_H_
-#define _WX_META_POD_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-//
-// TODO: Use TR1 is_pod<> implementation where available. VC9 SP1 has it
-// in tr1 namespace, VC10 has it in std namespace. GCC 4.2 has it in
-// <tr1/type_traits>, while GCC 4.3 and later have it in <type_traits>.
-//
-
-// This macro declares something called "value" inside a class declaration.
-//
-// It has to be used because VC6 doesn't handle initialization of the static
-// variables in the class declaration itself while BCC5.82 doesn't understand
-// enums (it compiles the template fine but can't use it later)
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)
- #define wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(val) enum { value = val }
-#else
- #define wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(val) static const bool value = val
-#endif
-
-// Helper to decide if an object of type T is POD (Plain Old Data)
-template<typename T>
-struct wxIsPod
-{
- wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(false);
-};
-
-// Macro to add wxIsPod<T> specialization for given type that marks it
-// as Plain Old Data:
-#define WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(type) \
- template<> struct wxIsPod<type> \
- { \
- wxDEFINE_TEMPLATE_BOOL_VALUE(true); \
- };
-
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(bool)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(unsigned char)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(signed char)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(unsigned int)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(signed int)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(unsigned short int)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(signed short int)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(signed long int)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(unsigned long int)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(float)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(double)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(long double)
-#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(wchar_t)
-#endif
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(wxLongLong_t)
-WX_DECLARE_TYPE_POD(wxULongLong_t)
-#endif
-
-// Visual C++ 6.0 can't compile partial template specializations and as this is
-// only an optimization, we can live with pointers not being recognized as
-// POD types under VC6
-#if !defined(__VISUALC__) || wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)
-
-// pointers are Plain Old Data:
-template<typename T>
-struct wxIsPod<T*>
-{
- static const bool value = true;
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-struct wxIsPod<const T*>
-{
- static const bool value = true;
-};
-
-#endif // !VC++ < 7
-
-#endif // _WX_META_POD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/meta/removeref.h
-// Purpose: Allows to remove a reference from a type.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2012-10-21
-// Copyright: (c) 2012 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_META_REMOVEREF_H_
-#define _WX_META_REMOVEREF_H_
-
-// wxRemoveRef<> is similar to C++11 std::remove_reference<> but works with all
-// compilers (but, to compensate for this, doesn't work with rvalue references).
-
-// Except that it doesn't work with VC++ 6 as there doesn't seem to be any way
-// to partially specialize a template for references with it.
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
-
-template <typename T>
-struct wxRemoveRef
-{
- typedef T type;
-};
-
-template <typename T>
-struct wxRemoveRef<T&>
-{
- typedef T type;
-};
-
-#define wxHAS_REMOVEREF
-
-#endif // !__VISUALC6__
-
-#endif // _WX_META_REMOVEREF_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/metafile.h
-// Purpose: wxMetaFile class declaration
-// Author: wxWidgets team
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 13.01.00
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_METAFILE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_METAFILE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_METAFILE
-
-// provide synonyms for all metafile classes
-#define wxMetaFile wxMetafile
-#define wxMetaFileDC wxMetafileDC
-#define wxMetaFileDataObject wxMetafileDataObject
-
-#define wxMakeMetaFilePlaceable wxMakeMetafilePlaceable
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #if wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
- #include "wx/msw/enhmeta.h"
-
- #if wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS
- // use normal metafiles as well
- #include "wx/msw/metafile.h"
- #else // also map all metafile classes to enh metafile
- typedef wxEnhMetaFile wxMetafile;
- typedef wxEnhMetaFileDC wxMetafileDC;
- #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- typedef wxEnhMetaFileDataObject wxMetafileDataObject;
- #endif
-
- // this flag will be set if wxMetafile class is wxEnhMetaFile
- #define wxMETAFILE_IS_ENH
- #endif // wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS
- #else // !wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
- #include "wx/msw/metafile.h"
- #endif
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/metafile.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/metafile.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_METAFILE
-
-#endif // _WX_METAFILE_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/mimetype.h
-// Purpose: classes and functions to manage MIME types
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Chris Elliott (biol75@york.ac.uk) 5 Dec 00: write support for Win32
-// Created: 23.09.98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library)
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MIMETYPE_H_
-#define _WX_MIMETYPE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers and such
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-// the things we really need
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-#include <stdarg.h>
-
-// fwd decls
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxIconLocation;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileTypeImpl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl;
-
-// these constants define the MIME informations source under UNIX and are used
-// by wxMimeTypesManager::Initialize()
-enum wxMailcapStyle
-{
- wxMAILCAP_STANDARD = 1,
- wxMAILCAP_NETSCAPE = 2,
- wxMAILCAP_KDE = 4,
- wxMAILCAP_GNOME = 8,
-
- wxMAILCAP_ALL = 15
-};
-
-/*
- TODO: would it be more convenient to have this class?
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeType : public wxString
-{
-public:
- // all string ctors here
-
- wxString GetType() const { return BeforeFirst(wxT('/')); }
- wxString GetSubType() const { return AfterFirst(wxT('/')); }
-
- void SetSubType(const wxString& subtype)
- {
- *this = GetType() + wxT('/') + subtype;
- }
-
- bool Matches(const wxMimeType& wildcard)
- {
- // implement using wxMimeTypesManager::IsOfType()
- }
-};
-
-*/
-
-// wxMimeTypeCommands stores the verbs defined for the given MIME type with
-// their values
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypeCommands
-{
-public:
- wxMimeTypeCommands() {}
-
- wxMimeTypeCommands(const wxArrayString& verbs,
- const wxArrayString& commands)
- : m_verbs(verbs),
- m_commands(commands)
- {
- }
-
- // add a new verb with the command or replace the old value
- void AddOrReplaceVerb(const wxString& verb, const wxString& cmd);
- void Add(const wxString& s)
- {
- m_verbs.Add(s.BeforeFirst(wxT('=')));
- m_commands.Add(s.AfterFirst(wxT('=')));
- }
-
- // access the commands
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_verbs.GetCount(); }
- const wxString& GetVerb(size_t n) const { return m_verbs[n]; }
- const wxString& GetCmd(size_t n) const { return m_commands[n]; }
-
- bool HasVerb(const wxString& verb) const
- { return m_verbs.Index(verb) != wxNOT_FOUND; }
-
- // returns empty string and wxNOT_FOUND in idx if no such verb
- wxString GetCommandForVerb(const wxString& verb, size_t *idx = NULL) const;
-
- // get a "verb=command" string
- wxString GetVerbCmd(size_t n) const;
-
-private:
- wxArrayString m_verbs;
- wxArrayString m_commands;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileTypeInfo: static container of information accessed via wxFileType.
-//
-// This class is used with wxMimeTypesManager::AddFallbacks() and Associate()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTypeInfo
-{
-private:
- void DoVarArgInit(const wxString& mimeType,
- const wxString& openCmd,
- const wxString& printCmd,
- const wxString& desc,
- va_list argptr);
-
- void VarArgInit(const wxString *mimeType,
- const wxString *openCmd,
- const wxString *printCmd,
- const wxString *desc,
- // the other parameters form a NULL terminated list of
- // extensions
- ...);
-
-public:
- // NB: This is a helper to get implicit conversion of variadic ctor's
- // fixed arguments into something that can be passed to VarArgInit().
- // Do not use, it's used by the ctor only.
- struct CtorString
- {
- CtorString(const char *str) : m_str(str) {}
- CtorString(const wchar_t *str) : m_str(str) {}
- CtorString(const wxString& str) : m_str(str) {}
- CtorString(const wxCStrData& str) : m_str(str) {}
- CtorString(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str) : m_str(str) {}
- CtorString(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str) : m_str(str) {}
-
- operator const wxString*() const { return &m_str; }
-
- wxString m_str;
- };
-
- // ctors
-
- // Ctor specifying just the MIME type (which is mandatory), the other
- // fields can be set later if needed.
- wxFileTypeInfo(const wxString& mimeType)
- : m_mimeType(mimeType)
- {
- }
-
- // Ctor allowing to specify the values of all fields at once:
- //
- // wxFileTypeInfo(const wxString& mimeType,
- // const wxString& openCmd,
- // const wxString& printCmd,
- // const wxString& desc,
- // // the other parameters form a list of extensions for this
- // // file type and should be terminated with wxNullPtr (not
- // // just NULL!)
- // ...);
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_CTOR(wxFileTypeInfo,
- 4, (const CtorString&,
- const CtorString&,
- const CtorString&,
- const CtorString&),
- VarArgInit, VarArgInit)
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR(
- wxFileTypeInfo,
- 4, (const wxString&,
- const wxString&,
- const wxString&,
- const wxString&),
- (CtorString(f1),
- CtorString(f2),
- CtorString(f3),
- CtorString(f4)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR(
- wxFileTypeInfo,
- 4, (const wxCStrData&,
- const wxCStrData&,
- const wxCStrData&,
- const wxCStrData&),
- (CtorString(f1),
- CtorString(f2),
- CtorString(f3),
- CtorString(f4)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR(
- wxFileTypeInfo,
- 4, (const char*,
- const char*,
- const char*,
- const char*),
- (CtorString(f1),
- CtorString(f2),
- CtorString(f3),
- CtorString(f4)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR(
- wxFileTypeInfo,
- 4, (const wchar_t*,
- const wchar_t*,
- const wchar_t*,
- const wchar_t*),
- (CtorString(f1),
- CtorString(f2),
- CtorString(f3),
- CtorString(f4)));
-#endif
-
- // the array elements correspond to the parameters of the ctor above in
- // the same order
- wxFileTypeInfo(const wxArrayString& sArray);
-
- // invalid item - use this to terminate the array passed to
- // wxMimeTypesManager::AddFallbacks
- wxFileTypeInfo() { }
-
- // test if this object can be used
- bool IsValid() const { return !m_mimeType.empty(); }
-
- // setters
- // set the open/print commands
- void SetOpenCommand(const wxString& command) { m_openCmd = command; }
- void SetPrintCommand(const wxString& command) { m_printCmd = command; }
-
- // set the description
- void SetDescription(const wxString& desc) { m_desc = desc; }
-
- // add another extension corresponding to this file type
- void AddExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_exts.push_back(ext); }
-
- // set the icon info
- void SetIcon(const wxString& iconFile, int iconIndex = 0)
- {
- m_iconFile = iconFile;
- m_iconIndex = iconIndex;
- }
- // set the short desc
- void SetShortDesc(const wxString& shortDesc) { m_shortDesc = shortDesc; }
-
- // accessors
- // get the MIME type
- const wxString& GetMimeType() const { return m_mimeType; }
- // get the open command
- const wxString& GetOpenCommand() const { return m_openCmd; }
- // get the print command
- const wxString& GetPrintCommand() const { return m_printCmd; }
- // get the short description (only used under Win32 so far)
- const wxString& GetShortDesc() const { return m_shortDesc; }
- // get the long, user visible description
- const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_desc; }
- // get the array of all extensions
- const wxArrayString& GetExtensions() const { return m_exts; }
- size_t GetExtensionsCount() const {return m_exts.GetCount(); }
- // get the icon info
- const wxString& GetIconFile() const { return m_iconFile; }
- int GetIconIndex() const { return m_iconIndex; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_mimeType, // the MIME type in "type/subtype" form
- m_openCmd, // command to use for opening the file (%s allowed)
- m_printCmd, // command to use for printing the file (%s allowed)
- m_shortDesc, // a short string used in the registry
- m_desc; // a free form description of this file type
-
- // icon stuff
- wxString m_iconFile; // the file containing the icon
- int m_iconIndex; // icon index in this file
-
- wxArrayString m_exts; // the extensions which are mapped on this filetype
-
-
-#if 0 // TODO
- // the additional (except "open" and "print") command names and values
- wxArrayString m_commandNames,
- m_commandValues;
-#endif // 0
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxFileTypeInfo, wxArrayFileTypeInfo,
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileType: gives access to all information about the files of given type.
-//
-// This class holds information about a given "file type". File type is the
-// same as MIME type under Unix, but under Windows it corresponds more to an
-// extension than to MIME type (in fact, several extensions may correspond to a
-// file type). This object may be created in many different ways and depending
-// on how it was created some fields may be unknown so the return value of all
-// the accessors *must* be checked!
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileType
-{
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl; // it has access to m_impl
-
-public:
- // An object of this class must be passed to Get{Open|Print}Command. The
- // default implementation is trivial and doesn't know anything at all about
- // parameters, only filename and MIME type are used (so it's probably ok for
- // Windows where %{param} is not used anyhow)
- class MessageParameters
- {
- public:
- // ctors
- MessageParameters() { }
- MessageParameters(const wxString& filename,
- const wxString& mimetype = wxEmptyString)
- : m_filename(filename), m_mimetype(mimetype) { }
-
- // accessors (called by GetOpenCommand)
- // filename
- const wxString& GetFileName() const { return m_filename; }
- // mime type
- const wxString& GetMimeType() const { return m_mimetype; }
-
- // override this function in derived class
- virtual wxString GetParamValue(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name)) const
- { return wxEmptyString; }
-
- // virtual dtor as in any base class
- virtual ~MessageParameters() { }
-
- protected:
- wxString m_filename, m_mimetype;
- };
-
- // ctor from static data
- wxFileType(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
-
- // accessors: all of them return true if the corresponding information
- // could be retrieved/found, false otherwise (and in this case all [out]
- // parameters are unchanged)
- // return the MIME type for this file type
- bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const;
- bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const;
- // fill passed in array with all extensions associated with this file
- // type
- bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions);
- // get the icon corresponding to this file type and of the given size
- bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconloc) const;
- bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconloc,
- const MessageParameters& params) const;
- // get a brief file type description ("*.txt" => "text document")
- bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const;
-
- // get the command to be used to open/print the given file.
- // get the command to execute the file of given type
- bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd,
- const MessageParameters& params) const;
- // a simpler to use version of GetOpenCommand() -- it only takes the
- // filename and returns an empty string on failure
- wxString GetOpenCommand(const wxString& filename) const;
- // get the command to print the file of given type
- bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd,
- const MessageParameters& params) const;
-
-
- // return the number of commands defined for this file type, 0 if none
- size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString *verbs, wxArrayString *commands,
- const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
-
- // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and
- // overwriteprompt is true
- bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb,
- bool overwriteprompt = true);
-
- bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& cmd = wxEmptyString, int index = 0);
-
-
- // remove the association for this filetype from the system MIME database:
- // notice that it will only work if the association is defined in the user
- // file/registry part, we will never modify the system-wide settings
- bool Unassociate();
-
- // operations
- // expand a string in the format of GetOpenCommand (which may contain
- // '%s' and '%t' format specifiers for the file name and mime type
- // and %{param} constructions).
- static wxString ExpandCommand(const wxString& command,
- const MessageParameters& params);
-
- // dtor (not virtual, shouldn't be derived from)
- ~wxFileType();
-
-private:
- // default ctor is private because the user code never creates us
- wxFileType();
-
- // no copy ctor/assignment operator
- wxFileType(const wxFileType&);
- wxFileType& operator=(const wxFileType&);
-
- // the static container of wxFileType data: if it's not NULL, it means that
- // this object is used as fallback only
- const wxFileTypeInfo *m_info;
-
- // the object which implements the real stuff like reading and writing
- // to/from system MIME database
- wxFileTypeImpl *m_impl;
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMimeTypesManagerFactory
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerFactory
-{
-public:
- wxMimeTypesManagerFactory() {}
- virtual ~wxMimeTypesManagerFactory() {}
-
- virtual wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *CreateMimeTypesManagerImpl();
-
- static void Set( wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *factory );
- static wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *Get();
-
-private:
- static wxMimeTypesManagerFactory *m_factory;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMimeTypesManager: interface to system MIME database.
-//
-// This class accesses the information about all known MIME types and allows
-// the application to retrieve information (including how to handle data of
-// given type) about them.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManager
-{
-public:
- // static helper functions
- // -----------------------
-
- // check if the given MIME type is the same as the other one: the
- // second argument may contain wildcards ('*'), but not the first. If
- // the types are equal or if the mimeType matches wildcard the function
- // returns true, otherwise it returns false
- static bool IsOfType(const wxString& mimeType, const wxString& wildcard);
-
- // ctor
- wxMimeTypesManager();
-
- // NB: the following 2 functions are for Unix only and don't do anything
- // elsewhere
-
- // loads data from standard files according to the mailcap styles
- // specified: this is a bitwise OR of wxMailcapStyle values
- //
- // use the extraDir parameter if you want to look for files in another
- // directory
- void Initialize(int mailcapStyle = wxMAILCAP_ALL,
- const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString);
-
- // and this function clears all the data from the manager
- void ClearData();
-
- // Database lookup: all functions return a pointer to wxFileType object
- // whose methods may be used to query it for the information you're
- // interested in. If the return value is !NULL, caller is responsible for
- // deleting it.
- // get file type from file extension
- wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
- // get file type from MIME type (in format <category>/<format>)
- wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType);
-
- // enumerate all known MIME types
- //
- // returns the number of retrieved file types
- size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes);
-
- // these functions can be used to provide default values for some of the
- // MIME types inside the program itself
- //
- // The filetypes array should be terminated by either NULL entry or an
- // invalid wxFileTypeInfo (i.e. the one created with default ctor)
- void AddFallbacks(const wxFileTypeInfo *filetypes);
- void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& ft) { m_fallbacks.Add(ft); }
-
- // create or remove associations
-
- // create a new association using the fields of wxFileTypeInfo (at least
- // the MIME type and the extension should be set)
- // if the other fields are empty, the existing values should be left alone
- wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
-
- // undo Associate()
- bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft) ;
-
- // dtor (not virtual, shouldn't be derived from)
- ~wxMimeTypesManager();
-
-private:
- // no copy ctor/assignment operator
- wxMimeTypesManager(const wxMimeTypesManager&);
- wxMimeTypesManager& operator=(const wxMimeTypesManager&);
-
- // the fallback info which is used if the information is not found in the
- // real system database
- wxArrayFileTypeInfo m_fallbacks;
-
- // the object working with the system MIME database
- wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_impl;
-
- // if m_impl is NULL, create one
- void EnsureImpl();
-
- friend class wxMimeTypeCmnModule;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the default mime manager for wxWidgets programs
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMimeTypesManager *) wxTheMimeTypesManager;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-#endif
- //_WX_MIMETYPE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/minifram.h
-// Purpose: wxMiniFrame base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MINIFRAM_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_MINIFRAM_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MINIFRAME
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-#include "wx/motif/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-#include "wx/gtk/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk1/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
-#include "wx/x11/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/osx/minifram.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/minifram.h"
-#else
-// TODO: it seems that wxMiniFrame could be just defined here generically
-// instead of having all the above port-specific headers
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-typedef wxFrame wxMiniFrame;
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MINIFRAME
-#endif // _WX_MINIFRAM_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/modalhook.h
-// Purpose: Allows to hook into showing modal dialogs.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2013-05-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2013 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MODALHOOK_H_
-#define _WX_MODALHOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialog;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Class allowing to be notified about any modal dialog calls.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// To be notified about entering and exiting modal dialogs and possibly to
-// replace them with something else (e.g. just return a predefined value for
-// testing), define an object of this class, override its Enter() and
-// possibly Exit() methods and call Register() on it.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxModalDialogHook
-{
-public:
- // Default ctor doesn't do anything, call Register() to activate the hook.
- wxModalDialogHook() { }
-
- // Dtor unregisters the hook if it had been registered.
- virtual ~wxModalDialogHook() { DoUnregister(); }
-
- // Register this hook as being active, i.e. its Enter() and Exit() methods
- // will be called.
- //
- // Notice that the order of registration matters: the last hook registered
- // is called first, and if its Enter() returns something != wxID_NONE, the
- // subsequent hooks are skipped.
- void Register();
-
- // Unregister this hook. Notice that is done automatically from the dtor.
- void Unregister();
-
- // Called from wxWidgets code before showing any modal dialogs and calls
- // Enter() for every registered hook.
- static int CallEnter(wxDialog* dialog);
-
- // Called from wxWidgets code after dismissing the dialog and calls Exit()
- // for every registered hook.
- static void CallExit(wxDialog* dialog);
-
-protected:
- // Called by wxWidgets before showing any modal dialogs, override this to
- // be notified about this and return anything but wxID_NONE to skip showing
- // the modal dialog entirely and just return the specified result.
- virtual int Enter(wxDialog* dialog) = 0;
-
- // Called by wxWidgets after dismissing the modal dialog. Notice that it
- // won't be called if Enter() hadn't been.
- virtual void Exit(wxDialog* WXUNUSED(dialog)) { }
-
-private:
- // Unregister the given hook, return true if it was done or false if the
- // hook wasn't found.
- bool DoUnregister();
-
- // All the hooks in reverse registration order (i.e. in call order).
- typedef wxVector<wxModalDialogHook*> Hooks;
- static Hooks ms_hooks;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxModalDialogHook);
-};
-
-// Helper object used by WX_MODAL_DIALOG_HOOK below to ensure that CallExit()
-// is called on scope exit.
-class wxModalDialogHookExitGuard
-{
-public:
- wxEXPLICIT wxModalDialogHookExitGuard(wxDialog* dialog)
- : m_dialog(dialog)
- {
- }
-
- ~wxModalDialogHookExitGuard()
- {
- wxModalDialogHook::CallExit(m_dialog);
- }
-
-private:
- wxDialog* const m_dialog;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxModalDialogHookExitGuard);
-};
-
-// This macro needs to be used at the top of every implementation of
-// ShowModal() in order for wxModalDialogHook to work.
-#define WX_HOOK_MODAL_DIALOG() \
- const int modalDialogHookRC = wxModalDialogHook::CallEnter(this); \
- if ( modalDialogHookRC != wxID_NONE ) \
- return modalDialogHookRC; \
- wxModalDialogHookExitGuard modalDialogHookExit(this)
-
-#endif // _WX_MODALHOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/module.h
-// Purpose: Modules handling
-// Author: Wolfram Gloger/adapted by Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04/11/98
-// Copyright: (c) Wolfram Gloger and Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MODULE_H_
-#define _WX_MODULE_H_
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// declare a linked list of modules
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxModule;
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_LIST(wxModule, wxModuleList, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-// and an array of class info objects
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxClassInfo *, wxArrayClassInfo,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-
-// declaring a class derived from wxModule will automatically create an
-// instance of this class on program startup, call its OnInit() method and call
-// OnExit() on program termination (but only if OnInit() succeeded)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxModule : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxModule() {}
- virtual ~wxModule() {}
-
- // if module init routine returns false the application
- // will fail to startup
-
- bool Init() { return OnInit(); }
- void Exit() { OnExit(); }
-
- // Override both of these
-
- // called on program startup
-
- virtual bool OnInit() = 0;
-
- // called just before program termination, but only if OnInit()
- // succeeded
-
- virtual void OnExit() = 0;
-
- static void RegisterModule(wxModule *module);
- static void RegisterModules();
- static bool InitializeModules();
- static void CleanUpModules() { DoCleanUpModules(m_modules); }
-
- // used by wxObjectLoader when unloading shared libs's
-
- static void UnregisterModule(wxModule *module);
-
-protected:
- static wxModuleList m_modules;
-
- // the function to call from constructor of a deriving class add module
- // dependency which will be initialized before the module and unloaded
- // after that
- void AddDependency(wxClassInfo *dep)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( dep, wxT("NULL module dependency") );
-
- m_dependencies.Add(dep);
- }
-
- // same as the version above except it will look up wxClassInfo by name on
- // its own
- void AddDependency(const char *className)
- {
- m_namedDependencies.Add(className);
- }
-
-
-private:
- // initialize module and Append it to initializedModules list recursively
- // calling itself to satisfy module dependencies if needed
- static bool
- DoInitializeModule(wxModule *module, wxModuleList &initializedModules);
-
- // cleanup the modules in the specified list (which may not contain all
- // modules if we're called during initialization because not all modules
- // could be initialized) and also empty m_modules itself
- static void DoCleanUpModules(const wxModuleList& modules);
-
- // resolve all named dependencies and add them to the normal m_dependencies
- bool ResolveNamedDependencies();
-
-
- // module dependencies: contains wxClassInfo pointers for all modules which
- // must be initialized before this one
- wxArrayClassInfo m_dependencies;
-
- // and the named dependencies: those will be resolved during run-time and
- // added to m_dependencies
- wxArrayString m_namedDependencies;
-
- // used internally while initializing/cleaning up modules
- enum
- {
- State_Registered, // module registered but not initialized yet
- State_Initializing, // we're initializing this module but not done yet
- State_Initialized // module initialized successfully
- } m_state;
-
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxModule)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MODULE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/mousemanager.h
-// Purpose: wxMouseEventsManager class declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-04-20
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MOUSEMANAGER_H_
-#define _WX_MOUSEMANAGER_H_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMouseEventsManager
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- This class handles mouse events and synthesizes high-level notifications
- such as clicks and drag events from low level mouse button presses and
- mouse movement events. It is useful because handling the mouse events is
- less obvious than might seem at a first glance: for example, clicks on an
- object should only be generated if the mouse was both pressed and released
- over it and not just released (so it requires storing the previous state)
- and dragging shouldn't start before the mouse moves away far enough.
-
- This class encapsulates all these dull details for controls containing
- multiple items which can be identified by a positive integer index and you
- just need to implement its pure virtual functions to use it.
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseEventsManager : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- // a mouse event manager is always associated with a window and must be
- // deleted by the window when it is destroyed so if it is created using the
- // default ctor Create() must be called later
- wxMouseEventsManager() { Init(); }
- wxMouseEventsManager(wxWindow *win) { Init(); Create(win); }
- bool Create(wxWindow *win);
-
- virtual ~wxMouseEventsManager();
-
-protected:
- // called to find the item at the given position: return wxNOT_FOUND (-1)
- // if there is no item here
- virtual int MouseHitTest(const wxPoint& pos) = 0;
-
- // called when the user clicked (i.e. pressed and released mouse over the
- // same item), should normally generate a notification about this click and
- // return true if it was handled or false otherwise, determining whether
- // the original mouse event is skipped or not
- virtual bool MouseClicked(int item) = 0;
-
- // called to start dragging the given item, should generate the appropriate
- // BEGIN_DRAG event and return false if dragging this item was forbidden
- virtual bool MouseDragBegin(int item, const wxPoint& pos) = 0;
-
- // called while the item is being dragged, should normally update the
- // feedback on screen (usually using wxOverlay)
- virtual void MouseDragging(int item, const wxPoint& pos) = 0;
-
- // called when the mouse is released after dragging the item
- virtual void MouseDragEnd(int item, const wxPoint& pos) = 0;
-
- // called when mouse capture is lost while dragging the item, should remove
- // the visual feedback drawn by MouseDragging()
- virtual void MouseDragCancelled(int item) = 0;
-
-
- // you don't need to override those but you will want to do if it your
- // control renders pressed items differently
-
- // called when the item is becomes pressed, can be used to change its
- // appearance
- virtual void MouseClickBegin(int WXUNUSED(item)) { }
-
- // called if the mouse capture was lost while the item was pressed, can be
- // used to restore the default item appearance if it was changed in
- // MouseClickBegin()
- virtual void MouseClickCancelled(int WXUNUSED(item)) { }
-
-private:
- /*
- Here is a small diagram explaining the switches between different
- states:
-
-
- /---------->NORMAL<--------------- Drag end
- / / / | event
- / / | | ^
- / / | | |
- Click / N | | mouse | mouse up
- event / | | down |
- | / | | DRAGGING
- | / | | ^
- Y|/ N \ v |Y
- +-------------+ +--------+ N +-----------+
- |On same item?| |On item?| -----------|Begin drag?|
- +-------------+ +--------+ / +-----------+
- ^ | / ^
- | | / |
- \ mouse | / mouse moved |
- \ up v v far enough /
- \--------PRESSED-------------------/
-
-
- There are also transitions from PRESSED and DRAGGING to NORMAL in case
- the mouse capture is lost or Escape key is pressed which are not shown.
- */
- enum State
- {
- State_Normal, // initial, default state
- State_Pressed, // mouse was pressed over an item
- State_Dragging // the item is being dragged
- };
-
- // common part of both ctors
- void Init();
-
- // various event handlers
- void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
- void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnMove(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-
- // the associated window, never NULL except between the calls to the
- // default ctor and Create()
- wxWindow *m_win;
-
- // the current state
- State m_state;
-
- // the details of the operation currently in progress, only valid if
- // m_state is not normal
-
- // the item being pressed or dragged (always valid, i.e. != wxNOT_FOUND if
- // m_state != State_Normal)
- int m_item;
-
- // the position of the last mouse event of interest: either mouse press in
- // State_Pressed or last movement event in State_Dragging
- wxPoint m_posLast;
-
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMouseEventsManager);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MOUSEMANAGER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/mousestate.h
-// Purpose: Declaration of wxMouseState class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-09-19 (extracted from wx/utils.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MOUSESTATE_H_
-#define _WX_MOUSESTATE_H_
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint
-#include "wx/kbdstate.h"
-
-// the symbolic names for the mouse buttons
-enum wxMouseButton
-{
- wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY = -1,
- wxMOUSE_BTN_NONE = 0,
- wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT = 1,
- wxMOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE = 2,
- wxMOUSE_BTN_RIGHT = 3,
- wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX1 = 4,
- wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX2 = 5,
- wxMOUSE_BTN_MAX
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMouseState contains the information about mouse position, buttons and also
-// key modifiers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxMouseState is used to hold information about button and modifier state
-// and is what is returned from wxGetMouseState.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseState : public wxKeyboardState
-{
-public:
- wxMouseState()
- : m_leftDown(false), m_middleDown(false), m_rightDown(false),
- m_aux1Down(false), m_aux2Down(false),
- m_x(0), m_y(0)
- {
- }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
-
- // accessors for the mouse position
- wxCoord GetX() const { return m_x; }
- wxCoord GetY() const { return m_y; }
- wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(m_x, m_y); }
- void GetPosition(wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y) const
- {
- if ( x )
- *x = m_x;
- if ( y )
- *y = m_y;
- }
-
- // this overload is for compatibility only
- void GetPosition(long *x, long *y) const
- {
- if ( x )
- *x = m_x;
- if ( y )
- *y = m_y;
- }
-
- // accessors for the pressed buttons
- bool LeftIsDown() const { return m_leftDown; }
- bool MiddleIsDown() const { return m_middleDown; }
- bool RightIsDown() const { return m_rightDown; }
- bool Aux1IsDown() const { return m_aux1Down; }
- bool Aux2IsDown() const { return m_aux2Down; }
-
- bool ButtonIsDown(wxMouseButton but) const
- {
- switch ( but )
- {
- case wxMOUSE_BTN_ANY:
- return LeftIsDown() || MiddleIsDown() || RightIsDown() ||
- Aux1IsDown() || Aux2IsDown();
-
- case wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT:
- return LeftIsDown();
-
- case wxMOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE:
- return MiddleIsDown();
-
- case wxMOUSE_BTN_RIGHT:
- return RightIsDown();
-
- case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX1:
- return Aux1IsDown();
-
- case wxMOUSE_BTN_AUX2:
- return Aux2IsDown();
-
- case wxMOUSE_BTN_NONE:
- case wxMOUSE_BTN_MAX:
- break;
- }
-
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxS("invalid parameter"));
- return false;
- }
-
-
- // these functions are mostly used by wxWidgets itself
- void SetX(wxCoord x) { m_x = x; }
- void SetY(wxCoord y) { m_y = y; }
- void SetPosition(wxPoint pos) { m_x = pos.x, m_y = pos.y; }
-
- void SetLeftDown(bool down) { m_leftDown = down; }
- void SetMiddleDown(bool down) { m_middleDown = down; }
- void SetRightDown(bool down) { m_rightDown = down; }
- void SetAux1Down(bool down) { m_aux1Down = down; }
- void SetAux2Down(bool down) { m_aux2Down = down; }
-
- // this mostly makes sense in the derived classes such as wxMouseEvent
- void SetState(const wxMouseState& state) { *this = state; }
-
- // these functions are for compatibility only, they were used in 2.8
- // version of wxMouseState but their names are confusing as wxMouseEvent
- // has methods with the same names which do something quite different so
- // don't use them any more
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool LeftDown() const, return LeftIsDown(); )
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool MiddleDown() const, return MiddleIsDown(); )
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(bool RightDown() const, return RightIsDown(); )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- // for compatibility reasons these variables are public as the code using
- // wxMouseEvent often uses them directly -- however they should not be
- // accessed directly in this class, use the accessors above instead
-// private:
- bool m_leftDown : 1;
- bool m_middleDown : 1;
- bool m_rightDown : 1;
- bool m_aux1Down : 1;
- bool m_aux2Down : 1;
-
- wxCoord m_x,
- m_y;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MOUSESTATE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/msgdlg.h
-// Purpose: common header and base class for wxMessageDialog
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MSGDLG
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/stockitem.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxMessageBoxCaptionStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMessageDialogBase: base class defining wxMessageDialog interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageDialogBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- // helper class for SetXXXLabels() methods: it makes it possible to pass
- // either a stock id (wxID_CLOSE) or a string ("&Close") to them
- class ButtonLabel
- {
- public:
- // ctors are not explicit, objects of this class can be implicitly
- // constructed from either stock ids or strings
- ButtonLabel(int stockId)
- : m_stockId(stockId)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( wxIsStockID(stockId), "invalid stock id" );
- }
-
- ButtonLabel(const wxString& label)
- : m_label(label), m_stockId(wxID_NONE)
- {
- }
-
- ButtonLabel(const char *label)
- : m_label(label), m_stockId(wxID_NONE)
- {
- }
-
- ButtonLabel(const wchar_t *label)
- : m_label(label), m_stockId(wxID_NONE)
- {
- }
-
- ButtonLabel(const wxCStrData& label)
- : m_label(label), m_stockId(wxID_NONE)
- {
- }
-
- // default copy ctor and dtor are ok
-
- // get the string label, whether it was originally specified directly
- // or as a stock id -- this is only useful for platforms without native
- // stock items id support
- wxString GetAsString() const
- {
- return m_stockId == wxID_NONE
- ? m_label
- : wxGetStockLabel(m_stockId, wxSTOCK_FOR_BUTTON);
- }
-
- // return the stock id or wxID_NONE if this is not a stock label
- int GetStockId() const { return m_stockId; }
-
- private:
- // the label if explicitly given or empty if this is a stock item
- const wxString m_label;
-
- // the stock item id or wxID_NONE if m_label should be used
- const int m_stockId;
- };
-
- // ctors
- wxMessageDialogBase() { m_dialogStyle = 0; }
- wxMessageDialogBase(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- long style)
- : m_message(message),
- m_caption(caption)
- {
- m_parent = parent;
- SetMessageDialogStyle(style);
- }
-
- // virtual dtor for the base class
- virtual ~wxMessageDialogBase() { }
-
- wxString GetCaption() const { return m_caption; }
-
- virtual void SetMessage(const wxString& message)
- {
- m_message = message;
- }
-
- wxString GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
-
- void SetExtendedMessage(const wxString& extendedMessage)
- {
- m_extendedMessage = extendedMessage;
- }
-
- wxString GetExtendedMessage() const { return m_extendedMessage; }
-
- // change the dialog style flag
- void SetMessageDialogStyle(long style)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( ((style & wxYES_NO) == wxYES_NO) || !(style & wxYES_NO),
- "wxYES and wxNO may only be used together" );
-
- wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxYES) || !(style & wxOK),
- "wxOK and wxYES/wxNO can't be used together" );
-
- // It is common to specify just the icon, without wxOK, in the existing
- // code, especially one written by Windows programmers as MB_OK is 0
- // and so they're used to omitting wxOK. Don't complain about it but
- // just add wxOK implicitly for compatibility.
- if ( !(style & wxYES) && !(style & wxOK) )
- style |= wxOK;
-
- wxASSERT_MSG( (style & wxID_OK) != wxID_OK,
- "wxMessageBox: Did you mean wxOK (and not wxID_OK)?" );
-
- wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxNO_DEFAULT) || (style & wxNO),
- "wxNO_DEFAULT is invalid without wxNO" );
-
- wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxCANCEL_DEFAULT) || (style & wxCANCEL),
- "wxCANCEL_DEFAULT is invalid without wxCANCEL" );
-
- wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxCANCEL_DEFAULT) || !(style & wxNO_DEFAULT),
- "only one default button can be specified" );
-
- m_dialogStyle = style;
- }
-
- long GetMessageDialogStyle() const { return m_dialogStyle; }
-
- // customization of the message box buttons
- virtual bool SetYesNoLabels(const ButtonLabel& yes,const ButtonLabel& no)
- {
- DoSetCustomLabel(m_yes, yes);
- DoSetCustomLabel(m_no, no);
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual bool SetYesNoCancelLabels(const ButtonLabel& yes,
- const ButtonLabel& no,
- const ButtonLabel& cancel)
- {
- DoSetCustomLabel(m_yes, yes);
- DoSetCustomLabel(m_no, no);
- DoSetCustomLabel(m_cancel, cancel);
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual bool SetOKLabel(const ButtonLabel& ok)
- {
- DoSetCustomLabel(m_ok, ok);
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual bool SetOKCancelLabels(const ButtonLabel& ok,
- const ButtonLabel& cancel)
- {
- DoSetCustomLabel(m_ok, ok);
- DoSetCustomLabel(m_cancel, cancel);
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual bool SetHelpLabel(const ButtonLabel& help)
- {
- DoSetCustomLabel(m_help, help);
- return true;
- }
-
- // test if any custom labels were set
- bool HasCustomLabels() const
- {
- return !(m_ok.empty() && m_cancel.empty() && m_help.empty() &&
- m_yes.empty() && m_no.empty());
- }
-
- // these functions return the label to be used for the button which is
- // either a custom label explicitly set by the user or the default label,
- // i.e. they always return a valid string
- wxString GetYesLabel() const
- { return m_yes.empty() ? GetDefaultYesLabel() : m_yes; }
- wxString GetNoLabel() const
- { return m_no.empty() ? GetDefaultNoLabel() : m_no; }
- wxString GetOKLabel() const
- { return m_ok.empty() ? GetDefaultOKLabel() : m_ok; }
- wxString GetCancelLabel() const
- { return m_cancel.empty() ? GetDefaultCancelLabel() : m_cancel; }
- wxString GetHelpLabel() const
- { return m_help.empty() ? GetDefaultHelpLabel() : m_help; }
-
- // based on message dialog style, returns exactly one of: wxICON_NONE,
- // wxICON_ERROR, wxICON_WARNING, wxICON_QUESTION, wxICON_INFORMATION,
- // wxICON_AUTH_NEEDED
- virtual long GetEffectiveIcon() const
- {
- if ( m_dialogStyle & wxICON_NONE )
- return wxICON_NONE;
- else if ( m_dialogStyle & wxICON_ERROR )
- return wxICON_ERROR;
- else if ( m_dialogStyle & wxICON_WARNING )
- return wxICON_WARNING;
- else if ( m_dialogStyle & wxICON_QUESTION )
- return wxICON_QUESTION;
- else if ( m_dialogStyle & wxICON_INFORMATION )
- return wxICON_INFORMATION;
- else if ( m_dialogStyle & wxYES )
- return wxICON_QUESTION;
- else
- return wxICON_INFORMATION;
- }
-
-protected:
- // for the platforms not supporting separate main and extended messages
- // this function should be used to combine both of them in a single string
- wxString GetFullMessage() const
- {
- wxString msg = m_message;
- if ( !m_extendedMessage.empty() )
- msg << "\n\n" << m_extendedMessage;
-
- return msg;
- }
-
- wxString m_message,
- m_extendedMessage,
- m_caption;
- long m_dialogStyle;
-
- // this function is called by our public SetXXXLabels() and should assign
- // the value to var with possibly some transformation (e.g. Cocoa version
- // currently uses this to remove any accelerators from the button strings
- // while GTK+ one handles stock items specifically here)
- virtual void DoSetCustomLabel(wxString& var, const ButtonLabel& label)
- {
- var = label.GetAsString();
- }
-
- // these functions return the custom label or empty string and should be
- // used only in specific circumstances such as creating the buttons with
- // these labels (in which case it makes sense to only use a custom label if
- // it was really given and fall back on stock label otherwise), use the
- // Get{Yes,No,OK,Cancel}Label() methods above otherwise
- const wxString& GetCustomYesLabel() const { return m_yes; }
- const wxString& GetCustomNoLabel() const { return m_no; }
- const wxString& GetCustomOKLabel() const { return m_ok; }
- const wxString& GetCustomHelpLabel() const { return m_help; }
- const wxString& GetCustomCancelLabel() const { return m_cancel; }
-
-private:
- // these functions may be overridden to provide different defaults for the
- // default button labels (this is used by wxGTK)
- virtual wxString GetDefaultYesLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("Yes"); }
- virtual wxString GetDefaultNoLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("No"); }
- virtual wxString GetDefaultOKLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("OK"); }
- virtual wxString GetDefaultCancelLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("Cancel"); }
- virtual wxString GetDefaultHelpLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("Help"); }
-
- // labels for the buttons, initially empty meaning that the defaults should
- // be used, use GetYes/No/OK/CancelLabel() to access them
- wxString m_yes,
- m_no,
- m_ok,
- m_cancel,
- m_help;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMessageDialogBase);
-};
-
-#include "wx/generic/msgdlgg.h"
-
-#if defined(__WX_COMPILING_MSGDLGG_CPP__) || \
- defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) || defined(__WXGPE__) || \
- (defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXGTK20__))
-
- #define wxMessageDialog wxGenericMessageDialog
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/msgdlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/msgdlg.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMessageBox: the simplest way to use wxMessageDialog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageBox(const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption = wxMessageBoxCaptionStr,
- long style = wxOK | wxCENTRE,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int x = wxDefaultCoord, int y = wxDefaultCoord);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MSGDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_MSGDLG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/msgout.h
-// Purpose: wxMessageOutput class. Shows a message to the user
-// Author: Mattia Barbon
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 17.07.02
-// Copyright: (c) Mattia Barbon
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSGOUT_H_
-#define _WX_MSGOUT_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-#include "wx/strvararg.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMessageOutput is a class abstracting formatted output target, i.e.
-// something you can printf() to
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: VC6 has a bug that causes linker errors if you have template methods
-// in a class using __declspec(dllimport). The solution is to split such
-// class into two classes, one that contains the template methods and does
-// *not* use WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE and another class that contains the rest
-// (with DLL linkage).
-class wxMessageOutputBase
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxMessageOutputBase() { }
-
- // show a message to the user
- // void Printf(const wxString& format, ...) = 0;
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID(Printf, 1, (const wxFormatString&),
- DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8)
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const wxString&),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const wxCStrData&),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const char*),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const wchar_t*),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
-#endif
-
- // called by DoPrintf() to output formatted string but can also be called
- // directly if no formatting is needed
- virtual void Output(const wxString& str) = 0;
-
-protected:
- // NB: this is pure virtual so that it can be implemented in dllexported
- // wxMessagOutput class
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- virtual void DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...) = 0;
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- virtual void DoPrintfUtf8(const char *format, ...) = 0;
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- // "non dll-interface class 'wxStringPrintfMixin' used as base interface
- // for dll-interface class 'wxString'" -- this is OK in our case
- #pragma warning (push)
- #pragma warning (disable:4275)
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutput : public wxMessageOutputBase
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxMessageOutput() { }
-
- // gets the current wxMessageOutput object (may be NULL during
- // initialization or shutdown)
- static wxMessageOutput* Get();
-
- // sets the global wxMessageOutput instance; returns the previous one
- static wxMessageOutput* Set(wxMessageOutput* msgout);
-
-protected:
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- virtual void DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...);
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- virtual void DoPrintfUtf8(const char *format, ...);
-#endif
-
-private:
- static wxMessageOutput* ms_msgOut;
-};
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- #pragma warning (pop)
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation which sends output to stderr or specified file
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputStderr : public wxMessageOutput
-{
-public:
- wxMessageOutputStderr(FILE *fp = stderr) : m_fp(fp) { }
-
- virtual void Output(const wxString& str);
-
-protected:
- // return the string with "\n" appended if it doesn't already terminate
- // with it (in which case it's returned unchanged)
- wxString AppendLineFeedIfNeeded(const wxString& str);
-
- FILE *m_fp;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation showing the message to the user in "best" possible way:
-// uses stderr or message box if available according to the flag given to ctor.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxMessageOutputFlags
-{
- wxMSGOUT_PREFER_STDERR = 0, // use stderr if available (this is the default)
- wxMSGOUT_PREFER_MSGBOX = 1 // always use message box if available
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputBest : public wxMessageOutputStderr
-{
-public:
- wxMessageOutputBest(wxMessageOutputFlags flags = wxMSGOUT_PREFER_STDERR)
- : m_flags(flags) { }
-
- virtual void Output(const wxString& str);
-
-private:
- wxMessageOutputFlags m_flags;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation which shows output in a message box
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI && wxUSE_MSGDLG
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMessageOutputMessageBox : public wxMessageOutput
-{
-public:
- wxMessageOutputMessageBox() { }
-
- virtual void Output(const wxString& str);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI && wxUSE_MSGDLG
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation using the native way of outputting debug messages
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputDebug : public wxMessageOutputStderr
-{
-public:
- wxMessageOutputDebug() { }
-
- virtual void Output(const wxString& str);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation using wxLog (mainly for backwards compatibility)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMessageOutputLog : public wxMessageOutput
-{
-public:
- wxMessageOutputLog() { }
-
- virtual void Output(const wxString& str);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_MSGOUT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/msqqueue.h
-// Purpose: Message queues for inter-thread communication
-// Author: Evgeniy Tarassov
-// Created: 2007-10-31
-// Copyright: (C) 2007 TT-Solutions SARL
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_MSGQUEUE_H_
-#define _WX_MSGQUEUE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/thread.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
-
-#include "wx/stopwatch.h"
-
-#include "wx/beforestd.h"
-#include <queue>
-#include "wx/afterstd.h"
-
-enum wxMessageQueueError
-{
- wxMSGQUEUE_NO_ERROR = 0, // operation completed successfully
- wxMSGQUEUE_TIMEOUT, // no messages received before timeout expired
- wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR // some unexpected (and fatal) error has occurred
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Message queue allows passing message between threads.
-//
-// This class is typically used for communicating between the main and worker
-// threads. The main thread calls Post() and the worker thread calls Receive().
-//
-// For this class a message is an object of arbitrary type T. Notice that
-// typically there must be some special message indicating that the thread
-// should terminate as there is no other way to gracefully shutdown a thread
-// waiting on the message queue.
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-template <typename T>
-class wxMessageQueue
-{
-public:
- // The type of the messages transported by this queue
- typedef T Message;
-
- // Default ctor creates an initially empty queue
- wxMessageQueue()
- : m_conditionNotEmpty(m_mutex)
- {
- }
-
- // Add a message to this queue and signal the threads waiting for messages.
- //
- // This method is safe to call from multiple threads in parallel.
- wxMessageQueueError Post(const Message& msg)
- {
- wxMutexLocker locker(m_mutex);
-
- wxCHECK( locker.IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR );
-
- m_messages.push(msg);
-
- m_conditionNotEmpty.Signal();
-
- return wxMSGQUEUE_NO_ERROR;
- }
-
- // Remove all messages from the queue.
- //
- // This method is meant to be called from the same thread(s) that call
- // Post() to discard any still pending requests if they became unnecessary.
- wxMessageQueueError Clear()
- {
- wxCHECK( IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR );
-
- wxMutexLocker locker(m_mutex);
-
- std::queue<T> empty;
- std::swap(m_messages, empty);
-
- return wxMSGQUEUE_NO_ERROR;
- }
-
- // Wait no more than timeout milliseconds until a message becomes available.
- //
- // Setting timeout to 0 is equivalent to an infinite timeout. See Receive().
- wxMessageQueueError ReceiveTimeout(long timeout, T& msg)
- {
- wxCHECK( IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR );
-
- wxMutexLocker locker(m_mutex);
-
- wxCHECK( locker.IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR );
-
- const wxMilliClock_t waitUntil = wxGetLocalTimeMillis() + timeout;
- while ( m_messages.empty() )
- {
- wxCondError result = m_conditionNotEmpty.WaitTimeout(timeout);
-
- if ( result == wxCOND_NO_ERROR )
- continue;
-
- wxCHECK( result == wxCOND_TIMEOUT, wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR );
-
- const wxMilliClock_t now = wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
-
- if ( now >= waitUntil )
- return wxMSGQUEUE_TIMEOUT;
-
- timeout = (waitUntil - now).ToLong();
- wxASSERT(timeout > 0);
- }
-
- msg = m_messages.front();
- m_messages.pop();
-
- return wxMSGQUEUE_NO_ERROR;
- }
-
- // Same as ReceiveTimeout() but waits for as long as it takes for a message
- // to become available (so it can't return wxMSGQUEUE_TIMEOUT)
- wxMessageQueueError Receive(T& msg)
- {
- wxCHECK( IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR );
-
- wxMutexLocker locker(m_mutex);
-
- wxCHECK( locker.IsOk(), wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR );
-
- while ( m_messages.empty() )
- {
- wxCondError result = m_conditionNotEmpty.Wait();
-
- wxCHECK( result == wxCOND_NO_ERROR, wxMSGQUEUE_MISC_ERROR );
- }
-
- msg = m_messages.front();
- m_messages.pop();
-
- return wxMSGQUEUE_NO_ERROR;
- }
-
- // Return false only if there was a fatal error in ctor
- bool IsOk() const
- {
- return m_conditionNotEmpty.IsOk();
- }
-
-private:
- // Disable copy ctor and assignment operator
- wxMessageQueue(const wxMessageQueue<T>& rhs);
- wxMessageQueue<T>& operator=(const wxMessageQueue<T>& rhs);
-
- mutable wxMutex m_mutex;
- wxCondition m_conditionNotEmpty;
-
- std::queue<T> m_messages;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
-#endif // _WX_MSGQUEUE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/mstream.h
-// Purpose: Memory stream classes
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 11/07/98
-// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXMMSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXMMSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMemoryOutputStream;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
- wxMemoryInputStream(const void *data, size_t length);
- wxMemoryInputStream(const wxMemoryOutputStream& stream);
- wxMemoryInputStream(wxInputStream& stream,
- wxFileOffset lenFile = wxInvalidOffset)
- {
- InitFromStream(stream, lenFile);
- }
- wxMemoryInputStream(wxMemoryInputStream& stream)
- : wxInputStream()
- {
- InitFromStream(stream, wxInvalidOffset);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxMemoryInputStream();
- virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_length; }
- virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return true; }
-
- virtual char Peek();
- virtual bool CanRead() const;
-
- wxStreamBuffer *GetInputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, compatibility only
- wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *InputStreamBuffer() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
- wxStreamBuffer *m_i_streambuf;
-
- size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t nbytes);
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-private:
- // common part of ctors taking wxInputStream
- void InitFromStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxFileOffset lenFile);
-
- size_t m_length;
-
- // copy ctor is implemented above: it copies the other stream in this one
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxMemoryInputStream)
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxMemoryInputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
- // if data is !NULL it must be allocated with malloc()
- wxMemoryOutputStream(void *data = NULL, size_t length = 0);
- virtual ~wxMemoryOutputStream();
- virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_o_streambuf->GetLastAccess(); }
- virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return true; }
-
- size_t CopyTo(void *buffer, size_t len) const;
-
- wxStreamBuffer *GetOutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, compatibility only
- wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *OutputStreamBuffer() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
- wxStreamBuffer *m_o_streambuf;
-
-protected:
- size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t nbytes);
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryOutputStream)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryOutputStream);
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- inline wxStreamBuffer *wxMemoryInputStream::InputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; }
- inline wxStreamBuffer *wxMemoryOutputStream::OutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif
- // _WX_WXMMSTREAM_H__
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/nativewin.h
-// Purpose: classes allowing to wrap a native window handle
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-03-05
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_NATIVEWIN_H_
-#define _WX_NATIVEWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/toplevel.h"
-
-// this symbol can be tested in the user code to see if the current wx port has
-// support for creating wxNativeContainerWindow from native windows
-//
-// be optimistic by default, we undefine it below if we don't have it finally
-#define wxHAS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_WINDOW
-
-// we define the following typedefs for each of the platform supporting native
-// windows wrapping:
-//
-// - wxNativeContainerWindowHandle is the toolkit-level handle of the native
-// window, i.e. HWND/GdkWindow*/NSWindow
-//
-// - wxNativeContainerWindowId is the lowest level identifier of the native
-// window, i.e. HWND/GdkNativeWindow/NSWindow (so it's the same as above for
-// all platforms except GTK where we also can work with Window/XID)
-//
-// later we'll also have
-//
-// - wxNativeWindowHandle for child windows (which will be wrapped by
-// wxNativeWindow<T> class), it is HWND/GtkWidget*/ControlRef
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-
- typedef HWND wxNativeContainerWindowId;
- typedef HWND wxNativeContainerWindowHandle;
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- // GdkNativeWindow is guint32 under GDK/X11 and gpointer under GDK/WIN32
- #ifdef __UNIX__
- typedef unsigned long wxNativeContainerWindowId;
- #else
- typedef void *wxNativeContainerWindowId;
- #endif
- typedef GdkWindow *wxNativeContainerWindowHandle;
-#else
- // no support for using native windows under this platform yet
- #undef wxHAS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_WINDOW
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_WINDOW
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNativeContainerWindow: can be used for creating other wxWindows inside it
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNativeContainerWindow : public wxTopLevelWindow
-{
-public:
- // default ctor, call Create() later
- wxNativeContainerWindow() { }
-
- // create a window from an existing native window handle
- //
- // use GetHandle() to check if the creation was successful, it will return
- // 0 if the handle was invalid
- wxNativeContainerWindow(wxNativeContainerWindowHandle handle)
- {
- Create(handle);
- }
-
- // same as ctor above but with a return code
- bool Create(wxNativeContainerWindowHandle handle);
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK__)
- // this is a convenient ctor for wxGTK applications which can also create
- // the objects of this class from the really native window handles and not
- // only the GdkWindow objects
- //
- // wxNativeContainerWindowId is Window (i.e. an XID, i.e. an int) under X11
- // (when GDK_WINDOWING_X11 is defined) or HWND under Win32
- wxNativeContainerWindow(wxNativeContainerWindowId winid) { Create(winid); }
-
- bool Create(wxNativeContainerWindowId winid);
-#endif // wxGTK
-
- // unlike for the normal windows, dtor will not destroy the native window
- // as it normally doesn't belong to us
- virtual ~wxNativeContainerWindow();
-
-
- // provide (trivial) implementation of the base class pure virtuals
- virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& WXUNUSED(title))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" );
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetTitle() const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" );
-
- return wxString();
- }
-
- virtual void Maximize(bool WXUNUSED(maximize) = true)
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" );
- }
-
- virtual bool IsMaximized() const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" );
-
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual void Iconize(bool WXUNUSED(iconize) = true)
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" );
- }
-
- virtual bool IsIconized() const
- {
- // this is called by wxGTK implementation so don't assert
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual void Restore()
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" );
- }
-
- virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool WXUNUSED(show),
- long WXUNUSED(style) = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL)
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" );
-
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual bool IsFullScreen() const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "not implemented for native windows" );
-
- return false;
- }
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- virtual bool IsShown() const;
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
- // this is an implementation detail: called when the native window is
- // destroyed by an outside agency; deletes the C++ object too but can in
- // principle be overridden to something else (knowing that the window
- // handle of this object and all of its children is invalid any more)
- virtual void OnNativeDestroyed();
-
-protected:
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- virtual WXLRESULT
- MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam);
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNativeContainerWindow);
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_CONTAINER_WINDOW
-
-#endif // _WX_NATIVEWIN_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/nonownedwnd.h
-// Purpose: declares wxNonTopLevelWindow class
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2006-12-24
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 TT-Solutions
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_NONOWNEDWND_H_
-#define _WX_NONOWNEDWND_H_
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-// Styles that can be used with any wxNonOwnedWindow:
-#define wxFRAME_SHAPED 0x0010 // Create a window that is able to be shaped
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGraphicsPath;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNonOwnedWindow: a window that is not a child window of another one.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNonOwnedWindowBase : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- // Set the shape of the window to the given region.
- // Returns true if the platform supports this feature (and the
- // operation is successful.)
- bool SetShape(const wxRegion& region)
- {
- // This style is in fact only needed by wxOSX/Carbon so once we don't
- // use this port any more, we could get rid of this requirement, but
- // for now you must specify wxFRAME_SHAPED for SetShape() to work on
- // all platforms.
- wxCHECK_MSG
- (
- HasFlag(wxFRAME_SHAPED), false,
- wxS("Shaped windows must be created with the wxFRAME_SHAPED style.")
- );
-
- return region.IsEmpty() ? DoClearShape() : DoSetRegionShape(region);
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
- // Set the shape using the specified path.
- bool SetShape(const wxGraphicsPath& path)
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG
- (
- HasFlag(wxFRAME_SHAPED), false,
- wxS("Shaped windows must be created with the wxFRAME_SHAPED style.")
- );
-
- return DoSetPathShape(path);
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-
-
- // Overridden base class methods.
- // ------------------------------
-
- virtual void AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& WXUNUSED(x), int& WXUNUSED(y),
- int WXUNUSED(sizeFlags) = 0) const
- {
- // Non owned windows positions don't need to be adjusted for parent
- // client area origin so simply do nothing here.
- }
-
- virtual void InheritAttributes()
- {
- // Non owned windows don't inherit attributes from their parent window
- // (if the parent frame is red, it doesn't mean that all dialogs shown
- // by it should be red as well), so don't do anything here neither.
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoClearShape()
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual bool DoSetRegionShape(const wxRegion& WXUNUSED(region))
- {
- return false;
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
- virtual bool DoSetPathShape(const wxGraphicsPath& WXUNUSED(path))
- {
- return false;
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXDFB__)
- #include "wx/dfb/nonownedwnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/nonownedwnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/nonownedwnd.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #include "wx/msw/nonownedwnd.h"
-#else
- // No special class needed in other ports, they can derive both wxTLW and
- // wxPopupWindow directly from wxWindow and don't implement SetShape().
- class wxNonOwnedWindow : public wxNonOwnedWindowBase
- {
- };
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_NONOWNEDWND_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/notebook.h
-// Purpose: wxNotebook interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01.02.01
-// Copyright: (c) 1996-2000 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxNotebook hit results, use wxBK_HITTEST so other book controls can share them
-// if wxUSE_NOTEBOOK is disabled
-enum
-{
- wxNB_HITTEST_NOWHERE = wxBK_HITTEST_NOWHERE,
- wxNB_HITTEST_ONICON = wxBK_HITTEST_ONICON,
- wxNB_HITTEST_ONLABEL = wxBK_HITTEST_ONLABEL,
- wxNB_HITTEST_ONITEM = wxBK_HITTEST_ONITEM,
- wxNB_HITTEST_ONPAGE = wxBK_HITTEST_ONPAGE
-};
-
-// wxNotebook flags
-
-// use common book wxBK_* flags for describing alignment
-#define wxNB_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT
-#define wxNB_TOP wxBK_TOP
-#define wxNB_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM
-#define wxNB_LEFT wxBK_LEFT
-#define wxNB_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT
-
-#define wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH 0x0100
-#define wxNB_MULTILINE 0x0200
-#define wxNB_NOPAGETHEME 0x0400
-#define wxNB_FLAT 0x0800
-
-
-typedef wxWindow wxNotebookPage; // so far, any window can be a page
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxNotebookNameStr[];
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// XTI accessor
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxNotebookPageInfo : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxNotebookPageInfo() { m_page = NULL; m_imageId = -1; m_selected = false; }
- virtual ~wxNotebookPageInfo() { }
-
- bool Create(wxNotebookPage *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool selected,
- int imageId)
- {
- m_page = page;
- m_text = text;
- m_selected = selected;
- m_imageId = imageId;
- return true;
- }
-
- wxNotebookPage* GetPage() const { return m_page; }
- wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
- bool GetSelected() const { return m_selected; }
- int GetImageId() const { return m_imageId; }
-
-private:
- wxNotebookPage *m_page;
- wxString m_text;
- bool m_selected;
- int m_imageId;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebookPageInfo)
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxNotebookPageInfo, wxNotebookPageInfoList );
-
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotebookBase: define wxNotebook interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNotebookBase : public wxBookCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // -----
-
- wxNotebookBase() { }
-
- // wxNotebook-specific additions to wxBookCtrlBase interface
- // ---------------------------------------------------------
-
- // get the number of rows for a control with wxNB_MULTILINE style (not all
- // versions support it - they will always return 1 then)
- virtual int GetRowCount() const { return 1; }
-
- // set the padding between tabs (in pixels)
- virtual void SetPadding(const wxSize& padding) = 0;
-
- // set the size of the tabs for wxNB_FIXEDWIDTH controls
- virtual void SetTabSize(const wxSize& sz) = 0;
-
-
-
- // implement some base class functions
- virtual wxSize CalcSizeFromPage(const wxSize& sizePage) const;
-
- // On platforms that support it, get the theme page background colour, else invalid colour
- virtual wxColour GetThemeBackgroundColour() const { return wxNullColour; }
-
-
- // send wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING/ED events
-
- // returns false if the change to nPage is vetoed by the program
- bool SendPageChangingEvent(int nPage);
-
- // sends the event about page change from old to new (or GetSelection() if
- // new is wxNOT_FOUND)
- void SendPageChangedEvent(int nPageOld, int nPageNew = wxNOT_FOUND);
-
- // wxBookCtrlBase overrides this method to return false but we do need
- // focus because we have tabs
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return wxControl::AcceptsFocus(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
- // XTI accessors
- virtual void AddPageInfo( wxNotebookPageInfo* info );
- virtual const wxNotebookPageInfoList& GetPageInfos() const;
-#endif
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
- wxNotebookPageInfoList m_pageInfos;
-#endif
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotebookBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// notebook event class and related stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxNotebookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only (notice that
-// we use #define and not typedef to also keep compatibility with the existing
-// code which forward declares it)
-#define wxNotebookEvent wxBookCtrlEvent
-typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxNotebookEventFunction;
-#define wxNotebookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func)
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-
-#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotebook class itself
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/generic/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/notebook.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/notebook.h"
-#endif
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_NOTEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING
-
-#endif // wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#endif
- // _WX_NOTEBOOK_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/notifmsg.h
-// Purpose: class allowing to show notification messages to the user
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2007-11-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_NOTIFMSG_H_
-#define _WX_NOTIFMSG_H_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxNotificationMessage: allows to show the user a message non intrusively
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// notice that this class is not a window and so doesn't derive from wxWindow
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxNotificationMessageBase : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- // ctors and initializers
- // ----------------------
-
- // default ctor, use setters below to initialize it later
- wxNotificationMessageBase()
- {
- m_parent = NULL;
- m_flags = wxICON_INFORMATION;
- }
-
- // create a notification object with the given title and message (the
- // latter may be empty in which case only the title will be shown)
- wxNotificationMessageBase(const wxString& title,
- const wxString& message = wxEmptyString,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION)
- : m_title(title),
- m_message(message),
- m_parent(parent)
- {
- SetFlags(flags);
- }
-
- // note that the setters must be called before Show()
-
- // set the title: short string, markup not allowed
- void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; }
-
- // set the text of the message: this is a longer string than the title and
- // some platforms allow simple HTML-like markup in it
- void SetMessage(const wxString& message) { m_message = message; }
-
- // set the parent for this notification: we'll be associated with the top
- // level parent of this window or, if this method is not called, with the
- // main application window by default
- void SetParent(wxWindow *parent) { m_parent = parent; }
-
- // this method can currently be used to choose a standard icon to use: the
- // parameter may be one of wxICON_INFORMATION, wxICON_WARNING or
- // wxICON_ERROR only (but not wxICON_QUESTION)
- void SetFlags(int flags)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( flags == wxICON_INFORMATION ||
- flags == wxICON_WARNING || flags == wxICON_ERROR,
- "Invalid icon flags specified" );
-
- m_flags = flags;
- }
-
-
- // showing and hiding
- // ------------------
-
- // possible values for Show() timeout
- enum
- {
- Timeout_Auto = -1, // notification will be hidden automatically
- Timeout_Never = 0 // notification will never time out
- };
-
- // show the notification to the user and hides it after timeout seconds
- // pass (special values Timeout_Auto and Timeout_Never can be used)
- //
- // returns false if an error occurred
- virtual bool Show(int timeout = Timeout_Auto) = 0;
-
- // hide the notification, returns true if it was hidden or false if it
- // couldn't be done (e.g. on some systems automatically hidden
- // notifications can't be hidden manually)
- virtual bool Close() = 0;
-
-protected:
- // accessors for the derived classes
- const wxString& GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
- const wxString& GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
- wxWindow *GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- // return the concatenation of title and message separated by a new line,
- // this is suitable for simple implementation which have no support for
- // separate title and message parts of the notification
- wxString GetFullMessage() const
- {
- wxString text(m_title);
- if ( !m_message.empty() )
- {
- text << "\n\n" << m_message;
- }
-
- return text;
- }
-
-private:
- wxString m_title,
- m_message;
-
- wxWindow *m_parent;
-
- int m_flags;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxNotificationMessageBase);
-};
-
-/*
- TODO: Implement under OS X using notification centre (10.8+) or
- Growl (http://growl.info/) for the previous versions.
- */
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) && wxUSE_LIBNOTIFY
- #include "wx/gtk/notifmsg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__) && (wxUSE_LIBHILDON || wxUSE_LIBHILDON2)
- #include "wx/gtk/hildon/notifmsg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_TASKBARICON && wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS
- #include "wx/msw/notifmsg.h"
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/notifmsg.h"
-
- class wxNotificationMessage : public wxGenericNotificationMessage
- {
- public:
- wxNotificationMessage() { }
- wxNotificationMessage(const wxString& title,
- const wxString& message = wxEmptyString,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int flags = wxICON_INFORMATION)
- : wxGenericNotificationMessage(title, message, parent, flags)
- {
- }
- };
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE
-
-#endif // _WX_NOTIFMSG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/numdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxNumberEntryDialog class
-// Author: John Labenski
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07.02.04 (extracted from wx/textdlg.h)
-// Copyright: (c) John Labenski
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_NUMDLGDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_NUMDLGDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_NUMBERDLG
-
-#include "wx/generic/numdlgg.h"
-
-#endif // wxUSE_NUMBERDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_NUMDLGDLG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/numformatter.h
-// Purpose: wxNumberFormatter class
-// Author: Fulvio Senore, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2010-11-06
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_NUMFORMATTER_H_
-#define _WX_NUMFORMATTER_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// Helper class for formatting numbers with thousands separators which also
-// supports parsing the numbers formatted by it.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxNumberFormatter
-{
-public:
- // Bit masks for ToString()
- enum Style
- {
- Style_None = 0x00,
- Style_WithThousandsSep = 0x01,
- Style_NoTrailingZeroes = 0x02 // Only for floating point numbers
- };
-
- // Format a number as a string. By default, the thousands separator is
- // used, specify Style_None to prevent this. For floating point numbers,
- // precision can also be specified.
- static wxString ToString(long val,
- int style = Style_WithThousandsSep);
-#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- static wxString ToString(wxLongLong_t val,
- int style = Style_WithThousandsSep);
-#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- static wxString ToString(double val,
- int precision,
- int style = Style_WithThousandsSep);
-
- // Parse a string representing a number, possibly with thousands separator.
- //
- // Return true on success and stores the result in the provided location
- // which must be a valid non-NULL pointer.
- static bool FromString(wxString s, long *val);
-#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- static bool FromString(wxString s, wxLongLong_t *val);
-#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- static bool FromString(wxString s, double *val);
-
-
- // Get the decimal separator for the current locale. It is always defined
- // and we fall back to returning '.' in case of an error.
- static wxChar GetDecimalSeparator();
-
- // Get the thousands separator if grouping of the digits is used by the
- // current locale. The value returned in sep should be only used if the
- // function returns true.
- static bool GetThousandsSeparatorIfUsed(wxChar *sep);
-
-private:
- // Post-process the string representing an integer.
- static wxString PostProcessIntString(wxString s, int style);
-
- // Add the thousands separators to a string representing a number without
- // the separators. This is used by ToString(Style_WithThousandsSep).
- static void AddThousandsSeparators(wxString& s);
-
- // Remove trailing zeroes and, if there is nothing left after it, the
- // decimal separator itself from a string representing a floating point
- // number. Also used by ToString().
- static void RemoveTrailingZeroes(wxString& s);
-
- // Remove all thousands separators from a string representing a number.
- static void RemoveThousandsSeparators(wxString& s);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_NUMFORMATTER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/object.h
-// Purpose: wxObject class, plus run-time type information macros
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Ron Lee
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-// (c) 2001 Ron Lee <ron@debian.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_OBJECTH__
-#define _WX_OBJECTH__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/memory.h"
-
-#define wxDECLARE_CLASS_INFO_ITERATORS() \
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const_iterator \
- { \
- typedef wxHashTable_Node Node; \
- public: \
- typedef const wxClassInfo* value_type; \
- typedef const value_type& const_reference; \
- typedef const_iterator itor; \
- typedef value_type* ptr_type; \
- \
- Node* m_node; \
- wxHashTable* m_table; \
- public: \
- typedef const_reference reference_type; \
- typedef ptr_type pointer_type; \
- \
- const_iterator(Node* node, wxHashTable* table) \
- : m_node(node), m_table(table) { } \
- const_iterator() : m_node(NULL), m_table(NULL) { } \
- value_type operator*() const; \
- itor& operator++(); \
- const itor operator++(int); \
- bool operator!=(const itor& it) const \
- { return it.m_node != m_node; } \
- bool operator==(const itor& it) const \
- { return it.m_node == m_node; } \
- }; \
- \
- static const_iterator begin_classinfo(); \
- static const_iterator end_classinfo()
-
-// based on the value of wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI symbol,
-// only one of the RTTI system will be compiled:
-// - the "old" one (defined by rtti.h) or
-// - the "new" one (defined by xti.h)
-#include "wx/xti.h"
-#include "wx/rtti.h"
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS(name, basename) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename)
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)
-
-// -----------------------------------
-// for pluggable classes
-// -----------------------------------
-
- // NOTE: this should probably be the very first statement
- // in the class declaration so wxPluginSentinel is
- // the first member initialised and the last destroyed.
-
-// _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name) wxPluginSentinel m_pluginsentinel;
-
-#if wxUSE_NESTED_CLASSES
-
-#define _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, exportdecl) \
-class exportdecl name##PluginSentinel { \
-private: \
- static const wxString sm_className; \
-public: \
- name##PluginSentinel(); \
- ~name##PluginSentinel(); \
-}; \
-name##PluginSentinel m_pluginsentinel
-
-#define _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name) \
- const wxString name::name##PluginSentinel::sm_className(#name); \
- name::name##PluginSentinel::name##PluginSentinel() { \
- wxPluginLibrary *e = (wxPluginLibrary*) wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes.Get(#name); \
- if( e != 0 ) { e->RefObj(); } \
- } \
- name::name##PluginSentinel::~name##PluginSentinel() { \
- wxPluginLibrary *e = (wxPluginLibrary*) wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes.Get(#name); \
- if( e != 0 ) { e->UnrefObj(); } \
- }
-#else
-
-#define _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-#define _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_NESTED_CLASSES
-
-#define wxDECLARE_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name) \
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name); _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-#define wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name) \
- wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name); _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, usergoo) \
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name); _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, usergoo)
-#define wxDECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, usergoo) \
- wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name); _DECLARE_DL_SENTINEL(name, usergoo)
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name, basename) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) _IMPLEMENT_DL_SENTINEL(name)
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename)
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(name, basename)
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2)
-
-#define wxCLASSINFO(name) (&name::ms_classInfo)
-
-#define wxIS_KIND_OF(obj, className) obj->IsKindOf(&className::ms_classInfo)
-
-// Just seems a bit nicer-looking (pretend it's not a macro)
-#define wxIsKindOf(obj, className) obj->IsKindOf(&className::ms_classInfo)
-
-// this cast does some more checks at compile time as it uses static_cast
-// internally
-//
-// note that it still has different semantics from dynamic_cast<> and so can't
-// be replaced by it as long as there are any compilers not supporting it
-#define wxDynamicCast(obj, className) \
- ((className *) wxCheckDynamicCast( \
- const_cast<wxObject *>(static_cast<const wxObject *>(\
- const_cast<className *>(static_cast<const className *>(obj)))), \
- &className::ms_classInfo))
-
-// The 'this' pointer is always true, so use this version
-// to cast the this pointer and avoid compiler warnings.
-#define wxDynamicCastThis(className) \
- (IsKindOf(&className::ms_classInfo) ? (className *)(this) : (className *)0)
-
-// FIXME-VC6: dummy argument needed because VC6 doesn't support explicitly
-// choosing the template function to call
-template <class T>
-inline T *wxCheckCast(const void *ptr, T * = NULL)
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( wxDynamicCast(ptr, T), "wxStaticCast() used incorrectly" );
- return const_cast<T *>(static_cast<const T *>(ptr));
-}
-
-#define wxStaticCast(obj, className) wxCheckCast((obj), (className *)NULL)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// set up memory debugging macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- Which new/delete operator variants do we want?
-
- _WX_WANT_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT = void *operator new (size_t size, wxChar *fileName = 0, int lineNum = 0)
- _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID = void operator delete (void * buf)
- _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_CONSTCHAR_SIZET = void operator delete (void *buf, const char *_fname, size_t _line)
- _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT = void operator delete(void *buf, wxChar*, int)
- _WX_WANT_ARRAY_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT = void *operator new[] (size_t size, wxChar *fileName , int lineNum = 0)
- _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID = void operator delete[] (void *buf)
- _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT = void operator delete[] (void* buf, wxChar*, int )
-*/
-
-#if wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING
-
-// All compilers get this one
-#define _WX_WANT_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT
-
-// Everyone except Visage gets the next one
-#ifndef __VISAGECPP__
- #define _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID
-#endif
-
-// Only visage gets this one under the correct circumstances
-#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __DEBUG_ALLOC__
- #define _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_CONSTCHAR_SIZET
-#endif
-
-// Only VC++ 6 gets overloaded delete that matches new
-#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200))
- #define _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT
-#endif
-
-// Now see who (if anyone) gets the array memory operators
-#if wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-
- // Everyone except Visual C++ (cause problems for VC++ - crashes)
- #if !defined(__VISUALC__)
- #define _WX_WANT_ARRAY_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT
- #endif
-
- // Everyone except Visual C++ (cause problems for VC++ - crashes)
- #if !defined(__VISUALC__)
- #define _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID
- #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_ARRAY_MEMORY_OPERATORS
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compatibility macro aliases DECLARE group
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them and without wx prefix.
-// (note that also some wx-prefixed macro do _not_ require a semicolon because
-// it's not always possible to force the compire to require it)
-
-#define DECLARE_CLASS_INFO_ITERATORS() wxDECLARE_CLASS_INFO_ITERATORS();
-#define DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(n) wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(n);
-#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(n) wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(n);
-#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(n) wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(n);
-#define DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(n) wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(n);
-#define DECLARE_CLASS(n) wxDECLARE_CLASS(n);
-
-#define DECLARE_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n) wxDECLARE_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n);
-#define DECLARE_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n) wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n);
-#define DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,u) wxDECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,u);
-#define DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,u) wxDECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,u);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRefCounter: ref counted data "manager"
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRefCounter
-{
-public:
- wxRefCounter() { m_count = 1; }
-
- int GetRefCount() const { return m_count; }
-
- void IncRef() { m_count++; }
- void DecRef();
-
-protected:
- // this object should never be destroyed directly but only as a
- // result of a DecRef() call:
- virtual ~wxRefCounter() { }
-
-private:
- // our refcount:
- int m_count;
-
- // It doesn't make sense to copy the reference counted objects, a new ref
- // counter should be created for a new object instead and compilation
- // errors in the code using wxRefCounter due to the lack of copy ctor often
- // indicate a problem, e.g. a forgotten copy ctor implementation somewhere.
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRefCounter);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxObjectRefData: ref counted data meant to be stored in wxObject
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef wxRefCounter wxObjectRefData;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxObjectDataPtr: helper class to avoid memleaks because of missing calls
-// to wxObjectRefData::DecRef
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class T>
-class wxObjectDataPtr
-{
-public:
- typedef T element_type;
-
- wxEXPLICIT wxObjectDataPtr(T *ptr = NULL) : m_ptr(ptr) {}
-
- // copy ctor
- wxObjectDataPtr(const wxObjectDataPtr<T> &tocopy)
- : m_ptr(tocopy.m_ptr)
- {
- if (m_ptr)
- m_ptr->IncRef();
- }
-
- ~wxObjectDataPtr()
- {
- if (m_ptr)
- m_ptr->DecRef();
- }
-
- T *get() const { return m_ptr; }
-
- // test for pointer validity: defining conversion to unspecified_bool_type
- // and not more obvious bool to avoid implicit conversions to integer types
- typedef T *(wxObjectDataPtr<T>::*unspecified_bool_type)() const;
- operator unspecified_bool_type() const
- {
- return m_ptr ? &wxObjectDataPtr<T>::get : NULL;
- }
-
- T& operator*() const
- {
- wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL);
- return *(m_ptr);
- }
-
- T *operator->() const
- {
- wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL);
- return get();
- }
-
- void reset(T *ptr)
- {
- if (m_ptr)
- m_ptr->DecRef();
- m_ptr = ptr;
- }
-
- wxObjectDataPtr& operator=(const wxObjectDataPtr &tocopy)
- {
- if (m_ptr)
- m_ptr->DecRef();
- m_ptr = tocopy.m_ptr;
- if (m_ptr)
- m_ptr->IncRef();
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxObjectDataPtr& operator=(T *ptr)
- {
- if (m_ptr)
- m_ptr->DecRef();
- m_ptr = ptr;
- return *this;
- }
-
-private:
- T *m_ptr;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxObject: the root class of wxWidgets object hierarchy
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject
-{
- wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxObject);
-
-public:
- wxObject() { m_refData = NULL; }
- virtual ~wxObject() { UnRef(); }
-
- wxObject(const wxObject& other)
- {
- m_refData = other.m_refData;
- if (m_refData)
- m_refData->IncRef();
- }
-
- wxObject& operator=(const wxObject& other)
- {
- if ( this != &other )
- {
- Ref(other);
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
- bool IsKindOf(const wxClassInfo *info) const;
-
-
- // Turn on the correct set of new and delete operators
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT
- void *operator new ( size_t size, const wxChar *fileName = NULL, int lineNum = 0 );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID
- void operator delete ( void * buf );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_CONSTCHAR_SIZET
- void operator delete ( void *buf, const char *_fname, size_t _line );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT
- void operator delete ( void *buf, const wxChar*, int );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_NEW_SIZET_WXCHAR_INT
- void *operator new[] ( size_t size, const wxChar *fileName = NULL, int lineNum = 0 );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID
- void operator delete[] ( void *buf );
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WX_WANT_ARRAY_DELETE_VOID_WXCHAR_INT
- void operator delete[] (void* buf, const wxChar*, int );
-#endif
-
- // ref counted data handling methods
-
- // get/set
- wxObjectRefData *GetRefData() const { return m_refData; }
- void SetRefData(wxObjectRefData *data) { m_refData = data; }
-
- // make a 'clone' of the object
- void Ref(const wxObject& clone);
-
- // destroy a reference
- void UnRef();
-
- // Make sure this object has only one reference
- void UnShare() { AllocExclusive(); }
-
- // check if this object references the same data as the other one
- bool IsSameAs(const wxObject& o) const { return m_refData == o.m_refData; }
-
-protected:
- // ensure that our data is not shared with anybody else: if we have no
- // data, it is created using CreateRefData() below, if we have shared data
- // it is copied using CloneRefData(), otherwise nothing is done
- void AllocExclusive();
-
- // both methods must be implemented if AllocExclusive() is used, not pure
- // virtual only because of the backwards compatibility reasons
-
- // create a new m_refData
- virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const;
-
- // create a new m_refData initialized with the given one
- virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
-
- wxObjectRefData *m_refData;
-};
-
-inline wxObject *wxCheckDynamicCast(wxObject *obj, wxClassInfo *classInfo)
-{
- return obj && obj->GetClassInfo()->IsKindOf(classInfo) ? obj : NULL;
-}
-
-#include "wx/xti2.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// more debugging macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
- #define WXDEBUG_NEW new(__TFILE__,__LINE__)
-
- #if wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS
- #define new WXDEBUG_NEW
- #elif defined(__VISUALC__)
- // Including this file redefines new and allows leak reports to
- // contain line numbers
- #include "wx/msw/msvcrt.h"
- #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Compatibility macro aliases IMPLEMENT group
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them and without wx prefix.
-// (note that also some wx-prefixed macro do _not_ require a semicolon because
-// it's not always possible to force the compire to require it)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(n,b)
-#define IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(n,b1,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(n,b1,b2)
-#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(n,b)
-#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(n,b1,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(n,b1,b2)
-#define IMPLEMENT_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS(n,b)
-#define IMPLEMENT_CLASS2(n,b1,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS2(n,b1,b2)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b)
-#define IMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2)
-#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b)
-#define IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2)
-#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b)
-#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2)
-#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b) wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS(n,b)
-#define IMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2) wxIMPLEMENT_USER_EXPORTED_ABSTRACT_PLUGGABLE_CLASS2(n,b,b2)
-
-#define CLASSINFO(n) wxCLASSINFO(n)
-
-#endif // _WX_OBJECTH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/odcombo.h
-// Purpose: wxOwnerDrawnComboBox and wxVListBoxPopup
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: Apr-30-2006
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_ODCOMBO_H_
-#define _WX_ODCOMBO_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX
-
-#include "wx/combo.h"
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
-#include "wx/vlbox.h"
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-
-
-//
-// New window styles for wxOwnerDrawnComboBox
-//
-enum
-{
- // Double-clicking cycles item if wxCB_READONLY is also used.
- wxODCB_DCLICK_CYCLES = wxCC_SPECIAL_DCLICK,
-
- // If used, control itself is not custom paint using callback.
- // Even if this is not used, writable combo is never custom paint
- // until SetCustomPaintWidth is called
- wxODCB_STD_CONTROL_PAINT = 0x1000
-};
-
-
-//
-// Callback flags (see wxOwnerDrawnComboBox::OnDrawItem)
-//
-enum wxOwnerDrawnComboBoxPaintingFlags
-{
- // when set, we are painting the selected item in control,
- // not in the popup
- wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL = 0x0001,
-
-
- // when set, we are painting an item which should have
- // focus rectangle painted in the background. Text colour
- // and clipping region are then appropriately set in
- // the default OnDrawBackground implementation.
- wxODCB_PAINTING_SELECTED = 0x0002
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVListBoxComboPopup is a wxVListBox customized to act as a popup control.
-//
-// Notes:
-// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox uses this as its popup. However, it always derives
-// from native wxComboCtrl. If you need to use this popup with
-// wxGenericComboControl, then remember that vast majority of item manipulation
-// functionality is implemented in the wxVListBoxComboPopup class itself.
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxVListBoxComboPopup : public wxVListBox,
- public wxComboPopup
-{
- friend class wxOwnerDrawnComboBox;
-public:
-
- // init and dtor
- wxVListBoxComboPopup() : wxVListBox(), wxComboPopup() { }
- virtual ~wxVListBoxComboPopup();
-
- // required virtuals
- virtual void Init();
- virtual bool Create(wxWindow* parent);
- virtual void SetFocus();
- virtual wxWindow *GetControl() { return this; }
- virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString& value );
- virtual wxString GetStringValue() const;
-
- // more customization
- virtual void OnPopup();
- virtual wxSize GetAdjustedSize( int minWidth, int prefHeight, int maxHeight );
- virtual void PaintComboControl( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect );
- virtual void OnComboKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event );
- virtual void OnComboCharEvent( wxKeyEvent& event );
- virtual void OnComboDoubleClick();
- virtual bool LazyCreate();
- virtual bool FindItem(const wxString& item, wxString* trueItem);
-
- // Item management
- void SetSelection( int item );
- void Insert( const wxString& item, int pos );
- int Append(const wxString& item);
- void Clear();
- void Delete( unsigned int item );
- void SetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData, wxClientDataType clientDataItemsType);
- void *GetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
- void SetString( int item, const wxString& str );
- wxString GetString( int item ) const;
- unsigned int GetCount() const;
- int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
- int GetSelection() const;
-
- //void Populate( int n, const wxString choices[] );
- void Populate( const wxArrayString& choices );
- void ClearClientDatas();
-
- // helpers
- int GetItemAtPosition( const wxPoint& pos ) { return HitTest(pos); }
- wxCoord GetTotalHeight() const { return EstimateTotalHeight(); }
- wxCoord GetLineHeight(int line) const { return OnGetRowHeight(line); }
-
-protected:
-
- // Called by OnComboDoubleClick and OnCombo{Key,Char}Event
- bool HandleKey( int keycode, bool saturate, wxChar keychar = 0 );
-
- // sends combobox select event from the parent combo control
- void SendComboBoxEvent( int selection );
-
- // gets value, sends event and dismisses
- void DismissWithEvent();
-
- // OnMeasureItemWidth will be called on next GetAdjustedSize.
- void ItemWidthChanged(unsigned int item)
- {
- m_widths[item] = -1;
- m_widthsDirty = true;
- }
-
- // Callbacks for drawing and measuring items. Override in a derived class for
- // owner-drawnness. Font, background and text colour have been prepared according
- // to selection, focus and such.
- //
- // item: item index to be drawn, may be wxNOT_FOUND when painting combo control itself
- // and there is no valid selection
- // flags: wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL is set if painting to combo control instead of list
- //
- // NOTE: If wxVListBoxComboPopup is used with a wxComboCtrl class not derived from
- // wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, this method must be overridden.
- virtual void OnDrawItem( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const;
-
- // This is same as in wxVListBox
- virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem( size_t item ) const;
-
- // Return item width, or -1 for calculating from text extent (default)
- virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItemWidth( size_t item ) const;
-
- // Draw item and combo control background. Flags are same as with OnDrawItem.
- // NB: Can't use name OnDrawBackground because of virtual function hiding warnings.
- virtual void OnDrawBg(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags) const;
-
- // Additional wxVListBox implementation (no need to override in derived classes)
- virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
- void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-
- // filter mouse move events happening outside the list box
- // move selection with cursor
- void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnKey(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Return the widest item width (recalculating it if necessary)
- int GetWidestItemWidth() { CalcWidths(); return m_widestWidth; }
-
- // Return the index of the widest item (recalculating it if necessary)
- int GetWidestItem() { CalcWidths(); return m_widestItem; }
-
- // Stop partial completion (when some other event occurs)
- void StopPartialCompletion();
-
- wxArrayString m_strings;
- wxArrayPtrVoid m_clientDatas;
-
- wxFont m_useFont;
-
- //wxString m_stringValue; // displayed text (may be different than m_strings[m_value])
- int m_value; // selection
- int m_itemHover; // on which item the cursor is
- int m_itemHeight; // default item height (calculate from font size
- // and used in the absence of callback)
- wxClientDataType m_clientDataItemsType;
-
-private:
-
- // Cached item widths (in pixels).
- wxArrayInt m_widths;
-
- // Width of currently widest item.
- int m_widestWidth;
-
- // Index of currently widest item.
- int m_widestItem;
-
- // Measure some items in next GetAdjustedSize?
- bool m_widthsDirty;
-
- // Find widest item in next GetAdjustedSize?
- bool m_findWidest;
-
- // has the mouse been released on this control?
- bool m_clicked;
-
- // Recalculate widths if they are dirty
- void CalcWidths();
-
- // Partial completion string
- wxString m_partialCompletionString;
-
- wxString m_stringValue;
-
-#if wxUSE_TIMER
- // Partial completion timer
- wxTimer m_partialCompletionTimer;
-#endif // wxUSE_TIMER
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxOwnerDrawnComboBox: a generic wxComboBox that allows custom paint items
-// in addition to many other types of customization already allowed by
-// the wxComboCtrl.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxOwnerDrawnComboBox :
- public wxWindowWithItems<wxComboCtrl, wxItemContainer>
-{
- //friend class wxComboPopupWindow;
- friend class wxVListBoxComboPopup;
-public:
-
- // ctors and such
- wxOwnerDrawnComboBox() { Init(); }
-
- wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- int n,
- const wxString choices[],
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, value, pos, size, n,
- choices, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
- wxOwnerDrawnComboBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxArrayString& choices = wxArrayString(),
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- int n,
- const wxString choices[],
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& value,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayString& choices,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxComboBoxNameStr);
-
- virtual ~wxOwnerDrawnComboBox();
-
- // Prevent app from using wxComboPopup
- void SetPopupControl(wxVListBoxComboPopup* popup)
- {
- DoSetPopupControl(popup);
- }
-
- // wxControlWithItems methods
- virtual unsigned int GetCount() const;
- virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const;
- virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s);
- virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const;
- virtual void Select(int n);
- virtual int GetSelection() const;
-
- // Override these just to maintain consistency with virtual methods
- // between classes.
- virtual void Clear();
- virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const;
-
- virtual void SetSelection(int n) { Select(n); }
-
-
- // Prevent a method from being hidden
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to)
- {
- wxComboCtrl::SetSelection(from,to);
- }
-
- // Return the widest item width (recalculating it if necessary)
- virtual int GetWidestItemWidth() { EnsurePopupControl(); return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetWidestItemWidth(); }
-
- // Return the index of the widest item (recalculating it if necessary)
- virtual int GetWidestItem() { EnsurePopupControl(); return GetVListBoxComboPopup()->GetWidestItem(); }
-
- virtual bool IsSorted() const { return HasFlag(wxCB_SORT); }
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoClear();
- virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int n);
-
- // Callback for drawing. Font, background and text colour have been
- // prepared according to selection, focus and such.
- // item: item index to be drawn, may be wxNOT_FOUND when painting combo control itself
- // and there is no valid selection
- // flags: wxODCB_PAINTING_CONTROL is set if painting to combo control instead of list
- virtual void OnDrawItem( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags ) const;
-
- // Callback for item height, or -1 for default
- virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem( size_t item ) const;
-
- // Callback for item width, or -1 for default/undetermined
- virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItemWidth( size_t item ) const;
-
- // override base implementation so we can return the size for the
- // largest item
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- // Callback for background drawing. Flags are same as with
- // OnDrawItem.
- virtual void OnDrawBackground( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int item, int flags ) const;
-
- // NULL popup can be used to indicate default interface
- virtual void DoSetPopupControl(wxComboPopup* popup);
-
- // clears all allocated client datas
- void ClearClientDatas();
-
- wxVListBoxComboPopup* GetVListBoxComboPopup() const
- {
- return (wxVListBoxComboPopup*) m_popupInterface;
- }
-
- virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
- unsigned int pos,
- void **clientData, wxClientDataType type);
- virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
- virtual void* DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const;
-
- // temporary storage for the initial choices
- //const wxString* m_baseChoices;
- //int m_baseChoicesCount;
- wxArrayString m_initChs;
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOwnerDrawnComboBox)
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX
-
-#endif
- // _WX_ODCOMBO_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/overlay.h
-// Purpose: wxOverlay class
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2006-10-20
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_OVERLAY_H_
-#define _WX_OVERLAY_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_CARBON
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY 1
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY 1
-#else
- // don't define wxHAS_NATIVE_OVERLAY
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// creates an overlay over an existing window, allowing for manipulations like
-// rubberbanding etc. This API is not stable yet, not to be used outside wx
-// internal code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxOverlayImpl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOverlay
-{
-public:
- wxOverlay();
- ~wxOverlay();
-
- // clears the overlay without restoring the former state
- // to be done eg when the window content has been changed and repainted
- void Reset();
-
- // returns (port-specific) implementation of the overlay
- wxOverlayImpl *GetImpl() { return m_impl; }
-
-private:
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDCOverlay;
-
- // returns true if it has been setup
- bool IsOk();
-
- void Init(wxDC* dc, int x , int y , int width , int height);
-
- void BeginDrawing(wxDC* dc);
-
- void EndDrawing(wxDC* dc);
-
- void Clear(wxDC* dc);
-
- wxOverlayImpl* m_impl;
-
- bool m_inDrawing;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxOverlay);
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDCOverlay
-{
-public:
- // connects this overlay to the corresponding drawing dc, if the overlay is
- // not initialized yet this call will do so
- wxDCOverlay(wxOverlay &overlay, wxDC *dc, int x , int y , int width , int height);
-
- // convenience wrapper that behaves the same using the entire area of the dc
- wxDCOverlay(wxOverlay &overlay, wxDC *dc);
-
- // removes the connection between the overlay and the dc
- virtual ~wxDCOverlay();
-
- // clears the layer, restoring the state at the last init
- void Clear();
-
-private:
- void Init(wxDC *dc, int x , int y , int width , int height);
-
- wxOverlay& m_overlay;
-
- wxDC* m_dc;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDCOverlay);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_OVERLAY_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ownerdrw.h
-// Purpose: interface for owner-drawn GUI elements
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: Marcin Malich
-// Created: 11.11.97
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_OWNERDRW_H_BASE
-#define _WX_OWNERDRW_H_BASE
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxOwnerDrawn - a mix-in base class, derive from it to implement owner-drawn
-// behaviour
-//
-// wxOwnerDrawn supports drawing of an item with non standard font, color and
-// also supports 3 bitmaps: either a checked/unchecked bitmap for a checkable
-// element or one unchangeable bitmap otherwise.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxOwnerDrawnBase
-{
-public:
- wxOwnerDrawnBase()
- {
- m_ownerDrawn = false;
- m_margin = ms_defaultMargin;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxOwnerDrawnBase() {}
-
- void SetFont(const wxFont& font)
- { m_font = font; m_ownerDrawn = true; }
-
- wxFont& GetFont() const
- { return (wxFont&) m_font; }
-
-
- void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText)
- { m_colText = colText; m_ownerDrawn = true; }
-
- wxColour& GetTextColour() const
- { return (wxColour&) m_colText; }
-
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack)
- { m_colBack = colBack; m_ownerDrawn = true; }
-
- wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const
- { return (wxColour&) m_colBack ; }
-
-
- void SetMarginWidth(int width)
- { m_margin = width; }
-
- int GetMarginWidth() const
- { return m_margin; }
-
- static int GetDefaultMarginWidth()
- { return ms_defaultMargin; }
-
-
- // get item name (with mnemonics if exist)
- virtual wxString GetName() const = 0;
-
-
- // this function might seem strange, but if it returns false it means that
- // no non-standard attribute are set, so there is no need for this control
- // to be owner-drawn. Moreover, you can force owner-drawn to false if you
- // want to change, say, the color for the item but only if it is owner-drawn
- // (see wxMenuItem::wxMenuItem for example)
- bool IsOwnerDrawn() const
- { return m_ownerDrawn; }
-
- // switch on/off owner-drawing the item
- void SetOwnerDrawn(bool ownerDrawn = true)
- { m_ownerDrawn = ownerDrawn; }
-
-
- // constants used in OnDrawItem
- // (they have the same values as corresponding Win32 constants)
- enum wxODAction
- {
- wxODDrawAll = 0x0001, // redraw entire control
- wxODSelectChanged = 0x0002, // selection changed (see Status.Select)
- wxODFocusChanged = 0x0004 // keyboard focus changed (see Status.Focus)
- };
-
- enum wxODStatus
- {
- wxODSelected = 0x0001, // control is currently selected
- wxODGrayed = 0x0002, // item is to be grayed
- wxODDisabled = 0x0004, // item is to be drawn as disabled
- wxODChecked = 0x0008, // item is to be checked
- wxODHasFocus = 0x0010, // item has the keyboard focus
- wxODDefault = 0x0020, // item is the default item
- wxODHidePrefix= 0x0100 // hide keyboard cues (w2k and xp only)
- };
-
- // virtual functions to implement drawing (return true if processed)
- virtual bool OnMeasureItem(size_t *width, size_t *height);
- virtual bool OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rc, wxODAction act, wxODStatus stat) = 0;
-
-protected:
-
- // get the font and colour to use, whether it is set or not
- virtual void GetFontToUse(wxFont& font) const;
- virtual void GetColourToUse(wxODStatus stat, wxColour& colText, wxColour& colBack) const;
-
-private:
- bool m_ownerDrawn; // true if something is non standard
-
- wxFont m_font; // font to use for drawing
- wxColour m_colText, // color ----"---"---"----
- m_colBack; // background color
-
- int m_margin; // space occupied by bitmap to the left of the item
-
- static int ms_defaultMargin;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-specific class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/ownerdrw.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/ownerdrw.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
-
-#endif // _WX_OWNERDRW_H_BASE
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/palette.h
-// Purpose: Common header and base class for wxPalette
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-
-// wxPaletteBase
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaletteBase: public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxPaletteBase() { }
-
- virtual int GetColoursCount() const { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("not implemented") ); return 0; }
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/palette.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/x11/palette.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/generic/paletteg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/palette.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/palette.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-#endif // _WX_PALETTE_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/panel.h
-// Purpose: Base header for wxPanel
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PANEL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PANEL_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers and forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControlContainer;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxPanelNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPanel contains other controls and implements TAB traversal between them
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPanelBase : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxWindow>
-{
-public:
- wxPanelBase() { }
-
- // Derived classes should also provide this constructor:
- /*
- wxPanelBase(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
- */
-
- // Pseudo ctor
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL | wxNO_BORDER,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
-
-
- // implementation from now on
- // --------------------------
-
- virtual void InitDialog();
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPanelBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/panel.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/panel.h"
-#else
- #define wxHAS_GENERIC_PANEL
- #include "wx/generic/panelg.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_PANELH_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/paper.h
-// Purpose: Paper database types and classes
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PAPERH__
-#define _WX_PAPERH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-/*
- * Paper type: see defs.h for wxPaperSize enum.
- * A wxPrintPaperType can have an id and a name, or just a name and wxPAPER_NONE,
- * so you can add further paper types without needing new ids.
- */
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#define WXADDPAPER(paperId, platformId, name, w, h) AddPaperType(paperId, platformId, name, w, h)
-#else
-#define WXADDPAPER(paperId, platformId, name, w, h) AddPaperType(paperId, 0, name, w, h)
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintPaperType: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPrintPaperType();
-
- // platformId is a platform-specific id, such as in Windows, DMPAPER_...
- wxPrintPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, int platformId, const wxString& name, int w, int h);
-
- inline wxString GetName() const { return wxGetTranslation(m_paperName); }
- inline wxPaperSize GetId() const { return m_paperId; }
- inline int GetPlatformId() const { return m_platformId; }
-
- // Get width and height in tenths of a millimetre
- inline int GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
- inline int GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
-
- // Get size in tenths of a millimetre
- inline wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); }
-
- // Get size in a millimetres
- inline wxSize GetSizeMM() const { return wxSize(m_width/10, m_height/10); }
-
- // Get width and height in device units (1/72th of an inch)
- wxSize GetSizeDeviceUnits() const ;
-
-public:
- wxPaperSize m_paperId;
- int m_platformId;
- int m_width; // In tenths of a millimetre
- int m_height; // In tenths of a millimetre
- wxString m_paperName;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperType)
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxPrintPaperType*, wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintPaperTypeList;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintPaperDatabase
-{
-public:
- wxPrintPaperDatabase();
- ~wxPrintPaperDatabase();
-
- void CreateDatabase();
- void ClearDatabase();
-
- void AddPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, const wxString& name, int w, int h);
- void AddPaperType(wxPaperSize paperId, int platformId, const wxString& name, int w, int h);
-
- // Find by name
- wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperType(const wxString& name);
-
- // Find by size id
- wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperType(wxPaperSize id);
-
- // Find by platform id
- wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperTypeByPlatformId(int id);
-
- // Find by size
- wxPrintPaperType *FindPaperType(const wxSize& size);
-
- // Convert name to size id
- wxPaperSize ConvertNameToId(const wxString& name);
-
- // Convert size id to name
- wxString ConvertIdToName(wxPaperSize paperId);
-
- // Get the paper size
- wxSize GetSize(wxPaperSize paperId);
-
- // Get the paper size
- wxPaperSize GetSize(const wxSize& size);
-
- //
- wxPrintPaperType* Item(size_t index) const;
- size_t GetCount() const;
-private:
- wxStringToPrintPaperTypeHashMap* m_map;
- wxPrintPaperTypeList* m_list;
- // DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintPaperDatabase)
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPrintPaperDatabase*) wxThePrintPaperDatabase;
-
-
-#endif
- // _WX_PAPERH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/pen.h
-// Purpose: Base header for wxPen
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PEN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PEN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-enum wxPenStyle
-{
- wxPENSTYLE_INVALID = -1,
-
- wxPENSTYLE_SOLID = wxSOLID,
- wxPENSTYLE_DOT = wxDOT,
- wxPENSTYLE_LONG_DASH = wxLONG_DASH,
- wxPENSTYLE_SHORT_DASH = wxSHORT_DASH,
- wxPENSTYLE_DOT_DASH = wxDOT_DASH,
- wxPENSTYLE_USER_DASH = wxUSER_DASH,
-
- wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT = wxTRANSPARENT,
-
- wxPENSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = wxSTIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE,
- wxPENSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK = wxSTIPPLE_MASK,
- wxPENSTYLE_STIPPLE = wxSTIPPLE,
-
- wxPENSTYLE_BDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_BDIAGONAL,
- wxPENSTYLE_CROSSDIAG_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG,
- wxPENSTYLE_FDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL,
- wxPENSTYLE_CROSS_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_CROSS,
- wxPENSTYLE_HORIZONTAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_HORIZONTAL,
- wxPENSTYLE_VERTICAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_VERTICAL,
- wxPENSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_FIRST,
- wxPENSTYLE_LAST_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_LAST
-};
-
-enum wxPenJoin
-{
- wxJOIN_INVALID = -1,
-
- wxJOIN_BEVEL = 120,
- wxJOIN_MITER,
- wxJOIN_ROUND
-};
-
-enum wxPenCap
-{
- wxCAP_INVALID = -1,
-
- wxCAP_ROUND = 130,
- wxCAP_PROJECTING,
- wxCAP_BUTT
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPenBase : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxPenBase() { }
-
- virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col) = 0;
- virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) = 0;
-
- virtual void SetWidth(int width) = 0;
- virtual void SetStyle(wxPenStyle style) = 0;
- virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) = 0;
- virtual void SetDashes(int nb_dashes, const wxDash *dash) = 0;
- virtual void SetJoin(wxPenJoin join) = 0;
- virtual void SetCap(wxPenCap cap) = 0;
-
- virtual wxColour GetColour() const = 0;
- virtual wxBitmap *GetStipple() const = 0;
- virtual wxPenStyle GetStyle() const = 0;
- virtual wxPenJoin GetJoin() const = 0;
- virtual wxPenCap GetCap() const = 0;
- virtual int GetWidth() const = 0;
- virtual int GetDashes(wxDash **ptr) const = 0;
-
- // Convenient helpers for testing whether the pen is a transparent one:
- // unlike GetStyle() == wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT, they work correctly even if
- // the pen is invalid (they both return false in this case).
- bool IsTransparent() const
- {
- return IsOk() && GetStyle() == wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT;
- }
-
- bool IsNonTransparent() const
- {
- return IsOk() && GetStyle() != wxPENSTYLE_TRANSPARENT;
- }
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #include "wx/dfb/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/pen.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/pen.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPenList: public wxGDIObjListBase
-{
-public:
- wxPen *FindOrCreatePen(const wxColour& colour,
- int width = 1,
- wxPenStyle style = wxPENSTYLE_SOLID);
-
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
- wxPen *FindOrCreatePen(const wxColour& colour, int width, int style)
- { return FindOrCreatePen(colour, width, (wxPenStyle)style); }
-#endif
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- wxDEPRECATED( void AddPen(wxPen*) );
- wxDEPRECATED( void RemovePen(wxPen*) );
-#endif
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxPenList*) wxThePenList;
-
-// provide comparison operators to allow code such as
-//
-// if ( pen.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT )
-//
-// to compile without warnings which it would otherwise provoke from some
-// compilers as it compares elements of different enums
-#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
-
-// Unfortunately some compilers have ambiguity issues when enum comparisons are
-// overloaded so we have to disable the overloads in this case, see
-// wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM definition in wx/platform.h for more details.
-#ifndef wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM
-
-inline bool operator==(wxPenStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
-{
- return static_cast<int>(s) == static_cast<int>(t);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(wxPenStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
-{
- return !(s == t);
-}
-
-#endif // wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM
-
-#endif // FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
-
-#endif // _WX_PEN_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/persist.h
-// Purpose: common classes for persistence support
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-01-18
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_H_
-#define _WX_PERSIST_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/confbase.h"
-
-class wxPersistentObject;
-
-WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP(wxPersistentObject *, wxPersistentObjectsMap);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- We do _not_ declare this function as doing this would force us to specialize
- it for the user classes deriving from the standard persistent classes.
- However we do define overloads of wxCreatePersistentObject() for all the wx
- classes which means that template wxPersistentObject::Restore() picks up the
- right overload to use provided that the header defining the correct overload
- is included before calling it. And a compilation error happens if this is
- not done.
-
-template <class T>
-wxPersistentObject *wxCreatePersistentObject(T *obj);
-
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPersistenceManager: global aspects of persistent windows
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPersistenceManager
-{
-public:
- // Call this method to specify a non-default persistence manager to use.
- // This function should usually be called very early to affect creation of
- // all persistent controls and the object passed to it must have a lifetime
- // long enough to be still alive when the persistent controls are destroyed
- // and need it to save their state so typically this would be a global or a
- // wxApp member.
- static void Set(wxPersistenceManager& manager);
-
- // accessor to the unique persistence manager object
- static wxPersistenceManager& Get();
-
- // trivial but virtual dtor
- //
- // FIXME-VC6: this only needs to be public because of VC6 bug
- virtual ~wxPersistenceManager();
-
-
- // globally disable restoring or saving the persistent properties (both are
- // enabled by default)
- void DisableSaving() { m_doSave = false; }
- void DisableRestoring() { m_doRestore = false; }
-
-
- // register an object with the manager: when using the first overload,
- // wxCreatePersistentObject() must be specialized for this object class;
- // with the second one the persistent adapter is created by the caller
- //
- // the object shouldn't be already registered with us
- template <class T>
- wxPersistentObject *Register(T *obj)
- {
- return Register(obj, wxCreatePersistentObject(obj));
- }
-
- wxPersistentObject *Register(void *obj, wxPersistentObject *po);
-
- // check if the object is registered and return the associated
- // wxPersistentObject if it is or NULL otherwise
- wxPersistentObject *Find(void *obj) const;
-
- // unregister the object, this is called by wxPersistentObject itself so
- // there is usually no need to do it explicitly
- //
- // deletes the associated wxPersistentObject
- void Unregister(void *obj);
-
-
- // save/restore the state of an object
- //
- // these methods do nothing if DisableSaving/Restoring() was called
- //
- // Restore() returns true if the object state was really restored
- void Save(void *obj);
- bool Restore(void *obj);
-
- // combines both Save() and Unregister() calls
- void SaveAndUnregister(void *obj)
- {
- Save(obj);
- Unregister(obj);
- }
-
- // combines both Register() and Restore() calls
- template <class T>
- bool RegisterAndRestore(T *obj)
- {
- return Register(obj) && Restore(obj);
- }
-
- bool RegisterAndRestore(void *obj, wxPersistentObject *po)
- {
- return Register(obj, po) && Restore(obj);
- }
-
-
- // methods used by the persistent objects to save and restore the data
- //
- // currently these methods simply use wxConfig::Get() but they may be
- // overridden in the derived class (once we allow creating custom
- // persistent managers)
-#define wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(Type) \
- virtual bool SaveValue(const wxPersistentObject& who, \
- const wxString& name, \
- Type value); \
- \
- virtual bool \
- RestoreValue(const wxPersistentObject& who, \
- const wxString& name, \
- Type *value)
-
- wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(bool);
- wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(int);
- wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(long);
- wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR(wxString);
-
-#undef wxPERSIST_DECLARE_SAVE_RESTORE_FOR
-
-protected:
- // ctor is private, use Get()
- wxPersistenceManager()
- {
- m_doSave =
- m_doRestore = true;
- }
-
-
- // Return the config object to use, by default just the global one but a
- // different one could be used by the derived class if needed.
- virtual wxConfigBase *GetConfig() const { return wxConfigBase::Get(); }
-
- // Return the path to use for saving the setting with the given name for
- // the specified object (notice that the name is the name of the setting,
- // not the name of the object itself which can be retrieved with GetName()).
- virtual wxString GetKey(const wxPersistentObject& who,
- const wxString& name) const;
-
-
-private:
- // map with the registered objects as keys and associated
- // wxPersistentObjects as values
- wxPersistentObjectsMap m_persistentObjects;
-
- // true if we should restore/save the settings (it doesn't make much sense
- // to use this class when both of them are false but setting one of them to
- // false may make sense in some situations)
- bool m_doSave,
- m_doRestore;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPersistenceManager);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPersistentObject: ABC for anything persistent
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxPersistentObject
-{
-public:
- // ctor associates us with the object whose options we save/restore
- wxPersistentObject(void *obj) : m_obj(obj) { }
-
- // trivial but virtual dtor
- virtual ~wxPersistentObject() { }
-
-
- // methods used by wxPersistenceManager
- // ------------------------------------
-
- // save/restore the corresponding objects settings
- //
- // these methods shouldn't be used directly as they don't respect the
- // global wxPersistenceManager::DisableSaving/Restoring() settings, use
- // wxPersistenceManager methods with the same name instead
- virtual void Save() const = 0;
- virtual bool Restore() = 0;
-
-
- // get the kind of the objects we correspond to, e.g. "Frame"
- virtual wxString GetKind() const = 0;
-
- // get the name of the object we correspond to, e.g. "Main"
- virtual wxString GetName() const = 0;
-
-
- // return the associated object
- void *GetObject() const { return m_obj; }
-
-protected:
- // wrappers for wxPersistenceManager methods which don't require passing
- // "this" as the first parameter all the time
- template <typename T>
- bool SaveValue(const wxString& name, T value) const
- {
- return wxPersistenceManager::Get().SaveValue(*this, name, value);
- }
-
- template <typename T>
- bool RestoreValue(const wxString& name, T *value)
- {
- return wxPersistenceManager::Get().RestoreValue(*this, name, value);
- }
-
-private:
- void * const m_obj;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPersistentObject);
-};
-
-// FIXME-VC6: VC6 has troubles with template methods of DLL-exported classes,
-// apparently it believes they should be defined in the DLL (which
-// is, of course, impossible as the DLL doesn't know for which types
-// will they be instantiated) instead of compiling them when
-// building the main application itself. Because of this problem
-// (which only arises in debug build!) we can't use the usual
-// RegisterAndRestore(obj) with it and need to explicitly create the
-// persistence adapter. To hide this ugliness we define a global
-// function which does it for us.
-template <typename T>
-inline bool wxPersistentRegisterAndRestore(T *obj)
-{
- wxPersistentObject * const pers = wxCreatePersistentObject(obj);
-
- return wxPersistenceManager::Get().RegisterAndRestore(obj, pers);
-
-}
-
-// A helper function which also sets the name for the (wxWindow-derived) object
-// before registering and restoring it.
-template <typename T>
-inline bool wxPersistentRegisterAndRestore(T *obj, const wxString& name)
-{
- obj->SetName(name);
-
- return wxPersistentRegisterAndRestore(obj);
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_PERSIST_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/persist/bookctrl.h
-// Purpose: persistence support for wxBookCtrl
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-01-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_BOOKCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_PERSIST_BOOKCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/persist/window.h"
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// string constants used by wxPersistentBookCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxPERSIST_BOOK_KIND "Book"
-
-#define wxPERSIST_BOOK_SELECTION "Selection"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPersistentBookCtrl: supports saving/restoring book control selection
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxPersistentBookCtrl : public wxPersistentWindow<wxBookCtrlBase>
-{
-public:
- wxPersistentBookCtrl(wxBookCtrlBase *book)
- : wxPersistentWindow<wxBookCtrlBase>(book)
- {
- }
-
- virtual void Save() const
- {
- SaveValue(wxPERSIST_BOOK_SELECTION, Get()->GetSelection());
- }
-
- virtual bool Restore()
- {
- long sel;
- if ( RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_BOOK_SELECTION, &sel) )
- {
- wxBookCtrlBase * const book = Get();
- if ( sel >= 0 && (unsigned)sel < book->GetPageCount() )
- {
- book->SetSelection(sel);
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetKind() const { return wxPERSIST_BOOK_KIND; }
-};
-
-inline wxPersistentObject *wxCreatePersistentObject(wxBookCtrlBase *book)
-{
- return new wxPersistentBookCtrl(book);
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_PERSIST_BOOKCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/persist/splitter.h
-// Purpose: Persistence support for wxSplitterWindow.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-08-31
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_SPLITTER_H_
-#define _WX_PERSIST_SPLITTER_H_
-
-#include "wx/persist/window.h"
-
-#include "wx/splitter.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// string constants used by wxPersistentSplitter
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxPERSIST_SPLITTER_KIND "Splitter"
-
-// Special position value of -1 means the splitter is not split at all.
-#define wxPERSIST_SPLITTER_POSITION "Position"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPersistentSplitter: supports saving/restoring splitter position
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxPersistentSplitter : public wxPersistentWindow<wxSplitterWindow>
-{
-public:
- wxPersistentSplitter(wxSplitterWindow* splitter)
- : wxPersistentWindow<wxSplitterWindow>(splitter)
- {
- }
-
- virtual void Save() const
- {
- wxSplitterWindow* const splitter = Get();
-
- int pos = splitter->IsSplit() ? splitter->GetSashPosition() : -1;
- SaveValue(wxPERSIST_SPLITTER_POSITION, pos);
- }
-
- virtual bool Restore()
- {
- int pos;
- if ( !RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_SPLITTER_POSITION, &pos) )
- return false;
-
- if ( pos == -1 )
- Get()->Unsplit();
- else
- Get()->SetSashPosition(pos);
-
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetKind() const { return wxPERSIST_SPLITTER_KIND; }
-};
-
-inline wxPersistentObject *wxCreatePersistentObject(wxSplitterWindow* splitter)
-{
- return new wxPersistentSplitter(splitter);
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_PERSIST_SPLITTER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/persist/toplevel.h
-// Purpose: persistence support for wxTLW
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-01-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_TOPLEVEL_H_
-#define _WX_PERSIST_TOPLEVEL_H_
-
-#include "wx/persist/window.h"
-
-#include "wx/toplevel.h"
-#include "wx/display.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// string constants used by wxPersistentTLW
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we use just "Window" to keep configuration files and such short, there
-// should be no confusion with wxWindow itself as we don't have persistent
-// windows, just persistent controls which have their own specific kind strings
-#define wxPERSIST_TLW_KIND "Window"
-
-// names for various persistent options
-#define wxPERSIST_TLW_X "x"
-#define wxPERSIST_TLW_Y "y"
-#define wxPERSIST_TLW_W "w"
-#define wxPERSIST_TLW_H "h"
-
-#define wxPERSIST_TLW_MAXIMIZED "Maximized"
-#define wxPERSIST_TLW_ICONIZED "Iconized"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPersistentTLW: supports saving/restoring window position and size as well
-// as maximized/iconized/restore state
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxPersistentTLW : public wxPersistentWindow<wxTopLevelWindow>
-{
-public:
- wxPersistentTLW(wxTopLevelWindow *tlw)
- : wxPersistentWindow<wxTopLevelWindow>(tlw)
- {
- }
-
- virtual void Save() const
- {
- const wxTopLevelWindow * const tlw = Get();
-
- const wxPoint pos = tlw->GetScreenPosition();
- SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_X, pos.x);
- SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_Y, pos.y);
-
- // notice that we use GetSize() here and not GetClientSize() because
- // the latter doesn't return correct results for the minimized windows
- // (at least not under Windows)
- //
- // of course, it shouldn't matter anyhow usually, the client size
- // should be preserved as well unless the size of the decorations
- // changed between the runs
- const wxSize size = tlw->GetSize();
- SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_W, size.x);
- SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_H, size.y);
-
- SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_MAXIMIZED, tlw->IsMaximized());
- SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_ICONIZED, tlw->IsIconized());
- }
-
- virtual bool Restore()
- {
- wxTopLevelWindow * const tlw = Get();
-
- long x wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(-1),
- y wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(-1),
- w wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(-1),
- h wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(-1);
- const bool hasPos = RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_X, &x) &&
- RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_Y, &y);
- const bool hasSize = RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_W, &w) &&
- RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_H, &h);
-
- if ( hasPos )
- {
- // to avoid making the window completely invisible if it had been
- // shown on a monitor which was disconnected since the last run
- // (this is pretty common for notebook with external displays)
- //
- // NB: we should allow window position to be (slightly) off screen,
- // it's not uncommon to position the window so that its upper
- // left corner has slightly negative coordinate
- if ( wxDisplay::GetFromPoint(wxPoint(x, y)) != wxNOT_FOUND ||
- (hasSize && wxDisplay::GetFromPoint(
- wxPoint(x + w, y + h)) != wxNOT_FOUND) )
- {
- tlw->Move(x, y, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
- }
- //else: should we try to adjust position/size somehow?
- }
-
- if ( hasSize )
- tlw->SetSize(w, h);
-
- // note that the window can be both maximized and iconized
- bool maximized;
- if ( RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_MAXIMIZED, &maximized) && maximized )
- tlw->Maximize();
-
- bool iconized;
- if ( RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TLW_ICONIZED, &iconized) && iconized )
- tlw->Iconize();
-
- // the most important property of the window that we restore is its
- // size, so disregard the value of hasPos here
- return hasSize;
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetKind() const { return wxPERSIST_TLW_KIND; }
-};
-
-inline wxPersistentObject *wxCreatePersistentObject(wxTopLevelWindow *tlw)
-{
- return new wxPersistentTLW(tlw);
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_PERSIST_TOPLEVEL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/persist/treebook.h
-// Purpose: persistence support for wxBookCtrl
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-01-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_TREEBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_PERSIST_TREEBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/persist/bookctrl.h"
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/treebook.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// string constants used by wxPersistentTreeBookCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_KIND "TreeBook"
-
-// this key contains the indices of all expanded nodes in the tree book
-// separated by wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_SEP
-#define wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_BRANCHES "Expanded"
-#define wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_SEP ','
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPersistentTreeBookCtrl: supports saving/restoring open tree branches
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxPersistentTreeBookCtrl : public wxPersistentBookCtrl
-{
-public:
- wxPersistentTreeBookCtrl(wxTreebook *book)
- : wxPersistentBookCtrl(book)
- {
- }
-
- virtual void Save() const
- {
- const wxTreebook * const book = GetTreeBook();
-
- wxString expanded;
- const size_t count = book->GetPageCount();
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
- {
- if ( book->IsNodeExpanded(n) )
- {
- if ( !expanded.empty() )
- expanded += wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_SEP;
-
- expanded += wxString::Format("%u", static_cast<unsigned>(n));
- }
- }
-
- SaveValue(wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_BRANCHES, expanded);
-
- wxPersistentBookCtrl::Save();
- }
-
- virtual bool Restore()
- {
- wxTreebook * const book = GetTreeBook();
-
- wxString expanded;
- if ( RestoreValue(wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_BRANCHES, &expanded) )
- {
- const wxArrayString
- indices(wxSplit(expanded, wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_EXPANDED_SEP));
-
- const size_t pageCount = book->GetPageCount();
- const size_t count = indices.size();
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
- {
- unsigned long idx;
- if ( indices[n].ToULong(&idx) && idx < pageCount )
- book->ExpandNode(idx);
- }
- }
-
- return wxPersistentBookCtrl::Restore();
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetKind() const { return wxPERSIST_TREEBOOK_KIND; }
-
- wxTreebook *GetTreeBook() const { return static_cast<wxTreebook *>(Get()); }
-};
-
-inline wxPersistentObject *wxCreatePersistentObject(wxTreebook *book)
-{
- return new wxPersistentTreeBookCtrl(book);
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_PERSIST_TREEBOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/persist/window.h
-// Purpose: wxPersistentWindow declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-01-23
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PERSIST_WINDOW_H_
-#define _WX_PERSIST_WINDOW_H_
-
-#include "wx/persist.h"
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPersistentWindow: base class for persistent windows, uses the window name
-// as persistent name by default and automatically reacts
-// to the window destruction
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// type-independent part of wxPersistentWindow
-class wxPersistentWindowBase :
- wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK_BASE_CLASS
- public wxPersistentObject
-{
-public:
- wxPersistentWindowBase(wxWindow *win)
- : wxPersistentObject(win)
- {
- wxBIND_OR_CONNECT_HACK(win, wxEVT_DESTROY, wxWindowDestroyEventHandler,
- wxPersistentWindowBase::HandleDestroy, this);
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetName() const
- {
- const wxString name = GetWindow()->GetName();
- wxASSERT_MSG( !name.empty(), "persistent windows should be named!" );
-
- return name;
- }
-
-protected:
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return static_cast<wxWindow *>(GetObject()); }
-
-private:
- void HandleDestroy(wxWindowDestroyEvent& event)
- {
- event.Skip();
-
- // only react to the destruction of this object itself, not of any of
- // its children
- if ( event.GetEventObject() == GetObject() )
- {
- // this will delete this object itself
- wxPersistenceManager::Get().SaveAndUnregister(GetWindow());
- }
- }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPersistentWindowBase);
-};
-
-template <class T>
-class wxPersistentWindow : public wxPersistentWindowBase
-{
-public:
- typedef T WindowType;
-
- wxPersistentWindow(WindowType *win)
- : wxPersistentWindowBase(win)
- {
- }
-
- WindowType *Get() const { return static_cast<WindowType *>(GetWindow()); }
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_PERSIST_WINDOW_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/pickerbase.h
-// Purpose: wxPickerBase definition
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi (based on Vadim Zeitlin's code)
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14/4/2006
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PICKERBASE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PICKERBASE_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxButtonNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPickerBase is the base class for the picker controls which support
-// a wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL style; i.e. for those pickers which can use an auxiliary
-// text control next to the 'real' picker.
-//
-// The wxTextPickerHelper class manages enabled/disabled state of the text control,
-// its sizing and positioning.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL 0x0002
-#define wxPB_SMALL 0x8000
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPickerBase : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxControl>
-{
-public:
- // ctor: text is the associated text control
- wxPickerBase() : m_text(NULL), m_picker(NULL), m_sizer(NULL)
- { }
- virtual ~wxPickerBase() {}
-
-
- // if present, intercepts wxPB_USE_TEXTCTRL style and creates the text control
- // The 3rd argument is the initial wxString to display in the text control
- bool CreateBase(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxButtonNameStr);
-
-public: // public API
-
- // margin between the text control and the picker
- void SetInternalMargin(int newmargin)
- { GetTextCtrlItem()->SetBorder(newmargin); m_sizer->Layout(); }
- int GetInternalMargin() const
- { return GetTextCtrlItem()->GetBorder(); }
-
- // proportion of the text control
- void SetTextCtrlProportion(int prop)
- { GetTextCtrlItem()->SetProportion(prop); m_sizer->Layout(); }
- int GetTextCtrlProportion() const
- { return GetTextCtrlItem()->GetProportion(); }
-
- // proportion of the picker control
- void SetPickerCtrlProportion(int prop)
- { GetPickerCtrlItem()->SetProportion(prop); m_sizer->Layout(); }
- int GetPickerCtrlProportion() const
- { return GetPickerCtrlItem()->GetProportion(); }
-
- bool IsTextCtrlGrowable() const
- { return (GetTextCtrlItem()->GetFlag() & wxGROW) != 0; }
- void SetTextCtrlGrowable(bool grow = true)
- {
- int f = GetDefaultTextCtrlFlag();
- if ( grow )
- f |= wxGROW;
- else
- f &= ~wxGROW;
-
- GetTextCtrlItem()->SetFlag(f);
- }
-
- bool IsPickerCtrlGrowable() const
- { return (GetPickerCtrlItem()->GetFlag() & wxGROW) != 0; }
- void SetPickerCtrlGrowable(bool grow = true)
- {
- int f = GetDefaultPickerCtrlFlag();
- if ( grow )
- f |= wxGROW;
- else
- f &= ~wxGROW;
-
- GetPickerCtrlItem()->SetFlag(f);
- }
-
- bool HasTextCtrl() const
- { return m_text != NULL; }
- wxTextCtrl *GetTextCtrl()
- { return m_text; }
- wxControl *GetPickerCtrl()
- { return m_picker; }
-
- void SetTextCtrl(wxTextCtrl* text)
- { m_text = text; }
- void SetPickerCtrl(wxControl* picker)
- { m_picker = picker; }
-
- // methods that derived class must/may override
- virtual void UpdatePickerFromTextCtrl() = 0;
- virtual void UpdateTextCtrlFromPicker() = 0;
-
-protected:
- // overridden base class methods
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- virtual void DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tip);
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-
- // event handlers
- void OnTextCtrlDelete(wxWindowDestroyEvent &);
- void OnTextCtrlUpdate(wxCommandEvent &);
- void OnTextCtrlKillFocus(wxFocusEvent &);
-
- // returns the set of styles for the attached wxTextCtrl
- // from given wxPickerBase's styles
- virtual long GetTextCtrlStyle(long style) const
- { return (style & wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK); }
-
- // returns the set of styles for the m_picker
- virtual long GetPickerStyle(long style) const
- { return (style & wxWINDOW_STYLE_MASK); }
-
-
- wxSizerItem *GetPickerCtrlItem() const
- {
- if (this->HasTextCtrl())
- return m_sizer->GetItem((size_t)1);
- return m_sizer->GetItem((size_t)0);
- }
-
- wxSizerItem *GetTextCtrlItem() const
- {
- wxASSERT(this->HasTextCtrl());
- return m_sizer->GetItem((size_t)0);
- }
-
- int GetDefaultPickerCtrlFlag() const
- {
- // on macintosh, without additional borders
- // there's not enough space for focus rect
- return wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxGROW
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
- | wxTOP | wxRIGHT | wxBOTTOM
-#endif
- ;
- }
-
- int GetDefaultTextCtrlFlag() const
- {
- // on macintosh, without wxALL there's not enough space for focus rect
- return wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
- | wxALL
-#else
- | wxRIGHT
-#endif
- ;
- }
-
- void PostCreation();
-
-protected:
- wxTextCtrl *m_text; // can be NULL
- wxControl *m_picker;
- wxBoxSizer *m_sizer;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPickerBase)
-};
-
-
-#endif
- // _WX_PICKERBASE_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/**
-* Name: wx/platform.h
-* Purpose: define the OS and compiler identification macros
-* Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-* Modified by:
-* Created: 29.10.01 (extracted from wx/defs.h)
-* Copyright: (c) 1997-2001 Vadim Zeitlin
-* Licence: wxWindows licence
-*/
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_PLATFORM_H_
-#define _WX_PLATFORM_H_
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC_XCODE__
-# include <unistd.h>
-# include <TargetConditionals.h>
-# include <AvailabilityMacros.h>
-# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4
-# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 1040
-# endif
-# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
-# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 1050
-# endif
-# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6
-# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6 1060
-# endif
-# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_7
-# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_7 1070
-# endif
-# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_8
-# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_8 1080
-# endif
-# include "wx/osx/config_xcode.h"
-# ifndef __WXOSX__
-# define __WXOSX__ 1
-# endif
-# ifndef __WXMAC__
-# define __WXMAC__ 1
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- We use __WINDOWS__ as our main identification symbol for Microsoft Windows
- but it's actually not predefined directly by any commonly used compilers
- (only Watcom defines it itself and it's not supported any longer), so we
- define it ourselves if any of the following macros is defined:
-
- - MSVC _WIN32 (notice that this is also defined under Win64)
- - Borland __WIN32__
- - Our __WXMSW__ which selects Windows as platform automatically
- */
-#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__WXMSW__)
-# ifndef __WINDOWS__
-# define __WINDOWS__
-# endif /* !__WINDOWS__ */
-#endif /* Any standard symbol indicating Windows */
-
-#if defined(_WIN64)
-# ifndef _WIN32
- /*
- a lot of code (mistakenly) uses #ifdef _WIN32 to either test for
- Windows or to test for !__WIN16__, so we must define _WIN32 for
- Win64 as well to ensure that the existing code continues to work.
- */
-# define _WIN32
-# endif /* !_WIN32 */
-
-# ifndef __WIN64__
-# define __WIN64__
-# endif /* !__WIN64__ */
-#endif /* _WIN64 */
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
- /* Select wxMSW under Windows if no other port is specified. */
-# if !defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXX11__)
-# define __WXMSW__
-# endif
-
-# if !defined(__WINDOWS__)
-# define __WINDOWS__
-# endif
-
-# ifndef _WIN32
-# define _WIN32
-# endif
-
-# ifndef WIN32
-# define WIN32
-# endif
-
-# ifndef __WIN32__
-# define __WIN32__
-# endif
-#endif /* __WINDOWS__ */
-
-/*
- Don't use widget toolkit specific code in non-GUI code in the library
- itself to ensure that the same base library is used for both MSW and GTK
- ports. But keep __WXMSW__ defined for (console) applications using
- wxWidgets for compatibility.
- */
-#if defined(WXBUILDING) && defined(wxUSE_GUI) && !wxUSE_GUI
-# ifdef __WXMSW__
-# undef __WXMSW__
-# endif
-# ifdef __WXGTK__
-# undef __WXGTK__
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) && defined(__WINDOWS__)
-
-# ifdef __WXMSW__
-# undef __WXMSW__
-# endif
-
-#endif /* __WXGTK__ && __WINDOWS__ */
-
-/* detect MS SmartPhone */
-#if defined( WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP )
-# ifndef __SMARTPHONE__
-# define __SMARTPHONE__
-# endif
-# ifndef __WXWINCE__
-# define __WXWINCE__
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* detect PocketPC */
-#if defined( WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC )
-# ifndef __POCKETPC__
-# define __POCKETPC__
-# endif
-# ifndef __WXWINCE__
-# define __WXWINCE__
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* detect Standard WinCE SDK */
-#if defined( WCE_PLATFORM_STANDARDSDK )
-# ifndef __WINCE_STANDARDSDK__
-# define __WINCE_STANDARDSDK__
-# endif
-# ifndef __WXWINCE__
-# define __WXWINCE__
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP) && !defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC)
-# if (_WIN32_WCE >= 400)
-# ifndef __WINCE_NET__
-# define __WINCE_NET__
-# endif
-# elif (_WIN32_WCE >= 200)
-# ifndef __HANDHELDPC__
-# define __HANDHELDPC__
-# endif
-# endif
-# ifndef __WXWINCE__
-# define __WXWINCE__
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__) && defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1201)
- #define __EVC4__
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__WXGPE__)
-# define __WXHANDHELD__
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __ANDROID__
-# define __WXANDROID__
-# include "wx/android/config_android.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/compiler.h"
-
-/*
- Include wx/setup.h for the Unix platform defines generated by configure and
- the library compilation options
-
- Note that it must be included before defining hardware symbols below as they
- could be already defined by configure but it must be included after defining
- the compiler macros above as msvc/wx/setup.h relies on them under Windows.
- */
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-
-/*
- Convenience for any optional classes that use the wxAnyButton base class.
- */
-#if wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN || wxUSE_BUTTON
- #define wxHAS_ANY_BUTTON
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- Hardware platform detection.
-
- VC++ defines _M_xxx symbols.
- */
-#if defined(_M_IX86) || defined(i386) || defined(__i386) || defined(__i386__)
- #ifndef __INTEL__
- #define __INTEL__
- #endif
-#endif /* x86 */
-
-#if defined(_M_IA64)
- #ifndef __IA64__
- #define __IA64__
- #endif
-#endif /* ia64 */
-
-#if defined(_M_MPPC) || defined(__PPC__) || defined(__ppc__)
- #ifndef __POWERPC__
- #define __POWERPC__
- #endif
-#endif /* alpha */
-
-#if defined(_M_ALPHA) || defined(__AXP__)
- #ifndef __ALPHA__
- #define __ALPHA__
- #endif
-#endif /* alpha */
-
-
-/*
- adjust the Unicode setting: wxUSE_UNICODE should be defined as 0 or 1
- and is used by wxWidgets, _UNICODE and/or UNICODE may be defined or used by
- the system headers so bring these settings in sync
- */
-
-/* set wxUSE_UNICODE to 1 if UNICODE or _UNICODE is defined */
-#if defined(_UNICODE) || defined(UNICODE)
-# undef wxUSE_UNICODE
-# define wxUSE_UNICODE 1
-#else /* !UNICODE */
-# ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
-# define wxUSE_UNICODE 0
-# endif
-#endif /* UNICODE/!UNICODE */
-
-/* and vice versa: define UNICODE and _UNICODE if wxUSE_UNICODE is 1 */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-# ifndef _UNICODE
-# define _UNICODE
-# endif
-# ifndef UNICODE
-# define UNICODE
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE */
-
-
-/*
- test for old versions of Borland C, normally need at least 5.82, Turbo
- explorer, available for free at http://www.turboexplorer.com/downloads
-*/
-
-
-/*
- Older versions of Borland C have some compiler bugs that need
- workarounds. Mostly pertains to the free command line compiler 5.5.1.
-*/
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ <= 0x551)
- /*
- The Borland free compiler is unable to handle overloaded enum
- comparisons under certain conditions e.g. when any class has a
- conversion ctor for an integral type and there's an overload to
- compare between an integral type and that class type.
- */
-# define wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM
-
- /*
- This is needed to overcome bugs in 5.5.1 STL, linking errors will
- result if it is not defined.
- */
-# define _RWSTD_COMPILE_INSTANTIATE
-
- /*
- Preprocessor in older Borland compilers have major problems
- concatenating with ##. Specifically, if the string operands being
- concatenated have special meaning (e.g. L"str", 123i64 etc)
- then ## will not concatenate the operands correctly.
-
- As a workaround, define wxPREPEND* and wxAPPEND* without using
- wxCONCAT_HELPER.
- */
-# define wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER
-#endif /* __BORLANDC__ */
-
-/*
- OS: first of all, test for MS-DOS platform. We must do this before testing
- for Unix, because DJGPP compiler defines __unix__ under MS-DOS
- */
-#if defined(__GO32__) || defined(__DJGPP__) || defined(__DOS__)
-# ifndef __DOS__
-# define __DOS__
-# endif
- /* size_t is the same as unsigned int for Watcom 11 compiler, */
- /* so define it if it hadn't been done by configure yet */
-# if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG)
-# ifdef __WATCOMC__
-# define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
-# endif
-# ifdef __DJGPP__
-# define wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG
-# endif
-# endif
-
-/*
- OS: then test for generic Unix defines, then for particular flavours and
- finally for Unix-like systems
- Mac OS X matches this case (__MACH__), prior Mac OS do not.
- */
-#elif defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__unix) || defined(__unix__) || \
- defined(____SVR4____) || defined(__LINUX__) || defined(__sgi) || \
- defined(__hpux) || defined(sun) || defined(__SUN__) || defined(_AIX) || \
- defined(__EMX__) || defined(__VMS) || defined(__BEOS__) || defined(__MACH__)
-
-# define __UNIX_LIKE__
-
- /* Helps SGI compilation, apparently */
-# ifdef __SGI__
-# ifdef __GNUG__
-# define __need_wchar_t
-# else /* !gcc */
- /*
- Note I use the term __SGI_CC__ for both cc and CC, its not a good
- idea to mix gcc and cc/CC, the name mangling is different
- */
-# define __SGI_CC__
-# endif /* gcc/!gcc */
-
- /* system headers use this symbol and not __cplusplus in some places */
-# ifndef _LANGUAGE_C_PLUS_PLUS
-# define _LANGUAGE_C_PLUS_PLUS
-# endif
-# endif /* SGI */
-
-# ifdef __EMX__
-# define OS2EMX_PLAIN_CHAR
-# endif
-# if defined(__INNOTEK_LIBC__)
- /* Ensure visibility of strnlen declaration */
-# define _GNU_SOURCE
-# endif
-
- /* define __HPUX__ for HP-UX where standard macro is __hpux */
-# if defined(__hpux) && !defined(__HPUX__)
-# define __HPUX__
-# endif /* HP-UX */
-
-# if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__WINE__)
-# if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT)
-# define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
-# endif
-# endif
-
- /* All of these should already be defined by including configure-
- generated setup.h but we wish to support Xcode compilation without
- requiring the user to define these himself.
- */
-# if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
-# ifndef __UNIX__
-# define __UNIX__ 1
-# endif
-# ifndef __BSD__
-# define __BSD__ 1
-# endif
- /* __DARWIN__ is our own define to mean OS X or pure Darwin */
-# ifndef __DARWIN__
-# define __DARWIN__ 1
-# endif
- /* NOTE: TARGET_CARBON is actually a 0/1 and must be 1 for OS X */
-# ifndef TARGET_CARBON
-# define TARGET_CARBON 1
-# endif
- /* OS X uses unsigned long size_t for both ILP32 and LP64 modes. */
-# if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG)
-# define wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG
-# endif
-# endif
-
-/*
- OS: OS/2
- */
-#elif defined(__OS2__)
-
- /* wxOS2 vs. non wxOS2 ports on OS2 platform */
-# if !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXX11__)
-# ifndef __WXPM__
-# define __WXPM__
-# endif
-# endif
-
-# if defined(__IBMCPP__)
-# define __VISAGEAVER__ __IBMCPP__
-# endif
-
- /* Place other OS/2 compiler environment defines here */
-# if defined(__VISAGECPP__)
- /* VisualAge is the only thing that understands _Optlink */
-# define LINKAGEMODE _Optlink
-# endif
-# define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
-
-/*
- OS: Windows
- */
-#elif defined(__WINDOWS__)
-
- /* to be changed for Win64! */
-# ifndef __WIN32__
-# error "__WIN32__ should be defined for Win32 and Win64, Win16 is not supported"
-# endif
-
- /* size_t is the same as unsigned int for all Windows compilers we know, */
- /* so define it if it hadn't been done by configure yet */
-# if !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT) && !defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG) && !defined(__WIN64__)
-# define wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
-# endif
-#else
-# error "Unknown platform."
-#endif /* OS */
-
-/*
- if we're on a Unix system but didn't use configure (so that setup.h didn't
- define __UNIX__), do define __UNIX__ now
- */
-#if !defined(__UNIX__) && defined(__UNIX_LIKE__)
-# define __UNIX__
-#endif /* Unix */
-
-#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
-# define __X__
-#endif
-
-/*
- We get "Large Files (ILP32) not supported in strict ANSI mode." #error
- from HP-UX standard headers when compiling with g++ without this:
- */
-#if defined(__HPUX__) && !defined(__STDC_EXT__)
-# define __STDC_EXT__ 1
-#endif
-
-/* Force linking against required libraries under Windows: */
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-# include "wx/msw/wince/libraries.h"
-#elif defined __WINDOWS__
-# include "wx/msw/libraries.h"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) || (defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 3)
-#define wxNEEDS_CHARPP
-#endif
-
-#if ( defined( __GNUWIN32__ ) || defined( __MINGW32__ ) || \
- ( defined( __CYGWIN__ ) && defined( __WINDOWS__ ) ) || \
- wxCHECK_WATCOM_VERSION(1,0) ) && \
- !defined(__DOS__) && \
- !defined(__WXPM__) && \
- !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && \
- !defined(__WXX11__)
-# include "wx/msw/gccpriv.h"
-#else
-# undef wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION
-# define wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION(maj, min) (0)
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- Handle Darwin gcc universal compilation. Don't do this in an Apple-
- specific case since no sane compiler should be defining either
- __BIG_ENDIAN__ or __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ unless it really is generating
- code that will be hosted on a machine with the appropriate endianness.
- If a compiler defines neither, assume the user or configure set
- WORDS_BIGENDIAN appropriately.
- */
-#if defined(__BIG_ENDIAN__)
-# undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
-#elif defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN__)
-# undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(WORDS_BIGENDIAN)
-/* According to Stefan even ancient Mac compilers defined __BIG_ENDIAN__ */
-# warning "Compiling wxMac with probably wrong endianness"
-#endif
-/* also the 32/64 bit universal builds must be handled accordingly */
-#ifdef __DARWIN__
-# ifdef __LP64__
-# undef SIZEOF_VOID_P
-# undef SIZEOF_LONG
-# undef SIZEOF_SIZE_T
-# define SIZEOF_VOID_P 8
-# define SIZEOF_LONG 8
-# define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8
-# else
-# undef SIZEOF_VOID_P
-# undef SIZEOF_LONG
-# undef SIZEOF_SIZE_T
-# define SIZEOF_VOID_P 4
-# define SIZEOF_LONG 4
-# define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 4
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- Define various OS X symbols before including wx/chkconf.h which uses them.
-
- __WXOSX_MAC__ means Mac OS X, non embedded
- __WXOSX_IPHONE__ means OS X iPhone
- */
-
-/*
- Normally all of __WXOSX_XXX__, __WXOSX__ and __WXMAC__ are defined by
- configure but ensure that we also define them if configure was not used for
- whatever reason.
-
- The primary symbol remains __WXOSX_XXX__ one, __WXOSX__ exists to allow
- checking for any OS X port (Carbon and Cocoa) and __WXMAC__ is an old name
- for it.
- */
-#if defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) || defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__) || defined(__WXOSX_IPHONE__)
-# ifndef __WXOSX__
-# define __WXOSX__ 1
-# endif
-# ifndef __WXMAC__
-# define __WXMAC__ 1
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXOSX__
-/* setup precise defines according to sdk used */
-# include <TargetConditionals.h>
-# if defined(__WXOSX_IPHONE__)
-# if !( defined(TARGET_OS_IPHONE) && TARGET_OS_IPHONE )
-# error "incorrect SDK for an iPhone build"
-# endif
-# else
-# if wxUSE_GUI && !(defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) || defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__))
-# error "one of __WXOSX_IPHONE__, __WXOSX_CARBON__ or __WXOSX_COCOA__ must be defined for the GUI build"
-# endif
-# if !( defined(TARGET_OS_MAC) && TARGET_OS_MAC )
-# error "incorrect SDK for a Mac OS X build"
-# endif
-# define __WXOSX_MAC__ 1
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXOSX_MAC__
-# if defined(__MACH__)
-# include <AvailabilityMacros.h>
-# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4
-# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 1040
-# endif
-# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5
-# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5 1050
-# endif
-# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6
-# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_6 1060
-# endif
-# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_7
-# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_7 1070
-# endif
-# ifndef MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_8
-# define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_8 1080
-# endif
-# else
-# error "only mach-o configurations are supported"
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__ is a common define to wxOSX (Carbon or Cocoa) and wxCocoa ports under OS X.
-
- DO NOT use this define in base library code. Although wxMac has its own
- private base library (and thus __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__,__WXMAC__ and related defines are
- valid there), wxCocoa shares its library with other ports like wxGTK and wxX11.
-
- To keep wx authors from screwing this up, only enable __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__ for wxCocoa when
- not compiling the base library. We determine this by first checking if
- wxUSE_BASE is not defined. If it is not defined, then we're not buildling
- the base library, and possibly not building wx at all (but actually building
- user code that's using wx). If it is defined then we must check to make sure
- it is not true. If it is true, we're building base.
-
- If you want it in the common darwin base library then use __DARWIN__. You
- can use any Darwin-available libraries like CoreFoundation but please avoid
- using OS X libraries like Carbon or CoreServices.
-
- */
-#if defined(__WXOSX__) || (defined(__WXCOCOA__) && (!defined(wxUSE_BASE) || !wxUSE_BASE))
-# define __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__ 1
-#endif
-
-/*
- check the consistency of the settings in setup.h: note that this must be
- done after setting wxUSE_UNICODE correctly as it is used in wx/chkconf.h
- and after defining the compiler macros which are used in it too
- */
-#include "wx/chkconf.h"
-
-
-/*
- some compilers don't support iostream.h any longer, while some of theme
- are not updated with <iostream> yet, so override the users setting here
- in such case.
- */
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1310)
-# undef wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
-# define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0
-#elif defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
-# undef wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
-# define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 1
-#elif defined(__MINGW32__)
-# undef wxUSE_IOSTREAMH
-# define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0
-#endif /* compilers with/without iostream.h */
-
-/*
- old C++ headers (like <iostream.h>) declare classes in the global namespace
- while the new, standard ones (like <iostream>) do it in std:: namespace,
- unless it's an old gcc version.
-
- using this macro allows constuctions like "wxSTD iostream" to work in
- either case
- */
-#if !wxUSE_IOSTREAMH && (!defined(__GNUC__) || ( __GNUC__ > 2 ) || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95))
-# define wxSTD std::
-#else
-# define wxSTD
-#endif
-
-/* On OpenVMS with the most recent HP C++ compiler some function (i.e. wscanf)
- * are only available in the std-namespace. (BUG???)
- */
-#if defined( __VMS ) && (__DECCXX_VER >= 70100000) && !defined(__STD_CFRONT) && !defined( __NONAMESPACE_STD )
-# define wxVMS_USE_STD std::
-#else
-# define wxVMS_USE_STD
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __VMS
-#define XtDisplay XTDISPLAY
-#ifdef __WXMOTIF__
-#define XtParent XTPARENT
-#define XtScreen XTSCREEN
-#define XtWindow XTWINDOW
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* Choose which method we will use for updating menus
- * - in OnIdle, or when we receive a wxEVT_MENU_OPEN event.
- * Presently, only Windows, OS X and GTK+ support wxEVT_MENU_OPEN.
- */
-#ifndef wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES
-# if (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXOSX__)) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-# define wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES 0
-# else
-# define wxUSE_IDLEMENUUPDATES 1
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Define symbols that are not yet in
- * configure or possibly some setup.h files.
- * They will need to be added.
- */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_FILECONFIG
-# if wxUSE_CONFIG && wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-# define wxUSE_FILECONFIG 1
-# else
-# define wxUSE_FILECONFIG 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_HOTKEY
-# define wxUSE_HOTKEY 0
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(wxUSE_WXDIB) && defined(__WXMSW__)
-# define wxUSE_WXDIB 1
-#endif
-
-/*
- Optionally supported C++ features.
- */
-
-/*
- RTTI: if it is disabled in build/msw/makefile.* then this symbol will
- already be defined but it's also possible to do it from configure (with
- g++) or by editing project files with MSVC so test for it here too.
- */
-#ifndef wxNO_RTTI
- /*
- Only 4.3 defines __GXX_RTTI by default so its absence is not an
- indication of disabled RTTI with the previous versions.
- */
-# if wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(4, 3)
-# ifndef __GXX_RTTI
-# define wxNO_RTTI
-# endif
-# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-# ifndef _CPPRTTI
-# define wxNO_RTTI
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxNO_RTTI */
-
-#endif /* _WX_PLATFORM_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/platinfo.h
-// Purpose: declaration of the wxPlatformInfo class
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07.07.2006 (based on wxToolkitInfo)
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PLATINFO_H_
-#define _WX_PLATINFO_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPlatformInfo enums & structs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// VERY IMPORTANT: when changing these enum values, also change the relative
-// string tables in src/common/platinfo.cpp
-
-
-// families & sub-families of operating systems
-enum wxOperatingSystemId
-{
- wxOS_UNKNOWN = 0, // returned on error
-
- wxOS_MAC_OS = 1 << 0, // Apple Mac OS 8/9/X with Mac paths
- wxOS_MAC_OSX_DARWIN = 1 << 1, // Apple Mac OS X with Unix paths
- wxOS_MAC = wxOS_MAC_OS|wxOS_MAC_OSX_DARWIN,
-
- wxOS_WINDOWS_9X = 1 << 2, // Windows 9x family (95/98/ME)
- wxOS_WINDOWS_NT = 1 << 3, // Windows NT family (NT/2000/XP)
- wxOS_WINDOWS_MICRO = 1 << 4, // MicroWindows
- wxOS_WINDOWS_CE = 1 << 5, // Windows CE (Window Mobile)
- wxOS_WINDOWS = wxOS_WINDOWS_9X |
- wxOS_WINDOWS_NT |
- wxOS_WINDOWS_MICRO |
- wxOS_WINDOWS_CE,
-
- wxOS_UNIX_LINUX = 1 << 6, // Linux
- wxOS_UNIX_FREEBSD = 1 << 7, // FreeBSD
- wxOS_UNIX_OPENBSD = 1 << 8, // OpenBSD
- wxOS_UNIX_NETBSD = 1 << 9, // NetBSD
- wxOS_UNIX_SOLARIS = 1 << 10, // SunOS
- wxOS_UNIX_AIX = 1 << 11, // AIX
- wxOS_UNIX_HPUX = 1 << 12, // HP/UX
- wxOS_UNIX = wxOS_UNIX_LINUX |
- wxOS_UNIX_FREEBSD |
- wxOS_UNIX_OPENBSD |
- wxOS_UNIX_NETBSD |
- wxOS_UNIX_SOLARIS |
- wxOS_UNIX_AIX |
- wxOS_UNIX_HPUX,
-
- // 1<<13 and 1<<14 available for other Unix flavours
-
- wxOS_DOS = 1 << 15, // Microsoft DOS
- wxOS_OS2 = 1 << 16 // OS/2
-};
-
-// list of wxWidgets ports - some of them can be used with more than
-// a single toolkit.
-enum wxPortId
-{
- wxPORT_UNKNOWN = 0, // returned on error
-
- wxPORT_BASE = 1 << 0, // wxBase, no native toolkit used
-
- wxPORT_MSW = 1 << 1, // wxMSW, native toolkit is Windows API
- wxPORT_MOTIF = 1 << 2, // wxMotif, using [Open]Motif or Lesstif
- wxPORT_GTK = 1 << 3, // wxGTK, using GTK+ 1.x, 2.x, GPE or Maemo
- wxPORT_DFB = 1 << 4, // wxDFB, using wxUniversal
- wxPORT_X11 = 1 << 5, // wxX11, using wxUniversal
- wxPORT_PM = 1 << 6, // wxOS2, using OS/2 Presentation Manager
- wxPORT_OS2 = wxPORT_PM, // wxOS2, using OS/2 Presentation Manager
- wxPORT_MAC = 1 << 7, // wxOSX (former wxMac), using Cocoa, Carbon or iPhone API
- wxPORT_OSX = wxPORT_MAC, // wxOSX, using Cocoa, Carbon or iPhone API
- wxPORT_COCOA = 1 << 8, // wxCocoa, using Cocoa NextStep/Mac API
- wxPORT_WINCE = 1 << 9 // wxWinCE, toolkit is WinCE SDK API
-};
-
-// architecture of the operating system
-// (regardless of the build environment of wxWidgets library - see
-// wxIsPlatform64bit documentation for more info)
-enum wxArchitecture
-{
- wxARCH_INVALID = -1, // returned on error
-
- wxARCH_32, // 32 bit
- wxARCH_64,
-
- wxARCH_MAX
-};
-
-
-// endian-ness of the machine
-enum wxEndianness
-{
- wxENDIAN_INVALID = -1, // returned on error
-
- wxENDIAN_BIG, // 4321
- wxENDIAN_LITTLE, // 1234
- wxENDIAN_PDP, // 3412
-
- wxENDIAN_MAX
-};
-
-// informations about a linux distro returned by the lsb_release utility
-struct wxLinuxDistributionInfo
-{
- wxString Id;
- wxString Release;
- wxString CodeName;
- wxString Description;
-
- bool operator==(const wxLinuxDistributionInfo& ldi) const
- {
- return Id == ldi.Id &&
- Release == ldi.Release &&
- CodeName == ldi.CodeName &&
- Description == ldi.Description;
- }
-
- bool operator!=(const wxLinuxDistributionInfo& ldi) const
- { return !(*this == ldi); }
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPlatformInfo
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Information about the toolkit that the app is running under and some basic
-// platform and architecture info
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPlatformInfo
-{
-public:
- wxPlatformInfo();
- wxPlatformInfo(wxPortId pid,
- int tkMajor = -1, int tkMinor = -1,
- wxOperatingSystemId id = wxOS_UNKNOWN,
- int osMajor = -1, int osMinor = -1,
- wxArchitecture arch = wxARCH_INVALID,
- wxEndianness endian = wxENDIAN_INVALID,
- bool usingUniversal = false);
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
- bool operator==(const wxPlatformInfo &t) const;
-
- bool operator!=(const wxPlatformInfo &t) const
- { return !(*this == t); }
-
- // Gets a wxPlatformInfo already initialized with the values for
- // the currently running platform.
- static const wxPlatformInfo& Get();
-
-
-
- // string -> enum conversions
- // ---------------------------------
-
- static wxOperatingSystemId GetOperatingSystemId(const wxString &name);
- static wxPortId GetPortId(const wxString &portname);
-
- static wxArchitecture GetArch(const wxString &arch);
- static wxEndianness GetEndianness(const wxString &end);
-
- // enum -> string conversions
- // ---------------------------------
-
- static wxString GetOperatingSystemFamilyName(wxOperatingSystemId os);
- static wxString GetOperatingSystemIdName(wxOperatingSystemId os);
- static wxString GetPortIdName(wxPortId port, bool usingUniversal);
- static wxString GetPortIdShortName(wxPortId port, bool usingUniversal);
-
- static wxString GetArchName(wxArchitecture arch);
- static wxString GetEndiannessName(wxEndianness end);
-
-
- // getters
- // -----------------
-
- int GetOSMajorVersion() const
- { return m_osVersionMajor; }
- int GetOSMinorVersion() const
- { return m_osVersionMinor; }
-
- // return true if the OS version >= major.minor
- bool CheckOSVersion(int major, int minor) const
- {
- return DoCheckVersion(GetOSMajorVersion(),
- GetOSMinorVersion(),
- major,
- minor);
- }
-
- int GetToolkitMajorVersion() const
- { return m_tkVersionMajor; }
- int GetToolkitMinorVersion() const
- { return m_tkVersionMinor; }
-
- bool CheckToolkitVersion(int major, int minor) const
- {
- return DoCheckVersion(GetToolkitMajorVersion(),
- GetToolkitMinorVersion(),
- major,
- minor);
- }
-
- bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const
- { return m_usingUniversal; }
-
- wxOperatingSystemId GetOperatingSystemId() const
- { return m_os; }
- wxLinuxDistributionInfo GetLinuxDistributionInfo() const
- { return m_ldi; }
- wxPortId GetPortId() const
- { return m_port; }
- wxArchitecture GetArchitecture() const
- { return m_arch; }
- wxEndianness GetEndianness() const
- { return m_endian; }
-
-
- // string getters
- // -----------------
-
- wxString GetOperatingSystemFamilyName() const
- { return GetOperatingSystemFamilyName(m_os); }
- wxString GetOperatingSystemIdName() const
- { return GetOperatingSystemIdName(m_os); }
- wxString GetPortIdName() const
- { return GetPortIdName(m_port, m_usingUniversal); }
- wxString GetPortIdShortName() const
- { return GetPortIdShortName(m_port, m_usingUniversal); }
- wxString GetArchName() const
- { return GetArchName(m_arch); }
- wxString GetEndiannessName() const
- { return GetEndiannessName(m_endian); }
- wxString GetOperatingSystemDescription() const
- { return m_osDesc; }
- wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const
- { return m_desktopEnv; }
-
- static wxString GetOperatingSystemDirectory();
- // doesn't make sense to store inside wxPlatformInfo the OS directory,
- // thus this function is static; note that this function simply calls
- // wxGetOSDirectory() and is here just to make it easier for the user to
- // find it that feature (global functions can be difficult to find in the docs)
-
- // setters
- // -----------------
-
- void SetOSVersion(int major, int minor)
- { m_osVersionMajor=major; m_osVersionMinor=minor; }
- void SetToolkitVersion(int major, int minor)
- { m_tkVersionMajor=major; m_tkVersionMinor=minor; }
-
- void SetOperatingSystemId(wxOperatingSystemId n)
- { m_os = n; }
- void SetOperatingSystemDescription(const wxString& desc)
- { m_osDesc = desc; }
- void SetPortId(wxPortId n)
- { m_port = n; }
- void SetArchitecture(wxArchitecture n)
- { m_arch = n; }
- void SetEndianness(wxEndianness n)
- { m_endian = n; }
-
- void SetDesktopEnvironment(const wxString& de)
- { m_desktopEnv = de; }
- void SetLinuxDistributionInfo(const wxLinuxDistributionInfo& di)
- { m_ldi = di; }
-
-
- // miscellaneous
- // -----------------
-
- bool IsOk() const
- {
- return m_osVersionMajor != -1 && m_osVersionMinor != -1 &&
- m_os != wxOS_UNKNOWN &&
- !m_osDesc.IsEmpty() &&
- m_tkVersionMajor != -1 && m_tkVersionMinor != -1 &&
- m_port != wxPORT_UNKNOWN &&
- m_arch != wxARCH_INVALID &&
- m_endian != wxENDIAN_INVALID;
-
- // do not check linux-specific info; it's ok to have them empty
- }
-
-
-protected:
- static bool DoCheckVersion(int majorCur, int minorCur, int major, int minor)
- {
- return majorCur > major || (majorCur == major && minorCur >= minor);
- }
-
- void InitForCurrentPlatform();
-
-
- // OS stuff
- // -----------------
-
- // Version of the OS; valid if m_os != wxOS_UNKNOWN
- // (-1 means not initialized yet).
- int m_osVersionMajor,
- m_osVersionMinor;
-
- // Operating system ID.
- wxOperatingSystemId m_os;
-
- // Operating system description.
- wxString m_osDesc;
-
-
- // linux-specific
- // -----------------
-
- wxString m_desktopEnv;
- wxLinuxDistributionInfo m_ldi;
-
-
- // toolkit
- // -----------------
-
- // Version of the underlying toolkit
- // (-1 means not initialized yet; zero means no toolkit).
- int m_tkVersionMajor, m_tkVersionMinor;
-
- // name of the wxWidgets port
- wxPortId m_port;
-
- // is using wxUniversal widgets?
- bool m_usingUniversal;
-
-
- // others
- // -----------------
-
- // architecture of the OS/machine
- wxArchitecture m_arch;
-
- // endianness of the machine
- wxEndianness m_endian;
-};
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- #define wxUNKNOWN_PLATFORM wxOS_UNKNOWN
- #define wxUnix wxOS_UNIX
- #define wxWin95 wxOS_WINDOWS_9X
- #define wxWIN95 wxOS_WINDOWS_9X
- #define wxWINDOWS_NT wxOS_WINDOWS_NT
- #define wxMSW wxOS_WINDOWS
- #define wxWinCE wxOS_WINDOWS_CE
- #define wxWIN32S wxOS_WINDOWS_9X
-
- #define wxOS2 wxPORT_OS2
- #define wxCocoa wxPORT_MAC
- #define wxMac wxPORT_MAC
- #define wxMotif wxPORT_MOTIF
- #define wxGTK wxPORT_GTK
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#endif // _WX_PLATINFO_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/popupwin.h
-// Purpose: wxPopupWindow interface declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 06.01.01
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_POPUPWIN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_POPUPWIN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-
-#include "wx/nonownedwnd.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPopupWindow: a special kind of top level window used for popup menus,
-// combobox popups and such.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupWindowBase : public wxNonOwnedWindow
-{
-public:
- wxPopupWindowBase() { }
- virtual ~wxPopupWindowBase();
-
- // create the popup window
- //
- // style may only contain border flags
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, int style = wxBORDER_NONE);
-
- // move the popup window to the right position, i.e. such that it is
- // entirely visible
- //
- // the popup is positioned at ptOrigin + size if it opens below and to the
- // right (default), at ptOrigin - sizePopup if it opens above and to the
- // left &c
- //
- // the point must be given in screen coordinates!
- virtual void Position(const wxPoint& ptOrigin,
- const wxSize& size);
-
- virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPopupWindowBase);
-};
-
-
-// include the real class declaration
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #include "wx/dfb/popupwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/popupwin.h"
-#else
- #error "wxPopupWindow is not supported under this platform."
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPopupTransientWindow: a wxPopupWindow which disappears automatically
-// when the user clicks mouse outside it or if it loses focus in any other way
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPopupWindowHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPopupFocusHandler;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupTransientWindow : public wxPopupWindow
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- wxPopupTransientWindow() { Init(); }
- wxPopupTransientWindow(wxWindow *parent, int style = wxBORDER_NONE);
-
- virtual ~wxPopupTransientWindow();
-
- // popup the window (this will show it too) and keep focus at winFocus
- // (or itself if it's NULL), dismiss the popup if we lose focus
- virtual void Popup(wxWindow *focus = NULL);
-
- // hide the window
- virtual void Dismiss();
-
- // can the window be dismissed now?
- //
- // VZ: where is this used??
- virtual bool CanDismiss()
- { return true; }
-
- // called when a mouse is pressed while the popup is shown: return true
- // from here to prevent its normal processing by the popup (which consists
- // in dismissing it if the mouse is clicked outside it)
- virtual bool ProcessLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Overridden to grab the input on some plaforms
- virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
-
- // Override to implement delayed destruction of this window.
- virtual bool Destroy();
-
-protected:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // this is called when the popup is disappeared because of anything
- // else but direct call to Dismiss()
- virtual void OnDismiss();
-
- // dismiss and notify the derived class
- void DismissAndNotify();
-
- // remove our event handlers
- void PopHandlers();
-
- // get alerted when child gets deleted from under us
- void OnDestroy(wxWindowDestroyEvent& event);
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) ||(defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON)
- // Check if the mouse needs to be captured or released: we must release
- // when it's inside our window if we want the embedded controls to work.
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-#endif
-
- // the child of this popup if any
- wxWindow *m_child;
-
- // the window which has the focus while we're shown
- wxWindow *m_focus;
-
- // these classes may call our DismissAndNotify()
- friend class wxPopupWindowHandler;
- friend class wxPopupFocusHandler;
-
- // the handlers we created, may be NULL (if not, must be deleted)
- wxPopupWindowHandler *m_handlerPopup;
- wxPopupFocusHandler *m_handlerFocus;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupTransientWindow)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPopupTransientWindow);
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX && defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPopupComboWindow: wxPopupTransientWindow used by wxComboBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboCtrl;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPopupComboWindow : public wxPopupTransientWindow
-{
-public:
- wxPopupComboWindow() { m_combo = NULL; }
- wxPopupComboWindow(wxComboCtrl *parent);
-
- bool Create(wxComboCtrl *parent);
-
- // position the window correctly relatively to the combo
- void PositionNearCombo();
-
-protected:
- // notify the combo here
- virtual void OnDismiss();
-
- // forward the key presses to the combobox
- void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // the parent combobox
- wxComboCtrl *m_combo;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPopupComboWindow)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX && defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-
-#endif // _WX_POPUPWIN_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/position.h
-// Purpose: Common structure and methods for positional information.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Robin Dunn, Brad Anderson, Bryan Petty
-// Created: 2007-03-13
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 The wxWidgets Team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_POSITION_H_
-#define _WX_POSITION_H_
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPosition
-{
-public:
- wxPosition() : m_row(0), m_column(0) {}
- wxPosition(int row, int col) : m_row(row), m_column(col) {}
-
- // default copy ctor and assignment operator are okay.
-
- int GetRow() const { return m_row; }
- int GetColumn() const { return m_column; }
- int GetCol() const { return GetColumn(); }
- void SetRow(int row) { m_row = row; }
- void SetColumn(int column) { m_column = column; }
- void SetCol(int column) { SetColumn(column); }
-
- bool operator==(const wxPosition& p) const
- { return m_row == p.m_row && m_column == p.m_column; }
- bool operator!=(const wxPosition& p) const
- { return !(*this == p); }
-
- wxPosition& operator+=(const wxPosition& p)
- { m_row += p.m_row; m_column += p.m_column; return *this; }
- wxPosition& operator-=(const wxPosition& p)
- { m_row -= p.m_row; m_column -= p.m_column; return *this; }
- wxPosition& operator+=(const wxSize& s)
- { m_row += s.y; m_column += s.x; return *this; }
- wxPosition& operator-=(const wxSize& s)
- { m_row -= s.y; m_column -= s.x; return *this; }
-
- wxPosition operator+(const wxPosition& p) const
- { return wxPosition(m_row + p.m_row, m_column + p.m_column); }
- wxPosition operator-(const wxPosition& p) const
- { return wxPosition(m_row - p.m_row, m_column - p.m_column); }
- wxPosition operator+(const wxSize& s) const
- { return wxPosition(m_row + s.y, m_column + s.x); }
- wxPosition operator-(const wxSize& s) const
- { return wxPosition(m_row - s.y, m_column - s.x); }
-
-private:
- int m_row;
- int m_column;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_POSITION_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/power.h
-// Purpose: functions and classes for system power management
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2006-05-27
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_POWER_H_
-#define _WX_POWER_H_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// power management constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxPowerType
-{
- wxPOWER_SOCKET,
- wxPOWER_BATTERY,
- wxPOWER_UNKNOWN
-};
-
-enum wxBatteryState
-{
- wxBATTERY_NORMAL_STATE, // system is fully usable
- wxBATTERY_LOW_STATE, // start to worry
- wxBATTERY_CRITICAL_STATE, // save quickly
- wxBATTERY_SHUTDOWN_STATE, // too late
- wxBATTERY_UNKNOWN_STATE
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPowerEvent is generated when the system online status changes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// currently the power events are only available under Windows, to avoid
-// compiling in the code for handling them which is never going to be invoked
-// under the other platforms, we define wxHAS_POWER_EVENTS symbol if this event
-// is available, it should be used to guard all code using wxPowerEvent
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
-
-#define wxHAS_POWER_EVENTS
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPowerEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxPowerEvent() // just for use by wxRTTI
- : m_veto(false) { }
-
- wxPowerEvent(wxEventType evtType) : wxEvent(wxID_NONE, evtType)
- {
- m_veto = false;
- }
-
- // Veto the operation (only makes sense with EVT_POWER_SUSPENDING)
- void Veto() { m_veto = true; }
-
- bool IsVetoed() const { return m_veto; }
-
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxPowerEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- bool m_veto;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxPowerEvent)
-};
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING, wxPowerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED, wxPowerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL, wxPowerEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_POWER_RESUME, wxPowerEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPowerEventFunction)(wxPowerEvent&);
-
-#define wxPowerEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxPowerEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_POWER_SUSPENDING(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING, wxPowerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_POWER_SUSPENDED(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED, wxPowerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL, wxPowerEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_POWER_RESUME(func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_POWER_RESUME, wxPowerEventHandler(func))
-
-#else // no support for power events
- #undef wxHAS_POWER_EVENTS
-#endif // support for power events/no support
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// power management functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// return the current system power state: online or offline
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPowerType wxGetPowerType();
-
-// return approximate battery state
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBatteryState wxGetBatteryState();
-
-#endif // _WX_POWER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/print.h
-// Purpose: Base header for printer classes
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRINT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PRINT_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
-
-#include "wx/msw/printwin.h"
-
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-
-#include "wx/osx/printmac.h"
-
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-
-#include "wx/os2/printos2.h"
-
-#else
-
-#include "wx/generic/printps.h"
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-#endif
- // _WX_PRINT_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/printdlg.h
-// Purpose: Base header and class for print dialogs
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintDialogBase: interface for the dialog for printing
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintDialogBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxPrintDialogBase() { }
- wxPrintDialogBase(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString &title = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE);
-
- virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() = 0;
- virtual wxPrintData& GetPrintData() = 0;
- virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC() = 0;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPrintDialogBase)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintDialogBase);
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintDialog: the dialog for printing.
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintDialog : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintDialogData* data = NULL);
- wxPrintDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData* data);
- virtual ~wxPrintDialog();
-
- virtual int ShowModal();
-
- virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData();
- virtual wxPrintData& GetPrintData();
- virtual wxDC *GetPrintDC();
-
-private:
- wxPrintDialogBase *m_pimpl;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialog)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintDialog);
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPageSetupDialogBase: interface for the page setup dialog
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPageSetupDialogBase: public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxPageSetupDialogBase() { }
- wxPageSetupDialogBase(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString &title = wxEmptyString,
- const wxPoint &pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize &size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE);
-
- virtual wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData() = 0;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogBase)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogBase);
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPageSetupDialog: the page setup dialog
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPageSetupDialog: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPageSetupDialog(wxWindow *parent, wxPageSetupDialogData *data = NULL);
- virtual ~wxPageSetupDialog();
-
- int ShowModal();
- wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupDialogData();
- // old name
- wxPageSetupDialogData& GetPageSetupData();
-
-private:
- wxPageSetupDialogBase *m_pimpl;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialog);
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
- // _WX_PRINTDLG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/prntbase.h
-// Purpose: Base classes for printing framework
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PRNTBASEH__
-#define _WX_PRNTBASEH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/cmndata.h"
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintout;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrinterBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintDialogBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPageSetupDialogBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPageSetupDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintPreviewBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPreviewCanvas;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPreviewControlBar;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPreviewFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintFactory;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintNativeDataBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintPreview;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintAbortDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText;
-class wxPrintPageMaxCtrl;
-class wxPrintPageTextCtrl;
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// error consts
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxPrinterError
-{
- wxPRINTER_NO_ERROR = 0,
- wxPRINTER_CANCELLED,
- wxPRINTER_ERROR
-};
-
-// Preview frame modality kind used with wxPreviewFrame::Initialize()
-enum wxPreviewFrameModalityKind
-{
- // Disable all the other top level windows while the preview is shown.
- wxPreviewFrame_AppModal,
-
- // Disable only the parent window while the preview is shown.
- wxPreviewFrame_WindowModal,
-
- // Don't disable any windows.
- wxPreviewFrame_NonModal
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintFactory
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintFactory
-{
-public:
- wxPrintFactory() {}
- virtual ~wxPrintFactory() {}
-
- virtual wxPrinterBase *CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData* data ) = 0;
-
- virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview,
- wxPrintout *printout = NULL,
- wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ) = 0;
- virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview,
- wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintData *data ) = 0;
-
- virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL ) = 0;
- virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPrintData *data ) = 0;
-
- virtual wxPageSetupDialogBase *CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPageSetupDialogData * data = NULL ) = 0;
-
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data ) = 0;
-
- // What to do and what to show in the wxPrintDialog
- // a) Use the generic print setup dialog or a native one?
- virtual bool HasPrintSetupDialog() = 0;
- virtual wxDialog *CreatePrintSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData *data ) = 0;
- // b) Provide the "print to file" option ourselves or via print setup?
- virtual bool HasOwnPrintToFile() = 0;
- // c) Show current printer
- virtual bool HasPrinterLine() = 0;
- virtual wxString CreatePrinterLine() = 0;
- // d) Show Status line for current printer?
- virtual bool HasStatusLine() = 0;
- virtual wxString CreateStatusLine() = 0;
-
-
- virtual wxPrintNativeDataBase *CreatePrintNativeData() = 0;
-
- static void SetPrintFactory( wxPrintFactory *factory );
- static wxPrintFactory *GetFactory();
-private:
- static wxPrintFactory *m_factory;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNativePrintFactory: public wxPrintFactory
-{
-public:
- virtual wxPrinterBase *CreatePrinter( wxPrintDialogData *data );
-
- virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview,
- wxPrintout *printout = NULL,
- wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL );
- virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *CreatePrintPreview( wxPrintout *preview,
- wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintData *data );
-
- virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL );
- virtual wxPrintDialogBase *CreatePrintDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPrintData *data );
-
- virtual wxPageSetupDialogBase *CreatePageSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- wxPageSetupDialogData * data = NULL );
-
- virtual wxDCImpl* CreatePrinterDCImpl( wxPrinterDC *owner, const wxPrintData& data );
-
- virtual bool HasPrintSetupDialog();
- virtual wxDialog *CreatePrintSetupDialog( wxWindow *parent, wxPrintData *data );
- virtual bool HasOwnPrintToFile();
- virtual bool HasPrinterLine();
- virtual wxString CreatePrinterLine();
- virtual bool HasStatusLine();
- virtual wxString CreateStatusLine();
-
- virtual wxPrintNativeDataBase *CreatePrintNativeData();
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintNativeDataBase
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintNativeDataBase: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPrintNativeDataBase();
- virtual ~wxPrintNativeDataBase() {}
-
- virtual bool TransferTo( wxPrintData &data ) = 0;
- virtual bool TransferFrom( const wxPrintData &data ) = 0;
-
- virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const = 0;
-
- int m_ref;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrintNativeDataBase)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintNativeDataBase);
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrinterBase
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Represents the printer: manages printing a wxPrintout object
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinterBase: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPrinterBase(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
- virtual ~wxPrinterBase();
-
- virtual wxPrintAbortDialog *CreateAbortWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout);
- virtual void ReportError(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, const wxString& message);
-
- virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() const;
- bool GetAbort() const { return sm_abortIt; }
-
- static wxPrinterError GetLastError() { return sm_lastError; }
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // OVERRIDES
-
- virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent) = 0;
- virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true) = 0;
- virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent) = 0;
-
-protected:
- wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData;
- wxPrintout* m_currentPrintout;
-
- static wxPrinterError sm_lastError;
-
-public:
- static wxWindow* sm_abortWindow;
- static bool sm_abortIt;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinterBase)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrinterBase);
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrinter
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinter: public wxPrinterBase
-{
-public:
- wxPrinter(wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
- virtual ~wxPrinter();
-
- virtual wxPrintAbortDialog *CreateAbortWindow(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout);
- virtual void ReportError(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, const wxString& message);
-
- virtual bool Setup(wxWindow *parent);
- virtual bool Print(wxWindow *parent, wxPrintout *printout, bool prompt = true);
- virtual wxDC* PrintDialog(wxWindow *parent);
-
- virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData() const;
-
-protected:
- wxPrinterBase *m_pimpl;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrinter)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrinter);
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintout
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Represents an object via which a document may be printed.
- * The programmer derives from this, overrides (at least) OnPrintPage,
- * and passes it to a wxPrinter object for printing, or a wxPrintPreview
- * object for previewing.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintout: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPrintout(const wxString& title = wxGetTranslation("Printout"));
- virtual ~wxPrintout();
-
- virtual bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
- virtual void OnEndDocument();
- virtual void OnBeginPrinting();
- virtual void OnEndPrinting();
-
- // Guaranteed to be before any other functions are called
- virtual void OnPreparePrinting() { }
-
- virtual bool HasPage(int page);
- virtual bool OnPrintPage(int page) = 0;
- virtual void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *pageFrom, int *pageTo);
-
- virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_printoutTitle; }
-
- wxDC *GetDC() const { return m_printoutDC; }
- void SetDC(wxDC *dc) { m_printoutDC = dc; }
-
- void FitThisSizeToPaper(const wxSize& imageSize);
- void FitThisSizeToPage(const wxSize& imageSize);
- void FitThisSizeToPageMargins(const wxSize& imageSize, const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData);
- void MapScreenSizeToPaper();
- void MapScreenSizeToPage();
- void MapScreenSizeToPageMargins(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData);
- void MapScreenSizeToDevice();
-
- wxRect GetLogicalPaperRect() const;
- wxRect GetLogicalPageRect() const;
- wxRect GetLogicalPageMarginsRect(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData) const;
-
- void SetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
- void OffsetLogicalOrigin(wxCoord xoff, wxCoord yoff);
-
- void SetPageSizePixels(int w, int h) { m_pageWidthPixels = w; m_pageHeightPixels = h; }
- void GetPageSizePixels(int *w, int *h) const { *w = m_pageWidthPixels; *h = m_pageHeightPixels; }
- void SetPageSizeMM(int w, int h) { m_pageWidthMM = w; m_pageHeightMM = h; }
- void GetPageSizeMM(int *w, int *h) const { *w = m_pageWidthMM; *h = m_pageHeightMM; }
-
- void SetPPIScreen(int x, int y) { m_PPIScreenX = x; m_PPIScreenY = y; }
- void SetPPIScreen(const wxSize& ppi) { SetPPIScreen(ppi.x, ppi.y); }
- void GetPPIScreen(int *x, int *y) const { *x = m_PPIScreenX; *y = m_PPIScreenY; }
- void SetPPIPrinter(int x, int y) { m_PPIPrinterX = x; m_PPIPrinterY = y; }
- void SetPPIPrinter(const wxSize& ppi) { SetPPIPrinter(ppi.x, ppi.y); }
- void GetPPIPrinter(int *x, int *y) const { *x = m_PPIPrinterX; *y = m_PPIPrinterY; }
-
- void SetPaperRectPixels(const wxRect& paperRectPixels) { m_paperRectPixels = paperRectPixels; }
- wxRect GetPaperRectPixels() const { return m_paperRectPixels; }
-
- // This must be called by wxPrintPreview to associate itself with the
- // printout it uses.
- virtual void SetPreview(wxPrintPreview *preview) { m_preview = preview; }
-
- wxPrintPreview *GetPreview() const { return m_preview; }
- virtual bool IsPreview() const { return GetPreview() != NULL; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_printoutTitle;
- wxDC* m_printoutDC;
- wxPrintPreview *m_preview;
-
- int m_pageWidthPixels;
- int m_pageHeightPixels;
-
- int m_pageWidthMM;
- int m_pageHeightMM;
-
- int m_PPIScreenX;
- int m_PPIScreenY;
- int m_PPIPrinterX;
- int m_PPIPrinterY;
-
- wxRect m_paperRectPixels;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPrintout)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintout);
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPreviewCanvas
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Canvas upon which a preview is drawn.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPreviewCanvas: public wxScrolledWindow
-{
-public:
- wxPreviewCanvas(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview,
- wxWindow *parent,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxT("canvas"));
- virtual ~wxPreviewCanvas();
-
- void SetPreview(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview) { m_printPreview = preview; }
-
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent &event);
- // Responds to colour changes
- void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
-private:
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
- void OnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
- wxPrintPreviewBase* m_printPreview;
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPreviewCanvas)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPreviewCanvas);
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPreviewFrame
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Default frame for showing preview.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPreviewFrame: public wxFrame
-{
-public:
- wxPreviewFrame(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview,
- wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& title = wxGetTranslation("Print Preview"),
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE | wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr);
- virtual ~wxPreviewFrame();
-
- // Either Initialize() or InitializeWithModality() must be called before
- // showing the preview frame, the former being just a particular case of
- // the latter initializing the frame for being showing app-modally.
-
- // Notice that we must keep Initialize() with its existing signature to
- // avoid breaking the old code that overrides it and we can't reuse the
- // same name for the other functions to avoid virtual function hiding
- // problem and the associated warnings given by some compilers (e.g. from
- // g++ with -Woverloaded-virtual).
- virtual void Initialize()
- {
- InitializeWithModality(wxPreviewFrame_AppModal);
- }
-
- // Also note that this method is not virtual as it doesn't need to be
- // overridden: it's never called by wxWidgets (of course, the same is true
- // for Initialize() but, again, it must remain virtual for compatibility).
- void InitializeWithModality(wxPreviewFrameModalityKind kind);
-
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
- virtual void CreateCanvas();
- virtual void CreateControlBar();
-
- inline wxPreviewControlBar* GetControlBar() const { return m_controlBar; }
-
-protected:
- wxPreviewCanvas* m_previewCanvas;
- wxPreviewControlBar* m_controlBar;
- wxPrintPreviewBase* m_printPreview;
- wxWindowDisabler* m_windowDisabler;
-
- wxPreviewFrameModalityKind m_modalityKind;
-
-
-private:
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPreviewFrame)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPreviewFrame);
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPreviewControlBar
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * A panel with buttons for controlling a print preview.
- * The programmer may wish to use other means for controlling
- * the print preview.
- */
-
-#define wxPREVIEW_PRINT 1
-#define wxPREVIEW_PREVIOUS 2
-#define wxPREVIEW_NEXT 4
-#define wxPREVIEW_ZOOM 8
-#define wxPREVIEW_FIRST 16
-#define wxPREVIEW_LAST 32
-#define wxPREVIEW_GOTO 64
-
-#define wxPREVIEW_DEFAULT (wxPREVIEW_PREVIOUS|wxPREVIEW_NEXT|wxPREVIEW_ZOOM\
- |wxPREVIEW_FIRST|wxPREVIEW_GOTO|wxPREVIEW_LAST)
-
-// Ids for controls
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_CLOSE 1
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_NEXT 2
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_PREVIOUS 3
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_PRINT 4
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM 5
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_FIRST 6
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_LAST 7
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_GOTO 8
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM_IN 9
-#define wxID_PREVIEW_ZOOM_OUT 10
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPreviewControlBar: public wxPanel
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPreviewControlBar)
-
-public:
- wxPreviewControlBar(wxPrintPreviewBase *preview,
- long buttons,
- wxWindow *parent,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTAB_TRAVERSAL,
- const wxString& name = wxT("panel"));
- virtual ~wxPreviewControlBar();
-
- virtual void CreateButtons();
- virtual void SetPageInfo(int minPage, int maxPage);
- virtual void SetZoomControl(int zoom);
- virtual int GetZoomControl();
- virtual wxPrintPreviewBase *GetPrintPreview() const
- { return m_printPreview; }
-
-
- // Implementation only from now on.
- void OnWindowClose(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnNext();
- void OnPrevious();
- void OnFirst();
- void OnLast();
- void OnGotoPage();
- void OnPrint();
-
- void OnPrintButton(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { OnPrint(); }
- void OnNextButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnNext(); }
- void OnPreviousButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnPrevious(); }
- void OnFirstButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnFirst(); }
- void OnLastButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { OnLast(); }
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
- void OnUpdateNextButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
- { event.Enable(IsNextEnabled()); }
- void OnUpdatePreviousButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
- { event.Enable(IsPreviousEnabled()); }
- void OnUpdateFirstButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
- { event.Enable(IsFirstEnabled()); }
- void OnUpdateLastButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
- { event.Enable(IsLastEnabled()); }
- void OnUpdateZoomInButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
- { event.Enable(IsZoomInEnabled()); }
- void OnUpdateZoomOutButton(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
- { event.Enable(IsZoomOutEnabled()); }
-
- // These methods are not private because they are called by wxPreviewCanvas.
- void DoZoomIn();
- void DoZoomOut();
-
-protected:
- wxPrintPreviewBase* m_printPreview;
- wxButton* m_closeButton;
- wxChoice* m_zoomControl;
- wxPrintPageTextCtrl* m_currentPageText;
- wxPrintPageMaxCtrl* m_maxPageText;
-
- long m_buttonFlags;
-
-private:
- void DoGotoPage(int page);
-
- void DoZoom();
-
- bool IsNextEnabled() const;
- bool IsPreviousEnabled() const;
- bool IsFirstEnabled() const;
- bool IsLastEnabled() const;
- bool IsZoomInEnabled() const;
- bool IsZoomOutEnabled() const;
-
- void OnZoomInButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { DoZoomIn(); }
- void OnZoomOutButton(wxCommandEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) { DoZoomOut(); }
- void OnZoomChoice(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { DoZoom(); }
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPreviewControlBar);
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintPreviewBase
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Programmer creates an object of this class to preview a wxPrintout.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintPreviewBase: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPrintPreviewBase(wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL,
- wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
- wxPrintPreviewBase(wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
- wxPrintData *data);
- virtual ~wxPrintPreviewBase();
-
- virtual bool SetCurrentPage(int pageNum);
- virtual int GetCurrentPage() const;
-
- virtual void SetPrintout(wxPrintout *printout);
- virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintout() const;
- virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintoutForPrinting() const;
-
- virtual void SetFrame(wxFrame *frame);
- virtual void SetCanvas(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas);
-
- virtual wxFrame *GetFrame() const;
- virtual wxPreviewCanvas *GetCanvas() const;
-
- // This is a helper routine, used by the next 4 routines.
-
- virtual void CalcRects(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxRect& printableAreaRect, wxRect& paperRect);
-
- // The preview canvas should call this from OnPaint
- virtual bool PaintPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc);
-
- // Updates rendered page by calling RenderPage() if needed, returns true
- // if there was some change. Preview canvas should call it at idle time
- virtual bool UpdatePageRendering();
-
- // This draws a blank page onto the preview canvas
- virtual bool DrawBlankPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc);
-
- // Adjusts the scrollbars for the current scale
- virtual void AdjustScrollbars(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas);
-
- // This is called by wxPrintPreview to render a page into a wxMemoryDC.
- virtual bool RenderPage(int pageNum);
-
-
- virtual void SetZoom(int percent);
- virtual int GetZoom() const;
-
- virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData();
-
- virtual int GetMaxPage() const;
- virtual int GetMinPage() const;
-
- virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const;
- virtual void SetOk(bool ok);
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // OVERRIDES
-
- // If we own a wxPrintout that can be used for printing, this
- // will invoke the actual printing procedure. Called
- // by the wxPreviewControlBar.
- virtual bool Print(bool interactive) = 0;
-
- // Calculate scaling that needs to be done to get roughly
- // the right scaling for the screen pretending to be
- // the currently selected printer.
- virtual void DetermineScaling() = 0;
-
-protected:
- // helpers for RenderPage():
- virtual bool RenderPageIntoDC(wxDC& dc, int pageNum);
- // renders preview into m_previewBitmap
- virtual bool RenderPageIntoBitmap(wxBitmap& bmp, int pageNum);
-
- void InvalidatePreviewBitmap();
-
-protected:
- wxPrintDialogData m_printDialogData;
- wxPreviewCanvas* m_previewCanvas;
- wxFrame* m_previewFrame;
- wxBitmap* m_previewBitmap;
- bool m_previewFailed;
- wxPrintout* m_previewPrintout;
- wxPrintout* m_printPrintout;
- int m_currentPage;
- int m_currentZoom;
- float m_previewScaleX;
- float m_previewScaleY;
- int m_topMargin;
- int m_leftMargin;
- int m_pageWidth;
- int m_pageHeight;
- int m_minPage;
- int m_maxPage;
-
- bool m_isOk;
- bool m_printingPrepared; // Called OnPreparePrinting?
-
-private:
- void Init(wxPrintout *printout, wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintPreviewBase);
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrintPreviewBase)
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintPreview
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintPreview: public wxPrintPreviewBase
-{
-public:
- wxPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting = NULL,
- wxPrintDialogData *data = NULL);
- wxPrintPreview(wxPrintout *printout,
- wxPrintout *printoutForPrinting,
- wxPrintData *data);
- virtual ~wxPrintPreview();
-
- virtual bool SetCurrentPage(int pageNum);
- virtual int GetCurrentPage() const;
- virtual void SetPrintout(wxPrintout *printout);
- virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintout() const;
- virtual wxPrintout *GetPrintoutForPrinting() const;
- virtual void SetFrame(wxFrame *frame);
- virtual void SetCanvas(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas);
-
- virtual wxFrame *GetFrame() const;
- virtual wxPreviewCanvas *GetCanvas() const;
- virtual bool PaintPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc);
- virtual bool UpdatePageRendering();
- virtual bool DrawBlankPage(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas, wxDC& dc);
- virtual void AdjustScrollbars(wxPreviewCanvas *canvas);
- virtual bool RenderPage(int pageNum);
- virtual void SetZoom(int percent);
- virtual int GetZoom() const;
-
- virtual bool Print(bool interactive);
- virtual void DetermineScaling();
-
- virtual wxPrintDialogData& GetPrintDialogData();
-
- virtual int GetMaxPage() const;
- virtual int GetMinPage() const;
-
- virtual bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const;
- virtual void SetOk(bool ok);
-
-private:
- wxPrintPreviewBase *m_pimpl;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPrintPreview)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintPreview);
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPrintAbortDialog
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintAbortDialog: public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxPrintAbortDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& documentTitle,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxT("dialog"));
-
- void SetProgress(int currentPage, int totalPages,
- int currentCopy, int totalCopies);
-
- void OnCancel(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-private:
- wxStaticText *m_progress;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxPrintAbortDialog);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif
- // _WX_PRNTBASEH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/process.h
-// Purpose: wxProcess class
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to check error codes, added Detach() method
-// Created: 24/06/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROCESSH__
-#define _WX_PROCESSH__
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- #include "wx/stream.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/utils.h" // for wxSignal
-
-// the wxProcess creation flags
-enum
-{
- // no redirection
- wxPROCESS_DEFAULT = 0,
-
- // redirect the IO of the child process
- wxPROCESS_REDIRECT = 1
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A wxProcess object should be passed to wxExecute - than its OnTerminate()
-// function will be called when the process terminates.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxProcess : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- // kill the process with the given PID
- static wxKillError Kill(int pid, wxSignal sig = wxSIGTERM, int flags = wxKILL_NOCHILDREN);
-
- // test if the given process exists
- static bool Exists(int pid);
-
- // this function replaces the standard popen() one: it launches a process
- // asynchronously and allows the caller to get the streams connected to its
- // std{in|out|err}
- //
- // on error NULL is returned, in any case the process object will be
- // deleted automatically when the process terminates and should *not* be
- // deleted by the caller
- static wxProcess *Open(const wxString& cmd, int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC);
-
-
- // ctors
- wxProcess(wxEvtHandler *parent = NULL, int nId = wxID_ANY)
- { Init(parent, nId, wxPROCESS_DEFAULT); }
-
- wxProcess(int flags) { Init(NULL, wxID_ANY, flags); }
-
- virtual ~wxProcess();
-
- // get the process ID of the process executed by Open()
- long GetPid() const { return m_pid; }
-
- // may be overridden to be notified about process termination
- virtual void OnTerminate(int pid, int status);
-
- // call this before passing the object to wxExecute() to redirect the
- // launched process stdin/stdout, then use GetInputStream() and
- // GetOutputStream() to get access to them
- void Redirect() { m_redirect = true; }
- bool IsRedirected() const { return m_redirect; }
-
- // detach from the parent - should be called by the parent if it's deleted
- // before the process it started terminates
- void Detach();
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- // Pipe handling
- wxInputStream *GetInputStream() const { return m_inputStream; }
- wxInputStream *GetErrorStream() const { return m_errorStream; }
- wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream() const { return m_outputStream; }
-
- // close the output stream indicating that nothing more will be written
- void CloseOutput() { delete m_outputStream; m_outputStream = NULL; }
-
- // return true if the child process stdout is not closed
- bool IsInputOpened() const;
-
- // return true if any input is available on the child process stdout/err
- bool IsInputAvailable() const;
- bool IsErrorAvailable() const;
-
- // implementation only (for wxExecute)
- //
- // NB: the streams passed here should correspond to the child process
- // stdout, stdin and stderr and here the normal naming convention is
- // used unlike elsewhere in this class
- void SetPipeStreams(wxInputStream *outStream,
- wxOutputStream *inStream,
- wxInputStream *errStream);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- // priority
- // Sets the priority to the given value: see wxPRIORITY_XXX constants.
- //
- // NB: the priority can only be set before the process is created
- void SetPriority(unsigned priority);
-
- // Get the current priority.
- unsigned GetPriority() const { return m_priority; }
-
- // implementation only - don't use!
- // --------------------------------
-
- // needs to be public since it needs to be used from wxExecute() global func
- void SetPid(long pid) { m_pid = pid; }
-
-protected:
- void Init(wxEvtHandler *parent, int id, int flags);
-
- int m_id;
- long m_pid;
-
- unsigned m_priority;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- // these streams are connected to stdout, stderr and stdin of the child
- // process respectively (yes, m_inputStream corresponds to stdout -- very
- // confusing but too late to change now)
- wxInputStream *m_inputStream,
- *m_errorStream;
- wxOutputStream *m_outputStream;
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- bool m_redirect;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxProcess)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxProcess);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxProcess events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxProcessEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_END_PROCESS, wxProcessEvent );
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxProcessEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxProcessEvent(int nId = 0, int pid = 0, int exitcode = 0) : wxEvent(nId)
- {
- m_eventType = wxEVT_END_PROCESS;
- m_pid = pid;
- m_exitcode = exitcode;
- }
-
- // accessors
- // PID of process which terminated
- int GetPid() { return m_pid; }
-
- // the exit code
- int GetExitCode() { return m_exitcode; }
-
- // implement the base class pure virtual
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxProcessEvent(*this); }
-
-public:
- int m_pid,
- m_exitcode;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxProcessEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxProcessEventFunction)(wxProcessEvent&);
-
-#define wxProcessEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxProcessEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_END_PROCESS(id, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_END_PROCESS, id, wxProcessEventHandler(func))
-
-#endif // _WX_PROCESSH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/progdlg.h
-// Purpose: Base header for wxProgressDialog
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROGDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PROGDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG
-
-/*
- * wxProgressDialog flags
- */
-#define wxPD_CAN_ABORT 0x0001
-#define wxPD_APP_MODAL 0x0002
-#define wxPD_AUTO_HIDE 0x0004
-#define wxPD_ELAPSED_TIME 0x0008
-#define wxPD_ESTIMATED_TIME 0x0010
-#define wxPD_SMOOTH 0x0020
-#define wxPD_REMAINING_TIME 0x0040
-#define wxPD_CAN_SKIP 0x0080
-
-
-#include "wx/generic/progdlgg.h"
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/msw/progdlg.h"
-#else
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxProgressDialog
- : public wxGenericProgressDialog
- {
- public:
- wxProgressDialog( const wxString& title, const wxString& message,
- int maximum = 100,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL,
- int style = wxPD_APP_MODAL | wxPD_AUTO_HIDE )
- : wxGenericProgressDialog( title, message, maximum,
- parent, style )
- { }
-
- private:
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY( wxProgressDialog );
- };
-#endif // defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_THREADS
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_PROGDLG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/propdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxPropertySheetDialog base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_PROPDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/propdlg.h"
-
-#endif
- // _WX_PROPDLG_H_BASE_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/propgrid/advprops.h
-// Purpose: wxPropertyGrid Advanced Properties (font, colour, etc.)
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2004-09-25
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPGRID_ADVPROPS_H_
-#define _WX_PROPGRID_ADVPROPS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#include "wx/propgrid/props.h"
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//
-// Additional Value Type Handlers
-//
-bool WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
-operator==(const wxArrayInt& array1, const wxArrayInt& array2);
-
-//
-// Additional Property Editors
-//
-#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
-WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR_WITH_DECL(SpinCtrl,WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR_WITH_DECL(DatePickerCtrl,WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-#endif
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-// Web colour is currently unsupported
-#define wxPG_COLOUR_WEB_BASE 0x10000
-//#define wxPG_TO_WEB_COLOUR(A) ((wxUint32)(A+wxPG_COLOUR_WEB_BASE))
-
-
-#define wxPG_COLOUR_CUSTOM 0xFFFFFF
-#define wxPG_COLOUR_UNSPECIFIED (wxPG_COLOUR_CUSTOM+1)
-
-/** @class wxColourPropertyValue
-
- Because text, background and other colours tend to differ between
- platforms, wxSystemColourProperty must be able to select between system
- colour and, when necessary, to pick a custom one. wxSystemColourProperty
- value makes this possible.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxColourPropertyValue : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- /** An integer value relating to the colour, and which exact
- meaning depends on the property with which it is used.
-
- For wxSystemColourProperty:
-
- Any of wxSYS_COLOUR_XXX, or any web-colour ( use wxPG_TO_WEB_COLOUR
- macro - (currently unsupported) ), or wxPG_COLOUR_CUSTOM.
-
- For custom colour properties without values array specified:
-
- index or wxPG_COLOUR_CUSTOM
-
- For custom colour properties <b>with</b> values array specified:
-
- m_arrValues[index] or wxPG_COLOUR_CUSTOM
- */
- wxUint32 m_type;
-
- /** Resulting colour. Should be correct regardless of type. */
- wxColour m_colour;
-
- wxColourPropertyValue()
- : wxObject()
- {
- m_type = 0;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxColourPropertyValue()
- {
- }
-
- wxColourPropertyValue( const wxColourPropertyValue& v )
- : wxObject()
- {
- m_type = v.m_type;
- m_colour = v.m_colour;
- }
-
- void Init( wxUint32 type, const wxColour& colour )
- {
- m_type = type;
- m_colour = colour;
- }
-
- wxColourPropertyValue( const wxColour& colour )
- : wxObject()
- {
- m_type = wxPG_COLOUR_CUSTOM;
- m_colour = colour;
- }
-
- wxColourPropertyValue( wxUint32 type )
- : wxObject()
- {
- m_type = type;
- }
-
- wxColourPropertyValue( wxUint32 type, const wxColour& colour )
- : wxObject()
- {
- Init( type, colour );
- }
-
- void operator=(const wxColourPropertyValue& cpv)
- {
- if (this != &cpv)
- Init( cpv.m_type, cpv.m_colour );
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourPropertyValue)
-};
-
-
-bool WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
-operator==(const wxColourPropertyValue&, const wxColourPropertyValue&);
-
-DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxColourPropertyValue, WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Declare part of custom colour property macro pairs.
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- #include "wx/image.h"
-#endif
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxFontProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Property representing wxFont.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxFontProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxFontProperty)
-public:
-
- wxFontProperty(const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxFont& value = wxFont());
- virtual ~wxFontProperty();
- virtual void OnSetValue();
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxWindow* primary, wxEvent& event );
- virtual wxVariant ChildChanged( wxVariant& thisValue,
- int childIndex,
- wxVariant& childValue ) const;
- virtual void RefreshChildren();
-
-protected:
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-/** If set, then match from list is searched for a custom colour. */
-#define wxPG_PROP_TRANSLATE_CUSTOM wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_1
-
-
-/** @class wxSystemColourProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Has dropdown list of wxWidgets system colours. Value used is
- of wxColourPropertyValue type.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxSystemColourProperty : public wxEnumProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxSystemColourProperty)
-public:
-
- wxSystemColourProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxColourPropertyValue&
- value = wxColourPropertyValue() );
- virtual ~wxSystemColourProperty();
-
- virtual void OnSetValue();
- virtual bool IntToValue(wxVariant& variant,
- int number,
- int argFlags = 0) const;
-
- /**
- Override in derived class to customize how colours are printed as
- strings.
- */
- virtual wxString ColourToString( const wxColour& col, int index,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
-
- /** Returns index of entry that triggers colour picker dialog
- (default is last).
- */
- virtual int GetCustomColourIndex() const;
-
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxWindow* primary, wxEvent& event );
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
- virtual wxSize OnMeasureImage( int item ) const;
- virtual void OnCustomPaint( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect, wxPGPaintData& paintdata );
-
- // Helper function to show the colour dialog
- bool QueryColourFromUser( wxVariant& variant ) const;
-
- /** Default is to use wxSystemSettings::GetColour(index). Override to use
- custom colour tables etc.
- */
- virtual wxColour GetColour( int index ) const;
-
- wxColourPropertyValue GetVal( const wxVariant* pVariant = NULL ) const;
-
-protected:
-
- // Special constructors to be used by derived classes.
- wxSystemColourProperty( const wxString& label, const wxString& name,
- const wxChar* const* labels, const long* values, wxPGChoices* choicesCache,
- const wxColourPropertyValue& value );
- wxSystemColourProperty( const wxString& label, const wxString& name,
- const wxChar* const* labels, const long* values, wxPGChoices* choicesCache,
- const wxColour& value );
-
- void Init( int type, const wxColour& colour );
-
- // Utility functions for internal use
- virtual wxVariant DoTranslateVal( wxColourPropertyValue& v ) const;
- wxVariant TranslateVal( wxColourPropertyValue& v ) const
- {
- return DoTranslateVal( v );
- }
- wxVariant TranslateVal( int type, const wxColour& colour ) const
- {
- wxColourPropertyValue v(type, colour);
- return DoTranslateVal( v );
- }
-
- // Translates colour to a int value, return wxNOT_FOUND if no match.
- int ColToInd( const wxColour& colour ) const;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxColourProperty : public wxSystemColourProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxColourProperty)
-public:
- wxColourProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxColour& value = *wxWHITE );
- virtual ~wxColourProperty();
-
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual wxColour GetColour( int index ) const;
-
-protected:
- virtual wxVariant DoTranslateVal( wxColourPropertyValue& v ) const;
-
-private:
- void Init( wxColour colour );
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxCursorProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Property representing wxCursor.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxCursorProperty : public wxEnumProperty
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCursorProperty)
-
- wxCursorProperty( const wxString& label= wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name= wxPG_LABEL,
- int value = 0 );
- virtual ~wxCursorProperty();
-
- virtual wxSize OnMeasureImage( int item ) const;
- virtual void OnCustomPaint( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect, wxPGPaintData& paintdata );
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID const wxString& wxPGGetDefaultImageWildcard();
-
-/** @class wxImageFileProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Property representing image file(name).
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxImageFileProperty : public wxFileProperty
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxImageFileProperty)
-public:
-
- wxImageFileProperty( const wxString& label= wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString);
- virtual ~wxImageFileProperty();
-
- virtual void OnSetValue();
-
- virtual wxSize OnMeasureImage( int item ) const;
- virtual void OnCustomPaint( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect, wxPGPaintData& paintdata );
-
-protected:
- wxBitmap* m_pBitmap; // final thumbnail area
- wxImage* m_pImage; // intermediate thumbnail area
-
-private:
- // Initialize m_pImage using the current file name.
- void LoadImageFromFile();
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
-
-/** @class wxMultiChoiceProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Property that manages a value resulting from wxMultiChoiceDialog. Value is
- array of strings. You can get value as array of choice values/indices by
- calling wxMultiChoiceProperty::GetValueAsArrayInt().
-
- <b>Supported special attributes:</b>
- - "UserStringMode": If > 0, allow user to manually enter strings that are
- not in the list of choices. If this value is 1, user strings are
- preferably placed in front of valid choices. If value is 2, then those
- strings will placed behind valid choices.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxMultiChoiceProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxMultiChoiceProperty)
-public:
-
- wxMultiChoiceProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxArrayString& strings,
- const wxArrayString& value );
- wxMultiChoiceProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxPGChoices& choices,
- const wxArrayString& value = wxArrayString() );
-
- wxMultiChoiceProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxArrayString& value = wxArrayString() );
-
- virtual ~wxMultiChoiceProperty();
-
- virtual void OnSetValue();
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue(wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0) const;
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxWindow* primary, wxEvent& event );
-
- wxArrayInt GetValueAsArrayInt() const
- {
- return m_choices.GetValuesForStrings(m_value.GetArrayString());
- }
-
-protected:
-
- void GenerateValueAsString( wxVariant& value, wxString* target ) const;
-
- // Returns translation of values into string indices.
- wxArrayInt GetValueAsIndices() const;
-
- wxArrayString m_valueAsStrings; // Value as array of strings
-
- // Cache displayed text since generating it is relatively complicated.
- wxString m_display;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CHOICEDLG
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-/** @class wxDateProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Property representing wxDateTime.
-
- <b>Supported special attributes:</b>
- - "DateFormat": Determines displayed date format.
- - "PickerStyle": Determines window style used with wxDatePickerCtrl.
- Default is wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY. Using wxDP_ALLOWNONE
- enables additional support for unspecified property value.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxDateProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxDateProperty)
-public:
-
- wxDateProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxDateTime& value = wxDateTime() );
- virtual ~wxDateProperty();
-
- virtual void OnSetValue();
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue(wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0) const;
-
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
-
- void SetFormat( const wxString& format )
- {
- m_format = format;
- }
-
- const wxString& GetFormat() const
- {
- return m_format;
- }
-
- void SetDateValue( const wxDateTime& dt )
- {
- //m_valueDateTime = dt;
- m_value = dt;
- }
-
- wxDateTime GetDateValue() const
- {
- //return m_valueDateTime;
- return m_value;
- }
-
- long GetDatePickerStyle() const
- {
- return m_dpStyle;
- }
-
-protected:
- wxString m_format;
- long m_dpStyle; // DatePicker style
-
- static wxString ms_defaultDateFormat;
- static wxString DetermineDefaultDateFormat( bool showCentury );
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-//
-// Implement an editor control that allows using wxSpinCtrl (actually, a
-// combination of wxTextCtrl and wxSpinButton) to edit value of wxIntProperty
-// and wxFloatProperty (and similar).
-//
-// Note that new editor classes needs to be registered before use. This can be
-// accomplished using wxPGRegisterEditorClass macro, which is used for SpinCtrl
-// in wxPropertyGridInterface::RegisterAdditionalEditors (see below).
-// Registration can also be performed in a constructor of a property that is
-// likely to require the editor in question.
-//
-
-
-#include "wx/spinbutt.h"
-#include "wx/propgrid/editors.h"
-
-
-// NOTE: Regardless that this class inherits from a working editor, it has
-// all necessary methods to work independently. wxTextCtrl stuff is only
-// used for event handling here.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGSpinCtrlEditor : public wxPGTextCtrlEditor
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGSpinCtrlEditor)
-public:
- virtual ~wxPGSpinCtrlEditor();
-
- wxString GetName() const;
- virtual wxPGWindowList CreateControls(wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size) const;
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid, wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* wnd, wxEvent& event ) const;
-
-private:
- mutable wxString m_tempString;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#endif // _WX_PROPGRID_ADVPROPS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/propgrid/editors.h
-// Purpose: wxPropertyGrid editors
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2007-04-14
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPGRID_EDITORS_H_
-#define _WX_PROPGRID_EDITORS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_PROPGRID wxPGCell;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_PROPGRID wxPGProperty;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_PROPGRID wxPropertyGrid;
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPGWindowList contains list of editor windows returned by CreateControls.
-
-class wxPGWindowList
-{
-public:
- wxPGWindowList()
- {
- m_primary = m_secondary = NULL;
- }
-
- void SetSecondary( wxWindow* secondary ) { m_secondary = secondary; }
-
- wxWindow* m_primary;
- wxWindow* m_secondary;
-
- wxPGWindowList( wxWindow* a )
- {
- m_primary = a;
- m_secondary = NULL;
- };
- wxPGWindowList( wxWindow* a, wxWindow* b )
- {
- m_primary = a;
- m_secondary = b;
- };
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPGEditor
-
- Base class for custom wxPropertyGrid editors.
-
- @remarks
- - Names of builtin property editors are: TextCtrl, Choice,
- ComboBox, CheckBox, TextCtrlAndButton, and ChoiceAndButton. Additional
- editors include SpinCtrl and DatePickerCtrl, but using them requires
- calling wxPropertyGrid::RegisterAdditionalEditors() prior use.
-
- - Pointer to builtin editor is available as wxPGEditor_EditorName
- (eg. wxPGEditor_TextCtrl).
-
- - To add new editor you need to register it first using static function
- wxPropertyGrid::RegisterEditorClass(), with code like this:
- @code
- wxPGEditor *editorPointer = wxPropertyGrid::RegisterEditorClass(
- new MyEditorClass(), "MyEditor");
- @endcode
- After that, wxPropertyGrid will take ownership of the given object, but
- you should still store editorPointer somewhere, so you can pass it to
- wxPGProperty::SetEditor(), or return it from
- wxPGEditor::DoGetEditorClass().
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGEditor : public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPGEditor)
-public:
-
- /** Constructor. */
- wxPGEditor()
- : wxObject()
- {
- m_clientData = NULL;
- }
-
- /** Destructor. */
- virtual ~wxPGEditor();
-
- /**
- Returns pointer to the name of the editor. For example,
- wxPGEditor_TextCtrl has name "TextCtrl". If you dont' need to access
- your custom editor by string name, then you do not need to implement
- this function.
- */
- virtual wxString GetName() const;
-
- /**
- Instantiates editor controls.
-
- @param propgrid
- wxPropertyGrid to which the property belongs (use as parent for
- control).
- @param property
- Property for which this method is called.
- @param pos
- Position, inside wxPropertyGrid, to create control(s) to.
- @param size
- Initial size for control(s).
-
- @remarks
- - Primary control shall use id wxPG_SUBID1, and secondary (button)
- control shall use wxPG_SUBID2.
- - Unlike in previous version of wxPropertyGrid, it is no longer
- necessary to call wxEvtHandler::Connect() for interesting editor
- events. Instead, all events from control are now automatically
- forwarded to wxPGEditor::OnEvent() and wxPGProperty::OnEvent().
- */
- virtual wxPGWindowList CreateControls(wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size) const = 0;
-
- /** Loads value from property to the control. */
- virtual void UpdateControl( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Used to get the renderer to draw the value with when the control is
- hidden.
-
- Default implementation returns g_wxPGDefaultRenderer.
- */
- //virtual wxPGCellRenderer* GetCellRenderer() const;
-
- /** Draws value for given property.
- */
- virtual void DrawValue( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxString& text ) const;
-
- /** Handles events. Returns true if value in control was modified
- (see wxPGProperty::OnEvent for more information).
-
- @remarks wxPropertyGrid will automatically unfocus the editor when
- wxEVT_TEXT_ENTER is received and when it results in
- property value being modified. This happens regardless of
- editor type (ie. behaviour is same for any wxTextCtrl and
- wxComboBox based editor).
- */
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid, wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* wnd_primary, wxEvent& event ) const = 0;
-
- /** Returns value from control, via parameter 'variant'.
- Usually ends up calling property's StringToValue or IntToValue.
- Returns true if value was different.
- */
- virtual bool GetValueFromControl( wxVariant& variant,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
-
- /**
- Sets new appearance for the control. Default implementation
- sets foreground colour, background colour, font, plus text
- for wxTextCtrl and wxComboCtrl.
-
- @param appearance
- New appearance to be applied.
-
- @param oldAppearance
- Previously applied appearance. Used to detect which
- control attributes need to be changed (e.g. so we only
- change background colour if really needed).
-
- @param unspecified
- @true if the new appearance represents an unspecified
- property value.
- */
- virtual void SetControlAppearance( wxPropertyGrid* pg,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl,
- const wxPGCell& appearance,
- const wxPGCell& oldAppearance,
- bool unspecified ) const;
-
- /**
- Sets value in control to unspecified.
- */
- virtual void SetValueToUnspecified( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
-
- /** Sets control's value specifically from string. */
- virtual void SetControlStringValue( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl,
- const wxString& txt ) const;
-
- /** Sets control's value specifically from int (applies to choice etc.). */
- virtual void SetControlIntValue( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl,
- int value ) const;
-
- /** Inserts item to existing control. Index -1 means appending.
- Default implementation does nothing. Returns index of item added.
- */
- virtual int InsertItem( wxWindow* ctrl,
- const wxString& label,
- int index ) const;
-
- /** Deletes item from existing control.
- Default implementation does nothing.
- */
- virtual void DeleteItem( wxWindow* ctrl, int index ) const;
-
- /** Extra processing when control gains focus. For example, wxTextCtrl
- based controls should select all text.
- */
- virtual void OnFocus( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* wnd ) const;
-
- /** Returns true if control itself can contain the custom image. Default is
- to return false.
- */
- virtual bool CanContainCustomImage() const;
-
- //
- // This member is public so scripting language bindings
- // wrapper code can access it freely.
- void* m_clientData;
-};
-
-
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_INTERNAL_EDITOR_CLASS(EDITOR,CLASSNAME,BASECLASS) \
-IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(CLASSNAME, BASECLASS) \
-wxString CLASSNAME::GetName() const \
-{ \
- return wxS(#EDITOR); \
-} \
-wxPGEditor* wxPGEditor_##EDITOR = NULL;
-
-
-//
-// Following are the built-in editor classes.
-//
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGTextCtrlEditor : public wxPGEditor
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGTextCtrlEditor)
-public:
- wxPGTextCtrlEditor() {}
- virtual ~wxPGTextCtrlEditor();
-
- virtual wxPGWindowList CreateControls(wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size) const;
- virtual void UpdateControl( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* primaryCtrl,
- wxEvent& event ) const;
- virtual bool GetValueFromControl( wxVariant& variant,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
-
- virtual wxString GetName() const;
-
- //virtual wxPGCellRenderer* GetCellRenderer() const;
- virtual void SetControlStringValue( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl,
- const wxString& txt ) const;
- virtual void OnFocus( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* wnd ) const;
-
- // Provided so that, for example, ComboBox editor can use the same code
- // (multiple inheritance would get way too messy).
- static bool OnTextCtrlEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl,
- wxEvent& event );
-
- static bool GetTextCtrlValueFromControl( wxVariant& variant,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl );
-
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGChoiceEditor : public wxPGEditor
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGChoiceEditor)
-public:
- wxPGChoiceEditor() {}
- virtual ~wxPGChoiceEditor();
-
- virtual wxPGWindowList CreateControls(wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size) const;
- virtual void UpdateControl( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* primaryCtrl,
- wxEvent& event ) const;
- virtual bool GetValueFromControl( wxVariant& variant,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
- virtual void SetValueToUnspecified( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
- virtual wxString GetName() const;
-
- virtual void SetControlIntValue( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl,
- int value ) const;
- virtual void SetControlStringValue( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl,
- const wxString& txt ) const;
-
- virtual int InsertItem( wxWindow* ctrl,
- const wxString& label,
- int index ) const;
- virtual void DeleteItem( wxWindow* ctrl, int index ) const;
- virtual bool CanContainCustomImage() const;
-
- // CreateControls calls this with CB_READONLY in extraStyle
- wxWindow* CreateControlsBase( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& sz,
- long extraStyle ) const;
-
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGComboBoxEditor : public wxPGChoiceEditor
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGComboBoxEditor)
-public:
- wxPGComboBoxEditor() {}
- virtual ~wxPGComboBoxEditor();
-
- virtual wxPGWindowList CreateControls(wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size) const;
-
- virtual wxString GetName() const;
-
- virtual void UpdateControl( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
-
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid, wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl, wxEvent& event ) const;
-
- virtual bool GetValueFromControl( wxVariant& variant,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
-
- virtual void OnFocus( wxPGProperty* property, wxWindow* wnd ) const;
-
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGChoiceAndButtonEditor : public wxPGChoiceEditor
-{
-public:
- wxPGChoiceAndButtonEditor() {}
- virtual ~wxPGChoiceAndButtonEditor();
- virtual wxString GetName() const;
-
- virtual wxPGWindowList CreateControls(wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size) const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGChoiceAndButtonEditor)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
-wxPGTextCtrlAndButtonEditor : public wxPGTextCtrlEditor
-{
-public:
- wxPGTextCtrlAndButtonEditor() {}
- virtual ~wxPGTextCtrlAndButtonEditor();
- virtual wxString GetName() const;
-
- virtual wxPGWindowList CreateControls(wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size) const;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGTextCtrlAndButtonEditor)
-};
-
-
-#if wxPG_INCLUDE_CHECKBOX
-
-//
-// Use custom check box code instead of native control
-// for cleaner (ie. more integrated) look.
-//
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGCheckBoxEditor : public wxPGEditor
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPGCheckBoxEditor)
-public:
- wxPGCheckBoxEditor() {}
- virtual ~wxPGCheckBoxEditor();
-
- virtual wxString GetName() const;
- virtual wxPGWindowList CreateControls(wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size) const;
- virtual void UpdateControl( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* primaryCtrl,
- wxEvent& event ) const;
- virtual bool GetValueFromControl( wxVariant& variant,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
- virtual void SetValueToUnspecified( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl ) const;
-
- virtual void DrawValue( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxString& text ) const;
- //virtual wxPGCellRenderer* GetCellRenderer() const;
-
- virtual void SetControlIntValue( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxWindow* ctrl,
- int value ) const;
-};
-
-#endif
-
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Editor class registeration macro (mostly for internal use)
-
-#define wxPGRegisterEditorClass(EDITOR) \
- if ( wxPGEditor_##EDITOR == NULL ) \
- { \
- wxPGEditor_##EDITOR = wxPropertyGrid::RegisterEditorClass( \
- new wxPG##EDITOR##Editor ); \
- }
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPGEditorDialogAdapter
-
- Derive a class from this to adapt an existing editor dialog or function to
- be used when editor button of a property is pushed.
-
- You only need to derive class and implement DoShowDialog() to create and
- show the dialog, and finally submit the value returned by the dialog
- via SetValue().
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGEditorDialogAdapter : public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPGEditorDialogAdapter)
-public:
- wxPGEditorDialogAdapter()
- : wxObject()
- {
- m_clientData = NULL;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxPGEditorDialogAdapter() { }
-
- bool ShowDialog( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid, wxPGProperty* property );
-
- virtual bool DoShowDialog( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
- wxPGProperty* property ) = 0;
-
- void SetValue( wxVariant value )
- {
- m_value = value;
- }
-
- /**
- This method is typically only used if deriving class from existing
- adapter with value conversion purposes.
- */
- wxVariant& GetValue() { return m_value; }
-
- //
- // This member is public so scripting language bindings
- // wrapper code can access it freely.
- void* m_clientData;
-
-private:
- wxVariant m_value;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-/** @class wxPGMultiButton
-
- This class can be used to have multiple buttons in a property editor.
- You will need to create a new property editor class, override
- CreateControls, and have it return wxPGMultiButton instance in
- wxPGWindowList::SetSecondary().
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGMultiButton : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- wxPGMultiButton( wxPropertyGrid* pg, const wxSize& sz );
- virtual ~wxPGMultiButton() {}
-
- wxWindow* GetButton( unsigned int i ) { return (wxWindow*) m_buttons[i]; }
- const wxWindow* GetButton( unsigned int i ) const
- { return (const wxWindow*) m_buttons[i]; }
-
- /** Utility function to be used in event handlers.
- */
- int GetButtonId( unsigned int i ) const { return GetButton(i)->GetId(); }
-
- /** Returns number of buttons.
- */
- unsigned int GetCount() const { return (unsigned int) m_buttons.size(); }
-
- void Add( const wxString& label, int id = -2 );
-#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
- void Add( const wxBitmap& bitmap, int id = -2 );
-#endif
-
- wxSize GetPrimarySize() const
- {
- return wxSize(m_fullEditorSize.x - m_buttonsWidth, m_fullEditorSize.y);
- }
-
- void Finalize( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid, const wxPoint& pos );
-
-protected:
-
- void DoAddButton( wxWindow* button, const wxSize& sz );
-
- int GenId( int id ) const;
-
- wxArrayPtrVoid m_buttons;
- wxSize m_fullEditorSize;
- int m_buttonsWidth;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#endif // _WX_PROPGRID_EDITORS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/propgrid/manager.h
-// Purpose: wxPropertyGridManager
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-01-14
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPGRID_MANAGER_H_
-#define _WX_PROPGRID_MANAGER_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#include "wx/propgrid/propgrid.h"
-
-#include "wx/dcclient.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/toolbar.h"
-#include "wx/stattext.h"
-#include "wx/button.h"
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/headerctrl.h"
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_PROPGRID(const char) wxPropertyGridManagerNameStr[];
-#endif
-
-/** @class wxPropertyGridPage
-
- Holder of property grid page information. You can subclass this and
- give instance in wxPropertyGridManager::AddPage. It inherits from
- wxEvtHandler and can be used to process events specific to this
- page (id of events will still be same as manager's). If you don't
- want to use it to process all events of the page, you need to
- return false in the derived wxPropertyGridPage::IsHandlingAllEvents.
-
- Please note that wxPropertyGridPage lacks many non-const property
- manipulation functions found in wxPropertyGridManager. Please use
- parent manager (m_manager member variable) when needed.
-
- Please note that most member functions are inherited and as such not
- documented on this page. This means you will probably also want to read
- wxPropertyGridInterface class reference.
-
- @section propgridpage_event_handling Event Handling
-
- wxPropertyGridPage receives events emitted by its wxPropertyGridManager, but
- only those events that are specific to that page. If
- wxPropertyGridPage::IsHandlingAllEvents returns false, then unhandled
- events are sent to the manager's parent, as usual.
-
- See @ref propgrid_event_handling "wxPropertyGrid Event Handling"
- for more information.
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPropertyGridPage : public wxEvtHandler,
- public wxPropertyGridInterface,
- public wxPropertyGridPageState
-{
- friend class wxPropertyGridManager;
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPropertyGridPage)
-public:
-
- wxPropertyGridPage();
- virtual ~wxPropertyGridPage();
-
- /** Deletes all properties on page.
- */
- virtual void Clear();
-
- /**
- Reduces column sizes to minimum possible that contents are still
- visibly (naturally some margin space will be applied as well).
-
- @return
- Minimum size for the page to still display everything.
-
- @remarks
- This function only works properly if size of containing grid was
- already fairly large.
-
- Note that you can also get calculated column widths by calling
- GetColumnWidth() immediately after this function returns.
- */
- wxSize FitColumns();
-
- /** Returns page index in manager;
- */
- inline int GetIndex() const;
-
- /** Returns x-coordinate position of splitter on a page.
- */
- int GetSplitterPosition( int col = 0 ) const
- { return GetStatePtr()->DoGetSplitterPosition(col); }
-
- /** Returns "root property". It does not have name, etc. and it is not
- visible. It is only useful for accessing its children.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetRoot() const { return GetStatePtr()->DoGetRoot(); }
-
- /** Return pointer to contained property grid state.
- */
- wxPropertyGridPageState* GetStatePtr()
- {
- return this;
- }
-
- /** Return pointer to contained property grid state.
- */
- const wxPropertyGridPageState* GetStatePtr() const
- {
- return this;
- }
-
- /**
- Returns id of the tool bar item that represents this page on
- wxPropertyGridManager's wxToolBar.
- */
- int GetToolId() const
- {
- return m_toolId;
- }
-
- /** Do any member initialization in this method.
- @remarks
- - Called every time the page is added into a manager.
- - You can add properties to the page here.
- */
- virtual void Init() {}
-
- /** Return false here to indicate unhandled events should be
- propagated to manager's parent, as normal.
- */
- virtual bool IsHandlingAllEvents() const { return true; }
-
- /** Called every time page is about to be shown.
- Useful, for instance, creating properties just-in-time.
- */
- virtual void OnShow();
-
- virtual void RefreshProperty( wxPGProperty* p );
-
- /** Sets splitter position on page.
- @remarks
- Splitter position cannot exceed grid size, and therefore setting it
- during form creation may fail as initial grid size is often smaller
- than desired splitter position, especially when sizers are being used.
- */
- void SetSplitterPosition( int splitterPos, int col = 0 );
-
-protected:
-
- /** Propagate to other pages.
- */
- virtual void DoSetSplitterPosition( int pos,
- int splitterColumn = 0,
- int flags = wxPG_SPLITTER_REFRESH );
-
- /** Page label (may be referred as name in some parts of documentation).
- Can be set in constructor, or passed in
- wxPropertyGridManager::AddPage(), but *not* in both.
- */
- wxString m_label;
-
- //virtual bool ProcessEvent( wxEvent& event );
-
- wxPropertyGridManager* m_manager;
-
- // Toolbar tool id. Note that this is only valid when the tool bar
- // exists.
- int m_toolId;
-
-private:
- bool m_isDefault; // is this base page object?
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_HEADERCTRL
-class wxPGHeaderCtrl;
-#endif
-
-
-/** @class wxPropertyGridManager
-
- wxPropertyGridManager is an efficient multi-page version of wxPropertyGrid,
- which can optionally have toolbar for mode and page selection, and help
- text box.
- Use window flags to select components to include.
-
- @section propgridmanager_window_styles_ Window Styles
-
- See @ref propgrid_window_styles.
-
- @section propgridmanager_event_handling Event Handling
-
- See @ref propgrid_event_handling "wxPropertyGrid Event Handling"
- for more information.
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
- wxPropertyGridManager : public wxPanel, public wxPropertyGridInterface
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxPropertyGridManager)
- friend class wxPropertyGridPage;
-public:
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- /**
- Two step constructor.
- Call Create when this constructor is called to build up the
- wxPropertyGridManager.
- */
- wxPropertyGridManager();
-#endif
-
- /** The default constructor. The styles to be used are styles valid for
- the wxWindow.
- @see @link wndflags Additional Window Styles@endlink
- */
- wxPropertyGridManager( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxPGMAN_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxPropertyGridManagerNameStr );
-
- /** Destructor */
- virtual ~wxPropertyGridManager();
-
- /** Creates new property page. Note that the first page is not created
- automatically.
- @param label
- A label for the page. This may be shown as a toolbar tooltip etc.
- @param bmp
- Bitmap image for toolbar. If wxNullBitmap is used, then a built-in
- default image is used.
- @param pageObj
- wxPropertyGridPage instance. Manager will take ownership of this object.
- NULL indicates that a default page instance should be created.
-
- @return
- Returns pointer to created page.
-
- @remarks
- If toolbar is used, it is highly recommended that the pages are
- added when the toolbar is not turned off using window style flag
- switching.
- */
- wxPropertyGridPage* AddPage( const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
- const wxBitmap& bmp = wxPG_NULL_BITMAP,
- wxPropertyGridPage* pageObj = NULL )
- {
- return InsertPage(-1, label, bmp, pageObj);
- }
-
- /** Deletes all all properties and all pages.
- */
- virtual void Clear();
-
- /** Deletes all properties on given page.
- */
- void ClearPage( int page );
-
- /** Forces updating the value of property from the editor control.
- Returns true if DoPropertyChanged was actually called.
- */
- bool CommitChangesFromEditor( wxUint32 flags = 0 )
- {
- return m_pPropGrid->CommitChangesFromEditor(flags);
- }
-
- /**
- Two step creation.
- Whenever the control is created without any parameters, use Create to
- actually create it. Don't access the control's public methods before
- this is called.
- @see @link wndflags Additional Window Styles@endlink
- */
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxPGMAN_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxPropertyGridManagerNameStr );
-
- /**
- Enables or disables (shows/hides) categories according to parameter
- enable.
-
- WARNING: Not tested properly, use at your own risk.
- */
- bool EnableCategories( bool enable )
- {
- long fl = m_windowStyle | wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES;
- if ( enable ) fl = m_windowStyle & ~(wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES);
- SetWindowStyleFlag(fl);
- return true;
- }
-
- /** Selects page, scrolls and/or expands items to ensure that the
- given item is visible. Returns true if something was actually done.
- */
- bool EnsureVisible( wxPGPropArg id );
-
- /** Returns number of columns on given page. By the default,
- returns number of columns on current page. */
- int GetColumnCount( int page = -1 ) const;
-
- /** Returns height of the description text box. */
- int GetDescBoxHeight() const;
-
- /** Returns pointer to the contained wxPropertyGrid. This does not change
- after wxPropertyGridManager has been created, so you can safely obtain
- pointer once and use it for the entire lifetime of the instance.
- */
- wxPropertyGrid* GetGrid()
- {
- wxASSERT(m_pPropGrid);
- return m_pPropGrid;
- };
-
- const wxPropertyGrid* GetGrid() const
- {
- wxASSERT(m_pPropGrid);
- return (const wxPropertyGrid*)m_pPropGrid;
- };
-
- /** Returns iterator class instance.
- @remarks
- Calling this method in wxPropertyGridManager causes run-time assertion
- failure. Please only iterate through individual pages or use
- CreateVIterator().
- */
- wxPropertyGridIterator GetIterator( int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT,
- wxPGProperty* firstProp = NULL )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "Please only iterate through individual pages "
- "or use CreateVIterator()" );
- return wxPropertyGridInterface::GetIterator( flags, firstProp );
- }
-
- wxPropertyGridConstIterator
- GetIterator(int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT,
- wxPGProperty* firstProp = NULL) const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "Please only iterate through individual pages "
- " or use CreateVIterator()" );
- return wxPropertyGridInterface::GetIterator( flags, firstProp );
- }
-
- /** Returns iterator class instance.
- @remarks
- Calling this method in wxPropertyGridManager causes run-time assertion
- failure. Please only iterate through individual pages or use
- CreateVIterator().
- */
- wxPropertyGridIterator GetIterator( int flags, int startPos )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "Please only iterate through individual pages "
- "or use CreateVIterator()" );
-
- return wxPropertyGridInterface::GetIterator( flags, startPos );
- }
-
- wxPropertyGridConstIterator GetIterator( int flags, int startPos ) const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "Please only iterate through individual pages "
- "or use CreateVIterator()" );
- return wxPropertyGridInterface::GetIterator( flags, startPos );
- }
-
- /** Similar to GetIterator, but instead returns wxPGVIterator instance,
- which can be useful for forward-iterating through arbitrary property
- containers.
- */
- virtual wxPGVIterator GetVIterator( int flags ) const;
-
- /** Returns currently selected page.
- */
- wxPropertyGridPage* GetCurrentPage() const
- {
- return GetPage(m_selPage);
- }
-
- /** Returns page object for given page index.
- */
- wxPropertyGridPage* GetPage( unsigned int ind ) const
- {
- return m_arrPages[ind];
- }
-
- /** Returns page object for given page name.
- */
- wxPropertyGridPage* GetPage( const wxString& name ) const
- {
- return GetPage(GetPageByName(name));
- }
-
- /**
- Returns index for a page name.
-
- If no match is found, wxNOT_FOUND is returned.
- */
- int GetPageByName( const wxString& name ) const;
-
- /** Returns index for a relevant propertygrid state.
-
- If no match is found, wxNOT_FOUND is returned.
- */
- int GetPageByState( const wxPropertyGridPageState* pstate ) const;
-
-protected:
- /** Returns wxPropertyGridPageState of given page, current page's for -1.
- */
- virtual wxPropertyGridPageState* GetPageState( int page ) const;
-
-public:
- /** Returns number of managed pages. */
- size_t GetPageCount() const;
-
- /** Returns name of given page. */
- const wxString& GetPageName( int index ) const;
-
- /** Returns "root property" of the given page. It does not have name, etc.
- and it is not visible. It is only useful for accessing its children.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetPageRoot( int index ) const;
-
- /** Returns index to currently selected page. */
- int GetSelectedPage() const { return m_selPage; }
-
- /** Alias for GetSelection(). */
- wxPGProperty* GetSelectedProperty() const
- {
- return GetSelection();
- }
-
- /** Shortcut for GetGrid()->GetSelection(). */
- wxPGProperty* GetSelection() const
- {
- return m_pPropGrid->GetSelection();
- }
-
- /** Returns a pointer to the toolbar currently associated with the
- wxPropertyGridManager (if any). */
- wxToolBar* GetToolBar() const { return m_pToolbar; }
-
- /** Creates new property page. Note that the first page is not created
- automatically.
- @param index
- Add to this position. -1 will add as the last item.
- @param label
- A label for the page. This may be shown as a toolbar tooltip etc.
- @param bmp
- Bitmap image for toolbar. If wxNullBitmap is used, then a built-in
- default image is used.
- @param pageObj
- wxPropertyGridPage instance. Manager will take ownership of this object.
- If NULL, default page object is constructed.
-
- @return
- Returns pointer to created page.
- */
- virtual wxPropertyGridPage* InsertPage( int index,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bmp = wxNullBitmap,
- wxPropertyGridPage* pageObj = NULL );
-
- /**
- Returns true if any property on any page has been modified by the user.
- */
- bool IsAnyModified() const;
-
- /**
- Returns true if updating is frozen (ie Freeze() called but not yet
- Thaw() ).
- */
- bool IsFrozen() const { return m_pPropGrid->m_frozen > 0; }
-
- /**
- Returns true if any property on given page has been modified by the
- user.
- */
- bool IsPageModified( size_t index ) const;
-
- /**
- Returns true if property is selected. Since selection is page
- based, this function checks every page in the manager.
- */
- virtual bool IsPropertySelected( wxPGPropArg id ) const;
-
- virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true,
- const wxRect* rect = (const wxRect*) NULL );
-
- /** Removes a page.
- @return
- Returns false if it was not possible to remove page in question.
- */
- virtual bool RemovePage( int page );
-
- /** Select and displays a given page.
-
- @param index
- Index of page being seleced. Can be -1 to select nothing.
- */
- void SelectPage( int index );
-
- /** Select and displays a given page (by label). */
- void SelectPage( const wxString& label )
- {
- int index = GetPageByName(label);
- wxCHECK_RET( index >= 0, wxT("No page with such name") );
- SelectPage( index );
- }
-
- /** Select and displays a given page. */
- void SelectPage( wxPropertyGridPage* ptr )
- {
- SelectPage( GetPageByState(ptr) );
- }
-
- /** Select a property. */
- bool SelectProperty( wxPGPropArg id, bool focus = false )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
- return p->GetParentState()->DoSelectProperty(p, focus);
- }
-
- /**
- Sets a column title. Default title for column 0 is "Property",
- and "Value" for column 1.
-
- @remarks If header is not shown yet, then calling this
- member function will make it visible.
- */
- void SetColumnTitle( int idx, const wxString& title );
-
- /**
- Sets number of columns on given page (default is current page).
-
- @remarks If you use header, then you should always use this
- member function to set the column count, instead of
- ones present in wxPropertyGrid or wxPropertyGridPage.
- */
- void SetColumnCount( int colCount, int page = -1 );
-
- /** Sets label and text in description box.
- */
- void SetDescription( const wxString& label, const wxString& content );
-
- /** Sets y coordinate of the description box splitter. */
- void SetDescBoxHeight( int ht, bool refresh = true );
-
- /** Moves splitter as left as possible, while still allowing all
- labels to be shown in full.
- @param subProps
- If false, will still allow sub-properties (ie. properties which
- parent is not root or category) to be cropped.
- @param allPages
- If true, takes labels on all pages into account.
- */
- void SetSplitterLeft( bool subProps = false, bool allPages = true );
-
- /** Moves splitter as left as possible on an individual page, while still allowing all
- labels to be shown in full.
- */
- void SetPageSplitterLeft(int page, bool subProps = false);
-
- /**
- Sets splitter position on individual page.
-
- @remarks If you use header, then you should always use this
- member function to set the splitter position, instead of
- ones present in wxPropertyGrid or wxPropertyGridPage.
- */
- void SetPageSplitterPosition( int page, int pos, int column = 0 );
-
- /**
- Sets splitter position for all pages.
-
- @remarks Splitter position cannot exceed grid size, and therefore
- setting it during form creation may fail as initial grid
- size is often smaller than desired splitter position,
- especially when sizers are being used.
-
- If you use header, then you should always use this
- member function to set the splitter position, instead of
- ones present in wxPropertyGrid or wxPropertyGridPage.
- */
- void SetSplitterPosition( int pos, int column = 0 );
-
-#if wxUSE_HEADERCTRL
- /**
- Show or hide the property grid header control. It is hidden
- by the default.
-
- @remarks Grid may look better if you use wxPG_NO_INTERNAL_BORDER
- window style when showing a header.
- */
- void ShowHeader(bool show = true);
-#endif
-
-protected:
-
- //
- // Subclassing helpers
- //
-
- /**
- Creates property grid for the manager. Reimplement in derived class to
- use subclassed wxPropertyGrid. However, if you do this then you
- must also use the two-step construction (ie. default constructor and
- Create() instead of constructor with arguments) when creating the
- manager.
- */
- virtual wxPropertyGrid* CreatePropertyGrid() const;
-
-public:
- virtual void RefreshProperty( wxPGProperty* p );
-
- //
- // Overridden functions - no documentation required.
- //
-
- void SetId( wxWindowID winid );
-
- virtual void Freeze();
- virtual void Thaw();
- virtual void SetExtraStyle ( long exStyle );
- virtual bool SetFont ( const wxFont& font );
- virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag ( long style );
- virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent );
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- //
- // Event handlers
- //
- void OnMouseMove( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnMouseClick( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnMouseUp( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnMouseEntry( wxMouseEvent &event );
-
- void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
-
- void OnToolbarClick( wxCommandEvent &event );
- void OnResize( wxSizeEvent& event );
- void OnPropertyGridSelect( wxPropertyGridEvent& event );
- void OnPGColDrag( wxPropertyGridEvent& event );
-
-
- wxPropertyGrid* m_pPropGrid;
-
- wxVector<wxPropertyGridPage*> m_arrPages;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
- wxToolBar* m_pToolbar;
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_HEADERCTRL
- wxPGHeaderCtrl* m_pHeaderCtrl;
-#endif
- wxStaticText* m_pTxtHelpCaption;
- wxStaticText* m_pTxtHelpContent;
-
- wxPropertyGridPage* m_emptyPage;
-
- wxArrayString m_columnLabels;
-
- long m_iFlags;
-
- // Selected page index.
- int m_selPage;
-
- int m_width;
-
- int m_height;
-
- int m_extraHeight;
-
- int m_splitterY;
-
- int m_splitterHeight;
-
- int m_dragOffset;
-
- wxCursor m_cursorSizeNS;
-
- int m_nextDescBoxSize;
-
- // Toolbar tool ids for categorized and alphabetic mode selectors.
- int m_categorizedModeToolId;
- int m_alphabeticModeToolId;
-
- unsigned char m_dragStatus;
-
- unsigned char m_onSplitter;
-
- bool m_showHeader;
-
- virtual wxPGProperty* DoGetPropertyByName( const wxString& name ) const;
-
- /** Select and displays a given page. */
- virtual bool DoSelectPage( int index );
-
- // Sets some members to defaults.
- void Init1();
-
- // Initializes some members.
- void Init2( int style );
-
-/*#ifdef __WXMSW__
- virtual WXDWORD MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const;
-#endif*/
-
- virtual bool ProcessEvent( wxEvent& event );
-
- /** Recalculates new positions for components, according to the
- given size.
- */
- void RecalculatePositions( int width, int height );
-
- /** (Re)creates/destroys controls, according to the window style bits. */
- void RecreateControls();
-
- void UpdateDescriptionBox( int new_splittery, int new_width, int new_height );
-
- void RepaintDescBoxDecorations( wxDC& dc,
- int newSplitterY,
- int newWidth,
- int newHeight );
-
- void SetDescribedProperty( wxPGProperty* p );
-
- // Reimplement these to handle "descboxheight" state item
- virtual bool SetEditableStateItem( const wxString& name, wxVariant value );
- virtual wxVariant GetEditableStateItem( const wxString& name ) const;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline int wxPropertyGridPage::GetIndex() const
-{
- if ( !m_manager )
- return wxNOT_FOUND;
- return m_manager->GetPageByState(this);
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#endif // _WX_PROPGRID_MANAGER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/propgrid/property.h
-// Purpose: wxPGProperty and related support classes
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2008-08-23
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPGRID_PROPERTY_H_
-#define _WX_PROPGRID_PROPERTY_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#include "wx/propgrid/propgriddefs.h"
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxNullProperty ((wxPGProperty*)NULL)
-
-
-/** @class wxPGPaintData
-
- Contains information relayed to property's OnCustomPaint.
-*/
-struct wxPGPaintData
-{
- /** wxPropertyGrid. */
- const wxPropertyGrid* m_parent;
-
- /**
- Normally -1, otherwise index to drop-down list item that has to be
- drawn.
- */
- int m_choiceItem;
-
- /** Set to drawn width in OnCustomPaint (optional). */
- int m_drawnWidth;
-
- /**
- In a measure item call, set this to the height of item at m_choiceItem
- index.
- */
- int m_drawnHeight;
-};
-
-
-// space between vertical sides of a custom image
-#define wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_SPACINGY 1
-
-// space between caption and selection rectangle,
-#define wxPG_CAPRECTXMARGIN 2
-
-// horizontally and vertically
-#define wxPG_CAPRECTYMARGIN 1
-
-
-/** @class wxPGCellRenderer
-
- Base class for wxPropertyGrid cell renderers.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGCellRenderer : public wxObjectRefData
-{
-public:
-
- wxPGCellRenderer()
- : wxObjectRefData() { }
- virtual ~wxPGCellRenderer() { }
-
- // Render flags
- enum
- {
- // We are painting selected item
- Selected = 0x00010000,
-
- // We are painting item in choice popup
- ChoicePopup = 0x00020000,
-
- // We are rendering wxOwnerDrawnComboBox control
- // (or other owner drawn control, but that is only
- // officially supported one ATM).
- Control = 0x00040000,
-
- // We are painting a disable property
- Disabled = 0x00080000,
-
- // We are painting selected, disabled, or similar
- // item that dictates fore- and background colours,
- // overriding any cell values.
- DontUseCellFgCol = 0x00100000,
- DontUseCellBgCol = 0x00200000,
- DontUseCellColours = DontUseCellFgCol |
- DontUseCellBgCol
- };
-
- /**
- Returns @true if rendered something in the foreground (text or
- bitmap.
- */
- virtual bool Render( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- const wxPropertyGrid* propertyGrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- int column,
- int item,
- int flags ) const = 0;
-
- /** Returns size of the image in front of the editable area.
- @remarks
- If property is NULL, then this call is for a custom value. In that case
- the item is index to wxPropertyGrid's custom values.
- */
- virtual wxSize GetImageSize( const wxPGProperty* property,
- int column,
- int item ) const;
-
- /** Paints property category selection rectangle.
- */
- virtual void DrawCaptionSelectionRect( wxDC& dc,
- int x, int y,
- int w, int h ) const;
-
- /** Utility to draw vertically centered text.
- */
- void DrawText( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int imageWidth,
- const wxString& text ) const;
-
- /**
- Utility to draw editor's value, or vertically aligned text if editor is
- NULL.
- */
- void DrawEditorValue( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect,
- int xOffset, const wxString& text,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxPGEditor* editor ) const;
-
- /** Utility to render cell bitmap and set text colour plus bg brush
- colour.
-
- @return Returns image width, which, for instance, can be passed to
- DrawText.
- */
- int PreDrawCell( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- const wxPGCell& cell,
- int flags ) const;
-
- /**
- Utility to be called after drawing is done, to revert whatever
- changes PreDrawCell() did.
-
- @param flags
- Same as those passed to PreDrawCell().
- */
- void PostDrawCell( wxDC& dc,
- const wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
- const wxPGCell& cell,
- int flags ) const;
-};
-
-
-/**
- @class wxPGDefaultRenderer
-
- Default cell renderer, that can handles the common
- scenarios.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGDefaultRenderer : public wxPGCellRenderer
-{
-public:
- virtual bool Render( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- const wxPropertyGrid* propertyGrid,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- int column,
- int item,
- int flags ) const;
-
- virtual wxSize GetImageSize( const wxPGProperty* property,
- int column,
- int item ) const;
-
-protected:
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGCellData : public wxObjectRefData
-{
- friend class wxPGCell;
-public:
- wxPGCellData();
-
- void SetText( const wxString& text )
- {
- m_text = text;
- m_hasValidText = true;
- }
- void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap ) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
- void SetFgCol( const wxColour& col ) { m_fgCol = col; }
- void SetBgCol( const wxColour& col ) { m_bgCol = col; }
- void SetFont( const wxFont& font ) { m_font = font; }
-
-protected:
- virtual ~wxPGCellData() { }
-
- wxString m_text;
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
- wxColour m_fgCol;
- wxColour m_bgCol;
- wxFont m_font;
-
- // True if m_text is valid and specified
- bool m_hasValidText;
-};
-
-
-/**
- @class wxPGCell
-
- Base class for wxPropertyGrid cell information.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGCell : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxPGCell();
- wxPGCell(const wxPGCell& other)
- : wxObject(other)
- {
- }
-
- wxPGCell( const wxString& text,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxColour& fgCol = wxNullColour,
- const wxColour& bgCol = wxNullColour );
-
- virtual ~wxPGCell() { }
-
- wxPGCellData* GetData()
- {
- return (wxPGCellData*) m_refData;
- }
-
- const wxPGCellData* GetData() const
- {
- return (const wxPGCellData*) m_refData;
- }
-
- bool HasText() const
- {
- return (m_refData && GetData()->m_hasValidText);
- }
-
- /**
- Sets empty but valid data to this cell object.
- */
- void SetEmptyData();
-
- /**
- Merges valid data from srcCell into this.
- */
- void MergeFrom( const wxPGCell& srcCell );
-
- void SetText( const wxString& text );
- void SetBitmap( const wxBitmap& bitmap );
- void SetFgCol( const wxColour& col );
-
- /**
- Sets font of the cell.
-
- @remarks Because wxPropertyGrid does not support rows of
- different height, it makes little sense to change
- size of the font. Therefore it is recommended
- to use return value of wxPropertyGrid::GetFont()
- or wxPropertyGrid::GetCaptionFont() as a basis
- for the font that, after modifications, is passed
- to this member function.
- */
- void SetFont( const wxFont& font );
-
- void SetBgCol( const wxColour& col );
-
- const wxString& GetText() const { return GetData()->m_text; }
- const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return GetData()->m_bitmap; }
- const wxColour& GetFgCol() const { return GetData()->m_fgCol; }
-
- /**
- Returns font of the cell. If no specific font is set for this
- cell, then the font will be invalid.
- */
- const wxFont& GetFont() const { return GetData()->m_font; }
-
- const wxColour& GetBgCol() const { return GetData()->m_bgCol; }
-
- wxPGCell& operator=( const wxPGCell& other )
- {
- if ( this != &other )
- {
- Ref(other);
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
- // Used mostly internally to figure out if this cell is supposed
- // to have default values when attached to a grid.
- bool IsInvalid() const
- {
- return ( m_refData == NULL );
- }
-
-private:
- virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const
- { return new wxPGCellData(); }
-
- virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPGAttributeStorage
-
- wxPGAttributeStorage is somewhat optimized storage for
- key=variant pairs (ie. a map).
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGAttributeStorage
-{
-public:
- wxPGAttributeStorage();
- ~wxPGAttributeStorage();
-
- void Set( const wxString& name, const wxVariant& value );
- unsigned int GetCount() const { return (unsigned int) m_map.size(); }
- wxVariant FindValue( const wxString& name ) const
- {
- wxPGHashMapS2P::const_iterator it = m_map.find(name);
- if ( it != m_map.end() )
- {
- wxVariantData* data = (wxVariantData*) it->second;
- data->IncRef();
- return wxVariant(data, it->first);
- }
- return wxVariant();
- }
-
- typedef wxPGHashMapS2P::const_iterator const_iterator;
- const_iterator StartIteration() const
- {
- return m_map.begin();
- }
- bool GetNext( const_iterator& it, wxVariant& variant ) const
- {
- if ( it == m_map.end() )
- return false;
-
- wxVariantData* data = (wxVariantData*) it->second;
- data->IncRef();
- variant.SetData(data);
- variant.SetName(it->first);
- ++it;
- return true;
- }
-
-protected:
- wxPGHashMapS2P m_map;
-};
-
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @section propgrid_propflags wxPGProperty Flags
- @{
-*/
-
-enum wxPGPropertyFlags
-{
-
-/** Indicates bold font.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED = 0x0001,
-
-/** Disables ('greyed' text and editor does not activate) property.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_DISABLED = 0x0002,
-
-/** Hider button will hide this property.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_HIDDEN = 0x0004,
-
-/** This property has custom paint image just in front of its value.
- If property only draws custom images into a popup list, then this
- flag should not be set.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_CUSTOMIMAGE = 0x0008,
-
-/** Do not create text based editor for this property (but button-triggered
- dialog and choice are ok).
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_NOEDITOR = 0x0010,
-
-/** Property is collapsed, ie. it's children are hidden.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_COLLAPSED = 0x0020,
-
-/**
- If property is selected, then indicates that validation failed for pending
- value.
-
- If property is not selected, that indicates that the actual property
- value has failed validation (NB: this behaviour is not currently supported,
- but may be used in future).
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_INVALID_VALUE = 0x0040,
-
-// 0x0080,
-
-/** Switched via SetWasModified(). Temporary flag - only used when
- setting/changing property value.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_WAS_MODIFIED = 0x0200,
-
-/**
- If set, then child properties (if any) are private, and should be
- "invisible" to the application.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE = 0x0400,
-
-/** If set, then child properties (if any) are copies and should not
- be deleted in dtor.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_CHILDREN_ARE_COPIES = 0x0800,
-
-/**
- Classifies this item as a non-category.
-
- Used for faster item type identification.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_PROPERTY = 0x1000,
-
-/**
- Classifies this item as a category.
-
- Used for faster item type identification.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY = 0x2000,
-
-/** Classifies this item as a property that has children, but is not aggregate
- (ie children are not private).
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_MISC_PARENT = 0x4000,
-
-/** Property is read-only. Editor is still created for wxTextCtrl-based
- property editors. For others, editor is not usually created because
- they do implement wxTE_READONLY style or equivalent.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_READONLY = 0x8000,
-
-//
-// NB: FLAGS ABOVE 0x8000 CANNOT BE USED WITH PROPERTY ITERATORS
-//
-
-/** Property's value is composed from values of child properties.
- @remarks
- This flag cannot be used with property iterators.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_COMPOSED_VALUE = 0x00010000,
-
-/** Common value of property is selectable in editor.
- @remarks
- This flag cannot be used with property iterators.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_USES_COMMON_VALUE = 0x00020000,
-
-/** Property can be set to unspecified value via editor.
- Currently, this applies to following properties:
- - wxIntProperty, wxUIntProperty, wxFloatProperty, wxEditEnumProperty:
- Clear the text field
-
- @remarks
- This flag cannot be used with property iterators.
-
- @see wxPGProperty::SetAutoUnspecified()
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_AUTO_UNSPECIFIED = 0x00040000,
-
-/** Indicates the bit useable by derived properties.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_1 = 0x00080000,
-
-/** Indicates the bit useable by derived properties.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_2 = 0x00100000,
-
-/** Indicates that the property is being deleted and should be ignored.
-*/
-wxPG_PROP_BEING_DELETED = 0x00200000
-
-};
-
-/** Topmost flag.
-*/
-#define wxPG_PROP_MAX wxPG_PROP_AUTO_UNSPECIFIED
-
-/** Property with children must have one of these set, otherwise iterators
- will not work correctly.
- Code should automatically take care of this, however.
-*/
-#define wxPG_PROP_PARENTAL_FLAGS \
- ((wxPGPropertyFlags)(wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE | \
- wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY | \
- wxPG_PROP_MISC_PARENT))
-
-/** @}
-*/
-
-// Combination of flags that can be stored by GetFlagsAsString
-#define wxPG_STRING_STORED_FLAGS \
- (wxPG_PROP_DISABLED|wxPG_PROP_HIDDEN|wxPG_PROP_NOEDITOR|wxPG_PROP_COLLAPSED)
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/**
- @section propgrid_property_attributes wxPropertyGrid Property Attribute
- Identifiers.
-
- wxPGProperty::SetAttribute() and
- wxPropertyGridInterface::SetPropertyAttribute() accept one of these as
- attribute name argument.
-
- You can use strings instead of constants. However, some of these
- constants are redefined to use cached strings which may reduce
- your binary size by some amount.
-
- @{
-*/
-
-/** Set default value for property.
-*/
-#define wxPG_ATTR_DEFAULT_VALUE wxS("DefaultValue")
-
-/** Universal, int or double. Minimum value for numeric properties.
-*/
-#define wxPG_ATTR_MIN wxS("Min")
-
-/** Universal, int or double. Maximum value for numeric properties.
-*/
-#define wxPG_ATTR_MAX wxS("Max")
-
-/** Universal, string. When set, will be shown as text after the displayed
- text value. Alternatively, if third column is enabled, text will be shown
- there (for any type of property).
-*/
-#define wxPG_ATTR_UNITS wxS("Units")
-
-/** When set, will be shown as 'greyed' text in property's value cell when
- the actual displayed value is blank.
-*/
-#define wxPG_ATTR_HINT wxS("Hint")
-
-#if wxPG_COMPATIBILITY_1_4
-/**
- @deprecated Use "Hint" (wxPG_ATTR_HINT) instead.
-*/
-#define wxPG_ATTR_INLINE_HELP wxS("InlineHelp")
-#endif
-
-/** Universal, wxArrayString. Set to enable auto-completion in any
- wxTextCtrl-based property editor.
-*/
-#define wxPG_ATTR_AUTOCOMPLETE wxS("AutoComplete")
-
-/** wxBoolProperty and wxFlagsProperty specific. Value type is bool.
- Default value is False.
-
- When set to True, bool property will use check box instead of a
- combo box as its editor control. If you set this attribute
- for a wxFlagsProperty, it is automatically applied to child
- bool properties.
-*/
-#define wxPG_BOOL_USE_CHECKBOX wxS("UseCheckbox")
-
-/** wxBoolProperty and wxFlagsProperty specific. Value type is bool.
- Default value is False.
-
- Set to True for the bool property to cycle value on double click
- (instead of showing the popup listbox). If you set this attribute
- for a wxFlagsProperty, it is automatically applied to child
- bool properties.
-*/
-#define wxPG_BOOL_USE_DOUBLE_CLICK_CYCLING wxS("UseDClickCycling")
-
-/**
- wxFloatProperty (and similar) specific, int, default -1.
-
- Sets the (max) precision used when floating point value is rendered as
- text. The default -1 means infinite precision.
-*/
-#define wxPG_FLOAT_PRECISION wxS("Precision")
-
-/**
- The text will be echoed as asterisks (wxTE_PASSWORD will be passed to
- textctrl etc).
-*/
-#define wxPG_STRING_PASSWORD wxS("Password")
-
-/** Define base used by a wxUIntProperty. Valid constants are
- wxPG_BASE_OCT, wxPG_BASE_DEC, wxPG_BASE_HEX and wxPG_BASE_HEXL
- (lowercase characters).
-*/
-#define wxPG_UINT_BASE wxS("Base")
-
-/** Define prefix rendered to wxUIntProperty. Accepted constants
- wxPG_PREFIX_NONE, wxPG_PREFIX_0x, and wxPG_PREFIX_DOLLAR_SIGN.
- <b>Note:</b> Only wxPG_PREFIX_NONE works with Decimal and Octal
- numbers.
-*/
-#define wxPG_UINT_PREFIX wxS("Prefix")
-
-/**
- wxFileProperty/wxImageFileProperty specific, wxChar*, default is
- detected/varies.
- Sets the wildcard used in the triggered wxFileDialog. Format is the same.
-*/
-#define wxPG_FILE_WILDCARD wxS("Wildcard")
-
-/** wxFileProperty/wxImageFileProperty specific, int, default 1.
- When 0, only the file name is shown (i.e. drive and directory are hidden).
-*/
-#define wxPG_FILE_SHOW_FULL_PATH wxS("ShowFullPath")
-
-/** Specific to wxFileProperty and derived properties, wxString, default empty.
- If set, then the filename is shown relative to the given path string.
-*/
-#define wxPG_FILE_SHOW_RELATIVE_PATH wxS("ShowRelativePath")
-
-/**
- Specific to wxFileProperty and derived properties, wxString, default is
- empty.
-
- Sets the initial path of where to look for files.
-*/
-#define wxPG_FILE_INITIAL_PATH wxS("InitialPath")
-
-/** Specific to wxFileProperty and derivatives, wxString, default is empty.
- Sets a specific title for the dir dialog.
-*/
-#define wxPG_FILE_DIALOG_TITLE wxS("DialogTitle")
-
-/** Specific to wxFileProperty and derivatives, long, default is 0.
- Sets a specific wxFileDialog style for the file dialog.
-*/
-#define wxPG_FILE_DIALOG_STYLE wxS("DialogStyle")
-
-/** Specific to wxDirProperty, wxString, default is empty.
- Sets a specific message for the dir dialog.
-*/
-#define wxPG_DIR_DIALOG_MESSAGE wxS("DialogMessage")
-
-/**
- wxArrayStringProperty's string delimiter character. If this is a quotation
- mark or hyphen, then strings will be quoted instead (with given
- character).
-
- Default delimiter is quotation mark.
-*/
-#define wxPG_ARRAY_DELIMITER wxS("Delimiter")
-
-/** Sets displayed date format for wxDateProperty.
-*/
-#define wxPG_DATE_FORMAT wxS("DateFormat")
-
-/** Sets wxDatePickerCtrl window style used with wxDateProperty. Default
- is wxDP_DEFAULT | wxDP_SHOWCENTURY.
-*/
-#define wxPG_DATE_PICKER_STYLE wxS("PickerStyle")
-
-/** SpinCtrl editor, int or double. How much number changes when button is
- pressed (or up/down on keyboard).
-*/
-#define wxPG_ATTR_SPINCTRL_STEP wxS("Step")
-
-/** SpinCtrl editor, bool. If true, value wraps at Min/Max.
-*/
-#define wxPG_ATTR_SPINCTRL_WRAP wxS("Wrap")
-
-/**
- wxMultiChoiceProperty, int.
- If 0, no user strings allowed. If 1, user strings appear before list
- strings. If 2, user strings appear after list string.
-*/
-#define wxPG_ATTR_MULTICHOICE_USERSTRINGMODE wxS("UserStringMode")
-
-/**
- wxColourProperty and its kind, int, default 1.
-
- Setting this attribute to 0 hides custom colour from property's list of
- choices.
-*/
-#define wxPG_COLOUR_ALLOW_CUSTOM wxS("AllowCustom")
-
-/**
- wxColourProperty and its kind: Set to True in order to support editing
- alpha colour component.
-*/
-#define wxPG_COLOUR_HAS_ALPHA wxS("HasAlpha")
-
-/** @}
-*/
-
-// Redefine attribute macros to use cached strings
-#undef wxPG_ATTR_DEFAULT_VALUE
-#define wxPG_ATTR_DEFAULT_VALUE wxPGGlobalVars->m_strDefaultValue
-#undef wxPG_ATTR_MIN
-#define wxPG_ATTR_MIN wxPGGlobalVars->m_strMin
-#undef wxPG_ATTR_MAX
-#define wxPG_ATTR_MAX wxPGGlobalVars->m_strMax
-#undef wxPG_ATTR_UNITS
-#define wxPG_ATTR_UNITS wxPGGlobalVars->m_strUnits
-#undef wxPG_ATTR_HINT
-#define wxPG_ATTR_HINT wxPGGlobalVars->m_strHint
-#if wxPG_COMPATIBILITY_1_4
-#undef wxPG_ATTR_INLINE_HELP
-#define wxPG_ATTR_INLINE_HELP wxPGGlobalVars->m_strInlineHelp
-#endif
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPGChoiceEntry
- Data of a single wxPGChoices choice.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGChoiceEntry : public wxPGCell
-{
-public:
- wxPGChoiceEntry();
- wxPGChoiceEntry(const wxPGChoiceEntry& other)
- : wxPGCell(other)
- {
- m_value = other.m_value;
- }
- wxPGChoiceEntry( const wxString& label,
- int value = wxPG_INVALID_VALUE )
- : wxPGCell(), m_value(value)
- {
- SetText(label);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxPGChoiceEntry() { }
-
- void SetValue( int value ) { m_value = value; }
- int GetValue() const { return m_value; }
-
- wxPGChoiceEntry& operator=( const wxPGChoiceEntry& other )
- {
- if ( this != &other )
- {
- Ref(other);
- }
- m_value = other.m_value;
- return *this;
- }
-
-protected:
- int m_value;
-};
-
-
-typedef void* wxPGChoicesId;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGChoicesData : public wxObjectRefData
-{
- friend class wxPGChoices;
-public:
- // Constructor sets m_refCount to 1.
- wxPGChoicesData();
-
- void CopyDataFrom( wxPGChoicesData* data );
-
- wxPGChoiceEntry& Insert( int index, const wxPGChoiceEntry& item );
-
- // Delete all entries
- void Clear();
-
- unsigned int GetCount() const
- {
- return (unsigned int) m_items.size();
- }
-
- const wxPGChoiceEntry& Item( unsigned int i ) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( i < GetCount(), "invalid index" );
- return m_items[i];
- }
-
- wxPGChoiceEntry& Item( unsigned int i )
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( i < GetCount(), "invalid index" );
- return m_items[i];
- }
-
-private:
- wxVector<wxPGChoiceEntry> m_items;
-
- virtual ~wxPGChoicesData();
-};
-
-#define wxPGChoicesEmptyData ((wxPGChoicesData*)NULL)
-
-
-/** @class wxPGChoices
-
- Helper class for managing choices of wxPropertyGrid properties.
- Each entry can have label, value, bitmap, text colour, and background
- colour.
-
- wxPGChoices uses reference counting, similar to other wxWidgets classes.
- This means that assignment operator and copy constructor only copy the
- reference and not the actual data. Use Copy() member function to create a
- real copy.
-
- @remarks If you do not specify value for entry, index is used.
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGChoices
-{
-public:
- typedef long ValArrItem;
-
- /** Default constructor. */
- wxPGChoices()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- /**
- Copy constructor, uses reference counting. To create a real copy,
- use Copy() member function instead.
- */
- wxPGChoices( const wxPGChoices& a )
- {
- if ( a.m_data != wxPGChoicesEmptyData )
- {
- m_data = a.m_data;
- m_data->IncRef();
- }
- }
-
- /**
- Constructor.
-
- @param labels
- Labels for choices
-
- @param values
- Values for choices. If NULL, indexes are used.
- */
- wxPGChoices( const wxChar* const* labels, const long* values = NULL )
- {
- Init();
- Set(labels,values);
- }
-
- /**
- Constructor.
-
- @param labels
- Labels for choices
-
- @param values
- Values for choices. If empty, indexes are used.
- */
- wxPGChoices( const wxArrayString& labels,
- const wxArrayInt& values = wxArrayInt() )
- {
- Init();
- Set(labels,values);
- }
-
- /** Simple interface constructor. */
- wxPGChoices( wxPGChoicesData* data )
- {
- wxASSERT(data);
- m_data = data;
- data->IncRef();
- }
-
- /** Destructor. */
- ~wxPGChoices()
- {
- Free();
- }
-
- /**
- Adds to current.
-
- If did not have own copies, creates them now. If was empty, identical
- to set except that creates copies.
-
- @param labels
- Labels for added choices.
-
- @param values
- Values for added choices. If empty, relevant entry indexes are used.
- */
- void Add( const wxChar* const* labels, const ValArrItem* values = NULL );
-
- /** Version that works with wxArrayString and wxArrayInt. */
- void Add( const wxArrayString& arr, const wxArrayInt& arrint = wxArrayInt() );
-
- /**
- Adds a single choice.
-
- @param label
- Label for added choice.
-
- @param value
- Value for added choice. If unspecified, index is used.
- */
- wxPGChoiceEntry& Add( const wxString& label,
- int value = wxPG_INVALID_VALUE );
-
- /** Adds a single item, with bitmap. */
- wxPGChoiceEntry& Add( const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- int value = wxPG_INVALID_VALUE );
-
- /** Adds a single item with full entry information. */
- wxPGChoiceEntry& Add( const wxPGChoiceEntry& entry )
- {
- return Insert(entry, -1);
- }
-
- /** Adds single item. */
- wxPGChoiceEntry& AddAsSorted( const wxString& label,
- int value = wxPG_INVALID_VALUE );
-
- /**
- Assigns choices data, using reference counting. To create a real copy,
- use Copy() member function instead.
- */
- void Assign( const wxPGChoices& a )
- {
- AssignData(a.m_data);
- }
-
- void AssignData( wxPGChoicesData* data );
-
- /** Delete all choices. */
- void Clear();
-
- /**
- Returns a real copy of the choices.
- */
- wxPGChoices Copy() const
- {
- wxPGChoices dst;
- dst.EnsureData();
- dst.m_data->CopyDataFrom(m_data);
- return dst;
- }
-
- void EnsureData()
- {
- if ( m_data == wxPGChoicesEmptyData )
- m_data = new wxPGChoicesData();
- }
-
- /** Gets a unsigned number identifying this list. */
- wxPGChoicesId GetId() const { return (wxPGChoicesId) m_data; }
-
- const wxString& GetLabel( unsigned int ind ) const
- {
- return Item(ind).GetText();
- }
-
- unsigned int GetCount () const
- {
- if ( !m_data )
- return 0;
-
- return m_data->GetCount();
- }
-
- int GetValue( unsigned int ind ) const { return Item(ind).GetValue(); }
-
- /** Returns array of values matching the given strings. Unmatching strings
- result in wxPG_INVALID_VALUE entry in array.
- */
- wxArrayInt GetValuesForStrings( const wxArrayString& strings ) const;
-
- /** Returns array of indices matching given strings. Unmatching strings
- are added to 'unmatched', if not NULL.
- */
- wxArrayInt GetIndicesForStrings( const wxArrayString& strings,
- wxArrayString* unmatched = NULL ) const;
-
- int Index( const wxString& str ) const;
- int Index( int val ) const;
-
- /** Inserts single item. */
- wxPGChoiceEntry& Insert( const wxString& label,
- int index,
- int value = wxPG_INVALID_VALUE );
-
- /** Inserts a single item with full entry information. */
- wxPGChoiceEntry& Insert( const wxPGChoiceEntry& entry, int index );
-
- /** Returns false if this is a constant empty set of choices,
- which should not be modified.
- */
- bool IsOk() const
- {
- return ( m_data != wxPGChoicesEmptyData );
- }
-
- const wxPGChoiceEntry& Item( unsigned int i ) const
- {
- wxASSERT( IsOk() );
- return m_data->Item(i);
- }
-
- wxPGChoiceEntry& Item( unsigned int i )
- {
- wxASSERT( IsOk() );
- return m_data->Item(i);
- }
-
- /** Removes count items starting at position nIndex. */
- void RemoveAt(size_t nIndex, size_t count = 1);
-
- /** Does not create copies for itself.
- TODO: Deprecate.
- */
- void Set( const wxChar* const* labels, const long* values = NULL )
- {
- Free();
- Add(labels,values);
- }
-
- /** Version that works with wxArrayString and wxArrayInt. */
- void Set( const wxArrayString& labels,
- const wxArrayInt& values = wxArrayInt() )
- {
- Free();
- if ( &values )
- Add(labels,values);
- else
- Add(labels);
- }
-
- // Creates exclusive copy of current choices
- void AllocExclusive();
-
- // Returns data, increases refcount.
- wxPGChoicesData* GetData()
- {
- wxASSERT( m_data->GetRefCount() != -1 );
- m_data->IncRef();
- return m_data;
- }
-
- // Returns plain data ptr - no refcounting stuff is done.
- wxPGChoicesData* GetDataPtr() const { return m_data; }
-
- // Changes ownership of data to you.
- wxPGChoicesData* ExtractData()
- {
- wxPGChoicesData* data = m_data;
- m_data = wxPGChoicesEmptyData;
- return data;
- }
-
- wxArrayString GetLabels() const;
-
- void operator= (const wxPGChoices& a)
- {
- if (this != &a)
- AssignData(a.m_data);
- }
-
- wxPGChoiceEntry& operator[](unsigned int i)
- {
- return Item(i);
- }
-
- const wxPGChoiceEntry& operator[](unsigned int i) const
- {
- return Item(i);
- }
-
-protected:
- wxPGChoicesData* m_data;
-
- void Init();
- void Free();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPGProperty
-
- wxPGProperty is base class for all wxPropertyGrid properties.
-
- NB: Full class overview is now only present in
- interface/wx/propgrid/property.h.
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGProperty : public wxObject
-{
- friend class wxPropertyGrid;
- friend class wxPropertyGridInterface;
- friend class wxPropertyGridPageState;
- friend class wxPropertyGridPopulator;
- friend class wxStringProperty; // Proper "<composed>" support requires this
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPGProperty)
-public:
- typedef wxUint32 FlagType;
-
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxPGProperty();
-
- /**
- Constructor.
-
- All non-abstract property classes should have a constructor with
- the same first two arguments as this one.
- */
- wxPGProperty( const wxString& label, const wxString& name );
-
- /**
- Virtual destructor.
- It is customary for derived properties to implement this.
- */
- virtual ~wxPGProperty();
-
- /** This virtual function is called after m_value has been set.
-
- @remarks
- - If m_value was set to Null variant (ie. unspecified value),
- OnSetValue() will not be called.
- - m_value may be of any variant type. Typically properties internally
- support only one variant type, and as such OnSetValue() provides a
- good opportunity to convert
- supported values into internal type.
- - Default implementation does nothing.
- */
- virtual void OnSetValue();
-
- /** Override this to return something else than m_value as the value.
- */
- virtual wxVariant DoGetValue() const { return m_value; }
-
- /** Implement this function in derived class to check the value.
- Return true if it is ok. Returning false prevents property change events
- from occurring.
-
- @remarks
- - Default implementation always returns true.
- */
- virtual bool ValidateValue( wxVariant& value,
- wxPGValidationInfo& validationInfo ) const;
-
- /**
- Converts text into wxVariant value appropriate for this property.
-
- @param variant
- On function entry this is the old value (should not be wxNullVariant
- in normal cases). Translated value must be assigned back to it.
-
- @param text
- Text to be translated into variant.
-
- @param argFlags
- If wxPG_FULL_VALUE is set, returns complete, storable value instead
- of displayable one (they may be different).
- If wxPG_COMPOSITE_FRAGMENT is set, text is interpreted as a part of
- composite property string value (as generated by ValueToString()
- called with this same flag).
-
- @return Returns @true if resulting wxVariant value was different.
-
- @remarks Default implementation converts semicolon delimited tokens into
- child values. Only works for properties with children.
-
- You might want to take into account that m_value is Null variant
- if property value is unspecified (which is usually only case if
- you explicitly enabled that sort behaviour).
- */
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
-
- /**
- Converts integer (possibly a choice selection) into wxVariant value
- appropriate for this property.
-
- @param variant
- On function entry this is the old value (should not be wxNullVariant
- in normal cases). Translated value must be assigned back to it.
-
- @param number
- Integer to be translated into variant.
-
- @param argFlags
- If wxPG_FULL_VALUE is set, returns complete, storable value instead
- of displayable one.
-
- @return Returns @true if resulting wxVariant value was different.
-
- @remarks
- - If property is not supposed to use choice or spinctrl or other editor
- with int-based value, it is not necessary to implement this method.
- - Default implementation simply assign given int to m_value.
- - If property uses choice control, and displays a dialog on some choice
- items, then it is preferred to display that dialog in IntToValue
- instead of OnEvent.
- - You might want to take into account that m_value is Null variant if
- property value is unspecified (which is usually only case if you
- explicitly enabled that sort behaviour).
- */
- virtual bool IntToValue( wxVariant& value,
- int number,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
-
- /**
- Converts property value into a text representation.
-
- @param value
- Value to be converted.
-
- @param argFlags
- If 0 (default value), then displayed string is returned.
- If wxPG_FULL_VALUE is set, returns complete, storable string value
- instead of displayable. If wxPG_EDITABLE_VALUE is set, returns
- string value that must be editable in textctrl. If
- wxPG_COMPOSITE_FRAGMENT is set, returns text that is appropriate to
- display as a part of string property's composite text
- representation.
-
- @remarks Default implementation calls GenerateComposedValue().
- */
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
-
- /** Converts string to a value, and if successful, calls SetValue() on it.
- Default behaviour is to do nothing.
- @param text
- String to get the value from.
- @return
- true if value was changed.
- */
- bool SetValueFromString( const wxString& text, int flags = wxPG_PROGRAMMATIC_VALUE );
-
- /** Converts integer to a value, and if successful, calls SetValue() on it.
- Default behaviour is to do nothing.
- @param value
- Int to get the value from.
- @param flags
- If has wxPG_FULL_VALUE, then the value given is a actual value and
- not an index.
- @return
- True if value was changed.
- */
- bool SetValueFromInt( long value, int flags = 0 );
-
- /**
- Returns size of the custom painted image in front of property.
-
- This method must be overridden to return non-default value if
- OnCustomPaint is to be called.
- @param item
- Normally -1, but can be an index to the property's list of items.
- @remarks
- - Default behaviour is to return wxSize(0,0), which means no image.
- - Default image width or height is indicated with dimension -1.
- - You can also return wxPG_DEFAULT_IMAGE_SIZE, i.e. wxSize(-1, -1).
- */
- virtual wxSize OnMeasureImage( int item = -1 ) const;
-
- /**
- Events received by editor widgets are processed here.
-
- Note that editor class usually processes most events. Some, such as
- button press events of TextCtrlAndButton class, can be handled here.
- Also, if custom handling for regular events is desired, then that can
- also be done (for example, wxSystemColourProperty custom handles
- wxEVT_CHOICE to display colour picker dialog when
- 'custom' selection is made).
-
- If the event causes value to be changed, SetValueInEvent()
- should be called to set the new value.
-
- @param event
- Associated wxEvent.
- @return
- Should return true if any changes in value should be reported.
- @remarks
- If property uses choice control, and displays a dialog on some choice
- items, then it is preferred to display that dialog in IntToValue
- instead of OnEvent.
- */
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxWindow* wnd_primary,
- wxEvent& event );
-
- /**
- Called after value of a child property has been altered. Must return
- new value of the whole property (after any alterations warranted by
- child's new value).
-
- Note that this function is usually called at the time that value of
- this property, or given child property, is still pending for change,
- and as such, result of GetValue() or m_value should not be relied
- on.
-
- Sample pseudo-code implementation:
-
- @code
- wxVariant MyProperty::ChildChanged( wxVariant& thisValue,
- int childIndex,
- wxVariant& childValue ) const
- {
- // Acquire reference to actual type of data stored in variant
- // (TFromVariant only exists if wxPropertyGrid's wxVariant-macros
- // were used to create the variant class).
- T& data = TFromVariant(thisValue);
-
- // Copy childValue into data.
- switch ( childIndex )
- {
- case 0:
- data.SetSubProp1( childvalue.GetLong() );
- break;
- case 1:
- data.SetSubProp2( childvalue.GetString() );
- break;
- ...
- }
-
- // Return altered data
- return data;
- }
- @endcode
-
- @param thisValue
- Value of this property. Changed value should be returned (in
- previous versions of wxPropertyGrid it was only necessary to
- write value back to this argument).
- @param childIndex
- Index of child changed (you can use Item(childIndex) to get
- child property).
- @param childValue
- (Pending) value of the child property.
-
- @return
- Modified value of the whole property.
- */
- virtual wxVariant ChildChanged( wxVariant& thisValue,
- int childIndex,
- wxVariant& childValue ) const;
-
- /** Returns pointer to an instance of used editor.
- */
- virtual const wxPGEditor* DoGetEditorClass() const;
-
- /** Returns pointer to the wxValidator that should be used
- with the editor of this property (NULL for no validator).
- Setting validator explicitly via SetPropertyValidator
- will override this.
-
- In most situations, code like this should work well
- (macros are used to maintain one actual validator instance,
- so on the second call the function exits within the first
- macro):
-
- @code
-
- wxValidator* wxMyPropertyClass::DoGetValidator () const
- {
- WX_PG_DOGETVALIDATOR_ENTRY()
-
- wxMyValidator* validator = new wxMyValidator(...);
-
- ... prepare validator...
-
- WX_PG_DOGETVALIDATOR_EXIT(validator)
- }
-
- @endcode
-
- @remarks
- You can get common filename validator by returning
- wxFileProperty::GetClassValidator(). wxDirProperty,
- for example, uses it.
- */
- virtual wxValidator* DoGetValidator () const;
-
- /**
- Override to paint an image in front of the property value text or
- drop-down list item (but only if wxPGProperty::OnMeasureImage is
- overridden as well).
-
- If property's OnMeasureImage() returns size that has height != 0 but
- less than row height ( < 0 has special meanings), wxPropertyGrid calls
- this method to draw a custom image in a limited area in front of the
- editor control or value text/graphics, and if control has drop-down
- list, then the image is drawn there as well (even in the case
- OnMeasureImage() returned higher height than row height).
-
- NOTE: Following applies when OnMeasureImage() returns a "flexible"
- height ( using wxPG_FLEXIBLE_SIZE(W,H) macro), which implies variable
- height items: If rect.x is < 0, then this is a measure item call, which
- means that dc is invalid and only thing that should be done is to set
- paintdata.m_drawnHeight to the height of the image of item at index
- paintdata.m_choiceItem. This call may be done even as often as once
- every drop-down popup show.
-
- @param dc
- wxDC to paint on.
- @param rect
- Box reserved for custom graphics. Includes surrounding rectangle,
- if any. If x is < 0, then this is a measure item call (see above).
- @param paintdata
- wxPGPaintData structure with much useful data.
-
- @remarks
- - You can actually exceed rect width, but if you do so then
- paintdata.m_drawnWidth must be set to the full width drawn in
- pixels.
- - Due to technical reasons, rect's height will be default even if
- custom height was reported during measure call.
- - Brush is guaranteed to be default background colour. It has been
- already used to clear the background of area being painted. It
- can be modified.
- - Pen is guaranteed to be 1-wide 'black' (or whatever is the proper
- colour) pen for drawing framing rectangle. It can be changed as
- well.
-
- @see ValueToString()
- */
- virtual void OnCustomPaint( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxPGPaintData& paintdata );
-
- /**
- Returns used wxPGCellRenderer instance for given property column
- (label=0, value=1).
-
- Default implementation returns editor's renderer for all columns.
- */
- virtual wxPGCellRenderer* GetCellRenderer( int column ) const;
-
- /** Returns which choice is currently selected. Only applies to properties
- which have choices.
-
- Needs to reimplemented in derived class if property value does not
- map directly to a choice. Integer as index, bool, and string usually do.
- */
- virtual int GetChoiceSelection() const;
-
- /**
- Refresh values of child properties.
-
- Automatically called after value is set.
- */
- virtual void RefreshChildren();
-
- /**
- Reimplement this member function to add special handling for
- attributes of this property.
-
- @return Return @false to have the attribute automatically stored in
- m_attributes. Default implementation simply does that and
- nothing else.
-
- @remarks To actually set property attribute values from the
- application, use wxPGProperty::SetAttribute() instead.
- */
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
-
- /** Returns value of an attribute.
-
- Override if custom handling of attributes is needed.
-
- Default implementation simply return NULL variant.
- */
- virtual wxVariant DoGetAttribute( const wxString& name ) const;
-
- /** Returns instance of a new wxPGEditorDialogAdapter instance, which is
- used when user presses the (optional) button next to the editor control;
-
- Default implementation returns NULL (ie. no action is generated when
- button is pressed).
- */
- virtual wxPGEditorDialogAdapter* GetEditorDialog() const;
-
- /**
- Called whenever validation has failed with given pending value.
-
- @remarks If you implement this in your custom property class, please
- remember to call the baser implementation as well, since they
- may use it to revert property into pre-change state.
- */
- virtual void OnValidationFailure( wxVariant& pendingValue );
-
- /** Append a new choice to property's list of choices.
- */
- int AddChoice( const wxString& label, int value = wxPG_INVALID_VALUE )
- {
- return InsertChoice(label, wxNOT_FOUND, value);
- }
-
- /**
- Returns true if children of this property are component values (for
- instance, points size, face name, and is_underlined are component
- values of a font).
- */
- bool AreChildrenComponents() const
- {
- if ( m_flags & (wxPG_PROP_COMPOSED_VALUE|wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE) )
- return true;
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /**
- Deletes children of the property.
- */
- void DeleteChildren();
-
- /**
- Removes entry from property's wxPGChoices and editor control (if it is
- active).
-
- If selected item is deleted, then the value is set to unspecified.
- */
- void DeleteChoice( int index );
-
- /**
- Enables or disables the property. Disabled property usually appears
- as having grey text.
-
- @param enable
- If @false, property is disabled instead.
-
- @see wxPropertyGridInterface::EnableProperty()
- */
- void Enable( bool enable = true );
-
- /**
- Call to enable or disable usage of common value (integer value that can
- be selected for properties instead of their normal values) for this
- property.
-
- Common values are disabled by the default for all properties.
- */
- void EnableCommonValue( bool enable = true )
- {
- if ( enable ) SetFlag( wxPG_PROP_USES_COMMON_VALUE );
- else ClearFlag( wxPG_PROP_USES_COMMON_VALUE );
- }
-
- /**
- Composes text from values of child properties.
- */
- wxString GenerateComposedValue() const
- {
- wxString s;
- DoGenerateComposedValue(s);
- return s;
- }
-
- /** Returns property's label. */
- const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
-
- /** Returns property's name with all (non-category, non-root) parents. */
- wxString GetName() const;
-
- /**
- Returns property's base name (ie parent's name is not added in any
- case)
- */
- const wxString& GetBaseName() const { return m_name; }
-
- /** Returns read-only reference to property's list of choices.
- */
- const wxPGChoices& GetChoices() const
- {
- return m_choices;
- }
-
- /** Returns coordinate to the top y of the property. Note that the
- position of scrollbars is not taken into account.
- */
- int GetY() const;
-
- wxVariant GetValue() const
- {
- return DoGetValue();
- }
-
- /** Returns reference to the internal stored value. GetValue is preferred
- way to get the actual value, since GetValueRef ignores DoGetValue,
- which may override stored value.
- */
- wxVariant& GetValueRef()
- {
- return m_value;
- }
-
- const wxVariant& GetValueRef() const
- {
- return m_value;
- }
-
- // Helper function (for wxPython bindings and such) for settings protected
- // m_value.
- wxVariant GetValuePlain() const
- {
- return m_value;
- }
-
- /** Returns text representation of property's value.
-
- @param argFlags
- If 0 (default value), then displayed string is returned.
- If wxPG_FULL_VALUE is set, returns complete, storable string value
- instead of displayable. If wxPG_EDITABLE_VALUE is set, returns
- string value that must be editable in textctrl. If
- wxPG_COMPOSITE_FRAGMENT is set, returns text that is appropriate to
- display as a part of string property's composite text
- representation.
-
- @remarks In older versions, this function used to be overridden to convert
- property's value into a string representation. This function is
- now handled by ValueToString(), and overriding this function now
- will result in run-time assertion failure.
- */
- virtual wxString GetValueAsString( int argFlags = 0 ) const;
-
- /** Synonymous to GetValueAsString().
-
- @deprecated Use GetValueAsString() instead.
-
- @see GetValueAsString()
- */
- wxDEPRECATED( wxString GetValueString( int argFlags = 0 ) const );
-
- /**
- Returns wxPGCell of given column.
-
- @remarks const version of this member function returns 'default'
- wxPGCell object if the property itself didn't hold
- cell data.
- */
- const wxPGCell& GetCell( unsigned int column ) const;
-
- /**
- Returns wxPGCell of given column, creating one if necessary.
- */
- wxPGCell& GetCell( unsigned int column )
- {
- return GetOrCreateCell(column);
- }
-
- /**
- Returns wxPGCell of given column, creating one if necessary.
- */
- wxPGCell& GetOrCreateCell( unsigned int column );
-
- /** Return number of displayed common values for this property.
- */
- int GetDisplayedCommonValueCount() const;
-
- wxString GetDisplayedString() const
- {
- return GetValueAsString(0);
- }
-
- /**
- Returns property's hint text (shown in empty value cell).
- */
- inline wxString GetHintText() const;
-
- /** Returns property grid where property lies. */
- wxPropertyGrid* GetGrid() const;
-
- /** Returns owner wxPropertyGrid, but only if one is currently on a page
- displaying this property. */
- wxPropertyGrid* GetGridIfDisplayed() const;
-
- /** Returns highest level non-category, non-root parent. Useful when you
- have nested wxCustomProperties/wxParentProperties.
- @remarks
- Thus, if immediate parent is root or category, this will return the
- property itself.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetMainParent() const;
-
- /** Return parent of property */
- wxPGProperty* GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
-
- /** Returns true if property has editable wxTextCtrl when selected.
-
- @remarks
- Although disabled properties do not displayed editor, they still
- return True here as being disabled is considered a temporary
- condition (unlike being read-only or having limited editing enabled).
- */
- bool IsTextEditable() const;
-
- bool IsValueUnspecified() const
- {
- return m_value.IsNull();
- }
-
- /**
- Returns non-zero if property has given flag set.
-
- @see propgrid_propflags
- */
- FlagType HasFlag( wxPGPropertyFlags flag ) const
- {
- return ( m_flags & flag );
- }
-
- /** Returns comma-delimited string of property attributes.
- */
- const wxPGAttributeStorage& GetAttributes() const
- {
- return m_attributes;
- }
-
- /** Returns m_attributes as list wxVariant.
- */
- wxVariant GetAttributesAsList() const;
-
- /**
- Returns property flags.
- */
- FlagType GetFlags() const
- {
- return m_flags;
- }
-
- const wxPGEditor* GetEditorClass() const;
-
- wxString GetValueType() const
- {
- return m_value.GetType();
- }
-
- /** Returns editor used for given column. NULL for no editor.
- */
- const wxPGEditor* GetColumnEditor( int column ) const
- {
- if ( column == 1 )
- return GetEditorClass();
-
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /** Returns common value selected for this property. -1 for none.
- */
- int GetCommonValue() const
- {
- return m_commonValue;
- }
-
- /** Returns true if property has even one visible child.
- */
- bool HasVisibleChildren() const;
-
- /**
- Use this member function to add independent (ie. regular) children to
- a property.
-
- @return Inserted childProperty.
-
- @remarks wxPropertyGrid is not automatically refreshed by this
- function.
-
- @see AddPrivateChild()
- */
- wxPGProperty* InsertChild( int index, wxPGProperty* childProperty );
-
- /** Inserts a new choice to property's list of choices.
- */
- int InsertChoice( const wxString& label, int index, int value = wxPG_INVALID_VALUE );
-
- /**
- Returns true if this property is actually a wxPropertyCategory.
- */
- bool IsCategory() const { return HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY)?true:false; }
-
- /** Returns true if this property is actually a wxRootProperty.
- */
- bool IsRoot() const { return (m_parent == NULL); }
-
- /** Returns true if this is a sub-property. */
- bool IsSubProperty() const
- {
- wxPGProperty* parent = (wxPGProperty*)m_parent;
- if ( parent && !parent->IsCategory() )
- return true;
- return false;
- }
-
- /** Returns last visible sub-property, recursively.
- */
- const wxPGProperty* GetLastVisibleSubItem() const;
-
- wxVariant GetDefaultValue() const;
-
- int GetMaxLength() const
- {
- return (int) m_maxLen;
- }
-
- /**
- Determines, recursively, if all children are not unspecified.
-
- @param pendingList
- Assumes members in this wxVariant list as pending
- replacement values.
- */
- bool AreAllChildrenSpecified( wxVariant* pendingList = NULL ) const;
-
- /** Updates composed values of parent non-category properties, recursively.
- Returns topmost property updated.
-
- @remarks
- - Must not call SetValue() (as can be called in it).
- */
- wxPGProperty* UpdateParentValues();
-
- /** Returns true if containing grid uses wxPG_EX_AUTO_UNSPECIFIED_VALUES.
- */
- bool UsesAutoUnspecified() const
- {
- return HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_AUTO_UNSPECIFIED)?true:false;
- }
-
- wxBitmap* GetValueImage() const
- {
- return m_valueBitmap;
- }
-
- wxVariant GetAttribute( const wxString& name ) const;
-
- /**
- Returns named attribute, as string, if found.
-
- Otherwise defVal is returned.
- */
- wxString GetAttribute( const wxString& name, const wxString& defVal ) const;
-
- /**
- Returns named attribute, as long, if found.
-
- Otherwise defVal is returned.
- */
- long GetAttributeAsLong( const wxString& name, long defVal ) const;
-
- /**
- Returns named attribute, as double, if found.
-
- Otherwise defVal is returned.
- */
- double GetAttributeAsDouble( const wxString& name, double defVal ) const;
-
- unsigned int GetDepth() const { return (unsigned int)m_depth; }
-
- /** Gets flags as a'|' delimited string. Note that flag names are not
- prepended with 'wxPG_PROP_'.
- @param flagsMask
- String will only be made to include flags combined by this parameter.
- */
- wxString GetFlagsAsString( FlagType flagsMask ) const;
-
- /** Returns position in parent's array. */
- unsigned int GetIndexInParent() const
- {
- return (unsigned int)m_arrIndex;
- }
-
- /** Hides or reveals the property.
- @param hide
- true for hide, false for reveal.
- @param flags
- By default changes are applied recursively. Set this paramter
- wxPG_DONT_RECURSE to prevent this.
- */
- bool Hide( bool hide, int flags = wxPG_RECURSE );
-
- bool IsExpanded() const
- { return (!(m_flags & wxPG_PROP_COLLAPSED) && GetChildCount()); }
-
- /** Returns true if all parents expanded.
- */
- bool IsVisible() const;
-
- bool IsEnabled() const { return !(m_flags & wxPG_PROP_DISABLED); }
-
- /** If property's editor is created this forces its recreation.
- Useful in SetAttribute etc. Returns true if actually did anything.
- */
- bool RecreateEditor();
-
- /** If property's editor is active, then update it's value.
- */
- void RefreshEditor();
-
- /** Sets an attribute for this property.
- @param name
- Text identifier of attribute. See @ref propgrid_property_attributes.
- @param value
- Value of attribute.
- */
- void SetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant value );
-
- void SetAttributes( const wxPGAttributeStorage& attributes );
-
- /**
- Set if user can change the property's value to unspecified by
- modifying the value of the editor control (usually by clearing
- it). Currently, this can work with following properties:
- wxIntProperty, wxUIntProperty, wxFloatProperty, wxEditEnumProperty.
-
- @param enable
- Whether to enable or disable this behaviour (it is disabled by
- default).
- */
- void SetAutoUnspecified( bool enable = true )
- {
- ChangeFlag(wxPG_PROP_AUTO_UNSPECIFIED, enable);
- }
-
- /**
- Sets property's background colour.
-
- @param colour
- Background colour to use.
-
- @param flags
- Default is wxPG_RECURSE which causes colour to be set recursively.
- Omit this flag to only set colour for the property in question
- and not any of its children.
- */
- void SetBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour,
- int flags = wxPG_RECURSE );
-
- /**
- Sets property's text colour.
-
- @param colour
- Text colour to use.
-
- @param flags
- Default is wxPG_RECURSE which causes colour to be set recursively.
- Omit this flag to only set colour for the property in question
- and not any of its children.
- */
- void SetTextColour( const wxColour& colour,
- int flags = wxPG_RECURSE );
-
- /** Set default value of a property. Synonymous to
-
- @code
- SetAttribute("DefaultValue", value);
- @endcode
- */
- void SetDefaultValue( wxVariant& value );
-
- /** Sets editor for a property.
-
- @param editor
- For builtin editors, use wxPGEditor_X, where X is builtin editor's
- name (TextCtrl, Choice, etc. see wxPGEditor documentation for full
- list).
-
- For custom editors, use pointer you received from
- wxPropertyGrid::RegisterEditorClass().
- */
- void SetEditor( const wxPGEditor* editor )
- {
- m_customEditor = editor;
- }
-
- /** Sets editor for a property.
- */
- inline void SetEditor( const wxString& editorName );
-
- /**
- Sets cell information for given column.
- */
- void SetCell( int column, const wxPGCell& cell );
-
- /** Sets common value selected for this property. -1 for none.
- */
- void SetCommonValue( int commonValue )
- {
- m_commonValue = commonValue;
- }
-
- /** Sets flags from a '|' delimited string. Note that flag names are not
- prepended with 'wxPG_PROP_'.
- */
- void SetFlagsFromString( const wxString& str );
-
- /** Sets property's "is it modified?" flag. Affects children recursively.
- */
- void SetModifiedStatus( bool modified )
- {
- SetFlagRecursively(wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED, modified);
- }
-
- /** Call in OnEvent(), OnButtonClick() etc. to change the property value
- based on user input.
-
- @remarks
- This method is const since it doesn't actually modify value, but posts
- given variant as pending value, stored in wxPropertyGrid.
- */
- void SetValueInEvent( wxVariant value ) const;
-
- /**
- Call this to set value of the property.
-
- Unlike methods in wxPropertyGrid, this does not automatically update
- the display.
-
- @remarks
- Use wxPropertyGrid::ChangePropertyValue() instead if you need to run
- through validation process and send property change event.
-
- If you need to change property value in event, based on user input, use
- SetValueInEvent() instead.
-
- @param pList
- Pointer to list variant that contains child values. Used to
- indicate which children should be marked as modified.
-
- @param flags
- Various flags (for instance, wxPG_SETVAL_REFRESH_EDITOR, which is
- enabled by default).
- */
- void SetValue( wxVariant value, wxVariant* pList = NULL,
- int flags = wxPG_SETVAL_REFRESH_EDITOR );
-
- /** Set wxBitmap in front of the value. This bitmap may be ignored
- by custom cell renderers.
- */
- void SetValueImage( wxBitmap& bmp );
-
- /** Sets selected choice and changes property value.
-
- Tries to retain value type, although currently if it is not string,
- then it is forced to integer.
- */
- void SetChoiceSelection( int newValue );
-
- void SetExpanded( bool expanded )
- {
- if ( !expanded ) m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_COLLAPSED;
- else m_flags &= ~wxPG_PROP_COLLAPSED;
- }
-
- /**
- Sets or clears given property flag. Mainly for internal use.
-
- @remarks Setting a property flag never has any side-effect, and is
- intended almost exclusively for internal use. So, for
- example, if you want to disable a property, call
- Enable(false) instead of setting wxPG_PROP_DISABLED flag.
-
- @see HasFlag(), GetFlags()
- */
- void ChangeFlag( wxPGPropertyFlags flag, bool set )
- {
- if ( set )
- m_flags |= flag;
- else
- m_flags &= ~flag;
- }
-
- /**
- Sets or clears given property flag, recursively. This function is
- primarily intended for internal use.
-
- @see ChangeFlag()
- */
- void SetFlagRecursively( wxPGPropertyFlags flag, bool set );
-
- void SetHelpString( const wxString& helpString )
- {
- m_helpString = helpString;
- }
-
- void SetLabel( const wxString& label ) { m_label = label; }
-
- void SetName( const wxString& newName );
-
- /**
- Changes what sort of parent this property is for its children.
-
- @param flag
- Use one of the following values: wxPG_PROP_MISC_PARENT (for
- generic parents), wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY (for categories), or
- wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE (for derived property classes with private
- children).
-
- @remarks You generally do not need to call this function.
- */
- void SetParentalType( int flag )
- {
- m_flags &= ~(wxPG_PROP_PROPERTY|wxPG_PROP_PARENTAL_FLAGS);
- m_flags |= flag;
- }
-
- void SetValueToUnspecified()
- {
- wxVariant val; // Create NULL variant
- SetValue(val, NULL, wxPG_SETVAL_REFRESH_EDITOR);
- }
-
- // Helper function (for wxPython bindings and such) for settings protected
- // m_value.
- void SetValuePlain( wxVariant value )
- {
- m_value = value;
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- /** Sets wxValidator for a property*/
- void SetValidator( const wxValidator& validator )
- {
- m_validator = wxDynamicCast(validator.Clone(),wxValidator);
- }
-
- /** Gets assignable version of property's validator. */
- wxValidator* GetValidator() const
- {
- if ( m_validator )
- return m_validator;
- return DoGetValidator();
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
- /** Returns client data (void*) of a property.
- */
- void* GetClientData() const
- {
- return m_clientData;
- }
-
- /** Sets client data (void*) of a property.
- @remarks
- This untyped client data has to be deleted manually.
- */
- void SetClientData( void* clientData )
- {
- m_clientData = clientData;
- }
-
- /** Returns client object of a property.
- */
- void SetClientObject(wxClientData* clientObject)
- {
- delete m_clientObject;
- m_clientObject = clientObject;
- }
-
- /** Sets managed client object of a property.
- */
- wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return m_clientObject; }
-
- /**
- Sets new set of choices for the property.
-
- @remarks This operation deselects the property and clears its
- value.
- */
- bool SetChoices( const wxPGChoices& choices );
-
- /** Set max length of text in text editor.
- */
- inline bool SetMaxLength( int maxLen );
-
- /** Call with 'false' in OnSetValue to cancel value changes after all
- (ie. cancel 'true' returned by StringToValue() or IntToValue()).
- */
- void SetWasModified( bool set = true )
- {
- if ( set ) m_flags |= wxPG_PROP_WAS_MODIFIED;
- else m_flags &= ~wxPG_PROP_WAS_MODIFIED;
- }
-
- const wxString& GetHelpString() const
- {
- return m_helpString;
- }
-
- // Use, for example, to detect if item is inside collapsed section.
- bool IsSomeParent( wxPGProperty* candidate_parent ) const;
-
- /**
- Adapts list variant into proper value using consecutive
- ChildChanged-calls.
- */
- void AdaptListToValue( wxVariant& list, wxVariant* value ) const;
-
-#if wxPG_COMPATIBILITY_1_4
- /**
- Adds a private child property.
-
- @deprecated Use AddPrivateChild() instead.
-
- @see AddPrivateChild()
- */
- wxDEPRECATED( void AddChild( wxPGProperty* prop ) );
-#endif
-
- /**
- Adds a private child property. If you use this instead of
- wxPropertyGridInterface::Insert() or
- wxPropertyGridInterface::AppendIn(), then property's parental
- type will automatically be set up to wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE. In other
- words, all properties of this property will become private.
- */
- void AddPrivateChild( wxPGProperty* prop );
-
- /**
- Appends a new child property.
- */
- wxPGProperty* AppendChild( wxPGProperty* prop )
- {
- return InsertChild(-1, prop);
- }
-
- /** Returns height of children, recursively, and
- by taking expanded/collapsed status into account.
-
- iMax is used when finding property y-positions.
- */
- int GetChildrenHeight( int lh, int iMax = -1 ) const;
-
- /** Returns number of child properties */
- unsigned int GetChildCount() const
- {
- return (unsigned int) m_children.size();
- }
-
- /** Returns sub-property at index i. */
- wxPGProperty* Item( unsigned int i ) const
- { return m_children[i]; }
-
- /** Returns last sub-property.
- */
- wxPGProperty* Last() const { return m_children.back(); }
-
- /** Returns index of given child property. */
- int Index( const wxPGProperty* p ) const;
-
- // Puts correct indexes to children
- void FixIndicesOfChildren( unsigned int starthere = 0 );
-
- /**
- Converts image width into full image offset, with margins.
- */
- int GetImageOffset( int imageWidth ) const;
-
- // Returns wxPropertyGridPageState in which this property resides.
- wxPropertyGridPageState* GetParentState() const { return m_parentState; }
-
- wxPGProperty* GetItemAtY( unsigned int y,
- unsigned int lh,
- unsigned int* nextItemY ) const;
-
- /** Returns property at given virtual y coordinate.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetItemAtY( unsigned int y ) const;
-
- /** Returns (direct) child property with given name (or NULL if not found).
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetPropertyByName( const wxString& name ) const;
-
- // Returns various display-related information for given column
- void GetDisplayInfo( unsigned int column,
- int choiceIndex,
- int flags,
- wxString* pString,
- const wxPGCell** pCell );
-
- static wxString* sm_wxPG_LABEL;
-
- /** This member is public so scripting language bindings
- wrapper code can access it freely.
- */
- void* m_clientData;
-
-protected:
-
- /**
- Sets property cell in fashion that reduces number of exclusive
- copies of cell data. Used when setting, for instance, same
- background colour for a number of properties.
-
- @param firstCol
- First column to affect.
-
- @param lastCol
- Last column to affect.
-
- @param preparedCell
- Pre-prepared cell that is used for those which cell data
- before this matched unmodCellData.
-
- @param srcData
- If unmodCellData did not match, valid cell data from this
- is merged into cell (usually generating new exclusive copy
- of cell's data).
-
- @param unmodCellData
- If cell's cell data matches this, its cell is now set to
- preparedCell.
-
- @param ignoreWithFlags
- Properties with any one of these flags are skipped.
-
- @param recursively
- If @true, apply this operation recursively in child properties.
- */
- void AdaptiveSetCell( unsigned int firstCol,
- unsigned int lastCol,
- const wxPGCell& preparedCell,
- const wxPGCell& srcData,
- wxPGCellData* unmodCellData,
- FlagType ignoreWithFlags,
- bool recursively );
-
- /**
- Makes sure m_cells has size of column+1 (or more).
- */
- void EnsureCells( unsigned int column );
-
- /** Returns (direct) child property with given name (or NULL if not found),
- with hint index.
-
- @param hintIndex
- Start looking for the child at this index.
-
- @remarks
- Does not support scope (ie. Parent.Child notation).
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetPropertyByNameWH( const wxString& name,
- unsigned int hintIndex ) const;
-
- /** This is used by Insert etc. */
- void DoAddChild( wxPGProperty* prop,
- int index = -1,
- bool correct_mode = true );
-
- void DoGenerateComposedValue( wxString& text,
- int argFlags = wxPG_VALUE_IS_CURRENT,
- const wxVariantList* valueOverrides = NULL,
- wxPGHashMapS2S* childResults = NULL ) const;
-
- bool DoHide( bool hide, int flags );
-
- void DoSetName(const wxString& str) { m_name = str; }
-
- /** Deletes all sub-properties. */
- void Empty();
-
- bool HasCell( unsigned int column ) const
- {
- if ( m_cells.size() > column )
- return true;
- return false;
- }
-
- void InitAfterAdded( wxPropertyGridPageState* pageState,
- wxPropertyGrid* propgrid );
-
- /**
- Returns true if child property is selected.
- */
- bool IsChildSelected( bool recursive = false ) const;
-
- // Removes child property with given pointer. Does not delete it.
- void RemoveChild( wxPGProperty* p );
-
- void DoEnable( bool enable );
-
- void DoPreAddChild( int index, wxPGProperty* prop );
-
- void SetParentState( wxPropertyGridPageState* pstate )
- { m_parentState = pstate; }
-
- void SetFlag( wxPGPropertyFlags flag )
- {
- //
- // NB: While using wxPGPropertyFlags here makes it difficult to
- // combine different flags, it usefully prevents user from
- // using incorrect flags (say, wxWindow styles).
- m_flags |= flag;
- }
-
- void ClearFlag( FlagType flag ) { m_flags &= ~(flag); }
-
- // Called when the property is being removed from the grid and/or
- // page state (but *not* when it is also deleted).
- void OnDetached(wxPropertyGridPageState* state,
- wxPropertyGrid* propgrid);
-
- // Call after fixed sub-properties added/removed after creation.
- // if oldSelInd >= 0 and < new max items, then selection is
- // moved to it.
- void SubPropsChanged( int oldSelInd = -1 );
-
- int GetY2( int lh ) const;
-
- wxString m_label;
- wxString m_name;
- wxPGProperty* m_parent;
- wxPropertyGridPageState* m_parentState;
-
- wxClientData* m_clientObject;
-
- // Overrides editor returned by property class
- const wxPGEditor* m_customEditor;
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- // Editor is going to get this validator
- wxValidator* m_validator;
-#endif
- // Show this in front of the value
- //
- // TODO: Can bitmap be implemented with wxPGCell?
- wxBitmap* m_valueBitmap;
-
- wxVariant m_value;
- wxPGAttributeStorage m_attributes;
- wxArrayPGProperty m_children;
-
- // Extended cell information
- wxVector<wxPGCell> m_cells;
-
- // Choices shown in drop-down list of editor control.
- wxPGChoices m_choices;
-
- // Help shown in statusbar or help box.
- wxString m_helpString;
-
- // Index in parent's property array.
- unsigned int m_arrIndex;
-
- // If not -1, then overrides m_value
- int m_commonValue;
-
- FlagType m_flags;
-
- // Maximum length (mainly for string properties). Could be in some sort of
- // wxBaseStringProperty, but currently, for maximum flexibility and
- // compatibility, we'll stick it here. Anyway, we had 3 excess bytes to use
- // so short int will fit in just fine.
- short m_maxLen;
-
- // Root has 0, categories etc. at that level 1, etc.
- unsigned char m_depth;
-
- // m_depthBgCol indicates width of background colour between margin and item
- // (essentially this is category's depth, if none then equals m_depth).
- unsigned char m_depthBgCol;
-
-private:
- // Called in constructors.
- void Init();
- void Init( const wxString& label, const wxString& name );
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//
-// Property class declaration helper macros
-// (wxPGRootPropertyClass and wxPropertyCategory require this).
-//
-
-#define WX_PG_DECLARE_DOGETEDITORCLASS \
- virtual const wxPGEditor* DoGetEditorClass() const;
-
-#ifndef WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS
- #define WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(CLASSNAME) \
- public: \
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(CLASSNAME) \
- WX_PG_DECLARE_DOGETEDITORCLASS \
- private:
-#endif
-
-// Implements sans constructor function. Also, first arg is class name, not
-// property name.
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_PROPERTY_CLASS_PLAIN(PROPNAME,T,EDITOR) \
-const wxPGEditor* PROPNAME::DoGetEditorClass() const \
-{ \
- return wxPGEditor_##EDITOR; \
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPGRootProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Root parent property.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGRootProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
-public:
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxPGRootProperty)
-public:
-
- /** Constructor. */
- wxPGRootProperty( const wxString& name = wxS("<Root>") );
- virtual ~wxPGRootProperty();
-
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant&, const wxString&, int ) const
- {
- return false;
- }
-
-protected:
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPropertyCategory
- @ingroup classes
- Category (caption) property.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPropertyCategory : public wxPGProperty
-{
- friend class wxPropertyGrid;
- friend class wxPropertyGridPageState;
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxPropertyCategory)
-public:
-
- /** Default constructor is only used in special cases. */
- wxPropertyCategory();
-
- wxPropertyCategory( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL );
- ~wxPropertyCategory();
-
- int GetTextExtent( const wxWindow* wnd, const wxFont& font ) const;
-
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags ) const;
- virtual wxString GetValueAsString( int argFlags = 0 ) const;
-
-protected:
- void SetTextColIndex( unsigned int colInd )
- { m_capFgColIndex = (wxByte) colInd; }
- unsigned int GetTextColIndex() const
- { return (unsigned int) m_capFgColIndex; }
-
- void CalculateTextExtent( wxWindow* wnd, const wxFont& font );
-
- int m_textExtent; // pre-calculated length of text
- wxByte m_capFgColIndex; // caption text colour index
-
-private:
- void Init();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#endif // _WX_PROPGRID_PROPERTY_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/propgrid/propgrid.h
-// Purpose: wxPropertyGrid
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2004-09-25
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRID_H_
-#define _WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRID_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#include "wx/thread.h"
-#include "wx/dcclient.h"
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/tooltip.h"
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-#include "wx/recguard.h"
-
-#include "wx/propgrid/property.h"
-#include "wx/propgrid/propgridiface.h"
-
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_PROPGRID(const char) wxPropertyGridNameStr[];
-#endif
-
-class wxPGComboBox;
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStatusBar;
-#endif
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Global variables
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This is required for sharing common global variables.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGGlobalVarsClass
-{
-public:
-
- wxPGGlobalVarsClass();
- ~wxPGGlobalVarsClass();
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- // Critical section for handling the globals. Generally it is not needed
- // since GUI code is supposed to be in single thread. However,
- // we do want the user to be able to convey wxPropertyGridEvents to other
- // threads.
- wxCriticalSection m_critSect;
-#endif
-
- // Used by advprops, but here to make things easier.
- wxString m_pDefaultImageWildcard;
-
- // Map of editor class instances (keys are name string).
- wxPGHashMapS2P m_mapEditorClasses;
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- wxVector<wxValidator*> m_arrValidators; // These wxValidators need to be freed
-#endif
-
- wxPGHashMapS2P m_dictPropertyClassInfo; // PropertyName -> ClassInfo
-
- wxPGChoices* m_fontFamilyChoices;
-
- // Replace with your own to affect all properties using default renderer.
- wxPGCellRenderer* m_defaultRenderer;
-
- wxPGChoices m_boolChoices;
-
- wxVariant m_vEmptyString;
- wxVariant m_vZero;
- wxVariant m_vMinusOne;
- wxVariant m_vTrue;
- wxVariant m_vFalse;
-
- // Cached constant strings
- wxPGCachedString m_strstring;
- wxPGCachedString m_strlong;
- wxPGCachedString m_strbool;
- wxPGCachedString m_strlist;
-
- wxPGCachedString m_strDefaultValue;
- wxPGCachedString m_strMin;
- wxPGCachedString m_strMax;
- wxPGCachedString m_strUnits;
- wxPGCachedString m_strHint;
-#if wxPG_COMPATIBILITY_1_4
- wxPGCachedString m_strInlineHelp;
-#endif
-
- // If true then some things are automatically translated
- bool m_autoGetTranslation;
-
- // > 0 if errors cannot or should not be shown in statusbar etc.
- int m_offline;
-
- int m_extraStyle; // global extra style
-
- int m_warnings;
-
- int HasExtraStyle( int style ) const { return (m_extraStyle & style); }
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_PROPGRID(wxPGGlobalVarsClass*) wxPGGlobalVars;
-
-#define wxPGVariant_EmptyString (wxPGGlobalVars->m_vEmptyString)
-#define wxPGVariant_Zero (wxPGGlobalVars->m_vZero)
-#define wxPGVariant_MinusOne (wxPGGlobalVars->m_vMinusOne)
-#define wxPGVariant_True (wxPGGlobalVars->m_vTrue)
-#define wxPGVariant_False (wxPGGlobalVars->m_vFalse)
-
-#define wxPGVariant_Bool(A) (A?wxPGVariant_True:wxPGVariant_False)
-
-// When wxPG is loaded dynamically after the application is already running
-// then the built-in module system won't pick this one up. Add it manually.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID void wxPGInitResourceModule();
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @section propgrid_window_styles wxPropertyGrid Window Styles
-
- SetWindowStyleFlag method can be used to modify some of these at run-time.
- @{
-*/
-enum wxPG_WINDOW_STYLES
-{
-
-/** This will cause Sort() automatically after an item is added.
- When inserting a lot of items in this mode, it may make sense to
- use Freeze() before operations and Thaw() afterwards to increase
- performance.
-*/
-wxPG_AUTO_SORT = 0x00000010,
-
-/** Categories are not initially shown (even if added).
- IMPORTANT NOTE: If you do not plan to use categories, then this
- style will waste resources.
- This flag can also be changed using wxPropertyGrid::EnableCategories method.
-*/
-wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES = 0x00000020,
-
-/* This style combines non-categoric mode and automatic sorting.
-*/
-wxPG_ALPHABETIC_MODE = (wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES|wxPG_AUTO_SORT),
-
-/** Modified values are shown in bold font. Changing this requires Refresh()
- to show changes.
-*/
-wxPG_BOLD_MODIFIED = 0x00000040,
-
-/** Using this style, the column splitters move automatically based on column
- proportions (default is equal proportion for every column). This behaviour
- stops once the user manually moves a splitter, and returns when a
- splitter is double-clicked.
-
- @see wxPropertyGridInterface::SetColumnProportion().
-*/
-wxPG_SPLITTER_AUTO_CENTER = 0x00000080,
-
-/** Display tooltips for cell text that cannot be shown completely. If
- wxUSE_TOOLTIPS is 0, then this doesn't have any effect.
-*/
-wxPG_TOOLTIPS = 0x00000100,
-
-/** Disables margin and hides all expand/collapse buttons that would appear
- outside the margin (for sub-properties). Toggling this style automatically
- expands all collapsed items.
-*/
-wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN = 0x00000200,
-
-/** This style prevents user from moving the splitter.
-*/
-wxPG_STATIC_SPLITTER = 0x00000400,
-
-/** Combination of other styles that make it impossible for user to modify
- the layout.
-*/
-wxPG_STATIC_LAYOUT = (wxPG_HIDE_MARGIN|wxPG_STATIC_SPLITTER),
-
-/** Disables wxTextCtrl based editors for properties which
- can be edited in another way.
-
- Equals calling wxPropertyGrid::LimitPropertyEditing for all added
- properties.
-*/
-wxPG_LIMITED_EDITING = 0x00000800,
-
-/** wxPropertyGridManager only: Show toolbar for mode and page selection. */
-wxPG_TOOLBAR = 0x00001000,
-
-/** wxPropertyGridManager only: Show adjustable text box showing description
- or help text, if available, for currently selected property.
-*/
-wxPG_DESCRIPTION = 0x00002000,
-
-/** wxPropertyGridManager only: don't show an internal border around the
- property grid. Recommended if you use a header.
-*/
-wxPG_NO_INTERNAL_BORDER = 0x00004000
-};
-
-#if wxPG_COMPATIBILITY_1_4
- // In wxPG 1.4 this was used to enable now-default theme border support
- // in wxPropertyGridManager.
- #define wxPG_THEME_BORDER 0x00000000
-#endif
-
-
-enum wxPG_EX_WINDOW_STYLES
-{
-
-/**
- NOTE: wxPG_EX_xxx are extra window styles and must be set using
- SetExtraStyle() member function.
-
- Speeds up switching to wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES mode. Initially, if
- wxPG_HIDE_CATEGORIES is not defined, the non-categorized data storage is
- not activated, and switching the mode first time becomes somewhat slower.
- wxPG_EX_INIT_NOCAT activates the non-categorized data storage right away.
- IMPORTANT NOTE: If you do plan not switching to non-categoric mode, or if
- you don't plan to use categories at all, then using this style will result
- in waste of resources.
-
-*/
-wxPG_EX_INIT_NOCAT = 0x00001000,
-
-/** Extended window style that sets wxPropertyGridManager toolbar to not
- use flat style.
-*/
-wxPG_EX_NO_FLAT_TOOLBAR = 0x00002000,
-
-/** Shows alphabetic/categoric mode buttons from toolbar.
-*/
-wxPG_EX_MODE_BUTTONS = 0x00008000,
-
-/** Show property help strings as tool tips instead as text on the status bar.
- You can set the help strings using SetPropertyHelpString member function.
-*/
-wxPG_EX_HELP_AS_TOOLTIPS = 0x00010000,
-
-/** Prevent TAB from focusing to wxButtons. This behaviour was default
- in version 1.2.0 and earlier.
- NOTE! Tabbing to button doesn't work yet. Problem seems to be that on wxMSW
- atleast the button doesn't properly propagate key events (yes, I'm using
- wxWANTS_CHARS).
-*/
-//wxPG_EX_NO_TAB_TO_BUTTON = 0x00020000,
-
-/** Allows relying on native double-buffering.
-*/
-wxPG_EX_NATIVE_DOUBLE_BUFFERING = 0x00080000,
-
-/** Set this style to let user have ability to set values of properties to
- unspecified state. Same as setting wxPG_PROP_AUTO_UNSPECIFIED for
- all properties.
-*/
-wxPG_EX_AUTO_UNSPECIFIED_VALUES = 0x00200000,
-
-/**
- If this style is used, built-in attributes (such as wxPG_FLOAT_PRECISION
- and wxPG_STRING_PASSWORD) are not stored into property's attribute storage
- (thus they are not readable).
-
- Note that this option is global, and applies to all wxPG property
- containers.
-*/
-wxPG_EX_WRITEONLY_BUILTIN_ATTRIBUTES = 0x00400000,
-
-/** Hides page selection buttons from toolbar.
-*/
-wxPG_EX_HIDE_PAGE_BUTTONS = 0x01000000,
-
-/** Allows multiple properties to be selected by user (by pressing SHIFT
- when clicking on a property, or by dragging with left mouse button
- down).
-
- You can get array of selected properties with
- wxPropertyGridInterface::GetSelectedProperties(). In multiple selection
- mode wxPropertyGridInterface::GetSelection() returns
- property which has editor active (usually the first one
- selected). Other useful member functions are ClearSelection(),
- AddToSelection() and RemoveFromSelection().
-*/
-wxPG_EX_MULTIPLE_SELECTION = 0x02000000,
-
-/**
- This enables top-level window tracking which allows wxPropertyGrid to
- notify the application of last-minute property value changes by user.
-
- This style is not enabled by default because it may cause crashes when
- wxPropertyGrid is used in with wxAUI or similar system.
-
- @remarks If you are not in fact using any system that may change
- wxPropertyGrid's top-level parent window on its own, then you
- are recommended to enable this style.
-*/
-wxPG_EX_ENABLE_TLP_TRACKING = 0x04000000,
-
-/** Don't show divider above toolbar, on Windows.
-*/
-wxPG_EX_NO_TOOLBAR_DIVIDER = 0x08000000,
-
-/** Show a separator below the toolbar.
-*/
-wxPG_EX_TOOLBAR_SEPARATOR = 0x10000000
-
-};
-
-#if wxPG_COMPATIBILITY_1_4
- #define wxPG_EX_DISABLE_TLP_TRACKING 0x00000000
-#endif
-
-/** Combines various styles.
-*/
-#define wxPG_DEFAULT_STYLE (0)
-
-/** Combines various styles.
-*/
-#define wxPGMAN_DEFAULT_STYLE (0)
-
-/** @}
-*/
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//
-// Ids for sub-controls
-// NB: It should not matter what these are.
-#define wxPG_SUBID1 2
-#define wxPG_SUBID2 3
-#define wxPG_SUBID_TEMP1 4
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPGCommonValue
-
- wxPropertyGrid stores information about common values in these
- records.
-
- NB: Common value feature is not complete, and thus not mentioned in
- documentation.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGCommonValue
-{
-public:
-
- wxPGCommonValue( const wxString& label, wxPGCellRenderer* renderer )
- {
- m_label = label;
- m_renderer = renderer;
- renderer->IncRef();
- }
- virtual ~wxPGCommonValue()
- {
- m_renderer->DecRef();
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetEditableText() const { return m_label; }
- const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
- wxPGCellRenderer* GetRenderer() const { return m_renderer; }
-
-protected:
- wxString m_label;
- wxPGCellRenderer* m_renderer;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @section propgrid_vfbflags wxPropertyGrid Validation Failure behaviour Flags
- @{
-*/
-
-enum wxPG_VALIDATION_FAILURE_BEHAVIOR_FLAGS
-{
-
-/** Prevents user from leaving property unless value is valid. If this
- behaviour flag is not used, then value change is instead cancelled.
-*/
-wxPG_VFB_STAY_IN_PROPERTY = 0x01,
-
-/** Calls wxBell() on validation failure.
-*/
-wxPG_VFB_BEEP = 0x02,
-
-/** Cell with invalid value will be marked (with red colour).
-*/
-wxPG_VFB_MARK_CELL = 0x04,
-
-/**
- Display a text message explaining the situation.
-
- To customize the way the message is displayed, you need to
- reimplement wxPropertyGrid::DoShowPropertyError() in a
- derived class. Default behaviour is to display the text on
- the top-level frame's status bar, if present, and otherwise
- using wxMessageBox.
-*/
-wxPG_VFB_SHOW_MESSAGE = 0x08,
-
-/**
- Similar to wxPG_VFB_SHOW_MESSAGE, except always displays the
- message using wxMessageBox.
-*/
-wxPG_VFB_SHOW_MESSAGEBOX = 0x10,
-
-/**
- Similar to wxPG_VFB_SHOW_MESSAGE, except always displays the
- message on the status bar (when present - you can reimplement
- wxPropertyGrid::GetStatusBar() in a derived class to specify
- this yourself).
-*/
-wxPG_VFB_SHOW_MESSAGE_ON_STATUSBAR = 0x20,
-
-/** Defaults. */
-wxPG_VFB_DEFAULT = wxPG_VFB_MARK_CELL |
- wxPG_VFB_SHOW_MESSAGEBOX,
-
-/** Only used internally. */
-wxPG_VFB_UNDEFINED = 0x80
-
-};
-
-/** @}
-*/
-
-// Having this as define instead of wxByte typedef makes things easier for
-// wxPython bindings (ignoring and redefining it in SWIG interface file
-// seemed rather tricky)
-#define wxPGVFBFlags unsigned char
-
-/**
- wxPGValidationInfo
-
- Used to convey validation information to and from functions that
- actually perform validation. Mostly used in custom property
- classes.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGValidationInfo
-{
- friend class wxPropertyGrid;
-public:
- wxPGValidationInfo()
- {
- m_failureBehavior = 0;
- m_isFailing = false;
- }
-
- ~wxPGValidationInfo()
- {
- }
-
- /**
- @return Returns failure behaviour which is a combination of
- @ref propgrid_vfbflags.
- */
- wxPGVFBFlags GetFailureBehavior() const
- { return m_failureBehavior; }
-
- /**
- Returns current failure message.
- */
- const wxString& GetFailureMessage() const
- { return m_failureMessage; }
-
- /**
- Returns reference to pending value.
- */
- wxVariant& GetValue()
- {
- wxASSERT(m_pValue);
- return *m_pValue;
- }
-
- /** Set validation failure behaviour
-
- @param failureBehavior
- Mixture of @ref propgrid_vfbflags.
- */
- void SetFailureBehavior(wxPGVFBFlags failureBehavior)
- { m_failureBehavior = failureBehavior; }
-
- /**
- Set current failure message.
- */
- void SetFailureMessage(const wxString& message)
- { m_failureMessage = message; }
-
-private:
- /** Value to be validated.
- */
- wxVariant* m_pValue;
-
- /** Message displayed on validation failure.
- */
- wxString m_failureMessage;
-
- /** Validation failure behaviour. Use wxPG_VFB_XXX flags.
- */
- wxPGVFBFlags m_failureBehavior;
-
- // True when validation is currently failing.
- bool m_isFailing;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @section propgrid_pgactions wxPropertyGrid Action Identifiers
-
- These are used with wxPropertyGrid::AddActionTrigger() and
- wxPropertyGrid::ClearActionTriggers().
- @{
-*/
-
-enum wxPG_KEYBOARD_ACTIONS
-{
- wxPG_ACTION_INVALID = 0,
-
- /** Select the next property. */
- wxPG_ACTION_NEXT_PROPERTY,
-
- /** Select the previous property. */
- wxPG_ACTION_PREV_PROPERTY,
-
- /** Expand the selected property, if it has child items. */
- wxPG_ACTION_EXPAND_PROPERTY,
-
- /** Collapse the selected property, if it has child items. */
- wxPG_ACTION_COLLAPSE_PROPERTY,
-
- /** Cancel and undo any editing done in the currently active property
- editor.
- */
- wxPG_ACTION_CANCEL_EDIT,
-
- /** Move focus to the editor control of the currently selected
- property.
- */
- wxPG_ACTION_EDIT,
-
- /** Causes editor's button (if any) to be pressed. */
- wxPG_ACTION_PRESS_BUTTON,
-
- wxPG_ACTION_MAX
-};
-
-/** @}
-*/
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-// wxPropertyGrid::DoSelectProperty flags (selFlags)
-
-// Focuses to created editor
-#define wxPG_SEL_FOCUS 0x0001
-// Forces deletion and recreation of editor
-#define wxPG_SEL_FORCE 0x0002
-// For example, doesn't cause EnsureVisible
-#define wxPG_SEL_NONVISIBLE 0x0004
-// Do not validate editor's value before selecting
-#define wxPG_SEL_NOVALIDATE 0x0008
-// Property being deselected is about to be deleted
-#define wxPG_SEL_DELETING 0x0010
-// Property's values was set to unspecified by the user
-#define wxPG_SEL_SETUNSPEC 0x0020
-// Property's event handler changed the value
-#define wxPG_SEL_DIALOGVAL 0x0040
-// Set to disable sending of wxEVT_PG_SELECTED event
-#define wxPG_SEL_DONT_SEND_EVENT 0x0080
-// Don't make any graphics updates
-#define wxPG_SEL_NO_REFRESH 0x0100
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// DoSetSplitterPosition() flags
-
-enum wxPG_SET_SPLITTER_POSITION_SPLITTER_FLAGS
-{
- wxPG_SPLITTER_REFRESH = 0x0001,
- wxPG_SPLITTER_ALL_PAGES = 0x0002,
- wxPG_SPLITTER_FROM_EVENT = 0x0004,
- wxPG_SPLITTER_FROM_AUTO_CENTER = 0x0008
-};
-
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Internal flags
-#define wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED 0x0001
-// Set when creating editor controls if it was clicked on.
-#define wxPG_FL_ACTIVATION_BY_CLICK 0x0002
-#define wxPG_FL_DONT_CENTER_SPLITTER 0x0004
-#define wxPG_FL_FOCUSED 0x0008
-#define wxPG_FL_MOUSE_CAPTURED 0x0010
-#define wxPG_FL_MOUSE_INSIDE 0x0020
-#define wxPG_FL_VALUE_MODIFIED 0x0040
-// don't clear background of m_wndEditor
-#define wxPG_FL_PRIMARY_FILLS_ENTIRE 0x0080
-// currently active editor uses custom image
-#define wxPG_FL_CUR_USES_CUSTOM_IMAGE 0x0100
-// cell colours override selection colours for selected cell
-#define wxPG_FL_CELL_OVERRIDES_SEL 0x0200
-#define wxPG_FL_SCROLLED 0x0400
-// set when all added/inserted properties get hideable flag
-#define wxPG_FL_ADDING_HIDEABLES 0x0800
-// Disables showing help strings on statusbar.
-#define wxPG_FL_NOSTATUSBARHELP 0x1000
-// Marks that we created the state, so we have to destroy it too.
-#define wxPG_FL_CREATEDSTATE 0x2000
-// Set if scrollbar's existence was detected in last onresize.
-#define wxPG_FL_SCROLLBAR_DETECTED 0x4000
-// Set if wxPGMan requires redrawing of description text box.
-#define wxPG_FL_DESC_REFRESH_REQUIRED 0x8000
-// Set if contained in wxPropertyGridManager
-#define wxPG_FL_IN_MANAGER 0x00020000
-// Set after wxPropertyGrid is shown in its initial good size
-#define wxPG_FL_GOOD_SIZE_SET 0x00040000
-// Set when in SelectProperty.
-#define wxPG_FL_IN_SELECT_PROPERTY 0x00100000
-// Set when help string is shown in status bar
-#define wxPG_FL_STRING_IN_STATUSBAR 0x00200000
-// Auto sort is enabled (for categorized mode)
-#define wxPG_FL_CATMODE_AUTO_SORT 0x01000000
-// Set after page has been inserted to manager
-#define wxPG_MAN_FL_PAGE_INSERTED 0x02000000
-// Active editor control is abnormally large
-#define wxPG_FL_ABNORMAL_EDITOR 0x04000000
-// Recursion guard for HandleCustomEditorEvent
-#define wxPG_FL_IN_HANDLECUSTOMEDITOREVENT 0x08000000
-#define wxPG_FL_VALUE_CHANGE_IN_EVENT 0x10000000
-// Editor control width should not change on resize
-#define wxPG_FL_FIXED_WIDTH_EDITOR 0x20000000
-// Width of panel can be different than width of grid
-#define wxPG_FL_HAS_VIRTUAL_WIDTH 0x40000000
-// Prevents RecalculateVirtualSize re-entrancy
-#define wxPG_FL_RECALCULATING_VIRTUAL_SIZE 0x80000000
-
-#if !defined(__wxPG_SOURCE_FILE__)
- // Reduce compile time, but still include in user app
- #include "wx/propgrid/props.h"
-#endif
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPropertyGrid
-
- wxPropertyGrid is a specialized grid for editing properties
- such as strings, numbers, flagsets, fonts, and colours. wxPropertySheet
- used to do the very same thing, but it hasn't been updated for a while
- and it is currently deprecated.
-
- Please note that most member functions are inherited and as such not
- documented on this page. This means you will probably also want to read
- wxPropertyGridInterface class reference.
-
- See also @ref overview_propgrid.
-
- @section propgrid_window_styles_ Window Styles
-
- See @ref propgrid_window_styles.
-
- @section propgrid_event_handling Event Handling
-
- To process input from a propertygrid control, use these event handler
- macros to direct input to member functions that take a wxPropertyGridEvent
- argument.
-
- @beginEventTable{wxPropertyGridEvent}
- @event{EVT_PG_SELECTED (id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_SELECTED event, generated when a property selection
- has been changed, either by user action or by indirect program
- function. For instance, collapsing a parent property programmatically
- causes any selected child property to become unselected, and may
- therefore cause this event to be generated.
- @event{EVT_PG_CHANGING(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_CHANGING event, generated when property value
- is about to be changed by user. Use wxPropertyGridEvent::GetValue()
- to take a peek at the pending value, and wxPropertyGridEvent::Veto()
- to prevent change from taking place, if necessary.
- @event{EVT_PG_HIGHLIGHTED(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_HIGHLIGHTED event, which occurs when mouse
- moves over a property. Event's property is NULL if hovered area does
- not belong to any property.
- @event{EVT_PG_RIGHT_CLICK(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_RIGHT_CLICK event, which occurs when property is
- clicked on with right mouse button.
- @event{EVT_PG_DOUBLE_CLICK(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_DOUBLE_CLICK event, which occurs when property is
- double-clicked onwith left mouse button.
- @event{EVT_PG_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_ITEM_COLLAPSED event, generated when user collapses
- a property or category..
- @event{EVT_PG_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_ITEM_EXPANDED event, generated when user expands
- a property or category..
- @event{EVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_BEGIN(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_BEGIN event, generated when is about to
- begin editing a property label. You can veto this event to prevent the
- action.
- @event{EVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_ENDING(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_ENDING event, generated when is about to
- end editing of a property label. You can veto this event to prevent the
- action.
- @event{EVT_PG_COL_BEGIN_DRAG(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_COL_BEGIN_DRAG event, generated when user
- starts resizing a column - can be vetoed.
- @event{EVT_PG_COL_DRAGGING,(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_COL_DRAGGING, event, generated when a
- column resize by user is in progress. This event is also generated
- when user double-clicks the splitter in order to recenter
- it.
- @event{EVT_PG_COL_END_DRAG(id, func)}
- Respond to wxEVT_PG_COL_END_DRAG event, generated after column
- resize by user has finished.
- @endEventTable
-
- @remarks
-
- - Use Freeze() and Thaw() respectively to disable and enable drawing. This
- will also delay sorting etc. miscellaneous calculations to the last
- possible moment.
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPropertyGrid : public wxControl,
- public wxScrollHelper,
- public wxPropertyGridInterface
-{
- friend class wxPropertyGridEvent;
- friend class wxPropertyGridPageState;
- friend class wxPropertyGridInterface;
- friend class wxPropertyGridManager;
- friend class wxPGHeaderCtrl;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPropertyGrid)
-public:
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- /**
- Two step constructor.
-
- Call Create when this constructor is called to build up the
- wxPropertyGrid
- */
- wxPropertyGrid();
-#endif
-
- /** The default constructor. The styles to be used are styles valid for
- the wxWindow.
-
- @see @link wndflags Additional Window Styles @endlink
- */
- wxPropertyGrid( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxPG_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxPropertyGridNameStr );
-
- /** Destructor */
- virtual ~wxPropertyGrid();
-
- /** Adds given key combination to trigger given action.
-
- Here is a sample code to make Enter key press move focus to
- the next property.
-
- @code
- propGrid->AddActionTrigger(wxPG_ACTION_NEXT_PROPERTY,
- WXK_RETURN);
- propGrid->DedicateKey(WXK_RETURN);
- @endcode
-
- @param action
- Which action to trigger. See @ref propgrid_keyboard_actions.
- @param keycode
- Which keycode triggers the action.
- @param modifiers
- Which key event modifiers, in addition to keycode, are needed to
- trigger the action.
- */
- void AddActionTrigger( int action, int keycode, int modifiers = 0 );
-
- /**
- Dedicates a specific keycode to wxPropertyGrid. This means that such
- key presses will not be redirected to editor controls.
-
- Using this function allows, for example, navigation between
- properties using arrow keys even when the focus is in the editor
- control.
- */
- void DedicateKey( int keycode )
- {
- m_dedicatedKeys.push_back(keycode);
- }
-
- /**
- This static function enables or disables automatic use of
- wxGetTranslation for following strings: wxEnumProperty list labels,
- wxFlagsProperty sub-property labels.
-
- Default is false.
- */
- static void AutoGetTranslation( bool enable );
-
- /**
- Changes value of a property, as if from an editor.
-
- Use this instead of SetPropertyValue() if you need the value to run
- through validation process, and also send the property change event.
-
- @return
- Returns true if value was successfully changed.
- */
- bool ChangePropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, wxVariant newValue );
-
- /**
- Centers the splitter.
-
- @param enableAutoResizing
- If @true, automatic column resizing is enabled (only applicapple
- if window style wxPG_SPLITTER_AUTO_CENTER is used).
- */
- void CenterSplitter( bool enableAutoResizing = false );
-
- /** Deletes all properties.
- */
- virtual void Clear();
-
- /** Clears action triggers for given action.
- @param action
- Which action to trigger. See @link pgactions List of list of
- wxPropertyGrid actions@endlink.
- */
- void ClearActionTriggers( int action );
-
- /** Forces updating the value of property from the editor control.
-
- Note that wxEVT_PG_CHANGING and wxEVT_PG_CHANGED are dispatched using
- ProcessEvent, meaning your event handlers will be called immediately.
-
- @return
- Returns true if anything was changed.
- */
- virtual bool CommitChangesFromEditor( wxUint32 flags = 0 );
-
- /**
- Two step creation.
-
- Whenever the control is created without any parameters, use Create to
- actually create it. Don't access the control's public methods before
- this is called @see @link wndflags Additional Window Styles@endlink
- */
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxPG_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxPropertyGridNameStr );
-
- /**
- Call when editor widget's contents is modified.
-
- For example, this is called when changes text in wxTextCtrl (used in
- wxStringProperty and wxIntProperty).
-
- @remarks
- This function should only be called by custom properties.
-
- @see wxPGProperty::OnEvent()
- */
- void EditorsValueWasModified() { m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_VALUE_MODIFIED; }
-
- /** Reverse of EditorsValueWasModified().
-
- @remarks
- This function should only be called by custom properties.
- */
- void EditorsValueWasNotModified()
- {
- m_iFlags &= ~(wxPG_FL_VALUE_MODIFIED);
- }
-
- /**
- Enables or disables (shows/hides) categories according to parameter
- enable.
- */
- bool EnableCategories( bool enable );
-
- /** Scrolls and/or expands items to ensure that the given item is visible.
- Returns true if something was actually done.
- */
- bool EnsureVisible( wxPGPropArg id );
-
- /**
- Reduces column sizes to minimum possible that contents are still
- visibly (naturally some margin space will be applied as well).
-
- @return
- Minimum size for the grid to still display everything.
-
- @remarks
- Does not work well with wxPG_SPLITTER_AUTO_CENTER window style.
-
- This function only works properly if grid size prior to call was already
- fairly large.
-
- Note that you can also get calculated column widths by calling
- GetState->GetColumnWidth() immediately after this function returns.
- */
- wxSize FitColumns()
- {
- wxSize sz = m_pState->DoFitColumns();
- return sz;
- }
-
- /**
- Returns wxWindow that the properties are painted on, and which should
- be used as the parent for editor controls.
- */
- wxWindow* GetPanel()
- {
- return this;
- }
-
- /** Returns current category caption background colour. */
- wxColour GetCaptionBackgroundColour() const { return m_colCapBack; }
-
- wxFont& GetCaptionFont() { return m_captionFont; }
-
- const wxFont& GetCaptionFont() const { return m_captionFont; }
-
- /** Returns current category caption text colour. */
- wxColour GetCaptionForegroundColour() const { return m_colCapFore; }
-
- /** Returns current cell background colour. */
- wxColour GetCellBackgroundColour() const { return m_colPropBack; }
-
- /** Returns current cell text colour when disabled. */
- wxColour GetCellDisabledTextColour() const { return m_colDisPropFore; }
-
- /** Returns current cell text colour. */
- wxColour GetCellTextColour() const { return m_colPropFore; }
-
- /**
- Returns number of columns currently on grid.
- */
- unsigned int GetColumnCount() const
- {
- return (unsigned int) m_pState->m_colWidths.size();
- }
-
- /** Returns colour of empty space below properties. */
- wxColour GetEmptySpaceColour() const { return m_colEmptySpace; }
-
- /** Returns height of highest characters of used font. */
- int GetFontHeight() const { return m_fontHeight; }
-
- /** Returns pointer to itself. Dummy function that enables same kind
- of code to use wxPropertyGrid and wxPropertyGridManager.
- */
- wxPropertyGrid* GetGrid() { return this; }
-
- /** Returns rectangle of custom paint image.
- */
- wxRect GetImageRect( wxPGProperty* p, int item ) const;
-
- /** Returns size of the custom paint image in front of property.
- If no argument is given, returns preferred size.
- */
- wxSize GetImageSize( wxPGProperty* p = NULL, int item = -1 ) const;
-
- //@{
- /** Returns last item which could be iterated using given flags.
- @param flags
- See @ref propgrid_iterator_flags.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetLastItem( int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT )
- {
- return m_pState->GetLastItem(flags);
- }
-
- const wxPGProperty* GetLastItem( int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT ) const
- {
- return m_pState->GetLastItem(flags);
- }
- //@}
-
- /** Returns colour of lines between cells. */
- wxColour GetLineColour() const { return m_colLine; }
-
- /** Returns background colour of margin. */
- wxColour GetMarginColour() const { return m_colMargin; }
-
- /** Returns margin width. */
- int GetMarginWidth() const { return m_marginWidth; }
-
- /**
- Returns most up-to-date value of selected property. This will return
- value different from GetSelectedProperty()->GetValue() only when text
- editor is activate and string edited by user represents valid,
- uncommitted property value.
- */
- wxVariant GetUncommittedPropertyValue();
-
- /** Returns "root property". It does not have name, etc. and it is not
- visible. It is only useful for accessing its children.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetRoot() const { return m_pState->m_properties; }
-
- /** Returns height of a single grid row (in pixels). */
- int GetRowHeight() const { return m_lineHeight; }
-
- /** Returns currently selected property. */
- wxPGProperty* GetSelectedProperty() const { return GetSelection(); }
-
- /** Returns current selection background colour. */
- wxColour GetSelectionBackgroundColour() const { return m_colSelBack; }
-
- /** Returns current selection text colour. */
- wxColour GetSelectionForegroundColour() const { return m_colSelFore; }
-
- /**
- Returns current splitter x position.
- */
- int GetSplitterPosition( unsigned int splitterIndex = 0 ) const
- {
- return m_pState->DoGetSplitterPosition(splitterIndex);
- }
-
- /** Returns wxTextCtrl active in currently selected property, if any. Takes
- into account wxOwnerDrawnComboBox.
- */
- wxTextCtrl* GetEditorTextCtrl() const;
-
- wxPGValidationInfo& GetValidationInfo()
- {
- return m_validationInfo;
- }
-
- /** Returns current vertical spacing. */
- int GetVerticalSpacing() const { return (int)m_vspacing; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if a property editor control has focus.
- */
- bool IsEditorFocused() const;
-
- /** Returns true if editor's value was marked modified.
- */
- bool IsEditorsValueModified() const
- { return ( m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_VALUE_MODIFIED ) ? true : false; }
-
- /**
- Returns information about arbitrary position in the grid.
-
- @param pt
- Coordinates in the virtual grid space. You may need to use
- wxScrolled<T>::CalcScrolledPosition() for translating
- wxPropertyGrid client coordinates into something this member
- function can use.
- */
- wxPropertyGridHitTestResult HitTest( const wxPoint& pt ) const;
-
- /** Returns true if any property has been modified by the user. */
- bool IsAnyModified() const { return (m_pState->m_anyModified>0); }
-
- /**
- Returns true if updating is frozen (ie Freeze() called but not yet
- Thaw() ).
- */
- bool IsFrozen() const { return (m_frozen>0)?true:false; }
-
- /**
- It is recommended that you call this function any time your code causes
- wxPropertyGrid's top-level parent to change. wxPropertyGrid's OnIdle()
- handler should be able to detect most changes, but it is not perfect.
-
- @param newTLP
- New top-level parent that is about to be set. Old top-level parent
- window should still exist as the current one.
-
- @remarks This function is automatically called from wxPropertyGrid::
- Reparent() and wxPropertyGridManager::Reparent(). You only
- need to use it if you reparent wxPropertyGrid indirectly.
- */
- void OnTLPChanging( wxWindow* newTLP );
-
- /** Redraws given property.
- */
- virtual void RefreshProperty( wxPGProperty* p );
-
- /** Registers a new editor class.
- @return
- Pointer to the editor class instance that should be used.
- */
- static wxPGEditor* RegisterEditorClass( wxPGEditor* editor,
- bool noDefCheck = false )
- {
- return DoRegisterEditorClass(editor, wxEmptyString, noDefCheck);
- }
-
- static wxPGEditor* DoRegisterEditorClass( wxPGEditor* editorClass,
- const wxString& editorName,
- bool noDefCheck = false );
-
- /** Resets all colours to the original system values.
- */
- void ResetColours();
-
- /**
- Resets column sizes and splitter positions, based on proportions.
-
- @param enableAutoResizing
- If @true, automatic column resizing is enabled (only applicapple
- if window style wxPG_SPLITTER_AUTO_CENTER is used).
-
- @see wxPropertyGridInterface::SetColumnProportion()
- */
- void ResetColumnSizes( bool enableAutoResizing = false );
-
- /**
- Selects a property.
- Editor widget is automatically created, but not focused unless focus is
- true.
-
- @param id
- Property to select.
-
- @return
- True if selection finished successfully. Usually only fails if
- current value in editor is not valid.
-
- @remarks In wxPropertyGrid 1.4, this member function used to generate
- wxEVT_PG_SELECTED. In wxWidgets 2.9 and later, it no longer
- does that.
-
- @remarks This clears any previous selection.
- */
- bool SelectProperty( wxPGPropArg id, bool focus = false );
-
- /**
- Set entire new selection from given list of properties.
- */
- void SetSelection( const wxArrayPGProperty& newSelection )
- {
- DoSetSelection( newSelection, wxPG_SEL_DONT_SEND_EVENT );
- }
-
- /**
- Adds given property into selection. If wxPG_EX_MULTIPLE_SELECTION
- extra style is not used, then this has same effect as
- calling SelectProperty().
-
- @remarks Multiple selection is not supported for categories. This
- means that if you have properties selected, you cannot
- add category to selection, and also if you have category
- selected, you cannot add other properties to selection.
- This member function will fail silently in these cases,
- even returning true.
- */
- bool AddToSelection( wxPGPropArg id )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
- return DoAddToSelection(p, wxPG_SEL_DONT_SEND_EVENT);
- }
-
- /**
- Removes given property from selection. If property is not selected,
- an assertion failure will occur.
- */
- bool RemoveFromSelection( wxPGPropArg id )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
- return DoRemoveFromSelection(p, wxPG_SEL_DONT_SEND_EVENT);
- }
-
- /**
- Makes given column editable by user.
-
- @param editable
- Using @false here will disable column from being editable.
- */
- void MakeColumnEditable( unsigned int column, bool editable = true );
-
- /**
- Creates label editor wxTextCtrl for given column, for property
- that is currently selected. When multiple selection is
- enabled, this applies to whatever property GetSelection()
- returns.
-
- @param colIndex
- Which column's label to edit. Note that you should not
- use value 1, which is reserved for property value
- column.
-
- @see EndLabelEdit(), MakeColumnEditable()
- */
- void BeginLabelEdit( unsigned int column = 0 )
- {
- DoBeginLabelEdit(column, wxPG_SEL_DONT_SEND_EVENT);
- }
-
- /**
- Destroys label editor wxTextCtrl, if any.
-
- @param commit
- Use @true (default) to store edited label text in
- property cell data.
-
- @see BeginLabelEdit(), MakeColumnEditable()
- */
- void EndLabelEdit( bool commit = true )
- {
- DoEndLabelEdit(commit, wxPG_SEL_DONT_SEND_EVENT);
- }
-
- /**
- Returns currently active label editor, NULL if none.
- */
- wxTextCtrl* GetLabelEditor() const
- {
- return m_labelEditor;
- }
-
- /** Sets category caption background colour. */
- void SetCaptionBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- /** Sets category caption text colour. */
- void SetCaptionTextColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- /** Sets default cell background colour - applies to property cells.
- Note that appearance of editor widgets may not be affected.
- */
- void SetCellBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- /** Sets cell text colour for disabled properties.
- */
- void SetCellDisabledTextColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- /** Sets default cell text colour - applies to property name and value text.
- Note that appearance of editor widgets may not be affected.
- */
- void SetCellTextColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- /** Set number of columns (2 or more).
- */
- void SetColumnCount( int colCount )
- {
- m_pState->SetColumnCount(colCount);
- Refresh();
- }
-
- /**
- Sets the 'current' category - Append will add non-category properties
- under it.
- */
- void SetCurrentCategory( wxPGPropArg id )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- wxPropertyCategory* pc = wxDynamicCast(p, wxPropertyCategory);
- wxASSERT(pc);
- m_pState->m_currentCategory = pc;
- }
-
- /** Sets colour of empty space below properties. */
- void SetEmptySpaceColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- /** Sets colour of lines between cells. */
- void SetLineColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- /** Sets background colour of margin. */
- void SetMarginColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- /**
- Sets selection background colour - applies to selected property name
- background.
- */
- void SetSelectionBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- /**
- Sets selection foreground colour - applies to selected property name
- text.
- */
- void SetSelectionTextColour(const wxColour& col);
-
- /** Sets x coordinate of the splitter.
- @remarks
- Splitter position cannot exceed grid size, and therefore setting it
- during form creation may fail as initial grid size is often smaller
- than desired splitter position, especially when sizers are being used.
- */
- void SetSplitterPosition( int newXPos, int col = 0 )
- {
- DoSetSplitterPosition(newXPos, col, wxPG_SPLITTER_REFRESH);
- }
-
- /**
- Sets the property sorting function.
-
- @param sortFunction
- The sorting function to be used. It should return a value greater
- than 0 if position of p1 is after p2. So, for instance, when
- comparing property names, you can use following implementation:
-
- @code
- int MyPropertySortFunction(wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
- wxPGProperty* p1,
- wxPGProperty* p2)
- {
- return p1->GetBaseName().compare( p2->GetBaseName() );
- }
- @endcode
-
- @remarks
- Default property sort function sorts properties by their labels
- (case-insensitively).
-
- @see GetSortFunction, wxPropertyGridInterface::Sort,
- wxPropertyGridInterface::SortChildren
- */
- void SetSortFunction( wxPGSortCallback sortFunction )
- {
- m_sortFunction = sortFunction;
- }
-
- /**
- Returns the property sort function (default is @NULL).
-
- @see SetSortFunction
- */
- wxPGSortCallback GetSortFunction() const
- {
- return m_sortFunction;
- }
-
- /**
- Sets appearance of value cells representing an unspecified property
- value. Default appearance is blank.
-
- @remarks If you set the unspecified value to have any
- textual representation, then that will override
- "InlineHelp" attribute.
-
- @see wxPGProperty::SetValueToUnspecified(),
- wxPGProperty::IsValueUnspecified()
- */
- void SetUnspecifiedValueAppearance( const wxPGCell& cell )
- {
- m_unspecifiedAppearance = m_propertyDefaultCell;
- m_unspecifiedAppearance.MergeFrom(cell);
- }
-
- /**
- Returns current appearance of unspecified value cells.
-
- @see SetUnspecifiedValueAppearance()
- */
- const wxPGCell& GetUnspecifiedValueAppearance() const
- {
- return m_unspecifiedAppearance;
- }
-
- /**
- Returns (visual) text representation of the unspecified
- property value.
-
- @param argFlags For internal use only.
- */
- wxString GetUnspecifiedValueText( int argFlags = 0 ) const;
-
- /** Set virtual width for this particular page. Width -1 indicates that the
- virtual width should be disabled. */
- void SetVirtualWidth( int width );
-
- /**
- Moves splitter as left as possible, while still allowing all
- labels to be shown in full.
-
- @param privateChildrenToo
- If @false, will still allow private children to be cropped.
- */
- void SetSplitterLeft( bool privateChildrenToo = false )
- {
- m_pState->SetSplitterLeft(privateChildrenToo);
- }
-
- /** Sets vertical spacing. Can be 1, 2, or 3 - a value relative to font
- height. Value of 2 should be default on most platforms.
- */
- void SetVerticalSpacing( int vspacing )
- {
- m_vspacing = (unsigned char)vspacing;
- CalculateFontAndBitmapStuff( vspacing );
- if ( !m_pState->m_itemsAdded ) Refresh();
- }
-
- /** Shows an brief error message that is related to a property. */
- void ShowPropertyError( wxPGPropArg id, const wxString& msg )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- DoShowPropertyError(p, msg);
- }
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- //
- // Following methods do not need to be (currently) documented
- //
- /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
- bool HasVirtualWidth() const
- { return (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_HAS_VIRTUAL_WIDTH) ? true : false; }
-
- const wxPGCommonValue* GetCommonValue( unsigned int i ) const
- {
- return (wxPGCommonValue*) m_commonValues[i];
- }
-
- /** Returns number of common values.
- */
- unsigned int GetCommonValueCount() const
- {
- return (unsigned int) m_commonValues.size();
- }
-
- /** Returns label of given common value.
- */
- wxString GetCommonValueLabel( unsigned int i ) const
- {
- wxASSERT( GetCommonValue(i) );
- return GetCommonValue(i)->GetLabel();
- }
-
- /**
- Returns index of common value that will truly change value to
- unspecified.
- */
- int GetUnspecifiedCommonValue() const { return m_cvUnspecified; }
-
- /** Set index of common value that will truly change value to unspecified.
- Using -1 will set none to have such effect.
- Default is 0.
- */
- void SetUnspecifiedCommonValue( int index ) { m_cvUnspecified = index; }
-
- /**
- Shortcut for creating dialog-caller button. Used, for example, by
- wxFontProperty.
- @remarks
- This should only be called by properties.
- */
- wxWindow* GenerateEditorButton( const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& sz );
-
- /** Fixes position of wxTextCtrl-like control (wxSpinCtrl usually
- fits as one). Call after control has been created (but before
- shown).
- */
- void FixPosForTextCtrl( wxWindow* ctrl,
- unsigned int forColumn = 1,
- const wxPoint& offset = wxPoint(0, 0) );
-
- /** Shortcut for creating text editor widget.
- @param pos
- Same as pos given for CreateEditor.
- @param sz
- Same as sz given for CreateEditor.
- @param value
- Initial text for wxTextCtrl.
- @param secondary
- If right-side control, such as button, also created, then create it
- first and pass it as this parameter.
- @param extraStyle
- Extra style flags to pass for wxTextCtrl.
- @remarks
- Note that this should generally be called only by new classes derived
- from wxPGProperty.
- */
- wxWindow* GenerateEditorTextCtrl( const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& sz,
- const wxString& value,
- wxWindow* secondary,
- int extraStyle = 0,
- int maxLen = 0,
- unsigned int forColumn = 1 );
-
- /* Generates both textctrl and button.
- */
- wxWindow* GenerateEditorTextCtrlAndButton( const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& sz, wxWindow** psecondary, int limited_editing,
- wxPGProperty* property );
-
- /** Generates position for a widget editor dialog box.
- @param p
- Property for which dialog is positioned.
- @param sz
- Known or over-approximated size of the dialog.
- @return
- Position for dialog.
- */
- wxPoint GetGoodEditorDialogPosition( wxPGProperty* p,
- const wxSize& sz );
-
- // Converts escape sequences in src_str to newlines,
- // tabs, etc. and copies result to dst_str.
- static wxString& ExpandEscapeSequences( wxString& dst_str,
- wxString& src_str );
-
- // Converts newlines, tabs, etc. in src_str to escape
- // sequences, and copies result to dst_str.
- static wxString& CreateEscapeSequences( wxString& dst_str,
- wxString& src_str );
-
- /**
- Returns rectangle that fully contains properties between and including
- p1 and p2. Rectangle is in virtual scrolled window coordinates.
- */
- wxRect GetPropertyRect( const wxPGProperty* p1,
- const wxPGProperty* p2 ) const;
-
- /** Returns pointer to current active primary editor control (NULL if none).
- */
- wxWindow* GetEditorControl() const;
-
- wxWindow* GetPrimaryEditor() const
- {
- return GetEditorControl();
- }
-
- /**
- Returns pointer to current active secondary editor control (NULL if
- none).
- */
- wxWindow* GetEditorControlSecondary() const
- {
- return m_wndEditor2;
- }
-
- /**
- Refreshes any active editor control.
- */
- void RefreshEditor();
-
- // Events from editor controls are forward to this function
- bool HandleCustomEditorEvent( wxEvent &event );
-
- // Mostly useful for page switching.
- void SwitchState( wxPropertyGridPageState* pNewState );
-
- long GetInternalFlags() const { return m_iFlags; }
- bool HasInternalFlag( long flag ) const
- { return (m_iFlags & flag) ? true : false; }
- void SetInternalFlag( long flag ) { m_iFlags |= flag; }
- void ClearInternalFlag( long flag ) { m_iFlags &= ~(flag); }
- void IncFrozen() { m_frozen++; }
- void DecFrozen() { m_frozen--; }
-
- void OnComboItemPaint( const wxPGComboBox* pCb,
- int item,
- wxDC* pDc,
- wxRect& rect,
- int flags );
-
- /** Standardized double-to-string conversion.
- */
- static const wxString& DoubleToString( wxString& target,
- double value,
- int precision,
- bool removeZeroes,
- wxString* precTemplate = NULL );
-
- /**
- Call this from wxPGProperty::OnEvent() to cause property value to be
- changed after the function returns (with true as return value).
- ValueChangeInEvent() must be used if you wish the application to be
- able to use wxEVT_PG_CHANGING to potentially veto the given value.
- */
- void ValueChangeInEvent( wxVariant variant )
- {
- m_changeInEventValue = variant;
- m_iFlags |= wxPG_FL_VALUE_CHANGE_IN_EVENT;
- }
-
- /**
- You can use this member function, for instance, to detect in
- wxPGProperty::OnEvent() if wxPGProperty::SetValueInEvent() was
- already called in wxPGEditor::OnEvent(). It really only detects
- if was value was changed using wxPGProperty::SetValueInEvent(), which
- is usually used when a 'picker' dialog is displayed. If value was
- written by "normal means" in wxPGProperty::StringToValue() or
- IntToValue(), then this function will return false (on the other hand,
- wxPGProperty::OnEvent() is not even called in those cases).
- */
- bool WasValueChangedInEvent() const
- {
- return (m_iFlags & wxPG_FL_VALUE_CHANGE_IN_EVENT) ? true : false;
- }
-
- /** Returns true if given event is from first of an array of buttons
- (as can be in case when wxPGMultiButton is used).
- */
- bool IsMainButtonEvent( const wxEvent& event )
- {
- return (event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_BUTTON)
- && (m_wndSecId == event.GetId());
- }
-
- /** Pending value is expected to be passed in PerformValidation().
- */
- virtual bool DoPropertyChanged( wxPGProperty* p,
- unsigned int selFlags = 0 );
-
- /** Called when validation for given property fails.
- @param invalidValue
- Value which failed in validation.
- @return
- Return true if user is allowed to change to another property even
- if current has invalid value.
- @remarks
- To add your own validation failure behaviour, override
- wxPropertyGrid::DoOnValidationFailure().
- */
- bool OnValidationFailure( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxVariant& invalidValue );
-
- /** Called to indicate property and editor has valid value now.
- */
- void OnValidationFailureReset( wxPGProperty* property )
- {
- if ( property && property->HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_INVALID_VALUE) )
- {
- DoOnValidationFailureReset(property);
- property->ClearFlag(wxPG_PROP_INVALID_VALUE);
- }
- m_validationInfo.m_failureMessage.clear();
- }
-
- /**
- Override in derived class to display error messages in custom manner
- (these message usually only result from validation failure).
-
- @remarks If you implement this, then you also need to implement
- DoHidePropertyError() - possibly to do nothing, if error
- does not need hiding (e.g. it was logged or shown in a
- message box).
-
- @see DoHidePropertyError()
- */
- virtual void DoShowPropertyError( wxPGProperty* property,
- const wxString& msg );
-
- /**
- Override in derived class to hide an error displayed by
- DoShowPropertyError().
-
- @see DoShowPropertyError()
- */
- virtual void DoHidePropertyError( wxPGProperty* property );
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
- /**
- Return wxStatusBar that is used by this wxPropertyGrid. You can
- reimplement this member function in derived class to override
- the default behaviour of using the top-level wxFrame's status
- bar, if any.
- */
- virtual wxStatusBar* GetStatusBar();
-#endif
-
- /** Override to customize property validation failure behaviour.
- @param invalidValue
- Value which failed in validation.
- @return
- Return true if user is allowed to change to another property even
- if current has invalid value.
- */
- virtual bool DoOnValidationFailure( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxVariant& invalidValue );
-
- /** Override to customize resetting of property validation failure status.
- @remarks
- Property is guaranteed to have flag wxPG_PROP_INVALID_VALUE set.
- */
- virtual void DoOnValidationFailureReset( wxPGProperty* property );
-
- int GetSpacingY() const { return m_spacingy; }
-
- /**
- Must be called in wxPGEditor::CreateControls() if primary editor window
- is wxTextCtrl, just before textctrl is created.
- @param text
- Initial text value of created wxTextCtrl.
- */
- void SetupTextCtrlValue( const wxString text ) { m_prevTcValue = text; }
-
- /**
- Unfocuses or closes editor if one was open, but does not deselect
- property.
- */
- bool UnfocusEditor();
-
- virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style );
-
- void DrawItems( const wxPGProperty* p1, const wxPGProperty* p2 );
-
- void DrawItem( wxPGProperty* p )
- {
- DrawItems(p,p);
- }
-
- virtual void DrawItemAndChildren( wxPGProperty* p );
-
- /**
- Draws item, children, and consequtive parents as long as category is
- not met.
- */
- void DrawItemAndValueRelated( wxPGProperty* p );
-
-protected:
-
- /**
- wxPropertyGridPageState used by the grid is created here.
-
- If grid is used in wxPropertyGridManager, there is no point overriding
- this - instead, set custom wxPropertyGridPage classes.
- */
- virtual wxPropertyGridPageState* CreateState() const;
-
- enum PerformValidationFlags
- {
- SendEvtChanging = 0x0001,
- IsStandaloneValidation = 0x0002 // Not called in response to event
- };
-
- /**
- Runs all validation functionality (includes sending wxEVT_PG_CHANGING).
- Returns true if all tests passed. Implement in derived class to
- add additional validation behaviour.
- */
- virtual bool PerformValidation( wxPGProperty* p,
- wxVariant& pendingValue,
- int flags = SendEvtChanging );
-
-public:
-
- // Control font changer helper.
- void SetCurControlBoldFont();
-
- wxPGCell& GetPropertyDefaultCell()
- {
- return m_propertyDefaultCell;
- }
-
- wxPGCell& GetCategoryDefaultCell()
- {
- return m_categoryDefaultCell;
- }
-
- //
- // Public methods for semi-public use
- //
- bool DoSelectProperty( wxPGProperty* p, unsigned int flags = 0 );
-
- // Overridden functions.
- virtual bool Destroy();
- // Returns property at given y coordinate (relative to grid's top left).
- wxPGProperty* GetItemAtY( int y ) const { return DoGetItemAtY(y); }
-
- virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true,
- const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL );
- virtual bool SetFont( const wxFont& font );
- virtual void Freeze();
- virtual void SetExtraStyle( long exStyle );
- virtual void Thaw();
- virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent );
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
-#ifndef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
- wxBitmap *m_expandbmp, *m_collbmp;
-#endif
-
- wxCursor *m_cursorSizeWE;
-
- /** wxWindow pointers to editor control(s). */
- wxWindow *m_wndEditor;
- wxWindow *m_wndEditor2;
-
- wxBitmap *m_doubleBuffer;
-
- /** Local time ms when control was created. */
- wxLongLong m_timeCreated;
-
- /** wxPGProperty::OnEvent can change value by setting this. */
- wxVariant m_changeInEventValue;
-
- /** Id of m_wndEditor2, or its first child, if any. */
- int m_wndSecId;
-
- /** Extra Y spacing between the items. */
- int m_spacingy;
-
- /** Control client area width; updated on resize. */
- int m_width;
-
- /** Control client area height; updated on resize. */
- int m_height;
-
- /** Current non-client width (needed when auto-centering). */
- int m_ncWidth;
-
- /** Non-client width (auto-centering helper). */
- //int m_fWidth;
-
- /** Previously recorded scroll start position. */
- int m_prevVY;
-
- /**
- The gutter spacing in front and back of the image.
- This determines the amount of spacing in front of each item
- */
- int m_gutterWidth;
-
- /** Includes separator line. */
- int m_lineHeight;
-
- /** Gutter*2 + image width. */
- int m_marginWidth;
-
- // y spacing for expand/collapse button.
- int m_buttonSpacingY;
-
- /** Extra margin for expanded sub-group items. */
- int m_subgroup_extramargin;
-
- /**
- The image width of the [+] icon.
-
- This is also calculated in the gutter
- */
- int m_iconWidth;
-
-#ifndef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
-
- /**
- The image height of the [+] icon.
-
- This is calculated as minimal size and to align
- */
- int m_iconHeight;
-#endif
-
- /** Current cursor id. */
- int m_curcursor;
-
- // Caption font. Same as normal font plus bold style.
- wxFont m_captionFont;
-
- int m_fontHeight; // Height of the font.
-
- /** m_splitterx when drag began. */
- int m_startingSplitterX;
-
- /**
- Index to splitter currently being dragged (0=one after the first
- column).
- */
- int m_draggedSplitter;
-
- /** Changed property, calculated in PerformValidation(). */
- wxPGProperty* m_chgInfo_changedProperty;
-
- /**
- Lowest property for which editing happened, but which does not have
- aggregate parent
- */
- wxPGProperty* m_chgInfo_baseChangedProperty;
-
- /** Changed property value, calculated in PerformValidation(). */
- wxVariant m_chgInfo_pendingValue;
-
- /** Passed to SetValue. */
- wxVariant m_chgInfo_valueList;
-
- /** Validation information. */
- wxPGValidationInfo m_validationInfo;
-
- /** Actions and keys that trigger them. */
- wxPGHashMapI2I m_actionTriggers;
-
- /** Appearance of currently active editor. */
- wxPGCell m_editorAppearance;
-
- /** Appearance of a unspecified value cell. */
- wxPGCell m_unspecifiedAppearance;
-
- /** List of properties to be deleted/removed in idle event handler. */
- wxArrayPGProperty m_deletedProperties;
- wxArrayPGProperty m_removedProperties;
-
- /** List of key codes that will not be handed over to editor controls. */
- // FIXME: Make this a hash set once there is template-based wxHashSet.
- wxVector<int> m_dedicatedKeys;
-
- //
- // Temporary values
- //
-
- /** Bits are used to indicate which colours are customized. */
- unsigned short m_coloursCustomized;
-
- /** x - m_splitterx. */
- signed char m_dragOffset;
-
- /** 0 = not dragging, 1 = drag just started, 2 = drag in progress */
- unsigned char m_dragStatus;
-
- /** 0 = margin, 1 = label, 2 = value. */
- unsigned char m_mouseSide;
-
- /** True when editor control is focused. */
- unsigned char m_editorFocused;
-
- /** 1 if m_latsCaption is also the bottommost caption. */
- //unsigned char m_lastCaptionBottomnest;
-
- /** Set to 1 when graphics frozen. */
- unsigned char m_frozen;
-
- unsigned char m_vspacing;
-
- // Used to track when Alt/Ctrl+Key was consumed.
- unsigned char m_keyComboConsumed;
-
- /** 1 if in DoPropertyChanged() */
- bool m_inDoPropertyChanged;
-
- /** 1 if in CommitChangesFromEditor() */
- bool m_inCommitChangesFromEditor;
-
- /** 1 if in DoSelectProperty() */
- bool m_inDoSelectProperty;
-
- bool m_inOnValidationFailure;
-
- wxPGVFBFlags m_permanentValidationFailureBehavior; // Set by app
-
- // DoEditorValidate() recursion guard
- wxRecursionGuardFlag m_validatingEditor;
-
- /** Internal flags - see wxPG_FL_XXX constants. */
- wxUint32 m_iFlags;
-
- /** When drawing next time, clear this many item slots at the end. */
- int m_clearThisMany;
-
- // Mouse is hovering over this column (index)
- unsigned int m_colHover;
-
- // pointer to property that has mouse hovering
- wxPGProperty* m_propHover;
-
- // Active label editor
- wxTextCtrl* m_labelEditor;
-
- // For which property the label editor is active
- wxPGProperty* m_labelEditorProperty;
-
- // EventObject for wxPropertyGridEvents
- wxWindow* m_eventObject;
-
- // What (global) window is currently focused (needed to resolve event
- // handling mess).
- wxWindow* m_curFocused;
-
- // Event currently being sent - NULL if none at the moment
- wxPropertyGridEvent* m_processedEvent;
-
- // Last known top-level parent
- wxWindow* m_tlp;
-
- // Last closed top-level parent
- wxWindow* m_tlpClosed;
-
- // Local time ms when tlp was closed.
- wxLongLong m_tlpClosedTime;
-
- // Sort function
- wxPGSortCallback m_sortFunction;
-
- // y coordinate of property that mouse hovering
- int m_propHoverY;
-
- // Which column's editor is selected (usually 1)?
- unsigned int m_selColumn;
-
- // x relative to splitter (needed for resize).
- int m_ctrlXAdjust;
-
- // lines between cells
- wxColour m_colLine;
- // property labels and values are written in this colour
- wxColour m_colPropFore;
- // or with this colour when disabled
- wxColour m_colDisPropFore;
- // background for m_colPropFore
- wxColour m_colPropBack;
- // text color for captions
- wxColour m_colCapFore;
- // background color for captions
- wxColour m_colCapBack;
- // foreground for selected property
- wxColour m_colSelFore;
- // background for selected property (actually use background color when
- // control out-of-focus)
- wxColour m_colSelBack;
- // background colour for margin
- wxColour m_colMargin;
- // background colour for empty space below the grid
- wxColour m_colEmptySpace;
-
- // Default property colours
- wxPGCell m_propertyDefaultCell;
-
- // Default property category
- wxPGCell m_categoryDefaultCell;
-
- // Backup of selected property's cells
- wxVector<wxPGCell> m_propCellsBackup;
-
- // NB: These *cannot* be moved to globals.
-
- // labels when properties use common values
- wxVector<wxPGCommonValue*> m_commonValues;
-
- // array of live events
- wxVector<wxPropertyGridEvent*> m_liveEvents;
-
- // Which cv selection really sets value to unspecified?
- int m_cvUnspecified;
-
- // Used to skip excess text editor events
- wxString m_prevTcValue;
-
-protected:
-
- // Sets some members to defaults (called constructors).
- void Init1();
-
- // Initializes some members (called by Create and complex constructor).
- void Init2();
-
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent &event );
-
- // main event receivers
- void OnMouseMove( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnMouseClick( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnMouseRightClick( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnMouseDoubleClick( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnMouseUp( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnKey( wxKeyEvent &event );
- void OnResize( wxSizeEvent &event );
-
- // event handlers
- bool HandleMouseMove( int x, unsigned int y, wxMouseEvent &event );
- bool HandleMouseClick( int x, unsigned int y, wxMouseEvent &event );
- bool HandleMouseRightClick( int x, unsigned int y, wxMouseEvent &event );
- bool HandleMouseDoubleClick( int x, unsigned int y, wxMouseEvent &event );
- bool HandleMouseUp( int x, unsigned int y, wxMouseEvent &event );
- void HandleKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent &event, bool fromChild );
-
- void OnMouseEntry( wxMouseEvent &event );
-
- void OnIdle( wxIdleEvent &event );
- void OnFocusEvent( wxFocusEvent &event );
- void OnChildFocusEvent( wxChildFocusEvent& event );
-
- bool OnMouseCommon( wxMouseEvent &event, int* px, int *py );
- bool OnMouseChildCommon( wxMouseEvent &event, int* px, int *py );
-
- // sub-control event handlers
- void OnMouseClickChild( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnMouseRightClickChild( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnMouseMoveChild( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnMouseUpChild( wxMouseEvent &event );
- void OnChildKeyDown( wxKeyEvent &event );
-
- void OnCaptureChange( wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent &event );
-
- void OnScrollEvent( wxScrollWinEvent &event );
-
- void OnSysColourChanged( wxSysColourChangedEvent &event );
-
- void OnTLPClose( wxCloseEvent& event );
-
-protected:
-
- bool AddToSelectionFromInputEvent( wxPGProperty* prop,
- unsigned int colIndex,
- wxMouseEvent* event = NULL,
- int selFlags = 0 );
-
- /**
- Adjust the centering of the bitmap icons (collapse / expand) when the
- caption font changes.
-
- They need to be centered in the middle of the font, so a bit of deltaY
- adjustment is needed. On entry, m_captionFont must be set to window
- font. It will be modified properly.
- */
- void CalculateFontAndBitmapStuff( int vspacing );
-
- wxRect GetEditorWidgetRect( wxPGProperty* p, int column ) const;
-
- void CorrectEditorWidgetSizeX();
-
- /** Called in RecalculateVirtualSize() to reposition control
- on virtual height changes.
- */
- void CorrectEditorWidgetPosY();
-
- int DoDrawItems( wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect* itemsRect,
- bool isBuffered ) const;
-
- /** Draws an expand/collapse (ie. +/-) button.
- */
- virtual void DrawExpanderButton( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect,
- wxPGProperty* property ) const;
-
- /** Draws items from topitemy to bottomitemy */
- void DrawItems( wxDC& dc,
- unsigned int topItemY,
- unsigned int bottomItemY,
- const wxRect* itemsRect = NULL );
-
- // Translate wxKeyEvent to wxPG_ACTION_XXX
- int KeyEventToActions(wxKeyEvent &event, int* pSecond) const;
-
- int KeyEventToAction(wxKeyEvent &event) const
- {
- return KeyEventToActions(event, NULL);
- }
-
- void ImprovedClientToScreen( int* px, int* py );
-
- // Called by focus event handlers. newFocused is the window that becomes
- // focused.
- void HandleFocusChange( wxWindow* newFocused );
-
- /** Reloads all non-customized colours from system settings. */
- void RegainColours();
-
- virtual bool DoEditorValidate();
-
- // Similar to DoSelectProperty() but also works on columns
- // other than 1. Does not active editor if column is not
- // editable.
- bool DoSelectAndEdit( wxPGProperty* prop,
- unsigned int colIndex,
- unsigned int selFlags );
-
- void DoSetSelection( const wxArrayPGProperty& newSelection,
- int selFlags = 0 );
-
- void DoSetSplitterPosition( int newxpos,
- int splitterIndex = 0,
- int flags = wxPG_SPLITTER_REFRESH );
-
- bool DoAddToSelection( wxPGProperty* prop,
- int selFlags = 0 );
-
- bool DoRemoveFromSelection( wxPGProperty* prop,
- int selFlags = 0 );
-
- void DoBeginLabelEdit( unsigned int colIndex, int selFlags = 0 );
- void DoEndLabelEdit( bool commit, int selFlags = 0 );
- void OnLabelEditorEnterPress( wxCommandEvent& event );
- void OnLabelEditorKeyPress( wxKeyEvent& event );
-
- wxPGProperty* DoGetItemAtY( int y ) const;
-
- void DestroyEditorWnd( wxWindow* wnd );
- void FreeEditors();
-
- virtual bool DoExpand( wxPGProperty* p, bool sendEvent = false );
-
- virtual bool DoCollapse( wxPGProperty* p, bool sendEvent = false );
-
- // Returns nearest paint visible property (such that will be painted unless
- // window is scrolled or resized). If given property is paint visible, then
- // it itself will be returned.
- wxPGProperty* GetNearestPaintVisible( wxPGProperty* p ) const;
-
- static void RegisterDefaultEditors();
-
- // Sets up basic event handling for child control
- void SetupChildEventHandling( wxWindow* wnd );
-
- void CustomSetCursor( int type, bool override = false );
-
- /**
- Repositions scrollbar and underlying panel according to changed virtual
- size.
- */
- void RecalculateVirtualSize( int forceXPos = -1 );
-
- void SetEditorAppearance( const wxPGCell& cell,
- bool unspecified = false );
-
- void ResetEditorAppearance()
- {
- wxPGCell cell;
- cell.SetEmptyData();
- SetEditorAppearance(cell, false);
- }
-
- void PrepareAfterItemsAdded();
-
- /**
- Send event from the property grid.
-
- Omit the wxPG_SEL_NOVALIDATE flag to allow vetoing the event
- */
- bool SendEvent( int eventType, wxPGProperty* p,
- wxVariant* pValue = NULL,
- unsigned int selFlags = wxPG_SEL_NOVALIDATE,
- unsigned int column = 1 );
-
- // This function only moves focus to the wxPropertyGrid if it already
- // was on one of its child controls.
- void SetFocusOnCanvas();
-
- bool DoHideProperty( wxPGProperty* p, bool hide, int flags );
-
-private:
-
- bool ButtonTriggerKeyTest( int action, wxKeyEvent& event );
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-//
-// Bunch of inlines that need to resolved after all classes have been defined.
-//
-
-inline bool wxPropertyGridPageState::IsDisplayed() const
-{
- return ( this == m_pPropGrid->GetState() );
-}
-
-inline unsigned int wxPropertyGridPageState::GetActualVirtualHeight() const
-{
- return DoGetRoot()->GetChildrenHeight(GetGrid()->GetRowHeight());
-}
-
-inline wxString wxPGProperty::GetHintText() const
-{
- wxVariant vHintText = GetAttribute(wxPGGlobalVars->m_strHint);
-
-#if wxPG_COMPATIBILITY_1_4
- // Try the old, deprecated "InlineHelp"
- if ( vHintText.IsNull() )
- vHintText = GetAttribute(wxPGGlobalVars->m_strInlineHelp);
-#endif
-
- if ( !vHintText.IsNull() )
- return vHintText.GetString();
-
- return wxEmptyString;
-}
-
-inline int wxPGProperty::GetDisplayedCommonValueCount() const
-{
- if ( HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_USES_COMMON_VALUE) )
- {
- wxPropertyGrid* pg = GetGrid();
- if ( pg )
- return (int) pg->GetCommonValueCount();
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-inline void wxPGProperty::SetDefaultValue( wxVariant& value )
-{
- SetAttribute(wxPG_ATTR_DEFAULT_VALUE, value);
-}
-
-inline void wxPGProperty::SetEditor( const wxString& editorName )
-{
- m_customEditor = wxPropertyGridInterface::GetEditorByName(editorName);
-}
-
-inline bool wxPGProperty::SetMaxLength( int maxLen )
-{
- return GetGrid()->SetPropertyMaxLength(this,maxLen);
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxPG_BASE_EVT_PRE_ID 1775
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID, wxEVT_PG_SELECTED, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID, wxEVT_PG_CHANGING, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID, wxEVT_PG_CHANGED, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID, wxEVT_PG_HIGHLIGHTED, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID, wxEVT_PG_RIGHT_CLICK, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID, wxEVT_PG_PAGE_CHANGED, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID, wxEVT_PG_ITEM_COLLAPSED, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID, wxEVT_PG_ITEM_EXPANDED, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID, wxEVT_PG_DOUBLE_CLICK, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID,
- wxEVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_BEGIN, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID,
- wxEVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_ENDING, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID,
- wxEVT_PG_COL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID,
- wxEVT_PG_COL_DRAGGING, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID,
- wxEVT_PG_COL_END_DRAG, wxPropertyGridEvent );
-
-#else
- enum {
- wxEVT_PG_SELECTED = wxPG_BASE_EVT_PRE_ID,
- wxEVT_PG_CHANGING,
- wxEVT_PG_CHANGED,
- wxEVT_PG_HIGHLIGHTED,
- wxEVT_PG_RIGHT_CLICK,
- wxEVT_PG_PAGE_CHANGED,
- wxEVT_PG_ITEM_COLLAPSED,
- wxEVT_PG_ITEM_EXPANDED,
- wxEVT_PG_DOUBLE_CLICK,
- wxEVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_BEGIN,
- wxEVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_ENDING,
- wxEVT_PG_COL_BEGIN_DRAG,
- wxEVT_PG_COL_DRAGGING,
- wxEVT_PG_COL_END_DRAG
- };
-#endif
-
-
-#define wxPG_BASE_EVT_TYPE wxEVT_PG_SELECTED
-#define wxPG_MAX_EVT_TYPE (wxPG_BASE_EVT_TYPE+30)
-
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxPropertyGridEventFunction)(wxPropertyGridEvent&);
-
-#define EVT_PG_SELECTED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_SELECTED, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_CHANGING(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_CHANGING, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_CHANGED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_CHANGED, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_HIGHLIGHTED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_HIGHLIGHTED, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_RIGHT_CLICK, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_DOUBLE_CLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_DOUBLE_CLICK, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_PAGE_CHANGED, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_ITEM_EXPANDED, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_BEGIN(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_BEGIN, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_ENDING(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_LABEL_EDIT_ENDING, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_COL_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_COL_BEGIN_DRAG, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_COL_DRAGGING(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_COL_DRAGGING, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_PG_COL_END_DRAG(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_PG_COL_END_DRAG, id, -1, wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn ), NULL ),
-
-#define wxPropertyGridEventHandler(fn) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxPropertyGridEventFunction, fn )
-
-#endif
-
-
-/** @class wxPropertyGridEvent
-
- A propertygrid event holds information about events associated with
- wxPropertyGrid objects.
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPropertyGridEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
-
- /** Constructor. */
- wxPropertyGridEvent(wxEventType commandType=0, int id=0);
-
- /** Copy constructor. */
- wxPropertyGridEvent(const wxPropertyGridEvent& event);
-
- /** Destructor. */
- ~wxPropertyGridEvent();
-
- /** Copyer. */
- virtual wxEvent* Clone() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the column index associated with this event.
- For the column dragging events, it is the column to the left
- of the splitter being dragged
- */
- unsigned int GetColumn() const
- {
- return m_column;
- }
-
- wxPGProperty* GetMainParent() const
- {
- wxASSERT(m_property);
- return m_property->GetMainParent();
- }
-
- /** Returns id of associated property. */
- wxPGProperty* GetProperty() const
- {
- return m_property;
- }
-
- wxPGValidationInfo& GetValidationInfo()
- {
- wxASSERT(m_validationInfo);
- return *m_validationInfo;
- }
-
- /** Returns true if you can veto the action that the event is signaling.
- */
- bool CanVeto() const { return m_canVeto; }
-
- /**
- Call this from your event handler to veto action that the event is
- signaling.
-
- You can only veto a shutdown if wxPropertyGridEvent::CanVeto returns
- true.
- @remarks
- Currently only wxEVT_PG_CHANGING supports vetoing.
- */
- void Veto( bool veto = true ) { m_wasVetoed = veto; }
-
- /**
- Returns name of the associated property.
-
- @remarks Property name is stored in event, so it remains
- accessible even after the associated property or
- the property grid has been deleted.
- */
- wxString GetPropertyName() const
- {
- return m_propertyName;
- }
-
- /**
- Returns value of the associated property. Works for all event
- types, but for wxEVT_PG_CHANGING this member function returns
- the value that is pending, so you can call Veto() if the
- value is not satisfactory.
-
- @remarks Property value is stored in event, so it remains
- accessible even after the associated property or
- the property grid has been deleted.
- */
- wxVariant GetPropertyValue() const
- {
- if ( m_validationInfo )
- return m_validationInfo->GetValue();
- return m_value;
- }
-
- /**
- Returns value of the associated property.
-
- @see GetPropertyValue
- */
- wxVariant GetValue() const
- {
- return GetPropertyValue();
- }
-
- /**
- Set override validation failure behaviour.
-
- Only effective if Veto was also called, and only allowed if event type
- is wxEVT_PG_CHANGING.
- */
- void SetValidationFailureBehavior( wxPGVFBFlags flags )
- {
- wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_PG_CHANGING );
- m_validationInfo->SetFailureBehavior( flags );
- }
-
- /** Sets custom failure message for this time only. Only applies if
- wxPG_VFB_SHOW_MESSAGE is set in validation failure flags.
- */
- void SetValidationFailureMessage( const wxString& message )
- {
- wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_PG_CHANGING );
- m_validationInfo->SetFailureMessage( message );
- }
-
- wxPGVFBFlags GetValidationFailureBehavior() const
- {
- wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_PG_CHANGING );
- return m_validationInfo->GetFailureBehavior();
- }
-
- void SetColumn( unsigned int column )
- {
- m_column = column;
- }
-
- void SetCanVeto( bool canVeto ) { m_canVeto = canVeto; }
- bool WasVetoed() const { return m_wasVetoed; }
-
- /** Changes the associated property. */
- void SetProperty( wxPGProperty* p )
- {
- m_property = p;
- if ( p )
- m_propertyName = p->GetName();
- }
-
- void SetPropertyValue( wxVariant value )
- {
- m_value = value;
- }
-
- void SetPropertyGrid( wxPropertyGrid* pg )
- {
- m_pg = pg;
- OnPropertyGridSet();
- }
-
- void SetupValidationInfo()
- {
- wxASSERT(m_pg);
- wxASSERT( GetEventType() == wxEVT_PG_CHANGING );
- m_validationInfo = &m_pg->GetValidationInfo();
- m_value = m_validationInfo->GetValue();
- }
-
-private:
- void Init();
- void OnPropertyGridSet();
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPropertyGridEvent)
-
- wxPGProperty* m_property;
- wxPropertyGrid* m_pg;
- wxPGValidationInfo* m_validationInfo;
-
- wxString m_propertyName;
- wxVariant m_value;
-
- unsigned int m_column;
-
- bool m_canVeto;
- bool m_wasVetoed;
-};
-
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPropertyGridPopulator
- @ingroup classes
- Allows populating wxPropertyGrid from arbitrary text source.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPropertyGridPopulator
-{
-public:
- /** Default constructor.
- */
- wxPropertyGridPopulator();
-
- /** Destructor. */
- virtual ~wxPropertyGridPopulator();
-
- void SetState( wxPropertyGridPageState* state );
-
- void SetGrid( wxPropertyGrid* pg );
-
- /** Appends a new property under bottommost parent.
- @param propClass
- Property class as string.
- */
- wxPGProperty* Add( const wxString& propClass,
- const wxString& propLabel,
- const wxString& propName,
- const wxString* propValue,
- wxPGChoices* pChoices = NULL );
-
- /**
- Pushes property to the back of parent array (ie it becomes bottommost
- parent), and starts scanning/adding children for it.
-
- When finished, parent array is returned to the original state.
- */
- void AddChildren( wxPGProperty* property );
-
- /** Adds attribute to the bottommost property.
- @param type
- Allowed values: "string", (same as string), "int", "bool". Empty string
- mean autodetect.
- */
- bool AddAttribute( const wxString& name,
- const wxString& type,
- const wxString& value );
-
- /** Called once in AddChildren.
- */
- virtual void DoScanForChildren() = 0;
-
- /**
- Returns id of parent property for which children can currently be
- added.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetCurParent() const
- {
- return (wxPGProperty*) m_propHierarchy[m_propHierarchy.size()-1];
- }
-
- wxPropertyGridPageState* GetState() { return m_state; }
- const wxPropertyGridPageState* GetState() const { return m_state; }
-
- /** Like wxString::ToLong, except allows N% in addition of N.
- */
- static bool ToLongPCT( const wxString& s, long* pval, long max );
-
- /** Parses strings of format "choice1"[=value1] ... "choiceN"[=valueN] into
- wxPGChoices. Registers parsed result using idString (if not empty).
- Also, if choices with given id already registered, then don't parse but
- return those choices instead.
- */
- wxPGChoices ParseChoices( const wxString& choicesString,
- const wxString& idString );
-
- /** Implement in derived class to do custom process when an error occurs.
- Default implementation uses wxLogError.
- */
- virtual void ProcessError( const wxString& msg );
-
-protected:
-
- /** Used property grid. */
- wxPropertyGrid* m_pg;
-
- /** Used property grid state. */
- wxPropertyGridPageState* m_state;
-
- /** Tree-hierarchy of added properties (that can have children). */
- wxArrayPGProperty m_propHierarchy;
-
- /** Hashmap for string-id to wxPGChoicesData mapping. */
- wxPGHashMapS2P m_dictIdChoices;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//
-// Undefine macros that are not needed outside propertygrid sources
-//
-#ifndef __wxPG_SOURCE_FILE__
- #undef wxPG_FL_DESC_REFRESH_REQUIRED
- #undef wxPG_FL_SCROLLBAR_DETECTED
- #undef wxPG_FL_CREATEDSTATE
- #undef wxPG_FL_NOSTATUSBARHELP
- #undef wxPG_FL_SCROLLED
- #undef wxPG_FL_FOCUS_INSIDE_CHILD
- #undef wxPG_FL_FOCUS_INSIDE
- #undef wxPG_FL_MOUSE_INSIDE_CHILD
- #undef wxPG_FL_CUR_USES_CUSTOM_IMAGE
- #undef wxPG_FL_PRIMARY_FILLS_ENTIRE
- #undef wxPG_FL_VALUE_MODIFIED
- #undef wxPG_FL_MOUSE_INSIDE
- #undef wxPG_FL_FOCUSED
- #undef wxPG_FL_MOUSE_CAPTURED
- #undef wxPG_FL_INITIALIZED
- #undef wxPG_FL_ACTIVATION_BY_CLICK
- #undef wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS
- #undef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
- #undef wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE
-// Following are needed by the manager headers
-// #undef const wxString&
-#endif
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRID_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/propgrid/propgriddefs.h
-// Purpose: wxPropertyGrid miscellaneous definitions
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2008-08-31
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRIDDEFS_H_
-#define _WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRIDDEFS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-#include "wx/any.h"
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-#include "wx/clntdata.h"
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//
-// Here are some platform dependent defines
-// NOTE: More in propertygrid.cpp
-//
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-
- // space between vertical line and value text
- #define wxPG_XBEFORETEXT 4
- // space between vertical line and value editor control
- #define wxPG_XBEFOREWIDGET 1
-
- // comment to use bitmap buttons
- #define wxPG_ICON_WIDTH 9
- // 1 if wxRendererNative should be employed
- #define wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE 0
-
- // Enable tooltips
- #define wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS 1
-
- // width of optional bitmap/image in front of property
- #define wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH 20
-
- // 1 if splitter drag detect margin and control cannot overlap
- #define wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION 0
-
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_ANY 1
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_X 1
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y 1
-
- // If 1 then controls are refreshed explicitly in a few places
- #define wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS 0
-
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-
- // space between vertical line and value text
- #define wxPG_XBEFORETEXT 5
- // space between vertical line and value editor control
- #define wxPG_XBEFOREWIDGET 1
-
- // x position adjustment for wxTextCtrl (and like)
- // NB: Only define wxPG_TEXTCTRLXADJUST for platforms that do not
- // (yet) support wxTextEntry::SetMargins() for the left margin.
- //#define wxPG_TEXTCTRLXADJUST 3
-
- // comment to use bitmap buttons
- #define wxPG_ICON_WIDTH 9
- // 1 if wxRendererNative should be employed
- #define wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE 1
-
- // Enable tooltips
- #define wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS 1
-
- // width of optional bitmap/image in front of property
- #define wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH 20
-
- // 1 if splitter drag detect margin and control cannot overlap
- #define wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION 1
-
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_ANY 1
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_X 1
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y 1
-
- // If 1 then controls are refreshed after selected was drawn.
- #define wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS 1
-
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-
- // space between vertical line and value text
- #define wxPG_XBEFORETEXT 4
- // space between vertical line and value editor widget
- #define wxPG_XBEFOREWIDGET 1
-
- // x position adjustment for wxTextCtrl (and like)
- #define wxPG_TEXTCTRLXADJUST 0
-
- // comment to use bitmap buttons
- #define wxPG_ICON_WIDTH 11
- // 1 if wxRendererNative should be employed
- #define wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE 1
-
- // Enable tooltips
- #define wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS 1
-
- // width of optional bitmap/image in front of property
- #define wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH 20
-
- // 1 if splitter drag detect margin and control cannot overlap
- #define wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION 0
-
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_ANY 0
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_X 0
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y 0
-
- // If 1 then controls are refreshed after selected was drawn.
- #define wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS 0
-
-#else // defaults
-
- // space between vertical line and value text
- #define wxPG_XBEFORETEXT 5
- // space between vertical line and value editor widget
- #define wxPG_XBEFOREWIDGET 1
-
- // x position adjustment for wxTextCtrl (and like)
- #define wxPG_TEXTCTRLXADJUST 3
-
- // comment to use bitmap buttons
- #define wxPG_ICON_WIDTH 9
- // 1 if wxRendererNative should be employed
- #define wxPG_USE_RENDERER_NATIVE 0
-
- // Enable tooltips
- #define wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS 0
-
- // width of optional bitmap/image in front of property
- #define wxPG_CUSTOM_IMAGE_WIDTH 20
-
- // 1 if splitter drag detect margin and control cannot overlap
- #define wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION 1
-
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_ANY 0
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_X 0
- #define wxPG_NAT_BUTTON_BORDER_Y 0
-
- // If 1 then controls are refreshed after selected was drawn.
- #define wxPG_REFRESH_CONTROLS 0
-#endif // platform
-
-
-#define wxPG_CONTROL_MARGIN 0 // space between splitter and control
-
-#define wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1 4 // before image
-#define wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN2 5 // after image
-
-#define DEFAULT_IMAGE_OFFSET_INCREMENT \
- (wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN1 + wxCC_CUSTOM_IMAGE_MARGIN2)
-
-#define wxPG_DRAG_MARGIN 30
-
-#if wxPG_NO_CHILD_EVT_MOTION
- #define wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN1 3 // this much on left
- #define wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN2 2 // this much on right
-#else
- #define wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN1 3 // this much on left
- #define wxPG_SPLITTERX_DETECTMARGIN2 2 // this much on right
-#endif
-
-// Use this macro to generate standard custom image height from
-#define wxPG_STD_CUST_IMAGE_HEIGHT(LINEHEIGHT) (LINEHEIGHT-3)
-
-
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #define wxPG_SMALL_SCREEN 1
-#else
- #define wxPG_SMALL_SCREEN 0
-#endif
-
-
-// Undefine wxPG_ICON_WIDTH to use supplied xpm bitmaps instead
-// (for tree buttons)
-//#undef wxPG_ICON_WIDTH
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 || WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- #define wxPG_COMPATIBILITY_1_4 1
-#else
- #define wxPG_COMPATIBILITY_1_4 0
-#endif
-
-// Need to force disable tooltips?
-#if !wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- #undef wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS
- #define wxPG_SUPPORT_TOOLTIPS 0
-#endif
-
-// Set 1 to include advanced properties (wxFontProperty, wxColourProperty, etc.)
-#ifndef wxPG_INCLUDE_ADVPROPS
- #define wxPG_INCLUDE_ADVPROPS 1
-#endif
-
-// Set 1 to include checkbox editor class
-#define wxPG_INCLUDE_CHECKBOX 1
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-class wxPGEditor;
-class wxPGProperty;
-class wxPropertyCategory;
-class wxPGChoices;
-class wxPropertyGridPageState;
-class wxPGCell;
-class wxPGCellRenderer;
-class wxPGChoiceEntry;
-class wxPGPropArgCls;
-class wxPropertyGridInterface;
-class wxPropertyGrid;
-class wxPropertyGridEvent;
-class wxPropertyGridManager;
-class wxPGOwnerDrawnComboBox;
-class wxPGEditorDialogAdapter;
-class wxPGValidationInfo;
-
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @section propgrid_misc wxPropertyGrid Miscellanous
-
- This section describes some miscellanous values, types and macros.
- @{
-*/
-
-// Used to tell wxPGProperty to use label as name as well
-#define wxPG_LABEL (*wxPGProperty::sm_wxPG_LABEL)
-
-// This is the value placed in wxPGProperty::sm_wxPG_LABEL
-#define wxPG_LABEL_STRING wxS("@!")
-#define wxPG_NULL_BITMAP wxNullBitmap
-#define wxPG_COLOUR_BLACK (*wxBLACK)
-
-/** Convert Red, Green and Blue to a single 32-bit value.
-*/
-#define wxPG_COLOUR(R,G,B) ((wxUint32)(R+(G<<8)+(B<<16)))
-
-
-/** If property is supposed to have custom-painted image, then returning
- this in OnMeasureImage() will usually be enough.
-*/
-#define wxPG_DEFAULT_IMAGE_SIZE wxSize(-1, -1)
-
-
-/** This callback function is used for sorting properties.
-
- Call wxPropertyGrid::SetSortFunction() to set it.
-
- Sort function should return a value greater than 0 if position of p1 is
- after p2. So, for instance, when comparing property names, you can use
- following implementation:
-
- @code
- int MyPropertySortFunction(wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
- wxPGProperty* p1,
- wxPGProperty* p2)
- {
- return p1->GetBaseName().compare( p2->GetBaseName() );
- }
- @endcode
-*/
-typedef int (*wxPGSortCallback)(wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
- wxPGProperty* p1,
- wxPGProperty* p2);
-
-
-
-typedef wxString wxPGCachedString;
-
-/** @}
-*/
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Used to indicate wxPGChoices::Add etc that the value is actually not given
-// by the caller.
-#define wxPG_INVALID_VALUE INT_MAX
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxPGProperty*, wxArrayPGProperty,
- wxBaseArrayPtrVoid,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID);
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(void*,
- wxPGHashMapS2P,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID);
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxString,
- wxPGHashMapS2S,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID);
-
-WX_DECLARE_VOIDPTR_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(void*,
- wxPGHashMapP2P,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID);
-
-WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxInt32,
- wxInt32,
- wxIntegerHash,
- wxIntegerEqual,
- wxPGHashMapI2I,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID);
-
-// Utility to find if specific item is in a vector. Returns index to
-// the item, or wxNOT_FOUND if not present.
-template<typename CONTAINER, typename T>
-int wxPGFindInVector( CONTAINER vector, const T& item )
-{
- for ( unsigned int i=0; i<vector.size(); i++ )
- {
- if ( vector[i] == item )
- return (int) i;
- }
- return wxNOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxPG_GETPROPERTYVALUES_FLAGS
-{
-
-/** Flags for wxPropertyGridInterface::GetPropertyValues */
-wxPG_KEEP_STRUCTURE = 0x00000010,
-
-/** Flags for wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyAttribute() etc */
-wxPG_RECURSE = 0x00000020,
-
-/** Include attributes for GetPropertyValues. */
-wxPG_INC_ATTRIBUTES = 0x00000040,
-
-/** Used when first starting recursion. */
-wxPG_RECURSE_STARTS = 0x00000080,
-
-/** Force value change. */
-wxPG_FORCE = 0x00000100,
-
-/** Only sort categories and their immediate children.
- Sorting done by wxPG_AUTO_SORT option uses this.
-*/
-wxPG_SORT_TOP_LEVEL_ONLY = 0x00000200
-
-};
-
-/** Flags for wxPropertyGrid::SetPropertyAttribute() etc */
-#define wxPG_DONT_RECURSE 0x00000000
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Misc argument flags.
-enum wxPG_MISC_ARG_FLAGS
-{
- // Get/Store full value instead of displayed value.
- wxPG_FULL_VALUE = 0x00000001,
-
- wxPG_REPORT_ERROR = 0x00000002,
-
- wxPG_PROPERTY_SPECIFIC = 0x00000004,
-
- // Get/Store editable value instead of displayed one (should only be
- // different in the case of common values)
- wxPG_EDITABLE_VALUE = 0x00000008,
-
- // Used when dealing with fragments of composite string value
- wxPG_COMPOSITE_FRAGMENT = 0x00000010,
-
- // Means property for which final string value is for cannot really be
- // edited.
- wxPG_UNEDITABLE_COMPOSITE_FRAGMENT = 0x00000020,
-
- // ValueToString() called from GetValueAsString()
- // (guarantees that input wxVariant value is current own value)
- wxPG_VALUE_IS_CURRENT = 0x00000040,
-
- // Value is being set programmatically (ie. not by user)
- wxPG_PROGRAMMATIC_VALUE = 0x00000080
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxPGProperty::SetValue() flags
-enum wxPG_SETVALUE_FLAGS
-{
- wxPG_SETVAL_REFRESH_EDITOR = 0x0001,
- wxPG_SETVAL_AGGREGATED = 0x0002,
- wxPG_SETVAL_FROM_PARENT = 0x0004,
- wxPG_SETVAL_BY_USER = 0x0008 // Set if value changed by user
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//
-// Valid constants for wxPG_UINT_BASE attribute
-// (long because of wxVariant constructor)
-#define wxPG_BASE_OCT (long)8
-#define wxPG_BASE_DEC (long)10
-#define wxPG_BASE_HEX (long)16
-#define wxPG_BASE_HEXL (long)32
-
-//
-// Valid constants for wxPG_UINT_PREFIX attribute
-#define wxPG_PREFIX_NONE (long)0
-#define wxPG_PREFIX_0x (long)1
-#define wxPG_PREFIX_DOLLAR_SIGN (long)2
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Editor class.
-
-// Editor accessor (for backwards compatiblity use only).
-#define wxPG_EDITOR(T) wxPGEditor_##T
-
-// Macro for declaring editor class, with optional impexpdecl part.
-#ifndef WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR_WITH_DECL
-
- #define WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR_WITH_DECL(EDITOR,DECL) \
- extern DECL wxPGEditor* wxPGEditor_##EDITOR; \
- extern DECL wxPGEditor* wxPGConstruct##EDITOR##EditorClass();
-
-#endif
-
-// Declare editor class.
-#define WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR(EDITOR) \
-extern wxPGEditor* wxPGEditor_##EDITOR; \
-extern wxPGEditor* wxPGConstruct##EDITOR##EditorClass();
-
-// Declare builtin editor classes.
-WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR_WITH_DECL(TextCtrl,WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR_WITH_DECL(Choice,WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR_WITH_DECL(ComboBox,WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR_WITH_DECL(TextCtrlAndButton,WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-#if wxPG_INCLUDE_CHECKBOX
-WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR_WITH_DECL(CheckBox,WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-#endif
-WX_PG_DECLARE_EDITOR_WITH_DECL(ChoiceAndButton,WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-//
-// Macro WXVARIANT allows creation of wxVariant from any type supported by
-// wxWidgets internally, and of all types created using
-// WX_PG_DECLARE_VARIANT_DATA.
-template<class T>
-wxVariant WXVARIANT( const T& WXUNUSED(value) )
-{
- wxFAIL_MSG("Code should always call specializations of this template");
- return wxVariant();
-}
-
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const int& value )
- { return wxVariant((long)value); }
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const long& value )
- { return wxVariant(value); }
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const bool& value )
- { return wxVariant(value); }
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const double& value )
- { return wxVariant(value); }
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const wxArrayString& value )
- { return wxVariant(value); }
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const wxString& value )
- { return wxVariant(value); }
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const wxLongLong& value )
- { return wxVariant(value); }
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const wxULongLong& value )
- { return wxVariant(value); }
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const wxDateTime& value )
- { return wxVariant(value); }
-#endif
-
-
-//
-// These are modified versions of DECLARE/WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA
-// macros found in variant.h. Difference are as follows:
-// * These support non-wxObject data
-// * These implement classname##RefFromVariant function which returns
-// reference to data within.
-// * const char* classname##_VariantType which equals classname.
-// * WXVARIANT
-//
-#define WX_PG_DECLARE_VARIANT_DATA(classname) \
- WX_PG_DECLARE_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE)
-
-#define WX_PG_DECLARE_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED(classname,expdecl) \
-expdecl classname& operator << ( classname &object, const wxVariant &variant ); \
-expdecl wxVariant& operator << ( wxVariant &variant, const classname &object ); \
-expdecl const classname& classname##RefFromVariant( const wxVariant& variant ); \
-expdecl classname& classname##RefFromVariant( wxVariant& variant ); \
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const classname& value ) \
-{ \
- wxVariant variant; \
- variant << value; \
- return variant; \
-} \
-extern expdecl const char* classname##_VariantType;
-
-
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA(classname) \
- WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE)
-
-// Add getter (ie. classname << variant) separately to allow
-// custom implementations.
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED_NO_EQ_NO_GETTER(classname,expdecl) \
-const char* classname##_VariantType = #classname; \
-class classname##VariantData: public wxVariantData \
-{ \
-public:\
- classname##VariantData() {} \
- classname##VariantData( const classname &value ) { m_value = value; } \
-\
- classname &GetValue() { return m_value; } \
-\
- const classname &GetValue() const { return m_value; } \
-\
- virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; \
-\
- virtual wxString GetType() const; \
-\
- virtual wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new classname##VariantData(m_value); } \
-\
- DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() \
-protected:\
- classname m_value; \
-};\
-\
-IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(classname, classname##VariantData) \
-\
-wxString classname##VariantData::GetType() const\
-{\
- return wxS(#classname);\
-}\
-\
-expdecl wxVariant& operator << ( wxVariant &variant, const classname &value )\
-{\
- classname##VariantData *data = new classname##VariantData( value );\
- variant.SetData( data );\
- return variant;\
-} \
-expdecl classname& classname##RefFromVariant( wxVariant& variant ) \
-{ \
- wxASSERT_MSG( variant.GetType() == wxS(#classname), \
- wxString::Format("Variant type should have been '%s'" \
- "instead of '%s'", \
- wxS(#classname), \
- variant.GetType().c_str())); \
- classname##VariantData *data = \
- (classname##VariantData*) variant.GetData(); \
- return data->GetValue();\
-} \
-expdecl const classname& classname##RefFromVariant( const wxVariant& variant ) \
-{ \
- wxASSERT_MSG( variant.GetType() == wxS(#classname), \
- wxString::Format("Variant type should have been '%s'" \
- "instead of '%s'", \
- wxS(#classname), \
- variant.GetType().c_str())); \
- classname##VariantData *data = \
- (classname##VariantData*) variant.GetData(); \
- return data->GetValue();\
-}
-
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_GETTER(classname, expdecl) \
-expdecl classname& operator << ( classname &value, const wxVariant &variant )\
-{\
- wxASSERT( variant.GetType() == #classname );\
- \
- classname##VariantData *data = (classname##VariantData*) variant.GetData();\
- value = data->GetValue();\
- return value;\
-}
-
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_EQ(classname, expdecl) \
-bool classname##VariantData::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const \
-{\
- wxASSERT( GetType() == data.GetType() );\
-\
- classname##VariantData & otherData = (classname##VariantData &) data;\
-\
- return otherData.m_value == m_value;\
-}
-
-// implements a wxVariantData-derived class using for the Eq() method the
-// operator== which must have been provided by "classname"
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED(classname,expdecl) \
-WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED_NO_EQ_NO_GETTER(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl) \
-WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_GETTER(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl) \
-WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_EQ(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl)
-
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA(classname) \
-WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE)
-
-// with Eq() implementation that always returns false
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED_DUMMY_EQ(classname,expdecl) \
-WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED_NO_EQ_NO_GETTER(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl) \
-WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_GETTER(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl) \
-\
-bool classname##VariantData::Eq(wxVariantData& WXUNUSED(data)) const \
-{\
- return false; \
-}
-
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_DUMMY_EQ(classname) \
-WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED_DUMMY_EQ(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE)
-
-WX_PG_DECLARE_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED(wxPoint, WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-WX_PG_DECLARE_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED(wxSize, WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-WX_PG_DECLARE_VARIANT_DATA_EXPORTED(wxArrayInt, WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxFont, WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID)
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const wxFont& value )
-{
- wxVariant variant;
- variant << value;
- return variant;
-}
-
-template<> inline wxVariant WXVARIANT( const wxColour& value )
-{
- wxVariant variant;
- variant << value;
- return variant;
-}
-
-// Define constants for common wxVariant type strings
-
-#define wxPG_VARIANT_TYPE_STRING wxPGGlobalVars->m_strstring
-#define wxPG_VARIANT_TYPE_LONG wxPGGlobalVars->m_strlong
-#define wxPG_VARIANT_TYPE_BOOL wxPGGlobalVars->m_strbool
-#define wxPG_VARIANT_TYPE_LIST wxPGGlobalVars->m_strlist
-#define wxPG_VARIANT_TYPE_DOUBLE wxS("double")
-#define wxPG_VARIANT_TYPE_ARRSTRING wxS("arrstring")
-#define wxPG_VARIANT_TYPE_DATETIME wxS("datetime")
-#define wxPG_VARIANT_TYPE_LONGLONG wxS("longlong")
-#define wxPG_VARIANT_TYPE_ULONGLONG wxS("ulonglong")
-
-#endif // !SWIG
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//
-// Tokenizer macros.
-// NOTE: I have made two versions - worse ones (performance and consistency
-// wise) use wxStringTokenizer and better ones (may have unfound bugs)
-// use custom code.
-//
-
-#include "wx/tokenzr.h"
-
-// TOKENIZER1 can be done with wxStringTokenizer
-#define WX_PG_TOKENIZER1_BEGIN(WXSTRING,DELIMITER) \
- wxStringTokenizer tkz(WXSTRING,DELIMITER,wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY); \
- while ( tkz.HasMoreTokens() ) \
- { \
- wxString token = tkz.GetNextToken(); \
- token.Trim(true); \
- token.Trim(false);
-
-#define WX_PG_TOKENIZER1_END() \
- }
-
-
-//
-// 2nd version: tokens are surrounded by DELIMITERs (for example, C-style
-// strings). TOKENIZER2 must use custom code (a class) for full compliance with
-// " surrounded strings with \" inside.
-//
-// class implementation is in propgrid.cpp
-//
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGStringTokenizer
-{
-public:
- wxPGStringTokenizer( const wxString& str, wxChar delimeter );
- ~wxPGStringTokenizer();
-
- bool HasMoreTokens(); // not const so we can do some stuff in it
- wxString GetNextToken();
-
-protected:
- const wxString* m_str;
- wxString::const_iterator m_curPos;
- wxString m_readyToken;
- wxUniChar m_delimeter;
-};
-
-#define WX_PG_TOKENIZER2_BEGIN(WXSTRING,DELIMITER) \
- wxPGStringTokenizer tkz(WXSTRING,DELIMITER); \
- while ( tkz.HasMoreTokens() ) \
- { \
- wxString token = tkz.GetNextToken();
-
-#define WX_PG_TOKENIZER2_END() \
- }
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#endif // _WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRIDDEFS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/propgrid/propgridiface.h
-// Purpose: wxPropertyGridInterface class
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2008-08-24
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRIDIFACE_H__
-#define __WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRIDIFACE_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#include "wx/propgrid/property.h"
-#include "wx/propgrid/propgridpagestate.h"
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @section wxPGPropArgCls
-
- Most property grid functions have this type as their argument, as it can
- convey a property by either a pointer or name.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGPropArgCls
-{
-public:
- wxPGPropArgCls( const wxPGProperty* property )
- {
- m_ptr.property = (wxPGProperty*) property;
- m_flags = IsProperty;
- }
- wxPGPropArgCls( const wxString& str )
- {
- m_ptr.stringName = &str;
- m_flags = IsWxString;
- }
- wxPGPropArgCls( const wxPGPropArgCls& id )
- {
- m_ptr = id.m_ptr;
- m_flags = id.m_flags;
- }
- // This is only needed for wxPython bindings
- wxPGPropArgCls( wxString* str, bool WXUNUSED(deallocPtr) )
- {
- m_ptr.stringName = str;
- m_flags = IsWxString | OwnsWxString;
- }
- ~wxPGPropArgCls()
- {
- if ( m_flags & OwnsWxString )
- delete m_ptr.stringName;
- }
- wxPGProperty* GetPtr() const
- {
- wxCHECK( m_flags == IsProperty, NULL );
- return m_ptr.property;
- }
- wxPGPropArgCls( const char* str )
- {
- m_ptr.charName = str;
- m_flags = IsCharPtr;
- }
- wxPGPropArgCls( const wchar_t* str )
- {
- m_ptr.wcharName = str;
- m_flags = IsWCharPtr;
- }
- /** This constructor is required for NULL. */
- wxPGPropArgCls( int )
- {
- m_ptr.property = NULL;
- m_flags = IsProperty;
- }
- wxPGProperty* GetPtr( wxPropertyGridInterface* iface ) const;
- wxPGProperty* GetPtr( const wxPropertyGridInterface* iface ) const
- {
- return GetPtr((wxPropertyGridInterface*)iface);
- }
- wxPGProperty* GetPtr0() const { return m_ptr.property; }
- bool HasName() const { return (m_flags != IsProperty); }
- const wxString& GetName() const { return *m_ptr.stringName; }
-private:
-
- enum
- {
- IsProperty = 0x00,
- IsWxString = 0x01,
- IsCharPtr = 0x02,
- IsWCharPtr = 0x04,
- OwnsWxString = 0x10
- };
-
- union
- {
- wxPGProperty* property;
- const char* charName;
- const wchar_t* wcharName;
- const wxString* stringName;
- } m_ptr;
- unsigned char m_flags;
-};
-
-typedef const wxPGPropArgCls& wxPGPropArg;
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
-void wxPGTypeOperationFailed( const wxPGProperty* p,
- const wxString& typestr,
- const wxString& op );
-WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
-void wxPGGetFailed( const wxPGProperty* p, const wxString& typestr );
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Helper macro that does necessary preparations when calling
-// some wxPGProperty's member function.
-#define wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_0(PROPERTY) \
- PROPERTY *p = (PROPERTY*)id.GetPtr(this); \
- if ( !p ) return;
-
-#define wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL_0(PROPERTY, RETVAL) \
- PROPERTY *p = (PROPERTY*)id.GetPtr(this); \
- if ( !p ) return RETVAL;
-
-#define wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG() \
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_0(wxPGProperty)
-
-#define wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(RVAL) \
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL_0(wxPGProperty, RVAL)
-
-#define wxPG_PROP_ID_CONST_CALL_PROLOG() \
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_0(const wxPGProperty)
-
-#define wxPG_PROP_ID_CONST_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(RVAL) \
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL_0(const wxPGProperty, RVAL)
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-/** @class wxPropertyGridInterface
-
- Most of the shared property manipulation interface shared by wxPropertyGrid,
- wxPropertyGridPage, and wxPropertyGridManager is defined in this class.
-
- @remarks
- - In separate wxPropertyGrid component this class was known as
- wxPropertyContainerMethods.
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPropertyGridInterface
-{
-public:
-
- /** Destructor */
- virtual ~wxPropertyGridInterface() { }
-
- /**
- Appends property to the list.
-
- wxPropertyGrid assumes ownership of the object.
- Becomes child of most recently added category.
- @remarks
- - wxPropertyGrid takes the ownership of the property pointer.
- - If appending a category with name identical to a category already in
- the wxPropertyGrid, then newly created category is deleted, and most
- recently added category (under which properties are appended) is set
- to the one with same name. This allows easier adding of items to same
- categories in multiple passes.
- - Does not automatically redraw the control, so you may need to call
- Refresh when calling this function after control has been shown for
- the first time.
- */
- wxPGProperty* Append( wxPGProperty* property );
-
- wxPGProperty* AppendIn( wxPGPropArg id, wxPGProperty* newproperty );
-
- /**
- In order to add new items into a property with fixed children (for
- instance, wxFlagsProperty), you need to call this method. After
- populating has been finished, you need to call EndAddChildren.
- */
- void BeginAddChildren( wxPGPropArg id );
-
- /** Deletes all properties.
- */
- virtual void Clear() = 0;
-
- /**
- Clears current selection, if any.
-
- @param validation
- If set to @false, deselecting the property will always work,
- even if its editor had invalid value in it.
-
- @return Returns @true if successful or if there was no selection. May
- fail if validation was enabled and active editor had invalid
- value.
-
- @remarks In wxPropertyGrid 1.4, this member function used to send
- wxPG_EVT_SELECTED. In wxWidgets 2.9 and later, it no longer
- does that.
- */
- bool ClearSelection( bool validation = false );
-
- /** Resets modified status of all properties.
- */
- void ClearModifiedStatus();
-
- /** Collapses given category or property with children.
- Returns true if actually collapses.
- */
- bool Collapse( wxPGPropArg id );
-
- /** Collapses all items that can be collapsed.
-
- @return
- Return false if failed (may fail if editor value cannot be validated).
- */
- bool CollapseAll() { return ExpandAll(false); }
-
- /**
- Changes value of a property, as if from an editor.
- Use this instead of SetPropertyValue() if you need the value to run
- through validation process, and also send the property change event.
-
- @return
- Returns true if value was successfully changed.
- */
- bool ChangePropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, wxVariant newValue );
-
- /**
- Removes and deletes a property and any children.
-
- @param id
- Pointer or name of a property.
-
- @remarks If you delete a property in a wxPropertyGrid event
- handler, the actual deletion is postponed until the next
- idle event.
-
- This functions deselects selected property, if any.
- Validation failure option wxPG_VFB_STAY_IN_PROPERTY is not
- respected, ie. selection is cleared even if editor had
- invalid value.
- */
- void DeleteProperty( wxPGPropArg id );
-
- /**
- Removes a property. Does not delete the property object, but
- instead returns it.
-
- @param id
- Pointer or name of a property.
-
- @remarks Removed property cannot have any children.
-
- Also, if you remove property in a wxPropertyGrid event
- handler, the actual removal is postponed until the next
- idle event.
- */
- wxPGProperty* RemoveProperty( wxPGPropArg id );
-
- /**
- Disables a property.
-
- @see EnableProperty(), wxPGProperty::Enable()
- */
- bool DisableProperty( wxPGPropArg id ) { return EnableProperty(id,false); }
-
- /**
- Returns true if all property grid data changes have been committed.
-
- Usually only returns false if value in active editor has been
- invalidated by a wxValidator.
- */
- bool EditorValidate();
-
- /**
- Enables or disables property, depending on whether enable is true or
- false. Disabled property usually appears as having grey text.
-
- @param id
- Name or pointer to a property.
- @param enable
- If @false, property is disabled instead.
-
- @see wxPGProperty::Enable()
- */
- bool EnableProperty( wxPGPropArg id, bool enable = true );
-
- /** Called after population of property with fixed children has finished.
- */
- void EndAddChildren( wxPGPropArg id );
-
- /** Expands given category or property with children.
- Returns true if actually expands.
- */
- bool Expand( wxPGPropArg id );
-
- /** Expands all items that can be expanded.
- */
- bool ExpandAll( bool expand = true );
-
- /** Returns id of first child of given property.
- @remarks
- Does not return sub-properties!
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetFirstChild( wxPGPropArg id )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxNullProperty)
-
- if ( !p->GetChildCount() || p->HasFlag(wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE) )
- return wxNullProperty;
-
- return p->Item(0);
- }
-
- //@{
- /** Returns iterator class instance.
- @param flags
- See @ref propgrid_iterator_flags. Value wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT causes
- iteration over everything except private child properties.
- @param firstProp
- Property to start iteration from. If NULL, then first child of root
- is used.
- @param startPos
- Either wxTOP or wxBOTTOM. wxTOP will indicate that iterations start
- from the first property from the top, and wxBOTTOM means that the
- iteration will instead begin from bottommost valid item.
- */
- wxPropertyGridIterator GetIterator( int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT,
- wxPGProperty* firstProp = NULL )
- {
- return wxPropertyGridIterator( m_pState, flags, firstProp );
- }
-
- wxPropertyGridConstIterator
- GetIterator( int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT,
- wxPGProperty* firstProp = NULL ) const
- {
- return wxPropertyGridConstIterator( m_pState, flags, firstProp );
- }
-
- wxPropertyGridIterator GetIterator( int flags, int startPos )
- {
- return wxPropertyGridIterator( m_pState, flags, startPos );
- }
-
- wxPropertyGridConstIterator GetIterator( int flags, int startPos ) const
- {
- return wxPropertyGridConstIterator( m_pState, flags, startPos );
- }
- //@}
-
- /** Returns id of first item, whether it is a category or property.
- @param flags
- @link iteratorflags List of iterator flags@endlink
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetFirst( int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_ALL )
- {
- wxPropertyGridIterator it( m_pState, flags, wxNullProperty, 1 );
- return *it;
- }
-
- const wxPGProperty* GetFirst( int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_ALL ) const
- {
- return ((wxPropertyGridInterface*)this)->GetFirst(flags);
- }
-
- /**
- Returns pointer to a property with given name (case-sensitive).
- If there is no property with such name, @NULL pointer is returned.
-
- @remarks Properties which have non-category, non-root parent
- cannot be accessed globally by their name. Instead, use
- "<property>.<subproperty>" instead of "<subproperty>".
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetProperty( const wxString& name ) const
- {
- return GetPropertyByName(name);
- }
-
- /** Returns map-like storage of property's attributes.
- @remarks
- Note that if extra style wxPG_EX_WRITEONLY_BUILTIN_ATTRIBUTES is set,
- then builtin-attributes are not included in the storage.
- */
- const wxPGAttributeStorage& GetPropertyAttributes( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- // If 'id' refers to invalid property, then we will return dummy
- // attributes (ie. root property's attributes, which contents should
- // should always be empty and of no consequence).
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(m_pState->DoGetRoot()->GetAttributes());
- return p->GetAttributes();
- }
-
- /** Adds to 'targetArr' pointers to properties that have given
- flags 'flags' set. However, if 'inverse' is set to true, then
- only properties without given flags are stored.
- @param flags
- Property flags to use.
- @param iterFlags
- Iterator flags to use. Default is everything expect private children.
- */
- void GetPropertiesWithFlag( wxArrayPGProperty* targetArr,
- wxPGProperty::FlagType flags,
- bool inverse = false,
- int iterFlags = wxPG_ITERATE_PROPERTIES |
- wxPG_ITERATE_HIDDEN |
- wxPG_ITERATE_CATEGORIES) const;
-
- /** Returns value of given attribute. If none found, returns NULL-variant.
- */
- wxVariant GetPropertyAttribute( wxPGPropArg id,
- const wxString& attrName ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxNullVariant)
- return p->GetAttribute(attrName);
- }
-
- /** Returns pointer of property's nearest parent category. If no category
- found, returns NULL.
- */
- wxPropertyCategory* GetPropertyCategory( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ID_CONST_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(NULL)
- return m_pState->GetPropertyCategory(p);
- }
-
- /** Returns client data (void*) of a property. */
- void* GetPropertyClientData( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(NULL)
- return p->GetClientData();
- }
-
- /**
- Returns first property which label matches given string.
-
- NULL if none found. Note that this operation is extremely slow when
- compared to GetPropertyByName().
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetPropertyByLabel( const wxString& label ) const;
-
- /** Returns property with given name. NULL if none found.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetPropertyByName( const wxString& name ) const;
-
- /** Returns child property 'subname' of property 'name'. Same as
- calling GetPropertyByName("name.subname"), albeit slightly faster.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetPropertyByName( const wxString& name,
- const wxString& subname ) const;
-
- /** Returns property's editor. */
- const wxPGEditor* GetPropertyEditor( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(NULL)
- return p->GetEditorClass();
- }
-
- /** Returns help string associated with a property. */
- wxString GetPropertyHelpString( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(m_emptyString)
- return p->GetHelpString();
- }
-
- /** Returns property's custom value image (NULL of none). */
- wxBitmap* GetPropertyImage( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(NULL)
- return p->GetValueImage();
- }
-
- /** Returns label of a property. */
- const wxString& GetPropertyLabel( wxPGPropArg id )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(m_emptyString)
- return p->GetLabel();
- }
-
- /** Returns name of a property, by which it is globally accessible. */
- wxString GetPropertyName( wxPGProperty* property )
- {
- return property->GetName();
- }
-
- /** Returns parent item of a property. */
- wxPGProperty* GetPropertyParent( wxPGPropArg id )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxNullProperty)
- return p->GetParent();
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- /** Returns validator of a property as a reference, which you
- can pass to any number of SetPropertyValidator.
- */
- wxValidator* GetPropertyValidator( wxPGPropArg id )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(NULL)
- return p->GetValidator();
- }
-#endif
-
- /** Returns value as wxVariant. To get wxObject pointer from it,
- you will have to use WX_PG_VARIANT_TO_WXOBJECT(VARIANT,CLASSNAME) macro.
-
- If property value is unspecified, Null variant is returned.
- */
- wxVariant GetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxVariant())
- return p->GetValue();
- }
-
- wxString GetPropertyValueAsString( wxPGPropArg id ) const;
- long GetPropertyValueAsLong( wxPGPropArg id ) const;
- unsigned long GetPropertyValueAsULong( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- return (unsigned long) GetPropertyValueAsLong(id);
- }
- int GetPropertyValueAsInt( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- { return (int)GetPropertyValueAsLong(id); }
- bool GetPropertyValueAsBool( wxPGPropArg id ) const;
- double GetPropertyValueAsDouble( wxPGPropArg id ) const;
-
-#define wxPG_PROP_ID_GETPROPVAL_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(TYPENAME, DEFVAL) \
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(DEFVAL) \
- wxString typeName(wxS(TYPENAME)); \
- wxVariant value = p->GetValue(); \
- if ( value.GetType() != typeName ) \
- { \
- wxPGGetFailed(p, typeName); \
- return DEFVAL; \
- }
-
-#define wxPG_PROP_ID_GETPROPVAL_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL_WFALLBACK(TYPENAME, DEFVAL) \
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(DEFVAL) \
- wxVariant value = p->GetValue(); \
- if ( value.GetType() != wxS(TYPENAME) ) \
- return DEFVAL; \
-
- wxArrayString GetPropertyValueAsArrayString( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ID_GETPROPVAL_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL("arrstring",
- wxArrayString())
- return value.GetArrayString();
- }
-
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
- wxLongLong_t GetPropertyValueAsLongLong( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(0)
- return p->GetValue().GetLongLong().GetValue();
- }
-
- wxULongLong_t GetPropertyValueAsULongLong( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(0)
- return p->GetValue().GetULongLong().GetValue();
- }
-#endif
-
- wxArrayInt GetPropertyValueAsArrayInt( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ID_GETPROPVAL_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL("wxArrayInt",
- wxArrayInt())
- wxArrayInt arr;
- arr << value;
- return arr;
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- wxDateTime GetPropertyValueAsDateTime( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ID_GETPROPVAL_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL("datetime",
- wxDateTime())
- return value.GetDateTime();
- }
-#endif
-
- /** Returns a wxVariant list containing wxVariant versions of all
- property values. Order is not guaranteed.
- @param flags
- Use wxPG_KEEP_STRUCTURE to retain category structure; each sub
- category will be its own wxVariantList of wxVariant.
- Use wxPG_INC_ATTRIBUTES to include property attributes as well.
- Each attribute will be stored as list variant named
- "@@<propname>@@attr."
- @remarks
- */
- wxVariant GetPropertyValues( const wxString& listname = wxEmptyString,
- wxPGProperty* baseparent = NULL, long flags = 0 ) const
- {
- return m_pState->DoGetPropertyValues(listname, baseparent, flags);
- }
-
- /**
- Returns currently selected property. NULL if none.
-
- @remarks When wxPG_EX_MULTIPLE_SELECTION extra style is used, this
- member function returns the focused property, that is the
- one which can have active editor.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetSelection() const;
-
- /**
- Returns list of currently selected properties.
-
- @remarks wxArrayPGProperty should be compatible with std::vector API.
- */
- const wxArrayPGProperty& GetSelectedProperties() const
- {
- return m_pState->m_selection;
- }
-
- wxPropertyGridPageState* GetState() const { return m_pState; }
-
- /** Similar to GetIterator(), but instead returns wxPGVIterator instance,
- which can be useful for forward-iterating through arbitrary property
- containers.
-
- @param flags
- See @ref propgrid_iterator_flags.
- */
- virtual wxPGVIterator GetVIterator( int flags ) const;
-
- /** Hides or reveals a property.
- @param hide
- If true, hides property, otherwise reveals it.
- @param flags
- By default changes are applied recursively. Set this paramter
- wxPG_DONT_RECURSE to prevent this.
- */
- bool HideProperty( wxPGPropArg id,
- bool hide = true,
- int flags = wxPG_RECURSE );
-
-#if wxPG_INCLUDE_ADVPROPS
- /** Initializes *all* property types. Causes references to most object
- files in the library, so calling this may cause significant increase
- in executable size when linking with static library.
- */
- static void InitAllTypeHandlers();
-#else
- static void InitAllTypeHandlers() { }
-#endif
-
- //@{
- /** Inserts property to the property container.
-
- @param priorThis
- New property is inserted just prior to this. Available only
- in the first variant. There are two versions of this function
- to allow this parameter to be either an id or name to
- a property.
-
- @param newproperty
- Pointer to the inserted property. wxPropertyGrid will take
- ownership of this object.
-
- @param parent
- New property is inserted under this category. Available only
- in the second variant. There are two versions of this function
- to allow this parameter to be either an id or name to
- a property.
-
- @param index
- Index under category. Available only in the second variant.
- If index is < 0, property is appended in category.
-
- @return
- Returns id for the property,
-
- @remarks
-
- - wxPropertyGrid takes the ownership of the property pointer.
-
- - While Append may be faster way to add items, make note that when
- both types of data storage (categoric and
- non-categoric) are active, Insert becomes even more slow. This is
- especially true if current mode is non-categoric.
-
- Example of use:
-
- @code
-
- // append category
- wxPGProperty* my_cat_id = propertygrid->Append(
- new wxPropertyCategory("My Category") );
-
- ...
-
- // insert into category - using second variant
- wxPGProperty* my_item_id_1 = propertygrid->Insert(
- my_cat_id, 0, new wxStringProperty("My String 1") );
-
- // insert before to first item - using first variant
- wxPGProperty* my_item_id_2 = propertygrid->Insert(
- my_item_id, new wxStringProperty("My String 2") );
-
- @endcode
-
- */
- wxPGProperty* Insert( wxPGPropArg priorThis, wxPGProperty* newproperty );
- wxPGProperty* Insert( wxPGPropArg parent,
- int index,
- wxPGProperty* newproperty );
- //@}
-
- /** Returns true if property is a category. */
- bool IsPropertyCategory( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
- return p->IsCategory();
- }
-
- /** Returns true if property is enabled. */
- bool IsPropertyEnabled( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
- return (!(p->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_DISABLED))?true:false;
- }
-
- /**
- Returns true if given property is expanded.
-
- Naturally, always returns false for properties that cannot be expanded.
- */
- bool IsPropertyExpanded( wxPGPropArg id ) const;
-
- /**
- Returns true if property has been modified after value set or modify
- flag clear by software.
- */
- bool IsPropertyModified( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
- return ( (p->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_MODIFIED) ? true : false );
- }
-
- /**
- Returns true if property is selected.
- */
- bool IsPropertySelected( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
- return m_pState->DoIsPropertySelected(p);
- }
-
- /**
- Returns true if property is shown (ie hideproperty with true not
- called for it).
- */
- bool IsPropertyShown( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
- return (!(p->GetFlags() & wxPG_PROP_HIDDEN))?true:false;
- }
-
- /** Returns true if property value is set to unspecified.
- */
- bool IsPropertyValueUnspecified( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(false)
- return p->IsValueUnspecified();
- }
-
- /**
- Disables (limit = true) or enables (limit = false) wxTextCtrl editor of
- a property, if it is not the sole mean to edit the value.
- */
- void LimitPropertyEditing( wxPGPropArg id, bool limit = true );
-
- /** If state is shown in it's grid, refresh it now.
- */
- virtual void RefreshGrid( wxPropertyGridPageState* state = NULL );
-
-#if wxPG_INCLUDE_ADVPROPS
- /**
- Initializes additional property editors (SpinCtrl etc.). Causes
- references to most object files in the library, so calling this may
- cause significant increase in executable size when linking with static
- library.
- */
- static void RegisterAdditionalEditors();
-#else
- static void RegisterAdditionalEditors() { }
-#endif
-
- /** Replaces property with id with newly created property. For example,
- this code replaces existing property named "Flags" with one that
- will have different set of items:
- @code
- pg->ReplaceProperty("Flags",
- wxFlagsProperty("Flags", wxPG_LABEL, newItems))
- @endcode
- For more info, see wxPropertyGrid::Insert.
- */
- wxPGProperty* ReplaceProperty( wxPGPropArg id, wxPGProperty* property );
-
- /** @anchor propgridinterface_editablestate_flags
-
- Flags for wxPropertyGridInterface::SaveEditableState() and
- wxPropertyGridInterface::RestoreEditableState().
- */
- enum EditableStateFlags
- {
- /** Include selected property. */
- SelectionState = 0x01,
- /** Include expanded/collapsed property information. */
- ExpandedState = 0x02,
- /** Include scrolled position. */
- ScrollPosState = 0x04,
- /** Include selected page information.
- Only applies to wxPropertyGridManager. */
- PageState = 0x08,
- /** Include splitter position. Stored for each page. */
- SplitterPosState = 0x10,
- /** Include description box size.
- Only applies to wxPropertyGridManager. */
- DescBoxState = 0x20,
-
- /**
- Include all supported user editable state information.
- This is usually the default value. */
- AllStates = SelectionState |
- ExpandedState |
- ScrollPosState |
- PageState |
- SplitterPosState |
- DescBoxState
- };
-
- /**
- Restores user-editable state.
-
- See also wxPropertyGridInterface::SaveEditableState().
-
- @param src
- String generated by SaveEditableState.
-
- @param restoreStates
- Which parts to restore from source string. See @ref
- propgridinterface_editablestate_flags "list of editable state
- flags".
-
- @return
- False if there was problem reading the string.
-
- @remarks
- If some parts of state (such as scrolled or splitter position) fail to
- restore correctly, please make sure that you call this function after
- wxPropertyGrid size has been set (this may sometimes be tricky when
- sizers are used).
- */
- bool RestoreEditableState( const wxString& src,
- int restoreStates = AllStates );
-
- /**
- Used to acquire user-editable state (selected property, expanded
- properties, scrolled position, splitter positions).
-
- @param includedStates
- Which parts of state to include. See @ref
- propgridinterface_editablestate_flags "list of editable state flags".
- */
- wxString SaveEditableState( int includedStates = AllStates ) const;
-
- /**
- Lets user set the strings listed in the choice dropdown of a
- wxBoolProperty. Defaults are "True" and "False", so changing them to,
- say, "Yes" and "No" may be useful in some less technical applications.
- */
- static void SetBoolChoices( const wxString& trueChoice,
- const wxString& falseChoice );
-
- /**
- Set proportion of a auto-stretchable column. wxPG_SPLITTER_AUTO_CENTER
- window style needs to be used to indicate that columns are auto-
- resizable.
-
- @returns Returns @false on failure.
-
- @remarks You should call this for individual pages of
- wxPropertyGridManager (if used).
-
- @see GetColumnProportion()
- */
- bool SetColumnProportion( unsigned int column, int proportion );
-
- /**
- Returns auto-resize proportion of the given column.
-
- @see SetColumnProportion()
- */
- int GetColumnProportion( unsigned int column ) const
- {
- return m_pState->DoGetColumnProportion(column);
- }
-
- /** Sets an attribute for this property.
- @param name
- Text identifier of attribute. See @ref propgrid_property_attributes.
- @param value
- Value of attribute.
- @param argFlags
- Optional. Use wxPG_RECURSE to set the attribute to child properties
- recursively.
- */
- void SetPropertyAttribute( wxPGPropArg id,
- const wxString& attrName,
- wxVariant value,
- long argFlags = 0 )
- {
- DoSetPropertyAttribute(id,attrName,value,argFlags);
- }
-
- /** Sets property attribute for all applicapple properties.
- Be sure to use this method only after all properties have been
- added to the grid.
- */
- void SetPropertyAttributeAll( const wxString& attrName, wxVariant value );
-
- /**
- Sets background colour of a property.
-
- @param id
- Property name or pointer.
-
- @param colour
- New background colour.
-
- @param flags
- Default is wxPG_RECURSE which causes colour to be set recursively.
- Omit this flag to only set colour for the property in question
- and not any of its children.
- */
- void SetPropertyBackgroundColour( wxPGPropArg id,
- const wxColour& colour,
- int flags = wxPG_RECURSE );
-
- /** Resets text and background colours of given property.
- */
- void SetPropertyColoursToDefault( wxPGPropArg id );
-
- /**
- Sets text colour of a property.
-
- @param id
- Property name or pointer.
-
- @param colour
- New background colour.
-
- @param flags
- Default is wxPG_RECURSE which causes colour to be set recursively.
- Omit this flag to only set colour for the property in question
- and not any of its children.
- */
- void SetPropertyTextColour( wxPGPropArg id,
- const wxColour& col,
- int flags = wxPG_RECURSE );
-
- /**
- Returns background colour of first cell of a property.
- */
- wxColour GetPropertyBackgroundColour( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxColour())
- return p->GetCell(0).GetBgCol();
- }
-
- /**
- Returns text colour of first cell of a property.
- */
- wxColour GetPropertyTextColour( wxPGPropArg id ) const
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG_RETVAL(wxColour())
- return p->GetCell(0).GetFgCol();
- }
-
- /** Sets text, bitmap, and colours for given column's cell.
-
- @remarks
- - You can set label cell by setting column to 0.
- - You can use wxPG_LABEL as text to use default text for column.
- */
- void SetPropertyCell( wxPGPropArg id,
- int column,
- const wxString& text = wxEmptyString,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxColour& fgCol = wxNullColour,
- const wxColour& bgCol = wxNullColour );
-
- /** Sets client data (void*) of a property.
- @remarks
- This untyped client data has to be deleted manually.
- */
- void SetPropertyClientData( wxPGPropArg id, void* clientData )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- p->SetClientData(clientData);
- }
-
- /** Sets editor for a property.
-
- @param editor
- For builtin editors, use wxPGEditor_X, where X is builtin editor's
- name (TextCtrl, Choice, etc. see wxPGEditor documentation for full
- list).
-
- For custom editors, use pointer you received from
- wxPropertyGrid::RegisterEditorClass().
- */
- void SetPropertyEditor( wxPGPropArg id, const wxPGEditor* editor )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- wxCHECK_RET( editor, wxT("unknown/NULL editor") );
- p->SetEditor(editor);
- RefreshProperty(p);
- }
-
- /** Sets editor control of a property. As editor argument, use
- editor name string, such as "TextCtrl" or "Choice".
- */
- void SetPropertyEditor( wxPGPropArg id, const wxString& editorName )
- {
- SetPropertyEditor(id,GetEditorByName(editorName));
- }
-
- /** Sets label of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyLabel( wxPGPropArg id, const wxString& newproplabel );
-
- /**
- Sets name of a property.
-
- @param id
- Name or pointer of property which name to change.
-
- @param newName
- New name for property.
- */
- void SetPropertyName( wxPGPropArg id, const wxString& newName )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- m_pState->DoSetPropertyName( p, newName );
- }
-
- /**
- Sets property (and, recursively, its children) to have read-only value.
- In other words, user cannot change the value in the editor, but they
- can still copy it.
- @remarks
- This is mainly for use with textctrl editor. Not all other editors fully
- support it.
- @param flags
- By default changes are applied recursively. Set this paramter
- wxPG_DONT_RECURSE to prevent this.
- */
- void SetPropertyReadOnly( wxPGPropArg id,
- bool set = true,
- int flags = wxPG_RECURSE )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- if ( flags & wxPG_RECURSE )
- p->SetFlagRecursively(wxPG_PROP_READONLY, set);
- else
- p->ChangeFlag(wxPG_PROP_READONLY, set);
- }
-
- /** Sets property's value to unspecified.
- If it has children (it may be category), then the same thing is done to
- them.
- */
- void SetPropertyValueUnspecified( wxPGPropArg id )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- p->SetValueToUnspecified();
- }
-
- /**
- Sets property values from a list of wxVariants.
- */
- void SetPropertyValues( const wxVariantList& list,
- wxPGPropArg defaultCategory = wxNullProperty )
- {
- wxPGProperty *p;
- if ( defaultCategory.HasName() ) p = defaultCategory.GetPtr(this);
- else p = defaultCategory.GetPtr0();
- m_pState->DoSetPropertyValues(list, p);
- }
-
- /**
- Sets property values from a list of wxVariants.
- */
- void SetPropertyValues( const wxVariant& list,
- wxPGPropArg defaultCategory = wxNullProperty )
- {
- SetPropertyValues(list.GetList(),defaultCategory);
- }
-
- /** Associates the help string with property.
- @remarks
- By default, text is shown either in the manager's "description"
- text box or in the status bar. If extra window style
- wxPG_EX_HELP_AS_TOOLTIPS is used, then the text will appear as a
- tooltip.
- */
- void SetPropertyHelpString( wxPGPropArg id, const wxString& helpString )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- p->SetHelpString(helpString);
- }
-
- /** Set wxBitmap in front of the value.
- @remarks
- - Bitmap will be scaled to a size returned by
- wxPropertyGrid::GetImageSize();
- */
- void SetPropertyImage( wxPGPropArg id, wxBitmap& bmp )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- p->SetValueImage(bmp);
- RefreshProperty(p);
- }
-
- /** Sets max length of property's text.
- */
- bool SetPropertyMaxLength( wxPGPropArg id, int maxLen );
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- /** Sets validator of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyValidator( wxPGPropArg id, const wxValidator& validator )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- p->SetValidator(validator);
- }
-#endif
-
- /** Sets value (long integer) of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, long value )
- {
- wxVariant v(value);
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
-
- /** Sets value (integer) of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, int value )
- {
- wxVariant v((long)value);
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
- /** Sets value (floating point) of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, double value )
- {
- wxVariant v(value);
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
- /** Sets value (bool) of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, bool value )
- {
- wxVariant v(value);
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, const wchar_t* value )
- {
- SetPropertyValueString( id, wxString(value) );
- }
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, const char* value )
- {
- SetPropertyValueString( id, wxString(value) );
- }
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, const wxString& value )
- {
- SetPropertyValueString( id, value );
- }
-
- /** Sets value (wxArrayString) of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, const wxArrayString& value )
- {
- wxVariant v(value);
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, const wxDateTime& value )
- {
- wxVariant v(value);
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
-#endif
-
- /** Sets value (wxObject*) of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, wxObject* value )
- {
- wxVariant v(value);
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
-
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, wxObject& value )
- {
- wxVariant v(&value);
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
-
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
- /** Sets value (wxLongLong&) of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, wxLongLong_t value )
- {
- wxVariant v = WXVARIANT(wxLongLong(value));
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
- /** Sets value (wxULongLong&) of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, wxULongLong_t value )
- {
- wxVariant v = WXVARIANT(wxULongLong(value));
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
-#endif
-
- /** Sets value (wxArrayInt&) of a property.
- */
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, const wxArrayInt& value )
- {
- wxVariant v = WXVARIANT(value);
- SetPropVal( id, v );
- }
-
- /** Sets value (wxString) of a property.
-
- @remarks
- This method uses wxPGProperty::SetValueFromString, which all properties
- should implement. This means that there should not be a type error,
- and instead the string is converted to property's actual value type.
- */
- void SetPropertyValueString( wxPGPropArg id, const wxString& value );
-
- /** Sets value (wxVariant&) of a property.
-
- @remarks
- Use wxPropertyGrid::ChangePropertyValue() instead if you need to run
- through validation process and send property change event.
- */
- void SetPropertyValue( wxPGPropArg id, wxVariant value )
- {
- SetPropVal( id, value );
- }
-
- /** Sets value (wxVariant&) of a property. Same as SetPropertyValue, but
- accepts reference. */
- void SetPropVal( wxPGPropArg id, wxVariant& value );
-
- /** Adjusts how wxPropertyGrid behaves when invalid value is entered
- in a property.
- @param vfbFlags
- See @link vfbflags list of valid flags values@endlink
- */
- void SetValidationFailureBehavior( int vfbFlags );
-
- /**
- Sorts all properties recursively.
-
- @param flags
- This can contain any of the following options:
- wxPG_SORT_TOP_LEVEL_ONLY: Only sort categories and their
- immediate children. Sorting done by wxPG_AUTO_SORT option
- uses this.
-
- @see SortChildren, wxPropertyGrid::SetSortFunction
- */
- void Sort( int flags = 0 );
-
- /**
- Sorts children of a property.
-
- @param id
- Name or pointer to a property.
-
- @param flags
- This can contain any of the following options:
- wxPG_RECURSE: Sorts recursively.
-
- @see Sort, wxPropertyGrid::SetSortFunction
- */
- void SortChildren( wxPGPropArg id, int flags = 0 )
- {
- wxPG_PROP_ARG_CALL_PROLOG()
- m_pState->DoSortChildren(p, flags);
- }
-
- // GetPropertyByName With nice assertion error message.
- wxPGProperty* GetPropertyByNameA( const wxString& name ) const;
-
- static wxPGEditor* GetEditorByName( const wxString& editorName );
-
- // NOTE: This function reselects the property and may cause
- // excess flicker, so to just call Refresh() on a rect
- // of single property, call DrawItem() instead.
- virtual void RefreshProperty( wxPGProperty* p ) = 0;
-
-protected:
-
- bool DoClearSelection( bool validation = false,
- int selFlags = 0 );
-
- /**
- In derived class, implement to set editable state component with
- given name to given value.
- */
- virtual bool SetEditableStateItem( const wxString& name, wxVariant value )
- {
- wxUnusedVar(name);
- wxUnusedVar(value);
- return false;
- }
-
- /**
- In derived class, implement to return editable state component with
- given name.
- */
- virtual wxVariant GetEditableStateItem( const wxString& name ) const
- {
- wxUnusedVar(name);
- return wxNullVariant;
- }
-
- // Returns page state data for given (sub) page (-1 means current page).
- virtual wxPropertyGridPageState* GetPageState( int pageIndex ) const
- {
- if ( pageIndex <= 0 )
- return m_pState;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- virtual bool DoSelectPage( int WXUNUSED(index) ) { return true; }
-
- // Default call's m_pState's BaseGetPropertyByName
- virtual wxPGProperty* DoGetPropertyByName( const wxString& name ) const;
-
- // Deriving classes must set this (it must be only or current page).
- wxPropertyGridPageState* m_pState;
-
- // Intermediate version needed due to wxVariant copying inefficiency
- void DoSetPropertyAttribute( wxPGPropArg id,
- const wxString& name,
- wxVariant& value, long argFlags );
-
- // Empty string object to return from member functions returning const
- // wxString&.
- wxString m_emptyString;
-
-private:
- // Cannot be GetGrid() due to ambiguity issues.
- wxPropertyGrid* GetPropertyGrid()
- {
- if ( !m_pState )
- return NULL;
- return m_pState->GetGrid();
- }
-
- // Cannot be GetGrid() due to ambiguity issues.
- const wxPropertyGrid* GetPropertyGrid() const
- {
- if ( !m_pState )
- return NULL;
-
- return m_pState->GetGrid();
- }
-
- friend class wxPropertyGrid;
- friend class wxPropertyGridManager;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#endif // __WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRIDIFACE_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/propgrid/propgridpagestate.h
-// Purpose: wxPropertyGridPageState class
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2008-08-24
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRIDPAGESTATE_H_
-#define _WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRIDPAGESTATE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#include "wx/propgrid/property.h"
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @section propgrid_hittestresult wxPropertyGridHitTestResult
-
- A return value from wxPropertyGrid::HitTest(),
- contains all you need to know about an arbitrary location on the grid.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPropertyGridHitTestResult
-{
- friend class wxPropertyGridPageState;
-public:
- wxPropertyGridHitTestResult()
- {
- m_property = NULL;
- m_column = -1;
- m_splitter = -1;
- m_splitterHitOffset = 0;
- }
-
- ~wxPropertyGridHitTestResult()
- {
- }
-
- /**
- Returns column hit. -1 for margin.
- */
- int GetColumn() const { return m_column; }
-
- /**
- Returns property hit. NULL if empty space below
- properties was hit instead.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetProperty() const
- {
- return m_property;
- }
-
- /**
- Returns index of splitter hit, -1 for none.
- */
- int GetSplitter() const { return m_splitter; }
-
- /**
- If splitter hit, then this member function
- returns offset to the exact splitter position.
- */
- int GetSplitterHitOffset() const { return m_splitterHitOffset; }
-
-private:
- /** Property. NULL if empty space below properties was hit */
- wxPGProperty* m_property;
-
- /** Column. -1 for margin. */
- int m_column;
-
- /** Index of splitter hit, -1 for none. */
- int m_splitter;
-
- /** If splitter hit, offset to that */
- int m_splitterHitOffset;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxPG_IT_CHILDREN(A) ((A)<<16)
-
-/** @section propgrid_iterator_flags wxPropertyGridIterator Flags
- @{
-
- NOTES: At lower 16-bits, there are flags to check if item will be included.
- At higher 16-bits, there are same flags, but to instead check if children
- will be included.
-*/
-
-enum wxPG_ITERATOR_FLAGS
-{
-
-/**
- Iterate through 'normal' property items (does not include children of
- aggregate or hidden items by default).
-*/
-wxPG_ITERATE_PROPERTIES = wxPG_PROP_PROPERTY |
- wxPG_PROP_MISC_PARENT |
- wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE |
- wxPG_PROP_COLLAPSED |
- wxPG_IT_CHILDREN(wxPG_PROP_MISC_PARENT) |
- wxPG_IT_CHILDREN(wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY),
-
-/** Iterate children of collapsed parents, and individual items that are hidden.
-*/
-wxPG_ITERATE_HIDDEN = wxPG_PROP_HIDDEN |
- wxPG_IT_CHILDREN(wxPG_PROP_COLLAPSED),
-
-/**
- Iterate children of parent that is an aggregate property (ie has fixed
- children).
-*/
-wxPG_ITERATE_FIXED_CHILDREN = wxPG_IT_CHILDREN(wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE) |
- wxPG_ITERATE_PROPERTIES,
-
-/** Iterate categories.
- Note that even without this flag, children of categories are still iterated
- through.
-*/
-wxPG_ITERATE_CATEGORIES = wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY |
- wxPG_IT_CHILDREN(wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY) |
- wxPG_PROP_COLLAPSED,
-
-wxPG_ITERATE_ALL_PARENTS = wxPG_PROP_MISC_PARENT |
- wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE |
- wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY,
-
-wxPG_ITERATE_ALL_PARENTS_RECURSIVELY = wxPG_ITERATE_ALL_PARENTS |
- wxPG_IT_CHILDREN(
- wxPG_ITERATE_ALL_PARENTS),
-
-wxPG_ITERATOR_FLAGS_ALL = wxPG_PROP_PROPERTY |
- wxPG_PROP_MISC_PARENT |
- wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE |
- wxPG_PROP_HIDDEN |
- wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY |
- wxPG_PROP_COLLAPSED,
-
-wxPG_ITERATOR_MASK_OP_ITEM = wxPG_ITERATOR_FLAGS_ALL,
-
-// (wxPG_PROP_MISC_PARENT|wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE|wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY)
-wxPG_ITERATOR_MASK_OP_PARENT = wxPG_ITERATOR_FLAGS_ALL,
-
-/** Combines all flags needed to iterate through visible properties
- (ie hidden properties and children of collapsed parents are skipped).
-*/
-wxPG_ITERATE_VISIBLE = wxPG_ITERATE_PROPERTIES |
- wxPG_PROP_CATEGORY |
- wxPG_IT_CHILDREN(wxPG_PROP_AGGREGATE),
-
-/** Iterate all items.
-*/
-wxPG_ITERATE_ALL = wxPG_ITERATE_VISIBLE |
- wxPG_ITERATE_HIDDEN,
-
-/** Iterate through individual properties (ie categories and children of
- aggregate properties are skipped).
-*/
-wxPG_ITERATE_NORMAL = wxPG_ITERATE_PROPERTIES |
- wxPG_ITERATE_HIDDEN,
-
-/** Default iterator flags.
-*/
-wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT = wxPG_ITERATE_NORMAL
-
-};
-
-/** @}
-*/
-
-
-#define wxPG_ITERATOR_CREATE_MASKS(FLAGS, A, B) \
- A = (FLAGS ^ wxPG_ITERATOR_MASK_OP_ITEM) & \
- wxPG_ITERATOR_MASK_OP_ITEM & 0xFFFF; \
- B = ((FLAGS>>16) ^ wxPG_ITERATOR_MASK_OP_PARENT) & \
- wxPG_ITERATOR_MASK_OP_PARENT & 0xFFFF;
-
-
-// Macro to test if children of PWC should be iterated through
-#define wxPG_ITERATOR_PARENTEXMASK_TEST(PWC, PARENTMASK) \
- ( \
- !(PWC->GetFlags() & PARENTMASK) && \
- PWC->GetChildCount() \
- )
-
-
-// Base for wxPropertyGridIterator classes.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPropertyGridIteratorBase
-{
-public:
- wxPropertyGridIteratorBase()
- {
- }
-
- void Assign( const wxPropertyGridIteratorBase& it );
-
- bool AtEnd() const { return m_property == NULL; }
-
- /** Get current property.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetProperty() const { return m_property; }
-
- void Init( wxPropertyGridPageState* state,
- int flags,
- wxPGProperty* property,
- int dir = 1 );
-
- void Init( wxPropertyGridPageState* state,
- int flags,
- int startPos = wxTOP,
- int dir = 0 );
-
- /** Iterate to the next property.
- */
- void Next( bool iterateChildren = true );
-
- /** Iterate to the previous property.
- */
- void Prev();
-
- /**
- Set base parent, ie a property when, in which iteration returns, it
- ends.
-
- Default base parent is the root of the used wxPropertyGridPageState.
- */
- void SetBaseParent( wxPGProperty* baseParent )
- { m_baseParent = baseParent; }
-
-protected:
-
- wxPGProperty* m_property;
-
-private:
- wxPropertyGridPageState* m_state;
- wxPGProperty* m_baseParent;
-
- // Masks are used to quickly exclude items
- int m_itemExMask;
- int m_parentExMask;
-};
-
-
-#define wxPG_IMPLEMENT_ITERATOR(CLASS, PROPERTY, STATE) \
- CLASS( STATE* state, int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT, \
- PROPERTY* property = NULL, int dir = 1 ) \
- : wxPropertyGridIteratorBase() \
- { Init( (wxPropertyGridPageState*)state, flags, \
- (wxPGProperty*)property, dir ); } \
- CLASS( STATE* state, int flags, int startPos, int dir = 0 ) \
- : wxPropertyGridIteratorBase() \
- { Init( (wxPropertyGridPageState*)state, flags, startPos, dir ); } \
- CLASS() \
- : wxPropertyGridIteratorBase() \
- { \
- m_property = NULL; \
- } \
- CLASS( const CLASS& it ) \
- : wxPropertyGridIteratorBase( ) \
- { \
- Assign(it); \
- } \
- ~CLASS() \
- { \
- } \
- const CLASS& operator=( const CLASS& it ) \
- { \
- if (this != &it) \
- Assign(it); \
- return *this; \
- } \
- CLASS& operator++() { Next(); return *this; } \
- CLASS operator++(int) { CLASS it=*this;Next();return it; } \
- CLASS& operator--() { Prev(); return *this; } \
- CLASS operator--(int) { CLASS it=*this;Prev();return it; } \
- PROPERTY* operator *() const { return (PROPERTY*)m_property; } \
- static PROPERTY* OneStep( STATE* state, \
- int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT, \
- PROPERTY* property = NULL, \
- int dir = 1 ) \
- { \
- CLASS it( state, flags, property, dir ); \
- if ( property ) \
- { \
- if ( dir == 1 ) it.Next(); \
- else it.Prev(); \
- } \
- return *it; \
- }
-
-
-/** @class wxPropertyGridIterator
-
- Preferable way to iterate through contents of wxPropertyGrid,
- wxPropertyGridManager, and wxPropertyGridPage.
-
- See wxPropertyGridInterface::GetIterator() for more information about usage.
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
- wxPropertyGridIterator : public wxPropertyGridIteratorBase
-{
-public:
-
- wxPG_IMPLEMENT_ITERATOR(wxPropertyGridIterator,
- wxPGProperty,
- wxPropertyGridPageState)
-
-protected:
-};
-
-
-// Const version of wxPropertyGridIterator.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
- wxPropertyGridConstIterator : public wxPropertyGridIteratorBase
-{
-public:
- wxPG_IMPLEMENT_ITERATOR(wxPropertyGridConstIterator,
- const wxPGProperty,
- const wxPropertyGridPageState)
-
- /**
- Additional copy constructor.
- */
- wxPropertyGridConstIterator( const wxPropertyGridIterator& other )
- {
- Assign(other);
- }
-
- /**
- Additional assignment operator.
- */
- const wxPropertyGridConstIterator& operator=( const wxPropertyGridIterator& it )
- {
- Assign(it);
- return *this;
- }
-
-protected:
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** Base class to derive new viterators.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGVIteratorBase : public wxObjectRefData
-{
- friend class wxPGVIterator;
-public:
- wxPGVIteratorBase() { }
- virtual void Next() = 0;
-protected:
- virtual ~wxPGVIteratorBase() { }
-
- wxPropertyGridIterator m_it;
-};
-
-/** @class wxPGVIterator
-
- Abstract implementation of a simple iterator. Can only be used
- to iterate in forward order, and only through the entire container.
- Used to have functions dealing with all properties work with both
- wxPropertyGrid and wxPropertyGridManager.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGVIterator
-{
-public:
- wxPGVIterator() { m_pIt = NULL; }
- wxPGVIterator( wxPGVIteratorBase* obj ) { m_pIt = obj; }
- ~wxPGVIterator() { UnRef(); }
- void UnRef() { if (m_pIt) m_pIt->DecRef(); }
- wxPGVIterator( const wxPGVIterator& it )
- {
- m_pIt = it.m_pIt;
- m_pIt->IncRef();
- }
- const wxPGVIterator& operator=( const wxPGVIterator& it )
- {
- if (this != &it)
- {
- UnRef();
- m_pIt = it.m_pIt;
- m_pIt->IncRef();
- }
- return *this;
- }
- void Next() { m_pIt->Next(); }
- bool AtEnd() const { return m_pIt->m_it.AtEnd(); }
- wxPGProperty* GetProperty() const { return m_pIt->m_it.GetProperty(); }
-protected:
- wxPGVIteratorBase* m_pIt;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPropertyGridPageState
-
- Contains low-level property page information (properties, column widths,
- etc) of a single wxPropertyGrid or single wxPropertyGridPage. Generally you
- should not use this class directly, but instead member functions in
- wxPropertyGridInterface, wxPropertyGrid, wxPropertyGridPage, and
- wxPropertyGridManager.
-
- @remarks
- - In separate wxPropertyGrid component this class was known as
- wxPropertyGridState.
- - Currently this class is not implemented in wxPython.
-
- @library{wxpropgrid}
- @category{propgrid}
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPropertyGridPageState
-{
- friend class wxPGProperty;
- friend class wxPropertyGrid;
- friend class wxPGCanvas;
- friend class wxPropertyGridInterface;
- friend class wxPropertyGridPage;
- friend class wxPropertyGridManager;
-public:
-
- /** Default constructor. */
- wxPropertyGridPageState();
-
- /** Destructor. */
- virtual ~wxPropertyGridPageState();
-
- /** Makes sure all columns have minimum width.
- */
- void CheckColumnWidths( int widthChange = 0 );
-
- /**
- Override this member function to add custom behaviour on property
- deletion.
- */
- virtual void DoDelete( wxPGProperty* item, bool doDelete = true );
-
- wxSize DoFitColumns( bool allowGridResize = false );
-
- wxPGProperty* DoGetItemAtY( int y ) const;
-
- /**
- Override this member function to add custom behaviour on property
- insertion.
- */
- virtual wxPGProperty* DoInsert( wxPGProperty* parent,
- int index,
- wxPGProperty* property );
-
- /**
- This needs to be overridden in grid used the manager so that splitter
- changes can be propagated to other pages.
- */
- virtual void DoSetSplitterPosition( int pos,
- int splitterColumn = 0,
- int flags = 0 );
-
- bool EnableCategories( bool enable );
-
- /** Make sure virtual height is up-to-date.
- */
- void EnsureVirtualHeight()
- {
- if ( m_vhCalcPending )
- {
- RecalculateVirtualHeight();
- m_vhCalcPending = 0;
- }
- }
-
- /** Returns (precalculated) height of contained visible properties.
- */
- unsigned int GetVirtualHeight() const
- {
- wxASSERT( !m_vhCalcPending );
- return m_virtualHeight;
- }
-
- /** Returns (precalculated) height of contained visible properties.
- */
- unsigned int GetVirtualHeight()
- {
- EnsureVirtualHeight();
- return m_virtualHeight;
- }
-
- /** Returns actual height of contained visible properties.
- @remarks
- Mostly used for internal diagnostic purposes.
- */
- inline unsigned int GetActualVirtualHeight() const;
-
- unsigned int GetColumnCount() const
- {
- return (unsigned int) m_colWidths.size();
- }
-
- int GetColumnMinWidth( int column ) const;
-
- int GetColumnWidth( unsigned int column ) const
- {
- return m_colWidths[column];
- }
-
- wxPropertyGrid* GetGrid() const { return m_pPropGrid; }
-
- /** Returns last item which could be iterated using given flags.
- @param flags
- @link iteratorflags List of iterator flags@endlink
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetLastItem( int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT );
-
- const wxPGProperty* GetLastItem( int flags = wxPG_ITERATE_DEFAULT ) const
- {
- return ((wxPropertyGridPageState*)this)->GetLastItem(flags);
- }
-
- /**
- Returns currently selected property.
- */
- wxPGProperty* GetSelection() const
- {
- if ( m_selection.size() == 0 )
- return NULL;
- return m_selection[0];
- }
-
- void DoSetSelection( wxPGProperty* prop )
- {
- m_selection.clear();
- if ( prop )
- m_selection.push_back(prop);
- }
-
- bool DoClearSelection()
- {
- return DoSelectProperty(NULL);
- }
-
- void DoRemoveFromSelection( wxPGProperty* prop );
-
- void DoSetColumnProportion( unsigned int column, int proportion );
-
- int DoGetColumnProportion( unsigned int column ) const
- {
- return m_columnProportions[column];
- }
-
- void ResetColumnSizes( int setSplitterFlags );
-
- wxPropertyCategory* GetPropertyCategory( const wxPGProperty* p ) const;
-
- wxPGProperty* GetPropertyByLabel( const wxString& name,
- wxPGProperty* parent = NULL ) const;
-
- wxVariant DoGetPropertyValues( const wxString& listname,
- wxPGProperty* baseparent,
- long flags ) const;
-
- wxPGProperty* DoGetRoot() const { return m_properties; }
-
- void DoSetPropertyName( wxPGProperty* p, const wxString& newName );
-
- // Returns combined width of margin and all the columns
- int GetVirtualWidth() const
- {
- return m_width;
- }
-
- /**
- Returns minimal width for given column so that all images and texts
- will fit entirely.
-
- Used by SetSplitterLeft() and DoFitColumns().
- */
- int GetColumnFitWidth(wxClientDC& dc,
- wxPGProperty* pwc,
- unsigned int col,
- bool subProps) const;
-
- int GetColumnFullWidth(wxClientDC &dc, wxPGProperty *p, unsigned int col);
-
- /**
- Returns information about arbitrary position in the grid.
-
- @param pt
- Logical coordinates in the virtual grid space. Use
- wxScrolled<T>::CalcUnscrolledPosition() if you need to
- translate a scrolled position into a logical one.
- */
- wxPropertyGridHitTestResult HitTest( const wxPoint& pt ) const;
-
- /** Returns true if page is visibly displayed.
- */
- inline bool IsDisplayed() const;
-
- bool IsInNonCatMode() const { return (bool)(m_properties == m_abcArray); }
-
- void DoLimitPropertyEditing( wxPGProperty* p, bool limit = true )
- {
- p->SetFlagRecursively(wxPG_PROP_NOEDITOR, limit);
- }
-
- bool DoSelectProperty( wxPGProperty* p, unsigned int flags = 0 );
-
- /** widthChange is non-client.
- */
- void OnClientWidthChange( int newWidth,
- int widthChange,
- bool fromOnResize = false );
-
- /** Recalculates m_virtualHeight.
- */
- void RecalculateVirtualHeight()
- {
- m_virtualHeight = GetActualVirtualHeight();
- }
-
- void SetColumnCount( int colCount );
-
- void PropagateColSizeDec( int column, int decrease, int dir );
-
- bool DoHideProperty( wxPGProperty* p, bool hide, int flags = wxPG_RECURSE );
-
- bool DoSetPropertyValueString( wxPGProperty* p, const wxString& value );
-
- bool DoSetPropertyValue( wxPGProperty* p, wxVariant& value );
-
- bool DoSetPropertyValueWxObjectPtr( wxPGProperty* p, wxObject* value );
- void DoSetPropertyValues( const wxVariantList& list,
- wxPGProperty* default_category );
-
- void SetSplitterLeft( bool subProps = false );
-
- /** Set virtual width for this particular page. */
- void SetVirtualWidth( int width );
-
- void DoSortChildren( wxPGProperty* p, int flags = 0 );
- void DoSort( int flags = 0 );
-
- bool PrepareAfterItemsAdded();
-
- /** Called after virtual height needs to be recalculated.
- */
- void VirtualHeightChanged()
- {
- m_vhCalcPending = 1;
- }
-
- /** Base append. */
- wxPGProperty* DoAppend( wxPGProperty* property );
-
- /** Returns property by its name. */
- wxPGProperty* BaseGetPropertyByName( const wxString& name ) const;
-
- /** Called in, for example, wxPropertyGrid::Clear. */
- void DoClear();
-
- bool DoIsPropertySelected( wxPGProperty* prop ) const;
-
- bool DoCollapse( wxPGProperty* p );
-
- bool DoExpand( wxPGProperty* p );
-
- void CalculateFontAndBitmapStuff( int vspacing );
-
-protected:
-
- // Utility to check if two properties are visibly next to each other
- bool ArePropertiesAdjacent( wxPGProperty* prop1,
- wxPGProperty* prop2,
- int iterFlags = wxPG_ITERATE_VISIBLE ) const;
-
- int DoGetSplitterPosition( int splitterIndex = 0 ) const;
-
- /** Returns column at x coordinate (in GetGrid()->GetPanel()).
- @param pSplitterHit
- Give pointer to int that receives index to splitter that is at x.
- @param pSplitterHitOffset
- Distance from said splitter.
- */
- int HitTestH( int x, int* pSplitterHit, int* pSplitterHitOffset ) const;
-
- bool PrepareToAddItem( wxPGProperty* property,
- wxPGProperty* scheduledParent );
-
- /** If visible, then this is pointer to wxPropertyGrid.
- This shall *never* be NULL to indicate that this state is not visible.
- */
- wxPropertyGrid* m_pPropGrid;
-
- /** Pointer to currently used array. */
- wxPGProperty* m_properties;
-
- /** Array for categoric mode. */
- wxPGRootProperty m_regularArray;
-
- /** Array for root of non-categoric mode. */
- wxPGRootProperty* m_abcArray;
-
- /** Dictionary for name-based access. */
- wxPGHashMapS2P m_dictName;
-
- /** List of column widths (first column does not include margin). */
- wxArrayInt m_colWidths;
-
- /** List of indices of columns the user can edit by clicking it. */
- wxArrayInt m_editableColumns;
-
- /** Column proportions */
- wxArrayInt m_columnProportions;
-
- double m_fSplitterX;
-
- /** Most recently added category. */
- wxPropertyCategory* m_currentCategory;
-
- /** Array of selected property. */
- wxArrayPGProperty m_selection;
-
- /** Virtual width. */
- int m_width;
-
- /** Indicates total virtual height of visible properties. */
- unsigned int m_virtualHeight;
-
- /** 1 if m_lastCaption is also the bottommost caption. */
- unsigned char m_lastCaptionBottomnest;
-
- /** 1 items appended/inserted, so stuff needs to be done before drawing;
- If m_virtualHeight == 0, then calcylatey's must be done.
- Otherwise just sort.
- */
- unsigned char m_itemsAdded;
-
- /** 1 if any value is modified. */
- unsigned char m_anyModified;
-
- unsigned char m_vhCalcPending;
-
- /** True if splitter has been pre-set by the application. */
- bool m_isSplitterPreSet;
-
- /** Used to (temporarily) disable splitter centering. */
- bool m_dontCenterSplitter;
-
-private:
- /** Only inits arrays, doesn't migrate things or such. */
- void InitNonCatMode();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#endif // _WX_PROPGRID_PROPGRIDPAGESTATE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/propgrid/props.h
-// Purpose: wxPropertyGrid Property Classes
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2007-03-28
-// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROPGRID_PROPS_H_
-#define _WX_PROPGRID_PROPS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxPGArrayEditorDialog;
-
-#include "wx/propgrid/editors.h"
-
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#include "wx/button.h"
-#include "wx/listbox.h"
-#include "wx/valtext.h"
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//
-// Property class implementation helper macros.
-//
-
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_PROPERTY_CLASS(NAME, UPCLASS, T, T_AS_ARG, EDITOR) \
-IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(NAME, UPCLASS) \
-WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_PROPERTY_CLASS_PLAIN(NAME, T, EDITOR)
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//
-// These macros help creating DoGetValidator
-#define WX_PG_DOGETVALIDATOR_ENTRY() \
- static wxValidator* s_ptr = NULL; \
- if ( s_ptr ) return s_ptr;
-
-// Common function exit
-#define WX_PG_DOGETVALIDATOR_EXIT(VALIDATOR) \
- s_ptr = VALIDATOR; \
- wxPGGlobalVars->m_arrValidators.push_back( VALIDATOR ); \
- return VALIDATOR;
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPGInDialogValidator
- @ingroup classes
- Creates and manages a temporary wxTextCtrl for validation purposes.
- Uses wxPropertyGrid's current editor, if available.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGInDialogValidator
-{
-public:
- wxPGInDialogValidator()
- {
- m_textCtrl = NULL;
- }
-
- ~wxPGInDialogValidator()
- {
- if ( m_textCtrl )
- m_textCtrl->Destroy();
- }
-
- bool DoValidate( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
- wxValidator* validator,
- const wxString& value );
-
-private:
- wxTextCtrl* m_textCtrl;
-};
-
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Property classes
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxPG_PROP_PASSWORD wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_2
-
-/** @class wxStringProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Basic property with string value.
-
- <b>Supported special attributes:</b>
- - "Password": set to 1 in order to enable wxTE_PASSWORD on the editor.
-
- @remarks
- - If value "<composed>" is set, then actual value is formed (or composed)
- from values of child properties.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxStringProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxStringProperty)
-public:
- wxStringProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString );
- virtual ~wxStringProperty();
-
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
-
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
-
- /** This is updated so "<composed>" special value can be handled.
- */
- virtual void OnSetValue();
-
-protected:
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** Constants used with NumericValidation<>().
-*/
-enum wxPGNumericValidationConstants
-{
- /** Instead of modifying the value, show an error message.
- */
- wxPG_PROPERTY_VALIDATION_ERROR_MESSAGE = 0,
-
- /** Modify value, but stick with the limitations.
- */
- wxPG_PROPERTY_VALIDATION_SATURATE = 1,
-
- /** Modify value, wrap around on overflow.
- */
- wxPG_PROPERTY_VALIDATION_WRAP = 2
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-/**
- A more comprehensive numeric validator class.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxNumericPropertyValidator : public wxTextValidator
-{
-public:
- enum NumericType
- {
- Signed = 0,
- Unsigned,
- Float
- };
-
- wxNumericPropertyValidator( NumericType numericType, int base = 10 );
- virtual ~wxNumericPropertyValidator() { }
- virtual bool Validate(wxWindow* parent);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-
-/** @class wxIntProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Basic property with integer value.
-
- Seamlessly supports 64-bit integer (wxLongLong) on overflow.
-
- <b>Example how to use seamless 64-bit integer support</b>
-
- Getting value:
-
- @code
- wxLongLong_t value = pg->GetPropertyValueAsLongLong();
- @endcode
-
- or
-
- @code
- wxLongLong_t value;
- wxVariant variant = property->GetValue();
- if ( variant.GetType() == "wxLongLong" )
- value = wxLongLongFromVariant(variant);
- else
- value = variant.GetLong();
- @endcode
-
- Setting value:
-
- @code
- pg->SetPropertyValue(longLongVal);
- @endcode
-
- or
-
- @code
- property->SetValue(WXVARIANT(longLongVal));
- @endcode
-
-
- <b>Supported special attributes:</b>
- - "Min", "Max": Specify acceptable value range.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxIntProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxIntProperty)
-public:
- wxIntProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- long value = 0 );
- virtual ~wxIntProperty();
-
- wxIntProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxLongLong& value );
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool ValidateValue( wxVariant& value,
- wxPGValidationInfo& validationInfo ) const;
- virtual bool IntToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- int number,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- static wxValidator* GetClassValidator();
- virtual wxValidator* DoGetValidator() const;
-
- /** Validation helper.
- */
- static bool DoValidation( const wxPGProperty* property,
- wxLongLong_t& value,
- wxPGValidationInfo* pValidationInfo,
- int mode =
- wxPG_PROPERTY_VALIDATION_ERROR_MESSAGE );
-
-protected:
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxUIntProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Basic property with unsigned integer value.
- Seamlessly supports 64-bit integer (wxULongLong) on overflow.
-
- <b>Supported special attributes:</b>
- - "Min", "Max": Specify acceptable value range.
- - "Base": Define base. Valid constants are wxPG_BASE_OCT, wxPG_BASE_DEC,
- wxPG_BASE_HEX and wxPG_BASE_HEXL (lowercase characters). Arbitrary bases
- are <b>not</b> supported.
- - "Prefix": Possible values are wxPG_PREFIX_NONE, wxPG_PREFIX_0x, and
- wxPG_PREFIX_DOLLAR_SIGN. Only wxPG_PREFIX_NONE works with Decimal and Octal
- numbers.
-
- @remarks
- - For example how to use seamless 64-bit integer support, see wxIntProperty
- documentation (just use wxULongLong instead of wxLongLong).
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxUIntProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxUIntProperty)
-public:
- wxUIntProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- unsigned long value = 0 );
- virtual ~wxUIntProperty();
- wxUIntProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxULongLong& value );
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
- virtual bool ValidateValue( wxVariant& value,
- wxPGValidationInfo& validationInfo ) const;
- virtual wxValidator* DoGetValidator () const;
- virtual bool IntToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- int number,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
-protected:
- wxByte m_base;
- wxByte m_realBase; // translated to 8,16,etc.
- wxByte m_prefix;
-private:
- void Init();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxFloatProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Basic property with double-precision floating point value.
-
- <b>Supported special attributes:</b>
- - "Precision": Sets the (max) precision used when floating point value is
- rendered as text. The default -1 means infinite precision.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxFloatProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxFloatProperty)
-public:
- wxFloatProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- double value = 0.0 );
- virtual ~wxFloatProperty();
-
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
- virtual bool ValidateValue( wxVariant& value,
- wxPGValidationInfo& validationInfo ) const;
-
- /** Validation helper.
- */
- static bool DoValidation( const wxPGProperty* property,
- double& value,
- wxPGValidationInfo* pValidationInfo,
- int mode =
- wxPG_PROPERTY_VALIDATION_ERROR_MESSAGE );
- static wxValidator* GetClassValidator();
- virtual wxValidator* DoGetValidator () const;
-
-protected:
- int m_precision;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxBoolProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Basic property with boolean value.
-
- <b>Supported special attributes:</b>
- - "UseCheckbox": Set to 1 to use check box editor instead of combo box.
- - "UseDClickCycling": Set to 1 to cycle combo box instead showing the list.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxBoolProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxBoolProperty)
-public:
- wxBoolProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- bool value = false );
- virtual ~wxBoolProperty();
-
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool IntToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- int number, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// If set, then selection of choices is static and should not be
-// changed (i.e. returns NULL in GetPropertyChoices).
-#define wxPG_PROP_STATIC_CHOICES wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_1
-
-/** @class wxEnumProperty
- @ingroup classes
- You can derive custom properties with choices from this class. See
- wxBaseEnumProperty for remarks.
-
- @remarks
- - Updating private index is important. You can do this either by calling
- SetIndex() in IntToValue, and then letting wxBaseEnumProperty::OnSetValue
- be called (by not implementing it, or by calling super class function in
- it) -OR- you can just call SetIndex in OnSetValue.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxEnumProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxEnumProperty)
-public:
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxEnumProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxChar* const* labels = NULL,
- const long* values = NULL,
- int value = 0 );
- wxEnumProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- wxPGChoices& choices,
- int value = 0 );
-
- // Special constructor for caching choices (used by derived class)
- wxEnumProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxChar* const* labels,
- const long* values,
- wxPGChoices* choicesCache,
- int value = 0 );
-
- wxEnumProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxArrayString& labels,
- const wxArrayInt& values = wxArrayInt(),
- int value = 0 );
-#else
- wxEnumProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxArrayString& labels = wxArrayString(),
- const wxArrayInt& values = wxArrayInt(),
- int value = 0 );
-#endif
-
- virtual ~wxEnumProperty();
-
- size_t GetItemCount() const { return m_choices.GetCount(); }
-
- virtual void OnSetValue();
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool ValidateValue( wxVariant& value,
- wxPGValidationInfo& validationInfo ) const;
-
- // If wxPG_FULL_VALUE is not set in flags, then the value is interpreted
- // as index to choices list. Otherwise, it is actual value.
- virtual bool IntToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- int number,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
-
- //
- // Additional virtuals
-
- // This must be overridden to have non-index based value
- virtual int GetIndexForValue( int value ) const;
-
- // GetChoiceSelection needs to overridden since m_index is
- // the true index, and various property classes derived from
- // this take advantage of it.
- virtual int GetChoiceSelection() const { return m_index; }
-
- virtual void OnValidationFailure( wxVariant& pendingValue );
-
-protected:
-
- int GetIndex() const;
- void SetIndex( int index );
-
- bool ValueFromString_( wxVariant& value,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags ) const;
- bool ValueFromInt_( wxVariant& value, int intVal, int argFlags ) const;
-
- static void ResetNextIndex() { ms_nextIndex = -2; }
-
-private:
- // This is private so that classes are guaranteed to use GetIndex
- // for up-to-date index value.
- int m_index;
-
- // Relies on ValidateValue being called always before OnSetValue
- static int ms_nextIndex;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxEditEnumProperty
- @ingroup classes
- wxEnumProperty with wxString value and writable combo box editor.
-
- @remarks
- Uses int value, similar to wxEnumProperty, unless text entered by user is
- is not in choices (in which case string value is used).
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxEditEnumProperty : public wxEnumProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxEditEnumProperty)
-public:
-
- wxEditEnumProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxChar* const* labels,
- const long* values,
- const wxString& value );
- wxEditEnumProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxArrayString& labels = wxArrayString(),
- const wxArrayInt& values = wxArrayInt(),
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString );
- wxEditEnumProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- wxPGChoices& choices,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString );
-
- // Special constructor for caching choices (used by derived class)
- wxEditEnumProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxChar* const* labels,
- const long* values,
- wxPGChoices* choicesCache,
- const wxString& value );
-
- virtual ~wxEditEnumProperty();
-
-protected:
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxFlagsProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Represents a bit set that fits in a long integer. wxBoolProperty
- sub-properties are created for editing individual bits. Textctrl is created
- to manually edit the flags as a text; a continuous sequence of spaces,
- commas and semicolons is considered as a flag id separator.
- <b>Note:</b> When changing "choices" (ie. flag labels) of wxFlagsProperty,
- you will need to use SetPropertyChoices - otherwise they will not get
- updated properly.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxFlagsProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxFlagsProperty)
-public:
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxFlagsProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxChar* const* labels,
- const long* values = NULL,
- long value = 0 );
- wxFlagsProperty( const wxString& label,
- const wxString& name,
- wxPGChoices& choices,
- long value = 0 );
-#endif
- wxFlagsProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxArrayString& labels = wxArrayString(),
- const wxArrayInt& values = wxArrayInt(),
- int value = 0 );
- virtual ~wxFlagsProperty ();
-
- virtual void OnSetValue();
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int flags ) const;
- virtual wxVariant ChildChanged( wxVariant& thisValue,
- int childIndex,
- wxVariant& childValue ) const;
- virtual void RefreshChildren();
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
-
- // GetChoiceSelection needs to overridden since m_choices is
- // used and value is integer, but it is not index.
- virtual int GetChoiceSelection() const { return wxNOT_FOUND; }
-
- // helpers
- size_t GetItemCount() const { return m_choices.GetCount(); }
- const wxString& GetLabel( size_t ind ) const
- { return m_choices.GetLabel(static_cast<int>(ind)); }
-
-protected:
- // Used to detect if choices have been changed
- wxPGChoicesData* m_oldChoicesData;
-
- // Needed to properly mark changed sub-properties
- long m_oldValue;
-
- // Converts string id to a relevant bit.
- long IdToBit( const wxString& id ) const;
-
- // Creates children and sets value.
- void Init();
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxPGFileDialogAdapter
- @ingroup classes
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
- wxPGFileDialogAdapter : public wxPGEditorDialogAdapter
-{
-public:
- virtual bool DoShowDialog( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
- wxPGProperty* property );
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Indicates first bit useable by derived properties.
-#define wxPG_PROP_SHOW_FULL_FILENAME wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_1
-
-/** @class wxFileProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Like wxLongStringProperty, but the button triggers file selector instead.
-
- <b>Supported special attributes:</b>
- - "Wildcard": Sets wildcard (see wxFileDialog for format details), "All
- files..." is default.
- - "ShowFullPath": Default 1. When 0, only the file name is shown (i.e. drive
- and directory are hidden).
- - "ShowRelativePath": If set, then the filename is shown relative to the
- given path string.
- - "InitialPath": Sets the initial path of where to look for files.
- - "DialogTitle": Sets a specific title for the dir dialog.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxFileProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- friend class wxPGFileDialogAdapter;
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxFileProperty)
-public:
-
- wxFileProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString );
- virtual ~wxFileProperty ();
-
- virtual void OnSetValue();
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual wxPGEditorDialogAdapter* GetEditorDialog() const;
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
-
- static wxValidator* GetClassValidator();
- virtual wxValidator* DoGetValidator() const;
-
- /**
- Returns filename to file represented by current value.
- */
- wxFileName GetFileName() const;
-
-protected:
- wxString m_wildcard;
- wxString m_basePath; // If set, then show path relative to it
- wxString m_initialPath; // If set, start the file dialog here
- wxString m_dlgTitle; // If set, used as title for file dialog
- int m_indFilter; // index to the selected filter
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxPG_PROP_NO_ESCAPE wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_1
-
-
-/** @class wxPGLongStringDialogAdapter
- @ingroup classes
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
- wxPGLongStringDialogAdapter : public wxPGEditorDialogAdapter
-{
-public:
- virtual bool DoShowDialog( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
- wxPGProperty* property );
-};
-
-
-/** @class wxLongStringProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Like wxStringProperty, but has a button that triggers a small text
- editor dialog.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxLongStringProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxLongStringProperty)
-public:
-
- wxLongStringProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString );
- virtual ~wxLongStringProperty();
-
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxWindow* primary, wxEvent& event );
-
- // Shows string editor dialog. Value to be edited should be read from
- // value, and if dialog is not cancelled, it should be stored back and true
- // should be returned if that was the case.
- virtual bool OnButtonClick( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid, wxString& value );
-
- static bool DisplayEditorDialog( wxPGProperty* prop,
- wxPropertyGrid* propGrid,
- wxString& value );
-
-protected:
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-/** @class wxDirProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Like wxLongStringProperty, but the button triggers dir selector instead.
-
- <b>Supported special attributes:</b>
- - "DialogMessage": Sets specific message in the dir selector.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxDirProperty : public wxLongStringProperty
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirProperty)
-public:
- wxDirProperty( const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& value = wxEmptyString );
- virtual ~wxDirProperty();
-
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
- virtual wxValidator* DoGetValidator() const;
-
- virtual bool OnButtonClick ( wxPropertyGrid* propGrid, wxString& value );
-
-protected:
- wxString m_dlgMessage;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxBoolProperty specific flags
-#define wxPG_PROP_USE_CHECKBOX wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_1
-// DCC = Double Click Cycles
-#define wxPG_PROP_USE_DCC wxPG_PROP_CLASS_SPECIFIC_2
-
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/** @class wxArrayStringProperty
- @ingroup classes
- Property that manages a list of strings.
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxArrayStringProperty : public wxPGProperty
-{
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(wxArrayStringProperty)
-public:
- wxArrayStringProperty( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL,
- const wxArrayString& value = wxArrayString() );
- virtual ~wxArrayStringProperty();
-
- virtual void OnSetValue();
- virtual wxString ValueToString( wxVariant& value, int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool StringToValue( wxVariant& variant,
- const wxString& text,
- int argFlags = 0 ) const;
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxWindow* primary, wxEvent& event );
- virtual bool DoSetAttribute( const wxString& name, wxVariant& value );
-
- // Implement in derived class for custom array-to-string conversion.
- virtual void ConvertArrayToString(const wxArrayString& arr,
- wxString* pString,
- const wxUniChar& delimiter) const;
-
- // Shows string editor dialog. Value to be edited should be read from
- // value, and if dialog is not cancelled, it should be stored back and true
- // should be returned if that was the case.
- virtual bool OnCustomStringEdit( wxWindow* parent, wxString& value );
-
- // Helper.
- virtual bool OnButtonClick( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid,
- wxWindow* primary,
- const wxChar* cbt );
-
- // Creates wxPGArrayEditorDialog for string editing. Called in OnButtonClick.
- virtual wxPGArrayEditorDialog* CreateEditorDialog();
-
- enum ConversionFlags
- {
- Escape = 0x01,
- QuoteStrings = 0x02
- };
-
- /**
- Generates contents for string dst based on the contents of
- wxArrayString src.
- */
- static void ArrayStringToString( wxString& dst, const wxArrayString& src,
- wxUniChar delimiter, int flags );
-
-protected:
- // Previously this was to be implemented in derived class for array-to-
- // string conversion. Now you should implement ConvertValueToString()
- // instead.
- virtual void GenerateValueAsString();
-
- wxString m_display; // Cache for displayed text.
- wxUniChar m_delimiter;
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define WX_PG_DECLARE_ARRAYSTRING_PROPERTY_WITH_VALIDATOR_WITH_DECL(PROPNAME, \
- DECL) \
-DECL PROPNAME : public wxArrayStringProperty \
-{ \
- WX_PG_DECLARE_PROPERTY_CLASS(PROPNAME) \
-public: \
- PROPNAME( const wxString& label = wxPG_LABEL, \
- const wxString& name = wxPG_LABEL, \
- const wxArrayString& value = wxArrayString() ); \
- ~PROPNAME(); \
- virtual bool OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid, \
- wxWindow* primary, wxEvent& event ); \
- virtual bool OnCustomStringEdit( wxWindow* parent, wxString& value ); \
- virtual wxValidator* DoGetValidator() const; \
-};
-
-#define WX_PG_DECLARE_ARRAYSTRING_PROPERTY_WITH_VALIDATOR(PROPNAM) \
-WX_PG_DECLARE_ARRAYSTRING_PROPERTY_WITH_VALIDATOR(PROPNAM, class)
-
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_ARRAYSTRING_PROPERTY_WITH_VALIDATOR(PROPNAME, \
- DELIMCHAR, \
- CUSTBUTTXT) \
-WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_PROPERTY_CLASS(PROPNAME, wxArrayStringProperty, \
- wxArrayString, const wxArrayString&, \
- TextCtrlAndButton) \
-PROPNAME::PROPNAME( const wxString& label, \
- const wxString& name, \
- const wxArrayString& value ) \
- : wxArrayStringProperty(label,name,value) \
-{ \
- PROPNAME::GenerateValueAsString(); \
- m_delimiter = DELIMCHAR; \
-} \
-PROPNAME::~PROPNAME() { } \
-bool PROPNAME::OnEvent( wxPropertyGrid* propgrid, \
- wxWindow* primary, wxEvent& event ) \
-{ \
- if ( event.GetEventType() == wxEVT_BUTTON ) \
- return OnButtonClick(propgrid,primary,(const wxChar*) CUSTBUTTXT); \
- return false; \
-}
-
-#define WX_PG_DECLARE_ARRAYSTRING_PROPERTY(PROPNAME) \
-WX_PG_DECLARE_ARRAYSTRING_PROPERTY_WITH_VALIDATOR(PROPNAME)
-
-#define WX_PG_DECLARE_ARRAYSTRING_PROPERTY_WITH_DECL(PROPNAME, DECL) \
-WX_PG_DECLARE_ARRAYSTRING_PROPERTY_WITH_VALIDATOR_WITH_DECL(PROPNAME, DECL)
-
-#define WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_ARRAYSTRING_PROPERTY(PROPNAME,DELIMCHAR,CUSTBUTTXT) \
-WX_PG_IMPLEMENT_ARRAYSTRING_PROPERTY_WITH_VALIDATOR(PROPNAME, \
- DELIMCHAR, \
- CUSTBUTTXT) \
-wxValidator* PROPNAME::DoGetValidator () const \
-{ return NULL; }
-
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPGArrayEditorDialog
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxEditableListBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListEvent;
-
-#define wxAEDIALOG_STYLE \
- (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE | wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxOK | wxCANCEL | wxCENTRE)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID wxPGArrayEditorDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- wxPGArrayEditorDialog();
- virtual ~wxPGArrayEditorDialog() { }
-
- void Init();
-
- wxPGArrayEditorDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- long style = wxAEDIALOG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize );
-
- bool Create( wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- long style = wxAEDIALOG_STYLE,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize );
-
- void EnableCustomNewAction()
- {
- m_hasCustomNewAction = true;
- }
-
- /** Set value modified by dialog.
- */
- virtual void SetDialogValue( const wxVariant& WXUNUSED(value) )
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("re-implement this member function in derived class"));
- }
-
- /** Return value modified by dialog.
- */
- virtual wxVariant GetDialogValue() const
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("re-implement this member function in derived class"));
- return wxVariant();
- }
-
- /** Override to return wxValidator to be used with the wxTextCtrl
- in dialog. Note that the validator is used in the standard
- wx way, ie. it immediately prevents user from entering invalid
- input.
-
- @remarks
- Dialog frees the validator.
- */
- virtual wxValidator* GetTextCtrlValidator() const
- {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- // Returns true if array was actually modified
- bool IsModified() const { return m_modified; }
-
- // wxEditableListBox utilities
- int GetSelection() const;
-
- // implementation from now on
- void OnAddClick(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnDeleteClick(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnUpClick(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnDownClick(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnEndLabelEdit(wxListEvent& event);
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- wxEditableListBox* m_elb;
-
- // These are used for focus repair
- wxWindow* m_elbSubPanel;
- wxWindow* m_lastFocused;
-
- // A new item, edited by user, is pending at this index.
- // It will be committed once list ctrl item editing is done.
- int m_itemPendingAtIndex;
-
- bool m_modified;
- bool m_hasCustomNewAction;
-
- // These must be overridden - must return true on success.
- virtual wxString ArrayGet( size_t index ) = 0;
- virtual size_t ArrayGetCount() = 0;
- virtual bool ArrayInsert( const wxString& str, int index ) = 0;
- virtual bool ArraySet( size_t index, const wxString& str ) = 0;
- virtual void ArrayRemoveAt( int index ) = 0;
- virtual void ArraySwap( size_t first, size_t second ) = 0;
- virtual bool OnCustomNewAction(wxString* WXUNUSED(resString))
- {
- return false;
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPGArrayEditorDialog)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPGArrayStringEditorDialog
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_PROPGRID
- wxPGArrayStringEditorDialog : public wxPGArrayEditorDialog
-{
-public:
- wxPGArrayStringEditorDialog();
- virtual ~wxPGArrayStringEditorDialog() { }
-
- void Init();
-
- virtual void SetDialogValue( const wxVariant& value )
- {
- m_array = value.GetArrayString();
- }
-
- virtual wxVariant GetDialogValue() const
- {
- return m_array;
- }
-
- void SetCustomButton( const wxString& custBtText,
- wxArrayStringProperty* pcc )
- {
- if ( !custBtText.empty() )
- {
- EnableCustomNewAction();
- m_pCallingClass = pcc;
- }
- }
-
- virtual bool OnCustomNewAction(wxString* resString);
-
-protected:
- wxArrayString m_array;
-
- wxArrayStringProperty* m_pCallingClass;
-
- virtual wxString ArrayGet( size_t index );
- virtual size_t ArrayGetCount();
- virtual bool ArrayInsert( const wxString& str, int index );
- virtual bool ArraySet( size_t index, const wxString& str );
- virtual void ArrayRemoveAt( int index );
- virtual void ArraySwap( size_t first, size_t second );
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxPGArrayStringEditorDialog)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROPGRID
-
-#endif // _WX_PROPGRID_PROPS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/protocol/file.h
-// Purpose: File protocol
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 1997
-// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WX_PROTO_FILE_H__
-#define __WX_PROTO_FILE_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE
-
-#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxFileProto: public wxProtocol
-{
-public:
- wxFileProto();
- virtual ~wxFileProto();
-
- bool Abort() { return true; }
- wxString GetContentType() const { return wxEmptyString; }
-
- wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path);
-
-protected:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFileProto)
- DECLARE_PROTOCOL(wxFileProto)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE
-
-#endif // __WX_PROTO_FILE_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/protocol/ftp.h
-// Purpose: FTP protocol
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: Mark Johnson, wxWindows@mj10777.de
-// 20000917 : RmDir, GetLastResult, GetList
-// Created: 07/07/1997
-// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WX_FTP_H__
-#define __WX_FTP_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP
-
-#include "wx/sckaddr.h"
-#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h"
-#include "wx/url.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxFTP : public wxProtocol
-{
-public:
- enum TransferMode
- {
- NONE, // not set by user explicitly
- ASCII,
- BINARY
- };
-
- wxFTP();
- virtual ~wxFTP();
-
- // Connecting and disconnecting
- virtual bool Connect(const wxSockAddress& addr, bool wait = true);
- virtual bool Connect(const wxString& host) { return Connect(host, 0); }
- virtual bool Connect(const wxString& host, unsigned short port);
-
- // disconnect
- virtual bool Close();
-
- // Parameters set up
-
- // set transfer mode now
- void SetPassive(bool pasv) { m_bPassive = pasv; }
- bool SetBinary() { return SetTransferMode(BINARY); }
- bool SetAscii() { return SetTransferMode(ASCII); }
- bool SetTransferMode(TransferMode mode);
-
- // Generic FTP interface
-
- // FTP doesn't know the MIME type of the last downloaded/uploaded file
- virtual wxString GetContentType() const { return wxEmptyString; }
-
- // the last FTP server reply
- const wxString& GetLastResult() const { return m_lastResult; }
-
- // send any FTP command (should be full FTP command line but without
- // trailing "\r\n") and return its return code
- char SendCommand(const wxString& command);
-
- // check that the command returned the given code
- bool CheckCommand(const wxString& command, char expectedReturn)
- {
- // SendCommand() does updates m_lastError
- return SendCommand(command) == expectedReturn;
- }
-
- // Filesystem commands
- bool ChDir(const wxString& dir);
- bool MkDir(const wxString& dir);
- bool RmDir(const wxString& dir);
- wxString Pwd();
- bool Rename(const wxString& src, const wxString& dst);
- bool RmFile(const wxString& path);
-
- // Get the size of a file in the current dir.
- // this function tries its best to deliver the size in bytes using BINARY
- // (the SIZE command reports different sizes depending on whether
- // type is set to ASCII or BINARY)
- // returns -1 if file is non-existent or size could not be found
- int GetFileSize(const wxString& fileName);
-
- // Check to see if a file exists in the current dir
- bool FileExists(const wxString& fileName);
-
- // Download methods
- bool Abort();
-
- virtual wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path);
- virtual wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream(const wxString& path);
-
- // Directory listing
-
- // get the list of full filenames, the format is fixed: one file name per
- // line
- bool GetFilesList(wxArrayString& files,
- const wxString& wildcard = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return GetList(files, wildcard, false);
- }
-
- // get a directory list in server dependent format - this can be shown
- // directly to the user
- bool GetDirList(wxArrayString& files,
- const wxString& wildcard = wxEmptyString)
- {
- return GetList(files, wildcard, true);
- }
-
- // equivalent to either GetFilesList() (default) or GetDirList()
- bool GetList(wxArrayString& files,
- const wxString& wildcard = wxEmptyString,
- bool details = false);
-
-protected:
- // this executes a simple ftp command with the given argument and returns
- // true if it its return code starts with '2'
- bool DoSimpleCommand(const wxChar *command,
- const wxString& arg = wxEmptyString);
-
- // get the server reply, return the first character of the reply code,
- // '1'..'5' for normal FTP replies, 0 (*not* '0') if an error occurred
- char GetResult();
-
- // check that the result is equal to expected value
- bool CheckResult(char ch) { return GetResult() == ch; }
-
- // return the socket to be used, Passive/Active versions are used only by
- // GetPort()
- wxSocketBase *GetPort();
- wxSocketBase *GetPassivePort();
- wxSocketBase *GetActivePort();
-
- // helper for GetPort()
- wxString GetPortCmdArgument(const wxIPV4address& Local, const wxIPV4address& New);
-
- // accept connection from server in active mode, returns the same socket as
- // passed in passive mode
- wxSocketBase *AcceptIfActive(wxSocketBase *sock);
-
-
- // internal variables:
-
- wxString m_lastResult;
-
- // true if there is an FTP transfer going on
- bool m_streaming;
-
- // although this should be set to ASCII by default according to STD9,
- // we will use BINARY transfer mode by default for backwards compatibility
- TransferMode m_currentTransfermode;
-
- bool m_bPassive;
-
- // following is true when a read or write times out, we then assume
- // the connection is dead and abort. we avoid additional delays this way
- bool m_bEncounteredError;
-
-
- friend class wxInputFTPStream;
- friend class wxOutputFTPStream;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxFTP)
- DECLARE_PROTOCOL(wxFTP)
-};
-
-// the trace mask used by assorted wxLogTrace() in ftp code, do
-// wxLog::AddTraceMask(FTP_TRACE_MASK) to see them in output
-#define FTP_TRACE_MASK wxT("ftp")
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP
-
-#endif // __WX_FTP_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/protocol/http.h
-// Purpose: HTTP protocol
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Simo Virokannas (authentication, Dec 2005)
-// Created: August 1997
-// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef _WX_HTTP_H
-#define _WX_HTTP_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h"
-#include "wx/buffer.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxHTTP : public wxProtocol
-{
-public:
- wxHTTP();
- virtual ~wxHTTP();
-
- virtual bool Connect(const wxString& host, unsigned short port);
- virtual bool Connect(const wxString& host) { return Connect(host, 0); }
- virtual bool Connect(const wxSockAddress& addr, bool wait);
- bool Abort();
-
- wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path);
-
- wxString GetContentType() const;
- wxString GetHeader(const wxString& header) const;
- int GetResponse() const { return m_http_response; }
-
- void SetMethod(const wxString& method) { m_method = method; }
- void SetHeader(const wxString& header, const wxString& h_data);
- bool SetPostText(const wxString& contentType,
- const wxString& data,
- const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8);
- bool SetPostBuffer(const wxString& contentType, const wxMemoryBuffer& data);
- void SetProxyMode(bool on);
-
- /* Cookies */
- wxString GetCookie(const wxString& cookie) const;
- bool HasCookies() const { return m_cookies.size() > 0; }
-
- // Use the other SetPostBuffer() overload or SetPostText() instead.
- wxDEPRECATED(void SetPostBuffer(const wxString& post_buf));
-
-protected:
- typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::iterator wxHeaderIterator;
- typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::const_iterator wxHeaderConstIterator;
- typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::iterator wxCookieIterator;
- typedef wxStringToStringHashMap::const_iterator wxCookieConstIterator;
-
- bool BuildRequest(const wxString& path, const wxString& method);
- void SendHeaders();
- bool ParseHeaders();
-
- wxString GenerateAuthString(const wxString& user, const wxString& pass) const;
-
- // find the header in m_headers
- wxHeaderIterator FindHeader(const wxString& header);
- wxHeaderConstIterator FindHeader(const wxString& header) const;
- wxCookieIterator FindCookie(const wxString& cookie);
- wxCookieConstIterator FindCookie(const wxString& cookie) const;
-
- // deletes the header value strings
- void ClearHeaders();
- void ClearCookies();
-
- // internal variables:
-
- wxString m_method;
- wxStringToStringHashMap m_cookies;
-
- wxStringToStringHashMap m_headers;
- bool m_read,
- m_proxy_mode;
- wxSockAddress *m_addr;
- wxMemoryBuffer m_postBuffer;
- wxString m_contentType;
- int m_http_response;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHTTP)
- DECLARE_PROTOCOL(wxHTTP)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHTTP);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-
-#endif // _WX_HTTP_H
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/protocol/log.h
-// Purpose: wxProtocolLog class for logging network exchanges
-// Author: Troelsk, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-03-06
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROTOCOL_LOG_H_
-#define _WX_PROTOCOL_LOG_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxProtocolLog: simple class for logging network requests and responses
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxProtocolLog
-{
-public:
- // Create object doing the logging using wxLogTrace() with the specified
- // trace mask.
- wxProtocolLog(const wxString& traceMask)
- : m_traceMask(traceMask)
- {
- }
-
- // Virtual dtor for the base class
- virtual ~wxProtocolLog() { }
-
- // Called by wxProtocol-derived classes to actually log something
- virtual void LogRequest(const wxString& str)
- {
- DoLogString("==> " + str);
- }
-
- virtual void LogResponse(const wxString& str)
- {
- DoLogString("<== " + str);
- }
-
-protected:
- // Can be overridden by the derived classes.
- virtual void DoLogString(const wxString& str);
-
-private:
- const wxString m_traceMask;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxProtocolLog);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_PROTOCOL_LOG_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/protocol/protocol.h
-// Purpose: Protocol base class
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10/07/1997
-// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_PROTOCOL_PROTOCOL_H
-#define _WX_PROTOCOL_PROTOCOL_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
- #include "wx/socket.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxProtocolLog;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef enum
-{
- wxPROTO_NOERR = 0,
- wxPROTO_NETERR,
- wxPROTO_PROTERR,
- wxPROTO_CONNERR,
- wxPROTO_INVVAL,
- wxPROTO_NOHNDLR,
- wxPROTO_NOFILE,
- wxPROTO_ABRT,
- wxPROTO_RCNCT,
- wxPROTO_STREAMING
-} wxProtocolError;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxProtocol: abstract base class for all protocols
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxProtocol
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
- : public wxSocketClient
-#else
- : public wxObject
-#endif
-{
-public:
- wxProtocol();
- virtual ~wxProtocol();
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
- bool Reconnect();
- virtual bool Connect( const wxString& WXUNUSED(host) ) { return false; }
- virtual bool Connect( const wxSockAddress& addr, bool WXUNUSED(wait) = true)
- { return wxSocketClient::Connect(addr); }
-
- // read a '\r\n' terminated line from the given socket and put it in
- // result (without the terminators)
- static wxProtocolError ReadLine(wxSocketBase *socket, wxString& result);
-
- // read a line from this socket - this one can be overridden in the
- // derived classes if different line termination convention is to be used
- virtual wxProtocolError ReadLine(wxString& result);
-#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
- virtual bool Abort() = 0;
- virtual wxInputStream *GetInputStream(const wxString& path) = 0;
- virtual wxString GetContentType() const = 0;
-
- // the error code
- virtual wxProtocolError GetError() const { return m_lastError; }
-
- void SetUser(const wxString& user) { m_username = user; }
- void SetPassword(const wxString& passwd) { m_password = passwd; }
-
- virtual void SetDefaultTimeout(wxUint32 Value);
-
- // override wxSocketBase::SetTimeout function to avoid that the internal
- // m_uiDefaultTimeout goes out-of-sync:
- virtual void SetTimeout(long seconds)
- { SetDefaultTimeout(seconds); }
-
-
- // logging support: each wxProtocol object may have the associated logger
- // (by default there is none) which is used to log network requests and
- // responses
-
- // set the logger, deleting the old one and taking ownership of this one
- void SetLog(wxProtocolLog *log);
-
- // return the current logger, may be NULL
- wxProtocolLog *GetLog() const { return m_log; }
-
- // detach the existing logger without deleting it, the caller is
- // responsible for deleting the returned pointer if it's non-NULL
- wxProtocolLog *DetachLog()
- {
- wxProtocolLog * const log = m_log;
- m_log = NULL;
- return log;
- }
-
- // these functions forward to the same functions with the same names in
- // wxProtocolLog if we have a valid logger and do nothing otherwise
- void LogRequest(const wxString& str);
- void LogResponse(const wxString& str);
-
-protected:
- // the timeout associated with the protocol:
- wxUint32 m_uiDefaultTimeout;
-
- wxString m_username;
- wxString m_password;
-
- // this must be always updated by the derived classes!
- wxProtocolError m_lastError;
-
-private:
- wxProtocolLog *m_log;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxProtocol)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for protocol classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define DECLARE_PROTOCOL(class) \
-public: \
- static wxProtoInfo g_proto_##class;
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_PROTOCOL(class, name, serv, host) \
-wxProtoInfo class::g_proto_##class(name, serv, host, wxCLASSINFO(class)); \
-bool wxProtocolUse##class = true;
-
-#define USE_PROTOCOL(class) \
- extern bool wxProtocolUse##class ; \
- static struct wxProtocolUserFor##class \
- { \
- wxProtocolUserFor##class() { wxProtocolUse##class = true; } \
- } wxProtocolDoUse##class;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxProtoInfo : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxProtoInfo(const wxChar *name,
- const wxChar *serv_name,
- const bool need_host1,
- wxClassInfo *info);
-
-protected:
- wxProtoInfo *next;
- wxString m_protoname;
- wxString prefix;
- wxString m_servname;
- wxClassInfo *m_cinfo;
- bool m_needhost;
-
- friend class wxURL;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxProtoInfo)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxProtoInfo);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL
-
-#endif // _WX_PROTOCOL_PROTOCOL_H
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ptr_scpd.h
-// Purpose: compatibility wrapper for wxScoped{Ptr,Array}
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-02-03
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// do not include this file in any new code, include either wx/scopedptr.h or
-// wx/scopedarray.h (or both) instead
-#include "wx/scopedarray.h"
-#include "wx/scopedptr.h"
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ptr_shrd.h
-// Purpose: compatibility wrapper for wx/sharedptr.h
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-02-03
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// do not include this file in any new code, include wx/sharedptr.h instead
-#include "wx/sharedptr.h"
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/quantize.h
-// Purpose: wxQuantizer class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 22/6/2000
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_QUANTIZE_H_
-#define _WX_QUANTIZE_H_
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-/*
- * From jquant2.c
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1991-1996, Thomas G. Lane.
- * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software.
- * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
-
-/*
- * wxQuantize
- * Based on the JPEG quantization code. Reduces the number of colours in a wxImage.
- */
-
-#define wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS 0x01
-#define wxQUANTIZE_RETURN_8BIT_DATA 0x02
-#define wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE 0x04
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxQuantize: public wxObject
-{
-public:
-DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxQuantize)
-
-//// Constructor
-
- wxQuantize() {}
- virtual ~wxQuantize() {}
-
-//// Operations
-
- // Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the
- // destination image. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image.
- // Specify an optional palette pointer to receive the resulting palette.
- // This palette may be passed to ConvertImageToBitmap, for example.
- // If you pass a palette pointer, you must free the palette yourself.
-
- static bool Quantize(const wxImage& src, wxImage& dest, wxPalette** pPalette, int desiredNoColours = 236,
- unsigned char** eightBitData = 0, int flags = wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE|wxQUANTIZE_RETURN_8BIT_DATA);
-
- // This version sets a palette in the destination image so you don't
- // have to manage it yourself.
-
- static bool Quantize(const wxImage& src, wxImage& dest, int desiredNoColours = 236,
- unsigned char** eightBitData = 0, int flags = wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE|wxQUANTIZE_RETURN_8BIT_DATA);
-
-//// Helpers
-
- // Converts input bitmap(s) into 8bit representation with custom palette
-
- // in_rows and out_rows are arrays [0..h-1] of pointer to rows
- // (in_rows contains w * 3 bytes per row, out_rows w bytes per row)
- // fills out_rows with indexes into palette (which is also stored into palette variable)
- static void DoQuantize(unsigned w, unsigned h, unsigned char **in_rows, unsigned char **out_rows, unsigned char *palette, int desiredNoColours);
-
-};
-
-#endif
- // _WX_QUANTIZE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/radiobox.h
-// Purpose: wxRadioBox declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10.09.00
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip;
-
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxToolTip *, wxToolTipArray);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxRadioBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRadioBoxBase is not a normal base class, but rather a mix-in because the
-// real wxRadioBox derives from different classes on different platforms: for
-// example, it is a wxStaticBox in wxUniv and wxMSW but not in other ports
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRadioBoxBase : public wxItemContainerImmutable
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxRadioBoxBase();
-
- // change/query the individual radio button state
- virtual bool Enable(unsigned int n, bool enable = true) = 0;
- virtual bool Show(unsigned int n, bool show = true) = 0;
- virtual bool IsItemEnabled(unsigned int n) const = 0;
- virtual bool IsItemShown(unsigned int n) const = 0;
-
- // return number of columns/rows in this radiobox
- unsigned int GetColumnCount() const { return m_numCols; }
- unsigned int GetRowCount() const { return m_numRows; }
-
- // return the next active (i.e. shown and not disabled) item above/below/to
- // the left/right of the given one
- int GetNextItem(int item, wxDirection dir, long style) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- // set the tooltip text for a radio item, empty string unsets any tooltip
- void SetItemToolTip(unsigned int item, const wxString& text);
-
- // get the individual items tooltip; returns NULL if none
- wxToolTip *GetItemToolTip(unsigned int item) const
- { return m_itemsTooltips ? (*m_itemsTooltips)[item] : NULL; }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
- // set helptext for a particular item, pass an empty string to erase it
- void SetItemHelpText(unsigned int n, const wxString& helpText);
-
- // retrieve helptext for a particular item, empty string means no help text
- wxString GetItemHelpText(unsigned int n) const;
-#else // wxUSE_HELP
- // just silently ignore the help text, it's better than requiring using
- // conditional compilation in all code using this function
- void SetItemHelpText(unsigned int WXUNUSED(n),
- const wxString& WXUNUSED(helpText))
- {
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
- // returns the radio item at the given position or wxNOT_FOUND if none
- // (currently implemented only under MSW and GTK)
- virtual int GetItemFromPoint(const wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt)) const
- {
- return wxNOT_FOUND;
- }
-
-
-protected:
- wxRadioBoxBase()
- {
- m_numCols =
- m_numRows =
- m_majorDim = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- m_itemsTooltips = NULL;
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- }
-
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- // return the number of items in major direction (which depends on whether
- // we have wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS or wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS style)
- unsigned int GetMajorDim() const { return m_majorDim; }
-
- // sets m_majorDim and also updates m_numCols/Rows
- //
- // the style parameter should be the style of the radiobox itself
- void SetMajorDim(unsigned int majorDim, long style);
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- // called from SetItemToolTip() to really set the tooltip for the specified
- // item in the box (or, if tooltip is NULL, to remove any existing one).
- //
- // NB: this function should really be pure virtual but to avoid breaking
- // the build of the ports for which it's not implemented yet we provide
- // an empty stub in the base class for now
- virtual void DoSetItemToolTip(unsigned int item, wxToolTip *tooltip);
-
- // returns true if we have any item tooltips
- bool HasItemToolTips() const { return m_itemsTooltips != NULL; }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
- // Retrieve help text for an item: this is a helper for the implementation
- // of wxWindow::GetHelpTextAtPoint() in the real radiobox class
- wxString DoGetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxWindow *derived,
- const wxPoint& pt,
- wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
-private:
- // the number of elements in major dimension (i.e. number of columns if
- // wxRA_SPECIFY_COLS or the number of rows if wxRA_SPECIFY_ROWS) and also
- // the number of rows/columns calculated from it
- unsigned int m_majorDim,
- m_numCols,
- m_numRows;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- // array of tooltips for the individual items
- //
- // this array is initially NULL and initialized on first use
- wxToolTipArray *m_itemsTooltips;
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
- // help text associated with a particular item or empty string if none
- wxArrayString m_itemsHelpTexts;
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/radiobox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/radiobox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_RADIOBOX_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/radiobut.h
-// Purpose: wxRadioButton declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 07.09.00
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RADIOBTN
-
-/*
- There is no wxRadioButtonBase class as wxRadioButton interface is the same
- as wxCheckBox(Base), but under some platforms wxRadioButton really
- derives from wxCheckBox and on the others it doesn't.
-
- The pseudo-declaration of wxRadioButtonBase would look like this:
-
- class wxRadioButtonBase : public ...
- {
- public:
- virtual void SetValue(bool value);
- virtual bool GetValue() const;
- };
- */
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxRadioButtonNameStr[];
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/radiobut.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/radiobut.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBTN
-
-#endif
- // _WX_RADIOBUT_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/range.h
-// Purpose: Range Value Class
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2011-01-07
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RANGE_H_
-#define _WX_RANGE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-class wxRange
-{
-public :
- wxRange(): m_minVal(0), m_maxVal(0) {}
- wxRange( int minVal, int maxVal) : m_minVal(minVal), m_maxVal(maxVal) {}
- int GetMin() const { return m_minVal; }
- int GetMax() const { return m_maxVal; }
-private :
- int m_minVal;
- int m_maxVal;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_RANGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/rawbmp.h
-// Purpose: macros for fast, raw bitmap data access
-// Author: Eric Kidd, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10.03.03
-// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RAWBMP_H_
-#define _WX_RAWBMP_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP
-
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Abstract Pixel API
-//
-// We need to access our raw bitmap data (1) portably and (2) efficiently.
-// We do this using a two-dimensional "iteration" interface. Performance
-// is extremely important here: these functions will be called hundreds
-// of thousands of times in a row, and even small inefficiencies will
-// make applications seem slow.
-//
-// We can't always rely on inline functions, because not all compilers actually
-// bother to inline them unless we crank the optimization levels way up.
-// Therefore, we also provide macros to wring maximum speed out of compiler
-// unconditionally (e.g. even in debug builds). Of course, if the performance
-// isn't absolutely crucial for you you shouldn't be using them but the inline
-// functions instead.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- Usage example:
-
- typedef wxPixelData<wxBitmap, wxNativePixelFormat> PixelData;
-
- wxBitmap bmp;
- PixelData data(bmp);
- if ( !data )
- {
- ... raw access to bitmap data unavailable, do something else ...
- return;
- }
-
- if ( data.GetWidth() < 20 || data.GetHeight() < 20 )
- {
- ... complain: the bitmap it too small ...
- return;
- }
-
- PixelData::Iterator p(data);
-
- // we draw a (10, 10)-(20, 20) rect manually using the given r, g, b
- p.Offset(data, 10, 10);
-
- for ( int y = 0; y < 10; ++y )
- {
- PixelData::Iterator rowStart = p;
-
- for ( int x = 0; x < 10; ++x, ++p )
- {
- p.Red() = r;
- p.Green() = g;
- p.Blue() = b;
- }
-
- p = rowStart;
- p.OffsetY(data, 1);
- }
- */
-
-/*
- Note: we do not use WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE with classes in this file because VC++ has
- problems with exporting inner class defined inside a specialization of a
- template class from a DLL. Besides, as all the methods are inline it's not
- really necessary to put them in DLL at all.
- */
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPixelFormat
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- wxPixelFormat is a template class describing the bitmap data format. It
- contains the constants describing the format of pixel data, but does not
- describe how the entire bitmap is stored (i.e. top-to-bottom,
- bottom-to-top, ...). It is also a "traits"-like class, i.e. it only
- contains some constants and maybe static methods but nothing more, so it
- can be safely used without incurring any overhead as all accesses to it are
- done at compile-time.
-
- Current limitations: we don't support RAGABA and ARAGAB formats supported
- by Mac OS X. If there is sufficient interest, these classes could be
- extended to deal with them. Neither do we support alpha channel having
- different representation from the RGB ones (happens under QNX/Photon I
- think), but again this could be achieved with some small extra effort.
-
- Template parameters are:
- - type of a single pixel component
- - size of the single pixel in bits
- - indices of red, green and blue pixel components inside the pixel
- - index of the alpha component or -1 if none
- - type which can contain the full pixel value (all channels)
- */
-
-template <class Channel,
- size_t Bpp, int R, int G, int B, int A = -1,
- class Pixel = wxUint32>
-
-struct wxPixelFormat
-{
- // iterator over pixels is usually of type "ChannelType *"
- typedef Channel ChannelType;
-
- // the type which may hold the entire pixel value
- typedef Pixel PixelType;
-
- // NB: using static ints initialized inside the class declaration is not
- // portable as it doesn't work with VC++ 6, so we must use enums
-
- // size of one pixel in bits
- enum { BitsPerPixel = Bpp };
-
- // size of one pixel in ChannelType units (usually bytes)
- enum { SizePixel = Bpp / (8 * sizeof(Channel)) };
-
- // the channels indices inside the pixel
- enum
- {
- RED = R,
- GREEN = G,
- BLUE = B,
- ALPHA = A
- };
-
- // true if we have an alpha channel (together with the other channels, this
- // doesn't cover the case of wxImage which stores alpha separately)
- enum { HasAlpha = A != -1 };
-};
-
-// some "predefined" pixel formats
-// -------------------------------
-
-// wxImage format is common to all platforms
-typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 24, 0, 1, 2> wxImagePixelFormat;
-
-// the (most common) native bitmap format without alpha support
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- // under MSW the RGB components are reversed, they're in BGR order
- typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 24, 2, 1, 0> wxNativePixelFormat;
-
- #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- // under Mac, first component is unused but still present, hence we use
- // 32bpp, not 24
- typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 32, 1, 2, 3> wxNativePixelFormat;
-
- #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 0
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- // Cocoa is standard RGB or RGBA (normally it is RGBA)
- typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 24, 0, 1, 2> wxNativePixelFormat;
-
- #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- // Under GTK+ 2.X we use GdkPixbuf, which is standard RGB or RGBA
- typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 24, 0, 1, 2> wxNativePixelFormat;
-
- #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- // Under PM, we can use standard RGB or RGBA
- typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 24, 0, 1, 2> wxNativePixelFormat;
-
- #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- // Under DirectFB, RGB components are reversed, they're in BGR order
- typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 24, 2, 1, 0> wxNativePixelFormat;
-
- #define wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA 3
-#endif
-
-// the (most common) native format for bitmaps with alpha channel
-#ifdef wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA
- typedef wxPixelFormat<unsigned char, 32,
- wxNativePixelFormat::RED,
- wxNativePixelFormat::GREEN,
- wxNativePixelFormat::BLUE,
- wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA> wxAlphaPixelFormat;
-#endif // wxPIXEL_FORMAT_ALPHA
-
-// we also define the (default/best) pixel format for the given class: this is
-// used as default value for the pixel format in wxPixelIterator template
-template <class T> struct wxPixelFormatFor;
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-// wxPixelFormatFor is only defined for wxImage, attempt to use it with other
-// classes (wxBitmap...) will result in compile errors which is exactly what we
-// want
-template <>
-struct wxPixelFormatFor<wxImage>
-{
- typedef wxImagePixelFormat Format;
-};
-#endif //wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPixelData
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- wxPixelDataBase is just a helper for wxPixelData: it contains things common
- to both wxImage and wxBitmap specializations.
- */
-class wxPixelDataBase
-{
-public:
- // origin of the rectangular region we represent
- wxPoint GetOrigin() const { return m_ptOrigin; }
-
- // width and height of the region we represent
- int GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
- int GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
-
- wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); }
-
- // the distance between two rows
- int GetRowStride() const { return m_stride; }
-
-// private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file
-
- // the origin of this image inside the bigger bitmap (usually (0, 0))
- wxPoint m_ptOrigin;
-
- // the size of the image we address, in pixels
- int m_width,
- m_height;
-
- // this parameter is the offset of the start of the (N+1)st row from the
- // Nth one and can be different from m_bypp*width in some cases:
- // a) the most usual one is to force 32/64 bit alignment of rows
- // b) another one is for bottom-to-top images where it's negative
- // c) finally, it could conceivably be 0 for the images with all
- // lines being identical
- int m_stride;
-
-protected:
- // ctor is protected because this class is only meant to be used as the
- // base class by wxPixelData
- wxPixelDataBase()
- {
- m_width =
- m_height =
- m_stride = 0;
- }
-};
-
-/*
- wxPixelData represents the entire bitmap data, i.e. unlike
- wxPixelFormat (which it uses) it also stores the global bitmap
- characteristics such as its size, inter-row separation and so on.
-
- Because of this it can be used to move the pixel iterators (which don't
- have enough information about the bitmap themselves). This may seem a bit
- unnatural but must be done in this way to keep the iterator objects as
- small as possible for maximum efficiency as otherwise they wouldn't be put
- into the CPU registers by the compiler any more.
-
- Implementation note: we use the standard workaround for lack of partial
- template specialization support in VC (both 6 and 7): instead of partly
- specializing the class Foo<T, U> for some T we introduce FooOut<T> and
- FooIn<U> nested in it, make Foo<T, U> equivalent to FooOut<T>::FooIn<U> and
- fully specialize FooOut.
-
- Also note that this class doesn't have any default definition because we
- can't really do anything without knowing the exact image class. We do
- provide wxPixelDataBase to make it simpler to write new wxPixelData
- specializations.
- */
-
-// we need to define this skeleton template to mollify VC++
-template <class Image>
-struct wxPixelDataOut
-{
- template <class PixelFormat>
- class wxPixelDataIn
- {
- public:
- class Iterator { };
- };
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-// wxPixelData specialization for wxImage: this is the simplest case as we
-// don't have to care about different pixel formats here
-template <>
-struct wxPixelDataOut<wxImage>
-{
- // NB: this is a template class even though it doesn't use its template
- // parameter because otherwise wxPixelData couldn't compile
- template <class dummyPixelFormat>
- class wxPixelDataIn : public wxPixelDataBase
- {
- public:
- // the type of the class we're working with
- typedef wxImage ImageType;
-
- // the iterator which should be used for working with data in this
- // format
- class Iterator
- {
- public:
- // the pixel format we use
- typedef wxImagePixelFormat PixelFormat;
-
- // the pixel data we're working with
- typedef
- wxPixelDataOut<wxImage>::wxPixelDataIn<PixelFormat> PixelData;
-
- // go back to (0, 0)
- void Reset(const PixelData& data)
- {
- *this = data.GetPixels();
- }
-
- // creates the iterator pointing to the beginning of data
- Iterator(PixelData& data)
- {
- Reset(data);
- }
-
- // creates the iterator initially pointing to the image origin
- Iterator(const wxImage& image)
- {
- m_pRGB = image.GetData();
-
- if ( image.HasAlpha() )
- {
- m_pAlpha = image.GetAlpha();
- }
- else // alpha is not used at all
- {
- m_pAlpha = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- // true if the iterator is valid
- bool IsOk() const { return m_pRGB != NULL; }
-
-
- // navigation
- // ----------
-
- // advance the iterator to the next pixel, prefix version
- Iterator& operator++()
- {
- m_pRGB += PixelFormat::SizePixel;
- if ( m_pAlpha )
- ++m_pAlpha;
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // postfix (hence less efficient -- don't use it unless you
- // absolutely must) version
- Iterator operator++(int)
- {
- Iterator p(*this);
- ++*this;
- return p;
- }
-
- // move x pixels to the right and y down
- //
- // note that the rows don't wrap!
- void Offset(const PixelData& data, int x, int y)
- {
- m_pRGB += data.GetRowStride()*y + PixelFormat::SizePixel*x;
- if ( m_pAlpha )
- m_pAlpha += data.GetWidth() + x;
- }
-
- // move x pixels to the right (again, no row wrapping)
- void OffsetX(const PixelData& WXUNUSED(data), int x)
- {
- m_pRGB += PixelFormat::SizePixel*x;
- if ( m_pAlpha )
- m_pAlpha += x;
- }
-
- // move y rows to the bottom
- void OffsetY(const PixelData& data, int y)
- {
- m_pRGB += data.GetRowStride()*y;
- if ( m_pAlpha )
- m_pAlpha += data.GetWidth();
- }
-
- // go to the given position
- void MoveTo(const PixelData& data, int x, int y)
- {
- Reset(data);
- Offset(data, x, y);
- }
-
-
- // data access
- // -----------
-
- // access to individual colour components
- PixelFormat::ChannelType& Red() { return m_pRGB[PixelFormat::RED]; }
- PixelFormat::ChannelType& Green() { return m_pRGB[PixelFormat::GREEN]; }
- PixelFormat::ChannelType& Blue() { return m_pRGB[PixelFormat::BLUE]; }
- PixelFormat::ChannelType& Alpha() { return *m_pAlpha; }
-
- // address the pixel contents directly (always RGB, without alpha)
- //
- // this can't be used to modify the image as assigning a 32bpp
- // value to 24bpp pixel would overwrite an extra byte in the next
- // pixel or beyond the end of image
- const typename PixelFormat::PixelType& Data()
- { return *(typename PixelFormat::PixelType *)m_pRGB; }
-
- // private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file
-
- // pointer into RGB buffer
- unsigned char *m_pRGB;
-
- // pointer into alpha buffer or NULL if alpha isn't used
- unsigned char *m_pAlpha;
- };
-
- // initializes us with the data of the given image
- wxPixelDataIn(ImageType& image) : m_image(image), m_pixels(image)
- {
- m_width = image.GetWidth();
- m_height = image.GetHeight();
- m_stride = Iterator::PixelFormat::SizePixel * m_width;
- }
-
- // initializes us with the given region of the specified image
- wxPixelDataIn(ImageType& image,
- const wxPoint& pt,
- const wxSize& sz) : m_image(image), m_pixels(image)
- {
- m_stride = Iterator::PixelFormat::SizePixel * m_width;
-
- InitRect(pt, sz);
- }
-
- // initializes us with the given region of the specified image
- wxPixelDataIn(ImageType& image,
- const wxRect& rect) : m_image(image), m_pixels(image)
- {
- m_stride = Iterator::PixelFormat::SizePixel * m_width;
-
- InitRect(rect.GetPosition(), rect.GetSize());
- }
-
- // we evaluate to true only if we could get access to bitmap data
- // successfully
- operator bool() const { return m_pixels.IsOk(); }
-
- // get the iterator pointing to the origin
- Iterator GetPixels() const { return m_pixels; }
-
- private:
- void InitRect(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
- {
- m_width = sz.x;
- m_height = sz.y;
-
- m_ptOrigin = pt;
- m_pixels.Offset(*this, pt.x, pt.y);
- }
-
- // the image we're working with
- ImageType& m_image;
-
- // the iterator pointing to the image origin
- Iterator m_pixels;
- };
-};
-#endif //wxUSE_IMAGE
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-// wxPixelData specialization for wxBitmap: here things are more interesting as
-// we also have to support different pixel formats
-template <>
-struct wxPixelDataOut<wxBitmap>
-{
- template <class Format>
- class wxPixelDataIn : public wxPixelDataBase
- {
- public:
- // the type of the class we're working with
- typedef wxBitmap ImageType;
-
- class Iterator
- {
- public:
- // the pixel format we use
- typedef Format PixelFormat;
-
- // the type of the pixel components
- typedef typename PixelFormat::ChannelType ChannelType;
-
- // the pixel data we're working with
- typedef wxPixelDataOut<wxBitmap>::wxPixelDataIn<Format> PixelData;
-
-
- // go back to (0, 0)
- void Reset(const PixelData& data)
- {
- *this = data.GetPixels();
- }
-
- // initializes the iterator to point to the origin of the given
- // pixel data
- Iterator(PixelData& data)
- {
- Reset(data);
- }
-
- // initializes the iterator to point to the origin of the given
- // bitmap
- Iterator(wxBitmap& bmp, PixelData& data)
- {
- // using cast here is ugly but it should be safe as
- // GetRawData() real return type should be consistent with
- // BitsPerPixel (which is in turn defined by ChannelType) and
- // this is the only thing we can do without making GetRawData()
- // a template function which is undesirable
- m_ptr = (ChannelType *)
- bmp.GetRawData(data, PixelFormat::BitsPerPixel);
- }
-
- // default constructor
- Iterator()
- {
- m_ptr = NULL;
- }
-
- // return true if this iterator is valid
- bool IsOk() const { return m_ptr != NULL; }
-
-
- // navigation
- // ----------
-
- // advance the iterator to the next pixel, prefix version
- Iterator& operator++()
- {
- m_ptr += PixelFormat::SizePixel;
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // postfix (hence less efficient -- don't use it unless you
- // absolutely must) version
- Iterator operator++(int)
- {
- Iterator p(*this);
- ++*this;
- return p;
- }
-
- // move x pixels to the right and y down
- //
- // note that the rows don't wrap!
- void Offset(const PixelData& data, int x, int y)
- {
- m_ptr += data.GetRowStride()*y + PixelFormat::SizePixel*x;
- }
-
- // move x pixels to the right (again, no row wrapping)
- void OffsetX(const PixelData& WXUNUSED(data), int x)
- {
- m_ptr += PixelFormat::SizePixel*x;
- }
-
- // move y rows to the bottom
- void OffsetY(const PixelData& data, int y)
- {
- m_ptr += data.GetRowStride()*y;
- }
-
- // go to the given position
- void MoveTo(const PixelData& data, int x, int y)
- {
- Reset(data);
- Offset(data, x, y);
- }
-
-
- // data access
- // -----------
-
- // access to individual colour components
- ChannelType& Red() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::RED]; }
- ChannelType& Green() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::GREEN]; }
- ChannelType& Blue() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::BLUE]; }
- ChannelType& Alpha() { return m_ptr[PixelFormat::ALPHA]; }
-
- // address the pixel contents directly
- //
- // warning: the format is platform dependent
- //
- // warning 2: assigning to Data() only works correctly for 16bpp or
- // 32bpp formats but using it for 24bpp ones overwrites
- // one extra byte and so can't be done
- typename PixelFormat::PixelType& Data()
- { return *(typename PixelFormat::PixelType *)m_ptr; }
-
- // private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file
-
- // for efficiency reasons this class should not have any other
- // fields, otherwise it won't be put into a CPU register (as it
- // should inside the inner loops) by some compilers, notably gcc
- ChannelType *m_ptr;
- };
-
- // ctor associates this pointer with a bitmap and locks the bitmap for
- // raw access, it will be unlocked only by our dtor and so these
- // objects should normally be only created on the stack, i.e. have
- // limited life-time
- wxPixelDataIn(wxBitmap& bmp) : m_bmp(bmp), m_pixels(bmp, *this)
- {
- }
-
- wxPixelDataIn(wxBitmap& bmp, const wxRect& rect)
- : m_bmp(bmp), m_pixels(bmp, *this)
- {
- InitRect(rect.GetPosition(), rect.GetSize());
- }
-
- wxPixelDataIn(wxBitmap& bmp, const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
- : m_bmp(bmp), m_pixels(bmp, *this)
- {
- InitRect(pt, sz);
- }
-
- // we evaluate to true only if we could get access to bitmap data
- // successfully
- operator bool() const { return m_pixels.IsOk(); }
-
- // get the iterator pointing to the origin
- Iterator GetPixels() const { return m_pixels; }
-
- // dtor unlocks the bitmap
- ~wxPixelDataIn()
- {
- if ( m_pixels.IsOk() )
- {
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
- // this is a hack to mark wxBitmap as using alpha channel
- if ( Format::HasAlpha )
- m_bmp.UseAlpha();
-#endif
- m_bmp.UngetRawData(*this);
- }
- // else: don't call UngetRawData() if GetRawData() failed
- }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // not needed anymore, calls to it should be simply removed
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void UseAlpha(), wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE )
-#endif
-
- // private: -- see comment in the beginning of the file
-
- // the bitmap we're associated with
- wxBitmap m_bmp;
-
- // the iterator pointing to the image origin
- Iterator m_pixels;
-
- private:
- void InitRect(const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
- {
- m_pixels.Offset(*this, pt.x, pt.y);
-
- m_ptOrigin = pt;
- m_width = sz.x;
- m_height = sz.y;
- }
- };
-};
-
-#endif //wxUSE_GUI
-
-// FIXME-VC6: VC6 doesn't like typename in default template parameters while
-// it is necessary with standard-conforming compilers, remove this
-// #define and just use typename when we drop VC6 support
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && !wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)
- #define wxTYPENAME_IN_TEMPLATE_DEFAULT_PARAM
-#else
- #define wxTYPENAME_IN_TEMPLATE_DEFAULT_PARAM typename
-#endif
-
-template <class Image,
- class PixelFormat = wxTYPENAME_IN_TEMPLATE_DEFAULT_PARAM
- wxPixelFormatFor<Image>::Format >
-class wxPixelData :
- public wxPixelDataOut<Image>::template wxPixelDataIn<PixelFormat>
-{
-public:
- typedef
- typename wxPixelDataOut<Image>::template wxPixelDataIn<PixelFormat>
- Base;
-
- wxPixelData(Image& image) : Base(image) { }
-
- wxPixelData(Image& i, const wxRect& rect) : Base(i, rect) { }
-
- wxPixelData(Image& i, const wxPoint& pt, const wxSize& sz)
- : Base(i, pt, sz)
- {
- }
-};
-
-// some "predefined" pixel data classes
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
-typedef wxPixelData<wxImage> wxImagePixelData;
-#endif //wxUSE_IMAGE
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-typedef wxPixelData<wxBitmap, wxNativePixelFormat> wxNativePixelData;
-typedef wxPixelData<wxBitmap, wxAlphaPixelFormat> wxAlphaPixelData;
-
-#endif //wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPixelIterator
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- wxPixel::Iterator represents something which points to the pixel data and
- allows us to iterate over it. In the simplest case of wxBitmap it is,
- indeed, just a pointer, but it can be something more complicated and,
- moreover, you are free to specialize it for other image classes and bitmap
- formats.
-
- Note that although it would have been much more intuitive to have a real
- class here instead of what we have now, this class would need two template
- parameters, and this can't be done because we'd need compiler support for
- partial template specialization then and neither VC6 nor VC7 provide it.
- */
-template < class Image, class PixelFormat = wxPixelFormatFor<Image> >
-struct wxPixelIterator : public wxPixelData<Image, PixelFormat>::Iterator
-{
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_RAW_BITMAP
-#endif // _WX_RAWBMP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/rearrangectrl.h
-// Purpose: various controls for rearranging the items interactively
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-12-15
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_REARRANGECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_REARRANGECTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/checklst.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL
-
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxRearrangeListNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxRearrangeDialogNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRearrangeList: a (check) list box allowing to move items around
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This class works allows to change the order of the items shown in it as well
-// as to check or uncheck them individually. The data structure used to allow
-// this is the order array which contains the items indices indexed by their
-// position with an added twist that the unchecked items are represented by the
-// bitwise complement of the corresponding index (for any architecture using
-// two's complement for negative numbers representation (i.e. just about any at
-// all) this means that a checked item N is represented by -N-1 in unchecked
-// state).
-//
-// So, for example, the array order [1 -3 0] used in conjunction with the items
-// array ["first", "second", "third"] means that the items are displayed in the
-// order "second", "third", "first" and the "third" item is unchecked while the
-// other two are checked.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRearrangeList : public wxCheckListBox
-{
-public:
- // ctors and such
- // --------------
-
- // default ctor, call Create() later
- wxRearrangeList() { }
-
- // ctor creating the control, the arguments are the same as for
- // wxCheckListBox except for the extra order array which defines the
- // (initial) display order of the items as well as their statuses, see the
- // description above
- wxRearrangeList(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayInt& order,
- const wxArrayString& items,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxRearrangeListNameStr)
- {
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, order, items, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- // Create() function takes the same parameters as the base class one and
- // the order array determining the initial display order
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayInt& order,
- const wxArrayString& items,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxRearrangeListNameStr);
-
-
- // items order
- // -----------
-
- // get the current items order; the returned array uses the same convention
- // as the one passed to the ctor
- const wxArrayInt& GetCurrentOrder() const { return m_order; }
-
- // return true if the current item can be moved up or down (i.e. just that
- // it's not the first or the last one)
- bool CanMoveCurrentUp() const;
- bool CanMoveCurrentDown() const;
-
- // move the current item one position up or down, return true if it was moved
- // or false if the current item was the first/last one and so nothing was done
- bool MoveCurrentUp();
- bool MoveCurrentDown();
-
-private:
- // swap two items at the given positions in the listbox
- void Swap(int pos1, int pos2);
-
- // event handler for item checking/unchecking
- void OnCheck(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-
- // the current order array
- wxArrayInt m_order;
-
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRearrangeList);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRearrangeCtrl: composite control containing a wxRearrangeList and buttons
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRearrangeCtrl : public wxPanel
-{
-public:
- // ctors/Create function are the same as for wxRearrangeList
- wxRearrangeCtrl()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxRearrangeCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayInt& order,
- const wxArrayString& items,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxRearrangeListNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, order, items, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- const wxArrayInt& order,
- const wxArrayString& items,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxRearrangeListNameStr);
-
- // get the underlying listbox
- wxRearrangeList *GetList() const { return m_list; }
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // event handlers for the buttons
- void OnUpdateButtonUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
- void OnButton(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-
- wxRearrangeList *m_list;
-
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRearrangeCtrl);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRearrangeDialog: dialog containing a wxRearrangeCtrl
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRearrangeDialog : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- // default ctor, use Create() later
- wxRearrangeDialog() { Init(); }
-
- // ctor for the dialog: message is shown inside the dialog itself, order
- // and items are passed to wxRearrangeList used internally
- wxRearrangeDialog(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxArrayInt& order,
- const wxArrayString& items,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxString& name = wxRearrangeDialogNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, message, title, order, items, pos, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxArrayInt& order,
- const wxArrayString& items,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxString& name = wxRearrangeDialogNameStr);
-
-
- // methods for the dialog customization
-
- // add extra contents to the dialog below the wxRearrangeCtrl part: the
- // given window (usually a wxPanel containing more control inside it) must
- // have the dialog as its parent and will be inserted into it at the right
- // place by this method
- void AddExtraControls(wxWindow *win);
-
- // return the wxRearrangeList control used by the dialog
- wxRearrangeList *GetList() const;
-
-
- // get the order of items after it was modified by the user
- wxArrayInt GetOrder() const;
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init() { m_ctrl = NULL; }
-
- wxRearrangeCtrl *m_ctrl;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRearrangeDialog);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_REARRANGECTRL_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/recguard.h
-// Purpose: declaration and implementation of wxRecursionGuard class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 14.08.2003
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RECGUARD_H_
-#define _WX_RECGUARD_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRecursionGuardFlag is used with wxRecursionGuard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef int wxRecursionGuardFlag;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRecursionGuard is the simplest way to protect a function from reentrancy
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRecursionGuard
-{
-public:
- wxRecursionGuard(wxRecursionGuardFlag& flag)
- : m_flag(flag)
- {
- m_isInside = flag++ != 0;
- }
-
- ~wxRecursionGuard()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_flag > 0, wxT("unbalanced wxRecursionGuards!?") );
-
- m_flag--;
- }
-
- bool IsInside() const { return m_isInside; }
-
-private:
- wxRecursionGuardFlag& m_flag;
-
- // true if the flag had been already set when we were created
- bool m_isInside;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_RECGUARD_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/regex.h
-// Purpose: regular expression matching
-// Author: Karsten Ballueder
-// Modified by: VZ at 13.07.01 (integrated to wxWin)
-// Created: 05.02.2000
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Karsten Ballueder <ballueder@gmx.net>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_REGEX_H_
-#define _WX_REGEX_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_REGEX
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// flags for regex compilation: these can be used with Compile()
-enum
-{
- // use extended regex syntax
- wxRE_EXTENDED = 0,
-
- // use advanced RE syntax (built-in regex only)
-#ifdef wxHAS_REGEX_ADVANCED
- wxRE_ADVANCED = 1,
-#endif
-
- // use basic RE syntax
- wxRE_BASIC = 2,
-
- // ignore case in match
- wxRE_ICASE = 4,
-
- // only check match, don't set back references
- wxRE_NOSUB = 8,
-
- // if not set, treat '\n' as an ordinary character, otherwise it is
- // special: it is not matched by '.' and '^' and '$' always match
- // after/before it regardless of the setting of wxRE_NOT[BE]OL
- wxRE_NEWLINE = 16,
-
- // default flags
- wxRE_DEFAULT = wxRE_EXTENDED
-};
-
-// flags for regex matching: these can be used with Matches()
-//
-// these flags are mainly useful when doing several matches in a long string,
-// they can be used to prevent erroneous matches for '^' and '$'
-enum
-{
- // '^' doesn't match at the start of line
- wxRE_NOTBOL = 32,
-
- // '$' doesn't match at the end of line
- wxRE_NOTEOL = 64
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRegEx: a regular expression
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxRegExImpl;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxRegEx
-{
-public:
- // default ctor: use Compile() later
- wxRegEx() { Init(); }
-
- // create and compile
- wxRegEx(const wxString& expr, int flags = wxRE_DEFAULT)
- {
- Init();
- (void)Compile(expr, flags);
- }
-
- // return true if this is a valid compiled regular expression
- bool IsValid() const { return m_impl != NULL; }
-
- // compile the string into regular expression, return true if ok or false
- // if string has a syntax error
- bool Compile(const wxString& pattern, int flags = wxRE_DEFAULT);
-
- // matches the precompiled regular expression against a string, return
- // true if matches and false otherwise
- //
- // flags may be combination of wxRE_NOTBOL and wxRE_NOTEOL
- // len may be the length of text (ignored by most system regex libs)
- //
- // may only be called after successful call to Compile()
- bool Matches(const wxString& text, int flags = 0) const;
- bool Matches(const wxChar *text, int flags, size_t len) const
- { return Matches(wxString(text, len), flags); }
-
- // get the start index and the length of the match of the expression
- // (index 0) or a bracketed subexpression (index != 0)
- //
- // may only be called after successful call to Matches()
- //
- // return false if no match or on error
- bool GetMatch(size_t *start, size_t *len, size_t index = 0) const;
-
- // return the part of string corresponding to the match, empty string is
- // returned if match failed
- //
- // may only be called after successful call to Matches()
- wxString GetMatch(const wxString& text, size_t index = 0) const;
-
- // return the size of the array of matches, i.e. the number of bracketed
- // subexpressions plus one for the expression itself, or 0 on error.
- //
- // may only be called after successful call to Compile()
- size_t GetMatchCount() const;
-
- // replaces the current regular expression in the string pointed to by
- // pattern, with the text in replacement and return number of matches
- // replaced (maybe 0 if none found) or -1 on error
- //
- // the replacement text may contain backreferences (\number) which will be
- // replaced with the value of the corresponding subexpression in the
- // pattern match
- //
- // maxMatches may be used to limit the number of replacements made, setting
- // it to 1, for example, will only replace first occurrence (if any) of the
- // pattern in the text while default value of 0 means replace all
- int Replace(wxString *text, const wxString& replacement,
- size_t maxMatches = 0) const;
-
- // replace the first occurrence
- int ReplaceFirst(wxString *text, const wxString& replacement) const
- { return Replace(text, replacement, 1); }
-
- // replace all occurrences: this is actually a synonym for Replace()
- int ReplaceAll(wxString *text, const wxString& replacement) const
- { return Replace(text, replacement, 0); }
-
- // dtor not virtual, don't derive from this class
- ~wxRegEx();
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // the real guts of this class
- wxRegExImpl *m_impl;
-
- // as long as the class wxRegExImpl is not ref-counted,
- // instances of the handle wxRegEx must not be copied.
- wxRegEx(const wxRegEx&);
- wxRegEx &operator=(const wxRegEx&);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_REGEX
-
-#endif // _WX_REGEX_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/region.h
-// Purpose: Base header for wxRegion
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_REGION_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_REGION_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRegion;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// result of wxRegion::Contains() call
-enum wxRegionContain
-{
- wxOutRegion = 0,
- wxPartRegion = 1,
- wxInRegion = 2
-};
-
-// these constants are used with wxRegion::Combine() in the ports which have
-// this method
-enum wxRegionOp
-{
- // Creates the intersection of the two combined regions.
- wxRGN_AND,
-
- // Creates a copy of the region
- wxRGN_COPY,
-
- // Combines the parts of first region that are not in the second one
- wxRGN_DIFF,
-
- // Creates the union of two combined regions.
- wxRGN_OR,
-
- // Creates the union of two regions except for any overlapping areas.
- wxRGN_XOR
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRegionBase defines wxRegion API
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionBase : public wxGDIObject
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- // -----
-
- // none are defined here but the following should be available:
-#if 0
- wxRegion();
- wxRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
- wxRegion(const wxPoint& topLeft, const wxPoint& bottomRight);
- wxRegion(const wxRect& rect);
- wxRegion(size_t n, const wxPoint *points, wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
- wxRegion(const wxBitmap& bmp);
- wxRegion(const wxBitmap& bmp, const wxColour& transp, int tolerance = 0);
-#endif // 0
-
- // operators
- // ---------
-
- bool operator==(const wxRegion& region) const { return IsEqual(region); }
- bool operator!=(const wxRegion& region) const { return !(*this == region); }
-
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // Is region empty?
- virtual bool IsEmpty() const = 0;
- bool Empty() const { return IsEmpty(); }
-
- // Is region equal (i.e. covers the same area as another one)?
- bool IsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const;
-
- // Get the bounding box
- bool GetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const
- { return DoGetBox(x, y, w, h); }
- wxRect GetBox() const
- {
- wxCoord x, y, w, h;
- return DoGetBox(x, y, w, h) ? wxRect(x, y, w, h) : wxRect();
- }
-
- // Test if the given point or rectangle is inside this region
- wxRegionContain Contains(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const
- { return DoContainsPoint(x, y); }
- wxRegionContain Contains(const wxPoint& pt) const
- { return DoContainsPoint(pt.x, pt.y); }
- wxRegionContain Contains(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h) const
- { return DoContainsRect(wxRect(x, y, w, h)); }
- wxRegionContain Contains(const wxRect& rect) const
- { return DoContainsRect(rect); }
-
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- virtual void Clear() = 0;
-
- // Move the region
- bool Offset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
- { return DoOffset(x, y); }
- bool Offset(const wxPoint& pt)
- { return DoOffset(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
- // Union rectangle or region with this region.
- bool Union(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
- { return DoUnionWithRect(wxRect(x, y, w, h)); }
- bool Union(const wxRect& rect)
- { return DoUnionWithRect(rect); }
- bool Union(const wxRegion& region)
- { return DoUnionWithRegion(region); }
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE
- // Use the non-transparent pixels of a wxBitmap for the region to combine
- // with this region. First version takes transparency from bitmap's mask,
- // second lets the user specify the colour to be treated as transparent
- // along with an optional tolerance value.
- // NOTE: implemented in common/rgncmn.cpp
- bool Union(const wxBitmap& bmp);
- bool Union(const wxBitmap& bmp, const wxColour& transp, int tolerance = 0);
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
-
- // Intersect rectangle or region with this one.
- bool Intersect(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
- bool Intersect(const wxRect& rect);
- bool Intersect(const wxRegion& region)
- { return DoIntersect(region); }
-
- // Subtract rectangle or region from this:
- // Combines the parts of 'this' that are not part of the second region.
- bool Subtract(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
- bool Subtract(const wxRect& rect);
- bool Subtract(const wxRegion& region)
- { return DoSubtract(region); }
-
- // XOR: the union of two combined regions except for any overlapping areas.
- bool Xor(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h);
- bool Xor(const wxRect& rect);
- bool Xor(const wxRegion& region)
- { return DoXor(region); }
-
-
- // Convert the region to a B&W bitmap with the white pixels being inside
- // the region.
- wxBitmap ConvertToBitmap() const;
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoIsEqual(const wxRegion& region) const = 0;
- virtual bool DoGetBox(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord& w, wxCoord& h) const = 0;
- virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const = 0;
- virtual wxRegionContain DoContainsRect(const wxRect& rect) const = 0;
-
- virtual bool DoOffset(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
-
- virtual bool DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect) = 0;
- virtual bool DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
-
- virtual bool DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
- virtual bool DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
- virtual bool DoXor(const wxRegion& region) = 0;
-};
-
-// some ports implement a generic Combine() function while others only
-// implement individual wxRegion operations, factor out the common code for the
-// ports with Combine() in this class
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || \
- ( defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON ) || \
- defined(__WXPM__)
-
-#define wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRegionWithCombine : public wxRegionBase
-{
-public:
- // these methods are not part of public API as they're not implemented on
- // all ports
- bool Combine(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h, wxRegionOp op);
- bool Combine(const wxRect& rect, wxRegionOp op);
- bool Combine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op)
- { return DoCombine(region, op); }
-
-
-protected:
- // the real Combine() method, to be defined in the derived class
- virtual bool DoCombine(const wxRegion& region, wxRegionOp op) = 0;
-
- // implement some wxRegionBase pure virtuals in terms of Combine()
- virtual bool DoUnionWithRect(const wxRect& rect);
- virtual bool DoUnionWithRegion(const wxRegion& region);
- virtual bool DoIntersect(const wxRegion& region);
- virtual bool DoSubtract(const wxRegion& region);
- virtual bool DoXor(const wxRegion& region);
-};
-
-#endif // ports with wxRegion::Combine()
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #include "wx/dfb/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/region.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/region.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// inline functions implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: these functions couldn't be defined in the class declaration as they use
-// wxRegion and so can be only defined after including the header declaring
-// the real class
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Intersect(const wxRect& rect)
-{
- return DoIntersect(wxRegion(rect));
-}
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Subtract(const wxRect& rect)
-{
- return DoSubtract(wxRegion(rect));
-}
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Xor(const wxRect& rect)
-{
- return DoXor(wxRegion(rect));
-}
-
-// ...and these functions are here because they call the ones above, and its
-// not really proper to call an inline function before its defined inline.
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Intersect(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
-{
- return Intersect(wxRect(x, y, w, h));
-}
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Subtract(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
-{
- return Subtract(wxRect(x, y, w, h));
-}
-
-inline bool wxRegionBase::Xor(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h)
-{
- return Xor(wxRect(x, y, w, h));
-}
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE
-
-inline bool wxRegionWithCombine::Combine(wxCoord x,
- wxCoord y,
- wxCoord w,
- wxCoord h,
- wxRegionOp op)
-{
- return DoCombine(wxRegion(x, y, w, h), op);
-}
-
-inline bool wxRegionWithCombine::Combine(const wxRect& rect, wxRegionOp op)
-{
- return DoCombine(wxRegion(rect), op);
-}
-
-#endif // wxHAS_REGION_COMBINE
-
-#endif // _WX_REGION_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/renderer.h
-// Purpose: wxRendererNative class declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 20.07.2003
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
- Renderers are used in wxWidgets for two similar but different things:
- (a) wxUniversal uses them to draw everything, i.e. all the control
- (b) all the native ports use them to draw generic controls only
-
- wxUniversal needs more functionality than what is included in the base class
- as it needs to draw stuff like scrollbars which are never going to be
- generic. So we put the bare minimum needed by the native ports here and the
- full wxRenderer class is declared in wx/univ/renderer.h and is only used by
- wxUniveral (although note that native ports can load wxRenderer objects from
- theme DLLs and use them as wxRendererNative ones, of course).
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_RENDERER_H_
-#define _WX_RENDERER_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint, wxSize
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// some platforms have their own renderers, others use the generic one
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || ( defined(__WXMAC__) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA_OR_CARBON ) || defined(__WXGTK__)
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER
-#else
- #undef wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER
-#endif
-
-// only MSW and OS X currently provides DrawTitleBarBitmap() method
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || (defined(__WXMAC__) && wxUSE_LIBPNG && wxUSE_IMAGE)
- #define wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// control state flags used in wxRenderer and wxColourScheme
-enum
-{
- wxCONTROL_DISABLED = 0x00000001, // control is disabled
- wxCONTROL_FOCUSED = 0x00000002, // currently has keyboard focus
- wxCONTROL_PRESSED = 0x00000004, // (button) is pressed
- wxCONTROL_SPECIAL = 0x00000008, // control-specific bit:
- wxCONTROL_ISDEFAULT = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the buttons
- wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the menu items
- wxCONTROL_EXPANDED = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the tree items
- wxCONTROL_SIZEGRIP = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // only for the status bar panes
- wxCONTROL_FLAT = wxCONTROL_SPECIAL, // checkboxes only: flat border
- wxCONTROL_CURRENT = 0x00000010, // mouse is currently over the control
- wxCONTROL_SELECTED = 0x00000020, // selected item in e.g. listbox
- wxCONTROL_CHECKED = 0x00000040, // (check/radio button) is checked
- wxCONTROL_CHECKABLE = 0x00000080, // (menu) item can be checked
- wxCONTROL_UNDETERMINED = wxCONTROL_CHECKABLE, // (check) undetermined state
-
- wxCONTROL_FLAGS_MASK = 0x000000ff,
-
- // this is a pseudo flag not used directly by wxRenderer but rather by some
- // controls internally
- wxCONTROL_DIRTY = 0x80000000
-};
-
-// title bar buttons supported by DrawTitleBarBitmap()
-//
-// NB: they have the same values as wxTOPLEVEL_BUTTON_XXX constants in
-// wx/univ/toplevel.h as they really represent the same things
-enum wxTitleBarButton
-{
- wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_CLOSE = 0x01000000,
- wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_MAXIMIZE = 0x02000000,
- wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_ICONIZE = 0x04000000,
- wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_RESTORE = 0x08000000,
- wxTITLEBAR_BUTTON_HELP = 0x10000000
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper structs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxSplitterWindow parameters
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSplitterRenderParams
-{
- // the only way to initialize this struct is by using this ctor
- wxSplitterRenderParams(wxCoord widthSash_, wxCoord border_, bool isSens_)
- : widthSash(widthSash_), border(border_), isHotSensitive(isSens_)
- {
- }
-
- // the width of the splitter sash
- const wxCoord widthSash;
-
- // the width of the border of the splitter window
- const wxCoord border;
-
- // true if the splitter changes its appearance when the mouse is over it
- const bool isHotSensitive;
-};
-
-
-// extra optional parameters for DrawHeaderButton
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHeaderButtonParams
-{
- wxHeaderButtonParams()
- : m_labelAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT)
- { }
-
- wxColour m_arrowColour;
- wxColour m_selectionColour;
- wxString m_labelText;
- wxFont m_labelFont;
- wxColour m_labelColour;
- wxBitmap m_labelBitmap;
- int m_labelAlignment;
-};
-
-enum wxHeaderSortIconType
-{
- wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE, // Header button has no sort arrow
- wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP, // Header button an up sort arrow icon
- wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN // Header button a down sort arrow icon
-};
-
-
-// wxRendererNative interface version
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRendererVersion
-{
- wxRendererVersion(int version_, int age_) : version(version_), age(age_) { }
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
- // the current version and age of wxRendererNative interface: different
- // versions are incompatible (in both ways) while the ages inside the same
- // version are upwards compatible, i.e. the version of the renderer must
- // match the version of the main program exactly while the age may be
- // highergreater or equal to it
- //
- // NB: don't forget to increment age after adding any new virtual function!
- enum
- {
- Current_Version = 1,
- Current_Age = 5
- };
-
-
- // check if the given version is compatible with the current one
- static bool IsCompatible(const wxRendererVersion& ver)
- {
- return ver.version == Current_Version && ver.age >= Current_Age;
- }
-
- const int version;
- const int age;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRendererNative: abstracts drawing methods needed by the native controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRendererNative
-{
-public:
- // drawing functions
- // -----------------
-
- // draw the header control button (used by wxListCtrl) Returns optimal
- // width for the label contents.
- virtual int DrawHeaderButton(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0,
- wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE,
- wxHeaderButtonParams* params=NULL) = 0;
-
-
- // Draw the contents of a header control button (label, sort arrows, etc.)
- // Normally only called by DrawHeaderButton.
- virtual int DrawHeaderButtonContents(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0,
- wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE,
- wxHeaderButtonParams* params=NULL) = 0;
-
- // Returns the default height of a header button, either a fixed platform
- // height if available, or a generic height based on the window's font.
- virtual int GetHeaderButtonHeight(wxWindow *win) = 0;
-
- // Returns the margin on left and right sides of header button's label
- virtual int GetHeaderButtonMargin(wxWindow *win) = 0;
-
-
- // draw the expanded/collapsed icon for a tree control item
- virtual void DrawTreeItemButton(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // draw the border for sash window: this border must be such that the sash
- // drawn by DrawSash() blends into it well
- virtual void DrawSplitterBorder(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // draw a (vertical) sash
- virtual void DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxSize& size,
- wxCoord position,
- wxOrientation orient,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // draw a combobox dropdown button
- //
- // flags may use wxCONTROL_PRESSED and wxCONTROL_CURRENT
- virtual void DrawComboBoxDropButton(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // draw a dropdown arrow
- //
- // flags may use wxCONTROL_PRESSED and wxCONTROL_CURRENT
- virtual void DrawDropArrow(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // draw check button
- //
- // flags may use wxCONTROL_CHECKED, wxCONTROL_UNDETERMINED and wxCONTROL_CURRENT
- virtual void DrawCheckBox(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // Returns the default size of a check box.
- virtual wxSize GetCheckBoxSize(wxWindow *win) = 0;
-
- // draw blank button
- //
- // flags may use wxCONTROL_PRESSED, wxCONTROL_CURRENT and wxCONTROL_ISDEFAULT
- virtual void DrawPushButton(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // draw rectangle indicating that an item in e.g. a list control
- // has been selected or focused
- //
- // flags may use
- // wxCONTROL_SELECTED (item is selected, e.g. draw background)
- // wxCONTROL_CURRENT (item is the current item, e.g. dotted border)
- // wxCONTROL_FOCUSED (the whole control has focus, e.g. blue background vs. grey otherwise)
- virtual void DrawItemSelectionRect(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // draw the focus rectangle around the label contained in the given rect
- //
- // only wxCONTROL_SELECTED makes sense in flags here
- virtual void DrawFocusRect(wxWindow* win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // Draw a native wxChoice
- virtual void DrawChoice(wxWindow* win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // Draw a native wxComboBox
- virtual void DrawComboBox(wxWindow* win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // Draw a native wxTextCtrl frame
- virtual void DrawTextCtrl(wxWindow* win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
- // Draw a native wxRadioButton bitmap
- virtual void DrawRadioBitmap(wxWindow* win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP
- // Draw one of the standard title bar buttons
- //
- // This is currently implemented only for MSW and OS X (for the close
- // button only) because there is no way to render standard title bar
- // buttons under the other platforms, the best can be done is to use normal
- // (only) images which wxArtProvider provides for wxART_HELP and
- // wxART_CLOSE (but not any other title bar buttons)
- //
- // NB: make sure PNG handler is enabled if using this function under OS X
- virtual void DrawTitleBarBitmap(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxTitleBarButton button,
- int flags = 0) = 0;
-#endif // wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP
-
-
- // geometry functions
- // ------------------
-
- // get the splitter parameters: the x field of the returned point is the
- // sash width and the y field is the border width
- virtual wxSplitterRenderParams GetSplitterParams(const wxWindow *win) = 0;
-
-
- // pseudo constructors
- // -------------------
-
- // return the currently used renderer
- static wxRendererNative& Get();
-
- // return the generic implementation of the renderer
- static wxRendererNative& GetGeneric();
-
- // return the default (native) implementation for this platform
- static wxRendererNative& GetDefault();
-
-
- // changing the global renderer
- // ----------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
- // load the renderer from the specified DLL, the returned pointer must be
- // deleted by caller if not NULL when it is not used any more
- static wxRendererNative *Load(const wxString& name);
-#endif // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
-
- // set the renderer to use, passing NULL reverts to using the default
- // renderer
- //
- // return the previous renderer used with Set() or NULL if none
- static wxRendererNative *Set(wxRendererNative *renderer);
-
-
- // miscellaneous stuff
- // -------------------
-
- // this function is used for version checking: Load() refuses to load any
- // DLLs implementing an older or incompatible version; it should be
- // implemented simply by returning wxRendererVersion::Current_XXX values
- virtual wxRendererVersion GetVersion() const = 0;
-
- // virtual dtor for any base class
- virtual ~wxRendererNative();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDelegateRendererNative: allows reuse of renderers code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDelegateRendererNative : public wxRendererNative
-{
-public:
- wxDelegateRendererNative()
- : m_rendererNative(GetGeneric()) { }
-
- wxDelegateRendererNative(wxRendererNative& rendererNative)
- : m_rendererNative(rendererNative) { }
-
-
- virtual int DrawHeaderButton(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0,
- wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE,
- wxHeaderButtonParams* params = NULL)
- { return m_rendererNative.DrawHeaderButton(win, dc, rect, flags, sortArrow, params); }
-
- virtual int DrawHeaderButtonContents(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0,
- wxHeaderSortIconType sortArrow = wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE,
- wxHeaderButtonParams* params = NULL)
- { return m_rendererNative.DrawHeaderButtonContents(win, dc, rect, flags, sortArrow, params); }
-
- virtual int GetHeaderButtonHeight(wxWindow *win)
- { return m_rendererNative.GetHeaderButtonHeight(win); }
-
- virtual int GetHeaderButtonMargin(wxWindow *win)
- { return m_rendererNative.GetHeaderButtonMargin(win); }
-
- virtual void DrawTreeItemButton(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawTreeItemButton(win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
- virtual void DrawSplitterBorder(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawSplitterBorder(win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
- virtual void DrawSplitterSash(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxSize& size,
- wxCoord position,
- wxOrientation orient,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawSplitterSash(win, dc, size,
- position, orient, flags); }
-
- virtual void DrawComboBoxDropButton(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawComboBoxDropButton(win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
- virtual void DrawDropArrow(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawDropArrow(win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
- virtual void DrawCheckBox(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawCheckBox( win, dc, rect, flags ); }
-
- virtual wxSize GetCheckBoxSize(wxWindow *win)
- { return m_rendererNative.GetCheckBoxSize(win); }
-
- virtual void DrawPushButton(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawPushButton( win, dc, rect, flags ); }
-
- virtual void DrawItemSelectionRect(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawItemSelectionRect( win, dc, rect, flags ); }
-
- virtual void DrawFocusRect(wxWindow* win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawFocusRect( win, dc, rect, flags ); }
-
- virtual void DrawChoice(wxWindow* win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawChoice( win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
- virtual void DrawComboBox(wxWindow* win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawComboBox( win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
- virtual void DrawTextCtrl(wxWindow* win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawTextCtrl( win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
- virtual void DrawRadioBitmap(wxWindow* win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawRadioBitmap(win, dc, rect, flags); }
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP
- virtual void DrawTitleBarBitmap(wxWindow *win,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxTitleBarButton button,
- int flags = 0)
- { m_rendererNative.DrawTitleBarBitmap(win, dc, rect, button, flags); }
-#endif // wxHAS_DRAW_TITLE_BAR_BITMAP
-
- virtual wxSplitterRenderParams GetSplitterParams(const wxWindow *win)
- { return m_rendererNative.GetSplitterParams(win); }
-
- virtual wxRendererVersion GetVersion() const
- { return m_rendererNative.GetVersion(); }
-
-protected:
- wxRendererNative& m_rendererNative;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDelegateRendererNative);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// inline functions implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER
-
-// default native renderer is the generic one then
-/* static */ inline
-wxRendererNative& wxRendererNative::GetDefault()
-{
- return GetGeneric();
-}
-
-#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_RENDERER
-
-#endif // _WX_RENDERER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ribbon/art.h
-// Purpose: Art providers for ribbon-bar-style interface
-// Author: Peter Cawley
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2009-05-25
-// Copyright: (C) Peter Cawley
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RIBBON_ART_H_
-#define _WX_RIBBON_ART_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#include "wx/brush.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/ribbon/bar.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-enum wxRibbonArtSetting
-{
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_SEPARATION_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_BORDER_LEFT_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_BORDER_TOP_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_BORDER_RIGHT_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_BORDER_BOTTOM_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_X_SEPARATION_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_Y_SEPARATION_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_GROUP_SEPARATION_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BITMAP_PADDING_LEFT_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BITMAP_PADDING_RIGHT_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BITMAP_PADDING_TOP_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BITMAP_PADDING_BOTTOM_SIZE,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_LABEL_FONT,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_LABEL_FONT,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_LABEL_FONT,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_LABEL_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_HOVER_BORDER_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_HOVER_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_HOVER_BACKGROUND_TOP_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_HOVER_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_HOVER_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_ACTIVE_BORDER_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_TOP_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BORDER_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_HOVER_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_FACE_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_HOVER_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_HOVER_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_HOVER_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_HOVER_FACE_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FACE_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_DISABLED_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_DISABLED_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_DISABLED_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_BUTTON_DISABLED_FACE_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_GALLERY_ITEM_BORDER_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_LABEL_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_SEPARATOR_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_SEPARATOR_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_CTRL_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_CTRL_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_HOVER_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_HOVER_BACKGROUND_TOP_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_HOVER_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_HOVER_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_TOP_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TAB_BORDER_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_BORDER_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_BORDER_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_MINIMISED_BORDER_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_MINIMISED_BORDER_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_LABEL_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_LABEL_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_LABEL_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_HOVER_LABEL_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_HOVER_LABEL_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_HOVER_LABEL_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_MINIMISED_LABEL_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_TOP_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_BUTTON_FACE_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PANEL_BUTTON_HOVER_FACE_COLOUR,
-
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_TOGGLE_FACE_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_TOGGLE_HOVER_FACE_COLOUR,
-
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_BORDER_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_BACKGROUND_TOP_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_HOVER_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_HOVER_BACKGROUND_TOP_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_HOVER_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_PAGE_HOVER_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOLBAR_BORDER_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOLBAR_HOVER_BORDER_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOLBAR_FACE_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_BACKGROUND_TOP_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_HOVER_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_HOVER_BACKGROUND_TOP_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_HOVER_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_HOVER_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_TOP_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_TOP_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_TOOL_ACTIVE_BACKGROUND_GRADIENT_COLOUR,
- wxRIBBON_ART_BUTTON_BAR_LABEL_DISABLED_COLOUR
-};
-
-enum wxRibbonScrollButtonStyle
-{
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_LEFT = 0,
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_RIGHT = 1,
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_UP = 2,
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_DOWN = 3,
-
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_DIRECTION_MASK = 3,
-
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_NORMAL = 0,
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_HOVERED = 4,
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_ACTIVE = 8,
-
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_STATE_MASK = 12,
-
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_FOR_OTHER = 0,
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_FOR_TABS = 16,
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_FOR_PAGE = 32,
-
- wxRIBBON_SCROLL_BTN_FOR_MASK = 48
-};
-
-enum wxRibbonButtonKind
-{
- wxRIBBON_BUTTON_NORMAL = 1 << 0,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTON_DROPDOWN = 1 << 1,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTON_HYBRID = wxRIBBON_BUTTON_NORMAL | wxRIBBON_BUTTON_DROPDOWN,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTON_TOGGLE = 1 << 2
-};
-
-enum wxRibbonButtonBarButtonState
-{
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_SMALL = 0 << 0,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_MEDIUM = 1 << 0,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_LARGE = 2 << 0,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_SIZE_MASK = 3 << 0,
-
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_NORMAL_HOVERED = 1 << 3,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_DROPDOWN_HOVERED = 1 << 4,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_HOVER_MASK = wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_NORMAL_HOVERED | wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_DROPDOWN_HOVERED,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_NORMAL_ACTIVE = 1 << 5,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_DROPDOWN_ACTIVE = 1 << 6,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_ACTIVE_MASK = wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_NORMAL_ACTIVE | wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_DROPDOWN_ACTIVE,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_DISABLED = 1 << 7,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_TOGGLED = 1 << 8,
- wxRIBBON_BUTTONBAR_BUTTON_STATE_MASK = 0x1F8
-};
-
-enum wxRibbonGalleryButtonState
-{
- wxRIBBON_GALLERY_BUTTON_NORMAL,
- wxRIBBON_GALLERY_BUTTON_HOVERED,
- wxRIBBON_GALLERY_BUTTON_ACTIVE,
- wxRIBBON_GALLERY_BUTTON_DISABLED
-};
-
-class wxRibbonBar;
-class wxRibbonPage;
-class wxRibbonPanel;
-class wxRibbonGallery;
-class wxRibbonGalleryItem;
-class wxRibbonPageTabInfo;
-class wxRibbonPageTabInfoArray;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonArtProvider
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonArtProvider();
- virtual ~wxRibbonArtProvider();
-
- virtual wxRibbonArtProvider* Clone() const = 0;
- virtual void SetFlags(long flags) = 0;
- virtual long GetFlags() const = 0;
-
- virtual int GetMetric(int id) const = 0;
- virtual void SetMetric(int id, int new_val) = 0;
- virtual void SetFont(int id, const wxFont& font) = 0;
- virtual wxFont GetFont(int id) const = 0;
- virtual wxColour GetColour(int id) const = 0;
- virtual void SetColour(int id, const wxColor& colour) = 0;
- wxColour GetColor(int id) const { return GetColour(id); }
- void SetColor(int id, const wxColour& color) { SetColour(id, color); }
- virtual void GetColourScheme(wxColour* primary,
- wxColour* secondary,
- wxColour* tertiary) const = 0;
- virtual void SetColourScheme(const wxColour& primary,
- const wxColour& secondary,
- const wxColour& tertiary) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawTabCtrlBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawTab(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRibbonPageTabInfo& tab) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawTabSeparator(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- double visibility) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawPageBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawScrollButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- long style) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawPanelBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawGalleryBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawGalleryItemBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* item) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawMinimisedPanel(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawButtonBarBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawButtonBarButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- long state,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_large,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_small) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawToolBarBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawToolGroupBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawTool(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- long state) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawToggleButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonBar* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxRibbonDisplayMode mode) = 0;
-
- virtual void DrawHelpButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonBar* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- virtual void GetBarTabWidth(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- int* ideal,
- int* small_begin_need_separator,
- int* small_must_have_separator,
- int* minimum) = 0;
-
- virtual int GetTabCtrlHeight(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRibbonPageTabInfoArray& pages) = 0;
-
- virtual wxSize GetScrollButtonMinimumSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- long style) = 0;
-
- virtual wxSize GetPanelSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxSize client_size,
- wxPoint* client_offset) = 0;
-
- virtual wxSize GetPanelClientSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxSize size,
- wxPoint* client_offset) = 0;
-
- virtual wxRect GetPanelExtButtonArea(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxRect rect) = 0;
-
- virtual wxSize GetGallerySize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- wxSize client_size) = 0;
-
- virtual wxSize GetGalleryClientSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- wxSize size,
- wxPoint* client_offset,
- wxRect* scroll_up_button,
- wxRect* scroll_down_button,
- wxRect* extension_button) = 0;
-
- virtual wxRect GetPageBackgroundRedrawArea(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPage* wnd,
- wxSize page_old_size,
- wxSize page_new_size) = 0;
-
- virtual bool GetButtonBarButtonSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- wxRibbonButtonBarButtonState size,
- const wxString& label,
- wxSize bitmap_size_large,
- wxSize bitmap_size_small,
- wxSize* button_size,
- wxRect* normal_region,
- wxRect* dropdown_region) = 0;
-
- virtual wxSize GetMinimisedPanelMinimumSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxSize* desired_bitmap_size,
- wxDirection* expanded_panel_direction) = 0;
-
- virtual wxSize GetToolSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- wxSize bitmap_size,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- bool is_first,
- bool is_last,
- wxRect* dropdown_region) = 0;
-
- virtual wxRect GetBarToggleButtonArea(const wxRect& rect)= 0;
-
- virtual wxRect GetRibbonHelpButtonArea(const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonMSWArtProvider : public wxRibbonArtProvider
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonMSWArtProvider(bool set_colour_scheme = true);
- virtual ~wxRibbonMSWArtProvider();
-
- wxRibbonArtProvider* Clone() const;
- void SetFlags(long flags);
- long GetFlags() const;
-
- int GetMetric(int id) const;
- void SetMetric(int id, int new_val);
- void SetFont(int id, const wxFont& font);
- wxFont GetFont(int id) const;
- wxColour GetColour(int id) const;
- void SetColour(int id, const wxColor& colour);
- void GetColourScheme(wxColour* primary,
- wxColour* secondary,
- wxColour* tertiary) const;
- void SetColourScheme(const wxColour& primary,
- const wxColour& secondary,
- const wxColour& tertiary);
-
- int GetTabCtrlHeight(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRibbonPageTabInfoArray& pages);
-
- void DrawTabCtrlBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawTab(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRibbonPageTabInfo& tab);
-
- void DrawTabSeparator(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- double visibility);
-
- void DrawPageBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawScrollButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- long style);
-
- void DrawPanelBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawGalleryBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawGalleryItemBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* item);
-
- void DrawMinimisedPanel(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- void DrawButtonBarBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawButtonBarButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- long state,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_large,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_small);
-
- void DrawToolBarBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawToolGroupBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawTool(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- long state);
-
- void DrawToggleButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonBar* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxRibbonDisplayMode mode);
-
- void DrawHelpButton(wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonBar* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void GetBarTabWidth(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- int* ideal,
- int* small_begin_need_separator,
- int* small_must_have_separator,
- int* minimum);
-
- wxSize GetScrollButtonMinimumSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- long style);
-
- wxSize GetPanelSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxSize client_size,
- wxPoint* client_offset);
-
- wxSize GetPanelClientSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxSize size,
- wxPoint* client_offset);
-
- wxRect GetPanelExtButtonArea(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxRect rect);
-
- wxSize GetGallerySize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- wxSize client_size);
-
- wxSize GetGalleryClientSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- wxSize size,
- wxPoint* client_offset,
- wxRect* scroll_up_button,
- wxRect* scroll_down_button,
- wxRect* extension_button);
-
- wxRect GetPageBackgroundRedrawArea(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPage* wnd,
- wxSize page_old_size,
- wxSize page_new_size);
-
- bool GetButtonBarButtonSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- wxRibbonButtonBarButtonState size,
- const wxString& label,
- wxSize bitmap_size_large,
- wxSize bitmap_size_small,
- wxSize* button_size,
- wxRect* normal_region,
- wxRect* dropdown_region);
-
- wxSize GetMinimisedPanelMinimumSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxSize* desired_bitmap_size,
- wxDirection* expanded_panel_direction);
-
- wxSize GetToolSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- wxSize bitmap_size,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- bool is_first,
- bool is_last,
- wxRect* dropdown_region);
-
- wxRect GetBarToggleButtonArea(const wxRect& rect);
-
- wxRect GetRibbonHelpButtonArea(const wxRect& rect);
-
-protected:
- void ReallyDrawTabSeparator(wxWindow* wnd, const wxRect& rect, double visibility);
- void DrawPartialPageBackground(wxDC& dc, wxWindow* wnd, const wxRect& rect,
- bool allow_hovered = true);
- void DrawPartialPageBackground(wxDC& dc, wxWindow* wnd, const wxRect& rect,
- wxRibbonPage* page, wxPoint offset, bool hovered = false);
- void DrawPanelBorder(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, wxPen& primary_colour,
- wxPen& secondary_colour);
- void RemovePanelPadding(wxRect* rect);
- void DrawDropdownArrow(wxDC& dc, int x, int y, const wxColour& colour);
- void DrawGalleryBackgroundCommon(wxDC& dc, wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
- virtual void DrawGalleryButton(wxDC& dc, wxRect rect,
- wxRibbonGalleryButtonState state, wxBitmap* bitmaps);
- void DrawButtonBarButtonForeground(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- long state,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_large,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_small);
- void DrawMinimisedPanelCommon(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxRect* preview_rect);
- void CloneTo(wxRibbonMSWArtProvider* copy) const;
-
- wxBitmap m_cached_tab_separator;
- wxBitmap m_gallery_up_bitmap[4];
- wxBitmap m_gallery_down_bitmap[4];
- wxBitmap m_gallery_extension_bitmap[4];
- wxBitmap m_toolbar_drop_bitmap;
- wxBitmap m_panel_extension_bitmap[2];
- wxBitmap m_ribbon_toggle_up_bitmap[2];
- wxBitmap m_ribbon_toggle_down_bitmap[2];
- wxBitmap m_ribbon_toggle_pin_bitmap[2];
- wxBitmap m_ribbon_bar_help_button_bitmap[2];
-
- wxColour m_primary_scheme_colour;
- wxColour m_secondary_scheme_colour;
- wxColour m_tertiary_scheme_colour;
-
- wxColour m_button_bar_label_colour;
- wxColour m_button_bar_label_disabled_colour;
- wxColour m_tab_label_colour;
- wxColour m_tab_separator_colour;
- wxColour m_tab_separator_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_tab_active_background_colour;
- wxColour m_tab_active_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_tab_hover_background_colour;
- wxColour m_tab_hover_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_tab_hover_background_top_colour;
- wxColour m_tab_hover_background_top_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_label_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_minimised_label_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_hover_label_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_active_background_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_active_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_active_background_top_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_active_background_top_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_button_face_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_button_hover_face_colour;
- wxColour m_page_toggle_face_colour;
- wxColour m_page_toggle_hover_face_colour;
- wxColour m_page_background_colour;
- wxColour m_page_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_page_background_top_colour;
- wxColour m_page_background_top_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_page_hover_background_colour;
- wxColour m_page_hover_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_page_hover_background_top_colour;
- wxColour m_page_hover_background_top_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_button_bar_hover_background_colour;
- wxColour m_button_bar_hover_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_button_bar_hover_background_top_colour;
- wxColour m_button_bar_hover_background_top_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_button_bar_active_background_colour;
- wxColour m_button_bar_active_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_button_bar_active_background_top_colour;
- wxColour m_button_bar_active_background_top_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_background_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_hover_background_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_hover_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_active_background_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_active_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_disabled_background_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_disabled_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_face_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_hover_face_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_active_face_colour;
- wxColour m_gallery_button_disabled_face_colour;
-
- wxColour m_tool_face_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_background_top_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_background_top_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_background_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_hover_background_top_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_hover_background_top_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_hover_background_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_hover_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_active_background_top_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_active_background_top_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_active_background_colour;
- wxColour m_tool_active_background_gradient_colour;
-
- wxBrush m_tab_ctrl_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_panel_label_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_panel_hover_label_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_panel_hover_button_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_gallery_hover_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_gallery_button_background_top_brush;
- wxBrush m_gallery_button_hover_background_top_brush;
- wxBrush m_gallery_button_active_background_top_brush;
- wxBrush m_gallery_button_disabled_background_top_brush;
- wxBrush m_ribbon_toggle_brush;
-
- wxFont m_tab_label_font;
- wxFont m_panel_label_font;
- wxFont m_button_bar_label_font;
-
- wxPen m_page_border_pen;
- wxPen m_panel_border_pen;
- wxPen m_panel_border_gradient_pen;
- wxPen m_panel_minimised_border_pen;
- wxPen m_panel_minimised_border_gradient_pen;
- wxPen m_panel_hover_button_border_pen;
- wxPen m_tab_border_pen;
- wxPen m_button_bar_hover_border_pen;
- wxPen m_button_bar_active_border_pen;
- wxPen m_gallery_border_pen;
- wxPen m_gallery_item_border_pen;
- wxPen m_toolbar_border_pen;
- wxPen m_ribbon_toggle_pen;
-
- double m_cached_tab_separator_visibility;
- long m_flags;
-
- int m_tab_separation_size;
- int m_page_border_left;
- int m_page_border_top;
- int m_page_border_right;
- int m_page_border_bottom;
- int m_panel_x_separation_size;
- int m_panel_y_separation_size;
- int m_tool_group_separation_size;
- int m_gallery_bitmap_padding_left_size;
- int m_gallery_bitmap_padding_right_size;
- int m_gallery_bitmap_padding_top_size;
- int m_gallery_bitmap_padding_bottom_size;
- int m_toggle_button_offset;
- int m_help_button_offset;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonAUIArtProvider : public wxRibbonMSWArtProvider
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonAUIArtProvider();
- virtual ~wxRibbonAUIArtProvider();
-
- wxRibbonArtProvider* Clone() const;
-
- wxColour GetColour(int id) const;
- void SetColour(int id, const wxColor& colour);
- void SetColourScheme(const wxColour& primary,
- const wxColour& secondary,
- const wxColour& tertiary);
- void SetFont(int id, const wxFont& font);
-
- wxSize GetScrollButtonMinimumSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- long style);
-
- void DrawScrollButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- long style);
-
- wxSize GetPanelSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxSize client_size,
- wxPoint* client_offset);
-
- wxSize GetPanelClientSize(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxSize size,
- wxPoint* client_offset);
-
- wxRect GetPanelExtButtonArea(
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- wxRect rect);
-
- void DrawTabCtrlBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- int GetTabCtrlHeight(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRibbonPageTabInfoArray& pages);
-
- void GetBarTabWidth(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- int* ideal,
- int* small_begin_need_separator,
- int* small_must_have_separator,
- int* minimum);
-
- void DrawTab(wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRibbonPageTabInfo& tab);
-
- void DrawTabSeparator(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- double visibility);
-
- void DrawPageBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawPanelBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawMinimisedPanel(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonPanel* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxBitmap& bitmap);
-
- void DrawGalleryBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawGalleryItemBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxRibbonGallery* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* item);
-
- void DrawButtonBarBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawButtonBarButton(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- long state,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_large,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_small);
-
- void DrawToolBarBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawToolGroupBackground(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
-
- void DrawTool(
- wxDC& dc,
- wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind,
- long state);
-
-protected:
- void DrawPartialPanelBackground(wxDC& dc, wxWindow* wnd,
- const wxRect& rect);
- void DrawGalleryButton(wxDC& dc, wxRect rect,
- wxRibbonGalleryButtonState state, wxBitmap* bitmaps);
-
- wxColour m_tab_ctrl_background_colour;
- wxColour m_tab_ctrl_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_label_background_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_label_background_gradient_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_hover_label_background_colour;
- wxColour m_panel_hover_label_background_gradient_colour;
-
- wxBrush m_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_tab_active_top_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_tab_hover_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_button_bar_hover_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_button_bar_active_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_gallery_button_active_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_gallery_button_hover_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_gallery_button_disabled_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_tool_hover_background_brush;
- wxBrush m_tool_active_background_brush;
-
- wxPen m_toolbar_hover_borden_pen;
-
- wxFont m_tab_active_label_font;
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-typedef wxRibbonMSWArtProvider wxRibbonDefaultArtProvider;
-#elif defined(__WXOSX_CARBON__) || \
- defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__) || \
- defined(__WXOSX_IPHONE__) || \
- defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-// TODO: Once implemented, change typedef to OSX
-// typedef wxRibbonOSXArtProvider wxRibbonDefaultArtProvider;
-typedef wxRibbonAUIArtProvider wxRibbonDefaultArtProvider;
-#else
-// TODO: Once implemented, change typedef to AUI
-typedef wxRibbonAUIArtProvider wxRibbonDefaultArtProvider;
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#endif // _WX_RIBBON_ART_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ribbon/art_internal.h
-// Purpose: Helper functions & classes used by ribbon art providers
-// Author: Peter Cawley
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2009-08-04
-// Copyright: (C) Peter Cawley
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RIBBON_ART_INTERNAL_H_
-#define _WX_RIBBON_ART_INTERNAL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxColour wxRibbonInterpolateColour(
- const wxColour& start_colour,
- const wxColour& end_colour,
- int position,
- int start_position,
- int end_position);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON bool wxRibbonCanLabelBreakAtPosition(
- const wxString& label,
- size_t pos);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON void wxRibbonDrawParallelGradientLines(
- wxDC& dc,
- int nlines,
- const wxPoint* line_origins,
- int stepx,
- int stepy,
- int numsteps,
- int offset_x,
- int offset_y,
- const wxColour& start_colour,
- const wxColour& end_colour);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxBitmap wxRibbonLoadPixmap(
- const char* const* bits,
- wxColour fore);
-
-/*
- HSL colour class, using interface as discussed in wx-dev. Provided mainly
- for art providers to perform colour scheme calculations in the HSL colour
- space. If such a class makes it into base / core, then this class should be
- removed and users switched over to the one in base / core.
-
- 0.0 <= Hue < 360.0
- 0.0 <= Saturation <= 1.0
- 0.0 <= Luminance <= 1.0
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonHSLColour
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonHSLColour()
- : hue(0.0), saturation(0.0), luminance(0.0) {}
- wxRibbonHSLColour(float H, float S, float L)
- : hue(H), saturation(S), luminance(L) { }
- wxRibbonHSLColour(const wxColour& C);
-
- wxColour ToRGB() const;
-
- wxRibbonHSLColour& MakeDarker(float delta);
- wxRibbonHSLColour Darker(float delta) const;
- wxRibbonHSLColour Lighter(float delta) const;
- wxRibbonHSLColour Saturated(float delta) const;
- wxRibbonHSLColour Desaturated(float delta) const;
- wxRibbonHSLColour ShiftHue(float delta) const;
-
- float hue, saturation, luminance;
-};
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonHSLColour wxRibbonShiftLuminance(
- wxRibbonHSLColour colour, float amount);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#endif // _WX_RIBBON_ART_INTERNAL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ribbon/bar.h
-// Purpose: Top-level component of the ribbon-bar-style interface
-// Author: Peter Cawley
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2009-05-23
-// Copyright: (C) Peter Cawley
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RIBBON_BAR_H_
-#define _WX_RIBBON_BAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#include "wx/ribbon/control.h"
-#include "wx/ribbon/page.h"
-
-enum wxRibbonBarOption
-{
- wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_PAGE_LABELS = 1 << 0,
- wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_PAGE_ICONS = 1 << 1,
- wxRIBBON_BAR_FLOW_HORIZONTAL = 0,
- wxRIBBON_BAR_FLOW_VERTICAL = 1 << 2,
- wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_PANEL_EXT_BUTTONS = 1 << 3,
- wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_PANEL_MINIMISE_BUTTONS = 1 << 4,
- wxRIBBON_BAR_ALWAYS_SHOW_TABS = 1 << 5,
- wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_TOGGLE_BUTTON = 1 << 6,
- wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_HELP_BUTTON = 1 << 7,
-
- wxRIBBON_BAR_DEFAULT_STYLE = wxRIBBON_BAR_FLOW_HORIZONTAL
- | wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_PAGE_LABELS
- | wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_PANEL_EXT_BUTTONS
- | wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_TOGGLE_BUTTON
- | wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_HELP_BUTTON,
-
- wxRIBBON_BAR_FOLDBAR_STYLE = wxRIBBON_BAR_FLOW_VERTICAL
- | wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_PAGE_ICONS
- | wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_PANEL_EXT_BUTTONS
- | wxRIBBON_BAR_SHOW_PANEL_MINIMISE_BUTTONS
-};
-
-enum wxRibbonDisplayMode
-{
- wxRIBBON_BAR_PINNED,
- wxRIBBON_BAR_MINIMIZED,
- wxRIBBON_BAR_EXPANDED
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonBarEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonBarEvent(wxEventType command_type = wxEVT_NULL,
- int win_id = 0,
- wxRibbonPage* page = NULL)
- : wxNotifyEvent(command_type, win_id)
- , m_page(page)
- {
- }
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxRibbonBarEvent(const wxRibbonBarEvent& c) : wxNotifyEvent(c)
- {
- m_page = c.m_page;
- }
-#endif
- wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxRibbonBarEvent(*this); }
-
- wxRibbonPage* GetPage() {return m_page;}
- void SetPage(wxRibbonPage* page) {m_page = page;}
-
-protected:
- wxRibbonPage* m_page;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxRibbonBarEvent)
-#endif
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonPageTabInfo
-{
-public:
- wxRect rect;
- wxRibbonPage *page;
- int ideal_width;
- int small_begin_need_separator_width;
- int small_must_have_separator_width;
- int minimum_width;
- bool active;
- bool hovered;
- bool highlight;
- bool shown;
-};
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRibbonPageTabInfo, wxRibbonPageTabInfoArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON);
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonBar : public wxRibbonControl
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonBar();
-
- wxRibbonBar(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxRIBBON_BAR_DEFAULT_STYLE);
-
- virtual ~wxRibbonBar();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxRIBBON_BAR_DEFAULT_STYLE);
-
- void SetTabCtrlMargins(int left, int right);
-
- void SetArtProvider(wxRibbonArtProvider* art);
-
- bool SetActivePage(size_t page);
- bool SetActivePage(wxRibbonPage* page);
- int GetActivePage() const;
- wxRibbonPage* GetPage(int n);
- size_t GetPageCount() const;
- bool DismissExpandedPanel();
- int GetPageNumber(wxRibbonPage* page) const;
-
- void DeletePage(size_t n);
- void ClearPages();
-
- bool IsPageShown(size_t page) const;
- void ShowPage(size_t page, bool show = true);
- void HidePage(size_t page) { ShowPage(page, false); }
-
- bool IsPageHighlighted(size_t page) const;
- void AddPageHighlight(size_t page, bool highlight = true);
- void RemovePageHighlight(size_t page) { AddPageHighlight(page, false); }
-
- void ShowPanels(bool show = true);
- void HidePanels() { ShowPanels(false); }
- bool ArePanelsShown() const { return m_arePanelsShown; }
-
- virtual bool HasMultiplePages() const { return true; }
-
- void SetWindowStyleFlag(long style);
- long GetWindowStyleFlag() const;
- virtual bool Realize();
-
- // Implementation only.
- bool IsToggleButtonHovered() const { return m_toggle_button_hovered; }
- bool IsHelpButtonHovered() const { return m_help_button_hovered; }
-
- void HideIfExpanded();
-
-protected:
- friend class wxRibbonPage;
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
- wxRibbonPageTabInfo* HitTestTabs(wxPoint position, int* index = NULL);
- void HitTestRibbonButton(const wxRect& rect, const wxPoint& position, bool &hover_flag);
-
- void CommonInit(long style);
- void AddPage(wxRibbonPage *page);
- void RecalculateTabSizes();
- void RecalculateMinSize();
- void ScrollTabBar(int npixels);
- void RefreshTabBar();
- void RepositionPage(wxRibbonPage *page);
-
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
- void DoEraseBackground(wxDC& dc);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseMiddleDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseMiddleUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseRightDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseDoubleClick(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void DoMouseButtonCommon(wxMouseEvent& evt, wxEventType tab_event_type);
- void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt);
-
- wxRibbonPageTabInfoArray m_pages;
- wxRect m_tab_scroll_left_button_rect;
- wxRect m_tab_scroll_right_button_rect;
- wxRect m_toggle_button_rect;
- wxRect m_help_button_rect;
- long m_flags;
- int m_tabs_total_width_ideal;
- int m_tabs_total_width_minimum;
- int m_tab_margin_left;
- int m_tab_margin_right;
- int m_tab_height;
- int m_tab_scroll_amount;
- int m_current_page;
- int m_current_hovered_page;
- int m_tab_scroll_left_button_state;
- int m_tab_scroll_right_button_state;
- bool m_tab_scroll_buttons_shown;
- bool m_arePanelsShown;
- bool m_bar_hovered;
- bool m_toggle_button_hovered;
- bool m_help_button_hovered;
-
- wxRibbonDisplayMode m_ribbon_state;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRibbonBar)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGED, wxRibbonBarEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGING, wxRibbonBarEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, wxRibbonBarEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, wxRibbonBarEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, wxRibbonBarEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_UP, wxRibbonBarEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_LEFT_DCLICK, wxRibbonBarEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TOGGLED, wxRibbonBarEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_HELP_CLICK, wxRibbonBarEvent);
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxRibbonBarEventFunction)(wxRibbonBarEvent&);
-
-#define wxRibbonBarEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxRibbonBarEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxRibbonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxRibbonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, winid, wxRibbonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_UP(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, winid, wxRibbonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, winid, wxRibbonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_UP(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_UP, winid, wxRibbonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_LEFT_DCLICK(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_LEFT_DCLICK, winid, wxRibbonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONBAR_TOGGLED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TOGGLED, winid, wxRibbonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONBAR_HELP_CLICK(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_HELP_CLICK, winid, wxRibbonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#else
-
-// wxpython/swig event work
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGED;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGING;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_UP;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_UP;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_LEFT_DCLICK;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TOGGLED;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_HELP_CLICK;
-
-%pythoncode {
- EVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGED, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGING = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGING, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_UP, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_UP = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_UP, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_LEFT_DCLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_LEFT_DCLICK, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONBAR_TOGGLED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TOGGLED, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONBAR_HELP_CLICK = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_HELP_CLICK, 1 )
-}
-#endif
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_PAGE_CHANGING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_DOWN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_UP wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_MIDDLE_UP
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_DOWN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_UP wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_RIGHT_UP
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBAR_TAB_LEFT_DCLICK wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TAB_LEFT_DCLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBAR_TOGGLED wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_TOGGLED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBAR_HELP_CLICKED wxEVT_RIBBONBAR_HELP_CLICK
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#endif // _WX_RIBBON_BAR_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ribbon/buttonbar.h
-// Purpose: Ribbon control similar to a tool bar
-// Author: Peter Cawley
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2009-07-01
-// Copyright: (C) Peter Cawley
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef _WX_RIBBON_BUTTON_BAR_H_
-#define _WX_RIBBON_BUTTON_BAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#include "wx/ribbon/art.h"
-#include "wx/ribbon/control.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-class wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase;
-class wxRibbonButtonBarLayout;
-class wxRibbonButtonBarButtonInstance;
-
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxRibbonButtonBarLayout*, wxArrayRibbonButtonBarLayout, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON);
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase*, wxArrayRibbonButtonBarButtonBase, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonButtonBar : public wxRibbonControl
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonButtonBar();
-
- wxRibbonButtonBar(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0);
-
- virtual ~wxRibbonButtonBar();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0);
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* AddButton(
- int button_id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind = wxRIBBON_BUTTON_NORMAL);
- // NB: help_string cannot be optional as that would cause the signature
- // to be identical to the full version of AddButton when 3 arguments are
- // given.
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* AddDropdownButton(
- int button_id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* AddHybridButton(
- int button_id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* AddToggleButton(
- int button_id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* AddButton(
- int button_id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_small = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_disabled = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_small_disabled = wxNullBitmap,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind = wxRIBBON_BUTTON_NORMAL,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* InsertButton(
- size_t pos,
- int button_id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind = wxRIBBON_BUTTON_NORMAL);
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* InsertDropdownButton(
- size_t pos,
- int button_id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* InsertHybridButton(
- size_t pos,
- int button_id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* InsertToggleButton(
- size_t pos,
- int button_id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* InsertButton(
- size_t pos,
- int button_id,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_small = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_disabled = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_small_disabled = wxNullBitmap,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind = wxRIBBON_BUTTON_NORMAL,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- void SetItemClientObject(wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* item, wxClientData* data);
- wxClientData* GetItemClientObject(const wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* item) const;
- void SetItemClientData(wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* item, void* data);
- void* GetItemClientData(const wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* item) const;
-
- virtual size_t GetButtonCount() const;
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase *GetItem(size_t n) const;
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase *GetItemById(int id) const;
- virtual int GetItemId(wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase *button) const;
-
-
- virtual bool Realize();
- virtual void ClearButtons();
- virtual bool DeleteButton(int button_id);
- virtual void EnableButton(int button_id, bool enable = true);
- virtual void ToggleButton(int button_id, bool checked);
-
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase *GetActiveItem() const;
- virtual wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase *GetHoveredItem() const;
-
- virtual void SetArtProvider(wxRibbonArtProvider* art);
- virtual bool IsSizingContinuous() const;
-
- virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const;
-
- void SetShowToolTipsForDisabled(bool show);
- bool GetShowToolTipsForDisabled() const;
-
-protected:
- friend class wxRibbonButtonBarEvent;
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseEnter(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetNextSmallerSize(wxOrientation direction,
- wxSize relative_to) const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetNextLargerSize(wxOrientation direction,
- wxSize relative_to) const;
-
- void CommonInit(long style);
- void MakeLayouts();
- bool TryCollapseLayout(wxRibbonButtonBarLayout* original, size_t first_btn, size_t* last_button);
- static wxBitmap MakeResizedBitmap(const wxBitmap& original, wxSize size);
- static wxBitmap MakeDisabledBitmap(const wxBitmap& original);
- void FetchButtonSizeInfo(wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* button,
- wxRibbonButtonBarButtonState size, wxDC& dc);
- virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags);
-
- wxArrayRibbonButtonBarLayout m_layouts;
- wxArrayRibbonButtonBarButtonBase m_buttons;
- wxRibbonButtonBarButtonInstance* m_hovered_button;
- wxRibbonButtonBarButtonInstance* m_active_button;
-
- wxPoint m_layout_offset;
- wxSize m_bitmap_size_large;
- wxSize m_bitmap_size_small;
- int m_current_layout;
- bool m_layouts_valid;
- bool m_lock_active_state;
- bool m_show_tooltips_for_disabled;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRibbonButtonBar)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonButtonBarEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonButtonBarEvent(wxEventType command_type = wxEVT_NULL,
- int win_id = 0,
- wxRibbonButtonBar* bar = NULL,
- wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* button = NULL)
- : wxCommandEvent(command_type, win_id)
- , m_bar(bar), m_button(button)
- {
- }
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxRibbonButtonBarEvent(const wxRibbonButtonBarEvent& e) : wxCommandEvent(e)
- {
- m_bar = e.m_bar;
- m_button = e.m_button;
- }
-#endif
- wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxRibbonButtonBarEvent(*this); }
-
- wxRibbonButtonBar* GetBar() {return m_bar;}
- wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase *GetButton() { return m_button; }
- void SetBar(wxRibbonButtonBar* bar) {m_bar = bar;}
- void SetButton(wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase* button) { m_button = button; }
- bool PopupMenu(wxMenu* menu);
-
-protected:
- wxRibbonButtonBar* m_bar;
- wxRibbonButtonBarButtonBase *m_button;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxRibbonButtonBarEvent)
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_CLICKED, wxRibbonButtonBarEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, wxRibbonButtonBarEvent);
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxRibbonButtonBarEventFunction)(wxRibbonButtonBarEvent&);
-
-#define wxRibbonButtonBarEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxRibbonButtonBarEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_CLICKED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_CLICKED, winid, wxRibbonButtonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, winid, wxRibbonButtonBarEventHandler(fn))
-#else
-
-// wxpython/swig event work
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_CLICKED;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED;
-
-%pythoncode {
- EVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_CLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_CLICKED, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, 1 )
-}
-#endif
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBUTTON_CLICKED wxEVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_CLICKED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONBUTTON_DROPDOWN_CLICKED wxEVT_RIBBONBUTTONBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#endif // _WX_RIBBON_BUTTON_BAR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ribbon/control.h
-// Purpose: Extension of wxControl with common ribbon methods
-// Author: Peter Cawley
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2009-06-05
-// Copyright: (C) Peter Cawley
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RIBBON_CONTROL_H_
-#define _WX_RIBBON_CONTROL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-class wxRibbonBar;
-class wxRibbonArtProvider;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonControl : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonControl() { Init(); }
-
- wxRibbonControl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, validator, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
-
- virtual void SetArtProvider(wxRibbonArtProvider* art);
- wxRibbonArtProvider* GetArtProvider() const {return m_art;}
-
- virtual bool IsSizingContinuous() const {return true;}
- wxSize GetNextSmallerSize(wxOrientation direction, wxSize relative_to) const;
- wxSize GetNextLargerSize(wxOrientation direction, wxSize relative_to) const;
- wxSize GetNextSmallerSize(wxOrientation direction) const;
- wxSize GetNextLargerSize(wxOrientation direction) const;
-
- virtual bool Realize();
- bool Realise() {return Realize();}
-
- virtual wxRibbonBar* GetAncestorRibbonBar()const;
-
- // Finds the best width and height given the parent's width and height
- virtual wxSize GetBestSizeForParentSize(const wxSize& WXUNUSED(parentSize)) const { return GetBestSize(); }
-
-protected:
- wxRibbonArtProvider* m_art;
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetNextSmallerSize(wxOrientation direction,
- wxSize relative_to) const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetNextLargerSize(wxOrientation direction,
- wxSize relative_to) const;
-
-private:
- void Init() { m_art = NULL; }
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRibbonControl)
-#endif
-};
-
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxRibbonControl*, wxArrayRibbonControl, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#endif // _WX_RIBBON_CONTROL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ribbon/gallery.h
-// Purpose: Ribbon control which displays a gallery of items to choose from
-// Author: Peter Cawley
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2009-07-22
-// Copyright: (C) Peter Cawley
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef _WX_RIBBON_GALLERY_H_
-#define _WX_RIBBON_GALLERY_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#include "wx/ribbon/art.h"
-#include "wx/ribbon/control.h"
-
-class wxRibbonGalleryItem;
-
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxRibbonGalleryItem*, wxArrayRibbonGalleryItem, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonGallery : public wxRibbonControl
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonGallery();
-
- wxRibbonGallery(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0);
-
- virtual ~wxRibbonGallery();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0);
-
- void Clear();
-
- bool IsEmpty() const;
- unsigned int GetCount() const;
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* GetItem(unsigned int n);
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* Append(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int id);
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* Append(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int id, void* clientData);
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* Append(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int id, wxClientData* clientData);
-
- void SetItemClientObject(wxRibbonGalleryItem* item, wxClientData* data);
- wxClientData* GetItemClientObject(const wxRibbonGalleryItem* item) const;
- void SetItemClientData(wxRibbonGalleryItem* item, void* data);
- void* GetItemClientData(const wxRibbonGalleryItem* item) const;
-
- void SetSelection(wxRibbonGalleryItem* item);
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* GetSelection() const;
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* GetHoveredItem() const;
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* GetActiveItem() const;
- wxRibbonGalleryButtonState GetUpButtonState() const;
- wxRibbonGalleryButtonState GetDownButtonState() const;
- wxRibbonGalleryButtonState GetExtensionButtonState() const;
-
- bool IsHovered() const;
- virtual bool IsSizingContinuous() const;
- virtual bool Realize();
- virtual bool Layout();
-
- virtual bool ScrollLines(int lines);
- bool ScrollPixels(int pixels);
- void EnsureVisible(const wxRibbonGalleryItem* item);
-
-protected:
- wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
- void CommonInit(long style);
- void CalculateMinSize();
- bool TestButtonHover(const wxRect& rect, wxPoint pos,
- wxRibbonGalleryButtonState* state);
-
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseEnter(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseDClick(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
- int GetScrollLineSize() const;
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetNextSmallerSize(wxOrientation direction,
- wxSize relative_to) const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetNextLargerSize(wxOrientation direction,
- wxSize relative_to) const;
-
- wxArrayRibbonGalleryItem m_items;
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* m_selected_item;
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* m_hovered_item;
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* m_active_item;
- wxSize m_bitmap_size;
- wxSize m_bitmap_padded_size;
- wxSize m_best_size;
- wxRect m_client_rect;
- wxRect m_scroll_up_button_rect;
- wxRect m_scroll_down_button_rect;
- wxRect m_extension_button_rect;
- const wxRect* m_mouse_active_rect;
- int m_item_separation_x;
- int m_item_separation_y;
- int m_scroll_amount;
- int m_scroll_limit;
- wxRibbonGalleryButtonState m_up_button_state;
- wxRibbonGalleryButtonState m_down_button_state;
- wxRibbonGalleryButtonState m_extension_button_state;
- bool m_hovered;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRibbonGallery)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonGalleryEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonGalleryEvent(wxEventType command_type = wxEVT_NULL,
- int win_id = 0,
- wxRibbonGallery* gallery = NULL,
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* item = NULL)
- : wxCommandEvent(command_type, win_id)
- , m_gallery(gallery), m_item(item)
- {
- }
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxRibbonGalleryEvent(const wxRibbonGalleryEvent& e) : wxCommandEvent(e)
- {
- m_gallery = e.m_gallery;
- m_item = e.m_item;
- }
-#endif
- wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxRibbonGalleryEvent(*this); }
-
- wxRibbonGallery* GetGallery() {return m_gallery;}
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* GetGalleryItem() {return m_item;}
- void SetGallery(wxRibbonGallery* gallery) {m_gallery = gallery;}
- void SetGalleryItem(wxRibbonGalleryItem* item) {m_item = item;}
-
-protected:
- wxRibbonGallery* m_gallery;
- wxRibbonGalleryItem* m_item;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxRibbonGalleryEvent)
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_HOVER_CHANGED, wxRibbonGalleryEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_SELECTED, wxRibbonGalleryEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_CLICKED, wxRibbonGalleryEvent);
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxRibbonGalleryEventFunction)(wxRibbonGalleryEvent&);
-
-#define wxRibbonGalleryEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxRibbonGalleryEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_RIBBONGALLERY_HOVER_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_HOVER_CHANGED, winid, wxRibbonGalleryEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONGALLERY_SELECTED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_SELECTED, winid, wxRibbonGalleryEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONGALLERY_CLICKED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_CLICKED, winid, wxRibbonGalleryEventHandler(fn))
-#else
-
-// wxpython/swig event work
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_HOVER_CHANGED;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_SELECTED;
-
-%pythoncode {
- EVT_RIBBONGALLERY_HOVER_CHANGED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_HOVER_CHANGED, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONGALLERY_SELECTED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_SELECTED, 1 )
-}
-#endif // SWIG
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONGALLERY_HOVER_CHANGED wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_HOVER_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONGALLERY_SELECTED wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_SELECTED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONGALLERY_CLICKED wxEVT_RIBBONGALLERY_CLICKED
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#endif // _WX_RIBBON_GALLERY_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ribbon/page.h
-// Purpose: Container for ribbon-bar-style interface panels
-// Author: Peter Cawley
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2009-05-25
-// Copyright: (C) Peter Cawley
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RIBBON_PAGE_H_
-#define _WX_RIBBON_PAGE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#include "wx/ribbon/control.h"
-#include "wx/ribbon/panel.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class wxRibbonBar;
-class wxRibbonPageScrollButton;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonPage : public wxRibbonControl
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonPage();
-
- wxRibbonPage(wxRibbonBar* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
- const wxBitmap& icon = wxNullBitmap,
- long style = 0);
-
- virtual ~wxRibbonPage();
-
- bool Create(wxRibbonBar* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
- const wxBitmap& icon = wxNullBitmap,
- long style = 0);
-
- void SetArtProvider(wxRibbonArtProvider* art);
-
- wxBitmap& GetIcon() {return m_icon;}
- virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const;
- void SetSizeWithScrollButtonAdjustment(int x, int y, int width, int height);
- void AdjustRectToIncludeScrollButtons(wxRect* rect) const;
-
- bool DismissExpandedPanel();
-
- virtual bool Realize();
- virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
- virtual bool Layout();
- virtual bool ScrollLines(int lines);
- bool ScrollPixels(int pixels);
- bool ScrollSections(int sections);
-
- wxOrientation GetMajorAxis() const;
-
- virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child);
-
- void HideIfExpanded();
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
- bool DoActualLayout();
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
-
- bool ExpandPanels(wxOrientation direction, int maximum_amount);
- bool CollapsePanels(wxOrientation direction, int minimum_amount);
- void ShowScrollButtons();
- void HideScrollButtons();
-
- void CommonInit(const wxString& label, const wxBitmap& icon);
- void PopulateSizeCalcArray(wxSize (wxWindow::*get_size)(void) const);
-
- wxArrayRibbonControl m_collapse_stack;
- wxBitmap m_icon;
- wxSize m_old_size;
- // NB: Scroll button windows are siblings rather than children (to get correct clipping of children)
- wxRibbonPageScrollButton* m_scroll_left_btn;
- wxRibbonPageScrollButton* m_scroll_right_btn;
- wxSize* m_size_calc_array;
- size_t m_size_calc_array_size;
- int m_scroll_amount;
- int m_scroll_amount_limit;
- int m_size_in_major_axis_for_children;
- bool m_scroll_buttons_visible;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRibbonPage)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#endif // _WX_RIBBON_PAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ribbon/panel.h
-// Purpose: Ribbon-style container for a group of related tools / controls
-// Author: Peter Cawley
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2009-05-25
-// Copyright: (C) Peter Cawley
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef _WX_RIBBON_PANEL_H_
-#define _WX_RIBBON_PANEL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/ribbon/control.h"
-
-enum wxRibbonPanelOption
-{
- wxRIBBON_PANEL_NO_AUTO_MINIMISE = 1 << 0,
- wxRIBBON_PANEL_EXT_BUTTON = 1 << 3,
- wxRIBBON_PANEL_MINIMISE_BUTTON = 1 << 4,
- wxRIBBON_PANEL_STRETCH = 1 << 5,
- wxRIBBON_PANEL_FLEXIBLE = 1 << 6,
-
- wxRIBBON_PANEL_DEFAULT_STYLE = 0
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonPanel : public wxRibbonControl
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonPanel();
-
- wxRibbonPanel(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
- const wxBitmap& minimised_icon = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxRIBBON_PANEL_DEFAULT_STYLE);
-
- virtual ~wxRibbonPanel();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
- const wxBitmap& icon = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxRIBBON_PANEL_DEFAULT_STYLE);
-
- wxBitmap& GetMinimisedIcon() {return m_minimised_icon;}
- const wxBitmap& GetMinimisedIcon() const {return m_minimised_icon;}
- bool IsMinimised() const;
- bool IsMinimised(wxSize at_size) const;
- bool IsHovered() const;
- bool IsExtButtonHovered() const;
- bool CanAutoMinimise() const;
-
- bool ShowExpanded();
- bool HideExpanded();
-
- void SetArtProvider(wxRibbonArtProvider* art);
-
- virtual bool Realize();
- virtual bool Layout();
- virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const;
-
- virtual bool IsSizingContinuous() const;
-
- virtual void AddChild(wxWindowBase *child);
- virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child);
-
- virtual bool HasExtButton() const;
-
- wxRibbonPanel* GetExpandedDummy();
- wxRibbonPanel* GetExpandedPanel();
-
- // Finds the best width and height given the parent's width and height
- virtual wxSize GetBestSizeForParentSize(const wxSize& parentSize) const;
-
- long GetFlags() { return m_flags; }
-
- void HideIfExpanded();
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- virtual wxSize GetPanelSizerBestSize() const;
- wxSize GetPanelSizerMinSize() const;
- wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
- wxSize GetMinNotMinimisedSize() const;
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetNextSmallerSize(wxOrientation direction,
- wxSize relative_to) const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetNextLargerSize(wxOrientation direction,
- wxSize relative_to) const;
-
- void DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseEnter(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseEnterChild(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseLeaveChild(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseClick(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMotion(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt);
- void OnChildKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt);
-
- void TestPositionForHover(const wxPoint& pos);
- bool ShouldSendEventToDummy(wxEvent& evt);
- virtual bool TryAfter(wxEvent& evt);
-
- void CommonInit(const wxString& label, const wxBitmap& icon, long style);
- static wxRect GetExpandedPosition(wxRect panel,
- wxSize expanded_size,
- wxDirection direction);
-
- wxBitmap m_minimised_icon;
- wxBitmap m_minimised_icon_resized;
- wxSize m_smallest_unminimised_size;
- wxSize m_minimised_size;
- wxDirection m_preferred_expand_direction;
- wxRibbonPanel* m_expanded_dummy;
- wxRibbonPanel* m_expanded_panel;
- wxWindow* m_child_with_focus;
- long m_flags;
- bool m_minimised;
- bool m_hovered;
- bool m_ext_button_hovered;
- wxRect m_ext_button_rect;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRibbonPanel)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonPanelEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonPanelEvent(wxEventType command_type = wxEVT_NULL,
- int win_id = 0,
- wxRibbonPanel* panel = NULL)
- : wxCommandEvent(command_type, win_id)
- , m_panel(panel)
- {
- }
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxRibbonPanelEvent(const wxRibbonPanelEvent& e) : wxCommandEvent(e)
- {
- m_panel = e.m_panel;
- }
-#endif
- wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxRibbonPanelEvent(*this); }
-
- wxRibbonPanel* GetPanel() {return m_panel;}
- void SetPanel(wxRibbonPanel* panel) {m_panel = panel;}
-
-protected:
- wxRibbonPanel* m_panel;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxRibbonPanelEvent)
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONPANEL_EXTBUTTON_ACTIVATED, wxRibbonPanelEvent);
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxRibbonPanelEventFunction)(wxRibbonPanelEvent&);
-
-#define wxRibbonPanelEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxRibbonPanelEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_RIBBONPANEL_EXTBUTTON_ACTIVATED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONPANEL_EXTBUTTON_ACTIVATED, winid, wxRibbonPanelEventHandler(fn))
-#else
-
-// wxpython/swig event work
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONPANEL_EXTBUTTON_ACTIVATED;
-
-%pythoncode {
- EVT_RIBBONPANEL_EXTBUTTON_ACTIVATED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONPANEL_EXTBUTTON_ACTIVATED, 1 )
-}
-#endif
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONPANEL_EXTBUTTON_ACTIVATED wxEVT_RIBBONPANEL_EXTBUTTON_ACTIVATED
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#endif // _WX_RIBBON_PANEL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/ribbon/toolbar.h
-// Purpose: Ribbon-style tool bar
-// Author: Peter Cawley
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2009-07-06
-// Copyright: (C) Peter Cawley
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef _WX_RIBBON_TOOLBAR_H_
-#define _WX_RIBBON_TOOLBAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#include "wx/ribbon/control.h"
-#include "wx/ribbon/art.h"
-
-class wxRibbonToolBarToolBase;
-class wxRibbonToolBarToolGroup;
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxRibbonToolBarToolGroup*, wxArrayRibbonToolBarToolGroup, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON);
-
-enum wxRibbonToolBarToolState
-{
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_FIRST = 1 << 0,
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_LAST = 1 << 1,
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_POSITION_MASK = wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_FIRST | wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_LAST,
-
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_NORMAL_HOVERED = 1 << 3,
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN_HOVERED = 1 << 4,
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_HOVER_MASK = wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_NORMAL_HOVERED | wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN_HOVERED,
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_NORMAL_ACTIVE = 1 << 5,
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN_ACTIVE = 1 << 6,
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_ACTIVE_MASK = wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_NORMAL_ACTIVE | wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_DROPDOWN_ACTIVE,
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_DISABLED = 1 << 7,
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_TOGGLED = 1 << 8,
- wxRIBBON_TOOLBAR_TOOL_STATE_MASK = 0x1F8
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonToolBar : public wxRibbonControl
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonToolBar();
-
- wxRibbonToolBar(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0);
-
- virtual ~wxRibbonToolBar();
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* AddTool(
- int tool_id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind = wxRIBBON_BUTTON_NORMAL);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* AddDropdownTool(
- int tool_id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* AddHybridTool(
- int tool_id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* AddToggleTool(
- int tool_id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* AddTool(
- int tool_id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_disabled = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind = wxRIBBON_BUTTON_NORMAL,
- wxObject* client_data = NULL);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* AddSeparator();
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* InsertTool(
- size_t pos,
- int tool_id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind = wxRIBBON_BUTTON_NORMAL);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* InsertDropdownTool(
- size_t pos,
- int tool_id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* InsertHybridTool(
- size_t pos,
- int tool_id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* InsertToggleTool(
- size_t pos,
- int tool_id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* InsertTool(
- size_t pos,
- int tool_id,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap_disabled = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxString& help_string = wxEmptyString,
- wxRibbonButtonKind kind = wxRIBBON_BUTTON_NORMAL,
- wxObject* client_data = NULL);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* InsertSeparator(size_t pos);
-
- virtual void ClearTools();
- virtual bool DeleteTool(int tool_id);
- virtual bool DeleteToolByPos(size_t pos);
-
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* FindById(int tool_id)const;
- virtual wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* GetToolByPos(size_t pos)const;
- virtual size_t GetToolCount() const;
- virtual int GetToolId(const wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* tool)const;
-
- virtual wxObject* GetToolClientData(int tool_id)const;
- virtual bool GetToolEnabled(int tool_id)const;
- virtual wxString GetToolHelpString(int tool_id)const;
- virtual wxRibbonButtonKind GetToolKind(int tool_id)const;
- virtual int GetToolPos(int tool_id)const;
- virtual bool GetToolState(int tool_id)const;
-
- virtual bool Realize();
- virtual void SetRows(int nMin, int nMax = -1);
-
- virtual void SetToolClientData(int tool_id, wxObject* clientData);
- virtual void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int tool_id, const wxBitmap &bitmap);
- virtual void SetToolHelpString(int tool_id, const wxString& helpString);
- virtual void SetToolNormalBitmap(int tool_id, const wxBitmap &bitmap);
-
- virtual bool IsSizingContinuous() const;
-
- virtual void EnableTool(int tool_id, bool enable = true);
- virtual void ToggleTool(int tool_id, bool checked);
-
- // Finds the best width and height given the parent's width and height
- virtual wxSize GetBestSizeForParentSize(const wxSize& parentSize) const;
-
-protected:
- friend class wxRibbonToolBarEvent;
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
- wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseEnter(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetNextSmallerSize(wxOrientation direction,
- wxSize relative_to) const;
- virtual wxSize DoGetNextLargerSize(wxOrientation direction,
- wxSize relative_to) const;
-
- void CommonInit(long style);
- void AppendGroup();
- wxRibbonToolBarToolGroup* InsertGroup(size_t pos);
- virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags);
-
- static wxBitmap MakeDisabledBitmap(const wxBitmap& original);
-
- wxArrayRibbonToolBarToolGroup m_groups;
- wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* m_hover_tool;
- wxRibbonToolBarToolBase* m_active_tool;
- wxSize* m_sizes;
- int m_nrows_min;
- int m_nrows_max;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRibbonToolBar)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-#endif
-};
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonToolBarEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonToolBarEvent(wxEventType command_type = wxEVT_NULL,
- int win_id = 0,
- wxRibbonToolBar* bar = NULL)
- : wxCommandEvent(command_type, win_id)
- , m_bar(bar)
- {
- }
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxRibbonToolBarEvent(const wxRibbonToolBarEvent& e) : wxCommandEvent(e)
- {
- m_bar = e.m_bar;
- }
-#endif
- wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxRibbonToolBarEvent(*this); }
-
- wxRibbonToolBar* GetBar() {return m_bar;}
- void SetBar(wxRibbonToolBar* bar) {m_bar = bar;}
- bool PopupMenu(wxMenu* menu);
-
-protected:
- wxRibbonToolBar* m_bar;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxRibbonToolBarEvent)
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_CLICKED, wxRibbonToolBarEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON, wxEVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, wxRibbonToolBarEvent);
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxRibbonToolBarEventFunction)(wxRibbonToolBarEvent&);
-
-#define wxRibbonToolBarEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxRibbonToolBarEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_CLICKED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_CLICKED, winid, wxRibbonToolBarEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, winid, wxRibbonToolBarEventHandler(fn))
-#else
-
-// wxpython/swig event work
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_CLICKED;
-%constant wxEventType wxEVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED;
-
-%pythoncode {
- EVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_CLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_CLICKED, 1 )
- EVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED = wx.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED, 1 )
-}
-#endif
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONTOOL_CLICKED wxEVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_CLICKED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RIBBONTOOL_DROPDOWN_CLICKED wxEVT_RIBBONTOOLBAR_DROPDOWN_CLICKED
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#endif // _WX_RIBBON_TOOLBAR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richmsgdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxRichMessageDialogBase
-// Author: Rickard Westerlund
-// Created: 2010-07-03
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHMSGDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_RICHMSGDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG
-
-#include "wx/msgdlg.h"
-
-// Extends a message dialog with an optional checkbox and user-expandable
-// detailed text.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRichMessageDialogBase : public wxGenericMessageDialog
-{
-public:
- wxRichMessageDialogBase( wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- long style )
- : wxGenericMessageDialog( parent, message, caption, style ),
- m_detailsExpanderCollapsedLabel( wxGetTranslation("&See details") ),
- m_detailsExpanderExpandedLabel( wxGetTranslation("&Hide details") ),
- m_checkBoxValue( false )
- { }
-
- void ShowCheckBox(const wxString& checkBoxText, bool checked = false)
- {
- m_checkBoxText = checkBoxText;
- m_checkBoxValue = checked;
- }
-
- wxString GetCheckBoxText() const { return m_checkBoxText; }
-
- void ShowDetailedText(const wxString& detailedText)
- { m_detailedText = detailedText; }
-
- wxString GetDetailedText() const { return m_detailedText; }
-
- virtual bool IsCheckBoxChecked() const { return m_checkBoxValue; }
-
-protected:
- const wxString m_detailsExpanderCollapsedLabel;
- const wxString m_detailsExpanderExpandedLabel;
-
- wxString m_checkBoxText;
- bool m_checkBoxValue;
- wxString m_detailedText;
-
-private:
- void ShowDetails(bool shown);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRichMessageDialogBase);
-};
-
-// Always include the generic version as it's currently used as the base class
-// by the MSW native implementation too.
-#include "wx/generic/richmsgdlgg.h"
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/msw/richmsgdlg.h"
-#else
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxRichMessageDialog
- : public wxGenericRichMessageDialog
- {
- public:
- wxRichMessageDialog( wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& message,
- const wxString& caption,
- long style )
- : wxGenericRichMessageDialog( parent, message, caption, style )
- { }
-
- private:
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxRichMessageDialog);
- };
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_RICHMSGDLG_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextbackgroundpage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 13/11/2010 11:17:25
-// RCS-ID:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h"
-
-////@begin includes
-#include "wx/statline.h"
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl;
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_STYLE wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_TITLE wxEmptyString
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextBackgroundPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBackgroundPage: public wxRichTextDialogPage
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextBackgroundPage )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextBackgroundPage();
- wxRichTextBackgroundPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_IDNAME, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_IDNAME, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Destructor
- ~wxRichTextBackgroundPage();
-
- /// Initialises member variables
- void Init();
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Gets the attributes from the formatting dialog
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributes();
-
- /// Data transfer
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
- /// Respond to colour swatch click
- void OnColourSwatch(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBackgroundPage event handler declarations
-
-////@end wxRichTextBackgroundPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBackgroundPage member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextBackgroundPage member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBackgroundPage member variables
- wxCheckBox* m_backgroundColourCheckBox;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_backgroundColourSwatch;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_RICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE = 10845,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BACKGROUND_COLOUR_CHECKBOX = 10846,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BACKGROUND_COLOUR_SWATCH = 10847
- };
-////@end wxRichTextBackgroundPage member variables
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTBACKGROUNDPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextborderspage.h
-// Purpose: A border editing page for the wxRTC formatting dialog.
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 21/10/2010 11:34:24
-// RCS-ID:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h"
-
-////@begin includes
-#include "wx/notebook.h"
-#include "wx/statline.h"
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBorderPreviewCtrl;
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_STYLE wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_TITLE wxEmptyString
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextBordersPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBordersPage: public wxRichTextDialogPage
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextBordersPage )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextBordersPage();
- wxRichTextBordersPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_IDNAME, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_IDNAME, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Destructor
- ~wxRichTextBordersPage();
-
- /// Initialises member variables
- void Init();
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Gets the attributes from the formatting dialog
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributes();
-
- /// Data transfer
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
- /// Updates the synchronization checkboxes to reflect the state of the attributes
- void UpdateSyncControls();
-
- /// Updates the preview
- void OnCommand(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /// Fill style combo
- virtual void FillStyleComboBox(wxComboBox* styleComboBox);
-
- /// Set the border controls
- static void SetBorderValue(wxTextAttrBorder& border, wxTextCtrl* widthValueCtrl, wxComboBox* widthUnitsCtrl, wxCheckBox* checkBox,
- wxComboBox* styleCtrl, wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* colourCtrl, const wxArrayInt& borderStyles);
-
- /// Get data from the border controls
- static void GetBorderValue(wxTextAttrBorder& border, wxTextCtrl* widthValueCtrl, wxComboBox* widthUnitsCtrl, wxCheckBox* checkBox,
- wxComboBox* styleCtrl, wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* colourCtrl, const wxArrayInt& borderStyles);
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBordersPage event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_LEFT_CHECKBOX
- void OnRichtextBorderCheckboxClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_LEFT
- void OnRichtextBorderLeftValueTextUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_LEFT
- void OnRichtextBorderLeftUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_LEFT_UNITS
- void OnRichtextBorderLeftUnitsSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_LEFT_STYLE
- void OnRichtextBorderLeftStyleSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_RIGHT_CHECKBOX
- void OnRichtextBorderOtherCheckboxUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_RIGHT
- void OnRichtextBorderRightUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_TOP
- void OnRichtextBorderTopUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_BOTTOM
- void OnRichtextBorderBottomUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_SYNCHRONIZE
- void OnRichtextBorderSynchronizeClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_SYNCHRONIZE
- void OnRichtextBorderSynchronizeUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_LEFT
- void OnRichtextOutlineLeftTextUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_LEFT
- void OnRichtextOutlineLeftUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_LEFT_UNITS
- void OnRichtextOutlineLeftUnitsSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_LEFT_STYLE
- void OnRichtextOutlineLeftStyleSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_RIGHT_CHECKBOX
- void OnRichtextOutlineOtherCheckboxUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_RIGHT
- void OnRichtextOutlineRightUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_TOP
- void OnRichtextOutlineTopUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_BOTTOM
- void OnRichtextOutlineBottomUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_SYNCHRONIZE
- void OnRichtextOutlineSynchronizeClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_SYNCHRONIZE
- void OnRichtextOutlineSynchronizeUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextBordersPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBordersPage member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextBordersPage member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBordersPage member variables
- wxCheckBox* m_leftBorderCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_leftBorderWidth;
- wxComboBox* m_leftBorderWidthUnits;
- wxComboBox* m_leftBorderStyle;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_leftBorderColour;
- wxCheckBox* m_rightBorderCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_rightBorderWidth;
- wxComboBox* m_rightBorderWidthUnits;
- wxComboBox* m_rightBorderStyle;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_rightBorderColour;
- wxCheckBox* m_topBorderCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_topBorderWidth;
- wxComboBox* m_topBorderWidthUnits;
- wxComboBox* m_topBorderStyle;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_topBorderColour;
- wxCheckBox* m_bottomBorderCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_bottomBorderWidth;
- wxComboBox* m_bottomBorderWidthUnits;
- wxComboBox* m_bottomBorderStyle;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_bottomBorderColour;
- wxCheckBox* m_borderSyncCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_leftOutlineCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_leftOutlineWidth;
- wxComboBox* m_leftOutlineWidthUnits;
- wxComboBox* m_leftOutlineStyle;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_leftOutlineColour;
- wxCheckBox* m_rightOutlineCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_rightOutlineWidth;
- wxComboBox* m_rightOutlineWidthUnits;
- wxComboBox* m_rightOutlineStyle;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_rightOutlineColour;
- wxCheckBox* m_topOutlineCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_topOutlineWidth;
- wxComboBox* m_topOutlineWidthUnits;
- wxComboBox* m_topOutlineStyle;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_topOutlineColour;
- wxCheckBox* m_bottomOutlineCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_bottomOutlineWidth;
- wxComboBox* m_bottomOutlineWidthUnits;
- wxComboBox* m_bottomOutlineStyle;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_bottomOutlineColour;
- wxCheckBox* m_outlineSyncCtrl;
- wxRichTextBorderPreviewCtrl* m_borderPreviewCtrl;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_RICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE = 10800,
- ID_RICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_NOTEBOOK = 10801,
- ID_RICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_BORDERS = 10802,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_LEFT_CHECKBOX = 10803,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_LEFT = 10804,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_LEFT_UNITS = 10805,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_LEFT_STYLE = 10806,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_LEFT_COLOUR = 10807,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_RIGHT_CHECKBOX = 10808,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_RIGHT = 10809,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_RIGHT_UNITS = 10810,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_RIGHT_STYLE = 10811,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_RIGHT_COLOUR = 10812,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_TOP_CHECKBOX = 10813,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_TOP = 10814,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_TOP_UNITS = 10815,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_TOP_STYLE = 10816,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_TOP_COLOUR = 10817,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_BOTTOM_CHECKBOX = 10818,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_BOTTOM = 10819,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_BOTTOM_UNITS = 10820,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_BOTTOM_STYLE = 10821,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_BOTTOM_COLOUR = 10822,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_SYNCHRONIZE = 10845,
- ID_RICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_OUTLINE = 10823,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_LEFT_CHECKBOX = 10824,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_LEFT = 10825,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_LEFT_UNITS = 10826,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_LEFT_STYLE = 10827,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_LEFT_COLOUR = 10828,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_RIGHT_CHECKBOX = 10829,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_RIGHT = 10830,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_RIGHT_UNITS = 10831,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_RIGHT_STYLE = 10832,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_RIGHT_COLOUR = 10833,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_TOP_CHECKBOX = 10834,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_TOP = 10835,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_TOP_UNITS = 10836,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_TOP_STYLE = 10837,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_TOP_COLOUR = 10838,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_BOTTOM_CHECKBOX = 10839,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_BOTTOM = 10840,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_BOTTOM_UNITS = 10841,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_BOTTOM_STYLE = 10842,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_BOTTOM_COLOUR = 10843,
- ID_RICHTEXT_OUTLINE_SYNCHRONIZE = 10846,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BORDER_PREVIEW = 10844
- };
-////@end wxRichTextBordersPage member variables
-
- wxArrayInt m_borderStyles;
- wxArrayString m_borderStyleNames;
- bool m_ignoreUpdates;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBorderPreviewCtrl : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextBorderPreviewCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
- void SetAttributes(wxRichTextAttr* attr) { m_attributes = attr; }
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributes() const { return m_attributes; }
-
-private:
- wxRichTextAttr* m_attributes;
-
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTBORDERSPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h
-// Purpose: Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-09-30
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_
-
-/*
-
- Data structures
- ===============
-
- Data is represented by a hierarchy of objects, all derived from
- wxRichTextObject.
-
- The top of the hierarchy is the buffer, a kind of wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox.
- These boxes will allow flexible placement of text boxes on a page, but
- for now there is a single box representing the document, and this box is
- a wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox which contains further wxRichTextParagraph
- objects, each of which can include text and images.
-
- Each object maintains a range (start and end position) measured
- from the start of the main parent box.
- A paragraph object knows its range, and a text fragment knows its range
- too. So, a character or image in a page has a position relative to the
- start of the document, and a character in an embedded text box has
- a position relative to that text box. For now, we will not be dealing with
- embedded objects but it's something to bear in mind for later.
-
- Note that internally, a range (5,5) represents a range of one character.
- In the public wx[Rich]TextCtrl API, this would be passed to e.g. SetSelection
- as (5,6). A paragraph with one character might have an internal range of (0, 1)
- since the end of the paragraph takes up one position.
-
- Layout
- ======
-
- When Layout is called on an object, it is given a size which the object
- must limit itself to, or one or more flexible directions (vertical
- or horizontal). So for example a centered paragraph is given the page
- width to play with (minus any margins), but can extend indefinitely
- in the vertical direction. The implementation of Layout can then
- cache the calculated size and position within the parent.
-
- */
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/cmdproc.h"
-#include "wx/txtstrm.h"
-#include "wx/variant.h"
-#include "wx/position.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-#include "wx/dataobj.h"
-#endif
-
-// Compatibility
-//#define wxRichTextAttr wxTextAttr
-#define wxTextAttrEx wxTextAttr
-
-// Setting wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET to 1 implements a
-// caret reliably without using wxClientDC in case there
-// are platform-specific problems with the generic caret.
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET 1
-#else
-#define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OWN_CARET 0
-#endif
-
-// Switch off for binary compatibility, on for faster drawing
-// Note: this seems to be buggy (overzealous use of extents) so
-// don't use for now
-#define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING 0
-
-// The following two symbols determine whether an output implementation
-// is present. To switch the relevant one on, set wxRICHTEXT_USE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT in
-// richtextxml.cpp. By default, the faster direct output implementation is used.
-
-// Include the wxXmlDocument implementation for output
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT 1
-
-// Include the faster, direct implementation for output
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT 1
-
-/**
- The line break character that can be embedded in content.
- */
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
-
-/**
- File types in wxRichText context.
- */
-enum wxRichTextFileType
-{
- wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY = 0,
- wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT,
- wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML,
- wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_HTML,
- wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_RTF,
- wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_PDF
-};
-
-/*
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImage;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainText;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCacheObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObjectList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextLine;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraph;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFileHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextField;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldType;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleSheet;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextListStyleDefinition;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRenderer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextXMLHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImageBlock;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode;
-class wxRichTextFloatCollector;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataInputStream;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDataOutputStream;
-
-/**
- Flags determining the available space, passed to Layout.
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_WIDTH 0x01
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_HEIGHT 0x02
-#define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_WIDTH 0x04
-#define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_HEIGHT 0x08
-
-// Only lay out the part of the buffer that lies within
-// the rect passed to Layout.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT 0x10
-
-/**
- Flags to pass to Draw
- */
-
-// Ignore paragraph cache optimization, e.g. for printing purposes
-// where one line may be drawn higher (on the next page) compared
-// with the previous line
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE 0x01
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED 0x02
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_PRINT 0x04
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES 0x08
-
-/**
- Flags returned from hit-testing, or passed to hit-test function.
- */
-enum wxRichTextHitTestFlags
-{
- // The point was not on this object
- wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE = 0x01,
-
- // The point was before the position returned from HitTest
- wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE = 0x02,
-
- // The point was after the position returned from HitTest
- wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER = 0x04,
-
- // The point was on the position returned from HitTest
- wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON = 0x08,
-
- // The point was on space outside content
- wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE = 0x10,
-
- // Only do hit-testing at the current level (don't traverse into top-level objects)
- wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS = 0x20,
-
- // Ignore floating objects
- wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS = 0x40,
-
- // Don't recurse into objects marked as atomic
- wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_HONOUR_ATOMIC = 0x80
-};
-
-/**
- Flags for GetRangeSize.
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMATTED 0x01
-#define wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED 0x02
-#define wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE 0x04
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY 0x08
-
-/**
- Flags for SetStyle/SetListStyle.
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE 0x00
-
-// Specifies that this operation should be undoable
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO 0x01
-
-// Specifies that the style should not be applied if the
-// combined style at this point is already the style in question.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE 0x02
-
-// Specifies that the style should only be applied to paragraphs,
-// and not the content. This allows content styling to be
-// preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x04
-
-// Specifies that the style should only be applied to characters,
-// and not the paragraph. This allows content styling to be
-// preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x08
-
-// For SetListStyle only: specifies starting from the given number, otherwise
-// deduces number from existing attributes
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER 0x10
-
-// For SetListStyle only: specifies the list level for all paragraphs, otherwise
-// the current indentation will be used
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL 0x20
-
-// Resets the existing style before applying the new style
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET 0x40
-
-// Removes the given style instead of applying it
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE 0x80
-
-/**
- Flags for SetProperties.
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE 0x00
-
-// Specifies that this operation should be undoable
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO 0x01
-
-// Specifies that the properties should only be applied to paragraphs,
-// and not the content.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x02
-
-// Specifies that the properties should only be applied to characters,
-// and not the paragraph.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x04
-
-// Resets the existing properties before applying the new properties.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET 0x08
-
-// Removes the given properties instead of applying them.
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE 0x10
-
-/**
- Flags for object insertion.
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_NONE 0x00
-#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE 0x01
-#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE 0x02
-
-// A special flag telling the buffer to keep the first paragraph style
-// as-is, when deleting a paragraph marker. In future we might pass a
-// flag to InsertFragment and DeleteRange to indicate the appropriate mode.
-#define wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE 0x20000000
-
-/**
- Default superscript/subscript font multiplication factor.
- */
-
-#define wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR 1.5
-
-/**
- The type for wxTextAttrDimension flags.
- */
-typedef unsigned short wxTextAttrDimensionFlags;
-
-/**
- Miscellaneous text box flags
- */
-enum wxTextBoxAttrFlags
-{
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT = 0x00000001,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR = 0x00000002,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS = 0x00000004,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT = 0x00000008,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME = 0x00000010
-};
-
-/**
- Whether a value is present, used in dimension flags.
- */
-enum wxTextAttrValueFlags
-{
- wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID = 0x1000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK = 0x1000
-};
-
-/**
- Units, included in the dimension value.
- */
-enum wxTextAttrUnits
-{
- wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM = 0x0001,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS = 0x0002,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE = 0x0004,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_POINTS = 0x0008,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_HUNDREDTHS_POINT = 0x0100,
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK = 0x010F
-};
-
-/**
- Position alternatives, included in the dimension flags.
- */
-enum wxTextBoxAttrPosition
-{
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_STATIC = 0x0000, // Default is static, i.e. as per normal layout
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE = 0x0010, // Relative to the relevant edge
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE = 0x0020, // Relative to the parent
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_FIXED = 0x0040, // Relative to the top-level window
-
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK = 0x00F0
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxTextAttrDimension
-
- A class representing a rich text dimension, including units and position.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimensions
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimension
-{
-public:
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension() { Reset(); }
- /**
- Constructor taking value and units flag.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { m_value = value; m_flags = units|wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
-
- /**
- Resets the dimension value and flags.
- */
- void Reset() { m_value = 0; m_flags = 0; }
-
- /**
- Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
- have to be present if those attributes of @a dim are present. If @a weakTest is
- @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dim but not
- in this object.
- */
- bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, bool weakTest = true) const;
-
- /** Apply the dimension, but not those identical to @a compareWith if present.
- */
- bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, const wxTextAttrDimension* compareWith = NULL);
-
- /** Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
- which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
- */
- void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension& attr, wxTextAttrDimension& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimension& absentAttr);
-
- /**
- Equality operator.
- */
- bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const { return m_value == dim.m_value && m_flags == dim.m_flags; }
-
- /**
- Returns the integer value of the dimension.
- */
- int GetValue() const { return m_value; }
-
- /**
- Returns the floating-pointing value of the dimension in mm.
-
- */
- float GetValueMM() const { return float(m_value) / 10.0; }
-
- /**
- Sets the value of the dimension in mm.
- */
- void SetValueMM(float value) { m_value = (int) ((value * 10.0) + 0.5); m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
-
- /**
- Sets the integer value of the dimension.
- */
- void SetValue(int value) { m_value = value; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
-
- /**
- Sets the integer value of the dimension, passing dimension flags.
- */
- void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { SetValue(value); m_flags = flags; }
-
- /**
- Sets the integer value and units.
- */
- void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_value = value; m_flags = units | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
-
- /**
- Sets the dimension.
- */
- void SetValue(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { (*this) = dim; }
-
- /**
- Gets the units of the dimension.
- */
- wxTextAttrUnits GetUnits() const { return (wxTextAttrUnits) (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK); }
-
- /**
- Sets the units of the dimension.
- */
- void SetUnits(wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK; m_flags |= units; }
-
- /**
- Gets the position flags.
- */
- wxTextBoxAttrPosition GetPosition() const { return (wxTextBoxAttrPosition) (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK); }
-
- /**
- Sets the position flags.
- */
- void SetPosition(wxTextBoxAttrPosition pos) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK; m_flags |= pos; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the dimension is valid.
- */
- bool IsValid() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID) != 0; }
-
- /**
- Sets the valid flag.
- */
- void SetValid(bool b) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK; m_flags |= (b ? wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID : 0); }
-
- /**
- Gets the dimension flags.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimensionFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- /**
- Sets the dimension flags.
- */
- void SetFlags(wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
- int m_value;
- wxTextAttrDimensionFlags m_flags;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxTextAttrDimensions
- A class for left, right, top and bottom dimensions.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimensions
-{
-public:
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimensions() {}
-
- /**
- Resets the value and flags for all dimensions.
- */
- void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); }
-
- /**
- Equality operator.
- */
- bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims) const { return m_left == dims.m_left && m_top == dims.m_top && m_right == dims.m_right && m_bottom == dims.m_bottom; }
-
- /**
- Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
- have to be present if those attributes of @a dim sare present. If @a weakTest is
- @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dims but not
- in this object.
-
- */
- bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, bool weakTest = true) const;
-
- /**
- Apply to 'this', but not if the same as @a compareWith.
-
- */
- bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, const wxTextAttrDimensions* compareWith = NULL);
-
- /**
- Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
- which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
-
- */
- void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr, wxTextAttrDimensions& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimensions& absentAttr);
-
- /**
- Remove specified attributes from this object.
- */
- bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr);
-
- /**
- Gets the left dimension.
- */
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_left; }
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_left; }
-
- /**
- Gets the right dimension.
-
- */
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_right; }
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_right; }
-
- /**
- Gets the top dimension.
-
- */
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_top; }
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_top; }
-
- /**
- Gets the bottom dimension.
-
- */
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; }
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; }
-
- /**
- Are all dimensions valid?
-
- */
- bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() && m_top.IsValid() && m_right.IsValid() && m_bottom.IsValid(); }
-
- wxTextAttrDimension m_left;
- wxTextAttrDimension m_top;
- wxTextAttrDimension m_right;
- wxTextAttrDimension m_bottom;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxTextAttrSize
- A class for representing width and height.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrSize
-{
-public:
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxTextAttrSize() {}
-
- /**
- Resets the width and height dimensions.
- */
- void Reset() { m_width.Reset(); m_height.Reset(); }
-
- /**
- Equality operator.
- */
- bool operator==(const wxTextAttrSize& size) const { return m_width == size.m_width && m_height == size.m_height ; }
-
- /**
- Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
- have to be present if those attributes of @a size are present. If @a weakTest is
- @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a size but not
- in this object.
- */
- bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize& size, bool weakTest = true) const;
-
- /**
- Apply to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
- */
- bool Apply(const wxTextAttrSize& dims, const wxTextAttrSize* compareWith = NULL);
-
- /**
- Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
- which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
- */
- void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize& attr, wxTextAttrSize& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrSize& absentAttr);
-
- /**
- Removes the specified attributes from this object.
- */
- bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize& attr);
-
- /**
- Returns the width.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_width; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
-
- /**
- Sets the width.
- */
- void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_width.SetValue(value, flags); }
-
- /**
- Sets the width.
- */
- void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_width.SetValue(value, units); }
-
- /**
- Sets the width.
- */
- void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_width.SetValue(dim); }
-
- /**
- Gets the height.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_height; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
-
- /**
- Sets the height.
- */
- void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_height.SetValue(value, flags); }
-
- /**
- Sets the height.
- */
- void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_height.SetValue(value, units); }
-
- /**
- Sets the height.
- */
- void SetHeight(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_height.SetValue(dim); }
-
- /**
- Is the size valid?
- */
- bool IsValid() const { return m_width.IsValid() && m_height.IsValid(); }
-
- wxTextAttrDimension m_width;
- wxTextAttrDimension m_height;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
- A class to make it easier to convert dimensions.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
-{
-public:
- /**
- Constructor.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC& dc, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
- /**
- Constructor.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
-
- /**
- Gets the pixel size for the given dimension.
- */
- int GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, int direction = wxHORIZONTAL) const;
- /**
- Gets the mm size for the given dimension.
- */
- int GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const;
-
- /**
- Converts tenths of a mm to pixels.
- */
- int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units) const;
- /**
- Converts pixels to tenths of a mm.
- */
- int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels) const;
-
- /**
- Sets the scale factor.
- */
- void SetScale(double scale) { m_scale = scale; }
- /**
- Returns the scale factor.
- */
- double GetScale() const { return m_scale; }
-
- /**
- Sets the ppi.
- */
- void SetPPI(int ppi) { m_ppi = ppi; }
- /**
- Returns the ppi.
- */
- int GetPPI() const { return m_ppi; }
-
- /**
- Sets the parent size.
- */
- void SetParentSize(const wxSize& parentSize) { m_parentSize = parentSize; }
- /**
- Returns the parent size.
- */
- const wxSize& GetParentSize() const { return m_parentSize; }
-
- int m_ppi;
- double m_scale;
- wxSize m_parentSize;
-};
-
-/**
- Border styles, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
- */
-enum wxTextAttrBorderStyle
-{
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE = 0,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID = 1,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED = 2,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED = 3,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOUBLE = 4,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_GROOVE = 5,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_RIDGE = 6,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_INSET = 7,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_OUTSET = 8
-};
-
-/**
- Border style presence flags, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
- */
-enum wxTextAttrBorderFlags
-{
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE = 0x0001,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR = 0x0002
-};
-
-/**
- Border width symbols for qualitative widths, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
- */
-enum wxTextAttrBorderWidth
-{
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THIN = -1,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_MEDIUM = -2,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THICK = -3
-};
-
-/**
- Float styles.
- */
-enum wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle
-{
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE = 0,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT = 1,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT = 2
-};
-
-/**
- Clear styles.
- */
-enum wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle
-{
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE = 0,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_LEFT = 1,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_RIGHT = 2,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_BOTH = 3
-};
-
-/**
- Collapse mode styles. TODO: can they be switched on per side?
- */
-enum wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode
-{
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE = 0,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_FULL = 1
-};
-
-/**
- Vertical alignment values.
- */
-enum wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment
-{
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE = 0,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP = 1,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE = 2,
- wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM = 3
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxTextAttrBorder
- A class representing a rich text object border.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorders
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrBorder
-{
-public:
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorder() { Reset(); }
-
- /**
- Equality operator.
- */
- bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorder& border) const
- {
- return m_flags == border.m_flags && m_borderStyle == border.m_borderStyle &&
- m_borderColour == border.m_borderColour && m_borderWidth == border.m_borderWidth;
- }
-
- /**
- Resets the border style, colour, width and flags.
- */
- void Reset() { m_borderStyle = 0; m_borderColour = 0; m_flags = 0; m_borderWidth.Reset(); }
-
- /**
- Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
- have to be present if those attributes of @a border are present. If @a weakTest is
- @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a border but not
- in this object.
- */
- bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, bool weakTest = true) const;
-
- /**
- Applies the border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
-
- */
- bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, const wxTextAttrBorder* compareWith = NULL);
-
- /**
- Removes the specified attributes from this object.
- */
- bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr);
-
- /**
- Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
- which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
- */
- void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr, wxTextAttrBorder& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorder& absentAttr);
-
- /**
- Sets the border style.
- */
- void SetStyle(int style) { m_borderStyle = style; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE; }
-
- /**
- Gets the border style.
-
- */
- int GetStyle() const { return m_borderStyle; }
-
- /**
- Sets the border colour.
- */
- void SetColour(unsigned long colour) { m_borderColour = colour; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
-
- /**
- Sets the border colour.
- */
- void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour.GetRGB(); m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
-
- /**
- Gets the colour as a long.
- */
- unsigned long GetColourLong() const { return m_borderColour; }
-
- /**
- Gets the colour.
- */
- wxColour GetColour() const { return wxColour(m_borderColour); }
-
- /**
- Gets the border width.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_borderWidth; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_borderWidth; }
-
- /**
- Sets the border width.
- */
- void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width) { m_borderWidth = width; }
- /**
- Sets the border width.
- */
- void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); }
-
- /**
- True if the border has a valid style.
- */
- bool HasStyle() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE) != 0; }
-
- /**
- True if the border has a valid colour.
- */
- bool HasColour() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR) != 0; }
-
- /**
- True if the border has a valid width.
- */
- bool HasWidth() const { return m_borderWidth.IsValid(); }
-
- /**
- True if the border is valid.
- */
- bool IsValid() const { return HasWidth(); }
-
- /**
- Set the valid flag for this border.
- */
- void MakeValid() { m_borderWidth.SetValid(true); }
-
- /**
- True if the border has no attributes set.
- */
- bool IsDefault() const { return (m_flags == 0); }
-
- /**
- Returns the border flags.
- */
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- /**
- Sets the border flags.
- */
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
- /**
- Adds a border flag.
- */
- void AddFlag(int flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
-
- /**
- Removes a border flag.
- */
- void RemoveFlag(int flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
-
- int m_borderStyle;
- unsigned long m_borderColour;
- wxTextAttrDimension m_borderWidth;
- int m_flags;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxTextAttrBorders
- A class representing a rich text object's borders.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorder
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextAttrBorders
-{
-public:
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorders() { }
-
- /**
- Equality operator.
- */
- bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders) const
- {
- return m_left == borders.m_left && m_right == borders.m_right &&
- m_top == borders.m_top && m_bottom == borders.m_bottom;
- }
-
- /**
- Sets the style of all borders.
- */
- void SetStyle(int style);
-
- /**
- Sets colour of all borders.
- */
- void SetColour(unsigned long colour);
-
- /**
- Sets the colour for all borders.
- */
- void SetColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
- /**
- Sets the width of all borders.
- */
- void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width);
-
- /**
- Sets the width of all borders.
- */
- void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); }
-
- /**
- Resets all borders.
- */
- void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); }
-
- /**
- Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
- have to be present if those attributes of @a borders are present. If @a weakTest is
- @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a borders but not
- in this object.
- */
- bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, bool weakTest = true) const;
-
- /**
- Applies border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
- */
- bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxTextAttrBorders* compareWith = NULL);
-
- /**
- Removes the specified attributes from this object.
- */
- bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr);
-
- /**
- Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
- which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
- */
- void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, wxTextAttrBorders& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorders& absentAttr);
-
- /**
- Returns @true if at least one border is valid.
- */
- bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() || m_right.IsValid() || m_top.IsValid() || m_bottom.IsValid(); }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if no border attributes were set.
- */
- bool IsDefault() const { return m_left.IsDefault() && m_right.IsDefault() && m_top.IsDefault() && m_bottom.IsDefault(); }
-
- /**
- Returns the left border.
- */
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() const { return m_left; }
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() { return m_left; }
-
- /**
- Returns the right border.
- */
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() const { return m_right; }
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() { return m_right; }
-
- /**
- Returns the top border.
- */
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() const { return m_top; }
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() { return m_top; }
-
- /**
- Returns the bottom border.
- */
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; }
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; }
-
- wxTextAttrBorder m_left, m_right, m_top, m_bottom;
-
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxTextBoxAttr
- A class representing the box attributes of a rich text object.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxTextBoxAttr
-{
-public:
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxTextBoxAttr() { Init(); }
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { Init(); (*this) = attr; }
-
- /**
- Initialises this object.
- */
- void Init() { Reset(); }
-
- /**
- Resets this object.
- */
- void Reset();
-
- // Copy. Unnecessary since we let it do a binary copy
- //void Copy(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
-
- // Assignment
- //void operator= (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
-
- /**
- Equality test.
- */
- bool operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const;
-
- /**
- Partial equality test, ignoring unset attributes. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
- have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is
- @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not
- in this object.
-
- */
- bool EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const;
-
- /**
- Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith is non-NULL, then it will be used
- to mask out those attributes that are the same in style and @a compareWith, for
- situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
- */
- bool Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr& style, const wxTextBoxAttr* compareWith = NULL);
-
- /**
- Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
- which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
- */
- void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, wxTextBoxAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextBoxAttr& absentAttr);
-
- /**
- Removes the specified attributes from this object.
- */
- bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
-
- /**
- Sets the flags.
- */
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
- /**
- Returns the flags.
- */
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- /**
- Is this flag present?
- */
- bool HasFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; }
-
- /**
- Removes this flag.
- */
- void RemoveFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
-
- /**
- Adds this flag.
- */
- void AddFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if no attributes are set.
- */
- bool IsDefault() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the float mode.
- */
- wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle GetFloatMode() const { return m_floatMode; }
-
- /**
- Sets the float mode.
- */
- void SetFloatMode(wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle mode) { m_floatMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if float mode is active.
- */
- bool HasFloatMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT); }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object is floating.
- */
- bool IsFloating() const { return HasFloatMode() && GetFloatMode() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE; }
-
- /**
- Returns the clear mode - whether to wrap text after object. Currently unimplemented.
- */
- wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle GetClearMode() const { return m_clearMode; }
-
- /**
- Set the clear mode. Currently unimplemented.
- */
- void SetClearMode(wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle mode) { m_clearMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we have a clear flag.
- */
- bool HasClearMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR); }
-
- /**
- Returns the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders.
- */
- wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode GetCollapseBorders() const { return m_collapseMode; }
-
- /**
- Sets the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders.
- */
- void SetCollapseBorders(wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode collapse) { m_collapseMode = collapse; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the collapse borders flag is present.
- */
- bool HasCollapseBorders() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS); }
-
- /**
- Returns the vertical alignment.
- */
- wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment GetVerticalAlignment() const { return m_verticalAlignment; }
-
- /**
- Sets the vertical alignment.
- */
- void SetVerticalAlignment(wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment verticalAlignment) { m_verticalAlignment = verticalAlignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if a vertical alignment flag is present.
- */
- bool HasVerticalAlignment() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT); }
-
- /**
- Returns the margin values.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() { return m_margins; }
- const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() const { return m_margins; }
-
- /**
- Returns the left margin.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() { return m_margins.m_left; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() const { return m_margins.m_left; }
-
- /**
- Returns the right margin.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() { return m_margins.m_right; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() const { return m_margins.m_right; }
-
- /**
- Returns the top margin.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() { return m_margins.m_top; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() const { return m_margins.m_top; }
-
- /**
- Returns the bottom margin.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() { return m_margins.m_bottom; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() const { return m_margins.m_bottom; }
-
- /**
- Returns the position.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() { return m_position; }
- const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
-
- /**
- Returns the left position.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_position.m_left; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_position.m_left; }
-
- /**
- Returns the right position.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_position.m_right; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_position.m_right; }
-
- /**
- Returns the top position.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_position.m_top; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_position.m_top; }
-
- /**
- Returns the bottom position.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_position.m_bottom; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_position.m_bottom; }
-
- /**
- Returns the padding values.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() { return m_padding; }
- const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() const { return m_padding; }
-
- /**
- Returns the left padding value.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() { return m_padding.m_left; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() const { return m_padding.m_left; }
-
- /**
- Returns the right padding value.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() { return m_padding.m_right; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() const { return m_padding.m_right; }
-
- /**
- Returns the top padding value.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() { return m_padding.m_top; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() const { return m_padding.m_top; }
-
- /**
- Returns the bottom padding value.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() { return m_padding.m_bottom; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() const { return m_padding.m_bottom; }
-
- /**
- Returns the borders.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() { return m_border; }
- const wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() const { return m_border; }
-
- /**
- Returns the left border.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() { return m_border.m_left; }
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() const { return m_border.m_left; }
-
- /**
- Returns the top border.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() { return m_border.m_top; }
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() const { return m_border.m_top; }
-
- /**
- Returns the right border.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() { return m_border.m_right; }
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() const { return m_border.m_right; }
-
- /**
- Returns the bottom border.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() { return m_border.m_bottom; }
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() const { return m_border.m_bottom; }
-
- /**
- Returns the outline.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() { return m_outline; }
- const wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() const { return m_outline; }
-
- /**
- Returns the left outline.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() { return m_outline.m_left; }
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() const { return m_outline.m_left; }
-
- /**
- Returns the top outline.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() { return m_outline.m_top; }
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() const { return m_outline.m_top; }
-
- /**
- Returns the right outline.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() { return m_outline.m_right; }
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() const { return m_outline.m_right; }
-
- /**
- Returns the bottom outline.
- */
- wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() { return m_outline.m_bottom; }
- const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() const { return m_outline.m_bottom; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object size.
- */
- wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() { return m_size; }
- const wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object minimum size.
- */
-
- wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() { return m_minSize; }
- const wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object maximum size.
- */
-
- wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() { return m_maxSize; }
- const wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; }
-
- /**
- Sets the object size.
- */
- void SetSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
-
- /**
- Sets the object minimum size.
- */
- void SetMinSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; }
-
- /**
- Sets the object maximum size.
- */
- void SetMaxSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object width.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_size.m_width; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_size.m_width; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object height.
- */
- wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_size.m_height; }
- const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_size.m_height; }
-
- /**
- Returns the box style name.
- */
- const wxString& GetBoxStyleName() const { return m_boxStyleName; }
-
- /**
- Sets the box style name.
- */
- void SetBoxStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_boxStyleName = name; AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the box style name is present.
- */
- bool HasBoxStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); }
-
-public:
-
- int m_flags;
-
- wxTextAttrDimensions m_margins;
- wxTextAttrDimensions m_padding;
- wxTextAttrDimensions m_position;
-
- wxTextAttrSize m_size;
- wxTextAttrSize m_minSize;
- wxTextAttrSize m_maxSize;
-
- wxTextAttrBorders m_border;
- wxTextAttrBorders m_outline;
-
- wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle m_floatMode;
- wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle m_clearMode;
- wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode m_collapseMode;
- wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment m_verticalAlignment;
- wxString m_boxStyleName;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextAttr
- A class representing enhanced attributes for rich text objects.
- This adds a wxTextBoxAttr member to the basic wxTextAttr class.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextAttr, wxTextBoxAttr, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAttr: public wxTextAttr
-{
-public:
- /**
- Constructor taking a wxTextAttr.
- */
- wxRichTextAttr(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); }
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextAttr(const wxRichTextAttr& attr): wxTextAttr() { Copy(attr); }
-
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextAttr() {}
-
- /**
- Copy function.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
-
- /**
- Assignment operator.
- */
- void operator=(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { Copy(attr); }
-
- /**
- Assignment operator.
- */
- void operator=(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); }
-
- /**
- Equality test.
- */
- bool operator==(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const;
-
- /**
- Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
- have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is
- @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not
- in this object.
- */
- bool EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const;
-
- /**
- Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith
- is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
- and @a compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
- */
- bool Apply(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
-
- /**
- Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
- which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
- */
- void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr);
-
- /**
- Removes the specified attributes from this object.
- */
- bool RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
-
- /**
- Returns the text box attributes.
- */
- wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() { return m_textBoxAttr; }
- const wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() const { return m_textBoxAttr; }
-
- /**
- Set the text box attributes.
- */
- void SetTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { m_textBoxAttr = attr; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if no attributes are set.
- */
- bool IsDefault() const { return (GetFlags() == 0) && m_textBoxAttr.IsDefault(); }
-
- wxTextBoxAttr m_textBoxAttr;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextAttrArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxVariant, wxRichTextVariantArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRect, wxRichTextRectArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextProperties
- A simple property class using wxVariants. This is used to give each rich text object the
- ability to store custom properties that can be used by the application.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextProperties: public wxObject
-{
-DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextProperties)
-public:
-
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextProperties() {}
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props): wxObject() { Copy(props); }
-
- /**
- Assignment operator.
- */
- void operator=(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { Copy(props); }
-
- /**
- Equality operator.
- */
- bool operator==(const wxRichTextProperties& props) const;
-
- /**
- Copies from @a props.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props.m_properties; }
-
- /**
- Returns the variant at the given index.
- */
- const wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) const { return m_properties[idx]; }
-
- /**
- Returns the variant at the given index.
- */
- wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) { return m_properties[idx]; }
-
- /**
- Clears the properties.
- */
- void Clear() { m_properties.Clear(); }
-
- /**
- Returns the array of variants implementing the properties.
- */
- const wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; }
-
- /**
- Returns the array of variants implementing the properties.
- */
- wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() { return m_properties; }
-
- /**
- Sets the array of variants.
- */
- void SetProperties(const wxRichTextVariantArray& props) { m_properties = props; }
-
- /**
- Returns all the property names.
- */
- wxArrayString GetPropertyNames() const;
-
- /**
- Returns a count of the properties.
- */
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_properties.GetCount(); }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the given property is found.
- */
- bool HasProperty(const wxString& name) const { return Find(name) != -1; }
-
- /**
- Finds the given property.
- */
- int Find(const wxString& name) const;
-
- /**
- Removes the given property.
- */
- bool Remove(const wxString& name);
-
- /**
- Gets the property variant by name.
- */
- const wxVariant& GetProperty(const wxString& name) const;
-
- /**
- Finds or creates a property with the given name, returning a pointer to the variant.
- */
- wxVariant* FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString& name);
-
- /**
- Gets the value of the named property as a string.
- */
- wxString GetPropertyString(const wxString& name) const;
-
- /**
- Gets the value of the named property as a long integer.
- */
- long GetPropertyLong(const wxString& name) const;
-
- /**
- Gets the value of the named property as a boolean.
- */
- bool GetPropertyBool(const wxString& name) const;
-
- /**
- Gets the value of the named property as a double.
- */
- double GetPropertyDouble(const wxString& name) const;
-
- /**
- Sets the property by passing a variant which contains a name and value.
- */
- void SetProperty(const wxVariant& variant);
-
- /**
- Sets a property by name and variant.
- */
- void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxVariant& variant);
-
- /**
- Sets a property by name and string value.
- */
- void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
-
- /**
- Sets a property by name and wxChar* value.
- */
- void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxChar* value) { SetProperty(name, wxString(value)); }
-
- /**
- Sets property by name and long integer value.
- */
- void SetProperty(const wxString& name, long value);
-
- /**
- Sets property by name and double value.
- */
- void SetProperty(const wxString& name, double value);
-
- /**
- Sets property by name and boolean value.
- */
- void SetProperty(const wxString& name, bool value);
-
- /**
- Removes the given properties from these properties.
- */
- void RemoveProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties);
-
- /**
- Merges the given properties with these properties.
- */
- void MergeProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties);
-
-protected:
- wxRichTextVariantArray m_properties;
-};
-
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextFontTable
- Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFontTable: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextFontTable();
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table);
- virtual ~wxRichTextFontTable();
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the font table is valid.
- */
- bool IsOk() const { return m_refData != NULL; }
-
- /**
- Finds a font for the given attribute object.
- */
- wxFont FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec);
-
- /**
- Clears the font table.
- */
- void Clear();
-
- /**
- Assignment operator.
- */
- void operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable& table);
-
- /**
- Equality operator.
- */
- bool operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const;
-
- /**
- Inequality operator.
- */
- bool operator != (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const { return !(*this == table); }
-
- /**
- Set the font scale factor.
- */
- void SetFontScale(double fontScale);
-
-protected:
-
- double m_fontScale;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextFontTable)
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextRange
-
- This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRange
-{
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextRange() { m_start = 0; m_end = 0; }
-
- /**
- Constructor taking start and end positions.
- */
- wxRichTextRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; }
- ~wxRichTextRange() {}
-
- /**
- Assigns @a range to this range.
- */
- void operator =(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; }
-
- /**
- Equality operator. Returns @true if @a range is the same as this range.
- */
- bool operator ==(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start == range.m_start && m_end == range.m_end); }
-
- /**
- Inequality operator.
- */
- bool operator !=(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start != range.m_start || m_end != range.m_end); }
-
- /**
- Subtracts a range from this range.
- */
- wxRichTextRange operator -(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start - range.m_start, m_end - range.m_end); }
-
- /**
- Adds a range to this range.
- */
- wxRichTextRange operator +(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start + range.m_start, m_end + range.m_end); }
-
- /**
- Sets the range start and end positions.
- */
- void SetRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
-
- /**
- Sets the start position.
- */
- void SetStart(long start) { m_start = start; }
-
- /**
- Returns the start position.
- */
- long GetStart() const { return m_start; }
-
- /**
- Sets the end position.
- */
- void SetEnd(long end) { m_end = end; }
-
- /**
- Gets the end position.
- */
- long GetEnd() const { return m_end; }
-
- /**
- Returns true if this range is completely outside @a range.
- */
- bool IsOutside(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return range.m_start > m_end || range.m_end < m_start; }
-
- /**
- Returns true if this range is completely within @a range.
- */
- bool IsWithin(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return m_start >= range.m_start && m_end <= range.m_end; }
-
- /**
- Returns true if @a pos was within the range. Does not match if the range is empty.
- */
- bool Contains(long pos) const { return pos >= m_start && pos <= m_end ; }
-
- /**
- Limit this range to be within @a range.
- */
- bool LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange& range) ;
-
- /**
- Gets the length of the range.
- */
- long GetLength() const { return m_end - m_start + 1; }
-
- /**
- Swaps the start and end.
- */
- void Swap() { long tmp = m_start; m_start = m_end; m_end = tmp; }
-
- /**
- Converts the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last character in
- the range, to the internal form, which uses the first and last character
- positions of the range. In other words, one is subtracted from the end position.
- (n, n) is the range of a single character.
- */
- wxRichTextRange ToInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end-1); }
-
- /**
- Converts the internal range, which uses the first and last character positions
- of the range, to the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last
- character in the range. In other words, one is added to the end position.
- (n, n+1) is the range of a single character.
- */
- wxRichTextRange FromInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end+1); }
-
-protected:
- long m_start;
- long m_end;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRange, wxRichTextRangeArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ALL wxRichTextRange(-2, -2)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_NONE wxRichTextRange(-1, -1)
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION wxRichTextRange(-2, -2)
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextSelection
-
- Stores selection information. The selection does not have to be contiguous, though currently non-contiguous
- selections are only supported for a range of table cells (a geometric block of cells can consist
- of a set of non-contiguous positions).
-
- The selection consists of an array of ranges, and the container that is the context for the selection. It
- follows that a single selection object can only represent ranges with the same parent container.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextSelection
-{
-public:
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); }
-
- /**
- Creates a selection from a range and a container.
- */
- wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; }
-
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextSelection() { Reset(); }
-
- /**
- Resets the selection.
- */
- void Reset() { m_ranges.Clear(); m_container = NULL; }
-
- /**
- Sets the selection.
- */
-
- void Set(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container)
- { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; }
-
- /**
- Adds a range to the selection.
- */
- void Add(const wxRichTextRange& range)
- { m_ranges.Add(range); }
-
- /**
- Sets the selections from an array of ranges and a container object.
- */
- void Set(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container)
- { m_ranges = ranges; m_container = container; }
-
- /**
- Copies from @a sel.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextSelection& sel)
- { m_ranges = sel.m_ranges; m_container = sel.m_container; }
-
- /**
- Assignment operator.
- */
- void operator=(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); }
-
- /**
- Equality operator.
- */
- bool operator==(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) const;
-
- /**
- Index operator.
- */
- wxRichTextRange operator[](size_t i) const { return GetRange(i); }
-
- /**
- Returns the selection ranges.
- */
- wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() { return m_ranges; }
-
- /**
- Returns the selection ranges.
- */
- const wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() const { return m_ranges; }
-
- /**
- Sets the selection ranges.
- */
- void SetRanges(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges) { m_ranges = ranges; }
-
- /**
- Returns the number of ranges in the selection.
- */
- size_t GetCount() const { return m_ranges.GetCount(); }
-
- /**
- Returns the range at the given index.
-
- */
- wxRichTextRange GetRange(size_t i) const { return m_ranges[i]; }
-
- /**
- Returns the first range if there is one, otherwise wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION.
- */
- wxRichTextRange GetRange() const { return (m_ranges.GetCount() > 0) ? (m_ranges[0]) : wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION; }
-
- /**
- Sets a single range.
- */
- void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); }
-
- /**
- Returns the container for which the selection is valid.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const { return m_container; }
-
- /**
- Sets the container for which the selection is valid.
- */
- void SetContainer(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_container = container; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the selection is valid.
- */
- bool IsValid() const { return m_ranges.GetCount() > 0 && GetContainer(); }
-
- /**
- Returns the selection appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns an empty array if none
- at the level of the object's container.
- */
- wxRichTextRangeArray GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the given position is within the selection.
- */
- bool WithinSelection(long pos, wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the given position is within the selection.
-
- */
- bool WithinSelection(long pos) const { return WithinSelection(pos, m_ranges); }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the given position is within the selection range.
- */
- static bool WithinSelection(long pos, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges);
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the given range is within the selection range.
- */
- static bool WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges);
-
- wxRichTextRangeArray m_ranges;
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* m_container;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextDrawingContext
-
- A class for passing information to drawing and measuring functions.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingContext: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingContext)
-public:
-
- /**
- Pass the buffer to the context so the context can retrieve information
- such as virtual attributes.
- */
- wxRichTextDrawingContext(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
-
- void Init() { m_buffer = NULL; m_enableVirtualAttributes = true; }
-
- /**
- Does this object have virtual attributes?
- Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without
- affecting the actual styling.
- */
- bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the virtual attributes for this object.
- Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without
- affecting the actual styling.
- */
- wxRichTextAttr GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
-
- /**
- Applies any virtual attributes relevant to this object.
- */
- bool ApplyVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
-
- /**
- Gets the count for mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
- For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
- */
- int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
-
- /**
- Gets the mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
- For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
- The function is passed the count returned by GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount.
- */
- int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxArrayInt& positions, wxRichTextAttrArray& attributes) const;
-
- /**
- Do we have virtual text for this object? Virtual text allows an application
- to replace characters in an object for editing and display purposes, for example
- for highlighting special characters.
- */
- bool HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj) const;
-
- /**
- Gets the virtual text for this object.
- */
- bool GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj, wxString& text) const;
-
- /**
- Enables virtual attribute processing.
- */
-
- void EnableVirtualAttributes(bool b) { m_enableVirtualAttributes = b; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if virtual attribute processing is enabled.
- */
-
- bool GetVirtualAttributesEnabled() const { return m_enableVirtualAttributes; }
-
- wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer;
- bool m_enableVirtualAttributes;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextObject
-
- This is the base for drawable rich text objects.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObject: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextObject)
-public:
- /**
- Constructor, taking an optional parent pointer.
- */
- wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
-
- virtual ~wxRichTextObject();
-
-// Overridables
-
- /**
- Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
- example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
- */
- virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0;
-
- /**
- Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
- Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object,
- and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
- or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
- */
- virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0;
-
- /**
- Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
- information about position. @a contextObj is returned to specify what object
- position is relevant to, since otherwise there's an ambiguity.
- @ obj might not be a child of @a contextObj, since we may be referring to the container itself
- if we have no hit on a child - for example if we click outside an object.
-
- The function puts the position in @a textPosition if one is found.
- @a pt is in logical units (a zero y position is at the beginning of the buffer).
-
- Pass wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS if you only want to consider objects
- directly under the object you are calling HitTest on. Otherwise, it will recurse
- and potentially find a nested object.
-
- @return One of the ::wxRichTextHitTestFlags values.
- */
-
- virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position.
- */
- virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context), long WXUNUSED(index), wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt), int* WXUNUSED(height), bool WXUNUSED(forceLineStart)) { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns the best size, i.e. the ideal starting size for this object irrespective
- of available space. For a short text string, it will be the size that exactly encloses
- the text. For a longer string, it might use the parent width for example.
- */
- virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const { return m_size; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
- is invalid for this object.
- */
-
- virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Do a split from @a pos, returning an object containing the second part, and setting
- the first part in 'this'.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long WXUNUSED(pos)) { return NULL; }
-
- /**
- Calculates the range of the object. By default, guess that the object is 1 unit long.
- */
- virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end) { end = start ; m_range.SetRange(start, end); }
-
- /**
- Deletes the given range.
- */
- virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range)) { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the object is empty.
- */
- virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this class of object is floatable.
- */
- virtual bool IsFloatable() const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object is currently floating.
- */
- virtual bool IsFloating() const { return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().IsFloating(); }
-
- /**
- Returns the floating direction.
- */
- virtual int GetFloatDirection() const { return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode(); }
-
- /**
- Returns any text in this object for the given range.
- */
- virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& WXUNUSED(range)) const { return wxEmptyString; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object can merge itself with the given one.
- */
- virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* WXUNUSED(object), wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context)) const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object merged itself with the given one.
- The calling code will then delete the given object.
- */
- virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* WXUNUSED(object), wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context)) { return false; }
-
- /**
- JACS
- Returns @true if this object can potentially be split, by virtue of having
- different virtual attributes for individual sub-objects.
- */
- virtual bool CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context)) const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns the final object in the split objects if this object was split due to differences between sub-object virtual attributes.
- Returns itself if it was not split.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext& WXUNUSED(context)) { return this; }
-
- /**
- Dump object data to the given output stream for debugging.
- */
- virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI.
- */
- virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Edits the object's properties via a GUI.
- */
- virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer)) { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item.
- */
- virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return wxEmptyString; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject
- is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus,
- but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead).
- */
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
-#if wxUSE_XML
- /**
- Imports this object from XML.
- */
- virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
- /**
- Exports this object directly to the given stream, bypassing the creation of a wxXmlNode hierarchy.
- This method is considerably faster than creating a tree first. However, both versions of ExportXML must be
- implemented so that if the tree method is made efficient in the future, we can deprecate the
- more verbose direct output method. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT is defined (on by default).
- */
- virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
- /**
- Exports this object to the given parent node, usually creating at least one child node.
- This method is less efficient than the direct-to-stream method but is retained to allow for
- switching to this method if we make it more efficient. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT is defined
- (on by default).
- */
- virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
-#endif
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object takes note of paragraph attributes (text and image objects don't).
- */
- virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return true; }
-
- /**
- Returns the XML node name of this object. This must be overridden for wxXmlNode-base XML export to work.
- */
- virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("unknown"); }
-
- /**
- Invalidates the object at the given range. With no argument, invalidates the whole object.
- */
- virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object can handle the selections of its children, fOr example a table.
- Required for composite selection handling to work.
- */
- virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
- For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long WXUNUSED(start), long WXUNUSED(end)) const { return wxRichTextSelection(); }
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Gets the cached object size as calculated by Layout.
- */
- virtual wxSize GetCachedSize() const { return m_size; }
-
- /**
- Sets the cached object size as calculated by Layout.
- */
- virtual void SetCachedSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
-
- /**
- Gets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
- us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required.
- */
- virtual wxSize GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; }
-
- /**
- Sets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
- us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required.
- */
- virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; }
-
- /**
- Gets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
- us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary.
- */
- virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; }
-
- /**
- Sets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
- us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary.
- */
- virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; }
-
- /**
- Gets the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the
- image size.
- */
- virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const { return wxTextAttrSize(); }
-
- /**
- Returns the object position in pixels.
- */
- virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
-
- /**
- Sets the object position in pixels.
- */
- virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
-
- /**
- Returns the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy.
- TODO: may not be needed, if all object positions are in fact relative to the
- top of the coordinate space.
- */
- virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the rectangle enclosing the object.
- */
- virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetPosition(), GetCachedSize()); }
-
- /**
- Sets the object's range within its container.
- */
- void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object's range.
- */
- const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object's range.
- */
- wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; }
-
- /**
- Set the object's own range, for a top-level object with its own position space.
- */
- void SetOwnRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ownRange = range; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level).
- */
- const wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() const { return m_ownRange; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level).
- */
- wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() { return m_ownRange; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object's own range only if a top-level object.
- */
- wxRichTextRange GetOwnRangeIfTopLevel() const { return IsTopLevel() ? m_ownRange : m_range; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object is composite.
- */
- virtual bool IsComposite() const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects,
- @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited.
- */
- virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return true; }
-
- /**
- Returns a pointer to the parent object.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextObject* GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
-
- /**
- Sets the pointer to the parent object.
- */
- virtual void SetParent(wxRichTextObject* parent) { m_parent = parent; }
-
- /**
- Returns the top-level container of this object.
- May return itself if it's a container; use GetParentContainer to return
- a different container.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the top-level container of this object.
- Returns a different container than itself, unless there's no parent, in which case it will return NULL.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetParentContainer() const { return GetParent() ? GetParent()->GetContainer() : GetContainer(); }
-
- /**
- Set the margin around the object, in pixels.
- */
- virtual void SetMargins(int margin);
-
- /**
- Set the margin around the object, in pixels.
- */
- virtual void SetMargins(int leftMargin, int rightMargin, int topMargin, int bottomMargin);
-
- /**
- Returns the left margin of the object, in pixels.
- */
- virtual int GetLeftMargin() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the right margin of the object, in pixels.
- */
- virtual int GetRightMargin() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the top margin of the object, in pixels.
- */
- virtual int GetTopMargin() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the bottom margin of the object, in pixels.
- */
- virtual int GetBottomMargin() const;
-
- /**
- Calculates the available content space in the given rectangle, given the
- margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes.
- */
- virtual wxRect GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& outerRect) const;
-
- /**
- Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
- lays out the object again using the minimum size. @a availableParentSpace is the maximum space
- for the object, whereas @a availableContainerSpace is the container with which relative positions and
- sizes should be computed. For example, a text box whose space has already been constrained
- in a previous layout pass to @a availableParentSpace, but should have a width of 50% of @a availableContainerSpace.
- (If these two rects were the same, a 2nd pass could see the object getting too small.)
- */
- virtual bool LayoutToBestSize(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
- const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& attr,
- const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace, int style);
-
- /**
- Adjusts the attributes for virtual attribute provision, collapsed borders, etc.
- */
- virtual bool AdjustAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
-
- /**
- Sets the object's attributes.
- */
- void SetAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { m_attributes = attr; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object's attributes.
- */
- const wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() const { return m_attributes; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object's attributes.
- */
- wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object's properties.
- */
- wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() { return m_properties; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object's properties.
- */
- const wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; }
-
- /**
- Sets the object's properties.
- */
- void SetProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props; }
-
- /**
- Sets the stored descent value.
- */
- void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; }
-
- /**
- Returns the stored descent value.
- */
- int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; }
-
- /**
- Returns the containing buffer.
- */
- wxRichTextBuffer* GetBuffer() const;
-
- /**
- Sets the identifying name for this object as a property using the "name" key.
- */
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_properties.SetProperty(wxT("name"), name); }
-
- /**
- Returns the identifying name for this object from the properties, using the "name" key.
- */
- wxString GetName() const { return m_properties.GetPropertyString(wxT("name")); }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e. contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box.
- */
- virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the object will be shown, @false otherwise.
- */
- bool IsShown() const { return m_show; }
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Call to show or hide this object. This function does not cause the content to be
- laid out or redrawn.
- */
- virtual void Show(bool show) { m_show = show; }
-
- /**
- Clones the object.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return NULL; }
-
- /**
- Copies the object.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextObject& obj);
-
- /**
- Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple
- lists (not yet used).
- */
-
- void Reference() { m_refCount ++; }
-
- /**
- Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple
- lists (not yet used).
- */
- void Dereference();
-
- /**
- Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new.
- */
- virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt);
-
- /**
- Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units.
- */
- int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const;
-
- /**
- Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units.
- */
- static int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi, int units, double scale = 1.0);
-
- /**
- Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre.
- */
- int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC& dc, int pixels) const;
-
- /**
- Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre.
- */
- static int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi, int pixels, double scale = 1.0);
-
- /**
- Draws the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes.
- @a boxRect is taken to be the outer margin box, not the box around the content.
- */
- static bool DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& boxRect, int flags = 0, wxRichTextObject* obj = NULL);
-
- /**
- Draws a border.
- */
- static bool DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Returns the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify @a contentRect (inner)
- or @a marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height).
- Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space
- is available.
- */
- static bool GetBoxRects(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRect& marginRect, wxRect& borderRect, wxRect& contentRect, wxRect& paddingRect, wxRect& outlineRect);
-
- /**
- Returns the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size.
- */
- static bool GetTotalMargin(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, int& leftMargin, int& rightMargin,
- int& topMargin, int& bottomMargin);
-
- /**
- Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the
- child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc.
- availableContainerSpace might be a parent that the cell has to compute its width relative to.
- E.g. a cell that's 50% of its parent.
- */
- static wxRect AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& childAttr,
- const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace);
-
-protected:
- wxSize m_size;
- wxSize m_maxSize;
- wxSize m_minSize;
- wxPoint m_pos;
- int m_descent; // Descent for this object (if any)
- int m_refCount;
- bool m_show;
- wxRichTextObject* m_parent;
-
- // The range of this object (start position to end position)
- wxRichTextRange m_range;
-
- // The internal range of this object, if it's a top-level object with its own range space
- wxRichTextRange m_ownRange;
-
- // Attributes
- wxRichTextAttr m_attributes;
-
- // Properties
- wxRichTextProperties m_properties;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL( wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextObjectList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT );
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextCompositeObject
-
- Objects of this class can contain other objects.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCompositeObject: public wxRichTextObject
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextCompositeObject)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
- virtual ~wxRichTextCompositeObject();
-
-// Overridables
-
- virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
-
- virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
-
- virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
-
- virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
- virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
-
- virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
-
- virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-
- virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Returns the children.
- */
- wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() { return m_children; }
- /**
- Returns the children.
- */
- const wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
-
- /**
- Returns the number of children.
- */
- size_t GetChildCount() const ;
-
- /**
- Returns the nth child.
- */
- wxRichTextObject* GetChild(size_t n) const ;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object is composite.
- */
- virtual bool IsComposite() const { return true; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects,
- @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited.
- */
- virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns true if the buffer is empty.
- */
- virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return GetChildCount() == 0; }
-
- /**
- Returns the child object at the given character position.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextObject* GetChildAtPosition(long pos) const;
-
-// Operations
-
- void Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj);
-
- void operator= (const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj) { Copy(obj); }
-
- /**
- Appends a child, returning the position.
- */
- size_t AppendChild(wxRichTextObject* child) ;
-
- /**
- Inserts the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning.
- */
- bool InsertChild(wxRichTextObject* child, wxRichTextObject* inFrontOf) ;
-
- /**
- Removes and optionally deletes the specified child.
- */
- bool RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject* child, bool deleteChild = false) ;
-
- /**
- Deletes all the children.
- */
- bool DeleteChildren() ;
-
- /**
- Recursively merges all pieces that can be merged.
- */
- bool Defragment(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
-
- /**
- Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new.
- */
- virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt);
-
-protected:
- wxRichTextObjectList m_children;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
-
- This class knows how to lay out paragraphs.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextCompositeObject, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox: public wxRichTextCompositeObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Init(); Copy(obj); }
- ~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox();
-
-// Overridables
-
- virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
-
- virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
- virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
-
- virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
-
- virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
- virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_XML
- virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
- virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
- virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
-#endif
-
- virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraphlayout"); }
-
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Associates a control with the buffer, for operations that for example require refreshing the window.
- */
- void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; }
-
- /**
- Returns the associated control.
- */
- wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_ctrl; }
-
- /**
- Sets a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete.
- */
- void SetPartialParagraph(bool partialPara) { m_partialParagraph = partialPara; }
-
- /**
- Returns a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete.
- */
- bool GetPartialParagraph() const { return m_partialParagraph; }
-
- /**
- Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const;
-
- virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; }
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Submits a command to insert paragraphs.
- */
- bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Submits a command to insert the given text.
- */
- bool InsertTextWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Submits a command to insert the given text.
- */
- bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Submits a command to insert the given image.
- */
- bool InsertImageWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock,
- wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr);
-
- /**
- Submits a command to insert the given field. Field data can be included in properties.
-
- @see wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
- */
- wxRichTextField* InsertFieldWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& fieldType,
- const wxRichTextProperties& properties,
- wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags,
- const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr);
-
- /**
- Returns the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position.
- If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, looks up the next-paragraph
- style.
- */
- wxRichTextAttr GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool lookUpNewParaStyle=false) const;
-
- /**
- Inserts an object.
- */
- wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Submits a command to delete this range.
- */
- bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
-
- /**
- Draws the floating objects in this buffer.
- */
- void DrawFloats(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
- /**
- Moves an anchored object to another paragraph.
- */
- void MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph* from, wxRichTextParagraph* to, wxRichTextObject* obj);
-
- /**
- Initializes the object.
- */
- void Init();
-
- /**
- Clears all the children.
- */
- virtual void Clear();
-
- /**
- Clears and initializes with one blank paragraph.
- */
- virtual void Reset();
-
- /**
- Convenience function to add a paragraph of text.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
-
- /**
- Convenience function to add an image.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
-
- /**
- Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraphs(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
-
- /**
- Returns the line at the given position. If @a caretPosition is true, the position is
- a caret position, which is normally a smaller number.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtYPosition(int y) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the paragraph at the given character or caret position.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the line size at the given position.
- */
- virtual wxSize GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
-
- /**
- Given a position, returns the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph),
- starting from zero at the start of the buffer. We also have to pass a bool (@a startOfLine)
- that indicates whether the caret is being shown at the end of the previous line or at the start
- of the next, since the caret can be shown at two visible positions for the same underlying
- position.
- */
- virtual long GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool startOfLine = false) const;
-
- /**
- Given a line number, returns the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the leaf object in a paragraph at this position.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextObject* GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the paragraph by number.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the paragraph for a given line.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine* line) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the length of the paragraph.
- */
- virtual int GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the number of paragraphs.
- */
- virtual int GetParagraphCount() const { return static_cast<int>(GetChildCount()); }
-
- /**
- Returns the number of visible lines.
- */
- virtual int GetLineCount() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the text of the paragraph.
- */
- virtual wxString GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber) const;
-
- /**
- Converts zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position.
- */
- virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
-
- /**
- Converts a zero-based position to line column and paragraph number.
- */
- virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const;
-
- /**
- Sets the attributes for the given range. Pass flags to determine how the
- attributes are set.
-
- The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
- of text. So, for example, to set the style for a character at position 5,
- use the range (5,5).
- This differs from the wxRichTextCtrl API, where you would specify (5,6).
-
- @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE: no style flag.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be
- undoable.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE: specifies that the style should not be applied
- if the combined style at this point is already the style in question.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be
- applied to paragraphs, and not the content.
- This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that
- of e.g. a named paragraph style.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be
- applied to characters, and not the paragraph.
- This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that
- of e.g. a named paragraph style.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET: resets (clears) the existing style before applying
- the new style.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE: removes the specified style.
- Only the style flags are used in this operation.
- */
- virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
- /**
- Sets the attributes for the given object only, for example the box attributes for a text box.
- */
- virtual void SetStyle(wxRichTextObject *obj, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
- /**
- Returns the combined text attributes for this position.
-
- This function gets the @e uncombined style - that is, the attributes associated
- with the paragraph or character content, and not necessarily the combined
- attributes you see on the screen. To get the combined attributes, use GetStyle().
- If you specify (any) paragraph attribute in @e style's flags, this function
- will fetch the paragraph attributes.
- Otherwise, it will return the character attributes.
- */
- virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
- /**
- Returns the content (uncombined) attributes for this position.
- */
- virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
- /**
- Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and
- context attributes.
- */
- virtual bool DoGetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, bool combineStyles = true);
-
- /**
- This function gets a style representing the common, combined attributes in the
- given range.
- Attributes which have different values within the specified range will not be
- included the style flags.
-
- The function is used to get the attributes to display in the formatting dialog:
- the user can edit the attributes common to the selection, and optionally specify the
- values of further attributes to be applied uniformly.
-
- To apply the edited attributes, you can use SetStyle() specifying
- the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE flag, which will only apply attributes that
- are different from the @e combined attributes within the range.
- So, the user edits the effective, displayed attributes for the range,
- but his choice won't be applied unnecessarily to content. As an example,
- say the style for a paragraph specifies bold, but the paragraph text doesn't
- specify a weight.
- The combined style is bold, and this is what the user will see on-screen and
- in the formatting dialog. The user now specifies red text, in addition to bold.
- When applying with SetStyle(), the content font weight attributes won't be
- changed to bold because this is already specified by the paragraph.
- However the text colour attributes @e will be changed to show red.
- */
- virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
- /**
- Combines @a style with @a currentStyle for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of
- content.
- */
- bool CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr);
-
- //@{
- /**
- Sets the list attributes for the given range, passing flags to determine how
- the attributes are set.
- Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
- sheet) can be passed.
-
- @a flags is a bit list of the following:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
- @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
- as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
-
- @see NumberList(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle().
- */
- virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- //@}
-
- /**
- Clears the list style from the given range, clearing list-related attributes
- and applying any named paragraph style associated with each paragraph.
-
- @a flags is a bit list of the following:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
-
- @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), NumberList()
- */
- virtual bool ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
- //@{
- /**
- Numbers the paragraphs in the given range.
-
- Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set.
- Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
- sheet) can be passed.
-
- @a flags is a bit list of the following:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
- @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
- as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
-
- @a def can be NULL to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
-
- @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle()
- */
- virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- //@}
-
- //@{
- /**
- Promotes the list items within the given range.
- A positive @a promoteBy produces a smaller indent, and a negative number
- produces a larger indent. Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set.
- Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
- sheet) can be passed.
-
- @a flags is a bit list of the following:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
- @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
- as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
-
- @see SetListStyle(), SetListStyle(), ClearListStyle()
- */
- virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- //@}
-
- /**
- Helper for NumberList and PromoteList, that does renumbering and promotion simultaneously
- @a def can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
- */
- virtual bool DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& promotionRange, int promoteBy, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
-
- /**
- Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph.
- */
- virtual bool FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph, wxRichTextAttr& attr) const;
-
- /**
- Sets the properties for the given range, passing flags to determine how the
- attributes are set. You can merge properties or replace them.
-
- The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
- of text, plus one. So, for example, to set the properties for a character at
- position 5, use the range (5,6).
-
- @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE: no flag.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be
- undoable.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be
- applied to paragraphs, and not the content.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be
- applied to characters, and not the paragraph.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET: resets (clears) the existing properties before applying
- the new properties.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE: removes the specified properties.
- */
- virtual bool SetProperties(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO);
-
- /**
- Sets with undo the properties for the given object.
- */
- virtual bool SetObjectPropertiesWithUndo(wxRichTextObject& obj, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, wxRichTextObject* objToSet = NULL);
-
- /**
- Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any
- of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
- can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have
- flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
- */
- virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const;
-
- /**
- Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any
- of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
- can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have
- flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
- */
- virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const;
-
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(*this); }
-
- /**
- Prepares the content just before insertion (or after buffer reset).
- Currently is only called if undo mode is on.
- */
- virtual void PrepareContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& container);
-
- /**
- Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true,
- it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph
- marker.
- */
- virtual bool InsertFragment(long position, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
-
- /**
- Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in @a fragment.
- */
- virtual bool CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
-
- /**
- Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
- */
- virtual bool ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
-
- void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj);
-
- void operator= (const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj) { Copy(obj); }
-
- /**
- Calculate ranges.
- */
- virtual void UpdateRanges();
-
- /**
- Get all the text.
- */
- virtual wxString GetText() const;
-
- /**
- Sets the default style, affecting the style currently being applied
- (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently
- inserted text to be bold).
-
- This is not cumulative - setting the default style will replace the previous
- default style.
-
- Setting it to a default attribute object makes new content take on the 'basic' style.
- */
- virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
- /**
- Returns the current default style, affecting the style currently being applied
- (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently
- inserted text to be bold).
- */
- virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const { return m_defaultAttributes; }
-
- /**
- Sets the basic (overall) style. This is the style of the whole
- buffer before further styles are applied, unlike the default style, which
- only affects the style currently being applied (for example, setting the default
- style to bold will cause subsequently inserted text to be bold).
- */
- virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { m_attributes = style; }
-
- /**
- Returns the basic (overall) style.
-
- This is the style of the whole buffer before further styles are applied,
- unlike the default style, which only affects the style currently being
- applied (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause
- subsequently inserted text to be bold).
- */
- virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetBasicStyle() const { return m_attributes; }
-
- /**
- Invalidates the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
- */
- virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
-
- /**
- Do the (in)validation for this object only.
- */
- virtual void DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange);
-
- /**
- Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy.
- */
- virtual void InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
-
- /**
- Gather information about floating objects. If untilObj is non-NULL,
- will stop getting information if the current object is this, since we
- will collect the rest later.
- */
- virtual bool UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect& availableRect, wxRichTextObject* untilObj = NULL);
-
- /**
- Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true.
- */
- wxRichTextRange GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs = false) const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object needs layout.
- */
- bool IsDirty() const { return m_invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE; }
-
- /**
- Returns the wxRichTextFloatCollector of this object.
- */
- wxRichTextFloatCollector* GetFloatCollector() { return m_floatCollector; }
-
- /**
- Returns the number of floating objects at this level.
- */
- int GetFloatingObjectCount() const;
-
- /**
- Returns a list of floating objects.
- */
- bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const;
-
-protected:
- wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl;
- wxRichTextAttr m_defaultAttributes;
-
- // The invalidated range that will need full layout
- wxRichTextRange m_invalidRange;
-
- // Is the last paragraph partial or complete?
- bool m_partialParagraph;
-
- // The floating layout state
- wxRichTextFloatCollector* m_floatCollector;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextBox
-
- This class implements a floating or inline text box, containing paragraphs.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBox: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBox)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- /**
- Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
- */
-
- wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
-
- wxRichTextBox(const wxRichTextBox& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overridables
-
- virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
- virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("textbox"); }
-
- virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
-
- virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
-
- virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("&Box"); }
-
-// Accessors
-
-// Operations
-
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBox(*this); }
-
- void Copy(const wxRichTextBox& obj);
-
-protected:
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextField
-
- This class implements the general concept of a field, an object that represents
- additional functionality such as a footnote, a bookmark, a page number, a table
- of contents, and so on. Extra information (such as a bookmark name) can be stored
- in the object properties.
-
- Drawing, layout, and property editing is delegated to classes derived
- from wxRichTextFieldType, such as instances of wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard; this makes
- the use of fields an efficient method of introducing extra functionality, since
- most of the information required to draw a field (such as a bitmap) is kept centrally
- in a single field type definition.
-
- The FieldType property, accessed by SetFieldType/GetFieldType, is used to retrieve
- the field type definition. So be careful not to overwrite this property.
-
- wxRichTextField is derived from wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, which means that it
- can contain its own read-only content, refreshed when the application calls the UpdateField
- function. Whether a field is treated as a composite or a single graphic is determined
- by the field type definition. If using wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, passing the display
- type wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE to the field type definition causes the field
- to behave like a composite; the other display styles display a simple graphic.
- When implementing a composite field, you will still need to derive from wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
- or wxRichTextFieldType, if only to implement UpdateField to refresh the field content
- appropriately. wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard is only one possible implementation, but
- covers common needs especially for simple, static fields using text or a bitmap.
-
- Register field types on application initialisation with the static function
- wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically on
- application exit.
-
- An application can write a field to a control with wxRichTextCtrl::WriteField,
- taking a field type, the properties for the field, and optional attributes.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextProperties, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextField: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextField)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- /**
- Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
- */
-
- wxRichTextField(const wxString& fieldType = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
-
- wxRichTextField(const wxRichTextField& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overridables
-
- virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
- virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
-
- virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
-
- virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("field"); }
-
- virtual bool CanEditProperties() const;
-
- virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
-
- virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const;
-
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
- virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
-
- /**
- If a field has children, we don't want the user to be able to edit it.
- */
- virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return true; }
-
- virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; }
-
- virtual bool IsTopLevel() const;
-
-// Accessors
-
- void SetFieldType(const wxString& fieldType) { GetProperties().SetProperty(wxT("FieldType"), fieldType); }
- wxString GetFieldType() const { return GetProperties().GetPropertyString(wxT("FieldType")); }
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Update the field; delegated to the associated field type. This would typically expand the field to its value,
- if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field.
- */
- virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
-
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextField(*this); }
-
- void Copy(const wxRichTextField& obj);
-
-protected:
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextFieldType
-
- The base class for custom field types. Each type definition handles one
- field type. Override functions to provide drawing, layout, updating and
- property editing functionality for a field.
-
- Register field types on application initialisation with the static function
- wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically on
- application exit.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldType: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldType)
-public:
- /**
- Creates a field type definition.
- */
- wxRichTextFieldType(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
- : m_name(name)
- { }
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextFieldType(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType)
- : wxObject(fieldType)
- { Copy(fieldType); }
-
- void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { m_name = fieldType.m_name; }
-
- /**
- Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
- example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
- */
- virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0;
-
- /**
- Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
- Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object,
- and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
- or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
- */
- virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0;
-
- /**
- Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
- is invalid for this object.
- */
- virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI.
- */
- virtual bool CanEditProperties(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Edits the object's properties via a GUI.
- */
- virtual bool EditProperties(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj), wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer)) { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item.
- */
- virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return wxEmptyString; }
-
- /**
- Update the field. This would typically expand the field to its value,
- if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field.
- */
- virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* WXUNUSED(buffer), wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e. contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box.
- */
- virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return true; }
-
- /**
- Sets the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object.
- */
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-
- /**
- Returns the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object.
- */
- wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-protected:
-
- wxString m_name;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxRichTextFieldType*, wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap);
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
-
- A field type that can handle fields with text or bitmap labels, with a small range
- of styles for implementing rectangular fields and fields that can be used for start
- and end tags.
-
- The border, text and background colours can be customised; the default is
- white text on a black background.
-
- The following display styles can be used.
-
- @beginStyleTable
- @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE}
- Creates a composite field; you will probably need to derive a new class to implement UpdateField.
- @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE}
- Shows a rounded rectangle background.
- @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER}
- Suppresses the background and border; mostly used with a bitmap label.
- @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG}
- Shows a start tag background, with the pointy end facing right.
- @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG}
- Shows an end tag background, with the pointy end facing left.
- @endStyleTable
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard: public wxRichTextFieldType
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard)
-public:
-
- // Display style types
- enum { wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE = 0x01,
- wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE = 0x02,
- wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER = 0x04,
- wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG = 0x08,
- wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG = 0x10
- };
-
- /**
- Constructor, creating a field type definition with a text label.
-
- @param parent
- The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type
- name used when adding a field to a control.
- @param label
- The text label to be shown on the field.
- @param displayStyle
- The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE,
- wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG,
- wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG.
-
- */
- wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxString& label, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE);
-
- /**
- Constructor, creating a field type definition with a bitmap label.
-
- @param parent
- The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type
- name used when adding a field to a control.
- @param label
- The bitmap label to be shown on the field.
- @param displayStyle
- The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE,
- wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG,
- wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG.
-
- */
- wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxBitmap& bitmap, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER);
-
- /**
- The default constructor.
-
- */
- wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard() { Init(); }
-
- /**
- The copy constructor.
-
- */
- wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field)
- : wxRichTextFieldType(field)
- { Copy(field); }
-
- /**
- Initialises the object.
- */
- void Init();
-
- /**
- Copies the object.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field);
-
- /**
- The assignment operator.
- */
- void operator=(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); }
-
- /**
- Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
- example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
- */
- virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
- /**
- Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
- Layout must set the cached size. @rect is the available space for the object,
- and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
- or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
- */
- virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
-
- /**
- Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
- is invalid for this object.
- */
- virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
-
- /**
- Get the size of the field, given the label, font size, and so on.
- */
- wxSize GetSize(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int style) const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the display type is wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE, @false otherwise.
- */
- virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* WXUNUSED(obj)) const { return (GetDisplayStyle() & wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE) != 0; }
-
- /**
- Sets the text label for fields of this type.
- */
- void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; }
-
- /**
- Returns the text label for fields of this type.
- */
- const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
-
- /**
- Sets the bitmap label for fields of this type.
- */
- void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
-
- /**
- Gets the bitmap label for fields of this type.
- */
- const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-
- /**
- Gets the display style for fields of this type.
- */
- int GetDisplayStyle() const { return m_displayStyle; }
-
- /**
- Sets the display style for fields of this type.
- */
- void SetDisplayStyle(int displayStyle) { m_displayStyle = displayStyle; }
-
- /**
- Gets the font used for drawing the text label.
- */
- const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-
- /**
- Sets the font used for drawing the text label.
- */
- void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
-
- /**
- Gets the colour used for drawing the text label.
- */
- const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_textColour; }
-
- /**
- Sets the colour used for drawing the text label.
- */
- void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_textColour = colour; }
-
- /**
- Gets the colour used for drawing the field border.
- */
- const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_borderColour; }
-
- /**
- Sets the colour used for drawing the field border.
- */
- void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour; }
-
- /**
- Gets the colour used for drawing the field background.
- */
- const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_backgroundColour; }
-
- /**
- Sets the colour used for drawing the field background.
- */
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_backgroundColour = colour; }
-
- /**
- Sets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text).
- */
- void SetVerticalPadding(int padding) { m_verticalPadding = padding; }
-
- /**
- Gets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text).
- */
- int GetVerticalPadding() const { return m_verticalPadding; }
-
- /**
- Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text).
- */
- void SetHorizontalPadding(int padding) { m_horizontalPadding = padding; }
-
- /**
- Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text).
- */
- int GetHorizontalPadding() const { return m_horizontalPadding; }
-
- /**
- Sets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object.
- */
- void SetHorizontalMargin(int margin) { m_horizontalMargin = margin; }
-
- /**
- Gets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object.
- */
- int GetHorizontalMargin() const { return m_horizontalMargin; }
-
- /**
- Sets the vertical margin surrounding the field object.
- */
- void SetVerticalMargin(int margin) { m_verticalMargin = margin; }
-
- /**
- Gets the vertical margin surrounding the field object.
- */
- int GetVerticalMargin() const { return m_verticalMargin; }
-
-protected:
-
- wxString m_label;
- int m_displayStyle;
- wxFont m_font;
- wxColour m_textColour;
- wxColour m_borderColour;
- wxColour m_backgroundColour;
- int m_verticalPadding;
- int m_horizontalPadding;
- int m_horizontalMargin;
- int m_verticalMargin;
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextLine
-
- This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores
- offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the
- start and end positions of the line.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextLine
-{
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph* parent);
- wxRichTextLine(const wxRichTextLine& obj) { Init( NULL); Copy(obj); }
- virtual ~wxRichTextLine() {}
-
-// Overridables
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Sets the range associated with this line.
- */
- void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
- /**
- Sets the range associated with this line.
- */
- void SetRange(long from, long to) { m_range = wxRichTextRange(from, to); }
-
- /**
- Returns the parent paragraph.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraph* GetParent() { return m_parent; }
-
- /**
- Returns the range.
- */
- const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
- /**
- Returns the range.
- */
- wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; }
-
- /**
- Returns the absolute range.
- */
- wxRichTextRange GetAbsoluteRange() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the line size as calculated by Layout.
- */
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; }
-
- /**
- Sets the line size as calculated by Layout.
- */
- virtual void SetSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object position relative to the parent.
- */
- virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
-
- /**
- Sets the object position relative to the parent.
- */
- virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
-
- /**
- Returns the absolute object position.
- */
- virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the rectangle enclosing the line.
- */
- virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetAbsolutePosition(), GetSize()); }
-
- /**
- Sets the stored descent.
- */
- void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; }
-
- /**
- Returns the stored descent.
- */
- int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; }
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
- wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() { return m_objectSizes; }
- const wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() const { return m_objectSizes; }
-#endif
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Initialises the object.
- */
- void Init(wxRichTextParagraph* parent);
-
- /**
- Copies from @a obj.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextLine& obj);
-
- virtual wxRichTextLine* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextLine(*this); }
-
-protected:
-
- // The range of the line (start position to end position)
- // This is relative to the parent paragraph.
- wxRichTextRange m_range;
-
- // Size and position measured relative to top of paragraph
- wxPoint m_pos;
- wxSize m_size;
-
- // Maximum descent for this line (location of text baseline)
- int m_descent;
-
- // The parent object
- wxRichTextParagraph* m_parent;
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
- wxArrayInt m_objectSizes;
-#endif
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL( wxRichTextLine, wxRichTextLineList , class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT );
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextParagraph
-
- This object represents a single paragraph containing various objects such as text content, images, and further paragraph layout objects.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraph: public wxRichTextCompositeObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraph)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- /**
- Constructor taking a parent and style.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL);
- /**
- Constructor taking a text string, a parent and paragraph and character attributes.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
- virtual ~wxRichTextParagraph();
- wxRichTextParagraph(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overridables
-
- virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
- virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
-
- virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
-
- virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
-
- virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
-
- virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
-
- virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraph"); }
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Returns the cached lines.
- */
- wxRichTextLineList& GetLines() { return m_cachedLines; }
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Copies the object.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj);
-
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraph(*this); }
-
- /**
- Clears the cached lines.
- */
- void ClearLines();
-
-// Implementation
-
- /**
- Applies paragraph styles such as centering to the wrapped lines.
- */
- virtual void ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine* line, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc);
-
- /**
- Inserts text at the given position.
- */
- virtual bool InsertText(long pos, const wxString& text);
-
- /**
- Splits an object at this position if necessary, and returns
- the previous object, or NULL if inserting at the beginning.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextObject* SplitAt(long pos, wxRichTextObject** previousObject = NULL);
-
- /**
- Moves content to a list from this point.
- */
- virtual void MoveToList(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxList& list);
-
- /**
- Adds content back from a list.
- */
- virtual void MoveFromList(wxList& list);
-
- /**
- Returns the plain text searching from the start or end of the range.
- The resulting string may be shorter than the range given.
- */
- bool GetContiguousPlainText(wxString& text, const wxRichTextRange& range, bool fromStart = true);
-
- /**
- Finds a suitable wrap position. @a wrapPosition is the last position in the line to the left
- of the split.
- */
- bool FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int availableSpace, long& wrapPosition, wxArrayInt* partialExtents);
-
- /**
- Finds the object at the given position.
- */
- wxRichTextObject* FindObjectAtPosition(long position);
-
- /**
- Returns the bullet text for this paragraph.
- */
- wxString GetBulletText();
-
- /**
- Allocates or reuses a line object.
- */
- wxRichTextLine* AllocateLine(int pos);
-
- /**
- Clears remaining unused line objects, if any.
- */
- bool ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount);
-
- /**
- Returns combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically
- retrieve the actual style.
- */
- wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& contentStyle, bool includingBoxAttr = false) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style.
- */
- wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr = false) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the first position from pos that has a line break character.
- */
- long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos);
-
- /**
- Creates a default tabstop array.
- */
- static void InitDefaultTabs();
-
- /**
- Clears the default tabstop array.
- */
- static void ClearDefaultTabs();
-
- /**
- Returns the default tabstop array.
- */
- static const wxArrayInt& GetDefaultTabs() { return sm_defaultTabs; }
-
- /**
- Lays out the floating objects.
- */
- void LayoutFloat(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style, wxRichTextFloatCollector* floatCollector);
-
-protected:
-
- // The lines that make up the wrapped paragraph
- wxRichTextLineList m_cachedLines;
-
- // Default tabstops
- static wxArrayInt sm_defaultTabs;
-
-friend class wxRichTextFloatCollector;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextPlainText
-
- This object represents a single piece of text.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainText: public wxRichTextObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainText)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- /**
- Constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL);
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextPlainText(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj): wxRichTextObject() { Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overridables
-
- virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
- virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
-
- virtual bool AdjustAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
-
- virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
-
- virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
-
- virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos);
-
- virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
-
- virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
- virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return m_text.empty(); }
-
- virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const;
-
- virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
-
- virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-
- virtual bool CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const;
-
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
-
- /**
- Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
- */
- long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos);
-
- /// Does this object take note of paragraph attributes? Text and image objects don't.
- virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; }
-
-#if wxUSE_XML
- virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
- virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
- virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
-#endif
-
- virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("text"); }
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Returns the text.
- */
- const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; }
-
- /**
- Sets the text.
- */
- void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
-
-// Operations
-
- // Copies the text object,
- void Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj);
-
- // Clones the text object.
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextPlainText(*this); }
-
-private:
- bool DrawTabbedString(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxString& str, wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, bool selected);
-
-protected:
- wxString m_text;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextImageBlock
-
- This class stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImageBlock: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- /**
- Constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextImageBlock();
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
- virtual ~wxRichTextImageBlock();
-
- /**
- Initialises the block.
- */
- void Init();
-
- /**
- Clears the block.
- */
-
- void Clear();
-
- /**
- Load the original image into a memory block.
- If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG
- to conserve space.
- If it's not a JPEG we can make use of @a image, already scaled, so we don't have to
- load the image a second time.
- */
- virtual bool MakeImageBlock(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType imageType,
- wxImage& image, bool convertToJPEG = true);
-
- /**
- Make an image block from the wxImage in the given
- format.
- */
- virtual bool MakeImageBlock(wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType, int quality = 80);
-
- /**
- Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG)
- */
- virtual bool MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType);
-
- /**
- Makes the image block.
- */
- virtual bool DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType);
-
- /**
- Writes the block to a file.
- */
- bool Write(const wxString& filename);
-
- /**
- Writes the data in hex to a stream.
- */
- bool WriteHex(wxOutputStream& stream);
-
- /**
- Reads the data in hex from a stream.
- */
- bool ReadHex(wxInputStream& stream, int length, wxBitmapType imageType);
-
- /**
- Copy from @a block.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
-
- // Load a wxImage from the block
- /**
- */
- bool Load(wxImage& image);
-
-// Operators
-
- /**
- Assignment operation.
- */
- void operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Returns the raw data.
- */
- unsigned char* GetData() const { return m_data; }
-
- /**
- Returns the data size in bytes.
- */
- size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_dataSize; }
-
- /**
- Returns the image type.
- */
- wxBitmapType GetImageType() const { return m_imageType; }
-
- /**
- */
- void SetData(unsigned char* image) { m_data = image; }
-
- /**
- Sets the data size.
- */
- void SetDataSize(size_t size) { m_dataSize = size; }
-
- /**
- Sets the image type.
- */
- void SetImageType(wxBitmapType imageType) { m_imageType = imageType; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the data is non-NULL.
- */
- bool IsOk() const { return GetData() != NULL; }
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
-
- /**
- Gets the extension for the block's type.
- */
- wxString GetExtension() const;
-
-/// Implementation
-
- /**
- Allocates and reads from a stream as a block of memory.
- */
- static unsigned char* ReadBlock(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size);
-
- /**
- Allocates and reads from a file as a block of memory.
- */
- static unsigned char* ReadBlock(const wxString& filename, size_t size);
-
- /**
- Writes a memory block to stream.
- */
- static bool WriteBlock(wxOutputStream& stream, unsigned char* block, size_t size);
-
- /**
- Writes a memory block to a file.
- */
- static bool WriteBlock(const wxString& filename, unsigned char* block, size_t size);
-
-protected:
- // Size in bytes of the image stored.
- // This is in the raw, original form such as a JPEG file.
- unsigned char* m_data;
- size_t m_dataSize;
- wxBitmapType m_imageType;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextImage
-
- This class implements a graphic object.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextImageBlock
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextImage: public wxRichTextObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextImage)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextImage(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL): wxRichTextObject(parent) { Init(); }
-
- /**
- Creates a wxRichTextImage from a wxImage.
- */
- wxRichTextImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
-
- /**
- Creates a wxRichTextImage from an image block.
- */
- wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImage& obj): wxRichTextObject(obj) { Copy(obj); }
-
- /**
- Destructor.
- */
- ~wxRichTextImage();
-
- /**
- Initialisation.
- */
- void Init();
-
-// Overridables
-
- virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
- virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
-
- virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the 'natural' size for this object - the image size.
- */
- virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const;
-
- virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; /* !m_imageBlock.IsOk(); */ }
-
- virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
-
- virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
-
- virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("&Picture"); }
-
- virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; }
-
-#if wxUSE_XML
- virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
- virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
- virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
-#endif
-
- // Images can be floatable (optionally).
- virtual bool IsFloatable() const { return true; }
-
- virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("image"); }
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Returns the image cache (a scaled bitmap).
- */
- const wxBitmap& GetImageCache() const { return m_imageCache; }
-
- /**
- Sets the image cache.
- */
- void SetImageCache(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_imageCache = bitmap; m_originalImageSize = wxSize(bitmap.GetWidth(), bitmap.GetHeight()); }
-
- /**
- Resets the image cache.
- */
- void ResetImageCache() { m_imageCache = wxNullBitmap; m_originalImageSize = wxSize(-1, -1); }
-
- /**
- Returns the image block containing the raw data.
- */
- wxRichTextImageBlock& GetImageBlock() { return m_imageBlock; }
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Copies the image object.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextImage& obj);
-
- /**
- Clones the image object.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextImage(*this); }
-
- /**
- Creates a cached image at the required size.
- */
- virtual bool LoadImageCache(wxDC& dc, bool resetCache = false, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
-
- /**
- Gets the original image size.
- */
- wxSize GetOriginalImageSize() const { return m_originalImageSize; }
-
- /**
- Sets the original image size.
- */
- void SetOriginalImageSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_originalImageSize = sz; }
-
-protected:
- wxRichTextImageBlock m_imageBlock;
- wxBitmap m_imageCache;
- wxSize m_originalImageSize;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCommand;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction;
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextBuffer
-
- This is a kind of paragraph layout box, used to represent the whole buffer.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBuffer)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextBuffer() { Init(); }
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Init(); Copy(obj); }
-
- virtual ~wxRichTextBuffer() ;
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Returns the command processor.
- A text buffer always creates its own command processor when it is initialized.
- */
- wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const { return m_commandProcessor; }
-
- /**
- Sets style sheet, if any. This will allow the application to use named character and paragraph
- styles found in the style sheet.
-
- Neither the buffer nor the control owns the style sheet so must be deleted by the application.
- */
- void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_styleSheet = styleSheet; }
-
- /**
- Returns the style sheet.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; }
-
- /**
- Sets the style sheet and sends a notification of the change.
- */
- bool SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet);
-
- /**
- Pushes the style sheet to the top of the style sheet stack.
- */
- bool PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
-
- /**
- Pops the style sheet from the top of the style sheet stack.
- */
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* PopStyleSheet();
-
- /**
- Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
- */
- wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() { return m_fontTable; }
-
- /**
- Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
- */
- const wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() const { return m_fontTable; }
-
- /**
- Sets table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
- */
- void SetFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table) { m_fontTable = table; }
-
- /**
- Sets the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable
- editing.
- */
- void SetFontScale(double fontScale);
-
- /**
- Returns the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable
- editing.
- */
- double GetFontScale() const { return m_fontScale; }
-
- /**
- Sets the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation and
- inter-paragraph spacing. This can be useful when editing in a small control
- where you still want legible text, but a minimum of wasted white space.
- */
- void SetDimensionScale(double dimScale);
-
- /**
- Returns the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation
- and inter-paragraph spacing.
- */
- double GetDimensionScale() const { return m_dimensionScale; }
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Initialisation.
- */
- void Init();
-
- /**
- Clears the buffer, adds an empty paragraph, and clears the command processor.
- */
- virtual void ResetAndClearCommands();
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
- //@{
- /**
- Loads content from a file.
- Not all handlers will implement file loading.
- */
- virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
- //@}
-
- //@{
- /**
- Saves content to a file.
- Not all handlers will implement file saving.
- */
- virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
- //@}
-#endif // wxUSE_FFILE
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- //@{
- /**
- Loads content from a stream.
- Not all handlers will implement loading from a stream.
- */
- virtual bool LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
- //@}
-
- //@{
- /**
- Saves content to a stream.
- Not all handlers will implement saving to a stream.
- */
- virtual bool SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
- //@}
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- /**
- Sets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving.
- */
- void SetHandlerFlags(int flags) { m_handlerFlags = flags; }
-
- /**
- Gets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving.
- */
- int GetHandlerFlags() const { return m_handlerFlags; }
-
- /**
- Convenience function to add a paragraph of text.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL) { Modify(); return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(text, paraStyle); }
-
- /**
- Begin collapsing undo/redo commands. Note that this may not work properly
- if combining commands that delete or insert content, changing ranges for
- subsequent actions.
-
- @a cmdName should be the name of the combined command that will appear
- next to Undo and Redo in the edit menu.
- */
- virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName);
-
- /**
- End collapsing undo/redo commands.
- */
- virtual bool EndBatchUndo();
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we are collapsing commands.
- */
- virtual bool BatchingUndo() const { return m_batchedCommandDepth > 0; }
-
- /**
- Submit the action immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on.
- */
- virtual bool SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
-
- /**
- Returns the collapsed command.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextCommand* GetBatchedCommand() const { return m_batchedCommand; }
-
- /**
- Begin suppressing undo/redo commands. The way undo is suppressed may be implemented
- differently by each command. If not dealt with by a command implementation, then
- it will be implemented automatically by not storing the command in the undo history
- when the action is submitted to the command processor.
- */
- virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo();
-
- /**
- End suppressing undo/redo commands.
- */
- virtual bool EndSuppressUndo();
-
- /**
- Are we suppressing undo??
- */
- virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const { return m_suppressUndo > 0; }
-
- /**
- Copy the range to the clipboard.
- */
- virtual bool CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
- /**
- Paste the clipboard content to the buffer.
- */
- virtual bool PasteFromClipboard(long position);
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we can paste from the clipboard.
- */
- virtual bool CanPasteFromClipboard() const;
-
- /**
- Begin using a style.
- */
- virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
- /**
- End the style.
- */
- virtual bool EndStyle();
-
- /**
- End all styles.
- */
- virtual bool EndAllStyles();
-
- /**
- Clears the style stack.
- */
- virtual void ClearStyleStack();
-
- /**
- Returns the size of the style stack, for example to check correct nesting.
- */
- virtual size_t GetStyleStackSize() const { return m_attributeStack.GetCount(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using bold.
- */
- bool BeginBold();
-
- /**
- Ends using bold.
- */
- bool EndBold() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using italic.
- */
- bool BeginItalic();
-
- /**
- Ends using italic.
- */
- bool EndItalic() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using underline.
- */
- bool BeginUnderline();
-
- /**
- Ends using underline.
- */
- bool EndUnderline() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using point size.
- */
- bool BeginFontSize(int pointSize);
-
- /**
- Ends using point size.
- */
- bool EndFontSize() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using this font.
- */
- bool BeginFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- /**
- Ends using a font.
- */
- bool EndFont() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using this colour.
- */
- bool BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
-
- /**
- Ends using a colour.
- */
- bool EndTextColour() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using alignment.
- */
- bool BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
-
- /**
- Ends alignment.
- */
- bool EndAlignment() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using @a leftIndent for the left indent, and optionally @a leftSubIndent for
- the sub-indent. Both are expressed in tenths of a millimetre.
-
- The sub-indent is an offset from the left of the paragraph, and is used for all
- but the first line in a paragraph. A positive value will cause the first line to appear
- to the left of the subsequent lines, and a negative value will cause the first line to be
- indented relative to the subsequent lines.
- */
- bool BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent = 0);
-
- /**
- Ends left indent.
- */
- bool EndLeftIndent() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins a right indent, specified in tenths of a millimetre.
- */
- bool BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent);
-
- /**
- Ends right indent.
- */
- bool EndRightIndent() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins paragraph spacing; pass the before-paragraph and after-paragraph spacing
- in tenths of a millimetre.
- */
- bool BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after);
-
- /**
- Ends paragraph spacing.
- */
- bool EndParagraphSpacing() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins line spacing using the specified value. @e spacing is a multiple, where
- 10 means single-spacing, 15 means 1.5 spacing, and 20 means double spacing.
-
- The ::wxTextAttrLineSpacing enumeration values are defined for convenience.
- */
- bool BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing);
-
- /**
- Ends line spacing.
- */
- bool EndLineSpacing() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins numbered bullet.
-
- This call will be needed for each item in the list, and the
- application should take care of incrementing the numbering.
-
- @a bulletNumber is a number, usually starting with 1.
- @a leftIndent and @a leftSubIndent are values in tenths of a millimetre.
- @a bulletStyle is a bitlist of the following values:
-
- wxRichTextBuffer uses indentation to render a bulleted item.
- The left indent is the distance between the margin and the bullet.
- The content of the paragraph, including the first line, starts
- at leftMargin + leftSubIndent.
- So the distance between the left edge of the bullet and the
- left of the actual paragraph is leftSubIndent.
- */
- bool BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD);
-
- /**
- Ends numbered bullet.
- */
- bool EndNumberedBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font.
-
- See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used
- to render the bulleted paragraph.
- */
- bool BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL);
-
- /**
- Ends symbol bullet.
- */
- bool EndSymbolBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins applying a standard bullet, using one of the standard bullet names
- (currently @c standard/circle or @c standard/square.
-
- See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used to
- render the bulleted paragraph.
- */
- bool BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD);
-
- /**
- Ends standard bullet.
- */
- bool EndStandardBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins named character style.
- */
- bool BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle);
-
- /**
- Ends named character style.
- */
- bool EndCharacterStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins named paragraph style.
- */
- bool BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle);
-
- /**
- Ends named character style.
- */
- bool EndParagraphStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins named list style.
-
- Optionally, you can also pass a level and a number.
- */
- bool BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level = 1, int number = 1);
-
- /**
- Ends named character style.
- */
- bool EndListStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins applying wxTEXT_ATTR_URL to the content.
-
- Pass a URL and optionally, a character style to apply, since it is common
- to mark a URL with a familiar style such as blue text with underlining.
- */
- bool BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle = wxEmptyString);
-
- /**
- Ends URL.
- */
- bool EndURL() { return EndStyle(); }
-
-// Event handling
-
- /**
- Adds an event handler.
-
- A buffer associated with a control has the control as the only event handler,
- but the application is free to add more if further notification is required.
- All handlers are notified of an event originating from the buffer, such as
- the replacement of a style sheet during loading.
-
- The buffer never deletes any of the event handlers, unless RemoveEventHandler()
- is called with @true as the second argument.
- */
- bool AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler);
-
- /**
- Removes an event handler from the buffer's list of handlers, deleting the
- object if @a deleteHandler is @true.
- */
- bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler, bool deleteHandler = false);
-
- /**
- Clear event handlers.
- */
- void ClearEventHandlers();
-
- /**
- Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers,
- otherwise will stop at the first successful one.
- */
- bool SendEvent(wxEvent& event, bool sendToAll = true);
-
-// Implementation
-
- virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Copies the buffer.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj);
-
- /**
- Assignment operator.
- */
- void operator= (const wxRichTextBuffer& obj) { Copy(obj); }
-
- /**
- Clones the buffer.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBuffer(*this); }
-
- /**
- Submits a command to insert paragraphs.
- */
- bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Submits a command to insert the given text.
- */
- bool InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Submits a command to insert a newline.
- */
- bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Submits a command to insert the given image.
- */
- bool InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0,
- const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
-
- /**
- Submits a command to insert an object.
- */
- wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags);
-
- /**
- Submits a command to delete this range.
- */
- bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
-
- /**
- Mark modified.
- */
- void Modify(bool modify = true) { m_modified = modify; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the buffer was modified.
- */
- bool IsModified() const { return m_modified; }
-
- //@{
- /**
- Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes.
- */
- virtual void Dump();
- virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream) { wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Dump(stream); }
- //@}
-
- /**
- Returns the file handlers.
- */
- static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
-
- /**
- Adds a file handler to the end.
- */
- static void AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler);
-
- /**
- Inserts a file handler at the front.
- */
- static void InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler);
-
- /**
- Removes a file handler.
- */
- static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
-
- /**
- Finds a file handler by name.
- */
- static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
-
- /**
- Finds a file handler by extension and type.
- */
- static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxRichTextFileType imageType);
-
- /**
- Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type.
- */
- static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString& filename,
- wxRichTextFileType imageType);
-
- /**
- Finds a handler by type.
- */
- static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType imageType);
-
- /**
- Gets a wildcard incorporating all visible handlers. If @a types is present,
- it will be filled with the file type corresponding to each filter. This can be
- used to determine the type to pass to LoadFile given a selected filter.
- */
- static wxString GetExtWildcard(bool combine = false, bool save = false, wxArrayInt* types = NULL);
-
- /**
- Clean up file handlers.
- */
- static void CleanUpHandlers();
-
- /**
- Initialise the standard file handlers.
- Currently, only the plain text loading/saving handler is initialised by default.
- */
- static void InitStandardHandlers();
-
- /**
- Returns the drawing handlers.
- */
- static wxList& GetDrawingHandlers() { return sm_drawingHandlers; }
-
- /**
- Adds a drawing handler to the end.
- */
- static void AddDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler);
-
- /**
- Inserts a drawing handler at the front.
- */
- static void InsertDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler);
-
- /**
- Removes a drawing handler.
- */
- static bool RemoveDrawingHandler(const wxString& name);
-
- /**
- Finds a drawing handler by name.
- */
- static wxRichTextDrawingHandler *FindDrawingHandler(const wxString& name);
-
- /**
- Clean up drawing handlers.
- */
- static void CleanUpDrawingHandlers();
-
- /**
- Returns the field types.
- */
- static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap& GetFieldTypes() { return sm_fieldTypes; }
-
- /**
- Adds a field type.
-
- @see RemoveFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
-
- */
- static void AddFieldType(wxRichTextFieldType *fieldType);
-
- /**
- Removes a field type by name.
-
- @see AddFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
- */
- static bool RemoveFieldType(const wxString& name);
-
- /**
- Finds a field type by name.
-
- @see RemoveFieldType(), AddFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
- */
- static wxRichTextFieldType *FindFieldType(const wxString& name);
-
- /**
- Cleans up field types.
- */
- static void CleanUpFieldTypes();
-
- /**
- Returns the renderer object.
- */
- static wxRichTextRenderer* GetRenderer() { return sm_renderer; }
-
- /**
- Sets @a renderer as the object to be used to render certain aspects of the
- content, such as bullets.
-
- You can override default rendering by deriving a new class from
- wxRichTextRenderer or wxRichTextStdRenderer, overriding one or more
- virtual functions, and setting an instance of the class using this function.
- */
- static void SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer* renderer);
-
- /**
- Returns the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm.
- */
- static int GetBulletRightMargin() { return sm_bulletRightMargin; }
-
- /**
- Sets the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm.
- */
- static void SetBulletRightMargin(int margin) { sm_bulletRightMargin = margin; }
-
- /**
- Returns the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size.
- */
- static float GetBulletProportion() { return sm_bulletProportion; }
-
- /**
- Sets the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size.
- */
- static void SetBulletProportion(float prop) { sm_bulletProportion = prop; }
-
- /**
- Returns the scale factor for calculating dimensions.
- */
- double GetScale() const { return m_scale; }
-
- /**
- Sets the scale factor for calculating dimensions.
- */
- void SetScale(double scale) { m_scale = scale; }
-
- /**
- Sets the floating layout mode. Pass @false to speed up editing by not performing
- floating layout. This setting affects all buffers.
-
- */
- static void SetFloatingLayoutMode(bool mode) { sm_floatingLayoutMode = mode; }
-
- /**
- Returns the floating layout mode. The default is @true, where objects
- are laid out according to their floating status.
- */
- static bool GetFloatingLayoutMode() { return sm_floatingLayoutMode; }
-
-protected:
-
- /// Command processor
- wxCommandProcessor* m_commandProcessor;
-
- /// Table storing fonts
- wxRichTextFontTable m_fontTable;
-
- /// Has been modified?
- bool m_modified;
-
- /// Collapsed command stack
- int m_batchedCommandDepth;
-
- /// Name for collapsed command
- wxString m_batchedCommandsName;
-
- /// Current collapsed command accumulating actions
- wxRichTextCommand* m_batchedCommand;
-
- /// Whether to suppress undo
- int m_suppressUndo;
-
- /// Style sheet, if any
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_styleSheet;
-
- /// List of event handlers that will be notified of events
- wxList m_eventHandlers;
-
- /// Stack of attributes for convenience functions
- wxList m_attributeStack;
-
- /// Flags to be passed to handlers
- int m_handlerFlags;
-
- /// File handlers
- static wxList sm_handlers;
-
- /// Drawing handlers
- static wxList sm_drawingHandlers;
-
- /// Field types
- static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap sm_fieldTypes;
-
- /// Renderer
- static wxRichTextRenderer* sm_renderer;
-
- /// Minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm
- static int sm_bulletRightMargin;
-
- /// Factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size
- static float sm_bulletProportion;
-
- /// Floating layout mode, @true by default
- static bool sm_floatingLayoutMode;
-
- /// Scaling factor in use: needed to calculate correct dimensions when printing
- double m_scale;
-
- /// Font scale for adjusting the text size when editing
- double m_fontScale;
-
- /// Dimension scale for reducing redundant whitespace when editing
- double m_dimensionScale;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextCell
-
- wxRichTextCell is the cell in a table.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCell: public wxRichTextBox
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCell)
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- /**
- Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
- */
-
- wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
-
- wxRichTextCell(const wxRichTextCell& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overridables
-
- virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
- virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
-
- virtual bool AdjustAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
-
- virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("cell"); }
-
- virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
-
- virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
-
- virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("&Cell"); }
-
-// Accessors
-
- int GetColSpan() const;
-
- void SetColSpan(long span) { GetProperties().SetProperty(wxT("colspan"), span); }
-
- int GetRowSpan() const;
-
- void SetRowSpan(long span) { GetProperties().SetProperty(wxT("rowspan"), span); }
-
-// Operations
-
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextCell(*this); }
-
- void Copy(const wxRichTextCell& obj);
-
-protected:
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextTable
-
- wxRichTextTable represents a table with arbitrary columns and rows.
- */
-
-WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(wxRichTextObject*, wxRichTextObjectPtrArray);
-WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray, wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray, WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextTable: public wxRichTextBox
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextTable)
-public:
-
-// Constructors
-
- /**
- Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
- */
-
- wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
-
- wxRichTextTable(const wxRichTextTable& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); }
-
-// Overridables
-
- virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
-
- virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
-
- virtual bool AdjustAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
-
- virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("table"); }
-
- virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
-
- virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
-
- virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
- virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
-
-#if wxUSE_XML
- virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
- virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
- virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
-#endif
-
- virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
-
- virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
-
- // Can this object handle the selections of its children? FOr example, a table.
- virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const { return true; }
-
- /// Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
- /// For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
- virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long start, long end) const;
-
- virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
-
- virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
-
- virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return wxGetTranslation("&Table"); }
-
- // Returns true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject
- // is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus,
- // but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead).
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Returns the cells array.
- */
- const wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() const { return m_cells; }
-
- /**
- Returns the cells array.
- */
- wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() { return m_cells; }
-
- /**
- Returns the row count.
- */
- int GetRowCount() const { return m_rowCount; }
-
- /**
- Sets the row count.
- */
- void SetRowCount(int count) { m_rowCount = count; }
-
- /**
- Returns the column count.
- */
- int GetColumnCount() const { return m_colCount; }
-
- /**
- Sets the column count.
- */
- void SetColumnCount(int count) { m_colCount = count; }
-
- /**
- Returns the cell at the given row/column position.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(int row, int col) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table).
- */
- virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(long pos) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the row/column for a given character position.
- */
- virtual bool GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos, int& row, int& col) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the coordinates of the cell with keyboard focus, or (-1,-1) if none.
- */
- virtual wxPosition GetFocusedCell() const;
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Clears the table.
- */
-
- virtual void ClearTable();
-
- /**
- Creates a table of the given dimensions.
- */
-
- virtual bool CreateTable(int rows, int cols);
-
- /**
- Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection.
- */
-
- virtual bool SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
- /**
- Deletes rows from the given row position.
- */
-
- virtual bool DeleteRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1);
-
- /**
- Deletes columns from the given column position.
- */
-
- virtual bool DeleteColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1);
-
- /**
- Adds rows from the given row position.
- */
-
- virtual bool AddRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr());
-
- /**
- Adds columns from the given column position.
- */
-
- virtual bool AddColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr());
-
- // Makes a clone of this object.
- virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextTable(*this); }
-
- // Copies this object.
- void Copy(const wxRichTextTable& obj);
-
-protected:
-
- int m_rowCount;
- int m_colCount;
-
- // An array of rows, each of which is a wxRichTextObjectPtrArray containing
- // the cell objects. The cell objects are also children of this object.
- // Problem: if boxes are immediate children of a box, this will cause problems
- // with wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functions (and functions elsewhere) that
- // expect to find just paragraphs. May have to adjust the way we handle the
- // hierarchy to accept non-paragraph objects in a paragraph layout box.
- // We'll be overriding much wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functionality so this
- // may not be such a problem. Perhaps the table should derive from a different
- // class?
- wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray m_cells;
-};
-
-/** @class wxRichTextTableBlock
-
- Stores the coordinates for a block of cells.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextTableBlock
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextTableBlock() { Init(); }
- wxRichTextTableBlock(int colStart, int colEnd, int rowStart, int rowEnd)
- { Init(); m_colStart = colStart; m_colEnd = colEnd; m_rowStart = rowStart; m_rowEnd = rowEnd; }
- wxRichTextTableBlock(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) { Copy(block); }
-
- void Init() { m_colStart = 0; m_colEnd = 0; m_rowStart = 0; m_rowEnd = 0; }
-
- void Copy(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block)
- {
- m_colStart = block.m_colStart; m_colEnd = block.m_colEnd; m_rowStart = block.m_rowStart; m_rowEnd = block.m_rowEnd;
- }
- void operator=(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) { Copy(block); }
- bool operator==(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block)
- { return m_colStart == block.m_colStart && m_colEnd == block.m_colEnd && m_rowStart == block.m_rowStart && m_rowEnd == block.m_rowEnd; }
-
- /// Computes the block given a table (perhaps about to be edited) and a rich text control
- /// that may have a selection. If no selection, the whole table is used. If just the whole content
- /// of one cell is selected, this cell only is used. If the cell contents is not selected and
- /// requireCellSelection is @false, the focused cell will count as a selected cell.
- bool ComputeBlockForSelection(wxRichTextTable* table, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool requireCellSelection = true);
-
- /// Does this block represent the whole table?
- bool IsWholeTable(wxRichTextTable* table) const;
-
- /// Returns the cell focused in the table, if any
- static wxRichTextCell* GetFocusedCell(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
-
- int& ColStart() { return m_colStart; }
- int ColStart() const { return m_colStart; }
-
- int& ColEnd() { return m_colEnd; }
- int ColEnd() const { return m_colEnd; }
-
- int& RowStart() { return m_rowStart; }
- int RowStart() const { return m_rowStart; }
-
- int& RowEnd() { return m_rowEnd; }
- int RowEnd() const { return m_rowEnd; }
-
- int m_colStart, m_colEnd, m_rowStart, m_rowEnd;
-};
-
-/**
- The command identifiers for Do/Undo.
-*/
-
-enum wxRichTextCommandId
-{
- wxRICHTEXT_INSERT,
- wxRICHTEXT_DELETE,
- wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES,
- wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE,
- wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_PROPERTIES,
- wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextObjectAddress
-
- A class for specifying an object anywhere in an object hierarchy,
- without using a pointer, necessary since wxRTC commands may delete
- and recreate sub-objects so physical object addresses change. An array
- of positions (one per hierarchy level) is used.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextCommand
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObjectAddress
-{
-public:
- /**
- Creates the address given a container and an object.
- */
- wxRichTextObjectAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj) { Create(topLevelContainer, obj); }
- /**
- */
- wxRichTextObjectAddress() { Init(); }
- /**
- */
- wxRichTextObjectAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); }
-
- void Init() {}
-
- /**
- Copies the address.
- */
- void Copy(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_address = address.m_address; }
-
- /**
- Assignment operator.
- */
- void operator=(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); }
-
- /**
- Returns the object specified by the address, given a top level container.
- */
- wxRichTextObject* GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer) const;
-
- /**
- Creates the address given a container and an object.
- */
- bool Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj);
-
- /**
- Returns the array of integers representing the object address.
- */
- wxArrayInt& GetAddress() { return m_address; }
-
- /**
- Returns the array of integers representing the object address.
- */
- const wxArrayInt& GetAddress() const { return m_address; }
-
- /**
- Sets the address from an array of integers.
- */
- void SetAddress(const wxArrayInt& address) { m_address = address; }
-
-protected:
-
- wxArrayInt m_address;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction;
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextCommand
-
- Implements a command on the undo/redo stack. A wxRichTextCommand object contains one or more wxRichTextAction
- objects, allowing aggregation of a number of operations into one command.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextAction
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCommand: public wxCommand
-{
-public:
- /**
- Constructor for one action.
- */
- wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false);
-
- /**
- Constructor for multiple actions.
- */
- wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name);
-
- virtual ~wxRichTextCommand();
-
- /**
- Performs the command.
- */
- bool Do();
-
- /**
- Undoes the command.
- */
- bool Undo();
-
- /**
- Adds an action to the action list.
- */
- void AddAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
-
- /**
- Clears the action list.
- */
- void ClearActions();
-
- /**
- Returns the action list.
- */
- wxList& GetActions() { return m_actions; }
-
-protected:
-
- wxList m_actions;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextAction
-
- Implements a part of a command.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextCommand
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextAction: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- /**
- Constructor. @a buffer is the top-level buffer, while @a container is the object within
- which the action is taking place. In the simplest case, they are the same.
- */
- wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand* cmd, const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id,
- wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container,
- wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false);
-
- virtual ~wxRichTextAction();
-
- /**
- Performs the action.
- */
- bool Do();
-
- /**
- Undoes the action.
- */
- bool Undo();
-
- /**
- Updates the control appearance, optimizing if possible given information from the call to Layout.
- */
- void UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition, bool sendUpdateEvent = false,
- wxArrayInt* optimizationLineCharPositions = NULL, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineYPositions = NULL, bool isDoCmd = true);
-
- /**
- Replaces the buffer paragraphs with the given fragment.
- */
- void ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
-
- /**
- Returns the new fragments.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetNewParagraphs() { return m_newParagraphs; }
-
- /**
- Returns the old fragments.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetOldParagraphs() { return m_oldParagraphs; }
-
- /**
- Returns the attributes, for single-object commands.
- */
- wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; }
-
- /**
- Returns the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
- and the action's range start position.
- */
- wxRichTextObject* GetObject() const { return m_object; }
-
- /**
- Stores the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
- without making an address for it (cf SetObject() and MakeObject()).
- */
- void StoreObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; }
-
- /**
- Sets the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
- and the action's range start position.
- */
- void SetObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, m_object); }
-
- /**
- Makes an address from the given object.
- */
- void MakeObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, obj); }
-
- /**
- Sets the existing and new objects, for use with wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT.
- */
- void SetOldAndNewObjects(wxRichTextObject* oldObj, wxRichTextObject* newObj) { SetObject(oldObj); StoreObject(newObj); }
-
- /**
- Calculate arrays for refresh optimization.
- */
- void CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt& optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt& optimizationLineYPositions);
-
- /**
- Sets the position used for e.g. insertion.
- */
- void SetPosition(long pos) { m_position = pos; }
-
- /**
- Returns the position used for e.g. insertion.
- */
- long GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
-
- /**
- Sets the range for e.g. deletion.
- */
- void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
-
- /**
- Returns the range for e.g. deletion.
- */
- const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
-
- /**
- Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
- */
- wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() { return m_containerAddress; }
-
- /**
- Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
- */
- const wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() const { return m_containerAddress; }
-
- /**
- Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
- */
- void SetContainerAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_containerAddress = address; }
-
- /**
- Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
- */
- void SetContainerAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_containerAddress.Create(container, obj); }
-
- /**
- Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the action name.
- */
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
- /**
- Instructs the first Do() command should be skipped as it's already been applied.
- */
- void SetIgnoreFirstTime(bool b) { m_ignoreThis = b; }
-
- /**
- Returns true if the first Do() command should be skipped as it's already been applied.
- */
- bool GetIgnoreFirstTime() const { return m_ignoreThis; }
-
-protected:
- // Action name
- wxString m_name;
-
- // Buffer
- wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer;
-
- // The address (nested position) of the container being manipulated.
- // This is necessary because objects are deleted, and we can't
- // therefore store actual pointers.
- wxRichTextObjectAddress m_containerAddress;
-
- // Control
- wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl;
-
- // Stores the new paragraphs
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox m_newParagraphs;
-
- // Stores the old paragraphs
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox m_oldParagraphs;
-
- // Stores an object to replace the one at the position
- // defined by the container address and the action's range start position.
- wxRichTextObject* m_object;
-
- // Stores the attributes
- wxRichTextAttr m_attributes;
-
- // The address of the object being manipulated (used for changing an individual object or its attributes)
- wxRichTextObjectAddress m_objectAddress;
-
- // Stores the old attributes
- // wxRichTextAttr m_oldAttributes;
-
- // The affected range
- wxRichTextRange m_range;
-
- // The insertion point for this command
- long m_position;
-
- // Ignore 1st 'Do' operation because we already did it
- bool m_ignoreThis;
-
- // The command identifier
- wxRichTextCommandId m_cmdId;
-};
-
-/*!
- * Handler flags
- */
-
-// Include style sheet when loading and saving
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_INCLUDE_STYLESHEET 0x0001
-
-// Save images to memory file system in HTML handler
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_MEMORY 0x0010
-
-// Save images to files in HTML handler
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_FILES 0x0020
-
-// Save images as inline base64 data in HTML handler
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_BASE64 0x0040
-
-// Don't write header and footer (or BODY), so we can include the fragment
-// in a larger document
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_NO_HEADER_FOOTER 0x0080
-
-// Convert the more common face names to names that will work on the current platform
-// in a larger document
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_CONVERT_FACENAMES 0x0100
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextFileHandler
-
- The base class for file handlers.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFileHandler: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFileHandler)
-public:
- /**
- Creates a file handler object.
- */
- wxRichTextFileHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, const wxString& ext = wxEmptyString, int type = 0)
- : m_name(name), m_extension(ext), m_type(type), m_flags(0), m_visible(true)
- { }
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- /**
- Loads the buffer from a stream.
- Not all handlers will implement file loading.
- */
- bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream)
- { return DoLoadFile(buffer, stream); }
-
- /**
- Saves the buffer to a stream.
- Not all handlers will implement file saving.
- */
- bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream)
- { return DoSaveFile(buffer, stream); }
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
- /**
- Loads the buffer from a file.
- */
- virtual bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename);
-
- /**
- Saves the buffer to a file.
- */
- virtual bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename);
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we handle this filename (if using files). By default, checks the extension.
- */
- virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we can save using this handler.
- */
- virtual bool CanSave() const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we can load using this handler.
- */
- virtual bool CanLoad() const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this handler should be visible to the user.
- */
- virtual bool IsVisible() const { return m_visible; }
-
- /**
- Sets whether the handler should be visible to the user (via the application's
- load and save dialogs).
- */
- virtual void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; }
-
- /**
- Sets the name of the handler.
- */
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-
- /**
- Returns the name of the handler.
- */
- wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
- /**
- Sets the default extension to recognise.
- */
- void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
-
- /**
- Returns the default extension to recognise.
- */
- wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
-
- /**
- Sets the handler type.
- */
- void SetType(int type) { m_type = type; }
-
- /**
- Returns the handler type.
- */
- int GetType() const { return m_type; }
-
- /**
- Sets flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving.
- See the documentation for each handler class to see what flags are relevant
- for each handler.
-
- You call this function directly if you are using a file handler explicitly
- (without going through the text control or buffer LoadFile/SaveFile API).
- Or, you can call the control or buffer's SetHandlerFlags function to set
- the flags that will be used for subsequent load and save operations.
- */
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
- /**
- Returns flags controlling how loading and saving is done.
- */
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- /**
- Sets the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen.
- */
- void SetEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; }
-
- /**
- Returns the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen.
- */
- const wxString& GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; }
-
-protected:
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- /**
- Override to load content from @a stream into @a buffer.
- */
- virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) = 0;
-
- /**
- Override to save content to @a stream from @a buffer.
- */
- virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) = 0;
-#endif
-
- wxString m_name;
- wxString m_encoding;
- wxString m_extension;
- int m_type;
- int m_flags;
- bool m_visible;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextPlainTextHandler
-
- Implements saving a buffer to plain text.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextFileHandler, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPlainTextHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainTextHandler)
-public:
- wxRichTextPlainTextHandler(const wxString& name = wxT("Text"),
- const wxString& ext = wxT("txt"),
- wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT)
- : wxRichTextFileHandler(name, ext, type)
- { }
-
- // Can we save using this handler?
- virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; }
-
- // Can we load using this handler?
- virtual bool CanLoad() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream);
- virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream);
-#endif
-
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextDrawingHandler
-
- The base class for custom drawing handlers.
- Currently, drawing handlers can provide virtual attributes.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDrawingHandler: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingHandler)
-public:
- /**
- Creates a drawing handler object.
- */
- wxRichTextDrawingHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
- : m_name(name)
- { }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this object has virtual attributes that we can provide.
- */
- virtual bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Provides virtual attributes that we can provide.
- */
- virtual bool GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Gets the count for mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
- For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
- */
- virtual int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Gets the mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
- For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
- Returns the number of virtual attributes found.
- */
- virtual int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxArrayInt& positions, wxRichTextAttrArray& attributes) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Do we have virtual text for this object? Virtual text allows an application
- to replace characters in an object for editing and display purposes, for example
- for highlighting special characters.
- */
- virtual bool HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Gets the virtual text for this object.
- */
- virtual bool GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj, wxString& text) const = 0;
-
- /**
- Sets the name of the handler.
- */
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
-
- /**
- Returns the name of the handler.
- */
- wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-protected:
-
- wxString m_name;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextBufferDataObject
-
- Implements a rich text data object for clipboard transfer.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxDataObjectSimple, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBufferDataObject: public wxDataObjectSimple
-{
-public:
- /**
- The constructor doesn't copy the pointer, so it shouldn't go away while this object
- is alive.
- */
- wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = NULL);
- virtual ~wxRichTextBufferDataObject();
-
- /**
- After a call to this function, the buffer is owned by the caller and it
- is responsible for deleting it.
- */
- wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBuffer();
-
- /**
- Returns the id for the new data format.
- */
- static const wxChar* GetRichTextBufferFormatId() { return ms_richTextBufferFormatId; }
-
- // base class pure virtuals
-
- virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const;
- virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
- virtual bool GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const;
- virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
-
- // prevent warnings
-
- virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const { return GetDataSize(); }
- virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(buf); }
- virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(len, buf); }
-
-private:
- wxDataFormat m_formatRichTextBuffer; // our custom format
- wxRichTextBuffer* m_richTextBuffer; // our data
- static const wxChar* ms_richTextBufferFormatId; // our format id
-};
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextRenderer
-
- This class isolates some common drawing functionality.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextRenderer: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- /**
- Constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextRenderer() {}
- virtual ~wxRichTextRenderer() {}
-
- /**
- Draws a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden.
- */
- virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- /**
- Draws a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets. This function should be overridden.
- */
- virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text) = 0;
-
- /**
- Draws a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden.
- */
- virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
-
- /**
- Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported. This function should be overridden.
- */
- virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames) = 0;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextStdRenderer
-
- The standard renderer for drawing bullets.
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
-
- @see wxRichTextRenderer, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStdRenderer: public wxRichTextRenderer
-{
-public:
- /**
- Constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextStdRenderer() {}
-
- // Draw a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName
- virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect);
-
- // Draw a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets
- virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text);
-
- // Draw a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName
- virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect);
-
- // Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported
- virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames);
-};
-
-/*!
- * Utilities
- *
- */
-
-inline bool wxRichTextHasStyle(int flags, int style)
-{
- return ((flags & style) == style);
-}
-
-/// Compare two attribute objects
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2);
-
-/// Apply one style to another
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
-
-// Remove attributes
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style);
-
-/// Combine two bitlists
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB);
-
-/// Compare two bitlists
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags);
-
-/// Split into paragraph and character styles
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& parStyle, wxRichTextAttr& charStyle);
-
-/// Compare tabs
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2);
-
-/// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxString wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n);
-
-// Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
-// which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxTextAttr& attr, wxTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextAttr& absentAttr);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT void wxRichTextModuleInit();
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif
- // _WX_RICHTEXTBUFFER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextbulletspage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10/4/2006 10:32:31 AM
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h"
-#include "wx/spinbutt.h" // for wxSpinEvent
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-class wxSpinCtrl;
-class wxRichTextCtrl;
-////@end forward declarations
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_TITLE wxEmptyString
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextBulletsPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBulletsPage: public wxRichTextDialogPage
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextBulletsPage )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextBulletsPage( );
- wxRichTextBulletsPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Initialise members
- void Init();
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Updates the bullets preview
- void UpdatePreview();
-
- /// Transfer data from/to window
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
- /// Gets the attributes associated with the main formatting dialog
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributes();
-
- /// Update for symbol-related controls
- void OnSymbolUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// Update for number-related controls
- void OnNumberUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// Update for standard bullet-related controls
- void OnStandardBulletUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBulletsPage event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_LISTBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_STYLELISTBOX
- void OnStylelistboxSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHECKBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PERIODCTRL
- void OnPeriodctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PERIODCTRL
- void OnPeriodctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHECKBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL
- void OnParenthesesctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL
- void OnParenthesesctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHECKBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL
- void OnRightParenthesisCtrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL
- void OnRightParenthesisCtrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_BULLETALIGNMENTCTRL
- void OnBulletAlignmentCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLSTATIC
- void OnSymbolstaticUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
- void OnSymbolctrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
- void OnSymbolctrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
- void OnSymbolctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL
- void OnChooseSymbolClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL
- void OnChooseSymbolUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
- void OnSymbolfontctrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
- void OnSymbolfontctrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
- void OnSymbolfontctrlUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMESTATIC
- void OnNamestaticUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMECTRL
- void OnNamectrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMECTRL
- void OnNamectrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMECTRL
- void OnNamectrlUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERSTATIC
- void OnNumberstaticUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_SPINCTRL event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL
- void OnNumberctrlUpdated( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL
- void OnNumberctrlUp( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL
- void OnNumberctrlDown( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL
- void OnNumberctrlTextUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL
- void OnNumberctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextBulletsPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBulletsPage member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextBulletsPage member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextBulletsPage member variables
- wxListBox* m_styleListBox;
- wxCheckBox* m_periodCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_parenthesesCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_rightParenthesisCtrl;
- wxComboBox* m_bulletAlignmentCtrl;
- wxComboBox* m_symbolCtrl;
- wxComboBox* m_symbolFontCtrl;
- wxComboBox* m_bulletNameCtrl;
- wxSpinCtrl* m_numberCtrl;
- wxRichTextCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE = 10300,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_STYLELISTBOX = 10305,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PERIODCTRL = 10313,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL = 10311,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL = 10306,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_BULLETALIGNMENTCTRL = 10315,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLSTATIC = 10301,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL = 10307,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL = 10308,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL = 10309,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMESTATIC = 10303,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NAMECTRL = 10304,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERSTATIC = 10302,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_NUMBERCTRL = 10310,
- ID_RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_PREVIEW_CTRL = 10314
- };
-////@end wxRichTextBulletsPage member variables
-
- bool m_hasBulletStyle;
- bool m_hasBulletNumber;
- bool m_hasBulletSymbol;
- bool m_dontUpdate;
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTBULLETSPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h
-// Purpose: A rich edit control
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-09-30
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/caret.h"
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-#include "wx/dnd.h"
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXMAC__)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_BUFFERED_PAINTING 1
-#else
-#define wxRICHTEXT_BUFFERED_PAINTING 0
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleDefinition;
-
-/*
- * Styles and flags
- */
-
-/**
- Styles
-*/
-
-#define wxRE_READONLY 0x0010
-#define wxRE_MULTILINE 0x0020
-#define wxRE_CENTRE_CARET 0x8000
-#define wxRE_CENTER_CARET wxRE_CENTRE_CARET
-
-/**
- Flags
-*/
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_SHIFT_DOWN 0x01
-#define wxRICHTEXT_CTRL_DOWN 0x02
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ALT_DOWN 0x04
-
-/**
- Extra flags
-*/
-
-// Don't draw guide lines around boxes and tables
-#define wxRICHTEXT_EX_NO_GUIDELINES 0x00000100
-
-
-/*
- Defaults
-*/
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_OVERALL_SIZE wxSize(-1, -1)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_IMAGE_SIZE wxSize(80, 80)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_SPACING 3
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_MARGIN 3
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_UNFOCUSSED_BACKGROUND wxColour(175, 175, 175)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_FOCUSSED_BACKGROUND wxColour(140, 140, 140)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_UNSELECTED_BACKGROUND wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_TYPE_COLOUR wxColour(0, 0, 200)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_FOCUS_RECT_COLOUR wxColour(100, 80, 80)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_CARET_WIDTH 2
-// Minimum buffer size before delayed layout kicks in
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_DELAYED_LAYOUT_THRESHOLD 20000
-// Milliseconds before layout occurs after resize
-#define wxRICHTEXT_DEFAULT_LAYOUT_INTERVAL 50
-
-/* Identifiers
- */
-#define wxID_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES1 (wxID_HIGHEST + 1)
-#define wxID_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES2 (wxID_HIGHEST + 2)
-#define wxID_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES3 (wxID_HIGHEST + 3)
-
-/*
- Normal selection occurs initially and as user drags within one container.
- Common ancestor selection occurs when the user starts dragging across containers
- that have a common ancestor, for example the cells in a table.
- */
-
-enum wxRichTextCtrlSelectionState
-{
- wxRichTextCtrlSelectionState_Normal,
- wxRichTextCtrlSelectionState_CommonAncestor
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextContextMenuPropertiesInfo
-
- wxRichTextContextMenuPropertiesInfo keeps track of objects that appear in the context menu,
- whose properties are available to be edited.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextContextMenuPropertiesInfo
-{
-public:
- /**
- Constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextContextMenuPropertiesInfo() { Init(); }
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Initialisation.
- */
- void Init() {}
-
- /**
- Adds an item.
- */
- bool AddItem(const wxString& label, wxRichTextObject* obj);
-
- /**
- Returns the number of menu items that were added.
- */
- int AddMenuItems(wxMenu* menu, int startCmd = wxID_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES1) const;
-
- /**
- Adds appropriate menu items for the current container and clicked on object
- (and container's parent, if appropriate).
- */
- int AddItems(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextObject* container, wxRichTextObject* obj);
-
- /**
- Clears the items.
- */
- void Clear() { m_objects.Clear(); m_labels.Clear(); }
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Returns the nth label.
- */
- wxString GetLabel(int n) const { return m_labels[n]; }
-
- /**
- Returns the nth object.
- */
- wxRichTextObject* GetObject(int n) const { return m_objects[n]; }
-
- /**
- Returns the array of objects.
- */
- wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& GetObjects() { return m_objects; }
-
- /**
- Returns the array of objects.
- */
- const wxRichTextObjectPtrArray& GetObjects() const { return m_objects; }
-
- /**
- Returns the array of labels.
- */
- wxArrayString& GetLabels() { return m_labels; }
-
- /**
- Returns the array of labels.
- */
- const wxArrayString& GetLabels() const { return m_labels; }
-
- /**
- Returns the number of items.
- */
- int GetCount() const { return m_objects.GetCount(); }
-
- wxRichTextObjectPtrArray m_objects;
- wxArrayString m_labels;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextCtrl
-
- wxRichTextCtrl provides a generic, ground-up implementation of a text control
- capable of showing multiple styles and images.
-
- wxRichTextCtrl sends notification events: see wxRichTextEvent.
-
- It also sends the standard wxTextCtrl events @c wxEVT_TEXT_ENTER and
- @c wxEVT_TEXT, and wxTextUrlEvent when URL content is clicked.
-
- For more information, see the @ref overview_richtextctrl.
-
- @beginStyleTable
- @style{wxRE_CENTRE_CARET}
- The control will try to keep the caret line centred vertically while editing.
- wxRE_CENTER_CARET is a synonym for this style.
- @style{wxRE_MULTILINE}
- The control will be multiline (mandatory).
- @style{wxRE_READONLY}
- The control will not be editable.
- @endStyleTable
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{richtext}
- @appearance{richtextctrl.png}
-
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCtrl : public wxControl,
- public wxTextCtrlIface,
- public wxScrollHelper
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextCtrl )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-// Constructors
-
- /**
- Default constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextCtrl( );
-
- /**
- Constructor, creating and showing a rich text control.
-
- @param parent
- Parent window. Must not be @NULL.
- @param id
- Window identifier. The value @c wxID_ANY indicates a default value.
- @param value
- Default string.
- @param pos
- Window position.
- @param size
- Window size.
- @param style
- Window style.
- @param validator
- Window validator.
- @param name
- Window name.
-
- @see Create(), wxValidator
- */
- wxRichTextCtrl( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxRE_MULTILINE, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr);
-
- /**
- Destructor.
- */
- virtual ~wxRichTextCtrl( );
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Creates the underlying window.
- */
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = -1, const wxString& value = wxEmptyString, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxRE_MULTILINE, const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator, const wxString& name = wxTextCtrlNameStr );
-
- /**
- Initialises the members of the control.
- */
- void Init();
-
-// Accessors
-
- /**
- Gets the text for the given range.
- The end point of range is specified as the last character position of
- the span of text, plus one.
- */
- virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the length of the specified line in characters.
- */
- virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const ;
-
- /**
- Returns the text for the given line.
- */
- virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const ;
-
- /**
- Returns the number of lines in the buffer.
- */
- virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const ;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the buffer has been modified.
- */
- virtual bool IsModified() const ;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the control is editable.
- */
- virtual bool IsEditable() const ;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the control is single-line.
- Currently wxRichTextCtrl does not support single-line editing.
- */
- bool IsSingleLine() const { return !HasFlag(wxRE_MULTILINE); }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the control is multiline.
- */
- bool IsMultiLine() const { return !IsSingleLine(); }
-
- //@{
- /**
- Returns the range of the current selection.
- The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
- of text, plus one.
- If the return values @a from and @a to are the same, there is no selection.
- */
- virtual void GetSelection(long* from, long* to) const;
- const wxRichTextSelection& GetSelection() const { return m_selection; }
- wxRichTextSelection& GetSelection() { return m_selection; }
- //@}
-
- /**
- Returns the text within the current selection range, if any.
- */
- virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
-
- /**
- Gets the current filename associated with the control.
- */
- wxString GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
-
- /**
- Sets the current filename.
- */
- void SetFilename(const wxString& filename) { m_filename = filename; }
-
- /**
- Sets the size of the buffer beyond which layout is delayed during resizing.
- This optimizes sizing for large buffers. The default is 20000.
- */
- void SetDelayedLayoutThreshold(long threshold) { m_delayedLayoutThreshold = threshold; }
-
- /**
- Gets the size of the buffer beyond which layout is delayed during resizing.
- This optimizes sizing for large buffers. The default is 20000.
- */
- long GetDelayedLayoutThreshold() const { return m_delayedLayoutThreshold; }
-
- /**
- Gets the flag indicating that full layout is required.
- */
- bool GetFullLayoutRequired() const { return m_fullLayoutRequired; }
-
- /**
- Sets the flag indicating that full layout is required.
- */
- void SetFullLayoutRequired(bool b) { m_fullLayoutRequired = b; }
-
- /**
- Returns the last time full layout was performed.
- */
- wxLongLong GetFullLayoutTime() const { return m_fullLayoutTime; }
-
- /**
- Sets the last time full layout was performed.
- */
- void SetFullLayoutTime(wxLongLong t) { m_fullLayoutTime = t; }
-
- /**
- Returns the position that should be shown when full (delayed) layout is performed.
- */
- long GetFullLayoutSavedPosition() const { return m_fullLayoutSavedPosition; }
-
- /**
- Sets the position that should be shown when full (delayed) layout is performed.
- */
- void SetFullLayoutSavedPosition(long p) { m_fullLayoutSavedPosition = p; }
-
- /**
- Forces any pending layout due to delayed, partial layout when the control
- was resized.
- */
- void ForceDelayedLayout();
-
- /**
- Sets the text (normal) cursor.
- */
- void SetTextCursor(const wxCursor& cursor ) { m_textCursor = cursor; }
-
- /**
- Returns the text (normal) cursor.
- */
- wxCursor GetTextCursor() const { return m_textCursor; }
-
- /**
- Sets the cursor to be used over URLs.
- */
- void SetURLCursor(const wxCursor& cursor ) { m_urlCursor = cursor; }
-
- /**
- Returns the cursor to be used over URLs.
- */
- wxCursor GetURLCursor() const { return m_urlCursor; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we are showing the caret position at the start of a line
- instead of at the end of the previous one.
- */
- bool GetCaretAtLineStart() const { return m_caretAtLineStart; }
-
- /**
- Sets a flag to remember that we are showing the caret position at the start of a line
- instead of at the end of the previous one.
- */
- void SetCaretAtLineStart(bool atStart) { m_caretAtLineStart = atStart; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we are dragging a selection.
- */
- bool GetDragging() const { return m_dragging; }
-
- /**
- Sets a flag to remember if we are dragging a selection.
- */
- void SetDragging(bool dragging) { m_dragging = dragging; }
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- /**
- Are we trying to start Drag'n'Drop?
- */
- bool GetPreDrag() const { return m_preDrag; }
-
- /**
- Set if we're trying to start Drag'n'Drop
- */
- void SetPreDrag(bool pd) { m_preDrag = pd; }
-
- /**
- Get the possible Drag'n'Drop start point
- */
- const wxPoint GetDragStartPoint() const { return m_dragStartPoint; }
-
- /**
- Set the possible Drag'n'Drop start point
- */
- void SetDragStartPoint(wxPoint sp) { m_dragStartPoint = sp; }
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- /**
- Get the possible Drag'n'Drop start time
- */
- const wxDateTime GetDragStartTime() const { return m_dragStartTime; }
-
- /**
- Set the possible Drag'n'Drop start time
- */
- void SetDragStartTime(wxDateTime st) { m_dragStartTime = st; }
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_BUFFERED_PAINTING
- //@{
- /**
- Returns the buffer bitmap if using buffered painting.
- */
- const wxBitmap& GetBufferBitmap() const { return m_bufferBitmap; }
- wxBitmap& GetBufferBitmap() { return m_bufferBitmap; }
- //@}
-#endif
-
- /**
- Returns the current context menu.
- */
- wxMenu* GetContextMenu() const { return m_contextMenu; }
-
- /**
- Sets the current context menu.
- */
- void SetContextMenu(wxMenu* menu);
-
- /**
- Returns an anchor so we know how to extend the selection.
- It's a caret position since it's between two characters.
- */
- long GetSelectionAnchor() const { return m_selectionAnchor; }
-
- /**
- Sets an anchor so we know how to extend the selection.
- It's a caret position since it's between two characters.
- */
- void SetSelectionAnchor(long anchor) { m_selectionAnchor = anchor; }
-
- /**
- Returns the anchor object if selecting multiple containers.
- */
- wxRichTextObject* GetSelectionAnchorObject() const { return m_selectionAnchorObject; }
-
- /**
- Sets the anchor object if selecting multiple containers.
- */
- void SetSelectionAnchorObject(wxRichTextObject* anchor) { m_selectionAnchorObject = anchor; }
-
- //@{
- /**
- Returns an object that stores information about context menu property item(s),
- in order to communicate between the context menu event handler and the code
- that responds to it. The wxRichTextContextMenuPropertiesInfo stores one
- item for each object that could respond to a property-editing event. If
- objects are nested, several might be editable.
- */
- wxRichTextContextMenuPropertiesInfo& GetContextMenuPropertiesInfo() { return m_contextMenuPropertiesInfo; }
- const wxRichTextContextMenuPropertiesInfo& GetContextMenuPropertiesInfo() const { return m_contextMenuPropertiesInfo; }
- //@}
-
- /**
- Returns the wxRichTextObject object that currently has the editing focus.
- If there are no composite objects, this will be the top-level buffer.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetFocusObject() const { return m_focusObject; }
-
- /**
- Sets m_focusObject without making any alterations.
- */
- void StoreFocusObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* obj) { m_focusObject = obj; }
-
- /**
- Sets the wxRichTextObject object that currently has the editing focus.
- */
- bool SetFocusObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* obj, bool setCaretPosition = true);
-
-// Operations
-
- /**
- Invalidates the whole buffer to trigger painting later.
- */
- void Invalidate() { GetBuffer().Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL); }
-
- /**
- Clears the buffer content, leaving a single empty paragraph. Cannot be undone.
- */
- virtual void Clear();
-
- /**
- Replaces the content in the specified range with the string specified by
- @a value.
- */
- virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
-
- /**
- Removes the content in the specified range.
- */
- virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
- /**
- Loads content into the control's buffer using the given type.
-
- If the specified type is wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY, the type is deduced from
- the filename extension.
-
- This function looks for a suitable wxRichTextFileHandler object.
- */
- bool LoadFile(const wxString& file,
- int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
- /**
- Helper function for LoadFile(). Loads content into the control's buffer using the given type.
-
- If the specified type is wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY, the type is deduced from
- the filename extension.
-
- This function looks for a suitable wxRichTextFileHandler object.
- */
- virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
-#endif // wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
- /**
- Saves the buffer content using the given type.
-
- If the specified type is wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY, the type is deduced from
- the filename extension.
-
- This function looks for a suitable wxRichTextFileHandler object.
- */
- bool SaveFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString,
- int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
- /**
- Helper function for SaveFile(). Saves the buffer content using the given type.
-
- If the specified type is wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY, the type is deduced from
- the filename extension.
-
- This function looks for a suitable wxRichTextFileHandler object.
- */
- virtual bool DoSaveFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString,
- int fileType = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
-#endif // wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
- /**
- Sets flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving.
-
- See the documentation for each handler class to see what flags are
- relevant for each handler.
- */
- void SetHandlerFlags(int flags) { GetBuffer().SetHandlerFlags(flags); }
-
- /**
- Returns flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving.
- See the documentation for each handler class to see what flags are
- relevant for each handler.
- */
- int GetHandlerFlags() const { return GetBuffer().GetHandlerFlags(); }
-
- /**
- Marks the buffer as modified.
- */
- virtual void MarkDirty();
-
- /**
- Sets the buffer's modified status to @false, and clears the buffer's command
- history.
- */
- virtual void DiscardEdits();
-
- /**
- Sets the maximum number of characters that may be entered in a single line
- text control. For compatibility only; currently does nothing.
- */
- virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long WXUNUSED(len)) { }
-
- /**
- Writes text at the current position.
- */
- virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
-
- /**
- Sets the insertion point to the end of the buffer and writes the text.
- */
- virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
-
- //@{
- /**
- Gets the attributes at the given position.
- This function gets the combined style - that is, the style you see on the
- screen as a result of combining base style, paragraph style and character
- style attributes.
-
- To get the character or paragraph style alone, use GetUncombinedStyle().
-
- @beginWxPerlOnly
- In wxPerl this method is implemented as GetStyle(@a position)
- returning a 2-element list (ok, attr).
- @endWxPerlOnly
- */
- virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container);
- //@}
-
- //@{
- /**
- Sets the attributes for the given range.
- The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
- of text, plus one.
-
- So, for example, to set the style for a character at position 5, use the range
- (5,6).
- */
- virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxRichTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style);
- //@}
-
- /**
- Sets the attributes for a single object
- */
- virtual void SetStyle(wxRichTextObject *obj, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
- //@{
- /**
- Gets the attributes common to the specified range.
- Attributes that differ in value within the range will not be included
- in @a style flags.
-
- @beginWxPerlOnly
- In wxPerl this method is implemented as GetStyleForRange(@a position)
- returning a 2-element list (ok, attr).
- @endWxPerlOnly
- */
- virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container);
- //@}
-
- /**
- Sets the attributes for the given range, passing flags to determine how the
- attributes are set.
-
- The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
- of text, plus one. So, for example, to set the style for a character at
- position 5, use the range (5,6).
-
- @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE: no style flag.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be
- undoable.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE: specifies that the style should not be applied
- if the combined style at this point is already the style in question.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be
- applied to paragraphs, and not the content.
- This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that
- of e.g. a named paragraph style.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be
- applied to characters, and not the paragraph.
- This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that
- of e.g. a named paragraph style.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET: resets (clears) the existing style before applying
- the new style.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE: removes the specified style. Only the style flags
- are used in this operation.
- */
- virtual bool SetStyleEx(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
- //@{
- /**
- Gets the attributes at the given position.
- This function gets the @e uncombined style - that is, the attributes associated
- with the paragraph or character content, and not necessarily the combined
- attributes you see on the screen.
- To get the combined attributes, use GetStyle().
-
- If you specify (any) paragraph attribute in @e style's flags, this function
- will fetch the paragraph attributes.
- Otherwise, it will return the character attributes.
-
- @beginWxPerlOnly
- In wxPerl this method is implemented as GetUncombinedStyle(@a position)
- returning a 2-element list (ok, attr).
- @endWxPerlOnly
- */
- virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container);
- //@}
-
- //@{
- /**
- Sets the current default style, which can be used to change how subsequently
- inserted text is displayed.
- */
- virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style);
- //@}
-
- /**
- Returns the current default style, which can be used to change how subsequently
- inserted text is displayed.
- */
- virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetDefaultStyleEx() const;
-
- //virtual const wxTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const;
-
- //@{
- /**
- Sets the list attributes for the given range, passing flags to determine how
- the attributes are set.
-
- Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
- sheet) can be passed.
- @a flags is a bit list of the following:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
- @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
- as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
-
- @see NumberList(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle().
- */
- virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- //@}
-
- /**
- Clears the list style from the given range, clearing list-related attributes
- and applying any named paragraph style associated with each paragraph.
-
- @a flags is a bit list of the following:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
-
- @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), NumberList().
- */
- virtual bool ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
- //@{
- /**
- Numbers the paragraphs in the given range.
- Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set.
-
- Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
- sheet) can be passed.
-
- @a flags is a bit list of the following:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
- @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
- as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
-
- @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle().
- */
- virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- //@}
-
- //@{
- /**
- Promotes or demotes the paragraphs in the given range.
- A positive @a promoteBy produces a smaller indent, and a negative number
- produces a larger indent. Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set.
- Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
- sheet) can be passed.
-
- @a flags is a bit list of the following:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
- @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
- as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
-
- @see SetListStyle(), @see SetListStyle(), ClearListStyle().
- */
- virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
- //@}
-
- /**
- Sets the properties for the given range, passing flags to determine how the
- attributes are set. You can merge properties or replace them.
-
- The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
- of text, plus one. So, for example, to set the properties for a character at
- position 5, use the range (5,6).
-
- @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values:
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETSPROPERTIES_NONE: no flag.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be
- undoable.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be
- applied to paragraphs, and not the content.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be
- applied to characters, and not the paragraph.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET: resets (clears) the existing properties before applying
- the new properties.
- - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE: removes the specified properties.
- */
- virtual bool SetProperties(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO);
-
- /**
- Deletes the content within the given range.
- */
- virtual bool Delete(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
- /**
- Translates from column and line number to position.
- */
- virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
-
- /**
- Converts a text position to zero-based column and line numbers.
- */
- virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const;
-
- /**
- Scrolls the buffer so that the given position is in view.
- */
- virtual void ShowPosition(long pos);
-
- //@{
- /**
- Finds the character at the given position in pixels.
- @a pt is in device coords (not adjusted for the client area origin nor for
- scrolling).
- */
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
- wxTextCoord *col,
- wxTextCoord *row) const;
-
- /**
- Finds the container at the given point, which is in screen coordinates.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* FindContainerAtPoint(const wxPoint pt, long& position, int& hit, wxRichTextObject* hitObj, int flags = 0);
- //@}
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- /**
- Does the 'drop' of Drag'n'Drop.
- */
- void OnDrop(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y), wxDragResult def, wxDataObject* DataObj);
-#endif
-
-// Clipboard operations
-
- /**
- Copies the selected content (if any) to the clipboard.
- */
- virtual void Copy();
-
- /**
- Copies the selected content (if any) to the clipboard and deletes the selection.
- This is undoable.
- */
- virtual void Cut();
-
- /**
- Pastes content from the clipboard to the buffer.
- */
- virtual void Paste();
-
- /**
- Deletes the content in the selection, if any. This is undoable.
- */
- virtual void DeleteSelection();
-
- /**
- Returns @true if selected content can be copied to the clipboard.
- */
- virtual bool CanCopy() const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if selected content can be copied to the clipboard and deleted.
- */
- virtual bool CanCut() const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the clipboard content can be pasted to the buffer.
- */
- virtual bool CanPaste() const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if selected content can be deleted.
- */
- virtual bool CanDeleteSelection() const;
-
- /**
- Undoes the command at the top of the command history, if there is one.
- */
- virtual void Undo();
-
- /**
- Redoes the current command.
- */
- virtual void Redo();
-
- /**
- Returns @true if there is a command in the command history that can be undone.
- */
- virtual bool CanUndo() const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if there is a command in the command history that can be redone.
- */
- virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
- /**
- Sets the insertion point and causes the current editing style to be taken from
- the new position (unlike wxRichTextCtrl::SetCaretPosition).
- */
- virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
-
- /**
- Sets the insertion point to the end of the text control.
- */
- virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd();
-
- /**
- Returns the current insertion point.
- */
- virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the last position in the buffer.
- */
- virtual wxTextPos GetLastPosition() const;
-
- //@{
- /**
- Sets the selection to the given range.
- The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
- of text, plus one.
-
- So, for example, to set the selection for a character at position 5, use the
- range (5,6).
- */
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
- void SetSelection(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { m_selection = sel; }
- //@}
-
- /**
- Makes the control editable, or not.
- */
- virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
-
- /**
- Returns @true if there is a selection and the object containing the selection
- was the same as the current focus object.
- */
- virtual bool HasSelection() const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if there was a selection, whether or not the current focus object
- is the same as the selection's container object.
- */
- virtual bool HasUnfocusedSelection() const;
-
- //@{
- /**
- Write a bitmap or image at the current insertion point.
- Supply an optional type to use for internal and file storage of the raw data.
- */
- virtual bool WriteImage(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType bitmapType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG,
- const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
-
- virtual bool WriteImage(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxBitmapType bitmapType = wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG,
- const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
- //@}
-
- /**
- Loads an image from a file and writes it at the current insertion point.
- */
- virtual bool WriteImage(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType bitmapType,
- const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
-
- /**
- Writes an image block at the current insertion point.
- */
- virtual bool WriteImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock,
- const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
-
- /**
- Write a text box at the current insertion point, returning the text box.
- You can then call SetFocusObject() to set the focus to the new object.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextBox* WriteTextBox(const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
-
- /**
- Writes a field at the current insertion point.
-
- @param fieldType
- The field type, matching an existing field type definition.
- @param properties
- Extra data for the field.
- @param textAttr
- Optional attributes.
-
- @see wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
- */
- virtual wxRichTextField* WriteField(const wxString& fieldType, const wxRichTextProperties& properties,
- const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
-
- /**
- Write a table at the current insertion point, returning the table.
- You can then call SetFocusObject() to set the focus to the new object.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextTable* WriteTable(int rows, int cols, const wxRichTextAttr& tableAttr = wxRichTextAttr(), const wxRichTextAttr& cellAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
-
- /**
- Inserts a new paragraph at the current insertion point. @see LineBreak().
- */
- virtual bool Newline();
-
- /**
- Inserts a line break at the current insertion point.
-
- A line break forces wrapping within a paragraph, and can be introduced by
- using this function, by appending the wxChar value @b wxRichTextLineBreakChar
- to text content, or by typing Shift-Return.
- */
- virtual bool LineBreak();
-
- /**
- Sets the basic (overall) style.
-
- This is the style of the whole buffer before further styles are applied,
- unlike the default style, which only affects the style currently being
- applied (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause
- subsequently inserted text to be bold).
- */
- virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { GetBuffer().SetBasicStyle(style); }
-
- /**
- Gets the basic (overall) style.
-
- This is the style of the whole buffer before further styles are applied,
- unlike the default style, which only affects the style currently being
- applied (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause
- subsequently inserted text to be bold).
- */
- virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetBasicStyle() const { return GetBuffer().GetBasicStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins applying a style.
- */
- virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { return GetBuffer().BeginStyle(style); }
-
- /**
- Ends the current style.
- */
- virtual bool EndStyle() { return GetBuffer().EndStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Ends application of all styles in the current style stack.
- */
- virtual bool EndAllStyles() { return GetBuffer().EndAllStyles(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using bold.
- */
- bool BeginBold() { return GetBuffer().BeginBold(); }
-
- /**
- Ends using bold.
- */
- bool EndBold() { return GetBuffer().EndBold(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using italic.
- */
- bool BeginItalic() { return GetBuffer().BeginItalic(); }
-
- /**
- Ends using italic.
- */
- bool EndItalic() { return GetBuffer().EndItalic(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using underlining.
- */
- bool BeginUnderline() { return GetBuffer().BeginUnderline(); }
-
- /**
- End applying underlining.
- */
- bool EndUnderline() { return GetBuffer().EndUnderline(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using the given point size.
- */
- bool BeginFontSize(int pointSize) { return GetBuffer().BeginFontSize(pointSize); }
-
- /**
- Ends using a point size.
- */
- bool EndFontSize() { return GetBuffer().EndFontSize(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using this font.
- */
- bool BeginFont(const wxFont& font) { return GetBuffer().BeginFont(font); }
-
- /**
- Ends using a font.
- */
- bool EndFont() { return GetBuffer().EndFont(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using this colour.
- */
- bool BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour) { return GetBuffer().BeginTextColour(colour); }
-
- /**
- Ends applying a text colour.
- */
- bool EndTextColour() { return GetBuffer().EndTextColour(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using alignment.
- For alignment values, see wxTextAttr.
- */
- bool BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment) { return GetBuffer().BeginAlignment(alignment); }
-
- /**
- Ends alignment.
- */
- bool EndAlignment() { return GetBuffer().EndAlignment(); }
-
- /**
- Begins applying a left indent and subindent in tenths of a millimetre.
- The subindent is an offset from the left edge of the paragraph, and is
- used for all but the first line in a paragraph. A positive value will
- cause the first line to appear to the left of the subsequent lines, and
- a negative value will cause the first line to be indented to the right
- of the subsequent lines.
-
- wxRichTextBuffer uses indentation to render a bulleted item. The
- content of the paragraph, including the first line, starts at the
- @a leftIndent plus the @a leftSubIndent.
-
- @param leftIndent
- The distance between the margin and the bullet.
- @param leftSubIndent
- The distance between the left edge of the bullet and the left edge
- of the actual paragraph.
- */
- bool BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent = 0) { return GetBuffer().BeginLeftIndent(leftIndent, leftSubIndent); }
-
- /**
- Ends left indent.
- */
- bool EndLeftIndent() { return GetBuffer().EndLeftIndent(); }
-
- /**
- Begins a right indent, specified in tenths of a millimetre.
- */
- bool BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent) { return GetBuffer().BeginRightIndent(rightIndent); }
-
- /**
- Ends right indent.
- */
- bool EndRightIndent() { return GetBuffer().EndRightIndent(); }
-
- /**
- Begins paragraph spacing; pass the before-paragraph and after-paragraph spacing
- in tenths of a millimetre.
- */
- bool BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after) { return GetBuffer().BeginParagraphSpacing(before, after); }
-
- /**
- Ends paragraph spacing.
- */
- bool EndParagraphSpacing() { return GetBuffer().EndParagraphSpacing(); }
-
- /**
- Begins appling line spacing. @e spacing is a multiple, where 10 means
- single-spacing, 15 means 1.5 spacing, and 20 means double spacing.
-
- The ::wxTextAttrLineSpacing constants are defined for convenience.
- */
- bool BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing) { return GetBuffer().BeginLineSpacing(lineSpacing); }
-
- /**
- Ends line spacing.
- */
- bool EndLineSpacing() { return GetBuffer().EndLineSpacing(); }
-
- /**
- Begins a numbered bullet.
-
- This call will be needed for each item in the list, and the
- application should take care of incrementing the numbering.
-
- @a bulletNumber is a number, usually starting with 1.
- @a leftIndent and @a leftSubIndent are values in tenths of a millimetre.
- @a bulletStyle is a bitlist of the ::wxTextAttrBulletStyle values.
-
- wxRichTextBuffer uses indentation to render a bulleted item.
- The left indent is the distance between the margin and the bullet.
- The content of the paragraph, including the first line, starts
- at leftMargin + leftSubIndent.
- So the distance between the left edge of the bullet and the
- left of the actual paragraph is leftSubIndent.
- */
- bool BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD)
- { return GetBuffer().BeginNumberedBullet(bulletNumber, leftIndent, leftSubIndent, bulletStyle); }
-
- /**
- Ends application of a numbered bullet.
- */
- bool EndNumberedBullet() { return GetBuffer().EndNumberedBullet(); }
-
- /**
- Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font.
- See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used
- to render the bulleted paragraph.
- */
- bool BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL)
- { return GetBuffer().BeginSymbolBullet(symbol, leftIndent, leftSubIndent, bulletStyle); }
-
- /**
- Ends applying a symbol bullet.
- */
- bool EndSymbolBullet() { return GetBuffer().EndSymbolBullet(); }
-
- /**
- Begins applying a symbol bullet.
- */
- bool BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD)
- { return GetBuffer().BeginStandardBullet(bulletName, leftIndent, leftSubIndent, bulletStyle); }
-
- /**
- Begins applying a standard bullet.
- */
- bool EndStandardBullet() { return GetBuffer().EndStandardBullet(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using the named character style.
- */
- bool BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle) { return GetBuffer().BeginCharacterStyle(characterStyle); }
-
- /**
- Ends application of a named character style.
- */
- bool EndCharacterStyle() { return GetBuffer().EndCharacterStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins applying the named paragraph style.
- */
- bool BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle) { return GetBuffer().BeginParagraphStyle(paragraphStyle); }
-
- /**
- Ends application of a named paragraph style.
- */
- bool EndParagraphStyle() { return GetBuffer().EndParagraphStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins using a specified list style.
- Optionally, you can also pass a level and a number.
- */
- bool BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level = 1, int number = 1) { return GetBuffer().BeginListStyle(listStyle, level, number); }
-
- /**
- Ends using a specified list style.
- */
- bool EndListStyle() { return GetBuffer().EndListStyle(); }
-
- /**
- Begins applying wxTEXT_ATTR_URL to the content.
-
- Pass a URL and optionally, a character style to apply, since it is common
- to mark a URL with a familiar style such as blue text with underlining.
- */
- bool BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle = wxEmptyString) { return GetBuffer().BeginURL(url, characterStyle); }
-
- /**
- Ends applying a URL.
- */
- bool EndURL() { return GetBuffer().EndURL(); }
-
- /**
- Sets the default style to the style under the cursor.
- */
- bool SetDefaultStyleToCursorStyle();
-
- /**
- Cancels any selection.
- */
- virtual void SelectNone();
-
- /**
- Selects the word at the given character position.
- */
- virtual bool SelectWord(long position);
-
- /**
- Returns the selection range in character positions. -1, -1 means no selection.
-
- The range is in API convention, i.e. a single character selection is denoted
- by (n, n+1)
- */
- wxRichTextRange GetSelectionRange() const;
-
- /**
- Sets the selection to the given range.
- The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
- of text, plus one.
-
- So, for example, to set the selection for a character at position 5, use the
- range (5,6).
- */
- void SetSelectionRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
- /**
- Returns the selection range in character positions. -2, -2 means no selection
- -1, -1 means select everything.
- The range is in internal format, i.e. a single character selection is denoted
- by (n, n)
- */
- wxRichTextRange GetInternalSelectionRange() const { return m_selection.GetRange(); }
-
- /**
- Sets the selection range in character positions. -2, -2 means no selection
- -1, -1 means select everything.
- The range is in internal format, i.e. a single character selection is denoted
- by (n, n)
- */
- void SetInternalSelectionRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_selection.Set(range, GetFocusObject()); }
-
- /**
- Adds a new paragraph of text to the end of the buffer.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text);
-
- /**
- Adds an image to the control's buffer.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image);
-
- /**
- Lays out the buffer, which must be done before certain operations, such as
- setting the caret position.
- This function should not normally be required by the application.
- */
- virtual bool LayoutContent(bool onlyVisibleRect = false);
-
- /**
- Move the caret to the given character position.
-
- Please note that this does not update the current editing style
- from the new position; to do that, call wxRichTextCtrl::SetInsertionPoint instead.
- */
- virtual bool MoveCaret(long pos, bool showAtLineStart = false, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = NULL);
-
- /**
- Moves right.
- */
- virtual bool MoveRight(int noPositions = 1, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves left.
- */
- virtual bool MoveLeft(int noPositions = 1, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves to the start of the paragraph.
- */
- virtual bool MoveUp(int noLines = 1, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves the caret down.
- */
- virtual bool MoveDown(int noLines = 1, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves to the end of the line.
- */
- virtual bool MoveToLineEnd(int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves to the start of the line.
- */
- virtual bool MoveToLineStart(int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves to the end of the paragraph.
- */
- virtual bool MoveToParagraphEnd(int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves to the start of the paragraph.
- */
- virtual bool MoveToParagraphStart(int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves to the start of the buffer.
- */
- virtual bool MoveHome(int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves to the end of the buffer.
- */
- virtual bool MoveEnd(int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves one or more pages up.
- */
- virtual bool PageUp(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves one or more pages down.
- */
- virtual bool PageDown(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Moves a number of words to the left.
- */
- virtual bool WordLeft(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
-
- /**
- Move a nuber of words to the right.
- */
- virtual bool WordRight(int noPages = 1, int flags = 0);
-
- //@{
- /**
- Returns the buffer associated with the control.
- */
- wxRichTextBuffer& GetBuffer() { return m_buffer; }
- const wxRichTextBuffer& GetBuffer() const { return m_buffer; }
- //@}
-
- /**
- Starts batching undo history for commands.
- */
- virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName) { return m_buffer.BeginBatchUndo(cmdName); }
-
- /**
- Ends batching undo command history.
- */
- virtual bool EndBatchUndo() { return m_buffer.EndBatchUndo(); }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if undo commands are being batched.
- */
- virtual bool BatchingUndo() const { return m_buffer.BatchingUndo(); }
-
- /**
- Starts suppressing undo history for commands.
- */
- virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo() { return m_buffer.BeginSuppressUndo(); }
-
- /**
- Ends suppressing undo command history.
- */
- virtual bool EndSuppressUndo() { return m_buffer.EndSuppressUndo(); }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if undo history suppression is on.
- */
- virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const { return m_buffer.SuppressingUndo(); }
-
- /**
- Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind.
- If any of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails.
-
- You can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating.
- @a style must have flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
- */
- virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const
- {
- return GetFocusObject()->HasCharacterAttributes(range.ToInternal(), style);
- }
-
- /**
- Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind.
- If any of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails.
- You can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating.
- @a style must have flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
- */
- virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const
- {
- return GetFocusObject()->HasParagraphAttributes(range.ToInternal(), style);
- }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if all of the selection, or the content at the caret position, is bold.
- */
- virtual bool IsSelectionBold();
-
- /**
- Returns @true if all of the selection, or the content at the caret position, is italic.
- */
- virtual bool IsSelectionItalics();
-
- /**
- Returns @true if all of the selection, or the content at the caret position, is underlined.
- */
- virtual bool IsSelectionUnderlined();
-
- /**
- Returns @true if all of the selection, or the content at the current caret position, has the supplied wxTextAttrEffects flag(s).
- */
- virtual bool DoesSelectionHaveTextEffectFlag(int flag);
-
- /**
- Returns @true if all of the selection, or the content at the caret position, is aligned according to the specified flag.
- */
- virtual bool IsSelectionAligned(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
-
- /**
- Apples bold to the selection or default style (undoable).
- */
- virtual bool ApplyBoldToSelection();
-
- /**
- Applies italic to the selection or default style (undoable).
- */
- virtual bool ApplyItalicToSelection();
-
- /**
- Applies underline to the selection or default style (undoable).
- */
- virtual bool ApplyUnderlineToSelection();
-
- /**
- Applies one or more wxTextAttrEffects flags to the selection (undoable).
- If there is no selection, it is applied to the default style.
- */
- virtual bool ApplyTextEffectToSelection(int flags);
-
- /**
- Applies the given alignment to the selection or the default style (undoable).
- For alignment values, see wxTextAttr.
- */
- virtual bool ApplyAlignmentToSelection(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
-
- /**
- Applies the style sheet to the buffer, matching paragraph styles in the sheet
- against named styles in the buffer.
-
- This might be useful if the styles have changed.
- If @a sheet is @NULL, the sheet set with SetStyleSheet() is used.
- Currently this applies paragraph styles only.
- */
- virtual bool ApplyStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def);
-
- /**
- Sets the style sheet associated with the control.
- A style sheet allows named character and paragraph styles to be applied.
- */
- void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { GetBuffer().SetStyleSheet(styleSheet); }
-
- /**
- Returns the style sheet associated with the control, if any.
- A style sheet allows named character and paragraph styles to be applied.
- */
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return GetBuffer().GetStyleSheet(); }
-
- /**
- Push the style sheet to top of stack.
- */
- bool PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { return GetBuffer().PushStyleSheet(styleSheet); }
-
- /**
- Pops the style sheet from top of stack.
- */
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* PopStyleSheet() { return GetBuffer().PopStyleSheet(); }
-
- /**
- Applies the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
- */
- bool ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = NULL);
-
- /**
- Shows the given context menu, optionally adding appropriate property-editing commands for the current position in the object hierarchy.
- */
- virtual bool ShowContextMenu(wxMenu* menu, const wxPoint& pt, bool addPropertyCommands = true);
-
- /**
- Prepares the context menu, optionally adding appropriate property-editing commands.
- Returns the number of property commands added.
- */
- virtual int PrepareContextMenu(wxMenu* menu, const wxPoint& pt, bool addPropertyCommands = true);
-
- /**
- Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI.
- */
- virtual bool CanEditProperties(wxRichTextObject* obj) const { return obj->CanEditProperties(); }
-
- /**
- Edits the object's properties via a GUI.
- */
- virtual bool EditProperties(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxWindow* parent) { return obj->EditProperties(parent, & GetBuffer()); }
-
- /**
- Gets the object's properties menu label.
- */
- virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel(wxRichTextObject* obj) { return obj->GetPropertiesMenuLabel(); }
-
- /**
- Prepares the content just before insertion (or after buffer reset). Called by the same function in wxRichTextBuffer.
- Currently is only called if undo mode is on.
- */
- virtual void PrepareContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& WXUNUSED(container)) {}
-
- /**
- Can we delete this range?
- Sends an event to the control.
- */
- virtual bool CanDeleteRange(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& container, const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
-
- /**
- Can we insert content at this position?
- Sends an event to the control.
- */
- virtual bool CanInsertContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& container, long pos) const;
-
- /**
- Enable or disable the vertical scrollbar.
- */
- virtual void EnableVerticalScrollbar(bool enable);
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the vertical scrollbar is enabled.
- */
- virtual bool GetVerticalScrollbarEnabled() const { return m_verticalScrollbarEnabled; }
-
- /**
- Sets the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable
- editing.
- */
- void SetFontScale(double fontScale, bool refresh = false);
-
- /**
- Returns the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable
- editing.
- */
- double GetFontScale() const { return GetBuffer().GetFontScale(); }
-
- /**
- Sets the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation and
- inter-paragraph spacing. This can be useful when editing in a small control
- where you still want legible text, but a minimum of wasted white space.
- */
- void SetDimensionScale(double dimScale, bool refresh = false);
-
- /**
- Returns the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation
- and inter-paragraph spacing.
- */
- double GetDimensionScale() const { return GetBuffer().GetDimensionScale(); }
-
- /**
- Sets an overall scale factor for displaying and editing the content.
- */
- void SetScale(double scale, bool refresh = false);
-
- /**
- Returns an overall scale factor for displaying and editing the content.
- */
- double GetScale() const { return m_scale; }
-
- /**
- Returns an unscaled point.
- */
- wxPoint GetUnscaledPoint(const wxPoint& pt) const;
-
- /**
- Returns a scaled point.
- */
- wxPoint GetScaledPoint(const wxPoint& pt) const;
-
- /**
- Returns an unscaled size.
- */
- wxSize GetUnscaledSize(const wxSize& sz) const;
-
- /**
- Returns a scaled size.
- */
- wxSize GetScaledSize(const wxSize& sz) const;
-
- /**
- Returns an unscaled rectangle.
- */
- wxRect GetUnscaledRect(const wxRect& rect) const;
-
- /**
- Returns a scaled rectangle.
- */
- wxRect GetScaledRect(const wxRect& rect) const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if this control can use virtual attributes and virtual text.
- The default is @false.
- */
- bool GetVirtualAttributesEnabled() const { return m_useVirtualAttributes; }
-
- /**
- Pass @true to let the control use virtual attributes.
- The default is @false.
- */
- void EnableVirtualAttributes(bool b) { m_useVirtualAttributes = b; }
-
-// Command handlers
-
- /**
- Sends the event to the control.
- */
- void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Loads the first dropped file.
- */
- void OnDropFiles(wxDropFilesEvent& event);
-
- void OnCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
- void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard handler for the wxID_CUT command.
- */
- void OnCut(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard handler for the wxID_COPY command.
- */
- void OnCopy(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard handler for the wxID_PASTE command.
- */
- void OnPaste(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard handler for the wxID_UNDO command.
- */
- void OnUndo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard handler for the wxID_REDO command.
- */
- void OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard handler for the wxID_SELECTALL command.
- */
- void OnSelectAll(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard handler for property commands.
- */
- void OnProperties(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard handler for the wxID_CLEAR command.
- */
- void OnClear(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard update handler for the wxID_CUT command.
- */
- void OnUpdateCut(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard update handler for the wxID_COPY command.
- */
- void OnUpdateCopy(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard update handler for the wxID_PASTE command.
- */
- void OnUpdatePaste(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard update handler for the wxID_UNDO command.
- */
- void OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard update handler for the wxID_REDO command.
- */
- void OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard update handler for the wxID_SELECTALL command.
- */
- void OnUpdateSelectAll(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard update handler for property commands.
- */
-
- void OnUpdateProperties(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Standard update handler for the wxID_CLEAR command.
- */
- void OnUpdateClear(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Shows a standard context menu with undo, redo, cut, copy, paste, clear, and
- select all commands.
- */
- void OnContextMenu(wxContextMenuEvent& event);
-
-// Event handlers
-
- // Painting
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event);
-
- // Left-click
- void OnLeftClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Left-up
- void OnLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Motion
- void OnMoveMouse(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Left-double-click
- void OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Middle-click
- void OnMiddleClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Right-click
- void OnRightClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // Key press
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // Sizing
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
- // Setting/losing focus
- void OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
- void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
- // Idle-time processing
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
- // Scrolling
- void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
-
- /**
- Sets the font, and also the basic and default attributes
- (see wxRichTextCtrl::SetDefaultStyle).
- */
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- /**
- A helper function setting up scrollbars, for example after a resize.
- */
- virtual void SetupScrollbars(bool atTop = false);
-
- /**
- Helper function implementing keyboard navigation.
- */
- virtual bool KeyboardNavigate(int keyCode, int flags);
-
- /**
- Paints the background.
- */
- virtual void PaintBackground(wxDC& dc);
-
- /**
- Other user defined painting after everything else (i.e. all text) is painted.
-
- @since 2.9.1
- */
- virtual void PaintAboveContent(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc)) {}
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_BUFFERED_PAINTING
- /**
- Recreates the buffer bitmap if necessary.
- */
- virtual bool RecreateBuffer(const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
-#endif
-
- // Write text
- virtual void DoWriteText(const wxString& value, int flags = 0);
-
- // Should we inherit colours?
- virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
- /**
- Internal function to position the visible caret according to the current caret
- position.
- */
- virtual void PositionCaret(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = NULL);
-
- /**
- Helper function for extending the selection, returning @true if the selection
- was changed. Selections are in caret positions.
- */
- virtual bool ExtendSelection(long oldPosition, long newPosition, int flags);
-
- /**
- Scrolls @a position into view. This function takes a caret position.
- */
- virtual bool ScrollIntoView(long position, int keyCode);
-
- /**
- Refreshes the area affected by a selection change.
- */
- bool RefreshForSelectionChange(const wxRichTextSelection& oldSelection, const wxRichTextSelection& newSelection);
-
- /**
- Sets the caret position.
-
- The caret position is the character position just before the caret.
- A value of -1 means the caret is at the start of the buffer.
- Please note that this does not update the current editing style
- from the new position or cause the actual caret to be refreshed; to do that,
- call wxRichTextCtrl::SetInsertionPoint instead.
- */
- void SetCaretPosition(long position, bool showAtLineStart = false) ;
-
- /**
- Returns the current caret position.
- */
- long GetCaretPosition() const { return m_caretPosition; }
-
- /**
- The adjusted caret position is the character position adjusted to take
- into account whether we're at the start of a paragraph, in which case
- style information should be taken from the next position, not current one.
- */
- long GetAdjustedCaretPosition(long caretPos) const;
-
- /**
- Move the caret one visual step forward: this may mean setting a flag
- and keeping the same position if we're going from the end of one line
- to the start of the next, which may be the exact same caret position.
- */
- void MoveCaretForward(long oldPosition) ;
-
- /**
- Move the caret one visual step forward: this may mean setting a flag
- and keeping the same position if we're going from the end of one line
- to the start of the next, which may be the exact same caret position.
- */
- void MoveCaretBack(long oldPosition) ;
-
- /**
- Returns the caret height and position for the given character position.
- If container is null, the current focus object will be used.
-
- @beginWxPerlOnly
- In wxPerl this method is implemented as
- GetCaretPositionForIndex(@a position) returning a
- 2-element list (ok, rect).
- @endWxPerlOnly
- */
- bool GetCaretPositionForIndex(long position, wxRect& rect, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container = NULL);
-
- /**
- Internal helper function returning the line for the visible caret position.
- If the caret is shown at the very end of the line, it means the next character
- is actually on the following line.
- So this function gets the line we're expecting to find if this is the case.
- */
- wxRichTextLine* GetVisibleLineForCaretPosition(long caretPosition) const;
-
- /**
- Gets the command processor associated with the control's buffer.
- */
- wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const { return GetBuffer().GetCommandProcessor(); }
-
- /**
- Deletes content if there is a selection, e.g. when pressing a key.
- Returns the new caret position in @e newPos, or leaves it if there
- was no action. This is undoable.
-
- @beginWxPerlOnly
- In wxPerl this method takes no arguments and returns a 2-element
- list (ok, newPos).
- @endWxPerlOnly
- */
- bool DeleteSelectedContent(long* newPos= NULL);
-
- /**
- Transforms logical (unscrolled) position to physical window position.
- */
- wxPoint GetPhysicalPoint(const wxPoint& ptLogical) const;
-
- /**
- Transforms physical window position to logical (unscrolled) position.
- */
- wxPoint GetLogicalPoint(const wxPoint& ptPhysical) const;
-
- /**
- Helper function for finding the caret position for the next word.
- Direction is 1 (forward) or -1 (backwards).
- */
- virtual long FindNextWordPosition(int direction = 1) const;
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the given position is visible on the screen.
- */
- bool IsPositionVisible(long pos) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the first visible position in the current view.
- */
- long GetFirstVisiblePosition() const;
-
- /**
- Returns the caret position since the default formatting was changed. As
- soon as this position changes, we no longer reflect the default style
- in the UI. A value of -2 means that we should only reflect the style of the
- content under the caret.
- */
- long GetCaretPositionForDefaultStyle() const { return m_caretPositionForDefaultStyle; }
-
- /**
- Set the caret position for the default style that the user is selecting.
- */
- void SetCaretPositionForDefaultStyle(long pos) { m_caretPositionForDefaultStyle = pos; }
-
- /**
- Returns @true if the user has recently set the default style without moving
- the caret, and therefore the UI needs to reflect the default style and not
- the style at the caret.
-
- Below is an example of code that uses this function to determine whether the UI
- should show that the current style is bold.
-
- @see SetAndShowDefaultStyle().
- */
- bool IsDefaultStyleShowing() const { return m_caretPositionForDefaultStyle != -2; }
-
- /**
- Sets @a attr as the default style and tells the control that the UI should
- reflect this attribute until the user moves the caret.
-
- @see IsDefaultStyleShowing().
- */
- void SetAndShowDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr)
- {
- SetDefaultStyle(attr);
- SetCaretPositionForDefaultStyle(GetCaretPosition());
- }
-
- /**
- Returns the first visible point in the window.
- */
- wxPoint GetFirstVisiblePoint() const;
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
- /**
- Returns the content of the entire control as a string.
- */
- virtual wxString GetValue() const;
-
- /**
- Replaces existing content with the given text.
- */
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value);
-
- /**
- Call this function to prevent refresh and allow fast updates, and then Thaw() to
- refresh the control.
- */
- void Freeze();
-
- /**
- Call this function to end a Freeze and refresh the display.
- */
- void Thaw();
-
- /**
- Returns @true if Freeze has been called without a Thaw.
- */
- bool IsFrozen() const;
-
-#endif
-
-// Implementation
-
- /**
- Processes the back key.
- */
- virtual bool ProcessBackKey(wxKeyEvent& event, int flags);
-
- /**
- Given a character position at which there is a list style, find the range
- encompassing the same list style by looking backwards and forwards.
- */
- virtual wxRichTextRange FindRangeForList(long pos, bool& isNumberedList);
-
- /**
- Sets up the caret for the given position and container, after a mouse click.
- */
- bool SetCaretPositionAfterClick(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, long position, int hitTestFlags, bool extendSelection = false);
-
- /**
- Find the caret position for the combination of hit-test flags and character position.
- Returns the caret position and also an indication of where to place the caret (caretLineStart)
- since this is ambiguous (same position used for end of line and start of next).
- */
- long FindCaretPositionForCharacterPosition(long position, int hitTestFlags, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container,
- bool& caretLineStart);
-
- /**
- Processes mouse movement in order to change the cursor
- */
- virtual bool ProcessMouseMovement(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextObject* obj, long position, const wxPoint& pos);
-
- /**
- Font names take a long time to retrieve, so cache them (on demand).
- */
- static const wxArrayString& GetAvailableFontNames();
-
- /**
- Clears the cache of available font names.
- */
- static void ClearAvailableFontNames();
-
- WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()
-
- // implement wxTextEntry methods
- virtual wxString DoGetValue() const;
-
-protected:
- // implement the wxTextEntry pure virtual method
- virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; }
-
- // margins functions
- virtual bool DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& pt);
- virtual wxPoint DoGetMargins() const;
-
- // FIXME: this does not work, it allows this code to compile but will fail
- // during run-time
-#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- virtual WXHWND GetEditHWND() const { return GetHWND(); }
-#endif
-#ifdef __WXMOTIF__
- virtual WXWidget GetTextWidget() const { return NULL; }
-#endif
-#ifdef __WXGTK20__
- virtual GtkEditable *GetEditable() const { return NULL; }
- virtual GtkEntry *GetEntry() const { return NULL; }
-#endif
-#endif // !__WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-// Overrides
-protected:
-
- /**
- Currently this simply returns @c wxSize(10, 10).
- */
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const ;
-
- virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags = 0);
-
- virtual void DoThaw();
-
-
-// Data members
-protected:
-#if wxRICHTEXT_BUFFERED_PAINTING
- /// Buffer bitmap
- wxBitmap m_bufferBitmap;
-#endif
-
- /// Text buffer
- wxRichTextBuffer m_buffer;
-
- wxMenu* m_contextMenu;
-
- /// Caret position (1 less than the character position, so -1 is the
- /// first caret position).
- long m_caretPosition;
-
- /// Caret position when the default formatting has been changed. As
- /// soon as this position changes, we no longer reflect the default style
- /// in the UI.
- long m_caretPositionForDefaultStyle;
-
- /// Selection range in character positions. -2, -2 means no selection.
- wxRichTextSelection m_selection;
-
- wxRichTextCtrlSelectionState m_selectionState;
-
- /// Anchor so we know how to extend the selection
- /// It's a caret position since it's between two characters.
- long m_selectionAnchor;
-
- /// Anchor object if selecting multiple container objects, such as grid cells.
- wxRichTextObject* m_selectionAnchorObject;
-
- /// Are we editable?
- bool m_editable;
-
- /// Can we use virtual attributes and virtual text?
- bool m_useVirtualAttributes;
-
- /// Is the vertical scrollbar enabled?
- bool m_verticalScrollbarEnabled;
-
- /// Are we showing the caret position at the start of a line
- /// instead of at the end of the previous one?
- bool m_caretAtLineStart;
-
- /// Are we dragging (i.e. extending) a selection?
- bool m_dragging;
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- /// Are we trying to start Drag'n'Drop?
- bool m_preDrag;
-
- /// Initial position when starting Drag'n'Drop
- wxPoint m_dragStartPoint;
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- /// Initial time when starting Drag'n'Drop
- wxDateTime m_dragStartTime;
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
- /// Do we need full layout in idle?
- bool m_fullLayoutRequired;
- wxLongLong m_fullLayoutTime;
- long m_fullLayoutSavedPosition;
-
- /// Threshold for doing delayed layout
- long m_delayedLayoutThreshold;
-
- /// Cursors
- wxCursor m_textCursor;
- wxCursor m_urlCursor;
-
- static wxArrayString sm_availableFontNames;
-
- wxRichTextContextMenuPropertiesInfo m_contextMenuPropertiesInfo;
-
- /// The object that currently has the editing focus
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* m_focusObject;
-
- /// An overall scale factor
- double m_scale;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDropSource : public wxDropSource
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextDropSource(wxDataObject& data, wxRichTextCtrl* tc)
- : wxDropSource(data, tc), m_rtc(tc) {}
-
-protected:
- bool GiveFeedback(wxDragResult effect);
-
- wxRichTextCtrl* m_rtc;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDropTarget : public wxDropTarget
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextDropTarget(wxRichTextCtrl* tc)
- : wxDropTarget(new wxRichTextBufferDataObject(new wxRichTextBuffer)), m_rtc(tc) {}
-
- virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def)
- {
- if ( !GetData() )
- return wxDragNone;
- m_rtc->OnDrop(x, y, def, m_dataObject);
- return def;
- }
-
-protected:
- wxRichTextCtrl* m_rtc;
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextEvent
-
- This is the event class for wxRichTextCtrl notifications.
-
- @beginEventTable{wxRichTextEvent}
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CLICK(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CLICK event, generated when the user
- releases the left mouse button over an object.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CLICK(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CLICK event, generated when the user
- releases the right mouse button over an object.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_MIDDLE_CLICK event, generated when the user
- releases the middle mouse button over an object.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_DCLICK(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_DCLICK event, generated when the user
- double-clicks an object.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_RETURN(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_RETURN event, generated when the user
- presses the return key. Valid event functions: GetFlags, GetPosition.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER event, generated when the user
- presses a character key. Valid event functions: GetFlags, GetPosition, GetCharacter.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_CONSUMING_CHARACTER(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONSUMING_CHARACTER event, generated when the user
- presses a character key but before it is processed and inserted into the control.
- Call Veto to prevent normal processing. Valid event functions: GetFlags, GetPosition,
- GetCharacter, Veto.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_DELETE(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_DELETE event, generated when the user
- presses the backspace or delete key. Valid event functions: GetFlags, GetPosition.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED event, generated when
- styling has been applied to the control. Valid event functions: GetPosition, GetRange.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING event, generated
- when the control's stylesheet has changed, for example the user added,
- edited or deleted a style. Valid event functions: GetRange, GetPosition.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING event, generated
- when the control's stylesheet is about to be replaced, for example when
- a file is loaded into the control.
- Valid event functions: Veto, GetOldStyleSheet, GetNewStyleSheet.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED event, generated
- when the control's stylesheet has been replaced, for example when a file
- is loaded into the control.
- Valid event functions: GetOldStyleSheet, GetNewStyleSheet.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED event, generated when
- properties have been applied to the control. Valid event functions: GetPosition, GetRange.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED event, generated when
- content has been inserted into the control.
- Valid event functions: GetPosition, GetRange.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED event, generated when
- content has been deleted from the control.
- Valid event functions: GetPosition, GetRange.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET event, generated when the
- buffer has been reset by deleting all content.
- You can use this to set a default style for the first new paragraph.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_SELECTION_CHANGED(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_SELECTION_CHANGED event, generated when the
- selection range has changed.
- @event{EVT_RICHTEXT_FOCUS_OBJECT_CHANGED(id, func)}
- Process a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_FOCUS_OBJECT_CHANGED event, generated when the
- current focus object has changed.
- @endEventTable
-
- @library{wxrichtext}
- @category{events,richtext}
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- /**
- Constructor.
-
- @param commandType
- The type of the event.
- @param id
- Window identifier. The value @c wxID_ANY indicates a default value.
- */
- wxRichTextEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
- : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid),
- m_flags(0), m_position(-1), m_oldStyleSheet(NULL), m_newStyleSheet(NULL),
- m_char((wxChar) 0), m_container(NULL), m_oldContainer(NULL)
- { }
-
- /**
- Copy constructor.
- */
- wxRichTextEvent(const wxRichTextEvent& event)
- : wxNotifyEvent(event),
- m_flags(event.m_flags), m_position(-1),
- m_oldStyleSheet(event.m_oldStyleSheet), m_newStyleSheet(event.m_newStyleSheet),
- m_char((wxChar) 0), m_container(event.m_container), m_oldContainer(event.m_oldContainer)
- { }
-
- /**
- Returns the buffer position at which the event occured.
- */
- long GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
-
- /**
- Sets the buffer position variable.
- */
- void SetPosition(long pos) { m_position = pos; }
-
- /**
- Returns flags indicating modifier keys pressed.
-
- Possible values are @c wxRICHTEXT_CTRL_DOWN, @c wxRICHTEXT_SHIFT_DOWN, and @c wxRICHTEXT_ALT_DOWN.
- */
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- /**
- Sets flags indicating modifier keys pressed.
-
- Possible values are @c wxRICHTEXT_CTRL_DOWN, @c wxRICHTEXT_SHIFT_DOWN, and @c wxRICHTEXT_ALT_DOWN.
- */
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
- /**
- Returns the old style sheet.
-
- Can be used in a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING or
- @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED event handler.
- */
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetOldStyleSheet() const { return m_oldStyleSheet; }
-
- /**
- Sets the old style sheet variable.
- */
- void SetOldStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) { m_oldStyleSheet = sheet; }
-
- /**
- Returns the new style sheet.
-
- Can be used in a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING or
- @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED event handler.
- */
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetNewStyleSheet() const { return m_newStyleSheet; }
-
- /**
- Sets the new style sheet variable.
- */
- void SetNewStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) { m_newStyleSheet = sheet; }
-
- /**
- Gets the range for the current operation.
- */
- const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
-
- /**
- Sets the range variable.
- */
- void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
-
- /**
- Returns the character pressed, within a @c wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER event.
- */
- wxChar GetCharacter() const { return m_char; }
-
- /**
- Sets the character variable.
- */
- void SetCharacter(wxChar ch) { m_char = ch; }
-
- /**
- Returns the container for which the event is relevant.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const { return m_container; }
-
- /**
- Sets the container for which the event is relevant.
- */
- void SetContainer(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_container = container; }
-
- /**
- Returns the old container, for a focus change event.
- */
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetOldContainer() const { return m_oldContainer; }
-
- /**
- Sets the old container, for a focus change event.
- */
- void SetOldContainer(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_oldContainer = container; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxRichTextEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- int m_flags;
- long m_position;
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_oldStyleSheet;
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_newStyleSheet;
- wxRichTextRange m_range;
- wxChar m_char;
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* m_container;
- wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* m_oldContainer;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxRichTextEvent)
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextCtrl events
- */
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CLICK, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CLICK, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_DCLICK, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_RETURN, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONSUMING_CHARACTER, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_DELETE, wxRichTextEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED, wxRichTextEvent );
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_SELECTION_CHANGED, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET, wxRichTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT, wxEVT_RICHTEXT_FOCUS_OBJECT_CHANGED, wxRichTextEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxRichTextEventFunction)(wxRichTextEvent&);
-
-#define wxRichTextEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxRichTextEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CLICK, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CLICK, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_MIDDLE_CLICK, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_DCLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_DCLICK, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_RETURN(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_RETURN, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_CONSUMING_CHARACTER(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONSUMING_CHARACTER, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_DELETE(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_DELETE, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_SELECTION_CHANGED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_SELECTION_CHANGED, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-#define EVT_RICHTEXT_FOCUS_OBJECT_CHANGED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_RICHTEXT_FOCUS_OBJECT_CHANGED, id, -1, wxRichTextEventHandler( fn ), NULL ),
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CLICK wxEVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CLICK wxEVT_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_MIDDLE_CLICK wxEVT_RICHTEXT_MIDDLE_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_LEFT_DCLICK wxEVT_RICHTEXT_LEFT_DCLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_RETURN wxEVT_RICHTEXT_RETURN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CHARACTER
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_DELETE wxEVT_RICHTEXT_DELETE
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED wxEVT_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_SELECTION_CHANGED wxEVT_RICHTEXT_SELECTION_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET wxEVT_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_RICHTEXT_FOCUS_OBJECT_CHANGED wxEVT_RICHTEXT_FOCUS_OBJECT_CHANGED
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif
- // _WX_RICHTEXTCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h
-// Purpose: Formatting dialog page base class for wxRTC
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2010-11-14
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTDIALOGPAGE_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTDIALOGPAGE_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextuicustomization.h"
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextDialogPage
- The base class for formatting dialog pages.
- **/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextDialogPage: public wxPanel
-{
-public:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextDialogPage)
- wxRichTextDialogPage() {}
- wxRichTextDialogPage(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0)
- {
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style);
- }
-
- DECLARE_BASE_CLASS_HELP_PROVISION()
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif
- // _WX_RICHTEXTDIALOGPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextfontpage.h
-// Purpose: Font page for wxRichTextFormattingDialog
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2006-10-02
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h"
-
-////@begin includes
-#include "wx/spinbutt.h"
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-class wxSpinButton;
-class wxBoxSizer;
-class wxRichTextFontListBox;
-class wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl;
-class wxRichTextFontPreviewCtrl;
-////@end forward declarations
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STYLE wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_TITLE wxEmptyString
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZE wxSize(200, 100)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextFontPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFontPage: public wxRichTextDialogPage
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextFontPage )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextFontPage( );
- wxRichTextFontPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Initialise members
- void Init();
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Transfer data from/to window
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
- /// Updates the font preview
- void UpdatePreview();
-
- void OnFaceListBoxSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
- void OnColourClicked( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// Gets the attributes associated with the main formatting dialog
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributes();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextFontPage event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_IDLE event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE
- void OnIdle( wxIdleEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_FACETEXTCTRL
- void OnFaceTextCtrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZETEXTCTRL
- void OnSizeTextCtrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SPINBUTTONS
- void OnRichtextfontpageSpinbuttonsUp( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SPINBUTTONS
- void OnRichtextfontpageSpinbuttonsDown( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHOICE event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZE_UNITS
- void OnRichtextfontpageSizeUnitsSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_LISTBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZELISTBOX
- void OnSizeListBoxSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STYLECTRL
- void OnStyleCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_WEIGHTCTRL
- void OnWeightCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_UNDERLINING_CTRL
- void OnUnderliningCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHECKBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STRIKETHROUGHCTRL
- void OnStrikethroughctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHECKBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_CAPSCTRL
- void OnCapsctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHECKBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SUPERSCRIPT
- void OnRichtextfontpageSuperscriptClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHECKBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SUBSCRIPT
- void OnRichtextfontpageSubscriptClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextFontPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextFontPage member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextFontPage member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextFontPage member variables
- wxTextCtrl* m_faceTextCtrl;
- wxTextCtrl* m_sizeTextCtrl;
- wxSpinButton* m_fontSizeSpinButtons;
- wxChoice* m_sizeUnitsCtrl;
- wxBoxSizer* m_fontListBoxParent;
- wxRichTextFontListBox* m_faceListBox;
- wxListBox* m_sizeListBox;
- wxComboBox* m_styleCtrl;
- wxComboBox* m_weightCtrl;
- wxComboBox* m_underliningCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_textColourLabel;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_colourCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_bgColourLabel;
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl* m_bgColourCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_strikethroughCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_capitalsCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_smallCapitalsCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_superscriptCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_subscriptCtrl;
- wxRichTextFontPreviewCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE = 10000,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_FACETEXTCTRL = 10001,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZETEXTCTRL = 10002,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SPINBUTTONS = 10003,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZE_UNITS = 10004,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_FACELISTBOX = 10005,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SIZELISTBOX = 10006,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STYLECTRL = 10007,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_WEIGHTCTRL = 10008,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_UNDERLINING_CTRL = 10009,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_COLOURCTRL_LABEL = 10010,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_COLOURCTRL = 10011,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_BGCOLOURCTRL_LABEL = 10012,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_BGCOLOURCTRL = 10013,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_STRIKETHROUGHCTRL = 10014,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_CAPSCTRL = 10015,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SMALLCAPSCTRL = 10016,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SUPERSCRIPT = 10017,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_SUBSCRIPT = 10018,
- ID_RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_PREVIEWCTRL = 10019
- };
-////@end wxRichTextFontPage member variables
-
- bool m_dontUpdate;
- bool m_colourPresent;
- bool m_bgColourPresent;
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTFONTPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextformatdlg.h
-// Purpose: Formatting dialog for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2006-10-01
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTFORMATDLG_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTFORMATDLG_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#include "wx/propdlg.h"
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-#include "wx/withimages.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-#include "wx/htmllbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextuicustomization.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFormattingDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
-
-/*!
- * Flags determining the pages and buttons to be created in the dialog
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_STYLE_EDITOR 0x0001
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_FONT 0x0002
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_TABS 0x0004
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_BULLETS 0x0008
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_INDENTS_SPACING 0x0010
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_LIST_STYLE 0x0020
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_MARGINS 0x0040
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_SIZE 0x0080
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_BORDERS 0x0100
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_BACKGROUND 0x0200
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_HELP_BUTTON 0x1000
-
-/*!
- * Indices for bullet styles in list control
- */
-
-enum {
- wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_NONE = 0,
- wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_ARABIC,
- wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_UPPER_CASE,
- wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_LOWER_CASE,
- wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_UPPER_CASE_ROMAN,
- wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_LOWER_CASE_ROMAN,
- wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_OUTLINE,
- wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_SYMBOL,
- wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_BITMAP,
- wxRICHTEXT_BULLETINDEX_STANDARD
-};
-
-/*!
- * Shorthand for common combinations of pages
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH (wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_INDENTS_SPACING | wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_BULLETS | wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_TABS | wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_FONT)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_CHARACTER (wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_FONT)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_STYLE (wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_PARAGRAPH | wxRICHTEXT_FORMAT_STYLE_EDITOR)
-
-/*!
- * Factory for formatting dialog
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory() {}
- virtual ~wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory() {}
-
-// Overridables
-
- /// Create all pages, under the dialog's book control, also calling AddPage
- virtual bool CreatePages(long pages, wxRichTextFormattingDialog* dialog);
-
- /// Create a page, given a page identifier
- virtual wxPanel* CreatePage(int page, wxString& title, wxRichTextFormattingDialog* dialog);
-
- /// Enumerate all available page identifiers
- virtual int GetPageId(int i) const;
-
- /// Get the number of available page identifiers
- virtual int GetPageIdCount() const;
-
- /// Get the image index for the given page identifier
- virtual int GetPageImage(int WXUNUSED(id)) const { return -1; }
-
- /// Invoke help for the dialog
- virtual bool ShowHelp(int page, wxRichTextFormattingDialog* dialog);
-
- /// Set the sheet style, called at the start of wxRichTextFormattingDialog::Create
- virtual bool SetSheetStyle(wxRichTextFormattingDialog* dialog);
-
- /// Create the main dialog buttons
- virtual bool CreateButtons(wxRichTextFormattingDialog* dialog);
-};
-
-/*!
- * Formatting dialog for a wxRichTextCtrl
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFormattingDialog: public wxPropertySheetDialog,
- public wxWithImages
-{
-DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFormattingDialog)
-DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- enum { Option_AllowPixelFontSize = 0x0001 };
-
- wxRichTextFormattingDialog() { Init(); }
-
- wxRichTextFormattingDialog(long flags, wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title = wxGetTranslation(wxT("Formatting")), wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE)
- {
- Init();
- Create(flags, parent, title, id, pos, sz, style);
- }
-
- ~wxRichTextFormattingDialog();
-
- void Init();
-
- bool Create(long flags, wxWindow* parent, const wxString& title = wxGetTranslation(wxT("Formatting")), wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE);
-
- /// Get attributes from the given range
- virtual bool GetStyle(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, const wxRichTextRange& range);
-
- /// Set the attributes and optionally update the display
- virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style, bool update = true);
-
- /// Set the style definition and optionally update the display
- virtual bool SetStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& styleDef, wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet, bool update = true);
-
- /// Get the style definition, if any
- virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetStyleDefinition() const { return m_styleDefinition; }
-
- /// Get the style sheet, if any
- virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; }
-
- /// Update the display
- virtual bool UpdateDisplay();
-
- /// Apply attributes to the given range
- virtual bool ApplyStyle(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE);
-
- /// Apply attributes to the object being edited, if any
- virtual bool ApplyStyle(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
-
- /// Gets and sets the attributes
- const wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() const { return m_attributes; }
- wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; }
- void SetAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { m_attributes = attr; }
-
- /// Sets the dialog options, determining what the interface presents to the user.
- /// Currently the only option is Option_AllowPixelFontSize.
- void SetOptions(int options) { m_options = options; }
-
- /// Gets the dialog options, determining what the interface presents to the user.
- /// Currently the only option is Option_AllowPixelFontSize.
- int GetOptions() const { return m_options; }
-
- /// Returns @true if the given option is present.
- bool HasOption(int option) const { return (m_options & option) != 0; }
-
- /// If editing the attributes for a particular object, such as an image,
- /// set the object so the code can initialize attributes such as size correctly.
- wxRichTextObject* GetObject() const { return m_object; }
- void SetObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; }
-
- /// Transfers the data and from to the window
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
- /// Apply the styles when a different tab is selected, so the previews are
- /// up to date
- void OnTabChanged(wxBookCtrlEvent& event);
-
- /// Respond to help command
- void OnHelp(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnUpdateHelp(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- /// Get/set formatting factory object
- static void SetFormattingDialogFactory(wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory* factory);
- static wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory* GetFormattingDialogFactory() { return ms_FormattingDialogFactory; }
-
- /// Helper for pages to get the top-level dialog
- static wxRichTextFormattingDialog* GetDialog(wxWindow* win);
-
- /// Helper for pages to get the attributes
- static wxRichTextAttr* GetDialogAttributes(wxWindow* win);
-
- /// Helper for pages to get the reset attributes
- static wxRichTextAttr* GetDialogResetAttributes(wxWindow* win);
-
- /// Helper for pages to get the style
- static wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetDialogStyleDefinition(wxWindow* win);
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips() { return sm_showToolTips; }
-
- /// Determines whether tooltips will be shown
- static void SetShowToolTips(bool show) { sm_showToolTips = show; }
-
- /// Set the dimension into the value and units controls. Optionally pass units to
- /// specify the ordering of units in the combobox.
- static void SetDimensionValue(wxTextAttrDimension& dim, wxTextCtrl* valueCtrl, wxComboBox* unitsCtrl, wxCheckBox* checkBox, wxArrayInt* units = NULL);
-
- /// Get the dimension from the value and units controls Optionally pass units to
- /// specify the ordering of units in the combobox.
- static void GetDimensionValue(wxTextAttrDimension& dim, wxTextCtrl* valueCtrl, wxComboBox* unitsCtrl, wxCheckBox* checkBox, wxArrayInt* units = NULL);
-
- /// Convert from a string to a dimension integer.
- static bool ConvertFromString(const wxString& str, int& ret, int unit);
-
- /// Map book control page index to our page id
- void AddPageId(int id) { m_pageIds.Add(id); }
-
- /// Find a page by class
- wxWindow* FindPage(wxClassInfo* info) const;
-
-protected:
-
- wxRichTextAttr m_attributes;
- wxRichTextStyleDefinition* m_styleDefinition;
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_styleSheet;
- wxRichTextObject* m_object;
- wxArrayInt m_pageIds; // mapping of book control indexes to page ids
- int m_options; // UI options
-
- static wxRichTextFormattingDialogFactory* ms_FormattingDialogFactory;
- static bool sm_showToolTips;
-
-DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper class - wxRichTextFontPreviewCtrl
-//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFontPreviewCtrl : public wxWindow
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextFontPreviewCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& sz = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
- void SetTextEffects(int effects) { m_textEffects = effects; }
- int GetTextEffects() const { return m_textEffects; }
-
-private:
- int m_textEffects;
-
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-/*
- * A control for displaying a small preview of a colour or bitmap
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl: public wxControl
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl)
-public:
- wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition, const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
- ~wxRichTextColourSwatchCtrl();
-
- void OnMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_colour = colour; SetBackgroundColour(m_colour); }
-
- wxColour& GetColour() { return m_colour; }
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const { return GetSize(); }
-
-protected:
- wxColour m_colour;
-
-DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextFontListBox class declaration
- * A listbox to display fonts.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextFontListBox: public wxHtmlListBox
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextFontListBox)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
- wxRichTextFontListBox()
- {
- Init();
- }
- wxRichTextFontListBox(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
- virtual ~wxRichTextFontListBox();
-
- void Init()
- {
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
- /// Creates a suitable HTML fragment for a font
- wxString CreateHTML(const wxString& facename) const;
-
- /// Get font name for index
- wxString GetFaceName(size_t i) const ;
-
- /// Set selection for string, returning the index.
- int SetFaceNameSelection(const wxString& name);
-
- /// Updates the font list
- void UpdateFonts();
-
- /// Does this face name exist?
- bool HasFaceName(const wxString& faceName) const { return m_faceNames.Index(faceName) != wxNOT_FOUND; }
-
- /// Returns the array of face names
- const wxArrayString& GetFaceNames() const { return m_faceNames; }
-
-protected:
- /// Returns the HTML for this item
- virtual wxString OnGetItem(size_t n) const;
-
-private:
-
- wxArrayString m_faceNames;
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif
- // _WX_RICHTEXTFORMATDLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtexthtml.h
-// Purpose: HTML I/O for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-09-30
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTHTML_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTHTML_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-
-// Use CSS styles where applicable, otherwise use non-CSS workarounds
-#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_USE_CSS 0x1000
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextHTMLHandler
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextHTMLHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextHTMLHandler)
-public:
- wxRichTextHTMLHandler(const wxString& name = wxT("HTML"), const wxString& ext = wxT("html"), int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_HTML);
-
- /// Can we save using this handler?
- virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; }
-
- /// Can we load using this handler?
- virtual bool CanLoad() const { return false; }
-
- /// Can we handle this filename (if using files)? By default, checks the extension.
- virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const;
-
-// Accessors and operations unique to this handler
-
- /// Set and get the list of image locations generated by the last operation
- void SetTemporaryImageLocations(const wxArrayString& locations) { m_imageLocations = locations; }
- const wxArrayString& GetTemporaryImageLocations() const { return m_imageLocations; }
-
- /// Clear the image locations generated by the last operation
- void ClearTemporaryImageLocations() { m_imageLocations.Clear(); }
-
- /// Delete the in-memory or temporary files generated by the last operation
- bool DeleteTemporaryImages();
-
- /// Delete the in-memory or temporary files generated by the last operation. This is a static
- /// function that can be used to delete the saved locations from an earlier operation,
- /// for example after the user has viewed the HTML file.
- static bool DeleteTemporaryImages(int flags, const wxArrayString& imageLocations);
-
- /// Reset the file counter, in case, for example, the same names are required each time
- static void SetFileCounter(int counter) { sm_fileCounter = counter; }
-
- /// Set and get the directory for storing temporary files. If empty, the system
- /// temporary directory will be used.
- void SetTempDir(const wxString& tempDir) { m_tempDir = tempDir; }
- const wxString& GetTempDir() const { return m_tempDir; }
-
- /// Set and get mapping from point size to HTML font size. There should be 7 elements,
- /// one for each HTML font size, each element specifying the maximum point size for that
- /// HTML font size. E.g. 8, 10, 13, 17, 22, 29, 100
- void SetFontSizeMapping(const wxArrayInt& fontSizeMapping) { m_fontSizeMapping = fontSizeMapping; }
- wxArrayInt GetFontSizeMapping() const { return m_fontSizeMapping; }
-
-protected:
-
-// Implementation
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream);
- virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream);
-
- /// Output character formatting
- void BeginCharacterFormatting(const wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& thisStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& paraStyle, wxTextOutputStream& stream );
- void EndCharacterFormatting(const wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& thisStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& paraStyle, wxTextOutputStream& stream );
-
- /// Output paragraph formatting
- void BeginParagraphFormatting(const wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& thisStyle, wxTextOutputStream& stream);
- void EndParagraphFormatting(const wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& thisStyle, wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-
- /// Output font tag
- void OutputFont(const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxTextOutputStream& stream);
-
- /// Closes lists to level (-1 means close all)
- void CloseLists(int level, wxTextOutputStream& str);
-
- /// Writes an image to its base64 equivalent, or to the memory filesystem, or to a file
- void WriteImage(wxRichTextImage* image, wxOutputStream& stream);
-
- /// Converts from pt to size property compatible height
- long PtToSize(long size);
-
- /// Typical base64 encoder
- wxChar* b64enc(unsigned char* input, size_t in_len);
-
- /// Gets the mime type of the given wxBITMAP_TYPE
- const wxChar* GetMimeType(int imageType);
-
- /// Gets the html equivalent of the specified value
- wxString GetAlignment(const wxRichTextAttr& thisStyle);
-
- /// Generates array for indentations
- wxString SymbolicIndent(long indent);
-
- /// Finds the html equivalent of the specified bullet
- int TypeOfList(const wxRichTextAttr& thisStyle, wxString& tag);
-#endif
-
-// Data members
-
- wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer;
-
- /// Indentation values of the table tags
- wxArrayInt m_indents;
-
- /// Stack of list types: 0 = ol, 1 = ul
- wxArrayInt m_listTypes;
-
- /// Is there any opened font tag?
- bool m_font;
-
- /// Are we in a table?
- bool m_inTable;
-
- /// A list of the image files or in-memory images created by the last operation.
- wxArrayString m_imageLocations;
-
- /// A location for the temporary files
- wxString m_tempDir;
-
- /// A mapping from point size to HTML font size
- wxArrayInt m_fontSizeMapping;
-
- /// A counter for generating filenames
- static int sm_fileCounter;
-};
-
-#endif
- // _WX_RICHTEXTXML_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextimagedlg.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Mingquan Yang
-// Modified by: Julian Smart
-// Created: Wed 02 Jun 2010 11:27:23 CST
-// RCS-ID:
-// Copyright: (c) Mingquan Yang, Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTIMAGEDLG_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTIMAGEDLG_H_
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextformatdlg.h"
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_STYLE wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_TITLE wxGetTranslation("Object Properties")
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog: public wxRichTextFormattingDialog
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog();
- wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog( wxRichTextObject* obj, wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_IDNAME, const wxString& caption = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_TITLE, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxRichTextObject* obj, wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_IDNAME, const wxString& caption = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_TITLE, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG_STYLE );
-
- /// Destructor
- ~wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog();
-
- /// Initialises member variables
- void Init();
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog event handler declarations
-
-////@end wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog member variables
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_RICHTEXTOBJECTPROPERTIESDIALOG = 10650
- };
-////@end wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog member variables
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTIMAGEDLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextindentspage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10/3/2006 2:28:21 PM
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTINDENTSPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTINDENTSPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h"
-
-////@begin includes
-#include "wx/statline.h"
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-class wxRichTextCtrl;
-////@end forward declarations
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_TITLE wxEmptyString
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage: public wxRichTextDialogPage
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage( );
- wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Initialise members
- void Init();
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Transfer data from/to window
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
- /// Updates the paragraph preview
- void UpdatePreview();
-
- /// Gets the attributes associated with the main formatting dialog
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributes();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_LEFT
- void OnAlignmentLeftSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT
- void OnAlignmentRightSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED
- void OnAlignmentJustifiedSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_CENTRED
- void OnAlignmentCentredSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_INDETERMINATE
- void OnAlignmentIndeterminateSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_LEFT
- void OnIndentLeftUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_LEFT_FIRST
- void OnIndentLeftFirstUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_RIGHT
- void OnIndentRightUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_OUTLINELEVEL
- void OnRichtextOutlinelevelSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_BEFORE
- void OnSpacingBeforeUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_AFTER
- void OnSpacingAfterUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED event handler for ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_LINE
- void OnSpacingLineSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage member variables
- wxRadioButton* m_alignmentLeft;
- wxRadioButton* m_alignmentRight;
- wxRadioButton* m_alignmentJustified;
- wxRadioButton* m_alignmentCentred;
- wxRadioButton* m_alignmentIndeterminate;
- wxTextCtrl* m_indentLeft;
- wxTextCtrl* m_indentLeftFirst;
- wxTextCtrl* m_indentRight;
- wxComboBox* m_outlineLevelCtrl;
- wxTextCtrl* m_spacingBefore;
- wxTextCtrl* m_spacingAfter;
- wxComboBox* m_spacingLine;
- wxCheckBox* m_pageBreakCtrl;
- wxRichTextCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE = 10100,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_LEFT = 10102,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT = 10110,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED = 10111,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_CENTRED = 10112,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_ALIGNMENT_INDETERMINATE = 10101,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_LEFT = 10103,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_LEFT_FIRST = 10104,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_INDENT_RIGHT = 10113,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_OUTLINELEVEL = 10105,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_BEFORE = 10114,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_AFTER = 10116,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_SPACING_LINE = 10115,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_PAGEBREAK = 10106,
- ID_RICHTEXTINDENTSSPACINGPAGE_PREVIEW_CTRL = 10109
- };
-////@end wxRichTextIndentsSpacingPage member variables
-
- bool m_dontUpdate;
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTINDENTSPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextliststylepage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10/18/2006 11:36:37 AM
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h"
-
-////@begin includes
-#include "wx/spinctrl.h"
-#include "wx/notebook.h"
-#include "wx/statline.h"
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_TITLE wxEmptyString
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextListStylePage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextListStylePage: public wxRichTextDialogPage
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextListStylePage )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextListStylePage( );
- wxRichTextListStylePage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Initialises member variables
- void Init();
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Updates the bullets preview
- void UpdatePreview();
-
- /// Transfer data from/to window
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
- /// Get attributes for selected level
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributesForSelection();
-
- /// Update for symbol-related controls
- void OnSymbolUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// Update for number-related controls
- void OnNumberUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// Update for standard bullet-related controls
- void OnStandardBulletUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// Just transfer to the window
- void DoTransferDataToWindow();
-
- /// Transfer from the window and preview
- void TransferAndPreview();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextListStylePage event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_SPINCTRL event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL
- void OnLevelUpdated( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL
- void OnLevelUp( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL
- void OnLevelDown( wxSpinEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL
- void OnLevelTextUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL
- void OnLevelUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CHOOSE_FONT
- void OnChooseFontClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_LISTBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_STYLELISTBOX
- void OnStylelistboxSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHECKBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PERIODCTRL
- void OnPeriodctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PERIODCTRL
- void OnPeriodctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHECKBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL
- void OnParenthesesctrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL
- void OnParenthesesctrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_CHECKBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL
- void OnRightParenthesisCtrlClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL
- void OnRightParenthesisCtrlUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_BULLETALIGNMENTCTRL
- void OnBulletAlignmentCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLSTATIC
- void OnSymbolstaticUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
- void OnSymbolctrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
- void OnSymbolctrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL
- void OnSymbolctrlUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL
- void OnChooseSymbolClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL
- void OnChooseSymbolUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
- void OnSymbolfontctrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
- void OnSymbolfontctrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL
- void OnSymbolfontctrlUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMESTATIC
- void OnNamestaticUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMECTRL
- void OnNamectrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMECTRL
- void OnNamectrlUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMECTRL
- void OnNamectrlUIUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_RADIOBUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNLEFT
- void OnRichtextliststylepageAlignleftSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_RADIOBUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNRIGHT
- void OnRichtextliststylepageAlignrightSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_RADIOBUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_JUSTIFIED
- void OnRichtextliststylepageJustifiedSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_RADIOBUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CENTERED
- void OnRichtextliststylepageCenteredSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_RADIOBUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNINDETERMINATE
- void OnRichtextliststylepageAlignindeterminateSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTLEFT
- void OnIndentLeftUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTFIRSTLINE
- void OnIndentFirstLineUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTRIGHT
- void OnIndentRightUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SPACINGBEFORE
- void OnSpacingBeforeUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_TEXT event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SPACINGAFTER
- void OnSpacingAfterUpdated( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LINESPACING
- void OnLineSpacingSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextListStylePage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextListStylePage member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextListStylePage member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextListStylePage member variables
- wxSpinCtrl* m_levelCtrl;
- wxListBox* m_styleListBox;
- wxCheckBox* m_periodCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_parenthesesCtrl;
- wxCheckBox* m_rightParenthesisCtrl;
- wxComboBox* m_bulletAlignmentCtrl;
- wxComboBox* m_symbolCtrl;
- wxComboBox* m_symbolFontCtrl;
- wxComboBox* m_bulletNameCtrl;
- wxRadioButton* m_alignmentLeft;
- wxRadioButton* m_alignmentRight;
- wxRadioButton* m_alignmentJustified;
- wxRadioButton* m_alignmentCentred;
- wxRadioButton* m_alignmentIndeterminate;
- wxTextCtrl* m_indentLeft;
- wxTextCtrl* m_indentLeftFirst;
- wxTextCtrl* m_indentRight;
- wxTextCtrl* m_spacingBefore;
- wxTextCtrl* m_spacingAfter;
- wxComboBox* m_spacingLine;
- wxRichTextCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE = 10616,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LEVEL = 10617,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CHOOSE_FONT = 10604,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NOTEBOOK = 10618,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_BULLETS = 10619,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_STYLELISTBOX = 10620,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PERIODCTRL = 10627,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_PARENTHESESCTRL = 10626,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_RIGHTPARENTHESISCTRL = 10602,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_BULLETALIGNMENTCTRL = 10603,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLSTATIC = 10621,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLCTRL = 10622,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CHOOSE_SYMBOL = 10623,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SYMBOLFONTCTRL = 10625,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMESTATIC = 10600,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_NAMECTRL = 10601,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SPACING = 10628,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNLEFT = 10629,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNRIGHT = 10630,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_JUSTIFIED = 10631,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_CENTERED = 10632,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_ALIGNINDETERMINATE = 10633,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTLEFT = 10634,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTFIRSTLINE = 10635,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_INDENTRIGHT = 10636,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SPACINGBEFORE = 10637,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_SPACINGAFTER = 10638,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_LINESPACING = 10639,
- ID_RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_RICHTEXTCTRL = 10640
- };
-////@end wxRichTextListStylePage member variables
-
- bool m_dontUpdate;
- int m_currentLevel;
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTLISTSTYLEPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextmarginspage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 20/10/2010 10:27:34
-// RCS-ID:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_H_
-
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h"
-
-////@begin includes
-#include "wx/statline.h"
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-////@end forward declarations
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_STYLE wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_TITLE wxEmptyString
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_IDNAME ID_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextMarginsPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextMarginsPage: public wxRichTextDialogPage
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextMarginsPage )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextMarginsPage();
- wxRichTextMarginsPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_IDNAME, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_IDNAME, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Destructor
- ~wxRichTextMarginsPage();
-
- /// Initialises member variables
- void Init();
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Gets the attributes from the formatting dialog
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributes();
-
- /// Data transfer
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextMarginsPage event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_MARGIN
- void OnRichtextLeftMarginUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_MARGIN
- void OnRichtextRightMarginUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_MARGIN
- void OnRichtextTopMarginUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_MARGIN
- void OnRichtextBottomMarginUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_PADDING
- void OnRichtextLeftPaddingUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_PADDING
- void OnRichtextRightPaddingUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_PADDING
- void OnRichtextTopPaddingUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_PADDING
- void OnRichtextBottomPaddingUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextMarginsPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextMarginsPage member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextMarginsPage member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextMarginsPage member variables
- wxCheckBox* m_leftMarginCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_marginLeft;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsMarginLeft;
- wxCheckBox* m_rightMarginCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_marginRight;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsMarginRight;
- wxCheckBox* m_topMarginCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_marginTop;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsMarginTop;
- wxCheckBox* m_bottomMarginCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_marginBottom;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsMarginBottom;
- wxCheckBox* m_leftPaddingCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_paddingLeft;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsPaddingLeft;
- wxCheckBox* m_rightPaddingCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_paddingRight;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsPaddingRight;
- wxCheckBox* m_topPaddingCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_paddingTop;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsPaddingTop;
- wxCheckBox* m_bottomPaddingCheckbox;
- wxTextCtrl* m_paddingBottom;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsPaddingBottom;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_WXRICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE = 10750,
- ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_MARGIN_CHECKBOX = 10751,
- ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_MARGIN = 10752,
- ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_MARGIN_UNITS = 10753,
- ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_MARGIN_CHECKBOX = 10754,
- ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_MARGIN = 10755,
- ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_MARGIN_UNITS = 10756,
- ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_MARGIN_CHECKBOX = 10757,
- ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_MARGIN = 10758,
- ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_MARGIN_UNITS = 10759,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_MARGIN_CHECKBOX = 10760,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_MARGIN = 10761,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_MARGIN_UNITS = 10762,
- ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_PADDING_CHECKBOX = 10763,
- ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_PADDING = 10764,
- ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_PADDING_UNITS = 10765,
- ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_PADDING_CHECKBOX = 10766,
- ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_PADDING = 10767,
- ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_PADDING_UNITS = 10768,
- ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_PADDING_CHECKBOX = 10769,
- ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_PADDING = 10770,
- ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_PADDING_UNITS = 10771,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_PADDING_CHECKBOX = 10772,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_PADDING = 10773,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_PADDING_UNITS = 10774
- };
-////@end wxRichTextMarginsPage member variables
-
- bool m_ignoreUpdates;
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTMARGINSPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextprint.h
-// Purpose: Rich text printing classes
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Created: 2006-10-23
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTPRINT_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTPRINT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT & wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-
-#include "wx/print.h"
-#include "wx/printdlg.h"
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_PRINT_MAX_PAGES 99999
-
-// Header/footer page identifiers
-enum wxRichTextOddEvenPage {
- wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ODD,
- wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_EVEN,
- wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ALL
-};
-
-// Header/footer text locations
-enum wxRichTextPageLocation {
- wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_LEFT,
- wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE,
- wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_RIGHT
-};
-
-/*!
- * Header/footer data
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextHeaderFooterData: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextHeaderFooterData() { Init(); }
- wxRichTextHeaderFooterData(const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& data): wxObject() { Copy(data); }
-
- /// Initialise
- void Init() { m_headerMargin = 20; m_footerMargin = 20; m_showOnFirstPage = true; }
-
- /// Copy
- void Copy(const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& data);
-
- /// Assignment
- void operator= (const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& data) { Copy(data); }
-
- /// Set/get header text, e.g. wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ODD, wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_LEFT
- void SetHeaderText(const wxString& text, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ALL, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE);
- wxString GetHeaderText(wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_EVEN, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE) const;
-
- /// Set/get footer text, e.g. wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ODD, wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_LEFT
- void SetFooterText(const wxString& text, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ALL, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE);
- wxString GetFooterText(wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_EVEN, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE) const;
-
- /// Set/get text
- void SetText(const wxString& text, int headerFooter, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page, wxRichTextPageLocation location);
- wxString GetText(int headerFooter, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page, wxRichTextPageLocation location) const;
-
- /// Set/get margins between text and header or footer, in tenths of a millimeter
- void SetMargins(int headerMargin, int footerMargin) { m_headerMargin = headerMargin; m_footerMargin = footerMargin; }
- int GetHeaderMargin() const { return m_headerMargin; }
- int GetFooterMargin() const { return m_footerMargin; }
-
- /// Set/get whether to show header or footer on first page
- void SetShowOnFirstPage(bool showOnFirstPage) { m_showOnFirstPage = showOnFirstPage; }
- bool GetShowOnFirstPage() const { return m_showOnFirstPage; }
-
- /// Clear all text
- void Clear();
-
- /// Set/get font
- void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
- const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-
- /// Set/get colour
- void SetTextColour(const wxColour& col) { m_colour = col; }
- const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colour; }
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextHeaderFooterData)
-
-private:
-
- // Strings for left, centre, right, top, bottom, odd, even
- wxString m_text[12];
- wxFont m_font;
- wxColour m_colour;
- int m_headerMargin;
- int m_footerMargin;
- bool m_showOnFirstPage;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextPrintout
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPrintout : public wxPrintout
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextPrintout(const wxString& title = wxGetTranslation("Printout"));
- virtual ~wxRichTextPrintout();
-
- /// The buffer to print
- void SetRichTextBuffer(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) { m_richTextBuffer = buffer; }
- wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBuffer() const { return m_richTextBuffer; }
-
- /// Set/get header/footer data
- void SetHeaderFooterData(const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& data) { m_headerFooterData = data; }
- const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& GetHeaderFooterData() const { return m_headerFooterData; }
-
- /// Sets margins in 10ths of millimetre. Defaults to 1 inch for margins.
- void SetMargins(int top = 254, int bottom = 254, int left = 254, int right = 254);
-
- /// Calculate scaling and rectangles, setting the device context scaling
- void CalculateScaling(wxDC* dc, wxRect& textRect, wxRect& headerRect, wxRect& footerRect);
-
- // wxPrintout virtual functions
- virtual bool OnPrintPage(int page);
- virtual bool HasPage(int page);
- virtual void GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo);
- virtual bool OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage);
- virtual void OnPreparePrinting();
-
-private:
-
- /// Renders one page into dc
- void RenderPage(wxDC *dc, int page);
-
- /// Substitute keywords
- static bool SubstituteKeywords(wxString& str, const wxString& title, int pageNum, int pageCount);
-
-private:
-
- wxRichTextBuffer* m_richTextBuffer;
- int m_numPages;
- wxArrayInt m_pageBreaksStart;
- wxArrayInt m_pageBreaksEnd;
- wxArrayInt m_pageYOffsets;
- int m_marginLeft, m_marginTop, m_marginRight, m_marginBottom;
-
- wxRichTextHeaderFooterData m_headerFooterData;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRichTextPrintout);
-};
-
-/*
- *! wxRichTextPrinting
- * A simple interface to perform wxRichTextBuffer printing.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextPrinting : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextPrinting(const wxString& name = wxGetTranslation("Printing"), wxWindow *parentWindow = NULL);
- virtual ~wxRichTextPrinting();
-
- /// Preview the file or buffer
-#if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
- bool PreviewFile(const wxString& richTextFile);
-#endif
- bool PreviewBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& buffer);
-
- /// Print the file or buffer
-#if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
- bool PrintFile(const wxString& richTextFile, bool showPrintDialog = true);
-#endif
- bool PrintBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& buffer, bool showPrintDialog = true);
-
- /// Shows page setup dialog
- void PageSetup();
-
- /// Set/get header/footer data
- void SetHeaderFooterData(const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& data) { m_headerFooterData = data; }
- const wxRichTextHeaderFooterData& GetHeaderFooterData() const { return m_headerFooterData; }
-
- /// Set/get header text, e.g. wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ODD, wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_LEFT
- void SetHeaderText(const wxString& text, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ALL, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE);
- wxString GetHeaderText(wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_EVEN, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE) const;
-
- /// Set/get footer text, e.g. wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ODD, wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_LEFT
- void SetFooterText(const wxString& text, wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_ALL, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE);
- wxString GetFooterText(wxRichTextOddEvenPage page = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_EVEN, wxRichTextPageLocation location = wxRICHTEXT_PAGE_CENTRE) const;
-
- /// Show header/footer on first page, or not
- void SetShowOnFirstPage(bool show) { m_headerFooterData.SetShowOnFirstPage(show); }
-
- /// Set the font
- void SetHeaderFooterFont(const wxFont& font) { m_headerFooterData.SetFont(font); }
-
- /// Set the colour
- void SetHeaderFooterTextColour(const wxColour& font) { m_headerFooterData.SetTextColour(font); }
-
- /// Get print and page setup data
- wxPrintData *GetPrintData();
- wxPageSetupDialogData *GetPageSetupData() { return m_pageSetupData; }
-
- /// Set print and page setup data
- void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData);
- void SetPageSetupData(const wxPageSetupDialogData& pageSetupData);
-
- /// Set the rich text buffer pointer, deleting the existing object if present
- void SetRichTextBufferPreview(wxRichTextBuffer* buf);
- wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBufferPreview() const { return m_richTextBufferPreview; }
-
- void SetRichTextBufferPrinting(wxRichTextBuffer* buf);
- wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBufferPrinting() const { return m_richTextBufferPrinting; }
-
- /// Set/get the parent window
- void SetParentWindow(wxWindow* parent) { m_parentWindow = parent; }
- wxWindow* GetParentWindow() const { return m_parentWindow; }
-
- /// Set/get the title
- void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_title = title; }
- const wxString& GetTitle() const { return m_title; }
-
- /// Set/get the preview rect
- void SetPreviewRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_previewRect = rect; }
- const wxRect& GetPreviewRect() const { return m_previewRect; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxRichTextPrintout *CreatePrintout();
- virtual bool DoPreview(wxRichTextPrintout *printout1, wxRichTextPrintout *printout2);
- virtual bool DoPrint(wxRichTextPrintout *printout, bool showPrintDialog);
-
-private:
- wxPrintData* m_printData;
- wxPageSetupDialogData* m_pageSetupData;
-
- wxRichTextHeaderFooterData m_headerFooterData;
- wxString m_title;
- wxWindow* m_parentWindow;
- wxRichTextBuffer* m_richTextBufferPreview;
- wxRichTextBuffer* m_richTextBufferPrinting;
- wxRect m_previewRect;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRichTextPrinting);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RICHTEXT & wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
-
-#endif // _WX_RICHTEXTPRINT_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextsizepage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 20/10/2010 10:23:24
-// RCS-ID:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence:
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h"
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-
-////@begin includes
-#include "wx/statline.h"
-#include "wx/valgen.h"
-////@end includes
-#include "wx/stattext.h"
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_STYLE wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_TITLE wxEmptyString
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_IDNAME ID_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextSizePage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextSizePage: public wxRichTextDialogPage
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextSizePage )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextSizePage();
- wxRichTextSizePage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_IDNAME, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_IDNAME, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Destructor
- ~wxRichTextSizePage();
-
- /// Initialises member variables
- void Init();
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Gets the attributes from the formatting dialog
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributes();
-
- /// Data transfer
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
- /// Show/hide position controls
- static void ShowPositionControls(bool show) { sm_showPositionControls = show; }
-
- /// Show/hide minimum and maximum size controls
- static void ShowMinMaxSizeControls(bool show) { sm_showMinMaxSizeControls = show; }
-
- /// Show/hide position mode controls
- static void ShowPositionModeControls(bool show) { sm_showPositionModeControls = show; }
-
- /// Show/hide right/bottom position controls
- static void ShowRightBottomPositionControls(bool show) { sm_showRightBottomPositionControls = show; }
-
- /// Show/hide floating and alignment controls
- static void ShowFloatingAndAlignmentControls(bool show) { sm_showFloatingAndAlignmentControls = show; }
-
- /// Show/hide floating controls
- static void ShowFloatingControls(bool show) { sm_showFloatingControls = show; }
-
- /// Show/hide alignment controls
- static void ShowAlignmentControls(bool show) { sm_showAlignmentControls = show; }
-
- /// Enable the position and size units
- static void EnablePositionAndSizeUnits(bool enable) { sm_enablePositionAndSizeUnits = enable; }
-
- /// Enable the checkboxes for position and size
- static void EnablePositionAndSizeCheckboxes(bool enable) { sm_enablePositionAndSizeCheckboxes = enable; }
-
-////@begin wxRichTextSizePage event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_COMBOBOX
- void OnRichtextVerticalAlignmentComboboxUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_WIDTH
- void OnRichtextWidthUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_UNITS_W
- void OnRichtextWidthUnitsUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_HEIGHT
- void OnRichtextHeightUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_UNITS_H
- void OnRichtextHeightUnitsUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_MIN_WIDTH
- void OnRichtextMinWidthUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_MIN_HEIGHT
- void OnRichtextMinHeightUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_MAX_WIDTH
- void OnRichtextMaxWidthUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_MAX_HEIGHT
- void OnRichtextMaxHeightUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT
- void OnRichtextLeftUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_UNITS
- void OnRichtextLeftUnitsUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_TOP
- void OnRichtextTopUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_UNITS
- void OnRichtextTopUnitsUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT
- void OnRichtextRightUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_UNITS
- void OnRichtextRightUnitsUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM
- void OnRichtextBottomUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_UNITS
- void OnRichtextBottomUnitsUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_PARA_UP
- void OnRichtextParaUpClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED event handler for ID_RICHTEXT_PARA_DOWN
- void OnRichtextParaDownClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextSizePage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextSizePage member function declarations
-
- int GetPositionMode() const { return m_positionMode ; }
- void SetPositionMode(int value) { m_positionMode = value ; }
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextSizePage member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextSizePage member variables
- wxBoxSizer* m_parentSizer;
- wxBoxSizer* m_floatingAlignmentSizer;
- wxBoxSizer* m_floatingSizer;
- wxChoice* m_float;
- wxBoxSizer* m_alignmentSizer;
- wxCheckBox* m_verticalAlignmentCheckbox;
- wxChoice* m_verticalAlignmentComboBox;
- wxFlexGridSizer* m_sizeSizer;
- wxBoxSizer* m_widthSizer;
- wxCheckBox* m_widthCheckbox;
- wxStaticText* m_widthLabel;
- wxTextCtrl* m_width;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsW;
- wxBoxSizer* m_heightSizer;
- wxCheckBox* m_heightCheckbox;
- wxStaticText* m_heightLabel;
- wxTextCtrl* m_height;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsH;
- wxCheckBox* m_minWidthCheckbox;
- wxBoxSizer* m_minWidthSizer;
- wxTextCtrl* m_minWidth;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsMinW;
- wxCheckBox* m_minHeightCheckbox;
- wxBoxSizer* m_minHeightSizer;
- wxTextCtrl* m_minHeight;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsMinH;
- wxCheckBox* m_maxWidthCheckbox;
- wxBoxSizer* m_maxWidthSizer;
- wxTextCtrl* m_maxWidth;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsMaxW;
- wxCheckBox* m_maxHeightCheckbox;
- wxBoxSizer* m_maxHeightSizer;
- wxTextCtrl* m_maxHeight;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsMaxH;
- wxBoxSizer* m_positionControls;
- wxBoxSizer* m_moveObjectParentSizer;
- wxBoxSizer* m_positionModeSizer;
- wxChoice* m_positionModeCtrl;
- wxFlexGridSizer* m_positionGridSizer;
- wxBoxSizer* m_leftSizer;
- wxCheckBox* m_positionLeftCheckbox;
- wxStaticText* m_leftLabel;
- wxTextCtrl* m_left;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsLeft;
- wxBoxSizer* m_topSizer;
- wxCheckBox* m_positionTopCheckbox;
- wxStaticText* m_topLabel;
- wxTextCtrl* m_top;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsTop;
- wxBoxSizer* m_rightSizer;
- wxCheckBox* m_positionRightCheckbox;
- wxStaticText* m_rightLabel;
- wxBoxSizer* m_rightPositionSizer;
- wxTextCtrl* m_right;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsRight;
- wxBoxSizer* m_bottomSizer;
- wxCheckBox* m_positionBottomCheckbox;
- wxStaticText* m_bottomLabel;
- wxBoxSizer* m_bottomPositionSizer;
- wxTextCtrl* m_bottom;
- wxComboBox* m_unitsBottom;
- wxBoxSizer* m_moveObjectSizer;
- int m_positionMode;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_WXRICHTEXTSIZEPAGE = 10700,
- ID_RICHTEXT_FLOATING_MODE = 10701,
- ID_RICHTEXT_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CHECKBOX = 10708,
- ID_RICHTEXT_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_COMBOBOX = 10709,
- ID_RICHTEXT_WIDTH_CHECKBOX = 10702,
- ID_RICHTEXT_WIDTH = 10703,
- ID_RICHTEXT_UNITS_W = 10704,
- ID_RICHTEXT_HEIGHT_CHECKBOX = 10705,
- ID_RICHTEXT_HEIGHT = 10706,
- ID_RICHTEXT_UNITS_H = 10707,
- ID_RICHTEXT_MIN_WIDTH_CHECKBOX = 10715,
- ID_RICHTEXT_MIN_WIDTH = 10716,
- ID_RICHTEXT_UNITS_MIN_W = 10717,
- ID_RICHTEXT_MIN_HEIGHT_CHECKBOX = 10718,
- ID_RICHTEXT_MIN_HEIGHT = 10719,
- ID_RICHTEXT_UNITS_MIN_H = 10720,
- ID_RICHTEXT_MAX_WIDTH_CHECKBOX = 10721,
- ID_RICHTEXT_MAX_WIDTH = 10722,
- ID_RICHTEXT_UNITS_MAX_W = 10723,
- ID_RICHTEXT_MAX_HEIGHT_CHECKBOX = 10724,
- ID_RICHTEXT_MAX_HEIGHT = 10725,
- ID_RICHTEXT_UNITS_MAX_H = 10726,
- ID_RICHTEXT_POSITION_MODE = 10735,
- ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_CHECKBOX = 10710,
- ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT = 10711,
- ID_RICHTEXT_LEFT_UNITS = 10712,
- ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_CHECKBOX = 10710,
- ID_RICHTEXT_TOP = 10728,
- ID_RICHTEXT_TOP_UNITS = 10729,
- ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_CHECKBOX = 10727,
- ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT = 10730,
- ID_RICHTEXT_RIGHT_UNITS = 10731,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_CHECKBOX = 10732,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM = 10733,
- ID_RICHTEXT_BOTTOM_UNITS = 10734,
- ID_RICHTEXT_PARA_UP = 10713,
- ID_RICHTEXT_PARA_DOWN = 10714
- };
-////@end wxRichTextSizePage member variables
-
- static bool sm_showFloatingControls;
- static bool sm_showPositionControls;
- static bool sm_showMinMaxSizeControls;
- static bool sm_showPositionModeControls;
- static bool sm_showRightBottomPositionControls;
- static bool sm_showAlignmentControls;
- static bool sm_showFloatingAndAlignmentControls;
- static bool sm_enablePositionAndSizeUnits;
- static bool sm_enablePositionAndSizeCheckboxes;
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTSIZEPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextstyledlg.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10/5/2006 12:05:31 PM
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTSTYLEDLG_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTSTYLEDLG_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextuicustomization.h"
-
-////@begin includes
-////@end includes
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h"
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-class wxBoxSizer;
-class wxRichTextStyleListCtrl;
-class wxRichTextCtrl;
-class wxStdDialogButtonSizer;
-////@end forward declarations
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCheckBox;
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_STYLE wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxSYSTEM_MENU|wxCLOSE_BOX
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_TITLE wxGetTranslation("Style Organiser")
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-
-/*!
- * Flags for specifying permitted operations
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_DELETE_STYLES 0x0001
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_CREATE_STYLES 0x0002
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_APPLY_STYLES 0x0004
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_EDIT_STYLES 0x0008
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_RENAME_STYLES 0x0010
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_OK_CANCEL 0x0020
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_RENUMBER 0x0040
-
-// The permitted style types to show
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_CHARACTER 0x0100
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_PARAGRAPH 0x0200
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_LIST 0x0400
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_BOX 0x0800
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_ALL 0x1000
-
-// Common combinations
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_ORGANISE (wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_ALL|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_DELETE_STYLES|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_CREATE_STYLES|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_APPLY_STYLES|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_EDIT_STYLES|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_RENAME_STYLES)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_BROWSE (wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_ALL|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_OK_CANCEL)
-#define wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_BROWSE_NUMBERING (wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_SHOW_LIST|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_OK_CANCEL|wxRICHTEXT_ORGANISER_RENUMBER)
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog: public wxDialog
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog( );
- wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog( int flags, wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& caption = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_TITLE, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( int flags, wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& caption = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_TITLE, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_STYLE );
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Initialise member variables
- void Init();
-
- /// Transfer data from/to window
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
- /// Set/get style sheet
- void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) { m_richTextStyleSheet = sheet; }
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_richTextStyleSheet; }
-
- /// Set/get control
- void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_richTextCtrl = ctrl; }
- wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_richTextCtrl; }
-
- /// Set/get flags
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- /// Show preview for given or selected preview
- void ShowPreview(int sel = -1);
-
- /// Clears the preview
- void ClearPreview();
-
- /// List selection
- void OnListSelection(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /// Get/set restart numbering boolean
- bool GetRestartNumbering() const { return m_restartNumbering; }
- void SetRestartNumbering(bool restartNumbering) { m_restartNumbering = restartNumbering; }
-
- /// Get selected style name or definition
- wxString GetSelectedStyle() const;
- wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetSelectedStyleDefinition() const;
-
- /// Apply the style
- bool ApplyStyle(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl = NULL);
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips() { return sm_showToolTips; }
-
- /// Determines whether tooltips will be shown
- static void SetShowToolTips(bool show) { sm_showToolTips = show; }
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_CHAR
- void OnNewCharClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_CHAR
- void OnNewCharUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_PARA
- void OnNewParaClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_PARA
- void OnNewParaUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_LIST
- void OnNewListClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_LIST
- void OnNewListUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_BOX
- void OnNewBoxClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_BOX
- void OnNewBoxUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_APPLY
- void OnApplyClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_APPLY
- void OnApplyUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_RENAME
- void OnRenameClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_RENAME
- void OnRenameUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_EDIT
- void OnEditClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_EDIT
- void OnEditUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_DELETE
- void OnDeleteClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_DELETE
- void OnDeleteUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for wxID_HELP
- void OnHelpClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog member function declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog member variables
- wxBoxSizer* m_innerSizer;
- wxBoxSizer* m_buttonSizerParent;
- wxRichTextStyleListCtrl* m_stylesListBox;
- wxRichTextCtrl* m_previewCtrl;
- wxBoxSizer* m_buttonSizer;
- wxButton* m_newCharacter;
- wxButton* m_newParagraph;
- wxButton* m_newList;
- wxButton* m_newBox;
- wxButton* m_applyStyle;
- wxButton* m_renameStyle;
- wxButton* m_editStyle;
- wxButton* m_deleteStyle;
- wxButton* m_closeButton;
- wxBoxSizer* m_bottomButtonSizer;
- wxCheckBox* m_restartNumberingCtrl;
- wxStdDialogButtonSizer* m_stdButtonSizer;
- wxButton* m_okButton;
- wxButton* m_cancelButton;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG = 10500,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_STYLES = 10501,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_CURRENT_STYLE = 10510,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_PREVIEW = 10509,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_CHAR = 10504,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_PARA = 10505,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_LIST = 10508,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_NEW_BOX = 10512,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_APPLY = 10503,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_RENAME = 10502,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_EDIT = 10506,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_DELETE = 10507,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEORGANISERDIALOG_RESTART_NUMBERING = 10511
- };
-////@end wxRichTextStyleOrganiserDialog member variables
-
-private:
-
- wxRichTextCtrl* m_richTextCtrl;
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_richTextStyleSheet;
-
- bool m_dontUpdate;
- int m_flags;
- static bool sm_showToolTips;
- bool m_restartNumbering;
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTSTYLEDLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextstylepage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10/5/2006 11:34:55 AM
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_H_
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h"
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_TITLE wxEmptyString
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStylePage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStylePage: public wxRichTextDialogPage
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextStylePage )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextStylePage( );
- wxRichTextStylePage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Initialise members
- void Init();
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Transfer data from/to window
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
- /// Gets the attributes associated with the main formatting dialog
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributes();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStylePage event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_NEXT_STYLE
- void OnNextStyleUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextStylePage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStylePage member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextStylePage member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextStylePage member variables
- wxTextCtrl* m_styleName;
- wxComboBox* m_basedOn;
- wxComboBox* m_nextStyle;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE = 10403,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_STYLE_NAME = 10404,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_BASED_ON = 10405,
- ID_RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_NEXT_STYLE = 10406
- };
-////@end wxRichTextStylePage member variables
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTSTYLEPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h
-// Purpose: Style management for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-09-30
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTSTYLES_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTSTYLES_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-#include "wx/htmllbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-#include "wx/combo.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBuffer;
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStyleDefinition class declaration
- * A base class for paragraph and character styles.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleDefinition: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextStyleDefinition)
-public:
-
- /// Copy constructors
- wxRichTextStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& def)
- : wxObject()
- {
- Init();
- Copy(def);
- }
-
- /// Default constructor
- wxRichTextStyleDefinition(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) { Init(); m_name = name; }
-
- /// Destructor
- virtual ~wxRichTextStyleDefinition() {}
-
- /// Initialises members
- void Init() {}
-
- /// Copies from def
- void Copy(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& def);
-
- /// Equality test
- bool Eq(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& def) const;
-
- /// Assignment operator
- void operator =(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& def) { Copy(def); }
-
- /// Equality operator
- bool operator ==(const wxRichTextStyleDefinition& def) const { return Eq(def); }
-
- /// Override to clone the object
- virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* Clone() const = 0;
-
- /// Sets and gets the name of the style
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
- /// Sets and gets the style description
- void SetDescription(const wxString& descr) { m_description = descr; }
- const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_description; }
-
- /// Sets and gets the name of the style that this style is based on
- void SetBaseStyle(const wxString& name) { m_baseStyle = name; }
- const wxString& GetBaseStyle() const { return m_baseStyle; }
-
- /// Sets and gets the style
- void SetStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { m_style = style; }
- const wxRichTextAttr& GetStyle() const { return m_style; }
- wxRichTextAttr& GetStyle() { return m_style; }
-
- /// Gets the style combined with the base style
- virtual wxRichTextAttr GetStyleMergedWithBase(const wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) const;
-
- /**
- Returns the definition's properties.
- */
- wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() { return m_properties; }
-
- /**
- Returns the definition's properties.
- */
- const wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; }
-
- /**
- Sets the definition's properties.
- */
- void SetProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props; }
-
-protected:
- wxString m_name;
- wxString m_baseStyle;
- wxString m_description;
- wxRichTextAttr m_style;
- wxRichTextProperties m_properties;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition: public wxRichTextStyleDefinition
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition)
-public:
-
- /// Copy constructor
- wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition& def): wxRichTextStyleDefinition(def) {}
-
- /// Default constructor
- wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString):
- wxRichTextStyleDefinition(name) {}
-
- /// Destructor
- virtual ~wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition() {}
-
- /// Clones the object
- virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition(*this); }
-
-protected:
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition: public wxRichTextStyleDefinition
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition)
-public:
-
- /// Copy constructor
- wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition& def): wxRichTextStyleDefinition(def) { m_nextStyle = def.m_nextStyle; }
-
- /// Default constructor
- wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString):
- wxRichTextStyleDefinition(name) {}
-
- // Destructor
- virtual ~wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition() {}
-
- /// Sets and gets the next style
- void SetNextStyle(const wxString& name) { m_nextStyle = name; }
- const wxString& GetNextStyle() const { return m_nextStyle; }
-
- /// Copies from def
- void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition& def);
-
- /// Assignment operator
- void operator =(const wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition& def) { Copy(def); }
-
- /// Equality operator
- bool operator ==(const wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition& def) const;
-
- /// Clones the object
- virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition(*this); }
-
-protected:
-
- /// The next style to use when adding a paragraph after this style.
- wxString m_nextStyle;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextListStyleDefinition class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextListStyleDefinition: public wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextListStyleDefinition)
-public:
-
- /// Copy constructor
- wxRichTextListStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextListStyleDefinition& def): wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition(def) { Init(); Copy(def); }
-
- /// Default constructor
- wxRichTextListStyleDefinition(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString):
- wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition(name) { Init(); }
-
- /// Destructor
- virtual ~wxRichTextListStyleDefinition() {}
-
- /// Copies from def
- void Copy(const wxRichTextListStyleDefinition& def);
-
- /// Assignment operator
- void operator =(const wxRichTextListStyleDefinition& def) { Copy(def); }
-
- /// Equality operator
- bool operator ==(const wxRichTextListStyleDefinition& def) const;
-
- /// Clones the object
- virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextListStyleDefinition(*this); }
-
- /// Sets/gets the attributes for the given level
- void SetLevelAttributes(int i, const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
- wxRichTextAttr* GetLevelAttributes(int i);
- const wxRichTextAttr* GetLevelAttributes(int i) const;
-
- /// Convenience function for setting the major attributes for a list level specification
- void SetAttributes(int i, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle, const wxString& bulletSymbol = wxEmptyString);
-
- /// Finds the level corresponding to the given indentation
- int FindLevelForIndent(int indent) const;
-
- /// Combine the base and list style with a paragraph style, using the given indent (from which
- /// an appropriate level is found)
- wxRichTextAttr CombineWithParagraphStyle(int indent, const wxRichTextAttr& paraStyle, wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = NULL);
-
- /// Combine the base and list style, using the given indent (from which
- /// an appropriate level is found)
- wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedStyle(int indent, wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = NULL);
-
- /// Combine the base and list style, using the given level from which
- /// an appropriate level is found)
- wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedStyleForLevel(int level, wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet = NULL);
-
- /// Gets the number of available levels
- int GetLevelCount() const { return 10; }
-
- /// Is this a numbered list?
- bool IsNumbered(int i) const;
-
-protected:
-
- /// The styles for each level (up to 10)
- wxRichTextAttr m_levelStyles[10];
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition class declaration, for box attributes in objects such as wxRichTextBox.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition: public wxRichTextStyleDefinition
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition)
-public:
-
- /// Copy constructor
- wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition(const wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition& def): wxRichTextStyleDefinition(def) { Copy(def); }
-
- /// Default constructor
- wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString):
- wxRichTextStyleDefinition(name) {}
-
- // Destructor
- virtual ~wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition() {}
-
- /// Copies from def
- void Copy(const wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition& def);
-
- /// Assignment operator
- void operator =(const wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition& def) { Copy(def); }
-
- /// Equality operator
- bool operator ==(const wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition& def) const;
-
- /// Clones the object
- virtual wxRichTextStyleDefinition* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition(*this); }
-
-protected:
-};
-
-/*!
- * The style sheet
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleSheet: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS( wxRichTextStyleSheet )
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextStyleSheet(const wxRichTextStyleSheet& sheet)
- : wxObject()
- {
- Init();
- Copy(sheet);
- }
- wxRichTextStyleSheet() { Init(); }
- virtual ~wxRichTextStyleSheet();
-
- /// Initialisation
- void Init();
-
- /// Copy
- void Copy(const wxRichTextStyleSheet& sheet);
-
- /// Assignment
- void operator=(const wxRichTextStyleSheet& sheet) { Copy(sheet); }
-
- /// Equality
- bool operator==(const wxRichTextStyleSheet& sheet) const;
-
- /// Add a definition to the character style list
- bool AddCharacterStyle(wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* def);
-
- /// Add a definition to the paragraph style list
- bool AddParagraphStyle(wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* def);
-
- /// Add a definition to the list style list
- bool AddListStyle(wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def);
-
- /// Add a definition to the box style list
- bool AddBoxStyle(wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition* def);
-
- /// Add a definition to the appropriate style list
- bool AddStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def);
-
- /// Remove a character style
- bool RemoveCharacterStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle = false) { return RemoveStyle(m_characterStyleDefinitions, def, deleteStyle); }
-
- /// Remove a paragraph style
- bool RemoveParagraphStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle = false) { return RemoveStyle(m_paragraphStyleDefinitions, def, deleteStyle); }
-
- /// Remove a list style
- bool RemoveListStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle = false) { return RemoveStyle(m_listStyleDefinitions, def, deleteStyle); }
-
- /// Remove a box style
- bool RemoveBoxStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle = false) { return RemoveStyle(m_boxStyleDefinitions, def, deleteStyle); }
-
- /// Remove a style
- bool RemoveStyle(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle = false);
-
- /// Find a character definition by name
- wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* FindCharacterStyle(const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const { return (wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition*) FindStyle(m_characterStyleDefinitions, name, recurse); }
-
- /// Find a paragraph definition by name
- wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* FindParagraphStyle(const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const { return (wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition*) FindStyle(m_paragraphStyleDefinitions, name, recurse); }
-
- /// Find a list definition by name
- wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* FindListStyle(const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const { return (wxRichTextListStyleDefinition*) FindStyle(m_listStyleDefinitions, name, recurse); }
-
- /// Find a box definition by name
- wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition* FindBoxStyle(const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const { return (wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition*) FindStyle(m_boxStyleDefinitions, name, recurse); }
-
- /// Find any definition by name
- wxRichTextStyleDefinition* FindStyle(const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const;
-
- /// Return the number of character styles
- size_t GetCharacterStyleCount() const { return m_characterStyleDefinitions.GetCount(); }
-
- /// Return the number of paragraph styles
- size_t GetParagraphStyleCount() const { return m_paragraphStyleDefinitions.GetCount(); }
-
- /// Return the number of list styles
- size_t GetListStyleCount() const { return m_listStyleDefinitions.GetCount(); }
-
- /// Return the number of box styles
- size_t GetBoxStyleCount() const { return m_boxStyleDefinitions.GetCount(); }
-
- /// Return the nth character style
- wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition* GetCharacterStyle(size_t n) const { return (wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition*) m_characterStyleDefinitions.Item(n)->GetData(); }
-
- /// Return the nth paragraph style
- wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition* GetParagraphStyle(size_t n) const { return (wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition*) m_paragraphStyleDefinitions.Item(n)->GetData(); }
-
- /// Return the nth list style
- wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* GetListStyle(size_t n) const { return (wxRichTextListStyleDefinition*) m_listStyleDefinitions.Item(n)->GetData(); }
-
- /// Return the nth box style
- wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition* GetBoxStyle(size_t n) const { return (wxRichTextBoxStyleDefinition*) m_boxStyleDefinitions.Item(n)->GetData(); }
-
- /// Delete all styles
- void DeleteStyles();
-
- /// Insert into list of style sheets
- bool InsertSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* before);
-
- /// Append to list of style sheets
- bool AppendSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* after);
-
- /// Unlink from the list of style sheets
- void Unlink();
-
- /// Get/set next sheet
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetNextSheet() const { return m_nextSheet; }
- void SetNextSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) { m_nextSheet = sheet; }
-
- /// Get/set previous sheet
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetPreviousSheet() const { return m_previousSheet; }
- void SetPreviousSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet) { m_previousSheet = sheet; }
-
- /// Sets and gets the name of the style sheet
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
- /// Sets and gets the style description
- void SetDescription(const wxString& descr) { m_description = descr; }
- const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_description; }
-
- /**
- Returns the sheet's properties.
- */
- wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() { return m_properties; }
-
- /**
- Returns the sheet's properties.
- */
- const wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; }
-
- /**
- Sets the sheet's properties.
- */
- void SetProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props; }
-
-/// Implementation
-
- /// Add a definition to one of the style lists
- bool AddStyle(wxList& list, wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def);
-
- /// Remove a style
- bool RemoveStyle(wxList& list, wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, bool deleteStyle);
-
- /// Find a definition by name
- wxRichTextStyleDefinition* FindStyle(const wxList& list, const wxString& name, bool recurse = true) const;
-
-protected:
-
- wxString m_description;
- wxString m_name;
-
- wxList m_characterStyleDefinitions;
- wxList m_paragraphStyleDefinitions;
- wxList m_listStyleDefinitions;
- wxList m_boxStyleDefinitions;
-
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_previousSheet;
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_nextSheet;
- wxRichTextProperties m_properties;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_HTML
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStyleListBox class declaration
- * A listbox to display styles.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleListBox: public wxHtmlListBox
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextStyleListBox)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
- /// Which type of style definition is currently showing?
- enum wxRichTextStyleType
- {
- wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_ALL,
- wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_PARAGRAPH,
- wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_CHARACTER,
- wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_LIST,
- wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_BOX
- };
-
- wxRichTextStyleListBox()
- {
- Init();
- }
- wxRichTextStyleListBox(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
- virtual ~wxRichTextStyleListBox();
-
- void Init()
- {
- m_styleSheet = NULL;
- m_richTextCtrl = NULL;
- m_applyOnSelection = false;
- m_styleType = wxRICHTEXT_STYLE_PARAGRAPH;
- m_autoSetSelection = true;
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
- /// Creates a suitable HTML fragment for a definition
- wxString CreateHTML(wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def) const;
-
- /// Associates the control with a style sheet
- void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_styleSheet = styleSheet; }
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; }
-
- /// Associates the control with a wxRichTextCtrl
- void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_richTextCtrl = ctrl; }
- wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_richTextCtrl; }
-
- /// Get style for index
- wxRichTextStyleDefinition* GetStyle(size_t i) const ;
-
- /// Get index for style name
- int GetIndexForStyle(const wxString& name) const ;
-
- /// Set selection for string, returning the index.
- int SetStyleSelection(const wxString& name);
-
- /// Updates the list
- void UpdateStyles();
-
- /// Apply the style
- void ApplyStyle(int i);
-
- /// Left click
- void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- /// Left double-click
- void OnLeftDoubleClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- /// Auto-select from style under caret in idle time
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
- /// Convert units in tends of a millimetre to device units
- int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const;
-
- /// Can we set the selection based on the editor caret position?
- /// Need to override this if being used in a combobox popup
- virtual bool CanAutoSetSelection() { return m_autoSetSelection; }
- virtual void SetAutoSetSelection(bool autoSet) { m_autoSetSelection = autoSet; }
-
- /// Set whether the style should be applied as soon as the item is selected (the default)
- void SetApplyOnSelection(bool applyOnSel) { m_applyOnSelection = applyOnSel; }
- bool GetApplyOnSelection() const { return m_applyOnSelection; }
-
- /// Set the style type to display
- void SetStyleType(wxRichTextStyleType styleType) { m_styleType = styleType; UpdateStyles(); }
- wxRichTextStyleType GetStyleType() const { return m_styleType; }
-
- /// Helper for listbox and combo control
- static wxString GetStyleToShowInIdleTime(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextStyleType styleType);
-
-protected:
- /// Returns the HTML for this item
- virtual wxString OnGetItem(size_t n) const;
-
-private:
-
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_styleSheet;
- wxRichTextCtrl* m_richTextCtrl;
- bool m_applyOnSelection; // if true, applies style on selection
- wxRichTextStyleType m_styleType; // style type to display
- bool m_autoSetSelection;
- wxArrayString m_styleNames;
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStyleListCtrl class declaration
- * This is a container for the list control plus a combobox to switch between
- * style types.
- */
-
-#define wxRICHTEXTSTYLELIST_HIDE_TYPE_SELECTOR 0x1000
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleListCtrl: public wxControl
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextStyleListCtrl)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
-
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextStyleListCtrl()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxRichTextStyleListCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
- /// Constructors
- virtual ~wxRichTextStyleListCtrl();
-
- /// Member initialisation
- void Init()
- {
- m_styleListBox = NULL;
- m_styleChoice = NULL;
- m_dontUpdate = false;
- }
-
- /// Creates the windows
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
- /// Updates the style list box
- void UpdateStyles();
-
- /// Associates the control with a style sheet
- void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const;
-
- /// Associates the control with a wxRichTextCtrl
- void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
- wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const;
-
- /// Set/get the style type to display
- void SetStyleType(wxRichTextStyleListBox::wxRichTextStyleType styleType);
- wxRichTextStyleListBox::wxRichTextStyleType GetStyleType() const;
-
- /// Get the choice index for style type
- int StyleTypeToIndex(wxRichTextStyleListBox::wxRichTextStyleType styleType);
-
- /// Get the style type for choice index
- wxRichTextStyleListBox::wxRichTextStyleType StyleIndexToType(int i);
-
- /// Get the listbox
- wxRichTextStyleListBox* GetStyleListBox() const { return m_styleListBox; }
-
- /// Get the choice
- wxChoice* GetStyleChoice() const { return m_styleChoice; }
-
- /// React to style type choice
- void OnChooseType(wxCommandEvent& event);
-
- /// Lay out the controls
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-private:
-
- wxRichTextStyleListBox* m_styleListBox;
- wxChoice* m_styleChoice;
- bool m_dontUpdate;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-
-/*!
- * Style drop-down for a wxComboCtrl
- */
-
-class wxRichTextStyleComboPopup : public wxRichTextStyleListBox, public wxComboPopup
-{
-public:
- virtual void Init()
- {
- m_itemHere = -1; // hot item in list
- m_value = -1;
- }
-
- virtual bool Create( wxWindow* parent );
-
- virtual wxWindow *GetControl() { return this; }
-
- virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString& s );
-
- virtual wxString GetStringValue() const;
-
- /// Can we set the selection based on the editor caret position?
- // virtual bool CanAutoSetSelection() { return ((m_combo == NULL) || !m_combo->IsPopupShown()); }
- virtual bool CanAutoSetSelection() { return false; }
-
- //
- // Popup event handlers
- //
-
- // Mouse hot-tracking
- void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // On mouse left, set the value and close the popup
- void OnMouseClick(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event));
-
-protected:
-
- int m_itemHere; // hot item in popup
- int m_value;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl
- * A combo for applying styles.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl: public wxComboCtrl
-{
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-public:
- wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = wxCB_READONLY)
- {
- Init();
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style);
- }
-
- virtual ~wxRichTextStyleComboCtrl() {}
-
- void Init()
- {
- m_stylePopup = NULL;
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0);
-
- /// Updates the list
- void UpdateStyles() { m_stylePopup->UpdateStyles(); }
-
- /// Associates the control with a style sheet
- void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_stylePopup->SetStyleSheet(styleSheet); }
- wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_stylePopup->GetStyleSheet(); }
-
- /// Associates the control with a wxRichTextCtrl
- void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_stylePopup->SetRichTextCtrl(ctrl); }
- wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_stylePopup->GetRichTextCtrl(); }
-
- /// Gets the style popup
- wxRichTextStyleComboPopup* GetStylePopup() const { return m_stylePopup; }
-
- /// Auto-select from style under caret in idle time
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- wxRichTextStyleComboPopup* m_stylePopup;
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif
- // _WX_RICHTEXTSTYLES_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextsymboldlg.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10/5/2006 3:11:58 PM
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTSYMBOLDLG_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTSYMBOLDLG_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextuicustomization.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/vscroll.h"
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticText;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboBox;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-class wxSymbolListCtrl;
-class wxStdDialogButtonSizer;
-////@end forward declarations
-
-// __UNICODE__ is a symbol used by DialogBlocks-generated code.
-#ifndef __UNICODE__
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-#define __UNICODE__
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/*!
- * Symbols
- */
-
-#define SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_STYLE (wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE|wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxCLOSE_BOX)
-#define SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_TITLE wxGetTranslation("Symbols")
-#define SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_IDNAME ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG
-#define SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-
-/*!
- * wxSymbolPickerDialog class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxSymbolPickerDialog: public wxDialog
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxSymbolPickerDialog )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxSymbolPickerDialog( );
- wxSymbolPickerDialog( const wxString& symbol, const wxString& fontName, const wxString& normalTextFont,
- wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& caption = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_TITLE, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( const wxString& symbol, const wxString& fontName, const wxString& normalTextFont,
- wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& caption = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_TITLE, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXSYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_STYLE );
-
- /// Initialises members variables
- void Init();
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Update the display
- void UpdateSymbolDisplay(bool updateSymbolList = true, bool showAtSubset = true);
-
- /// Respond to symbol selection
- void OnSymbolSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// Set Unicode mode
- void SetUnicodeMode(bool unicodeMode);
-
- /// Show at the current subset selection
- void ShowAtSubset();
-
- /// Get the selected symbol character
- int GetSymbolChar() const;
-
- /// Is there a selection?
- bool HasSelection() const { return !m_symbol.IsEmpty(); }
-
- /// Specifying normal text?
- bool UseNormalFont() const { return m_fontName.IsEmpty(); }
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips() { return sm_showToolTips; }
-
- /// Determines whether tooltips will be shown
- static void SetShowToolTips(bool show) { sm_showToolTips = show; }
-
- /// Data transfer
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
-////@begin wxSymbolPickerDialog event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_FONT
- void OnFontCtrlSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-#if defined(__UNICODE__)
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SUBSET
- void OnSubsetSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SUBSET
- void OnSymbolpickerdialogSubsetUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-#endif
-#if defined(__UNICODE__)
- /// wxEVT_COMBOBOX event handler for ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_FROM
- void OnFromUnicodeSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
-#endif
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for wxID_OK
- void OnOkUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for wxID_HELP
- void OnHelpClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for wxID_HELP
- void OnHelpUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxSymbolPickerDialog event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxSymbolPickerDialog member function declarations
-
- wxString GetFontName() const { return m_fontName ; }
- void SetFontName(wxString value) { m_fontName = value ; }
-
- bool GetFromUnicode() const { return m_fromUnicode ; }
- void SetFromUnicode(bool value) { m_fromUnicode = value ; }
-
- wxString GetNormalTextFontName() const { return m_normalTextFontName ; }
- void SetNormalTextFontName(wxString value) { m_normalTextFontName = value ; }
-
- wxString GetSymbol() const { return m_symbol ; }
- void SetSymbol(wxString value) { m_symbol = value ; }
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxSymbolPickerDialog member function declarations
-
-////@begin wxSymbolPickerDialog member variables
- wxComboBox* m_fontCtrl;
-#if defined(__UNICODE__)
- wxComboBox* m_subsetCtrl;
-#endif
- wxSymbolListCtrl* m_symbolsCtrl;
- wxStaticText* m_symbolStaticCtrl;
- wxTextCtrl* m_characterCodeCtrl;
-#if defined(__UNICODE__)
- wxComboBox* m_fromUnicodeCtrl;
-#endif
- wxStdDialogButtonSizer* m_stdButtonSizer;
- wxString m_fontName;
- bool m_fromUnicode;
- wxString m_normalTextFontName;
- wxString m_symbol;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG = 10600,
- ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_FONT = 10602,
- ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_SUBSET = 10605,
- ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_LISTCTRL = 10608,
- ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_CHARACTERCODE = 10601,
- ID_SYMBOLPICKERDIALOG_FROM = 10603
- };
-////@end wxSymbolPickerDialog member variables
-
- bool m_dontUpdate;
- static bool sm_showToolTips;
-};
-
-/*!
- * The scrolling symbol list.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxSymbolListCtrl : public wxVScrolledWindow
-{
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // default constructor, you must call Create() later
- wxSymbolListCtrl() { Init(); }
-
- // normal constructor which calls Create() internally
- wxSymbolListCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // really creates the control and sets the initial number of items in it
- // (which may be changed later with SetItemCount())
- //
- // returns true on success or false if the control couldn't be created
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
-
- // dtor does some internal cleanup
- virtual ~wxSymbolListCtrl();
-
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // set the current font
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- // set Unicode/ASCII mode
- void SetUnicodeMode(bool unicodeMode);
-
- // get the index of the currently selected item or wxNOT_FOUND if there is no selection
- int GetSelection() const;
-
- // is this item selected?
- bool IsSelected(int item) const;
-
- // is this item the current one?
- bool IsCurrentItem(int item) const { return item == m_current; }
-
- // get the margins around each cell
- wxPoint GetMargins() const { return m_ptMargins; }
-
- // get the background colour of selected cells
- const wxColour& GetSelectionBackground() const { return m_colBgSel; }
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- // set the selection to the specified item, if it is wxNOT_FOUND the
- // selection is unset
- void SetSelection(int selection);
-
- // make this item visible
- void EnsureVisible(int item);
-
- // set the margins: horizontal margin is the distance between the window
- // border and the item contents while vertical margin is half of the
- // distance between items
- //
- // by default both margins are 0
- void SetMargins(const wxPoint& pt);
- void SetMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { SetMargins(wxPoint(x, y)); }
-
- // set the cell size
- void SetCellSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_cellSize = sz; }
- const wxSize& GetCellSize() const { return m_cellSize; }
-
- // change the background colour of the selected cells
- void SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& col);
-
- virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
- {
- return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
- }
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // Get min/max symbol values
- int GetMinSymbolValue() const { return m_minSymbolValue; }
- int GetMaxSymbolValue() const { return m_maxSymbolValue; }
-
- // Respond to size change
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
-protected:
-
- // draws a line of symbols
- virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-
- // gets the line height
- virtual wxCoord OnGetRowHeight(size_t line) const;
-
- // event handlers
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // send the wxEVT_LISTBOX event
- void SendSelectedEvent();
-
- // change the current item (in single selection listbox it also implicitly
- // changes the selection); current may be wxNOT_FOUND in which case there
- // will be no current item any more
- //
- // return true if the current item changed, false otherwise
- bool DoSetCurrent(int current);
-
- // flags for DoHandleItemClick
- enum
- {
- ItemClick_Shift = 1, // item shift-clicked
- ItemClick_Ctrl = 2, // ctrl
- ItemClick_Kbd = 4 // item selected from keyboard
- };
-
- // common part of keyboard and mouse handling processing code
- void DoHandleItemClick(int item, int flags);
-
- // calculate line number from symbol value
- int SymbolValueToLineNumber(int item);
-
- // initialise control from current min/max values
- void SetupCtrl(bool scrollToSelection = true);
-
- // hit testing
- int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt);
-
-private:
- // the current item or wxNOT_FOUND
- int m_current;
-
- // margins
- wxPoint m_ptMargins;
-
- // the selection bg colour
- wxColour m_colBgSel;
-
- // double buffer
- wxBitmap* m_doubleBuffer;
-
- // cell size
- wxSize m_cellSize;
-
- // minimum and maximum symbol value
- int m_minSymbolValue;
-
- // minimum and maximum symbol value
- int m_maxSymbolValue;
-
- // number of items per line
- int m_symbolsPerLine;
-
- // Unicode/ASCII mode
- bool m_unicodeMode;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSymbolListCtrl);
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSymbolListCtrl)
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTSYMBOLDLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtexttabspage.h
-// Purpose:
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10/4/2006 8:03:20 AM
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_H_
-#define _RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextdialogpage.h"
-
-////@begin includes
-////@end includes
-
-/*!
- * Forward declarations
- */
-
-////@begin forward declarations
-////@end forward declarations
-
-/*!
- * Control identifiers
- */
-
-////@begin control identifiers
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_STYLE wxRESIZE_BORDER|wxTAB_TRAVERSAL
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_TITLE wxEmptyString
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_IDNAME ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_SIZE wxSize(400, 300)
-#define SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_POSITION wxDefaultPosition
-////@end control identifiers
-
-/*!
- * wxRichTextTabsPage class declaration
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextTabsPage: public wxRichTextDialogPage
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxRichTextTabsPage )
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION()
-
-public:
- /// Constructors
- wxRichTextTabsPage( );
- wxRichTextTabsPage( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creation
- bool Create( wxWindow* parent, wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY, const wxPoint& pos = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_POSITION, const wxSize& size = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_SIZE, long style = SYMBOL_WXRICHTEXTTABSPAGE_STYLE );
-
- /// Creates the controls and sizers
- void CreateControls();
-
- /// Initialise members
- void Init();
-
- /// Transfer data from/to window
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
-
- /// Sorts the tab array
- virtual void SortTabs();
-
- /// Gets the attributes associated with the main formatting dialog
- wxRichTextAttr* GetAttributes();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextTabsPage event handler declarations
-
- /// wxEVT_LISTBOX event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_TABLIST
- void OnTablistSelected( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_NEW_TAB
- void OnNewTabClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_NEW_TAB
- void OnNewTabUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_TAB
- void OnDeleteTabClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_TAB
- void OnDeleteTabUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_BUTTON event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_ALL_TABS
- void OnDeleteAllTabsClick( wxCommandEvent& event );
-
- /// wxEVT_UPDATE_UI event handler for ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_ALL_TABS
- void OnDeleteAllTabsUpdate( wxUpdateUIEvent& event );
-
-////@end wxRichTextTabsPage event handler declarations
-
-////@begin wxRichTextTabsPage member function declarations
-
- /// Retrieves bitmap resources
- wxBitmap GetBitmapResource( const wxString& name );
-
- /// Retrieves icon resources
- wxIcon GetIconResource( const wxString& name );
-////@end wxRichTextTabsPage member function declarations
-
- /// Should we show tooltips?
- static bool ShowToolTips();
-
-////@begin wxRichTextTabsPage member variables
- wxTextCtrl* m_tabEditCtrl;
- wxListBox* m_tabListCtrl;
- /// Control identifiers
- enum {
- ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE = 10200,
- ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_TABEDIT = 10213,
- ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_TABLIST = 10214,
- ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_NEW_TAB = 10201,
- ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_TAB = 10202,
- ID_RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_DELETE_ALL_TABS = 10203
- };
-////@end wxRichTextTabsPage member variables
-
- bool m_tabsPresent;
-};
-
-#endif
- // _RICHTEXTTABSPAGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextuicustomization.h
-// Purpose: UI customization base class for wxRTC
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2010-11-14
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTUICUSTOMIZATION_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTUICUSTOMIZATION_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextUICustomization
- The base class for functionality to plug in to various rich text control dialogs,
- currently allowing the application to respond to Help button clicks without the
- need to derive new dialog classes.
-
- The application will typically have calls like this in its initialisation:
-
- wxRichTextFormattingDialog::GetHelpInfo().SetHelpId(ID_HELP_FORMATTINGDIALOG);
- wxRichTextFormattingDialog::GetHelpInfo().SetUICustomization(& wxGetApp().GetRichTextUICustomization());
- wxRichTextBordersPage::GetHelpInfo().SetHelpId(ID_HELP_BORDERSPAGE);
-
- Only the wxRichTextFormattingDialog class needs to have its customization object and help id set,
- though the application set them for individual pages if it wants.
- **/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextUICustomization
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextUICustomization() {}
- virtual ~wxRichTextUICustomization() {}
-
- /// Show the help given the current active window, and a help topic id.
- virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindow* win, long id) = 0;
-};
-
-/**
- @class wxRichTextHelpInfo
- This class is used as a static member of dialogs, to store the help topic for the dialog
- and also the customization object that will allow help to be shown appropriately for the application.
- **/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextHelpInfo
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextHelpInfo()
- {
- m_helpTopic = -1;
- m_uiCustomization = NULL;
- }
- virtual ~wxRichTextHelpInfo() {}
-
- virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindow* win)
- {
- if ( !m_uiCustomization || m_helpTopic == -1 )
- return false;
-
- return m_uiCustomization->ShowHelp(win, m_helpTopic);
- }
-
- /// Get the help topic identifier.
- long GetHelpId() const { return m_helpTopic; }
-
- /// Set the help topic identifier.
- void SetHelpId(long id) { m_helpTopic = id; }
-
- /// Get the UI customization object.
- wxRichTextUICustomization* GetUICustomization() const { return m_uiCustomization; }
-
- /// Set the UI customization object.
- void SetUICustomization(wxRichTextUICustomization* customization) { m_uiCustomization = customization; }
-
- /// Is there a valid help topic id?
- bool HasHelpId() const { return m_helpTopic != -1; }
-
- /// Is there a valid customization object?
- bool HasUICustomization() const { return m_uiCustomization != NULL; }
-
-protected:
- wxRichTextUICustomization* m_uiCustomization;
- long m_helpTopic;
-};
-
-/// Add this to the base class of dialogs
-
-#define DECLARE_BASE_CLASS_HELP_PROVISION() \
- virtual long GetHelpId() const = 0; \
- virtual wxRichTextUICustomization* GetUICustomization() const = 0; \
- virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindow* win) = 0;
-
-/// A macro to make it easy to add help topic provision and UI customization
-/// to a class. Optionally, add virtual functions to a base class
-/// using DECLARE_BASE_CLASS_HELP_PROVISION. This means that the formatting dialog
-/// can obtain help topics from its individual pages without needing
-/// to know in advance what page classes are being used, allowing for extension
-/// of the formatting dialog.
-
-#define DECLARE_HELP_PROVISION() \
- virtual long GetHelpId() const { return sm_helpInfo.GetHelpId(); } \
- virtual void SetHelpId(long id) { sm_helpInfo.SetHelpId(id); } \
- virtual wxRichTextUICustomization* GetUICustomization() const { return sm_helpInfo.GetUICustomization(); } \
- virtual void SetUICustomization(wxRichTextUICustomization* customization) { sm_helpInfo.SetUICustomization(customization); } \
- virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindow* win) { return sm_helpInfo.ShowHelp(win); } \
-public: \
- static wxRichTextHelpInfo& GetHelpInfo() { return sm_helpInfo; }\
-protected: \
- static wxRichTextHelpInfo sm_helpInfo; \
-public:
-
-/// Add this to the implementation file for each dialog that needs help provision.
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_HELP_PROVISION(theClass) \
- wxRichTextHelpInfo theClass::sm_helpInfo;
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif
- // _WX_RICHTEXTUICUSTOMIZATION_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtext/richtextxml.h
-// Purpose: XML and HTML I/O for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-09-30
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTEXTXML_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTEXTXML_H_
-
-/*!
- * Includes
- */
-
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
-#include "wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT && wxUSE_XML
-
-/*!
- @class wxRichTextXMLHelper
- A utility class to help with XML import/export, that can be used outside
- saving a buffer if needed.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextXMLHelper: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxRichTextXMLHelper() { Init(); }
- wxRichTextXMLHelper(const wxString& enc) { Init(); SetupForSaving(enc); }
- ~wxRichTextXMLHelper();
-
- void Init();
-
- void SetupForSaving(const wxString& enc);
-
- void Clear();
-
- void SetFileEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_fileEncoding = encoding; }
- const wxString& GetFileEncoding() const { return m_fileEncoding; }
-
- // Convert a colour to a 6-digit hex string
- static wxString ColourToHexString(const wxColour& col);
-
- // Convert 6-digit hex string to a colour
- static wxColour HexStringToColour(const wxString& hex);
-
- static wxString MakeString(const int& v) { return wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), v); }
- static wxString MakeString(const long& v) { return wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), v); }
- static wxString MakeString(const double& v) { return wxString::Format(wxT("%.2f"), (float) v); }
- static wxString MakeString(const wxString& s) { return s; }
- static wxString MakeString(const wxColour& col) { return wxT("#") + ColourToHexString(col); }
-
- static bool HasParam(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& param);
- static wxXmlNode *GetParamNode(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& param);
- static wxString GetNodeContent(wxXmlNode *node);
- static wxString GetParamValue(wxXmlNode *node, const wxString& param);
- static wxString GetText(wxXmlNode *node, const wxString& param = wxEmptyString);
- static wxXmlNode* FindNode(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& name);
-
- static wxString AttributeToXML(const wxString& str);
-
- static bool RichTextFixFaceName(wxString& facename);
- static long ColourStringToLong(const wxString& colStr);
- static wxTextAttrDimension ParseDimension(const wxString& dimStr);
-
- // Make a string from the given property. This can be overridden for custom variants.
- virtual wxString MakeStringFromProperty(const wxVariant& var);
-
- // Create a proprty from the string read from the XML file.
- virtual wxVariant MakePropertyFromString(const wxString& name, const wxString& value, const wxString& type);
-
- // Import properties
- virtual bool ImportProperties(wxRichTextProperties& properties, wxXmlNode* node);
-
- virtual bool ImportStyle(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxXmlNode* node, bool isPara = false);
- virtual bool ImportStyleDefinition(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet, wxXmlNode* node);
-
- // Get flags, as per handler flags
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
- // write string to output
- static void OutputString(wxOutputStream& stream, const wxString& str,
- wxMBConv *convMem, wxMBConv *convFile);
-
- static void OutputIndentation(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent);
-
- // Same as above, but create entities first.
- // Translates '<' to "<", '>' to ">" and '&' to "&"
- static void OutputStringEnt(wxOutputStream& stream, const wxString& str,
- wxMBConv *convMem, wxMBConv *convFile);
-
- void OutputString(wxOutputStream& stream, const wxString& str);
- void OutputStringEnt(wxOutputStream& stream, const wxString& str);
-
- static void AddString(wxString& str, const int& v) { str << wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), v); }
- static void AddString(wxString& str, const long& v) { str << wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), v); }
- static void AddString(wxString& str, const double& v) { str << wxString::Format(wxT("%.2f"), (float) v); }
- static void AddString(wxString& str, const wxChar* s) { str << s; }
- static void AddString(wxString& str, const wxString& s) { str << s; }
- static void AddString(wxString& str, const wxColour& col) { str << wxT("#") << ColourToHexString(col); }
-
- static void AddAttribute(wxString& str, const wxString& name, const int& v);
- static void AddAttribute(wxString& str, const wxString& name, const long& v);
- static void AddAttribute(wxString& str, const wxString& name, const double& v);
- static void AddAttribute(wxString& str, const wxString& name, const wxChar* s);
- static void AddAttribute(wxString& str, const wxString& name, const wxString& s);
- static void AddAttribute(wxString& str, const wxString& name, const wxColour& col);
- static void AddAttribute(wxString& str, const wxString& name, const wxTextAttrDimension& dim);
- static void AddAttribute(wxString& str, const wxString& rootName, const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims);
- static void AddAttribute(wxString& str, const wxString& rootName, const wxTextAttrBorder& border);
- static void AddAttribute(wxString& str, const wxString& rootName, const wxTextAttrBorders& borders);
-
- /// Create a string containing style attributes
- static wxString AddAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, bool isPara = false);
- virtual bool ExportStyleDefinition(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def, int level);
-
- virtual bool WriteProperties(wxOutputStream& stream, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, int level);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
- static void AddAttribute(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& name, const int& v);
- static void AddAttribute(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& name, const long& v);
- static void AddAttribute(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& name, const double& v);
- static void AddAttribute(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& name, const wxString& s);
- static void AddAttribute(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& name, const wxColour& col);
- static void AddAttribute(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& name, const wxTextAttrDimension& dim);
- static void AddAttribute(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& rootName, const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims);
- static void AddAttribute(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& rootName, const wxTextAttrBorder& border);
- static void AddAttribute(wxXmlNode* node, const wxString& rootName, const wxTextAttrBorders& borders);
-
- static bool AddAttributes(wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextAttr& attr, bool isPara = false);
-
- virtual bool ExportStyleDefinition(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextStyleDefinition* def);
-
- // Write the properties
- virtual bool WriteProperties(wxXmlNode* node, const wxRichTextProperties& properties);
-#endif
-
-public:
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
- // Used during saving
- wxMBConv* m_convMem;
- wxMBConv* m_convFile;
- bool m_deleteConvFile;
-#endif
-
- wxString m_fileEncoding;
- int m_flags;
-};
-
-/*!
- @class wxRichTextXMLHandler
-
- Implements XML loading and saving. Two methods of saving are included:
- writing directly to a text stream, and populating an wxXmlDocument
- before writing it. The former method is considerably faster, so we favour
- that one, even though the code is a little less elegant.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlDocument;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextXMLHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextXMLHandler)
-public:
- wxRichTextXMLHandler(const wxString& name = wxT("XML"), const wxString& ext = wxT("xml"), int type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML)
- : wxRichTextFileHandler(name, ext, type)
- { Init(); }
-
- void Init();
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
- /// Recursively export an object
- bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextObject& obj, int level);
-#endif
-
-#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
- bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextObject& obj);
-#endif
-
- /// Recursively import an object
- bool ImportXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextObject* obj, wxXmlNode* node);
-#endif
-
- /// Creates an object given an XML element name
- virtual wxRichTextObject* CreateObjectForXMLName(wxRichTextObject* parent, const wxString& name) const;
-
- /// Can we save using this handler?
- virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; }
-
- /// Can we load using this handler?
- virtual bool CanLoad() const { return true; }
-
- /// Returns the XML helper object, implementing functionality
- /// that can be reused elsewhere.
- wxRichTextXMLHelper& GetHelper() { return m_helper; }
-
-// Implementation
-
- /**
- Call with XML node name, C++ class name so that wxRTC can read in the node.
- If you add a custom object, call this.
- */
- static void RegisterNodeName(const wxString& nodeName, const wxString& className) { sm_nodeNameToClassMap[nodeName] = className; }
-
- /**
- Cleans up the mapping between node name and C++ class.
- */
- static void ClearNodeToClassMap() { sm_nodeNameToClassMap.clear(); }
-
-protected:
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream);
- virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream);
-#endif
-
- wxRichTextXMLHelper m_helper;
-
- static wxStringToStringHashMap sm_nodeNameToClassMap;
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_RICHTEXT && wxUSE_XML
-
-#endif
- // _WX_RICHTEXTXML_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/richtooltip.h
-// Purpose: Declaration of wxRichToolTip class.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-10-07
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RICHTOOLTIP_H_
-#define _WX_RICHTOOLTIP_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_RICHTOOLTIP
-
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFont;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-class wxRichToolTipImpl;
-
-// This enum describes the kind of the tip shown which combines both the tip
-// position and appearance because the two are related (when the tip is
-// positioned asymmetrically, a right handed triangle is used but an
-// equilateral one when it's in the middle of a side).
-//
-// Automatic selects the tip appearance best suited for the current platform
-// and the position best suited for the window the tooltip is shown for, i.e.
-// chosen in such a way that the tooltip is always fully on screen.
-//
-// Other values describe the position of the tooltip itself, not the window it
-// relates to. E.g. wxTipKind_Top places the tip on the top of the tooltip and
-// so the tooltip itself is located beneath its associated window.
-enum wxTipKind
-{
- wxTipKind_None,
- wxTipKind_TopLeft,
- wxTipKind_Top,
- wxTipKind_TopRight,
- wxTipKind_BottomLeft,
- wxTipKind_Bottom,
- wxTipKind_BottomRight,
- wxTipKind_Auto
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxRichToolTip: a customizable but not necessarily native tooltip.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Notice that this class does not inherit from wxWindow.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxRichToolTip
-{
-public:
- // Ctor must specify the tooltip title and main message, additional
- // attributes can be set later.
- wxRichToolTip(const wxString& title, const wxString& message);
-
- // Set the background colour: if two colours are specified, the background
- // is drawn using a gradient from top to bottom, otherwise a single solid
- // colour is used.
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& col,
- const wxColour& colEnd = wxColour());
-
- // Set the small icon to show: either one of the standard information/
- // warning/error ones (the question icon doesn't make sense for a tooltip)
- // or a custom icon.
- void SetIcon(int icon = wxICON_INFORMATION);
- void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
-
- // Set timeout after which the tooltip should disappear, in milliseconds.
- // By default the tooltip is hidden after system-dependent interval of time
- // elapses but this method can be used to change this or also disable
- // hiding the tooltip automatically entirely by passing 0 in this parameter
- // (but doing this can result in native version not being used).
- // Optionally specify a show delay.
- void SetTimeout(unsigned milliseconds, unsigned millisecondsShowdelay = 0);
-
- // Choose the tip kind, possibly none. By default the tip is positioned
- // automatically, as if wxTipKind_Auto was used.
- void SetTipKind(wxTipKind tipKind);
-
- // Set the title text font. By default it's emphasized using the font style
- // or colour appropriate for the current platform.
- void SetTitleFont(const wxFont& font);
-
- // Show the tooltip for the given window and optionally a specified area.
- void ShowFor(wxWindow* win, const wxRect* rect = NULL);
-
- // Non-virtual dtor as this class is not supposed to be derived from.
- ~wxRichToolTip();
-
-private:
- wxRichToolTipImpl* const m_impl;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxRichToolTip);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_RICHTOOLTIP
-
-#endif // _WX_RICHTOOLTIP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/rtti.h
-// Purpose: old RTTI macros (use XTI when possible instead)
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Ron Lee
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-// (c) 2001 Ron Lee <ron@debian.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_RTTIH__
-#define _WX_RTTIH__
-
-#if !wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI // XTI system is meant to replace these macros
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/memory.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxClassInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPluginLibrary;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable_Node;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxClassInfo
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef wxObject *(*wxObjectConstructorFn)(void);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo
-{
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
- friend WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxString& name);
-public:
- wxClassInfo( const wxChar *className,
- const wxClassInfo *baseInfo1,
- const wxClassInfo *baseInfo2,
- int size,
- wxObjectConstructorFn ctor )
- : m_className(className)
- , m_objectSize(size)
- , m_objectConstructor(ctor)
- , m_baseInfo1(baseInfo1)
- , m_baseInfo2(baseInfo2)
- , m_next(sm_first)
- {
- sm_first = this;
- Register();
- }
-
- ~wxClassInfo();
-
- wxObject *CreateObject() const
- { return m_objectConstructor ? (*m_objectConstructor)() : 0; }
- bool IsDynamic() const { return (NULL != m_objectConstructor); }
-
- const wxChar *GetClassName() const { return m_className; }
- const wxChar *GetBaseClassName1() const
- { return m_baseInfo1 ? m_baseInfo1->GetClassName() : NULL; }
- const wxChar *GetBaseClassName2() const
- { return m_baseInfo2 ? m_baseInfo2->GetClassName() : NULL; }
- const wxClassInfo *GetBaseClass1() const { return m_baseInfo1; }
- const wxClassInfo *GetBaseClass2() const { return m_baseInfo2; }
- int GetSize() const { return m_objectSize; }
-
- wxObjectConstructorFn GetConstructor() const
- { return m_objectConstructor; }
- static const wxClassInfo *GetFirst() { return sm_first; }
- const wxClassInfo *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
- static wxClassInfo *FindClass(const wxString& className);
-
- // Climb upwards through inheritance hierarchy.
- // Dual inheritance is catered for.
-
- bool IsKindOf(const wxClassInfo *info) const
- {
- return info != 0 &&
- ( info == this ||
- ( m_baseInfo1 && m_baseInfo1->IsKindOf(info) ) ||
- ( m_baseInfo2 && m_baseInfo2->IsKindOf(info) ) );
- }
-
- wxDECLARE_CLASS_INFO_ITERATORS();
-
-private:
- const wxChar *m_className;
- int m_objectSize;
- wxObjectConstructorFn m_objectConstructor;
-
- // Pointers to base wxClassInfos
-
- const wxClassInfo *m_baseInfo1;
- const wxClassInfo *m_baseInfo2;
-
- // class info object live in a linked list:
- // pointers to its head and the next element in it
-
- static wxClassInfo *sm_first;
- wxClassInfo *m_next;
-
- static wxHashTable *sm_classTable;
-
-protected:
- // registers the class
- void Register();
- void Unregister();
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClassInfo);
-};
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxString& name);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Dynamic class macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name) \
- public: \
- static wxClassInfo ms_classInfo; \
- virtual wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const
-
-#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(name) \
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(name); \
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(name) \
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(name); \
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) \
- wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name); \
- static wxObject* wxCreateObject()
-
-#define wxDECLARE_CLASS(name) \
- wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name)
-
-
-// common part of the macros below
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON(name, basename, baseclsinfo2, func) \
- wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(wxT(#name), \
- &basename::ms_classInfo, \
- baseclsinfo2, \
- (int) sizeof(name), \
- func); \
- \
- wxClassInfo *name::GetClassInfo() const \
- { return &name::ms_classInfo; }
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON1(name, basename, func) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON(name, basename, NULL, func)
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON2(name, basename1, basename2, func) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON(name, basename1, &basename2::ms_classInfo, func)
-
-// -----------------------------------
-// for concrete classes
-// -----------------------------------
-
- // Single inheritance with one base class
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name, basename) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON1(name, basename, name::wxCreateObject) \
- wxObject* name::wxCreateObject() \
- { return new name; }
-
- // Multiple inheritance with two base classes
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON2(name, basename1, basename2, \
- name::wxCreateObject) \
- wxObject* name::wxCreateObject() \
- { return new name; }
-
-// -----------------------------------
-// for abstract classes
-// -----------------------------------
-
- // Single inheritance with one base class
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON1(name, basename, NULL)
-
- // Multiple inheritance with two base classes
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_CLASS_COMMON2(name, basename1, basename2, NULL)
-
-// -----------------------------------
-// XTI-compatible macros
-// -----------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/flags.h"
-
-// these macros only do something when wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI=1
-// (and in that case they are defined by xti.h); however to avoid
-// to be forced to wrap these macros (in user's source files) with
-//
-// #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-// ...
-// #endif
-//
-// blocks, we define them here as empty.
-
-#define wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE /**/
-
-#define wxBEGIN_ENUM( e ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxENUM_MEMBER( v ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxEND_ENUM( e ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_SET_STREAMING(SetName,e) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxBEGIN_FLAGS( e ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxFLAGS_MEMBER( v ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxEND_FLAGS( e ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( element, collection ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxHANDLER(name,eventClassType) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(theClass) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI( name, basename, unit ) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename )
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK( name, basename, unit, callback ) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename )
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_XTI( name, basename, unit ) \
- wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename)
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_AND_STREAMERS_XTI( name, basename, \
- unit, toString, \
- fromString ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_WXOBJECT_NO_BASE_XTI( name, unit ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_WXOBJECT_XTI( name, basename, unit ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2_XTI( name, basename, basename2, unit) wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name, basename, basename2 )
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_0(klass) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(klass) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_0(klass) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_1(klass,t0,v0) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_1(klass,t0,v0) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_2(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_2(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_3(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_3(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_4(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_4(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_5(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_5(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_6(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_6(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_7(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_7(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_8(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6,t7,v7) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_8(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6,t7,v7) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxSETTER( property, Klass, valueType, setterMethod ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxGETTER( property, Klass, valueType, gettermethod ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxADDER( property, Klass, valueType, addermethod ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxCOLLECTION_GETTER( property, Klass, valueType, gettermethod ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(theClass) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxHIDE_PROPERTY( pname ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxPROPERTY( pname, type, setter, getter, defaultValue, flags, help, group) \
- wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( pname, flags, type, setter, getter,defaultValue, \
- pflags, help, group) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( pname, type, getter,defaultValue, flags, help, group) \
- wxGETTER( pname, class_t, type, getter ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_FLAGS( pname, flags, type, getter,defaultValue, \
- pflags, help, group) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( pname, colltype, addelemtype, adder, getter, \
- flags, help, group ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( pname, colltype, addelemtype, getter, \
- flags, help, group) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-#define wxEVENT_PROPERTY( name, eventType, eventClass ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( name, eventType, lastEventType, eventClass ) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_PROPERTY(name, type) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#define wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(name) wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-#endif // _WX_RTTIH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/sashwin.h
-// Purpose: Base header for wxSashWindow
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SASHWIN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SASHWIN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/sashwin.h"
-
-#endif
- // _WX_SASHWIN_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/sckaddr.h
-// Purpose: Network address classes
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin to switch to wxSockAddressImpl implementation
-// Created: 26/04/1997
-// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// (c) 2008, 2009 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCKADDR_H_
-#define _WX_SCKADDR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-class wxSockAddressImpl;
-
-// forward declare it instead of including the system headers defining it which
-// can bring in <windows.h> under Windows which we don't want to include from
-// public wx headers
-struct sockaddr;
-
-// Any socket address kind
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSockAddress : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- enum Family
- {
- NONE,
- IPV4,
- IPV6,
- UNIX
- };
-
- wxSockAddress();
- wxSockAddress(const wxSockAddress& other);
- virtual ~wxSockAddress();
-
- wxSockAddress& operator=(const wxSockAddress& other);
-
- virtual void Clear();
- virtual Family Type() = 0;
-
- // accessors for the low level address represented by this object
- const sockaddr *GetAddressData() const;
- int GetAddressDataLen() const;
-
- // we need to be able to create copies of the addresses polymorphically
- // (i.e. without knowing the exact address class)
- virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const = 0;
-
-
- // implementation only, don't use
- const wxSockAddressImpl& GetAddress() const { return *m_impl; }
- void SetAddress(const wxSockAddressImpl& address);
-
-protected:
- wxSockAddressImpl *m_impl;
-
-private:
- void Init();
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxSockAddress)
-};
-
-// An IP address (either IPv4 or IPv6)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxIPaddress : public wxSockAddress
-{
-public:
- wxIPaddress() : wxSockAddress() { }
- wxIPaddress(const wxIPaddress& other)
- : wxSockAddress(other),
- m_origHostname(other.m_origHostname)
- {
- }
-
- bool operator==(const wxIPaddress& addr) const;
-
- bool Hostname(const wxString& name);
- bool Service(const wxString& name);
- bool Service(unsigned short port);
-
- bool LocalHost();
- virtual bool IsLocalHost() const = 0;
-
- bool AnyAddress();
-
- virtual wxString IPAddress() const = 0;
-
- wxString Hostname() const;
- unsigned short Service() const;
-
- wxString OrigHostname() const { return m_origHostname; }
-
-protected:
- // get m_impl initialized to the right family if it hadn't been done yet
- wxSockAddressImpl& GetImpl();
- const wxSockAddressImpl& GetImpl() const
- {
- return const_cast<wxIPaddress *>(this)->GetImpl();
- }
-
- // host name originally passed to Hostname()
- wxString m_origHostname;
-
-private:
- // create the wxSockAddressImpl object of the correct family if it's
- // currently uninitialized
- virtual void DoInitImpl() = 0;
-
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxIPaddress)
-};
-
-// An IPv4 address
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxIPV4address : public wxIPaddress
-{
-public:
- wxIPV4address() : wxIPaddress() { }
- wxIPV4address(const wxIPV4address& other) : wxIPaddress(other) { }
-
- // implement wxSockAddress pure virtuals:
- virtual Family Type() { return IPV4; }
- virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const { return new wxIPV4address(*this); }
-
-
- // implement wxIPaddress pure virtuals:
- virtual bool IsLocalHost() const;
-
- virtual wxString IPAddress() const;
-
-
- // IPv4-specific methods:
- bool Hostname(unsigned long addr);
-
- // make base class methods hidden by our overload visible
- //
- // FIXME-VC6: replace this with "using IPAddress::Hostname" (not supported
- // by VC6) when support for it is dropped
- wxString Hostname() const { return wxIPaddress::Hostname(); }
- bool Hostname(const wxString& name) { return wxIPaddress::Hostname(name); }
-
- bool BroadcastAddress();
-
-private:
- virtual void DoInitImpl();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIPV4address)
-};
-
-
-#if wxUSE_IPV6
-
-// An IPv6 address
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxIPV6address : public wxIPaddress
-{
-public:
- wxIPV6address() : wxIPaddress() { }
- wxIPV6address(const wxIPV6address& other) : wxIPaddress(other) { }
-
- // implement wxSockAddress pure virtuals:
- virtual Family Type() { return IPV6; }
- virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const { return new wxIPV6address(*this); }
-
-
- // implement wxIPaddress pure virtuals:
- virtual bool IsLocalHost() const;
-
- virtual wxString IPAddress() const;
-
- // IPv6-specific methods:
- bool Hostname(unsigned char addr[16]);
-
- using wxIPaddress::Hostname;
-
-private:
- virtual void DoInitImpl();
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIPV6address)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_IPV6
-
-// Unix domain sockets are only available under, well, Unix
-#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WINE__)
- #define wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS
-
-// A Unix domain socket address
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxUNIXaddress : public wxSockAddress
-{
-public:
- wxUNIXaddress() : wxSockAddress() { }
- wxUNIXaddress(const wxUNIXaddress& other) : wxSockAddress(other) { }
-
- void Filename(const wxString& name);
- wxString Filename() const;
-
- virtual Family Type() { return UNIX; }
- virtual wxSockAddress *Clone() const { return new wxUNIXaddress(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxSockAddressImpl& GetUNIX();
- const wxSockAddressImpl& GetUNIX() const
- {
- return const_cast<wxUNIXaddress *>(this)->GetUNIX();
- }
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxUNIXaddress)
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_UNIX_DOMAIN_SOCKETS
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#endif // _WX_SCKADDR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/sckipc.h
-// Purpose: Interprocess communication implementation (wxSocket version)
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Guilhem Lavaux (big rewrite) May 1997, 1998
-// Guillermo Rodriguez (updated for wxSocket v2) Jan 2000
-// (callbacks deprecated) Mar 2000
-// Created: 1993
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart 1993
-// (c) Guilhem Lavaux 1997, 1998
-// (c) 2000 Guillermo Rodriguez <guille@iies.es>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCKIPC_H
-#define _WX_SCKIPC_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_IPC
-
-#include "wx/ipcbase.h"
-#include "wx/socket.h"
-#include "wx/sckstrm.h"
-#include "wx/datstrm.h"
-
-/*
- * Mini-DDE implementation
-
- Most transactions involve a topic name and an item name (choose these
- as befits your application).
-
- A client can:
-
- - ask the server to execute commands (data) associated with a topic
- - request data from server by topic and item
- - poke data into the server
- - ask the server to start an advice loop on topic/item
- - ask the server to stop an advice loop
-
- A server can:
-
- - respond to execute, request, poke and advice start/stop
- - send advise data to client
-
- Note that this limits the server in the ways it can send data to the
- client, i.e. it can't send unsolicited information.
- *
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxTCPServer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxTCPClient;
-
-class wxIPCSocketStreams;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxTCPConnection : public wxConnectionBase
-{
-public:
- wxTCPConnection() { Init(); }
- wxTCPConnection(void *buffer, size_t size)
- : wxConnectionBase(buffer, size)
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- virtual ~wxTCPConnection();
-
- // implement base class pure virtual methods
- virtual const void *Request(const wxString& item,
- size_t *size = NULL,
- wxIPCFormat format = wxIPC_TEXT);
- virtual bool StartAdvise(const wxString& item);
- virtual bool StopAdvise(const wxString& item);
- virtual bool Disconnect(void);
-
- // Will be used in the future to enable the compression but does nothing
- // for now.
- void Compress(bool on);
-
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoExecute(const void *data, size_t size, wxIPCFormat format);
- virtual bool DoPoke(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size,
- wxIPCFormat format);
- virtual bool DoAdvise(const wxString& item, const void *data, size_t size,
- wxIPCFormat format);
-
-
- // notice that all the members below are only initialized once the
- // connection is made, i.e. in MakeConnection() for the client objects and
- // after OnAcceptConnection() in the server ones
-
- // the underlying socket (wxSocketClient for IPC client and wxSocketServer
- // for IPC server)
- wxSocketBase *m_sock;
-
- // various streams that we use
- wxIPCSocketStreams *m_streams;
-
- // the topic of this connection
- wxString m_topic;
-
-private:
- // common part of both ctors
- void Init();
-
- friend class wxTCPServer;
- friend class wxTCPClient;
- friend class wxTCPEventHandler;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTCPConnection);
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPConnection)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxTCPServer : public wxServerBase
-{
-public:
- wxTCPServer();
- virtual ~wxTCPServer();
-
- // Returns false on error (e.g. port number is already in use)
- virtual bool Create(const wxString& serverName);
-
- virtual wxConnectionBase *OnAcceptConnection(const wxString& topic);
-
-protected:
- wxSocketServer *m_server;
-
-#ifdef __UNIX_LIKE__
- // the name of the file associated to the Unix domain socket, may be empty
- wxString m_filename;
-#endif // __UNIX_LIKE__
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTCPServer);
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPServer)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxTCPClient : public wxClientBase
-{
-public:
- wxTCPClient();
-
- virtual bool ValidHost(const wxString& host);
-
- // Call this to make a connection. Returns NULL if cannot.
- virtual wxConnectionBase *MakeConnection(const wxString& host,
- const wxString& server,
- const wxString& topic);
-
- // Callbacks to CLIENT - override at will
- virtual wxConnectionBase *OnMakeConnection();
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTCPClient)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_IPC
-
-#endif // _WX_SCKIPC_H
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/sckstrm.h
-// Purpose: wxSocket*Stream
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 17/07/97
-// Copyright: (c)
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef __SCK_STREAM_H__
-#define __SCK_STREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/socket.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxSocketOutputStream(wxSocketBase& s);
- virtual ~wxSocketOutputStream();
-
-protected:
- wxSocketBase *m_o_socket;
-
- size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t bufsize);
-
- // socket streams are both un-seekable and size-less streams:
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const
- { return wxInvalidOffset; }
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset WXUNUSED(pos), wxSeekMode WXUNUSED(mode))
- { return wxInvalidOffset; }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketOutputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
- wxSocketInputStream(wxSocketBase& s);
- virtual ~wxSocketInputStream();
-
-protected:
- wxSocketBase *m_i_socket;
-
- size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t bufsize);
-
- // socket streams are both un-seekable and size-less streams:
-
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const
- { return wxInvalidOffset; }
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset WXUNUSED(pos), wxSeekMode WXUNUSED(mode))
- { return wxInvalidOffset; }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketInputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketStream : public wxSocketInputStream,
- public wxSocketOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxSocketStream(wxSocketBase& s);
- virtual ~wxSocketStream();
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketStream);
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_SOCKETS && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif
- // __SCK_STREAM_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/scopedarray.h
-// Purpose: scoped smart pointer class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-02-03
-// Copyright: (c) Jesse Lovelace and original Boost authors (see below)
-// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCOPED_ARRAY_H_
-#define _WX_SCOPED_ARRAY_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/checkeddelete.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopedArray: A scoped array
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class T>
-class wxScopedArray
-{
-public:
- typedef T element_type;
-
- wxEXPLICIT wxScopedArray(T * array = NULL) : m_array(array) { }
-
- ~wxScopedArray() { delete [] m_array; }
-
- // test for pointer validity: defining conversion to unspecified_bool_type
- // and not more obvious bool to avoid implicit conversions to integer types
- typedef T *(wxScopedArray<T>::*unspecified_bool_type)() const;
- operator unspecified_bool_type() const
- {
- return m_array ? &wxScopedArray<T>::get : NULL;
- }
-
- void reset(T *array = NULL)
- {
- if ( array != m_array )
- {
- delete [] m_array;
- m_array = array;
- }
- }
-
- T& operator[](size_t n) const { return m_array[n]; }
-
- T *get() const { return m_array; }
-
- void swap(wxScopedArray &other)
- {
- T * const tmp = other.m_array;
- other.m_array = m_array;
- m_array = tmp;
- }
-
-private:
- T *m_array;
-
- DECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxScopedArray, T)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// old macro based implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the same but for arrays instead of simple pointers
-#define wxDECLARE_SCOPED_ARRAY(T, name)\
-class name \
-{ \
-private: \
- T * m_ptr; \
- name(name const &); \
- name & operator=(name const &); \
- \
-public: \
- wxEXPLICIT name(T * p = NULL) : m_ptr(p) \
- {} \
- \
- ~name(); \
- void reset(T * p = NULL); \
- \
- T & operator[](long int i) const\
- { \
- wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL); \
- wxASSERT(i >= 0); \
- return m_ptr[i]; \
- } \
- \
- T * get() const \
- { \
- return m_ptr; \
- } \
- \
- void swap(name & ot) \
- { \
- T * tmp = ot.m_ptr; \
- ot.m_ptr = m_ptr; \
- m_ptr = tmp; \
- } \
-};
-
-#define wxDEFINE_SCOPED_ARRAY(T, name) \
-name::~name() \
-{ \
- wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY(m_ptr); \
-} \
-void name::reset(T * p){ \
- if (m_ptr != p) \
- { \
- wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY(m_ptr); \
- m_ptr = p; \
- } \
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_SCOPED_ARRAY_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/scopedptr.h
-// Purpose: scoped smart pointer class
-// Author: Jesse Lovelace <jllovela@eos.ncsu.edu>
-// Created: 06/01/02
-// Copyright: (c) Jesse Lovelace and original Boost authors (see below)
-// (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// This class closely follows the implementation of the boost
-// library scoped_ptr and is an adaption for c++ macro's in
-// the wxWidgets project. The original authors of the boost
-// scoped_ptr are given below with their respective copyrights.
-
-// (C) Copyright Greg Colvin and Beman Dawes 1998, 1999.
-// Copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Peter Dimov
-//
-// Permission to copy, use, modify, sell and distribute this software
-// is granted provided this copyright notice appears in all copies.
-// This software is provided "as is" without express or implied
-// warranty, and with no claim as to its suitability for any purpose.
-//
-// See http://www.boost.org/libs/smart_ptr/scoped_ptr.htm for documentation.
-//
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCOPED_PTR_H_
-#define _WX_SCOPED_PTR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/checkeddelete.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopedPtr: A scoped pointer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class T>
-class wxScopedPtr
-{
-public:
- typedef T element_type;
-
- wxEXPLICIT wxScopedPtr(T * ptr = NULL) : m_ptr(ptr) { }
-
- ~wxScopedPtr() { wxCHECKED_DELETE(m_ptr); }
-
- // test for pointer validity: defining conversion to unspecified_bool_type
- // and not more obvious bool to avoid implicit conversions to integer types
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
- // this compiler is too dumb to use unspecified_bool_type operator in tests
- // of the form "if ( !ptr )"
- typedef bool unspecified_bool_type;
-#else
- typedef T *(wxScopedPtr<T>::*unspecified_bool_type)() const;
-#endif // __BORLANDC__
- operator unspecified_bool_type() const
- {
- return m_ptr ? &wxScopedPtr<T>::get : NULL;
- }
-
- void reset(T * ptr = NULL)
- {
- if ( ptr != m_ptr )
- {
- wxCHECKED_DELETE(m_ptr);
- m_ptr = ptr;
- }
- }
-
- T *release()
- {
- T *ptr = m_ptr;
- m_ptr = NULL;
- return ptr;
- }
-
- T & operator*() const
- {
- wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL);
- return *m_ptr;
- }
-
- T * operator->() const
- {
- wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL);
- return m_ptr;
- }
-
- T * get() const
- {
- return m_ptr;
- }
-
- void swap(wxScopedPtr& other)
- {
- T * const tmp = other.m_ptr;
- other.m_ptr = m_ptr;
- m_ptr = tmp;
- }
-
-private:
- T * m_ptr;
-
- DECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxScopedPtr, T)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// old macro based implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* The type being used *must* be complete at the time
- that wxDEFINE_SCOPED_* is called or a compiler error will result.
- This is because the class checks for the completeness of the type
- being used. */
-
-#define wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(T, name) \
-class name \
-{ \
-private: \
- T * m_ptr; \
- \
- name(name const &); \
- name & operator=(name const &); \
- \
-public: \
- wxEXPLICIT name(T * ptr = NULL) \
- : m_ptr(ptr) { } \
- \
- ~name(); \
- \
- void reset(T * ptr = NULL); \
- \
- T *release() \
- { \
- T *ptr = m_ptr; \
- m_ptr = NULL; \
- return ptr; \
- } \
- \
- T & operator*() const \
- { \
- wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL); \
- return *m_ptr; \
- } \
- \
- T * operator->() const \
- { \
- wxASSERT(m_ptr != NULL); \
- return m_ptr; \
- } \
- \
- T * get() const \
- { \
- return m_ptr; \
- } \
- \
- void swap(name & ot) \
- { \
- T * tmp = ot.m_ptr; \
- ot.m_ptr = m_ptr; \
- m_ptr = tmp; \
- } \
-};
-
-#define wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR(T, name)\
-void name::reset(T * ptr) \
-{ \
- if (m_ptr != ptr) \
- { \
- wxCHECKED_DELETE(m_ptr); \
- m_ptr = ptr; \
- } \
-} \
-name::~name() \
-{ \
- wxCHECKED_DELETE(m_ptr); \
-}
-
-// this macro can be used for the most common case when you want to declare and
-// define the scoped pointer at the same time and want to use the standard
-// naming convention: auto pointer to Foo is called FooPtr
-#define wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(T) \
- wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(T, T ## Ptr) \
- wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR(T, T ## Ptr)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// "Tied" scoped pointer: same as normal one but also sets the value of
-// some other variable to the pointer value
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxDEFINE_TIED_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(T) \
- wxDEFINE_SCOPED_PTR_TYPE(T) \
- class T ## TiedPtr : public T ## Ptr \
- { \
- public: \
- T ## TiedPtr(T **pp, T *p) \
- : T ## Ptr(p), m_pp(pp) \
- { \
- m_pOld = *pp; \
- *pp = p; \
- } \
- \
- ~ T ## TiedPtr() \
- { \
- *m_pp = m_pOld; \
- } \
- \
- private: \
- T **m_pp; \
- T *m_pOld; \
- };
-
-#endif // _WX_SCOPED_PTR_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/scopeguard.h
-// Purpose: declares wxwxScopeGuard and related macros
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 03.07.2003
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
- Acknowledgements: this header is heavily based on (well, almost the exact
- copy of) ScopeGuard.h by Andrei Alexandrescu and Petru Marginean published
- in December 2000 issue of C/C++ Users Journal.
- http://www.cuj.com/documents/cujcexp1812alexandr/
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCOPEGUARD_H_
-#define _WX_SCOPEGUARD_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/except.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helpers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
-
-// WATCOM-FIXME: C++ of Open Watcom 1.3 doesn't like OnScopeExit() created
-// through template so it must be workarounded with dedicated inlined macro.
-// For compatibility with Watcom compilers wxPrivate::OnScopeExit must be
-// replaced with wxPrivateOnScopeExit but in user code (for everyone who
-// doesn't care about OW compatibility) wxPrivate::OnScopeExit still works.
-
-#define wxPrivateOnScopeExit(guard) \
- { \
- if ( !(guard).WasDismissed() ) \
- { \
- wxTRY \
- { \
- (guard).Execute(); \
- } \
- wxCATCH_ALL(;) \
- } \
- }
-
-#define wxPrivateUse(n) wxUnusedVar(n)
-
-#else
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
- // in the original implementation this was a member template function of
- // ScopeGuardImplBase but gcc 2.8 which is still used for OS/2 doesn't
- // support member templates and so we must make it global
- template <class ScopeGuardImpl>
- void OnScopeExit(ScopeGuardImpl& guard)
- {
- if ( !guard.WasDismissed() )
- {
- // we're called from ScopeGuardImpl dtor and so we must not throw
- wxTRY
- {
- guard.Execute();
- }
- wxCATCH_ALL(;) // do nothing, just eat the exception
- }
- }
-
- // just to avoid the warning about unused variables
- template <class T>
- void Use(const T& WXUNUSED(t))
- {
- }
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-#define wxPrivateOnScopeExit(n) wxPrivate::OnScopeExit(n)
-#define wxPrivateUse(n) wxPrivate::Use(n)
-
-#endif
-
-// ============================================================================
-// wxScopeGuard for functions and functors
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopeGuardImplBase: used by wxScopeGuardImpl[0..N] below
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
- wxScopeGuardImplBase() : m_wasDismissed(false) { }
-
- wxScopeGuardImplBase(const wxScopeGuardImplBase& other)
- : m_wasDismissed(other.m_wasDismissed)
- {
- other.Dismiss();
- }
-
- void Dismiss() const { m_wasDismissed = true; }
-
- // for OnScopeExit() only (we can't make it friend, unfortunately)!
- bool WasDismissed() const { return m_wasDismissed; }
-
-protected:
- ~wxScopeGuardImplBase() { }
-
- // must be mutable for copy ctor to work
- mutable bool m_wasDismissed;
-
-private:
- wxScopeGuardImplBase& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImplBase&);
-};
-
-// wxScopeGuard is just a reference, see the explanation in CUJ article
-typedef const wxScopeGuardImplBase& wxScopeGuard;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopeGuardImpl0: scope guard for actions without parameters
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class F>
-class wxScopeGuardImpl0 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
- static wxScopeGuardImpl0<F> MakeGuard(F fun)
- {
- return wxScopeGuardImpl0<F>(fun);
- }
-
- ~wxScopeGuardImpl0() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
- void Execute() { m_fun(); }
-
-protected:
- wxScopeGuardImpl0(F fun) : m_fun(fun) { }
-
- F m_fun;
-
- wxScopeGuardImpl0& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl0&);
-};
-
-template <class F>
-inline wxScopeGuardImpl0<F> wxMakeGuard(F fun)
-{
- return wxScopeGuardImpl0<F>::MakeGuard(fun);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopeGuardImpl1: scope guard for actions with 1 parameter
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class F, class P1>
-class wxScopeGuardImpl1 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
- static wxScopeGuardImpl1<F, P1> MakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1)
- {
- return wxScopeGuardImpl1<F, P1>(fun, p1);
- }
-
- ~wxScopeGuardImpl1() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(* this); }
-
- void Execute() { m_fun(m_p1); }
-
-protected:
- wxScopeGuardImpl1(F fun, P1 p1) : m_fun(fun), m_p1(p1) { }
-
- F m_fun;
- const P1 m_p1;
-
- wxScopeGuardImpl1& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl1&);
-};
-
-template <class F, class P1>
-inline wxScopeGuardImpl1<F, P1> wxMakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1)
-{
- return wxScopeGuardImpl1<F, P1>::MakeGuard(fun, p1);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopeGuardImpl2: scope guard for actions with 2 parameters
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class F, class P1, class P2>
-class wxScopeGuardImpl2 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
- static wxScopeGuardImpl2<F, P1, P2> MakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2)
- {
- return wxScopeGuardImpl2<F, P1, P2>(fun, p1, p2);
- }
-
- ~wxScopeGuardImpl2() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
- void Execute() { m_fun(m_p1, m_p2); }
-
-protected:
- wxScopeGuardImpl2(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2) : m_fun(fun), m_p1(p1), m_p2(p2) { }
-
- F m_fun;
- const P1 m_p1;
- const P2 m_p2;
-
- wxScopeGuardImpl2& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl2&);
-};
-
-template <class F, class P1, class P2>
-inline wxScopeGuardImpl2<F, P1, P2> wxMakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2)
-{
- return wxScopeGuardImpl2<F, P1, P2>::MakeGuard(fun, p1, p2);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScopeGuardImpl3: scope guard for actions with 3 parameters
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class F, class P1, class P2, class P3>
-class wxScopeGuardImpl3 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
- static wxScopeGuardImpl3<F, P1, P2, P3> MakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3)
- {
- return wxScopeGuardImpl3<F, P1, P2, P3>(fun, p1, p2, p3);
- }
-
- ~wxScopeGuardImpl3() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
- void Execute() { m_fun(m_p1, m_p2, m_p3); }
-
-protected:
- wxScopeGuardImpl3(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3)
- : m_fun(fun), m_p1(p1), m_p2(p2), m_p3(p3) { }
-
- F m_fun;
- const P1 m_p1;
- const P2 m_p2;
- const P3 m_p3;
-
- wxScopeGuardImpl3& operator=(const wxScopeGuardImpl3&);
-};
-
-template <class F, class P1, class P2, class P3>
-inline wxScopeGuardImpl3<F, P1, P2, P3> wxMakeGuard(F fun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3)
-{
- return wxScopeGuardImpl3<F, P1, P2, P3>::MakeGuard(fun, p1, p2, p3);
-}
-
-// ============================================================================
-// wxScopeGuards for object methods
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxObjScopeGuardImpl0
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun>
-class wxObjScopeGuardImpl0 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
- static wxObjScopeGuardImpl0<Obj, MemFun>
- MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun)
- {
- return wxObjScopeGuardImpl0<Obj, MemFun>(obj, memFun);
- }
-
- ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl0() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
- void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(); }
-
-protected:
- wxObjScopeGuardImpl0(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun)
- : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun) { }
-
- Obj& m_obj;
- MemFun m_memfun;
-};
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun>
-inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl0<Obj, MemFun> wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun)
-{
- return wxObjScopeGuardImpl0<Obj, MemFun>::MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun);
-}
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun, class P1>
-class wxObjScopeGuardImpl1 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
- static wxObjScopeGuardImpl1<Obj, MemFun, P1>
- MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1)
- {
- return wxObjScopeGuardImpl1<Obj, MemFun, P1>(obj, memFun, p1);
- }
-
- ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl1() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
- void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(m_p1); }
-
-protected:
- wxObjScopeGuardImpl1(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1)
- : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun), m_p1(p1) { }
-
- Obj& m_obj;
- MemFun m_memfun;
- const P1 m_p1;
-};
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun, class P1>
-inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl1<Obj, MemFun, P1>
-wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1)
-{
- return wxObjScopeGuardImpl1<Obj, MemFun, P1>::MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun, p1);
-}
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun, class P1, class P2>
-class wxObjScopeGuardImpl2 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
- static wxObjScopeGuardImpl2<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2>
- MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2)
- {
- return wxObjScopeGuardImpl2<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2>(obj, memFun, p1, p2);
- }
-
- ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl2() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
- void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(m_p1, m_p2); }
-
-protected:
- wxObjScopeGuardImpl2(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2)
- : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun), m_p1(p1), m_p2(p2) { }
-
- Obj& m_obj;
- MemFun m_memfun;
- const P1 m_p1;
- const P2 m_p2;
-};
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun, class P1, class P2>
-inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl2<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2>
-wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2)
-{
- return wxObjScopeGuardImpl2<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2>::
- MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun, p1, p2);
-}
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun, class P1, class P2, class P3>
-class wxObjScopeGuardImpl3 : public wxScopeGuardImplBase
-{
-public:
- static wxObjScopeGuardImpl3<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2, P3>
- MakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3)
- {
- return wxObjScopeGuardImpl3<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2, P3>(obj, memFun, p1, p2, p3);
- }
-
- ~wxObjScopeGuardImpl3() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
- void Execute() { (m_obj.*m_memfun)(m_p1, m_p2, m_p3); }
-
-protected:
- wxObjScopeGuardImpl3(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3)
- : m_obj(obj), m_memfun(memFun), m_p1(p1), m_p2(p2), m_p3(p3) { }
-
- Obj& m_obj;
- MemFun m_memfun;
- const P1 m_p1;
- const P2 m_p2;
- const P3 m_p3;
-};
-
-template <class Obj, class MemFun, class P1, class P2, class P3>
-inline wxObjScopeGuardImpl3<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2, P3>
-wxMakeObjGuard(Obj& obj, MemFun memFun, P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3)
-{
- return wxObjScopeGuardImpl3<Obj, MemFun, P1, P2, P3>::
- MakeObjGuard(obj, memFun, p1, p2, p3);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVariableSetter: use the same technique as for wxScopeGuard to allow
-// setting a variable to some value on block exit
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-// empty class just to be able to define a reference to it
-class VariableSetterBase : public wxScopeGuardImplBase { };
-
-typedef const VariableSetterBase& VariableSetter;
-
-template <typename T, typename U>
-class VariableSetterImpl : public VariableSetterBase
-{
-public:
- VariableSetterImpl(T& var, U value)
- : m_var(var),
- m_value(value)
- {
- }
-
- ~VariableSetterImpl() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
- void Execute() { m_var = m_value; }
-
-private:
- T& m_var;
- const U m_value;
-
- // suppress the warning about assignment operator not being generated
- VariableSetterImpl<T, U>& operator=(const VariableSetterImpl<T, U>&);
-};
-
-template <typename T>
-class VariableNullerImpl : public VariableSetterBase
-{
-public:
- VariableNullerImpl(T& var)
- : m_var(var)
- {
- }
-
- ~VariableNullerImpl() { wxPrivateOnScopeExit(*this); }
-
- void Execute() { m_var = NULL; }
-
-private:
- T& m_var;
-
- VariableNullerImpl<T>& operator=(const VariableNullerImpl<T>&);
-};
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-template <typename T, typename U>
-inline
-wxPrivate::VariableSetterImpl<T, U> wxMakeVarSetter(T& var, U value)
-{
- return wxPrivate::VariableSetterImpl<T, U>(var, value);
-}
-
-// calling wxMakeVarSetter(ptr, NULL) doesn't work because U is deduced to be
-// "int" and subsequent assignment of "U" to "T *" fails, so provide a special
-// function for this special case
-template <typename T>
-inline
-wxPrivate::VariableNullerImpl<T> wxMakeVarNuller(T& var)
-{
- return wxPrivate::VariableNullerImpl<T>(var);
-}
-
-// ============================================================================
-// macros for declaring unnamed scoped guards (which can't be dismissed)
-// ============================================================================
-
-// NB: the original code has a single (and much nicer) ON_BLOCK_EXIT macro
-// but this results in compiler warnings about unused variables and I
-// didn't find a way to work around this other than by having different
-// macros with different names or using a less natural syntax for passing
-// the arguments (e.g. as Boost preprocessor sequences, which would mean
-// having to write wxON_BLOCK_EXIT(fwrite, (buf)(size)(n)(fp)) instead of
-// wxON_BLOCK_EXIT4(fwrite, buf, size, n, fp)).
-
-#define wxGuardName wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxScopeGuard)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT0_IMPL(n, f) \
- wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f); \
- wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT0(f) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT0_IMPL(wxGuardName, f)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0_IMPL(n, o, m) \
- wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m); \
- wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0(o, m) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_THIS0(m) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ0(*this, m)
-
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1_IMPL(n, f, p1) \
- wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f, p1); \
- wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1(f, p1) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT1_IMPL(wxGuardName, f, p1)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1_IMPL(n, o, m, p1) \
- wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m, p1); \
- wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1(o, m, p1) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m, p1)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_THIS1(m, p1) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ1(*this, m, p1)
-
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT2_IMPL(n, f, p1, p2) \
- wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f, p1, p2); \
- wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT2(f, p1, p2) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT2_IMPL(wxGuardName, f, p1, p2)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2_IMPL(n, o, m, p1, p2) \
- wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m, p1, p2); \
- wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2(o, m, p1, p2) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m, p1, p2)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_THIS2(m, p1, p2) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ2(*this, m, p1, p2)
-
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT3_IMPL(n, f, p1, p2, p3) \
- wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeGuard(f, p1, p2, p3); \
- wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT3(f, p1, p2, p3) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT3_IMPL(wxGuardName, f, p1, p2, p3)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ3_IMPL(n, o, m, p1, p2, p3) \
- wxScopeGuard n = wxMakeObjGuard(o, m, p1, p2, p3); \
- wxPrivateUse(n)
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ3(o, m, p1, p2, p3) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ3_IMPL(wxGuardName, o, &m, p1, p2, p3)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_THIS3(m, p1, p2, p3) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_OBJ3(*this, m, p1, p2, p3)
-
-
-#define wxSetterName wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(wxVarSetter)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_SET_IMPL(n, var, value) \
- wxPrivate::VariableSetter n = wxMakeVarSetter(var, value); \
- wxPrivateUse(n)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_SET(var, value) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_SET_IMPL(wxSetterName, var, value)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_NULL_IMPL(n, var) \
- wxPrivate::VariableSetter n = wxMakeVarNuller(var); \
- wxPrivateUse(n)
-
-#define wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_NULL(ptr) \
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT_NULL_IMPL(wxSetterName, ptr)
-
-#endif // _WX_SCOPEGUARD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/scrolbar.h
-// Purpose: wxScrollBar base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxScrollBarNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrollBar: a scroll bar control
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollBarBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxScrollBarBase() { }
-
- /*
- Derived classes should provide the following method and ctor with the
- same parameters:
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSB_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxScrollBarNameStr);
- */
-
- // accessors
- virtual int GetThumbPosition() const = 0;
- virtual int GetThumbSize() const = 0;
- virtual int GetPageSize() const = 0;
- virtual int GetRange() const = 0;
-
- bool IsVertical() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxVERTICAL) != 0; }
-
- // operations
- virtual void SetThumbPosition(int viewStart) = 0;
- virtual void SetScrollbar(int position, int thumbSize,
- int range, int pageSize,
- bool refresh = true) = 0;
-
- // implementation-only
- bool IsNeeded() const { return GetRange() > GetThumbSize(); }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollBarBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/scrolbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/scrolbar.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-#endif
- // _WX_SCROLBAR_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/scrolwin.h
-// Purpose: wxScrolledWindow, wxScrolledControl and wxScrollHelper
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 30.08.00
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SCROLWIN_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SCROLWIN_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollHelperEvtHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimer;
-
-// default scrolled window style: scroll in both directions
-#define wxScrolledWindowStyle (wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL)
-
-// values for the second argument of wxScrollHelper::ShowScrollbars()
-enum wxScrollbarVisibility
-{
- wxSHOW_SB_NEVER = -1, // never show the scrollbar at all
- wxSHOW_SB_DEFAULT, // show scrollbar only if it is needed
- wxSHOW_SB_ALWAYS // always show scrollbar, even if not needed
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// The hierarchy of scrolling classes is a bit complicated because we want to
-// put as much functionality as possible in a mix-in class not deriving from
-// wxWindow so that other classes could derive from the same base class on all
-// platforms irrespectively of whether they are native controls (and hence
-// don't use our scrolling) or not.
-//
-// So we have
-//
-// wxAnyScrollHelperBase
-// |
-// |
-// \|/
-// wxScrollHelperBase
-// |
-// |
-// \|/
-// wxWindow wxScrollHelper
-// | \ / /
-// | \ / /
-// | _| |_ /
-// | wxScrolledWindow /
-// | /
-// \|/ /
-// wxControl /
-// \ /
-// \ /
-// _| |_
-// wxScrolledControl
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This class allows reusing some of wxScrollHelperBase functionality in
-// wxVarScrollHelperBase in wx/vscroll.h without duplicating its code.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAnyScrollHelperBase
-{
-public:
- wxEXPLICIT wxAnyScrollHelperBase(wxWindow* win);
- virtual ~wxAnyScrollHelperBase() {}
-
- // Disable use of keyboard keys for scrolling. By default cursor movement
- // keys (including Home, End, Page Up and Down) are used to scroll the
- // window appropriately. If the derived class uses these keys for something
- // else, e.g. changing the currently selected item, this function can be
- // used to disable this behaviour as it's not only not necessary then but
- // can actually be actively harmful if another object forwards a keyboard
- // event corresponding to one of the above keys to us using
- // ProcessWindowEvent() because the event will always be processed which
- // can be undesirable.
- void DisableKeyboardScrolling() { m_kbdScrollingEnabled = false; }
-
- // Override this function to draw the graphic (or just process EVT_PAINT)
- virtual void OnDraw(wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc)) { }
-
- // change the DC origin according to the scroll position.
- virtual void DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc) = 0;
-
- // Simple accessor for the window that is really being scrolled.
- wxWindow *GetTargetWindow() const { return m_targetWindow; }
-
-
- // The methods called from the window event handlers.
- void HandleOnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void HandleOnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
-
-protected:
- // the window that receives the scroll events and the window to actually
- // scroll, respectively
- wxWindow *m_win,
- *m_targetWindow;
-
- // whether cursor keys should scroll the window
- bool m_kbdScrollingEnabled;
-};
-
-// This is the class containing the guts of (uniform) scrolling logic.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrollHelperBase : public wxAnyScrollHelperBase
-{
-public:
- // ctor must be given the associated window
- wxScrollHelperBase(wxWindow *winToScroll);
- virtual ~wxScrollHelperBase();
-
- // configure the scrolling
- virtual void SetScrollbars(int pixelsPerUnitX, int pixelsPerUnitY,
- int noUnitsX, int noUnitsY,
- int xPos = 0, int yPos = 0,
- bool noRefresh = false );
-
- // scroll to the given (in logical coords) position
- //
- // notice that for backwards compatibility reasons Scroll() is virtual as
- // the existing code could override it but new code should override
- // DoScroll() instead
- virtual void Scroll(int x, int y) { DoScroll(x, y); }
- virtual void Scroll(const wxPoint& pt) { DoScroll(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
- // get/set the page size for this orientation (wxVERTICAL/wxHORIZONTAL)
- int GetScrollPageSize(int orient) const;
- void SetScrollPageSize(int orient, int pageSize);
-
- // get the number of lines the window can scroll,
- // returns 0 if no scrollbars are there.
- int GetScrollLines( int orient ) const;
-
- // Set the x, y scrolling increments.
- void SetScrollRate( int xstep, int ystep );
-
- // get the size of one logical unit in physical ones
- void GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(int *pixelsPerUnitX, int *pixelsPerUnitY) const;
-
- // Set scrollbar visibility: it is possible to show scrollbar only if it is
- // needed (i.e. if our virtual size is greater than the current size of the
- // associated window), always (as wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB style does) or never (in
- // which case you should provide some other way to scroll the window as the
- // user wouldn't be able to do it at all)
- void ShowScrollbars(wxScrollbarVisibility horz, wxScrollbarVisibility vert)
- {
- DoShowScrollbars(horz, vert);
- }
-
- // Test whether the specified scrollbar is shown.
- virtual bool IsScrollbarShown(int orient) const = 0;
-
- // Enable/disable Windows scrolling in either direction. If true, wxWidgets
- // scrolls the canvas and only a bit of the canvas is invalidated; no
- // Clear() is necessary. If false, the whole canvas is invalidated and a
- // Clear() is necessary. Disable for when the scroll increment is used to
- // actually scroll a non-constant distance
- //
- // Notice that calling this method with a false argument doesn't disable
- // scrolling the window in this direction, it just changes the mechanism by
- // which it is implemented to not use wxWindow::ScrollWindow().
- virtual void EnableScrolling(bool x_scrolling, bool y_scrolling);
-
- // Get the view start
- void GetViewStart(int *x, int *y) const { DoGetViewStart(x, y); }
-
- wxPoint GetViewStart() const
- {
- wxPoint pt;
- DoGetViewStart(&pt.x, &pt.y);
- return pt;
- }
-
- // Set the scale factor, used in PrepareDC
- void SetScale(double xs, double ys) { m_scaleX = xs; m_scaleY = ys; }
- double GetScaleX() const { return m_scaleX; }
- double GetScaleY() const { return m_scaleY; }
-
- // translate between scrolled and unscrolled coordinates
- void CalcScrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const
- { DoCalcScrolledPosition(x, y, xx, yy); }
- wxPoint CalcScrolledPosition(const wxPoint& pt) const
- {
- wxPoint p2;
- DoCalcScrolledPosition(pt.x, pt.y, &p2.x, &p2.y);
- return p2;
- }
-
- void CalcUnscrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const
- { DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(x, y, xx, yy); }
- wxPoint CalcUnscrolledPosition(const wxPoint& pt) const
- {
- wxPoint p2;
- DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(pt.x, pt.y, &p2.x, &p2.y);
- return p2;
- }
-
- void DoCalcScrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const;
- void DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(int x, int y, int *xx, int *yy) const;
-
- // Adjust the scrollbars
- virtual void AdjustScrollbars() = 0;
-
- // Calculate scroll increment
- int CalcScrollInc(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
-
- // Normally the wxScrolledWindow will scroll itself, but in some rare
- // occasions you might want it to scroll [part of] another window (e.g. a
- // child of it in order to scroll only a portion the area between the
- // scrollbars (spreadsheet: only cell area will move).
- void SetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target);
-
- void SetTargetRect(const wxRect& rect) { m_rectToScroll = rect; }
- wxRect GetTargetRect() const { return m_rectToScroll; }
-
- virtual void DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc);
-
- // are we generating the autoscroll events?
- bool IsAutoScrolling() const { return m_timerAutoScroll != NULL; }
-
- // stop generating the scroll events when mouse is held outside the window
- void StopAutoScrolling();
-
- // this method can be overridden in a derived class to forbid sending the
- // auto scroll events - note that unlike StopAutoScrolling() it doesn't
- // stop the timer, so it will be called repeatedly and will typically
- // return different values depending on the current mouse position
- //
- // the base class version just returns true
- virtual bool SendAutoScrollEvents(wxScrollWinEvent& event) const;
-
- // the methods to be called from the window event handlers
- void HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
- void HandleOnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
- void HandleOnMouseEnter(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void HandleOnMouseLeave(wxMouseEvent& event);
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
- void HandleOnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
- void HandleOnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED(
- void OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event) { HandleOnScroll(event); }
- )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-protected:
- // get pointer to our scroll rect if we use it or NULL
- const wxRect *GetScrollRect() const
- {
- return m_rectToScroll.width != 0 ? &m_rectToScroll : NULL;
- }
-
- // get the size of the target window
- wxSize GetTargetSize() const
- {
- return m_rectToScroll.width != 0 ? m_rectToScroll.GetSize()
- : m_targetWindow->GetClientSize();
- }
-
- void GetTargetSize(int *w, int *h) const
- {
- wxSize size = GetTargetSize();
- if ( w )
- *w = size.x;
- if ( h )
- *h = size.y;
- }
-
- // implementation of public methods with the same name
- virtual void DoGetViewStart(int *x, int *y) const;
- virtual void DoScroll(int x, int y) = 0;
- virtual void DoShowScrollbars(wxScrollbarVisibility horz,
- wxScrollbarVisibility vert) = 0;
-
- // implementations of various wxWindow virtual methods which should be
- // forwarded to us (this can be done by WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER())
- bool ScrollLayout();
- void ScrollDoSetVirtualSize(int x, int y);
- wxSize ScrollGetBestVirtualSize() const;
-
- // change just the target window (unlike SetWindow which changes m_win as
- // well)
- void DoSetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target);
-
- // delete the event handler we installed
- void DeleteEvtHandler();
-
- // this function should be overridden to return the size available for
- // m_targetWindow inside m_win of the given size
- //
- // the default implementation is only good for m_targetWindow == m_win
- // case, if we're scrolling a subwindow you must override this method
- virtual wxSize GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
- {
- // returning just size from here is wrong but it was decided that it is
- // not wrong enough to break the existing code (which doesn't override
- // this recently added function at all) by adding this assert
- //
- // wxASSERT_MSG( m_targetWindow == m_win, "must be overridden" );
-
- return size;
- }
-
-
- double m_scaleX;
- double m_scaleY;
-
- wxRect m_rectToScroll;
-
- wxTimer *m_timerAutoScroll;
-
- // The number of pixels to scroll in horizontal and vertical directions
- // respectively.
- //
- // If 0, means that the scrolling in the given direction is disabled.
- int m_xScrollPixelsPerLine;
- int m_yScrollPixelsPerLine;
- int m_xScrollPosition;
- int m_yScrollPosition;
- int m_xScrollLines;
- int m_yScrollLines;
- int m_xScrollLinesPerPage;
- int m_yScrollLinesPerPage;
-
- bool m_xScrollingEnabled;
- bool m_yScrollingEnabled;
-
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
- int m_wheelRotation;
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-
- wxScrollHelperEvtHandler *m_handler;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrollHelperBase);
-};
-
-// this macro can be used in a wxScrollHelper-derived class to forward wxWindow
-// methods to corresponding wxScrollHelper methods
-#define WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() \
-public: \
- virtual void PrepareDC(wxDC& dc) { DoPrepareDC(dc); } \
- virtual bool Layout() { return ScrollLayout(); } \
- virtual bool CanScroll(int orient) const \
- { return IsScrollbarShown(orient); } \
- virtual void DoSetVirtualSize(int x, int y) \
- { ScrollDoSetVirtualSize(x, y); } \
- virtual wxSize GetBestVirtualSize() const \
- { return ScrollGetBestVirtualSize(); }
-
-// include the declaration of the real wxScrollHelper
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/gtk/scrolwin.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/scrolwin.h"
-#else
- #define wxHAS_GENERIC_SCROLLWIN
- #include "wx/generic/scrolwin.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxScrolled<T>: a wxWindow which knows how to scroll
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// helper class for wxScrolled<T> below
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrolledT_Helper
-{
- static wxSize FilterBestSize(const wxWindow *win,
- const wxScrollHelper *helper,
- const wxSize& origBest);
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- static WXLRESULT FilterMSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXLRESULT origResult);
-#endif
-};
-
-// Scrollable window base on window type T. This used to be wxScrolledWindow,
-// but wxScrolledWindow includes wxControlContainer functionality and that's
-// not always desirable.
-template<class T>
-class wxScrolled : public T,
- public wxScrollHelper,
- private wxScrolledT_Helper
-{
-public:
- wxScrolled() : wxScrollHelper(this) { }
- wxScrolled(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- : wxScrollHelper(this)
- {
- Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- {
- m_targetWindow = this;
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
- this->MacSetClipChildren(true);
-#endif
-
- // by default, we're scrollable in both directions (but if one of the
- // styles is specified explicitly, we shouldn't add the other one
- // automatically)
- if ( !(style & (wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL)) )
- style |= wxHSCROLL | wxVSCROLL;
-
-#ifdef __WXOSX__
- bool retval = T::Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name);
- if ( retval && (style & wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) )
- ShowScrollbars(wxSHOW_SB_ALWAYS, wxSHOW_SB_ALWAYS);
- return retval;
-#else
- if ( style & wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
- ShowScrollbars(wxSHOW_SB_ALWAYS, wxSHOW_SB_ALWAYS);
-
- return T::Create(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name);
-#endif
- }
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- // we need to return a special WM_GETDLGCODE value to process just the
- // arrows but let the other navigation characters through
- virtual WXLRESULT MSWWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
- {
- return FilterMSWWindowProc(nMsg, T::MSWWindowProc(nMsg, wParam, lParam));
- }
-
- // Take into account the scroll origin.
- virtual void MSWAdjustBrushOrg(int* xOrg, int* yOrg) const
- {
- CalcUnscrolledPosition(*xOrg, *yOrg, xOrg, yOrg);
- }
-#endif // __WXMSW__
-
- WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const
- {
- return FilterBestSize(this, this, T::DoGetBestSize());
- }
-
-private:
- // VC++ 6 gives warning for the declaration of template member function
- // without definition
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxScrolled);
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
- // disable the warning about non dll-interface class used as base for
- // dll-interface class: it's harmless in this case
- #pragma warning(push)
- #pragma warning(disable:4275)
-#endif
-
-// for compatibility with existing code, we provide wxScrolledWindow
-// "typedef" for wxScrolled<wxPanel>. It's not a real typedef because we
-// want wxScrolledWindow to show in wxRTTI information (the class is widely
-// used and likelihood of its wxRTTI information being used too is high):
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxScrolledWindow : public wxScrolled<wxPanel>
-{
-public:
- wxScrolledWindow() : wxScrolled<wxPanel>() {}
- wxScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxScrolledWindowStyle,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- : wxScrolled<wxPanel>(parent, winid, pos, size, style, name) {}
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxScrolledWindow)
-};
-
-typedef wxScrolled<wxWindow> wxScrolledCanvas;
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC6__
- #pragma warning(pop)
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_SCROLWIN_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/selstore.h
-// Purpose: wxSelectionStore stores selected items in a control
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 08.06.03 (extracted from src/generic/listctrl.cpp)
-// Copyright: (c) 2000-2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SELSTORE_H_
-#define _WX_SELSTORE_H_
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSelectedIndices is just a sorted array of indices
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline int CMPFUNC_CONV wxUIntCmp(unsigned n1, unsigned n2)
-{
- return (int)(n1 - n2);
-}
-
-WX_DEFINE_SORTED_EXPORTED_ARRAY_CMP_INT(unsigned, wxUIntCmp, wxSelectedIndices);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSelectionStore is used to store the selected items in the virtual
-// controls, i.e. it is well suited for storing even when the control contains
-// a huge (practically infinite) number of items.
-//
-// Of course, internally it still has to store the selected items somehow (as
-// an array currently) but the advantage is that it can handle the selection
-// of all items (common operation) efficiently and that it could be made even
-// smarter in the future (e.g. store the selections as an array of ranges +
-// individual items) without changing its API.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSelectionStore
-{
-public:
- wxSelectionStore() : m_itemsSel(wxUIntCmp) { Init(); }
-
- // set the total number of items we handle
- void SetItemCount(unsigned count);
-
- // special case of SetItemCount(0)
- void Clear() { m_itemsSel.Clear(); m_count = 0; m_defaultState = false; }
-
- // must be called when a new item is inserted/added
- void OnItemAdd(unsigned WXUNUSED(item)) { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("TODO") ); }
-
- // must be called when an item is deleted
- void OnItemDelete(unsigned item);
-
- // select one item, use SelectRange() insted if possible!
- //
- // returns true if the items selection really changed
- bool SelectItem(unsigned item, bool select = true);
-
- // select the range of items (inclusive)
- //
- // return true and fill the itemsChanged array with the indices of items
- // which have changed state if "few" of them did, otherwise return false
- // (meaning that too many items changed state to bother counting them
- // individually)
- bool SelectRange(unsigned itemFrom, unsigned itemTo,
- bool select = true,
- wxArrayInt *itemsChanged = NULL);
-
- // return true if the given item is selected
- bool IsSelected(unsigned item) const;
-
- // return the total number of selected items
- unsigned GetSelectedCount() const
- {
- return m_defaultState ? m_count - m_itemsSel.GetCount()
- : m_itemsSel.GetCount();
- }
-
-private:
- // (re)init
- void Init() { m_count = 0; m_defaultState = false; }
-
- // the total number of items we handle
- unsigned m_count;
-
- // the default state: normally, false (i.e. off) but maybe set to true if
- // there are more selected items than non selected ones - this allows to
- // handle selection of all items efficiently
- bool m_defaultState;
-
- // the array of items whose selection state is different from default
- wxSelectedIndices m_itemsSel;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSelectionStore);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_SELSTORE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/settings.h
-// Purpose: wxSystemSettings class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-// possible values for wxSystemSettings::GetFont() parameter
-//
-// NB: wxMSW assumes that they have the same values as the parameters of
-// Windows GetStockObject() API, don't change the values!
-enum wxSystemFont
-{
- wxSYS_OEM_FIXED_FONT = 10,
- wxSYS_ANSI_FIXED_FONT,
- wxSYS_ANSI_VAR_FONT,
- wxSYS_SYSTEM_FONT,
- wxSYS_DEVICE_DEFAULT_FONT,
-
- // don't use: this is here just to make the values of enum elements
- // coincide with the corresponding MSW constants
- wxSYS_DEFAULT_PALETTE,
-
- // don't use: MSDN says that this is a stock object provided only
- // for compatibility with 16-bit Windows versions earlier than 3.0!
- wxSYS_SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT,
-
- wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT,
-
- // this was just a temporary aberration, do not use it any more
- wxSYS_ICONTITLE_FONT = wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT
-};
-
-// possible values for wxSystemSettings::GetColour() parameter
-//
-// NB: wxMSW assumes that they have the same values as the parameters of
-// Windows GetSysColor() API, don't change the values!
-enum wxSystemColour
-{
- wxSYS_COLOUR_SCROLLBAR,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_DESKTOP,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVECAPTION,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTION,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_MENU,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWFRAME,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUTEXT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_CAPTIONTEXT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_ACTIVEBORDER,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVEBORDER,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_APPWORKSPACE,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNTEXT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_3DLIGHT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOTEXT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_INFOBK,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOX,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_HOTLIGHT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_GRADIENTACTIVECAPTION,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_GRADIENTINACTIVECAPTION,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUHILIGHT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_MENUBAR,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXTEXT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXHIGHLIGHTTEXT,
-
- wxSYS_COLOUR_MAX,
-
- // synonyms
- wxSYS_COLOUR_BACKGROUND = wxSYS_COLOUR_DESKTOP,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHILIGHT = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHIGHLIGHT = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_3DHILIGHT = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNHIGHLIGHT,
- wxSYS_COLOUR_FRAMEBK = wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE
-};
-
-// possible values for wxSystemSettings::GetMetric() index parameter
-//
-// NB: update the conversion table in msw/settings.cpp if you change the values
-// of the elements of this enum
-enum wxSystemMetric
-{
- wxSYS_MOUSE_BUTTONS = 1,
- wxSYS_BORDER_X,
- wxSYS_BORDER_Y,
- wxSYS_CURSOR_X,
- wxSYS_CURSOR_Y,
- wxSYS_DCLICK_X,
- wxSYS_DCLICK_Y,
- wxSYS_DRAG_X,
- wxSYS_DRAG_Y,
- wxSYS_EDGE_X,
- wxSYS_EDGE_Y,
- wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_X,
- wxSYS_HSCROLL_ARROW_Y,
- wxSYS_HTHUMB_X,
- wxSYS_ICON_X,
- wxSYS_ICON_Y,
- wxSYS_ICONSPACING_X,
- wxSYS_ICONSPACING_Y,
- wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_X,
- wxSYS_WINDOWMIN_Y,
- wxSYS_SCREEN_X,
- wxSYS_SCREEN_Y,
- wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_X,
- wxSYS_FRAMESIZE_Y,
- wxSYS_SMALLICON_X,
- wxSYS_SMALLICON_Y,
- wxSYS_HSCROLL_Y,
- wxSYS_VSCROLL_X,
- wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_X,
- wxSYS_VSCROLL_ARROW_Y,
- wxSYS_VTHUMB_Y,
- wxSYS_CAPTION_Y,
- wxSYS_MENU_Y,
- wxSYS_NETWORK_PRESENT,
- wxSYS_PENWINDOWS_PRESENT,
- wxSYS_SHOW_SOUNDS,
- wxSYS_SWAP_BUTTONS,
- wxSYS_DCLICK_MSEC
-};
-
-// possible values for wxSystemSettings::HasFeature() parameter
-enum wxSystemFeature
-{
- wxSYS_CAN_DRAW_FRAME_DECORATIONS = 1,
- wxSYS_CAN_ICONIZE_FRAME,
- wxSYS_TABLET_PRESENT
-};
-
-// values for different screen designs
-enum wxSystemScreenType
-{
- wxSYS_SCREEN_NONE = 0, // not yet defined
-
- wxSYS_SCREEN_TINY, // <
- wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA, // >= 320x240
- wxSYS_SCREEN_SMALL, // >= 640x480
- wxSYS_SCREEN_DESKTOP // >= 800x600
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSystemSettingsNative: defines the API for wxSystemSettings class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this is a namespace rather than a class: it has only non virtual static
-// functions
-//
-// also note that the methods are implemented in the platform-specific source
-// files (i.e. this is not a real base class as we can't override its virtual
-// functions because it doesn't have any)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSystemSettingsNative
-{
-public:
- // get a standard system colour
- static wxColour GetColour(wxSystemColour index);
-
- // get a standard system font
- static wxFont GetFont(wxSystemFont index);
-
- // get a system-dependent metric
- static int GetMetric(wxSystemMetric index, wxWindow * win = NULL);
-
- // return true if the port has certain feature
- static bool HasFeature(wxSystemFeature index);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the declaration of the real platform-dependent class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSystemSettings : public wxSystemSettingsNative
-{
-public:
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- // in wxUniversal we want to use the theme standard colours instead of the
- // system ones, otherwise wxSystemSettings is just the same as
- // wxSystemSettingsNative
- static wxColour GetColour(wxSystemColour index);
-
- // some metrics are toolkit-dependent and provided by wxUniv, some are
- // lowlevel
- static int GetMetric(wxSystemMetric index, wxWindow *win = NULL);
-#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
-
- // Get system screen design (desktop, pda, ..) used for
- // laying out various dialogs.
- static wxSystemScreenType GetScreenType();
-
- // Override default.
- static void SetScreenType( wxSystemScreenType screen );
-
- // Value
- static wxSystemScreenType ms_screen;
-
-};
-
-#endif
- // _WX_SETTINGS_H_BASE_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/sharedptr.h
-// Purpose: Shared pointer based on the counted_ptr<> template, which
-// is in the public domain
-// Author: Robert Roebling, Yonat Sharon
-// Copyright: Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SHAREDPTR_H_
-#define _WX_SHAREDPTR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/atomic.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSharedPtr: A smart pointer with non-intrusive reference counting.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template <class T>
-class wxSharedPtr
-{
-public:
- typedef T element_type;
-
- wxEXPLICIT wxSharedPtr( T* ptr = NULL )
- : m_ref(NULL)
- {
- if (ptr)
- m_ref = new reftype(ptr);
- }
-
- template<typename Deleter>
- wxEXPLICIT wxSharedPtr(T* ptr, Deleter d)
- : m_ref(NULL)
- {
- if (ptr)
- m_ref = new reftype_with_deleter<Deleter>(ptr, d);
- }
-
- ~wxSharedPtr() { Release(); }
- wxSharedPtr(const wxSharedPtr& tocopy) { Acquire(tocopy.m_ref); }
-
- wxSharedPtr& operator=( const wxSharedPtr& tocopy )
- {
- if (this != &tocopy)
- {
- Release();
- Acquire(tocopy.m_ref);
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxSharedPtr& operator=( T* ptr )
- {
- if (get() != ptr)
- {
- Release();
- if (ptr)
- m_ref = new reftype(ptr);
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
- // test for pointer validity: defining conversion to unspecified_bool_type
- // and not more obvious bool to avoid implicit conversions to integer types
- typedef T *(wxSharedPtr<T>::*unspecified_bool_type)() const;
- operator unspecified_bool_type() const
- {
- if (m_ref && m_ref->m_ptr)
- return &wxSharedPtr<T>::get;
- else
- return NULL;
- }
-
- T& operator*() const
- {
- wxASSERT(m_ref != NULL);
- wxASSERT(m_ref->m_ptr != NULL);
- return *(m_ref->m_ptr);
- }
-
- T* operator->() const
- {
- wxASSERT(m_ref != NULL);
- wxASSERT(m_ref->m_ptr != NULL);
- return m_ref->m_ptr;
- }
-
- T* get() const
- {
- return m_ref ? m_ref->m_ptr : NULL;
- }
-
- void reset( T* ptr = NULL )
- {
- Release();
- if (ptr)
- m_ref = new reftype(ptr);
- }
-
- template<typename Deleter>
- void reset(T* ptr, Deleter d)
- {
- Release();
- if (ptr)
- m_ref = new reftype_with_deleter<Deleter>(ptr, d);
- }
-
- bool unique() const { return (m_ref ? m_ref->m_count == 1 : true); }
- long use_count() const { return (m_ref ? (long)m_ref->m_count : 0); }
-
-private:
-
- struct reftype
- {
- reftype(T* ptr) : m_ptr(ptr), m_count(1) {}
- virtual ~reftype() {}
- virtual void delete_ptr() { delete m_ptr; }
-
- T* m_ptr;
- wxAtomicInt m_count;
- };
-
- template<typename Deleter>
- struct reftype_with_deleter : public reftype
- {
- reftype_with_deleter(T* ptr, Deleter d) : reftype(ptr), m_deleter(d) {}
- virtual void delete_ptr() { m_deleter(this->m_ptr); }
-
- Deleter m_deleter;
- };
-
- reftype* m_ref;
-
- void Acquire(reftype* ref)
- {
- m_ref = ref;
- if (ref)
- wxAtomicInc( ref->m_count );
- }
-
- void Release()
- {
- if (m_ref)
- {
- if (!wxAtomicDec( m_ref->m_count ))
- {
- m_ref->delete_ptr();
- delete m_ref;
- }
- m_ref = NULL;
- }
- }
-};
-
-template <class T, class U>
-bool operator == (wxSharedPtr<T> const &a, wxSharedPtr<U> const &b )
-{
- return a.get() == b.get();
-}
-
-template <class T, class U>
-bool operator != (wxSharedPtr<T> const &a, wxSharedPtr<U> const &b )
-{
- return a.get() != b.get();
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_SHAREDPTR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/simplebook.h
-// Purpose: wxBookCtrlBase-derived class without any controller.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2012-08-21
-// Copyright: (c) 2012 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SIMPLEBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_SIMPLEBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_BOOKCTRL
-
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSimplebook: a book control without any user-actionable controller.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: This class doesn't use DLL export declaration as it's fully inline.
-
-class wxSimplebook : public wxBookCtrlBase
-{
-public:
- wxSimplebook()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxSimplebook(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
- : wxBookCtrlBase(parent, winid, pos, size, style | wxBK_TOP, name)
- {
- Init();
- }
-
-
- // Methods specific to this class.
-
- // A method allowing to add a new page without any label (which is unused
- // by this control) and show it immediately.
- bool ShowNewPage(wxWindow* page)
- {
- return AddPage(page, wxString(), true /* select it */);
- }
-
-
- // Set effect to use for showing/hiding pages.
- void SetEffects(wxShowEffect showEffect, wxShowEffect hideEffect)
- {
- m_showEffect = showEffect;
- m_hideEffect = hideEffect;
- }
-
- // Or the same effect for both of them.
- void SetEffect(wxShowEffect effect)
- {
- SetEffects(effect, effect);
- }
-
- // And the same for time outs.
- void SetEffectsTimeouts(unsigned showTimeout, unsigned hideTimeout)
- {
- m_showTimeout = showTimeout;
- m_hideTimeout = hideTimeout;
- }
-
- void SetEffectTimeout(unsigned timeout)
- {
- SetEffectsTimeouts(timeout, timeout);
- }
-
-
- // Implement base class pure virtual methods.
-
- // Page management
- virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n,
- wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE)
- {
- if ( !wxBookCtrlBase::InsertPage(n, page, text, bSelect, imageId) )
- return false;
-
- m_pageTexts.insert(m_pageTexts.begin() + n, text);
-
- if ( !DoSetSelectionAfterInsertion(n, bSelect) )
- page->Hide();
-
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual int SetSelection(size_t n)
- {
- return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent);
- }
-
- virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n)
- {
- return DoSetSelection(n);
- }
-
- // Neither labels nor images are supported but we still store the labels
- // just in case the user code attaches some importance to them.
- virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText)
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG( n < GetPageCount(), false, wxS("Invalid page") );
-
- m_pageTexts[n] = strText;
-
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG( n < GetPageCount(), wxString(), wxS("Invalid page") );
-
- return m_pageTexts[n];
- }
-
- virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t WXUNUSED(n), int WXUNUSED(imageId))
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual int GetPageImage(size_t WXUNUSED(n)) const
- {
- return NO_IMAGE;
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel)
- {
- m_selection = newsel;
- }
-
- virtual wxBookCtrlEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const
- {
- return new wxBookCtrlEvent(wxEVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGING,
- GetId());
- }
-
- virtual void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent& event)
- {
- event.SetEventType(wxEVT_BOOKCTRL_PAGE_CHANGED);
- }
-
- virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page)
- {
- wxWindow* const win = wxBookCtrlBase::DoRemovePage(page);
- if ( win )
- {
- m_pageTexts.erase(m_pageTexts.begin() + page);
-
- DoSetSelectionAfterRemoval(page);
- }
-
- return win;
- }
-
- virtual void DoSize()
- {
- wxWindow* const page = GetCurrentPage();
- if ( page )
- page->SetSize(GetPageRect());
- }
-
- virtual void DoShowPage(wxWindow* page, bool show)
- {
- if ( show )
- page->ShowWithEffect(m_showEffect, m_showTimeout);
- else
- page->HideWithEffect(m_hideEffect, m_hideTimeout);
- }
-
-private:
- void Init()
- {
- // We don't need any border as we don't have anything to separate the
- // page contents from.
- SetInternalBorder(0);
-
- // No effects by default.
- m_showEffect =
- m_hideEffect = wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE;
-
- m_showTimeout =
- m_hideTimeout = 0;
- }
-
- wxVector<wxString> m_pageTexts;
-
- wxShowEffect m_showEffect,
- m_hideEffect;
-
- unsigned m_showTimeout,
- m_hideTimeout;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSimplebook);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BOOKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_SIMPLEBOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/sizer.h
-// Purpose: provide wxSizer class for layout
-// Author: Robert Roebling and Robin Dunn
-// Modified by: Ron Lee, Vadim Zeitlin (wxSizerFlags)
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Robin Dunn, Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef __WXSIZER_H__
-#define __WXSIZER_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// classes
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxButton;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBoxSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizerItem;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer;
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
- #ifdef __SMARTPHONE__
- // no borders by default on limited size screen
- #define wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT 0
- #else
- #define wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSizerFlags: flags used for an item in the sizer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizerFlags
-{
-public:
- // construct the flags object initialized with the given proportion (0 by
- // default)
- wxSizerFlags(int proportion = 0) : m_proportion(proportion)
- {
- m_flags = 0;
- m_borderInPixels = 0;
- }
-
- // setters for all sizer flags, they all return the object itself so that
- // calls to them can be chained
-
- wxSizerFlags& Proportion(int proportion)
- {
- m_proportion = proportion;
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxSizerFlags& Expand()
- {
- m_flags |= wxEXPAND;
- return *this;
- }
-
- // notice that Align() replaces the current alignment flags, use specific
- // methods below such as Top(), Left() &c if you want to set just the
- // vertical or horizontal alignment
- wxSizerFlags& Align(int alignment) // combination of wxAlignment values
- {
- m_flags &= ~wxALIGN_MASK;
- m_flags |= alignment;
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // some shortcuts for Align()
- wxSizerFlags& Centre() { return Align(wxALIGN_CENTRE); }
- wxSizerFlags& Center() { return Centre(); }
-
- wxSizerFlags& Top()
- {
- m_flags &= ~(wxALIGN_BOTTOM | wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL);
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxSizerFlags& Left()
- {
- m_flags &= ~(wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL);
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxSizerFlags& Right()
- {
- m_flags = (m_flags & ~wxALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL) | wxALIGN_RIGHT;
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxSizerFlags& Bottom()
- {
- m_flags = (m_flags & ~wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL) | wxALIGN_BOTTOM;
- return *this;
- }
-
-
- // default border size used by Border() below
- static int GetDefaultBorder()
- {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
- #ifdef __WXGTK20__
- // GNOME HIG says to use 6px as the base unit:
- // http://library.gnome.org/devel/hig-book/stable/design-window.html.en
- return 6;
- #else
- // FIXME: default border size shouldn't be hardcoded and at the very
- // least they should depend on the current font size
- return 5;
- #endif
-#else
- return 0;
-#endif
- }
-
-
- wxSizerFlags& Border(int direction, int borderInPixels)
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG( !(direction & ~wxALL), *this,
- wxS("direction must be a combination of wxDirection ")
- wxS("enum values.") );
-
- m_flags &= ~wxALL;
- m_flags |= direction;
-
- m_borderInPixels = borderInPixels;
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxSizerFlags& Border(int direction = wxALL)
- {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
- return Border(direction, GetDefaultBorder());
-#else
- // no borders by default on limited size screen
- wxUnusedVar(direction);
-
- return *this;
-#endif
- }
-
- wxSizerFlags& DoubleBorder(int direction = wxALL)
- {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
- return Border(direction, 2*GetDefaultBorder());
-#else
- wxUnusedVar(direction);
-
- return *this;
-#endif
- }
-
- wxSizerFlags& TripleBorder(int direction = wxALL)
- {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
- return Border(direction, 3*GetDefaultBorder());
-#else
- wxUnusedVar(direction);
-
- return *this;
-#endif
- }
-
- wxSizerFlags& HorzBorder()
- {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
- return Border(wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, GetDefaultBorder());
-#else
- return *this;
-#endif
- }
-
- wxSizerFlags& DoubleHorzBorder()
- {
-#if wxUSE_BORDER_BY_DEFAULT
- return Border(wxLEFT | wxRIGHT, 2*GetDefaultBorder());
-#else
- return *this;
-#endif
- }
-
- // setters for the others flags
- wxSizerFlags& Shaped()
- {
- m_flags |= wxSHAPED;
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxSizerFlags& FixedMinSize()
- {
- m_flags |= wxFIXED_MINSIZE;
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // makes the item ignore window's visibility status
- wxSizerFlags& ReserveSpaceEvenIfHidden()
- {
- m_flags |= wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN;
- return *this;
- }
-
- // accessors for wxSizer only
- int GetProportion() const { return m_proportion; }
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
- int GetBorderInPixels() const { return m_borderInPixels; }
-
-private:
- int m_proportion;
- int m_flags;
- int m_borderInPixels;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSizerSpacer: used by wxSizerItem to represent a spacer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizerSpacer
-{
-public:
- wxSizerSpacer(const wxSize& size) : m_size(size), m_isShown(true) { }
-
- void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { m_size = size; }
- const wxSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; }
-
- void Show(bool show) { m_isShown = show; }
- bool IsShown() const { return m_isShown; }
-
-private:
- // the size, in pixel
- wxSize m_size;
-
- // is the spacer currently shown?
- bool m_isShown;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSizerItem
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizerItem : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // window
- wxSizerItem( wxWindow *window,
- int proportion=0,
- int flag=0,
- int border=0,
- wxObject* userData=NULL );
-
- // window with flags
- wxSizerItem(wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags)
- {
- Init(flags);
-
- DoSetWindow(window);
- }
-
- // subsizer
- wxSizerItem( wxSizer *sizer,
- int proportion=0,
- int flag=0,
- int border=0,
- wxObject* userData=NULL );
-
- // sizer with flags
- wxSizerItem(wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags)
- {
- Init(flags);
-
- DoSetSizer(sizer);
- }
-
- // spacer
- wxSizerItem( int width,
- int height,
- int proportion=0,
- int flag=0,
- int border=0,
- wxObject* userData=NULL);
-
- // spacer with flags
- wxSizerItem(int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags)
- {
- Init(flags);
-
- DoSetSpacer(wxSize(width, height));
- }
-
- wxSizerItem();
- virtual ~wxSizerItem();
-
- virtual void DeleteWindows();
-
- // Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer.
- void DetachSizer() { m_sizer = NULL; }
-
- virtual wxSize GetSize() const;
- virtual wxSize CalcMin();
- virtual void SetDimension( const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size );
-
- wxSize GetMinSize() const
- { return m_minSize; }
- wxSize GetMinSizeWithBorder() const;
-
- wxSize GetMaxSize() const
- { return IsWindow() ? m_window->GetMaxSize() : wxDefaultSize; }
- wxSize GetMaxSizeWithBorder() const;
-
- void SetMinSize(const wxSize& size)
- {
- if ( IsWindow() )
- m_window->SetMinSize(size);
- m_minSize = size;
- }
- void SetMinSize( int x, int y )
- { SetMinSize(wxSize(x, y)); }
- void SetInitSize( int x, int y )
- { SetMinSize(wxSize(x, y)); }
-
- // if either of dimensions is zero, ratio is assumed to be 1
- // to avoid "divide by zero" errors
- void SetRatio(int width, int height)
- { m_ratio = (width && height) ? ((float) width / (float) height) : 1; }
- void SetRatio(const wxSize& size)
- { SetRatio(size.x, size.y); }
- void SetRatio(float ratio)
- { m_ratio = ratio; }
- float GetRatio() const
- { return m_ratio; }
-
- virtual wxRect GetRect() { return m_rect; }
-
- // set a sizer item id (different from a window id, all sizer items,
- // including spacers, can have an associated id)
- void SetId(int id) { m_id = id; }
- int GetId() const { return m_id; }
-
- bool IsWindow() const { return m_kind == Item_Window; }
- bool IsSizer() const { return m_kind == Item_Sizer; }
- bool IsSpacer() const { return m_kind == Item_Spacer; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // Deprecated in 2.6, use {G,S}etProportion instead.
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetOption( int option ) );
- wxDEPRECATED( int GetOption() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- void SetProportion( int proportion )
- { m_proportion = proportion; }
- int GetProportion() const
- { return m_proportion; }
- void SetFlag( int flag )
- { m_flag = flag; }
- int GetFlag() const
- { return m_flag; }
- void SetBorder( int border )
- { m_border = border; }
- int GetBorder() const
- { return m_border; }
-
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const
- { return m_kind == Item_Window ? m_window : NULL; }
- wxSizer *GetSizer() const
- { return m_kind == Item_Sizer ? m_sizer : NULL; }
- wxSize GetSpacer() const;
-
- // This function behaves obviously for the windows and spacers but for the
- // sizers it returns true if any sizer element is shown and only returns
- // false if all of them are hidden. Also, it always returns true if
- // wxRESERVE_SPACE_EVEN_IF_HIDDEN flag was used.
- bool IsShown() const;
-
- void Show(bool show);
-
- void SetUserData(wxObject* userData)
- { delete m_userData; m_userData = userData; }
- wxObject* GetUserData() const
- { return m_userData; }
- wxPoint GetPosition() const
- { return m_pos; }
-
- // Called once the first component of an item has been decided. This is
- // used in algorithms that depend on knowing the size in one direction
- // before the min size in the other direction can be known.
- // Returns true if it made use of the information (and min size was changed).
- bool InformFirstDirection( int direction, int size, int availableOtherDir=-1 );
-
- // these functions delete the current contents of the item if it's a sizer
- // or a spacer but not if it is a window
- void AssignWindow(wxWindow *window)
- {
- Free();
- DoSetWindow(window);
- }
-
- void AssignSizer(wxSizer *sizer)
- {
- Free();
- DoSetSizer(sizer);
- }
-
- void AssignSpacer(const wxSize& size)
- {
- Free();
- DoSetSpacer(size);
- }
-
- void AssignSpacer(int w, int h) { AssignSpacer(wxSize(w, h)); }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // these functions do not free the old sizer/spacer and so can easily
- // provoke the memory leaks and so shouldn't be used, use Assign() instead
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetWindow(wxWindow *window) );
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer) );
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetSpacer(const wxSize& size) );
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetSpacer(int width, int height) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-protected:
- // common part of several ctors
- void Init() { m_userData = NULL; m_kind = Item_None; }
-
- // common part of ctors taking wxSizerFlags
- void Init(const wxSizerFlags& flags);
-
- // free current contents
- void Free();
-
- // common parts of Set/AssignXXX()
- void DoSetWindow(wxWindow *window);
- void DoSetSizer(wxSizer *sizer);
- void DoSetSpacer(const wxSize& size);
-
- // Add the border specified for this item to the given size
- // if it's != wxDefaultSize, just return wxDefaultSize otherwise.
- wxSize AddBorderToSize(const wxSize& size) const;
-
- // discriminated union: depending on m_kind one of the fields is valid
- enum
- {
- Item_None,
- Item_Window,
- Item_Sizer,
- Item_Spacer,
- Item_Max
- } m_kind;
- union
- {
- wxWindow *m_window;
- wxSizer *m_sizer;
- wxSizerSpacer *m_spacer;
- };
-
- wxPoint m_pos;
- wxSize m_minSize;
- int m_proportion;
- int m_border;
- int m_flag;
- int m_id;
-
- // on screen rectangle of this item (not including borders)
- wxRect m_rect;
-
- // Aspect ratio can always be calculated from m_size,
- // but this would cause precision loss when the window
- // is shrunk. It is safer to preserve the initial value.
- float m_ratio;
-
- wxObject *m_userData;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxSizerItem)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSizerItem);
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST( wxSizerItem, wxSizerItemList );
-
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSizer: public wxObject, public wxClientDataContainer
-{
-public:
- wxSizer() { m_containingWindow = NULL; }
- virtual ~wxSizer();
-
- // methods for adding elements to the sizer: there are Add/Insert/Prepend
- // overloads for each of window/sizer/spacer/wxSizerItem
- wxSizerItem* Add(wxWindow *window,
- int proportion = 0,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL);
- wxSizerItem* Add(wxSizer *sizer,
- int proportion = 0,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL);
- wxSizerItem* Add(int width,
- int height,
- int proportion = 0,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL);
- wxSizerItem* Add( wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
- wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
- wxSizerItem* Add( int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
- wxSizerItem* Add( wxSizerItem *item);
-
- virtual wxSizerItem *AddSpacer(int size);
- wxSizerItem* AddStretchSpacer(int prop = 1);
-
- wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
- wxWindow *window,
- int proportion = 0,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL);
- wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
- wxSizer *sizer,
- int proportion = 0,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL);
- wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
- int width,
- int height,
- int proportion = 0,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL);
- wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
- wxWindow *window,
- const wxSizerFlags& flags);
- wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
- wxSizer *sizer,
- const wxSizerFlags& flags);
- wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index,
- int width,
- int height,
- const wxSizerFlags& flags);
-
- // NB: do _not_ override this function in the derived classes, this one is
- // virtual for compatibility reasons only to allow old code overriding
- // it to continue to work, override DoInsert() instead in the new code
- virtual wxSizerItem* Insert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item);
-
- wxSizerItem* InsertSpacer(size_t index, int size);
- wxSizerItem* InsertStretchSpacer(size_t index, int prop = 1);
-
- wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxWindow *window,
- int proportion = 0,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL);
- wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxSizer *sizer,
- int proportion = 0,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL);
- wxSizerItem* Prepend(int width,
- int height,
- int proportion = 0,
- int flag = 0,
- int border = 0,
- wxObject* userData = NULL);
- wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
- wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
- wxSizerItem* Prepend(int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags);
- wxSizerItem* Prepend(wxSizerItem *item);
-
- wxSizerItem* PrependSpacer(int size);
- wxSizerItem* PrependStretchSpacer(int prop = 1);
-
- // set (or possibly unset if window is NULL) or get the window this sizer
- // is used in
- void SetContainingWindow(wxWindow *window);
- wxWindow *GetContainingWindow() const { return m_containingWindow; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // Deprecated in 2.6 since historically it does not delete the window,
- // use Detach instead.
- wxDEPRECATED( virtual bool Remove( wxWindow *window ) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- virtual bool Remove( wxSizer *sizer );
- virtual bool Remove( int index );
-
- virtual bool Detach( wxWindow *window );
- virtual bool Detach( wxSizer *sizer );
- virtual bool Detach( int index );
-
- virtual bool Replace( wxWindow *oldwin, wxWindow *newwin, bool recursive = false );
- virtual bool Replace( wxSizer *oldsz, wxSizer *newsz, bool recursive = false );
- virtual bool Replace( size_t index, wxSizerItem *newitem );
-
- virtual void Clear( bool delete_windows = false );
- virtual void DeleteWindows();
-
- // Inform sizer about the first direction that has been decided (by parent item)
- // Returns true if it made use of the information (and recalculated min size)
- virtual bool InformFirstDirection( int WXUNUSED(direction), int WXUNUSED(size), int WXUNUSED(availableOtherDir) )
- { return false; }
-
- void SetMinSize( int width, int height )
- { DoSetMinSize( width, height ); }
- void SetMinSize( const wxSize& size )
- { DoSetMinSize( size.x, size.y ); }
-
- // Searches recursively
- bool SetItemMinSize( wxWindow *window, int width, int height )
- { return DoSetItemMinSize( window, width, height ); }
- bool SetItemMinSize( wxWindow *window, const wxSize& size )
- { return DoSetItemMinSize( window, size.x, size.y ); }
-
- // Searches recursively
- bool SetItemMinSize( wxSizer *sizer, int width, int height )
- { return DoSetItemMinSize( sizer, width, height ); }
- bool SetItemMinSize( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSize& size )
- { return DoSetItemMinSize( sizer, size.x, size.y ); }
-
- bool SetItemMinSize( size_t index, int width, int height )
- { return DoSetItemMinSize( index, width, height ); }
- bool SetItemMinSize( size_t index, const wxSize& size )
- { return DoSetItemMinSize( index, size.x, size.y ); }
-
- wxSize GetSize() const
- { return m_size; }
- wxPoint GetPosition() const
- { return m_position; }
-
- // Calculate the minimal size or return m_minSize if bigger.
- wxSize GetMinSize();
-
- // These virtual functions are used by the layout algorithm: first
- // CalcMin() is called to calculate the minimal size of the sizer and
- // prepare for laying it out and then RecalcSizes() is called to really
- // update all the sizer items
- virtual wxSize CalcMin() = 0;
- virtual void RecalcSizes() = 0;
-
- virtual void Layout();
-
- wxSize ComputeFittingClientSize(wxWindow *window);
- wxSize ComputeFittingWindowSize(wxWindow *window);
-
- wxSize Fit( wxWindow *window );
- void FitInside( wxWindow *window );
- void SetSizeHints( wxWindow *window );
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // This only calls FitInside() since 2.9
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetVirtualSizeHints( wxWindow *window ) );
-#endif
-
- wxSizerItemList& GetChildren()
- { return m_children; }
- const wxSizerItemList& GetChildren() const
- { return m_children; }
-
- void SetDimension(const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size)
- {
- m_position = pos;
- m_size = size;
- Layout();
-
- // This call is required for wxWrapSizer to be able to calculate its
- // minimal size correctly.
- InformFirstDirection(wxHORIZONTAL, size.x, size.y);
- }
- void SetDimension(int x, int y, int width, int height)
- { SetDimension(wxPoint(x, y), wxSize(width, height)); }
-
- size_t GetItemCount() const { return m_children.GetCount(); }
- bool IsEmpty() const { return m_children.IsEmpty(); }
-
- wxSizerItem* GetItem( wxWindow *window, bool recursive = false );
- wxSizerItem* GetItem( wxSizer *sizer, bool recursive = false );
- wxSizerItem* GetItem( size_t index );
- wxSizerItem* GetItemById( int id, bool recursive = false );
-
- // Manage whether individual scene items are considered
- // in the layout calculations or not.
- bool Show( wxWindow *window, bool show = true, bool recursive = false );
- bool Show( wxSizer *sizer, bool show = true, bool recursive = false );
- bool Show( size_t index, bool show = true );
-
- bool Hide( wxSizer *sizer, bool recursive = false )
- { return Show( sizer, false, recursive ); }
- bool Hide( wxWindow *window, bool recursive = false )
- { return Show( window, false, recursive ); }
- bool Hide( size_t index )
- { return Show( index, false ); }
-
- bool IsShown( wxWindow *window ) const;
- bool IsShown( wxSizer *sizer ) const;
- bool IsShown( size_t index ) const;
-
- // Recursively call wxWindow::Show () on all sizer items.
- virtual void ShowItems (bool show);
-
- void Show(bool show) { ShowItems(show); }
-
- // This is the ShowItems() counterpart and returns true if any of the sizer
- // items are shown.
- virtual bool AreAnyItemsShown() const;
-
-protected:
- wxSize m_size;
- wxSize m_minSize;
- wxPoint m_position;
- wxSizerItemList m_children;
-
- // the window this sizer is used in, can be NULL
- wxWindow *m_containingWindow;
-
- wxSize GetMaxClientSize( wxWindow *window ) const;
- wxSize GetMinClientSize( wxWindow *window );
- wxSize VirtualFitSize( wxWindow *window );
-
- virtual void DoSetMinSize( int width, int height );
- virtual bool DoSetItemMinSize( wxWindow *window, int width, int height );
- virtual bool DoSetItemMinSize( wxSizer *sizer, int width, int height );
- virtual bool DoSetItemMinSize( size_t index, int width, int height );
-
- // insert a new item into m_children at given index and return the item
- // itself
- virtual wxSizerItem* DoInsert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxSizer)
-};
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGridSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGridSizer: public wxSizer
-{
-public:
- // ctors specifying the number of columns only: number of rows will be
- // deduced automatically depending on the number of sizer elements
- wxGridSizer( int cols, int vgap, int hgap );
- wxGridSizer( int cols, const wxSize& gap = wxSize(0, 0) );
-
- // ctors specifying the number of rows and columns
- wxGridSizer( int rows, int cols, int vgap, int hgap );
- wxGridSizer( int rows, int cols, const wxSize& gap );
-
- virtual void RecalcSizes();
- virtual wxSize CalcMin();
-
- void SetCols( int cols )
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( cols >= 0, "Number of columns must be non-negative");
- m_cols = cols;
- }
-
- void SetRows( int rows )
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( rows >= 0, "Number of rows must be non-negative");
- m_rows = rows;
- }
-
- void SetVGap( int gap ) { m_vgap = gap; }
- void SetHGap( int gap ) { m_hgap = gap; }
- int GetCols() const { return m_cols; }
- int GetRows() const { return m_rows; }
- int GetVGap() const { return m_vgap; }
- int GetHGap() const { return m_hgap; }
-
- int GetEffectiveColsCount() const { return m_cols ? m_cols : CalcCols(); }
- int GetEffectiveRowsCount() const { return m_rows ? m_rows : CalcRows(); }
-
- // return the number of total items and the number of columns and rows
- // (for internal use only)
- int CalcRowsCols(int& rows, int& cols) const;
-
-protected:
- // the number of rows/columns in the sizer, if 0 then it is determined
- // dynamically depending on the total number of items
- int m_rows;
- int m_cols;
-
- // gaps between rows and columns
- int m_vgap;
- int m_hgap;
-
- virtual wxSizerItem *DoInsert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item);
-
- void SetItemBounds( wxSizerItem *item, int x, int y, int w, int h );
-
- // returns the number of columns/rows needed for the current total number
- // of children (and the fixed number of rows/columns)
- int CalcCols() const
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG
- (
- m_rows, 0,
- "Can't calculate number of cols if number of rows is not specified"
- );
-
- return int(m_children.GetCount() + m_rows - 1) / m_rows;
- }
-
- int CalcRows() const
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG
- (
- m_cols, 0,
- "Can't calculate number of cols if number of rows is not specified"
- );
-
- return int(m_children.GetCount() + m_cols - 1) / m_cols;
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxGridSizer)
-};
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFlexGridSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// values which define the behaviour for resizing wxFlexGridSizer cells in the
-// "non-flexible" direction
-enum wxFlexSizerGrowMode
-{
- // don't resize the cells in non-flexible direction at all
- wxFLEX_GROWMODE_NONE,
-
- // uniformly resize only the specified ones (default)
- wxFLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED,
-
- // uniformly resize all cells
- wxFLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFlexGridSizer: public wxGridSizer
-{
-public:
- // ctors specifying the number of columns only: number of rows will be
- // deduced automatically depending on the number of sizer elements
- wxFlexGridSizer( int cols, int vgap, int hgap );
- wxFlexGridSizer( int cols, const wxSize& gap = wxSize(0, 0) );
-
- // ctors specifying the number of rows and columns
- wxFlexGridSizer( int rows, int cols, int vgap, int hgap );
- wxFlexGridSizer( int rows, int cols, const wxSize& gap );
-
- // dtor
- virtual ~wxFlexGridSizer();
-
- // set the rows/columns which will grow (the others will remain of the
- // constant initial size)
- void AddGrowableRow( size_t idx, int proportion = 0 );
- void RemoveGrowableRow( size_t idx );
- void AddGrowableCol( size_t idx, int proportion = 0 );
- void RemoveGrowableCol( size_t idx );
-
- bool IsRowGrowable( size_t idx );
- bool IsColGrowable( size_t idx );
-
- // the sizer cells may grow in both directions, not grow at all or only
- // grow in one direction but not the other
-
- // the direction may be wxVERTICAL, wxHORIZONTAL or wxBOTH (default)
- void SetFlexibleDirection(int direction) { m_flexDirection = direction; }
- int GetFlexibleDirection() const { return m_flexDirection; }
-
- // note that the grow mode only applies to the direction which is not
- // flexible
- void SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(wxFlexSizerGrowMode mode) { m_growMode = mode; }
- wxFlexSizerGrowMode GetNonFlexibleGrowMode() const { return m_growMode; }
-
- // Read-only access to the row heights and col widths arrays
- const wxArrayInt& GetRowHeights() const { return m_rowHeights; }
- const wxArrayInt& GetColWidths() const { return m_colWidths; }
-
- // implementation
- virtual void RecalcSizes();
- virtual wxSize CalcMin();
-
-protected:
- void AdjustForFlexDirection();
- void AdjustForGrowables(const wxSize& sz);
- void FindWidthsAndHeights(int nrows, int ncols);
-
- // the heights/widths of all rows/columns
- wxArrayInt m_rowHeights,
- m_colWidths;
-
- // indices of the growable columns and rows
- wxArrayInt m_growableRows,
- m_growableCols;
-
- // proportion values of the corresponding growable rows and columns
- wxArrayInt m_growableRowsProportions,
- m_growableColsProportions;
-
- // parameters describing whether the growable cells should be resized in
- // both directions or only one
- int m_flexDirection;
- wxFlexSizerGrowMode m_growMode;
-
- // saves CalcMin result to optimize RecalcSizes
- wxSize m_calculatedMinSize;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxFlexGridSizer)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFlexGridSizer);
-};
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBoxSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBoxSizer: public wxSizer
-{
-public:
- wxBoxSizer(int orient)
- {
- m_orient = orient;
- m_totalProportion = 0;
-
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL || m_orient == wxVERTICAL,
- wxT("invalid value for wxBoxSizer orientation") );
- }
-
- virtual wxSizerItem *AddSpacer(int size);
-
- int GetOrientation() const { return m_orient; }
-
- bool IsVertical() const { return m_orient == wxVERTICAL; }
-
- void SetOrientation(int orient) { m_orient = orient; }
-
- // implementation of our resizing logic
- virtual wxSize CalcMin();
- virtual void RecalcSizes();
-
-protected:
- // helpers for our code: this returns the component of the given wxSize in
- // the direction of the sizer and in the other direction, respectively
- int GetSizeInMajorDir(const wxSize& sz) const
- {
- return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? sz.x : sz.y;
- }
-
- int& SizeInMajorDir(wxSize& sz)
- {
- return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? sz.x : sz.y;
- }
-
- int& PosInMajorDir(wxPoint& pt)
- {
- return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? pt.x : pt.y;
- }
-
- int GetSizeInMinorDir(const wxSize& sz) const
- {
- return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? sz.y : sz.x;
- }
-
- int& SizeInMinorDir(wxSize& sz)
- {
- return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? sz.y : sz.x;
- }
-
- int& PosInMinorDir(wxPoint& pt)
- {
- return m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? pt.y : pt.x;
- }
-
- // another helper: creates wxSize from major and minor components
- wxSize SizeFromMajorMinor(int major, int minor) const
- {
- if ( m_orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
- {
- return wxSize(major, minor);
- }
- else // wxVERTICAL
- {
- return wxSize(minor, major);
- }
- }
-
-
- // either wxHORIZONTAL or wxVERTICAL
- int m_orient;
-
- // the sum of proportion of all of our elements
- int m_totalProportion;
-
- // the minimal size needed for this sizer as calculated by the last call to
- // our CalcMin()
- wxSize m_minSize;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxBoxSizer)
-};
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticBoxSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxStaticBox;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBoxSizer: public wxBoxSizer
-{
-public:
- wxStaticBoxSizer(wxStaticBox *box, int orient);
- wxStaticBoxSizer(int orient, wxWindow *win, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString);
- virtual ~wxStaticBoxSizer();
-
- void RecalcSizes();
- wxSize CalcMin();
-
- wxStaticBox *GetStaticBox() const
- { return m_staticBox; }
-
- // override to hide/show the static box as well
- virtual void ShowItems (bool show);
- virtual bool AreAnyItemsShown() const;
-
- virtual bool Detach( wxWindow *window );
- virtual bool Detach( wxSizer *sizer ) { return wxBoxSizer::Detach(sizer); }
- virtual bool Detach( int index ) { return wxBoxSizer::Detach(index); }
-
-protected:
- wxStaticBox *m_staticBox;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxStaticBoxSizer)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBoxSizer);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStdDialogButtonSizer
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStdDialogButtonSizer: public wxBoxSizer
-{
-public:
- // Constructor just creates a new wxBoxSizer, not much else.
- // Box sizer orientation is automatically determined here:
- // vertical for PDAs, horizontal for everything else?
- wxStdDialogButtonSizer();
-
- // Checks button ID against system IDs and sets one of the pointers below
- // to this button. Does not do any sizer-related things here.
- void AddButton(wxButton *button);
-
- // Use these if no standard ID can/should be used
- void SetAffirmativeButton( wxButton *button );
- void SetNegativeButton( wxButton *button );
- void SetCancelButton( wxButton *button );
-
- // All platform-specific code here, checks which buttons exist and add
- // them to the sizer accordingly.
- // Note - one potential hack on Mac we could use here,
- // if m_buttonAffirmative is wxID_SAVE then ensure wxID_SAVE
- // is set to _("Save") and m_buttonNegative is set to _("Don't Save")
- // I wouldn't add any other hacks like that into here,
- // but this one I can see being useful.
- void Realize();
-
- wxButton *GetAffirmativeButton() const { return m_buttonAffirmative; }
- wxButton *GetApplyButton() const { return m_buttonApply; }
- wxButton *GetNegativeButton() const { return m_buttonNegative; }
- wxButton *GetCancelButton() const { return m_buttonCancel; }
- wxButton *GetHelpButton() const { return m_buttonHelp; }
-
-protected:
- wxButton *m_buttonAffirmative; // wxID_OK, wxID_YES, wxID_SAVE go here
- wxButton *m_buttonApply; // wxID_APPLY
- wxButton *m_buttonNegative; // wxID_NO
- wxButton *m_buttonCancel; // wxID_CANCEL, wxID_CLOSE
- wxButton *m_buttonHelp; // wxID_HELP, wxID_CONTEXT_HELP
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxStdDialogButtonSizer)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStdDialogButtonSizer);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// inline functions implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-inline void wxSizerItem::SetWindow(wxWindow *window)
-{
- DoSetWindow(window);
-}
-
-inline void wxSizerItem::SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer)
-{
- DoSetSizer(sizer);
-}
-
-inline void wxSizerItem::SetSpacer(const wxSize& size)
-{
- DoSetSpacer(size);
-}
-
-inline void wxSizerItem::SetSpacer(int width, int height)
-{
- DoSetSpacer(wxSize(width, height));
-}
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert(size_t index, wxSizerItem *item)
-{
- return DoInsert(index, item);
-}
-
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( wxSizerItem *item )
-{
- return Insert( m_children.GetCount(), item );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( wxWindow *window, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
- return Add( new wxSizerItem( window, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
- return Add( new wxSizerItem( sizer, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
- return Add( new wxSizerItem( width, height, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
- return Add( new wxSizerItem(window, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
- return Add( new wxSizerItem(sizer, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Add( int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
- return Add( new wxSizerItem(width, height, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::AddSpacer(int size)
-{
- return Add(size, size);
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::AddStretchSpacer(int prop)
-{
- return Add(0, 0, prop);
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( wxSizerItem *item )
-{
- return Insert( 0, item );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( wxWindow *window, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
- return Prepend( new wxSizerItem( window, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( wxSizer *sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
- return Prepend( new wxSizerItem( sizer, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border, wxObject* userData )
-{
- return Prepend( new wxSizerItem( width, height, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::PrependSpacer(int size)
-{
- return Prepend(size, size);
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::PrependStretchSpacer(int prop)
-{
- return Prepend(0, 0, prop);
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
- return Prepend( new wxSizerItem(window, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
- return Prepend( new wxSizerItem(sizer, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Prepend( int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
- return Prepend( new wxSizerItem(width, height, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index,
- wxWindow *window,
- int proportion,
- int flag,
- int border,
- wxObject* userData )
-{
- return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem( window, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index,
- wxSizer *sizer,
- int proportion,
- int flag,
- int border,
- wxObject* userData )
-{
- return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem( sizer, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index,
- int width,
- int height,
- int proportion,
- int flag,
- int border,
- wxObject* userData )
-{
- return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem( width, height, proportion, flag, border, userData ) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, wxWindow *window, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
- return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem(window, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, wxSizer *sizer, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
- return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem(sizer, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::Insert( size_t index, int width, int height, const wxSizerFlags& flags )
-{
- return Insert( index, new wxSizerItem(width, height, flags) );
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::InsertSpacer(size_t index, int size)
-{
- return Insert(index, size, size);
-}
-
-inline wxSizerItem*
-wxSizer::InsertStretchSpacer(size_t index, int prop)
-{
- return Insert(index, 0, 0, prop);
-}
-
-#endif // __WXSIZER_H__
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/slider.h
-// Purpose: wxSlider interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 09.02.01
-// Copyright: (c) 1996-2001 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSlider flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxSL_HORIZONTAL wxHORIZONTAL /* 0x0004 */
-#define wxSL_VERTICAL wxVERTICAL /* 0x0008 */
-
-#define wxSL_TICKS 0x0010
-#define wxSL_AUTOTICKS wxSL_TICKS // we don't support manual ticks
-#define wxSL_LEFT 0x0040
-#define wxSL_TOP 0x0080
-#define wxSL_RIGHT 0x0100
-#define wxSL_BOTTOM 0x0200
-#define wxSL_BOTH 0x0400
-#define wxSL_SELRANGE 0x0800
-#define wxSL_INVERSE 0x1000
-#define wxSL_MIN_MAX_LABELS 0x2000
-#define wxSL_VALUE_LABEL 0x4000
-#define wxSL_LABELS (wxSL_MIN_MAX_LABELS|wxSL_VALUE_LABEL)
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // obsolete
- #define wxSL_NOTIFY_DRAG 0x0000
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxSliderNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSliderBase: define wxSlider interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSliderBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- /* the ctor of the derived class should have the following form:
-
- wxSlider(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- int value, int minValue, int maxValue,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxSL_HORIZONTAL,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxSliderNameStr);
- */
- wxSliderBase() { }
-
- // get/set the current slider value (should be in range)
- virtual int GetValue() const = 0;
- virtual void SetValue(int value) = 0;
-
- // retrieve/change the range
- virtual void SetRange(int minValue, int maxValue) = 0;
- virtual int GetMin() const = 0;
- virtual int GetMax() const = 0;
- void SetMin( int minValue ) { SetRange( minValue , GetMax() ) ; }
- void SetMax( int maxValue ) { SetRange( GetMin() , maxValue ) ; }
-
- // the line/page size is the increment by which the slider moves when
- // cursor arrow key/page up or down are pressed (clicking the mouse is like
- // pressing PageUp/Down) and are by default set to 1 and 1/10 of the range
- virtual void SetLineSize(int lineSize) = 0;
- virtual void SetPageSize(int pageSize) = 0;
- virtual int GetLineSize() const = 0;
- virtual int GetPageSize() const = 0;
-
- // these methods get/set the length of the slider pointer in pixels
- virtual void SetThumbLength(int lenPixels) = 0;
- virtual int GetThumbLength() const = 0;
-
- // warning: most of subsequent methods are currently only implemented in
- // wxMSW under Win95 and are silently ignored on other platforms
-
- void SetTickFreq(int freq) { DoSetTickFreq(freq); }
- virtual int GetTickFreq() const { return 0; }
- virtual void ClearTicks() { }
- virtual void SetTick(int WXUNUSED(tickPos)) { }
-
- virtual void ClearSel() { }
- virtual int GetSelEnd() const { return GetMin(); }
- virtual int GetSelStart() const { return GetMax(); }
- virtual void SetSelection(int WXUNUSED(min), int WXUNUSED(max)) { }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void SetTickFreq(int freq, int), DoSetTickFreq(freq); )
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // Platform-specific implementation of SetTickFreq
- virtual void DoSetTickFreq(int WXUNUSED(freq)) { /* unsupported by default */ }
-
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- // adjust value according to wxSL_INVERSE style
- virtual int ValueInvertOrNot(int value) const
- {
- if (HasFlag(wxSL_INVERSE))
- return (GetMax() + GetMin()) - value;
- else
- return value;
- }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSliderBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the real class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/slider.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/slider.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-#endif
- // _WX_SLIDER_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/snglinst.h
-// Purpose: wxSingleInstanceChecker can be used to restrict the number of
-// simultaneously running copies of a program to one
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 08.06.01
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SNGLINST_H_
-#define _WX_SNGLINST_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER
-
-#include "wx/app.h"
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSingleInstanceChecker
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSingleInstanceChecker
-{
-public:
- // default ctor, use Create() after it
- wxSingleInstanceChecker() { Init(); }
-
- // like Create() but no error checking (dangerous!)
- wxSingleInstanceChecker(const wxString& name,
- const wxString& path = wxEmptyString)
- {
- Init();
- Create(name, path);
- }
-
- // notice that calling Create() is optional now, if you don't do it before
- // calling IsAnotherRunning(), CreateDefault() is used automatically
- //
- // name it is used as the mutex name under Win32 and the lock file name
- // under Unix so it should be as unique as possible and must be non-empty
- //
- // path is optional and is ignored under Win32 and used as the directory to
- // create the lock file in under Unix (default is wxGetHomeDir())
- //
- // returns false if initialization failed, it doesn't mean that another
- // instance is running - use IsAnotherRunning() to check it
- bool Create(const wxString& name, const wxString& path = wxEmptyString);
-
- // use the default name, which is a combination of wxTheApp->GetAppName()
- // and wxGetUserId() for mutex/lock file
- //
- // this is called implicitly by IsAnotherRunning() if the checker hadn't
- // been created until then
- bool CreateDefault()
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG( wxTheApp, false, "must have application instance" );
- return Create(wxTheApp->GetAppName() + '-' + wxGetUserId());
- }
-
- // is another copy of this program already running?
- bool IsAnotherRunning() const
- {
- if ( !m_impl )
- {
- if ( !const_cast<wxSingleInstanceChecker *>(this)->CreateDefault() )
- {
- // if creation failed, return false as it's better to not
- // prevent this instance from starting up if there is an error
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- return DoIsAnotherRunning();
- }
-
- // dtor is not virtual, this class is not meant to be used polymorphically
- ~wxSingleInstanceChecker();
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init() { m_impl = NULL; }
-
- // do check if another instance is running, called only if m_impl != NULL
- bool DoIsAnotherRunning() const;
-
- // the implementation details (platform specific)
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxSingleInstanceCheckerImpl *m_impl;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSingleInstanceChecker);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER
-
-#endif // _WX_SNGLINST_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/socket.h
-// Purpose: Socket handling classes
-// Authors: Guilhem Lavaux, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia
-// Modified by:
-// Created: April 1997
-// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SOCKET_H_
-#define _WX_SOCKET_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSocket headers
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/sckaddr.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-
-class wxSocketImpl;
-
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Types and constants
-// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Define the type of native sockets.
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
- // Although socket descriptors are still 32 bit values, even under Win64,
- // the socket type is 64 bit there.
- typedef wxUIntPtr wxSOCKET_T;
-#else
- typedef int wxSOCKET_T;
-#endif
-
-
-// Types of different socket notifications or events.
-//
-// NB: the values here should be consecutive and start with 0 as they are
-// used to construct the wxSOCKET_XXX_FLAG bit mask values below
-enum wxSocketNotify
-{
- wxSOCKET_INPUT,
- wxSOCKET_OUTPUT,
- wxSOCKET_CONNECTION,
- wxSOCKET_LOST
-};
-
-enum
-{
- wxSOCKET_INPUT_FLAG = 1 << wxSOCKET_INPUT,
- wxSOCKET_OUTPUT_FLAG = 1 << wxSOCKET_OUTPUT,
- wxSOCKET_CONNECTION_FLAG = 1 << wxSOCKET_CONNECTION,
- wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG = 1 << wxSOCKET_LOST
-};
-
-// this is a combination of the bit masks defined above
-typedef int wxSocketEventFlags;
-
-enum wxSocketError
-{
- wxSOCKET_NOERROR = 0,
- wxSOCKET_INVOP,
- wxSOCKET_IOERR,
- wxSOCKET_INVADDR,
- wxSOCKET_INVSOCK,
- wxSOCKET_NOHOST,
- wxSOCKET_INVPORT,
- wxSOCKET_WOULDBLOCK,
- wxSOCKET_TIMEDOUT,
- wxSOCKET_MEMERR,
- wxSOCKET_OPTERR
-};
-
-// socket options/flags bit masks
-enum
-{
- wxSOCKET_NONE = 0x0000,
- wxSOCKET_NOWAIT_READ = 0x0001,
- wxSOCKET_NOWAIT_WRITE = 0x0002,
- wxSOCKET_NOWAIT = wxSOCKET_NOWAIT_READ | wxSOCKET_NOWAIT_WRITE,
- wxSOCKET_WAITALL_READ = 0x0004,
- wxSOCKET_WAITALL_WRITE = 0x0008,
- wxSOCKET_WAITALL = wxSOCKET_WAITALL_READ | wxSOCKET_WAITALL_WRITE,
- wxSOCKET_BLOCK = 0x0010,
- wxSOCKET_REUSEADDR = 0x0020,
- wxSOCKET_BROADCAST = 0x0040,
- wxSOCKET_NOBIND = 0x0080
-};
-
-typedef int wxSocketFlags;
-
-// socket kind values (badly defined, don't use)
-enum wxSocketType
-{
- wxSOCKET_UNINIT,
- wxSOCKET_CLIENT,
- wxSOCKET_SERVER,
- wxSOCKET_BASE,
- wxSOCKET_DATAGRAM
-};
-
-
-// event
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxSocketEvent;
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_NET, wxEVT_SOCKET, wxSocketEvent);
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSocketBase
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // Public interface
- // ----------------
-
- // ctors and dtors
- wxSocketBase();
- wxSocketBase(wxSocketFlags flags, wxSocketType type);
- virtual ~wxSocketBase();
- void Init();
- bool Destroy();
-
- // state
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- bool IsOk() const { return m_impl != NULL; }
- bool Error() const { return LastError() != wxSOCKET_NOERROR; }
- bool IsClosed() const { return m_closed; }
- bool IsConnected() const { return m_connected; }
- bool IsData() { return WaitForRead(0, 0); }
- bool IsDisconnected() const { return !IsConnected(); }
- wxUint32 LastCount() const { return m_lcount; }
- wxUint32 LastReadCount() const { return m_lcount_read; }
- wxUint32 LastWriteCount() const { return m_lcount_write; }
- wxSocketError LastError() const;
- void SaveState();
- void RestoreState();
-
- // addresses
- virtual bool GetLocal(wxSockAddress& addr_man) const;
- virtual bool GetPeer(wxSockAddress& addr_man) const;
- virtual bool SetLocal(const wxIPV4address& local);
-
- // base IO
- virtual bool Close();
- void ShutdownOutput();
- wxSocketBase& Discard();
- wxSocketBase& Peek(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
- wxSocketBase& Read(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
- wxSocketBase& ReadMsg(void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
- wxSocketBase& Unread(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
- wxSocketBase& Write(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
- wxSocketBase& WriteMsg(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
-
- // all Wait() functions wait until their condition is satisfied or the
- // timeout expires; if seconds == -1 (default) then m_timeout value is used
- //
- // it is also possible to call InterruptWait() to cancel any current Wait()
-
- // wait for anything at all to happen with this socket
- bool Wait(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-
- // wait until we can read from or write to the socket without blocking
- // (notice that this does not mean that the operation will succeed but only
- // that it will return immediately)
- bool WaitForRead(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
- bool WaitForWrite(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-
- // wait until the connection is terminated
- bool WaitForLost(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-
- void InterruptWait() { m_interrupt = true; }
-
-
- wxSocketFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
- void SetFlags(wxSocketFlags flags);
- virtual void SetTimeout(long seconds);
- long GetTimeout() const { return m_timeout; }
-
- bool GetOption(int level, int optname, void *optval, int *optlen);
- bool SetOption(int level, int optname, const void *optval, int optlen);
- wxUint32 GetLastIOSize() const { return m_lcount; }
- wxUint32 GetLastIOReadSize() const { return m_lcount_read; }
- wxUint32 GetLastIOWriteSize() const { return m_lcount_write; }
-
- // event handling
- void *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; }
- void SetClientData(void *data) { m_clientData = data; }
- void SetEventHandler(wxEvtHandler& handler, int id = wxID_ANY);
- void SetNotify(wxSocketEventFlags flags);
- void Notify(bool notify);
-
- // Get the underlying socket descriptor.
- wxSOCKET_T GetSocket() const;
-
- // initialize/shutdown the sockets (done automatically so there is no need
- // to call these functions usually)
- //
- // should always be called from the main thread only so one of the cases
- // where they should indeed be called explicitly is when the first wxSocket
- // object in the application is created in a different thread
- static bool Initialize();
- static void Shutdown();
-
- // check if wxSocket had been already initialized
- //
- // notice that this function should be only called from the main thread as
- // otherwise it is inherently unsafe because Initialize/Shutdown() may be
- // called concurrently with it in the main thread
- static bool IsInitialized();
-
- // Implementation from now on
- // --------------------------
-
- // do not use, should be private (called from wxSocketImpl only)
- void OnRequest(wxSocketNotify notify);
-
- // do not use, not documented nor supported
- bool IsNoWait() const { return ((m_flags & wxSOCKET_NOWAIT) != 0); }
- wxSocketType GetType() const { return m_type; }
-
-private:
- friend class wxSocketClient;
- friend class wxSocketServer;
- friend class wxDatagramSocket;
-
- // low level IO
- wxUint32 DoRead(void* buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
- wxUint32 DoWrite(const void *buffer, wxUint32 nbytes);
-
- // wait until the given flags are set for this socket or the given timeout
- // (or m_timeout) expires
- //
- // notice that wxSOCKET_LOST_FLAG is always taken into account and the
- // function returns -1 if the connection was lost; otherwise it returns
- // true if any of the events specified by flags argument happened or false
- // if the timeout expired
- int DoWait(long timeout, wxSocketEventFlags flags);
-
- // a helper calling DoWait() using the same convention as the public
- // WaitForXXX() functions use, i.e. use our timeout if seconds == -1 or the
- // specified timeout otherwise
- int DoWait(long seconds, long milliseconds, wxSocketEventFlags flags);
-
- // another helper calling DoWait() using our m_timeout
- int DoWaitWithTimeout(wxSocketEventFlags flags)
- {
- return DoWait(m_timeout*1000, flags);
- }
-
- // pushback buffer
- void Pushback(const void *buffer, wxUint32 size);
- wxUint32 GetPushback(void *buffer, wxUint32 size, bool peek);
-
- // store the given error as the LastError()
- void SetError(wxSocketError error);
-
-private:
- // socket
- wxSocketImpl *m_impl; // port-specific implementation
- wxSocketType m_type; // wxSocket type
-
- // state
- wxSocketFlags m_flags; // wxSocket flags
- bool m_connected; // connected?
- bool m_establishing; // establishing connection?
- bool m_reading; // busy reading?
- bool m_writing; // busy writing?
- bool m_closed; // was the other end closed?
- wxUint32 m_lcount; // last IO transaction size
- wxUint32 m_lcount_read; // last IO transaction size of Read() direction.
- wxUint32 m_lcount_write; // last IO transaction size of Write() direction.
- unsigned long m_timeout; // IO timeout value in seconds
- // (TODO: remove, wxSocketImpl has it too)
- wxList m_states; // stack of states (TODO: remove!)
- bool m_interrupt; // interrupt ongoing wait operations?
- bool m_beingDeleted; // marked for delayed deletion?
- wxIPV4address m_localAddress; // bind to local address?
-
- // pushback buffer
- void *m_unread; // pushback buffer
- wxUint32 m_unrd_size; // pushback buffer size
- wxUint32 m_unrd_cur; // pushback pointer (index into buffer)
-
- // events
- int m_id; // socket id
- wxEvtHandler *m_handler; // event handler
- void *m_clientData; // client data for events
- bool m_notify; // notify events to users?
- wxSocketEventFlags m_eventmask; // which events to notify?
- wxSocketEventFlags m_eventsgot; // collects events received in OnRequest()
-
-
- friend class wxSocketReadGuard;
- friend class wxSocketWriteGuard;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketBase);
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxSocketBase)
-};
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSocketServer
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketServer : public wxSocketBase
-{
-public:
- wxSocketServer(const wxSockAddress& addr,
- wxSocketFlags flags = wxSOCKET_NONE);
-
- wxSocketBase* Accept(bool wait = true);
- bool AcceptWith(wxSocketBase& socket, bool wait = true);
-
- bool WaitForAccept(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketServer);
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxSocketServer)
-};
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSocketClient
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketClient : public wxSocketBase
-{
-public:
- wxSocketClient(wxSocketFlags flags = wxSOCKET_NONE);
-
- virtual bool Connect(const wxSockAddress& addr, bool wait = true);
- bool Connect(const wxSockAddress& addr,
- const wxSockAddress& local,
- bool wait = true);
-
- bool WaitOnConnect(long seconds = -1, long milliseconds = 0);
-
- // Sets initial socket buffer sizes using the SO_SNDBUF and SO_RCVBUF
- // options before calling connect (either one can be -1 to leave it
- // unchanged)
- void SetInitialSocketBuffers(int recv, int send)
- {
- m_initialRecvBufferSize = recv;
- m_initialSendBufferSize = send;
- }
-
-private:
- virtual bool DoConnect(const wxSockAddress& addr,
- const wxSockAddress* local,
- bool wait = true);
-
- // buffer sizes, -1 if unset and defaults should be used
- int m_initialRecvBufferSize;
- int m_initialSendBufferSize;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSocketClient);
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxSocketClient)
-};
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDatagramSocket
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// WARNING: still in alpha stage
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxDatagramSocket : public wxSocketBase
-{
-public:
- wxDatagramSocket(const wxSockAddress& addr,
- wxSocketFlags flags = wxSOCKET_NONE);
-
- wxDatagramSocket& RecvFrom(wxSockAddress& addr,
- void *buf,
- wxUint32 nBytes);
- wxDatagramSocket& SendTo(const wxSockAddress& addr,
- const void* buf,
- wxUint32 nBytes);
-
- /* TODO:
- bool Connect(wxSockAddress& addr);
- */
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDatagramSocket);
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxDatagramSocket)
-};
-
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSocketEvent
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxSocketEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxSocketEvent(int id = 0)
- : wxEvent(id, wxEVT_SOCKET)
- {
- }
-
- wxSocketNotify GetSocketEvent() const { return m_event; }
- wxSocketBase *GetSocket() const
- { return (wxSocketBase *) GetEventObject(); }
- void *GetClientData() const { return m_clientData; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSocketEvent(*this); }
- virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_SOCKET; }
-
-public:
- wxSocketNotify m_event;
- void *m_clientData;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSocketEvent)
-};
-
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSocketEventFunction)(wxSocketEvent&);
-
-#define wxSocketEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSocketEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_SOCKET(id, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SOCKET, id, wxSocketEventHandler(func))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#endif // _WX_SOCKET_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/sound.h
-// Purpose: wxSoundBase class
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2004/02/01
-// Copyright: (c) 2004, Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SOUND_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOUND
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSoundBase: common wxSound code and interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Flags for wxSound::Play
-
-// NB: We can't use enum with some compilers, because they keep reporting
-// nonexistent ambiguities between Play(unsigned) and static Play(const
-// wxString&, unsigned).
-#define wxSOUND_SYNC ((unsigned)0)
-#define wxSOUND_ASYNC ((unsigned)1)
-#define wxSOUND_LOOP ((unsigned)2)
-
-// Base class for wxSound implementations
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // Play the sound:
- bool Play(unsigned flags = wxSOUND_ASYNC) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( (flags & wxSOUND_LOOP) == 0 ||
- (flags & wxSOUND_ASYNC) != 0,
- wxT("sound can only be looped asynchronously") );
- return DoPlay(flags);
- }
-
- // Plays sound from filename:
- static bool Play(const wxString& filename, unsigned flags = wxSOUND_ASYNC);
-
-protected:
- virtual bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const = 0;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSound class implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #include "wx/msw/sound.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/sound.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/sound.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/sound.h"
-#elif defined(__UNIX__)
- #include "wx/unix/sound.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSoundBase methods
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool wxSoundBase::Play(const wxString& filename, unsigned flags)
-{
- wxSound snd(filename);
- return snd.IsOk() ? snd.Play(flags) : false;
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOUND
-
-#endif // _WX_SOUND_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/spinbutt.h
-// Purpose: wxSpinButtonBase class
-// Author: Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 23.07.99
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/range.h"
-
-#define wxSPIN_BUTTON_NAME wxT("wxSpinButton")
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// The wxSpinButton is like a small scrollbar than is often placed next
-// to a text control.
-//
-// Styles:
-// wxSP_HORIZONTAL: horizontal spin button
-// wxSP_VERTICAL: vertical spin button (the default)
-// wxSP_ARROW_KEYS: arrow keys increment/decrement value
-// wxSP_WRAP: value wraps at either end
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinButtonBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- // ctor initializes the range with the default (0..100) values
- wxSpinButtonBase() { m_min = 0; m_max = 100; }
-
- // accessors
- virtual int GetValue() const = 0;
- virtual int GetMin() const { return m_min; }
- virtual int GetMax() const { return m_max; }
- wxRange GetRange() const { return wxRange( GetMin(), GetMax() );}
-
- // operations
- virtual void SetValue(int val) = 0;
- virtual void SetMin(int minVal) { SetRange ( minVal , m_max ) ; }
- virtual void SetMax(int maxVal) { SetRange ( m_min , maxVal ) ; }
- virtual void SetRange(int minVal, int maxVal)
- {
- m_min = minVal;
- m_max = maxVal;
- }
- void SetRange( const wxRange& range) { SetRange( range.GetMin(), range.GetMax()); }
-
- // is this spin button vertically oriented?
- bool IsVertical() const { return (m_windowStyle & wxSP_VERTICAL) != 0; }
-
-protected:
- // the range value
- int m_min;
- int m_max;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSpinButtonBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the declaration of the real class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/spinbutt.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/spinbutt.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the wxSpinButton event
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxSpinEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0)
- : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid)
- {
- }
-
- wxSpinEvent(const wxSpinEvent& event) : wxNotifyEvent(event) {}
-
- // get the current value of the control
- int GetValue() const { return m_commandInt; }
- void SetValue(int value) { m_commandInt = value; }
-
- int GetPosition() const { return m_commandInt; }
- void SetPosition(int pos) { m_commandInt = pos; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSpinEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSpinEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSpinEventFunction)(wxSpinEvent&);
-
-#define wxSpinEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSpinEventFunction, func)
-
-// macros for handling spin events: notice that we must use the real values of
-// the event type constants and not their references (wxEVT_SPIN[_UP/DOWN])
-// here as otherwise the event tables could end up with non-initialized
-// (because of undefined initialization order of the globals defined in
-// different translation units) references in them
-#define EVT_SPIN_UP(winid, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SPIN_UP, winid, wxSpinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SPIN_DOWN(winid, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SPIN_DOWN, winid, wxSpinEventHandler(func))
-#define EVT_SPIN(winid, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SPIN, winid, wxSpinEventHandler(func))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-#endif
- // _WX_SPINBUTT_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/spinctrl.h
-// Purpose: wxSpinCtrlBase class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 22.07.99
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SPINCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_SPINCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-#include "wx/spinbutt.h" // should make wxSpinEvent visible to the app
-
-// Events
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSpinDoubleEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPINCTRL, wxSpinEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPINCTRLDOUBLE, wxSpinDoubleEvent);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A spin ctrl is a text control with a spin button which is usually used to
-// prompt the user for a numeric input.
-// There are two kinds for number types T=integer or T=double.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinCtrlBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxSpinCtrlBase() {}
-
- // accessor functions that derived classes are expected to have
- // T GetValue() const
- // T GetMin() const
- // T GetMax() const
- // T GetIncrement() const
- virtual bool GetSnapToTicks() const = 0;
- // unsigned GetDigits() const - wxSpinCtrlDouble only
-
- // operation functions that derived classes are expected to have
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) = 0;
- // void SetValue(T val)
- // void SetRange(T minVal, T maxVal)
- // void SetIncrement(T inc)
- virtual void SetSnapToTicks(bool snap_to_ticks) = 0;
- // void SetDigits(unsigned digits) - wxSpinCtrlDouble only
-
- // The base for numbers display, e.g. 10 or 16.
- virtual int GetBase() const = 0;
- virtual bool SetBase(int base) = 0;
-
- // Select text in the textctrl
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) = 0;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSpinCtrlBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinDoubleEvent - a wxSpinEvent for double valued controls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSpinDoubleEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxSpinDoubleEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int winid = 0,
- double value = 0)
- : wxNotifyEvent(commandType, winid), m_value(value)
- {
- }
-
- wxSpinDoubleEvent(const wxSpinDoubleEvent& event)
- : wxNotifyEvent(event), m_value(event.GetValue())
- {
- }
-
- double GetValue() const { return m_value; }
- void SetValue(double value) { m_value = value; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxSpinDoubleEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- double m_value;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxSpinDoubleEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSpinDoubleEvent event type, see also wxSpinEvent in wx/spinbutt.h
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxSpinDoubleEventFunction)(wxSpinDoubleEvent&);
-
-#define wxSpinDoubleEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxSpinDoubleEventFunction, func)
-
-// macros for handling spinctrl events
-
-#define EVT_SPINCTRL(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SPINCTRL, id, wxSpinEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_SPINCTRLDOUBLE(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SPINCTRLDOUBLE, id, wxSpinDoubleEventHandler(fn))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent class implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we may have a native wxSpinCtrl implementation, native wxSpinCtrl and
-// wxSpinCtrlDouble implementations or neither, define the appropriate symbols
-// and include the generic version if necessary to provide the missing class(es)
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- // nothing, use generic controls
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL
- #include "wx/msw/spinctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL
- #include "wx/os2/spinctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRLDOUBLE
- #include "wx/gtk/spinctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL
- #include "wx/gtk1/spinctrl.h"
-#endif // platform
-
-#if !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRL) || !defined(wxHAS_NATIVE_SPINCTRLDOUBLE)
- #include "wx/generic/spinctlg.h"
-#endif
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-// This is an internal helper function currently used by all ports: return the
-// string containing hexadecimal representation of the given number.
-extern wxString wxSpinCtrlFormatAsHex(long val, long maxVal);
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRL_UPDATED wxEVT_SPINCTRL
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_SPINCTRLDOUBLE_UPDATED wxEVT_SPINCTRLDOUBLE
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_SPINCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/splash.h
-// Purpose: Base header for wxSplashScreen
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SPLASH_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SPLASH_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/splash.h"
-
-#endif
- // _WX_SPLASH_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/splitter.h
-// Purpose: Base header for wxSplitterWindow
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SPLITTER_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SPLITTER_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSplitterWindow flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxSP_NOBORDER 0x0000
-#define wxSP_THIN_SASH 0x0000 // NB: the default is 3D sash
-#define wxSP_NOSASH 0x0010
-#define wxSP_PERMIT_UNSPLIT 0x0040
-#define wxSP_LIVE_UPDATE 0x0080
-#define wxSP_3DSASH 0x0100
-#define wxSP_3DBORDER 0x0200
-#define wxSP_NO_XP_THEME 0x0400
-#define wxSP_BORDER wxSP_3DBORDER
-#define wxSP_3D (wxSP_3DBORDER | wxSP_3DSASH)
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // obsolete styles, don't do anything
- #define wxSP_SASH_AQUA 0
- #define wxSP_FULLSASH 0
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSplitterEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGED, wxSplitterEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPLITTER_SASH_POS_CHANGING, wxSplitterEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPLITTER_DOUBLECLICKED, wxSplitterEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SPLITTER_UNSPLIT, wxSplitterEvent );
-
-#include "wx/generic/splitter.h"
-
-#endif // _WX_SPLITTER_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/srchctrl.h
-// Purpose: wxSearchCtrlBase class
-// Author: Vince Harron
-// Created: 2006-02-18
-// Copyright: (c) Vince Harron
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-
-#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && defined(__WXMAC__)
- // search control was introduced in Mac OS X 10.3 Panther
- #define wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL 1
-
- #define wxSearchCtrlBaseBaseClass wxTextCtrl
-#else
- // no native version, use the generic one
- #define wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL 0
-
- #include "wx/compositewin.h"
- #include "wx/containr.h"
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSearchCtrlBaseBaseClass
- : public wxCompositeWindow< wxNavigationEnabled<wxControl> >,
- public wxTextCtrlIface
- {
- };
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxSearchCtrlNameStr[];
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN, wxCommandEvent);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// a search ctrl is a text control with a search button and a cancel button
-// it is based on the MacOSX 10.3 control HISearchFieldCreate
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxSearchCtrlBase : public wxSearchCtrlBaseBaseClass
-{
-public:
- wxSearchCtrlBase() { }
- virtual ~wxSearchCtrlBase() { }
-
- // search control
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- virtual void SetMenu(wxMenu *menu) = 0;
- virtual wxMenu *GetMenu() = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // get/set options
- virtual void ShowSearchButton( bool show ) = 0;
- virtual bool IsSearchButtonVisible() const = 0;
-
- virtual void ShowCancelButton( bool show ) = 0;
- virtual bool IsCancelButtonVisible() const = 0;
-
-private:
- // implement wxTextEntry pure virtual method
- virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; }
-};
-
-
-// include the platform-dependent class implementation
-#if wxUSE_NATIVE_SEARCH_CONTROL
- #if defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/srchctrl.h"
- #endif
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/srchctlg.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for handling search events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define EVT_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN, id, wxCommandEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN, id, wxCommandEventHandler(fn))
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN wxEVT_SEARCHCTRL_CANCEL_BTN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN wxEVT_SEARCHCTRL_SEARCH_BTN
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_SEARCHCTRL_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/sstream.h
-// Purpose: string-based streams
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2004-09-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SSTREAM_H_
-#define _WX_SSTREAM_H_
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringInputStream is a stream reading from the given (fixed size) string
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
- // ctor associates the stream with the given string which makes a copy of
- // it
- wxStringInputStream(const wxString& s);
-
- virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
- virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset ofs, wxSeekMode mode);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
- virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
-
-private:
- // the string that was passed in the ctor
- wxString m_str;
-
- // the buffer we're reading from
- wxCharBuffer m_buf;
-
- // length of the buffer we're reading from
- size_t m_len;
-
- // position in the stream in bytes, *not* in chars
- size_t m_pos;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInputStream);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringOutputStream writes data to the given string, expanding it as needed
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
- // The stream will write data either to the provided string or to an
- // internal string which can be retrieved using GetString()
- //
- // Note that the conversion object should have the life time greater than
- // this stream.
- wxStringOutputStream(wxString *pString = NULL,
- wxMBConv& conv = wxConvUTF8)
- : m_conv(conv)
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- , m_unconv(0)
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
- {
- m_str = pString ? pString : &m_strInternal;
- m_pos = m_str->length() / sizeof(wxChar);
- }
-
- // get the string containing current output
- const wxString& GetString() const { return *m_str; }
-
- virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
- virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-
-private:
- // internal string, not used if caller provided his own string
- wxString m_strInternal;
-
- // pointer given by the caller or just pointer to m_strInternal
- wxString *m_str;
-
- // position in the stream in bytes, *not* in chars
- size_t m_pos;
-
- // converter to use: notice that with the default UTF-8 one the input
- // stream must contain valid UTF-8 data, use wxConvISO8859_1 to work with
- // arbitrary 8 bit data
- wxMBConv& m_conv;
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- // unconverted data from the last call to OnSysWrite()
- wxMemoryBuffer m_unconv;
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringOutputStream);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif // _WX_SSTREAM_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stack.h
-// Purpose: STL stack clone
-// Author: Lindsay Mathieson, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 30.07.2001
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Lindsay Mathieson <lindsay@mathieson.org> (WX_DECLARE_STACK)
-// 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STACK_H_
-#define _WX_STACK_H_
-
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#include <stack>
-#define wxStack std::stack
-
-#else // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-// Notice that unlike std::stack, wxStack currently always uses wxVector and
-// can't be used with any other underlying container type.
-//
-// Another difference is that comparison operators between stacks are not
-// implemented (but they should be, see 23.2.3.3 of ISO/IEC 14882:1998).
-
-template <typename T>
-class wxStack
-{
-public:
- typedef wxVector<T> container_type;
- typedef typename container_type::size_type size_type;
- typedef typename container_type::value_type value_type;
-
- wxStack() { }
- explicit wxStack(const container_type& cont) : m_cont(cont) { }
-
- // Default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok.
-
-
- bool empty() const { return m_cont.empty(); }
- size_type size() const { return m_cont.size(); }
-
- value_type& top() { return m_cont.back(); }
- const value_type& top() const { return m_cont.back(); }
-
- void push(const value_type& val) { m_cont.push_back(val); }
- void pop() { m_cont.pop_back(); }
-
-private:
- container_type m_cont;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS/!wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-
-// Deprecated macro-based class for compatibility only, don't use any more.
-#define WX_DECLARE_STACK(obj, cls) \
-class cls : public wxVector<obj> \
-{\
-public:\
- void push(const obj& o)\
- {\
- push_back(o); \
- };\
-\
- void pop()\
- {\
- pop_back(); \
- };\
-\
- obj& top()\
- {\
- return at(size() - 1);\
- };\
- const obj& top() const\
- {\
- return at(size() - 1); \
- };\
-}
-
-#endif // _WX_STACK_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stackwalk.h
-// Purpose: wxStackWalker and related classes, common part
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-01-07
-// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STACKWALK_H_
-#define _WX_STACKWALK_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStackFrame;
-
-#define wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH (200)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStackFrame: a single stack level
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackFrameBase
-{
-private:
- // put this inline function here so that it is defined before use
- wxStackFrameBase *ConstCast() const
- { return const_cast<wxStackFrameBase *>(this); }
-
-public:
- wxStackFrameBase(size_t level, void *address = NULL)
- {
- m_level = level;
-
- m_line =
- m_offset = 0;
-
- m_address = address;
- }
-
- // get the level of this frame (deepest/innermost one is 0)
- size_t GetLevel() const { return m_level; }
-
- // return the address of this frame
- void *GetAddress() const { return m_address; }
-
-
- // return the unmangled (if possible) name of the function containing this
- // frame
- wxString GetName() const { ConstCast()->OnGetName(); return m_name; }
-
- // return the instruction pointer offset from the start of the function
- size_t GetOffset() const { ConstCast()->OnGetName(); return m_offset; }
-
- // get the module this function belongs to (not always available)
- wxString GetModule() const { ConstCast()->OnGetName(); return m_module; }
-
-
- // return true if we have the filename and line number for this frame
- bool HasSourceLocation() const { return !GetFileName().empty(); }
-
- // return the name of the file containing this frame, empty if
- // unavailable (typically because debug info is missing)
- wxString GetFileName() const
- { ConstCast()->OnGetLocation(); return m_filename; }
-
- // return the line number of this frame, 0 if unavailable
- size_t GetLine() const { ConstCast()->OnGetLocation(); return m_line; }
-
-
- // return the number of parameters of this function (may return 0 if we
- // can't retrieve the parameters info even although the function does have
- // parameters)
- virtual size_t GetParamCount() const { return 0; }
-
- // get the name, type and value (in text form) of the given parameter
- //
- // any pointer may be NULL
- //
- // return true if at least some values could be retrieved
- virtual bool GetParam(size_t WXUNUSED(n),
- wxString * WXUNUSED(type),
- wxString * WXUNUSED(name),
- wxString * WXUNUSED(value)) const
- {
- return false;
- }
-
-
- // although this class is not supposed to be used polymorphically, give it
- // a virtual dtor to silence compiler warnings
- virtual ~wxStackFrameBase() { }
-
-protected:
- // hooks for derived classes to initialize some fields on demand
- virtual void OnGetName() { }
- virtual void OnGetLocation() { }
-
-
- // fields are protected, not private, so that OnGetXXX() could modify them
- // directly
- size_t m_level;
-
- wxString m_name,
- m_module,
- m_filename;
-
- size_t m_line;
-
- void *m_address;
- size_t m_offset;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStackWalker: class for enumerating stack frames
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackWalkerBase
-{
-public:
- // ctor does nothing, use Walk() to walk the stack
- wxStackWalkerBase() { }
-
- // dtor does nothing neither but should be virtual
- virtual ~wxStackWalkerBase() { }
-
- // enumerate stack frames from the current location, skipping the initial
- // number of them (this can be useful when Walk() is called from some known
- // location and you don't want to see the first few frames anyhow; also
- // notice that Walk() frame itself is not included if skip >= 1)
- virtual void Walk(size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH) = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
- // enumerate stack frames from the location of uncaught exception
- //
- // this version can only be called from wxApp::OnFatalException()
- virtual void WalkFromException(size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-
-protected:
- // this function must be overrided to process the given frame
- virtual void OnStackFrame(const wxStackFrame& frame) = 0;
-};
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- #include "wx/msw/stackwalk.h"
-#elif defined(__UNIX__)
- #include "wx/unix/stackwalk.h"
-#else
- #error "wxStackWalker is not supported, set wxUSE_STACKWALKER to 0"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STACKWALKER
-
-#endif // _WX_STACKWALK_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/statbmp.h
-// Purpose: wxStaticBitmap class interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 25.08.00
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATBMP
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStaticBitmapNameStr[];
-
-// a control showing an icon or a bitmap
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBitmapBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxStaticBitmapBase() { }
- virtual ~wxStaticBitmapBase();
-
- // our interface
- virtual void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon) = 0;
- virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0;
- virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const = 0;
- virtual wxIcon GetIcon() const /* = 0 -- should be pure virtual */
- {
- // stub it out here for now as not all ports implement it (but they
- // should)
- return wxIcon();
- }
-
- // overridden base class virtuals
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
- virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
-protected:
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBitmapBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/statbmp.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/statbmp.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATBMP
-
-#endif
- // _WX_STATBMP_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/statbox.h
-// Purpose: wxStaticBox base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStaticBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticBox: a grouping box with a label
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticBoxBase : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxControl>
-{
-public:
- wxStaticBoxBase();
-
- // overridden base class virtuals
- virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
- // implementation only: this is used by wxStaticBoxSizer to account for the
- // need for extra space taken by the static box
- //
- // the top border is the margin at the top (where the title is),
- // borderOther is the margin on all other sides
- virtual void GetBordersForSizer(int *borderTop, int *borderOther) const
- {
- const int BORDER = 5; // FIXME: hardcoded value
-
- *borderTop = GetLabel().empty() ? BORDER : GetCharHeight();
- *borderOther = BORDER;
- }
-
-protected:
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticBoxBase);
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/statbox.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/statbox.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-#endif
- // _WX_STATBOX_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/statline.h
-// Purpose: wxStaticLine class interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 28.06.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATLINE_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_STATLINE_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this defines wxUSE_STATLINE
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATLINE
-
-// the base class declaration
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the default name for objects of class wxStaticLine
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStaticLineNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStaticLine - a line in a dialog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticLineBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- // constructor
- wxStaticLineBase() { }
-
- // is the line vertical?
- bool IsVertical() const { return (GetWindowStyle() & wxLI_VERTICAL) != 0; }
-
- // get the default size for the "lesser" dimension of the static line
- static int GetDefaultSize() { return 2; }
-
- // overridden base class virtuals
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- // set the right size for the right dimension
- wxSize AdjustSize(const wxSize& size) const
- {
- wxSize sizeReal(size);
- if ( IsVertical() )
- {
- if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord )
- sizeReal.x = GetDefaultSize();
- }
- else
- {
- if ( size.y == wxDefaultCoord )
- sizeReal.y = GetDefaultSize();
- }
-
- return sizeReal;
- }
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const
- {
- return AdjustSize(wxDefaultSize);
- }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticLineBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the actual class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/statline.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/statline.h"
-#else // use generic implementation for all other platforms
- #include "wx/generic/statline.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATLINE
-
-#endif // _WX_STATLINE_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stattext.h
-// Purpose: wxStaticText base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATTEXT
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-/*
- * wxStaticText flags
- */
-#define wxST_NO_AUTORESIZE 0x0001
-// free 0x0002 bit
-#define wxST_ELLIPSIZE_START 0x0004
-#define wxST_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE 0x0008
-#define wxST_ELLIPSIZE_END 0x0010
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStaticTextNameStr[];
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStaticTextBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxStaticTextBase() { }
-
- // wrap the text of the control so that no line is longer than the given
- // width (if possible: this function won't break words)
- // This function will modify the value returned by GetLabel()!
- void Wrap(int width);
-
- // overridden base virtuals
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
- virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
-
- bool IsEllipsized() const
- {
- return HasFlag(wxST_ELLIPSIZE_START) ||
- HasFlag(wxST_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE) ||
- HasFlag(wxST_ELLIPSIZE_END);
- }
-
-protected: // functions required for wxST_ELLIPSIZE_* support
-
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- // Calls Ellipsize() on the real label if necessary. Unlike GetLabelText(),
- // keeps the mnemonics instead of removing them.
- virtual wxString GetEllipsizedLabel() const;
-
- // Replaces parts of the string with ellipsis according to the ellipsize
- // style. Shouldn't be called if we don't have any.
- wxString Ellipsize(const wxString& label) const;
-
- // to be called when updating the size of the static text:
- // updates the label redoing ellipsization calculations
- void UpdateLabel();
-
- // These functions are platform-specific and must be overridden in ports
- // which do not natively support ellipsization and they must be implemented
- // in a way so that the m_labelOrig member of wxControl is not touched:
-
- // returns the real label currently displayed inside the control.
- virtual wxString DoGetLabel() const { return wxEmptyString; }
-
- // sets the real label currently displayed inside the control,
- // _without_ invalidating the size. The text passed is always markup-free
- // but may contain the mnemonic characters.
- virtual void DoSetLabel(const wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) { }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStaticTextBase);
-};
-
-// see wx/generic/stattextg.h for the explanation
-#ifndef wxNO_PORT_STATTEXT_INCLUDE
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/stattext.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/stattext.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // !wxNO_PORT_STATTEXT_INCLUDE
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT
-
-#endif // _WX_STATTEXT_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/statusbr.h
-// Purpose: wxStatusBar class interface
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 05.02.00
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STATUSBR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_STATUSBR_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxStatusBarNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStatusBar constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxStatusBar styles
-#define wxSTB_SIZEGRIP 0x0010
-#define wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS 0x0020
-
-#define wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_START 0x0040
-#define wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE 0x0080
-#define wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_END 0x0100
-
-#define wxSTB_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxSTB_SIZEGRIP|wxSTB_ELLIPSIZE_END|wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
-
-
-// old compat style name:
-#define wxST_SIZEGRIP wxSTB_SIZEGRIP
-
-
-// style flags for wxStatusBar fields
-#define wxSB_NORMAL 0x0000
-#define wxSB_FLAT 0x0001
-#define wxSB_RAISED 0x0002
-#define wxSB_SUNKEN 0x0003
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStatusBarPane: an helper for wxStatusBar
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStatusBarPane
-{
-public:
- wxStatusBarPane(int style = wxSB_NORMAL, int width = 0)
- : m_nStyle(style), m_nWidth(width)
- { m_bEllipsized = false; }
-
- int GetWidth() const { return m_nWidth; }
- int GetStyle() const { return m_nStyle; }
- wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
-
-
- // implementation-only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- bool IsEllipsized() const
- { return m_bEllipsized; }
- void SetIsEllipsized(bool isEllipsized) { m_bEllipsized = isEllipsized; }
-
- void SetWidth(int width) { m_nWidth = width; }
- void SetStyle(int style) { m_nStyle = style; }
-
- // set text, return true if it changed or false if it was already set to
- // this value
- bool SetText(const wxString& text);
-
- // save the existing text on top of our stack and make the new text
- // current; return true if the text really changed
- bool PushText(const wxString& text);
-
- // restore the message saved by the last call to Push() (unless it was
- // changed by an intervening call to SetText()) and return true if we
- // really restored anything
- bool PopText();
-
-private:
- int m_nStyle;
- int m_nWidth; // may be negative, indicating a variable-width field
- wxString m_text;
-
- // the array used to keep the previous values of this pane after a
- // PushStatusText() call, its top element is the value to restore after the
- // next PopStatusText() call while the currently shown value is always in
- // m_text
- wxArrayString m_arrStack;
-
- // is the currently shown value shown with ellipsis in the status bar?
- bool m_bEllipsized;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxStatusBarPane, wxStatusBarPaneArray);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStatusBar: a window near the bottom of the frame used for status info
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStatusBarBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxStatusBarBase();
-
- virtual ~wxStatusBarBase();
-
- // field count
- // -----------
-
- // set the number of fields and call SetStatusWidths(widths) if widths are
- // given
- virtual void SetFieldsCount(int number = 1, const int *widths = NULL);
- int GetFieldsCount() const { return (int)m_panes.GetCount(); }
-
- // field text
- // ----------
-
- // just change or get the currently shown text
- void SetStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0);
- wxString GetStatusText(int number = 0) const;
-
- // change the currently shown text to the new one and save the current
- // value to be restored by the next call to PopStatusText()
- void PushStatusText(const wxString& text, int number = 0);
- void PopStatusText(int number = 0);
-
- // fields widths
- // -------------
-
- // set status field widths as absolute numbers: positive widths mean that
- // the field has the specified absolute width, negative widths are
- // interpreted as the sizer options, i.e. the extra space (total space
- // minus the sum of fixed width fields) is divided between the fields with
- // negative width according to the abs value of the width (field with width
- // -2 grows twice as much as one with width -1 &c)
- virtual void SetStatusWidths(int n, const int widths[]);
-
- int GetStatusWidth(int n) const
- { return m_panes[n].GetWidth(); }
-
- // field styles
- // ------------
-
- // Set the field border style to one of wxSB_XXX values.
- virtual void SetStatusStyles(int n, const int styles[]);
-
- int GetStatusStyle(int n) const
- { return m_panes[n].GetStyle(); }
-
- // geometry
- // --------
-
- // Get the position and size of the field's internal bounding rectangle
- virtual bool GetFieldRect(int i, wxRect& rect) const = 0;
-
- // sets the minimal vertical size of the status bar
- virtual void SetMinHeight(int height) = 0;
-
- // get the dimensions of the horizontal and vertical borders
- virtual int GetBorderX() const = 0;
- virtual int GetBorderY() const = 0;
-
- wxSize GetBorders() const
- { return wxSize(GetBorderX(), GetBorderY()); }
-
- // miscellaneous
- // -------------
-
- const wxStatusBarPane& GetField(int n) const
- { return m_panes[n]; }
-
- // wxWindow overrides:
-
- // don't want status bars to accept the focus at all
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
- // the client size of a toplevel window doesn't include the status bar
- virtual bool CanBeOutsideClientArea() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
- // called after the status bar pane text changed and should update its
- // display
- virtual void DoUpdateStatusText(int number) = 0;
-
-
- // wxWindow overrides:
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip )
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG(!HasFlag(wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS),
- "Do not set tooltip(s) manually when using wxSTB_SHOW_TIPS!");
- wxWindow::DoSetToolTip(tip);
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
-
- // internal helpers & data:
-
- // calculate the real field widths for the given total available size
- wxArrayInt CalculateAbsWidths(wxCoord widthTotal) const;
-
- // should be called to remember if the pane text is currently being show
- // ellipsized or not
- void SetEllipsizedFlag(int n, bool isEllipsized);
-
-
- // the array with the pane infos:
- wxStatusBarPaneArray m_panes;
-
- // if true overrides the width info of the wxStatusBarPanes
- bool m_bSameWidthForAllPanes;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStatusBarBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the actual wxStatusBar class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #define wxStatusBarUniv wxStatusBar
- #include "wx/univ/statusbr.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR
- #include "wx/msw/statusbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #define wxStatusBarMac wxStatusBar
- #include "wx/generic/statusbr.h"
- #include "wx/osx/statusbr.h"
-#else
- #define wxStatusBarGeneric wxStatusBar
- #include "wx/generic/statusbr.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#endif
- // _WX_STATUSBR_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stc/stc.h
-// Purpose: A wxWidgets implementation of Scintilla. This class is the
-// one meant to be used directly by wx applications. It does not
-// derive directly from the Scintilla classes, and in fact there
-// is no mention of Scintilla classes at all in this header.
-// This class delegates all method calls and events to the
-// Scintilla objects and so forth. This allows the use of
-// Scintilla without polluting the namespace with all the
-// classes and itentifiers from Scintilla.
-//
-// Author: Robin Dunn
-//
-// Created: 13-Jan-2000
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 by Total Control Software
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
- IMPORTANT: include/wx/stc/stc.h is generated by src/stc/gen_iface.py from
- src/stc/stc.h.in, don't edit stc.h file as your changes will be
- lost after the next regeneration, edit stc.h.in and rerun the
- gen_iface.py script instead!
-
- Parts of this file generated by the script are found in between
- the special "{{{" and "}}}" markers, the rest of it is copied
- verbatim from src.h.in.
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_STC_STC_H_
-#define _WX_STC_STC_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STC
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/dnd.h"
-#include "wx/stopwatch.h"
-#include "wx/versioninfo.h"
-
-#include "wx/textentry.h"
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
- #include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollBar;
-
-// SWIG can't handle "#if" type of conditionals, only "#ifdef"
-#ifdef SWIG
-#define STC_USE_DND 1
-#else
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-#define STC_USE_DND 1
-#endif
-#endif
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// STC constants generated section {{{
-
-#define wxSTC_INVALID_POSITION -1
-
-/// Define start of Scintilla messages to be greater than all Windows edit (EM_*) messages
-/// as many EM_ messages can be used although that use is deprecated.
-#define wxSTC_START 2000
-#define wxSTC_OPTIONAL_START 3000
-#define wxSTC_LEXER_START 4000
-#define wxSTC_WS_INVISIBLE 0
-#define wxSTC_WS_VISIBLEALWAYS 1
-#define wxSTC_WS_VISIBLEAFTERINDENT 2
-#define wxSTC_EOL_CRLF 0
-#define wxSTC_EOL_CR 1
-#define wxSTC_EOL_LF 2
-
-/// The SC_CP_UTF8 value can be used to enter Unicode mode.
-/// This is the same value as CP_UTF8 in Windows
-#define wxSTC_CP_UTF8 65001
-#define wxSTC_MARKER_MAX 31
-#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLE 0
-#define wxSTC_MARK_ROUNDRECT 1
-#define wxSTC_MARK_ARROW 2
-#define wxSTC_MARK_SMALLRECT 3
-#define wxSTC_MARK_SHORTARROW 4
-#define wxSTC_MARK_EMPTY 5
-#define wxSTC_MARK_ARROWDOWN 6
-#define wxSTC_MARK_MINUS 7
-#define wxSTC_MARK_PLUS 8
-
-/// Shapes used for outlining column.
-#define wxSTC_MARK_VLINE 9
-#define wxSTC_MARK_LCORNER 10
-#define wxSTC_MARK_TCORNER 11
-#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXPLUS 12
-#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXPLUSCONNECTED 13
-#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXMINUS 14
-#define wxSTC_MARK_BOXMINUSCONNECTED 15
-#define wxSTC_MARK_LCORNERCURVE 16
-#define wxSTC_MARK_TCORNERCURVE 17
-#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUS 18
-#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEPLUSCONNECTED 19
-#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUS 20
-#define wxSTC_MARK_CIRCLEMINUSCONNECTED 21
-
-/// Invisible mark that only sets the line background colour.
-#define wxSTC_MARK_BACKGROUND 22
-#define wxSTC_MARK_DOTDOTDOT 23
-#define wxSTC_MARK_ARROWS 24
-#define wxSTC_MARK_PIXMAP 25
-#define wxSTC_MARK_FULLRECT 26
-#define wxSTC_MARK_LEFTRECT 27
-#define wxSTC_MARK_AVAILABLE 28
-#define wxSTC_MARK_UNDERLINE 29
-#define wxSTC_MARK_RGBAIMAGE 30
-#define wxSTC_MARK_CHARACTER 10000
-
-/// Markers used for outlining column.
-#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDEREND 25
-#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPENMID 26
-#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDERMIDTAIL 27
-#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDERTAIL 28
-#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDERSUB 29
-#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDER 30
-#define wxSTC_MARKNUM_FOLDEROPEN 31
-#define wxSTC_MASK_FOLDERS 0xFE000000
-#define wxSTC_MARGIN_SYMBOL 0
-#define wxSTC_MARGIN_NUMBER 1
-#define wxSTC_MARGIN_BACK 2
-#define wxSTC_MARGIN_FORE 3
-#define wxSTC_MARGIN_TEXT 4
-#define wxSTC_MARGIN_RTEXT 5
-
-/// Styles in range 32..38 are predefined for parts of the UI and are not used as normal styles.
-/// Style 39 is for future use.
-#define wxSTC_STYLE_DEFAULT 32
-#define wxSTC_STYLE_LINENUMBER 33
-#define wxSTC_STYLE_BRACELIGHT 34
-#define wxSTC_STYLE_BRACEBAD 35
-#define wxSTC_STYLE_CONTROLCHAR 36
-#define wxSTC_STYLE_INDENTGUIDE 37
-#define wxSTC_STYLE_CALLTIP 38
-#define wxSTC_STYLE_LASTPREDEFINED 39
-#define wxSTC_STYLE_MAX 255
-
-/// Character set identifiers are used in StyleSetCharacterSet.
-/// The values are the same as the Windows *_CHARSET values.
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_ANSI 0
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_DEFAULT 1
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_BALTIC 186
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_CHINESEBIG5 136
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_EASTEUROPE 238
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_GB2312 134
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_GREEK 161
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_HANGUL 129
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_MAC 77
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_OEM 255
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_RUSSIAN 204
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_CYRILLIC 1251
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_SHIFTJIS 128
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_SYMBOL 2
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_TURKISH 162
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_JOHAB 130
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_HEBREW 177
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_ARABIC 178
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_VIETNAMESE 163
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_THAI 222
-#define wxSTC_CHARSET_8859_15 1000
-#define wxSTC_CASE_MIXED 0
-#define wxSTC_CASE_UPPER 1
-#define wxSTC_CASE_LOWER 2
-#define wxSTC_FONT_SIZE_MULTIPLIER 100
-#define wxSTC_WEIGHT_NORMAL 400
-#define wxSTC_WEIGHT_SEMIBOLD 600
-#define wxSTC_WEIGHT_BOLD 700
-
-/// Indicator style enumeration and some constants
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_PLAIN 0
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_SQUIGGLE 1
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_TT 2
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_DIAGONAL 3
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_STRIKE 4
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_HIDDEN 5
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_BOX 6
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_ROUNDBOX 7
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_STRAIGHTBOX 8
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_DASH 9
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_DOTS 10
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_SQUIGGLELOW 11
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_DOTBOX 12
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_MAX 31
-#define wxSTC_INDIC_CONTAINER 8
-#define wxSTC_INDIC0_MASK 0x20
-#define wxSTC_INDIC1_MASK 0x40
-#define wxSTC_INDIC2_MASK 0x80
-#define wxSTC_INDICS_MASK 0xE0
-#define wxSTC_IV_NONE 0
-#define wxSTC_IV_REAL 1
-#define wxSTC_IV_LOOKFORWARD 2
-#define wxSTC_IV_LOOKBOTH 3
-
-/// PrintColourMode - use same colours as screen.
-#define wxSTC_PRINT_NORMAL 0
-
-/// PrintColourMode - invert the light value of each style for printing.
-#define wxSTC_PRINT_INVERTLIGHT 1
-
-/// PrintColourMode - force black text on white background for printing.
-#define wxSTC_PRINT_BLACKONWHITE 2
-
-/// PrintColourMode - text stays coloured, but all background is forced to be white for printing.
-#define wxSTC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITE 3
-
-/// PrintColourMode - only the default-background is forced to be white for printing.
-#define wxSTC_PRINT_COLOURONWHITEDEFAULTBG 4
-#define wxSTC_FIND_WHOLEWORD 2
-#define wxSTC_FIND_MATCHCASE 4
-#define wxSTC_FIND_WORDSTART 0x00100000
-#define wxSTC_FIND_REGEXP 0x00200000
-#define wxSTC_FIND_POSIX 0x00400000
-#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELBASE 0x400
-#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELWHITEFLAG 0x1000
-#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELHEADERFLAG 0x2000
-#define wxSTC_FOLDLEVELNUMBERMASK 0x0FFF
-#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_EXPANDED 0x0002
-#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEBEFORE_CONTRACTED 0x0004
-#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_EXPANDED 0x0008
-#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LINEAFTER_CONTRACTED 0x0010
-#define wxSTC_FOLDFLAG_LEVELNUMBERS 0x0040
-#define wxSTC_TIME_FOREVER 10000000
-#define wxSTC_WRAP_NONE 0
-#define wxSTC_WRAP_WORD 1
-#define wxSTC_WRAP_CHAR 2
-#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_NONE 0x0000
-#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_END 0x0001
-#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_START 0x0002
-#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAG_MARGIN 0x0004
-#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_DEFAULT 0x0000
-#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_END_BY_TEXT 0x0001
-#define wxSTC_WRAPVISUALFLAGLOC_START_BY_TEXT 0x0002
-#define wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_FIXED 0
-#define wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_SAME 1
-#define wxSTC_WRAPINDENT_INDENT 2
-#define wxSTC_CACHE_NONE 0
-#define wxSTC_CACHE_CARET 1
-#define wxSTC_CACHE_PAGE 2
-#define wxSTC_CACHE_DOCUMENT 3
-
-/// Control font anti-aliasing.
-#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_MASK 0xF
-#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_NON_ANTIALIASED 1
-#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_ANTIALIASED 2
-#define wxSTC_EFF_QUALITY_LCD_OPTIMIZED 3
-#define wxSTC_MULTIPASTE_ONCE 0
-#define wxSTC_MULTIPASTE_EACH 1
-#define wxSTC_EDGE_NONE 0
-#define wxSTC_EDGE_LINE 1
-#define wxSTC_EDGE_BACKGROUND 2
-#define wxSTC_STATUS_OK 0
-#define wxSTC_STATUS_FAILURE 1
-#define wxSTC_STATUS_BADALLOC 2
-#define wxSTC_CURSORNORMAL -1
-#define wxSTC_CURSORARROW 2
-#define wxSTC_CURSORWAIT 4
-#define wxSTC_CURSORREVERSEARROW 7
-
-/// Constants for use with SetVisiblePolicy, similar to SetCaretPolicy.
-#define wxSTC_VISIBLE_SLOP 0x01
-#define wxSTC_VISIBLE_STRICT 0x04
-
-/// Caret policy, used by SetXCaretPolicy and SetYCaretPolicy.
-/// If CARET_SLOP is set, we can define a slop value: caretSlop.
-/// This value defines an unwanted zone (UZ) where the caret is... unwanted.
-/// This zone is defined as a number of pixels near the vertical margins,
-/// and as a number of lines near the horizontal margins.
-/// By keeping the caret away from the edges, it is seen within its context,
-/// so it is likely that the identifier that the caret is on can be completely seen,
-/// and that the current line is seen with some of the lines following it which are
-/// often dependent on that line.
-#define wxSTC_CARET_SLOP 0x01
-
-/// If CARET_STRICT is set, the policy is enforced... strictly.
-/// The caret is centred on the display if slop is not set,
-/// and cannot go in the UZ if slop is set.
-#define wxSTC_CARET_STRICT 0x04
-
-/// If CARET_JUMPS is set, the display is moved more energetically
-/// so the caret can move in the same direction longer before the policy is applied again.
-#define wxSTC_CARET_JUMPS 0x10
-
-/// If CARET_EVEN is not set, instead of having symmetrical UZs,
-/// the left and bottom UZs are extended up to right and top UZs respectively.
-/// This way, we favour the displaying of useful information: the begining of lines,
-/// where most code reside, and the lines after the caret, eg. the body of a function.
-#define wxSTC_CARET_EVEN 0x08
-#define wxSTC_SEL_STREAM 0
-#define wxSTC_SEL_RECTANGLE 1
-#define wxSTC_SEL_LINES 2
-#define wxSTC_SEL_THIN 3
-#define wxSTC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_RESPECTCASE 0
-#define wxSTC_CASEINSENSITIVEBEHAVIOUR_IGNORECASE 1
-#define wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_OFF 0
-#define wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_ON 1
-#define wxSTC_CARETSTICKY_WHITESPACE 2
-#define wxSTC_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0
-#define wxSTC_ALPHA_OPAQUE 255
-#define wxSTC_ALPHA_NOALPHA 256
-#define wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_INVISIBLE 0
-#define wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_LINE 1
-#define wxSTC_CARETSTYLE_BLOCK 2
-#define wxSTC_MARGINOPTION_NONE 0
-#define wxSTC_MARGINOPTION_SUBLINESELECT 1
-#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_HIDDEN 0
-#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_STANDARD 1
-#define wxSTC_ANNOTATION_BOXED 2
-#define wxSTC_UNDO_MAY_COALESCE 1
-#define wxSTC_SCVS_NONE 0
-#define wxSTC_SCVS_RECTANGULARSELECTION 1
-#define wxSTC_SCVS_USERACCESSIBLE 2
-#define wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_TECHNOLOGY_DIRECTWRITE 1
-
-/// Maximum value of keywordSet parameter of SetKeyWords.
-#define wxSTC_KEYWORDSET_MAX 8
-#define wxSTC_TYPE_BOOLEAN 0
-#define wxSTC_TYPE_INTEGER 1
-#define wxSTC_TYPE_STRING 2
-
-/// Notifications
-/// Type of modification and the action which caused the modification.
-/// These are defined as a bit mask to make it easy to specify which notifications are wanted.
-/// One bit is set from each of SC_MOD_* and SC_PERFORMED_*.
-#define wxSTC_MOD_INSERTTEXT 0x1
-#define wxSTC_MOD_DELETETEXT 0x2
-#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGESTYLE 0x4
-#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEFOLD 0x8
-#define wxSTC_PERFORMED_USER 0x10
-#define wxSTC_PERFORMED_UNDO 0x20
-#define wxSTC_PERFORMED_REDO 0x40
-#define wxSTC_MULTISTEPUNDOREDO 0x80
-#define wxSTC_LASTSTEPINUNDOREDO 0x100
-#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEMARKER 0x200
-#define wxSTC_MOD_BEFOREINSERT 0x400
-#define wxSTC_MOD_BEFOREDELETE 0x800
-#define wxSTC_MULTILINEUNDOREDO 0x1000
-#define wxSTC_STARTACTION 0x2000
-#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEINDICATOR 0x4000
-#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGELINESTATE 0x8000
-#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEMARGIN 0x10000
-#define wxSTC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION 0x20000
-#define wxSTC_MOD_CONTAINER 0x40000
-#define wxSTC_MOD_LEXERSTATE 0x80000
-#define wxSTC_MODEVENTMASKALL 0xFFFFF
-#define wxSTC_UPDATE_CONTENT 0x1
-#define wxSTC_UPDATE_SELECTION 0x2
-#define wxSTC_UPDATE_V_SCROLL 0x4
-#define wxSTC_UPDATE_H_SCROLL 0x8
-
-/// Symbolic key codes and modifier flags.
-/// ASCII and other printable characters below 256.
-/// Extended keys above 300.
-#define wxSTC_KEY_DOWN 300
-#define wxSTC_KEY_UP 301
-#define wxSTC_KEY_LEFT 302
-#define wxSTC_KEY_RIGHT 303
-#define wxSTC_KEY_HOME 304
-#define wxSTC_KEY_END 305
-#define wxSTC_KEY_PRIOR 306
-#define wxSTC_KEY_NEXT 307
-#define wxSTC_KEY_DELETE 308
-#define wxSTC_KEY_INSERT 309
-#define wxSTC_KEY_ESCAPE 7
-#define wxSTC_KEY_BACK 8
-#define wxSTC_KEY_TAB 9
-#define wxSTC_KEY_RETURN 13
-#define wxSTC_KEY_ADD 310
-#define wxSTC_KEY_SUBTRACT 311
-#define wxSTC_KEY_DIVIDE 312
-#define wxSTC_KEY_WIN 313
-#define wxSTC_KEY_RWIN 314
-#define wxSTC_KEY_MENU 315
-#define wxSTC_SCMOD_NORM 0
-#define wxSTC_SCMOD_SHIFT 1
-#define wxSTC_SCMOD_CTRL 2
-#define wxSTC_SCMOD_ALT 4
-#define wxSTC_SCMOD_SUPER 8
-#define wxSTC_SCMOD_META 16
-
-/// For SciLexer.h
-#define wxSTC_LEX_CONTAINER 0
-#define wxSTC_LEX_NULL 1
-#define wxSTC_LEX_PYTHON 2
-#define wxSTC_LEX_CPP 3
-#define wxSTC_LEX_HTML 4
-#define wxSTC_LEX_XML 5
-#define wxSTC_LEX_PERL 6
-#define wxSTC_LEX_SQL 7
-#define wxSTC_LEX_VB 8
-#define wxSTC_LEX_PROPERTIES 9
-#define wxSTC_LEX_ERRORLIST 10
-#define wxSTC_LEX_MAKEFILE 11
-#define wxSTC_LEX_BATCH 12
-#define wxSTC_LEX_XCODE 13
-#define wxSTC_LEX_LATEX 14
-#define wxSTC_LEX_LUA 15
-#define wxSTC_LEX_DIFF 16
-#define wxSTC_LEX_CONF 17
-#define wxSTC_LEX_PASCAL 18
-#define wxSTC_LEX_AVE 19
-#define wxSTC_LEX_ADA 20
-#define wxSTC_LEX_LISP 21
-#define wxSTC_LEX_RUBY 22
-#define wxSTC_LEX_EIFFEL 23
-#define wxSTC_LEX_EIFFELKW 24
-#define wxSTC_LEX_TCL 25
-#define wxSTC_LEX_NNCRONTAB 26
-#define wxSTC_LEX_BULLANT 27
-#define wxSTC_LEX_VBSCRIPT 28
-#define wxSTC_LEX_BAAN 31
-#define wxSTC_LEX_MATLAB 32
-#define wxSTC_LEX_SCRIPTOL 33
-#define wxSTC_LEX_ASM 34
-#define wxSTC_LEX_CPPNOCASE 35
-#define wxSTC_LEX_FORTRAN 36
-#define wxSTC_LEX_F77 37
-#define wxSTC_LEX_CSS 38
-#define wxSTC_LEX_POV 39
-#define wxSTC_LEX_LOUT 40
-#define wxSTC_LEX_ESCRIPT 41
-#define wxSTC_LEX_PS 42
-#define wxSTC_LEX_NSIS 43
-#define wxSTC_LEX_MMIXAL 44
-#define wxSTC_LEX_CLW 45
-#define wxSTC_LEX_CLWNOCASE 46
-#define wxSTC_LEX_LOT 47
-#define wxSTC_LEX_YAML 48
-#define wxSTC_LEX_TEX 49
-#define wxSTC_LEX_METAPOST 50
-#define wxSTC_LEX_POWERBASIC 51
-#define wxSTC_LEX_FORTH 52
-#define wxSTC_LEX_ERLANG 53
-#define wxSTC_LEX_OCTAVE 54
-#define wxSTC_LEX_MSSQL 55
-#define wxSTC_LEX_VERILOG 56
-#define wxSTC_LEX_KIX 57
-#define wxSTC_LEX_GUI4CLI 58
-#define wxSTC_LEX_SPECMAN 59
-#define wxSTC_LEX_AU3 60
-#define wxSTC_LEX_APDL 61
-#define wxSTC_LEX_BASH 62
-#define wxSTC_LEX_ASN1 63
-#define wxSTC_LEX_VHDL 64
-#define wxSTC_LEX_CAML 65
-#define wxSTC_LEX_BLITZBASIC 66
-#define wxSTC_LEX_PUREBASIC 67
-#define wxSTC_LEX_HASKELL 68
-#define wxSTC_LEX_PHPSCRIPT 69
-#define wxSTC_LEX_TADS3 70
-#define wxSTC_LEX_REBOL 71
-#define wxSTC_LEX_SMALLTALK 72
-#define wxSTC_LEX_FLAGSHIP 73
-#define wxSTC_LEX_CSOUND 74
-#define wxSTC_LEX_FREEBASIC 75
-#define wxSTC_LEX_INNOSETUP 76
-#define wxSTC_LEX_OPAL 77
-#define wxSTC_LEX_SPICE 78
-#define wxSTC_LEX_D 79
-#define wxSTC_LEX_CMAKE 80
-#define wxSTC_LEX_GAP 81
-#define wxSTC_LEX_PLM 82
-#define wxSTC_LEX_PROGRESS 83
-#define wxSTC_LEX_ABAQUS 84
-#define wxSTC_LEX_ASYMPTOTE 85
-#define wxSTC_LEX_R 86
-#define wxSTC_LEX_MAGIK 87
-#define wxSTC_LEX_POWERSHELL 88
-#define wxSTC_LEX_MYSQL 89
-#define wxSTC_LEX_PO 90
-#define wxSTC_LEX_TAL 91
-#define wxSTC_LEX_COBOL 92
-#define wxSTC_LEX_TACL 93
-#define wxSTC_LEX_SORCUS 94
-#define wxSTC_LEX_POWERPRO 95
-#define wxSTC_LEX_NIMROD 96
-#define wxSTC_LEX_SML 97
-#define wxSTC_LEX_MARKDOWN 98
-#define wxSTC_LEX_TXT2TAGS 99
-#define wxSTC_LEX_A68K 100
-#define wxSTC_LEX_MODULA 101
-#define wxSTC_LEX_COFFEESCRIPT 102
-#define wxSTC_LEX_TCMD 103
-#define wxSTC_LEX_AVS 104
-#define wxSTC_LEX_ECL 105
-#define wxSTC_LEX_OSCRIPT 106
-#define wxSTC_LEX_VISUALPROLOG 107
-
-/// When a lexer specifies its language as SCLEX_AUTOMATIC it receives a
-/// value assigned in sequence from SCLEX_AUTOMATIC+1.
-#define wxSTC_LEX_AUTOMATIC 1000
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PYTHON
-#define wxSTC_P_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_P_COMMENTLINE 1
-#define wxSTC_P_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_P_STRING 3
-#define wxSTC_P_CHARACTER 4
-#define wxSTC_P_WORD 5
-#define wxSTC_P_TRIPLE 6
-#define wxSTC_P_TRIPLEDOUBLE 7
-#define wxSTC_P_CLASSNAME 8
-#define wxSTC_P_DEFNAME 9
-#define wxSTC_P_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_P_IDENTIFIER 11
-#define wxSTC_P_COMMENTBLOCK 12
-#define wxSTC_P_STRINGEOL 13
-#define wxSTC_P_WORD2 14
-#define wxSTC_P_DECORATOR 15
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CPP
-#define wxSTC_C_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_C_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTDOC 3
-#define wxSTC_C_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_C_WORD 5
-#define wxSTC_C_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_C_CHARACTER 7
-#define wxSTC_C_UUID 8
-#define wxSTC_C_PREPROCESSOR 9
-#define wxSTC_C_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_C_IDENTIFIER 11
-#define wxSTC_C_STRINGEOL 12
-#define wxSTC_C_VERBATIM 13
-#define wxSTC_C_REGEX 14
-#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
-#define wxSTC_C_WORD2 16
-#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
-#define wxSTC_C_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
-#define wxSTC_C_GLOBALCLASS 19
-#define wxSTC_C_STRINGRAW 20
-#define wxSTC_C_TRIPLEVERBATIM 21
-#define wxSTC_C_HASHQUOTEDSTRING 22
-#define wxSTC_C_PREPROCESSORCOMMENT 23
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_D
-#define wxSTC_D_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_D_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTDOC 3
-#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTNESTED 4
-#define wxSTC_D_NUMBER 5
-#define wxSTC_D_WORD 6
-#define wxSTC_D_WORD2 7
-#define wxSTC_D_WORD3 8
-#define wxSTC_D_TYPEDEF 9
-#define wxSTC_D_STRING 10
-#define wxSTC_D_STRINGEOL 11
-#define wxSTC_D_CHARACTER 12
-#define wxSTC_D_OPERATOR 13
-#define wxSTC_D_IDENTIFIER 14
-#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
-#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 16
-#define wxSTC_D_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 17
-#define wxSTC_D_STRINGB 18
-#define wxSTC_D_STRINGR 19
-#define wxSTC_D_WORD5 20
-#define wxSTC_D_WORD6 21
-#define wxSTC_D_WORD7 22
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_TCL
-#define wxSTC_TCL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_TCL_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_TCL_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_TCL_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD_IN_QUOTE 4
-#define wxSTC_TCL_IN_QUOTE 5
-#define wxSTC_TCL_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_TCL_IDENTIFIER 7
-#define wxSTC_TCL_SUBSTITUTION 8
-#define wxSTC_TCL_SUB_BRACE 9
-#define wxSTC_TCL_MODIFIER 10
-#define wxSTC_TCL_EXPAND 11
-#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD 12
-#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD2 13
-#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD3 14
-#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD4 15
-#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD5 16
-#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD6 17
-#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD7 18
-#define wxSTC_TCL_WORD8 19
-#define wxSTC_TCL_COMMENT_BOX 20
-#define wxSTC_TCL_BLOCK_COMMENT 21
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_HTML, SCLEX_XML
-#define wxSTC_H_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_H_TAG 1
-#define wxSTC_H_TAGUNKNOWN 2
-#define wxSTC_H_ATTRIBUTE 3
-#define wxSTC_H_ATTRIBUTEUNKNOWN 4
-#define wxSTC_H_NUMBER 5
-#define wxSTC_H_DOUBLESTRING 6
-#define wxSTC_H_SINGLESTRING 7
-#define wxSTC_H_OTHER 8
-#define wxSTC_H_COMMENT 9
-#define wxSTC_H_ENTITY 10
-
-/// XML and ASP
-#define wxSTC_H_TAGEND 11
-#define wxSTC_H_XMLSTART 12
-#define wxSTC_H_XMLEND 13
-#define wxSTC_H_SCRIPT 14
-#define wxSTC_H_ASP 15
-#define wxSTC_H_ASPAT 16
-#define wxSTC_H_CDATA 17
-#define wxSTC_H_QUESTION 18
-
-/// More HTML
-#define wxSTC_H_VALUE 19
-
-/// X-Code
-#define wxSTC_H_XCCOMMENT 20
-
-/// SGML
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_DEFAULT 21
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_COMMAND 22
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_1ST_PARAM 23
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_DOUBLESTRING 24
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_SIMPLESTRING 25
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_ERROR 26
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_SPECIAL 27
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_ENTITY 28
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_COMMENT 29
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_1ST_PARAM_COMMENT 30
-#define wxSTC_H_SGML_BLOCK_DEFAULT 31
-
-/// Embedded Javascript
-#define wxSTC_HJ_START 40
-#define wxSTC_HJ_DEFAULT 41
-#define wxSTC_HJ_COMMENT 42
-#define wxSTC_HJ_COMMENTLINE 43
-#define wxSTC_HJ_COMMENTDOC 44
-#define wxSTC_HJ_NUMBER 45
-#define wxSTC_HJ_WORD 46
-#define wxSTC_HJ_KEYWORD 47
-#define wxSTC_HJ_DOUBLESTRING 48
-#define wxSTC_HJ_SINGLESTRING 49
-#define wxSTC_HJ_SYMBOLS 50
-#define wxSTC_HJ_STRINGEOL 51
-#define wxSTC_HJ_REGEX 52
-
-/// ASP Javascript
-#define wxSTC_HJA_START 55
-#define wxSTC_HJA_DEFAULT 56
-#define wxSTC_HJA_COMMENT 57
-#define wxSTC_HJA_COMMENTLINE 58
-#define wxSTC_HJA_COMMENTDOC 59
-#define wxSTC_HJA_NUMBER 60
-#define wxSTC_HJA_WORD 61
-#define wxSTC_HJA_KEYWORD 62
-#define wxSTC_HJA_DOUBLESTRING 63
-#define wxSTC_HJA_SINGLESTRING 64
-#define wxSTC_HJA_SYMBOLS 65
-#define wxSTC_HJA_STRINGEOL 66
-#define wxSTC_HJA_REGEX 67
-
-/// Embedded VBScript
-#define wxSTC_HB_START 70
-#define wxSTC_HB_DEFAULT 71
-#define wxSTC_HB_COMMENTLINE 72
-#define wxSTC_HB_NUMBER 73
-#define wxSTC_HB_WORD 74
-#define wxSTC_HB_STRING 75
-#define wxSTC_HB_IDENTIFIER 76
-#define wxSTC_HB_STRINGEOL 77
-
-/// ASP VBScript
-#define wxSTC_HBA_START 80
-#define wxSTC_HBA_DEFAULT 81
-#define wxSTC_HBA_COMMENTLINE 82
-#define wxSTC_HBA_NUMBER 83
-#define wxSTC_HBA_WORD 84
-#define wxSTC_HBA_STRING 85
-#define wxSTC_HBA_IDENTIFIER 86
-#define wxSTC_HBA_STRINGEOL 87
-
-/// Embedded Python
-#define wxSTC_HP_START 90
-#define wxSTC_HP_DEFAULT 91
-#define wxSTC_HP_COMMENTLINE 92
-#define wxSTC_HP_NUMBER 93
-#define wxSTC_HP_STRING 94
-#define wxSTC_HP_CHARACTER 95
-#define wxSTC_HP_WORD 96
-#define wxSTC_HP_TRIPLE 97
-#define wxSTC_HP_TRIPLEDOUBLE 98
-#define wxSTC_HP_CLASSNAME 99
-#define wxSTC_HP_DEFNAME 100
-#define wxSTC_HP_OPERATOR 101
-#define wxSTC_HP_IDENTIFIER 102
-
-/// PHP
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_COMPLEX_VARIABLE 104
-
-/// ASP Python
-#define wxSTC_HPA_START 105
-#define wxSTC_HPA_DEFAULT 106
-#define wxSTC_HPA_COMMENTLINE 107
-#define wxSTC_HPA_NUMBER 108
-#define wxSTC_HPA_STRING 109
-#define wxSTC_HPA_CHARACTER 110
-#define wxSTC_HPA_WORD 111
-#define wxSTC_HPA_TRIPLE 112
-#define wxSTC_HPA_TRIPLEDOUBLE 113
-#define wxSTC_HPA_CLASSNAME 114
-#define wxSTC_HPA_DEFNAME 115
-#define wxSTC_HPA_OPERATOR 116
-#define wxSTC_HPA_IDENTIFIER 117
-
-/// PHP
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_DEFAULT 118
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_HSTRING 119
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_SIMPLESTRING 120
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_WORD 121
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_NUMBER 122
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_VARIABLE 123
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_COMMENT 124
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_COMMENTLINE 125
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_HSTRING_VARIABLE 126
-#define wxSTC_HPHP_OPERATOR 127
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PERL
-#define wxSTC_PL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_PL_ERROR 1
-#define wxSTC_PL_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_PL_POD 3
-#define wxSTC_PL_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_PL_WORD 5
-#define wxSTC_PL_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_PL_CHARACTER 7
-#define wxSTC_PL_PUNCTUATION 8
-#define wxSTC_PL_PREPROCESSOR 9
-#define wxSTC_PL_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_PL_IDENTIFIER 11
-#define wxSTC_PL_SCALAR 12
-#define wxSTC_PL_ARRAY 13
-#define wxSTC_PL_HASH 14
-#define wxSTC_PL_SYMBOLTABLE 15
-#define wxSTC_PL_VARIABLE_INDEXER 16
-#define wxSTC_PL_REGEX 17
-#define wxSTC_PL_REGSUBST 18
-#define wxSTC_PL_LONGQUOTE 19
-#define wxSTC_PL_BACKTICKS 20
-#define wxSTC_PL_DATASECTION 21
-#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_DELIM 22
-#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_Q 23
-#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QQ 24
-#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QX 25
-#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_Q 26
-#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QQ 27
-#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QX 28
-#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QR 29
-#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QW 30
-#define wxSTC_PL_POD_VERB 31
-#define wxSTC_PL_SUB_PROTOTYPE 40
-#define wxSTC_PL_FORMAT_IDENT 41
-#define wxSTC_PL_FORMAT 42
-#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_VAR 43
-#define wxSTC_PL_XLAT 44
-#define wxSTC_PL_REGEX_VAR 54
-#define wxSTC_PL_REGSUBST_VAR 55
-#define wxSTC_PL_BACKTICKS_VAR 57
-#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QQ_VAR 61
-#define wxSTC_PL_HERE_QX_VAR 62
-#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QQ_VAR 64
-#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QX_VAR 65
-#define wxSTC_PL_STRING_QR_VAR 66
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_RUBY
-#define wxSTC_RB_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_RB_ERROR 1
-#define wxSTC_RB_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_RB_POD 3
-#define wxSTC_RB_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_RB_WORD 5
-#define wxSTC_RB_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_RB_CHARACTER 7
-#define wxSTC_RB_CLASSNAME 8
-#define wxSTC_RB_DEFNAME 9
-#define wxSTC_RB_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_RB_IDENTIFIER 11
-#define wxSTC_RB_REGEX 12
-#define wxSTC_RB_GLOBAL 13
-#define wxSTC_RB_SYMBOL 14
-#define wxSTC_RB_MODULE_NAME 15
-#define wxSTC_RB_INSTANCE_VAR 16
-#define wxSTC_RB_CLASS_VAR 17
-#define wxSTC_RB_BACKTICKS 18
-#define wxSTC_RB_DATASECTION 19
-#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_DELIM 20
-#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_Q 21
-#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_QQ 22
-#define wxSTC_RB_HERE_QX 23
-#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_Q 24
-#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QQ 25
-#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QX 26
-#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QR 27
-#define wxSTC_RB_STRING_QW 28
-#define wxSTC_RB_WORD_DEMOTED 29
-#define wxSTC_RB_STDIN 30
-#define wxSTC_RB_STDOUT 31
-#define wxSTC_RB_STDERR 40
-#define wxSTC_RB_UPPER_BOUND 41
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VB, SCLEX_VBSCRIPT, SCLEX_POWERBASIC
-#define wxSTC_B_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_B_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_B_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD 3
-#define wxSTC_B_STRING 4
-#define wxSTC_B_PREPROCESSOR 5
-#define wxSTC_B_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_B_IDENTIFIER 7
-#define wxSTC_B_DATE 8
-#define wxSTC_B_STRINGEOL 9
-#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD2 10
-#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD3 11
-#define wxSTC_B_KEYWORD4 12
-#define wxSTC_B_CONSTANT 13
-#define wxSTC_B_ASM 14
-#define wxSTC_B_LABEL 15
-#define wxSTC_B_ERROR 16
-#define wxSTC_B_HEXNUMBER 17
-#define wxSTC_B_BINNUMBER 18
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PROPERTIES
-#define wxSTC_PROPS_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_PROPS_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_PROPS_SECTION 2
-#define wxSTC_PROPS_ASSIGNMENT 3
-#define wxSTC_PROPS_DEFVAL 4
-#define wxSTC_PROPS_KEY 5
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LATEX
-#define wxSTC_L_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_L_COMMAND 1
-#define wxSTC_L_TAG 2
-#define wxSTC_L_MATH 3
-#define wxSTC_L_COMMENT 4
-#define wxSTC_L_TAG2 5
-#define wxSTC_L_MATH2 6
-#define wxSTC_L_COMMENT2 7
-#define wxSTC_L_VERBATIM 8
-#define wxSTC_L_SHORTCMD 9
-#define wxSTC_L_SPECIAL 10
-#define wxSTC_L_CMDOPT 11
-#define wxSTC_L_ERROR 12
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LUA
-#define wxSTC_LUA_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_LUA_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_LUA_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_LUA_COMMENTDOC 3
-#define wxSTC_LUA_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD 5
-#define wxSTC_LUA_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_LUA_CHARACTER 7
-#define wxSTC_LUA_LITERALSTRING 8
-#define wxSTC_LUA_PREPROCESSOR 9
-#define wxSTC_LUA_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_LUA_IDENTIFIER 11
-#define wxSTC_LUA_STRINGEOL 12
-#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD2 13
-#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD3 14
-#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD4 15
-#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD5 16
-#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD6 17
-#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD7 18
-#define wxSTC_LUA_WORD8 19
-#define wxSTC_LUA_LABEL 20
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ERRORLIST
-#define wxSTC_ERR_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_ERR_PYTHON 1
-#define wxSTC_ERR_GCC 2
-#define wxSTC_ERR_MS 3
-#define wxSTC_ERR_CMD 4
-#define wxSTC_ERR_BORLAND 5
-#define wxSTC_ERR_PERL 6
-#define wxSTC_ERR_NET 7
-#define wxSTC_ERR_LUA 8
-#define wxSTC_ERR_CTAG 9
-#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_CHANGED 10
-#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_ADDITION 11
-#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_DELETION 12
-#define wxSTC_ERR_DIFF_MESSAGE 13
-#define wxSTC_ERR_PHP 14
-#define wxSTC_ERR_ELF 15
-#define wxSTC_ERR_IFC 16
-#define wxSTC_ERR_IFORT 17
-#define wxSTC_ERR_ABSF 18
-#define wxSTC_ERR_TIDY 19
-#define wxSTC_ERR_JAVA_STACK 20
-#define wxSTC_ERR_VALUE 21
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_BATCH
-#define wxSTC_BAT_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_BAT_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_BAT_WORD 2
-#define wxSTC_BAT_LABEL 3
-#define wxSTC_BAT_HIDE 4
-#define wxSTC_BAT_COMMAND 5
-#define wxSTC_BAT_IDENTIFIER 6
-#define wxSTC_BAT_OPERATOR 7
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_TCMD
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_WORD 2
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_LABEL 3
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_HIDE 4
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_COMMAND 5
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_IDENTIFIER 6
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_OPERATOR 7
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_ENVIRONMENT 8
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_EXPANSION 9
-#define wxSTC_TCMD_CLABEL 10
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MAKEFILE
-#define wxSTC_MAKE_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_MAKE_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_MAKE_PREPROCESSOR 2
-#define wxSTC_MAKE_IDENTIFIER 3
-#define wxSTC_MAKE_OPERATOR 4
-#define wxSTC_MAKE_TARGET 5
-#define wxSTC_MAKE_IDEOL 9
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_DIFF
-#define wxSTC_DIFF_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_DIFF_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_DIFF_COMMAND 2
-#define wxSTC_DIFF_HEADER 3
-#define wxSTC_DIFF_POSITION 4
-#define wxSTC_DIFF_DELETED 5
-#define wxSTC_DIFF_ADDED 6
-#define wxSTC_DIFF_CHANGED 7
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CONF (Apache Configuration Files Lexer)
-#define wxSTC_CONF_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_CONF_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_CONF_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_CONF_IDENTIFIER 3
-#define wxSTC_CONF_EXTENSION 4
-#define wxSTC_CONF_PARAMETER 5
-#define wxSTC_CONF_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_CONF_OPERATOR 7
-#define wxSTC_CONF_IP 8
-#define wxSTC_CONF_DIRECTIVE 9
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_AVE, Avenue
-#define wxSTC_AVE_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_AVE_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_AVE_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD 3
-#define wxSTC_AVE_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_AVE_ENUM 7
-#define wxSTC_AVE_STRINGEOL 8
-#define wxSTC_AVE_IDENTIFIER 9
-#define wxSTC_AVE_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD1 11
-#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD2 12
-#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD3 13
-#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD4 14
-#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD5 15
-#define wxSTC_AVE_WORD6 16
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ADA
-#define wxSTC_ADA_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_ADA_WORD 1
-#define wxSTC_ADA_IDENTIFIER 2
-#define wxSTC_ADA_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_ADA_DELIMITER 4
-#define wxSTC_ADA_CHARACTER 5
-#define wxSTC_ADA_CHARACTEREOL 6
-#define wxSTC_ADA_STRING 7
-#define wxSTC_ADA_STRINGEOL 8
-#define wxSTC_ADA_LABEL 9
-#define wxSTC_ADA_COMMENTLINE 10
-#define wxSTC_ADA_ILLEGAL 11
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_BAAN
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_COMMENTDOC 2
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD 4
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_STRING 5
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_PREPROCESSOR 6
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_OPERATOR 7
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_IDENTIFIER 8
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_STRINGEOL 9
-#define wxSTC_BAAN_WORD2 10
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LISP
-#define wxSTC_LISP_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_LISP_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_LISP_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_LISP_KEYWORD 3
-#define wxSTC_LISP_KEYWORD_KW 4
-#define wxSTC_LISP_SYMBOL 5
-#define wxSTC_LISP_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_LISP_STRINGEOL 8
-#define wxSTC_LISP_IDENTIFIER 9
-#define wxSTC_LISP_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_LISP_SPECIAL 11
-#define wxSTC_LISP_MULTI_COMMENT 12
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_EIFFEL and SCLEX_EIFFELKW
-#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_COMMENTLINE 1
-#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_WORD 3
-#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_STRING 4
-#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_CHARACTER 5
-#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_IDENTIFIER 7
-#define wxSTC_EIFFEL_STRINGEOL 8
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_NNCRONTAB (nnCron crontab Lexer)
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_TASK 2
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_SECTION 3
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_KEYWORD 4
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_MODIFIER 5
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_ASTERISK 6
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_NUMBER 7
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_STRING 8
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_ENVIRONMENT 9
-#define wxSTC_NNCRONTAB_IDENTIFIER 10
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_FORTH (Forth Lexer)
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_COMMENT_ML 2
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_IDENTIFIER 3
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_CONTROL 4
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_KEYWORD 5
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_DEFWORD 6
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_PREWORD1 7
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_PREWORD2 8
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_NUMBER 9
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_STRING 10
-#define wxSTC_FORTH_LOCALE 11
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MATLAB
-#define wxSTC_MATLAB_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_MATLAB_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_MATLAB_COMMAND 2
-#define wxSTC_MATLAB_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_MATLAB_KEYWORD 4
-
-/// single quoted string
-#define wxSTC_MATLAB_STRING 5
-#define wxSTC_MATLAB_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_MATLAB_IDENTIFIER 7
-#define wxSTC_MATLAB_DOUBLEQUOTESTRING 8
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SCRIPTOL
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_WHITE 1
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_PERSISTENT 3
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_CSTYLE 4
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_COMMENTBLOCK 5
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_NUMBER 6
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_STRING 7
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_CHARACTER 8
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_STRINGEOL 9
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_KEYWORD 10
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_OPERATOR 11
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_IDENTIFIER 12
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_TRIPLE 13
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_CLASSNAME 14
-#define wxSTC_SCRIPTOL_PREPROCESSOR 15
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ASM
-#define wxSTC_ASM_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_ASM_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_ASM_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_ASM_STRING 3
-#define wxSTC_ASM_OPERATOR 4
-#define wxSTC_ASM_IDENTIFIER 5
-#define wxSTC_ASM_CPUINSTRUCTION 6
-#define wxSTC_ASM_MATHINSTRUCTION 7
-#define wxSTC_ASM_REGISTER 8
-#define wxSTC_ASM_DIRECTIVE 9
-#define wxSTC_ASM_DIRECTIVEOPERAND 10
-#define wxSTC_ASM_COMMENTBLOCK 11
-#define wxSTC_ASM_CHARACTER 12
-#define wxSTC_ASM_STRINGEOL 13
-#define wxSTC_ASM_EXTINSTRUCTION 14
-#define wxSTC_ASM_COMMENTDIRECTIVE 15
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_FORTRAN
-#define wxSTC_F_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_F_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_F_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_F_STRING1 3
-#define wxSTC_F_STRING2 4
-#define wxSTC_F_STRINGEOL 5
-#define wxSTC_F_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_F_IDENTIFIER 7
-#define wxSTC_F_WORD 8
-#define wxSTC_F_WORD2 9
-#define wxSTC_F_WORD3 10
-#define wxSTC_F_PREPROCESSOR 11
-#define wxSTC_F_OPERATOR2 12
-#define wxSTC_F_LABEL 13
-#define wxSTC_F_CONTINUATION 14
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CSS
-#define wxSTC_CSS_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_CSS_TAG 1
-#define wxSTC_CSS_CLASS 2
-#define wxSTC_CSS_PSEUDOCLASS 3
-#define wxSTC_CSS_UNKNOWN_PSEUDOCLASS 4
-#define wxSTC_CSS_OPERATOR 5
-#define wxSTC_CSS_IDENTIFIER 6
-#define wxSTC_CSS_UNKNOWN_IDENTIFIER 7
-#define wxSTC_CSS_VALUE 8
-#define wxSTC_CSS_COMMENT 9
-#define wxSTC_CSS_ID 10
-#define wxSTC_CSS_IMPORTANT 11
-#define wxSTC_CSS_DIRECTIVE 12
-#define wxSTC_CSS_DOUBLESTRING 13
-#define wxSTC_CSS_SINGLESTRING 14
-#define wxSTC_CSS_IDENTIFIER2 15
-#define wxSTC_CSS_ATTRIBUTE 16
-#define wxSTC_CSS_IDENTIFIER3 17
-#define wxSTC_CSS_PSEUDOELEMENT 18
-#define wxSTC_CSS_EXTENDED_IDENTIFIER 19
-#define wxSTC_CSS_EXTENDED_PSEUDOCLASS 20
-#define wxSTC_CSS_EXTENDED_PSEUDOELEMENT 21
-#define wxSTC_CSS_MEDIA 22
-#define wxSTC_CSS_VARIABLE 23
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_POV
-#define wxSTC_POV_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_POV_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_POV_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_POV_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_POV_OPERATOR 4
-#define wxSTC_POV_IDENTIFIER 5
-#define wxSTC_POV_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_POV_STRINGEOL 7
-#define wxSTC_POV_DIRECTIVE 8
-#define wxSTC_POV_BADDIRECTIVE 9
-#define wxSTC_POV_WORD2 10
-#define wxSTC_POV_WORD3 11
-#define wxSTC_POV_WORD4 12
-#define wxSTC_POV_WORD5 13
-#define wxSTC_POV_WORD6 14
-#define wxSTC_POV_WORD7 15
-#define wxSTC_POV_WORD8 16
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LOUT
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD 3
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD2 4
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD3 5
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_WORD4 6
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_STRING 7
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_OPERATOR 8
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_IDENTIFIER 9
-#define wxSTC_LOUT_STRINGEOL 10
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ESCRIPT
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_COMMENTDOC 3
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_WORD 5
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_OPERATOR 7
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_IDENTIFIER 8
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_BRACE 9
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_WORD2 10
-#define wxSTC_ESCRIPT_WORD3 11
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PS
-#define wxSTC_PS_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_PS_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_PS_DSC_COMMENT 2
-#define wxSTC_PS_DSC_VALUE 3
-#define wxSTC_PS_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_PS_NAME 5
-#define wxSTC_PS_KEYWORD 6
-#define wxSTC_PS_LITERAL 7
-#define wxSTC_PS_IMMEVAL 8
-#define wxSTC_PS_PAREN_ARRAY 9
-#define wxSTC_PS_PAREN_DICT 10
-#define wxSTC_PS_PAREN_PROC 11
-#define wxSTC_PS_TEXT 12
-#define wxSTC_PS_HEXSTRING 13
-#define wxSTC_PS_BASE85STRING 14
-#define wxSTC_PS_BADSTRINGCHAR 15
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_NSIS
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGDQ 2
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGLQ 3
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGRQ 4
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_FUNCTION 5
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_VARIABLE 6
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_LABEL 7
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_USERDEFINED 8
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_SECTIONDEF 9
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_SUBSECTIONDEF 10
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_IFDEFINEDEF 11
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_MACRODEF 12
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_STRINGVAR 13
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_NUMBER 14
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_SECTIONGROUP 15
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_PAGEEX 16
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_FUNCTIONDEF 17
-#define wxSTC_NSIS_COMMENTBOX 18
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MMIXAL
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_LEADWS 0
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_LABEL 2
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE 3
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_PRE 4
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_VALID 5
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_UNKNOWN 6
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPCODE_POST 7
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPERANDS 8
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_NUMBER 9
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_REF 10
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_CHAR 11
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_STRING 12
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_REGISTER 13
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_HEX 14
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_OPERATOR 15
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_SYMBOL 16
-#define wxSTC_MMIXAL_INCLUDE 17
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CLW
-#define wxSTC_CLW_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_CLW_LABEL 1
-#define wxSTC_CLW_COMMENT 2
-#define wxSTC_CLW_STRING 3
-#define wxSTC_CLW_USER_IDENTIFIER 4
-#define wxSTC_CLW_INTEGER_CONSTANT 5
-#define wxSTC_CLW_REAL_CONSTANT 6
-#define wxSTC_CLW_PICTURE_STRING 7
-#define wxSTC_CLW_KEYWORD 8
-#define wxSTC_CLW_COMPILER_DIRECTIVE 9
-#define wxSTC_CLW_RUNTIME_EXPRESSIONS 10
-#define wxSTC_CLW_BUILTIN_PROCEDURES_FUNCTION 11
-#define wxSTC_CLW_STRUCTURE_DATA_TYPE 12
-#define wxSTC_CLW_ATTRIBUTE 13
-#define wxSTC_CLW_STANDARD_EQUATE 14
-#define wxSTC_CLW_ERROR 15
-#define wxSTC_CLW_DEPRECATED 16
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_LOT
-#define wxSTC_LOT_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_LOT_HEADER 1
-#define wxSTC_LOT_BREAK 2
-#define wxSTC_LOT_SET 3
-#define wxSTC_LOT_PASS 4
-#define wxSTC_LOT_FAIL 5
-#define wxSTC_LOT_ABORT 6
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_YAML
-#define wxSTC_YAML_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_YAML_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_YAML_IDENTIFIER 2
-#define wxSTC_YAML_KEYWORD 3
-#define wxSTC_YAML_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_YAML_REFERENCE 5
-#define wxSTC_YAML_DOCUMENT 6
-#define wxSTC_YAML_TEXT 7
-#define wxSTC_YAML_ERROR 8
-#define wxSTC_YAML_OPERATOR 9
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_TEX
-#define wxSTC_TEX_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_TEX_SPECIAL 1
-#define wxSTC_TEX_GROUP 2
-#define wxSTC_TEX_SYMBOL 3
-#define wxSTC_TEX_COMMAND 4
-#define wxSTC_TEX_TEXT 5
-#define wxSTC_METAPOST_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_METAPOST_SPECIAL 1
-#define wxSTC_METAPOST_GROUP 2
-#define wxSTC_METAPOST_SYMBOL 3
-#define wxSTC_METAPOST_COMMAND 4
-#define wxSTC_METAPOST_TEXT 5
-#define wxSTC_METAPOST_EXTRA 6
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ERLANG
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_VARIABLE 2
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_KEYWORD 4
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_STRING 5
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_ATOM 7
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_FUNCTION_NAME 8
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_CHARACTER 9
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MACRO 10
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_RECORD 11
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_PREPROC 12
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_NODE_NAME 13
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_FUNCTION 14
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_MODULE 15
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_DOC 16
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_COMMENT_DOC_MACRO 17
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_ATOM_QUOTED 18
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MACRO_QUOTED 19
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_RECORD_QUOTED 20
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_NODE_NAME_QUOTED 21
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_BIFS 22
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MODULES 23
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_MODULES_ATT 24
-#define wxSTC_ERLANG_UNKNOWN 31
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_OCTAVE are identical to MatLab
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MSSQL
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_LINE_COMMENT 2
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_STRING 4
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_OPERATOR 5
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_IDENTIFIER 6
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_VARIABLE 7
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_COLUMN_NAME 8
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_STATEMENT 9
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_DATATYPE 10
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_SYSTABLE 11
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_GLOBAL_VARIABLE 12
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_FUNCTION 13
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_STORED_PROCEDURE 14
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_DEFAULT_PREF_DATATYPE 15
-#define wxSTC_MSSQL_COLUMN_NAME_2 16
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VERILOG
-#define wxSTC_V_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_V_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_V_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_V_COMMENTLINEBANG 3
-#define wxSTC_V_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_V_WORD 5
-#define wxSTC_V_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_V_WORD2 7
-#define wxSTC_V_WORD3 8
-#define wxSTC_V_PREPROCESSOR 9
-#define wxSTC_V_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_V_IDENTIFIER 11
-#define wxSTC_V_STRINGEOL 12
-#define wxSTC_V_USER 19
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_KIX
-#define wxSTC_KIX_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_KIX_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_KIX_STRING1 2
-#define wxSTC_KIX_STRING2 3
-#define wxSTC_KIX_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_KIX_VAR 5
-#define wxSTC_KIX_MACRO 6
-#define wxSTC_KIX_KEYWORD 7
-#define wxSTC_KIX_FUNCTIONS 8
-#define wxSTC_KIX_OPERATOR 9
-#define wxSTC_KIX_IDENTIFIER 31
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_GUI4CLI
-#define wxSTC_GC_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_GC_COMMENTLINE 1
-#define wxSTC_GC_COMMENTBLOCK 2
-#define wxSTC_GC_GLOBAL 3
-#define wxSTC_GC_EVENT 4
-#define wxSTC_GC_ATTRIBUTE 5
-#define wxSTC_GC_CONTROL 6
-#define wxSTC_GC_COMMAND 7
-#define wxSTC_GC_STRING 8
-#define wxSTC_GC_OPERATOR 9
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SPECMAN
-#define wxSTC_SN_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_SN_CODE 1
-#define wxSTC_SN_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_SN_COMMENTLINEBANG 3
-#define wxSTC_SN_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_SN_WORD 5
-#define wxSTC_SN_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_SN_WORD2 7
-#define wxSTC_SN_WORD3 8
-#define wxSTC_SN_PREPROCESSOR 9
-#define wxSTC_SN_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_SN_IDENTIFIER 11
-#define wxSTC_SN_STRINGEOL 12
-#define wxSTC_SN_REGEXTAG 13
-#define wxSTC_SN_SIGNAL 14
-#define wxSTC_SN_USER 19
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_AU3
-#define wxSTC_AU3_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_AU3_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_AU3_COMMENTBLOCK 2
-#define wxSTC_AU3_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_AU3_FUNCTION 4
-#define wxSTC_AU3_KEYWORD 5
-#define wxSTC_AU3_MACRO 6
-#define wxSTC_AU3_STRING 7
-#define wxSTC_AU3_OPERATOR 8
-#define wxSTC_AU3_VARIABLE 9
-#define wxSTC_AU3_SENT 10
-#define wxSTC_AU3_PREPROCESSOR 11
-#define wxSTC_AU3_SPECIAL 12
-#define wxSTC_AU3_EXPAND 13
-#define wxSTC_AU3_COMOBJ 14
-#define wxSTC_AU3_UDF 15
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_APDL
-#define wxSTC_APDL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_APDL_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_APDL_COMMENTBLOCK 2
-#define wxSTC_APDL_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_APDL_STRING 4
-#define wxSTC_APDL_OPERATOR 5
-#define wxSTC_APDL_WORD 6
-#define wxSTC_APDL_PROCESSOR 7
-#define wxSTC_APDL_COMMAND 8
-#define wxSTC_APDL_SLASHCOMMAND 9
-#define wxSTC_APDL_STARCOMMAND 10
-#define wxSTC_APDL_ARGUMENT 11
-#define wxSTC_APDL_FUNCTION 12
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_BASH
-#define wxSTC_SH_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_SH_ERROR 1
-#define wxSTC_SH_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_SH_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_SH_WORD 4
-#define wxSTC_SH_STRING 5
-#define wxSTC_SH_CHARACTER 6
-#define wxSTC_SH_OPERATOR 7
-#define wxSTC_SH_IDENTIFIER 8
-#define wxSTC_SH_SCALAR 9
-#define wxSTC_SH_PARAM 10
-#define wxSTC_SH_BACKTICKS 11
-#define wxSTC_SH_HERE_DELIM 12
-#define wxSTC_SH_HERE_Q 13
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ASN1
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_IDENTIFIER 2
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_STRING 3
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_OID 4
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_SCALAR 5
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_KEYWORD 6
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_ATTRIBUTE 7
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_DESCRIPTOR 8
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_TYPE 9
-#define wxSTC_ASN1_OPERATOR 10
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VHDL
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_COMMENTLINEBANG 2
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_STRING 4
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_OPERATOR 5
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_IDENTIFIER 6
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_STRINGEOL 7
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_KEYWORD 8
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDOPERATOR 9
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_ATTRIBUTE 10
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDFUNCTION 11
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDPACKAGE 12
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_STDTYPE 13
-#define wxSTC_VHDL_USERWORD 14
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CAML
-#define wxSTC_CAML_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_CAML_IDENTIFIER 1
-#define wxSTC_CAML_TAGNAME 2
-#define wxSTC_CAML_KEYWORD 3
-#define wxSTC_CAML_KEYWORD2 4
-#define wxSTC_CAML_KEYWORD3 5
-#define wxSTC_CAML_LINENUM 6
-#define wxSTC_CAML_OPERATOR 7
-#define wxSTC_CAML_NUMBER 8
-#define wxSTC_CAML_CHAR 9
-#define wxSTC_CAML_WHITE 10
-#define wxSTC_CAML_STRING 11
-#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT 12
-#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT1 13
-#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT2 14
-#define wxSTC_CAML_COMMENT3 15
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_HASKELL
-#define wxSTC_HA_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_HA_IDENTIFIER 1
-#define wxSTC_HA_KEYWORD 2
-#define wxSTC_HA_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_HA_STRING 4
-#define wxSTC_HA_CHARACTER 5
-#define wxSTC_HA_CLASS 6
-#define wxSTC_HA_MODULE 7
-#define wxSTC_HA_CAPITAL 8
-#define wxSTC_HA_DATA 9
-#define wxSTC_HA_IMPORT 10
-#define wxSTC_HA_OPERATOR 11
-#define wxSTC_HA_INSTANCE 12
-#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTLINE 13
-#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTBLOCK 14
-#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTBLOCK2 15
-#define wxSTC_HA_COMMENTBLOCK3 16
-
-/// Lexical states of SCLEX_TADS3
-#define wxSTC_T3_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_T3_X_DEFAULT 1
-#define wxSTC_T3_PREPROCESSOR 2
-#define wxSTC_T3_BLOCK_COMMENT 3
-#define wxSTC_T3_LINE_COMMENT 4
-#define wxSTC_T3_OPERATOR 5
-#define wxSTC_T3_KEYWORD 6
-#define wxSTC_T3_NUMBER 7
-#define wxSTC_T3_IDENTIFIER 8
-#define wxSTC_T3_S_STRING 9
-#define wxSTC_T3_D_STRING 10
-#define wxSTC_T3_X_STRING 11
-#define wxSTC_T3_LIB_DIRECTIVE 12
-#define wxSTC_T3_MSG_PARAM 13
-#define wxSTC_T3_HTML_TAG 14
-#define wxSTC_T3_HTML_DEFAULT 15
-#define wxSTC_T3_HTML_STRING 16
-#define wxSTC_T3_USER1 17
-#define wxSTC_T3_USER2 18
-#define wxSTC_T3_USER3 19
-#define wxSTC_T3_BRACE 20
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_REBOL
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_COMMENTLINE 1
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_COMMENTBLOCK 2
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_PREFACE 3
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_OPERATOR 4
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_CHARACTER 5
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_QUOTEDSTRING 6
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_BRACEDSTRING 7
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_NUMBER 8
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_PAIR 9
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_TUPLE 10
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_BINARY 11
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_MONEY 12
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_ISSUE 13
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_TAG 14
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_FILE 15
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_EMAIL 16
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_URL 17
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_DATE 18
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_TIME 19
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_IDENTIFIER 20
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD 21
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD2 22
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD3 23
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD4 24
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD5 25
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD6 26
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD7 27
-#define wxSTC_REBOL_WORD8 28
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SQL
-#define wxSTC_SQL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTDOC 3
-#define wxSTC_SQL_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_SQL_WORD 5
-#define wxSTC_SQL_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_SQL_CHARACTER 7
-#define wxSTC_SQL_SQLPLUS 8
-#define wxSTC_SQL_SQLPLUS_PROMPT 9
-#define wxSTC_SQL_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_SQL_IDENTIFIER 11
-#define wxSTC_SQL_SQLPLUS_COMMENT 13
-#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
-#define wxSTC_SQL_WORD2 16
-#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
-#define wxSTC_SQL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
-#define wxSTC_SQL_USER1 19
-#define wxSTC_SQL_USER2 20
-#define wxSTC_SQL_USER3 21
-#define wxSTC_SQL_USER4 22
-#define wxSTC_SQL_QUOTEDIDENTIFIER 23
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SMALLTALK
-#define wxSTC_ST_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_ST_STRING 1
-#define wxSTC_ST_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_ST_COMMENT 3
-#define wxSTC_ST_SYMBOL 4
-#define wxSTC_ST_BINARY 5
-#define wxSTC_ST_BOOL 6
-#define wxSTC_ST_SELF 7
-#define wxSTC_ST_SUPER 8
-#define wxSTC_ST_NIL 9
-#define wxSTC_ST_GLOBAL 10
-#define wxSTC_ST_RETURN 11
-#define wxSTC_ST_SPECIAL 12
-#define wxSTC_ST_KWSEND 13
-#define wxSTC_ST_ASSIGN 14
-#define wxSTC_ST_CHARACTER 15
-#define wxSTC_ST_SPEC_SEL 16
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_FLAGSHIP (clipper)
-#define wxSTC_FS_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOC 3
-#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC 4
-#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 5
-#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 6
-#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD 7
-#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD2 8
-#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD3 9
-#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD4 10
-#define wxSTC_FS_NUMBER 11
-#define wxSTC_FS_STRING 12
-#define wxSTC_FS_PREPROCESSOR 13
-#define wxSTC_FS_OPERATOR 14
-#define wxSTC_FS_IDENTIFIER 15
-#define wxSTC_FS_DATE 16
-#define wxSTC_FS_STRINGEOL 17
-#define wxSTC_FS_CONSTANT 18
-#define wxSTC_FS_WORDOPERATOR 19
-#define wxSTC_FS_DISABLEDCODE 20
-#define wxSTC_FS_DEFAULT_C 21
-#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTDOC_C 22
-#define wxSTC_FS_COMMENTLINEDOC_C 23
-#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD_C 24
-#define wxSTC_FS_KEYWORD2_C 25
-#define wxSTC_FS_NUMBER_C 26
-#define wxSTC_FS_STRING_C 27
-#define wxSTC_FS_PREPROCESSOR_C 28
-#define wxSTC_FS_OPERATOR_C 29
-#define wxSTC_FS_IDENTIFIER_C 30
-#define wxSTC_FS_STRINGEOL_C 31
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CSOUND
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_NUMBER 2
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_OPERATOR 3
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_INSTR 4
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_IDENTIFIER 5
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_OPCODE 6
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_HEADERSTMT 7
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_USERKEYWORD 8
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_COMMENTBLOCK 9
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_PARAM 10
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_ARATE_VAR 11
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_KRATE_VAR 12
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_IRATE_VAR 13
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_GLOBAL_VAR 14
-#define wxSTC_CSOUND_STRINGEOL 15
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_INNOSETUP
-#define wxSTC_INNO_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_INNO_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_INNO_KEYWORD 2
-#define wxSTC_INNO_PARAMETER 3
-#define wxSTC_INNO_SECTION 4
-#define wxSTC_INNO_PREPROC 5
-#define wxSTC_INNO_INLINE_EXPANSION 6
-#define wxSTC_INNO_COMMENT_PASCAL 7
-#define wxSTC_INNO_KEYWORD_PASCAL 8
-#define wxSTC_INNO_KEYWORD_USER 9
-#define wxSTC_INNO_STRING_DOUBLE 10
-#define wxSTC_INNO_STRING_SINGLE 11
-#define wxSTC_INNO_IDENTIFIER 12
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_OPAL
-#define wxSTC_OPAL_SPACE 0
-#define wxSTC_OPAL_COMMENT_BLOCK 1
-#define wxSTC_OPAL_COMMENT_LINE 2
-#define wxSTC_OPAL_INTEGER 3
-#define wxSTC_OPAL_KEYWORD 4
-#define wxSTC_OPAL_SORT 5
-#define wxSTC_OPAL_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_OPAL_PAR 7
-#define wxSTC_OPAL_BOOL_CONST 8
-#define wxSTC_OPAL_DEFAULT 32
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SPICE
-#define wxSTC_SPICE_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_SPICE_IDENTIFIER 1
-#define wxSTC_SPICE_KEYWORD 2
-#define wxSTC_SPICE_KEYWORD2 3
-#define wxSTC_SPICE_KEYWORD3 4
-#define wxSTC_SPICE_NUMBER 5
-#define wxSTC_SPICE_DELIMITER 6
-#define wxSTC_SPICE_VALUE 7
-#define wxSTC_SPICE_COMMENTLINE 8
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_CMAKE
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGDQ 2
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGLQ 3
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGRQ 4
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_COMMANDS 5
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_PARAMETERS 6
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_VARIABLE 7
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_USERDEFINED 8
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_WHILEDEF 9
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_FOREACHDEF 10
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_IFDEFINEDEF 11
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_MACRODEF 12
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_STRINGVAR 13
-#define wxSTC_CMAKE_NUMBER 14
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_GAP
-#define wxSTC_GAP_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_GAP_IDENTIFIER 1
-#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD 2
-#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD2 3
-#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD3 4
-#define wxSTC_GAP_KEYWORD4 5
-#define wxSTC_GAP_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_GAP_CHAR 7
-#define wxSTC_GAP_OPERATOR 8
-#define wxSTC_GAP_COMMENT 9
-#define wxSTC_GAP_NUMBER 10
-#define wxSTC_GAP_STRINGEOL 11
-
-/// Lexical state for SCLEX_PLM
-#define wxSTC_PLM_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_PLM_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_PLM_STRING 2
-#define wxSTC_PLM_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_PLM_IDENTIFIER 4
-#define wxSTC_PLM_OPERATOR 5
-#define wxSTC_PLM_CONTROL 6
-#define wxSTC_PLM_KEYWORD 7
-
-/// Lexical state for SCLEX_PROGRESS
-#define wxSTC_4GL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_4GL_NUMBER 1
-#define wxSTC_4GL_WORD 2
-#define wxSTC_4GL_STRING 3
-#define wxSTC_4GL_CHARACTER 4
-#define wxSTC_4GL_PREPROCESSOR 5
-#define wxSTC_4GL_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_4GL_IDENTIFIER 7
-#define wxSTC_4GL_BLOCK 8
-#define wxSTC_4GL_END 9
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT1 10
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT2 11
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT3 12
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT4 13
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT5 14
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT6 15
-#define wxSTC_4GL_DEFAULT_ 16
-#define wxSTC_4GL_NUMBER_ 17
-#define wxSTC_4GL_WORD_ 18
-#define wxSTC_4GL_STRING_ 19
-#define wxSTC_4GL_CHARACTER_ 20
-#define wxSTC_4GL_PREPROCESSOR_ 21
-#define wxSTC_4GL_OPERATOR_ 22
-#define wxSTC_4GL_IDENTIFIER_ 23
-#define wxSTC_4GL_BLOCK_ 24
-#define wxSTC_4GL_END_ 25
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT1_ 26
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT2_ 27
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT3_ 28
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT4_ 29
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT5_ 30
-#define wxSTC_4GL_COMMENT6_ 31
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ABAQUS
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_COMMENTBLOCK 2
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_STRING 4
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_OPERATOR 5
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_WORD 6
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_PROCESSOR 7
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_COMMAND 8
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_SLASHCOMMAND 9
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_STARCOMMAND 10
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_ARGUMENT 11
-#define wxSTC_ABAQUS_FUNCTION 12
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ASYMPTOTE
-#define wxSTC_ASY_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_ASY_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_ASY_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_ASY_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_ASY_WORD 4
-#define wxSTC_ASY_STRING 5
-#define wxSTC_ASY_CHARACTER 6
-#define wxSTC_ASY_OPERATOR 7
-#define wxSTC_ASY_IDENTIFIER 8
-#define wxSTC_ASY_STRINGEOL 9
-#define wxSTC_ASY_COMMENTLINEDOC 10
-#define wxSTC_ASY_WORD2 11
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_R
-#define wxSTC_R_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_R_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_R_KWORD 2
-#define wxSTC_R_BASEKWORD 3
-#define wxSTC_R_OTHERKWORD 4
-#define wxSTC_R_NUMBER 5
-#define wxSTC_R_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_R_STRING2 7
-#define wxSTC_R_OPERATOR 8
-#define wxSTC_R_IDENTIFIER 9
-#define wxSTC_R_INFIX 10
-#define wxSTC_R_INFIXEOL 11
-
-/// Lexical state for SCLEX_MAGIKSF
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_HYPER_COMMENT 16
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_STRING 2
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_CHARACTER 3
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_IDENTIFIER 5
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_FLOW 7
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_CONTAINER 8
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_BRACKET_BLOCK 9
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_BRACE_BLOCK 10
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_SQBRACKET_BLOCK 11
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_UNKNOWN_KEYWORD 12
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_KEYWORD 13
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_PRAGMA 14
-#define wxSTC_MAGIK_SYMBOL 15
-
-/// Lexical state for SCLEX_POWERSHELL
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_STRING 2
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_CHARACTER 3
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_VARIABLE 5
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_IDENTIFIER 7
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_KEYWORD 8
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_CMDLET 9
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_ALIAS 10
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_FUNCTION 11
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_USER1 12
-#define wxSTC_POWERSHELL_COMMENTSTREAM 13
-
-/// Lexical state for SCLEX_MYSQL
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_VARIABLE 3
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_SYSTEMVARIABLE 4
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_KNOWNSYSTEMVARIABLE 5
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_NUMBER 6
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_MAJORKEYWORD 7
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_KEYWORD 8
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_DATABASEOBJECT 9
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_PROCEDUREKEYWORD 10
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_STRING 11
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_SQSTRING 12
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_DQSTRING 13
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_OPERATOR 14
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_FUNCTION 15
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_IDENTIFIER 16
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_QUOTEDIDENTIFIER 17
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_USER1 18
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_USER2 19
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_USER3 20
-#define wxSTC_MYSQL_HIDDENCOMMAND 21
-
-/// Lexical state for SCLEX_PO
-#define wxSTC_PO_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_PO_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_PO_MSGID 2
-#define wxSTC_PO_MSGID_TEXT 3
-#define wxSTC_PO_MSGSTR 4
-#define wxSTC_PO_MSGSTR_TEXT 5
-#define wxSTC_PO_MSGCTXT 6
-#define wxSTC_PO_MSGCTXT_TEXT 7
-#define wxSTC_PO_FUZZY 8
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_PASCAL
-#define wxSTC_PAS_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_PAS_IDENTIFIER 1
-#define wxSTC_PAS_COMMENT 2
-#define wxSTC_PAS_COMMENT2 3
-#define wxSTC_PAS_COMMENTLINE 4
-#define wxSTC_PAS_PREPROCESSOR 5
-#define wxSTC_PAS_PREPROCESSOR2 6
-#define wxSTC_PAS_NUMBER 7
-#define wxSTC_PAS_HEXNUMBER 8
-#define wxSTC_PAS_WORD 9
-#define wxSTC_PAS_STRING 10
-#define wxSTC_PAS_STRINGEOL 11
-#define wxSTC_PAS_CHARACTER 12
-#define wxSTC_PAS_OPERATOR 13
-#define wxSTC_PAS_ASM 14
-
-/// Lexical state for SCLEX_SORCUS
-#define wxSTC_SORCUS_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_SORCUS_COMMAND 1
-#define wxSTC_SORCUS_PARAMETER 2
-#define wxSTC_SORCUS_COMMENTLINE 3
-#define wxSTC_SORCUS_STRING 4
-#define wxSTC_SORCUS_STRINGEOL 5
-#define wxSTC_SORCUS_IDENTIFIER 6
-#define wxSTC_SORCUS_OPERATOR 7
-#define wxSTC_SORCUS_NUMBER 8
-#define wxSTC_SORCUS_CONSTANT 9
-
-/// Lexical state for SCLEX_POWERPRO
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_COMMENTBLOCK 1
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD 4
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD2 5
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD3 6
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_WORD4 7
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_DOUBLEQUOTEDSTRING 8
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_SINGLEQUOTEDSTRING 9
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_LINECONTINUE 10
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_OPERATOR 11
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_IDENTIFIER 12
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_STRINGEOL 13
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_VERBATIM 14
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_ALTQUOTE 15
-#define wxSTC_POWERPRO_FUNCTION 16
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_SML
-#define wxSTC_SML_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_SML_IDENTIFIER 1
-#define wxSTC_SML_TAGNAME 2
-#define wxSTC_SML_KEYWORD 3
-#define wxSTC_SML_KEYWORD2 4
-#define wxSTC_SML_KEYWORD3 5
-#define wxSTC_SML_LINENUM 6
-#define wxSTC_SML_OPERATOR 7
-#define wxSTC_SML_NUMBER 8
-#define wxSTC_SML_CHAR 9
-#define wxSTC_SML_STRING 11
-#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT 12
-#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT1 13
-#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT2 14
-#define wxSTC_SML_COMMENT3 15
-
-/// Lexical state for SCLEX_MARKDOWN
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_LINE_BEGIN 1
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_STRONG1 2
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_STRONG2 3
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_EM1 4
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_EM2 5
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER1 6
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER2 7
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER3 8
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER4 9
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER5 10
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HEADER6 11
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_PRECHAR 12
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_ULIST_ITEM 13
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_OLIST_ITEM 14
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_BLOCKQUOTE 15
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_STRIKEOUT 16
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_HRULE 17
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_LINK 18
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_CODE 19
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_CODE2 20
-#define wxSTC_MARKDOWN_CODEBK 21
-
-/// Lexical state for SCLEX_TXT2TAGS
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_LINE_BEGIN 1
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_STRONG1 2
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_STRONG2 3
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_EM1 4
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_EM2 5
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER1 6
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER2 7
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER3 8
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER4 9
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER5 10
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HEADER6 11
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_PRECHAR 12
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_ULIST_ITEM 13
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_OLIST_ITEM 14
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_BLOCKQUOTE 15
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_STRIKEOUT 16
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_HRULE 17
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_LINK 18
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_CODE 19
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_CODE2 20
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_CODEBK 21
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_COMMENT 22
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_OPTION 23
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_PREPROC 24
-#define wxSTC_TXT2TAGS_POSTPROC 25
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_A68K
-#define wxSTC_A68K_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_A68K_NUMBER_DEC 2
-#define wxSTC_A68K_NUMBER_BIN 3
-#define wxSTC_A68K_NUMBER_HEX 4
-#define wxSTC_A68K_STRING1 5
-#define wxSTC_A68K_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_A68K_CPUINSTRUCTION 7
-#define wxSTC_A68K_EXTINSTRUCTION 8
-#define wxSTC_A68K_REGISTER 9
-#define wxSTC_A68K_DIRECTIVE 10
-#define wxSTC_A68K_MACRO_ARG 11
-#define wxSTC_A68K_LABEL 12
-#define wxSTC_A68K_STRING2 13
-#define wxSTC_A68K_IDENTIFIER 14
-#define wxSTC_A68K_MACRO_DECLARATION 15
-#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT_WORD 16
-#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT_SPECIAL 17
-#define wxSTC_A68K_COMMENT_DOXYGEN 18
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_MODULA
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_DOXYCOMM 2
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_DOXYKEY 3
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_KEYWORD 4
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_RESERVED 5
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_NUMBER 6
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_BASENUM 7
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_FLOAT 8
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_STRING 9
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_STRSPEC 10
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_CHAR 11
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_CHARSPEC 12
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_PROC 13
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_PRAGMA 14
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_PRGKEY 15
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_OPERATOR 16
-#define wxSTC_MODULA_BADSTR 17
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_COFFEESCRIPT
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTDOC 3
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_WORD 5
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_CHARACTER 7
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_UUID 8
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_PREPROCESSOR 9
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_OPERATOR 10
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_IDENTIFIER 11
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_STRINGEOL 12
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_VERBATIM 13
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_REGEX 14
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_WORD2 16
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_GLOBALCLASS 19
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_STRINGRAW 20
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_TRIPLEVERBATIM 21
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_HASHQUOTEDSTRING 22
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_COMMENTBLOCK 22
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_VERBOSE_REGEX 23
-#define wxSTC_COFFEESCRIPT_VERBOSE_REGEX_COMMENT 24
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_AVS
-#define wxSTC_AVS_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_AVS_COMMENTBLOCK 1
-#define wxSTC_AVS_COMMENTBLOCKN 2
-#define wxSTC_AVS_COMMENTLINE 3
-#define wxSTC_AVS_NUMBER 4
-#define wxSTC_AVS_OPERATOR 5
-#define wxSTC_AVS_IDENTIFIER 6
-#define wxSTC_AVS_STRING 7
-#define wxSTC_AVS_TRIPLESTRING 8
-#define wxSTC_AVS_KEYWORD 9
-#define wxSTC_AVS_FILTER 10
-#define wxSTC_AVS_PLUGIN 11
-#define wxSTC_AVS_FUNCTION 12
-#define wxSTC_AVS_CLIPPROP 13
-#define wxSTC_AVS_USERDFN 14
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_ECL
-#define wxSTC_ECL_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTLINE 2
-#define wxSTC_ECL_NUMBER 3
-#define wxSTC_ECL_STRING 4
-#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD0 5
-#define wxSTC_ECL_OPERATOR 6
-#define wxSTC_ECL_CHARACTER 7
-#define wxSTC_ECL_UUID 8
-#define wxSTC_ECL_PREPROCESSOR 9
-#define wxSTC_ECL_UNKNOWN 10
-#define wxSTC_ECL_IDENTIFIER 11
-#define wxSTC_ECL_STRINGEOL 12
-#define wxSTC_ECL_VERBATIM 13
-#define wxSTC_ECL_REGEX 14
-#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTLINEDOC 15
-#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD1 16
-#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORD 17
-#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTDOCKEYWORDERROR 18
-#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD2 19
-#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD3 20
-#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD4 21
-#define wxSTC_ECL_WORD5 22
-#define wxSTC_ECL_COMMENTDOC 23
-#define wxSTC_ECL_ADDED 24
-#define wxSTC_ECL_DELETED 25
-#define wxSTC_ECL_CHANGED 26
-#define wxSTC_ECL_MOVED 27
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_OSCRIPT
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_LINE_COMMENT 1
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_BLOCK_COMMENT 2
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_DOC_COMMENT 3
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_PREPROCESSOR 4
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_NUMBER 5
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_SINGLEQUOTE_STRING 6
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_DOUBLEQUOTE_STRING 7
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_CONSTANT 8
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_IDENTIFIER 9
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_GLOBAL 10
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_KEYWORD 11
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_OPERATOR 12
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_LABEL 13
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_TYPE 14
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_FUNCTION 15
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_OBJECT 16
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_PROPERTY 17
-#define wxSTC_OSCRIPT_METHOD 18
-
-/// Lexical states for SCLEX_VISUALPROLOG
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_DEFAULT 0
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_KEY_MAJOR 1
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_KEY_MINOR 2
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_KEY_DIRECTIVE 3
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_BLOCK 4
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_LINE 5
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_KEY 6
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_COMMENT_KEY_ERROR 7
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_IDENTIFIER 8
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_VARIABLE 9
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_ANONYMOUS 10
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_NUMBER 11
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_OPERATOR 12
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_CHARACTER 13
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_CHARACTER_TOO_MANY 14
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_CHARACTER_ESCAPE_ERROR 15
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING 16
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_ESCAPE 17
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_ESCAPE_ERROR 18
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_EOL_OPEN 19
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_VERBATIM 20
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_VERBATIM_SPECIAL 21
-#define wxSTC_VISUALPROLOG_STRING_VERBATIM_EOL 22
-
-//}}}
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Commands that can be bound to keystrokes section {{{
-
-
-/// Redoes the next action on the undo history.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_REDO 2011
-
-/// Select all the text in the document.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_SELECTALL 2013
-
-/// Undo one action in the undo history.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_UNDO 2176
-
-/// Cut the selection to the clipboard.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_CUT 2177
-
-/// Copy the selection to the clipboard.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_COPY 2178
-
-/// Paste the contents of the clipboard into the document replacing the selection.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PASTE 2179
-
-/// Clear the selection.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_CLEAR 2180
-
-/// Move caret down one line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWN 2300
-
-/// Move caret down one line extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWNEXTEND 2301
-
-/// Move caret up one line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEUP 2302
-
-/// Move caret up one line extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEUPEXTEND 2303
-
-/// Move caret left one character.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFT 2304
-
-/// Move caret left one character extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFTEXTEND 2305
-
-/// Move caret right one character.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHT 2306
-
-/// Move caret right one character extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHTEXTEND 2307
-
-/// Move caret left one word.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFT 2308
-
-/// Move caret left one word extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTEXTEND 2309
-
-/// Move caret right one word.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHT 2310
-
-/// Move caret right one word extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTEXTEND 2311
-
-/// Move caret to first position on line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_HOME 2312
-
-/// Move caret to first position on line extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEEXTEND 2313
-
-/// Move caret to last position on line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEEND 2314
-
-/// Move caret to last position on line extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDEXTEND 2315
-
-/// Move caret to first position in document.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTSTART 2316
-
-/// Move caret to first position in document extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTSTARTEXTEND 2317
-
-/// Move caret to last position in document.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTEND 2318
-
-/// Move caret to last position in document extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DOCUMENTENDEXTEND 2319
-
-/// Move caret one page up.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUP 2320
-
-/// Move caret one page up extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUPEXTEND 2321
-
-/// Move caret one page down.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWN 2322
-
-/// Move caret one page down extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWNEXTEND 2323
-
-/// Switch from insert to overtype mode or the reverse.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_EDITTOGGLEOVERTYPE 2324
-
-/// Cancel any modes such as call tip or auto-completion list display.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_CANCEL 2325
-
-/// Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DELETEBACK 2326
-
-/// If selection is empty or all on one line replace the selection with a tab character.
-/// If more than one line selected, indent the lines.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_TAB 2327
-
-/// Dedent the selected lines.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_BACKTAB 2328
-
-/// Insert a new line, may use a CRLF, CR or LF depending on EOL mode.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_NEWLINE 2329
-
-/// Insert a Form Feed character.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_FORMFEED 2330
-
-/// Move caret to before first visible character on line.
-/// If already there move to first character on line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOME 2331
-
-/// Like VCHome but extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEEXTEND 2332
-
-/// Magnify the displayed text by increasing the sizes by 1 point.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_ZOOMIN 2333
-
-/// Make the displayed text smaller by decreasing the sizes by 1 point.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_ZOOMOUT 2334
-
-/// Delete the word to the left of the caret.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDLEFT 2335
-
-/// Delete the word to the right of the caret.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDRIGHT 2336
-
-/// Delete the word to the right of the caret, but not the trailing non-word characters.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DELWORDRIGHTEND 2518
-
-/// Cut the line containing the caret.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINECUT 2337
-
-/// Delete the line containing the caret.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDELETE 2338
-
-/// Switch the current line with the previous.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINETRANSPOSE 2339
-
-/// Duplicate the current line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDUPLICATE 2404
-
-/// Transform the selection to lower case.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LOWERCASE 2340
-
-/// Transform the selection to upper case.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_UPPERCASE 2341
-
-/// Scroll the document down, keeping the caret visible.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINESCROLLDOWN 2342
-
-/// Scroll the document up, keeping the caret visible.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINESCROLLUP 2343
-
-/// Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
-/// Will not delete the character before at the start of a line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DELETEBACKNOTLINE 2344
-
-/// Move caret to first position on display line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEDISPLAY 2345
-
-/// Move caret to first position on display line extending selection to
-/// new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEDISPLAYEXTEND 2346
-
-/// Move caret to last position on display line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDDISPLAY 2347
-
-/// Move caret to last position on display line extending selection to new
-/// caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDDISPLAYEXTEND 2348
-
-/// These are like their namesakes Home(Extend)?, LineEnd(Extend)?, VCHome(Extend)?
-/// except they behave differently when word-wrap is enabled:
-/// They go first to the start / end of the display line, like (Home|LineEnd)Display
-/// The difference is that, the cursor is already at the point, it goes on to the start
-/// or end of the document line, as appropriate for (Home|LineEnd|VCHome)(Extend)?.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEWRAP 2349
-#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMEWRAPEXTEND 2450
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDWRAP 2451
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDWRAPEXTEND 2452
-#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEWRAP 2453
-#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMEWRAPEXTEND 2454
-
-/// Copy the line containing the caret.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINECOPY 2455
-
-/// Move to the previous change in capitalisation.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTLEFT 2390
-
-/// Move to the previous change in capitalisation extending selection
-/// to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTLEFTEXTEND 2391
-
-/// Move to the change next in capitalisation.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTRIGHT 2392
-
-/// Move to the next change in capitalisation extending selection
-/// to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDPARTRIGHTEXTEND 2393
-
-/// Delete back from the current position to the start of the line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DELLINELEFT 2395
-
-/// Delete forwards from the current position to the end of the line.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_DELLINERIGHT 2396
-
-/// Move caret between paragraphs (delimited by empty lines).
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PARADOWN 2413
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PARADOWNEXTEND 2414
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PARAUP 2415
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PARAUPEXTEND 2416
-
-/// Move caret down one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEDOWNRECTEXTEND 2426
-
-/// Move caret up one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEUPRECTEXTEND 2427
-
-/// Move caret left one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARLEFTRECTEXTEND 2428
-
-/// Move caret right one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_CHARRIGHTRECTEXTEND 2429
-
-/// Move caret to first position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_HOMERECTEXTEND 2430
-
-/// Move caret to before first visible character on line.
-/// If already there move to first character on line.
-/// In either case, extend rectangular selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_VCHOMERECTEXTEND 2431
-
-/// Move caret to last position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_LINEENDRECTEXTEND 2432
-
-/// Move caret one page up, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEUPRECTEXTEND 2433
-
-/// Move caret one page down, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_PAGEDOWNRECTEXTEND 2434
-
-/// Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEUP 2435
-
-/// Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page, extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEUPEXTEND 2436
-
-/// Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWN 2437
-
-/// Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page, extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_STUTTEREDPAGEDOWNEXTEND 2438
-
-/// Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTEND 2439
-
-/// Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDLEFTENDEXTEND 2440
-
-/// Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTEND 2441
-
-/// Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_WORDRIGHTENDEXTEND 2442
-
-/// Centre current line in window.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_VERTICALCENTRECARET 2619
-
-/// Move the selected lines up one line, shifting the line above after the selection
-#define wxSTC_CMD_MOVESELECTEDLINESUP 2620
-
-/// Move the selected lines down one line, shifting the line below before the selection
-#define wxSTC_CMD_MOVESELECTEDLINESDOWN 2621
-
-/// Scroll to start of document.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_SCROLLTOSTART 2628
-
-/// Scroll to end of document.
-#define wxSTC_CMD_SCROLLTOEND 2629
-
-//}}}
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class ScintillaWX; // forward declare
-class WordList;
-struct SCNotification;
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_STC(const char) wxSTCNameStr[];
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_STC wxStyledTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_STC wxStyledTextEvent;
-#endif
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_STC wxStyledTextCtrl : public wxControl,
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
- public wxTextCtrlIface
-#else // !wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
- public wxTextEntryBase
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL/!wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-{
-public:
-
-#ifdef SWIG
- %pythonAppend wxStyledTextCtrl "self._setOORInfo(self)"
- %pythonAppend wxStyledTextCtrl() ""
-
- wxStyledTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id=wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPySTCNameStr);
- %RenameCtor(PreStyledTextCtrl, wxStyledTextCtrl());
-
-#else
- wxStyledTextCtrl(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id=wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxSTCNameStr);
- wxStyledTextCtrl() { m_swx = NULL; }
- ~wxStyledTextCtrl();
-
-#endif
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id=wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize, long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxSTCNameStr);
-
-
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
- // Generated method declaration section {{{
-
-
- // Add text to the document at current position.
- void AddText(const wxString& text);
-
- // Add array of cells to document.
- void AddStyledText(const wxMemoryBuffer& data);
-
- // Insert string at a position.
- void InsertText(int pos, const wxString& text);
-
- // Delete all text in the document.
- void ClearAll();
-
- // Delete a range of text in the document.
- void DeleteRange(int pos, int deleteLength);
-
- // Set all style bytes to 0, remove all folding information.
- void ClearDocumentStyle();
-
- // Returns the number of bytes in the document.
- int GetLength() const;
-
- // Returns the character byte at the position.
- int GetCharAt(int pos) const;
-
- // Returns the position of the caret.
- int GetCurrentPos() const;
-
- // Returns the position of the opposite end of the selection to the caret.
- int GetAnchor() const;
-
- // Returns the style byte at the position.
- int GetStyleAt(int pos) const;
-
- // Redoes the next action on the undo history.
- void Redo();
-
- // Choose between collecting actions into the undo
- // history and discarding them.
- void SetUndoCollection(bool collectUndo);
-
- // Select all the text in the document.
- void SelectAll();
-
- // Remember the current position in the undo history as the position
- // at which the document was saved.
- void SetSavePoint();
-
- // Retrieve a buffer of cells.
- wxMemoryBuffer GetStyledText(int startPos, int endPos);
-
- // Are there any redoable actions in the undo history?
- bool CanRedo() const;
-
- // Retrieve the line number at which a particular marker is located.
- int MarkerLineFromHandle(int handle);
-
- // Delete a marker.
- void MarkerDeleteHandle(int handle);
-
- // Is undo history being collected?
- bool GetUndoCollection() const;
-
- // Are white space characters currently visible?
- // Returns one of SCWS_* constants.
- int GetViewWhiteSpace() const;
-
- // Make white space characters invisible, always visible or visible outside indentation.
- void SetViewWhiteSpace(int viewWS);
-
- // Find the position from a point within the window.
- int PositionFromPoint(wxPoint pt) const;
-
- // Find the position from a point within the window but return
- // INVALID_POSITION if not close to text.
- int PositionFromPointClose(int x, int y);
-
- // Set caret to start of a line and ensure it is visible.
- void GotoLine(int line);
-
- // Set caret to a position and ensure it is visible.
- void GotoPos(int pos);
-
- // Set the selection anchor to a position. The anchor is the opposite
- // end of the selection from the caret.
- void SetAnchor(int posAnchor);
-
- // Retrieve the text of the line containing the caret.
- // Returns the index of the caret on the line.
- #ifdef SWIG
- wxString GetCurLine(int* OUTPUT);
-#else
- wxString GetCurLine(int* linePos=NULL);
-#endif
-
- // Retrieve the position of the last correctly styled character.
- int GetEndStyled() const;
-
- // Convert all line endings in the document to one mode.
- void ConvertEOLs(int eolMode);
-
- // Retrieve the current end of line mode - one of CRLF, CR, or LF.
- int GetEOLMode() const;
-
- // Set the current end of line mode.
- void SetEOLMode(int eolMode);
-
- // Set the current styling position to pos and the styling mask to mask.
- // The styling mask can be used to protect some bits in each styling byte from modification.
- void StartStyling(int pos, int mask);
-
- // Change style from current styling position for length characters to a style
- // and move the current styling position to after this newly styled segment.
- void SetStyling(int length, int style);
-
- // Is drawing done first into a buffer or direct to the screen?
- bool GetBufferedDraw() const;
-
- // If drawing is buffered then each line of text is drawn into a bitmap buffer
- // before drawing it to the screen to avoid flicker.
- void SetBufferedDraw(bool buffered);
-
- // Change the visible size of a tab to be a multiple of the width of a space character.
- void SetTabWidth(int tabWidth);
-
- // Retrieve the visible size of a tab.
- int GetTabWidth() const;
-
- // Set the code page used to interpret the bytes of the document as characters.
- void SetCodePage(int codePage);
-
- // Set the symbol used for a particular marker number,
- // and optionally the fore and background colours.
- void MarkerDefine(int markerNumber, int markerSymbol,
- const wxColour& foreground = wxNullColour,
- const wxColour& background = wxNullColour);
-
- // Set the foreground colour used for a particular marker number.
- void MarkerSetForeground(int markerNumber, const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Set the background colour used for a particular marker number.
- void MarkerSetBackground(int markerNumber, const wxColour& back);
-
- // Set the background colour used for a particular marker number when its folding block is selected.
- void MarkerSetBackgroundSelected(int markerNumber, const wxColour& back);
-
- // Enable/disable highlight for current folding bloc (smallest one that contains the caret)
- void MarkerEnableHighlight(bool enabled);
-
- // Add a marker to a line, returning an ID which can be used to find or delete the marker.
- int MarkerAdd(int line, int markerNumber);
-
- // Delete a marker from a line.
- void MarkerDelete(int line, int markerNumber);
-
- // Delete all markers with a particular number from all lines.
- void MarkerDeleteAll(int markerNumber);
-
- // Get a bit mask of all the markers set on a line.
- int MarkerGet(int line);
-
- // Find the next line at or after lineStart that includes a marker in mask.
- // Return -1 when no more lines.
- int MarkerNext(int lineStart, int markerMask);
-
- // Find the previous line before lineStart that includes a marker in mask.
- int MarkerPrevious(int lineStart, int markerMask);
-
- // Define a marker from a bitmap
- void MarkerDefineBitmap(int markerNumber, const wxBitmap& bmp);
-
- // Add a set of markers to a line.
- void MarkerAddSet(int line, int set);
-
- // Set the alpha used for a marker that is drawn in the text area, not the margin.
- void MarkerSetAlpha(int markerNumber, int alpha);
-
- // Set a margin to be either numeric or symbolic.
- void SetMarginType(int margin, int marginType);
-
- // Retrieve the type of a margin.
- int GetMarginType(int margin) const;
-
- // Set the width of a margin to a width expressed in pixels.
- void SetMarginWidth(int margin, int pixelWidth);
-
- // Retrieve the width of a margin in pixels.
- int GetMarginWidth(int margin) const;
-
- // Set a mask that determines which markers are displayed in a margin.
- void SetMarginMask(int margin, int mask);
-
- // Retrieve the marker mask of a margin.
- int GetMarginMask(int margin) const;
-
- // Make a margin sensitive or insensitive to mouse clicks.
- void SetMarginSensitive(int margin, bool sensitive);
-
- // Retrieve the mouse click sensitivity of a margin.
- bool GetMarginSensitive(int margin) const;
-
- // Set the cursor shown when the mouse is inside a margin.
- void SetMarginCursor(int margin, int cursor);
-
- // Retrieve the cursor shown in a margin.
- int GetMarginCursor(int margin) const;
-
- // Clear all the styles and make equivalent to the global default style.
- void StyleClearAll();
-
- // Set the foreground colour of a style.
- void StyleSetForeground(int style, const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Set the background colour of a style.
- void StyleSetBackground(int style, const wxColour& back);
-
- // Set a style to be bold or not.
- void StyleSetBold(int style, bool bold);
-
- // Set a style to be italic or not.
- void StyleSetItalic(int style, bool italic);
-
- // Set the size of characters of a style.
- void StyleSetSize(int style, int sizePoints);
-
- // Set the font of a style.
- void StyleSetFaceName(int style, const wxString& fontName);
-
- // Set a style to have its end of line filled or not.
- void StyleSetEOLFilled(int style, bool filled);
-
- // Reset the default style to its state at startup
- void StyleResetDefault();
-
- // Set a style to be underlined or not.
- void StyleSetUnderline(int style, bool underline);
-
- // Get the foreground colour of a style.
- wxColour StyleGetForeground(int style) const;
-
- // Get the background colour of a style.
- wxColour StyleGetBackground(int style) const;
-
- // Get is a style bold or not.
- bool StyleGetBold(int style) const;
-
- // Get is a style italic or not.
- bool StyleGetItalic(int style) const;
-
- // Get the size of characters of a style.
- int StyleGetSize(int style) const;
-
- // Get the font facename of a style
- wxString StyleGetFaceName(int style);
-
- // Get is a style to have its end of line filled or not.
- bool StyleGetEOLFilled(int style) const;
-
- // Get is a style underlined or not.
- bool StyleGetUnderline(int style) const;
-
- // Get is a style mixed case, or to force upper or lower case.
- int StyleGetCase(int style) const;
-
- // Get the character set of the font in a style.
- int StyleGetCharacterSet(int style) const;
-
- // Get is a style visible or not.
- bool StyleGetVisible(int style) const;
-
- // Get is a style changeable or not (read only).
- // Experimental feature, currently buggy.
- bool StyleGetChangeable(int style) const;
-
- // Get is a style a hotspot or not.
- bool StyleGetHotSpot(int style) const;
-
- // Set a style to be mixed case, or to force upper or lower case.
- void StyleSetCase(int style, int caseForce);
-
- // Set the size of characters of a style. Size is in points multiplied by 100.
- void StyleSetSizeFractional(int style, int caseForce);
-
- // Get the size of characters of a style in points multiplied by 100
- int StyleGetSizeFractional(int style) const;
-
- // Set the weight of characters of a style.
- void StyleSetWeight(int style, int weight);
-
- // Get the weight of characters of a style.
- int StyleGetWeight(int style) const;
-
- // Set a style to be a hotspot or not.
- void StyleSetHotSpot(int style, bool hotspot);
-
- // Set the foreground colour of the main and additional selections and whether to use this setting.
- void SetSelForeground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Set the background colour of the main and additional selections and whether to use this setting.
- void SetSelBackground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
-
- // Get the alpha of the selection.
- int GetSelAlpha() const;
-
- // Set the alpha of the selection.
- void SetSelAlpha(int alpha);
-
- // Is the selection end of line filled?
- bool GetSelEOLFilled() const;
-
- // Set the selection to have its end of line filled or not.
- void SetSelEOLFilled(bool filled);
-
- // Set the foreground colour of the caret.
- void SetCaretForeground(const wxColour& fore);
-
- // When key+modifier combination km is pressed perform msg.
- void CmdKeyAssign(int key, int modifiers, int cmd);
-
- // When key+modifier combination km is pressed do nothing.
- void CmdKeyClear(int key, int modifiers);
-
- // Drop all key mappings.
- void CmdKeyClearAll();
-
- // Set the styles for a segment of the document.
- void SetStyleBytes(int length, char* styleBytes);
-
- // Set a style to be visible or not.
- void StyleSetVisible(int style, bool visible);
-
- // Get the time in milliseconds that the caret is on and off.
- int GetCaretPeriod() const;
-
- // Get the time in milliseconds that the caret is on and off. 0 = steady on.
- void SetCaretPeriod(int periodMilliseconds);
-
- // Set the set of characters making up words for when moving or selecting by word.
- // First sets defaults like SetCharsDefault.
- void SetWordChars(const wxString& characters);
-
- // Get the set of characters making up words for when moving or selecting by word.
- wxString GetWordChars() const;
-
- // Start a sequence of actions that is undone and redone as a unit.
- // May be nested.
- void BeginUndoAction();
-
- // End a sequence of actions that is undone and redone as a unit.
- void EndUndoAction();
-
- // Set an indicator to plain, squiggle or TT.
- void IndicatorSetStyle(int indic, int style);
-
- // Retrieve the style of an indicator.
- int IndicatorGetStyle(int indic) const;
-
- // Set the foreground colour of an indicator.
- void IndicatorSetForeground(int indic, const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Retrieve the foreground colour of an indicator.
- wxColour IndicatorGetForeground(int indic) const;
-
- // Set an indicator to draw under text or over(default).
- void IndicatorSetUnder(int indic, bool under);
-
- // Retrieve whether indicator drawn under or over text.
- bool IndicatorGetUnder(int indic) const;
-
- // Set the foreground colour of all whitespace and whether to use this setting.
- void SetWhitespaceForeground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Set the background colour of all whitespace and whether to use this setting.
- void SetWhitespaceBackground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
-
- // Set the size of the dots used to mark space characters.
- void SetWhitespaceSize(int size);
-
- // Get the size of the dots used to mark space characters.
- int GetWhitespaceSize() const;
-
- // Divide each styling byte into lexical class bits (default: 5) and indicator
- // bits (default: 3). If a lexer requires more than 32 lexical states, then this
- // is used to expand the possible states.
- void SetStyleBits(int bits);
-
- // Retrieve number of bits in style bytes used to hold the lexical state.
- int GetStyleBits() const;
-
- // Used to hold extra styling information for each line.
- void SetLineState(int line, int state);
-
- // Retrieve the extra styling information for a line.
- int GetLineState(int line) const;
-
- // Retrieve the last line number that has line state.
- int GetMaxLineState() const;
-
- // Is the background of the line containing the caret in a different colour?
- bool GetCaretLineVisible() const;
-
- // Display the background of the line containing the caret in a different colour.
- void SetCaretLineVisible(bool show);
-
- // Get the colour of the background of the line containing the caret.
- wxColour GetCaretLineBackground() const;
-
- // Set the colour of the background of the line containing the caret.
- void SetCaretLineBackground(const wxColour& back);
-
- // Set a style to be changeable or not (read only).
- // Experimental feature, currently buggy.
- void StyleSetChangeable(int style, bool changeable);
-
- // Display a auto-completion list.
- // The lenEntered parameter indicates how many characters before
- // the caret should be used to provide context.
- void AutoCompShow(int lenEntered, const wxString& itemList);
-
- // Remove the auto-completion list from the screen.
- void AutoCompCancel();
-
- // Is there an auto-completion list visible?
- bool AutoCompActive();
-
- // Retrieve the position of the caret when the auto-completion list was displayed.
- int AutoCompPosStart();
-
- // User has selected an item so remove the list and insert the selection.
- void AutoCompComplete();
-
- // Define a set of character that when typed cancel the auto-completion list.
- void AutoCompStops(const wxString& characterSet);
-
- // Change the separator character in the string setting up an auto-completion list.
- // Default is space but can be changed if items contain space.
- void AutoCompSetSeparator(int separatorCharacter);
-
- // Retrieve the auto-completion list separator character.
- int AutoCompGetSeparator() const;
-
- // Select the item in the auto-completion list that starts with a string.
- void AutoCompSelect(const wxString& text);
-
- // Should the auto-completion list be cancelled if the user backspaces to a
- // position before where the box was created.
- void AutoCompSetCancelAtStart(bool cancel);
-
- // Retrieve whether auto-completion cancelled by backspacing before start.
- bool AutoCompGetCancelAtStart() const;
-
- // Define a set of characters that when typed will cause the autocompletion to
- // choose the selected item.
- void AutoCompSetFillUps(const wxString& characterSet);
-
- // Should a single item auto-completion list automatically choose the item.
- void AutoCompSetChooseSingle(bool chooseSingle);
-
- // Retrieve whether a single item auto-completion list automatically choose the item.
- bool AutoCompGetChooseSingle() const;
-
- // Set whether case is significant when performing auto-completion searches.
- void AutoCompSetIgnoreCase(bool ignoreCase);
-
- // Retrieve state of ignore case flag.
- bool AutoCompGetIgnoreCase() const;
-
- // Display a list of strings and send notification when user chooses one.
- void UserListShow(int listType, const wxString& itemList);
-
- // Set whether or not autocompletion is hidden automatically when nothing matches.
- void AutoCompSetAutoHide(bool autoHide);
-
- // Retrieve whether or not autocompletion is hidden automatically when nothing matches.
- bool AutoCompGetAutoHide() const;
-
- // Set whether or not autocompletion deletes any word characters
- // after the inserted text upon completion.
- void AutoCompSetDropRestOfWord(bool dropRestOfWord);
-
- // Retrieve whether or not autocompletion deletes any word characters
- // after the inserted text upon completion.
- bool AutoCompGetDropRestOfWord() const;
-
- // Register an image for use in autocompletion lists.
- void RegisterImage(int type, const wxBitmap& bmp);
-
- // Clear all the registered images.
- void ClearRegisteredImages();
-
- // Retrieve the auto-completion list type-separator character.
- int AutoCompGetTypeSeparator() const;
-
- // Change the type-separator character in the string setting up an auto-completion list.
- // Default is '?' but can be changed if items contain '?'.
- void AutoCompSetTypeSeparator(int separatorCharacter);
-
- // Set the maximum width, in characters, of auto-completion and user lists.
- // Set to 0 to autosize to fit longest item, which is the default.
- void AutoCompSetMaxWidth(int characterCount);
-
- // Get the maximum width, in characters, of auto-completion and user lists.
- int AutoCompGetMaxWidth() const;
-
- // Set the maximum height, in rows, of auto-completion and user lists.
- // The default is 5 rows.
- void AutoCompSetMaxHeight(int rowCount);
-
- // Set the maximum height, in rows, of auto-completion and user lists.
- int AutoCompGetMaxHeight() const;
-
- // Set the number of spaces used for one level of indentation.
- void SetIndent(int indentSize);
-
- // Retrieve indentation size.
- int GetIndent() const;
-
- // Indentation will only use space characters if useTabs is false, otherwise
- // it will use a combination of tabs and spaces.
- void SetUseTabs(bool useTabs);
-
- // Retrieve whether tabs will be used in indentation.
- bool GetUseTabs() const;
-
- // Change the indentation of a line to a number of columns.
- void SetLineIndentation(int line, int indentSize);
-
- // Retrieve the number of columns that a line is indented.
- int GetLineIndentation(int line) const;
-
- // Retrieve the position before the first non indentation character on a line.
- int GetLineIndentPosition(int line) const;
-
- // Retrieve the column number of a position, taking tab width into account.
- int GetColumn(int pos) const;
-
- // Count characters between two positions.
- int CountCharacters(int startPos, int endPos);
-
- // Show or hide the horizontal scroll bar.
- void SetUseHorizontalScrollBar(bool show);
-
- // Is the horizontal scroll bar visible?
- bool GetUseHorizontalScrollBar() const;
-
- // Show or hide indentation guides.
- void SetIndentationGuides(int indentView);
-
- // Are the indentation guides visible?
- int GetIndentationGuides() const;
-
- // Set the highlighted indentation guide column.
- // 0 = no highlighted guide.
- void SetHighlightGuide(int column);
-
- // Get the highlighted indentation guide column.
- int GetHighlightGuide() const;
-
- // Get the position after the last visible characters on a line.
- int GetLineEndPosition(int line) const;
-
- // Get the code page used to interpret the bytes of the document as characters.
- int GetCodePage() const;
-
- // Get the foreground colour of the caret.
- wxColour GetCaretForeground() const;
-
- // In read-only mode?
- bool GetReadOnly() const;
-
- // Sets the position of the caret.
- void SetCurrentPos(int pos);
-
- // Sets the position that starts the selection - this becomes the anchor.
- void SetSelectionStart(int pos);
-
- // Returns the position at the start of the selection.
- int GetSelectionStart() const;
-
- // Sets the position that ends the selection - this becomes the currentPosition.
- void SetSelectionEnd(int pos);
-
- // Returns the position at the end of the selection.
- int GetSelectionEnd() const;
-
- // Set caret to a position, while removing any existing selection.
- void SetEmptySelection(int pos);
-
- // Sets the print magnification added to the point size of each style for printing.
- void SetPrintMagnification(int magnification);
-
- // Returns the print magnification.
- int GetPrintMagnification() const;
-
- // Modify colours when printing for clearer printed text.
- void SetPrintColourMode(int mode);
-
- // Returns the print colour mode.
- int GetPrintColourMode() const;
-
- // Find some text in the document.
- int FindText(int minPos, int maxPos, const wxString& text, int flags=0);
-
- // On Windows, will draw the document into a display context such as a printer.
- int FormatRange(bool doDraw,
- int startPos,
- int endPos,
- wxDC* draw,
- wxDC* target,
- wxRect renderRect,
- wxRect pageRect);
-
- // Retrieve the display line at the top of the display.
- int GetFirstVisibleLine() const;
-
- // Retrieve the contents of a line.
- wxString GetLine(int line) const;
-
- // Returns the number of lines in the document. There is always at least one.
- int GetLineCount() const;
-
- // Sets the size in pixels of the left margin.
- void SetMarginLeft(int pixelWidth);
-
- // Returns the size in pixels of the left margin.
- int GetMarginLeft() const;
-
- // Sets the size in pixels of the right margin.
- void SetMarginRight(int pixelWidth);
-
- // Returns the size in pixels of the right margin.
- int GetMarginRight() const;
-
- // Is the document different from when it was last saved?
- bool GetModify() const;
-
- // Retrieve the selected text.
- wxString GetSelectedText();
-
- // Retrieve a range of text.
- wxString GetTextRange(int startPos, int endPos);
-
- // Draw the selection in normal style or with selection highlighted.
- void HideSelection(bool normal);
-
- // Retrieve the line containing a position.
- int LineFromPosition(int pos) const;
-
- // Retrieve the position at the start of a line.
- int PositionFromLine(int line) const;
-
- // Scroll horizontally and vertically.
- void LineScroll(int columns, int lines);
-
- // Ensure the caret is visible.
- void EnsureCaretVisible();
-
- // Replace the selected text with the argument text.
- void ReplaceSelection(const wxString& text);
-
- // Set to read only or read write.
- void SetReadOnly(bool readOnly);
-
- // Will a paste succeed?
- bool CanPaste() const;
-
- // Are there any undoable actions in the undo history?
- bool CanUndo() const;
-
- // Delete the undo history.
- void EmptyUndoBuffer();
-
- // Undo one action in the undo history.
- void Undo();
-
- // Cut the selection to the clipboard.
- void Cut();
-
- // Copy the selection to the clipboard.
- void Copy();
-
- // Paste the contents of the clipboard into the document replacing the selection.
- void Paste();
-
- // Clear the selection.
- void Clear();
-
- // Replace the contents of the document with the argument text.
- void SetText(const wxString& text);
-
- // Retrieve all the text in the document.
- wxString GetText() const;
-
- // Retrieve the number of characters in the document.
- int GetTextLength() const;
-
- // Set to overtype (true) or insert mode.
- void SetOvertype(bool overtype);
-
- // Returns true if overtype mode is active otherwise false is returned.
- bool GetOvertype() const;
-
- // Set the width of the insert mode caret.
- void SetCaretWidth(int pixelWidth);
-
- // Returns the width of the insert mode caret.
- int GetCaretWidth() const;
-
- // Sets the position that starts the target which is used for updating the
- // document without affecting the scroll position.
- void SetTargetStart(int pos);
-
- // Get the position that starts the target.
- int GetTargetStart() const;
-
- // Sets the position that ends the target which is used for updating the
- // document without affecting the scroll position.
- void SetTargetEnd(int pos);
-
- // Get the position that ends the target.
- int GetTargetEnd() const;
-
- // Replace the target text with the argument text.
- // Text is counted so it can contain NULs.
- // Returns the length of the replacement text.
- int ReplaceTarget(const wxString& text);
-
- // Replace the target text with the argument text after \\d processing.
- // Text is counted so it can contain NULs.
- // Looks for \\d where d is between 1 and 9 and replaces these with the strings
- // matched in the last search operation which were surrounded by \( and \).
- // Returns the length of the replacement text including any change
- // caused by processing the \\d patterns.
- int ReplaceTargetRE(const wxString& text);
-
- // Search for a counted string in the target and set the target to the found
- // range. Text is counted so it can contain NULs.
- // Returns length of range or -1 for failure in which case target is not moved.
- int SearchInTarget(const wxString& text);
-
- // Set the search flags used by SearchInTarget.
- void SetSearchFlags(int flags);
-
- // Get the search flags used by SearchInTarget.
- int GetSearchFlags() const;
-
- // Show a call tip containing a definition near position pos.
- void CallTipShow(int pos, const wxString& definition);
-
- // Remove the call tip from the screen.
- void CallTipCancel();
-
- // Is there an active call tip?
- bool CallTipActive();
-
- // Retrieve the position where the caret was before displaying the call tip.
- int CallTipPosAtStart();
-
- // Highlight a segment of the definition.
- void CallTipSetHighlight(int start, int end);
-
- // Set the background colour for the call tip.
- void CallTipSetBackground(const wxColour& back);
-
- // Set the foreground colour for the call tip.
- void CallTipSetForeground(const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Set the foreground colour for the highlighted part of the call tip.
- void CallTipSetForegroundHighlight(const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Enable use of STYLE_CALLTIP and set call tip tab size in pixels.
- void CallTipUseStyle(int tabSize);
-
- // Set position of calltip, above or below text.
- void CallTipSetPosition(bool above);
-
- // Find the display line of a document line taking hidden lines into account.
- int VisibleFromDocLine(int line);
-
- // Find the document line of a display line taking hidden lines into account.
- int DocLineFromVisible(int lineDisplay);
-
- // The number of display lines needed to wrap a document line
- int WrapCount(int line);
-
- // Set the fold level of a line.
- // This encodes an integer level along with flags indicating whether the
- // line is a header and whether it is effectively white space.
- void SetFoldLevel(int line, int level);
-
- // Retrieve the fold level of a line.
- int GetFoldLevel(int line) const;
-
- // Find the last child line of a header line.
- int GetLastChild(int line, int level) const;
-
- // Find the parent line of a child line.
- int GetFoldParent(int line) const;
-
- // Make a range of lines visible.
- void ShowLines(int lineStart, int lineEnd);
-
- // Make a range of lines invisible.
- void HideLines(int lineStart, int lineEnd);
-
- // Is a line visible?
- bool GetLineVisible(int line) const;
-
- // Are all lines visible?
- bool GetAllLinesVisible() const;
-
- // Show the children of a header line.
- void SetFoldExpanded(int line, bool expanded);
-
- // Is a header line expanded?
- bool GetFoldExpanded(int line) const;
-
- // Switch a header line between expanded and contracted.
- void ToggleFold(int line);
-
- // Ensure a particular line is visible by expanding any header line hiding it.
- void EnsureVisible(int line);
-
- // Set some style options for folding.
- void SetFoldFlags(int flags);
-
- // Ensure a particular line is visible by expanding any header line hiding it.
- // Use the currently set visibility policy to determine which range to display.
- void EnsureVisibleEnforcePolicy(int line);
-
- // Sets whether a tab pressed when caret is within indentation indents.
- void SetTabIndents(bool tabIndents);
-
- // Does a tab pressed when caret is within indentation indent?
- bool GetTabIndents() const;
-
- // Sets whether a backspace pressed when caret is within indentation unindents.
- void SetBackSpaceUnIndents(bool bsUnIndents);
-
- // Does a backspace pressed when caret is within indentation unindent?
- bool GetBackSpaceUnIndents() const;
-
- // Sets the time the mouse must sit still to generate a mouse dwell event.
- void SetMouseDwellTime(int periodMilliseconds);
-
- // Retrieve the time the mouse must sit still to generate a mouse dwell event.
- int GetMouseDwellTime() const;
-
- // Get position of start of word.
- int WordStartPosition(int pos, bool onlyWordCharacters);
-
- // Get position of end of word.
- int WordEndPosition(int pos, bool onlyWordCharacters);
-
- // Sets whether text is word wrapped.
- void SetWrapMode(int mode);
-
- // Retrieve whether text is word wrapped.
- int GetWrapMode() const;
-
- // Set the display mode of visual flags for wrapped lines.
- void SetWrapVisualFlags(int wrapVisualFlags);
-
- // Retrive the display mode of visual flags for wrapped lines.
- int GetWrapVisualFlags() const;
-
- // Set the location of visual flags for wrapped lines.
- void SetWrapVisualFlagsLocation(int wrapVisualFlagsLocation);
-
- // Retrive the location of visual flags for wrapped lines.
- int GetWrapVisualFlagsLocation() const;
-
- // Set the start indent for wrapped lines.
- void SetWrapStartIndent(int indent);
-
- // Retrive the start indent for wrapped lines.
- int GetWrapStartIndent() const;
-
- // Sets how wrapped sublines are placed. Default is fixed.
- void SetWrapIndentMode(int mode);
-
- // Retrieve how wrapped sublines are placed. Default is fixed.
- int GetWrapIndentMode() const;
-
- // Sets the degree of caching of layout information.
- void SetLayoutCache(int mode);
-
- // Retrieve the degree of caching of layout information.
- int GetLayoutCache() const;
-
- // Sets the document width assumed for scrolling.
- void SetScrollWidth(int pixelWidth);
-
- // Retrieve the document width assumed for scrolling.
- int GetScrollWidth() const;
-
- // Sets whether the maximum width line displayed is used to set scroll width.
- void SetScrollWidthTracking(bool tracking);
-
- // Retrieve whether the scroll width tracks wide lines.
- bool GetScrollWidthTracking() const;
-
- // Measure the pixel width of some text in a particular style.
- // NUL terminated text argument.
- // Does not handle tab or control characters.
- int TextWidth(int style, const wxString& text);
-
- // Sets the scroll range so that maximum scroll position has
- // the last line at the bottom of the view (default).
- // Setting this to false allows scrolling one page below the last line.
- void SetEndAtLastLine(bool endAtLastLine);
-
- // Retrieve whether the maximum scroll position has the last
- // line at the bottom of the view.
- bool GetEndAtLastLine() const;
-
- // Retrieve the height of a particular line of text in pixels.
- int TextHeight(int line);
-
- // Show or hide the vertical scroll bar.
- void SetUseVerticalScrollBar(bool show);
-
- // Is the vertical scroll bar visible?
- bool GetUseVerticalScrollBar() const;
-
- // Append a string to the end of the document without changing the selection.
- void AppendText(const wxString& text);
-
- // Is drawing done in two phases with backgrounds drawn before foregrounds?
- bool GetTwoPhaseDraw() const;
-
- // In twoPhaseDraw mode, drawing is performed in two phases, first the background
- // and then the foreground. This avoids chopping off characters that overlap the next run.
- void SetTwoPhaseDraw(bool twoPhase);
-
- // Scroll so that a display line is at the top of the display.
- void SetFirstVisibleLine(int lineDisplay);
-
- // Change the effect of pasting when there are multiple selections.
- void SetMultiPaste(int multiPaste);
-
- // Retrieve the effect of pasting when there are multiple selections.
- int GetMultiPaste() const;
-
- // Retrieve the value of a tag from a regular expression search.
- wxString GetTag(int tagNumber) const;
-
- // Make the target range start and end be the same as the selection range start and end.
- void TargetFromSelection();
-
- // Join the lines in the target.
- void LinesJoin();
-
- // Split the lines in the target into lines that are less wide than pixelWidth
- // where possible.
- void LinesSplit(int pixelWidth);
-
- // Set the colours used as a chequerboard pattern in the fold margin
- void SetFoldMarginColour(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
- void SetFoldMarginHiColour(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Move caret down one line.
- void LineDown();
-
- // Move caret down one line extending selection to new caret position.
- void LineDownExtend();
-
- // Move caret up one line.
- void LineUp();
-
- // Move caret up one line extending selection to new caret position.
- void LineUpExtend();
-
- // Move caret left one character.
- void CharLeft();
-
- // Move caret left one character extending selection to new caret position.
- void CharLeftExtend();
-
- // Move caret right one character.
- void CharRight();
-
- // Move caret right one character extending selection to new caret position.
- void CharRightExtend();
-
- // Move caret left one word.
- void WordLeft();
-
- // Move caret left one word extending selection to new caret position.
- void WordLeftExtend();
-
- // Move caret right one word.
- void WordRight();
-
- // Move caret right one word extending selection to new caret position.
- void WordRightExtend();
-
- // Move caret to first position on line.
- void Home();
-
- // Move caret to first position on line extending selection to new caret position.
- void HomeExtend();
-
- // Move caret to last position on line.
- void LineEnd();
-
- // Move caret to last position on line extending selection to new caret position.
- void LineEndExtend();
-
- // Move caret to first position in document.
- void DocumentStart();
-
- // Move caret to first position in document extending selection to new caret position.
- void DocumentStartExtend();
-
- // Move caret to last position in document.
- void DocumentEnd();
-
- // Move caret to last position in document extending selection to new caret position.
- void DocumentEndExtend();
-
- // Move caret one page up.
- void PageUp();
-
- // Move caret one page up extending selection to new caret position.
- void PageUpExtend();
-
- // Move caret one page down.
- void PageDown();
-
- // Move caret one page down extending selection to new caret position.
- void PageDownExtend();
-
- // Switch from insert to overtype mode or the reverse.
- void EditToggleOvertype();
-
- // Cancel any modes such as call tip or auto-completion list display.
- void Cancel();
-
- // Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
- void DeleteBack();
-
- // If selection is empty or all on one line replace the selection with a tab character.
- // If more than one line selected, indent the lines.
- void Tab();
-
- // Dedent the selected lines.
- void BackTab();
-
- // Insert a new line, may use a CRLF, CR or LF depending on EOL mode.
- void NewLine();
-
- // Insert a Form Feed character.
- void FormFeed();
-
- // Move caret to before first visible character on line.
- // If already there move to first character on line.
- void VCHome();
-
- // Like VCHome but extending selection to new caret position.
- void VCHomeExtend();
-
- // Magnify the displayed text by increasing the sizes by 1 point.
- void ZoomIn();
-
- // Make the displayed text smaller by decreasing the sizes by 1 point.
- void ZoomOut();
-
- // Delete the word to the left of the caret.
- void DelWordLeft();
-
- // Delete the word to the right of the caret.
- void DelWordRight();
-
- // Delete the word to the right of the caret, but not the trailing non-word characters.
- void DelWordRightEnd();
-
- // Cut the line containing the caret.
- void LineCut();
-
- // Delete the line containing the caret.
- void LineDelete();
-
- // Switch the current line with the previous.
- void LineTranspose();
-
- // Duplicate the current line.
- void LineDuplicate();
-
- // Transform the selection to lower case.
- void LowerCase();
-
- // Transform the selection to upper case.
- void UpperCase();
-
- // Scroll the document down, keeping the caret visible.
- void LineScrollDown();
-
- // Scroll the document up, keeping the caret visible.
- void LineScrollUp();
-
- // Delete the selection or if no selection, the character before the caret.
- // Will not delete the character before at the start of a line.
- void DeleteBackNotLine();
-
- // Move caret to first position on display line.
- void HomeDisplay();
-
- // Move caret to first position on display line extending selection to
- // new caret position.
- void HomeDisplayExtend();
-
- // Move caret to last position on display line.
- void LineEndDisplay();
-
- // Move caret to last position on display line extending selection to new
- // caret position.
- void LineEndDisplayExtend();
-
- // These are like their namesakes Home(Extend)?, LineEnd(Extend)?, VCHome(Extend)?
- // except they behave differently when word-wrap is enabled:
- // They go first to the start / end of the display line, like (Home|LineEnd)Display
- // The difference is that, the cursor is already at the point, it goes on to the start
- // or end of the document line, as appropriate for (Home|LineEnd|VCHome)(Extend)?.
- void HomeWrap();
- void HomeWrapExtend();
- void LineEndWrap();
- void LineEndWrapExtend();
- void VCHomeWrap();
- void VCHomeWrapExtend();
-
- // Copy the line containing the caret.
- void LineCopy();
-
- // Move the caret inside current view if it's not there already.
- void MoveCaretInsideView();
-
- // How many characters are on a line, including end of line characters?
- int LineLength(int line) const;
-
- // Highlight the characters at two positions.
- void BraceHighlight(int pos1, int pos2);
-
- // Use specified indicator to highlight matching braces instead of changing their style.
- void BraceHighlightIndicator(bool useBraceHighlightIndicator, int indicator);
-
- // Highlight the character at a position indicating there is no matching brace.
- void BraceBadLight(int pos);
-
- // Use specified indicator to highlight non matching brace instead of changing its style.
- void BraceBadLightIndicator(bool useBraceBadLightIndicator, int indicator);
-
- // Find the position of a matching brace or INVALID_POSITION if no match.
- int BraceMatch(int pos);
-
- // Are the end of line characters visible?
- bool GetViewEOL() const;
-
- // Make the end of line characters visible or invisible.
- void SetViewEOL(bool visible);
-
- // Retrieve a pointer to the document object.
- void* GetDocPointer();
-
- // Change the document object used.
- void SetDocPointer(void* docPointer);
-
- // Set which document modification events are sent to the container.
- void SetModEventMask(int mask);
-
- // Retrieve the column number which text should be kept within.
- int GetEdgeColumn() const;
-
- // Set the column number of the edge.
- // If text goes past the edge then it is highlighted.
- void SetEdgeColumn(int column);
-
- // Retrieve the edge highlight mode.
- int GetEdgeMode() const;
-
- // The edge may be displayed by a line (EDGE_LINE) or by highlighting text that
- // goes beyond it (EDGE_BACKGROUND) or not displayed at all (EDGE_NONE).
- void SetEdgeMode(int mode);
-
- // Retrieve the colour used in edge indication.
- wxColour GetEdgeColour() const;
-
- // Change the colour used in edge indication.
- void SetEdgeColour(const wxColour& edgeColour);
-
- // Sets the current caret position to be the search anchor.
- void SearchAnchor();
-
- // Find some text starting at the search anchor.
- // Does not ensure the selection is visible.
- int SearchNext(int flags, const wxString& text);
-
- // Find some text starting at the search anchor and moving backwards.
- // Does not ensure the selection is visible.
- int SearchPrev(int flags, const wxString& text);
-
- // Retrieves the number of lines completely visible.
- int LinesOnScreen() const;
-
- // Set whether a pop up menu is displayed automatically when the user presses
- // the wrong mouse button.
- void UsePopUp(bool allowPopUp);
-
- // Is the selection rectangular? The alternative is the more common stream selection.
- bool SelectionIsRectangle() const;
-
- // Set the zoom level. This number of points is added to the size of all fonts.
- // It may be positive to magnify or negative to reduce.
- void SetZoom(int zoom);
-
- // Retrieve the zoom level.
- int GetZoom() const;
-
- // Create a new document object.
- // Starts with reference count of 1 and not selected into editor.
- void* CreateDocument();
-
- // Extend life of document.
- void AddRefDocument(void* docPointer);
-
- // Release a reference to the document, deleting document if it fades to black.
- void ReleaseDocument(void* docPointer);
-
- // Get which document modification events are sent to the container.
- int GetModEventMask() const;
-
- // Change internal focus flag.
- void SetSTCFocus(bool focus);
-
- // Get internal focus flag.
- bool GetSTCFocus() const;
-
- // Change error status - 0 = OK.
- void SetStatus(int statusCode);
-
- // Get error status.
- int GetStatus() const;
-
- // Set whether the mouse is captured when its button is pressed.
- void SetMouseDownCaptures(bool captures);
-
- // Get whether mouse gets captured.
- bool GetMouseDownCaptures() const;
-
- // Sets the cursor to one of the SC_CURSOR* values.
- void SetSTCCursor(int cursorType);
-
- // Get cursor type.
- int GetSTCCursor() const;
-
- // Change the way control characters are displayed:
- // If symbol is < 32, keep the drawn way, else, use the given character.
- void SetControlCharSymbol(int symbol);
-
- // Get the way control characters are displayed.
- int GetControlCharSymbol() const;
-
- // Move to the previous change in capitalisation.
- void WordPartLeft();
-
- // Move to the previous change in capitalisation extending selection
- // to new caret position.
- void WordPartLeftExtend();
-
- // Move to the change next in capitalisation.
- void WordPartRight();
-
- // Move to the next change in capitalisation extending selection
- // to new caret position.
- void WordPartRightExtend();
-
- // Set the way the display area is determined when a particular line
- // is to be moved to by Find, FindNext, GotoLine, etc.
- void SetVisiblePolicy(int visiblePolicy, int visibleSlop);
-
- // Delete back from the current position to the start of the line.
- void DelLineLeft();
-
- // Delete forwards from the current position to the end of the line.
- void DelLineRight();
-
- // Get and Set the xOffset (ie, horizontal scroll position).
- void SetXOffset(int newOffset);
- int GetXOffset() const;
-
- // Set the last x chosen value to be the caret x position.
- void ChooseCaretX();
-
- // Set the way the caret is kept visible when going sideways.
- // The exclusion zone is given in pixels.
- void SetXCaretPolicy(int caretPolicy, int caretSlop);
-
- // Set the way the line the caret is on is kept visible.
- // The exclusion zone is given in lines.
- void SetYCaretPolicy(int caretPolicy, int caretSlop);
-
- // Set printing to line wrapped (SC_WRAP_WORD) or not line wrapped (SC_WRAP_NONE).
- void SetPrintWrapMode(int mode);
-
- // Is printing line wrapped?
- int GetPrintWrapMode() const;
-
- // Set a fore colour for active hotspots.
- void SetHotspotActiveForeground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Get the fore colour for active hotspots.
- wxColour GetHotspotActiveForeground() const;
-
- // Set a back colour for active hotspots.
- void SetHotspotActiveBackground(bool useSetting, const wxColour& back);
-
- // Get the back colour for active hotspots.
- wxColour GetHotspotActiveBackground() const;
-
- // Enable / Disable underlining active hotspots.
- void SetHotspotActiveUnderline(bool underline);
-
- // Get whether underlining for active hotspots.
- bool GetHotspotActiveUnderline() const;
-
- // Limit hotspots to single line so hotspots on two lines don't merge.
- void SetHotspotSingleLine(bool singleLine);
-
- // Get the HotspotSingleLine property
- bool GetHotspotSingleLine() const;
-
- // Move caret between paragraphs (delimited by empty lines).
- void ParaDown();
- void ParaDownExtend();
- void ParaUp();
- void ParaUpExtend();
-
- // Given a valid document position, return the previous position taking code
- // page into account. Returns 0 if passed 0.
- int PositionBefore(int pos);
-
- // Given a valid document position, return the next position taking code
- // page into account. Maximum value returned is the last position in the document.
- int PositionAfter(int pos);
-
- // Copy a range of text to the clipboard. Positions are clipped into the document.
- void CopyRange(int start, int end);
-
- // Copy argument text to the clipboard.
- void CopyText(int length, const wxString& text);
-
- // Set the selection mode to stream (SC_SEL_STREAM) or rectangular (SC_SEL_RECTANGLE/SC_SEL_THIN) or
- // by lines (SC_SEL_LINES).
- void SetSelectionMode(int mode);
-
- // Get the mode of the current selection.
- int GetSelectionMode() const;
-
- // Retrieve the position of the start of the selection at the given line (INVALID_POSITION if no selection on this line).
- int GetLineSelStartPosition(int line);
-
- // Retrieve the position of the end of the selection at the given line (INVALID_POSITION if no selection on this line).
- int GetLineSelEndPosition(int line);
-
- // Move caret down one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
- void LineDownRectExtend();
-
- // Move caret up one line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
- void LineUpRectExtend();
-
- // Move caret left one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
- void CharLeftRectExtend();
-
- // Move caret right one character, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
- void CharRightRectExtend();
-
- // Move caret to first position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
- void HomeRectExtend();
-
- // Move caret to before first visible character on line.
- // If already there move to first character on line.
- // In either case, extend rectangular selection to new caret position.
- void VCHomeRectExtend();
-
- // Move caret to last position on line, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
- void LineEndRectExtend();
-
- // Move caret one page up, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
- void PageUpRectExtend();
-
- // Move caret one page down, extending rectangular selection to new caret position.
- void PageDownRectExtend();
-
- // Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page.
- void StutteredPageUp();
-
- // Move caret to top of page, or one page up if already at top of page, extending selection to new caret position.
- void StutteredPageUpExtend();
-
- // Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page.
- void StutteredPageDown();
-
- // Move caret to bottom of page, or one page down if already at bottom of page, extending selection to new caret position.
- void StutteredPageDownExtend();
-
- // Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word.
- void WordLeftEnd();
-
- // Move caret left one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
- void WordLeftEndExtend();
-
- // Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word.
- void WordRightEnd();
-
- // Move caret right one word, position cursor at end of word, extending selection to new caret position.
- void WordRightEndExtend();
-
- // Set the set of characters making up whitespace for when moving or selecting by word.
- // Should be called after SetWordChars.
- void SetWhitespaceChars(const wxString& characters);
-
- // Get the set of characters making up whitespace for when moving or selecting by word.
- wxString GetWhitespaceChars() const;
-
- // Set the set of characters making up punctuation characters
- // Should be called after SetWordChars.
- void SetPunctuationChars(const wxString& characters);
-
- // Get the set of characters making up punctuation characters
- wxString GetPunctuationChars() const;
-
- // Reset the set of characters for whitespace and word characters to the defaults.
- void SetCharsDefault();
-
- // Get currently selected item position in the auto-completion list
- int AutoCompGetCurrent() const;
-
- // Set auto-completion case insensitive behaviour to either prefer case-sensitive matches or have no preference.
- void AutoCompSetCaseInsensitiveBehaviour(int behaviour);
-
- // Get auto-completion case insensitive behaviour.
- int AutoCompGetCaseInsensitiveBehaviour() const;
-
- // Enlarge the document to a particular size of text bytes.
- void Allocate(int bytes);
-
- // Find the position of a column on a line taking into account tabs and
- // multi-byte characters. If beyond end of line, return line end position.
- int FindColumn(int line, int column);
-
- // Can the caret preferred x position only be changed by explicit movement commands?
- int GetCaretSticky() const;
-
- // Stop the caret preferred x position changing when the user types.
- void SetCaretSticky(int useCaretStickyBehaviour);
-
- // Switch between sticky and non-sticky: meant to be bound to a key.
- void ToggleCaretSticky();
-
- // Enable/Disable convert-on-paste for line endings
- void SetPasteConvertEndings(bool convert);
-
- // Get convert-on-paste setting
- bool GetPasteConvertEndings() const;
-
- // Duplicate the selection. If selection empty duplicate the line containing the caret.
- void SelectionDuplicate();
-
- // Set background alpha of the caret line.
- void SetCaretLineBackAlpha(int alpha);
-
- // Get the background alpha of the caret line.
- int GetCaretLineBackAlpha() const;
-
- // Set the style of the caret to be drawn.
- void SetCaretStyle(int caretStyle);
-
- // Returns the current style of the caret.
- int GetCaretStyle() const;
-
- // Set the indicator used for IndicatorFillRange and IndicatorClearRange
- void SetIndicatorCurrent(int indicator);
-
- // Get the current indicator
- int GetIndicatorCurrent() const;
-
- // Set the value used for IndicatorFillRange
- void SetIndicatorValue(int value);
-
- // Get the current indicator value
- int GetIndicatorValue() const;
-
- // Turn a indicator on over a range.
- void IndicatorFillRange(int position, int fillLength);
-
- // Turn a indicator off over a range.
- void IndicatorClearRange(int position, int clearLength);
-
- // Are any indicators present at position?
- int IndicatorAllOnFor(int position);
-
- // What value does a particular indicator have at at a position?
- int IndicatorValueAt(int indicator, int position);
-
- // Where does a particular indicator start?
- int IndicatorStart(int indicator, int position);
-
- // Where does a particular indicator end?
- int IndicatorEnd(int indicator, int position);
-
- // Set number of entries in position cache
- void SetPositionCacheSize(int size);
-
- // How many entries are allocated to the position cache?
- int GetPositionCacheSize() const;
-
- // Copy the selection, if selection empty copy the line with the caret
- void CopyAllowLine();
-
- // Compact the document buffer and return a read-only pointer to the
- // characters in the document.
- const char* GetCharacterPointer() const;
-
- // Return a read-only pointer to a range of characters in the document.
- // May move the gap so that the range is contiguous, but will only move up
- // to rangeLength bytes.
- const char* GetRangePointer(int position, int rangeLength) const;
-
- // Return a position which, to avoid performance costs, should not be within
- // the range of a call to GetRangePointer.
- int GetGapPosition() const;
-
- // Always interpret keyboard input as Unicode
- void SetKeysUnicode(bool keysUnicode);
-
- // Are keys always interpreted as Unicode?
- bool GetKeysUnicode() const;
-
- // Set the alpha fill colour of the given indicator.
- void IndicatorSetAlpha(int indicator, int alpha);
-
- // Get the alpha fill colour of the given indicator.
- int IndicatorGetAlpha(int indicator) const;
-
- // Set the alpha outline colour of the given indicator.
- void IndicatorSetOutlineAlpha(int indicator, int alpha);
-
- // Get the alpha outline colour of the given indicator.
- int IndicatorGetOutlineAlpha(int indicator) const;
-
- // Set extra ascent for each line
- void SetExtraAscent(int extraAscent);
-
- // Get extra ascent for each line
- int GetExtraAscent() const;
-
- // Set extra descent for each line
- void SetExtraDescent(int extraDescent);
-
- // Get extra descent for each line
- int GetExtraDescent() const;
-
- // Which symbol was defined for markerNumber with MarkerDefine
- int GetMarkerSymbolDefined(int markerNumber);
-
- // Set the text in the text margin for a line
- void MarginSetText(int line, const wxString& text);
-
- // Get the text in the text margin for a line
- wxString MarginGetText(int line) const;
-
- // Set the style number for the text margin for a line
- void MarginSetStyle(int line, int style);
-
- // Get the style number for the text margin for a line
- int MarginGetStyle(int line) const;
-
- // Set the style in the text margin for a line
- void MarginSetStyles(int line, const wxString& styles);
-
- // Get the styles in the text margin for a line
- wxString MarginGetStyles(int line) const;
-
- // Clear the margin text on all lines
- void MarginTextClearAll();
-
- // Get the start of the range of style numbers used for margin text
- void MarginSetStyleOffset(int style);
-
- // Get the start of the range of style numbers used for margin text
- int MarginGetStyleOffset() const;
-
- // Set the margin options.
- void SetMarginOptions(int marginOptions);
-
- // Get the margin options.
- int GetMarginOptions() const;
-
- // Set the annotation text for a line
- void AnnotationSetText(int line, const wxString& text);
-
- // Get the annotation text for a line
- wxString AnnotationGetText(int line) const;
-
- // Set the style number for the annotations for a line
- void AnnotationSetStyle(int line, int style);
-
- // Get the style number for the annotations for a line
- int AnnotationGetStyle(int line) const;
-
- // Set the annotation styles for a line
- void AnnotationSetStyles(int line, const wxString& styles);
-
- // Get the annotation styles for a line
- wxString AnnotationGetStyles(int line) const;
-
- // Get the number of annotation lines for a line
- int AnnotationGetLines(int line) const;
-
- // Clear the annotations from all lines
- void AnnotationClearAll();
-
- // Set the visibility for the annotations for a view
- void AnnotationSetVisible(int visible);
-
- // Get the visibility for the annotations for a view
- int AnnotationGetVisible() const;
-
- // Get the start of the range of style numbers used for annotations
- void AnnotationSetStyleOffset(int style);
-
- // Get the start of the range of style numbers used for annotations
- int AnnotationGetStyleOffset() const;
-
- // Add a container action to the undo stack
- void AddUndoAction(int token, int flags);
-
- // Find the position of a character from a point within the window.
- int CharPositionFromPoint(int x, int y);
-
- // Find the position of a character from a point within the window.
- // Return INVALID_POSITION if not close to text.
- int CharPositionFromPointClose(int x, int y);
-
- // Set whether multiple selections can be made
- void SetMultipleSelection(bool multipleSelection);
-
- // Whether multiple selections can be made
- bool GetMultipleSelection() const;
-
- // Set whether typing can be performed into multiple selections
- void SetAdditionalSelectionTyping(bool additionalSelectionTyping);
-
- // Whether typing can be performed into multiple selections
- bool GetAdditionalSelectionTyping() const;
-
- // Set whether additional carets will blink
- void SetAdditionalCaretsBlink(bool additionalCaretsBlink);
-
- // Whether additional carets will blink
- bool GetAdditionalCaretsBlink() const;
-
- // Set whether additional carets are visible
- void SetAdditionalCaretsVisible(bool additionalCaretsBlink);
-
- // Whether additional carets are visible
- bool GetAdditionalCaretsVisible() const;
-
- // How many selections are there?
- int GetSelections() const;
-
- // Clear selections to a single empty stream selection
- void ClearSelections();
-
- // Add a selection
- int AddSelection(int caret, int anchor);
-
- // Set the main selection
- void SetMainSelection(int selection);
-
- // Which selection is the main selection
- int GetMainSelection() const;
- void SetSelectionNCaret(int selection, int pos);
- int GetSelectionNCaret(int selection) const;
- void SetSelectionNAnchor(int selection, int posAnchor);
- int GetSelectionNAnchor(int selection) const;
- void SetSelectionNCaretVirtualSpace(int selection, int space);
- int GetSelectionNCaretVirtualSpace(int selection) const;
- void SetSelectionNAnchorVirtualSpace(int selection, int space);
- int GetSelectionNAnchorVirtualSpace(int selection) const;
-
- // Sets the position that starts the selection - this becomes the anchor.
- void SetSelectionNStart(int selection, int pos);
-
- // Returns the position at the start of the selection.
- int GetSelectionNStart(int selection) const;
-
- // Sets the position that ends the selection - this becomes the currentPosition.
- void SetSelectionNEnd(int selection, int pos);
-
- // Returns the position at the end of the selection.
- int GetSelectionNEnd(int selection) const;
- void SetRectangularSelectionCaret(int pos);
- int GetRectangularSelectionCaret() const;
- void SetRectangularSelectionAnchor(int posAnchor);
- int GetRectangularSelectionAnchor() const;
- void SetRectangularSelectionCaretVirtualSpace(int space);
- int GetRectangularSelectionCaretVirtualSpace() const;
- void SetRectangularSelectionAnchorVirtualSpace(int space);
- int GetRectangularSelectionAnchorVirtualSpace() const;
- void SetVirtualSpaceOptions(int virtualSpaceOptions);
- int GetVirtualSpaceOptions() const;
-
- // On GTK+, allow selecting the modifier key to use for mouse-based
- // rectangular selection. Often the window manager requires Alt+Mouse Drag
- // for moving windows.
- // Valid values are SCMOD_CTRL(default), SCMOD_ALT, or SCMOD_SUPER.
- void SetRectangularSelectionModifier(int modifier);
-
- // Get the modifier key used for rectangular selection.
- int GetRectangularSelectionModifier() const;
-
- // Set the foreground colour of additional selections.
- // Must have previously called SetSelFore with non-zero first argument for this to have an effect.
- void SetAdditionalSelForeground(const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Set the background colour of additional selections.
- // Must have previously called SetSelBack with non-zero first argument for this to have an effect.
- void SetAdditionalSelBackground(const wxColour& back);
-
- // Set the alpha of the selection.
- void SetAdditionalSelAlpha(int alpha);
-
- // Get the alpha of the selection.
- int GetAdditionalSelAlpha() const;
-
- // Set the foreground colour of additional carets.
- void SetAdditionalCaretForeground(const wxColour& fore);
-
- // Get the foreground colour of additional carets.
- wxColour GetAdditionalCaretForeground() const;
-
- // Set the main selection to the next selection.
- void RotateSelection();
-
- // Swap that caret and anchor of the main selection.
- void SwapMainAnchorCaret();
-
- // Indicate that the internal state of a lexer has changed over a range and therefore
- // there may be a need to redraw.
- int ChangeLexerState(int start, int end);
-
- // Find the next line at or after lineStart that is a contracted fold header line.
- // Return -1 when no more lines.
- int ContractedFoldNext(int lineStart);
-
- // Centre current line in window.
- void VerticalCentreCaret();
-
- // Move the selected lines up one line, shifting the line above after the selection
- void MoveSelectedLinesUp();
-
- // Move the selected lines down one line, shifting the line below before the selection
- void MoveSelectedLinesDown();
-
- // Set the identifier reported as idFrom in notification messages.
- void SetIdentifier(int identifier);
-
- // Get the identifier.
- int GetIdentifier() const;
-
- // Set the width for future RGBA image data.
- void RGBAImageSetWidth(int width);
-
- // Set the height for future RGBA image data.
- void RGBAImageSetHeight(int height);
-
- // Define a marker from RGBA data.
- // It has the width and height from RGBAImageSetWidth/Height
- void MarkerDefineRGBAImage(int markerNumber, const unsigned char* pixels);
-
- // Register an RGBA image for use in autocompletion lists.
- // It has the width and height from RGBAImageSetWidth/Height
- void RegisterRGBAImage(int type, const unsigned char* pixels);
-
- // Scroll to start of document.
- void ScrollToStart();
-
- // Scroll to end of document.
- void ScrollToEnd();
-
- // Set the technology used.
- void SetTechnology(int technology);
-
- // Get the tech.
- int GetTechnology() const;
-
- // Create an ILoader*.
- void* CreateLoader(int bytes) const;
-
- // Start notifying the container of all key presses and commands.
- void StartRecord();
-
- // Stop notifying the container of all key presses and commands.
- void StopRecord();
-
- // Set the lexing language of the document.
- void SetLexer(int lexer);
-
- // Retrieve the lexing language of the document.
- int GetLexer() const;
-
- // Colourise a segment of the document using the current lexing language.
- void Colourise(int start, int end);
-
- // Set up a value that may be used by a lexer for some optional feature.
- void SetProperty(const wxString& key, const wxString& value);
-
- // Set up the key words used by the lexer.
- void SetKeyWords(int keywordSet, const wxString& keyWords);
-
- // Set the lexing language of the document based on string name.
- void SetLexerLanguage(const wxString& language);
-
- // Retrieve a 'property' value previously set with SetProperty.
- wxString GetProperty(const wxString& key);
-
- // Retrieve a 'property' value previously set with SetProperty,
- // with '$()' variable replacement on returned buffer.
- wxString GetPropertyExpanded(const wxString& key);
-
- // Retrieve a 'property' value previously set with SetProperty,
- // interpreted as an int AFTER any '$()' variable replacement.
- int GetPropertyInt(const wxString& key) const;
-
- // Retrieve the number of bits the current lexer needs for styling.
- int GetStyleBitsNeeded() const;
-
- // For private communication between an application and a known lexer.
- void* PrivateLexerCall(int operation, void* pointer);
-
- // Retrieve a '\n' separated list of properties understood by the current lexer.
- wxString PropertyNames() const;
-
- // Retrieve the type of a property.
- int PropertyType(const wxString& name);
-
- // Describe a property.
- wxString DescribeProperty(const wxString& name) const;
-
- // Retrieve a '\n' separated list of descriptions of the keyword sets understood by the current lexer.
- wxString DescribeKeyWordSets() const;
-
- //}}}
- //----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- // Manually declared methods
-
- // Returns the line number of the line with the caret.
- int GetCurrentLine();
-
- // Extract style settings from a spec-string which is composed of one or
- // more of the following comma separated elements:
- //
- // bold turns on bold
- // italic turns on italics
- // fore:[name or #RRGGBB] sets the foreground colour
- // back:[name or #RRGGBB] sets the background colour
- // face:[facename] sets the font face name to use
- // size:[num] sets the font size in points
- // eol turns on eol filling
- // underline turns on underlining
- //
- void StyleSetSpec(int styleNum, const wxString& spec);
-
-
- // Get the font of a style.
- wxFont StyleGetFont(int style);
-
-
- // Set style size, face, bold, italic, and underline attributes from
- // a wxFont's attributes.
- void StyleSetFont(int styleNum, wxFont& font);
-
-
-
- // Set all font style attributes at once.
- void StyleSetFontAttr(int styleNum, int size,
- const wxString& faceName,
- bool bold, bool italic,
- bool underline,
- wxFontEncoding encoding=wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT);
-
-
- // Set the character set of the font in a style. Converts the Scintilla
- // character set values to a wxFontEncoding.
- void StyleSetCharacterSet(int style, int characterSet);
-
- // Set the font encoding to be used by a style.
- void StyleSetFontEncoding(int style, wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
-
- // Perform one of the operations defined by the wxSTC_CMD_* constants.
- void CmdKeyExecute(int cmd);
-
-
- // Set the left and right margin in the edit area, measured in pixels.
- void SetMargins(int left, int right);
-
-
- // Retrieve the point in the window where a position is displayed.
- wxPoint PointFromPosition(int pos);
-
-
- // Scroll enough to make the given line visible
- void ScrollToLine(int line);
-
-
- // Scroll enough to make the given column visible
- void ScrollToColumn(int column);
-
-
- // Send a message to Scintilla
- //
- // NB: this method is not really const as it can modify the control but it
- // has to be declared as such as it's called from both const and
- // non-const methods and we can't distinguish between the two
- wxIntPtr SendMsg(int msg, wxUIntPtr wp=0, wxIntPtr lp=0) const;
-
-
- // Set the vertical scrollbar to use instead of the ont that's built-in.
- void SetVScrollBar(wxScrollBar* bar);
-
-
- // Set the horizontal scrollbar to use instead of the ont that's built-in.
- void SetHScrollBar(wxScrollBar* bar);
-
- // Can be used to prevent the EVT_CHAR handler from adding the char
- bool GetLastKeydownProcessed() { return m_lastKeyDownConsumed; }
- void SetLastKeydownProcessed(bool val) { m_lastKeyDownConsumed = val; }
-
- // if we derive from wxTextAreaBase it already provides these methods
-#if !wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
- // Write the contents of the editor to filename
- bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename);
-
- // Load the contents of filename into the editor
- bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename);
-#endif // !wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#ifdef STC_USE_DND
- // Allow for simulating a DnD DragOver
- wxDragResult DoDragOver(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def);
-
- // Allow for simulating a DnD DropText
- bool DoDropText(long x, long y, const wxString& data);
-#endif
-
- // Specify whether anti-aliased fonts should be used. Will have no effect
- // on some platforms, but on some (wxMac for example) can greatly improve
- // performance.
- void SetUseAntiAliasing(bool useAA);
-
- // Returns the current UseAntiAliasing setting.
- bool GetUseAntiAliasing();
-
- // Clear annotations from the given line.
- void AnnotationClearLine(int line);
-
-
-
- // The following methods are nearly equivalent to their similarly named
- // cousins above. The difference is that these methods bypass wxString
- // and always use a char* even if used in a unicode build of wxWidgets.
- // In that case the character data will be utf-8 encoded since that is
- // what is used internally by Scintilla in unicode builds.
-
- // Add text to the document at current position.
- void AddTextRaw(const char* text, int length=-1);
-
- // Insert string at a position.
- void InsertTextRaw(int pos, const char* text);
-
- // Retrieve the text of the line containing the caret.
- // Returns the index of the caret on the line.
-#ifdef SWIG
- wxCharBuffer GetCurLineRaw(int* OUTPUT);
-#else
- wxCharBuffer GetCurLineRaw(int* linePos=NULL);
-#endif
-
- // Retrieve the contents of a line.
- wxCharBuffer GetLineRaw(int line);
-
- // Retrieve the selected text.
- wxCharBuffer GetSelectedTextRaw();
-
- // Retrieve a range of text.
- wxCharBuffer GetTextRangeRaw(int startPos, int endPos);
-
- // Replace the contents of the document with the argument text.
- void SetTextRaw(const char* text);
-
- // Retrieve all the text in the document.
- wxCharBuffer GetTextRaw();
-
- // Append a string to the end of the document without changing the selection.
- void AppendTextRaw(const char* text, int length=-1);
-
-#ifdef SWIG
- %pythoncode "_stc_utf8_methods.py"
-#endif
-
-
- // implement wxTextEntryBase pure virtual methods
- // ----------------------------------------------
-
- virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text)
- {
- ReplaceSelection(text);
- }
-
- virtual void Remove(long from, long to)
- {
- Replace(from, to, "");
- }
- virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& text)
- {
- SetTargetStart((int)from);
- SetTargetEnd((int)to);
- ReplaceTarget(text);
- }
-
- /*
- These functions are already declared in the generated section.
-
- virtual void Copy();
- virtual void Cut();
- virtual void Paste();
-
- virtual void Undo();
- virtual void Redo();
-
- virtual bool CanUndo() const;
- virtual bool CanRedo() const;
-
- */
-
- virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos)
- {
- SetCurrentPos(int(pos == -1 ? GetLastPosition() : pos));
- }
- virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const { return GetCurrentPos(); }
- virtual long GetLastPosition() const { return GetTextLength(); }
-
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to)
- {
- if ( from == -1 && to == -1 )
- {
- SelectAll();
- }
- else
- {
- SetSelectionStart((int)from);
- SetSelectionEnd((int)to);
- }
- }
-
- virtual void SelectNone()
- {
- ClearSelections();
- }
-
-#ifdef SWIG
- void GetSelection(long* OUTPUT, long* OUTPUT) const;
-#else
- virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const
- {
- if ( from )
- *from = GetSelectionStart();
- if ( to )
- *to = GetSelectionEnd();
- }
-
- // kept for compatibility only
- void GetSelection(int *from, int *to)
- {
- long f, t;
- GetSelection(&f, &t);
- if ( from )
- *from = (int)f;
- if ( to )
- *to = (int)t;
- }
-#endif
-
- virtual bool IsEditable() const { return !GetReadOnly(); }
- virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) { SetReadOnly(!editable); }
-
- // implement wxTextAreaBase pure virtual methods
- // ---------------------------------------------
-
- virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const { return static_cast<int>(GetLineText(lineNo).length()); }
- virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const
- {
- wxString text = GetLine(static_cast<int>(lineNo));
- size_t lastNewLine = text.find_last_not_of(wxS("\r\n"));
-
- if ( lastNewLine != wxString::npos )
- text.erase(lastNewLine + 1); // remove trailing cr+lf
- else
- text.clear();
- return text;
- }
- virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const { return GetLineCount(); }
-
- virtual bool IsModified() const { return GetModify(); }
- virtual void MarkDirty() { wxFAIL_MSG("not implemented"); }
- virtual void DiscardEdits() { SetSavePoint(); }
-
- virtual bool SetStyle(long WXUNUSED(start), long WXUNUSED(end),
- const wxTextAttr& WXUNUSED(style))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG("not implemented");
-
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual bool GetStyle(long WXUNUSED(position), wxTextAttr& WXUNUSED(style))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG("not implemented");
-
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& WXUNUSED(style))
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG("not implemented");
-
- return false;
- }
-
- virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const
- {
- long pos = PositionFromLine((int)y);
- pos += x;
- return pos;
- }
-
- virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const
- {
- int l = LineFromPosition((int)pos);
- if ( l == -1 )
- return false;
-
- if ( x )
- *x = pos - PositionFromLine(l);
-
- if ( y )
- *y = l;
-
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual void ShowPosition(long pos) { GotoPos((int)pos); }
-
- // FIXME-VC6: can't use wxWindow here because of "error C2603: illegal
- // access declaration: 'wxWindow' is not a direct base of
- // 'wxStyledTextCtrl'" with VC6
- using wxControl::HitTest;
-
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const
- {
- const long l = PositionFromPoint(pt);
- if ( l == -1 )
- return wxTE_HT_BELOW; // we don't really know where it was
-
- if ( pos )
- *pos = l;
-
- return wxTE_HT_ON_TEXT;
- }
-
- // just unhide it
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
- wxTextCoord *col,
- wxTextCoord *row) const
- {
- return wxTextAreaBase::HitTest(pt, col, row);
- }
-
- static wxVersionInfo GetLibraryVersionInfo();
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags);
- virtual wxString DoGetValue() const { return GetText(); }
- virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; }
-
-#ifndef SWIG
- virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
- virtual bool DoSaveFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
-
- // Event handlers
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& evt);
- void OnScrollWin(wxScrollWinEvent& evt);
- void OnScroll(wxScrollEvent& evt);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseMove(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseRightUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseMiddleUp(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnContextMenu(wxContextMenuEvent& evt);
- void OnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& evt);
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& evt);
- void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& evt);
- void OnLoseFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt);
- void OnGainFocus(wxFocusEvent& evt);
- void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& evt);
- void OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& evt);
- void OnMenu(wxCommandEvent& evt);
- void OnListBox(wxCommandEvent& evt);
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& evt);
-
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- // Turn notifications from Scintilla into events
- void NotifyChange();
- void NotifyParent(SCNotification* scn);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStyledTextCtrl)
-
-protected:
-
- ScintillaWX* m_swx;
- wxStopWatch m_stopWatch;
- wxScrollBar* m_vScrollBar;
- wxScrollBar* m_hScrollBar;
-
- bool m_lastKeyDownConsumed;
-
- friend class ScintillaWX;
- friend class Platform;
-#endif // !SWIG
-};
-
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_STC wxStyledTextEvent : public wxCommandEvent {
-public:
- wxStyledTextEvent(wxEventType commandType=0, int id=0);
-#ifndef SWIG
- wxStyledTextEvent(const wxStyledTextEvent& event);
-#endif
- ~wxStyledTextEvent() {}
-
- void SetPosition(int pos) { m_position = pos; }
- void SetKey(int k) { m_key = k; }
- void SetModifiers(int m) { m_modifiers = m; }
- void SetModificationType(int t) { m_modificationType = t; }
- void SetText(const wxString& t) { m_text = t; }
- void SetLength(int len) { m_length = len; }
- void SetLinesAdded(int num) { m_linesAdded = num; }
- void SetLine(int val) { m_line = val; }
- void SetFoldLevelNow(int val) { m_foldLevelNow = val; }
- void SetFoldLevelPrev(int val) { m_foldLevelPrev = val; }
- void SetMargin(int val) { m_margin = val; }
- void SetMessage(int val) { m_message = val; }
- void SetWParam(int val) { m_wParam = val; }
- void SetLParam(int val) { m_lParam = val; }
- void SetListType(int val) { m_listType = val; }
- void SetX(int val) { m_x = val; }
- void SetY(int val) { m_y = val; }
- void SetToken(int val) { m_token = val; }
- void SetAnnotationLinesAdded(int val) { m_annotationLinesAdded = val; }
- void SetUpdated(int val) { m_updated = val; }
-#ifdef STC_USE_DND
- void SetDragText(const wxString& val) { m_dragText = val; }
- void SetDragFlags(int flags) { m_dragFlags = flags; }
- void SetDragResult(wxDragResult val) { m_dragResult = val; }
-
- // This method is kept mainly for backwards compatibility, use
- // SetDragFlags() in the new code.
- void SetDragAllowMove(bool allow)
- {
- if ( allow )
- m_dragFlags |= wxDrag_AllowMove;
- else
- m_dragFlags &= ~(wxDrag_AllowMove | wxDrag_DefaultMove);
- }
-#endif
-
- int GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
- int GetKey() const { return m_key; }
- int GetModifiers() const { return m_modifiers; }
- int GetModificationType() const { return m_modificationType; }
- wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
- int GetLength() const { return m_length; }
- int GetLinesAdded() const { return m_linesAdded; }
- int GetLine() const { return m_line; }
- int GetFoldLevelNow() const { return m_foldLevelNow; }
- int GetFoldLevelPrev() const { return m_foldLevelPrev; }
- int GetMargin() const { return m_margin; }
- int GetMessage() const { return m_message; }
- int GetWParam() const { return m_wParam; }
- int GetLParam() const { return m_lParam; }
- int GetListType() const { return m_listType; }
- int GetX() const { return m_x; }
- int GetY() const { return m_y; }
- int GetToken() const { return m_token; }
- int GetAnnotationsLinesAdded() const { return m_annotationLinesAdded; }
- int GetUpdated() const { return m_updated; }
-
-#ifdef STC_USE_DND
- wxString GetDragText() { return m_dragText; }
- int GetDragFlags() { return m_dragFlags; }
- wxDragResult GetDragResult() { return m_dragResult; }
-
- bool GetDragAllowMove() { return (GetDragFlags() & wxDrag_AllowMove) != 0; }
-#endif
-
- bool GetShift() const;
- bool GetControl() const;
- bool GetAlt() const;
-
- virtual wxEvent* Clone() const { return new wxStyledTextEvent(*this); }
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStyledTextEvent)
-
- int m_position;
- int m_key;
- int m_modifiers;
-
- int m_modificationType; // wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED
- wxString m_text;
- int m_length;
- int m_linesAdded;
- int m_line;
- int m_foldLevelNow;
- int m_foldLevelPrev;
-
- int m_margin; // wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK
-
- int m_message; // wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD
- int m_wParam;
- int m_lParam;
-
- int m_listType;
- int m_x;
- int m_y;
-
- int m_token; // wxEVT_STC__MODIFIED with SC_MOD_CONTAINER
- int m_annotationLinesAdded; // wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED with SC_MOD_CHANGEANNOTATION
- int m_updated; // wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI
-
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- wxString m_dragText; // wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG, wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP
- int m_dragFlags; // wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG
- wxDragResult m_dragResult; // wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER,wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP
-#endif
-#endif
-};
-
-
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_CHANGE, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_KEY, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_PAINTED, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_URIDROPPED, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_ZOOM, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED, wxStyledTextEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_STC, wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK, wxStyledTextEvent );
-#else
- enum {
- wxEVT_STC_CHANGE,
- wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED,
- wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED,
- wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED,
- wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT,
- wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT,
- wxEVT_STC_KEY,
- wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK,
- wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI,
- wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED,
- wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD,
- wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK,
- wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN,
- wxEVT_STC_PAINTED,
- wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION,
- wxEVT_STC_URIDROPPED,
- wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART,
- wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND,
- wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG,
- wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER,
- wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP,
- wxEVT_STC_ZOOM,
- wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK,
- wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK,
- wxEVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK,
- wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION,
- wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK,
- wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE,
- wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED,
- wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED,
- wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK
- };
-#endif
-
-
-
-#ifndef SWIG
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxStyledTextEventFunction)(wxStyledTextEvent&);
-
-#define wxStyledTextEventHandler( func ) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST( wxStyledTextEventFunction, func )
-
-#define EVT_STC_CHANGE(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_CHANGE, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_STYLENEEDED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_STYLENEEDED, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_CHARADDED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_CHARADDED, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTREACHED, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_SAVEPOINTLEFT, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_ROMODIFYATTEMPT, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_KEY(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_KEY, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_DOUBLECLICK, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_UPDATEUI(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_UPDATEUI, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_MODIFIED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_MODIFIED, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_MACRORECORD(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_MACRORECORD, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_MARGINCLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_MARGINCLICK, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_NEEDSHOWN, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_PAINTED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_PAINTED, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_USERLISTSELECTION, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_URIDROPPED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_URIDROPPED, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_DWELLSTART(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_DWELLSTART, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_DWELLEND(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_DWELLEND, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_START_DRAG(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_START_DRAG, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_DRAG_OVER(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_DRAG_OVER, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_DO_DROP(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_DO_DROP, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_ZOOM(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_ZOOM, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_CLICK, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_DCLICK, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_CALLTIP_CLICK, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_SELECTION, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_CLICK, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_INDICATOR_RELEASE, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CANCELLED, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_AUTOCOMP_CHAR_DELETED, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-#define EVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK(id, fn) wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_STC_HOTSPOT_RELEASE_CLICK, id, wxID_ANY, wxStyledTextEventHandler( fn ), (wxObject *) NULL ),
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STC
-
-#endif // _WX_STC_STC_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stdpaths.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxStandardPaths class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2004-10-17
-// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STDPATHS_H_
-#define _WX_STDPATHS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/filefn.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStandardPaths;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStandardPaths returns the standard locations in the file system
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: This is always compiled in, wxUSE_STDPATHS=0 only disables native
-// wxStandardPaths class, but a minimal version is always available
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPathsBase
-{
-public:
- // possible resources categories
- enum ResourceCat
- {
- // no special category
- ResourceCat_None,
-
- // message catalog resources
- ResourceCat_Messages,
-
- // end of enum marker
- ResourceCat_Max
- };
-
- // what should we use to construct paths unique to this application:
- // (AppInfo_AppName and AppInfo_VendorName can be combined together)
- enum
- {
- AppInfo_None = 0, // nothing
- AppInfo_AppName = 1, // the application name
- AppInfo_VendorName = 2 // the vendor name
- };
-
-
- // return the global standard paths object
- static wxStandardPaths& Get();
-
- // return the path (directory+filename) of the running executable or
- // wxEmptyString if it couldn't be determined.
- // The path is returned as an absolute path whenever possible.
- // Default implementation only try to use wxApp->argv[0].
- virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const;
-
- // return the directory with system config files:
- // /etc under Unix, c:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application Data
- // under Windows, /Library/Preferences for Mac
- virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const = 0;
-
- // return the directory for the user config files:
- // $HOME under Unix, c:\Documents and Settings\username under Windows,
- // ~/Library/Preferences under Mac
- //
- // only use this if you have a single file to put there, otherwise
- // GetUserDataDir() is more appropriate
- virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const = 0;
-
- // return the location of the applications global, i.e. not user-specific,
- // data files
- //
- // prefix/share/appname under Unix, c:\Program Files\appname under Windows,
- // appname.app/Contents/SharedSupport app bundle directory under Mac
- virtual wxString GetDataDir() const = 0;
-
- // return the location for application data files which are host-specific
- //
- // same as GetDataDir() except under Unix where it is /etc/appname
- virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const;
-
- // return the directory for the user-dependent application data files
- //
- // $HOME/.appname under Unix,
- // c:\Documents and Settings\username\Application Data\appname under Windows
- // and ~/Library/Application Support/appname under Mac
- virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const = 0;
-
- // return the directory for user data files which shouldn't be shared with
- // the other machines
- //
- // same as GetUserDataDir() for all platforms except Windows where it is
- // the "Local Settings\Application Data\appname" directory
- virtual wxString GetUserLocalDataDir() const;
-
- // return the directory where the loadable modules (plugins) live
- //
- // prefix/lib/appname under Unix, program directory under Windows and
- // Contents/Plugins app bundle subdirectory under Mac
- virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const = 0;
-
- // get resources directory: resources are auxiliary files used by the
- // application and include things like image and sound files
- //
- // same as GetDataDir() for all platforms except Mac where it returns
- // Contents/Resources subdirectory of the app bundle
- virtual wxString GetResourcesDir() const { return GetDataDir(); }
-
- // get localized resources directory containing the resource files of the
- // specified category for the given language
- //
- // in general this is just GetResourcesDir()/lang under Windows and Unix
- // and GetResourcesDir()/lang.lproj under Mac but is something quite
- // different under Unix for message catalog category (namely the standard
- // prefix/share/locale/lang/LC_MESSAGES)
- virtual wxString
- GetLocalizedResourcesDir(const wxString& lang,
- ResourceCat WXUNUSED(category)
- = ResourceCat_None) const
- {
- return GetResourcesDir() + wxFILE_SEP_PATH + lang;
- }
-
- // return the "Documents" directory for the current user
- //
- // C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents under Windows,
- // $HOME under Unix and ~/Documents under Mac
- virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const;
-
- // return the directory for the documents files used by this application:
- // it's a subdirectory of GetDocumentsDir() constructed using the
- // application name/vendor if it exists or just GetDocumentsDir() otherwise
- virtual wxString GetAppDocumentsDir() const;
-
- // return the temporary directory for the current user
- virtual wxString GetTempDir() const;
-
-
- // virtual dtor for the base class
- virtual ~wxStandardPathsBase();
-
- // Information used by AppendAppInfo
- void UseAppInfo(int info)
- {
- m_usedAppInfo = info;
- }
-
- bool UsesAppInfo(int info) const { return (m_usedAppInfo & info) != 0; }
-
-
-protected:
- // Ctor is protected as this is a base class which should never be created
- // directly.
- wxStandardPathsBase();
-
- // append the path component, with a leading path separator if a
- // path separator or dot (.) is not already at the end of dir
- static wxString AppendPathComponent(const wxString& dir, const wxString& component);
-
- // append application information determined by m_usedAppInfo to dir
- wxString AppendAppInfo(const wxString& dir) const;
-
-
- // combination of AppInfo_XXX flags used by AppendAppInfo()
- int m_usedAppInfo;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_STDPATHS
- #if defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #include "wx/msw/stdpaths.h"
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS
- // We want CoreFoundation paths on both CarbonLib and Darwin (for all ports)
- #elif defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
- #include "wx/osx/core/stdpaths.h"
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS
- #elif defined(__OS2__)
- #include "wx/os2/stdpaths.h"
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS
- #elif defined(__UNIX__)
- #include "wx/unix/stdpaths.h"
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Minimal generic implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: Note that this minimal implementation is compiled in even if
-// wxUSE_STDPATHS=0, so that our code can still use wxStandardPaths.
-
-#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPaths : public wxStandardPathsBase
-{
-public:
- void SetInstallPrefix(const wxString& prefix) { m_prefix = prefix; }
- wxString GetInstallPrefix() const { return m_prefix; }
-
- virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const { return m_prefix; }
- virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const { return m_prefix; }
- virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const { return m_prefix; }
- virtual wxString GetDataDir() const { return m_prefix; }
- virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const { return m_prefix; }
- virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const { return m_prefix; }
- virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const { return m_prefix; }
- virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const { return m_prefix; }
-
-protected:
- // Ctor is protected because wxStandardPaths::Get() should always be used
- // to access the global wxStandardPaths object of the correct type instead
- // of creating one of a possibly wrong type yourself.
- wxStandardPaths() { }
-
-private:
- wxString m_prefix;
-};
-#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_STDPATHS
-
-#endif // _WX_STDPATHS_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stdstream.h
-// Purpose: Header of std::istream and std::ostream derived wrappers for
-// wxInputStream and wxOutputStream
-// Author: Jonathan Liu <net147@gmail.com>
-// Created: 2009-05-02
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Jonathan Liu
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STDSTREAM_H_
-#define _WX_STDSTREAM_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h" // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/ioswrap.h"
-
-// ==========================================================================
-// wxStdInputStreamBuffer
-// ==========================================================================
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStdInputStreamBuffer : public std::streambuf
-{
-public:
- wxStdInputStreamBuffer(wxInputStream& stream);
- virtual ~wxStdInputStreamBuffer() { }
-
-protected:
- virtual std::streambuf *setbuf(char *s, std::streamsize n);
- virtual std::streampos seekoff(std::streamoff off,
- std::ios_base::seekdir way,
- std::ios_base::openmode which =
- std::ios_base::in |
- std::ios_base::out);
- virtual std::streampos seekpos(std::streampos sp,
- std::ios_base::openmode which =
- std::ios_base::in |
- std::ios_base::out);
- virtual std::streamsize showmanyc();
- virtual std::streamsize xsgetn(char *s, std::streamsize n);
- virtual int underflow();
- virtual int uflow();
- virtual int pbackfail(int c = EOF);
-
- // Special work around for VC8/9 (this bug was fixed in VC10 and later):
- // these versions have non-standard _Xsgetn_s() that it being called from
- // the stream code instead of xsgetn() and so our overridden implementation
- // never actually gets used. To work around this, forward to it explicitly.
-#if defined(__VISUALC8__) || defined(__VISUALC9__)
- virtual std::streamsize
- _Xsgetn_s(char *s, size_t WXUNUSED(size), std::streamsize n)
- {
- return xsgetn(s, n);
- }
-#endif // VC8 or VC9
-
- wxInputStream& m_stream;
- int m_lastChar;
-};
-
-// ==========================================================================
-// wxStdInputStream
-// ==========================================================================
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStdInputStream : public std::istream
-{
-public:
- wxStdInputStream(wxInputStream& stream);
- virtual ~wxStdInputStream() { }
-
-protected:
- wxStdInputStreamBuffer m_streamBuffer;
-};
-
-// ==========================================================================
-// wxStdOutputStreamBuffer
-// ==========================================================================
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStdOutputStreamBuffer : public std::streambuf
-{
-public:
- wxStdOutputStreamBuffer(wxOutputStream& stream);
- virtual ~wxStdOutputStreamBuffer() { }
-
-protected:
- virtual std::streambuf *setbuf(char *s, std::streamsize n);
- virtual std::streampos seekoff(std::streamoff off,
- std::ios_base::seekdir way,
- std::ios_base::openmode which =
- std::ios_base::in |
- std::ios_base::out);
- virtual std::streampos seekpos(std::streampos sp,
- std::ios_base::openmode which =
- std::ios_base::in |
- std::ios_base::out);
- virtual std::streamsize xsputn(const char *s, std::streamsize n);
- virtual int overflow(int c);
-
- wxOutputStream& m_stream;
-};
-
-// ==========================================================================
-// wxStdOutputStream
-// ==========================================================================
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStdOutputStream : public std::ostream
-{
-public:
- wxStdOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream);
- virtual ~wxStdOutputStream() { }
-
-protected:
- wxStdOutputStreamBuffer m_streamBuffer;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS && wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-#endif // _WX_STDSTREAM_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stockitem.h
-// Purpose: stock items helpers (privateh header)
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2004-08-15
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2004
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STOCKITEM_H_
-#define _WX_STOCKITEM_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/accel.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Helper functions for stock items handling:
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Returns true if the ID is in the list of recognized stock actions
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxIsStockID(wxWindowID id);
-
-// Returns true of the label is empty or label of a stock button with
-// given ID
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxIsStockLabel(wxWindowID id, const wxString& label);
-
-enum wxStockLabelQueryFlag
-{
- wxSTOCK_NOFLAGS = 0,
-
- wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC = 1,
- wxSTOCK_WITH_ACCELERATOR = 2,
-
- // by default, stock items text is returned with ellipsis, if appropriate,
- // this flag allows to avoid having it
- wxSTOCK_WITHOUT_ELLIPSIS = 4,
-
- // return label for button, not menu item: buttons should always use
- // mnemonics and never use ellipsis
- wxSTOCK_FOR_BUTTON = wxSTOCK_WITHOUT_ELLIPSIS | wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC
-};
-
-// Returns label that should be used for given stock UI element (e.g. "&OK"
-// for wxSTOCK_OK); if wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC is given, the & character
-// is included; if wxSTOCK_WITH_ACCELERATOR is given, the stock accelerator
-// for given ID is concatenated to the label using \t as separator
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetStockLabel(wxWindowID id,
- long flags = wxSTOCK_WITH_MNEMONIC);
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-
- // Returns the accelerator that should be used for given stock UI element
- // (e.g. "Ctrl+x" for wxSTOCK_EXIT)
- WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry wxGetStockAccelerator(wxWindowID id);
-
-#endif
-
-// wxStockHelpStringClient conceptually works like wxArtClient: it gives a hint to
-// wxGetStockHelpString() about the context where the help string is to be used
-enum wxStockHelpStringClient
-{
- wxSTOCK_MENU // help string to use for menu items
-};
-
-// Returns an help string for the given stock UI element and for the given "context".
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetStockHelpString(wxWindowID id,
- wxStockHelpStringClient client = wxSTOCK_MENU);
-
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK20__
-
-// Translates stock ID to GTK+'s stock item string identifier:
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const char *wxGetStockGtkID(wxWindowID id);
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_STOCKITEM_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stopwatch.h
-// Purpose: wxStopWatch and global time-related functions
-// Author: Julian Smart (wxTimer), Sylvain Bougnoux (wxStopWatch),
-// Vadim Zeitlin (time functions, current wxStopWatch)
-// Created: 26.06.03 (extracted from wx/timer.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 1998-2003 Julian Smart, Sylvain Bougnoux
-// (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STOPWATCH_H_
-#define _WX_STOPWATCH_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-
-// Time-related functions are also available via this header for compatibility
-// but you should include wx/time.h directly if you need only them and not
-// wxStopWatch itself.
-#include "wx/time.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStopWatch: measure time intervals with up to 1ms resolution
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_STOPWATCH
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStopWatch
-{
-public:
- // ctor starts the stop watch
- wxStopWatch() { m_pauseCount = 0; Start(); }
-
- // Start the stop watch at the moment t0 expressed in milliseconds (i.e.
- // calling Time() immediately afterwards returns t0). This can be used to
- // restart an existing stopwatch.
- void Start(long t0 = 0);
-
- // pause the stop watch
- void Pause()
- {
- if ( m_pauseCount++ == 0 )
- m_elapsedBeforePause = GetCurrentClockValue() - m_t0;
- }
-
- // resume it
- void Resume()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_pauseCount > 0,
- wxT("Resuming stop watch which is not paused") );
-
- if ( --m_pauseCount == 0 )
- {
- DoStart();
- m_t0 -= m_elapsedBeforePause;
- }
- }
-
- // Get elapsed time since the last Start() in microseconds.
- wxLongLong TimeInMicro() const;
-
- // get elapsed time since the last Start() in milliseconds
- long Time() const { return (TimeInMicro()/1000).ToLong(); }
-
-private:
- // Really starts the stop watch. The initial time is set to current clock
- // value.
- void DoStart();
-
- // Returns the current clock value in its native units.
- wxLongLong GetCurrentClockValue() const;
-
- // Return the frequency of the clock used in its ticks per second.
- wxLongLong GetClockFreq() const;
-
-
- // The clock value when the stop watch was last started. Its units vary
- // depending on the platform.
- wxLongLong m_t0;
-
- // The elapsed time as of last Pause() call (only valid if m_pauseCount >
- // 0) in the same units as m_t0.
- wxLongLong m_elapsedBeforePause;
-
- // if > 0, the stop watch is paused, otherwise it is running
- int m_pauseCount;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STOPWATCH
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- // Starts a global timer
- // -- DEPRECATED: use wxStopWatch instead
- wxDEPRECATED( void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStartTimer() );
-
- // Gets elapsed milliseconds since last wxStartTimer or wxGetElapsedTime
- // -- DEPRECATED: use wxStopWatch instead
- wxDEPRECATED( long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetElapsedTime(bool resetTimer = true) );
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#endif // _WX_STOPWATCH_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/strconv.h
-// Purpose: conversion routines for char sets any Unicode
-// Author: Ove Kaaven, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Ove Kaaven, Robert Roebling
-// (c) 1998-2006 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STRCONV_H_
-#define _WX_STRCONV_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-#include "wx/buffer.h"
-
-#ifdef __DIGITALMARS__
-#include "typeinfo.h"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400
-# undef __BSEXCPT__
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-
-// the error value returned by wxMBConv methods
-#define wxCONV_FAILED ((size_t)-1)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConv (abstract base class for conversions)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// When deriving a new class from wxMBConv you must reimplement ToWChar() and
-// FromWChar() methods which are not pure virtual only for historical reasons,
-// don't let the fact that the existing classes implement MB2WC/WC2MB() instead
-// confuse you.
-//
-// You also have to implement Clone() to allow copying the conversions
-// polymorphically.
-//
-// And you might need to override GetMBNulLen() as well.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConv
-{
-public:
- // The functions doing actual conversion from/to narrow to/from wide
- // character strings.
- //
- // On success, the return value is the length (i.e. the number of
- // characters, not bytes) of the converted string including any trailing
- // L'\0' or (possibly multiple) '\0'(s). If the conversion fails or if
- // there is not enough space for everything, including the trailing NUL
- // character(s), in the output buffer, wxCONV_FAILED is returned.
- //
- // In the special case when dst is NULL (the value of dstLen is ignored
- // then) the return value is the length of the needed buffer but nothing
- // happens otherwise. If srcLen is wxNO_LEN, the entire string, up to and
- // including the trailing NUL(s), is converted, otherwise exactly srcLen
- // bytes are.
- //
- // Typical usage:
- //
- // size_t dstLen = conv.ToWChar(NULL, 0, src);
- // if ( dstLen == wxCONV_FAILED )
- // ... handle error ...
- // wchar_t *wbuf = new wchar_t[dstLen];
- // conv.ToWChar(wbuf, dstLen, src);
- // ... work with wbuf ...
- // delete [] wbuf;
- //
- virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-
- virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-
-
- // Convenience functions for translating NUL-terminated strings: returns
- // the buffer containing the converted string or NULL pointer if the
- // conversion failed.
- const wxWCharBuffer cMB2WC(const char *in) const;
- const wxCharBuffer cWC2MB(const wchar_t *in) const;
-
- // Convenience functions for converting strings which may contain embedded
- // NULs and don't have to be NUL-terminated.
- //
- // inLen is the length of the buffer including trailing NUL if any or
- // wxNO_LEN if the input is NUL-terminated.
- //
- // outLen receives, if not NULL, the length of the converted string or 0 if
- // the conversion failed (returning 0 and not -1 in this case makes it
- // difficult to distinguish between failed conversion and empty input but
- // this is done for backwards compatibility). Notice that the rules for
- // whether outLen accounts or not for the last NUL are the same as for
- // To/FromWChar() above: if inLen is specified, outLen is exactly the
- // number of characters converted, whether the last one of them was NUL or
- // not. But if inLen == wxNO_LEN then outLen doesn't account for the last
- // NUL even though it is present.
- const wxWCharBuffer
- cMB2WC(const char *in, size_t inLen, size_t *outLen) const;
- const wxCharBuffer
- cWC2MB(const wchar_t *in, size_t inLen, size_t *outLen) const;
-
- // And yet more convenience functions for converting the entire buffers:
- // these are the simplest and least error-prone as you never need to bother
- // with lengths/sizes directly.
- const wxWCharBuffer cMB2WC(const wxScopedCharBuffer& in) const;
- const wxCharBuffer cWC2MB(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& in) const;
-
- // convenience functions for converting MB or WC to/from wxWin default
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- const wxWCharBuffer cMB2WX(const char *psz) const { return cMB2WC(psz); }
- const wxCharBuffer cWX2MB(const wchar_t *psz) const { return cWC2MB(psz); }
- const wchar_t* cWC2WX(const wchar_t *psz) const { return psz; }
- const wchar_t* cWX2WC(const wchar_t *psz) const { return psz; }
-#else // ANSI
- const char* cMB2WX(const char *psz) const { return psz; }
- const char* cWX2MB(const char *psz) const { return psz; }
- const wxCharBuffer cWC2WX(const wchar_t *psz) const { return cWC2MB(psz); }
- const wxWCharBuffer cWX2WC(const char *psz) const { return cMB2WC(psz); }
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
- // this function is used in the implementation of cMB2WC() to distinguish
- // between the following cases:
- //
- // a) var width encoding with strings terminated by a single NUL
- // (usual multibyte encodings): return 1 in this case
- // b) fixed width encoding with 2 bytes/char and so terminated by
- // 2 NULs (UTF-16/UCS-2 and variants): return 2 in this case
- // c) fixed width encoding with 4 bytes/char and so terminated by
- // 4 NULs (UTF-32/UCS-4 and variants): return 4 in this case
- //
- // anything else is not supported currently and -1 should be returned
- virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return 1; }
-
- // return the maximal value currently returned by GetMBNulLen() for any
- // encoding
- static size_t GetMaxMBNulLen() { return 4 /* for UTF-32 */; }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // return true if the converter's charset is UTF-8, i.e. char* strings
- // decoded using this object can be directly copied to wxString's internal
- // storage without converting to WC and than back to UTF-8 MB string
- virtual bool IsUTF8() const { return false; }
-#endif
-
- // The old conversion functions. The existing classes currently mostly
- // implement these ones but we're in transition to using To/FromWChar()
- // instead and any new classes should implement just the new functions.
- // For now, however, we provide default implementation of To/FromWChar() in
- // this base class in terms of MB2WC/WC2MB() to avoid having to rewrite all
- // the conversions at once.
- //
- // On success, the return value is the length (i.e. the number of
- // characters, not bytes) not counting the trailing NUL(s) of the converted
- // string. On failure, (size_t)-1 is returned. In the special case when
- // outputBuf is NULL the return value is the same one but nothing is
- // written to the buffer.
- //
- // Note that outLen is the length of the output buffer, not the length of
- // the input (which is always supposed to be terminated by one or more
- // NULs, as appropriate for the encoding)!
- virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *out, const char *in, size_t outLen) const;
- virtual size_t WC2MB(char *out, const wchar_t *in, size_t outLen) const;
-
-
- // make a heap-allocated copy of this object
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const = 0;
-
- // virtual dtor for any base class
- virtual ~wxMBConv();
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvLibc uses standard mbstowcs() and wcstombs() functions for
-// conversion (hence it depends on the current locale)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvLibc : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
- virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *outputBuf, const char *psz, size_t outputSize) const;
- virtual size_t WC2MB(char *outputBuf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t outputSize) const;
-
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvLibc; }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- virtual bool IsUTF8() const { return wxLocaleIsUtf8; }
-#endif
-};
-
-#ifdef __UNIX__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxConvBrokenFileNames is made for Unix in Unicode mode when
-// files are accidentally written in an encoding which is not
-// the system encoding. Typically, the system encoding will be
-// UTF8 but there might be files stored in ISO8859-1 on disk.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConvBrokenFileNames : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
- wxConvBrokenFileNames(const wxString& charset);
- wxConvBrokenFileNames(const wxConvBrokenFileNames& conv)
- : wxMBConv(),
- m_conv(conv.m_conv ? conv.m_conv->Clone() : NULL)
- {
- }
- virtual ~wxConvBrokenFileNames() { delete m_conv; }
-
- virtual size_t MB2WC(wchar_t *out, const char *in, size_t outLen) const
- {
- return m_conv->MB2WC(out, in, outLen);
- }
-
- virtual size_t WC2MB(char *out, const wchar_t *in, size_t outLen) const
- {
- return m_conv->WC2MB(out, in, outLen);
- }
-
- virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const
- {
- // cast needed to call a private function
- return m_conv->GetMBNulLen();
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- virtual bool IsUTF8() const { return m_conv->IsUTF8(); }
-#endif
-
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxConvBrokenFileNames(*this); }
-
-private:
- // the conversion object we forward to
- wxMBConv *m_conv;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxConvBrokenFileNames);
-};
-
-#endif // __UNIX__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF7 (for conversion using UTF7 encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF7 : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
- wxMBConvUTF7() { }
-
- // compiler-generated copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
- // (assuming it's ok to copy the shift state -- not really sure about it)
-
- virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF7; }
-
-private:
- // UTF-7 decoder/encoder may be in direct mode or in shifted mode after a
- // '+' (and until the '-' or any other non-base64 character)
- struct StateMode
- {
- enum Mode
- {
- Direct, // pass through state
- Shifted // after a '+' (and before '-')
- };
- };
-
- // the current decoder state: this is only used by ToWChar() if srcLen
- // parameter is not wxNO_LEN, when working on the entire NUL-terminated
- // strings we neither update nor use the state
- class DecoderState : private StateMode
- {
- private:
- // current state: this one is private as we want to enforce the use of
- // ToDirect/ToShifted() methods below
- Mode mode;
-
- public:
- // the initial state is direct
- DecoderState() { mode = Direct; }
-
- // switch to/from shifted mode
- void ToDirect() { mode = Direct; }
- void ToShifted() { mode = Shifted; accum = bit = 0; isLSB = false; }
-
- bool IsDirect() const { return mode == Direct; }
- bool IsShifted() const { return mode == Shifted; }
-
-
- // these variables are only used in shifted mode
-
- unsigned int accum; // accumulator of the bit we've already got
- unsigned int bit; // the number of bits consumed mod 8
- unsigned char msb; // the high byte of UTF-16 word
- bool isLSB; // whether we're decoding LSB or MSB of UTF-16 word
- };
-
- DecoderState m_stateDecoder;
-
-
- // encoder state is simpler as we always receive entire Unicode characters
- // on input
- class EncoderState : private StateMode
- {
- private:
- Mode mode;
-
- public:
- EncoderState() { mode = Direct; }
-
- void ToDirect() { mode = Direct; }
- void ToShifted() { mode = Shifted; accum = bit = 0; }
-
- bool IsDirect() const { return mode == Direct; }
- bool IsShifted() const { return mode == Shifted; }
-
- unsigned int accum;
- unsigned int bit;
- };
-
- EncoderState m_stateEncoder;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF8 (for conversion using UTF8 encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this is the real UTF-8 conversion class, it has to be called "strict UTF-8"
-// for compatibility reasons: the wxMBConvUTF8 class below also supports lossy
-// conversions if it is created with non default options
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvStrictUTF8 : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
- // compiler-generated default ctor and other methods are ok
-
- virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvStrictUTF8(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // NB: other mapping modes are not, strictly speaking, UTF-8, so we can't
- // take the shortcut in that case
- virtual bool IsUTF8() const { return true; }
-#endif
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF8 : public wxMBConvStrictUTF8
-{
-public:
- enum
- {
- MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT = 0,
- MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_PUA = 1,
- MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL = 2
- };
-
- wxMBConvUTF8(int options = MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT) : m_options(options) { }
-
- virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
-
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF8(m_options); }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // NB: other mapping modes are not, strictly speaking, UTF-8, so we can't
- // take the shortcut in that case
- virtual bool IsUTF8() const { return m_options == MAP_INVALID_UTF8_NOT; }
-#endif
-
-private:
- int m_options;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF16Base: for both LE and BE variants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF16Base : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
- enum { BYTES_PER_CHAR = 2 };
-
- virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return BYTES_PER_CHAR; }
-
-protected:
- // return the length of the buffer using srcLen if it's not wxNO_LEN and
- // computing the length ourselves if it is; also checks that the length is
- // even if specified as we need an entire number of UTF-16 characters and
- // returns wxNO_LEN which indicates error if it is odd
- static size_t GetLength(const char *src, size_t srcLen);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF16LE (for conversion using UTF16 Little Endian encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF16LE : public wxMBConvUTF16Base
-{
-public:
- virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF16LE; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF16BE (for conversion using UTF16 Big Endian encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF16BE : public wxMBConvUTF16Base
-{
-public:
- virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF16BE; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF32Base: base class for both LE and BE variants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF32Base : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
- enum { BYTES_PER_CHAR = 4 };
-
- virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return BYTES_PER_CHAR; }
-
-protected:
- // this is similar to wxMBConvUTF16Base method with the same name except
- // that, of course, it verifies that length is divisible by 4 if given and
- // not by 2
- static size_t GetLength(const char *src, size_t srcLen);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF32LE (for conversion using UTF32 Little Endian encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF32LE : public wxMBConvUTF32Base
-{
-public:
- virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF32LE; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMBConvUTF32BE (for conversion using UTF32 Big Endian encoding)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMBConvUTF32BE : public wxMBConvUTF32Base
-{
-public:
- virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxMBConvUTF32BE; }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCSConv (for conversion based on loadable char sets)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/fontenc.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCSConv : public wxMBConv
-{
-public:
- // we can be created either from charset name or from an encoding constant
- // but we can't have both at once
- wxCSConv(const wxString& charset);
- wxCSConv(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
- wxCSConv(const wxCSConv& conv);
- virtual ~wxCSConv();
-
- wxCSConv& operator=(const wxCSConv& conv);
-
- virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
- const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
- virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- virtual bool IsUTF8() const;
-#endif
-
- virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxCSConv(*this); }
-
- void Clear();
-
- // return true if the conversion could be initialized successfully
- bool IsOk() const;
-
-private:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // Creates the conversion to use, called from all ctors to initialize
- // m_convReal.
- wxMBConv *DoCreate() const;
-
- // Set the name (may be only called when m_name == NULL), makes copy of
- // the charset string.
- void SetName(const char *charset);
-
- // Set m_encoding field respecting the rules below, i.e. making sure it has
- // a valid value if m_name == NULL (thus this should be always called after
- // SetName()).
- //
- // Input encoding may be valid or not.
- void SetEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding);
-
-
- // The encoding we use is specified by the two fields below:
- //
- // 1. If m_name != NULL, m_encoding corresponds to it if it's one of
- // encodings we know about (i.e. member of wxFontEncoding) or is
- // wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM otherwise.
- //
- // 2. If m_name == NULL, m_encoding is always valid, i.e. not one of
- // wxFONTENCODING_{SYSTEM,DEFAULT,MAX}.
- char *m_name;
- wxFontEncoding m_encoding;
-
- // The conversion object for our encoding or NULL if we failed to create it
- // in which case we fall back to hard-coded ISO8859-1 conversion.
- wxMBConv *m_convReal;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// declare predefined conversion objects
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Note: this macro is an implementation detail (see the comment in
-// strconv.cpp). The wxGet_XXX() and wxGet_XXXPtr() functions shouldn't be
-// used by user code and neither should XXXPtr, use the wxConvXXX macro
-// instead.
-#define WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(klass, name) \
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(klass*) name##Ptr; \
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE klass* wxGet_##name##Ptr(); \
- inline klass& wxGet_##name() \
- { \
- if ( !name##Ptr ) \
- name##Ptr = wxGet_##name##Ptr(); \
- return *name##Ptr; \
- }
-
-
-// conversion to be used with all standard functions affected by locale, e.g.
-// strtol(), strftime(), ...
-WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxMBConv, wxConvLibc)
-#define wxConvLibc wxGet_wxConvLibc()
-
-// conversion ISO-8859-1/UTF-7/UTF-8 <-> wchar_t
-WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxCSConv, wxConvISO8859_1)
-#define wxConvISO8859_1 wxGet_wxConvISO8859_1()
-
-WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxMBConvStrictUTF8, wxConvUTF8)
-#define wxConvUTF8 wxGet_wxConvUTF8()
-
-WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxMBConvUTF7, wxConvUTF7)
-#define wxConvUTF7 wxGet_wxConvUTF7()
-
-// conversion used for the file names on the systems where they're not Unicode
-// (basically anything except Windows)
-//
-// this is used by all file functions, can be changed by the application
-//
-// by default UTF-8 under Mac OS X and wxConvLibc elsewhere (but it's not used
-// under Windows normally)
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvFileName;
-
-// backwards compatible define
-#define wxConvFile (*wxConvFileName)
-
-// the current conversion object, may be set to any conversion, is used by
-// default in a couple of places inside wx (initially same as wxConvLibc)
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvCurrent;
-
-// the conversion corresponding to the current locale
-WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV(wxCSConv, wxConvLocal)
-#define wxConvLocal wxGet_wxConvLocal()
-
-// the conversion corresponding to the encoding of the standard UI elements
-//
-// by default this is the same as wxConvLocal but may be changed if the program
-// needs to use a fixed encoding
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxMBConv *) wxConvUI;
-
-#undef WX_DECLARE_GLOBAL_CONV
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// endianness-dependent conversions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
- typedef wxMBConvUTF16BE wxMBConvUTF16;
- typedef wxMBConvUTF32BE wxMBConvUTF32;
-#else
- typedef wxMBConvUTF16LE wxMBConvUTF16;
- typedef wxMBConvUTF32LE wxMBConvUTF32;
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// filename conversion macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// filenames are multibyte on Unix and widechar on Windows
-#if wxMBFILES && wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxFNCONV(name) wxConvFileName->cWX2MB(name)
- #define wxFNSTRINGCAST wxMBSTRINGCAST
-#else
-#if defined( __WXOSX_OR_COCOA__ ) && wxMBFILES
- #define wxFNCONV(name) wxConvFileName->cWC2MB( wxConvLocal.cWX2WC(name) )
-#else
- #define wxFNCONV(name) name
-#endif
- #define wxFNSTRINGCAST WXSTRINGCAST
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for the most common conversions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxConvertWX2MB(s) wxConvCurrent->cWX2MB(s)
- #define wxConvertMB2WX(s) wxConvCurrent->cMB2WX(s)
-
- // these functions should be used when the conversions really, really have
- // to succeed (usually because we pass their results to a standard C
- // function which would crash if we passed NULL to it), so these functions
- // always return a valid pointer if their argument is non-NULL
-
- // this function safety is achieved by trying wxConvLibc first, wxConvUTF8
- // next if it fails and, finally, wxConvISO8859_1 which always succeeds
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWCharBuffer wxSafeConvertMB2WX(const char *s);
-
- // this function uses wxConvLibc and wxConvUTF8(MAP_INVALID_UTF8_TO_OCTAL)
- // if it fails
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCharBuffer wxSafeConvertWX2MB(const wchar_t *ws);
-#else // ANSI
- // no conversions to do
- #define wxConvertWX2MB(s) (s)
- #define wxConvertMB2WX(s) (s)
- #define wxSafeConvertMB2WX(s) (s)
- #define wxSafeConvertWX2MB(s) (s)
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
-#endif // _WX_STRCONV_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stream.h
-// Purpose: stream classes
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux, Guillermo Rodriguez Garcia, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 11/07/98
-// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/filefn.h" // for wxFileOffset, wxInvalidOffset and wxSeekMode
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStreamBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxOutputStream;
-
-typedef wxInputStream& (*__wxInputManip)(wxInputStream&);
-typedef wxOutputStream& (*__wxOutputManip)(wxOutputStream&);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOutputStream& wxEndL(wxOutputStream& o_stream);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxStreamError
-{
- wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR = 0, // stream is in good state
- wxSTREAM_EOF, // EOF reached in Read() or similar
- wxSTREAM_WRITE_ERROR, // generic write error
- wxSTREAM_READ_ERROR // generic read error
-};
-
-const int wxEOF = -1;
-
-// ============================================================================
-// base stream classes: wxInputStream and wxOutputStream
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStreamBase: common (but non virtual!) base for all stream classes
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStreamBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxStreamBase();
- virtual ~wxStreamBase();
-
- // error testing
- wxStreamError GetLastError() const { return m_lasterror; }
- virtual bool IsOk() const { return GetLastError() == wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR; }
- bool operator!() const { return !IsOk(); }
-
- // reset the stream state
- void Reset(wxStreamError error = wxSTREAM_NO_ERROR) { m_lasterror = error; }
-
- // this doesn't make sense for all streams, always test its return value
- virtual size_t GetSize() const;
- virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return wxInvalidOffset; }
-
- // returns true if the streams supports seeking to arbitrary offsets
- virtual bool IsSeekable() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
- size_t m_lastcount;
- wxStreamError m_lasterror;
-
- friend class wxStreamBuffer;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxStreamBase)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStreamBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxInputStream: base class for the input streams
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInputStream : public wxStreamBase
-{
-public:
- // ctor and dtor, nothing exciting
- wxInputStream();
- virtual ~wxInputStream();
-
-
- // IO functions
- // ------------
-
- // return a character from the stream without removing it, i.e. it will
- // still be returned by the next call to GetC()
- //
- // blocks until something appears in the stream if necessary, if nothing
- // ever does (i.e. EOF) LastRead() will return 0 (and the return value is
- // undefined), otherwise 1
- virtual char Peek();
-
- // return one byte from the stream, blocking until it appears if
- // necessary
- //
- // on success returns a value between 0 - 255, or wxEOF on EOF or error.
- int GetC();
-
- // read at most the given number of bytes from the stream
- //
- // there are 2 possible situations here: either there is nothing at all in
- // the stream right now in which case Read() blocks until something appears
- // (use CanRead() to avoid this) or there is already some data available in
- // the stream and then Read() doesn't block but returns just the data it
- // can read without waiting for more
- //
- // in any case, if there are not enough bytes in the stream right now,
- // LastRead() value will be less than size but greater than 0. If it is 0,
- // it means that EOF has been reached.
- virtual wxInputStream& Read(void *buffer, size_t size);
-
- // Read exactly the given number of bytes, unlike Read(), which may read
- // less than the requested amount of data without returning an error, this
- // method either reads all the data or returns false.
- bool ReadAll(void *buffer, size_t size);
-
- // copy the entire contents of this stream into streamOut, stopping only
- // when EOF is reached or an error occurs
- wxInputStream& Read(wxOutputStream& streamOut);
-
-
- // status functions
- // ----------------
-
- // returns the number of bytes read by the last call to Read(), GetC() or
- // Peek()
- //
- // this should be used to discover whether that call succeeded in reading
- // all the requested data or not
- virtual size_t LastRead() const { return wxStreamBase::m_lastcount; }
-
- // returns true if some data is available in the stream right now, so that
- // calling Read() wouldn't block
- virtual bool CanRead() const;
-
- // is the stream at EOF?
- //
- // note that this cannot be really implemented for all streams and
- // CanRead() is more reliable than Eof()
- virtual bool Eof() const;
-
-
- // write back buffer
- // -----------------
-
- // put back the specified number of bytes into the stream, they will be
- // fetched by the next call to the read functions
- //
- // returns the number of bytes really stuffed back
- size_t Ungetch(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-
- // put back the specified character in the stream
- //
- // returns true if ok, false on error
- bool Ungetch(char c);
-
-
- // position functions
- // ------------------
-
- // move the stream pointer to the given position (if the stream supports
- // it)
- //
- // returns wxInvalidOffset on error
- virtual wxFileOffset SeekI(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
-
- // return the current position of the stream pointer or wxInvalidOffset
- virtual wxFileOffset TellI() const;
-
-
- // stream-like operators
- // ---------------------
-
- wxInputStream& operator>>(wxOutputStream& out) { return Read(out); }
- wxInputStream& operator>>(__wxInputManip func) { return func(*this); }
-
-protected:
- // do read up to size bytes of data into the provided buffer
- //
- // this method should return 0 if EOF has been reached or an error occurred
- // (m_lasterror should be set accordingly as well) or the number of bytes
- // read
- virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size) = 0;
-
- // write-back buffer support
- // -------------------------
-
- // return the pointer to a buffer big enough to hold sizeNeeded bytes
- char *AllocSpaceWBack(size_t sizeNeeded);
-
- // read up to size data from the write back buffer, return the number of
- // bytes read
- size_t GetWBack(void *buf, size_t size);
-
- // write back buffer or NULL if none
- char *m_wback;
-
- // the size of the buffer
- size_t m_wbacksize;
-
- // the current position in the buffer
- size_t m_wbackcur;
-
- friend class wxStreamBuffer;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxInputStream)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxInputStream);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxOutputStream: base for the output streams
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOutputStream : public wxStreamBase
-{
-public:
- wxOutputStream();
- virtual ~wxOutputStream();
-
- void PutC(char c);
- virtual wxOutputStream& Write(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-
- // This is ReadAll() equivalent for Write(): it either writes exactly the
- // given number of bytes or returns false, unlike Write() which can write
- // less data than requested but still return without error.
- bool WriteAll(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-
- wxOutputStream& Write(wxInputStream& stream_in);
-
- virtual wxFileOffset SeekO(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
- virtual wxFileOffset TellO() const;
-
- virtual size_t LastWrite() const { return wxStreamBase::m_lastcount; }
-
- virtual void Sync();
- virtual bool Close() { return true; }
-
- wxOutputStream& operator<<(wxInputStream& out) { return Write(out); }
- wxOutputStream& operator<<( __wxOutputManip func) { return func(*this); }
-
-protected:
- // to be implemented in the derived classes (it should have been pure
- // virtual)
- virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t bufsize);
-
- friend class wxStreamBuffer;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxOutputStream)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxOutputStream);
-};
-
-// ============================================================================
-// helper stream classes
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A stream for measuring streamed output
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCountingOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxCountingOutputStream();
-
- virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
- virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
- size_t m_currentPos,
- m_lastPos;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCountingOutputStream)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCountingOutputStream);
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// "Filter" streams
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
- wxFilterInputStream();
- wxFilterInputStream(wxInputStream& stream);
- wxFilterInputStream(wxInputStream *stream);
- virtual ~wxFilterInputStream();
-
- char Peek() { return m_parent_i_stream->Peek(); }
-
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_parent_i_stream->GetLength(); }
-
- wxInputStream *GetFilterInputStream() const { return m_parent_i_stream; }
-
-protected:
- wxInputStream *m_parent_i_stream;
- bool m_owns;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterInputStream)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFilterInputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxFilterOutputStream();
- wxFilterOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream);
- wxFilterOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream);
- virtual ~wxFilterOutputStream();
-
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_parent_o_stream->GetLength(); }
-
- wxOutputStream *GetFilterOutputStream() const { return m_parent_o_stream; }
-
- bool Close();
-
-protected:
- wxOutputStream *m_parent_o_stream;
- bool m_owns;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterOutputStream)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFilterOutputStream);
-};
-
-enum wxStreamProtocolType
-{
- wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL, // wxFileSystem protocol (should be only one)
- wxSTREAM_MIMETYPE, // MIME types the stream handles
- wxSTREAM_ENCODING, // The HTTP Content-Encodings the stream handles
- wxSTREAM_FILEEXT // File extensions the stream handles
-};
-
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUseFilterClasses();
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterClassFactoryBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxFilterClassFactoryBase() { }
-
- wxString GetProtocol() const { return wxString(*GetProtocols()); }
- wxString PopExtension(const wxString& location) const;
-
- virtual const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type
- = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const = 0;
-
- bool CanHandle(const wxString& protocol,
- wxStreamProtocolType type
- = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const;
-
-protected:
- wxString::size_type FindExtension(const wxString& location) const;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterClassFactoryBase)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFilterClassFactory : public wxFilterClassFactoryBase
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxFilterClassFactory() { }
-
- virtual wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const = 0;
- virtual wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const = 0;
- virtual wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const = 0;
- virtual wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const = 0;
-
- static const wxFilterClassFactory *Find(const wxString& protocol,
- wxStreamProtocolType type
- = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL);
-
- static const wxFilterClassFactory *GetFirst();
- const wxFilterClassFactory *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-
- void PushFront() { Remove(); m_next = sm_first; sm_first = this; }
- void Remove();
-
-protected:
- wxFilterClassFactory() : m_next(this) { }
-
- wxFilterClassFactory& operator=(const wxFilterClassFactory&)
- { return *this; }
-
-private:
- static wxFilterClassFactory *sm_first;
- wxFilterClassFactory *m_next;
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxFilterClassFactory)
-};
-
-// ============================================================================
-// buffered streams
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Stream buffer: this class can be derived from and passed to
-// wxBufferedStreams to implement custom buffering
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStreamBuffer
-{
-public:
- enum BufMode
- {
- read,
- write,
- read_write
- };
-
- wxStreamBuffer(wxStreamBase& stream, BufMode mode)
- {
- InitWithStream(stream, mode);
- }
-
- wxStreamBuffer(size_t bufsize, wxInputStream& stream)
- {
- InitWithStream(stream, read);
- SetBufferIO(bufsize);
- }
-
- wxStreamBuffer(size_t bufsize, wxOutputStream& stream)
- {
- InitWithStream(stream, write);
- SetBufferIO(bufsize);
- }
-
- wxStreamBuffer(const wxStreamBuffer& buf);
- virtual ~wxStreamBuffer();
-
- // Filtered IO
- virtual size_t Read(void *buffer, size_t size);
- size_t Read(wxStreamBuffer *buf);
- virtual size_t Write(const void *buffer, size_t size);
- size_t Write(wxStreamBuffer *buf);
-
- virtual char Peek();
- virtual char GetChar();
- virtual void PutChar(char c);
- virtual wxFileOffset Tell() const;
- virtual wxFileOffset Seek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-
- // Buffer control
- void ResetBuffer();
- void Truncate();
-
- // NB: the buffer must always be allocated with malloc() if takeOwn is
- // true as it will be deallocated by free()
- void SetBufferIO(void *start, void *end, bool takeOwnership = false);
- void SetBufferIO(void *start, size_t len, bool takeOwnership = false);
- void SetBufferIO(size_t bufsize);
- void *GetBufferStart() const { return m_buffer_start; }
- void *GetBufferEnd() const { return m_buffer_end; }
- void *GetBufferPos() const { return m_buffer_pos; }
- size_t GetBufferSize() const { return m_buffer_end - m_buffer_start; }
- size_t GetIntPosition() const { return m_buffer_pos - m_buffer_start; }
- void SetIntPosition(size_t pos) { m_buffer_pos = m_buffer_start + pos; }
- size_t GetLastAccess() const { return m_buffer_end - m_buffer_start; }
- size_t GetBytesLeft() const { return m_buffer_end - m_buffer_pos; }
-
- void Fixed(bool fixed) { m_fixed = fixed; }
- void Flushable(bool f) { m_flushable = f; }
-
- bool FlushBuffer();
- bool FillBuffer();
- size_t GetDataLeft();
-
- // misc accessors
- wxStreamBase *GetStream() const { return m_stream; }
- bool HasBuffer() const { return m_buffer_start != m_buffer_end; }
-
- bool IsFixed() const { return m_fixed; }
- bool IsFlushable() const { return m_flushable; }
-
- // only for input/output buffers respectively, returns NULL otherwise
- wxInputStream *GetInputStream() const;
- wxOutputStream *GetOutputStream() const;
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, for compatibility only
- wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBase *Stream() );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- // this constructs a dummy wxStreamBuffer, used by (and exists for)
- // wxMemoryStreams only, don't use!
- wxStreamBuffer(BufMode mode);
-
-protected:
- void GetFromBuffer(void *buffer, size_t size);
- void PutToBuffer(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-
- // set the last error to the specified value if we didn't have it before
- void SetError(wxStreamError err);
-
- // common part of several ctors
- void Init();
-
- // common part of ctors taking wxStreamBase parameter
- void InitWithStream(wxStreamBase& stream, BufMode mode);
-
- // init buffer variables to be empty
- void InitBuffer();
-
- // free the buffer (always safe to call)
- void FreeBuffer();
-
- // the buffer itself: the pointers to its start and end and the current
- // position in the buffer
- char *m_buffer_start,
- *m_buffer_end,
- *m_buffer_pos;
-
- // the stream we're associated with
- wxStreamBase *m_stream;
-
- // its mode
- BufMode m_mode;
-
- // flags
- bool m_destroybuf, // deallocate buffer?
- m_fixed,
- m_flushable;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxStreamBuffer);
-};
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBufferedInputStream
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBufferedInputStream : public wxFilterInputStream
-{
-public:
- // create a buffered stream on top of the specified low-level stream
- //
- // if a non NULL buffer is given to the stream, it will be deleted by it,
- // otherwise a default 1KB buffer will be used
- wxBufferedInputStream(wxInputStream& stream,
- wxStreamBuffer *buffer = NULL);
-
- // ctor allowing to specify the buffer size, it's just a more convenient
- // alternative to creating wxStreamBuffer, calling its SetBufferIO(bufsize)
- // and using the ctor above
- wxBufferedInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, size_t bufsize);
-
-
- virtual ~wxBufferedInputStream();
-
- char Peek();
- wxInputStream& Read(void *buffer, size_t size);
-
- // Position functions
- wxFileOffset SeekI(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
- wxFileOffset TellI() const;
- bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_i_stream->IsSeekable(); }
-
- // the buffer given to the stream will be deleted by it
- void SetInputStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer *buffer);
- wxStreamBuffer *GetInputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, for compatibility only
- wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *InputStreamBuffer() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
- virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t bufsize);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
- wxStreamBuffer *m_i_streambuf;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedInputStream);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxBufferedOutputStream
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBufferedOutputStream : public wxFilterOutputStream
-{
-public:
- // create a buffered stream on top of the specified low-level stream
- //
- // if a non NULL buffer is given to the stream, it will be deleted by it,
- // otherwise a default 1KB buffer will be used
- wxBufferedOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream,
- wxStreamBuffer *buffer = NULL);
-
- // ctor allowing to specify the buffer size, it's just a more convenient
- // alternative to creating wxStreamBuffer, calling its SetBufferIO(bufsize)
- // and using the ctor above
- wxBufferedOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, size_t bufsize);
-
- virtual ~wxBufferedOutputStream();
-
- wxOutputStream& Write(const void *buffer, size_t size);
-
- // Position functions
- wxFileOffset SeekO(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode = wxFromStart);
- wxFileOffset TellO() const;
- bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_o_stream->IsSeekable(); }
-
- void Sync();
- bool Close();
-
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
- // the buffer given to the stream will be deleted by it
- void SetOutputStreamBuffer(wxStreamBuffer *buffer);
- wxStreamBuffer *GetOutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated, for compatibility only
- wxDEPRECATED( wxStreamBuffer *OutputStreamBuffer() const );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
- virtual size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t bufsize);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
- wxStreamBuffer *m_o_streambuf;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBufferedOutputStream);
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- inline wxStreamBase *wxStreamBuffer::Stream() { return m_stream; }
- inline wxStreamBuffer *wxBufferedInputStream::InputStreamBuffer() const { return m_i_streambuf; }
- inline wxStreamBuffer *wxBufferedOutputStream::OutputStreamBuffer() const { return m_o_streambuf; }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWrapperInputStream: forwards all IO to another stream.
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWrapperInputStream : public wxFilterInputStream
-{
-public:
- // Constructor fully initializing the stream. The overload taking pointer
- // takes ownership of the parent stream, the one taking reference does not.
- //
- // Notice that this class also has a default ctor but it's protected as the
- // derived class is supposed to take care of calling InitParentStream() if
- // it's used.
- wxWrapperInputStream(wxInputStream& stream);
- wxWrapperInputStream(wxInputStream* stream);
-
- // Override the base class methods to forward to the wrapped stream.
- virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
- virtual bool IsSeekable() const;
-
-protected:
- virtual size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
- // Ensure that our own last error is the same as that of the real stream.
- //
- // This method is const because the error must be updated even from const
- // methods (in other words, it really should have been mutable in the first
- // place).
- void SynchronizeLastError() const
- {
- const_cast<wxWrapperInputStream*>(this)->
- Reset(m_parent_i_stream->GetLastError());
- }
-
- // Default constructor, use InitParentStream() later.
- wxWrapperInputStream();
-
- // Set up the wrapped stream for an object initialized using the default
- // constructor. The ownership logic is the same as above.
- void InitParentStream(wxInputStream& stream);
- void InitParentStream(wxInputStream* stream);
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWrapperInputStream);
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif // _WX_WXSTREAM_H__
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/string.h
-// Purpose: wxString class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
- Efficient string class [more or less] compatible with MFC CString,
- wxWidgets version 1 wxString and std::string and some handy functions
- missing from string.h.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXSTRING_H__
-#define _WX_WXSTRING_H__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h" // everybody should include this
-
-#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__VISAGECPP__)
- #include <ctype.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) && __IBMCPP__ >= 400
- // problem in VACPP V4 with including stdlib.h multiple times
- // strconv includes it anyway
-# include <stdio.h>
-# include <string.h>
-# include <stdarg.h>
-# include <limits.h>
-#else
-# include <string.h>
-# include <stdio.h>
-# include <stdarg.h>
-# include <limits.h>
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/wxcrtbase.h" // for wxChar, wxStrlen() etc.
-#include "wx/strvararg.h"
-#include "wx/buffer.h" // for wxCharBuffer
-#include "wx/strconv.h" // for wxConvertXXX() macros and wxMBConv classes
-#include "wx/stringimpl.h"
-#include "wx/stringops.h"
-#include "wx/unichar.h"
-
-// by default we cache the mapping of the positions in UTF-8 string to the byte
-// offset as this results in noticeable performance improvements for loops over
-// strings using indices; comment out this line to disable this
-//
-// notice that this optimization is well worth using even in debug builds as it
-// changes asymptotic complexity of algorithms using indices to iterate over
-// wxString back to expected linear from quadratic
-//
-// also notice that wxTLS_TYPE() (__declspec(thread) in this case) is unsafe to
-// use in DLL build under pre-Vista Windows so we disable this code for now, if
-// anybody really needs to use UTF-8 build under Windows with this optimization
-// it would have to be re-tested and probably corrected
-// CS: under OSX release builds the string destructor/cache cleanup sometimes
-// crashes, disable until we find the true reason or a better workaround
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXOSX__)
- #define wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE 1
-#else
- #define wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE 0
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
- #include "wx/tls.h"
-
- // change this 0 to 1 to enable additional (very expensive) asserts
- // verifying that string caching logic works as expected
- #if 0
- #define wxSTRING_CACHE_ASSERT(cond) wxASSERT(cond)
- #else
- #define wxSTRING_CACHE_ASSERT(cond)
- #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-
-// unless this symbol is predefined to disable the compatibility functions, do
-// use them
-#ifndef WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER
- #define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER 1
-#endif
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
- template <typename T> struct wxStringAsBufHelper;
-}
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// casts [unfortunately!] needed to call some broken functions which require
-// "char *" instead of "const char *"
-#define WXSTRINGCAST (wxChar *)(const wxChar *)
-#define wxCSTRINGCAST (wxChar *)(const wxChar *)
-#define wxMBSTRINGCAST (char *)(const char *)
-#define wxWCSTRINGCAST (wchar_t *)(const wchar_t *)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// deprecated in favour of wxString::npos, don't use in new code
-//
-// maximum possible length for a string means "take all string" everywhere
-#define wxSTRING_MAXLEN wxString::npos
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions complementing standard C string library replacements for
-// strlen() and portable strcasecmp()
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-// Use wxXXX() functions from wxcrt.h instead! These functions are for
-// backwards compatibility only.
-
-// checks whether the passed in pointer is NULL and if the string is empty
-wxDEPRECATED_MSG("use wxIsEmpty() instead")
-inline bool IsEmpty(const char *p) { return (!p || !*p); }
-
-// safe version of strlen() (returns 0 if passed NULL pointer)
-wxDEPRECATED_MSG("use wxStrlen() instead")
-inline size_t Strlen(const char *psz)
- { return psz ? strlen(psz) : 0; }
-
-// portable strcasecmp/_stricmp
-wxDEPRECATED_MSG("use wxStricmp() instead")
-inline int Stricmp(const char *psz1, const char *psz2)
- { return wxCRT_StricmpA(psz1, psz2); }
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCStrData
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Lightweight object returned by wxString::c_str() and implicitly convertible
-// to either const char* or const wchar_t*.
-class wxCStrData
-{
-private:
- // Ctors; for internal use by wxString and wxCStrData only
- wxCStrData(const wxString *str, size_t offset = 0, bool owned = false)
- : m_str(str), m_offset(offset), m_owned(owned) {}
-
-public:
- // Ctor constructs the object from char literal; they are needed to make
- // operator?: compile and they intentionally take char*, not const char*
- inline wxCStrData(char *buf);
- inline wxCStrData(wchar_t *buf);
- inline wxCStrData(const wxCStrData& data);
-
- inline ~wxCStrData();
-
- // AsWChar() and AsChar() can't be defined here as they use wxString and so
- // must come after it and because of this won't be inlined when called from
- // wxString methods (without a lot of work to extract these wxString methods
- // from inside the class itself). But we still define them being inline
- // below to let compiler inline them from elsewhere. And because of this we
- // must declare them as inline here because otherwise some compilers give
- // warnings about them, e.g. mingw32 3.4.5 warns about "<symbol> defined
- // locally after being referenced with dllimport linkage" while IRIX
- // mipsPro 7.4 warns about "function declared inline after being called".
- inline const wchar_t* AsWChar() const;
- operator const wchar_t*() const { return AsWChar(); }
-
- inline const char* AsChar() const;
- const unsigned char* AsUnsignedChar() const
- { return (const unsigned char *) AsChar(); }
- operator const char*() const { return AsChar(); }
- operator const unsigned char*() const { return AsUnsignedChar(); }
-
- operator const void*() const { return AsChar(); }
-
- // returns buffers that are valid as long as the associated wxString exists
- const wxScopedCharBuffer AsCharBuf() const
- {
- return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(AsChar());
- }
-
- const wxScopedWCharBuffer AsWCharBuf() const
- {
- return wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(AsWChar());
- }
-
- inline wxString AsString() const;
-
- // returns the value as C string in internal representation (equivalent
- // to AsString().wx_str(), but more efficient)
- const wxStringCharType *AsInternal() const;
-
- // allow expressions like "c_str()[0]":
- inline wxUniChar operator[](size_t n) const;
- wxUniChar operator[](int n) const { return operator[](size_t(n)); }
- wxUniChar operator[](long n) const { return operator[](size_t(n)); }
-#ifndef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
- wxUniChar operator[](unsigned int n) const { return operator[](size_t(n)); }
-#endif // size_t != unsigned int
-
- // These operators are needed to emulate the pointer semantics of c_str():
- // expressions like "wxChar *p = str.c_str() + 1;" should continue to work
- // (we need both versions to resolve ambiguities). Note that this means
- // the 'n' value is interpreted as addition to char*/wchar_t* pointer, it
- // is *not* number of Unicode characters in wxString.
- wxCStrData operator+(int n) const
- { return wxCStrData(m_str, m_offset + n, m_owned); }
- wxCStrData operator+(long n) const
- { return wxCStrData(m_str, m_offset + n, m_owned); }
- wxCStrData operator+(size_t n) const
- { return wxCStrData(m_str, m_offset + n, m_owned); }
-
- // and these for "str.c_str() + (p2 - p1)" (it also works for any integer
- // expression but it must be ptrdiff_t and not e.g. int to work in this
- // example):
- wxCStrData operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( n <= (ptrdiff_t)m_offset,
- wxT("attempt to construct address before the beginning of the string") );
- return wxCStrData(m_str, m_offset - n, m_owned);
- }
-
- // this operator is needed to make expressions like "*c_str()" or
- // "*(c_str() + 2)" work
- inline wxUniChar operator*() const;
-
-private:
- // the wxString this object was returned for
- const wxString *m_str;
- // Offset into c_str() return value. Note that this is *not* offset in
- // m_str in Unicode characters. Instead, it is index into the
- // char*/wchar_t* buffer returned by c_str(). It's interpretation depends
- // on how is the wxCStrData instance used: if it is eventually cast to
- // const char*, m_offset will be in bytes form string's start; if it is
- // cast to const wchar_t*, it will be in wchar_t values.
- size_t m_offset;
- // should m_str be deleted, i.e. is it owned by us?
- bool m_owned;
-
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringPrintfMixin
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: VC6 has a bug that causes linker errors if you have template methods
-// in a class using __declspec(dllimport). The solution is to split such
-// class into two classes, one that contains the template methods and does
-// *not* use WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE and another class that contains the rest
-// (with DLL linkage).
-//
-// We only do this for VC6 here, because the code is less efficient
-// (Printf() has to use dynamic_cast<>) and because OpenWatcom compiler
-// cannot compile this code.
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ < 1300
- #define wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
-// this class contains implementation of wxString's vararg methods, it's
-// exported from wxBase DLL
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringPrintfMixinBase
-{
-protected:
- wxStringPrintfMixinBase() {}
-
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- int DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...);
- static wxString DoFormatWchar(const wxChar *format, ...);
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- int DoPrintfUtf8(const char *format, ...);
- static wxString DoFormatUtf8(const char *format, ...);
-#endif
-};
-
-// this class contains template wrappers for wxString's vararg methods, it's
-// intentionally *not* exported from the DLL in order to fix the VC6 bug
-// described above
-class wxStringPrintfMixin : public wxStringPrintfMixinBase
-{
-private:
- // to further complicate things, we can't return wxString from
- // wxStringPrintfMixin::Format() because wxString is not yet declared at
- // this point; the solution is to use this fake type trait template - this
- // way the compiler won't know the return type until Format() is used
- // (this doesn't compile with Watcom, but VC6 compiles it just fine):
- template<typename T> struct StringReturnType
- {
- typedef wxString type;
- };
-
-public:
- // these are duplicated wxString methods, they're also declared below
- // if !wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN:
-
- // static wxString Format(const wString& format, ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1;
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_SANS_N0(static typename StringReturnType<T1>::type,
- Format, 1, (const wxFormatString&),
- DoFormatWchar, DoFormatUtf8)
- // We have to implement the version without template arguments manually
- // because of the StringReturnType<> hack, although WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC
- // normally does it itself. It has to be a template so that we can use
- // the hack, even though there's no real template parameter. We can't move
- // it to wxStrig, because it would shadow these versions of Format() then.
- template<typename T>
- inline static typename StringReturnType<T>::type
- Format(const T& fmt)
- {
- // NB: this doesn't compile if T is not (some form of) a string;
- // this makes Format's prototype equivalent to
- // Format(const wxFormatString& fmt)
- return DoFormatWchar(wxFormatString(fmt));
- }
-
- // int Printf(const wxString& format, ...);
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, Printf, 1, (const wxFormatString&),
- DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8)
- // int sprintf(const wxString& format, ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, sprintf, 1, (const wxFormatString&),
- DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8)
-
-protected:
- wxStringPrintfMixin() : wxStringPrintfMixinBase() {}
-};
-#endif // wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxString: string class trying to be compatible with std::string, MFC
-// CString and wxWindows 1.x wxString all at once
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
- // "non dll-interface class 'wxStringPrintfMixin' used as base interface
- // for dll-interface class 'wxString'" -- this is OK in our case
- #pragma warning (push)
- #pragma warning (disable:4275)
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-// see the comment near wxString::iterator for why we need this
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringIteratorNode
-{
-public:
- wxStringIteratorNode()
- : m_str(NULL), m_citer(NULL), m_iter(NULL), m_prev(NULL), m_next(NULL) {}
- wxStringIteratorNode(const wxString *str,
- wxStringImpl::const_iterator *citer)
- { DoSet(str, citer, NULL); }
- wxStringIteratorNode(const wxString *str, wxStringImpl::iterator *iter)
- { DoSet(str, NULL, iter); }
- ~wxStringIteratorNode()
- { clear(); }
-
- inline void set(const wxString *str, wxStringImpl::const_iterator *citer)
- { clear(); DoSet(str, citer, NULL); }
- inline void set(const wxString *str, wxStringImpl::iterator *iter)
- { clear(); DoSet(str, NULL, iter); }
-
- const wxString *m_str;
- wxStringImpl::const_iterator *m_citer;
- wxStringImpl::iterator *m_iter;
- wxStringIteratorNode *m_prev, *m_next;
-
-private:
- inline void clear();
- inline void DoSet(const wxString *str,
- wxStringImpl::const_iterator *citer,
- wxStringImpl::iterator *iter);
-
- // the node belongs to a particular iterator instance, it's not copied
- // when a copy of the iterator is made
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringIteratorNode);
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
- : public wxStringPrintfMixin
-#endif
-{
- // NB: special care was taken in arranging the member functions in such order
- // that all inline functions can be effectively inlined, verify that all
- // performance critical functions are still inlined if you change order!
-public:
- // an 'invalid' value for string index, moved to this place due to a CW bug
- static const size_t npos;
-
-private:
- // if we hadn't made these operators private, it would be possible to
- // compile "wxString s; s = 17;" without any warnings as 17 is implicitly
- // converted to char in C and we do have operator=(char)
- //
- // NB: we don't need other versions (short/long and unsigned) as attempt
- // to assign another numeric type to wxString will now result in
- // ambiguity between operator=(char) and operator=(int)
- wxString& operator=(int);
-
- // these methods are not implemented - there is _no_ conversion from int to
- // string, you're doing something wrong if the compiler wants to call it!
- //
- // try `s << i' or `s.Printf("%d", i)' instead
- wxString(int);
-
-
- // buffer for holding temporary substring when using any of the methods
- // that take (char*,size_t) or (wchar_t*,size_t) arguments:
- template<typename T>
- struct SubstrBufFromType
- {
- T data;
- size_t len;
-
- SubstrBufFromType(const T& data_, size_t len_)
- : data(data_), len(len_)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( len != npos, "must have real length" );
- }
- };
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // even char* -> char* needs conversion, from locale charset to UTF-8
- typedef SubstrBufFromType<wxScopedCharBuffer> SubstrBufFromWC;
- typedef SubstrBufFromType<wxScopedCharBuffer> SubstrBufFromMB;
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- typedef SubstrBufFromType<const wchar_t*> SubstrBufFromWC;
- typedef SubstrBufFromType<wxScopedWCharBuffer> SubstrBufFromMB;
-#else
- typedef SubstrBufFromType<const char*> SubstrBufFromMB;
- typedef SubstrBufFromType<wxScopedCharBuffer> SubstrBufFromWC;
-#endif
-
-
- // Functions implementing primitive operations on string data; wxString
- // methods and iterators are implemented in terms of it. The differences
- // between UTF-8 and wchar_t* representations of the string are mostly
- // contained here.
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- static SubstrBufFromMB ConvertStr(const char *psz, size_t nLength,
- const wxMBConv& conv);
- static SubstrBufFromWC ConvertStr(const wchar_t *pwz, size_t nLength,
- const wxMBConv& conv);
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- static SubstrBufFromMB ConvertStr(const char *psz, size_t nLength,
- const wxMBConv& conv);
-#else
- static SubstrBufFromWC ConvertStr(const wchar_t *pwz, size_t nLength,
- const wxMBConv& conv);
-#endif
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR or !wxUSE_UNICODE
- // returns C string encoded as the implementation expects:
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE
- static const wchar_t* ImplStr(const wchar_t* str)
- { return str ? str : wxT(""); }
- static const SubstrBufFromWC ImplStr(const wchar_t* str, size_t n)
- { return SubstrBufFromWC(str, (str && n == npos) ? wxWcslen(str) : n); }
- static wxScopedWCharBuffer ImplStr(const char* str,
- const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc)
- { return ConvertStr(str, npos, conv).data; }
- static SubstrBufFromMB ImplStr(const char* str, size_t n,
- const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc)
- { return ConvertStr(str, n, conv); }
- #else
- static const char* ImplStr(const char* str,
- const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv) = wxConvLibc)
- { return str ? str : ""; }
- static const SubstrBufFromMB ImplStr(const char* str, size_t n,
- const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv) = wxConvLibc)
- { return SubstrBufFromMB(str, (str && n == npos) ? wxStrlen(str) : n); }
- static wxScopedCharBuffer ImplStr(const wchar_t* str)
- { return ConvertStr(str, npos, wxConvLibc).data; }
- static SubstrBufFromWC ImplStr(const wchar_t* str, size_t n)
- { return ConvertStr(str, n, wxConvLibc); }
- #endif
-
- // translates position index in wxString to/from index in underlying
- // wxStringImpl:
- static size_t PosToImpl(size_t pos) { return pos; }
- static void PosLenToImpl(size_t pos, size_t len,
- size_t *implPos, size_t *implLen)
- { *implPos = pos; *implLen = len; }
- static size_t LenToImpl(size_t len) { return len; }
- static size_t PosFromImpl(size_t pos) { return pos; }
-
- // we don't want to define these as empty inline functions as it could
- // result in noticeable (and quite unnecessary in non-UTF-8 build) slowdown
- // in debug build where the inline functions are not effectively inlined
- #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE()
- #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH()
- #define wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n)
- #define wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n)
-
-#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
- static wxScopedCharBuffer ImplStr(const char* str,
- const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc)
- { return ConvertStr(str, npos, conv).data; }
- static SubstrBufFromMB ImplStr(const char* str, size_t n,
- const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc)
- { return ConvertStr(str, n, conv); }
-
- static wxScopedCharBuffer ImplStr(const wchar_t* str)
- { return ConvertStr(str, npos, wxMBConvUTF8()).data; }
- static SubstrBufFromWC ImplStr(const wchar_t* str, size_t n)
- { return ConvertStr(str, n, wxMBConvUTF8()); }
-
-#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
- // this is an extremely simple cache used by PosToImpl(): each cache element
- // contains the string it applies to and the index corresponding to the last
- // used position in this wxString in its m_impl string
- //
- // NB: notice that this struct (and nested Element one) must be a POD or we
- // wouldn't be able to use a thread-local variable of this type, in
- // particular it should have no ctor -- we rely on statics being
- // initialized to 0 instead
- struct Cache
- {
- enum { SIZE = 8 };
-
- struct Element
- {
- const wxString *str; // the string to which this element applies
- size_t pos, // the cached index in this string
- impl, // the corresponding position in its m_impl
- len; // cached length or npos if unknown
-
- // reset cached index to 0
- void ResetPos() { pos = impl = 0; }
-
- // reset position and length
- void Reset() { ResetPos(); len = npos; }
- };
-
- // cache the indices mapping for the last few string used
- Element cached[SIZE];
-
- // the last used index
- unsigned lastUsed;
- };
-
-#ifndef wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS
- // we must use an accessor function and not a static variable when the TLS
- // variables support is implemented in the library (and not by the compiler)
- // because the global s_cache variable could be not yet initialized when a
- // ctor of another global object is executed and if that ctor uses any
- // wxString methods, bad things happen
- //
- // however notice that this approach does not work when compiler TLS is used,
- // at least not with g++ 4.1.2 under amd64 as it apparently compiles code
- // using this accessor incorrectly when optimizations are enabled (-O2 is
- // enough) -- luckily we don't need it then neither as static __thread
- // variables are initialized by 0 anyhow then and so we can use the variable
- // directly
- WXEXPORT static Cache& GetCache()
- {
- static wxTLS_TYPE(Cache) s_cache;
-
- return wxTLS_VALUE(s_cache);
- }
-
- // this helper struct is used to ensure that GetCache() is called during
- // static initialization time, i.e. before any threads creation, as otherwise
- // the static s_cache construction inside GetCache() wouldn't be MT-safe
- friend struct wxStrCacheInitializer;
-#else // wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS
- static wxTLS_TYPE(Cache) ms_cache;
- static Cache& GetCache() { return wxTLS_VALUE(ms_cache); }
-#endif // !wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS/wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS
-
- static Cache::Element *GetCacheBegin() { return GetCache().cached; }
- static Cache::Element *GetCacheEnd() { return GetCacheBegin() + Cache::SIZE; }
- static unsigned& LastUsedCacheElement() { return GetCache().lastUsed; }
-
- // this is used in debug builds only to provide a convenient function,
- // callable from a debugger, to show the cache contents
- friend struct wxStrCacheDumper;
-
- // uncomment this to have access to some profiling statistics on program
- // termination
- //#define wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE
-
-#ifdef wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE
- static struct PosToImplCacheStats
- {
- unsigned postot, // total non-trivial calls to PosToImpl
- poshits, // cache hits from PosToImpl()
- mishits, // cached position beyond the needed one
- sumpos, // sum of all positions, used to compute the
- // average position after dividing by postot
- sumofs, // sum of all offsets after using the cache, used to
- // compute the average after dividing by hits
- lentot, // number of total calls to length()
- lenhits; // number of cache hits in length()
- } ms_cacheStats;
-
- friend struct wxStrCacheStatsDumper;
-
- #define wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(field) ms_cacheStats.field++
- #define wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_ADD(field, val) ms_cacheStats.field += (val)
-#else // !wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE
- #define wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(field)
- #define wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_ADD(field, val)
-#endif // wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE/!wxPROFILE_STRING_CACHE
-
- // note: it could seem that the functions below shouldn't be inline because
- // they are big, contain loops and so the compiler shouldn't be able to
- // inline them anyhow, however moving them into string.cpp does decrease the
- // code performance by ~5%, at least when using g++ 4.1 so do keep them here
- // unless tests show that it's not advantageous any more
-
- // return the pointer to the cache element for this string or NULL if not
- // cached
- Cache::Element *FindCacheElement() const
- {
- // profiling seems to show a small but consistent gain if we use this
- // simple loop instead of starting from the last used element (there are
- // a lot of misses in this function...)
- Cache::Element * const cacheBegin = GetCacheBegin();
-#ifndef wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS
- // during destruction tls calls may return NULL, in this case return NULL
- // immediately without accessing anything else
- if ( cacheBegin == NULL )
- return NULL;
-#endif
- Cache::Element * const cacheEnd = GetCacheEnd();
- for ( Cache::Element *c = cacheBegin; c != cacheEnd; c++ )
- {
- if ( c->str == this )
- return c;
- }
-
- return NULL;
- }
-
- // unlike FindCacheElement(), this one always returns a valid pointer to the
- // cache element for this string, it may have valid last cached position and
- // its corresponding index in the byte string or not
- Cache::Element *GetCacheElement() const
- {
- Cache::Element * const cacheBegin = GetCacheBegin();
- Cache::Element * const cacheEnd = GetCacheEnd();
- Cache::Element * const cacheStart = cacheBegin + LastUsedCacheElement();
-
- // check the last used first, this does no (measurable) harm for a miss
- // but does help for simple loops addressing the same string all the time
- if ( cacheStart->str == this )
- return cacheStart;
-
- // notice that we're going to check cacheStart again inside this call but
- // profiling shows that it's still faster to use a simple loop like
- // inside FindCacheElement() than manually looping with wrapping starting
- // from the cache entry after the start one
- Cache::Element *c = FindCacheElement();
- if ( !c )
- {
- // claim the next cache entry for this string
- c = cacheStart;
- if ( ++c == cacheEnd )
- c = cacheBegin;
-
- c->str = this;
- c->Reset();
-
- // and remember the last used element
- LastUsedCacheElement() = c - cacheBegin;
- }
-
- return c;
- }
-
- size_t DoPosToImpl(size_t pos) const
- {
- wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(postot);
-
- // NB: although the case of pos == 1 (and offset from cached position
- // equal to 1) are common, nothing is gained by writing special code
- // for handling them, the compiler (at least g++ 4.1 used) seems to
- // optimize the code well enough on its own
-
- wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_ADD(sumpos, pos);
-
- Cache::Element * const cache = GetCacheElement();
-
- // cached position can't be 0 so if it is, it means that this entry was
- // used for length caching only so far, i.e. it doesn't count as a hit
- // from our point of view
- if ( cache->pos )
- {
- wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(poshits);
- }
-
- if ( pos == cache->pos )
- return cache->impl;
-
- // this seems to happen only rarely so just reset the cache in this case
- // instead of complicating code even further by seeking backwards in this
- // case
- if ( cache->pos > pos )
- {
- wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(mishits);
-
- cache->ResetPos();
- }
-
- wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_ADD(sumofs, pos - cache->pos);
-
-
- wxStringImpl::const_iterator i(m_impl.begin() + cache->impl);
- for ( size_t n = cache->pos; n < pos; n++ )
- wxStringOperations::IncIter(i);
-
- cache->pos = pos;
- cache->impl = i - m_impl.begin();
-
- wxSTRING_CACHE_ASSERT(
- (int)cache->impl == (begin() + pos).impl() - m_impl.begin() );
-
- return cache->impl;
- }
-
- void InvalidateCache()
- {
- Cache::Element * const cache = FindCacheElement();
- if ( cache )
- cache->Reset();
- }
-
- void InvalidateCachedLength()
- {
- Cache::Element * const cache = FindCacheElement();
- if ( cache )
- cache->len = npos;
- }
-
- void SetCachedLength(size_t len)
- {
- // we optimistically cache the length here even if the string wasn't
- // present in the cache before, this seems to do no harm and the
- // potential for avoiding length recomputation for long strings looks
- // interesting
- GetCacheElement()->len = len;
- }
-
- void UpdateCachedLength(ptrdiff_t delta)
- {
- Cache::Element * const cache = FindCacheElement();
- if ( cache && cache->len != npos )
- {
- wxSTRING_CACHE_ASSERT( (ptrdiff_t)cache->len + delta >= 0 );
-
- cache->len += delta;
- }
- }
-
- #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE() InvalidateCache()
- #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH() InvalidateCachedLength()
- #define wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n) UpdateCachedLength(n)
- #define wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n) SetCachedLength(n)
-#else // !wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
- size_t DoPosToImpl(size_t pos) const
- {
- return (begin() + pos).impl() - m_impl.begin();
- }
-
- #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE()
- #define wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH()
- #define wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n)
- #define wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n)
-#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE/!wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
-
- size_t PosToImpl(size_t pos) const
- {
- return pos == 0 || pos == npos ? pos : DoPosToImpl(pos);
- }
-
- void PosLenToImpl(size_t pos, size_t len, size_t *implPos, size_t *implLen) const;
-
- size_t LenToImpl(size_t len) const
- {
- size_t pos, len2;
- PosLenToImpl(0, len, &pos, &len2);
- return len2;
- }
-
- size_t PosFromImpl(size_t pos) const
- {
- if ( pos == 0 || pos == npos )
- return pos;
- else
- return const_iterator(this, m_impl.begin() + pos) - begin();
- }
-#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
-public:
- // standard types
- typedef wxUniChar value_type;
- typedef wxUniChar char_type;
- typedef wxUniCharRef reference;
- typedef wxChar* pointer;
- typedef const wxChar* const_pointer;
-
- typedef size_t size_type;
- typedef wxUniChar const_reference;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_STRING
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // random access is not O(1), as required by Random Access Iterator
- #define WX_STR_ITERATOR_TAG std::bidirectional_iterator_tag
- #else
- #define WX_STR_ITERATOR_TAG std::random_access_iterator_tag
- #endif
- #define WX_DEFINE_ITERATOR_CATEGORY(cat) typedef cat iterator_category;
-#else
- // not defining iterator_category at all in this case is better than defining
- // it as some dummy type -- at least it results in more intelligible error
- // messages
- #define WX_DEFINE_ITERATOR_CATEGORY(cat)
-#endif
-
- #define WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL(iterator_name, pointer_type, reference_type) \
- private: \
- typedef wxStringImpl::iterator_name underlying_iterator; \
- public: \
- WX_DEFINE_ITERATOR_CATEGORY(WX_STR_ITERATOR_TAG) \
- typedef wxUniChar value_type; \
- typedef ptrdiff_t difference_type; \
- typedef reference_type reference; \
- typedef pointer_type pointer; \
- \
- reference operator[](size_t n) const { return *(*this + n); } \
- \
- iterator_name& operator++() \
- { wxStringOperations::IncIter(m_cur); return *this; } \
- iterator_name& operator--() \
- { wxStringOperations::DecIter(m_cur); return *this; } \
- iterator_name operator++(int) \
- { \
- iterator_name tmp = *this; \
- wxStringOperations::IncIter(m_cur); \
- return tmp; \
- } \
- iterator_name operator--(int) \
- { \
- iterator_name tmp = *this; \
- wxStringOperations::DecIter(m_cur); \
- return tmp; \
- } \
- \
- iterator_name& operator+=(ptrdiff_t n) \
- { \
- m_cur = wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, n); \
- return *this; \
- } \
- iterator_name& operator-=(ptrdiff_t n) \
- { \
- m_cur = wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, -n); \
- return *this; \
- } \
- \
- difference_type operator-(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return wxStringOperations::DiffIters(m_cur, i.m_cur); } \
- \
- bool operator==(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_cur == i.m_cur; } \
- bool operator!=(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_cur != i.m_cur; } \
- \
- bool operator<(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_cur < i.m_cur; } \
- bool operator>(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_cur > i.m_cur; } \
- bool operator<=(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_cur <= i.m_cur; } \
- bool operator>=(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_cur >= i.m_cur; } \
- \
- private: \
- /* for internal wxString use only: */ \
- underlying_iterator impl() const { return m_cur; } \
- \
- friend class wxString; \
- friend class wxCStrData; \
- \
- private: \
- underlying_iterator m_cur
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE const_iterator;
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // NB: In UTF-8 build, (non-const) iterator needs to keep reference
- // to the underlying wxStringImpl, because UTF-8 is variable-length
- // encoding and changing the value pointer to by an iterator (using
- // its operator*) requires calling wxStringImpl::replace() if the old
- // and new values differ in their encoding's length.
- //
- // Furthermore, the replace() call may invalid all iterators for the
- // string, so we have to keep track of outstanding iterators and update
- // them if replace() happens.
- //
- // This is implemented by maintaining linked list of iterators for every
- // string and traversing it in wxUniCharRef::operator=(). Head of the
- // list is stored in wxString. (FIXME-UTF8)
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE iterator
- {
- WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL(iterator, wxChar*, wxUniCharRef);
-
- public:
- iterator() {}
- iterator(const iterator& i)
- : m_cur(i.m_cur), m_node(i.str(), &m_cur) {}
- iterator& operator=(const iterator& i)
- {
- if (&i != this)
- {
- m_cur = i.m_cur;
- m_node.set(i.str(), &m_cur);
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
- reference operator*()
- { return wxUniCharRef::CreateForString(*str(), m_cur); }
-
- iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const
- { return iterator(str(), wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, n)); }
- iterator operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const
- { return iterator(str(), wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, -n)); }
-
- // Normal iterators need to be comparable with the const_iterators so
- // declare the comparison operators and implement them below after the
- // full const_iterator declaration.
- bool operator==(const const_iterator& i) const;
- bool operator!=(const const_iterator& i) const;
- bool operator<(const const_iterator& i) const;
- bool operator>(const const_iterator& i) const;
- bool operator<=(const const_iterator& i) const;
- bool operator>=(const const_iterator& i) const;
-
- private:
- iterator(wxString *wxstr, underlying_iterator ptr)
- : m_cur(ptr), m_node(wxstr, &m_cur) {}
-
- wxString* str() const { return const_cast<wxString*>(m_node.m_str); }
-
- wxStringIteratorNode m_node;
-
- friend class const_iterator;
- };
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const_iterator
- {
- // NB: reference_type is intentionally value, not reference, the character
- // may be encoded differently in wxString data:
- WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL(const_iterator, const wxChar*, wxUniChar);
-
- public:
- const_iterator() {}
- const_iterator(const const_iterator& i)
- : m_cur(i.m_cur), m_node(i.str(), &m_cur) {}
- const_iterator(const iterator& i)
- : m_cur(i.m_cur), m_node(i.str(), &m_cur) {}
-
- const_iterator& operator=(const const_iterator& i)
- {
- if (&i != this)
- {
- m_cur = i.m_cur;
- m_node.set(i.str(), &m_cur);
- }
- return *this;
- }
- const_iterator& operator=(const iterator& i)
- { m_cur = i.m_cur; m_node.set(i.str(), &m_cur); return *this; }
-
- reference operator*() const
- { return wxStringOperations::DecodeChar(m_cur); }
-
- const_iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const
- { return const_iterator(str(), wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, n)); }
- const_iterator operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const
- { return const_iterator(str(), wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, -n)); }
-
- // Notice that comparison operators taking non-const iterator are not
- // needed here because of the implicit conversion from non-const iterator
- // to const ones ensure that the versions for const_iterator declared
- // inside WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL can be used.
-
- private:
- // for internal wxString use only:
- const_iterator(const wxString *wxstr, underlying_iterator ptr)
- : m_cur(ptr), m_node(wxstr, &m_cur) {}
-
- const wxString* str() const { return m_node.m_str; }
-
- wxStringIteratorNode m_node;
- };
-
- size_t IterToImplPos(wxString::iterator i) const
- { return wxStringImpl::const_iterator(i.impl()) - m_impl.begin(); }
-
- iterator GetIterForNthChar(size_t n)
- { return iterator(this, m_impl.begin() + PosToImpl(n)); }
- const_iterator GetIterForNthChar(size_t n) const
- { return const_iterator(this, m_impl.begin() + PosToImpl(n)); }
-#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE iterator
- {
- WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL(iterator, wxChar*, wxUniCharRef);
-
- public:
- iterator() {}
- iterator(const iterator& i) : m_cur(i.m_cur) {}
-
- reference operator*()
- { return wxUniCharRef::CreateForString(m_cur); }
-
- iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const
- { return iterator(wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, n)); }
- iterator operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const
- { return iterator(wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, -n)); }
-
- // As in UTF-8 case above, define comparison operators taking
- // const_iterator too.
- bool operator==(const const_iterator& i) const;
- bool operator!=(const const_iterator& i) const;
- bool operator<(const const_iterator& i) const;
- bool operator>(const const_iterator& i) const;
- bool operator<=(const const_iterator& i) const;
- bool operator>=(const const_iterator& i) const;
-
- private:
- // for internal wxString use only:
- iterator(underlying_iterator ptr) : m_cur(ptr) {}
- iterator(wxString *WXUNUSED(str), underlying_iterator ptr) : m_cur(ptr) {}
-
- friend class const_iterator;
- };
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const_iterator
- {
- // NB: reference_type is intentionally value, not reference, the character
- // may be encoded differently in wxString data:
- WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL(const_iterator, const wxChar*, wxUniChar);
-
- public:
- const_iterator() {}
- const_iterator(const const_iterator& i) : m_cur(i.m_cur) {}
- const_iterator(const iterator& i) : m_cur(i.m_cur) {}
-
- reference operator*() const
- { return wxStringOperations::DecodeChar(m_cur); }
-
- const_iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const
- { return const_iterator(wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, n)); }
- const_iterator operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const
- { return const_iterator(wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_cur, -n)); }
-
- // As in UTF-8 case above, we don't need comparison operators taking
- // iterator because we have an implicit conversion from iterator to
- // const_iterator so the operators declared by WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL will
- // be used.
-
- private:
- // for internal wxString use only:
- const_iterator(underlying_iterator ptr) : m_cur(ptr) {}
- const_iterator(const wxString *WXUNUSED(str), underlying_iterator ptr)
- : m_cur(ptr) {}
- };
-
- iterator GetIterForNthChar(size_t n) { return begin() + n; }
- const_iterator GetIterForNthChar(size_t n) const { return begin() + n; }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/!wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
- #undef WX_STR_ITERATOR_TAG
- #undef WX_STR_ITERATOR_IMPL
-
- // This method is mostly used by wxWidgets itself and return the offset of
- // the given iterator in bytes relative to the start of the buffer
- // representing the current string contents in the current locale encoding.
- //
- // It is inefficient as it involves converting part of the string to this
- // encoding (and also unsafe as it simply returns 0 if the conversion fails)
- // and so should be avoided if possible, wx itself only uses it to implement
- // backwards-compatible API.
- ptrdiff_t IterOffsetInMBStr(const const_iterator& i) const
- {
- const wxString str(begin(), i);
-
- // This is logically equivalent to strlen(str.mb_str()) but avoids
- // actually converting the string to multibyte and just computes the
- // length that it would have after conversion.
- size_t ofs = wxConvLibc.FromWChar(NULL, 0, str.wc_str(), str.length());
- return ofs == wxCONV_FAILED ? 0 : static_cast<ptrdiff_t>(ofs);
- }
-
- friend class iterator;
- friend class const_iterator;
-
- template <typename T>
- class reverse_iterator_impl
- {
- public:
- typedef T iterator_type;
-
- WX_DEFINE_ITERATOR_CATEGORY(typename T::iterator_category)
- typedef typename T::value_type value_type;
- typedef typename T::difference_type difference_type;
- typedef typename T::reference reference;
- typedef typename T::pointer *pointer;
-
- reverse_iterator_impl() {}
- reverse_iterator_impl(iterator_type i) : m_cur(i) {}
- reverse_iterator_impl(const reverse_iterator_impl& ri)
- : m_cur(ri.m_cur) {}
-
- iterator_type base() const { return m_cur; }
-
- reference operator*() const { return *(m_cur-1); }
- reference operator[](size_t n) const { return *(*this + n); }
-
- reverse_iterator_impl& operator++()
- { --m_cur; return *this; }
- reverse_iterator_impl operator++(int)
- { reverse_iterator_impl tmp = *this; --m_cur; return tmp; }
- reverse_iterator_impl& operator--()
- { ++m_cur; return *this; }
- reverse_iterator_impl operator--(int)
- { reverse_iterator_impl tmp = *this; ++m_cur; return tmp; }
-
- // NB: explicit <T> in the functions below is to keep BCC 5.5 happy
- reverse_iterator_impl operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const
- { return reverse_iterator_impl<T>(m_cur - n); }
- reverse_iterator_impl operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const
- { return reverse_iterator_impl<T>(m_cur + n); }
- reverse_iterator_impl operator+=(ptrdiff_t n)
- { m_cur -= n; return *this; }
- reverse_iterator_impl operator-=(ptrdiff_t n)
- { m_cur += n; return *this; }
-
- unsigned operator-(const reverse_iterator_impl& i) const
- { return i.m_cur - m_cur; }
-
- bool operator==(const reverse_iterator_impl& ri) const
- { return m_cur == ri.m_cur; }
- bool operator!=(const reverse_iterator_impl& ri) const
- { return !(*this == ri); }
-
- bool operator<(const reverse_iterator_impl& i) const
- { return m_cur > i.m_cur; }
- bool operator>(const reverse_iterator_impl& i) const
- { return m_cur < i.m_cur; }
- bool operator<=(const reverse_iterator_impl& i) const
- { return m_cur >= i.m_cur; }
- bool operator>=(const reverse_iterator_impl& i) const
- { return m_cur <= i.m_cur; }
-
- private:
- iterator_type m_cur;
- };
-
- typedef reverse_iterator_impl<iterator> reverse_iterator;
- typedef reverse_iterator_impl<const_iterator> const_reverse_iterator;
-
-private:
- // used to transform an expression built using c_str() (and hence of type
- // wxCStrData) to an iterator into the string
- static const_iterator CreateConstIterator(const wxCStrData& data)
- {
- return const_iterator(data.m_str,
- (data.m_str->begin() + data.m_offset).impl());
- }
-
- // in UTF-8 STL build, creation from std::string requires conversion under
- // non-UTF8 locales, so we can't have and use wxString(wxStringImpl) ctor;
- // instead we define dummy type that lets us have wxString ctor for creation
- // from wxStringImpl that couldn't be used by user code (in all other builds,
- // "standard" ctors can be used):
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
- struct CtorFromStringImplTag {};
-
- wxString(CtorFromStringImplTag* WXUNUSED(dummy), const wxStringImpl& src)
- : m_impl(src) {}
-
- static wxString FromImpl(const wxStringImpl& src)
- { return wxString((CtorFromStringImplTag*)NULL, src); }
-#else
- #if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
- wxString(const wxStringImpl& src) : m_impl(src) { }
- // else: already defined as wxString(wxStdString) below
- #endif
- static wxString FromImpl(const wxStringImpl& src) { return wxString(src); }
-#endif
-
-public:
- // constructors and destructor
- // ctor for an empty string
- wxString() {}
-
- // copy ctor
- wxString(const wxString& stringSrc) : m_impl(stringSrc.m_impl) { }
-
- // string containing nRepeat copies of ch
- wxString(wxUniChar ch, size_t nRepeat = 1 )
- { assign(nRepeat, ch); }
- wxString(size_t nRepeat, wxUniChar ch)
- { assign(nRepeat, ch); }
- wxString(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nRepeat = 1)
- { assign(nRepeat, ch); }
- wxString(size_t nRepeat, wxUniCharRef ch)
- { assign(nRepeat, ch); }
- wxString(char ch, size_t nRepeat = 1)
- { assign(nRepeat, ch); }
- wxString(size_t nRepeat, char ch)
- { assign(nRepeat, ch); }
- wxString(wchar_t ch, size_t nRepeat = 1)
- { assign(nRepeat, ch); }
- wxString(size_t nRepeat, wchar_t ch)
- { assign(nRepeat, ch); }
-
- // ctors from char* strings:
- wxString(const char *psz)
- : m_impl(ImplStr(psz)) {}
- wxString(const char *psz, const wxMBConv& conv)
- : m_impl(ImplStr(psz, conv)) {}
- wxString(const char *psz, size_t nLength)
- { assign(psz, nLength); }
- wxString(const char *psz, const wxMBConv& conv, size_t nLength)
- {
- SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(psz, nLength, conv));
- m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len);
- }
-
- // and unsigned char*:
- wxString(const unsigned char *psz)
- : m_impl(ImplStr((const char*)psz)) {}
- wxString(const unsigned char *psz, const wxMBConv& conv)
- : m_impl(ImplStr((const char*)psz, conv)) {}
- wxString(const unsigned char *psz, size_t nLength)
- { assign((const char*)psz, nLength); }
- wxString(const unsigned char *psz, const wxMBConv& conv, size_t nLength)
- {
- SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr((const char*)psz, nLength, conv));
- m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len);
- }
-
- // ctors from wchar_t* strings:
- wxString(const wchar_t *pwz)
- : m_impl(ImplStr(pwz)) {}
- wxString(const wchar_t *pwz, const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv))
- : m_impl(ImplStr(pwz)) {}
- wxString(const wchar_t *pwz, size_t nLength)
- { assign(pwz, nLength); }
- wxString(const wchar_t *pwz, const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv), size_t nLength)
- { assign(pwz, nLength); }
-
- wxString(const wxScopedCharBuffer& buf)
- { assign(buf.data(), buf.length()); }
- wxString(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& buf)
- { assign(buf.data(), buf.length()); }
-
- // NB: this version uses m_impl.c_str() to force making a copy of the
- // string, so that "wxString(str.c_str())" idiom for passing strings
- // between threads works
- wxString(const wxCStrData& cstr)
- : m_impl(cstr.AsString().m_impl.c_str()) { }
-
- // as we provide both ctors with this signature for both char and unsigned
- // char string, we need to provide one for wxCStrData to resolve ambiguity
- wxString(const wxCStrData& cstr, size_t nLength)
- : m_impl(cstr.AsString().Mid(0, nLength).m_impl) {}
-
- // and because wxString is convertible to wxCStrData and const wxChar *
- // we also need to provide this one
- wxString(const wxString& str, size_t nLength)
- { assign(str, nLength); }
-
-
-#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
- ~wxString()
- {
- // we need to invalidate our cache entry as another string could be
- // recreated at the same address (unlikely, but still possible, with the
- // heap-allocated strings but perfectly common with stack-allocated ones)
- InvalidateCache();
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
-
- // even if we're not built with wxUSE_STD_STRING_CONV_IN_WXSTRING == 1 it is
- // very convenient to allow implicit conversions from std::string to wxString
- // and vice verse as this allows to use the same strings in non-GUI and GUI
- // code, however we don't want to unconditionally add this ctor as it would
- // make wx lib dependent on libstdc++ on some Linux versions which is bad, so
- // instead we ask the client code to define this wxUSE_STD_STRING symbol if
- // they need it
-#if wxUSE_STD_STRING
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- wxString(const wxStdWideString& str) : m_impl(str) {}
- #else // UTF-8 or ANSI
- wxString(const wxStdWideString& str)
- { assign(str.c_str(), str.length()); }
- #endif
-
- #if !wxUSE_UNICODE // ANSI build
- // FIXME-UTF8: do this in UTF8 build #if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY, too
- wxString(const std::string& str) : m_impl(str) {}
- #else // Unicode
- wxString(const std::string& str)
- { assign(str.c_str(), str.length()); }
- #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING
-
- // Also always provide explicit conversions to std::[w]string in any case,
- // see below for the implicit ones.
-#if wxUSE_STD_STRING
- // We can avoid a copy if we already use this string type internally,
- // otherwise we create a copy on the fly:
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR && wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
- #define wxStringToStdWstringRetType const wxStdWideString&
- const wxStdWideString& ToStdWstring() const { return m_impl; }
- #else
- // wxStringImpl is either not std::string or needs conversion
- #define wxStringToStdWstringRetType wxStdWideString
- wxStdWideString ToStdWstring() const
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- wxScopedWCharBuffer buf =
- wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(m_impl.c_str(), m_impl.length());
-#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- wxScopedWCharBuffer buf(wc_str());
-#endif
-
- return wxStdWideString(buf.data(), buf.length());
- }
- #endif
-
- #if (!wxUSE_UNICODE || wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY) && wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
- // wxStringImpl is std::string in the encoding we want
- #define wxStringToStdStringRetType const std::string&
- const std::string& ToStdString() const { return m_impl; }
- #else
- // wxStringImpl is either not std::string or needs conversion
- #define wxStringToStdStringRetType std::string
- std::string ToStdString() const
- {
- wxScopedCharBuffer buf(mb_str());
- return std::string(buf.data(), buf.length());
- }
- #endif
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_STRING_CONV_IN_WXSTRING
- // Implicit conversions to std::[w]string are not provided by default as
- // they conflict with the implicit conversions to "const char/wchar_t *"
- // which we use for backwards compatibility but do provide them if
- // explicitly requested.
- operator wxStringToStdStringRetType() const { return ToStdString(); }
- operator wxStringToStdWstringRetType() const { return ToStdWstring(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING_CONV_IN_WXSTRING
-
-#undef wxStringToStdStringRetType
-#undef wxStringToStdWstringRetType
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING
-
- wxString Clone() const
- {
- // make a deep copy of the string, i.e. the returned string will have
- // ref count = 1 with refcounted implementation
- return wxString::FromImpl(wxStringImpl(m_impl.c_str(), m_impl.length()));
- }
-
- // first valid index position
- const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(this, m_impl.begin()); }
- iterator begin() { return iterator(this, m_impl.begin()); }
- // position one after the last valid one
- const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(this, m_impl.end()); }
- iterator end() { return iterator(this, m_impl.end()); }
-
- // first element of the reversed string
- const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const
- { return const_reverse_iterator(end()); }
- reverse_iterator rbegin()
- { return reverse_iterator(end()); }
- // one beyond the end of the reversed string
- const_reverse_iterator rend() const
- { return const_reverse_iterator(begin()); }
- reverse_iterator rend()
- { return reverse_iterator(begin()); }
-
- // std::string methods:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- size_t length() const
- {
-#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
- wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(lentot);
-
- Cache::Element * const cache = GetCacheElement();
-
- if ( cache->len == npos )
- {
- // it's probably not worth trying to be clever and using cache->pos
- // here as it's probably 0 anyhow -- you usually call length() before
- // starting to index the string
- cache->len = end() - begin();
- }
- else
- {
- wxCACHE_PROFILE_FIELD_INC(lenhits);
-
- wxSTRING_CACHE_ASSERT( (int)cache->len == end() - begin() );
- }
-
- return cache->len;
-#else // !wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
- return end() - begin();
-#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE/!wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
- }
-#else
- size_t length() const { return m_impl.length(); }
-#endif
-
- size_type size() const { return length(); }
- size_type max_size() const { return npos; }
-
- bool empty() const { return m_impl.empty(); }
-
- // NB: these methods don't have a well-defined meaning in UTF-8 case
- size_type capacity() const { return m_impl.capacity(); }
- void reserve(size_t sz) { m_impl.reserve(sz); }
-
- void resize(size_t nSize, wxUniChar ch = wxT('\0'))
- {
- const size_t len = length();
- if ( nSize == len)
- return;
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( nSize < len )
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- // we can't use wxStringImpl::resize() for truncating the string as it
- // counts in bytes, not characters
- erase(nSize);
- return;
- }
-
- // we also can't use (presumably more efficient) resize() if we have to
- // append characters taking more than one byte
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- {
- append(nSize - len, ch);
- }
- else // can use (presumably faster) resize() version
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH();
-
- m_impl.resize(nSize, (wxStringCharType)ch);
- }
- }
-
- wxString substr(size_t nStart = 0, size_t nLen = npos) const
- {
- size_t pos, len;
- PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &pos, &len);
- return FromImpl(m_impl.substr(pos, len));
- }
-
- // generic attributes & operations
- // as standard strlen()
- size_t Len() const { return length(); }
- // string contains any characters?
- bool IsEmpty() const { return empty(); }
- // empty string is "false", so !str will return true
- bool operator!() const { return empty(); }
- // truncate the string to given length
- wxString& Truncate(size_t uiLen);
- // empty string contents
- void Empty() { clear(); }
- // empty the string and free memory
- void Clear() { clear(); }
-
- // contents test
- // Is an ascii value
- bool IsAscii() const;
- // Is a number
- bool IsNumber() const;
- // Is a word
- bool IsWord() const;
-
- // data access (all indexes are 0 based)
- // read access
- wxUniChar at(size_t n) const
- { return wxStringOperations::DecodeChar(m_impl.begin() + PosToImpl(n)); }
- wxUniChar GetChar(size_t n) const
- { return at(n); }
- // read/write access
- wxUniCharRef at(size_t n)
- { return *GetIterForNthChar(n); }
- wxUniCharRef GetWritableChar(size_t n)
- { return at(n); }
- // write access
- void SetChar(size_t n, wxUniChar ch)
- { at(n) = ch; }
-
- // get last character
- wxUniChar Last() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !empty(), wxT("wxString: index out of bounds") );
- return *rbegin();
- }
-
- // get writable last character
- wxUniCharRef Last()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !empty(), wxT("wxString: index out of bounds") );
- return *rbegin();
- }
-
- /*
- Note that we we must define all of the overloads below to avoid
- ambiguity when using str[0].
- */
- wxUniChar operator[](int n) const
- { return at(n); }
- wxUniChar operator[](long n) const
- { return at(n); }
- wxUniChar operator[](size_t n) const
- { return at(n); }
-#ifndef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
- wxUniChar operator[](unsigned int n) const
- { return at(n); }
-#endif // size_t != unsigned int
-
- // operator versions of GetWriteableChar()
- wxUniCharRef operator[](int n)
- { return at(n); }
- wxUniCharRef operator[](long n)
- { return at(n); }
- wxUniCharRef operator[](size_t n)
- { return at(n); }
-#ifndef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT
- wxUniCharRef operator[](unsigned int n)
- { return at(n); }
-#endif // size_t != unsigned int
-
-
- /*
- Overview of wxString conversions, implicit and explicit:
-
- - wxString has a std::[w]string-like c_str() method, however it does
- not return a C-style string directly but instead returns wxCStrData
- helper object which is convertible to either "char *" narrow string
- or "wchar_t *" wide string. Usually the correct conversion will be
- applied by the compiler automatically but if this doesn't happen you
- need to explicitly choose one using wxCStrData::AsChar() or AsWChar()
- methods or another wxString conversion function.
-
- - One of the places where the conversion does *NOT* happen correctly is
- when c_str() is passed to a vararg function such as printf() so you
- must *NOT* use c_str() with them. Either use wxPrintf() (all wx
- functions do handle c_str() correctly, even if they appear to be
- vararg (but they're not, really)) or add an explicit AsChar() or, if
- compatibility with previous wxWidgets versions is important, add a
- cast to "const char *".
-
- - In non-STL mode only, wxString is also implicitly convertible to
- wxCStrData. The same warning as above applies.
-
- - c_str() is polymorphic as it can be converted to either narrow or
- wide string. If you explicitly need one or the other, choose to use
- mb_str() (for narrow) or wc_str() (for wide) instead. Notice that
- these functions can return either the pointer to string directly (if
- this is what the string uses internally) or a temporary buffer
- containing the string and convertible to it. Again, conversion will
- usually be done automatically by the compiler but beware of the
- vararg functions: you need an explicit cast when using them.
-
- - There are also non-const versions of mb_str() and wc_str() called
- char_str() and wchar_str(). They are only meant to be used with
- non-const-correct functions and they always return buffers.
-
- - Finally wx_str() returns whatever string representation is used by
- wxString internally. It may be either a narrow or wide string
- depending on wxWidgets build mode but it will always be a raw pointer
- (and not a buffer).
- */
-
- // explicit conversion to wxCStrData
- wxCStrData c_str() const { return wxCStrData(this); }
- wxCStrData data() const { return c_str(); }
-
- // implicit conversion to wxCStrData
- operator wxCStrData() const { return c_str(); }
-
- // the first two operators conflict with operators for conversion to
- // std::string and they must be disabled if those conversions are enabled;
- // the next one only makes sense if conversions to char* are also defined
- // and not defining it in STL build also helps us to get more clear error
- // messages for the code which relies on implicit conversion to char* in
- // STL build
-#if !wxUSE_STD_STRING_CONV_IN_WXSTRING
- operator const char*() const { return c_str(); }
- operator const wchar_t*() const { return c_str(); }
-
- // implicit conversion to untyped pointer for compatibility with previous
- // wxWidgets versions: this is the same as conversion to const char * so it
- // may fail!
- operator const void*() const { return c_str(); }
-#endif // !wxUSE_STD_STRING_CONV_IN_WXSTRING
-
- // identical to c_str(), for MFC compatibility
- const wxCStrData GetData() const { return c_str(); }
-
- // explicit conversion to C string in internal representation (char*,
- // wchar_t*, UTF-8-encoded char*, depending on the build):
- const wxStringCharType *wx_str() const { return m_impl.c_str(); }
-
- // conversion to *non-const* multibyte or widestring buffer; modifying
- // returned buffer won't affect the string, these methods are only useful
- // for passing values to const-incorrect functions
- wxWritableCharBuffer char_str(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) const
- { return mb_str(conv); }
- wxWritableWCharBuffer wchar_str() const { return wc_str(); }
-
- // conversion to the buffer of the given type T (= char or wchar_t) and
- // also optionally return the buffer length
- //
- // this is mostly/only useful for the template functions
- //
- // FIXME-VC6: the second argument only exists for VC6 which doesn't support
- // explicit template function selection, do not use it unless
- // you must support VC6!
- template <typename T>
- wxCharTypeBuffer<T> tchar_str(size_t *len = NULL,
- T * WXUNUSED(dummy) = NULL) const
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- // we need a helper dispatcher depending on type
- return wxPrivate::wxStringAsBufHelper<T>::Get(*this, len);
-#else // ANSI
- // T can only be char in ANSI build
- if ( len )
- *len = length();
-
- return wxCharTypeBuffer<T>::CreateNonOwned(wx_str(), length());
-#endif // Unicode build kind
- }
-
- // conversion to/from plain (i.e. 7 bit) ASCII: this is useful for
- // converting numbers or strings which are certain not to contain special
- // chars (typically system functions, X atoms, environment variables etc.)
- //
- // the behaviour of these functions with the strings containing anything
- // else than 7 bit ASCII characters is undefined, use at your own risk.
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- static wxString FromAscii(const char *ascii, size_t len);
- static wxString FromAscii(const char *ascii);
- static wxString FromAscii(char ascii);
- const wxScopedCharBuffer ToAscii() const;
-#else // ANSI
- static wxString FromAscii(const char *ascii) { return wxString( ascii ); }
- static wxString FromAscii(const char *ascii, size_t len)
- { return wxString( ascii, len ); }
- static wxString FromAscii(char ascii) { return wxString( ascii ); }
- const char *ToAscii() const { return c_str(); }
-#endif // Unicode/!Unicode
-
- // also provide unsigned char overloads as signed/unsigned doesn't matter
- // for 7 bit ASCII characters
- static wxString FromAscii(const unsigned char *ascii)
- { return FromAscii((const char *)ascii); }
- static wxString FromAscii(const unsigned char *ascii, size_t len)
- { return FromAscii((const char *)ascii, len); }
-
- // conversion to/from UTF-8:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- static wxString FromUTF8Unchecked(const char *utf8)
- {
- if ( !utf8 )
- return wxEmptyString;
-
- wxASSERT( wxStringOperations::IsValidUtf8String(utf8) );
- return FromImpl(wxStringImpl(utf8));
- }
- static wxString FromUTF8Unchecked(const char *utf8, size_t len)
- {
- if ( !utf8 )
- return wxEmptyString;
- if ( len == npos )
- return FromUTF8Unchecked(utf8);
-
- wxASSERT( wxStringOperations::IsValidUtf8String(utf8, len) );
- return FromImpl(wxStringImpl(utf8, len));
- }
-
- static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8)
- {
- if ( !utf8 || !wxStringOperations::IsValidUtf8String(utf8) )
- return "";
-
- return FromImpl(wxStringImpl(utf8));
- }
- static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8, size_t len)
- {
- if ( len == npos )
- return FromUTF8(utf8);
-
- if ( !utf8 || !wxStringOperations::IsValidUtf8String(utf8, len) )
- return "";
-
- return FromImpl(wxStringImpl(utf8, len));
- }
-
- const wxScopedCharBuffer utf8_str() const
- { return wxCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(m_impl.c_str(), m_impl.length()); }
-
- // this function exists in UTF-8 build only and returns the length of the
- // internal UTF-8 representation
- size_t utf8_length() const { return m_impl.length(); }
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8, size_t len = npos)
- { return wxString(utf8, wxMBConvUTF8(), len); }
- static wxString FromUTF8Unchecked(const char *utf8, size_t len = npos)
- {
- const wxString s(utf8, wxMBConvUTF8(), len);
- wxASSERT_MSG( !utf8 || !*utf8 || !s.empty(),
- "string must be valid UTF-8" );
- return s;
- }
- const wxScopedCharBuffer utf8_str() const { return mb_str(wxMBConvUTF8()); }
-#else // ANSI
- static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8)
- { return wxString(wxMBConvUTF8().cMB2WC(utf8)); }
- static wxString FromUTF8(const char *utf8, size_t len)
- {
- size_t wlen;
- wxScopedWCharBuffer buf(wxMBConvUTF8().cMB2WC(utf8, len == npos ? wxNO_LEN : len, &wlen));
- return wxString(buf.data(), wlen);
- }
- static wxString FromUTF8Unchecked(const char *utf8, size_t len = npos)
- {
- size_t wlen;
- wxScopedWCharBuffer buf
- (
- wxMBConvUTF8().cMB2WC
- (
- utf8,
- len == npos ? wxNO_LEN : len,
- &wlen
- )
- );
- wxASSERT_MSG( !utf8 || !*utf8 || wlen,
- "string must be valid UTF-8" );
-
- return wxString(buf.data(), wlen);
- }
- const wxScopedCharBuffer utf8_str() const
- { return wxMBConvUTF8().cWC2MB(wc_str()); }
-#endif
-
- const wxScopedCharBuffer ToUTF8() const { return utf8_str(); }
-
- // functions for storing binary data in wxString:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- static wxString From8BitData(const char *data, size_t len)
- { return wxString(data, wxConvISO8859_1, len); }
- // version for NUL-terminated data:
- static wxString From8BitData(const char *data)
- { return wxString(data, wxConvISO8859_1); }
- const wxScopedCharBuffer To8BitData() const
- { return mb_str(wxConvISO8859_1); }
-#else // ANSI
- static wxString From8BitData(const char *data, size_t len)
- { return wxString(data, len); }
- // version for NUL-terminated data:
- static wxString From8BitData(const char *data)
- { return wxString(data); }
- const wxScopedCharBuffer To8BitData() const
- { return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(wx_str(), length()); }
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
- // conversions with (possible) format conversions: have to return a
- // buffer with temporary data
- //
- // the functions defined (in either Unicode or ANSI) mode are mb_str() to
- // return an ANSI (multibyte) string, wc_str() to return a wide string and
- // fn_str() to return a string which should be used with the OS APIs
- // accepting the file names. The return value is always the same, but the
- // type differs because a function may either return pointer to the buffer
- // directly or have to use intermediate buffer for translation.
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-
- // this is an optimization: even though using mb_str(wxConvLibc) does the
- // same thing (i.e. returns pointer to internal representation as locale is
- // always an UTF-8 one) in wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY case, we can avoid the
- // extra checks and the temporary buffer construction by providing a
- // separate mb_str() overload
-#if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- const char* mb_str() const { return wx_str(); }
- const wxScopedCharBuffer mb_str(const wxMBConv& conv) const
- {
- return AsCharBuf(conv);
- }
-#else // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- const wxScopedCharBuffer mb_str(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) const
- {
- return AsCharBuf(conv);
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY/!wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-
- const wxWX2MBbuf mbc_str() const { return mb_str(*wxConvCurrent); }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- const wchar_t* wc_str() const { return wx_str(); }
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- const wxScopedWCharBuffer wc_str() const
- { return AsWCharBuf(wxMBConvStrictUTF8()); }
-#endif
- // for compatibility with !wxUSE_UNICODE version
- const wxWX2WCbuf wc_str(const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv)) const
- { return wc_str(); }
-
-#if wxMBFILES
- const wxScopedCharBuffer fn_str() const { return mb_str(wxConvFile); }
-#else // !wxMBFILES
- const wxWX2WCbuf fn_str() const { return wc_str(); }
-#endif // wxMBFILES/!wxMBFILES
-
-#else // ANSI
- const char* mb_str() const { return wx_str(); }
-
- // for compatibility with wxUSE_UNICODE version
- const char* mb_str(const wxMBConv& WXUNUSED(conv)) const { return wx_str(); }
-
- const wxWX2MBbuf mbc_str() const { return mb_str(); }
-
- const wxScopedWCharBuffer wc_str(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLibc) const
- { return AsWCharBuf(conv); }
-
- const wxScopedCharBuffer fn_str() const
- { return wxConvFile.cWC2WX( wc_str( wxConvLibc ) ); }
-#endif // Unicode/ANSI
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- const wxScopedWCharBuffer t_str() const { return wc_str(); }
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- const wchar_t* t_str() const { return wx_str(); }
-#else
- const char* t_str() const { return wx_str(); }
-#endif
-
-
- // overloaded assignment
- // from another wxString
- wxString& operator=(const wxString& stringSrc)
- {
- if ( this != &stringSrc )
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl = stringSrc.m_impl;
- }
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& operator=(const wxCStrData& cstr)
- { return *this = cstr.AsString(); }
- // from a character
- wxString& operator=(wxUniChar ch)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- m_impl = wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(ch);
- else
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- m_impl = (wxStringCharType)ch;
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& operator=(wxUniCharRef ch)
- { return operator=((wxUniChar)ch); }
- wxString& operator=(char ch)
- { return operator=(wxUniChar(ch)); }
- wxString& operator=(unsigned char ch)
- { return operator=(wxUniChar(ch)); }
- wxString& operator=(wchar_t ch)
- { return operator=(wxUniChar(ch)); }
- // from a C string - STL probably will crash on NULL,
- // so we need to compensate in that case
-#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
- wxString& operator=(const char *psz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- if ( psz )
- m_impl = ImplStr(psz);
- else
- clear();
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& operator=(const wchar_t *pwz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- if ( pwz )
- m_impl = ImplStr(pwz);
- else
- clear();
-
- return *this;
- }
-#else // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
- wxString& operator=(const char *psz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl = ImplStr(psz);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& operator=(const wchar_t *pwz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl = ImplStr(pwz);
-
- return *this;
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING/!wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
-
- wxString& operator=(const unsigned char *psz)
- { return operator=((const char*)psz); }
-
- // from wxScopedWCharBuffer
- wxString& operator=(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s)
- { return assign(s); }
- // from wxScopedCharBuffer
- wxString& operator=(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s)
- { return assign(s); }
-
- // string concatenation
- // in place concatenation
- /*
- Concatenate and return the result. Note that the left to right
- associativity of << allows to write things like "str << str1 << str2
- << ..." (unlike with +=)
- */
- // string += string
- wxString& operator<<(const wxString& s)
- {
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 && !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- wxASSERT_MSG( s.IsValid(),
- wxT("did you forget to call UngetWriteBuf()?") );
-#endif
-
- append(s);
- return *this;
- }
- // string += C string
- wxString& operator<<(const char *psz)
- { append(psz); return *this; }
- wxString& operator<<(const wchar_t *pwz)
- { append(pwz); return *this; }
- wxString& operator<<(const wxCStrData& psz)
- { append(psz.AsString()); return *this; }
- // string += char
- wxString& operator<<(wxUniChar ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; }
- wxString& operator<<(wxUniCharRef ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; }
- wxString& operator<<(char ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; }
- wxString& operator<<(unsigned char ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; }
- wxString& operator<<(wchar_t ch) { append(1, ch); return *this; }
-
- // string += buffer (i.e. from wxGetString)
- wxString& operator<<(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s)
- { return append(s); }
- wxString& operator<<(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s)
- { return append(s); }
-
- // string += C string
- wxString& Append(const wxString& s)
- {
- // test for empty() to share the string if possible
- if ( empty() )
- *this = s;
- else
- append(s);
- return *this;
- }
- wxString& Append(const char* psz)
- { append(psz); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(const wchar_t* pwz)
- { append(pwz); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(const wxCStrData& psz)
- { append(psz); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(const wxScopedCharBuffer& psz)
- { append(psz); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& psz)
- { append(psz); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(const char* psz, size_t nLen)
- { append(psz, nLen); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(const wchar_t* pwz, size_t nLen)
- { append(pwz, nLen); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(const wxCStrData& psz, size_t nLen)
- { append(psz, nLen); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(const wxScopedCharBuffer& psz, size_t nLen)
- { append(psz, nLen); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& psz, size_t nLen)
- { append(psz, nLen); return *this; }
- // append count copies of given character
- wxString& Append(wxUniChar ch, size_t count = 1u)
- { append(count, ch); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t count = 1u)
- { append(count, ch); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(char ch, size_t count = 1u)
- { append(count, ch); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(unsigned char ch, size_t count = 1u)
- { append(count, ch); return *this; }
- wxString& Append(wchar_t ch, size_t count = 1u)
- { append(count, ch); return *this; }
-
- // prepend a string, return the string itself
- wxString& Prepend(const wxString& str)
- { *this = str + *this; return *this; }
-
- // non-destructive concatenation
- // two strings
- friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string1,
- const wxString& string2);
- // string with a single char
- friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, wxUniChar ch);
- // char with a string
- friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(wxUniChar ch, const wxString& string);
- // string with C string
- friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string,
- const char *psz);
- friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string,
- const wchar_t *pwz);
- // C string with string
- friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const char *psz,
- const wxString& string);
- friend wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wchar_t *pwz,
- const wxString& string);
-
- // stream-like functions
- // insert an int into string
- wxString& operator<<(int i)
- { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%d"), i); }
- // insert an unsigned int into string
- wxString& operator<<(unsigned int ui)
- { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%u"), ui); }
- // insert a long into string
- wxString& operator<<(long l)
- { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%ld"), l); }
- // insert an unsigned long into string
- wxString& operator<<(unsigned long ul)
- { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%lu"), ul); }
-#ifdef wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- // insert a long long if they exist and aren't longs
- wxString& operator<<(wxLongLong_t ll)
- {
- return (*this) << Format("%" wxLongLongFmtSpec "d", ll);
- }
- // insert an unsigned long long
- wxString& operator<<(wxULongLong_t ull)
- {
- return (*this) << Format("%" wxLongLongFmtSpec "u" , ull);
- }
-#endif // wxHAS_LONG_LONG_T_DIFFERENT_FROM_LONG
- // insert a float into string
- wxString& operator<<(float f)
- { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%f"), f); }
- // insert a double into string
- wxString& operator<<(double d)
- { return (*this) << Format(wxT("%g"), d); }
-
- // string comparison
- // case-sensitive comparison (returns a value < 0, = 0 or > 0)
- int Cmp(const char *psz) const
- { return compare(psz); }
- int Cmp(const wchar_t *pwz) const
- { return compare(pwz); }
- int Cmp(const wxString& s) const
- { return compare(s); }
- int Cmp(const wxCStrData& s) const
- { return compare(s); }
- int Cmp(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) const
- { return compare(s); }
- int Cmp(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) const
- { return compare(s); }
- // same as Cmp() but not case-sensitive
- int CmpNoCase(const wxString& s) const;
-
- // test for the string equality, either considering case or not
- // (if compareWithCase then the case matters)
- bool IsSameAs(const wxString& str, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- {
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // in UTF-8 build, length() is O(n) and doing this would be _slower_
- if ( length() != str.length() )
- return false;
-#endif
- return (compareWithCase ? Cmp(str) : CmpNoCase(str)) == 0;
- }
- bool IsSameAs(const char *str, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- { return (compareWithCase ? Cmp(str) : CmpNoCase(str)) == 0; }
- bool IsSameAs(const wchar_t *str, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- { return (compareWithCase ? Cmp(str) : CmpNoCase(str)) == 0; }
-
- bool IsSameAs(const wxCStrData& str, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- { return IsSameAs(str.AsString(), compareWithCase); }
- bool IsSameAs(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- { return IsSameAs(str.data(), compareWithCase); }
- bool IsSameAs(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- { return IsSameAs(str.data(), compareWithCase); }
- // comparison with a single character: returns true if equal
- bool IsSameAs(wxUniChar c, bool compareWithCase = true) const;
- // FIXME-UTF8: remove these overloads
- bool IsSameAs(wxUniCharRef c, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- { return IsSameAs(wxUniChar(c), compareWithCase); }
- bool IsSameAs(char c, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- { return IsSameAs(wxUniChar(c), compareWithCase); }
- bool IsSameAs(unsigned char c, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- { return IsSameAs(wxUniChar(c), compareWithCase); }
- bool IsSameAs(wchar_t c, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- { return IsSameAs(wxUniChar(c), compareWithCase); }
- bool IsSameAs(int c, bool compareWithCase = true) const
- { return IsSameAs(wxUniChar(c), compareWithCase); }
-
- // simple sub-string extraction
- // return substring starting at nFirst of length nCount (or till the end
- // if nCount = default value)
- wxString Mid(size_t nFirst, size_t nCount = npos) const;
-
- // operator version of Mid()
- wxString operator()(size_t start, size_t len) const
- { return Mid(start, len); }
-
- // check if the string starts with the given prefix and return the rest
- // of the string in the provided pointer if it is not NULL; otherwise
- // return false
- bool StartsWith(const wxString& prefix, wxString *rest = NULL) const;
- // check if the string ends with the given suffix and return the
- // beginning of the string before the suffix in the provided pointer if
- // it is not NULL; otherwise return false
- bool EndsWith(const wxString& suffix, wxString *rest = NULL) const;
-
- // get first nCount characters
- wxString Left(size_t nCount) const;
- // get last nCount characters
- wxString Right(size_t nCount) const;
- // get all characters before the first occurrence of ch
- // (returns the whole string if ch not found) and also put everything
- // following the first occurrence of ch into rest if it's non-NULL
- wxString BeforeFirst(wxUniChar ch, wxString *rest = NULL) const;
- // get all characters before the last occurrence of ch
- // (returns empty string if ch not found) and also put everything
- // following the last occurrence of ch into rest if it's non-NULL
- wxString BeforeLast(wxUniChar ch, wxString *rest = NULL) const;
- // get all characters after the first occurrence of ch
- // (returns empty string if ch not found)
- wxString AfterFirst(wxUniChar ch) const;
- // get all characters after the last occurrence of ch
- // (returns the whole string if ch not found)
- wxString AfterLast(wxUniChar ch) const;
-
- // for compatibility only, use more explicitly named functions above
- wxString Before(wxUniChar ch) const { return BeforeLast(ch); }
- wxString After(wxUniChar ch) const { return AfterFirst(ch); }
-
- // case conversion
- // convert to upper case in place, return the string itself
- wxString& MakeUpper();
- // convert to upper case, return the copy of the string
- wxString Upper() const { return wxString(*this).MakeUpper(); }
- // convert to lower case in place, return the string itself
- wxString& MakeLower();
- // convert to lower case, return the copy of the string
- wxString Lower() const { return wxString(*this).MakeLower(); }
- // convert the first character to the upper case and the rest to the
- // lower one, return the modified string itself
- wxString& MakeCapitalized();
- // convert the first character to the upper case and the rest to the
- // lower one, return the copy of the string
- wxString Capitalize() const { return wxString(*this).MakeCapitalized(); }
-
- // trimming/padding whitespace (either side) and truncating
- // remove spaces from left or from right (default) side
- wxString& Trim(bool bFromRight = true);
- // add nCount copies chPad in the beginning or at the end (default)
- wxString& Pad(size_t nCount, wxUniChar chPad = wxT(' '), bool bFromRight = true);
-
- // searching and replacing
- // searching (return starting index, or -1 if not found)
- int Find(wxUniChar ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const; // like strchr/strrchr
- int Find(wxUniCharRef ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const
- { return Find(wxUniChar(ch), bFromEnd); }
- int Find(char ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const
- { return Find(wxUniChar(ch), bFromEnd); }
- int Find(unsigned char ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const
- { return Find(wxUniChar(ch), bFromEnd); }
- int Find(wchar_t ch, bool bFromEnd = false) const
- { return Find(wxUniChar(ch), bFromEnd); }
- // searching (return starting index, or -1 if not found)
- int Find(const wxString& sub) const // like strstr
- {
- size_type idx = find(sub);
- return (idx == npos) ? wxNOT_FOUND : (int)idx;
- }
- int Find(const char *sub) const // like strstr
- {
- size_type idx = find(sub);
- return (idx == npos) ? wxNOT_FOUND : (int)idx;
- }
- int Find(const wchar_t *sub) const // like strstr
- {
- size_type idx = find(sub);
- return (idx == npos) ? wxNOT_FOUND : (int)idx;
- }
-
- int Find(const wxCStrData& sub) const
- { return Find(sub.AsString()); }
- int Find(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sub) const
- { return Find(sub.data()); }
- int Find(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sub) const
- { return Find(sub.data()); }
-
- // replace first (or all of bReplaceAll) occurrences of substring with
- // another string, returns the number of replacements made
- size_t Replace(const wxString& strOld,
- const wxString& strNew,
- bool bReplaceAll = true);
-
- // check if the string contents matches a mask containing '*' and '?'
- bool Matches(const wxString& mask) const;
-
- // conversion to numbers: all functions return true only if the whole
- // string is a number and put the value of this number into the pointer
- // provided, the base is the numeric base in which the conversion should be
- // done and must be comprised between 2 and 36 or be 0 in which case the
- // standard C rules apply (leading '0' => octal, "0x" => hex)
- // convert to a signed integer
- bool ToLong(long *val, int base = 10) const;
- // convert to an unsigned integer
- bool ToULong(unsigned long *val, int base = 10) const;
- // convert to wxLongLong
-#if defined(wxLongLong_t)
- bool ToLongLong(wxLongLong_t *val, int base = 10) const;
- // convert to wxULongLong
- bool ToULongLong(wxULongLong_t *val, int base = 10) const;
-#endif // wxLongLong_t
- // convert to a double
- bool ToDouble(double *val) const;
-
- // conversions to numbers using C locale
- // convert to a signed integer
- bool ToCLong(long *val, int base = 10) const;
- // convert to an unsigned integer
- bool ToCULong(unsigned long *val, int base = 10) const;
- // convert to a double
- bool ToCDouble(double *val) const;
-
- // create a string representing the given floating point number with the
- // default (like %g) or fixed (if precision >=0) precision
- // in the current locale
- static wxString FromDouble(double val, int precision = -1);
- // in C locale
- static wxString FromCDouble(double val, int precision = -1);
-
-#ifndef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
- // formatted input/output
- // as sprintf(), returns the number of characters written or < 0 on error
- // (take 'this' into account in attribute parameter count)
- // int Printf(const wxString& format, ...);
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, Printf, 1, (const wxFormatString&),
- DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8)
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, Printf, 1, (const wxString&),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, Printf, 1, (const wxCStrData&),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, Printf, 1, (const char*),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, Printf, 1, (const wchar_t*),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
-#endif
-#endif // !wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
- // as vprintf(), returns the number of characters written or < 0 on error
- int PrintfV(const wxString& format, va_list argptr);
-
-#ifndef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
- // returns the string containing the result of Printf() to it
- // static wxString Format(const wxString& format, ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1;
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(static wxString, Format, 1, (const wxFormatString&),
- DoFormatWchar, DoFormatUtf8)
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(static wxString, Format, 1, (const wxString&),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(static wxString, Format, 1, (const wxCStrData&),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(static wxString, Format, 1, (const char*),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(static wxString, Format, 1, (const wchar_t*),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
-#endif
-#endif
- // the same as above, but takes a va_list
- static wxString FormatV(const wxString& format, va_list argptr);
-
- // raw access to string memory
- // ensure that string has space for at least nLen characters
- // only works if the data of this string is not shared
- bool Alloc(size_t nLen) { reserve(nLen); return capacity() >= nLen; }
- // minimize the string's memory
- // only works if the data of this string is not shared
- bool Shrink();
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 && !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // These are deprecated, use wxStringBuffer or wxStringBufferLength instead
- //
- // get writable buffer of at least nLen bytes. Unget() *must* be called
- // a.s.a.p. to put string back in a reasonable state!
- wxDEPRECATED( wxStringCharType *GetWriteBuf(size_t nLen) );
- // call this immediately after GetWriteBuf() has been used
- wxDEPRECATED( void UngetWriteBuf() );
- wxDEPRECATED( void UngetWriteBuf(size_t nLen) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 && !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
- // wxWidgets version 1 compatibility functions
-
- // use Mid()
- wxString SubString(size_t from, size_t to) const
- { return Mid(from, (to - from + 1)); }
- // values for second parameter of CompareTo function
- enum caseCompare {exact, ignoreCase};
- // values for first parameter of Strip function
- enum stripType {leading = 0x1, trailing = 0x2, both = 0x3};
-
-#ifndef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
- // use Printf()
- // (take 'this' into account in attribute parameter count)
- // int sprintf(const wxString& format, ...) WX_ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, sprintf, 1, (const wxFormatString&),
- DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8)
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, sprintf, 1, (const wxString&),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, sprintf, 1, (const wxCStrData&),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, sprintf, 1, (const char*),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
- WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(int, sprintf, 1, (const wchar_t*),
- (wxFormatString(f1)));
-#endif
-#endif // wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
-
- // use Cmp()
- int CompareTo(const wxChar* psz, caseCompare cmp = exact) const
- { return cmp == exact ? Cmp(psz) : CmpNoCase(psz); }
-
- // use length()
- size_t Length() const { return length(); }
- // Count the number of characters
- int Freq(wxUniChar ch) const;
- // use MakeLower
- void LowerCase() { MakeLower(); }
- // use MakeUpper
- void UpperCase() { MakeUpper(); }
- // use Trim except that it doesn't change this string
- wxString Strip(stripType w = trailing) const;
-
- // use Find (more general variants not yet supported)
- size_t Index(const wxChar* psz) const { return Find(psz); }
- size_t Index(wxUniChar ch) const { return Find(ch); }
- // use Truncate
- wxString& Remove(size_t pos) { return Truncate(pos); }
- wxString& RemoveLast(size_t n = 1) { return Truncate(length() - n); }
-
- wxString& Remove(size_t nStart, size_t nLen)
- { return (wxString&)erase( nStart, nLen ); }
-
- // use Find()
- int First( wxUniChar ch ) const { return Find(ch); }
- int First( wxUniCharRef ch ) const { return Find(ch); }
- int First( char ch ) const { return Find(ch); }
- int First( unsigned char ch ) const { return Find(ch); }
- int First( wchar_t ch ) const { return Find(ch); }
- int First( const wxString& str ) const { return Find(str); }
- int Last( wxUniChar ch ) const { return Find(ch, true); }
- bool Contains(const wxString& str) const { return Find(str) != wxNOT_FOUND; }
-
- // use empty()
- bool IsNull() const { return empty(); }
-
- // std::string compatibility functions
-
- // take nLen chars starting at nPos
- wxString(const wxString& str, size_t nPos, size_t nLen)
- { assign(str, nPos, nLen); }
- // take all characters from first to last
- wxString(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
- : m_impl(first.impl(), last.impl()) { }
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER
- // the 2 overloads below are for compatibility with the existing code using
- // pointers instead of iterators
- wxString(const char *first, const char *last)
- {
- SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(first, last - first));
- m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len);
- }
- wxString(const wchar_t *first, const wchar_t *last)
- {
- SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(first, last - first));
- m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len);
- }
- // and this one is needed to compile code adding offsets to c_str() result
- wxString(const wxCStrData& first, const wxCStrData& last)
- : m_impl(CreateConstIterator(first).impl(),
- CreateConstIterator(last).impl())
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( first.m_str == last.m_str,
- wxT("pointers must be into the same string") );
- }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER
-
- // lib.string.modifiers
- // append elements str[pos], ..., str[pos+n]
- wxString& append(const wxString& str, size_t pos, size_t n)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
- size_t from, len;
- str.PosLenToImpl(pos, n, &from, &len);
- m_impl.append(str.m_impl, from, len);
- return *this;
- }
- // append a string
- wxString& append(const wxString& str)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(str.length());
-
- m_impl.append(str.m_impl);
- return *this;
- }
-
- // append first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz
- wxString& append(const char *sz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH();
-
- m_impl.append(ImplStr(sz));
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& append(const wchar_t *sz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH();
-
- m_impl.append(ImplStr(sz));
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& append(const char *sz, size_t n)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH();
-
- SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, n));
- m_impl.append(str.data, str.len);
- return *this;
- }
- wxString& append(const wchar_t *sz, size_t n)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
- SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, n));
- m_impl.append(str.data, str.len);
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& append(const wxCStrData& str)
- { return append(str.AsString()); }
- wxString& append(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str)
- { return append(str.data(), str.length()); }
- wxString& append(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str)
- { return append(str.data(), str.length()); }
- wxString& append(const wxCStrData& str, size_t n)
- { return append(str.AsString(), 0, n); }
- wxString& append(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str, size_t n)
- { return append(str.data(), n); }
- wxString& append(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str, size_t n)
- { return append(str.data(), n); }
-
- // append n copies of ch
- wxString& append(size_t n, wxUniChar ch)
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH();
-
- m_impl.append(wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(n, ch));
- }
- else // ASCII
-#endif
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
- m_impl.append(n, (wxStringCharType)ch);
- }
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& append(size_t n, wxUniCharRef ch)
- { return append(n, wxUniChar(ch)); }
- wxString& append(size_t n, char ch)
- { return append(n, wxUniChar(ch)); }
- wxString& append(size_t n, unsigned char ch)
- { return append(n, wxUniChar(ch)); }
- wxString& append(size_t n, wchar_t ch)
- { return append(n, wxUniChar(ch)); }
-
- // append from first to last
- wxString& append(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH();
-
- m_impl.append(first.impl(), last.impl());
- return *this;
- }
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER
- wxString& append(const char *first, const char *last)
- { return append(first, last - first); }
- wxString& append(const wchar_t *first, const wchar_t *last)
- { return append(first, last - first); }
- wxString& append(const wxCStrData& first, const wxCStrData& last)
- { return append(CreateConstIterator(first), CreateConstIterator(last)); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER
-
- // same as `this_string = str'
- wxString& assign(const wxString& str)
- {
- wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(str.length());
-
- m_impl = str.m_impl;
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // This is a non-standard-compliant overload taking the first "len"
- // characters of the source string.
- wxString& assign(const wxString& str, size_t len)
- {
-#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
- // It is legal to pass len > str.length() to wxStringImpl::assign() but
- // by restricting it here we save some work for that function so it's not
- // really less efficient and, at the same time, ensure that we don't
- // cache invalid length.
- const size_t lenSrc = str.length();
- if ( len > lenSrc )
- len = lenSrc;
-
- wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(len);
-#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
-
- m_impl.assign(str.m_impl, 0, str.LenToImpl(len));
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // same as ` = str[pos..pos + n]
- wxString& assign(const wxString& str, size_t pos, size_t n)
- {
- size_t from, len;
- str.PosLenToImpl(pos, n, &from, &len);
- m_impl.assign(str.m_impl, from, len);
-
- // it's important to call this after PosLenToImpl() above in case str is
- // the same string as this one
- wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // same as `= first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz'
- wxString& assign(const char *sz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.assign(ImplStr(sz));
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& assign(const wchar_t *sz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.assign(ImplStr(sz));
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& assign(const char *sz, size_t n)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, n));
- m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& assign(const wchar_t *sz, size_t n)
- {
- wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
- SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, n));
- m_impl.assign(str.data, str.len);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& assign(const wxCStrData& str)
- { return assign(str.AsString()); }
- wxString& assign(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str)
- { return assign(str.data(), str.length()); }
- wxString& assign(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str)
- { return assign(str.data(), str.length()); }
- wxString& assign(const wxCStrData& str, size_t len)
- { return assign(str.AsString(), len); }
- wxString& assign(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str, size_t len)
- { return assign(str.data(), len); }
- wxString& assign(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str, size_t len)
- { return assign(str.data(), len); }
-
- // same as `= n copies of ch'
- wxString& assign(size_t n, wxUniChar ch)
- {
- wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- m_impl.assign(wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(n, ch));
- else
-#endif
- m_impl.assign(n, (wxStringCharType)ch);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& assign(size_t n, wxUniCharRef ch)
- { return assign(n, wxUniChar(ch)); }
- wxString& assign(size_t n, char ch)
- { return assign(n, wxUniChar(ch)); }
- wxString& assign(size_t n, unsigned char ch)
- { return assign(n, wxUniChar(ch)); }
- wxString& assign(size_t n, wchar_t ch)
- { return assign(n, wxUniChar(ch)); }
-
- // assign from first to last
- wxString& assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.assign(first.impl(), last.impl());
-
- return *this;
- }
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER
- wxString& assign(const char *first, const char *last)
- { return assign(first, last - first); }
- wxString& assign(const wchar_t *first, const wchar_t *last)
- { return assign(first, last - first); }
- wxString& assign(const wxCStrData& first, const wxCStrData& last)
- { return assign(CreateConstIterator(first), CreateConstIterator(last)); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER
-
- // string comparison
- int compare(const wxString& str) const;
- int compare(const char* sz) const;
- int compare(const wchar_t* sz) const;
- int compare(const wxCStrData& str) const
- { return compare(str.AsString()); }
- int compare(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str) const
- { return compare(str.data()); }
- int compare(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str) const
- { return compare(str.data()); }
- // comparison with a substring
- int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxString& str) const;
- // comparison of 2 substrings
- int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
- const wxString& str, size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2) const;
- // substring comparison with first nCount characters of sz
- int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
- const char* sz, size_t nCount = npos) const;
- int compare(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
- const wchar_t* sz, size_t nCount = npos) const;
-
- // insert another string
- wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wxString& str)
- { insert(GetIterForNthChar(nPos), str.begin(), str.end()); return *this; }
- // insert n chars of str starting at nStart (in str)
- wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wxString& str, size_t nStart, size_t n)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
- size_t from, len;
- str.PosLenToImpl(nStart, n, &from, &len);
- m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), str.m_impl, from, len);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // insert first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz
- wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const char *sz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), ImplStr(sz));
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wchar_t *sz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), ImplStr(sz)); return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const char *sz, size_t n)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
- SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, n));
- m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), str.data, str.len);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& insert(size_t nPos, const wchar_t *sz, size_t n)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
- SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, n));
- m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), str.data, str.len);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // insert n copies of ch
- wxString& insert(size_t nPos, size_t n, wxUniChar ch)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(n, ch));
- else
-#endif
- m_impl.insert(PosToImpl(nPos), n, (wxStringCharType)ch);
- return *this;
- }
-
- iterator insert(iterator it, wxUniChar ch)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(1);
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- {
- size_t pos = IterToImplPos(it);
- m_impl.insert(pos, wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(ch));
- return iterator(this, m_impl.begin() + pos);
- }
- else
-#endif
- return iterator(this, m_impl.insert(it.impl(), (wxStringCharType)ch));
- }
-
- void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.insert(it.impl(), first.impl(), last.impl());
- }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER
- void insert(iterator it, const char *first, const char *last)
- { insert(it - begin(), first, last - first); }
- void insert(iterator it, const wchar_t *first, const wchar_t *last)
- { insert(it - begin(), first, last - first); }
- void insert(iterator it, const wxCStrData& first, const wxCStrData& last)
- { insert(it, CreateConstIterator(first), CreateConstIterator(last)); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_STRING_PTR_AS_ITER
-
- void insert(iterator it, size_type n, wxUniChar ch)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(n);
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- m_impl.insert(IterToImplPos(it), wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(n, ch));
- else
-#endif
- m_impl.insert(it.impl(), n, (wxStringCharType)ch);
- }
-
- // delete characters from nStart to nStart + nLen
- wxString& erase(size_type pos = 0, size_type n = npos)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- size_t from, len;
- PosLenToImpl(pos, n, &from, &len);
- m_impl.erase(from, len);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // delete characters from first up to last
- iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- return iterator(this, m_impl.erase(first.impl(), last.impl()));
- }
-
- iterator erase(iterator first)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(-1);
-
- return iterator(this, m_impl.erase(first.impl()));
- }
-
-#ifdef wxSTRING_BASE_HASNT_CLEAR
- void clear() { erase(); }
-#else
- void clear()
- {
- wxSTRING_SET_CACHED_LENGTH(0);
-
- m_impl.clear();
- }
-#endif
-
- // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart
- wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const char* sz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- size_t from, len;
- PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len);
- m_impl.replace(from, len, ImplStr(sz));
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wchar_t* sz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- size_t from, len;
- PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len);
- m_impl.replace(from, len, ImplStr(sz));
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart
- wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxString& str)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- size_t from, len;
- PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len);
- m_impl.replace(from, len, str.m_impl);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // replaces the substring with nCount copies of ch
- wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, size_t nCount, wxUniChar ch)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- size_t from, len;
- PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len);
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- m_impl.replace(from, len, wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(nCount, ch));
- else
-#endif
- m_impl.replace(from, len, nCount, (wxStringCharType)ch);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // replaces a substring with another substring
- wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
- const wxString& str, size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- size_t from, len;
- PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len);
-
- size_t from2, len2;
- str.PosLenToImpl(nStart2, nLen2, &from2, &len2);
-
- m_impl.replace(from, len, str.m_impl, from2, len2);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- // replaces the substring with first nCount chars of sz
- wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
- const char* sz, size_t nCount)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- size_t from, len;
- PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len);
-
- SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, nCount));
-
- m_impl.replace(from, len, str.data, str.len);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
- const wchar_t* sz, size_t nCount)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- size_t from, len;
- PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len);
-
- SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, nCount));
-
- m_impl.replace(from, len, str.data, str.len);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
- const wxString& s, size_t nCount)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- size_t from, len;
- PosLenToImpl(nStart, nLen, &from, &len);
- m_impl.replace(from, len, s.m_impl.c_str(), s.LenToImpl(nCount));
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const char* s)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), ImplStr(s));
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const wchar_t* s)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), ImplStr(s));
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const char* s, size_type n)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(s, n));
- m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), str.data, str.len);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const wchar_t* s, size_type n)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(s, n));
- m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), str.data, str.len);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const wxString& s)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), s.m_impl);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last, size_type n, wxUniChar ch)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(),
- wxStringOperations::EncodeNChars(n, ch));
- else
-#endif
- m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), n, (wxStringCharType)ch);
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last,
- const_iterator first1, const_iterator last1)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.replace(first.impl(), last.impl(), first1.impl(), last1.impl());
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last,
- const char *first1, const char *last1)
- { replace(first, last, first1, last1 - first1); return *this; }
- wxString& replace(iterator first, iterator last,
- const wchar_t *first1, const wchar_t *last1)
- { replace(first, last, first1, last1 - first1); return *this; }
-
- // swap two strings
- void swap(wxString& str)
- {
-#if wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
- // we modify not only this string but also the other one directly so we
- // need to invalidate cache for both of them (we could also try to
- // exchange their cache entries but it seems unlikely to be worth it)
- InvalidateCache();
- str.InvalidateCache();
-#endif // wxUSE_STRING_POS_CACHE
-
- m_impl.swap(str.m_impl);
- }
-
- // find a substring
- size_t find(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return PosFromImpl(m_impl.find(str.m_impl, PosToImpl(nStart))); }
-
- // find first n characters of sz
- size_t find(const char* sz, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const
- {
- SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, n));
- return PosFromImpl(m_impl.find(str.data, PosToImpl(nStart), str.len));
- }
- size_t find(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const
- {
- SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, n));
- return PosFromImpl(m_impl.find(str.data, PosToImpl(nStart), str.len));
- }
- size_t find(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const
- { return find(s.data(), nStart, n); }
- size_t find(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const
- { return find(s.data(), nStart, n); }
- size_t find(const wxCStrData& s, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const
- { return find(s.AsWChar(), nStart, n); }
-
- // find the first occurrence of character ch after nStart
- size_t find(wxUniChar ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- return PosFromImpl(m_impl.find(wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(ch),
- PosToImpl(nStart)));
- else
-#endif
- return PosFromImpl(m_impl.find((wxStringCharType)ch,
- PosToImpl(nStart)));
-
- }
- size_t find(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find(char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
-
- // rfind() family is exactly like find() but works right to left
-
- // as find, but from the end
- size_t rfind(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return PosFromImpl(m_impl.rfind(str.m_impl, PosToImpl(nStart))); }
-
- // as find, but from the end
- size_t rfind(const char* sz, size_t nStart = npos, size_t n = npos) const
- {
- SubstrBufFromMB str(ImplStr(sz, n));
- return PosFromImpl(m_impl.rfind(str.data, PosToImpl(nStart), str.len));
- }
- size_t rfind(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = npos, size_t n = npos) const
- {
- SubstrBufFromWC str(ImplStr(sz, n));
- return PosFromImpl(m_impl.rfind(str.data, PosToImpl(nStart), str.len));
- }
- size_t rfind(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s, size_t nStart = npos, size_t n = npos) const
- { return rfind(s.data(), nStart, n); }
- size_t rfind(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s, size_t nStart = npos, size_t n = npos) const
- { return rfind(s.data(), nStart, n); }
- size_t rfind(const wxCStrData& s, size_t nStart = npos, size_t n = npos) const
- { return rfind(s.AsWChar(), nStart, n); }
- // as find, but from the end
- size_t rfind(wxUniChar ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- return PosFromImpl(m_impl.rfind(wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(ch),
- PosToImpl(nStart)));
- else
-#endif
- return PosFromImpl(m_impl.rfind((wxStringCharType)ch,
- PosToImpl(nStart)));
- }
- size_t rfind(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return rfind(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t rfind(char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return rfind(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t rfind(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return rfind(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t rfind(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return rfind(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
-
- // find first/last occurrence of any character (not) in the set:
-#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // FIXME-UTF8: this is not entirely correct, because it doesn't work if
- // sizeof(wchar_t)==2 and surrogates are present in the string;
- // should we care? Probably not.
- size_t find_first_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_of(str.m_impl, nStart); }
- size_t find_first_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_first_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_first_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_of((wxChar)c, nStart); }
-
- size_t find_last_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_of(str.m_impl, nStart); }
- size_t find_last_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_last_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_last_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_of((wxChar)c, nStart); }
-
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_not_of(str.m_impl, nStart); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return m_impl.find_first_not_of((wxChar)c, nStart); }
-
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_not_of(str.m_impl, nStart); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_not_of(ImplStr(sz), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return m_impl.find_last_not_of((wxChar)c, nStart); }
-#else
- // we can't use std::string implementation in UTF-8 build, because the
- // character sets would be interpreted wrongly:
-
- // as strpbrk() but starts at nStart, returns npos if not found
- size_t find_first_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = 0) const
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: temporary
- { return find_first_of(str.wc_str(), nStart); }
-#else
- { return find_first_of(str.mb_str(), nStart); }
-#endif
- // same as above
- size_t find_first_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const;
- size_t find_first_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const;
- size_t find_first_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
- size_t find_first_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
- // same as find(char, size_t)
- size_t find_first_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find(c, nStart); }
- // find the last (starting from nStart) char from str in this string
- size_t find_last_of (const wxString& str, size_t nStart = npos) const
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: temporary
- { return find_last_of(str.wc_str(), nStart); }
-#else
- { return find_last_of(str.mb_str(), nStart); }
-#endif
- // same as above
- size_t find_last_of (const char* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const;
- size_t find_last_of (const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const;
- size_t find_last_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
- size_t find_last_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
- // same as above
- size_t find_last_of(wxUniChar c, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return rfind(c, nStart); }
-
- // find first/last occurrence of any character not in the set
-
- // as strspn() (starting from nStart), returns npos on failure
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = 0) const
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: temporary
- { return find_first_not_of(str.wc_str(), nStart); }
-#else
- { return find_first_not_of(str.mb_str(), nStart); }
-#endif
- // same as above
- size_t find_first_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const;
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = 0) const;
- size_t find_first_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
- // same as above
- size_t find_first_not_of(wxUniChar ch, size_t nStart = 0) const;
- // as strcspn()
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wxString& str, size_t nStart = npos) const
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE // FIXME-UTF8: temporary
- { return find_last_not_of(str.wc_str(), nStart); }
-#else
- { return find_last_not_of(str.mb_str(), nStart); }
-#endif
- // same as above
- size_t find_last_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const;
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart = npos) const;
- size_t find_last_not_of(const char* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wchar_t* sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const;
- // same as above
- size_t find_last_not_of(wxUniChar ch, size_t nStart = npos) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 or not
-
- // provide char/wchar_t/wxUniCharRef overloads for char-finding functions
- // above to resolve ambiguities:
- size_t find_first_of(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_of(char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_of(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_of(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_of(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return find_last_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_of(char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return find_last_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_of(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return find_last_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_of(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return find_last_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(wxUniCharRef ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return find_last_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return find_last_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(unsigned char ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return find_last_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(wchar_t ch, size_t nStart = npos) const
- { return find_last_not_of(wxUniChar(ch), nStart); }
-
- // and additional overloads for the versions taking strings:
- size_t find_first_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_of(sz.AsString(), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_of(sz.data(), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_of(sz.data(), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_first_of(sz.AsWChar(), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_first_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_first_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_first_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_first_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); }
-
- size_t find_last_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_last_of(sz.AsString(), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_last_of(sz.data(), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_last_of(sz.data(), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_last_of(sz.AsWChar(), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_last_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_last_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_last_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_last_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); }
-
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_not_of(sz.AsString(), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_not_of(sz.data(), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_first_not_of(sz.data(), nStart); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_first_not_of(sz.AsWChar(), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_first_not_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_first_not_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_first_not_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); }
-
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_last_not_of(sz.AsString(), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_last_not_of(sz.data(), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart = 0) const
- { return find_last_not_of(sz.data(), nStart); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wxCStrData& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_last_not_of(sz.AsWChar(), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wxScopedCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_last_not_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); }
- size_t find_last_not_of(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& sz, size_t nStart, size_t n) const
- { return find_last_not_of(sz.data(), nStart, n); }
-
- // string += string
- wxString& operator+=(const wxString& s)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH();
-
- m_impl += s.m_impl;
- return *this;
- }
- // string += C string
- wxString& operator+=(const char *psz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH();
-
- m_impl += ImplStr(psz);
- return *this;
- }
- wxString& operator+=(const wchar_t *pwz)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH();
-
- m_impl += ImplStr(pwz);
- return *this;
- }
- wxString& operator+=(const wxCStrData& s)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHED_LENGTH();
-
- m_impl += s.AsString().m_impl;
- return *this;
- }
- wxString& operator+=(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s)
- { return append(s); }
- wxString& operator+=(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s)
- { return append(s); }
- // string += char
- wxString& operator+=(wxUniChar ch)
- {
- wxSTRING_UPDATE_CACHED_LENGTH(1);
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- if ( !ch.IsAscii() )
- m_impl += wxStringOperations::EncodeChar(ch);
- else
-#endif
- m_impl += (wxStringCharType)ch;
- return *this;
- }
- wxString& operator+=(wxUniCharRef ch) { return *this += wxUniChar(ch); }
- wxString& operator+=(int ch) { return *this += wxUniChar(ch); }
- wxString& operator+=(char ch) { return *this += wxUniChar(ch); }
- wxString& operator+=(unsigned char ch) { return *this += wxUniChar(ch); }
- wxString& operator+=(wchar_t ch) { return *this += wxUniChar(ch); }
-
-private:
-#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
- // helpers for wxStringBuffer and wxStringBufferLength
- wxStringCharType *DoGetWriteBuf(size_t nLen)
- {
- return m_impl.DoGetWriteBuf(nLen);
- }
-
- void DoUngetWriteBuf()
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.DoUngetWriteBuf();
- }
-
- void DoUngetWriteBuf(size_t nLen)
- {
- wxSTRING_INVALIDATE_CACHE();
-
- m_impl.DoUngetWriteBuf(nLen);
- }
-#endif // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
-
-#ifndef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
- #if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- int DoPrintfWchar(const wxChar *format, ...);
- static wxString DoFormatWchar(const wxChar *format, ...);
- #endif
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- int DoPrintfUtf8(const char *format, ...);
- static wxString DoFormatUtf8(const char *format, ...);
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
- // check string's data validity
- bool IsValid() const { return m_impl.GetStringData()->IsValid(); }
-#endif
-
-private:
- wxStringImpl m_impl;
-
- // buffers for compatibility conversion from (char*)c_str() and
- // (wchar_t*)c_str(): the pointers returned by these functions should remain
- // valid until the string itself is modified for compatibility with the
- // existing code and consistency with std::string::c_str() so returning a
- // temporary buffer won't do and we need to cache the conversion results
-
- // TODO-UTF8: benchmark various approaches to keeping compatibility buffers
- template<typename T>
- struct ConvertedBuffer
- {
- // notice that there is no need to initialize m_len here as it's unused
- // as long as m_str is NULL
- ConvertedBuffer() : m_str(NULL) {}
- ~ConvertedBuffer()
- { free(m_str); }
-
- bool Extend(size_t len)
- {
- // add extra 1 for the trailing NUL
- void * const str = realloc(m_str, sizeof(T)*(len + 1));
- if ( !str )
- return false;
-
- m_str = static_cast<T *>(str);
- m_len = len;
-
- return true;
- }
-
- const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T> AsScopedBuffer() const
- {
- return wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>::CreateNonOwned(m_str, m_len);
- }
-
- T *m_str; // pointer to the string data
- size_t m_len; // length, not size, i.e. in chars and without last NUL
- };
-
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- // common mb_str() and wxCStrData::AsChar() helper: performs the conversion
- // and returns either m_convertedToChar.m_str (in which case its m_len is
- // also updated) or NULL if it failed
- //
- // there is an important exception: in wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 build if conv is a
- // UTF-8 one, we return m_impl.c_str() directly, without doing any conversion
- // as optimization and so the caller needs to check for this before using
- // m_convertedToChar
- //
- // NB: AsChar() returns char* in any build, unlike mb_str()
- const char *AsChar(const wxMBConv& conv) const;
-
- // mb_str() implementation helper
- wxScopedCharBuffer AsCharBuf(const wxMBConv& conv) const
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // avoid conversion if we can
- if ( conv.IsUTF8() )
- {
- return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(m_impl.c_str(),
- m_impl.length());
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
- // call this solely in order to fill in m_convertedToChar as AsChar()
- // updates it as a side effect: this is a bit ugly but it's a completely
- // internal function so the users of this class shouldn't care or know
- // about it and doing it like this, i.e. having a separate AsChar(),
- // allows us to avoid the creation and destruction of a temporary buffer
- // when using wxCStrData without duplicating any code
- if ( !AsChar(conv) )
- {
- // although it would be probably more correct to return NULL buffer
- // from here if the conversion fails, a lot of existing code doesn't
- // expect mb_str() (or wc_str()) to ever return NULL so return an
- // empty string otherwise to avoid crashes in it
- //
- // also, some existing code does check for the conversion success and
- // so asserting here would be bad too -- even if it does mean that
- // silently losing data is possible for badly written code
- return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned("", 0);
- }
-
- return m_convertedToChar.AsScopedBuffer();
- }
-
- ConvertedBuffer<char> m_convertedToChar;
-#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- // common wc_str() and wxCStrData::AsWChar() helper for both UTF-8 and ANSI
- // builds: converts the string contents into m_convertedToWChar and returns
- // NULL if the conversion failed (this can only happen in ANSI build)
- //
- // NB: AsWChar() returns wchar_t* in any build, unlike wc_str()
- const wchar_t *AsWChar(const wxMBConv& conv) const;
-
- // wc_str() implementation helper
- wxScopedWCharBuffer AsWCharBuf(const wxMBConv& conv) const
- {
- if ( !AsWChar(conv) )
- return wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(L"", 0);
-
- return m_convertedToWChar.AsScopedBuffer();
- }
-
- ConvertedBuffer<wchar_t> m_convertedToWChar;
-#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // FIXME-UTF8: (try to) move this elsewhere (TLS) or solve differently
- // assigning to character pointer to by wxString::iterator may
- // change the underlying wxStringImpl iterator, so we have to
- // keep track of all iterators and update them as necessary:
- struct wxStringIteratorNodeHead
- {
- wxStringIteratorNodeHead() : ptr(NULL) {}
- wxStringIteratorNode *ptr;
-
- // copying is disallowed as it would result in more than one pointer into
- // the same linked list
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringIteratorNodeHead);
- };
-
- wxStringIteratorNodeHead m_iterators;
-
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStringIteratorNode;
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxUniCharRef;
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCStrData;
- friend class wxStringInternalBuffer;
- friend class wxStringInternalBufferLength;
-};
-
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_WXSTRING_PRINTF_MIXIN
- #pragma warning (pop)
-#endif
-
-// string iterator operators that satisfy STL Random Access Iterator
-// requirements:
-inline wxString::iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n, wxString::iterator i)
- { return i + n; }
-inline wxString::const_iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n, wxString::const_iterator i)
- { return i + n; }
-inline wxString::reverse_iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n, wxString::reverse_iterator i)
- { return i + n; }
-inline wxString::const_reverse_iterator operator+(ptrdiff_t n, wxString::const_reverse_iterator i)
- { return i + n; }
-
-// notice that even though for many compilers the friend declarations above are
-// enough, from the point of view of C++ standard we must have the declarations
-// here as friend ones are not injected in the enclosing namespace and without
-// them the code fails to compile with conforming compilers such as xlC or g++4
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string1, const wxString& string2);
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, const char *psz);
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, const wchar_t *pwz);
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const char *psz, const wxString& string);
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wchar_t *pwz, const wxString& string);
-
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(const wxString& string, wxUniChar ch);
-wxString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE operator+(wxUniChar ch, const wxString& string);
-
-inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, wxUniCharRef ch)
- { return string + (wxUniChar)ch; }
-inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, char ch)
- { return string + wxUniChar(ch); }
-inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, wchar_t ch)
- { return string + wxUniChar(ch); }
-inline wxString operator+(wxUniCharRef ch, const wxString& string)
- { return (wxUniChar)ch + string; }
-inline wxString operator+(char ch, const wxString& string)
- { return wxUniChar(ch) + string; }
-inline wxString operator+(wchar_t ch, const wxString& string)
- { return wxUniChar(ch) + string; }
-
-
-#define wxGetEmptyString() wxString()
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper functions which couldn't be defined inline
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
-
-template <>
-struct wxStringAsBufHelper<char>
-{
- static wxScopedCharBuffer Get(const wxString& s, size_t *len)
- {
- wxScopedCharBuffer buf(s.mb_str());
- if ( len )
- *len = buf ? strlen(buf) : 0;
- return buf;
- }
-};
-
-template <>
-struct wxStringAsBufHelper<wchar_t>
-{
- static wxScopedWCharBuffer Get(const wxString& s, size_t *len)
- {
- const size_t length = s.length();
- if ( len )
- *len = length;
- return wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(s.wx_str(), length);
- }
-};
-
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
-template <>
-struct wxStringAsBufHelper<char>
-{
- static wxScopedCharBuffer Get(const wxString& s, size_t *len)
- {
- const size_t length = s.utf8_length();
- if ( len )
- *len = length;
- return wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(s.wx_str(), length);
- }
-};
-
-template <>
-struct wxStringAsBufHelper<wchar_t>
-{
- static wxScopedWCharBuffer Get(const wxString& s, size_t *len)
- {
- wxScopedWCharBuffer wbuf(s.wc_str());
- if ( len )
- *len = wxWcslen(wbuf);
- return wbuf;
- }
-};
-
-#endif // Unicode build kind
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringBuffer: a tiny class allowing to get a writable pointer into string
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
-// string buffer for direct access to string data in their native
-// representation:
-class wxStringInternalBuffer
-{
-public:
- typedef wxStringCharType CharType;
-
- wxStringInternalBuffer(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
- : m_str(str), m_buf(NULL)
- { m_buf = m_str.DoGetWriteBuf(lenWanted); }
-
- ~wxStringInternalBuffer() { m_str.DoUngetWriteBuf(); }
-
- operator wxStringCharType*() const { return m_buf; }
-
-private:
- wxString& m_str;
- wxStringCharType *m_buf;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInternalBuffer);
-};
-
-class wxStringInternalBufferLength
-{
-public:
- typedef wxStringCharType CharType;
-
- wxStringInternalBufferLength(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
- : m_str(str), m_buf(NULL), m_len(0), m_lenSet(false)
- {
- m_buf = m_str.DoGetWriteBuf(lenWanted);
- wxASSERT(m_buf != NULL);
- }
-
- ~wxStringInternalBufferLength()
- {
- wxASSERT(m_lenSet);
- m_str.DoUngetWriteBuf(m_len);
- }
-
- operator wxStringCharType*() const { return m_buf; }
- void SetLength(size_t length) { m_len = length; m_lenSet = true; }
-
-private:
- wxString& m_str;
- wxStringCharType *m_buf;
- size_t m_len;
- bool m_lenSet;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInternalBufferLength);
-};
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
-
-template<typename T>
-class wxStringTypeBufferBase
-{
-public:
- typedef T CharType;
-
- wxStringTypeBufferBase(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
- : m_str(str), m_buf(lenWanted)
- {
- // for compatibility with old wxStringBuffer which provided direct
- // access to wxString internal buffer, initialize ourselves with the
- // string initial contents
-
- // FIXME-VC6: remove the ugly (CharType *)NULL and use normal
- // tchar_str<CharType>
- size_t len;
- const wxCharTypeBuffer<CharType> buf(str.tchar_str(&len, (CharType *)NULL));
- if ( buf )
- {
- if ( len > lenWanted )
- {
- // in this case there is not enough space for terminating NUL,
- // ensure that we still put it there
- m_buf.data()[lenWanted] = 0;
- len = lenWanted - 1;
- }
-
- memcpy(m_buf.data(), buf, (len + 1)*sizeof(CharType));
- }
- //else: conversion failed, this can happen when trying to get Unicode
- // string contents into a char string
- }
-
- operator CharType*() { return m_buf.data(); }
-
-protected:
- wxString& m_str;
- wxCharTypeBuffer<CharType> m_buf;
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-class wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase : public wxStringTypeBufferBase<T>
-{
-public:
- wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
- : wxStringTypeBufferBase<T>(str, lenWanted),
- m_len(0),
- m_lenSet(false)
- { }
-
- ~wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_lenSet, "forgot to call SetLength()" );
- }
-
- void SetLength(size_t length) { m_len = length; m_lenSet = true; }
-
-protected:
- size_t m_len;
- bool m_lenSet;
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-class wxStringTypeBuffer : public wxStringTypeBufferBase<T>
-{
-public:
- wxStringTypeBuffer(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
- : wxStringTypeBufferBase<T>(str, lenWanted)
- { }
-
- ~wxStringTypeBuffer()
- {
- this->m_str.assign(this->m_buf.data());
- }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringTypeBuffer);
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-class wxStringTypeBufferLength : public wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase<T>
-{
-public:
- wxStringTypeBufferLength(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
- : wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase<T>(str, lenWanted)
- { }
-
- ~wxStringTypeBufferLength()
- {
- this->m_str.assign(this->m_buf.data(), this->m_len);
- }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringTypeBufferLength);
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxStringTypeBufferBase<wxStringCharType> )
-
-class wxStringInternalBuffer : public wxStringTypeBufferBase<wxStringCharType>
-{
-public:
- wxStringInternalBuffer(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
- : wxStringTypeBufferBase<wxStringCharType>(str, lenWanted) {}
- ~wxStringInternalBuffer()
- { m_str.m_impl.assign(m_buf.data()); }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInternalBuffer);
-};
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE(
- wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase<wxStringCharType> )
-
-class wxStringInternalBufferLength
- : public wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase<wxStringCharType>
-{
-public:
- wxStringInternalBufferLength(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
- : wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase<wxStringCharType>(str, lenWanted) {}
-
- ~wxStringInternalBufferLength()
- {
- m_str.m_impl.assign(m_buf.data(), m_len);
- }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxStringInternalBufferLength);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
-
-
-#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING || wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-typedef wxStringTypeBuffer<wxChar> wxStringBuffer;
-typedef wxStringTypeBufferLength<wxChar> wxStringBufferLength;
-#else // if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-typedef wxStringInternalBuffer wxStringBuffer;
-typedef wxStringInternalBufferLength wxStringBufferLength;
-#endif // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING && !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-typedef wxStringInternalBuffer wxUTF8StringBuffer;
-typedef wxStringInternalBufferLength wxUTF8StringBufferLength;
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxStringTypeBufferBase<char> )
-
-// Note about inlined dtors in the classes below: this is done not for
-// performance reasons but just to avoid linking errors in the MSVC DLL build
-// under Windows: if a class has non-inline methods it must be declared as
-// being DLL-exported but, due to an extremely interesting feature of MSVC 7
-// and later, any template class which is used as a base of a DLL-exported
-// class is implicitly made DLL-exported too, as explained at the bottom of
-// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/twa2aw10.aspx (just to confirm: yes,
-// _inheriting_ from a class can change whether it is being exported from DLL)
-//
-// But this results in link errors because the base template class is not DLL-
-// exported, whether it is declared with WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE or not, because it
-// does have only inline functions. So the simplest fix is to just make all the
-// functions of these classes inline too.
-
-class wxUTF8StringBuffer : public wxStringTypeBufferBase<char>
-{
-public:
- wxUTF8StringBuffer(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
- : wxStringTypeBufferBase<char>(str, lenWanted) {}
- ~wxUTF8StringBuffer()
- {
- wxMBConvStrictUTF8 conv;
- size_t wlen = conv.ToWChar(NULL, 0, m_buf);
- wxCHECK_RET( wlen != wxCONV_FAILED, "invalid UTF-8 data in string buffer?" );
-
- wxStringInternalBuffer wbuf(m_str, wlen);
- conv.ToWChar(wbuf, wlen, m_buf);
- }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUTF8StringBuffer);
-};
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase<char> )
-
-class wxUTF8StringBufferLength : public wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase<char>
-{
-public:
- wxUTF8StringBufferLength(wxString& str, size_t lenWanted = 1024)
- : wxStringTypeBufferLengthBase<char>(str, lenWanted) {}
- ~wxUTF8StringBufferLength()
- {
- wxCHECK_RET(m_lenSet, "length not set");
-
- wxMBConvStrictUTF8 conv;
- size_t wlen = conv.ToWChar(NULL, 0, m_buf, m_len);
- wxCHECK_RET( wlen != wxCONV_FAILED, "invalid UTF-8 data in string buffer?" );
-
- wxStringInternalBufferLength wbuf(m_str, wlen);
- conv.ToWChar(wbuf, wlen, m_buf, m_len);
- wbuf.SetLength(wlen);
- }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUTF8StringBufferLength);
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
-
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxString comparison functions: operator versions are always case sensitive
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxCMP_WXCHAR_STRING(p, s, op) 0 op s.Cmp(p)
-
-wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS(const wxChar *, const wxString&, wxCMP_WXCHAR_STRING)
-
-#undef wxCMP_WXCHAR_STRING
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return s1.IsSameAs(s2); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return !s1.IsSameAs(s2); }
-inline bool operator< (const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return s1.Cmp(s2) < 0; }
-inline bool operator> (const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return s1.Cmp(s2) > 0; }
-inline bool operator<=(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return s1.Cmp(s2) <= 0; }
-inline bool operator>=(const wxString& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return s1.Cmp(s2) >= 0; }
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxCStrData& s2)
- { return s1 == s2.AsString(); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxCStrData& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return s1.AsString() == s2; }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxCStrData& s2)
- { return s1 != s2.AsString(); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxCStrData& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return s1.AsString() != s2; }
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s2)
- { return (s1.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s2) == 0); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return (s2.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s1) == 0); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s2)
- { return (s1.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s2) != 0); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return (s2.Cmp((const wchar_t *)s1) != 0); }
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s1, const wxScopedCharBuffer& s2)
- { return (s1.Cmp((const char *)s2) == 0); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return (s2.Cmp((const char *)s1) == 0); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s1, const wxScopedCharBuffer& s2)
- { return (s1.Cmp((const char *)s2) != 0); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s1, const wxString& s2)
- { return (s2.Cmp((const char *)s1) != 0); }
-
-inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& buf)
- { return string + (const wchar_t *)buf; }
-inline wxString operator+(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& buf, const wxString& string)
- { return (const wchar_t *)buf + string; }
-
-inline wxString operator+(const wxString& string, const wxScopedCharBuffer& buf)
- { return string + (const char *)buf; }
-inline wxString operator+(const wxScopedCharBuffer& buf, const wxString& string)
- { return (const char *)buf + string; }
-
-// comparison with char
-inline bool operator==(const wxUniChar& c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxUniCharRef& c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator==(char c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator==(wchar_t c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator==(int c, const wxString& s) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s, const wxUniChar& c) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s, const wxUniCharRef& c) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s, char c) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator==(const wxString& s, wchar_t c) { return s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxUniChar& c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxUniCharRef& c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(char c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(wchar_t c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(int c, const wxString& s) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s, const wxUniChar& c) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s, const wxUniCharRef& c) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s, char c) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxString& s, wchar_t c) { return !s.IsSameAs(c); }
-
-
-// wxString iterators comparisons
-inline bool wxString::iterator::operator==(const const_iterator& i) const
- { return i == *this; }
-inline bool wxString::iterator::operator!=(const const_iterator& i) const
- { return i != *this; }
-inline bool wxString::iterator::operator<(const const_iterator& i) const
- { return i > *this; }
-inline bool wxString::iterator::operator>(const const_iterator& i) const
- { return i < *this; }
-inline bool wxString::iterator::operator<=(const const_iterator& i) const
- { return i >= *this; }
-inline bool wxString::iterator::operator>=(const const_iterator& i) const
- { return i <= *this; }
-
-// comparison with C string in Unicode build
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-#define wxCMP_CHAR_STRING(p, s, op) wxString(p) op s
-
-wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS(const char *, const wxString&, wxCMP_CHAR_STRING)
-
-#undef wxCMP_CHAR_STRING
-
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-// we also need to provide the operators for comparison with wxCStrData to
-// resolve ambiguity between operator(const wxChar *,const wxString &) and
-// operator(const wxChar *, const wxChar *) for "p == s.c_str()"
-//
-// notice that these are (shallow) pointer comparisons, not (deep) string ones
-#define wxCMP_CHAR_CSTRDATA(p, s, op) p op s.AsChar()
-#define wxCMP_WCHAR_CSTRDATA(p, s, op) p op s.AsWChar()
-
-wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS(const wchar_t *, const wxCStrData&, wxCMP_WCHAR_CSTRDATA)
-wxDEFINE_ALL_COMPARISONS(const char *, const wxCStrData&, wxCMP_CHAR_CSTRDATA)
-
-#undef wxCMP_CHAR_CSTRDATA
-#undef wxCMP_WCHAR_CSTRDATA
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Implementation only from here until the end of file
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-#include "wx/iosfwrap.h"
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxString&);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxCStrData&);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxScopedCharBuffer&);
-#ifndef __BORLANDC__
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD ostream& operator<<(wxSTD ostream&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && defined(HAVE_WOSTREAM)
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD wostream& operator<<(wxSTD wostream&, const wxString&);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD wostream& operator<<(wxSTD wostream&, const wxCStrData&);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSTD wostream& operator<<(wxSTD wostream&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE && defined(HAVE_WOSTREAM)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCStrData implementation
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxCStrData::wxCStrData(char *buf)
- : m_str(new wxString(buf)), m_offset(0), m_owned(true) {}
-inline wxCStrData::wxCStrData(wchar_t *buf)
- : m_str(new wxString(buf)), m_offset(0), m_owned(true) {}
-
-inline wxCStrData::wxCStrData(const wxCStrData& data)
- : m_str(data.m_owned ? new wxString(*data.m_str) : data.m_str),
- m_offset(data.m_offset),
- m_owned(data.m_owned)
-{
-}
-
-inline wxCStrData::~wxCStrData()
-{
- if ( m_owned )
- delete const_cast<wxString*>(m_str); // cast to silence warnings
-}
-
-// AsChar() and AsWChar() implementations simply forward to wxString methods
-
-inline const wchar_t* wxCStrData::AsWChar() const
-{
- const wchar_t * const p =
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- m_str->wc_str();
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- m_str->AsWChar(wxMBConvStrictUTF8());
-#else
- m_str->AsWChar(wxConvLibc);
-#endif
-
- // in Unicode build the string always has a valid Unicode representation
- // and even if a conversion is needed (as in UTF8 case) it can't fail
- //
- // but in ANSI build the string contents might be not convertible to
- // Unicode using the current locale encoding so we do need to check for
- // errors
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- if ( !p )
- {
- // if conversion fails, return empty string and not NULL to avoid
- // crashes in code written with either wxWidgets 2 wxString or
- // std::string behaviour in mind: neither of them ever returns NULL
- // from its c_str() and so we shouldn't neither
- //
- // notice that the same is done in AsChar() below and
- // wxString::wc_str() and mb_str() for the same reasons
- return L"";
- }
-#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE
-
- return p + m_offset;
-}
-
-inline const char* wxCStrData::AsChar() const
-{
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- const char * const p = m_str->AsChar(wxConvLibc);
- if ( !p )
- return "";
-#else // !wxUSE_UNICODE || wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- const char * const p = m_str->mb_str();
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-
- return p + m_offset;
-}
-
-inline wxString wxCStrData::AsString() const
-{
- if ( m_offset == 0 )
- return *m_str;
- else
- return m_str->Mid(m_offset);
-}
-
-inline const wxStringCharType *wxCStrData::AsInternal() const
-{
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- return wxStringOperations::AddToIter(m_str->wx_str(), m_offset);
-#else
- return m_str->wx_str() + m_offset;
-#endif
-}
-
-inline wxUniChar wxCStrData::operator*() const
-{
- if ( m_str->empty() )
- return wxUniChar(wxT('\0'));
- else
- return (*m_str)[m_offset];
-}
-
-inline wxUniChar wxCStrData::operator[](size_t n) const
-{
- // NB: we intentionally use operator[] and not at() here because the former
- // works for the terminating NUL while the latter does not
- return (*m_str)[m_offset + n];
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// more wxCStrData operators
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we need to define those to allow "size_t pos = p - s.c_str()" where p is
-// some pointer into the string
-inline size_t operator-(const char *p, const wxCStrData& cs)
-{
- return p - cs.AsChar();
-}
-
-inline size_t operator-(const wchar_t *p, const wxCStrData& cs)
-{
- return p - cs.AsWChar();
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation of wx[W]CharBuffer inline methods using wxCStrData
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// FIXME-UTF8: move this to buffer.h
-inline wxCharBuffer::wxCharBuffer(const wxCStrData& cstr)
- : wxCharTypeBufferBase(cstr.AsCharBuf())
-{
-}
-
-inline wxWCharBuffer::wxWCharBuffer(const wxCStrData& cstr)
- : wxCharTypeBufferBase(cstr.AsWCharBuf())
-{
-}
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation of wxStringIteratorNode inline methods
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void wxStringIteratorNode::DoSet(const wxString *str,
- wxStringImpl::const_iterator *citer,
- wxStringImpl::iterator *iter)
-{
- m_prev = NULL;
- m_iter = iter;
- m_citer = citer;
- m_str = str;
- if ( str )
- {
- m_next = str->m_iterators.ptr;
- const_cast<wxString*>(m_str)->m_iterators.ptr = this;
- if ( m_next )
- m_next->m_prev = this;
- }
- else
- {
- m_next = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-void wxStringIteratorNode::clear()
-{
- if ( m_next )
- m_next->m_prev = m_prev;
- if ( m_prev )
- m_prev->m_next = m_next;
- else if ( m_str ) // first in the list
- const_cast<wxString*>(m_str)->m_iterators.ptr = m_next;
-
- m_next = m_prev = NULL;
- m_citer = NULL;
- m_iter = NULL;
- m_str = NULL;
-}
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // lot of code out there doesn't explicitly include wx/crt.h, but uses
- // CRT wrappers that are now declared in wx/wxcrt.h and wx/wxcrtvararg.h,
- // so let's include this header now that wxString is defined and it's safe
- // to do it:
- #include "wx/crt.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Checks on wxString characters
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template<bool (T)(const wxUniChar& c)>
- inline bool wxStringCheck(const wxString& val)
- {
- for ( wxString::const_iterator i = val.begin();
- i != val.end();
- ++i )
- if (T(*i) == 0)
- return false;
- return true;
- }
-
-#endif // _WX_WXSTRING_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stringimpl.h
-// Purpose: wxStringImpl class, implementation of wxString
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
- This header implements std::string-like string class, wxStringImpl, that is
- used by wxString to store the data. Alternatively, if wxUSE_STD_STRING=1,
- wxStringImpl is just a typedef to std:: string class.
-*/
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXSTRINGIMPL_H__
-#define _WX_WXSTRINGIMPL_H__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h" // everybody should include this
-#include "wx/chartype.h" // for wxChar
-#include "wx/wxcrtbase.h" // for wxStrlen() etc.
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// implementation only
-#define wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX(i) \
- wxASSERT_MSG( (size_t)(i) <= length(), wxT("invalid index in wxString") )
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global data
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// global pointer to empty string
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxChar*) wxEmptyString;
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-// FIXME-UTF8: we should have only one wxEmptyString
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxStringCharType*) wxEmptyStringImpl;
-#endif
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// deal with various build options
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// we use STL-based string internally if we use std::string at all now, there
-// should be no reason to prefer our internal implement but if you really need
-// it you can predefine wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING as 0 when building the library
-#ifndef wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
- #define wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING wxUSE_STD_STRING
-#endif
-
-// in both cases we need to define wxStdString
-#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING || wxUSE_STD_STRING
-
-#include "wx/beforestd.h"
-#include <string>
-#include "wx/afterstd.h"
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STD_WSTRING
- typedef std::wstring wxStdWideString;
-#else
- typedef std::basic_string<wchar_t> wxStdWideString;
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- typedef wxStdWideString wxStdString;
-#else
- typedef std::string wxStdString;
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING || wxUSE_STD_STRING
-
-
-#if wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
-
- // we always want ctor from std::string when using std::string internally
- #undef wxUSE_STD_STRING
- #define wxUSE_STD_STRING 1
-
- // the versions of std::string included with gcc 2.95 and VC6 (for which
- // _MSC_VER == 1200) and eVC4 (_MSC_VER == 1201) lack clear() method
- #if (defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUG__ < 3)) || \
- !wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7) || defined(__EVC4__)
- #define wxSTRING_BASE_HASNT_CLEAR
- #endif
-
- typedef wxStdString wxStringImpl;
-#else // if !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
-
-// in non-STL mode, compare() is implemented in wxString and not wxStringImpl
-#undef HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// string data prepended with some housekeeping info (used by wxString class),
-// is never used directly (but had to be put here to allow inlining)
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringData
-{
- int nRefs; // reference count
- size_t nDataLength, // actual string length
- nAllocLength; // allocated memory size
-
- // mimics declaration 'wxStringCharType data[nAllocLength]'
- wxStringCharType* data() const { return (wxStringCharType*)(this + 1); }
-
- // empty string has a special ref count so it's never deleted
- bool IsEmpty() const { return (nRefs == -1); }
- bool IsShared() const { return (nRefs > 1); }
-
- // lock/unlock
- void Lock() { if ( !IsEmpty() ) nRefs++; }
-
- // VC++ will refuse to inline Unlock but profiling shows that it is wrong
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200)
- __forceinline
-#endif
- // VC++ free must take place in same DLL as allocation when using non dll
- // run-time library (e.g. Multithreaded instead of Multithreaded DLL)
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && defined(_MT) && !defined(_DLL)
- void Unlock() { if ( !IsEmpty() && --nRefs == 0) Free(); }
- // we must not inline deallocation since allocation is not inlined
- void Free();
-#else
- void Unlock() { if ( !IsEmpty() && --nRefs == 0) free(this); }
-#endif
-
- // if we had taken control over string memory (GetWriteBuf), it's
- // intentionally put in invalid state
- void Validate(bool b) { nRefs = (b ? 1 : 0); }
- bool IsValid() const { return (nRefs != 0); }
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringImpl
-{
-public:
- // an 'invalid' value for string index, moved to this place due to a CW bug
- static const size_t npos;
-
-protected:
- // points to data preceded by wxStringData structure with ref count info
- wxStringCharType *m_pchData;
-
- // accessor to string data
- wxStringData* GetStringData() const { return (wxStringData*)m_pchData - 1; }
-
- // string (re)initialization functions
- // initializes the string to the empty value (must be called only from
- // ctors, use Reinit() otherwise)
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- void Init() { m_pchData = (wxStringCharType *)wxEmptyStringImpl; } // FIXME-UTF8
-#else
- void Init() { m_pchData = (wxStringCharType *)wxEmptyString; }
-#endif
- // initializes the string with (a part of) C-string
- void InitWith(const wxStringCharType *psz, size_t nPos = 0, size_t nLen = npos);
- // as Init, but also frees old data
- void Reinit() { GetStringData()->Unlock(); Init(); }
-
- // memory allocation
- // allocates memory for string of length nLen
- bool AllocBuffer(size_t nLen);
- // effectively copies data to string
- bool AssignCopy(size_t, const wxStringCharType *);
-
- // append a (sub)string
- bool ConcatSelf(size_t nLen, const wxStringCharType *src, size_t nMaxLen);
- bool ConcatSelf(size_t nLen, const wxStringCharType *src)
- { return ConcatSelf(nLen, src, nLen); }
-
- // functions called before writing to the string: they copy it if there
- // are other references to our data (should be the only owner when writing)
- bool CopyBeforeWrite();
- bool AllocBeforeWrite(size_t);
-
- // compatibility with wxString
- bool Alloc(size_t nLen);
-
-public:
- // standard types
- typedef wxStringCharType value_type;
- typedef wxStringCharType char_type;
- typedef size_t size_type;
- typedef value_type& reference;
- typedef const value_type& const_reference;
- typedef value_type* pointer;
- typedef const value_type* const_pointer;
-
- // macro to define the bulk of iterator and const_iterator classes
- #define WX_DEFINE_STRINGIMPL_ITERATOR(iterator_name, ref_type, ptr_type) \
- public: \
- typedef wxStringCharType value_type; \
- typedef ref_type reference; \
- typedef ptr_type pointer; \
- typedef int difference_type; \
- \
- iterator_name() : m_ptr(NULL) { } \
- iterator_name(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { } \
- \
- reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; } \
- \
- iterator_name& operator++() { m_ptr++; return *this; } \
- iterator_name operator++(int) \
- { \
- const iterator_name tmp(*this); \
- m_ptr++; \
- return tmp; \
- } \
- \
- iterator_name& operator--() { m_ptr--; return *this; } \
- iterator_name operator--(int) \
- { \
- const iterator_name tmp(*this); \
- m_ptr--; \
- return tmp; \
- } \
- \
- iterator_name operator+(ptrdiff_t n) const \
- { return iterator_name(m_ptr + n); } \
- iterator_name operator-(ptrdiff_t n) const \
- { return iterator_name(m_ptr - n); } \
- iterator_name& operator+=(ptrdiff_t n) \
- { m_ptr += n; return *this; } \
- iterator_name& operator-=(ptrdiff_t n) \
- { m_ptr -= n; return *this; } \
- \
- difference_type operator-(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_ptr - i.m_ptr; } \
- \
- bool operator==(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_ptr == i.m_ptr; } \
- bool operator!=(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_ptr != i.m_ptr; } \
- \
- bool operator<(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_ptr < i.m_ptr; } \
- bool operator>(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_ptr > i.m_ptr; } \
- bool operator<=(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_ptr <= i.m_ptr; } \
- bool operator>=(const iterator_name& i) const \
- { return m_ptr >= i.m_ptr; } \
- \
- private: \
- /* for wxStringImpl use only */ \
- pointer GetPtr() const { return m_ptr; } \
- \
- friend class wxStringImpl; \
- \
- pointer m_ptr
-
- // we need to declare const_iterator in wxStringImpl scope, the friend
- // declaration inside iterator class itself is not enough, or at least not
- // for g++ 3.4 (g++ 4 is ok)
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE const_iterator;
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE iterator
- {
- WX_DEFINE_STRINGIMPL_ITERATOR(iterator,
- wxStringCharType&,
- wxStringCharType*);
-
- friend class const_iterator;
- };
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const_iterator
- {
- public:
- const_iterator(iterator i) : m_ptr(i.m_ptr) { }
-
- WX_DEFINE_STRINGIMPL_ITERATOR(const_iterator,
- const wxStringCharType&,
- const wxStringCharType*);
- };
-
- #undef WX_DEFINE_STRINGIMPL_ITERATOR
-
-
- // constructors and destructor
- // ctor for an empty string
- wxStringImpl() { Init(); }
- // copy ctor
- wxStringImpl(const wxStringImpl& stringSrc)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( stringSrc.GetStringData()->IsValid(),
- wxT("did you forget to call UngetWriteBuf()?") );
-
- if ( stringSrc.empty() ) {
- // nothing to do for an empty string
- Init();
- }
- else {
- m_pchData = stringSrc.m_pchData; // share same data
- GetStringData()->Lock(); // => one more copy
- }
- }
- // string containing nRepeat copies of ch
- wxStringImpl(size_type nRepeat, wxStringCharType ch);
- // ctor takes first nLength characters from C string
- // (default value of npos means take all the string)
- wxStringImpl(const wxStringCharType *psz)
- { InitWith(psz, 0, npos); }
- wxStringImpl(const wxStringCharType *psz, size_t nLength)
- { InitWith(psz, 0, nLength); }
- // take nLen chars starting at nPos
- wxStringImpl(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nPos, size_t nLen)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( str.GetStringData()->IsValid(),
- wxT("did you forget to call UngetWriteBuf()?") );
- Init();
- size_t strLen = str.length() - nPos; nLen = strLen < nLen ? strLen : nLen;
- InitWith(str.c_str(), nPos, nLen);
- }
- // take everything between start and end
- wxStringImpl(const_iterator start, const_iterator end);
-
-
- // ctor from and conversion to std::string
-#if wxUSE_STD_STRING
- wxStringImpl(const wxStdString& impl)
- { InitWith(impl.c_str(), 0, impl.length()); }
-
- operator wxStdString() const
- { return wxStdString(c_str(), length()); }
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200)
- // disable warning about Unlock() below not being inlined (first, it
- // seems to be inlined nevertheless and second, even if it isn't, there
- // is nothing we can do about this
- #pragma warning(push)
- #pragma warning (disable:4714)
-#endif
-
- // dtor is not virtual, this class must not be inherited from!
- ~wxStringImpl()
- {
- GetStringData()->Unlock();
- }
-
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1200)
- #pragma warning(pop)
-#endif
-
- // overloaded assignment
- // from another wxString
- wxStringImpl& operator=(const wxStringImpl& stringSrc);
- // from a character
- wxStringImpl& operator=(wxStringCharType ch);
- // from a C string
- wxStringImpl& operator=(const wxStringCharType *psz);
-
- // return the length of the string
- size_type length() const { return GetStringData()->nDataLength; }
- // return the length of the string
- size_type size() const { return length(); }
- // return the maximum size of the string
- size_type max_size() const { return npos; }
- // resize the string, filling the space with c if c != 0
- void resize(size_t nSize, wxStringCharType ch = '\0');
- // delete the contents of the string
- void clear() { erase(0, npos); }
- // returns true if the string is empty
- bool empty() const { return length() == 0; }
- // inform string about planned change in size
- void reserve(size_t sz) { Alloc(sz); }
- size_type capacity() const { return GetStringData()->nAllocLength; }
-
- // lib.string.access
- // return the character at position n
- value_type operator[](size_type n) const { return m_pchData[n]; }
- value_type at(size_type n) const
- { wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX( n ); return m_pchData[n]; }
- // returns the writable character at position n
- reference operator[](size_type n) { CopyBeforeWrite(); return m_pchData[n]; }
- reference at(size_type n)
- {
- wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX( n );
- CopyBeforeWrite();
- return m_pchData[n];
- } // FIXME-UTF8: not useful for us...?
-
- // lib.string.modifiers
- // append elements str[pos], ..., str[pos+n]
- wxStringImpl& append(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t pos, size_t n)
- {
- wxASSERT(pos <= str.length());
- ConcatSelf(n, str.c_str() + pos, str.length() - pos);
- return *this;
- }
- // append a string
- wxStringImpl& append(const wxStringImpl& str)
- { ConcatSelf(str.length(), str.c_str()); return *this; }
- // append first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz
- wxStringImpl& append(const wxStringCharType *sz)
- { ConcatSelf(wxStrlen(sz), sz); return *this; }
- wxStringImpl& append(const wxStringCharType *sz, size_t n)
- { ConcatSelf(n, sz); return *this; }
- // append n copies of ch
- wxStringImpl& append(size_t n, wxStringCharType ch);
- // append from first to last
- wxStringImpl& append(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
- { ConcatSelf(last - first, first.GetPtr()); return *this; }
-
- // same as `this_string = str'
- wxStringImpl& assign(const wxStringImpl& str)
- { return *this = str; }
- // same as ` = str[pos..pos + n]
- wxStringImpl& assign(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t pos, size_t n)
- { return replace(0, npos, str, pos, n); }
- // same as `= first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz'
- wxStringImpl& assign(const wxStringCharType *sz)
- { return replace(0, npos, sz, wxStrlen(sz)); }
- wxStringImpl& assign(const wxStringCharType *sz, size_t n)
- { return replace(0, npos, sz, n); }
- // same as `= n copies of ch'
- wxStringImpl& assign(size_t n, wxStringCharType ch)
- { return replace(0, npos, n, ch); }
- // assign from first to last
- wxStringImpl& assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
- { return replace(begin(), end(), first, last); }
-
- // first valid index position
- const_iterator begin() const { return m_pchData; }
- iterator begin();
- // position one after the last valid one
- const_iterator end() const { return m_pchData + length(); }
- iterator end();
-
- // insert another string
- wxStringImpl& insert(size_t nPos, const wxStringImpl& str)
- {
- wxASSERT( str.GetStringData()->IsValid() );
- return insert(nPos, str.c_str(), str.length());
- }
- // insert n chars of str starting at nStart (in str)
- wxStringImpl& insert(size_t nPos, const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nStart, size_t n)
- {
- wxASSERT( str.GetStringData()->IsValid() );
- wxASSERT( nStart < str.length() );
- size_t strLen = str.length() - nStart;
- n = strLen < n ? strLen : n;
- return insert(nPos, str.c_str() + nStart, n);
- }
- // insert first n (or all if n == npos) characters of sz
- wxStringImpl& insert(size_t nPos, const wxStringCharType *sz, size_t n = npos);
- // insert n copies of ch
- wxStringImpl& insert(size_t nPos, size_t n, wxStringCharType ch)
- { return insert(nPos, wxStringImpl(n, ch)); }
- iterator insert(iterator it, wxStringCharType ch)
- { size_t idx = it - begin(); insert(idx, 1, ch); return begin() + idx; }
- void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
- { insert(it - begin(), first.GetPtr(), last - first); }
- void insert(iterator it, size_type n, wxStringCharType ch)
- { insert(it - begin(), n, ch); }
-
- // delete characters from nStart to nStart + nLen
- wxStringImpl& erase(size_type pos = 0, size_type n = npos);
- iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last)
- {
- size_t idx = first - begin();
- erase(idx, last - first);
- return begin() + idx;
- }
- iterator erase(iterator first);
-
- // explicit conversion to C string (use this with printf()!)
- const wxStringCharType* c_str() const { return m_pchData; }
- const wxStringCharType* data() const { return m_pchData; }
-
- // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart
- wxStringImpl& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxStringCharType* sz)
- { return replace(nStart, nLen, sz, npos); }
- // replaces the substring of length nLen starting at nStart
- wxStringImpl& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen, const wxStringImpl& str)
- { return replace(nStart, nLen, str.c_str(), str.length()); }
- // replaces the substring with nCount copies of ch
- wxStringImpl& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
- size_t nCount, wxStringCharType ch)
- { return replace(nStart, nLen, wxStringImpl(nCount, ch)); }
- // replaces a substring with another substring
- wxStringImpl& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
- const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nStart2, size_t nLen2)
- { return replace(nStart, nLen, str.substr(nStart2, nLen2)); }
- // replaces the substring with first nCount chars of sz
- wxStringImpl& replace(size_t nStart, size_t nLen,
- const wxStringCharType* sz, size_t nCount);
-
- wxStringImpl& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const_pointer s)
- { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, s); }
- wxStringImpl& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const_pointer s,
- size_type n)
- { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, s, n); }
- wxStringImpl& replace(iterator first, iterator last, const wxStringImpl& s)
- { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, s); }
- wxStringImpl& replace(iterator first, iterator last, size_type n, wxStringCharType c)
- { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, n, c); }
- wxStringImpl& replace(iterator first, iterator last,
- const_iterator first1, const_iterator last1)
- { return replace(first - begin(), last - first, first1.GetPtr(), last1 - first1); }
-
- // swap two strings
- void swap(wxStringImpl& str);
-
- // All find() functions take the nStart argument which specifies the
- // position to start the search on, the default value is 0. All functions
- // return npos if there were no match.
-
- // find a substring
- size_t find(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nStart = 0) const;
-
- // find first n characters of sz
- size_t find(const wxStringCharType* sz, size_t nStart = 0, size_t n = npos) const;
-
- // find the first occurrence of character ch after nStart
- size_t find(wxStringCharType ch, size_t nStart = 0) const;
-
- // rfind() family is exactly like find() but works right to left
-
- // as find, but from the end
- size_t rfind(const wxStringImpl& str, size_t nStart = npos) const;
-
- // as find, but from the end
- size_t rfind(const wxStringCharType* sz, size_t nStart = npos,
- size_t n = npos) const;
- // as find, but from the end
- size_t rfind(wxStringCharType ch, size_t nStart = npos) const;
-
- size_type copy(wxStringCharType* s, size_type n, size_type pos = 0);
-
- // substring extraction
- wxStringImpl substr(size_t nStart = 0, size_t nLen = npos) const;
-
- // string += string
- wxStringImpl& operator+=(const wxStringImpl& s) { return append(s); }
- // string += C string
- wxStringImpl& operator+=(const wxStringCharType *psz) { return append(psz); }
- // string += char
- wxStringImpl& operator+=(wxStringCharType ch) { return append(1, ch); }
-
- // helpers for wxStringBuffer and wxStringBufferLength
- wxStringCharType *DoGetWriteBuf(size_t nLen);
- void DoUngetWriteBuf();
- void DoUngetWriteBuf(size_t nLen);
-
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-};
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_STL_BASED_WXSTRING
-
-// don't pollute the library user's name space
-#undef wxASSERT_VALID_INDEX
-
-#endif // _WX_WXSTRINGIMPL_H__
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/stringops.h
-// Purpose: implementation of wxString primitive operations
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2007-04-16
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXSTRINGOPS_H__
-#define _WX_WXSTRINGOPS_H__
-
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-#include "wx/stringimpl.h"
-#include "wx/unichar.h"
-#include "wx/buffer.h"
-
-// This header contains wxStringOperations "namespace" class that implements
-// elementary operations on string data as static methods; wxString methods and
-// iterators are implemented in terms of it. Two implementations are available,
-// one for UTF-8 encoded char* string and one for "raw" wchar_t* strings (or
-// char* in ANSI build).
-
-// FIXME-UTF8: only wchar after we remove ANSI build
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR || !wxUSE_UNICODE
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringOperationsWchar
-{
- // moves the iterator to the next Unicode character
- template <typename Iterator>
- static void IncIter(Iterator& i) { ++i; }
-
- // moves the iterator to the previous Unicode character
- template <typename Iterator>
- static void DecIter(Iterator& i) { --i; }
-
- // moves the iterator by n Unicode characters
- template <typename Iterator>
- static Iterator AddToIter(const Iterator& i, ptrdiff_t n)
- { return i + n; }
-
- // returns distance of the two iterators in Unicode characters
- template <typename Iterator>
- static ptrdiff_t DiffIters(const Iterator& i1, const Iterator& i2)
- { return i1 - i2; }
-
- // encodes the character to a form used to represent it in internal
- // representation (returns a string in UTF8 version)
- static wxChar EncodeChar(const wxUniChar& ch) { return (wxChar)ch; }
-
- static wxUniChar DecodeChar(const wxStringImpl::const_iterator& i)
- { return *i; }
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR || !wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringOperationsUtf8
-{
- // checks correctness of UTF-8 sequence
- static bool IsValidUtf8String(const char *c,
- size_t len = wxStringImpl::npos);
- static bool IsValidUtf8LeadByte(unsigned char c)
- {
- return (c <= 0x7F) || (c >= 0xC2 && c <= 0xF4);
- }
-
- // table of offsets to skip forward when iterating over UTF-8 sequence
- static const unsigned char ms_utf8IterTable[256];
-
-
- template<typename Iterator>
- static void IncIter(Iterator& i)
- {
- wxASSERT( IsValidUtf8LeadByte(*i) );
- i += ms_utf8IterTable[(unsigned char)*i];
- }
-
- template<typename Iterator>
- static void DecIter(Iterator& i)
- {
- // Non-lead bytes are all in the 0x80..0xBF range (i.e. 10xxxxxx in
- // binary), so we just have to go back until we hit a byte that is
- // either < 0x80 (i.e. 0xxxxxxx in binary) or 0xC0..0xFF (11xxxxxx in
- // binary; this includes some invalid values, but we can ignore it
- // here, because we assume valid UTF-8 input for the purpose of
- // efficient implementation).
- --i;
- while ( ((*i) & 0xC0) == 0x80 /* 2 highest bits are '10' */ )
- --i;
- }
-
- template<typename Iterator>
- static Iterator AddToIter(const Iterator& i, ptrdiff_t n)
- {
- Iterator out(i);
-
- if ( n > 0 )
- {
- for ( ptrdiff_t j = 0; j < n; ++j )
- IncIter(out);
- }
- else if ( n < 0 )
- {
- for ( ptrdiff_t j = 0; j > n; --j )
- DecIter(out);
- }
-
- return out;
- }
-
- template<typename Iterator>
- static ptrdiff_t DiffIters(Iterator i1, Iterator i2)
- {
- ptrdiff_t dist = 0;
-
- if ( i1 < i2 )
- {
- while ( i1 != i2 )
- {
- IncIter(i1);
- dist--;
- }
- }
- else if ( i2 < i1 )
- {
- while ( i2 != i1 )
- {
- IncIter(i2);
- dist++;
- }
- }
-
- return dist;
- }
-
- // encodes the character as UTF-8:
- typedef wxUniChar::Utf8CharBuffer Utf8CharBuffer;
- static Utf8CharBuffer EncodeChar(const wxUniChar& ch)
- { return ch.AsUTF8(); }
-
- // returns n copies of ch encoded in UTF-8 string
- static wxCharBuffer EncodeNChars(size_t n, const wxUniChar& ch);
-
- // returns the length of UTF-8 encoding of the character with lead byte 'c'
- static size_t GetUtf8CharLength(char c)
- {
- wxASSERT( IsValidUtf8LeadByte(c) );
- return ms_utf8IterTable[(unsigned char)c];
- }
-
- // decodes single UTF-8 character from UTF-8 string
- static wxUniChar DecodeChar(wxStringImpl::const_iterator i)
- {
- if ( (unsigned char)*i < 0x80 )
- return (int)*i;
- return DecodeNonAsciiChar(i);
- }
-
-private:
- static wxUniChar DecodeNonAsciiChar(wxStringImpl::const_iterator i);
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-typedef wxStringOperationsUtf8 wxStringOperations;
-#else
-typedef wxStringOperationsWchar wxStringOperations;
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_WXSTRINGOPS_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/strvararg.h
-// Purpose: macros for implementing type-safe vararg passing of strings
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2007-02-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_STRVARARG_H_
-#define _WX_STRVARARG_H_
-
-#include "wx/platform.h"
-#if wxONLY_WATCOM_EARLIER_THAN(1,4)
- #error "OpenWatcom version >= 1.4 is required to compile this code"
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/cpp.h"
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-#include "wx/strconv.h"
-#include "wx/buffer.h"
-#include "wx/unichar.h"
-
-#if defined(HAVE_TYPE_TRAITS)
- #include <type_traits>
-#elif defined(HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS)
- #ifdef __VISUALC__
- #include <type_traits>
- #else
- #include <tr1/type_traits>
- #endif
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCStrData;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC* macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This macro is used to implement type-safe wrappers for variadic functions
-// that accept strings as arguments. This makes it possible to pass char*,
-// wchar_t* or even wxString (as opposed to having to use wxString::c_str())
-// to e.g. wxPrintf().
-//
-// This is done by defining a set of N template function taking 1..N arguments
-// (currently, N is set to 30 in this header). These functions are just thin
-// wrappers around another variadic function ('impl' or 'implUtf8' arguments,
-// see below) and the only thing the wrapper does is that it normalizes the
-// arguments passed in so that they are of the type expected by variadic
-// functions taking string arguments, i.e., char* or wchar_t*, depending on the
-// build:
-// * char* in the current locale's charset in ANSI build
-// * char* with UTF-8 encoding if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 and the app is running
-// under an UTF-8 locale
-// * wchar_t* if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR or if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 and the current
-// locale is not UTF-8
-//
-// Note that wxFormatString *must* be used for the format parameter of these
-// functions, otherwise the implementation won't work correctly. Furthermore,
-// it must be passed by value, not reference, because it's modified by the
-// vararg templates internally.
-//
-// Parameters:
-// [ there are examples in square brackets showing values of the parameters
-// for the wxFprintf() wrapper for fprintf() function with the following
-// prototype:
-// int wxFprintf(FILE *stream, const wxString& format, ...); ]
-//
-// rettype Functions' return type [int]
-// name Name of the function [fprintf]
-// numfixed The number of leading "fixed" (i.e., not variadic)
-// arguments of the function (e.g. "stream" and "format"
-// arguments of fprintf()); their type is _not_ converted
-// using wxArgNormalizer<T>, unlike the rest of
-// the function's arguments [2]
-// fixed List of types of the leading "fixed" arguments, in
-// parenthesis [(FILE*,const wxString&)]
-// impl Name of the variadic function that implements 'name' for
-// the native strings representation (wchar_t* if
-// wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR or wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 when running under
-// non-UTF8 locale, char* in ANSI build) [wxCrt_Fprintf]
-// implUtf8 Like 'impl', but for the UTF-8 char* version to be used
-// if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 and running under UTF-8 locale
-// (ignored otherwise) [fprintf]
-//
-#define WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(rettype, name, numfixed, fixed, impl, implUtf8) \
- _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_N0(rettype, name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \
- WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_SANS_N0(rettype, name, numfixed, fixed, impl, implUtf8)
-
-// ditto, but without the version with 0 template/vararg arguments
-#define WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_SANS_N0(rettype, name, \
- numfixed, fixed, impl, implUtf8) \
- _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \
- _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC, \
- rettype, name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed)
-
-// Like WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC, but for variadic functions that don't return
-// a value.
-#define WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID(name, numfixed, fixed, impl, implUtf8) \
- _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_VOID_N0(name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \
- _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \
- _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_VOID, \
- void, name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed)
-
-// Like WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID, but instead of wrapping an implementation
-// function, does nothing in defined functions' bodies.
-//
-// Used to implement wxLogXXX functions if wxUSE_LOG=0.
-#define WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP(name, numfixed, fixed) \
- _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_NOP_N0(name, numfixed, fixed) \
- _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \
- _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_NOP, \
- void, name, dummy, dummy, numfixed, fixed)
-
-// Like WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_CTOR, but for defining template constructors
-#define WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_CTOR(name, numfixed, fixed, impl, implUtf8) \
- _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_CTOR_N0(name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \
- _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \
- _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_CTOR, \
- void, name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed)
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFormatString
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This class must be used for format string argument of the functions
-// defined using WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_* macros. It converts the string to
-// char* or wchar_t* for passing to implementation function efficiently (i.e.
-// without keeping the converted string in memory for longer than necessary,
-// like c_str()). It also converts format string to the correct form that
-// accounts for string changes done by wxArgNormalizer<>
-//
-// Note that this class can _only_ be used for function arguments!
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFormatString
-{
-public:
- wxFormatString(const char *str)
- : m_char(wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(str)), m_str(NULL), m_cstr(NULL) {}
- wxFormatString(const wchar_t *str)
- : m_wchar(wxScopedWCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(str)), m_str(NULL), m_cstr(NULL) {}
- wxFormatString(const wxString& str)
- : m_str(&str), m_cstr(NULL) {}
- wxFormatString(const wxCStrData& str)
- : m_str(NULL), m_cstr(&str) {}
- wxFormatString(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str)
- : m_char(str), m_str(NULL), m_cstr(NULL) {}
- wxFormatString(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str)
- : m_wchar(str), m_str(NULL), m_cstr(NULL) {}
-
- // Possible argument types. These are or-combinable for wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE
- // convenience. Some of the values are or-combined with another value, this
- // expresses "supertypes" for use with wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE masks. For example,
- // a char* string is also a pointer and an integer is also a char.
- enum ArgumentType
- {
- Arg_Char = 0x0001, // character as char %c
- Arg_Pointer = 0x0002, // %p
- Arg_String = 0x0004 | Arg_Pointer, // any form of string (%s and %p too)
-
- Arg_Int = 0x0008 | Arg_Char, // (ints can be used with %c)
-#if SIZEOF_INT == SIZEOF_LONG
- Arg_LongInt = Arg_Int,
-#else
- Arg_LongInt = 0x0010,
-#endif
-#if defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG_LONG == SIZEOF_LONG
- Arg_LongLongInt = Arg_LongInt,
-#elif defined(wxLongLong_t)
- Arg_LongLongInt = 0x0020,
-#endif
-
- Arg_Double = 0x0040,
- Arg_LongDouble = 0x0080,
-
-#if defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT)
- Arg_Size_t = Arg_Int,
-#elif defined(wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG)
- Arg_Size_t = Arg_LongInt,
-#elif defined(SIZEOF_LONG_LONG) && SIZEOF_SIZE_T == SIZEOF_LONG_LONG
- Arg_Size_t = Arg_LongLongInt,
-#else
- Arg_Size_t = 0x0100,
-#endif
-
- Arg_IntPtr = 0x0200, // %n -- store # of chars written
- Arg_ShortIntPtr = 0x0400,
- Arg_LongIntPtr = 0x0800,
-
- Arg_Unknown = 0x8000 // unrecognized specifier (likely error)
- };
-
- // returns the type of format specifier for n-th variadic argument (this is
- // not necessarily n-th format specifier if positional specifiers are used);
- // called by wxArgNormalizer<> specializations to get information about
- // n-th variadic argument desired representation
- ArgumentType GetArgumentType(unsigned n) const;
-
- // returns the value passed to ctor, only converted to wxString, similarly
- // to other InputAsXXX() methods
- wxString InputAsString() const;
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- operator const char*() const
- { return const_cast<wxFormatString*>(this)->AsChar(); }
-private:
- // InputAsChar() returns the value passed to ctor, only converted
- // to char, while AsChar() takes the string returned by InputAsChar()
- // and does format string conversion on it as well (and similarly for
- // ..AsWChar() below)
- const char* InputAsChar();
- const char* AsChar();
- wxScopedCharBuffer m_convertedChar;
-#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-public:
- operator const wchar_t*() const
- { return const_cast<wxFormatString*>(this)->AsWChar(); }
-private:
- const wchar_t* InputAsWChar();
- const wchar_t* AsWChar();
- wxScopedWCharBuffer m_convertedWChar;
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-
-private:
- wxScopedCharBuffer m_char;
- wxScopedWCharBuffer m_wchar;
-
- // NB: we can use a pointer here, because wxFormatString is only used
- // as function argument, so it has shorter life than the string
- // passed to the ctor
- const wxString * const m_str;
- const wxCStrData * const m_cstr;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxFormatString);
-};
-
-// these two helper classes are used to find wxFormatString argument among fixed
-// arguments passed to a vararg template
-struct wxFormatStringArgument
-{
- wxFormatStringArgument(const wxFormatString *s = NULL) : m_str(s) {}
- const wxFormatString *m_str;
-
- // overriding this operator allows us to reuse _WX_VARARG_JOIN macro
- wxFormatStringArgument operator,(const wxFormatStringArgument& a) const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( m_str == NULL || a.m_str == NULL,
- "can't have two format strings in vararg function" );
- return wxFormatStringArgument(m_str ? m_str : a.m_str);
- }
-
- operator const wxFormatString*() const { return m_str; }
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder
-{
- static wxFormatStringArgument find(T)
- {
- // by default, arguments are not format strings, so return "not found"
- return wxFormatStringArgument();
- }
-};
-
-template<>
-struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<const wxFormatString&>
-{
- static wxFormatStringArgument find(const wxFormatString& arg)
- { return wxFormatStringArgument(&arg); }
-};
-
-template<>
-struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<wxFormatString>
- : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<const wxFormatString&> {};
-
-// avoid passing big objects by value to wxFormatStringArgumentFinder::find()
-// (and especially wx[W]CharBuffer with its auto_ptr<> style semantics!):
-template<>
-struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<wxString>
- : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<const wxString&> {};
-
-template<>
-struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<wxScopedCharBuffer>
- : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<const wxScopedCharBuffer&> {};
-
-template<>
-struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<wxScopedWCharBuffer>
- : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<const wxScopedWCharBuffer&> {};
-
-template<>
-struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<wxCharBuffer>
- : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<const wxCharBuffer&> {};
-
-template<>
-struct wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<wxWCharBuffer>
- : public wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<const wxWCharBuffer&> {};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxArgNormalizer*<T> converters
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL
- // Check that the format specifier for index-th argument in 'fmt' has
- // the correct type (one of wxFormatString::Arg_XXX or-combination in
- // 'expected_mask').
- #define wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE(fmt, index, expected_mask) \
- wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_BEGIN \
- if ( !fmt ) \
- break; \
- const int argtype = fmt->GetArgumentType(index); \
- wxASSERT_MSG( (argtype & (expected_mask)) == argtype, \
- "format specifier doesn't match argument type" ); \
- wxSTATEMENT_MACRO_END
-#else
- // Just define it to suppress "unused parameter" warnings for the
- // parameters which we don't use otherwise
- #define wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE(fmt, index, expected_mask) \
- wxUnusedVar(fmt); \
- wxUnusedVar(index)
-#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL/!wxDEBUG_LEVEL
-
-
-#if defined(HAVE_TYPE_TRAITS) || defined(HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS)
-
-// Note: this type is misnamed, so that the error message is easier to
-// understand (no error happens for enums, because the IsEnum=true case is
-// specialized).
-template<bool IsEnum>
-struct wxFormatStringSpecifierNonPodType {};
-
-template<>
-struct wxFormatStringSpecifierNonPodType<true>
-{
- enum { value = wxFormatString::Arg_Int };
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-struct wxFormatStringSpecifier
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_TYPE_TRAITS
- typedef std::is_enum<T> is_enum;
-#elif defined HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS
- typedef std::tr1::is_enum<T> is_enum;
-#endif
- enum { value = wxFormatStringSpecifierNonPodType<is_enum::value>::value };
-};
-
-#else // !HAVE_(TR1_)TYPE_TRAITS
-
-template<typename T>
-struct wxFormatStringSpecifier
-{
- // We can't detect enums without is_enum, so the only thing we can
- // do is to accept unknown types. However, the only acceptable unknown
- // types still are enums, which are promoted to ints, so return Arg_Int
- // here. This will at least catch passing of non-POD types through ... at
- // runtime.
- //
- // Furthermore, if the compiler doesn't have partial template
- // specialization, we didn't cover pointers either.
-#ifdef HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION
- enum { value = wxFormatString::Arg_Int };
-#else
- enum { value = wxFormatString::Arg_Int | wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer };
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS/!HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS
-
-
-#ifdef HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION
-template<typename T>
-struct wxFormatStringSpecifier<T*>
-{
- enum { value = wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer };
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-struct wxFormatStringSpecifier<const T*>
-{
- enum { value = wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer };
-};
-#endif // !HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION
-
-
-#define wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(T, arg) \
- template<> struct wxFormatStringSpecifier<T> \
- { \
- enum { value = arg }; \
- };
-
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(bool, wxFormatString::Arg_Int)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(int, wxFormatString::Arg_Int)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(unsigned int, wxFormatString::Arg_Int)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(short int, wxFormatString::Arg_Int)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(short unsigned int, wxFormatString::Arg_Int)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(long int, wxFormatString::Arg_LongInt)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(long unsigned int, wxFormatString::Arg_LongInt)
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(wxLongLong_t, wxFormatString::Arg_LongLongInt)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(wxULongLong_t, wxFormatString::Arg_LongLongInt)
-#endif
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(float, wxFormatString::Arg_Double)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(double, wxFormatString::Arg_Double)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(long double, wxFormatString::Arg_LongDouble)
-
-#if wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(wchar_t, wxFormatString::Arg_Char | wxFormatString::Arg_Int)
-#endif
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(char, wxFormatString::Arg_Char | wxFormatString::Arg_Int)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(signed char, wxFormatString::Arg_Char | wxFormatString::Arg_Int)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(unsigned char, wxFormatString::Arg_Char | wxFormatString::Arg_Int)
-#endif
-
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(unsigned char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(signed char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(const char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(const unsigned char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(const signed char*, wxFormatString::Arg_String)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(wchar_t*, wxFormatString::Arg_String)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(const wchar_t*, wxFormatString::Arg_String)
-
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(int*, wxFormatString::Arg_IntPtr | wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(short int*, wxFormatString::Arg_ShortIntPtr | wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer)
-wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER(long int*, wxFormatString::Arg_LongIntPtr | wxFormatString::Arg_Pointer)
-
-#undef wxFORMAT_STRING_SPECIFIER
-
-
-// Converts an argument passed to wxPrint etc. into standard form expected,
-// by wxXXX functions, e.g. all strings (wxString, char*, wchar_t*) are
-// converted into wchar_t* or char* depending on the build.
-template<typename T>
-struct wxArgNormalizer
-{
- // Ctor. 'value' is the value passed as variadic argument, 'fmt' is pointer
- // to printf-like format string or NULL if the variadic function doesn't
- // use format string and 'index' is index of 'value' in variadic arguments
- // list (starting at 1)
- wxArgNormalizer(T value,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : m_value(value)
- {
- wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatStringSpecifier<T>::value );
- }
-
- // Returns the value in a form that can be safely passed to real vararg
- // functions. In case of strings, this is char* in ANSI build and wchar_t*
- // in Unicode build.
- T get() const { return m_value; }
-
- T m_value;
-};
-
-// normalizer for passing arguments to functions working with wchar_t* (and
-// until ANSI build is removed, char* in ANSI build as well - FIXME-UTF8)
-// string representation
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-template<typename T>
-struct wxArgNormalizerWchar : public wxArgNormalizer<T>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerWchar(T value,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizer<T>(value, fmt, index) {}
-};
-#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-
-// normalizer for passing arguments to functions working with UTF-8 encoded
-// char* strings
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- template<typename T>
- struct wxArgNormalizerUtf8 : public wxArgNormalizer<T>
- {
- wxArgNormalizerUtf8(T value,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizer<T>(value, fmt, index) {}
- };
-
- #define wxArgNormalizerNative wxArgNormalizerUtf8
-#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- #define wxArgNormalizerNative wxArgNormalizerWchar
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
-
-
-// special cases for converting strings:
-
-
-// base class for wxArgNormalizer<T> specializations that need to do conversion;
-// CharType is either wxStringCharType or wchar_t in UTF-8 build when wrapping
-// widechar CRT function
-template<typename CharType>
-struct wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer
-{
- typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<CharType> CharBuffer;
-
- wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer() {}
- wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer(const CharBuffer& buf,
- const wxFormatString *fmt,
- unsigned index)
- : m_value(buf)
- {
- wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatString::Arg_String );
- }
-
- const CharType *get() const { return m_value; }
-
- CharBuffer m_value;
-};
-
-// string objects:
-template<>
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizerNative<const wxString&>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerNative(const wxString& s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt,
- unsigned index)
- : m_value(s)
- {
- wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatString::Arg_String );
- }
-
- const wxStringCharType *get() const;
-
- const wxString& m_value;
-};
-
-// c_str() values:
-template<>
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizerNative<const wxCStrData&>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerNative(const wxCStrData& value,
- const wxFormatString *fmt,
- unsigned index)
- : m_value(value)
- {
- wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatString::Arg_String );
- }
-
- const wxStringCharType *get() const;
-
- const wxCStrData& m_value;
-};
-
-// wxString/wxCStrData conversion to wchar_t* value
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-template<>
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizerWchar<const wxString&>
- : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<wchar_t>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerWchar(const wxString& s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index);
-};
-
-template<>
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizerWchar<const wxCStrData&>
- : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<wchar_t>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerWchar(const wxCStrData& s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index);
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 && !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-
-
-// C string pointers of the wrong type (wchar_t* for ANSI or UTF8 build,
-// char* for wchar_t Unicode build or UTF8):
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
-
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizerWchar<const char*>
- : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<wchar_t>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerWchar(const char* s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<wchar_t>(wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(s), fmt, index) {}
-};
-
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizerUtf8<const wchar_t*>
- : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<char>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerUtf8(const wchar_t* s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<char>(wxConvUTF8.cWC2MB(s), fmt, index) {}
-};
-
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizerUtf8<const char*>
- : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<char>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerUtf8(const char* s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt,
- unsigned index)
- {
- wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index, wxFormatString::Arg_String );
-
- if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 )
- {
- m_value = wxScopedCharBuffer::CreateNonOwned(s);
- }
- else
- {
- // convert to widechar string first:
- wxScopedWCharBuffer buf(wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(s));
-
- // then to UTF-8:
- if ( buf )
- m_value = wxConvUTF8.cWC2MB(buf);
- }
- }
-};
-
-// UTF-8 build needs conversion to wchar_t* too:
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizerWchar<const char*>
- : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<wchar_t>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerWchar(const char* s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<wchar_t>(wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(s), fmt, index) {}
-};
-#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-
-#else // ANSI - FIXME-UTF8
-
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizerWchar<const wchar_t*>
- : public wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<char>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerWchar(const wchar_t* s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerWithBuffer<char>(wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(s), fmt, index) {}
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR/wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/ANSI
-
-
-// this macro is used to implement specialization that are exactly same as
-// some other specialization, i.e. to "forward" the implementation (e.g. for
-// T=wxString and T=const wxString&). Note that the ctor takes BaseT argument,
-// not T!
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- #if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- #define WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(T, BaseT) \
- _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL(wxArgNormalizerUtf8, T, BaseT)
- #else // possibly non-UTF8 locales
- #define WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(T, BaseT) \
- _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL(wxArgNormalizerWchar, T, BaseT); \
- _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL(wxArgNormalizerUtf8, T, BaseT)
- #endif
-#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- #define WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(T, BaseT) \
- _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL(wxArgNormalizerWchar, T, BaseT)
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
-
-#define _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL(Normalizer, T, BaseT) \
- template<> \
- struct Normalizer<T> : public Normalizer<BaseT> \
- { \
- Normalizer(BaseT value, \
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index) \
- : Normalizer<BaseT>(value, fmt, index) {} \
- }
-
-// non-reference versions of specializations for string objects
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxString, const wxString&);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxCStrData, const wxCStrData&);
-
-// versions for passing non-const pointers:
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(char*, const char*);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wchar_t*, const wchar_t*);
-
-// versions for passing wx[W]CharBuffer:
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxScopedCharBuffer, const char*);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const char*);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxScopedWCharBuffer, const wchar_t*);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wchar_t*);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxCharBuffer, const char*);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wxCharBuffer&, const char*);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxWCharBuffer, const wchar_t*);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wxWCharBuffer&, const wchar_t*);
-
-// versions for std::[w]string:
-#if wxUSE_STD_STRING
-
-#include "wx/stringimpl.h"
-
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizerWchar<const std::string&>
- : public wxArgNormalizerWchar<const char*>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerWchar(const std::string& s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerWchar<const char*>(s.c_str(), fmt, index) {}
-};
-
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizerWchar<const wxStdWideString&>
- : public wxArgNormalizerWchar<const wchar_t*>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerWchar(const wxStdWideString& s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerWchar<const wchar_t*>(s.c_str(), fmt, index) {}
-};
-#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizerUtf8<const std::string&>
- : public wxArgNormalizerUtf8<const char*>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerUtf8(const std::string& s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerUtf8<const char*>(s.c_str(), fmt, index) {}
-};
-
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizerUtf8<const wxStdWideString&>
- : public wxArgNormalizerUtf8<const wchar_t*>
-{
- wxArgNormalizerUtf8(const wxStdWideString& s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerUtf8<const wchar_t*>(s.c_str(), fmt, index) {}
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(std::string, const std::string&);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxStdWideString, const wxStdWideString&);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING
-
-
-// versions for wxUniChar, wxUniCharRef:
-// (this is same for UTF-8 and Wchar builds, we just convert to wchar_t)
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizer<const wxUniChar&> : public wxArgNormalizer<wchar_t>
-{
- wxArgNormalizer(const wxUniChar& s,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizer<wchar_t>(wx_truncate_cast(wchar_t, s.GetValue()), fmt, index) {}
-};
-
-// for wchar_t, default handler does the right thing
-
-// char has to be treated differently in Unicode builds: a char argument may
-// be used either for a character value (which should be converted into
-// wxUniChar) or as an integer value (which should be left as-is). We take
-// advantage of the fact that both char and wchar_t are converted into int
-// in variadic arguments here.
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-template<typename T>
-struct wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar
-{
- wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar(T value,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- {
- wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE( fmt, index,
- wxFormatString::Arg_Char | wxFormatString::Arg_Int );
-
- // FIXME-UTF8: which one is better default in absence of fmt string
- // (i.e. when used like e.g. Foo("foo", "bar", 'c', NULL)?
- if ( !fmt || fmt->GetArgumentType(index) == wxFormatString::Arg_Char )
- m_value = wx_truncate_cast(T, wxUniChar(value).GetValue());
- else
- m_value = value;
- }
-
- int get() const { return m_value; }
-
- T m_value;
-};
-
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizer<char> : public wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar<char>
-{
- wxArgNormalizer(char value,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar<char>(value, fmt, index) {}
-};
-
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizer<unsigned char>
- : public wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar<unsigned char>
-{
- wxArgNormalizer(unsigned char value,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar<unsigned char>(value, fmt, index) {}
-};
-
-template<>
-struct wxArgNormalizer<signed char>
- : public wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar<signed char>
-{
- wxArgNormalizer(signed char value,
- const wxFormatString *fmt, unsigned index)
- : wxArgNormalizerNarrowChar<signed char>(value, fmt, index) {}
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-// convert references:
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxUniChar, const wxUniChar&);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wxUniCharRef&, const wxUniChar&);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(wxUniCharRef, const wxUniChar&);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const wchar_t&, wchar_t);
-
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const char&, char);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const unsigned char&, unsigned char);
-WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD(const signed char&, signed char);
-
-
-#undef WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD
-#undef _WX_ARG_NORMALIZER_FORWARD_IMPL
-
-// NB: Don't #undef wxASSERT_ARG_TYPE here as it's also used in wx/longlong.h.
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// WX_VA_ARG_STRING
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Replacement for va_arg() for use with strings in functions that accept
-// strings normalized by wxArgNormalizer<T>:
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArgNormalizedString
-{
- wxArgNormalizedString(const void* ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) {}
-
- // returns true if non-NULL string was passed in
- bool IsValid() const { return m_ptr != NULL; }
- operator bool() const { return IsValid(); }
-
- // extracts the string, returns empty string if NULL was passed in
- wxString GetString() const;
- operator wxString() const;
-
-private:
- const void *m_ptr;
-};
-
-#define WX_VA_ARG_STRING(ap) wxArgNormalizedString(va_arg(ap, const void*))
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation of the WX_DEFINE_VARARG_* macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: The vararg emulation code is limited to 30 variadic and 4 fixed
-// arguments at the moment.
-// If you need more variadic arguments, you need to
-// 1) increase the value of _WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS
-// 2) add _WX_VARARG_JOIN_* and _WX_VARARG_ITER_* up to the new
-// _WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS value to the lists below
-// If you need more fixed arguments, you need to
-// 1) increase the value of _WX_VARARG_MAX_FIXED_ARGS
-// 2) add _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_* and _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_*
-// macros below
-#define _WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS 30
-#define _WX_VARARG_MAX_FIXED_ARGS 4
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_1(m) m(1)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_2(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_1(m), m(2)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_3(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_2(m), m(3)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_4(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_3(m), m(4)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_5(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_4(m), m(5)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_6(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_5(m), m(6)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_7(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_6(m), m(7)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_8(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_7(m), m(8)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_9(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_8(m), m(9)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_10(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_9(m), m(10)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_11(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_10(m), m(11)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_12(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_11(m), m(12)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_13(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_12(m), m(13)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_14(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_13(m), m(14)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_15(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_14(m), m(15)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_16(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_15(m), m(16)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_17(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_16(m), m(17)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_18(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_17(m), m(18)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_19(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_18(m), m(19)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_20(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_19(m), m(20)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_21(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_20(m), m(21)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_22(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_21(m), m(22)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_23(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_22(m), m(23)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_24(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_23(m), m(24)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_25(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_24(m), m(25)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_26(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_25(m), m(26)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_27(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_26(m), m(27)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_28(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_27(m), m(28)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_29(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_28(m), m(29)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_30(m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_29(m), m(30)
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_1(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(1,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_2(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_1(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(2,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_3(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_2(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(3,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_4(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_3(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(4,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_5(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_4(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(5,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_6(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_5(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(6,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_7(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_6(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(7,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_8(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_7(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(8,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_9(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_8(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(9,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_10(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_9(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(10,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_11(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_10(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(11,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_12(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_11(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(12,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_13(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_12(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(13,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_14(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_13(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(14,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_15(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_14(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(15,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_16(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_15(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(16,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_17(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_16(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(17,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_18(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_17(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(18,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_19(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_18(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(19,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_20(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_19(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(20,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_21(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_20(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(21,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_22(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_21(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(22,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_23(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_22(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(23,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_24(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_23(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(24,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_25(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_24(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(25,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_26(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_25(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(26,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_27(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_26(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(27,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_28(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_27(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(28,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_29(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_28(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(29,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_30(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) _WX_VARARG_ITER_29(m,a,b,c,d,e,f) m(30,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_1(t1) \
- t1 f1
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_2(t1,t2) \
- t1 f1, t2 f2
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_3(t1,t2,t3) \
- t1 f1, t2 f2, t3 f3
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_4(t1,t2,t3,t4) \
- t1 f1, t2 f2, t3 f3, t4 f4
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_1(t1) \
- t1 WXUNUSED(f1)
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_2(t1,t2) \
- t1 WXUNUSED(f1), t2 WXUNUSED(f2)
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_3(t1,t2,t3) \
- t1 WXUNUSED(f1), t2 WXUNUSED(f2), t3 WXUNUSED(f3)
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_4(t1,t2,t3,t4) \
- t1 WXUNUSED(f1), t2 WXUNUSED(f2), t3 WXUNUSED(f3), t4 WXUNUSED(f4)
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_1(t1) \
- typedef t1 TF1
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_2(t1,t2) \
- _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_1(t1); typedef t2 TF2
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_3(t1,t2,t3) \
- _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_2(t1,t2); typedef t3 TF3
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_4(t1,t2,t3,t4) \
- _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_3(t1,t2,t3); typedef t4 TF4
-
-// This macro expands N-items tuple of fixed arguments types into part of
-// function's declaration. For example,
-// "_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(3, (int, char*, int))" expands into
-// "int f1, char* f2, int f3".
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(N, args) \
- _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_IMPL(N, args)
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_IMPL(N, args) \
- _WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND_##N args
-
-// Ditto for unused arguments
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND(N, args) \
- _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_IMPL(N, args)
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_IMPL(N, args) \
- _WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND_##N args
-
-// Declarates typedefs for fixed arguments types; i-th fixed argument types
-// will have TFi typedef.
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS(N, args) \
- _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_IMPL(N, args)
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_IMPL(N, args) \
- _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS_##N args
-
-
-// This macro calls another macro 'm' passed as second argument 'N' times,
-// with its only argument set to 1..N, and concatenates the results using
-// comma as separator.
-//
-// An example:
-// #define foo(i) x##i
-// // this expands to "x1,x2,x3,x4"
-// _WX_VARARG_JOIN(4, foo)
-//
-//
-// N must not be greater than _WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS (=30).
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_IMPL(N, m)
-#define _WX_VARARG_JOIN_IMPL(N, m) _WX_VARARG_JOIN_##N(m)
-
-
-// This macro calls another macro 'm' passed as second argument 'N' times, with
-// its first argument set to 1..N and the remaining arguments set to 'a', 'b',
-// 'c', 'd', 'e' and 'f'. The results are separated with whitespace in the
-// expansion.
-//
-// An example:
-// // this macro expands to:
-// // foo(1,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-// // foo(2,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-// // foo(3,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-// _WX_VARARG_ITER(3, foo, a, b, c, d, e, f)
-//
-// N must not be greater than _WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS (=30).
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER(N,m,a,b,c,d,e,f) \
- _WX_VARARG_ITER_IMPL(N,m,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-#define _WX_VARARG_ITER_IMPL(N,m,a,b,c,d,e,f) \
- _WX_VARARG_ITER_##N(m,a,b,c,d,e,f)
-
-// Generates code snippet for i-th "variadic" argument in vararg function's
-// prototype:
-#define _WX_VARARG_ARG(i) T##i a##i
-
-// Like _WX_VARARG_ARG_UNUSED, but outputs argument's type with WXUNUSED:
-#define _WX_VARARG_ARG_UNUSED(i) T##i WXUNUSED(a##i)
-
-// Generates code snippet for i-th type in vararg function's template<...>:
-#define _WX_VARARG_TEMPL(i) typename T##i
-
-// Generates code snippet for passing i-th argument of vararg function
-// wrapper to its implementation, normalizing it in the process:
-#define _WX_VARARG_PASS_WCHAR(i) \
- wxArgNormalizerWchar<T##i>(a##i, fmt, i).get()
-#define _WX_VARARG_PASS_UTF8(i) \
- wxArgNormalizerUtf8<T##i>(a##i, fmt, i).get()
-
-
-// And the same for fixed arguments, _not_ normalizing it:
-#define _WX_VARARG_PASS_FIXED(i) f##i
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_FIND_FMT(i) \
- (wxFormatStringArgumentFinder<TF##i>::find(f##i))
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_FORMAT_STRING(numfixed, fixed) \
- _WX_VARARG_FIXED_TYPEDEFS(numfixed, fixed); \
- const wxFormatString *fmt = \
- (_WX_VARARG_JOIN(numfixed, _WX_VARARG_FIND_FMT))
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_UTF8(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed) \
- return_kw implUtf8(_WX_VARARG_JOIN(numfixed, _WX_VARARG_PASS_FIXED), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_PASS_UTF8))
- #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_UTF8(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, numfixed) \
- return_kw implUtf8(_WX_VARARG_JOIN(numfixed, _WX_VARARG_PASS_FIXED))
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_WCHAR(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed) \
- return_kw impl(_WX_VARARG_JOIN(numfixed, _WX_VARARG_PASS_FIXED), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_PASS_WCHAR))
-#define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_WCHAR(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, numfixed) \
- return_kw impl(_WX_VARARG_JOIN(numfixed, _WX_VARARG_PASS_FIXED))
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- #if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_UTF8
- #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0 _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_UTF8
- #else // possibly non-UTF8 locales
- #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed) \
- if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) \
- _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_UTF8(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed);\
- else \
- _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_WCHAR(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed)
-
- #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, numfixed) \
- if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) \
- _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_UTF8(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, numfixed); \
- else \
- _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_WCHAR(return_kw, impl, implUtf8, numfixed)
- #endif // wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY or not
-#else // wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR or ANSI
- #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL_WCHAR
- #define _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0 _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0_WCHAR
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 / wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
-
-
-// Macro to be used with _WX_VARARG_ITER in the implementation of
-// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC (see its documentation for the meaning of arguments)
-#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC(N, rettype, name, \
- impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \
- template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \
- rettype name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \
- { \
- _WX_VARARG_FORMAT_STRING(numfixed, fixed); \
- _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL(return, impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed); \
- }
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_N0(rettype, name, \
- impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \
- inline rettype name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed)) \
- { \
- _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0(return, impl, implUtf8, numfixed); \
- }
-
-// Macro to be used with _WX_VARARG_ITER in the implementation of
-// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID (see its documentation for the meaning of
-// arguments; rettype is ignored and is used only to satisfy _WX_VARARG_ITER's
-// requirements).
-#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_VOID(N, rettype, name, \
- impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \
- template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \
- void name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \
- { \
- _WX_VARARG_FORMAT_STRING(numfixed, fixed); \
- _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \
- impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed); \
- }
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_VOID_N0(name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \
- inline void name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed)) \
- { \
- _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \
- impl, implUtf8, numfixed); \
- }
-
-// Macro to be used with _WX_VARARG_ITER in the implementation of
-// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_CTOR (see its documentation for the meaning of
-// arguments; rettype is ignored and is used only to satisfy _WX_VARARG_ITER's
-// requirements).
-#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_CTOR(N, rettype, name, \
- impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \
- template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \
- name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \
- { \
- _WX_VARARG_FORMAT_STRING(numfixed, fixed); \
- _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \
- impl, implUtf8, N, numfixed); \
- }
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_CTOR_N0(name, impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \
- inline name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed)) \
- { \
- _WX_VARARG_DO_CALL0(wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE, \
- impl, implUtf8, numfixed); \
- }
-
-// Macro to be used with _WX_VARARG_ITER in the implementation of
-// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_NOP, i.e. empty stub for a disabled vararg function.
-// The rettype and impl arguments are ignored.
-#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_NOP(N, rettype, name, \
- impl, implUtf8, numfixed, fixed) \
- template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \
- void name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG_UNUSED)) \
- {}
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_DEFINE_FUNC_NOP_N0(name, numfixed, fixed) \
- inline void name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_UNUSED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed)) \
- {}
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// workaround for OpenWatcom bug #351
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
-// workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
-
-// This macro can be used to forward a 'vararg' template to another one with
-// different fixed arguments types. Parameters are same as for
-// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC (rettype=void can be used here), 'convfixed' is how
-// to convert fixed arguments. For example, this is typical code for dealing
-// with different forms of format string:
-//
-// WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_VOID(Printf, 1, (const wxFormatString&),
-// DoPrintfWchar, DoPrintfUtf8)
-// #ifdef __WATCOMC__
-// WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const wxString&),
-// (wxFormatString(f1)))
-// WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(void, Printf, 1, (const char*),
-// (wxFormatString(f1)))
-// ...
-#define WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(rettype, name, numfixed, fixed, convfixed)\
- _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \
- _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND, \
- rettype, name, convfixed, dummy, numfixed, fixed)
-
-#define WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR(name, numfixed, fixed, convfixed) \
- _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \
- _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR, \
- dummy, name, convfixed, dummy, numfixed, fixed)
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK_1(a1) a1
-#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK_2(a1, a2) a1, a2
-#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK_3(a1, a2, a3) a1, a2, a3
-#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK_4(a1, a2, a3, a4) a1, a2, a3, a4
-#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK(N, convfixed) \
- _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK_##N convfixed
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_PASS_WATCOM(i) a##i
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND(N, rettype, name, \
- convfixed, dummy, numfixed, fixed) \
- template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \
- rettype name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \
- { \
- return name(_WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK(numfixed, convfixed), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_PASS_WATCOM)); \
- }
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_WATCOM_WORKAROUND_CTOR(N, dummy1, name, \
- convfixed, dummy2, numfixed, fixed) \
- template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \
- name(_WX_VARARG_FIXED_EXPAND(numfixed, fixed), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \
- { \
- name(_WX_VARARG_WATCOM_UNPACK(numfixed, convfixed), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_PASS_WATCOM)); \
- }
-
-#endif // __WATCOMC__
-
-#endif // _WX_STRVARARG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/sysopt.h
-// Purpose: wxSystemOptions
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2001-07-10
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SYSOPT_H_
-#define _WX_SYSOPT_H_
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Enables an application to influence the wxWidgets implementation
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class
-#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-#endif
-wxSystemOptions : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxSystemOptions() { }
-
- // User-customizable hints to wxWidgets or associated libraries
- // These could also be used to influence GetSystem... calls, indeed
- // to implement SetSystemColour/Font/Metric
-
-#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
- static void SetOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
- static void SetOption(const wxString& name, int value);
-#endif // wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
- static wxString GetOption(const wxString& name);
- static int GetOptionInt(const wxString& name);
- static bool HasOption(const wxString& name);
-
- static bool IsFalse(const wxString& name)
- {
- return HasOption(name) && GetOptionInt(name) == 0;
- }
-};
-
-#if !wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
-
-// define inline stubs for accessors to make it possible to use wxSystemOptions
-// in the library itself without checking for wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS all the time
-
-/* static */ inline
-wxString wxSystemOptions::GetOption(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name))
-{
- return wxEmptyString;
-}
-
-/* static */ inline
-int wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name))
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* static */ inline
-bool wxSystemOptions::HasOption(const wxString& WXUNUSED(name))
-{
- return false;
-}
-
-#endif // !wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
-
-#endif
- // _WX_SYSOPT_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/tarstrm.h
-// Purpose: Streams for Tar files
-// Author: Mike Wetherell
-// Copyright: (c) 2004 Mike Wetherell
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXTARSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXTARSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TARSTREAM
-
-#include "wx/archive.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Constants
-
-// TypeFlag values
-enum wxTarType
-{
- wxTAR_REGTYPE = '0', // regular file
- wxTAR_LNKTYPE = '1', // hard link
- wxTAR_SYMTYPE = '2', // symbolic link
- wxTAR_CHRTYPE = '3', // character special
- wxTAR_BLKTYPE = '4', // block special
- wxTAR_DIRTYPE = '5', // directory
- wxTAR_FIFOTYPE = '6', // named pipe
- wxTAR_CONTTYPE = '7' // contiguous file
-};
-
-// Archive Formats (use wxTAR_PAX, it's backward compatible)
-enum wxTarFormat
-{
- wxTAR_USTAR, // POSIX.1-1990 tar format
- wxTAR_PAX // POSIX.1-2001 tar format
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxTarNotifier
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarNotifier
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxTarNotifier() { }
-
- virtual void OnEntryUpdated(class wxTarEntry& entry) = 0;
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Tar Entry - hold the meta data for a file in the tar
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarEntry : public wxArchiveEntry
-{
-public:
- wxTarEntry(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString,
- const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(),
- wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset);
- virtual ~wxTarEntry();
-
- wxTarEntry(const wxTarEntry& entry);
- wxTarEntry& operator=(const wxTarEntry& entry);
-
- // Get accessors
- wxString GetName(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const;
- wxString GetInternalName() const { return m_Name; }
- wxPathFormat GetInternalFormat() const { return wxPATH_UNIX; }
- int GetMode() const;
- int GetUserId() const { return m_UserId; }
- int GetGroupId() const { return m_GroupId; }
- wxFileOffset GetSize() const { return m_Size; }
- wxFileOffset GetOffset() const { return m_Offset; }
- wxDateTime GetDateTime() const { return m_ModifyTime; }
- wxDateTime GetAccessTime() const { return m_AccessTime; }
- wxDateTime GetCreateTime() const { return m_CreateTime; }
- int GetTypeFlag() const { return m_TypeFlag; }
- wxString GetLinkName() const { return m_LinkName; }
- wxString GetUserName() const { return m_UserName; }
- wxString GetGroupName() const { return m_GroupName; }
- int GetDevMajor() const { return m_DevMajor; }
- int GetDevMinor() const { return m_DevMinor; }
-
- // is accessors
- bool IsDir() const;
- bool IsReadOnly() const { return !(m_Mode & 0222); }
-
- // set accessors
- void SetName(const wxString& name, wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
- void SetUserId(int id) { m_UserId = id; }
- void SetGroupId(int id) { m_GroupId = id; }
- void SetMode(int mode);
- void SetSize(wxFileOffset size) { m_Size = size; }
- void SetDateTime(const wxDateTime& dt) { m_ModifyTime = dt; }
- void SetAccessTime(const wxDateTime& dt) { m_AccessTime = dt; }
- void SetCreateTime(const wxDateTime& dt) { m_CreateTime = dt; }
- void SetTypeFlag(int type) { m_TypeFlag = type; }
- void SetLinkName(const wxString& link) { m_LinkName = link; }
- void SetUserName(const wxString& user) { m_UserName = user; }
- void SetGroupName(const wxString& group) { m_GroupName = group; }
- void SetDevMajor(int dev) { m_DevMajor = dev; }
- void SetDevMinor(int dev) { m_DevMinor = dev; }
-
- // set is accessors
- void SetIsDir(bool isDir = true);
- void SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true);
-
- static wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE,
- bool *pIsDir = NULL);
-
- wxTarEntry *Clone() const { return new wxTarEntry(*this); }
-
- void SetNotifier(wxTarNotifier& WXUNUSED(notifier)) { }
-
-private:
- void SetOffset(wxFileOffset offset) { m_Offset = offset; }
-
- virtual wxArchiveEntry* DoClone() const { return Clone(); }
-
- wxString m_Name;
- int m_Mode;
- bool m_IsModeSet;
- int m_UserId;
- int m_GroupId;
- wxFileOffset m_Size;
- wxFileOffset m_Offset;
- wxDateTime m_ModifyTime;
- wxDateTime m_AccessTime;
- wxDateTime m_CreateTime;
- int m_TypeFlag;
- wxString m_LinkName;
- wxString m_UserName;
- wxString m_GroupName;
- int m_DevMajor;
- int m_DevMinor;
-
- friend class wxTarInputStream;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTarEntry)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxTarInputStream
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxString, wxTarHeaderRecords);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarInputStream : public wxArchiveInputStream
-{
-public:
- typedef wxTarEntry entry_type;
-
- wxTarInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
- wxTarInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
- virtual ~wxTarInputStream();
-
- bool OpenEntry(wxTarEntry& entry);
- bool CloseEntry();
-
- wxTarEntry *GetNextEntry();
-
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_size; }
- bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_i_stream->IsSeekable(); }
-
-protected:
- size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; }
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode);
-
-private:
- void Init();
-
- wxArchiveEntry *DoGetNextEntry() { return GetNextEntry(); }
- bool OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry);
- bool IsOpened() const { return m_pos != wxInvalidOffset; }
-
- wxStreamError ReadHeaders();
- bool ReadExtendedHeader(wxTarHeaderRecords*& recs);
-
- wxString GetExtendedHeader(const wxString& key) const;
- wxString GetHeaderPath() const;
- wxFileOffset GetHeaderNumber(int id) const;
- wxString GetHeaderString(int id) const;
- wxDateTime GetHeaderDate(const wxString& key) const;
-
- wxFileOffset m_pos; // position within the current entry
- wxFileOffset m_offset; // offset to the start of the entry's data
- wxFileOffset m_size; // size of the current entry's data
-
- int m_sumType;
- int m_tarType;
- class wxTarHeaderBlock *m_hdr;
- wxTarHeaderRecords *m_HeaderRecs;
- wxTarHeaderRecords *m_GlobalHeaderRecs;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTarInputStream);
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxTarOutputStream
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarOutputStream : public wxArchiveOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxTarOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream,
- wxTarFormat format = wxTAR_PAX,
- wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
- wxTarOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream,
- wxTarFormat format = wxTAR_PAX,
- wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
- virtual ~wxTarOutputStream();
-
- bool PutNextEntry(wxTarEntry *entry);
-
- bool PutNextEntry(const wxString& name,
- const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(),
- wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset);
-
- bool PutNextDirEntry(const wxString& name,
- const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now());
-
- bool CopyEntry(wxTarEntry *entry, wxTarInputStream& inputStream);
- bool CopyArchiveMetaData(wxTarInputStream& WXUNUSED(s)) { return true; }
-
- void Sync();
- bool CloseEntry();
- bool Close();
-
- bool IsSeekable() const { return m_parent_o_stream->IsSeekable(); }
-
- void SetBlockingFactor(int factor) { m_BlockingFactor = factor; }
- int GetBlockingFactor() const { return m_BlockingFactor; }
-
-protected:
- size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; }
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
-
-private:
- void Init(wxTarFormat format);
-
- bool PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry);
- bool CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry, wxArchiveInputStream& stream);
- bool CopyArchiveMetaData(wxArchiveInputStream& WXUNUSED(s)) { return true; }
- bool IsOpened() const { return m_pos != wxInvalidOffset; }
-
- bool WriteHeaders(wxTarEntry& entry);
- bool ModifyHeader();
- wxString PaxHeaderPath(const wxString& format, const wxString& path);
-
- void SetExtendedHeader(const wxString& key, const wxString& value);
- void SetHeaderPath(const wxString& name);
- bool SetHeaderNumber(int id, wxFileOffset n);
- void SetHeaderString(int id, const wxString& str);
- void SetHeaderDate(const wxString& key, const wxDateTime& datetime);
-
- wxFileOffset m_pos; // position within the current entry
- wxFileOffset m_maxpos; // max pos written
- wxFileOffset m_size; // expected entry size
-
- wxFileOffset m_headpos; // offset within the file to the entry's header
- wxFileOffset m_datapos; // offset within the file to the entry's data
-
- wxFileOffset m_tarstart;// offset within the file to the tar
- wxFileOffset m_tarsize; // size of tar so far
-
- bool m_pax;
- int m_BlockingFactor;
- wxUint32 m_chksum;
- bool m_large;
- class wxTarHeaderBlock *m_hdr;
- class wxTarHeaderBlock *m_hdr2;
- char *m_extendedHdr;
- size_t m_extendedSize;
- wxString m_badfit;
- bool m_endrecWritten;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTarOutputStream);
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Iterators
-
-#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
-typedef wxArchiveIterator<wxTarInputStream> wxTarIter;
-typedef wxArchiveIterator<wxTarInputStream,
- std::pair<wxString, wxTarEntry*> > wxTarPairIter;
-#endif
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxTarClassFactory
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTarClassFactory : public wxArchiveClassFactory
-{
-public:
- typedef wxTarEntry entry_type;
- typedef wxTarInputStream instream_type;
- typedef wxTarOutputStream outstream_type;
- typedef wxTarNotifier notifier_type;
-#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
- typedef wxTarIter iter_type;
- typedef wxTarPairIter pairiter_type;
-#endif
-
- wxTarClassFactory();
-
- wxTarEntry *NewEntry() const
- { return new wxTarEntry; }
- wxTarInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
- { return new wxTarInputStream(stream, GetConv()); }
- wxTarOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
- { return new wxTarOutputStream(stream, wxTAR_PAX, GetConv()); }
- wxTarInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
- { return new wxTarInputStream(stream, GetConv()); }
- wxTarOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
- { return new wxTarOutputStream(stream, wxTAR_PAX, GetConv()); }
-
- wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const
- { return wxTarEntry::GetInternalName(name, format); }
-
- const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type
- = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const;
-
-protected:
- wxArchiveEntry *DoNewEntry() const
- { return NewEntry(); }
- wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
- { return NewStream(stream); }
- wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
- { return NewStream(stream); }
- wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
- { return NewStream(stream); }
- wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
- { return NewStream(stream); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTarClassFactory)
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TARSTREAM
-
-#endif // _WX_WXTARSTREAM_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/taskbar.h
-// Purpose: wxTaskBarIcon base header and class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TASKBARICON
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxTaskBarIconEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// type of taskbar item to create. Only applicable in wxOSX_COCOA
-enum wxTaskBarIconType
-{
- wxTBI_DOCK,
- wxTBI_CUSTOM_STATUSITEM,
-#if defined(wxOSX_USE_COCOA) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA
- wxTBI_DEFAULT_TYPE = wxTBI_CUSTOM_STATUSITEM
-#else
- wxTBI_DEFAULT_TYPE = wxTBI_DOCK
-#endif
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTaskBarIconBase: define wxTaskBarIcon interface
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIconBase : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- wxTaskBarIconBase() { }
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- static bool IsAvailable();
-#else
- static bool IsAvailable() { return true; }
-#endif
-
- // Operations:
- virtual bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon,
- const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString) = 0;
- virtual bool RemoveIcon() = 0;
- virtual bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu) = 0;
-
- // delayed destruction (similarly to wxWindow::Destroy())
- void Destroy();
-
-protected:
- // creates menu to be displayed when user clicks on the icon
- virtual wxMenu *CreatePopupMenu() { return NULL; }
-
-private:
- // default events handling, calls CreatePopupMenu:
- void OnRightButtonDown(wxTaskBarIconEvent& event);
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTaskBarIconBase);
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the actual class declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/taskbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/taskbar.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXX11__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/unix/taskbarx11.h"
-#elif defined (__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/taskbarosx.h"
-#elif defined (__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/taskbar.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTaskBarIcon events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIconEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxTaskBarIconEvent(wxEventType evtType, wxTaskBarIcon *tbIcon)
- : wxEvent(wxID_ANY, evtType)
- {
- SetEventObject(tbIcon);
- }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTaskBarIconEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxTaskBarIconEvent);
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTaskBarIconEventFunction)(wxTaskBarIconEvent&);
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_MOVE, wxTaskBarIconEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DOWN, wxTaskBarIconEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_UP, wxTaskBarIconEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DOWN, wxTaskBarIconEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_UP, wxTaskBarIconEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DCLICK, wxTaskBarIconEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxTaskBarIconEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_BALLOON_TIMEOUT, wxTaskBarIconEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_TASKBAR_BALLOON_CLICK, wxTaskBarIconEvent );
-
-#define wxTaskBarIconEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxTaskBarIconEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(evt, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_TASKBAR_ ## evt, wxTaskBarIconEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_MOVE(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(MOVE, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DOWN(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(LEFT_DOWN, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_UP(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(LEFT_UP, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DOWN(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(RIGHT_DOWN, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_UP(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(RIGHT_UP, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_LEFT_DCLICK(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(LEFT_DCLICK, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DCLICK(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(RIGHT_DCLICK, fn)
-
-// taskbar menu is shown on right button press under all platforms except MSW
-// where it's shown on right button release, using this event type and macro
-// allows to write code which works correctly on all platforms
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- #define wxEVT_TASKBAR_CLICK wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_UP
-#else
- #define wxEVT_TASKBAR_CLICK wxEVT_TASKBAR_RIGHT_DOWN
-#endif
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_CLICK(fn) wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(CLICK, fn)
-
-// these events are currently generated only under wxMSW and only after (MSW-
-// specific) ShowBalloon() had been called, don't use them in portable code
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_BALLOON_TIMEOUT(fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(BALLOON_TIMEOUT, fn)
-#define EVT_TASKBAR_BALLOON_CLICK(fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_TASKBAREVT(BALLOON_CLICK, fn)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TASKBARICON
-
-#endif // _WX_TASKBAR_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/tbarbase.h
-// Purpose: Base class for toolbar classes
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TBARBASE_H_
-#define _WX_TBARBASE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/control.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBarBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBarToolBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxToolBarNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxSize) wxDefaultSize;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxPoint) wxDefaultPosition;
-
-enum wxToolBarToolStyle
-{
- wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON = 1,
- wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR = 2,
- wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolBarTool is a toolbar element.
-//
-// It has a unique id (except for the separators which always have id wxID_ANY), the
-// style (telling whether it is a normal button, separator or a control), the
-// state (toggled or not, enabled or not) and short and long help strings. The
-// default implementations use the short help string for the tooltip text which
-// is popped up when the mouse pointer enters the tool and the long help string
-// for the applications status bar.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBarToolBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // ctors & dtor
- // ------------
-
- // generic ctor for any kind of tool
- wxToolBarToolBase(wxToolBarBase *tbar = NULL,
- int toolid = wxID_SEPARATOR,
- const wxString& label = wxEmptyString,
- const wxBitmap& bmpNormal = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
- wxObject *clientData = NULL,
- const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString)
- : m_label(label),
- m_shortHelpString(shortHelpString),
- m_longHelpString(longHelpString)
- {
- Init
- (
- tbar,
- toolid == wxID_SEPARATOR ? wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR
- : wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON,
- toolid == wxID_ANY ? wxWindow::NewControlId()
- : toolid,
- kind
- );
-
- m_clientData = clientData;
-
- m_bmpNormal = bmpNormal;
- m_bmpDisabled = bmpDisabled;
- }
-
- // ctor for controls only
- wxToolBarToolBase(wxToolBarBase *tbar,
- wxControl *control,
- const wxString& label)
- : m_label(label)
- {
- Init(tbar, wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL, control->GetId(), wxITEM_MAX);
-
- m_control = control;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxToolBarToolBase();
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // general
- int GetId() const { return m_id; }
-
- wxControl *GetControl() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsControl(), wxT("this toolbar tool is not a control") );
-
- return m_control;
- }
-
- wxToolBarBase *GetToolBar() const { return m_tbar; }
-
- // style/kind
- bool IsStretchable() const { return m_stretchable; }
- bool IsButton() const { return m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_BUTTON; }
- bool IsControl() const { return m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL; }
- bool IsSeparator() const { return m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_SEPARATOR; }
- bool IsStretchableSpace() const { return IsSeparator() && IsStretchable(); }
- int GetStyle() const { return m_toolStyle; }
- wxItemKind GetKind() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsButton(), wxT("only makes sense for buttons") );
-
- return m_kind;
- }
-
- void MakeStretchable()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( IsSeparator(), "only separators can be stretchable" );
-
- m_stretchable = true;
- }
-
- // state
- bool IsEnabled() const { return m_enabled; }
- bool IsToggled() const { return m_toggled; }
- bool CanBeToggled() const
- { return m_kind == wxITEM_CHECK || m_kind == wxITEM_RADIO; }
-
- // attributes
- const wxBitmap& GetNormalBitmap() const { return m_bmpNormal; }
- const wxBitmap& GetDisabledBitmap() const { return m_bmpDisabled; }
-
- const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const
- { return IsEnabled() ? GetNormalBitmap() : GetDisabledBitmap(); }
-
- const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
-
- const wxString& GetShortHelp() const { return m_shortHelpString; }
- const wxString& GetLongHelp() const { return m_longHelpString; }
-
- wxObject *GetClientData() const
- {
- if ( m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL )
- {
- return (wxObject*)m_control->GetClientData();
- }
- else
- {
- return m_clientData;
- }
- }
-
- // modifiers: return true if the state really changed
- virtual bool Enable(bool enable);
- virtual bool Toggle(bool toggle);
- virtual bool SetToggle(bool toggle);
- virtual bool SetShortHelp(const wxString& help);
- virtual bool SetLongHelp(const wxString& help);
-
- void Toggle() { Toggle(!IsToggled()); }
-
- virtual void SetNormalBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { m_bmpNormal = bmp; }
- virtual void SetDisabledBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp) { m_bmpDisabled = bmp; }
-
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; }
-
- void SetClientData(wxObject *clientData)
- {
- if ( m_toolStyle == wxTOOL_STYLE_CONTROL )
- {
- m_control->SetClientData(clientData);
- }
- else
- {
- m_clientData = clientData;
- }
- }
-
- // add tool to/remove it from a toolbar
- virtual void Detach() { m_tbar = NULL; }
- virtual void Attach(wxToolBarBase *tbar) { m_tbar = tbar; }
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- // these methods are only for tools of wxITEM_DROPDOWN kind (but even such
- // tools can have a NULL associated menu)
- virtual void SetDropdownMenu(wxMenu *menu);
- wxMenu *GetDropdownMenu() const { return m_dropdownMenu; }
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init(wxToolBarBase *tbar,
- wxToolBarToolStyle style,
- int toolid,
- wxItemKind kind)
- {
- m_tbar = tbar;
- m_toolStyle = style;
- m_id = toolid;
- m_kind = kind;
-
- m_clientData = NULL;
-
- m_stretchable = false;
- m_toggled = false;
- m_enabled = true;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- m_dropdownMenu = NULL;
-#endif
-
- }
-
- wxToolBarBase *m_tbar; // the toolbar to which we belong (may be NULL)
-
- // tool parameters
- wxToolBarToolStyle m_toolStyle;
- wxWindowIDRef m_id; // the tool id, wxID_SEPARATOR for separator
- wxItemKind m_kind; // for normal buttons may be wxITEM_NORMAL/CHECK/RADIO
-
- // as controls have their own client data, no need to waste memory
- union
- {
- wxObject *m_clientData;
- wxControl *m_control;
- };
-
- // true if this tool is stretchable: currently is only value for separators
- bool m_stretchable;
-
- // tool state
- bool m_toggled;
- bool m_enabled;
-
- // normal and disabled bitmaps for the tool, both can be invalid
- wxBitmap m_bmpNormal;
- wxBitmap m_bmpDisabled;
-
- // the button label
- wxString m_label;
-
- // short and long help strings
- wxString m_shortHelpString;
- wxString m_longHelpString;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- wxMenu *m_dropdownMenu;
-#endif
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToolBarToolBase)
-};
-
-// a list of toolbar tools
-WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxToolBarToolBase, wxToolBarToolsList);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// the base class for all toolbars
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolBarBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxToolBarBase();
- virtual ~wxToolBarBase();
-
- // toolbar construction
- // --------------------
-
- // the full AddTool() function
- //
- // If bmpDisabled is wxNullBitmap, a shadowed version of the normal bitmap
- // is created and used as the disabled image.
- wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
- const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString,
- wxObject *data = NULL)
- {
- return DoAddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, kind,
- shortHelp, longHelp, data);
- }
-
- // the most common AddTool() version
- wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL)
- {
- return AddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, wxNullBitmap, kind, shortHelp);
- }
-
- // add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled
- wxToolBarToolBase *AddCheckTool(int toolid,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString,
- wxObject *data = NULL)
- {
- return AddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, wxITEM_CHECK,
- shortHelp, longHelp, data);
- }
-
- // add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any
- // other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens
- wxToolBarToolBase *AddRadioTool(int toolid,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString,
- wxObject *data = NULL)
- {
- return AddTool(toolid, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled, wxITEM_RADIO,
- shortHelp, longHelp, data);
- }
-
-
- // insert the new tool at the given position, if pos == GetToolsCount(), it
- // is equivalent to AddTool()
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertTool
- (
- size_t pos,
- int toolid,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
- const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString,
- wxObject *clientData = NULL
- );
-
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool (wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertTool (size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
- // add an arbitrary control to the toolbar (notice that the control will be
- // deleted by the toolbar and that it will also adjust its position/size)
- //
- // the label is optional and, if specified, will be shown near the control
- // NB: the control should have toolbar as its parent
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *
- AddControl(wxControl *control, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString);
-
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *
- InsertControl(size_t pos, wxControl *control,
- const wxString& label = wxEmptyString);
-
- // get the control with the given id or return NULL
- virtual wxControl *FindControl( int toolid );
-
- // add a separator to the toolbar
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddSeparator();
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertSeparator(size_t pos);
-
- // add a stretchable space to the toolbar: this is similar to a separator
- // except that it's always blank and that all the extra space the toolbar
- // has is [equally] distributed among the stretchable spaces in it
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *AddStretchableSpace();
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *InsertStretchableSpace(size_t pos);
-
- // remove the tool from the toolbar: the caller is responsible for actually
- // deleting the pointer
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *RemoveTool(int toolid);
-
- // delete tool either by index or by position
- virtual bool DeleteToolByPos(size_t pos);
- virtual bool DeleteTool(int toolid);
-
- // delete all tools
- virtual void ClearTools();
-
- // must be called after all buttons have been created to finish toolbar
- // initialisation
- //
- // derived class versions should call the base one first, before doing
- // platform-specific stuff
- virtual bool Realize();
-
- // tools state
- // -----------
-
- virtual void EnableTool(int toolid, bool enable);
- virtual void ToggleTool(int toolid, bool toggle);
-
- // Set this to be togglable (or not)
- virtual void SetToggle(int toolid, bool toggle);
-
- // set/get tools client data (not for controls)
- virtual wxObject *GetToolClientData(int toolid) const;
- virtual void SetToolClientData(int toolid, wxObject *clientData);
-
- // returns tool pos, or wxNOT_FOUND if tool isn't found
- virtual int GetToolPos(int id) const;
-
- // return true if the tool is toggled
- virtual bool GetToolState(int toolid) const;
-
- virtual bool GetToolEnabled(int toolid) const;
-
- virtual void SetToolShortHelp(int toolid, const wxString& helpString);
- virtual wxString GetToolShortHelp(int toolid) const;
- virtual void SetToolLongHelp(int toolid, const wxString& helpString);
- virtual wxString GetToolLongHelp(int toolid) const;
-
- virtual void SetToolNormalBitmap(int WXUNUSED(id),
- const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap)) {}
- virtual void SetToolDisabledBitmap(int WXUNUSED(id),
- const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap)) {}
-
-
- // margins/packing/separation
- // --------------------------
-
- virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y);
- void SetMargins(const wxSize& size)
- { SetMargins((int) size.x, (int) size.y); }
- virtual void SetToolPacking(int packing)
- { m_toolPacking = packing; }
- virtual void SetToolSeparation(int separation)
- { m_toolSeparation = separation; }
-
- virtual wxSize GetToolMargins() const { return wxSize(m_xMargin, m_yMargin); }
- virtual int GetToolPacking() const { return m_toolPacking; }
- virtual int GetToolSeparation() const { return m_toolSeparation; }
-
- // toolbar geometry
- // ----------------
-
- // set the number of toolbar rows
- virtual void SetRows(int nRows);
-
- // the toolbar can wrap - limit the number of columns or rows it may take
- void SetMaxRowsCols(int rows, int cols)
- { m_maxRows = rows; m_maxCols = cols; }
- int GetMaxRows() const { return m_maxRows; }
- int GetMaxCols() const { return m_maxCols; }
-
- // get/set the size of the bitmaps used by the toolbar: should be called
- // before adding any tools to the toolbar
- virtual void SetToolBitmapSize(const wxSize& size)
- { m_defaultWidth = size.x; m_defaultHeight = size.y; }
- virtual wxSize GetToolBitmapSize() const
- { return wxSize(m_defaultWidth, m_defaultHeight); }
-
- // the button size in some implementations is bigger than the bitmap size:
- // get the total button size (by default the same as bitmap size)
- virtual wxSize GetToolSize() const
- { return GetToolBitmapSize(); }
-
- // returns a (non separator) tool containing the point (x, y) or NULL if
- // there is no tool at this point (coordinates are client)
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *FindToolForPosition(wxCoord x,
- wxCoord y) const = 0;
-
- // find the tool by id
- wxToolBarToolBase *FindById(int toolid) const;
-
- // return true if this is a vertical toolbar, otherwise false
- bool IsVertical() const;
-
- // these methods allow to access tools by their index in the toolbar
- size_t GetToolsCount() const { return m_tools.GetCount(); }
- const wxToolBarToolBase *GetToolByPos(int pos) const { return m_tools[pos]; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // the old versions of the various methods kept for compatibility
- // don't use in the new code!
- // --------------------------------------------------------------
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(
- wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
- bool toggle = false,
- wxObject *clientData = NULL,
- const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString)
- ,
- return AddTool(toolid, wxEmptyString,
- bitmap, bmpDisabled,
- toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL,
- shortHelpString, longHelpString, clientData);
- )
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(
- wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxString& shortHelpString = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelpString = wxEmptyString)
- ,
- return AddTool(toolid, wxEmptyString,
- bitmap, wxNullBitmap, wxITEM_NORMAL,
- shortHelpString, longHelpString, NULL);
- )
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(
- wxToolBarToolBase *AddTool(int toolid,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
- bool toggle,
- wxCoord xPos,
- wxCoord yPos = wxDefaultCoord,
- wxObject *clientData = NULL,
- const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString)
- ,
- return DoAddTool(toolid, wxEmptyString, bitmap, bmpDisabled,
- toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL,
- shortHelp, longHelp, clientData, xPos, yPos);
- )
- wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(
- wxToolBarToolBase *InsertTool(size_t pos,
- int toolid,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
- bool toggle = false,
- wxObject *clientData = NULL,
- const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString)
- ,
- return InsertTool(pos, toolid, wxEmptyString, bitmap, bmpDisabled,
- toggle ? wxITEM_CHECK : wxITEM_NORMAL,
- shortHelp, longHelp, clientData);
- )
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- // event handlers
- // --------------
-
- // NB: these functions are deprecated, use EVT_TOOL_XXX() instead!
-
- // Only allow toggle if returns true. Call when left button up.
- virtual bool OnLeftClick(int toolid, bool toggleDown);
-
- // Call when right button down.
- virtual void OnRightClick(int toolid, long x, long y);
-
- // Called when the mouse cursor enters a tool bitmap.
- // Argument is wxID_ANY if mouse is exiting the toolbar.
- virtual void OnMouseEnter(int toolid);
-
- // more deprecated functions
- // -------------------------
-
- // use GetToolMargins() instead
- wxSize GetMargins() const { return GetToolMargins(); }
-
- // Tool factories,
- // helper functions to create toolbar tools
- // -------------------------
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(int toolid,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap,
- wxItemKind kind = wxITEM_NORMAL,
- wxObject *clientData = NULL,
- const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString) = 0;
-
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *CreateTool(wxControl *control,
- const wxString& label) = 0;
-
- // this one is not virtual but just a simple helper/wrapper around
- // CreateTool() for separators
- wxToolBarToolBase *CreateSeparator()
- {
- return CreateTool(wxID_SEPARATOR,
- wxEmptyString,
- wxNullBitmap, wxNullBitmap,
- wxITEM_SEPARATOR, NULL,
- wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString);
- }
-
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // Do the toolbar button updates (check for EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers)
- virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags = wxUPDATE_UI_NONE) ;
-
- // don't want toolbars to accept the focus
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- // Set dropdown menu
- bool SetDropdownMenu(int toolid, wxMenu *menu);
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- // to implement in derived classes
- // -------------------------------
-
- // create a new toolbar tool and add it to the toolbar, this is typically
- // implemented by just calling InsertTool()
- virtual wxToolBarToolBase *DoAddTool
- (
- int toolid,
- const wxString& label,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap,
- const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled,
- wxItemKind kind,
- const wxString& shortHelp = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& longHelp = wxEmptyString,
- wxObject *clientData = NULL,
- wxCoord xPos = wxDefaultCoord,
- wxCoord yPos = wxDefaultCoord
- );
-
- // the tool is not yet inserted into m_tools list when this function is
- // called and will only be added to it if this function succeeds
- virtual bool DoInsertTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool) = 0;
-
- // the tool is still in m_tools list when this function is called, it will
- // only be deleted from it if it succeeds
- virtual bool DoDeleteTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool) = 0;
-
- // called when the tools enabled flag changes
- virtual void DoEnableTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool enable) = 0;
-
- // called when the tool is toggled
- virtual void DoToggleTool(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle) = 0;
-
- // called when the tools "can be toggled" flag changes
- virtual void DoSetToggle(wxToolBarToolBase *tool, bool toggle) = 0;
-
-
- // helper functions
- // ----------------
-
- // call this from derived class ctor/Create() to ensure that we have either
- // wxTB_HORIZONTAL or wxTB_VERTICAL style, there is a lot of existing code
- // which randomly checks either one or the other of them and gets confused
- // if neither is set (and making one of them 0 is not an option neither as
- // then the existing tests would break down)
- void FixupStyle();
-
- // un-toggle all buttons in the same radio group
- void UnToggleRadioGroup(wxToolBarToolBase *tool);
-
- // make the size of the buttons big enough to fit the largest bitmap size
- void AdjustToolBitmapSize();
-
- // calls InsertTool() and deletes the tool if inserting it failed
- wxToolBarToolBase *DoInsertNewTool(size_t pos, wxToolBarToolBase *tool)
- {
- if ( !InsertTool(pos, tool) )
- {
- delete tool;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return tool;
- }
-
- // the list of all our tools
- wxToolBarToolsList m_tools;
-
- // the offset of the first tool
- int m_xMargin;
- int m_yMargin;
-
- // the maximum number of toolbar rows/columns
- int m_maxRows;
- int m_maxCols;
-
- // the tool packing and separation
- int m_toolPacking,
- m_toolSeparation;
-
- // the size of the toolbar bitmaps
- wxCoord m_defaultWidth, m_defaultHeight;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToolBarBase);
-};
-
-// deprecated function for creating the image for disabled buttons, use
-// wxImage::ConvertToGreyscale() instead
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-wxDEPRECATED( bool wxCreateGreyedImage(const wxImage& in, wxImage& out) );
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#endif
- // _WX_TBARBASE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/textbuf.h
-// Purpose: class wxTextBuffer to work with text buffers of _small_ size
-// (buffer is fully loaded in memory) and which understands CR/LF
-// differences between platforms.
-// Created: 14.11.01
-// Author: Morten Hanssen, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Copyright: (c) 1998-2001 Morten Hanssen, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTBUFFER_H
-#define _WX_TEXTBUFFER_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/convauto.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the line termination type (kept wxTextFileType name for compatibility)
-enum wxTextFileType
-{
- wxTextFileType_None, // incomplete (the last line of the file only)
- wxTextFileType_Unix, // line is terminated with 'LF' = 0xA = 10 = '\n'
- wxTextFileType_Dos, // 'CR' 'LF'
- wxTextFileType_Mac, // 'CR' = 0xD = 13 = '\r'
- wxTextFileType_Os2 // 'CR' 'LF'
-};
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextBuffer
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_INT(wxTextFileType,
- wxArrayLinesType,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextBuffer
-{
-public:
- // constants and static functions
- // default type for current platform (determined at compile time)
- static const wxTextFileType typeDefault;
-
- // this function returns a string which is identical to "text" passed in
- // except that the line terminator characters are changed to correspond the
- // given type. Called with the default argument, the function translates
- // the string to the native format (Unix for Unix, DOS for Windows, ...).
- static wxString Translate(const wxString& text,
- wxTextFileType type = typeDefault);
-
- // get the buffer termination string
- static const wxChar *GetEOL(wxTextFileType type = typeDefault);
-
- // the static methods of this class are compiled in even when
- // !wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER because they are used by the library itself, but the
- // rest can be left out
-#if wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
- // buffer operations
- // -----------------
-
- // buffer exists?
- bool Exists() const;
-
- // create the buffer if it doesn't already exist
- bool Create();
-
- // same as Create() but with (another) buffer name
- bool Create(const wxString& strBufferName);
-
- // Open() also loads buffer in memory on success
- bool Open(const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-
- // same as Open() but with (another) buffer name
- bool Open(const wxString& strBufferName, const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-
- // closes the buffer and frees memory, losing all changes
- bool Close();
-
- // is buffer currently opened?
- bool IsOpened() const { return m_isOpened; }
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // get the number of lines in the buffer
- size_t GetLineCount() const { return m_aLines.size(); }
-
- // the returned line may be modified (but don't add CR/LF at the end!)
- wxString& GetLine(size_t n) { return m_aLines[n]; }
- const wxString& GetLine(size_t n) const { return m_aLines[n]; }
- wxString& operator[](size_t n) { return m_aLines[n]; }
- const wxString& operator[](size_t n) const { return m_aLines[n]; }
-
- // the current line has meaning only when you're using
- // GetFirstLine()/GetNextLine() functions, it doesn't get updated when
- // you're using "direct access" i.e. GetLine()
- size_t GetCurrentLine() const { return m_nCurLine; }
- void GoToLine(size_t n) { m_nCurLine = n; }
- bool Eof() const { return m_nCurLine == m_aLines.size(); }
-
- // these methods allow more "iterator-like" traversal of the list of
- // lines, i.e. you may write something like:
- // for ( str = GetFirstLine(); !Eof(); str = GetNextLine() ) { ... }
-
- // NB: const is commented out because not all compilers understand
- // 'mutable' keyword yet (m_nCurLine should be mutable)
- wxString& GetFirstLine() /* const */
- { return m_aLines.empty() ? ms_eof : m_aLines[m_nCurLine = 0]; }
- wxString& GetNextLine() /* const */
- { return ++m_nCurLine == m_aLines.size() ? ms_eof
- : m_aLines[m_nCurLine]; }
- wxString& GetPrevLine() /* const */
- { wxASSERT(m_nCurLine > 0); return m_aLines[--m_nCurLine]; }
- wxString& GetLastLine() /* const */
- { m_nCurLine = m_aLines.size() - 1; return m_aLines.Last(); }
-
- // get the type of the line (see also GetEOL)
- wxTextFileType GetLineType(size_t n) const { return m_aTypes[n]; }
-
- // guess the type of buffer
- wxTextFileType GuessType() const;
-
- // get the name of the buffer
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_strBufferName; }
-
- // add/remove lines
- // ----------------
-
- // add a line to the end
- void AddLine(const wxString& str, wxTextFileType type = typeDefault)
- { m_aLines.push_back(str); m_aTypes.push_back(type); }
- // insert a line before the line number n
- void InsertLine(const wxString& str,
- size_t n,
- wxTextFileType type = typeDefault)
- {
- m_aLines.insert(m_aLines.begin() + n, str);
- m_aTypes.insert(m_aTypes.begin()+n, type);
- }
-
- // delete one line
- void RemoveLine(size_t n)
- {
- m_aLines.erase(m_aLines.begin() + n);
- m_aTypes.erase(m_aTypes.begin() + n);
- }
-
- // remove all lines
- void Clear() { m_aLines.clear(); m_aTypes.clear(); m_nCurLine = 0; }
-
- // change the buffer (default argument means "don't change type")
- // possibly in another format
- bool Write(wxTextFileType typeNew = wxTextFileType_None,
- const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-
- // dtor
- virtual ~wxTextBuffer();
-
-protected:
- // ctors
- // -----
-
- // default ctor, use Open(string)
- wxTextBuffer() { m_nCurLine = 0; m_isOpened = false; }
-
- // ctor from filename
- wxTextBuffer(const wxString& strBufferName);
-
- enum wxTextBufferOpenMode { ReadAccess, WriteAccess };
-
- // Must implement these in derived classes.
- virtual bool OnExists() const = 0;
- virtual bool OnOpen(const wxString &strBufferName,
- wxTextBufferOpenMode openmode) = 0;
- virtual bool OnClose() = 0;
- virtual bool OnRead(const wxMBConv& conv) = 0;
- virtual bool OnWrite(wxTextFileType typeNew, const wxMBConv& conv) = 0;
-
- static wxString ms_eof; // dummy string returned at EOF
- wxString m_strBufferName; // name of the buffer
-
-private:
- wxArrayLinesType m_aTypes; // type of each line
- wxArrayString m_aLines; // lines of file
-
- size_t m_nCurLine; // number of current line in the buffer
-
- bool m_isOpened; // was the buffer successfully opened the last time?
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER
-
- // copy ctor/assignment operator not implemented
- wxTextBuffer(const wxTextBuffer&);
- wxTextBuffer& operator=(const wxTextBuffer&);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_TEXTBUFFER_H
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/textcompleter.h
-// Purpose: Declaration of wxTextCompleter class.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-04-13
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTCOMPLETER_H_
-#define _WX_TEXTCOMPLETER_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCompleter: used by wxTextEnter::AutoComplete()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCompleter
-{
-public:
- wxTextCompleter() { }
-
- // The virtual functions to be implemented by the derived classes: the
- // first one is called to start preparing for completions for the given
- // prefix and, if it returns true, GetNext() is called until it returns an
- // empty string indicating that there are no more completions.
- virtual bool Start(const wxString& prefix) = 0;
- virtual wxString GetNext() = 0;
-
- virtual ~wxTextCompleter();
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextCompleter);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCompleterSimple: returns the entire set of completions at once
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCompleterSimple : public wxTextCompleter
-{
-public:
- wxTextCompleterSimple() { }
-
- // Must be implemented to return all the completions for the given prefix.
- virtual void GetCompletions(const wxString& prefix, wxArrayString& res) = 0;
-
- virtual bool Start(const wxString& prefix);
- virtual wxString GetNext();
-
-private:
- wxArrayString m_completions;
- unsigned m_index;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextCompleterSimple);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCompleterFixed: Trivial wxTextCompleter implementation which always
-// returns the same fixed array of completions.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: This class is private and intentionally not documented as it is
-// currently used only for implementation of completion with the fixed list
-// of strings only by wxWidgets itself, do not use it outside of wxWidgets.
-
-class wxTextCompleterFixed : public wxTextCompleterSimple
-{
-public:
- void SetCompletions(const wxArrayString& strings)
- {
- m_strings = strings;
- }
-
- virtual void GetCompletions(const wxString& WXUNUSED(prefix),
- wxArrayString& res)
- {
- res = m_strings;
- }
-
-private:
- wxArrayString m_strings;
-};
-
-
-#endif // _WX_TEXTCOMPLETER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/textctrl.h
-// Purpose: wxTextAttr and wxTextCtrlBase class - the interface of wxTextCtrl
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 13.07.99
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#include "wx/control.h" // the base class
-#include "wx/textentry.h" // single-line text entry interface
-#include "wx/dynarray.h" // wxArrayInt
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // wxPoint
-
-// some compilers don't have standard compliant rdbuf() (and MSVC has it only
-// in its new iostream library, not in the old one used with iostream.h)
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || \
- ((defined(__VISUALC5__) || defined(__VISUALC6__)) && wxUSE_IOSTREAMH)
- #define wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM 0
-#elif wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
- #include "wx/ioswrap.h"
- #define wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM 1
-#else
- #define wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM 0
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrlBase;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxTextCoord is the line or row number (which should have been unsigned but
-// is long for backwards compatibility)
-typedef long wxTextCoord;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxTextCtrlNameStr[];
-
-// this is intentionally not enum to avoid warning fixes with
-// typecasting from enum type to wxTextCoord
-const wxTextCoord wxOutOfRangeTextCoord = -1;
-const wxTextCoord wxInvalidTextCoord = -2;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl style flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxTE_NO_VSCROLL 0x0002
-
-#define wxTE_READONLY 0x0010
-#define wxTE_MULTILINE 0x0020
-#define wxTE_PROCESS_TAB 0x0040
-
-// alignment flags
-#define wxTE_LEFT 0x0000 // 0x0000
-#define wxTE_CENTER wxALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL // 0x0100
-#define wxTE_RIGHT wxALIGN_RIGHT // 0x0200
-#define wxTE_CENTRE wxTE_CENTER
-
-// this style means to use RICHEDIT control and does something only under wxMSW
-// and Win32 and is silently ignored under all other platforms
-#define wxTE_RICH 0x0080
-
-#define wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER 0x0400
-#define wxTE_PASSWORD 0x0800
-
-// automatically detect the URLs and generate the events when mouse is
-// moved/clicked over an URL
-//
-// this is for Win32 richedit and wxGTK2 multiline controls only so far
-#define wxTE_AUTO_URL 0x1000
-
-// by default, the Windows text control doesn't show the selection when it
-// doesn't have focus - use this style to force it to always show it
-#define wxTE_NOHIDESEL 0x2000
-
-// use wxHSCROLL to not wrap text at all, wxTE_CHARWRAP to wrap it at any
-// position and wxTE_WORDWRAP to wrap at words boundary
-//
-// if no wrapping style is given at all, the control wraps at word boundary
-#define wxTE_DONTWRAP wxHSCROLL
-#define wxTE_CHARWRAP 0x4000 // wrap at any position
-#define wxTE_WORDWRAP 0x0001 // wrap only at words boundaries
-#define wxTE_BESTWRAP 0x0000 // this is the default
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // obsolete synonym
- #define wxTE_LINEWRAP wxTE_CHARWRAP
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // this style is (or at least should be) on by default now, don't use it
- #define wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL 0
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-// force using RichEdit version 2.0 or 3.0 instead of 1.0 (default) for
-// wxTE_RICH controls - can be used together with or instead of wxTE_RICH
-#define wxTE_RICH2 0x8000
-
-// reuse wxTE_RICH2's value for CAPEDIT control on Windows CE
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
-#define wxTE_CAPITALIZE wxTE_RICH2
-#else
-#define wxTE_CAPITALIZE 0
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl file types
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxTEXT_TYPE_ANY 0
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl::HitTest return values
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the point asked is ...
-enum wxTextCtrlHitTestResult
-{
- wxTE_HT_UNKNOWN = -2, // this means HitTest() is simply not implemented
- wxTE_HT_BEFORE, // either to the left or upper
- wxTE_HT_ON_TEXT, // directly on
- wxTE_HT_BELOW, // below [the last line]
- wxTE_HT_BEYOND // after [the end of line]
-};
-// ... the character returned
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Types for wxTextAttr
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Alignment
-
-enum wxTextAttrAlignment
-{
- wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT,
- wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_LEFT,
- wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE,
- wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTER = wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE,
- wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT,
- wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_JUSTIFIED
-};
-
-// Flags to indicate which attributes are being applied
-enum wxTextAttrFlags
-{
- wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR = 0x00000001,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR = 0x00000002,
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE = 0x00000004,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE = 0x00000008,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE = 0x10000000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT = 0x00000010,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC = 0x00000020,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE = 0x00000040,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH = 0x08000000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ENCODING = 0x02000000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY = 0x04000000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE = \
- ( wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE ),
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT = \
- ( wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT | \
- wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ENCODING | wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY ),
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT = 0x00000080,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT = 0x00000100,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT = 0x00000200,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS = 0x00000400,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER = 0x00000800,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE = 0x00001000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING = 0x00002000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME = 0x00004000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME = 0x00008000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME = 0x00010000,
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE = 0x00020000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER = 0x00040000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT = 0x00080000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME = 0x00100000,
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET = \
- ( wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE | wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER | wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT | \
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME ),
-
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_URL = 0x00200000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK = 0x00400000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS = 0x00800000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL = 0x01000000,
-
- /*!
- * Character and paragraph combined styles
- */
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER = \
- (wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT|wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS| \
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR|wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR|wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME|wxTEXT_ATTR_URL),
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH = \
- (wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT|wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT|wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS|\
- wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE|wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER|wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING|\
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET|wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME|wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME|wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL|wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK),
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_ALL = (wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER|wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH)
-};
-
-/*!
- * Styles for wxTextAttr::SetBulletStyle
- */
-enum wxTextAttrBulletStyle
-{
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE = 0x00000000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC = 0x00000001,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_UPPER = 0x00000002,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_LOWER = 0x00000004,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_UPPER = 0x00000008,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_LOWER = 0x00000010,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL = 0x00000020,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP = 0x00000040,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PARENTHESES = 0x00000080,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD = 0x00000100,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD = 0x00000200,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS = 0x00000400,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE = 0x00000800,
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_LEFT = 0x00000000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT = 0x00001000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE = 0x00002000,
-
- wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION = 0x00004000
-};
-
-/*!
- * Styles for wxTextAttr::SetTextEffects
- */
-enum wxTextAttrEffects
-{
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_NONE = 0x00000000,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS = 0x00000001,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS = 0x00000002,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH = 0x00000004,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_DOUBLE_STRIKETHROUGH = 0x00000008,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SHADOW = 0x00000010,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_EMBOSS = 0x00000020,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_OUTLINE = 0x00000040,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_ENGRAVE = 0x00000080,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT = 0x00000100,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT = 0x00000200
-};
-
-/*!
- * Line spacing values
- */
-enum wxTextAttrLineSpacing
-{
- wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING_NORMAL = 10,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING_HALF = 15,
- wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING_TWICE = 20
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of a text
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextAttr
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- wxTextAttr() { Init(); }
- wxTextAttr(const wxTextAttr& attr) { Init(); Copy(attr); }
- wxTextAttr(const wxColour& colText,
- const wxColour& colBack = wxNullColour,
- const wxFont& font = wxNullFont,
- wxTextAttrAlignment alignment = wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT);
-
- // Initialise this object.
- void Init();
-
- // Copy
- void Copy(const wxTextAttr& attr);
-
- // Assignment
- void operator= (const wxTextAttr& attr);
-
- // Equality test
- bool operator== (const wxTextAttr& attr) const;
-
- // Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
- // have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is
- // @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not
- // in this object.
- bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const;
-
- // Get attributes from font.
- bool GetFontAttributes(const wxFont& font, int flags = wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT);
-
- // setters
- void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR; }
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR; }
- void SetAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment) { m_textAlignment = alignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT; }
- void SetTabs(const wxArrayInt& tabs) { m_tabs = tabs; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS; }
- void SetLeftIndent(int indent, int subIndent = 0) { m_leftIndent = indent; m_leftSubIndent = subIndent; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT; }
- void SetRightIndent(int indent) { m_rightIndent = indent; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT; }
-
- void SetFontSize(int pointSize) { m_fontSize = pointSize; m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE; }
- void SetFontPointSize(int pointSize) { m_fontSize = pointSize; m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE; }
- void SetFontPixelSize(int pixelSize) { m_fontSize = pixelSize; m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE; }
- void SetFontStyle(wxFontStyle fontStyle) { m_fontStyle = fontStyle; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC; }
- void SetFontWeight(wxFontWeight fontWeight) { m_fontWeight = fontWeight; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT; }
- void SetFontFaceName(const wxString& faceName) { m_fontFaceName = faceName; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE; }
- void SetFontUnderlined(bool underlined) { m_fontUnderlined = underlined; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE; }
- void SetFontStrikethrough(bool strikethrough) { m_fontStrikethrough = strikethrough; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH; }
- void SetFontEncoding(wxFontEncoding encoding) { m_fontEncoding = encoding; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ENCODING; }
- void SetFontFamily(wxFontFamily family) { m_fontFamily = family; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY; }
-
- // Set font
- void SetFont(const wxFont& font, int flags = (wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE)) { GetFontAttributes(font, flags); }
-
- void SetFlags(long flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
- void SetCharacterStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_characterStyleName = name; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME; }
- void SetParagraphStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_paragraphStyleName = name; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME; }
- void SetListStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_listStyleName = name; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME); }
- void SetParagraphSpacingAfter(int spacing) { m_paragraphSpacingAfter = spacing; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER; }
- void SetParagraphSpacingBefore(int spacing) { m_paragraphSpacingBefore = spacing; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE; }
- void SetLineSpacing(int spacing) { m_lineSpacing = spacing; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING; }
- void SetBulletStyle(int style) { m_bulletStyle = style; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE; }
- void SetBulletNumber(int n) { m_bulletNumber = n; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER; }
- void SetBulletText(const wxString& text) { m_bulletText = text; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT; }
- void SetBulletFont(const wxString& bulletFont) { m_bulletFont = bulletFont; }
- void SetBulletName(const wxString& name) { m_bulletName = name; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME; }
- void SetURL(const wxString& url) { m_urlTarget = url; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_URL; }
- void SetPageBreak(bool pageBreak = true) { SetFlags(pageBreak ? (GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK) : (GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK)); }
- void SetTextEffects(int effects) { m_textEffects = effects; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS); }
- void SetTextEffectFlags(int effects) { m_textEffectFlags = effects; }
- void SetOutlineLevel(int level) { m_outlineLevel = level; SetFlags(GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL); }
-
- const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; }
- const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; }
- wxTextAttrAlignment GetAlignment() const { return m_textAlignment; }
- const wxArrayInt& GetTabs() const { return m_tabs; }
- long GetLeftIndent() const { return m_leftIndent; }
- long GetLeftSubIndent() const { return m_leftSubIndent; }
- long GetRightIndent() const { return m_rightIndent; }
- long GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- int GetFontSize() const { return m_fontSize; }
- wxFontStyle GetFontStyle() const { return m_fontStyle; }
- wxFontWeight GetFontWeight() const { return m_fontWeight; }
- bool GetFontUnderlined() const { return m_fontUnderlined; }
- bool GetFontStrikethrough() const { return m_fontStrikethrough; }
- const wxString& GetFontFaceName() const { return m_fontFaceName; }
- wxFontEncoding GetFontEncoding() const { return m_fontEncoding; }
- wxFontFamily GetFontFamily() const { return m_fontFamily; }
-
- wxFont GetFont() const;
-
- const wxString& GetCharacterStyleName() const { return m_characterStyleName; }
- const wxString& GetParagraphStyleName() const { return m_paragraphStyleName; }
- const wxString& GetListStyleName() const { return m_listStyleName; }
- int GetParagraphSpacingAfter() const { return m_paragraphSpacingAfter; }
- int GetParagraphSpacingBefore() const { return m_paragraphSpacingBefore; }
-
- int GetLineSpacing() const { return m_lineSpacing; }
- int GetBulletStyle() const { return m_bulletStyle; }
- int GetBulletNumber() const { return m_bulletNumber; }
- const wxString& GetBulletText() const { return m_bulletText; }
- const wxString& GetBulletFont() const { return m_bulletFont; }
- const wxString& GetBulletName() const { return m_bulletName; }
- const wxString& GetURL() const { return m_urlTarget; }
- int GetTextEffects() const { return m_textEffects; }
- int GetTextEffectFlags() const { return m_textEffectFlags; }
- int GetOutlineLevel() const { return m_outlineLevel; }
-
- // accessors
- bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.IsOk() && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR) ; }
- bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.IsOk() && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR) ; }
- bool HasAlignment() const { return (m_textAlignment != wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_DEFAULT) && HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT) ; }
- bool HasTabs() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS) ; }
- bool HasLeftIndent() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT); }
- bool HasRightIndent() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT); }
- bool HasFontWeight() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT); }
- bool HasFontSize() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE); }
- bool HasFontPointSize() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE); }
- bool HasFontPixelSize() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE); }
- bool HasFontItalic() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC); }
- bool HasFontUnderlined() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE); }
- bool HasFontStrikethrough() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH); }
- bool HasFontFaceName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE); }
- bool HasFontEncoding() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ENCODING); }
- bool HasFontFamily() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY); }
- bool HasFont() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT); }
-
- bool HasParagraphSpacingAfter() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER); }
- bool HasParagraphSpacingBefore() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE); }
- bool HasLineSpacing() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING); }
- bool HasCharacterStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME) && !m_characterStyleName.IsEmpty(); }
- bool HasParagraphStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME) && !m_paragraphStyleName.IsEmpty(); }
- bool HasListStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME) || !m_listStyleName.IsEmpty(); }
- bool HasBulletStyle() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE); }
- bool HasBulletNumber() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER); }
- bool HasBulletText() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT); }
- bool HasBulletName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME); }
- bool HasURL() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL); }
- bool HasPageBreak() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PAGE_BREAK); }
- bool HasTextEffects() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS); }
- bool HasTextEffect(int effect) const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS) && ((GetTextEffectFlags() & effect) != 0); }
- bool HasOutlineLevel() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL); }
-
- bool HasFlag(long flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; }
- void RemoveFlag(long flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
- void AddFlag(long flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
-
- // Is this a character style?
- bool IsCharacterStyle() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER); }
- bool IsParagraphStyle() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH); }
-
- // returns false if we have any attributes set, true otherwise
- bool IsDefault() const
- {
- return GetFlags() == 0;
- }
-
- // Merges the given attributes. If compareWith
- // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
- // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
- bool Apply(const wxTextAttr& style, const wxTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
-
- // merges the attributes of the base and the overlay objects and returns
- // the result; the parameter attributes take precedence
- //
- // WARNING: the order of arguments is the opposite of Combine()
- static wxTextAttr Merge(const wxTextAttr& base, const wxTextAttr& overlay)
- {
- return Combine(overlay, base, NULL);
- }
-
- // merges the attributes of this object and overlay
- void Merge(const wxTextAttr& overlay)
- {
- *this = Merge(*this, overlay);
- }
-
- // return the attribute having the valid font and colours: it uses the
- // attributes set in attr and falls back first to attrDefault and then to
- // the text control font/colours for those attributes which are not set
- static wxTextAttr Combine(const wxTextAttr& attr,
- const wxTextAttr& attrDef,
- const wxTextCtrlBase *text);
-
- // Compare tabs
- static bool TabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2);
-
- // Remove attributes
- static bool RemoveStyle(wxTextAttr& destStyle, const wxTextAttr& style);
-
- // Combine two bitlists, specifying the bits of interest with separate flags.
- static bool CombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB);
-
- // Compare two bitlists
- static bool BitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags);
-
- // Split into paragraph and character styles
- static bool SplitParaCharStyles(const wxTextAttr& style, wxTextAttr& parStyle, wxTextAttr& charStyle);
-
-private:
- long m_flags;
-
- // Paragraph styles
- wxArrayInt m_tabs; // array of int: tab stops in 1/10 mm
- int m_leftIndent; // left indent in 1/10 mm
- int m_leftSubIndent; // left indent for all but the first
- // line in a paragraph relative to the
- // first line, in 1/10 mm
- int m_rightIndent; // right indent in 1/10 mm
- wxTextAttrAlignment m_textAlignment;
-
- int m_paragraphSpacingAfter;
- int m_paragraphSpacingBefore;
- int m_lineSpacing;
- int m_bulletStyle;
- int m_bulletNumber;
- int m_textEffects;
- int m_textEffectFlags;
- int m_outlineLevel;
- wxString m_bulletText;
- wxString m_bulletFont;
- wxString m_bulletName;
- wxString m_urlTarget;
- wxFontEncoding m_fontEncoding;
-
- // Character styles
- wxColour m_colText,
- m_colBack;
- int m_fontSize;
- wxFontStyle m_fontStyle;
- wxFontWeight m_fontWeight;
- wxFontFamily m_fontFamily;
- bool m_fontUnderlined;
- bool m_fontStrikethrough;
- wxString m_fontFaceName;
-
- // Character style
- wxString m_characterStyleName;
-
- // Paragraph style
- wxString m_paragraphStyleName;
-
- // List style
- wxString m_listStyleName;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextAreaBase: multiline text control specific methods
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextAreaBase
-{
-public:
- wxTextAreaBase() { }
- virtual ~wxTextAreaBase() { }
-
- // lines access
- // ------------
-
- virtual int GetLineLength(long lineNo) const = 0;
- virtual wxString GetLineText(long lineNo) const = 0;
- virtual int GetNumberOfLines() const = 0;
-
-
- // file IO
- // -------
-
- bool LoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType = wxTEXT_TYPE_ANY)
- { return DoLoadFile(file, fileType); }
- bool SaveFile(const wxString& file = wxEmptyString,
- int fileType = wxTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
-
- // dirty flag handling
- // -------------------
-
- virtual bool IsModified() const = 0;
- virtual void MarkDirty() = 0;
- virtual void DiscardEdits() = 0;
- void SetModified(bool modified)
- {
- if ( modified )
- MarkDirty();
- else
- DiscardEdits();
- }
-
-
- // styles handling
- // ---------------
-
- // text control under some platforms supports the text styles: these
- // methods allow to apply the given text style to the given selection or to
- // set/get the style which will be used for all appended text
- virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style) = 0;
- virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style) = 0;
- virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style) = 0;
- virtual const wxTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const { return m_defaultStyle; }
-
-
- // coordinates translation
- // -----------------------
-
- // translate between the position (which is just an index in the text ctrl
- // considering all its contents as a single strings) and (x, y) coordinates
- // which represent column and line.
- virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const = 0;
- virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long *x, long *y) const = 0;
-
- // translate the given position (which is just an index in the text control)
- // to client coordinates
- wxPoint PositionToCoords(long pos) const;
-
-
- virtual void ShowPosition(long pos) = 0;
-
- // find the character at position given in pixels
- //
- // NB: pt is in device coords (not adjusted for the client area origin nor
- // scrolling)
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const;
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
- wxTextCoord *col,
- wxTextCoord *row) const;
- virtual wxString GetValue() const = 0;
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value) = 0;
-
-protected:
- // implementation of loading/saving
- virtual bool DoLoadFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
- virtual bool DoSaveFile(const wxString& file, int fileType);
-
- // Return true if the given position is valid, i.e. positive and less than
- // the last position.
- virtual bool IsValidPosition(long pos) const = 0;
-
- // Default stub implementation of PositionToCoords() always returns
- // wxDefaultPosition.
- virtual wxPoint DoPositionToCoords(long pos) const;
-
- // the name of the last file loaded with LoadFile() which will be used by
- // SaveFile() by default
- wxString m_filename;
-
- // the text style which will be used for any new text added to the control
- wxTextAttr m_defaultStyle;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextAreaBase);
-};
-
-// this class defines wxTextCtrl interface, wxTextCtrlBase actually implements
-// too much things because it derives from wxTextEntry and not wxTextEntryBase
-// and so any classes which "look like" wxTextCtrl (such as wxRichTextCtrl)
-// but don't need the (native) implementation bits from wxTextEntry should
-// actually derive from this one and not wxTextCtrlBase
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrlIface : public wxTextAreaBase,
- public wxTextEntryBase
-{
-public:
- wxTextCtrlIface() { }
-
- // wxTextAreaBase overrides
- virtual wxString GetValue() const
- {
- return wxTextEntryBase::GetValue();
- }
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value)
- {
- wxTextEntryBase::SetValue(value);
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual bool IsValidPosition(long pos) const
- {
- return pos >= 0 && pos <= GetLastPosition();
- }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextCtrlIface);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl: a single or multiple line text zone where user can edit text
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextCtrlBase : public wxControl,
-#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
- public wxSTD streambuf,
-#endif
- public wxTextAreaBase,
- public wxTextEntry
-{
-public:
- // creation
- // --------
-
- wxTextCtrlBase() { }
- virtual ~wxTextCtrlBase() { }
-
-
- // more readable flag testing methods
- bool IsSingleLine() const { return !HasFlag(wxTE_MULTILINE); }
- bool IsMultiLine() const { return !IsSingleLine(); }
-
- // stream-like insertion operators: these are always available, whether we
- // were, or not, compiled with streambuf support
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(const wxString& s);
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(int i);
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(long i);
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(float f) { return *this << double(f); }
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(double d);
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(char c) { return *this << wxString(c); }
- wxTextCtrl& operator<<(wchar_t c) { return *this << wxString(c); }
-
- // insert the character which would have resulted from this key event,
- // return true if anything has been inserted
- virtual bool EmulateKeyPress(const wxKeyEvent& event);
-
-
- // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event
- virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
- // work around the problem with having HitTest() both in wxControl and
- // wxTextAreaBase base classes
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *pos) const
- {
- return wxTextAreaBase::HitTest(pt, pos);
- }
-
- virtual wxTextCtrlHitTestResult HitTest(const wxPoint& pt,
- wxTextCoord *col,
- wxTextCoord *row) const
- {
- return wxTextAreaBase::HitTest(pt, col, row);
- }
-
- // we provide stubs for these functions as not all platforms have styles
- // support, but we really should leave them pure virtual here
- virtual bool SetStyle(long start, long end, const wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxTextAttr& style);
- virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxTextAttr& style);
-
- // wxTextAreaBase overrides
- virtual wxString GetValue() const
- {
- return wxTextEntry::GetValue();
- }
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value)
- {
- wxTextEntry::SetValue(value);
- }
-
- // wxTextEntry overrides
- virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint);
-
- // wxWindow overrides
- virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
- {
- return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
- }
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL)
- {
- return GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(variant);
- }
-
-protected:
- // override streambuf method
-#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
- int overflow(int i);
-#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-
- // Another wxTextAreaBase override.
- virtual bool IsValidPosition(long pos) const
- {
- return pos >= 0 && pos <= GetLastPosition();
- }
-
- // implement the wxTextEntry pure virtual method
- virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextCtrlBase);
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxTextCtrlBase)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent class definition
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #include "wx/msw/wince/textctrlce.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/textctrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/textctrl.h"
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextCtrl events
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextUrlEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TEXT, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TEXT_ENTER, wxCommandEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TEXT_URL, wxTextUrlEvent);
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TEXT_MAXLEN, wxCommandEvent);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextUrlEvent : public wxCommandEvent
-{
-public:
- wxTextUrlEvent(int winid, const wxMouseEvent& evtMouse,
- long start, long end)
- : wxCommandEvent(wxEVT_TEXT_URL, winid),
- m_evtMouse(evtMouse), m_start(start), m_end(end)
- { }
- wxTextUrlEvent(const wxTextUrlEvent& event)
- : wxCommandEvent(event),
- m_evtMouse(event.m_evtMouse),
- m_start(event.m_start),
- m_end(event.m_end) { }
-
- // get the mouse event which happened over the URL
- const wxMouseEvent& GetMouseEvent() const { return m_evtMouse; }
-
- // get the start of the URL
- long GetURLStart() const { return m_start; }
-
- // get the end of the URL
- long GetURLEnd() const { return m_end; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTextUrlEvent(*this); }
-
-protected:
- // the corresponding mouse event
- wxMouseEvent m_evtMouse;
-
- // the start and end indices of the URL in the text control
- long m_start,
- m_end;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxTextUrlEvent)
-
-public:
- // for wxWin RTTI only, don't use
- wxTextUrlEvent() : m_evtMouse(), m_start(0), m_end(0) { }
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTextUrlEventFunction)(wxTextUrlEvent&);
-
-#define wxTextEventHandler(func) wxCommandEventHandler(func)
-#define wxTextUrlEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxTextUrlEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TEXT_ ## evt, id, wxTextEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_TEXTURLEVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TEXT_ ## evt, id, wxTextUrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TEXT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TEXT, id, wxTextEventHandler(fn))
-#define EVT_TEXT_ENTER(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(ENTER, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TEXT_URL(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTURLEVT(URL, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TEXT_MAXLEN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TEXTEVT(MAXLEN, id, fn)
-
-#if wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStreamToTextRedirector: this class redirects all data sent to the given
-// C++ stream to the wxTextCtrl given to its ctor during its lifetime.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxStreamToTextRedirector
-{
-private:
- void Init(wxTextCtrl *text)
- {
- m_sbufOld = m_ostr.rdbuf();
- m_ostr.rdbuf(text);
- }
-
-public:
- wxStreamToTextRedirector(wxTextCtrl *text)
- : m_ostr(wxSTD cout)
- {
- Init(text);
- }
-
- wxStreamToTextRedirector(wxTextCtrl *text, wxSTD ostream *ostr)
- : m_ostr(*ostr)
- {
- Init(text);
- }
-
- ~wxStreamToTextRedirector()
- {
- m_ostr.rdbuf(m_sbufOld);
- }
-
-private:
- // the stream we're redirecting
- wxSTD ostream& m_ostr;
-
- // the old streambuf (before we changed it)
- wxSTD streambuf *m_sbufOld;
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_TEXT_WINDOW_STREAM
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_UPDATED wxEVT_TEXT
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_ENTER wxEVT_TEXT_ENTER
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_URL wxEVT_TEXT_URL
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_MAXLEN wxEVT_TEXT_MAXLEN
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#endif
- // _WX_TEXTCTRL_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/textdlg.h
-// Purpose: wxTextEntryDialog class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTDLG_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TEXTDLG_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/generic/textdlgg.h"
-
-#endif // _WX_TEXTDLG_H_BASE_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/textentry.h
-// Purpose: declares wxTextEntry interface defining a simple text entry
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2007-09-24
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTENTRY_H_
-#define _WX_TEXTENTRY_H_
-
-// wxTextPos is the position in the text (currently it's hardly used anywhere
-// and should probably be replaced with int anyhow)
-typedef long wxTextPos;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCompleter;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextEntryHintData;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-#include "wx/filefn.h" // for wxFILE and wxDIR only
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextEntryBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntryBase
-{
-public:
- wxTextEntryBase() { m_eventsBlock = 0; m_hintData = NULL; }
- virtual ~wxTextEntryBase();
-
-
- // accessing the value
- // -------------------
-
- // SetValue() generates a text change event, ChangeValue() doesn't
- virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value)
- { DoSetValue(value, SetValue_SendEvent); }
- virtual void ChangeValue(const wxString& value);
-
- // writing text inserts it at the current position replacing any current
- // selection, appending always inserts it at the end and doesn't remove any
- // existing text (but it will reset the selection if there is any)
- virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text) = 0;
- virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text);
-
- virtual wxString GetValue() const;
- virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const;
- bool IsEmpty() const { return GetLastPosition() <= 0; }
-
-
- // editing operations
- // ------------------
-
- virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
- virtual void Remove(long from, long to) = 0;
- virtual void Clear() { SetValue(wxString()); }
- void RemoveSelection();
-
-
- // clipboard operations
- // --------------------
-
- virtual void Copy() = 0;
- virtual void Cut() = 0;
- virtual void Paste() = 0;
-
- virtual bool CanCopy() const;
- virtual bool CanCut() const;
- virtual bool CanPaste() const;
-
- // undo/redo
- // ---------
-
- virtual void Undo() = 0;
- virtual void Redo() = 0;
-
- virtual bool CanUndo() const = 0;
- virtual bool CanRedo() const = 0;
-
-
- // insertion point
- // ---------------
-
- // note that moving insertion point removes any current selection
- virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos) = 0;
- virtual void SetInsertionPointEnd() { SetInsertionPoint(-1); }
- virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const = 0;
- virtual long GetLastPosition() const = 0;
-
-
- // selection
- // ---------
-
- virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to) = 0;
- virtual void SelectAll() { SetSelection(-1, -1); }
- virtual void SelectNone()
- { const long pos = GetInsertionPoint(); SetSelection(pos, pos); }
- virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const = 0;
- bool HasSelection() const;
- virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
-
-
- // auto-completion
- // ---------------
-
- // these functions allow to auto-complete the text already entered into the
- // control using either the given fixed list of strings, the paths from the
- // file system or an arbitrary user-defined completer
- //
- // they all return true if completion was enabled or false on error (most
- // commonly meaning that this functionality is not available under the
- // current platform)
-
- bool AutoComplete(const wxArrayString& choices)
- { return DoAutoCompleteStrings(choices); }
-
- bool AutoCompleteFileNames()
- { return DoAutoCompleteFileNames(wxFILE); }
-
- bool AutoCompleteDirectories()
- { return DoAutoCompleteFileNames(wxDIR); }
-
- // notice that we take ownership of the pointer and will delete it
- //
- // if the pointer is NULL auto-completion is disabled
- bool AutoComplete(wxTextCompleter *completer)
- { return DoAutoCompleteCustom(completer); }
-
-
- // status
- // ------
-
- virtual bool IsEditable() const = 0;
- virtual void SetEditable(bool editable) = 0;
-
-
- // set the max number of characters which may be entered in a single line
- // text control
- virtual void SetMaxLength(unsigned long WXUNUSED(len)) { }
-
-
- // hints
- // -----
-
- // hint is the (usually greyed out) text shown in the control as long as
- // it's empty and doesn't have focus, it is typically used in controls used
- // for searching to let the user know what is supposed to be entered there
-
- virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint);
- virtual wxString GetHint() const;
-
-
- // margins
- // -------
-
- // margins are the empty space between borders of control and the text
- // itself. When setting margin, use value -1 to indicate that specific
- // margin should not be changed.
-
- bool SetMargins(const wxPoint& pt)
- { return DoSetMargins(pt); }
- bool SetMargins(wxCoord left, wxCoord top = -1)
- { return DoSetMargins(wxPoint(left, top)); }
- wxPoint GetMargins() const
- { return DoGetMargins(); }
-
-
- // implementation only
- // -------------------
-
- // generate the wxEVT_TEXT event for GetEditableWindow(),
- // like SetValue() does and return true if the event was processed
- //
- // NB: this is public for wxRichTextCtrl use only right now, do not call it
- static bool SendTextUpdatedEvent(wxWindow *win);
-
- // generate the wxEVT_TEXT event for this window
- bool SendTextUpdatedEvent()
- {
- return SendTextUpdatedEvent(GetEditableWindow());
- }
-
-
- // generate the wxEVT_TEXT event for this window if the
- // events are not currently disabled
- void SendTextUpdatedEventIfAllowed()
- {
- if ( EventsAllowed() )
- SendTextUpdatedEvent();
- }
-
- // this function is provided solely for the purpose of forwarding text
- // change notifications state from one control to another, e.g. it can be
- // used by a wxComboBox which derives from wxTextEntry if it delegates all
- // of its methods to another wxTextCtrl
- void ForwardEnableTextChangedEvents(bool enable)
- {
- // it's important to call the functions which update m_eventsBlock here
- // and not just our own EnableTextChangedEvents() because our state
- // (i.e. the result of EventsAllowed()) must change as well
- if ( enable )
- ResumeTextChangedEvents();
- else
- SuppressTextChangedEvents();
- }
-
-protected:
- // flags for DoSetValue(): common part of SetValue() and ChangeValue() and
- // also used to implement WriteText() in wxMSW
- enum
- {
- SetValue_NoEvent = 0,
- SetValue_SendEvent = 1,
- SetValue_SelectionOnly = 2
- };
-
- virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags);
- virtual wxString DoGetValue() const = 0;
-
- // override this to return the associated window, it will be used for event
- // generation and also by generic hints implementation
- virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() = 0;
-
- // margins functions
- virtual bool DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& pt);
- virtual wxPoint DoGetMargins() const;
-
- // the derived classes should override these virtual methods to implement
- // auto-completion, they do the same thing as their public counterparts but
- // have different names to allow overriding just one of them without hiding
- // the other one(s)
- virtual bool DoAutoCompleteStrings(const wxArrayString& WXUNUSED(choices))
- { return false; }
- virtual bool DoAutoCompleteFileNames(int WXUNUSED(flags)) // wxFILE | wxDIR
- { return false; }
- virtual bool DoAutoCompleteCustom(wxTextCompleter *completer);
-
-
- // class which should be used to temporarily disable text change events
- //
- // if suppress argument in ctor is false, nothing is done
- class EventsSuppressor
- {
- public:
- EventsSuppressor(wxTextEntryBase *text, bool suppress = true)
- : m_text(text),
- m_suppress(suppress)
- {
- if ( m_suppress )
- m_text->SuppressTextChangedEvents();
- }
-
- ~EventsSuppressor()
- {
- if ( m_suppress )
- m_text->ResumeTextChangedEvents();
- }
-
- private:
- wxTextEntryBase *m_text;
- bool m_suppress;
- };
-
- friend class EventsSuppressor;
-
-private:
- // suppress or resume the text changed events generation: don't use these
- // functions directly, use EventsSuppressor class above instead
- void SuppressTextChangedEvents()
- {
- if ( !m_eventsBlock++ )
- EnableTextChangedEvents(false);
- }
-
- void ResumeTextChangedEvents()
- {
- if ( !--m_eventsBlock )
- EnableTextChangedEvents(true);
- }
-
-
- // this must be overridden in the derived classes if our implementation of
- // SetValue() or Replace() is used to disable (and enable back) generation
- // of the text changed events
- //
- // initially the generation of the events is enabled
- virtual void EnableTextChangedEvents(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) { }
-
- // return true if the events are currently not suppressed
- bool EventsAllowed() const { return m_eventsBlock == 0; }
-
-
- // if this counter is non-null, events are blocked
- unsigned m_eventsBlock;
-
- // hint-related stuff, only allocated if/when SetHint() is used
- wxTextEntryHintData *m_hintData;
-
- // It needs to call our Do{Get,Set}Value() to work with the real control
- // contents.
- friend class wxTextEntryHintData;
-};
-
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- // TODO: we need to use wxTextEntryDelegate here, but for now just prevent
- // the GTK/MSW classes from being used in wxUniv build
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntry : public wxTextEntryBase
- {
- };
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/textentry.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/textentry.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/textentry.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/textentry.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/textentry.h"
-#else
- // no platform-specific implementation of wxTextEntry yet
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextEntry : public wxTextEntryBase
- {
- };
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_TEXTENTRY_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/textfile.h
-// Purpose: class wxTextFile to work with text files of _small_ size
-// (file is fully loaded in memory) and which understands CR/LF
-// differences between platforms.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 03.04.98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTFILE_H
-#define _WX_TEXTFILE_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#include "wx/textbuf.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-
-#include "wx/file.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextFile
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextFile : public wxTextBuffer
-{
-public:
- // constructors
- wxTextFile() { }
- wxTextFile(const wxString& strFileName);
-
-protected:
- // implement the base class pure virtuals
- virtual bool OnExists() const;
- virtual bool OnOpen(const wxString &strBufferName,
- wxTextBufferOpenMode OpenMode);
- virtual bool OnClose();
- virtual bool OnRead(const wxMBConv& conv);
- virtual bool OnWrite(wxTextFileType typeNew, const wxMBConv& conv);
-
-private:
-
- wxFile m_file;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextFile);
-};
-
-#else // !wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-
-// old code relies on the static methods of wxTextFile being always available
-// and they still are available in wxTextBuffer (even if !wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER), so
-// make it possible to use them in a backwards compatible way
-typedef wxTextBuffer wxTextFile;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTFILE/!wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-
-#endif // _WX_TEXTFILE_H
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/textwrapper.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxTextWrapper class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-05-31 (extracted from dlgcmn.cpp via wx/private/stattext.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 1999, 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TEXTWRAPPER_H_
-#define _WX_TEXTWRAPPER_H_
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTextWrapper
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this class is used to wrap the text on word boundary: wrapping is done by
-// calling OnStartLine() and OnOutputLine() functions
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextWrapper
-{
-public:
- wxTextWrapper() { m_eol = false; }
-
- // win is used for getting the font, text is the text to wrap, width is the
- // max line width or -1 to disable wrapping
- void Wrap(wxWindow *win, const wxString& text, int widthMax);
-
- // we don't need it, but just to avoid compiler warnings
- virtual ~wxTextWrapper() { }
-
-protected:
- // line may be empty
- virtual void OnOutputLine(const wxString& line) = 0;
-
- // called at the start of every new line (except the very first one)
- virtual void OnNewLine() { }
-
-private:
- // call OnOutputLine() and set m_eol to true
- void DoOutputLine(const wxString& line)
- {
- OnOutputLine(line);
-
- m_eol = true;
- }
-
- // this function is a destructive inspector: when it returns true it also
- // resets the flag to false so calling it again wouldn't return true any
- // more
- bool IsStartOfNewLine()
- {
- if ( !m_eol )
- return false;
-
- m_eol = false;
-
- return true;
- }
-
-
- bool m_eol;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextWrapper);
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_STATTEXT
-
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-#include "wx/stattext.h"
-
-// A class creating a sizer with one static text per line of text. Creation of
-// the controls used for each line can be customized by overriding
-// OnCreateLine() function.
-//
-// This class is currently private to wxWidgets and used only by wxDialog
-// itself. We may make it public later if there is sufficient interest.
-class wxTextSizerWrapper : public wxTextWrapper
-{
-public:
- wxTextSizerWrapper(wxWindow *win)
- {
- m_win = win;
- m_hLine = 0;
- }
-
- wxSizer *CreateSizer(const wxString& text, int widthMax)
- {
- m_sizer = new wxBoxSizer(wxVERTICAL);
- Wrap(m_win, text, widthMax);
- return m_sizer;
- }
-
- wxWindow *GetParent() const { return m_win; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxWindow *OnCreateLine(const wxString& line)
- {
- return new wxStaticText(m_win, wxID_ANY,
- wxControl::EscapeMnemonics(line));
- }
-
- virtual void OnOutputLine(const wxString& line)
- {
- if ( !line.empty() )
- {
- m_sizer->Add(OnCreateLine(line));
- }
- else // empty line, no need to create a control for it
- {
- if ( !m_hLine )
- m_hLine = m_win->GetCharHeight();
-
- m_sizer->Add(5, m_hLine);
- }
- }
-
-private:
- wxWindow *m_win;
- wxSizer *m_sizer;
- int m_hLine;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STATTEXT
-
-#endif // _WX_TEXTWRAPPER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/tglbtn.h
-// Purpose: This dummy header includes the proper header file for the
-// system we're compiling under.
-// Author: John Norris, minor changes by Axel Schlueter
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 08.02.01
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Johnny C. Norris II
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/anybutton.h" // base class
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxCheckBoxNameStr[];
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TOGGLEBUTTON, wxCommandEvent );
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToggleButtonBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToggleButtonBase : public wxAnyButton
-{
-public:
- wxToggleButtonBase() { }
-
- // Get/set the value
- virtual void SetValue(bool state) = 0;
- virtual bool GetValue() const = 0;
-
- void UpdateWindowUI(long flags)
- {
- wxControl::UpdateWindowUI(flags);
-
- if ( !IsShown() )
- return;
-
- wxWindow *tlw = wxGetTopLevelParent( this );
- if (tlw && wxPendingDelete.Member( tlw ))
- return;
-
- wxUpdateUIEvent event( GetId() );
- event.SetEventObject(this);
-
- if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
- {
- if ( event.GetSetChecked() )
- SetValue( event.GetChecked() );
- }
- }
-
- // Buttons on MSW can look bad if they are not native colours, because
- // then they become owner-drawn and not theme-drawn. Disable it here
- // in wxToggleButtonBase to make it consistent.
- virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
-protected:
- // choose the default border for this window
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxToggleButtonBase);
-};
-
-
-#define EVT_TOGGLEBUTTON(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TOGGLEBUTTON, id, wxCommandEventHandler(fn))
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/tglbtn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/tglbtn.h"
- #define wxHAS_BITMAPTOGGLEBUTTON
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/tglbtn.h"
- #define wxHAS_BITMAPTOGGLEBUTTON
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/tglbtn.h"
-# elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/tglbtn.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/tglbtn.h"
- #define wxHAS_BITMAPTOGGLEBUTTON
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/tglbtn.h"
-#endif
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TOGGLEBUTTON_CLICKED wxEVT_TOGGLEBUTTON
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN
-
-#endif // _WX_TOGGLEBUTTON_H_BASE_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/thread.h
-// Purpose: Thread API
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (modifications partly inspired by omnithreads
-// package from Olivetti & Oracle Research Laboratory)
-// Created: 04/13/98
-// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_THREAD_H_
-#define _WX_THREAD_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the value of wxUSE_THREADS configuration flag
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum wxMutexError
-{
- wxMUTEX_NO_ERROR = 0, // operation completed successfully
- wxMUTEX_INVALID, // mutex hasn't been initialized
- wxMUTEX_DEAD_LOCK, // mutex is already locked by the calling thread
- wxMUTEX_BUSY, // mutex is already locked by another thread
- wxMUTEX_UNLOCKED, // attempt to unlock a mutex which is not locked
- wxMUTEX_TIMEOUT, // LockTimeout() has timed out
- wxMUTEX_MISC_ERROR // any other error
-};
-
-enum wxCondError
-{
- wxCOND_NO_ERROR = 0,
- wxCOND_INVALID,
- wxCOND_TIMEOUT, // WaitTimeout() has timed out
- wxCOND_MISC_ERROR
-};
-
-enum wxSemaError
-{
- wxSEMA_NO_ERROR = 0,
- wxSEMA_INVALID, // semaphore hasn't been initialized successfully
- wxSEMA_BUSY, // returned by TryWait() if Wait() would block
- wxSEMA_TIMEOUT, // returned by WaitTimeout()
- wxSEMA_OVERFLOW, // Post() would increase counter past the max
- wxSEMA_MISC_ERROR
-};
-
-enum wxThreadError
-{
- wxTHREAD_NO_ERROR = 0, // No error
- wxTHREAD_NO_RESOURCE, // No resource left to create a new thread
- wxTHREAD_RUNNING, // The thread is already running
- wxTHREAD_NOT_RUNNING, // The thread isn't running
- wxTHREAD_KILLED, // Thread we waited for had to be killed
- wxTHREAD_MISC_ERROR // Some other error
-};
-
-enum wxThreadKind
-{
- wxTHREAD_DETACHED,
- wxTHREAD_JOINABLE
-};
-
-enum wxThreadWait
-{
- wxTHREAD_WAIT_BLOCK,
- wxTHREAD_WAIT_YIELD, // process events while waiting; MSW only
-
- // For compatibility reasons we use wxTHREAD_WAIT_YIELD by default as this
- // was the default behaviour of wxMSW 2.8 but it should be avoided as it's
- // dangerous and not portable.
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxTHREAD_WAIT_DEFAULT = wxTHREAD_WAIT_YIELD
-#else
- wxTHREAD_WAIT_DEFAULT = wxTHREAD_WAIT_BLOCK
-#endif
-};
-
-// Obsolete synonyms for wxPRIORITY_XXX for backwards compatibility-only
-enum
-{
- WXTHREAD_MIN_PRIORITY = wxPRIORITY_MIN,
- WXTHREAD_DEFAULT_PRIORITY = wxPRIORITY_DEFAULT,
- WXTHREAD_MAX_PRIORITY = wxPRIORITY_MAX
-};
-
-// There are 2 types of mutexes: normal mutexes and recursive ones. The attempt
-// to lock a normal mutex by a thread which already owns it results in
-// undefined behaviour (it always works under Windows, it will almost always
-// result in a deadlock under Unix). Locking a recursive mutex in such
-// situation always succeeds and it must be unlocked as many times as it has
-// been locked.
-//
-// However recursive mutexes have several important drawbacks: first, in the
-// POSIX implementation, they're less efficient. Second, and more importantly,
-// they CAN NOT BE USED WITH CONDITION VARIABLES under Unix! Using them with
-// wxCondition will work under Windows and some Unices (notably Linux) but will
-// deadlock under other Unix versions (e.g. Solaris). As it might be difficult
-// to ensure that a recursive mutex is not used with wxCondition, it is a good
-// idea to avoid using recursive mutexes at all. Also, the last problem with
-// them is that some (older) Unix versions don't support this at all -- which
-// results in a configure warning when building and a deadlock when using them.
-enum wxMutexType
-{
- // normal mutex: try to always use this one
- wxMUTEX_DEFAULT,
-
- // recursive mutex: don't use these ones with wxCondition
- wxMUTEX_RECURSIVE
-};
-
-// forward declarations
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxThreadHelper;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConditionInternal;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMutexInternal;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxSemaphoreInternal;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxThreadInternal;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A mutex object is a synchronization object whose state is set to signaled
-// when it is not owned by any thread, and nonsignaled when it is owned. Its
-// name comes from its usefulness in coordinating mutually-exclusive access to
-// a shared resource. Only one thread at a time can own a mutex object.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// you should consider wxMutexLocker whenever possible instead of directly
-// working with wxMutex class - it is safer
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutex
-{
-public:
- // constructor & destructor
- // ------------------------
-
- // create either default (always safe) or recursive mutex
- wxMutex(wxMutexType mutexType = wxMUTEX_DEFAULT);
-
- // destroys the mutex kernel object
- ~wxMutex();
-
- // test if the mutex has been created successfully
- bool IsOk() const;
-
- // mutex operations
- // ----------------
-
- // Lock the mutex, blocking on it until it is unlocked by the other thread.
- // The result of locking a mutex already locked by the current thread
- // depend on the mutex type.
- //
- // The caller must call Unlock() later if Lock() returned wxMUTEX_NO_ERROR.
- wxMutexError Lock();
-
- // Same as Lock() but return wxMUTEX_TIMEOUT if the mutex can't be locked
- // during the given number of milliseconds
- wxMutexError LockTimeout(unsigned long ms);
-
- // Try to lock the mutex: if it is currently locked, return immediately
- // with an error. Otherwise the caller must call Unlock().
- wxMutexError TryLock();
-
- // Unlock the mutex. It is an error to unlock an already unlocked mutex
- wxMutexError Unlock();
-
-protected:
- wxMutexInternal *m_internal;
-
- friend class wxConditionInternal;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMutex);
-};
-
-// a helper class which locks the mutex in the ctor and unlocks it in the dtor:
-// this ensures that mutex is always unlocked, even if the function returns or
-// throws an exception before it reaches the end
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexLocker
-{
-public:
- // lock the mutex in the ctor
- wxMutexLocker(wxMutex& mutex)
- : m_isOk(false), m_mutex(mutex)
- { m_isOk = ( m_mutex.Lock() == wxMUTEX_NO_ERROR ); }
-
- // returns true if mutex was successfully locked in ctor
- bool IsOk() const
- { return m_isOk; }
-
- // unlock the mutex in dtor
- ~wxMutexLocker()
- { if ( IsOk() ) m_mutex.Unlock(); }
-
-private:
- // no assignment operator nor copy ctor
- wxMutexLocker(const wxMutexLocker&);
- wxMutexLocker& operator=(const wxMutexLocker&);
-
- bool m_isOk;
- wxMutex& m_mutex;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Critical section: this is the same as mutex but is only visible to the
-// threads of the same process. For the platforms which don't have native
-// support for critical sections, they're implemented entirely in terms of
-// mutexes.
-//
-// NB: wxCriticalSection object does not allocate any memory in its ctor
-// which makes it possible to have static globals of this class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// in order to avoid any overhead under platforms where critical sections are
-// just mutexes make all wxCriticalSection class functions inline
-#if !defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #define wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX 1
-
- #define wxCRITSECT_INLINE WXEXPORT inline
-#else // MSW
- #define wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX 0
-
- #define wxCRITSECT_INLINE
-#endif // MSW/!MSW
-
-enum wxCriticalSectionType
-{
- // recursive critical section
- wxCRITSEC_DEFAULT,
-
- // non-recursive critical section
- wxCRITSEC_NON_RECURSIVE
-};
-
-// you should consider wxCriticalSectionLocker whenever possible instead of
-// directly working with wxCriticalSection class - it is safer
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCriticalSection
-{
-public:
- // ctor & dtor
- wxCRITSECT_INLINE wxCriticalSection( wxCriticalSectionType critSecType = wxCRITSEC_DEFAULT );
- wxCRITSECT_INLINE ~wxCriticalSection();
- // enter the section (the same as locking a mutex)
- wxCRITSECT_INLINE void Enter();
-
- // try to enter the section (the same as trying to lock a mutex)
- wxCRITSECT_INLINE bool TryEnter();
-
- // leave the critical section (same as unlocking a mutex)
- wxCRITSECT_INLINE void Leave();
-
-private:
-#if wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX
- wxMutex m_mutex;
-#elif defined(__WINDOWS__)
- // we can't allocate any memory in the ctor, so use placement new -
- // unfortunately, we have to hardcode the sizeof() here because we can't
- // include windows.h from this public header and we also have to use the
- // union to force the correct (i.e. maximal) alignment
- //
- // if CRITICAL_SECTION size changes in Windows, you'll get an assert from
- // thread.cpp and will need to increase the buffer size
-#ifdef __WIN64__
- typedef char wxCritSectBuffer[40];
-#else // __WIN32__
- typedef char wxCritSectBuffer[24];
-#endif
- union
- {
- unsigned long m_dummy1;
- void *m_dummy2;
-
- wxCritSectBuffer m_buffer;
- };
-#endif // Unix&OS2/Win32
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCriticalSection);
-};
-
-#if wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX
- // implement wxCriticalSection using mutexes
- inline wxCriticalSection::wxCriticalSection( wxCriticalSectionType critSecType )
- : m_mutex( critSecType == wxCRITSEC_DEFAULT ? wxMUTEX_RECURSIVE : wxMUTEX_DEFAULT ) { }
- inline wxCriticalSection::~wxCriticalSection() { }
-
- inline void wxCriticalSection::Enter() { (void)m_mutex.Lock(); }
- inline bool wxCriticalSection::TryEnter() { return m_mutex.TryLock() == wxMUTEX_NO_ERROR; }
- inline void wxCriticalSection::Leave() { (void)m_mutex.Unlock(); }
-#endif // wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX
-
-#undef wxCRITSECT_INLINE
-#undef wxCRITSECT_IS_MUTEX
-
-// wxCriticalSectionLocker is the same to critical sections as wxMutexLocker is
-// to mutexes
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCriticalSectionLocker
-{
-public:
- wxCriticalSectionLocker(wxCriticalSection& cs)
- : m_critsect(cs)
- {
- m_critsect.Enter();
- }
-
- ~wxCriticalSectionLocker()
- {
- m_critsect.Leave();
- }
-
-private:
- wxCriticalSection& m_critsect;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCriticalSectionLocker);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCondition models a POSIX condition variable which allows one (or more)
-// thread(s) to wait until some condition is fulfilled
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCondition
-{
-public:
- // Each wxCondition object is associated with a (single) wxMutex object.
- // The mutex object MUST be locked before calling Wait()
- wxCondition(wxMutex& mutex);
-
- // dtor is not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically
- ~wxCondition();
-
- // return true if the condition has been created successfully
- bool IsOk() const;
-
- // NB: the associated mutex MUST be locked beforehand by the calling thread
- //
- // it atomically releases the lock on the associated mutex
- // and starts waiting to be woken up by a Signal()/Broadcast()
- // once its signaled, then it will wait until it can reacquire
- // the lock on the associated mutex object, before returning.
- wxCondError Wait();
-
- // std::condition_variable-like variant that evaluates the associated condition
- template<typename Functor>
- wxCondError Wait(const Functor& predicate)
- {
- while ( !predicate() )
- {
- wxCondError e = Wait();
- if ( e != wxCOND_NO_ERROR )
- return e;
- }
- return wxCOND_NO_ERROR;
- }
-
- // exactly as Wait() except that it may also return if the specified
- // timeout elapses even if the condition hasn't been signalled: in this
- // case, the return value is wxCOND_TIMEOUT, otherwise (i.e. in case of a
- // normal return) it is wxCOND_NO_ERROR.
- //
- // the timeout parameter specifies an interval that needs to be waited for
- // in milliseconds
- wxCondError WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds);
-
- // NB: the associated mutex may or may not be locked by the calling thread
- //
- // this method unblocks one thread if any are blocking on the condition.
- // if no thread is blocking in Wait(), then the signal is NOT remembered
- // The thread which was blocking on Wait() will then reacquire the lock
- // on the associated mutex object before returning
- wxCondError Signal();
-
- // NB: the associated mutex may or may not be locked by the calling thread
- //
- // this method unblocks all threads if any are blocking on the condition.
- // if no thread is blocking in Wait(), then the signal is NOT remembered
- // The threads which were blocking on Wait() will then reacquire the lock
- // on the associated mutex object before returning.
- wxCondError Broadcast();
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- // deprecated version, don't use
- wxDEPRECATED( bool Wait(unsigned long milliseconds) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-private:
- wxConditionInternal *m_internal;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCondition);
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- inline bool wxCondition::Wait(unsigned long milliseconds)
- { return WaitTimeout(milliseconds) == wxCOND_NO_ERROR; }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSemaphore: a counter limiting the number of threads concurrently accessing
-// a shared resource
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSemaphore
-{
-public:
- // specifying a maxcount of 0 actually makes wxSemaphore behave as if there
- // is no upper limit, if maxcount is 1 the semaphore behaves as a mutex
- wxSemaphore( int initialcount = 0, int maxcount = 0 );
-
- // dtor is not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically
- ~wxSemaphore();
-
- // return true if the semaphore has been created successfully
- bool IsOk() const;
-
- // wait indefinitely, until the semaphore count goes beyond 0
- // and then decrement it and return (this method might have been called
- // Acquire())
- wxSemaError Wait();
-
- // same as Wait(), but does not block, returns wxSEMA_NO_ERROR if
- // successful and wxSEMA_BUSY if the count is currently zero
- wxSemaError TryWait();
-
- // same as Wait(), but as a timeout limit, returns wxSEMA_NO_ERROR if the
- // semaphore was acquired and wxSEMA_TIMEOUT if the timeout has elapsed
- wxSemaError WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds);
-
- // increments the semaphore count and signals one of the waiting threads
- wxSemaError Post();
-
-private:
- wxSemaphoreInternal *m_internal;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxSemaphore);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxThread: class encapsulating a thread of execution
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// there are two different kinds of threads: joinable and detached (default)
-// ones. Only joinable threads can return a return code and only detached
-// threads auto-delete themselves - the user should delete the joinable
-// threads manually.
-
-// NB: in the function descriptions the words "this thread" mean the thread
-// created by the wxThread object while "main thread" is the thread created
-// during the process initialization (a.k.a. the GUI thread)
-
-// On VMS thread pointers are 64 bits (also needed for other systems???
-#ifdef __VMS
- typedef unsigned long long wxThreadIdType;
-#else
- typedef unsigned long wxThreadIdType;
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxThread
-{
-public:
- // the return type for the thread function
- typedef void *ExitCode;
-
- // static functions
- // Returns the wxThread object for the calling thread. NULL is returned
- // if the caller is the main thread (but it's recommended to use
- // IsMain() and only call This() for threads other than the main one
- // because NULL is also returned on error). If the thread wasn't
- // created with wxThread class, the returned value is undefined.
- static wxThread *This();
-
- // Returns true if current thread is the main thread.
- //
- // Notice that it also returns true if main thread id hadn't been
- // initialized yet on the assumption that it's too early in wx startup
- // process for any other threads to have been created in this case.
- static bool IsMain()
- {
- return !ms_idMainThread || GetCurrentId() == ms_idMainThread;
- }
-
- // Return the main thread id
- static wxThreadIdType GetMainId() { return ms_idMainThread; }
-
- // Release the rest of our time slice letting the other threads run
- static void Yield();
-
- // Sleep during the specified period of time in milliseconds
- //
- // This is the same as wxMilliSleep().
- static void Sleep(unsigned long milliseconds);
-
- // get the number of system CPUs - useful with SetConcurrency()
- // (the "best" value for it is usually number of CPUs + 1)
- //
- // Returns -1 if unknown, number of CPUs otherwise
- static int GetCPUCount();
-
- // Get the platform specific thread ID and return as a long. This
- // can be used to uniquely identify threads, even if they are not
- // wxThreads. This is used by wxPython.
- static wxThreadIdType GetCurrentId();
-
- // sets the concurrency level: this is, roughly, the number of threads
- // the system tries to schedule to run in parallel. 0 means the
- // default value (usually acceptable, but may not yield the best
- // performance for this process)
- //
- // Returns true on success, false otherwise (if not implemented, for
- // example)
- static bool SetConcurrency(size_t level);
-
- // constructor only creates the C++ thread object and doesn't create (or
- // start) the real thread
- wxThread(wxThreadKind kind = wxTHREAD_DETACHED);
-
- // functions that change the thread state: all these can only be called
- // from _another_ thread (typically the thread that created this one, e.g.
- // the main thread), not from the thread itself
-
- // create a new thread and optionally set the stack size on
- // platforms that support that - call Run() to start it
- // (special cased for watcom which won't accept 0 default)
-
- wxThreadError Create(unsigned int stackSize = 0);
-
- // starts execution of the thread - from the moment Run() is called
- // the execution of wxThread::Entry() may start at any moment, caller
- // shouldn't suppose that it starts after (or before) Run() returns.
- wxThreadError Run();
-
- // stops the thread if it's running and deletes the wxThread object if
- // this is a detached thread freeing its memory - otherwise (for
- // joinable threads) you still need to delete wxThread object
- // yourself.
- //
- // this function only works if the thread calls TestDestroy()
- // periodically - the thread will only be deleted the next time it
- // does it!
- //
- // will fill the rc pointer with the thread exit code if it's !NULL
- wxThreadError Delete(ExitCode *rc = NULL,
- wxThreadWait waitMode = wxTHREAD_WAIT_DEFAULT);
-
- // waits for a joinable thread to finish and returns its exit code
- //
- // Returns (ExitCode)-1 on error (for example, if the thread is not
- // joinable)
- ExitCode Wait(wxThreadWait waitMode = wxTHREAD_WAIT_DEFAULT);
-
- // kills the thread without giving it any chance to clean up - should
- // not be used under normal circumstances, use Delete() instead.
- // It is a dangerous function that should only be used in the most
- // extreme cases!
- //
- // The wxThread object is deleted by Kill() if the thread is
- // detachable, but you still have to delete it manually for joinable
- // threads.
- wxThreadError Kill();
-
- // pause a running thread: as Delete(), this only works if the thread
- // calls TestDestroy() regularly
- wxThreadError Pause();
-
- // resume a paused thread
- wxThreadError Resume();
-
- // priority
- // Sets the priority to "prio" which must be in 0..100 range (see
- // also wxPRIORITY_XXX constants).
- //
- // NB: the priority can only be set before the thread is created
- void SetPriority(unsigned int prio);
-
- // Get the current priority.
- unsigned int GetPriority() const;
-
- // thread status inquiries
- // Returns true if the thread is alive: i.e. running or suspended
- bool IsAlive() const;
- // Returns true if the thread is running (not paused, not killed).
- bool IsRunning() const;
- // Returns true if the thread is suspended
- bool IsPaused() const;
-
- // is the thread of detached kind?
- bool IsDetached() const { return m_isDetached; }
-
- // Get the thread ID - a platform dependent number which uniquely
- // identifies a thread inside a process
- wxThreadIdType GetId() const;
-
- wxThreadKind GetKind() const
- { return m_isDetached ? wxTHREAD_DETACHED : wxTHREAD_JOINABLE; }
-
- // Returns true if the thread was asked to terminate: this function should
- // be called by the thread from time to time, otherwise the main thread
- // will be left forever in Delete()!
- virtual bool TestDestroy();
-
- // dtor is public, but the detached threads should never be deleted - use
- // Delete() instead (or leave the thread terminate by itself)
- virtual ~wxThread();
-
-protected:
- // exits from the current thread - can be called only from this thread
- void Exit(ExitCode exitcode = 0);
-
- // entry point for the thread - called by Run() and executes in the context
- // of this thread.
- virtual void *Entry() = 0;
-
- // use this to call the Entry() virtual method
- void *CallEntry();
-
- // Callbacks which may be overridden by the derived class to perform some
- // specific actions when the thread is deleted or killed. By default they
- // do nothing.
-
- // This one is called by Delete() before actually deleting the thread and
- // is executed in the context of the thread that called Delete().
- virtual void OnDelete() {}
-
- // This one is called by Kill() before killing the thread and is executed
- // in the context of the thread that called Kill().
- virtual void OnKill() {}
-
-private:
- // no copy ctor/assignment operator
- wxThread(const wxThread&);
- wxThread& operator=(const wxThread&);
-
- // called when the thread exits - in the context of this thread
- //
- // NB: this function will not be called if the thread is Kill()ed
- virtual void OnExit() { }
-
- friend class wxThreadInternal;
- friend class wxThreadModule;
-
-
- // the main thread identifier, should be set on startup
- static wxThreadIdType ms_idMainThread;
-
- // the (platform-dependent) thread class implementation
- wxThreadInternal *m_internal;
-
- // protects access to any methods of wxThreadInternal object
- wxCriticalSection m_critsect;
-
- // true if the thread is detached, false if it is joinable
- bool m_isDetached;
-};
-
-// wxThreadHelperThread class
-// --------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxThreadHelperThread : public wxThread
-{
-public:
- // constructor only creates the C++ thread object and doesn't create (or
- // start) the real thread
- wxThreadHelperThread(wxThreadHelper& owner, wxThreadKind kind)
- : wxThread(kind), m_owner(owner)
- { }
-
-protected:
- // entry point for the thread -- calls Entry() in owner.
- virtual void *Entry();
-
-private:
- // the owner of the thread
- wxThreadHelper& m_owner;
-
- // no copy ctor/assignment operator
- wxThreadHelperThread(const wxThreadHelperThread&);
- wxThreadHelperThread& operator=(const wxThreadHelperThread&);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxThreadHelper: this class implements the threading logic to run a
-// background task in another object (such as a window). It is a mix-in: just
-// derive from it to implement a threading background task in your class.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxThreadHelper
-{
-private:
- void KillThread()
- {
- // If wxThreadHelperThread is detached and is about to finish, it will
- // set m_thread to NULL so don't delete it then.
- // But if KillThread is called before wxThreadHelperThread (in detached mode)
- // sets it to NULL, then the thread object still exists and can be killed
- wxCriticalSectionLocker locker(m_critSection);
-
- if ( m_thread )
- {
- m_thread->Kill();
-
- if ( m_kind == wxTHREAD_JOINABLE )
- delete m_thread;
-
- m_thread = NULL;
- }
- }
-
-public:
- // constructor only initializes m_thread to NULL
- wxThreadHelper(wxThreadKind kind = wxTHREAD_JOINABLE)
- : m_thread(NULL), m_kind(kind) { }
-
- // destructor deletes m_thread
- virtual ~wxThreadHelper() { KillThread(); }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED( wxThreadError Create(unsigned int stackSize = 0) );
-#endif
-
- // create a new thread (and optionally set the stack size on platforms that
- // support/need that), call Run() to start it
- wxThreadError CreateThread(wxThreadKind kind = wxTHREAD_JOINABLE,
- unsigned int stackSize = 0)
- {
- KillThread();
-
- m_kind = kind;
- m_thread = new wxThreadHelperThread(*this, m_kind);
-
- return m_thread->Create(stackSize);
- }
-
- // entry point for the thread - called by Run() and executes in the context
- // of this thread.
- virtual void *Entry() = 0;
-
- // returns a pointer to the thread which can be used to call Run()
- wxThread *GetThread() const
- {
- wxCriticalSectionLocker locker((wxCriticalSection&)m_critSection);
-
- wxThread* thread = m_thread;
-
- return thread;
- }
-
-protected:
- wxThread *m_thread;
- wxThreadKind m_kind;
- wxCriticalSection m_critSection; // To guard the m_thread variable
-
- friend class wxThreadHelperThread;
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-inline wxThreadError wxThreadHelper::Create(unsigned int stackSize)
-{ return CreateThread(m_kind, stackSize); }
-#endif
-
-// call Entry() in owner, put it down here to avoid circular declarations
-inline void *wxThreadHelperThread::Entry()
-{
- void * const result = m_owner.Entry();
-
- wxCriticalSectionLocker locker(m_owner.m_critSection);
-
- // Detached thread will be deleted after returning, so make sure
- // wxThreadHelper::GetThread will not return an invalid pointer.
- // And that wxThreadHelper::KillThread will not try to kill
- // an already deleted thread
- if ( m_owner.m_kind == wxTHREAD_DETACHED )
- m_owner.m_thread = NULL;
-
- return result;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Automatic initialization
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// GUI mutex handling.
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiEnter();
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLeave();
-
-// macros for entering/leaving critical sections which may be used without
-// having to take them inside "#if wxUSE_THREADS"
-#define wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(cs) (cs).Enter()
-#define wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(cs) (cs).Leave()
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE(cs) static wxCriticalSection cs
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE_MEMBER(cs) wxCriticalSection cs
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(name, cs) wxCriticalSectionLocker name(cs)
-
-// function for checking if we're in the main thread which may be used whether
-// wxUSE_THREADS is 0 or 1
-inline bool wxIsMainThread() { return wxThread::IsMain(); }
-
-#else // !wxUSE_THREADS
-
-// no thread support
-inline void wxMutexGuiEnter() { }
-inline void wxMutexGuiLeave() { }
-
-// macros for entering/leaving critical sections which may be used without
-// having to take them inside "#if wxUSE_THREADS"
-// (the implementation uses dummy structs to force semicolon after the macro;
-// also notice that Watcom doesn't like declaring a struct as a member so we
-// need to actually define it in wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE_MEMBER)
-#define wxENTER_CRIT_SECT(cs) do {} while (0)
-#define wxLEAVE_CRIT_SECT(cs) do {} while (0)
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE(cs) struct wxDummyCS##cs
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE_MEMBER(cs) struct wxDummyCSMember##cs { }
-#define wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(name, cs) struct wxDummyCSLocker##name
-
-// if there is only one thread, it is always the main one
-inline bool wxIsMainThread() { return true; }
-
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS/!wxUSE_THREADS
-
-// mark part of code as being a critical section: this macro declares a
-// critical section with the given name and enters it immediately and leaves
-// it at the end of the current scope
-//
-// example:
-//
-// int Count()
-// {
-// static int s_counter = 0;
-//
-// wxCRITICAL_SECTION(counter);
-//
-// return ++s_counter;
-// }
-//
-// this function is MT-safe in presence of the threads but there is no
-// overhead when the library is compiled without threads
-#define wxCRITICAL_SECTION(name) \
- wxCRIT_SECT_DECLARE(s_cs##name); \
- wxCRIT_SECT_LOCKER(cs##name##Locker, s_cs##name)
-
-// automatically lock GUI mutex in ctor and unlock it in dtor
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLocker
-{
-public:
- wxMutexGuiLocker() { wxMutexGuiEnter(); }
- ~wxMutexGuiLocker() { wxMutexGuiLeave(); }
-};
-
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// implementation only until the end of file
-// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
- // unlock GUI if there are threads waiting for and lock it back when
- // there are no more of them - should be called periodically by the main
- // thread
- extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMutexGuiLeaveOrEnter();
-
- // returns true if the main thread has GUI lock
- extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGuiOwnedByMainThread();
-
- // wakes up the main thread if it's sleeping inside ::GetMessage()
- extern void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxWakeUpMainThread();
-
-#ifndef __DARWIN__
- // return true if the main thread is waiting for some other to terminate:
- // wxApp then should block all "dangerous" messages
- extern bool WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsWaitingForThread();
-#endif
-#endif // MSW, OS/2
-
-#endif // wxUSE_THREADS
-
-#endif // _WX_THREAD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/thrimpl.cpp
-// Purpose: common part of wxThread Implementations
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04.06.02 (extracted from src/*/thread.cpp files)
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin (2002)
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// this file is supposed to be included only by the various thread.cpp
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMutex
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxMutex::wxMutex(wxMutexType mutexType)
-{
- m_internal = new wxMutexInternal(mutexType);
-
- if ( !m_internal->IsOk() )
- {
- delete m_internal;
- m_internal = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-wxMutex::~wxMutex()
-{
- delete m_internal;
-}
-
-bool wxMutex::IsOk() const
-{
- return m_internal != NULL;
-}
-
-wxMutexError wxMutex::Lock()
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID,
- wxT("wxMutex::Lock(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->Lock();
-}
-
-wxMutexError wxMutex::LockTimeout(unsigned long ms)
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID,
- wxT("wxMutex::Lock(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->Lock(ms);
-}
-
-wxMutexError wxMutex::TryLock()
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID,
- wxT("wxMutex::TryLock(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->TryLock();
-}
-
-wxMutexError wxMutex::Unlock()
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxMUTEX_INVALID,
- wxT("wxMutex::Unlock(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->Unlock();
-}
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxConditionInternal
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Win32 and OS/2 don't have explicit support for the POSIX condition
-// variables and their events/event semaphores have quite different semantics,
-// so we reimplement the conditions from scratch using the mutexes and
-// semaphores
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) || defined(__OS2__) || defined(__EMX__)
-
-class wxConditionInternal
-{
-public:
- wxConditionInternal(wxMutex& mutex);
-
- bool IsOk() const { return m_mutex.IsOk() && m_semaphore.IsOk(); }
-
- wxCondError Wait();
- wxCondError WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds);
-
- wxCondError Signal();
- wxCondError Broadcast();
-
-private:
- // the number of threads currently waiting for this condition
- LONG m_numWaiters;
-
- // the critical section protecting m_numWaiters
- wxCriticalSection m_csWaiters;
-
- wxMutex& m_mutex;
- wxSemaphore m_semaphore;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConditionInternal);
-};
-
-wxConditionInternal::wxConditionInternal(wxMutex& mutex)
- : m_mutex(mutex)
-{
- // another thread can't access it until we return from ctor, so no need to
- // protect access to m_numWaiters here
- m_numWaiters = 0;
-}
-
-wxCondError wxConditionInternal::Wait()
-{
- // increment the number of waiters
- {
- wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
- m_numWaiters++;
- }
-
- m_mutex.Unlock();
-
- // after unlocking the mutex other threads may Signal() us, but it is ok
- // now as we had already incremented m_numWaiters so Signal() will post the
- // semaphore and decrement m_numWaiters back even if it is called before we
- // start to Wait()
- const wxSemaError err = m_semaphore.Wait();
-
- m_mutex.Lock();
-
- if ( err == wxSEMA_NO_ERROR )
- {
- // m_numWaiters was decremented by Signal()
- return wxCOND_NO_ERROR;
- }
-
- // but in case of an error we need to do it manually
- {
- wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
- m_numWaiters--;
- }
-
- return err == wxSEMA_TIMEOUT ? wxCOND_TIMEOUT : wxCOND_MISC_ERROR;
-}
-
-wxCondError wxConditionInternal::WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds)
-{
- {
- wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
- m_numWaiters++;
- }
-
- m_mutex.Unlock();
-
- wxSemaError err = m_semaphore.WaitTimeout(milliseconds);
-
- m_mutex.Lock();
-
- if ( err == wxSEMA_NO_ERROR )
- return wxCOND_NO_ERROR;
-
- if ( err == wxSEMA_TIMEOUT )
- {
- // a potential race condition exists here: it happens when a waiting
- // thread times out but doesn't have time to decrement m_numWaiters yet
- // before Signal() is called in another thread
- //
- // to handle this particular case, check the semaphore again after
- // acquiring m_csWaiters lock -- this will catch the signals missed
- // during this window
- wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
-
- err = m_semaphore.WaitTimeout(0);
- if ( err == wxSEMA_NO_ERROR )
- return wxCOND_NO_ERROR;
-
- // we need to decrement m_numWaiters ourselves as it wasn't done by
- // Signal()
- m_numWaiters--;
-
- return err == wxSEMA_TIMEOUT ? wxCOND_TIMEOUT : wxCOND_MISC_ERROR;
- }
-
- // undo m_numWaiters++ above in case of an error
- {
- wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
- m_numWaiters--;
- }
-
- return wxCOND_MISC_ERROR;
-}
-
-wxCondError wxConditionInternal::Signal()
-{
- wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
-
- if ( m_numWaiters > 0 )
- {
- // increment the semaphore by 1
- if ( m_semaphore.Post() != wxSEMA_NO_ERROR )
- return wxCOND_MISC_ERROR;
-
- m_numWaiters--;
- }
-
- return wxCOND_NO_ERROR;
-}
-
-wxCondError wxConditionInternal::Broadcast()
-{
- wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_csWaiters);
-
- while ( m_numWaiters > 0 )
- {
- if ( m_semaphore.Post() != wxSEMA_NO_ERROR )
- return wxCOND_MISC_ERROR;
-
- m_numWaiters--;
- }
-
- return wxCOND_NO_ERROR;
-}
-
-#endif // __WINDOWS__ || __OS2__ || __EMX__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxCondition
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxCondition::wxCondition(wxMutex& mutex)
-{
- m_internal = new wxConditionInternal(mutex);
-
- if ( !m_internal->IsOk() )
- {
- delete m_internal;
- m_internal = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-wxCondition::~wxCondition()
-{
- delete m_internal;
-}
-
-bool wxCondition::IsOk() const
-{
- return m_internal != NULL;
-}
-
-wxCondError wxCondition::Wait()
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID,
- wxT("wxCondition::Wait(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->Wait();
-}
-
-wxCondError wxCondition::WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds)
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID,
- wxT("wxCondition::Wait(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->WaitTimeout(milliseconds);
-}
-
-wxCondError wxCondition::Signal()
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID,
- wxT("wxCondition::Signal(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->Signal();
-}
-
-wxCondError wxCondition::Broadcast()
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxCOND_INVALID,
- wxT("wxCondition::Broadcast(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->Broadcast();
-}
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSemaphore
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxSemaphore::wxSemaphore(int initialcount, int maxcount)
-{
- m_internal = new wxSemaphoreInternal( initialcount, maxcount );
- if ( !m_internal->IsOk() )
- {
- delete m_internal;
- m_internal = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-wxSemaphore::~wxSemaphore()
-{
- delete m_internal;
-}
-
-bool wxSemaphore::IsOk() const
-{
- return m_internal != NULL;
-}
-
-wxSemaError wxSemaphore::Wait()
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID,
- wxT("wxSemaphore::Wait(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->Wait();
-}
-
-wxSemaError wxSemaphore::TryWait()
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID,
- wxT("wxSemaphore::TryWait(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->TryWait();
-}
-
-wxSemaError wxSemaphore::WaitTimeout(unsigned long milliseconds)
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID,
- wxT("wxSemaphore::WaitTimeout(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->WaitTimeout(milliseconds);
-}
-
-wxSemaError wxSemaphore::Post()
-{
- wxCHECK_MSG( m_internal, wxSEMA_INVALID,
- wxT("wxSemaphore::Post(): not initialized") );
-
- return m_internal->Post();
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxThread
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-#include "wx/private/threadinfo.h"
-#include "wx/scopeguard.h"
-
-void wxThread::Sleep(unsigned long milliseconds)
-{
- wxMilliSleep(milliseconds);
-}
-
-void *wxThread::CallEntry()
-{
- wxON_BLOCK_EXIT0(wxThreadSpecificInfo::ThreadCleanUp);
- return Entry();
-}
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/time.h
-// Purpose: Miscellaneous time-related functions.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-11-26
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TIME_H_
-#define _WX_TIME_H_
-
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-
-// Returns the difference between UTC and local time in seconds.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxGetTimeZone();
-
-// Get number of seconds since local time 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970.
-extern long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetLocalTime();
-
-// Get number of seconds since GMT 00:00:00, Jan 1st 1970.
-extern long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetUTCTime();
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- typedef wxLongLong wxMilliClock_t;
- inline long wxMilliClockToLong(wxLongLong ll) { return ll.ToLong(); }
-#else
- typedef double wxMilliClock_t;
- inline long wxMilliClockToLong(double d) { return wx_truncate_cast(long, d); }
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-// Get number of milliseconds since local time 00:00:00 Jan 1st 1970
-extern wxMilliClock_t WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetLocalTimeMillis();
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-// Get the number of milliseconds or microseconds since the Epoch.
-wxLongLong WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetUTCTimeMillis();
-wxLongLong WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGetUTCTimeUSec();
-
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-#define wxGetCurrentTime() wxGetLocalTime()
-
-// on some really old systems gettimeofday() doesn't have the second argument,
-// define wxGetTimeOfDay() to hide this difference
-#ifdef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
- #ifdef WX_GETTIMEOFDAY_NO_TZ
- #define wxGetTimeOfDay(tv) gettimeofday(tv)
- #else
- #define wxGetTimeOfDay(tv) gettimeofday((tv), NULL)
- #endif
-#endif // HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
-
-/* Two wrapper functions for thread safety */
-#ifdef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
-#define wxLocaltime_r localtime_r
-#else
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE struct tm *wxLocaltime_r(const time_t*, struct tm*);
-#if wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__)
- // On Windows, localtime _is_ threadsafe!
-#warning using pseudo thread-safe wrapper for localtime to emulate localtime_r
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GMTIME_R
-#define wxGmtime_r gmtime_r
-#else
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE struct tm *wxGmtime_r(const time_t*, struct tm*);
-#if wxUSE_THREADS && !defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WATCOMC__)
- // On Windows, gmtime _is_ threadsafe!
-#warning using pseudo thread-safe wrapper for gmtime to emulate gmtime_r
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_TIME_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/timectrl.h
-// Purpose: Declaration of wxTimePickerCtrl class.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-09-22
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TIMECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_TIMECTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL
-
-#include "wx/datetimectrl.h"
-
-#define wxTimePickerCtrlNameStr wxS("timectrl")
-
-// No special styles are currently defined for this control but still define a
-// symbolic constant for the default style for consistency.
-enum
-{
- wxTP_DEFAULT = 0
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimePickerCtrl: Allow the user to enter the time.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTimePickerCtrlBase : public wxDateTimePickerCtrl
-{
-public:
- /*
- The derived classes should implement ctor and Create() method with the
- following signature:
-
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& dt = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTP_DEFAULT,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxTimePickerCtrlNameStr);
- */
-
- /*
- We also inherit Set/GetValue() methods from the base class which define
- our public API. Notice that the date portion of the date passed as
- input or received as output is or should be ignored, only the time part
- of wxDateTime objects is really significant here. Use Set/GetTime()
- below for possibly simpler interface.
- */
-
- // Set the given time.
- bool SetTime(int hour, int min, int sec)
- {
- // Notice that we should use a date on which DST doesn't change to
- // avoid any problems with time discontinuity so use a fixed date (on
- // which nobody changes DST) instead of e.g. today.
- wxDateTime dt(1, wxDateTime::Jan, 2012, hour, min, sec);
- if ( !dt.IsValid() )
- {
- // No need to assert here, wxDateTime already does it for us.
- return false;
- }
-
- SetValue(dt);
-
- return true;
- }
-
- // Get the current time components. All pointers must be non-NULL.
- bool GetTime(int* hour, int* min, int* sec) const
- {
- wxCHECK_MSG( hour && min && sec, false,
- wxS("Time component pointers must be non-NULL") );
-
- const wxDateTime::Tm tm = GetValue().GetTm();
- *hour = tm.hour;
- *min = tm.min;
- *sec = tm.sec;
-
- return true;
- }
-};
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/msw/timectrl.h"
-
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_TIMEPICKERCTRL
-#elif defined(__WXOSX_COCOA__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/osx/timectrl.h"
-
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_TIMEPICKERCTRL
-#else
- #include "wx/generic/timectrl.h"
-
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTimePickerCtrl : public wxTimePickerCtrlGeneric
- {
- public:
- wxTimePickerCtrl() { }
- wxTimePickerCtrl(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxDateTime& date = wxDefaultDateTime,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTP_DEFAULT,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxTimePickerCtrlNameStr)
- : wxTimePickerCtrlGeneric(parent, id, date, pos, size, style, validator, name)
- {
- }
-
- private:
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTimePickerCtrl);
- };
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_TIMECTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/timer.h
-// Purpose: wxTimer, wxStopWatch and global time-related functions
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin (wxTimerBase)
-// Guillermo Rodriguez (global clean up)
-// Created: 04/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TIMER
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/stopwatch.h" // for backwards compatibility
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-
-
-// more readable flags for Start():
-
-// generate notifications periodically until the timer is stopped (default)
-#define wxTIMER_CONTINUOUS false
-
-// only send the notification once and then stop the timer
-#define wxTIMER_ONE_SHOT true
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimerImpl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimerEvent;
-
-// timer event type
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT(WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, wxEVT_TIMER, wxTimerEvent);
-
-// the interface of wxTimer class
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTimer : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- // ctors and initializers
- // ----------------------
-
- // default: if you don't call SetOwner(), your only chance to get timer
- // notifications is to override Notify() in the derived class
- wxTimer()
- {
- Init();
- SetOwner(this);
- }
-
- // ctor which allows to avoid having to override Notify() in the derived
- // class: the owner will get timer notifications which can be handled with
- // EVT_TIMER
- wxTimer(wxEvtHandler *owner, int timerid = wxID_ANY)
- {
- Init();
- SetOwner(owner, timerid);
- }
-
- // same as ctor above
- void SetOwner(wxEvtHandler *owner, int timerid = wxID_ANY);
-
- virtual ~wxTimer();
-
-
- // working with the timer
- // ----------------------
-
- // NB: Start() and Stop() are not supposed to be overridden, they are only
- // virtual for historical reasons, only Notify() can be overridden
-
- // start the timer: if milliseconds == -1, use the same value as for the
- // last Start()
- //
- // it is now valid to call Start() multiple times: this just restarts the
- // timer if it is already running
- virtual bool Start(int milliseconds = -1, bool oneShot = false);
-
- // start the timer for one iteration only, this is just a simple wrapper
- // for Start()
- bool StartOnce(int milliseconds = -1) { return Start(milliseconds, true); }
-
- // stop the timer, does nothing if the timer is not running
- virtual void Stop();
-
- // override this in your wxTimer-derived class if you want to process timer
- // messages in it, use non default ctor or SetOwner() otherwise
- virtual void Notify();
-
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // get the object notified about the timer events
- wxEvtHandler *GetOwner() const;
-
- // return true if the timer is running
- bool IsRunning() const;
-
- // return the timer ID
- int GetId() const;
-
- // get the (last) timer interval in milliseconds
- int GetInterval() const;
-
- // return true if the timer is one shot
- bool IsOneShot() const;
-
-protected:
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- wxTimerImpl *m_impl;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTimer);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimerRunner: starts the timer in its ctor, stops in the dtor
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTimerRunner
-{
-public:
- wxTimerRunner(wxTimer& timer) : m_timer(timer) { }
- wxTimerRunner(wxTimer& timer, int milli, bool oneShot = false)
- : m_timer(timer)
- {
- m_timer.Start(milli, oneShot);
- }
-
- void Start(int milli, bool oneShot = false)
- {
- m_timer.Start(milli, oneShot);
- }
-
- ~wxTimerRunner()
- {
- if ( m_timer.IsRunning() )
- {
- m_timer.Stop();
- }
- }
-
-private:
- wxTimer& m_timer;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTimerRunner);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTimerEvent
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTimerEvent : public wxEvent
-{
-public:
- wxTimerEvent()
- : wxEvent(wxID_ANY, wxEVT_TIMER) { m_timer=NULL; }
-
- wxTimerEvent(wxTimer& timer)
- : wxEvent(timer.GetId(), wxEVT_TIMER),
- m_timer(&timer)
- {
- SetEventObject(timer.GetOwner());
- }
-
- // accessors
- int GetInterval() const { return m_timer->GetInterval(); }
- wxTimer& GetTimer() const { return *m_timer; }
-
- // implement the base class pure virtual
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTimerEvent(*this); }
- virtual wxEventCategory GetEventCategory() const { return wxEVT_CATEGORY_TIMER; }
-
-private:
- wxTimer* m_timer;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxTimerEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTimerEventFunction)(wxTimerEvent&);
-
-#define wxTimerEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxTimerEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_TIMER(timerid, func) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TIMER, timerid, wxTimerEventHandler(func))
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TIMER
-
-#endif // _WX_TIMER_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/tipdlg.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxTipDialog
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 28.06.99
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TIPDLG_H_
-#define _WX_TIPDLG_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers which we must include here
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS
-
-#include "wx/textfile.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTipProvider - a class which is used by wxTipDialog to get the text of the
-// tips
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the abstract base class: it provides the tips, i.e. implements the GetTip()
-// function which returns the new tip each time it's called. To support this,
-// wxTipProvider evidently needs some internal state which is the tip "index"
-// and which should be saved/restored by the program to not always show one and
-// the same tip (of course, you may use random starting position as well...)
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTipProvider
-{
-public:
- wxTipProvider(size_t currentTip) { m_currentTip = currentTip; }
-
- // get the current tip and update the internal state to return the next tip
- // when called for the next time
- virtual wxString GetTip() = 0;
-
- // get the current tip "index" (or whatever allows the tip provider to know
- // from where to start the next time)
- size_t GetCurrentTip() const { return m_currentTip; }
-
- // Allows any user-derived class to optionally override this function to
- // modify the tip as soon as it is read. If return wxEmptyString, then
- // the tip is skipped, and the next one is read.
- virtual wxString PreprocessTip(const wxString& tip) { return tip; }
-
- // virtual dtor for the base class
- virtual ~wxTipProvider() { }
-
-protected:
- size_t m_currentTip;
-};
-
-// a function which returns an implementation of wxTipProvider using the
-// specified text file as the source of tips (each line is a tip).
-//
-// NB: the caller is responsible for deleting the pointer!
-#if wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTipProvider *wxCreateFileTipProvider(const wxString& filename,
- size_t currentTip);
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTFILE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTipDialog
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// A dialog which shows a "tip" - a short and helpful messages describing to
-// the user some program characteristic. Many programs show the tips at
-// startup, so the dialog has "Show tips on startup" checkbox which allows to
-// the user to disable this (however, it's the program which should show, or
-// not, the dialog on startup depending on its value, not this class).
-//
-// The function returns true if this checkbox is checked, false otherwise.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV bool wxShowTip(wxWindow *parent,
- wxTipProvider *tipProvider,
- bool showAtStartup = true);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS
-
-#endif // _WX_TIPDLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/tipwin.h
-// Purpose: wxTipWindow is a window like the one typically used for
-// showing the tooltips
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10.09.00
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TIPWIN_H_
-#define _WX_TIPWIN_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_TIPWINDOW
-
-#if wxUSE_POPUPWIN
- #include "wx/popupwin.h"
-
- #define wxTipWindowBase wxPopupTransientWindow
-#else
- #include "wx/frame.h"
-
- #define wxTipWindowBase wxFrame
-#endif
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTipWindowView;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTipWindow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTipWindow : public wxTipWindowBase
-{
-public:
- // the mandatory ctor parameters are: the parent window and the text to
- // show
- //
- // optionally you may also specify the length at which the lines are going
- // to be broken in rows (100 pixels by default)
- //
- // windowPtr and rectBound are just passed to SetTipWindowPtr() and
- // SetBoundingRect() - see below
- wxTipWindow(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& text,
- wxCoord maxLength = 100,
- wxTipWindow** windowPtr = NULL,
- wxRect *rectBound = NULL);
-
- virtual ~wxTipWindow();
-
- // If windowPtr is not NULL the given address will be NULLed when the
- // window has closed
- void SetTipWindowPtr(wxTipWindow** windowPtr) { m_windowPtr = windowPtr; }
-
- // If rectBound is not NULL, the window will disappear automatically when
- // the mouse leave the specified rect: note that rectBound should be in the
- // screen coordinates!
- void SetBoundingRect(const wxRect& rectBound);
-
- // Hide and destroy the window
- void Close();
-
-protected:
- // called by wxTipWindowView only
- bool CheckMouseInBounds(const wxPoint& pos);
-
- // event handlers
- void OnMouseClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
-
-#if !wxUSE_POPUPWIN
- void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event);
- void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-#else // wxUSE_POPUPWIN
- virtual void OnDismiss();
-#endif // wxUSE_POPUPWIN/!wxUSE_POPUPWIN
-
-private:
- wxArrayString m_textLines;
- wxCoord m_heightLine;
-
- wxTipWindowView *m_view;
-
- wxTipWindow** m_windowPtr;
- wxRect m_rectBound;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-
- friend class wxTipWindowView;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTipWindow);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TIPWINDOW
-
-#endif // _WX_TIPWIN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/tls.h
-// Purpose: Implementation of thread local storage
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-08-08
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TLS_H_
-#define _WX_TLS_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// check for compiler support of thread-specific variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// when not using threads at all, there is no need for thread-specific
-// values to be really thread-specific
-#if !wxUSE_THREADS
- #define wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS
- #define wxTHREAD_SPECIFIC_DECL
-// otherwise try to find the compiler-specific way to handle TLS unless
-// explicitly disabled by setting wxUSE_COMPILER_TLS to 0 (it is 1 by default).
-#elif wxUSE_COMPILER_TLS
-// __thread keyword is not supported correctly by MinGW, at least in some
-// configurations, see http://sourceforge.net/support/tracker.php?aid=2837047
-// and when in doubt we prefer to not use it at all.
-#if defined(HAVE___THREAD_KEYWORD) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
- #define wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS
- #define wxTHREAD_SPECIFIC_DECL __thread
-// MSVC has its own version which might be supported by some other Windows
-// compilers, to be tested
-#elif wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(7)
- #define wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS
- #define wxTHREAD_SPECIFIC_DECL __declspec(thread)
-#endif // compilers
-#endif // wxUSE_COMPILER_TLS
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// define wxTLS_TYPE()
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS
- #define wxTLS_TYPE(T) wxTHREAD_SPECIFIC_DECL T
- #define wxTLS_PTR(var) (&(var))
- #define wxTLS_VALUE(var) (var)
-#else // !wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS
-
- extern "C"
- {
- typedef void (*wxTlsDestructorFunction)(void*);
- }
-
- #if defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #include "wx/msw/tls.h"
- #elif defined(__OS2__)
- #include "wx/os2/tls.h"
- #elif defined(__UNIX__)
- #include "wx/unix/tls.h"
- #else
- // TODO: we could emulate TLS for such platforms...
- #error Neither compiler nor OS support thread-specific variables.
- #endif
-
- #include <stdlib.h> // for calloc()
-
- // wxTlsValue<T> represents a thread-specific value of type T but, unlike
- // with native compiler thread-specific variables, it behaves like a
- // (never NULL) pointer to T and so needs to be dereferenced before use
- //
- // Note: T must be a POD!
- //
- // Note: On Unix, thread-specific T value is freed when the thread exits.
- // On Windows, thread-specific values are freed later, when given
- // wxTlsValue<T> is destroyed. The only exception to this is the
- // value for the main thread, which is always freed when
- // wxTlsValue<T> is destroyed.
- template <typename T>
- class wxTlsValue
- {
- public:
- typedef T ValueType;
-
- // ctor doesn't do anything, the object is created on first access
- wxTlsValue() : m_key(free) {}
-
- // dtor is only called in the main thread context and so is not enough
- // to free memory allocated by us for the other threads, we use
- // destructor function when using Pthreads for this (which is not
- // called for the main thread as it doesn't call pthread_exit() but
- // just to be safe we also reset the key anyhow)
- ~wxTlsValue()
- {
- if ( m_key.Get() )
- m_key.Set(NULL); // this deletes the value
- }
-
- // access the object creating it on demand
- ValueType *Get()
- {
- void *value = m_key.Get();
- if ( !value )
- {
- // ValueType must be POD to be used in wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS case
- // anyhow (at least gcc doesn't accept non-POD values being
- // declared with __thread) so initialize it as a POD too
- value = calloc(1, sizeof(ValueType));
-
- if ( !m_key.Set(value) )
- {
- free(value);
-
- // this will probably result in a crash in the caller but
- // it's arguably better to crash immediately instead of
- // slowly dying from out-of-memory errors which would
- // happen as the next access to this object would allocate
- // another ValueType instance and so on forever
- value = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- return static_cast<ValueType *>(value);
- }
-
- // pointer-like accessors
- ValueType *operator->() { return Get(); }
- ValueType& operator*() { return *Get(); }
-
- private:
- wxTlsKey m_key;
-
- DECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxTlsValue, T)
- };
-
- #define wxTLS_TYPE(T) wxTlsValue<T>
- #define wxTLS_PTR(var) ((var).Get())
- #define wxTLS_VALUE(var) (*(var))
-#endif // wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS/!wxHAS_COMPILER_TLS
-
-#endif // _WX_TLS_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/tokenzr.h
-// Purpose: String tokenizer - a C++ replacement for strtok(3)
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: (or rather rewritten by) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 04/22/98
-// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOKENZRH
-#define _WX_TOKENZRH
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// default: delimiters are usual white space characters
-#define wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS (wxT(" \t\r\n"))
-
-// wxStringTokenizer mode flags which determine its behaviour
-enum wxStringTokenizerMode
-{
- wxTOKEN_INVALID = -1, // set by def ctor until SetString() is called
- wxTOKEN_DEFAULT, // strtok() for whitespace delims, RET_EMPTY else
- wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY, // return empty token in the middle of the string
- wxTOKEN_RET_EMPTY_ALL, // return trailing empty tokens too
- wxTOKEN_RET_DELIMS, // return the delim with token (implies RET_EMPTY)
- wxTOKEN_STRTOK // behave exactly like strtok(3)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStringTokenizer: replaces infamous strtok() and has some other features
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringTokenizer : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // ctors and initializers
- // default ctor, call SetString() later
- wxStringTokenizer() { m_mode = wxTOKEN_INVALID; }
- // ctor which gives us the string
- wxStringTokenizer(const wxString& str,
- const wxString& delims = wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS,
- wxStringTokenizerMode mode = wxTOKEN_DEFAULT);
-
- // args are same as for the non default ctor above
- void SetString(const wxString& str,
- const wxString& delims = wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS,
- wxStringTokenizerMode mode = wxTOKEN_DEFAULT);
-
- // reinitialize the tokenizer with the same delimiters/mode
- void Reinit(const wxString& str);
-
- // tokens access
- // return the number of remaining tokens
- size_t CountTokens() const;
- // did we reach the end of the string?
- bool HasMoreTokens() const;
- // get the next token, will return empty string if !HasMoreTokens()
- wxString GetNextToken();
- // get the delimiter which terminated the token last retrieved by
- // GetNextToken() or NUL if there had been no tokens yet or the last
- // one wasn't terminated (but ran to the end of the string)
- wxChar GetLastDelimiter() const { return m_lastDelim; }
-
- // get current tokenizer state
- // returns the part of the string which remains to tokenize (*not* the
- // initial string)
- wxString GetString() const { return wxString(m_pos, m_string.end()); }
-
- // returns the current position (i.e. one index after the last
- // returned token or 0 if GetNextToken() has never been called) in the
- // original string
- size_t GetPosition() const { return m_pos - m_string.begin(); }
-
- // misc
- // get the current mode - can be different from the one passed to the
- // ctor if it was wxTOKEN_DEFAULT
- wxStringTokenizerMode GetMode() const { return m_mode; }
- // do we return empty tokens?
- bool AllowEmpty() const { return m_mode != wxTOKEN_STRTOK; }
-
-
- // backwards compatibility section from now on
- // -------------------------------------------
-
- // for compatibility only, use GetNextToken() instead
- wxString NextToken() { return GetNextToken(); }
-
- // compatibility only, don't use
- void SetString(const wxString& to_tokenize,
- const wxString& delims,
- bool WXUNUSED(ret_delim))
- {
- SetString(to_tokenize, delims, wxTOKEN_RET_DELIMS);
- }
-
- wxStringTokenizer(const wxString& to_tokenize,
- const wxString& delims,
- bool ret_delim)
- {
- SetString(to_tokenize, delims, ret_delim);
- }
-
-protected:
- bool IsOk() const { return m_mode != wxTOKEN_INVALID; }
-
- bool DoHasMoreTokens() const;
-
- enum MoreTokensState
- {
- MoreTokens_Unknown,
- MoreTokens_Yes,
- MoreTokens_No
- };
-
- MoreTokensState m_hasMoreTokens;
-
- wxString m_string; // the string we tokenize
- wxString::const_iterator m_stringEnd;
- // FIXME-UTF8: use wxWcharBuffer
- wxWxCharBuffer m_delims; // all possible delimiters
- size_t m_delimsLen;
-
- wxString::const_iterator m_pos; // the current position in m_string
-
- wxStringTokenizerMode m_mode; // see wxTOKEN_XXX values
-
- wxChar m_lastDelim; // delimiter after last token or '\0'
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// convenience function which returns all tokens at once
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// the function takes the same parameters as wxStringTokenizer ctor and returns
-// the array containing all tokens
-wxArrayString WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-wxStringTokenize(const wxString& str,
- const wxString& delims = wxDEFAULT_DELIMITERS,
- wxStringTokenizerMode mode = wxTOKEN_DEFAULT);
-
-#endif // _WX_TOKENZRH
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/toolbar.h
-// Purpose: wxToolBar interface declaration
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 20.11.99
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolBar style flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum
-{
- // lay out the toolbar horizontally
- wxTB_HORIZONTAL = wxHORIZONTAL, // == 0x0004
- wxTB_TOP = wxTB_HORIZONTAL,
-
- // lay out the toolbar vertically
- wxTB_VERTICAL = wxVERTICAL, // == 0x0008
- wxTB_LEFT = wxTB_VERTICAL,
-
- // show 3D buttons (wxToolBarSimple only)
- wxTB_3DBUTTONS = 0x0010,
-
- // "flat" buttons (Win32/GTK only)
- wxTB_FLAT = 0x0020,
-
- // dockable toolbar (GTK only)
- wxTB_DOCKABLE = 0x0040,
-
- // don't show the icons (they're shown by default)
- wxTB_NOICONS = 0x0080,
-
- // show the text (not shown by default)
- wxTB_TEXT = 0x0100,
-
- // don't show the divider between toolbar and the window (Win32 only)
- wxTB_NODIVIDER = 0x0200,
-
- // no automatic alignment (Win32 only, useless)
- wxTB_NOALIGN = 0x0400,
-
- // show the text and the icons alongside, not vertically stacked (Win32/GTK)
- wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT = 0x0800,
- wxTB_HORZ_TEXT = wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT | wxTB_TEXT,
-
- // don't show the toolbar short help tooltips
- wxTB_NO_TOOLTIPS = 0x1000,
-
- // lay out toolbar at the bottom of the window
- wxTB_BOTTOM = 0x2000,
-
- // lay out toolbar at the right edge of the window
- wxTB_RIGHT = 0x4000,
-
- wxTB_DEFAULT_STYLE = wxTB_HORIZONTAL | wxTB_FLAT
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
- #include "wx/tbarbase.h" // the base class for all toolbars
-
- #if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/univ/toolbar.h"
- #elif defined(__WXMSW__) && (!defined(_WIN32_WCE) || (_WIN32_WCE >= 400 && !defined(__POCKETPC__) && !defined(__SMARTPHONE__)))
- #include "wx/msw/toolbar.h"
- #elif defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #include "wx/msw/wince/tbarwce.h"
- #elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/toolbar.h"
- #elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/toolbar.h"
- #elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/toolbar.h"
- #elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/toolbar.h"
- #elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/toolbar.h"
- #elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/toolbar.h"
- #endif
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#endif
- // _WX_TOOLBAR_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/toolbook.h
-// Purpose: wxToolbook: wxToolBar and wxNotebook combination
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2006-01-29
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOOLBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_TOOLBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBOOK
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBarBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCommandEvent;
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-
-
-// Use wxButtonToolBar
-#define wxTBK_BUTTONBAR 0x0100
-
-// Use wxTB_HORZ_LAYOUT style for the controlling toolbar
-#define wxTBK_HORZ_LAYOUT 0x8000
-
-// deprecated synonym, don't use
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- #define wxBK_BUTTONBAR wxTBK_BUTTONBAR
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxToolbook
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxToolbook : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxBookCtrlBase>
-{
-public:
- wxToolbook()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- wxToolbook(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // quasi ctor
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-
-
- // implement base class virtuals
- virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText);
- virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const;
- virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const;
- virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId);
- virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n,
- wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
- virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
- virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); }
- virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
-
- virtual bool DeleteAllPages();
- virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
-
-
- // methods which are not part of base wxBookctrl API
-
- // get the underlying toolbar
- wxToolBarBase* GetToolBar() const { return (wxToolBarBase*)m_bookctrl; }
-
- // must be called in OnIdle or by application to realize the toolbar and
- // select the initial page.
- void Realize();
-
-protected:
- virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page);
-
- // event handlers
- void OnToolSelected(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
- void OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
- void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel);
-
- wxBookCtrlEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const;
- void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent &event);
-
- // whether the toolbar needs to be realized
- bool m_needsRealizing;
-
- // maximum bitmap size
- wxSize m_maxBitmapSize;
-
-private:
- // common part of all constructors
- void Init();
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxToolbook)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// listbook event class and related stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxToolbookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only
-#define wxToolbookEvent wxBookCtrlEvent
-typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxToolbookEventFunction;
-#define wxToolbookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func)
-
-
-#define EVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_TOOLBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_TOOLBOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/tooltip.h
-// Purpose: wxToolTip base header
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#include "wx/msw/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
-// #include "wx/motif/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
-#include "wx/gtk/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
-#include "wx/gtk1/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
-#include "wx/osx/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
-#include "wx/cocoa/tooltip.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/tooltip.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#endif
- // _WX_TOOLTIP_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/toplevel.h
-// Purpose: declares wxTopLevelWindow class, the base class for all
-// top level windows (such as frames and dialogs)
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 06.08.01
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Vaclav Slavik <vaclav@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TOPLEVEL_BASE_H_
-#define _WX_TOPLEVEL_BASE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/nonownedwnd.h"
-#include "wx/iconbndl.h"
-#include "wx/weakref.h"
-
-// the default names for various classes
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxFrameNameStr[];
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTopLevelWindowBase;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- Summary of the bits used (some of them are defined in wx/frame.h and
- wx/dialog.h and not here):
-
- +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
- |15|14|13|12|11|10| 9| 8| 7| 6| 5| 4| 3| 2| 1| 0|
- +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \_ wxCENTRE
- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \____ wxFRAME_NO_TASKBAR
- | | | | | | | | | | | | | \_______ wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW
- | | | | | | | | | | | | \__________ wxFRAME_FLOAT_ON_PARENT
- | | | | | | | | | | | \_____________ wxFRAME_SHAPED
- | | | | | | | | | | \________________ wxDIALOG_NO_PARENT
- | | | | | | | | | \___________________ wxRESIZE_BORDER
- | | | | | | | | \______________________ wxTINY_CAPTION_VERT
- | | | | | | | \_________________________
- | | | | | | \____________________________ wxMAXIMIZE_BOX
- | | | | | \_______________________________ wxMINIMIZE_BOX
- | | | | \__________________________________ wxSYSTEM_MENU
- | | | \_____________________________________ wxCLOSE_BOX
- | | \________________________________________ wxMAXIMIZE
- | \___________________________________________ wxMINIMIZE
- \______________________________________________ wxSTAY_ON_TOP
-
-
- Notice that the 8 lower bits overlap with wxCENTRE and the button selection
- bits (wxYES, wxOK wxNO, wxCANCEL, wxAPPLY, wxCLOSE and wxNO_DEFAULT) which
- can be combined with the dialog style for several standard dialogs and
- hence shouldn't overlap with any styles which can be used for the dialogs.
- Additionally, wxCENTRE can be used with frames also.
- */
-
-// style common to both wxFrame and wxDialog
-#define wxSTAY_ON_TOP 0x8000
-#define wxICONIZE 0x4000
-#define wxMINIMIZE wxICONIZE
-#define wxMAXIMIZE 0x2000
-#define wxCLOSE_BOX 0x1000 // == wxHELP so can't be used with it
-
-#define wxSYSTEM_MENU 0x0800
-#define wxMINIMIZE_BOX 0x0400
-#define wxMAXIMIZE_BOX 0x0200
-
-#define wxTINY_CAPTION 0x0080 // clashes with wxNO_DEFAULT
-#define wxRESIZE_BORDER 0x0040 // == wxCLOSE
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // HORIZ and VERT styles are equivalent anyhow so don't use different names
- // for them
- #define wxTINY_CAPTION_HORIZ wxTINY_CAPTION
- #define wxTINY_CAPTION_VERT wxTINY_CAPTION
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
- // deprecated versions defined for compatibility reasons
- #define wxRESIZE_BOX wxMAXIMIZE_BOX
- #define wxTHICK_FRAME wxRESIZE_BORDER
-
- // obsolete styles, unused any more
- #define wxDIALOG_MODAL 0
- #define wxDIALOG_MODELESS 0
- #define wxNO_3D 0
- #define wxUSER_COLOURS 0
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// default style
-//
-// under Windows CE (at least when compiling with eVC 4) we should create
-// top level windows without any styles at all for them to appear
-// "correctly", i.e. as full screen windows with a "hide" button (same as
-// "close" but round instead of squared and just hides the applications
-// instead of closing it) in the title bar
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
- #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE (wxMAXIMIZE)
- #elif defined(__WINCE_STANDARDSDK__)
- #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE (wxMAXIMIZE|wxCLOSE_BOX)
- #else
- #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE (wxNO_BORDER)
- #endif
-#else // !__WXWINCE__
- #define wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE \
- (wxSYSTEM_MENU | \
- wxRESIZE_BORDER | \
- wxMINIMIZE_BOX | \
- wxMAXIMIZE_BOX | \
- wxCLOSE_BOX | \
- wxCAPTION | \
- wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
-#endif
-
-
-// Dialogs are created in a special way
-#define wxTOPLEVEL_EX_DIALOG 0x00000008
-
-// Styles for ShowFullScreen
-// (note that wxTopLevelWindow only handles wxFULLSCREEN_NOBORDER and
-// wxFULLSCREEN_NOCAPTION; the rest is handled by wxTopLevelWindow)
-enum
-{
- wxFULLSCREEN_NOMENUBAR = 0x0001,
- wxFULLSCREEN_NOTOOLBAR = 0x0002,
- wxFULLSCREEN_NOSTATUSBAR = 0x0004,
- wxFULLSCREEN_NOBORDER = 0x0008,
- wxFULLSCREEN_NOCAPTION = 0x0010,
-
- wxFULLSCREEN_ALL = wxFULLSCREEN_NOMENUBAR | wxFULLSCREEN_NOTOOLBAR |
- wxFULLSCREEN_NOSTATUSBAR | wxFULLSCREEN_NOBORDER |
- wxFULLSCREEN_NOCAPTION
-};
-
-// Styles for RequestUserAttention
-enum
-{
- wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO = 1,
- wxUSER_ATTENTION_ERROR = 2
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTopLevelWindow: a top level (as opposed to child) window
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTopLevelWindowBase : public wxNonOwnedWindow
-{
-public:
- // construction
- wxTopLevelWindowBase();
- virtual ~wxTopLevelWindowBase();
-
- // top level wnd state
- // --------------------
-
- // maximize = true => maximize, otherwise - restore
- virtual void Maximize(bool maximize = true) = 0;
-
- // undo Maximize() or Iconize()
- virtual void Restore() = 0;
-
- // iconize = true => iconize, otherwise - restore
- virtual void Iconize(bool iconize = true) = 0;
-
- // return true if the frame is maximized
- virtual bool IsMaximized() const = 0;
-
- // return true if the frame is always maximized
- // due to native guidelines or current policy
- virtual bool IsAlwaysMaximized() const;
-
- // return true if the frame is iconized
- virtual bool IsIconized() const = 0;
-
- // get the frame icon
- wxIcon GetIcon() const;
-
- // get the frame icons
- const wxIconBundle& GetIcons() const { return m_icons; }
-
- // set the frame icon: implemented in terms of SetIcons()
- void SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon);
-
- // set the frame icons
- virtual void SetIcons(const wxIconBundle& icons) { m_icons = icons; }
-
- // maximize the window to cover entire screen
- virtual bool ShowFullScreen(bool show, long style = wxFULLSCREEN_ALL) = 0;
-
- // shows the window, but doesn't activate it. If the base code is being run,
- // it means the port doesn't implement this method yet and so alert the user.
- virtual void ShowWithoutActivating() {
- wxFAIL_MSG("ShowWithoutActivating not implemented on this platform.");
- }
-
- // return true if the frame is in fullscreen mode
- virtual bool IsFullScreen() const = 0;
-
- // the title of the top level window: the text which the
- // window shows usually at the top of the frame/dialog in dedicated bar
- virtual void SetTitle(const wxString& title) = 0;
- virtual wxString GetTitle() const = 0;
-
- // enable/disable close button [x]
- virtual bool EnableCloseButton(bool WXUNUSED(enable) ) { return false; }
-
- // Attracts the users attention to this window if the application is
- // inactive (should be called when a background event occurs)
- virtual void RequestUserAttention(int flags = wxUSER_ATTENTION_INFO);
-
- // Is this the active frame (highlighted in the taskbar)?
- //
- // A TLW is active only if it contains the currently focused window.
- virtual bool IsActive() { return IsDescendant(FindFocus()); }
-
- // this function may be overridden to return false to allow closing the
- // application even when this top level window is still open
- //
- // notice that the window is still closed prior to the application exit and
- // so it can still veto it even if it returns false from here
- virtual bool ShouldPreventAppExit() const { return true; }
-
-
-#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
- virtual void SetLeftMenu(int id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, wxMenu *subMenu = NULL) = 0;
- virtual void SetRightMenu(int id = wxID_ANY, const wxString& label = wxEmptyString, wxMenu *subMenu = NULL) = 0;
-#endif // __SMARTPHONE__
-
- // centre the window on screen: this is just a shortcut
- void CentreOnScreen(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir | wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN); }
- void CenterOnScreen(int dir = wxBOTH) { CentreOnScreen(dir); }
-
- // Get the default size for a new top level window. This is used when
- // creating a wxTLW under some platforms if no explicit size given.
- static wxSize GetDefaultSize();
-
-
- // default item access: we have a permanent default item which is the one
- // set by the user code but we may also have a temporary default item which
- // would be chosen if the user pressed "Enter" now but the default action
- // reverts to the "permanent" default as soon as this temporary default
- // item loses focus
-
- // get the default item, temporary or permanent
- wxWindow *GetDefaultItem() const
- { return m_winTmpDefault ? m_winTmpDefault : m_winDefault; }
-
- // set the permanent default item, return the old default
- wxWindow *SetDefaultItem(wxWindow *win)
- { wxWindow *old = GetDefaultItem(); m_winDefault = win; return old; }
-
- // return the temporary default item, can be NULL
- wxWindow *GetTmpDefaultItem() const { return m_winTmpDefault; }
-
- // set a temporary default item, SetTmpDefaultItem(NULL) should be called
- // soon after a call to SetTmpDefaultItem(window), return the old default
- wxWindow *SetTmpDefaultItem(wxWindow *win)
- { wxWindow *old = GetDefaultItem(); m_winTmpDefault = win; return old; }
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // override some base class virtuals
- virtual bool Destroy();
- virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; }
- virtual bool IsTopNavigationDomain() const { return true; }
- virtual bool IsVisible() const { return IsShown(); }
-
- // event handlers
- void OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) { DoLayout(); }
-
- // Get rect to be used to center top-level children
- virtual void GetRectForTopLevelChildren(int *x, int *y, int *w, int *h);
-
- // this should go away, but for now it's called from docview.cpp,
- // so should be there for all platforms
- void OnActivate(wxActivateEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) { }
-
- // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event
- virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) ;
-
- // a different API for SetSizeHints
- virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& minSize);
- virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& maxSize);
-
- virtual void OSXSetModified(bool modified) { m_modified = modified; }
- virtual bool OSXIsModified() const { return m_modified; }
-
- virtual void SetRepresentedFilename(const wxString& WXUNUSED(filename)) { }
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS || wxUSE_TOOLBAR
- // show help text for the currently selected menu or toolbar item
- // (typically in the status bar) or hide it and restore the status bar text
- // originally shown before the menu was opened if show == false
- virtual void DoGiveHelp(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text), bool WXUNUSED(show)) {}
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // the frame client to screen translation should take account of the
- // toolbar which may shift the origin of the client area
- virtual void DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const;
- virtual void DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const;
-
- // add support for wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN
- virtual void DoCentre(int dir);
-
- // no need to do client to screen translation to get our position in screen
- // coordinates: this is already the case
- virtual void DoGetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const
- {
- DoGetPosition(x, y);
- }
-
- // test whether this window makes part of the frame
- // (menubar, toolbar and statusbar are excluded from automatic layout)
- virtual bool IsOneOfBars(const wxWindow *WXUNUSED(win)) const
- { return false; }
-
- // check if we should exit the program after deleting this window
- bool IsLastBeforeExit() const;
-
- // send the iconize event, return true if processed
- bool SendIconizeEvent(bool iconized = true);
-
- // do TLW-specific layout: we resize our unique child to fill the entire
- // client area
- void DoLayout();
-
- static int WidthDefault(int w) { return w == wxDefaultCoord ? GetDefaultSize().x : w; }
- static int HeightDefault(int h) { return h == wxDefaultCoord ? GetDefaultSize().y : h; }
-
-
- // the frame icon
- wxIconBundle m_icons;
-
- // a default window (usually a button) or NULL
- wxWindowRef m_winDefault;
-
- // a temporary override of m_winDefault, use the latter if NULL
- wxWindowRef m_winTmpDefault;
-
- bool m_modified;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTopLevelWindowBase);
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-// include the real class declaration
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/toplevel.h"
- #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMSW
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #include "wx/gtk/toplevel.h"
- #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowGTK
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk1/toplevel.h"
- #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowGTK
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #include "wx/x11/toplevel.h"
- #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowX11
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #include "wx/dfb/toplevel.h"
- #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowDFB
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/osx/toplevel.h"
- #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMac
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/cocoa/toplevel.h"
- #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowCocoa
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/os2/toplevel.h"
- #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowOS2
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/toplevel.h"
- #define wxTopLevelWindowNative wxTopLevelWindowMotif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #include "wx/univ/toplevel.h"
-#else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTopLevelWindow : public wxTopLevelWindowNative
- {
- public:
- // construction
- wxTopLevelWindow() { }
- wxTopLevelWindow(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxString& title,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxFrameNameStr)
- : wxTopLevelWindowNative(parent, winid, title,
- pos, size, style, name)
- {
- }
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTopLevelWindow)
- };
-#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/!__WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-#endif // _WX_TOPLEVEL_BASE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/tracker.h
-// Purpose: Support class for object lifetime tracking (wxWeakRef<T>)
-// Author: Arne Steinarson
-// Created: 28 Dec 07
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Arne Steinarson
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TRACKER_H_
-#define _WX_TRACKER_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-class wxEventConnectionRef;
-
-// This class represents an object tracker and is stored in a linked list
-// in the tracked object. It is only used in one of its derived forms.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTrackerNode
-{
-public:
- wxTrackerNode() : m_nxt(NULL) { }
- virtual ~wxTrackerNode() { }
-
- virtual void OnObjectDestroy() = 0;
-
- virtual wxEventConnectionRef *ToEventConnection() { return NULL; }
-
-private:
- wxTrackerNode *m_nxt;
-
- friend class wxTrackable; // For list access
- friend class wxEvtHandler; // For list access
-};
-
-// Add-on base class for a trackable object.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTrackable
-{
-public:
- void AddNode(wxTrackerNode *prn)
- {
- prn->m_nxt = m_first;
- m_first = prn;
- }
-
- void RemoveNode(wxTrackerNode *prn)
- {
- for ( wxTrackerNode **pprn = &m_first; *pprn; pprn = &(*pprn)->m_nxt )
- {
- if ( *pprn == prn )
- {
- *pprn = prn->m_nxt;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- wxFAIL_MSG( "removing invalid tracker node" );
- }
-
- wxTrackerNode *GetFirst() const { return m_first; }
-
-protected:
- // this class is only supposed to be used as a base class but never be
- // created nor destroyed directly so all ctors and dtor are protected
-
- wxTrackable() : m_first(NULL) { }
-
- // copy ctor and assignment operator intentionally do not copy m_first: the
- // objects which track the original trackable shouldn't track the new copy
- wxTrackable(const wxTrackable& WXUNUSED(other)) : m_first(NULL) { }
- wxTrackable& operator=(const wxTrackable& WXUNUSED(other)) { return *this; }
-
- // dtor is not virtual: this class is not supposed to be used
- // polymorphically and adding a virtual table to it would add unwanted
- // overhead
- ~wxTrackable()
- {
- // Notify all registered refs
- while ( m_first )
- {
- wxTrackerNode * const first = m_first;
- m_first = first->m_nxt;
- first->OnObjectDestroy();
- }
- }
-
- wxTrackerNode *m_first;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_TRACKER_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/translation.h
-// Purpose: Internationalization and localisation for wxWidgets
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik,
-// Michael N. Filippov <michael@idisys.iae.nsk.su>
-// Created: 2010-04-23
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// (c) 2010 Vaclav Slavik <vslavik@fastmail.fm>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TRANSLATION_H_
-#define _WX_TRANSLATION_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_INTL
-
-#include "wx/buffer.h"
-#include "wx/language.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/strconv.h"
-#include "wx/scopedptr.h"
-
-// ============================================================================
-// global decls
-// ============================================================================
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// gettext() style macros (notice that xgettext should be invoked with
-// --keyword="_" --keyword="wxPLURAL:1,2" options
-// to extract the strings from the sources)
-#ifndef WXINTL_NO_GETTEXT_MACRO
- #define _(s) wxGetTranslation((s))
- #define wxPLURAL(sing, plur, n) wxGetTranslation((sing), (plur), n)
-#endif
-
-// another one which just marks the strings for extraction, but doesn't
-// perform the translation (use -kwxTRANSLATE with xgettext!)
-#define wxTRANSLATE(str) str
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward decls
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTranslationsLoader;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLocale;
-
-class wxPluralFormsCalculator;
-wxDECLARE_SCOPED_PTR(wxPluralFormsCalculator, wxPluralFormsCalculatorPtr)
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMsgCatalog corresponds to one loaded message catalog.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMsgCatalog
-{
-public:
- // Ctor is protected, because CreateFromXXX functions must be used,
- // but destruction should be unrestricted
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- ~wxMsgCatalog();
-#endif
-
- // load the catalog from disk or from data; caller is responsible for
- // deleting them if not NULL
- static wxMsgCatalog *CreateFromFile(const wxString& filename,
- const wxString& domain);
-
- static wxMsgCatalog *CreateFromData(const wxScopedCharBuffer& data,
- const wxString& domain);
-
- // get name of the catalog
- wxString GetDomain() const { return m_domain; }
-
- // get the translated string: returns NULL if not found
- const wxString *GetString(const wxString& sz, unsigned n = UINT_MAX) const;
-
-protected:
- wxMsgCatalog(const wxString& domain)
- : m_pNext(NULL), m_domain(domain)
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- , m_conv(NULL)
-#endif
- {}
-
-private:
- // variable pointing to the next element in a linked list (or NULL)
- wxMsgCatalog *m_pNext;
- friend class wxTranslations;
-
- wxStringToStringHashMap m_messages; // all messages in the catalog
- wxString m_domain; // name of the domain
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- // the conversion corresponding to this catalog charset if we installed it
- // as the global one
- wxCSConv *m_conv;
-#endif
-
- wxPluralFormsCalculatorPtr m_pluralFormsCalculator;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTranslations: message catalogs
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this class allows to get translations for strings
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTranslations
-{
-public:
- wxTranslations();
- ~wxTranslations();
-
- // returns current translations object, may return NULL
- static wxTranslations *Get();
- // sets current translations object (takes ownership; may be NULL)
- static void Set(wxTranslations *t);
-
- // changes loader to non-default one; takes ownership of 'loader'
- void SetLoader(wxTranslationsLoader *loader);
-
- void SetLanguage(wxLanguage lang);
- void SetLanguage(const wxString& lang);
-
- // get languages available for this app
- wxArrayString GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const;
-
- // find best translation language for given domain
- wxString GetBestTranslation(const wxString& domain, wxLanguage msgIdLanguage);
- wxString GetBestTranslation(const wxString& domain,
- const wxString& msgIdLanguage = "en");
-
- // add standard wxWidgets catalog ("wxstd")
- bool AddStdCatalog();
-
- // add catalog with given domain name and language, looking it up via
- // wxTranslationsLoader
- bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain);
- bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain, wxLanguage msgIdLanguage);
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- bool AddCatalog(const wxString& domain,
- wxLanguage msgIdLanguage,
- const wxString& msgIdCharset);
-#endif
-
- // check if the given catalog is loaded
- bool IsLoaded(const wxString& domain) const;
-
- // access to translations
- const wxString *GetTranslatedString(const wxString& origString,
- const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const;
- const wxString *GetTranslatedString(const wxString& origString,
- unsigned n,
- const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const;
-
- wxString GetHeaderValue(const wxString& header,
- const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString) const;
-
- // this is hack to work around a problem with wxGetTranslation() which
- // returns const wxString& and not wxString, so when it returns untranslated
- // string, it needs to have a copy of it somewhere
- static const wxString& GetUntranslatedString(const wxString& str);
-
-private:
- // perform loading of the catalog via m_loader
- bool LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain, const wxString& lang, const wxString& msgIdLang);
-
- // find catalog by name in a linked list, return NULL if !found
- wxMsgCatalog *FindCatalog(const wxString& domain) const;
-
- // same as Set(), without taking ownership; only for wxLocale
- static void SetNonOwned(wxTranslations *t);
- friend class wxLocale;
-
-private:
- wxString m_lang;
- wxTranslationsLoader *m_loader;
-
- wxMsgCatalog *m_pMsgCat; // pointer to linked list of catalogs
-};
-
-
-// abstraction of translations discovery and loading
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTranslationsLoader
-{
-public:
- wxTranslationsLoader() {}
- virtual ~wxTranslationsLoader() {}
-
- virtual wxMsgCatalog *LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain,
- const wxString& lang) = 0;
-
- virtual wxArrayString GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const = 0;
-};
-
-
-// standard wxTranslationsLoader implementation, using filesystem
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTranslationsLoader
- : public wxTranslationsLoader
-{
-public:
- static void AddCatalogLookupPathPrefix(const wxString& prefix);
-
- virtual wxMsgCatalog *LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain,
- const wxString& lang);
-
- virtual wxArrayString GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const;
-};
-
-
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
-// loads translations from win32 resources
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxResourceTranslationsLoader
- : public wxTranslationsLoader
-{
-public:
- virtual wxMsgCatalog *LoadCatalog(const wxString& domain,
- const wxString& lang);
-
- virtual wxArrayString GetAvailableTranslations(const wxString& domain) const;
-
-protected:
- // returns resource type to use for translations
- virtual wxString GetResourceType() const { return "MOFILE"; }
-
- // returns module to load resources from
- virtual WXHINSTANCE GetModule() const { return 0; }
-};
-#endif // __WINDOWS__
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// get the translation of the string in the current locale
-inline const wxString& wxGetTranslation(const wxString& str,
- const wxString& domain = wxString())
-{
- wxTranslations *trans = wxTranslations::Get();
- const wxString *transStr = trans ? trans->GetTranslatedString(str, domain)
- : NULL;
- if ( transStr )
- return *transStr;
- else
- // NB: this function returns reference to a string, so we have to keep
- // a copy of it somewhere
- return wxTranslations::GetUntranslatedString(str);
-}
-
-inline const wxString& wxGetTranslation(const wxString& str1,
- const wxString& str2,
- unsigned n,
- const wxString& domain = wxString())
-{
- wxTranslations *trans = wxTranslations::Get();
- const wxString *transStr = trans ? trans->GetTranslatedString(str1, n, domain)
- : NULL;
- if ( transStr )
- return *transStr;
- else
- // NB: this function returns reference to a string, so we have to keep
- // a copy of it somewhere
- return n == 1
- ? wxTranslations::GetUntranslatedString(str1)
- : wxTranslations::GetUntranslatedString(str2);
-}
-
-#else // !wxUSE_INTL
-
-// the macros should still be defined - otherwise compilation would fail
-
-#if !defined(WXINTL_NO_GETTEXT_MACRO)
- #if !defined(_)
- #define _(s) (s)
- #endif
- #define wxPLURAL(sing, plur, n) ((n) == 1 ? (sing) : (plur))
-#endif
-
-#define wxTRANSLATE(str) str
-
-// NB: we use a template here in order to avoid using
-// wxLocale::GetUntranslatedString() above, which would be required if
-// we returned const wxString&; this way, the compiler should be able to
-// optimize wxGetTranslation() away
-
-template<typename TString>
-inline TString wxGetTranslation(TString str)
- { return str; }
-
-template<typename TString, typename TDomain>
-inline TString wxGetTranslation(TString str, TDomain WXUNUSED(domain))
- { return str; }
-
-template<typename TString, typename TDomain>
-inline TString wxGetTranslation(TString str1, TString str2, size_t n)
- { return n == 1 ? str1 : str2; }
-
-template<typename TString, typename TDomain>
-inline TString wxGetTranslation(TString str1, TString str2, size_t n,
- TDomain WXUNUSED(domain))
- { return n == 1 ? str1 : str2; }
-
-#endif // wxUSE_INTL/!wxUSE_INTL
-
-// define this one just in case it occurs somewhere (instead of preferred
-// wxTRANSLATE) too
-#if !defined(WXINTL_NO_GETTEXT_MACRO)
- #if !defined(gettext_noop)
- #define gettext_noop(str) (str)
- #endif
- #if !defined(N_)
- #define N_(s) (s)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_TRANSLATION_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/treebase.h
-// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl base classes and types
-// Author: Julian Smart et al
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) 1997,1998 Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TREEBASE_H_
-#define _WX_TREEBASE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#include "wx/window.h" // for wxClientData
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/itemid.h"
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// flags for deprecated `Expand(int action)', will be removed in next versions
-enum
-{
- wxTREE_EXPAND_EXPAND,
- wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE,
- wxTREE_EXPAND_COLLAPSE_RESET,
- wxTREE_EXPAND_TOGGLE
-};
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeItemId identifies an element of the tree. It's opaque for the
-// application and the only method which can be used by user code is IsOk().
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This is a class and not a typedef because existing code may forward declare
-// wxTreeItemId as a class and we don't want to break it without good reason.
-class wxTreeItemId : public wxItemId<void*>
-{
-public:
- wxTreeItemId() : wxItemId<void*>() { }
- wxTreeItemId(void* pItem) : wxItemId<void*>(pItem) { }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeItemData is some (arbitrary) user class associated with some item. The
-// main advantage of having this class (compared to old untyped interface) is
-// that wxTreeItemData's are destroyed automatically by the tree and, as this
-// class has virtual dtor, it means that the memory will be automatically
-// freed. OTOH, we don't just use wxObject instead of wxTreeItemData because
-// the size of this class is critical: in any real application, each tree leaf
-// will have wxTreeItemData associated with it and number of leaves may be
-// quite big.
-//
-// Because the objects of this class are deleted by the tree, they should
-// always be allocated on the heap!
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeItemData: public wxClientData
-{
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrl;
-friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericTreeCtrl;
-public:
- // creation/destruction
- // --------------------
- // default ctor
- wxTreeItemData() { }
-
- // default copy ctor/assignment operator are ok
-
- // accessor: get the item associated with us
- const wxTreeItemId& GetId() const { return m_pItem; }
- void SetId(const wxTreeItemId& id) { m_pItem = id; }
-
-protected:
- wxTreeItemId m_pItem;
-};
-
-typedef void *wxTreeItemIdValue;
-
-WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY_PTR(wxTreeItemIdValue, wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase);
-
-// this is a wrapper around the array class defined above which allow to wok
-// with values of natural wxTreeItemId type instead of using wxTreeItemIdValue
-// and does it without any loss of efficiency
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxArrayTreeItemIds : public wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase
-{
-public:
- void Add(const wxTreeItemId& id)
- { wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase::Add(id.m_pItem); }
- void Insert(const wxTreeItemId& id, size_t pos)
- { wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase::Insert(id.m_pItem, pos); }
- wxTreeItemId Item(size_t i) const
- { return wxTreeItemId(wxArrayTreeItemIdsBase::Item(i)); }
- wxTreeItemId operator[](size_t i) const { return Item(i); }
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// constants
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// enum for different images associated with a treectrl item
-enum wxTreeItemIcon
-{
- wxTreeItemIcon_Normal, // not selected, not expanded
- wxTreeItemIcon_Selected, // selected, not expanded
- wxTreeItemIcon_Expanded, // not selected, expanded
- wxTreeItemIcon_SelectedExpanded, // selected, expanded
- wxTreeItemIcon_Max
-};
-
-// special values for the 'state' parameter of wxTreeCtrl::SetItemState()
-static const int wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE = -1; // not state (no display state image)
-static const int wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NEXT = -2; // cycle to the next state
-static const int wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_PREV = -3; // cycle to the previous state
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeCtrl flags
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxTR_NO_BUTTONS 0x0000 // for convenience
-#define wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS 0x0001 // draw collapsed/expanded btns
-#define wxTR_NO_LINES 0x0004 // don't draw lines at all
-#define wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT 0x0008 // connect top-level nodes
-#define wxTR_TWIST_BUTTONS 0x0010 // still used by wxTreeListCtrl
-
-#define wxTR_SINGLE 0x0000 // for convenience
-#define wxTR_MULTIPLE 0x0020 // can select multiple items
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- #define wxTR_EXTENDED 0x0040 // deprecated, don't use
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-#define wxTR_HAS_VARIABLE_ROW_HEIGHT 0x0080 // what it says
-
-#define wxTR_EDIT_LABELS 0x0200 // can edit item labels
-#define wxTR_ROW_LINES 0x0400 // put border around items
-#define wxTR_HIDE_ROOT 0x0800 // don't display root node
-
-#define wxTR_FULL_ROW_HIGHLIGHT 0x2000 // highlight full horz space
-
-// make the default control appearance look more native-like depending on the
-// platform
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #define wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_NO_LINES)
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #define wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE \
- (wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_NO_LINES | wxTR_FULL_ROW_HIGHLIGHT)
-#else
- #define wxTR_DEFAULT_STYLE (wxTR_HAS_BUTTONS | wxTR_LINES_AT_ROOT)
-#endif
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-// deprecated, don't use
-#define wxTR_MAC_BUTTONS 0
-#define wxTR_AQUA_BUTTONS 0
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-
-// values for the `flags' parameter of wxTreeCtrl::HitTest() which determine
-// where exactly the specified point is situated:
-
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ABOVE = 0x0001;
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_BELOW = 0x0002;
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_NOWHERE = 0x0004;
- // on the button associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMBUTTON = 0x0008;
- // on the bitmap associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON = 0x0010;
- // on the indent associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMINDENT = 0x0020;
- // on the label (string) associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL = 0x0040;
- // on the right of the label associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMRIGHT = 0x0080;
- // on the label (string) associated with an item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMSTATEICON = 0x0100;
- // on the left of the wxTreeCtrl.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_TOLEFT = 0x0200;
- // on the right of the wxTreeCtrl.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_TORIGHT = 0x0400;
- // on the upper part (first half) of the item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMUPPERPART = 0x0800;
- // on the lower part (second half) of the item.
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLOWERPART = 0x1000;
-
- // anywhere on the item
-static const int wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEM = wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMICON |
- wxTREE_HITTEST_ONITEMLABEL;
-
-// tree ctrl default name
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxTreeCtrlNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeItemAttr: a structure containing the visual attributes of an item
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeItemAttr
-{
-public:
- // ctors
- wxTreeItemAttr() { }
- wxTreeItemAttr(const wxColour& colText,
- const wxColour& colBack,
- const wxFont& font)
- : m_colText(colText), m_colBack(colBack), m_font(font) { }
-
- // setters
- void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colText) { m_colText = colText; }
- void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colBack) { m_colBack = colBack; }
- void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
-
- // accessors
- bool HasTextColour() const { return m_colText.IsOk(); }
- bool HasBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack.IsOk(); }
- bool HasFont() const { return m_font.IsOk(); }
-
- const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_colText; }
- const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_colBack; }
- const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
-
-private:
- wxColour m_colText,
- m_colBack;
- wxFont m_font;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeEvent is a special class for all events associated with tree controls
-//
-// NB: note that not all accessors make sense for all events, see the event
-// descriptions below
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrlBase;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType = wxEVT_NULL, int id = 0);
- wxTreeEvent(wxEventType commandType,
- wxTreeCtrlBase *tree,
- const wxTreeItemId &item = wxTreeItemId());
- wxTreeEvent(const wxTreeEvent& event);
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxTreeEvent(*this); }
-
- // accessors
- // get the item on which the operation was performed or the newly
- // selected item for wxEVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED/ING events
- wxTreeItemId GetItem() const { return m_item; }
- void SetItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) { m_item = item; }
-
- // for wxEVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED/ING events, get the previously
- // selected item
- wxTreeItemId GetOldItem() const { return m_itemOld; }
- void SetOldItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) { m_itemOld = item; }
-
- // the point where the mouse was when the drag operation started (for
- // wxEVT_TREE_BEGIN_(R)DRAG events only) or click position
- wxPoint GetPoint() const { return m_pointDrag; }
- void SetPoint(const wxPoint& pt) { m_pointDrag = pt; }
-
- // keyboard data (for wxEVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN only)
- const wxKeyEvent& GetKeyEvent() const { return m_evtKey; }
- int GetKeyCode() const { return m_evtKey.GetKeyCode(); }
- void SetKeyEvent(const wxKeyEvent& evt) { m_evtKey = evt; }
-
- // label (for EVT_TREE_{BEGIN|END}_LABEL_EDIT only)
- const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
- void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; }
-
- // edit cancel flag (for EVT_TREE_{BEGIN|END}_LABEL_EDIT only)
- bool IsEditCancelled() const { return m_editCancelled; }
- void SetEditCanceled(bool editCancelled) { m_editCancelled = editCancelled; }
-
- // Set the tooltip for the item (for EVT\_TREE\_ITEM\_GETTOOLTIP events)
- void SetToolTip(const wxString& toolTip) { m_label = toolTip; }
- wxString GetToolTip() { return m_label; }
-
-private:
- // not all of the members are used (or initialized) for all events
- wxKeyEvent m_evtKey;
- wxTreeItemId m_item,
- m_itemOld;
- wxPoint m_pointDrag;
- wxString m_label;
- bool m_editCancelled;
-
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeCtrl;
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxGenericTreeCtrl;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeEvent)
-};
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTreeEventFunction)(wxTreeEvent&);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// tree control events and macros for handling them
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_DELETE_ITEM, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_GET_INFO, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_SET_INFO, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGING, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_END_DRAG, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP, wxTreeEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_MENU, wxTreeEvent );
-
-#define wxTreeEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxTreeEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TREE_ ## evt, id, wxTreeEventHandler(fn))
-
-// GetItem() returns the item being dragged, GetPoint() the mouse coords
-//
-// if you call event.Allow(), the drag operation will start and a
-// EVT_TREE_END_DRAG event will be sent when the drag is over.
-#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(BEGIN_DRAG, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(BEGIN_RDRAG, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() is the item on which the drop occurred (if any) and GetPoint() the
-// current mouse coords
-#define EVT_TREE_END_DRAG(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(END_DRAG, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the itme whose label is being edited, GetLabel() returns
-// the current item label for BEGIN and the would be new one for END.
-//
-// Vetoing BEGIN event means that label editing won't happen at all,
-// vetoing END means that the new value is discarded and the old one kept
-#define EVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(END_LABEL_EDIT, id, fn)
-
-// provide/update information about GetItem() item
-#define EVT_TREE_GET_INFO(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(GET_INFO, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_SET_INFO(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(SET_INFO, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() is the item being expanded/collapsed, the "ING" versions can use
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_EXPANDED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_EXPANDING, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_COLLAPSED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_COLLAPSING, id, fn)
-
-// GetOldItem() is the item which had the selection previously, GetItem() is
-// the item which acquires selection
-#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(SEL_CHANGED, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(SEL_CHANGING, id, fn)
-
-// GetKeyCode() returns the key code
-// NB: this is the only message for which GetItem() is invalid (you may get the
-// item from GetSelection())
-#define EVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(KEY_DOWN, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the item being deleted, the associated data (if any) will
-// be deleted just after the return of this event handler (if any)
-#define EVT_TREE_DELETE_ITEM(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(DELETE_ITEM, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the item that was activated (double click, enter, space)
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_ACTIVATED, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the item for which the context menu shall be shown
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_MENU(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_MENU, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the item that was clicked on
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK, id, fn)
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() returns the item whose state image was clicked on
-#define EVT_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(STATE_IMAGE_CLICK, id, fn)
-
-// GetItem() is the item for which the tooltip is being requested
-#define EVT_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_TREEEVT(ITEM_GETTOOLTIP, id, fn)
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG wxEVT_TREE_BEGIN_DRAG
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG wxEVT_TREE_BEGIN_RDRAG
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT wxEVT_TREE_BEGIN_LABEL_EDIT
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT wxEVT_TREE_END_LABEL_EDIT
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_DELETE_ITEM wxEVT_TREE_DELETE_ITEM
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_GET_INFO wxEVT_TREE_GET_INFO
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SET_INFO wxEVT_TREE_SET_INFO
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_EXPANDING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_COLLAPSING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGED wxEVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_SEL_CHANGING wxEVT_TREE_SEL_CHANGING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_KEY_DOWN wxEVT_TREE_KEY_DOWN
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_ACTIVATED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_RIGHT_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_MIDDLE_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_END_DRAG wxEVT_TREE_END_DRAG
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK wxEVT_TREE_STATE_IMAGE_CLICK
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_GETTOOLTIP
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREE_ITEM_MENU wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_MENU
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_TREEBASE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/treebook.h
-// Purpose: wxTreebook: wxNotebook-like control presenting pages in a tree
-// Author: Evgeniy Tarassov, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-09-15
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TREEBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_TREEBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TREEBOOK
-
-#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-#include "wx/treectrl.h" // for wxArrayTreeItemIds
-
-typedef wxWindow wxTreebookPage;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreeEvent;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreebook
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreebook : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxBookCtrlBase>
-{
-public:
- // Constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // Default ctor doesn't create the control, use Create() afterwards
- wxTreebook()
- {
- Init();
- }
-
- // This ctor creates the tree book control
- wxTreebook(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxBK_DEFAULT,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // Really creates the control
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxBK_DEFAULT,
- const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-
-
- // Page insertion operations
- // -------------------------
-
- // Notice that page pointer may be NULL in which case the next non NULL
- // page (usually the first child page of a node) is shown when this page is
- // selected
-
- // Inserts a new page just before the page indicated by page.
- // The new page is placed on the same level as page.
- virtual bool InsertPage(size_t pos,
- wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
-
- // Inserts a new sub-page to the end of children of the page at given pos.
- virtual bool InsertSubPage(size_t pos,
- wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
-
- // Adds a new page at top level after all other pages.
- virtual bool AddPage(wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
-
- // Adds a new child-page to the last top-level page inserted.
- // Useful when constructing 1 level tree structure.
- virtual bool AddSubPage(wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
-
- // Deletes the page and ALL its children. Could trigger page selection
- // change in a case when selected page is removed. In that case its parent
- // is selected (or the next page if no parent).
- virtual bool DeletePage(size_t pos);
-
-
- // Tree operations
- // ---------------
-
- // Gets the page node state -- node is expanded or collapsed
- virtual bool IsNodeExpanded(size_t pos) const;
-
- // Expands or collapses the page node. Returns the previous state.
- // May generate page changing events (if selected page
- // is under the collapsed branch, then parent is autoselected).
- virtual bool ExpandNode(size_t pos, bool expand = true);
-
- // shortcut for ExpandNode(pos, false)
- bool CollapseNode(size_t pos) { return ExpandNode(pos, false); }
-
- // get the parent page or wxNOT_FOUND if this is a top level page
- int GetPageParent(size_t pos) const;
-
- // the tree control we use for showing the pages index tree
- wxTreeCtrl* GetTreeCtrl() const { return (wxTreeCtrl*)m_bookctrl; }
-
-
- // Standard operations inherited from wxBookCtrlBase
- // -------------------------------------------------
-
- virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText);
- virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const;
- virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const;
- virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId);
- virtual int SetSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
- virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); }
- virtual int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, long *flags = NULL) const;
- virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
- virtual void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
- virtual bool DeleteAllPages();
-
-protected:
- // Implementation of a page removal. See DeletPage for comments.
- wxTreebookPage *DoRemovePage(size_t pos);
-
- // This subclass of wxBookCtrlBase accepts NULL page pointers (empty pages)
- virtual bool AllowNullPage() const { return true; }
-
- // event handlers
- void OnTreeSelectionChange(wxTreeEvent& event);
- void OnTreeNodeExpandedCollapsed(wxTreeEvent& event);
-
- // array of page ids and page windows
- wxArrayTreeItemIds m_treeIds;
-
- // in the situation when m_selection page is not wxNOT_FOUND but page is
- // NULL this is the first (sub)child that has a non-NULL page
- int m_actualSelection;
-
-private:
- // common part of all constructors
- void Init();
-
- // The real implementations of page insertion functions
- // ------------------------------------------------------
- // All DoInsert/Add(Sub)Page functions add the page into :
- // - the base class
- // - the tree control
- // - update the index/TreeItemId corespondance array
- bool DoInsertPage(size_t pos,
- wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
- bool DoInsertSubPage(size_t pos,
- wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
- bool DoAddSubPage(wxWindow *page,
- const wxString& text,
- bool bSelect = false,
- int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
-
- // Sets selection in the tree control and updates the page being shown.
- int DoSetSelection(size_t pos, int flags = 0);
-
- // Returns currently shown page. In a case when selected the node
- // has empty (NULL) page finds first (sub)child with not-empty page.
- wxTreebookPage *DoGetCurrentPage() const;
-
- // Does the selection update. Called from page insertion functions
- // to update selection if the selected page was pushed by the newly inserted
- void DoUpdateSelection(bool bSelect, int page);
-
-
- // Operations on the internal private members of the class
- // -------------------------------------------------------
- // Returns the page TreeItemId for the page.
- // Or, if the page index is incorrect, a fake one (fakePage.IsOk() == false)
- wxTreeItemId DoInternalGetPage(size_t pos) const;
-
- // Linear search for a page with the id specified. If no page
- // found wxNOT_FOUND is returned. The function is used when we catch an event
- // from m_tree (wxTreeCtrl) component.
- int DoInternalFindPageById(wxTreeItemId page) const;
-
- // Updates page and wxTreeItemId correspondance.
- void DoInternalAddPage(size_t newPos, wxWindow *page, wxTreeItemId pageId);
-
- // Removes the page from internal structure.
- void DoInternalRemovePage(size_t pos)
- { DoInternalRemovePageRange(pos, 0); }
-
- // Removes the page and all its children designated by subCount
- // from internal structures of the control.
- void DoInternalRemovePageRange(size_t pos, size_t subCount);
-
- // Returns internal number of pages which can be different from
- // GetPageCount() while performing a page insertion or removal.
- size_t DoInternalGetPageCount() const { return m_treeIds.GetCount(); }
-
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxTreebook)
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// treebook event class and related stuff
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxTreebookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only
-#define wxTreebookEvent wxBookCtrlEvent
-typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxTreebookEventFunction;
-#define wxTreebookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func)
-
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED, wxBookCtrlEvent );
-
-#define EVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED(winid, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED wxEVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING wxEVT_TREEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED wxEVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_COLLAPSED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED wxEVT_TREEBOOK_NODE_EXPANDED
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TREEBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_TREEBOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/treectrl.h
-// Purpose: wxTreeCtrl base header
-// Author: Karsten Ballueder
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Karsten Ballueder
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/treebase.h"
-#include "wx/textctrl.h" // wxTextCtrl::ms_classinfo used through wxCLASSINFO macro
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeCtrlBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTreeCtrlBase : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxTreeCtrlBase();
- virtual ~wxTreeCtrlBase();
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // get the total number of items in the control
- virtual unsigned int GetCount() const = 0;
-
- // indent is the number of pixels the children are indented relative to
- // the parents position. SetIndent() also redraws the control
- // immediately.
- virtual unsigned int GetIndent() const = 0;
- virtual void SetIndent(unsigned int indent) = 0;
-
- // spacing is the number of pixels between the start and the Text
- // (has no effect under wxMSW)
- unsigned int GetSpacing() const { return m_spacing; }
- void SetSpacing(unsigned int spacing) { m_spacing = spacing; }
-
- // image list: these functions allow to associate an image list with
- // the control and retrieve it. Note that the control does _not_ delete
- // the associated image list when it's deleted in order to allow image
- // lists to be shared between different controls.
- //
- // The normal image list is for the icons which correspond to the
- // normal tree item state (whether it is selected or not).
- // Additionally, the application might choose to show a state icon
- // which corresponds to an app-defined item state (for example,
- // checked/unchecked) which are taken from the state image list.
- wxImageList *GetImageList() const { return m_imageListNormal; }
- wxImageList *GetStateImageList() const { return m_imageListState; }
-
- virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList) = 0;
- virtual void SetStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList) = 0;
- void AssignImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
- {
- SetImageList(imageList);
- m_ownsImageListNormal = true;
- }
- void AssignStateImageList(wxImageList *imageList)
- {
- SetStateImageList(imageList);
- m_ownsImageListState = true;
- }
-
-
- // Functions to work with tree ctrl items. Unfortunately, they can _not_ be
- // member functions of wxTreeItem because they must know the tree the item
- // belongs to for Windows implementation and storing the pointer to
- // wxTreeCtrl in each wxTreeItem is just too much waste.
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // retrieve items label
- virtual wxString GetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
- // get one of the images associated with the item (normal by default)
- virtual int GetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) const = 0;
- // get the data associated with the item
- virtual wxTreeItemData *GetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
- // get the item's text colour
- virtual wxColour GetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
- // get the item's background colour
- virtual wxColour GetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
- // get the item's font
- virtual wxFont GetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
- // get the items state
- int GetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
- {
- return DoGetItemState(item);
- }
-
- // modifiers
- // ---------
-
- // set items label
- virtual void SetItemText(const wxTreeItemId& item, const wxString& text) = 0;
- // set one of the images associated with the item (normal by default)
- virtual void SetItemImage(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- int image,
- wxTreeItemIcon which = wxTreeItemIcon_Normal) = 0;
- // associate some data with the item
- virtual void SetItemData(const wxTreeItemId& item, wxTreeItemData *data) = 0;
-
- // force appearance of [+] button near the item. This is useful to
- // allow the user to expand the items which don't have any children now
- // - but instead add them only when needed, thus minimizing memory
- // usage and loading time.
- virtual void SetItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- bool has = true) = 0;
-
- // the item will be shown in bold
- virtual void SetItemBold(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool bold = true) = 0;
-
- // the item will be shown with a drop highlight
- virtual void SetItemDropHighlight(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- bool highlight = true) = 0;
-
- // set the items text colour
- virtual void SetItemTextColour(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- const wxColour& col) = 0;
-
- // set the items background colour
- virtual void SetItemBackgroundColour(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- const wxColour& col) = 0;
-
- // set the items font (should be of the same height for all items)
- virtual void SetItemFont(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- const wxFont& font) = 0;
-
- // set the items state (special state values: wxTREE_ITEMSTATE_NONE/NEXT/PREV)
- void SetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item, int state);
-
- // item status inquiries
- // ---------------------
-
- // is the item visible (it might be outside the view or not expanded)?
- virtual bool IsVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
- // does the item has any children?
- virtual bool ItemHasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
- // same as above
- bool HasChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) const
- { return ItemHasChildren(item); }
- // is the item expanded (only makes sense if HasChildren())?
- virtual bool IsExpanded(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
- // is this item currently selected (the same as has focus)?
- virtual bool IsSelected(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
- // is item text in bold font?
- virtual bool IsBold(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
- // is the control empty?
- bool IsEmpty() const;
-
-
- // number of children
- // ------------------
-
- // if 'recursively' is false, only immediate children count, otherwise
- // the returned number is the number of all items in this branch
- virtual size_t GetChildrenCount(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- bool recursively = true) const = 0;
-
- // navigation
- // ----------
-
- // wxTreeItemId.IsOk() will return false if there is no such item
-
- // get the root tree item
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetRootItem() const = 0;
-
- // get the item currently selected (may return NULL if no selection)
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetSelection() const = 0;
-
- // get the items currently selected, return the number of such item
- //
- // NB: this operation is expensive and can take a long time for a
- // control with a lot of items (~ O(number of items)).
- virtual size_t GetSelections(wxArrayTreeItemIds& selections) const = 0;
-
- // get the last item to be clicked when the control has wxTR_MULTIPLE
- // equivalent to GetSelection() if not wxTR_MULTIPLE
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetFocusedItem() const = 0;
-
-
- // Clears the currently focused item
- virtual void ClearFocusedItem() = 0;
- // Sets the currently focused item. Item should be valid
- virtual void SetFocusedItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-
-
- // get the parent of this item (may return NULL if root)
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetItemParent(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
- // for this enumeration function you must pass in a "cookie" parameter
- // which is opaque for the application but is necessary for the library
- // to make these functions reentrant (i.e. allow more than one
- // enumeration on one and the same object simultaneously). Of course,
- // the "cookie" passed to GetFirstChild() and GetNextChild() should be
- // the same!
-
- // get the first child of this item
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstChild(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const = 0;
- // get the next child
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextChild(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- wxTreeItemIdValue& cookie) const = 0;
- // get the last child of this item - this method doesn't use cookies
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetLastChild(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
- // get the next sibling of this item
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
- // get the previous sibling
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevSibling(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
- // get first visible item
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetFirstVisibleItem() const = 0;
- // get the next visible item: item must be visible itself!
- // see IsVisible() and wxTreeCtrl::GetFirstVisibleItem()
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetNextVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
- // get the previous visible item: item must be visible itself!
- virtual wxTreeItemId GetPrevVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- // add the root node to the tree
- virtual wxTreeItemId AddRoot(const wxString& text,
- int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
- wxTreeItemData *data = NULL) = 0;
-
- // insert a new item in as the first child of the parent
- wxTreeItemId PrependItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
- const wxString& text,
- int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
- wxTreeItemData *data = NULL)
- {
- return DoInsertItem(parent, 0u, text, image, selImage, data);
- }
-
- // insert a new item after a given one
- wxTreeItemId InsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
- const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious,
- const wxString& text,
- int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
- wxTreeItemData *data = NULL)
- {
- return DoInsertAfter(parent, idPrevious, text, image, selImage, data);
- }
-
- // insert a new item before the one with the given index
- wxTreeItemId InsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
- size_t pos,
- const wxString& text,
- int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
- wxTreeItemData *data = NULL)
- {
- return DoInsertItem(parent, pos, text, image, selImage, data);
- }
-
- // insert a new item in as the last child of the parent
- wxTreeItemId AppendItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
- const wxString& text,
- int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
- wxTreeItemData *data = NULL)
- {
- return DoInsertItem(parent, (size_t)-1, text, image, selImage, data);
- }
-
- // delete this item and associated data if any
- virtual void Delete(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
- // delete all children (but don't delete the item itself)
- // NB: this won't send wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_DELETED events
- virtual void DeleteChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
- // delete all items from the tree
- // NB: this won't send wxEVT_TREE_ITEM_DELETED events
- virtual void DeleteAllItems() = 0;
-
- // expand this item
- virtual void Expand(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
- // expand the item and all its children recursively
- void ExpandAllChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item);
- // expand all items
- void ExpandAll();
- // collapse the item without removing its children
- virtual void Collapse(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
- // collapse the item and all its children
- void CollapseAllChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item);
- // collapse all items
- void CollapseAll();
- // collapse the item and remove all children
- virtual void CollapseAndReset(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
- // toggles the current state
- virtual void Toggle(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-
- // remove the selection from currently selected item (if any)
- virtual void Unselect() = 0;
- // unselect all items (only makes sense for multiple selection control)
- virtual void UnselectAll() = 0;
- // select this item
- virtual void SelectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item, bool select = true) = 0;
- // selects all (direct) children for given parent (only for
- // multiselection controls)
- virtual void SelectChildren(const wxTreeItemId& parent) = 0;
- // unselect this item
- void UnselectItem(const wxTreeItemId& item) { SelectItem(item, false); }
- // toggle item selection
- void ToggleItemSelection(const wxTreeItemId& item)
- {
- SelectItem(item, !IsSelected(item));
- }
-
- // make sure this item is visible (expanding the parent item and/or
- // scrolling to this item if necessary)
- virtual void EnsureVisible(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
- // scroll to this item (but don't expand its parent)
- virtual void ScrollTo(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-
- // start editing the item label: this (temporarily) replaces the item
- // with a one line edit control. The item will be selected if it hadn't
- // been before. textCtrlClass parameter allows you to create an edit
- // control of arbitrary user-defined class deriving from wxTextCtrl.
- virtual wxTextCtrl *EditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- wxClassInfo* textCtrlClass = wxCLASSINFO(wxTextCtrl)) = 0;
- // returns the same pointer as StartEdit() if the item is being edited,
- // NULL otherwise (it's assumed that no more than one item may be
- // edited simultaneously)
- virtual wxTextCtrl *GetEditControl() const = 0;
- // end editing and accept or discard the changes to item label
- virtual void EndEditLabel(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- bool discardChanges = false) = 0;
-
- // Enable or disable beep when incremental match doesn't find any item.
- // Only implemented in the generic version currently.
- virtual void EnableBellOnNoMatch(bool WXUNUSED(on) = true) { }
-
- // sorting
- // -------
-
- // this function is called to compare 2 items and should return -1, 0
- // or +1 if the first item is less than, equal to or greater than the
- // second one. The base class version performs alphabetic comparaison
- // of item labels (GetText)
- virtual int OnCompareItems(const wxTreeItemId& item1,
- const wxTreeItemId& item2)
- {
- return wxStrcmp(GetItemText(item1), GetItemText(item2));
- }
-
- // sort the children of this item using OnCompareItems
- //
- // NB: this function is not reentrant and not MT-safe (FIXME)!
- virtual void SortChildren(const wxTreeItemId& item) = 0;
-
- // items geometry
- // --------------
-
- // determine to which item (if any) belongs the given point (the
- // coordinates specified are relative to the client area of tree ctrl)
- // and, in the second variant, fill the flags parameter with a bitmask
- // of wxTREE_HITTEST_xxx constants.
- wxTreeItemId HitTest(const wxPoint& point) const
- { int dummy; return DoTreeHitTest(point, dummy); }
- wxTreeItemId HitTest(const wxPoint& point, int& flags) const
- { return DoTreeHitTest(point, flags); }
-
- // get the bounding rectangle of the item (or of its label only)
- virtual bool GetBoundingRect(const wxTreeItemId& item,
- wxRect& rect,
- bool textOnly = false) const = 0;
-
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
- // hint whether to calculate best size quickly or accurately
- void SetQuickBestSize(bool q) { m_quickBestSize = q; }
- bool GetQuickBestSize() const { return m_quickBestSize; }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- // common part of Get/SetItemState()
- virtual int DoGetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item) const = 0;
- virtual void DoSetItemState(const wxTreeItemId& item, int state) = 0;
-
- // common part of Append/Prepend/InsertItem()
- //
- // pos is the position at which to insert the item or (size_t)-1 to append
- // it to the end
- virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertItem(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
- size_t pos,
- const wxString& text,
- int image, int selImage,
- wxTreeItemData *data) = 0;
-
- // and this function implements overloaded InsertItem() taking wxTreeItemId
- // (it can't be called InsertItem() as we'd have virtual function hiding
- // problem in derived classes then)
- virtual wxTreeItemId DoInsertAfter(const wxTreeItemId& parent,
- const wxTreeItemId& idPrevious,
- const wxString& text,
- int image = -1, int selImage = -1,
- wxTreeItemData *data = NULL) = 0;
-
- // real HitTest() implementation: again, can't be called just HitTest()
- // because it's overloaded and so the non-virtual overload would be hidden
- // (and can't be called DoHitTest() because this is already in wxWindow)
- virtual wxTreeItemId DoTreeHitTest(const wxPoint& point,
- int& flags) const = 0;
-
-
- wxImageList *m_imageListNormal, // images for tree elements
- *m_imageListState; // special images for app defined states
- bool m_ownsImageListNormal,
- m_ownsImageListState;
-
- // spacing between left border and the text
- unsigned int m_spacing;
-
- // whether full or quick calculation is done in DoGetBestSize
- bool m_quickBestSize;
-
-
-private:
- // Intercept Escape and Return keys to ensure that our in-place edit
- // control always gets them before they're used for dialog navigation or
- // anything else.
- void OnCharHook(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTreeCtrlBase);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// include the platform-dependent wxTreeCtrl class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/treectrl.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #include "wx/generic/treectlg.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_TREECTRL_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/treelist.h
-// Purpose: wxTreeListCtrl class declaration.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-08-17
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TREELIST_H_
-#define _WX_TREELIST_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL
-
-#include "wx/compositewin.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-#include "wx/headercol.h"
-#include "wx/itemid.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/withimages.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxDataViewEvent;
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const char) wxTreeListCtrlNameStr[];
-
-class wxTreeListCtrl;
-class wxTreeListModel;
-class wxTreeListModelNode;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Constants.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxTreeListCtrl styles.
-//
-// Notice that using wxTL_USER_3STATE implies wxTL_3STATE and wxTL_3STATE in
-// turn implies wxTL_CHECKBOX.
-enum
-{
- wxTL_SINGLE = 0x0000, // This is the default anyhow.
- wxTL_MULTIPLE = 0x0001, // Allow multiple selection.
- wxTL_CHECKBOX = 0x0002, // Show checkboxes in the first column.
- wxTL_3STATE = 0x0004, // Allow 3rd state in checkboxes.
- wxTL_USER_3STATE = 0x0008, // Allow user to set 3rd state.
- wxTL_NO_HEADER = 0x0010, // Column titles not visible.
-
- wxTL_DEFAULT_STYLE = wxTL_SINGLE,
- wxTL_STYLE_MASK = wxTL_SINGLE |
- wxTL_MULTIPLE |
- wxTL_CHECKBOX |
- wxTL_3STATE |
- wxTL_USER_3STATE
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeListItem: unique identifier of an item in wxTreeListCtrl.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Make wxTreeListItem a forward-declarable class even though it's simple
-// enough to possibly be declared as a simple typedef.
-class wxTreeListItem : public wxItemId<wxTreeListModelNode*>
-{
-public:
- wxTreeListItem(wxTreeListModelNode* item = NULL)
- : wxItemId<wxTreeListModelNode*>(item)
- {
- }
-};
-
-// Container of multiple items.
-typedef wxVector<wxTreeListItem> wxTreeListItems;
-
-// Some special "items" that can be used with InsertItem():
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const wxTreeListItem) wxTLI_FIRST;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_ADV(const wxTreeListItem) wxTLI_LAST;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeListItemComparator: defines order of wxTreeListCtrl items.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxTreeListItemComparator
-{
-public:
- wxTreeListItemComparator() { }
-
- // The comparison function should return negative, null or positive value
- // depending on whether the first item is less than, equal to or greater
- // than the second one. The items should be compared using their values for
- // the given column.
- virtual int
- Compare(wxTreeListCtrl* treelist,
- unsigned column,
- wxTreeListItem first,
- wxTreeListItem second) = 0;
-
- // Although this class is not used polymorphically by wxWidgets itself,
- // provide virtual dtor in case it's used like this in the user code.
- virtual ~wxTreeListItemComparator() { }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTreeListItemComparator);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeListCtrl: a control combining wxTree- and wxListCtrl features.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This control also provides easy to use high level interface. Although the
-// implementation uses wxDataViewCtrl internally, this class is intentionally
-// simpler than wxDataViewCtrl and doesn't provide all of its functionality.
-//
-// If you need extra features you can always use GetDataView() accessor to work
-// with wxDataViewCtrl directly but doing this makes your unportable to possible
-// future non-wxDataViewCtrl-based implementations of this class.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTreeListCtrl
- : public wxCompositeWindow< wxNavigationEnabled<wxWindow> >,
- public wxWithImages
-{
-public:
- // Constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- wxTreeListCtrl() { Init(); }
- wxTreeListCtrl(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxTreeListCtrlNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = wxTL_DEFAULT_STYLE,
- const wxString& name = wxTreeListCtrlNameStr);
-
-
- virtual ~wxTreeListCtrl();
-
- // Columns methods
- // ---------------
-
- // Add a column with the given title and attributes, returns the index of
- // the new column or -1 on failure.
- int AppendColumn(const wxString& title,
- int width = wxCOL_WIDTH_AUTOSIZE,
- wxAlignment align = wxALIGN_LEFT,
- int flags = wxCOL_RESIZABLE)
- {
- return DoInsertColumn(title, -1, width, align, flags);
- }
-
- // Return the total number of columns.
- unsigned GetColumnCount() const;
-
- // Delete the column with the given index, returns false if index is
- // invalid or deleting the column failed for some other reason.
- bool DeleteColumn(unsigned col);
-
- // Delete all columns.
- void ClearColumns();
-
- // Set column width to either the given value in pixels or to the value
- // large enough to fit all of the items if width == wxCOL_WIDTH_AUTOSIZE.
- void SetColumnWidth(unsigned col, int width);
-
- // Get the current width of the given column in pixels.
- int GetColumnWidth(unsigned col) const;
-
- // Get the width appropriate for showing the given text. This is typically
- // used as second argument for AppendColumn() or with SetColumnWidth().
- int WidthFor(const wxString& text) const;
-
-
- // Item methods
- // ------------
-
- // Adding items. The parent and text of the first column of the new item
- // must always be specified, the rest is optional.
- //
- // Each item can have two images: one used for closed state and another for
- // opened one. Only the first one is ever used for the items that don't
- // have children. And both are not set by default.
- //
- // It is also possible to associate arbitrary client data pointer with the
- // new item. It will be deleted by the control when the item is deleted
- // (either by an explicit DeleteItem() call or because the entire control
- // is destroyed).
-
- wxTreeListItem AppendItem(wxTreeListItem parent,
- const wxString& text,
- int imageClosed = NO_IMAGE,
- int imageOpened = NO_IMAGE,
- wxClientData* data = NULL)
- {
- return DoInsertItem(parent, wxTLI_LAST, text,
- imageClosed, imageOpened, data);
- }
-
- wxTreeListItem InsertItem(wxTreeListItem parent,
- wxTreeListItem previous,
- const wxString& text,
- int imageClosed = NO_IMAGE,
- int imageOpened = NO_IMAGE,
- wxClientData* data = NULL)
- {
- return DoInsertItem(parent, previous, text,
- imageClosed, imageOpened, data);
- }
-
- wxTreeListItem PrependItem(wxTreeListItem parent,
- const wxString& text,
- int imageClosed = NO_IMAGE,
- int imageOpened = NO_IMAGE,
- wxClientData* data = NULL)
- {
- return DoInsertItem(parent, wxTLI_FIRST, text,
- imageClosed, imageOpened, data);
- }
-
- // Deleting items.
- void DeleteItem(wxTreeListItem item);
- void DeleteAllItems();
-
-
- // Tree navigation
- // ---------------
-
- // Return the (never shown) root item.
- wxTreeListItem GetRootItem() const;
-
- // The parent item may be invalid for the root-level items.
- wxTreeListItem GetItemParent(wxTreeListItem item) const;
-
- // Iterate over the given item children: start by calling GetFirstChild()
- // and then call GetNextSibling() for as long as it returns valid item.
- wxTreeListItem GetFirstChild(wxTreeListItem item) const;
- wxTreeListItem GetNextSibling(wxTreeListItem item) const;
-
- // Return the first child of the root item, which is also the first item of
- // the tree in depth-first traversal order.
- wxTreeListItem GetFirstItem() const { return GetFirstChild(GetRootItem()); }
-
- // Get item after the given one in the depth-first tree-traversal order.
- // Calling this function starting with the result of GetFirstItem() allows
- // iterating over all items in the tree.
- wxTreeListItem GetNextItem(wxTreeListItem item) const;
-
-
- // Items attributes
- // ----------------
-
- const wxString& GetItemText(wxTreeListItem item, unsigned col = 0) const;
-
- // The convenience overload below sets the text for the first column.
- void SetItemText(wxTreeListItem item, unsigned col, const wxString& text);
- void SetItemText(wxTreeListItem item, const wxString& text)
- {
- SetItemText(item, 0, text);
- }
-
- // By default the opened image is the same as the normal, closed one (if
- // it's used at all).
- void SetItemImage(wxTreeListItem item, int closed, int opened = NO_IMAGE);
-
- // Retrieve or set the data associated with the item.
- wxClientData* GetItemData(wxTreeListItem item) const;
- void SetItemData(wxTreeListItem item, wxClientData* data);
-
-
- // Expanding and collapsing
- // ------------------------
-
- void Expand(wxTreeListItem item);
- void Collapse(wxTreeListItem item);
- bool IsExpanded(wxTreeListItem item) const;
-
-
- // Selection handling
- // ------------------
-
- // This function can be used with single selection controls, use
- // GetSelections() with the multi-selection ones.
- wxTreeListItem GetSelection() const;
-
- // This one can be used with either single or multi-selection controls.
- unsigned GetSelections(wxTreeListItems& selections) const;
-
- // In single selection mode Select() deselects any other selected items, in
- // multi-selection case it adds to the selection.
- void Select(wxTreeListItem item);
-
- // Can be used in multiple selection mode only, single selected item in the
- // single selection mode can't be unselected.
- void Unselect(wxTreeListItem item);
-
- // Return true if the item is selected, can be used in both single and
- // multiple selection modes.
- bool IsSelected(wxTreeListItem item) const;
-
- // Select or unselect all items, only valid in multiple selection mode.
- void SelectAll();
- void UnselectAll();
-
-
- // Checkbox handling
- // -----------------
-
- // Methods in this section can only be used with the controls created with
- // wxTL_CHECKBOX style.
-
- // Simple set, unset or query the checked state.
- void CheckItem(wxTreeListItem item, wxCheckBoxState state = wxCHK_CHECKED);
- void UncheckItem(wxTreeListItem item) { CheckItem(item, wxCHK_UNCHECKED); }
-
- // The same but do it recursively for this item itself and its children.
- void CheckItemRecursively(wxTreeListItem item,
- wxCheckBoxState state = wxCHK_CHECKED);
-
- // Update the parent of this item recursively: if this item and all its
- // siblings are checked, the parent will become checked as well. If this
- // item and all its siblings are unchecked, the parent will be unchecked.
- // And if the siblings of this item are not all in the same state, the
- // parent will be switched to indeterminate state. And then the same logic
- // will be applied to the parents parent and so on recursively.
- //
- // This is typically called when the state of the given item has changed
- // from EVT_TREELIST_ITEM_CHECKED() handler in the controls which have
- // wxTL_3STATE flag. Notice that without this flag this function can't work
- // as it would be unable to set the state of a parent with both checked and
- // unchecked items so it's only allowed to call it when this flag is set.
- void UpdateItemParentStateRecursively(wxTreeListItem item);
-
- // Return the current state.
- wxCheckBoxState GetCheckedState(wxTreeListItem item) const;
-
- // Return true if all item children (if any) are in the given state.
- bool AreAllChildrenInState(wxTreeListItem item,
- wxCheckBoxState state) const;
-
-
-
- // Sorting.
- // --------
-
- // Sort by the given column, either in ascending (default) or descending
- // sort order.
- //
- // By default, simple alphabetical sorting is done by this column contents
- // but SetItemComparator() may be called to perform comparison in some
- // other way.
- void SetSortColumn(unsigned col, bool ascendingOrder = true);
-
- // If the control contents is sorted, return true and fill the output
- // parameters with the column which is currently used for sorting and
- // whether we sort using ascending or descending order. Otherwise, i.e. if
- // the control contents is unsorted, simply return false.
- bool GetSortColumn(unsigned* col, bool* ascendingOrder = NULL);
-
- // Set the object to use for comparing the items. It will be called when
- // the control is being sorted because the user clicked on a sortable
- // column.
- //
- // The provided pointer is stored by the control so the object it points to
- // must have a life-time equal or greater to that of the control itself. In
- // addition, the pointer can be NULL to stop using custom comparator and
- // revert to the default alphabetical comparison.
- void SetItemComparator(wxTreeListItemComparator* comparator);
-
-
- // View window functions.
- // ----------------------
-
- // This control itself is entirely covered by the "view window" which is
- // currently a wxDataViewCtrl but if you want to avoid relying on this to
- // allow your code to work with later versions which might not be
- // wxDataViewCtrl-based, use the first function only and only use the
- // second one if you really need to call wxDataViewCtrl methods on it.
- wxWindow* GetView() const;
- wxDataViewCtrl* GetDataView() const { return m_view; }
-
-private:
- // Common part of all ctors.
- void Init();
-
- // Pure virtual method inherited from wxCompositeWindow.
- virtual wxWindowList GetCompositeWindowParts() const;
-
- // Implementation of AppendColumn().
- int DoInsertColumn(const wxString& title,
- int pos, // May be -1 meaning "append".
- int width,
- wxAlignment align,
- int flags);
-
- // Common part of {Append,Insert,Prepend}Item().
- wxTreeListItem DoInsertItem(wxTreeListItem parent,
- wxTreeListItem previous,
- const wxString& text,
- int imageClosed,
- int imageOpened,
- wxClientData* data);
-
- // Send wxTreeListEvent corresponding to the given wxDataViewEvent for an
- // item (as opposed for column-oriented events).
- //
- // Also updates the original event "skipped" and "vetoed" flags.
- void SendItemEvent(wxEventType evt, wxDataViewEvent& event);
-
- // Send wxTreeListEvent corresponding to the given column wxDataViewEvent.
- void SendColumnEvent(wxEventType evt, wxDataViewEvent& event);
-
-
- // Called by wxTreeListModel when an item is toggled by the user.
- void OnItemToggled(wxTreeListItem item, wxCheckBoxState stateOld);
-
- // Event handlers.
- void OnSelectionChanged(wxDataViewEvent& event);
- void OnItemExpanding(wxDataViewEvent& event);
- void OnItemExpanded(wxDataViewEvent& event);
- void OnItemActivated(wxDataViewEvent& event);
- void OnItemContextMenu(wxDataViewEvent& event);
- void OnColumnSorted(wxDataViewEvent& event);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
- wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
-
-
- wxDataViewCtrl* m_view;
- wxTreeListModel* m_model;
-
- wxTreeListItemComparator* m_comparator;
-
-
- // It calls our inherited protected wxWithImages::GetImage() method.
- friend class wxTreeListModel;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTreeListCtrl);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreeListEvent: event generated by wxTreeListCtrl.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTreeListEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- // Default ctor is provided for wxRTTI needs only but should never be used.
- wxTreeListEvent() { Init(); }
-
- // The item affected by the event. Valid for all events except
- // column-specific ones such as COLUMN_SORTED.
- wxTreeListItem GetItem() const { return m_item; }
-
- // The previous state of the item checkbox for ITEM_CHECKED events only.
- wxCheckBoxState GetOldCheckedState() const { return m_oldCheckedState; }
-
- // The index of the column affected by the event. Currently only used by
- // COLUMN_SORTED event.
- unsigned GetColumn() const { return m_column; }
-
- virtual wxEvent* Clone() const { return new wxTreeListEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- // Common part of all ctors.
- void Init()
- {
- m_column = static_cast<unsigned>(-1);
-
- m_oldCheckedState = wxCHK_UNDETERMINED;
- }
-
- // Ctor is private, only wxTreeListCtrl can create events of this type.
- wxTreeListEvent(wxEventType evtType,
- wxTreeListCtrl* treelist,
- wxTreeListItem item)
- : wxNotifyEvent(evtType, treelist->GetId()),
- m_item(item)
- {
- SetEventObject(treelist);
-
- Init();
- }
-
- // Set the checkbox state before this event for ITEM_CHECKED events.
- void SetOldCheckedState(wxCheckBoxState state)
- {
- m_oldCheckedState = state;
- }
-
- // Set the column affected by this event for COLUMN_SORTED events.
- void SetColumn(unsigned column)
- {
- m_column = column;
- }
-
-
- const wxTreeListItem m_item;
-
- wxCheckBoxState m_oldCheckedState;
-
- unsigned m_column;
-
- friend class wxTreeListCtrl;
-
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxTreeListEvent);
-};
-
-// Event types and event table macros.
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxTreeListEventFunction)(wxTreeListEvent&);
-
-#define wxTreeListEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxTreeListEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wxEVT_TREELIST_GENERIC(name, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_TREELIST_##name, id, wxTreeListEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define wxDECLARE_TREELIST_EVENT(name) \
- wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, \
- wxEVT_TREELIST_##name, \
- wxTreeListEvent)
-
-wxDECLARE_TREELIST_EVENT(SELECTION_CHANGED);
-#define EVT_TREELIST_SELECTION_CHANGED(id, fn) \
- wxEVT_TREELIST_GENERIC(SELECTION_CHANGED, id, fn)
-
-wxDECLARE_TREELIST_EVENT(ITEM_EXPANDING);
-#define EVT_TREELIST_ITEM_EXPANDING(id, fn) \
- wxEVT_TREELIST_GENERIC(ITEM_EXPANDING, id, fn)
-
-wxDECLARE_TREELIST_EVENT(ITEM_EXPANDED);
-#define EVT_TREELIST_ITEM_EXPANDED(id, fn) \
- wxEVT_TREELIST_GENERIC(ITEM_EXPANDED, id, fn)
-
-wxDECLARE_TREELIST_EVENT(ITEM_CHECKED);
-#define EVT_TREELIST_ITEM_CHECKED(id, fn) \
- wxEVT_TREELIST_GENERIC(ITEM_CHECKED, id, fn)
-
-wxDECLARE_TREELIST_EVENT(ITEM_ACTIVATED);
-#define EVT_TREELIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED(id, fn) \
- wxEVT_TREELIST_GENERIC(ITEM_ACTIVATED, id, fn)
-
-wxDECLARE_TREELIST_EVENT(ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU);
-#define EVT_TREELIST_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU(id, fn) \
- wxEVT_TREELIST_GENERIC(ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU, id, fn)
-
-wxDECLARE_TREELIST_EVENT(COLUMN_SORTED);
-#define EVT_TREELIST_COLUMN_SORTED(id, fn) \
- wxEVT_TREELIST_GENERIC(COLUMN_SORTED, id, fn)
-
-#undef wxDECLARE_TREELIST_EVENT
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREELIST_SELECTION_CHANGED wxEVT_TREELIST_SELECTION_CHANGED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREELIST_ITEM_EXPANDING wxEVT_TREELIST_ITEM_EXPANDING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREELIST_ITEM_EXPANDED wxEVT_TREELIST_ITEM_EXPANDED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREELIST_ITEM_CHECKED wxEVT_TREELIST_ITEM_CHECKED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREELIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED wxEVT_TREELIST_ITEM_ACTIVATED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREELIST_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU wxEVT_TREELIST_ITEM_CONTEXT_MENU
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_TREELIST_COLUMN_SORTED wxEVT_TREELIST_COLUMN_SORTED
-
-#endif // wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_TREELIST_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/txtstrm.h
-// Purpose: Text stream classes
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 28/06/1998
-// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TXTSTREAM_H_
-#define _WX_TXTSTREAM_H_
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/convauto.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTextInputStream;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTextOutputStream;
-
-typedef wxTextInputStream& (*__wxTextInputManip)(wxTextInputStream&);
-typedef wxTextOutputStream& (*__wxTextOutputManip)(wxTextOutputStream&);
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextOutputStream &endl( wxTextOutputStream &stream );
-
-
-#define wxEOT wxT('\4') // the End-Of-Text control code (used only inside wxTextInputStream)
-
-// If you're scanning through a file using wxTextInputStream, you should check for EOF _before_
-// reading the next item (word / number), because otherwise the last item may get lost.
-// You should however be prepared to receive an empty item (empty string / zero number) at the
-// end of file, especially on Windows systems. This is unavoidable because most (but not all) files end
-// with whitespace (i.e. usually a newline).
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextInputStream
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxTextInputStream(wxInputStream& s,
- const wxString &sep=wxT(" \t"),
- const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-#else
- wxTextInputStream(wxInputStream& s, const wxString &sep=wxT(" \t"));
-#endif
- ~wxTextInputStream();
-
- const wxInputStream& GetInputStream() const { return m_input; }
-
- wxUint32 Read32(int base = 10); // base may be between 2 and 36, inclusive, or the special 0 (= C format)
- wxUint16 Read16(int base = 10);
- wxUint8 Read8(int base = 10);
- wxInt32 Read32S(int base = 10);
- wxInt16 Read16S(int base = 10);
- wxInt8 Read8S(int base = 10);
- double ReadDouble();
- wxString ReadLine();
- wxString ReadWord();
- wxChar GetChar() { wxChar c = NextChar(); return (wxChar)(c != wxEOT ? c : 0); }
-
- wxString GetStringSeparators() const { return m_separators; }
- void SetStringSeparators(const wxString &c) { m_separators = c; }
-
- // Operators
- wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxString& word);
- wxTextInputStream& operator>>(char& c);
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE
- wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wchar_t& wc);
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxInt16& i);
- wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxInt32& i);
- wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxUint16& i);
- wxTextInputStream& operator>>(wxUint32& i);
- wxTextInputStream& operator>>(double& i);
- wxTextInputStream& operator>>(float& f);
-
- wxTextInputStream& operator>>( __wxTextInputManip func) { return func(*this); }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- wxDEPRECATED( wxString ReadString() ); // use ReadLine or ReadWord instead
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-protected:
- wxInputStream &m_input;
- wxString m_separators;
- char m_lastBytes[10]; // stores the bytes that were read for the last character
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxMBConv *m_conv;
-#endif
-
- bool EatEOL(const wxChar &c);
- void UngetLast(); // should be used instead of wxInputStream::Ungetch() because of Unicode issues
- // returns EOT (\4) if there is a stream error, or end of file
- wxChar NextChar(); // this should be used instead of GetC() because of Unicode issues
- wxChar NextNonSeparators();
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextInputStream);
-};
-
-typedef enum
-{
- wxEOL_NATIVE,
- wxEOL_UNIX,
- wxEOL_MAC,
- wxEOL_DOS
-} wxEOL;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTextOutputStream
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxTextOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s,
- wxEOL mode = wxEOL_NATIVE,
- const wxMBConv& conv = wxConvAuto());
-#else
- wxTextOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, wxEOL mode = wxEOL_NATIVE);
-#endif
- virtual ~wxTextOutputStream();
-
- const wxOutputStream& GetOutputStream() const { return m_output; }
-
- void SetMode( wxEOL mode = wxEOL_NATIVE );
- wxEOL GetMode() { return m_mode; }
-
- void Write32(wxUint32 i);
- void Write16(wxUint16 i);
- void Write8(wxUint8 i);
- virtual void WriteDouble(double d);
- virtual void WriteString(const wxString& string);
-
- wxTextOutputStream& PutChar(wxChar c);
-
- void Flush();
-
- wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(const wxString& string);
- wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(char c);
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE
- wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wchar_t wc);
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt16 c);
- wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxInt32 c);
- wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint16 c);
- wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(wxUint32 c);
- wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(double f);
- wxTextOutputStream& operator<<(float f);
-
- wxTextOutputStream& operator<<( __wxTextOutputManip func) { return func(*this); }
-
-protected:
- wxOutputStream &m_output;
- wxEOL m_mode;
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxMBConv *m_conv;
-#endif
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextOutputStream);
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif
- // _WX_DATSTREAM_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/typeinfo.h
-// Purpose: wxTypeId implementation
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Created: 2009-11-19
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TYPEINFO_H_
-#define _WX_TYPEINFO_H_
-
-//
-// This file defines wxTypeId macro that should be used internally in
-// wxWidgets instead of typeid(), for compatibility with builds that do
-// not implement C++ RTTI. Also, type defining macros in this file are
-// intended for internal use only at this time and may change in future
-// versions.
-//
-// The reason why we need this simple RTTI system in addition to the older
-// wxObject-based one is that the latter does not work in template
-// classes.
-//
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#ifndef wxNO_RTTI
-
-//
-// Let's trust that Visual C++ versions 9.0 and later implement C++
-// RTTI well enough, so we can use it and work around harmless memory
-// leaks reported by the static run-time libraries.
-//
-#if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(9)
- #define wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI 1
-#else
- #define wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI 0
-#endif
-
-#include <typeinfo>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#define _WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_CUSTOM(CLS, IDENTFUNC)
-#define WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(CLS)
-#define WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(CLS)
-#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEINFO(CLS)
-#define WX_DECLARE_ABSTRACT_TYPEINFO(CLS)
-
-#if wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI
-
-#define wxTypeId typeid
-
-#else /* !wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI */
-
-//
-// For improved type-safety, let's make the check using class name
-// comparison. Most modern compilers already do this, but we cannot
-// rely on all supported compilers to work this well. However, in
-// cases where we'd know that typeid() would be flawless (as such),
-// wxTypeId could of course simply be defined as typeid.
-//
-
-class wxTypeIdentifier
-{
-public:
- wxTypeIdentifier(const char* className)
- {
- m_className = className;
- }
-
- bool operator==(const wxTypeIdentifier& other)
- {
- return strcmp(m_className, other.m_className) == 0;
- }
-
- bool operator!=(const wxTypeIdentifier& other)
- {
- return strcmp(m_className, other.m_className) != 0;
- }
-private:
- const char* m_className;
-};
-
-#define wxTypeId(OBJ) wxTypeIdentifier(typeid(OBJ).name())
-
-#endif /* wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI/!wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI */
-
-#else // if !wxNO_RTTI
-
-#define wxTRUST_CPP_RTTI 0
-
-//
-// When C++ RTTI is not available, we will have to make the type comparison
-// using pointer to a dummy static member function. This will fail if
-// declared type is used across DLL boundaries, although using
-// WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO() and WX_DEFINE_TYPEINFO() pair instead of
-// WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE() should fix this. However, that approach is
-// usually not possible when type info needs to be declared for a template
-// class.
-//
-
-typedef void (*wxTypeIdentifier)();
-
-// Use this macro to declare type info with specified static function
-// IDENTFUNC used as type identifier. Usually you should only use
-// WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO() or WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE() however.
-#define _WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_CUSTOM(CLS, IDENTFUNC) \
-public: \
- virtual wxTypeIdentifier GetWxTypeId() const \
- { \
- return reinterpret_cast<wxTypeIdentifier> \
- (&IDENTFUNC); \
- }
-
-// Use this macro to declare type info with externally specified
-// type identifier, defined with WX_DEFINE_TYPEINFO().
-#define WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(CLS) \
-private: \
- static CLS sm_wxClassInfo(); \
-_WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_CUSTOM(CLS, sm_wxClassInfo)
-
-// Use this macro to implement type identifier function required by
-// WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO().
-// NOTE: CLS is required to have default ctor. If it doesn't
-// already, you should provide a private dummy one.
-#define WX_DEFINE_TYPEINFO(CLS) \
-CLS CLS::sm_wxClassInfo() { return CLS(); }
-
-// Use this macro to declare type info fully inline in class.
-// NOTE: CLS is required to have default ctor. If it doesn't
-// already, you should provide a private dummy one.
-#define WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_INLINE(CLS) \
-private: \
- static CLS sm_wxClassInfo() { return CLS(); } \
-_WX_DECLARE_TYPEINFO_CUSTOM(CLS, sm_wxClassInfo)
-
-#define wxTypeId(OBJ) (OBJ).GetWxTypeId()
-
-// Because abstract classes cannot be instantiated, we use
-// this macro to define pure virtual type interface for them.
-#define WX_DECLARE_ABSTRACT_TYPEINFO(CLS) \
-public: \
- virtual wxTypeIdentifier GetWxTypeId() const = 0;
-
-#endif // wxNO_RTTI/!wxNO_RTTI
-
-#endif // _WX_TYPEINFO_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/types.h
-// Purpose: Type identifiers, used by resource system
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_TYPESH__
-#define _WX_TYPESH__
-
-// Types of objects
-#define wxTYPE_ANY 0
-#define wxTYPE_OBJECT wxTYPE_ANY
-#define wxTYPE_WINDOW 1
-#define wxTYPE_DIALOG_BOX 2
-#define wxTYPE_ITEM 3
-#define wxTYPE_PANEL 4
-#define wxTYPE_CANVAS 5
-#define wxTYPE_TEXT_WINDOW 6
-#define wxTYPE_FRAME 7
-
-#define wxTYPE_BUTTON 8
-#define wxTYPE_TEXT 9
-#define wxTYPE_MESSAGE 10
-#define wxTYPE_CHOICE 11
-#define wxTYPE_LIST_BOX 12
-#define wxTYPE_SLIDER 13
-#define wxTYPE_CHECK_BOX 14
-#define wxTYPE_MENU 15
-#define wxTYPE_MENU_BAR 16
-#define wxTYPE_MULTI_TEXT 17
-#define wxTYPE_RADIO_BOX 18
-#define wxTYPE_GROUP_BOX 19
-#define wxTYPE_GAUGE 20
-#define wxTYPE_SCROLL_BAR 21
-#define wxTYPE_VIRT_LIST_BOX 22
-#define wxTYPE_COMBO_BOX 23
-#define wxTYPE_RADIO_BUTTON 24
-
-#define wxTYPE_EVENT 25
-#define wxTYPE_DC 26
-#define wxTYPE_DC_CANVAS 27
-#define wxTYPE_DC_POSTSCRIPT 28
-#define wxTYPE_DC_PRINTER 29
-#define wxTYPE_DC_METAFILE 30
-#define wxTYPE_DC_MEMORY 31
-#define wxTYPE_MOUSE_EVENT 32
-#define wxTYPE_KEY_EVENT 33
-#define wxTYPE_COMMAND_EVENT 34
-#define wxTYPE_DC_PANEL 35
-
-#define wxTYPE_PEN 40
-#define wxTYPE_BRUSH 41
-#define wxTYPE_FONT 42
-#define wxTYPE_ICON 42
-#define wxTYPE_BITMAP 43
-#define wxTYPE_METAFILE 44
-#define wxTYPE_TIMER 45
-#define wxTYPE_COLOUR 46
-#define wxTYPE_COLOURMAP 47
-#define wxTYPE_CURSOR 48
-
-#define wxTYPE_DDE_CLIENT 60
-#define wxTYPE_DDE_SERVER 61
-#define wxTYPE_DDE_CONNECTION 62
-
-#define wxTYPE_HELP_INSTANCE 63
-
-#define wxTYPE_LIST 70
-#define wxTYPE_STRING_LIST 71
-#define wxTYPE_HASH_TABLE 72
-#define wxTYPE_NODE 73
-#define wxTYPE_APP 74
-#define wxTYPE_DATE 75
-
-#define wxTYPE_ENHANCED_DIALOG 80
-#define wxTYPE_TOOLBAR 81
-#define wxTYPE_BUTTONBAR 82
-
-#define wxTYPE_DATABASE 90
-#define wxTYPE_QUERY_FIELD 91
-#define wxTYPE_QUERY_COL 92
-#define wxTYPE_RECORDSET 93
-
-#define wxTYPE_USER 500
-
-#endif
- // _WX_TYPESH__
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/uiaction.h
-// Purpose: wxUIActionSimulator interface
-// Author: Kevin Ollivier, Steven Lamerton, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2010-03-06
-// Copyright: (c) Kevin Ollivier
-// (c) 2010 Steven Lamerton
-// (c) 2010 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UIACTIONSIMULATOR_H_
-#define _WX_UIACTIONSIMULATOR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR
-
-#include "wx/mousestate.h" // for wxMOUSE_BTN_XXX constants
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxUIActionSimulator
-{
-public:
- wxUIActionSimulator() { }
-
-
- // Default dtor, copy ctor and assignment operator are ok (even though the
- // last two don't make much sense for this class).
-
-
- // Mouse simulation
- // ----------------
-
- // Low level methods
- bool MouseMove(long x, long y);
- bool MouseMove(const wxPoint& point) { return MouseMove(point.x, point.y); }
-
- bool MouseDown(int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT);
- bool MouseUp(int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT);
-
- // Higher level interface, use it if possible instead
- bool MouseClick(int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT);
- bool MouseDblClick(int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT);
- bool MouseDragDrop(long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2,
- int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT);
- bool MouseDragDrop(const wxPoint& p1, const wxPoint& p2,
- int button = wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT)
- { return MouseDragDrop(p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, button); }
-
- // Keyboard simulation
- // -------------------
-
- // Low level methods for generating key presses and releases
- bool KeyDown(int keycode, int modifiers = wxMOD_NONE)
- { return Key(keycode, modifiers, true); }
-
- bool KeyUp(int keycode, int modifiers = wxMOD_NONE)
- { return Key(keycode, modifiers, false); }
-
- // Higher level methods for generating both the key press and release for a
- // single key or for all characters in the ASCII string "text" which can currently
- // contain letters, digits and characters for the definition of numbers [+-., ].
- bool Char(int keycode, int modifiers = wxMOD_NONE);
-
- bool Text(const char *text);
-
-private:
- // This is the common part of Key{Down,Up}() methods: while we keep them
- // separate at public API level for consistency with Mouse{Down,Up}(), at
- // implementation level it makes more sense to have them in a single
- // function.
- //
- // It calls DoModifiers() to simulate pressing the modifier keys if
- // necessary and then DoKey() for the key itself.
- bool Key(int keycode, int modifiers, bool isDown);
-
- // Call DoKey() for all modifier keys whose bits are set in the parameter.
- void SimulateModifiers(int modifier, bool isDown);
-
-
- // The low-level port-specific function which really generates the key
- // presses. It should generate exactly one key event with the given
- // parameters.
- bool DoKey(int keycode, int modifiers, bool isDown);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR
-
-#endif // _WX_UIACTIONSIMULATOR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unichar.h
-// Purpose: wxUniChar and wxUniCharRef classes
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2007-03-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNICHAR_H_
-#define _WX_UNICHAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-#include "wx/stringimpl.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxUniCharRef;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-
-// This class represents single Unicode character. It can be converted to
-// and from char or wchar_t and implements commonly used character operations.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUniChar
-{
-public:
- // NB: this is not wchar_t on purpose, it needs to represent the entire
- // Unicode code points range and wchar_t may be too small for that
- // (e.g. on Win32 where wchar_t* is encoded in UTF-16)
- typedef wxUint32 value_type;
-
- wxUniChar() : m_value(0) {}
-
- // Create the character from 8bit character value encoded in the current
- // locale's charset.
- wxUniChar(char c) { m_value = From8bit(c); }
- wxUniChar(unsigned char c) { m_value = From8bit((char)c); }
-
-#define wxUNICHAR_DEFINE_CTOR(type) \
- wxUniChar(type c) { m_value = (value_type)c; }
- wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES(wxUNICHAR_DEFINE_CTOR)
-#undef wxUNICHAR_DEFINE_CTOR
-
- wxUniChar(const wxUniCharRef& c);
-
- // Returns Unicode code point value of the character
- value_type GetValue() const { return m_value; }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- // buffer for single UTF-8 character
- struct Utf8CharBuffer
- {
- char data[5];
- operator const char*() const { return data; }
- };
-
- // returns the character encoded as UTF-8
- // (NB: implemented in stringops.cpp)
- Utf8CharBuffer AsUTF8() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
- // Returns true if the character is an ASCII character:
- bool IsAscii() const { return m_value < 0x80; }
-
- // Returns true if the character is representable as a single byte in the
- // current locale encoding and return this byte in output argument c (which
- // must be non-NULL)
- bool GetAsChar(char *c) const
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- if ( !IsAscii() )
- {
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- if ( GetAsHi8bit(m_value, c) )
- return true;
-#endif // !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-
- return false;
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
- *c = wx_truncate_cast(char, m_value);
- return true;
- }
-
- // Conversions to char and wchar_t types: all of those are needed to be
- // able to pass wxUniChars to verious standard narrow and wide character
- // functions
- operator char() const { return To8bit(m_value); }
- operator unsigned char() const { return (unsigned char)To8bit(m_value); }
-
-#define wxUNICHAR_DEFINE_OPERATOR_PAREN(type) \
- operator type() const { return (type)m_value; }
- wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES(wxUNICHAR_DEFINE_OPERATOR_PAREN)
-#undef wxUNICHAR_DEFINE_OPERATOR_PAREN
-
- // We need this operator for the "*p" part of expressions like "for (
- // const_iterator p = begin() + nStart; *p; ++p )". In this case,
- // compilation would fail without it because the conversion to bool would
- // be ambiguous (there are all these int types conversions...). (And adding
- // operator unspecified_bool_type() would only makes the ambiguity worse.)
- operator bool() const { return m_value != 0; }
- bool operator!() const { return !((bool)*this); }
-
- // And this one is needed by some (not all, but not using ifdefs makes the
- // code easier) compilers to parse "str[0] && *p" successfully
- bool operator&&(bool v) const { return (bool)*this && v; }
-
- // Assignment operators:
- wxUniChar& operator=(const wxUniChar& c) { if (&c != this) m_value = c.m_value; return *this; }
- wxUniChar& operator=(const wxUniCharRef& c);
- wxUniChar& operator=(char c) { m_value = From8bit(c); return *this; }
- wxUniChar& operator=(unsigned char c) { m_value = From8bit((char)c); return *this; }
-
-#define wxUNICHAR_DEFINE_OPERATOR_EQUAL(type) \
- wxUniChar& operator=(type c) { m_value = (value_type)c; return *this; }
- wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES(wxUNICHAR_DEFINE_OPERATOR_EQUAL)
-#undef wxUNICHAR_DEFINE_OPERATOR_EQUAL
-
- // Comparison operators:
-#define wxDEFINE_UNICHAR_CMP_WITH_INT(T, op) \
- bool operator op(T c) const { return m_value op (value_type)c; }
-
- // define the given comparison operator for all the types
-#define wxDEFINE_UNICHAR_OPERATOR(op) \
- bool operator op(const wxUniChar& c) const { return m_value op c.m_value; }\
- bool operator op(char c) const { return m_value op From8bit(c); } \
- bool operator op(unsigned char c) const { return m_value op From8bit((char)c); } \
- wxDO_FOR_INT_TYPES_1(wxDEFINE_UNICHAR_CMP_WITH_INT, op)
-
- wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS(wxDEFINE_UNICHAR_OPERATOR)
-
-#undef wxDEFINE_UNICHAR_OPERATOR
-#undef wxDEFINE_UNCHAR_CMP_WITH_INT
-
- // this is needed for expressions like 'Z'-c
- int operator-(const wxUniChar& c) const { return m_value - c.m_value; }
- int operator-(char c) const { return m_value - From8bit(c); }
- int operator-(unsigned char c) const { return m_value - From8bit((char)c); }
- int operator-(wchar_t c) const { return m_value - (value_type)c; }
-
-
-private:
- // notice that we implement these functions inline for 7-bit ASCII
- // characters purely for performance reasons
- static value_type From8bit(char c)
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- if ( (unsigned char)c < 0x80 )
- return c;
-
- return FromHi8bit(c);
-#else
- return c;
-#endif
- }
-
- static char To8bit(value_type c)
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- if ( c < 0x80 )
- return wx_truncate_cast(char, c);
-
- return ToHi8bit(c);
-#else
- return wx_truncate_cast(char, c);
-#endif
- }
-
- // helpers of the functions above called to deal with non-ASCII chars
- static value_type FromHi8bit(char c);
- static char ToHi8bit(value_type v);
- static bool GetAsHi8bit(value_type v, char *c);
-
-private:
- value_type m_value;
-};
-
-
-// Writeable reference to a character in wxString.
-//
-// This class can be used in the same way wxChar is used, except that changing
-// its value updates the underlying string object.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUniCharRef
-{
-private:
- typedef wxStringImpl::iterator iterator;
-
- // create the reference
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- wxUniCharRef(wxString& str, iterator pos) : m_str(str), m_pos(pos) {}
-#else
- wxUniCharRef(iterator pos) : m_pos(pos) {}
-#endif
-
-public:
- // NB: we have to make this public, because we don't have wxString
- // declaration available here and so can't declare wxString::iterator
- // as friend; so at least don't use a ctor but a static function
- // that must be used explicitly (this is more than using 'explicit'
- // keyword on ctor!):
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- static wxUniCharRef CreateForString(wxString& str, iterator pos)
- { return wxUniCharRef(str, pos); }
-#else
- static wxUniCharRef CreateForString(iterator pos)
- { return wxUniCharRef(pos); }
-#endif
-
- wxUniChar::value_type GetValue() const { return UniChar().GetValue(); }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- wxUniChar::Utf8CharBuffer AsUTF8() const { return UniChar().AsUTF8(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-
- bool IsAscii() const { return UniChar().IsAscii(); }
- bool GetAsChar(char *c) const { return UniChar().GetAsChar(c); }
-
- // Assignment operators:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- wxUniCharRef& operator=(const wxUniChar& c);
-#else
- wxUniCharRef& operator=(const wxUniChar& c) { *m_pos = c; return *this; }
-#endif
-
- wxUniCharRef& operator=(const wxUniCharRef& c)
- { if (&c != this) *this = c.UniChar(); return *this; }
-
-#define wxUNICHAR_REF_DEFINE_OPERATOR_EQUAL(type) \
- wxUniCharRef& operator=(type c) { return *this = wxUniChar(c); }
- wxDO_FOR_CHAR_INT_TYPES(wxUNICHAR_REF_DEFINE_OPERATOR_EQUAL)
-#undef wxUNICHAR_REF_DEFINE_OPERATOR_EQUAL
-
- // Conversions to the same types as wxUniChar is convertible too:
-#define wxUNICHAR_REF_DEFINE_OPERATOR_PAREN(type) \
- operator type() const { return UniChar(); }
- wxDO_FOR_CHAR_INT_TYPES(wxUNICHAR_REF_DEFINE_OPERATOR_PAREN)
-#undef wxUNICHAR_REF_DEFINE_OPERATOR_PAREN
-
- // see wxUniChar::operator bool etc. for explanation
- operator bool() const { return (bool)UniChar(); }
- bool operator!() const { return !UniChar(); }
- bool operator&&(bool v) const { return UniChar() && v; }
-
-#define wxDEFINE_UNICHARREF_CMP_WITH_INT(T, op) \
- bool operator op(T c) const { return UniChar() op c; }
-
- // Comparison operators:
-#define wxDEFINE_UNICHARREF_OPERATOR(op) \
- bool operator op(const wxUniCharRef& c) const { return UniChar() op c.UniChar(); }\
- bool operator op(const wxUniChar& c) const { return UniChar() op c; } \
- wxDO_FOR_CHAR_INT_TYPES_1(wxDEFINE_UNICHARREF_CMP_WITH_INT, op)
-
- wxFOR_ALL_COMPARISONS(wxDEFINE_UNICHARREF_OPERATOR)
-
-#undef wxDEFINE_UNICHARREF_OPERATOR
-#undef wxDEFINE_UNICHARREF_CMP_WITH_INT
-
- // for expressions like c-'A':
- int operator-(const wxUniCharRef& c) const { return UniChar() - c.UniChar(); }
- int operator-(const wxUniChar& c) const { return UniChar() - c; }
- int operator-(char c) const { return UniChar() - c; }
- int operator-(unsigned char c) const { return UniChar() - c; }
- int operator-(wchar_t c) const { return UniChar() - c; }
-
-private:
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- wxUniChar UniChar() const;
-#else
- wxUniChar UniChar() const { return *m_pos; }
-#endif
-
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxUniChar;
-
-private:
- // reference to the string and pointer to the character in string
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- wxString& m_str;
-#endif
- iterator m_pos;
-};
-
-inline wxUniChar::wxUniChar(const wxUniCharRef& c)
-{
- m_value = c.UniChar().m_value;
-}
-
-inline wxUniChar& wxUniChar::operator=(const wxUniCharRef& c)
-{
- m_value = c.UniChar().m_value;
- return *this;
-}
-
-// Comparison operators for the case when wxUniChar(Ref) is the second operand
-// implemented in terms of member comparison functions
-
-wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS_BY_REV(char, const wxUniChar&)
-wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS_BY_REV(char, const wxUniCharRef&)
-
-wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS_BY_REV(wchar_t, const wxUniChar&)
-wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS_BY_REV(wchar_t, const wxUniCharRef&)
-
-wxDEFINE_COMPARISONS_BY_REV(const wxUniChar&, const wxUniCharRef&)
-
-// for expressions like c-'A':
-inline int operator-(char c1, const wxUniCharRef& c2) { return -(c2 - c1); }
-inline int operator-(const wxUniChar& c1, const wxUniCharRef& c2) { return -(c2 - c1); }
-inline int operator-(wchar_t c1, const wxUniCharRef& c2) { return -(c2 - c1); }
-
-#endif /* _WX_UNICHAR_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/app.h
-// Purpose: wxAppConsole implementation for Unix
-// Author: Lukasz Michalski
-// Created: 28/01/2005
-// Copyright: (c) Lukasz Michalski
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-//Ensure that sigset_t is being defined
-#include <signal.h>
-
-class wxFDIODispatcher;
-class wxFDIOHandler;
-class wxWakeUpPipe;
-
-// wxApp subclass implementing event processing for console applications
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppConsole : public wxAppConsoleBase
-{
-public:
- wxAppConsole();
- virtual ~wxAppConsole();
-
- // override base class initialization
- virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar** argv);
-
-
- // Unix-specific: Unix signal handling
- // -----------------------------------
-
- // type of the function which can be registered as signal handler: notice
- // that it isn't really a signal handler, i.e. it's not subject to the
- // usual signal handlers constraints, because it is called later from
- // CheckSignal() and not when the signal really occurs
- typedef void (*SignalHandler)(int);
-
- // Set signal handler for the given signal, SIG_DFL or SIG_IGN can be used
- // instead of a function pointer
- //
- // Return true if handler was installed, false on error
- bool SetSignalHandler(int signal, SignalHandler handler);
-
- // Check if any Unix signals arrived since the last call and execute
- // handlers for them
- void CheckSignal();
-
- // Register the signal wake up pipe with the given dispatcher.
- //
- // This is used by wxExecute(wxEXEC_NOEVENTS) implementation only.
- //
- // The pointer to the handler used for processing events on this descriptor
- // is returned so that it can be deleted when we no longer needed it.
- wxFDIOHandler* RegisterSignalWakeUpPipe(wxFDIODispatcher& dispatcher);
-
-private:
- // signal handler set up by SetSignalHandler() for all signals we handle,
- // it just adds the signal to m_signalsCaught -- the real processing is
- // done later, when CheckSignal() is called
- static void HandleSignal(int signal);
-
-
- // signals for which HandleSignal() had been called (reset from
- // CheckSignal())
- sigset_t m_signalsCaught;
-
- // the signal handlers
- WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, SignalHandler, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, SignalHandlerHash);
- SignalHandlerHash m_signalHandlerHash;
-
- // pipe used for wake up signal handling: if a signal arrives while we're
- // blocking for input, writing to this pipe triggers a call to our CheckSignal()
- wxWakeUpPipe *m_signalWakeUpPipe;
-};
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/apptbase.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxAppTraits for Unix systems
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 23.06.2003
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_APPTBASE_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_APPTBASE_H_
-
-#include "wx/evtloop.h"
-#include "wx/evtloopsrc.h"
-
-class wxExecuteData;
-class wxFDIOManager;
-class wxEventLoopSourcesManagerBase;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxAppTraits: the Unix version adds extra hooks needed by Unix code
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
- // wxExecute() support methods
- // ---------------------------
-
- // Wait for the process termination and return its exit code or -1 on error.
- //
- // Notice that this is only used when execData.flags contains wxEXEC_SYNC
- // and does not contain wxEXEC_NOEVENTS, i.e. when we need to really wait
- // until the child process exit and dispatch the events while doing it.
- virtual int WaitForChild(wxExecuteData& execData);
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
- // return a pointer to the object which should be used to integrate
- // monitoring of the file descriptors to the event loop (currently this is
- // used for the sockets only but should be used for arbitrary event loop
- // sources in the future)
- //
- // this object may be different for the console and GUI applications
- //
- // the pointer is not deleted by the caller as normally it points to a
- // static variable
- virtual wxFDIOManager *GetFDIOManager();
-#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
- // Return a non-NULL pointer to the object responsible for managing the
- // event loop sources in this kind of application.
- virtual wxEventLoopSourcesManagerBase* GetEventLoopSourcesManager();
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
-
-protected:
- // Wait for the process termination by running the given event loop until
- // this happens.
- //
- // This is used by the public WaitForChild() after creating the event loop
- // of the appropriate kind.
- int RunLoopUntilChildExit(wxExecuteData& execData, wxEventLoopBase& loop);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_APPTBASE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/apptrait.h
-// Purpose: standard implementations of wxAppTraits for Unix
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 23.06.2003
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_APPTRAIT_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_APPTRAIT_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGUI/ConsoleAppTraits: must derive from wxAppTraits, not wxAppTraitsBase
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleAppTraits : public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
-#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
- virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop();
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
-#if wxUSE_TIMER
- virtual wxTimerImpl *CreateTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer);
-#endif
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-// GTK+ and Motif integrate sockets and child processes monitoring directly in
-// their main loop, the other Unix ports do it at wxEventLoop level and so use
-// the non-GUI traits and don't need anything here
-//
-// TODO: Should we use XtAddInput() for wxX11 too? Or, vice versa, if there is
-// no advantage in doing this compared to the generic way currently used
-// by wxX11, should we continue to use GTK/Motif-specific stuff?
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #define wxHAS_GUI_FDIOMANAGER
- #define wxHAS_GUI_PROCESS_CALLBACKS
-#endif // ports using wxFDIOManager
-
-#if defined(__WXMAC__)
- #define wxHAS_GUI_PROCESS_CALLBACKS
- #define wxHAS_GUI_SOCKET_MANAGER
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase
-{
-public:
- virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop();
- virtual int WaitForChild(wxExecuteData& execData);
-#if wxUSE_TIMER
- virtual wxTimerImpl *CreateTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer);
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_THREADS && defined(__WXGTK20__)
- virtual void MutexGuiEnter();
- virtual void MutexGuiLeave();
-#endif
-
-#if (defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)) && wxUSE_STDPATHS
- virtual wxStandardPaths& GetStandardPaths();
-#endif
- virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *majVer = NULL, int *minVer = NULL) const;
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK20__
- virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const;
- virtual wxString GetStandardCmdLineOptions(wxArrayString& names,
- wxArrayString& desc) const;
-#endif // __WXGTK20____
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK20__)
- virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg);
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_GUI_SOCKET_MANAGER
- virtual wxSocketManager *GetSocketManager();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxHAS_GUI_FDIOMANAGER
- virtual wxFDIOManager *GetFDIOManager();
-#endif
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOCKETS
-
- virtual wxEventLoopSourcesManagerBase* GetEventLoopSourcesManager();
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_APPTRAIT_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Name: wx/unix/chkconf.h
- * Purpose: Unix-specific config settings consistency checks
- * Author: Vadim Zeitlin
- * Created: 2007-07-14
- * Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
- * Licence: wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
-# if !wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER && !wxUSE_EPOLL_DISPATCHER
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxSelect/EpollDispatcher needed for console event loop"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER
-# define wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER 1
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP */
-
-#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER
-# if !defined(wxHAS_INOTIFY) && !defined(wxHAS_KQUEUE)
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "wxFileSystemWatcher requires either inotify() or kqueue()"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_FSWATCHER
-# define wxUSE_FSWATCHER 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_FSWATCHER */
-
-#if wxUSE_GSTREAMER
-# if !wxUSE_THREADS
-# ifdef wxABORT_ON_CONFIG_ERROR
-# error "GStreamer requires threads"
-# else
-# undef wxUSE_GSTREAMER
-# define wxUSE_GSTREAMER 0
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_GSTREAMER */
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/evtloop.h
-// Purpose: declares wxEventLoop class
-// Author: Lukasz Michalski (lm@zork.pl)
-// Created: 2007-05-07
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Lukasz Michalski
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOP_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOP_H_
-
-#if wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxConsoleEventLoop
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxEventLoopSource;
-class wxFDIODispatcher;
-class wxWakeUpPipeMT;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleEventLoop
-#ifdef __WXOSX__
-: public wxCFEventLoop
-#else
-: public wxEventLoopManual
-#endif
-{
-public:
- // initialize the event loop, use IsOk() to check if we were successful
- wxConsoleEventLoop();
- virtual ~wxConsoleEventLoop();
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual bool Pending() const;
- virtual bool Dispatch();
- virtual int DispatchTimeout(unsigned long timeout);
- virtual void WakeUp();
- virtual bool IsOk() const { return m_dispatcher != NULL; }
- virtual bool YieldFor(long WXUNUSED(eventsToProcess)) { return true; }
-
-protected:
- virtual void OnNextIteration();
-
-private:
- // pipe used for wake up messages: when a child thread wants to wake up
- // the event loop in the main thread it writes to this pipe
- wxWakeUpPipeMT *m_wakeupPipe;
-
- // the event loop source used to monitor this pipe
- wxEventLoopSource* m_wakeupSource;
-
- // either wxSelectDispatcher or wxEpollDispatcher
- wxFDIODispatcher *m_dispatcher;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConsoleEventLoop);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/evtloopsrc.h
-// Purpose: wxUnixEventLoopSource class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-10-21
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_
-
-class wxFDIODispatcher;
-class wxFDIOHandler;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxUnixEventLoopSource: wxEventLoopSource for Unix-like toolkits using fds
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxUnixEventLoopSource : public wxEventLoopSource
-{
-public:
- // dispatcher and fdioHandler are only used here to allow us to unregister
- // from the event loop when we're destroyed
- wxUnixEventLoopSource(wxFDIODispatcher *dispatcher,
- wxFDIOHandler *fdioHandler,
- int fd,
- wxEventLoopSourceHandler *handler,
- int flags)
- : wxEventLoopSource(handler, flags),
- m_dispatcher(dispatcher),
- m_fdioHandler(fdioHandler),
- m_fd(fd)
- {
- }
-
- virtual ~wxUnixEventLoopSource();
-
-private:
- wxFDIODispatcher * const m_dispatcher;
- wxFDIOHandler * const m_fdioHandler;
- const int m_fd;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxUnixEventLoopSource);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_EVTLOOPSRC_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/execute.h
-// Purpose: private details of wxExecute() implementation
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Robert Roebling, Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
-// (c) 2013 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_EXECUTE_H
-#define _WX_UNIX_EXECUTE_H
-
-#include "wx/app.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/process.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- #include "wx/unix/pipe.h"
- #include "wx/private/streamtempinput.h"
-#endif
-
-class wxEventLoopBase;
-
-// Information associated with a running child process.
-class wxExecuteData
-{
-public:
- wxExecuteData()
- {
- flags =
- pid = 0;
- exitcode = -1;
-
- process = NULL;
-
- syncEventLoop = NULL;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- fdOut =
- fdErr = wxPipe::INVALID_FD;
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
- }
-
- // This must be called in the parent process as soon as fork() returns to
- // update us with the effective child PID. It also ensures that we handle
- // SIGCHLD to be able to detect when this PID exits, so wxTheApp must be
- // available.
- void OnStart(int pid);
-
- // Called when the child process exits.
- void OnExit(int exitcode);
-
- // Return true if we should (or already did) redirect the child IO.
- bool IsRedirected() const { return process && process->IsRedirected(); }
-
-
- // wxExecute() flags
- int flags;
-
- // the pid of the child process
- int pid;
-
- // The exit code of the process, set once the child terminates.
- int exitcode;
-
- // the associated process object or NULL
- wxProcess *process;
-
- // Local event loop used to wait for the child process termination in
- // synchronous execution case. We can't create it ourselves as its exact
- // type depends on the application kind (console/GUI), so we rely on
- // wxAppTraits setting up this pointer to point to the appropriate object.
- wxEventLoopBase *syncEventLoop;
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- // the input buffer bufOut is connected to stdout, this is why it is
- // called bufOut and not bufIn
- wxStreamTempInputBuffer bufOut,
- bufErr;
-
- // the corresponding FDs, -1 if not redirected
- int fdOut,
- fdErr;
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-
-private:
- // SIGCHLD signal handler that checks whether any of the currently running
- // children have exited.
- static void OnSomeChildExited(int sig);
-
- // All currently running child processes indexed by their PID.
- //
- // Notice that the container doesn't own its elements.
- WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxExecuteData*, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
- ChildProcessesData);
- static ChildProcessesData ms_childProcesses;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxExecuteData);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_EXECUTE_H
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/fontutil.h
-// Purpose: font-related helper functions for Unix/X11
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 05.11.99
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_FONTUTIL_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_FONTUTIL_H_
-
-#ifdef __X__
- typedef WXFontStructPtr wxNativeFont;
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- typedef GdkFont *wxNativeFont;
-#else
- #error "Unsupported toolkit"
-#endif
-
-// returns the handle of the nearest available font or 0
-extern wxNativeFont
-wxLoadQueryNearestFont(int pointSize,
- int family,
- int style,
- int weight,
- bool underlined,
- const wxString &facename,
- wxFontEncoding encoding,
- wxString* xFontName = NULL);
-
-// returns the font specified by the given XLFD
-extern wxNativeFont wxLoadFont(const wxString& fontSpec);
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_FONTUTIL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/fswatcher_inotify.h
-// Purpose: wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher
-// Author: Bartosz Bekier
-// Created: 2009-05-26
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier <bartosz.bekier@gmail.com>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FSWATCHER_UNIX_H_
-#define _WX_FSWATCHER_UNIX_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher :
- public wxFileSystemWatcherBase
-{
-public:
- wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher();
-
- wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher(const wxFileName& path,
- int events = wxFSW_EVENT_ALL);
-
- virtual ~wxInotifyFileSystemWatcher();
-
- void OnDirDeleted(const wxString& path);
-
-protected:
- bool Init();
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _WX_FSWATCHER_UNIX_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/fswatcher_kqueue.h
-// Purpose: wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher
-// Author: Bartosz Bekier
-// Created: 2009-05-26
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Bartosz Bekier <bartosz.bekier@gmail.com>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_FSWATCHER_KQUEUE_H_
-#define _WX_FSWATCHER_KQUEUE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FSWATCHER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher :
- public wxFileSystemWatcherBase
-{
-public:
- wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher();
-
- wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher(const wxFileName& path,
- int events = wxFSW_EVENT_ALL);
-
- virtual ~wxKqueueFileSystemWatcher();
-
-protected:
- bool Init();
-};
-
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _WX_FSWATCHER_OSX_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/glx11.h
-// Purpose: class common for all X11-based wxGLCanvas implementations
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2007-04-15
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_GLX11_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_GLX11_H_
-
-#include <GL/glx.h>
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGLContext
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLContext : public wxGLContextBase
-{
-public:
- wxGLContext(wxGLCanvas *win, const wxGLContext *other = NULL);
- virtual ~wxGLContext();
-
- virtual bool SetCurrent(const wxGLCanvas& win) const;
-
-private:
- // attach context to the drawable or unset it (if NULL)
- static bool MakeCurrent(GLXDrawable drawable, GLXContext context);
-
- GLXContext m_glContext;
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxGLContext)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGLCanvasX11
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLCanvasX11 : public wxGLCanvasBase
-{
-public:
- // initialization and dtor
- // -----------------------
-
- // default ctor doesn't do anything, InitVisual() must be called
- wxGLCanvasX11();
-
- // initializes the XVisualInfo corresponding to the given attributes
- bool InitVisual(const int *attribList);
-
- // frees XVisualInfo info
- virtual ~wxGLCanvasX11();
-
-
- // implement wxGLCanvasBase methods
- // --------------------------------
-
- virtual bool SwapBuffers();
-
-
- // X11-specific methods
- // --------------------
-
- // return GLX version: 13 means 1.3 &c
- static int GetGLXVersion();
-
- // return true if multisample extension is available
- static bool IsGLXMultiSampleAvailable();
-
- // get the X11 handle of this window
- virtual Window GetXWindow() const = 0;
-
-
- // override some wxWindow methods
- // ------------------------------
-
- // return true only if the window is realized: OpenGL context can't be
- // created until we are
- virtual bool IsShownOnScreen() const;
-
-
- // implementation only from now on
- // -------------------------------
-
- // get the GLXFBConfig/XVisualInfo we use
- GLXFBConfig *GetGLXFBConfig() const { return m_fbc; }
- XVisualInfo *GetXVisualInfo() const { return m_vi; }
-
- // initialize the global default GL visual, return false if matching visual
- // not found
- static bool InitDefaultVisualInfo(const int *attribList);
-
- // get the default GL X11 visual (may be NULL, shouldn't be freed by caller)
- static XVisualInfo *GetDefaultXVisualInfo() { return ms_glVisualInfo; }
-
- // free the global GL visual, called by wxGLApp
- static void FreeDefaultVisualInfo();
-
- // initializes XVisualInfo (in any case) and, if supported, GLXFBConfig
- //
- // returns false if XVisualInfo couldn't be initialized, otherwise caller
- // is responsible for freeing the pointers
- static bool InitXVisualInfo(const int *attribList,
- GLXFBConfig **pFBC, XVisualInfo **pXVisual);
-
-private:
- // fills in glattrs with attributes defined by wxattrs which must be
- // 0-terminated if it is non-NULL
- //
- // n is the max size of glattrs, false is returned if we overflow it, it
- // should be at least 16 to accommodate the default attributes
- static bool ConvertWXAttrsToGL(const int *wxattrs, int *glattrs, size_t n);
-
-
- // this is only used if it's supported i.e. if GL >= 1.3
- GLXFBConfig *m_fbc;
-
- // used for all GL versions, obtained from GLXFBConfig for GL >= 1.3
- XVisualInfo *m_vi;
-
- // the global/default versions of the above
- static GLXFBConfig *ms_glFBCInfo;
- static XVisualInfo *ms_glVisualInfo;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGLApp
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this is used in wx/glcanvas.h, prevent it from defining a generic wxGLApp
-#define wxGL_APP_DEFINED
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_GL wxGLApp : public wxGLAppBase
-{
-public:
- wxGLApp() : wxGLAppBase() { }
-
- // implement wxGLAppBase method
- virtual bool InitGLVisual(const int *attribList)
- {
- return wxGLCanvasX11::InitDefaultVisualInfo(attribList);
- }
-
- // and implement this wxGTK::wxApp method too
- virtual void *GetXVisualInfo()
- {
- return wxGLCanvasX11::GetDefaultXVisualInfo();
- }
-
- // and override this wxApp method to clean up
- virtual int OnExit()
- {
- wxGLCanvasX11::FreeDefaultVisualInfo();
-
- return wxGLAppBase::OnExit();
- }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGLApp)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_GLX11_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/joystick.h
-// Purpose: wxJoystick class
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_JOYSTICK_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_JOYSTICK_H_
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxJoystickThread;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxJoystick: public wxObject
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxJoystick)
- public:
- /*
- * Public interface
- */
-
- wxJoystick(int joystick = wxJOYSTICK1);
- virtual ~wxJoystick();
-
- // Attributes
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
- wxPoint GetPosition() const;
- int GetPosition(unsigned axis) const;
- bool GetButtonState(unsigned button) const;
- int GetZPosition() const;
- int GetButtonState() const;
- int GetPOVPosition() const;
- int GetPOVCTSPosition() const;
- int GetRudderPosition() const;
- int GetUPosition() const;
- int GetVPosition() const;
- int GetMovementThreshold() const;
- void SetMovementThreshold(int threshold) ;
-
- // Capabilities
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
- bool IsOk() const; // Checks that the joystick is functioning
- static int GetNumberJoysticks() ;
- int GetManufacturerId() const ;
- int GetProductId() const ;
- wxString GetProductName() const ;
- int GetXMin() const;
- int GetYMin() const;
- int GetZMin() const;
- int GetXMax() const;
- int GetYMax() const;
- int GetZMax() const;
- int GetNumberButtons() const;
- int GetNumberAxes() const;
- int GetMaxButtons() const;
- int GetMaxAxes() const;
- int GetPollingMin() const;
- int GetPollingMax() const;
- int GetRudderMin() const;
- int GetRudderMax() const;
- int GetUMin() const;
- int GetUMax() const;
- int GetVMin() const;
- int GetVMax() const;
-
- bool HasRudder() const;
- bool HasZ() const;
- bool HasU() const;
- bool HasV() const;
- bool HasPOV() const;
- bool HasPOV4Dir() const;
- bool HasPOVCTS() const;
-
- // Operations
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
- // pollingFreq = 0 means that movement events are sent when above the threshold.
- // If pollingFreq > 0, events are received every this many milliseconds.
- bool SetCapture(wxWindow* win, int pollingFreq = 0);
- bool ReleaseCapture();
-
-protected:
- int m_device;
- int m_joystick;
- wxJoystickThread* m_thread;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_JOYSTICK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/mimetype.h
-// Purpose: classes and functions to manage MIME types
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 23.09.98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence (part of wxExtra library)
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-#define _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-
-#include "wx/mimetype.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-class wxMimeTypeCommands;
-
-WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_PTR(wxMimeTypeCommands *, wxMimeCommandsArray);
-
-// this is the real wxMimeTypesManager for Unix
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMimeTypesManagerImpl
-{
-public:
- // ctor and dtor
- wxMimeTypesManagerImpl();
- virtual ~wxMimeTypesManagerImpl();
-
- // load all data into memory - done when it is needed for the first time
- void Initialize(int mailcapStyles = wxMAILCAP_ALL,
- const wxString& extraDir = wxEmptyString);
-
- // and delete the data here
- void ClearData();
-
- // implement containing class functions
- wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromExtension(const wxString& ext);
- wxFileType *GetFileTypeFromMimeType(const wxString& mimeType);
-
- size_t EnumAllFileTypes(wxArrayString& mimetypes);
-
- void AddFallback(const wxFileTypeInfo& filetype);
-
- // add information about the given mimetype
- void AddMimeTypeInfo(const wxString& mimetype,
- const wxString& extensions,
- const wxString& description);
- void AddMailcapInfo(const wxString& strType,
- const wxString& strOpenCmd,
- const wxString& strPrintCmd,
- const wxString& strTest,
- const wxString& strDesc);
-
- // add a new record to the user .mailcap/.mime.types files
- wxFileType *Associate(const wxFileTypeInfo& ftInfo);
- // remove association
- bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft);
-
- // accessors
- // get the string containing space separated extensions for the given
- // file type
- wxString GetExtension(size_t index) { return m_aExtensions[index]; }
-
-protected:
- void InitIfNeeded();
-
- wxArrayString m_aTypes, // MIME types
- m_aDescriptions, // descriptions (just some text)
- m_aExtensions, // space separated list of extensions
- m_aIcons; // Icon filenames
-
- // verb=command pairs for this file type
- wxMimeCommandsArray m_aEntries;
-
- // are we initialized?
- bool m_initialized;
-
- wxString GetCommand(const wxString &verb, size_t nIndex) const;
-
- // Read XDG *.desktop file
- void LoadXDGApp(const wxString& filename);
- // Scan XDG directory
- void LoadXDGAppsFilesFromDir(const wxString& dirname);
-
- // Load XDG globs files
- void LoadXDGGlobs(const wxString& filename);
-
- // functions used to do associations
- virtual int AddToMimeData(const wxString& strType,
- const wxString& strIcon,
- wxMimeTypeCommands *entry,
- const wxArrayString& strExtensions,
- const wxString& strDesc,
- bool replaceExisting = true);
- virtual bool DoAssociation(const wxString& strType,
- const wxString& strIcon,
- wxMimeTypeCommands *entry,
- const wxArrayString& strExtensions,
- const wxString& strDesc);
-
- // give it access to m_aXXX variables
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileTypeImpl;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileTypeImpl
-{
-public:
- // initialization functions
- // this is used to construct a list of mimetypes which match;
- // if built with GetFileTypeFromMimetype index 0 has the exact match and
- // index 1 the type / * match
- // if built with GetFileTypeFromExtension, index 0 has the mimetype for
- // the first extension found, index 1 for the second and so on
-
- void Init(wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *manager, size_t index)
- { m_manager = manager; m_index.Add(index); }
-
- // accessors
- bool GetExtensions(wxArrayString& extensions);
- bool GetMimeType(wxString *mimeType) const
- { *mimeType = m_manager->m_aTypes[m_index[0]]; return true; }
- bool GetMimeTypes(wxArrayString& mimeTypes) const;
- bool GetIcon(wxIconLocation *iconLoc) const;
-
- bool GetDescription(wxString *desc) const
- { *desc = m_manager->m_aDescriptions[m_index[0]]; return true; }
-
- bool GetOpenCommand(wxString *openCmd,
- const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const
- {
- *openCmd = GetExpandedCommand(wxT("open"), params);
- return (! openCmd -> IsEmpty() );
- }
-
- bool GetPrintCommand(wxString *printCmd,
- const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const
- {
- *printCmd = GetExpandedCommand(wxT("print"), params);
- return (! printCmd -> IsEmpty() );
- }
-
- // return the number of commands defined for this file type, 0 if none
- size_t GetAllCommands(wxArrayString *verbs, wxArrayString *commands,
- const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
-
-
- // remove the record for this file type
- // probably a mistake to come here, use wxMimeTypesManager.Unassociate (ft) instead
- bool Unassociate(wxFileType *ft)
- {
- return m_manager->Unassociate(ft);
- }
-
- // set an arbitrary command, ask confirmation if it already exists and
- // overwriteprompt is TRUE
- bool SetCommand(const wxString& cmd, const wxString& verb, bool overwriteprompt = true);
- bool SetDefaultIcon(const wxString& strIcon = wxEmptyString, int index = 0);
-
-private:
- wxString
- GetExpandedCommand(const wxString & verb,
- const wxFileType::MessageParameters& params) const;
-
- wxMimeTypesManagerImpl *m_manager;
- wxArrayInt m_index; // in the wxMimeTypesManagerImpl arrays
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_MIMETYPE
-
-#endif // _MIMETYPE_IMPL_H
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/pipe.h
-// Purpose: wxPipe class
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 24.06.2003 (extracted from src/unix/utilsunx.cpp)
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_PIPE_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_PIPE_H_
-
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-
-#include "wx/log.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPipe: this class encapsulates pipe() system call
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxPipe
-{
-public:
- // the symbolic names for the pipe ends
- enum Direction
- {
- Read,
- Write
- };
-
- enum
- {
- INVALID_FD = -1
- };
-
- // default ctor doesn't do anything
- wxPipe() { m_fds[Read] = m_fds[Write] = INVALID_FD; }
-
- // create the pipe, return TRUE if ok, FALSE on error
- bool Create()
- {
- if ( pipe(m_fds) == -1 )
- {
- wxLogSysError(wxGetTranslation("Pipe creation failed"));
-
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
- }
-
- // switch the given end of the pipe to non-blocking IO
- bool MakeNonBlocking(Direction which)
- {
- const int flags = fcntl(m_fds[which], F_GETFL, 0);
- if ( flags == -1 )
- return false;
-
- return fcntl(m_fds[which], F_SETFL, flags | O_NONBLOCK) == 0;
- }
-
- // return TRUE if we were created successfully
- bool IsOk() const { return m_fds[Read] != INVALID_FD; }
-
- // return the descriptor for one of the pipe ends
- int operator[](Direction which) const { return m_fds[which]; }
-
- // detach a descriptor, meaning that the pipe dtor won't close it, and
- // return it
- int Detach(Direction which)
- {
- int fd = m_fds[which];
- m_fds[which] = INVALID_FD;
-
- return fd;
- }
-
- // close the pipe descriptors
- void Close()
- {
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(m_fds); n++ )
- {
- if ( m_fds[n] != INVALID_FD )
- {
- close(m_fds[n]);
- m_fds[n] = INVALID_FD;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // dtor closes the pipe descriptors
- ~wxPipe() { Close(); }
-
-private:
- int m_fds[2];
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_PIPE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/sound.h
-// Purpose: wxSound class
-// Author: Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 25/10/98
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart, Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_SOUND_H_
-#define _WX_SOUND_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_SOUND
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSound: simple audio playback class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxSoundBackend;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxSound;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDynamicLibrary;
-
-/// Sound data, as loaded from .wav file:
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundData
-{
-public:
- wxSoundData() : m_refCnt(1) {}
- void IncRef();
- void DecRef();
-
- // .wav header information:
- unsigned m_channels; // num of channels (mono:1, stereo:2)
- unsigned m_samplingRate;
- unsigned m_bitsPerSample; // if 8, then m_data contains unsigned 8bit
- // samples (wxUint8), if 16 then signed 16bit
- // (wxInt16)
- unsigned m_samples; // length in samples:
-
- // wave data:
- size_t m_dataBytes;
- wxUint8 *m_data; // m_dataBytes bytes of data
-
-private:
- ~wxSoundData();
- unsigned m_refCnt;
- wxUint8 *m_dataWithHeader; // ditto, but prefixed with .wav header
- friend class wxSound;
-};
-
-
-/// Simple sound class:
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSound : public wxSoundBase
-{
-public:
- wxSound();
- wxSound(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false);
- wxSound(size_t size, const void* data);
- virtual ~wxSound();
-
- // Create from resource or file
- bool Create(const wxString& fileName, bool isResource = false);
- // Create from data
- bool Create(size_t size, const void* data);
-
- bool IsOk() const { return m_data != NULL; }
-
- // Stop playing any sound
- static void Stop();
-
- // Returns true if a sound is being played
- static bool IsPlaying();
-
- // for internal use
- static void UnloadBackend();
-
-protected:
- bool DoPlay(unsigned flags) const;
-
- static void EnsureBackend();
- void Free();
- bool LoadWAV(const void* data, size_t length, bool copyData);
-
- static wxSoundBackend *ms_backend;
-#if wxUSE_LIBSDL && wxUSE_PLUGINS
- // FIXME - temporary, until we have plugins architecture
- static wxDynamicLibrary *ms_backendSDL;
-#endif
-
-private:
- wxSoundData *m_data;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxSoundBackend:
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// This is interface to sound playing implementation. There are multiple
-// sound architectures in use on Unix platforms and wxWidgets can use several
-// of them for playback, depending on their availability at runtime; hence
-// the need for backends. This class is for use by wxWidgets and people writing
-// additional backends only, it is _not_ for use by applications!
-
-// Structure that holds playback status information
-struct wxSoundPlaybackStatus
-{
- // playback is in progress
- bool m_playing;
- // main thread called wxSound::Stop()
- bool m_stopRequested;
-};
-
-// Audio backend interface
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxSoundBackend
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxSoundBackend() {}
-
- // Returns the name of the backend (e.g. "Open Sound System")
- virtual wxString GetName() const = 0;
-
- // Returns priority (higher priority backends are tried first)
- virtual int GetPriority() const = 0;
-
- // Checks if the backend's audio system is available and the backend can
- // be used for playback
- virtual bool IsAvailable() const = 0;
-
- // Returns true if the backend is capable of playing sound asynchronously.
- // If false, then wxWidgets creates a playback thread and handles async
- // playback, otherwise it is left up to the backend (will usually be more
- // effective).
- virtual bool HasNativeAsyncPlayback() const = 0;
-
- // Plays the sound. flags are same flags as those passed to wxSound::Play.
- // The function should periodically check the value of
- // status->m_stopRequested and terminate if it is set to true (it may
- // be modified by another thread)
- virtual bool Play(wxSoundData *data, unsigned flags,
- volatile wxSoundPlaybackStatus *status) = 0;
-
- // Stops playback (if something is played).
- virtual void Stop() = 0;
-
- // Returns true if the backend is playing anything at the moment.
- // (This method is never called for backends that don't support async
- // playback.)
- virtual bool IsPlaying() const = 0;
-};
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SOUND
-
-#endif // _WX_SOUND_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/stackwalk.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxStackWalker for Unix
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2005-01-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_STACKWALK_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_STACKWALK_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStackFrame
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackFrame : public wxStackFrameBase
-{
- friend class wxStackWalker;
-
-public:
- // arguments are the stack depth of this frame, its address and the return
- // value of backtrace_symbols() for it
- //
- // NB: we don't copy syminfo pointer so it should have lifetime at least as
- // long as ours
- wxStackFrame(size_t level = 0, void *address = NULL, const char *syminfo = NULL)
- : wxStackFrameBase(level, address)
- {
- m_syminfo = syminfo;
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual void OnGetName();
-
- // optimized for the 2 step initialization done by wxStackWalker
- void Set(const wxString &name, const wxString &filename, const char* syminfo,
- size_t level, size_t numLine, void *address)
- {
- m_level = level;
- m_name = name;
- m_filename = filename;
- m_syminfo = syminfo;
-
- m_line = numLine;
- m_address = address;
- }
-
-private:
- const char *m_syminfo;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStackWalker
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStackWalker : public wxStackWalkerBase
-{
-public:
- // we need the full path to the program executable to be able to use
- // addr2line, normally we can retrieve it from wxTheApp but if wxTheApp
- // doesn't exist or doesn't have the correct value, the path may be given
- // explicitly
- wxStackWalker(const char *argv0 = NULL)
- {
- ms_exepath = wxString::FromAscii(argv0);
- }
-
- ~wxStackWalker()
- {
- FreeStack();
- }
-
- virtual void Walk(size_t skip = 1, size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH);
-#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
- virtual void WalkFromException(size_t maxDepth = wxSTACKWALKER_MAX_DEPTH) { Walk(2, maxDepth); }
-#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-
- static const wxString& GetExePath() { return ms_exepath; }
-
-
- // these two may be used to save the stack at some point (fast operation)
- // and then process it later (slow operation)
- void SaveStack(size_t maxDepth);
- void ProcessFrames(size_t skip);
- void FreeStack();
-
-private:
- int InitFrames(wxStackFrame *arr, size_t n, void **addresses, char **syminfo);
-
- static wxString ms_exepath;
- static void *ms_addresses[];
- static char **ms_symbols;
- static int m_depth;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_STACKWALK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/stdpaths.h
-// Purpose: wxStandardPaths for Unix systems
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 2004-10-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_STDPATHS_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_STDPATHS_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxStandardPaths
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStandardPaths : public wxStandardPathsBase
-{
-public:
- // tries to determine the installation prefix automatically (Linux only right
- // now) and returns /usr/local if it failed
- void DetectPrefix();
-
- // set the program installation directory which is /usr/local by default
- //
- // under some systems (currently only Linux) the program directory can be
- // determined automatically but for portable programs you should always set
- // it explicitly
- void SetInstallPrefix(const wxString& prefix);
-
- // get the program installation prefix
- //
- // if the prefix had been previously by SetInstallPrefix, returns that
- // value, otherwise calls DetectPrefix()
- wxString GetInstallPrefix() const;
-
-
- // implement base class pure virtuals
- virtual wxString GetExecutablePath() const;
- virtual wxString GetConfigDir() const;
- virtual wxString GetUserConfigDir() const;
- virtual wxString GetDataDir() const;
- virtual wxString GetLocalDataDir() const;
- virtual wxString GetUserDataDir() const;
- virtual wxString GetPluginsDir() const;
- virtual wxString GetLocalizedResourcesDir(const wxString& lang,
- ResourceCat category) const;
-#ifndef __VMS
- virtual wxString GetDocumentsDir() const;
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // Ctor is protected, use wxStandardPaths::Get() instead of instantiating
- // objects of this class directly.
- wxStandardPaths() { }
-
-private:
- wxString m_prefix;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_STDPATHS_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// File: wx/unix/taskbarx11.h
-// Purpose: Defines wxTaskBarIcon class for most common X11 desktops
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 04/04/2003
-// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik, 2003
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_TASKBAR_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_TASKBAR_H_
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxTaskBarIconArea;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxTaskBarIcon: public wxTaskBarIconBase
-{
-public:
- wxTaskBarIcon();
- virtual ~wxTaskBarIcon();
-
- // Accessors:
- bool IsOk() const;
- bool IsIconInstalled() const;
-
- // Operations:
- bool SetIcon(const wxIcon& icon, const wxString& tooltip = wxEmptyString);
- bool RemoveIcon();
- bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu);
-
-protected:
- wxTaskBarIconArea *m_iconWnd;
-
-private:
- void OnDestroy(wxWindowDestroyEvent&);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTaskBarIcon)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_TASKBAR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/tls.h
-// Purpose: Pthreads implementation of wxTlsValue<>
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-08-08
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_TLS_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_TLS_H_
-
-#include <pthread.h>
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTlsKey is a helper class encapsulating the TLS value index
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxTlsKey
-{
-public:
- // ctor allocates a new key and possibly registering a destructor function
- // for it
- wxTlsKey(wxTlsDestructorFunction destructor)
- {
- m_destructor = destructor;
- if ( pthread_key_create(&m_key, destructor) != 0 )
- m_key = 0;
- }
-
- // return true if the key was successfully allocated
- bool IsOk() const { return m_key != 0; }
-
- // get the key value, there is no error return
- void *Get() const
- {
- return pthread_getspecific(m_key);
- }
-
- // change the key value, return true if ok
- bool Set(void *value)
- {
- void *old = Get();
- if ( old )
- m_destructor(old);
-
- return pthread_setspecific(m_key, value) == 0;
- }
-
- // free the key
- ~wxTlsKey()
- {
- if ( IsOk() )
- pthread_key_delete(m_key);
- }
-
-private:
- wxTlsDestructorFunction m_destructor;
- pthread_key_t m_key;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTlsKey);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_TLS_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/unix/utilsx11.h
-// Purpose: Miscellaneous X11 functions
-// Author: Mattia Barbon, Vaclav Slavik, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 25.03.02
-// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
-// (c) 2010 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UNIX_UTILSX11_H_
-#define _WX_UNIX_UTILSX11_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-
-#include <X11/Xlib.h>
-
-// NB: Content of this header is for wxWidgets' private use! It is not
-// part of public API and may be modified or even disappear in the future!
-
-#if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXX11__)
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK__)
-typedef void WXDisplay;
-typedef void* WXWindow;
-#endif
-typedef unsigned long WXKeySym;
-
-int wxCharCodeXToWX(WXKeySym keySym);
-WXKeySym wxCharCodeWXToX(int id);
-
-class wxIconBundle;
-
-void wxSetIconsX11( WXDisplay* display, WXWindow window,
- const wxIconBundle& ib );
-
-
-enum wxX11FullScreenMethod
-{
- wxX11_FS_AUTODETECT = 0,
- wxX11_FS_WMSPEC,
- wxX11_FS_KDE,
- wxX11_FS_GENERIC
-};
-
-wxX11FullScreenMethod wxGetFullScreenMethodX11(WXDisplay* display,
- WXWindow rootWindow);
-
-void wxSetFullScreenStateX11(WXDisplay* display, WXWindow rootWindow,
- WXWindow window, bool show, wxRect *origSize,
- wxX11FullScreenMethod method);
-
-
-// Class wrapping X11 Display: it opens it in ctor and closes it in dtor.
-class wxX11Display
-{
-public:
- wxX11Display() { m_dpy = XOpenDisplay(NULL); }
- ~wxX11Display() { if ( m_dpy ) XCloseDisplay(m_dpy); }
-
- operator Display *() const { return m_dpy; }
-
- // Using DefaultRootWindow() with an object of wxX11Display class doesn't
- // compile because it is a macro which tries to cast wxX11Display so
- // provide a convenient helper.
- Window DefaultRoot() const { return DefaultRootWindow(m_dpy); }
-
-private:
- Display *m_dpy;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxX11Display);
-};
-
-#endif // __WXMOTIF__, __WXGTK__, __WXX11__
-
-#endif // _WX_UNIX_UTILSX11_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/uri.h
-// Purpose: wxURI - Class for parsing URIs
-// Author: Ryan Norton
-// Vadim Zeitlin (UTF-8 URI support, many other changes)
-// Created: 07/01/2004
-// Copyright: (c) 2004 Ryan Norton
-// 2008 Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows Licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_URI_H_
-#define _WX_URI_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// Host Type that the server component can be
-enum wxURIHostType
-{
- wxURI_REGNAME, // Host is a normal register name (www.mysite.com etc.)
- wxURI_IPV4ADDRESS, // Host is a version 4 ip address (192.168.1.100)
- wxURI_IPV6ADDRESS, // Host is a version 6 ip address [aa:aa:aa:aa::aa:aa]:5050
- wxURI_IPVFUTURE // Host is a future ip address (wxURI is unsure what kind)
-};
-
-// Component Flags
-enum wxURIFieldType
-{
- wxURI_SCHEME = 1,
- wxURI_USERINFO = 2,
- wxURI_SERVER = 4,
- wxURI_PORT = 8,
- wxURI_PATH = 16,
- wxURI_QUERY = 32,
- wxURI_FRAGMENT = 64
-};
-
-// Miscellaneous other flags
-enum wxURIFlags
-{
- wxURI_STRICT = 1
-};
-
-
-// Generic class for parsing URIs.
-//
-// See RFC 3986
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxURI : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxURI();
- wxURI(const wxString& uri);
-
- // default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok
-
- bool Create(const wxString& uri);
-
- wxURI& operator=(const wxString& string)
- {
- Create(string);
- return *this;
- }
-
- bool operator==(const wxURI& uri) const;
-
- // various accessors
-
- bool HasScheme() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_SCHEME) != 0; }
- bool HasUserInfo() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_USERINFO) != 0; }
- bool HasServer() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_SERVER) != 0; }
- bool HasPort() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_PORT) != 0; }
- bool HasPath() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_PATH) != 0; }
- bool HasQuery() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_QUERY) != 0; }
- bool HasFragment() const { return (m_fields & wxURI_FRAGMENT) != 0; }
-
- const wxString& GetScheme() const { return m_scheme; }
- const wxString& GetPath() const { return m_path; }
- const wxString& GetQuery() const { return m_query; }
- const wxString& GetFragment() const { return m_fragment; }
- const wxString& GetPort() const { return m_port; }
- const wxString& GetUserInfo() const { return m_userinfo; }
- const wxString& GetServer() const { return m_server; }
- wxURIHostType GetHostType() const { return m_hostType; }
-
- // these functions only work if the user information part of the URI is in
- // the usual (but insecure and hence explicitly recommended against by the
- // RFC) "user:password" form
- wxString GetUser() const;
- wxString GetPassword() const;
-
-
- // combine all URI components into a single string
- //
- // BuildURI() returns the real URI suitable for use with network libraries,
- // for example, while BuildUnescapedURI() returns a string suitable to be
- // shown to the user.
- wxString BuildURI() const { return DoBuildURI(&wxURI::Nothing); }
- wxString BuildUnescapedURI() const { return DoBuildURI(&wxURI::Unescape); }
-
- // the escaped URI should contain only ASCII characters, including possible
- // escape sequences
- static wxString Unescape(const wxString& escapedURI);
-
-
- void Resolve(const wxURI& base, int flags = wxURI_STRICT);
- bool IsReference() const;
-
-protected:
- void Clear();
-
- // common part of BuildURI() and BuildUnescapedURI()
- wxString DoBuildURI(wxString (*funcDecode)(const wxString&)) const;
-
- // function which returns its argument unmodified, this is used by
- // BuildURI() to tell DoBuildURI() that nothing needs to be done with the
- // URI components
- static wxString Nothing(const wxString& value) { return value; }
-
- bool Parse(const char* uri);
-
- const char* ParseAuthority (const char* uri);
- const char* ParseScheme (const char* uri);
- const char* ParseUserInfo (const char* uri);
- const char* ParseServer (const char* uri);
- const char* ParsePort (const char* uri);
- const char* ParsePath (const char* uri);
- const char* ParseQuery (const char* uri);
- const char* ParseFragment (const char* uri);
-
-
- static bool ParseH16(const char*& uri);
- static bool ParseIPv4address(const char*& uri);
- static bool ParseIPv6address(const char*& uri);
- static bool ParseIPvFuture(const char*& uri);
-
- // should be called with i pointing to '%', returns the encoded character
- // following it or -1 if invalid and advances i past it (so that it points
- // to the last character consumed on return)
- static int DecodeEscape(wxString::const_iterator& i);
-
- // append next character pointer to by p to the string in an escaped form
- // and advance p past it
- //
- // if the next character is '%' and it's followed by 2 hex digits, they are
- // not escaped (again) by this function, this allows to keep (backwards-
- // compatible) ambiguity about the input format to wxURI::Create(): it can
- // be either already escaped or not
- void AppendNextEscaped(wxString& s, const char *& p);
-
- // convert hexadecimal digit to its value; return -1 if c isn't valid
- static int CharToHex(char c);
-
- // split an URI path string in its component segments (including empty and
- // "." ones, no post-processing is done)
- static wxArrayString SplitInSegments(const wxString& path);
-
- // various URI grammar helpers
- static bool IsUnreserved(char c);
- static bool IsReserved(char c);
- static bool IsGenDelim(char c);
- static bool IsSubDelim(char c);
- static bool IsHex(char c);
- static bool IsAlpha(char c);
- static bool IsDigit(char c);
- static bool IsEndPath(char c);
-
- wxString m_scheme;
- wxString m_path;
- wxString m_query;
- wxString m_fragment;
-
- wxString m_userinfo;
- wxString m_server;
- wxString m_port;
-
- wxURIHostType m_hostType;
-
- size_t m_fields;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxURI)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_URI_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/url.h
-// Purpose: URL parser
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Ryan Norton
-// Created: 20/07/1997
-// Copyright: (c) 1997, 1998 Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_URL_H
-#define _WX_URL_H
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_URL
-
-#include "wx/uri.h"
-#include "wx/protocol/protocol.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
- #include "wx/protocol/http.h"
-#endif
-
-typedef enum {
- wxURL_NOERR = 0,
- wxURL_SNTXERR,
- wxURL_NOPROTO,
- wxURL_NOHOST,
- wxURL_NOPATH,
- wxURL_CONNERR,
- wxURL_PROTOERR
-} wxURLError;
-
-#if wxUSE_URL_NATIVE
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_NET wxURL;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxURLNativeImp : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxURLNativeImp() { }
- virtual wxInputStream *GetInputStream(wxURL *owner) = 0;
-};
-#endif // wxUSE_URL_NATIVE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_NET wxURL : public wxURI
-{
-public:
- wxURL(const wxString& sUrl = wxEmptyString);
- wxURL(const wxURI& uri);
- wxURL(const wxURL& url);
- virtual ~wxURL();
-
- wxURL& operator = (const wxString& url);
- wxURL& operator = (const wxURI& uri);
- wxURL& operator = (const wxURL& url);
-
- wxProtocol& GetProtocol() { return *m_protocol; }
- wxURLError GetError() const { return m_error; }
- wxString GetURL() const { return m_url; }
-
- wxURLError SetURL(const wxString &url)
- { *this = url; return m_error; }
-
- bool IsOk() const
- { return m_error == wxURL_NOERR; }
-
- wxInputStream *GetInputStream();
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
- static void SetDefaultProxy(const wxString& url_proxy);
- void SetProxy(const wxString& url_proxy);
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-
-protected:
- static wxProtoInfo *ms_protocols;
-
-#if wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
- static wxHTTP *ms_proxyDefault;
- static bool ms_useDefaultProxy;
- wxHTTP *m_proxy;
- bool m_useProxy;
-#endif // wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP
-
-#if wxUSE_URL_NATIVE
- friend class wxURLNativeImp;
- // pointer to a native URL implementation object
- wxURLNativeImp *m_nativeImp;
- // Creates on the heap and returns a native
- // implementation object for the current platform.
- static wxURLNativeImp *CreateNativeImpObject();
-#endif // wxUSE_URL_NATIVE
-
- wxProtoInfo *m_protoinfo;
- wxProtocol *m_protocol;
-
- wxURLError m_error;
- wxString m_url;
-
- void Init(const wxString&);
- bool ParseURL();
- void CleanData();
- void Free();
- bool FetchProtocol();
-
- friend class wxProtoInfo;
- friend class wxURLModule;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxURL)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_URL
-
-#endif // _WX_URL_H
-
+++ /dev/null
-
-// Name: wx/ustring.h
-// Purpose: 32-bit string (UCS-4)
-// Author: Robert Roebling
-// Copyright: (c) Robert Roebling
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_USTRING_H_
-#define _WX_USTRING_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#include <string>
-
-#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2
-typedef wxWCharBuffer wxU16CharBuffer;
-typedef wxScopedWCharBuffer wxScopedU16CharBuffer;
-#else
-typedef wxCharTypeBuffer<wxChar16> wxU16CharBuffer;
-typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<wxChar16> wxScopedU16CharBuffer;
-#endif
-
-#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 4
-typedef wxWCharBuffer wxU32CharBuffer;
-typedef wxScopedWCharBuffer wxScopedU32CharBuffer;
-#else
-typedef wxCharTypeBuffer<wxChar32> wxU32CharBuffer;
-typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<wxChar32> wxScopedU32CharBuffer;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- // "non dll-interface class 'std::basic_string<wxChar32>' used as base
- // interface for dll-interface class 'wxString'" -- this is OK in our case
- // (and warning is unavoidable anyhow)
- #pragma warning(push)
- #pragma warning(disable:4275)
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxUString: public std::basic_string<wxChar32>
-{
-public:
- wxUString() { }
-
- wxUString( const wxChar32 *str ) { assign(str); }
- wxUString( const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &buf ) { assign(buf); }
-
- wxUString( const char *str ) { assign(str); }
- wxUString( const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf ) { assign(buf); }
- wxUString( const char *str, const wxMBConv &conv ) { assign(str,conv); }
- wxUString( const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf, const wxMBConv &conv ) { assign(buf,conv); }
-
- wxUString( const wxChar16 *str ) { assign(str); }
- wxUString( const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &buf ) { assign(buf); }
-
- wxUString( const wxCStrData *cstr ) { assign(cstr); }
- wxUString( const wxString &str ) { assign(str); }
-
- wxUString( char ch ) { assign(ch); }
- wxUString( wxChar16 ch ) { assign(ch); }
- wxUString( wxChar32 ch ) { assign(ch); }
- wxUString( wxUniChar ch ) { assign(ch); }
- wxUString( wxUniCharRef ch ) { assign(ch); }
- wxUString( size_type n, char ch ) { assign(n,ch); }
- wxUString( size_type n, wxChar16 ch ) { assign(n,ch); }
- wxUString( size_type n, wxChar32 ch ) { assign(n,ch); }
- wxUString( size_type n, wxUniChar ch ) { assign(n,ch); }
- wxUString( size_type n, wxUniCharRef ch ) { assign(n,ch); }
-
- // static construction
-
- static wxUString FromAscii( const char *str, size_type n )
- {
- wxUString ret;
- ret.assignFromAscii( str, n );
- return ret;
- }
-
- static wxUString FromAscii( const char *str )
- {
- wxUString ret;
- ret.assignFromAscii( str );
- return ret;
- }
-
- static wxUString FromUTF8( const char *str, size_type n )
- {
- wxUString ret;
- ret.assignFromUTF8( str, n );
- return ret;
- }
-
- static wxUString FromUTF8( const char *str )
- {
- wxUString ret;
- ret.assignFromUTF8( str );
- return ret;
- }
-
- static wxUString FromUTF16( const wxChar16 *str, size_type n )
- {
- wxUString ret;
- ret.assignFromUTF16( str, n );
- return ret;
- }
-
- static wxUString FromUTF16( const wxChar16 *str )
- {
- wxUString ret;
- ret.assignFromUTF16( str );
- return ret;
- }
-
- // assign from encoding
-
- wxUString &assignFromAscii( const char *str );
- wxUString &assignFromAscii( const char *str, size_type n );
- wxUString &assignFromUTF8( const char *str );
- wxUString &assignFromUTF8( const char *str, size_type n );
- wxUString &assignFromUTF16( const wxChar16* str );
- wxUString &assignFromUTF16( const wxChar16* str, size_type n );
- wxUString &assignFromCString( const char* str );
- wxUString &assignFromCString( const char* str, const wxMBConv &conv );
-
- // conversions
-
- wxScopedCharBuffer utf8_str() const;
- wxScopedU16CharBuffer utf16_str() const;
-
-#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2
- wxScopedWCharBuffer wc_str() const
- {
- return utf16_str();
- }
-#else
- wchar_t *wc_str() const
- {
- return (wchar_t*) c_str();
- }
-#endif
-
- operator wxString() const
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- return wxString::FromUTF8( utf8_str() );
-#else
-#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2
- return wxString( utf16_str() );
-#else
- return wxString( c_str() );
-#endif
-#endif
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- wxScopedCharBuffer wx_str()
- {
- return utf8_str();
- }
-#else
-#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2
- wxScopedWCharBuffer wx_str()
- {
- return utf16_str();
- }
-#else
- const wchar_t* wx_str()
- {
- return c_str();
- }
-#endif
-#endif
-
- // assign
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxChar32* str )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->assign( str );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxChar32* str, size_type n )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->assign( str, n );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxUString &str )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->assign( str );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxUString &str, size_type pos, size_type n )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->assign( str, pos, n );
- }
-
- // FIXME-VC6: VC 6.0 stl does not support all types of assign functions
- #ifdef __VISUALC6__
- wxUString &assign( wxChar32 ch )
- {
- wxChar32 chh[1];
- chh[0] = ch;
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &)base->assign(chh);
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( size_type n, wxChar32 ch )
- {
- wxU32CharBuffer buffer(n);
- wxChar32 *p = buffer.data();
- size_type i;
- for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
- {
- *p = ch;
- p++;
- }
-
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &)base->assign(buffer.data());
- }
- #else
- wxUString &assign( wxChar32 ch )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->assign( (size_type) 1, ch );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( size_type n, wxChar32 ch )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->assign( n, ch );
- }
- #endif // __VISUALC6__
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &buf )
- {
- return assign( buf.data() );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const char *str )
- {
- return assignFromCString( str );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf )
- {
- return assignFromCString( buf.data() );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const char *str, const wxMBConv &conv )
- {
- return assignFromCString( str, conv );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf, const wxMBConv &conv )
- {
- return assignFromCString( buf.data(), conv );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxChar16 *str )
- {
- return assignFromUTF16( str );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &buf )
- {
- return assignFromUTF16( buf.data() );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxCStrData *cstr )
- {
-#if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2
- return assignFromUTF16( cstr->AsWChar() );
-#else
- return assign( cstr->AsWChar() );
-#endif
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( const wxString &str )
- {
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- return assignFromUTF8( str.wx_str() );
-#else
- #if SIZEOF_WCHAR_T == 2
- return assignFromUTF16( str.wc_str() );
- #else
- return assign( str.wc_str() );
- #endif
-#endif
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( char ch )
- {
- char buf[2];
- buf[0] = ch;
- buf[1] = 0;
- return assignFromCString( buf );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( size_type n, char ch )
- {
- wxCharBuffer buffer(n);
- char *p = buffer.data();
- size_type i;
- for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
- {
- *p = ch;
- p++;
- }
- return assignFromCString( buffer.data() );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( wxChar16 ch )
- {
- wxChar16 buf[2];
- buf[0] = ch;
- buf[1] = 0;
- return assignFromUTF16( buf );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( size_type n, wxChar16 ch )
- {
- wxU16CharBuffer buffer(n);
- wxChar16 *p = buffer.data();
- size_type i;
- for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
- {
- *p = ch;
- p++;
- }
- return assignFromUTF16( buffer.data() );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( wxUniChar ch )
- {
- return assign( (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( size_type n, wxUniChar ch )
- {
- return assign( n, (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( wxUniCharRef ch )
- {
- return assign( (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() );
- }
-
- wxUString &assign( size_type n, wxUniCharRef ch )
- {
- return assign( n, (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() );
- }
-
- // append [STL overload]
-
- wxUString &append( const wxUString &s )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->append( s );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( const wxUString &s, size_type pos, size_type n )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->append( s, pos, n );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( const wxChar32* s )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->append( s );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( const wxChar32* s, size_type n )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->append( s, n );
- }
-
- // FIXME-VC6: VC 6.0 stl does not support all types of append functions
- #ifdef __VISUALC6__
- wxUString &append( size_type n, wxChar32 c )
- {
- wxU32CharBuffer buffer(n);
- wxChar32 *p = buffer.data();
- size_type i;
- for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
- {
- *p = c;
- p++;
- }
-
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->append(buffer.data());
- }
- #else
- wxUString &append( size_type n, wxChar32 c )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->append( n, c );
- }
- #endif // __VISUALC6__
-
- wxUString &append( wxChar32 c )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->append( 1, c );
- }
-
- // append [wx overload]
-
- wxUString &append( const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &buf )
- {
- return append( buf.data() );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &buf )
- {
- return append( buf.data() );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( const char *str )
- {
- return append( wxUString( str ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf )
- {
- return append( wxUString( buf ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( const wxChar16 *str )
- {
- return append( wxUString( str ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( const wxString &str )
- {
- return append( wxUString( str ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( const wxCStrData *cstr )
- {
- return append( wxUString( cstr ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( char ch )
- {
- char buf[2];
- buf[0] = ch;
- buf[1] = 0;
- return append( buf );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( wxChar16 ch )
- {
- wxChar16 buf[2];
- buf[0] = ch;
- buf[1] = 0;
- return append( buf );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( wxUniChar ch )
- {
- return append( (size_type) 1, (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() );
- }
-
- wxUString &append( wxUniCharRef ch )
- {
- return append( (size_type) 1, (wxChar32) ch.GetValue() );
- }
-
-
- // insert [STL overloads]
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type pos, const wxUString &s )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->insert( pos, s );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type pos, const wxUString &s, size_type pos1, size_type n )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->insert( pos, s, pos1, n );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type pos, const wxChar32 *s )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->insert( pos, s );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type pos, const wxChar32 *s, size_type n )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->insert( pos, s, n );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type pos, size_type n, wxChar32 c )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return (wxUString &) base->insert( pos, n, c );
- }
-
-
- // insert [STL overloads]
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type n, const char *s )
- {
- return insert( n, wxUString( s ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxChar16 *s )
- {
- return insert( n, wxUString( s ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxScopedCharBuffer &buf )
- {
- return insert( n, wxUString( buf ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &buf )
- {
- return insert( n, wxUString( buf ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &buf )
- {
- return insert( n, buf.data() );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxString &s )
- {
- return insert( n, wxUString( s ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type n, const wxCStrData *cstr )
- {
- return insert( n, wxUString( cstr ) );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type n, char ch )
- {
- char buf[2];
- buf[0] = ch;
- buf[1] = 0;
- return insert( n, buf );
- }
-
- wxUString &insert( size_type n, wchar_t ch )
- {
- wchar_t buf[2];
- buf[0] = ch;
- buf[1] = 0;
- return insert( n, buf );
- }
-
- // insert iterator
-
- iterator insert( iterator it, wxChar32 ch )
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- return base->insert( it, ch );
- }
-
- void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
- {
- std::basic_string<wxChar32> *base = this;
- base->insert( it, first, last );
- }
-
-
- // operator =
- wxUString& operator=(const wxString& s)
- { return assign( s ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const wxCStrData* s)
- { return assign( s ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const char *s)
- { return assign( s ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const wxChar16 *s)
- { return assign( s ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const wxChar32 *s)
- { return assign( s ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const wxScopedCharBuffer &s)
- { return assign( s ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &s)
- { return assign( s ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &s)
- { return assign( s ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const char ch)
- { return assign( ch ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const wxChar16 ch)
- { return assign( ch ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const wxChar32 ch)
- { return assign( ch ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const wxUniChar ch)
- { return assign( ch ); }
- wxUString& operator=(const wxUniCharRef ch)
- { return assign( ch ); }
-
- // operator +=
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxUString& s)
- { return append( s ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxString& s)
- { return append( s ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxCStrData* s)
- { return append( s ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const char *s)
- { return append( s ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxChar16 *s)
- { return append( s ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxChar32 *s)
- { return append( s ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxScopedCharBuffer &s)
- { return append( s ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &s)
- { return append( s ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &s)
- { return append( s ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const char ch)
- { return append( ch ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxChar16 ch)
- { return append( ch ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxChar32 ch)
- { return append( ch ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxUniChar ch)
- { return append( ch ); }
- wxUString& operator+=(const wxUniCharRef ch)
- { return append( ch ); }
-
-};
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- #pragma warning(pop)
-#endif
-
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { wxUString ret( s1 ); ret.append( s2 ); return ret; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const char *s2)
- { return s1 + wxUString(s2); }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxString &s2)
- { return s1 + wxUString(s2); }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxCStrData *s2)
- { return s1 + wxUString(s2); }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxChar16* s2)
- { return s1 + wxUString(s2); }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxChar32 *s2)
- { return s1 + wxUString(s2); }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxScopedCharBuffer &s2)
- { return s1 + wxUString(s2); }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &s2)
- { return s1 + wxUString(s2); }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &s2)
- { return s1 + wxUString(s2); }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, char s2)
- { return s1 + wxUString(s2); }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, wxChar32 s2)
- { wxUString ret( s1 ); ret.append( s2 ); return ret; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, wxChar16 s2)
- { wxUString ret( s1 ); ret.append( (wxChar32) s2 ); return ret; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, wxUniChar s2)
- { wxUString ret( s1 ); ret.append( (wxChar32) s2.GetValue() ); return ret; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxUString &s1, wxUniCharRef s2)
- { wxUString ret( s1 ); ret.append( (wxChar32) s2.GetValue() ); return ret; }
-
-inline wxUString operator+(const char *s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxString &s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxCStrData *s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxChar16* s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxChar32 *s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxScopedCharBuffer &s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxScopedU16CharBuffer &s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(const wxScopedU32CharBuffer &s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(char s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(wxChar32 s1, const wxUString &s2 )
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(wxChar16 s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(wxUniChar s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-inline wxUString operator+(wxUniCharRef s1, const wxUString &s2)
- { return wxUString(s1) + s2; }
-
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2)
- { return s1.compare( s2 ) == 0; }
-inline bool operator!=(const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2)
- { return s1.compare( s2 ) != 0; }
-inline bool operator< (const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2)
- { return s1.compare( s2 ) < 0; }
-inline bool operator> (const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2)
- { return s1.compare( s2 ) > 0; }
-inline bool operator<=(const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2)
- { return s1.compare( s2 ) <= 0; }
-inline bool operator>=(const wxUString& s1, const wxUString& s2)
- { return s1.compare( s2 ) >= 0; }
-
-#define wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( T ) \
-inline bool operator==(const wxUString& s1, T s2) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) == 0; } \
-inline bool operator!=(const wxUString& s1, T s2) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) != 0; } \
-inline bool operator< (const wxUString& s1, T s2) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) < 0; } \
-inline bool operator> (const wxUString& s1, T s2) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) > 0; } \
-inline bool operator<=(const wxUString& s1, T s2) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) <= 0; } \
-inline bool operator>=(const wxUString& s1, T s2) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) >= 0; } \
-\
-inline bool operator==(T s2, const wxUString& s1) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) == 0; } \
-inline bool operator!=(T s2, const wxUString& s1) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) != 0; } \
-inline bool operator< (T s2, const wxUString& s1) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) > 0; } \
-inline bool operator> (T s2, const wxUString& s1) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) < 0; } \
-inline bool operator<=(T s2, const wxUString& s1) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) >= 0; } \
-inline bool operator>=(T s2, const wxUString& s1) \
- { return s1.compare( wxUString(s2) ) <= 0; }
-
-wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxString & )
-wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const char * )
-wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxChar16 * )
-wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxChar32 * )
-wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxScopedCharBuffer & )
-wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxScopedU16CharBuffer & )
-wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxScopedU32CharBuffer & )
-wxUSTRING_COMP_OPERATORS( const wxCStrData * )
-
-#endif // _WX_USTRING_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/utils.h
-// Purpose: Miscellaneous utilities
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_UTILS_H_
-#define _WX_UTILS_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/filefn.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/versioninfo.h"
-#include "wx/meta/implicitconversion.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
- #include "wx/gdicmn.h"
- #include "wx/mousestate.h"
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayInt;
-
-// need this for wxGetDiskSpace() as we can't, unfortunately, forward declare
-// wxLongLong
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-
-// needed for wxOperatingSystemId, wxLinuxDistributionInfo
-#include "wx/platinfo.h"
-
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- #include <direct.h>
-#elif defined(__X__)
- #include <dirent.h>
- #include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Forward declaration
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxProcess;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class wxWindowList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxEventLoop;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Arithmetic functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template<typename T1, typename T2>
-inline typename wxImplicitConversionType<T1,T2>::value
-wxMax(T1 a, T2 b)
-{
- typedef typename wxImplicitConversionType<T1,T2>::value ResultType;
-
- // Cast both operands to the same type before comparing them to avoid
- // warnings about signed/unsigned comparisons from some compilers:
- return static_cast<ResultType>(a) > static_cast<ResultType>(b) ? a : b;
-}
-
-template<typename T1, typename T2>
-inline typename wxImplicitConversionType<T1,T2>::value
-wxMin(T1 a, T2 b)
-{
- typedef typename wxImplicitConversionType<T1,T2>::value ResultType;
-
- return static_cast<ResultType>(a) < static_cast<ResultType>(b) ? a : b;
-}
-
-template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
-inline typename wxImplicitConversionType3<T1,T2,T3>::value
-wxClip(T1 a, T2 b, T3 c)
-{
- typedef typename wxImplicitConversionType3<T1,T2,T3>::value ResultType;
-
- if ( static_cast<ResultType>(a) < static_cast<ResultType>(b) )
- return b;
-
- if ( static_cast<ResultType>(a) > static_cast<ResultType>(c) )
- return c;
-
- return a;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxMemorySize
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// wxGetFreeMemory can return huge amount of memory on 32-bit platforms as well
-// so to always use long long for its result type on all platforms which
-// support it
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- typedef wxLongLong wxMemorySize;
-#else
- typedef long wxMemorySize;
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// String functions (deprecated, use wxString)
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-// A shorter way of using strcmp
-wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(inline bool wxStringEq(const char *s1, const char *s2),
- return wxCRT_StrcmpA(s1, s2) == 0; )
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(inline bool wxStringEq(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2),
- return wxCRT_StrcmpW(s1, s2) == 0; )
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Sound the bell
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxBell();
-
-#if wxUSE_MSGDLG
-// Show wxWidgets information
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxInfoMessageBox(wxWindow* parent);
-#endif // wxUSE_MSGDLG
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVersionInfo wxGetLibraryVersionInfo();
-
-// Get OS description as a user-readable string
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetOsDescription();
-
-// Get OS version
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxOperatingSystemId wxGetOsVersion(int *majorVsn = NULL,
- int *minorVsn = NULL);
-
-// Get platform endianness
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsPlatformLittleEndian();
-
-// Get platform architecture
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxIsPlatform64Bit();
-
-#ifdef __LINUX__
-// Get linux-distro informations
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLinuxDistributionInfo wxGetLinuxDistributionInfo();
-#endif
-
-// Return a string with the current date/time
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxNow();
-
-// Return path where wxWidgets is installed (mostly useful in Unices)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar *wxGetInstallPrefix();
-// Return path to wxWin data (/usr/share/wx/%{version}) (Unices)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetDataDir();
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-// Get the state of a key (true if pressed, false if not)
-// This is generally most useful getting the state of
-// the modifier or toggle keys.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key);
-
-// Don't synthesize KeyUp events holding down a key and producing
-// KeyDown events with autorepeat. On by default and always on
-// in wxMSW.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxSetDetectableAutoRepeat( bool flag );
-
-// Returns the current state of the mouse position, buttons and modifers
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMouseState wxGetMouseState();
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxPlatform
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- * Class to make it easier to specify platform-dependent values
- *
- * Examples:
- * long val = wxPlatform::If(wxMac, 1).ElseIf(wxGTK, 2).ElseIf(stPDA, 5).Else(3);
- * wxString strVal = wxPlatform::If(wxMac, wxT("Mac")).ElseIf(wxMSW, wxT("MSW")).Else(wxT("Other"));
- *
- * A custom platform symbol:
- *
- * #define stPDA 100
- * #ifdef __WXWINCE__
- * wxPlatform::AddPlatform(stPDA);
- * #endif
- *
- * long windowStyle = wxCAPTION | (long) wxPlatform::IfNot(stPDA, wxRESIZE_BORDER);
- *
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPlatform
-{
-public:
- wxPlatform() { Init(); }
- wxPlatform(const wxPlatform& platform) { Copy(platform); }
- void operator = (const wxPlatform& platform) { if (&platform != this) Copy(platform); }
- void Copy(const wxPlatform& platform);
-
- // Specify an optional default value
- wxPlatform(int defValue) { Init(); m_longValue = (long)defValue; }
- wxPlatform(long defValue) { Init(); m_longValue = defValue; }
- wxPlatform(const wxString& defValue) { Init(); m_stringValue = defValue; }
- wxPlatform(double defValue) { Init(); m_doubleValue = defValue; }
-
- static wxPlatform If(int platform, long value);
- static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, long value);
- wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, long value);
- wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, long value);
- wxPlatform& Else(long value);
-
- static wxPlatform If(int platform, int value) { return If(platform, (long)value); }
- static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, int value) { return IfNot(platform, (long)value); }
- wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, int value) { return ElseIf(platform, (long) value); }
- wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, int value) { return ElseIfNot(platform, (long) value); }
- wxPlatform& Else(int value) { return Else((long) value); }
-
- static wxPlatform If(int platform, double value);
- static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, double value);
- wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, double value);
- wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, double value);
- wxPlatform& Else(double value);
-
- static wxPlatform If(int platform, const wxString& value);
- static wxPlatform IfNot(int platform, const wxString& value);
- wxPlatform& ElseIf(int platform, const wxString& value);
- wxPlatform& ElseIfNot(int platform, const wxString& value);
- wxPlatform& Else(const wxString& value);
-
- long GetInteger() const { return m_longValue; }
- const wxString& GetString() const { return m_stringValue; }
- double GetDouble() const { return m_doubleValue; }
-
- operator int() const { return (int) GetInteger(); }
- operator long() const { return GetInteger(); }
- operator double() const { return GetDouble(); }
- operator const wxString&() const { return GetString(); }
-
- static void AddPlatform(int platform);
- static bool Is(int platform);
- static void ClearPlatforms();
-
-private:
-
- void Init() { m_longValue = 0; m_doubleValue = 0.0; }
-
- long m_longValue;
- double m_doubleValue;
- wxString m_stringValue;
- static wxArrayInt* sm_customPlatforms;
-};
-
-/// Function for testing current platform
-inline bool wxPlatformIs(int platform) { return wxPlatform::Is(platform); }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Window ID management
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Ensure subsequent IDs don't clash with this one
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxRegisterId(int id);
-
-// Return the current ID
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxGetCurrentId();
-
-// Generate a unique ID
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxNewId();
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Various conversions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Convert 2-digit hex number to decimal
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxHexToDec(const wxString& buf);
-
-// Convert 2-digit hex number to decimal
-inline int wxHexToDec(const char* buf)
-{
- int firstDigit, secondDigit;
-
- if (buf[0] >= 'A')
- firstDigit = buf[0] - 'A' + 10;
- else
- firstDigit = buf[0] - '0';
-
- if (buf[1] >= 'A')
- secondDigit = buf[1] - 'A' + 10;
- else
- secondDigit = buf[1] - '0';
-
- return (firstDigit & 0xF) * 16 + (secondDigit & 0xF );
-}
-
-
-// Convert decimal integer to 2-character hex string
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDecToHex(int dec, wxChar *buf);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxDecToHex(int dec, char* ch1, char* ch2);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxDecToHex(int dec);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Process management
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: for backwards compatibility reasons the values of wxEXEC_[A]SYNC *must*
-// be 0 and 1, don't change!
-
-enum
-{
- // execute the process asynchronously
- wxEXEC_ASYNC = 0,
-
- // execute it synchronously, i.e. wait until it finishes
- wxEXEC_SYNC = 1,
-
- // under Windows, don't hide the child even if it's IO is redirected (this
- // is done by default)
- wxEXEC_SHOW_CONSOLE = 2,
-
- // deprecated synonym for wxEXEC_SHOW_CONSOLE, use the new name as it's
- // more clear
- wxEXEC_NOHIDE = wxEXEC_SHOW_CONSOLE,
-
- // under Unix, if the process is the group leader then passing wxKILL_CHILDREN to wxKill
- // kills all children as well as pid
- // under Windows (NT family only), sets the CREATE_NEW_PROCESS_GROUP flag,
- // which allows to target Ctrl-Break signal to the spawned process.
- // applies to console processes only.
- wxEXEC_MAKE_GROUP_LEADER = 4,
-
- // by default synchronous execution disables all program windows to avoid
- // that the user interacts with the program while the child process is
- // running, you can use this flag to prevent this from happening
- wxEXEC_NODISABLE = 8,
-
- // by default, the event loop is run while waiting for synchronous execution
- // to complete and this flag can be used to simply block the main process
- // until the child process finishes
- wxEXEC_NOEVENTS = 16,
-
- // under Windows, hide the console of the child process if it has one, even
- // if its IO is not redirected
- wxEXEC_HIDE_CONSOLE = 32,
-
- // convenient synonym for flags given system()-like behaviour
- wxEXEC_BLOCK = wxEXEC_SYNC | wxEXEC_NOEVENTS
-};
-
-// Map storing environment variables.
-typedef wxStringToStringHashMap wxEnvVariableHashMap;
-
-// Used to pass additional parameters for child process to wxExecute(). Could
-// be extended with other fields later.
-struct wxExecuteEnv
-{
- wxString cwd; // If empty, CWD is not changed.
- wxEnvVariableHashMap env; // If empty, environment is unchanged.
-};
-
-// Execute another program.
-//
-// If flags contain wxEXEC_SYNC, return -1 on failure and the exit code of the
-// process if everything was ok. Otherwise (i.e. if wxEXEC_ASYNC), return 0 on
-// failure and the PID of the launched process if ok.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(const wxString& command,
- int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC,
- wxProcess *process = NULL,
- const wxExecuteEnv *env = NULL);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(char **argv,
- int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC,
- wxProcess *process = NULL,
- const wxExecuteEnv *env = NULL);
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(wchar_t **argv,
- int flags = wxEXEC_ASYNC,
- wxProcess *process = NULL,
- const wxExecuteEnv *env = NULL);
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-// execute the command capturing its output into an array line by line, this is
-// always synchronous
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(const wxString& command,
- wxArrayString& output,
- int flags = 0,
- const wxExecuteEnv *env = NULL);
-
-// also capture stderr (also synchronous)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long wxExecute(const wxString& command,
- wxArrayString& output,
- wxArrayString& error,
- int flags = 0,
- const wxExecuteEnv *env = NULL);
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && wxUSE_IPC
-// ask a DDE server to execute the DDE request with given parameters
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxExecuteDDE(const wxString& ddeServer,
- const wxString& ddeTopic,
- const wxString& ddeCommand);
-#endif // __WINDOWS__ && wxUSE_IPC
-
-enum wxSignal
-{
- wxSIGNONE = 0, // verify if the process exists under Unix
- wxSIGHUP,
- wxSIGINT,
- wxSIGQUIT,
- wxSIGILL,
- wxSIGTRAP,
- wxSIGABRT,
- wxSIGIOT = wxSIGABRT, // another name
- wxSIGEMT,
- wxSIGFPE,
- wxSIGKILL,
- wxSIGBUS,
- wxSIGSEGV,
- wxSIGSYS,
- wxSIGPIPE,
- wxSIGALRM,
- wxSIGTERM
-
- // further signals are different in meaning between different Unix systems
-};
-
-enum wxKillError
-{
- wxKILL_OK, // no error
- wxKILL_BAD_SIGNAL, // no such signal
- wxKILL_ACCESS_DENIED, // permission denied
- wxKILL_NO_PROCESS, // no such process
- wxKILL_ERROR // another, unspecified error
-};
-
-enum wxKillFlags
-{
- wxKILL_NOCHILDREN = 0, // don't kill children
- wxKILL_CHILDREN = 1 // kill children
-};
-
-enum wxShutdownFlags
-{
- wxSHUTDOWN_FORCE = 1,// can be combined with other flags (MSW-only)
- wxSHUTDOWN_POWEROFF = 2,// power off the computer
- wxSHUTDOWN_REBOOT = 4,// shutdown and reboot
- wxSHUTDOWN_LOGOFF = 8 // close session (currently MSW-only)
-};
-
-// Shutdown or reboot the PC
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxShutdown(int flags = wxSHUTDOWN_POWEROFF);
-
-// send the given signal to the process (only NONE and KILL are supported under
-// Windows, all others mean TERM), return 0 if ok and -1 on error
-//
-// return detailed error in rc if not NULL
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxKill(long pid,
- wxSignal sig = wxSIGTERM,
- wxKillError *rc = NULL,
- int flags = wxKILL_NOCHILDREN);
-
-// Execute a command in an interactive shell window (always synchronously)
-// If no command then just the shell
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxShell(const wxString& command = wxEmptyString);
-
-// As wxShell(), but must give a (non interactive) command and its output will
-// be returned in output array
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxShell(const wxString& command, wxArrayString& output);
-
-// Sleep for nSecs seconds
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSleep(int nSecs);
-
-// Sleep for a given amount of milliseconds
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMilliSleep(unsigned long milliseconds);
-
-// Sleep for a given amount of microseconds
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxMicroSleep(unsigned long microseconds);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-// Sleep for a given amount of milliseconds (old, bad name), use wxMilliSleep
-wxDEPRECATED( WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxUsleep(unsigned long milliseconds) );
-#endif
-
-// Get the process id of the current process
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE unsigned long wxGetProcessId();
-
-// Get free memory in bytes, or -1 if cannot determine amount (e.g. on UNIX)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemorySize wxGetFreeMemory();
-
-#if wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-
-// should wxApp::OnFatalException() be called?
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxHandleFatalExceptions(bool doit = true);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Environment variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// returns true if variable exists (value may be NULL if you just want to check
-// for this)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetEnv(const wxString& var, wxString *value);
-
-// set the env var name to the given value, return true on success
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const wxString& value);
-
-// remove the env var from environment
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxUnsetEnv(const wxString& var);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const char *value)
- { return wxSetEnv(var, wxString(value)); }
-inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const wchar_t *value)
- { return wxSetEnv(var, wxString(value)); }
-template<typename T>
-inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& value)
- { return wxSetEnv(var, wxString(value)); }
-inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, const wxCStrData& value)
- { return wxSetEnv(var, wxString(value)); }
-
-// this one is for passing NULL directly - don't use it, use wxUnsetEnv instead
-wxDEPRECATED( inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, int value) );
-inline bool wxSetEnv(const wxString& var, int value)
-{
- wxASSERT_MSG( value == 0, "using non-NULL integer as string?" );
-
- wxUnusedVar(value); // fix unused parameter warning in release build
-
- return wxUnsetEnv(var);
-}
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-// Retrieve the complete environment by filling specified map.
-// Returns true on success or false if an error occurred.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetEnvMap(wxEnvVariableHashMap *map);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Network and username functions.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: "char *" functions are deprecated, use wxString ones!
-
-// Get eMail address
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetEmailAddress(wxChar *buf, int maxSize);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetEmailAddress();
-
-// Get hostname.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetHostName(wxChar *buf, int maxSize);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetHostName();
-
-// Get FQDN
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetFullHostName();
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetFullHostName(wxChar *buf, int maxSize);
-
-// Get user ID e.g. jacs (this is known as login name under Unix)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetUserId(wxChar *buf, int maxSize);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetUserId();
-
-// Get user name e.g. Julian Smart
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetUserName(wxChar *buf, int maxSize);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetUserName();
-
-// Get current Home dir and copy to dest (returns pstr->c_str())
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetHomeDir();
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxChar* wxGetHomeDir(wxString *pstr);
-
-// Get the user's (by default use the current user name) home dir,
-// return empty string on error
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxGetUserHome(const wxString& user = wxEmptyString);
-
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- typedef wxLongLong wxDiskspaceSize_t;
-#else
- typedef long wxDiskspaceSize_t;
-#endif
-
-// get number of total/free bytes on the disk where path belongs
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxGetDiskSpace(const wxString& path,
- wxDiskspaceSize_t *pTotal = NULL,
- wxDiskspaceSize_t *pFree = NULL);
-
-
-
-typedef int (*wxSortCallback)(const void* pItem1,
- const void* pItem2,
- const void* user_data);
-
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxQsort(void* pbase, size_t total_elems,
- size_t size, wxSortCallback cmp,
- const void* user_data);
-
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI // GUI only things from now on
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Launch default browser
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// flags for wxLaunchDefaultBrowser
-enum
-{
- wxBROWSER_NEW_WINDOW = 0x01,
- wxBROWSER_NOBUSYCURSOR = 0x02
-};
-
-// Launch url in the user's default internet browser
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxLaunchDefaultBrowser(const wxString& url, int flags = 0);
-
-// Launch document in the user's default application
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxLaunchDefaultApplication(const wxString& path, int flags = 0);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Menu accelerators related things
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// flags for wxStripMenuCodes
-enum
-{
- // strip '&' characters
- wxStrip_Mnemonics = 1,
-
- // strip everything after '\t'
- wxStrip_Accel = 2,
-
- // strip everything (this is the default)
- wxStrip_All = wxStrip_Mnemonics | wxStrip_Accel
-};
-
-// strip mnemonics and/or accelerators from the label
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString
-wxStripMenuCodes(const wxString& str, int flags = wxStrip_All);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-// obsolete and deprecated version, do not use, use the above overload instead
-wxDEPRECATED(
- WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChar* wxStripMenuCodes(const wxChar *in, wxChar *out = NULL)
-);
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry;
-
-// use wxAcceleratorEntry::Create() or FromString() methods instead
-wxDEPRECATED(
- WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry *wxGetAccelFromString(const wxString& label)
-);
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Window search
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Returns menu item id or wxNOT_FOUND if none.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE int wxFindMenuItemId(wxFrame *frame, const wxString& menuString, const wxString& itemString);
-
-// Find the wxWindow at the given point. wxGenericFindWindowAtPoint
-// is always present but may be less reliable than a native version.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxGenericFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt);
-
-// NB: this function is obsolete, use wxWindow::FindWindowByLabel() instead
-//
-// Find the window/widget with the given title or label.
-// Pass a parent to begin the search from, or NULL to look through
-// all windows.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindWindowByLabel(const wxString& title, wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-// NB: this function is obsolete, use wxWindow::FindWindowByName() instead
-//
-// Find window by name, and if that fails, by label.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindWindowByName(const wxString& name, wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Message/event queue helpers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Yield to other apps/messages and disable user input
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxSafeYield(wxWindow *win = NULL, bool onlyIfNeeded = false);
-
-// Enable or disable input to all top level windows
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxEnableTopLevelWindows(bool enable = true);
-
-// Check whether this window wants to process messages, e.g. Stop button
-// in long calculations.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxCheckForInterrupt(wxWindow *wnd);
-
-// Consume all events until no more left
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxFlushEvents();
-
-// a class which disables all windows (except, may be, the given one) in its
-// ctor and enables them back in its dtor
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDisabler
-{
-public:
- // this ctor conditionally disables all windows: if the argument is false,
- // it doesn't do anything
- wxWindowDisabler(bool disable = true);
-
- // ctor disables all windows except winToSkip
- wxWindowDisabler(wxWindow *winToSkip);
-
- // dtor enables back all windows disabled by the ctor
- ~wxWindowDisabler();
-
-private:
- // disable all windows except the given one (used by both ctors)
- void DoDisable(wxWindow *winToSkip = NULL);
-
-#if defined(__WXOSX__) && wxOSX_USE_COCOA
- wxEventLoop* m_modalEventLoop;
-#endif
- wxWindowList *m_winDisabled;
- bool m_disabled;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowDisabler);
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Cursors
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Set the cursor to the busy cursor for all windows
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxBeginBusyCursor(const wxCursor *cursor = wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR);
-
-// Restore cursor to normal
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void wxEndBusyCursor();
-
-// true if we're between the above two calls
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxIsBusy();
-
-// Convenience class so we can just create a wxBusyCursor object on the stack
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBusyCursor
-{
-public:
- wxBusyCursor(const wxCursor* cursor = wxHOURGLASS_CURSOR)
- { wxBeginBusyCursor(cursor); }
- ~wxBusyCursor()
- { wxEndBusyCursor(); }
-
- // FIXME: These two methods are currently only implemented (and needed?)
- // in wxGTK. BusyCursor handling should probably be moved to
- // common code since the wxGTK and wxMSW implementations are very
- // similar except for wxMSW using HCURSOR directly instead of
- // wxCursor.. -- RL.
- static const wxCursor &GetStoredCursor();
- static const wxCursor GetBusyCursor();
-};
-
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGetMousePosition( int* x, int* y );
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// X11 Display access
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if defined(__X__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
-
-#ifdef __WXGTK__
- WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE void *wxGetDisplay();
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __X__
- WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE WXDisplay *wxGetDisplay();
- WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxSetDisplay(const wxString& display_name);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxGetDisplayName();
-#endif // X or GTK+
-
-// use this function instead of the functions above in implementation code
-inline struct _XDisplay *wxGetX11Display()
-{
- return (_XDisplay *)wxGetDisplay();
-}
-
-#endif // X11 || wxGTK
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxYield(): these functions are obsolete, please use wxApp methods instead!
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// avoid redeclaring this function here if it had been already declated by
-// wx/app.h, this results in warnings from g++ with -Wredundant-decls
-#ifndef wx_YIELD_DECLARED
-#define wx_YIELD_DECLARED
-
-// Yield to other apps/messages
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxYield();
-
-#endif // wx_YIELD_DECLARED
-
-// Like wxYield, but fails silently if the yield is recursive.
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxYieldIfNeeded();
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Windows resources access
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Windows only: get user-defined resource from the .res file.
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- // default resource type for wxLoadUserResource()
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(const wxChar*) wxUserResourceStr;
-
- // Return the pointer to the resource data. This pointer is read-only, use
- // the overload below if you need to modify the data.
- //
- // Notice that the resource type can be either a real string or an integer
- // produced by MAKEINTRESOURCE(). In particular, any standard resource type,
- // i.e any RT_XXX constant, could be passed here.
- //
- // Returns true on success, false on failure. Doesn't log an error message
- // if the resource is not found (because this could be expected) but does
- // log one if any other error occurs.
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool
- wxLoadUserResource(const void **outData,
- size_t *outLen,
- const wxString& resourceName,
- const wxChar* resourceType = wxUserResourceStr,
- WXHINSTANCE module = 0);
-
- // This function allocates a new buffer and makes a copy of the resource
- // data, remember to delete[] the buffer. And avoid using it entirely if
- // the overload above can be used.
- //
- // Returns NULL on failure.
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char*
- wxLoadUserResource(const wxString& resourceName,
- const wxChar* resourceType = wxUserResourceStr,
- int* pLen = NULL,
- WXHINSTANCE module = 0);
-#endif // __WINDOWS__
-
-#endif
- // _WX_UTILSH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/valgen.h
-// Purpose: wxGenericValidator class
-// Author: Kevin Smith
-// Created: Jan 22 1999
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Julian Smart (assigned from Kevin)
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VALGENH__
-#define _WX_VALGENH__
-
-#include "wx/validate.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileName;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxGenericValidator performs data transfer between many standard controls and
-// variables of the type corresponding to their values.
-//
-// It doesn't do any validation so its name is a slight misnomer.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGenericValidator: public wxValidator
-{
-public:
- // Different constructors: each of them creates a validator which can only
- // be used with some controls, the comments before each constructor
- // indicate which ones:
- // wxCheckBox, wxRadioButton, wx(Bitmap)ToggleButton
- wxGenericValidator(bool* val);
- // wxChoice, wxGauge, wxRadioBox, wxScrollBar, wxSlider, wxSpinButton
- wxGenericValidator(int* val);
- // wxComboBox, wxTextCtrl, wxButton, wxStaticText (read-only)
- wxGenericValidator(wxString* val);
- // wxListBox, wxCheckListBox
- wxGenericValidator(wxArrayInt* val);
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- // wxDatePickerCtrl
- wxGenericValidator(wxDateTime* val);
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
- // wxTextCtrl
- wxGenericValidator(wxFileName* val);
- // wxTextCtrl
- wxGenericValidator(float* val);
- // wxTextCtrl
- wxGenericValidator(double* val);
-
- wxGenericValidator(const wxGenericValidator& copyFrom);
-
- virtual ~wxGenericValidator(){}
-
- // Make a clone of this validator (or return NULL) - currently necessary
- // if you're passing a reference to a validator.
- // Another possibility is to always pass a pointer to a new validator
- // (so the calling code can use a copy constructor of the relevant class).
- virtual wxObject *Clone() const { return new wxGenericValidator(*this); }
- bool Copy(const wxGenericValidator& val);
-
- // Called when the value in the window must be validated: this is not used
- // by this class
- virtual bool Validate(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) { return true; }
-
- // Called to transfer data to the window
- virtual bool TransferToWindow();
-
- // Called to transfer data to the window
- virtual bool TransferFromWindow();
-
-protected:
- void Initialize();
-
- bool* m_pBool;
- int* m_pInt;
- wxString* m_pString;
- wxArrayInt* m_pArrayInt;
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- wxDateTime* m_pDateTime;
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
- wxFileName* m_pFileName;
- float* m_pFloat;
- double* m_pDouble;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxGenericValidator)
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxGenericValidator);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#endif // _WX_VALGENH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/validate.h
-// Purpose: wxValidator class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VALIDATE_H_
-#define _WX_VALIDATE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#include "wx/event.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
-
-/*
- A validator has up to three purposes:
-
- 1) To validate the data in the window that's associated
- with the validator.
- 2) To transfer data to and from the window.
- 3) To filter input, using its role as a wxEvtHandler
- to intercept e.g. OnChar.
-
- Note that wxValidator and derived classes use reference counting.
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxValidator : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- wxValidator();
- wxValidator(const wxValidator& other)
- : wxEvtHandler()
- , m_validatorWindow(other.m_validatorWindow)
- {
- }
- virtual ~wxValidator();
-
- // Make a clone of this validator (or return NULL) - currently necessary
- // if you're passing a reference to a validator.
- // Another possibility is to always pass a pointer to a new validator
- // (so the calling code can use a copy constructor of the relevant class).
- virtual wxObject *Clone() const
- { return NULL; }
- bool Copy(const wxValidator& val)
- { m_validatorWindow = val.m_validatorWindow; return true; }
-
- // Called when the value in the window must be validated.
- // This function can pop up an error message.
- virtual bool Validate(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(parent)) { return false; }
-
- // Called to transfer data to the window
- virtual bool TransferToWindow() { return false; }
-
- // Called to transfer data from the window
- virtual bool TransferFromWindow() { return false; }
-
- // accessors
- wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)m_validatorWindow; }
- void SetWindow(wxWindowBase *win) { m_validatorWindow = win; }
-
- // validators beep by default if invalid key is pressed, this function
- // allows to change this
- static void SuppressBellOnError(bool suppress = true)
- { ms_isSilent = suppress; }
-
- // test if beep is currently disabled
- static bool IsSilent() { return ms_isSilent; }
-
- // this function is deprecated because it handled its parameter
- // unnaturally: it disabled the bell when it was true, not false as could
- // be expected; use SuppressBellOnError() instead
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- static wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(
- void SetBellOnError(bool doIt = true),
- ms_isSilent = doIt;
- )
-#endif
-
-protected:
- wxWindowBase *m_validatorWindow;
-
-private:
- static bool ms_isSilent;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxValidator)
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxValidator);
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const wxValidator) wxDefaultValidator;
-
-#define wxVALIDATOR_PARAM(val) val
-
-#else // !wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- // wxWidgets is compiled without support for wxValidator, but we still
- // want to be able to pass wxDefaultValidator to the functions which take
- // a wxValidator parameter to avoid using "#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS"
- // everywhere
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxValidator;
- #define wxDefaultValidator (*reinterpret_cast<wxValidator*>(NULL))
-
- // this macro allows to avoid warnings about unused parameters when
- // wxUSE_VALIDATORS == 0
- #define wxVALIDATOR_PARAM(val)
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS/!wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#endif // _WX_VALIDATE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/valnum.h
-// Purpose: Numeric validator classes.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin based on the submission of Fulvio Senore
-// Created: 2010-11-06
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team
-// (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VALNUM_H_
-#define _WX_VALNUM_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#include "wx/validate.h"
-
-#include <limits>
-
-// Bit masks used for numeric validator styles.
-enum wxNumValidatorStyle
-{
- wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT = 0x0,
- wxNUM_VAL_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR = 0x1,
- wxNUM_VAL_ZERO_AS_BLANK = 0x2,
- wxNUM_VAL_NO_TRAILING_ZEROES = 0x4
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Base class for all numeric validators.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxNumValidatorBase : public wxValidator
-{
-public:
- // Change the validator style. Usually it's specified during construction.
- void SetStyle(int style) { m_style = style; }
-
-
- // Override base class method to not do anything but always return success:
- // we don't need this as we do our validation on the fly here.
- virtual bool Validate(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) { return true; }
-
-protected:
- wxNumValidatorBase(int style)
- {
- m_style = style;
- }
-
- wxNumValidatorBase(const wxNumValidatorBase& other) : wxValidator()
- {
- m_style = other.m_style;
- }
-
- bool HasFlag(wxNumValidatorStyle style) const
- {
- return (m_style & style) != 0;
- }
-
- // Get the text entry of the associated control. Normally shouldn't ever
- // return NULL (and will assert if it does return it) but the caller should
- // still test the return value for safety.
- wxTextEntry *GetTextEntry() const;
-
- // Convert wxNUM_VAL_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR and wxNUM_VAL_NO_TRAILING_ZEROES
- // bits of our style to the corresponding wxNumberFormatter::Style values.
- int GetFormatFlags() const;
-
- // Return true if pressing a '-' key is acceptable for the current control
- // contents and insertion point. This is meant to be called from the
- // derived class IsCharOk() implementation.
- bool IsMinusOk(const wxString& val, int pos) const;
-
- // Return the string which would result from inserting the given character
- // at the specified position.
- wxString GetValueAfterInsertingChar(wxString val, int pos, wxChar ch) const
- {
- val.insert(pos, ch);
- return val;
- }
-
-private:
- // Check whether the specified character can be inserted in the control at
- // the given position in the string representing the current controls
- // contents.
- //
- // Notice that the base class checks for '-' itself so it's never passed to
- // this function.
- virtual bool IsCharOk(const wxString& val, int pos, wxChar ch) const = 0;
-
- // NormalizeString the contents of the string if it's a valid number, return
- // empty string otherwise.
- virtual wxString NormalizeString(const wxString& s) const = 0;
-
-
- // Event handlers.
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
-
-
- // Determine the current insertion point and text in the associated control.
- void GetCurrentValueAndInsertionPoint(wxString& val, int& pos) const;
-
-
- // Combination of wxVAL_NUM_XXX values.
- int m_style;
-
-
- wxDECLARE_EVENT_TABLE();
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxNumValidatorBase);
-};
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-// This is a helper class used by wxIntegerValidator and wxFloatingPointValidator
-// below that implements Transfer{To,From}Window() adapted to the type of the
-// variable.
-//
-// The template argument B is the name of the base class which must derive from
-// wxNumValidatorBase and define LongestValueType type and {To,As}String()
-// methods i.e. basically be one of wx{Integer,Number}ValidatorBase classes.
-//
-// The template argument T is just the type handled by the validator that will
-// inherit from this one.
-template <class B, typename T>
-class wxNumValidator : public B
-{
-public:
- typedef B BaseValidator;
- typedef T ValueType;
-
- typedef typename BaseValidator::LongestValueType LongestValueType;
-
- // FIXME-VC6: This compiler fails to compile the assert below with a
- // nonsensical error C2248: "'LongestValueType' : cannot access protected
- // typedef declared in class 'wxIntegerValidatorBase'" so just disable the
- // check for it.
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
- wxCOMPILE_TIME_ASSERT
- (
- sizeof(ValueType) <= sizeof(LongestValueType),
- UnsupportedType
- );
-#endif // __VISUALC6__
-
- void SetMin(ValueType min)
- {
- this->DoSetMin(min);
- }
-
- void SetMax(ValueType max)
- {
- this->DoSetMax(max);
- }
-
- void SetRange(ValueType min, ValueType max)
- {
- SetMin(min);
- SetMax(max);
- }
-
- virtual bool TransferToWindow()
- {
- if ( m_value )
- {
- wxTextEntry * const control = BaseValidator::GetTextEntry();
- if ( !control )
- return false;
-
- control->SetValue(NormalizeValue(*m_value));
- }
-
- return true;
- }
-
- virtual bool TransferFromWindow()
- {
- if ( m_value )
- {
- wxTextEntry * const control = BaseValidator::GetTextEntry();
- if ( !control )
- return false;
-
- const wxString s(control->GetValue());
- LongestValueType value;
- if ( s.empty() && BaseValidator::HasFlag(wxNUM_VAL_ZERO_AS_BLANK) )
- value = 0;
- else if ( !BaseValidator::FromString(s, &value) )
- return false;
-
- if ( !this->IsInRange(value) )
- return false;
-
- *m_value = static_cast<ValueType>(value);
- }
-
- return true;
- }
-
-protected:
- wxNumValidator(ValueType *value, int style)
- : BaseValidator(style),
- m_value(value)
- {
- }
-
- // Implement wxNumValidatorBase virtual method which is the same for
- // both integer and floating point numbers.
- virtual wxString NormalizeString(const wxString& s) const
- {
- LongestValueType value;
- return BaseValidator::FromString(s, &value) ? NormalizeValue(value)
- : wxString();
- }
-
-private:
- // Just a helper which is a common part of TransferToWindow() and
- // NormalizeString(): returns string representation of a number honouring
- // wxNUM_VAL_ZERO_AS_BLANK flag.
- wxString NormalizeValue(LongestValueType value) const
- {
- wxString s;
- if ( value != 0 || !BaseValidator::HasFlag(wxNUM_VAL_ZERO_AS_BLANK) )
- s = this->ToString(value);
-
- return s;
- }
-
-
- ValueType * const m_value;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxNumValidator);
-};
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Validators for integer numbers.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Base class for integer numbers validator. This class contains all non
-// type-dependent code of wxIntegerValidator<> and always works with values of
-// type LongestValueType. It is not meant to be used directly, please use
-// wxIntegerValidator<> only instead.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIntegerValidatorBase : public wxNumValidatorBase
-{
-protected:
- // Define the type we use here, it should be the maximal-sized integer type
- // we support to make it possible to base wxIntegerValidator<> for any type
- // on it.
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
- typedef wxLongLong_t LongestValueType;
-#else
- typedef long LongestValueType;
-#endif
-
- wxIntegerValidatorBase(int style)
- : wxNumValidatorBase(style)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !(style & wxNUM_VAL_NO_TRAILING_ZEROES),
- "This style doesn't make sense for integers." );
- }
-
- wxIntegerValidatorBase(const wxIntegerValidatorBase& other)
- : wxNumValidatorBase(other)
- {
- m_min = other.m_min;
- m_max = other.m_max;
- }
-
- // Provide methods for wxNumValidator use.
- wxString ToString(LongestValueType value) const;
- static bool FromString(const wxString& s, LongestValueType *value);
-
- void DoSetMin(LongestValueType min) { m_min = min; }
- void DoSetMax(LongestValueType max) { m_max = max; }
-
- bool IsInRange(LongestValueType value) const
- {
- return m_min <= value && value <= m_max;
- }
-
- // Implement wxNumValidatorBase pure virtual method.
- virtual bool IsCharOk(const wxString& val, int pos, wxChar ch) const;
-
-private:
- // Minimal and maximal values accepted (inclusive).
- LongestValueType m_min, m_max;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxIntegerValidatorBase);
-};
-
-// Validator for integer numbers. It can actually work with any integer type
-// (short, int or long and long long if supported) and their unsigned versions
-// as well.
-template <typename T>
-class wxIntegerValidator
- : public wxPrivate::wxNumValidator<wxIntegerValidatorBase, T>
-{
-public:
- typedef T ValueType;
-
- typedef
- wxPrivate::wxNumValidator<wxIntegerValidatorBase, T> Base;
-
- // Ctor for an integer validator.
- //
- // Sets the range appropriately for the type, including setting 0 as the
- // minimal value for the unsigned types.
- wxIntegerValidator(ValueType *value = NULL, int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT)
- : Base(value, style)
- {
- this->DoSetMin(std::numeric_limits<ValueType>::min());
- this->DoSetMax(std::numeric_limits<ValueType>::max());
- }
-
- virtual wxObject *Clone() const { return new wxIntegerValidator(*this); }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxIntegerValidator);
-};
-
-// Helper function for creating integer validators which allows to avoid
-// explicitly specifying the type as it deduces it from its parameter.
-template <typename T>
-inline wxIntegerValidator<T>
-wxMakeIntegerValidator(T *value, int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT)
-{
- return wxIntegerValidator<T>(value, style);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Validators for floating point numbers.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Similar to wxIntegerValidatorBase, this class is not meant to be used
-// directly, only wxFloatingPointValidator<> should be used in the user code.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFloatingPointValidatorBase : public wxNumValidatorBase
-{
-public:
- // Set precision i.e. the number of digits shown (and accepted on input)
- // after the decimal point. By default this is set to the maximal precision
- // supported by the type handled by the validator.
- void SetPrecision(unsigned precision) { m_precision = precision; }
-
-protected:
- // Notice that we can't use "long double" here because it's not supported
- // by wxNumberFormatter yet, so restrict ourselves to just double (and
- // float).
- typedef double LongestValueType;
-
- wxFloatingPointValidatorBase(int style)
- : wxNumValidatorBase(style)
- {
- }
-
- wxFloatingPointValidatorBase(const wxFloatingPointValidatorBase& other)
- : wxNumValidatorBase(other)
- {
- m_precision = other.m_precision;
-
- m_min = other.m_min;
- m_max = other.m_max;
- }
-
- // Provide methods for wxNumValidator use.
- wxString ToString(LongestValueType value) const;
- static bool FromString(const wxString& s, LongestValueType *value);
-
- void DoSetMin(LongestValueType min) { m_min = min; }
- void DoSetMax(LongestValueType max) { m_max = max; }
-
- bool IsInRange(LongestValueType value) const
- {
- return m_min <= value && value <= m_max;
- }
-
- // Implement wxNumValidatorBase pure virtual method.
- virtual bool IsCharOk(const wxString& val, int pos, wxChar ch) const;
-
-private:
- // Maximum number of decimals digits after the decimal separator.
- unsigned m_precision;
-
- // Minimal and maximal values accepted (inclusive).
- LongestValueType m_min, m_max;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxFloatingPointValidatorBase);
-};
-
-// Validator for floating point numbers. It can be used with float, double or
-// long double values.
-template <typename T>
-class wxFloatingPointValidator
- : public wxPrivate::wxNumValidator<wxFloatingPointValidatorBase, T>
-{
-public:
- typedef T ValueType;
- typedef wxPrivate::wxNumValidator<wxFloatingPointValidatorBase, T> Base;
-
- // Ctor using implicit (maximal) precision for this type.
- wxFloatingPointValidator(ValueType *value = NULL,
- int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT)
- : Base(value, style)
- {
- DoSetMinMax();
-
- this->SetPrecision(std::numeric_limits<ValueType>::digits10);
- }
-
- // Ctor specifying an explicit precision.
- wxFloatingPointValidator(int precision,
- ValueType *value = NULL,
- int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT)
- : Base(value, style)
- {
- DoSetMinMax();
-
- this->SetPrecision(precision);
- }
-
- virtual wxObject *Clone() const
- {
- return new wxFloatingPointValidator(*this);
- }
-
-private:
- void DoSetMinMax()
- {
- // NB: Do not use min(), it's not the smallest representable value for
- // the floating point types but rather the smallest representable
- // positive value.
- this->DoSetMin(-std::numeric_limits<ValueType>::max());
- this->DoSetMax( std::numeric_limits<ValueType>::max());
- }
-};
-
-// Helper similar to wxMakeIntValidator().
-//
-// NB: Unfortunately we can't just have a wxMakeNumericValidator() which would
-// return either wxIntegerValidator<> or wxFloatingPointValidator<> so we
-// do need two different functions.
-template <typename T>
-inline wxFloatingPointValidator<T>
-wxMakeFloatingPointValidator(T *value, int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT)
-{
- return wxFloatingPointValidator<T>(value, style);
-}
-
-template <typename T>
-inline wxFloatingPointValidator<T>
-wxMakeFloatingPointValidator(int precision, T *value, int style = wxNUM_VAL_DEFAULT)
-{
- return wxFloatingPointValidator<T>(precision, value, style);
-}
-
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#endif // _WX_VALNUM_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/valtext.h
-// Purpose: wxTextValidator class
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 29/01/98
-// Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VALTEXT_H_
-#define _WX_VALTEXT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS && (wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || wxUSE_COMBOBOX)
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextEntry;
-
-#include "wx/validate.h"
-
-enum wxTextValidatorStyle
-{
- wxFILTER_NONE = 0x0,
- wxFILTER_EMPTY = 0x1,
- wxFILTER_ASCII = 0x2,
- wxFILTER_ALPHA = 0x4,
- wxFILTER_ALPHANUMERIC = 0x8,
- wxFILTER_DIGITS = 0x10,
- wxFILTER_NUMERIC = 0x20,
- wxFILTER_INCLUDE_LIST = 0x40,
- wxFILTER_INCLUDE_CHAR_LIST = 0x80,
- wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_LIST = 0x100,
- wxFILTER_EXCLUDE_CHAR_LIST = 0x200
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextValidator: public wxValidator
-{
-public:
- wxTextValidator(long style = wxFILTER_NONE, wxString *val = NULL);
- wxTextValidator(const wxTextValidator& val);
-
- virtual ~wxTextValidator(){}
-
- // Make a clone of this validator (or return NULL) - currently necessary
- // if you're passing a reference to a validator.
- // Another possibility is to always pass a pointer to a new validator
- // (so the calling code can use a copy constructor of the relevant class).
- virtual wxObject *Clone() const { return new wxTextValidator(*this); }
- bool Copy(const wxTextValidator& val);
-
- // Called when the value in the window must be validated.
- // This function can pop up an error message.
- virtual bool Validate(wxWindow *parent);
-
- // Called to transfer data to the window
- virtual bool TransferToWindow();
-
- // Called to transfer data from the window
- virtual bool TransferFromWindow();
-
- // Filter keystrokes
- void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // ACCESSORS
- inline long GetStyle() const { return m_validatorStyle; }
- void SetStyle(long style);
-
- wxTextEntry *GetTextEntry();
-
- void SetCharIncludes(const wxString& chars);
- void SetIncludes(const wxArrayString& includes) { m_includes = includes; }
- inline wxArrayString& GetIncludes() { return m_includes; }
-
- void SetCharExcludes(const wxString& chars);
- void SetExcludes(const wxArrayString& excludes) { m_excludes = excludes; }
- inline wxArrayString& GetExcludes() { return m_excludes; }
-
- bool HasFlag(wxTextValidatorStyle style) const
- { return (m_validatorStyle & style) != 0; }
-
-protected:
-
- // returns true if all characters of the given string are present in m_includes
- bool ContainsOnlyIncludedCharacters(const wxString& val) const;
-
- // returns true if at least one character of the given string is present in m_excludes
- bool ContainsExcludedCharacters(const wxString& val) const;
-
- // returns the error message if the contents of 'val' are invalid
- virtual wxString IsValid(const wxString& val) const;
-
-protected:
- long m_validatorStyle;
- wxString* m_stringValue;
- wxArrayString m_includes;
- wxArrayString m_excludes;
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxTextValidator);
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextValidator)
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_VALIDATORS && (wxUSE_TEXTCTRL || wxUSE_COMBOBOX)
-
-#endif // _WX_VALTEXT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/variant.h
-// Purpose: wxVariant class, container for any type
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 10/09/98
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VARIANT_H_
-#define _WX_VARIANT_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/cpp.h"
-#include "wx/longlong.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- #include "wx/datetime.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-
-#include "wx/iosfwrap.h"
-
-class wxAny;
-
-/*
- * wxVariantData stores the actual data in a wxVariant object,
- * to allow it to store any type of data.
- * Derive from this to provide custom data handling.
- *
- * NB: When you construct a wxVariantData, it will have refcount
- * of one. Refcount will not be further increased when
- * it is passed to wxVariant. This simulates old common
- * scenario where wxVariant took ownership of wxVariantData
- * passed to it.
- * If you create wxVariantData for other reasons than passing
- * it to wxVariant, technically you are not required to call
- * DecRef() before deleting it.
- *
- * TODO: in order to replace wxPropertyValue, we would need
- * to consider adding constructors that take pointers to C++ variables,
- * or removing that functionality from the wxProperty library.
- * Essentially wxPropertyValue takes on some of the wxValidator functionality
- * by storing pointers and not just actual values, allowing update of C++ data
- * to be handled automatically. Perhaps there's another way of doing this without
- * overloading wxVariant with unnecessary functionality.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariantData : public wxObjectRefData
-{
- friend class wxVariant;
-public:
- wxVariantData() { }
-
- // Override these to provide common functionality
- virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
- virtual bool Write(wxSTD ostream& WXUNUSED(str)) const { return false; }
-#endif
- virtual bool Write(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) const { return false; }
-#if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
- virtual bool Read(wxSTD istream& WXUNUSED(str)) { return false; }
-#endif
- virtual bool Read(wxString& WXUNUSED(str)) { return false; }
- // What type is it? Return a string name.
- virtual wxString GetType() const = 0;
- // If it based on wxObject return the ClassInfo.
- virtual wxClassInfo* GetValueClassInfo() { return NULL; }
-
- // Implement this to make wxVariant::UnShare work. Returns
- // a copy of the data.
- virtual wxVariantData* Clone() const { return NULL; }
-
-#if wxUSE_ANY
- // Converts value to wxAny, if possible. Return true if successful.
- virtual bool GetAsAny(wxAny* WXUNUSED(any)) const { return false; }
-#endif
-
-protected:
- // Protected dtor should make some incompatible code
- // break more louder. That is, they should do data->DecRef()
- // instead of delete data.
- virtual ~wxVariantData() { }
-};
-
-/*
- * wxVariant can store any kind of data, but has some basic types
- * built in.
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxVariant;
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxVariant, wxVariantList, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVariant: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxVariant();
-
- wxVariant(const wxVariant& variant);
- wxVariant(wxVariantData* data, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-#if wxUSE_ANY
- wxVariant(const wxAny& any);
-#endif
- virtual ~wxVariant();
-
- // generic assignment
- void operator= (const wxVariant& variant);
-
- // Assignment using data, e.g.
- // myVariant = new wxStringVariantData("hello");
- void operator= (wxVariantData* variantData);
-
- bool operator== (const wxVariant& variant) const;
- bool operator!= (const wxVariant& variant) const;
-
- // Sets/gets name
- inline void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
- inline const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
- // Tests whether there is data
- bool IsNull() const;
-
- // For compatibility with wxWidgets <= 2.6, this doesn't increase
- // reference count.
- wxVariantData* GetData() const
- {
- return (wxVariantData*) m_refData;
- }
- void SetData(wxVariantData* data) ;
-
- // make a 'clone' of the object
- void Ref(const wxVariant& clone) { wxObject::Ref(clone); }
-
- // ensure that the data is exclusive to this variant, and not shared
- bool Unshare();
-
- // Make NULL (i.e. delete the data)
- void MakeNull();
-
- // Delete data and name
- void Clear();
-
- // Returns a string representing the type of the variant,
- // e.g. "string", "bool", "stringlist", "list", "double", "long"
- wxString GetType() const;
-
- bool IsType(const wxString& type) const;
- bool IsValueKindOf(const wxClassInfo* type) const;
-
- // write contents to a string (e.g. for debugging)
- wxString MakeString() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_ANY
- wxAny GetAny() const;
-#endif
-
- // double
- wxVariant(double val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator== (double value) const;
- bool operator!= (double value) const;
- void operator= (double value) ;
- inline operator double () const { return GetDouble(); }
- inline double GetReal() const { return GetDouble(); }
- double GetDouble() const;
-
- // long
- wxVariant(long val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- wxVariant(int val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- wxVariant(short val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator== (long value) const;
- bool operator!= (long value) const;
- void operator= (long value) ;
- inline operator long () const { return GetLong(); }
- inline long GetInteger() const { return GetLong(); }
- long GetLong() const;
-
- // bool
- wxVariant(bool val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator== (bool value) const;
- bool operator!= (bool value) const;
- void operator= (bool value) ;
- inline operator bool () const { return GetBool(); }
- bool GetBool() const ;
-
- // wxDateTime
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- wxVariant(const wxDateTime& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator== (const wxDateTime& value) const;
- bool operator!= (const wxDateTime& value) const;
- void operator= (const wxDateTime& value) ;
- inline operator wxDateTime () const { return GetDateTime(); }
- wxDateTime GetDateTime() const;
-#endif
-
- // wxString
- wxVariant(const wxString& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- // these overloads are necessary to prevent the compiler from using bool
- // version instead of wxString one:
- wxVariant(const char* val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- wxVariant(const wchar_t* val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- wxVariant(const wxCStrData& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- wxVariant(const wxScopedCharBuffer& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- wxVariant(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
-
- bool operator== (const wxString& value) const;
- bool operator!= (const wxString& value) const;
- wxVariant& operator=(const wxString& value);
- // these overloads are necessary to prevent the compiler from using bool
- // version instead of wxString one:
- wxVariant& operator=(const char* value)
- { return *this = wxString(value); }
- wxVariant& operator=(const wchar_t* value)
- { return *this = wxString(value); }
- wxVariant& operator=(const wxCStrData& value)
- { return *this = value.AsString(); }
- template<typename T>
- wxVariant& operator=(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& value)
- { return *this = value.data(); }
-
- inline operator wxString () const { return MakeString(); }
- wxString GetString() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_STRING
- wxVariant(const std::string& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator==(const std::string& value) const
- { return operator==(wxString(value)); }
- bool operator!=(const std::string& value) const
- { return operator!=(wxString(value)); }
- wxVariant& operator=(const std::string& value)
- { return operator=(wxString(value)); }
- operator std::string() const { return (operator wxString()).ToStdString(); }
-
- wxVariant(const wxStdWideString& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator==(const wxStdWideString& value) const
- { return operator==(wxString(value)); }
- bool operator!=(const wxStdWideString& value) const
- { return operator!=(wxString(value)); }
- wxVariant& operator=(const wxStdWideString& value)
- { return operator=(wxString(value)); }
- operator wxStdWideString() const { return (operator wxString()).ToStdWstring(); }
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_STRING
-
- // wxUniChar
- wxVariant(const wxUniChar& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- wxVariant(const wxUniCharRef& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- wxVariant(char val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- wxVariant(wchar_t val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator==(const wxUniChar& value) const;
- bool operator==(const wxUniCharRef& value) const { return *this == wxUniChar(value); }
- bool operator==(char value) const { return *this == wxUniChar(value); }
- bool operator==(wchar_t value) const { return *this == wxUniChar(value); }
- bool operator!=(const wxUniChar& value) const { return !(*this == value); }
- bool operator!=(const wxUniCharRef& value) const { return !(*this == value); }
- bool operator!=(char value) const { return !(*this == value); }
- bool operator!=(wchar_t value) const { return !(*this == value); }
- wxVariant& operator=(const wxUniChar& value);
- wxVariant& operator=(const wxUniCharRef& value) { return *this = wxUniChar(value); }
- wxVariant& operator=(char value) { return *this = wxUniChar(value); }
- wxVariant& operator=(wchar_t value) { return *this = wxUniChar(value); }
- operator wxUniChar() const { return GetChar(); }
- operator char() const { return GetChar(); }
- operator wchar_t() const { return GetChar(); }
- wxUniChar GetChar() const;
-
- // wxArrayString
- wxVariant(const wxArrayString& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator== (const wxArrayString& value) const;
- bool operator!= (const wxArrayString& value) const;
- void operator= (const wxArrayString& value);
- operator wxArrayString () const { return GetArrayString(); }
- wxArrayString GetArrayString() const;
-
- // void*
- wxVariant(void* ptr, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator== (void* value) const;
- bool operator!= (void* value) const;
- void operator= (void* value);
- operator void* () const { return GetVoidPtr(); }
- void* GetVoidPtr() const;
-
- // wxObject*
- wxVariant(wxObject* ptr, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator== (wxObject* value) const;
- bool operator!= (wxObject* value) const;
- void operator= (wxObject* value);
- wxObject* GetWxObjectPtr() const;
-
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- // wxLongLong
- wxVariant(wxLongLong, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator==(wxLongLong value) const;
- bool operator!=(wxLongLong value) const;
- void operator=(wxLongLong value);
- operator wxLongLong() const { return GetLongLong(); }
- wxLongLong GetLongLong() const;
-
- // wxULongLong
- wxVariant(wxULongLong, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
- bool operator==(wxULongLong value) const;
- bool operator!=(wxULongLong value) const;
- void operator=(wxULongLong value);
- operator wxULongLong() const { return GetULongLong(); }
- wxULongLong GetULongLong() const;
-#endif
-
- // ------------------------------
- // list operations
- // ------------------------------
-
- wxVariant(const wxVariantList& val, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString); // List of variants
- bool operator== (const wxVariantList& value) const;
- bool operator!= (const wxVariantList& value) const;
- void operator= (const wxVariantList& value) ;
- // Treat a list variant as an array
- wxVariant operator[] (size_t idx) const;
- wxVariant& operator[] (size_t idx) ;
- wxVariantList& GetList() const ;
-
- // Return the number of elements in a list
- size_t GetCount() const;
-
- // Make empty list
- void NullList();
-
- // Append to list
- void Append(const wxVariant& value);
-
- // Insert at front of list
- void Insert(const wxVariant& value);
-
- // Returns true if the variant is a member of the list
- bool Member(const wxVariant& value) const;
-
- // Deletes the nth element of the list
- bool Delete(size_t item);
-
- // Clear list
- void ClearList();
-
-public:
- // Type conversion
- bool Convert(long* value) const;
- bool Convert(bool* value) const;
- bool Convert(double* value) const;
- bool Convert(wxString* value) const;
- bool Convert(wxUniChar* value) const;
- bool Convert(char* value) const;
- bool Convert(wchar_t* value) const;
-#if wxUSE_DATETIME
- bool Convert(wxDateTime* value) const;
-#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
-#if wxUSE_LONGLONG
- bool Convert(wxLongLong* value) const;
- bool Convert(wxULongLong* value) const;
- #ifdef wxLongLong_t
- bool Convert(wxLongLong_t* value) const
- {
- wxLongLong temp;
- if ( !Convert(&temp) )
- return false;
- *value = temp.GetValue();
- return true;
- }
- bool Convert(wxULongLong_t* value) const
- {
- wxULongLong temp;
- if ( !Convert(&temp) )
- return false;
- *value = temp.GetValue();
- return true;
- }
- #endif // wxLongLong_t
-#endif // wxUSE_LONGLONG
-
-// Attributes
-protected:
- virtual wxObjectRefData *CreateRefData() const;
- virtual wxObjectRefData *CloneRefData(const wxObjectRefData *data) const;
-
- wxString m_name;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxVariant)
-};
-
-
-//
-// wxVariant <-> wxAny conversion code
-//
-#if wxUSE_ANY
-
-#include "wx/any.h"
-
-// In order to convert wxAny to wxVariant, we need to be able to associate
-// wxAnyValueType with a wxVariantData factory function.
-typedef wxVariantData* (*wxVariantDataFactory)(const wxAny& any);
-
-// Actual Any-to-Variant registration must be postponed to a time when all
-// global variables have been initialized. Hence this arrangement.
-// wxAnyToVariantRegistration instances are kept in global scope and
-// wxAnyValueTypeGlobals in any.cpp will use their data when the time is
-// right.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyToVariantRegistration
-{
-public:
- wxAnyToVariantRegistration(wxVariantDataFactory factory);
- virtual ~wxAnyToVariantRegistration();
-
- virtual wxAnyValueType* GetAssociatedType() = 0;
- wxVariantDataFactory GetFactory() const { return m_factory; }
-private:
- wxVariantDataFactory m_factory;
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-class wxAnyToVariantRegistrationImpl : public wxAnyToVariantRegistration
-{
-public:
- wxAnyToVariantRegistrationImpl(wxVariantDataFactory factory)
- : wxAnyToVariantRegistration(factory)
- {
- }
-
- virtual wxAnyValueType* GetAssociatedType()
- {
- return wxAnyValueTypeImpl<T>::GetInstance();
- }
-private:
-};
-
-#define DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() \
-virtual bool GetAsAny(wxAny* any) const; \
-static wxVariantData* VariantDataFactory(const wxAny& any);
-
-#define _REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME, FUNC) \
-static wxAnyToVariantRegistrationImpl<T> \
- gs_##CLASSNAME##AnyToVariantRegistration = \
- wxAnyToVariantRegistrationImpl<T>(&FUNC);
-
-#define REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME) \
-_REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME, CLASSNAME::VariantDataFactory)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME) \
-bool CLASSNAME::GetAsAny(wxAny* any) const \
-{ \
- *any = m_value; \
- return true; \
-} \
-wxVariantData* CLASSNAME::VariantDataFactory(const wxAny& any) \
-{ \
- return new CLASSNAME(wxANY_AS(any, T)); \
-} \
-REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME)
-
-#else // if !wxUSE_ANY
-
-#define DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION()
-#define REGISTER_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME)
-#define IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(T, CLASSNAME)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ANY/!wxUSE_ANY
-
-
-#define DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT(classname) \
- DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE)
-
-#define DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname,expdecl) \
-expdecl classname& operator << ( classname &object, const wxVariant &variant ); \
-expdecl wxVariant& operator << ( wxVariant &variant, const classname &object );
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT(classname) \
- IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE)
-
-#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_NO_EQ(classname,expdecl) \
-class classname##VariantData: public wxVariantData \
-{ \
-public:\
- classname##VariantData() {} \
- classname##VariantData( const classname &value ) { m_value = value; } \
-\
- classname &GetValue() { return m_value; } \
-\
- virtual bool Eq(wxVariantData& data) const; \
-\
- virtual wxString GetType() const; \
- virtual wxClassInfo* GetValueClassInfo(); \
-\
- virtual wxVariantData* Clone() const { return new classname##VariantData(m_value); } \
-\
- DECLARE_WXANY_CONVERSION() \
-protected:\
- classname m_value; \
-};\
-\
-wxString classname##VariantData::GetType() const\
-{\
- return m_value.GetClassInfo()->GetClassName();\
-}\
-\
-wxClassInfo* classname##VariantData::GetValueClassInfo()\
-{\
- return m_value.GetClassInfo();\
-}\
-\
-expdecl classname& operator << ( classname &value, const wxVariant &variant )\
-{\
- wxASSERT( variant.GetType() == #classname );\
- \
- classname##VariantData *data = (classname##VariantData*) variant.GetData();\
- value = data->GetValue();\
- return value;\
-}\
-\
-expdecl wxVariant& operator << ( wxVariant &variant, const classname &value )\
-{\
- classname##VariantData *data = new classname##VariantData( value );\
- variant.SetData( data );\
- return variant;\
-} \
-IMPLEMENT_TRIVIAL_WXANY_CONVERSION(classname, classname##VariantData)
-
-// implements a wxVariantData-derived class using for the Eq() method the
-// operator== which must have been provided by "classname"
-#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(classname,expdecl) \
-IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_NO_EQ(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl) \
-\
-bool classname##VariantData::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const \
-{\
- wxASSERT( GetType() == data.GetType() );\
-\
- classname##VariantData & otherData = (classname##VariantData &) data;\
-\
- return otherData.m_value == m_value;\
-}\
-
-
-// implements a wxVariantData-derived class using for the Eq() method a shallow
-// comparison (through wxObject::IsSameAs function)
-#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_SHALLOWCMP(classname) \
- IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_SHALLOWCMP(classname, wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE)
-#define IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_SHALLOWCMP(classname,expdecl) \
-IMPLEMENT_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED_NO_EQ(classname,wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE expdecl) \
-\
-bool classname##VariantData::Eq(wxVariantData& data) const \
-{\
- wxASSERT( GetType() == data.GetType() );\
-\
- classname##VariantData & otherData = (classname##VariantData &) data;\
-\
- return (otherData.m_value.IsSameAs(m_value));\
-}\
-
-
-// Since we want type safety wxVariant we need to fetch and dynamic_cast
-// in a seemingly safe way so the compiler can check, so we define
-// a dynamic_cast /wxDynamicCast analogue.
-
-#define wxGetVariantCast(var,classname) \
- ((classname*)(var.IsValueKindOf(&classname::ms_classInfo) ?\
- var.GetWxObjectPtr() : NULL));
-
-// Replacement for using wxDynamicCast on a wxVariantData object
-#ifndef wxNO_RTTI
- #define wxDynamicCastVariantData(data, classname) dynamic_cast<classname*>(data)
-#endif
-
-#define wxStaticCastVariantData(data, classname) static_cast<classname*>(data)
-
-extern wxVariant WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxNullVariant;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT
-
-#endif // _WX_VARIANT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/vector.h
-// Purpose: STL vector clone
-// Author: Lindsay Mathieson
-// Modified by: Vaclav Slavik - make it a template
-// Created: 30.07.2001
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Lindsay Mathieson <lindsay@mathieson.org>,
-// 2007 Vaclav Slavik <vslavik@fastmail.fm>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VECTOR_H_
-#define _WX_VECTOR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#include <vector>
-#include <algorithm>
-
-#define wxVector std::vector
-template<typename T>
-inline void wxVectorSort(wxVector<T>& v)
-{
- std::sort(v.begin(), v.end());
-}
-
-#else // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#include "wx/scopeguard.h"
-#include "wx/meta/movable.h"
-#include "wx/meta/if.h"
-
-#include "wx/beforestd.h"
-#include <new> // for placement new
-#include "wx/afterstd.h"
-
-// wxQsort is declared in wx/utils.h, but can't include that file here,
-// it indirectly includes this file. Just lovely...
-typedef int (*wxSortCallback)(const void* pItem1,
- const void* pItem2,
- const void* user_data);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxQsort(void* pbase, size_t total_elems,
- size_t size, wxSortCallback cmp,
- const void* user_data);
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-// These templates encapsulate memory operations for use by wxVector; there are
-// two implementations, both in generic way for any C++ types and as an
-// optimized version for "movable" types that uses realloc() and memmove().
-
-// version for movable types:
-template<typename T>
-struct wxVectorMemOpsMovable
-{
- static void Free(T* array)
- { free(array); }
-
- static T* Realloc(T* old, size_t newCapacity, size_t WXUNUSED(occupiedSize))
- { return (T*)realloc(old, newCapacity * sizeof(T)); }
-
- static void MemmoveBackward(T* dest, T* source, size_t count)
- { memmove(dest, source, count * sizeof(T)); }
-
- static void MemmoveForward(T* dest, T* source, size_t count)
- { memmove(dest, source, count * sizeof(T)); }
-};
-
-// generic version for non-movable types:
-template<typename T>
-struct wxVectorMemOpsGeneric
-{
- static void Free(T* array)
- { ::operator delete(array); }
-
- static T* Realloc(T* old, size_t newCapacity, size_t occupiedSize)
- {
- T *mem = (T*)::operator new(newCapacity * sizeof(T));
- for ( size_t i = 0; i < occupiedSize; i++ )
- {
- ::new(mem + i) T(old[i]);
- old[i].~T();
- }
- ::operator delete(old);
- return mem;
- }
-
- static void MemmoveBackward(T* dest, T* source, size_t count)
- {
- wxASSERT( dest < source );
- T* destptr = dest;
- T* sourceptr = source;
- for ( size_t i = count; i > 0; --i, ++destptr, ++sourceptr )
- {
- ::new(destptr) T(*sourceptr);
- sourceptr->~T();
- }
- }
-
- static void MemmoveForward(T* dest, T* source, size_t count)
- {
- wxASSERT( dest > source );
- T* destptr = dest + count - 1;
- T* sourceptr = source + count - 1;
- for ( size_t i = count; i > 0; --i, --destptr, --sourceptr )
- {
- ::new(destptr) T(*sourceptr);
- sourceptr->~T();
- }
- }
-};
-
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-template<typename T>
-class wxVector
-{
-private:
- // This cryptic expression means "typedef Ops to wxVectorMemOpsMovable if
- // type T is movable type, otherwise to wxVectorMemOpsGeneric".
- //
- // Note that we use typedef instead of privately deriving from this (which
- // would allowed us to omit "Ops::" prefixes below) to keep VC6 happy,
- // it can't compile code that derives from wxIf<...>::value.
- //
- // Note that bcc needs the extra parentheses for non-type template
- // arguments to compile this expression.
- typedef typename wxIf< (wxIsMovable<T>::value),
- wxPrivate::wxVectorMemOpsMovable<T>,
- wxPrivate::wxVectorMemOpsGeneric<T> >::value
- Ops;
-
-public:
- typedef size_t size_type;
- typedef size_t difference_type;
- typedef T value_type;
- typedef value_type* pointer;
- typedef const value_type* const_pointer;
- typedef value_type* iterator;
- typedef const value_type* const_iterator;
- typedef value_type& reference;
- typedef const value_type& const_reference;
-
- class reverse_iterator
- {
- public:
- reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { }
- wxEXPLICIT reverse_iterator(iterator it) : m_ptr(it) { }
- reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }
-
- reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; }
- pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; }
-
- iterator base() const { return m_ptr; }
-
- reverse_iterator& operator++()
- { --m_ptr; return *this; }
- reverse_iterator operator++(int)
- { reverse_iterator tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; }
- reverse_iterator& operator--()
- { ++m_ptr; return *this; }
- reverse_iterator operator--(int)
- { reverse_iterator tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }
-
- reverse_iterator operator+(difference_type n) const
- { return reverse_iterator(m_ptr - n); }
- reverse_iterator& operator+=(difference_type n)
- { m_ptr -= n; return *this; }
- reverse_iterator operator-(difference_type n) const
- { return reverse_iterator(m_ptr + n); }
- reverse_iterator& operator-=(difference_type n)
- { m_ptr += n; return *this; }
-
- reference operator[](difference_type n) const
- { return *(*this + n); }
-
- bool operator ==(const reverse_iterator& it) const
- { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }
- bool operator !=(const reverse_iterator& it) const
- { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }
-
- private:
- value_type *m_ptr;
-
- friend class const_reverse_iterator;
- };
-
- class const_reverse_iterator
- {
- public:
- const_reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { }
- wxEXPLICIT const_reverse_iterator(const_iterator it) : m_ptr(it) { }
- const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }
- const_reverse_iterator(const const_reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }
-
- const_reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; }
- const_pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; }
-
- const_iterator base() const { return m_ptr; }
-
- const_reverse_iterator& operator++()
- { --m_ptr; return *this; }
- const_reverse_iterator operator++(int)
- { const_reverse_iterator tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; }
- const_reverse_iterator& operator--()
- { ++m_ptr; return *this; }
- const_reverse_iterator operator--(int)
- { const_reverse_iterator tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }
-
- const_reverse_iterator operator+(difference_type n) const
- { return const_reverse_iterator(m_ptr - n); }
- const_reverse_iterator& operator+=(difference_type n)
- { m_ptr -= n; return *this; }
- const_reverse_iterator operator-(difference_type n) const
- { return const_reverse_iterator(m_ptr + n); }
- const_reverse_iterator& operator-=(difference_type n)
- { m_ptr += n; return *this; }
-
- const_reference operator[](difference_type n) const
- { return *(*this + n); }
-
- bool operator ==(const const_reverse_iterator& it) const
- { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }
- bool operator !=(const const_reverse_iterator& it) const
- { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }
-
- protected:
- const value_type *m_ptr;
- };
-
- wxVector() : m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_values(NULL) {}
-
- wxVector(size_type p_size)
- : m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_values(NULL)
- {
- reserve(p_size);
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < p_size; n++ )
- push_back(value_type());
- }
-
- wxVector(size_type p_size, const value_type& v)
- : m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_values(NULL)
- {
- reserve(p_size);
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < p_size; n++ )
- push_back(v);
- }
-
- wxVector(const wxVector& c) : m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_values(NULL)
- {
- Copy(c);
- }
-
- template <class InputIterator>
- wxVector(InputIterator first, InputIterator last)
- : m_size(0), m_capacity(0), m_values(NULL)
- {
- assign(first, last);
- }
-
- ~wxVector()
- {
- clear();
- }
-
- void assign(size_type p_size, const value_type& v)
- {
- clear();
- reserve(p_size);
- for ( size_t n = 0; n < p_size; n++ )
- push_back(v);
- }
-
- template <class InputIterator>
- void assign(InputIterator first, InputIterator last)
- {
- clear();
-
- // Notice that it would be nice to call reserve() here but we can't do
- // it for arbitrary input iterators, we should have a dispatch on
- // iterator type and call it if possible.
-
- for ( InputIterator it = first; it != last; ++it )
- push_back(*it);
- }
-
- void swap(wxVector& v)
- {
- wxSwap(m_size, v.m_size);
- wxSwap(m_capacity, v.m_capacity);
- wxSwap(m_values, v.m_values);
- }
-
- void clear()
- {
- // call destructors of stored objects:
- for ( size_type i = 0; i < m_size; i++ )
- {
- m_values[i].~T();
- }
-
- Ops::Free(m_values);
- m_values = NULL;
- m_size =
- m_capacity = 0;
- }
-
- void reserve(size_type n)
- {
- if ( n <= m_capacity )
- return;
-
- // increase the size twice, unless we're already too big or unless
- // more is requested
- //
- // NB: casts to size_type are needed to suppress warnings about
- // mixing enumeral and non-enumeral type in conditional expression
- const size_type increment = m_size > 0
- ? m_size < ALLOC_MAX_SIZE
- ? m_size
- : (size_type)ALLOC_MAX_SIZE
- : (size_type)ALLOC_INITIAL_SIZE;
- if ( m_capacity + increment > n )
- n = m_capacity + increment;
-
- m_values = Ops::Realloc(m_values, n * sizeof(value_type), m_size);
- m_capacity = n;
- }
-
- void resize(size_type n)
- {
- if ( n < m_size )
- Shrink(n);
- else if ( n > m_size )
- Extend(n, value_type());
- }
-
- void resize(size_type n, const value_type& v)
- {
- if ( n < m_size )
- Shrink(n);
- else if ( n > m_size )
- Extend(n, v);
- }
-
- size_type size() const
- {
- return m_size;
- }
-
- size_type capacity() const
- {
- return m_capacity;
- }
-
- bool empty() const
- {
- return size() == 0;
- }
-
- wxVector& operator=(const wxVector& vb)
- {
- if (this != &vb)
- {
- clear();
- Copy(vb);
- }
- return *this;
- }
-
- void push_back(const value_type& v)
- {
- reserve(size() + 1);
-
- // use placement new to initialize new object in preallocated place in
- // m_values and store 'v' in it:
- void* const place = m_values + m_size;
- ::new(place) value_type(v);
-
- // only increase m_size if the ctor didn't throw an exception; notice
- // that if it _did_ throw, everything is OK, because we only increased
- // vector's capacity so far and possibly written some data to
- // uninitialized memory at the end of m_values
- m_size++;
- }
-
- void pop_back()
- {
- erase(end() - 1);
- }
-
- const value_type& at(size_type idx) const
- {
- wxASSERT(idx < m_size);
- return m_values[idx];
- }
-
- value_type& at(size_type idx)
- {
- wxASSERT(idx < m_size);
- return m_values[idx];
- }
-
- const value_type& operator[](size_type idx) const { return at(idx); }
- value_type& operator[](size_type idx) { return at(idx); }
- const value_type& front() const { return at(0); }
- value_type& front() { return at(0); }
- const value_type& back() const { return at(size() - 1); }
- value_type& back() { return at(size() - 1); }
-
- const_iterator begin() const { return m_values; }
- iterator begin() { return m_values; }
- const_iterator end() const { return m_values + size(); }
- iterator end() { return m_values + size(); }
-
- reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end() - 1); }
- reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); }
-
- const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const { return const_reverse_iterator(end() - 1); }
- const_reverse_iterator rend() const { return const_reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); }
-
- iterator insert(iterator it, const value_type& v = value_type())
- {
- // NB: this must be done before reserve(), because reserve()
- // invalidates iterators!
- const size_t idx = it - begin();
- const size_t after = end() - it;
-
- reserve(size() + 1);
-
- // the place where the new element is going to be inserted
- value_type * const place = m_values + idx;
-
- // unless we're inserting at the end, move following elements out of
- // the way:
- if ( after > 0 )
- Ops::MemmoveForward(place + 1, place, after);
-
- // if the ctor called below throws an exception, we need to move all
- // the elements back to their original positions in m_values
- wxScopeGuard moveBack = wxMakeGuard(
- Ops::MemmoveBackward, place, place + 1, after);
- if ( !after )
- moveBack.Dismiss();
-
- // use placement new to initialize new object in preallocated place in
- // m_values and store 'v' in it:
- ::new(place) value_type(v);
-
- // now that we did successfully add the new element, increment the size
- // and disable moving the items back
- moveBack.Dismiss();
- m_size++;
-
- return begin() + idx;
- }
-
- iterator erase(iterator it)
- {
- return erase(it, it + 1);
- }
-
- iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last)
- {
- if ( first == last )
- return first;
- wxASSERT( first < end() && last <= end() );
-
- const size_type idx = first - begin();
- const size_type count = last - first;
- const size_type after = end() - last;
-
- // erase elements by calling their destructors:
- for ( iterator i = first; i < last; ++i )
- i->~T();
-
- // once that's done, move following elements over to the freed space:
- if ( after > 0 )
- {
- Ops::MemmoveBackward(m_values + idx, m_values + idx + count, after);
- }
-
- m_size -= count;
-
- return begin() + idx;
- }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED( size_type erase(size_type n) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-private:
- // VC6 can't compile static const int members
- enum { ALLOC_INITIAL_SIZE = 16 };
- enum { ALLOC_MAX_SIZE = 4096 };
-
- void Copy(const wxVector& vb)
- {
- reserve(vb.size());
-
- for ( const_iterator i = vb.begin(); i != vb.end(); ++i )
- push_back(*i);
- }
-
-private:
- void Shrink(size_type n)
- {
- for ( size_type i = n; i < m_size; i++ )
- m_values[i].~T();
- m_size = n;
- }
-
- void Extend(size_type n, const value_type& v)
- {
- reserve(n);
- for ( size_type i = m_size; i < n; i++ )
- push_back(v);
- }
-
- size_type m_size,
- m_capacity;
- value_type *m_values;
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-template<typename T>
-inline typename wxVector<T>::size_type wxVector<T>::erase(size_type n)
-{
- erase(begin() + n);
- return n;
-}
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-// This is a helper for the wxVectorSort function, and should not be used
-// directly in user's code.
-template<typename T>
-struct wxVectorComparator
-{
- static int
- Compare(const void* pitem1, const void* pitem2, const void* )
- {
- const T& item1 = *reinterpret_cast<const T*>(pitem1);
- const T& item2 = *reinterpret_cast<const T*>(pitem2);
-
- if (item1 < item2)
- return -1;
- else if (item2 < item1)
- return 1;
- else
- return 0;
- }
-};
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-
-
-template<typename T>
-void wxVectorSort(wxVector<T>& v)
-{
- wxQsort(v.begin(), v.size(), sizeof(T),
- wxPrivate::wxVectorComparator<T>::Compare, NULL);
-}
-
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS/!wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- #define WX_DECLARE_VECTORBASE(obj, cls) typedef wxVector<obj> cls
- #define _WX_DECLARE_VECTOR(obj, cls, exp) WX_DECLARE_VECTORBASE(obj, cls)
- #define WX_DECLARE_VECTOR(obj, cls) WX_DECLARE_VECTORBASE(obj, cls)
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-#endif // _WX_VECTOR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Name: wx/version.h
- * Purpose: wxWidgets version numbers
- * Author: Julian Smart
- * Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C)
- * Created: 29/01/98
- * Copyright: (c) 1998 Julian Smart
- * Licence: wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_VERSION_H_
-#define _WX_VERSION_H_
-
-#include "wx/cpp.h" /* for wxSTRINGIZE */
-
-/* the constants below must be changed with each new version */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/*
- Don't forget to update WX_CURRENT, WX_REVISION and WX_AGE in
- build/bakefiles/version.bkl and regenerate the makefiles when you change
- this!
- */
-
-/* NB: this file is parsed by automatic tools so don't change its format! */
-#define wxMAJOR_VERSION 3
-#define wxMINOR_VERSION 0
-#define wxRELEASE_NUMBER 0
-#define wxSUBRELEASE_NUMBER 0
-#define wxVERSION_STRING wxT("wxWidgets 3.0.0")
-
-/* nothing to update below this line when updating the version */
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Users can pre-define wxABI_VERSION to a lower value in their
- * makefile/project settings to compile code that will be binary compatible
- * with earlier versions of the ABI within the same minor version (between
- * minor versions binary compatibility breaks anyway). The default is the
- * version of wxWidgets being used. A single number with two decimal digits
- * for each component, e.g. 20601 for 2.6.1 */
-#ifndef wxABI_VERSION
-#define wxABI_VERSION ( wxMAJOR_VERSION * 10000 + wxMINOR_VERSION * 100 + 99 )
-#endif
-
-/* helpers for wxVERSION_NUM_XXX */
-#define wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING(x, y, z) \
- wxSTRINGIZE(x) wxSTRINGIZE(y) wxSTRINGIZE(z)
-#define wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING(x, y, z) \
- wxSTRINGIZE(x) "." wxSTRINGIZE(y) "." wxSTRINGIZE(z)
-
-#define wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING_T(x, y, z) \
- wxSTRINGIZE_T(x) wxSTRINGIZE_T(y) wxSTRINGIZE_T(z)
-#define wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING_T(x, y, z) \
- wxSTRINGIZE_T(x) wxT(".") wxSTRINGIZE_T(y) wxT(".") wxSTRINGIZE_T(z)
-
-/* these are used by src/msw/version.rc and should always be ASCII, not Unicode */
-#define wxVERSION_NUM_STRING \
- wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER)
-#define wxVERSION_NUM_DOT_STRING \
- wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER)
-
-/* those are Unicode-friendly */
-#define wxVERSION_NUM_STRING_T \
- wxMAKE_VERSION_STRING_T(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER)
-#define wxVERSION_NUM_DOT_STRING_T \
- wxMAKE_VERSION_DOT_STRING_T(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER)
-
-/* some more defines, not really sure if they're [still] useful */
-#define wxVERSION_NUMBER ( (wxMAJOR_VERSION * 1000) + (wxMINOR_VERSION * 100) + wxRELEASE_NUMBER )
-#define wxBETA_NUMBER 0
-#define wxVERSION_FLOAT ( wxMAJOR_VERSION + (wxMINOR_VERSION/10.0) + (wxRELEASE_NUMBER/100.0) + (wxBETA_NUMBER/10000.0) )
-
-/* check if the current version is at least major.minor.release */
-#define wxCHECK_VERSION(major,minor,release) \
- (wxMAJOR_VERSION > (major) || \
- (wxMAJOR_VERSION == (major) && wxMINOR_VERSION > (minor)) || \
- (wxMAJOR_VERSION == (major) && wxMINOR_VERSION == (minor) && wxRELEASE_NUMBER >= (release)))
-
-/* the same but check the subrelease also */
-#define wxCHECK_VERSION_FULL(major,minor,release,subrel) \
- (wxCHECK_VERSION(major, minor, release) && \
- ((major) != wxMAJOR_VERSION || \
- (minor) != wxMINOR_VERSION || \
- (release) != wxRELEASE_NUMBER || \
- (subrel) <= wxSUBRELEASE_NUMBER))
-
-#endif /* _WX_VERSION_H_ */
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/versioninfo.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxVersionInfo class
-// Author: Troels K
-// Created: 2010-11-22
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VERSIONINFO_H_
-#define _WX_VERSIONINFO_H_
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVersionInfo: represents version information
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxVersionInfo
-{
-public:
- wxVersionInfo(const wxString& name = wxString(),
- int major = 0,
- int minor = 0,
- int micro = 0,
- const wxString& description = wxString(),
- const wxString& copyright = wxString())
- {
- m_name = name;
- m_major = major;
- m_minor = minor;
- m_micro = micro;
- m_description = description;
- m_copyright = copyright;
- }
-
- // Default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok.
-
-
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
- int GetMajor() const { return m_major; }
- int GetMinor() const { return m_minor; }
- int GetMicro() const { return m_micro; }
-
- wxString ToString() const
- {
- return HasDescription() ? GetDescription() : GetVersionString();
- }
-
- wxString GetVersionString() const
- {
- wxString str;
- str << m_name << ' ' << GetMajor() << '.' << GetMinor();
- if ( GetMicro() )
- str << '.' << GetMicro();
-
- return str;
- }
-
- bool HasDescription() const { return !m_description.empty(); }
- const wxString& GetDescription() const { return m_description; }
-
- bool HasCopyright() const { return !m_copyright.empty(); }
- const wxString& GetCopyright() const { return m_copyright; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_name,
- m_description,
- m_copyright;
-
- int m_major,
- m_minor,
- m_micro;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_VERSIONINFO_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/vidmode.h
-// Purpose: declares wxVideoMode class used by both wxDisplay and wxApp
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 27.09.2003 (extracted from wx/display.h)
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VMODE_H_
-#define _WX_VMODE_H_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVideoMode: a simple struct containing video mode parameters for a display
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVideoMode
-{
- wxVideoMode(int width = 0, int height = 0, int depth = 0, int freq = 0)
- {
- w = width;
- h = height;
-
- bpp = depth;
-
- refresh = freq;
- }
-
- // default copy ctor and assignment operator are ok
-
- bool operator==(const wxVideoMode& m) const
- {
- return w == m.w && h == m.h && bpp == m.bpp && refresh == m.refresh;
- }
- bool operator!=(const wxVideoMode& mode) const
- {
- return !operator==(mode);
- }
-
- // returns true if this mode matches the other one in the sense that all
- // non zero fields of the other mode have the same value in this one
- // (except for refresh which is allowed to have a greater value)
- bool Matches(const wxVideoMode& other) const
- {
- return (!other.w || w == other.w) &&
- (!other.h || h == other.h) &&
- (!other.bpp || bpp == other.bpp) &&
- (!other.refresh || refresh >= other.refresh);
- }
-
- // trivial accessors
- int GetWidth() const { return w; }
- int GetHeight() const { return h; }
- int GetDepth() const { return bpp; }
- int GetRefresh() const { return refresh; }
-
- // returns true if the object has been initialized
- bool IsOk() const { return w && h; }
-
-
- // the screen size in pixels (e.g. 640*480), 0 means unspecified
- int w, h;
-
- // bits per pixel (e.g. 32), 1 is monochrome and 0 means unspecified/known
- int bpp;
-
- // refresh frequency in Hz, 0 means unspecified/unknown
- int refresh;
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_VMODE_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/vlbox.h
-// Purpose: wxVListBox is a virtual listbox with lines of variable height
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 31.05.03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VLBOX_H_
-#define _WX_VLBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/vscroll.h" // base class
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSelectionStore;
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxVListBoxNameStr[];
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxVListBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- This class has two main differences from a regular listbox: it can have an
- arbitrarily huge number of items because it doesn't store them itself but
- uses OnDrawItem() callback to draw them and its items can have variable
- height as determined by OnMeasureItem().
-
- It emits the same events as wxListBox and the same event macros may be used
- with it.
- */
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVListBox : public wxVScrolledWindow
-{
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // default constructor, you must call Create() later
- wxVListBox() { Init(); }
-
- // normal constructor which calls Create() internally
- wxVListBox(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxVListBoxNameStr)
- {
- Init();
-
- (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // really creates the control and sets the initial number of items in it
- // (which may be changed later with SetItemCount())
- //
- // the only special style which may be specified here is wxLB_MULTIPLE
- //
- // returns true on success or false if the control couldn't be created
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxVListBoxNameStr);
-
- // dtor does some internal cleanup (deletes m_selStore if any)
- virtual ~wxVListBox();
-
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // get the number of items in the control
- size_t GetItemCount() const { return GetRowCount(); }
-
- // does this control use multiple selection?
- bool HasMultipleSelection() const { return m_selStore != NULL; }
-
- // get the currently selected item or wxNOT_FOUND if there is no selection
- //
- // this method is only valid for the single selection listboxes
- int GetSelection() const
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !HasMultipleSelection(),
- wxT("GetSelection() can't be used with wxLB_MULTIPLE") );
-
- return m_current;
- }
-
- // is this item the current one?
- bool IsCurrent(size_t item) const { return item == (size_t)m_current; }
- #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- bool IsCurrent() const { return wxVScrolledWindow::IsCurrent(); }
- #endif
-
- // is this item selected?
- bool IsSelected(size_t item) const;
-
- // get the number of the selected items (maybe 0)
- //
- // this method is valid for both single and multi selection listboxes
- size_t GetSelectedCount() const;
-
- // get the first selected item, returns wxNOT_FOUND if none
- //
- // cookie is an opaque parameter which should be passed to
- // GetNextSelected() later
- //
- // this method is only valid for the multi selection listboxes
- int GetFirstSelected(unsigned long& cookie) const;
-
- // get next selection item, return wxNOT_FOUND if no more
- //
- // cookie must be the same parameter that was passed to GetFirstSelected()
- // before
- //
- // this method is only valid for the multi selection listboxes
- int GetNextSelected(unsigned long& cookie) const;
-
- // get the margins around each item
- wxPoint GetMargins() const { return m_ptMargins; }
-
- // get the background colour of selected cells
- const wxColour& GetSelectionBackground() const { return m_colBgSel; }
-
- // get the item rect, returns empty rect if the item is not visible
- wxRect GetItemRect(size_t n) const;
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- // set the number of items to be shown in the control
- //
- // this is just a synonym for wxVScrolledWindow::SetRowCount()
- virtual void SetItemCount(size_t count);
-
- // delete all items from the control
- void Clear() { SetItemCount(0); }
-
- // set the selection to the specified item, if it is wxNOT_FOUND the
- // selection is unset
- //
- // this function is only valid for the single selection listboxes
- void SetSelection(int selection);
-
- // selects or deselects the specified item which must be valid (i.e. not
- // equal to wxNOT_FOUND)
- //
- // return true if the items selection status has changed or false
- // otherwise
- //
- // this function is only valid for the multiple selection listboxes
- bool Select(size_t item, bool select = true);
-
- // selects the items in the specified range whose end points may be given
- // in any order
- //
- // return true if any items selection status has changed, false otherwise
- //
- // this function is only valid for the single selection listboxes
- bool SelectRange(size_t from, size_t to);
-
- // toggle the selection of the specified item (must be valid)
- //
- // this function is only valid for the multiple selection listboxes
- void Toggle(size_t item) { Select(item, !IsSelected(item)); }
-
- // select all items in the listbox
- //
- // the return code indicates if any items were affected by this operation
- // (true) or if nothing has changed (false)
- bool SelectAll() { return DoSelectAll(true); }
-
- // unselect all items in the listbox
- //
- // the return code has the same meaning as for SelectAll()
- bool DeselectAll() { return DoSelectAll(false); }
-
- // set the margins: horizontal margin is the distance between the window
- // border and the item contents while vertical margin is half of the
- // distance between items
- //
- // by default both margins are 0
- void SetMargins(const wxPoint& pt);
- void SetMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { SetMargins(wxPoint(x, y)); }
-
- // change the background colour of the selected cells
- void SetSelectionBackground(const wxColour& col);
-
- // refreshes only the selected items
- void RefreshSelected();
-
-
- virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
- {
- return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
- }
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
-protected:
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_THEME; }
-
- // the derived class must implement this function to actually draw the item
- // with the given index on the provided DC
- virtual void OnDrawItem(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const = 0;
-
- // the derived class must implement this method to return the height of the
- // specified item
- virtual wxCoord OnMeasureItem(size_t n) const = 0;
-
- // this method may be used to draw separators between the lines; note that
- // the rectangle may be modified, typically to deflate it a bit before
- // passing to OnDrawItem()
- //
- // the base class version doesn't do anything
- virtual void OnDrawSeparator(wxDC& dc, wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-
- // this method is used to draw the items background and, maybe, a border
- // around it
- //
- // the base class version implements a reasonable default behaviour which
- // consists in drawing the selected item with the standard background
- // colour and drawing a border around the item if it is either selected or
- // current
- virtual void OnDrawBackground(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, size_t n) const;
-
- // we implement OnGetRowHeight() in terms of OnMeasureItem() because this
- // allows us to add borders to the items easily
- //
- // this function is not supposed to be overridden by the derived classes
- virtual wxCoord OnGetRowHeight(size_t line) const;
-
-
- // event handlers
- void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event);
- void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
- void OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event);
- void OnSetOrKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
- void OnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
- // common part of all ctors
- void Init();
-
- // send the wxEVT_LISTBOX event
- void SendSelectedEvent();
- virtual void InitEvent(wxCommandEvent& event, int n);
-
- // common implementation of SelectAll() and DeselectAll()
- bool DoSelectAll(bool select);
-
- // change the current item (in single selection listbox it also implicitly
- // changes the selection); current may be wxNOT_FOUND in which case there
- // will be no current item any more
- //
- // return true if the current item changed, false otherwise
- bool DoSetCurrent(int current);
-
- // flags for DoHandleItemClick
- enum
- {
- ItemClick_Shift = 1, // item shift-clicked
- ItemClick_Ctrl = 2, // ctrl
- ItemClick_Kbd = 4 // item selected from keyboard
- };
-
- // common part of keyboard and mouse handling processing code
- void DoHandleItemClick(int item, int flags);
-
- // paint the background of the given item using the provided colour if it's
- // valid, otherwise just return false and do nothing (this is used by
- // OnDrawBackground())
- bool DoDrawSolidBackground(const wxColour& col,
- wxDC& dc,
- const wxRect& rect,
- size_t n) const;
-
-private:
- // the current item or wxNOT_FOUND
- //
- // if m_selStore == NULL this is also the selected item, otherwise the
- // selections are managed by m_selStore
- int m_current;
-
- // the anchor of the selection for the multiselection listboxes:
- // shift-clicking an item extends the selection from m_anchor to the item
- // clicked, for example
- //
- // always wxNOT_FOUND for single selection listboxes
- int m_anchor;
-
- // the object managing our selected items if not NULL
- wxSelectionStore *m_selStore;
-
- // margins
- wxPoint m_ptMargins;
-
- // the selection bg colour
- wxColour m_colBgSel;
-
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxVListBox);
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVListBox)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_VLBOX_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/***************************************************************************
- * *
- * Author : Jouk Jansen (joukj@hrem.stm.tudelft.nl) *
- * *
- * Last revision : 7 October 2005 *
- * *
- * Repair definitions of Runtime library functions when compiling with *
- * /name=(as_is) on OpenVMS *
- * *
- ***************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef VMS_X_FIX
-#define VMS_X_FIX
-
-#define decw$_select DECW$_SELECT
-#define DtSaverGetWindows DTSAVERGETWINDOWS
-#define MrmFetchWidget MRMFETCHWIDGET
-#define MrmInitialize MRMINITIALIZE
-#define MrmOpenHierarchy MRMOPENHIERARCHY
-#define MrmRegisterNames MRMREGISTERNAMES
-#define XAddExtension XADDEXTENSION
-#define XAddHosts XADDHOSTS
-#define XAllocClassHint XALLOCCLASSHINT
-#define XAllocColor XALLOCCOLOR
-#define XAllocColorCells XALLOCCOLORCELLS
-#define XAllocIconSize XALLOCICONSIZE
-#define XAllocNamedColor XALLOCNAMEDCOLOR
-#define XAllocSizeHints XALLOCSIZEHINTS
-#define XAllocStandardColormap XALLOCSTANDARDCOLORMAP
-#define XAllocWMHints XALLOCWMHINTS
-#define XAllowEvents XALLOWEVENTS
-#define XAutoRepeatOff XAUTOREPEATOFF
-#define XAutoRepeatOn XAUTOREPEATON
-#define XBaseFontNameListOfFontSet XBASEFONTNAMELISTOFFONTSET
-#define XBell XBELL
-#define XBitmapPad XBITMAPPAD
-#define XBlackPixel XBLACKPIXEL
-#define XBlackPixelOfScreen XBLACKPIXELOFSCREEN
-#define XCellsOfScreen XCELLSOFSCREEN
-#define XChangeActivePointerGrab XCHANGEACTIVEPOINTERGRAB
-#define XChangeGC XCHANGEGC
-#define XChangeKeyboardControl XCHANGEKEYBOARDCONTROL
-#define XChangePointerControl XCHANGEPOINTERCONTROL
-#define XChangeProperty XCHANGEPROPERTY
-#define XChangeWindowAttributes XCHANGEWINDOWATTRIBUTES
-#define XCheckIfEvent XCHECKIFEVENT
-#define XCheckMaskEvent XCHECKMASKEVENT
-#define XCheckTypedEvent XCHECKTYPEDEVENT
-#define XCheckTypedWindowEvent XCHECKTYPEDWINDOWEVENT
-#define XCheckWindowEvent XCHECKWINDOWEVENT
-#define XClearArea XCLEARAREA
-#define XClearWindow XCLEARWINDOW
-#define XClipBox XCLIPBOX
-#define XCloseDisplay XCLOSEDISPLAY
-#define XCloseIM XCLOSEIM
-#define XConfigureWindow XCONFIGUREWINDOW
-#define XConvertSelection XCONVERTSELECTION
-#define XCopyArea XCOPYAREA
-#define XCopyColormapAndFree XCOPYCOLORMAPANDFREE
-#define XCopyGC XCOPYGC
-#define XCopyPlane XCOPYPLANE
-#define XCreateBitmapFromData XCREATEBITMAPFROMDATA
-#define XCreateColormap XCREATECOLORMAP
-#define XCreateFontCursor XCREATEFONTCURSOR
-#define XCreateFontSet XCREATEFONTSET
-#define XCreateGC XCREATEGC
-#define XCreateGlyphCursor XCREATEGLYPHCURSOR
-#define XCreateIC XCREATEIC
-#define XCreateImage XCREATEIMAGE
-#define XCreatePixmap XCREATEPIXMAP
-#define XCreatePixmapCursor XCREATEPIXMAPCURSOR
-#define XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData XCREATEPIXMAPFROMBITMAPDATA
-#define XCreateRegion XCREATEREGION
-#define XCreateSimpleWindow XCREATESIMPLEWINDOW
-#define XCreateWindow XCREATEWINDOW
-#define XDefaultColormap XDEFAULTCOLORMAP
-#define XDefaultColormapOfScreen XDEFAULTCOLORMAPOFSCREEN
-#define XDefaultDepth XDEFAULTDEPTH
-#define XDefaultDepthOfScreen XDEFAULTDEPTHOFSCREEN
-#define XDefaultGC XDEFAULTGC
-#define XDefaultRootWindow XDEFAULTROOTWINDOW
-#define XDefaultScreen XDEFAULTSCREEN
-#define XDefaultScreenOfDisplay XDEFAULTSCREENOFDISPLAY
-#define XDefaultVisual XDEFAULTVISUAL
-#define XDefaultVisualOfScreen XDEFAULTVISUALOFSCREEN
-#define XDefineCursor XDEFINECURSOR
-#define XDeleteContext XDELETECONTEXT
-#define XDeleteProperty XDELETEPROPERTY
-#define XDestroyIC XDESTROYIC
-#define XDestroyRegion XDESTROYREGION
-#define XDestroySubwindows XDESTROYSUBWINDOWS
-#define XDestroyWindow XDESTROYWINDOW
-#define XDisableAccessControl XDISABLEACCESSCONTROL
-#define XDisplayCells XDISPLAYCELLS
-#define XDisplayHeight XDISPLAYHEIGHT
-#define XDisplayKeycodes XDISPLAYKEYCODES
-#define XDisplayName XDISPLAYNAME
-#define XDisplayOfIM XDISPLAYOFIM
-#define XDisplayOfScreen XDISPLAYOFSCREEN
-#define XDisplayString XDISPLAYSTRING
-#define XDisplayWidth XDISPLAYWIDTH
-#define XDoesBackingStore XDOESBACKINGSTORE
-#define XDrawArc XDRAWARC
-#define XDrawArcs XDRAWARCS
-#define XDrawImageString XDRAWIMAGESTRING
-#define XDrawImageString16 XDRAWIMAGESTRING16
-#define XDrawLine XDRAWLINE
-#define XDrawLines XDRAWLINES
-#define XDrawPoint XDRAWPOINT
-#define XDrawPoints XDRAWPOINTS
-#define XDrawRectangle XDRAWRECTANGLE
-#define XDrawRectangles XDRAWRECTANGLES
-#define XDrawSegments XDRAWSEGMENTS
-#define XDrawString XDRAWSTRING
-#define XDrawString16 XDRAWSTRING16
-#define XDrawText XDRAWTEXT
-#define XDrawText16 XDRAWTEXT16
-#define XESetCloseDisplay XESETCLOSEDISPLAY
-#define XEmptyRegion XEMPTYREGION
-#define XEnableAccessControl XENABLEACCESSCONTROL
-#define XEqualRegion XEQUALREGION
-#define XEventsQueued XEVENTSQUEUED
-#define XExtendedMaxRequestSize XEXTENDEDMAXREQUESTSIZE
-#define XExtentsOfFontSet XEXTENTSOFFONTSET
-#define XFetchBuffer XFETCHBUFFER
-#define XFetchBytes XFETCHBYTES
-#define XFetchName XFETCHNAME
-#define XFillArc XFILLARC
-#define XFillArcs XFILLARCS
-#define XFillPolygon XFILLPOLYGON
-#define XFillRectangle XFILLRECTANGLE
-#define XFillRectangles XFILLRECTANGLES
-#define XFilterEvent XFILTEREVENT
-#define XFindContext XFINDCONTEXT
-#define XFlush XFLUSH
-#define XFontsOfFontSet XFONTSOFFONTSET
-#define XForceScreenSaver XFORCESCREENSAVER
-#define XFree XFREE
-#define XFreeColormap XFREECOLORMAP
-#define XFreeColors XFREECOLORS
-#define XFreeCursor XFREECURSOR
-#define XFreeDeviceList XFREEDEVICELIST
-#define XFreeDeviceState XFREEDEVICESTATE
-#define XFreeFont XFREEFONT
-#define XFreeFontInfo XFREEFONTINFO
-#define XFreeFontNames XFREEFONTNAMES
-#define XFreeFontSet XFREEFONTSET
-#define XFreeGC XFREEGC
-#define XFreeModifiermap XFREEMODIFIERMAP
-#define XFreePixmap XFREEPIXMAP
-#define XFreeStringList XFREESTRINGLIST
-#define XGContextFromGC XGCONTEXTFROMGC
-#define XGeometry XGEOMETRY
-#define XGetAtomName XGETATOMNAME
-#define XGetCommand XGETCOMMAND
-#define XGetDefault XGETDEFAULT
-#define XGetErrorDatabaseText XGETERRORDATABASETEXT
-#define XGetErrorText XGETERRORTEXT
-#define XGetExtensionVersion XGETEXTENSIONVERSION
-#define XGetFontProperty XGETFONTPROPERTY
-#define XGetGCValues XGETGCVALUES
-#define XGetGeometry XGETGEOMETRY
-#define XGetICValues XGETICVALUES
-#define XGetIMValues XGETIMVALUES
-#define XGetIconName XGETICONNAME
-#define XGetIconSizes XGETICONSIZES
-#define XGetImage XGETIMAGE
-#define XGetInputFocus XGETINPUTFOCUS
-#define XGetKeyboardControl XGETKEYBOARDCONTROL
-#define XGetKeyboardMapping XGETKEYBOARDMAPPING
-#define XGetModifierMapping XGETMODIFIERMAPPING
-#define XGetMotionEvents XGETMOTIONEVENTS
-#define XGetNormalHints XGETNORMALHINTS
-#define XGetPointerMapping XGETPOINTERMAPPING
-#define XGetRGBColormaps XGETRGBCOLORMAPS
-#define XGetScreenSaver XGETSCREENSAVER
-#define XGetSelectionOwner XGETSELECTIONOWNER
-#define XGetStandardColormap XGETSTANDARDCOLORMAP
-#define XGetSubImage XGETSUBIMAGE
-#define XGetTextProperty XGETTEXTPROPERTY
-#define XGetVisualInfo XGETVISUALINFO
-#define XGetWMColormapWindows XGETWMCOLORMAPWINDOWS
-#define XGetWMHints XGETWMHINTS
-#define XGetWMIconName XGETWMICONNAME
-#define XGetWMName XGETWMNAME
-#define XGetWMNormalHints XGETWMNORMALHINTS
-#define XGetWindowAttributes XGETWINDOWATTRIBUTES
-#define XGetWindowProperty XGETWINDOWPROPERTY
-#define XGrabButton XGRABBUTTON
-#define XGrabKeyboard XGRABKEYBOARD
-#define XGrabPointer XGRABPOINTER
-#define XGrabServer XGRABSERVER
-#define XHeightMMOfScreen XHEIGHTMMOFSCREEN
-#define XHeightOfScreen XHEIGHTOFSCREEN
-#define XIconifyWindow XICONIFYWINDOW
-#define XIfEvent XIFEVENT
-#define XInitExtension XINITEXTENSION
-#define XInitImage XINITIMAGE
-#define XInstallColormap XINSTALLCOLORMAP
-#define XInternAtom XINTERNATOM
-#define XInternAtoms XINTERNATOMS
-#define XIntersectRegion XINTERSECTREGION
-#define XKeycodeToKeysym XKEYCODETOKEYSYM
-#define XKeysymToKeycode XKEYSYMTOKEYCODE
-#define XKeysymToString XKEYSYMTOSTRING
-#define XKillClient XKILLCLIENT
-#define XListDepths XLISTDEPTHS
-#define XListFonts XLISTFONTS
-#define XListFontsWithInfo XLISTFONTSWITHINFO
-#define XListHosts XLISTHOSTS
-#define XListInputDevices XLISTINPUTDEVICES
-#define XListInstalledColormaps XLISTINSTALLEDCOLORMAPS
-#define XListPixmapFormats XLISTPIXMAPFORMATS
-#define XListProperties XLISTPROPERTIES
-#define XLoadFont XLOADFONT
-#define XLoadQueryFont XLOADQUERYFONT
-#define XLookupColor XLOOKUPCOLOR
-#define XLookupKeysym XLOOKUPKEYSYM
-#define XLookupString XLOOKUPSTRING
-#define XLowerWindow XLOWERWINDOW
-#define XMapRaised XMAPRAISED
-#define XMapSubwindows XMAPSUBWINDOWS
-#define XMapWindow XMAPWINDOW
-#define XMatchVisualInfo XMATCHVISUALINFO
-#define XMaxRequestSize XMAXREQUESTSIZE
-#define XMissingExtension XMISSINGEXTENSION
-#define XMoveResizeWindow XMOVERESIZEWINDOW
-#define XMoveWindow XMOVEWINDOW
-#define XNextEvent XNEXTEVENT
-#define XNextRequest XNEXTREQUEST
-#define XNoOp XNOOP
-#define XOffsetRegion XOFFSETREGION
-#define XOpenDevice XOPENDEVICE
-#define XOpenDisplay XOPENDISPLAY
-#define XOpenIM XOPENIM
-#define XParseColor XPARSECOLOR
-#define XParseGeometry XPARSEGEOMETRY
-#define XPeekEvent XPEEKEVENT
-#define XPeekIfEvent XPEEKIFEVENT
-#define XPending XPENDING
-#define XPointInRegion XPOINTINREGION
-#define XPolygonRegion XPOLYGONREGION
-#define XPutBackEvent XPUTBACKEVENT
-#define XPutImage XPUTIMAGE
-#define XQLength XQLENGTH
-#define XQueryBestCursor XQUERYBESTCURSOR
-#define XQueryBestStipple XQUERYBESTSTIPPLE
-#define XQueryColor XQUERYCOLOR
-#define XQueryColors XQUERYCOLORS
-#define XQueryDeviceState XQUERYDEVICESTATE
-#define XQueryExtension XQUERYEXTENSION
-#define XQueryFont XQUERYFONT
-#define XQueryKeymap XQUERYKEYMAP
-#define XQueryPointer XQUERYPOINTER
-#define XQueryTree XQUERYTREE
-#define XRaiseWindow XRAISEWINDOW
-#define XReadBitmapFile XREADBITMAPFILE
-#define XRecolorCursor XRECOLORCURSOR
-#define XReconfigureWMWindow XRECONFIGUREWMWINDOW
-#define XRectInRegion XRECTINREGION
-#define XRefreshKeyboardMapping XREFRESHKEYBOARDMAPPING
-#define XRemoveHosts XREMOVEHOSTS
-#define XReparentWindow XREPARENTWINDOW
-#define XResetScreenSaver XRESETSCREENSAVER
-#define XResizeWindow XRESIZEWINDOW
-#define XResourceManagerString XRESOURCEMANAGERSTRING
-#define XRestackWindows XRESTACKWINDOWS
-#define XRotateBuffers XROTATEBUFFERS
-#define XRootWindow XROOTWINDOW
-#define XRootWindowOfScreen XROOTWINDOWOFSCREEN
-#define XSaveContext XSAVECONTEXT
-#define XScreenNumberOfScreen XSCREENNUMBEROFSCREEN
-#define XScreenOfDisplay XSCREENOFDISPLAY
-#define XSelectAsyncEvent XSELECTASYNCEVENT
-#define XSelectAsyncInput XSELECTASYNCINPUT
-#define XSelectExtensionEvent XSELECTEXTENSIONEVENT
-#define XSelectInput XSELECTINPUT
-#define XSendEvent XSENDEVENT
-#define XServerVendor XSERVERVENDOR
-#define XSetArcMode XSETARCMODE
-#define XSetBackground XSETBACKGROUND
-#define XSetClassHint XSETCLASSHINT
-#define XSetClipMask XSETCLIPMASK
-#define XSetClipOrigin XSETCLIPORIGIN
-#define XSetClipRectangles XSETCLIPRECTANGLES
-#define XSetCloseDownMode XSETCLOSEDOWNMODE
-#define XSetCommand XSETCOMMAND
-#define XSetDashes XSETDASHES
-#define XSetErrorHandler XSETERRORHANDLER
-#define XSetFillRule XSETFILLRULE
-#define XSetFillStyle XSETFILLSTYLE
-#define XSetFont XSETFONT
-#define XSetForeground XSETFOREGROUND
-#define XSetFunction XSETFUNCTION
-#define XSetGraphicsExposures XSETGRAPHICSEXPOSURES
-#define XSetICFocus XSETICFOCUS
-#define XSetICValues XSETICVALUES
-#define XSetIOErrorHandler XSETIOERRORHANDLER
-#define XSetIconName XSETICONNAME
-#define XSetInputFocus XSETINPUTFOCUS
-#define XSetLineAttributes XSETLINEATTRIBUTES
-#define XSetLocaleModifiers XSETLOCALEMODIFIERS
-#define XSetNormalHints XSETNORMALHINTS
-#define XSetPlaneMask XSETPLANEMASK
-#define XSetRegion XSETREGION
-#define XSetRGBColormaps XSETRGBCOLORMAPS
-#define XSetScreenSaver XSETSCREENSAVER
-#define XSetSelectionOwner XSETSELECTIONOWNER
-#define XSetStandardProperties XSETSTANDARDPROPERTIES
-#define XSetState XSETSTATE
-#define XSetStipple XSETSTIPPLE
-#define XSetSubwindowMode XSETSUBWINDOWMODE
-#define XSetTSOrigin XSETTSORIGIN
-#define XSetTextProperty XSETTEXTPROPERTY
-#define XSetTile XSETTILE
-#define XSetTransientForHint XSETTRANSIENTFORHINT
-#define XSetWMClientMachine XSETWMCLIENTMACHINE
-#define XSetWMColormapWindows XSETWMCOLORMAPWINDOWS
-#define XSetWMHints XSETWMHINTS
-#define XSetWMIconName XSETWMICONNAME
-#define XSetWMName XSETWMNAME
-#define XSetWMNormalHints XSETWMNORMALHINTS
-#define XSetWMProperties XSETWMPROPERTIES
-#define XSetWMProtocols XSETWMPROTOCOLS
-#define XSetWMSizeHints XSETWMSIZEHINTS
-#define XSetWindowBackground XSETWINDOWBACKGROUND
-#define XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap XSETWINDOWBACKGROUNDPIXMAP
-#define XSetWindowBorder XSETWINDOWBORDER
-#define XSetWindowBorderPixmap XSETWINDOWBORDERPIXMAP
-#define XSetWindowBorderWidth XSETWINDOWBORDERWIDTH
-#define XSetWindowColormap XSETWINDOWCOLORMAP
-#define XShapeCombineMask XSHAPECOMBINEMASK
-#define XShapeCombineRectangles XSHAPECOMBINERECTANGLES
-#define XShapeGetRectangles XSHAPEGETRECTANGLES
-#define XShapeQueryExtension XSHAPEQUERYEXTENSION
-#define XShmAttach XSHMATTACH
-#define XShmCreateImage XSHMCREATEIMAGE
-#define XShmCreatePixmap XSHMCREATEPIXMAP
-#define XShmDetach XSHMDETACH
-#define XShmGetEventBase XSHMGETEVENTBASE
-#define XShmPutImage XSHMPUTIMAGE
-#define XShmQueryExtension XSHMQUERYEXTENSION
-#define XShmQueryVersion XSHMQUERYVERSION
-#define XShrinkRegion XSHRINKREGION
-#define XStoreBuffer XSTOREBUFFER
-#define XStoreBytes XSTOREBYTES
-#define XStoreColor XSTORECOLOR
-#define XStoreColors XSTORECOLORS
-#define XStoreName XSTORENAME
-#define XStringListToTextProperty XSTRINGLISTTOTEXTPROPERTY
-#define XStringToKeysym XSTRINGTOKEYSYM
-#define XSubtractRegion XSUBTRACTREGION
-#define XSupportsLocale XSUPPORTSLOCALE
-#define XSync XSYNC
-#define XSynchronize XSYNCHRONIZE
-#define XTextExtents XTEXTEXTENTS
-#define XTextExtents16 XTEXTEXTENTS16
-#define XTextPropertyToStringList XTEXTPROPERTYTOSTRINGLIST
-#define XTextWidth XTEXTWIDTH
-#define XTextWidth16 XTEXTWIDTH16
-#define XTranslateCoordinates XTRANSLATECOORDINATES
-#define XUndefineCursor XUNDEFINECURSOR
-#define XUngrabButton XUNGRABBUTTON
-#define XUngrabKeyboard XUNGRABKEYBOARD
-#define XUngrabPointer XUNGRABPOINTER
-#define XUngrabServer XUNGRABSERVER
-#define XUninstallColormap XUNINSTALLCOLORMAP
-#define XUnionRectWithRegion XUNIONRECTWITHREGION
-#define XUnionRegion XUNIONREGION
-#define XUniqueContext XUNIQUECONTEXT
-#define XUnmapWindow XUNMAPWINDOW
-#define XUnsetICFocus XUNSETICFOCUS
-#define XVaCreateNestedList XVACREATENESTEDLIST
-#define XVisualIDFromVisual XVISUALIDFROMVISUAL
-#define XWMGeometry XWMGEOMETRY
-#define XWarpPointer XWARPPOINTER
-#define XWhitePixel XWHITEPIXEL
-#define XWhitePixelOfScreen XWHITEPIXELOFSCREEN
-#define XWidthMMOfScreen XWIDTHMMOFSCREEN
-#define XWidthOfScreen XWIDTHOFSCREEN
-#define XWindowEvent XWINDOWEVENT
-#define XWithdrawWindow XWITHDRAWWINDOW
-#define XXorRegion XXORREGION
-#define XcmsQueryColor XCMSQUERYCOLOR
-#define XdbeAllocateBackBufferName XDBEALLOCATEBACKBUFFERNAME
-#define XdbeFreeVisualInfo XDBEFREEVISUALINFO
-#define XdbeGetVisualInfo XDBEGETVISUALINFO
-#define XdbeQueryExtension XDBEQUERYEXTENSION
-#define XdbeSwapBuffers XDBESWAPBUFFERS
-#define XextAddDisplay XEXTADDDISPLAY
-#define XextFindDisplay XEXTFINDDISPLAY
-#define XextRemoveDisplay XEXTREMOVEDISPLAY
-#define XkbSetDetectableAutoRepeat XKBSETDETECTABLEAUTOREPEAT
-#define XmActivateProtocol XMACTIVATEPROTOCOL
-#define XmAddProtocolCallback XMADDPROTOCOLCALLBACK
-#define XmAddProtocols XMADDPROTOCOLS
-#define XmChangeColor XMCHANGECOLOR
-#define XmClipboardCopy XMCLIPBOARDCOPY
-#define XmClipboardCopyByName XMCLIPBOARDCOPYBYNAME
-#define XmClipboardEndCopy XMCLIPBOARDENDCOPY
-#define XmClipboardEndRetrieve XMCLIPBOARDENDRETRIEVE
-#define XmClipboardInquireCount XMCLIPBOARDINQUIRECOUNT
-#define XmClipboardInquireFormat XMCLIPBOARDINQUIREFORMAT
-#define XmClipboardInquireLength XMCLIPBOARDINQUIRELENGTH
-#define XmClipboardLock XMCLIPBOARDLOCK
-#define XmClipboardRetrieve XMCLIPBOARDRETRIEVE
-#define XmClipboardStartCopy XMCLIPBOARDSTARTCOPY
-#define XmClipboardStartRetrieve XMCLIPBOARDSTARTRETRIEVE
-#define XmClipboardUnlock XMCLIPBOARDUNLOCK
-#define XmCommandError XMCOMMANDERROR
-#define XmCommandGetChild XMCOMMANDGETCHILD
-#define XmCommandSetValue XMCOMMANDSETVALUE
-#define XmCreateArrowButton XMCREATEARROWBUTTON
-#define XmCreateArrowButtonGadget XMCREATEARROWBUTTONGADGET
-#define XmCreateBulletinBoardDialog XMCREATEBULLETINBOARDDIALOG
-#define XmCreateCascadeButton XMCREATECASCADEBUTTON
-#define XmCreateCascadeButtonGadget XMCREATECASCADEBUTTONGADGET
-#define XmCreateDialogShell XMCREATEDIALOGSHELL
-#define XmCreateDragIcon XMCREATEDRAGICON
-#define XmCreateDrawingArea XMCREATEDRAWINGAREA
-#define XmCreateDrawnButton XMCREATEDRAWNBUTTON
-#define XmCreateErrorDialog XMCREATEERRORDIALOG
-#define XmCreateFileSelectionBox XMCREATEFILESELECTIONBOX
-#define XmCreateFileSelectionDialog XMCREATEFILESELECTIONDIALOG
-#define XmCreateForm XMCREATEFORM
-#define XmCreateFormDialog XMCREATEFORMDIALOG
-#define XmCreateFrame XMCREATEFRAME
-#define XmCreateInformationDialog XMCREATEINFORMATIONDIALOG
-#define XmCreateLabel XMCREATELABEL
-#define XmCreateLabelGadget XMCREATELABELGADGET
-#define XmCreateList XMCREATELIST
-#define XmCreateMainWindow XMCREATEMAINWINDOW
-#define XmCreateMenuBar XMCREATEMENUBAR
-#define XmCreateMessageBox XMCREATEMESSAGEBOX
-#define XmCreateMessageDialog XMCREATEMESSAGEDIALOG
-#define XmCreateOptionMenu XMCREATEOPTIONMENU
-#define XmCreatePanedWindow XMCREATEPANEDWINDOW
-#define XmCreatePopupMenu XMCREATEPOPUPMENU
-#define XmCreatePromptDialog XMCREATEPROMPTDIALOG
-#define XmCreatePulldownMenu XMCREATEPULLDOWNMENU
-#define XmCreatePushButton XMCREATEPUSHBUTTON
-#define XmCreatePushButtonGadget XMCREATEPUSHBUTTONGADGET
-#define XmCreateQuestionDialog XMCREATEQUESTIONDIALOG
-#define XmCreateRadioBox XMCREATERADIOBOX
-#define XmCreateRowColumn XMCREATEROWCOLUMN
-#define XmCreateScale XMCREATESCALE
-#define XmCreateScrollBar XMCREATESCROLLBAR
-#define XmCreateScrolledList XMCREATESCROLLEDLIST
-#define XmCreateScrolledText XMCREATESCROLLEDTEXT
-#define XmCreateScrolledWindow XMCREATESCROLLEDWINDOW
-#define XmCreateSelectionDialog XMCREATESELECTIONDIALOG
-#define XmCreateSeparator XMCREATESEPARATOR
-#define XmCreateSeparatorGadget XMCREATESEPARATORGADGET
-#define XmCreateTemplateDialog XMCREATETEMPLATEDIALOG
-#define XmCreateText XMCREATETEXT
-#define XmCreateTextField XMCREATETEXTFIELD
-#define XmCreateToggleButton XMCREATETOGGLEBUTTON
-#define XmCreateToggleButtonGadget XMCREATETOGGLEBUTTONGADGET
-#define XmCreateWarningDialog XMCREATEWARNINGDIALOG
-#define XmCvtCTToXmString XMCVTCTTOXMSTRING
-#define XmDestroyPixmap XMDESTROYPIXMAP
-#define XmDragStart XMDRAGSTART
-#define XmDropSiteRegister XMDROPSITEREGISTER
-#define XmDropSiteUnregister XMDROPSITEUNREGISTER
-#define XmDropSiteUpdate XMDROPSITEUPDATE
-#define XmDropTransferStart XMDROPTRANSFERSTART
-#define XmFileSelectionBoxGetChild XMFILESELECTIONBOXGETCHILD
-#define XmFileSelectionDoSearch XMFILESELECTIONDOSEARCH
-#define XmFontListAppendEntry XMFONTLISTAPPENDENTRY
-#define XmFontListCopy XMFONTLISTCOPY
-#define XmFontListCreate XMFONTLISTCREATE
-#define XmFontListEntryCreate XMFONTLISTENTRYCREATE
-#define XmFontListEntryFree XMFONTLISTENTRYFREE
-#define XmFontListEntryGetFont XMFONTLISTENTRYGETFONT
-#define XmFontListEntryGetTag XMFONTLISTENTRYGETTAG
-#define XmFontListEntryLoad XMFONTLISTENTRYLOAD
-#define XmFontListFree XMFONTLISTFREE
-#define XmFontListFreeFontContext XMFONTLISTFREEFONTCONTEXT
-#define XmFontListGetNextFont XMFONTLISTGETNEXTFONT
-#define XmFontListInitFontContext XMFONTLISTINITFONTCONTEXT
-#define XmFontListNextEntry XMFONTLISTNEXTENTRY
-#define XmGetColors XMGETCOLORS
-#define XmGetColorCalculation XMGETCOLORCALCULATION
-#define XmGetFocusWidget XMGETFOCUSWIDGET
-#define XmGetMenuCursor XMGETMENUCURSOR
-#define XmGetPixmap XMGETPIXMAP
-#define XmGetPixmapByDepth XMGETPIXMAPBYDEPTH
-#define XmGetTearOffControl XMGETTEAROFFCONTROL
-#define XmGetXmDisplay XMGETXMDISPLAY
-#define XmImMbLookupString XMIMMBLOOKUPSTRING
-#define XmImRegister XMIMREGISTER
-#define XmImSetFocusValues XMIMSETFOCUSVALUES
-#define XmImSetValues XMIMSETVALUES
-#define XmImUnregister XMIMUNREGISTER
-#define XmImUnsetFocus XMIMUNSETFOCUS
-#define XmInstallImage XMINSTALLIMAGE
-#define XmInternAtom XMINTERNATOM
-#define XmIsMotifWMRunning XMISMOTIFWMRUNNING
-#define XmListAddItem XMLISTADDITEM
-#define XmListAddItemUnselected XMLISTADDITEMUNSELECTED
-#define XmListAddItems XMLISTADDITEMS
-#define XmListAddItemsUnselected XMLISTADDITEMSUNSELECTED
-#define XmListDeleteAllItems XMLISTDELETEALLITEMS
-#define XmListDeleteItem XMLISTDELETEITEM
-#define XmListDeleteItemsPos XMLISTDELETEITEMSPOS
-#define XmListDeletePos XMLISTDELETEPOS
-#define XmListDeselectAllItems XMLISTDESELECTALLITEMS
-#define XmListDeselectPos XMLISTDESELECTPOS
-#define XmListGetKbdItemPos XMLISTGETKBDITEMPOS
-#define XmListGetMatchPos XMLISTGETMATCHPOS
-#define XmListGetSelectedPos XMLISTGETSELECTEDPOS
-#define XmListItemExists XMLISTITEMEXISTS
-#define XmListItemPos XMLISTITEMPOS
-#define XmListPosSelected XMLISTPOSSELECTED
-#define XmListReplaceItems XMLISTREPLACEITEMS
-#define XmListReplaceItemsPos XMLISTREPLACEITEMSPOS
-#define XmListSelectItem XMLISTSELECTITEM
-#define XmListSelectPos XMLISTSELECTPOS
-#define XmListSetBottomPos XMLISTSETBOTTOMPOS
-#define XmListSetItem XMLISTSETITEM
-#define XmListSetKbdItemPos XMLISTSETKBDITEMPOS
-#define XmListSetPos XMLISTSETPOS
-#define XmMainWindowSetAreas XMMAINWINDOWSETAREAS
-#define XmMenuPosition XMMENUPOSITION
-#define XmMessageBoxGetChild XMMESSAGEBOXGETCHILD
-#define XmOptionButtonGadget XMOPTIONBUTTONGADGET
-#define XmOptionLabelGadget XMOPTIONLABELGADGET
-#define XmProcessTraversal XMPROCESSTRAVERSAL
-#define XmQmotif XMQMOTIF
-#define XmRemoveProtocolCallback XMREMOVEPROTOCOLCALLBACK
-#define XmRemoveProtocols XMREMOVEPROTOCOLS
-#define XmRemoveTabGroup XMREMOVETABGROUP
-#define XmRepTypeGetId XMREPTYPEGETID
-#define XmRepTypeGetRecord XMREPTYPEGETRECORD
-#define XmRepTypeInstallTearOffModelCon XMREPTYPEINSTALLTEAROFFMODELCON
-#define XmRepTypeRegister XMREPTYPEREGISTER
-#define XmRepTypeValidValue XMREPTYPEVALIDVALUE
-#define XmScrollBarGetValues XMSCROLLBARGETVALUES
-#define XmScrollBarSetValues XMSCROLLBARSETVALUES
-#define XmScrolledWindowSetAreas XMSCROLLEDWINDOWSETAREAS
-#define XmSelectionBoxGetChild XMSELECTIONBOXGETCHILD
-#define XmSetColorCalculation XMSETCOLORCALCULATION
-#define XmStringByteCompare XMSTRINGBYTECOMPARE
-#define XmStringCompare XMSTRINGCOMPARE
-#define XmStringConcat XMSTRINGCONCAT
-#define XmStringCopy XMSTRINGCOPY
-#define XmStringCreate XMSTRINGCREATE
-#define XmStringCreateLocalized XMSTRINGCREATELOCALIZED
-#define XmStringCreateLtoR XMSTRINGCREATELTOR
-#define XmStringCreateSimple XMSTRINGCREATESIMPLE
-#define XmStringDraw XMSTRINGDRAW
-#define XmStringDrawUnderline XMSTRINGDRAWUNDERLINE
-#define XmStringExtent XMSTRINGEXTENT
-#define XmStringFree XMSTRINGFREE
-#define XmStringFreeContext XMSTRINGFREECONTEXT
-#define XmStringGetLtoR XMSTRINGGETLTOR
-#define XmStringGetNextComponent XMSTRINGGETNEXTCOMPONENT
-#define XmStringGetNextSegment XMSTRINGGETNEXTSEGMENT
-#define XmStringInitContext XMSTRINGINITCONTEXT
-#define XmStringLength XMSTRINGLENGTH
-#define XmStringLtoRCreate XMSTRINGLTORCREATE
-#define XmStringNConcat XMSTRINGNCONCAT
-#define XmStringSegmentCreate XMSTRINGSEGMENTCREATE
-#define XmStringSeparatorCreate XMSTRINGSEPARATORCREATE
-#define XmStringWidth XMSTRINGWIDTH
-#define XmTextClearSelection XMTEXTCLEARSELECTION
-#define XmTextCopy XMTEXTCOPY
-#define XmTextCut XMTEXTCUT
-#define XmTextFieldClearSelection XMTEXTFIELDCLEARSELECTION
-#define XmTextFieldCopy XMTEXTFIELDCOPY
-#define XmTextFieldCut XMTEXTFIELDCUT
-#define XmTextFieldGetEditable XMTEXTFIELDGETEDITABLE
-#define XmTextFieldGetInsertionPosition XMTEXTFIELDGETINSERTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextFieldGetLastPosition XMTEXTFIELDGETLASTPOSITION
-#define XmTextFieldGetMaxLength XMTEXTFIELDGETMAXLENGTH
-#define XmTextFieldGetSelection XMTEXTFIELDGETSELECTION
-#define XmTextFieldGetSelectionPosition XMTEXTFIELDGETSELECTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextFieldGetString XMTEXTFIELDGETSTRING
-#define XmTextFieldInsert XMTEXTFIELDINSERT
-#define XmTextFieldPaste XMTEXTFIELDPASTE
-#define XmTextFieldRemove XMTEXTFIELDREMOVE
-#define XmTextFieldReplace XMTEXTFIELDREPLACE
-#define XmTextFieldSetAddMode XMTEXTFIELDSETADDMODE
-#define XmTextFieldSetHighlight XMTEXTFIELDSETHIGHLIGHT
-#define XmTextFieldSetInsertionPosition XMTEXTFIELDSETINSERTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextFieldSetMaxLength XMTEXTFIELDSETMAXLENGTH
-#define XmTextFieldSetSelection XMTEXTFIELDSETSELECTION
-#define XmTextFieldSetString XMTEXTFIELDSETSTRING
-#define XmTextFieldShowPosition XMTEXTFIELDSHOWPOSITION
-#define XmTextGetCursorPosition XMTEXTGETCURSORPOSITION
-#define XmTextGetEditable XMTEXTGETEDITABLE
-#define XmTextGetInsertionPosition XMTEXTGETINSERTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextGetLastPosition XMTEXTGETLASTPOSITION
-#define XmTextGetMaxLength XMTEXTGETMAXLENGTH
-#define XmTextGetSelection XMTEXTGETSELECTION
-#define XmTextGetSelectionPosition XMTEXTGETSELECTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextGetString XMTEXTGETSTRING
-#define XmTextInsert XMTEXTINSERT
-#define XmTextPaste XMTEXTPASTE
-#define XmTextPosToXY XMTEXTPOSTOXY
-#define XmTextRemove XMTEXTREMOVE
-#define XmTextReplace XMTEXTREPLACE
-#define XmTextSetCursorPosition XMTEXTSETCURSORPOSITION
-#define XmTextSetEditable XMTEXTSETEDITABLE
-#define XmTextSetHighlight XMTEXTSETHIGHLIGHT
-#define XmTextSetInsertionPosition XMTEXTSETINSERTIONPOSITION
-#define XmTextSetSelection XMTEXTSETSELECTION
-#define XmTextSetString XMTEXTSETSTRING
-#define XmTextSetTopCharacter XMTEXTSETTOPCHARACTER
-#define XmTextShowPosition XMTEXTSHOWPOSITION
-#define XmToggleButtonGadgetGetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONGADGETGETSTATE
-#define XmToggleButtonGadgetSetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONGADGETSETSTATE
-#define XmToggleButtonGetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONGETSTATE
-#define XmToggleButtonSetState XMTOGGLEBUTTONSETSTATE
-#define XmUninstallImage XMUNINSTALLIMAGE
-#define XmUpdateDisplay XMUPDATEDISPLAY
-#define XmVaCreateSimpleRadioBox XMVACREATESIMPLERADIOBOX
-#define XmbDrawString XMBDRAWSTRING
-#define XmbLookupString XMBLOOKUPSTRING
-#define XmbResetIC XMBRESETIC
-#define XmbSetWMProperties XMBSETWMPROPERTIES
-#define XmbTextEscapement XMBTEXTESCAPEMENT
-#define XmbTextExtents XMBTEXTEXTENTS
-#define XmbTextListToTextProperty XMBTEXTLISTTOTEXTPROPERTY
-#define XmbTextPropertyToTextList XMBTEXTPROPERTYTOTEXTLIST
-#define XmbufCreateBuffers XMBUFCREATEBUFFERS
-#define XmbufDestroyBuffers XMBUFDESTROYBUFFERS
-#define XmbufDisplayBuffers XMBUFDISPLAYBUFFERS
-#define XmbufQueryExtension XMBUFQUERYEXTENSION
-#define Xmemory_free XMEMORY_FREE
-#define Xmemory_malloc XMEMORY_MALLOC
-#define XmuClientWindow XMUCLIENTWINDOW
-#define XmuConvertStandardSelection XMUCONVERTSTANDARDSELECTION
-#define XmuCvtStringToBitmap XMUCVTSTRINGTOBITMAP
-#define XmuInternAtom XMUINTERNATOM
-#define XmuInternStrings XMUINTERNSTRINGS
-#define XmuLookupStandardColormap XMULOOKUPSTANDARDCOLORMAP
-#define XmuPrintDefaultErrorMessage XMUPRINTDEFAULTERRORMESSAGE
-#define XrmCombineDatabase XRMCOMBINEDATABASE
-#define XrmCombineFileDatabase XRMCOMBINEFILEDATABASE
-#define XrmDestroyDatabase XRMDESTROYDATABASE
-#define XrmGetDatabase XRMGETDATABASE
-#define XrmGetFileDatabase XRMGETFILEDATABASE
-#define XrmGetResource XRMGETRESOURCE
-#define XrmGetStringDatabase XRMGETSTRINGDATABASE
-#define XrmInitialize XRMINITIALIZE
-#define XrmMergeDatabases XRMMERGEDATABASES
-#define XrmParseCommand XRMPARSECOMMAND
-#define XrmPermStringToQuark XRMPERMSTRINGTOQUARK
-#define XrmPutFileDatabase XRMPUTFILEDATABASE
-#define XrmPutLineResource XRMPUTLINERESOURCE
-#define XrmPutStringResource XRMPUTSTRINGRESOURCE
-#define XrmQGetResource XRMQGETRESOURCE
-#define XrmQPutStringResource XRMQPUTSTRINGRESOURCE
-#define XrmQuarkToString XRMQUARKTOSTRING
-#define XrmSetDatabase XRMSETDATABASE
-#define XrmStringToBindingQuarkList XRMSTRINGTOBINDINGQUARKLIST
-#define XrmStringToQuark XRMSTRINGTOQUARK
-#define XtAddCallback XTADDCALLBACK
-#define XtAddCallbacks XTADDCALLBACKS
-#define XtAddConverter XTADDCONVERTER
-#define XtAddEventHandler XTADDEVENTHANDLER
-#define XtAddExposureToRegion XTADDEXPOSURETOREGION
-#define XtAddGrab XTADDGRAB
-#define XtAddRawEventHandler XTADDRAWEVENTHANDLER
-#define XtAllocateGC XTALLOCATEGC
-#define XtAppAddActions XTAPPADDACTIONS
-#define XtAppAddInput XTAPPADDINPUT
-#define XtAppAddTimeOut XTAPPADDTIMEOUT
-#define XtAppAddWorkProc XTAPPADDWORKPROC
-#define XtAppCreateShell XTAPPCREATESHELL
-#define XtAppError XTAPPERROR
-#define XtAppErrorMsg XTAPPERRORMSG
-#define XtAppInitialize XTAPPINITIALIZE
-#define XtAppMainLoop XTAPPMAINLOOP
-#define XtAppNextEvent XTAPPNEXTEVENT
-#define XtAppPeekEvent XTAPPPEEKEVENT
-#define XtAppPending XTAPPPENDING
-#define XtAppProcessEvent XTAPPPROCESSEVENT
-#define XtAppSetErrorHandler XTAPPSETERRORHANDLER
-#define XtAppSetFallbackResources XTAPPSETFALLBACKRESOURCES
-#define XtAppSetTypeConverter XTAPPSETTYPECONVERTER
-#define XtAppSetWarningHandler XTAPPSETWARNINGHANDLER
-#define XtAppWarningMsg XTAPPWARNINGMSG
-#define XtAppSetWarningMsgHandler XTAPPSETWARNINGMSGHANDLER
-#define XtAppWarning XTAPPWARNING
-#define XtAugmentTranslations XTAUGMENTTRANSLATIONS
-#define XtCallActionProc XTCALLACTIONPROC
-#define XtCallCallbackList XTCALLCALLBACKLIST
-#define XtCallCallbacks XTCALLCALLBACKS
-#define XtCallConverter XTCALLCONVERTER
-#define XtCalloc XTCALLOC
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtClass XTCLASS
-#endif
-#define XtCloseDisplay XTCLOSEDISPLAY
-#define XtConfigureWidget XTCONFIGUREWIDGET
-#define XtConvert XTCONVERT
-#define XtConvertAndStore XTCONVERTANDSTORE
-#define XtCreateApplicationContext XTCREATEAPPLICATIONCONTEXT
-#define XtCreateManagedWidget XTCREATEMANAGEDWIDGET
-#define XtCreatePopupShell XTCREATEPOPUPSHELL
-#define XtCreateWidget XTCREATEWIDGET
-#define XtCreateWindow XTCREATEWINDOW
-#define XtCvtStringToFont XTCVTSTRINGTOFONT
-#define XtDatabase XTDATABASE
-#define XtDestroyApplicationContext XTDESTROYAPPLICATIONCONTEXT
-#define XtDestroyWidget XTDESTROYWIDGET
-#define XtDisownSelection XTDISOWNSELECTION
-#define XtDispatchEvent XTDISPATCHEVENT
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtDisplay XTDISPLAY
-#endif
-#define XtDisplayOfObject XTDISPLAYOFOBJECT
-#define XtDisplayStringConvWarning XTDISPLAYSTRINGCONVWARNING
-#define XtDisplayToApplicationContext XTDISPLAYTOAPPLICATIONCONTEXT
-#define XtError XTERROR
-#define XtErrorMsg XTERRORMSG
-#define XtFree XTFREE
-#define XtGetActionKeysym XTGETACTIONKEYSYM
-#define XtGetActionList XTGETACTIONLIST
-#define XtGetApplicationNameAndClass XTGETAPPLICATIONNAMEANDCLASS
-#define XtGetApplicationResources XTGETAPPLICATIONRESOURCES
-#define XtGetClassExtension XTGETCLASSEXTENSION
-#define XtGetConstraintResourceList XTGETCONSTRAINTRESOURCELIST
-#define XtGetGC XTGETGC
-#define XtGetMultiClickTime XTGETMULTICLICKTIME
-#define XtGetResourceList XTGETRESOURCELIST
-#define XtGetSelectionValue XTGETSELECTIONVALUE
-#define XtGetSelectionValues XTGETSELECTIONVALUES
-#define XtGetSubresources XTGETSUBRESOURCES
-#define XtGetValues XTGETVALUES
-#define XtGrabButton XTGRABBUTTON
-#define XtGrabKeyboard XTGRABKEYBOARD
-#define XtGrabPointer XTGRABPOINTER
-#define XtHasCallbacks XTHASCALLBACKS
-#define XtInitialize XTINITIALIZE
-#define XtInitializeWidgetClass XTINITIALIZEWIDGETCLASS
-#define XtInsertEventHandler XTINSERTEVENTHANDLER
-#define XtInsertRawEventHandler XTINSERTRAWEVENTHANDLER
-#define XtInstallAccelerators XTINSTALLACCELERATORS
-#define XtIsManaged XTISMANAGED
-#define XtIsObject XTISOBJECT
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtIsRealized XTISREALIZED
-#endif
-#define XtIsSensitive XTISSENSITIVE
-#define XtIsSubclass XTISSUBCLASS
-#define XtLastTimestampProcessed XTLASTTIMESTAMPPROCESSED
-#define XtMainLoop XTMAINLOOP
-#define XtMakeGeometryRequest XTMAKEGEOMETRYREQUEST
-#define XtMakeResizeRequest XTMAKERESIZEREQUEST
-#define XtMalloc XTMALLOC
-#define XtManageChild XTMANAGECHILD
-#define XtManageChildren XTMANAGECHILDREN
-#define XtMergeArgLists XTMERGEARGLISTS
-#define XtMoveWidget XTMOVEWIDGET
-#define XtName XTNAME
-#define XtNameToWidget XTNAMETOWIDGET
-#define XtOpenApplication XTOPENAPPLICATION
-#define XtOpenDisplay XTOPENDISPLAY
-#define XtOverrideTranslations XTOVERRIDETRANSLATIONS
-#define XtOwnSelection XTOWNSELECTION
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtParent XTPARENT
-#endif
-#define XtParseAcceleratorTable XTPARSEACCELERATORTABLE
-#define XtParseTranslationTable XTPARSETRANSLATIONTABLE
-#define XtPopdown XTPOPDOWN
-#define XtPopup XTPOPUP
-#define XtPopupSpringLoaded XTPOPUPSPRINGLOADED
-#define XtQueryGeometry XTQUERYGEOMETRY
-#define XtRealizeWidget XTREALIZEWIDGET
-#define XtRealloc XTREALLOC
-#define XtRegisterDrawable _XTREGISTERWINDOW
-#define XtRegisterGrabAction XTREGISTERGRABACTION
-#define XtReleaseGC XTRELEASEGC
-#define XtRemoveAllCallbacks XTREMOVEALLCALLBACKS
-#define XtRemoveCallback XTREMOVECALLBACK
-#define XtRemoveEventHandler XTREMOVEEVENTHANDLER
-#define XtRemoveGrab XTREMOVEGRAB
-#define XtRemoveInput XTREMOVEINPUT
-#define XtRemoveTimeOut XTREMOVETIMEOUT
-#define XtRemoveWorkProc XTREMOVEWORKPROC
-#define XtResizeWidget XTRESIZEWIDGET
-#define XtResolvePathname XTRESOLVEPATHNAME
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtScreen XTSCREEN
-#endif
-#define XtScreenDatabase XTSCREENDATABASE
-#define XtScreenOfObject XTSCREENOFOBJECT
-#define XtSessionReturnToken XTSESSIONRETURNTOKEN
-#define XtSetErrorHandler XTSETERRORHANDLER
-#define XtSetKeyboardFocus XTSETKEYBOARDFOCUS
-#define XtSetLanguageProc XTSETLANGUAGEPROC
-#define XtSetMappedWhenManaged XTSETMAPPEDWHENMANAGED
-#define XtSetSensitive XTSETSENSITIVE
-#define XtSetTypeConverter XTSETTYPECONVERTER
-#define XtSetValues XTSETVALUES
-#define XtShellStrings XTSHELLSTRINGS
-#define XtStringConversionWarning XTSTRINGCONVERSIONWARNING
-#define XtStrings XTSTRINGS
-#define XtToolkitInitialize XTTOOLKITINITIALIZE
-#define XtTranslateCoords XTTRANSLATECOORDS
-#define XtTranslateKeycode XTTRANSLATEKEYCODE
-#define XtUngrabButton XTUNGRABBUTTON
-#define XtUngrabKeyboard XTUNGRABKEYBOARD
-#define XtUngrabPointer XTUNGRABPOINTER
-#define XtUnmanageChild XTUNMANAGECHILD
-#define XtUnmanageChildren XTUNMANAGECHILDREN
-#define XtUnrealizeWidget XTUNREALIZEWIDGET
-#define XtUnregisterDrawable _XTUNREGISTERWINDOW
-#define XtVaCreateManagedWidget XTVACREATEMANAGEDWIDGET
-#define XtVaCreatePopupShell XTVACREATEPOPUPSHELL
-#define XtVaCreateWidget XTVACREATEWIDGET
-#define XtVaGetApplicationResources XTVAGETAPPLICATIONRESOURCES
-#define XtVaGetValues XTVAGETVALUES
-#define XtVaSetValues XTVASETVALUES
-#define XtWarning XTWARNING
-#define XtWarningMsg XTWARNINGMSG
-#define XtWidgetToApplicationContext XTWIDGETTOAPPLICATIONCONTEXT
-#ifndef NOXTDISPLAY
-#define XtWindow XTWINDOW
-#endif
-#define XtWindowOfObject XTWINDOWOFOBJECT
-#define XtWindowToWidget XTWINDOWTOWIDGET
-#define XwcDrawImageString XWCDRAWIMAGESTRING
-#define XwcDrawString XWCDRAWSTRING
-#define XwcFreeStringList XWCFREESTRINGLIST
-#define XwcTextEscapement XWCTEXTESCAPEMENT
-#define XwcTextExtents XWCTEXTEXTENTS
-#define XwcTextListToTextProperty XWCTEXTLISTTOTEXTPROPERTY
-#define XwcLookupString XWCLOOKUPSTRING
-#define XwcTextPropertyToTextList XWCTEXTPROPERTYTOTEXTLIST
-#define _XAllocTemp _XALLOCTEMP
-#define _XDeqAsyncHandler _XDEQASYNCHANDLER
-#define _XEatData _XEATDATA
-#define _XFlush _XFLUSH
-#define _XFreeTemp _XFREETEMP
-#define _XGetAsyncReply _XGETASYNCREPLY
-#define _XInitImageFuncPtrs _XINITIMAGEFUNCPTRS
-#define _XRead _XREAD
-#define _XReadPad _XREADPAD
-#define _XRegisterFilterByType _XREGISTERFILTERBYTYPE
-#define _XReply _XREPLY
-#define _XSend _XSEND
-#define _XUnregisterFilter _XUNREGISTERFILTER
-#define _XVIDtoVisual _XVIDTOVISUAL
-#define _XmBottomShadowColorDefault _XMBOTTOMSHADOWCOLORDEFAULT
-#define _XmClearBorder _XMCLEARBORDER
-#define _XmConfigureObject _XMCONFIGUREOBJECT
-#define _XmDestroyParentCallback _XMDESTROYPARENTCALLBACK
-#define _XmDrawArrow _XMDRAWARROW
-#define _XmDrawShadows _XMDRAWSHADOWS
-#define _XmFontListGetDefaultFont _XMFONTLISTGETDEFAULTFONT
-#define _XmFromHorizontalPixels _XMFROMHORIZONTALPIXELS
-#define _XmFromVerticalPixels _XMFROMVERTICALPIXELS
-#define _XmGetClassExtensionPtr _XMGETCLASSEXTENSIONPTR
-#define _XmGetDefaultFontList _XMGETDEFAULTFONTLIST
-#define _XmGetTextualDragIcon _XMGETTEXTUALDRAGICON
-#define _XmGetWidgetExtData _XMGETWIDGETEXTDATA
-#define _XmGrabKeyboard _XMGRABKEYBOARD
-#define _XmGrabPointer _XMGRABPOINTER
-#define _XmInheritClass _XMINHERITCLASS
-#define _XmInputForGadget _XMINPUTFORGADGET
-#define _XmInputInGadget _XMINPUTINGADGET
-#define _XmMakeGeometryRequest _XMMAKEGEOMETRYREQUEST
-#define _XmMenuPopDown _XMMENUPOPDOWN
-#define _XmMoveObject _XMMOVEOBJECT
-#define _XmNavigChangeManaged _XMNAVIGCHANGEMANAGED
-#define _XmOSBuildFileList _XMOSBUILDFILELIST
-#define _XmOSFileCompare _XMOSFILECOMPARE
-#define _XmOSFindPatternPart _XMOSFINDPATTERNPART
-#define _XmOSQualifyFileSpec _XMOSQUALIFYFILESPEC
-#define _XmPostPopupMenu _XMPOSTPOPUPMENU
-#define _XmPrimitiveEnter _XMPRIMITIVEENTER
-#define _XmPrimitiveLeave _XMPRIMITIVELEAVE
-#define _XmRedisplayGadgets _XMREDISPLAYGADGETS
-#define _XmShellIsExclusive _XMSHELLISEXCLUSIVE
-#define _XmStringDraw _XMSTRINGDRAW
-#define _XmStringGetTextConcat _XMSTRINGGETTEXTCONCAT
-#define _XmStrings _XMSTRINGS
-#define _XmToHorizontalPixels _XMTOHORIZONTALPIXELS
-#define _XmToVerticalPixels _XMTOVERTICALPIXELS
-#define _XmTopShadowColorDefault _XMTOPSHADOWCOLORDEFAULT
-#define _Xm_fastPtr _XM_FASTPTR
-#define _XtCheckSubclassFlag _XTCHECKSUBCLASSFLAG
-#define _XtCopyFromArg _XTCOPYFROMARG
-#define _XtCountVaList _XTCOUNTVALIST
-#define _XtInherit _XTINHERIT
-#define _XtInheritTranslations _XTINHERITTRANSLATIONS
-#define _XtIsSubclassOf _XTISSUBCLASSOF
-#define _XtVaToArgList _XTVATOARGLIST
-#define applicationShellWidgetClass APPLICATIONSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define cli$dcl_parse CLI$DCL_PARSE
-#define cli$get_value CLI$GET_VALUE
-#define cli$present CLI$PRESENT
-#define compositeClassRec COMPOSITECLASSREC
-#define compositeWidgetClass COMPOSITEWIDGETCLASS
-#define constraintClassRec CONSTRAINTCLASSREC
-#define constraintWidgetClass CONSTRAINTWIDGETCLASS
-#define coreWidgetClass COREWIDGETCLASS
-#define exe$getspi EXE$GETSPI
-#define lbr$close LBR$CLOSE
-#define lbr$get_header LBR$GET_HEADER
-#define lbr$get_index LBR$GET_INDEX
-#define lbr$get_record LBR$GET_RECORD
-#define lbr$ini_control LBR$INI_CONTROL
-#define lbr$lookup_key LBR$LOOKUP_KEY
-#define lbr$open LBR$OPEN
-#define lbr$output_help LBR$OUTPUT_HELP
-#define lib$add_times LIB$ADD_TIMES
-#define lib$addx LIB$ADDX
-#define lib$create_dir LIB$CREATE_DIR
-#define lib$create_vm_zone LIB$CREATE_VM_ZONE
-#define lib$cvt_from_internal_time LIB$CVT_FROM_INTERNAL_TIME
-#define lib$cvt_htb LIB$CVT_HTB
-#define lib$cvt_vectim LIB$CVT_VECTIM
-#define lib$day LIB$DAY
-#define lib$day_of_week LIB$DAY_OF_WEEK
-#define lib$delete_symbol LIB$DELETE_SYMBOL
-#define lib$delete_vm_zone LIB$DELETE_VM_ZONE
-#define lib$disable_ctrl LIB$DISABLE_CTRL
-#define lib$ediv LIB$EDIV
-#define lib$emul LIB$EMUL
-#define lib$enable_ctrl LIB$ENABLE_CTRL
-#define lib$find_vm_zone LIB$FIND_VM_ZONE
-#define lib$format_date_time LIB$FORMAT_DATE_TIME
-#define lib$free_timer LIB$FREE_TIMER
-#define lib$free_vm LIB$FREE_VM
-#define lib$get_ef LIB$GET_EF
-#define lib$get_foreign LIB$GET_FOREIGN
-#define lib$get_input LIB$GET_INPUT
-#define lib$get_users_language LIB$GET_USERS_LANGUAGE
-#define lib$get_vm LIB$GET_VM
-#define lib$get_symbol LIB$GET_SYMBOL
-#define lib$getdvi LIB$GETDVI
-#define lib$init_date_time_context LIB$INIT_DATE_TIME_CONTEXT
-#define lib$init_timer LIB$INIT_TIMER
-#define lib$find_file LIB$FIND_FILE
-#define lib$find_file_end LIB$FIND_FILE_END
-#define lib$find_image_symbol LIB$FIND_IMAGE_SYMBOL
-#define lib$mult_delta_time LIB$MULT_DELTA_TIME
-#define lib$put_output LIB$PUT_OUTPUT
-#define lib$rename_file LIB$RENAME_FILE
-#define lib$reset_vm_zone LIB$RESET_VM_ZONE
-#define lib$set_symbol LIB$SET_SYMBOL
-#define lib$sfree1_dd LIB$SFREE1_DD
-#define lib$show_vm LIB$SHOW_VM
-#define lib$show_vm_zone LIB$SHOW_VM_ZONE
-#define lib$spawn LIB$SPAWN
-#define lib$stat_timer LIB$STAT_TIMER
-#define lib$subx LIB$SUBX
-#define lib$sub_times LIB$SUB_TIMES
-#define lib$wait LIB$WAIT
-#define mail$send_add_address MAIL$SEND_ADD_ADDRESS
-#define mail$send_add_attribute MAIL$SEND_ADD_ATTRIBUTE
-#define mail$send_add_bodypart MAIL$SEND_ADD_BODYPART
-#define mail$send_begin MAIL$SEND_BEGIN
-#define mail$send_end MAIL$SEND_END
-#define mail$send_message MAIL$SEND_MESSAGE
-#define ncs$convert NCS$CONVERT
-#define ncs$get_cf NCS$GET_CF
-#define objectClass OBJECTCLASS
-#define objectClassRec OBJECTCLASSREC
-#define overrideShellClassRec OVERRIDESHELLCLASSREC
-#define overrideShellWidgetClass OVERRIDESHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define pthread_attr_create PTHREAD_ATTR_CREATE
-#define pthread_attr_delete PTHREAD_ATTR_DELETE
-#define pthread_attr_destroy PTHREAD_ATTR_DESTROY
-#define pthread_attr_getdetach_np PTHREAD_ATTR_GETDETACH_NP
-#define pthread_attr_getguardsize_np PTHREAD_ATTR_GETGUARDSIZE_NP
-#define pthread_attr_getinheritsched PTHREAD_ATTR_GETINHERITSCHED
-#define pthread_attr_getprio PTHREAD_ATTR_GETPRIO
-#define pthread_attr_getsched PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHED
-#define pthread_attr_getschedparam PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHEDPARAM
-#define pthread_attr_getschedpolicy PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSCHEDPOLICY
-#define pthread_attr_getstacksize PTHREAD_ATTR_GETSTACKSIZE
-#define pthread_attr_init PTHREAD_ATTR_INIT
-#define pthread_attr_setdetach_np PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACH_NP
-#define pthread_attr_setdetachstate PTHREAD_ATTR_SETDETACHSTATE
-#define pthread_attr_setguardsize_np PTHREAD_ATTR_SETGUARDSIZE_NP
-#define pthread_attr_setinheritsched PTHREAD_ATTR_SETINHERITSCHED
-#define pthread_attr_setprio PTHREAD_ATTR_SETPRIO
-#define pthread_attr_setsched PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHED
-#define pthread_attr_setschedparam PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHEDPARAM
-#define pthread_attr_setschedpolicy PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCHEDPOLICY
-#ifndef pthread_attr_setscope
-# define pthread_attr_setscope PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE
-#endif
-#define pthread_attr_setstacksize PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE
-#define pthread_cancel PTHREAD_CANCEL
-#define pthread_cancel_e PTHREAD_CANCEL_E
-#define pthread_cond_broadcast PTHREAD_COND_BROADCAST
-#define pthread_cond_destroy PTHREAD_COND_DESTROY
-#define pthread_cond_init PTHREAD_COND_INIT
-#define pthread_cond_sig_preempt_int_np PTHREAD_COND_SIG_PREEMPT_INT_NP
-#define pthread_cond_signal PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL
-#define pthread_cond_signal_int_np PTHREAD_COND_SIGNAL_INT_NP
-#define pthread_cond_timedwait PTHREAD_COND_TIMEDWAIT
-#define pthread_cond_wait PTHREAD_COND_WAIT
-#define pthread_condattr_create PTHREAD_CONDATTR_CREATE
-#define pthread_condattr_delete PTHREAD_CONDATTR_DELETE
-#define pthread_condattr_init PTHREAD_CONDATTR_INIT
-#define pthread_create PTHREAD_CREATE
-#define pthread_delay_np PTHREAD_DELAY_NP
-#define pthread_detach PTHREAD_DETACH
-#define pthread_equal PTHREAD_EQUAL
-#define pthread_exc_fetch_fp_np PTHREAD_EXC_FETCH_FP_NP
-#define pthread_exc_handler_np PTHREAD_EXC_HANDLER_NP
-#define pthread_exc_matches_np PTHREAD_EXC_MATCHES_NP
-#define pthread_exc_pop_ctx_np PTHREAD_EXC_POP_CTX_NP
-#define pthread_exc_push_ctx_np PTHREAD_EXC_PUSH_CTX_NP
-#define pthread_exc_raise_np PTHREAD_EXC_RAISE_NP
-#define pthread_exc_savecontext_np PTHREAD_EXC_SAVECONTEXT_NP
-#define pthread_exit PTHREAD_EXIT
-#define pthread_get_expiration_np PTHREAD_GET_EXPIRATION_NP
-#define pthread_getprio PTHREAD_GETPRIO
-#define pthread_getschedparam PTHREAD_GETSCHEDPARAM
-#define pthread_getscheduler PTHREAD_GETSCHEDULER
-#define pthread_getspecific PTHREAD_GETSPECIFIC
-#define pthread_getunique_np PTHREAD_GETUNIQUE_NP
-#define pthread_join PTHREAD_JOIN
-#define pthread_join32 PTHREAD_JOIN32
-#define pthread_key_create PTHREAD_KEY_CREATE
-#define pthread_key_delete PTHREAD_KEY_DELETE
-#define pthread_keycreate PTHREAD_KEYCREATE
-#define pthread_kill PTHREAD_KILL
-#define pthread_lock_global_np PTHREAD_LOCK_GLOBAL_NP
-#define pthread_mutex_destroy PTHREAD_MUTEX_DESTROY
-#define pthread_mutex_init PTHREAD_MUTEX_INIT
-#define pthread_mutex_lock PTHREAD_MUTEX_LOCK
-#define pthread_mutex_trylock PTHREAD_MUTEX_TRYLOCK
-#define pthread_mutex_unlock PTHREAD_MUTEX_UNLOCK
-#define pthread_mutexattr_create PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_CREATE
-#define pthread_mutexattr_delete PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DELETE
-#define pthread_mutexattr_destroy PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_DESTROY
-#define pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_GETKIND_NP
-#define pthread_mutexattr_init PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_INIT
-#define pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETKIND_NP
-#define pthread_mutexattr_settype_np PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE_NP
-#define pthread_once PTHREAD_ONCE
-#define pthread_resume_np PTHREAD_RESUME_NP
-#define pthread_self PTHREAD_SELF
-#define pthread_setasynccancel PTHREAD_SETASYNCCANCEL
-#define pthread_setcancel PTHREAD_SETCANCEL
-#define pthread_setcancelstate PTHREAD_SETCANCELSTATE
-#define pthread_setcanceltype PTHREAD_SETCANCELTYPE
-#define pthread_setprio PTHREAD_SETPRIO
-#define pthread_setschedparam PTHREAD_SETSCHEDPARAM
-#define pthread_setscheduler PTHREAD_SETSCHEDULER
-#define pthread_setspecific PTHREAD_SETSPECIFIC
-#define pthread_suspend_np PTHREAD_SUSPEND_NP
-#define pthread_testcancel PTHREAD_TESTCANCEL
-#define pthread_unlock_global_np PTHREAD_UNLOCK_GLOBAL_NP
-#define pthread_yield PTHREAD_YIELD
-#define pthread_yield_np PTHREAD_YIELD_NP
-#define rectObjClass RECTOBJCLASS
-#define rectObjClassRec RECTOBJCLASSREC
-#define sessionShellWidgetClass SESSIONSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define shellWidgetClass SHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define shmat SHMAT
-#define shmctl SHMCTL
-#define shmdt SHMDT
-#define shmget SHMGET
-#define smg$create_key_table SMG$CREATE_KEY_TABLE
-#define smg$create_virtual_keyboard SMG$CREATE_VIRTUAL_KEYBOARD
-#define smg$read_composed_line SMG$READ_COMPOSED_LINE
-#define sys$add_ident SYS$ADD_IDENT
-#define sys$asctoid SYS$ASCTOID
-#define sys$assign SYS$ASSIGN
-#define sys$bintim SYS$BINTIM
-#define sys$cancel SYS$CANCEL
-#define sys$cantim SYS$CANTIM
-#define sys$check_access SYS$CHECK_ACCESS
-#define sys$close SYS$CLOSE
-#define sys$connect SYS$CONNECT
-#define sys$create SYS$CREATE
-#define sys$create_user_profile SYS$CREATE_USER_PROFILE
-#define sys$crembx SYS$CREMBX
-#define sys$creprc SYS$CREPRC
-#define sys$crmpsc SYS$CRMPSC
-#define sys$dassgn SYS$DASSGN
-#define sys$dclast SYS$DCLAST
-#define sys$dclexh SYS$DCLEXH
-#define sys$delprc SYS$DELPRC
-#define sys$deq SYS$DEQ
-#define sys$dgblsc SYS$DGBLSC
-#define sys$display SYS$DISPLAY
-#define sys$enq SYS$ENQ
-#define sys$enqw SYS$ENQW
-#define sys$erase SYS$ERASE
-#define sys$fao SYS$FAO
-#define sys$faol SYS$FAOL
-#define sys$find_held SYS$FIND_HELD
-#define sys$finish_rdb SYS$FINISH_RDB
-#define sys$flush SYS$FLUSH
-#define sys$forcex SYS$FORCEX
-#define sys$get SYS$GET
-#define sys$get_security SYS$GET_SECURITY
-#define sys$getdviw SYS$GETDVIW
-#define sys$getjpi SYS$GETJPI
-#define sys$getjpiw SYS$GETJPIW
-#define sys$getlkiw SYS$GETLKIW
-#define sys$getmsg SYS$GETMSG
-#define sys$getsyi SYS$GETSYI
-#define sys$getsyiw SYS$GETSYIW
-#define sys$gettim SYS$GETTIM
-#define sys$getuai SYS$GETUAI
-#define sys$grantid SYS$GRANTID
-#define sys$hash_password SYS$HASH_PASSWORD
-#define sys$hiber SYS$HIBER
-#define sys$mgblsc SYS$MGBLSC
-#define sys$numtim SYS$NUMTIM
-#define sys$open SYS$OPEN
-#define sys$parse SYS$PARSE
-#define sys$parse_acl SYS$PARSE_ACL
-#define sys$parse_acl SYS$PARSE_ACL
-#define sys$persona_assume SYS$PERSONA_ASSUME
-#define sys$persona_create SYS$PERSONA_CREATE
-#define sys$persona_delete SYS$PERSONA_DELETE
-#define sys$process_scan SYS$PROCESS_SCAN
-#define sys$put SYS$PUT
-#define sys$qio SYS$QIO
-#define sys$qiow SYS$QIOW
-#define sys$read SYS$READ
-#define sys$resched SYS$RESCHED
-#define sys$rewind SYS$REWIND
-#define sys$search SYS$SEARCH
-#define sys$set_security SYS$SET_SECURITY
-#define sys$setast SYS$SETAST
-#define sys$setef SYS$SETEF
-#define sys$setimr SYS$SETIMR
-#define sys$setpri SYS$SETPRI
-#define sys$setprn SYS$SETPRN
-#define sys$setprv SYS$SETPRV
-#define sys$setswm SYS$SETSWM
-#define sys$setuai SYS$SETUAI
-#define sys$sndopr SYS$SNDOPR
-#define sys$synch SYS$SYNCH
-#define sys$trnlnm SYS$TRNLNM
-#define sys$update SYS$UPDATE
-#define sys$wake SYS$WAKE
-#define sys$write SYS$WRITE
-#define topLevelShellClassRec TOPLEVELSHELLCLASSREC
-#define topLevelShellWidgetClass TOPLEVELSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define transientShellWidgetClass TRANSIENTSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define vendorShellClassRec VENDORSHELLCLASSREC
-#define vendorShellWidgetClass VENDORSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define widgetClass WIDGETCLASS
-#define widgetClassRec WIDGETCLASSREC
-#define wmShellClassRec WMSHELLCLASSREC
-#define wmShellWidgetClass WMSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define x$soft_ast_lib_lock X$SOFT_AST_LIB_LOCK
-#define x$soft_ast_lock_depth X$SOFT_AST_LOCK_DEPTH
-#define x$soft_reenable_asts X$SOFT_REENABLE_ASTS
-#define xmArrowButtonWidgetClass XMARROWBUTTONWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmBulletinBoardWidgetClass XMBULLETINBOARDWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmCascadeButtonClassRec XMCASCADEBUTTONCLASSREC
-#define xmCascadeButtonGadgetClass XMCASCADEBUTTONGADGETCLASS
-#define xmCascadeButtonWidgetClass XMCASCADEBUTTONWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmCommandWidgetClass XMCOMMANDWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmDialogShellWidgetClass XMDIALOGSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmDrawingAreaWidgetClass XMDRAWINGAREAWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmDrawnButtonWidgetClass XMDRAWNBUTTONWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmFileSelectionBoxWidgetClass XMFILESELECTIONBOXWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmFormWidgetClass XMFORMWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmFrameWidgetClass XMFRAMEWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmGadgetClass XMGADGETCLASS
-#define xmLabelGadgetClass XMLABELGADGETCLASS
-#define xmLabelWidgetClass XMLABELWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmListWidgetClass XMLISTWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmMainWindowWidgetClass XMMAINWINDOWWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmManagerClassRec XMMANAGERCLASSREC
-#define xmManagerWidgetClass XMMANAGERWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmMenuShellWidgetClass XMMENUSHELLWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmMessageBoxWidgetClass XMMESSAGEBOXWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmPrimitiveClassRec XMPRIMITIVECLASSREC
-#define xmPrimitiveWidgetClass XMPRIMITIVEWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmPushButtonClassRec XMPUSHBUTTONCLASSREC
-#define xmPushButtonGadgetClass XMPUSHBUTTONGADGETCLASS
-#define xmPushButtonWidgetClass XMPUSHBUTTONWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmRowColumnWidgetClass XMROWCOLUMNWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmSashWidgetClass XMSASHWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmScaleWidgetClass XMSCALEWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmScrollBarWidgetClass XMSCROLLBARWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmScrolledWindowClassRec XMSCROLLEDWINDOWCLASSREC
-#define xmScrolledWindowWidgetClass XMSCROLLEDWINDOWWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmSeparatorGadgetClass XMSEPARATORGADGETCLASS
-#define xmSeparatorWidgetClass XMSEPARATORWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmTextFieldWidgetClass XMTEXTFIELDWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmTextWidgetClass XMTEXTWIDGETCLASS
-#define xmToggleButtonGadgetClass XMTOGGLEBUTTONGADGETCLASS
-#define xmToggleButtonWidgetClass XMTOGGLEBUTTONWIDGETCLASS
-
-#if (__VMS_VER < 80200000)
-# define SetReqLen(req,n,badlen) \
- if ((req->length + n) > (unsigned)65535) { \
- n = badlen; \
- req->length += n; \
- } else \
- req->length += n
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-extern void XtFree(char*);
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/volume.h
-// Purpose: wxFSVolume - encapsulates system volume information
-// Author: George Policello
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 28 Jan 02
-// Copyright: (c) 2002 George Policello
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFSVolume represents a volume/drive in a file system
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef _WX_FSVOLUME_H_
-#define _WX_FSVOLUME_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FSVOLUME
-
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-
-// the volume flags
-enum wxFSVolumeFlags
-{
- // is the volume mounted?
- wxFS_VOL_MOUNTED = 0x0001,
-
- // is the volume removable (floppy, CD, ...)?
- wxFS_VOL_REMOVABLE = 0x0002,
-
- // read only? (otherwise read write)
- wxFS_VOL_READONLY = 0x0004,
-
- // network resources
- wxFS_VOL_REMOTE = 0x0008
-};
-
-// the volume types
-enum wxFSVolumeKind
-{
- wxFS_VOL_FLOPPY,
- wxFS_VOL_DISK,
- wxFS_VOL_CDROM,
- wxFS_VOL_DVDROM,
- wxFS_VOL_NETWORK,
- wxFS_VOL_OTHER,
- wxFS_VOL_MAX
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFSVolumeBase
-{
-public:
- // return the array containing the names of the volumes
- //
- // only the volumes with the flags such that
- // (flags & flagsSet) == flagsSet && !(flags & flagsUnset)
- // are returned (by default, all mounted ones)
- static wxArrayString GetVolumes(int flagsSet = wxFS_VOL_MOUNTED,
- int flagsUnset = 0);
-
- // stop execution of GetVolumes() called previously (should be called from
- // another thread, of course)
- static void CancelSearch();
-
- // create the volume object with this name (should be one of those returned
- // by GetVolumes()).
- wxFSVolumeBase();
- wxFSVolumeBase(const wxString& name);
- bool Create(const wxString& name);
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // is this a valid volume?
- bool IsOk() const;
-
- // kind of this volume?
- wxFSVolumeKind GetKind() const;
-
- // flags of this volume?
- int GetFlags() const;
-
- // can we write to this volume?
- bool IsWritable() const { return !(GetFlags() & wxFS_VOL_READONLY); }
-
- // get the name of the volume and the name which should be displayed to the
- // user
- wxString GetName() const { return m_volName; }
- wxString GetDisplayName() const { return m_dispName; }
-
- // TODO: operatios (Mount(), Unmount(), Eject(), ...)?
-
-protected:
- // the internal volume name
- wxString m_volName;
-
- // the volume name as it is displayed to the user
- wxString m_dispName;
-
- // have we been initialized correctly?
- bool m_isOk;
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/iconbndl.h" // only for wxIconArray
-
-enum wxFSIconType
-{
- wxFS_VOL_ICO_SMALL = 0,
- wxFS_VOL_ICO_LARGE,
- wxFS_VOL_ICO_SEL_SMALL,
- wxFS_VOL_ICO_SEL_LARGE,
- wxFS_VOL_ICO_MAX
-};
-
-// wxFSVolume adds GetIcon() to wxFSVolumeBase
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFSVolume : public wxFSVolumeBase
-{
-public:
- wxFSVolume() : wxFSVolumeBase() { InitIcons(); }
- wxFSVolume(const wxString& name) : wxFSVolumeBase(name) { InitIcons(); }
-
- wxIcon GetIcon(wxFSIconType type) const;
-
-private:
- void InitIcons();
-
- // the different icons for this volume (created on demand)
- wxIconArray m_icons;
-};
-
-#else // !wxUSE_GUI
-
-// wxFSVolume is the same thing as wxFSVolume in wxBase
-typedef wxFSVolumeBase wxFSVolume;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI/!wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // wxUSE_FSVOLUME
-
-#endif // _WX_FSVOLUME_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/vscroll.h
-// Purpose: Variable scrolled windows (wx[V/H/HV]ScrolledWindow)
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: Brad Anderson, Bryan Petty
-// Created: 30.05.03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_VSCROLL_H_
-#define _WX_VSCROLL_H_
-
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-#include "wx/position.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler;
-
-
-// Using the same techniques as the wxScrolledWindow class |
-// hierarchy, the wx[V/H/HV]ScrolledWindow classes are slightly |
-// more complex (compare with the diagram outlined in |
-// scrolwin.h) for the purpose of reducing code duplication |
-// through the use of mix-in classes. |
-// |
-// wxAnyScrollHelperBase |
-// | |
-// | |
-// | |
-// V |
-// wxVarScrollHelperBase |
-// / \ |
-// / \ |
-// V V |
-// wxVarHScrollHelper wxVarVScrollHelper |
-// | \ / | |
-// | \ / | |
-// | V V | |
-// | wxVarHVScrollHelper | |
-// | | | |
-// | | V |
-// | wxPanel | wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor |
-// | / \ \ | | |
-// | / \ `-----|----------. | |
-// | / \ | \ | |
-// | / \ | \ | |
-// V V \ | V V |
-// wxHScrolledWindow \ | wxVScrolledWindow |
-// V V |
-// wxHVScrolledWindow |
-// |
-// |
-// Border added to suppress GCC multi-line comment warnings ->|
-
-
-// ===========================================================================
-// wxVarScrollHelperBase
-// ===========================================================================
-
-// Provides all base common scroll calculations needed for either orientation,
-// automatic scrollbar functionality, saved scroll positions, functionality
-// for changing the target window to be scrolled, as well as defining all
-// required virtual functions that need to be implemented for any orientation
-// specific work.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVarScrollHelperBase : public wxAnyScrollHelperBase
-{
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- wxVarScrollHelperBase(wxWindow *winToScroll);
- virtual ~wxVarScrollHelperBase();
-
- // operations
- // ----------
-
- // with physical scrolling on, the device origin is changed properly when
- // a wxPaintDC is prepared, children are actually moved and laid out
- // properly, and the contents of the window (pixels) are actually moved
- void EnablePhysicalScrolling(bool scrolling = true)
- { m_physicalScrolling = scrolling; }
-
- // wxNOT_FOUND if none, i.e. if it is below the last item
- int VirtualHitTest(wxCoord coord) const;
-
- // recalculate all our parameters and redisplay all units
- virtual void RefreshAll();
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // get the first currently visible unit
- size_t GetVisibleBegin() const { return m_unitFirst; }
-
- // get the last currently visible unit
- size_t GetVisibleEnd() const
- { return m_unitFirst + m_nUnitsVisible; }
-
- // is this unit currently visible?
- bool IsVisible(size_t unit) const
- { return unit >= m_unitFirst && unit < GetVisibleEnd(); }
-
- // translate between scrolled and unscrolled coordinates
- int CalcScrolledPosition(int coord) const
- { return DoCalcScrolledPosition(coord); }
- int CalcUnscrolledPosition(int coord) const
- { return DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(coord); }
-
- virtual int DoCalcScrolledPosition(int coord) const;
- virtual int DoCalcUnscrolledPosition(int coord) const;
-
- // update the thumb size shown by the scrollbar
- virtual void UpdateScrollbar();
- void RemoveScrollbar();
-
- // Normally the wxScrolledWindow will scroll itself, but in some rare
- // occasions you might want it to scroll [part of] another window (e.g. a
- // child of it in order to scroll only a portion the area between the
- // scrollbars (spreadsheet: only cell area will move).
- virtual void SetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target);
-
- // change the DC origin according to the scroll position. To properly
- // forward calls to wxWindow::Layout use WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()
- // derived class
- virtual void DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc);
-
- // the methods to be called from the window event handlers
- void HandleOnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent& event);
- void HandleOnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
- void HandleOnMouseWheel(wxMouseEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-
- // these functions must be overidden in the derived class to return
- // orientation specific data (e.g. the width for vertically scrolling
- // derivatives in the case of GetOrientationTargetSize())
- virtual int GetOrientationTargetSize() const = 0;
- virtual int GetNonOrientationTargetSize() const = 0;
- virtual wxOrientation GetOrientation() const = 0;
-
-protected:
- // all *Unit* functions are protected to be exposed by
- // wxVarScrollHelperBase implementations (with appropriate names)
-
- // get the number of units this window contains (previously set by
- // SetUnitCount())
- size_t GetUnitCount() const { return m_unitMax; }
-
- // set the number of units the helper contains: the derived class must
- // provide the sizes for all units with indices up to the one given here
- // in its OnGetUnitSize()
- void SetUnitCount(size_t count);
-
- // redraw the specified unit
- virtual void RefreshUnit(size_t unit);
-
- // redraw all units in the specified range (inclusive)
- virtual void RefreshUnits(size_t from, size_t to);
-
- // scroll to the specified unit: it will become the first visible unit in
- // the window
- //
- // return true if we scrolled the window, false if nothing was done
- bool DoScrollToUnit(size_t unit);
-
- // scroll by the specified number of units/pages
- virtual bool DoScrollUnits(int units);
- virtual bool DoScrollPages(int pages);
-
- // this function must be overridden in the derived class and it should
- // return the size of the given unit in pixels
- virtual wxCoord OnGetUnitSize(size_t n) const = 0;
-
- // this function doesn't have to be overridden but it may be useful to do
- // it if calculating the units' sizes is a relatively expensive operation
- // as it gives the user code a possibility to calculate several of them at
- // once
- //
- // OnGetUnitsSizeHint() is normally called just before OnGetUnitSize() but
- // you shouldn't rely on the latter being called for all units in the
- // interval specified here. It is also possible that OnGetUnitHeight() will
- // be called for the units outside of this interval, so this is really just
- // a hint, not a promise.
- //
- // finally note that unitMin is inclusive, while unitMax is exclusive, as
- // usual
- virtual void OnGetUnitsSizeHint(size_t WXUNUSED(unitMin),
- size_t WXUNUSED(unitMax)) const
- { }
-
- // when the number of units changes, we try to estimate the total size
- // of all units which is a rather expensive operation in terms of unit
- // access, so if the user code may estimate the average size
- // better/faster than we do, it should override this function to implement
- // its own logic
- //
- // this function should return the best guess for the total size it may
- // make
- virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalSize() const { return DoEstimateTotalSize(); }
-
- wxCoord DoEstimateTotalSize() const;
-
- // find the index of the unit we need to show to fit the specified unit on
- // the opposite side either fully or partially (depending on fullyVisible)
- size_t FindFirstVisibleFromLast(size_t last,
- bool fullyVisible = false) const;
-
- // get the total size of the units between unitMin (inclusive) and
- // unitMax (exclusive)
- wxCoord GetUnitsSize(size_t unitMin, size_t unitMax) const;
-
- // get the offset of the first visible unit
- wxCoord GetScrollOffset() const
- { return GetUnitsSize(0, GetVisibleBegin()); }
-
- // get the size of the target window
- wxSize GetTargetSize() const { return m_targetWindow->GetClientSize(); }
-
- void GetTargetSize(int *w, int *h)
- {
- wxSize size = GetTargetSize();
- if ( w )
- *w = size.x;
- if ( h )
- *h = size.y;
- }
-
- // calculate the new scroll position based on scroll event type
- size_t GetNewScrollPosition(wxScrollWinEvent& event) const;
-
- // replacement implementation of wxWindow::Layout virtual method. To
- // properly forward calls to wxWindow::Layout use
- // WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() derived class
- bool ScrollLayout();
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
- // queue mac window update after handling scroll event
- virtual void UpdateMacScrollWindow() { }
-#endif // __WXMAC__
-
- // change the target window
- void DoSetTargetWindow(wxWindow *target);
-
- // delete the event handler we installed
- void DeleteEvtHandler();
-
- // helper function abstracting the orientation test: with vertical
- // orientation, it assigns the first value to x and the second one to y,
- // with horizontal orientation it reverses them, i.e. the first value is
- // assigned to y and the second one to x
- void AssignOrient(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord first, wxCoord second);
-
- // similar to "oriented assignment" above but does "oriented increment":
- // for vertical orientation, y is incremented by the given value and x if
- // left unchanged, for horizontal orientation x is incremented
- void IncOrient(wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, wxCoord inc);
-
-private:
- // the total number of (logical) units
- size_t m_unitMax;
-
- // the total (estimated) size
- wxCoord m_sizeTotal;
-
- // the first currently visible unit
- size_t m_unitFirst;
-
- // the number of currently visible units (including the last, possibly only
- // partly, visible one)
- size_t m_nUnitsVisible;
-
- // accumulated mouse wheel rotation
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
- int m_sumWheelRotation;
-#endif
-
- // do child scrolling (used in DoPrepareDC())
- bool m_physicalScrolling;
-
- // handler injected into target window to forward some useful events to us
- wxVarScrollHelperEvtHandler *m_handler;
-};
-
-
-
-// ===========================================================================
-// wxVarVScrollHelper
-// ===========================================================================
-
-// Provides public API functions targeted for vertical-specific scrolling,
-// wrapping the functionality of wxVarScrollHelperBase.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVarVScrollHelper : public wxVarScrollHelperBase
-{
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // ctor must be given the associated window
- wxVarVScrollHelper(wxWindow *winToScroll)
- : wxVarScrollHelperBase(winToScroll)
- {
- }
-
- // operators
-
- void SetRowCount(size_t rowCount) { SetUnitCount(rowCount); }
- bool ScrollToRow(size_t row) { return DoScrollToUnit(row); }
-
- virtual bool ScrollRows(int rows)
- { return DoScrollUnits(rows); }
- virtual bool ScrollRowPages(int pages)
- { return DoScrollPages(pages); }
-
- virtual void RefreshRow(size_t row)
- { RefreshUnit(row); }
- virtual void RefreshRows(size_t from, size_t to)
- { RefreshUnits(from, to); }
-
- // accessors
-
- size_t GetRowCount() const { return GetUnitCount(); }
- size_t GetVisibleRowsBegin() const { return GetVisibleBegin(); }
- size_t GetVisibleRowsEnd() const { return GetVisibleEnd(); }
- bool IsRowVisible(size_t row) const { return IsVisible(row); }
-
- virtual int GetOrientationTargetSize() const
- { return GetTargetWindow()->GetClientSize().y; }
- virtual int GetNonOrientationTargetSize() const
- { return GetTargetWindow()->GetClientSize().x; }
- virtual wxOrientation GetOrientation() const { return wxVERTICAL; }
-
-protected:
- // this function must be overridden in the derived class and it should
- // return the size of the given row in pixels
- virtual wxCoord OnGetRowHeight(size_t n) const = 0;
- wxCoord OnGetUnitSize(size_t n) const { return OnGetRowHeight(n); }
-
- virtual void OnGetRowsHeightHint(size_t WXUNUSED(rowMin),
- size_t WXUNUSED(rowMax)) const { }
-
- // forward calls to OnGetRowsHeightHint()
- virtual void OnGetUnitsSizeHint(size_t unitMin, size_t unitMax) const
- { OnGetRowsHeightHint(unitMin, unitMax); }
-
- // again, if not overridden, it will fall back on default method
- virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalHeight() const
- { return DoEstimateTotalSize(); }
-
- // forward calls to EstimateTotalHeight()
- virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalSize() const { return EstimateTotalHeight(); }
-
- wxCoord GetRowsHeight(size_t rowMin, size_t rowMax) const
- { return GetUnitsSize(rowMin, rowMax); }
-};
-
-
-
-// ===========================================================================
-// wxVarHScrollHelper
-// ===========================================================================
-
-// Provides public API functions targeted for horizontal-specific scrolling,
-// wrapping the functionality of wxVarScrollHelperBase.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVarHScrollHelper : public wxVarScrollHelperBase
-{
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // ctor must be given the associated window
- wxVarHScrollHelper(wxWindow *winToScroll)
- : wxVarScrollHelperBase(winToScroll)
- {
- }
-
- // operators
-
- void SetColumnCount(size_t columnCount)
- { SetUnitCount(columnCount); }
-
- bool ScrollToColumn(size_t column)
- { return DoScrollToUnit(column); }
- virtual bool ScrollColumns(int columns)
- { return DoScrollUnits(columns); }
- virtual bool ScrollColumnPages(int pages)
- { return DoScrollPages(pages); }
-
- virtual void RefreshColumn(size_t column)
- { RefreshUnit(column); }
- virtual void RefreshColumns(size_t from, size_t to)
- { RefreshUnits(from, to); }
-
- // accessors
-
- size_t GetColumnCount() const
- { return GetUnitCount(); }
- size_t GetVisibleColumnsBegin() const
- { return GetVisibleBegin(); }
- size_t GetVisibleColumnsEnd() const
- { return GetVisibleEnd(); }
- bool IsColumnVisible(size_t column) const
- { return IsVisible(column); }
-
-
- virtual int GetOrientationTargetSize() const
- { return GetTargetWindow()->GetClientSize().x; }
- virtual int GetNonOrientationTargetSize() const
- { return GetTargetWindow()->GetClientSize().y; }
- virtual wxOrientation GetOrientation() const { return wxHORIZONTAL; }
-
-protected:
- // this function must be overridden in the derived class and it should
- // return the size of the given column in pixels
- virtual wxCoord OnGetColumnWidth(size_t n) const = 0;
- wxCoord OnGetUnitSize(size_t n) const { return OnGetColumnWidth(n); }
-
- virtual void OnGetColumnsWidthHint(size_t WXUNUSED(columnMin),
- size_t WXUNUSED(columnMax)) const
- { }
-
- // forward calls to OnGetColumnsWidthHint()
- virtual void OnGetUnitsSizeHint(size_t unitMin, size_t unitMax) const
- { OnGetColumnsWidthHint(unitMin, unitMax); }
-
- // again, if not overridden, it will fall back on default method
- virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalWidth() const { return DoEstimateTotalSize(); }
-
- // forward calls to EstimateTotalWidth()
- virtual wxCoord EstimateTotalSize() const { return EstimateTotalWidth(); }
-
- wxCoord GetColumnsWidth(size_t columnMin, size_t columnMax) const
- { return GetUnitsSize(columnMin, columnMax); }
-};
-
-
-
-// ===========================================================================
-// wxVarHVScrollHelper
-// ===========================================================================
-
-// Provides public API functions targeted at functions with similar names in
-// both wxVScrollHelper and wxHScrollHelper so class scope doesn't need to be
-// specified (since we are using multiple inheritance). It also provides
-// functions to make changing values for both orientations at the same time
-// easier.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVarHVScrollHelper : public wxVarVScrollHelper,
- public wxVarHScrollHelper
-{
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // ctor must be given the associated window
- wxVarHVScrollHelper(wxWindow *winToScroll)
- : wxVarVScrollHelper(winToScroll), wxVarHScrollHelper(winToScroll) { }
-
- // operators
- // ---------
-
- // set the number of units the window contains for each axis: the derived
- // class must provide the widths and heights for all units with indices up
- // to each of the one given here in its OnGetColumnWidth() and
- // OnGetRowHeight()
- void SetRowColumnCount(size_t rowCount, size_t columnCount);
-
-
- // with physical scrolling on, the device origin is changed properly when
- // a wxPaintDC is prepared, children are actually moved and laid out
- // properly, and the contents of the window (pixels) are actually moved
- void EnablePhysicalScrolling(bool vscrolling = true, bool hscrolling = true)
- {
- wxVarVScrollHelper::EnablePhysicalScrolling(vscrolling);
- wxVarHScrollHelper::EnablePhysicalScrolling(hscrolling);
- }
-
- // scroll to the specified row/column: it will become the first visible
- // cell in the window
- //
- // return true if we scrolled the window, false if nothing was done
- bool ScrollToRowColumn(size_t row, size_t column);
- bool ScrollToRowColumn(const wxPosition &pos)
- { return ScrollToRowColumn(pos.GetRow(), pos.GetColumn()); }
-
- // redraw the specified cell
- virtual void RefreshRowColumn(size_t row, size_t column);
- virtual void RefreshRowColumn(const wxPosition &pos)
- { RefreshRowColumn(pos.GetRow(), pos.GetColumn()); }
-
- // redraw the specified regions (inclusive). If the target window for
- // both orientations is the same the rectangle of cells is refreshed; if
- // the target windows differ the entire client size opposite the
- // orientation direction is refreshed between the specified limits
- virtual void RefreshRowsColumns(size_t fromRow, size_t toRow,
- size_t fromColumn, size_t toColumn);
- virtual void RefreshRowsColumns(const wxPosition& from,
- const wxPosition& to)
- {
- RefreshRowsColumns(from.GetRow(), to.GetRow(),
- from.GetColumn(), to.GetColumn());
- }
-
- // locate the virtual position from the given device coordinates
- wxPosition VirtualHitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
- wxPosition VirtualHitTest(const wxPoint &pos) const
- { return VirtualHitTest(pos.x, pos.y); }
-
- // change the DC origin according to the scroll position. To properly
- // forward calls to wxWindow::Layout use WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER()
- // derived class. We use this version to call both base classes'
- // DoPrepareDC()
- virtual void DoPrepareDC(wxDC& dc);
-
- // replacement implementation of wxWindow::Layout virtual method. To
- // properly forward calls to wxWindow::Layout use
- // WX_FORWARD_TO_SCROLL_HELPER() derived class. We use this version to
- // call both base classes' ScrollLayout()
- bool ScrollLayout();
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // get the number of units this window contains (previously set by
- // Set[Column/Row/RowColumn/Unit]Count())
- wxSize GetRowColumnCount() const;
-
- // get the first currently visible units
- wxPosition GetVisibleBegin() const;
- wxPosition GetVisibleEnd() const;
-
- // is this cell currently visible?
- bool IsVisible(size_t row, size_t column) const;
- bool IsVisible(const wxPosition &pos) const
- { return IsVisible(pos.GetRow(), pos.GetColumn()); }
-};
-
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-// ===========================================================================
-// wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor
-// ===========================================================================
-
-// Provides backwards compatible API for applications originally built using
-// wxVScrolledWindow in 2.6 or 2.8. Originally, wxVScrolledWindow referred
-// to scrolling "lines". We use "units" in wxVarScrollHelperBase to avoid
-// implying any orientation (since the functions are used for both horizontal
-// and vertical scrolling in derived classes). And in the new
-// wxVScrolledWindow and wxHScrolledWindow classes, we refer to them as
-// "rows" and "columns", respectively. This is to help clear some confusion
-// in not only those classes, but also in wxHVScrolledWindow where functions
-// are inherited from both.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor : public wxVarVScrollHelper
-{
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
- wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor(wxWindow *winToScroll)
- : wxVarVScrollHelper(winToScroll)
- {
- }
-
- // accessors
- // ---------
-
- // this is the same as GetVisibleRowsBegin(), exists to match
- // GetLastVisibleLine() and for backwards compatibility only
- wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetFirstVisibleLine() const );
-
- // get the last currently visible line
- //
- // this function is unsafe as it returns (size_t)-1 (i.e. a huge positive
- // number) if the control is empty, use GetVisibleRowsEnd() instead, this
- // one is kept for backwards compatibility
- wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetLastVisibleLine() const );
-
- // "line" to "unit" compatibility functions
- // ----------------------------------------
-
- // get the number of lines this window contains (set by SetLineCount())
- wxDEPRECATED( size_t GetLineCount() const );
-
- // set the number of lines the helper contains: the derived class must
- // provide the sizes for all lines with indices up to the one given here
- // in its OnGetLineHeight()
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetLineCount(size_t count) );
-
- // redraw the specified line
- wxDEPRECATED( virtual void RefreshLine(size_t line) );
-
- // redraw all lines in the specified range (inclusive)
- wxDEPRECATED( virtual void RefreshLines(size_t from, size_t to) );
-
- // scroll to the specified line: it will become the first visible line in
- // the window
- //
- // return true if we scrolled the window, false if nothing was done
- wxDEPRECATED( bool ScrollToLine(size_t line) );
-
- // scroll by the specified number of lines/pages
- wxDEPRECATED( virtual bool ScrollLines(int lines) );
- wxDEPRECATED( virtual bool ScrollPages(int pages) );
-
-protected:
- // unless the code has been updated to override OnGetRowHeight() instead,
- // this function must be overridden in the derived class and it should
- // return the height of the given row in pixels
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(
- virtual wxCoord OnGetLineHeight(size_t n) const );
-
- // forwards the calls from base class pure virtual function to pure virtual
- // OnGetLineHeight instead (backwards compatible name)
- // note that we don't need to forward OnGetUnitSize() as it is already
- // forwarded to OnGetRowHeight() in wxVarVScrollHelper
- virtual wxCoord OnGetRowHeight(size_t n) const;
-
- // this function doesn't have to be overridden but it may be useful to do
- // it if calculating the lines heights is a relatively expensive operation
- // as it gives the user code a possibility to calculate several of them at
- // once
- //
- // OnGetLinesHint() is normally called just before OnGetLineHeight() but you
- // shouldn't rely on the latter being called for all lines in the interval
- // specified here. It is also possible that OnGetLineHeight() will be
- // called for the lines outside of this interval, so this is really just a
- // hint, not a promise.
- //
- // finally note that lineMin is inclusive, while lineMax is exclusive, as
- // usual
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY( virtual void OnGetLinesHint(
- size_t lineMin, size_t lineMax) const );
-
- // forwards the calls from base class pure virtual function to pure virtual
- // OnGetLinesHint instead (backwards compatible name)
- void OnGetRowsHeightHint(size_t rowMin, size_t rowMax) const;
-};
-
-#else // !WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-// shortcut to avoid checking compatibility modes later
-// remove this and all references to wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor once
-// wxWidgets 2.6 and 2.8 compatibility is removed
-typedef wxVarVScrollHelper wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor;
-
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8/!WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-
-// this macro must be used in declaration of wxVarScrollHelperBase-derived
-// classes
-#define WX_FORWARD_TO_VAR_SCROLL_HELPER() \
-public: \
- virtual void PrepareDC(wxDC& dc) { DoPrepareDC(dc); } \
- virtual bool Layout() { return ScrollLayout(); }
-
-
-
-// ===========================================================================
-// wxVScrolledWindow
-// ===========================================================================
-
-// In the name of this class, "V" may stand for "variable" because it can be
-// used for scrolling rows of variable heights; "virtual", because it is not
-// necessary to know the heights of all rows in advance -- only those which
-// are shown on the screen need to be measured; or even "vertical", because
-// this class only supports scrolling vertically.
-
-// In any case, this is a generalization of the wxScrolledWindow class which
-// can be only used when all rows have the same heights. It lacks some other
-// wxScrolledWindow features however, notably it can't scroll only a rectangle
-// of the window and not its entire client area.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVScrolledWindow : public wxPanel,
- public wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor
-{
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // default ctor, you must call Create() later
- wxVScrolledWindow() : wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor(this) { }
-
- // normal ctor, no need to call Create() after this one
- //
- // note that wxVSCROLL is always automatically added to our style, there is
- // no need to specify it explicitly
- wxVScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- : wxVarVScrollLegacyAdaptor(this)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // same as the previous ctor but returns status code: true if ok
- //
- // just as with the ctor above, wxVSCROLL style is always used, there is no
- // need to specify it
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- {
- return wxPanel::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style | wxVSCROLL, name);
- }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // Make sure we prefer our version of HitTest rather than wxWindow's
- // These functions should no longer be masked in favor of VirtualHitTest()
- int HitTest(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord y) const
- { return wxVarVScrollHelper::VirtualHitTest(y); }
- int HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const
- { return HitTest(pt.x, pt.y); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- WX_FORWARD_TO_VAR_SCROLL_HELPER()
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-protected:
- virtual void UpdateMacScrollWindow() { Update(); }
-#endif // __WXMAC__
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxVScrolledWindow);
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxVScrolledWindow)
-};
-
-
-
-// ===========================================================================
-// wxHScrolledWindow
-// ===========================================================================
-
-// In the name of this class, "H" stands for "horizontal" because it can be
-// used for scrolling columns of variable widths. It is not necessary to know
-// the widths of all columns in advance -- only those which are shown on the
-// screen need to be measured.
-
-// This is a generalization of the wxScrolledWindow class which can be only
-// used when all columns have the same width. It lacks some other
-// wxScrolledWindow features however, notably it can't scroll only a rectangle
-// of the window and not its entire client area.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHScrolledWindow : public wxPanel,
- public wxVarHScrollHelper
-{
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // default ctor, you must call Create() later
- wxHScrolledWindow() : wxVarHScrollHelper(this) { }
-
- // normal ctor, no need to call Create() after this one
- //
- // note that wxHSCROLL is always automatically added to our style, there is
- // no need to specify it explicitly
- wxHScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- : wxVarHScrollHelper(this)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // same as the previous ctor but returns status code: true if ok
- //
- // just as with the ctor above, wxHSCROLL style is always used, there is no
- // need to specify it
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- {
- return wxPanel::Create(parent, id, pos, size, style | wxHSCROLL, name);
- }
-
- WX_FORWARD_TO_VAR_SCROLL_HELPER()
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-protected:
- virtual void UpdateMacScrollWindow() { Update(); }
-#endif // __WXMAC__
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHScrolledWindow);
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHScrolledWindow)
-};
-
-
-
-// ===========================================================================
-// wxHVScrolledWindow
-// ===========================================================================
-
-// This window inherits all functionality of both vertical and horizontal
-// scrolled windows automatically handling everything needed to scroll both
-// axis simultaneously.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHVScrolledWindow : public wxPanel,
- public wxVarHVScrollHelper
-{
-public:
- // constructors and such
- // ---------------------
-
- // default ctor, you must call Create() later
- wxHVScrolledWindow()
- : wxPanel(),
- wxVarHVScrollHelper(this) { }
-
- // normal ctor, no need to call Create() after this one
- //
- // note that wxVSCROLL and wxHSCROLL are always automatically added to our
- // style, there is no need to specify them explicitly
- wxHVScrolledWindow(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- : wxPanel(),
- wxVarHVScrollHelper(this)
- {
- (void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
- }
-
- // same as the previous ctor but returns status code: true if ok
- //
- // just as with the ctor above, wxVSCROLL and wxHSCROLL styles are always
- // used, there is no need to specify them
- bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
- wxWindowID id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
- {
- return wxPanel::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
- style | wxVSCROLL | wxHSCROLL, name);
- }
-
- WX_FORWARD_TO_VAR_SCROLL_HELPER()
-
-#ifdef __WXMAC__
-protected:
- virtual void UpdateMacScrollWindow() { Update(); }
-#endif // __WXMAC__
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxHVScrolledWindow);
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxHVScrolledWindow)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_VSCROLL_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/weakref.h
-// Purpose: wxWeakRef - Generic weak references for wxWidgets
-// Author: Arne Steinarson
-// Created: 27 Dec 07
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Arne Steinarson
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WEAKREF_H_
-#define _WX_WEAKREF_H_
-
-#include "wx/tracker.h"
-
-
-// Some compilers (VC6, Borland, g++ < 3.3) have problem with template specialization.
-// However, this is only used for optimization purposes (a smaller wxWeakRef pointer)
-// (and the corner case of wxWeakRef<wxObject>). So for those compilers, we can fall
-// back to the non-optimal case, where we use the same type of weak ref (static one)
-// in all cases. See defs.h for various setting these defines depending on compiler.
-
-#if !defined(HAVE_PARTIAL_SPECIALIZATION) || \
- !defined(HAVE_TEMPLATE_OVERLOAD_RESOLUTION) || \
- (defined(__GNUC__) && !wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3, 3))
- #define USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF
-#endif
-
-
-#ifndef USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF
-
-// Avoid including this for simpler compilers
-#include "wx/meta/convertible.h"
-#include "wx/meta/int2type.h"
-
-template <class T>
-struct wxIsStaticTrackable
-{
- enum { value = wxConvertibleTo<T, wxTrackable>::value };
-};
-
-#endif // !USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF
-
-
-// Weak ref implementation when T has wxTrackable as a known base class
-template <class T>
-class wxWeakRefStatic : public wxTrackerNode
-{
-public:
- wxWeakRefStatic() : m_pobj(NULL) { }
-
- void Release()
- {
- // Release old object if any
- if ( m_pobj )
- {
- // Remove ourselves from object tracker list
- wxTrackable *pt = static_cast<wxTrackable*>(m_pobj);
- pt->RemoveNode(this);
- m_pobj = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- virtual void OnObjectDestroy()
- {
- // Tracked object itself removes us from list of trackers
- wxASSERT(m_pobj != NULL);
- m_pobj = NULL;
- }
-
-protected:
- void Assign(T* pobj)
- {
- if ( m_pobj == pobj )
- return;
-
- Release();
-
- // Now set new trackable object
- if ( pobj )
- {
- // Add ourselves to object tracker list
- wxTrackable *pt = static_cast<wxTrackable*>(pobj);
- pt->AddNode(this);
- m_pobj = pobj;
- }
- }
-
- void AssignCopy(const wxWeakRefStatic& wr)
- {
- Assign( wr.m_pobj );
- }
-
- T *m_pobj;
-};
-
-
-
-#ifndef USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF
-
-template<class T,bool use_static>
-struct wxWeakRefImpl;
-
-// Intermediate class, to select the static case above.
-template <class T>
-struct wxWeakRefImpl<T, true> : public wxWeakRefStatic<T>
-{
- enum { value = 1 };
-};
-
-// Weak ref implementation when T does not have wxTrackable as known base class
-template<class T>
-struct wxWeakRefImpl<T, false> : public wxTrackerNode
-{
- void Release()
- {
- // Release old object if any
- if ( m_pobj )
- {
- // Remove ourselves from object tracker list
- m_ptbase->RemoveNode(this);
- m_pobj = NULL;
- m_ptbase = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- virtual void OnObjectDestroy()
- {
- // Tracked object itself removes us from list of trackers
- wxASSERT(m_pobj != NULL);
- m_pobj = NULL;
- m_ptbase = NULL;
- }
-
-protected:
- wxWeakRefImpl() : m_pobj(NULL), m_ptbase(NULL) { }
-
- // Assign receives most derived class here and can use that
- template <class TDerived>
- void Assign( TDerived* pobj )
- {
- AssignHelper( pobj, wxInt2Type<wxIsStaticTrackable<TDerived>::value>() );
- }
-
- template <class TDerived>
- void AssignHelper(TDerived* pobj, wxInt2Type<true>)
- {
- wxTrackable *ptbase = static_cast<wxTrackable*>(pobj);
- DoAssign( pobj, ptbase );
- }
-
-#ifndef wxNO_RTTI
- void AssignHelper(T* pobj, wxInt2Type<false>)
- {
- // A last way to get a trackable pointer
- wxTrackable *ptbase = dynamic_cast<wxTrackable*>(pobj);
- if ( ptbase )
- {
- DoAssign( pobj, ptbase );
- }
- else
- {
- wxFAIL_MSG( "Tracked class should inherit from wxTrackable" );
-
- Release();
- }
- }
-#endif // RTTI enabled
-
- void AssignCopy(const wxWeakRefImpl& wr)
- {
- DoAssign(wr.m_pobj, wr.m_ptbase);
- }
-
- void DoAssign( T* pobj, wxTrackable *ptbase ) {
- if( m_pobj==pobj ) return;
- Release();
-
- // Now set new trackable object
- if( pobj )
- {
- // Add ourselves to object tracker list
- wxASSERT( ptbase );
- ptbase->AddNode( this );
- m_pobj = pobj;
- m_ptbase = ptbase;
- }
- }
-
- T *m_pobj;
- wxTrackable *m_ptbase;
-};
-
-#endif // #ifndef USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF
-
-
-
-// A weak reference to an object of type T, where T has base wxTrackable
-// (usually statically but if not dynamic_cast<> is tried).
-template <class T>
-class wxWeakRef : public
-#ifdef USE_ONLY_STATIC_WEAKREF
- wxWeakRefStatic<T>
-#else
- wxWeakRefImpl<T, wxIsStaticTrackable<T>::value != 0>
-#endif
-{
-public:
- typedef T element_type;
-
- // Default ctor
- wxWeakRef() { }
-
- // Enabling this ctor for VC6 results in mysterious compilation failures in
- // wx/window.h when assigning wxWindow pointers (FIXME-VC6)
-#ifndef __VISUALC6__
- // Ctor from the object of this type: this is needed as the template ctor
- // below is not used by at least g++4 when a literal NULL is used
- wxWeakRef(T *pobj)
- {
- this->Assign(pobj);
- }
-#endif // !__VISUALC6__
-
- // When we have the full type here, static_cast<> will always work
- // (or give a straight compiler error).
- template <class TDerived>
- wxWeakRef(TDerived* pobj)
- {
- this->Assign(pobj);
- }
-
- // We need this copy ctor, since otherwise a default compiler (binary) copy
- // happens (if embedded as an object member).
- wxWeakRef(const wxWeakRef<T>& wr)
- {
- this->Assign(wr.get());
- }
-
- wxWeakRef<T>& operator=(const wxWeakRef<T>& wr)
- {
- this->AssignCopy(wr);
- return *this;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxWeakRef() { this->Release(); }
-
- // Smart pointer functions
- T& operator*() const { return *this->m_pobj; }
- T* operator->() const { return this->m_pobj; }
-
- T* get() const { return this->m_pobj; }
- operator T*() const { return this->m_pobj; }
-};
-
-
-#ifndef wxNO_RTTI
-
-// Weak ref implementation assign objects are queried for wxTrackable
-// using dynamic_cast<>
-template <class T>
-class wxWeakRefDynamic : public wxTrackerNode
-{
-public:
- wxWeakRefDynamic() : m_pobj(NULL) { }
-
- wxWeakRefDynamic(T* pobj) : m_pobj(pobj)
- {
- Assign(pobj);
- }
-
- wxWeakRefDynamic(const wxWeakRef<T>& wr)
- {
- Assign(wr.get());
- }
-
- virtual ~wxWeakRefDynamic() { Release(); }
-
- // Smart pointer functions
- T& operator*() const { wxASSERT(m_pobj); return *m_pobj; }
- T* operator->() const { wxASSERT(m_pobj); return m_pobj; }
-
- T* get() const { return m_pobj; }
- operator T* () const { return m_pobj; }
-
- T* operator = (T* pobj) { Assign(pobj); return m_pobj; }
-
- // Assign from another weak ref, point to same object
- T* operator = (const wxWeakRef<T> &wr) { Assign( wr.get() ); return m_pobj; }
-
- void Release()
- {
- // Release old object if any
- if( m_pobj )
- {
- // Remove ourselves from object tracker list
- wxTrackable *pt = dynamic_cast<wxTrackable*>(m_pobj);
- wxASSERT(pt);
- pt->RemoveNode(this);
- m_pobj = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- virtual void OnObjectDestroy()
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG(m_pobj, "tracked object should have removed us itself");
-
- m_pobj = NULL;
- }
-
-protected:
- void Assign(T *pobj)
- {
- if ( m_pobj == pobj )
- return;
-
- Release();
-
- // Now set new trackable object
- if ( pobj )
- {
- // Add ourselves to object tracker list
- wxTrackable *pt = dynamic_cast<wxTrackable*>(pobj);
- if ( pt )
- {
- pt->AddNode(this);
- m_pobj = pobj;
- }
- else
- {
- // If the object we want to track does not support wxTackable, then
- // log a message and keep the NULL object pointer.
- wxFAIL_MSG( "Tracked class should inherit from wxTrackable" );
- }
- }
- }
-
- T *m_pobj;
-};
-
-#endif // RTTI enabled
-
-
-// Provide some basic types of weak references
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvtHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-
-typedef wxWeakRef<wxEvtHandler> wxEvtHandlerRef;
-typedef wxWeakRef<wxWindow> wxWindowRef;
-
-#endif // _WX_WEAKREF_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: webview.h
-// Purpose: Common interface and events for web view component
-// Author: Marianne Gagnon
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 Marianne Gagnon, 2011 Steven Lamerton
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WEBVIEW_H_
-#define _WX_WEBVIEW_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WEBVIEW
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/sstream.h"
-#include "wx/sharedptr.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-#if defined(__WXOSX__)
- #include "wx/osx/webviewhistoryitem_webkit.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #include "wx/gtk/webviewhistoryitem_webkit.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/webviewhistoryitem_ie.h"
-#else
- #error "wxWebView not implemented on this platform."
-#endif
-
-class wxFSFile;
-class wxFileSystem;
-class wxWebView;
-
-enum wxWebViewZoom
-{
- wxWEBVIEW_ZOOM_TINY,
- wxWEBVIEW_ZOOM_SMALL,
- wxWEBVIEW_ZOOM_MEDIUM,
- wxWEBVIEW_ZOOM_LARGE,
- wxWEBVIEW_ZOOM_LARGEST
-};
-
-enum wxWebViewZoomType
-{
- //Scales entire page, including images
- wxWEBVIEW_ZOOM_TYPE_LAYOUT,
- wxWEBVIEW_ZOOM_TYPE_TEXT
-};
-
-enum wxWebViewNavigationError
-{
- wxWEBVIEW_NAV_ERR_CONNECTION,
- wxWEBVIEW_NAV_ERR_CERTIFICATE,
- wxWEBVIEW_NAV_ERR_AUTH,
- wxWEBVIEW_NAV_ERR_SECURITY,
- wxWEBVIEW_NAV_ERR_NOT_FOUND,
- wxWEBVIEW_NAV_ERR_REQUEST,
- wxWEBVIEW_NAV_ERR_USER_CANCELLED,
- wxWEBVIEW_NAV_ERR_OTHER
-};
-
-enum wxWebViewReloadFlags
-{
- //Default, may access cache
- wxWEBVIEW_RELOAD_DEFAULT,
- wxWEBVIEW_RELOAD_NO_CACHE
-};
-
-enum wxWebViewFindFlags
-{
- wxWEBVIEW_FIND_WRAP = 0x0001,
- wxWEBVIEW_FIND_ENTIRE_WORD = 0x0002,
- wxWEBVIEW_FIND_MATCH_CASE = 0x0004,
- wxWEBVIEW_FIND_HIGHLIGHT_RESULT = 0x0008,
- wxWEBVIEW_FIND_BACKWARDS = 0x0010,
- wxWEBVIEW_FIND_DEFAULT = 0
-};
-
-//Base class for custom scheme handlers
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW wxWebViewHandler
-{
-public:
- wxWebViewHandler(const wxString& scheme) : m_scheme(scheme) {}
- virtual ~wxWebViewHandler() {}
- virtual wxString GetName() const { return m_scheme; }
- virtual wxFSFile* GetFile(const wxString &uri) = 0;
-private:
- wxString m_scheme;
-};
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_WEBVIEW(const char) wxWebViewNameStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_WEBVIEW(const char) wxWebViewDefaultURLStr[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_WEBVIEW(const char) wxWebViewBackendDefault[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_WEBVIEW(const char) wxWebViewBackendIE[];
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_WEBVIEW(const char) wxWebViewBackendWebKit[];
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW wxWebViewFactory : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- virtual wxWebView* Create() = 0;
- virtual wxWebView* Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& url = wxWebViewDefaultURLStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxWebViewNameStr) = 0;
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP(wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewFactory>, wxStringWebViewFactoryMap);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW wxWebView : public wxControl
-{
-public:
- wxWebView()
- {
- m_showMenu = true;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxWebView() {}
-
- virtual bool Create(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& url = wxWebViewDefaultURLStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxWebViewNameStr) = 0;
-
- // Factory methods allowing the use of custom factories registered with
- // RegisterFactory
- static wxWebView* New(const wxString& backend = wxWebViewBackendDefault);
- static wxWebView* New(wxWindow* parent,
- wxWindowID id,
- const wxString& url = wxWebViewDefaultURLStr,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- const wxString& backend = wxWebViewBackendDefault,
- long style = 0,
- const wxString& name = wxWebViewNameStr);
-
- static void RegisterFactory(const wxString& backend,
- wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewFactory> factory);
-
- // General methods
- virtual void EnableContextMenu(bool enable = true)
- {
- m_showMenu = enable;
- }
- virtual wxString GetCurrentTitle() const = 0;
- virtual wxString GetCurrentURL() const = 0;
- // TODO: handle choosing a frame when calling GetPageSource()?
- virtual wxString GetPageSource() const = 0;
- virtual wxString GetPageText() const = 0;
- virtual bool IsBusy() const = 0;
- virtual bool IsContextMenuEnabled() const { return m_showMenu; }
- virtual bool IsEditable() const = 0;
- virtual void LoadURL(const wxString& url) = 0;
- virtual void Print() = 0;
- virtual void RegisterHandler(wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewHandler> handler) = 0;
- virtual void Reload(wxWebViewReloadFlags flags = wxWEBVIEW_RELOAD_DEFAULT) = 0;
- virtual void RunScript(const wxString& javascript) = 0;
- virtual void SetEditable(bool enable = true) = 0;
- void SetPage(const wxString& html, const wxString& baseUrl)
- {
- DoSetPage(html, baseUrl);
- }
- void SetPage(wxInputStream& html, wxString baseUrl)
- {
- wxStringOutputStream stream;
- stream.Write(html);
- DoSetPage(stream.GetString(), baseUrl);
- }
- virtual void Stop() = 0;
-
- //History
- virtual bool CanGoBack() const = 0;
- virtual bool CanGoForward() const = 0;
- virtual void GoBack() = 0;
- virtual void GoForward() = 0;
- virtual void ClearHistory() = 0;
- virtual void EnableHistory(bool enable = true) = 0;
- virtual wxVector<wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewHistoryItem> > GetBackwardHistory() = 0;
- virtual wxVector<wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewHistoryItem> > GetForwardHistory() = 0;
- virtual void LoadHistoryItem(wxSharedPtr<wxWebViewHistoryItem> item) = 0;
-
- //Zoom
- virtual bool CanSetZoomType(wxWebViewZoomType type) const = 0;
- virtual wxWebViewZoom GetZoom() const = 0;
- virtual wxWebViewZoomType GetZoomType() const = 0;
- virtual void SetZoom(wxWebViewZoom zoom) = 0;
- virtual void SetZoomType(wxWebViewZoomType zoomType) = 0;
-
- //Selection
- virtual void SelectAll() = 0;
- virtual bool HasSelection() const = 0;
- virtual void DeleteSelection() = 0;
- virtual wxString GetSelectedText() const = 0;
- virtual wxString GetSelectedSource() const = 0;
- virtual void ClearSelection() = 0;
-
- //Clipboard functions
- virtual bool CanCut() const = 0;
- virtual bool CanCopy() const = 0;
- virtual bool CanPaste() const = 0;
- virtual void Cut() = 0;
- virtual void Copy() = 0;
- virtual void Paste() = 0;
-
- //Undo / redo functionality
- virtual bool CanUndo() const = 0;
- virtual bool CanRedo() const = 0;
- virtual void Undo() = 0;
- virtual void Redo() = 0;
-
- //Get the pointer to the underlying native engine.
- virtual void* GetNativeBackend() const = 0;
- //Find function
- virtual long Find(const wxString& text, int flags = wxWEBVIEW_FIND_DEFAULT) = 0;
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoSetPage(const wxString& html, const wxString& baseUrl) = 0;
-
-private:
- static void InitFactoryMap();
- static wxStringWebViewFactoryMap::iterator FindFactory(const wxString &backend);
-
- bool m_showMenu;
- static wxStringWebViewFactoryMap m_factoryMap;
-
- wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWebView);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW wxWebViewEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxWebViewEvent() {}
- wxWebViewEvent(wxEventType type, int id, const wxString url,
- const wxString target)
- : wxNotifyEvent(type, id), m_url(url), m_target(target)
- {}
-
-
- const wxString& GetURL() const { return m_url; }
- const wxString& GetTarget() const { return m_target; }
-
- virtual wxEvent* Clone() const { return new wxWebViewEvent(*this); }
-private:
- wxString m_url;
- wxString m_target;
-
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWebViewEvent);
-};
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW, wxEVT_WEBVIEW_NAVIGATING, wxWebViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW, wxEVT_WEBVIEW_NAVIGATED, wxWebViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW, wxEVT_WEBVIEW_LOADED, wxWebViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW, wxEVT_WEBVIEW_ERROR, wxWebViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW, wxEVT_WEBVIEW_NEWWINDOW, wxWebViewEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW, wxEVT_WEBVIEW_TITLE_CHANGED, wxWebViewEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWebViewEventFunction)
- (wxWebViewEvent&);
-
-#define wxWebViewEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxWebViewEventFunction, func)
-
-#define EVT_WEBVIEW_NAVIGATING(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_WEBVIEW_NAVIGATING, id, \
- wxWebViewEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_WEBVIEW_NAVIGATED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_WEBVIEW_NAVIGATED, id, \
- wxWebViewEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_WEBVIEW_LOADED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_WEBVIEW_LOADED, id, \
- wxWebViewEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_WEBVIEW_ERROR(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_WEBVIEW_ERROR, id, \
- wxWebViewEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_WEBVIEW_NEWWINDOW(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_WEBVIEW_NEWWINDOW, id, \
- wxWebViewEventHandler(fn))
-
-#define EVT_WEBVIEW_TITLE_CHANGED(id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_WEBVIEW_TITLE_CHANGED, id, \
- wxWebViewEventHandler(fn))
-
-// old wxEVT_COMMAND_* constants
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_WEBVIEW_NAVIGATING wxEVT_WEBVIEW_NAVIGATING
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_WEBVIEW_NAVIGATED wxEVT_WEBVIEW_NAVIGATED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_WEBVIEW_LOADED wxEVT_WEBVIEW_LOADED
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_WEBVIEW_ERROR wxEVT_WEBVIEW_ERROR
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_WEBVIEW_NEWWINDOW wxEVT_WEBVIEW_NEWWINDOW
-#define wxEVT_COMMAND_WEBVIEW_TITLE_CHANGED wxEVT_WEBVIEW_TITLE_CHANGED
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WEBVIEW
-
-#endif // _WX_WEBVIEW_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: webviewarchivehandler.h
-// Purpose: Custom webview handler to allow archive browsing
-// Author: Steven Lamerton
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Steven Lamerton
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WEBVIEW_FILE_HANDLER_H_
-#define _WX_WEBVIEW_FILE_HANDLER_H_
-
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WEBVIEW
-
-class wxFSFile;
-class wxFileSystem;
-
-#include "wx/webview.h"
-
-//Loads from uris such as scheme:///C:/example/example.html or archives such as
-//scheme:///C:/example/example.zip;protocol=zip/example.html
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW wxWebViewArchiveHandler : public wxWebViewHandler
-{
-public:
- wxWebViewArchiveHandler(const wxString& scheme);
- virtual ~wxWebViewArchiveHandler();
- virtual wxFSFile* GetFile(const wxString &uri);
-private:
- wxFileSystem* m_fileSystem;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WEBVIEW
-
-#endif // _WX_WEBVIEW_FILE_HANDLER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: webviewfshandler.h
-// Purpose: Custom webview handler for virtual file system
-// Author: Nick Matthews
-// Copyright: (c) 2012 Steven Lamerton
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// Based on webviewarchivehandler.h file by Steven Lamerton
-
-#ifndef _WX_WEBVIEW_FS_HANDLER_H_
-#define _WX_WEBVIEW_FS_HANDLER_H_
-
-#include "wx/setup.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WEBVIEW
-
-class wxFSFile;
-class wxFileSystem;
-
-#include "wx/webview.h"
-
-//Loads from uris such as scheme:example.html
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_WEBVIEW wxWebViewFSHandler : public wxWebViewHandler
-{
-public:
- wxWebViewFSHandler(const wxString& scheme);
- virtual ~wxWebViewFSHandler();
- virtual wxFSFile* GetFile(const wxString &uri);
-private:
- wxFileSystem* m_fileSystem;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WEBVIEW
-
-#endif // _WX_WEBVIEW_FS_HANDLER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wfstream.h
-// Purpose: File stream classes
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 11/07/98
-// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXFSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXFSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/file.h"
-#include "wx/ffile.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_FILE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFileStream using wxFile
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
- wxFileInputStream(const wxString& ifileName);
- wxFileInputStream(wxFile& file);
- wxFileInputStream(int fd);
- virtual ~wxFileInputStream();
-
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const;
- bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; }
-
- wxFile* GetFile() const { return m_file; }
-
-protected:
- wxFileInputStream();
-
- size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-protected:
- wxFile *m_file;
- bool m_file_destroy;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileInputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName);
- wxFileOutputStream(wxFile& file);
- wxFileOutputStream(int fd);
- virtual ~wxFileOutputStream();
-
- void Sync();
- bool Close() { return m_file_destroy ? m_file->Close() : true; }
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const;
- bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; }
-
- wxFile* GetFile() const { return m_file; }
-
-protected:
- wxFileOutputStream();
-
- size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-protected:
- wxFile *m_file;
- bool m_file_destroy;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileOutputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTempFileOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxTempFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName);
- virtual ~wxTempFileOutputStream();
-
- bool Close() { return Commit(); }
- WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE virtual bool Commit() { return m_file->Commit(); }
- WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_BASE virtual void Discard() { m_file->Discard(); }
-
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_file->Length(); }
- bool IsSeekable() const { return true; }
-
-protected:
- size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode)
- { return m_file->Seek(pos, mode); }
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_file->Tell(); }
-
-private:
- wxTempFile *m_file;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTempFileOutputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFileStream : public wxFileInputStream,
- public wxFileOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxFileStream(const wxString& fileName);
- virtual bool IsOk() const;
-
- // override (some) virtual functions inherited from both classes to resolve
- // ambiguities (this wouldn't be necessary if wxStreamBase were a virtual
- // base class but it isn't)
-
- virtual bool IsSeekable() const
- {
- return wxFileInputStream::IsSeekable();
- }
-
- virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const
- {
- return wxFileInputStream::GetLength();
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode)
- {
- return wxFileInputStream::OnSysSeek(pos, mode);
- }
-
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const
- {
- return wxFileInputStream::OnSysTell();
- }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileStream);
-};
-
-#endif //wxUSE_FILE
-
-#if wxUSE_FFILE
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxFFileStream using wxFFile
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFileInputStream : public wxInputStream
-{
-public:
- wxFFileInputStream(const wxString& fileName, const wxString& mode = "rb");
- wxFFileInputStream(wxFFile& file);
- wxFFileInputStream(FILE *file);
- virtual ~wxFFileInputStream();
-
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const;
- bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; }
-
- wxFFile* GetFile() const { return m_file; }
-
-protected:
- wxFFileInputStream();
-
- size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-protected:
- wxFFile *m_file;
- bool m_file_destroy;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFFileInputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFileOutputStream : public wxOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxFFileOutputStream(const wxString& fileName, const wxString& mode = "wb");
- wxFFileOutputStream(wxFFile& file);
- wxFFileOutputStream(FILE *file);
- virtual ~wxFFileOutputStream();
-
- void Sync();
- bool Close() { return m_file_destroy ? m_file->Close() : true; }
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const;
-
- bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
- virtual bool IsOk() const;
- bool IsSeekable() const { return m_file->GetKind() == wxFILE_KIND_DISK; }
-
- wxFFile* GetFile() const { return m_file; }
-
-protected:
- wxFFileOutputStream();
-
- size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
- wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const;
-
-protected:
- wxFFile *m_file;
- bool m_file_destroy;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFFileOutputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxFFileStream : public wxFFileInputStream,
- public wxFFileOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxFFileStream(const wxString& fileName, const wxString& mode = "w+b");
-
- // override some virtual functions to resolve ambiguities, just as in
- // wxFileStream
-
- virtual bool IsOk() const;
-
- virtual bool IsSeekable() const
- {
- return wxFFileInputStream::IsSeekable();
- }
-
- virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const
- {
- return wxFFileInputStream::GetLength();
- }
-
-protected:
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset pos, wxSeekMode mode)
- {
- return wxFFileInputStream::OnSysSeek(pos, mode);
- }
-
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const
- {
- return wxFFileInputStream::OnSysTell();
- }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFFileStream);
-};
-
-#endif //wxUSE_FFILE
-
-#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif // _WX_WXFSTREAM_H__
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/window.h
-// Purpose: wxWindowBase class - the interface of wxWindow
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Modified by: Ron Lee
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WINDOW_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_WINDOW_H_BASE_
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers which we must include here
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/event.h" // the base class
-
-#include "wx/list.h" // defines wxWindowList
-
-#include "wx/cursor.h" // we have member variables of these classes
-#include "wx/font.h" // so we can't do without them
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/region.h"
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-
-#include "wx/validate.h" // for wxDefaultValidator (always include it)
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- #include "wx/palette.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
- #include "wx/accel.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-#include "wx/access.h"
-#endif
-
-// when building wxUniv/Foo we don't want the code for native menu use to be
-// compiled in - it should only be used when building real wxFoo
-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #define wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE 0
-#else // !__WXUNIVERSAL__
- #define wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE wxUSE_MENUS
-#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/!__WXUNIVERSAL__
-
-
-// Define this macro if the corresponding operating system handles the state
-// of children windows automatically when the parent is enabled/disabled.
-// Otherwise wx itself must ensure that when the parent is disabled its
-// children are disabled too, and their initial state is restored when the
-// parent is enabled back.
-#if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXPM__)
- // must do everything ourselves
- #undef wxHAS_NATIVE_ENABLED_MANAGEMENT
-#else
- #define wxHAS_NATIVE_ENABLED_MANAGEMENT
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// forward declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCaret;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxControl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCursor;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDC;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDropTarget;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxLayoutConstraints;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxSizer;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxScrollHelper;
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAccessible;
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// helper stuff used by wxWindow
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// struct containing all the visual attributes of a control
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxVisualAttributes
-{
- // the font used for control label/text inside it
- wxFont font;
-
- // the foreground colour
- wxColour colFg;
-
- // the background colour, may be wxNullColour if the controls background
- // colour is not solid
- wxColour colBg;
-};
-
-// different window variants, on platforms like eg mac uses different
-// rendering sizes
-enum wxWindowVariant
-{
- wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL, // Normal size
- wxWINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL, // Smaller size (about 25 % smaller than normal)
- wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MINI, // Mini size (about 33 % smaller than normal)
- wxWINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE, // Large size (about 25 % larger than normal)
- wxWINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS
- #define wxWINDOW_DEFAULT_VARIANT wxT("window-default-variant")
-#endif
-
-// valid values for Show/HideWithEffect()
-enum wxShowEffect
-{
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_LEFT,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_RIGHT,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_TOP,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_BOTTOM,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_LEFT,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_RIGHT,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_TOP,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_BOTTOM,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_BLEND,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_EXPAND,
- wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX
-};
-
-// flags for SendSizeEvent()
-enum
-{
- wxSEND_EVENT_POST = 1
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// (pseudo)template list classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_3(wxWindow, wxWindowBase, wxWindowList, wxWindowListNode, class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global variables
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxWindowList) wxTopLevelWindows;
-
-// declared here for compatibility only, main declaration is in wx/app.h
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxList) wxPendingDelete;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowBase is the base class for all GUI controls/widgets, this is the public
-// interface of this class.
-//
-// Event handler: windows have themselves as their event handlers by default,
-// but their event handlers could be set to another object entirely. This
-// separation can reduce the amount of derivation required, and allow
-// alteration of a window's functionality (e.g. by a resource editor that
-// temporarily switches event handlers).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowBase : public wxEvtHandler
-{
-public:
- // creating the window
- // -------------------
-
- // default ctor, initializes everything which can be initialized before
- // Create()
- wxWindowBase() ;
-
- virtual ~wxWindowBase();
-
- // deleting the window
- // -------------------
-
- // ask the window to close itself, return true if the event handler
- // honoured our request
- bool Close( bool force = false );
-
- // the following functions delete the C++ objects (the window itself
- // or its children) as well as the GUI windows and normally should
- // never be used directly
-
- // delete window unconditionally (dangerous!), returns true if ok
- virtual bool Destroy();
- // delete all children of this window, returns true if ok
- bool DestroyChildren();
-
- // is the window being deleted?
- bool IsBeingDeleted() const;
-
- // window attributes
- // -----------------
-
- // label is just the same as the title (but for, e.g., buttons it
- // makes more sense to speak about labels), title access
- // is available from wxTLW classes only (frames, dialogs)
- virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label) = 0;
- virtual wxString GetLabel() const = 0;
-
- // the window name is used for ressource setting in X, it is not the
- // same as the window title/label
- virtual void SetName( const wxString &name ) { m_windowName = name; }
- virtual wxString GetName() const { return m_windowName; }
-
- // sets the window variant, calls internally DoSetVariant if variant
- // has changed
- void SetWindowVariant(wxWindowVariant variant);
- wxWindowVariant GetWindowVariant() const { return m_windowVariant; }
-
-
- // get or change the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window,
- // wxLayout_Default is returned if layout direction is not supported
- virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const
- { return wxLayout_Default; }
- virtual void SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection WXUNUSED(dir))
- { }
-
- // mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the
- // mirroring is not done automatically like Win32
- virtual wxCoord AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x,
- wxCoord width,
- wxCoord widthTotal) const;
-
-
- // window id uniquely identifies the window among its siblings unless
- // it is wxID_ANY which means "don't care"
- void SetId( wxWindowID winid ) { m_windowId = winid; }
- wxWindowID GetId() const { return m_windowId; }
-
- // generate a unique id (or count of them consecutively), returns a
- // valid id in the auto-id range or wxID_NONE if failed. If using
- // autoid management, it will mark the id as reserved until it is
- // used (by assigning it to a wxWindowIDRef) or unreserved.
- static wxWindowID NewControlId(int count = 1)
- {
- return wxIdManager::ReserveId(count);
- }
-
- // If an ID generated from NewControlId is not assigned to a wxWindowIDRef,
- // it must be unreserved
- static void UnreserveControlId(wxWindowID id, int count = 1)
- {
- wxIdManager::UnreserveId(id, count);
- }
-
-
- // moving/resizing
- // ---------------
-
- // set the window size and/or position
- void SetSize( int x, int y, int width, int height,
- int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO )
- { DoSetSize(x, y, width, height, sizeFlags); }
-
- void SetSize( int width, int height )
- { DoSetSize( wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, width, height, wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING ); }
-
- void SetSize( const wxSize& size )
- { SetSize( size.x, size.y); }
-
- void SetSize(const wxRect& rect, int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO)
- { DoSetSize(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height, sizeFlags); }
-
- void Move(int x, int y, int flags = wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING)
- { DoSetSize(x, y, wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord, flags); }
-
- void Move(const wxPoint& pt, int flags = wxSIZE_USE_EXISTING)
- { Move(pt.x, pt.y, flags); }
-
- void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pt) { Move(pt); }
-
- // Z-order
- virtual void Raise() = 0;
- virtual void Lower() = 0;
-
- // client size is the size of area available for subwindows
- void SetClientSize( int width, int height )
- { DoSetClientSize(width, height); }
-
- void SetClientSize( const wxSize& size )
- { DoSetClientSize(size.x, size.y); }
-
- void SetClientSize(const wxRect& rect)
- { SetClientSize( rect.width, rect.height ); }
-
- // get the window position (pointers may be NULL): notice that it is in
- // client coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the
- // top level ones, use GetScreenPosition() if you need screen
- // coordinates for all kinds of windows
- void GetPosition( int *x, int *y ) const { DoGetPosition(x, y); }
- wxPoint GetPosition() const
- {
- int x, y;
- DoGetPosition(&x, &y);
-
- return wxPoint(x, y);
- }
-
- // get the window position in screen coordinates
- void GetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const { DoGetScreenPosition(x, y); }
- wxPoint GetScreenPosition() const
- {
- int x, y;
- DoGetScreenPosition(&x, &y);
-
- return wxPoint(x, y);
- }
-
- // get the window size (pointers may be NULL)
- void GetSize( int *w, int *h ) const { DoGetSize(w, h); }
- wxSize GetSize() const
- {
- int w, h;
- DoGetSize(& w, & h);
- return wxSize(w, h);
- }
-
- void GetClientSize( int *w, int *h ) const { DoGetClientSize(w, h); }
- wxSize GetClientSize() const
- {
- int w, h;
- DoGetClientSize(&w, &h);
-
- return wxSize(w, h);
- }
-
- // get the position and size at once
- wxRect GetRect() const
- {
- int x, y, w, h;
- GetPosition(&x, &y);
- GetSize(&w, &h);
-
- return wxRect(x, y, w, h);
- }
-
- wxRect GetScreenRect() const
- {
- int x, y, w, h;
- GetScreenPosition(&x, &y);
- GetSize(&w, &h);
-
- return wxRect(x, y, w, h);
- }
-
- // get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the
- // window top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of
- // the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)
- virtual wxPoint GetClientAreaOrigin() const;
-
- // get the client rectangle in window (i.e. client) coordinates
- wxRect GetClientRect() const
- {
- return wxRect(GetClientAreaOrigin(), GetClientSize());
- }
-
- // client<->window size conversion
- virtual wxSize ClientToWindowSize(const wxSize& size) const;
- virtual wxSize WindowToClientSize(const wxSize& size) const;
-
- // get the size best suited for the window (in fact, minimal
- // acceptable size using which it will still look "nice" in
- // most situations)
- wxSize GetBestSize() const;
-
- void GetBestSize(int *w, int *h) const
- {
- wxSize s = GetBestSize();
- if ( w )
- *w = s.x;
- if ( h )
- *h = s.y;
- }
-
- // Determine the best size in the other direction if one of them is
- // fixed. This is used with windows that can wrap their contents and
- // returns input-independent best size for the others.
- int GetBestHeight(int width) const;
- int GetBestWidth(int height) const;
-
-
- void SetScrollHelper( wxScrollHelper *sh ) { m_scrollHelper = sh; }
- wxScrollHelper *GetScrollHelper() { return m_scrollHelper; }
-
- // reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the
- // next time it is needed.
- void InvalidateBestSize();
- void CacheBestSize(const wxSize& size) const
- { wxConstCast(this, wxWindowBase)->m_bestSizeCache = size; }
-
-
- // This function will merge the window's best size into the window's
- // minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and
- // returns the results.
- virtual wxSize GetEffectiveMinSize() const;
-
- wxDEPRECATED_MSG("use GetEffectiveMinSize() instead")
- wxSize GetBestFittingSize() const;
- wxDEPRECATED_MSG("use GetEffectiveMinSize() instead")
- wxSize GetAdjustedMinSize() const;
-
- // A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size values with 'best'
- // size. Sets the minsize to what was passed in.
- void SetInitialSize(const wxSize& size=wxDefaultSize);
-
- wxDEPRECATED_MSG("use SetInitialSize() instead")
- void SetBestFittingSize(const wxSize& size=wxDefaultSize);
-
-
- // the generic centre function - centers the window on parent by`
- // default or on screen if it doesn't have parent or
- // wxCENTER_ON_SCREEN flag is given
- void Centre(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir); }
- void Center(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir); }
-
- // centre with respect to the parent window
- void CentreOnParent(int dir = wxBOTH) { DoCentre(dir); }
- void CenterOnParent(int dir = wxBOTH) { CentreOnParent(dir); }
-
- // set window size to wrap around its children
- virtual void Fit();
-
- // set virtual size to satisfy children
- virtual void FitInside();
-
-
- // SetSizeHints is actually for setting the size hints
- // for the wxTLW for a Window Manager - hence the name -
- // and it is therefore overridden in wxTLW to do that.
- // In wxWindow(Base), it has (unfortunately) been abused
- // to mean the same as SetMinSize() and SetMaxSize().
-
- virtual void SetSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
- int maxW = wxDefaultCoord, int maxH = wxDefaultCoord,
- int incW = wxDefaultCoord, int incH = wxDefaultCoord )
- { DoSetSizeHints(minW, minH, maxW, maxH, incW, incH); }
-
- void SetSizeHints( const wxSize& minSize,
- const wxSize& maxSize=wxDefaultSize,
- const wxSize& incSize=wxDefaultSize)
- { DoSetSizeHints(minSize.x, minSize.y, maxSize.x, maxSize.y, incSize.x, incSize.y); }
-
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // these are useless and do nothing since wxWidgets 2.9
- wxDEPRECATED( virtual void SetVirtualSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
- int maxW = wxDefaultCoord, int maxH = wxDefaultCoord ) );
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetVirtualSizeHints( const wxSize& minSize,
- const wxSize& maxSize=wxDefaultSize) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-
- // Call these to override what GetBestSize() returns. This
- // method is only virtual because it is overridden in wxTLW
- // as a different API for SetSizeHints().
- virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& minSize);
- virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& maxSize);
-
- // Like Set*Size, but for client, not window, size
- virtual void SetMinClientSize(const wxSize& size)
- { SetMinSize(ClientToWindowSize(size)); }
- virtual void SetMaxClientSize(const wxSize& size)
- { SetMaxSize(ClientToWindowSize(size)); }
-
- // Override these methods to impose restrictions on min/max size.
- // The easier way is to call SetMinSize() and SetMaxSize() which
- // will have the same effect. Doing both is non-sense.
- virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const { return wxSize(m_minWidth, m_minHeight); }
- virtual wxSize GetMaxSize() const { return wxSize(m_maxWidth, m_maxHeight); }
-
- // Like Get*Size, but for client, not window, size
- virtual wxSize GetMinClientSize() const
- { return WindowToClientSize(GetMinSize()); }
- virtual wxSize GetMaxClientSize() const
- { return WindowToClientSize(GetMaxSize()); }
-
- // Get the min and max values one by one
- int GetMinWidth() const { return GetMinSize().x; }
- int GetMinHeight() const { return GetMinSize().y; }
- int GetMaxWidth() const { return GetMaxSize().x; }
- int GetMaxHeight() const { return GetMaxSize().y; }
-
-
- // Methods for accessing the virtual size of a window. For most
- // windows this is just the client area of the window, but for
- // some like scrolled windows it is more or less independent of
- // the screen window size. You may override the DoXXXVirtual
- // methods below for classes where that is the case.
-
- void SetVirtualSize( const wxSize &size ) { DoSetVirtualSize( size.x, size.y ); }
- void SetVirtualSize( int x, int y ) { DoSetVirtualSize( x, y ); }
-
- wxSize GetVirtualSize() const { return DoGetVirtualSize(); }
- void GetVirtualSize( int *x, int *y ) const
- {
- wxSize s( DoGetVirtualSize() );
-
- if( x )
- *x = s.GetWidth();
- if( y )
- *y = s.GetHeight();
- }
-
- // Override these methods for windows that have a virtual size
- // independent of their client size. eg. the virtual area of a
- // wxScrolledWindow.
-
- virtual void DoSetVirtualSize( int x, int y );
- virtual wxSize DoGetVirtualSize() const;
-
- // Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined
- // by a sizer, interior children, or other means)
-
- virtual wxSize GetBestVirtualSize() const
- {
- wxSize client( GetClientSize() );
- wxSize best( GetBestSize() );
-
- return wxSize( wxMax( client.x, best.x ), wxMax( client.y, best.y ) );
- }
-
- // returns the magnification of the content of this window
- // eg 2.0 for a window on a retina screen
- virtual double GetContentScaleFactor() const
- { return 1.0; }
-
- // return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders in x and y
- // components of the result respectively
- virtual wxSize GetWindowBorderSize() const;
-
- // wxSizer and friends use this to give a chance to a component to recalc
- // its min size once one of the final size components is known. Override
- // this function when that is useful (such as for wxStaticText which can
- // stretch over several lines). Parameter availableOtherDir
- // tells the item how much more space there is available in the opposite
- // direction (-1 if unknown).
- virtual bool
- InformFirstDirection(int direction, int size, int availableOtherDir);
-
- // sends a size event to the window using its current size -- this has an
- // effect of refreshing the window layout
- //
- // by default the event is sent, i.e. processed immediately, but if flags
- // value includes wxSEND_EVENT_POST then it's posted, i.e. only schedule
- // for later processing
- virtual void SendSizeEvent(int flags = 0);
-
- // this is a safe wrapper for GetParent()->SendSizeEvent(): it checks that
- // we have a parent window and it's not in process of being deleted
- //
- // this is used by controls such as tool/status bars changes to which must
- // also result in parent re-layout
- void SendSizeEventToParent(int flags = 0);
-
- // this is a more readable synonym for SendSizeEvent(wxSEND_EVENT_POST)
- void PostSizeEvent() { SendSizeEvent(wxSEND_EVENT_POST); }
-
- // this is the same as SendSizeEventToParent() but using PostSizeEvent()
- void PostSizeEventToParent() { SendSizeEventToParent(wxSEND_EVENT_POST); }
-
- // These functions should be used before repositioning the children of
- // this window to reduce flicker or, in MSW case, even avoid display
- // corruption in some situations (so they're more than just optimization).
- //
- // EndRepositioningChildren() should be called if and only if
- // BeginRepositioningChildren() returns true. To ensure that this is always
- // done automatically, use ChildrenRepositioningGuard class below.
- virtual bool BeginRepositioningChildren() { return false; }
- virtual void EndRepositioningChildren() { }
-
- // A simple helper which ensures that EndRepositioningChildren() is called
- // from its dtor if and only if calling BeginRepositioningChildren() from
- // the ctor returned true.
- class ChildrenRepositioningGuard
- {
- public:
- // Notice that window can be NULL here, for convenience. In this case
- // this class simply doesn't do anything.
- wxEXPLICIT ChildrenRepositioningGuard(wxWindowBase* win)
- : m_win(win),
- m_callEnd(win && win->BeginRepositioningChildren())
- {
- }
-
- ~ChildrenRepositioningGuard()
- {
- if ( m_callEnd )
- m_win->EndRepositioningChildren();
- }
-
- private:
- wxWindowBase* const m_win;
- const bool m_callEnd;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(ChildrenRepositioningGuard);
- };
-
-
- // window state
- // ------------
-
- // returns true if window was shown/hidden, false if the nothing was
- // done (window was already shown/hidden)
- virtual bool Show( bool show = true );
- bool Hide() { return Show(false); }
-
- // show or hide the window with a special effect, not implemented on
- // most platforms (where it is the same as Show()/Hide() respectively)
- //
- // timeout specifies how long the animation should take, in ms, the
- // default value of 0 means to use the default (system-dependent) value
- virtual bool ShowWithEffect(wxShowEffect WXUNUSED(effect),
- unsigned WXUNUSED(timeout) = 0)
- {
- return Show();
- }
-
- virtual bool HideWithEffect(wxShowEffect WXUNUSED(effect),
- unsigned WXUNUSED(timeout) = 0)
- {
- return Hide();
- }
-
- // returns true if window was enabled/disabled, false if nothing done
- virtual bool Enable( bool enable = true );
- bool Disable() { return Enable(false); }
-
- virtual bool IsShown() const { return m_isShown; }
- // returns true if the window is really enabled and false otherwise,
- // whether because it had been explicitly disabled itself or because
- // its parent is currently disabled -- then this method returns false
- // whatever is the intrinsic state of this window, use IsThisEnabled(0
- // to retrieve it. In other words, this relation always holds:
- //
- // IsEnabled() == IsThisEnabled() && parent.IsEnabled()
- //
- bool IsEnabled() const;
-
- // returns the internal window state independently of the parent(s)
- // state, i.e. the state in which the window would be if all its
- // parents were enabled (use IsEnabled() above to get the effective
- // window state)
- bool IsThisEnabled() const { return m_isEnabled; }
-
- // returns true if the window is visible, i.e. IsShown() returns true
- // if called on it and all its parents up to the first TLW
- virtual bool IsShownOnScreen() const;
-
- // get/set window style (setting style won't update the window and so
- // is only useful for internal usage)
- virtual void SetWindowStyleFlag( long style ) { m_windowStyle = style; }
- virtual long GetWindowStyleFlag() const { return m_windowStyle; }
-
- // just some (somewhat shorter) synonyms
- void SetWindowStyle( long style ) { SetWindowStyleFlag(style); }
- long GetWindowStyle() const { return GetWindowStyleFlag(); }
-
- // check if the flag is set
- bool HasFlag(int flag) const { return (m_windowStyle & flag) != 0; }
- virtual bool IsRetained() const { return HasFlag(wxRETAINED); }
-
- // turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,
- // return true if the flag is currently turned on
- bool ToggleWindowStyle(int flag);
-
- // extra style: the less often used style bits which can't be set with
- // SetWindowStyleFlag()
- virtual void SetExtraStyle(long exStyle) { m_exStyle = exStyle; }
- long GetExtraStyle() const { return m_exStyle; }
-
- bool HasExtraStyle(int exFlag) const { return (m_exStyle & exFlag) != 0; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // make the window modal (all other windows unresponsive)
- wxDEPRECATED( virtual void MakeModal(bool modal = true) );
-#endif
-
- // (primitive) theming support
- // ---------------------------
-
- virtual void SetThemeEnabled(bool enableTheme) { m_themeEnabled = enableTheme; }
- virtual bool GetThemeEnabled() const { return m_themeEnabled; }
-
-
- // focus and keyboard handling
- // ---------------------------
-
- // set focus to this window
- virtual void SetFocus() = 0;
-
- // set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action
- virtual void SetFocusFromKbd() { SetFocus(); }
-
- // return the window which currently has the focus or NULL
- static wxWindow *FindFocus();
-
- static wxWindow *DoFindFocus() /* = 0: implement in derived classes */;
-
- // return true if the window has focus (handles composite windows
- // correctly - returns true if GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl()
- // has focus)
- virtual bool HasFocus() const;
-
- // can this window have focus in principle?
- //
- // the difference between AcceptsFocus[FromKeyboard]() and CanAcceptFocus
- // [FromKeyboard]() is that the former functions are meant to be
- // overridden in the derived classes to simply return false if the
- // control can't have focus, while the latter are meant to be used by
- // this class clients and take into account the current window state
- virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
-
- // can this window or one of its children accept focus?
- //
- // usually it's the same as AcceptsFocus() but is overridden for
- // container windows
- virtual bool AcceptsFocusRecursively() const { return AcceptsFocus(); }
-
- // can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the
- // only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to
- // click it
- virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return AcceptsFocus(); }
-
-
- // Can this window be focused right now, in its current state? This
- // shouldn't be called at all if AcceptsFocus() returns false.
- //
- // It is a convenient helper for the various functions using it below
- // but also a hook allowing to override the default logic for some rare
- // cases (currently just wxRadioBox in wxMSW) when it's inappropriate.
- virtual bool CanBeFocused() const { return IsShown() && IsEnabled(); }
-
- // can this window itself have focus?
- bool IsFocusable() const { return AcceptsFocus() && CanBeFocused(); }
-
- // can this window have focus right now?
- //
- // if this method returns true, it means that calling SetFocus() will
- // put focus either to this window or one of its children, if you need
- // to know whether this window accepts focus itself, use IsFocusable()
- bool CanAcceptFocus() const
- { return AcceptsFocusRecursively() && CanBeFocused(); }
-
- // can this window be assigned focus from keyboard right now?
- bool CanAcceptFocusFromKeyboard() const
- { return AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() && CanBeFocused(); }
-
- // call this when the return value of AcceptsFocus() changes
- virtual void SetCanFocus(bool WXUNUSED(canFocus)) { }
-
- // navigates inside this window
- bool NavigateIn(int flags = wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward)
- { return DoNavigateIn(flags); }
-
- // navigates in the specified direction from this window, this is
- // equivalent to GetParent()->NavigateIn()
- bool Navigate(int flags = wxNavigationKeyEvent::IsForward)
- { return m_parent && ((wxWindowBase *)m_parent)->DoNavigateIn(flags); }
-
- // this function will generate the appropriate call to Navigate() if the
- // key event is one normally used for keyboard navigation and return true
- // in this case
- bool HandleAsNavigationKey(const wxKeyEvent& event);
-
- // move this window just before/after the specified one in tab order
- // (the other window must be our sibling!)
- void MoveBeforeInTabOrder(wxWindow *win)
- { DoMoveInTabOrder(win, OrderBefore); }
- void MoveAfterInTabOrder(wxWindow *win)
- { DoMoveInTabOrder(win, OrderAfter); }
-
-
- // parent/children relations
- // -------------------------
-
- // get the list of children
- const wxWindowList& GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
- wxWindowList& GetChildren() { return m_children; }
-
- // needed just for extended runtime
- const wxWindowList& GetWindowChildren() const { return GetChildren() ; }
-
- // get the window before/after this one in the parents children list,
- // returns NULL if this is the first/last window
- wxWindow *GetPrevSibling() const { return DoGetSibling(OrderBefore); }
- wxWindow *GetNextSibling() const { return DoGetSibling(OrderAfter); }
-
- // get the parent or the parent of the parent
- wxWindow *GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
- inline wxWindow *GetGrandParent() const;
-
- // is this window a top level one?
- virtual bool IsTopLevel() const;
-
- // is this window a child or grand child of this one (inside the same
- // TLW)?
- bool IsDescendant(wxWindowBase* win) const;
-
- // it doesn't really change parent, use Reparent() instead
- void SetParent( wxWindowBase *parent );
- // change the real parent of this window, return true if the parent
- // was changed, false otherwise (error or newParent == oldParent)
- virtual bool Reparent( wxWindowBase *newParent );
-
- // implementation mostly
- virtual void AddChild( wxWindowBase *child );
- virtual void RemoveChild( wxWindowBase *child );
-
- // returns true if the child is in the client area of the window, i.e. is
- // not scrollbar, toolbar etc.
- virtual bool IsClientAreaChild(const wxWindow *WXUNUSED(child)) const
- { return true; }
-
- // looking for windows
- // -------------------
-
- // find window among the descendants of this one either by id or by
- // name (return NULL if not found)
- wxWindow *FindWindow(long winid) const;
- wxWindow *FindWindow(const wxString& name) const;
-
- // Find a window among any window (all return NULL if not found)
- static wxWindow *FindWindowById( long winid, const wxWindow *parent = NULL );
- static wxWindow *FindWindowByName( const wxString& name,
- const wxWindow *parent = NULL );
- static wxWindow *FindWindowByLabel( const wxString& label,
- const wxWindow *parent = NULL );
-
- // event handler stuff
- // -------------------
-
- // get the current event handler
- wxEvtHandler *GetEventHandler() const { return m_eventHandler; }
-
- // replace the event handler (allows to completely subclass the
- // window)
- void SetEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
-
- // push/pop event handler: allows to chain a custom event handler to
- // alreasy existing ones
- void PushEventHandler( wxEvtHandler *handler );
- wxEvtHandler *PopEventHandler( bool deleteHandler = false );
-
- // find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but
- // not delete) it from the event handler chain, return true if it was
- // found and false otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so
- // this function should only be called when the handler is supposed to
- // be there)
- bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
-
- // Process an event by calling GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(): this
- // is a straightforward replacement for ProcessEvent() itself which
- // shouldn't be used directly with windows as it doesn't take into
- // account any event handlers associated with the window
- bool ProcessWindowEvent(wxEvent& event)
- { return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); }
-
- // Call GetEventHandler()->ProcessEventLocally(): this should be used
- // instead of calling ProcessEventLocally() directly on the window
- // itself as this wouldn't take any pushed event handlers into account
- // correctly
- bool ProcessWindowEventLocally(wxEvent& event)
- { return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEventLocally(event); }
-
- // Process an event by calling GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent() and
- // handling any exceptions thrown by event handlers. It's mostly useful
- // when processing wx events when called from C code (e.g. in GTK+
- // callback) when the exception wouldn't correctly propagate to
- // wxEventLoop.
- bool HandleWindowEvent(wxEvent& event) const;
-
- // disable wxEvtHandler double-linked list mechanism:
- virtual void SetNextHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
- virtual void SetPreviousHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler);
-
-
- // Watcom doesn't allow reducing access with using access declaration, see
- // #10749
-#ifndef __WATCOMC__
-protected:
-
- // NOTE: we change the access specifier of the following wxEvtHandler functions
- // so that the user won't be able to call them directly.
- // Calling wxWindow::ProcessEvent in fact only works when there are NO
- // event handlers pushed on the window.
- // To ensure correct operation, instead of wxWindow::ProcessEvent
- // you must always call wxWindow::GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent()
- // or HandleWindowEvent().
- // The same holds for all other wxEvtHandler functions.
-
- using wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent;
- using wxEvtHandler::ProcessEventLocally;
-#if wxUSE_THREADS
- using wxEvtHandler::ProcessThreadEvent;
-#endif
- using wxEvtHandler::SafelyProcessEvent;
- using wxEvtHandler::ProcessPendingEvents;
- using wxEvtHandler::AddPendingEvent;
- using wxEvtHandler::QueueEvent;
-#endif // __WATCOMC__
-
-public:
-
- // validators
- // ----------
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- // a window may have an associated validator which is used to control
- // user input
- virtual void SetValidator( const wxValidator &validator );
- virtual wxValidator *GetValidator() { return m_windowValidator; }
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-
- // dialog oriented functions
- // -------------------------
-
- // validate the correctness of input, return true if ok
- virtual bool Validate();
-
- // transfer data between internal and GUI representations
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow();
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow();
-
- virtual void InitDialog();
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
- // accelerators
- // ------------
- virtual void SetAcceleratorTable( const wxAcceleratorTable& accel )
- { m_acceleratorTable = accel; }
- wxAcceleratorTable *GetAcceleratorTable()
- { return &m_acceleratorTable; }
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
-#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
- // hot keys (system wide accelerators)
- // -----------------------------------
-
- virtual bool RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode);
- virtual bool UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId);
-#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY
-
-
- // dialog units translations
- // -------------------------
-
- wxPoint ConvertPixelsToDialog( const wxPoint& pt ) const;
- wxPoint ConvertDialogToPixels( const wxPoint& pt ) const;
- wxSize ConvertPixelsToDialog( const wxSize& sz ) const
- {
- wxPoint pt(ConvertPixelsToDialog(wxPoint(sz.x, sz.y)));
-
- return wxSize(pt.x, pt.y);
- }
-
- wxSize ConvertDialogToPixels( const wxSize& sz ) const
- {
- wxPoint pt(ConvertDialogToPixels(wxPoint(sz.x, sz.y)));
-
- return wxSize(pt.x, pt.y);
- }
-
- // mouse functions
- // ---------------
-
- // move the mouse to the specified position
- virtual void WarpPointer(int x, int y) = 0;
-
- // start or end mouse capture, these functions maintain the stack of
- // windows having captured the mouse and after calling ReleaseMouse()
- // the mouse is not released but returns to the window which had had
- // captured it previously (if any)
- void CaptureMouse();
- void ReleaseMouse();
-
- // get the window which currently captures the mouse or NULL
- static wxWindow *GetCapture();
-
- // does this window have the capture?
- virtual bool HasCapture() const
- { return (wxWindow *)this == GetCapture(); }
-
- // painting the window
- // -------------------
-
- // mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it
- // will be repainted
- virtual void Refresh( bool eraseBackground = true,
- const wxRect *rect = (const wxRect *) NULL ) = 0;
-
- // a less awkward wrapper for Refresh
- void RefreshRect(const wxRect& rect, bool eraseBackground = true)
- {
- Refresh(eraseBackground, &rect);
- }
-
- // repaint all invalid areas of the window immediately
- virtual void Update() { }
-
- // clear the window background
- virtual void ClearBackground();
-
- // freeze the window: don't redraw it until it is thawed
- void Freeze();
-
- // thaw the window: redraw it after it had been frozen
- void Thaw();
-
- // return true if window had been frozen and not unthawed yet
- bool IsFrozen() const { return m_freezeCount != 0; }
-
- // adjust DC for drawing on this window
- virtual void PrepareDC( wxDC & WXUNUSED(dc) ) { }
-
- // return true if the window contents is double buffered by the system
- virtual bool IsDoubleBuffered() const { return false; }
-
- // the update region of the window contains the areas which must be
- // repainted by the program
- const wxRegion& GetUpdateRegion() const { return m_updateRegion; }
- wxRegion& GetUpdateRegion() { return m_updateRegion; }
-
- // get the update rectangleregion bounding box in client coords
- wxRect GetUpdateClientRect() const;
-
- // these functions verify whether the given point/rectangle belongs to
- // (or at least intersects with) the update region
- virtual bool DoIsExposed( int x, int y ) const;
- virtual bool DoIsExposed( int x, int y, int w, int h ) const;
-
- bool IsExposed( int x, int y ) const
- { return DoIsExposed(x, y); }
- bool IsExposed( int x, int y, int w, int h ) const
- { return DoIsExposed(x, y, w, h); }
- bool IsExposed( const wxPoint& pt ) const
- { return DoIsExposed(pt.x, pt.y); }
- bool IsExposed( const wxRect& rect ) const
- { return DoIsExposed(rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height); }
-
- // colours, fonts and cursors
- // --------------------------
-
- // get the default attributes for the controls of this class: we
- // provide a virtual function which can be used to query the default
- // attributes of an existing control and a static function which can
- // be used even when no existing object of the given class is
- // available, but which won't return any styles specific to this
- // particular control, of course (e.g. "Ok" button might have
- // different -- bold for example -- font)
- virtual wxVisualAttributes GetDefaultAttributes() const
- {
- return GetClassDefaultAttributes(GetWindowVariant());
- }
-
- static wxVisualAttributes
- GetClassDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant = wxWINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL);
-
- // set/retrieve the window colours (system defaults are used by
- // default): SetXXX() functions return true if colour was changed,
- // SetDefaultXXX() reset the "m_inheritXXX" flag after setting the
- // value to prevent it from being inherited by our children
- virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
- void SetOwnBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
- {
- if ( SetBackgroundColour(colour) )
- m_inheritBgCol = false;
- }
- wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const;
- bool InheritsBackgroundColour() const
- {
- return m_inheritBgCol;
- }
- bool UseBgCol() const
- {
- return m_hasBgCol;
- }
-
- virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
- void SetOwnForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
- {
- if ( SetForegroundColour(colour) )
- m_inheritFgCol = false;
- }
- wxColour GetForegroundColour() const;
-
- // Set/get the background style.
- virtual bool SetBackgroundStyle(wxBackgroundStyle style);
- wxBackgroundStyle GetBackgroundStyle() const
- { return m_backgroundStyle; }
-
- // returns true if the control has "transparent" areas such as a
- // wxStaticText and wxCheckBox and the background should be adapted
- // from a parent window
- virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return false; }
-
- // Returns true if background transparency is supported for this
- // window, i.e. if calling SetBackgroundStyle(wxBG_STYLE_TRANSPARENT)
- // has a chance of succeeding. If reason argument is non-NULL, returns a
- // user-readable explanation of why it isn't supported if the return
- // value is false.
- virtual bool IsTransparentBackgroundSupported(wxString* reason = NULL) const;
-
- // set/retrieve the font for the window (SetFont() returns true if the
- // font really changed)
- virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font) = 0;
- void SetOwnFont(const wxFont& font)
- {
- if ( SetFont(font) )
- m_inheritFont = false;
- }
- wxFont GetFont() const;
-
- // set/retrieve the cursor for this window (SetCursor() returns true
- // if the cursor was really changed)
- virtual bool SetCursor( const wxCursor &cursor );
- const wxCursor& GetCursor() const { return m_cursor; }
-
-#if wxUSE_CARET
- // associate a caret with the window
- void SetCaret(wxCaret *caret);
- // get the current caret (may be NULL)
- wxCaret *GetCaret() const { return m_caret; }
-#endif // wxUSE_CARET
-
- // get the (average) character size for the current font
- virtual int GetCharHeight() const = 0;
- virtual int GetCharWidth() const = 0;
-
- // get the width/height/... of the text using current or specified
- // font
- void GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
- int *x, int *y,
- int *descent = NULL,
- int *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *font = NULL) const
- {
- DoGetTextExtent(string, x, y, descent, externalLeading, font);
- }
-
- wxSize GetTextExtent(const wxString& string) const
- {
- wxCoord w, h;
- GetTextExtent(string, &w, &h);
- return wxSize(w, h);
- }
-
- // client <-> screen coords
- // ------------------------
-
- // translate to/from screen/client coordinates (pointers may be NULL)
- void ClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const
- { DoClientToScreen(x, y); }
- void ScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const
- { DoScreenToClient(x, y); }
-
- // wxPoint interface to do the same thing
- wxPoint ClientToScreen(const wxPoint& pt) const
- {
- int x = pt.x, y = pt.y;
- DoClientToScreen(&x, &y);
-
- return wxPoint(x, y);
- }
-
- wxPoint ScreenToClient(const wxPoint& pt) const
- {
- int x = pt.x, y = pt.y;
- DoScreenToClient(&x, &y);
-
- return wxPoint(x, y);
- }
-
- // test where the given (in client coords) point lies
- wxHitTest HitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const
- { return DoHitTest(x, y); }
-
- wxHitTest HitTest(const wxPoint& pt) const
- { return DoHitTest(pt.x, pt.y); }
-
- // misc
- // ----
-
- // get the window border style from the given flags: this is different from
- // simply doing flags & wxBORDER_MASK because it uses GetDefaultBorder() to
- // translate wxBORDER_DEFAULT to something reasonable
- wxBorder GetBorder(long flags) const;
-
- // get border for the flags of this window
- wxBorder GetBorder() const { return GetBorder(GetWindowStyleFlag()); }
-
- // send wxUpdateUIEvents to this window, and children if recurse is true
- virtual void UpdateWindowUI(long flags = wxUPDATE_UI_NONE);
-
- // do the window-specific processing after processing the update event
- virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event) ;
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- // show popup menu at the given position, generate events for the items
- // selected in it
- bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
- { return PopupMenu(menu, pos.x, pos.y); }
- bool PopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y);
-
- // simply return the id of the selected item or wxID_NONE without
- // generating any events
- int GetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(wxMenu& menu,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition)
- { return DoGetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(menu, pos.x, pos.y); }
- int GetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(wxMenu& menu, int x, int y)
- { return DoGetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(menu, x, y); }
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // override this method to return true for controls having multiple pages
- virtual bool HasMultiplePages() const { return false; }
-
-
- // scrollbars
- // ----------
-
- // can the window have the scrollbar in this orientation?
- virtual bool CanScroll(int orient) const;
-
- // does the window have the scrollbar in this orientation?
- bool HasScrollbar(int orient) const;
-
- // configure the window scrollbars
- virtual void SetScrollbar( int orient,
- int pos,
- int thumbvisible,
- int range,
- bool refresh = true ) = 0;
- virtual void SetScrollPos( int orient, int pos, bool refresh = true ) = 0;
- virtual int GetScrollPos( int orient ) const = 0;
- virtual int GetScrollThumb( int orient ) const = 0;
- virtual int GetScrollRange( int orient ) const = 0;
-
- // scroll window to the specified position
- virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy,
- const wxRect* rect = NULL ) = 0;
-
- // scrolls window by line/page: note that not all controls support this
- //
- // return true if the position changed, false otherwise
- virtual bool ScrollLines(int WXUNUSED(lines)) { return false; }
- virtual bool ScrollPages(int WXUNUSED(pages)) { return false; }
-
- // convenient wrappers for ScrollLines/Pages
- bool LineUp() { return ScrollLines(-1); }
- bool LineDown() { return ScrollLines(1); }
- bool PageUp() { return ScrollPages(-1); }
- bool PageDown() { return ScrollPages(1); }
-
- // call this to always show one or both scrollbars, even if the window
- // is big enough to not require them
- virtual void AlwaysShowScrollbars(bool WXUNUSED(horz) = true,
- bool WXUNUSED(vert) = true)
- {
- }
-
- // return true if AlwaysShowScrollbars() had been called before for the
- // corresponding orientation
- virtual bool IsScrollbarAlwaysShown(int WXUNUSED(orient)) const
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- // context-sensitive help
- // ----------------------
-
- // these are the convenience functions wrapping wxHelpProvider methods
-
-#if wxUSE_HELP
- // associate this help text with this window
- void SetHelpText(const wxString& text);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this one.
- // Don't use this, do wxHelpProvider::Get()->AddHelp(id, text);
- wxDEPRECATED( void SetHelpTextForId(const wxString& text) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- // get the help string associated with the given position in this window
- //
- // notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown
- // and this method should return the global window help text then
- virtual wxString GetHelpTextAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt,
- wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) const;
- // returns the position-independent help text
- wxString GetHelpText() const
- {
- return GetHelpTextAtPoint(wxDefaultPosition, wxHelpEvent::Origin_Unknown);
- }
-
-#else // !wxUSE_HELP
- // silently ignore SetHelpText() calls
- void SetHelpText(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text)) { }
- void SetHelpTextForId(const wxString& WXUNUSED(text)) { }
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
- // tooltips
- // --------
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- // the easiest way to set a tooltip for a window is to use this method
- void SetToolTip( const wxString &tip );
- // attach a tooltip to the window, pointer can be NULL to remove
- // existing tooltip
- void SetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip ) { DoSetToolTip(tip); }
- // more readable synonym for SetToolTip(NULL)
- void UnsetToolTip() { SetToolTip(NULL); }
- // get the associated tooltip or NULL if none
- wxToolTip* GetToolTip() const { return m_tooltip; }
- wxString GetToolTipText() const;
-
- // Use the same tool tip as the given one (which can be NULL to indicate
- // that no tooltip should be used) for this window. This is currently only
- // used by wxCompositeWindow::DoSetToolTip() implementation and is not part
- // of the public wx API.
- //
- // Returns true if tip was valid and we copied it or false if it was NULL
- // and we reset our own tooltip too.
- bool CopyToolTip(wxToolTip *tip);
-#else // !wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- // make it much easier to compile apps in an environment
- // that doesn't support tooltips, such as PocketPC
- void SetToolTip(const wxString & WXUNUSED(tip)) { }
- void UnsetToolTip() { }
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS/!wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
- // drag and drop
- // -------------
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- // set/retrieve the drop target associated with this window (may be
- // NULL; it's owned by the window and will be deleted by it)
- virtual void SetDropTarget( wxDropTarget *dropTarget ) = 0;
- virtual wxDropTarget *GetDropTarget() const { return m_dropTarget; }
-
- // Accept files for dragging
- virtual void DragAcceptFiles(bool accept)
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
- // it does have common implementation but not for MSW which has its own
- // native version of it
- = 0
-#endif // __WXMSW__
- ;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
- // constraints and sizers
- // ----------------------
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
- // set the constraints for this window or retrieve them (may be NULL)
- void SetConstraints( wxLayoutConstraints *constraints );
- wxLayoutConstraints *GetConstraints() const { return m_constraints; }
-
- // implementation only
- void UnsetConstraints(wxLayoutConstraints *c);
- wxWindowList *GetConstraintsInvolvedIn() const
- { return m_constraintsInvolvedIn; }
- void AddConstraintReference(wxWindowBase *otherWin);
- void RemoveConstraintReference(wxWindowBase *otherWin);
- void DeleteRelatedConstraints();
- void ResetConstraints();
-
- // these methods may be overridden for special layout algorithms
- virtual void SetConstraintSizes(bool recurse = true);
- virtual bool LayoutPhase1(int *noChanges);
- virtual bool LayoutPhase2(int *noChanges);
- virtual bool DoPhase(int phase);
-
- // these methods are virtual but normally won't be overridden
- virtual void SetSizeConstraint(int x, int y, int w, int h);
- virtual void MoveConstraint(int x, int y);
- virtual void GetSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const ;
- virtual void GetClientSizeConstraint(int *w, int *h) const ;
- virtual void GetPositionConstraint(int *x, int *y) const ;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
- // when using constraints or sizers, it makes sense to update
- // children positions automatically whenever the window is resized
- // - this is done if autoLayout is on
- void SetAutoLayout( bool autoLayout ) { m_autoLayout = autoLayout; }
- bool GetAutoLayout() const { return m_autoLayout; }
-
- // lay out the window and its children
- virtual bool Layout();
-
- // sizers
- void SetSizer(wxSizer *sizer, bool deleteOld = true );
- void SetSizerAndFit( wxSizer *sizer, bool deleteOld = true );
-
- wxSizer *GetSizer() const { return m_windowSizer; }
-
- // Track if this window is a member of a sizer
- void SetContainingSizer(wxSizer* sizer);
- wxSizer *GetContainingSizer() const { return m_containingSizer; }
-
- // accessibility
- // ----------------------
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
- // Override to create a specific accessible object.
- virtual wxAccessible* CreateAccessible();
-
- // Sets the accessible object.
- void SetAccessible(wxAccessible* accessible) ;
-
- // Returns the accessible object.
- wxAccessible* GetAccessible() { return m_accessible; }
-
- // Returns the accessible object, creating if necessary.
- wxAccessible* GetOrCreateAccessible() ;
-#endif
-
-
- // Set window transparency if the platform supports it
- virtual bool SetTransparent(wxByte WXUNUSED(alpha)) { return false; }
- virtual bool CanSetTransparent() { return false; }
-
-
- // implementation
- // --------------
-
- // event handlers
- void OnSysColourChanged( wxSysColourChangedEvent& event );
- void OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent &event );
- void OnMiddleClick( wxMouseEvent& event );
-#if wxUSE_HELP
- void OnHelp(wxHelpEvent& event);
-#endif // wxUSE_HELP
-
- // virtual function for implementing internal idle
- // behaviour
- virtual void OnInternalIdle();
-
- // Send idle event to window and all subwindows
- // Returns true if more idle time is requested.
- virtual bool SendIdleEvents(wxIdleEvent& event);
-
- // get the handle of the window for the underlying window system: this
- // is only used for wxWin itself or for user code which wants to call
- // platform-specific APIs
- virtual WXWidget GetHandle() const = 0;
- // associate the window with a new native handle
- virtual void AssociateHandle(WXWidget WXUNUSED(handle)) { }
- // dissociate the current native handle from the window
- virtual void DissociateHandle() { }
-
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- // Store the palette used by DCs in wxWindow so that the dcs can share
- // a palette. And we can respond to palette messages.
- wxPalette GetPalette() const { return m_palette; }
-
- // When palette is changed tell the DC to set the system palette to the
- // new one.
- void SetPalette(const wxPalette& pal);
-
- // return true if we have a specific palette
- bool HasCustomPalette() const { return m_hasCustomPalette; }
-
- // return the first parent window with a custom palette or NULL
- wxWindow *GetAncestorWithCustomPalette() const;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
- // inherit the parents visual attributes if they had been explicitly set
- // by the user (i.e. we don't inherit default attributes) and if we don't
- // have our own explicitly set
- virtual void InheritAttributes();
-
- // returns false from here if this window doesn't want to inherit the
- // parents colours even if InheritAttributes() would normally do it
- //
- // this just provides a simple way to customize InheritAttributes()
- // behaviour in the most common case
- virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
-
- // returns true if the window can be positioned outside of parent's client
- // area (normal windows can't, but e.g. menubar or statusbar can):
- virtual bool CanBeOutsideClientArea() const { return false; }
-
- // returns true if the platform should explicitly apply a theme border. Currently
- // used only by Windows
- virtual bool CanApplyThemeBorder() const { return true; }
-
- // returns the main window of composite control; this is the window
- // that FindFocus returns if the focus is in one of composite control's
- // windows
- virtual wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl()
- { return (wxWindow*)this; }
-
- // If this function returns true, keyboard navigation events shouldn't
- // escape from it. A typical example of such "navigation domain" is a top
- // level window because pressing TAB in one of them must not transfer focus
- // to a different top level window. But it's not limited to them, e.g. MDI
- // children frames are not top level windows (and their IsTopLevel()
- // returns false) but still are self-contained navigation domains as well.
- virtual bool IsTopNavigationDomain() const { return false; }
-
-
-protected:
- // helper for the derived class Create() methods: the first overload, with
- // validator parameter, should be used for child windows while the second
- // one is used for top level ones
- bool CreateBase(wxWindowBase *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
- long style = 0,
- const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
- const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr);
-
- bool CreateBase(wxWindowBase *parent,
- wxWindowID winid,
- const wxPoint& pos,
- const wxSize& size,
- long style,
- const wxString& name);
-
- // event handling specific to wxWindow
- virtual bool TryBefore(wxEvent& event);
- virtual bool TryAfter(wxEvent& event);
-
- enum WindowOrder
- {
- OrderBefore, // insert before the given window
- OrderAfter // insert after the given window
- };
-
- // common part of GetPrev/NextSibling()
- wxWindow *DoGetSibling(WindowOrder order) const;
-
- // common part of MoveBefore/AfterInTabOrder()
- virtual void DoMoveInTabOrder(wxWindow *win, WindowOrder move);
-
- // implementation of Navigate() and NavigateIn()
- virtual bool DoNavigateIn(int flags);
-
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
- // satisfy the constraints for the windows but don't set the window sizes
- void SatisfyConstraints();
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
- // Send the wxWindowDestroyEvent if not done yet and sets m_isBeingDeleted
- // to true
- void SendDestroyEvent();
-
- // this method should be implemented to use operating system specific code
- // to really enable/disable the widget, it will only be called when we
- // really need to enable/disable window and so no additional checks on the
- // widgets state are necessary
- virtual void DoEnable(bool WXUNUSED(enable)) { }
-
-
- // the window id - a number which uniquely identifies a window among
- // its siblings unless it is wxID_ANY
- wxWindowIDRef m_windowId;
-
- // the parent window of this window (or NULL) and the list of the children
- // of this window
- wxWindow *m_parent;
- wxWindowList m_children;
-
- // the minimal allowed size for the window (no minimal size if variable(s)
- // contain(s) wxDefaultCoord)
- int m_minWidth,
- m_minHeight,
- m_maxWidth,
- m_maxHeight;
-
- // event handler for this window: usually is just 'this' but may be
- // changed with SetEventHandler()
- wxEvtHandler *m_eventHandler;
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- // associated validator or NULL if none
- wxValidator *m_windowValidator;
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
- wxDropTarget *m_dropTarget;
-#endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
-
- // visual window attributes
- wxCursor m_cursor;
- wxFont m_font; // see m_hasFont
- wxColour m_backgroundColour, // m_hasBgCol
- m_foregroundColour; // m_hasFgCol
-
-#if wxUSE_CARET
- wxCaret *m_caret;
-#endif // wxUSE_CARET
-
- // the region which should be repainted in response to paint event
- wxRegion m_updateRegion;
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCEL
- // the accelerator table for the window which translates key strokes into
- // command events
- wxAcceleratorTable m_acceleratorTable;
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
-
- // the tooltip for this window (may be NULL)
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- wxToolTip *m_tooltip;
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
- // constraints and sizers
-#if wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
- // the constraints for this window or NULL
- wxLayoutConstraints *m_constraints;
-
- // constraints this window is involved in
- wxWindowList *m_constraintsInvolvedIn;
-#endif // wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS
-
- // this window's sizer
- wxSizer *m_windowSizer;
-
- // The sizer this window is a member of, if any
- wxSizer *m_containingSizer;
-
- // Layout() window automatically when its size changes?
- bool m_autoLayout:1;
-
- // window state
- bool m_isShown:1;
- bool m_isEnabled:1;
- bool m_isBeingDeleted:1;
-
- // was the window colours/font explicitly changed by user?
- bool m_hasBgCol:1;
- bool m_hasFgCol:1;
- bool m_hasFont:1;
-
- // and should it be inherited by children?
- bool m_inheritBgCol:1;
- bool m_inheritFgCol:1;
- bool m_inheritFont:1;
-
- // window attributes
- long m_windowStyle,
- m_exStyle;
- wxString m_windowName;
- bool m_themeEnabled;
- wxBackgroundStyle m_backgroundStyle;
-#if wxUSE_PALETTE
- wxPalette m_palette;
- bool m_hasCustomPalette;
-#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
- wxAccessible* m_accessible;
-#endif
-
- // Virtual size (scrolling)
- wxSize m_virtualSize;
-
- wxScrollHelper *m_scrollHelper;
-
- wxWindowVariant m_windowVariant ;
-
- // override this to change the default (i.e. used when no style is
- // specified) border for the window class
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
-
- // this allows you to implement standard control borders without
- // repeating the code in different classes that are not derived from
- // wxControl
- virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorderForControl() const { return wxBORDER_THEME; }
-
- // Get the default size for the new window if no explicit size given. TLWs
- // have their own default size so this is just for non top-level windows.
- static int WidthDefault(int w) { return w == wxDefaultCoord ? 20 : w; }
- static int HeightDefault(int h) { return h == wxDefaultCoord ? 20 : h; }
-
-
- // Used to save the results of DoGetBestSize so it doesn't need to be
- // recalculated each time the value is needed.
- wxSize m_bestSizeCache;
-
- wxDEPRECATED_MSG("use SetInitialSize() instead.")
- void SetBestSize(const wxSize& size);
- wxDEPRECATED_MSG("use SetInitialSize() instead.")
- virtual void SetInitialBestSize(const wxSize& size);
-
-
-
- // more pure virtual functions
- // ---------------------------
-
- // NB: we must have DoSomething() function when Something() is an overloaded
- // method: indeed, we can't just have "virtual Something()" in case when
- // the function is overloaded because then we'd have to make virtual all
- // the variants (otherwise only the virtual function may be called on a
- // pointer to derived class according to C++ rules) which is, in
- // general, absolutely not needed. So instead we implement all
- // overloaded Something()s in terms of DoSomething() which will be the
- // only one to be virtual.
-
- // text extent
- virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
- int *x, int *y,
- int *descent = NULL,
- int *externalLeading = NULL,
- const wxFont *font = NULL) const = 0;
-
- // coordinates translation
- virtual void DoClientToScreen( int *x, int *y ) const = 0;
- virtual void DoScreenToClient( int *x, int *y ) const = 0;
-
- virtual wxHitTest DoHitTest(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) const;
-
- // capture/release the mouse, used by Capture/ReleaseMouse()
- virtual void DoCaptureMouse() = 0;
- virtual void DoReleaseMouse() = 0;
-
- // retrieve the position/size of the window
- virtual void DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const = 0;
- virtual void DoGetScreenPosition(int *x, int *y) const;
- virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0;
- virtual void DoGetClientSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0;
-
- // get the size which best suits the window: for a control, it would be
- // the minimal size which doesn't truncate the control, for a panel - the
- // same size as it would have after a call to Fit()
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
-
- // this method can be overridden instead of DoGetBestSize() if it computes
- // the best size of the client area of the window only, excluding borders
- // (GetBorderSize() will be used to add them)
- virtual wxSize DoGetBestClientSize() const { return wxDefaultSize; }
-
- // These two methods can be overridden to implement intelligent
- // width-for-height and/or height-for-width best size determination for the
- // window. By default the fixed best size is used.
- virtual int DoGetBestClientHeight(int WXUNUSED(width)) const
- { return wxDefaultCoord; }
- virtual int DoGetBestClientWidth(int WXUNUSED(height)) const
- { return wxDefaultCoord; }
-
- // this is the virtual function to be overridden in any derived class which
- // wants to change how SetSize() or Move() works - it is called by all
- // versions of these functions in the base class
- virtual void DoSetSize(int x, int y,
- int width, int height,
- int sizeFlags = wxSIZE_AUTO) = 0;
-
- // same as DoSetSize() for the client size
- virtual void DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoSetSizeHints( int minW, int minH,
- int maxW, int maxH,
- int incW, int incH );
-
- // return the total size of the window borders, i.e. the sum of the widths
- // of the left and the right border in the x component of the returned size
- // and the sum of the heights of the top and bottom borders in the y one
- //
- // NB: this is currently only implemented properly for wxMSW, wxGTK and
- // wxUniv and doesn't behave correctly in the presence of scrollbars in
- // the other ports
- virtual wxSize DoGetBorderSize() const;
-
- // move the window to the specified location and resize it: this is called
- // from both DoSetSize() and DoSetClientSize() and would usually just
- // reposition this window except for composite controls which will want to
- // arrange themselves inside the given rectangle
- //
- // Important note: the coordinates passed to this method are in parent's
- // *window* coordinates and not parent's client coordinates (as the values
- // passed to DoSetSize and returned by DoGetPosition are)!
- virtual void DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) = 0;
-
- // centre the window in the specified direction on parent, note that
- // wxCENTRE_ON_SCREEN shouldn't be specified here, it only makes sense for
- // TLWs
- virtual void DoCentre(int dir);
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- virtual bool DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) = 0;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // Makes an adjustment to the window position to make it relative to the
- // parents client area, e.g. if the parent is a frame with a toolbar, its
- // (0, 0) is just below the toolbar
- virtual void AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& x, int& y,
- int sizeFlags = 0) const;
-
- // implements the window variants
- virtual void DoSetWindowVariant( wxWindowVariant variant ) ;
-
-
- // really freeze/thaw the window (should have port-specific implementation)
- virtual void DoFreeze() { }
- virtual void DoThaw() { }
-
-
- // Must be called when mouse capture is lost to send
- // wxMouseCaptureLostEvent to windows on capture stack.
- static void NotifyCaptureLost();
-
-private:
- // recursively call our own and our children DoEnable() when the
- // enabled/disabled status changed because a parent window had been
- // enabled/disabled
- void NotifyWindowOnEnableChange(bool enabled);
-
-#if wxUSE_MENUS
- // temporary event handlers used by GetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser()
- void InternalOnPopupMenu(wxCommandEvent& event);
- void InternalOnPopupMenuUpdate(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
-
- // implementation of the public GetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser() method
- int DoGetPopupMenuSelectionFromUser(wxMenu& menu, int x, int y);
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
-
- // layout the window children when its size changes unless this was
- // explicitly disabled with SetAutoLayout(false)
- void InternalOnSize(wxSizeEvent& event);
-
- // base for dialog unit conversion, i.e. average character size
- wxSize GetDlgUnitBase() const;
-
-
- // number of Freeze() calls minus the number of Thaw() calls: we're frozen
- // (i.e. not being updated) if it is positive
- unsigned int m_freezeCount;
-
-
- DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowBase)
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowBase);
- DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
-};
-
-
-
-// Inlines for some deprecated methods
-inline wxSize wxWindowBase::GetBestFittingSize() const
-{
- return GetEffectiveMinSize();
-}
-
-inline void wxWindowBase::SetBestFittingSize(const wxSize& size)
-{
- SetInitialSize(size);
-}
-
-inline void wxWindowBase::SetBestSize(const wxSize& size)
-{
- SetInitialSize(size);
-}
-
-inline void wxWindowBase::SetInitialBestSize(const wxSize& size)
-{
- SetInitialSize(size);
-}
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// now include the declaration of wxWindow class
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// include the declaration of the platform-specific class
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #define wxWindowNative wxWindowMSW
- #else // !wxUniv
- #define wxWindowMSW wxWindow
- #endif // wxUniv/!wxUniv
- #include "wx/msw/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
- #include "wx/motif/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
- #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #define wxWindowNative wxWindowGTK
- #else // !wxUniv
- #define wxWindowGTK wxWindow
- #endif // wxUniv
- #include "wx/gtk/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
- #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #define wxWindowNative wxWindowGTK
- #else // !wxUniv
- #define wxWindowGTK wxWindow
- #endif // wxUniv
- #include "wx/gtk1/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXX11__)
- #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #define wxWindowNative wxWindowX11
- #else // !wxUniv
- #define wxWindowX11 wxWindow
- #endif // wxUniv
- #include "wx/x11/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
- #define wxWindowNative wxWindowDFB
- #include "wx/dfb/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
- #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #define wxWindowNative wxWindowMac
- #else // !wxUniv
- #define wxWindowMac wxWindow
- #endif // wxUniv
- #include "wx/osx/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
- #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #define wxWindowNative wxWindowCocoa
- #else // !wxUniv
- #define wxWindowCocoa wxWindow
- #endif // wxUniv
- #include "wx/cocoa/window.h"
-#elif defined(__WXPM__)
- #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
- #define wxWindowNative wxWindowOS2
- #else // !wxUniv
- #define wxWindowOS2 wxWindow
- #endif // wxUniv/!wxUniv
- #include "wx/os2/window.h"
-#endif
-
-// for wxUniversal, we now derive the real wxWindow from wxWindow<platform>,
-// for the native ports we already have defined it above
-#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
- #ifndef wxWindowNative
- #error "wxWindowNative must be defined above!"
- #endif
-
- #include "wx/univ/window.h"
-#endif // wxUniv
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// inline functions which couldn't be declared in the class body because of
-// forward dependencies
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetGrandParent() const
-{
- return m_parent ? m_parent->GetParent() : NULL;
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// global functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, also returning the mouse
-// position.
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt);
-
-// Get the current mouse position.
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPoint wxGetMousePosition();
-
-// get the currently active window of this application or NULL
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow();
-
-// get the (first) top level parent window
-WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindow* wxGetTopLevelParent(wxWindow *win);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- wxDEPRECATED_MSG("use wxWindow::NewControlId() instead")
- inline wxWindowID NewControlId() { return wxWindowBase::NewControlId(); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
-
-#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// accessible object for windows
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowAccessible: public wxAccessible
-{
-public:
- wxWindowAccessible(wxWindow* win): wxAccessible(win) { if (win) win->SetAccessible(this); }
- virtual ~wxWindowAccessible() {}
-
-// Overridables
-
- // Can return either a child object, or an integer
- // representing the child element, starting from 1.
- virtual wxAccStatus HitTest(const wxPoint& pt, int* childId, wxAccessible** childObject);
-
- // Returns the rectangle for this object (id = 0) or a child element (id > 0).
- virtual wxAccStatus GetLocation(wxRect& rect, int elementId);
-
- // Navigates from fromId to toId/toObject.
- virtual wxAccStatus Navigate(wxNavDir navDir, int fromId,
- int* toId, wxAccessible** toObject);
-
- // Gets the name of the specified object.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetName(int childId, wxString* name);
-
- // Gets the number of children.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetChildCount(int* childCount);
-
- // Gets the specified child (starting from 1).
- // If *child is NULL and return value is wxACC_OK,
- // this means that the child is a simple element and
- // not an accessible object.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetChild(int childId, wxAccessible** child);
-
- // Gets the parent, or NULL.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetParent(wxAccessible** parent);
-
- // Performs the default action. childId is 0 (the action for this object)
- // or > 0 (the action for a child).
- // Return wxACC_NOT_SUPPORTED if there is no default action for this
- // window (e.g. an edit control).
- virtual wxAccStatus DoDefaultAction(int childId);
-
- // Gets the default action for this object (0) or > 0 (the action for a child).
- // Return wxACC_OK even if there is no action. actionName is the action, or the empty
- // string if there is no action.
- // The retrieved string describes the action that is performed on an object,
- // not what the object does as a result. For example, a toolbar button that prints
- // a document has a default action of "Press" rather than "Prints the current document."
- virtual wxAccStatus GetDefaultAction(int childId, wxString* actionName);
-
- // Returns the description for this object or a child.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetDescription(int childId, wxString* description);
-
- // Returns help text for this object or a child, similar to tooltip text.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetHelpText(int childId, wxString* helpText);
-
- // Returns the keyboard shortcut for this object or child.
- // Return e.g. ALT+K
- virtual wxAccStatus GetKeyboardShortcut(int childId, wxString* shortcut);
-
- // Returns a role constant.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetRole(int childId, wxAccRole* role);
-
- // Returns a state constant.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetState(int childId, long* state);
-
- // Returns a localized string representing the value for the object
- // or child.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetValue(int childId, wxString* strValue);
-
- // Selects the object or child.
- virtual wxAccStatus Select(int childId, wxAccSelectionFlags selectFlags);
-
- // Gets the window with the keyboard focus.
- // If childId is 0 and child is NULL, no object in
- // this subhierarchy has the focus.
- // If this object has the focus, child should be 'this'.
- virtual wxAccStatus GetFocus(int* childId, wxAccessible** child);
-
-#if wxUSE_VARIANT
- // Gets a variant representing the selected children
- // of this object.
- // Acceptable values:
- // - a null variant (IsNull() returns true)
- // - a list variant (GetType() == wxT("list")
- // - an integer representing the selected child element,
- // or 0 if this object is selected (GetType() == wxT("long")
- // - a "void*" pointer to a wxAccessible child object
- virtual wxAccStatus GetSelections(wxVariant* selections);
-#endif // wxUSE_VARIANT
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
-
-
-#endif // _WX_WINDOW_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/windowid.h
-// Purpose: wxWindowID class - a class for managing window ids
-// Author: Brian Vanderburg II
-// Created: 2007-09-21
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Brian Vanderburg II
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WINDOWID_H_
-#define _WX_WINDOWID_H_
-
-// NB: do not include defs.h as we are included from it
-
-typedef int wxWindowID;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowIDRef: reference counted id value
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// A wxWindowIDRef object wraps an id value and marks it as (un)used as
-// necessary. All ids returned from wxWindow::NewControlId() should be assigned
-// to an instance of this class to ensure that the id is marked as being in
-// use.
-//
-// This class is always defined but it is trivial if wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT is
-// off.
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowIDRef
-{
-public:
- // default ctor
- wxWindowIDRef()
- {
- m_id = wxID_NONE;
- }
-
- // ctor taking id values
- wxWindowIDRef(int id)
- {
- Init(id);
- }
-
- wxWindowIDRef(long id)
- {
- Init(wxWindowID(id));
- }
-
- wxWindowIDRef(const wxWindowIDRef& id)
- {
- Init(id.m_id);
- }
-
- // dtor
- ~wxWindowIDRef()
- {
- Assign(wxID_NONE);
- }
-
- // assignment
- wxWindowIDRef& operator=(int id)
- {
- Assign(id);
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxWindowIDRef& operator=(long id)
- {
- Assign(wxWindowID(id));
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxWindowIDRef& operator=(const wxWindowIDRef& id)
- {
- if (&id != this)
- Assign(id.m_id);
- return *this;
- }
-
- // access to the stored id value
- wxWindowID GetValue() const
- {
- return m_id;
- }
-
- operator wxWindowID() const
- {
- return m_id;
- }
-
-private:
-#if wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT
- // common part of all ctors: call Assign() for our new id
- void Init(wxWindowID id)
- {
- // m_id must be initialized before calling Assign()
- m_id = wxID_NONE;
- Assign(id);
- }
-
- // increase reference count of id, decrease the one of m_id
- void Assign(wxWindowID id);
-#else // !wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT
- // trivial stubs for the functions above
- void Init(wxWindowID id)
- {
- m_id = id;
- }
-
- void Assign(wxWindowID id)
- {
- m_id = id;
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT/!wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT
-
-
- wxWindowID m_id;
-};
-
-// comparison operators
-inline bool operator==(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs)
-{
- return lhs.GetValue() == rhs.GetValue();
-}
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, int rhs)
-{
- return lhs.GetValue() == rhs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator==(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, long rhs)
-{
- return lhs.GetValue() == rhs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator==(int lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs)
-{
- return rhs == lhs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator==(long lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs)
-{
- return rhs == lhs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs)
-{
- return !(lhs == rhs);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, int rhs)
-{
- return !(lhs == rhs);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(const wxWindowIDRef& lhs, long rhs)
-{
- return !(lhs == rhs);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(int lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs)
-{
- return !(lhs == rhs);
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=(long lhs, const wxWindowIDRef& rhs)
-{
- return !(lhs == rhs);
-}
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIdManager
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxIdManager
-{
-public:
- // This returns an id value and not an wxWindowIDRef. The returned value
- // should be assigned a.s.a.p to a wxWindowIDRef. The IDs are marked as
- // reserved so that another call to ReserveId before assigning the id to a
- // wxWindowIDRef will not use the same ID
- static wxWindowID ReserveId(int count = 1);
-
- // This will release an unused reserved ID. This should only be called
- // if the ID returned by ReserveId was NOT assigned to a wxWindowIDRef
- // for some purpose, maybe an early return from a function
- static void UnreserveId(wxWindowID id, int count = 1);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_WINDOWID_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/windowptr.h
-// Purpose: smart pointer for holding wxWindow instances
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2013-09-01
-// Copyright: (c) 2013 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WINDOWPTR_H_
-#define _WX_WINDOWPTR_H_
-
-#include "wx/sharedptr.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowPtr: A smart pointer with correct wxWindow destruction.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-namespace wxPrivate
-{
-
-struct wxWindowDeleter
-{
- void operator()(wxWindow *win)
- {
- win->Destroy();
- }
-};
-
-} // namespace wxPrivate
-
-template<typename T>
-class wxWindowPtr : public wxSharedPtr<T>
-{
-public:
- typedef T element_type;
-
- wxEXPLICIT wxWindowPtr(element_type* win)
- : wxSharedPtr<T>(win, wxPrivate::wxWindowDeleter())
- {
- }
-
- wxWindowPtr() {}
- wxWindowPtr(const wxWindowPtr& tocopy) : wxSharedPtr<T>(tocopy) {}
-
- wxWindowPtr& operator=(const wxWindowPtr& tocopy)
- {
- wxSharedPtr<T>::operator=(tocopy);
- return *this;
- }
-
- wxWindowPtr& operator=(element_type* win)
- {
- return operator=(wxWindowPtr(win));
- }
-
- void reset(T* ptr = NULL)
- {
- wxSharedPtr<T>::reset(ptr, wxPrivate::wxWindowDeleter());
- }
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_WINDOWPTR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/withimages.h
-// Purpose: Declaration of a simple wxWithImages class.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-08-17
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WITHIMAGES_H_
-#define _WX_WITHIMAGES_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/imaglist.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWithImages: mix-in class providing access to wxImageList.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWithImages
-{
-public:
- enum
- {
- NO_IMAGE = -1
- };
-
- wxWithImages()
- {
- m_imageList = NULL;
- m_ownsImageList = false;
- }
-
- virtual ~wxWithImages()
- {
- FreeIfNeeded();
- }
-
- // Sets the image list to use, it is *not* deleted by the control.
- virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList* imageList)
- {
- FreeIfNeeded();
- m_imageList = imageList;
- }
-
- // As SetImageList() but we will delete the image list ourselves.
- void AssignImageList(wxImageList* imageList)
- {
- SetImageList(imageList);
- m_ownsImageList = true;
- }
-
- // Get pointer (may be NULL) to the associated image list.
- wxImageList* GetImageList() const { return m_imageList; }
-
-protected:
- // Return true if we have a valid image list.
- bool HasImageList() const { return m_imageList != NULL; }
-
- // Return the image with the given index from the image list.
- //
- // If there is no image list or if index == NO_IMAGE, silently returns
- // wxNullIcon.
- wxIcon GetImage(int iconIndex) const
- {
- return m_imageList && iconIndex != NO_IMAGE
- ? m_imageList->GetIcon(iconIndex)
- : wxNullIcon;
- }
-
-private:
- // Free the image list if necessary, i.e. if we own it.
- void FreeIfNeeded()
- {
- if ( m_ownsImageList )
- {
- delete m_imageList;
- m_imageList = NULL;
-
- // We don't own it any more.
- m_ownsImageList = false;
- }
- }
-
-
- // The associated image list or NULL.
- wxImageList* m_imageList;
-
- // False by default, if true then we delete m_imageList.
- bool m_ownsImageList;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWithImages);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_WITHIMAGES_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wizard.h
-// Purpose: wxWizard class: a GUI control presenting the user with a
-// sequence of dialogs which allows to simply perform some task
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin (partly based on work by Ron Kuris and Kevin B.
-// Smith)
-// Modified by: Robert Cavanaugh
-// Added capability to use .WXR resource files in Wizard pages
-// Added wxWIZARD_HELP event
-// Robert Vazan (sizers)
-// Created: 15.08.99
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WIZARD_H_
-#define _WX_WIZARD_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_WIZARDDLG
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers and other simple declarations
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/dialog.h" // the base class
-#include "wx/panel.h" // ditto
-#include "wx/event.h" // wxEVT_XXX constants
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-
-// Extended style to specify a help button
-#define wxWIZARD_EX_HELPBUTTON 0x00000010
-
-// Placement flags
-#define wxWIZARD_VALIGN_TOP 0x01
-#define wxWIZARD_VALIGN_CENTRE 0x02
-#define wxWIZARD_VALIGN_BOTTOM 0x04
-#define wxWIZARD_HALIGN_LEFT 0x08
-#define wxWIZARD_HALIGN_CENTRE 0x10
-#define wxWIZARD_HALIGN_RIGHT 0x20
-#define wxWIZARD_TILE 0x40
-
-// forward declarations
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizard;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWizardPage is one of the wizards screen: it must know what are the
-// following and preceding pages (which may be NULL for the first/last page).
-//
-// Other than GetNext/Prev() functions, wxWizardPage is just a panel and may be
-// used as such (i.e. controls may be placed directly on it &c).
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardPage : public wxPanel
-{
-public:
- wxWizardPage() { Init(); }
-
- // ctor accepts an optional bitmap which will be used for this page instead
- // of the default one for this wizard (should be of the same size). Notice
- // that no other parameters are needed because the wizard will resize and
- // reposition the page anyhow
- wxWizardPage(wxWizard *parent,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap);
-
- bool Create(wxWizard *parent,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap);
-
- // these functions are used by the wizard to show another page when the
- // user chooses "Back" or "Next" button
- virtual wxWizardPage *GetPrev() const = 0;
- virtual wxWizardPage *GetNext() const = 0;
-
- // default GetBitmap() will just return m_bitmap which is ok in 99% of
- // cases - override this method if you want to create the bitmap to be used
- // dynamically or to do something even more fancy. It's ok to return
- // wxNullBitmap from here - the default one will be used then.
- virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- // Override the base functions to allow a validator to be assigned to this page.
- virtual bool TransferDataToWindow()
- {
- return GetValidator() ? GetValidator()->TransferToWindow()
- : wxPanel::TransferDataToWindow();
- }
-
- virtual bool TransferDataFromWindow()
- {
- return GetValidator() ? GetValidator()->TransferFromWindow()
- : wxPanel::TransferDataFromWindow();
- }
-
- virtual bool Validate()
- {
- return GetValidator() ? GetValidator()->Validate(this)
- : wxPanel::Validate();
- }
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-protected:
- // common part of ctors:
- void Init();
-
- wxBitmap m_bitmap;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWizardPage)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWizardPageSimple just returns the pointers given to the ctor and is useful
-// to create a simple wizard where the order of pages never changes.
-//
-// OTOH, it is also possible to dynamically decide which page to return (i.e.
-// depending on the user's choices) as the wizard sample shows - in order to do
-// this, you must derive from wxWizardPage directly.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardPageSimple : public wxWizardPage
-{
-public:
- wxWizardPageSimple() { Init(); }
-
- // ctor takes the previous and next pages
- wxWizardPageSimple(wxWizard *parent,
- wxWizardPage *prev = NULL,
- wxWizardPage *next = NULL,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap)
- {
- Create(parent, prev, next, bitmap);
- }
-
- bool Create(wxWizard *parent = NULL, // let it be default ctor too
- wxWizardPage *prev = NULL,
- wxWizardPage *next = NULL,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap)
- {
- m_prev = prev;
- m_next = next;
- return wxWizardPage::Create(parent, bitmap);
- }
-
- // the pointers may be also set later - but before starting the wizard
- void SetPrev(wxWizardPage *prev) { m_prev = prev; }
- void SetNext(wxWizardPage *next) { m_next = next; }
-
- // Convenience functions to make the pages follow each other without having
- // to call their SetPrev() or SetNext() explicitly.
- wxWizardPageSimple& Chain(wxWizardPageSimple* next)
- {
- SetNext(next);
- next->SetPrev(this);
- return *next;
- }
-
- static void Chain(wxWizardPageSimple *first, wxWizardPageSimple *second)
- {
- wxCHECK_RET( first && second,
- wxT("NULL passed to wxWizardPageSimple::Chain") );
-
- first->SetNext(second);
- second->SetPrev(first);
- }
-
- // base class pure virtuals
- virtual wxWizardPage *GetPrev() const;
- virtual wxWizardPage *GetNext() const;
-
-private:
- // common part of ctors:
- void Init()
- {
- m_prev = m_next = NULL;
- }
-
- // pointers are private, the derived classes shouldn't mess with them -
- // just derive from wxWizardPage directly to implement different behaviour
- wxWizardPage *m_prev,
- *m_next;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWizardPageSimple)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWizard
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardBase : public wxDialog
-{
-public:
- /*
- The derived class (i.e. the real wxWizard) has a ctor and Create()
- function taking the following arguments:
-
- wxWizard(wxWindow *parent,
- int id = wxID_ANY,
- const wxString& title = wxEmptyString,
- const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap,
- const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
- long style = wxDEFAULT_DIALOG_STYLE);
- */
- wxWizardBase() { }
-
- // executes the wizard starting from the given page, returns true if it was
- // successfully finished, false if user cancelled it
- virtual bool RunWizard(wxWizardPage *firstPage) = 0;
-
- // get the current page (NULL if RunWizard() isn't running)
- virtual wxWizardPage *GetCurrentPage() const = 0;
-
- // set the min size which should be available for the pages: a
- // wizard will take into account the size of the bitmap (if any)
- // itself and will never be less than some predefined fixed size
- virtual void SetPageSize(const wxSize& size) = 0;
-
- // get the size available for the page
- virtual wxSize GetPageSize() const = 0;
-
- // set the best size for the wizard, i.e. make it big enough to contain all
- // of the pages starting from the given one
- //
- // this function may be called several times and possible with different
- // pages in which case it will only increase the page size if needed (this
- // may be useful if not all pages are accessible from the first one by
- // default)
- virtual void FitToPage(const wxWizardPage *firstPage) = 0;
-
- // Adding pages to page area sizer enlarges wizard
- virtual wxSizer *GetPageAreaSizer() const = 0;
-
- // Set border around page area. Default is 0 if you add at least one
- // page to GetPageAreaSizer and 5 if you don't.
- virtual void SetBorder(int border) = 0;
-
- // the methods below may be overridden by the derived classes to provide
- // custom logic for determining the pages order
-
- virtual bool HasNextPage(wxWizardPage *page)
- { return page->GetNext() != NULL; }
-
- virtual bool HasPrevPage(wxWizardPage *page)
- { return page->GetPrev() != NULL; }
-
- /// Override these functions to stop InitDialog from calling TransferDataToWindow
- /// for _all_ pages when the wizard starts. Instead 'ShowPage' will call
- /// TransferDataToWindow for the first page only.
- bool TransferDataToWindow() { return true; }
- bool TransferDataFromWindow() { return true; }
- bool Validate() { return true; }
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWizardBase);
-};
-
-// include the real class declaration
-#include "wx/generic/wizard.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWizardEvent class represents an event generated by the wizard: this event
-// is first sent to the page itself and, if not processed there, goes up the
-// window hierarchy as usual
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxWizardEvent : public wxNotifyEvent
-{
-public:
- wxWizardEvent(wxEventType type = wxEVT_NULL,
- int id = wxID_ANY,
- bool direction = true,
- wxWizardPage* page = NULL);
-
- // for EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING, return true if we're going forward or
- // false otherwise and for EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED return true if we came
- // from the previous page and false if we returned from the next one
- // (this function doesn't make sense for CANCEL events)
- bool GetDirection() const { return m_direction; }
-
- wxWizardPage* GetPage() const { return m_page; }
-
- virtual wxEvent *Clone() const { return new wxWizardEvent(*this); }
-
-private:
- bool m_direction;
- wxWizardPage* m_page;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxWizardEvent)
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// macros for handling wxWizardEvents
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED, wxWizardEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING, wxWizardEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_CANCEL, wxWizardEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_HELP, wxWizardEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_FINISHED, wxWizardEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_PAGE_SHOWN, wxWizardEvent );
-wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV, wxEVT_WIZARD_BEFORE_PAGE_CHANGED, wxWizardEvent );
-
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxWizardEventFunction)(wxWizardEvent&);
-
-#define wxWizardEventHandler(func) \
- wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxWizardEventFunction, func)
-
-#define wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(evt, id, fn) \
- wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_WIZARD_ ## evt, id, wxWizardEventHandler(fn))
-
-// notifies that the page has just been changed (can't be vetoed)
-#define EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(PAGE_CHANGED, id, fn)
-
-// the user pressed "<Back" or "Next>" button and the page is going to be
-// changed - unless the event handler vetoes the event
-#define EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_CHANGING(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(PAGE_CHANGING, id, fn)
-
-// Called before GetNext/GetPrev is called, so that the handler can change state that will be
-// used when GetNext/GetPrev is called. PAGE_CHANGING is called too late to influence GetNext/GetPrev.
-#define EVT_WIZARD_BEFORE_PAGE_CHANGED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(BEFORE_PAGE_CHANGED, id, fn)
-
-// the user pressed "Cancel" button and the wizard is going to be dismissed -
-// unless the event handler vetoes the event
-#define EVT_WIZARD_CANCEL(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(CANCEL, id, fn)
-
-// the user pressed "Finish" button and the wizard is going to be dismissed -
-#define EVT_WIZARD_FINISHED(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(FINISHED, id, fn)
-
-// the user pressed "Help" button
-#define EVT_WIZARD_HELP(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(HELP, id, fn)
-
-// the page was just shown and laid out
-#define EVT_WIZARD_PAGE_SHOWN(id, fn) wx__DECLARE_WIZARDEVT(PAGE_SHOWN, id, fn)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_WIZARDDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_WIZARD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wrapsizer.h
-// Purpose: provide wrapping sizer for layout (wxWrapSizer)
-// Author: Arne Steinarson
-// Created: 2008-05-08
-// Copyright: (c) Arne Steinarson
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WRAPSIZER_H_
-#define _WX_WRAPSIZER_H_
-
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-
-// flags for wxWrapSizer
-enum
-{
- wxEXTEND_LAST_ON_EACH_LINE = 1,
- // don't leave spacers in the beginning of a new row
- wxREMOVE_LEADING_SPACES = 2,
-
- wxWRAPSIZER_DEFAULT_FLAGS = wxEXTEND_LAST_ON_EACH_LINE |
- wxREMOVE_LEADING_SPACES
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// A box sizer that can wrap items on several lines when sum of widths exceed
-// available line width.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLEXPORT wxWrapSizer : public wxBoxSizer
-{
-public:
- wxWrapSizer(int orient = wxHORIZONTAL, int flags = wxWRAPSIZER_DEFAULT_FLAGS);
- virtual ~wxWrapSizer();
-
- // override base class virtual methods
- virtual wxSize CalcMin();
- virtual void RecalcSizes();
-
- virtual bool InformFirstDirection(int direction,
- int size,
- int availableOtherDir);
-
-protected:
- // This method is called to decide if an item represents empty space or
- // not. We do this to avoid having space-only items first or last on a
- // wrapped line (left alignment).
- //
- // By default only spacers are considered to be empty items but a derived
- // class may override this item if some other kind of sizer elements should
- // be also considered empty for some reason.
- virtual bool IsSpaceItem(wxSizerItem *item) const
- {
- return item->IsSpacer();
- }
-
- // helpers of CalcMin()
- void CalcMinFromMinor(int totMinor);
- void CalcMinFromMajor(int totMajor);
- void CalcMinUsingCurrentLayout();
- void CalcMinFittingSize(const wxSize& szBoundary);
- void CalcMaxSingleItemSize();
-
- // temporarily change the proportion of the last item of the N-th row to
- // extend to the end of line if the appropriate flag is set
- void AdjustLastRowItemProp(size_t n, wxSizerItem *itemLast);
-
- // remove all the items from m_rows
- void ClearRows();
-
- // return the N-th row sizer from m_rows creating it if necessary
- wxSizer *GetRowSizer(size_t n);
-
- // should be called after completion of each row
- void FinishRow(size_t n, int rowMajor, int rowMinor, wxSizerItem *itemLast);
-
-
- const int m_flags; // Flags specified in the ctor
-
- int m_dirInform; // Direction for size information
- int m_availSize; // Size available in m_dirInform direction
- int m_availableOtherDir; // Size available in the other direction
- bool m_lastUsed; // Indicates whether value from InformFirst... has
- // been used yet
-
- // The sizes below are computed by RecalcSizes(), i.e. they don't have
- // valid values during the initial call to CalcMin() and they are only
- // valid for the current layout (i.e. the current number of rows)
- int m_minSizeMinor; // Min size in minor direction
- int m_maxSizeMajor; // Size of longest row
- int m_minItemMajor; // Size of smallest item in major direction
-
- wxBoxSizer m_rows; // Sizer containing multiple rows of our items
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxWrapSizer)
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_WRAPSIZER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wupdlock.h
-// Purpose: wxWindowUpdateLocker prevents window redrawing
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2006-03-06
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WUPDLOCK_H_
-#define _WX_WUPDLOCK_H_
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindowUpdateLocker prevents updates to the window during its lifetime
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class wxWindowUpdateLocker
-{
-public:
- // create an object preventing updates of the given window (which must have
- // a lifetime at least as great as ours)
- wxWindowUpdateLocker(wxWindow *win) : m_win(win) { win->Freeze(); }
-
- // dtor thaws the window to permit updates again
- ~wxWindowUpdateLocker() { m_win->Thaw(); }
-
-private:
- wxWindow *m_win;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxWindowUpdateLocker);
-};
-
-#endif // _WX_WUPDLOCK_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wx.h
-// Purpose: wxWidgets central header including the most often used ones
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WX_H_
-#define _WX_WX_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/hash.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-#include "wx/event.h"
-#include "wx/app.h"
-#include "wx/utils.h"
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/memory.h"
-#include "wx/math.h"
-#include "wx/stopwatch.h"
-#include "wx/timer.h"
-#include "wx/module.h"
-#include "wx/wxcrt.h"
-#include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_GUI
-
-#include "wx/window.h"
-#include "wx/containr.h"
-#include "wx/panel.h"
-#include "wx/toplevel.h"
-#include "wx/frame.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
-#include "wx/region.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/image.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/font.h"
-#include "wx/dc.h"
-#include "wx/dcclient.h"
-#include "wx/dcmemory.h"
-#include "wx/dcprint.h"
-#include "wx/dcscreen.h"
-#include "wx/button.h"
-#include "wx/menuitem.h"
-#include "wx/menu.h"
-#include "wx/pen.h"
-#include "wx/brush.h"
-#include "wx/palette.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/cursor.h"
-#include "wx/dialog.h"
-#include "wx/settings.h"
-#include "wx/msgdlg.h"
-#include "wx/dataobj.h"
-
-#include "wx/control.h"
-#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
-#include "wx/bmpbuttn.h"
-#include "wx/checkbox.h"
-#include "wx/checklst.h"
-#include "wx/choice.h"
-#include "wx/scrolbar.h"
-#include "wx/stattext.h"
-#include "wx/statbmp.h"
-#include "wx/statbox.h"
-#include "wx/listbox.h"
-#include "wx/radiobox.h"
-#include "wx/radiobut.h"
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
-#include "wx/slider.h"
-#include "wx/gauge.h"
-#include "wx/scrolwin.h"
-#include "wx/dirdlg.h"
-#include "wx/toolbar.h"
-#include "wx/combobox.h"
-#include "wx/layout.h"
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-#include "wx/statusbr.h"
-#include "wx/choicdlg.h"
-#include "wx/textdlg.h"
-#include "wx/filedlg.h"
-
-// this one is included by exactly one file (mdi.cpp) during wx build so even
-// although we keep it here for the library users, don't include it to avoid
-// bloating the PCH and (worse) rebuilding the entire library when it changes
-// when building the library itself
-#ifndef WXBUILDING
- #include "wx/mdi.h"
-#endif
-
-// always include, even if !wxUSE_VALIDATORS because we need wxDefaultValidator
-#include "wx/validate.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
- #include "wx/valtext.h"
-#endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
-
-#endif // wxUSE_GUI
-
-#endif // _WX_WX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wxchar.h
-// Purpose: Declarations common to wx char/wchar_t usage (wide chars)
-// Author: Joel Farley, Ove KÃ¥ven
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee
-// Created: 1998/06/12
-// Copyright: (c) 1998-2006 wxWidgets dev team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXCHAR_H_
-#define _WX_WXCHAR_H_
-
-// This header used to define CRT functions wrappers in wxWidgets 2.8. This is
-// now done in (headers included by) wx/crt.h, so include it for compatibility:
-#include "wx/crt.h"
-
-#endif /* _WX_WXCHAR_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wxcrt.h
-// Purpose: Type-safe ANSI and Unicode builds compatible wrappers for
-// CRT functions
-// Author: Joel Farley, Ove Kaaven
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee, Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 1998/06/12
-// Copyright: (c) 1998-2006 wxWidgets dev team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXCRT_H_
-#define _WX_WXCRT_H_
-
-#include "wx/wxcrtbase.h"
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-#ifndef __WX_SETUP_H__
-// For non-configure builds assume vsscanf is available, if not Visual C or DMC
-#if !defined (__VISUALC__) && !defined (__DMC__)
- #define HAVE_VSSCANF 1
-#endif
-#endif
-
-// ============================================================================
-// misc functions
-// ============================================================================
-
-/* checks whether the passed in pointer is NULL and if the string is empty */
-inline bool wxIsEmpty(const char *s) { return !s || !*s; }
-inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wchar_t *s) { return !s || !*s; }
-inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) { return wxIsEmpty(s.data()); }
-inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) { return wxIsEmpty(s.data()); }
-inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wxString& s) { return s.empty(); }
-inline bool wxIsEmpty(const wxCStrData& s) { return s.AsString().empty(); }
-
-
-
-/* multibyte to wide char conversion functions and macros */
-
-/* multibyte<->widechar conversion */
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxMB2WC(wchar_t *buf, const char *psz, size_t n);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxWC2MB(char *buf, const wchar_t *psz, size_t n);
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxMB2WX wxMB2WC
- #define wxWX2MB wxWC2MB
- #define wxWC2WX wxStrncpy
- #define wxWX2WC wxStrncpy
-#else
- #define wxMB2WX wxStrncpy
- #define wxWX2MB wxStrncpy
- #define wxWC2WX wxWC2MB
- #define wxWX2WC wxMB2WC
-#endif
-
-
-// RN: We could do the usual tricky compiler detection here,
-// and use their variant (such as wmemchr, etc.). The problem
-// is that these functions are quite rare, even though they are
-// part of the current POSIX standard. In addition, most compilers
-// (including even MSC) inline them just like we do right in their
-// headers.
-//
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- //implement our own wmem variants
- inline wxChar* wxTmemchr(const wxChar* s, wxChar c, size_t l)
- {
- for(;l && *s != c;--l, ++s) {}
-
- if(l)
- return const_cast<wxChar*>(s);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- inline int wxTmemcmp(const wxChar* sz1, const wxChar* sz2, size_t len)
- {
- for(; *sz1 == *sz2 && len; --len, ++sz1, ++sz2) {}
-
- if(len)
- return *sz1 < *sz2 ? -1 : *sz1 > *sz2;
- else
- return 0;
- }
-
- inline wxChar* wxTmemcpy(wxChar* szOut, const wxChar* szIn, size_t len)
- {
- return (wxChar*) memcpy(szOut, szIn, len * sizeof(wxChar));
- }
-
- inline wxChar* wxTmemmove(wxChar* szOut, const wxChar* szIn, size_t len)
- {
- return (wxChar*) memmove(szOut, szIn, len * sizeof(wxChar));
- }
-
- inline wxChar* wxTmemset(wxChar* szOut, const wxChar cIn, size_t len)
- {
- wxChar* szRet = szOut;
-
- while (len--)
- *szOut++ = cIn;
-
- return szRet;
- }
-#endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE */
-
-// provide trivial wrappers for char* versions for both ANSI and Unicode builds
-// (notice that these intentionally return "char *" and not "void *" unlike the
-// standard memxxx() for symmetry with the wide char versions):
-inline char* wxTmemchr(const char* s, char c, size_t len)
- { return (char*)memchr(s, c, len); }
-inline int wxTmemcmp(const char* sz1, const char* sz2, size_t len)
- { return memcmp(sz1, sz2, len); }
-inline char* wxTmemcpy(char* szOut, const char* szIn, size_t len)
- { return (char*)memcpy(szOut, szIn, len); }
-inline char* wxTmemmove(char* szOut, const char* szIn, size_t len)
- { return (char*)memmove(szOut, szIn, len); }
-inline char* wxTmemset(char* szOut, const char cIn, size_t len)
- { return (char*)memset(szOut, cIn, len); }
-
-
-// ============================================================================
-// wx wrappers for CRT functions in both char* and wchar_t* versions
-// ============================================================================
-
-// A few notes on implementation of these wrappers:
-//
-// We need both char* and wchar_t* versions of functions like wxStrlen() for
-// compatibility with both ANSI and Unicode builds.
-//
-// This makes passing wxString or c_str()/mb_str()/wc_str() result to them
-// ambiguous, so we need to provide overrides for that as well (in cases where
-// it makes sense).
-//
-// We can do this without problems for some functions (wxStrlen()), but in some
-// cases, we can't stay compatible with both ANSI and Unicode builds, e.g. for
-// wxStrcpy(const wxString&), which can only return either char* or wchar_t*.
-// In these cases, we preserve ANSI build compatibility by returning char*.
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// locale functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: we can't provide const wchar_t* (= wxChar*) overload, because calling
-// wxSetlocale(category, NULL) -- which is a common thing to do -- would be
-// ambiguous
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char* wxSetlocale(int category, const char *locale);
-inline char* wxSetlocale(int category, const wxScopedCharBuffer& locale)
- { return wxSetlocale(category, locale.data()); }
-inline char* wxSetlocale(int category, const wxString& locale)
- { return wxSetlocale(category, locale.mb_str()); }
-inline char* wxSetlocale(int category, const wxCStrData& locale)
- { return wxSetlocale(category, locale.AsCharBuf()); }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// string functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* safe version of strlen() (returns 0 if passed NULL pointer) */
-// NB: these are defined in wxcrtbase.h, see the comment there
-// inline size_t wxStrlen(const char *s) { return s ? strlen(s) : 0; }
-// inline size_t wxStrlen(const wchar_t *s) { return s ? wxCRT_Strlen_(s) : 0; }
-inline size_t wxStrlen(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) { return wxStrlen(s.data()); }
-inline size_t wxStrlen(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) { return wxStrlen(s.data()); }
-inline size_t wxStrlen(const wxString& s) { return s.length(); }
-inline size_t wxStrlen(const wxCStrData& s) { return s.AsString().length(); }
-
-// this is a function new in 2.9 so we don't care about backwards compatibility and
-// so don't need to support wxScopedCharBuffer/wxScopedWCharBuffer overloads
-#if defined(wxCRT_StrnlenA)
-inline size_t wxStrnlen(const char *str, size_t maxlen) { return wxCRT_StrnlenA(str, maxlen); }
-#else
-inline size_t wxStrnlen(const char *str, size_t maxlen)
-{
- size_t n;
- for ( n = 0; n < maxlen; n++ )
- if ( !str[n] )
- break;
-
- return n;
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(wxCRT_StrnlenW)
-inline size_t wxStrnlen(const wchar_t *str, size_t maxlen) { return wxCRT_StrnlenW(str, maxlen); }
-#else
-inline size_t wxStrnlen(const wchar_t *str, size_t maxlen)
-{
- size_t n;
- for ( n = 0; n < maxlen; n++ )
- if ( !str[n] )
- break;
-
- return n;
-}
-#endif
-
-// NB: these are defined in wxcrtbase.h, see the comment there
-// inline char* wxStrdup(const char *s) { return wxStrdupA(s); }
-// inline wchar_t* wxStrdup(const wchar_t *s) { return wxStrdupW(s); }
-inline char* wxStrdup(const wxScopedCharBuffer& s) { return wxStrdup(s.data()); }
-inline wchar_t* wxStrdup(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& s) { return wxStrdup(s.data()); }
-inline char* wxStrdup(const wxString& s) { return wxStrdup(s.mb_str()); }
-inline char* wxStrdup(const wxCStrData& s) { return wxStrdup(s.AsCharBuf()); }
-
-inline char *wxStrcpy(char *dest, const char *src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcpyA(dest, src); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcpyW(dest, src); }
-inline char *wxStrcpy(char *dest, const wxString& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcpyA(dest, src.mb_str()); }
-inline char *wxStrcpy(char *dest, const wxCStrData& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcpyA(dest, src.AsCharBuf()); }
-inline char *wxStrcpy(char *dest, const wxScopedCharBuffer& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcpyA(dest, src.data()); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcpyW(dest, src.wc_str()); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxCStrData& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcpyW(dest, src.AsWCharBuf()); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcpyW(dest, src.data()); }
-inline char *wxStrcpy(char *dest, const wchar_t *src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcpyA(dest, wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(src)); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrcpy(wchar_t *dest, const char *src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcpyW(dest, wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(src)); }
-
-inline char *wxStrncpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, src, n); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, src, n); }
-inline char *wxStrncpy(char *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, src.mb_str(), n); }
-inline char *wxStrncpy(char *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, src.AsCharBuf(), n); }
-inline char *wxStrncpy(char *dest, const wxScopedCharBuffer& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, src.data(), n); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, src.wc_str(), n); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, src.AsWCharBuf(), n); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrncpy(wchar_t *dest, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, src.data(), n); }
-inline char *wxStrncpy(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(src), n); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrncpy(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(src), n); }
-
-// this is a function new in 2.9 so we don't care about backwards compatibility and
-// so don't need to support wchar_t/char overloads
-inline size_t wxStrlcpy(char *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
-{
- const size_t len = wxCRT_StrlenA(src);
-
- if ( n )
- {
- if ( n-- > len )
- n = len;
- wxCRT_StrncpyA(dest, src, n);
- dest[n] = '\0';
- }
-
- return len;
-}
-inline size_t wxStrlcpy(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
-{
- const size_t len = wxCRT_StrlenW(src);
- if ( n )
- {
- if ( n-- > len )
- n = len;
- wxCRT_StrncpyW(dest, src, n);
- dest[n] = L'\0';
- }
-
- return len;
-}
-
-inline char *wxStrcat(char *dest, const char *src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcatA(dest, src); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrcat(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcatW(dest, src); }
-inline char *wxStrcat(char *dest, const wxString& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcatA(dest, src.mb_str()); }
-inline char *wxStrcat(char *dest, const wxCStrData& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcatA(dest, src.AsCharBuf()); }
-inline char *wxStrcat(char *dest, const wxScopedCharBuffer& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcatA(dest, src.data()); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrcat(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcatW(dest, src.wc_str()); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrcat(wchar_t *dest, const wxCStrData& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcatW(dest, src.AsWCharBuf()); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrcat(wchar_t *dest, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcatW(dest, src.data()); }
-inline char *wxStrcat(char *dest, const wchar_t *src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcatA(dest, wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(src)); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrcat(wchar_t *dest, const char *src)
- { return wxCRT_StrcatW(dest, wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(src)); }
-
-inline char *wxStrncat(char *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncatA(dest, src, n); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrncat(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncatW(dest, src, n); }
-inline char *wxStrncat(char *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncatA(dest, src.mb_str(), n); }
-inline char *wxStrncat(char *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncatA(dest, src.AsCharBuf(), n); }
-inline char *wxStrncat(char *dest, const wxScopedCharBuffer& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncatA(dest, src.data(), n); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrncat(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncatW(dest, src.wc_str(), n); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrncat(wchar_t *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncatW(dest, src.AsWCharBuf(), n); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrncat(wchar_t *dest, const wxScopedWCharBuffer& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncatW(dest, src.data(), n); }
-inline char *wxStrncat(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncatA(dest, wxConvLibc.cWC2MB(src), n); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrncat(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrncatW(dest, wxConvLibc.cMB2WC(src), n); }
-
-
-#define WX_STR_DECL(name, T1, T2) name(T1 s1, T2 s2)
-#define WX_STR_CALL(func, a1, a2) func(a1, a2)
-
-// This macro defines string function for all possible variants of arguments,
-// except for those taking wxString or wxCStrData as second argument.
-// Parameters:
-// rettype - return type
-// name - name of the (overloaded) function to define
-// crtA - function to call for char* versions (takes two arguments)
-// crtW - ditto for wchar_t* function
-// forString - function to call when the *first* argument is wxString;
-// the second argument can be any string type, so this is
-// typically a template
-#define WX_STR_FUNC_NO_INVERT(rettype, name, crtA, crtW, forString) \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const char *) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1, s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wchar_t *) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxScopedCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1, s2.data()); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), s2.data()); } \
- \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1, s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const char *) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1, s2.data()); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxScopedCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), s2.data()); } \
- \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const char *) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1.data(), s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wchar_t *) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxScopedCharBuffer&)\
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1.data(), s2.data()); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \
- \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wchar_t *) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1.data(), s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const char *) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1.data(), s2.data()); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxScopedCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, wxString(s1), wxString(s2)); } \
- \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const char*) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const wchar_t*) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const wxScopedCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const wxString&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxString&, const wxCStrData&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1, s2); } \
- \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const char*) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const wchar_t*) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const wxScopedCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const wxString&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxCStrData&, const wxCStrData&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(forString, s1.AsString(), s2); }
-
-// This defines strcmp-like function, i.e. one returning the result of
-// comparison; see WX_STR_FUNC_NO_INVERT for explanation of the arguments
-#define WX_STRCMP_FUNC(name, crtA, crtW, forString) \
- WX_STR_FUNC_NO_INVERT(int, name, crtA, crtW, forString) \
- \
- inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxCStrData&) \
- { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2.AsString(), s1); } \
- inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxString&) \
- { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2, s1); } \
- \
- inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxCStrData&) \
- { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2.AsString(), s1); } \
- inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxString&) \
- { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2, s1); } \
- \
- inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxCStrData&) \
- { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2.AsString(), s1.data()); } \
- inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxString&) \
- { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2, s1.data()); } \
- \
- inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxCStrData&) \
- { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2.AsString(), s1.data()); } \
- inline int WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxString&) \
- { return -WX_STR_CALL(forString, s2, s1.data()); }
-
-
-// This defines a string function that is *not* strcmp-like, i.e. doesn't
-// return the result of comparison and so if the second argument is a string,
-// it has to be converted to char* or wchar_t*
-#define WX_STR_FUNC(rettype, name, crtA, crtW, forString) \
- WX_STR_FUNC_NO_INVERT(rettype, name, crtA, crtW, forString) \
- \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxCStrData&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1, s2.AsCharBuf()); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const char *, const wxString&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1, s2.mb_str()); } \
- \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxCStrData&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1, s2.AsWCharBuf()); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wchar_t *, const wxString&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1, s2.wc_str()); } \
- \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxCStrData&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1.data(), s2.AsCharBuf()); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedCharBuffer&, const wxString&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtA, s1.data(), s2.mb_str()); } \
- \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxCStrData&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1.data(), s2.AsWCharBuf()); } \
- inline rettype WX_STR_DECL(name, const wxScopedWCharBuffer&, const wxString&) \
- { return WX_STR_CALL(crtW, s1.data(), s2.wc_str()); }
-
-template<typename T>
-inline int wxStrcmp_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2)
- { return s1.compare(s2); }
-WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStrcmp, wxCRT_StrcmpA, wxCRT_StrcmpW, wxStrcmp_String)
-
-template<typename T>
-inline int wxStricmp_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2)
- { return s1.CmpNoCase(s2); }
-WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStricmp, wxCRT_StricmpA, wxCRT_StricmpW, wxStricmp_String)
-
-#if defined(wxCRT_StrcollA) && defined(wxCRT_StrcollW)
-
-// GCC 3.4 and other compilers have a bug that causes it to fail compilation if
-// the template's implementation uses overloaded function declared later (see
-// the wxStrcoll() call in wxStrcoll_String<T>()), so we have to
-// forward-declare the template and implement it below WX_STRCMP_FUNC. OTOH,
-// this fails to compile with VC6, so don't do it for VC. It also causes
-// problems with GCC visibility in newer GCC versions.
-#if !(defined(__VISUALC__) || (wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(3,5) && !wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(4,7))) || defined(__clang__)
- #define wxNEEDS_DECL_BEFORE_TEMPLATE
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxNEEDS_DECL_BEFORE_TEMPLATE
-template<typename T>
-inline int wxStrcoll_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2);
-WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStrcoll, wxCRT_StrcollA, wxCRT_StrcollW, wxStrcoll_String)
-#endif // wxNEEDS_DECL_BEFORE_TEMPLATE
-
-template<typename T>
-inline int wxStrcoll_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2)
-{
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- // NB: strcoll() doesn't work correctly on UTF-8 strings, so we have to use
- // wc_str() even if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8; the (const wchar_t*) cast is
- // there just as optimization to avoid going through
- // wxStrcoll<wxScopedWCharBuffer>:
- return wxStrcoll((const wchar_t*)s1.wc_str(), s2);
-#else
- return wxStrcoll((const char*)s1.mb_str(), s2);
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifndef wxNEEDS_DECL_BEFORE_TEMPLATE
-// this is exactly the same WX_STRCMP_FUNC line as above, insde the
-// wxNEEDS_DECL_BEFORE_TEMPLATE case
-WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStrcoll, wxCRT_StrcollA, wxCRT_StrcollW, wxStrcoll_String)
-#endif
-
-#endif // defined(wxCRT_Strcoll[AW])
-
-template<typename T>
-inline size_t wxStrspn_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2)
-{
- size_t pos = s1.find_first_not_of(s2);
- return pos == wxString::npos ? s1.length() : pos;
-}
-WX_STR_FUNC(size_t, wxStrspn, wxCRT_StrspnA, wxCRT_StrspnW, wxStrspn_String)
-
-template<typename T>
-inline size_t wxStrcspn_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2)
-{
- size_t pos = s1.find_first_of(s2);
- return pos == wxString::npos ? s1.length() : pos;
-}
-WX_STR_FUNC(size_t, wxStrcspn, wxCRT_StrcspnA, wxCRT_StrcspnW, wxStrcspn_String)
-
-#undef WX_STR_DECL
-#undef WX_STR_CALL
-#define WX_STR_DECL(name, T1, T2) name(T1 s1, T2 s2, size_t n)
-#define WX_STR_CALL(func, a1, a2) func(a1, a2, n)
-
-template<typename T>
-inline int wxStrncmp_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2, size_t n)
- { return s1.compare(0, n, s2, 0, n); }
-WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStrncmp, wxCRT_StrncmpA, wxCRT_StrncmpW, wxStrncmp_String)
-
-template<typename T>
-inline int wxStrnicmp_String(const wxString& s1, const T& s2, size_t n)
- { return s1.substr(0, n).CmpNoCase(wxString(s2).substr(0, n)); }
-WX_STRCMP_FUNC(wxStrnicmp, wxCRT_StrnicmpA, wxCRT_StrnicmpW, wxStrnicmp_String)
-
-#undef WX_STR_DECL
-#undef WX_STR_CALL
-#undef WX_STRCMP_FUNC
-#undef WX_STR_FUNC
-#undef WX_STR_FUNC_NO_INVERT
-
-#if defined(wxCRT_StrxfrmA) && defined(wxCRT_StrxfrmW)
-
-inline size_t wxStrxfrm(char *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrxfrmA(dest, src, n); }
-inline size_t wxStrxfrm(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrxfrmW(dest, src, n); }
-template<typename T>
-inline size_t wxStrxfrm(T *dest, const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& src, size_t n)
- { return wxStrxfrm(dest, src.data(), n); }
-inline size_t wxStrxfrm(char *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrxfrmA(dest, src.mb_str(), n); }
-inline size_t wxStrxfrm(wchar_t *dest, const wxString& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrxfrmW(dest, src.wc_str(), n); }
-inline size_t wxStrxfrm(char *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrxfrmA(dest, src.AsCharBuf(), n); }
-inline size_t wxStrxfrm(wchar_t *dest, const wxCStrData& src, size_t n)
- { return wxCRT_StrxfrmW(dest, src.AsWCharBuf(), n); }
-
-#endif // defined(wxCRT_Strxfrm[AW])
-
-inline char *wxStrtok(char *str, const char *delim, char **saveptr)
- { return wxCRT_StrtokA(str, delim, saveptr); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrtok(wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *delim, wchar_t **saveptr)
- { return wxCRT_StrtokW(str, delim, saveptr); }
-template<typename T>
-inline T *wxStrtok(T *str, const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& delim, T **saveptr)
- { return wxStrtok(str, delim.data(), saveptr); }
-inline char *wxStrtok(char *str, const wxCStrData& delim, char **saveptr)
- { return wxCRT_StrtokA(str, delim.AsCharBuf(), saveptr); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrtok(wchar_t *str, const wxCStrData& delim, wchar_t **saveptr)
- { return wxCRT_StrtokW(str, delim.AsWCharBuf(), saveptr); }
-inline char *wxStrtok(char *str, const wxString& delim, char **saveptr)
- { return wxCRT_StrtokA(str, delim.mb_str(), saveptr); }
-inline wchar_t *wxStrtok(wchar_t *str, const wxString& delim, wchar_t **saveptr)
- { return wxCRT_StrtokW(str, delim.wc_str(), saveptr); }
-
-inline const char *wxStrstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack, needle); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrstr(const wchar_t *haystack, const wchar_t *needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrW(haystack, needle); }
-inline const char *wxStrstr(const char *haystack, const wxString& needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack, needle.mb_str()); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrstr(const wchar_t *haystack, const wxString& needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrW(haystack, needle.wc_str()); }
-// these functions return char* pointer into the non-temporary conversion buffer
-// used by c_str()'s implicit conversion to char*, for ANSI build compatibility
-inline const char *wxStrstr(const wxString& haystack, const wxString& needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack.c_str(), needle.mb_str()); }
-inline const char *wxStrstr(const wxCStrData& haystack, const wxString& needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack, needle.mb_str()); }
-inline const char *wxStrstr(const wxCStrData& haystack, const wxCStrData& needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack, needle.AsCharBuf()); }
-// if 'needle' is char/wchar_t, then the same is probably wanted as return value
-inline const char *wxStrstr(const wxString& haystack, const char *needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack.c_str(), needle); }
-inline const char *wxStrstr(const wxCStrData& haystack, const char *needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrA(haystack, needle); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrstr(const wxString& haystack, const wchar_t *needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrW(haystack.c_str(), needle); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrstr(const wxCStrData& haystack, const wchar_t *needle)
- { return wxCRT_StrstrW(haystack, needle); }
-
-inline const char *wxStrchr(const char *s, char c)
- { return wxCRT_StrchrA(s, c); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrchr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c)
- { return wxCRT_StrchrW(s, c); }
-inline const char *wxStrrchr(const char *s, char c)
- { return wxCRT_StrrchrA(s, c); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrrchr(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c)
- { return wxCRT_StrrchrW(s, c); }
-inline const char *wxStrchr(const char *s, const wxUniChar& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s, c) : NULL; }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrchr(const wchar_t *s, const wxUniChar& c)
- { return wxCRT_StrchrW(s, (wchar_t)c); }
-inline const char *wxStrrchr(const char *s, const wxUniChar& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s, c) : NULL; }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrrchr(const wchar_t *s, const wxUniChar& c)
- { return wxCRT_StrrchrW(s, (wchar_t)c); }
-inline const char *wxStrchr(const char *s, const wxUniCharRef& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s, c) : NULL; }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrchr(const wchar_t *s, const wxUniCharRef& c)
- { return wxCRT_StrchrW(s, (wchar_t)c); }
-inline const char *wxStrrchr(const char *s, const wxUniCharRef& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s, c) : NULL; }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrrchr(const wchar_t *s, const wxUniCharRef& c)
- { return wxCRT_StrrchrW(s, (wchar_t)c); }
-template<typename T>
-inline const T* wxStrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& s, T c)
- { return wxStrchr(s.data(), c); }
-template<typename T>
-inline const T* wxStrrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& s, T c)
- { return wxStrrchr(s.data(), c); }
-template<typename T>
-inline const T* wxStrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& s, const wxUniChar& c)
- { return wxStrchr(s.data(), (T)c); }
-template<typename T>
-inline const T* wxStrrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& s, const wxUniChar& c)
- { return wxStrrchr(s.data(), (T)c); }
-template<typename T>
-inline const T* wxStrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& s, const wxUniCharRef& c)
- { return wxStrchr(s.data(), (T)c); }
-template<typename T>
-inline const T* wxStrrchr(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& s, const wxUniCharRef& c)
- { return wxStrrchr(s.data(), (T)c); }
-// these functions return char* pointer into the non-temporary conversion buffer
-// used by c_str()'s implicit conversion to char*, for ANSI build compatibility
-inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxString& s, char c)
- { return wxCRT_StrchrA((const char*)s.c_str(), c); }
-inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxString& s, char c)
- { return wxCRT_StrrchrA((const char*)s.c_str(), c); }
-inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxString& s, int c)
- { return wxCRT_StrchrA((const char*)s.c_str(), c); }
-inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxString& s, int c)
- { return wxCRT_StrrchrA((const char*)s.c_str(), c); }
-inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxString& s, const wxUniChar& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s.c_str(), c) : NULL; }
-inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxString& s, const wxUniChar& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s.c_str(), c) : NULL; }
-inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxString& s, const wxUniCharRef& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s.c_str(), c) : NULL; }
-inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxString& s, const wxUniCharRef& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s.c_str(), c) : NULL; }
-inline const wchar_t* wxStrchr(const wxString& s, wchar_t c)
- { return wxCRT_StrchrW((const wchar_t*)s.c_str(), c); }
-inline const wchar_t* wxStrrchr(const wxString& s, wchar_t c)
- { return wxCRT_StrrchrW((const wchar_t*)s.c_str(), c); }
-inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxCStrData& s, char c)
- { return wxCRT_StrchrA(s.AsChar(), c); }
-inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxCStrData& s, char c)
- { return wxCRT_StrrchrA(s.AsChar(), c); }
-inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxCStrData& s, int c)
- { return wxCRT_StrchrA(s.AsChar(), c); }
-inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxCStrData& s, int c)
- { return wxCRT_StrrchrA(s.AsChar(), c); }
-inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxCStrData& s, const wxUniChar& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s, c) : NULL; }
-inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxCStrData& s, const wxUniChar& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s, c) : NULL; }
-inline const char* wxStrchr(const wxCStrData& s, const wxUniCharRef& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrchrA(s, c) : NULL; }
-inline const char* wxStrrchr(const wxCStrData& s, const wxUniCharRef& uc)
- { char c; return uc.GetAsChar(&c) ? wxCRT_StrrchrA(s, c) : NULL; }
-inline const wchar_t* wxStrchr(const wxCStrData& s, wchar_t c)
- { return wxCRT_StrchrW(s.AsWChar(), c); }
-inline const wchar_t* wxStrrchr(const wxCStrData& s, wchar_t c)
- { return wxCRT_StrrchrW(s.AsWChar(), c); }
-
-inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const char *s, const char *accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s, accept); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrpbrk(const wchar_t *s, const wchar_t *accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkW(s, accept); }
-inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const char *s, const wxString& accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s, accept.mb_str()); }
-inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const char *s, const wxCStrData& accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s, accept.AsCharBuf()); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrpbrk(const wchar_t *s, const wxString& accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkW(s, accept.wc_str()); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrpbrk(const wchar_t *s, const wxCStrData& accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkW(s, accept.AsWCharBuf()); }
-inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxString& s, const wxString& accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.c_str(), accept.mb_str()); }
-inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxString& s, const char *accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.c_str(), accept); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrpbrk(const wxString& s, const wchar_t *accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkW(s.wc_str(), accept); }
-inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxString& s, const wxCStrData& accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.c_str(), accept.AsCharBuf()); }
-inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxCStrData& s, const wxString& accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.AsChar(), accept.mb_str()); }
-inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxCStrData& s, const char *accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.AsChar(), accept); }
-inline const wchar_t *wxStrpbrk(const wxCStrData& s, const wchar_t *accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkW(s.AsWChar(), accept); }
-inline const char *wxStrpbrk(const wxCStrData& s, const wxCStrData& accept)
- { return wxCRT_StrpbrkA(s.AsChar(), accept.AsCharBuf()); }
-template <typename S, typename T>
-inline const T *wxStrpbrk(const S& s, const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& accept)
- { return wxStrpbrk(s, accept.data()); }
-
-
-/* inlined non-const versions */
-template <typename T>
-inline char *wxStrstr(char *haystack, T needle)
- { return const_cast<char*>(wxStrstr(const_cast<const char*>(haystack), needle)); }
-template <typename T>
-inline wchar_t *wxStrstr(wchar_t *haystack, T needle)
- { return const_cast<wchar_t*>(wxStrstr(const_cast<const wchar_t*>(haystack), needle)); }
-
-template <typename T>
-inline char * wxStrchr(char *s, T c)
- { return const_cast<char*>(wxStrchr(const_cast<const char*>(s), c)); }
-template <typename T>
-inline wchar_t * wxStrchr(wchar_t *s, T c)
- { return (wchar_t *)wxStrchr((const wchar_t *)s, c); }
-template <typename T>
-inline char * wxStrrchr(char *s, T c)
- { return const_cast<char*>(wxStrrchr(const_cast<const char*>(s), c)); }
-template <typename T>
-inline wchar_t * wxStrrchr(wchar_t *s, T c)
- { return const_cast<wchar_t*>(wxStrrchr(const_cast<const wchar_t*>(s), c)); }
-
-template <typename T>
-inline char * wxStrpbrk(char *s, T accept)
- { return const_cast<char*>(wxStrpbrk(const_cast<const char*>(s), accept)); }
-template <typename T>
-inline wchar_t * wxStrpbrk(wchar_t *s, T accept)
- { return const_cast<wchar_t*>(wxStrpbrk(const_cast<const wchar_t*>(s), accept)); }
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// stdio.h functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// NB: using fn_str() for mode is a hack to get the same type (char*/wchar_t*)
-// as needed, the conversion itself doesn't matter, it's ASCII
-inline FILE *wxFopen(const wxString& path, const wxString& mode)
- { return wxCRT_Fopen(path.fn_str(), mode.fn_str()); }
-inline FILE *wxFreopen(const wxString& path, const wxString& mode, FILE *stream)
- { return wxCRT_Freopen(path.fn_str(), mode.fn_str(), stream); }
-inline int wxRemove(const wxString& path)
- { return wxCRT_Remove(path.fn_str()); }
-inline int wxRename(const wxString& oldpath, const wxString& newpath)
- { return wxCRT_Rename(oldpath.fn_str(), newpath.fn_str()); }
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxPuts(const wxString& s);
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxFputs(const wxString& s, FILE *stream);
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxPerror(const wxString& s);
-
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxFputc(const wxUniChar& c, FILE *stream);
-
-#define wxPutc(c, stream) wxFputc(c, stream)
-#define wxPutchar(c) wxFputc(c, stdout)
-#define wxFputchar(c) wxPutchar(c)
-
-// NB: We only provide ANSI version of fgets() because fgetws() interprets the
-// stream according to current locale, which is rarely what is desired.
-inline char *wxFgets(char *s, int size, FILE *stream)
- { return wxCRT_FgetsA(s, size, stream); }
-// This version calls ANSI version and converts the string using wxConvLibc
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxFgets(wchar_t *s, int size, FILE *stream);
-
-#define wxGets(s) wxGets_is_insecure_and_dangerous_use_wxFgets_instead
-
-// NB: We only provide ANSI versions of this for the same reasons as in the
-// case of wxFgets() above
-inline int wxFgetc(FILE *stream) { return wxCRT_FgetcA(stream); }
-inline int wxUngetc(int c, FILE *stream) { return wxCRT_UngetcA(c, stream); }
-
-#define wxGetc(stream) wxFgetc(stream)
-#define wxGetchar() wxFgetc(stdin)
-#define wxFgetchar() wxGetchar()
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// stdlib.h functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef wxCRT_AtoiW
-inline int wxAtoi(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtoiW(str.wc_str()); }
-#else
-inline int wxAtoi(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtoiA(str.mb_str()); }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxCRT_AtolW
-inline long wxAtol(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtolW(str.wc_str()); }
-#else
-inline long wxAtol(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtolA(str.mb_str()); }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxCRT_AtofW
-inline double wxAtof(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtofW(str.wc_str()); }
-#else
-inline double wxAtof(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_AtofA(str.mb_str()); }
-#endif
-
-inline double wxStrtod(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
- { return wxCRT_StrtodA(nptr, endptr); }
-inline double wxStrtod(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr)
- { return wxCRT_StrtodW(nptr, endptr); }
-template<typename T>
-inline double wxStrtod(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& nptr, T **endptr)
- { return wxStrtod(nptr.data(), endptr); }
-
-// We implement wxStrto*() like this so that the code compiles when NULL is
-// passed in - - if we had just char** and wchar_t** overloads for 'endptr', it
-// would be ambiguous. The solution is to use a template so that endptr can be
-// any type: when NULL constant is used, the type will be int and we can handle
-// that case specially. Otherwise, we infer the type that 'nptr' should be
-// converted to from the type of 'endptr'. We need wxStrtoxCharType<T> template
-// to make the code compile even for T=int (that's the case when it's not going
-// to be ever used, but it still has to compile).
-template<typename T> struct wxStrtoxCharType {};
-template<> struct wxStrtoxCharType<char**>
-{
- typedef const char* Type;
- static char** AsPointer(char **p) { return p; }
-};
-template<> struct wxStrtoxCharType<wchar_t**>
-{
- typedef const wchar_t* Type;
- static wchar_t** AsPointer(wchar_t **p) { return p; }
-};
-template<> struct wxStrtoxCharType<int>
-{
- typedef const char* Type; /* this one is never used */
- static char** AsPointer(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(p))
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( p == 0, "passing non-NULL int is invalid" );
- return NULL;
- }
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-inline double wxStrtod(const wxString& nptr, T endptr)
-{
- if ( endptr == 0 )
- {
- // when we don't care about endptr, use the string representation that
- // doesn't require any conversion (it doesn't matter for this function
- // even if its UTF-8):
- return wxStrtod(nptr.wx_str(), (wxStringCharType**)NULL);
- }
- else
- {
- // note that it is important to use c_str() here and not mb_str() or
- // wc_str(), because we store the pointer into (possibly converted)
- // buffer in endptr and so it must be valid even when wxStrtod() returns
- typedef typename wxStrtoxCharType<T>::Type CharType;
- return wxStrtod((CharType)nptr.c_str(),
- wxStrtoxCharType<T>::AsPointer(endptr));
- }
-}
-template<typename T>
-inline double wxStrtod(const wxCStrData& nptr, T endptr)
- { return wxStrtod(nptr.AsString(), endptr); }
-
-
-#define WX_STRTOX_FUNC(rettype, name, implA, implW) \
- /* see wxStrtod() above for explanation of this code: */ \
- inline rettype name(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base) \
- { return implA(nptr, endptr, base); } \
- inline rettype name(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int base) \
- { return implW(nptr, endptr, base); } \
- template<typename T> \
- inline rettype name(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& nptr, T **endptr, int)\
- { return name(nptr.data(), endptr); } \
- template<typename T> \
- inline rettype name(const wxString& nptr, T endptr, int base) \
- { \
- if ( endptr == 0 ) \
- return name(nptr.wx_str(), (wxStringCharType**)NULL, base); \
- else \
- { \
- typedef typename wxStrtoxCharType<T>::Type CharType; \
- return name((CharType)nptr.c_str(), \
- wxStrtoxCharType<T>::AsPointer(endptr), \
- base); \
- } \
- } \
- template<typename T> \
- inline rettype name(const wxCStrData& nptr, T endptr, int base) \
- { return name(nptr.AsString(), endptr, base); }
-
-WX_STRTOX_FUNC(long, wxStrtol, wxCRT_StrtolA, wxCRT_StrtolW)
-WX_STRTOX_FUNC(unsigned long, wxStrtoul, wxCRT_StrtoulA, wxCRT_StrtoulW)
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
-WX_STRTOX_FUNC(wxLongLong_t, wxStrtoll, wxCRT_StrtollA, wxCRT_StrtollW)
-WX_STRTOX_FUNC(wxULongLong_t, wxStrtoull, wxCRT_StrtoullA, wxCRT_StrtoullW)
-#endif // wxLongLong_t
-
-#undef WX_STRTOX_FUNC
-
-
-// there is no command interpreter under CE, hence no system()
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-
-// mingw32 doesn't provide _tsystem() even though it provides other stdlib.h
-// functions in their wide versions
-#ifdef wxCRT_SystemW
-inline int wxSystem(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_SystemW(str.wc_str()); }
-#else
-inline int wxSystem(const wxString& str) { return wxCRT_SystemA(str.mb_str()); }
-#endif
-
-#endif // !__WXWINCE__/__WXWINCE__
-
-inline char* wxGetenv(const char *name) { return wxCRT_GetenvA(name); }
-inline wchar_t* wxGetenv(const wchar_t *name) { return wxCRT_GetenvW(name); }
-inline char* wxGetenv(const wxString& name) { return wxCRT_GetenvA(name.mb_str()); }
-inline char* wxGetenv(const wxCStrData& name) { return wxCRT_GetenvA(name.AsCharBuf()); }
-inline char* wxGetenv(const wxScopedCharBuffer& name) { return wxCRT_GetenvA(name.data()); }
-inline wchar_t* wxGetenv(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& name) { return wxCRT_GetenvW(name.data()); }
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// time.h functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline size_t wxStrftime(char *s, size_t max,
- const wxString& format, const struct tm *tm)
- { return wxCRT_StrftimeA(s, max, format.mb_str(), tm); }
-
-inline size_t wxStrftime(wchar_t *s, size_t max,
- const wxString& format, const struct tm *tm)
- { return wxCRT_StrftimeW(s, max, format.wc_str(), tm); }
-
-// NB: we can't provide both char* and wchar_t* versions for obvious reasons
-// and returning wxString wouldn't work either (it would be immediately
-// destroyed and if assigned to char*/wchar_t*, the pointer would be
-// invalid), so we only keep ASCII version, because the returned value
-// is always ASCII anyway
-#define wxAsctime asctime
-#define wxCtime ctime
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ctype.h functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// FIXME-UTF8: we'd be better off implementing these ourselves, as the CRT
-// version is locale-dependent
-// FIXME-UTF8: these don't work when EOF is passed in because of wxUniChar,
-// is this OK or not?
-
-inline bool wxIsalnum(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsalnumW(c) != 0; }
-inline bool wxIsalpha(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsalphaW(c) != 0; }
-inline bool wxIscntrl(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IscntrlW(c) != 0; }
-inline bool wxIsdigit(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsdigitW(c) != 0; }
-inline bool wxIsgraph(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsgraphW(c) != 0; }
-inline bool wxIslower(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IslowerW(c) != 0; }
-inline bool wxIsprint(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsprintW(c) != 0; }
-inline bool wxIspunct(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IspunctW(c) != 0; }
-inline bool wxIsspace(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsspaceW(c) != 0; }
-inline bool wxIsupper(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsupperW(c) != 0; }
-inline bool wxIsxdigit(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_IsxdigitW(c) != 0; }
-
-inline wxUniChar wxTolower(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_TolowerW(c); }
-inline wxUniChar wxToupper(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxCRT_ToupperW(c); }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-// we had goofed and defined wxIsctrl() instead of (correct) wxIscntrl() in the
-// initial versions of this header -- now it is too late to remove it so
-// although we fixed the function/macro name above, still provide the
-// backwards-compatible synonym.
-wxDEPRECATED( inline int wxIsctrl(const wxUniChar& c) );
-inline int wxIsctrl(const wxUniChar& c) { return wxIscntrl(c); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-inline bool wxIsascii(const wxUniChar& c) { return c.IsAscii(); }
-
-#endif /* _WX_WXCRT_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- * Name: wx/wxcrtbase.h
- * Purpose: Type-safe ANSI and Unicode builds compatible wrappers for
- * CRT functions
- * Author: Joel Farley, Ove Kaaven
- * Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee
- * Created: 1998/06/12
- * Copyright: (c) 1998-2006 wxWidgets dev team
- * Licence: wxWindows licence
- */
-
-/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXCRTBASE_H_
-#define _WX_WXCRTBASE_H_
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- headers and missing declarations
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-
-/*
- Standard headers we need here.
-
- NB: don't include any wxWidgets headers here because almost all of them
- include this one!
-
- NB2: User code should include wx/crt.h instead of including this
- header directly.
-
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <wctype.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #include <io.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined(HAVE_STRTOK_R) && defined(__DARWIN__) && defined(_MSL_USING_MW_C_HEADERS) && _MSL_USING_MW_C_HEADERS
- char *strtok_r(char *, const char *, char **);
-#endif
-
-/*
- Using -std=c++{98,0x} option with mingw32 disables most of standard
- library extensions, so we can't rely on the presence of common non-ANSI
- functions, define a special symbol to test for this. Notice that this
- doesn't need to be done for g++ under Linux where _GNU_SOURCE (which is
- defined by default) still makes all common extensions available even in
- ANSI mode.
- */
-#if defined(__MINGW32__) && defined(__STRICT_ANSI__)
- #define __WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__
-#endif
-
-/*
- a few compilers don't have the (non standard but common) isascii function,
- define it ourselves for them
- */
-#ifndef isascii
- #if defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__)
- #define wxNEED_ISASCII
- #elif defined(_WIN32_WCE)
- #if _WIN32_WCE <= 211
- #define wxNEED_ISASCII
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif /* isascii */
-
-#ifdef wxNEED_ISASCII
- inline int isascii(int c) { return (unsigned)c < 0x80; }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
- #if _WIN32_WCE <= 211
- #define isspace(c) ((c) == wxT(' ') || (c) == wxT('\t'))
- #endif
-#endif /* _WIN32_WCE */
-
-/* string.h functions */
-#ifndef strdup
- #if defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #if _WIN32_WCE <= 211
- #define wxNEED_STRDUP
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif /* strdup */
-
-#ifdef wxNEED_STRDUP
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char *strdup(const char* s);
-#endif
-
-/* missing functions in some WinCE versions */
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
-#if (_WIN32_WCE < 300)
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void *calloc( size_t num, size_t size );
-#endif
-#endif /* _WIN32_WCE */
-
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- UTF-8 locale handling
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- /* flag indicating whether the current locale uses UTF-8 or not; must be
- updated every time the locale is changed! */
- #if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- #define wxLocaleIsUtf8 true
- #else
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE bool wxLocaleIsUtf8;
- #endif
- /* function used to update the flag: */
- extern WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxUpdateLocaleIsUtf8();
- #else /* !wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 */
- inline void wxUpdateLocaleIsUtf8() {}
- #endif /* wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8/!wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 */
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- string.h
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#define wxCRT_StrcatA strcat
-#define wxCRT_StrchrA strchr
-#define wxCRT_StrcmpA strcmp
-#define wxCRT_StrcpyA strcpy
-#define wxCRT_StrcspnA strcspn
-#define wxCRT_StrlenA strlen
-#define wxCRT_StrncatA strncat
-#define wxCRT_StrncmpA strncmp
-#define wxCRT_StrncpyA strncpy
-#define wxCRT_StrpbrkA strpbrk
-#define wxCRT_StrrchrA strrchr
-#define wxCRT_StrspnA strspn
-#define wxCRT_StrstrA strstr
-
-#define wxCRT_StrcatW wcscat
-#define wxCRT_StrchrW wcschr
-#define wxCRT_StrcmpW wcscmp
-#define wxCRT_StrcpyW wcscpy
-#define wxCRT_StrcspnW wcscspn
-#define wxCRT_StrncatW wcsncat
-#define wxCRT_StrncmpW wcsncmp
-#define wxCRT_StrncpyW wcsncpy
-#define wxCRT_StrpbrkW wcspbrk
-#define wxCRT_StrrchrW wcsrchr
-#define wxCRT_StrspnW wcsspn
-#define wxCRT_StrstrW wcsstr
-
-/* these functions are not defined under CE, at least in VC8 CRT */
-#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #define wxCRT_StrcollA strcoll
- #define wxCRT_StrxfrmA strxfrm
-
- #define wxCRT_StrcollW wcscoll
- #define wxCRT_StrxfrmW wcsxfrm
-#endif /* __WXWINCE__ */
-
-/* Almost all compilers have strdup(), but VC++ and MinGW call it _strdup().
- And it's not available in MinGW strict ANSI mode nor under Windows CE. */
-#if (defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ >= 1400)
- #define wxCRT_StrdupA _strdup
-#elif defined(__MINGW32__)
- #ifndef __WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__
- #define wxCRT_StrdupA _strdup
- #endif
-#elif !defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #define wxCRT_StrdupA strdup
-#endif
-
-/* most Windows compilers provide _wcsdup() */
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && \
- !(defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__))
- #define wxCRT_StrdupW _wcsdup
-#elif defined(HAVE_WCSDUP)
- #define wxCRT_StrdupW wcsdup
-#endif
-
-#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
- /* we surely have wchar_t if we have TCHAR have wcslen() */
- #ifndef HAVE_WCSLEN
- #define HAVE_WCSLEN
- #endif
-#endif /* wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN
- #define wxCRT_StrlenW wcslen
-#endif
-
-#define wxCRT_StrtodA strtod
-#define wxCRT_StrtolA strtol
-#define wxCRT_StrtoulA strtoul
-#define wxCRT_StrtodW wcstod
-#define wxCRT_StrtolW wcstol
-#define wxCRT_StrtoulW wcstoul
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- #if __VISUALC__ >= 1300 && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
- #define wxCRT_StrtollA _strtoi64
- #define wxCRT_StrtoullA _strtoui64
- #define wxCRT_StrtollW _wcstoi64
- #define wxCRT_StrtoullW _wcstoui64
- #endif /* VC++ 7+ */
-#else
- #ifdef HAVE_STRTOULL
- #define wxCRT_StrtollA strtoll
- #define wxCRT_StrtoullA strtoull
- #endif /* HAVE_STRTOULL */
- #ifdef HAVE_WCSTOULL
- /* assume that we have wcstoull(), which is also C99, too */
- #define wxCRT_StrtollW wcstoll
- #define wxCRT_StrtoullW wcstoull
- #endif /* HAVE_WCSTOULL */
-#endif
-
-/*
- Only VC8 and later provide strnlen() and wcsnlen() functions under Windows
- and it's also only available starting from Windows CE 6.0 only in CE build.
- */
-#if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) && (!defined(_WIN32_WCE) || (_WIN32_WCE >= 0x600))
- #ifndef HAVE_STRNLEN
- #define HAVE_STRNLEN
- #endif
- #ifndef HAVE_WCSNLEN
- #define HAVE_WCSNLEN
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STRNLEN
- #define wxCRT_StrnlenA strnlen
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_WCSNLEN
- #define wxCRT_StrnlenW wcsnlen
-#endif
-
-/* define wxCRT_StricmpA/W and wxCRT_StrnicmpA/W for various compilers */
-
-#if defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || \
- defined(__VISAGECPP__) || \
- defined(__EMX__) || defined(__DJGPP__)
- #define wxCRT_StricmpA stricmp
- #define wxCRT_StrnicmpA strnicmp
-#elif defined(__SYMANTEC__) || (defined(__VISUALC__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__))
- #define wxCRT_StricmpA _stricmp
- #define wxCRT_StrnicmpA _strnicmp
-#elif defined(__UNIX__) || (defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__))
- #define wxCRT_StricmpA strcasecmp
- #define wxCRT_StrnicmpA strncasecmp
-/* #else -- use wxWidgets implementation */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
- #define wxCRT_StricmpW _wcsicmp
- #define wxCRT_StrnicmpW _wcsnicmp
-#elif defined(__UNIX__)
- #ifdef HAVE_WCSCASECMP
- #define wxCRT_StricmpW wcscasecmp
- #endif
- #ifdef HAVE_WCSNCASECMP
- #define wxCRT_StrnicmpW wcsncasecmp
- #endif
-/* #else -- use wxWidgets implementation */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_STRTOK_R
- #define wxCRT_StrtokA(str, sep, last) strtok_r(str, sep, last)
-#endif
-/* FIXME-UTF8: detect and use wcstok() if available for wxCRT_StrtokW */
-
-/* these are extern "C" because they are used by regex lib: */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrlenW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrlenW(const wchar_t *s);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrncmpW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrncmpW(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2, size_t n);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-/* FIXME-UTF8: remove this once we are Unicode only */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxCRT_StrlenNative wxCRT_StrlenW
- #define wxCRT_StrncmpNative wxCRT_StrncmpW
- #define wxCRT_ToupperNative wxCRT_ToupperW
- #define wxCRT_TolowerNative wxCRT_TolowerW
-#else
- #define wxCRT_StrlenNative wxCRT_StrlenA
- #define wxCRT_StrncmpNative wxCRT_StrncmpA
- #define wxCRT_ToupperNative toupper
- #define wxCRT_TolowerNative tolower
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrcatW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrcatW(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrchrW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wchar_t *wxCRT_StrchrW(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrcmpW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrcmpW(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrcollW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrcollW(const wchar_t *s1, const wchar_t *s2);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrcpyW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrcpyW(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrcspnW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrcspnW(const wchar_t *s, const wchar_t *reject);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrncatW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrncatW(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrncpyW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrncpyW(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrpbrkW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wchar_t *wxCRT_StrpbrkW(const wchar_t *s, const wchar_t *accept);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrrchrW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wchar_t *wxCRT_StrrchrW(const wchar_t *s, wchar_t c);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrspnW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrspnW(const wchar_t *s, const wchar_t *accept);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrstrW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wchar_t *wxCRT_StrstrW(const wchar_t *haystack, const wchar_t *needle);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrtodW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE double wxCRT_StrtodW(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrtolW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE long int wxCRT_StrtolW(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int base);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrtoulW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE unsigned long int wxCRT_StrtoulW(const wchar_t *nptr, wchar_t **endptr, int base);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrxfrmW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrxfrmW(wchar_t *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrdupA
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char *wxCRT_StrdupA(const char *psz);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrdupW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrdupW(const wchar_t *pwz);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StricmpA
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StricmpA(const char *psz1, const char *psz2);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StricmpW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StricmpW(const wchar_t *psz1, const wchar_t *psz2);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrnicmpA
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrnicmpA(const char *psz1, const char *psz2, size_t len);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrnicmpW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_StrnicmpW(const wchar_t *psz1, const wchar_t *psz2, size_t len);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrtokA
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE char *wxCRT_StrtokA(char *psz, const char *delim, char **save_ptr);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrtokW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t *wxCRT_StrtokW(wchar_t *psz, const wchar_t *delim, wchar_t **save_ptr);
-#endif
-
-/* supply strtoll and strtoull, if needed */
-#ifdef wxLongLong_t
- #ifndef wxCRT_StrtollA
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLong_t wxCRT_StrtollA(const char* nptr,
- char** endptr,
- int base);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLong_t wxCRT_StrtoullA(const char* nptr,
- char** endptr,
- int base);
- #endif
- #ifndef wxCRT_StrtollW
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxLongLong_t wxCRT_StrtollW(const wchar_t* nptr,
- wchar_t** endptr,
- int base);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxULongLong_t wxCRT_StrtoullW(const wchar_t* nptr,
- wchar_t** endptr,
- int base);
- #endif
-#endif /* wxLongLong_t */
-
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- stdio.h
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#if defined(__UNIX__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
- #define wxMBFILES 1
-#else
- #define wxMBFILES 0
-#endif
-
-
-/* these functions are only needed in the form used for filenames (i.e. char*
- on Unix, wchar_t* on Windows), so we don't need to use A/W suffix: */
-#if wxMBFILES || !wxUSE_UNICODE /* ANSI filenames */
-
- #define wxCRT_Fopen fopen
- #define wxCRT_Freopen freopen
- #define wxCRT_Remove remove
- #define wxCRT_Rename rename
-
-#else /* Unicode filenames */
- /* special case: these functions are missing under Win9x with Unicows so we
- have to implement them ourselves */
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU || defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__)
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE FILE* wxMSLU__wfopen(const wchar_t *name, const wchar_t *mode);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE FILE* wxMSLU__wfreopen(const wchar_t *name, const wchar_t *mode, FILE *stream);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wrename(const wchar_t *oldname, const wchar_t *newname);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxMSLU__wremove(const wchar_t *name);
- #define wxCRT_Fopen wxMSLU__wfopen
- #define wxCRT_Freopen wxMSLU__wfreopen
- #define wxCRT_Remove wxMSLU__wremove
- #define wxCRT_Rename wxMSLU__wrename
- #else
- /* WinCE CRT doesn't provide these functions so use our own */
- #ifdef __WXWINCE__
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_Rename(const wchar_t *src,
- const wchar_t *dst);
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_Remove(const wchar_t *path);
- #else
- #define wxCRT_Rename _wrename
- #define wxCRT_Remove _wremove
- #endif
- #define wxCRT_Fopen _wfopen
- #define wxCRT_Freopen _wfreopen
- #endif
-
-#endif /* wxMBFILES/!wxMBFILES */
-
-#define wxCRT_PutsA puts
-#define wxCRT_FputsA fputs
-#define wxCRT_FgetsA fgets
-#define wxCRT_FputcA fputc
-#define wxCRT_FgetcA fgetc
-#define wxCRT_UngetcA ungetc
-
-#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
- #define wxCRT_PutsW _putws
- #define wxCRT_FputsW fputws
- #define wxCRT_FputcW fputwc
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_FPUTWS
- #define wxCRT_FputsW fputws
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_PUTWS
- #define wxCRT_PutsW putws
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_FPUTWC
- #define wxCRT_FputcW fputwc
-#endif
-#define wxCRT_FgetsW fgetws
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_PutsW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_PutsW(const wchar_t *ws);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_FputsW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_FputsW(const wchar_t *ch, FILE *stream);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_FputcW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int wxCRT_FputcW(wchar_t wc, FILE *stream);
-#endif
-
-/*
- NB: tmpnam() is unsafe and thus is not wrapped!
- Use other wxWidgets facilities instead:
- wxFileName::CreateTempFileName, wxTempFile, or wxTempFileOutputStream
-*/
-#define wxTmpnam(x) wxTmpnam_is_insecure_use_wxTempFile_instead
-
-/* FIXME-CE: provide our own perror() using ::GetLastError() */
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-
-#define wxCRT_PerrorA perror
-#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
- #define wxCRT_PerrorW _wperror
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !__WXWINCE__ */
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- stdlib.h
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* there are no env vars at all under CE, so no _tgetenv neither */
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
- /* can't define as inline function as this is a C file... */
- #define wxCRT_GetenvA(name) (name, NULL)
- #define wxCRT_GetenvW(name) (name, NULL)
-#else
- #define wxCRT_GetenvA getenv
- #ifdef _tgetenv
- #define wxCRT_GetenvW _wgetenv
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_GetenvW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wchar_t * wxCRT_GetenvW(const wchar_t *name);
-#endif
-
-
-#define wxCRT_SystemA system
-/* mingw32 doesn't provide _tsystem() or _wsystem(): */
-#if defined(_tsystem)
- #define wxCRT_SystemW _wsystem
-#endif
-
-#define wxCRT_AtofA atof
-#define wxCRT_AtoiA atoi
-#define wxCRT_AtolA atol
-
-#if defined(wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT) && !defined(__WX_STRICT_ANSI_GCC__)
- #define wxCRT_AtoiW _wtoi
- #define wxCRT_AtolW _wtol
- /* _wtof doesn't exist */
-#else
-#ifndef __VMS
- #define wxCRT_AtofW(s) wcstod(s, NULL)
-#endif
- #define wxCRT_AtolW(s) wcstol(s, NULL, 10)
- /* wcstoi doesn't exist */
-#endif
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- time.h
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#define wxCRT_StrftimeA strftime
-#ifdef __SGI__
- /*
- IRIX provides not one but two versions of wcsftime(): XPG4 one which
- uses "const char*" for the third parameter and so can't be used and the
- correct, XPG5, one. Unfortunately we can't just define _XOPEN_SOURCE
- high enough to get XPG5 version as this undefines other symbols which
- make other functions we use unavailable (see <standards.h> for gory
- details). So just declare the XPG5 version ourselves, we're extremely
- unlikely to ever be compiled on a system without it. But if we ever do,
- a configure test would need to be added for it (and _MIPS_SYMBOL_PRESENT
- should be used to check for its presence during run-time, i.e. it would
- probably be simpler to just always use our own wxCRT_StrftimeW() below
- if it does ever become a problem).
- */
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C"
-#endif
- size_t
- _xpg5_wcsftime(wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, const struct tm * );
- #define wxCRT_StrftimeW _xpg5_wcsftime
-#else
- /*
- Assume it's always available under non-Unix systems as this does seem
- to be the case for now. And under Unix we trust configure to detect it
- (except for SGI special case above).
- */
- #if defined(HAVE_WCSFTIME) || !defined(__UNIX__)
- #define wxCRT_StrftimeW wcsftime
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_StrftimeW
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxCRT_StrftimeW(wchar_t *s, size_t max,
- const wchar_t *fmt,
- const struct tm *tm);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ctype.h
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- #define WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c) (wint_t)(c)
-#else
- #define WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c) c
-#endif
-
-#define wxCRT_IsalnumW(c) iswalnum(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-#define wxCRT_IsalphaW(c) iswalpha(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-#define wxCRT_IscntrlW(c) iswcntrl(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-#define wxCRT_IsdigitW(c) iswdigit(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-#define wxCRT_IsgraphW(c) iswgraph(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-#define wxCRT_IslowerW(c) iswlower(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-#define wxCRT_IsprintW(c) iswprint(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-#define wxCRT_IspunctW(c) iswpunct(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-#define wxCRT_IsspaceW(c) iswspace(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-#define wxCRT_IsupperW(c) iswupper(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-#define wxCRT_IsxdigitW(c) iswxdigit(WXWCHAR_T_CAST(c))
-
-#ifdef __GLIBC__
- #if defined(__GLIBC__) && (__GLIBC__ == 2) && (__GLIBC_MINOR__ == 0)
- /* /usr/include/wctype.h incorrectly declares translations */
- /* tables which provokes tons of compile-time warnings -- try */
- /* to correct this */
- #define wxCRT_TolowerW(wc) towctrans((wc), (wctrans_t)__ctype_tolower)
- #define wxCRT_ToupperW(wc) towctrans((wc), (wctrans_t)__ctype_toupper)
- #else /* !glibc 2.0 */
- #define wxCRT_TolowerW towlower
- #define wxCRT_ToupperW towupper
- #endif
-#else /* !__GLIBC__ */
- /* There is a bug in VC6 C RTL: toxxx() functions dosn't do anything
- with signed chars < 0, so "fix" it here. */
- #define wxCRT_TolowerW(c) towlower((wxUChar)(wxChar)(c))
- #define wxCRT_ToupperW(c) towupper((wxUChar)(wxChar)(c))
-#endif /* __GLIBC__/!__GLIBC__ */
-
-
-
-
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- wx wrappers for CRT functions in both char* and wchar_t* versions
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-/* NB: this belongs to wxcrt.h and not this header, but it makes life easier
- * for buffer.h and stringimpl.h (both of which must be included before
- * string.h, which is required by wxcrt.h) to have them here: */
-
-/* safe version of strlen() (returns 0 if passed NULL pointer) */
-inline size_t wxStrlen(const char *s) { return s ? wxCRT_StrlenA(s) : 0; }
-inline size_t wxStrlen(const wchar_t *s) { return s ? wxCRT_StrlenW(s) : 0; }
-#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR16
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxStrlen(const wxChar16 *s );
-#endif
-#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR32
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t wxStrlen(const wxChar32 *s );
-#endif
-#define wxWcslen wxCRT_StrlenW
-
-#define wxStrdupA wxCRT_StrdupA
-#define wxStrdupW wxCRT_StrdupW
-inline char* wxStrdup(const char *s) { return wxCRT_StrdupA(s); }
-inline wchar_t* wxStrdup(const wchar_t *s) { return wxCRT_StrdupW(s); }
-#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR16
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar16* wxStrdup(const wxChar16* s);
-#endif
-#ifndef wxWCHAR_T_IS_WXCHAR32
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxChar32* wxStrdup(const wxChar32* s);
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-#endif /* _WX_WXCRTBASE_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wxcrtvararg.h
-// Purpose: Type-safe ANSI and Unicode builds compatible wrappers for
-// printf(), scanf() and related CRT functions
-// Author: Joel Farley, Ove KÃ¥ven
-// Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee
-// Created: 2007-02-19
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 REA Elektronik GmbH
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXCRTVARARG_H_
-#define _WX_WXCRTVARARG_H_
-
-// NB: User code should include wx/crt.h instead of including this
-// header directly.
-
-#include "wx/wxcrt.h"
-#include "wx/strvararg.h"
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// CRT functions aliases
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/* Required for wxPrintf() etc */
-#include <stdarg.h>
-
-/* printf() family saga */
-
-/*
- For many old Unix systems [v]snprintf()/vsscanf() exists in the system
- libraries but not in the headers, so we need to declare it ourselves to be
- able to use it.
- */
-#ifdef __UNIX__
-
-#if defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) && !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF_DECL)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C"
-#else
- extern
-#endif
- int vsnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list ap);
-#endif /* !HAVE_VSNPRINTF_DECL */
-
-#if defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) && !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF_DECL)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C"
-#else
- extern
-#endif
- int snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...);
-#endif /* !HAVE_SNPRINTF_DECL */
-
-#if defined(HAVE_VSSCANF) && !defined(HAVE_VSSCANF_DECL)
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C"
-#else
- extern
-#endif
- int vsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, va_list ap);
-#endif /* !HAVE_VSSCANF_DECL */
-
-/* Wrapper for vsnprintf if it's 3rd parameter is non-const. Note: the
- * same isn't done for snprintf below, the builtin wxSnprintf_ is used
- * instead since it's already a simple wrapper */
-#if defined __cplusplus && defined HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL
- inline int wx_fixed_vsnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, va_list ap)
- {
- return vsnprintf(str, size, (char*)format, ap);
- }
-#endif
-
-#endif /* __UNIX__ */
-
-/*
- mingw32 normally uses MSVCRT which has non-standard vswprintf() and so
- normally _vsnwprintf() is used instead, the only exception is when mingw32
- is used with STLPort which does have a standard vswprintf() starting from
- version 5.1 which we can use.
- */
-#ifdef __MINGW32__
- #if defined(_STLPORT_VERSION) && _STLPORT_VERSION >= 0x510
- #ifndef HAVE_VSWPRINTF
- #define HAVE_VSWPRINTF
- #endif
- #elif defined(HAVE_VSWPRINTF)
- /* can't use non-standard vswprintf() */
- #undef HAVE_VSWPRINTF
- #endif
-#endif /* __MINGW32__ */
-
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #define HAVE_VSWPRINTF 1
-#endif
-
-#if wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS
- /*
- The systems where vsnprintf() supports positional parameters should
- define the HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF symbol.
-
- On systems which don't (e.g. Windows) we are forced to use
- our wxVsnprintf() implementation.
- */
- #if defined(HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF)
- #ifdef HAVE_VSWPRINTF
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW vswprintf
- #endif
- #ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA wx_fixed_vsnprintf
- #else
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA vsnprintf
- #endif
- #else /* !HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF */
- /*
- The only compiler with positional parameters support under Windows
- is VC++ 8.0 which provides a new xxprintf_p() functions family.
- The 2003 PSDK includes a slightly earlier version of VC8 than the
- main release and does not have the printf_p functions.
- */
- #if defined _MSC_FULL_VER && _MSC_FULL_VER >= 140050727 && !defined __WXWINCE__
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA _vsprintf_p
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW _vswprintf_p
- #endif
- #endif /* HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF/!HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF */
-#else /* !wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS */
- /*
- We always want to define safe snprintf() function to be used instead of
- sprintf(). Some compilers already have it (or rather vsnprintf() which
- we really need...), otherwise we implement it using our own printf()
- code.
-
- We define function with a trailing underscore here because the real one
- is a wrapper around it as explained below
- */
-
- #if defined(__VISUALC__) || \
- (defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ >= 0x540)
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA _vsnprintf
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW _vsnwprintf
- #else
- #if defined(HAVE__VSNWPRINTF)
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW _vsnwprintf
- #elif defined(HAVE_VSWPRINTF)
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW vswprintf
- #elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfW _vsnwprintf
- #endif
-
- #if defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) \
- || defined(__WATCOMC__)
- #ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA wx_fixed_vsnprintf
- #else
- #define wxCRT_VsnprintfA vsnprintf
- #endif
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif /* wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS/!wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS */
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_VsnprintfW
- /* no (suitable) vsnprintf(), cook our own */
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int
- wxCRT_VsnprintfW(wchar_t *buf, size_t len, const wchar_t *format, va_list argptr);
- #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW 1
-#else
- #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wxCRT_VsnprintfA
- /* no (suitable) vsnprintf(), cook our own */
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE int
- wxCRT_VsnprintfA(char *buf, size_t len, const char *format, va_list argptr);
- #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA 1
-#else
- #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA 0
-#endif
-
-// for wxString code, define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF to indicate that wx
-// implementation is used no matter what (in UTF-8 build, either *A or *W
-// version may be called):
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW
-#elif wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA
-#else // UTF-8 under any locale
- #define wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTF (wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFA && wxUSE_WXVSNPRINTFW)
-#endif
-
-#define wxCRT_FprintfA fprintf
-#define wxCRT_PrintfA printf
-#define wxCRT_VfprintfA vfprintf
-#define wxCRT_VprintfA vprintf
-#define wxCRT_VsprintfA vsprintf
-
-/*
- In Unicode mode we need to have all standard functions such as wprintf() and
- so on but not all systems have them so use our own implementations in this
- case.
- */
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !defined(wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT) && !defined(HAVE_WPRINTF)
- #define wxNEED_WPRINTF
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE && !defined(wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT) && !defined(HAVE_VSWSCANF)
- #define wxNEED_VSWSCANF
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(wxNEED_WPRINTF)
- /*
- we need to implement all wide character printf functions either because
- we don't have them at all or because they don't have the semantics we
- need
- */
- int wxCRT_PrintfW( const wchar_t *format, ... );
- int wxCRT_FprintfW( FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ... );
- int wxCRT_VfprintfW( FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap );
- int wxCRT_VprintfW( const wchar_t *format, va_list ap );
- int wxCRT_VsprintfW( wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap );
-#else /* !wxNEED_WPRINTF */
- #define wxCRT_FprintfW fwprintf
- #define wxCRT_PrintfW wprintf
- #define wxCRT_VfprintfW vfwprintf
- #define wxCRT_VprintfW vwprintf
-
- #if defined(__WINDOWS__) && !defined(HAVE_VSWPRINTF)
- // only non-standard vswprintf() without buffer size argument can be used here
- #define wxCRT_VsprintfW vswprintf
- #endif
-#endif /* wxNEED_WPRINTF */
-
-
-/* Required for wxScanf() etc. */
-#define wxCRT_ScanfA scanf
-#define wxCRT_SscanfA sscanf
-#define wxCRT_FscanfA fscanf
-#define wxCRT_VsscanfA vsscanf
-
-#if defined(wxNEED_WPRINTF)
- int wxCRT_ScanfW(const wchar_t *format, ...);
- int wxCRT_SscanfW(const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, ...);
- int wxCRT_FscanfW(FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...);
-#else
- #define wxCRT_ScanfW wxVMS_USE_STD wscanf
- #define wxCRT_SscanfW wxVMS_USE_STD swscanf
- #define wxCRT_FscanfW wxVMS_USE_STD fwscanf
-#endif
-#ifdef wxNEED_VSWSCANF
- int wxCRT_VsscanfW(const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);
-#else
- #define wxCRT_VsscanfW wxVMS_USE_STD vswscanf
-#endif
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// user-friendly wrappers to CRT functions
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
- #define wxPrintf wxPrintf_Impl
- #define wxFprintf wxFprintf_Impl
- #define wxSprintf wxSprintf_Impl
- #define wxSnprintf wxSnprintf_Impl
-#endif
-
- // FIXME-UTF8: remove this
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxCRT_PrintfNative wxCRT_PrintfW
- #define wxCRT_FprintfNative wxCRT_FprintfW
-#else
- #define wxCRT_PrintfNative wxCRT_PrintfA
- #define wxCRT_FprintfNative wxCRT_FprintfA
-#endif
-
-
-WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_SANS_N0(int, wxPrintf, 1, (const wxFormatString&),
- wxCRT_PrintfNative, wxCRT_PrintfA)
-inline int wxPrintf(const wxFormatString& s)
-{
- return wxPrintf("%s", s.InputAsString());
-}
-
-WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC_SANS_N0(int, wxFprintf, 2, (FILE*, const wxFormatString&),
- wxCRT_FprintfNative, wxCRT_FprintfA)
-inline int wxFprintf(FILE *f, const wxFormatString& s)
-{
- return wxFprintf(f, "%s", s.InputAsString());
-}
-
-// va_list versions of printf functions simply forward to the respective
-// CRT function; note that they assume that va_list was created using
-// wxArgNormalizer<T>!
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
- #if wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
- #define WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL(args, implW, implA) \
- return implA args
- #else
- #define WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL(args, implW, implA) \
- if ( wxLocaleIsUtf8 ) return implA args; \
- else return implW args
- #endif
-#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
- #define WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL(args, implW, implA) \
- return implW args
-#else // ANSI
- #define WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL(args, implW, implA) \
- return implA args
-#endif
-
-inline int
-wxVprintf(const wxString& format, va_list ap)
-{
- WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL((wxFormatString(format), ap),
- wxCRT_VprintfW, wxCRT_VprintfA);
-}
-
-inline int
-wxVfprintf(FILE *f, const wxString& format, va_list ap)
-{
- WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL((f, wxFormatString(format), ap),
- wxCRT_VfprintfW, wxCRT_VfprintfA);
-}
-
-#undef WX_VARARG_VFOO_IMPL
-
-
-// wxSprintf() and friends have to be implemented in two forms, one for
-// writing to char* buffer and one for writing to wchar_t*:
-
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSprintfWchar(char *str, const wxChar *format, ...);
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSprintfUtf8(char *str, const char *format, ...);
-#endif
-WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, wxSprintf, 2, (char*, const wxFormatString&),
- wxDoSprintfWchar, wxDoSprintfUtf8)
-
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-wxVsprintf(char *str, const wxString& format, va_list argptr);
-
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSnprintfWchar(char *str, size_t size, const wxChar *format, ...);
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSnprintfUtf8(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...);
-#endif
-WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, wxSnprintf, 3, (char*, size_t, const wxFormatString&),
- wxDoSnprintfWchar, wxDoSnprintfUtf8)
-
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-wxVsnprintf(char *str, size_t size, const wxString& format, va_list argptr);
-
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSprintfWchar(wchar_t *str, const wxChar *format, ...);
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSprintfUtf8(wchar_t *str, const char *format, ...);
-#endif
-WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, wxSprintf, 2, (wchar_t*, const wxFormatString&),
- wxDoSprintfWchar, wxDoSprintfUtf8)
-
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-wxVsprintf(wchar_t *str, const wxString& format, va_list argptr);
-
-#if !wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSnprintfWchar(wchar_t *str, size_t size, const wxChar *format, ...);
-#endif
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDoSnprintfUtf8(wchar_t *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...);
-#endif
-WX_DEFINE_VARARG_FUNC(int, wxSnprintf, 3, (wchar_t*, size_t, const wxFormatString&),
- wxDoSnprintfWchar, wxDoSnprintfUtf8)
-
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-wxVsnprintf(wchar_t *str, size_t size, const wxString& format, va_list argptr);
-
-#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- // workaround for http://bugzilla.openwatcom.org/show_bug.cgi?id=351
- //
- // fortunately, OpenWatcom implements __VA_ARGS__, so we can provide macros
- // that cast the format argument to wxString:
- #undef wxPrintf
- #undef wxFprintf
- #undef wxSprintf
- #undef wxSnprintf
-
- #define wxPrintf(fmt, ...) \
- wxPrintf_Impl(wxFormatString(fmt), __VA_ARGS__)
- #define wxFprintf(f, fmt, ...) \
- wxFprintf_Impl(f, wxFormatString(fmt), __VA_ARGS__)
- #define wxSprintf(s, fmt, ...) \
- wxSprintf_Impl(s, wxFormatString(fmt), __VA_ARGS__)
- #define wxSnprintf(s, n, fmt, ...) \
- wxSnprintf_Impl(s, n, wxFormatString(fmt), __VA_ARGS__)
-#endif // __WATCOMC__
-
-
-// We can't use wxArgNormalizer<T> for variadic arguments to wxScanf() etc.
-// because they are writable, so instead of providing friendly template
-// vararg-like functions, we just provide both char* and wchar_t* variants
-// of these functions. The type of output variadic arguments for %s must match
-// the type of 'str' and 'format' arguments.
-//
-// For compatibility with earlier wx versions, we also provide wxSscanf()
-// version with the first argument (input string) wxString; for this version,
-// the type of output string values is determined by the type of format string
-// only.
-
-#define _WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS_1(x) x
-#define _WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS_2(x,y) x, y
-#define _WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS(N, args) _WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS_##N args
-
-#define _WX_VARARG_PASS_WRITABLE(i) a##i
-
-#define _WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(N, dummy1, name, impl, passfixed, numfixed, fixed)\
- template<_WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_TEMPL)> \
- int name(_WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS(numfixed, fixed), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_ARG)) \
- { \
- return impl(_WX_SCANFUNC_EXTRACT_ARGS(numfixed, passfixed), \
- _WX_VARARG_JOIN(N, _WX_VARARG_PASS_WRITABLE)); \
- }
-
-#define WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(name, numfixed, fixed, impl, passfixed) \
- _WX_VARARG_ITER(_WX_VARARG_MAX_ARGS, \
- _WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC, \
- dummy1, name, impl, passfixed, numfixed, fixed)
-
-// this is needed to normalize the format string, see src/common/strvararg.cpp
-// for more details
-#ifdef __WINDOWS__
- #define wxScanfConvertFormatW(fmt) fmt
-#else
- const wxScopedWCharBuffer
- WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxScanfConvertFormatW(const wchar_t *format);
-#endif
-
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxScanf, 1, (const char *format),
- wxCRT_ScanfA, (format))
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxScanf, 1, (const wchar_t *format),
- wxCRT_ScanfW, (wxScanfConvertFormatW(format)))
-
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxFscanf, 2, (FILE *stream, const char *format),
- wxCRT_FscanfA, (stream, format))
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxFscanf, 2, (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format),
- wxCRT_FscanfW, (stream, wxScanfConvertFormatW(format)))
-
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const char *str, const char *format),
- wxCRT_SscanfA, (str, format))
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format),
- wxCRT_SscanfW, (str, wxScanfConvertFormatW(format)))
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxScopedCharBuffer& str, const char *format),
- wxCRT_SscanfA, (str.data(), format))
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str, const wchar_t *format),
- wxCRT_SscanfW, (str.data(), wxScanfConvertFormatW(format)))
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxString& str, const char *format),
- wxCRT_SscanfA, (str.mb_str(), format))
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxString& str, const wchar_t *format),
- wxCRT_SscanfW, (str.wc_str(), wxScanfConvertFormatW(format)))
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxCStrData& str, const char *format),
- wxCRT_SscanfA, (str.AsCharBuf(), format))
-WX_DEFINE_SCANFUNC(wxSscanf, 2, (const wxCStrData& str, const wchar_t *format),
- wxCRT_SscanfW, (str.AsWCharBuf(), wxScanfConvertFormatW(format)))
-
-// Visual C++ doesn't provide vsscanf()
-#ifndef __VISUALC___
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const char *str, const char *format, va_list ap);
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wchar_t *str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxScopedCharBuffer& str, const char *format, va_list ap);
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxScopedWCharBuffer& str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxString& str, const char *format, va_list ap);
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxString& str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxCStrData& str, const char *format, va_list ap);
-int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVsscanf(const wxCStrData& str, const wchar_t *format, va_list ap);
-#endif // !__VISUALC__
-
-#endif /* _WX_WXCRTVARARG_H_ */
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wxhtml.h
-// Purpose: wxHTML library for wxWidgets
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_HTML_H_
-#define _WX_HTML_H_
-
-#include "wx/html/htmldefs.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmltag.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlcell.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlpars.h"
-#include "wx/html/htmlwin.h"
-#include "wx/html/winpars.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/html/helpctrl.h"
-
-#endif // __WXHTML_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wxprec.h
-// Purpose: Includes the appropriate files for precompiled headers
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 01/02/97
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-// compiler detection; includes setup.h
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-// check if to use precompiled headers: do it for most Windows compilers unless
-// explicitly disabled by defining NOPCH
-#if defined(__VISUALC__) || \
- defined(__DMC__) || \
- defined(__VISAGECPP__) || \
- defined(__WATCOMC__) || \
- defined(__BORLANDC__)
-
-
- // If user did not request NOCPH and we're not building using configure
- // then assume user wants precompiled headers.
- #if !defined(NOPCH) && !defined(__WX_SETUP_H__)
- #define WX_PRECOMP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// For some reason, this must be defined for common dialogs to work.
-#ifdef __WATCOMC__
- #define INCLUDE_COMMDLG_H 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WX_PRECOMP
-
-// include "wx/chartype.h" first to ensure that UNICODE macro is correctly set
-// _before_ including <windows.h>
-#include "wx/chartype.h"
-
-// include standard Windows headers
-#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
- #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
- #include "wx/msw/private.h"
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
- #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h"
- #include "wx/msw/wrapcdlg.h"
- #include "wx/msw/missing.h"
-#endif
-
-// include <os2.h>
-#ifdef __OS2__
-# include "wx/os2/private.h"
-#endif
-
-// include the most common wx headers
-#include "wx/wx.h"
-
-#endif // WX_PRECOMP
+++ /dev/null
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xlocale.h
-// Purpose: Header to provide some xlocale wrappers
-// Author: Brian Vanderburg II, Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2008-01-07
-// Copyright: (c) 2008 Brian Vanderburg II
-// 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/*
- This header defines portable wrappers around xlocale foo_l() functions or
- their MSVC proprietary _foo_l() equivalents when they are available and
- implements these functions for the "C" locale [only] if they are not. This
- allows the program running under the default user locale to still use "C"
- locale for operations such as reading data from files where they are stored
- using decimal point &c.
-
- TODO: Currently only the character classification and transformation
- functions and number <-> string functions, are implemented,
- we also need at least
- - formatted IO: scanf_l(), printf_l() &c
- - time: strftime_l(), strptime_l()
- */
-
-#ifndef _WX_XLOCALE_H_
-#define _WX_XLOCALE_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h" // wxUSE_XLOCALE
-
-#if wxUSE_XLOCALE
-
-#include "wx/crt.h" // Includes wx/chartype.h, wx/wxcrt.h(wx/string.h)
-#include "wx/intl.h" // wxLanguage
-
-// The platform-specific locale type
-// If wxXLocale_t is not defined, then only "C" locale support is provided
-#ifdef wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT
- #if wxCHECK_VISUALC_VERSION(8) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
- typedef _locale_t wxXLocale_t;
- #define wxXLOCALE_IDENT(name) _ ## name
- #elif defined(HAVE_LOCALE_T)
- #include <locale.h>
- #include <xlocale.h>
- #include <ctype.h>
- #include <stdlib.h>
-
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE
- #include <wctype.h>
- #endif
-
- // Locale type and identifier name
- typedef locale_t wxXLocale_t;
-
- #define wxXLOCALE_IDENT(name) name
- #else
- #error "Unknown xlocale support"
- #endif
-#endif // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT
-
-
-// wxXLocale is a wrapper around the native type representing a locale.
-//
-// It is not to be confused with wxLocale, which handles actually changing the
-// locale, loading message catalogs, etc. This just stores a locale value.
-// The similarity of names is unfortunate, but there doesn't seem to be any
-// better alternative right now. Perhaps by wxWidgets 4.0 better naming could
-// be used, or this class could become wxLocale (a wrapper for the value), and
-// some other class could be used to load the language catalogs or something
-// that would be clearer
-#ifdef wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxXLocale
-{
-public:
- // Construct an uninitialized locale
- wxXLocale() { m_locale = NULL; }
-
- // Construct from a symbolic language constant
- wxXLocale(wxLanguage lang);
-
- // Construct from the given language string
- wxXLocale(const char *loc) { Init(loc); }
-
- // Destroy the locale
- ~wxXLocale() { Free(); }
-
-
- // Get the global "C" locale object
- static wxXLocale& GetCLocale();
-
- // Check if the object represents a valid locale (notice that without
- // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT the only valid locale is the "C" one)
- bool IsOk() const { return m_locale != NULL; }
-
- // Get the type
- wxXLocale_t Get() const { return m_locale; }
-
- bool operator== (const wxXLocale& loc) const
- { return m_locale == loc.m_locale; }
-
-private:
- // Special ctor for the "C" locale, it's only used internally as the user
- // code is supposed to use GetCLocale()
- wxXLocale(struct wxXLocaleCTag * WXUNUSED(dummy)) { Init("C"); }
-
- // Create from the given language string (called from ctors)
- void Init(const char *loc);
-
- // Free the locale if it's non-NULL
- void Free();
-
-
- // The corresponding locale handle, NULL if invalid
- wxXLocale_t m_locale;
-
-
- // POSIX xlocale API provides a duplocale() function but MSVC locale API
- // doesn't give us any means to copy a _locale_t object so we reduce the
- // functionality to least common denominator here -- it shouldn't be a
- // problem as copying the locale objects shouldn't be often needed
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxXLocale);
-};
-
-#else // !wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT
-
-// Skeleton version supporting only the "C" locale for the systems without
-// xlocale support
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxXLocale
-{
-public:
- // Construct an uninitialized locale
- wxXLocale() { m_isC = false; }
-
- // Construct from a symbolic language constant: unless the language is
- // wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US (which we suppose to be the same as "C" locale)
- // the object will be invalid
- wxXLocale(wxLanguage lang)
- {
- m_isC = lang == wxLANGUAGE_ENGLISH_US;
- }
-
- // Construct from the given language string: unless the string is "C" or
- // "POSIX" the object will be invalid
- wxXLocale(const char *loc)
- {
- m_isC = loc && (strcmp(loc, "C") == 0 || strcmp(loc, "POSIX") == 0);
- }
-
- // Default copy ctor, assignment operator and dtor are ok (or would be if
- // we didn't use DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS() for consistency with the xlocale
- // version)
-
-
- // Get the global "C" locale object
- static wxXLocale& GetCLocale();
-
- // Check if the object represents a valid locale (notice that without
- // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT the only valid locale is the "C" one)
- bool IsOk() const { return m_isC; }
-
-private:
- // Special ctor for the "C" locale, it's only used internally as the user
- // code is supposed to use GetCLocale()
- wxXLocale(struct wxXLocaleCTag * WXUNUSED(dummy)) { m_isC = true; }
-
- // Without xlocale support this class can only represent "C" locale, if
- // this is false the object is invalid
- bool m_isC;
-
-
- // although it's not a problem to copy the objects of this class, we use
- // this macro in this implementation for consistency with the xlocale-based
- // one which can't be copied when using MSVC locale API
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxXLocale);
-};
-
-#endif // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT/!wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT
-
-
-// A shorter synonym for the most commonly used locale object
-#define wxCLocale (wxXLocale::GetCLocale())
-extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxXLocale) wxNullXLocale;
-
-// Wrappers for various functions:
-#ifdef wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT
-
- // ctype functions
- #define wxCRT_Isalnum_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isalnum_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isalpha_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isalpha_l)
- #define wxCRT_Iscntrl_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iscntrl_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isdigit_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isdigit_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isgraph_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isgraph_l)
- #define wxCRT_Islower_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(islower_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isprint_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isprint_l)
- #define wxCRT_Ispunct_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(ispunct_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isspace_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isspace_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isupper_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isupper_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isxdigit_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(isxdigit_l)
- #define wxCRT_Tolower_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(tolower_l)
- #define wxCRT_Toupper_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(toupper_l)
-
- inline int wxIsalnum_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isalnum_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsalpha_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isalpha_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIscntrl_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Iscntrl_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsdigit_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isdigit_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsgraph_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isgraph_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIslower_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Islower_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsprint_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isprint_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIspunct_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Ispunct_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsspace_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isspace_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsupper_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isupper_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsxdigit_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isxdigit_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxTolower_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Tolower_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxToupper_l(char c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Toupper_lA(static_cast<unsigned char>(c), loc.Get()); }
-
-
- // stdlib functions for numeric <-> string conversion
- // NOTE: GNU libc does not have ato[fil]_l functions;
- // MSVC++8 does not have _strto[u]ll_l functions;
- // thus we take the minimal set of functions provided in both environments:
-
- #define wxCRT_Strtod_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(strtod_l)
- #define wxCRT_Strtol_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(strtol_l)
- #define wxCRT_Strtoul_lA wxXLOCALE_IDENT(strtoul_l)
-
- inline double wxStrtod_lA(const char *c, char **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Strtod_lA(c, endptr, loc.Get()); }
- inline long wxStrtol_lA(const char *c, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Strtol_lA(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); }
- inline unsigned long wxStrtoul_lA(const char *c, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Strtoul_lA(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); }
-
- #if wxUSE_UNICODE
-
- // ctype functions
- #define wxCRT_Isalnum_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswalnum_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isalpha_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswalpha_l)
- #define wxCRT_Iscntrl_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswcntrl_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isdigit_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswdigit_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isgraph_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswgraph_l)
- #define wxCRT_Islower_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswlower_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isprint_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswprint_l)
- #define wxCRT_Ispunct_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswpunct_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isspace_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswspace_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isupper_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswupper_l)
- #define wxCRT_Isxdigit_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(iswxdigit_l)
- #define wxCRT_Tolower_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(towlower_l)
- #define wxCRT_Toupper_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(towupper_l)
-
- inline int wxIsalnum_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isalnum_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsalpha_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isalpha_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIscntrl_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Iscntrl_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsdigit_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isdigit_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsgraph_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isgraph_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIslower_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Islower_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsprint_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isprint_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIspunct_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Ispunct_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsspace_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isspace_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsupper_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isupper_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline int wxIsxdigit_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Isxdigit_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline wchar_t wxTolower_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Tolower_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
- inline wchar_t wxToupper_l(wchar_t c, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Toupper_lW(c, loc.Get()); }
-
-
- // stdlib functions for numeric <-> string conversion
- // (see notes above about missing functions)
- #define wxCRT_Strtod_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(wcstod_l)
- #define wxCRT_Strtol_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(wcstol_l)
- #define wxCRT_Strtoul_lW wxXLOCALE_IDENT(wcstoul_l)
-
- inline double wxStrtod_l(const wchar_t *c, wchar_t **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Strtod_lW(c, endptr, loc.Get()); }
- inline long wxStrtol_l(const wchar_t *c, wchar_t **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Strtol_lW(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); }
- inline unsigned long wxStrtoul_l(const wchar_t *c, wchar_t **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Strtoul_lW(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); }
- #else // !wxUSE_UNICODE
- inline double wxStrtod_l(const char *c, char **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Strtod_lA(c, endptr, loc.Get()); }
- inline long wxStrtol_l(const char *c, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Strtol_lA(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); }
- inline unsigned long wxStrtoul_l(const char *c, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc)
- { return wxCRT_Strtoul_lA(c, endptr, base, loc.Get()); }
- #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
-#else // !wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT
- // ctype functions
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsalnum_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsalpha_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIscntrl_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsdigit_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsgraph_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIslower_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsprint_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIspunct_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsspace_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsupper_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxIsxdigit_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTolower_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
- int WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxToupper_l(const wxUniChar& c, const wxXLocale& loc);
-
- // stdlib functions
- double WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtod_l(const wchar_t* str, wchar_t **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc);
- double WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtod_l(const char* str, char **endptr, const wxXLocale& loc);
- long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtol_l(const wchar_t* str, wchar_t **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc);
- long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtol_l(const char* str, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc);
- unsigned long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtoul_l(const wchar_t* str, wchar_t **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc);
- unsigned long WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStrtoul_l(const char* str, char **endptr, int base, const wxXLocale& loc);
-
-#endif // wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT/!wxHAS_XLOCALE_SUPPORT
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XLOCALE
-
-#endif // _WX_XLOCALE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xml/xml.h
-// Purpose: wxXmlDocument - XML parser & data holder class
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/03/05
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WX_XML_H_
-#define _WX_XML_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XML
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/object.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/versioninfo.h"
-
-#ifdef WXMAKINGDLL_XML
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML WXEXPORT
-#elif defined(WXUSINGDLL)
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML WXIMPORT
-#else // not making nor using DLL
- #define WXDLLIMPEXP_XML
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlAttribute;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlDocument;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlIOHandler;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxOutputStream;
-
-// Represents XML node type.
-enum wxXmlNodeType
-{
- // note: values are synchronized with xmlElementType from libxml
- wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE = 1,
- wxXML_ATTRIBUTE_NODE = 2,
- wxXML_TEXT_NODE = 3,
- wxXML_CDATA_SECTION_NODE = 4,
- wxXML_ENTITY_REF_NODE = 5,
- wxXML_ENTITY_NODE = 6,
- wxXML_PI_NODE = 7,
- wxXML_COMMENT_NODE = 8,
- wxXML_DOCUMENT_NODE = 9,
- wxXML_DOCUMENT_TYPE_NODE = 10,
- wxXML_DOCUMENT_FRAG_NODE = 11,
- wxXML_NOTATION_NODE = 12,
- wxXML_HTML_DOCUMENT_NODE = 13
-};
-
-
-// Represents node property(ies).
-// Example: in <img src="hello.gif" id="3"/> "src" is property with value
-// "hello.gif" and "id" is prop. with value "3".
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlAttribute
-{
-public:
- wxXmlAttribute() : m_next(NULL) {}
- wxXmlAttribute(const wxString& name, const wxString& value,
- wxXmlAttribute *next = NULL)
- : m_name(name), m_value(value), m_next(next) {}
- virtual ~wxXmlAttribute() {}
-
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
- const wxString& GetValue() const { return m_value; }
- wxXmlAttribute *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
- void SetValue(const wxString& value) { m_value = value; }
- void SetNext(wxXmlAttribute *next) { m_next = next; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_name;
- wxString m_value;
- wxXmlAttribute *m_next;
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- // NB: #define is used instead of typedef so that forward declarations
- // continue to work
- #define wxXmlProperty wxXmlAttribute
-#endif
-
-
-// Represents node in XML document. Node has name and may have content and
-// attributes. Most common node types are wxXML_TEXT_NODE (name and attributes
-// are irrelevant) and wxXML_ELEMENT_NODE (e.g. in <title>hi</title> there is
-// element with name="title", irrelevant content and one child (wxXML_TEXT_NODE
-// with content="hi").
-//
-// If wxUSE_UNICODE is 0, all strings are encoded in the encoding given to Load
-// (default is UTF-8).
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlNode
-{
-public:
- wxXmlNode()
- : m_attrs(NULL), m_parent(NULL), m_children(NULL), m_next(NULL),
- m_lineNo(-1), m_noConversion(false)
- {
- }
-
- wxXmlNode(wxXmlNode *parent, wxXmlNodeType type,
- const wxString& name, const wxString& content = wxEmptyString,
- wxXmlAttribute *attrs = NULL, wxXmlNode *next = NULL,
- int lineNo = -1);
-
- virtual ~wxXmlNode();
-
- // copy ctor & operator=. Note that this does NOT copy siblings
- // and parent pointer, i.e. m_parent and m_next will be NULL
- // after using copy ctor and are never unmodified by operator=.
- // On the other hand, it DOES copy children and attributes.
- wxXmlNode(const wxXmlNode& node);
- wxXmlNode& operator=(const wxXmlNode& node);
-
- // user-friendly creation:
- wxXmlNode(wxXmlNodeType type, const wxString& name,
- const wxString& content = wxEmptyString,
- int lineNo = -1);
- virtual void AddChild(wxXmlNode *child);
- virtual bool InsertChild(wxXmlNode *child, wxXmlNode *followingNode);
- virtual bool InsertChildAfter(wxXmlNode *child, wxXmlNode *precedingNode);
- virtual bool RemoveChild(wxXmlNode *child);
- virtual void AddAttribute(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
- virtual bool DeleteAttribute(const wxString& name);
-
- // access methods:
- wxXmlNodeType GetType() const { return m_type; }
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
- const wxString& GetContent() const { return m_content; }
-
- bool IsWhitespaceOnly() const;
- int GetDepth(wxXmlNode *grandparent = NULL) const;
-
- // Gets node content from wxXML_ENTITY_NODE
- // The problem is, <tag>content<tag> is represented as
- // wxXML_ENTITY_NODE name="tag", content=""
- // |-- wxXML_TEXT_NODE or
- // wxXML_CDATA_SECTION_NODE name="" content="content"
- wxString GetNodeContent() const;
-
- wxXmlNode *GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
- wxXmlNode *GetNext() const { return m_next; }
- wxXmlNode *GetChildren() const { return m_children; }
-
- wxXmlAttribute *GetAttributes() const { return m_attrs; }
- bool GetAttribute(const wxString& attrName, wxString *value) const;
- wxString GetAttribute(const wxString& attrName,
- const wxString& defaultVal = wxEmptyString) const;
- bool HasAttribute(const wxString& attrName) const;
-
- int GetLineNumber() const { return m_lineNo; }
-
- void SetType(wxXmlNodeType type) { m_type = type; }
- void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
- void SetContent(const wxString& con) { m_content = con; }
-
- void SetParent(wxXmlNode *parent) { m_parent = parent; }
- void SetNext(wxXmlNode *next) { m_next = next; }
- void SetChildren(wxXmlNode *child) { m_children = child; }
-
- void SetAttributes(wxXmlAttribute *attr) { m_attrs = attr; }
- virtual void AddAttribute(wxXmlAttribute *attr);
-
- // If true, don't do encoding conversion to improve efficiency - node content is ACII text
- bool GetNoConversion() const { return m_noConversion; }
- void SetNoConversion(bool noconversion) { m_noConversion = noconversion; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED( inline wxXmlAttribute *GetProperties() const );
- wxDEPRECATED( inline bool GetPropVal(const wxString& propName,
- wxString *value) const );
- wxDEPRECATED( inline wxString GetPropVal(const wxString& propName,
- const wxString& defaultVal) const );
- wxDEPRECATED( inline bool HasProp(const wxString& propName) const );
-
- wxDEPRECATED( inline void SetProperties(wxXmlAttribute *prop) );
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
- // The following three functions are backward compatibility, but because
- // they were virtual, we must make it possible to override them. This
- // is done by calling e.g. AddProperty() from AddAttribute(), so we have
- // to keep AddProperty() even if 2.8 compatibility is off. To prevent
- // old code from compiling in that case, we make them private and
- // non-virtual. (This can be removed when WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 is
- // removed, we'll have just *Attribute versions then.)
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(
- virtual void AddProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value) );
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(
- virtual bool DeleteProperty(const wxString& name) );
- wxDEPRECATED_BUT_USED_INTERNALLY(
- virtual void AddProperty(wxXmlAttribute *attr) );
-#else
-private:
- void AddProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
- bool DeleteProperty(const wxString& name);
- void AddProperty(wxXmlAttribute *attr);
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8/!WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-private:
- wxXmlNodeType m_type;
- wxString m_name;
- wxString m_content;
- wxXmlAttribute *m_attrs;
- wxXmlNode *m_parent, *m_children, *m_next;
- int m_lineNo; // line number in original file, or -1
- bool m_noConversion; // don't do encoding conversion - node is plain text
-
- void DoFree();
- void DoCopy(const wxXmlNode& node);
-};
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-inline wxXmlAttribute *wxXmlNode::GetProperties() const
- { return GetAttributes(); }
-inline bool wxXmlNode::GetPropVal(const wxString& propName,
- wxString *value) const
- { return GetAttribute(propName, value); }
-inline wxString wxXmlNode::GetPropVal(const wxString& propName,
- const wxString& defaultVal) const
- { return GetAttribute(propName, defaultVal); }
-inline bool wxXmlNode::HasProp(const wxString& propName) const
- { return HasAttribute(propName); }
-inline void wxXmlNode::SetProperties(wxXmlAttribute *prop)
- { SetAttributes(prop); }
-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
-
-
-
-// special indentation value for wxXmlDocument::Save
-#define wxXML_NO_INDENTATION (-1)
-
-// flags for wxXmlDocument::Load
-enum wxXmlDocumentLoadFlag
-{
- wxXMLDOC_NONE = 0,
- wxXMLDOC_KEEP_WHITESPACE_NODES = 1
-};
-
-
-// This class holds XML data/document as parsed by XML parser.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlDocument : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxXmlDocument();
- wxXmlDocument(const wxString& filename,
- const wxString& encoding = wxT("UTF-8"));
- wxXmlDocument(wxInputStream& stream,
- const wxString& encoding = wxT("UTF-8"));
- virtual ~wxXmlDocument() { wxDELETE(m_docNode); }
-
- wxXmlDocument(const wxXmlDocument& doc);
- wxXmlDocument& operator=(const wxXmlDocument& doc);
-
- // Parses .xml file and loads data. Returns TRUE on success, FALSE
- // otherwise.
- virtual bool Load(const wxString& filename,
- const wxString& encoding = wxT("UTF-8"), int flags = wxXMLDOC_NONE);
- virtual bool Load(wxInputStream& stream,
- const wxString& encoding = wxT("UTF-8"), int flags = wxXMLDOC_NONE);
-
- // Saves document as .xml file.
- virtual bool Save(const wxString& filename, int indentstep = 2) const;
- virtual bool Save(wxOutputStream& stream, int indentstep = 2) const;
-
- bool IsOk() const { return GetRoot() != NULL; }
-
- // Returns root node of the document.
- wxXmlNode *GetRoot() const;
- // Returns the document node.
- wxXmlNode *GetDocumentNode() const { return m_docNode; }
-
-
- // Returns version of document (may be empty).
- const wxString& GetVersion() const { return m_version; }
- // Returns encoding of document (may be empty).
- // Note: this is the encoding original file was saved in, *not* the
- // encoding of in-memory representation!
- const wxString& GetFileEncoding() const { return m_fileEncoding; }
-
- // Write-access methods:
- wxXmlNode *DetachDocumentNode() { wxXmlNode *old=m_docNode; m_docNode=NULL; return old; }
- void SetDocumentNode(wxXmlNode *node) { wxDELETE(m_docNode); m_docNode = node; }
- wxXmlNode *DetachRoot();
- void SetRoot(wxXmlNode *node);
- void SetVersion(const wxString& version) { m_version = version; }
- void SetFileEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_fileEncoding = encoding; }
- void AppendToProlog(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- // Returns encoding of in-memory representation of the document
- // (same as passed to Load or ctor, defaults to UTF-8).
- // NB: this is meaningless in Unicode build where data are stored as wchar_t*
- wxString GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; }
- void SetEncoding(const wxString& enc) { m_encoding = enc; }
-#endif
-
- static wxVersionInfo GetLibraryVersionInfo();
-
-private:
- wxString m_version;
- wxString m_fileEncoding;
-#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxString m_encoding;
-#endif
- wxXmlNode *m_docNode;
-
- void DoCopy(const wxXmlDocument& doc);
-
- DECLARE_CLASS(wxXmlDocument)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XML
-
-#endif // _WX_XML_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xpmdecod.h
-// Purpose: wxXPMDecoder, XPM reader for wxImage and wxBitmap
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 2001 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XPMDECOD_H_
-#define _WX_XPMDECOD_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_XPM
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxInputStream;
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxXPMDecoder class
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxXPMDecoder
-{
-public:
- // constructor, destructor, etc.
- wxXPMDecoder() {}
- ~wxXPMDecoder() {}
-
-#if wxUSE_STREAMS
- // Is the stream XPM file?
- // NOTE: this function modifies the current stream position
- bool CanRead(wxInputStream& stream);
-
- // Read XPM file from the stream, parse it and create image from it
- wxImage ReadFile(wxInputStream& stream);
-#endif
-
- // Read directly from XPM data (as passed to wxBitmap ctor):
- wxImage ReadData(const char* const* xpm_data);
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
- // needed for Borland 5.5
- wxImage ReadData(char** xpm_data)
- { return ReadData(const_cast<const char* const*>(xpm_data)); }
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE && wxUSE_XPM
-
-#endif // _WX_XPM_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xpmhand.h
-// Purpose: XPM handler base header
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Modified by:
-// Created:
-// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XPMHAND_H_BASE_
-#define _WX_XPMHAND_H_BASE_
-
-// Only wxMSW and wxPM currently defines a separate XPM handler, since
-// mostly Windows and Presentation Manager apps won't need XPMs.
-#if defined(__WXMSW__)
-#error xpmhand.h is no longer needed since wxImage now handles XPMs.
-#endif
-#if defined(__WXPM__)
-#include "wx/os2/xpmhand.h"
-#endif
-
-#endif
- // _WX_XPMHAND_H_BASE_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_all.h
-// Purpose: includes all xh_*.h files
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/03/05
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_ALL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_ALL_H_
-
-
-// Existing handlers:
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_animatctrl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_bannerwindow.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_bmp.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_bmpbt.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_bmpcbox.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_bttn.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_cald.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_chckb.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_chckl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_choic.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_choicbk.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_clrpicker.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_cmdlinkbn.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_collpane.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_combo.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_comboctrl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_datectrl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_dirpicker.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_dlg.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_editlbox.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_filectrl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_filepicker.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_fontpicker.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_frame.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_gauge.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_gdctl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_grid.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_html.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_htmllbox.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_hyperlink.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_listb.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_listc.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_listbk.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_mdi.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_menu.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_notbk.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_odcombo.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_panel.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_propdlg.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_radbt.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_radbx.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_scrol.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_scwin.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_sizer.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_slidr.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_spin.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_split.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_srchctrl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_statbar.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_stbox.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_stbmp.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_sttxt.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_stlin.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_text.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_tglbtn.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_timectrl.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_toolb.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_toolbk.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_tree.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_treebk.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_unkwn.h"
-#include "wx/xrc/xh_wizrd.h"
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_ALL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_animatctrl.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxAnimationCtrl
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 2006-10-15
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_ANIMATIONCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_ANIMATIONCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxAnimationCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAnimationCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxAnimationCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_ANIMATIONCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_auinotbk.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxAuiNotebook
-// Author: Steve Lamerton
-// Created: 2009-06-12
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Steve Lamerton
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XRC_XH_AUINOTEBOOK_H_
-#define _WX_XRC_XH_AUINOTEBOOK_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_AUI wxAuiNotebook;
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_AUI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_AUI wxAuiNotebookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxAuiNotebookXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_isInside;
- wxAuiNotebook *m_notebook;
-
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxAuiNotebookXmlHandler);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_AUI
-
-#endif // _WX_XRC_XH_AUINOTEBOOK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_bannerwindow.h
-// Purpose: Declaration of wxBannerWindow XRC handler.
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-08-16
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_BANNERWINDOW_H_
-#define _WX_XH_BANNERWINDOW_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BANNERWINDOW
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxBannerWindowXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxBannerWindowXmlHandler();
-
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBannerWindowXmlHandler);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BANNERWINDOW
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_BANNERWINDOW_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_bmp.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxBitmap and wxIcon
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/09/00
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_BMP_H_
-#define _WX_XH_BMP_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxBitmapXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxBitmapXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxIconXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIconXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxIconXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_BMP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_bmpbt.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for bitmap buttons
-// Author: Brian Gavin
-// Created: 2000/03/05
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_BMPBT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_BMPBT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxBitmapButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapButtonXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxBitmapButtonXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_BMPBT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_bmpcbox.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxBitmapComboBox
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Created: Sep-10-2006
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_BMPCBOX_H_
-#define _WX_XH_BMPCBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxBitmapComboBox;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxBitmapComboBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxBitmapComboBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxBitmapComboBoxXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- wxBitmapComboBox* m_combobox;
- bool m_isInside;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_BMPCBOX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_bttn.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for buttons
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/03/05
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_BTTN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_BTTN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxButtonXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxButtonXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_BTTN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_cald.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxCalendarCtrl
-// Author: Brian Gavin
-// Created: 2000/09/09
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CALD_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CALD_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxCalendarCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCalendarCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxCalendarCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CALD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_chckb.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxCheckBox
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CHCKB_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CHCKB_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxCheckBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxCheckBoxXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHECKBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CHECKBOX_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_chckl.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxCheckListBox
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CHCKL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CHCKL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxCheckListBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCheckListBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxCheckListBoxXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_insideBox;
- wxArrayString strList;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CHECKLIST_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_choic.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxChoice
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CHOIC_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CHOIC_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHOICE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxChoiceXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoiceXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxChoiceXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_insideBox;
- wxArrayString strList;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHOICE
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CHOIC_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_choicbk.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxChoicebook
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CHOICEBK_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CHOICEBK_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoicebook;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxChoicebookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxChoicebookXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxChoicebookXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_isInside;
- wxChoicebook *m_choicebook;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CHOICEBK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_clrpicker.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxColourPickerCtrl
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 2006-04-17
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CLRPICKERCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CLRPICKERCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxColourPickerCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourPickerCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxColourPickerCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CLRPICKERCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_cmdlinkbn.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for command link buttons
-// Author: Kinaou Herve
-// Created: 2010-10-20
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets development team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_CMDLINKBN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_CMDLINKBN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxCommandLinkButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxCommandLinkButtonXmlHandler();
-
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCommandLinkButtonXmlHandler);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_CMDLINKBN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_collpane.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxCollapsiblePane
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 2006-10-27
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_COLLPANE_H_
-#define _WX_XH_COLLPANE_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COLLPANE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxCollapsiblePane;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxCollapsiblePaneXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxCollapsiblePaneXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_isInside;
- wxCollapsiblePane *m_collpane;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxCollapsiblePaneXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COLLPANE
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_COLLPANE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_combo.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxComboBox
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_COMBO_H_
-#define _WX_XH_COMBO_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxComboBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxComboBoxXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_insideBox;
- wxArrayString strList;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COMBOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_COMBO_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_comboctrl.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxComboBox
-// Author: Jaakko Salli
-// Created: 2009/01/25
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Jaakko Salli
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_COMBOCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_COMBOCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxComboCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxComboCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxComboCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_COMBOCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_datectrl.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxDatePickerCtrl
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2005-02-07
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_DATECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_DATECTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxDateCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDateCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxDateCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_DATECTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_dirpicker.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxDirPickerCtrl
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 2006-04-17
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_DIRPICKERCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_DIRPICKERCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxDirPickerCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDirPickerCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxDirPickerCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_DIRPICKERCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_dlg.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for dialogs
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/03/05
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_DLG_H_
-#define _WX_XH_DLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxDialogXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxDialogXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxDialogXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_DLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_editlbox.h
-// Purpose: declaration of wxEditableListBox XRC handler
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2009-06-04
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XRC_XH_EDITLBOX_H_
-#define _WX_XRC_XH_EDITLBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxEditableListBoxXmlHandler: XRC handler for wxEditableListBox
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxEditableListBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxEditableListBoxXmlHandler();
-
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_insideBox;
- wxArrayString m_items;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxEditableListBoxXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XRC_XH_EDITLBOX_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_filectrl.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxFileCtrl
-// Author: Kinaou Hervé
-// Created: 2009-05-11
-// Copyright: (c) 2009 wxWidgets development team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_FILECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_FILECTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_FILECTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxFileCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxFileCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFileCtrlXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_FILECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_FILEPICKERCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_filepicker.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxFilePickerCtrl
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 2006-04-17
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_FILEPICKERCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_FILEPICKERCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxFilePickerCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFilePickerCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxFilePickerCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_FILEPICKERCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_fontpicker.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxFontPickerCtrl
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 2006-04-17
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_FONTPICKERCTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_FONTPICKERCTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxFontPickerCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontPickerCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxFontPickerCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_FONTPICKERCTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_frame.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxFrame
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik & Aleks.
-// Created: 2000/03/05
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_FRAME_H_
-#define _WX_XH_FRAME_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxFrameXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFrameXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxFrameXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_FRAME_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_gauge.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxGauge
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_GAUGE_H_
-#define _WX_XH_GAUGE_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxGaugeXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxGaugeXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGaugeXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_GAUGE
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_GAUGE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_gdctl.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxGenericDirCtrl
-// Author: Markus Greither
-// Created: 2002/01/20
-// Copyright: (c) 2002 Markus Greither
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_GDCTL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_GDCTL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DIRDLG
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxGenericDirCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGenericDirCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxGenericDirCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_DIRDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_GDCTL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_grid.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxGrid
-// Author: Agron Selimaj
-// Created: 2005/08/11
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 Agron Selimaj, Freepour Controls Inc.
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_GRD_H_
-#define _WX_XH_GRD_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_GRID
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxGridXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxGridXmlHandler();
-
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_GRID
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_GRD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_html.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxHtmlWindow
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_HTML_H_
-#define _WX_XH_HTML_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HTML
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_HTML_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_htmllbox.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxSimpleHtmlListBox
-// Author: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 2006/10/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SIMPLEHTMLLISTBOX_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SIMPLEHTMLLISTBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HTML
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSimpleHtmlListBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxSimpleHtmlListBoxXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_insideBox;
- wxArrayString strList;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSimpleHtmlListBoxXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HTML
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SIMPLEHTMLLISTBOX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_hyperlink.h
-// Purpose: Hyperlink control (wxAdv)
-// Author: David Norris <danorris@gmail.com>
-// Modified by: Ryan Norton, Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 04/02/2005
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 David Norris
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_HYPERLINKH__
-#define _WX_XH_HYPERLINKH__
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxHyperlinkCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- // Register with wxWindows' dynamic class subsystem.
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxHyperlinkCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- // Constructor.
- wxHyperlinkCtrlXmlHandler();
-
- // Creates the control and returns a pointer to it.
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
-
- // Returns true if we know how to create a control for the given node.
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_HYPERLINKH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_listb.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxListbox
-// Author: Bob Mitchell & Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/07/29
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell & Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_LISTB_H_
-#define _WX_XH_LISTB_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxListBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxListBoxXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_insideBox;
- wxArrayString strList;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_LISTB_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_listbk.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxListbook
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_LISTBK_H_
-#define _WX_XH_LISTBK_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListbook;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxListbookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListbookXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxListbookXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_isInside;
- wxListbook *m_listbook;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_LISTBK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_listc.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxListCtrl
-// Author: Brian Gavin
-// Created: 2000/09/09
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_LISTC_H_
-#define _WX_XH_LISTC_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListCtrl;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxListItem;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxListCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxListCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- // handlers for wxListCtrl itself and its listcol and listitem children
- wxListCtrl *HandleListCtrl();
- void HandleListCol();
- void HandleListItem();
-
- // common part to HandleList{Col,Item}()
- void HandleCommonItemAttrs(wxListItem& item);
-
- // gets the items image index in the corresponding image list (normal if
- // which is wxIMAGE_LIST_NORMAL or small if it is wxIMAGE_LIST_SMALL)
- long GetImageIndex(wxListCtrl *listctrl, int which);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxListCtrlXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_LISTC_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_mdi.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxMDI
-// Author: David M. Falkinder & Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 14/02/2005
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_MDI_H_
-#define _WX_XH_MDI_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_MDI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxMdiXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMdiXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxMdiXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- wxWindow *CreateFrame();
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_MDI
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_MDI_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_menu.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for menus/menubars
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/03/05
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_MENU_H_
-#define _WX_XH_MENU_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_MENUS
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxMenuXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxMenuXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_insideMenu;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxMenuBarXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMenuBarXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxMenuBarXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_MENUS
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_MENU_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_notbk.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxNotebook
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_NOTBK_H_
-#define _WX_XH_NOTBK_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxNotebook;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxNotebookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxNotebookXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxNotebookXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_isInside;
- wxNotebook *m_notebook;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_NOTEBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_NOTBK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_odcombo.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxOwnerDrawnComboBox
-// Author: Alex Bligh - based on wx/xrc/xh_combo.h
-// Created: 2006/06/19
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Alex Bligh
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_ODCOMBO_H_
-#define _WX_XH_ODCOMBO_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxOwnerDrawnComboBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxOwnerDrawnComboBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxOwnerDrawnComboBoxXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_insideBox;
- wxArrayString strList;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_ODCOMBO_H_
-
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_panel.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxPanel
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/03/05
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_PANEL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_PANEL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxPanelXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPanelXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxPanelXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_PANEL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_propdlg.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxPropertySheetDialog
-// Author: Sander Berents
-// Created: 2007/07/12
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Sander Berents
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_PROPDLG_H_
-#define _WX_XH_PROPDLG_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxPropertySheetDialog;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxPropertySheetDialogXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPropertySheetDialogXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxPropertySheetDialogXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_isInside;
- wxPropertySheetDialog *m_dialog;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_PROPDLG_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_radbt.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxRadioButton
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_RADBT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_RADBT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RADIOBTN
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxRadioButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioButtonXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxRadioButtonXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_RADBT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_radbx.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxRadioBox
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_RADBX_H_
-#define _WX_XH_RADBX_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxRadioBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRadioBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxRadioBoxXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_insideBox;
-
- // the items labels
- wxArrayString m_labels;
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
- // the items tooltips
- wxArrayString m_tooltips;
-#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
-
- // the item help text
- wxArrayString m_helptexts;
- wxArrayInt m_helptextSpecified;
-
- // if the corresponding array element is 1, the radiobox item is
- // disabled/hidden
- wxArrayInt m_isEnabled,
- m_isShown;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RADIOBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_RADBX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_ribbon.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxRibbon related classes
-// Author: Armel Asselin
-// Created: 2010-04-23
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 Armel Asselin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XRC_XH_RIBBON_H_
-#define _WX_XRC_XH_RIBBON_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_RIBBON wxRibbonControl;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RIBBON wxRibbonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxRibbonXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- const wxClassInfo *m_isInside;
-
- bool IsRibbonControl (wxXmlNode *node);
-
- wxObject* Handle_buttonbar();
- wxObject* Handle_button();
- wxObject* Handle_control();
- wxObject* Handle_page();
- wxObject* Handle_gallery();
- wxObject* Handle_galleryitem();
- wxObject* Handle_panel();
- wxObject* Handle_bar();
-
- void Handle_RibbonArtProvider(wxRibbonControl *control);
-
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRibbonXmlHandler);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RIBBON
-
-#endif // _WX_XRC_XH_RIBBON_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_richtext.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxRichTextCtrl
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Created: 2006-11-08
-// Copyright: (c) 2006 Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_RICHTEXT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_RICHTEXT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT wxRichTextCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxRichTextCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_RICHTEXT
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_RICHTEXT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_scrol.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxScrollBar
-// Author: Brian Gavin
-// Created: 2000/09/09
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SCROL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SCROL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxScrollBarXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxScrollBarXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrollBarXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SCROLLBAR
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SCROL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_scwin.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxScrolledWindow
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2002/10/18
-// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SCWIN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SCWIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxScrolledWindowXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxScrolledWindowXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxScrolledWindowXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SCWIN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_sizer.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxBoxSizer
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/04/24
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SIZER_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SIZER_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-#include "wx/sizer.h"
-#include "wx/gbsizer.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSizerXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSizerXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxSizerXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-protected:
- virtual wxSizer* DoCreateSizer(const wxString& name);
- virtual bool IsSizerNode(wxXmlNode *node) const;
-
-private:
- bool m_isInside;
- bool m_isGBS;
-
- wxSizer *m_parentSizer;
-
-
- wxObject* Handle_sizeritem();
- wxObject* Handle_spacer();
- wxObject* Handle_sizer();
- wxSizer* Handle_wxBoxSizer();
-#if wxUSE_STATBOX
- wxSizer* Handle_wxStaticBoxSizer();
-#endif
- wxSizer* Handle_wxGridSizer();
- wxFlexGridSizer* Handle_wxFlexGridSizer();
- wxGridBagSizer* Handle_wxGridBagSizer();
- wxSizer* Handle_wxWrapSizer();
-
- bool ValidateGridSizerChildren();
- void SetFlexibleMode(wxFlexGridSizer* fsizer);
- void SetGrowables(wxFlexGridSizer* fsizer, const wxChar* param, bool rows);
- wxGBPosition GetGBPos(const wxString& param);
- wxGBSpan GetGBSpan(const wxString& param);
- wxSizerItem* MakeSizerItem();
- void SetSizerItemAttributes(wxSizerItem* sitem);
- void AddSizerItem(wxSizerItem* sitem);
-};
-
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStdDialogButtonSizerXmlHandler
- : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStdDialogButtonSizerXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxStdDialogButtonSizerXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_isInside;
- wxStdDialogButtonSizer *m_parentSizer;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SIZER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_slidr.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxSlider
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SLIDR_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SLIDR_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSliderXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxSliderXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSliderXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SLIDER
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SLIDR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_spin.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxSpinButton and wxSpinCtrl
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell and Verant Interactive
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SPIN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SPIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSpinButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxSpinButtonXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinButtonXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINBTN
-
-
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSpinCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxSpinCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSpinCtrlXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SPIN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_split.h
-// Purpose: XRC resource for wxSplitterWindow
-// Author: panga@freemail.hu, Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2003/01/26
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 panga@freemail.hu, Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SPLIT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SPLIT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SPLITTER
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSplitterWindowXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSplitterWindowXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxSplitterWindowXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SPLITTER
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SPLIT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_srchctl.h
-// Purpose: XRC resource handler for wxSearchCtrl
-// Author: Sander Berents
-// Created: 2007/07/12
-// Copyright: (c) 2007 Sander Berents
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_SRCH_H_
-#define _WX_XH_SRCH_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxSearchCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxSearchCtrlXmlHandler();
-
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxSearchCtrlXmlHandler)
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_SRCH_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_statbar.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxStatusBar
-// Author: Brian Ravnsgaard Riis
-// Created: 2004/01/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2004 Brian Ravnsgaard Riis
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_STATBAR_H_
-#define _WX_XH_STATBAR_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStatusBarXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStatusBarXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxStatusBarXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATUSBAR
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_STATBAR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_stbmp.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxStaticBitmap
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/04/22
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_STBMP_H_
-#define _WX_XH_STBMP_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATBMP
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStaticBitmapXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBitmapXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxStaticBitmapXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATBMP
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_STBMP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_stbox.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxStaticBox
-// Author: Brian Gavin
-// Created: 2000/09/00
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_STBOX_H_
-#define _WX_XH_STBOX_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStaticBoxXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticBoxXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxStaticBoxXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATBOX
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_STBOX_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_stlin.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxStaticLine
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/09/00
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_STLIN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_STLIN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATLINE
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStaticLineXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticLineXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxStaticLineXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATLINE
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_STLIN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_sttxt.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxStaticText
-// Author: Bob Mitchell
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Bob Mitchell
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_STTXT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_STTXT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATTEXT
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxStaticTextXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxStaticTextXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxStaticTextXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_STATTEXT
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_STTXT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_text.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxTextCtrl
-// Author: Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Created: 2000/03/21
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Aleksandras Gluchovas
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TEXT_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TEXT_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxTextCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTextCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxTextCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TEXT_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_tglbtn.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxToggleButton
-// Author: Julian Smart
-// Created: 2004-08-30
-// Copyright: (c) 2004 Julian Smart
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TGLBTN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TGLBTN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxToggleButtonXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToggleButtonXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxToggleButtonXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-protected:
- virtual void DoCreateToggleButton(wxObject *control);
-#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXMOTIF__) && !defined(__WXPM__) && !(defined(__WXGTK__) && !defined(__WXGTK20__))
- virtual void DoCreateBitmapToggleButton(wxObject *control);
-#endif
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TGLBTN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_timectrl.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxTimePickerCtrl
-// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
-// Created: 2011-09-22
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TIMECTRL_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TIMECTRL_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxTimeCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxTimeCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTimeCtrlXmlHandler);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TIMECTRL_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_toolb.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxToolBar
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/08/11
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TOOLB_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TOOLB_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxToolBarXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolBarXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxToolBarXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_isInside;
- wxToolBar *m_toolbar;
- wxSize m_toolSize;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TOOLBAR
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TOOLB_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_toolbk.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxToolbook
-// Author: Andrea Zanellato
-// Created: 2009/12/12
-// Copyright: (c) 2010 wxWidgets development team
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TOOLBK_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TOOLBK_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TOOLBOOK
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolbook;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxToolbookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
-public:
- wxToolbookXmlHandler();
-
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- bool m_isInside;
- wxToolbook *m_toolbook;
-
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxToolbookXmlHandler);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TOOLBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TOOLBK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_tree.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxTreeCtrl
-// Author: Brian Gavin
-// Created: 2000/09/09
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Brian Gavin
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TREE_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TREE_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxTreeCtrlXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreeCtrlXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxTreeCtrlXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TREECTRL
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TREE_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_treebk.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxTreebook
-// Author: Evgeniy Tarassov
-// Created: 2005/09/28
-// Copyright: (c) 2005 TT-Solutions <vadim@tt-solutions.com>
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_TREEBK_H_
-#define _WX_XH_TREEBK_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TREEBOOK
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTreebook;
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-
-WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_ARRAY_SIZE_T(size_t, wxArrayTbkPageIndexes,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC);
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxTreebookXmlHandler class
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Resource xml structure have to be almost the "same" as for wxNotebook
-// except the additional (size_t)depth parameter for treebookpage nodes
-// which indicates the depth of the page in the tree.
-// There is only one logical constraint on this parameter :
-// it cannot be greater than the previous page depth plus one
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxTreebookXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxTreebookXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxTreebookXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- wxTreebook *m_tbk;
- wxArrayTbkPageIndexes m_treeContext;
- bool m_isInside;
-};
-
-
-// Example:
-// -------
-// Label
-// \--First
-// | \--Second
-// \--Third
-//
-//<resource>
-// ...
-// <object class="wxTreebook">
-// <object class="treebookpage">
-// <object class="wxWindow" />
-// <label>My first page</label>
-// <depth>0</depth>
-// </object>
-// <object class="treebookpage">
-// <object class="wxWindow" />
-// <label>First</label>
-// <depth>1</depth>
-// </object>
-// <object class="treebookpage">
-// <object class="wxWindow" />
-// <label>Second</label>
-// <depth>2</depth>
-// </object>
-// <object class="treebookpage">
-// <object class="wxWindow" />
-// <label>Third</label>
-// <depth>1</depth>
-// </object>
-// </object>
-// ...
-//</resource>
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_TREEBOOK
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_TREEBK_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_unkwn.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for unknown widget
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/03/05
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_UNKWN_H_
-#define _WX_XH_UNKWN_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxUnknownWidgetXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxUnknownWidgetXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxUnknownWidgetXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_UNKWN_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xh_wizrd.h
-// Purpose: XML resource handler for wxWizard
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2003/03/02
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XH_WIZRD_H_
-#define _WX_XH_WIZRD_H_
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlres.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_WIZARDDLG
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizard;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxWizardPageSimple;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxWizardXmlHandler : public wxXmlResourceHandler
-{
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWizardXmlHandler)
-
-public:
- wxWizardXmlHandler();
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource();
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node);
-
-private:
- wxWizard *m_wizard;
- wxWizardPageSimple *m_lastSimplePage;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC && wxUSE_WIZARDDLG
-
-#endif // _WX_XH_WIZRD_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xmlres.h
-// Purpose: XML resources
-// Author: Vaclav Slavik
-// Created: 2000/03/05
-// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vaclav Slavik
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XMLRES_H_
-#define _WX_XMLRES_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/dynarray.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/datetime.h"
-#include "wx/list.h"
-#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/bitmap.h"
-#include "wx/icon.h"
-#include "wx/artprov.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/vector.h"
-
-#include "wx/xrc/xmlreshandler.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxFileName;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIconBundle;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImageList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuBar;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxDialog;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPanel;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFrame;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolBar;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlDocument;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XRC wxXmlSubclassFactory;
-class wxXmlSubclassFactories;
-class wxXmlResourceModule;
-class wxXmlResourceDataRecords;
-
-// These macros indicate current version of XML resources (this information is
-// encoded in root node of XRC file as "version" property).
-//
-// Rules for increasing version number:
-// - change it only if you made incompatible change to the format. Addition
-// of new attribute to control handler is _not_ incompatible change, because
-// older versions of the library may ignore it.
-// - if you change version number, follow these steps:
-// - set major, minor and release numbers to respective version numbers of
-// the wxWidgets library (see wx/version.h)
-// - reset revision to 0 unless the first three are same as before,
-// in which case you should increase revision by one
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_MAJOR 2
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_MINOR 5
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_RELEASE 3
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_REVISION 0
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_STRING wxT("2.5.3.0")
-
-#define WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION \
- (WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_MAJOR * 256*256*256 + \
- WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_MINOR * 256*256 + \
- WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_RELEASE * 256 + \
- WX_XMLRES_CURRENT_VERSION_REVISION)
-
-enum wxXmlResourceFlags
-{
- wxXRC_USE_LOCALE = 1,
- wxXRC_NO_SUBCLASSING = 2,
- wxXRC_NO_RELOADING = 4
-};
-
-// This class holds XML resources from one or more .xml files
-// (or derived forms, either binary or zipped -- see manual for
-// details).
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxXmlResource : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // Constructor.
- // Flags: wxXRC_USE_LOCALE
- // translatable strings will be translated via _()
- // using the given domain if specified
- // wxXRC_NO_SUBCLASSING
- // subclass property of object nodes will be ignored
- // (useful for previews in XRC editors)
- // wxXRC_NO_RELOADING
- // don't check the modification time of the XRC files and
- // reload them if they have changed on disk
- wxXmlResource(int flags = wxXRC_USE_LOCALE,
- const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString);
-
- // Constructor.
- // Flags: wxXRC_USE_LOCALE
- // translatable strings will be translated via _()
- // using the given domain if specified
- // wxXRC_NO_SUBCLASSING
- // subclass property of object nodes will be ignored
- // (useful for previews in XRC editors)
- wxXmlResource(const wxString& filemask, int flags = wxXRC_USE_LOCALE,
- const wxString& domain = wxEmptyString);
-
- // Destructor.
- virtual ~wxXmlResource();
-
- // Loads resources from XML files that match given filemask.
- // This method understands wxFileSystem URLs if wxUSE_FILESYS.
- bool Load(const wxString& filemask);
-
- // Loads resources from single XRC file.
- bool LoadFile(const wxFileName& file);
-
- // Loads all XRC files from a directory.
- bool LoadAllFiles(const wxString& dirname);
-
- // Unload resource from the given XML file (wildcards not allowed)
- bool Unload(const wxString& filename);
-
- // Initialize handlers for all supported controls/windows. This will
- // make the executable quite big because it forces linking against
- // most of the wxWidgets library.
- void InitAllHandlers();
-
- // Initialize only a specific handler (or custom handler). Convention says
- // that handler name is equal to the control's name plus 'XmlHandler', for
- // example wxTextCtrlXmlHandler, wxHtmlWindowXmlHandler. The XML resource
- // compiler (xmlres) can create include file that contains initialization
- // code for all controls used within the resource.
- void AddHandler(wxXmlResourceHandler *handler);
-
- // Add a new handler at the beginning of the handler list
- void InsertHandler(wxXmlResourceHandler *handler);
-
- // Removes all handlers
- void ClearHandlers();
-
- // Registers subclasses factory for use in XRC. This function is not meant
- // for public use, please see the comment above wxXmlSubclassFactory
- // definition.
- static void AddSubclassFactory(wxXmlSubclassFactory *factory);
-
- // Loads menu from resource. Returns NULL on failure.
- wxMenu *LoadMenu(const wxString& name);
-
- // Loads menubar from resource. Returns NULL on failure.
- wxMenuBar *LoadMenuBar(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
- // Loads menubar from resource. Returns NULL on failure.
- wxMenuBar *LoadMenuBar(const wxString& name) { return LoadMenuBar(NULL, name); }
-
-#if wxUSE_TOOLBAR
- // Loads a toolbar.
- wxToolBar *LoadToolBar(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-#endif
-
- // Loads a dialog. dlg points to parent window (if any).
- wxDialog *LoadDialog(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
- // Loads a dialog. dlg points to parent window (if any). This form
- // is used to finish creation of already existing instance (main reason
- // for this is that you may want to use derived class with new event table)
- // Example (typical usage):
- // MyDialog dlg;
- // wxTheXmlResource->LoadDialog(&dlg, mainFrame, "my_dialog");
- // dlg->ShowModal();
- bool LoadDialog(wxDialog *dlg, wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
- // Loads a panel. panel points to parent window (if any).
- wxPanel *LoadPanel(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
- // Loads a panel. panel points to parent window (if any). This form
- // is used to finish creation of already existing instance.
- bool LoadPanel(wxPanel *panel, wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
- // Loads a frame.
- wxFrame *LoadFrame(wxWindow* parent, const wxString& name);
- bool LoadFrame(wxFrame* frame, wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name);
-
- // Load an object from the resource specifying both the resource name and
- // the classname. This lets you load nonstandard container windows.
- wxObject *LoadObject(wxWindow *parent, const wxString& name,
- const wxString& classname)
- {
- return DoLoadObject(parent, name, classname, false /* !recursive */);
- }
-
- // Load an object from the resource specifying both the resource name and
- // the classname. This form lets you finish the creation of an existing
- // instance.
- bool LoadObject(wxObject *instance,
- wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& classname)
- {
- return DoLoadObject(instance, parent, name, classname, false);
- }
-
- // These versions of LoadObject() look for the object with the given name
- // recursively (breadth first) and can be used to instantiate an individual
- // control defined anywhere in an XRC file. No check is done that the name
- // is unique, it's up to the caller to ensure this.
- wxObject *LoadObjectRecursively(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& classname)
- {
- return DoLoadObject(parent, name, classname, true /* recursive */);
- }
-
- bool LoadObjectRecursively(wxObject *instance,
- wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& classname)
- {
- return DoLoadObject(instance, parent, name, classname, true);
- }
-
- // Loads a bitmap resource from a file.
- wxBitmap LoadBitmap(const wxString& name);
-
- // Loads an icon resource from a file.
- wxIcon LoadIcon(const wxString& name);
-
- // Attaches an unknown control to the given panel/window/dialog.
- // Unknown controls are used in conjunction with <object class="unknown">.
- bool AttachUnknownControl(const wxString& name, wxWindow *control,
- wxWindow *parent = NULL);
-
- // Returns a numeric ID that is equivalent to the string ID used in an XML
- // resource. If an unknown str_id is requested (i.e. other than wxID_XXX
- // or integer), a new record is created which associates the given string
- // with a number. If value_if_not_found == wxID_NONE, the number is obtained via
- // wxWindow::NewControlId(). Otherwise value_if_not_found is used.
- // Macro XRCID(name) is provided for convenient use in event tables.
- static int GetXRCID(const wxString& str_id, int value_if_not_found = wxID_NONE)
- { return DoGetXRCID(str_id.mb_str(), value_if_not_found); }
-
- // version for internal use only
- static int DoGetXRCID(const char *str_id, int value_if_not_found = wxID_NONE);
-
-
- // Find the string ID with the given numeric value, returns an empty string
- // if no such ID is found.
- //
- // Notice that unlike GetXRCID(), which is fast, this operation is slow as
- // it checks all the IDs used in XRC.
- static wxString FindXRCIDById(int numId);
-
-
- // Returns version information (a.b.c.d = d+ 256*c + 256^2*b + 256^3*a).
- long GetVersion() const { return m_version; }
-
- // Compares resources version to argument. Returns -1 if resources version
- // is less than the argument, +1 if greater and 0 if they equal.
- int CompareVersion(int major, int minor, int release, int revision) const
- {
- long diff = GetVersion() -
- (major*256*256*256 + minor*256*256 + release*256 + revision);
- if ( diff < 0 )
- return -1;
- else if ( diff > 0 )
- return +1;
- else
- return 0;
- }
-
- //// Singleton accessors.
-
- // Gets the global resources object or creates one if none exists.
- static wxXmlResource *Get();
-
- // Sets the global resources object and returns a pointer to the previous one (may be NULL).
- static wxXmlResource *Set(wxXmlResource *res);
-
- // Returns flags, which may be a bitlist of wxXRC_USE_LOCALE and wxXRC_NO_SUBCLASSING.
- int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
- // Set flags after construction.
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
-
- // Get/Set the domain to be passed to the translation functions, defaults
- // to empty string (no domain).
- const wxString& GetDomain() const { return m_domain; }
- void SetDomain(const wxString& domain);
-
-
- // This function returns the wxXmlNode containing the definition of the
- // object with the given name or NULL.
- //
- // It can be used to access additional information defined in the XRC file
- // and not used by wxXmlResource itself.
- const wxXmlNode *GetResourceNode(const wxString& name) const
- { return GetResourceNodeAndLocation(name, wxString(), true); }
-
-protected:
- // reports input error at position 'context'
- void ReportError(const wxXmlNode *context, const wxString& message);
-
- // override this in derived class to customize errors reporting
- virtual void DoReportError(const wxString& xrcFile, const wxXmlNode *position,
- const wxString& message);
-
- // Load the contents of a single file and returns its contents as a new
- // wxXmlDocument (which will be owned by caller) on success or NULL.
- wxXmlDocument *DoLoadFile(const wxString& file);
-
- // Scans the resources list for unloaded files and loads them. Also reloads
- // files that have been modified since last loading.
- bool UpdateResources();
-
-
- // Common implementation of GetResourceNode() and FindResource(): searches
- // all top-level or all (if recursive == true) nodes if all loaded XRC
- // files and returns the node, if found, as well as the path of the file it
- // was found in if path is non-NULL
- wxXmlNode *GetResourceNodeAndLocation(const wxString& name,
- const wxString& classname,
- bool recursive = false,
- wxString *path = NULL) const;
-
-
- // Note that these functions are used outside of wxWidgets itself, e.g.
- // there are several known cases of inheriting from wxXmlResource just to
- // be able to call FindResource() so we keep them for compatibility even if
- // their names are not really consistent with GetResourceNode() public
- // function and FindResource() is also non-const because it changes the
- // current path of m_curFileSystem to ensure that relative paths work
- // correctly when CreateResFromNode() is called immediately afterwards
- // (something const public function intentionally does not do)
-
- // Returns the node containing the resource with the given name and class
- // name unless it's empty (then any class matches) or NULL if not found.
- wxXmlNode *FindResource(const wxString& name, const wxString& classname,
- bool recursive = false);
-
- // Helper function used by FindResource() to look under the given node.
- wxXmlNode *DoFindResource(wxXmlNode *parent, const wxString& name,
- const wxString& classname, bool recursive) const;
-
- // Creates a resource from information in the given node
- // (Uses only 'handlerToUse' if != NULL)
- wxObject *CreateResFromNode(wxXmlNode *node, wxObject *parent,
- wxObject *instance = NULL,
- wxXmlResourceHandler *handlerToUse = NULL)
- {
- return node ? DoCreateResFromNode(*node, parent, instance, handlerToUse)
- : NULL;
- }
-
- // Helper of Load() and Unload(): returns the URL corresponding to the
- // given file if it's indeed a file, otherwise returns the original string
- // unmodified
- static wxString ConvertFileNameToURL(const wxString& filename);
-
- // loading resources from archives is impossible without wxFileSystem
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
- // Another helper: detect if the filename is a ZIP or XRS file
- static bool IsArchive(const wxString& filename);
-#endif // wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
-
-private:
- wxXmlResourceDataRecords& Data() { return *m_data; }
- const wxXmlResourceDataRecords& Data() const { return *m_data; }
-
- // the real implementation of CreateResFromNode(): this should be only
- // called if node is non-NULL
- wxObject *DoCreateResFromNode(wxXmlNode& node,
- wxObject *parent,
- wxObject *instance,
- wxXmlResourceHandler *handlerToUse = NULL);
-
- // common part of LoadObject() and LoadObjectRecursively()
- wxObject *DoLoadObject(wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& classname,
- bool recursive);
- bool DoLoadObject(wxObject *instance,
- wxWindow *parent,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& classname,
- bool recursive);
-
-private:
- long m_version;
-
- int m_flags;
- wxVector<wxXmlResourceHandler*> m_handlers;
- wxXmlResourceDataRecords *m_data;
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
- wxFileSystem m_curFileSystem;
- wxFileSystem& GetCurFileSystem() { return m_curFileSystem; }
-#endif
-
- // domain to pass to translation functions, if any.
- wxString m_domain;
-
- friend class wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl;
- friend class wxXmlResourceModule;
- friend class wxIdRangeManager;
- friend class wxIdRange;
-
- static wxXmlSubclassFactories *ms_subclassFactories;
-
- // singleton instance:
- static wxXmlResource *ms_instance;
-};
-
-
-// This macro translates string identifier (as used in XML resource,
-// e.g. <menuitem id="my_menu">...</menuitem>) to integer id that is needed by
-// wxWidgets event tables.
-// Example:
-// BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(MyFrame, wxFrame)
-// EVT_MENU(XRCID("quit"), MyFrame::OnQuit)
-// EVT_MENU(XRCID("about"), MyFrame::OnAbout)
-// EVT_MENU(XRCID("new"), MyFrame::OnNew)
-// EVT_MENU(XRCID("open"), MyFrame::OnOpen)
-// END_EVENT_TABLE()
-
-#define XRCID(str_id) \
- wxXmlResource::DoGetXRCID(str_id)
-
-
-// This macro returns pointer to particular control in dialog
-// created using XML resources. You can use it to set/get values from
-// controls.
-// Example:
-// wxDialog dlg;
-// wxXmlResource::Get()->LoadDialog(&dlg, mainFrame, "my_dialog");
-// XRCCTRL(dlg, "my_textctrl", wxTextCtrl)->SetValue(wxT("default value"));
-
-#define XRCCTRL(window, id, type) \
- (wxStaticCast((window).FindWindow(XRCID(id)), type))
-
-// This macro returns pointer to sizer item
-// Example:
-//
-// <object class="spacer" name="area">
-// <size>400, 300</size>
-// </object>
-//
-// wxSizerItem* item = XRCSIZERITEM(*this, "area")
-
-#define XRCSIZERITEM(window, id) \
- ((window).GetSizer() ? (window).GetSizer()->GetItemById(XRCID(id)) : NULL)
-
-
-// wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl is the back-end of the wxXmlResourceHander class to
-// really implementing all its functionality. It is defined in the "xrc"
-// library unlike wxXmlResourceHandler itself which is defined in "core" to
-// allow inheriting from it in the code from the other libraries too.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl : public wxXmlResourceHandlerImplBase
-{
-public:
- // Constructor.
- wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl(wxXmlResourceHandler *handler);
-
- // Destructor.
- virtual ~wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl() {}
-
- // Creates an object (menu, dialog, control, ...) from an XML node.
- // Should check for validity.
- // parent is a higher-level object (usually window, dialog or panel)
- // that is often necessary to create the resource.
- // If instance is non-NULL it should not create a new instance via 'new' but
- // should rather use this one, and call its Create method.
- wxObject *CreateResource(wxXmlNode *node, wxObject *parent,
- wxObject *instance);
-
-
- // --- Handy methods:
-
- // Returns true if the node has a property class equal to classname,
- // e.g. <object class="wxDialog">.
- bool IsOfClass(wxXmlNode *node, const wxString& classname) const;
-
- // Gets node content from wxXML_ENTITY_NODE
- // The problem is, <tag>content<tag> is represented as
- // wxXML_ENTITY_NODE name="tag", content=""
- // |-- wxXML_TEXT_NODE or
- // wxXML_CDATA_SECTION_NODE name="" content="content"
- wxString GetNodeContent(const wxXmlNode *node);
-
- // Check to see if a parameter exists.
- bool HasParam(const wxString& param);
-
- // Finds the node or returns NULL.
- wxXmlNode *GetParamNode(const wxString& param);
-
- // Finds the parameter value or returns the empty string.
- wxString GetParamValue(const wxString& param);
-
- // Returns the parameter value from given node.
- wxString GetParamValue(const wxXmlNode* node);
-
- // Gets style flags from text in form "flag | flag2| flag3 |..."
- // Only understands flags added with AddStyle
- int GetStyle(const wxString& param = wxT("style"), int defaults = 0);
-
- // Gets text from param and does some conversions:
- // - replaces \n, \r, \t by respective chars (according to C syntax)
- // - replaces _ by & and __ by _ (needed for _File => &File because of XML)
- // - calls wxGetTranslations (unless disabled in wxXmlResource)
- wxString GetText(const wxString& param, bool translate = true);
-
- // Returns the XRCID.
- int GetID();
-
- // Returns the resource name.
- wxString GetName();
-
- // Gets a bool flag (1, t, yes, on, true are true, everything else is false).
- bool GetBool(const wxString& param, bool defaultv = false);
-
- // Gets an integer value from the parameter.
- long GetLong(const wxString& param, long defaultv = 0);
-
- // Gets a float value from the parameter.
- float GetFloat(const wxString& param, float defaultv = 0);
-
- // Gets colour in HTML syntax (#RRGGBB).
- wxColour GetColour(const wxString& param, const wxColour& defaultv = wxNullColour);
-
- // Gets the size (may be in dialog units).
- wxSize GetSize(const wxString& param = wxT("size"),
- wxWindow *windowToUse = NULL);
-
- // Gets the position (may be in dialog units).
- wxPoint GetPosition(const wxString& param = wxT("pos"));
-
- // Gets a dimension (may be in dialog units).
- wxCoord GetDimension(const wxString& param, wxCoord defaultv = 0,
- wxWindow *windowToUse = NULL);
-
- // Gets a direction, complains if the value is invalid.
- wxDirection GetDirection(const wxString& param, wxDirection dirDefault = wxLEFT);
-
- // Gets a bitmap.
- wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxString& param = wxT("bitmap"),
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize);
-
- // Gets a bitmap from an XmlNode.
- wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxXmlNode* node,
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize);
-
- // Gets an icon.
- wxIcon GetIcon(const wxString& param = wxT("icon"),
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize);
-
- // Gets an icon from an XmlNode.
- wxIcon GetIcon(const wxXmlNode* node,
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize);
-
- // Gets an icon bundle.
- wxIconBundle GetIconBundle(const wxString& param,
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER);
-
- // Gets an image list.
- wxImageList *GetImageList(const wxString& param = wxT("imagelist"));
-
-#if wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
- // Gets an animation.
- wxAnimation* GetAnimation(const wxString& param = wxT("animation"));
-#endif
-
- // Gets a font.
- wxFont GetFont(const wxString& param = wxT("font"), wxWindow* parent = NULL);
-
- // Gets the value of a boolean attribute (only "0" and "1" are valid values)
- bool GetBoolAttr(const wxString& attr, bool defaultv);
-
-
- // Sets common window options.
- void SetupWindow(wxWindow *wnd);
-
- // Creates children.
- void CreateChildren(wxObject *parent, bool this_hnd_only = false);
-
- // Helper function.
- void CreateChildrenPrivately(wxObject *parent, wxXmlNode *rootnode = NULL);
-
- // Creates a resource from a node.
- wxObject *CreateResFromNode(wxXmlNode *node,
- wxObject *parent, wxObject *instance = NULL);
-
- // helper
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
- wxFileSystem& GetCurFileSystem();
-#endif
-
- // reports input error at position 'context'
- void ReportError(wxXmlNode *context, const wxString& message);
- // reports input error at m_node
- void ReportError(const wxString& message);
- // reports input error when parsing parameter with given name
- void ReportParamError(const wxString& param, const wxString& message);
-};
-
-
-// Programmer-friendly macros for writing XRC handlers:
-
-#define XRC_MAKE_INSTANCE(variable, classname) \
- classname *variable = NULL; \
- if (m_instance) \
- variable = wxStaticCast(m_instance, classname); \
- if (!variable) \
- variable = new classname;
-
-
-// FIXME -- remove this $%^#$%#$@# as soon as Ron checks his changes in!!
-WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC void wxXmlInitResourceModule();
-
-
-// This class is used to create instances of XRC "object" nodes with "subclass"
-// property. It is _not_ supposed to be used by XRC users, you should instead
-// register your subclasses via wxWidgets' RTTI mechanism. This class is useful
-// only for language bindings developer who need a way to implement subclassing
-// in wxWidgets ports that don't support wxRTTI (e.g. wxPython).
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XRC wxXmlSubclassFactory
-{
-public:
- // Try to create instance of given class and return it, return NULL on
- // failure:
- virtual wxObject *Create(const wxString& className) = 0;
- virtual ~wxXmlSubclassFactory() {}
-};
-
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Backward compatibility macros. Do *NOT* use, they may disappear in future
- versions of the XRC library!
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XMLRES_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xrc/xmlreshandler.cpp
-// Purpose: XML resource handler
-// Author: Steven Lamerton
-// Created: 2011/01/26
-// RCS-ID: $id$
-// Copyright: (c) 2011 Steven Lamerton
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XRC_XMLRESHANDLER_H_
-#define _WX_XRC_XMLRESHANDLER_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_XRC
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/artprov.h"
-#include "wx/colour.h"
-#include "wx/filesys.h"
-#include "wx/imaglist.h"
-#include "wx/window.h"
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_ADV wxAnimation;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlNode;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_XML wxXmlResource;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxXmlResourceHandler;
-
-// Helper macro used by the classes derived from wxXmlResourceHandler but also
-// by wxXmlResourceHandler implementation itself.
-#define XRC_ADD_STYLE(style) AddStyle(wxT(#style), style)
-
-// Abstract base class for the implementation object used by
-// wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl. The real implementation is in
-// wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl class in the "xrc" library while this class is in
-// the "core" itself -- but it is so small that it doesn't matter.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxXmlResourceHandlerImplBase : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // Constructor.
- wxXmlResourceHandlerImplBase(wxXmlResourceHandler *handler)
- : m_handler(handler)
- {}
-
- // Destructor.
- virtual ~wxXmlResourceHandlerImplBase() {}
-
- virtual wxObject *CreateResource(wxXmlNode *node, wxObject *parent,
- wxObject *instance) = 0;
- virtual bool IsOfClass(wxXmlNode *node, const wxString& classname) const = 0;
- virtual wxString GetNodeContent(const wxXmlNode *node) = 0;
- virtual bool HasParam(const wxString& param) = 0;
- virtual wxXmlNode *GetParamNode(const wxString& param) = 0;
- virtual wxString GetParamValue(const wxString& param) = 0;
- virtual wxString GetParamValue(const wxXmlNode* node) = 0;
- virtual int GetStyle(const wxString& param = wxT("style"), int defaults = 0) = 0;
- virtual wxString GetText(const wxString& param, bool translate = true) = 0;
- virtual int GetID() = 0;
- virtual wxString GetName() = 0;
- virtual bool GetBool(const wxString& param, bool defaultv = false) = 0;
- virtual long GetLong(const wxString& param, long defaultv = 0) = 0;
- virtual float GetFloat(const wxString& param, float defaultv = 0) = 0;
- virtual wxColour GetColour(const wxString& param,
- const wxColour& defaultv = wxNullColour) = 0;
- virtual wxSize GetSize(const wxString& param = wxT("size"),
- wxWindow *windowToUse = NULL) = 0;
- virtual wxPoint GetPosition(const wxString& param = wxT("pos")) = 0;
- virtual wxCoord GetDimension(const wxString& param, wxCoord defaultv = 0,
- wxWindow *windowToUse = NULL) = 0;
- virtual wxDirection GetDirection(const wxString& param, wxDirection dir = wxLEFT) = 0;
- virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxString& param = wxT("bitmap"),
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize) = 0;
- virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxXmlNode* node,
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize) = 0;
- virtual wxIcon GetIcon(const wxString& param = wxT("icon"),
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize) = 0;
- virtual wxIcon GetIcon(const wxXmlNode* node,
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize) = 0;
- virtual wxIconBundle GetIconBundle(const wxString& param,
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER) = 0;
- virtual wxImageList *GetImageList(const wxString& param = wxT("imagelist")) = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
- virtual wxAnimation* GetAnimation(const wxString& param = wxT("animation")) = 0;
-#endif
-
- virtual wxFont GetFont(const wxString& param = wxT("font"), wxWindow* parent = NULL) = 0;
- virtual bool GetBoolAttr(const wxString& attr, bool defaultv) = 0;
- virtual void SetupWindow(wxWindow *wnd) = 0;
- virtual void CreateChildren(wxObject *parent, bool this_hnd_only = false) = 0;
- virtual void CreateChildrenPrivately(wxObject *parent,
- wxXmlNode *rootnode = NULL) = 0;
- virtual wxObject *CreateResFromNode(wxXmlNode *node, wxObject *parent,
- wxObject *instance = NULL) = 0;
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
- virtual wxFileSystem& GetCurFileSystem() = 0;
-#endif
- virtual void ReportError(wxXmlNode *context, const wxString& message) = 0;
- virtual void ReportError(const wxString& message) = 0;
- virtual void ReportParamError(const wxString& param, const wxString& message) = 0;
-
- wxXmlResourceHandler* GetHandler() { return m_handler; }
-
-protected:
- wxXmlResourceHandler *m_handler;
-};
-
-// Base class for all XRC handlers.
-//
-// Notice that this class is defined in the core library itself and so can be
-// used as the base class by classes in any GUI library. However to actually be
-// usable, it needs to be registered with wxXmlResource which implies linking
-// the application with the xrc library.
-//
-// Also note that all the methods forwarding to GetImpl() are documented only
-// in wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl in wx/xrc/xmlres.h to avoid duplication.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxXmlResourceHandler : public wxObject
-{
-public:
- // Constructor creates an unusable object, before anything can be done with
- // it, SetImpl() needs to be called as done by wxXmlResource::AddHandler().
- wxXmlResourceHandler()
- {
- m_node = NULL;
- m_parent =
- m_instance = NULL;
- m_parentAsWindow = NULL;
- m_resource = NULL;
-
- m_impl = NULL;
- }
-
- // This should be called exactly once.
- void SetImpl(wxXmlResourceHandlerImplBase* impl)
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( !m_impl, wxS("Should be called exactly once") );
-
- m_impl = impl;
- }
-
-
- // Destructor.
- virtual ~wxXmlResourceHandler()
- {
- delete m_impl;
- }
-
- wxObject *CreateResource(wxXmlNode *node, wxObject *parent,
- wxObject *instance)
- {
- return GetImpl()->CreateResource(node, parent, instance);
- }
-
- // This one is called from CreateResource after variables
- // were filled.
- virtual wxObject *DoCreateResource() = 0;
-
- // Returns true if it understands this node and can create
- // a resource from it, false otherwise.
- virtual bool CanHandle(wxXmlNode *node) = 0;
-
-
- void SetParentResource(wxXmlResource *res)
- {
- m_resource = res;
- }
-
-
- // These methods are not forwarded to wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl because they
- // are called from the derived classes ctors and so before SetImpl() can be
- // called.
-
- // Add a style flag (e.g. wxMB_DOCKABLE) to the list of flags
- // understood by this handler.
- void AddStyle(const wxString& name, int value);
-
- // Add styles common to all wxWindow-derived classes.
- void AddWindowStyles();
-
-protected:
- // Everything else is simply forwarded to wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl.
- void ReportError(wxXmlNode *context, const wxString& message)
- {
- GetImpl()->ReportError(context, message);
- }
- void ReportError(const wxString& message)
- {
- GetImpl()->ReportError(message);
- }
- void ReportParamError(const wxString& param, const wxString& message)
- {
- GetImpl()->ReportParamError(param, message);
- }
-
- bool IsOfClass(wxXmlNode *node, const wxString& classname) const
- {
- return GetImpl()->IsOfClass(node, classname);
- }
- wxString GetNodeContent(const wxXmlNode *node)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetNodeContent(node);
- }
- bool HasParam(const wxString& param)
- {
- return GetImpl()->HasParam(param);
- }
-
- wxXmlNode *GetParamNode(const wxString& param)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetParamNode(param);
- }
- wxString GetParamValue(const wxString& param)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetParamValue(param);
- }
- wxString GetParamValue(const wxXmlNode* node)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetParamValue(node);
- }
- int GetStyle(const wxString& param = wxT("style"), int defaults = 0)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetStyle(param, defaults);
- }
- wxString GetText(const wxString& param, bool translate = true)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetText(param, translate);
- }
- int GetID() const
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetID();
- }
- wxString GetName()
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetName();
- }
- bool GetBool(const wxString& param, bool defaultv = false)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetBool(param, defaultv);
- }
- long GetLong(const wxString& param, long defaultv = 0)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetLong(param, defaultv);
- }
- float GetFloat(const wxString& param, float defaultv = 0)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetFloat(param, defaultv);
- }
- wxColour GetColour(const wxString& param,
- const wxColour& defaultv = wxNullColour)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetColour(param, defaultv);
- }
- wxSize GetSize(const wxString& param = wxT("size"),
- wxWindow *windowToUse = NULL)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetSize(param, windowToUse);
- }
- wxPoint GetPosition(const wxString& param = wxT("pos"))
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetPosition(param);
- }
- wxCoord GetDimension(const wxString& param, wxCoord defaultv = 0,
- wxWindow *windowToUse = NULL)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetDimension(param, defaultv, windowToUse);
- }
- wxDirection GetDirection(const wxString& param, wxDirection dir = wxLEFT)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetDirection(param, dir);
- }
- wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxString& param = wxT("bitmap"),
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetBitmap(param, defaultArtClient, size);
- }
- wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxXmlNode* node,
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetBitmap(node, defaultArtClient, size);
- }
- wxIcon GetIcon(const wxString& param = wxT("icon"),
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetIcon(param, defaultArtClient, size);
- }
- wxIcon GetIcon(const wxXmlNode* node,
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER,
- wxSize size = wxDefaultSize)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetIcon(node, defaultArtClient, size);
- }
- wxIconBundle GetIconBundle(const wxString& param,
- const wxArtClient& defaultArtClient = wxART_OTHER)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetIconBundle(param, defaultArtClient);
- }
- wxImageList *GetImageList(const wxString& param = wxT("imagelist"))
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetImageList(param);
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL
- wxAnimation* GetAnimation(const wxString& param = wxT("animation"))
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetAnimation(param);
- }
-#endif
-
- wxFont GetFont(const wxString& param = wxT("font"),
- wxWindow* parent = NULL)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetFont(param, parent);
- }
- bool GetBoolAttr(const wxString& attr, bool defaultv)
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetBoolAttr(attr, defaultv);
- }
- void SetupWindow(wxWindow *wnd)
- {
- GetImpl()->SetupWindow(wnd);
- }
- void CreateChildren(wxObject *parent, bool this_hnd_only = false)
- {
- GetImpl()->CreateChildren(parent, this_hnd_only);
- }
- void CreateChildrenPrivately(wxObject *parent, wxXmlNode *rootnode = NULL)
- {
- GetImpl()->CreateChildrenPrivately(parent, rootnode);
- }
- wxObject *CreateResFromNode(wxXmlNode *node,
- wxObject *parent, wxObject *instance = NULL)
- {
- return GetImpl()->CreateResFromNode(node, parent, instance);
- }
-
-#if wxUSE_FILESYSTEM
- wxFileSystem& GetCurFileSystem()
- {
- return GetImpl()->GetCurFileSystem();
- }
-#endif
-
- // Variables (filled by CreateResource)
- wxXmlNode *m_node;
- wxString m_class;
- wxObject *m_parent, *m_instance;
- wxWindow *m_parentAsWindow;
- wxXmlResource *m_resource;
-
- // provide method access to those member variables
- wxXmlResource* GetResource() const { return m_resource; }
- wxXmlNode* GetNode() const { return m_node; }
- wxString GetClass() const { return m_class; }
- wxObject* GetParent() const { return m_parent; }
- wxObject* GetInstance() const { return m_instance; }
- wxWindow* GetParentAsWindow() const { return m_parentAsWindow; }
-
-
- wxArrayString m_styleNames;
- wxArrayInt m_styleValues;
-
- friend class wxXmlResourceHandlerImpl;
-
-private:
- // This is supposed to never return NULL because SetImpl() should have been
- // called.
- wxXmlResourceHandlerImplBase* GetImpl() const;
-
- wxXmlResourceHandlerImplBase *m_impl;
-
- wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxXmlResourceHandler);
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_XRC
-
-#endif // _WX_XRC_XMLRESHANDLER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xti.h
-// Purpose: runtime metadata information (extended class info)
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 27/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XTIH__
-#define _WX_XTIH__
-
-// We want to support properties, event sources and events sinks through
-// explicit declarations, using templates and specialization to make the
-// effort as painless as possible.
-//
-// This means we have the following domains :
-//
-// - Type Information for categorizing built in types as well as custom types
-// this includes information about enums, their values and names
-// - Type safe value storage : a kind of wxVariant, called right now wxAny
-// which will be merged with wxVariant
-// - Property Information and Property Accessors providing access to a class'
-// values and exposed event delegates
-// - Information about event handlers
-// - extended Class Information for accessing all these
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// headers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAny;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAnyList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxClassInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPluginLibrary;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHashTable_Node;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStringToAnyHashMap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPropertyInfoMap;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPropertyAccessor;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObjectAllocator;
-
-
-#define wx_dynamic_cast(t, x) dynamic_cast<t>(x)
-
-#include "wx/xtitypes.h"
-#include "wx/xtihandler.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxClassInfo
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectFunctor
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxObjectFunctor();
-
- // Invoke the actual event handler:
- virtual void operator()(const wxObject *) = 0;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxPropertyInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxHandlerInfo;
-
-typedef wxObject *(*wxObjectConstructorFn)(void);
-typedef wxPropertyInfo *(*wxPropertyInfoFn)(void);
-typedef wxHandlerInfo *(*wxHandlerInfoFn)(void);
-typedef void (*wxVariantToObjectConverter)( const wxAny &data, wxObjectFunctor* fn );
-typedef wxObject* (*wxVariantToObjectPtrConverter) ( const wxAny& data);
-typedef wxAny (*wxObjectToVariantConverter)( wxObject* );
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxAnyGetAsString( const wxAny& data);
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE const wxObject* wxAnyGetAsObjectPtr( const wxAny& data);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriter;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriterCallback;
-
-typedef bool (*wxObjectStreamingCallback) ( const wxObject *, wxObjectWriter *, \
- wxObjectWriterCallback *, const wxStringToAnyHashMap & );
-
-
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo
-{
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfo;
- friend class /* WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE */ wxHandlerInfo;
- friend wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxString& name);
-
-public:
- wxClassInfo(const wxClassInfo **_Parents,
- const wxChar *_UnitName,
- const wxChar *_ClassName,
- int size,
- wxObjectConstructorFn ctor,
- wxPropertyInfoFn _Props,
- wxHandlerInfoFn _Handlers,
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* _Constructor,
- const wxChar ** _ConstructorProperties,
- const int _ConstructorPropertiesCount,
- wxVariantToObjectPtrConverter _PtrConverter1,
- wxVariantToObjectConverter _Converter2,
- wxObjectToVariantConverter _Converter3,
- wxObjectStreamingCallback _streamingCallback = NULL) :
- m_className(_ClassName),
- m_objectSize(size),
- m_objectConstructor(ctor),
- m_next(sm_first),
- m_firstPropertyFn(_Props),
- m_firstHandlerFn(_Handlers),
- m_firstProperty(NULL),
- m_firstHandler(NULL),
- m_firstInited(false),
- m_parents(_Parents),
- m_unitName(_UnitName),
- m_constructor(_Constructor),
- m_constructorProperties(_ConstructorProperties),
- m_constructorPropertiesCount(_ConstructorPropertiesCount),
- m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter(_PtrConverter1),
- m_variantToObjectConverter(_Converter2),
- m_objectToVariantConverter(_Converter3),
- m_streamingCallback(_streamingCallback)
- {
- sm_first = this;
- Register();
- }
-
- wxClassInfo(const wxChar *_UnitName, const wxChar *_ClassName,
- const wxClassInfo **_Parents) :
- m_className(_ClassName),
- m_objectSize(0),
- m_objectConstructor(NULL),
- m_next(sm_first),
- m_firstPropertyFn(NULL),
- m_firstHandlerFn(NULL),
- m_firstProperty(NULL),
- m_firstHandler(NULL),
- m_firstInited(true),
- m_parents(_Parents),
- m_unitName(_UnitName),
- m_constructor(NULL),
- m_constructorProperties(NULL),
- m_constructorPropertiesCount(0),
- m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter(NULL),
- m_variantToObjectConverter(NULL),
- m_objectToVariantConverter(NULL),
- m_streamingCallback(NULL)
- {
- sm_first = this;
- Register();
- }
-
- // ctor compatible with old RTTI system
- wxClassInfo(const wxChar *_ClassName,
- const wxClassInfo *_Parent1,
- const wxClassInfo *_Parent2,
- int size,
- wxObjectConstructorFn ctor) :
- m_className(_ClassName),
- m_objectSize(size),
- m_objectConstructor(ctor),
- m_next(sm_first),
- m_firstPropertyFn(NULL),
- m_firstHandlerFn(NULL),
- m_firstProperty(NULL),
- m_firstHandler(NULL),
- m_firstInited(true),
- m_parents(NULL),
- m_unitName(NULL),
- m_constructor(NULL),
- m_constructorProperties(NULL),
- m_constructorPropertiesCount(0),
- m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter(NULL),
- m_variantToObjectConverter(NULL),
- m_objectToVariantConverter(NULL),
- m_streamingCallback(NULL)
- {
- sm_first = this;
- m_parents[0] = _Parent1;
- m_parents[1] = _Parent2;
- m_parents[2] = NULL;
- Register();
- }
-
- virtual ~wxClassInfo();
-
- // allocates an instance of this class, this object does not have to be
- // initialized or fully constructed as this call will be followed by a call to Create
- virtual wxObject *AllocateObject() const
- { return m_objectConstructor ? (*m_objectConstructor)() : 0; }
-
- // 'old naming' for AllocateObject staying here for backward compatibility
- wxObject *CreateObject() const { return AllocateObject(); }
-
- // direct construction call for classes that cannot construct instances via alloc/create
- wxObject *ConstructObject(int ParamCount, wxAny *Params) const;
-
- bool NeedsDirectConstruction() const;
-
- const wxChar *GetClassName() const
- { return m_className; }
- const wxChar *GetBaseClassName1() const
- { return m_parents[0] ? m_parents[0]->GetClassName() : NULL; }
- const wxChar *GetBaseClassName2() const
- { return (m_parents[0] && m_parents[1]) ? m_parents[1]->GetClassName() : NULL; }
-
- const wxClassInfo *GetBaseClass1() const
- { return m_parents[0]; }
- const wxClassInfo *GetBaseClass2() const
- { return m_parents[0] ? m_parents[1] : NULL; }
-
- const wxChar *GetIncludeName() const
- { return m_unitName; }
- const wxClassInfo **GetParents() const
- { return m_parents; }
- int GetSize() const
- { return m_objectSize; }
- bool IsDynamic() const
- { return (NULL != m_objectConstructor); }
-
- wxObjectConstructorFn GetConstructor() const
- { return m_objectConstructor; }
- const wxClassInfo *GetNext() const
- { return m_next; }
-
- // statics:
-
- static void CleanUp();
- static wxClassInfo *FindClass(const wxString& className);
- static const wxClassInfo *GetFirst()
- { return sm_first; }
-
-
- // Climb upwards through inheritance hierarchy.
- // Dual inheritance is catered for.
-
- bool IsKindOf(const wxClassInfo *info) const;
-
- wxDECLARE_CLASS_INFO_ITERATORS();
-
- // if there is a callback registered with that class it will be called
- // before this object will be written to disk, it can veto streaming out
- // this object by returning false, if this class has not registered a
- // callback, the search will go up the inheritance tree if no callback has
- // been registered true will be returned by default
- bool BeforeWriteObject( const wxObject *obj, wxObjectWriter *streamer,
- wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata) const;
-
- // gets the streaming callback from this class or any superclass
- wxObjectStreamingCallback GetStreamingCallback() const;
-
- // returns the first property
- wxPropertyInfo* GetFirstProperty() const
- { EnsureInfosInited(); return m_firstProperty; }
-
- // returns the first handler
- wxHandlerInfo* GetFirstHandler() const
- { EnsureInfosInited(); return m_firstHandler; }
-
- // Call the Create upon an instance of the class, in the end the object is fully
- // initialized
- virtual bool Create (wxObject *object, int ParamCount, wxAny *Params) const;
-
- // get number of parameters for constructor
- virtual int GetCreateParamCount() const
- { return m_constructorPropertiesCount; }
-
- // get n-th constructor parameter
- virtual const wxChar* GetCreateParamName(int n) const
- { return m_constructorProperties[n]; }
-
- // Runtime access to objects for simple properties (get/set) by property
- // name and variant data
- virtual void SetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName,
- const wxAny &value) const;
- virtual wxAny GetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName) const;
-
- // Runtime access to objects for collection properties by property name
- virtual wxAnyList GetPropertyCollection(wxObject *object,
- const wxChar *propertyName) const;
- virtual void AddToPropertyCollection(wxObject *object, const wxChar *propertyName,
- const wxAny& value) const;
-
- // we must be able to cast variants to wxObject pointers, templates seem
- // not to be suitable
- void CallOnAny( const wxAny &data, wxObjectFunctor* functor ) const;
-
- wxObject* AnyToObjectPtr( const wxAny &data) const;
-
- wxAny ObjectPtrToAny( wxObject *object ) const;
-
- // find property by name
- virtual const wxPropertyInfo *FindPropertyInfo (const wxChar *PropertyName) const;
-
- // find handler by name
- virtual const wxHandlerInfo *FindHandlerInfo (const wxChar *handlerName) const;
-
- // find property by name
- virtual wxPropertyInfo *FindPropertyInfoInThisClass (const wxChar *PropertyName) const;
-
- // find handler by name
- virtual wxHandlerInfo *FindHandlerInfoInThisClass (const wxChar *handlerName) const;
-
- // puts all the properties of this class and its superclasses in the map,
- // as long as there is not yet an entry with the same name (overriding mechanism)
- void GetProperties( wxPropertyInfoMap &map ) const;
-
-private:
- const wxChar *m_className;
- int m_objectSize;
- wxObjectConstructorFn m_objectConstructor;
-
- // class info object live in a linked list:
- // pointers to its head and the next element in it
-
- static wxClassInfo *sm_first;
- wxClassInfo *m_next;
-
- static wxHashTable *sm_classTable;
-
- wxPropertyInfoFn m_firstPropertyFn;
- wxHandlerInfoFn m_firstHandlerFn;
-
-
-protected:
- void EnsureInfosInited() const
- {
- if ( !m_firstInited)
- {
- if ( m_firstPropertyFn != NULL)
- m_firstProperty = (*m_firstPropertyFn)();
- if ( m_firstHandlerFn != NULL)
- m_firstHandler = (*m_firstHandlerFn)();
- m_firstInited = true;
- }
- }
- mutable wxPropertyInfo* m_firstProperty;
- mutable wxHandlerInfo* m_firstHandler;
-
-private:
- mutable bool m_firstInited;
-
- const wxClassInfo** m_parents;
- const wxChar* m_unitName;
-
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* m_constructor;
- const wxChar ** m_constructorProperties;
- const int m_constructorPropertiesCount;
- wxVariantToObjectPtrConverter m_variantOfPtrToObjectConverter;
- wxVariantToObjectConverter m_variantToObjectConverter;
- wxObjectToVariantConverter m_objectToVariantConverter;
- wxObjectStreamingCallback m_streamingCallback;
-
- const wxPropertyAccessor *FindAccessor (const wxChar *propertyName) const;
-
-protected:
- // registers the class
- void Register();
- void Unregister();
-
- DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClassInfo)
-};
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject *wxCreateDynamicObject(const wxString& name);
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDynamicClassInfo
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// this object leads to having a pure runtime-instantiation
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo : public wxClassInfo
-{
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicObject;
-
-public:
- wxDynamicClassInfo( const wxChar *_UnitName, const wxChar *_ClassName,
- const wxClassInfo* superClass );
- virtual ~wxDynamicClassInfo();
-
- // constructs a wxDynamicObject with an instance
- virtual wxObject *AllocateObject() const;
-
- // Call the Create method for a class
- virtual bool Create (wxObject *object, int ParamCount, wxAny *Params) const;
-
- // get number of parameters for constructor
- virtual int GetCreateParamCount() const;
-
- // get i-th constructor parameter
- virtual const wxChar* GetCreateParamName(int i) const;
-
- // Runtime access to objects by property name, and variant data
- virtual void SetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *PropertyName,
- const wxAny &Value) const;
- virtual wxAny GetProperty (wxObject *object, const wxChar *PropertyName) const;
-
- // adds a property to this class at runtime
- void AddProperty( const wxChar *propertyName, const wxTypeInfo* typeInfo );
-
- // removes an existing runtime-property
- void RemoveProperty( const wxChar *propertyName );
-
- // renames an existing runtime-property
- void RenameProperty( const wxChar *oldPropertyName, const wxChar *newPropertyName );
-
- // as a handler to this class at runtime
- void AddHandler( const wxChar *handlerName, wxObjectEventFunction address,
- const wxClassInfo* eventClassInfo );
-
- // removes an existing runtime-handler
- void RemoveHandler( const wxChar *handlerName );
-
- // renames an existing runtime-handler
- void RenameHandler( const wxChar *oldHandlerName, const wxChar *newHandlerName );
-
-private:
- struct wxDynamicClassInfoInternal;
- wxDynamicClassInfoInternal* m_data;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDECLARE class macros
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define _DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) \
- public: \
- static wxClassInfo ms_classInfo; \
- static const wxClassInfo* ms_classParents[]; \
- static wxPropertyInfo* GetPropertiesStatic(); \
- static wxHandlerInfo* GetHandlersStatic(); \
- static wxClassInfo *GetClassInfoStatic() \
- { return &name::ms_classInfo; } \
- virtual wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const \
- { return &name::ms_classInfo; }
-
-#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name) \
- static wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* ms_constructor; \
- static const wxChar * ms_constructorProperties[]; \
- static const int ms_constructorPropertiesCount; \
- _DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(name) \
- wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(name); \
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(name) \
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(name); \
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_CLASS(name) \
- wxDECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-
-#define wxDECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name) _DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name)
-#define wxCLASSINFO(name) (&name::ms_classInfo)
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-#endif // _WX_XTIH__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/wxt2.h
-// Purpose: runtime metadata information (extended class info)
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 27/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XTI2H__
-#define _WX_XTI2H__
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// second part of xti headers, is included from object.h
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxDynamicObject class, its instances connect to a 'super class instance'
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicObject : public wxObject
-{
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo ;
-public:
- // instantiates this object with an instance of its superclass
- wxDynamicObject(wxObject* superClassInstance, const wxDynamicClassInfo *info) ;
- virtual ~wxDynamicObject();
-
- void SetProperty (const wxChar *propertyName, const wxAny &value);
- wxAny GetProperty (const wxChar *propertyName) const ;
-
- // get the runtime identity of this object
- wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const
- {
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
- return (wxClassInfo*) m_classInfo;
-#else
- wxDynamicClassInfo *nonconst = const_cast<wxDynamicClassInfo *>(m_classInfo);
- return static_cast<wxClassInfo *>(nonconst);
-#endif
- }
-
- wxObject* GetSuperClassInstance() const
- {
- return m_superClassInstance ;
- }
-private :
- // removes an existing runtime-property
- void RemoveProperty( const wxChar *propertyName ) ;
-
- // renames an existing runtime-property
- void RenameProperty( const wxChar *oldPropertyName , const wxChar *newPropertyName ) ;
-
- wxObject *m_superClassInstance ;
- const wxDynamicClassInfo *m_classInfo;
- struct wxDynamicObjectInternal;
- wxDynamicObjectInternal *m_data;
-};
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// String conversion templates supporting older compilers
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#if wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER
-# define wxTO_STRING(type) wxToStringConverter<type>
-# define wxTO_STRING_IMP(type)
-# define wxFROM_STRING(type) wxFromStringConverter<type>
-# define wxFROM_STRING_IMP(type)
-#else
-# define wxTO_STRING(type) ToString##type
-# define wxTO_STRING_IMP(type) \
- inline void ToString##type( const wxAny& data, wxString &result ) \
-{ wxToStringConverter<type>(data, result); }
-
-# define wxFROM_STRING(type) FromString##type
-# define wxFROM_STRING_IMP(type) \
- inline void FromString##type( const wxString& data, wxAny &result ) \
-{ wxFromStringConverter<type>(data, result); }
-#endif
-
-#include "wx/xtiprop.h"
-#include "wx/xtictor.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIMPLEMENT class macros for concrete classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Single inheritance with one base class
-
-#define _DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR(name) \
-wxObject* wxConstructorFor##name() \
-{ return new name; }
-
-#define _DEFAULT_CONVERTERS(name) \
-wxObject* wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name ( const wxAny &data ) \
-{ return data.As( (name**)NULL ); } \
- wxAny wxObjectToVariantConverter##name ( wxObject *data ) \
-{ return wxAny( wx_dynamic_cast(name*, data) ); }
-
-#define _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(n, toString, fromString ) \
- wxClassTypeInfo s_typeInfo##n(wxT_OBJECT, &n::ms_classInfo, \
- toString, fromString, typeid(n).name()); \
- wxClassTypeInfo s_typeInfoPtr##n(wxT_OBJECT_PTR, &n::ms_classInfo, \
- toString, fromString, typeid(n*).name());
-
-#define _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(name, basename, unit, callback) \
- _DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR(name) \
- _DEFAULT_CONVERTERS(name) \
- \
- const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = \
-{ &basename::ms_classInfo, NULL }; \
- wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxT(unit), \
- wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) wxConstructorFor##name, \
- name::GetPropertiesStatic, name::GetHandlersStatic, name::ms_constructor, \
- name::ms_constructorProperties, name::ms_constructorPropertiesCount, \
- wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name, NULL, wxObjectToVariantConverter##name, \
- callback);
-
-#define _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY(name, basename, unit, callback ) \
- _DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR(name) \
- _DEFAULT_CONVERTERS(name) \
- void wxVariantToObjectConverter##name ( const wxAny &data, wxObjectFunctor* fn ) \
- { name o = wxANY_AS(data, name); (*fn)( &o ); } \
- \
- const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { &basename::ms_classInfo,NULL }; \
- wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxT(unit), \
- wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) wxConstructorFor##name, \
- name::GetPropertiesStatic,name::GetHandlersStatic,name::ms_constructor, \
- name::ms_constructorProperties, name::ms_constructorPropertiesCount, \
- wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name, wxVariantToObjectConverter##name, \
- wxObjectToVariantConverter##name, callback);
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name, basename ) \
- _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name, basename, "", NULL ) \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) \
- const wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() \
-{ return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL; } \
- const wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() \
-{ return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL; } \
- wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY( name )
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename ) \
- _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename, "", NULL ) \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) \
- wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() \
-{ return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL; } \
- wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() \
-{ return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL; } \
- wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY( name )
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI( name, basename, unit ) \
- _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename, unit, NULL ) \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL)
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK( name, basename, unit, callback )\
- _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( name, basename, unit, &callback ) \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL)
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_XTI( name, basename, unit ) \
- _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name, basename, unit, NULL ) \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL)
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY_AND_STREAMERS_XTI( name, basename, \
- unit, toString, \
- fromString ) \
- _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_WITH_COPY( name, basename, unit, NULL ) \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, toString, fromString)
-
-// this is for classes that do not derive from wxObject, there are no creators for these
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_WXOBJECT_NO_BASE_XTI( name, unit ) \
- const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { NULL }; \
- wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxEmptyString, \
- wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0, \
- name::GetPropertiesStatic,name::GetHandlersStatic, 0, 0, \
- 0, 0, 0 ); \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL)
-
-// this is for subclasses that still do not derive from wxObject
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_WXOBJECT_XTI( name, basename, unit ) \
- const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = { &basename::ms_classInfo, NULL }; \
- wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxEmptyString, \
- wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0, \
- name::GetPropertiesStatic,name::GetHandlersStatic, 0, 0, \
- 0, 0, 0 ); \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL)
-
-
-// Multiple inheritance with two base classes
-
-#define _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2(name, basename, basename2, unit, callback) \
- _DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR(name) \
- _DEFAULT_CONVERTERS(name) \
- \
- const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = \
-{ &basename::ms_classInfo,&basename2::ms_classInfo, NULL }; \
- wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxT(unit), \
- wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) wxConstructorFor##name, \
- name::GetPropertiesStatic,name::GetHandlersStatic,name::ms_constructor, \
- name::ms_constructorProperties, name::ms_constructorPropertiesCount, \
- wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name, NULL, wxObjectToVariantConverter##name, \
- callback);
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name, basename, basename2) \
- _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name, basename, basename2, "", NULL) \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL) \
- wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() { return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL; } \
- wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() { return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL; } \
- wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY( name )
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2_XTI( name, basename, basename2, unit) \
- _IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS2( name, basename, basename2, unit, NULL) \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL)
-
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxIMPLEMENT class macros for abstract classes
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Single inheritance with one base class
-
-#define _IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(name, basename) \
- _DEFAULT_CONVERTERS(name) \
- \
- const wxClassInfo* name::ms_classParents[] = \
-{ &basename::ms_classInfo,NULL }; \
- wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(name::ms_classParents, wxEmptyString, \
- wxT(#name), (int) sizeof(name), (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0, \
- name::GetPropertiesStatic,name::GetHandlersStatic, 0, 0, \
- 0, wxVariantOfPtrToObjectConverter##name,0, \
- wxObjectToVariantConverter##name); \
- _TYPEINFO_CLASSES(name, NULL, NULL)
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( name, basename ) \
- _IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( name, basename ) \
- wxHandlerInfo *name::GetHandlersStatic() { return (wxHandlerInfo*) NULL; } \
- wxPropertyInfo *name::GetPropertiesStatic() { return (wxPropertyInfo*) NULL; }
-
-// Multiple inheritance with two base classes
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS2(name, basename1, basename2) \
- wxClassInfo name::ms_classInfo(wxT(#name), wxT(#basename1), \
- wxT(#basename2), (int) sizeof(name), \
- (wxObjectConstructorFn) 0);
-
-// templated streaming, every type that can be converted to wxString
-// must have their specialization for these methods
-
-template<typename T>
-void wxStringReadValue( const wxString &s, T &data );
-
-template<typename T>
-void wxStringWriteValue( wxString &s, const T &data);
-
-template<typename T>
-void wxToStringConverter( const wxAny &v, wxString &s )
-{ wxStringWriteValue(s, wxANY_AS(v, T)); }
-
-template<typename T>
-void wxFromStringConverter( const wxString &s, wxAny &v)
-{ T d; wxStringReadValue(s, d); v = wxAny(d); }
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Collection Support
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-template<typename iter, typename collection_t > void wxListCollectionToAnyList(
- const collection_t& coll, wxAnyList &value )
-{
- for ( iter current = coll.GetFirst(); current;
- current = current->GetNext() )
- {
- value.Append( new wxAny(current->GetData()) );
- }
-}
-
-template<typename collection_t> void wxArrayCollectionToVariantArray(
- const collection_t& coll, wxAnyList &value )
-{
- for( size_t i = 0; i < coll.GetCount(); i++ )
- {
- value.Append( new wxAny(coll[i]) );
- }
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // _WX_XTIH2__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xtictor.h
-// Purpose: XTI constructors
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 27/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _XTICTOR_H_
-#define _XTICTOR_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#include "wx/xti.h"
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Constructor Bridges
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// A constructor bridge allows to call a ctor with an arbitrary number
-// or parameters during runtime
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator() { }
- virtual bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) = 0;
-};
-
-// a direct constructor bridge calls the operator new for this class and
-// passes all params to the constructor. Needed for classes that cannot be
-// instantiated using alloc-create semantics
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectAllocator : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
-public:
- virtual bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args) = 0;
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Constructor Bridges for all Numbers of Params
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// no params
-
-template<typename Class>
-struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_0 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *)
- {
- Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o);
- return obj->Create();
- }
-};
-
-struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_Dummy : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject *&, wxAny *)
- {
- return true;
- }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_0(klass) \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_0<klass> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { NULL }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 0;
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(klass) \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_Dummy constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { NULL }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 0;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template<typename Class>
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_0 : public wxObjectAllocator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- o = new Class( );
- return o != NULL;
- }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_0(klass) \
- wxDirectConstructorBridge_0<klass> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { NULL }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 0;
-
-
-// 1 param
-
-template<typename Class, typename T0>
-struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_1 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o);
- return obj->Create(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL))
- );
- }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_1(klass,t0,v0) \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_1<klass,t0> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 1;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template<typename Class, typename T0>
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_1 : public wxObjectAllocator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- o = new Class(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL))
- );
- return o != NULL;
- }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_1(klass,t0,v0) \
- wxDirectConstructorBridge_1<klass,t0,t1> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 1;
-
-
-// 2 params
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1>
-struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_2 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o);
- return obj->Create(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL))
- );
- }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_2(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1) \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_2<klass,t0,t1> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 2;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1>
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_2 : public wxObjectAllocator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- o = new Class(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL))
- );
- return o != NULL;
- }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_2(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1) \
- wxDirectConstructorBridge_2<klass,t0,t1> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 2;
-
-
-// 3 params
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2>
-struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_3 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o);
- return obj->Create(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL))
- );
- }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_3(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2) \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_3<klass,t0,t1,t2> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 3;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2>
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_3 : public wxObjectAllocator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- o = new Class(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL))
- );
- return o != NULL;
- }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_3(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2) \
- wxDirectConstructorBridge_3<klass,t0,t1,t2> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 3;
-
-
-// 4 params
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
-struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_4 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o);
- return obj->Create(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL)),
- (args[3]).As(static_cast<T3*>(NULL))
- );
- }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_4(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3) \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_4<klass,t0,t1,t2,t3> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \
- { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 4;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_4 : public wxObjectAllocator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- o = new Class(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL)),
- (args[3]).As(static_cast<T3*>(NULL))
- );
- return o != NULL;
- }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_4(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3) \
- wxDirectConstructorBridge_4<klass,t0,t1,t2,t3> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \
- { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 4;
-
-
-// 5 params
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
-struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_5 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o);
- return obj->Create(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL)),
- (args[3]).As(static_cast<T3*>(NULL)),
- (args[4]).As(static_cast<T4*>(NULL))
- );
- }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_5(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4) \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_5<klass,t0,t1,t2,t3,t4> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \
- { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 5;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4>
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_5 : public wxObjectAllocator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- o = new Class(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL)),
- (args[3]).As(static_cast<T3*>(NULL)),
- (args[4]).As(static_cast<T4*>(NULL))
- );
- return o != NULL;
- }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_5(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4) \
- wxDirectConstructorBridge_5<klass,t0,t1,t2,t3,t4> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \
- { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 5;
-
-
-// 6 params
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
-struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_6 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o);
- return obj->Create(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL)),
- (args[3]).As(static_cast<T3*>(NULL)),
- (args[4]).As(static_cast<T4*>(NULL)),
- (args[5]).As(static_cast<T5*>(NULL))
- );
- }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_6(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5) \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_6<klass,t0,t1,t2,t3,t4,t5> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \
- { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 6;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5>
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_6 : public wxObjectAllocator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- o = new Class(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL)),
- (args[3]).As(static_cast<T3*>(NULL)),
- (args[4]).As(static_cast<T4*>(NULL)),
- (args[5]).As(static_cast<T5*>(NULL))
- );
- return o != NULL;
- }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_6(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5) \
- wxDirectConstructorBridge_6<klass,t0,t1,t2,t3,t4,t5> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), \
- wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 6;
-
-
-// 7 params
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6>
-struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_7 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o);
- return obj->Create(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL)),
- (args[3]).As(static_cast<T3*>(NULL)),
- (args[4]).As(static_cast<T4*>(NULL)),
- (args[5]).As(static_cast<T5*>(NULL)),
- (args[6]).As(static_cast<T6*>(NULL))
- );
- }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_7(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6) \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_7<klass,t0,t1,t2,t3,t4,t5,t6> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), \
- wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5), wxT(#v6) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 7;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, typename T6>
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_7 : public wxObjectAllocator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- o = new Class(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL)),
- (args[3]).As(static_cast<T3*>(NULL)),
- (args[4]).As(static_cast<T4*>(NULL)),
- (args[5]).As(static_cast<T5*>(NULL)),
- (args[6]).As(static_cast<T6*>(NULL))
- );
- return o != NULL;
- }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_7(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6) \
- wxDirectConstructorBridge_7<klass,t0,t1,t2,t3,t4,t5,t6> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \
- { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5), wxT(#v6) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 7;
-
-
-// 8 params
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, \
-typename T6, typename T7>
-struct wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_8 : public wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- Class *obj = wx_dynamic_cast(Class*, o);
- return obj->Create(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL)),
- (args[3]).As(static_cast<T3*>(NULL)),
- (args[4]).As(static_cast<T4*>(NULL)),
- (args[5]).As(static_cast<T5*>(NULL)),
- (args[6]).As(static_cast<T6*>(NULL)),
- (args[7]).As(static_cast<T7*>(NULL))
- );
- }
-};
-
-#define wxCONSTRUCTOR_8(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6,t7,v7) \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator_8<klass,t0,t1,t2,t3,t4,t5,t6,t7> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \
- { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5), wxT(#v6), wxT(#v7) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 8;
-
-// direct constructor version
-
-template<typename Class,
-typename T0, typename T1, typename T2, typename T3, typename T4, typename T5, \
-typename T6, typename T7>
-struct wxDirectConstructorBridge_8 : public wxObjectAllocator
-{
- bool Create(wxObject * &o, wxAny *args)
- {
- o = new Class(
- (args[0]).As(static_cast<T0*>(NULL)),
- (args[1]).As(static_cast<T1*>(NULL)),
- (args[2]).As(static_cast<T2*>(NULL)),
- (args[3]).As(static_cast<T3*>(NULL)),
- (args[4]).As(static_cast<T4*>(NULL)),
- (args[5]).As(static_cast<T5*>(NULL)),
- (args[6]).As(static_cast<T6*>(NULL)),
- (args[7]).As(static_cast<T7*>(NULL))
- );
- return o != NULL;
- }
-};
-
-#define wxDIRECT_CONSTRUCTOR_8(klass,t0,v0,t1,v1,t2,v2,t3,v3,t4,v4,t5,v5,t6,v6,t7,v7) \
- wxDirectConstructorBridge_8<klass,t0,t1,t2,t3,t4,t5,t6,t7> constructor##klass; \
- wxObjectAllocatorAndCreator* klass::ms_constructor = &constructor##klass; \
- const wxChar *klass::ms_constructorProperties[] = \
- { wxT(#v0), wxT(#v1), wxT(#v2), wxT(#v3), wxT(#v4), wxT(#v5), wxT(#v6), wxT(#v7) }; \
- const int klass::ms_constructorPropertiesCount = 8;
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-#endif // _XTICTOR_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xtihandler.h
-// Purpose: XTI handlers
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 27/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _XTIHANDLER_H_
-#define _XTIHANDLER_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#include "wx/xti.h"
-
-// copied from event.h which cannot be included at this place
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvent;
-
-#ifdef __VISUALC__
-#define wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES __multiple_inheritance
-#else
-#define wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES
-#endif
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMSVC_FWD_MULTIPLE_BASES wxEvtHandler;
-typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxEventFunction)(wxEvent&);
-typedef wxEventFunction wxObjectEventFunction;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Handler Info
-//
-// this describes an event sink
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHandlerInfo
-{
- friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo;
-
-public:
- wxHandlerInfo(wxHandlerInfo* &iter,
- wxClassInfo* itsClass,
- const wxString& name,
- wxObjectEventFunction address,
- const wxClassInfo* eventClassInfo) :
- m_eventFunction(address),
- m_name(name),
- m_eventClassInfo(eventClassInfo),
- m_itsClass(itsClass)
- {
- Insert(iter);
- }
-
- ~wxHandlerInfo()
- { Remove(); }
-
- // return the name of this handler
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
- // return the class info of the event
- const wxClassInfo *GetEventClassInfo() const { return m_eventClassInfo; }
-
- // get the handler function pointer
- wxObjectEventFunction GetEventFunction() const { return m_eventFunction; }
-
- // returns NULL if this is the last handler of this class
- wxHandlerInfo* GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-
- // return the class this property is declared in
- const wxClassInfo* GetDeclaringClass() const { return m_itsClass; }
-
-private:
-
- // inserts this handler at the end of the linked chain which begins
- // with "iter" handler.
- void Insert(wxHandlerInfo* &iter);
-
- // removes this handler from the linked chain of the m_itsClass handlers.
- void Remove();
-
- wxObjectEventFunction m_eventFunction;
- wxString m_name;
- const wxClassInfo* m_eventClassInfo;
- wxHandlerInfo* m_next;
- wxClassInfo* m_itsClass;
-};
-
-#define wxHANDLER(name,eventClassType) \
- static wxHandlerInfo _handlerInfo##name( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \
- wxT(#name), (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) &name, \
- wxCLASSINFO( eventClassType ) );
-
-#define wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(theClass) \
- wxHandlerInfo *theClass::GetHandlersStatic() \
- { \
- typedef theClass class_t; \
- static wxHandlerInfo* first = NULL;
-
-#define wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() \
- return first; }
-
-#define wxEMPTY_HANDLERS_TABLE(theClass) \
- wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(theClass) \
- wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-#endif // _XTIHANDLER_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xtiprop.h
-// Purpose: XTI properties
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 27/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _XTIPROP_H_
-#define _XTIPROP_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#include "wx/xti.h"
-#include "wx/any.h"
-
-/*
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDynamicClassInfo;
-*/
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHashTable_Node;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvent;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEvtHandler;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Property Accessors
-//
-// wxPropertySetter/Getter/CollectionGetter/CollectionAdder are all property
-// accessors which are managed by wxPropertyAccessor class which in turn is
-// handled by wxPropertyInfo.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertySetter
-{
-public:
- wxPropertySetter( const wxString name ) { m_name = name; }
- virtual ~wxPropertySetter() {}
-
- virtual void Set( wxObject *object, const wxAny &variantValue ) const = 0;
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_name;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyGetter
-{
-public:
- wxPropertyGetter( const wxString name ) { m_name = name; }
- virtual ~wxPropertyGetter() {}
-
- virtual void Get( const wxObject *object, wxAny& result) const = 0;
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_name;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyCollectionGetter
-{
-public:
- wxPropertyCollectionGetter( const wxString name ) { m_name = name; }
- virtual ~wxPropertyCollectionGetter() {}
-
- virtual void Get( const wxObject *object, wxAnyList& result) const = 0;
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_name;
-};
-
-template<typename coll_t> void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE \
- wxCollectionToVariantArray( const coll_t& coll, wxAnyList& result );
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyCollectionAdder
-{
-public:
- wxPropertyCollectionAdder( const wxString name ) { m_name = name; }
- virtual ~wxPropertyCollectionAdder() {}
-
- virtual void Add( wxObject *object, const wxAny &variantValue ) const= 0;
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
-private:
- wxString m_name;
-};
-
-#define wxPROPERTY_SETTER( property, Klass, valueType, setterMethod ) \
-class wxPropertySetter##property : public wxPropertySetter \
-{ \
-public: \
- wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \
- wxPropertySetter##property() : wxPropertySetter( wxT(#setterMethod) ) {} \
- virtual ~wxPropertySetter##property() {} \
- \
- void Set( wxObject *object, const wxAny &variantValue ) const \
- { \
- Klass *obj = dynamic_cast<Klass*>(object); \
- valueType tempobj; \
- if ( variantValue.GetAs(&tempobj) ) \
- obj->setterMethod(tempobj); \
- else \
- obj->setterMethod(*wxANY_AS(variantValue, valueType*)); \
- } \
-};
-
-#define wxPROPERTY_GETTER( property, Klass, valueType, gettermethod ) \
-class wxPropertyGetter##property : public wxPropertyGetter \
-{ \
-public: \
- wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \
- wxPropertyGetter##property() : wxPropertyGetter( wxT(#gettermethod) ) {} \
- virtual ~wxPropertyGetter##property() {} \
- \
- void Get( const wxObject *object, wxAny &result) const \
- { \
- const Klass *obj = dynamic_cast<const Klass*>(object); \
- result = wxAny( obj->gettermethod() ); \
- } \
-};
-
-#define wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION_ADDER( property, Klass, valueType, addermethod ) \
-class wxPropertyCollectionAdder##property : public wxPropertyCollectionAdder \
-{ \
-public: \
- wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \
- wxPropertyCollectionAdder##property() : wxPropertyCollectionAdder( wxT(#addermethod) ) {} \
- virtual ~wxPropertyCollectionAdder##property() {} \
- \
- void Add( wxObject *object, const wxAny &variantValue ) const \
- { \
- Klass *obj = dynamic_cast<Klass*>(object); \
- valueType tempobj; \
- if ( variantValue.GetAs(&tempobj) ) \
- obj->addermethod(tempobj); \
- else \
- obj->addermethod(*wxANY_AS(variantValue, valueType*)); \
- } \
-};
-
-#define wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION_GETTER( property, Klass, valueType, gettermethod ) \
-class wxPropertyCollectionGetter##property : public wxPropertyCollectionGetter \
-{ \
-public: \
- wxINFUNC_CLASS_TYPE_FIX(Klass) \
- wxPropertyCollectionGetter##property() : wxPropertyCollectionGetter( wxT(#gettermethod) ) {} \
- virtual ~wxPropertyCollectionGetter##property() {} \
- \
- void Get( const wxObject *object, wxAnyList &result) const \
- { \
- const Klass *obj = dynamic_cast<const Klass*>(object); \
- wxCollectionToVariantArray( obj->gettermethod(), result ); \
- } \
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyAccessor
-{
-public:
- wxPropertyAccessor( wxPropertySetter *setter, wxPropertyGetter *getter,
- wxPropertyCollectionAdder *adder, wxPropertyCollectionGetter *collectionGetter )
- { m_setter = setter; m_getter = getter; m_adder = adder;
- m_collectionGetter = collectionGetter; }
-
- virtual ~wxPropertyAccessor() {}
-
- // Setting a simple property (non-collection)
- virtual void SetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxAny &value) const
- {
- if ( m_setter )
- m_setter->Set( object, value );
- else
- wxLogError( wxGetTranslation("SetProperty called w/o valid setter") );
- }
-
- // Getting a simple property (non-collection)
- virtual void GetProperty(const wxObject *object, wxAny &result) const
- {
- if ( m_getter )
- m_getter->Get( object, result );
- else
- wxLogError( wxGetTranslation("GetProperty called w/o valid getter") );
- }
-
- // Adding an element to a collection property
- virtual void AddToPropertyCollection(wxObject *object, const wxAny &value) const
- {
- if ( m_adder )
- m_adder->Add( object, value );
- else
- wxLogError( wxGetTranslation("AddToPropertyCollection called w/o valid adder") );
- }
-
- // Getting a collection property
- virtual void GetPropertyCollection( const wxObject *obj, wxAnyList &result) const
- {
- if ( m_collectionGetter )
- m_collectionGetter->Get( obj, result);
- else
- wxLogError( wxGetTranslation("GetPropertyCollection called w/o valid collection getter") );
- }
-
- virtual bool HasSetter() const { return m_setter != NULL; }
- virtual bool HasCollectionGetter() const { return m_collectionGetter != NULL; }
- virtual bool HasGetter() const { return m_getter != NULL; }
- virtual bool HasAdder() const { return m_adder != NULL; }
-
- virtual const wxString& GetCollectionGetterName() const
- { return m_collectionGetter->GetName(); }
- virtual const wxString& GetGetterName() const
- { return m_getter->GetName(); }
- virtual const wxString& GetSetterName() const
- { return m_setter->GetName(); }
- virtual const wxString& GetAdderName() const
- { return m_adder->GetName(); }
-
-protected:
- wxPropertySetter *m_setter;
- wxPropertyCollectionAdder *m_adder;
- wxPropertyGetter *m_getter;
- wxPropertyCollectionGetter* m_collectionGetter;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGenericPropertyAccessor : public wxPropertyAccessor
-{
-public:
- wxGenericPropertyAccessor( const wxString &propName );
- virtual ~wxGenericPropertyAccessor();
-
- void RenameProperty( const wxString& WXUNUSED_UNLESS_DEBUG(oldName),
- const wxString& newName )
- {
- wxASSERT( oldName == m_propertyName ); m_propertyName = newName;
- }
-
- virtual bool HasSetter() const { return true; }
- virtual bool HasGetter() const { return true; }
- virtual bool HasAdder() const { return false; }
- virtual bool HasCollectionGetter() const { return false; }
-
- virtual const wxString& GetGetterName() const
- { return m_getterName; }
- virtual const wxString& GetSetterName() const
- { return m_setterName; }
-
- virtual void SetProperty(wxObject *object, const wxAny &value) const;
- virtual void GetProperty(const wxObject *object, wxAny &value) const;
-
- // Adding an element to a collection property
- virtual void AddToPropertyCollection(wxObject *WXUNUSED(object),
- const wxAny &WXUNUSED(value)) const
- {
- wxLogError( wxGetTranslation("AddToPropertyCollection called on a generic accessor") );
- }
-
- // Getting a collection property
- virtual void GetPropertyCollection( const wxObject *WXUNUSED(obj),
- wxAnyList &WXUNUSED(result)) const
- {
- wxLogError ( wxGetTranslation("GetPropertyCollection called on a generic accessor") );
- }
-
-private:
- struct wxGenericPropertyAccessorInternal;
- wxGenericPropertyAccessorInternal* m_data;
- wxString m_propertyName;
- wxString m_setterName;
- wxString m_getterName;
-};
-
-typedef long wxPropertyInfoFlags;
-enum
-{
- // will be removed in future releases
- wxPROP_DEPRECATED = 0x00000001,
-
- // object graph property, will be streamed with priority (after constructor properties)
- wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH = 0x00000002,
-
- // this will only be streamed out and in as enum/set, the internal representation
- // is still a long
- wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG = 0x00000004,
-
- // don't stream out this property, needed eg to avoid streaming out children
- // that are always created by their parents
- wxPROP_DONT_STREAM = 0x00000008
-};
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Property Support
-//
-// wxPropertyInfo is used to inquire of the property by name. It doesn't
-// provide access to the property, only information about it. If you
-// want access, look at wxPropertyAccessor.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfo
-{
- friend class /* WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE */ wxDynamicClassInfo;
-
-public:
- wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter,
- wxClassInfo* itsClass,
- const wxString& name,
- const wxString& typeName,
- wxPropertyAccessor *accessor,
- wxAny dv,
- wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0,
- const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) :
- m_itsClass(itsClass),
- m_name(name),
- m_typeInfo(NULL),
- m_typeName(typeName),
- m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL),
- m_accessor(accessor),
- m_defaultValue(dv),
- m_flags(flags),
- m_helpString(helpString),
- m_groupString(groupString)
- {
- Insert(iter);
- }
-
- wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter,
- wxClassInfo* itsClass,
- const wxString& name,
- wxEventSourceTypeInfo* type,
- wxPropertyAccessor *accessor,
- wxAny dv,
- wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0,
- const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) :
- m_itsClass(itsClass),
- m_name(name),
- m_typeInfo(type),
- m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL),
- m_accessor(accessor),
- m_defaultValue(dv),
- m_flags(flags),
- m_helpString(helpString),
- m_groupString(groupString)
- {
- Insert(iter);
- }
-
- wxPropertyInfo(wxPropertyInfo* &iter,
- wxClassInfo* itsClass, const wxString& name,
- const wxString& collectionTypeName,
- const wxString& elementTypeName,
- wxPropertyAccessor *accessor,
- wxPropertyInfoFlags flags = 0,
- const wxString& helpString = wxEmptyString,
- const wxString& groupString = wxEmptyString) :
- m_itsClass(itsClass),
- m_name(name),
- m_typeInfo(NULL),
- m_typeName(collectionTypeName),
- m_collectionElementTypeInfo(NULL),
- m_collectionElementTypeName(elementTypeName),
- m_accessor(accessor),
- m_flags(flags),
- m_helpString(helpString),
- m_groupString(groupString)
- {
- Insert(iter);
- }
-
- ~wxPropertyInfo()
- { Remove(); }
-
- // return the class this property is declared in
- const wxClassInfo* GetDeclaringClass() const { return m_itsClass; }
-
- // return the name of this property
- const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
-
- // returns the flags of this property
- wxPropertyInfoFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
-
- // returns the short help string of this property
- const wxString& GetHelpString() const { return m_helpString; }
-
- // returns the group string of this property
- const wxString& GetGroupString() const { return m_groupString; }
-
- // return the element type info of this property (for collections, otherwise NULL)
- const wxTypeInfo * GetCollectionElementTypeInfo() const
- {
- if ( m_collectionElementTypeInfo == NULL )
- m_collectionElementTypeInfo = wxTypeInfo::FindType(m_collectionElementTypeName);
- return m_collectionElementTypeInfo;
- }
-
- // return the type info of this property
- const wxTypeInfo * GetTypeInfo() const
- {
- if ( m_typeInfo == NULL )
- m_typeInfo = wxTypeInfo::FindType(m_typeName);
- return m_typeInfo;
- }
-
- // return the accessor for this property
- wxPropertyAccessor* GetAccessor() const { return m_accessor; }
-
- // returns NULL if this is the last property of this class
- wxPropertyInfo* GetNext() const { return m_next; }
-
- // returns the default value of this property, its kind may be wxT_VOID if it is not valid
- wxAny GetDefaultValue() const { return m_defaultValue; }
-
-private:
-
- // inserts this property at the end of the linked chain which begins
- // with "iter" property.
- void Insert(wxPropertyInfo* &iter);
-
- // removes this property from the linked chain of the m_itsClass properties.
- void Remove();
-
- wxClassInfo* m_itsClass;
- wxString m_name;
- mutable wxTypeInfo* m_typeInfo;
- wxString m_typeName;
- mutable wxTypeInfo* m_collectionElementTypeInfo;
- wxString m_collectionElementTypeName;
- wxPropertyAccessor* m_accessor;
- wxAny m_defaultValue;
- wxPropertyInfoFlags m_flags;
- wxString m_helpString;
- wxString m_groupString;
- wxPropertyInfo* m_next;
-
- // FIXME: what's this comment about??
- // string representation of the default value
- // to be assigned by the designer to the property
- // when the component is dropped on the container.
-};
-
-// stl is giving problems when forwarding declarations, therefore we define it as a subclass
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxPropertyInfo*, wxPropertyInfoMapBase,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE );
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfoMap : public wxPropertyInfoMapBase {
-};
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxAny, wxStringToAnyHashMapBase,
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE );
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStringToAnyHashMap : public wxStringToAnyHashMapBase {
-};
-
-#define wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(theClass) \
- wxPropertyInfo *theClass::GetPropertiesStatic() \
- { \
- typedef theClass class_t; \
- static wxPropertyInfo* first = NULL;
-
-#define wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() \
- return first; }
-
-#define wxHIDE_PROPERTY( pname ) \
- static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \
- wxT(#pname), typeid(void).name(), NULL, wxAny(), wxPROP_DONT_STREAM, \
- wxEmptyString, wxEmptyString );
-
-#define wxPROPERTY( pname, type, setter, getter, defaultValue, flags, help, group) \
- wxPROPERTY_SETTER( pname, class_t, type, setter ) \
- static wxPropertySetter##pname _setter##pname; \
- wxPROPERTY_GETTER( pname, class_t, type, getter ) \
- static wxPropertyGetter##pname _getter##pname; \
- static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( &_setter##pname, \
- &_getter##pname, NULL, NULL ); \
- static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \
- wxT(#pname), typeid(type).name(), &_accessor##pname, \
- wxAny(defaultValue), flags, group, help );
-
-#define wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( pname, flags, type, setter, getter,defaultValue, \
- pflags, help, group) \
- wxPROPERTY_SETTER( pname, class_t, type, setter ) \
- static wxPropertySetter##pname _setter##pname; \
- wxPROPERTY_GETTER( pname, class_t, type, getter ) \
- static wxPropertyGetter##pname _getter##pname; \
- static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( &_setter##pname, \
- &_getter##pname, NULL, NULL ); \
- static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \
- wxT(#pname), typeid(flags).name(), &_accessor##pname, \
- wxAny(defaultValue), wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG | pflags, help, group );
-
-#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( pname, type, getter,defaultValue, flags, help, group) \
- wxPROPERTY_GETTER( pname, class_t, type, getter ) \
- static wxPropertyGetter##pname _getter##pname; \
- static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL, &_getter##pname, NULL, NULL ); \
- static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \
- wxT(#pname), typeid(type).name(),&_accessor##pname, \
- wxAny(defaultValue), flags, help, group );
-
-#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_FLAGS( pname, flags, type, getter,defaultValue, \
- pflags, help, group) \
- wxPROPERTY_GETTER( pname, class_t, type, getter ) \
- static wxPropertyGetter##pname _getter##pname; \
- static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL, &_getter##pname, NULL, NULL ); \
- static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \
- wxT(#pname), typeid(flags).name(),&_accessor##pname, \
- wxAny(defaultValue), wxPROP_ENUM_STORE_LONG | pflags, help, group );
-
-#define wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION( pname, colltype, addelemtype, adder, getter, \
- flags, help, group ) \
- wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION_ADDER( pname, class_t, addelemtype, adder ) \
- static wxPropertyCollectionAdder##pname _adder##pname; \
- wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION_GETTER( pname, class_t, colltype, getter ) \
- static wxPropertyCollectionGetter##pname _collectionGetter##pname; \
- static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL, NULL,&_adder##pname, \
- &_collectionGetter##pname ); \
- static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \
- wxT(#pname), typeid(colltype).name(),typeid(addelemtype).name(), \
- &_accessor##pname, flags, help, group );
-
-#define wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( pname, colltype, addelemtype, getter, \
- flags, help, group) \
- wxPROPERTY_COLLECTION_GETTER( pname, class_t, colltype, getter ) \
- static wxPropertyCollectionGetter##pname _collectionGetter##pname; \
- static wxPropertyAccessor _accessor##pname( NULL, NULL, NULL, \
- &_collectionGetter##pname ); \
- static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##pname( first,class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \
- wxT(#pname), typeid(colltype).name(),typeid(addelemtype).name(), \
- &_accessor##pname, flags, help, group );
-
-#define wxEVENT_PROPERTY( name, eventType, eventClass ) \
- static wxEventSourceTypeInfo _typeInfo##name( eventType, wxCLASSINFO( eventClass ) ); \
- static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##name( first,class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \
- wxT(#name), &_typeInfo##name, NULL, wxAny() );
-
-#define wxEVENT_RANGE_PROPERTY( name, eventType, lastEventType, eventClass ) \
- static wxEventSourceTypeInfo _typeInfo##name( eventType, lastEventType, \
- wxCLASSINFO( eventClass ) ); \
- static wxPropertyInfo _propertyInfo##name( first, class_t::GetClassInfoStatic(), \
- wxT(#name), &_typeInfo##name, NULL, wxAny() );
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Implementation Helper for Simple Properties
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_PROPERTY(name, type) \
-private: \
- type m_##name; \
-public: \
- void Set##name( type const & p) { m_##name = p; } \
- type const & Get##name() const { return m_##name; }
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-#endif // _XTIPROP_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xtistrm.h
-// Purpose: streaming runtime metadata information (extended class info)
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 27/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XTISTRMH__
-#define _WX_XTISTRMH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#include "wx/object.h"
-
-const int wxInvalidObjectID = -2;
-const int wxNullObjectID = -3;
-
-// Filer contains the interfaces for streaming objects in and out of XML,
-// rendering them either to objects in memory, or to code. Note: We
-// consider the process of generating code to be one of *depersisting* the
-// object from xml, *not* of persisting the object to code from an object
-// in memory. This distinction can be confusing, and should be kept
-// in mind when looking at the property streamers and callback interfaces
-// listed below.
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxObjectWriterCallback
-//
-// This class will be asked during the streaming-out process about every single
-// property or object instance. It can veto streaming out by returning false
-// or modify the value before it is streamed-out.
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo;
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyList;
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfo;
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAny;
- class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHandlerInfo;
- */
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriter;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectReader;
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriterCallback
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxObjectWriterCallback() {}
-
- // will be called before an object is written, may veto by returning false
- virtual bool BeforeWriteObject( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer),
- const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object),
- const wxClassInfo *WXUNUSED(classInfo),
- const wxStringToAnyHashMap &WXUNUSED(metadata))
- { return true; }
-
- // will be called after this object has been written, may be
- // needed for adjusting stacks
- virtual void AfterWriteObject( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer),
- const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object),
- const wxClassInfo *WXUNUSED(classInfo) )
- {}
-
- // will be called before a property gets written, may change the value,
- // eg replace a concrete wxSize by wxSize( wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord )
- // or veto writing that property at all by returning false
- virtual bool BeforeWriteProperty( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer),
- const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object),
- const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo),
- const wxAny &WXUNUSED(value) )
- { return true; }
-
- // will be called before a property gets written, may change the value,
- // eg replace a concrete wxSize by wxSize( wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord )
- // or veto writing that property at all by returning false
- virtual bool BeforeWriteProperty( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer),
- const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object),
- const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo),
- const wxAnyList &WXUNUSED(value) )
- { return true; }
-
- // will be called after a property has been written out, may be needed
- // for adjusting stacks
- virtual void AfterWriteProperty( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer),
- const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo) )
- {}
-
- // will be called before this delegate gets written
- virtual bool BeforeWriteDelegate( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer),
- const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object),
- const wxClassInfo* WXUNUSED(classInfo),
- const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo),
- const wxObject *&WXUNUSED(eventSink),
- const wxHandlerInfo* &WXUNUSED(handlerInfo) )
- { return true; }
-
- virtual void AfterWriteDelegate( wxObjectWriter *WXUNUSED(writer),
- const wxObject *WXUNUSED(object),
- const wxClassInfo* WXUNUSED(classInfo),
- const wxPropertyInfo *WXUNUSED(propInfo),
- const wxObject *&WXUNUSED(eventSink),
- const wxHandlerInfo* &WXUNUSED(handlerInfo) )
- { }
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriterFunctor: public wxObjectFunctor
-{
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriter: public wxObject
-{
- friend class wxObjectWriterFunctor;
-public:
- wxObjectWriter();
- virtual ~wxObjectWriter();
-
- // with this call you start writing out a new top-level object
- void WriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, const wxString &name,
- const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata);
-
- // Managing the object identity table a.k.a context
- //
- // these methods make sure that no object gets written twice,
- // because sometimes multiple calls to the WriteObject will be
- // made without wanting to have duplicate objects written, the
- // object identity table will be reset manually
- virtual void ClearObjectContext();
-
- // gets the object Id for a passed in object in the context
- int GetObjectID(const wxObject *obj);
-
- // returns true if this object has already been written in this context
- bool IsObjectKnown( const wxObject *obj );
-
- //
- // streaming callbacks
- //
- // these callbacks really write out the values in the stream format
-
- // begins writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name
- virtual void DoBeginWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name ) = 0;
-
- // ends writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name
- virtual void DoEndWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name ) = 0;
-
- // start of writing an object having the passed in ID
- virtual void DoBeginWriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- int objectID, const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata ) = 0;
-
- // end of writing an toplevel object name param is used for unique
- // identification within the container
- virtual void DoEndWriteObject(const wxObject *object,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo, int objectID ) = 0;
-
- // writes a simple property in the stream format
- virtual void DoWriteSimpleType( const wxAny &value ) = 0;
-
- // start of writing a complex property into the stream (
- virtual void DoBeginWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ) = 0;
-
- // end of writing a complex property into the stream
- virtual void DoEndWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo ) = 0;
-
- virtual void DoBeginWriteElement() = 0;
- virtual void DoEndWriteElement() = 0;
- // insert an object reference to an already written object
- virtual void DoWriteRepeatedObject( int objectID ) = 0;
-
- // insert a null reference
- virtual void DoWriteNullObject() = 0;
-
- // writes a delegate in the stream format
- virtual void DoWriteDelegate( const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo* classInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo, const wxObject *eventSink,
- int sinkObjectID, const wxClassInfo* eventSinkClassInfo,
- const wxHandlerInfo* handlerIndo ) = 0;
-
- void WriteObject(const wxObject *object, const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback, bool isEmbedded, const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata );
-
-protected:
- struct wxObjectWriterInternal;
- wxObjectWriterInternal* m_data;
-
- struct wxObjectWriterInternalPropertiesData;
-
- void WriteAllProperties( const wxObject * obj, const wxClassInfo* ci,
- wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback,
- wxObjectWriterInternalPropertiesData * data );
-
- void WriteOneProperty( const wxObject *obj, const wxClassInfo* ci,
- const wxPropertyInfo* pi, wxObjectWriterCallback *writercallback,
- wxObjectWriterInternalPropertiesData *data );
-
-
- void FindConnectEntry(const wxEvtHandler * evSource,
- const wxEventSourceTypeInfo* dti, const wxObject* &sink,
- const wxHandlerInfo *&handler);
-};
-
-
-/*
-Streaming callbacks for depersisting XML to code, or running objects
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectReaderCallback;
-
-/*
-wxObjectReader handles streaming in a class from a arbitrary format.
-While walking through it issues calls out to interfaces to readercallback
-the guts from the underlying storage format.
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectReader: public wxObject
-{
-public:
- wxObjectReader();
- virtual ~wxObjectReader();
-
- // the only thing wxObjectReader knows about is the class info by object ID
- wxClassInfo *GetObjectClassInfo(int objectID);
- bool HasObjectClassInfo( int objectID );
- void SetObjectClassInfo(int objectID, wxClassInfo* classInfo);
-
- // Reads the component the reader is pointed at from the underlying format.
- // The return value is the root object ID, which can
- // then be used to ask the depersister about that object
- // if there was a problem you will get back wxInvalidObjectID and the current
- // error log will carry the problems encoutered
- virtual int ReadObject( const wxString &name, wxObjectReaderCallback *readercallback ) = 0;
-
-private:
- struct wxObjectReaderInternal;
- wxObjectReaderInternal *m_data;
-};
-
-// This abstract class matches the allocate-init/create model of creation of objects.
-// At runtime, these will create actual instances, and manipulate them.
-// When generating code, these will just create statements of C++
-// code to create the objects.
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectReaderCallback
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxObjectReaderCallback() {}
-
- // allocate the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID
- virtual void AllocateObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata) = 0;
-
- // initialize the already allocated object having the ID objectID with the Create method
- // creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids passed in objectIDValues
- // having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID
-
- virtual void CreateObject(int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- int paramCount,
- wxAny *VariantValues,
- int *objectIDValues,
- const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos,
- wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata) = 0;
-
- // construct the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID
- // (for objects that don't support allocate-create type of creation)
- // creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids passed in
- // objectIDValues having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID
-
- virtual void ConstructObject(int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- int paramCount,
- wxAny *VariantValues,
- int *objectIDValues,
- const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos,
- wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata) = 0;
-
- // destroy the heap-allocated object having the ID objectID, this may be used
- // if an object is embedded in another object and set via value semantics,
- // so the intermediate object can be destroyed after safely
- virtual void DestroyObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo) = 0;
-
- // set the corresponding property
- virtual void SetProperty(int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo,
- const wxAny &VariantValue) = 0;
-
- // sets the corresponding property (value is an object)
- virtual void SetPropertyAsObject(int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo,
- int valueObjectId) = 0;
-
- // adds an element to a property collection
- virtual void AddToPropertyCollection( int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo,
- const wxAny &VariantValue) = 0;
-
- // sets the corresponding property (value is an object)
- virtual void AddToPropertyCollectionAsObject(int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo,
- int valueObjectId) = 0;
-
- // sets the corresponding event handler
- virtual void SetConnect(int EventSourceObjectID,
- const wxClassInfo *EventSourceClassInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo *delegateInfo,
- const wxClassInfo *EventSinkClassInfo,
- const wxHandlerInfo* handlerInfo,
- int EventSinkObjectID ) = 0;
-};
-
-/*
-wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback implements the callbacks that will bring back
-an object into a life memory instance
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback: public wxObjectReaderCallback
-{
- struct wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallbackInternal;
- wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallbackInternal * m_data;
-
-public:
- wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback();
- virtual ~wxObjectRuntimeReaderCallback();
-
- // returns the object having the corresponding ID fully constructed
- wxObject *GetObject(int objectID);
-
- // allocate the new object on the heap, that object will have the passed in ID
- virtual void AllocateObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata);
-
- // initialize the already allocated object having the ID objectID with
- // the Create method creation parameters which are objects are having
- // their Ids passed in objectIDValues having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID
-
- virtual void CreateObject(int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- int paramCount,
- wxAny *VariantValues,
- int *objectIDValues,
- const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos,
- wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata
- );
-
- // construct the new object on the heap, that object will have the
- // passed in ID (for objects that don't support allocate-create type of
- // creation) creation parameters which are objects are having their Ids
- // passed in objectIDValues having objectId <> wxInvalidObjectID
-
- virtual void ConstructObject(int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- int paramCount,
- wxAny *VariantValues,
- int *objectIDValues,
- const wxClassInfo **objectClassInfos,
- wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata);
-
- // destroy the heap-allocated object having the ID objectID, this may be
- // used if an object is embedded in another object and set via value semantics,
- // so the intermediate object can be destroyed after safely
- virtual void DestroyObject(int objectID, wxClassInfo *classInfo);
-
- // set the corresponding property
- virtual void SetProperty(int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo,
- const wxAny &variantValue);
-
- // sets the corresponding property (value is an object)
- virtual void SetPropertyAsObject(int objectId,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo,
- int valueObjectId);
-
- // adds an element to a property collection
- virtual void AddToPropertyCollection( int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo,
- const wxAny &VariantValue);
-
- // sets the corresponding property (value is an object)
- virtual void AddToPropertyCollectionAsObject(int objectID,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo* propertyInfo,
- int valueObjectId);
-
- // sets the corresponding event handler
- virtual void SetConnect(int eventSourceObjectID,
- const wxClassInfo *eventSourceClassInfo,
- const wxPropertyInfo *delegateInfo,
- const wxClassInfo *eventSinkClassInfo,
- const wxHandlerInfo* handlerInfo,
- int eventSinkObjectID );
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xtitypes.h
-// Purpose: enum, set, basic types support
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
-// Created: 27/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 1997 Julian Smart
-// (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _XTITYPES_H_
-#define _XTITYPES_H_
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/hashmap.h"
-#include "wx/arrstr.h"
-#include "wx/flags.h"
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-#include <typeinfo>
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo;
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Enum Support
-//
-// In the header files XTI requires no change from pure c++ code, however in the
-// implementation, an enum needs to be enumerated eg:
-//
-// wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxFlavor )
-// wxENUM_MEMBER( Vanilla )
-// wxENUM_MEMBER( Chocolate )
-// wxENUM_MEMBER( Strawberry )
-// wxEND_ENUM( wxFlavor )
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-struct WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEnumMemberData
-{
- const wxChar* m_name;
- int m_value;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEnumData
-{
-public:
- wxEnumData( wxEnumMemberData* data );
-
- // returns true if the member has been found and sets the int value
- // pointed to accordingly (if ptr != null )
- // if not found returns false, value left unchanged
- bool HasEnumMemberValue( const wxChar *name, int *value = NULL ) const;
-
- // returns the value of the member, if not found in debug mode an
- // assert is issued, in release 0 is returned
- int GetEnumMemberValue(const wxChar *name ) const;
-
- // returns the name of the enum member having the passed in value
- // returns an emtpy string if not found
- const wxChar *GetEnumMemberName(int value) const;
-
- // returns the number of members in this enum
- int GetEnumCount() const { return m_count; }
-
- // returns the value of the nth member
- int GetEnumMemberValueByIndex( int n ) const;
-
- // returns the value of the nth member
- const wxChar *GetEnumMemberNameByIndex( int n ) const;
-
-private:
- wxEnumMemberData *m_members;
- int m_count;
-};
-
-#define wxBEGIN_ENUM( e ) \
- wxEnumMemberData s_enumDataMembers##e[] = {
-
-#define wxENUM_MEMBER( v ) { wxT(#v), v },
-
-#define wxEND_ENUM( e ) \
- { NULL, 0 } }; \
- wxEnumData s_enumData##e( s_enumDataMembers##e ); \
- wxEnumData *wxGetEnumData(e) { return &s_enumData##e; } \
- template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString& s, e &data ) \
- { data = (e) s_enumData##e.GetEnumMemberValue(s.c_str()); } \
- template<> void wxStringWriteValue(wxString &s, const e &data ) \
- { s = s_enumData##e.GetEnumMemberName((int)data); } \
- void FromLong##e( long data, wxAny& result ) \
- { result = wxAny((e)data); } \
- void ToLong##e( const wxAny& data, long &result ) \
- { result = (long) (data).As(static_cast<e*>(NULL)); } \
- \
- wxTO_STRING_IMP( e ) \
- wxFROM_STRING_IMP( e ) \
- wxEnumTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(wxT_ENUM, &s_enumData##e, \
- &wxTO_STRING( e ), &wxFROM_STRING( e ), &ToLong##e, \
- &FromLong##e, typeid(e).name() );
-
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Set Support
-//
-// in the header :
-//
-// enum wxFlavor
-// {
-// Vanilla,
-// Chocolate,
-// Strawberry,
-// };
-//
-// typedef wxBitset<wxFlavor> wxCoupe;
-//
-// in the implementation file :
-//
-// wxBEGIN_ENUM( wxFlavor )
-// wxENUM_MEMBER( Vanilla )
-// wxENUM_MEMBER( Chocolate )
-// wxENUM_MEMBER( Strawberry )
-// wxEND_ENUM( wxFlavor )
-//
-// wxIMPLEMENT_SET_STREAMING( wxCoupe, wxFlavor )
-//
-// implementation note: no partial specialization for streaming, but a delegation
-// to a different class
-//
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSetStringToArray( const wxString &s, wxArrayString &array );
-
-template<typename e>
-void wxSetFromString(const wxString &s, wxBitset<e> &data )
-{
- wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e) 0);
- data.reset();
-
- wxArrayString array;
- wxSetStringToArray( s, array );
- wxString flag;
- for ( int i = 0; i < array.Count(); ++i )
- {
- flag = array[i];
- int ivalue;
- if ( edata->HasEnumMemberValue( flag.c_str(), &ivalue ) )
- {
- data.set( (e) ivalue );
- }
- }
-}
-
-template<typename e>
-void wxSetToString( wxString &s, const wxBitset<e> &data )
-{
- wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e) 0);
- int count = edata->GetEnumCount();
- int i;
- s.Clear();
- for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
- {
- e value = (e) edata->GetEnumMemberValueByIndex(i);
- if ( data.test( value ) )
- {
- // this could also be done by the templated calls
- if ( !s.empty() )
- s += wxT("|");
- s += edata->GetEnumMemberNameByIndex(i);
- }
- }
-}
-
-#define wxIMPLEMENT_SET_STREAMING(SetName,e) \
- template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, wxBitset<e> &data ) \
- { wxSetFromString( s, data ); } \
- template<> void wxStringWriteValue( wxString &s, const wxBitset<e> &data ) \
- { wxSetToString( s, data ); } \
- void FromLong##SetName( long data, wxAny& result ) \
- { result = wxAny(SetName((unsigned long)data)); } \
- void ToLong##SetName( const wxAny& data, long &result ) \
- { result = (long) (data).As(static_cast<SetName*>(NULL)).to_ulong(); } \
- wxTO_STRING_IMP( SetName ) \
- wxFROM_STRING_IMP( SetName ) \
- wxEnumTypeInfo s_typeInfo##SetName(wxT_SET, &s_enumData##e, \
- &wxTO_STRING( SetName ), &wxFROM_STRING( SetName ), \
- &ToLong##SetName, &FromLong##SetName, typeid(SetName).name() );
-
-template<typename e>
-void wxFlagsFromString(const wxString &s, e &data )
-{
- wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e*) 0);
- data.m_data = 0;
-
- wxArrayString array;
- wxSetStringToArray( s, array );
- wxString flag;
- for ( size_t i = 0; i < array.Count(); ++i )
- {
- flag = array[i];
- int ivalue;
- if ( edata->HasEnumMemberValue( flag.c_str(), &ivalue ) )
- {
- data.m_data |= ivalue;
- }
- }
-}
-
-template<typename e>
-void wxFlagsToString( wxString &s, const e& data )
-{
- wxEnumData* edata = wxGetEnumData((e*) 0);
- int count = edata->GetEnumCount();
- int i;
- s.Clear();
- long dataValue = data.m_data;
- for ( i = 0; i < count; i++ )
- {
- int value = edata->GetEnumMemberValueByIndex(i);
- // make this to allow for multi-bit constants to work
- if ( value && ( dataValue & value ) == value )
- {
- // clear the flags we just set
- dataValue &= ~value;
- // this could also be done by the templated calls
- if ( !s.empty() )
- s +=wxT("|");
- s += edata->GetEnumMemberNameByIndex(i);
- }
- }
-}
-
-#define wxBEGIN_FLAGS( e ) \
- wxEnumMemberData s_enumDataMembers##e[] = {
-
-#define wxFLAGS_MEMBER( v ) { wxT(#v), static_cast<int>(v) },
-
-#define wxEND_FLAGS( e ) \
- { NULL, 0 } }; \
- wxEnumData s_enumData##e( s_enumDataMembers##e ); \
- wxEnumData *wxGetEnumData(e*) { return &s_enumData##e; } \
- template<> void wxStringReadValue(const wxString &s, e &data ) \
- { wxFlagsFromString<e>( s, data ); } \
- template<> void wxStringWriteValue( wxString &s, const e& data ) \
- { wxFlagsToString<e>( s, data ); } \
- void FromLong##e( long data, wxAny& result ) \
- { result = wxAny(e(data)); } \
- void ToLong##e( const wxAny& data, long &result ) \
- { result = (long) (data).As(static_cast<e*>(NULL)).m_data; } \
- wxTO_STRING_IMP( e ) \
- wxFROM_STRING_IMP( e ) \
- wxEnumTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(wxT_SET, &s_enumData##e, \
- &wxTO_STRING( e ), &wxFROM_STRING( e ), &ToLong##e, \
- &FromLong##e, typeid(e).name() );
-
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Type Information
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// All data exposed by the RTTI is characterized using the following classes.
-// The first characterization is done by wxTypeKind. All enums up to and including
-// wxT_CUSTOM represent so called simple types. These cannot be divided any further.
-// They can be converted to and from wxStrings, that's all.
-// Other wxTypeKinds can instead be splitted recursively into smaller parts until
-// the simple types are reached.
-
-enum wxTypeKind
-{
- wxT_VOID = 0, // unknown type
- wxT_BOOL,
- wxT_CHAR,
- wxT_UCHAR,
- wxT_INT,
- wxT_UINT,
- wxT_LONG,
- wxT_ULONG,
- wxT_LONGLONG,
- wxT_ULONGLONG,
- wxT_FLOAT,
- wxT_DOUBLE,
- wxT_STRING, // must be wxString
- wxT_SET, // must be wxBitset<> template
- wxT_ENUM,
- wxT_CUSTOM, // user defined type (e.g. wxPoint)
-
- wxT_LAST_SIMPLE_TYPE_KIND = wxT_CUSTOM,
-
- wxT_OBJECT_PTR, // object reference
- wxT_OBJECT, // embedded object
- wxT_COLLECTION, // collection
-
- wxT_DELEGATE, // for connecting against an event source
-
- wxT_LAST_TYPE_KIND = wxT_DELEGATE // sentinel for bad data, asserts, debugging
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAny;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTypeInfo;
-
-WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL( wxTypeInfo*, wxTypeInfoMap, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE );
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxTypeInfo
-{
-public:
- typedef void (*wxVariant2StringFnc)( const wxAny& data, wxString &result );
- typedef void (*wxString2VariantFnc)( const wxString& data, wxAny &result );
-
- wxTypeInfo(wxTypeKind kind,
- wxVariant2StringFnc to = NULL, wxString2VariantFnc from = NULL,
- const wxString &name = wxEmptyString):
- m_toString(to), m_fromString(from), m_kind(kind), m_name(name)
- {
- Register();
- }
-#if 0 // wxUSE_UNICODE
- wxTypeInfo(wxTypeKind kind,
- wxVariant2StringFnc to, wxString2VariantFnc from,
- const char *name):
- m_toString(to), m_fromString(from), m_kind(kind),
- m_name(wxString::FromAscii(name))
- {
- Register();
- }
-#endif
-
- virtual ~wxTypeInfo()
- {
- Unregister();
- }
-
- // return the kind of this type (wxT_... constants)
- wxTypeKind GetKind() const { return m_kind; }
-
- // returns the unique name of this type
- const wxString& GetTypeName() const { return m_name; }
-
- // is this type a delegate type
- bool IsDelegateType() const { return m_kind == wxT_DELEGATE; }
-
- // is this type a custom type
- bool IsCustomType() const { return m_kind == wxT_CUSTOM; }
-
- // is this type an object type
- bool IsObjectType() const { return m_kind == wxT_OBJECT || m_kind == wxT_OBJECT_PTR; }
-
- // can the content of this type be converted to and from strings ?
- bool HasStringConverters() const { return m_toString != NULL && m_fromString != NULL; }
-
- // convert a wxAny holding data of this type into a string
- void ConvertToString( const wxAny& data, wxString &result ) const
- {
- if ( m_toString )
- (*m_toString)( data, result );
- else
- wxLogError( wxGetTranslation(wxT("String conversions not supported")) );
- }
-
- // convert a string into a wxAny holding the corresponding data in this type
- void ConvertFromString( const wxString& data, wxAny &result ) const
- {
- if( m_fromString )
- (*m_fromString)( data, result );
- else
- wxLogError( wxGetTranslation(wxT("String conversions not supported")) );
- }
-
- // statics:
-
- // looks for the corresponding type, will return NULL if not found
- static wxTypeInfo *FindType( const wxString& typeName );
-private:
- void Register();
- void Unregister();
-
- wxVariant2StringFnc m_toString;
- wxString2VariantFnc m_fromString;
-
- wxTypeKind m_kind;
- wxString m_name;
-
- // the static list of all types we know about
- static wxTypeInfoMap* ms_typeTable;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxBuiltInTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public:
- wxBuiltInTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind, wxVariant2StringFnc to = NULL,
- wxString2VariantFnc from = NULL,
- const wxString &name = wxEmptyString ) :
- wxTypeInfo( kind, to, from, name )
- { wxASSERT_MSG( GetKind() < wxT_SET, wxT("Illegal Kind for Base Type") ); }
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCustomTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public:
- wxCustomTypeInfo( const wxString &name, wxVariant2StringFnc to,
- wxString2VariantFnc from ) :
- wxTypeInfo( wxT_CUSTOM, to, from, name )
- {}
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEnumTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public:
- typedef void (*converterToLong_t)( const wxAny& data, long &result );
- typedef void (*converterFromLong_t)( long data, wxAny &result );
-
- wxEnumTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind, wxEnumData* enumInfo, wxVariant2StringFnc to,
- wxString2VariantFnc from, converterToLong_t toLong,
- converterFromLong_t fromLong, const wxString &name ) :
- wxTypeInfo( kind, to, from, name ), m_toLong( toLong ), m_fromLong( fromLong )
- {
- wxASSERT_MSG( kind == wxT_ENUM || kind == wxT_SET,
- wxT("Illegal Kind for Enum Type"));
- m_enumInfo = enumInfo;
- }
-
- const wxEnumData* GetEnumData() const { return m_enumInfo; }
-
- // convert a wxAny holding data of this type into a long
- void ConvertToLong( const wxAny& data, long &result ) const
- {
- if( m_toLong )
- (*m_toLong)( data, result );
- else
- wxLogError( wxGetTranslation(wxT("Long Conversions not supported")) );
- }
-
- // convert a long into a wxAny holding the corresponding data in this type
- void ConvertFromLong( long data, wxAny &result ) const
- {
- if( m_fromLong )
- (*m_fromLong)( data, result );
- else
- wxLogError( wxGetTranslation(wxT("Long Conversions not supported")) );
- }
-
-private:
- converterToLong_t m_toLong;
- converterFromLong_t m_fromLong;
-
- wxEnumData *m_enumInfo; // Kind == wxT_ENUM or Kind == wxT_SET
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public:
- wxClassTypeInfo( wxTypeKind kind, wxClassInfo* classInfo,
- wxVariant2StringFnc to = NULL, wxString2VariantFnc from = NULL,
- const wxString &name = wxEmptyString);
-
- const wxClassInfo *GetClassInfo() const { return m_classInfo; }
-
-private:
- wxClassInfo *m_classInfo; // Kind == wxT_OBJECT - could be NULL
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCollectionTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public:
- wxCollectionTypeInfo( const wxString &elementName, wxVariant2StringFnc to,
- wxString2VariantFnc from , const wxString &name) :
- wxTypeInfo( wxT_COLLECTION, to, from, name )
- { m_elementTypeName = elementName; m_elementType = NULL; }
-
- const wxTypeInfo* GetElementType() const
- {
- if ( m_elementType == NULL )
- m_elementType = wxTypeInfo::FindType( m_elementTypeName );
- return m_elementType;
- }
-
-private:
- mutable wxTypeInfo * m_elementType;
- wxString m_elementTypeName;
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxEventSourceTypeInfo : public wxTypeInfo
-{
-public:
- wxEventSourceTypeInfo( int eventType, wxClassInfo* eventClass,
- wxVariant2StringFnc to = NULL,
- wxString2VariantFnc from = NULL );
- wxEventSourceTypeInfo( int eventType, int lastEventType, wxClassInfo* eventClass,
- wxVariant2StringFnc to = NULL, wxString2VariantFnc from = NULL );
-
- int GetEventType() const { return m_eventType; }
- int GetLastEventType() const { return m_lastEventType; }
- const wxClassInfo* GetEventClass() const { return m_eventClass; }
-
-private:
- const wxClassInfo *m_eventClass; // (extended will merge into classinfo)
- int m_eventType;
- int m_lastEventType;
-};
-
-template<typename T> const wxTypeInfo* wxGetTypeInfo( T * )
- { return wxTypeInfo::FindType(typeid(T).name()); }
-
-// this macro is for usage with custom, non-object derived classes and structs,
-// wxPoint is such a custom type
-
-#if wxUSE_FUNC_TEMPLATE_POINTER
- #define wxCUSTOM_TYPE_INFO( e, toString, fromString ) \
- wxCustomTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(typeid(e).name(), &toString, &fromString);
-#else
- #define wxCUSTOM_TYPE_INFO( e, toString, fromString ) \
- void ToString##e( const wxAny& data, wxString &result ) \
- { toString(data, result); } \
- void FromString##e( const wxString& data, wxAny &result ) \
- { fromString(data, result); } \
- wxCustomTypeInfo s_typeInfo##e(typeid(e).name(), \
- &ToString##e, &FromString##e);
-#endif
-
-#define wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( element, collection ) \
- wxCollectionTypeInfo s_typeInfo##collection( typeid(element).name(), \
- NULL, NULL, typeid(collection).name() );
-
-// sometimes a compiler invents specializations that are nowhere called,
-// use this macro to satisfy the refs, currently we don't have to play
-// tricks, but if we will have to according to the compiler, we will use
-// that macro for that
-
-#define wxILLEGAL_TYPE_SPECIALIZATION( a )
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-#endif // _XTITYPES_H_
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/xtixml.h
-// Purpose: xml streaming runtime metadata information (extended class info)
-// Author: Stefan Csomor
-// Modified by:
-// Created: 27/07/03
-// Copyright: (c) 2003 Stefan Csomor
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_XTIXMLH__
-#define _WX_XTIXMLH__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#include "wx/string.h"
-#include "wx/xtistrm.h"
-
-/*
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxXmlNode;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxPropertyInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObject;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClassInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAnyList;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxHandlerInfo;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxObjectWriterCallback;
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxObjectXmlWriter: public wxObjectWriter
-{
-public:
-
- wxObjectXmlWriter( wxXmlNode * parent );
- virtual ~wxObjectXmlWriter();
-
- //
- // streaming callbacks
- //
- // these callbacks really write out the values in the stream format
- //
-
- //
- // streaming callbacks
- //
- // these callbacks really write out the values in the stream format
-
- // begins writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name
- virtual void DoBeginWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name );
-
- // ends writing out a new toplevel entry which has the indicated unique name
- virtual void DoEndWriteTopLevelEntry( const wxString &name );
-
- // start of writing an object having the passed in ID
- virtual void DoBeginWriteObject(const wxObject *object,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo, int objectID, const wxStringToAnyHashMap &metadata );
-
- // end of writing an toplevel object name param is used for unique
- // identification within the container
- virtual void DoEndWriteObject(const wxObject *object,
- const wxClassInfo *classInfo, int objectID );
-
- // writes a simple property in the stream format
- virtual void DoWriteSimpleType( const wxAny &value );
-
- // start of writing a complex property into the stream (
- virtual void DoBeginWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo );
-
- // end of writing a complex property into the stream
- virtual void DoEndWriteProperty( const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo );
-
- virtual void DoBeginWriteElement();
- virtual void DoEndWriteElement();
-
- // insert an object reference to an already written object
- virtual void DoWriteRepeatedObject( int objectID );
-
- // insert a null reference
- virtual void DoWriteNullObject();
-
- // writes a delegate in the stream format
- virtual void DoWriteDelegate( const wxObject *object,
- const wxClassInfo* classInfo, const wxPropertyInfo *propInfo,
- const wxObject *eventSink, int sinkObjectID,
- const wxClassInfo* eventSinkClassInfo, const wxHandlerInfo* handlerIndo );
-
-private:
- struct wxObjectXmlWriterInternal;
- wxObjectXmlWriterInternal* m_data;
-};
-
-/*
-wxObjectXmlReader handles streaming in a class from XML
-*/
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_XML wxObjectXmlReader: public wxObjectReader
-{
-public:
- wxObjectXmlReader(wxXmlNode *parent) { m_parent = parent; }
- virtual ~wxObjectXmlReader() {}
-
- // Reads a component from XML. The return value is the root object ID, which can
- // then be used to ask the readercallback about that object
-
- virtual int ReadObject( const wxString &name, wxObjectReaderCallback *readercallback );
-
-private:
- int ReadComponent(wxXmlNode *parent, wxObjectReaderCallback *callbacks);
-
- // read the content of this node (simple type) and return the corresponding value
- wxAny ReadValue(wxXmlNode *Node, const wxTypeInfo *type );
-
- wxXmlNode * m_parent;
-};
-
-#endif // wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/zipstrm.h
-// Purpose: Streams for Zip files
-// Author: Mike Wetherell
-// Copyright: (c) Mike Wetherell
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WX_WXZIPSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXZIPSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM
-
-#include "wx/archive.h"
-#include "wx/filename.h"
-
-// some methods from wxZipInputStream and wxZipOutputStream stream do not get
-// exported/imported when compiled with Mingw versions before 3.4.2. So they
-// are imported/exported individually as a workaround
-#if (defined(__GNUWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__)) \
- && (!defined __GNUC__ \
- || !defined __GNUC_MINOR__ \
- || !defined __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ \
- || __GNUC__ * 10000 + __GNUC_MINOR__ * 100 + __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ < 30402)
-#define WXZIPFIX WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
-#else
-#define WXZIPFIX
-#endif
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// constants
-
-// Compression Method, only 0 (store) and 8 (deflate) are supported here
-//
-enum wxZipMethod
-{
- wxZIP_METHOD_STORE,
- wxZIP_METHOD_SHRINK,
- wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE1,
- wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE2,
- wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE3,
- wxZIP_METHOD_REDUCE4,
- wxZIP_METHOD_IMPLODE,
- wxZIP_METHOD_TOKENIZE,
- wxZIP_METHOD_DEFLATE,
- wxZIP_METHOD_DEFLATE64,
- wxZIP_METHOD_BZIP2 = 12,
- wxZIP_METHOD_DEFAULT = 0xffff
-};
-
-// Originating File-System.
-//
-// These are Pkware's values. Note that Info-zip disagree on some of them,
-// most notably NTFS.
-//
-enum wxZipSystem
-{
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_MSDOS,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_AMIGA,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_OPENVMS,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_UNIX,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_VM_CMS,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_ATARI_ST,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_OS2_HPFS,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_MACINTOSH,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_Z_SYSTEM,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_CPM,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_WINDOWS_NTFS,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_MVS,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_VSE,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_ACORN_RISC,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_VFAT,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_ALTERNATE_MVS,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_BEOS,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_TANDEM,
- wxZIP_SYSTEM_OS_400
-};
-
-// Dos/Win file attributes
-//
-enum wxZipAttributes
-{
- wxZIP_A_RDONLY = 0x01,
- wxZIP_A_HIDDEN = 0x02,
- wxZIP_A_SYSTEM = 0x04,
- wxZIP_A_SUBDIR = 0x10,
- wxZIP_A_ARCH = 0x20,
-
- wxZIP_A_MASK = 0x37
-};
-
-// Values for the flags field in the zip headers
-//
-enum wxZipFlags
-{
- wxZIP_ENCRYPTED = 0x0001,
- wxZIP_DEFLATE_NORMAL = 0x0000, // normal compression
- wxZIP_DEFLATE_EXTRA = 0x0002, // extra compression
- wxZIP_DEFLATE_FAST = 0x0004, // fast compression
- wxZIP_DEFLATE_SUPERFAST = 0x0006, // superfast compression
- wxZIP_DEFLATE_MASK = 0x0006,
- wxZIP_SUMS_FOLLOW = 0x0008, // crc and sizes come after the data
- wxZIP_ENHANCED = 0x0010,
- wxZIP_PATCH = 0x0020,
- wxZIP_STRONG_ENC = 0x0040,
- wxZIP_UNUSED = 0x0F80,
- wxZIP_RESERVED = 0xF000
-};
-
-// Forward decls
-//
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxZipEntry;
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxZipInputStream;
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxZipNotifier
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipNotifier
-{
-public:
- virtual ~wxZipNotifier() { }
-
- virtual void OnEntryUpdated(wxZipEntry& entry) = 0;
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Zip Entry - holds the meta data for a file in the zip
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipEntry : public wxArchiveEntry
-{
-public:
- wxZipEntry(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString,
- const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(),
- wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset);
- virtual ~wxZipEntry();
-
- wxZipEntry(const wxZipEntry& entry);
- wxZipEntry& operator=(const wxZipEntry& entry);
-
- // Get accessors
- wxDateTime GetDateTime() const { return m_DateTime; }
- wxFileOffset GetSize() const { return m_Size; }
- wxFileOffset GetOffset() const { return m_Offset; }
- wxString GetInternalName() const { return m_Name; }
- int GetMethod() const { return m_Method; }
- int GetFlags() const { return m_Flags; }
- wxUint32 GetCrc() const { return m_Crc; }
- wxFileOffset GetCompressedSize() const { return m_CompressedSize; }
- int GetSystemMadeBy() const { return m_SystemMadeBy; }
- wxString GetComment() const { return m_Comment; }
- wxUint32 GetExternalAttributes() const { return m_ExternalAttributes; }
- wxPathFormat GetInternalFormat() const { return wxPATH_UNIX; }
- int GetMode() const;
- const char *GetLocalExtra() const;
- size_t GetLocalExtraLen() const;
- const char *GetExtra() const;
- size_t GetExtraLen() const;
- wxString GetName(wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const;
-
- // is accessors
- inline bool IsDir() const;
- inline bool IsText() const;
- inline bool IsReadOnly() const;
- inline bool IsMadeByUnix() const;
-
- // set accessors
- void SetDateTime(const wxDateTime& dt) { m_DateTime = dt; }
- void SetSize(wxFileOffset size) { m_Size = size; }
- void SetMethod(int method) { m_Method = (wxUint16)method; }
- void SetComment(const wxString& comment) { m_Comment = comment; }
- void SetExternalAttributes(wxUint32 attr ) { m_ExternalAttributes = attr; }
- void SetSystemMadeBy(int system);
- void SetMode(int mode);
- void SetExtra(const char *extra, size_t len);
- void SetLocalExtra(const char *extra, size_t len);
-
- inline void SetName(const wxString& name,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE);
-
- static wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE,
- bool *pIsDir = NULL);
-
- // set is accessors
- void SetIsDir(bool isDir = true);
- inline void SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly = true);
- inline void SetIsText(bool isText = true);
-
- wxZipEntry *Clone() const { return ZipClone(); }
-
- void SetNotifier(wxZipNotifier& notifier);
- void UnsetNotifier();
-
-protected:
- // Internal attributes
- enum { TEXT_ATTR = 1 };
-
- // protected Get accessors
- int GetVersionNeeded() const { return m_VersionNeeded; }
- wxFileOffset GetKey() const { return m_Key; }
- int GetVersionMadeBy() const { return m_VersionMadeBy; }
- int GetDiskStart() const { return m_DiskStart; }
- int GetInternalAttributes() const { return m_InternalAttributes; }
-
- void SetVersionNeeded(int version) { m_VersionNeeded = (wxUint16)version; }
- void SetOffset(wxFileOffset offset) { m_Offset = offset; }
- void SetFlags(int flags) { m_Flags = (wxUint16)flags; }
- void SetVersionMadeBy(int version) { m_VersionMadeBy = (wxUint8)version; }
- void SetCrc(wxUint32 crc) { m_Crc = crc; }
- void SetCompressedSize(wxFileOffset size) { m_CompressedSize = size; }
- void SetKey(wxFileOffset offset) { m_Key = offset; }
- void SetDiskStart(int start) { m_DiskStart = (wxUint16)start; }
- void SetInternalAttributes(int attr) { m_InternalAttributes = (wxUint16)attr; }
-
- virtual wxZipEntry *ZipClone() const { return new wxZipEntry(*this); }
-
- void Notify();
-
-private:
- wxArchiveEntry* DoClone() const { return ZipClone(); }
-
- size_t ReadLocal(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv);
- size_t WriteLocal(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) const;
-
- size_t ReadCentral(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv);
- size_t WriteCentral(wxOutputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv) const;
-
- size_t ReadDescriptor(wxInputStream& stream);
- size_t WriteDescriptor(wxOutputStream& stream, wxUint32 crc,
- wxFileOffset compressedSize, wxFileOffset size);
-
- wxUint8 m_SystemMadeBy; // one of enum wxZipSystem
- wxUint8 m_VersionMadeBy; // major * 10 + minor
-
- wxUint16 m_VersionNeeded; // ver needed to extract (20 i.e. v2.0)
- wxUint16 m_Flags;
- wxUint16 m_Method; // compression method (one of wxZipMethod)
- wxDateTime m_DateTime;
- wxUint32 m_Crc;
- wxFileOffset m_CompressedSize;
- wxFileOffset m_Size;
- wxString m_Name; // in internal format
- wxFileOffset m_Key; // the original offset for copied entries
- wxFileOffset m_Offset; // file offset of the entry
-
- wxString m_Comment;
- wxUint16 m_DiskStart; // for multidisk archives, not unsupported
- wxUint16 m_InternalAttributes; // bit 0 set for text files
- wxUint32 m_ExternalAttributes; // system specific depends on SystemMadeBy
-
- class wxZipMemory *m_Extra;
- class wxZipMemory *m_LocalExtra;
-
- wxZipNotifier *m_zipnotifier;
- class wxZipWeakLinks *m_backlink;
-
- friend class wxZipInputStream;
- friend class wxZipOutputStream;
-
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZipEntry)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxZipOutputStream
-
-WX_DECLARE_LIST_WITH_DECL(wxZipEntry, wxZipEntryList_, class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipOutputStream : public wxArchiveOutputStream
-{
-public:
- wxZipOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream,
- int level = -1,
- wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
- wxZipOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream,
- int level = -1,
- wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
- virtual WXZIPFIX ~wxZipOutputStream();
-
- bool PutNextEntry(wxZipEntry *entry) { return DoCreate(entry); }
-
- bool WXZIPFIX PutNextEntry(const wxString& name,
- const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now(),
- wxFileOffset size = wxInvalidOffset);
-
- bool WXZIPFIX PutNextDirEntry(const wxString& name,
- const wxDateTime& dt = wxDateTime::Now());
-
- bool WXZIPFIX CopyEntry(wxZipEntry *entry, wxZipInputStream& inputStream);
- bool WXZIPFIX CopyArchiveMetaData(wxZipInputStream& inputStream);
-
- void WXZIPFIX Sync();
- bool WXZIPFIX CloseEntry();
- bool WXZIPFIX Close();
-
- void SetComment(const wxString& comment) { m_Comment = comment; }
-
- int GetLevel() const { return m_level; }
- void WXZIPFIX SetLevel(int level);
-
-protected:
- virtual size_t WXZIPFIX OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
- virtual wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_entrySize; }
-
- // this protected interface isn't yet finalised
- struct Buffer { const char *m_data; size_t m_size; };
- virtual wxOutputStream* WXZIPFIX OpenCompressor(wxOutputStream& stream,
- wxZipEntry& entry,
- const Buffer bufs[]);
- virtual bool WXZIPFIX CloseCompressor(wxOutputStream *comp);
-
- bool IsParentSeekable() const
- { return m_offsetAdjustment != wxInvalidOffset; }
-
-private:
- void Init(int level);
-
- bool WXZIPFIX PutNextEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry);
- bool WXZIPFIX CopyEntry(wxArchiveEntry *entry, wxArchiveInputStream& stream);
- bool WXZIPFIX CopyArchiveMetaData(wxArchiveInputStream& stream);
-
- bool IsOpened() const { return m_comp || m_pending; }
-
- bool DoCreate(wxZipEntry *entry, bool raw = false);
- void CreatePendingEntry(const void *buffer, size_t size);
- void CreatePendingEntry();
-
- class wxStoredOutputStream *m_store;
- class wxZlibOutputStream2 *m_deflate;
- class wxZipStreamLink *m_backlink;
- wxZipEntryList_ m_entries;
- char *m_initialData;
- size_t m_initialSize;
- wxZipEntry *m_pending;
- bool m_raw;
- wxFileOffset m_headerOffset;
- size_t m_headerSize;
- wxFileOffset m_entrySize;
- wxUint32 m_crcAccumulator;
- wxOutputStream *m_comp;
- int m_level;
- wxFileOffset m_offsetAdjustment;
- wxString m_Comment;
- bool m_endrecWritten;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZipOutputStream);
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxZipInputStream
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipInputStream : public wxArchiveInputStream
-{
-public:
- typedef wxZipEntry entry_type;
-
- wxZipInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
- wxZipInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, wxMBConv& conv = wxConvLocal);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 && wxUSE_FFILE
- wxZipInputStream(const wxString& archive, const wxString& file)
- : wxArchiveInputStream(OpenFile(archive), wxConvLocal) { Init(file); }
-#endif
-
- virtual WXZIPFIX ~wxZipInputStream();
-
- bool OpenEntry(wxZipEntry& entry) { return DoOpen(&entry); }
- bool WXZIPFIX CloseEntry();
-
- wxZipEntry *GetNextEntry();
-
- wxString WXZIPFIX GetComment();
- int WXZIPFIX GetTotalEntries();
-
- virtual wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_entry.GetSize(); }
-
-protected:
- size_t WXZIPFIX OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_decomp ? m_decomp->TellI() : 0; }
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- wxFileOffset WXZIPFIX OnSysSeek(wxFileOffset seek, wxSeekMode mode);
-#endif
-
- // this protected interface isn't yet finalised
- virtual wxInputStream* WXZIPFIX OpenDecompressor(wxInputStream& stream);
- virtual bool WXZIPFIX CloseDecompressor(wxInputStream *decomp);
-
-private:
- void Init();
- void Init(const wxString& file);
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 && wxUSE_FFILE
- static wxInputStream *OpenFile(const wxString& archive);
-#endif
-
- wxArchiveEntry *DoGetNextEntry() { return GetNextEntry(); }
-
- bool WXZIPFIX OpenEntry(wxArchiveEntry& entry);
-
- wxStreamError ReadLocal(bool readEndRec = false);
- wxStreamError ReadCentral();
-
- wxUint32 ReadSignature();
- bool FindEndRecord();
- bool LoadEndRecord();
-
- bool AtHeader() const { return m_headerSize == 0; }
- bool AfterHeader() const { return m_headerSize > 0 && !m_decomp; }
- bool IsOpened() const { return m_decomp != NULL; }
-
- wxZipStreamLink *MakeLink(wxZipOutputStream *out);
-
- bool DoOpen(wxZipEntry *entry = NULL, bool raw = false);
- bool OpenDecompressor(bool raw = false);
-
- class wxStoredInputStream *m_store;
- class wxZlibInputStream2 *m_inflate;
- class wxRawInputStream *m_rawin;
- wxZipEntry m_entry;
- bool m_raw;
- size_t m_headerSize;
- wxUint32 m_crcAccumulator;
- wxInputStream *m_decomp;
- bool m_parentSeekable;
- class wxZipWeakLinks *m_weaklinks;
- class wxZipStreamLink *m_streamlink;
- wxFileOffset m_offsetAdjustment;
- wxFileOffset m_position;
- wxUint32 m_signature;
- size_t m_TotalEntries;
- wxString m_Comment;
-
- friend bool wxZipOutputStream::CopyEntry(
- wxZipEntry *entry, wxZipInputStream& inputStream);
- friend bool wxZipOutputStream::CopyArchiveMetaData(
- wxZipInputStream& inputStream);
-
-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
- bool m_allowSeeking;
- friend class wxArchiveFSHandler;
-#endif
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZipInputStream);
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Iterators
-
-#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
-typedef wxArchiveIterator<wxZipInputStream> wxZipIter;
-typedef wxArchiveIterator<wxZipInputStream,
- std::pair<wxString, wxZipEntry*> > wxZipPairIter;
-#endif
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxZipClassFactory
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZipClassFactory : public wxArchiveClassFactory
-{
-public:
- typedef wxZipEntry entry_type;
- typedef wxZipInputStream instream_type;
- typedef wxZipOutputStream outstream_type;
- typedef wxZipNotifier notifier_type;
-#if wxUSE_STL || defined WX_TEST_ARCHIVE_ITERATOR
- typedef wxZipIter iter_type;
- typedef wxZipPairIter pairiter_type;
-#endif
-
- wxZipClassFactory();
-
- wxZipEntry *NewEntry() const
- { return new wxZipEntry; }
- wxZipInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
- { return new wxZipInputStream(stream, GetConv()); }
- wxZipOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
- { return new wxZipOutputStream(stream, -1, GetConv()); }
- wxZipInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
- { return new wxZipInputStream(stream, GetConv()); }
- wxZipOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
- { return new wxZipOutputStream(stream, -1, GetConv()); }
-
- wxString GetInternalName(const wxString& name,
- wxPathFormat format = wxPATH_NATIVE) const
- { return wxZipEntry::GetInternalName(name, format); }
-
- const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type
- = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const;
-
-protected:
- wxArchiveEntry *DoNewEntry() const
- { return NewEntry(); }
- wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
- { return NewStream(stream); }
- wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
- { return NewStream(stream); }
- wxArchiveInputStream *DoNewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
- { return NewStream(stream); }
- wxArchiveOutputStream *DoNewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
- { return NewStream(stream); }
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZipClassFactory)
-};
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wxZipEntry inlines
-
-inline bool wxZipEntry::IsText() const
-{
- return (m_InternalAttributes & TEXT_ATTR) != 0;
-}
-
-inline bool wxZipEntry::IsDir() const
-{
- return (m_ExternalAttributes & wxZIP_A_SUBDIR) != 0;
-}
-
-inline bool wxZipEntry::IsReadOnly() const
-{
- return (m_ExternalAttributes & wxZIP_A_RDONLY) != 0;
-}
-
-inline bool wxZipEntry::IsMadeByUnix() const
-{
- const int pattern =
- (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_OPENVMS) |
- (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_UNIX) |
- (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_ATARI_ST) |
- (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_ACORN_RISC) |
- (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_BEOS) | (1 << wxZIP_SYSTEM_TANDEM);
-
- // note: some unix zippers put madeby = dos
- return (m_SystemMadeBy == wxZIP_SYSTEM_MSDOS
- && (m_ExternalAttributes & ~0xFFFF))
- || ((pattern >> m_SystemMadeBy) & 1);
-}
-
-inline void wxZipEntry::SetIsText(bool isText)
-{
- if (isText)
- m_InternalAttributes |= TEXT_ATTR;
- else
- m_InternalAttributes &= ~TEXT_ATTR;
-}
-
-inline void wxZipEntry::SetIsReadOnly(bool isReadOnly)
-{
- if (isReadOnly)
- SetMode(GetMode() & ~0222);
- else
- SetMode(GetMode() | 0200);
-}
-
-inline void wxZipEntry::SetName(const wxString& name,
- wxPathFormat format /*=wxPATH_NATIVE*/)
-{
- bool isDir;
- m_Name = GetInternalName(name, format, &isDir);
- SetIsDir(isDir);
-}
-
-
-#endif // wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM
-
-#endif // _WX_WXZIPSTREAM_H__
+++ /dev/null
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name: wx/zstream.h
-// Purpose: Memory stream classes
-// Author: Guilhem Lavaux
-// Modified by: Mike Wetherell
-// Created: 11/07/98
-// Copyright: (c) Guilhem Lavaux
-// Licence: wxWindows licence
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-#ifndef _WX_WXZSTREAM_H__
-#define _WX_WXZSTREAM_H__
-
-#include "wx/defs.h"
-
-#if wxUSE_ZLIB && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#include "wx/stream.h"
-#include "wx/versioninfo.h"
-
-// Compression level
-enum wxZlibCompressionLevels {
- wxZ_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = -1,
- wxZ_NO_COMPRESSION = 0,
- wxZ_BEST_SPEED = 1,
- wxZ_BEST_COMPRESSION = 9
-};
-
-// Flags
-enum wxZLibFlags {
- wxZLIB_NO_HEADER = 0, // raw deflate stream, no header or checksum
- wxZLIB_ZLIB = 1, // zlib header and checksum
- wxZLIB_GZIP = 2, // gzip header and checksum, requires zlib 1.2.1+
- wxZLIB_AUTO = 3 // autodetect header zlib or gzip
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZlibInputStream: public wxFilterInputStream {
- public:
- wxZlibInputStream(wxInputStream& stream, int flags = wxZLIB_AUTO);
- wxZlibInputStream(wxInputStream *stream, int flags = wxZLIB_AUTO);
- virtual ~wxZlibInputStream();
-
- char Peek() { return wxInputStream::Peek(); }
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return wxInputStream::GetLength(); }
-
- static bool CanHandleGZip();
-
- bool SetDictionary(const char *data, const size_t datalen);
- bool SetDictionary(const wxMemoryBuffer &buf);
-
- protected:
- size_t OnSysRead(void *buffer, size_t size);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; }
-
- private:
- void Init(int flags);
-
- protected:
- size_t m_z_size;
- unsigned char *m_z_buffer;
- struct z_stream_s *m_inflate;
- wxFileOffset m_pos;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZlibInputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZlibOutputStream: public wxFilterOutputStream {
- public:
- wxZlibOutputStream(wxOutputStream& stream, int level = -1, int flags = wxZLIB_ZLIB);
- wxZlibOutputStream(wxOutputStream *stream, int level = -1, int flags = wxZLIB_ZLIB);
- virtual ~wxZlibOutputStream() { Close(); }
-
- void Sync() { DoFlush(false); }
- bool Close();
- wxFileOffset GetLength() const { return m_pos; }
-
- static bool CanHandleGZip();
-
- bool SetDictionary(const char *data, const size_t datalen);
- bool SetDictionary(const wxMemoryBuffer &buf);
-
- protected:
- size_t OnSysWrite(const void *buffer, size_t size);
- wxFileOffset OnSysTell() const { return m_pos; }
-
- virtual void DoFlush(bool final);
-
- private:
- void Init(int level, int flags);
-
- protected:
- size_t m_z_size;
- unsigned char *m_z_buffer;
- struct z_stream_s *m_deflate;
- wxFileOffset m_pos;
-
- wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxZlibOutputStream);
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxZlibClassFactory: public wxFilterClassFactory
-{
-public:
- wxZlibClassFactory();
-
- wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
- { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); }
- wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
- { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1); }
- wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
- { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); }
- wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
- { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1); }
-
- const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type
- = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxZlibClassFactory)
-};
-
-class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxGzipClassFactory: public wxFilterClassFactory
-{
-public:
- wxGzipClassFactory();
-
- wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream& stream) const
- { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); }
- wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream& stream) const
- { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1); }
- wxFilterInputStream *NewStream(wxInputStream *stream) const
- { return new wxZlibInputStream(stream); }
- wxFilterOutputStream *NewStream(wxOutputStream *stream) const
- { return new wxZlibOutputStream(stream, -1); }
-
- const wxChar * const *GetProtocols(wxStreamProtocolType type
- = wxSTREAM_PROTOCOL) const;
-
-private:
- DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGzipClassFactory)
-};
-
-WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxVersionInfo wxGetZlibVersionInfo();
-
-#endif
- // wxUSE_ZLIB && wxUSE_STREAMS
-
-#endif
- // _WX_WXZSTREAM_H__
-
+++ /dev/null
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# Name: wx-config{.in,}
-# Purpose: wx configuration search and query tool {template,}
-# Author: Ron <ron@debian.org>
-# Modified by:
-# Created: 8/9/2004
-# Copyright: (c) 2004 Ron <ron@debian.org>
-# Essentially a fresh start this time around, but for maximum
-# compatibility basic code was taken from, and heavy reference
-# made to, the previously unattributed wx-config from cvs.
-# All the usual suspects contributed to the dicussion that led
-# to this new work and likewise to the ideas and content in the
-# original (which was probably influenced by gtk), among them:
-# Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik, Robin Dunn
-# Licence: wxWindows licence
-############################################################################
-
-# Extra^2 debug mode, for if things ever get really weird.
-[ -z "$WXDEBUG_X" ] || set -x
-
-
-# On with some basic stuff, like the ability to die gracefully,
-# and to tell people what we are about.
-# ------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# decho _message
-# Output a message to stderr.
-decho() { echo "$*" 1>&2; }
-
-# usage _exitcode
-# Outputs a usage message to stderr and exits with _exitcode.
-# Try to keep this to a single page (ie. < 25 lines). We can add
-# alternate or interactive help targets if people want more detail.
-#
-# Exit codes are now subject to a more strict interpretation.
-# wx-config should return 0 upon successful operation, 1 if the
-# reqested operation could not be completed successfully, and 2
-# if the requested operation is not supported by this version of
-# wx-config.
-usage()
-{
- cat 1>&2 <<EOF
-
- wx-config [--prefix[=DIR]] [--exec-prefix[=DIR]] [--release] [--version-full]
- [--list] [--selected-config] [--host=HOST] [--toolkit=TOOLKIT]
- [--universal[=yes|no]] [--unicode[=yes|no]] [--static[=yes|no]]
- [--debug[=yes|no]] [--version[=VERSION]] [--basename] [--cc] [--cxx]
- [--cppflags [base]] [--cxxflags [base]] [--cflags]
- [--rescomp] [--linkdeps] [--ld] [--utility=UTIL]
- [--libs [LIBS...]] [--optional-libs [LIBS...]]
-
- wx-config returns information about the wxWidgets libraries available on
- your system. It may be used to retrieve the information required to build
- applications using these libraries using --cppflags, --cxxflags, --cflags,
- and --libs options. And you may query the properties of this configuration
- using --query-{host,toolkit,widgetset,chartype,debugtype,version,linkage}.
-
- NOTE: Usage of --debug and --query-debugtype are only relevant if you
- have any versions prior to 2.9 installed and use the --version option to
- select an earlier version.
-
- If multiple builds of wxWidgets are available, you can use the options
- --prefix, --host, --toolkit, --unicode, --static, --universal or --version
- to select from them. The --selected-config option shows the name of the
- current configuration and --list shows available alternatives which match
- specified criteria. The --utility option returns the correct version of
- UTIL to use with the selected build. The --linkdeps option returns only
- static libraries for your makefile link rule dependencies.
-
- The LIBS arguments (comma or space separated) may be used to specify the
- wxWidgets libraries that you wish to use. The "std" label may be used to
- import all libraries that would be used by default if none were specified
- explicitly, e.g. wx-config --libs core,base. The "all" label may be used
- to import all libraries that have been compiled which are shown in the
- list below. The --optional-libs parameter should be followed by a list
- of libs that should be linked to, but only if they are available.
-
- Available libraries in this build are:
- xrc webview stc richtext ribbon propgrid aui gl html qa adv core xml net base
-
-EOF
-
- exit $1
-}
-
-# Unfussy people are the easiest to deal with, get them out of the way now.
-[ $# -gt 0 ] || usage 1
-
-
-# Contentious tools determined by configure.
-EGREP="/bin/grep -E"
-
-
-# For the people who know what they want, or think they do:
-# Divide the valid arguments into functional groups for later examination,
-# then parse all command line arguments completely, deferring action on
-# output options until all significant input has been processed and any
-# decision about delegation has been taken.
-
-# Note early, that '-' is a complete no-no for use in option names below.
-# It totally falls apart as soon as it becomes part of a variable name.
-# Use '_' instead, and by the magic of it all just being bits, you'll
-# be able to use --my-option or --my_option from the command line at
-# your discretion. They are synonymous as user input, but _ALWAYS_ use
-# underscores for compound names in the code here, never a dash.
-
-
-# The list of all options we recognise. If it is not in here, then
-# it is not something we want to handle.
-# ------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# Options that specify a distinct library build.
-#
-# Note also that order in this list is significant later on, as this sets
-# the precedence with which we will try to gauge the similarity of other
-# configs to this one. Options earlier in the list should be more crucial
-# to match well than those that follow. Options specified by the user will
-# always take precedence and are not subject to any partial ordering here.
-wxconfig_schema="host toolkit widgetset chartype debugtype flavour version linkage"
-
-# Options that are expected to generate some output.
-wxconfig_output_options="prefix exec_prefix
- list
- release version version_full
- basename
- cppflags cflags cxxflags
- rescomp
- rezflags
- libs
- optional_libs
- linkdeps
- cc cxx ld
- gl_libs"
-
-# Options that permit the user to supply hints that may affect the output.
-# These options all accept arbitrary values, to interpret as they please.
-wxconfig_input_options="prefix exec_prefix utility $wxconfig_schema"
-
-# Input options that accept only a yes or no argument.
-#
-# Notice that this includes "debug" but it is done only for compatibility, this
-# options (i.e. --debug[=yes] or --debug=no) is completely ignored as there is
-# no distinction between debug and release builds in wx any more
-wxconfig_yesno_options="universal unicode debug static"
-
-# Boolean options that do something or not.
-wxconfig_flag_options="$wxconfig_yesno_options selected_config no_rpath inplace"
-
-
-
-# Some simple sugar coating to keep things more readable below.
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# option_name _string
-# Returns NAME if _string is of the form: --NAME[=...]
-option_name()
-{
- echo "$1" | sed -e 's/^--//' -e 's/=.*//' -e s/-/_/g
-}
-
-# option_value _string
-# Returns FOO if _string is of the form: --option=FOO
-option_value()
-{
- echo "$1" | sed 's/^[^=]*=//'
-}
-
-# match_field _value _list
-# Returns true if _value is a field in _list
-match_field()
-{
- _match_field_match="$1"
- shift
- for _match_field_i do
- [ "x$_match_field_i" != "x$_match_field_match" ] || return 0
- done
- false
-}
-
-# remove_field _value _list
-# Returns _list minus any field(s) that match _value.
-remove_field()
-{
- _remf_value="$1"
- _remf_list=''
- shift
- if [ -n "$_remf_value" ]; then
- for _remf_item do
- [ "x$_remf_item" = "x$_remf_value" ] ||
- _remf_list="${_remf_list:+$_remf_list }$_remf_item"
- done
- echo "$_remf_list"
- else
- echo $*
- fi
-}
-
-# validate_arg _domain _set _name _value
-# Boilerplate to validate an argument and initialise a pseudo-hash.
-# This one is almost reduction into absurdity, and perhaps makes the
-# precise action of the argument parser below just a little more
-# obscure, but oh so neat and compact to use for multiple option
-# groups. It expands to replace repetitive clauses of the form:
-#
-# i="$(option_name $arg)"
-# if match_field "$i" $wxconfig_input_options; then
-# input_options="${input_options:+$input_options }$i"
-# eval "input_option_$i=$(option_value $arg)"
-# continue
-# fi
-#
-# with the one liners you see on the page below.
-validate_arg()
-{
- if match_field "$3" `eval echo \"\\\$$1_$2_options\"`; then
- eval "$2_options=\"\${$2_options:+\$$2_options }$3\""
- eval "$2_option_$3=\"$4\""
- return
- fi
- false
-}
-
-# check_yesno_option _ynoption _option _yesval _noval
-# This one might be made more generic and/or incorporated into
-# validate_arg above at some later stage, but right now we just
-# condition any specialist options into a generic one for later
-# handling. Once they are sanity checked there is no difference
-# in any case.
-check_yesno_option()
-{
- eval "case \${yesno_option_$1-\${flag_option_$1-unset}} in
- unset) ;;
- y*|Y*) input_option_$2=\"$3\" ;;
- n*|N*) input_option_$2=\"$4\" ;;
- *)
- decho
- decho \" *** Error: Invalid request '--$1=\$yesno_option_$1'\"
- decho \" Valid arguments for --$1 are: [ yes, no ]\"
- decho
- exit 1
- ;;
- esac"
-}
-
-
-MAC_FRAMEWORK=
-MAC_FRAMEWORK_PREFIX=
-
-
-# Now we are ready to find out what the user wants from us.
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# With just a little more complexity here we could have shortest
-# unique string matching for options, but that is probably overkill
-# today, so let's just get the job done.
-#
-# The important thing now then is that we simply read all input from
-# the user and don't try to act prematurely on partial information.
-# --help or an illegal argument are the only shortcuts out of here
-# at this point, otherwise, it's time to just shut up and listen for
-# a moment.
-
-for arg do
- case "$arg" in
- --help|-h)
- usage
- ;;
-
- --*=*)
- _name=`option_name $arg`
- _value=`option_value $arg`
- if validate_arg wxconfig input "$_name" "$_value" ||
- validate_arg wxconfig yesno "$_name" "$_value"
- then
- continue
- fi
- ;;
-
- --query-*)
- _name=`echo $arg | sed 's/^--query-//'`
- if match_field "$_name" $wxconfig_schema
- then
- query_options="${query_options:+$query_options }$_name"
- continue
- fi
- ;;
-
- --*)
- _name=`option_name $arg`
- if validate_arg wxconfig flag "$_name" yes ||
- validate_arg wxconfig output "$_name" yes
- then
- continue
- fi
- ;;
-
- *)
- # We validate the parameters later ...
-
- if [ "$_name" = "cxxflags" ] || [ "$_name" = "cppflags" ] || [ "$_name" = "cflags" ]; then
- cxx_parameters="${cxx_parameters:+$cxx_parameters }$arg"
- elif [ "$_name" = "libs" ]; then
- libs_parameters="${libs_parameters:+$libs_parameters }$arg"
- elif [ "$_name" = "optional_libs" ]; then
- optional_libs_parameters="${optional_libs_parameters:+$optional_libs_parameters }$arg"
- else
- # normally anything here are unattached arguments and signify an
- # error but for compatibility with the 2.8 wx-config and,
- # especially, configure scripts generated using 2.8 wxwin.m4 and
- # hence doing `wx-config --version base,std`, we ignore anything
- # following this option, just as 2.8 version used to do
- if [ "$_name" != "version" ]; then
- input_parameters="${input_parameters:+$input_parameters }$arg"
- fi
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- esac
- decho " *** Error: Unrecognised option: '$arg'"
- decho "Use wx-config --help for information on command line options."
- exit 2
-done
-
-# validate_arg only checks and decomposes form. Sanity check the yes/no
-# options now too and push their respective mask values into place.
-
-check_yesno_option universal widgetset univ
-check_yesno_option unicode chartype unicode ansi
-check_yesno_option static linkage static
-check_yesno_option debug debugtype debug release
-
-# Dump everything we just read in debug mode.
-if [ -n "$WXDEBUG" ]; then
-
- decho
- decho " input parameters = $input_parameters"
- decho " libs parameters = $libs_parameters"
- decho " optional-libs parameters = $optional_libs_parameters"
- decho " input options = $input_options"
- for i in $input_options; do
- decho " $i = `eval echo \"\\\$input_option_$i\"`"
- done
- decho " yes/no options = $yesno_options"
- for y in $yesno_options; do
- decho " $y = `eval echo \"\\\$yesno_option_$y\"`"
- done
- decho " flag options = $flag_options"
- for f in $flag_options; do
- decho " $f = `eval echo \"\\\$flag_option_$f\"`"
- done
- decho " output options = $output_options"
- for o in $output_options; do
- decho " $o = `eval echo \"\\\$output_option_$o\"`"
- done
- decho " query options = $query_options"
-
-fi
-
-
-
-# Everything came in as a legal argument then, let's put some of
-# the pieces together with a little self knowledge to see what
-# we should do next.
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# get_mask [ _hash ]
-# Construct a config filename mask from a pseudo-hash of component variables.
-# The optional argument is the prefix of the hash to use. If not specified
-# this will return a mask derived from the command line options that were used.
-get_mask()
-{
- [ $# -gt 0 ] || set m
-
- case "$m_ourversion" in
- 2.9)
- is29orlater=1
- ;;
- 2.*)
- # there is no 2.10 so currently everything else is <= 2.8
- is29orlater=0
- ;;
- *)
- # 3.x and later "is29orlater" too
- is29orlater=1
- ;;
- esac
-
- # use 2.8 or 2.9 version of the mask: the difference is the presence of
- # debug type in pre-2.9
- if [ $is29orlater = 1 ]; then
- eval echo "\${$1_host:+\$$1_host-}\${$1_toolkit}\${$1_widgetset}-\${$1_chartype}\${$1_linkage:+-\$$1_linkage}-\${$1_version}\${$1_flavour}"
- else
- eval echo "\${$1_host:+\$$1_host-}\${$1_toolkit}\${$1_widgetset}-\${$1_chartype}-\${$1_debugtype}\${$1_linkage:+-\$$1_linkage}-\${$1_version}\${$1_flavour}"
- fi
-}
-
-# Returns true if this script is for a cross compiled config.
-is_cross() { [ "xno" = "xyes" ]; }
-
-
-# Determine the base directories we require.
-prefix=${input_option_prefix-${this_prefix:-/home/build/tmp/build/external/dist}}
-exec_prefix=${input_option_exec_prefix-${input_option_prefix-${this_exec_prefix:-${prefix}}}}
-wxconfdir="${exec_prefix}/lib/wx/config"
-
-installed_configs=`cd "$wxconfdir" 2> /dev/null && ls | grep -v "^inplace-"`
-
-is_cross && target=""
-
-# Define a pseudo-hash to contain the specification of this wx-config
-# instance and its associated library.
-this_host="${target:+${target}}"
-this_toolkit="gtk2"
-this_widgetset=""
-this_chartype="unicode"
-this_debugtype="release"
-this_flavour=""
-this_version="3.0"
-this_linkage=`[ "x0" = "x1" ] || echo 'static'`
-
-
-# Extract the user specification from the options parsed.
-m_host=${input_option_host:+"${input_option_host}-?"}
-m_host=${m_host:-$this_host}
-m_toolkit=${input_option_toolkit:-'[^-]+'}
-m_widgetset=${input_option_widgetset-'(univ)?'}
-m_chartype=${input_option_chartype:-'(unicode|ansi)'}
-m_debugtype=${input_option_debugtype:-'(debug|release)'}
-m_flavour=${input_option_flavour:+-$input_option_flavour}
-m_flavour=${m_flavour:-${input_option_flavour-'(-[^-]+)?'}}
-m_version=${input_option_version:-'[0-9]+\.[0-9]+'}
-m_linkage=${input_option_linkage-'?(static)?'}
-
-# Test whether or not --version has been specified
-#
-# This must be done after getting the input options so get_mask works correctly
-# since it is version-dependent
-
-if [ -z "$input_option_version" ]; then
- m_ourversion="2.9"
-else
- m_ourversion=$m_version
-fi
-
-this_config=`get_mask this`
-
-configmask="^`get_mask`$"
-
-
-# Dump the user specification in debug mode.
-if [ -n "$WXDEBUG" ]; then
-
- decho
- decho " prefix = '$prefix'"
- decho " exec_prefix = '$exec_prefix'"
- decho " wxconfdir = '$wxconfdir'"
-
- decho " m_host = '$m_host'"
- decho " m_toolkit = '$m_toolkit'"
- decho " m_widgetset = '$m_widgetset'"
- decho " m_chartype = '$m_chartype'"
- decho " m_debugtype = '$m_debugtype'"
- decho " m_flavour = '$m_flavour'"
- decho " m_version = '$m_version'"
- decho " m_linkage = '$m_linkage'"
-
- decho " configmask = '$configmask'"
- decho " this config = '$this_config'"
- decho
-
-fi
-
-
-
-# From here on, we'll need to be able to figure out a delegation target.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The rules for delegation are:
-#
-# 1. If the specification is so general that it matches the default config
-# (ie. this one on a first pass), then the default config will be used
-# even if other installed libs would also match the spec.
-#
-# 2. If the default config does not match, find a list of all installed
-# libraries that do match.
-# a. If that list is empty, the specification is incompatible
-# with any installed lib. Warn and abort.
-# b. If that list contains exactly one candidate. Delegate to
-# that candidate.
-# c. If the list contains multiple candidates, pass on to step 3.
-#
-# 3. Attempt to discriminate among rival candidates by their similarity
-# to the default configuration (ie. this one). If we can find a unique
-# candidate in this way, delegate to it. If not, present a list of
-# options to the user and request that they disambiguate it with one or
-# more additional fields.
-#
-# To refine the specified pattern, we specialise each unbound field
-# using the default value from this config file. If that results in
-# no matches, we unbind it again and try the next field. If it still
-# results in multiple matches we try binding the next field as well
-# until a unique or null result again occurs.
-#
-# A more general way to look at this, is the feature specifiers are all
-# modifiers of the wx-config you are calling. If you supply none, the
-# default for that build configuration will be used. If you supply one
-# or more that the default build cannot satisfy, it will try to find the
-# config most like itself with the desired feature(s) enabled.
-# The features configured into the first wx-config called will be taken
-# as implicitly specified if it is necessary to disambiguate likely
-# candidates from the information that was explicitly provided.
-
-
-# But first, more sugar to keep what follows clear and legible.
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# find_eligible_delegates _mask
-# Outputs all the config files installed which match the
-# (extended regex) _mask passed as an argument.
-find_eligible_delegates() { echo "$installed_configs" | $EGREP "$1" 2> /dev/null; }
-
-# user_mask_fits _config
-# Returns true if the string _config satisfies the user specified mask.
-user_mask_fits() { echo "$1" | $EGREP "$configmask" > /dev/null 2>&1; }
-
-# count_fields _word
-# Returns the number of IFS split fields in _word
-count_fields() { return $#; }
-
-# count_delegates _mask
-# Return the number of eligible config files that match _mask
-count_delegates() { count_fields `find_eligible_delegates $1`; }
-
-# is_set _variablename
-# Returns true if $_variablename is initialised.
-is_set() { [ "x`eval echo \"\\\${$1-unset}\"`" != "xunset" ]; }
-
-# not _cmd _args...
-# true iff _cmd is false
-not() { if "$@"; then false; else true; fi; }
-
-# do_find_best_delegate _unbound-options
-# The real worker part of find_best_delegate below. Recurses though all
-# unbound options binding them one at a time to the default derived from
-# this file until a unique match is made or no alternatives remain that
-# may be sensibly guessed at. It will preferentially bind the unspecified
-# options in the order they are listed in wxconfig_schema. Using this
-# partial ordering it should find the first match with the most significant
-# similarity to this file that unambiguously meets the user specification.
-# If such a match exists it will be output to stdout.
-#
-# Be careful if you modify this function. If the pruning logic is rendered
-# inoperative it will simply recurse over every permutation in the search
-# space, which may still appear to work, but add a couple more options (or
-# explicitly specify a few less) and you may not live long enough to learn
-# the result. WXDEBUG=findprogress is your friend here, it will show you
-# how many nodes get searched before a result. If you start seeing
-# increases in that number for the same input, check your work.
-# Raising the number of discriminating options from 6 to 8 raised the worst
-# case time for this to run (without pruning) from 3 to nearly 15 seconds
-# and its downhill fast from here if we have to ride that boat.
-# Early pruning still gets that down to under half a second (up from about
-# .25), so we have some breathing space yet before a different search method
-# will be called for, but let's not squander it.
-do_find_best_delegate()
-{
- (
- if [ "x$WXDEBUG" = "xverbose" ]; then
- _fbd_indent="${_fbd_indent}. "
- decho " $_fbd_indent---> unbound options: $*"
- fi
-
- for i do
-
- if [ "x$WXDEBUG" = "xverbose" ]; then
- decho " ${_fbd_indent}binding '$i' with '`remove_field $i $*`' still free"
- [ -z "$_pruned" ] || decho " ${_fbd_indent} --- pruned: $_pruned ---"
- fi
-
- if (
- eval m_$i=\$this_$i
- _mask="^`get_mask`$"
-
- if [ "x$WXDEBUG" = "xverbose" ]; then
- decho " ${_fbd_indent} checking: $_mask"
- count_delegates "$_mask"
- decho " $_fbd_indent $? eligible delegates"
- for d in `find_eligible_delegates "$_mask"`; do
- decho " ${_fbd_indent} $d"
- done
- fi
-
- count_delegates "$_mask"
- _still_eligible=$?
-
- if [ $_still_eligible -eq 1 ]; then
- echo `find_eligible_delegates "$_mask"`
- return
- fi
-
- [ "x$WXDEBUG" != "xfindprogress" ] || printf "." 1>&2
-
- [ $_still_eligible -gt 1 ] && [ $# -gt 1 ] &&
- do_find_best_delegate `remove_field $i $*`
- )
- then
-
- return
-
- elif [ $# -gt 1 ]; then
-
- if [ "x$WXDEBUG" = "xverbose" ]; then
- decho " ${_fbd_indent}pruning: $i"
- _pruned="${_pruned:+$_pruned }$i"
- fi
- set `remove_field $i $*`
-
- fi
-
- done
- false
- )
-}
-
-# find_best_delegate
-# A simple wrapper around do_find_best_delegate that first determines
-# the unbound options (ie. the ones that the user did not explicitly
-# declare a preference for on the command line)
-find_best_delegate()
-{
- for _fbdi in $wxconfig_schema; do
- is_set input_option_$_fbdi ||
- _unbound_options="${_unbound_options:+$_unbound_options }$_fbdi"
- done
- do_find_best_delegate $_unbound_options
-}
-
-
-# Legacy wx-config helpers.
-# -------------------------
-
-# get_legacy_mask
-# Returns a mask in the format used by wx2.4.
-get_legacy_mask()
-{
- [ $# -gt 0 ] || set m
- eval [ "x\${$1_chartype}" != "xunicode" ] || _unicode_flag=u
- eval echo "wx\${$1_toolkit}${_unicode_flag}-\${$1_version}\${$1_host}-config"
-}
-
-# find_legacy_configs
-# Returns a list of configs installed by wx2.4 releases.
-find_legacy_configs()
-{
- (
- cd "$prefix/bin" &&
- {
- ls wx*-2.4-config | grep -v ^wxbase
- ls wx*-2.4-config | grep ^wxbase
- }
- ) 2> /dev/null
-}
-
-# find_best_legacy_config
-# Returns the best legacy config for a given specification.
-# This assumes no matching new style config has been found.
-find_best_legacy_config()
-{
- _legacy_configs=`find_legacy_configs`
- if [ -n "$_legacy_configs" ]; then
- _legacy_mask=`get_legacy_mask`
- for d in $_legacy_configs; do
- if echo $d | $EGREP $_legacy_mask > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- echo "$d"
- return
- fi
- done
- fi
- false
-}
-
-
-
-# The only action we can perform authoritatively prior to delegation
-# is to list all the possible delegates.
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-config_spec="$0 $*"
-[ -z "$WXDEBUG" ] || config_spec=$configmask
-
-# Next chance for another satisfied customer then
-#
-# If we want to get really polished here we can do plural checking,
-# but we should probably leave that until the day we gettextise it.
-if [ -n "$output_option_list" ]; then
-
- _remains_in_prefix=$installed_configs
- _delegates=`find_eligible_delegates $configmask`
- _best_delegate=`find_best_delegate`
-
- if [ "x$WXDEBUG" = "xverbose" ]; then
- decho
- decho " all = $_remains_in_prefix"
- decho " matching = $_delegates"
- decho " best = $_best_delegate"
- decho " this = $this_config"
- fi
-
- for d in $_delegates; do
- _remains_in_prefix=`remove_field $d $_remains_in_prefix`
- done
-
- echo
- echo " Default config is $this_config"
- echo
-
- if user_mask_fits "$this_config" ; then
-
- echo " Default config ${this_exec_prefix+in $this_exec_prefix }will be used for output"
-
- if match_field "$this_config" $_delegates ; then
- _delegates=`remove_field $this_config $_delegates`
- else
- echo " though it is not installed in: $prefix"
- if [ -n "$_best_delegate" ] && [ "x$_best_delegate" != "x$this_config" ]; then
- echo
- echo " Best alternate in $prefix:"
- echo " $_best_delegate"
- fi
- fi
-
- elif [ -n "$_best_delegate" ]; then
-
- echo " Specification best match: $_best_delegate"
-
- elif [ -z "$_delegates" ]; then
-
- _last_chance=`find_best_legacy_config`
- if [ -n "$_last_chance" ]; then
-
- echo " Specification matches legacy config: $_last_chance"
-
- else
-
- cat <<-EOF
- No config found to match: $config_spec
- in $wxconfdir
-
- Please install the desired library build, or specify a different
- prefix where it may be found. If the library is not installed
- you may call its wx-config directly by specifying its full path.
-
-EOF
-
- fi
-
- else
- echo " Specification was ambiguous. Use additional feature options"
- echo " to choose between alternate matches."
- fi
-
- _delegates=`remove_field "$_best_delegate" $_delegates`
-
- if [ -n "$_delegates" ]; then
- echo
- echo " Alternate matches:"
- for d in $_delegates; do
- echo " $d"
- done
- fi
- if [ -n "$_remains_in_prefix" ]; then
- echo
- echo " Also available in $prefix:"
- for d in $_remains_in_prefix; do
- echo " $d"
- done
- fi
-
- _legacy_configs=`find_legacy_configs`
- if [ -n "$_legacy_configs" ]; then
- echo
- echo " Legacy configs available in $prefix:"
- for d in $_legacy_configs; do
- echo " $d" | sed 's/-config$//'
- done
- fi
-
- echo
- exit
-fi
-
-
-
-# ... so if that wasn't what they wanted, then we need to know for
-# certain, can this config satisfy the user specification?
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-if not user_mask_fits "$this_config" ; then
-
- # No? Then let's see if it knows anybody who can.
- # But first, just be sure someone hasn't typo'd us into a loop.
- # In present day wx, correct delegation should never need more
- # than one hop so this is trivial to detect.
-
- if [ -n "$WXCONFIG_DELEGATED" ]; then
- decho
- decho " *** Error: Bad config delegation"
- decho
- decho " to: $0"
- decho " ($this_config) cannot satisfy:"
- decho " $config_spec"
- decho " Someone has been terribly careless."
- decho
- exit 1
- fi
-
- count_delegates "$configmask"
- _numdelegates=$?
-
- if [ -n "$WXDEBUG" ]; then
- decho " must delegate to an alternate config"
- decho " potential delegates ($_numdelegates):"
- for i in `find_eligible_delegates "$configmask"`; do
- decho " $i"
- done
- fi
-
- if [ $_numdelegates -eq 0 ]; then
-
- _last_chance=`find_best_legacy_config`
- if [ -n "$_last_chance" ]; then
-
- for arg do
- case "$arg" in
- --prefix*|--exec-prefix*| \
- --version|--release|--basename| \
- --static|--libs|--gl_libs| \
- --cppflags|--cflags|--cxxflags| \
- --cc|--cxx|--ld| \
- --rezflags|--inplace)
- _legacy_args="$_legacy_args $arg"
- ;;
-
- --static|--static=y*|--static=Y*)
- _legacy_args="$_legacy_args --static"
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
- if [ -n "$WXDEBUG" ]; then
- decho " found a suitable legacy delegate: $_last_chance"
- decho "--> $prefix/bin/$_last_chance $_legacy_args"
- fi
-
- WXCONFIG_DELEGATED=yes
- export WXCONFIG_DELEGATED
- $prefix/bin/$_last_chance $_legacy_args
- exit
-
- else
-
- cat 1>&2 <<-EOF
-
- Warning: No config found to match: $config_spec
- in $wxconfdir
- If you require this configuration, please install the desired
- library build. If this is part of an automated configuration
- test and no other errors occur, you may safely ignore it.
- You may use wx-config --list to see all configs available in
- the default prefix.
-
-EOF
-
- # PIPEDREAM: from here we are actually just a teensy step
- # from simply building the missing config for the user
- # on the fly if this is an in tree wx-config.
-
- exit 1
- fi
- fi
-
- if [ $_numdelegates -gt 1 ]; then
-
- [ -z "$WXDEBUG" ] || decho " must prune the list of eligible delegates"
-
- best_delegate=`find_best_delegate`
-
- if [ -n "$best_delegate" ]; then
-
- if [ -n "$WXDEBUG" ]; then
- decho " found a suitable delegate: $best_delegate"
- decho "--> $wxconfdir/$best_delegate $*"
- fi
-
- WXCONFIG_DELEGATED=yes
- export WXCONFIG_DELEGATED
- $wxconfdir/$best_delegate $*
- exit
- fi
-
- decho
- decho " *** Error: Specification is ambiguous"
- decho " as $config_spec"
- decho " Use additional feature options to choose between:"
- for i in `find_eligible_delegates "$configmask"`; do
- decho " $i"
- done
- decho
-
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if [ -n "$WXDEBUG" ]; then
- decho " using the only suitable delegate"
- decho "--> $wxconfdir/`find_eligible_delegates $configmask` $*"
- fi
-
- WXCONFIG_DELEGATED=yes
- export WXCONFIG_DELEGATED
- $wxconfdir/`find_eligible_delegates $configmask` $*
- exit
-fi
-
-
-
-# If we are still here, then from now on we are responsible for
-# all the user's needs. Time to rustle up some output for them.
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-[ -z "$WXDEBUG" ] || decho " using this config"
-
-# If the user supplied a prefix, and the in tree config did not
-# delegate out to anything in that prefix, then reset the build
-# tree prefix to provide the correct output for using this
-# uninstalled wx build. Or put more simply:
-prefix=${this_prefix-$prefix}
-exec_prefix=${this_exec_prefix-$exec_prefix}
-
-includedir="${prefix}/include"
-libdir="${exec_prefix}/lib"
-bindir="${exec_prefix}/bin"
-
-# Trivial queries we can answer now.
-[ -z "$output_option_prefix" ] || echo $prefix
-[ -z "$output_option_exec_prefix" ] || echo $exec_prefix
-[ -z "$output_option_release" ] || echo "3.0"
-[ -z "$output_option_version" ] || echo "3.0.0"
-[ -z "$output_option_version_full" ] || echo "3.0.0.0"
-[ -z "$output_option_basename" ] || echo "wx_gtk2u"
-[ -z "$output_option_cc" ] || echo "gcc"
-[ -z "$output_option_cxx" ] || echo "g++"
-[ -z "$output_option_ld" ] || echo "g++ -o"
-[ -z "$flag_option_selected_config" ] || echo "$this_config"
-
-for q in $query_options; do
- eval echo "\$this_$q"
-done
-
-# --rezflags is deprecated and disabled (2005/11/29)
-if [ -n "$output_option_rezflags" ]; then
- echo "@true"
- decho "Warning: --rezflags, along with Mac OS classic resource building" \
- "is deprecated. You should remove this from your Makefile and" \
- "build .app bundles instead."
-fi
-
-
-# The rest are going to need a little more work.
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-is_monolithic() { [ "x0" = "x1" ]; }
-is_static() { [ -n "$this_linkage" ]; }
-is_installed() { [ -z "$this_prefix" ]; }
-
-
-# Is the user after a support utility?
-# If this is a cross build, we need to find and return a suitable
-# native utility for the job, so we search:
-#
-# 1. local build dir (for native uninstalled builds only).
-# 2. (optional) user supplied prefix.
-# 3. configured install prefix.
-# 4. environment $PATH.
-#
-# and if such a thing still cannot be found, exit signalling an error.
-if [ -n "$input_option_utility" ]; then
-
- # This is dumb, in tree binaries should be in a standard location
- # like the libs, but work with what we've got for now.
- is_cross || _util="$exec_prefix/utils/$input_option_utility/$input_option_utility"
-
- if not is_installed && [ -x "$_util" ]; then
- is_static || _preload="eval LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$exec_prefix/lib"
- echo $_preload $_util
- exit
- fi
-
- IFS=':'
- _user_prefix=${input_option_exec_prefix:-$input_option_prefix}
-
- for _util in "${input_option_utility}-3.0" \
- "${input_option_utility}-3.0" \
- "${input_option_utility}"
- do
- for p in ${_user_prefix:+$_user_prefix/bin} $bindir $PATH; do
-
- [ -z "$WXDEBUG" ] || decho " checking for: '$p/$_util'"
-
- if [ -x "$p/$_util" ]; then
- echo "$p/$_util"
- exit
- fi
-
- done
- done
- exit 1
-
-fi
-
-
-# Still here? Then get the options together for building an app.
-# ----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# Additional configuration for individual library components.
-ldflags_gl=""
-
-ldlibs_base="-lwxregexu-3.0 -lz -ldl -lm"
-ldlibs_core="-lgtk-x11-2.0 -lgdk-x11-2.0 -lpangocairo-1.0 -latk-1.0 -lcairo -lgdk_pixbuf-2.0 -lgio-2.0 -lpangoft2-1.0 -lpango-1.0 -lgobject-2.0 -lfontconfig -lfreetype -lgthread-2.0 -pthread -lglib-2.0 -lX11 -lXxf86vm -lSM -lgtk-x11-2.0 -lgdk-x11-2.0 -lpangocairo-1.0 -latk-1.0 -lcairo -lgdk_pixbuf-2.0 -lgio-2.0 -lpangoft2-1.0 -lpango-1.0 -lgobject-2.0 -lglib-2.0 -lfontconfig -lfreetype -lnotify -lgdk_pixbuf-2.0 -lgio-2.0 -lgobject-2.0 -lglib-2.0 -lwebkitgtk-1.0 -lgtk-x11-2.0 -lgdk-x11-2.0 -lpangocairo-1.0 -latk-1.0 -lcairo -lgdk_pixbuf-2.0 -lpangoft2-1.0 -lpango-1.0 -lfontconfig -lfreetype -lsoup-2.4 -lgio-2.0 -lgobject-2.0 -ljavascriptcoregtk-1.0 -lglib-2.0 -lpng -lz -ljpeg -ltiff"
-ldlibs_gl="-lGL -lGLU"
-ldlibs_html=""
-ldlibs_xml=" -lexpat"
-ldlibs_adv=""
-ldlibs_stc="-lwxscintilla-3.0"
-
-
-# Order the libraries passed to us correctly for static linking.
-#
-# While the libraries order doesn't matter when linking dynamically, we must
-# put the libraries depending on other libraries in front of their dependencies
-# when linking statically or the dependencies wouldn't be resolved by the
-# standard UNIX linkers.
-order_libs()
-{
- if is_static; then
- for lib do
- # Distinguish between the libraries that may need to be moved to
- # the end of the list (because other ones may depend on them) and
- # those that can be output immediately because no other libraries
- # depend on them.
- case "$lib" in
- base|core|html|xml|adv) eval "use_$lib=1" ;;
- *) libs="$libs $lib" ;;
- esac
- done
-
- # Add the libraries that we postponed adding above.
- # Order of the checks here is important.
- [ -z "$use_html" ] || libs="$libs html"
- [ -z "$use_adv" ] || libs="$libs adv"
- [ -z "$use_core" ] || libs="$libs core"
- [ -z "$use_xml" ] || libs="$libs xml"
- [ -z "$use_base" ] || libs="$libs base"
- else
- # No need to order them.
- libs="$@"
- fi
-
- echo $libs
-}
-
-# lib_flags_for _liblist
-# This function returns a list of flags suitable to return with the
-# output of --libs for all of the libraries in _liblist. You can
-# add support for a new library by adding an entry for it in the
-# psuedo-hashes above if it requires additional linker options.
-lib_flags_for()
-{
- [ -z "$WXDEBUG" ] || decho " fetching lib flags for: '$*'"
-
- _all_ldflags=''
- _all_libs=''
- _wxlibs=''
-
- is_cross && _target="-${target}"
-
- for lib do
-
- # We evidently can't trust people not to duplicate things in
- # configure, or to keep them in any sort of sane order overall,
- # so only add unique new fields here even if it takes us a while.
- # In the case of libs, we bubble any duplicates to the end,
- # because if multiple libs require it, static linking at least
- # will require it to come after all of them. So long as local
- # order is ok in configure then we should always be able to
- # massage a correct result here like this.
- #
- # FIXME: ldlibs_core is totally bogus. Fix the duplication
- # there independently of this. This covers for it, but we
- # want to do this anyway because some libs may share common
- # deps without a common ancestor in wx. This is not a licence
- # for sloppy work elsewhere though and @GUI_TK_LIBRARY should
- # be fixed.
-
- for f in `eval echo \"\\\$ldflags_$lib\"`; do
- match_field "$f" $_all_ldflags || _all_ldflags="$_all_ldflags $f"
- done
-
- if match_field "$lib" xml net base ; then
- _libname="wx_baseu"
- else
- _libname="wx_gtk2u"
- fi
- [ $lib = base ] || _libname="${_libname}_$lib"
- _libname="${_libname}-3.0$_target"
-
- if is_static; then
- _wxlibs="$_wxlibs ${libdir}/lib${_libname}.a"
- for f in `eval echo \"\\\$ldlibs_$lib\"`; do
-
- # Only propagate duplicate -libraries to their latest
- # possible position. Do not eliminate any other
- # duplicates that might occur. They should be fixed
- # in configure long before they get here.
- # This started as a workaround for Mac -framework,
- # but it seems like a better policy in general, which
- # will let the more heinous bugs in configure shake out.
- # We should maybe filter *.a here too, but not unless
- # we have to.
- case "$f" in
- -l*) _all_libs="`remove_field $f $_all_libs` $f" ;;
- *) _all_libs="$_all_libs $f" ;;
- esac
-
- done
- else
- _wxlibs="$_wxlibs -l${_libname}"
- fi
-
- done
-
- if [ -n "$WXDEBUG" ]; then
- decho " retrieved: ldflags = $_all_ldflags"
- decho " wxlibs = $_wxlibs"
- decho " alllibs = $_all_libs"
- fi
-
- echo $_all_ldflags $_wxlibs $_all_libs
-}
-
-# this is the strict subset of the above function which returns only the
-# (static) libraries themselves: this is used for linkdeps output which should
-# output the list of libraries the main program should depend on
-#
-# of course, this duplication is bad but I'll leave to somebody else the care
-# of refactoring this as I don't see any way to do it - VZ.
-
-# This (and the other cruft to support it) should be removed with
-# reference to the FIXME above when configure stops piping us a slurry
-# of options that need to be decomposed again for most practical uses - RL.
-link_deps_for()
-{
- _wxlibs=''
-
- is_cross && _target="-${target}"
-
- for lib do
- if match_field "$lib" xml net base ; then
- _libname="wx_baseu"
- else
- _libname="wx_gtk2u"
- fi
- [ $lib = base ] || _libname="${_libname}_$lib"
- _libname="${_libname}-3.0$_target"
-
- _wxlibs="$_wxlibs ${libdir}/lib${_libname}.a"
- done
-
- echo $_wxlibs
-}
-
-# Sanity check the list of libs the user provided us, if any.
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-wx_libs=`echo "$libs_parameters" | tr ',' ' '`
-wx_optional_libs=`echo "$optional_libs_parameters" | tr ',' ' '`
-
-# Add the --optional-libs, if they've been compiled and aren't already added
-for i in $wx_optional_libs; do
- if match_field $i xrc webview stc richtext ribbon propgrid aui gl html qa adv core xml net base; then
- if not match_field $i $wx_libs; then
- wx_libs="${wx_libs:+$wx_libs }$i"
- fi
- fi
-done
-
-[ -z "$WXDEBUG" ] || decho " user supplied libs: '$wx_libs'"
-
-# Assume we are using the GUI, unless --libs was specified with no GUI libs
-using_gui=yes
-
-if is_monolithic; then
-
- # Only add additional info if --libs was specified and not just --optional-libs
- if [ -n "$output_option_libs" ]; then
- # Core libs are already built into the blob.
- for i in std xrc webview html qa adv core xml net base; do
- wx_libs=`remove_field $i $wx_libs`
- done
-
- wx_libs=`order_libs $wx_libs`
- wx_libs=" `lib_flags_for $wx_libs`"
-
- # We still need the core lib deps for a static build though
- if is_static; then
- link_deps="${libdir}/libwx_gtk2u-3.0.a"
- wx_libs="$wx_libs $link_deps $ldlibs_core $ldlibs_base"
- else
- wx_libs="$wx_libs -lwx_gtk2u-3.0"
- fi
- fi
-else # MONOLITHIC = 0
-
- # Import core libs by default, expand std if specified, or add base if omitted.
- if [ -n "$output_option_libs" ] && [ -z "$libs_parameters" ]; then
- wx_libs="xrc webview html qa adv core xml net base"
- elif match_field all $wx_libs; then
- wx_libs="xrc webview stc richtext ribbon propgrid aui gl html qa adv core xml net base"
- elif match_field std $wx_libs; then
- # Bubble any libs that were already specified to the end
- # of the list and ensure static linking order is retained.
- wx_libs=`remove_field std $wx_libs`
- for i in xrc webview html qa adv core xml net base; do
- wx_libs="`remove_field $i $wx_libs` $i"
- done
- elif not match_field base $wx_libs ; then
- # Only add base if --libs was specified and not just --optional-libs
- if [ -n "$output_option_libs" ]; then
- wx_libs="$wx_libs base"
- fi
- fi
-
- if [ -n "$output_option_libs" ]; then
- using_gui=no
- for i in $wx_libs ; do
- if match_field "$i" xrc webview html qa adv core; then
- _guildflags=""
- using_gui=yes
- break
- fi
- match_field "$i" xml net base || using_gui=yes
- done
- fi
-
- if is_static; then
- link_deps=`link_deps_for $wx_libs`
- fi
- wx_libs=`order_libs $wx_libs`
- wx_libs="$_guildflags `lib_flags_for $wx_libs`"
-fi
-
-
-# If they explicitly set "--cxx(pp)flags base" then they don't want the GUI
-if [ "$cxx_parameters" = "base" ]; then
- using_gui=no
-fi
-
-
-if [ -n "$WXDEBUG" ]; then
- decho
- decho " using libs: '$wx_libs'"
- decho " using_gui = $using_gui"
- decho
-fi
-
-
-# Endgame. Nothing left to discover now.
-# --------------------------------------------------------------
-
-[ "$using_gui" = "yes" ] || _gui_cppflags="-DwxUSE_GUI=0"
-
-if is_installed; then
- _include_cppflags="-I${includedir}/wx-3.0"
-else
- _include_cppflags="-I${includedir}"
-fi
-
-_cppflags=`echo "-I${libdir}/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-static-3.0" $_include_cppflags "-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 -D__WXGTK__" $_gui_cppflags`
-
-# now without further ado, we can answer these too.
-[ -z "$output_option_cppflags" ] || echo $_cppflags
-[ -z "$output_option_cflags" ] || echo $_cppflags "-pthread"
-[ -z "$output_option_cxxflags" ] || echo $_cppflags "-pthread"
-[ -z "$output_option_gl_libs" ] || echo `lib_flags_for gl`
-[ -z "$output_option_linkdeps" ] || echo $link_deps
-
-if [ -n "$output_option_libs" ]; then
- # if --libs [--optional-libs] then output the full linker information
-
- is_cross &&
- [ "x$libdir" = "x/usr/${target}/lib" ] ||
- [ "x$libdir" = "x/usr/lib" ] ||
- _ldflags="-L$libdir"
-
- if [ -n "$MAC_FRAMEWORK" ]; then
- wx_libs="-framework $MAC_FRAMEWORK"
- if [ -n "$MAC_FRAMEWORK_PREFIX" ]; then
- _ldflags="-F$MAC_FRAMEWORK_PREFIX"
- else
- _ldflags=""
- fi
- fi
-
- is_installed || [ -n "$flag_option_no_rpath" ] || _rpath=""
-
- echo $_ldflags "-pthread " $_rpath $wx_libs ""
-
-elif [ -n "$output_option_optional_libs" ]; then
- # if only --optional-libs then output just the libs
-
- echo $wx_libs
-fi
-
-
-# xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
-#
-# Beyond here reside only machine or tool specific workarounds
-# that require knowlege not obtainable prior to this comment.
-#
-# Please. Avoid addding things here, wx-config should avoid
-# hard coding tool specific details. Do not use things here
-# as an example of other things that should be here, These
-# shouldn't be here either. This is a place of last resort
-# for interim workarounds. I can but stress as strongly as
-# the censor will allow, there are only bad examples of things
-# that belong at this level of abstraction to follow. It is
-# a limbo for glitches awaiting the Next Design Repair. Ok.
-#
-# With that firmly in mind, our debut dilemma is:
-
-# Resource compilers. An elusive term that covers some pretty
-# dissimilar concepts on various platforms. The good news is,
-# each platform has only one definition of 'resource', compiled
-# or not, and so we can abstract that neatly to return a platform
-# specific invocation of the appropriate tool. The bad news is,
-# windres (at least) requires knowledge of the wx header files
-# location(s) that cannot be predicted reliably before the call to
-# wx-config is made. Currently for all known resource compilers,
-# we can simply return a command and some salient configuration
-# options in response to a request for --rescomp. So here we
-# top up the options for any tools that may require information
-# that was only just determined in the last few machine cycles,
-# then output the necessary incantation for the platform.
-#
-# Most things should already be constant by the time configure
-# has run. Do not add anything here that is already known there.
-
-if [ -n "$output_option_rescomp" ]; then
-
- case "" in
- *windres|wrc)
- # Note that with late model windres, we could just insert
- # _include_cppflags here, but use the old notation for now
- # as it is more universally accepted.
- if is_installed; then
- echo " --include-dir" \
- "${includedir}/wx-3.0" \
- ""
- else
- echo " --include-dir ${includedir}" \
- ""
- fi
- ;;
-
- # neither rez not emxbind have any specific needs from
- # us, so just output what was determined by configure.
- *)
- echo
- ;;
- esac
-
-fi
-
-#
-# xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
-
-# And so that's it, we're done. Have a nice build.
-
-exit 0
+++ /dev/null
-/* lib/wx/include/gtk2-unicode-static-3.0/wx/setup.h. Generated from setup.h.in by configure. */
-/* This define (__WX_SETUP_H__) is used both to ensure setup.h is included
- * only once and to indicate that we are building using configure. */
-#ifndef __WX_SETUP_H__
-#define __WX_SETUP_H__
-
-/* never undefine inline or const keywords for C++ compilation */
-#ifndef __cplusplus
-
-/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work. */
-/* #undef const */
-
-/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it. */
-/* #undef inline */
-
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-/* fill in with the string wxGetOsDescription() will return */
-#define WXWIN_OS_DESCRIPTION "Linux 3.14.9-200.fc20.x86_64 x86_64"
-
-/* the installation location prefix from configure */
-#define wxINSTALL_PREFIX "/home/build/tmp/build/external/dist"
-
-/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
-/* #undef gid_t */
-
-/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
-/* #undef mode_t */
-
-/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
-/* #undef off_t */
-
-/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
-/* #undef pid_t */
-
-/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
-/* #undef size_t */
-
-/* Define if ssize_t type is available. */
-#define HAVE_SSIZE_T 1
-
-/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#define STDC_HEADERS 1
-
-/* Define this to get extra features from GNU libc. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-#define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-
-/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
-/* #undef uid_t */
-
-/* Define if your processor stores words with the most significant
- byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
-/* #undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
-
-/* Define this if your version of GTK+ is greater than 1.2.7 */
-/* #undef __WXGTK127__ */
-
-/* Define this if your version of GTK+ is greater than 2.0 */
-#define __WXGTK20__ 1
-
-/* Define this if your version of GTK+ is greater than 2.6 */
-/* #undef __WXGTK26__ */
-
-/* Define this if your version of GTK+ is greater than 2.10 */
-#define __WXGTK210__ 1
-
-/* Define this if your version of GTK+ is greater than 2.18 */
-#define __WXGTK218__ 1
-
-/* Define this if your version of GTK+ is >= 3.0 */
-/* #undef __WXGTK3__ */
-
-/* Define this if you want to use GPE features */
-/* #undef __WXGPE__ */
-
-/* Define this if your version of Motif is greater than 2.0 */
-/* #undef __WXMOTIF20__ */
-
-/* Define this if you are using Lesstif */
-/* #undef __WXLESSTIF__ */
-
-/*
- * Define to 1 for Unix[-like] system
- */
-#define wxUSE_UNIX 1
-
-#define __UNIX__ 1
-
-/* #undef __AIX__ */
-/* #undef __BSD__ */
-/* #undef __DARWIN__ */
-/* #undef __EMX__ */
-/* #undef __FREEBSD__ */
-/* #undef __HPUX__ */
-#define __LINUX__ 1
-/* #undef __NETBSD__ */
-/* #undef __OPENBSD__ */
-/* #undef __OSF__ */
-/* #undef __QNX__ */
-/* #undef __SGI__ */
-/* #undef __SOLARIS__ */
-/* #undef __SUN__ */
-/* #undef __SUNOS__ */
-/* #undef __SVR4__ */
-/* #undef __SYSV__ */
-/* #undef __ULTRIX__ */
-/* #undef __UNIXWARE__ */
-/* #undef __VMS__ */
-
-/* #undef __IA64__ */
-/* #undef __ALPHA__ */
-
-/* NanoX (with wxX11) */
-#define wxUSE_NANOX 0
-
-/* PowerPC Darwin & Mac OS X */
-/* #undef __POWERPC__ */
-/* #undef TARGET_CARBON */
-
-/* Hack to make IOGraphicsTypes.h not define Point conflicting with MacTypes */
-/* #undef __Point__ */
-
-/* MS-DOS with DJGPP */
-/* #undef __DOS__ */
-
-/* Stupid hack; __WINDOWS__ clashes with wx/defs.h */
-#ifndef __WINDOWS__
-/* #undef __WINDOWS__ */
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __WIN32__
-/* #undef __WIN32__ */
-#endif
-#ifndef __GNUWIN32__
-/* #undef __GNUWIN32__ */
-#endif
-#ifndef STRICT
-/* #undef STRICT */
-#endif
-#ifndef WINVER
-/* #undef WINVER */
-#endif
-
-/* OS/2 with EMX */
-/* #undef __OS2__ */
-
-/* --- start common options --- */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_GUI
- #define wxUSE_GUI 1
-#endif
-
-
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6 0
-
-#define WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8 1
-
-#define wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY 0
-
-
-
-#define wxUSE_ON_FATAL_EXCEPTION 1
-
-#define wxUSE_STACKWALKER 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT 1
-
-
-
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_CONTEXT 0
-
-#define wxUSE_MEMORY_TRACING 0
-
-#define wxUSE_GLOBAL_MEMORY_OPERATORS 0
-
-#define wxUSE_DEBUG_NEW_ALWAYS 0
-
-
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE
- #define wxUSE_UNICODE 1
-#endif
-
-#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI 0
-
-#define wxUSE_LOG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_LOGWINDOW 1
-
-#define wxUSE_LOGGUI 1
-
-#define wxUSE_LOG_DIALOG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER 1
-
-#define wxUSE_THREADS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_STREAMS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_PRINTF_POS_PARAMS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_COMPILER_TLS 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_STL 0
-
-#if defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) \
- || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1200)
- #define wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT 0
-#else
- #define wxUSE_STD_DEFAULT 0
-#endif
-
-#define wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS 0
-
-#define wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM 1
-
-#define wxUSE_STD_STRING 1
-
-#define wxUSE_STD_STRING_CONV_IN_WXSTRING wxUSE_STL
-
-#define wxUSE_IOSTREAMH 0
-
-
-
-#define wxUSE_LONGLONG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_BASE64 1
-
-#define wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FILE 1
-#define wxUSE_FFILE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FSVOLUME 1
-
-#define wxUSE_STDPATHS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TEXTBUFFER 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TEXTFILE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_INTL 1
-
-#define wxUSE_XLOCALE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DATETIME 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TIMER 1
-
-#define wxUSE_STOPWATCH 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FSWATCHER 1
-
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DYNAMIC_LOADER 1
-
-#define wxUSE_SOCKETS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_IPV6 0
-
-#define wxUSE_FILESYSTEM 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FS_ZIP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FS_ARCHIVE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FS_INET 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ARCHIVE_STREAMS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ZIPSTREAM 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TARSTREAM 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ZLIB 1
-
-#define wxUSE_APPLE_IEEE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_JOYSTICK 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FONTENUM 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FONTMAP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_MIMETYPE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL 1
-
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FILE 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_FTP 1
-#define wxUSE_PROTOCOL_HTTP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_URL 1
-
-#define wxUSE_URL_NATIVE 0
-
-#define wxUSE_VARIANT 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ANY 1
-
-#define wxUSE_REGEX 1
-
-#define wxUSE_SYSTEM_OPTIONS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_SOUND 1
-
-#define wxUSE_MEDIACTRL 1
-
-#define wxUSE_XRC 1
-
-#define wxUSE_XML 1
-
-#define wxUSE_AUI 1
-
-#define wxUSE_RIBBON 1
-
-#define wxUSE_PROPGRID 1
-
-#define wxUSE_STC 1
-
-#define wxUSE_WEBVIEW 1
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#define wxUSE_WEBVIEW_IE 0
-#else
-#define wxUSE_WEBVIEW_IE 0
-#endif
-
-#if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXOSX__)
-#define wxUSE_WEBVIEW_WEBKIT 1
-#else
-#define wxUSE_WEBVIEW_WEBKIT 1
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# if _MSC_VER >= 1310
-
-
-#define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 1
-# else
-
-
-# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 1
-# endif
-#else
-
-
-
-
-
-# define wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT 1
-#endif
-
-#define wxUSE_CAIRO 1
-
-
-
-#define wxUSE_CONTROLS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_MARKUP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_POPUPWIN 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TIPWINDOW 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ANIMATIONCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_BANNERWINDOW 1
-#define wxUSE_BUTTON 1
-#define wxUSE_BMPBUTTON 1
-#define wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_CHECKBOX 1
-#define wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX 1
-#define wxUSE_CHOICE 1
-#define wxUSE_COLLPANE 1
-#define wxUSE_COLOURPICKERCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_COMBOBOX 1
-#define wxUSE_COMMANDLINKBUTTON 1
-#define wxUSE_DATAVIEWCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_DIRPICKERCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_EDITABLELISTBOX 1
-#define wxUSE_FILECTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_FILEPICKERCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_FONTPICKERCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_GAUGE 1
-#define wxUSE_HEADERCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_HYPERLINKCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOX 1
-#define wxUSE_LISTCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBOX 1
-#define wxUSE_RADIOBTN 1
-#define wxUSE_RICHMSGDLG 1
-#define wxUSE_SCROLLBAR 1
-#define wxUSE_SEARCHCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_SLIDER 1
-#define wxUSE_SPINBTN 1
-#define wxUSE_SPINCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_STATBOX 1
-#define wxUSE_STATLINE 1
-#define wxUSE_STATTEXT 1
-#define wxUSE_STATBMP 1
-#define wxUSE_TEXTCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_TOGGLEBTN 1
-#define wxUSE_TREECTRL 1
-#define wxUSE_TREELISTCTRL 1
-
-#define wxUSE_STATUSBAR 1
-
-#define wxUSE_NATIVE_STATUSBAR 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR 1
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBAR_NATIVE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_NOTEBOOK 1
-
-#define wxUSE_LISTBOOK 1
-
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TREEBOOK 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TOOLBOOK 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON 1
-
-#define wxUSE_GRID 1
-
-#define wxUSE_MINIFRAME 1
-
-#define wxUSE_COMBOCTRL 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ODCOMBOBOX 1
-
-#define wxUSE_BITMAPCOMBOBOX 1
-
-#define wxUSE_REARRANGECTRL 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_ACCEL 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO 0
-
-#define wxUSE_HOTKEY 0
-
-#define wxUSE_CARET 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DISPLAY 1
-
-#define wxUSE_GEOMETRY 1
-
-#define wxUSE_IMAGLIST 1
-
-#define wxUSE_INFOBAR 1
-
-#define wxUSE_MENUS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_NOTIFICATION_MESSAGE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_PREFERENCES_EDITOR 1
-
-#define wxUSE_RICHTOOLTIP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_SASH 1
-
-#define wxUSE_SPLITTER 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TOOLTIPS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_VALIDATORS 1
-
-#ifdef __WXMSW__
-#define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 0
-#else
-#define wxUSE_AUTOID_MANAGEMENT 0
-#endif
-
-
-#define wxUSE_COMMON_DIALOGS 0
-
-#define wxUSE_BUSYINFO 1
-
-#define wxUSE_CHOICEDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_COLOURDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DIRDLG 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_FILEDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FINDREPLDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FONTDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_MSGDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_PROGRESSDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_STARTUP_TIPS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TEXTDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_NUMBERDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_SPLASH 1
-
-#define wxUSE_WIZARDDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ABOUTDLG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_FILE_HISTORY 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_METAFILE 0
-#define wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE 0
-#define wxUSE_WIN_METAFILES_ALWAYS 0
-
-
-#define wxUSE_MDI 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DOC_VIEW_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_MDI_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_HTML 1
-
-#define wxUSE_GLCANVAS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_RICHTEXT 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_CLIPBOARD 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DATAOBJ 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY 0
-
-
-#define wxUSE_SNGLINST_CHECKER 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DRAGIMAGE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_IPC 1
-
-#define wxUSE_HELP 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_MS_HTML_HELP 0
-
-
-#define wxUSE_WXHTML_HELP 1
-
-#define wxUSE_CONSTRAINTS 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_SPLINES 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_UIACTIONSIMULATOR 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT 1
-
-#define wxUSE_AFM_FOR_POSTSCRIPT 1
-
-#define wxUSE_SVG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_DC_TRANSFORM_MATRIX 1
-
-
-
-#define wxUSE_IMAGE 1
-
-#define wxUSE_LIBPNG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_LIBJPEG 1
-
-#define wxUSE_LIBTIFF 1
-
-#define wxUSE_TGA 1
-
-#define wxUSE_GIF 1
-
-#define wxUSE_PNM 1
-
-#define wxUSE_PCX 1
-
-#define wxUSE_IFF 1
-
-#define wxUSE_XPM 1
-
-#define wxUSE_ICO_CUR 1
-
-#define wxUSE_PALETTE 1
-
-
-#define wxUSE_ALL_THEMES 0
-
-#define wxUSE_THEME_GTK 0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_METAL 0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_MONO 0
-#define wxUSE_THEME_WIN32 0
-
-
-/* --- end common options --- */
-
-/*
- * Unix-specific options
- */
-#define wxUSE_SELECT_DISPATCHER 1
-#define wxUSE_EPOLL_DISPATCHER 1
-
-#define wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 0
-#define wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY 0
-
-/*
- Use GStreamer for Unix.
-
- Default is 0 as this requires a lot of dependencies which might not be
- available.
-
- Recommended setting: 1 (wxMediaCtrl won't work by default without it).
- */
-#define wxUSE_GSTREAMER 1
-
-/* --- start MSW options --- */
-
-#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
- #define wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU 0
-#endif
-
-#define wxUSE_MFC 0
-
-#define wxUSE_OLE 0
-
-#define wxUSE_OLE_AUTOMATION 0
-
-#define wxUSE_ACTIVEX 0
-
-#define wxUSE_DC_CACHEING 0
-
-#define wxUSE_WXDIB 0
-
-#define wxUSE_POSTSCRIPT_ARCHITECTURE_IN_MSW 0
-
-#define wxUSE_REGKEY 0
-
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT 1
-
-#define wxUSE_RICHEDIT2 1
-
-#define wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN 0
-
-#define wxUSE_TASKBARICON_BALLOONS 1
-
-#define wxUSE_UXTHEME 0
-
-#define wxUSE_INKEDIT 0
-
-#define wxUSE_INICONF 0
-
-
-#define wxUSE_DATEPICKCTRL_GENERIC 0
-
-#define wxUSE_TIMEPICKCTRL_GENERIC 0
-
-
-#define wxUSE_CRASHREPORT 0
-/* --- end MSW options --- */
-
-/*
- * Define if your compiler supports the explicit keyword
- */
-#define HAVE_EXPLICIT 1
-
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has C99 va_copy
- */
-#define HAVE_VA_COPY 1
-
-/*
- * Define if va_list type is an array
- */
-/* #undef VA_LIST_IS_ARRAY */
-
-/*
- * Define if the compiler supports variadic macros
- */
-#define HAVE_VARIADIC_MACROS 1
-
-/*
- * Define if you don't want variadic macros to be used even if they are
- * supported by the compiler.
- */
-/* #undef wxNO_VARIADIC_MACROS */
-
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has std::wstring
- */
-#define HAVE_STD_WSTRING 1
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has compliant std::string::compare
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_STD_STRING_COMPARE */
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has <hash_map>
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_HASH_MAP */
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has <ext/hash_map>
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_EXT_HASH_MAP */
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has std::hash_map/hash_set
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_STD_HASH_MAP */
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has __gnu_cxx::hash_map/hash_set
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_GNU_CXX_HASH_MAP */
-
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has std::unordered_map
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_MAP */
-
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has std::unordered_set
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_STD_UNORDERED_SET */
-
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has std::tr1::unordered_map
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_MAP */
-
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has std::tr1::unordered_set
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_TR1_UNORDERED_SET */
-
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has <tr1/type_traits>
- */
-#define HAVE_TR1_TYPE_TRAITS 1
-
-/*
- * Define if your compiler has <type_traits>
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_TYPE_TRAITS */
-
-/*
- * Define if the compiler supports simple visibility declarations.
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_VISIBILITY */
-
-/*
- * Define if the compiler supports GCC's atomic memory access builtins
- */
-#define HAVE_GCC_ATOMIC_BUILTINS 1
-
-/*
- * Define if compiler's visibility support in libstdc++ is broken
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_LIBSTDCXX_VISIBILITY */
-
-/*
- * The built-in regex supports advanced REs in additional to POSIX's basic
- * and extended. Your system regex probably won't support this, and in this
- * case WX_NO_REGEX_ADVANCED should be defined.
- */
-/* #undef WX_NO_REGEX_ADVANCED */
-/*
- * On GNU systems use re_search instead of regexec, since the latter does a
- * strlen on the search text affecting the performance of some operations.
- */
-/* #undef HAVE_RE_SEARCH */
-/*
- * Use SDL for audio (Unix)
- */
-#define wxUSE_LIBSDL 0
-
-/*
- * Compile sound backends as plugins
- */
-#define wxUSE_PLUGINS 0
-
-/*
- * Use GTK print for printing under GTK+ 2.10+
- */
-#define wxUSE_GTKPRINT 1
-/*
- * Use GNOME VFS for MIME types
- */
-#define wxUSE_LIBGNOMEVFS 0
-/*
- * Use the Hildon framework
- */
-#define wxUSE_LIBHILDON 0
-/*
- * Use the Hildon 2.0 framework
- */
-#define wxUSE_LIBHILDON2 0
-/*
- * Use libnotify library.
- */
-#define wxUSE_LIBNOTIFY 1
-/*
- * Use libnotify 0.7+ API.
- */
-#define wxUSE_LIBNOTIFY_0_7 1
-/*
- * Use libXpm
- */
-#define wxHAVE_LIB_XPM 0
-/*
- * Define if you have pthread_cleanup_push/pop()
- */
-#define wxHAVE_PTHREAD_CLEANUP 1
-/*
- * Define if compiler has __thread keyword.
- */
-#define HAVE___THREAD_KEYWORD 1
-/*
- * Define if large (64 bit file offsets) files are supported.
- */
-#define HAVE_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT 1
-
-/*
- * Use OpenGL
- */
-#define wxUSE_OPENGL 1
-
-/*
- * Use MS HTML Help via libmspack (Unix)
- */
-#define wxUSE_LIBMSPACK 0
-
-/*
- * Matthews garbage collection (used for MrEd?)
- */
-#define WXGARBAGE_COLLECTION_ON 0
-
-/*
- * wxWebKitCtrl
- */
-#define wxUSE_WEBKIT 0
-
-/*
- * Objective-C class name uniquifying
- */
-#define wxUSE_OBJC_UNIQUIFYING 0
-
-/*
- * The const keyword is being introduced more in wxWindows.
- * You can use this setting to maintain backward compatibility.
- * If 0: will use const wherever possible.
- * If 1: will use const only where necessary
- * for precompiled headers to work.
- * If 2: will be totally backward compatible, but precompiled
- * headers may not work and program size will be larger.
- */
-#define CONST_COMPATIBILITY 0
-
-/*
- * use the session manager to detect KDE/GNOME
- */
-#define wxUSE_DETECT_SM 1
-
-
-/* define with the name of timezone variable */
-#define WX_TIMEZONE timezone
-
-/* The type of 3rd argument to getsockname() - usually size_t or int */
-#define WX_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t
-
-/* The type of 5th argument to getsockopt() - usually size_t or int */
-#define SOCKOPTLEN_T socklen_t
-
-/* The type of statvfs(2) argument */
-#define WX_STATFS_T struct statfs
-
-/* The signal handler prototype */
-#define wxTYPE_SA_HANDLER int
-
-/* gettimeofday() usually takes 2 arguments, but some really old systems might
- * have only one, in which case define WX_GETTIMEOFDAY_NO_TZ */
-/* #undef WX_GETTIMEOFDAY_NO_TZ */
-
-/* struct tm doesn't always have the tm_gmtoff field, define this if it does */
-#define WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM 1
-
-/* Define if you have poll(2) function */
-/* #undef HAVE_POLL */
-
-/* Define if you have pw_gecos field in struct passwd */
-#define HAVE_PW_GECOS 1
-
-/* Define if you have __cxa_demangle() in <cxxabi.h> */
-#define HAVE_CXA_DEMANGLE 1
-
-/* Define if you have dlopen() */
-#define HAVE_DLOPEN 1
-
-/* Define if you have gettimeofday() */
-#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
-
-/* Define if fsync() is available */
-#define HAVE_FSYNC 1
-
-/* Define if round() is available */
-#define HAVE_ROUND 1
-
-/* Define if you have ftime() */
-/* #undef HAVE_FTIME */
-
-/* Define if you have nanosleep() */
-#define HAVE_NANOSLEEP 1
-
-/* Define if you have sched_yield */
-#define HAVE_SCHED_YIELD 1
-
-/* Define if you have pthread_mutexattr_t and functions to work with it */
-#define HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_T 1
-
-/* Define if you have pthread_mutexattr_settype() declaration */
-#define HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_SETTYPE_DECL 1
-
-/* Define if you have PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP */
-/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER */
-
-/* Define if you have pthread_cancel */
-#define HAVE_PTHREAD_CANCEL 1
-
-/* Define if you have pthread_mutex_timedlock */
-#define HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_TIMEDLOCK 1
-
-/* Define if you have pthread_attr_setstacksize */
-#define HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE 1
-
-/* Define if you have shl_load() */
-/* #undef HAVE_SHL_LOAD */
-
-/* Define if you have snprintf() */
-#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
-
-/* Define if you have snprintf() declaration in the header */
-#define HAVE_SNPRINTF_DECL 1
-
-/* Define if you have a snprintf() which supports positional arguments
- (defined in the unix98 standard) */
-#define HAVE_UNIX98_PRINTF 1
-
-/* define if you have statfs function */
-#define HAVE_STATFS 1
-
-/* define if you have statfs prototype */
-#define HAVE_STATFS_DECL 1
-
-/* define if you have statvfs function */
-/* #undef HAVE_STATVFS */
-
-/* Define if you have strtoull() and strtoll() */
-#define HAVE_STRTOULL 1
-
-/* Define if you have all functions to set thread priority */
-#define HAVE_THREAD_PRIORITY_FUNCTIONS 1
-
-/* Define if you have vsnprintf() */
-#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
-
-/* Define if you have vsnprintf() declaration in the header */
-#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF_DECL 1
-
-/* Define if you have a _broken_ vsnprintf() declaration in the header,
- * with 'char*' for the 3rd parameter instead of 'const char*' */
-/* #undef HAVE_BROKEN_VSNPRINTF_DECL */
-
-/* Define if you have vsscanf() */
-#define HAVE_VSSCANF 1
-
-/* Define if you have vsscanf() declaration in the header */
-#define HAVE_VSSCANF_DECL 1
-
-/* Define if you have usleep() */
-/* #undef HAVE_USLEEP */
-
-/* Define if you have wcscasecmp() function */
-#define HAVE_WCSCASECMP 1
-
-/* Define if you have wcsncasecmp() function */
-#define HAVE_WCSNCASECMP 1
-
-/* Define if you have wcslen function */
-#define HAVE_WCSLEN 1
-
-/* Define if you have wcsdup function */
-#define HAVE_WCSDUP 1
-
-/* Define if you have wcsftime() function */
-#define HAVE_WCSFTIME 1
-
-/* Define if you have strnlen() function */
-#define HAVE_STRNLEN 1
-
-/* Define if you have wcsnlen() function */
-#define HAVE_WCSNLEN 1
-
-/* Define if you have wcstoull() and wcstoll() */
-/* #undef HAVE_WCSTOULL */
-
-/* The number of bytes in a wchar_t. */
-#define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 4
-
-/* The number of bytes in a int. */
-#define SIZEOF_INT 4
-
-/* The number of bytes in a pointer. */
-#define SIZEOF_VOID_P 8
-
-/* The number of bytes in a long. */
-#define SIZEOF_LONG 8
-
-/* The number of bytes in a long long. */
-#define SIZEOF_LONG_LONG 8
-
-/* The number of bytes in a short. */
-#define SIZEOF_SHORT 2
-
-/* The number of bytes in a size_t. */
-#define SIZEOF_SIZE_T 8
-
-/* Define if size_t on your machine is the same type as unsigned int. */
-/* #undef wxSIZE_T_IS_UINT */
-
-/* Define if size_t on your machine is the same type as unsigned long. */
-#define wxSIZE_T_IS_ULONG 1
-
-/* Define if wchar_t is distinct type in your compiler. */
-#define wxWCHAR_T_IS_REAL_TYPE 1
-
-/* Define if you have the dlerror function. */
-#define HAVE_DLERROR 1
-
-/* Define if you have Posix fnctl() function. */
-#define HAVE_FCNTL 1
-
-/* Define if you have BSD flock() function. */
-/* #undef HAVE_FLOCK */
-
-/* Define if you have getaddrinfo function. */
-/* #undef HAVE_GETADDRINFO */
-
-/* Define if you have a gethostbyname_r function taking 6 arguments. */
-#define HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_6 1
-
-/* Define if you have a gethostbyname_r function taking 5 arguments. */
-/* #undef HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_5 */
-
-/* Define if you have a gethostbyname_r function taking 3 arguments. */
-/* #undef HAVE_FUNC_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3 */
-
-/* Define if you only have a gethostbyname function */
-/* #undef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME */
-
-/* Define if you have the gethostname function. */
-/* #undef HAVE_GETHOSTNAME */
-
-/* Define if you have a getservbyname_r function taking 6 arguments. */
-#define HAVE_FUNC_GETSERVBYNAME_R_6 1
-
-/* Define if you have a getservbyname_r function taking 5 arguments. */
-/* #undef HAVE_FUNC_GETSERVBYNAME_R_5 */
-
-/* Define if you have a getservbyname_r function taking 4 arguments. */
-/* #undef HAVE_FUNC_GETSERVBYNAME_R_4 */
-
-/* Define if you only have a getservbyname function */
-/* #undef HAVE_GETSERVBYNAME */
-
-/* Define if you have the gmtime_r function. */
-#define HAVE_GMTIME_R 1
-
-/* Define if you have the inet_addr function. */
-#define HAVE_INET_ADDR 1
-
-/* Define if you have the inet_aton function. */
-#define HAVE_INET_ATON 1
-
-/* Define if you have the localtime_r function. */
-#define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1
-
-/* Define if you have the mktemp function. */
-/* #undef HAVE_MKTEMP */
-
-/* Define if you have the mkstemp function. */
-#define HAVE_MKSTEMP 1
-
-/* Define if you have the putenv function. */
-/* #undef HAVE_PUTENV */
-
-/* Define if you have the setenv function. */
-#define HAVE_SETENV 1
-
-/* Define if you have strtok_r function. */
-#define HAVE_STRTOK_R 1
-
-/* Define if you have thr_setconcurrency function */
-/* #undef HAVE_THR_SETCONCURRENCY */
-
-/* Define if you have pthread_setconcurrency function */
-#define HAVE_PTHREAD_SET_CONCURRENCY 1
-
-/* Define if you have the uname function. */
-#define HAVE_UNAME 1
-
-/* Define if you have the unsetenv function. */
-#define HAVE_UNSETENV 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <X11/XKBlib.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_X11_XKBLIB_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <X11/extensions/xf86vmode.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_X11_EXTENSIONS_XF86VMODE_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <sched.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SCHED_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
-/* #undef HAVE_FCNTL_H */
-
-/* Define if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <wcstr.h> header file. */
-/* #undef HAVE_WCSTR_H */
-
-/* Define if you have <widec.h> (Solaris only) */
-/* #undef HAVE_WIDEC_H */
-
-/* Define if you have the <iconv.h> header file and iconv() symbol. */
-#define HAVE_ICONV 1
-
-/* Define as "const" if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
-#define ICONV_CONST
-
-/* Define if you have the <langinfo.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_LANGINFO_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have the <w32api.h> header file (mingw,cygwin). */
-/* #undef HAVE_W32API_H */
-
-/* Define if you have the <sys/soundcard.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_SOUNDCARD_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have wcsrtombs() function */
-#define HAVE_WCSRTOMBS 1
-
-/* Define this if you have putws() */
-/* #undef HAVE_PUTWS */
-
-/* Define this if you have fputws() */
-#define HAVE_FPUTWS 1
-
-/* Define this if you have wprintf() and related functions */
-#define HAVE_WPRINTF 1
-
-/* Define this if you have vswprintf() and related functions */
-#define HAVE_VSWPRINTF 1
-
-/* Define this if you have _vsnwprintf */
-/* #undef HAVE__VSNWPRINTF */
-
-/* vswscanf() */
-#define HAVE_VSWSCANF 1
-
-/* Define if fseeko and ftello are available. */
-#define HAVE_FSEEKO 1
-
-/* Define this if you are using gtk and gdk contains support for X11R6 XIM */
-/* #undef HAVE_XIM */
-
-/* Define this if you have X11/extensions/shape.h */
-/* #undef HAVE_XSHAPE */
-
-/* Define this if you have type SPBCDATA */
-/* #undef HAVE_SPBCDATA */
-
-/* Define if you have pango_font_family_is_monospace() (Pango >= 1.3.3) */
-/* #undef HAVE_PANGO_FONT_FAMILY_IS_MONOSPACE */
-
-/* Define if you have Pango xft support */
-/* #undef HAVE_PANGO_XFT */
-
-/* Define if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1
-
-/* Define if you have abi::__forced_unwind in your <cxxabi.h>. */
-#define HAVE_ABI_FORCEDUNWIND 1
-
-/* Define if fdopen is available. */
-#define HAVE_FDOPEN 1
-
-/* Define if sysconf is available. */
-#define HAVE_SYSCONF 1
-
-/* Define if getpwuid_r is available. */
-#define HAVE_GETPWUID_R 1
-
-/* Define if getgrgid_r is available. */
-#define HAVE_GETGRGID_R 1
-
-/* Define if setpriority() is available. */
-#define HAVE_SETPRIORITY 1
-
-/* Define if locale_t is available */
-#define HAVE_LOCALE_T 1
-
-/* Define if you have inotify_xxx() functions. */
-#define wxHAS_INOTIFY 1
-
-/* Define if you have kqueu_xxx() functions. */
-/* #undef wxHAS_KQUEUE */
-
-/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Win32 adjustments section
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-
-/* When using an external jpeg library and the Windows headers already define
- * boolean, define to the type used by the jpeg library for boolean. */
-/* #undef wxHACK_BOOLEAN */
-
-/* Define if the header pbt.h is missing. */
-/* #undef NEED_PBT_H */
-
-#endif /* __WIN32__ */
-
-/* --------------------------------------------------------*
- * This stuff is static, it doesn't get modified directly
- * by configure.
-*/
-
-/*
- define some constants identifying wxWindows version in more details than
- just the version number
- */
-
-/* wxLogChain class available */
-#define wxHAS_LOG_CHAIN
-
-/* define this when wxDC::Blit() respects SetDeviceOrigin() in wxGTK */
-/* #undef wxHAS_WORKING_GTK_DC_BLIT */
-
-#endif /* __WX_SETUP_H__ */
-
projects / freetel-svn-tracking.git / commitdiff